Gesenius - Hebrew Dictionary

flNIVQF
TORONTO
!
HUP
Presented to
Gbe library
of tbe
\Hniver0its of {Toronto
bs
%abp falconer
from tbe boohs of tbe
late
Sir IRobert falconer,
-fc.c.fl
of president cf tbe Tllnlrersits (Toronto, 1907*1932
-D
E"t
(?esit/is*
,
f j
I f
/ 1^
'
r r/
GESENIUS'8
HEBREW ATO CHALDEE LEXICON

TO THE
OLD TESTAMENT SCRIPTURES,

TRANSLATED,
WITH ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS FROM THE AUTHOR'S THESAURUS AND OTHER WORKS,
BY
SAMUEL PRIDEAUX TREGELLES.
Multse terricolis linguae, ccelestibus una.
SAMUEL BAGSTER
15,
&
SONS, LIMITED.
i
PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.
PREFACE.
THE
the Lexicon Manuale Hebraicum et Clialdaicum in following work is a translation of Veteris Testament! Libros," of DR. WILLIAM GESENIUS, late Professor at Halle.
"
The attainments of Gesenius in Oriental it is more to our dwell on them purpose to

:
language been undertaken by the translator. " Hebraisch-deutsches His first work in this department was the Handworterbuch des Alten
Testaments," 2 vols. 8vo., Leipzig, 1810-12. Next appeared the " Neues Hebraisch-deutsches
nmgearbeiteter Auszug,"
etc.,
known. This is not the place to notice his ; lexicographical labours in the Hebrew to the original of the present work, and also what has this will inform the reader as
literature are well
Handworterbuch
ein
fur
Schulen
Svo.,
was published
at Leipzig in 1823.
Of this work a greatly-improved edition Leipzig, 1815. Prefixed to it there is an Essay on the Sources of Hebrew
Another and yet further im-
Lexicography, to which Gesenius refers in others of his works. proved edition appeared in 1828.
In 1827, the printing
commenced of a much more
extensive work, his " Thesaurus Philo-
logicus Criticus Linguae Hebraese et Chaldaeaa Veteris Testamenti."

:
The
first
part of this
work
was published in 1829 the second part did not appear till 1835 (other philological labours, which will presently be noticed, having occupied a considerable portion of the intervening years). The third part of the " Thesaurus" appeared in 1839 a fourth in 1840 and a fifth in 1842
;
bringing the
work down
as far as the root
*Uj
On
the 23rd of October, 1842, Gesenius died
in his fifty-seventh year.

to the
completion of the work.
His MSS., etc., were entrusted to his friend, Prof. Eodiger, in order Three years, however, have passed away without any further
first
progress having been announced.*
Between the publication of the
and second
:
parts of the
"
Thesaurus," appeared the
* The concluding part of the Thesaurus actually appeared in 1853 it completes the Roots in their alphabetical order ; but the ample revision of the earlier part of that work which Gesenius had intended to publish, has not seen the light his notes were probably often too rough and unfinished to be used with confidence indeed it appears that Professor Eodiger, in completing the Thesaurus, had often rather to carry out the plan of Gesenius, than to use his fully prepared materials it
: : :
is
well that so
much was done by
that distinguished scholar himself towards the completion of the work exhibitu^ his
own
matured view*.
IT
PREFACE.
in Latin, of
" Lexicon Manuale,"
which the present work
is
a translation
and
also (in
1834)
an edition of his German Lexicon, conformed to the "Lexicon Manuale."*
Of
several of the above
A.M., put forth a translation of the second of the afore-mentioned Lexicons, Andover, in North America. This translation has also been twice reprinted in London.
The^/?rs< of these Lexicons
in 2 vols. 4to.,
works translations have been made into English.
In 1824, Josiah
at
Gibbs
was translated by Christopher Leo, and published the former of which appeared in 1825.
at
Cambridge,
In 1836 there was a translation published in America of the " Lexicon Manuale," by Edward Robinson, D D.
This work of Dr. Robinson, as well as the translations of Gibbs, had become very scarce in " Hebrew and England, and the want of a good English Lexicon," really adapted to students,
was
felt
a simple reprint of one of the existing translations would not not appear so to the present translator and that on various did sufficiently of Gibbs's been based the earlier Gesenius, was in a work, having grounds upon publications
arose,
by many. The question

:
Whether
?
meet the want
It
manner superseded by the author's later works; while, as regards the considerable difficulty was felt, owing to the manner in which the
held
translation of Dr. Robinson,

rationalist views,
unhappily
by
Gesenius, not only appeared in the
work without
correction, but also from the distinct
statement of the translator's preface, that no remark was required on any theological views which the work might contain. Marks of evident haste and oversight were also very traceable
through the work
and these considerations combined led
to the present undertaking.
This translation was conducted on the following plan Each root was taken as it stands in " the "Thesaurus," and the Lexicon Manuale" was compared with it; such corrections or addi:
tions being
made
as
seemed needful
the root and derivatives were at once translated, every
Scripture reference being verified, and,
when
needful, corrected.
faithful
adherence to this
of the value of
plan must insure, it is manifest, not only correctness in the work, but also " " Lexicon Manuale " the Thesaurus," in addition to the
much
Every word has been further compared, and that carefully, with Professor Lee's Hebrew Lexicon; and when he questions statements made by Gesenius, the best authorities have been consulted. In Arabic roots, etc., Freytag's Lexicon has been used for verifying the statements of Geseniu?
which have been thus questioned. Winer's " Simonis" and other authorities were also compared. In the situations and particulars of places mentioned in the Old Testament, many additions have been made from Robinson's " Biblical Researches." The " Monuments Phoenicia"
of Gcpenius (which was published between the second and third parts of his " Thesaurus"; It is a work of has been used for the comparison of various subjects which it illustrates.
considerable importance to the
Hebrew student
and
it
would be
desirable that all the remains

all
of the Phoenician language therein contained be published separately, so as to exhibit

In 1847 the Lexicon Manuale wa reprinted under the care of Professor A. T. Hoffmann of Jena.
the
PREFACE.
genuine ancient Hebrew which exists besides that contained in the Old Testament.* omitted by Gesenius have been added these consist chiefly of proper names.
;
few
articles
The
forms in which the proper names appear in the authorised English translation have been added
throughout.
When
appeared
:
this
this
work was ready

is
for the press, a second edition of Dr. Robinson's translation

first
;
greatly superior to the
and
it
has
also,
in the earlier parts, various
additions and corrections from the
MSS.
it
of Gesenius.
The
publication of this
new
edition led
:
the translator to question whether
would not be
sufficient for the
wants of the Hebrew student
examination, however, proved that it was liable to various objections, especially on the ground of its neology, scarcely a passage having been noted by Dr. Robinson as containing anyThis was decisive : but further, the alterations' and omissions are of a very thing unsound.
a
little
arbitrary kind,
and amount
in several places to the
whole or half of a column.
It
was thus
apparent that the publication of the new American translation was in no sense a reason why this should be withheld. The translator has, however, availed himself of the advantage which that work afforded ; his MS. has been carefully examined with it, and the additions, etc., of Gesenius
have been cited from thence.

acknowledge
rl
This obligation to that work
is
thankfully and cheerfully
has been a special object with the translator, to note the interpretations of Gesenius which manifested neologian tendencies, in order that by a remark, or by querying a statement, the
It
reader
is
may be put on
upon
his guard.
And
if
cast
Scripture inspiration, or in
any passages should remalu unmarked, in which doubt which the New and Old Testaments are spoken of as
discrepant, or in
wrote as
which mistaken and ignorance are charged upon the " holy men of God who they were moved by the Holy Ghost," if any perchance remain in which these or any
the translator wishes
it
is
other neologian tendencies be left unnoticed

that
it
distinctly to
be understood
feels
it is
the effect of inadvertence alone, and not of design.
This
a matter on which he
needful to be most explicit and decided.
The
The
translator cannot dismiss this subject without the
acknowledgment of
his obligations
translator
would here make a remark on the name Shemitic, which has been given-by Gesenius and other scholar!
languages to which Hebrew belongs. This name has been justly objected to ; for these languages were not peculiar to the race of Shem, nor yet co-extensivs with them : the translator has ventured to adopt the term Phaenicio-Shemitic, as implying the twofold character of the races
to that family of
who used
of Shem.
these languages
the Phoenician branch of the race of
Ham,
as well as the
Western
division of the family
This term, though only an approximation to accuracy, may be regarded as a qualification of the too general name Shemitic ; and, in the present state of our knowledge, any approach to accuracy in nomenclature (where it does not interfere with well-known terms which custom has made familiar) will be found helpful to the student.
The following remark of Gesenius confirms the propriety of qualifying the too general term Shemitic by that of Phoenician, " So far as we can trace its history, Canaan was its home ; it was essentially the language says of the Hebrew language of the Canaanitish or Phoenician race, by whom Palestine was inhabited before the immigration of Abraham's posterity."
He
DE. B. DATIES'S translation of the last edition of Gesenius's Hebrew) Grammar^ by Prof. Sodiger, p. 6. t Other editions of Dr. Robinson's translation have since appeared partly from stereotyped plates, and partly so prinUw ts to admit of the introduction of Professor Eb'diger's new arrangements and alterations.
:
n
to the Rev.
PREFACE.
Thomas Boys, M.A.,
for the material aid
traced.
where the rationalism of Gesenius may be

from his long familiarity with Hebrew
in
For
he has afforded him in those passage* this, Mr. Boys was peculiarly adapted,
with the works of Gesenius, both while
literature, especially
tuition, and whilst occupied in the Portuguese translation >f the Scriptures. engaged those All additions to the " Lexicon Manuale" have been enclosed between brackets [ ] additions which are taken from the " Thesaurus," or any correction, etc., of the author, are marked with inverted commas also " ".
:
Hebrew
Nothing further seems necessary to add

as to the nature of the present work,
to the
it
above remarks
they will inform the student
was undertaken, and the mode in which it was why It has been the translator's especial desire and object that it might aid the student in executed. acquiring a knowledge of the language in which God saw fit to give forth so large a portion of those " Holy Scriptures which are able to make wise unto salvation, through faith which is in
Christ Jesus."
To him be
24th, 1846.
glory for ever and ever
Amen.
S. P.
SOME,
February
%* The
following are the more important

cites
:
MSS. which
Gesenius consulted for his work, ana
which occasionally he
I.
The Book of Roots

is at
J^ ^
by Abulwalid
joJjM
y\
or
Rabbi Jonah.
This MS.
Oxford.
Uri. Catalog. Bibloth. Bodl. Nos. 456, 457.
II.
The Commentary of Tanchum of Jerusalem, in Arabic, on the Former Prophets. MS. is also at Oxford; Gesenius used a copy of it made by Schnurrer.
Bar-BahluTs Syriaco- Arabic Lexicon ;
also at Oxford.
Thii
Ill
TO THE STUDENT.
IN issuing a
to
new
impression of this translation of Gesenius's Lexicon, there are a few subjecti

propriety advert.
which
may with
accurate study of the Old Testament in the original Hebrew, so far from becoming For the of less importance to Christian scholars than heretofore, is nmo far more necessary.
attacks
The
on Holy Scripture,
as such, are far
through
difficulties or incongruities
more frequently made through the Old Testament, and supposed to be found there, than was the case when this
translation
was executed.
sheet of this Lexicon
was transmitted
Indeed, in the eleven years which have elapsed since the final proof to England, there has been new ground taken or revived
respects.
amongst us in several important
We
now
misunderstood
hear dogmatic assertions that certain passages of the Old Testament have been that they really contain sentiments and statements which cannot be correct,
which exhibit ignorance or the want of accurate and complete knowledge of truth on the part of the writers and this we are told proves that all the inspiration which can be admitted, must be a very partial thing. We are indeed asked by some to accept fully the religious truth taught
;
" in the Law, the Prophets, and the Psalms," while everything else may be (it is said) safely It is affirmed that the Sacred writers received a certain regarded as doubtful or unauthorised.
commission, and that this commission was limited to that which
truth
:
is
now
defined to be religious
may be exclusively thus extent some have in would own to be religious regarded. gone limiting what they truth, is shown by their holding and teaching that we must judge how far the Apostles of our Lord were authorized in their applications of the Old Testament. Thus even in what ia
that
is,
that it was restricted to
what some choose
to consider
To what an
really religious truth of the
most important kind,
it is
of Scripture instead of receiving it, as taught VI e are farther told that it is incorrect, or
by
St.
assumed that we are to be the judges " Paul, as given by inspiration of God."
inspiration as attaching to the books themselves;
only by a figure of speech, that we can predicate that inspiration could only properly be ascribed
riii
TO THE STUDENT.
;
to the writers and thus the measure of the apprehension possessed by each writer, and the measure of his personal knowledge, is made to limit the truth taught in Scripture throughout. And these things are connected with such doguiatic assertions about the force of Hebrew words,
and the meaning of Hebrew sentences,
him who
is
as will be found incapable of refutation on the part oi not acquainted with Hebrew, even though on other grounds he may be fvre that
fallacy exists
somewhere.
importance mentioned above, of properly attending to Hebrew with that language, or even the ability of properly using the
Hence
philology.
arises the peculiar
real acquaintance
works of competent writers, will often show that the dogmatic assertion that something very peculiar must be the meaning of a Hebrew word or sentence, is only a pefitio prindpii devised for
the sake of certain deductions which are intended to be drawn.
scholar, not only that such strange signification
sible, unless
is
It
may be
seen
by any competent
often inadmis-
not necessary, but also that
it is
we
are allowed to resort to the
most arbitrary conjectures.
assertions
Here, then, obsta principiis applies with full force : let the Hebrew language be known : let be investigated, instead of assuming them to be correct, or of accepting them because
of some famous scholar (or one who may profess to be such) who brings them forward. Thus will the Christian scholar be able to retort much of what is used against the authority of Holy
show that on their principles anything almost with And be affirmed might equal certainty respecting the force and bearing of any passage. even in cases in which absolute certainty is hardly attainable, a knowledge of the Scripture in th
Scripture upon the objectors themselves, and to
original will enable the defender of God's truth to
examine what
is
asserted,
and
it
will hinder
him from upholding

fully, to
right principles on
insufficient grounds.
Inaccurate scholarship has often

tried,
detracted from the usefulness of the labours of those
who have
and
in great part success-
defend and uphold the authority of Scripture against objectors.

in
The mode
logy, has been
which some have introduced
difficulties into
the department of
Hebrew
Philo-
by assigning new and strange meanings to Hebrew words, by affirming that such meanings must be right in particular passages (although no where else;, and by lin-iting the sense of a root or a term, so as to imply that some incorrectness of statement is found on the part of the
Sacred writers.
of thid has been introduced since the time of Gesenius, so that although he was unhappily not free from Neologian bias, others who have come after him have been far worse.
Much
And this leads me to speak of one feature of this Lexicon as translated by me, to which some prominence may be given in considering these new questionings. This Lexicon in all
respects
is
question
is
The taken from Gesenius himself; all additions of every kind being carefully marked. not whether others have improved upon Gesenius, but whether under his name they
have or have not given his Lexicography. Students may rest assured that they have in thi? volume the Lexicography, arrangements, and divisions of Gesenius himself, and not of any who have sought to improve on him. For such things at least the translator is not answerable. It
TO THE STUDENT.
would be
as just to
he
biame a
translator of a Dialogue of Plato for the

as a translator of Gesenius for not
manner and order
in
which the interlocutors appear,

arrangements.
having deviated from hit
That
refuted,
Rationalistic tendencies should be pointed out, that such things should be noted and
as inspired
I still
was only the proper course for any one to take who really receives the Old Testament by the Holy Ghost so far from such additions being in any way a cause for regret, feel that had they not been introduced, I might have been doing an injury to revealed
:
truth,
and have increased that laxity of apprehension prevalence of which I so much deplore.
as to the authority of
Holy
Scripture, th<
That any should object to these anti-neologian remarks of mine is a cause of real sorrow tt> me not on my own account, but on account of those whose sympathy with the sentiments on which I found it necessary to animadvert, is shown too plainly by what they have said on thk
;
mind with morbid pressure, If they consider that an excessive fear of neology haunts I and maintain the still hold sentiments I will at least plainly avow that expressed in preface to this Lexicon eleven years ago : I receive Holy Scripture as being the Word of God, and I
subject.
my
my
believe that
on
this, as
well as on every other subject,
we must bow
to the sovereign authority
Holy Ghost through the Apostles. Thus are we sufficiently use the Scriptures of the Old Testament as well as of the New. taught hoio we should receive and To be condemned with the writers of the Xew Testament, and for maintaining their authority
of our Lord Jesus Christ, and of the
in opposition to
to
some newly devised

little
philological canon for the interpretation of the Old,
is
a lot
which a Christian need but
condemn, and he must thus
feel
he can only lament for those who thus the need of warning others, lest they, too, should be misled.
object as to himself:
Sound Hebrew Philology will, then, often hinder difficulties from being introduced into the text of Scripture, and will guard us against the supposition that the writers of the Old Testament introduced strange and incongruous things incompatible with true inspiration, and against the
theory that the purport and bearing of Old Testament passages were misunderstood of the Xew.
by the
writers
Thus a whole
of
class of
supposed
him who
receives Scripture as
and objections is at once removed out of the way and though it is quite true that the record of the Holy Ghost
difficulties
:
difficulties
do remain, yet let it always be remembered that the principle nating writers, such as Henry Rogers,* remains untouched, that nothing
* " The objector
can
call it
is
laid
is
down by
discrimi-
really an insuperable
always apt to take
it
for granted that the discrepancy is real
case (and a possible case is quite sufficient for the purpose)
though it may be easy to suppose a which would neutralise the objection. Of this perverseness (we
;
by no other name) the examples are perpetual
It
may
be objected, perhaps, that the gratuitous sup-
some ucmentioned fact which, if mentioned, would harmonise the apparently counter-statements of two historians cannot be admitted, and is, in fact, a surrender of the argument. But to say so, is only to betray an utter ignorance of what the argument is. If an objection be founded on the alleged absolute contradiction of two statements, it is quite sufficient to show any (not the real but only a hypothetical and possible) medium of reconciling them and the objection is in all fairness dissolred and this would be felt by the honest logician, even if we did not know of any such instances in point of fact "We do know however of many." Season and Faitk, pp. 69 71.
position of
; :
v
difficulty if it
TO THE STUDENT.
be capable of a solution: even if we do not see the true solution, yet if we c&& see That would suffice to meet the circumstances of the case, we may be satisfied that if all the par-
ticulars
were knoirn, every
difficulty
would vanish.
And
farther, it
may
be
said,
that if
we
receive the Old Testament Scriptures on the authority of our

really
Lord and His Apostles
as being
and truly the inspired revelation and record of the Holy Ghost, then all the supposed discrepancies must be only seeming, and we may use all that is written for our learning, whether
history, precept, or prophecy, well assured that its authority is unaffected
by any such
difficulties
Objections will no doubt continue to be raised: but he
who
uses
Holy Scripture
as that
from which he has to learn the grace of Christ, the glory of His Person, the efficacy of His blood as the propitiation for sin, and the glories as yet unmanifested, which are secured in Him to all
believers, will increasingly feel that
affected.
He
alone
who
is
he stands on a ground of security which can never be thus taught Dy the Spirit of God can know the true ise and value of
Holy
Scripture.
Hosea
xiv. 9. 8. P.
Pr.TKouTH,
FfJt.
24**,
.Wt.
A COMPARATIVE TABLE OF ANCIENT ALPHABETS.
r
ARABIC.
TABLE OF ALPHABETS.
LEXICON,
INDEX
LEXICON.
K
T^HE
signifies
name of this letter of the

is
those of the other letters,
alphabet, which, like of Phoenician origin,
in, to
drink ; D&J}3 suddenly, from PD

this letter is to
a moment of
it
time, etc.
an ox, i. q. Heb. *!/, as we are told by Plutarch (Quaest. Symp. ix. 2), who says that Aleph is placed before the other letters Sia rove 4>otVticac
icaXelv
When
be yet further softened,
ovrtit
TOV ftovv.
its
The name of
changes into the quiescents 1 and ', as 1HK and in* to join; *|?N .<Ov. to learn; DK"), Dn buffalo; "rill
for "1N3 a well.
this letter is
derived from
which
figure in the most ancient alphabet, represents the rude outlines of the head of an
Thus
"
it is
that
many verbs NQ
accord
76.
in signification with those iy (comp. Gesen. Gr.
ox, which is still found in the remains of the Phoenician inscriptions As a numeral it
Bta; P3K Syr. u^ to be sick. 2,6), As to the form of words, it should be remarked stands for one; with two dots above it (x) a (l) that in Hebrew N without a vowel is very often thousand. rejected from the beginning of a word by aphceresis, Aleph has the softest pronunciation of the guttural as WH3 we; 1? >? at a later period <>> who, I?3S, letters, and it is uttered with a light breathing of and 10 one, Eze. 33 30 Dn-IDH which, that; *in
BHK and
^,^^C*
the throat, or rather lungs, like the smooth breathing in Greek, and the French h in the words habit,
for D^VlD^n Ecc.
homme, which we are accustomed wholly to pass And as by, because we cannot utter it correctly. there is a kind of common usage of languages, especially in the Phcenicio-Shemitic family (see on this subject the remarks of Ewald, Heb. Gr. 31), that the stronger and harsher letters become somewhat softened in course of time, and give way to
smoother sounds, it will be seen why in the Aramaean and the later Hebrew, as well as in Arabic the
4:14 (compare Lehrg. [and Nord. Gramm. 76 A]). But also
135, 136 (2) there is

p.
very often prefixed at the beginning of words a prosthetic N (compare Lehrg. 35, l [and Nord. Gr.
And 80]); see owts?^, Q'B36C, ny-iayns, fte-ru*. when a word begins with two consonants, only separated by a moveable Sh'va, such
this is chiefly the case
yil.T, yJ"i}S arm; te^ Aram. îJD cluster (in which words both forms are in use), also n'n?^ for for p| fist; J3^K for JOT gift; nVl? progeny; 2T?N for 2T3 lying. Compare the Greek ^fite and ^0C yesterday; and something of the same kind in words which the French has taken from the Latin; etat. In the Syrian manner spiritus, esprit; status, and 'B N is also prefixed to the letter Yod, as Jesse, iCh. 2:12.
as
^S
somewhat harsher
into
letters
n and y are often softened
e..
Jer. 52:l5,for
PON
But on the H and y; and generally these
pon multitude; ?D Arab. J! contrary K also sometimes changes

letters, as
etc.
into
being very
construct ?8, with suffix 3, T3, n'nx, const. n*n|, with suff.'rat? o^nbs, bnbi and DH'nbX, m. FATHER; a primitive noun (see note
l),
nearly allied in pronunciation, are very often interchanged. Comp. in the later Hebrew TH for the
common
?
pi.
'H?; 3*?^ an ear of corn, compare Syriac

flower;
Lx^cn
HX3 and nna, HN? and HrO;

;
also
common
to all the Phcenicio-Shemitic languages,

const.
D?K and D3V to be sad "NX and T>y to turn (both are also found in Êthiopia); 7X3 and 7V.3 to pollute, to
stain;
(Arab.
^\
.
j\
î-1,
\i\
Chaldee and Syriac

often a njicl
3Nn and
3y.Jp
to abhor;
KC3 and yO|
to
suck
has But the word father "

2
wider meaning (see Fesselii Adv. sacra,

used:
(l) Of any ancestor
vi.
6)
l
it is
(3Cbn, 2Ct)nt)err),
Ki. 15:
called Seurepoc Trarr/p of Artaxerxes (Est. 3:13, Compare I Mace. 11 :32, and Turkish ijjj\j\ father-
LXX)
etc., as of a grandGen. 28:13; 31:42; 32:10; 37:35; great grandfather, Num. 18:1, 2; 1 Kings 15:11, 24, etc.;
11; 8 Ki. 14:3; 1/5:38; i6>2,
father,
prince; also Lala, father, applied to the vizier; (see Jablonskii Opuscc. ed. te Water, torn. i. p. 206, and
43:24, KBn fltraqn motest ancestors have

Isa.
yiX
collectively, "thy resinned'' [this should, how-
be taken strictly]. So, very often in pi. H13X As to the phrase ancestors, Gen. 15:15; Ps. 45:17. nntf-^X f]DX3 see under the word *]DN.
ever,
Barhebnei Chron. Syr. p. 219, line 15). The same was understood by some of the ancient interpreters, whom Luther also has followed in the word "Hl^N Gen. 41:43, which they explain, "father of the
king," or of the land, or kingdom. (7) It is further used to express intimate
connec-
founder, or first ancestor, of a nation, Gen. 10:21; 17:4,6; 19 37; 36 9,43; Josh. 24:3. Here belongs Gen. 4:21, "the father
= =
(a) Used of the
tion and relationship; Job 17:14, T>N"Ji? ^ntST? PtFIX '3K " I have said to the pit [rather corruption,
tich,
of all
who handle the harp and

;
pipe,"
i.
e.
the founder
of the family of music inventor of the art of music. (3) Of the author, or maker, of anything, specially of the Creator,
see rin^], thou art my father;" in the other hemis" and to the mother and sister." worms, Comp. Ps. 88:19.
my
(8)
is also
Job 38: 2 8, "has the rain a
father?"
to be
i.
e.
Creator.
And
in this sense
Isa.
God
is
said
who
/li
is
" the
In Arabic and Êthiopic, the word father applied to a possessor, and is used of one endued with any thing, or excels in it ; e. g.
\
father of men,"
63:16; 64:7; Deut.
"father of odour,"
i.e.
an odoriferous
n.
;
tree.
32:6[?] comp. Jer. 2:27. [See note a.] All these tropical uses come from the notion of origin; there are others taken from the love and care of a father, from the honour due to him, etc. For
(4) Father is applied to a bringer up, nourish er, as bestowing his benefits like a parent, Job " I was a father to the Ps.
So in Hebrew, but only in pr. " fath er of peace," i. e. peaceful.

Note
1.
e. g.
Although
this
word
in its grammatical
29:16,
" a
father of the fatherless ;"
Isa.
68:6, needy;" " 22:21, a father
to the inhabitants of Jerusalem" (said of Eliakim, the prefect of the palace); Isa. 9:5, the Messiah is called ~iy *3N "eternal Father" (of the people); comp.
form follows the analogy of verbs H?, so that it may be said to be for H2X (Lehrg. 1 18), yet it must most since certainly be regarded as a primitive word both the words 3S father, and BN mother, imitate the most simple labial sounds of the infant beginning
;
to articulate; like TraTrttc (-rraTnrdfa), papa, pappus,
avus, Persic
[>[<.
For the usual
const, state
(the
pater pfitrus in Latin [?].
same metaphor God By is calleu the Father of the righteous, and of the kings
the
form
'?&?),
there
was
of the earth, both of whom are called sons of God, 2 Sa. 7:14; l Ch. 17:13; 22:10; Ps. 89:27,28 [these
passages refer to Christ the Son of God]. father's place to instruct his children
(5)
It
is
B?T), though names D?"}?^, E^'^>

(like "I!,
also anciently 3K and even 3X only found in compound proper

in these also "'P'?^, although as '3, "WT?^-
we very
often find' the form'

:
T&W&
As
it is
Once, Gen. 17 4, 5, in order more plainly to shew the { 3 etymology of the name DC 1? ?, *? is used in the text
1
used of a master, or teacher,
Sa.
itself.
1O:12; and hence, priests and prophets, as being teachers endued with divine authority, are addressed by the name of father out of respect, even by kings,
Note
34:36,
2.
is
The
uncertain;
interpretation of this word in Job 3'l'X jniP UK, Vulg. pater mi
6:21; 13:14 (comp.8:9); Jud. 17:10; "be unto me a father and a priest," 18:19. S a 8 * ne Kabbins were called ri'nX; and so, too, we should understand
^
2 K. 2:12;
5:13
[this passage does not apply];
probetiir Joins, etc. [" for But by taking
titles of honour, the fathers of the church; papa, pope; most holy father, etc. [But see Matt. 23:9.]
the
an address to God [in the The Chaldee is not is weak. sense the sense of 3], " 3N or amiss, i won Id that Job were tried," rendering POX as signifying wish or desire, from the root'lSN, Wilalthough there is no other trace of this form. mett's conjecture [ap. H. A. Schultens] is not un-
UX
my
father
let
J >b be tried"].
Nearly the same
is
(6) Specially the fa t h er of the king, a name given to his supreme counsellor, such as the Orientals now
who would read inSJ? ^N. [But conjecture always unsafe ground with regard to the text of the In Amer. Trans, "others not inspired word of God.
suitable,
is
Gen. 45 8, njriD^ 3K^> VJp'b?} call^. \.]Wezir, vizier; " he hath made me a fa t h e r to Pharaoh ." So I laman is
:
inaptly
make
UN
i.
q. 'foS
woe".]
21* Chald. with
suffix
'?* (i per*.),
111
(the letter H inserted, comp. HOS) father, 5:12. Perhaps i.q. used of a grandfather, Dan. 5 2.
pi. }n:i$
Heb.3X Dan. 2:23; Ezr.4:l5;

:
of the words "11* n 7P.P., Deut. 4:26; 11:17; 23:13,16; also used of a land and hous**? which are
laid waste, Jer. 9:11; Am. 3:15; metaph. of hope, wish, desires which are frustrated, Ps. 9:19; 1 12 10 Pro. 1O:28; 11:7; Ezek. 12:22. Const, followed by
:
,
^^ (from 33X) m. greenness, ver? " while it(the dure of an herb; Job8:l2, 13K? i. e. is still verdant, grass) is yet in its greenness,"
the
root
*3X " the greenness flourishing; Cant. 6:11, ?n|n of the valley," Vulg. poma, from the Chaldee usage.
st
Arab.
C~;\ ^reen fodder.
l Sam. 9:3, 20; also followed by IP, Deut 22:3; Job 11:20, Dnjp n3K bWO "refuge perished from them;" Jer. 25:35; Ps. 142:5; Ezek. 7:26, D>3p.?p nyyi jnbp n3n rrjin "the law shall
? of pers.,
perish from
2N
rt33K
Ch. (from the root
33)/rui<;
with
sufF.
men;" compare
the priest, and counsel from the old Jer. 18: 18; 49:7; hence, Deuteron.
""IS
(where Dagesh forte is resolved into Nun), Dan. 4:9,11,18. In Targg. often for 'If.
32:28, niVJJ ~I3K
"a
nation whose counsel has

;
perished," Vu!g.
consilii expers
Jer. 4:9, 3? 13JO
VÔ
shall
ZII1N a root unused in Hebrew. In Chaldee, in Pael 3HX to produce fruit, especially the first and
T,
and terror);
perish" (for fear Job 8:13, "13N'n t)3.PI nipm " an d (so) perish the hope of the wicked," Psalm 9:19;
to be
" the heart of the king shall
approduce early fruit; Syr. _^25<n pears in Arab., as well as in Heb., to have signified to be verdant, to germinate; see the derivatives*
to
flowers.
It
112:10; Pro. 10:28.

(3)
tunate.
Part,
ready to perish, to be wretched, unfor13X wretched, Job 29:13: 31:19;
I consider the prigreenness, -3'3K ear of corn. mary sense to have been that of putting forth, protruding, germinating with impetus, shooting forth
3X1
Germ. trciben> whence 3Xjunger

that
it i
Sriebf
?
young
shoots; so
(l) to lose, to reckon as lost, give up as lost (ocrjoren geben), Ecc. 3:6. (2) to cause to wander, to disperse (a flock),
Jer. 23:1.
to
Pro. 31:6. PIEL 12X
the sense )f desire, eager pursuit of an object
kindred to the roots ^3K 35O, 3HX, having see 3HX.

;
(3)
cause
to
:
perish,
to
destroy; Ecc. 7:7
^"7
[Abagtha], Persic
pr. n. of
a eunuch
njnp 3JPTIX 13JO
" a gift (bribe)
destroys
(i.e. cor-
in the court of
mology, see Nri33.
Xerxes, Est. 1:IO. As to the ety" j seemg to be the same as

explained from the Sansc. bagaddta,
rupts) the heart." Followed
by
|P, to
^33, and may be

1
Specially anything, Jer. 51 =55. used of inanimate things, 2 K. 19:18;
extirpate from (a) to lay waste,
Num. 33:52;
means
to
given by fortune,' from baga, fortune, sun. (Bohlen)." Ges. add.]

fat.
Deu.l2:2,
to
fin
"12X
"to squander
;
one's
of
r
support" (substance)
Pro. 29:3.
(b) of men,
kill
S - (l)part. TO BE
DEK,
fief)
13^
and
(at the
end of a clause
used
slay, to extirpate, Est. 3:9,13; 2K.ii:i; 13:7. HIPHIL I^X.n, i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut off, as
LOST, TO
ftcf)
LOSE ONESELF, TO WAN-
men and
E^P&'L',
oertieren/
oerloren t?aben/ especially
nations, Deu. 7:10; 8:20; sometimes with addition of the words DJJH 3î?p Lev. 23:30; nnfip
Deu. 7:24;
take
also, to lay
a land waste, Zeph.
of a lost and wandering sheep (Arabic j^l to flee
2:5;
away hope, Job 14:19.

for
Very
:
rarely
8.
away
in
the desert, as a wild beast, and there to
in i fut. quiesces, rrV3'
rn3K'K, Jer. 46
N The
disappear as it were, ftcf) in b?r SBufte wrlieren). rib* "I3X " a lost and wandering sheep," Ps. 119:176;
derivatives all immediately follow ["I3X
I"J3X].
Used of men, Isa. comp. Jer. 50:6; Eze. 34:4, 16. " those who wander in 27:13, -WBfc jnstt D '13Xn the land of Assyria" (are there exiled); Deut. 26:5,
13K
perish, Jer. 10:11. APHEL 131H, fut. "13'in; inf. rn3in to destroy, slay, Dan. 2:12,18,24. HOPHAL (formed as in Hebrew) "13-iri, Dan. 7:11.
"15^,
fut,
13N*, Ch.
to
to
"a wandering Syrian;" it is also used of such as rivers which disappear in the desert, Job6:l8; and metaph. of wisdom failing, 153.29:14.
'EHX.
things,
*l!l^ m. (l) one see the verb, No. 3.
who is wretched, unfortunate

noun
(see Lehrg. p. 488), de-
Hence
(a)
to
(2)
participial
perish,
to be
destroyed
(Syr. Sam. id.

j\j
is
struction,~Nn. 24:20,24.
fn3^? f. (with Tzere
impure).
(l)
some king
lost,
In Arabic, in this sense, the
kindred
used);
used of
Ps.
men and
other living creatures as perishing,
37: so; Job 4:11; sometimes with the addition
Ex. 22:8; Lev. 5:22,23. (2) i.q. ITH3S. a place of destruction, abyss (used of Hades), Pro. 27 2O ('3X
:
H1K
m.
(l) destruction, Job 31: 12.
(?) place of destruction, abyss, nearly synon. with VlX'f, Job 26:6; 28:22; Pro.15'11.
render ships of desire, i e The hastening with very great desire to the port. reading found in forty-four MSS. H3'X, should no
,
j^?N m.
it
verbal of Pi. for
H?^
(f r that reason
has the Daleth without dagesh lene), slaughter,
doubt be read (as was done by the Syriac translator) niPX, and must be understood of hostile vessels,
pirates, passing as quickly as possible over the water; and, suitably enough, in the other hemistich it if But the joined to the eagle darting on its prey. common reading may have the same meaning, if for
destruction, Est. 9:5.

j"]?{, const,
Est. 8: 6.
st.
113X
id.
destruction, death,
pare
HIS,
tlie
H3N* prop. TO BKEATHE AFTER, comroots kindred both in form and signification,
,
H3X we read H3X.

(from the root H3X No. a) poverty, misery, a word once found, Pro. 23:29, of the form /IBp, no doubt formed for the purpose of paronomastically an swering to the words MX and *in compare Lehrg. 374,
;
frit.
38,
3XF), also
3HX, 33n Lat. aveo; hence:
(l)
to
le inclined, willing,
prone,
to
wish; except
in Isa.
1 :19; Job 39:9, always found with a negative particle. Constr. with an inf., either alone, Deu. 2:30; 10:10;
25:7;
Isa.
more often found in

Ex. 10:27,
go;" Job willing
Pro.
30:9, or with the prefix prose, Lev.26: 21
?,
;
which
latter is
2 Sa.l3: 14. 16;
DH^? H3X i6 "he would not let them will the buffalo be 39:9," TJ3J? On n3X'n
:
15:4; 17:1; 59:13; so Abulwalid, whom I unhesitatingly follow. Kimchi, who is followed by most of the moderns, takes it as the same as 'IX and *in an interjection of grief. [" 0, woe! Cooip.
r,
note
and
Isa.
Gr.
ai/3o7, Arist.
Pac. 1066."
Ges. add.]
to serve thee?"
Found also with an accusative,

:
l :25; and absolutely, Isa. l 19, Dryo?'1 *3KPI D5$ "if ye shew yourselves willing and obey;" Pro. With a dative of pers. to be willing towards 1:1O. any one, to be willing in mind, to obey (often with the synonym ^ J"??0, Ps. 8l:l2; Deu. 13:9; Pro.
(from the root D3X), by a Syriacism, for D "P;|aN m. D-13X whence const. D-13X, Isa. 1:3; pia where cattle are stable, stall, Job fattened, place
;
:
D13X
39:9, and in which provender
is
kept, Pro. 14:4.

:
The
signification of stable is also suitable in Isa. l
3,
1:30.
(a)
to
where however LXX. and Vulg. render prcesepe, manger, \\ Inch both in this place, and Job loc. cit. is
not
less suitable
desire,
to
is
long for,
.
to be in
want
of;
a sig-
nification
which
found, at least in the derivative

;
and probable.
Compare Arab.
So D13X
is
s ~
f
i
.\
nouns, 'tag, (3) In Arabic
fV3X, n:i3X
it
Ch. XJT-1X stable and manger.

the Talmud.
also used in
has a power altogether the reverse to be unwilling, to refuse, to loathe, so that it answers to the Hebrew H3X N7. It must not however
JN
to
be supposed that this signification is actually conFor the sense of inclining (jtd) neigen/ geneigt trary. used in the Hebrew, for propensity towards, and good will (ûncigung); in Arabic, for turning away
fcin)
is
turn,
i.
to
a doubtful root, perhaps [i. q. "^X, In turn about (so Ges. corr.). -0 -
"jjsn,
M&-
nuale]
q.
Arab.i^
f r
Hence
to rebuke, to threaten
*%-
from
(TCbnetgung),
and a loathing mind; whence
^-U
"* .? stagnant, marsh water, prop, causing loathing, Hf\j\ a marsh reed (compare DJX. , pOJX) see ^N, and the
;
i"irO{< or f., once found; (if this be the true reading) Eze. 21:20, 3nn nri3X "the threatening of the sword," i.e. the threatening sword. [" 'a turning of the sword,' i.e. a sword turning
nrO^
itself;
pJier derivatives, No. a.
perhaps glittering;
i.
q.
nDSn^D
to a
3nn, Gen.
3:84."
i.
>"I3K
.,
reed, papyrus,
q.
Arab,
i'
$ ]J\
collect.
* ? Arab. j^\j\ destruction, referring
"
Ges. corr.]
C'astell
(Mept. p. 10), compa'-es
Mace. 26:6:
is
may
ib^ (see the root No. 3, although the Hebrew word also be simply said to come from the head of a
but
root
(for so
it
should be written)
from the
reed being bowed down; compare Isa. 58:5). It occurs once, Job 9:26, H3K n^'?^ "vessels of reeds," made of the papyrus Nilotica, such as were of frequent
n f- conJ- IV. an(^ denotes permission.

is
reference to Castell
coir.]
of course
rejected in
Ges.
use
tny
among
Comment, on
the Egyptians and Êthiopians (compare Isa. 18:2) on account of their very
opinion is, that the reading in that passage in Ezekiel is corrupt, and that we should read 3nn nn3D "slaughter of the sword." Thil
is
My own
(mat swiftness on the water.
Others, with
Symm.
conjecture
confirmed by
LXX.
o-fu'ym p
Pi?,
is
and by the following context, "Lo!

:
it
brightened aud sharpened for slaughter Ccmp. ze. 31 14, 15. The Greek words
are often used to express the
[Abigail], pr.n. wards of David,

I
1
f.
(l) of the wife of Nabal, afterSa. 25: 3, 14,

O
which name
t
is also
- t,f
ffây/j,
Hebrew
contracted ?3 '?^ (comp. Arab.
JL\
for
,Lj\ what?)
nn?p, rap.
D'lTlSfl&t m. (from the root
to cook), pi.
nB3
transp. for
verse 32, and 2 Sa. 3:3 (o). (2) a sister of David, l Ch. 2 :l6, also called 2 Sa. 17 25. ?3*3i$,
:
melons, Nu. 11:5. To this answers

s
-
s -
|T3^ ("father of a judge"), [Abidan], pr.n. of a captain of the tribe of Benjamin at the time of
the departure from Egypt,
the Arab. i-V

to ripen, like
transp. for
^Sr
fr
m |*J*
to cook,
Num.
1:11; 2:22.
i.e.
the Gr. jrtnwv, ^)febe/ melon, from In the Hebrew there is added TrtVrw: comp. ?^3. K prosthetic. From the Arabic word above cited
the
??> ("father of
knowledge,"
knowing),
[Abida, Abidafi], pr.n. of a son of Midian, Gen.

25:4'*1'3
Spanish
budiecas,
the French
pasteques,
are
(i.q. .irvn*?
"whose father
is
Jehovah").
lerived.
pr.n. f., the mother of Hezekiah, aK. 18: 2, in the parallel place, 2 Ch. 29:1, more fully and correctly i" '?^, which is also in some copies the
,
1
[Abia, Abiah, Abijah'], pr.n. (A) of men. (l) th-j second son of Samuel, l Sa. 8:2. (2) l Ch. 7:8. (3)lK.i4:i. (4) iCh. 24:10; Neh.io:8. (5) i.q. 1n '?^ king of Judah see below. (JB) pr.n. of a woman,
;
reading in Kings.
Ch. 2 24.
:
"*3$ ("father of strength,"

from the root
(
i.e. strong,
Li.
to
be strong), [Abi-albon],
pr.n. of one of David's heroes, 2 Sa. 23:31, called also ^"O^, l Ch. 11:32.
is Jehovah") and flij Abijah, king of Judah, the son and successor of Kehoboam, 2 Ch. 13:1, sqq. constantly written B'^? in Kings lK.l4:.3l; 15: 1,7, 8, "father of the s e a," i. e. maritime man.
^3$ ("whose father

:
(id.), pr.n.
7N*2SI ("father of strength,"
i.e.
strong),
(i) iCh. ll =32, see JfcJTSf^. [Abief], pr.n. m. (Q) the grandfather of king Saul, 1 Sa. 9:1; 14:51. In the genealogy, as found iCh. 8:33; 9:39, Ner
is
M!Ta$ (" whose father He," i.e. God, is), pr.n. Abihu, son of Aaron, slain by God for offering incense contrary to the law, Lev. lo:l, sqq.
said to
ing to l
have been Saul's grandfather, but accordSa. 14:61, he is rather to be taken as his
T-in;),
TirVriX ("whose father is Judah," [Abihud'], pr.n. m. l Ch. 8:3.

11
i.q.
38
paternal uncle.
The
real
genealogy stands thus: Abiel
7?!T3{$ (perhaps incorrectly for ^n ?^ which the reading of some copies), [AbihaiQ pr.n.
(l) the wife 1 Ch. 3 29.
:
is
of Rehoboam, 2 Ch. 11 :l8.
(2) m.,
Kish
Saul
Ner
Abner.
(l) needy, poor, so called from the JVÎX adj. idea of needing (see the root H3X No. 2), Dftut
"P^ ??>(" father of gatheri ng," i.e. gatherer), \_Abiasaph~], pr.n. of a Levite of the family of
Korah, Ex. 6:24,
9: 19, 19:3$.
15:4;
7:11.
Sons of
the
needy,
for the
needy^
Ps. 72:4; see 13.
who
is
also called, 1 Ch.
6:8,22;
(2) oppressed,
tion of the
wretched,
often with the addi-
synonym
afflicted
?y ; Psal.4O:l8,
]V?1
;"
*2%
31
;
" and
(from the root 33N), m., an ear of corn, a green ear, Lev. 2:14; Ex. 9:31, 3^1N(n) rniyfe>n
" the barley was in the ear," i. e. the ears were developed. Comp. as to the syntax, Cant. 2:13, 2 s nxn en'n " the month of green ears," at a later
J ?V
(am)
and wretched
like
N>JJ,
Ps.
70:6
86:l;
109:22.
suffers
Specially,
used of
one
1
who
shipper of are joined)
God (whence Am.

;
undeservedly, although a pious wor2:6, p^V and ji" ?^ used also of a whole nation succumbing
exile,
to miseries, as of the Israelites in
15.41:17;
period called fD'3, beginning at the new moon of April (of March, according to the Rabbins), the first month of the old year [as instituted on coming ? out a Ex. 13:4; Dcu. 16:1.
comp. 25:4.
In the
same
signification the sect of
the Ebimiites adopted this name, as assuming that
Egypt],
23:15;
they were IK rH>v VTWÔJIrojy, Matt. 5 3:
i5i'
iaTiv
i/
fiaaiXtta T>
.*
?&>
("whose
father
is
exultation"), /J
i1*3J Ebiasaph see ^DS^K.T inr?K ("father of help," like the

T
Germ.2Cbolf
rendered caper by the LXX., Vulg., as denoting use the pi. r?i*3 Rabbies The Syr. not only capers, but also the small fruits of trees, as
Kcc. 12:5.
It is
from
( l) clf/aid),[.A&t'e.Jer],pr.n. a son of Gilead, Josh. 17:2, and melon, of his de-
TCtta/
father,
and
myrtles, olives, etc.
Tne patronymic noun is'1$n '3$[;l&te.2riJe],Jud.6:ii,24; 8:32. Hence is the shortened form lUT *, Nu. 26 30, and the patroscendants, Jud. 6:34; 8:2.
5
:
7*rT3N
brave),
(" father of strength," bravery, i. q. (i)Num. 3:35. (2) [Abihait],-pr.n. m.
'"WK ibid. (2) one of the heroes of David, nym. J 2 Sa. 23:27; l Ch. 11:28; 27 l <*.
:
iCh. 5:14.
(3) the father of Esther, Est. 2:1559:29.

("
"
^D'SK
pr. n. m., l
father of goodness"), [Abitub],
Ch. 8: 11.
[
"I^Nt (from the root 3?), subst. strong one mighty one, only found in the phrase 3pJP T3^ " the 75Oij^ "V3X mighty one of Israel, of Jacob;"
I
l
used of God, Gen. 49:24;
Isa.
1:24.
(l) strong,
Jer.
TO*?X
father of dew," Abital], pr.n.of one

:
")*3X
of the wives of David, 2 Sa. 3 4.
adj.
(from
the root 1?K).

l
MK [Abijam],
^^?fr?
mighty, used of men commonly
as a subst. as, a
:
see
W^g.
pr. n.
mighty
m. of a descendl
one,
3^?
Jud. 5:22; Lam.
15
46:15:
Poeti:
[Abimael"], ant of Joktan in Arabia, Gen. 10:28;
Ps. 76:6,
H '"}.
n38
"the strong of
heart."
Chron.l: 22,
cally used, car' iû-^y
probably the father or founder of an Arab tribe called sKft, a trace of which was pointed out by
]W3
3S "the strong
13, ones, i.e. bulls, of Bashan;"

(b) of
(a) of a bull;
Psa. 22
Ps. 50:13;
Bochart (Phaleg.ii. 24), in Theophrastus (Hist. Plant. ix. 4), who probably by the name of MaXt, means
the
the horse,
and metaph. of princes, Ps.68:3i. only in Jeremiah 8:16; 47:3;
50:11
(comp.
the
same wandering tribe in the neighbourhood of modern Mecca, as in Strabo are called Mincei,
Gramm. 104. 2, note). (2) powerful, noble, Job 24:22; 34:20; DH7 Q'TIIX "food of nobles, or princes," i.e. more
D'jhn
=|?'P
J?
("father of the king," or "father
(l) of several kings in king''), [Abimelech], pr.n. the land of the Philistines, living at different periods,
dainty food, Ps. 78:25; comp. Jud. 5:25; of the herdsmen," l Sa.2l:8. (3) 37 "V3X obstinate, stubborn, a man of perverse mind, Isa. 46:12; comp. 3? pin.
c'elicate,
T3X "chief
Gen. 2O:2,sqq. 21 :22,sqq.

;
26:1, sqq.; Ps-34:l.

cit. is
As
2"^5^ ("father
pr.n. m.
of loftiness"),
;
the
same king, who
in the Ps. loc.
called
Abi-
(T, Nu. 16:1, 12
26:9.
(2)
\_Abirain\, 1 K. 16:34.
cf
melech, is in l Sa. 2l:ll, called Acliish (tf"?X), this name or title appears to have been mostly common
to
3Z^3N(" father oferror"),[u46isAa<7],pr.n.

David's concubine,
1
K.
:3; 2:17.
them, like
>w û
Padishah (father king) of the
JÎU^3X ("father of welfare"), [Abishua],

pr.n. m.
"VI w
Persian kings, and (jfew' Atalik (father, properly paternity) of the Khans of Bokhara. (<2) a son of
(l)
Ch. 8:4.
(2) iCh. 5:30; Ezr. 7:5.
Gideon, Jud. 8:31, seq.; 9:1, seq.; 2 Sa. 11:21. (3) l Chr. 18:16, where indeed we probably should
read Ô'nx, as 2 Sa. 8:17.
*3 ^ ("fatherNof pr.n. m., l Ch. 2:28, 29.
wall"), [Abishur],
rnriN
Jesse,
("
noble father," or
"
father of
("father of gift" ["comp. *^." Ges. add.]), [Abi$kai] pr.n. m. of the son of David's sister, who was also an officer, the brother of Joab,
t
^'5^
nobility"), [Abinadab~\, pr. n. m. (l) a son of l Sa. 16:8; 17:13. (2) a son of Saul, l Sa. 31:2 (3)1 Sa. 7:1. (4) iK.4:ii.
Sa. 26:6, sqq.; 2 Sa. X, 2 Sa. 10:10.
2:18,24; sometimes called
3X
("father of peace"), [Abishalom],
E>x5^? (" father of pleasantness," or of grace), [A bin 'am], pr. n. of the father of Barak, Jud.
pr.n. m. of the father-in-law of Rehoboam, l Kings 15:2,10. But 2 Ch. 11:20,21, there is found D17L"3K.
173S
ee.
("father of light"), [Abner, marg.
("father of plenty," for "VV3K), [Abiathar], pr.n. of a son of Ahimelech the

priest,
<>n
"UVntf
46<er],pr.tj.m., 183.14: so; elsewhere "U3X, which
whom,
very closely joined in friendship to David. together with Zadok, the high priesthood
was bestowed by David, of which he was deprived by Solomon, 1 Sa. 22:20, sqq. 23:6; 30:7; 2 Sa. 15:24; as to the passage, 2 Sa. 8: 17, see Ô'njf.
;
I.
'-?N>
1),
adj.,
mourning
[from the
root
?5N
ROLL
a root, aval Xfyofji. prob. TO ROLL, TO ^j-1^* UP, also TC INTERTWINE, redden/ nrirfetn/ w&
Gen. 37:35; Lam. 1:4, ^blX |i'V ^"H "the ways to Zion mourn." Const, state ?3*?, Ps. 35:14. PL const. V?$, Isa. 61:3, with Tzere impure; com-
No
4 $
pare Arab.
II.
JuA
(from ?3? No.
II),
nricfeln.
Kindred roots are
7]13
c_fl) to intertwine,
^5^
apparently a grassy
s-s.
to
be entangled; ^3^ to
""13?
["
boil up, aufroallen/ aufquellen/ to interweave, to braid." Ges. add.] ; also

"=]?'?
place, a
pasture,
meadow, Arabic
Jjl fresh and
the
more harsh
(Jjîl to turn.
HITHPAEL, to be rolled together, used of smoke, which lifts itself up hi the air in a dense volume,
not unlike water bubbling forth from the fountain;
Isa.
Used as an appellative, 1 Sa. long hay, sea weed. 6: 18, unless for !$1|n we should read f3
9:17,
e
j^JJ
J"NK3
'âXJVI
"and they
lifting
25tcEtrf)t)/
shall
be
almost demanded by verses 14, 15, and is given by the LXX. and Syriac. It is of <roquent use in geographical names
^P"
1
1
! !!,
which
is
rolled together with the

t>djj
up of smoke,"
comp. Vulg.,
(a) rnxo-iva situated near Beth
^[Abel
Maachah (which
Beth-Maachah~\,\.e. see); a town of
in
SJaucl)
..
aufrcalle
}
(ba
Manasseh
to the east of
Jordan, at the foot of Mount
explained by grammarians, to be proud, to walk proudly, perhaps, prop, to roll oneself forward, used of the walk of a corpulent man,
Syr. Syr.
~s)f
is
ltd)
Lebanon, 2 Sa. 20:14, 15; iK. 15:20; 2 K. 15:29; elsewhere called 0?p~~^5S, 2 Ch. 16:4; compare ) K. 15:20, and simply ?3^, 2 Sa. 2O:l8.
(b)
fortiodljcn.
DWn
briK
("the
meadow
of acaoias"),
I.
'-**?
Hos. 10:5;
signification
?3* Am. 8:8.

fut.
TO
MOURN,
followed
by
?J>,
WALK WITH
The proper Arab., Syr. id. appears to be, TO BE LANGUID, TO THE HEAD CAST DOWN (compare the
>?N, 7P.N, also n^3, 733, 723,
bi-literal stock, bal, fed,
all
\_Abel-s hittim~\, Nu. 33:49, a place situated in the plains of Moab; the same apparently, Nu.25:l, Micah
6: 5,
is
simply called D'B^.
(c)
Dpn?
:
^S
("
meadow
of the v'aeyards"),
kindred roots
of
which are from the
Jud.l 1 33, a village of the Ammonite", which is stated by Eusebius to have abounded in vines even in his
time.
having
the sense of falling, comp. a<fxi\\w, fallo, Germ, fallen), us done by mourners; but it is transferred from
and manner of mourners to the voice, and to lamentation (see 73N). Poet, used of in' animate things; Am. 1:2, D*jnn n'lX3 -173 j* "the
the dress
pastures
'"1
of
the
shepherds
'
mourn;"
Isa.
24:4, 7,
nVinp 73K (" the meadow of dancing"), \_Abel-me holah~\, a village of the tribe of Issachar, between Scythopolis and Neapolis, the birth-place of Elisha the prophet, Jud. 7:22; 1 K. 4:12; 19:16. (e) DHVP '?.$ Gen. 50:11 ("meadow of the
(d)
" the new wine rnourneth ?!'P^ U^"Vijl 7?X " the clusters mourn), the vine languished! ; (i.e.
tjy
Egyptians"), [Abel-mizraim~\, the name
of a
threshing-floor situated near Jordan, which is so explained in the context, that the sacred writer appears
to
HIPHIL ^3X11
2:8.
have read without the
to
cause to
mourn,
to
make
to
la-
points,
and pronounced
it
ment, Ezek. 31:15; used of inanimate things, Lam.
D^VO 7?X (mourning of the Egyptians). [But why may not ^^ be here taken in the sense of mourning ;
a mourner, hence, to mourn, i.q. Kal, especially in prose, while Kal is appropriated to poetic diction, Gen. 37:34; Ex. 33:4; with 7X an! 7}/ of person, 1 Sa. 15:35; 2 Sa. 13:37. The derived nouns almost immediately follow. [/3?
HITHPAEL, prop,
to
m ourner
/J
41,
act as
of Eyypt ?~\
suff.
with
*
v3^ m. (from ?3^ No. I), mourn-
ing, Est.4:3; 9:22; specially for the dead, Gen. 27:
No.
I,
73X.]
'
'3^ "mourning for an only (son)," Am. 8:10; Jer!6:26; Mic. 1:8, fUJC. niJ3? ^81 "and (I will make) a mourning like the ostriches," which make a ?3^ n ^JJ " to make
IT
wailing cry;
u. S:
rHE
Arab. Jj| and ^ W.
TO BE
WET
WITH
grass.
mourning
/J^> adv.
for
any one," Gen. 50:10.
MOISTURE
is
OF GRASS, hence, Syr.
^->.
(l) in the
more ancient Hebrew,
affix
Cognate
fience
is
the
Hebrew
II.
773, J_, to moisten, to water,
mative, truly, indeed, Gen. 42:21; 2 Sa. 14:5; 2 K. 4:1 4, also having a corrective power, n ay in-
73X No.
deed, Gen. 17:19; but nay,
iK. 1:43.
(Tc
thi
VIII
and the
Arabic particle of correcting, ^Jj but indeed, but rather; takeu from the root n?2, prop. i. q. Heb. ?3, so that its primary power lies in denying
fcoswers the
plummet
by
7 8.)
:
destroyed as if
of desolation," i.e. all shall Ix rule and line. (As to the thing
comp.
Am.
The K is prosthetic.) the contrary. (a) in the later Hebrew, adversative; but indeed, on the other hand, Dan. 10:7,21; Ezr. 10:13;
o-
(6) Sometimes stones serve to designate places (o) "\ty J3K "stone of help" geographically; thus
\_Eben-ezer~], placed at
Mizpeh by Samuel,
aCh. 1:4; 19:3; Arab. J.. but. Other particles of which are both affirmative and adversative, are ^X, 1?X, o>lN, *| [these two latter words
this kind,
5:1; 7:12. (b) ^Tan i?$ l Sa. 20:19; compare J"l?n'T. J3{$ emphat. st. N33K Ch.
"stone
id.
l Sa. 4: i of departure,"
;
Dan. 2 34. 35.

:
are omitted in
vero.
Amer. Trans.] comp. the

;
2 Ki. 5:12, in }'ro for
njJDK.
which
see.
Lat. verum,
Comp. the
letter 3.
see
an unused root, which had, I suppose, the constructing and building; comp. H33 to build, and IPX to prop, to found, whence |OX Hence is faber, an artificer, TiKruy.
force of
fern,
JtS
|?î. q. \^ a stone, only in dual D?3?S prop, a pair of stones, used (l) of the wheel ofa potter. Jer.l8:3,of the potter, -man behold he wrought a D^nsrr^y rot6p
np
work upon
have
below,
tab. L.
toins
his potter's wheel." ["It appears to consisted of two stones, one above and the other
and
is
so depicted
on Egyptian
pi. (commonly and so Job. 28:2, but masc. l Sa. 17:40). (l) a stoneof any kind, whether rough or polished,
J3N
with
suff.
tana
D33S,
.33K,
monuments;
;
see Rossellini,
Monum.
Civil.
J
Oriair,
Wilkinson's
Manners and CusEgyptiar^,

iii.
of the Ancient
p.
164.
very large or very small. Collect, stones, Gen. 11:3. Used of the foundation stone of a house, Isa. 28:16;
9
ginally,
it
and
also for potters
working in the open
V
id.,
of vessels of stone, Ex. 7:19; Syr. of rare occurrence. JEtli. JVfl^: " and h e : a stone"
J..I"*)
but
a stony (i.e. hard) heart," Eze. 11:19; 36:26; used also of a bold and intrepid mind, Job 41:16, TJ3 J3a "hail stone;" 153.30:30; whence
Josh. 10: 11, niVn| D^35<
called a little
is used of great hailstones, below Tjari r?3. (a)fc-ar'eox'> a precious stone,a <7em,Ex.28:9, qq- 35 :2 7; Jore fully fan i3a, isa. 54:12; in }3, Pro. 17:8; !TJ3 J3K, Eze. 28: 13, which latter is also used of stones for building, as of marble, l K. l o a, 1 1 (3) stone ore, ore (Grjflein), Job 28:2. In Arabic
:
*5 37 13Sn 1?
became
Metaph. l Sa. stiff as a stone.
seems to have been made of stone, afterwards of wood. A wooden wheel of this kind is called in the Talmud HP prop, trunk, stem then cippus ; then a
;
wheel made of a trunk, and also the wheel ol a cart made in like manner hence, from the resemblance, it comes to signify ["(2) A low seat, stool, on which the workman
potter's
;
made, it would seem, of a block of wod, and frequently represented on Egyptian monuments. seat of this kind was doubtless used by the midwife,
sat,
while assisting a
woman
in labour lying
on a bed.
when ye do the office of midwife to the J Hebrew women (WH ]3 DN D^3Kn ?y.in^-i.1) then shall
So Ex.
'
16,
" they say in the dual ..A/.^, both stones," of gold and
silver.
ye see (while yet) upon the stool, whether it be a boy,' &c. The midwife is directed at the very moment of birth, while she yet sits upon her stool, and no one
has seen or touched the infant, to ascertain ito sex by the sight, or rather touch, and if it be a male to kill it, as she could easily do by the pressure of her hand or fingers, unknown to the parents." Ges. add.
else
(4) rock, Gen.49:24, ^TJfc f3a "the

Israel,"
i.
rock of
(5) a
e. Jehovah comp. iw. weight of the balance (from

;
stones having
anciently been used, as they
still
are in the East, for
All the following part of the

rejected in
art. in
weights; compare Germ,

tone~\Yi this
tcin/
a large weight used
Amer.
Trans."].
is
Lex. Manuale being Abulwalid, in Lex. MS.;
especially in weighing wool
[so also the English used even when the weight was uot made of stone; 12$ 13? " divers weights," Deu. i5:i3; D< ? \?3a weights carried in a bag, Pro. 16:1 1 Zee. 5:8, rraiyn |3a a weight of lead," Zee.
word
is
double upon which the potter turns consists of two wheels of wood, like a handmill, the one is larger, which is the lower one, the other is smaller, and this is the upper. This
earthen vessels.
It
is called D!3?X i.e. a pair of stones, although not made of stone, because of their being like a hand-null, which is generally made of rtoue
" The instrument
instrument
4:10; /*TfO 1?K

will stretch
also
it
a plummet,
Isa.
34:1
;"He
over
the line of wasting (^13 \
Amongst
is
the people of this country (the Moors) it not found, but it is used by the Oriental potters."
in wrestling the dust
construed with QV; denom. from P3K dust, because is raised. So in Greek iraXaiuv
(2) Used for a roashing-vessel of stone, in which they used to wash new-born infants, Ex. l :l6; such washing vessels appear to have resembled hand-
An (TVfATraXaifiv, avyKOViovaQat from 7rtiXj, KOVIQ. unusual word appears to have been used by the
sacred writer, in order to allude to the river p31, verse 23.
name
of
the-
being made of two stones, the lower of which was hollowed, the upper serving as a lid. Others, to reconcile these two passages, understand
mills, in
in the one the seat of a potter, in this, that of a parSo Kimchi, rH^'H n&>K 3&n, and turient woman.
so also Ch.
pjs> m., dust, specially small and fine (see my conjecture as to the etymology [under the verb]), such as is easily scattered by the breeze, Isa. 5:24, and such as a horse raises in galloping, Eze. 26:10. It
thus differs from 1SJJ thicker and heavier dust, Den. 28 24. " The dust of God's feet," used poet, of the
:
and both Arabic versions.
05? with Aleph prosthet.), with suff. 1P33K, pi. D'P33K m., a belt, or girdle, such as priests wore, Ex. 28:4; 39 40 Lev. 16:4; and other 2. nobles, Isa. 22:21; comp. Joseph. Arch. iii. 7, Ch. 13f, K~m3, KI^Bt? a belt. Both words, the Hebrew and the Chaldee, come from the Persic, in
ID33K
(for
clouds on which
i"lpDJ$
f.
God
treads,
Na.
1 :3,
comp.
PDK*.
id.,
whence ^Vl
i.e.
np,3K
powder,
dust of
3
=
the merchant,"
aromatic powder, Cant.
6.
which jcj (Sanscr. bandha, Germ. SSanb) signifies any band, also a girdle. [This word however is used in
Pent, before the Hebrews had
l-!?O ("
J
TO
(l) prop. TO
ftcl)
STRIVE UPWARD, TO MOUNT,

see
SOAR,
emporfdinringen/
Hiph.,
is
also
the
any Persian intercourse.]
derivatives "I3S
to 13JJ,
"13.V,
and
>"l"p^.
Perhaps this
j^
ebei;
kindred
father of light"), A bner, pr.n. m., the of King Saul, l Sa.i4:5l 17 55,57; 20:25; general
;
=
comp. Pers.
virtp
(super), all
sometimes called
~i.3/?&?
Sa. 14:50.
LXX. 'Afilwrip.
of which have the notion of above, being over, and hence of passing over, surpassing, see "QJJ. It is
applied
(2) to
and in the Talmud, TO FEED TO FATTEN cattle. (Prop., as appears to me, largely, to stamp in, comp. the kindred D-13, hence to stuff, to cram, cinpfvopfen; comp. Gr. rpiîa pr. i.q. Tn'jyyvfju.) Part. pass. Pro. 15:17. Used of geese, iK.5:3. Hence are derived D13X, D-13XQ.
as
in Ch.
D3N
any power, and
it'tpytia, see
"^N, T3N.
HIPHIL, to mount upward in flight, as a hawk, Job 39 26. [Derivatives, see Kal.]
:
"ON
m., a
wing feather,
is
(<2rfw>ungfeber)/
Isa.
with
:
which birds
soar,
such as that of the eagle,
40 31
- pi- f-t pustules, boils, rising up in the 9:9,10; verbal from the root JW3 Chaldee hence Syriac Pilpel y?V3 to boil up, to swell up
-
"yrv
It the dove, Ps. 55:7. wing itself, Eze. 17:3.
distinguished from the
skin, Ex.
9
rrnK
f.
id.,
Job 39:1 3;
:l l
;
'
'
ascribed to God, Deut. 32
Ps. 68:14. Ps. 91 -.4.
Poetically
J^s-x-âîs^ pustules prefixed. Compare JN3,
in
Hebrew K
prosthet.
was
Drn^X Abraham,
of the Jewish
pr.n., the founder
and
fathei
V?3.
to
V ?\*
|
an unused
root,
white, whence Ch.
K3K
perhaps, i.q.
be
tin;
hence
nation; the son of Terah, born in he left [as called of God], and which Mesopotamia, sojourned in the land of Canaan with his flocks, in a
kind of nomadic
life,
see
Gen. 12
is
25.
In the
5v
\_Abe z~\, pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Issa-
book of Genesis
D^3X,
i.e.
until
17:5, he
always called
char, perhaps so called from tin, Josh.l9:2O. " (perhaps of t i n"), [/& z a n], pr.n. of a judge of the Israelites, Jud. 12 :8, 10.
I
"father of
in that
V?^
[Abram]. But
progeny
is
elevation;" Gr. 'A/3paju passage in which a numerous

of
his
promised
to spring
by a
a root not used in Kal, which I suppose to have had the force of to pound, to make small, from the onomatopoetic syllable p3, "|3, 32, pQ, which, as well as p, pT (see PP." }, Î?"^), had the
5
slight
alteration
from him, he is called name Di?~^> i. e.

S
~
'
**
"father of a multitude," (comp. Arab. *l&, a

large number), or as the context itself explains it, DiVttN VT^5 the God of Abraham," Di3 fion 3X. Ps. Vch. for "
force of
pounding;
also
comp. HD3
to drop,
to
distil;
Jehovah,"
:
30:6;
47:10:
a< iq
Ps.
is
1
P31,
JJ33, C?33,
jriyy//, Tr/jyi'uw,
(comp. specially Srj pod)en). Gen. 32: -25,
Germ, Hence P3S
potten/ bo!en
" the seed of

Isa.
8.
Abraham," of the Israelites,
05 6
:
dust.
'26,
recipr. to
wrestle,
In the same signification there 41 used rn3S, Mic. 7:20.
simply
word uttered by the herald before ":J~QX a If it were Hebrew it s Gen. 41 143. chariot, Joseph might be thought to be the inf. abs. Hiph. (from the
(compare DÎ^X properly D'S^n. Jer 2.5:3), used in this place for the imperative, so that it might be, bow the knee. Vulg.
"H"?.?!?
(4) arched, vaulted work (ew&lbe), used of the vault of heaven, Am. 9:6; comp. Germ. (Mat, abea,
story of a building; from the verb gaben, gatten/ which has the sense of binding together see Adelung Lex. hh. w.
;
root TD?)
which
is
for
coram eo genua Jlecterent, so also Abulwalid and Kimchi, compare Lehrgeb. But it is more probable that this is a word p. 319.
clconante prcecone, ut omnes
^f m.,
f
a nut, Cant. 6:11; Arab, and Syr.J^-,

*
f ^, Pers.Jî. This taken from the Persic
of Egyptian origin, so inflected and altered by the Hebrew writer, that although a foreign word it should sound like Hebrew, and might be derived
Hebrew word appears to be by prefixing x prosthetic;
compare
"11
N.
from roots of their language;

ny~i3.
And
is
7p3X
compare DO, ntÔ^ the Egyptian word which is concealed in " let every one probably either Au-rek, i.e.
\_Agur\, pr.n. of a wise man, the son of n i^), to whom Proverbs, chap. 30, is attri If this name be taken as buted in its inscription.
J^
Jakeli
bow
te
s.
Aperek,
v.
himself" (in an optative sense), or, as I prefer, " bow the head." Jablonskii i. e. Opusc. ed.
torn.
i.
symbolic, like Koheleth, it might signify an assembler, one of the assembly (of wise men), n fO^. ?V3 Ecc. 12:11.
f., a silver coin, so called from the notion of collecting, from the root ">3X to collect, like the Lat. stips in the formula, stipem colligei'e, 1 Sa. 2 36.
:
Water,
p.
4; Rossii
Luther, in the later

btefcS
tjl
Bible,
bcr
;
and ^H Ch. king
German SanbcSoater. 3S he comp. 3X No. 6.
Etymologise Êgypt. editions of the

takes as father,
I^
In th
Maltese, agar signifies the same.
LXX., Vulg.
c>/3o\o'c,
nummus.
The Hebrew
interpreters
which
see.
OTtf ("father of peace"), Absalom,pr.n.

in.
i.
(l) a son of king David, 2 Sam. 13; etc.
(a)
q.
D'fe"3S which see.]
^ an unused root, prop, to flow together, to be gathered together as water, cogn. to the root /?4,
f
which
is
NjN
hence
an unused
root.
Arab.
used of the rolling of the waves.
Arab.
VP-I
to
L \^-\
flee;
Conj.
II. to
cause to flow together, hence, to gather
s-i-
("fugitive"), [Agee], pr.n. m. 283.23:11.
water together,
also "*3X.
^Jj^l*
a pool, a pond;
compare
Hence
^P^
bltfze as
an unused
fire.
root.
Arab.
'
to
burn,
to
Hence
Amalekite kings, Num.
*$
24:7;
\_Afja(f\, pr.n. of the

l
$ "the (heavenly) reser$ Job 38:28 voirs of dew," comp. ver. 22, "the storehouses of snow and hail;" Vulg., Ch., Syr. understand drops
Sa.
15:8,9.20,32.
of Hainan, Est. 3:1, 10;
explains
it
of dew,
as if
is
little
drops, globules (comp. 773); but
n. ^f \_Afjayite~\, gout.
the former
preferable.
8:3, 5; Joseph. Arch.
xi. 6, $ 5,
'A/ia\ij-
Dy^lN ("two pools"), [#<7/anH],Isa.i5:8, pr.n. of a village in the land of Moab, called by Eusebius
'AyaXXu'fj..
an unused root; in Chaldee to bind. Compare "1?^, "^12^, and my farther remarks on the root In Arabic some of its derivatives are applied *1*|.
to arched or vaulted work, edifices of firmly compacted structure, because of the strong coherence of all the parts, and the firm compactness; compare
?N
the
by
It can scarcely be doubted that this is as Agalla ("AyuXAa), which is mentioned 4. Joseph. Arch. xiv. 1 ,
same
an unused
(1) Med. A.
to
root:
TH
and rnjs: No. 4.
Hence
rPUX
"
bands
f. (l) a knot, a band; note rinJSj of the yoke," Isa. 58:6. (2) a bundle, as of hyssop, Ex. 12:22. (3) a land or troop of men, like the German
whence is ]^D3.X (2) Med. E. to be warm and corrupt, as walci, whence D3^ and j'lOJ.S No. 2. (3) Med. E. to loathe, to abhor, Ch. DJN to bn sad, to grieve, whence DJN.
burn, No. 1.
to be
Arabic hot (comp. DDH, DfV
<,
CJX
'
subst. [absol. Isa. 35:7,cst.
D34l:l8], p*
JBanu, 2 Sa. 2:25; comp.
^n.
(l) a pool, a marsh, so called from the corrupt water, Isa. 35 7 42:15; Ps. 1 07 35. Specially used of the pools of stagnant water left on the shores of the Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7:19; 8:1.
: : ;
(a) ["
i.
q.
J1O3.K
a reed, a cane"
Ges. add.
m., for *b~\\ with Akp/i p.osthet. from the root *n| No. 2, the is t, Ex. 2 1 1 8 Isa. 58:4; (so LXX. and Vulg. in both places, and this word is used by the Rabbins in the same signification).
omitting the following explanation], a marsh overgrown with reeds, a reedy place, Jer. 51:32.
li.
u,
Ezr. 1:9;
|D3,
anj *?9Ta$ LXX.,
lion's
Jonah explains it strongholds; comp. den in a marsh hence refuge, stronghold.

;
Vulg., Syr. paterce aurece, paterae argenteoe, basins, chargers of gold, of silver. In the Talmud of Jerucollect,
K'W >D3X adj. once in pi. const. soul," Isa. 19:10; see the root No. 3.
D3K
"sad
of
(l) a boiling caldron, P<-3X and j-?^ m. Job 41:1 2; see 03X No. 1. (2) a rush, reed, such as grows in marshes, from 03$ a marsh, and the termination ]i, Isa. 58:5. As
to Isa. 9:13;
word is said to be compounded of ">3K to and H7D a lamb, so that the bowls would be so called, because the blood of lambs was collected in them. But in this word there is no mention of blood. This word appears to me to be a quadri-literal with N prosthet., and to signify a slaughter-basin; for This I suppose '9~!J, '83 (see under the letter l). to be for ?2i5, /Q (compare Nasor. taj for ^L3p),
salem, this
19: 15, comp. H32. (3) a rope of rushes, a muzzle of reeds, like the jreek a-ôit'og, Job 40 26, compare Plin. N. H. xix. 2.
:
from
also
^>
to slay, JlaS to cut the throat.
Some
have taken it for the Gr. KaoraXog, KapraXXog, which is used in the Septuagint for a basket, fruit$-*
i,
JjS an unused
j
root.
Arab. ij^T'
is i.q.
^fr*
to
(see
3*), to
tread with
the feet, to
stamp; hence
wash
basket, whence comes the Arab. JULj, Rabb. ^'9 f
?*P")i?,
done by treading them with the [Hence the following word.] l?^ m., prob. a trough for washing, Xovri'tp, hence any laver, basin, or bowl; const. JSK Cant-7:3;
clothes, to full, as is
feet.
pi.
Syr. jtoN^^c, might perhaps be taken in Ezra for baskets of first-fruits but this Greek word seems rather itself to be of Phcenicio-Shemitic origin, and to be from the root ?"1| to plait.
it
;
and
niJ|X
Isa.
22 24; Ex. 24:6 (Arab, and Syr.

:
!^ a word of the later Hebrew, an epistle, especially used of the royal epistles and edicts, or those written by public authority, and sent
J~n.rv,
f.
"
"
pi-
J"1
by a public
*~
m.
pi.
(root ^\), a
word only found

;
in
Ezekiel, forces,
army, Eze. 12:14; 17:21 38:6,9; a winy, hence answers the Ch. *]2?$, prop, the wings of an army, comp. D*32? Isa. 8:8;
39:4;
to this
courier (ayyapug) to any one, 2 Ch.3O:l. This word appears to me to be from the unused word V.^, which denoted one hired, specially a courier
in
same manner is the word wings applied in Arabic and Chaldee: compare my Commentary on
the the passage cited.
and which was also adopted in Greek under the form ayyapoc see Schleusneri Lex. inN.T.h.v.,Neh.2:7 9; 6:5; 17:19; 51.9:26,29. Lorsbach (Staudlins Beytr. v. p. 20) regards this word as coming from the Persic; comparing the
(see the root 13^),
;
(l)TO COLLECT, TO GATHER IN (the harvest), Deu. 28 39 Pro. 6:8; 10:5; comp. "H3 No. 2, and "13?, also Gr. aytipui. (Prob. this root has the
filt,"Ug.
:
mod'-rn Pers.
*
^jj
,\j\ engariden, to paint, to write;
whence
i^lx)' engdre,
anything whatever written.
signification, to
"HJ.
i
scrape together, comp. the kindred

~)
'K m., exhalation, or
vapour
like
of the ground
By j
softening the roughness of the letter

?7|,
we
and
have ?3X and

confluence
<
which are used of the
rolling
whence clouds are formed, ing and covering the earth

root ~MK No. i.]
sj\j\,
so called from surround-
a
is
vail.
[From
__
the
>f
water.)
This derivation
confirmed by the
(2) In the cognate languages the signification of gain and profit is found (from the idea of scraping
together), also of wages as arising from that of gain; see n"l3X. Other derivatives are "H3S, ""niJtf, accord-
Arabic, hi which
to
from the root jf med. Ye,

is
surround (comp. 1-1K No. l),
whatever guards and

:
ing to most
?9^
Heb.
J"1
"
strengthens anything, defence, bark, vail, also atmos6; phere. To this answers the Ch. "V* vapour. Gen.
V:
i.
einphat. state KPn|J<

q.
!?.^,
'elter,
Ch. an epistle, a which see. Ezr. 4:8, 1155:6.
Job 36.27.
!
see
-mx
"TN by transposition
4
of letters,
i.
q.
3X' J TO P I N E
!
M^S
used of
idols,
:;
the
Lord of lords."
1 :g,
i.e.
Jehovah
5,r
w A r, which 3Hgn^ i
'
see.
Sa. a:
3HX7 Only found in Hiph. inf. 33 Compare especially Deu.

miracle
of
Zeph.
is
comp.
?J?3.
This word
not found in the cognate languages
28:63.
except in the Phoenician, in which "A^wv, "A<Wtt (Hesych. Kvpiog) is the name of an idol [" where it it
applied to princes, kings, and gods, see Monumen. Phoenic. p. 346." Ges. add.], and the Chaldee, in which some traces are preserved in the pr u. 1"]^?3,
7N3*|X
(perhaps
"
God," from 4__ol
of Ishmael, Gen. miracle), [Adbeef], pr.n. of a son
l*^
an unused
hence
root.
Arab.
<^'
= A*
l
to
befall,
is misfortune,
j>\
misfortune.
Hence
HK
and
"H*? [tfadad], pr.n. of an Edomite, who is called "HD, verse 14.
K. 11:17;
"7N
as HTK
an unused root, prob. denoting the

H1JJ to
same
^-H^f the Lord; only used of God, Gen. 18:27; Jud.l3:8; Ezr. 10:3; Neh. l:ll, etc., etc. ["Chiefly (in the Pentateuch always) where God is submissively and reverently addressed; as in the phrases tfl '3 Ex. 4:10,13; Jos. 7:8; TIK K|KNeh.i:ii, comp. Gen. 15:2; 1 8 30 32 Ex. 34 9, etc. Then also where God is spoken of, lK.i3:io; 22:6; 2 K.
:
and
pass
by.
Hence
1V1S.
7:6; 19:23;
Isa.
6:8; 8:7.
nirp
Frequently other divine
HN
names are added, as

>
*3*~1S
Ezr. 8:17. \_Iddo'], pr.n. m.,

root p^, which see. [See
(which the Masorites
P"JK (from the
No. 2.])
Suff. and in pi. defect. T^, otftg, pref. TIX3, 3'nl, tftM&m. lord, master. It is used (a) of a possessor, owner, i K.i6:24, "the owner of the hill Samaria." Whence used of a master of servants, Gen. 24:14, 27 39:2,7; of kings, as lords of their subjects, Isa. 26:
;
write nin,J/3'~IS) Isa. 40:10; Jer. 2:22; *3'"I^ The termination *T is an Dan. 9:13." Ges. add.] older form of pluralis excellenti(s, for the common
DW^n
D*T (as in ^*) [see note] but for V, the lengthened form has been put by the grammarians, so as to " my lords." There are distinguish it from TlX.
;
some, and amongst them, of

p.
late,
Ewald (Heb. Gram,
13; of the husband, as lord of a wife, Gen.
8:1 2
(comp. 7J73 and Greek Kvpiog ywuiKvc, Germ. Gijeljerr)/ hence of God as the possessor and ruler of the world;
Jos. 3:13,
P"!?'?,
consider '31^ properly to signify " my would be for *T, suff. l pers. pi.; that so lord;" the signification of the possessive pronoun being
299),
who
j*"}srr73
P"l*$;
called also, KUT

5
io\>iv,
!"!?,
Ex. 23:17;
and without the
art.
Ps.
Gen. 45:8. 114:7; comp. '3'l. (b) of a ruler, "my lord!" an address of honour to those who are more noble, and to all to whom respect is due; as a father, Gen. 31 135; brother, Num. 12 :i l or royal consort, l K. 1 117, 18; especially to a prince
'3*"IS
;
however commonly neglected, as in the Syr. t ..; xa and French Monsieur. In favour of their opinion
they can refer to Ps. 35:23, \3~1K! ^- ? however, there is this hindrance (a) that this word is never used with this very suffix, 1 pers. pi., except in a plural
3
:
sense
2 Sa. 14:9; l K. 3:17. Whoever king, as thus addresses another, generally says for the pronoun of the second person, " my lord;" for that of
the
first,
^n T%
"thy
Jehovah
(b) and that always "my lords"). himself '3'lN.; Job 28: 28; Isa. 8:7: comp. verse 5; Lehrgeb. p. 524. [In Thes. Geseniuf adopts this opinion himself, and rightly; the difficulty
('3*"l^
is
calls
as to
servant;"
44:7,9,19, V13y~nt< 7WJ sen-ants," i. e. thou askedst us.

:
Gen. 33:8, 13, 14, 15; 3'"18 "my lord asked his
In a yet
fact that in
Isa.
art.
more lowly
adulation, the names of persons are spoken of with the addition of *3'"lt, Gen. 32 5.
PI. D'31J$
'?"% is fully met by the Job very many MSS. read n j n and ir. eight do so: further, this word never takes the even when it is almost needed, which is fully
God
calling himself
'.,
lords,
*r:
Isa.
26:13 (with a
pi.
verb), and
lords," Gen. 19:2,18. Elsewhere DTIJt, 'jng (and with suff. Tr, V 7, D ?'r, the same etc.), is always ;;/. excellentice, having just Gen. as the 39:2 sqq., and on signification singular,
o with
suff.
TK?
"my
explained by regarding the termination to include a The Jews, from an over scrupulous supersuffix.] stition and reverence for the name of God, whenever in the sacred text nVlJ occurs, read it '3^^,
which
in the writers of a later age is pretty quently in the text; Dan. 9:3,7,8,9,15,16,19.
fre-
this account
Isa.
it
is
19:4,
nE>I3 2'3'nx.
44:30, 33,
PS?
joined to a singular adjective, as " a hard (cruel) lord ;" Gen. n H "the lord of the land;" '.?
E?"]n^ ("two heaps"), [Adoraiin],

town
in
pr.n. of
the
tribe
of Judah;
viii.
2 Oh.
11:9,
called
comp
Dun.
"A^w-xi, Jos. Arch.

\
1O,
[now
VPS
K. 2:3.5,16; V3/18 "thy lord," master;" Gen. 24:9; 39:2,3; 40:7; Dvu. 10:17,
"his
,.
j Rob.
iii.
4].
XIII
[?"1$ Ch. adv.
afterwards, then,
i.q.
Heb.
TS,
const, state, nor plural

collect, to
'!$, prop, times, from the singular tnt? (from the root rns rnj;, nrx to pass by); Dan. 2:15, 17, 19;
6:1
form ; but it is very often used denote men, the human race, Gen. 1 126,27; Ps. 68:19; 76:11; Job 20:29; CnN" ?? "all
1
at the same time," i.e. immediately; prop. Dan. 2:14,35; 3:13,19,21,26, IP "from that time forth;" Ezr. 5:16, i.q. Heb. Tb. [But see TX.]
JHX3
"
men," Job 21
i.e.
33.
Sometimes
after adjectives, as D"1K
^?
it is put as a genitive " the e n,* needy of
m
;
(l) large, very great, mighty, used of the waves of the sea; Ps.
"^""1^ adj. (from the root T!^).
and needy men, Isa. 29:19; comp. Hos. 1 3 2 with 3 between, as CHN3 E*~!?3 Pro. 23 28. Specially used (a) for other men, the rest of mankind, as op: :
93:4; of a large
(2)
powerful,
32:18;
:
ship, Isa. 33:2.1used of kings, Ps.

of gods,
V T' !
l
136:18; of na-
posed to those in question; Jer. 32:20, E"]K3-1 /"lO^S "in Israel and in other men," Jud. 16:7; 18:28;
tions, Eze.
Sa. 4:8.
(3) prince, leader;

i.e.
23:20; Neh. 10 30 ;D precious, Jud. 5:25;

i.
chiefs, nobles, 2 Ch. IN^2D" a bowl of princes,"

pi.
JXXn 'T^N "leaders of

:
the flock,"
q.
shepherds, D'Jp Jer. 25 34, sqq.
(4) magnificent, 8:2.
illustrious,
glorious, Ps.
So E"]^? nacl) ber (ê Job 31: 33; Hos. 6:7; Ps. 82:7. Opposed to B*K viri (mors noble), Isa. 2:9; Ps. 82:7; comp. Isa. ig: 21, and in pi. 5:15; Q B>K "3? Ps. 49: 3, Pro. 8:4. (c) used of slaves, like
metnen) ^cnfd)en
SBetfe,
P S 73 5 ; I sa 43 4- (b) of to those of better condition.

:
-
common men, as opposed
in
(5) Applied in a moral sense, noble, excelling good qualities, excellent; Ps. 16:3, "the saints
who are in the earth D3 'X?n^>3 'T^l, and the excellent (thereof), all my delight is in them."
Nu. 16:32. (d) of soldiers, Jtrtegmannfd)aft, Isa. 22:6; comp. B"i* No. l, letter (/). B^S Ecc. 7:28, "a man (i.e. (2) a man, vir, i. q. one emphatically, worthy of the name) I have found one of a thousand, but a woman in all their number I have not found."
B>E>3
^
list.
71^f
[-4
dalia], Persic pr. n. of a son of Haman,
(3)
any
9:8.
no one, Job 32
TO BE
one, Lev. l :2; with a negative particle, :2i comp. B"K No. 4.
;
jS
RED,
RUDDY
(Arab. med.
.
.
E and
Once 0, and Êth. id. also, to be fair, handsome). found in Kal, La. 4:7, "Their princes" "were whiter than milk, D^3?r? D^y. -irriX, their body
.
(a) of the first man made, (4) [Adam~\, pr. n. Gen. 2:7, seq. 3,24. In these passages at least CH^ assumes somewhat the nature of a proper name, as
denoting the
man
as the only one of his kind; a
was more
^3H
ruddy
than coral."
Whiteness and rud-
diness belong to the description of youthful beauty; hence it is a mistake to apply the word in this
^l^
place as meaning clear whiteness, as Bochart in Hieroz. ii. p.688, and Ludolf in Comment, ad Hist. Êth. p. 206, although in Latin purpureus is used of
it,., \VW? Satan (Lehrg. p. 653. 654). Hence LXX. 'Aôju, Vulg. Adam. (b) a town on the Jordan, Josh. 3: 16. " son of DnNH man;" 13 with the art. (5) D*]
Baal, lord;
mr
whiteness (Hor. Od.
Georg.
p.
750)-
1,1O; comp. Voss ad Virg. But those who defended this opinion
iv.
it,
Ps. 8:5; 80:18, Job 16:21 25:6; 35:8; and very often in Ezekiel where the prophet is addressed by God, H ]^ J3 "son
;
used poet, for man, Nu. 23:19;
of
man,"
i.e.
would hardly have adopted

fication
had they not been
8:5,6,8.
More frequent
mortal, Eze. 2:1,3; 3 :1 >3)4? 1O ;4 :1 6; also is the pi. D"J^ \3? men,
rather too desirous to attribute to
Q^S
the signi-
of pearls.
Deu. 32:8; Ps. 11:4, etc.; with the art. D*lNn 33 l Sa. 26:19; iKi.lT:39; Ps. 145:12; Ecc. 1:13;
comp. Syr.
PUAL part. Q^NP made Ex 25:5, 35; 7 23.

=
red, dyed red, Na, 2:4;

to
^j^-^
"son of men,"
f.
for
man. [See
|3. j
HIPHIL,
Isa. l:
to be
red (probably
make
oneself red),
18.
to be
ns-18, pi. D'B^K. (of the form adj., ?bj5 n?jpp, which is frequently used in the names of colours, Lehrg. 120, No. 21), red, ruddy, used of
?
D1X & DHX
HITHPAEL,
Pro. 23:31.
also D"^.
The
red (as wine in a cup), to sparkle, derivatives immediately follow; see
a garment stained with blood, Isa. 63:2; of rosy cheeks, Cant. 5 1O of a chesnut or bay horse (gucfyS), Zee. 1:8; 6:2; of a red heifer, Nu. 19:2; of the
:
u ;V
guish
enll
(l)
man
(perhaps so called from the
redness of lentiles, Gen. 25:30; subst. what
is
red,
idea of redness,
compare D^ ["
The Arabs
distin-
redness,
Isa. loc. cit.
two races of men; one

races are
white, the other black.'"
red, ruddy, which we Gesen. add. But both

It
D1NI pr. n. (l) Edom, the son of Isaac, Jacob's elder twin brother, Gen. 25:25, more often called
'a-se
sprung from Adam]).
has neither
Esau
XIV
(2) the descendants of Edom, i.e. the nation of the Edomites or Idumteans; and also the country
\3? pdumoja]. The nation is called more fully 137:7; and poet. D"1X J"G "daughter of Edom," La. 4 2 1 22 the country is more fully called D'"l Am. l :6, and Gen. 36: 16; 21 :3l When it stands alone it Gen. 32:4; Jud. 5:4. is of the masculine gender, where it denotes the people, Nu. 20:20; of the feminine when it means The country of the Edomites the land, Jer. 49:17. consisted of the mountainous tract between the Dead Sea and the Êlanitic gulf of the Red Sea, afterwards
TIN-DIN
[N an unused root, pt.b. Waw. to be lower. Hence
"
i.
q.
pi Arab.
^-
D"W
med.
Jl.^-
Ps.
transit, i.q. I"? to judge, to command, t' [(2) domineer. Hence fns lord, owner, master, Mtd^TO the Lord also P ^." Ges. add.]
;
pj^ \_Addari\, pr.n. of a man who returned Jerusalem with Zerubbabel, Ezr. 2:59; this name written in the parallel place, Neh. 7 :6l, P^S.
tr
i*
|"1^ m. pi. Q'?"1^; const. ^"IX a foundation. (l) of a column, base, pedestal, Cant. 5:15; Ex.
called Gebalene, rifiaXnvt],
now JUs*-
Jebal.
26:19, seq.; 27:10, seq.; 36:38. (2) of a house, Job 38:6.

^
The
gentile
noun
is
*P*TC?
maean, Deu. 23:8; fern. IVDIX, (women), l Ki. 11:1.
an Edomite, an Idupi. rfvp'is Idumsean
'N see above

(
after
P"^.
pT^'^nN
the
lord of Bezek"), [Adoni-Bezek'],

of the king of the Canaanite city
7.
name
or
l
title
D"1N m., some gem of red

i,
colour,
perhaps ruby,
Bezek, Jud.
=5
garnet, Ex. 28:17; 39: 1O; Eze. 28:13;

Sardiiis.
f.
LXX.,Vulg.
pr.n. of the Canaanite king of Jerusalem; Jos. 10:1,3.
adj. *
..*'*;
IN
naTOIS; * Vl
* *
pi.
f.
niEnOIK;
redpr.n.
dish,
It is used Lev. 13: 19, seq. ; 14:37, r6tt)lirf). in speaking of the spots of leprosy, which are de" scribed as being rnsniplX 0132? white, reddish."
f. (i) earth (perh. so called from being tawnyish [" see Credner on Joel, p. 125, seq." Ges. add.]), Ex. 20:24; used of dust which mourners
(l) a son of David who headed a sedition against his father; l Ki. l 8, seq.; also called ""IJ31S verses; 2 Sa.3:4. (2)2 Ch.l7:8. (3)Neh.lo:i7.
:
I"lD"lN
Also Ezr. 2:13, called

1
red, or
Q^T^ ("lord of enemies"), [Adonikam~\, comp. 8:13; Neh. 7:18.

DjT} "!^
ff1*^h*J
see -in'rii* NO. 3.
put upon
(2) the
their heads,
Sa.
4:12;
2 Sa. 15:32.
field, land, Gen. 4:2; 47:19,22,23; Ps. 105:35; Isa. 28:24; 3nfc nO"ltf " one who loves the ground," i.e. agriculture,
is tilled,
ground which
("lord
of
in
pr.n. of a
man who
height"), [Adoniram~\, the reigns of David and
2 Ch. 26 10
:
used of the produce of the ground,
Isa.
1:7.
Solomon, was a royal minister, i Ki. 4:6. In air, unusual manner contracted into E"ji"% \_A dorani], 2 Sa. 20:24; i Ki. 12:18, D^nD [Hadoram], 2
(3) land, region, cou n try, Gen. 28: 15; riyjS n'VV " the land of Jehovah," i. e. Canaan, Isa. 14:2;
pi. ri'lOl^
10:18.
a root not used in Kal, prob. TO BE WII>E,
-
lands, regions, once Ps. 49: 12. (4) the earth, Gen. 4:11; 6:1; 7:4. (5) \_Adamah~\, pr.n. of a town of the tribe of
(see "^N,
l"1
!!!-
)>
comp.
-
,jl to
have hernia (prob.
to
Naphtali, Josh. 19:36.
<Tp"]N \_Admah~\, pr.n. of a town destroyed together with Sodom and Gomorrah, Gen. 10: 19; 14:2, 8; Deu. 29:22; Hos.ii:8.
swell out}; ,jj&\ inflated, sioelling (of the bell)). Kindred if "IT?. Hence, to be great, magnificen*
(see
i^N).
^10"]N & *j"]N

i.
adj. (of the
form
^k"]i?),
red,
:
e. red-haired, rotfcbaaricj/ used of Esau, Gen. 25 25 of David, i Sa. 16: 12; 17:42; LXX. irvfipt'iw,
;
to be madtt great, glorious, Part.; Ex. " 15:11, and 6, n'33 'l^j n\nj yw. thy right hand. O God, has become great (i.e. is rendered illustrious)
NIPHIL,
in power."
Yod
in '"H^?. is paragogic.
Vulg. rufiu.
P1?f
(pr.
"human"), [Adami],
pr.n. of a
town
HIPHIL, to render great, illustrious, Isa. 42:21. The derivative nouns see under Kal, also the com-
of the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:33.
pound words
P^S and ^m
pr.n. m.,
N
VP^- [Admatha],
noble, Ert.
1
:
Addar,
iCh.8:3-]
the
pr.n. of a certain Persian
l^
the twelflli of the
Hebrew months, from
14.
new moon of March,
to that of April (according to
XV
the Rabbins, from the new moon of February, to or (J) compounded of! ,t j king ^Darius), and H-*? that of March); 31.3:7,13; 8:12; 9:1,15,17,! appearance, figure," Ges. add.] In value, the Daric Greek 'A%up, l Mace. 7:43; Syriac J; equalled the Attic -^pvtrovc, in German money about 19,21.
j
Arab.
,ljT,
,'JT
and
is
,\S\,
Macfdonian 'months.
i
The
the sixth of the Syroetymology is uncertain.
a ducat and a half
3*'.
6d. Engl.]. These coins bea:
Perhaps
this
month
so called
trees bîng so splendidly covered
from the flowers and with leaves. [In
the image of a foot archer kneeling. Golden (and also silver) darics are preserved in the numismatic
museums
of Paris and Vienna
see Eckhel,
Doct.
add. this suggested derivation is omitted, " perhaps from Pers. jT fire."]
,
and instead
Num.
cence
P.I. vol. III. p. 551.
l]^
(contr.
from
n T1K
magnifi-
h. id.
Ezr. 6:15.
^N
see
TJN "[!.
(i)
"
|
of the king"), [Adrammelech~], pr.n. (i) of an idol of the Sepharvites, brought from Mesopo-
tamia into Samaria, 2 Ki. 17:31.

(2) a parricide son of Sennacherib, king of Assyria,
Isa.
"J$
m. prop, amplitude, wideness,laence a wide cloak; Mic. 2:8, i.q. fll^. (2) magnificence, whence Zee. 11 13, T??D
:
37:38;
2Ki.^37.
i.
"magnificence
said ironically.
1^8$ Ch.
of the price;" a magnificent price,
yi"l^ Ch.
Ezr.
4':
q.
jrn an arm, with X prosthetic,

'
23; Heb. yJT

("
a threshing floor, Dan. 2:35.
'VT!^
Syr.
strong," from
SH"!?),
[j<7ret],pr.n
)*), Arab. jAJi. The root is [" according to some," Ges. add.] "HJ i. q. jj to fall out, as applied to the grains which are beaten out from the ears in thresh,
(l) of the ancient metropolis of Bashan, situated in the territory allotted to the tribe of Manasseh, Nu.
21:33; Deu. 1:4; Josh. 12:4;
called
by Eusebius
ing ["but in Arabic dd." Ges. add.].
.jj^
the
nd seems
to
be
for
the Arabian geogra'Afyrtrt, by Ptolemy "Atya, by phers cjU ,^\ and now Di-da ; see Relandi Palest
,
Rob. app. p. 155.] p. 547. \_Edhra, (2) of a town in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19: 37.
fern, of the adjective I^N wide, n~ni$ ( i) prop. ample (comp. &'/>?>, f. n$&) Eze. 17:8, TYTW i&| " a wide branching vine;" comp. "V^S No. 1.
;
P*^TyY"]^ Ch.pl.m. principal judges, supreme judges, >berrid)ter/ Dan. 3:2,3, compound of "1"1S i- qT1^ magnificence, greatness, and P.J3 judges comp.
;
N^T"]"]^ Ch.adv.~Ezr. 7 i^s, rightly, diligently, It can hardly be doubted that this Vulg. diligenter.
O
is
19:13^9;
(2) a cloak, so called from its being wide, 1 Ki. 2 Ki. 2:13,14; Jon. 3:6; "TJMt? nn^K "a
~f ~f
a Persic word, perhaps
i.
q.
Pers. v^_vw
rightly,
truly, uprightly.
p3*ng ., i Ch. 29 7 Ezr. 8:27; i.q. flDfH a daric; a Persian coin made of pure gold, much
: ;
Babylonish cloak," Josh. 7:21, i.e. variegated with with various colours^ having figures, or interwoven the figures of men and beasts; comp. Plin. viii. 48. tyb nTTK " a hairy cloak," i. q. a garment shaggy
with hair (êlj)/ Gen. 25:25; Zee. 13:4.
(3)
It'
used by the Jews so long as they were subject to the The letter N is prosthetic, and rule of the Persians.
the
magnificence, splendour, Zee. 11:3.

JtJ*
Isa'.
word
|13T! also occurs
the Rabbinical amongst *

9
sage,
TO THRESH, found in one pas28:28, -13^-IT E nX "threshing he will

i.q. K'-H
;5
writers.
["
Compare
also
Syr.
)jcvyi-"]
signifies
This
thresh
it."
word
is
taken from the more ancient Persian lan-
fut.
guage, in which
Dara, Darab,
Dang, Dergah, a royal court. atter, it signifies pSTl of the court, with the addition of the syllable ji but if from the former, it is
;
a king ; If derived from the
3D?* and 3D$g

inf.
^l
pers.
nK
Pro. 8:17; and 3HV< Hos. 14:5;
3*nK Ecc.
L___ ?X image, although no such coins bearing the image of a king have come down to us. [" can hardly doubt that the word
compounded of Dara and
BREATHE AFTER anything. of breathing after, hence of long(The signification and with the the to is syllables 3n, 3n, ing, proper
letters
3:8 and n3nN. (l) TO DESIRE, TO
We
softened, 3K, IK,
comp. the roots ?3D,
is it
either
kindred to the pr.n. Darius t^VTl. Others make (a) a dimin. from TTl daric, ôpt/;oyc, if
^^^ >
to desire, to love; >T\X
and H3K to breathe
the
common
reading be correct in Strabo. xvi.
p.
5874
with an accusative. after, to be inclined.) Construed Ps. 40: 17; 70:5, seq.; '? Ps. ll6:l.
XVI
(a) to love (in which signification it accords with ^ % ayaTraw), construed with an ace. Gen. 37:3, 4; Deu. 4:37; more rarely with ? Lev. 19:18, 34, and 3 Ecc. 5:9; i Sa. 20:i7,tonx/iB>93ri3n X"he loved
:
him
as his
is
own
soul."
Part. 3n'X a friend, i.e. one
who
loving and beloved, intimate; different from JH a companipn, Pro. 18:24; Est. 5:10, 14; Isa. 41:8, '?D'K '7J?* V31 "the seed of Abraham my
s to mouia, to grieve, like the German, Almost always in this connection, 'fix. nnx_ njn "Ah! Lord Jehovah," Josh. 7:7; Jud. 6:22, or 'J'"IK. nnx. a Ki. 6 5, 15 it stands alone, 2 Ki. 3 10, and with a dat. Joel l 15.
i!
\
roots
and
art)/
id)je n.
friend."
(3) to delight in anything, in doing anything; construed with a gerund of the verb; Hos. 12:8, 2nN pBT? "hedelightsin oppression," or to oppress ;
Isa.
^5"!}^ [Ahava"], pr.n. of a river, Ezr. 8:21, 31; and of a bordering region, verse 15, [But see below.] where Ezra gathered together the people about to return to their country. [" The same is probably meant in verse 15, where we may render, the river that
'
runneth
to the
Ahava.'
It is
hardly doubtful that
56:10; Jer. 14:10. NIPHAL part. 3HX.3 to
be loved,
amiable, 2 Sam.
the word prop, signifies water, aqua; comp. Sanscr. ap, Pers. ab, Goth, ahva, Lat. aqua. It is hard to say what river is meant; possibly the Euphrates, which was
called car' fE,o\{)v
'
(l) a friend, Zee. 13:6. a lover, (2) especially in a bad sense; one given to licentious intercourse, a debauchee, Eze. 16:33, seq.;
PIEL part. 3HXO.
the river,' comp. "in|n." Ges. add.]

*l-inx
TlHNI perhaps
i.q.
("joining together"),
93:5, seq.
Always thus used, metaph. of idolaters. [Hence the following words.] ^H&S only in pi. D*3nX (i) loves, specially in
.
;
[Ehud],
sq.
pr.n.
4:1;
LXX.
(l) of a Hebrew judge, Jud. 3: 15, 'AwS. (2) l Ch. 7:10.
a bad sense amours, amourettes, Siebfcfyaften. Tropically used, of fellowship entered into with foreign [idola;
trous] nations, Hos. 8:9. (2) delight, Pro. 5:19,
delight,"
i.e.
D'Zng rb'K "hind of most pleasant, most lovely.

;
jntf
rn.
love
Hos. 9:lO;
especially,
(LXX.
in sing, once for lovers, paramours, B'ZinX loves, ol

jfyaTrr/ju/froi;)
This word which is elsewhere, root HVl, is here the same as from the apoc. iv here? unless perhaps there is a false reading ""!.'$?, *$ from verses 7, 14, and we ought to read n'X. Render n " where then is it X1DX thy king?" and *|^>D X1SX *HX ivhere then; join the words very closely, this word ought clearly [see also verse 14; where to be taken as an interrog. part, see l Cor. 15:55.
^^?
Hos. 13:10.
l fut.
"
pi.
Ewald regards
(i.q. rj)
this
word (Gr.
*n
i.e. hie,
illicit,
licentious, Pro.
7:18.
from X
and
444) as compounded here ; comp. Êthiop

So, too, Hupfeld.''
rUHNI f. Lamed pref.
(i) Inf. fern. gen. of the verb 3HX.

1
With
UP;
there;
HP;
here,
hither.
56:6, 'mrv DtTDX rnnx ? to love thenameof Jehovah," Deu. 10:15; 11:13,22; Josh. 8:5; 23:11; with 3 i Ki. 10:9, VIX mrv naqx?
Isa.
Ges. add.]
/nX
(0
perhaps
i.
q.
^?n
J^
TO BE BRIGHT,
II
*}$"&?
" for the
love of Jehovah towards
Israel."
In
the same sense with the prefix ? Hos. 3:1; and IP Deu. 7:8, D3rig nin; ruqxp. "because that Jehovah
TO SHINE, by interchange of the verbs XS & yy. Hence ?n'X so called from its shining vibrating appearance.
loveth you."
(a) love, specially as between the sexes, Cant.
See Hi ph. (a) denom. from ^K,
to
move
one's tent,
used of
8:4; 5:8; 8:6,7; of God towards men, Hos. 3 : of friends towards one another, l Sa. 18:3.
=
wandering nomades, sometimes pitching their tents, Gen. 13:12, sometimes removing them, Gen. 13:18.
movens tabernaculum suum.
PIEL
fut.
(3) love, delight, concr. of abeloved female, Cant. * '7? 3 5? an d so perhaps also verse 10 ["where others take it as an adj. lovely""].
?DX' contr. ^H!

:
i.q.
*!?*?
Kal No.
a tent;
Isa.
13:20.
Comp.
a, to for pi?xp.
pitch
an unused root, together, hence "Mng and
i.q.
^X
to be
joined
lanj HIFHIL, i.q. Kal No. i, to shine, probably mbreiten/ to give light; Job 25:5, 7*^!"X71. rrv~"lj? jn
"behold even the moon, and

it
it
shineth
not," i.e.
"1^^ [Ohad~\,
46:10.
pr. n. of
a 8on of Simeon, Gen.
ln
inter]
uttered, AH! ILAS! comp. Arab.
of lamentation, from the sound o i whence the aT, >U,
Jerome not pure, clean in the sight of God. LXX. VVK iintyavaKn. eccc! luna etiam non splendet. [Derivatives, the following words.]
is
parag.
/riX with suffix YV]^> V*?9 (ohfikhd), with n ?*; pi. D^nK (by a Syriacism, for DY^$
i"1
XVII
Lehrg. p. 152,572); with pref. const. ^HK, with Jer.35:7, 10
;
07^3
Jud. 8:ll;
an unused and uncertain

[" perhaps"]
root.
Hence
suff. vJ>HK,
^n'K
DD^nK.
(1) a fenJ, a tabernacle, Gen. 9:27, etc.; ?HK 1J?1D " the tent of the congregation," commonly called
the tabernacle of the covenant, i. e. the moveable and portable temple of the Israelites in the desert, which is described Ex. 26 and 36; called also simply ÔK?
l
P"^D^
: ;
pr.n. (perhaps i.q.
fl"
? mountainous, comp
Arab. ^;j^), Aaron, the elder brother of Moses, Ex. 6 20 7:7; consecrated high priest by his bro" fnnK \3| sons of Aaron," ther, Ex. 29; Lev. 8; Josh. 21:4, 10, 13; and poet. |VVJK J"l'3 "the house
of
K.
39.
With regard
to
^>K
.is
distinguished from !?^P, 'QK
the tabernacle, when is the outer
Aaron,"
Psal.
115: 10,12
1
priests, just as Aaron, Ps.

priest.
ifr?
118:3; use d f r the 33 2, is used for any high

;
:
covering of the tent, of twelve cm-tains of goats' hair, placed above the dwelling-place (ffÔ), i.e. ten interior curtains
which rested on the boards, Ex. 26:1,
const,
st.
is (a
will).
noun of the form

It
IX,
IfJ,
from
the root H1X to
7; 36:8,14,19.
house, or habitation of any kind; Isa. ^? s "the house of David;" i Ki. 8:66; Jer. 4:20; Lam. 2:4. Poet. Ps. 132:3, K3K DK JT3 7HS3 "I will not enter into the habitation
(2) a l6:5, n
(1) prop, will, desire.

stantive, Pro.
occurs once as a subit
31
IK
:4, in
n'm, when-
should be pro-
nounced
I???
" and the E^fy-1
of
my
house."
(3) Specially of the temple, Eze. 41 : i. (4) [Oh el], pr.n. of a son of Zerubbabel,
drink (does not become) princes." does not become to say) "where is strong drink?" (2) free will, choice (SSille/ 2Baf)l)/ hence conj.
that which gives the power of choosing this or that, or, like vel (and the word abbreviated from it, t?e),
HS'lD IK nitf a from vdle (Arab. ^f). Deu.i3:2, D*"inn 2 sin or portent;" Job 3: 15; 2 K. "IHK? 16, " mSJJn TnX3 is into some mountain or valley."
:
desire of strong np: "'3??' *K (it
Ch.
3:20.
[AholaJi], pr.n. of a harlot, used by Ezekiel the prophet to denote Samaria, Eze. 23:4, seq. " pr. (she has) her own tent." r6ns i s written for a ?V$ with the omission of Mappik.
"Vfl
When doubled, whether, or; Lev. 5: l, JJT IK "whether he hath seen or known;" Ex.
:
.IK"}
IK
21:31.
tent"), \_Aholiab~], pr.n. of an artificer, Ex. 31:6; 35 34.

:
SN/W ("father's
"^V0$
up
to
Sometimes it intensifies the expression; or rather, " who has been with me now l Sam. 29 3, many
o
[Aholibah'], pr.n. of a harlot, used Eze. 23:4, sqq. as a symbol of the kingdom of Judah
given
idolatry;
pr.
IK or days, D^S? HJ
rather
o
years;" (so
t\
in Arabic,
which they explain Jj).

*? IK ober
it) that,
(e
fei))
Sometimes
ellipt.
used for
(be
"my
tent in her," H3
for
ba^/ ober (e8 mufjte fein) ba^/ or

that,
or (it
;
must be)
followed
by a future
/tHJ ("tent of the high place"), [Aholibamah'], pr.n. of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36: 2, 14, and of an Edomite tribe of the same name
(verse 14).
.
in Latin it may be rendered nisi G* forte; (comp. Arab. t \ followed by fut. nasb., ellipt
subjunctive
when
G.
C.
G.*
-6
7TO Nu.
Cant.
in
for
24 6 Pro. 7:17, and nftng

:
Ps 45
*\
which they explain ^} ^
unless).
Isa.
4:14;
pi.
a kind of odoriferous Indian tree,
dyaXXoôv, in later writers frXaXdr/, also called lignum aloes, by the moderns aloes, also lignum
Greek
or
\* 27:5, "I would burn them altogether; MJH?3 pn.1 else let them (unless they) take hold of my
ober
fte
strength,"
:
mufjte
benn$
Lev. 26:41;
Eze.
parodist
and lignum
aquilce
.
Linn.; see Diosc. lib. i. 2 1 the tree, as well as the Greek, comes from its Indian name aghil ["the r being softened into /." Ges. add.], Sanscr. agaru and aguru [" also agarukam"] ; see in Hierob. torn. i. Wilson's Jdsius Sanscrit The Portuguese by misDictionary, p. 5. take called it formerly aquilce lignum. [" Hence they appear to have heard a form agulu or the like."]
Exccecaria Agallocha, The Hebrew name of
21 15. Hence it becomes a conditional particle, prop, if one choose, (3)

perhaps, but if;
if,
if
(LXX.
iav,)
si conditional is included.
which ^1 (Also the Arabic A it

comp. Lat.
sive,
in
^135170;
often explained
by the Grammarians ^.) So

will
foll<m-
ed by a
fut. i
Sam. 2O:io, " who
if thy father should 3
shew me, tot answer th
XVIII
anything harshly ;"
tries
LXX.
tav; Vulg. siforte. (Wirier
from the earth."
LXX.
almost always render
o
i
show more than from the context can be corpassage, in endeavouring to defend the disjunctive power, in Lex. p. 6.) Ex. 81 '.36,
by
i-yyaffrpipvdot, ventriloquists,
and correctly; be-
reel
i this
common
Kin H33
cause ventriloquists amongst the ancients, commonlj abused this art of inward speaking for magical purposes.
-te> '?
yva
is " if indeed
it
were known that
How
then could
it
the ox was apt to push;" LXX. tav &'; Vitlg. am outer/i. Lev. 4:23, a8; 2 Sam. 18:13. (Without a " Let the maiden remain with verb, Gen. 24:55, us, te "NET? e. some time), if D'D^ some (i.
word should express a
bottle,
be that the name Hebrew and a ventriloquist?
days she wish to remain ten," etne

jcfyn wollte.
perhaps
fie
Apparently from the magician, when possessed with the daemon, being as it were, a bottle or vessel, an** sheath of this python. [See Acts 16:16.]
Tfnjabl J&ige,
twnn
ett> a
LXX. ;/pac
StVa
Vulg.
dies saltern
("bottles"), [OoofA], pr.n. of a
station
decem.
choice remains, nor can days, or at least ten."
In this example also, the proper power of " it be well explained, many
of the Israelites in the desert, Nu. 21 :1O; 33:43; to be sought about the land of the Edomites, not fat
from Moab.
[Obit], l Ch. 27 :3O, pr.n. of an Ishmaelite the charge of David's camels. It denotes
" (pTOb. w i 1 1 of G o d," from 1, Ezr. 10:34. [Uef], pr.n.,
t, root m),
for
who had
prop, one
who
S
S-
is
set over camels, like tlie
Arab.
i
an unused
root,
Arab.
S^
from Jj^ camels.
and
L
The form
?^K
~
'
(i) to return, also to
come
o one's senses,
whence
for ??1K, like
Tpm
for ÎPW, Ps. 16:5.
s *$
i__;!.!
resipiscens.
to to
(from the root /?*) and 738 m., a stream, a river; found in only one passage, Dan. 8:2, 3, G.
(a)
(3)
se, as the sun.

by night, especially to seek for water. s & s .* "VIII, id., t^f\j\ (not <_>bl which misprint
____
come
11K & H^K

turn
agree
about,
to
an unused
root.
(l) to bend, to
Conj. V, of the first edition of
inflect (Arab. S\ med.
Waw)
hence,
to
turn,
to
by Winer)
a
my Lexicon, has been copied a water-bearer (Kam. p. 46 not uter,

;
turn
over,
see subst. see

[this
T-1. n'niX;
also to gird, to
bottle, as in Golius).
In Hebrew, hence
rulK masc. (as to the gender of the plur. Job 33 19). (l) a bottle, so called from carrying water; see the root No. 3. Used of wine bottles Job loc. cit. J3 D*enq ntofc? like new bottles" i.e. full of new wine " (which) burst." (a) viKpopaiTtf or vEKvoparnc, i.e. a soothsayer, who evokes the manes of the dead by the power of incantations and magical songs, in order to give
pi.
surround, and Êth. ft^ST; Amer. Trans.]. Hence
"W.
last is
With
this
my
omitted in
see
(2) to load,
to
press down,
;
as a burden,
whence
i
kfcl
heavy, troublesome
ills,
*y
a load, a weight; <-^'U

is
misfortune, see
T.
with which any one
pressed
down
ansAvers as to future or doubtful things
28:7;
comp. i Sa. 8:19; 29:4; Deut. l8:ll; 2 Ki. 21:6; 3 Ch. 33:6. PI. rvQK Lev. 19:31; 2O:6; l Sam.
;
Isa.
strong, robust, Conj.H. s_ to strengthen, to aid; jjl and jl strength, might, power, whence the Hebrew 1NO; comp. i"lE'|5 and other verbs which have the notions of weight and
(3)
i.
q.
-i jU
-i
for jj\ to be
<,
strength conjoined.
poker, so called from the fire see "NX No. 1. [" hence, any burnt wood, a firebrand," Ges. add.] ; Zee. 3:8; Isa.
8:19; 19:3. Specially, it denotes (a) a python, or a soothsaying daemon, of which these men were believed to be possessed; Lev. 20:27, 1N SIX DH3 nVP 3 HK a man or woman when a python is in them;" l Sam. 28:8, 21K3 ^ KrODjJ " divine to me by the familiarspiri t," whence such a sorceress is called 318 n?J/3 riV"K " a woman in whom
28:3, 9;
Isa.
"flX m., a
wooden
^^
being stirred with it;
7:4;
i.
Am. 4: 11.
Syr.
and Ch.
id.
["others
make
it,
wood," Ges. add.].
a soothsaying daemon," l Sa. 28:7, 8. (b) the. dead ' person himself raisedvp; Isa.ag^jlYlp^gO 21X ? n ''and thy voice shall 1 e as of a dead man arising
is
see the root No. l, pi. prop, turnings; whence causes, circumstances, Umfldnbe, reason*,
affairs;
comp.
cause, from the root
3?D
to
XIX
turn, to turn rc"uid;
J>-
way, manner, cause, from
shall
7, 8,
to be turned; Germ, um for rcegen $ ???? on ,JU- ?-in account of, from 7?3. It is only used in the phrase ni"liS'7y i. q. "Q'n hy., *"1.?*1 ?y_ on account of the
you ^ lie borders);" comp. verse* same context there is found in the future 0?^ -IKrUjl. LXX. and Syr. in all three v> A .f places, KarafiErpiifftre, .o yc shall bound, limit.
where
in the
f
mark out
for
causes, i.e. on account of, Gen. 21 11,25; 26:32; for Ex. 18: 8, and with suff. 'nilix sake, Josh. 14:6. ~C'$ n'n'S'73 7JJ "for these very causes that,"
:
my
f. (from the root HJN No. T, 2). (l) <ZetV, lust; used of desire of food, Deu. 12:15,20,21;
i"NN
18:6; of sexual desire, Jer. 2 24.

:
gerabe bcSfyalb
roeil/
Jer. 3:8.
As
to the reading of the
?N it appears to have arisen from the blending of two readings, the one
editions in 2 Sa. 13:16, nilis
(2) pleasure, will, i Sa. 23:20. Always applied to the soul (^?3), except Hosea 10: 10.
.
nniK
^s, the other
nniK
hy..
(prob. i.q. of a man, Neh. 3 25.

:
% ny
"robust"), [Z7*afj,
pr.
I. '>;*? a root not used in Kal. Properly, TO BEND, TO INFLECT, comp. HJV; whence (l) to turn aside, to turn aside to lodge, to
t/"âZ],
Gen. 10:27; one of the descendants
dwell,
i.q.
Arab.
i_>j'
Conj.
L H.
ot<
dwelling, see
of Joktan, but here taken in a geographical sense, a city or region of the Joktanite Arabs, afterward called Sanaa, which is the metropolis of the kingdom
of
Yemen.
the derivative *^.
See Bocharti Phaleg.
ii,
21;
ii.
J.
D. Mi-
(a)
i.q.
sire, to
Arab. ^.1 to have an inclination, to delong for; see Pi. Hithp., and comp. fQH.
chaelis, Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. ext. torn. [" Autger's Hist. Jemense, p. 217."]
p. 164, sqq.
Cognate roots are

PIEL
Pro. 2 1
H-IX
:
H3X
aveo,
and Arab,
to de-
pr.n. of a Midianitish king ;
("desire," or "habitation," i.q. ), [Evi\ Num. 31:8; Josh. 13:31
i.
q.
Kal No.
2, to
o,
XH
nWK yen B^
desire, to wish for; the soul of the wicked

to the soul (^9?),
Jesireth
evil."
^^ (comp. H1X No.IT). (i) subst. lamentation, Prov. 23:29, fag "who hath lamenV ÎN who hath tation, misery?" [" want"].
^
:
Always applied
Deu. 12:20;
14:26; Job 23: 13; iSa.2:i6; 2 Sa. 3:21, except the instances, Ps.l32:l3, 14. Isa. 26:9.
l^h
TTO
T?3 "my
Comp.
soul, i.e. I
I,
desire thee
in
the night."
T'PJJ for
followed
(a) of lamentation, alas ! with a dat. 4:8; Isa. 3:9; 6:5; rarely with an ace. Eze. of threatening 24 6, 9 and absol. Num. 24 23. (ft) and imprecating, Num. 21 129. Cognate is *in.
(2) interj.
Sa.
:
by
:
pers.,
!"l*1K
i.
Sen. 44:32.
q.
-
HITHPAEL HJXnn fut. apoc. (Pro. 23 3,6), i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire, wish, for oneself. Const, absol. l Ch. 11:17; with an ace. Deu. 5:18; Jer. 17:16; nixn n-JK^n prop, "to with a dat. Pro. 23:3, 6.
;
WW
7*1*5 p1
desire a desire,"
burn with desire, to lust There is this difafter, Num. 11:4; Ps. 106:14. ference between Piel and Hithpael, that the latter is
i.e. to
(i)a fool, foolish, either as an adj. ?*1S ^N Pro. 29:9; Hos. 9:7, or as is more often the case, as a subst. Job 5 2 Isa. 19:11; 35:8; Pro. 7:22; 1O: 14; 11:29; 1 4 3i I 5 5'i opposed to the prudent
: ;
^m
: :
MX, Ps. 120:5, const, with a dat.

-
root 71 -*?)-
(D-liy), Pro.
12 l6,and to the wise (D3H), Pro. 10:14:
sometimes
(2)
f
it
never joined, the former [almost] always to the subst. ^33. The derived nouns, besides those which
follow, are IN constr.
II.
includes the notion of impiety, Job 5:3.

i<i.
i,
'K No.
root,
I,
!$
*]*!? an
unused
but
as if n&rrtfdv
t^6rtrf)t/
with the termination belonging to adj foolish, Zee. 11:15.
onomatop.
to
koivl, to
wolf,
cry out; Arab. or jackal see ""IN, ^.

;
^..c. to
howl
as a dog,
appears necessary to defend the to designate, to describe, as belonging to this root, as found in HKri and rnn comp. rqx, njx, 25*ri to long for. This signification is manifest both in the noun Jl'lS (for ni.X) a mark, and in the words, Num. 34:10, DrWXnn
ITI.
nj2)
Tt
^ J^f [Evil-merodach'], pr.n. of a king I 'P *| of Babylon, who at length liberated Jehoiachin king of Judah, who had been long held in captivity by Nebuchadnezzar, 2 Ki. 25:27; Jer. 52:31. He succeeded Nebuchadnezzar in his dominion, and held it, according to Berosus (in Jos. c. Ap. i. 20) for two
years.
power
of, to
mark,
the
As to the signification, TIIP (whict see) is name of a Babylonian idol, and ? 1^. in Hebrew
<I
0?^
"ye
signifies
fool
but
it
may
bp taken for granted tha*
XX
concealed in
some other noun of Assyrian or Persian it, which the Jews moulded so
origin is as to re-
shall
devour
it
Jer. 2 1
In like manner. Arah

is ob
ntdjt/ ellipt.
--
*-
semble their own language; perhaps pleasing themselves in calling, for the sake of derision, the king of
their oppressors,
'
JjI and
its
Ou
perhaps, prc-o.
As
to
*
etymology, for
" the f o o 1 (worshipper) of Merodach."

root,
i.
^,
and
its
various forms and use,
see de Sucy, Gramm. Arab. I,
i^
with
to be
Vav moveable; an unused
q.
foolish, prop, to be perverse, (comp. die kindred ty and even ^X), whence ^1.N *^)
?SO,
foolish,
TW
867, and the note there. Yet more corresponding are the Talmudic particles NSu' and NOT ><: prop, ichether or no, also whether
!
perliaps, if perhaps, e.g.
n^S
folly.
/HN & / i> a root not used as a verb, but of wide extent in the derivatives. The primary notion is, TO noLL,.as in the kindred 5*1, ^J,7*|, 7:?3; comp. n'X/w, eiXviii, tXXw, and the remarks below under the root <v3 whence ??X a ram, so called from its twisted and curled horns. Also 71S belly, abdomen.
;
Pirke Aboth 2:4, "say not, have leisure, I will learn; perhaps (NDE ) thou wilt not have leisure." Berach. 2:1,9; also Q'NC "what if?" "perhaps," which is read for the Hebr.
when
^1N
Isa.
47:12.
Ulai, pr.n. of a river of Susiana, emptythe Euphrates and Tigris, after their ing Gr. Choaspes, now called Kerah; Dan. junction. 8:2; see Herod, v. 49; Plin. N. H. vi. 27, 31;
itself into
H.
?W
Applied
(2) to strength and
Ker
power
!?
(comp. >in
(as if
&
"robust
aid.
Porter's Travels, vol.
ii.
p.
412, and map.
whence ?X
tree");
strong,
fv>?
God n^S terebinth ', rv6?$ oak; also T

;
pi
root
^."IN
(with
l
strength,
No.
3, iproip.
Kametz impure), pi. front; hence (l) vestibule,

Ki. 7:6, seq.;
The
notion of strength and power
is
applied - $
portico
(9Sort)QlIe)/
Eze. 40:7, sqq.
(3) to pre-eminence, whence Arab.

'jo
JJ to precede,
li
Specially applied to the porch erected to the east of Solomon's temple; Gr. 6 Trpeiraoe, l Ki. 6:3; Joel 2:
go before,
.\ t \
first
(properly princeps,
comp. Hebr.
leaders
;
?K*.
Hence D ylK, Dy^N powerful

a projection of a building;
ones,
;
D7-1X the front, adv. in front, subst. vestibule
17; more fully njrP. DÎS, 2 Ch. 15:8; 29:17. As to the height of this porch, which is said to have been a hundred and twenty cubits high, 2 Ch. 3:4, see the
treatise of
??K No. 2, and
DTX
rWN
A. Hirt (Der Tempel Salomo's, Berlin,
No. 3, pre-eminence.
1819, p. 26).
(2) adv. prop, in front, hence opposite, and tropically strongly adversative particle ; but, but inched, ov pi)r 2t o\\a, as well given by the LXX., Job 2:555:8; 13:3. More often also D7-1N) LXX.
;
7^ m.
its
(l) belly, body,

;
abdomen, so called from

s i
;
roundness
see the root No. 1
Arab.
.J\^
s_
\
Ps.
73:4
In
ol>
pLpotcerful ones, i.e. leaders, 2 Ki. 24:15; s "the leaders of the land." ITO, "^C has the common form y^. The root ^K No. 2 np
(2)
1
pfiv
&
dXXa, Gen. 48:19; Ex.g::6; Jobi:il;

:1 -
12:7; 33
Where two
adversative propositions
aber...unb/ in
follow each other, as in
Germ.
Hebrew
. . .
both significations of the verb being united in this word.

3,
I.
and No.
MK
TX,
comp. of to and
*%b.
^>,
*6, b6 not,
comp.
(
an adversative particle is repeated D7-1K1 D>1K, Job 13: 3, 4; comp. *?1 ...'?. Once, Job 17:10, it is written D?X, where some copies incorrectly have D?N. It may be inquired by the learned, wh*!her this as well as y-1N, be regarded as particle may not,
i
if n o t, u n less ; so once in a passage with which Winer has of late rashly meddled, Num. 22:33, '39O nnt33 ^X "unless she had turned from 13}
1)
I would have Ezra rightly
compounded of *K =: ^X
o
whether, and
I
D?
Jj*
my
not, in this sense

ictlftd)t
"but
flber.
do not know
who the J
face,
slain thee;"
LXX.
ellipt.
ci
/*>/;
Aben
or not,"
This conjecture certainly
TO
seems to be confirmed by the Syriac word

ob ntdjt/
(2);AcfAernof,
it
hence
(who knows,
Used to exbe) whether not, i.e. perhaps. press doubt, fear, Gen. 24 5 27:12; Josh. 9:7; also hope, Gen. 16: ; Am. 5:15; Hos. 8:7, "the stalk
may
Castell. (Lex. Syi. prob. to be read Jjiiô), which " ) viNy /orscrn, verwn.' p. 16, ed. Mich.) explains, I have not, however, found instances of it.
ibJl yield no meal,

t
W$3!
D*Tf nfe^! ^>1K

it
perhaps
(3) [tffam], pr.n.
m.
(a) l Ch. 7: 16.
'&) 8:
ihall
yield (if
by chance
yield), the enemies
39, 40.
XXI
f. (l) folly (from the root 71*). Very frequently in the Proverbs, as, 5:23; 12:23; i?:i6;
TON
vain, Isa
vanity of
idols,
41:29 Zee. 10:2 specially used of the and of all things pertaining to idolatry
; ;
J4=7> 18,29; 15=2,14,21.

(2) impiety, Ps.
(3) perhaps
root ?-1N
(comp. ?3Q)>
""933,
Sa.
15:23, and even of the
idols
38:6; comp.
Pro. 14:24,
69:6.
as from the
power, pre-em i n e nee;

3,
No.
2,
Jy 1X
:
Dv^pl)
nHX
(or great honours) of fools are folly," i.e. a fountain of foolish actions. The writer appears to have on the double signifi-
"the pre-eminence
Hose;, the city 7&?~n''3 God," as being devoted '> idols, is called in contempt J1X~JV3 "house of idols," Hos. 4:15; 10:5. To this should also be referred (a)
themselves, Isa. 66:3. " house of
in
11? nyj53 "the valley of the idol," Amos 1:5; i.e. some valley near the city of Damascus. (b) 1.1? for jix
Hence
played
cation of the
word
Heliopolis, Eze. 30: 17, with the notion of city of ido-
(perhaps
,
"eloquent, talkative,"
pr.n. m., Gen. 36:11.
roots,
Syr.
[Omar],
Specially it is (2) vanity of words, falsehood, fraud (galfd)feit) Ps. 36:4; Pro. 17:4.
latry.
but widely extended; of the NOTHING, and NEsignification having prop,
&
(3) wickedness,
9ttd)ttt)urbtg!eit/
iniquity,
Num.
unused
s- s.
G A TI ON.
["Like
is
8-13
and
its
cognate forms, as
\j\j
Job 36:21; Isa. 1:13; |1*PK'3S, |l?"rit;j "wicked men," Job 22:15; 34=36; IJ? ^>&2 "workers of iniquity," Job 31:3; 34:8, 22. In
23:21;
to
<UJ
to hinder, V3O, JXO," Ges. add.]
This, in very
many
languages
expressed
in
by
the letter
Sanscr. na, no, an, and a privative; Pers. &\,
n ; comp. Zend \\
;
pLD'JlK Pro.ll:7, probably for LXX., Syr., Arab., Chald.
}.}?
*E??K
according
and Copt, an; Gr.

Lat. ne, nemo, non
jectives
r.n/
;
vij
vrfiriog, vrj/^cprijc,
and occu;
Germ,
also in, privative, prefixed to adme, netn/ and vulgar ne ; also ofyne and
;
(4) misfortune, adverse circumstances, calamity, Unveil; Psa. 55:4, "they cast calamity " upon me." Pro. 22:8, he who sows iniquity, shall
reap calamities."
3:7.
Ps.
90:10; Job 15:35; Hab.
privative, prefixed to adjectives; Eng. no; also the Phcenicio-Shemitic and Greek verbs |K, 1?3O
?
my
" son of Specially, sorrow, Gen. 35:18, '?1X'f? " Dn? D'OIX s o r r o w," mcin bread of cfytterjenSjotjn 5
i.
[given above, and Gr.] cYwuVo/mt somewhat more rarely by the cognate letters M (Sansc. ma, Hence Gr. fi^) and L (*6, *6, !?, '!?, ^, ^, ft*). The idea of t?N, r$ nothing, not, }JK emptiness.
aJu;
;
sorrow,"
clean, Hos.
e. the food of mourners, which was un9:4; comp. Deu. 26: 14. Care must be taken by learners not to confound }.]? with suffixes with |1X with which it corresponds in form.
I. jiw m. (from the root f-1X No. 3, 4), faculty, ability, hence (i) strength, power, Job 18:7, 12; 40:16; Hos. 12:9; specially of virile and genital
nothing
is
applied
(l) to vanity, hence to falsehood and wickedness; see IJK No. 2, 3; it is said in Germ. e$ tft ntcfytS
baran/ nidbtS an it>m to
compare Lat. AOTWO nequam. tightness (comp. }-in) and easiness; () (3) these are applied to living at ease (Arab.
5
power, }1Sn TVK'&O "first fruits of strength," firstborn, Gen. 49:3; Deu. 21:17; Psa. 105:36: pi.
D"3iX Isa.
j?o;
.^.\ ease, rest,
^|
fltf,
to live easily, smoothly), riches,

fin),
40:26, 29; Ps. 78:51. wealth (23ermogen)/ Hos. 12:9; substance, (2) Job 20: 10.
(3) [On], pr.n.
II.
v;ealth
(see
and on the other hand a
m. Num. 16:1.
f'K
called gravis, heavy (befcfjroerlid) ; comp. 1*D^|, nt?j3); also (4) to ease, ability of doing anything; see flN
life is
troublesome
jitf
;
[On], Gen. 41:50, and
Gen. 41:45;
No.
2.
[Also (5),
" to be deficient in strength, debilitated,
a domestic pr. n. of an ancient city of Egypt, Eze. 30:17, written 1.1? (see that word, No. 1. i); called also by the Hebrews from a translation of the
46 2O
:
name &QV
polis
;
exhausted. Arab. o*
,j'
T med. Ye, to be weak, exhausted

sorrow.
1"T3 Jer. 43 1 3 by the Arabs, .^^t,

:
by the Greeks, Kelio.
i.e. fountain of the
weariness, trouble,
Hence
1)8
No. 4,
Bi13
labours," Ges. add.]

suff. ^>, D?1K Jer. 4:14; Ps. 94: 23 Pro. 11:7; from the root which see. j-itf
;
constantly called OJU, and it can hardly be doubted that in the ancienv language this signified light, especially the sun. In
sun.
it is
In the Coptic books
H.^ m. with
pi.
the
more modern Egyptian, some
rightly compare
D'3'lX
( l)
oreiu, oeiu, oriomi,

p.
emptiness,
vanity, also something
empty and
Peyron, Lex. on the eastern shore of the This stood city 273"].
light; [" see
AXII
Nita,
a few miles
to the
nort\ of Memphis, and was
29)
celebrated for the worship ana 'he temple of the sun (Diod.i.85; Herod, ii. 59), and tu the obelisks, which
in part are even
city, are
Now
(XH|i|>
is,
accoi'ding to the ancient Coptic lexiis
cographers ["whose authority however
not verj
now in existence. Traces of the ancient

,
the
tion
now called _*-i .,* [" 'Ain Shems"], and modern adjacent village, Matarie comp. Descrip;
great"], the Coptic name for India. Further, there is found a place in India, from the name of which both
de 1'Egypte, Antiquites,
vol. v. pi. 26, 27.
Ophira and Sophira may be easily explained namely SouTTUjoa, called by Arrian Ov7T7ra|ua, situated in the
;
13iX ("strong,"for
:
jijis), \_0no~\,
;
pr.n.of atownof
: ;
the Benjamites, Ezr. 2 33 Neh. 7:37; 1 1 35 l Ch. 8:12; with a valley of the same name, Neh. 6:2.
f.
pi.,
aCh. 8:
18, in
aro
for
S ships;
(l) Gen.
nearer Chersonese, v/Lere there is now the celebrated emporium of Goa this place is mentioned by Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda. Equally high authorities contend for Arabia, which has been the opinion held by many of the moderns, as Michaelis (Spicil. ii.
:
with Vav, redundant mater lectionis.
p. 1 84, seq. )
ii.
Gosselin ; Vincent ;
;
Bredow (Hist. Unters.
36:23.
("strong"), [Onawi], pr.n. m. (2) iCh. 2:26.
of a son of Judah, Gen. l^lfcN (id.), [Onare], pr.n. 38:9; 46:12; Nu. 26:19.
U. H. Seetzen, and others. And, in the first place, Ophir, Gen. 10:29, is mentioned in the midst of other Joktanite regions, which,
253)
Th. Chr. Tychsen
as far as
is
known
to us, are all to

it
be sought
for in
southern Arabia;
stands enumerated between Sa-
Uphaz, pr.n. of a region producing gold, Jer. As the letters T and T are also 10:9; Dan. 10:5. elsewhere interchanged (as in PJ3 and P"}| lightning, .^ and t.^ to boast, to glory), TQ1X seems to be corrupted from "V?iS.
basa and Havilah, both of them rich in gold. It cannot however be denied, that even though Ophii
TfliK, "iSiN, T3K pr .n. Ophir, a very celebrated the sailors of Solomon region abounding in gold went thither, together with the Phoenicians, from the
;
ports of the Êlanitic gulf, and brought thence every three years, gold, precious stones, and sandal wood,
10:11; 2Ch.8:i8; 9:10. According to l Ki. 10: 22 (where Ophir is also to be understood, although not mentioned by name), silver also, ivory, " The apes, and peacocks were brought thence. gold of O p h i r" is very often mentioned in the Old Testament, as Job 28:16; Ps. 45:10; Isa. 13:12; l Ch.29: 4; once even "VD1K is put for the gold of Ophir, Job
lKi.9:28;
were more remote, and were situated in India, it might same stock, the Also, of people springing from a Joktanite colony. the articles above-mentioned, some only, namely gems and apes, are found in Arabia, and that country is now wholly destitute of gold. But some particidar regions of Arabia formerly abounded in gold, and that native, and unsuielted, as is mentioned both by the Old Testament writers, Nu. 31:22; Jud. 8 24, 26 Ps. 72 15, and Diodorus, ii. 50; iii. 44, 47 compare under
in the pedigrees be referred to the
:
the word TD13
Agatharchides (ap. Phot. cod. 250);
Artemidorus
who ought may be exhausted and
(ap. Strab.xvi.4, 22); Pliny, vi. 28,32, not rashly to be doubted; for the mines
22:24.
As
altogether neglected, as in Spain, or the globules of native gold formerly found in the sand may have failed. Also, Ophir is expressly mentioned as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus (ap.
to the situation of Ophir, various opinions
have
Ijeen formed.
The moderns, however, have mostly
Euseb. praep. evang.

called
el
ix.
30) and there

;
supposed
it to be in one of two regions, India, or some And that we should seek for Ophir part of Arabia. in India, as among the ancients was Jcsupposed
Ophir, in the district of land of the city Sohar.
is now a place Oman, two miles in-
However
it
may
be (for
we cannot here exhaus;
by
sephus, Arch.
viii. 6,
among
the moderns,
by
Vitringa, Keland, and others, is sought to be maintained by these arguments: First, the Indian regions
the whole discussion), either of these opinions has much more appearance of correctness than that cf
the eastern part of Africa, viz. and Sofala of the Arabs (now Zariguebar, Mozambique, where there is a region that produces gold called Fura\ which after Grotius and Huet has been so held by d'Anville, Bruce, Schulthess and others.
those
who understand
abound with the above-mentioned commodities; and several of them, as ivory and sandal wood, are only found in India: and the words used for apes and
peacocks, altogether agree with those used in India on the Malabar coast, and they are no doubt taken
Nigritia
m.
etc.; Pro.
const, fate; pi. D'JQiK

Dn!?J!
thence (see *\1p, p'!?^). Also, the LXX. translators have put for "PS'* always (except one place, Gen. 10:
20:26, |WK
1V$
a wheel, Ex. 14:25, " and he turns the
wheel
(of his threshing wain)
upon them,"
UK
treads on the^
XXIII
and tramples them small
;
comp.
(3)
to
kindle, Mai. 1:10;

fire).
Isa.
- &
27:11 (comp. Eng

to
Root 19X.
to light
and TlX
Arab.
,.\
kin He.
Hence
(I)TC URGE, TO PKESsanyone ON (comp. Ch. l'X Cognate roots, both in sound and in signification, are Y?K, VC ?, r^3 comp. Gr. TTI^W), Ex. 5:13.
. ; 1
are derived the following words, and also "OXD and
hasten, Josh. 10:13; Pro. Followed by IP it is, to hasten backward, to withdraw oneself; Jer. 17:16, 'fl>'X X7 TTQ n JpP. for np nvnp I have not withdrawn myself, that I should not be a shepherd (prophet)
(2)
to
urge
oneself, to
19:2; 28:20.
Job 36:32; comp. Lehrg. 546), Wherein it 5; Job 3:9; 12:25. differs from "lixp. is shown by Gen. 1:3; comp. verses Thus "lix is light everywhere diffused, such 14, 16. as that of the day, and the sun, while ~>iXO is prof.,
m. (once
light, Gen. 1:3
after thee."
it
(3)
to be
narrow, strait, Josh.
17: 15.
perly that which affords light, a luminary, and thus can take the plural number, which "11 X does not
HIPHIL, i. q. Kal No. i, to urge, to press on; conatrued with a gerund of the verb, Isa. 22:4; followed
by f of pers., Gen. 19:

const.
(
admit, except in one example, Ps. 136:7, where Q'l'lX stands for D^XP. Specially it is (a) morning light, " light of day, Neh. 8': 3, EMn JVyrjB -Jjnixrrjp from
15.
IVX;
pi.
nhtfX
(root
*).
1)
ire a sure,
zine'),
["properly, what is laid up, a store, stock,"] store, as of corn, food, provision (maga2 Ch. 1 1 1 1 ; l Ch. 27 27 ; especially of gold,
: :
:
silver, and other precious things, hence used of the treasury of the temple, l Ki. 7 51 of the king, i K. 14:26; i5:i8piXJV3 "atreasury,"Neh.lo:39. (2) i.q. "tyix "3 a storehouse, Joel 1:17; a trea;
sury, 2 Ch. 32:27.

TO BE Or BECOME LIGHT, TO BECOME BRIGHT, Gen. 44 3. Used of the eyes of a faint person when he
I
:
morning light unto mid-day;" Job 24: 14. (b) the lig lit of the sun, and the sun itself, Job 31:26; 37:21; Hab. 3:4; Isa. 18:4; comp. âor used of the sun, (c) light of lightning, and lightning Odyss. y, 335. 11X HD3 D:??-^ " he covers the itself; Job 36 32, of light lightning upon his hands," i.e. he covers his hands with lightning, his hands are red with light(d) light of life, Job 3:16, ning; Job 37:3, 1 1, 15. 2O more fully D^H 11X Ps. 56: 14. Metaphorically (e) light furnishes an image of good fortune, pros,
=
perity,
iN
tained,
sometimes with the proper sense of light reJob 22 28 Isa. 9:1; sometimes that of pros: ;
perity
itself,
Job 30:26;
Psal.
97:11.
Isa.
10:17,
begins to recover,
"
it is
light,"
Sa. 14:27, 29. Pret. impers. 11 K Sa. 29: 10. Imperat. '"HX .sa.6o: i,
i
Jehovah
is
called
" the light of Israel," as being the
author of their prosperity; comp.Isa.6o: l, 3.

for doctrine, teaching
;
(/) light
"shine, be bright;"
splendent with light"].
["i.e. be surrounded
and
re-
NIPHAL 11X3; fut. liK.1 i.q. Kal 2 Sam. 2: 32; Job 33:30; li6 for liSPli? to be made light. Part. 11X3
lig lit of the Gentiles," i.e. teacher; Isa. 51:4; 2:5, " let us Avalk in the light of Jehovah" (verse 3); compare " for the commandment is like Pro.
Isa.
49
6,
D?13
"liX
"a
"bright, glorious,"
Ps. 76:5.
HIPHIL ">>*n (i) to lighten, to make light, followed by an ace. Ps. 77: 19; 97:4; 105:39 (a)"VXn
//Q
6:23, (of God) a luminary, and the law is as a 1 i g h t." (g) "llX D'33 light, or brightness of countenance, cheerful:
*yy
to
en lighten any
i.
involved in darkness),
life,
e.
one's eyes" (which were as it were to recall him to
ness of countenance, a serene countenance, Job 29 24 \3S 11X? "when (comp. Ps. 104: 15); Pro. 16: 15,
^D
Ps. 13:4;
hence, "to refresh, to
gladden,"
31 17.
:
and pleasant
the king's face shineth," i.e. Ps. 4:7; 44 4.

; :
when
it is
cheerful
Pro. 29:13; Ps.l9:9; "S '33 TXn " to

(b)
i.e.
Ezr.9:8; comp.
:
Sir.
lighten anyone's countenance,"

l
;
to
make
m. (l) i.q. lix light. Hence in pl.D^-lX (a) lights, i.e. lucid region, the East; comp. Horn.
rt. (II. u'. 239 Od. t'. 26), Isa. 24 15. metaph. revelations,revelation, used of the sacred lot of the Hebrews, Nu. 27:21; i Sa. 28:6;
cheerful, Ecc. 8
1*33
TXH " to make one's own face to s h i n e ;"

especially used of
comp. the synon. 1H3.

" to cause
Trpoc fjw iii\iov
(b) lights,
one's face to shine" is
propitious, Ps. 71? PP. 31: 17;
80
4, 8,
20
followed
God as being by ?X Nu. 6 25

: ;
? Ps. 119: 135; *? Ps. 118:27; nN Ps. Once without D39 Ps. 118:27. (<0 to en67:2. ligl tea, i.e. to imbue with wisdom, Ps. 1 19: 130.
(2) to shine, to give light (leudjten/ fcfcinen)/ absoL Gen. 1:15; with a dat. Ex. 13 2 1 ; Isa. 60 19.
:
more fully called D^^L ! D*")Xn "revelation and truth," Ex. 2 8 30 Lev. 8:8; once D'P.n D'lXJ Deu. 33 8 LXX. excellently, c//\wr<e Kal a\hBtia: Luther, 2id)t unb 9led)t. These sacred lots, which were only consulted by the high priest in matters of great moment, were borne by him in or upon his
generally
1
XXIV
It was a breastplate, as appears from Ex. 28:30. matter of dispute what they were, even in the time of Philo and Josephus. Josephus, indeed (Arch. iii. 8, from the 9), supposed that the augury was taken
("flame cf God"), [Uriel],

(l)
i
pr.n. in
Ch. 6:9; 15:5, 11.
(2) 2 Ch. 13:2.
("flame
yaA],pr.n.
of
Jehovah"), [_Uria k, Uri-
twelve stones on the outer part of the breastplate, and from their brightness; but Philo (torn. ii. p. 152,
ed.
Mangey) teaches
little
that
Urim and Thummim were
(i)of aHittite,the husband of Bathsheba, slain (2) of a perfidiously by David, 2 Sam. ll :3priest in the time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Isa. % 2 2 Ki.
:
images, put between the double cloth of the breastplate, one of which symbolically represented The Hebrews seem revelation, the other truth [!!!]
two
16:10.
Ui T Tics
(id.),
[E7>ya7i], pr.n. of a prophet, slaic

Jer.
have imitated the Egyptians, amongst whom the supreme judge wore a sap" phire image of truth," hung from his neck see i. Diod. 48, 75 Êlian. Var. Hist. xiv. 34 [This idolatrous notion of Philo is not to be regarded as throwing any light on the subject].
in this symbolic
to
; ;
manner
by order of Jehoiakim,
26 20, sqq.
:
see ^'K^Knn under

(for
"K.
tt-f
ej
1
niX from HJX No. Ill; comp. AJ' or

PI. nin'X
sign for
4_O from ,_^),
m. and
f.
(comp.
sing, Gen.
9:12; Ex. 4:8, plur. Ex. 4:9; Josh. 24:
(a) brightness of fire,

:
flame;
: ;
Isa.
;
50:11, "UN?
&$ and fi re itself, Isa-44 1 6 47

;
4 Eze. 5:2; comp.
nix HIPHIL No. 3.

(3) [.Ur], pr.n.
(a) of a town of the Chaldees,
a sign (Ch. HN, Syr. jYj pi. flol!)). Exod. 12: Josh. 2:12; Gen. 1:14; rtn'j> -Vni. "and shall be of they (the lights heaven) for signs and
17),
13
0*^0^
D^tf? "HX, Gen. 11:28, 31; 15:7; Neh. 9:7, the native place of Abraham. Its traces remained in the Persian fortress Ur, situated between Nesibis tuid the Tigris, mentioned by Ammianus 25 8 [" but &r, as an appellative, may perhaps have signified a forfully,
:
;
more
by tv $ia Svolv, signs of times. It is military ensign, and specially that of each particular tribe, differing from 7?.^. standard, which betunes," i.e.
(1) a
longed to each camp of three tribes, Num. 2:2, seq. (2) a sign of something past, which serves to keep
it
tress, castle
so at least, Pers.
\.*\
castle ;
Zend and
in
Sansc. pura, a fortified city, after the analogy ofpemar, Pracrit. unar, etc. See F. Bernary, in Berliner Jahrb.
1841.1'. 146-" Ges.add.] XaXSa/wv; Alex. Polyh. ap. Euseb. de Praep. Evang. ix. 17, explains
(b)
it,
morial,
memory, Ex: 13:9, 16: Deu. 6:8, hence a memonument, Isa. 55:13; Eze. 14:8.
LXX.
\<*>pu rH>v
XnXc((('w>' TroXir.
l
(3) a sign of something future, a portent, rvirot TOV /tw'XXoiToc [?] (Rom. 5:14), i.q. ns'lO. Isa. 8:l9; " behold, I and the children whom Jehovah hath given me are for signs and wonders in Israel from Jeho-
m.
Ch. 11:35.
(i) light, Ps. 139:12; metaph. of pros-
vah of
hosts,"
upon
us, all of
e. by the names divinely bestowed which are of good omen ( n ^V?7 "the
i.
f.
perity, Est.
8:16.
salvation of God,"
^V "God
with us,"
Isa. 7:
14;
(2) plur. nhlX herbs, green herbs, 2 Ki. 4:39; from the idea of brightness being in the PhcenicioShemitic languages applied to verdure and flowers.
8:8; Shear Jashub, 7:3); God makes us types of future things as signifying future welfare. [Gesenius does not understand the true reference of the passage we know, from Heb. 2:13, that Christ is speaking of
;
Comp. fJ, Arab.

nate languages
it
,L}\ lights
and flowers. In the cogwith the Samarit.
maybe compared
himself and the Church, God's children given him for redemption, brought into blessing while the nation of
Israel continues in unbelief]
&Q nhiK
.lew of like the
V/Y/ffGen.l:il,i2,forNCn.herb. So Isa. 26: 19;^?*:) "for the dew of herbs, is thy dew," i.e. the
Comp.
Isa.
20:3; Eze.
4=3seen, Gen.
God shall refresh those that rise frcm the dead, dew refreshes plants. Compare Sir. 46:13; 49:10; others explain it "dew of light," i.e. of
life,
(4) the sign of anything which cannot itself be " the l 14, ex. gr. sign of the covenant,'
:
circumcision, Gen. 17
1 1
of the sabbath, Ex. 31
13
or lifegiving dew, comp.
"11K letter (d).
hence, token, proof,
argument,
^cnnjeicf)cn/ S3e>et8;
;
fllll&f transp. for riinK (which see), stables, gers, stalls, a Ch. 32:28.
(
man-
fj e ry,"or perhaps a shorter
form for n"*K),
ZTri], pr.n. m. (3) i Ki. 4:19.
(i)
Ex
comp. Lat. signum, Cic. Invent. 1,34 Gr. reKfu'jpiov, Job 21 29, and hence a miracle, as a sign of the (TTH.UIOI', divine power, i.q. riglD Deu. 4: 34; 6:22; 7:19; 29:2; 34: 1 1 see my remarks at length on Isa. 7 1 1 [set
:
31
a.
(a)
Ezr.io:4.
Matt,
83, as to the prophetic sign cr ["

l
:
meaning of the passage]. Of

'.oken
the
of the truth of a prophecy
XXV
viz.
tells
when God, or
some minor event, the

:
the prophet as his inteipreter, forefulfilment of which serves
which ought, perhaps,

|3 ?JJ *3.
as a sign or proof of the future fulfilment of the whole 34 ; prophecy. Ex. 3 1 2 Deu. 13:2,3; 1 Sa. 2 27 14; 38: 9! 2X1.19:29; 20:8,9; Isa. 7: ll *>:?
; :
to be transposed; comp. j-'^ consider TS to be kindred to the pronoun HJ, so that it would properly have a demonstrative power; which is not unsuitable." Append."
Some
7,
22; Jer. 44:29, 30, comp. Mar. 13:4; 18; 2:12." Ges. add.]
or
: i
Luke
l:
a root not used in Kal.

pi. fut. nitf?.,
3 pl.ini&o TO CONSENT,
to
Ps. 76: 8, "nfX TKO "from the time of thy auger," i.e! from when once thy anger is kindled. With a finite verb (for "Kfe TKO), Ex. 5 -.23, "i }N 'HKa tttt? "from the time when I came unto Pharaoh." Gen. 39:5. ^TK (which see), ["Note. Fuller forms from TK, are
2 Ki. 12:9; with a dat. of pers. to consent In Arabic this one, Gen. 34:15, 22, 23.
any power
and Ch. P.I? the lattei seems to have come by softening the letters from P7.H, p*in here, also there; so that its ending seems to be plural, while in fact it is no'
;
belongs to
nri'lX,
J^
i.q.
whence a
it
nnx to come, Conj. HI. J>U Heb. new root n'lN appears to have arisen
;
so.
Compare 1H& for

their etymology,
ii.
ITIJJ.
See for these panicles

in Zeitsch.
f.
and
Hupfeld
d.
Kunde
unless
n'lX3,
be
better,
by changing
the points, instead of
des Morgenl.
p.
434."
Ges. add. J
iniX' to read HIS}, 1JTI4O, referred to Poel of the root
which forms may be

to
T* & HTN
be
" Syriacism for HTK,
suff. ajTD,
Ch. TO KINDLE.
Comp. Arab. j\
""ITS
hot, to kindle
fire;
or FIX only Avith suff. 'O1X, riN No. l, pronoun demonstr. commonly a
accusative.
^X
ete.
i.
q.
Dan. 3:22;
part. pass. inf. NTO for NTNP,
by a
;
with
mark of the
3:19.
TK [" a demonstrative
in tJiat
|N
particle originally of place,
o
!"IT;
an unused root; whence
place, there, kindred with
Arab.
[Ezbai\, pr.n. m.,

be-
Ch. 11:37.
^\,
IJO Ch.
hold!" called in Man.]; subst. time (from the root fiTX, comp. 1JJ), hence in accusat. at that time, then,
specially
^'
<*>
i.q.
7]^ TO
(comp.
2 :5, 8,
ftaKpvov, lacrima; iu}^\,
GO A WAT, TO DEPART, acdpao). Hence Dan.

AA
r
S^TX
e.
^p Snpp
" the
ord has
gone
and
out from
not be
(l) bamalS/ then, of past time;
Arabic
ba ;
me,"
i.
Avhat I haAT e said
is ratified,
Avill
then,
and
J* >
tune, then,
thereon
Germ,
in
comp. 9:23; Isa. 45:23. The HebreAV interpreters, as Saad. Tanch. of Jerusalem, have long
recalled;
Gen. 12:6; apodosis, behold! ftet>e ba fo j Chald. Josh. 10:12; 14:11. Followed by a preterite, l Ki. 8
:
n;
12; 2 Ch.6:i
terite, Jos.
1.
8:12, 17; and a future, used for a pre;
cit.
Ex. 15:1
Deu. 4:41.
Comp. Lehrg,
ago rightly compared the Talmudic phrase KITS rPDyta? "to go to one's opinion," i.e. to folloAv one's OAvn opinion. As to the form, N^JTX is part. fern, from the masc. ITS (of the form 7T^, 7?Di?).
P-773Construed (2) then, after that, of future time. with a fut. Avhich retains its OAVU pOAver; Ps. 96: 12, HH| TX"then shall they rejoice;" Zeph. 3:9; Job
tion of the future,
an unused root which seems to have had

the sense of
(by a Syriacism for 3^X) m. vaauiroQ, hysancients, which was used by the Hebrews (3) then, after that, for therefore, because of in sacred purifications, Ex. 12:92; Lev. 14:4.6,49; Like the names of several Ps. 51:9; l Ki. 5:13. that, Jer. 22:15; Ps. 40:8. TKO & TX'iP prop, from that time; hence eastern plants, so the word hyssop was borrowed adv. (a) from of old, formerly, long since, 2 Sa. 15:34; by the Greeks from the Orientals themselves. The Hebrews appear not to have applied this word merely Isa. 16:13; 44:8; 45:21 48:3, 5, 7. (6) prep, and to hyssopus officinalis of the moderns, but to have alsc crmj.from time, when, since;
5:11; Ex. 15:15.
3:13; sometimes also Avith a preterite in the significaAvhere a future precedes, Jud.
Hence are to pass by, like TJ^, ^7^TX time, then. [Omitted in Ges. corr. as the supposed derivatives are otherwise explained.]
derived TX
%
;
sop of the
(any)
;
from
an
depuis,
des-lors,
feit
const. Avith
"since thou hast spoken ;" Ruth 2:7, "V^n TKO "from the time of morning," 1.3. since morning, f" Jn the same sense as "l3 f^P,
Uuth 2
-,
Ex. 4: 1O, ^Pf! T^p Josh.i4:io; Avithasubst.

inf.
included under it other aromatic plants, especial ly mint, origanum ()ojlen). Some derive it from the root 3T <, *to be hairy, which they regard as the same as
^;
there
i>
also us^';
lâriD
T,
2 Sa. 2:27,
but the plants mentioned can hardly be called hairy
XXVI
(l)a girdle, (by a Syiiacism, i. q.~iiTK)m. 5:27; Jer. 13:1, ser:;. (a) a b o n d, Job 1 2 1 8 Vulg. funis. Root ITS.
: ;
the pointed form), and
JJK, D*J)?8
UKI'I,
(sharp) weapons.
Isa.
(Compare
O.KOII,
awvui, and
is |VV,
odes, acuc.)
A cognate
root apparently
which
see.
HIPHIL PTKH (as

I^f
i.
if Dtjrcn
bie
q.
Ps.
124:3
TX adv. then, at that time, Similar is the Ch. Hl^. 5.
thereupon,
As
prick up
-..*
the
ears ;
to
;
to the
mad)en/ to make ears) to )ren fpi&en/ei'w7/t<T0a< (Arab.
belongs to the root according to the analogy of the form T\. [But see Ges. corr. in TX.j
final *r, it
^J\
id.),
hence
listen.
accus., Gen. 4: 23
Job 33
1J?
Construed, followed by an i ; ? Job 34: 2 ; ^X Psa.

:
n]3TX
the root
fM a verbal
noun of the
couj. Hiphil, from
77:2;
thing.
7J?
Pro. 17:4;
Num. 23:18,
of person and
;
">?T,
in the signification of sacrificing, Isa.

(offering), that
Specially, to
hear and answer, used of God
which calls to memory. LXX., Vulg. ^rrinoawov, memoriale. This was the name of that part of the meatoffering [nn3D] which was burned with frankincense upon the altar the sweet savour of which ascending to heaven, was regarded as commending to God the remembrance of the worshipper. [But it must be borne in mind that this, as well as every other part of the law, was ordained by God himself.] Lev. 2:2,
;
66:3; properly a memorial
Ps-5:2; 17:1; 39: 13; 54:4; Job 9: 16; to obey, to hear and obey, used of men, followed by a dat. Neh. for n$K Job sa9:30; Ex. 15: 26. Fut. l pers.
il
;
Part.
H9
for
HD Pro. 17:4.
to
It
}!^ Arab. ^\ only occurs in PIEL J? X to w e ig h,

II.
weigh, whence Q^jxb
scales.
by
Ch.
the syn. l^n.

|.[fr>
to ponde r, Ecc. 12:9. Followed Rabbin. JiX to be weighed, proved.
also put
9,16; 5:12; Nu.5:26. Lev. 24:7, the frankincense on the loaves of show-bread is called
xn, Jer. 2:36), (whence ]$ for properly, if I judge aright, TO BOLL, rollcn/ hence So in the (l) to spin, from the idea of rolling.
fut.
1
in.
P3TS.
utensil, implement, prop, weapon (camp. " and arms), see the root No. I. Deu. 23:14:
"H^TK ?J?
thou shalt have a spade
many
which
copies read l^.t^ ?P

I prefer.
is
on thy implement;" "among thy utensils,"
The same
notion both of utensil aud
weapon
found in the word v?.

is
Tahmid
I.
7TX,
-
whence
'"IN?!*?
weaver, Arab.
J^ Conj.
*?.t
JJK dual (which

f. tJie
also
used as plural) 0*3??, const
Syr. and Ch. (j^~- something spun; comp. the kindred ?!3 to spin and to flow, both from the idea of rolling. See PUAL.
IV.,
ear, from the root Jl

:
No. I. (Arab.
id.,
^1,,
Ch.
: ;
rp,
Kn,
contr. KJ-1K, Syr.
(2) [" intrans. to roll
off,
i.e."] to
go away,
to
deLj > ) Ex. 29 20 Lev. 8:23, etc. The phrases of which this word forms a part, are considered under the verbs ^JK? 12^ to speak rfa, no3 Hiph., nns, rr&.
J
part, especially quickly, as if fortrollen/ fortfabren/ compare the Germ, ftd) trollen j Eng. to troll, to trowl. [These supposed English illustrations given by Gesenius do not make the matter much clearer.] Gr. viw, nco, and
in
any
one's ears," i.e. before
him and
in his hearing,
med.
riufjiut
to depart, to flee.
So
in
Ch and
Syr.
In Arabic
we may compare
=
away.
ft
Prov. 20 14
;
to separate, to take Jj-s(followed by a dat. pleon. ft, like
36. Metaph. to fail, as water, Job 14:11; food, lSa.9:7; strength, Deu. 32:36. PUAL part. 7NKO what is spun, yarn, thread, t*
t??)
Jer. 2
Gen. 20:8; 23:16; 44: 18; Ex. 1O:2. So Isa. 5:9, njrv ^1X2 "in my ears (said) Jehovah." Compare 22:14. "B '?.tX? D-IK' "to place in any one's ears," to deliver something to be perceived by the ears, and to be laid up in the mind of any one, Ex. 17:14. V3TS? yot? "to hear with one's ears," emphatically,
Ps.
fponneneS,
ejVinnjt/
arn/ Eze.
44:2; Job 28:22.
27: 19.
/t&f Ch. i. q. Heb. No. 2. (i) to depart, So also in the Syr. and Samarit. 19.
Dan. 6:
a to go, to journey, Ezr. 4:23; 5:8,15. (a)

/
I.
or rather "corner of Shee||JSt ("ear," rah"), [Uzzen-SheraJi], pr.n. of a little town built by Sheerah, the daughter of Ephraim, i Ch. 7 24.
H"!^
TnrrntojN
departure,
see t^K No. 6, letter (b).
(prob. "ears,"
i.e.
"summits
of
Tabor"), \_Aznoth-tabor~],
tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19 34.
:
pr.n. of a town of the
a root not used in Kal. Properly by a (kJ* conjecture sufficiently probable of Jo. Simonis, TO BE
SIIARP, ACUTE, POINTED, whence JTK ear (which
'?JK (" hearing"), [Oznt Oznites'], pr.n. of a son of Gad, the patriarch, Nu. 26:16. [Also patronymic, ibid.l
may
indeed, especially as to animals, be so called from
XXV1J
^TJ'-^f ("
pr. n. m.,
whom Jehovah
aears"), [Azaniafi],
I.
Neh. 10: 10.

:
ther"),
,
T, 0?
construct T\^, with
suff. ns ("my bropl. b'nK (with dag..occult), const
chains, bonds, Jer. 40 l 4, i. q. D'jpT with Alcph prosthetic, which some MSS. omit in verse 1. Root PP.T. [In Thes. root p^T in the sense of to bind.~\
E"j5T$$
suff.
'$$, with light suff. TO**, with grave suff. CD'n^ with 3 pers. VRN for VPIK (comp. Lehrg. p. 602), A
-
BROTHER. This word is undoubtedly primitive. Arab.

si
")JN
TO
fut.
"i'T.
Jer.i :i7, with suff. 731*1 Job 30:18,

also,
f
Wf
const,
st.yO,
^.\
H
U.1, Syr. \^\, Chald. HK.
BIND AROUND, TO GIRD,

--1
,
TO BE GIRDED, TO
It follows
sometimes the analogy of verbs, ?O, some118.
GIRD ONESELF. Arab.
; \
to
be strong, robust, and

Couj.
II. to
times that of verbs, VV; comp. Lehrg.
When
perhaps, also, prop, to be girded, to gird.

gird.
all
used in a sense not quite

those
Conj. III. to strengthen, to aid. Cognate roots, of which have the sense of to bind together, to gird,
are,
who
:
are not
own
by
applied also to brothers, as those who are

strict, it is
children of one father

J
different
mothers (Gen. 42
to
surround,
T13.
is
~l"in>
It is
1DX, "I** (^>), 1VJJ, TOJf, "^BJ, "(?, used (a) of the garment with which
any one
girded, with an ace. of pers.
with an ace. of the
member
girded, Job 38 3,
:
:
Job 30 :i8. (b) W"" !-"

1
by the same mother but by different fathers (Jud. 8: 19), who when greater exactness is used, are called 2K |5, E&i> J| see
5
5
43
3)> or vice versa to brothers
T r^Q
g i r d up thy loins ;" Job 40 7 Jer. 1:17. (cj with an ace. of the girdle or garment with which any one is girded, and figuratively, l Sa. 2 4, 7*0 'Vttjj
;
:
"
Sometimes emphatically used of brethren, both by the father and mother (Gen. 44 20), comp. Gen. r^P^ " Simon and Levi are 49 5, D ^
l?.
:
*tt\
i.
(true)
brethren,"
e.
not only children of one mother, but
"they are girded with strength." NIPHAL part. 1TW girded, Ps. 65:7.
PIEL, to gird, with two ace., one of the person, the other of the girdle, Ps.lS 33, 40, non^> ^n T^STl! "tbou hast girded me with might for the war;"
:
brethren truly in disposition also. The word brother is also of wider use amongst the Hebrews, and is used for
(1) any relative,
t'nsmara,Gen.i4:i6,"his bro29:
ther
Lot," prop, his brother's son, Gen. 13:8;
Ps.30:12, nnpi? 'njSJjN "thou hast girded (i.e. surrounded) me with gladness;" Isa. 50:11, n'lp^T H-TKP
12, 15.
"girded
(i.e.
armed) with burning

219,
Isa.
l.
darts."
As
to
the construction of verbs of this kind with two accus.
(2) a man of the same tribe, 283.19:13; e.g. used of the Levites, Num. 8:26; 16: 10; Neh. 3:1. (3) one of the same people, Jud. 14:3 ; Ex. 2:
compare Lehrg.
HITHPAEL,
to
gird
oneself (i.e.
arm
oneself), to
pre-
ll; 4:18; used even of cognate peoples, e.g. of the Edornites and Hebrews, Gen. 9: 25; 16:12; 25:18;
pare for
battle,
8:9;
with an accus. Ps. 93:1
Num. 20:14.
were
(4) an ally, confederate; used of people that allied, as of the Ty rians and Hebrews, Am. 1:9;
(with strength).
'y
pare
i-i-
~*}
an
arm (with Aleph prosthetic, com;
or of the same religion. Isa. 66: 20 [here of the same

nation].
p. l),
Jer.
-
32:21
Job 31: 22.
m
PS
-
(f r ""H! with
Aleph
prosthetic)
(1) a native
37 35=
tree, not transplanted into another soil, The root is fnt, in the sense of shooting
(5) any friend; thus used of the friends of Job, Job 6:15, perhaps also Job 19:13, and of Solomon, who calls Hiram his brother, i Ki. 9:13; comp. Neh.
forth.
5:10, 14.
(6) any other man, united to us only by the tie of the human race. i. q. jn Lev. 19:17. Hence when preceded by B"S, one ... another. Gen. 13:11,
(2) a native, used in speaking of men, Lev.i6:29;
18:26,
etc.
rach
!|K patron, n. [Ezrahite], a descendant ofEz(rnm) used of Ethan, iKi. 5:11; Ps. 89:1;
;
nd of Heman, Ps. 88 :i. Both of these are said, 1 Ch. 2:6, to be the descendants of Zarah (rriT) the son of Judah and thus rnTS is to be taken only as another form of the same name, used only in its pa;
tronymic.
As
to the family of these

p.
men, see
my
arguments against Bertholdt (Einleit. Lit. Zeit. Erganzungsbl. 1816, p. 646.
1974); Allg.
B*K VriBM " and they separated the o n e from the other," Gen. 26:31 and indeed in this phrase it is even used of inanimate things resembling each other if they be of the masculine gender (of feminines, in the same sense is used rrinx HB'K), Ex. 25 20, DH\3^ W$rW BS and their faces (of the cherubim) shall be turned one to another"(gegeneinanber), Ex.37:Q, (7) tropically it expresses some similarity of disposition or manners, Job 30:29, "I am become a
1n
*?yp
xxvm
jackals," i. e. I am forced to howl like Pro. 18:9. Comp. fern. riinX [also H1QX], and many compound proper names, as ''RO'nX and the like [which follow almost immediately],
fcrotherof the
;
a jackal
const. "inx ["
and so before IP Lev. 13:2

:
"^V Gen. 32 23 and elsewhere, Gen. 48 22 2Sam.l7:22; Zec.ll:7"]; f. nnx (for rnnX); in pause nnX; a numeral having the power of an adj.
before
: ;
II.
II
interj. of
lamentation (from the sound

;
made),AH! ALAS! const.withadat.Eze.6:li

In Arabic there
is
2i:2O.
<-
ONE.
s $ s~$ Arab. J^>J (not Aa>-\ as in Winer);
f.
t_>~-*A
>
-3.
a root derived from

s
this,
\~\
to
JEth. ftfhJ?.: ahadu (not t\(\\*: ahad, as in

p-
Winei
cry out, ah! again
and again: see below, under nnx.

-\
The same radical let4 also), Ch. and Syr. in, ters are found in the Pehlevi advek, one, and without
^,
in.
fire
HN
f.
Arab.
GREAT
POT, in which a
the third radical Daleth, Sansc. eka, and Pehlevi jek.
One has often the force of was kept burning in the king's winter apartment,
Jer. 36:22, 23.
(l)
i.
q. the
same,
The orientals still use pots of this kind for warming instead of fire places, called in Pers.
Gen. 40:5; Job 31: 15.

(2) first, but only so used in counting the days of the months, Ezr. 10": 16, 17, V^rb inx DV? " On tlit first day of the month." Bnh? inx? " on the first
and Turk. ,^J They have the form of a large pitcher, and they are usually placed in a cavity in the middle of the room. When the fire is out, a frame like a table is put over the pot, covered with a carpet and those who wish to warm themselves, sit on the ground, and cover their feet, legs, and even their belly, with the
;
day of the month," Gen. 8:5, 13; comp. pia r&v

fidruiv,
adfi-
In counting years, the expression is nnx rop, just as in Germ, bag 3>ibt' Sing/ 3ici> etc., for bag erfle Safyr, etc., Dan. 9:1,2; Ezr. l:i. In
Act. 20:7.
carpet.
The
root
is
nnx No.
pi.
II.
other places, as Gen. 1:5; 2:11, ^nx does not lose the common idea of a cardinal, and the numbers fol-
HN
Ch. brother;
with
suff.
T n ? Ezr. 7
18.
low one another as in Lat. unus,

Octav. lOl).
"IHX " (3) some one, DJJH
alter, tertius
(Suet.
D^* only in pi. D*n'X prop, holdings; hence howling animals (comp. *X No. II.), probably screech owls, word imitating the sound, like the Isa. 13:21. l.'onn. Ufyu/ Sdiubut/ French hibou ; see HS No. II. and the root nnx.
nnx
}"X,
it
X?
no one."
some one of the people;" Hence very often -=an

indefinite article, espei Ki. 20:13, nn ?
TIQ;
(4)
acts the part of
cially in the later
Hebrew,
i
*^
"a certain
a ram," ^K precedes,
i.e.
prophet,"
11(5
Trpo^/'/rijc
father's brother"),^!AaJ, pr.n. (i) king of Israel, B. C. 918 897, a man remarkable for his uxoriousness and idolatry, i K. 16:28 to 22:40.
(
"
ein SBibbcrj
Dan. 8:3, ??X Ki. 19:4. So also when
e.g.
1n^
"a certain
l
:
holy one,"
(2)
rn.,
Jer.
29:21.
for |inX
angel, rc ayytXoc, Dan. 8: 13. in the older books, Ex. 29:3; l Sa.
Sometimes also l and followed

;
^X ("brother of the prudent," or

"fraternal"), [Ahban],pr.n. of a of Judah, 1 Ch. 2 29.
:
man
of the tribe
inx "one of the cisterns," by a genitive niibn some cistern, Gen. 37:20; comp. Job 2: 1O.
(5)
i.e.
one only of its kind, Job 23:13; Eze. 7:5; Cant.

s
s
only one, incomparable;
loc. cit.
"I
a root, derived from the numeral T}K, not

its
6:9 (Arab.
.Xs-'j
>^^;
id
used in Kal,
place being supplied
by "HT
to
unite.
HITHPAEL, to unite, to join oneself together, to collect oneself; Eze. 81:31, HO^n? prob. "unite thyself (sword of three edges)," i. e. ravage with united
powers, or (according to the laws of parallelism), 'gather thyself together," i.e. attend! nimm bid)
A. Schultens on Job
(6)
and 9:5).
it is one... another, Ex. 17:12; 18:3. It even occurs three times reAl.so distributively peated, iSa. 10:3; 13:17,18. of individuals, Nu. 13:2, in tTX inx C 'X ye shall
When repeated
nx.
inx
one man, i.e. together. Ezr. -2:64, (7) "inÔ inx? T'njjrr'?} "the whole congregation together;'' of a military commander: " Conjunge te, dextrorsum ! 0.3:9; 6:20; Ecc. 11:6, 1HX? Dn^ "both " ! ommclt sinistrorsum eud) redjtg flellt alike," allc bepbe. Also i.q. together, unitedly,' (aci'jm) stnie, Isa. 65:25; in the same sense is said "inx B^X3 Jud rud) (Tf&tunj!)/ linf$!" Fall together! right! to your left flO:8; iSa.ii:?; Ch. post
//>
{
I ! !
The opinion of a very acute interpreter, jufammrn. Chr. Bened. Michaelis, is not to be despised, who regards the four first words of the verse as being those
send
one man
to
a tribe;" Nu. 34: 18.
XXIX
(8)
8
f.
nnsi
ellipt. for
nnK Dys one
time,
once,
Ki.6:lO;
(9) rins?
Ps. 62:12.
root nin, used in the Hebrew onlj In Piel, but in Chaldee in this conjugation likewise.
suddenly
J"iriK No.8, Num. 10:4. (b) (a) i.q. (c) i. q. (mit einem ifflale)/ Pro. 28:18. in$|) altogether, Jer. 10:8. in$ "ins ? one a/Yer another, one by one,
1
^
HS
ni
is
f-
brotherhood, Zee. 11:14, denom.
fronc
brother, which see.

"
1
1
(10) tsa. 27:12, and Ecc. 7:27, f"insp
[Ahoah],
pr.n.,
Ch. 8:4, for which there

is
nnx "one
after
verse 7, ^HJ<. Patronymic
'nhg [Akokit],aS*.
another."
In the passage which has been unnecessarily we should retain the common thus be rendered, " who sancsignification. It should inx "IHN after one," . themselves and purify tify the hierophant who presides over i. e. following one
23:9,28.
"nnfcs Ch. a shewing, declaration, Dan. 5:12;
prop. Inf. Aph., from H1IT
Note
discussed, Isa. 66:17,
^HK ("brother
ters"),
of," i.e.
" dweller near waCh. 4:2.

.
[Ahumat],
pr.n.
m.
the rest in sacred rites.

passage.
Comp.
my Comm.
: ;
on the
id.
m
Hence
(i)
(a)
hinder part, rear, end. Arab.
"VRXftfrom behind, behind, opp.

Arab.
(l) the same, Gen. 11 l comp. Lat. 26 Terent. uni, as unis moribus vivere (Cic. pro Flacco
1
PL BHC *?.
to D'33D 2 Sa. 10:9.
^\
^ -- ^^
(*)
Eun. ii.3,75).
Eze. 37:17, (2) joined in one, united; "and they shall be (the two sticks) joined in one."
Gen. 27:44; (3) some, a few, Germ, etntge, etnjclne/ also "Tins. the verb Deriv. tHS, pr.n. 29:20.
backward,Ps.l 14: 3,5 ; with averted face (abijett)anbt) " a fool Jer. 7 : 24. (c)"i'inx? backward; Pro. 29: 1 1, uttereth all his anger, i"l3n?K^ "linS3 D3H] but a wise man keepeth it b a c k," drives it back, so that it returns
to himself.
word denoting marsh (Milel), an Egyptian grass, reeds, bulrushes, and any verdure growing This word is in a marsh, Gen. 41:2,18; Job 8 1 1. not only used in Hebrew, but also in the Greek of Alexandria, in which it is written ti-%1, x t see the
: 5
(d)
IIHS in ace. adv. Arab.
*-* <J
:
b e h in d,
on
it
Eze. 2 10, " and CHi?. ~>inS1 D^S before and b e h i u d, was written (the roll) \vithin and without; l Ch. 19: 10; Ps. 139:5. Also, backward; Gen. 49: 17, "tins n?h ^21 "and his
the
back, opp. to D^3 and
:'
rider falleth
backward;"
Jer. 15:6.
So often pleon.
LXX., Gen. 41:2,18; Isa. 19 7 also in the Wisdom of the son of Sirach (who lived in Egypt), chap. 40: 1 6. Jerome in Comm. on Isa. loc. cit., " quum ab eruditis
:
after verbs of returning, Ps.
9:4; 56:10; of turning back, 2 Sa. 1:22; Psa. 35:4; 40:15; and others of the same kind. PI. hinder parts, Ex. 33:23; 26:13;
iKi. 7:25; Eze. 8:16.
(2) the west [the east being the quarter towards which one is supposed to look], Job 23:8; Isa. 9: " and the Philistines on the west." 11, linxp D<fl^P Compare Dig,' pbj, |pfl, ^'f and C. B. Michaelis,
Diss. de locorum differentia ratione anticce, posticce, dextrce, sinistrce, Hale, 1735, 4to, reprinted in Pott Sylloge
qucererem, quid hie sermo sifjnificaret, audivi ab JEgyptiis hoc nomine lingua eorum omne quod in palude virens
nascitur appellari."
translator,
The word is retained by the Coptic
who for the Greek "AX wrote m-Aljl. Compare the same, Num. 11:5 [" kindred are AKG,
OKG
p.
de Rossii Etymolog. ./Egypt. bulrush, reed,"] 24; Jablonskii Opusc. ed te Water, tom.i. p. 45; tom.ii. p. 160. Celsius (ii. 340 346) indeed, and Alb.
;
Comment.
Schultens, on
Job
loc. cit.,
have sought an Arabic
origin for this word,
comparing
^^
-J
by
8. The same mode is followed 5, 80, seq. the Hindoos, the Mongols, and also the Irish [and
res pascuales,
all Celtic
from the root

gendo,
tion
<^.\
to join together, as juncus
ajun-
nations]. (3) latter time, the future.
"N n
$? hereafter,
Isa.
into a cord,
is
and the Gr. a^piyos denotes both rush wrought and a cord itself; but the former derivapreferable.
tf
41:23; 42:23-
ninW
^ning
52
f.
(fo r
Arab, and Chald.
nihS, from the masc. is the same as 'HK),
^, which
pi.
in
with
suff.
(for -WTO}
"joining together"), [Ehud],
pr.n. of a son of Benjamin,

parallel
p.'
ace,
l Ch. 8:6, written in the Gen. 46:21, Vl$.
Eze. 16:55 (sing. nriX), and Eze. 16; which is from the masc. *H^), comp. Lehrg. p. 602.
(sing. n^riN,
'VW
for
"t
a declaration, a shewing of opinion, Tob 13:17. It is a verbal noun, conj. Hiph. from the
!u^
f.
99
sister (Arab. c^-oU> Syr.

id.).
\J^
}^},
sister,
Ch.
It
properly signifies an
own
born
XXX
of the sion
is
same parents, but (where accuracy of expres-
not important) used also of a sister, opOTrarpia, Gen. 2O:l2; 2 Sam. 13:2, 5, or o/zo^r/rpm, uterine, Lev. 18:9, 11; 20:17. The Hebrews also called
sister
(1) a female relative, kinswoman, Job 42: ll Gen. 24:60, whore the mother and brother say to thou art our sister." Rebecca, JjlX "Dinti same tribe or people, Nu. 25: 18. the one of (2)
;
to be joined, to adhere. and holding are very often thus applied in the sense of adhering, and joining, as things firmly joined together hold and sustain each other firmly; compare "1?? and ng? in Hithp., and 'iôpnt TIVOQ, I hold, depend on any thing; i\aptvoc joined and cupcw, whence Lat. hcereo. Eze. to any thing " 41 :6, rV3H -Vj?3 onro -VIT |6| (that) they should
(4) to join, and in pass,

taking
Verbs of
not be
l
joined
to
(inserted) in the wall of the temple;"
(3) an ally, a confederate city or state, Eze. 16:
Ki. 6 : 6.
Hence
46; 23:31.
(4) after nfcptf one. ..another; used also of inanimate things of the feminine gender, Ex. 26:3, " five
,
(5)
HK'N one to anocurtains shall be joined fining ? ther;" verses 5, 6, 17; Eze. 1:9; 3:13. (5) metaph. sister is used of anything very closely
(6) to the joining together of the beams and planks ; l Ki. 6:10, "and he covered the house with cedar wood ;"
?* shut, as the Syr. _*,) Neh. 7:3. cover with timber, beams and boards, from
connected with us; Pro. 7:4, " say to wisdom, Ihou art my sister;" Job 17: 14. Compare the rest of the words which bear the signification of propinquity,
Hab. 2:19. take out, away (from a great number), (7) whence part. pass, taken, sc. by lot (like the synonymous word I?;'?), Nu. 31 =30, "from the half which
comp.
b'Ori
to
2K No. 6, n No. 7. especially (6) a s pause is lovingly so called, Cant. 4:9, seq. Compare Tibull. iii. 1, 26.
fut.
belongs to the children of Israel thou shalt take one D^pqn JO Tins part takenoutof fifty;" verse 47; 1 Ch. 24:6, "ipn'x'p ins rnso iTj? ?^ Tins nnx ax-rvs
1
TDK* (more rarely
Trw
Ki. 6: 1O; Ecc.
7 :l8).
(1) TO
TAKE HOLD
OF, TO SEIZE, specially with
it should again be read with many copies "IHK " one family (by lot) being taken forEleazar, one for Ithamar," i. e. in casting lots they so arranged as to draw first a lot for a family of Eleazar,
(where
MnK)
--$
the hand. (Arab. j^\> Ch. and Syr. "Jr% _A,).) Const. with an accus. of pers. or thing, Ps. 56 :l ; Jud. 12:6;
also very often followed 2 Sa. 20:9. (Winer has
and then
a family of Ithamar. (l) pass. Kal No. 2, Eccl. 9:12. No. 3, Gen. 22:13. (2) pass.
for
NIPHAL
by 3, Ex. 4:4; Job 23: ll; made a mistake with regard
(3)
to
to this passage, p.
" 46 it should be rendered, and Joab's right hand took hold of Amasa's beard.")
;
possession of
19.
make oneself possessor of any thing, to have Josh. 22:9, it, Gen. 34:10; 47:27;
Metaph. it is ascribed Ex. 15:14, P*7?
to terror, fear (like Xapfidveiv),

T
W'
^ ^""terror seizes
-ItriK
the in-
Comp. Syr. _*,) to possess, and deriv. Hjn^. PIEL, to shut, like Kal No.5, Job 26:9,"shutting of his throne." (vailing with clouds), the face
HOPHAL,
to be
habitants of Philistia ;" verse 15; Ps. 48:7. It is also said vice versa, to take fright (comp. Germ, tie $lucf)t
ergreifcn),
joined, fastened,
pass.
Kal No.
4,
2 Ch. 9:18.
Job 18:20, tyb

Isa.
D7lD"|i?
"the ancients
The derived nouns immediately
follow.
took hold
"
of horror," for "horror
them;" Job 21:6;
13:8,
prn
took hold of E$irt\ D'TV
Ahaz, a king
;
they (the Babylonians) takeholdof pangs and sor" rows," for pangs and sorrows take hold of them." (2) to take, e.g. by hunting, fishing, Cant. 2: 15.
(3)
I
to
(l) pr.n. of Judah, cotemporary with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, who reigned from the year B. C. 744 -7^8 a weak man, and devoted to idolatry, 2 Ki.
("possessing, possessor"),
hold something
taken, followed
by an
ace.
l6:l,seq.; 2 Ch. 28: 16, seq. Isa. 7: l, seq.; 38:8; LXX."AX. (2) i Ch. 8=35; 9:42.
;
to
Ch. 13:9; 2 Ch. 25:5; and ?, Gen. 25:26. Metaph. embrace anything, with an ace., Job 17:9 (comp.
3, 23: 11.
:
Kpariu, Apoc. 2:25); with
Part. pass, in
an active signification, Cant. 3

the sword."
8,
3"in"Tng
"holding
Gram.
49,
Compare
as to this deponent use of pas-
sive participles, Lehrg. p. 309,

3.
310
i"ljnN f. possession ; see Niphal No. 3 especially used of the possession of lands and fields, Lev. 27 24, " whose is the Si? n p o s s e s s i o n of the *H^ i ? that land. Verses 16,21,22. rWN who land," possesses 1?P "possession of a burying place," i. e. a burying
;
:
T$
[Ileb.
j
a], and
in this
'
xi
very verb Syr. taken and holding.
holding, JEth.
place Iwlonging to a family, Gen. 23:4, 9, 20; 49:30. Nu. 27:7, and njnK -V?qj In connection r6q? "rfl
Nu. 35:2.
U<"2tf
cf slaves, Lev. 25:45, 46.
XXXI
^r^
[A has at],
is
wtnch there
in
Ch. 9
pr.n. of a man, Neh. 11:13, for 1 2 n^tn*. Perhaps we should

:
nN
[Ahihu((], pr.n.
friond of union") brothei," or m. l Ch. 8:7.
read in both places n^rns.
ail3*nK ("brother," or "friend of goodness"), \_Ahitub~], pr.n. m. (l) l Sa. 14:3; 22:<) 2 Sa. 8:17. l Ch. 5:37; Neh. ll:ll. (3) (2}
("whom Jehovah upholds"),

(i) Ahaziah, king of Israel, son of Ahab and Jezebel (B.C. 897 89,5), iKi. 22:40; 2Ki. l :2.
pr.n.
LXX. 'Ox'4e'tUv
TITHX
[
(2)
Ahaziah, son
of Jehoram,
brother
l
of one born," for
ity
TIS.),
king of Judah (B.C. 884), 2 Ki 8:24; 9:16.
A hilud~], pr. n. m. of the father of Jehoshaphat, 2 Sa.

Ki.4:3.
8:16; 20:24;
("their possession"), \_Ahuzam], pr.n.

l
of a man, a descendant of Judah,
Ch. 4:6.
D'H&;
pr. n.
S ee
HK.
of death"), [Ahimoth^ which there is in the parallt 1
("possession"), [Ahuzzath~\, pr.n. of a

Philistine, a friend of
'H^ ("brother
m. l Ch. 6 10 places nno.
:
king Abimelech, Gen. 26:26.

I.
for
_'*? an unused root.
Arab.
from the sound HS, to cry out ah!
onomatop. In repeatedly.
W!
|7D'n
lech'], pr.n.
("brother
of the king"),
[Akin*
:
Hebrew perhaps, to groan (S-i)jen)/ to hoivl, whence The Arabs have under the same root
II.
(i) a priest living at Nob, the father of Abiathar, the intimate friend of David (l Sa. 21 2; 22:9; Ps. 52 2), and therefore slain by Saul. Differ:
the signification of heat, burning, anger, in
the
word
whence, perhaps, may be deI
ent from this apparently maybe (2) Ahimelech, the son of Abiathar, one of the two high priests in the time of David, 2 Sa. 8:17; l Ch. 24:3, 6, 31. Korb, however (Winer Theol. Journal IV. p. 295), supposes, with a great deal of probability, that in 2 Sa. 8:17, for "Ahimelech, the son of Abiathar," we
rived nx, ^\ a pot, a furnace.
had rather how-
ever take the signification of furnace, from the root
*i ^\
should read, "Abiathar, the son of Ahimelech;" from this erroneous reading he supposes that a mistake was introduced into the Chronicles.
to burn, to kindle as fire; Conj. II. to set
on
fire,
s -if
te>-\
heat, etc.
See
3.
f&TW{
Jud.
i"1
brother
(2)
1
of gift"),
[A him an], pr.n.m.
(l) one of the

l
:
Anakim, Nu. 13:22; Josh. 15:14,

Ch. 9:17.
of anger"),
TIX [Ehi],
^?
see 1-inX.
10.
m.
(perhaps contracted from '^), [-4Az], pr.n. (l) l Ch. 5:15; (2) l Ch.7:34.
PWTO
pr.n.
("brother
[Ahimaaz],
CfcMTO (for 3Kr

am],
pr. n. m., 2 Sa.
"father's brother"), [Ahi23 33

: ;
Ch.
1 1
(2) the son of Zadok, the (l) iSa.l4:5O. high priest in the time of David, 2 Sa. 15:27, 36; 17:17,20; 18:19, seq. It appears to be the same
m.
33.
who
is
mentioned,
K. 4: 15.
pr.n. m., l Ch,
q. Heb. HTH, with Aleph prosthetic, "IT^ an enigma, Dan. 5:12. Root Tin.
Ch.
i.
]T1X ("brotherly"), [Ahiari],
(" brother," i.e. "friend of Jehovah"), [Ahiah, AhijaK], pr.n. (i) of a certain priest in
TH^
OTtt? ("liberal," or "noble brother")
Ahinada&],
pr.n. m.,
Ki. 4:14.
the time of Saul,
Sa. 14:3,8.
(2)
Ch. 8:7.
(3)
(4) 1X1.4:3. (5) lCh.26:20. -(6) (7) i Ki. 15: 27, 33. (8) Neh. 10:27. (9) a prophet living at Shiloh in the time of Jeroboam, l Ki. 1 1 29 12:15; called H'PIX i Ki.
101.11:36.
i
E^rntf ("brother
pr.n.f.
of grace"),
(2)
l Sa.
[Ahinoam]
25:43; 27:3,
Ch. 2:25.
(i) iSa.i4-.50. 30:5; 2 Sa. 2:2; 3:2.
-1
14:6>8;
for
2 Ch. 10:15.
(
"TJDD'H^ ("brother of support," or "aid"), [Ahisamach], pr.n. m., Ex. 31:6; 35:34.
brother," i.e."friend of the Jews,"
^BTr^? ("brother
-nn
TR), [Ahihutf], pr.n.m. Nu. 34:27.
(i) a captain of the Danites,
of aid"), [Ahiezer], pr.n. Nu. l 12 2 25;

: ; =
VHN
Sa.6: 3
("brotherly"), \_Ahio'], pr.n. m. (i) 4 (a) iCh.8:i4.-( 3 ) 101.8:3159:37.

.
7:66.
(2) iCh.l2:3.
BTK? ("brother of the er-
ny"\
~_Ahi
XXXII
whom the Chaldees pr.n. m., the father of Gedaliah, appointed governor of Judaea, 2 Ki. 25 22 Jer. 39 14 ;
: ; :
Hamedan
name has
ij^)?
the Parthian metropolis, whicl

softer pronunciation
itself
sprung from a
40:5, seq.
of the ancient word.
The accounts given by
travellers
DTIINI ("brother of height"), [Ahiram], ibid. pr.n. m., Nu. 26:38; patronym. *T
of evil"), [Ahira], pr.n. m., a captain of the tribe of Naphtali, Nu. 1:15; 2 29 ;
respecting the remains of this city have been collected by Hoeck (Veteris Mediae et Persiae Monu-
JTVn^
brother
menta, page 144
155).
If the
word be Phcenicio-
7:78,83; 10:27.
Shemitic, it means undoubtedly the same as HOn (from the root nDn), and denotes citadel, fortress; if it be Persic, it is i. a cultivated place, and q.
TltrnK ("brother
Aar], pr.n. m.,
l
^jb^
of the dawn"),
[Ahisha-
full
of inhabitants.
is.
The former
[But see Ges.
explanation,
corr. above.]
how-
Ch. 7:10.
ever,
preferable.
"iB^n^ ( brother of a singer," or for ifc V$ "brother of the upright"), [Ahishar], pr.n. m.,
l
Ki 4:6.
59u^f [Ahasbai~\, pr.n. of a man, 2 Sa. 23:34. The etymology is unknown. Simonis considers it tc be contracted from 'H? HDHX " I flee to the Lord."
[So Ges. in
corr.].
7|JVn^ ("brother
pr. n.
of folly"), [Akithophet],
of a friend of king David, who conspired against him with Absalom, 2 Sa. 15 17.
(FIN
(fytnten
TO BE AFTER, BEHIND, TO
fytnten
STAY BEHIND
fepn/
it
blcibcn),
hence
"inxi
("fatness,"
place"),
[Ah lab"],
1
" a fertile "fat-," hence, of town in the tribe of a pr.n.
In Kal
occurs once,
l fut.
tarry, delay. Gen. 32:5. (Arab.
to
/
-U\ Conj. II. to defer, to delay. Syr. V V V f ;-*,<X phel, i.ô) id.)
A^her, Jud.
131.
Aphel and Sha-
particle,
VL?&$ Ps. 119:5, and /L]5$ 2 Ki. 5:3, an optative oh that! tvould to God! followed by a fut.
;
&
Ps. loc. cit. without a verb, 2 Ki. loc. cit. It is commonly derived from the root ^711; PL D'33 n?n to stroke
the face,
rather
to
caress,
to
beseech.
compounded of HX and v
But perhaps
;
it is
-nqs Jud.5:28, fut. one, Gen. 24:56; to defer any thing, Ex. 22:28, and by ellipsis, Deu. " He will not 7:10, delay (punishment) to him that hateth him."
(l)
to
PIEL inx pi.
nns
.to
for
nn^_
retard,
delay any
!7.
V^W* ("oh that"),[4AJaz],pr.n.m.andf.

2:31
;
Ch.
"why
(3)
1"JI!
(2) intr. i.q. Kal (Germ. lange mad)cn), Jud. 5:28 do the wheels of his chariot tarry;" Ps. 40:18,
to
comp. ll
f,
-.41.
ins^
?J?
stone;
LXX.
Ex. 28:19, the name of a precious Vulg. a^tfluorroc- Josephus (in whom
not; Ps. 70:6; Gen. 34:19. at any thing, with ?V, Pro. 23:30, tarry " who ta D'TjIXP tarry long at the wine," i.e.
"tarry
there appears however
of words), d^nrfjcof the conj. Hiph. from D^TI to dream, perhaps from
[the superstitious idea of]
its
some confusion in the order This word appears to be a verbal

causing dreams to those
who drink
127:2.
till
late at night.
Comp.
Isa.
5:11; Ps.
The
derivatives immediately follow, except
who wore it. An idea of a similar kind gives its rise to the name ap.i 0voroe, because of its [having the supposed power of] keeping away drunkenness from the wearers compare Braun. de Vestitu Sacerdot. Heb.
;
-'
(with Dag. forte occult) f. nnns, piur. nnms n'nns (from the unused sing. "IHS with Kametz pure). (l) adj. properly following, another, specially one who follows a first, second, (from the idea of following [compare secundus a sequendo]); Gen. 17:21, n^nKn H3K'3 "in the following year, next year,"
folgenbeS 3at)tj l Ki.
Ezr. 6:a
[" The ancient Lassen (Ind. Biblioth.iii. 36), in the Sansc. a^vadhana, i.e. IvirooTaaia. the Sansc. q passing over sometimes into a guttural, and sometimes into s. The corre;
[Aehmetha], Ecbatana. orthography of this name is traced by
3 22. Hence generally, another^

:
Gen. 4:25; 8:lO, 12; 29:19

Syr.
"
etc. etc.
(Arab. j.^T
id.
Û],
HjHj,
PI.
fj'^j, Ch.pnK).
Dnns
Q'n$
sponding modern name
Manuale].
the
in
Ispahan" Ges. corr. In The metropolis of Ancient Media, and

is
still is
other gods," of idols, Deu. 6:14.; 7:4; Jer. l: 16; 7:18, and very often. Sing, "ins 7S Ex. 34: 14, and without ^ Isa. 42:8, \R$"& inx ? -jb3* "and I will
1
summer
residence of the kings of Persia; situated
not,
the
same place where afterwards was, and
Isa. 48:11 give my Once apparently, adv. elsewhere, Psa. 16:4,
glory to
another (God);"
XXXIII
VVIO ins
"who
hasten elsewhere,"
sc.
from the
is
true God to idols. [In Ges. corr. this passage " as another (god)."]
taken
24:4; Josh.g:i6; 23:1; more rarely "^*? Lev. 25:48; once Tgfc? nq? J os h. 2:7.
'
is
omitted,
fa)
[A
her], pr.n. of a man,

is
Ch. 7:12.
pened,
etc.
(4) 13T)q*$ prop, after that things had so hapi. e. afterwards, Gen. 15: 14; 23:19; 25:26,
""Û^ prop, what
behind, hinder part, extrebeh in d,

in the
Comp. Syr.
ôrKn
it
and
^cn
i>tv^>.
With
the
mity.
1 i
Hence
adv.
(a) of place,
addition of
background
becomes a conj. i. q. "HPN \"?n.K, like the Lat. posteaquam for postquam, Gen. 6:4; 2 Sa. 24:
10.
~W$
Gen. 22: 13, vrip_3 -qaipa rns3 ins ^s nsrn. " an d behold a ram behind," i. e. in the background (tm " $intf rgrunbe ) caught by its horns in a thicket." Not
behind his back, as it is commonly thought, with the Vulgate, but at a distance in the part which lay before his eyes, tm intergrunbe
that
nNT " after

Chald. nri
In the later [?]

this,"
Hebrew
there also occurs
^qx
nqx
Job 42: 16; Ezr. 9:10; compare Dan. 2:29, 45.
Abraham
beheld the
ram
Comp. with other prep. (i) ÔJj^ once ^nS'JO Chr. 17:7? prop, from after, from (being) after
ber
cent/
and there
is
no occasion
to
read with the
(any thing), t)inter (etreaS) meg. It is used especially when one leaves what he has before followed, Num.
Sam., LXX., Syr. and 42. MSS. ins._-(J) adv. of time, afterwards, then, Gen. 10:18; 18:55 2 4 :
55?
3<>
etc.
(a) of place, behind, Cant. 2:9; Ex. 3: (2) prep. l, "behind the desert," i.e. to the west of the desert [" see in lins No. 2"]; also after. "3 ins to follow any one, Gen. 37:17; Job3i 7 ; "inxp pregn.
^n
14:43 Deu. 7:4; 2 Sam. 20:2, also from behind, after (compare \Q No. 3); Josh. 8:2; Ex. 14:19; Jer 9:21 used of time, Eccl. 10:14. I n ^ en 4 7>f r this is "? *;?qO. Hence, 13 aftenvards, 2 Sa, 3 28 15 :l. (2) ^qs 7S after, \rith verbs of motion, 2 Ki. 9:18, nn t'Sl'ab "return after me." 2 Sam.
; ;
-
^qP
:
5:23.
(3)
^QK
^ Eze.41
:
15, i.q.
nq.
Comp. ^.
behind (fnnter [etwaS] roog). Ps. 78:71, prop, from pi. const. *1DS W3H rfky nnsp " from after the milch cattle h* Dan. 2 29, 45 7 24. brought him," i. e. he brought him who had followed used the prep, ina:
also Ch. (but
by a Hebraism), In the more pure Chaldee is

the adj. termi-
Jhe cattle.
(b) of time, after,
n?Sn "after these

of transition
;
things,"
;
i.e.
Gen. 9 28. D'la^n ">riK afterwards, a formula

:
j'nnK fem nr^S. (from ins with

.
Gen.l5 :1
22:1. Followed
i? "ins prop,
i.e.
by an
Infin.
after
that,
Num. 6:19,
after
so, i.e.
(i) hinder, latter, opposed to former, foremost, flt^l, Ex. 4 8 Deu. 24 3 Gen. 33 2, 0$
:
nation p)
1
after that it
had so happened,
;
afterwards, Lev.
li"
^^
" tne
hinder
1 1
(i.
:
e.
;
14:36: Den. 21:13.

(3) Conj.TJ
diterranean, Deu.
24
the western) sea," the 34 2 Joel 2 20.

:
Me-
S
:
-ins
after
that,
:
Eze.4O:l
and with-
(2) after,
later,
following, fnqS
D'V
^ "after
out
Lev. 14:43; Job 42 7. Note. Instead of ins there occurs far more frequently
I^'S.
PI. *1Q*?, for
which see just below, and

only in const, state
it is
constantly
suff.
used
PI.
when
suff.
are joined with this word.
"after-lime," Pro. 30:8. PL Q'riQX those who come after, posterity, Job 18:20. " I (God) am the (3) last, Neh. 8:18; Isa. 44:6,
generation," Ps.48:i4; Jviqs
31 :25;
Isa.
D^nS
:
nqs
with
nqs-.
Dnnqs, etc. (1) subst. the hinder parts, 2Sa.2:23,JT'3nn nqs? " the hinder end of the spear."
,
D3^n
and I am the last;" Job 19:35. Fem. nnqs so n ?" nsa Det,t. adv. at last, last, Dan. 11:29. Num. 2:31 Eccl. l :il, at last, 13: 10, and
first
nr^v
lastly.
(2) Prep. (a) of place, behind, Jud. 18:12 (here i.q. to the west); more frequently after, t)tnter, tjinter
(jem.)
tjtr,
rrin{$
(-
for
i
nsins "after a brother"), [A haCh. 8:1.

the
l
rah~\, pr.n.,
Lev. 26:33;
!
Sam. 14:37; 2 Ki. 19:21;

i.
D?^q
flatterers,
K.)
"those who follow them,"
/D1^
born),
("behind
breastwork," wall,
Ch.4:8.
sc.
e.
their
and parasites, Ps.49:i4. Hence
[AharheQpr.n.,
-
it is
to verbs of to follow ; 'Q ^n.S iTn is to going, follow any one's side, Exod. 23:2; 2 Sa. 2: 1O; comp. 1 Ki.
joined
Dan. 2:39 ; 7=5,6, *")t?^ ch "4J- fem - another, for the common H^nS, Tav of the feminine gender
being cast away by apoc., as
H7;
Pro. 28: 23, tfyp? ;n

(i. e.
nns nns
rroto
"he who
man,
TST
for
n^ Kl, WpD foi
following me
my
inf.
precepts) rebukes a
shall find favour."
(6) of time, after,
17:8; followed by an
after
that,
Gen. 16:13; Gen. 5:4.
(3) For conj. after that,
commonly "1^5?
nq, Deu.
r*in Chald. adj. ["for |n ins], Dan. 4: 5, innx properly, at the last, i.e. lastly, at length, is pleonastic, see this particle A, 1. ["
XXXIV
fi'Tj^ f. (1) the latter part, extreme paries. (a) e n d, Deu. 9- More frequently used of time.
:
whence arose by degrees the

add.]
softer irnTpd-n jc-"
Ge
39
!i:i;
Pro. 5:4,
issue, event, latter state, Job 8 7 ; 42:12: rno BJV'inX "her end (the adulterous wo:
P^-n^Tl^
6:2,3."
Ch. m.
pi. i.q.
Heb., Dan. 3:2,
3,
2^;
man's) is bitter," i. e. the latter state of those whom she educes comp. Pro.23 32. Sometimes used of a happy issue or event, Pro. 23: 18; 24: 14. (b) latter time,
; :
The prophetic phrase should be noticed, " D*Djn JV~)nX3 in future days" [prop, the end of the
future
time.
r'Uo Ahasjierus, apparently the Hebrew form of the name Xerxes. It occurs Est. i:l. and frequently in that book; also, Ezr. 4:6 (where, from the date, Cambyses must be understood), and Dan.
9:1 (of Astyages, the father.of Darius the Mede). As to the etymology, I formerly was of the opinion myself that this
days, or latter days], Isa. 2:2; Gen. 49:

N'u.
Mic. 4:
24:14; Dan. 10:14.
(2) ["concr."] posterily,Ps. 109:13; 9:1; Dan. 11:4.
Am. 4:2;
i
word
is
compounded of Persic .^skT

,.
prize (see D'Jp'TnB'ri^), the syllable

b
war, denoting
nnX
f.
Ch.
i.q.
the
Hebrew nnqx No.
Dan.
?$ Ch.
adj.,
another, other, Dan. 2:il.

I
* esh (e.g. Darab possessor, and the termination But tne true orthography of the Darabesh, t^.p.1)name has come to light of late from what is called the cuneiform writing, in which it is written Khshyar-
adv.
backward, Gen.9:23;
Sa.4:l8.
etc.,
shd, or Khshwershe.
i.e. lion-king,
m.pl., Esth.3:l2; 8:9; 9:3,
satraps, the governors of the greater provinces amongst the ancient Persians, who held both civil and military power, and were, in the provinces, the representatives of the. kings,
of this
'
This appears to be for i'î^l an old and harsher form. In imitation harsher form, the Greeks formed the word
Xerxes; the Hebrews, by prefixing Aleph pnsthet. made Akhashwerosh. Instead of the letters of softer
s and sh. which the modern Persians they rivalled in mag- 'pronunciation, ancients enunciated much harsher sounds, as the use, nificence. The particular parts of these provinces Shah, king, khshatrap= Sawere governed by procurators (mns), while the sain the words khshehioh See St. Martin in the Journal Asiatique, iii. trap. ruled the whole See Brisson,De traps province. Regio Champollion, Precis du Systeme Hieroglyph. p. 85 Pers. Principatu,i. 168; Heeren,Ideen,tom.i. p. 489, tableau general, tab. vii. 2, p. 24; Grotefend, in Heeren ed. to this As the 4. seq. etymology, many supjose Ideen, ed. 4, i. 2, p. 348, seq.; and my remarks in word to be compounded of the Persic i/l^ akhesh Thes. p. 75. [" Lassen, iib. d. Keilschrift, p. 167."] I.e. price, value (perhaps, excellence), t^J^ satrap, ^ Est. 10: l, I'ro for and the Chald. termination ]. However, I have no
whom
doubt that the Hebrews expressed by this word the ancient and harsher Persic word itself, Kshatrap,
(since, for s
(no doubt, "muleteer," a word appaSee the following word), rently of Persic origin.
and sh, in the Zendish and Sanscrit ksh was often used comp. khshetrao, shetrao, king, khshesh
;
[Haahashtari],
pr.n. m.,
Ch. 4:6.
Persic
'
with the addition at the beginning of Aleph In resemblance of prosthet. and the termination ]. the same harsher form, the Greek t n-poVjc is formed See EhlJjJTWiin Theopompus. [The etymology of
*^, six),
D*y^?TK$
ester,
r_"
i
pi.
m. mules.
JL- estar,
\^\
mule, from the old and harsh form ekhshter. Sansc. a^watara."~\ See the remarks a little above
is
There
1O.
the Persic word iBTIv'O*? has been excellently unfolded
|~
is
added, by epexegesis, sons of mares, Est. 8 put as a termination, as in
by
Silv.
de Sacy (Memoires de Tlnstitut, Cl.
'_'> see
d'lFstoire et de LitteYature Ancienne, ii. p. 229); he regards it to be compounded of the Kshetr empire,.
province, and ban,
'j
keeper, prefect, lord.
Ges
(from the root BPN) subst. m. (l) a gentlt sound, murmur, sigh, and pi. concr. D'tSS whisperers, i.e. rfk-pofidf-ctc, ventriloquists, by the mur-
^K
App.] [" The genuine form
of this word, which hat lately \tecn found in an ancient Indian inscription, is ks'atrapa, i.e. warrior of the host; see Giitt. Gel. Anz.
mur
of an artificial voice imitating the voice of the

?
spirits of the
dead (see under 31X) Isa. 19:3. (2) a gentle going, a gentle flow, a gentlt
1839, p. 805, seq. ; Lassen, Zeitechr. f. d. Morgenl. iii. 161 To this harsher form correspondc the Greek ea.
i0pa'jrj7c
(BoeckL Corp. Ir.sci No. 2691 ,c.),

.
mode of acting, whence EN, ONp, DX?, commonly adv gently, slowly,used of the gentle and slow pace of one mourning, l K. 2 1 27 used of water flowing gently,
: ;
XXXV
[sa.
8:6.
>
13^? prop. "at
my slow
pace,"
narf)
metner
3:15;
hand,"
allgemady Gen. 33: 14. and speaking, iSa.l8: 5, T8& *?

'macf)ltcf)fctt,
Used of acting
-IBK "bound in the 20:l6, toB righi i.e. who could not well use the right hand,
B$
"deal gently
lor
me
"and
youth;" Job 15:11, a word gently spoken to thee."

vrith the
--f
left-handed
;
Arab.
tfc$
J?\
is
V.
to
be hindered; compare
jJLc to bind,
which
applied to an impediment in
tongue-tied."]
U
II. to
speech.
an unused
to
root.
Arab,
to
be firm, Conj.
[So in Eng.
constr. 'X
make firm,
establish.
paliurus Linn.),
N
with
Isa.
"TJpX m.,
so called
Fs.
buckthorn (Rhamnus
S-f.
.
suff.
n3
is
"where
(i ) adv. of interrogation, art thou?" Gen.
w HE u E?
3:9; iK
from the firmness of

i.q.
its roots,
"where
si
Jud-9 114,15
he?" Ex.2:2O;
DJN"where
s<tt
are
19:12.
More
is
often with n parag. H^S
they?" which s,--.\

alsc the
58:10 (Arab. j^\,
the
more frequent
Arab.
X
ol
^\
pron. interrog.
who?
and
f.
dj\.
So
(by a Syriacism for i-1BN)m., thread, yarn,

arn (Ch. string, cord).
Êth. ^jP;
Comp. Germ.
TOO/
JBngl. who.
linen or cotton,
Once
of
found, Pro. 7:16, "coverings of Egyptian thread," which was of the greatest fineness, and as highly
[This appears to h^,ve been formed by the rejection Nun from {'&? (whence PSD whence?), and this
esteemed as Turkish yarn
is
now
(Sur!ifdieS
i.,
arn) in
appears to be the same word as |^ negative; just as many negative words are applied afterwards to the
sense of interrogation (compare Lat. ne
n>at)r?).
(i. q.
-133
;
Germany.
ment).
Compare
Cels. Hierob.
89, seq.
Alb.
Schultens compares Gr. 660 vy, oQdvwv (linen gar-
Root IBK.
1*S is therefore, properly, tliere

H
is
Germ, ntdht not present
jo\ to utter a an unused root. gen(i) sound, used of the sighing sound of a wearied camel; of the rumbling of the bowels when empty and hungry (rpveir). Compare my remarks on Isa.
UUN
**
tie
19:3(2) to
go gently;
see
BK No.
X, com p. Job 14: 10), interrogatively, is there not present? which is nearly the same as where is? r$ No. I. and II. are in this manner very closely joined. Comp. Heb. Gram. 150. Ges. App.] (2) a mark of interrogation put before adverbs and pronouns, giving them an interrogative sense, just as "^&? gives them a relative sense. Comp. Germ, reooon ? for con it>ckf)em?
2.
Hence
(a)
!"IJ
""N
who? which
UUS
TO SHUT, TO
CLOSE UP, TO STOP,
what? but
e.g.
to place;
always (except
Ecc.n
:6) with reference
the mouth, the ears, Pro. 17:28;
21:13; JVl3i?n niDB, Eze. 40:16; 41:16,26, "closed windows, with shut lattices," the bars of which being let into the wall and planks, could not be opened and shut at
pleasure.
way
1 Ki. 13:12, ^fejj did he go?" (or ubi
TH*
vice ?
n l '^
"by what
vice,
quorsum
Sec
LXX.
dvpileg Sucrvwrtu.
Symm.
rotirat.
njD "X under (b); 2Ki.3:8; 2Ch.i8:23; Job 38:24; and without an interrogation, Jer. 6:l6; Eccl. 11 :6. In other places it is where ? (from HJ here), Job 28 :i 2
;
Est. 7
Comp. i K. 6:4. over a window.

HIPHIL
id.,
Comp. Arab.
*i^, to put a curtain
Sometimes written together nrs, see below. *N whence? (from H|D, hence), Gen.l6:8; (V) n|D lSa.3o':l3; Jon. 1:8, nn Dy n|O 'K "from what
'.5.
Ps. 58:5.
to
what
bind toge,
nn ^J? njO *N "from people art thou?" 2Sa.i5:2, city art thou?" (Pr. undenam populi ? undenam
i.
OS r.not used; perhaps to bin d,
urbit? as Plaut. unde gentium? Odyss.

1
170, irddtv
'^pw*'.)
(c)
nx'T ?
why? wherefore?
(from
thcr; kindred to the root cords of a tent. Hence |-1BS
Arab.
the
therefore), Jer. 5:7.
vPN
le\
rut. "IBJO
to
make a hedge,
TO SHUT, once Ps. 69:16. Arab. to inclose with a hedge.
Note. Some other particles have *S very closely joined to them, so that they coalesce into one word,
^p, nD'N,
9
nb,
*
nb'X, which see.
This particle
9
P-
is
7
Kindred roots are IVK, "!?, 1^.
Hence
used in the same manner by the Syrians, in

p
9
J._LOy|
hew?
"K?K ("shut," "bound," perhaps "dumb"), \Ater], pr.n. m. (l)Ezr. 2:16; Neh.7:2l. (2) Ezr.2:4a; Neh. 7:45.
ov^) whence? J.J-.J who? what? So in who then? f. KT. So in JEth. Ch. where? IIOAV? With Nun parag. |?N where? ard
)
n8
h-:
contr. }K,
which
see.
m.
adj.,
shut, bound,
i.e.
impeded; Jud.
the reading in
np
is
[But see above.] Pro. 31:4, "9?? *K D '?Pf to be rendered
XXXVI
"
and
(it is
drink?"
I.
not) for princes (to say) [See 1* No. 1.]

*}
where
is
strong
TO BE
SECUTE HIM AS
idea
'K
contr. for
(as
(f.
? for
%n
Isa.
AN ADVERSARY TO ANY ONE, TO PERAN ENEMY, TO HATE. (The original
Lehrg. p. 510), m.
peihaps,
comp. 23:2), pi. D^K,
for T|,
oncei^,
Eze. 26:18.
1 believe to be that of breathing, blowing, puffan idea often applied to anger and hatred, prop. ing, anfcfynaubenj compare my remarks on the letter n.
(1) pr. habitable, or

root HJS No.
I, l),
inhabited I and (from the
["Kindred
is
3nN
in
which the idea of breathing
after
as opposed to water, the sea, and rir.n? nnfe "I will turn the rivers; Isa. 42: 15,
Q*$
rivers into
habitable land;" compare
Isa.
43:1 9;
passes over into that of desire and love"]). The finite verb occurs once, Ex. 23:22. But of very frequent use is the part. 3.>.1K an adversary, an enemy, a
50
2.
Hence
foe,
the sea coast of a
Gen. 22:17; 49 8;
;
sometimes
l
f.
it
retains the
(2)
maritime land, whether

;
continent, or an island like the Indian Dsib, which denotes both shore, and also an island. Specially (a) the sea shore, Isa. 20.6; 23:2,6; Eze. 27:7, " ÊfS? V# the coasts of Elishah," i.e. Peloponnesus, 'K " the or Greece. (b) an island; Jer. 47:4, "WfD
proper construction of a participle, "NT 71 ? "an enemy of David."
Sa. 18:29, S.^X
na^K a femaU
enemy,
collect,
used of enemies (comp. Lehrg. 477),
Mic. 7:8,10.
Hence 3V5< and

f.,
"the island of Capthor," i.e. Crete; DVrP V islands of the Chittim ;" Eze. 27:6; Jer.2:lO; comp. Esth. 1O:1, where E'? V. * are opposed to the conti5
(contr. for ru., as nip'S for PlDg) mity, hostile mind, Gen. 3:15; Nu. 35:21.
HTN
^
en-
The plural is very often used generally of maritime and transmarine regions (Jer. 25:22, by D'n liy? ~\V'$ *Xn), and hence of those epexegesis,
nent.
m., prop, a burden, load, by which one is oppressed, or crushed; (root "rtx No. 2); whence (1) heavy misfortune, calamity, Psa. 18:19;
Job
very far remote, Isa. 24:15; 40:15; 41:1,5; 42:4, 10,12; 49:1; 51:5; especially used of the coasts of the Mediterranean sea, Ps. 72:10; Dan. 11:18, which are called more definitely E'O V.N Isa. 11:11, and D^n <K Gen. 10:5; Zeph. 2:11. 26.27:15,
the Indian Archipelago
II.
2 l 30. (2) destruction, ruin, Job 1 8:1 2; 21 :17; 30:12. ?K ~PK " destruction of God," i.e. sent God.
:
by
is
to
be understood.
rmx, from the root m$ No. H.), prop. cry, clamour, hence (1) some unclean clamourous bird of prey, Lev. ll 14, Deu. 14:13, to which very great acuteness of sight is attributed. Job 28 7. LXX. and Vulg. somef.
H*J<
(for
contr. for *1K
from the root H1K No.

(l) pr.
i.e.
pare above 'K island;

as
comhowling, cry. Hence

II,
times render
it
vulture,
sometimes
kite.
ii.
Nor
is
the
opinion of Bochart improbable (Hieroz.

that
it
p.l93,seq.)
,.4j
a concrete, a howler,
pi.
a jackal; Arab.
\y*
^j\
is
a kind of falcon, called by the Arabs
^.T
Pers.
,_c.T
culiJ son, daughters of howling,

is
["
i.
e.
falco cesalori"]
now
called smirle, emerillon [Eng.
J'uLl
Shakal. It
so called from
its
nocturnal
merlin].
Damiri cry, which is like the scream of an infant. in Bochart. It only occurs Hieroz. torn. i. p. 843.
in pi. D*!
Isa.
13:2
2;
34:14.
(2) interj. i.q. ^K woe! with a dat. Ecc. |Q:l6; 4:1O, where several editions read unitedly, v'K "woe
to
However, the Hebrew word may perhaps be more comprehensive, and include all the hawk or falcon tribe, whence Lev. and Deu. locc. citt. there is added a:p^. (a) Gen. 36:24. (2) [Ajali, AiaK], pr.n. m.
(i)2Sa. 3:7; 21:8.

""1?$ i.q. *# where? with n parag., as in njn, fn Gen. 3:9; 18:9, etc., and without an interrogation, Job 15:23, " he wanders for bread HK where (it
him."
III.
occurs in Job 22:30, and in proper names "rt33~*K (" i n g 1 o r i o u s"), l Sa. 4 : 2 1 , and '3)'**. It is of more frequent use in the Rab*tf
adv. not.
It
may
be").
hinic, especially in forming adjectives with a privative signification (just as in Germ, un/ ofyn [Eng. m,
3VX
tm], for the
same purpose), and
remarkable both
in the -/Ethiopia, in
I
land of Uz, a man pr. n., Job, an Arab of the for his wealth and piety, tried by
have no doubt that it is shortened from P** (see the root P), like a privative in Greek, and in Sansc. from an.
which
f\^
God with
is
also prefixed to verbs.
calamities of every kind; mentioned otily that bears his name, Old the Test.] in the book [in
-
*/
and
in
Eze. 14:14,20;
LXX.
'Ici/3,
Arab.
^jJ.'
T N o.IIL
TQ^N
("inglorious"), [I-chabod]-, see
the root
The name properly signified a man persecuted (frc Ji 3$, as 1! one born, from T) and if
t
XXXVII
appears to refer to the calamities which he endured.
ttrilbe
3tegen/
and
in Latin they are called caprece, from
their likeness to a goat, capra.
LXX.
Others take
it
as serio resipiscens, i.q. Arab.
always tXaôg.
*\,\
xxxviii.
p.
(from the root 31N, c__>7 to return); comp. Kor. Sur. 40 44, but see against this opinion in Thes.
81, col.
i.
(l) a ram, from its curved and twisted horns; see the root 7-1K and ?'N, which properly has the sense of rolling, or twisting, Gen. 15:9; pi. Cy'N
'.*$
m.
Ex. 25:5, and

(prob.
DyK Job
42:8. Intensive of this
is
f.
"withotit cohabitation,"
i.e.
249, B, chaste, modest; comp. Agnes, a very suitable female name, and not to be estimated from the conduct of the celebrated Jezebel of Tyre)
r,
:
Plat. p.
(2) a term in architecture, crepido portce, or the projecting ledge surrounding a door at the top and the two sides, often adorned with columns on each
side,
Jezebel, Isabella,
pr. n. of a celebrated
daughter of Ethbaal, king of Tyre, and wife infamous for her idolatry, and cruel persecution of
the prophets,
l
woman, of Ahab,
with a frieze above, with a projection below,

t)ur
bie
eerjterte GinfajTung ber

octel.
mtt
aulenpfoften/ griee
unb
Ki. 6:31; Eze. 41 :3;
compare Eze. 40: 9, 21,
Ki. 16:31; 18:4,13; 21:5, seq.; 2Ki.
9:7, seq.
24,26,29,33,36,37,48,49. In pi. DÛ crepidines, or projections in fron't of a building, commonly ornamented with columns or palm trees, between which
are spaces occupied by windows, Eze. 41 l 40: 10, 14,16,38; comp. verses 26, 31,34,37. The ancient
:
"U
and
$ where?
Job 38:
**?
rogative particle
HI this.
comp. of the inter(see under that word, No. 2,)

19, 24;
versions sometimes render
it posts,
sometimes columns;
^ how? abbreviated from n ?*K, Gen. 26:9. "=} Often of lamentation, (alas) how! Ps. 73:19; Isa. 14:4; Ecc. 2: 16; without an interrogation, Ruth
3:18; 2 Ki. 17:28.
"V \>
Aquila K(jiw/jia, as if ram's-horn-work, i.e. the volutes of columns, especially those of the Corinthian order, elseAvhere called /cpioe; see the copious remarks in
(from *N No.
l
:
2,
and H3
i.q. ri3 so, here),
(l)
how? Deu.
12.
As to the etymology, it is either 45. p. 43 prop, a projection, prominence, SSorfprttng, from the root 71X No. 3, or else, following Aquila, we must regard ??K prop, as denoting the capitals of columns, so called
Thes.
Often used in lamenting (2) where? Cant. 1:7. and deploring (as T*?), Isa. 1:21; Lam. 1:1; without an interrogation, Deu. 1 2 30.
:
from the volutes resembling ram's horns hence applied to the whole post or column. Comp D^N.
;
without an interrogation, in one passage, 2 Ki. 6:13, where in np there is 13*K.

"
!
l
"^ X where?
??^$
'*$ m, strength, might. Root 9-1S No. 2.
Once found
Ps. 88:5.
/*$
(1)
pi.
Dv'X m., prop,

2
strong, robust.
state,
(Milel),
how? Cant.5:3; Est.8:6; from
pi.
mighty ones, leaders, nobles of a
'*?
and nSBssnS^
H.3 so.
Ex.l5:i5; Eze.i7:l3;
No.
2, 3.
Ki.24:i5(in np). See ÎX

specially, the
i.
^
!
see the root
^-1X.
\? m., a stag, hart, Deu. 12:15; 1 4 5 Isa. 35:6; pi. 0* Cant. 2:9, 17. Always of the masc. gen., but in Ps. 42 2 joined with a f. in the manner
:
(2) a strong, oak or terebinth
robust
;
tree, like Spve,
sometimes the palm,
q.
H7X. fl?X
which
is
more
in use.
Sing, occurs once, Gen. 14:6,
of
common
nouns,
it
denotes a hind, which
is else-
in the pr. n. T^? 7'??; LXX. repeftivOng ri/c PI. D^K Isa. 1:29; 57:5; 61:3.
Qapav
D^,
where called by
its
own
peculiar form
s-z
"v^, *"'.
Ch. and Syr. id.; Arab. A>\

?uit. ch.nnois;
wild goat, mountain

i
JEth. "SP^.
1 ,
confirms the relation of the roots

to
an orthography which As 'p-IS and Tin.
ri7*X f., a hind, and perhaps also caprea, wild shegoat; two kinds of animals, which are hardly distinguished in the common use of the language, Gen. 49 2 1 PI. nib'X, const, nfys: 2 Sa. 22 34 ; Cant. 2 7.
:
.
P7*K
(from 7^,"of" or
the etymology ^'X is as it were intensive of the word ^N, prop, therefore it denotes a great ram, rp^t
a large
s h e-g o a t. The Hebrews appear to have called several species of deer and gazelles, some of which
[Ajalon, Aijalon], abounding in stags, like the Germ. irfcf)au/ $irfrfifelb. This was the name (l) of a town of the Levites, in
,
"belonging to a stag"), pr.n. of a place, so called from
have horns twisted like those of a ram, great rams, or mid rams, as in German they are called SSergjtegen/
the tribe of I'an, Josh. 10:12; 19:42; 21:24; Jud. 1:35. [See Robinson, iii. 63.] (2) a town in th
tribe of
Zebu Ion, Jnd. 12-12.
XXXVIII
o*k," see tf>), [ÔM], pr.i:.- l) of a tribe of Dan, Josh. 19:43; l K 4:9. Gen. 46: (ft) (a) Gen. 526:34; 36:2. (2) masc. 14. (c) Jud. 12:11.
flTK
town ia the
id.
Ch. in., tree, Dan. 4.7, 8, seq. Syr. answers to the Hebrew p?K; but the Chalcbe word has a wider use.
It
X ("trees,""a grove," perhaps, of palm trees,

see
(for
under n^X),
Ki. 9:26;
2 Ki. 16:6,
n^X Lehrg.
p.
467, used
coll. for
and HTtf ni^N), Deu. 2:8;
2 Ki.l4:22; l6:6(ftis) Eloth, Elath, pr.n. of a city of Edom, situated on the eastern gulf of the Red Sea,
After the which is hence called the Elanitic gulf. Edomites were conquered (2 Sa. 8:14), David took possession of it, and Solomon afterwards held it and hence his fleet sailed to Ophir, l Ki. 9:26. It was afterwards recovered by the Edomites, but Uzziah again added it to the kingdom of Judah, 2 Ki. 14: 22 but Kezin, king of Syria, again drove the Jews thence, It is 2 Ki. 16:6, and they never again possessed it.
; ;
f n /'X (to which it is as a const.), hind, f. i. q. a loving address of a woman, Pro. 5: 19. It is hard to be explained what it means in the title of Ps. 22, " on the hind of the dawn." Theae TfRtfai words appear to me to be the name of some poem, to the tune of which the psalm was to be sung. Cornp. " Hind of the 2 Sa. 1. dawn," prob. was the J"if>i3 sun itself morning shedding its first beams, which the
Wn
Arabians
call gazelle; comparing, according to the use of the language, the rays to horns (see Q2). See Schultens on Job, p. 1193; on Har. Cons. v. p. 163.
D^
which
an unused
root.
Ch. and Talmud. D'X
to
by Josephus, EiXdrrj "EXam, by Ptolemy; See Relandi Palaest. 38. vElana, by Pliny, vi. 32,
called
:
frighten. me to be
see.
f.
sense of the root appears to to stupify (oerflummen macijfn), comp. the
The proper
P-
21 7i 554> se q->
758.
L6
Quien, Oriens Christ,

-,-c/
it is
torn.
iii.
root 0*??, E^n.
Perhaps we should also compare
D!V,
Hence
adj. terrible, formidable,
p.
In Arabian writers
called &JLH<
Among
the moderns, E. Ruppell, of Frankfort,- was the first to visit its ruins, which he did lately, and mentions
that they are
castle with the
n:
Hab.
:f,
Cant. 6:4, 10, and
now
called Gelena.
modern town, which

mountain.
vii.
is
neighbouring shaded by a
HO'N (for nrp\X ),

;
f.
terror, Deu. 32:25. Followed
by a
palm grove (compare Strab.

called
-Ljir- i.e.
xvi. p. 776, Casaub.), is

v.
See
Zach, Correspond-
genitive of the causer of terror to others. Pro. 20:2, "HÔ nD*K "terror of a king," which the royal terror," i.e. majesty causes. Job 33:7, *np'S
"my
ence Astronom.,
*
f.
464.
which
PI.
cause.
With n
parag.
nnO'X Ex. 15:16.
PI.
i.q.
''$ prop, fortitude, strength, hence
aid, Ps. 22:20.
Root
No.l.
in architecture
ETK
which
pi.
D'S^K and n'lD^K, a term

very
difficult to define.
It
(i) terrors, Ps. 88:16. Jer. idols, 50:38 ; so called from the terror (2) which they cause to their worshippers. Comp. nV?E?D(3) Emim, pr.n. of a very ancient people, who are mentioned as having occupied the land of the MoabDeu. 2:11. ites before them, Gen. 14 5
:
DDK
it is
appears to have
cftmfe. projection of a pediment, signified It is clearly distinguished from D?W, with which many confound it, in Eze. 40:7, seq. The 3'E^N were carried round a building, and they are almost always
Vie
fc>
j
an unused
root, signifying the
same
as j^x,
joined
with
D^"N.
See
Eze. 40:16,
p.
22,26, 29.
which
I.
see.
Hence
const,
st.
["
Compare Boettcher, Proben,
319."]
|!^>
PX
prop, subst. nothing,

]1^?
2/fr$ ("trees," perhaps, palm grove), [Elim"], pr.n. of a station of the Israelites in the desert, their
second station after they came out of Egypt, " where were twelve wells and seventy palm trees," Ex. 15: With n parag. HO^K Ex. 27; 16: l; Num. 33:9.
nailed Garendel
tiness, vacuity.
Isa.
40:23,
D^P
!D3
empI'"who
.
Hence adv. bringeth princes to nothing." n o t h ing. Often including the verb subst l Ki. l ( ) 8:9, 0'??$?? nin^\3B> pn j'n3 p "there was nothing in the ark besides the two tables of stone," Ps.
19:7; Ex. 22:2.
(2) not, including also the verb subst. is not, tea
.
15 27. Geographers compare a valley of that region, [Wady Ghurundel]. but Ehrenberg
:
informed
me
that he found a valley, called A-J'-Cj in
--
that neigh bourhood, in which word it is very probable that there ii a trace of the ancient name.
not, are not,
were
TV ?,
1
not, etc.
i.
q. t?I
to, Arab.
Aram. A!^,
n^,
^ m^
Nup
14:42,
XXXIX
D33"lip? nin*
"because Jehovah
is
not among you."
Jud. 21
" 25, in those days 'S"}?'!?
uot a king in Israel." Gen. 37 129, "fa| |pV p " Joseph was not in the cistern." Ps. 10:4; Ex. 12:30; Lev. 13:31. In those phrases in which B?. is used alii r-
Ô
PS there was
Wnj " behold he had disappeared." Of death Ps. 39:H(4) It may be rendered without, i.q. 1?>?3. But pro133'S
Gen. 31:29, and WT ?!? Neh. 5:5. it should be observed Moreover, (a) wherever any personal pronoun constitutes the subject of a sentence, "I it should be suffixed to this word, as '33'S (am, was, will be), not ;" ^3'S "thou (art, wast, wilt be) not ;" ^S,
matively, in the same
when
HI
?$
negative,
PS
|
is
used, as
must be referred to No. 2. Joel " and 1:6, "mighty and without number," prop. there is not a number;" Deu. 32:4.
perly the examples
of,
(5) with prefixes (a) PS? prop, in not, in defect " when there was n o t Pro. 8 ;" 24, nonjfl p3. (a)
:
"when
there (were)
not yet any waves,"
i.e.
before
often
My, n|3K,
D? ?
S,
D3, and in
the
pi.
form (as
if
from
were created, comp. 019?26.38:11, HDiri PS? i.q. without,^; a wall." Pro. 5:23; 11:14.
(b)
the waves
(ft)
"without
Ps.59:l4; 73:5. (b) When the verb substantive, from the usage of the language, is included in this negative particle, it is almost always
D3) iD'3'S, torS,
joined to a participle. Dan. 8:5, "behold a he-goat came from the west upon the face of the whole earth
pS3 jy.3 PS1 and did not touch the ground," i. q. Est! 3:8; 7:4; Ezr. 3:13; Ex. 5:16, J3FI J?33 66. Thus fri3 PS "straw was not given," i.q. IFI3 tO.
often as a circumlocution, ?io one, Josh. 6:1,
well nigh,Ps. 73:2, prop, almost hence, there was nothing wanting from, comp. tsy??3 "there was little wanting from," i.e. almost. " to him to whom it; is (c) PS ? (a) for PS ">$P ) (
PS? almost,
;
nothing
>
not,"
Isa.
40:29; "to him,

(/3) for
to
Neh. 8:
10.
nVn
whom nothing
so
â
(is),
t,
there (was)
KW
PS
K3 PS1 "there (was) no one going

there)
out, nor
not," Ezr. 9: 14. (d) j'KQ ( a ) so that

tion.
(was
any one coming in," i. e. no one went out and no one came in. Lev. 26:6; Isa. 5:29. Very rarely, and not without solecism, it is joined to a finite verb;
Jer. 38:5,
See Lehrg.
that there
is
"so
i.q.
not (with a double nega224, note 2); Isa. 5:9, 3B>> not an inhabitant." Isa. 6:11.
pO
king avails nothing against you." Job 35:15: and even the particle B, Ps. 135:17, Dn'B? n-n KTPS "there is no breath in their mouth." It would be more correct to write in
1?^ T D3I?$
bv TjW pS
<3 " for the
Also because that (there is) not, PS with JO pleonastic (comp.

one, Jer. 10: 6, 7; 30:7.
-ZVbfe. P.S,
Isa.
'*?
50:2.
No.l, d),
(/3)
no
the absolute state of the noun, only occurs

;
at the
end of a sentence PS
it
const, state, is
always so
used that
both places
{<?
In tike manner,
belongs to what follows, e.g. Num. 20:5, " there is no DV? water," for which also D!$ PS PS
said.
however, the more modern Arabs write

(c)
.^J
not,
I
for
v pS
:
may be
II.
there is
not
to
me, for
have
had
not.
Lev. 11
10;
Sa.
l :2,
like the
Arab.
,~J. Fol-
j?^
with
adv. interrog.
I
where?
Arabic
i.q.
lowed by a gerund
it
often equivalent to non licet, is not allowed, like OVK 'iariv for OVK tfca-w, and
it is
'S, 'S
added, as in 'T^, PIS. [but see the note

pref.
Arab. J .,'j~= "there is to me," for, "it is permitted " it is tome," Koran iv:94, x. 1OO; Est. 4: 2, NH^ pS
o.
added on that word]. It occurs only with |P PSP whence? Gen. 29:4, and frequently.
Sa. 21:9,
i.
q.
PS, but interrogatively for
PS
o t lawful to go in."
is
"there
"=py.
Ruth 4 4 Ps. 40 6, T /S t"?. PS to be compared with thee," where nothing

:
;
poet, is
used for ""PX?.
(d) It
(is,
words; B"S PS
2:12;
"no one
11,
is joined with various was)," Gen. 31 :5O; Ex.
of grain, ""I^K, more rarely i"l?S f., a measure three seahs ( n SP), or ten specially modins, containing
PS Ex. 5:
and
nip-ISp
PS iKi.i8:43,
"nothing whatever
(3) since
there is
B?. is
(is,
:
was);" 73 PS
"nothing
at all (is, was)," Eccl. 1
9.
omers, Ex. 16 36. According to Josephus [see below] was equal to the Attic (Arch. xv. 9, 2), an ephah Roman six or modii, i.e. ^-| of a Berlin medimnus,
:
ready,
il
often equivalent to there is present, so P$ there is not present, there is not
ready, etc.
"for there
10:14, Geu. 2:5;
a pas ; Nu. 21:5, CTO P^l QQ7 px ^3 no bread ht re i or water." 1 Sa. 9:4; "and we saw PS *3 thai they were not here."
riy
is
Ex. modius, about 2600 cubic inches French; comp. 16:16, 18,32; Zee. 5:6, seq.; Jud.6:l9; Rulh2:17, from which passages we may passingly form an idea of the contents of this measure. [The passage just cited for he says, from Josephus probably is erroneous
;
Num. 20:5; Gen. 5:24,

D*r6
\T\\K
of the translation
;
" Arch. viii.
of Enoch,
Hj^
3*J
Ki. 20:40,
2,9, that the ephah contained seventy-two or 1993.9* sextarii, equal to the Attic (liquid) metretes,
pro-am
by
testimony."
XL
(g) followed by a genitive of city, land, and peopli itdenotesan inhabitant, or citizen of it; "an Israelite;" i Sa. 7:11 ? 283.19:42; also l^n V'?* Gen. 24: 13. Especial) w"X in this signification sing. is put
Paris cubic inches, about l-jij bushels English; see Boeckh, Metrolog. Untersuch. pp. 259, 278. This is Ges. add.] ns^X other also confirmed
*&#
:
ns'JO a double
small), Pro.
measure
(the one just, the other too

=
This 20:10; Deu. 25:14; Amos 8 5. word has not any Phoenicio-Shemitic root from which it may be conveniently derived, unless from ej}x=5]SS to surround, as though a measure were It very probably so called from its round form. must be referred to the Egyptian language; LXX. render it olfyi or OIÊI, which was a very ancient Egyptian measure, and is written in Coptic com I, which contained four ôi rucae according to Hesychius.
Also there
ber,
is
&%
collectively
: ;
brjfc for bfTJ^

8 22,
:
^ 3 S Josh. 9
;
6, 7
10 24 Jud. 7:8:
leader,
etc.
(/t)
followed
by a genitive of king,
>te.,
of any ont are his companions, follotcers, soldiers, feint i Sa. 23:3, 12; 24:5,8; 28:1. 8eute. Once perhaps used of relatives and near friends, as the Syriac
lord.
the
,
military commander,
men
viz. Eze. 24: 17,22,
where D^'J- ^C ?
1
in Coptic the
is
verb (on,
com
to
num-
is
food which relations and near friends were accusto
whence

,
uni
a measure [" whence

;
LXX. otyi,
tomed
D'nfctf
i.
send to mourners.
In like
manner
Arab.
an Egyptian measure
see Rudiger in
q.
:
Allg. Encyclop. art. Epha"].
and with art. D'n?gn KN a man of God, a servant and minister of God of angels, Jud.
;
EX
(i)
nS'K
49:21
;
and n*B "here"), where? Isa. (from Ruth 2:19; how? Jud. 8:18; in indirect in-
3 6, 8 ; of prophets, l Sa. 2:27; of Moses, Deu. 33:1; of David, 2 Ch. 8:14. () followed by a genitive which denotes attribute, virtue, vice, it designates one
1
terrogation, Jer. 36:19.
X13X wholly, so, therefore, Jud. i. q. 9:38; Pro. 6:3, in some editions; but it would be more correct to write N12X, which see.
with
suff.
endued tcith such an attribute, and the Hebrews were accustomed in this manner to make a circumlocution
of adjectives. iSfl
some;
DW
:
fS "a man
of form,"
Vv'j"*
i.e.
hand-
K*K " bloody;" 337
" intelli-
W,
^T,
n
;
in
pl. found
three times, Psal. 141:4; Pro. 8:4; Isa. 53:3; only D*?"^ in the place of which the use of the language has substituted D'?'3N (from the unused sing. '?.X) ;
;
gent," etc.; D^H W?** "celebrated," Gen. 6:4; " a husbandman," Gen. 9:90. comp. nl?"l^ ? ^^ it is used coll. of soldiers, Germ.S0tannfd)aft/,Rrieg (1) B"N mannfcfyaft/ Isa. 21:9; comp. D"JN Tsa. 22 6. (in)
!
denotes a
man
of more noble quality; opposed to D^SJ
const, state
^3;
C'*
with
suff.
W, nnB3K
i
:
and peri-
phrastically
'3f;
comp. No. 6.
(a) opposed to
11.
(l) A MAN.
Specially
woman, a
with
male; Gen. 4:1, "I have acquired a

God,"
i.e.
man
a man, or men, of the common people; see under D"K< No. i, letter (b}. (n) when joined to numerals, after numbers below ten is put D^X, as D^3S nt^t? Gen. 18:2; between ten and twenty commonly K*N
Used even of brutes, Gen. 7 2 comp. 1:27; 6:19. So in Latin, vir, of animals, Virg. Eel. vii. 7. (b) a husband, opposed to a wife, Ruth l 1 1 Gen. 3:6; 29 -.32, 34 with suff. " our 13VJ'3X men," i.e. husbands, Jer. 44:19; so in Greek a'/p, II. xviii. 291 Lat. vir, Hor. Sat. i., 2,
male
:
offspring, l Sa.
Nu. 1:44; above twenty, always

22:2, 18, etc., etc.
(2) followed
VX
iSa. 14: 14;

see
by HN or JH one another;
HS
and
IT}..
(3)
any
one,
some
one, Gen. 13:16; Ex. 16:29;

for rtc e.g.
Cant. 8:7; so Syr. _AJ)

certain Jew.
x
9
__!)
L'tdj a
127. (c) opposed to an old man, it virile age, l Sa. 8:33. Sometimes
is
the
it
name of
denotes
[" Pl. ETJX. men, certain men, lik

i
(d)
manly mind, valour; (comp. verb in Hithp.) i Sa. be strong and be men;" 4:9, DB>3$ Vrn ipfnpn
i
Syr.
^-icjfcjl
Ki. 20:17; Jer.37:lO."]
(4) each,
every one; iKi. 2O:2O,
Ki. 9:9;
corap. Horn.
x>
II.
v-5*g.
:
It is
(e)
homo,
" and they slew
every one
his mnn.'
man, opposed God, Job 9 32 12: 10; Isa. 31:8; in Gen. 39:39; Isa. 7:13; comp. Horn. especially pl. irarfip utf.pur re OtSiv re. Opposed to beasts, Ex. 11:7; Gen. 49: 6. (/) by apposition it is joined to other " a substantives, as Dno E*t< eunuch," Jer. 38:7; K*N "a IHpriest," Lev. 91 :Q; especially with Gen;
trw K"X
Va
it is
Once like Ps. 87:5; Est. 1:8 (mSnmgttrt)). Gen. to another substantive, 15:10, prefixed
injni
n&OpS
1
nânrN
jr)M
" and he set
each
of the
several (animals) part over against part." ^~iri3~E"S is i. q. ^nS" ?^, but the sacred writer has put K"t< for
?3, so as to
tile
Hebrew," Gen. 39:14; comp. &vopec TaXAaio*, ui'Cpcc 'lo/wiifXlrm, Act 1:11; 3:19.
nouns, nnyt^K
" a
answer to the following '^JD. an (5) impersonal construction is used, like tht Germ, man/ French on, Eng. one or men (one
XLI
men
say.
merly
T?K nb Sdfe3 D'3S>> forsay), 1 Sa. 9:9, it was thus said in Israel," i. e. one used to
\33
&$
Ch. for
E*.
iCh. 2:13.
m. Eze. 40:15.
q.
pn^
the letter
for \VJy
periphrastically for inen simply, like D"JX \33; see D~}X No. 5, Psa. 4:3. Sometimes used {uârt&dc of noble men, opposed to
pi. is
B"S ^6)
sows of men
from the root nnx
Yod
Ch.
np, entrance.. K13 to come, to enter. In 3n3, being transposed, it is read

i.
ON
formed.
in Targg.
i.q.
Heb.
-G*
E?.
there
is,
from which
it ia
DI
\33 Ps.
49:3; Pro. 8:4; see D"1S No.
i, letter (6).
As to origin, I regard B** as a primitive word, somewhat however softened from the harsher form which see; whence HK'S for ""l^X, and pi. i,
In like
(Arab. /.^, only in a few phrases, Syr.
AJ,
nK, Talmud. XJVK) Dan. 5:11, 13 S ^p-IDpOS "there is a certain man in thy kingdom;" 2:28, 30; 3:25. With a negative particle 'P ^ K^
11
manner the Arabs have
and
,J,ujU
ft
To
;
this
answers the Sansc. isha master,

tc,
3 29. Followed by a pi. 3 1 2. When the various persons of the verb substantive are ex-
Dan. 2
i o, 1 1
ishi,
mistress
and perhaps we should compare Gr.

vir
(comp. honor, honos, iralf, Lac. Tro~tp, Derivatives pt^N, pr.n. "rint?*K, nt2>3-EK and puer).
Lat. vis
** &> denom. verb only in HITHPALEL B'E'ixnn to shew oneself or act as a man (tti'Spifcadat), fid) ermannenj Isa. 46:8, -l^xnn "shew yourselves men," i.e. be wise, cast away the
and
VWVXheis,"Dan. 2:ll; WrpKwe are," 3:18; 7pn N"thou art," 2: 26; p^p * "ye are," 3: 14. And
i| 11
pressed, the pronouns are suffixed, mostly in the
pJL.
these forms, with a participle, serve as a periphrasis for the finite verb. Dan. 3:18, pn^Q K3JVS *6 "we
i. e. we do not worship. When should generally be rendered tliere ? *P*X "there exists, there is, il y a; Dan. 2:10, n. is to any one," he has, Ezr. 4: 16.
are not worshipping,"

it
used absolutely,
e'dldish trifles of idolatry. Rightly rendered by Luther, feqb Scanner. (Ch. PE/Kpn and fc?B>Kpn id.)
0^
pr.n. see 'PX. pr.n.
JiL'B u/
self,
N (" man of shame,"
i.e.
shaming him-
perhaps bashful), [Ish-bosheth~\, pr.n. of a son of Saul, who after the death of his father and brothers governed eleven tribes for two years in opposition to David.
b 'p* "God is [Ithiet], (for Prov. 30:1. Ithiel and Ucal seem to have been the children or disciples of Agur, to whom
7XTO<
with me"),
he addressed his instructions.

of palms"), \_Ithamar~\, pr.n. of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6:23; 28:1.
2 Sa. 2
4.
K ("man
1
of glory"), [18 hod], pr.n. m.
Ch. 7:18.
.
|JVN
(i)
& JHK
(for
]r\\
with Aleph prosthetic, from
a little man,and
followed
in
by
:
}*V
"little
man
the root IP* to be perennial), adj. (i) perennial, constant, especially used of water. JJVX ?ri3 "a pe-
which as in a glass a little Den. 32 1C Pro. 7:2. This pretty figure is used in O^C-O -o little man of many languages, as Arab, jotll
;
of the eye," i.e. pupil, image of a man is seen,

,
rennial
5:24; and without bra
stream," constantly flowing, Deu. 21:4; HT i Ki. 8:2,
Am.
the
DWKn
month of perennial streams" (elsewhere called Tishri), the seventh month of the Hebrew year
^^J\
> the eye, Gr. Koprj, Kopdawv, KopaaiSiov, Lat. pupa,
pupula, pupilla, Pers.
cUX*
and compare the instan-
from the new moon of October to the new moon of November. Subst. [This sense as subst. is given as primary in Thes.] continuance. Ps. 74:15, riVing
ces collected in Thes. p. 86;

rS?
more
na
fully, Ps. 17:8,
P^K "pupil daughter
of the eye."
(See
ni*)
(2) Metaph. the
t-fc.
continuance," i.e. continually flowUsed of the continuance, i. e. the flow of the sea. Ex. 14:27. Job 33:19 in ana, |n an(3) "with continual war in his bones," sc. H3^n he is
JJVK "rivers of
ing.
^W
middle, midst of any thing
(as
chastened.
Arab.
=
^^
pupil, for middle, summit).
Hence Pro.
*' in the 7 9, pupil of the night," i.e. in the middle " in of the night 20 the pup i 1 of darkness," i. e. 20, in the middle of the darkness which passage is in
; ;
(2)/zrm, valid [firmness, strength,see Tla.es.~\, Jer. 5:15, jrPX '13 " a mighty nation ;" Job 12: 19.
QWK
"the potent" (Vulg.

:
Gen. 49 24, Wî? JP^SS
3^n
" his
optimates,) (33:19); bow will remain
"p,
'H
J-1^3 "in the
darkness
of the night."
firm;" in which passage 3 is Beth essentiae. (3) hard, hence pernicious, terrible. Pro. 13
XLII
"the way of u:3 wicked is pernicious." Rendered aptly enough by Luther, bringt 2Bct>e j Jerome, " of the wicked vcrago. [Explained in Thes. the way Hence is a perennial stream," see No. i.J from hardness. Mic. 6: 2, (4) poet, a rock, a crag, pTX Hp'lO D^JVXH "the rocks, the foundations of
15,
ad Fam. viii. 23, " tan turn quod exArpinati veneram. cum mihi a te litterae redditcc sint ;" Vellej. ii. 117.
hence
to
an unused root, i.q. fort ify, strengthen &
"Jp.J|,
"13X to
bind\
city.
Hence
the earth;" Jer. 49:19; 50:44, |H'X m? "a stony Nu. 24 : 2 1 [This dwelling" (comp. 49 16, J^D \y n) is rejected in Thes., and these passages are
: ; .
("band,"
i.e. fortress, citadel, castle), [Jlc-
meaning
a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 1O:1O; and iÔII. Targg. and LXX. 'Ap X a^: comp. Jerome understand Nesibis, a city of Mesopotamia.
cad~\, pr.n. of
\&1
referred to No.i.]
of an Ezrahite (see (5) [Ethan], pr.n. wise man (i Ki. 5: ll), to whom Psalin 89
^JX), a
is
Other conjectures, which are however very uncertain,

are given by Bochart in Phaleg. on the passage.
iv. 17,
and Le
Clerc,
attri-
buted in
its title.
2O5$
from J3X, from the root |-13 comp. *j|^ (shortened Ch. r??, *?? and ?, which is taken from the fuller " |5 : [Derivation given in Ges. corr.: kindred are ^3, J3,
;
(for 3T?
false, deceptive.
with Aleph prosthetic), adj. lying, ?m " a deSpecially for 3T3.X
ceiving
I3X, see
Hupfeld in Zeitschr.
f.
d.
Morgenl.
ii.
143."]).
river," i.e. soon drying up and disappointthe traveller, Jer. 15:18; Mic. 1 : 14. Opposed to ing J^'X a continual river ; comp. fundus mendax, Hor.
sure ly, c ert ai nly, no doubt. " no doubt he is Gen. 44:28, 'PB TIB torn;" Jud. 3:24; l Ki. 22:32; 2Ki. 24:3; Ps. 58:12; Job 10:21. Hence Exod. 10:17, "HX (2) adv. of limitation, only.
(l ) affirmative part,
Canu.
iii.
1,30.
pr.n. (l) of a town on the sea coast in the tribe of Asher, situated between Acco and Tyre, called by the Greeks Ecdippa,
TT?K (i.q. 3T?S), \_Achzib~],
"only this once;" Lev.ll :2i,^3Xh n^TlX T|X " "only these ye may eat;" Ps. 37 8, be not angry,
DJ?Sn
:
(for this is)
doing evil," i.e. anger is often only the cause of crime; Prov. 14:23, "vain words "^X
for
Josh. 19:29; Jud. 1:31. town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15: 44; of a (2) Mic. 1:14; comp. TT3 and n3T3.
now Dsib;
fbnoV only
Specially
it
(lead) to
is
used
want;" Pro. 11:24; 21:5. (a) before adjectives, where

:
Deu. 16:15, $^rp thou shalt be only joyful," i.e. altogether joyful. Isa. 16:7, D'X3? ^X "altogether contrite ;" Isa. 19: 11. (b) before substantives, noonly
is
i.q.
quite, altogether.
r&& ^X "and
"IT^ (from the root "!!3 prop, to break}, adj. (i) bold [" violence, but always used as a concr."] brave, daring, Job 41: 2. (2) harsh, cruel, Lam " 4:3; hence, an enemy," Job 30:21. (3)/ierce, used of poison, Deu. 32:33. virulent,
1T3X (with the adjectivial termination Jer.6:23. (2) fierce, savage, Pro.l7:ll, "a savage messenger," i.e. one who brings grievous tidings, such as
^*]J?*$, i.q.
thing but, which may often be rendered solus, merus, Germ, tauter ; Engl. merely. Ps. 139:1 1, ^Tl ":]X " no-
'7).
(l) harsh, cruel, Pro.5:9; 17:11
thing but darkness," i.e. merely darkness. Ps. 39: 12, '?n "nothing but vanity," i.e. mere vanity.
"=!?*
a sentence of death,
Isa.
13:9; Jer. 30:14.
Job 19: 13, 'IP ^1 ^X 'JTp " my acquaintances are quite alienated from me." Jud. 20:39; Job 23:6. Comp. Ex. 12:15, tfc'Xin Di3 ^|X 'f altogether in the first day," is, on the first day itself, nur gletd) am
erftcn
(c) before adverbs and verbs, quite, altogether. Ps.73:l3,p'~! ^"altogether in vain." 183.25:21;
WlpX
see Ges.
f.
(from ^.T?X with the termination

85, 4),
W,
(o!
Gram.
cruelty, fierceness
anger), Pro. 27:4.
n?'?N f.food, a meal, l Ki. 19:8. Root b' #*3X (from the root BbK), [A chit h], pr.n. of a
king of the Philistines in ii; 27:2; i Ki.a:39e city ?f Gath,
l
Sage.
:
Sa. 21
Gen. 20 1 2, (3) an adv. of exception, o n ly, but. *TSX D3 XT' "^X "but not (porovovxi) the daughter of
my
mother." Lev. 11:4; Nu. 26:55
Deu. l8:2O;
Josh. 3:4.
suff.
(4) an adverb of time,
only now,
.
for
just no IP,
is
tcarcely.
Gen. 27 30, VHX ibjn 3pJ XVJ XV) ^X X3 "Jacob was but when scarcely gone out Esau his brother came in." Jud. 7: 19. Comp. Cic.
: . .
inf. conot. X>, bX3, with s, with pref. ^3|J, i^X, fut. bx\ in pause rfSp, once ?&, 26.42:5. (l) TO EAT, TO DEVOUR (kindred root is ^?3). It
put absolutely, Deu. 27:7; l 83.9:13; more often with an ace. of the food, rarely followed by f Lan,
XLIII
4:5; 3 Ex. 12:43 45? Lev. 23:ii, and J9 Lev. 7: It is 91 25:22; Nu. 15:19; comp. iaQiuv rtvoeused not only (and that very frequently) of men, but
;
25; the fruit of good or evil actions, sexual pleasvres,

Pro. 30 20 (comp. 9:17;
:
et vesci voluptatibus, Cic.
Fin.
5:20).
(4) perhaps, to taste, to have the sense of taste, Deu. 4:^8. (5) to diminish, to lessen, to take from, Eze. 42:5, "ihe upper chambers were shorter, -v31* *3 fifD?? D'jWS for the beams or columns took away from them," i. e. occupied their place. NIPHAL ^3W, fut. Typ. to be eaten, Ex. 12 =46; 13* 3, 7 also, to be fit to be eaten, to be fit for food, Gen. 6:21. Metaph. to be consumed by fire, Zech.
;
also of beasts, Isa.

the
eater, in Samson's enigma,
11:7; whence ??KH Jud. 14:14, is the lion (compare
1<^).
The
following phrases should also be noticed:
(a) to eat
land,
a
,
field,
vine, is
used for
to
produce or fruit Gen.3:l7; Isa. 1:7; 36:16; (b) to devour sacrifices, is said of (comp. 37:30). idols, a phrase taken from lectisternia, Deu. 32:38
its
;
eat
Eê.l6:2O.
Ps.
(c)
DH? TOX
is to is
added, not to take food, to fast, i Sa. 28:20; 30:12; the former is especially, to take a meal, to dine or sup, to feast, Gen. 31 154;
102 5
:
and when
&
take food, lKi.21 :7;
Q:4i
* -*Z
i.q.
PIEL ??K
Kal, like the Arab.
j\
to
eat up,
to
consume.
"
fire
Job 20:26,
K'K -irpD&W
(read fachlehu)
43:16; Jer. 41:1; 52:33; comp. <payelv aprov, Lu. 7DS to live, Am.7:l2. - T is simply 14:1. Sometimes DPI? 7 VV 1 J HVV 73N is used of sacrificial banquets jJ37 (d) held at the temple, Deu. 12:7, 18; 14:23; Ex. 18:12.
.
shall
consume
is
forte
excluded
him," for in?3KJJl. Dagesh compensated by the long vowel Ka-
devour any one's flesh, Psa. 27:2, used of and fierce enemies who thirst for one's blood. Different from this is (f) to eat one's own flesh, Eccles. 4:5, of a foolish person devoured by envy. Compare Horn. II. vi. 2O2 ov Qvp.ov mrt(W. (g)
(e) to
cruel
Some copies however read }n?3X^. Comp. Lehrg. 72, note 2, p. 251. PUAL, to be consumed, by fire, Neh. 2:3, 13; by the sword, Isa. l 20. HIPHIL V?Xn, fut. ^3S, once l pers. 7<$t* (Hosea 11:4), inf. ^?n for ^3^6 (Eze. 21:33) to cause to
metz.
:
^!?y., BJJ? ?3? to eat up, to devour a people, the poor, used of princes who consume the wealth of a people, oppressing and impoverishing them, Ps. 1 4 4 ;
:
consume, to devour (of the sword, Eze. 21 :33), specially to give to eat, to feed, construed with two accus., one of the person, the other of the thing. Ex. 16:32; Nu. 11:18; Deu. 8:l6; Isa. 49:26; with JP of the
food, Ps. 81:17.
Pro. 30: 14; Hab. 3: 14.

i.
Comp.
is to
/;/zo/3oooe
fiaviXevs
eat the flesh of a people, (Iliad 231). Mic. 3:3. In other places, to eat is i. q. to destroy by war and slaughter, Hos. 7:7; Isa. 9:11; Deu. 7 16; Jer. 10:25; 3<>:i6; 50:7, 17; 51:34. Comp. Judith 5 24. to eat any ones words, is to receive (Ji)
Similar
:
:
Besides the derivatives which immediately follow,

see
na
them eagerly, Gr. (ftuytiv

Asin.
iii.
i. q. Heb., to eat, to devour, eat any one's pieces, metaph; to calumniate him, to accuse him, Dan. 3:8; 6:25. So
fut.
>3&0 Ch.
*1 '"7^12 ?3*i> to
pijfiara, dicta devorare (Plant.
3, 59).
Jer. 15:16, J&pfej T?.?"!
WVP3 "thy
in Targg.
_
pypp
for
Heb.
^,
^,>
i
;
(Syr.
words were found, and I did eat them," i.e. I eagerly devoured them, made them my own. (Compare on Carm. Samarit. iv. 16.) Hence is the vision to be
explained of the roll given to the prophet to be eaten, Eze. 2:8; 3:1, seq. Apoc. 10 9, 1O. [But the vision
; :
for the Gr.
dm/3a\Xw, Lu. 16:
whence
id.)
~ ~ '
part.
[See
J^ ^J Ch.
pi?']
devil,
Arab.
J&
js>\
presents
an actual eating.]
7^^
with
suffl
i?3X
n. act.
(2) to
devour,
;
to
consume,
often used of inani-
mate things, as of fire, Nu. 16:35; 21:28; 26:10; Job i 16, etc. followed by 3 Zee. 1 1 l (comp. ignis edax, Virg. JEn.. ii. 758 vavTag irvp lirdiei, II. xxiii. 182); of the sword, 2 Sa. 2:26; 18:8; Deu. 32: 42; of famine and pestilence, Eze. 7: 15; of fatal disease, Job 18:13 of the anger of God, Ex. 15:7 of a of heat and cold, Gen. 31 -.40 curse, Isa. 24:6 of loo much longing and desire, Ps. 69: 10.
:
devouring, i.q. to eat. "everyone according to Job 20: 21.
(l) an eating, a B^S Exod. 12:4, v3^>
his
eating;" 16:16,
18, 21;
(2) food, especially (a) corn, grain, meal, provision, Gen. 14:11; 41:35, seq.; 42:7, seq.; 43:2, seq.; 44:1 (i)^rey, Job. 9:26; 3^:29.
'?&
Uca f],
i.
pr. n. of
a man, Pro. 30
rPDS!
wild beasts, Jer.
food, Gen. 1:29; 6: 21; of the food of food of fire, i ftiel Eze. 15 12 9
:
(3)
to
enjoy any
thing, as
good fortune, Job 21
XLIV
ptf
l=n,
13
from the root j-13, for pan establishing, Ch.pan, >?? [" Others i.q.
(pro]
inf.
abs. Hiphil,
of negation,
p)
for
p)
i.q. /jft, ne. (a) put absol. like the Gr TOVTO yivTjrat (Arist. Acharn. 458); Germ.
with N prosthetic."]) adv. (l) of affirming strongly, surely! Gen. 28.10; Ex. 2:14; Jer. 8:8. (2) adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31 :
nid)t bod)/ nidjt alfoj
nay! not so! Kuth
1:13, '&
*r03
"nay! my
daughters (do not so);"
Sodjter.
it
2 Ki. 3: 13; Gen. 19: 18,
nidtf fo/
mtm
(b]
^r^.
23 which
;
Isa.
49:4; 53
see.
Hence, by abbreviation, 4[This obs. is omitted in Ges. corr.]

:
is "^K,
has sometimes simply a negative power, but like the Gr. p/, only in what are called subjective proThus it is only put with the future, and positions.
differs
(i)
TO
PUT A LOAD ON
bendjto make
(abeast of burden),
to
in
this
respect from N?.
prop, apparently
to
bow down under

see.
load, kindred to the root *)??,

II.
which
Arab.
to tie, to
on a pack saddle.
(2) to
7
"*
bind on a pack saddle, IV. to put In the verb this signification does
to
"(if) Jehovah help how can I help thee?" C^JT^ &> must be " God will not help thee." Well rendered " I fear the Lord will are auaai Kuptoc, /u>j
rrVv.
qy^K PKO
^Bn
2 Ki. 6:27, ~/8 thee not,
rendered,
by LXX. not help

mit anfe^n
thee").
Gen. 21
not occur, but in the noun ^1?^; whence
urge to work,
impel on,
like the Syr.

:
"I cannot look "Our God will

prop, unb
16, n&O^rT'K i,1) tonnte on." 'PS. 50:3,

corne,
nid)t
^7*1 ^Wfl N ^
not keep
he
silence,"
and
ntfljt
will
.ONO)
n'B
i.e.
In the Old Testament only found Pro. 16 26, vbj> SJ3K '3 "for his mouth urgeth him on,"
Its
its
er mod)te rootjl
fd)n)eigen/
may be
ex-
pected not
to
keep
silence.
Ps.
34:6; 41:3; Pro.
hunger impels him to work. with ?y, must be explained from

cation of laying on
being construed
primary
signifi-
a burden.
3:25, fcO'Fr'pX "thou shalt not fear," there shall b no cause that thou shouldest fear, bu braud)(l bid) nidit " into their counsel ju furditen. Job 5:22; Gen. 49 6,
:
^93
wurbe
N'aFI-'pS
nie
my
soul will
eete
not
enter," in foUten
SJatt,
:
m. a load, a burden, and metaph. weight, authority, dignity, like "N33- Job 33:7, 'S?N]
133'. fc6 *p!$
metne
Jtjilltgen.
Compare
"and
my burden
(dignity) shall not
be heavy upon thee." So Ch., Syr., while LXX. i] Xeip fj.ov, and so Kimchi, regarding S)?^ as i.q. *]? in a
similar place,
13:81.
The former explanation
is
Sometimes the verb is omitted, Amos g. 8ft. 1:81, "** good, in *?X1 and (seek) not evil." " not ^0 IDC-ys) (be) dew nor rain 03^ (let there) upon you." Pro. 12:28, where it should be rendered, " the way of righteousness (giveth) life, and the right
Cant. 7 3. " seek 5:14,
however preferable.
way
root, i.q.
r>lD'?N (giveth)
not
death," or calamity; or,
3N
" a right
(3)
an unused
Arab.
Sls$.
Conj.V.
to
way never leads to death." By far the most frequently it is
a conj. of pro-
S-<sf.
dig, especially the earth
(whence^!, 'i\ a pit, a ditch), kindred to the roots nTS^S.-fipjTga. Hence

^3&$ m. a digger, a husbandman; Jer. 51:23; Am. 5:16. PL DH3K, with suff. Danatf 2 Ch. 26:10; Joel i: 11; Isa. 61:5. (Chald. id.; Syr. and Zab.
r
hibiting, dehorting, deprecating, wishing thai anything be not done. Always joined to a future when it can be, apocopated when in the first person,
;
paragogic.
s #
Jâ)
Arab.
js\.
Perhaps from the same source
have sprung Gr.

TCcfer.
dypo'c;
Latogw;
Goth, akr; Germ.
[Engl. acre.]).
go out;" l 22:12, T n^fPI'^N "stretch not forth thy hand." IX'V'rr'pS "fear ye not," Gen. 43:23; Jer. 7:4. In " the first, Ps. 25: 2, n^nX'^X let me not be ashamed I" sc. may God so grant that I be not ashamed. It is rarely separated from the verb, Psa. 6:2, "7K " ^rP3in ^KS. not in thy wrath chasten me." Also
:
Ex. 16:29, &' X N>T?>? " let not any one Sam. 26:20. In the second person, Gen.
I
^JK ("enchantment,"
[Achshaph],
pr. n.
from the root
l^3),
of a town in the tribe of Asher,
Josh. 12:2O; 19:25.
L /N
p
p. xxi).
used in imprecation, Gen. 49 4, "iritovX " excel thou not," bu folljl Ecinen SSotjug fyaben. In petitions there is added W- Gen.l3:8, 'nri Nr^K "let there not be now." Gen.i8:3, 30, 32. (si? with a future is strongly
prohibitory; J9
sive.)
lest
the kindred *6, N7, 7|

(l) subst.
a word which has a negative power like *<!?, '!? (comp. under the root
shall bring
perhaps,
is
more mildly
dissua-
NOTHING; Job 24:25, " who to my speech nothing?"
Lex. Gr.h. v.
for
(4) used interrogatively, like Gr. (see Passow litt. C. [" Butman Gr. Gram. 148,5."]),
,
() adv.
[referred in Ges. corr. to
its
use as a conj.]
pected.
num, whether; used when a negative reply is exOnce found in this sense, l Sa. 27: 10, "*?$
XLV
?
"
tfjr
fetb
bocf)
ntd; auSgejogen in
btefer
ye have not tne i made any excursion to-day ?" Here the answer is, " No, we have not gene out, for
the Hebrews, my countrymen, live all around." [?] From this stock is derived 7 v$$ whether the verb
;
7 njn; Josh 22:22 ; I's. rendered which is "Jehovah, God of 50:1, rightly gods." Comp. Dau. 1 1 36, D vN 7X or without the addition of a genitive of place or person, " whose tu:
?X n7N Gen. 46: 3; D'P&g

:
telar
dei'y
was ever used

/
is
uncertain.
;
who
(6)
God God, God

is
"
is
[This
is
heathenish
rather,
:
really is],
7KTP3 7S Gen. 31
13.
Ch.
Chaldee.
II.
but only in the Biblical q. Heb. No. 3 Dan. 2:24; 4:16; 5:10.
i.
?
frequent in poetic language, where it stands very often without any adjunct, Ps. 18:31, 33, 48; 68: sometimes with the art.
This Tôrd
much more
7n
the Arabic article i. q. Heb. 7n prefixed some Hebrew words in the Old Test., which are either of Arabian origin, or, at least, although foreign, have come into the Hebrew from the- Arabic,
also to
7o
21; Job 8:3.

person, V?X
(c)
It
takes the suffix of the

Psa. 18:3;
first
"my God!"
it is
never occurs with other suffixes, " his God," are used TD^,
^%
22:2,11. It and for " thy God,"

(d) It
also,
is
a general
see TflD^K, D-li^K.
E^$,
pron. pers. pi. 7K, npX,

?&$
D*|0^* which see.
Cognate
is
the
name
^HSI
of gods, and
used of idols
both with-
m.
(l) prop. part, of the verb
7-18,
7'X No. 2,
strong, mighty, a mighty one, a Aero(comp. note), " comp. 7'K No. l. In sing. Eze. 31:11, &** 7K the mighty one of the nations," used of Nebuchadnezzar. LXX. apxwv tQvuv. (Many copies have ^X Isa. 9:5, 7X D^3, for instance, those of Babylon.)
"113?
" mighty hero" [prop, mighty God, see No. of the Messiah; ibid. 10:21, of God. [The same 3], " God person is clearly meant in both places, even with us."] connected with this is the Nearly phrase
Isa. 44:10, 15; and with an epithet, as 7K "another god," Ex.34: 14; 1J 7X "a strange god," Ps. 8l:lO. Whatever are most excellent, surpassing in their kind, are said to be of God; as it was customary for men anciently to refer whatever is excellent to the hence 7K \T")S gods themselves [to God himself] Ps. 80 11, " cedars of God," i.e. the highest, planted as it were by God (compare njn *VJt?. Psa. 104:16, 'Tin "mountains of n\n. II Gen. 13:10); 7N God,"
out adjunct,
32:21, Qî^jl vN (23 copies v^K) prop. "the strong among the mighty," i.e. the mightiest heroes; comp. Lehrg. p. 678. Job 41 17, DyX, where many MSS. and editions Q' ?^
in plur. Eze.
:
1
Ps. 36:7. Compare a\c S7a, Sla Aacoa//iwv. Plur. DvX (i) heroes, mighty ones, see sing.
No.i.
(2) gods, in a wider sense; used of Jehovah and the gods of the nations, Ex. 15:11. Comp. Ex. 18:
(2) might, strength ["compare prop. that which is strong. So in the phrase* *T 7S ? B* " it is in the power of my hand." Gen. 31 :29, K>* njn D?oy nVe$ >T ?sV p ro 3:27; Mic. an; and
1
7S^"]
ll; Dan. 11:36, D^N Sx "the God of gods," i.e. the supreme God. DvS VJ? Ps. 29: l 89:7, " sons of gods," by an idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac syn;
tax, poet, for
"sons
of Gods,"
i.e.
angels.
negatively, Deu. 28:32,

in the
IT 7X^ J'K "there is nothing of thy hand," i.e. thou canst avail Lamed in this phrase marks nothing; Neh. 5:5. state or condition. The nature of this phrase has been but little understood by those who would here " render ?N by God, and give the whole phrase my
power
:
Note. Following most etymologists, I have above derived 7K from the root 7-1K but to <nve my opinion
;
more
exactly,
it
appears rather to be a primitive
word, the etymology being however adapted to the

root >1X so that to Hebrews this word would present the notion of strength and power. However this may be, it should be observed that in the Phoenicio-She;
hand is for God;" comparing Job 12:6; Hab. l : 1 1 and Virg. JEn. x. 773, Dextra mihi Deus, etc. These
;
mitic languages
(l) from the form 7K (Arabic
passages are indeed connected amongst themselves, but have nothing to do with the one before us. See
s
"*
s *
under
(3) of the
'$>
WX-
as from a stock, are formed several Jl), * U other derivative words, as n?S to invoke God, espe.
,
JjU Jl &
God. More accurately to illustrate the usage synonymous Hebrew names of God, as OWK, n I make the !> ^T? following remarks on the
(a) In prose
cially in swearing; npS,
f 4! to worship God; and

crusj to be a father,
(2) besides 7X, which
1JJ,
use of this word.

applied to
it is scarcely ever without some adjunct or eo-xj)t>, attribute, frfy 7S, HP ?X, ttfj? 7, >n 7K; or without some cognomen, ?&n&. *H7 7X Gen. 33 20
ni?^, H7X,
JLcn_2sJ
$\ God (compare
>
*
vTiJ).
God
KUT
fathers, from
7n
follows the analogy of verbs
two other forms
are
XLVI
of frequent occurrence, according to the analogy of
verbs
cians
*
rf?,
which are used

"IXoc,
in pr. n.
D'i?*?X, 3'C*}X,
I lix,
^tfP, Y*?, etc.
/, */*, compare [" Among the PhoeniSaturn; see
7X " their tongue and their deeds were against Jehovah;" Isa. 2:4; Josh. 10:6 Jud.l2:3 20:30.
;
was used
car' tô\rjv of
Monum.
Phoenic. p. 4o6."J
pi. i.q.
l
IL ^?$ pron. Pentateuch and

the article
i
n?X these, only found

:
in the
Ch. 20 8.
Cognate
is
the form of
Espehere belongs the phrase, Q2 - ^?*? " behold, am against you" (Targ. "behold, I send mine anger against you"); Eze. 13:8; 21:8; 34:10.; Jer. 50 3 1 5 1 25 Nah. 2:14; which is also rarely used in a good sense, Eze. 36 9. And so the part.
cially I
:
Whence
after
a verb of fighting, Hos. 12:5.
^, Jl
;
HI. /&$ only const.
hy Makkeph), more
7$ (almost always followed rarely and poet, in pi. const. yS

Jl),
t
also in other places used in a good sense for v D D "their erga, towards, 2 Chr. 16:9, heart was perfect towards him;" 2 Sa. 3:8. Com/
is
^ ^
?^
pare Ex. 14:5. It is used (4) when one reaches a terminus or mark
ad,
usque
Job 3: 22; 5:26; 15:22; 29:19 (comp. Arab.

? ?
even
:
to, i.q. "H?.
Jer. 51 : 9, " her
reached
with suff. pi. vX, ""ppX, ^Y$, ^yX 03 vX DHvX and Eze. 31:14, poet. 1DyX Psa. 2:5; B?K, once Q prop, a noun indicative of motion, direction to any
even to his mouth," Job 40 23 Metaph. Hos. 9:1," rejoice not, O Israel, ^|'7X even to exultation;" Job 3:22. (To these examples it will not be amiss to add the remark of
the Arabian grammarians, that Jl includes an object U which is of the same kind, and excludes what is of a different kind, see Cent. reg. page 44, 45.) Here
also belongs
D^rr^X." W3^>N
"
judgment has
by the usage of the language (A) Prep., signifying in general, to tend to anything, to verge to or towards any place, whether it be reached and even entered or not, whether it be by motion or turning and direction of the body or of the
place.
It is
(a)
its
use in denoting measure, as
mind, turning to anything in thought; Lat. ad, versus,
Germ, ju, gen/ nad) (etroaS) t)tn$ Gr. towards. (As to its difference from *?, which is shortened from this word, see below, under that part.) Specially then it is used It is of motion to a to, towards. place (l)
adversus, in;
irpoc, ilc, to,
nGX-^X Gen. 6 :l6, "even to the length of a cubit," bit jut ?dnge einer (5He, etne (Ue lang (not as it is generally explained, to the standard of a cubit), comp. Gr. elf
IviavTov, bis jur 23ollenbung etneS 3at)$/
in 3at>r tang/
into,
tc
ell.
rpt'njj' fifiipai;
Bast, ep. crit. page 12, 13; Schaef.
page 108.
(b)
Compos. iP"^ even out
of.
Job
31C* Gen. 8:9; joined to verbs of going ("=1?!?, K13, TV 2 Ki. i 15; rhy Gen. Deu. 24:29; l~y> i?:8; pT r Ex. 14:20), of putting, placing, and casting, i Sam.
:
and even out of thorns (i.e. 5:5, -13nj5* D'S-VP ^XT thorn hedges enclosing fields) he taketh it." Compare the similar use of the part.
Jud. 4:16. (In Arabic
?
Deu. 24:5, and "W

o
6:ll
Lev.
;
16, 21
German
16: Josh. 5:14; also of giving, Ex. 25: of selling, Joel 4: 8; and the like (where, in In French as in Latin, a dative is used.
i
:
we might compare^] Koran,

of.
xxvi. 41, prop, even out
Indeed
seems to hav<>
and English the

struction
is
particle a, to).
^3T pregnant, as /& ' ^^! to (by going) unto, Nu. 25:1; Eze. 16:29; seek an oracle (by turning) to any one, Isa. 8:19. Opp. is ?P, as nV|3rr7X n>;i9n'|p "from end to end,"
Sometimes the conto commit whoredom,
arisen from this signification of the particle before

us.)
Ex. 26:28; n S'^X nsp Ezr. 9:11. Used of time, D'V^X DVP Nu. 30:15; iCh. 9:25. (a) used of turning or direction to anything. Isa. 38 2 (a) of the body, as after a verb of turning, Ex. 19:9; Ex. Gen. to, 4, 5; 3:6; 4: speaking looking,
: ;
entered into; in, etc, in (cht>a$) the more full, ^n/X. Deu. " 23:25, U?ni6 ^7?~7X thou shalt not put (grapes) into thy vessel." "^'J?^ M2 "enter into the ark,"
(5)
when
the limit
is
tjincin
Engl. into,
i.
q.
Gen. 6: 18; 7:1; 8:9. rvan-^K "into the house," Gen. 19:3; 283.5:8. DJiT^ "(to cast) into the sea," Jon. i :5- H^V "^ "into the earth," Deu. 1 1 : When used of a number or multitude, into 29.
1
(b) of the mind, as after commanding, Nu. 36:13. a verb of desiring, Lam. 4:17 of expecting, Hos.
;
18:7; being accustomed, Jer. 10: 2. (3) wl en either the motion or turning
adversus, contra (as tic, Trpoc,
is
hostile
which one enters, i.q. inter (with ace.), among; it may be expressed more explicitly, P3."7K. Jer. 4:3, " sow not D'ip~?K amongst thorns;" i Sa. 10:22, " behold, he had hid himself Dv3n~?X amongst the
baggage." T>X is a particle of giving; (6) as seen above (No.i), so also is it used in adding, superadding (comp. fppin
more often tVi), against.

DjVI
Gen. 4:8,
vnx?3n 7X
pj?
"and Cain
rose
up
against Abel
his brother;" Isa.3:8, Dn'7?yp^ D3iE7
XLVII
/>$
i
Ki. 10.
tjtnjtt,
prwter,
una
cum, besides,
and
together with (comp. Gr. eVi rolei, besides these; and Arab. \\ for u- c Koran iv. 2; Cent. reg. page
Lev. 18:18, " nor shalt thou take a wife ("?K nnini^ unto her sister." Lam. 3:41, "7$ '13337 KK'3 'K'^X D*33 "let us lift up our hearts with our
43).
in some parts, big SJlontag (for Monday itself), (as vice versa part. IP used of quiet tarrying at * place. See No. 3). Winer, who lias used in this argu-
ment more skill than learning (Lex. page 60), may see
whether
all these are void of sense he could hardly deny that these idioms of languages really exist. One thing is true, that the signification of motion is not
;
hands to God" (LXX.
veip<.>;
Arab. ,_). After c_
a verb of joining together, Dan. 1 1 123. More often in this sense use is made of the particle 7j/. Metaphorically (7) of regarding anything, having respect or regard to anything; hence (a) as to, in respect to, Ex.
wholly
lost in this class
which had preceded. (1) ad for apud,
of significations, namely, that Specially then it is

by,
at,
near;
Germ.
an.
3^
:
jnWrHpK "to
2O (comp.
because of, /ucV raura) Eze. 44:7, propter. D3<ni3Sprr^3-;>X "because of all your abominations." (Comp. verse 6, where
14:5 (compare Gr. tc
;
D2H D:-^
at the table," ju Sifck ft'fcen, lKi.13: dporovg t'Covro, Od. iv. 51). Jer. 41 12, " and in'S -ISyP?! they found him at the
sit
great waters, which were near Gibeon." l Sa. 17 :3> " the Philistines stood n-jp "tnn'7^ by a mountain
and verse 1 1 where is 2 Sa. 21:1; l Ki. 14:5; 21:22. So 7K H33 3.) to weep on account of. 2 Sa. i :24, /N PH?', ?$ Enjn
in the
same context there
is
IP
(am SSerge) on this side." In the same sense there am might be said inn'lP, see IP No. 3. TOpf^l
ugel,
"at
the
hill,"
Josh. 5: 3. Eze. 7:1 8,
D^S-^N
HK'ia
auf
alien
eftd)tern@d)aamr6tt)e/
"blushing shall be
Jud.2l
:6. (b) de, concerning, after verbs of speakIS ! Jer. ing, narrating, telling, as "IPS Gen. 20 : 2 ; "ISO Ps. as the discourse 40:16; 69:27 (inasmuch
15
all faces," a little after D!WNy^33. (We must not refer to this, Gen. 24:11, D^p ^3-^...D^p?n Tflyj " where Winer renders, he gave to drinK
on
relates to
something); also of hearing, Eze. 19:4; ?N iljnOK* a report concerning anything, l Sa. 4: 19. (Compare in N. T. 115, Acts 2 25 Eph. 5:32.) See
:
;
inaccurately " ne at the well of water;" it should be rendered, an ba er down at" made to kneel lief fie tjtnfm'een
SOSaffer.)
also
Sa.l:27, *rP?Srin
i"l;Tn
"H|3n~7X
"
concerning
prayed," urn bicfen .Rnaben b,abe id) gebetetij where 7$ indicates the object or end of the discourse
(ben 3>t>ec).
this child I
(2) in,
among,
as in Sophocles, ec <5o/uove fttvttv.
a "but Deu.i6:6,nDBn-n nsjri D^...Dippn-^-DK in that place which Jehovah thy God chooseth, there shalt thou sacrifice the passover" (Sam. cod. D1p3).
(8) Metaph. it is also as expressive of rule or standard; sccundum, according to. *S ? "according to the command," Josh. 15:13; 17:4- P 3 ?"- ^ "according to the certainty," fur g.otnfj/ i Sa. 26:4.
5
n'l7'
n;)n"7X
i
.
"according
see.
80
And
which
to the pipes," Psa. 5:1; so after the verbs of likeness, as ^P^,
iKi.8:3o, D^rr'pK t^y? Qipp'ps yp^ri nnl"and hear thou in the place of thy habitation in heaven." " let our it might be, (Here, by a slight change, as the words now but heaven into ;" prayers go up Gen. 6:6, follows a verb of rest.) are,
13^'^
Winer,
3->'yrV1
actually " and he

in
was grieved in
erjen
eele t;tnein,
T'S'P?,
prefixed to prepositions which denote rest in a place, it gives them the signification of
(9)
when
empfanb @d)merj
fetnem
his heart," ei (not as taken by

for 3->'J?nn a a
eg fdjmerjte i^n in bie
without
p
motion or direction to or towards a place, as ? out of doors (aufievfyalbf braujien oor),
I'-inp
;
?X
of entering being intransitive, does not admit the idea Here belongs into the mind).
as sometimes put before particles, implying (3) rest in a place, without change of sense (different from D 0? !' above, A, 9). i Sain, a l 5, HI
:
pnp
to Avithout, forth
without
(tsinauS cor),
Lev. 4:
^
is
12;
between
com pare foris andforas; p3 between; P? ?S in Comp. (junfd)en t)tncin), Eze. 10: 2; 31:10. 333O 7K Josh. 15:3; H?: ?K, <, ^
^* ^
"there
no common bread
under my hand" (prop.
(B) More rarely, and by a kind of negligence of speech (although used in a good many most certain
examples), it is used of remaining at, or in a place, to which one tends (comp. ? let. B;, as the Gr. tc } is
For
i',
a solecism, as the expression of the people of Berlin, unter metne anb) also >1Cn?S for ^-ID, which see.
;
Note. It
is
a mistake to attribute to this particle
some other significations which are altogether foreign to its true sense, as icith, in Nu. 25: l ; Josh. 1 1 : 18 6) ; through, in Jer. 33 : 4, etc. (see however above,
(see
Soph.Aj.8o; o'ixade f-ilveiy Passow Lex. No. 6 Bernhardy Synt. Ling. Gr. *6); Germ, ju ^>aufe/ ju
t
Soôue
fj.lveiv,
("
terebinth"), \ElaK], pr
n.
m.
King?
4:18.
3;7tf m. hail, Eze. 13:

ice,
11,,
13
38:252,
i.
q.
vpwa-aAXoc, whence
^^^N
\32X stones of
f
ice, i.e. hail.
This word
is
perhaps rather Arabic

O
C.
an oath joined with imprecations Nu. 5 to become a curse, Jer 44:12. |r* n ??P to make to be an execration, Jer. 42 18. Plux. n'l'ps curses, Nu. 5 3 Deu. 29 1 1.
?3^'
;
21.
n?Kp njn
than Hebrew.
frozen;
Kamus, page 742, i,.*^^ what

i.
is
^F^
No.
III.
"1
f-
fin
oak, Josh. 24: 26,
i.
q.
$%.
Root
^K
[".^'^.U
concretwn, specially connelatum."
See also Freytag's Lexicon,
page 240.]
God
[Eldad],
pr.n. m.
Num. n
loves,"
:
Theophilus"],
/^ f. i. q. ^^ No. 2 (from the root b=lH), a strong hardy tree, specially the terebinth(Piotacia Terebinthus, Linn.), a tree common in Palestine, long-lived, and on that account often used in designating places
(Gen. 35:4;
Jud. 6:ll, 19).
26, 27.
According
to Pliny
("whom God
,
called," see njH),
pr. n. of
a son of Midian, Gen. 25 14.

root.
modern
render
(xvi. 12), botanists.
an evergreen; but
this is contradicted
by
The
ancient versions sometimes
it terebinth,
sometimes oak (see the further re-
'"'
?O
an unused
Arab. d\
to
worship a
marks
adore; med.Kesr. to be stunned, smitten, with fear. See the note on /$ I. Comp. fiv^.
deit/, to
l); in a wider sense, to be used of
in Thes. page 50,
and the word appears,

any large
tree, like the
Gr. fyvQ.
[The modern name of the

iii.
terebinth
is
Ût btttm, Robinson,
15.]
i.q.
prop, to 5e round; hence to be thick, fat; cogn. root 7IX (comp. especially ?-1S abdomen,
I
I-
?V$
emphat.
st.
Kr6| m. Ch.
Heb.
God,
belly, Ps. 73:4).

to
Arab.
J\ to
have fleshy buttocks,
st. specially generally, Dan. 3:28; 6:8, 13; emphat. With pref. used of Jehovah, Dan. 2 : 20 ; 3 32. "Y^? Dan. 2:19; but also with suffixes, contr. nn?X3
:
II.
have a fat tail (as a ram). Hence njpK. denom. from /K (see the note on ?&?).
to s
Dan. 6:24. PL pn^ gods, Dan. 12 1 son of gods," Dan. 3:25. pri^K 13
:
5:4,11,23.
(1)
w ear;
Arab.
l
"}\
for A\ Conj. IV.
V. prop,
n?^
sing. HT.
pron.
to affirm
(2)
(3)
ott
to to
by God, curse, Jud. 17:2; Hos. 4:2.

cry out,
to
Ki. 8:31 [Hiphil].
used as the pi. of the pi. comm. these, The simple and less frequent form is ?^,
which
see.
^T
'
has a demonstrative power, compare
lament(Germ.
otterbarmen/
rbarmen anrufcn), Joel 1:8. (I should not oppose the idea of this root being imomatopoetic, comp. 7?J, 7/N, and the signification
um
nan. (Arab.
J5,
JU
It is
: ;
f.
Xj!
Êthiop. ft<Y: hi
J\^: hae; Ch. ps.)
applied either to the tilings
which
have put in the third place would then be
primary.) HirniL, to cause any one to swear, to bind him by ten oath, construed with ace., lKi.8:3l; 2Ch.6:22;
l
1.
which follow, Gen. 2 4 6:9; 11:10; or to those which precede, Gen. 9:19; 10:20, 29, 31. It is DniPtn Gen. 15:1 when placed after a noun, as n|n
;
83.14:24.
cit.
Fut. apoc. from n^N> for njg! Derivatives n?K and n?xn.
f-
Vl
Sa.
placed before, there is either an ellipsis of the verb substantive, or it is used <$mk-wc, Psa. 73: l a. Comp. nj. When twice or three times repeated, A,
it is
illi, illi,
Isa.
i.q.
49
12.
"V
for
(with
Kametz impure, from n?X No. H.,

HJ^K;
n^K^
npg
[" Like nj Lev. 26:18.
it
refers also to space,

to
Some suppose d?$
n^KS and
that for nN^>S,
Arab. JJ1, see
be used also for the sing., as 2 Ch. 3:3; 26.46:34; See on Ezr. 1:9; but these passages are uncertain.
this pron.
Lehrg. 509. (1) an oath.

to bind
Hupfeld, in Zeitschr.
f.
d.
Morganl.
ii.
161
"
to enter into an oath, i.e. Neh. 10:30; hence N'?n n?^r to bind any one by an oath, Eze. 17:13. Compare Virg. JEn. iv. 339, hce<. infoedera vent. T^K an oath imposed on me," Gen. 24:41. (2) a covenant confirmed by an oath, Gen. 26:28; Deu. 29:11, 13; Ex. 16:59.
n?K3 N13
oath,
Ges. add.]
oneself
by
^/K
(which
letter ^.
Ch. behold!
see),
lo! a softened form for ViN. Dan. 2:31; 4:7; 7:8. Compare the
Wl) imprecation, curse, Nu. 5:21;
Isa.
24:6,
and (contr. from [" According to feld (Zeitsch. f. d. Morgenl. iL 130), it is i. q.

-1?
y$
QK
Hupwith
XLIX
tne demonst. }X prefixed."
Ges. add.], like the Syr.
Q^J)'
(/>
*w*
a Particle of the later [?] Hebrew,
(B) in a singular sei'se, of one god (compare as to the pi. majestatis or excellentice, Lehrg. page 663, 664),
Heb. Gram.
Eccl.6:6; Est. 7:4.
HV7K
a$s6 Dan. 11:38; (with prefix and suffix

1:11), m.
toVV Hah.
GW (Anfc- 4U
aft,
with
art.
In of the true God; Syr. jcoSs. ; Chald. !K). imitation of the Aramaean usage, the singular form the is only used in poetry and in the later Hebrew;
plural of majesty,
E^'S,
occurs, on the other hand,
more than two thousand times. The singular is used 39; sChr. 32:15; (1) of any go d, Dan. 11:37 Neh-9:l7. There is a proverbial expression, Hab. 1 1 1, of an obstinate self-confident man, in?fc<? 1H3 -IT " whose own strength is as his god," i.e. who despises *very god and confides in his own strong hand and
:
Constr. with a verb (Gen. 106, 2, b. and adjective in the singular, as E*n?X. <D 2 Ki. 19:4,16; p! Dn^|Ps.7:lo; 57:3; 78! 56 but with a plural verb only in certain phrases. Perhaps retained from polytheism [an idea Avhich is not to be entertained for a moment], in which may be taken in a plural sense and understood of higher powers. [This is not the way in which the Gen. 20:13, *n'X Wrin Scripture speaks of God.~\ B >;?7?$ as if, "gods made me wander;" Gen. 35:7;
1:1,3
;
seq.)
DWN
Ex. 22:8; 32:4,8; 283.7:23; lKi.ig:2; Ps.58: 12. Compare my Comment, de Pent. Sam. page 58. It is used also Deu. 32:39, "there is no (1) of any divinity.
god
sword.
Comp. Job 12:6, ^T? &&% K?ri TE^ "who
nature
beside me;" Ps. 14:1. Thus, when the divine is opposed to the human. Eze. 28:2; Ps. 8:6,
bears his
god
in his hand."
vi.
Arms
are intended.
et
Comp. Virg. Ên.

..Nunc
adsint."
773, "Dextra, mihi deus,
telum
(2) mostly of the true

.
God,
:
car' iô-^v,
for
" thou madest him a little lower than God" [than the angels, see Heb. 2:7]. Very often Ex. 32: l, (2) of an idol, a god of the Gentiles. " make us a " god," i. e. an idol; l Sa. 5:7, Dagon, our god;" 2 Ki. l :2, 3, 6, 16. Even used of a god-
1^$?,
in the
JJ\.
Deu. 32 15
:
Ps.
50 22, and
sing. adj.
forty times
dess,
Ki. 11:5.
book of Job. Const, with cit.) and plur. Job 35:10. PI. D'r6 (with pref. contr. D1
used in
(Deu.
loc.
(3) the
god of any
one
is
the god
whom any
one
Hebrew
worships, whom he has as his domestic god, tTri^wpioe, tutelar. Jon. 1:5," every one called upon his god;" Ruthi:i6; Gen. 17:7,8; 28:21. Thus, the God
(A) in a plural sense (i) of gods or deities in or false. whether true DP.VP 'n?X "the general, gods of the Egyptians," Exod. 12:12. "O3H "strange gods," Gen. 35:2, 4; Deu. 29:18. " new Sometimes, from B*t?"jn gods," Deu. 32 17. the more common popular usage, Jehovah and idols are comprehended under this common name Ps. 86 8,
OWN
:
W$
Jehovah, who is thus very often Ex. 5:1; Psa. 41: 14; 3J5JC >?% Ôf! Psa. 20:2; 46:8; and conjoinedly 'D^K nvi' ps 18: 29; TD'$? n V"l> in Deuteronomy more than two hundred times.
of
the Israelites is
called
^
.
"there is none like unto thee among the gods, O Elsewhere the idea Jehovah!" Ex. l8:ll; 22:19. of divinity is altogether denied to idols, and is attributed to
there
is
(4) more rarely followed by a genitive of that over which the god presides, or that which he created, just as Mars is called the god of war [No such comparison ought to be made of the true God with phrases D ?? Gen. relating to idols.], ex. gr. Y~^^\
;
^$
Jehovah alone. 44 no god;" Isa % 45:5, 14, 21; 46:9. are even called D'rDK."^ 2 Ch. 13:9.
Isa.
:
" besides 6,
me
24:3
Idols
Amos
"
God of the heavenly hosts," niK3-yn rft^| 3:13; or the attribute of God as f?K 'rpN
:
<I
"
(2) once applied to king especially verse 6. Note.
p, i.
q. D'H?*?
^3
Ps. 82
:1,
Not a few
interpreters, both ancient
and
of truth," Isa. 65 16. (5) E 'T' is used for a divine, godlike appearance or form [?] (otter*/ etjtergeftalt), l Sa. 28:13; where the sorceress says to Saul, " I see a godlike
God
modern, have regarded D^npx. as also denoting angels Psa. 82:1; 97 7 (pee Psa. 8: 6, the LXX. and Ch. 138:1), and judges (Ex.2 1:6; 22:7,8); this
;
:
form
arising from the earth."
(6) with the art.
D^Kn
is
GOD,
/car
ôx^, the
opinion discussed and refuted at length in Thes. page 95. [But Hebrews, chaps. 1 :6 and 2:7, 9 shew plainly that this word sometimes means angels, and the authority of the N.T. decides the matter.!
is
one and true God;

phrase "d^M ~&
*
>
is
Arab. aJJU in the well-known

Deu. 4: 35,
Dr6n
l
N-in
rrtnj
"for Jehovah
the (true)
5
God;"
Ki. 18:21, *!/
Jehovah
is
is
follow him."
(God), follow him, Verse 37; Deu.7:g.
if
Baal is (God), WTience D'nPXn
27:6.
used very often of Jehovah, Gen.5:22; 6:9, ll; But equivalent to this is Q^?X 17: 18; 20: 6, 7, etc. tcithout the article (Josh. 22:34), which is used very
often both in prose and in poetry, with hardly any n j^!, either so that both names are distinction, for
m. (i) i. q. nK an o a k, Gen. 35:8; Eze. Root No. HI. (2) pr.n. m. Allan, i Ch. 4:37; [a place, Josh.
X
19:33].
m. (l) a strong and hardy tree (from the root >1X No. 2), specially the o a k, as the ancient versions
Gen. 12:6; 13:18; 14:13; 18: l; Deu. See my remarks in Thes. page 50,51, in opposition to Celsius (Hierob. t. i. page 34, seq.), who regards fl?X as well as H7S to be the terebinth. Sometimes particular oaks were called by particular
agree.
P'K
employed together, or the use of the one or the other depends on the na nre of the phrases and the usage of the language, and he inclination of the particular writers. Thus we \ onstantly find D'^PX ^3, and on
the other hand, njn
11:30,
etc.
rwt?, n}rv DX?
in other ex-
pressions this use
EWS
altogether promiscuous, as ">3JJ njrr and Dn*>gn nag Dan. 9:11; nirv nn and rvri Gen.i:2; 41:38; Ex. 31:3. As to the usage of
is
" the names, as
oak of Magicians," Jud. 9:37; pL " the o a k s of Mamre," Gen. 13:18; 14:13; of Moreh,
Deu. 11:30.
(2) pr.n.
remarks in Thes. page 97, 98. Things are said hi Scripture to be of God; whatever is most excellent or distinguished in its own kind was regarded by the ancients as specially proceeding
different writers, see the
m.
Gen. 46:14.
(see the root Jer.
from God, or sent, or created by him, or what bears a divine or august appearance .(TO falor), as " mount of God," Psa. 68:16; " river of God," Psa. 65:10; D^^X nnn " terror suddenly sent by God," a panic t?X is used of terror, Gen. 35:5. 2 Ki. l : 12,
(l)familiar,intimate,a friend, *p?8$ adj.m. No. l), Pro. 16:28; 17:9; Mic. 7:5; Dnyjn rj^K a husband is called "a fri nd of youth,"
3:4 (comp. JH
Jer. 3:20).
(2) gentle, tame, Jer. 11:19,
"and
was
as
tame
DWX
sheep." (3) an ox, i. q. *[?$ No. l, so called as being tamed and used to the yoke. Its gender is masculine epicene,
lightning, etc.
compare
*??<
page XLV. B.
Similar
is
the principle of the phrase D'rOX? of God; Gr.rw 6ew, r6n added to adjectives. Jon. 3:3, pr.
"a
city
divinely
great." Acts 7:20,

dJ
curre'iot;
TW Qey.
under the masculine gender it is also used of a cow; Ps. 144:14, D^?DO -irs^X. (4) the leader of a family or tribe, ûXapôc: especially used of the chiefs of the Edomites, Gen.
so that
Compare the Arab.

ceedingly.
pr./row God, divinely, ex-
36
15, seq.
Ch. 1:51, seq.
rarely of the Jews, Zech.
9:7;
Har. Cons. iv. page 38, ed. de Sacy. As to the phrases, D'r6x E*X, Dr6x |? see under ^N, 1? and the other words from which they spring.
Note. Some regard E'^X to be also used in a singular sense (for as to the plural see A, 2), of one King, for D*n?X"|5 and they especially refer to Ps. 45:7, where they render 1J D/ny Dr6x ?|X D3 "thy
?
:
12:5,6;
also generally of leaders, Jer. 13:21.
K^l
7S (according to the Talmud, " a crowd of m e n").

Num.
of a station of the Israelites, [Alusli], pr.n.
T/NI
("whom God
,pr.n.m.
I
(l) l Ch. 26:7.
gave'') QeoS&pog. \_Elza(2) 12:12.
throne,
divine King), shall stand for ever;" but this should no doubt [?] be construed by
(i.e.
O God
N
to
a root not used in Kal. Arab. Conj. VTII.

as milk.
in
ellipsis,
thy throne shall be a divine throne" (i. e. guarded and made prosperous by God), according to the accustomed canon of the lan233:6. [This passage speaks of guage, Lehrg. Christ as God, there is no ellipsis to be supplied, see
D'H^X XD3
^p?
become sour,
NIPHAL rDS3 metaph. to be corrupted, sense, Ps. 14:3; 53:4; Job 15:16.
J
amoral
Heb. ;:8.]
(i)i.q- styvain, Jer. 14: 14, in a'ro. (2) [j/rj, the sixth Hebrew month, from the new moon of September to that of October, Nehem.
î?** m.
n?tf ("whom God .gave"),[ EZAanan],pr.n.of one of David's captains who, according to 2 Sa. 21 19, The person slew Goliath (see under the word V?D?).
:
mentioned 2 Sa. 23 24, does not appear to be

:
different.
aNvtf ("whose father is
God"), [El ia J], pr.n
IK 15;
Syr.
Arab.
>".''
JAA
Etymology un-
(l) a leader of the tribe of Zebulon, Num. 1:9: 2:7. (2) Num. 16:1, 12; 26:8. (3) a brother of
known.
David,
Sa. 16:6;
17:73, s8.
(4)
Ch. 16:5.
LI
'$$
:$
("to
whom God strength,"
Q
1
pr. n.
Ch. 11:46,47;
sc. gives) (l) of two of David's mighty men, 12:11. (2) of a leader of the
I
("to
fc_j ,~w
whom God
is
the
reward," from
Conj. HI. to recompense), [Elihoreph~\, pr.n.
tribe of
Manasseh,
l
the Benjamites,
l
CK
Ch. 5:24. (3) of a leader of 8:20. (4) lCh.8:22. (5)
m.
Ki. 4:3.
Ch
15:9, 11.
(6) 2 Ch. 31:13.
vain,
idols,
(i) adj. of nothing, of nought, empty, Ch. 16 26 Ps. 96 5. PL the vain, empty, i. e.
:
Lev. 19:4; 26:1; (comp.

physicians,"
^H).
fir.
n.
m.
Ch. 25
4.
(2) subst. vanity,
"vain
11:17.
loves"), [Elidad], pr.n. of a leader of the Benjamites, Num. 34:21.
TT?8
("whom God
weakness, Job 13:4, 'YN'Xp"! i.e. vain comforters, compare Zee.

I.
Root
^N
No.
[Eliada],*pr. n. (l) a son of David, 2 Sa. 5:16, called, l Ch. 14:7, (2)1 Ki. 11:23. (3) 2Ch. 17:17.
for"),
VT*?^ ("whom God cares
("to
whom God
Zec],pr.
1:2
n. m., the father in
is king"), [Elimelaw of Ruth. Ruth
2:1.
J?"
.
jnyf
(from the root i^>X No. 1), i. q. Ijf, the thick and fat tail of a sheep, such as that of the
"T?N
&
|O
Ch. pron.
pi.
comm., these,
i.
q.
Heb.
Dan. 2:44; 6:7.
peculiar kind of oriental sheep (ovis laticaudia, Linn.), the smallest of which, according to Golius, an eyewitness (page 146), weighs ten or twelve pounds.
n.
m.
(i )
("whom God added"), [Eliasaph^s. a leader of the tribe of Gad, Num. i 14;
:
2:14.
"1JV
(2) 3:24.
Comp. Herod iii. 113; Diod. ii. 54, and others

;
cited
by
Bochart,in Hieroz. pt. i. page 494, seq. Rosenmiiller, Ex. 29:22; altes und neues Morgenland, ii. 118.
Lev. 7:3;
" let 3:9, the whole tail, near the back-bone."
Y^
("to
(l) a
whom God
man
of
is
help"),
pr. n. m.,
Eliezer.
Damascus whom Abraham
8:25; 9:19;
him take away

Jehovah"),
rV?N & 1JT7N

Elijah, pr.n.
m y God
intended to be his heir before the birth of Isaac [of Ishmael],Gen. 15:2; according to verses, born in his house. (3) l Ch. 7: (2) a son of Moses, Ex. 18 4.
:
is
(l) of a very celebrated prophet, the chief of the prophets in the kingdom of Israel in the time of Ahab, famous for the many miracles
(6)2Ch.so: (5)iCh.i5:24. (4)1 Ch. 27:16. 37. (7), (8), (9) Ezr. 8: 16; 10:185.23:31.
8.
W^*5 (perhaps contr. from '3^K), \_Elienai],

pr. n. m.,
i
which he wrought; taken up to heaven (2 Ki. 2 '6, seq. compare however, 2 Ch. 21:12), and to return before the advent of the Messiah (Mai. 3 23). (2) m. i Ch. 8:27. (3) m. Ezr. 10:21, 26.
:
Ch. 8: 20.
n. m. (i- q- BKv*, 3Kv"K), \Eliam\, pr. called .1 Ch. 2 Sam. the of father 11:3, Bathsheba, (l) 3:5 ^*W(2) 2 Sam. 23:34.
STY*? ("whose God

(i)
i
is
He"), [Elihu], m.
(3)
Ch. 26:7.
(2)
Ch. 27:18.
("to
whom God
is
strength"),
pr. n.
m.
(a)
No.i.
(i) [Eliky], the son of Barachel the Buzite, a friend of Job, his fourth op(id.) pr. n.
Eliphaz.
4:1; 15:1,
(l) a son of Esau, Gen. 36:4,sq.
a friend of Job with

etc.
whom
he disputed, Job 2
11
ponent in dispute, Job chaps. 32

Mrritteu -liTyX
35. (2) m.
Sometimes
l
73 V^ ("whom God judges,"

phal~], pr. n. m., l
from ^3), [Eli-
Job 32:4; 35:1.

("unto Jehovah
Sa. l:i.
Ch. 11:35.
i.e,
(3)
m.
Ch. 12:20.
'iPl^lJvg
("whom God distinguishes,"

pr. n. m., l
s X.''"'.7v
my
(i)
eyes,"
sc.
are
makes
distinguished), [Elipheleh'],
Ch.
turned),
(2)
i
[Elioenat], pr.n. m.
Ezr. 8:4.
15:18,21.
("to
Ch. 26:3.
(id.)
i
whom God
is
salvation"), [Eli-
TOY**
3:23
10:22.
(2)
[Elioenai],
(3)
pr. n.
i
m.
(l)
Ch.
Ch. 4:36.
Ch. 7: 8.
(4) Ezr.
(5) Ezr. 10:27.
(2) 2 Sam. 23: 6; 14:7, called i Ch. 14:5, 34. (4), (5) Ezr.' 8: 13; 10:33. (3)1 Ch. 8: 39.
OK.
pr. n.
("whom God hides"), \_Eliahba~\, m. of one of David's mighty men, 2 Sa. 23 32.
:
"W78
pr. n.
("to whom God is a rock"), [Eli*ur~\, m. Num. 1:5; 2:1O; 7"*o, 35;1O:1?
|rW^
Np Y
etymology
("
whom God protects"), [Elzephan,

n.m.
(l) Num. 3:30, called (2) Num. 34:25.
WY
phat],
see
("whom God judges"),

Ch. 23:1.
Elizaphan], pr.
i?-P?
pr. n. m., 2
Ex.6:22: Lev. 10:4.

[Elikd],
is
pr. n.
m. 2 Sam. 23: 25.
The
unknown.
Dan. 3:12, 13, i|?N Ch. pron.pl. these,i.q. n?$, 21,22; Ezr. 4:21; 5:9, etc.
whom God has set"), Eliakim, pr. (l) the prefect of the palace in the reign of Hezekiah. 2 Ki. 18:18; 19:2; Isa. 22:20; 36:3. (2) a son of king Josiah, made king by Necho, king of
p,?^> ("
n.
Egypt,
i
who changed
set").
his
name
to
O'p'V
("whom
an unused verb having the force of no["commonly"] derived from /$ is but this very doubtful"] (which see, and com[" ?vN pare the remarks under the root j-IX), whence
I.
7 /ix
thing, emptiness,
Jehovah has
Ch. 3:15.
2^.23:34;
is
24: l; Jer. 1:3;
vain, powerless.
II.
(3)Neh. 12:41.
the oath,"
'/^
p.
to
cry out, onomatop.
i.
q. 7?J
and Arab.
is
P3C*7$(to whom God

swears by God,"
i.
"who
worshipper of God, comp. Isa. 19:18), [Elishebd],vr.n.f. Ex. 6:23. LXX. 'FAiira/jeV, as Lu. 1:7.
e.
J! Kam.
HI.
1391.
Comp. dXaXaÊtf.
Hence
V?N.
7?
to roll,
No. I, prop. kindred to the roots -IS & hence to be round, thick; whence n?S,l'li>K
HK
[Elishah], pr. n. of a region situated on the Mediterranean Sea, whence purple was brought to
1
'T
oak, prop, thick tree.
/Vlowed by
inter}, of
*?i
lamenting,
vce,
wo e!
Gr.fXeXtiJ, fol-
Elis is to be underTyre, Gen. 10:4; Eze. 27:7. stood (comp. the Samaritan copy, in which, the n being omitted, it is written Eb>X)- The name of this place appears to have been applied by the Hebrews
to the Avhole
Job 10:15; Mic. 7:1.
Root
^S
No. H.
I? a root not used in Kal. PIEL and HCyX.
(I)TO BIND, comp.
especially countries
in
Peloponnesus, as the names of provinces, when remote, are very often applied to whole
comp. JV. As to the purple not only found Laconia (Hor. Od. ii. 18, 7), but also in the gulf of Corinth, and in the islands of the Êgean sea, see
;
bound, sc. the tongue, i.e. to be besilent; see NIPH. and the nouns D?K, D?X, % 3b?N. To be silent, dumb, as if tongue- tied (êffôe rijc
(2) passive, to be
to
dumb,
yXwo-oTje,
Mark
7 :35), comp. Pers.
..i**j
^.bj
to bind
the tongue, for to be silent, and Gr. ((upovirdai. (3)

to be
Bochart, Phaleg.
p. 78.
iii.
4.
Others explain HC'^X by

t. i.
Hellas, Greece ; see Michaelis, Spicil. Geogr. Hebr.
as litary person is silent
solitary, forsaken, widowed, for a sohe has no companion with

;
whom to
("to
talk
comp.
*j
to
be mute,
to
be unmarried.
whom God
is
salvation"), \_Elil
shua\,
14:5-
pr. n. m., of a
son of David, 2 Sa. 5: 15;
Ch.
Hence are derived |O^, O^>K, fb^S, JWpVx. NIPHAL. (i) to be dumb, mute, Ps. 31:19; 39
10;
Isa,
3,
53:7.
pr.
3^^ ("whom God restored"), n.m.

i
10:6.
[Eliashib'], (i) (2) Ch. 24:12; Ezr. (3) Neh. 3:1, 2O; 12:10. (4), (5) Ezr.
Ch. 3:24.
(2) to be silent, Eze. 33:22. PIEL, to bind together,Gen. 37:7.

. silence, Ps.58:2, " do i.e. ye indeed speak out the silence of justice?" do ye indeed use justice which seems to be silent and
10:24, 27,36.
pr. n.
whom God hears"), [Elishama], ( (1)2 Sam. 5:16. (2) Num. 1:10; 2:l8. (3)2 Ki. 25:25; Jer. 41:1. (4) l Ch. 2:41.
m.
pr.
(5)Ch.i7:8.
n.m.
(for
ycK
in your decrees? [" So commonly; but it may be worth inquiry whether C?X should not be dropped, of having sprung perhaps from a careless repetition D3DK." This conjecture is wholly needless. (" Maurer
mute
"to
whom God
is
gives to
D^$
the signification of league, law, from th
the prophet, the disciple, comsalvation"), panion, and successor of Elijah, famous for many
Eli-ilia
s
sense of binding
;
*-
as JJLC league,
:
from
Ipl? to biud. ",
:niraeles.
He
flourished in the
kingdom
of the ten
13.
Ges. add.]
Ps.
56
D'j?h-|
" D^X njV the d um b dove
tril*s, in the
ninth century B. C. In N. T. 'EAirocuoc, Lu. 4:27.
2 Ki. chaps. 2
among foreigners"
(i. e.
the exile, comp. lin Ps. 74: 19),
in perhaps 'he people of Israel title of a poem, totb*
LI
time of which Psalm 56 was sung. marks on the word Jv'N.
Comp.
my
re-
No.
Isa.
3.
47
8.
Metaph. used of a state bereft of (Compare verse 9, and 54:4.)
its
king
K?^
38
:
m.
adj.
tongue; see the root No. 2.

14.
PI.
mute, dumb, prop, bound as to the Ex. 4: 11 Isa. 35:6; Ps.

;
fiiJypKf.pl. Isa. i3:a2,/mZac*,i.q.nfo1 (which is itself the reading of some copies), the letter
>
II.
crp^S
Isa.
56
10.
Op5
Job. 17: 10, in
some
editions incorrectly for
Compare
being softened into 7 as is frequently the case. Others retain the idea of a widow, fiE"lS.
desolate palaces.
E>1N, which see, but, indeed.
and understand
and with the letters 2:7; Q:io, n, a kind of precious wood, brought from Ophir, by sea, in the time of Solomon, together with gold and precious stones, used for ornaments of the temple and palace, and also for making musical instruments according
DîlpvN m.
pi. l
Ki. 10
1 1
2,
transposed D'S-l^K 2 Ch.
rWyyfc pi. V>nud?Xf. w idou,hood, Gen. 38:14. Metaph. used of the condition of Israel as living in exile; Isa. 54:4.
m
There
is
a certain
on"., o Stlvci, pr.
one kept
concealed.
see.
silent (from Q?K Xo. 2), whose
name
is
always prefixed to this word *}?? which

these.
to 2 to
on Lebanon. 7, growing [" It seems correspond to Sanscr. mtc'ata (from simpl. mica,
Ch. 2
:
also
i.q. P!?
v.i
sandal wood, Linn. sandal red wood, still sandaliorus, pterocarpus

so Bohlen), with the Arab. art.
;
]\;
("whose pleasure or joy [El net am], pr. n. m. l Ch. 11:46.

(VT:
1)
God
is")
used in India and Persia for costly utensils and instruments, Celsii Hierob. i. p. 1 7 1 seq." Ges. add.] Many of the Rabbins understood cor a I, and in this sense
,
K ("whom God
gave," compare
\^\
as
i:
Theodorus, Adeodatus), [Elnathan^,pr.n.Tn.

the grandfather of king Jehoiachin, l Ki. 24:8, perhaps the same who is mentioned Jer. 26:2-2; 36: 12, 25. (2) three Levites in the time of Ezra, Ezr. 8 16.
(
:
the singular 3W?^ is used in the Talmud but this is not wood (O although if this use of the word by the Talmudists be ancient, that precious wood might
;
1
^)
Gen. 14:1, 9 \_Ellasar], the name of
be so called from
its
resemblance to coral, as
if
cor a l-
region, apparently to be sought near Babylonia and
wood,
.RoraUentjoIj.
More probable
it
is
the opinion of
Elymais J
37:12).
is
(for \
it
occurs between
IVJ^ T
.
and D T
.
'V.)/
Kirnchi,
who takes
call
for the
Arab. JLli which the
Symm. and Vulg. Pontus;
Europeans
^TX"Q Brazil wood.

;
Targ. Jerus. "i^fOf;! (Isa But some province of Persia or Assyria

:
TTiDpX
pr. n. of a
Gen. 10=26
iCh. 1:20
[Almodad],
name
intended, as is shewn by the Assyriaco-Babylonian of the king "JV'JK; compare Dan. 2 14. p^f
son of Joktan, i. e. of a people and region If of southern Arabia [so called from this person].
there
("whom God praises," from

),
1-1V
compare
were an ancient error in reading
(for
-nift^x))
Job 29
1 1
\_Elead~], pr. n.
m.
Ch. 7:21.
fills r
we might compare Morad jL*, or ^j the name of a tribe living in a mountainous region of
j^
""1*1^7^
B'??
<>
("whom God puts

:
Job 29
!
14), pr. n.
m.
on," i. e. Ch. 7 2O.

:
comp.
Arabian Felix, near Zabid.

a bundle of grain, a s/jea//Gen. 37:7; Ps. 126:6. Root D"?X No. i.
pi.
!
f.
iy7^
in
D*
and
TY\
praises,"
i.e.
other copies *!J?$ (pr "God my praises are directed to

-
is
my
God),
\_Eluzai~\, pr. n.
m.
Ch. 12:5.
"ij/W^ (perhaps "the king's oak"

"[Alammelech~\, pr. Josh. 19:26.
'
n.,
for "ssn n>K), a town in the tribe of Asher,
"ÎV-^
m.
("whom God aids"), Eleazar, pr. n. (i) Ex. 6:23, 25; 28:1; Lev. 10:6, seq.; Nu.
|'P
^ m.
adj.
widowed, forsaken,
3.
Jer.
51:5,
from the root QPN No.

|'~7 bereft of
3:2, 4, 32; 17:2,4; 19:3; 20:25, seq.; 26:3, seq.; 31:6, seq.; 32:2, 28; 34:17; Deu. 10:6; Josh. 14: (3) l; l Ch. 6:35. (2)2 Sa. 23:9; l Ch. ll 12. iSa. 7:1. (5) Ezr. 8: (4) i Ch. 23:21; 24:28.
:
m
its
widowhood,
king, Isa.
f.
figuratively used of a state
33, compare Neh. 12:42.
47
9.
'E\aVipformed the contracted name Aaapoc.
From
LXX. (6) Ezr. 10:25. was afterwards there 'EAeuâ/ooc

("whither God ascende"), a town in the tribe of Reuben,
widow. (Arab.
Ex.22
aL.\
Aram.
N!?SC?$
\Elealeh~\,
& ^/X?^
pr. n. of
Gen. 38:11;
:ai, etc.
Root D^K
called
one mile from Hesbon, where there are now the ruins 1U!1 [el-A I ]see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
edition;
ber,
Job 9:3; 33:23;
Ps. 50: 10.
Dual D?P?X " twt
page 623, Germ,

16:9.
Num.
32:3, 37;
Isa.
15:14;
fcP^pX
("whom God made

n.
or created," Job
(l)
l
35:10), \_Eleasah~], pr. (a) l Ch. 8:37; 9'-43-
m.
Ch. 2:39.
(3) Jer. 29:3.
7^
i.q.
Far more round number, ^33") *Q?X "thousands of myriads," Gen. 24:60. nl 7?^ many of which constituted (3) afa m *'y> i- e onetofo^t?', nt?l?),Jud.6:l5; l Sam. 10:19; 23:23. Used of a town as the abode of a family, Mic. 5:1. (4) [Elepli],pr.n. a town of the Beujamites, Jos
often used of a
-
thousands," Jud. 20:45; iCh. 5:21. thousands, e.g. O'sta? n&bv Ex. 38:26.
PL D'E^J
future
^X*
(Proverbs 22:25)
18:28.
/fr?
i*
Arab.
i__2H.
Ch. a thousand, Dan. 5:1; 7:10.

V--
(1) TO
ACCUSTOM ONESELF,
Si,
TO BE
ACCUSTOMED,
see R/v
WONT, FAMILIAR, whence

companion, associate, Heb.
^_jj\
S f. and y_gj^ a friend,

l.
7y?7^
("to
whom God
is
the
reward," comp.
?ys, n?j;3 used of reward), [-7/paa/],pr.n. m., iCh.
W^ No.
8:11; 12:18.
|
to be tame, gentle, used of beasts, compare No. 3. No.i, (3) to learn, from the idea of being accustomed,
(2)
W
t
7k^ a
root not used in Kal, i.q.
pX, which
sef.
and VOf
compare "I*??. In Syriac and Chaldee, id. In the Old Testament, in one passage, Pro. 22:25. Arab. Conj. (4) to join together, to associate. L III. IV., whence *!?? a thousand, a family.
V
PlELnXTO URGE, TO PRESS UPON ANT

16.
It is
ONE, Jud.l6: of more frequent use in Syriac andZabian.

see
I?VY.
Arab.
PIEL, to teach, like the Syr. .gi^s, with two ace. the one of pers., the other of thing. Job 15:5; 33:33;
^X
i.
q.
+$\
the people.
[The noun
with one which refers to the person, Job 35
:i i.
Part.
WD/>D for -IJSpXp, compare HIPHIL (denoni. from f)^)
.^Xw
to
bring forthor
-&$
^_?_\
make
with the Arab, art.] Pro. 30:31, i&y E-IP^N "^P. " a king with whom is the people," i.e. who is surSee rounded by his people, who is amidst them. S cPocock, ad Spec. Hist. Arabum, 207. (Arab, ^.jj
people, appears to
thousands,
thousand).
"j-^?
Ps. 144:13.
(Arab.
to
make a
be so compare Sam. iB^p to liveth, !"ijn people, from

itirti.
called
live,
from the idea of
living,
Heb.
B-lp*
that which
iv
living).
LXX. i^qyopwr
(l) an ox, or cow,
und
bos,
Germ.
SRinb.
gen., like /3oJ/e It only occurs in pi. D'?7^ P S

-
comm.
The Hebrew
8:8; Pro. 14:4; used of a cow, Deut. 7:13; 28:4. The singular is found in the name of the first letter,
Aleph, Alplia.
(2) a
pounded (compare niD~7X Pro. 12:28);

against
interpreters regard B^p/^ as comof ?X particle of negation, and D-lp to arise

in this sense,
"a
whom
to arise
this
(i.
e.
whom
little
to resist) is
king im-
As
to the etymology, see
T?^
No.
3.
possible." context.
But
has but
suitability to the
thousand (Arab.
Syr.
21
id.;
but
it
^Î
bers).
signifies ten thousand.
Perhaps
is
pr. a joining together, and large conjunction of
num-
sessed," see n JP T ]),
The nouns enumerated
generally follow the
HjIppN ("whom God created" [rather, "pos[Elkanak], pr. n. m. (l) l Sa. (3)2^.28:7. (2) Ex. 6: 24. l:i,seq.; 2:l 1,20.
(5)
i
numeral, and some indeed in the singular, as E*J< Jud. 15:16; others in the plural, 2 Sam. lO:l8;
"13?
(4) iCh.i2:6.
Ch. 6:8, 10, 11, 20, 21
15:23.
10:26; Deut. l: 11; others promiscuously, as Ch. 19:6, and D'"!?l 29 7More rarely, and the noun in later does the Hebrew, precede, l Ch. only 22 14; 2 Ch. l :6. Comp. Lehrg. p. 695, 697, 699.
1
Ki.
gent, noun, Elkoshite, used of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1:1. [" LXX. and Vulg. without
Jerome (on the passage) o, 'EA<T7<K Elcuaatt?"\ mentions Elkosh as a village of Galilee, called kesei (or Elcesi), "sibique a circumducente monstratum."
,
Hd
The
p.
principle
It
is
" different of the phrase *!?? *)??
thousand
700.
(shekels) of silver," as to which see Lehrg. is not unfrequently put for a round num-
of Judea, see Pielandi Palaest.
Pseudepiphanius contends that Elcesi was a village However thi* p. 627. may be, it would seem to have been a town of Pales-
LV
tiac,
ruake
not Assyria, although even now the Orientals J.ij\ [el-kush^\ near Mosul, the native place
of the prophet. [" Both are very doubtful," see Thes.]
is undoubtedly primitive, and, like 2N B.), it imitates the first sounds of an infant beginning to prattle, like the Greek pappu, puppr),
This word
ii.
(see p.
"1/iD/^ (perhaps, " whose race or posterity from God"), [Eltolad], see iVlR
/jKip.fj.uidj /.id~m,
Copt, mau,
Germ.
9J?oiua/
is
mamma, Welsh
cally
^1 to
i
is
fern, form used metaphorimam~\. HGS. In Arabic there is hence formed a verb
limme [Eng.
(" to which God is fear, or object of fear"), [Eltekeli], pr. n. of a Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19:44; 21 :23.
P^r^
be a mother
to teach.
hence, to be related, to set an
example,
("to which God is the foundation"), [Eltekoii], pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15:59.
constr.
st.
n/N
D^
tive,
interrogative,
rious
(commonly followed by Makk.) a demonstraand conditional particle, the vasignifications of which are distinguished in the
different forms
with
*}
*1
suiF.
BN
pi.
ns$
f.
more copious Arabic by

<î
J,
.\,
&t
.
MOTIIEU (Arab.
and J, Êth. ft^:, Aram.

OKI 3K "father and mother,"
Ps.
.,',
,'
> while, on the contrary, in JEthiopic and Sy-
KB,
U>), =Ji3/*
id.)
riac one only is used f\^l .) ; traces of this word are also found in Western languages, as in the Greek
;',
i.
both parents, Jud. 14:16;
27:10;
Est. 2:7.
e. lo!
if;
Lat. en;
Germ,
I
reenn/ roann.
^^
:
13
"my
brother,
43 29. Poet. ^K 27:29; Cant, i :6.

is
"33 "
by
the
same mother," Gen.
(A)
lo!
Its
primary power
regard as demonstrative,
(i']f,
my
With
less
brethren" generally, Gen. exactness a step-mother

: :
behold! kindred
. }
to JH
en},
Arab.
.\
truly,
also called mother, Gen.
37 10 (comp. 35 16,
seq.),
which would be more accurately called 2K HK'K. But the name of mother has a wider use, and is applied
also
certainly,
id.
see de Sacy, Gramm. Arabe,
i.
889,
(i) to a
rally to
.(2)
grandmother,
Ki. 15:13;
and gene-
any
ancestress, Gen. 3:20.
phrase ^1. i\y>Hos. 12:12, |1K "i$| DK " lo Gilead is wickedIn the other member there ness," i. e. most wicked.
^\
behold!
lo! in
the
he came and
lo!
is
metaph. used of her who bestows benefits on others, Jud. 5:7. (3) used as denoting intimate relationship or intimacy, Job 17: 14 (compare 3X No. 7). (4) of a nation, as opposed to the children, i.e.
persons springing from it, Eze. 19:2; Hos.2:4; 4:5.
Isa.
T|K;
Job 17:13,
W3 &#
HJJ5K.
;
DK
"
behold!
: :
wait for Hades, my house ;" verse 16 Pro. 3 34. Preceded by Q in the same sense, Jer. 31 20. (The
Hebrew
they
interpreters, as Kimchi, explain this DS which rightly notice to be affirmative, by flDX, and
;
50
Jer.
50
I should prefer they consider it shortened from ]P^ from J^, an opinion which 1 have followed in Heb.
of the way, a. par ting of the road, prop. source and head of the way (elsewhere
(^mother
Eze. 21:26.
Arab.
+\ is the root,
beginning of a
Gramm. ed. 9, p. 191, nor can it be denied that the forms and significations of this particle may be very well explained from this root. But the origin above proposed appears to me now to be the more probable.
But
see the note.)
It
Q ~c-l
thing, buti..
becomes
2,
U\
it
J\
is
a royal way, and perhaps
(B) adv. of interrogation (compare JD No.

the remarks there, also ?0, D,
*
t
and
in Eze. loc. cit.
may
be taken in this sense.
interrogative formed
great and leading city, even though not the capital; 2 Sa. 20:19, D V ^! *inP?? "a city and a mother in Israel." So on the (6)
i.
q.
HDX metropolis, a
from /Jj
.Jl
demonstrative).
(i) in direct interrogation,

o.t
num? an? (To

;
this an-
Phoenician coins of
Tyre and Sidon

/z//r>?p,
compare Arab.
metropolis;
iii.
Greek
Callim. Fr. 112, and

xvii.
1
swers the Arab. +\); l Ki. l :27 in both places renders ob? obcr
Isa.
29:
6.
etroa/
which
1
is
(Winer more
Kings.) the
mater, Flor.
7,18; Ammian.
3.
suitable in the passage in Isaiah, than in
(7) raetaph. used of the
earth
as the
mother of
all
["Job 39: 13; 31:5; 16:24,25,29,33.

whole of chap. 31
is
From
men, Job 1:21.
seen the close connection between
LVI
interrogative power of OX and its conditional sense in letter (C,, since, between sentences beginning
&
with QX interrog. are interposed others beginning >rith DX conditional, followed by an apodosis; see ver.
It is far more 7>9i 1 3> !9> 20 > 21,25," Ges. add.] frequent in disjunctive interrogation where there pre<*
I have injured one at peact persecute me," etc. The P&almiu here denies (if we look at the object of the discourse) that he has done such things, but as though the caust
quity in
my
hands, if
with
me ... let him
cedes Q: utrvm...an?
Josh. 5: 13,
for us,
whether
...
or; Arab.
*\... \*
had to be tried, he leaves it as undecided, and as it were, assuming it, he invokes on himself the heaviest penalty, thus wonderfully increasing the force of the execration; compare Ps. 44:21; 73:15; 137:5,6;
Mnsjrns nnx U^q

our enemies?"
l
whether
:
art thou
15, ?^9. DX "=10 " whether shall we The same is go... or not?" Dl-q Job 21:4, and DSl-HSD Job 34: 17; 40:8,9.
or
for
Ki. 22
Job 31:7, seq. Other examples in which for QX there might have been more accurately >h, are Ps. 50:12, 2JT]X EX "if I were hungry;" Hos. 9:12; but however
DX
is
not here wrong, because
its
usage
is
more
Botli are also used in a double interrogation, although not disjunctive, as DX-n Gen. 37 8, DXV-ri Gen. 17:17.
:
(Where two
questions follow each other, but without
n is repeated, l Sa. 23:11.) closely cohering, (2) in oblique interrogation, an, num, Germ, ob/
After verbs of interrogation, Engl. (/", Cant. 7:13; examining, doubting, 2 Ki. 1,2; in a twoQX-ri Gen. 27:21 Nu. 13:20. fold question,
disjunctive
;
widely extended. Specially to be observed (a) when a condition or supposition is modestly to be expressed, W-DX is used, see X3. () DK-DN is put disjunctively, if...if=whether...or; sive... sice (tire, tire, lav rt, iav
re);
compare
si... si,
Gell.ii. 28.
whether.
tJ*X~DN
whether it were beast or man;"
Ex. 19:13, non?"Ct< 283.15:21
Lev. 3:1; Deu. 18:3; and with a preceding negation neither. ..nor; neque...neque, 2 Ki. 3:14. The same
is
(.
The phrase EX inv

zi perhaps.
'D Est-4:l4, accurately answers
DN]DX
\t ...
Josh.24:l5; Ecc.ll:3; 12:14 (Arabic

-
to the Latin, nescio an,
haud
scio an, n?er
n>eifi
ob md)t/
o
.\
and U^.
U^).
*
(c)
by an
ellipsis
of the
(C)conj.
(i)especially conditional //Vsz,t,Germ.
>
nnn
(al$ roafyr gefefct bafs)/

!
compare
It
ID ecce,
num?
si,
formula of an oath, such as occurs fully, 1 Sa. 3: l*); 24:7; 2 Sa. 3:35, DX becomes a negative particle, especially in oaths.
Syr. Jen lo
tication to
and
i.q.
if.
answers in this signi-
heap Sam. "$&, Â-> -^thiop. JfyW;

:
all
Arab.
fttn I
2 Sa. 1 1 1 1, "by thy life (may God manner of evils upon me) ^3^D"^X nt'yx DX will not do this thing;" 2 Sa. 2O:2O; l Ki. 1 :51
:
;
:
Followed according to the sense, by a preterite, Est-5 8, "?y? in nKXO DK "if I have found grace in the of the king ;" Gen. 43 9 18:3; and fut. Jud.4 8, eyes if thou wilt go with me, I will vp^ni. nsj? '??n DK
^?0
Neh. 13:25, rarely elsewhere; especially poet. Isa. 22:14; 62:8; Jud. 5:8; Pro. 27:24. (The use is similar of the Arab.
in adjurations, Cant. 2:7; 3 55
o
1,
more
go;" Gen. 13: 16; 28:20; Job 8:4, seq.; ll :1O; more rarely by a participle, Jud. 9:15; 11:9; infinitive (for
fully
.'
Ue for not.)
>
>
(2) part, of conceding, though,
although (Arab.
pret., to
a fin. verb), Job. 9:27. It also stands without a verb, Job 8:6; 9:19. This word differs from the conditional particle -1^, in DX being used in a real condition, where it is left uncertain whether something exists or will exist, or be done (si fecisti, si facturus es):
while
Gr. taf
(cat,
KUV), followed
by a
express
"though "though
is
used to imply that something does not
am," Job 9:15; commonly a fut. to express were." Isa. l: 18; 10:22; Ps. 139:8; Job 20:6 (compare however, 9:20). Also followed by a
I
exist, is not done, or will not be, or at least that it is
uncertain, and not probable (si faceres, fecisses, Greek ti ti^tv); see }?, and as to the similar use of the partt.
b
.]
verbal noun, Nah. l 12. (3) part, of wishing, oh that!

:
would that!
; :
(ti
;
and J de Sacy, Gramm. Arabe,
i.
885.
It is
an
Followed by a fut., Ps. 68 1 4 81:9; 95 7 '"iriX EX 139:19. There is an Anacoluthon Gen. 23: 13, would that thou '33JO?? V? "would that thou
yap).
:
>
ingenious and subtle usage, that in execrations and imprecations, when conditional, instead of V? (which
perhaps might have been expected), there always is DX PS. 7:4-7-6, DX '??? ^y c : DX nx> 'rvbj; ox " IT. *^9| if I have ione this, if there be ini:
;
.
d s t hear me." It becomes (4) a particle of time, when (compare the Germ, roenn and roann/ and Engl. when). Followed by a preterite, which often has to be rendered by a pluperfecl
1
wou
and
fut.
perfect,
is
Isa.
24:13,
">'V?
$3 DX "when
n>3 DX
the harvest
ended;"
Am.
7:2,^
nw
LVII
"and when it Lad consumed;" Isa.4:4, ÎN fQT DX Ji'rnu? HNS nN when the Lord shall have washed
the filth of the daughters of Zion;" Gen. 38:9; Ps. 63:7; Job 8:4; 17:13. So in composition, as DN ~U> until when, until, Gen. 24:19 DK "1^8 "HZ Gen. 28:15; Num. 32:17; Isa. 6:ll.
;
beg inn ing, head, and foundation of a thing.

cially
Spe-
(1) it is the mother of the arm, i. e. the fore-part of the arm; cubitus, ulna, the fore-arm, Deut. 3:11.
Hence
(2) The name of a measure, a cubit, an ell. Comp. the Lat. cubitus,ulna,also Germ. lie, whence Sllenbogen*
.
(5) It
is
rarely that)
quum
causal, quandoquidem,
Gen. 47: 18, " we will not hide it since, Arab. ^\. from my lord, that ">Np? "FIX. ^..i.*^|D && ON
Gr.
TTJ/
and
&
-n-vyiov,
Arab, c
J,
Egypt. LIACI.
since
all
our money
;
The method
is
:
spent.
nothing
is left
for
of numbering cubits
is
this:
^D^X "two
my lord,"
Note.
etc. Isa. 53 Winer has of
10.
late (in his
cubits," Ex. 25: 10, 17; n'lSX

far as ten; in the later
addenda
to
Heb.
uhw 27:1, and so on as Hebrew vk& JT)SK 2 Ch 6:13;
1054) altogether denied the affirmative or demonstrative power of this particle (letter A), (and Rosenm. is not consistent with himself; see him on Job 17:13, and Hosea 12:12). Winer defends, in the
p.
Lex.
with numbers higher than ten, in the more ancient Hebrew, thus, nES D'B>n Gen. 6:15; in the later,
2, or bnijfjj niBN sCh. 3:4. Alsc kinds, and both in more ancient and later Hebrew it is joined by ?: HSSa y?"|K "four a by cubit," i.e. four cubits; nSS<a nsp a hun-
niBK
D'Btorj Eze.
42
to
numerals of
all
passages cited, the common signification, si, ob/ if, That whether; but his reasons are not convincing. the primary power was demonstrative, is strongly supported by the passage in Hosea, a very early [?] writer,
a
dred cubits," Ex. 27:9, 18;
36:15;
38:9.
The
o
.^
\^
G.
\',
and by the cognate

this
particle ID,
and
to
cubit was six palms, nor should the opinion be heeded which makes it only four a larger cubit of seven palms 7rra7ra\aioroe, is mentioned
;
common Hebrew
>
should be added the authority of the ancient versions, which is not to be lightly esteemed (see
Noldii Vindiciae, p. 408).
Eze. 40:5; 43:13, comp. 2 Ch. 3:3 ["this agrees with the royal cubit of the Babylonians ( Herod i. 178) and Egyptians see Bceckh, Metrol. Untersuch. p. 2 1 2, seq. 265, seq." Ges. add.] and the remarks in Thes.
;
compounded with other particles QNn twice at the beginning of a question, when put affirmatively: nonne? ecce? is not? Num.i7:28;
It is
p.
no,
113.
(1)
the
measure
Metaph. Jer. 51 13, "thy end is come, of thy rapine," i. e. the time when God
:
setteth
bounds and measure
to
thy wicked gain.
Job 6:
(2) cedes
13. (a) nonne? is not? ?D), Isa. 10:9. (5) if not,
(where there preunless, Ps.7:l3; Gen. 24:8. Hence after formula? of swearing, it is a etrong affirmation and asseveration (see above C, l, c), Num. 14: 28 Isa. 14:9; also in adjurations, Job l 1 1
; :
?"DN
(3) i.q. Q$ No. 6, metropolis. 2 Sam. 8:1, "and David took the bridle of the metropolis from the
hand of the
Philistines,"
i.
e.
he subjected
the.
metro-
polis of the Philistines to himself. Comp. the Arabian " proverb to give one's bridle to any one," i. e. to sub-
mit to his
Cons,
p. 41.
iv., p.
will.
2:5; 17:2; 22:20; 30:25;

for but, sed, fonbern
Isa.
5:9.
/zj/,
(c) It is
put
24.
Schult. on Job 30: 11, and Har. See Geschichte der Hebr. Sprache,
Isa.
(compare from K^'DX), Gen. 24:37, 38.
unless,
Ch.
(4)
foundation.
6:4, D'SDH
n'lON
the
s
pi. ninip^ (by insertion of the letter n, comp. Ch. |rn$ and Lehrg. p. 530), f. A HANDMAID, FEMALE SLAVE; *l$$ thy handmaid (for/), used even by a free woman when speaking to her superiors,
s -&}
foundations of the threshold." Comp. c^'U 7 CpWj

roots, beginning.
(5)
[Ammah~\,
pi.
pr.n. of a
hill,
2 Sam. 2:24.
Jud.l9:9; lSam.i:il, 16525:24, seq.; 2Sam.l4:i5 nnK-ja "son of a handmaid," i.e. (comp. ]HK). a slave, Ex. 23 1 2 Ps. 1 1 6 1 6. (Hence is derived
: ; :
pss
f.
Ch. a cubit, Dan. 3:1; Ezr. 6:3;
<?v?
)&<
i.
q.
no*$ which
see,
terror.
f.
the Arab, verb
Ul
to
be a handmaid.
the,
worthy of attention is
Utterly unidea that HDK handmaid, is

inito
(from the root B*?K)

id.
: ;
people, Arab,
pi.
:
Aram.
Gen. 25 16
derived from the root HDS, &^\
pacto indixit.)
Num. 25
15,
Only found in and DV3K Ps. 1 17
1.
Syr
ftN
prop.
i.
q.
DK, but always metaph. of the
LVIII
GN
Dan. 3:29. PL PSK emphat. D*L 3:4,7; 5:19; 7:14; Ezr.4:lO.

Oh.
f.
id.,
19;
Isa.
more
40:26.
fully with the addition of
03
Nali.
2:2
I. (l) workman, architect, i.q. IP.?, J12N 01. Prov. B 30 used of the hypostatic wisdom of God, the maker of tLe world. This word does not appear to
:
"VOK
6,
m. (root
head, top,
summit
No.l ["and see Hithp."]), tht (a) of a tree (SBtpfcl), Isa. 17:
have admitUjd the feminine form, any more than Lat. Plin. ii. 1, Artifex omnium artifex, ojriftx, whence
natura.
trx'-l? "on the highest top." (b) of a mountain (ipfel), id. verse 9; on which see the remarks in the notes to German translation, second edition.
TON
my
Quinct.
ii.
15, rhetorica persuadendi ojrifex.
[" See under the
art. niWJ?."]
Others understand son, or foster-child (from IPX No. l) [which is a better rendering]. (a) [-AmonJ, pr.n. (a) of a son of Manasseh, 26; 2Ch. king of Judali, 644642 B.C. aKi. 21 :i8
to
/<!jN or ''-?N TO LANGUISH, TO DROOP, prop. hung down the head. Kindred is /?X which see. In Kal part. pass, of a drooping heart, 26. 16: 30.
33:20,
in Ezr.
II.
seq.
(b) iKi. 2-2:26.
(c)
Neh. 7:59, called
2:57, 'P.
i.q.
jlDX
|ton multitude,
crowd,
Jer.
52:15.
( 1) to la aguish, poetry"]. of down their heads, Isa. used hanging plants prop, 24:7; hence used of fields, of a sick person, Ps. 6:3,
PULAL y?!?S [" only in
Root npn.
pr.n. of the supreme deity of the Egyptians, worshipped at Thebes with much devotion (see |iOX JO), Jer.46:25, called "Anfnav by the Greeks,
III.
where ^1?
(2)
to be
pfr A man,
24 4
:
is for fy?$P [" so M.aurer"]. sad, Isa. 19:8; of a land laid waste, 33:9; of walls thrown down, Lam. 2:8.
Isa.
it
is
only found in poetic language.
But
in prose there
and compared by them with Jupiter (comp. Herod. Diod. i. 13). On the Egyptian monuments he ii. 42; is generally drawn with a human form and a rain's The name is there written Amn ; more fully, head.
i.e. Amon the sun; see the citations in Thes. See also Kosegarten, De Scriptura Vett. Jgyptiorum, p. 29, seq. [" Wilkinson's Manners and
?0^
m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3:34.
Amn-Re,
see),
i^ an unused root, which like DP|, DPJJ (which appears to have had the power of to join togevs.
p. 115.
ther.
(Arab.
i.
to
be near, related.)
Hence
is
the
Customs of the Anc. Egyptians, second

seq."]
ser.
noun nOK
i.
p.
243,
q. DJ?
people, and
(from the root 1PK), m. (by a Syriacism, for PI. D'MDN prop. ?). faithfulness, Deu. 32 20. a faithful man", Pro. fidelities, Ps.3i .24. D'^DK
:
^pX [^4??iam], pr.n. of a town in the south of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:26.
BK
j'*-?^*
(l) prop. TO PROP, TO
STAY, TO SUS: ;
20:6.
K
Ex. 17
-.12,
HMOK VT W} "and his (Hoses') hands were
(from the root IPX),
f.
(i)
firmness.
TAIN, TO SUPPORT, jrufcen/ untcvftufcen/ specially (a) to support with the arm, to carry a child, Nu. 1 1 12 Lam. 4:5. Part. IPX Trmâywyoc, one who carries and
cares for a child,
Nu.
loc. cit.
Isa.
firm" (prop, firmness). ' s-j. (a) security (Arab.

to
49:23;
also,
one
Applied men, Ps. 37:3; Hab.2:4; to God, Deu. 32:4; Ps. 36:6; 40:11. Pi. ntoos Pro. 28:20.
(3) faithfulness, in fulfilling promises.
^ ^\
:
s -$
id.),
who guards and

Isa.33:6.
brings up, Est. 2:7.
2 Ki. 10: l,
(compare ^3??; Arab. .U to sustain, to nourish), f. n3p/K nurse, Ruth 4: 16; 2 Sa. 4:4. (b) to found, Hence K, flD to build up (kindred to H33, }3$). architect, workman, Saumctfter j n 5P^ column, tufte.
intrans.
Isaiah the prophet, Isa.
P&K
(2) ("strong"), pr.n. Amoz, the father of firm, unshaken, such l i 2:1; 13: l 20 2.
; ; :
med. E.
to be
as one
stayed up; hence to be may safely lean on.
'N
[Ami],
pr.n.
ra.
Ezr. 2:57.
It
seems to be
* corruption for
POX Neh. 7:59.
Metaph. to be faithful. Part. pass. D^-IDX faithful ones, iriarol, Ps. 12:2; 31:24. Compare
Isa.
26:3.
Arab.
^\
to
be
-
faithful;
<\ is
to lean
p:VpN
o, of
Amu;n
faithful"), pr. n. i.q. fapx. tlie son of David.
a Sa. 13:
and confide on any one;
_<T to trust, to
(z>
be secure.
NIPHAL
$N
(root I'PX),
(l)
l.-a.
to
support,
adj./irm, ttrong, Job 9:4,
children,
60:4.
to bear in the arms, at Compare Kal No. 1.
(a)
to be
founded, firm, stable,
e. g.
of a house,
faithful, trusty, Dan. 6:5;
8:45.
Syr
iSa. 2:35; 25:28; 283.7:16; i Ki. 11:38; of a firm place where a nail is driven in, Isa. 22 123, 25; of a firm and stable condition, Isa. 7 9.
:
..
workman, an
artificer, Cant. 7:2;

9
9
J.
(3)
to
be
of long continuance, perennial, of
water (opp. to 3T?N), Isa. 33:16; Jer. 15:18; of sickness, Deu. 28:59; f a covenant, Ps. 89:29.
(4) metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy, sure, such that any one can lean upon (ouf ben man bauen fann); of a servant, l Sa. 22: 14; Num. 12:7; a mes-
No. l, b. Syr. JjJô), Chald. is an inclination to this Aramaean form in the reading, JEN omman, which was in the copies of Kimchi, and Judah ben Karish.
compare the root JEW id., and there
l) verbal
adj.
firm, metaph. faithful
senger, Prov. 25:13; a witness, Jer. 42:5; Isa. 8:2; Ps. 78:8, of God, Deu. 7 9 Isa. 49:7; Hos. 12:1. " their ton p* spirit was not faithful with God." Part. 1O up r ig h t. Pro. 11:13; 27:6,
: ;
,^c\, Syr. Lj_OO|.) (Arab. ci*"

,.
Compare Apoc. 3:14.

:
^n$
'V.V?
&
Neutr.
fa
it
hfu In ess, fide I ity, Isa. 65
1 6.
3DN
D>
?'??
"upright
are the
wounds of a
tfyi*
friend," i.e. proceeding

lifegutgemeint.
from sincerity of mind,

:
(2) adv. truly, verily, Amen! Jer. 28:6. JQK1. Ps. 41:14; 72:19; 89:53. Its proper place is where one person confirms the words of another,
iN
bukes.
Also,
Wounds are here used for severe a man of approved wisdom, Job. 12
re20,
and expresses a wish

dictions : fiat, ita i Ki. i yivoiTo.
sit ;
:
for the issue of his
"
;
A m e n, s o b e it
Jer. 11:5;
l
vows or pre-
;"
LXX. well,
Deu.
(5) to be sure, certain, Hos. 5:9; of the word of God, Psa. 19:8; also, to be found true, confirmed,
36
Nu. 5:22;
Ch. 16:36.
Isa.
27:15, seq.; Neh. 5: 13; 8:6;
Gen. 42:20; iKi. 8:26.
lean upon, to build upon " Isa. etrcag 28:16, he that leaneth bauen), prop. (auf thereon [ belie veth in him] shall not flee away." GeHIPHIL,
|ON m. faithfulness,
"lÔN
f.
truth,
25:!.
PP^n
(1)
to
(i) a covenant ["prop, a confirma-
tion, a surety"], Neh. io:i; (Arab. JjLJ).
nerally
(2) figuratively to trust,
to
confide in
(like the
(2) something set, decreed,Lq. ph Neh. 11:23. To be understood of a daily portion of food furnished
to the singers.
Arab.
with e_>).
"behold he trusteth not in

=
Job 4:18, PDKI K> 1H3JS JH his servants;" Job 15:
(3) \_A
m a n a,
Isa.
Abana],pT. n. of a perennial
river,
5; 39 12 Ps. 78: 22, 32; 119:66. nirpa trusted in the Lord," Gen. 15:6; Vn3 "n
;
psn"he
K7"to
fear for
have no confidence for one's one's life, Deu. 28:66.

(3)
to
life," i.e. to
33:16), rising in Antilibanus and watering Damascus, 2 Ki. 5:12, from which that part of Lebanon was called by the same name, Cant. 4:8: [" most interpreters understand the river to be the
(compare
commonly followed 45 26 Ex. 4:1,8,9; Pro. 14:15; Ps. 106:24; followed by '? Ex. 4:5; Job 9: 16; also with an inf. Job 15:22, "he does not believe (hope) that he shall escape out of darkness
believe, absol. Isa. 7:9;
thing, Gen.
Chrysorrhoas,
f.
now
eZ-Burada"].
by h of person and
pr. supporting; hence, a 2 Ki. 18:16.
column, post.
JM
f.
(terrors)."
(2) truth;
(i) bringing up, tutelage, Est. 2:20. adv. in truth, truly, Josh. 7:20;
(4) perhaps intrans. to
stand firm,
still,
Job
Gen. 20: 12.
[Boot 1S.]
39:24, "she does not stand still where the sound of the trumpet is heard." Comp. Virg. Georg. iii. 83. From the common use of language it might be rendered,
pN
("faithful"),
Amnon,
pr.n.
(i) the
eldest son of David, killed by his brother Absalom ; 2 Sa. 3 : 2 ; 13 : Once called P^P which see.
139.
"he so longs for the battle that he hardly believes his own ears for joy." Compare Job 9:16;
29:24.
(2)
Ch. 4:20.
adv. (from i^X with the adverbial termina-
D3DN
II.
[ON HIPHIL pcxn
i.
q pp>n
.
to
turn
to the
tion D^-), in truth, truly, indeed, Job 9:2; 19:4., 5; Isa. 37: 18. V? D3r?N "it is true that," Job 12:2;
Ruth 3:12.
DJJpN
id.
ight, Isa. 30:21.
|ON
?
Chald. ATHEL, |?*n

?
to
trust, construed with

Part. pass.
Gen. 18:13; Nu.23:37.
Dan.
:4;
like the Syr. ci> *.:ocn.
tut.
r?^ v, TO BE ALERT, FIBV, STRONG

:
LX
(kindred to fpn,
DDH
to
be eager);
prop, of the
also
n 'V*?$ 2 Ki. 14:
9:11
alertness of the feet, rujh'g, rafd) auf ben gujjen fevjn/ to be strong in the feet, swift-footed (compare PIEL
calf, hostile to
34.
'.
Amos, Am. 7:10, Ch.6: 30. (4)1

T
-
seq.
(2) a priest of tin (3) l Ch. 4.
No. 1, fbtf and the Arabic use); figuratively used of an alert and strenuous mind, opp. to Vl? (to have the knees sinking, to be cast down in mind), 2 Ch.l3:l8. Followed by IP to prevail over any one, Gen. 25:23; Psa. 18:18; 142:7. r>PSl Piq "be strong and alert," i.e. of a strong and undaunted mind, Deu.
inf.
absol.
$3 Deu. 4: 10; lbS3

contr.; fut.
"HEX, const. "1OK; with prcf. Josh. 6: 8, but 'ibX ? always

1
1PN\ IpxM; -with conj. Aleph omitted ^llp* Ps. 139:20.
ace. ">OK'l;
with
(l) TO SAY, very frequent in the Old Test.
(The
--*
31:7,23; Josh. 1:6
18.
(Arab.^-jl
to
.
be
alert,
s-Z
nimble, used of a horse; whence ,jsî\
horse.)
>
T^ a nimble
primary signification is, to bear forth; hence, to T) 133, and bring to light, to say; compare ^3, K33 Greek <prjf.Li. Hence Hithp. also "TO?X summit, and nbx pr. mountaineer.) From 131 to s/>eo&,"M?X differs,
in the former being put absolutely, while ~>PX is followed by the words which any one speaks thus Lev. " l 2, D? vK JjnpNI '^"^ '.??'$? "i-?"! speak to the children of Israel, and say to them;" Lev. 18:2; 23:2,10; or Ex. 6:lO, "lbx{? ilBfo-^K njn* 13TJ1 "Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying," i.e. in these words, Also followed by an accus., Jer. thus, Exod. 13:!.
; :
strong, prop, failing feet, (l) Job 4:4; Isa. 35:3. Hence, to make the mind active and strong, Deu. 3:28; Job 16:5. 2 Ch. (2) to strengthen, Isa. 41:10; Psa. 89:22;
PIEL
H?K
to
make
11:17; Pro. 31: 17; 24:5.

2 Ch. (3) to restore, to repair a building, i.q. PJO 24: 13; also, to set up, to build, Pro. 8:28. = (4) to harden (the heart), Deut. 2:30; 15 75
S Ch. 36:13.
Ps. 80:18, "(whom) (5) to appoint, to choose. thou hast chosen for thyself," comp. verse 16; Isa. 44:14. HIPHIL intrans. to be strong, used of the mind, Ps. 27:14; 31:25. HITHPAEL. (l) to be alert, followed by a gerund; to do anything speedily, l Ki. 12:18; 2 Ch. 10: 18.
and thou shalt 14:17, n*n i3irrnx " say to them this word;" Gen. 44: 16, 12N3Tlp what shall we say?" Gen. 41 :54, lpV IDX TETga accord" to the ing to what Joseph had said;" Gen. 22:3, i? "!PK "^r'N. of which God had place 0*??$ spoken
to him,"
*?
i.
nn^ rn)
e.
Job 36:
10.
pointed out to him. Rarely followed by In a few and uncertain examples, and
:
those only in the later Hebrew, IPX seems to be put 131 2 Ch. 2 1O, n?V"j 37)33 DlfiniDK*} absolutely for " and Huram spake by letters, and sent nb7^7X
(2) to strengthen oneself, used of conspirators, aCh. 13:7. (3) to harden oneself, i.e. to be of a fixed mind, Ruth 1 18. Compare PJH. H?'N n ?*, W^, Pr n [Derivatives, H?8,
:
them
fact,
to
Solomon."
The very words
follow ;
but in
W,
pi. D'XOgj,
Zech. 6:3.
It
active, nimble, used of horses, occurs also verse 7, where indeed the
them to Solomon," should be included in a parenthesis, and 1OK*1 should be referred to the words of the letter; 2 Ch. 32:24, iV "ip.X'1 " and he (God) spoke with him." But this may also be exto him, ft fagte (eg) tt)m ju. plained, and he promised For very often after verbs of saying, pointing out, the
object
it is
" and sent
omitted (see Lehrg.

it
p.
borne in mind,
cussed passage,
that which
will
throw
light
This being 734). on the much dis

(sc.
it,
context demands D^tSTX red [?]. (Arab. ..j\ and s $ swift, active, used of a horse.)
Gen. 4: 8, " and Cain said
God had
it
^*i\
brother; and
field,
spoken, verse 7) to Abel his came to pass, when they were in the
lft& strength, Job 17:9.

rTOJpX strength, protection,
i.q. TVp,
Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and *Jew him." (Samar. and LXX. insert HlK'n il3^>3, StcXdw^c^
TO irttior. [So also Syr. and Vulg.]). Before the person to whom anything is said, is put ?X Gen-3:i6; 13:14; and? Gen.3:i7; 20:5,6. But both of these particle, although more rarely, indicate also the person q/*whom ono speaks; for instance 7^ 2 Ki. nox 19:32; Jer.2a:i8; 27:19; ^ Geo.2O:i3, 7 This is of me;" P8.3:3; 71:10; Jud.9:54.
Zec.l2:5.
l
tC
TO* ("strong"),
31.
[Amzi],
pr.n.
(l)
Ch.6:
(2) Neh. 11:12.
("whom Jehovah strengthened"),

Amaziah, pr.n. Uzziah, who held
(1) the son of Joash, the father of the kingdom of Judah from 838
seq.; a Chr. 25:1, seq.;
"say
811 B.C. aKi.l2:22; 14:1,
also put in the ace., Gen.
43
27,
"
your
father, the
LXI
">^$ of whom ye spake," i.e. whom PS 70 mentioned, verse 29 ; Nu. 14:31; Deu. 1:39;
old
man OR"!^
HIPHIL "VPK.H
to
cause
to
say; Deu. 26:
17,
" thou
139:20.
Specially to be observed
this or that, it is
i.
hast this day made Jehovah to s a y, or p r o i s e," etc. ; verse 18, "and Jehovah hath made thee promise,"
i.e.
(a) to
so,
say
to
anything
it q. to call
Ecc. 2:2. Part. pass.
"l-IDK
Isa.5:2O; 8: 12; so called, Mic. 2:7; com-
ratified the conditions of
ye have mutually promised, and accepted, and each other. In giving up

I
(b) to say, is sometimes i. q. to pare NIPHAL No. 2. 10 to Job 36 exhort, promise, 2 Ch. 32 24 to shew,
: :
the sense formerly proposed (Lehrg. p. 244), treated this passage at length in Thes. p. 121.
have
Ex. 19:25; to declare any one, i.q. to praise, to proclaim him, Ps. 40 1 1 Isa. 3:10. These distinctions
tell,
:
HITHPAEL TOSJpn to lift oneself up, to boast oneself, Ps. 94: 4; compare KalNo. 1. The words derived from this root, besides those that follow, are ~^!?N,
KIM? and TOt?O.
Ch. 3
TOK.J; inf.
fern. nTOS for J1TOK. Dan. 5:10; TOXD and TOO Ezr.5:'ll; part. TOK
;
are generally pointed out

(2)
(
by the context. te^lTOK Gen.l7:l7; Ps. 10:6,11; 14:1;

-
Isa.
fut.
i.q.
O _
<uljs
47:8 (Arab. <uu3
J\5,
JlS),
and
Heb.
(1) to say, with a dat. of pers. Dan. 2 25 with an accus. of thing, Dan. 7:1; also followed by the words spoken, Dan. 2:24; or written, Dan. 7 2
:
;
ta3/Y Hos. 7:2; also simply TOX to say in oneself, to think, to suppose, to will; (compare ^JH, rV2>, Arab.
.Jlijj
Greek
0^/z/, in
Homer and
the tragic poets.
fic
l
Forster mentions that some of the nations of the PaciOcean say, " to speak in the belly," for " to think").
(compare remarks on the Oriental usage of language on Lu. 1:63, in the London Classical Journal, No. 54,
:
my
p.
" 83.20:4; Gen. 44:28, and I think that he was torn of wild beasts;" Ex. a: 14, TOK nn " dost thou think to slay me?" LXX. p) arcXcTy yue 1 Ki. 5 19 (TV 0'Aie 2 Sa. 2 1 16 (LXX. Sievoelro)
PI. P")PK those who say, 240). they are saying, a periphrasis for the Passive it is said. Dan. 3:4,
W$Q
:
KJBPX PT?K
798.
PV
"unto you
Theod. \iytTin.
On
this
it is said, people." idiom compare Lehrg. page
Sa.
" 20:4; absol. Ps. 4:5,
meditate
Arab.
in
your own
heart upon your bed."

(3)
to
(2) to command, the Heb. Kal No. 3.
to
order, see the examples undei
command,
like the
<!.
especially in
the language of the silver age. Construed sometimes lOS followed by a gerund, Est. 1:17, fl?Tn Wtfft " he Vashti to be brought ;" Est. 4 13;
""fi?$ in sing, only with suff. npx Job 20:29, P'E'TOX constr/TOK (for the sing. abs. is used the form TOK) (i) a word, discourse, i.q. lin but only
commanded
9: 14. ["Also followed byl and a finite verb."] Neh. " and I r commanded, and they 13:9, nnt?*l riTO'KJ
purified," my command they purified; 2 Ch. TOKI a t the command 24:8, in* fns PJJ. of the king they made a chest ;" l Chron. 21:7; Ps.
i.e. at
:
in poetic language, except Josh. 24:27. pecially of the words of God ?K'npK Nu.
Used
es-
24:4, 16;
HOK TOK
15
;
^n
Pro. 22:21; Dyi TOK Pro. 15:26; Ps.ig: Prov. 6 2, etc. Gen. 49 2 1, " Naphtali is fijjg nn-17^ a slender hind, lp.f n.DK |ri3H who utters fair
:
words,"
although
i.e.
105:31,34; Jon. 2: 11; Job 9: 7. (In Chaldee the former construction is found, Dan. 2:46; 3:13, the
latter, Dan. 5:29. tan, and Arabic.)
be referred
it
to
pleasant, persuasive words, which may some poetic talent of the .Naphtalites,
*
frequent in Syriac, SamariElsewhere followed by an ace. of the thing (as in Latin, jubere legem,fccdus), 2 Ch. 29 :24. "for all Israel the king had commanded this burnt i 1OX Dr6 offering," sc. to be instituted l Ki. 1 1 18, ? "he commanded food for him," sc. to be furnished him Job 22 29 with a dat. of pers. 2 Sa. 16 1 1 NIPHAL TOM; fat. TOK and TOKJ (i) to be said, with ^ and of pers. Nu. 23:23; Eze. 13:12. It
It is
1
jects that
otherwise unknown. If any one obwords cannot properly be attributed to a hind, it is to be observed, that Jflln refers to Naphtali and not to H7*K a hind, and therefore we do not need
is
the conjecture of Bochart,
reading n?'K and ^"P5?.

see
who followed the LXX., [" For this use of the art. n,
Heb. Gram. 107, init."] a command, mandate. Job 20:29, ^H? 'NO np "the lot of his command from God/' Comp. TOK No. 3.
(2)
pi.
also stands like the Latin, dicitur, dicunt,
Gen. 10:9;
Syr.
\-
pSK
82:14; Nu. 21:14.

(2) ? TO^.1 there is said to any one (this or that), Le. he is (so) catted, Isa.4:3; 19:18; 6l:6; 62:4;
.
m. Ch. a lamb, Ezr. 6:9, 17 7

s*
s ~*
17.
--?.
Arab.
.^,
J^j
a lamb.
Root
,1
Conj
Hos.t.1.
I,
IV. to
make
much;^,!
to
become much;
"iencf
LXII
It might also be, progeny prop, progeny of the flock. of the flock, so called from the idea of producing, N> [Amrapkef], (perhaps contr. from "IBK, and ^SN, the commandment which went forth), n. of a king of Shinar, i.e. Babylonia, in the time
K,
pr.
see
under the root ~"?^ No.
i.
"TDK ("talking," "loquacious"),

(l) Jer. ao:l.
*"lfiX
i.
pr.n.
/mmer.
of Abraham, (Jen. 14:1,9.
(a) Ezr. 2:59; Neh. 7:61.
q.
"ID. K,
the forms of which
it
adopts in
pi.
poetic word (1) a word, speech, Ps. 19:4.
(2) specially, a
epinicium, Ps.
:
poem, hymn
;
(tn-oe),
Psa. 19:3;
68 12 Hab. 3 -.9. a (3) promise of God, Ps. 77:9. (4)0 thing, something, like "ft^,
s^f-
nc ps, from the root ncto to do at n evening, compare "^^ from ?^). (l) yesternight, and adv. in yesternight, Gen. 1 9 34! 3 J 2 9>4 2 also, yesterday, i.q. ?iOJ;> 2 Ki. It denotes the latter 9:26. part of the previous natural day, not the conventional, i.e. yesterday even-
Vfa$
(for
L^
Jb
ing and night; whence
it
is
used to denote evening
22:28.
and night
morrow
a thing.
i.
.
Arab.
in general, just as words which signify toFor we are often applied to the morning.
in
^\
commonly carry
the mind.
memory
the end of yesterday,

is
q IPX, -Ifc, and, like the former of these, only poet, a word, speech, especially the word of God, Ps. 18:31; 119:38, 50, 103, 140; Deu. 32 2 also, a hymn, sacred poem, Gen. 4: 23
;
: ;
rTTpN p l. rvnpK
while the beginning of to-morrow
impressed upon
See Arabic i-*<
adv. yesterday,
Ps. 17:6.
f.
Compare L~< to do at evening; and as yesterday. used of to-morrow, Heb. ~>i?.3 in the morning, and
to-morrow,
like the
id.
Lam.
a: 17.
Germ.
SXorgenj Gr. avpinv,
from
s
Simonis, prop,
ite, collect.
- -
(according to the probable conjecture of J. mountaineer, from the unused "ION
avpa the morning breeze;

the morning,
j,
Arab.
ijur
'i\j>~.
the time of
elevation, mountain, see
under IPN No.l), an
A mo r-
to-morrow,
adv. to-morrow.
Amorites (LXX.
'Apoppaioi), a nation of
Hence
flee nxb>p-1 nxit? t?p.X into
Canaan, and apparently the greatest and most powerthem all, and whose name is sometimes used in a wider sense, so as to include all the nations of Caful of
(2) night, darkness, generally. Job 30:3, "they the night," or"darkness
of a desolate waste."
31, and Isa. 42:16.
tionis,
i.
The
naan, Gen. 15: 16; 48:22; Am. 2:9, 10; Deu. l:2O. part of them dwelt in the mountainous region which
tribe of Judah, where to five kings, Gen. 14:7, 13; Nu. were subject they 13:29; another part of them lived beyond Jordan, to
pathless desert to night and darkness.

e.
Orientals well compare a See Jer. 2 6,

:
Rosenm. renders
;
heri desola-
was afterwards occupied by the
places long ago desolated

as the
,
btit,
in opposition
to this,
i+*\
is
Arabian grammarians expressly
the north of
:
Arnon (Num. 21
(Nu. 2 1 24). and even beyond this part of them were subject to two kings, one of whom ruled in Heshbon, the other in Bashan (Deu.
13), as far as Jabbok this river (Nu. 32 : 39) ;

:
remark,
only used of time just past.
HK
(1) np.Sl
for
rOP
f.
with
sufF. 'np$f, \T\KK.
4:47; Josh. 3:1O).
("eloquent"), [/rori], pr.n.

9:4.
(2) NeH.,3:s.
('
(i)
Ch.
firmness, stability, perpetuity. Isa.3g:8, D'l?K> "peace and stability," i.e. firm and stable peace, by lv lia. $voit>, compare No. 2; also "a Josh. 2 12, nox DIX token of secusecurity.
:
rity,"
of," i.e.
i.e.
secure or certain.
""l^^f
mised, as
(l)
1
whom Jehovah spoke
pro-
if
(2) faithfulness, fidelity, in which any one is consistent and performs promises (Sreuc unb lauben).
Chr.5-.33 (Eng.Ver. 6:7).
Theophrastus), [Amariah'], pr.n. (2) i Chr. 5:37
(Eng.Ver.6:ll); Ezr. 7: 3. (3) Neh. 10:4; ia:a, 13. NcL. 11 :4. (6) Zeph. l :i.
Comp^nnog
No.l.
(4) Ezr. 10:42. (5) (7) see *nno No. 2.
Applied to a people, Isa. 59: 14, 15; to a king, Psal. 45:5; to God, Ps. 30:10; 71:22; 91:4. Very often Ps. 25 1O 40 1 1 57 4, 1 1 108 5 joined with 138:2; and by lv lia Ivoiv the constant and perIDT nfe'l to be understood. petual favour of God is
^n
rrp$
11.
(id.), [AmariaK], pr.n. (i) 2Ch.i9: (2) lCh.24:23; called also nnOK iCh.23:ig. (3) 2 Ch. 31 ".
ripxi "to shew sincere good will to any one,'' Gen. 24:49; 47:29; Josh. 2:14; a Sam. 8:6; 15:80.
DJ?
(3) probity, uprightness, integrity of rnind
nnnox
Ex. 18:21,
LXIll
HEX.
W?
:
*X3B>
1
^X
"upright men,
:
onomat. TO GROAN, TO SIGH,

19:8.
idfcen, jlotjnen
ju
Jud. 9 16, 19. Opp. hating covetousness.' Neh. 7:2; to y?H Prov. 8 -.7. Specially it is integrity(of a judge), " the Ps. 1 9 l o, s t ic e. judgments of God are u p-
Hence
is
derived the noi.n

'"1J3S.F1.
i"IJ3X.
Isa.3:2G. Gr. aria
(ariaw, arta^w), and

',
II.
n^X
not used in Kal,
to
right, just;"
16:5; Prov.2g:i4; also sincerity Josh. 24:14; i Sam. 12:24; opp. to dissimulation, 1 Ki. 2:4; Isa. 10:20. Gen. 42:16; Deut. (4) truth, opp. to falsehood, D'~1OX " words (which 22:2O; 2 Sam. 7:28; HOX
Isa.
approach,
in time,
to
meet^
\\
to
,
be
present.
Conj.
Arab.
\\
to IK;
fit
time.
!
V, X.
to delay, to
have patience (prop,
to give oneself time), to hold back.

,
22:21. Applied to the word of are) truth," Prov. God, Ps. 119:142; to prophecies, Jer. 26:15; to a Hence njrP nDX " the servant of God, Isa. 42 3. truth of the Lord," often used for his true doctrine and worship, Ps. 25:5; 26:3; 86:ll.
:
to
,
meet
PIEL, to cause anything to happen to any one, or with any one (used of God), Ex. 21:13.
to
PUAL,
to
be
caused
to
meet,
i.e.
to
light upon,
nnrifiX
constr.
f.
ninJrlpX
nn to spread out), pi. (from the root a sack. Gen. 42:27, seq.; 43 :1 ^,
befall (oon (Sort 5ugefcl)tcft erfyalten), as misfortune, Prov. 12:21; Ps. 91:10. HITHPAEL, to seek occasion for hurting another; construed with ? 2 Ki. 5 7.
:
Derivatives
W,
HJ3X,
No.
II.
for ri3X,
21,22.
TlpN ("true"), [_Amittai\,^r.n. of the father of Jonah the prophet, 2 Ki. 14:25; Jon. 1 1.
:
whit her f
Ch.
7, see
see
X?^.
^ftOtf Ch. f. (for JV-) strong, mighty, Dan. 7 17. Root jno Arab, to be strong, mighty.
jtf
adv. of interrogation,
coritr.
from
1?X
No.
II.,
pr.
where? JXC whence? 2 Ki. 5:25 (in 3m). Hence whither? where? Used of time, how long? ]*$~Wuntil when? how long? Job 8:2. With n parag. local H3X (i) whither? also without an interrogation, Joshua 2:5; Neh. 2:l6. Isa. 10:3, D3"p23 -njyri n3X Constr. is
pregnant,
-13n3K in one i.q. passage, Jer. 42 6 ari3. frequent form (which is also used in the Rabbinic) is from *?S, like n3J<, from ^?3K and from -13. In np this are abridged the suffixes -13, W
^^? we,
less
This
indeed, there occurs the common doubt that 13X is genuine.
13P13X,
but
have no
"whither
(2)
(mil ye carry and where)
will
ye leave
2 :44,
f.
Ch. pron. i.q. Heb. DH they, those, Dan. P|S 7: 17. [" And in this passage for sunt,
your riches?"
2: 19. (3) used of time, n3S"lJ7 until Ex.. 16: 28; Ps. 13:2; Job 18:2,
where? Ruth
they are. to be i'3S
when? how long?
>'3j? j-iDt>ri fUK-is P?O^ "how long (until when) will ye make an end of words?" H3X hither and (4) without an interrogation, H3X)
fern, form would seem but TIN stands in all the editions so e. g. Ex. 1 19, Onk. The form )-13X comes from \^$, and r.?^ or P?K, from jn?^ the demonstrative syllable JK So also in the Talmud (ecce!) being prefixed. in3S -ln. See under 33, and Heb. Gr. p. 292, 293,
;
;
The more regular
13th
edit." Ges.
.
add.]
In Targg. also psn
f.
}3n.
thither, i Ki. 2
36, 42.
|^
i.q. fix Heliopolis.

:
Syr. .Qjcn and ^jucn. (Incorrectly given by Winer, hi, hce, which is p?^.)
^J^f Ch ccmin. 7, Dan. 2 8, more often H3X. 2:23; 3:25; 4:6. It is the genitive, Dan. 7:15. See
Lehrg. p. 728.
(l) a
man
;
(see
below C 3),
i.q.
but only in poetic language.
It is
be read anna, not onna), interj. of entreaty, compounded of fiX and pr. ah, quceso! ah, I pray! Followed by an imperative, Gen. 50:17, or a fut. apoc. i. e. an optative, Neh. 1:5; elsewhere absolutely, Ex. 32:31 Dan. 9:4. It is also written H3K 2 Ki. 20:3;
8|
(to
gular in sense, Ps. 55 :i4 Job the whole human race, Job 7:17; 15:14; Psal. 8:5. [This latter passage applies to Christ solely; see Heb.
2 : 6.] The same is Câwf? Ps. 144 : 3. Specially it is (a) a multitude, the common people; hence Isa. 8 :
tJ'ISS t2"T,nil
i
rarely used as a sin5:17; generally coll. of
Isa.
38:3; Jon. 1:14.
writing," i.e. with common letters, not those artificially formed, so as to be illiterate. Comm. on Comp. easily read by the
"with
common
my
I.
n)N
(from H38, Arab.
<tff)
i.q.
n 3?, P3,
the passage, Ap^c. 13 18 ; 21:17, and Kara avdpvwov

:
LXIV
Gal. 3: 15.
[This
to
is
no
opposes
God
man\.
illustration at all, the apostle (6) wicked men, Ps. 9:20;
comp. 2Ch.8:i8;
Vulg. constantly,
T J^f f.,
Ki. 10:22, concr. 2 Ch.g:2l*
classis;
Syr. ships.
Comp. DIK No. i. (2) pr.n., [Enos], Enosh, the son of Seth, the grandson of Adam, Gen. 4:26; 5:6,9.
56:2; 66:12.
the
noun of unity of the preceding, a ship,

=
M JcS
T
a root not used in Kal, kindred to the roots

Joel l:l8
n3SNo. i,pJK, P83. NlPHAL, TO GROAN, TO SIGH, Ex.2:23;
Pro.30:l9; Jon.l:3,5; pi. Gen.49: 13; Jnd.5:l7; iniD ni3K "merchant ships," Pro. 31 14; ni3K Bênj-1 " ships of Tarshish," Isa. 23:1; used generally of large merchant ships (see B^Bhri), 2 Ch. 9:21;
Ps.48:8; Isa.2:l6;
9:27.
"l ?v T No.L
f.,
ni3X #:
"sailors," l
Kings
'Aram. Ethp. id.). Construed with ^H Eze.Sl:l2, v and IP Ex. 2:23, of the thing which is the cause of
the groaning.
Hence
sorrow, mourning,
Isa.
29:2. Root H3K
nn^Nt f., pi. nin3$ a groan, a sigh, Ps.3l:ll; Lam. 1:22; Isa.21:2, PinroX^S "all the sighing on account of it (Babylon)," Isa. 35 10 51:11.
: ;
("sorrow
pr.n. m.,
l
of the people"),
[Aniam],
Ch.7:ig.
i.q. HTgiV;
^rn^5
which
is
pron.
pi.
comm. we, the common form from

.
o-
m., Lai. plumbum, LEAD,

for
shortened 13H3 (Arab.
^^).
plumb
a
line;
i.e.
Am. 7: 7,
line to
^3$
nin
hence, " a wall of a

;
plumb
will set
line,"
erected perfectly true
verse 8, "I
i.e. I
:i6,i7; Ezr.4:i6.
plumb
my
by
people Israel,"
rule
n3NI Anaharath,
pr. n.
of a place, Josh.
will destroy all things as if
19=19]
? pers. pron. l pers. common; /, q. *?3K which see. Pleon. it is joined to the first person of the verb, especially in the books
pare
Isa.
34: 11; 2 Ki. 21 13.

:
and line; comThis word seems to
*P^f,
with distinctive ace. *3K

i.
Arab, verb t^>\ to be thick, troublesome, slow; fcfyroerfitlig fe^n/ seems to be denom. from lead, prop, to be leaden. To this anbe primitive, or
at least the
of the silver age, as '3$ '?>7?K Ecc. 2: 1,11,12,15,
18,20;
3:17; 4:1,2,4,7;
7:25.
the nominative, put only for the such have preceded; see Lehrg. 727. [Heb. Gramni. It sometimes includes the verb substan119,4.]
tive,
commonly oblique cases when
It is
swers the Arab. tj_j\, Syr. l^_> , Êthiop. transp. 9 A ft ; and even the Armen. U/ULUCJ. anak, all of
which comprehend both black and white
lead.
(am), Gen. 15 7
:
24:24.
rather
coll.
D jN
a fleet. (Arab.
especially a water
(Milra) in pause with the tone changed *?3K
?$ comm. a ship, or
s-~,t
i This is pers. com. /, i.q. (Milel), pers. pron. the original and fuller form, and is, on the whole, ra-
^.
*U^
plur. <Lj\
and
<
J^.\
vessel,
vessel, urn, pitcher, so called
from holding and con-
j\ Conj. IV. Words signifying ships are often taken [as in English] from those
taining;
ther less frequent than the shorter, though in the Pentateuch it is more often found, while in some of the later books, as Chronicles and Ecclesiastes, it does
compare
not occur at
nician
all.
This
is
not only found on the Phoeii. s.
monuments
compare Greek youXoc milkpail, and yauXoc ship, Herod, iii. 136; Heb. nan and KE3 **? Isa. 18:2; also Germ. (i;efd^ often used by sailors for l Ki. lO:li it is 26, 9 27 hip.) (where joined with a verb masc.), verse 22, Isa. 33:21 (in both these places
(see Inscript. Citiensis
Oxo-
meaning
vessels;
in languages of another stock there. niensis), but also is what resembles it; compare Egypt. AMOK, AUP, Sanscr. aha (aham), Chinese ngo, Greek t'yti, Latin
ego,
Germ.
id).
The
shorter form *?^ accords * 9*

J.j|,
more
with a
fern.).
In
all
these passages
it
appears to be
nearly with the
Aram.
W^, Arab.
lj^ Êthiop
collective, to
according to
tatis in
which answers the noun of unity '"^X, the analogy of nomina vicis et singularis-<*
s<~
M:.
[" Note. The striking resemblance of the Hebrew personal pronouns to those of the ancient Egyptian language, appears from the following table in which
:
Arabic as ^_7 one stalk of straw, straw >rJ
Gramm. Arabe, i. 577), whence it also has DO plural. The author of the Chronicles twice puts
(de Sacy,
explanatorily in the plural
J"ii'3X
the capital letters are those found in the ancient writing, and the small vowels are inserted from the
(see l
Kings 9:26,
Coptic
Pron. eep.
1.
Suffix.
ANoK
m.
f.
2.
a.
3. 3.
pi. i.
eNToK eNTO
eNToF eNToS
A, L K.
T.
F.
S.
angry (compare Tpn

Ps. 2
l
:
Ps. 10:5). Const, either absol

;
60 3 79 5 or with ? of object, Isa. 12:1; Ki. 8 46 Ps. 85 6. It is only used in loftier and
1
poetic language; in prose there
is
used
m.
f.
ANaN
eNTOTeN
eNTSeN
2.
3.
N. TeN. SeN.
:
HITHPAEL, prop, to show oneself angry, hence i.q. Kal construed with ?, Deu. l 37 4:21; 9 8, 20. Derivat. |K No. II.
;
: '
This table shews clearly the following points (a) all the Egyptian separate pronouns are compounded
by prefixing
to the
proper kernel of the pronoun the
v only in pi. (for the Dual, which I gave in 2nd [Germ.] and which has been given also by Winer, is not used in this word) T? 3 ^ Ch. i. q. Heb. &%$ face. Dan. 2:46; 3:19. In Targ. more often contr.
edit.
which must have had a demonstrative meaning, and served to give more (b) This body and force to the pronominal word. prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and second persons:
prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,
1.
?N.
["Gen.32:30; Deu.l:l7; 34:10;
f. the name of an unclean bird of which there were several species (33/P^). Lev. 11:19; Deu. 14 18. LXX. xapadpioc, i. e. a bird living on the hollows and banks of rivers ["perhaps, sand-piper""]. Bochart
=
SJN
an-oki, an-i
pi. l.
2.
an-ta (sometimes an-kci).

2.
f.,an-ti,
(Hieroz.ii. 335, sqq.) renders
it,
angry
bird, with the
an-t.
an-ahhnu;
-in3X
an-tem, an-ten.
person has
it
not in biblical
The third Hebrew, but the Talmud
Hebrews themselves, and he understands, the bird

^s^c
;
for flnj$._( c ) he, ipse; pi. frequently had the demonstr. prosthetic syllable an, in (jN) has a clear analogy to the Heb. demonstr. }n ecce! lo.' and
J$
i.
e.
a kind of eagle, so called from
its
angry dis-
position.
Among
irascible birds, is also the
parrot,
which
is
here understood by both the Arabic versions.
may originally not have been prefixed to the third person in Hebrew, because this could not be pointed But we clearly find the same syllable at as present.
in the
pjN - (l) prop. TO STRANGLE,

hence used of
or sorrow;
Jer. 51
:
cries extorted
ANGUISH, by very great anguish,
BE IN
nun epentheticum (so called), inserted in the sufand there is, therefore, scarcely a doubt that this Nun belongs strictly to the pronoun. For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns, see Heb.
fixes of verbs future
;
(compare the common an!en). Kindred roo's are P3H, p3y, and those which spring from them, ay-î, ai'ayoj,
2Cngftgcfd)ret)
:
52
Eze. 26 15.
angere, angustus, enge/

for
Tfngjt,
more softened H3X, H3K,
Gramm.
pp. 293, 294, thirteenth edit., Leipz., 1842."
Ges. add.]
^S? notused in Kal; Ch.

4-s.
}3tf
TO BE SAD,
SORROW-
P.3t, Syr, ,fijj id. (2) from the idea of strangling (see PP.H), has sprung the signification of collar (p3V),to adorn with
a3.
Ch.
a collar
groan.
(see P?V)>
FUL, TO
to
MOURN; Arab.
t.3iXJjin
and of neck ,jr.

is
From
ifa
\ to
slender neck, a she-goat or kid
called in
Arabic
HITHPOEL
prop, to
shew oneself sad; hence,
co mp Jam, Lam. 3:39; with the added notion of
vli, as
if
long-necked, SangtjalSj in
Hebrew perhaps
impiety,
Nu.
1.
formerly p.W, p.^, comp. .^. to have a slender neck. From the goat is derived the word for roe 1p^?, which
TO URGE, TO
:8, 1'K
COMPEL, TO PRESS, TO FORCE;

Once found,
the guests to
frequently in
see.
kindred roots are JvN, fW, which see. " none did WiK Est. l
drink.
NiPHAL,i.
q.
(This root occurs

7]|,
compel" much more
"moan
np3X
12:6.
silently," let
Kal No. l. Eze. 9:4; 24: 17, D^ no one hear thy moans.
st.
P.3XH,
const,
np_3X
f.
Targg. Heb.
}T), P$?5 Syr. Ethpe.

ifloj) for tV/3iao;uai,
^njJLJ
to
(1) clamour, groaning (KnQfatffyrty), Mai. 2:13;

as of captives, Ps. 79:
1 1
;
be compelled.
102 21
:
Pa.
of the wretched,
Sap. 14: 19.
DJN
tery
Ch.
id.,
giveth
fut.
Dan. 4: 6, thee trouble."

5)3X
D3KT^ TT^?
no mys-
race, taking their

also to emit
(2) Lev. 11:30; a kind of reptiles of the lizard name from the groaning noise like
grief,
it
i.
an exclamation of
^JkS
TO
BREATHE,
breath
LXX., Vulg. render

See Bochart (Hieroz.
which some lizards make. mus araneus, shrew mouse

1068, seq.)
through the nostrils, as a verb only figuratively, to be
LXVI
N
SICK, ILL
E^JX,
f.
i.
q.
e|3 Syr.
sick,
i.n_i
AT EASE.
ill,
It
nyu^
(comp. Gr. voirog) TO BE occurs only in Part. pass. used of a disease or wound,
an tarased
root, i.q.
Arab, ^jj]
and B
uch as is scarcely curable, Jer. 15:18; Mic. 1:9; Job 34:6; of pain, Isa. 17:11 (like nîn, r6ri3); of a
calamitous day. Jer. 17:16; of malignant disposition
if
being interchanged; see under T), to be harmed, to receive hurt, and transitive to hurt. Cognate per-
haps
is is
the
Aram.
KDK_,
j^)
to heal, i.e. to restore
what
heal.
hurt; compare ^c.j to be sick, Conj. HI. to

KDif.
mind, Jer. 17:9.

NIPHAL,
to be
Hence pDK and

m., a
very
ill,
Sam. 12:15.
box for
ointment, 2 Ki.4:2.
Root "^D
a primitive word, in sing, not used, signifyThe ing A M A N, vir, hence homo, man in general. Hebrews used for it the contracted and softer form
to anoint.
., harm, mischief, from which any one Gen. 42: 4, 38; Ex.2i-22,23. Root nDK.
suffers,
I
K*K (comp. Gr. 11$ for Ire, gen. troc), a man, vir, also the prolonged form t?13X homo. From the primary form The signiis the fern. HB K for ntMK, and pi. &VM. fication of sickness and disease which is found in the root S?3X, is taken from another source (from the theme C'3) altogether foreign to this noun as a root.
;
Ecc.7:26; 1-lDSn TV?

i.e.
(from the root ">DK) pl. D^DS. m. a Jer. 37: 15, "house of bond,''
prison.
Ch.
id.
Dan. 4:12; Ezr. 7 26.

:
(Dan. 2 10), emphat. state *&}$ Dan. i:38, and KBWj 5:21, and N03X 4:13, 3.7,3, Ch. a man, and coll. me 71,4:29, 30. tTJ^ T3 i. q. D"]^}3
:
N!
&
(from the root ^PX) m., gathering, or harPj ves t of apples andfruit, Ex. 23:16; 34 22 after the
: ;
DX
analogy of the similar nouns
"^Vi^, "^r],
^10-
a son of man, i.e. a man, [?] Dan. 7:13, "behold there came with the clouds of heaven &M ~O3 the likeness of the Son of man." The king is pointed
out of the
Messiah.
fifth
empire of the earth,

this
i.
e.
that of the
*VDJ< (from the root TDK) pl. D^DK. a captive, 18 Ps. 68 7. It differs from TWK, which retains the force of a participle, while "Vp^? is used as a substantive; see Gen. 39:20.
Job 3
passage of Daniel [together with many others, Ps. 8:5580:18] was taken that appellation of the Messiah which in the time of our
From
"W?^ m.
(b)
(l)
id., Isa.
(2) pr.n. [Assir].
(a)
10:4; 24:22; 42:7. Ex.6: 24; i Ch.6,7.
lCh.6:8,22.
an unused
:
Saviour was the most used of
all,
namely
the
Son of
root,
fr
man. name
Besides the
New
Test, there are traces of the
i.
q. QIB> to place, to
3
lay up,
in the apocryphal book of Enoch, written about the time of Christ's birth, while Herod the Great was
.*
compare Aram. 1?^ ^coj (O and

,
being interchaug-'
9 9
P'
yet alive, see cap. 46, Ms. Bodlei. and Eng. Vers. published by Laurence at Oxford, 1821. Pl. KP3K. J}3
ed),
to
heap
up, to lay
up
whence
\JLCQ]
an?
Dan. 2:38; 5:21. PI. OT3K. (in the Hebrew form) Dan. 4:
provision, store, heaping up; N*3pK
store-
house.
14.
Hence
pl.
Ch. pron. 2 pers. sing, m., thou, Dan. 2 :2g, 3,37,38; 3:10: 5:13,18,22,23; 6:17,21, in a>ro. The form is a Hebraism, peculiar to the biblical
^V?^
storehouses, Deu.28:8; Pro.3:io, commonly underground, now called Matmurdt L^
*P^f
which
in the East are
Chaldee, instead of the common PI3.X, FIN comm. gen., *nd thus it is not acknowledged by the Masorites, who mark the n as redundant, and always substitute the
S a n unused and uncertain hide; see CDX. Hence
root,
Aram,
to
[" J1FON Ch. ye, pron. 2 pers. Targg. written pnK."]
pi.
Dan. 2: 8.
In
I^jpN [A snah~\, pr.n. of a man, Ezr. 2:50. Taken as an appellative, the meaning is either storehouse, or else bramble, i.q. Ch. N.?pX; Iltb. njp.
NDtf
pr.n.
("harm ing," or, as I prefer, "physi-
ISJP^ (LXX.
cian") borne by (i) [Asa], a king of Judah, the on of Abijah, grandson of Rehoboam, who died after a reign of forty-one years, B. C. 9 1 4. i Ki 15:934;
I Ch.
[Asn app
r], Ezr.
'AT<T>'n^>p: Vulgate, Assenaphar\ 4 i o, the name of a king, or rather

:
satrap, of the Assyrians, who is brought colonies into Palestine.
mentioned as having
14
16.
(a)
Ch. 9: 16.
rO&N
[Astnath'], Egyptian
pr.
n of the daughtei
.
LXVI1
o p Potipherah,priestofHeliopolis,
ried,
whom
Joseph mar-
Gen. 41 45
:
46
20.
The LXX., whose authority
has some weight in Egyptian names, write it 'Avcvify I would write MS. Alex. 'AtrtwiQ, which in Egyptian o^ *r
Those who bring up the rear, keep together, and colcompare PIEL, No. 3. NIPHAL (l) to be collected, gathered together: construed with 7K Lev. 26:25; 7J? 2 Sa. 17:11; ?
lect the stragglers
;
AC-II6IT she who is of Neith (i.e. Minerva of the Egyptians), from AC (she is), like Asisi AC-HCG she who is (devoted) to Isis. Differently explained by
Jablonsky in Opusc. ii. 209 Panth. Êgypt. i. 56. As to Neith, see also Champollion, Pantheon Egyptien, No. 6.
;
2 Ch. 30 3
:
of the place to which any are gathered
together, although
signifies against,
?J? in this phrase more frequently Gen. 34:30; Ps. 35:15. i3T?&i> ^19^3 Gen. 49: 29; Vn'napx Jud. 2:10, and simply PlP^j Nu. 20:26, " to be g a t h e r e d to one's people, to one's
fathers;" used of entering into Hades, where the Hebrews regarded their ancestors as being gathered to-
imp. *|b,
nsps Nu.n:i6;
pi.
Ps
gether.
is
; 50:5; fiit.|bS; in pi. and with suff. DK, J3pN!; more rarely with N quiescent, or cast away *!?*, ^'l, flQX i Sa. 15:6; 2 Sa.6:l; Ps. 104:29, prop. TO
This gathering to one's fathers, or one's people, distinguished both from death and burial, Gen.
SCRAPE, TO SCRAPE TOGETHER,

cogn. to the verbs SJ1D (whence
jufammenfdjarren,
wind), HQp;
also
'IP*,
sweeping whirland with the harsher sjpn
HMD
(which see); hence

(1) to collect, as fruits, Ex. 23:10; ears of corn, Ruth 2:7; money, 2 Kings22:4; also to assemble men, a people, peoples, etc., Ex. 3: 16; Nu. 21:16;
The principle is dif35:29; 2Ki.22:20. which ÎPK} is used of gathering the dead bodies of those slain in battle for burial, Jer. 8 2 26.29:5; Job 27: 19. ^2) to be received (compare Kal No. 2); used of the leper, i. q. to be healed, Nu. 12: 14; Jer. 47: 6;
2 5:8;
ferent of the passages uv
reflect, to receive,
or betake oneself (into the sheath),

Isa.
of a sword.
(3) to be taken away, to vanish, to perish, l6:lO; 6o:2O; Jer.48:33; Hos.4:3. PIEL (i)i-q- Kal No. i, to gather, collect, 62:9. (2)
2 Sa.
2 28. Const, with

:
an
ace., also
sometimes with
?K of the person or place to which any one is conand he gregated; Gen. 42: 17, Tiysforh* DH'X fpsn assembled them into the prison;" i Sam. 14:52;
2
Isa.
Sam.ll:27; Gen.6:2l Hence
also
/% 2 Kings 22:20.
to receive, /as a guest, Jud. 19:18. (3) i.q. Kal No. 6, to bring up the rear, Nu.lO:25; Josh. 6 9,13; Isa. 52: 12.
=
(2) to take to oneself, to receive to oneself, especially to hospitality and protection, Deu. 22:2; Josh.
20:4; njrvsp 'S^pSsKi.s^seq. "to receive any one from leprosy," i. e. to heal a leprous person, after
PuALpass. of Kal No. l,tobe </a/ieree?, Isa. 24:22; 33:4HITHPAEL, to be assembled, Deu. 33:5.
The
derivatives follow, also
TP?.
which he would be again received into intercourse with other men.

(3)
1
to
gather upto
he
one,
to
contract,
draw back;
Gen. 49: 33,
Sa. 14:19, T3J
drew up his feet into the bed;" epS draw back thy hand," i.e.
pr.n. (" collector"), Asap h. (l) a Levite, chief of the singers appointed by David,! Ch. 16:5, who is celebrated in a later age as a poet and prophet (2 Ch.
29:30), to
whom
" the stay from what thou hast begun; Joel 2:10, stars Dn tops shall drawback their brightness," i.e. Hence they shall shine no longer. (4) to take away, especially that which any one "
ascribed in their
the twelve psalms 50; 73 83 are titles, and whose descendants (\3?
5]pX), even in the time of E2ra and Nehemiah, are mentioned as having occupied themselves with sacred verse and song (lCh.25:l; 2 Ch.2O:l4; 29:13;
previously given; Ps.iO4:29, IWW DH-IT P|ph thou takes t away their breath, they expire;" Job 34: H; Gen. 30: 23, 'np-in-nx nr6K spx God hath
ha<l
Ezr. 2:41; 3:10; 18: 18; Isa.36:3.
Neh.7:44; 11:22). (3)Neh.2:8.
(2) 2 Ki.
taken away my shame,"
Isa.
10:14.
(5) to take out of the way, to destroy, to kill, Jud.i8:25; 1 Sa. 15:6, iEJ> Êp'X |3 " lest I destroy you with them;" 26.34:29, 3%"} 'B-1DS. " destroye d,"
i. e. by hunger ;" Jer. 8:13; Zeph. 1:2; compare the roots HSp, f|1D. From the first signifi-
the form D'lN) only in pi. D'SD^ collecfcptf (of tions, i.e. storehouses, iCh. 26:15, 17. B'T^n *SD^ " storehouses of the gates," Neh. 12:25.
killed "
h a rvest, especially ^]DJ$ collection, gathering, offruits, Isa. 32:10; 33:4; Mic. 7:1.
^^?^?
nastically,
f.
cation conies
agathering together, Isa. 24:22, HSDK -IDDK " they are gathered
i.e.
pleo-
in a
(6) agmen davdere, to
bring up
the rear, Isa. 58 : 8.
gathering,"
together.
LXVIII
f
only in
pi. J"riBDJ$
temblies, especially
congregations, asof learned and wise men disEccles. 12: 11,
Gen. 40 3, 5 Isa. 49 9. DÎDXH JV3 ' house of p r isoners,"i.e. prison, Jud.i6:2l, 25; contr. D'"MDn JV^
: ;
:
cussing divine things.
niBDS.
yP.3
"masters (i.e. associates) of assemblies," i. q. D*D2n i n the other member. In Arabic it would be
said <LcliH
blies callel
f_r'xvr^ although the Arabian assem-
captivity.) (Arab.^1 id., bind, or fasten animals to a vehicle, l Sa, (4) " and bind the kine to 6:7, rtaya nnan-n^ D?np**i
\
Ecc. 4:14.
to
LJU'JU
see *]bX.
differ
widely enough from these
Jewish assemblies.
the cart;" verse 1O; either with an ace. of the vehicle, to harness a chariot, Gen. 46 29, or else absol. l Ki 18:44, Til "lb$ "bind (the chariot to the horses^,
:
U BpX
*)??P$
and go down." (5) ["properly
to
bind on,
to
join, hence IPX

trcit
m., collected, adj. diminutive;
whence
norparrnR"],
2Ch. 13:3.
to join
battle, ben
onf&beln, mit
contemptuously, a mixed crowd, scraped together of men of all kinds, colluvies, who added themselves
to the Israelites;
eftnbel
jemunbem anbtnben/ to
begin the fight;

to
Ki. 30:14;
(which word
is itself
di-
"IDS "IDS (6) it?Q3~^JJ
bind a bond, or prohibi-
minutive used in contempt). Num. 11:4, Aleph quiescent. in Ex. 12:38, 3T n^P.
")
With article ^DSDXn The same are called
ly,
diligently.
(Milel) adv. Ch. carefully, studiousEzra. 5:8; 6:8, 12, 13; 7:17, 21,
ior, iirifJifXijf, tro/juwc.
bind oneself with a vow of from certain things abstinence, promising It differs from otherwise permitted; Nu. 30:3, seq. TI3 113, which is to vow to do or to perform something.
tion
upon oneself,
i.e. to
to abstain
26.
LXX. e<r{&'
The
Vulg. studiose,
origin of this word is doubtless to be sought in the Persic (see KÎTJK), although the etyBohlen mology and signification are not certain.
diligenter.
to (Ch. "IPX to prohibit, to forbid; Syr: j;_O ^coj bind and to loose, also to prohibit and to permit.) NIPHAL (i) to be bound, Jud. 16:6, 13.
(symb.
p. 2 1 )
dom,
for wisely, diligently
prefers to
Ui ;H. e. o u t of w isKosegarten with Castell compare ^j.-~: seperi and ^j.~~i\ entirely,
thinks
it
to
be
(2) to be kept in prison, Gen. 42: 16, 19. PUAL, to be taken i n war,made captive,Isa.2<2:3. Derivatives, besides those that follow, "HDX, "VOX,
nnbo, onpio.
vow of abstinence, Nu.

root No. 6.
"1D^ m. prop, obligation, prohibition, hence See under the 30:3, seq.
suff.
perfectly.
fctnSpX [Aspathd\, Persic pr. n. of a son of Haman, Est. 9 7. Comp. <uc! espe a horse, bullock,
:
rPDX,
pi.
In abs. state always "ISX. but with nHp5? Nu. 30: 6, 8, 15.
ONI Ch. interdict, prohibition, Dan. 6:8, seq.
Zend, aspo, aspahe, a horse
Sanscr. asva,
'
id.
[" Pro-
bably Sanscr. Aspaddta, Pers. yj^y^, given by the horse' (i. e. by Bramah under the form of a horse), So Benfey, Pott."] comp. Gr. 'Affira&if.
lb*g - (l) TO BIND, TO MAKE FAST, TO
future Ibtf and
by
yr.n.Esar-haddo n, king of Assyria, son and successor of Sennacherib, a Ki. 19:37; Isa. 37 38 Ezr. 4 3. Before he became king he was made his father prefect of the province of Babythe
: ; :
with suffix
*n~lpSn
BIND TO
king See Berosus in Eusebii lonia, with royal honours. Chron. Arm. t. i. p. 42, 43, where he is called \\anplav as in the LXX., 3 Ki. and Isa., elsewhere 2aXepSnv, of this
ANT THINO,
cognate to the root "IJS and other verbs of binding which are collected under that root. (Ch.
.Eth. Aft4: and ftUJ4: id.) Syr. ;_m}, Ex. gr. a beast of burden, Gen. 49:11; a sacrifice, Ps. 118:27; a sword to the thigh, Neh.4:l2; any
,
2ax( p3>'C ( To1x

word
">Pi<
:21 )'
The
first s . vllab
'
is
also
found
in
other Assyrian
Arab.,
one wit! cords, Eze. 3 25. Hence (a) 1" bind, put in bonds, Gen. 42:24, viz. with Jer. 40 1 a Ki. 25 7. Part. fetters, Psal. 1 49 8 "HDX bound, Ps. 146:7; metaph. used of a man taken mth the love of a woman, Cant. 7:6.
i :
:
:ind proper names, as in Tiglath-pileser, Shalmaneser, This name was, it is i. q. fire). [" perhaps j\\ to Athro-ddna, perhaps, in ancient Assyrian equivalent Pers. <^J.J\ 'gift of fire,' which comes near to Asor
^,
dan" Bohlen.] Some have regarded this king a? the same as Sardanapalus. See Rosenmuller, in BibL Alterthumskunde, t. ii. p. 199, and m7 Comment, on
Isa.
39:1.
Persic pr.n. given to a Jewish Hada$8ah(^1>l Eat 9:7\
in prison, although r.aptive,to ot hound, a Ki 17:4; 93:33. Part. "HDK a prisoner, (3)
to
make
hold
iriDX [Est her],
virgin, previously called
LXIX
sia.
who was made by Xerxes, his wife and queen of PerThe etymology is rightly given in the second Targ.
Est.
on
2:7;
i fc
is
tne Pers.
> ,'2^. sitareh, star;
also
stra y
sir, fortune, felicity, whence in the Western languages ctori/p, aster, (Stern/ Engl. star. [" See Lassen, Ind. Biblioth. iii. 8, 18."]
Zend, stara, Sanscr.
nom.
more common and; comp. Arab. ,_J. Isa. 48: 12 "and I (am) the last, and my hand hath founded the earth ;" Isa. 26 8 33:2; 41:10. (3) by ellipsis of the conditional particle, i. q. ON *\$ even if; Job 19:4, W?^ D:p>p)Nl "even if indeed
the
13,
:
""
This word
is
used by the Syrians to denote the planet
Venus (see Bar Bahlul, MS.), and we recognise the same Persic name in the Hebrew fi'Wy'JJ which see The name of Venus, and also of good in its place. fortune, was suitable enough for her, as thus chosen
by the king.
emphat. state NJ$; Ch. wood, Ezr.5:8; 6:4, 11; Dan. 5:4; softened from the Heb. H?, V being see under the letters changed into N, and f into V
;
have erred" (Syr. J i2>J andcontr. ^j. Also evei. though, when yet (ba bod))j Ps-44: 10, " we praise God all the day, -Up^pni nrut although thou hast cast us off, and put us to shame;" Ps.68:i7.
I
!
"l^ Ch. also,
Dan. 6:23.
N, V,
and
V.
? (l) prop, yea more that, but also, but even; Eze. 23:40, "yea more, that (fogar) they brought men from afar;" Hab. 2:5. Hence (2) nedum, much more, how much more, when an affirmation precedes, l Sam. 14:30; 2 Sam. 4:11: whin a negation precedes, how much Job
Sometimes
3:1,
I. )?$ conj. (l) signifying addition, especially of something greater, prop, even, besides, Germ, gar, fogar, the etymology of which has also a common notion. It is the Ch. 'SK Gen. 27: 33, also shewn
Dr6s
omitted, id. (see -IDS >3 f]S i s said for '3
*3
is
less,
No.
l).
it
25:6. Gen.
S|t*n
"is
even
so that God hath said?"

II.
Hath God so said?

suff. *SN,
(as
by
Targ. of Jon.) from the root ^9?> an(i like the cognate'lSX K1SK, properly denotes something cooked, well
,
done, ready ; hence, quite, wholly, Germ, gar, as to the origin of which compare Adelung, Lex. ii. 41 1 and so that it makes the sense progressive, fogar/ ol= lenbS/ yet more, even (-13K by a somewhat different
;
m. prop, a breathing which one breathes, hence

13K,
(for *]3S
from the root ^?), with

place, the
member
with
(i) the nose.
(Arab.
turn of signification
ther).
is
is
ganj unb gar/
wholly, altogeo
To
this
answers the Syr.
c2>J,
Ch. ^N; hence
Used of the nose of men,Nu. ; id.) 11:20, and of animals, Job 40:24; ^S PI33 used of C]S nn the pride, see n?3 blowing of breath through the nostrils, as of those who are enraged, Sdjnaubetv Job 4:9. Hence
;
abbreviated the Arabic i_J.
is DJ,
Nearly synonymous which however in prose, and in earlier phraseis
*|
(2) anger, which shows itself in hard breathing; Prov. 22:24, and f)X t5K Prov.
ology,
poetic
more
frequent, while
belongs to more
Very
often used of the
anger
29:22, angry. of God, Deu. 32:22 ;
and later [?] language. Job 15:4, ISP) nP)S'5|K thou even makest void the fear (of God)," bit IK"!! jerftorft gar alle @ottefurd)t 5 Job 14:3; 34: 12. With an
interrogative particle prefixed bu gar? roinjl bu etioa gar?) Job
29:19; Job 36:13.

D!SK. (i) two breathing places, i.e. tht nostrils, the nose, Gen. 2:7. (2) anger, especially in the phrases, D?SS ~li?,TW slow to anger, i. e. patient quick of anger. See those words.
;
DUAL
^H
.'9,
is it
even ?
(roilljt
2:11. Followed
by
DS1..
34:17; 40:8; Am. Repeated before a pronoun

nntf ?]X T'^Vlin
forthe sake of emphasis; Pro. 22:
(3) ["meton."]/ace,
countenance(Syr.
j^> j,
Ch
"I make known to thee, even to thee." Hence nedum, more fully '3 *\$, see below; Job 4: 18,19, ^N '? nedum quum, nedum si, much less z/(uub nun gar
wenn); Job 9: 14, if! should answer
?3
"
|
how much less
" to frequent use in the phrase, prostrate oneself nyiX njSX w ith the countenance S cast down to the ground," Gen. 19: i 42 6. in SH/ before David, i Sa. 25: 23, for the more common
PB3.N),Gen.3: 19.
Of
him?" Job 35: 14; Eze. 15:5.
*$$
(2) simply signifying addition, also, Lev. 26: 16, 28; 2Sa.2O:i4; Ps.g3:i; 108:2; Job 32: 10, etc. There often occurs ^1 " and also," Lev. 26:39; Deu. 15:17; once even Dl" 5!*?! (as in Lat. etiam quoque), Lev. 26 44. Twice or three times repeated, Isa. 40 124 41 '.26. Often put poetically, and with emphasis for
: ;
(4) two persons, as if a dual, from the sing. f|K in the signification of face and person. Comp.
and Syr. \>}. iSa.l:5, D? " he gave one portion of two persons," i.e. a double See my remarks on this in Thes. portion. page 1 27, Others explain it, " he gave to Hannah one
WTTOV, D'3S,
portion
LXX
with anger," pr. with sorrow of mind; since words which signify anger are sometimes applied to sorrow. (5) \Appaim pr. n. m. i Ch. 2:30, 31.
13*1, Xi2~l) [" properly, here, hie, and ol now. But it is always a postpositive particle, which gives emphasis to the preceding word." Ges
ragogic (like
time,
J^ fut.^BX* TO GIRD ON, TO'POT ON, specially used of the ephod "I13X of the high priest, Ex. 29:5;
Lev. 8:7. words.
5*
corr.], these
forms in
the
MSS.
differ surprisingly;
prop
entireness,
whole, hence (1) adv. quite, altogether. In German

;
it
may be
Hence are derived
~113X
and the following
rendered very suitably according to the etymology. gar/ see ^X No. l according to the usage of the lant
(i. q.
lisx
the
ephod
of the high priest"),
guage,
alfo
(altogether so).
[Ephod'],
pr. n.
m. Nu. 34:23.
not
so,"
so."
Gen. 43: 11,
Job9:24,i2X xVnX"if X1QX 13TJS "if altogether
"
if (it
noun of the preceding verb, putting on, binding on (of the Ephod), Ex. 28:8. (2) covering (of gold), or overlaying of a statue, Isa. 30:22 i. q. ^3>*. They used to make the images of idols, of wood or earthenware, and then lay over them plates of gold or silver (jrtpi-^vffa, Trepiapyvpa,
be) indeed so" [but see corr. above, and
n^|3X
f.
(i) active
No.
ticle
2, c].
(2) from the
common
from
usage of language, this parits
departs a
little
power, and
(a) to
it is
com-
monly added emphatically
pronouns and
ep. Jer. 6:34).
Hf^ "
13"|3S
i9- Syr. Ljj-aJ palace, his tabernacles, like unto s --
Dan. 11:45, Vv] * palaces." It is

1
adverbs of interrogation, like the Gr. KOTI: Lat. tanNiEK HS3 wherein dem, then now, Gen. 27:33. then?" Ex. 33:16. Isa. 22: l, XiQX $Tlp "what then (is) now to thee?" N'^ nK " where then?"
the Arab.
'$
high tower,
fortress, castle,
with the
Job 17: 15; Jud. 9:38; Isa.l9:l2; Gen. 27:37, HD^ 3? nb^X HD Xiex "and what shall I now do to thee, my son?" (b) in exhortations and wishes. Job 19:6,
N13X
1JH.
prefix of Aleph prosthetic, followed by Dagesh forte, D^X blood, |1, J3S, JJX comp. I'VISX, and Ch. m, Dn
:,
"know
then,"
nriffet alfo/
LXX.
yi-wrt ovv.
2 Ki. io:lO; Pro. 6: 3.
[" (c) to negative
and
affir-
garden.
DN
once -inshl
imp. toK (for

i
K),
Ex. 16:23,
fut.
nBX,
(i) TO COOK, TO BAKE, specially bread or cake in an oven. (Chald., Syr. id. s
Sam. 28:24.
mative particles or words. Job 9:24, 12X J\7 DX " if not now (God)," i.e. if it be not God, who is it? The contrary is found, Gen. 43:11, Job 24:25. iax }3 DX " if so now." Corresponding is Chald. {is
indeed, truly, now, etc. See Buxtorf, Lex. 1706. The primary force of 12X is demonstrative, as in 13, H3
Arab.
,_i.
whence
^*
oven. c Lw< "

;
In the western lan-
here, with
Lat. epulcc, epulari), Gen.
1
guages, J?t(i>, on-raw, Triicrw 19:3; Lev. 26:26; Isa. 44
like
5,
9.
Followed by two
<I
accusatives, one of the material, the other of that
which is made from it. Lev. 24:5, 3 R& ^HX JV?X1 ni?n rn^j; "and bake thereof twelve cakes," com219. Part. H^X a baker, Gen. 40: i. pare Lehrgeb. D'EXn ")' "chief of the bakers," a courtier of the king of Egypt (Gen. 40:2, seqq.); a dignity which
also exists
fur d. Morgenl. This teX, KOV enclitic, and the interLit. ii. 128. nb'X Trow, are cognate." Ges. corr.] rogative Note. The ancient copyists and grammarians have
Xin,
KB ecce! Comp. Rabb. ^ XM. See Hupfeld, in Zeitschr.
prefixed,
which
is
also
demonstrative,
i.
amongst the Moguls. tobecooked; (a) hence,complete, whole (Germ. gar fign). Compare Arab. ^j. to be whole, complete;
f
-
confounded this particle with another, similar in sound, but very different in its origin and orthography, nb'if where? (see Thes. page 79). It has been of late mahrtained
by Ewald (Heb. Gramm. page 659) that
botL.
these particles are the same. Compare Gr. TTOV and But against this there are constructions such TTOV.
rVX, which, according to the opinion just mentioned, should be rendered irov irov. See also the [But sec the passages cited under No. l and 2, b.
as X'lQX
j,. whole, complete;

gang unb gar. in Ges. corr.]
Ui^
*)X
wholly, and altogether,
See deriv.
No.
I.
[(2)
is
omitted
additions above.]
see TWX.
NIPHAL, to be cooked, baked, Lev. 6:1O; 7:9. PI. nrcXFI Lev. 23:17.
Derivs.
!*<
X
constr.
No.
I.
[see below],
nDXO, D'yBH, and

from
m. (by a Syriacism
for "rt-^.), the

^
11
same
in
'3N
!
(I
y a Syriacism
2, c]),
for teK.,
HDX No. 9
but see below, No.
and N13NI with Aleph pa-
st. (l Sam. 2: 18); Syr. |L,_a, a word formed from the Hebrew [Root 1? x ], Ephod, a garment of the high priest, worn over the tunic and lobo
LXXI
7'VP Ex. 28:31 29:5), without sleeves, divided below the armpits into two parts, the anterior of which
;
The former nouns ^BS^B'X,
nJ>BX. } â$Q,
signification is found in the derived n^S^D, the latter in *?'?$
back
covered the breast and belly, the hinder covered the these were joined on the shoulders with clasps
;
m. obscure, dark, of the day, Am. 5:20.

poet, word,
of gold, set with precious stones. This garment reached down to the middle of the thighs, and was bound
to the
/SN m. darkness, especially th ick, a
body by a girdle ("rtan
3KTI), Ex.
28:6
12.
Job3:6; 10:22; 28:3; 30:26. M-itaph. of misery misfortune, also of a place of ambush, Ps. ll:2.
-
Besides the high priest, others also wore this garment ; David, for instance, when leading the sacred dance,
thick and dense

It often
1
darkness, Ex. 10:22

:
Sam. 6:14; and Samuel, the servant of the high l Sa. 2: 18, 28; and also priests of an inferior As to material, the high priest's ephod was order. made of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus that of others was made of linen. (2) statue, image of an idol (comp. iT^BN No. 2),
2
priest,
;
Comp. ?SS.
ness, Isa. 8:22.
furnishes an image of wretchedPI. ni ??** darkness, Isa. 59 9.
("judgment" from
laf], pr.n.
the root
3),
[Eph-
m.
Ch. 2:37.
9N
a n unused root, which appears to have sig-
Jud. 8:27; so also apparently Jud. 17:5;
nified to
18:17
turn, tike
n35i.
Hence
JQ'lK
a wheel, and
2O; Hos. 3:3.
Root 1?K.
|"
time, from the notion of turning and revolv-
(3) [written defectively, see "1B&?J, [Ephod~\, pr.n. of a man, Nu. 34:23.
ing, compare "in,
root
IT3K ("rekindled," "refreshed," from the H3K q. n-13, y to breathe, to blow), [Aphiali],
i.
.
nQ-lpJj^ irtpioôc, and many words which denote a year, all of which properly signify a Hence circle, as annus, whence annulus, tviavroq.
pr. n.
m.
Sa. 9:
l.
" a W0rd Prov.25:ll, V3B-^? 1^ spoken in own times," i. e. in a suitable time. (As to the form VJSS for V3Q^ see Lehrg. 575). So amongst
its
(from the root ??K), adj. late, of slow growth, used of fruits and grain; pr. weak, tender, slow in growing, see the root No. 2, Ex. 9:32.
/
s!tf
the old authorities
Symm., Vulg., Abulwalid, who

s &
rightly compares the Arabic
Û^
time.
We may
it
LU
m.
2X
pr.n. see II.
^ No.
explain
5.]
1
ViSJOy "upon
its
wheels," taking
as a
p 2^ always in constr. st. P" ?^, pi. ^BS. a channel, tube, so called from the idea of (l) Job 40: 1 8, n^-in? 'j^BX. containing (see P?X No. l). "tubes of brass." (a) a channel, bed of a stream,
p^S^
or
Isa.
proverbial phrase indicating quick ness of answering, making JSK to be the same as 1Q1N a wheel. So the
Syr.^v^-i and Ji^Jb^^^s^.:^ on a wheel,

quickly.
i.e.
8:7; Eze. 32:6; also, the bottom of the sea, 2 Sa. 22:l6. (b) a brook, a stream, Ps. 42:2; 126:4;
DDS i. q. DOS TO CEASE, TO FAIL, TO COME T< AN END,Gen.47:l5,i6;Ps.77:9;Isa.i6:4. Hence

cessation, hence m. (i) end, extremity. "ends of the earth," poet, and hyperbol.usedof the extreme limits of the earth, Ps. 2:8; 22:28, and
?^!
Joel i: 2O. BY!?} P*BB5 "

15. Hence by a stream,
(c)
i.
stream
of the vallies," Job 6:
pr.
q. ?H3,
a valley itself, especially as watered Arab. ^jj\ t \_wddy~\, Eze.6:3;

2.
(A)' subst.
34:13; 35:8; 36:4,6. (2) strong, robust, see the root No.
E*!?'?
Job 41:7,
i.e.
elsewhere.
'i^BK
shields
"the strong of shields," Job 1 2 2 1 " he (of a crocodile).

: ,
strong looseth the
girdle of the
strong."
Par.
swiftness
is
attributed to this
this is arbitrary.
D^H?. The notion of word by Ewald, on Cant.
of the extremities, i.e. the soles (2) Dual DtPSK " water of the of the feet. Thus Eze. 47 3, D!P? *8 would only wet the soles," i.e. not deep, which soles of the feet. Comp. DS. Ch., Syr., Vulg. render
:
5:12; but
it
ancles.
(B) adv.
t
i.e. (l) no farther,
see
i
Am. 6:1O; Deu.

45:6; 46:9.
also with
Arab. ^Ji' is (1) pr. to set as the sun (comp. the kindred roots '?K, ??3, 733), to be obscure, dark. (2) to fail, to be weak, tender, specially used of
'
2N a root not used in Hebrew.
TIJ? &6, Isa. 5:8; moreover Also not, Isa. 32:36. There is once added iiy, 2 Sa. 9:3;
:
Tiy 'DBK1.
Yod paragogic, Isa. 47 8, lo; ^S " I am, and there is none
Zeph. 2 15,
:
besides."
D ??? like &6a without, Job (2) not, Isa. 54:15; Pro. 14:28. 7:6; Dan.8:25;
(3) nothing, Isa. 41
:
backward plants.
12, 29;
DDSO
id.
prop, oj
LXXII
nothing,
i.
e.
Isa. 40 : 1 7 D ??| on account of n o th i ng," without cause, Isa. 52 4. (4) adv. of restraining only, Nu. 22:35 (comp.
;
:
"
Besides the derivatives which immrdiately follow

see
3N
verse ao); 23:13.

(5) Conj. '?
conjunction Deut. 15:4;
pr. only that, simply, for the however, nevertheless, Num. 13:28;
DSX
city"), pr.n.
("strength," "fortress," "fortified Aphek. (l) a city in the tribe of

:
Am. 9:8.
D'EPl DStf [Ephes-dammim~\, pr.n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, l Sa. 17 : 1, called l Ch. 1 1 : 13,
Asher, Jos. 13:4; 1 9 30 ; also called P'?$, Jud. 1:31. This can hardly be any other than Aphaca, a city of Lebanon famous for its temple of Venus, whose ruin* still called Afka, stand between Byblus and Hellopolis (Baalbec); see Germ, trans.
Burckhardt, Travels, 70, 493
a word once found (in my judgment an incorrect reading), Isa. 41:24, where speaking of the tne other mempowerlessness of idols V?^D D ?r'V?>
SX
ber HND. Some of the Jewish writers take !?? as " n V?? a i. q. viper; and they render it your work (is) worse than a viper;" but this is altogether unsuited
to the context, in
Aphek, near which (2) Different from this is Benhadad was routed by the Israelites, l Ki. 20 26, situated seq. to this answers the Apheca of Eusebius, to the east of the sea of Galilee, near Hippus (Ouom. voce 'AÊKO), called also by the Arabian writers
:
^\
and .*
\_Feik~\,
and
still
mentioned by Seetzen
(p.
which
idols are said to
be able to do
nothing. Read with Vulg.,

is
Chald., Saad. DQXD, which found in the similar passages, Isa. 40:1 7; 41 :12,2Q, and is of very frequent occurrence in these chapters.
and Burckhardt under the ancient name Germ. ed.).
438, 539,
(3) in the tribe of Issachar, near Jezreel, there appears to have been an Aphek, remarkable for several battles with the Philistines, l Sa. 4: l ; 29: i ; comp.
l
'V
comm.
serpent, Arab.
*^ ^1,
(f.
Isa.
59:
5),
a viper, & poisonous

njJS,
Sa. 28 4.
:
Either this or No.
was a royal
city of
from the root
which
the Canaanites, Josh. 12:18.

see.
Job 20: 16;
Isa.
30:6; 59:5.
of a pSSI ("strength"), [Aphekah], pr.n. town in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15:53.
33D TO SURROUND, but i. q. only poet. construed with an ace., Ps. 18:5; 116:3; 280.22:5; Jon. 2:6; with 7JJ, Ps. 40 : 1 3. In flection it is not contracted,
)DNk a root of uncertain

kindred to the root">?SJ
to
signification,
i.
perhaps
cover,
q.Ji compare
ashes.
whence
a,
'
n?K
(i) TO
for
T8.
whitish; Arab.
JLc,
*?
PAEL.
a root not used in Kal.

pTH, p\T.nn, see p'SK
HOLD FAST, i.q.
No.
i,
HOLD, TO and HITH-
["II. to be
whence "13S
unless this comes from the idea of grinding, pulverisTBK i. q. Tia. Compare 1SJJ. ing,
"W]
For (2) to be Strong, mighty, see P'3$ No. 2! the signification of holding, especially holding firmly
--*
is
often applied to strength.
Arab.
^\
is
to over-
a primitive, kin(Perhaps dred to the word ~>SJJ, and pr. denotes dust and earth, compare cinis, from the Gr. KOVIC, and the etymology
.
ashes.
this is
of the pr. n. E?"]??,

[or from "1?K
II.
come, to conquer; ^jj\ to excel (prop, to be very

s ___ strong) in liberality, eloquence; .j\ excellent, surpassing.
2 Sa. 13:19. It is used principally in speaking of mourning, Jer. 6: 26; Lam. 3:16; to which belong the phrases, Psal.
j).
n l?^. Similar Num. 19:9, 10;
is
the Gr. r%>a.
hold oneself fast, to restrain oneself from giving way to the impulses of love, Gen. 43 '-Si; 45:M grief, Isa. 42: 14; anger, Est.5:lO; Gen. 45 l " and Joseph conscience, l Sam. 13:12. could no longer restrain himself;" Isa. 63:1 5, T'Pin JpSKJ^ri vK "thy love towards me restrains itself;" " I forced 1 Sa. loc. cit. of Saul, myself, and offered the burnt offering" (although I knew that I was forHITHPAEL,
to
: ,
" I have eaten ashes like bread." Est. 1 02 l O, 4:1, 1QK1 pb> 1^>.J " and he put on sackcloth and ashes," compare Est. 4:3; Isa. 58:5. Paronomastically put
:
"dust and ashes," Job 30:19; 42 6. Metaph. used of anything light and fallacious. Job 13: 12, 1?X \?y'9 " maxims of ashes," i.e. vain and fallacious. Isa. 44:20, ~l| njJV) " he follows after
together, "1S$J 1?JJ
:
sc. as driven by the wind; " to follow after the wind," compare
ashes,"
i.q.
'"Xjn.
elsewhere,
As
to ib
bidden ao
to 4i
).
difference
from l^, see below at that word,
LXXII1
m. a covering of the head, a band to cover i Ki. 20:28, 41. the head, for lag, see the root"aK LXX. rtXaûy. Ch. and Abulwalid, by the help of their respective languages, use nearly the same word;
l3N>
;
Where the
"Syria rests Q?iaK ?J7 upon the borders of Ephraim.' land is signified it is fern. Hos. 5:9; where
the people, m. Isa. 7:8.
Comp. n"V7? No.
2.
the former riliSyp, the latter
j>
jLjc,
i.e.
a cap, a helmet.
^..D"13X Ch. pi. [Apharsitet], pr. n. of a nation, of whom a colony was brought into Samaria, Ezr. 4 9. Hiller understands the Parr hasii, a nation of eastern
:
The same word is found hi Syriac J;_2iÔO i. e. a mitre of a priest and bishops. Others take it as transp. for ~tt?3 ornament of the head.
n"l?$ m.
the
Media; I prefer to understand the Persians themselves (comp. D"lf ). Aleph is prosthetic, as it is in the words which follow.
young
of birds (Arab.
i),
see
pr. n. of two
less
[Apharsachites], Ezra 5:6, and
nrn3. Deu. 22:6; Ps. 84:4. The root rns to germinate, is in Hebrew only used of plants but in Arabic,
;
iOnplfiX, [Apharsathc'hitesÊzr.t'.g,
Ch.pl.
is
also used of animals

.
producing young.
Assyrian nations, otherwise unknown, unindeed they be taken as the same. Some have suit-
3:9; LXX., Vulg.

ferculum.
a litter, palanquin, once found Cant. Athen. v. 5), <popt~iov (litter, comp. bed."] It an[" Talmud pnBg and T
ably enough compared the Parcetaceni, dwelling between Persia and Media, as to whom see Herod, i. 1 1 .
â
n3&
[EphratJi], Gen. 48:7;
and more
often
with n parag.
swers to the Syriac
L,os, which
is
rendered by
(land, region).
although without giving his authority (prob. out of Barbahlul); also, Chald. KJT-13S (with Aleph prosthetic), which is also given in this place by the Targumist, and Cant. 1 16 for
Castell, solium, sella, lectulum,
:
(1) pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, elsewhere

called
Bethlehem
i.
(Gen. 48:7); more fully Beth(Mic. 5:1).
the Heb. &~$l.

to be
borne,
like
fero),
The root n-13, Ch. K"J? to run, prop. borne quickly (compare ""QS, <j>tpo>, currus a currendo, Tpoxpg from rpt-êtv,
to be
lehem Ephratah
(2)
q.
DnaK
f.
(3) pr. n.
Ps. 132:6; comp. ^"ISX No. 2. iCh. 2:19,50; 4:4.
tyoptiov,
ferculum from
this
Îneiv, ferre.
Those who
1
m
Sa. 17
:
(0 an Ephrathite, or Bethlehemite,
PI.
:
impugn
etymology of this Hebrew word, should also have something to oppose to the similar, and, at the same time, most certain etymology of the Greek and Latin words just cited. To me II'HBX and (/tope'iov and ferculum appear to come from one and the same
original stock (iT}?, S")?, (j>tpw,fei-o, fafyren).
(2) an
0?n?K Euth l 2. Ephraimite, Jud. 12:5; l

2.
Sa. l
i Ki.
11:26.
yvS adv. Ch. perhaps at length, in the end.
the Pers.
J jj
end, at length, comp. Pehlevi,
Afdom,
(perhaps,
"double land," "twin land,"

(i)Ephraim,
the younger son
:
comp. DyYjfb),
pr. n.
It occurs once, Ezr. 4:13, end. p^njjl D*3Ô ChJ< " and at to the kings," comp. length bring damage verses 15, 22, where DhSX is not found. The ancient
of Joseph, ancestor of the tribe of Ephraim (0)1?? *?? Num. 10:22 and simply D?!? Josh. 16 10), the
versions ["
boundaries of which, about the middle of the Holy Land are described, Josh. 16:5. seq. In this region was BâS in " mount," or " the mountain region of Ephraim," Josh. 19:50; 20:7; 21:21; Jud. 2:9; " 3:27. But different from this is the wood of Ephraim," 2 Sa. 18:6; which, from the narrative, must
pass
it
LXX.DinSXI mi rouro,PeshitOoCn cSjo"] by ["Aben Ezra and"] others

in translating;
it
conjecture from the context, and interpret revenue (of kings).
treasury,
-N
bour,
an uncertain
root,
perhaps
i.
q.
3JJ
to la-
to toil.
Hence
be beyond Jordan (comp. 2 Sa.l7 24 29) probably so called from the slaughter of the Ephrahnites, Jud.
:
12:16.
i.
2 Sa. 13:23,
Ona? DV "at Ephraim,"
46:16; (but compare 8:3).
[Ezbon], pr.n. (i) a son of Gad, Gen. which see. also called VI (2) l Ch.7:7
with
suff.
within the boundaries of the tribe. Ephraim, as being the royal tribe, is applied as a name (2) of tho whole kingdom and people of the ten tribes, especially in the books of the prophets, Isa. 9:8; 17:3; 28 SjTTos 4:i7;5:3,seq.;9:3,seq.;Isa.7:2,
e.
y?y$
which
is
f.,
r?3v; Pl. niyayx

: ;
(for
y?v
with Aleph prosthetic). (l) a finger, Ex. 31 18
specially the fore-finger,
used in dipping into anything (from the root Dr6 V); Lev.4:6seq.; 14:16; Ex.8:l5,
ln
" this
is
the finger of God,"
i.e. this is
done by
the power of
God
himself;
Ps. 8:4; 144:1.
fingers for the hand, As a measure across the fingers,

pi.
Jer.52:2i.
(2) followed
by D^jH, a
?VK ("noble"), [Azel], pr.n. (l) m., i Ch 8 37; 9 43; in pause ^V iCh.8:38; 9:44. -( 2 ) [Aza], a place near Jerusalem; in pause also ^V$ Zee. 14:5. (Appell. side, or root of a mountain, i.q.
= =
toe, 2 Sa. 2
20.
(Ch.
id.,
Arab.
_-u^, Syr. ^fc^-t > Barhebr. p. 2 15, line 11.)
especially the fore-finger,
jll)
No.
ySVK
also Ch.
toes,
5:5; of the
pi. BJ3VK used of the Dan. 2: 41, 42.

;
fingers,
Dan.
No. side
VK with suff. V*? m. (i)a side, i.q. so called from joining together (see the root l Sa. 20:41, 33|n 7VND "from the south l).
i,
;"
T5K*m.(i)
Kj^n "sides
(as elsewhere
(i. e.
5
side, i.q. Ws
Isa.4i:9,
S'8
i.q. at
"B ?XKQ "from one's side," 1 Ki. 3:20, and any one's, side (see J9 No. 3), Eze. 40 17. Far
H ??
limits, extremities) of the earth"
more frequently
(2) prep, at the side, near, juxta (which is itself ajungendo), Gen.4i :3; Lev.i 16; 6:3; 10: 12 i Sa.
: ;
'Offi,
HW "i 3
;
??)-
In the other
member p*
(2) adj.
i.q.
Arab. Ju^l prop. deep-rooted, strik-
5:2; 20 19. It is joined also with verbs of motion to a place, Gen. 39:10; 2 Ch. 28:15.
:
ing deep roots into the earth hence metaph. sprung from an ancient and noble stock, noble, Ex. 24: 1 1. (Compare as to both words, the Hebrew and the
^HvV^
("
whom Jehovah
has reserved"),
[Azaliah~], pr.n. m., 2 Ch. 34:8.
Arabic, the root

nations] in the
?? No. i.) The Germans [and other same sense take the image from the stock and trunk, the Hebrews from the root.
?VK No.
l),
^^
mighty.
an uncertain
root, i.q.
DJ
to be
strong,
Hence
DV&
i
' -W$ m. (from the root in t ; hence nft'SS, D?TJ jo

i.e.
a joining, a
[Ozem], pr.n. m.
-?5
(l) lCh.2:i5-
(2)
7VB "joints of the hands,"
Ch. 2:25.
f.
at which the fingers are In the joined to the hand, Jer. 38: 12; Eze. 41:8.
the knuckles
(jtn&cfyel)
i.q. rnjJV
with Aleph prosthetic, prop.
passage Eze. 13:18, the context requires that the fore arm should be understood, although others understand the wrist, or the armpit. [" The same are to be understood in Eze. 13:18, where the sewing of cushions 'for all the joints o the hands' is put hyperbolically to express the extreme luxury of the females,
since usually cushions are placed at
a leg-chain (from 1KV), a fetter; hence, without regarding the etymology, a bracelet, Nu-31 :5O; 2 Sa
1:10.
UP, TO STORE, TO HEAP OP, TO (The primary idea is that of shutting up, enclosing, restraining; compare the cognate
TO
LAY
TREASURE
UP.
-t
to shut
most under the
roots iVn,
>?, also IT?, lp
and Arab.
_j)
elbow." Ges. add.]
^\
up, to restrain, kindred to which are
and _^^.)
/Si fr*
(l) i.q.
J*.
TO JOIN, TO
joint,
CONNECT TONo.
l, side,
2Ki.2O:l7; Isa.39:6; Am. 3:

NIPHAL, pass.
Isa.
1O.
GETHER; whence ?'?$
^VX,
??
23:18.
:
near; Arab. ,Ls\ a root, as that which joins a tree to
HiPHiL,<0 cause to lay up in a treasury.i.e. to set any one over a treasury; Neh. 13 13, n'VWX /
the ground,
firmly joined to the
put forth deep roots, prop, to be ground; metaph. to be sprung from an ancient and noble stock com p. ?'V? No. 2. ?SN prop, to put by the side, to (2) denom. from
" and
made treasurers
("
over the treasuries."
J^t
to
Hence are derived "WN and

treasure"),
m., a
\_Ezer~\, pr.n. of
a man, Gen.
36:21,30.
J
separate (compare 3?|); hence followed by IP to take away from, Nu.ll:i7; to refuse, Ecc.2:lo.
Followed by ? to reserve for any one, Gen. 27:36 (comp. ^"Wi? and D!| followed by ?'). (This signification may be taken from ">&*, "I being softened into ^>.)
NIPHAL,
HIPHIL,
to be
fut.
gem
of some kind; as far as
may
be
judged from the etymology (from n*TJ5 to burn), fiery and sparkling. Found once, Isa.54: i.
m., a roe, a roe-buck, caprea, capreolu^
narrowed, Eze. 42 :6. ^>TO i.q. Kal No. 2, Nu.
from PJX,
11 :2.5
1.
p3
i.
q.
Arab,
Lc
she-goat, and
Talm
force
The
derivatives are given under
Kal No.
goat, with the termination \, of the as p, just as caprea is so called from copra,
K i?K a
same
Deu. 14:5
LXXV
see
more under the root p3K No. 2 compare Bochart,

;
Hieroz. i. p. 900, seq.

*1J$ see "YlK light,
m. } Job 38:40.
(i) lying in waif, used of wild beasts,
and
q.
"iSj.
(2) a place of lying in wait, a
den of wild beasts,
^")J5 (perhaps
i.
'"}&$
"lion"), [-4ra], pr.n. m.,
Job 37
}
8.
iCh.7-38.
with suff. 12-iX ambus h ; Jer. 9 7, i3Tp3 " and in his breast he lieth in ambush."
.
:
'^"1$ probably Hence

(a)
'???"}$
i.q.
sW7
lion of God, hero.

?
JV3.
("sprung from a hero," "son
of a
hero"), [A*-eli], pr.n.m., Gen. 46: 16; [and patron.] Num. 26:17.
(b)
3"]^ m. a locust (from the root H3T to be many); Ex. 10:4, seq.; Lev. ll:22; Joell:4; Psal.
gregarius,
difficult
word D7X")K
Isa.
33
7,
" their hero,"
or rather collectively, " their heroes," sc. of Israel, in which interpretation nothing need be changed, but Dagesh being removed from the letter h (Dp^l^).
78 146. Specially of a particular kind, prob. the gryllus Lev. 11:22; Joel 1:4. As to the various
ii.
species of locusts, see Bochart, Hieroz.
447.
The common reading with Dagesh has
doubtless
;
Isa.
nuns only f. i. q anfc; piur. n'nnx constr. n VT "he nb-) oy 25:11, (God) iniî ^s'f
.
'
arisen from another interpretation adopted anciently by which D7X1X was regarded as contracted from
ri see Symm., Theod., Chald., BD/i" ^"^, ?~ ?~)? Jerome; comp. my Comment, on Isa. loc. cit. [" and Thes.pp-146, 1248"].
1
will
humble
his hands," i.e.
his (Moab's) pride, with the which his hands have framed.
ambush oi' Am-
bushes are here appositely applied to the hands with which they are framed, and as it were, woven (comp.
the root No.
l).
-1
fut. 3~1X'
1)
prop. TO
KNOT, TO WEAVE, TO
i^n^
tices.
pi.
f.
prop, interwoven
work, or net-work,
lat-
Once
INTERTWINE, whence
is 3îJJ
""^"TO
a net, net-work. (Kindred a knot,

II. id.,
in sing. Hos. 13:3, elsewhere
always in
rtang.
[Root an.]
to mingle.
Arab.
e_J.1 to tie
&j.\
a knot.)
to
(2)
lie in
wait.
(Arab.
i
,\
(1) a window (as being closed with lattice- work, not with glass), Ecc. 12:3. (2) a dove-house, as being shut in with lattice-
to
be cunning,
work,
Isa.
60 8 and
: ;
for the
same cause
(3) a
chimney
or smoke-hole, Hos.l3:3.
ii.
Comp.
astute, III. to act
cunningly (prop, intricately). Verbs
Voss on Virg. Georg.
of intertwining, weaving, also of twisting, spinning, are often applied to craftiness and snares, and are opposed
to
(4) D.^L! nia-i^l are opened when it rains, Gen. 7:11; 8:2; 2 Ki. 7:19;
Isa.
242. " f1 o o d a t e s of heaven," which g
upright and open course of acting. Comp.lOV, 'D3, Gr. <$o\o-, (JiTj-iv vfaivtiv, KCIKCI, ld\ov fx'nrrtiv, nectere
insidias, scelera, suere dolos,
24:18; Mai. 3:10.
JYI37IX
[ArvbotK],
f.
Germ. Slrug frinncn/ anjcttelu.)
bably in the tribe of Judah,
pr.n. of a place, situated prol Ki. 4: 1O.

constr.
st.
Constr. followed
by
p,
Ps.
59:4; Pro. 24:15; Josh.
8:4; followed by an ace., Prov. 12:6; ?y Jud. 9:34. Elsewhere put absolutely, for to watch in ambush,
^5"]^
and nyanx
nyans m. (comp.
which
is
Gramm.
95:1).
for y3") with
2O followed by a gerund, Pro. loc. cit. Ps. 10:9. Part. 3"YIX, 3TIXH a Her in wait, often coll. Hers in wait, a body of soldiers set in ambush, Josh. 8:14, 19, 21 Jud. 20:33, seq.; hence construed with
Jud. 9
:
34
(l)four,
Aleph
prosthetic,
omitted in the derivatives; as in &n, 'J^3"|, y^l, etc., Often with suff. DRV31.X those four, Eze. 1:8, 1O.
for the ordinal
fourth, when years and months are

p.
a plur., loc.
PIEL,
i.
q.
verse 37. Kal, construed followed

cit.
counted (see Lehrg.
701),
Isa.
36:
1
:
Zech. 7:1.
Plur.
by
?V_,
2Ch.20 22,
:
Dual
DâTS f
u r-f
W,
a Sa.
a 6.
Dya-K
,
absol. Jud.
9:25.
to
HIPHIL,
set
an ambush.
Fut. 3^*1 for
3^y,
forty, Gen.8 :6. This number,like seven, and seventy, is used by the Orientals as a round number, Gen. 7 :17
Jon. 3:4; Mat.4:2; compare Chil minor, forty towers, used of the remains of Persepolis, and the citations,
lSa.l 5 5
:
The
j
derivatives follow, except
Lehrg.
pr.n. of
p.
700.
("ambush"),
is
[.4 raft],
1
a town in
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15:52.
Hence pro-
(2) [J.ria], pr.n. of a giant, one of the Anakim, Josh. 14:15; 15:13; 31:11. Perhaps, homo quadratus.
baHy
the Gentile
noun
3~i
[Arbite], 2 83.23:35.
Compare y?n
JVTp.
LXXM
&
V:a,3,6, 17.
59:5), (Jud. 16:13). (l) TO PLAIT, Jud. loc. Cit. (2) to weave, ex. gr. used of the spider (hence Gr. apa\vri), Isa. 59:5. Part. 3TJX one weaving, Isa.
19:9, and subst. a weaver, Ex. 28:32; Isa. 38:12. D'jni* 11 JZ? a weavers' beam, l Sa. 17:7. The primary syllable of this root is 3"), which had
the power of swift motion and agitation, comp.
to
to
.
Ch.Lq. Heb. four, Dan. 3: 25;
purple Jy?^ which
see.
1?P N 13? "a purple

:
cloth.
fat. Jhig (Isa.
>3->xri
(2) an// thing dyed with purple, purple cloths., Ex. 25:26, 27; Eze. 27:16; Pro. 31:22; Jer. 10:9.
The origin is uncertain. If it properly denotes the muscle, from which the reddish purple is procured
nifies
(and this is probable, since ^P?^ also properly siga shell-fish), one might understand a ridged or
is
pointed muscle (such as
the form of the purpura),
from 03^,
lour, D3T
^
<>
to heap; if the
name
refer to the co-
move, agitate; ~j>-j agitated; moved hither and thither Heb. T3"l, yi"l, Sanscr. rag, to move and in the western languages regcn. regere,
; ;
to
be
n. to be
may IK the same as Dj?^ to variegate, to dye with colours. Bochart, loc. cit. regards this word as contracted from IJSZp^K Syrian colour, Irorn 0"3
f
(tof)
Cognate
its
is
the syllable JH, as to which see below in
fjo^colour; but this is contrary to the manner of compound words in the Phcenicio-Shemitic
Syria,
and
place.
languages, in which the genitive does not precede, but follows the nominative. Some compare the mo-
3"}^ m. [Root 31^].
(i) something plaited, or
dern Persic
woven, Jud. 16:14. D (2) a weaver's shuttle. Job 7 6, 3-iX^|D "my days are swifter than a weaver's shuttle." (Compare Job 9 25.)
:
.\
~~..\
used of a flower of a
purple colour; but there can be no doubt that this word has been borrowed from the Phoenicio-Shemitic
languages.
of stones," from the root ai^nn) [Argob], pr.n. of a region situated beyond Jordan, in which were sixty cities, anciently subject to Og, king of Bashan, Deu. 3:4, 13; l Ki.
(for
33T " a
heap
of this word, and of the. with great probability, has been traced, cognate \\F^> by F. Benary, in the Sanscrit ; Annal. Lit. Berol.
[" Note.
The etymology
1841, page 141.
The form 1911^

'
is
Sansc. rdgaman,
4:13.
There
is
a mountain there
now
called
Arkub
Massalubie.
[(2) pr. n. of a man, 2 Ki. 15: 25.]
tinged with a red colour;' from rdga red colour, with the formative syllaSee Wilson's Sanscr. Dictionary, page ble mat, vat.
and
113"}^
is
Sanscr. rdgavan,
H:
Purple,
i.q. P?|"]K it
once occurs 2 Ch. 2 6,

:
700, a. Rdgaman and rdgavan are put in the nom., the primary form being rdgamat, rdgavat" Ges. add.]
I
by a Chaldaism; Dan. 5:7, 16, 29.

IJ^XN. Syr. * 9 N^V ))
'
(Arab.
.Jr-X
flee.
JO
aja
unused
root,
perhaps
i.
q.
"HH, TJJ to
f" For the root, see under P31X."~| * * J

at the sides of
Hence are the
pr. n. THX.
and
m. a chest, coffer, hanging
^"1^
is
n. of [-4r<f], pr.
a vehicle, l Sa. 6:8, 11, 15, for T3T (with Aleph prosthetic), from the root T3T to tremble, wag, move to s and fro; whence in Arabic ijU- a bag filled with
stones,
Nu. 26:40; or
'T*?
son, Gen.
a grandson of Benjamin, 46:21. The gentile noun
Num.
loc. cit.
|VT]K ("fugitive"), [Ardon],

2:18.
pr.n. m.
Chr.
hung
at the sides of camels, in order to pre-
serve equilibrium.
(0 purple, reddish purple, a precious colour, obtained from some species of shell-fish (Gr. iropQvpa, Lat. purpurd), found on the shores of
-
|9if 1^ m
Germ. (i) TO PLUCK, TO PLUCK OFF; Psa. from a Cant. vine, 5:1; grapes rupfeni leaves,
I.
nî$
fruits,
80: 13. (Mth. A4P: to pluck off, to gather, ex. herbs and ft 44 to reap.)
' ;
gr,
the Mediterranean sea (l Mace. 4: 23 ; Plin. N. H. ix. 60, seq.). Compare under the word HS'^S, and Bochart, Hieroz. ii. 740, eeq. ; Braunius, De Vestitu Sa-
(a) to eat down, by plucking, cropping, in the manner of cattle. Hence nj~|X and np_K a manger; Germ. SKaufe, from the verb rupfe n $ '"}$ a lion, prop.
oerdotum, page 211, seq.
Amati, De Restitutione Purpurarum, third edition, Cesenae, 1784; Heeren, Hist Werke, xi. p. 84. Different from this is bluish
;
plucking, pulling to pieces ; J"l?.J"}$ a hare, prop, cropping the grass. So also other names of animals an
taken from the idea of plucking, or cropping, as 'If
LXXVI1
VB,
DTI,
^pn, D$D, Arab, <_jTx. a lamb, from
j x^
(3)
(2) of a certain number of horses, which were fastened in one stall, or harnessed to one chariot, a pair^
to pluck.
to
collect,
j i.
gather
(see ^Jth.);
to
whence
burn,
jViS.
to
H.
a team(jugum, âar/ efpann), perhaps two (as this was the number usually harnessed to a chariot), i Ki. loc.cit. "and Solomon had D'D-ID
s
forty thousand S -' f
q.
Arab. i_?;S *-^
in-
^t
teams
S
stall
of horses."
flame;
""Hi,
to kindle;
kindred to the Hebrew roots
Arab. .*y a
it
"Qn, and to the western roots areo, ardeo, uro. Hence is '!P"!$. No. 2, hearth of God.
or stable,
,\
a manger.
Transposed
is
J"lVl).S
2Ch. 32:28.
^ Ch. lol
behold! or
rather, see ye, Dan. 7: 6,
H
:
i5>adj.
made of cedar
it,
7,13; and with the roughness of the letter "i softenSeveral ed, -17$ (which see), in the Talmud *"}!.
^'s.
27 24. Others explain
(denom. from H)*), Eze. firm, stable, comp. PX.

copies, in
nX & i"O""}J$
n3"!)X,
(in
some
some
take this word from the Arabic imperative

L.~.f
,\
(of
the form \.lil); but they should attend to this, which

is
of
much importance
in the matter, that the

is
\.
..
Arabic
there-
but contradicted by the Masora, see J. H. Mich. on Jer. 30:17), f. i a long bandage, applied by a physician in order ( ) to heal a woitnd (see the root No', l). ? n>1~lS nripj?
is applied to any one,"i7e. his wound is healed; Jer. 8:22; Neh. 4:1; 2 Chr. 24:13; and in Hiph. ? na-Y")^ npyn "toapply a bandage toany one,"
imperative of the verb ^\.
I prefer,
"a bandage
fore, regarding -1"1^ as being with the letters transposed for -IX"). [" Not found in other Chaldee books
;
but cognate with it are in Ch. and Talmud. ÎD. lo / *1X lo! then for, because (like Ch. ID lo! if), and ' then /or, beD-nX. because; also, Samar. frZR 1 cause.
This demonstrative force exists elsewhere
likewise, both in the syllables h#, !?H (see ??, 7S,
or to heal his wound, Jer. 30:17;
33:6.
Always
;
metaph., to restore a state, Jer. 2 Ch. ; Neh. 1. 1. c. c., hence

(2) healing, health,
Tsa..
loc. cit. to
repair walls
S-i
58:8.
Arab.
<j
.1
the
n?^
R?n,
fifrv?,
f
Arab. A\\ and also
in IX, "in
(compare
healing of a wound.
Ô cn, n 7f ^> ^5? ^ ere "* ^ zs P&**) so that it is hard to say which form is the more ancient and primitive."
:
99
nO-HX [Arumah"],
Neapolis, perhaps the
same
pr.n. Jud. 9: 41, a town near as HD-II 2 Ki. 23:36.
Ges. add.]
E P'"l^
" iiv? (for 1J1 with Aleph prosthetic, probably a wandering," "place of fugitives," from the root
'., which
2 Kings 16:6, an incorrect reading for stands in np.

;
*m which
Phoenicia,
see),
[Arvad], Arad,
pr. n.
a city of
X c .(m. lSa.6:8 f. 180.4:17; 2Ch.8:ll), an ark, chest, into which things are collected to be
kept, from the root nn&J No. 3, to collect. (Arab. s ~%
.\.\
not far
a,
on an island of the same name, situated from the shore; according to Strabo (xvi.
by Sidonian fugitives (see the etymology just given). Eze. 27:8, 11. The Arabian geographers write the name ^, [Rmvdd'], and the
13, 14), built
,
an d
of a
\ t
a wooden chest, especially a

;
coffin.)
Used
same name
is
still
used.
See Rosenmiiller, Alter-
thumskunde, ii. l, page 6, seq. 1 X Gen. 10: "P T 18; iCh. 1:16.
:
The
gentile
noun
is
of a coffin, Gen. chest, 2 Ki. 12: 1O, ll most but 50:26; frequently of the holy ark in which the two tables of the law were kept called more fully fl"iN. rvnyn "the ark of the testimony," Ex. 25: 22; 26:33;
money
**
pr. n.
(perhaps
:
i.
q. 1'njJ
"wild
nirp nn? fn^,Deu.io:8; 31:9,25; nn?n fl-ijj j os h. 3:6; 4:9; ni'n; fns, i 83.5:3,4; 6:8, seq.
:
ass"), [Arod],
m. Nu. 26 17, whence gent.
*"rt"?
Gen. 46 16.
l^ & (of the form nK^Pl),. PI. absolute "JX (by a Syriacism for J"linK, like D9nfo for D Ch. 32:28, const, n'm i Ki.5:6, and nins
HD^
njj J [Araunali], 2 Sa. 24:20, seq., pr.n. of a Jebusite, written ibid/verse 16, in nro, ^J" .^; vers? 18, in ana, nj3TS; in Chron. \r$ [Oman']. _^
1
T"l^ an unused
self,
root.
Arab.
JJ
.\
to contract one-
s
:.
^
,!
to
make
(l) a
their
manger, from which

tJbe
itself,
oneself compact and firm;
cattle in a stall
pluck
tfie
provender (see
root rn
No.
It is
2),
and
stable ;
a-* a tree : \
Jjl ^
firm.
which has firm
roots.
Hence
(aftei
<a// or afaft/e
2 Ch. 32 :28.
used
A. Schultens) many take
part. pass. W"l
made fast
LXXVIII
made ft r m,
Ezr. 2 7 : 24. But almost all the old transators have rendered D*M~i^ made of cedar (from TT8,
jf the form B^H3 brazen, Lehrg. 512), and to these I Jo not hesitate to accede. Henoe TPD for T11XD and
O.^
pi.
0*n^
its
*J"H$
firmness of
roots
m cedar, so called from the which is remarkable in trees of

-
Hence (a) metaph. course of living and acting, i.q. TH. 1^ fT**
vypot to life or happiness," Pro. 5:6.
Gen. 49 1 7 Jud. 5:6; Psal. 19:6; id.). ninns " paths of the seas," Ps. 8:9; compare the way KtXtvda, Horn. H. a, 312; DÔ nns
:
;
"way
of lying,"
i.e. false
and fraudulent conduct, Ps.

:
the pine kind (Theophr. Hist. Plant,

conifera, is the
ii.
7).
The cedi-us
kind pointed out, a tree uncommonly tall (Isa. 2:13; 37 24 Am. 2 9) and wide-spreading (Eze. 31 :3), formerly very abundant in Lebanon (Ps. 29:5; 92:13; 104:16), but now reduced to a very
: ; :
small
number (Ritter, Erdkunde,
ii.
446);
its
wood
is
119:104; njn* ryim.X "mode of action pleasing to God," Ps. 25 4 1 19 1 5 Isa. 2 3. The metaphor of a pat h is often retained, as Pro. 4:14; 8:20. (b)mode, manner; Gen. 18:11, DT?? njh rn^> nvn^) "?nn "it ceased to be with Sarah after the manner of women," an euphemism for the menses. Comp. Gen.
: ;
odoriferous, without knots, and not liable to decay; used therefore for building and adorning the temple
and royal
palaces, especially for wainscots

for cedar- work,
and ceilings.
Arab,
c for his condition and 3 1: 35( ) anyone's way, lot (Germ, roie eg tym gcbt); Job 8:13; Pro. i 19. (d) poet, way is used for traveller, or travellers,
:
Hence used
which
is still
j,^ used by the inhabitants of Lebanon

;
iKi. 6:18.
Job 31 :32. PI. SOfl nirns travellers of Temu," bands of the Temaites, Job 6:19.
pi.
-
?n^K Ch.
pi-
id.,
Dan. 4:34; 5:23.

^nn-)K,nnrnx, Chald.
i.
JEw. ftCUl Aram. NPK; J)j). There was therefore no need to deny T"WI to be the cedar, and to make it the pine, as done by Celsius in Hierob. i. 106, seq.
^r
with
suff.
q.
Heb. ways, metaph. counsels of God, Dan. 4:34. the affairs, vicissitudes of any one, Dan. 5:23.
"M7
2:14.
f- wood-work of cedar, cedar-work,Zep}i. The feminine has a collective power, as in
H M "1^
root No.
1.
f.
band of
travellers, see under the
nyj? timber; Lehrg. 477.
"
I.
1
jN
TO
WALK, TO
Job 34:8. (Ch. rnx. id. tpôpui, and softened forms of the same stock are Part, nnx a traveller, Jud. 19:17; Î? ?, ^"V) 8 Sam. 12:4; Jer. 14:8. PI. Jer. 9:1. Fern, nrnx
collect, (see
GO, as a finite verb, once To this answers the Gr.
f-> anjippointed portion, ration offood, or provision, given out daily or at some regular time (from HIS No. II.), Jer. 40:5; 52:34; 2^.25:30;
whence, generally, a portion of food, Pro. 15:17.

'"!** pl-D'HS iKi.io:20; elsewhere nV"m.(iKL 10:19; 2 Ch-9:i8, 19), a lion, as if, plucking, tearing abroad (see nn I., No. 2); Nu.24:9; l 83.17:34,
Lehrgeb. 477) a company, or band of travellers, especially of merchants, a caravan, avvSee HIX, "IH'jte. otia, Gen. 37:25; Isa. 21:13.
II.
II
n!
-
1J*
whence
Arab.
7^?
to
i-
-*
TO DECREE, TO APPOINT, i.q. PpH *- T / To this answers the q- pin a statute. s - a.

/ r
" a seq.; 2 Sa. 23:20, etc.; Fli^. ~PE3 young lion," Jud. 14:5; nint?-VI3 "lion's whelp," Jer. 51: 38. It furnishes an image both of strength, Nu. 23:24, ami
of fierceness and cruelty, Pro. 28: 15;
*
.
~g
see Bochart,
^\
appoint a time, whence

,1
>.
Hieroz. 5.715, seq.
Syr. \/i\.
t\
appointed
time, an era, an epoch;

chronicle, annals.
to date
it is
C^
letter;
^* <,\J
^_"
-
Perhaps
kindred to the root
m. (comp. of >^ and ^?). Collect (l) lion of God, i.e. very mighty hero. " 2 83.23:20, 3Kto Tf two heroes of Moab;'
^'IN
VHS
TD? which
T
see.
see
^XTS and
and
*"!^ l
Ch. 11 :28.
(Compare Arab.
(perhaps for rn.K
"wandering"), [Arah~\,
(2) 101.7:39.
pr.n.
m.
lion of God, an epithet of brav

\
(l) Ezr.2:5; Neh-7:io.

pi.
rrirnx constr.
nirm
DnrpS, instead of which

in
'n'rnx, there are often found
with
suff.
printed editions 'rfrn'X, TD'n~^, on Job 13:27) comm. (m. Pro. 2 115, f. Pro. comp. Job 6: 18, 19; 15:19), a poetical word,
(see J. H. Mich,
MSS. and
D^
Sam
--i Shiri khoda, lion of God.) 29: 1,2, used of Jerusalem as the "city of heroes," which is to be unconquered; although others, comparing the passage of Ezekiel about to be cited
men, and Pers.

Isa.
j^
render
it
hearth,
i.
e.
altar of God. s,!
way, path,
i.q.
TT?.
(Ch. rnfc, Syr. l-w'o),
(2^ hearth of God (compare
hearth,
chunn**
LXXIX
fi-om the root
nn
No. II.), used of the altar of burnt-
40; 5
3;
offerbg, Eze.43: 15, 16. pr.n. of a (3)
Qo;
man, Ezr. 8:
16.
Pro. 28:2;
17:2O; 22:7; Isa.63:lo; also withouf 00.7:15; 8:12.

:
[Ariel],
*T")*$ fAridat], Persic pr.n. of the ninth son of
(2) intrans. to be long, i Ki. 8:8, especially used of time VDJ ttngn " to be 1 o n g-1 i v e d," Ex. SO 1 2
;
Haman,
Est.
9:9; compare 'Apidalog,

'
i.
e.
strong,
from
the Pers. art, ard; see under the
word K^^nrnx.
A iryadao, digna dans' (Benfey), or Arid (Bohlen); compare the next 'donum Aryaday,
[" Perhaps from
article."
Ges. add.]
Deu. 5:16; 6:2; 25:15; compare No. 1. (3) to retard, to delay, to defer; iSK Tl^n Isa. 48:9; Pro. 19:11, to defer anger, to be patient, and ftaKpoQvfios' ["So too te*f3 T"!? id., Job 6:11." Ges. add.]. Compare DJBJJ ^.X under TO*.
(4)
to
delay,
to
tarry (prop.
e8 lange madben),
Nu.
strong"), [Aridathci], pr.n. of the ( sixth son of Haman, Est. 9:8.
Nrrp^
9:19,22.
The
derivatives, except ^9-1"% immediately follow.
"T."!** i.q. *"!.
(with
n;
parag. as in
V$ and n^),
more frequent use, but only found in Deu. 33:22; Jud. 14:8; used sing, a lio n. Gen. 49 9 of a powerful and fierce enemy, Isa. 15:9; Jer.4:7; " and he cried as a Isa.2l :8, nnx fcOi^l lion;" comand
also of
:
[" to make long, "SpJK Ch. i.q. Heb.; part. ijn also to Jit, toadapt"~\,meet, suitable, Ezr. 4:14. "Tal^ t
mud. id. Arab. cJ

*J
,T
most fit, most worthy." Ges. add.]

""l"^ adj.
J.^
only found in const, 26.17:3,
pare Apoc. 10:3.
Ch. 15:25.] [(2) pr.n. Arieh, 2
n.V|X Ch.
id.,
Dan. 7: 4;
pi.
|inK Dan. 6: 8.
(an eagle) with long feathers, long- feathered." (2) slow, in the phrases D-1T ipS Ecc.7:8, and ^11^ B??-? "slow to anger," /jiaKpodvpoc, Pro.l5:l8; 16:32;
(1) long;
9
15n T$
"
=:
Ex. 34:6;
Nu.l4:l8; comp. Syriac )Lô ; >
J^-^^J
^'"}^ \_Arioch~], Assyriaco-Chaldaic pr.n. (l) of a king of the land of Ellasar, Gen. 14:1,9; compare Judith 1:6. (2) of the captain of the royal guard in the court of Babylon, Dan. 2:14. Properly
lion-like man, from
*")$
patient,
Arab.
is
LU j
t
long, i.e. long-suffering.
Once
B??^
^11..^
Jer. 15:15.
ro [jiaKpodvfJiov, patience, longsuffering, IV?. Opposed to
nn
and the syllable <Jj1, with

Ges. add.]
1^?
"JTtf
f.
n ?l^.
adj.
l.
long, xised of space, Job 11:9;
which adjectives end in Persic. [" Sanscr. ArjaJca, to

be reverenced.
P'"]^?
Est.
of time, 2 Sa. 3:
Bohlen."
("length"), [ErecK], pr.n. of a
city of
9:9; comp.
to
[Arts at], Persic pr.n. of a son of Haman, of lion, and L..^ ^Ls like
Babylonia, Gen. 10: 10. Amongst the old interpreters Pseudoj., Targ. Jerus., Jerome, and Ephraem understand Edessa; more correctly Bochart (Phaleg. iv. 16), Areca or Arecca, a city situated on the borders
of Babylonia and Susiana
whence like
Arice.
a lion.
[" Sanscr.
Arjdsdy,
sagitta
Bohlen."
Ges. add.]
(Ammian. xxiii. 21).

"1en
Jk> (i) pr. trans. TO MAKE LONG, TO EXTEND, TO STRETCH OUT, kindred to the root TDJJ which see.
Y"^ with suff. i3"}X m

seq.
;
le ng th,
27
seq.
;
D'PJ ^JTX
: ;
Gen. 6 1 5 Ex. 26 2, g t h of days," longe: ;

:
Hence
Arab.
i"13 !
nt$ a long bandage;

-*'
Syr. ^'1} to prolong,
vity, Ps. 21 :5
91 16
D"?*
T3$
"
so
o ng as I live"
^\
to
tarry, to delay in a matter.

fut.
[this
would greatly
limit the sense]; Ps.
23:6; "^K
(a) Med. E.
T^;
Q!?^? patience, Pro.
25:15.
length, continuance of time, Dan.
pl.'"J8!
;
intransit. to
be
"l^ntf Ch.
fern.,
long. (Syr., Arab., Sam. id. Aph.

long.)
1X , T")'
îoj
to pro-
"
Eze-31 :5; Gen. 26: 8, D'Djn DB>

it
iânK
WJ
to
4:24; 7:12.
and
came
to pass
when days were prolonged
him
there," i.e.
when he had
lived there long; Eze.
12:22.
"^
by
casting
Ch.
fern., the
knee, Dan. 5: 6.
prosthetic,
2-13"],
HIPHIL T?$i? (0 to make long, lengthen, prolong,Ps.i*9-.3- "to put forth the tongue," Isa. 57:4; *0* T~!K n " to p r o 1 o n g any one's life," to grant him long life, i Ki.3:i4; on the other hand VOJ 'n "to
:
away the Aleph
In Targ. N?^"1.
'17]K Ch. [Archevites~\; pi. '81f!8 a Gentile noun from 'H'Jj^ (Gen. 10:10); Arecenses, Ezr.4:9.
3^.5^
prolong
one's
own
Gent. n. [Archites"],
"n'JX,
inhabitants of the
life," to
be long-lived, Deu. 4:26,
town or region
to
be sought on the borders of
the tribe of Ephraim, Josh. 16:8, different from the name taken from the town of Babylonia, Josh. loc. cit.
;
(Suppl. 128), compare +j\ i.q.

p. 78),
^^ chambers
Gol
8 Sa. 15:32; 16:16.
tt an unused root
to
i.q.
Ml,
DO"}, DVI, DTJJ,
D*O,
and *>. women's apartment, Harem ; but there is no need for us to leave the simple explan&tioa first given. Used of the citadel of a hostile capital,
Isa.
be high (comp. Arab.
,%
to swell up, to exalt one-
25:2.
self).
Hence pO"]X and

const, state
D"]^
[Aram, Mesopotamia,
od)Ianb/
*!*$ i. q. ^TK. in fern. JVOT$ adv. [Syrian], in the Aramaean tongue, in Aramaean, Dan. 2:4; Ezr.
4:7;
Isa.
Syria], pr.n. ("height, high region"

opp. to
(1)
J1!3J?
36: 11.
9lieberlanb).
Aramcsa, Aramaeans, or Syria, Syrians,

;
construed with a verb m. sing. ; 2 Sa. 10: 14, 15, 18 i Ki. 20:26; pi. 2 Sa. 10:17, J 9; l Ki. 20:20; more
*S"15$ [Syrian, Aramitess], Gent, noun, maean, western 2 Ki. 5:20, and eastern, or an inhabitant of Mesopotamia, Gen. 25 2O 28:5; 3 1 2O, 24. PI. D'B1$ 2Ki. 8:29, and by f. "I'Onjjl l Ch. 7:14.
:
:
Ara-
This ancient and dorarely with sing. f. Isa. 7:2. mestic name of Syria, was not altogether unknown to the Greeks, see Horn. II. ii. 783 Hesiod. Theog. 304;
;
2 Ch. 22:5. Aphseresis DVjnn for cnpngn

*
JD")^
(as if Palatinus),
[Armoni],
pr. n. ra. 2 Sa.
Strabo xiii. 4, 6; xvi. 4, The name of Ara27. mcea however extends more widely than that of Syria,
21:8.
it ever was used, have had, like \^, nrj the sense of a tremulous and tinkling or creaking sound; Gena. tree vibrating in the air; comp. fd>nrirren, as of a tall
Mesopotamia, although Pliny (v. 15, 12), and Mela (i. li), give the same more extended limit to Syria. When it simply stands we should
and
also includes
]"1^ an
uncertain root, which if
I suspect to
Q^
generally understand western Syria, or that properly so called; Jud.3: 10; iKi. 10:29; 11:25; 15:18; especially Syria of Damascus ; Isa. 7:1,8; Am. 1:5;
<
jn><=} \h, fi31.

Jj'l
is to be
agile, nimble, whenc*
more accurately called p^l! 01^, 2 Sa. 8:5. Where Mesopotamia is intended, it is called D?1Q3 Q~3$ [Meso" potamia, Aram-nahardtn] Syria of the two rivers," Gen. 24 10 Deut. 23:5; Jud. 3 8 or DTO {IS " [Padan-arain] the plain of Syria," Gen. 25:20; 28 2, 5, 6, 7 and ellipt. PT? 48 7 rarely simply 0^8? Numbers 23:7, when a more exact description has
:
a wild goat.
Hence
Horite,
T |")^ (
wild goat"), [Aran], pr.n. of a
:28; lCh.l:42.
idols
m. the name of a tree, of the wood of whicl were carved, without doubt a species of pine In Talmud. Babyl. (Para, fol. 96, l), Isa. 44:14. DTK *W. LXX. there are joined D'tn-Ql D3i
preceded (comp.
In western Syria (not in 'SIX.). as is Mesopotamia, commonly thought), there were besides in the time of David, certain other kingdoms,
TT/ruc-
As
Vulg. pinus. denote to the etymology, r$* like ]!P, appears to

lofty tree,
rqW
[Aram-zobah] [Aram-beth-rehob^seeini
DTX.
rV3 ong (see nato), nrr)

rV3),roj;iD
a very
D^^raro-
n rr>aachah~\ (see ?J?f?), ^?H, etc., which were however afterwards subject to the kings of Damascus Comp. Gent. n?T. ST& ( l Ki. 20 l ).
:
"n?"!.
which when shaken above by the see under wind, gives forth a tremulous sound (J3l); the word Q^; either P.i< may be regarded as denoting the the same as |3?, or else f$* may *>e taken from from for as for contr. ]3-lff, ^P root 15-J itself, 1^ \F$, Others understand an ash or an elder, from the
similarity of sound
;
(2) pr. n. m.
(a)
A ram,
the grandson of
Nahor
ornus, alnus.
through Kemuel (Gen. 22:21), who seems to have Comp. 0*1. given his name to the region of Syria.
(2) [Oren], pr.n.

f.
m,
Ch. 2:25.
epicen.
a hare, Lev. 11:6; Deu. 14:7.

See Bochart, Hieroz.
i.
(6)1 Ch.7:34.
"}&
PI. const,
napnx a fortress, palace,
Arab.
994,
BO called from being lofty (see the root) ; Isa. 25:2; JV3 f\Q-$ i Ki. 16:18; 39:14; Pro. 18: 19, etc.
^-^j\ Syr. )^ji) id. this seq., who regards

"
^Sn
compounded of nnx
ji3"]tf
quadriliteral as being to pluck, to crop, and 3'3 produce
3Ki. 15:25, is "the citadel of the palace," its innermost part, the highest and strongest. None of the ancients rendered the word women's apartment, as very many of late have done, after J. D. Michaelis
ing of the same name, emptying itself into the east of the Dead Sea; it formerly was the northern boundary of
rushing," "roaring,"i.e. roar(for P3~> n. of a stream ( 'D3) with a valley stream), pr.
LXXXI
the Moabites, the soifthern of the Amorites
el-Mojib).
(now
d, as in the
^~=>~y<&\ Deu. 2:24,36; 3:8, seq.; 4:48; Isa. Burckharclt, Travels in Syria, p. 372 (Germ, trans. and my remarLs on Isa. 16:2. p. 633),
Num. 21:13,
22:36; 16:2, and see

seq.;
Grj,
CPS, certs,
vulgs^ dre. see No. 6).
To
this also
answers the
heaven.
;
rpyitf see n3pK
(l) the earth, orbis terrarum, opp. to r$?$l D^lfn Gen. l:l; 2:1,4, and f!$. D?l?>1 Gen. 2:4, "heaven and earth," used of the whole creation. Synecd. for the inhabitants of the earth, Gen. 9:19; ii:i; 19:31.
Specially (2) earth, land, continent, opp. to sea, Gen.i :28.
P"1N (" nimble"), [^rnan], pr.n. m.,

P*)^
(id-)'
Ch. 3:21.
[Orna'n],
pr. n. of
a Jebusite, on whose
threshing-floor Solomon built the temple, iCh. 21 :15; 2 Ch. 3:1. Compare n 2pK
. ;
Gen. 21:32;
is
aland, country, Ex. 3:8; 13:5; Q" ^?? Y~$ rn-IJT JHX Ru. 1:7. Any one's land that which is subject to any one, as " the land of
1
(3)
y~)K Ch. emph. st. Ny"]X_(i) earth, i. q. Heb. PI*?, y and V being interchanged (see under y). Dan. 2 35,39; 3:31, etc. (2) the ground, and adv. below, inferior ; Dan. 2 39, " after thee shall arise another kingdom, Ky~!N inferior to thine." Compare Ch. 'JHX, y in1| T L L Hence ferior, VD?P for yD*??? from below, below.
=
:
:
Sidon," Neh. 9:22; or which is consecrated (Jer. 2:7; 16 1 8) also that in which any one dwells, Deu. 19:2, " his native 1O; 28:12; or was born, land," Gen.
: ;
24:4; 30:25; Nu.'lO:9; Isa.S'.g; comp. yrj rtvog. Acts 7 3, and the words DJJ, "Vy, &*$. Absol. fl? and VI"?? are not unfrequently used of Palestine, rar' Qo:
^ *~^
Dan. 6 25.
:
f.
the
lowest
(part),
bottom
(of a den),
Joel l 2, as in the phrase Y~$ I??', B'lJ Ps. 37 9, 11,22,29; 44:4; Pro.2:2i; 10:30. Also used of the inhabitants of a region, Isa. 26: 18; specially of
X//',
: :
the wicked, Isa. 11:4 (compare t^fas No.

(4) land, piece of
i, b).
to
"1S"]^ ("a prop, support," a name not ill applied a fortified city; for "IS") from the root "l?^), pr.n. a
land (Germ, etn Stuct 8anb)/ Gen. 23:15; Ex. 23:10. Used of the land belonging
to
town and region of Syria, not far from the city of Hamath, with which it is often joined subject to its own kings, to be distinguished from T]K (which see)
;
a town, Josh. 8:
(5) the
i.
ground,
*Ki.i8:34; 19=135 Isa.iO:9; Jer.4Q:23.

13 \_Arphaxacf], pr.n. of the third son of Shem, designating nor is the conat the same time a people or region
;
"T&^DrT]^ Genesis 10:22, 24; 11:10
local nyns (Milel) to the as ""^"IX -inPl^l Gen. 33:3; 37:10. Hence poet., things that creep on the ground, i.q. Kl^? B>"T.. Job 12:8, }HK? !Tb> speak to the ground," i.e. to
ground, with H
the reptiles of the ground

sea;
followed
by
fishes of the
jecture of Bochart improbable (Phaleg.

is
iKi./J:l3. (6) the element of the earth, earthy part, sco;
compare Gen. 9:2
ii.
4) that this
rice
'AppaTra^Zne, Arrapachitis, a region of Assyria, near to Armenia (Ptolem. vi. l), the native land of the
(of metal); Ps. 12:7,
"
shop
n!$
from
its
earthy
silver purified in a. workparts," i.e. sconce.
PL
Chaldeans (see
favoured
my
remarks on
Isa.
23: 13).
S-ci
,\
This
is
lands; often used,

iô-^riv
riiVlX lands, countries, Gen.. 26:3,4, especially in the later Hebrew, car'
11
by the etymology (from *\~$, <i boundary, and nab or 1BO i.q. DHK'3 [see note])' and by Josephus (Antiq.
1
i.
6,
4); 'ApQaZddTjs
<$c
roue vvv Xa/\-
of the lands of the Gentiles (comp. E ?^, DM3 ) e. g. JYIVixn 'y_ " the people of (profane) lands." 2 Ch. 13:9; 17: 10; niV"]Xn niD?!pO "kingdoms of regions
?
oat'ouc Ka\ovp.ivov(;
'Ap0aa2a/oi/c
"
wvop.a.(rtv.
[Note.
(of Gentiles)."
Ch.29:3O; 2 Ch. 12:8; 17:

is
1O.
The
Eohlen on Gen.
'
loc. cit.
compares Sanscr. Arjapak-
shatd
i.
q.
the side of Asia ;' comp. Porussia, Po-rus, near the Russians."]
(a land)
by
origin of this phraseology passages of Ezekiel, 5:6;
to
be found in these
11: 17; 12:15; 20:23;
22:15; 20:32: 22:4.

Note. n paragogic in ny"lX is commonly local, but sometimes also poetical, so that ^V"!^ is not different from n$> Job. 34: 13 37 12 Isa. 8 23 (comp.
'
v v y Isa. 9:18,
comm. (more rarely masc., as Gen. 13:6; especially when a land is put for the in-
habitants, Isa.
art.
i/
26:18; 66:8) with suff. T1*?, with fnsn, with n local nyiK THE EARTH. (Arab. V
nj$
for *?).'
'
X^*1X
16:9.
(" earth"), [J.rza], pr.n. of a
man,
Ki.
The Arabic form J>j\, Ch. and Syr. Kin*, nearly resembled the Sanscr. dhara [Welsh, daear}, Pehlev. arta, whence terra, Goth, Grbej
UJ-
emphat.
1 1
st.
Kg"i8 Ch. i.q.
Ny T "iS, EAETH,
airtha,
earth,
the letter y being changed into the harder p, Jer. 1O

;
tl'.ft
iatler passes
over to *he Gr. tpa, by casting away
anc very often in Targg.

7
LXXXII
fut.
parag.
rm
"fii, imp. Judges 5:23; with n Nu. 22:6, TO CURSE. (To this answers _
HM
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Arab.
for; whence
^^
to
long
the Arab,
jj,
to abhor, to detest,
and
still
more Gr.
lavic.
&pa, apnofMai.} Const, followed by an ace. Nu. 22:6; 23:7; Mai. 2:2; Jud. loc. cit.; Job. 3:8, DV '!"!'
f. Psal. 21:3, desire, longing. Vulg. voluntas.
LXX.
"those who curse who were supposed

their imprecations
;
to render
the day," a kind of enchanters days unfortunate by
KWnrnx
EZT.
4:8,11,23,
:
above
all cattle,"
i.
e.
Gen. 3:14, "thou art cursed all animals shall shun thee as an
[This explanation is wholly unsuitDeu. 27:15, seq; 28:16, seq. able.] NIPIIAL, pass. part. D'~)X3 Mai. 3:9.
(i) i. q. Kal, Gen. 5:29. Nu. 5:22, (2) to cause, or produce a curse. D*Y!Kl?n DV3H the waters which when drunk, would
PIEL, -HK part.
accursed beast.
Ezr.7:7, 4 7 [Artaxerxes^pr.n. of several kings of Persia; in Greek written 'Apra~ Zipfyg, called by the Armenians tunintuaû Artashir,
Ardeshfr, by the modern Persians, ^lj.1, _,yU&j by the ancient Persians, on the inscriptions Nakshi Rustam in Niebuhr (Travels, t. ii. tab. 27), as in(
&Nfl^nrnN
Tl0
terpreted
by
;
Silv.
de Sacy,
inBTimK
Artachshetr,
destroy the adulterous and perjured woman. HOPHAL, fut.-iSV ; pass. Nu. 22:6. Derivative "TWO.
see
1
whence, by the permutation of r and s and with the letters transposed, has sprung Artachsharta and the Hebrew Artachshast, Artachsliasta.
Artachshatra
This name is compounded of the syllable
art, strong,
Tjn.
"1^? [Ararat], pr.n. of a region nearly in the middle of Armenia, between the Araxes and the lakes
Van and Urumiah (2 Ki. 19:37; Isa. 37:38), even now called by the Armenians Ararat (utnu/nutui)
the ark of on the mountains of which "*!!?) rested (Gen. 8 4) sometimes used in a wider sense for the whole of Armenia (Jer. 51:27) itself. The name is that properly of a region, not of a mountain, as has been laid down by Moses Chorenensis, see Schroeder, Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55 Moses
powerful (comp.the pr. names 'Apro/3api7c,'Apra/3a';c, 'Apra^'pj'j/e), and "intJTI, which in the usage of the ancient language denotes king, like the Zend, and Sansc. k'satra, nor should we blame Herodot. (vi. 98), rendering it great warrior ; for that the Persic word kJishetrao, khshetria has this true arid primary signification, is shewn by the Sanscr. k'sata, one whois of the military
order, a soldier.
(W.
Noah
[" See Lassen, Keilschrift, p. 36."] kings of this name are mentioned in the Old Testament. (l) Pseudo-Smerdes, Ezr. 4:7, 8, 23,
Two
comp. verse 24
whom
suppose to have adopted the

regal authority. in the seventh
Chorenensis, Hjst. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289,308, 358, 361. As to the region, see Wahl, Asien, p. 518, 806, Ker Porter, seq. Morier, Second Journey, p. 312.
Travels, vol.
is
i.
name ofArtaxerxes, together with the (2) Artaxerxes Longimanus,
p.
178, seq.
'
["Smith and Dwight's

ii.
year of whose reign Ezra led his colony into Palestine, Ezr. 7:1,7, 11, 12, 21; 8:i; and from whose
twentieth to the thirty-second year Nehemiah goSee my furverned Jiidrea, Neh. 2 i 5 1 4 13:6. ther remarks in Thes. p. 155, 156.
: :
Researches in Armenia, vol.

Sanscr. Arjawarta
p. 73, &c.
The
root
holy ground,' Bohlen, Benfey,
&c."
I*
Gesen. add.]
J
N a root not used in Kal, as rightly observed

pr.i.q.Knj;
lltfS an unused root, probably
i.q.
IpX
to bind.
by Manger on Hos. 2:21

TO BUILD, whence
,.
TO ERECT,
Hence
^^
a bed, couch with a canopy. S
'Nlf
7gT1$
("whom God
("vow
From
the idea of a bed-fellow a husband or (j*.c S *"
vow), iAsareel"], pr.n. m.,
has bound," Ch. 4:16.
sc.
by
wife, tjw.yC
one espoused; hence

to
PIEL,
KHX
Num. 26:31;
pr. to
Josh. 17:2;
espouse a woman;
make a
spouse.
ne>K
Constr. with HK'N Bn$< Deu. 20:7; 28:30; bn Hos. 2:21,22; 2 Sam. 3:14. There is
W*^ [Asrielitea], Num.

with
suff.
of God"), [Asriet], pr.n. w., l Chr. 7: 14. Patronymic

loc. cit.
Job 18:5; D??'K

:
Isa.
50: 11.
added 3 of price [paid for the wife] 2 Sa. loc. cit. PUAL, BT)fc f. in Pause nbn'K to be betrothed, Ex. 22:15; Deu.22 s8 Part. nbn'ND, Deu. 22:23, 25, 97. (Ch. Dn F?. and Pa.
: .
comm. (but
48:45;
rarely masc., Job 20 26; Ps. 104:4; Jer. comp. as to the gender of words signifying
id).
fire, Lehrg. 546, note), FIRE. (Amongst the cognate languages, thn Chaldee has N|^> NtJ'l$ fire, fever;
LXXXIII
9
9*
fever;
is
the Syr.
JA^J
jth. ^ftT
fire;
Arab.
Jt_..,_.\\
which however
rarelv used. v
The
;
(for bel], pr. n. of a
p" opinion
son of Benjamin, Gen. 46:21;
of God"), 'Ashi Ch.
offshoots of this
8:1.
Hence patron. ^>3fK Âshbelites^Nn.^:^.

(i.q. fOKTI),
rery ancient stock are very widely spread in the languages of Asia and Europe comp. Sanscr. ush, to burn ; Pehlev. and Persic Gr. aldos, a'idw ;
|3^K
36:26.'
[Eshban], pr.name, m. Gen.

l
^J^\
fire
Latin
cestus
fyeijj/
old
Germ.
jje.
(Sit,
eitcn/
to kindle
is
yZWX
4:21.
("I adjure"), [Ashbeti], pr.n. m.
Ch.
Germ,
"MX,
lieien/
TIJ?
A kindred
ara>,
stock
r;
Heb.
"fix,
cornp.
irvp,
wo,
and with the addition
of a labial,
Specially
3^^
I
[Eshbaat], pr.n. of a son of Saul;
see
comburo,ferveo, guer, geuer).
lightnings, 16 comp. Ex. 9:23, and Pers. 1 Û^sT îJ'T. Also, figuratively used of the anger and wrath of God n " exarsere (Virg. Ên. ii. 575, ignes animo, subit ira, " B>X is kindled a fire etc.). Deu. 32 22, 'SK? niTJj}
; : ; :
(i) the fire of God, often used of 2 Ki. l:lO, 12, 14; Job Ki. 18:38
V
page
L/
to
XLI
A.
N an unused
pour,
to
root,
i.
q.
Chald. and Syr. "1?%
**
*_f
pour
out.
Hence
:
m. a pouring out. Nu. 21 15, places where streams flow down from the mountains.
f. id. a pouring out (of streams), a low at the foot of mountains, Josh. 10:40; 12:8. place
in
my
anger."
Jer.4:4; 15:14; 21:12; Lam.2:4;
!*
Eze. 22:21; and, by a similar figure, fire, Avhen speaking of men, is also applied to internal ardour
of mind.
20 9 Ps. 39 3, 4. (2) Poet, fire is used of war, so that to be consumed with fire is i. q. to be destroyed in war. [?] Nu. 21
Jer.
: ;
:
n|psn n'nspK "the roots (or springs) of Pisgah"(a mountain), Deu. 3:17; 4:49; Josh. 12:3. Compare
the root of a mountain or
hill,
from
uL- to
28; Jer.48: 45; Jud.9:i5,2O; Isa.io:i6; 26:11; Ps. 21 10. &$ rnj5 " to kindle a fire," metaph. for to excite the tumult of war, Isa. 50:11. The same figure
:
pour
out.
J
1.
c.
is
very familiar to the Arabian poets, compare on
( a fortified place," "a castle," for from T^), A s h do d, 'A 4"woc, pr- n- one of the
five chief cities of the Philistines
Isa.
7:4. (3) Fire and burning are used in signate' any destruction, whether of
Hebrew
to de-
men
(although assigned to the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:4), Josh. 1 1 2 2 1 5 46 ; l Sa. 5:1; Isa. 20 i. It was the fortress of Palestine,
: ; : :
or things.
Job 15:34; 20:26; 22:20; 31:12;

11,14.
(4)
(5)
Isa.
30:30; 33:
heat of the sun, Joel l :ig, 20; 2:3, 5. splendour, brightness, e.g. of arms, Nah. % 2:4. V$ a? "gems of a fiery splendour," Eze. 28 " 14, 16 comp. Stat. Theb. ii. 276, arcano florentes
: ;
igne smaragdi."
See the derivative nB>Nst.
on the borders of Palestine and Egypt, compare Isa. 1. cit. ând Herod, ii. 157. There still exists the village Esdud or Atzud. See Kosenm. Alterthumskunde, ii. The Gentile noun is HI^'P^, fern. 2, page 374, seq. IV and the latter as an adv. t'w the tongue or dialect ofAshdod, Neh. 13:23. -i --* rTli'JN an unused root, i.q. Arab. U'
,
$$
n>\
Ch. emphat.
K N
;
id.
Dan. 7:11.
;
(1)
pr. n.
to
prop, sustain,
to
i.
q.
B'B'X'
(2) metaph.
heal, solace.
Hence
WK
>
i.q. B>^ est, sunt, is,
ABE
Arab.
(j-J'
Ch.
rWN\
f.
2 Sa. 14:19;
the verb substantive is

letters, in
Mic. 6:10. (The notion of found in Sanscr. under these

esti,est,
HBte
i.q. e>'g
fire,
as in the Chaldee.
Jer. 6:
the root as ( whence asmi, sum,/ a m;
29 a'ro, Tf$9 Dn^KD "by their fire the lead" sc. " is consumed is consumed, np, Dl? tWO by fire."
n^fc$ const.
like
flK'N; pi. const.
he
is).
Compare Zend,
aste, ashti, est;
Pers. i^-w^*
^X
it
m., a sacrifice,
is
tort; Lat. esse, est.
so called from the fire
&K
by which
burned (&$),
(dsk)- Pl.p?fc Ch.

Bfefc.
foundations, Ezr.4:i2;
(Arab.
5:16; from the root
an unused root, perh. i.q. n to Hence mingle, to think.
vvpa from vvp, as if the food for the sacred fire, to be burned for God (with n parag., like *!!, "TjK, 1 It comprehends all kinds of sacrifices, and Ii! ). is even once used of sacrifices not burned [?] Lev. 24:7, 9. It is of very frequent occurrence in some ritual phrases, as nin^p n'lT3 nn nt^N "a sacrific*
1
?."!
LXXXIV
of a sweet smell to the Lord," Lev.
i :g,
13, 17
2:2,
Note.
KnJj)3X;
In Ch.
pi.
woman
is
KF)K emphat. state NnijlN

9
9; 3=5; njn$ n|fc nn3nnp Ex.ag:4i; Lev.8:ai; " an (acceptable) sacrifice to the ellipt. nirr^ n^X
"
<l
pE>3.
Syriac JL^jJ,
pi.
\-M~I-
Arabic
1
Lord," Lev. 2
:'l
crifices offered
n n 6; Ex. 29: 18,25; pi- ) to the Lord," Lev. 2:3, 10.

:
^"sa-
iXr!
i'^
^,
pi. >y*J->
^y^Jj
1
iv)}**^'
a^so
c^
'
woman,
which
of the form EOK), in const. (for nOTX, ;> for n? K); somestate n'JK (fern, of the form B* l 2 1 1 1 Sam. times also put absol. Deut. ; 28:7; Ps.
fern,
:
A^?! ^: anest (not also as a plural stands for women.

pi.
^J\,
.Êthiop.
onset),
.58:9; with
Ps.
suff.
pi.
VTfK, W$, ta?>$, etc.;

n'lS'K
once
see
20.23:44; elsewhere always O'P'3 (for D^3S by aphaeresis, from the sing. n*/;$); const, state 'g>?, with suff. ?>3, VBO, DrpB>3 f.
128:3;
once
m. darkness, only once, Pro. 2O:2O, np T$n p^K?), a reading which is expressed by the same word with a Chaldee inflexion
}-1L'S3 ( 3 >nD
in the Targ.
of every age and condition, whether " married or not; Cant. 1:8, DB>33 npYl O, fairest of women !" Cant.5:9; 6:1; Gen.3i :35, D*B>3 v " the way of women is to me," i.e. I experience that which happens to women, menstruata sum. 2 Sa.
(l) a
woman,
or
f.
only with
suff.
^W|;
pi.
TH
(Ps.44:i9). (1) a *<ey), Pro. 14: 15.
follow the footprints of
God (Job 23:11),
Metaph. steps are said to and, on the
thy love was dearer to me than the love of women;" Job 42: 15. Used of unmarried women, Gen. 24:5; Isa-4:l. Specially it is (a) the name of the sex, and is even used of animals, Gen. 7: 2, a
l
:
26,
"
other hand, to totter (Ps. 37:31), to slide (Ps.73:2), in reference to.virtue and religion; compare "l^V.
female, as in Latin femina, French B^K No. l, (a). yvft'i in Aristotle; see
; : ;
femelle,
Greek
(b) wife, op:
a kind of cedar [" Arab. Sherbin"]. Eze.27:6, Dn-I^TO |ghfe^ ijjfrg they have made of deck the benches) (or daughter of thy ivory, [" Sherbin"] cedars," i.e. inlaid in cedar; compare
(2)
i
q.
'Vlfcrxri
posed to husband, Gen. 24: 3, 4 25 l 26 34 28:1; 34:4, seq. ; T?N ^8- "thy father's wife," i.e. thy Of btep-mother, Lev. i8:ll; compare l Cor. 5:1. r? HIT? " to very frequent use are the phrases n&PK? take to oneself (a woman) to wife," Gen. 4: 19; 6:2.
;
Virg. Ên. x. 136.

(i) i.q.
VltJ'N.
a step; const, with a
fern.,
Job 31:7.
H-VIB'K (i Ch.5:6), with n local (Gen. 25: 18), pr. n. Assyria \_Asshur~\, (Hos.9:3; 10:6; Zec.iO:io); more fully "W ^X Isa.7:l8, and fê Assyrians, (const, with a masc. Isa. 19:23,
(2)
rarely
IBfot
Also used of a concubine, Gen. 30 4 of one espoused, Gen. 29:21. (c) as a man is praised for valour, constancy, and intrepid mind, so woman is used as a tarm of reproach to a cowardly man, one who is timid,
: ;
V$
23:3; 30:3i; 3i:8; Ps.Ssig;

the arrow-headed inscriptions
it is
Hos. 14:4).
["In
undecided, Isa. 19:16; 3:12; Jer.5l :3O; Nah-3: 13; compare Homer, 'A^nu^tc OVK ir' 'A^nto/, Virg. Mn.
written Asura ; see
ix.6l7.
(d) It
is
joined
by apposition
:
to various
Lassen, liber d. Persepol. Keilschriften, p. 71 79-"] The name of Assyria is used in various senses by the
nouns, n3'n
n^S
a harlot, Josh. 2
;
55>3^B
'
H^X
concubine, Jud. 19:1 njDpX nt>K a widow, l Kings Lev. 24:10. 7:14; rm'33 Dtrx Jud.4:4; fftffc
(e) Followed by a genitive, containing an attribute, denotes a female possessed of such an attribute; ^H JTfK an honest woman, Ruth 3:11; D'3H ne>N a
it
Hebrews, e. g. (a) A ssyria ancient and proper (Gen. lo lO 12,22), and it appears to have comprehended
:
just the
same countries
proper by Ptolemy
as are ascribed to Assyria i.e. those which lie to the (vi. l),
east of the Tigris,

the
between Armenia, Susiana, and

It is
Media, namely Adiabene.
mostly
(1) used ol
quarrelsome woman, Pro. 27:15; D'3-13? ns?N a harlot, Hos. 1:2. (/) emphat. used of a perfect woman, such as she ought to be, (compare /frpjf! No. l, and the well-known expression of Diogenes, / seek a
man).
:
Assyrian
empire,
which
also included
Babylonia
With the
art. collectively
of the female sex,
and Mesopotamia (Isa. 10:9,10, and see my remarks on Isa. 39: l), extending as far as the Euphrates (Isa. 7 20), which, on this account, furnishes an imajre of the Assyrian empire (Isa. 8:7). So the name of As
:
Ecc. 7 26.
(2; Followed
by
rrtns or
nW]
one,
another
syria comprehends Babylonia in Herod, (i. 102, jo6) Strabo. (16 init.), Arrian. (Exped. Alex. vii. 7, 6)
(see
under those words).

e>
Once even in the Old Test., the provinces situated beyond the Tigris appear to be disregarded, and tLc
Tigris
is
whosoever, Ex. 3:22; Am.4:3.
said to flow to the east of Assyria ("NCJ'K riD'lp),
LXXXV
Gen. 2 14. (c) After the Assyrian empire was overthrown, "MIPS was sometimes used of the countries
:
in
to the
which that empire had formerly nourished, and new empires which had arisen in its place videl.
;
ancient authors, not only often act as intei preters, but also as emendators, and thus substitute at pleasure for difficult words which are perhaps obsolete, others
that are
more
familiar.
[But
let
all
of Babylonia,* Ki. 23:29; Jer. 2: 18 (comp. Isa. 8:8); Lam. 5:6; also Judith 1:5; 2:1; 5:1; of Persia, Ezr.
Scripture be remembered in der hebr. Spr. p. 37, seq. and

loc. cit.
the inspiration of See Gesch. this."]
my Comment
on
Isa.
6:22, where Darius
is
called "HE'S
is
"^Q.
[" Hitzig
Isa.
attempts to show that "UK'S
put also for Syria,
19:23 (Begr. d. Kritik, p. 98; or Isa. p. 235). his arguments are not convincing." Ges. add.]
But
PI. Q-pB?K [Asshurim, Asshurites], pr. name of an Arabian nation, Gen. 25 3 perhaps the same as is called in 2 Sam. 2:9, 'H&'X; to be sought
:
;
nN
for
near Gilead.
(perhaps "blackness," "black," from [4s/zwr],pr.n. m., i Ch. 2:24; 4:5.
OS,
No.
6:19; l Ch. 16:3. PI. 2:5 liba, cakes, specially such as were made of grapes, and dried and pressed into a certain form see Q'? JJJ. *&&$ Hos. loc. cit., from the root tWK. They are mentioned as dainties, with which those who were wearied with a journey and languid were refreshed (2 Sa., Chron.,Cant. 1. 1. c. c.), and which were offered in sacrifices to idols (Hos. loc. This word differs from p-1Sy i.e. dried grapes, cit.). but not pressed together into a cake, and from ??"
e>8
f.
2 Sa.
Hos-3:l
&
niB>'B'K, Cant.
i"1
i.'
PI.
support, column, from the root with suff. n'fli'fK Jer. 5O:i5,np. LXX. More correctly Vulg. fundamenta tti/n/c.
column.
In
The primary figs pressed together into a cake. idea should be sought apparently in that of pressing
i.
e.
together (see the root, and comp.

to
pi?
cakes, from
M?
make
fire.
firm,
and JVfVBX from nsy
to spread out),
yus; comp. the Arab.

is
aD3
there
and not
with
rprp-iK%
from rn&?s.
in the idea of fire (&$), as being cakes baked The same word is found in Pseudojon.
Ex. 16: 31, where

in the
\WV$
is
for the
vi.
^P^frf [Ashima], 2 Ki. 17:30, a domestic dimen of Hamath, of doubtful origin. It seems probable to me that we should compare the Pers. Zend, acmdno. As to ^\*~i\ asuman, heaven,
vinity of the
Mishnah (Nedarim,
used for food made of len tiles,

of boiled lentiles.
nWBX, and where DT'B'H ig 10), no doubt cakes made

Hebr.
*]v m.
tWN,
what
formerly compared (on Is. ii. 348), Achuma, i.e. the planet Jupiter, rests on an error of Kleuker, the German translator 'of the Zendavesta for this planet is not called Achuma but Anliuma (Zendavesta,
;
a testicle, Lev. 21:20; Syr. ).3_Aj and It is for HS^S, from the root : id-
(like
^^1
from U^), jEth.

ftflf^;
f\Tl?'.
to indicate,
It is,
I am 356). sorry that this error has been adopted and increased by Winer, page 97, who
to inform;
whence
index, informer.
Paris,
ii.
p.
writes
it
Aschiana.
therefore, equivalent to the Lat. testis, testiculus, nor was there any cause for doubting as to the origin, as has been done by the editors of Simonis' Lexicon.
if from H^f, m. Num. 13:23. (i) a cluster, Sraubenfamm [" prop, the stem or stalk of a cluster; Lat. racemus."^, whence berries, or flowers, which hang in clusters like grapes as of dates,
73^
PI.
ni^^K and ni^K( as
W&$
(Arab.
m. a foundation,
s -,
*
frooi the
root
&**.
comp.
|io~!>?),
s .
&
^J..J, ^J, ^J^ ^J^

the
in pi. iy*-~A)> only
ruins of buildings, because the houses being destroyed, the foundations alone remain
;
QWJ>it used of
(comp.
Cant. 7:8; of flowers of the henna, Cant. 1:14; especially of the vine, either with the addition of fSjn Cant.
58512, used of ruins). Isa. 16: "the ruins of (the city) of Kir7, nbnq-pj? Harasheth." In Jeremiah (48:31), who imitates the passage of Isaiah, and almost transcribes it, instead
DHpiB
Isa.
w&$
is
of this there
reason
read fenrp'j? 'trpx, but there is no why we should suppose that parallel passages of this kind are For always the same in sense. writers of a later age when using the words of more
7:9> D ^$: Nu. 13:23, 24; or absol. Isa. 65:8; Mic. Once, Gen. 40:10, ?3^N is distinguished from 33J? grape, and denotes the stem, racermts, pr. so called. The words D*?3J? rprp^K OHftyri should be rendered " and its (the vine's) stems (racemes) brought forth grapes." Germ, tie Reben!amme trieben retfe Srauben ob, s -<s -<. reife Seeren. To this answers the Arab.
7:1.
:
JU31,
Jl&f
LXXXVI
palm branch;
JEth. t\t\t\\
"
grape, vine; whence

f
fails is
put with
.?
the verb f]f\ A I to be*1 grapes ; Syr. and Ch. JJ cx>^-cr , In such a variety of orfcObp grape, stem, cluster.
which
tain
guilt is contracted, with ? Lev.
Nu. 5:7; Lev. 5: 19; the thing ii 5:5; and with
thography the etymology is doubtful. Perhaps 'S^'? may be for ^S&S, from ^3&, JjLl to bind, to plait, as a plaiting, braid of grapes. Compare 2J#' (a) of a valley abounding (2) \_Eshcot], pr. n.
in vines in the southern part of the
? Hos. 13:1; Eze. 22:4. Some render D^'X in cerpassages, as Hos. 5:15; Zee. 11:5; Lev. 4:22, " to 27, acknowledge oneself guilty." But the common signification may every where be retained, if w
render in Hosea, "until they suffer punishment" (see No. 2); in Zee." and are not punished:" Lev.
13:23,24; 32:9; Deu.l:24.
(b)
Holy Land, Nu. m. Gen. 14 113, 24.

pr.
Mry^
Armenia,
[Ashkenaz, Ashchenaz"],
1
name
of a
" when a prince has sinned by error ... he has contracted guilt. But when (ix) it is known to him," etc. Ct?N h. 1. is the same as Uty K'^3 Lev. 5: l, 17.
(2) to bear one's guilt, to suffer punishment for it, Ps. 34:22, 23; Isa.24:6; Jer. 2:3.
region and a nation in northern Asia, sprung from the
dw
Cimmerians
("
Jer.
51 127
9^)> Gen. 10:3, to be sought for near unless this were a province of ;
(3) i.q.
V&
and CO J>
to be
destroyed,
to be
.
laid
*
that country ["

call that
similar form
is
T3KJ*X."].
The
waste, used of altars, Eze. 6:6; comp. Syr.

a desert.
NIPHAL,
to be
it to be Germany, and country by this Hebrew name, which is only to be attributed to their wonderful ignorance of geo-
modern Jews understand
v>^ ^)
punished; hence
to
perish, used of
flocks, Joel l :l8.
graphy.
HiPHiL.to inflict punishment on others, Ps.5:ll.
m
Eze.
:
;
7 15 Psa. 72 10. to hire, to reward.
for"O!p with Aleph prosthetic, a gift, : Root ~&V No. H. i. q. "gfr
D^^
with
suff.
iO^
PI.
with
suff.
WXK fault,
26:10;
guilt, b la me, which any one incurs, Gen.

Jer. 51:5.
Hence
L
' -
~*
IK
(1) that by which any one contracts guilt,
Num.
seq.
;
an unused
root.
Arab.
<Jj>
and
\
<J^'
i-
q-
*1
to
5:7,8.
(2) sacrifice for transgression,
'
S-^'t.
^>\
put forth deep firm roots
<3j
root, origin,
Sam. 6:3,
stock.
Hence
(according to Kimchi
s^f.
2 Ki. 12:17; I sa 53 1O Eze. 40 39. In the Mosaic law there is a careful distinction between these sa?
:
?X,
with six points),
crifices
(nitfisn).
for trespass (D'P'^)j and sacrifices for sin Not only were the ceremonies used in the
Lq. Arab. Jjl tamarisk, myrica (Tamarix orientalis,

Linn.).
tree."
i
Sa. 22:6,
?Kn nrm "under a tamarisk
l Sa. 31 : 13 (in the parallel place, l Chr. 10: 12. n .?Nn nnri " under a terebinth," or " a tree"
two cases different (see Lev. 5:1 26, Engl. Ver. 1 7; compare 4:1 35: 7; 7:1 19; and 6:1 23, Engl. Ver. 24 30), but in one and the 6:17 same offering both kinds of victims were sometimes
joined (as Lev. 14: 10, seq. Num. 6:12, seq. comp. and the particular faults or sins Le v 5 7 1O ) which were to be expiated by the one or the other
; ;
-
Hence, perhaps, any large tree (like i"l?K, l^N), and collect, trees, a grove, Gen. 21:33. very exact description of the tree ,)j\ is given by
generally).
J.
E. Faber in Fab. et Reiskii Opuscc. Med. ex

p.
Monum.
ii.
offering are carefully laid
down
in the
law (see Levit.
Arabum,
137;
also,
Ker
Porter's Travels,
311.
Lev.5:i9; Nu.5:7,and D&?N Lev. 4:13; 5:2,3,4, 17; fut.DCW. (l) TO FAIL IN DUTY, TO BECOME GUILTY. (Arab.
*
"*
22; Nu.6:ll, 12); although the exact difference between each kind of sin has hitherto been vainly inquired[?]. See Joseph. Antiquit.
5:14; 12:24; 19:20
iii.
3 Philo, De Victimis, ii. page 247 9) Mang., Rosenm. on Lev. 5:6; Carpzov, Antiquit. S. Cod.
!
s -i
Ji\
id.;
^\ causat.
to judge
as guilty;
^\
and +^\
page 707,
DC'ltf
seq.
fault, guilt.
Comp. Êth. fhUJ^:
fault;
ArhUJ^:
to
do amiss.
The primaYy
idea
is
to
be sought in
that of negligence, especially in going, in gait;
adj. (l) in fault, one who hat contracted guilt, Gen. 42:21; 2 Sa. 14:13. (2) one who brings a sacrifice for trespass, Ezr
m. verbal
10:19.
whence
Jj\
a slow-paced camel, faltering and weary.

Lev.
4-.
C^N
"of all
f.
Compare
KOfl, n^>.)
13, fla>
S7
5: a, 3, 4,
(i) prop. Infin. of the verb DC'K, like K *&q Lev. 5: 26, nn npe
5
17; Jer. 50:7.
Tho person towards whom any one
^ nTX'
that he hath done in
trespassing
therein.*
LXXXVII
Lev. 4:3, Dj;n ntDEW. "like as the people contract
called
guilt."
(2) fault, guilt, lCh.2l:3; aCh. 24:18; 28:13; Ain. 8: 14, l'ni?S5 np52>N the guilt of Samaria," for
ite idols.
from the idea of hiding (see the root), I*a 22:6; 49:2; Jer. 5:16; 1*8.127:5; Job 39:23; Lam.
3:13, 'ins^tf \33
" sons of his quiver,"
i.e.
arrows.
PL flto$$
2 Ch. 28
Ps.
69
6.
offering of a victim for guilt, or trespass. Lev. 5:24, inp'fN Di? in the day of the offering of his sacrifice." Comp. DB'N No. 2 and
(3)
</te
T^J^'N \_Ashpenaz~\, pr. n. of a chief eunuch in The etythe court of Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. l 3.
:
mology
is
unknown, but a similar form
is
found in
pi. q. trap? with Aleph prosthetic, fatnesses, hence fat, or fertile fields (comp. Gen. " we fall in fat 27:28). Isa. 59: 10, D'HS? D<3pf K3 fields as dead men." The Rabbins, and Jerome, render it darkness (compare Lam. 3:6; but see my Comment, on the passage),
i.
m.
[The proper name T3S^K has been well illustrated by Rb'diger from the Pers. c__ .J a horse, and Sanscr.
ndsd, nose, so that
it
properly signifies horse's nose,
App.]
'^P^ an
l
Ch. 16:3.
it
obscure word, twice found, 2 Sa. 6: 19; Vulg/ renders it assatvra bubulce carnist
constr.
Jud. 7
:'i9).
Plur.
nhDgte
f.
rnppcjt (once absol. (from' the root ip^) a

st.
taking
However,
K'N fire, and 12 ox. unlearnedly enough from I have no doubt that we should understand
watch,
<j>v\<iKi),
a part of the night so called from
the military watches. Among the ancient Hebrews there were three watches (the first or rinpt/'&j.
"IPS'!
a certain measure, or 'cup (of wine, or drink), for ~fo& No. 3. "ID^ with Aleph prosthetic, from the root
Lam. 2:19; the middle, Jud. 7:19; the third Ex. 1 4 24 i Sa. 1 1 1 1 ), four are mentioned
1
in
the N. T. in the
Roman manner.
whence <F*t\<C,'. a measure, Ludolphi Lex. ^th. p. 187 (kindred to 1BD to number). Lud. de Dieu came very near the truth following the same etymology, and understandÊth. |"i<4l to nieasui-e,
cyathus, see
ing
it
to
be a
measured
.
part of a sacrifice.
an unused root, perhaps I. to be hard, strong; Ch. pPtf, P9& hard, strong; compare P^J|,
Arab.
^\
to be
hard, strong.
n.
dim, dark, see
]-^'K.
^rVv m. lattices, a, window closed with lattices, through which the cold air passes, Jud. 5 28 Pro. Root 33^, which see. 7:6.
: ;
dunghill, for nbf (Neh.3:i3), put, to place, perhaps also to heap up, comp. D'b. nSB'Kn -\y_& Neh. 2: 13; 3:14; I2:3i,contr. HB^n IJ?'^ Neh. 3:13, "the dung gate" of Jerusalem. Metaph. used of extreme and squalid " he raiseth the poverty l Sa. 2:8, poor out of the the dust, ji3K D*V naps?? he lifteth the needy from
sing,
from the root
riBB' to
the
of
PlJBte ( strong," "mighty"), \_AshnaK], pr.n. two towns in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:33, 43.
dunghill;" Ps. l3:7- Comp. Arab, ye dung, mud, used of extreme poverty.
Plur. rrinatpx (from the unused sing. njjlS^S or
("prop," "support"), [Eshean], pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:52.
"/ ?>
tation.
an iinused
root.
Jo. Simonis places the
Syr. t2i^) to use incanprimary power in the
Lam. 4:5, " they embrace dunghills," i.e. " they lie in dung. (Compare the similar phrases, to embrace the rock," Job 24:8, "to lick the dust," and others of the same kind.) (The signification of dunghill, which has neednSE^K).
lessly
p.
idea of covering, hiding, and laying up, whence comes the Syr. to use enchantment, pr. to use hidden arts ; compare Wtb and LM^, also HS^K a quiver, so called
from the idea of hiding. In the signification of using enchantment, it is cognate to f\^.
J. D. Michaelis, in Suppl. given by the ancient versions with one consent; and it is similarly used in the Mishnah, where in the sing. riDB'X is used of a dunghill, Kethuvoth vii.
been questioned by
is
137,
Bava Metzia
in
v.
7,
and
iii.
pi.
1
ninst^S of heaps of
3.
dung
field,
it
Sheviith
From
the
first
Heb. and Ch. an enchanter, a magician', Dan. 2:10. Plur. Heb. D'BB'K Dan. 1 20 2 2 Ch. P?f K emphat. KJBpfc (from the sing. |g>K), Dan. 2:27;
v*
:
;
4-45
J.2>a_nJ enchanter.)
f.
may be gathered that the root of this word is t^K, but in that case how have we the plur n'WSB'K? It seems to me that this sing, has arisen from an etymological error of a later age, from the
ancient n'SB'K used as the plural.
pi.
of these forms
Compare
with
sun'.
a qutvsr, perhaps ao
ninp^, and hence
sing.
Ch. nn&K,)
LXXXVIII
K
y, Aram,
(perhaps "migration," from the root

to
Âskelon, Ashkelon~\,
listines,
migrate; comp. n^p9), pr.n. Ascalon, a. maritime city of the Phi2 Sa. 1:20.
is still
The varied use of the relative belongs in full note.) to syntax, the following remarks only are here given
(1) Before the relative, the pronoun he, she,
often omitted, e.g.
it, it
Jud. l: 18; 14:19; iSa. 6:17;

.Ujjv,^
Num.
"
22:6,
"l&Pl
1 ??'S!
"and
hi
Arab.
tained
\Âskuldn~\, which name
re-
whom
who,"
by the
little
village standing in the ruins of the
ancient city. The Gent, lonites], Josh. 13:3.
noun
is
*n ???'
\_Eshka-
thou cursest;" Ru.2:2; Ex.4:i2; Josh.2:lo. The same pronoun has also to be supplied whenever prepositions are prefixed to the relative, "^V "to him " to those Gen. Gen.
43:16;
who,"
47:24;
TB/g-n$
"him who," "that which;"
or
those who," Isa.
TB/gO "from 47: 13. Sometimes the omitted pro-
(comp. pr.n.
noun
(1) TO BE STRAIGHT, BIGHT, i. q. ~&l especially used of a straight way, hence also of what is uprigli t,
applies to place, as "TB/fcT^X "to that place which," Exod. 32:34; "iB/g3 "where" pr. "in that 198. (place) which," liu. l 17; Lehrg.
:
whence comes the strength, in the Talmud.

erect,
signification of firmness
and
(2)
to
go straight on, and generally
to
go, Pro.
(2) IK'S? is often merely, the sign of relation, which serves to give to substantives, adverbs, and pronouns, a relative power, as ISJTJIS "ti?S "which dust," Gen.
DK'~lB'S
6.
successful, to prosper, to be fortunate, compare the kindred roots "I?* No. 3, "l^S and
(3)
to be
"which field," Gen. 49:30 13:16; rnbn-ri$ where (from DB' there), D^P "IB^ whence
T&
v
(from DK>D thence),

13
"It?*?
to
whom (from
^s
Y? to
him),
-\V$ in
whom,
BO
Se'b|
from whom,
PIEL
"ifcpN
(i) to guide, or
lead straight, Pro.

the oppressor
ttfe^
W%
23:19;
No.
2,
Isa.
1:17,
P^C *"$$ "lead

1
right," into the right
way, (unless, comparing Pual we render with the ancient versions, pvaaade
liappy),
aSiKovpcvov.
oppressed
J'15
Vulg. subvenite oppresso, pr. make the and generally to lead, Isa. 3:12;
to
tne regular way in Hebrew of expressing the oblique cases of the relative (Lehrg. p. 743), with the exception of a few examples which, as far as I know, have been noticed
an(^ tn i g
whose tongue, Deu. 28:49,
by no
for
one, viz. ">'&??, Isa.
47
12, for
QI3
")'{<.
(Targ.
M,
iV
go on, Pro. 4:14. (3) * pronounce happy, or fortunate, Gen. 30:13; Ps. 72: 17; Pro.3i:28; Cant.6:g; Job 29:11. PUAL "KF and I^-IX (i) to be led, Isa. 9: 15.
(2) intrans.
^2) to be
and TB/8 DV OCTir> )), Syr. v "&*. with whom!
66^31:32,
(3) ?
^t?
is
used as a circumlocution of the geni-
made fortunate,
Ps. 41 :3; Pro. 3:18.
Derivative nouns are Tg'K, nT5&, I^S, TK/K,
Talmudic ?^), especially where many genitives depend upon one governing noun, and in the later Hebrew, as l Sa. 21:8, TB/8 D'jhn T3N " the chief of the herdsmen of Saul;" Cant. 1:1,
tive (like the
*$
nbV^>
mon."
"K^l^ ("fortunate,"
30:13), \_Asher~\, pr.n.
his
"happy," compare Gen.

(l) of a son of Jacob
Dn^n 1^ tlie song of songs of SoloSee Lehrg. p. 672, 673. (4) In the later Hebrew ~W$. is sometimes redun"IK*^
5 :
and
concubine Zilpah (Gen. 30:13; 35:26), ancestor
of the tribe of the same
name (Nu. l :4O, 41), whose boundaries are described as on the northern border
of the holy land, Josh. 19 24 31. The Gentile noun is '"^ Jud. l 32. (2) a town to the east of Shechem,
: :
Josh. 17:17.
Aram. *% ^ e. g. Est. i 12, "^n "la" D*pnpn T^l ~M'$, compare verse 13, where ">'$? is omitted. Comp. 2 Sam. 9:8. See below under the word "I. (B) It becomes a conjunction like the Hebrew *?, Gr. on, Lat. quod, Germ, Aram. Êthiop. H ba^/ fo (which latter word had also in the ancient
dant, like the
bers,
(A) relat. pron. of both genders and numwho, which, that. (In the later Hebrew, and
;
in the Rabbinic, is used
the shorter form &, & which was elsewhere used [" only by the Phoeni-
language, a relative power, as in Ulphilas, sa, so, who, which). Its various significations, almost which are found in '?, are
(l)
thata,
all of
quod, that, after verbs of seeing, hearing,

: ;
cians ;"] in the other cognate languages the relative takes its forms from the demonstrative ""if, viz. Ch.
*?,
"*!,
knowing (Ex. 11:7); finding (Ecc. 7 29) saying
(Est.
:
3:4); confessing (Lev. 5:5); swearing (l Ki. 22 16), etc. ; also after nouns of a like power, Isa. 38:7; Ecc.
5:4.
Syr.
>,
Samar.
T-J;
<*,
Arab, ^jjl,
i.
q.
H^n,
JEth.
How the
neliter relative is
used with
this
power
H: who, compare
this.
As
to the origin, see the
may be
seen by the following examples ; Josh. 2 : 10
LXXXIX
Ti^ nin
heard that
B*ain->c K
;
:
nx uypB' "we have
?? Jer.
dried up, the waters of .he Eed sea;" l 83.24:11, 19; 2 Sa. 11:20; 2 Ki. 8: " > ; Deu. 29 15 Isa. 38 7, let this be for a sign to thee which" (that), etc. No. 11.
:
which Jehovah
; :
"
33 22. Also how, in (knowest thou) D'BH ^naa

:
whut way, Job 37

TB/S5
17.
in
what way
thj
garments become warm?"

sign of apodosis, like '? No. 6, Germ, fd Preceded by DN Isa. 8: 20, I^N' *6 D -vyy tfrpK "*fe n*n -OX* if they speak not according to this word, then there is to them no dawn." Like 1 ? and \ (see Lehrg. 723), it is put also when there precedes a nominative absolute; 2 Sa. 2:4, " the men of Jabesh-Gilead ^KB/VIS nag TZfo (they) buried Saul;" and with other absolute cases, especially when denoting time and place. Zee. 8:23, Q'P'3
a.
Comp.
(8) As then, so.
(2) ut, that, in order that, indicating design and " and his purpose, followed by a future ; Deu. 4 40, statutes which I command thee this diobserve day,
:
T.3?/-1 I/' 29" -1B $ that it may be and thy children after thee ;" Deu. 6:3; Ruth 3:1; Gen. 11:7; 22:14; 21^.9:37; Ps. 144:12. Also after a verb of asking, Dan. l :8. More fully,
;
X ligently, T"in
well with thee
~V'$
}y.ti?
in order that (see ffi); once

It is
T^'nK
Eze.
*P'IE
hold,"
"IB/K.
nsnn
in
in those days
jenen Sagen,
then they
shall take
36:27.
Germ,
ba
ergreifen/ etc.
Deu.
because that, because, followed by a pret., Gen. 30:18; 31:49; 34:27; Josh.4:7; 22:31; l Ki. 15:5; Ecc. 4:9; rarely by a future, when used of an uncertain thing, l Ki. 8 33 (comp. 2 Ch. 6 24, where for it there is *?). More fully "^N J^n,
(3) causal
: :
1:31,
0^1
T^
"4*]??
" in the desert,
sawest;" compare 2 Sa. 14: 15, T^S unb nun/ fo bin id) gefommen (Ch. ^ $3). (This usage of this particle has been altogether denied, and it has been stated to be entirely foreign
to
to
it,
there thou ^"^ HFIJ^ Germ.
[" Like '! it is also put at the beginning of an answer, assigning a reason where one has been demanded; 183.15:19, 'wherefore then
">/K.
!VJ;
see No. ll.
didst not thou

fly
obey the voice of the Lord, but didst

. .
by Ewald in Heb. Gramm. p. 650, who appears have overlooked the particles *?, f, "?, German fo of altogether the same origin and signification nor should he have given the passage in Isaiah without
;
.? 20, And Saul said unto Saupon the spoil muel because that ("^K) I have obeyed the voice of the Lord, and have brought Agag and have
. . .
. .
" regard to the context,
let
us turn to the law, so
may they say, in whom there is no dawn," i.e. those who despair. Also ellipsis of the words let there be,
there are, is unsuitable, which is brought forward in other examples, as Zee. 8:23; 2 Sa. 2:4.) (9) It is prefixed to a direct citation of something
? No.?, r, on. 1 Sa. 15: 19, nyOB? *6 HS^ " ?ip3 njrV why hast thou not hearkened to the voice IK'N of Jehovah ? 2O, And Saul said to Samuel
said, like
;
utterly destroyed the Amalekites,' i.e. because in doing as 1 have done, I have obeyed (I think) the divine command. Vulgate imo audivi vocem Domini.' "
'
Ges. add.J Sometimes it may be more suitably rendered nam, for, Deut. 3: 24 (LXX., Vulg., Syr.). Here belongs HE? "IK'fc Dan. 1 10 (compare HDpB'
:
Cant,
:7); prop,
i.
namquare? for
Syr. Jv>\*
;
why? wherefore?
see
hence,
q. ne, lest,
under HD.
geijeft).
(4) conditional, if (compare Germ, f o bu Lev.4:22 (comp. DX verses 3, 27); Deu. 11 :27
7ip3 ^riy??^ Vulg. imo audivi vocem Domini, yea I have hearkened to the voice of Jehovah." [But see above, No. 3.] It seems to be strongly affirmative
n'liT
(comp.
Diverse 28); l8:22; lKi.8:3l (comp. 2 Ch. 6: 22); aCh.6:29; followed by a future, Gen. 30: 38; Isa. 31:4; Josh. 4: 21. Earely it is concessive, etsi, a lthough (Germ, fo aud), for roenn aud)), Ecc. 8: 12.
and even intensifying the sentence. other examples in which
There are
also
(10) it appears to mark gradation, yea, even, for the more full 1^. IK until that, wfie on, fcgar. Job 5:5, ^3K 3JTJ Wyip X;vs y ea even his own harvest the
inni?*
by a pret., Deu. 1 1 :6, "when the earth opened its mouth ;" i Ki.8:9; Ps. 139:15; 2 01.35:20, ny?& pan TB/K. n??Tns " when Josiah had repaired the
time,
ore, followed
(5) at
what
when, quum,
" D*J$D"^t not his posterity only (ver. 4), but he himself is threatened with destruction ;" compare Job 9:15; 19:27; Ps.8:2; 10:6.
(l l) Prepositions to which it is joined are converted into conjunctions, as l^N "IHX afterwards, besides that (Est 4:11), until that, ~qfeo
hungry man
eateth."
In the other
member
temple"
(compare Syr.
(6)
5;
Mark 11:3; Mat.26:54;

ov, for DB> -IB'$.
where,
ubi,
28:1). Nu.2O:l3; Ps.
1&
9.^:9: Isa. 64: 10;
and
for nBB/
Tg^ whither, whi-
in order that,
*/2ersoever,Nu.i3:27; Ps. 84:45183.55:11. (Comp.

Syr.j;
Heb.3:9
for ov.)
1B/K y^y. in that,
(7) i-q- ~>?^? as, like as (fo rote), in protasis, Ex. 4:i3 (LXX. ov TpoTov)} l Ki. 8:24. Followed
by
"^
Once 1^ and
is
:
prefixed, I?
i? ?j> ^3
because; compare Lehrg. p. 636. "Wfe Job 34: 27, i. q. }3 7J because that, because.
xc
comjx unded with prefixes (1) ichere, wheresoever, Ruth 1:17; Jud.5:27; 17:9; followed by DB> there, Job 39:30. Fully DBHsâ Gea. 21 17, and QB? IB/i* DlpM 2 Sa. 15:21. The same sense may be retained, i Sa. 2 3 1 3 9 Ki 8:1, where it is commonly rendered whither, u-iiihersoever, for HEB> TJ J. (2) in that, beIt is
"
I
I.
.V'??3
power if mere rel* A, 2), for iw all languages, relatives are taken from demonstratives (sometimes from interrogatives), rt'ith a slight change; see above letter A),
first ed.)
as p/imarily having the
tion (see
also
Arab. ^-jjl.
-
cause,
i.q.
o/j
accou?
(3) ^ HB'ga on Syr. *_s Gen. 39:9, 23. where it assumes the nature of a prepo-
sition, Jon. 1 :8.
Contractedly
is
used ?B/3 Jon.
1 :7,
'TV ni happiness, found only in plur. constr. where it has the force of an interjection, as *%n '7f $ pr. O the happiness of the man, i. e. " O happy man!" Psal. 1:1; 2:12; 32:1,2; 33:12 By an ellipsis of the relative we must understand the
*1"'^,
;
12.
Both these answer

of.
to the Syriac
^^^son
ac-
passage Ps. 65: 5, ~in?n ne>K

tliou choosest."
count
II.
With
Aff. T'TE/X
"happy (is he whom) "happy (art) thou !"
lC/^3 see under 3.
III.
if 'SO
I
./Vote.
'/'<! 43:4. have given some conjectures as

it
Isa.
to the to the
origin of the relative in Thes. p. 165, referring root "K?'K Ewald, on the other hand, 647,
;
p.
regards
plural segolate nouns, such as T"?-?^ (for T7'?) see Lehrg P- 575> 576? an d indeed in this word the shorter form
arises
ViBAX Deu. 33:29. T"^'$ (for U^ffe) Ecc. 10: 17; Pro. 14:21, and WTa/K (for <nne') Pro. 29:18: 23 % Tf ^? Isa. 32 2O. As to the contracted ol
:
"IB/**
as
i.
a more
garded.
lative
as denoting conjunction. Now after extended comparison with the Indo-Germanic

(j.
nDS and
it
from
its
use in exclamation.
oiel
ftjlucf!
So
in
German
in
announcing good news:

quaterque beatus.
In Greek and
languages,
appears that
it
should be differently re-
Latin, TpicpaKapioe, rptcdX/3ioc, Tpictvlaipwy, teryiu
For,
1B/&? B> B>, B>,
equally with the other re-
pronouns (see above, letter A), seem to have had anciently a demonstrative power, which is expressed
in the languages both Phcenicio-Shemitic and IndoGci manic, both by the letters d, or t, which may be
called demonstrative (eutelaut), especially sibilated and aspirated, and also by a mere sibilant and a mere
aspiration, to which
is
*1'K
1
id.
with Aff. ns>j
'Svith
my happiness,"
God"), [AsarCh. 25:2, written
Gen. 30: 13.
N ??*"!^
Milel
("upright
to
l
eZa/i],pr.n. of a singer in verse 14 n/STB/ \

:
and Levite,
commonly added a simple vowel,

(1,
and sometimes,
besides, a final consonant

"n,
n, r, s, t).
Com p.
a) K^J,
'"1,
ro, Goth.tho,the,
and with an added
consonant; Sanscr. tad, Goth, that; Anglo-Sax, thocre (who),Swed.<Aer;ter; Ch.n,T3; r ij roc: also with a prefixed vowel ns (which see), flfc, ai/rdc ) npr, -IT, Arab.
:
Micah 5:13; Deut. 7:5. Jud. 3:7; 2 Ch. 33:3, f. [seo below] pr. fortune, i.e. in the idolatry of the Phoenicians and Aramaeans, Astai'te or the planut Venus, elsewhere called rnflB'J? (see under that word, also my
H"1^
rarely
H^^N
J
PI.
DnB/K and
nhB ^,
Comment, on
image; in
pi.
Isa.
65:11, and
vol.ii. p.
337, seq.); ap:
J,
^4, L\
-<Eth.
>,
c) Sanscr. sas,sa (tad); Goth.
90, so (that)
= 6,
;
parently the companion and consort of Baal
and
her
ro,
Germ,
Hebr.
Ch.
Lat.
?&
/.
IPS; d) WH,
(qua), Engl. she, s Hebr. and ton, js

fte/ fo
in, X J,
CK
lower Germ,
is,
fe,
XJt J|, (nw?), Engl. and Swed. and Iceland, aer, Germ, er, e/ These words might easily be added to
;
art.
images of Astarte, and perhaps generally images of idols, at least those of a particular kind (compare 'Eppai of the Greeks). The signification
of grove, which from

its
theLXX. and Vulgate has found

and Commentaries of the
way modems,
into the Lexicons

is
altogether unsuitable to the context in

;
and enlarged, compare under the word HN No.
I.
many
The forms beginning with a

given under letter
(c),
is
"^(K), are added at the end in the corsibilant, as
refuted
places, and in some it is almost absurd I have To the remarks it at length in Thes. p. 162.
relatives ber (thaere, ther), cr/ n>er. as origin is concerned, the prefix
Therefore, as far
-
B>
an older form than T.?X
'although it ledged that in the monuments of the Hebrew tongue which we have, the fuller form appears to be the more ancient, and the shorter almost peculiar to the later books. As to the signification , it appears to be an
;
appears to be must be acknow-
there made, I here add that Venus was regarded by the Romans as the giver of good fortune compare, venerem jacere, Suet. Aug. 7 1 venerius jactus, venu*; ;
tas,
for
happiness, Ter. Hec. 5,4,8,

'Effa0pt52troc, Felix.
8,
and
Sylla's
cognomen
to
As Venus answered
error to regard
it
(as I did myself in the larger Lex.
Asherah, and as Hercules, who was worshipped b) Romans as also presiding over and granting fortune, answered to Baal, 1 have not any doubt that the origin of this mythology was in the East; SHJ,
the
XCI
among other passages,
is
Jud. 6: 25, 26, 28, 30.
Ki. 15:13; 2 Ki 21:7; 23:6; In several places Asherah
and
in
Appendix), referring
!"nB>X. to
the nature and

I
qualities of the goddess herself;
though
admit that
joined to a male idol, Baal, just as Ashtoreth is in other places, see l Ki. 18:19; 2 Ki. 23:4; Jud. 3:7.
whom
["(l)Asherah, a goddess of the Hebr. idolaters, to they made statues, images (JlSPpD), i Ki.15: 13; 2 Ch. 15: 16, and whom they often worshipped together
the proper and primary signification of the word waa afterwards neglected and obliterated, as is not uncommon. According to this view, rntPK is prop, fortune, happiness (compare "V? No. 3, Ig'X Gen. 30:13,
especially '"K^N),
with Baal, as at other times Baal and Astarte (Jud. 3:13; 10:6; l Sa.7:4; 12:10). l Ki. 18: 19, prophets
prophets ofAsherah;2 Asherah, and of all the host of heaven.
. . .
Astarte, or
Venus
and hence became an attribute ol as Fortuna Datrix, which was made

idolaters
;
great account of
artt. 1J, '3D.
of Baal
Ki. 2 3 4, of Baal, of
:
among the Hebrew To this we may add
see the
that the
Romans
served nnB^rrnKI.
Dârrn$
Jud. 3:7, and "Baals and Ashe-
too regarded
rahs;" comp.
6: 25.
2 Ki. 17:16; 21 :3; 2 Ch. 33:3; Jud. Once, where in the same chapter mention is
made
verse
of nngfc, a Ki. 23:6; 14: I5;&ndalsoof TVp&l 3, the latter seems to pertain to the idolatrous
worship of the Sidonians, and the former to that of

the Hebrews.
as the giver of good fortune and comp. the expressions, venerem jacere, Suet. venereus jactus, Cic., and others. And I am still induced to regard this view with favour, by the analogy of other similar names derived obviously fuom the nature and qualities of heathen gods, and very rarely, if ever, from the form of their statues or images*
Venus
a happy
;
lot
["(2)
A statue, image of Asherah
made
of wood, a
e.g. Dv}?2, rvnritJ'J?, Q^Bn. It is, however, very possible that the proper signification of n ^{?, E*")^
pillar of great size, Jud. 6:25 27, which on account of its height, was fixed or planted in the An Asherah or statue of this ground, Deu. 16:21.
wooden
being afterwards neglected, these words might come to be used of rude pillars and wooden statues just
;
sort stood near the altar of
Baal at Samaria, from the time of Ahab, l Ki. 16: 32,33; 2 Ki. 10:26; 17:16; on the high place of Bethel, 2 Ki. 23: 15; at Ophra,
Jud. 6 25, and even in the temple at Jerusalem, from Manasseh until Josiah, 2 Ki. 2 1 37 23 6 PI. D" Asherahs, pillars, columns, often coupled with the
:
1
was used of any human statue which terminated below the breast in a square column,
as the Gr. 'Ep/jj/e
although it might represent any thing or every thing but Mercury." Ges. add.]
!^
KinE^X
Ch. a
wa
1 1,
so called
from its being
erected^
(see the root No. l) Ezr. 5:3.
As
to the form,
comp
cippi, or stone pillars constructed to Baal, l Ki. 14: 23; 2 Ki. 17:10; 23:14; aCh. 14:2; Mic.5:i2,i3;
an unused
pears to be that of
Exod. 34:13; Deut. 7:5; 12:3; 2 Ch. 31:1; 33:9. That these pillars were of wood, appears especially from the fact, that whenever they are destroyed they
are always said to be cut down and burned, Ex. 34: 13; Jud. 6:25; 2 Ki. 23:6, 15, etc.
The primary power aproot. pressing together, whether by

r*J
treading or in any other way; comp. Arab. \Jî\ to

tread, to trample on, to
subdue (kindred
to
Y^$
to
["Note.
Of
the ancient versions
word
Astarte, others
a wooden
pillar, others
some render a
this
tree,
urge, and even p-ix and the words there compared). Hence !"!>&? a cake made of dried figs pressed to gether; SJ^K a foundation which is pressed down
LXX.
tree.
*Z
very frequently a\<roe, Vulg. lucus (Engl. a grove), by which they seem to have understood a sacred
In the Mishnah too
it is
by treading on
to
to prop.
it,
and Arab.
^J
make firm
Note.
in laying a foundation,
Conj. II, to found, HE'S
comp.
explained
by "nj?3 j^X
'a
tree that is worshipped.'
The primary signification of

to the goddess,
E'JJINrjn see
under the root K"N,
p. XLI,
A.
the
word may pertain either
her nature
(perhaps "petition," "request," as if Hithp. of an Arabic form, from the root ?^^), [Eshtaol'], pr.n. of a city of the Danites, situated Josh. 15 33 in the plain of the tribes of Judah.
Inf.
:
and
of the godhas recently been maintained by Movers in a learned dissertation on this word (Phoedess.
qualities, or to the statue or figure
The
p.
latter
nizier,
i.
560, seq., Bonn, 1840) according to whom

;
prop, right, upright, then a pillar, and at last a female divinity of the Canaanites, worshipped under
is
n Ts'&
19:41.
Jud. 13:25; 16:31. [Gentile noun
^J?^
IthpaeJ
the figure of
(ffi>/j/3u'/Koc)
an upright
pillar, often as
the partner
lCh.2:53-]
"VFiriB'N Ch. ree/Zton,Ezr.4:l5, 19, verbal of
the Conj. ITHPAEL, from the verb to strive, to endeavour.
"nijp
i.
of Baal in his altars, but different from A jtarte; comp. the epithet of Diana, 'Op0m, 'Opdaxria.
q.
?lf
The former idea was adopted by
me
(Thes.
s.
h. v.
nx
f
XCII
phasis.)
("uxorious," "womanly," from "<Afon], pr. n. of a man, l Ch. 4: 11, 12.
Neh. 9:9.
(a)
its
;
In the Old Testament here
ai
belong
nbJ;C'iX* Josh. 15:50, and RiDW^N ("obedience," as if infinit. Conj. VIII, from the root VP^), [Eshtemoh, Eshtemoa], Josh. 21 :14; 183.30:28;
l Ch. 4: 17, 19; 6:42, mountains of Judali.
-ip? who feed themselves," i.q. D'fPJ: verses 8, 10; Jer. 7:19; Nu. 6:13. (b) In Ezekiei it occurs even four times without a following noun
DOS DDK
tavrowc
being usedreflectively, ins iuv-or. Eze. 34:2, " woe to the shepherds
D^jh
Vn
pr. n. of
[Now
626.]
a Levitical city in the prob. called Semua, or
es-Semua,
$.
.+.....-H
" a considerable village situated

ii.
for avro, id, ipsum, this, itself, while elsewhere, as in a relaxed sense (see No. 2), it everywhere requires
onalowhiU." Rob.
HX
%l&>
*!>S*
comm. Ch.
npjjl.
i.
synon. with
i.
q. Heb. J11K a sign, a portent, Dan. 3:32,33; 6:28. Root HJX.
q.
nns thou, which

dist.
see.
accent FIX pers. pron. 2 pers. f. This Avord is thou, of very frequent occurrence. shortened from the fuller VIS, as is observed below.
with a
a noun or a suffix; Eze. 43:7, J"IJO ^XD3 Dipp J"IX ^JIT nis? DipD "this (avro) is the place of my throne, and this the place of the soles of my feet; Eze. 47 17, 18, 19, compare verse 20, where DST stands in the same context. (Some have regarded the reading as incorrect; and in verses 17, 18, 19, would amend it by reading nx't, as in verse 20 but the similar passage. Eze. 43:7, in which nxt could not be suitable,
:
sometimes joined with a masculine, Eze. 28: 14; Deu. 5 24.

It is
:
common reading; [" Maurer supplies lo! the place, etc., LXX. ewpncac rov TUTTOV *:. r. \."j). From the Rabbinic may be added the phrase, U11M3
defends the
DVn aunj
in the
cnJts>
TTJ
/;/if'pa,
IP.
I.
J"IK
followed
by Makk. -n, with

n'
}
suff.
tf,
same hour,
bevfetbcn
on the same day; nj?B>n nniS3 from the Syriac tunfce

:
^nfc, in'K, apfc, just as often written fully), E?nX rarely Q3rflK Josh. 23:15, B? 8 , IP'S, ron'K Exod. 35:26, more rarely
10'K, in
Pause
(aU which are
Some have
v-^) compare a^' lavrov, a se ipso. [" Note. questioned the above use of this particle,
B^riN Gen. 32: i, DHfliX Eze. 23:45, jntflK verse 47. (l) pr. a demonstrative pronoun, ai/roc, ijose, felbfi,
self, this same. tive power which
Gr. avroe,
is
This primary strongly demonstramay be generally expressed by the more rare in the ancient Hebrew, but it
choosing rather to refer the passages cited, and others like them, to its use with the accusative, but with See Maurer 's Comm. ii. p. 608. The little success. which is treated of beloAv, is not word of the origin
contrary to the above view, but rather favours it." Ges. add.] (This true and primary signification of the word
appears, however, to have been preserved in the language of common life, and afterwards revived and
made current
in Syriac.
ple and
l
in the later books, in the Rabbinic
and
Hos. 10:6, "?3-V -HB^ \T\ DJ "it shall itself (the calf) be carried into Assyria;" the peoSa.
priests had already preceded. Josh. 7:15; l?r34, in a place where the reading has cause-
was not unknown to the Rabbins, who explain it by D^y, E'K, and in the same manner do the Syrian
i
grammarians interpret the word

rt
J^,.
In the Arabic
there answers to this

I
\j\,
also used reflectively
cô J>
have
lessly
came a
been questioned, 3'nrrnXI. nx.n K31 there lion with the bear itself;" (in Greek it may be rendered avv UVTU ru UOKTU, mit fammt bem 33&ren unb bcr S3ar obenbretn/ and a bear besides comp. airy avv fdpmyyi, II. ix. 194, and Passow,Lex. Gr. v. ai/ro'c, i. Joshua 22:17, "it is not sufficient for you, 6). lj/9 Ityrnx this same iniquity of Peor?" as being
;
c _^\j\
have beaten myself.
As
to the origin, I
no doubt but that this word, like the other pronouns, is primitive and very ancient (see ">*$ p. Lxxxvm, A), nor should I object if any one were to compare riS, niX
with the Sanscr.
etat,
hie
is
Gr. auroc*
\j\
To
give
my
I
own
opinion now, this
more probable than what

.
the greatest that could be; Hag. 2 : 17, ^S D3J1K p "yet ye yourselves turned not to me;" Dan. 9:13, " as it is written in the law of Moses nyvr^S n$
lately supposed, that
1"IK,
HK,
are
i.q.
D1X a
sigtif
which, however,
P-
is
also the opinion of

lost
Ewald,
of
Gramm
primi-
GSJf HK3 n*n all this very evil (as declaVed "Lev. 26, and Deut. 28) has come upon us;" Jer. 38:16, PDSn-riK $> Tfo% IE* ns ^n the same who has
JJ
593)(2) This
word by degrees
it
much
its
tive force, so that as set before
given us
ft
life;"
2X1.6:5,
" as one of
already definite,
tive
nouns and pronouns scarcely increases the demonstrai.q.
them was
felling
power; "O^n
fclbige
J"IS
Germ,
biefelbe
acly/ biefelbigt
beam, the iron (7J"l2rm) fell into the water." (The word iron should here be pronounced with em-
Sad)c/
Sadie/ the
thing
itself, the
same thing;
often redundantly for the simple bufe
adjo this thi uj
XCIII
t is rarely (a) put before a nominative (Gen.l 7 15, " O^QIS ^p^TlSl "Iiy ^1i^! K? thy name shall be no
longer called
Abram;" Gen. 4:18, "lT2~n$ n ? Tâ 21* aSa. 11:25, n in

;
^3
^H?
T2J3; "let not
Egyptian language is prefixed to the personal pro Here nouns, as ent-oten, ye ent-sen, they ent-of, he. the simple and genuine forms are oten, sen, of; the form ent-sen, corresponds entirely to the Hebr. EDD?*
; ;
this thing displease thee," Gen. 21:5; 46:20; Ex.
10:8; Lev. 10:18; Nu. 11:22 26:55,60; Josh. 7:15, etc.); on the other hand it is very often -(b)
;
put before the object of a proposition when already definite (compare the pronouns auroe, ipse, bcrfelbe, which, especially in the oblique cases, avrov, avrw, avrov, ipsum, ipsi, beSfelben/ benfclben/ lose their strongly demonstrative power in some degree), thus it becomes a particle pointing out a determinate object. In Hebrew
therefore signifies, i. q. avrbr TOV 0vpa?ov, but from the common use of language is the same as TOI> ovpavov, like in Gr. aur//i/ XpwniSa, II. i.
l^r ?, and ent-of, to the Hebr. in'X, while yet all these forms express the nominative. (See the Table in *?3S, note; Hebr. Gramm. page 293, 13th edit.) From ent come both J"1K (as HO from ^Fl), and rVlK comp.
1
Sanscr.
etat,
Gr. avr-oc.
Others refer
J"IK,
nitf, to
the
Aram.
1VN,
*0^,Lq.^!; so Hupfeld on the demonstr.

letter
ii.
power of the
Morgenl.
II.
n, see
Lit.
page 135."
Hupfeld, in Zeitschr. Ges. add.]

suff.
f.
d.
DVMPnviK properly
followed
f.
by Makk.-nK,with
',
in pause and
ITS,
143, without emphasis for Xpvanioa: IJjtt* pr. avrdr (reav-ov, hence the simple ye. In this manner J"IS
1
^flS-Gen. 6:18 comp. 2O:l6,i^, DflX more DpJjIX Gen. 9:9, 11, rarely and chiefly in the books of Joshua, K ings, eremiah, and Ezekiel, ^jryx, Pin'X, Dn'X(so that it seems to be confounded with
frequently put before substantives made definite with the article (VI/J ? Q!P^'1 ^X Gen. l l comp. D?P^) Y 1? Gen. 2 4), or with the addition of a geniis
^}
mark of ace. riK), pr. subst. denoting nearness, and propinquity, prob. for fl3S (from the root H3S No. II. to draw near, as n?3 from ""^3) from the comthe
I
a suffix (31.9:14; Ru. 2:15), also before proper names (Jon. 2 l), its occurrence is much more In the whole Old frequent in prose than in poetry.
tive or
:
'
Test, only three
word
nite,
is
examples occur to me in which prefixed to nouns which are not made

:
this
defi-
usage of the language, a prep, of a similar power Oy (which see). (i) apud,with,at,by, near, used of nearness and l Ki. vicinity, Gen. 19:33; Lev. 19:13; Job 2:13; " 9:26, Eziongeber rnV*$Tfl$ ~W$ which is situated
to
mon
two of them (Pro. 13:21; Eze. 43 l o), where the sense is definite, one (Ex. 21 :28), where it is not so. [Also Ex. 2:1; 2Sa. 18:18 Ecc. 3:15. Ges. add.]
;
near
face,
Note.
Some have altogether denied that

;
this
word
is
put before the subject of a discourse and indeed the examples in which it is joined with a passive verb
may be
:
taken impersonally, and so explained that the l^C Nu. power of the object is retained, viz. fl^H " " 32 5, man gebe bag 2anb/ let them give the land (see Olshausen, Emendatt. zum A. T. page 25, Hebr. Gram, gth edit, page 233 [l3th edit., 140, a]), but many others (see No. 2, a) cannot be so taken; and it is not the place of a sober interpreter to have recourse unnecessarily to solecisms and critical conjecture. What has been done with regard to this point which
N!f~J"lK to any one's There is a singular use of it in Gen. 30:29, " thou knowest what thy flock has become ""JW w i th me," i. e. having me as the shepherd and caring for it, comp. 39:6, "he cared for nothing WK" i. e. while he had Joseph for ok'oVo/toe, verse 8. () sometimes it indicates possession of a Specially thing, like the Lat. penes, comp. Gr. TO. Trap epoi, Arab.
i.
Eloth," comp. Jud. 4:11, '3

q.
^p?
see D*3S.
gX^c
^l
(see
DV No.
2, a, b};
:
especially
what one
has in one's mind, Job 12 3, n) to? p 'PTIS "who knoweth not such things ?" Job 14: 5, "the number of the months is with thee," i. e. in thy mind, determined (b) It is rarely used of motion to a place by thee.
(like Trapa with an ace. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut. 2 Sam. 15 : 23 ; Ps. 67 2, MRK V3B 1KJ i. q. ben bid)).
:
exercised the inquiries of very ancient Rabbins, may be seen in Olshausen loc. cit. Ewald (Hebr. Gramm.
;
WylJ; Ps. 4:7.

(d) It
is
vapa ravra, prceter
page 593);
["Note.
krit. Bibl.l826, No. 3), and by their follower, Winer, in Lex. Hebr. page 103.
Fahsius (Seebode,
besides (compare iKi. ll:l, 25. Ex. 1:14; ista), used ellipt. for <'KD Gen. 49:25, where from
(c) It isi. q. prater,
The
Corresponding to
guages are Ch.
occurrence.
origin of this particle is still uncertain. it in the Phoenicio-Shemitic lanIV, Syr.
^
9
ipse
but these are of rare
what precedes JP is supplied. (e) In some phrases and examples ntjt may seem to be inaccurately for in. (as in Lat. apudvillam, apud forum, apud Hierosolyma, Sueton. Vesp. 93, apud Pal&stinam, Eutr. vii. 13, see Handii Tursell. page 414, 415), but it may, and
even ought, in every case to retain the notion oi nearness, i Sa.7 16, " he judged Israel, ntopp^S'n^ ""WC at all those places;" the courts of justice bean*
: 1
Cognate are the

all
JE,th. enta, Avho (prop,

ent,
demonstr. like
relatives),
Egypt,
who
and
es-
pecially the demonstrative syllable ent,
which in the
XCJV
and thus by or near the towns. ta Ki.9:25, JVJl^ -M?f?ni "and Solomon offered incense at that (altar) which was before Jehovah." Compare Suet. Aug. 35, tit thure et mero tupplicaret apud arameius del, etc., and Dent. 16:6,
in the gates of towns,
i
rimHN as for
*-*
i'LM
utensils; but indeed I should prefer tegarding
f^
(like
ny
for JVJK
from
nnj/)
= Arab.
an
instrument, ^jj\ apparatus, instrument, specially of

-i.
rajF)
altar,
CV
... DipSrr'pN.
and in l tomary expression for offering incense. (I do not see with Winer, how in this passage WR may refer to >^\.) (a) cum, with (compare EJJ No. l), used of accompanying, Gen. 6:13; 43:16; Jud.
l
:
offered properly at the Ki. loc. cit-this phrase is used as the cus-
One
war, from the root HIX \j\ to aid, also to be furnished with instruments, apparatus; and 1 should suppose the
general word to be used for some particular instru.
ment, perhaps for a plough-share.

("living with Baal," i.e. enjoying the favour and help of Baal), \_Ethbaal~], pr. n. of a king of the Sidonians, iKi.i6:3l, in Josephus (Arch. 8: 13,
1, 2,
59
of connection
by marriage,
Ki. 3 :
16; Jer. 51 of a cove: ;
nant, Gen. 15:18: of aid, Gen. 4:1, "I have gotten a male (i. e. a son) nin*'nK by the aid of Jehovah."
Ter.
l
contr.
Apion.
1, 18),
'I0o/3a\oc,
E(0w/3aXoc
1:8; 15:20.
It is said,
"to speak
Ki. 8:15; also "to fight, to
with any one," make war with any

Jer.
one" (where J"IX may be rendered against), Gen. 14:9; i Ch. 20-5; Pro. 23:11. n)n;-ns ^nrjn "to walk with God," Gen. 5:24; i.e. having God as it
IK
3:22
Deu. 33:2, and

(for contr.
NHX
np
I sa .2l:l2, pi.
pi.
n),
and
fat.
J b 37:22;
VJJJg
were
a companion, to lead a life pleasing to God '3VI$ non n^j; "to act kindly with any one," Zee. 7:9;for
;
Job 16:22, 33:21, and
def.
nnSTI Mic.4:8,n.'.!,Deu.
Isa. 4l
ns.'l (for
^H^),
125; imper.
VOX
compare Ruth 2:20; 2 Sa. 16:17. Noldius, in his Concordance, under this word always confounds J"1R No. I. and II, which it may suffice thus briefly to
mention.
riRD
i.
21:12; 56:9. 12 (almost all of these forms imitate the Aramaean). (1) to come, a poetic word ["instead of 1^3"]
(for -Vn^.) Isa.
Ch. XnR., Syr.
JL),
Arab,
li'^,
which are of common
use in these languages.

q.
Const, followed
DVP pr.from with, from near by any 9
by
? (Jer.
one; Syr. Lo^ ^.iO, Arab. Ai cr<,/rom(iKi.6:33), after verbs and nouns of departing, Gen. 26:31 ;
3:22) and one comes.

i.
sending from any place, Gen. 8:8; also of receiving,
4:8) of the person fowhom any Part. pi. fern, ni'nisn things to come, Arab. e^>T e. future, Isa. 41:23; 44:7; 45:11. * s _
1J?
(Mic.
Job 2:1O; buying, Gen.i7:27; 23:20; asking from any one, iSa. 1:17; performance, Ex. 29:28, etc. Other examples are, Josh, ll :2O, nn>n ^ DSO " by Jehovah was this instituted;" Ex. 29:28, " this shall be to Aaron ... a perpetual statute 'B* '33 r>KD to be performed by the children of Israel;" Ps. 22:26,
rn>nj;l
for
J'|
future.
(2) to
evil),
happen
:
to
q.
any one,
\j\
to
come upon him
(as
Job 3 25,
i.
with ace.
IÎSO
"from
thee
thee salvation, the cause np is i. q. Gr. air ipavrov, John 5 30, from myself, or
:
my praise," e. I owe to of praise." ^RO Isa. 44: 24,

i.
"
to go, to pass by, Job 16:22. Vulg. transeunt. HIPHIL, to bring, i. q. X'?n. Pret. plur. Vnn (for ^V?.??) Isa. 21:14, and the same form for imp., Jer
(3)
12:9. Deriv. fiJVX.
by
my own
lA^tff
this,
Arabic Â-r- .*<, Syriac authority. and Heb. Hos. 8:4. Compare as to '|ED ^-S), Anecdota Orientt. i. p. 66.
suff.
^
to
Ch., Dan. 7: 22, inf.

/>JJ
np Dan. 3: 2,
i.q.
Hel
HI. J"\N with
toK
Sa. 13:20, pi.
DTlK
ibid.
of pers. Ezr. 4:12; 5:3. come; with APHEL n?n inf. nn;n (by a Hebraism) cause to come, Dan. 6:1 7, 25.
(2)
(l) to
verse 21, and DTIK Isa. 2:4; Mic. 4:3; Joel 4: 10, an iron implement used in agriculture, with an edge, and
ometimes requiring to be sharpened (l Sa. loc. cit.), according to most of the old versions a plough-share (but in Sa. it is joined with >"lS5nD.9), according to Symm. and the Hebr. intpp. a mattock. The more
general word
rf
to bring, to fetch, Dan. 5:3, 23. Syr. wtw). HOPHAL, borrowed from the Hebrew, but anomalous TVH, 3 fem. rvrpn, Dan. 6: 18; pi. VJVn Dan. 3:13, to be caused to come, to be brought.
nN
accent
pers. pron. 9 pers.
m. THOU; with
dist
antvoc
is
used by the
LXX. in the book
(Milel), Gen. out n five times in
nn
SB.
Some compare
household-stuff, flocks,
Ecc. 7:22; Job.
3:11; 4:11; 27:32, witharo $$ l Sa. 24:19; Ps. 6:4; 1O; Neh. 9:6. In the oblique cases
xcv
>f thee, thine,
i
Lehrgeb.
p.
727.
Ki. 21:19; thec, Pro. 22:19; see (Instead of the doubled Tav, in
is nt,
Arabic and Êthiopia there

(
^*j\
f.
c^-ol
is
v^g-
Ji>\>
AYt"
V
fem A^"t;
-
.'
Q Syriac there
Nun
f
f.
occult
AuJ
cA-ij; and the same appears also in
f. lieo thou. [" All of which are the demonstrative of syllable en, and the compounded '33X note Hebr. simple pronouns ta, to, tok. (See in
Egyptian in
HOOK
m. Eze. 41 15 (np), 16, 42:3, 5, a kind oj [see below]; (see especially Eze. 42:5 comp. verse 6). LXX. and Vulg. chap. 42, render it Root PDSTrtpi<rrv\oi>, portions. ["A term in architecture, signifying a decrement', where a story or portico is drawn in, an offset, ledge, terrace. It is a verbal Hiph. from PD? to tear away, cut off: So Bottcher recently (Proben, page 350);
:
columns
Gram.
i
p.
293,1 3th ed.)" Ges. add. omitting the follow.
ng paragraph ] The principal letter however is n and this alone predominates in the Indo-Germanic stock
,
but so too Abulwalid long before, i. q. J^^x) segSee his words quoted in Thes. ment, increment. Append, s. h. v." Ges. add.]
pers. pron. 2 pers. pi. you, m. Inaccurately joined to a feminine, Eze. 13 20. It comes from HJjlS which see, with the 'addition of D, the mark of mul:
of languages. (See the Sanscrit, tuam, the stock of which is tu, Pehlev. and Pers. tu V ? Gr. TV, av, Lat.
tu,
o-.<,S
Goth, thu, Germ., Dan. and Swed. bu.)
titude.
Arab.
\'i
Aram.
a she-ass, so called from its slowness; see s -5. the root 1HX. (Arab. .'j'\ a she-ass, and the female
|inS
f.
n!S Ex. 13:20; Nu. 33:6, \Etham\, the name of a place on the borders of Egypt and the Arabian desert, from which the neighbouring part of the desert, as far as
Nu. 22:23, of the wild ass; Aram. WH^, JLiLJ id.) UnX '33 " the son of his ass," i. e. his ass. Gen. seq.
49:11.
V>
Marah, received the same name.

'O0Jy/.
Nu.
33:8.
regards the sea.
LXX.
it
PL'n'uhfij Gen. 12:16; 32:16.
Jablonsky (Opuscc. ii. 157) as the Egyptian ATlOU, i.e. boundary of
comm. Chald. a furnace, i. q. Syr. JLJO!.). j-irlN Dan. 3:6, 11, 15, seq. The form |WX is for ]W?$, from the root |3J;I to smoke; like P'T for p'pT.
Eze. 41
:
TICJIItf
71DPI
& /^Qr^ once /IftJjlK with Aleph prostheticj adv.
Sa.
10:11
i.q.
15, in
ana
for pJ?K.
(2)
(1) yesterday, 183.4:7; 14:21; 19:7; Ps.90:4. formerly, used generally of time long past,
:
T\$
i.
q. ny>
Although
pers. pron. 2 pers. sing. fern. thou. this form is rare in the Old Test, (it is
;
in Syr., Ch.,
Mic. 2:8; Isa. 30 33. The same form is also found and in Cod. Nasar. [" There exists like> wise a form ?1O^, which see. Also, Syr. îDL) ; Chald. î^n^, y.?nS' The form seems compounded *
2 Ki. found only seven times in aro, i Ki. 14: 2 8:l; 76.36:13; 4:16,23; Jud.l7:2; Jer.4 3O; and wherever it occurs, the axptaia of the Masorites
=
takes
away the Yod,

<l
so as to read
^,
1
so that in the
fromriX with, a,and?iD i.q. 0^3 forepart, front; hence of time, antea, aforetime." Ges. add.]
cext there appears
^-?),
yet there can be no doubt

)
;
chat
it is it is
and
genuine (comp. Arab. <_^j and Syr. o l^J ) even primary and a more ancient form, which
an unused root. Arab. with short steps. Conj. IV. to
to ^yJ' i.q. ^-''
walk
still;
stand, to stand
she-ass.
afterwards the
more negligent pronunciation of the
compare ^\
to delay.
Hence PHX a
common
end
is
people shortened into J;l>?. Yod added at the mark of the feminine, as in YPpH ; nor
listen to
18
in
some MSS. and
printed editions for
constancy, Mic. 6:2; Job 33:19.
should
we
Ewald (Heb. Gramm. page 177),
who, apart from
'FIX to be analogy, conjectures for pflX, of which no trace exists in the PhoenicioShcmitic languages.
all
!&$ pers. pron. 2 pers. pi. i. you, ye. Once found With n Eze. 34 3 1 where other copies have ]$$ it is written HJriN Gen .31:6; Eze. 13:11, 2O ; parag.
: ,
O^
ness,
(perhaps, neighbouring," from HX nearand the termination V), \_Ittai~\, pr. n. (l)
"
34:17; and ibid. 13:20. niiriX, according to the analogy of the forms nEPj nsn. Nun at the end, like Mem, is a mark of multitude, especially in the
fern.
;
of one of David's generals, 2 Sa. 15:19, 22; l8:2. (2) of a Benjamite, 2 Sam. 23:29 also written 'J
;
comp. TT,
f.
\~,
a
(which
81,-e).
a gift, reward, specially as given to Root n:n. harlot, Hos. 2:14.
inX
3a
gift),
XCVI
')T)K ("bountiful," "munificent," from nar)K
1^
Dan. 2 35
:
with
;
suiF. ni.J^X
:
m. Ch.
9
[Ethni],
pr. n.
m.
Ch.6:26.
Ezr. 5 15
5, 7.
r
(i) A PLACE (In Targg. very frc-
pn
K
Ez e- 16:34, 41, and

H3PI),
P ?^ m
1
( for
B$
^^
quently;
prosthet. from
with
suff.
^'7?-
place
1HX Syr. and Samarit. ]'l\ id.) in which," Ezr. 6:3 ; by a pleonasm,
.
"the
much
(1) <7ain o/a harlot, absol. Eze. 16:31,34; and with the addition of H31T Deu. 23: 19. Metaph. used
*"
used in Aramaean
(see Dip?).
Syr.
>
LJ;
compare
ffc
of the produce of the fields, which the idolaters .looked on as gifts from the idols, Hos. 9:1; Mic. 1:7; com p.
Isa.
^
1
(2) perhaps, track,
i.
q.
Arab.
_J
^ J
23:17, 18.
hhZ
pr. n.
:.
Hence 1HX3
<j>
jl
for
1^3
Dan. 7 :6,
p
Q
7,
after;
(2)
[Et hnan],
m.
Ch. 4:7.
i.
i.q.
,1s in the track; with affix
TIOJ
jj* an unused
be
root,
perhaps
q. PDJJ, <jj^c to
Dan. 2:39.
beautiful. Hence P'flN. [Rejected in Ges. corr. ; the deriv. being referred
E*"!0^ (" places," to the south of Palestine.

the
Syr. and Samar. U\J5. "
regions"), pr.n. of a place
Nu.
D^rii? i\~W
" in
to pro.]
way which leads
to
Atharim."
JSeth (fi'3), the second letter of the alphabet when used as a numeral, i.q. two. The Hebrew name is contracted from TV? a house, a tent, and the most ancient form of this letter (whatever it may have
;
and originally (see the note as to its origin) denoting tarryance in a place (Greek iv, Latin m), afterwards applied to neighbourhood and assopositicn, prop,
ciation
(Germ,
an, mit), at, by,
been) appears to have imitated this figure. [" SeeHeb. Gramm. p. 291, 13th edit.; Monumen. Phoen. p. 21."] The form of a tent is still that which it bears in the
./Ethiopia alphabet, f|. As to its permutation,
verbs of motion.
The
with, and joined with various significations of this
muck-denoting word, in part proper, in part figurative, may be arranged in three classes, which are
called
njP:j:n
by the Rabbins ^3H JV2 (Germ, in [Engl.
tw]),
namely
V
2 changes into other labials, into S, as 1T3 and "1T3 to disperse, yi?3 and
?J"j?,
JJ
)V3 (Germ, an [Engl.a,&y]),"lTyn JV3 (Germ, mit [Engl. with]), although it is not to be denied that
the third class depends upon the second (see below). Thus it denotes
*wo<* to cleave, 7.H3 Aram.
);_> iron, ">?S

1,
and i^j^
J
to
be
feeble.
(2) rarely into
as 313/1,
.C5O< great, and even into a quiescent 1, as J?-1BTi3 for IDt^Ti? compare in the western languages /Soovw,
;
(A) pr. in, with ablat. Gr. iv. pr. of place [" which might be
1
Specially
(l) in,
vescor, pascor, /3a2w, vado.
are pronounced very

-13
much
(3) into Q, which letters alike the Orientals, as
fully and pre3T in the city, as "1^2 "=1^3, '53"], expressed by cisely JV33 in the house, "^33 in the pit, )*!$?? in the land
more
and
nO
by
fat,
T!
and "HIKI? an
V
idol of the
Babylonians, 1D3
.Û: to search, JPT
^sj
time, "lOT
in (a place) which =where; then or province, ; used of time: Krln rotf3 Jud.lO:8; rru' JO3 Gen.l l ; Q in which we of the condition also "HV? comp. 1^3, are: Di/K'3 i Sa. 29:7; and, in the later Hebrew, it
1^3
y:
to
prune a vine,
i.
P3H
and
flO'"
pr.n. of a river,
is
DFDp
q.
3F13D a writing, a poem, Arabic <&j for

for /wX/rrw (from //At,
even prefixed pleon. to adverbs: n'33, |D3. By a peculiar idiom of language, it is used of the fountain, origin,
is
<Ce Mecca; compare /jA/jrw

honey)
;
scamnum, scabeUum, marmor, French marbre [Engl. marble], etc.
and material whence any thing is drawn, " to made, or comes forth; as (a) hi the phrase, drink in a cup," i.e. to drink what is in the cup; for "out of the cup'' (like the French " boire dans une
tassef Gr iv \pvvy, iv irorripioic irivf.iv, Xenoph. Anab.vi. l, 4); Gen. 44:5; Am. 6:6; comp. Chald. Dan. 5:8. (b) of the material, as the German dm
J 2 Cb toff in & olle/ in Grg gegofien. " a footstool of B>33 Ex. 38:8 gold." 9:18, 3n}3 Lev. 13:52; l Ki. 7:14; Eze.7:ao. Metiph. (c)
3, fwmetimes before monosyllables 3 (see this more with suff. *3 ; 13, particularly stated, Lehrg. p. 828);
rarely
^33
Ps. 141 :8
in pause
and
fern.
^3
^3 ?
H3
;
SRunje
in
olb/ ein
W3; 033,
t.^,
133; DH3, D3, fern. ?na (Arab. <_,, rarely

fir
^th.
rarely
'fj)
[" Syr. Ji"], a prefixed pre-
VT
to
know by any
thing, Ex. 7: 17.
XCVII
(2)
When
it
which one
is,
i.
refers to a multitude, in the midst of Lament. 1:3, D'133 in.

q.
h'V
-)J/B>
'83^9? "befc re
II.
all
who go
\3>J?3,
in at the gate
among,
of his city," more fully 3JX3,

if <ty0aX/uoIc,
"among
the nations."
2 Ki. 18:5, rn-irp

is
^pD'pJS.
^.587;
\3?3; comp. Gr. Lat. in oculis, Curt, ix.4i
D^B'P? among the conSa.i5:3i, "Ahithophel HIPP" Jehovah is among spirators." Ps.ll8:7,'l?y3 my helpers," i. e. is my helper (comp. Lat. in magnis Cant. Jer. 6: 18. viris est habendus); Job 15:10; 1:8, D'^33 nQjn "fair (fairest) among women."
(3) at or
in, for
upon, 3Y13
Ki. 8:9;
ly
"upon
10;
Isa.
the tabernacle of the congregation," Nu. 14:
66:20, D'D-1D3
"on
horses."
t)tn,
(4) of motion to a place: ad, an (etwaS)
to,
Lam.
Josh. 14: 15
signifies
Specially
it
comp. Luke l :25, 28, 42. part excepted from a whole

;
unto, upon.
This Beth
differs
from ?N in
this
number
(as IP
No.
l).
determined 0^3
"intf
N?1
Ps. 139: 16, days were when as yet not one among
"
signification properly and generally, in that 7$ implies motion to a place, whether the end be arrived
my
at or not,
nacf) (etroaS)
t)in.
3
"IJ7
in this sense signifies

it.
them (of them) existed." Ex. 14:28. l Sa. 1 1 1 1 , " two D3 of them Hence, ;" Lev. 26:36; Deu. i 35. when used with some verbs, it shews that they refer
:
the reaching the end and remaining at
It
nearly
3 nsn to smite only a part of the predicate; as of to a cause them, slaughter among ene(several) mies (different from H3n with an ace. to smite them), 2 Sa. 23:10; ? 3V1 Ps 78:31, ? NB>3 Job 7:
to
.
usque ad, unto, which is however properly used, when the termination and end of the motion or action has to be more accurately
approaches in meaning to
stated: big an (etroa) t)in$ although the later writers appear to like to use 1JJ for ?X ; Gen. 11:4, "a tower,
D?jptS'3 IE>K~)
whose head
may
reach
unto heaven"
comp.
13; 3 H33 an etwaS bauen/to build on, Zechariah 6:15; Pro. 9:5. fine*, b?
(3)
When
is
it
refers to the limits
by which any
thing
bounded, within, in; Tl^? "within thy " within my walls," Isa. gates," Ex. 20: 10; *pbin3 Often used of time, D'?B> Bfy?3 "within 56:5. *,hree years," bintien brety Safyren/ Dan. 1 1 20 Ecc. 1 1 l
:
judgment reacheth unto heaven," D?1?^n ?X comp. Winer, Exeget. Stud. p.53)."l'j?3 pplpio mingens ad parietem, "upon a wall," l Ki. 1 6 1 1 Hence after verbs and nouns of touching,
: .
1
(not less correctly Jer. 51:9; "her
reaching (3J?3p), adhering (3 p? ^), going to, especially to ask something (3 B'TJ, ? /^^, comp. a n fragen*
in
upper Germany, an
einen
is
ehuaS
bege'jren/ for
after
common
falling
verbs of going, ?X
more frequently used),
also so used that the close of the limit is especially
regarded, and so used of time already past, Nu. 28 26. (4) Rarely after verbs of motion; in, with ace., tie
:
inclination
upon (3 y), taking hold on (3 THS, pjn?), and affection (3HS, 1H3, DXO, n^n), all of which are in Latin compounded with the particles
ad, in.
(Eng. into), as after verbs of going,Gen. 19:8; 31 =33; sending, Lev. 16:22; Deu. 7:20; also giving (Jer.
12:7); placing (comp. Lat. ponere in aliquo loco), Gen. 27:17; inserting (Deu. 15:17), etc.; among, inter, with ace., Deut. 4:27; l Ki. 1 1 2. Compare Winer,
:
(Many
same sense
also with /$, as P?"^, V33, t^TJ.)
of these, however, are joined in the Since ?
in this signification is a particle of transition, it is not to be wondered at that it should give a transitive
power
Hiphil.
to
Exeget. Studien, i. p. 48, seq. (B) the second class comprehends those species of and significations, which designate either nearness
3), or motion to a place, so as to vicinity (No. l be at or near it; Germ, an (No. 4 6); and these
such as
is
some verbs, and even a causative power; elsewhere expressed by the conjugation
n'^3 to
So
borrow,
leit;en
(cognate perhaps
NK>3 to take),
3 nt^
\->!-.\
to lend, an jem. f)tnktt;fn
Ike to take,
servitude,
to give),
(comp. 3 n?j;=T3j;n to impose
are partly proper,
and partly figurative (No. 7 lo). pj?^ "at a foun(l) ad, apud, at, by, near, on. tain," i Sa. 29:1; ">3? in3.3 "by the river Chebar," Eze. 10:15 (Gr. j/7roraynw,by a river). E?P&'3 at or on the sky, am $tmmel/ Pro. 30:19. JT3X3 HND a hundred by the cubit, i. e. a hundred cubits, see HBK.
(Comp. Lat.
in verubus, Virg. Georg. ii. 396 ; French, avoir les souliers dans les pieds.) Here also are the
ftd) jem. bebtcncn (according to Winer, to labour through any one; so that the ? is instrumental, see C, 2). Specially, ? in this sense (a) when joined to verbs of seeing, gives the sense of
looking upon, pleasure, with
commonly with the added notion of which one remains looking (see 3 ntn, njn, B'SH); sometimes also of grief (Gen. 2l:l6), pity (29 32), envy ( l Sa. l 1 1 ). So also after verb?
: :
daily (as
phrases to be referred, DV3 DV Sag an Sag/ day by day, if, so that day touches day) ^"jro BHTl in
;
every month,
9) before,
Ch. 27
in the
5 H3B/3 niB yearly, Lev.
W&}, of smelling (D*"in). (J) in oaths, it is prefixed to the person or thing by which, i.e. turned to which, one swears, Gen. 21 :23; 22 16;
of hearing (see
:
so in curses,
Sa. 17 '43 (comp. Arab,
ajj'j
by God).
presence
of.
Genesis 23:18;
(c) It
is
used
when
single species are referred to
XCVIII
Gen. 7:21, "all animals ~D|?-1 lH'3 J^rni -which belonged to the birds, and Gen. 8:17; 9:2, 10; Hos.4:3to the cattle," etc.
their genus,
fiJr?n^
Germ, an
(10) It implies having respect to any thing, having (a) in respect to, iKi.5:22. regard of any thing: on account Gen.i8:28, (b) of, nB>t?r]3 "on account
an S&geln/ etc. (5) of motion down to, upon; in, upon, over, No. 3). l Ki. 2 44, " God *vper, with accus. (comp.
SStctv
:
of those
five;" Ex.io :i 2; 2Ki. 14:6; Jon. i =14; wherefore? "l^K? in that, on account of (that) which ~O"?3, }??3 for any thing or cause, on account of.
n3
turned thy malice ^JE^lS upon thy own head." Lev. VOT "his blood (come) upon him." So after 20:9, the verbs TTJ> ^9, to tread, to reign over; 3 nB3 to
(Arab.
that.)
t__?
on account
of,
Koran 81:9;
t*.>
because
(c)
about, concerning,
:
after verbs of re-
trust upon.
joicing (nob, ^3,
(encaS)
(6) of motion, against, in for contra, adversus, gegen 3 IT his hand an. Gen. 16: 12, te fe *q
against every man, and the hand of every man against him." 2 Sam. 24:17. So after verbs of
fighting (? ED??), sinning
("QJiDri,
fHft hearing (VOIP Job 26:14), 38 24), especially speaking, as 3 "la.^. to speak concerning any one, especially (such is the 3 H3JJ QiXai'Qponria of mortals), to one's disadvantage;
knowing
(Jer.
to
(? KDn),
being angry
10),
etc.
nSnDeu. 3:26; comp. Ps. 78:31; Lev. 17: acting perfidiously (see "W^TTD, rno, 3^, y??a),
There
follow various metaphorical uses, as
bear witness concerning any one, especially against him, to his harm and injury. (C) The third class which may be rendered in
(7) near, nigh (pr. nebcnsan),

3.
Gen.
26,
n-lO*]3
cording to
our likeness."
according to, i q. O^V? "in our image, acGen. i 27. Comp. Gen.
:
1
Germ.by nut, Eng. with, which may be called Beth of acco mp animent and instrument (the appellation of the Rabbins being too circumscribed) equally with
the second, springs from the notion of nearness; and it comprehends the following significations:
(1) with (a) of accompaniment; Num. 20:20, n?3 Dy? "with much people;" Isa. 8:l6, H^S. " with my worshippers [disciples]," i.e. having them
present;
Adam begat a son to ?*? in-IKHS." Gen. " 21:12, after Isaac (P^V!?) shall thy seed be called." "TT13 according to the way or manner, Amos D*V?^) J"iyya by or according +: 1O; Isa. 10:24, 26.
5:1,3," and
~~I3"73 acto the counsels of the ungodly, Ps. i i of. Hence there to the command was no (and cording
: .
lKi.lo:2;
Jer.
" a tree
with
its fruit."
in our hands; Gen. 32: 11,

I
41:15; 11:19, to[6? YV Often used of what we carry " with staff
my
(vpO3)
7:24.
need for Winer to have called in question this signification, Exeg. Stud, page 43) as, like as, in the manner of, i.q. 3 Job 34.:
(8)
passed over this Jordan;" Ex. 8:1, 13; Hence N?3 }"X3, v33 without. Specially
?
Isa.
"because of answers ]JX given in the manner of the wicked" (LXX. tiinrtp ol adorer. Two MSS. 3). Job 37:10 (some MSS. 3) 133.44:4, TVn 133 "as in the grass" (LXX.' i c MSS. and " Isa. 48:10 (Jerome, Editt. 3). quasi argentum"). Zoc. 10:5 (MSS. and Psa. 37:20 39:7 102:4
.$6,
'K'JXIl
placed after verbs of going, it gives them of carrying, as ? K13 to come with any thing,
(a) when the power

i.
e.
to
bring it; ? Dili? to go to meet with any thing, i.e. to take it. See "H), "ti?3, and de Sacy, Gram. Arabe, i. " with 355. (ft) It is even said many (D'2H3) they
come against me"
(Ps. 55: 19),

i.e.
;
and "ye are
left
Avith
left;
:
very few" (Deu. 28:62),
a few of you are
Targ. 3); Hos. 10:15. (So the Arab.

U*J
ple.
_J\
jj to walk in the Schult. Opp. Min. page 71.)
J, e.g. e ^J manner of the common peo-
these are manifest instances
also there is said,
Nu. 13
(9) for, at, used of price, reward, exchange (a

signification
which springs from its local sense; comp. Lat. loco, and pro for ante; Germ, anftatt and fur/ in the more ancient language for cor/and vice versa). Gen. 29: " I will serve thee seven 18, years for Rachel, verses 20, 27; Isa. 7:23, "a thousand vines HP
at a thousand pieces of silver," Ecc. 4:9; Lam.i :il Sa. 24:24; Tics. !2:12; Cant. 8:7, 11. Deu.i9:2i, " life for 7J73 V.V. K W3 PB3 life, eye for eye" (comp.
;
:
33,"they carried it(the cluster)on a stafF(D?3p'3)witb two" (ju jiDfi)/ fclbfl jirct)tf )/ where two only carried it. (Vulg. duo viri.y(b)ofaid; Ps.l8:3O, in| "with thee I will nin through a troop;" Ps. 60:14;
p ^
Isa.26:l3; Ps.44:lO,-i:ni?V? X>!D go out to battle with our armies."
N?
"
thou wilt not
(c)
When
pre-
fixed to substantives signifying attributes, especially virtues and vices, it serves to form periphrastic ad-
" verbs, as ptsn?

1
with
haste," hastily, Ex. 12:11;

i"l3}3.ri3
D*DH3 "with uprightness," uprightly;

dently
;
pru-
"}K'X2
Koran 5: 49).
lives,"
Hence Dnppj? "with

;
30.13;
Psal.
i.e.
"wit h my happiness," i. e. happily, Gen. " the voice of Jehovah is with 29:4,
endued with strength.
peril
of
their
2 Sa.23: 17; comp. Josh. 23:11
strength,"
ciency, for necessity.
(So onen
<
>
V!? pr. for suffiis Arabic )
used of the instrument, where in Latin (2) the ablative is used, as 3"in3 with the sword, Josh
It is
XCIX
io:ll;
writh
with the
feet,
:
the throat (P??), Isa. 58
Eze. 34:18; to cry i ; used of an agent,
one standing between (Lat. per), as !"IB'D3 by Moses, HfO T3 by the Land of Moses (Arab. ^-Jb); also used of the effic i e n t c a u s e, e.g. to faint
(3JH3), Lev. 8:32;
Winer, who has followed him in Heb. Lex. p. 109: although it is certain, that not a few examples which have been referred to this idiom, do not belonar to it, and ought to be otherwise explained. So in Hos. 13:9,
perditio tua, Israel ;
with hunger
Lam.
2 :1Q; to be consumed with fire (^?), H to be commanded by Jehovah (nin 3),

to
Nu. 36:2; ^?33, nirr? K33nn
prophecy
:
by God,
Vulg. indeed renders, tantammodo in me auxilium tuum ; but by comparison with Hos. 7: 13, it should be ren" this hath dered, destroyed thee, Israel, that thou
TO3 n
>3
b$ty
ir>nK>, the
Baal, i.e. God 01 Baal being the inspirer; also Isa. 45 1 7. after a passive, Nu. 36 2
by
(wast, or hast rebelled) against

1
(3) with, for although, as the Germ, bet) alle bem, Lat. in summa bononim civium copia. JINI'TOS with all
me thy helper." In " Ki.i3:34, render and for that cause (Hjn "Q^S.) the house of Jeroboam fell into sin." There are three instances found in the later Hebrew, in which 3
seems clearly
Dp'!?I?
not hindering, nevertheless; Isa.g:ii,i6,20; 10:4; 47:9; Job 1:22. Nu. 14:11, TWj; ninxrr'pD? "notwithstanding all the
this, i.e.
for
all this, this
to
nJD>X3 <3
be prefixed to a subject Ezr. 3 3, DiV (unless two constructions

; : ;
TX
which I wrought;" comp. the Arab. Lfj although, Koran 9 125. Kindred is the phrase OXT3 with this, i.e. on this condition, Gen. 34:22; l Sa. 11 :2. (D) Tt Avill be well to treat separately that peculiar idiom in Arabic and Hebrew, of which the origin is uncertain, of the Beth essentice or pleonastic ( iob j! b ).
signs
1
and 6n np'K3 have coalesced) iCh. 9:33, n3S?!p3 DHvy nl?;?! (where however it may be ren" it was incumbent on them to be in the dered, work"); iCh. 7:23, irT33 HJVn njm '3 "because there was calamity in his house." Perhaps this was
a solecism of the later age of the language. Followed by an inf. 3 forms a
periphrasis for the
is
Tn Arabic
especially
adjective,
it is
it
is
commonly put
this is
when
before the predicate, expressed by a participle or

;
gerund, as pn^3 in n'dendo, Pro. 14: 13, and
com-
whether negative, interrogative, or positive

to a substantive
more rarely prefixed
(Ham.
ap.
is
Its use Schult. on Pro. 3:26), never to the subject. therefore much the same as the use of an accusative
put after the verb substantive, and
it
may
<d!\
be said
"
promiscuously
is
JjUj
;"
<id]\
U and
UjU
God
monly expressed by conjunctions, namely (a) w h He, when (in that, comp. A, l used of time), Num. 35: 19. iy??3 "when he lighteth upon him." Pro. 30 32 Cant. 5:6; Est. 2:8. (b) when, after that (comp. A, 3 of completed time), followed by a pluperf. where the infinitive has the power of a preterite Gen. 33 18, D~}$ Hap 1X33 "when he had come out of Meso:
potamia;" 2:4; Ex. 3:12; Isa.2O:i; Job.42:io.
(c]
may be explained, God en (does not act) as if remiss (compare French en honnete hoimne), the latter may be explained, God
not
remiss
the former
because (comp. B,
forsaken
C, 3), Ps.
;"
:
9),
&?$? "because
(d)
if,
they had
2 Ch. 2 8 6.
:
46
3,
:
n
15.
'Wpna
though, even i/ (comp. th ough the earth be re-
(does) not (act) the remiss one. Similarly are by far the greater
moved;"
Isa. l
number of
in-
stances in the
Old Test, to be explained; and this use of the particle 3 nearly approaches to its use in comparing (B, 8) Ex. 6:3, "I appeared to Abra;
old opinion of Grammarians is suffiNote. is shortened from ^, in ciently probable, that ?
The
n%
the house, in (like ^

p
from 7^, P from
IP), for
(l)
'3
ham
?N? as God Almighty;" Isa, 40:10, H3n pin? K13J tfig "behold the Lord shall come as a " mi.hty one;" Ex. 32:22, thou knowest the people
'IB*
itself (Syr.
u^>)
in the
sometimes
not only a house, but it also has Targums, the sense of the particle th,
is
as Cant. 1:9;
2:15.
(2) EAên
now
in the East the
Ml
J/}3
*3
that they are evil" (Vulg. promts
ad
word u^^.J
into
i,
I..,
is
often in geographical
j,as
names abbreviated
Mo&m);
Ecc. 7:14, 3103 iTH H31t3 DV3 "in a joyful day he joyful;" Pro. 3: 26, l5?M? iTfV nin? "Jehovah shall he thy hope;" Ps. 68:5', '^3 "his name is Jah" (Jon. [Targ. of R. Joseph] PTO^ a. Also LXX., * Isa. Syr., Vulg. omit 3, compare Isa. 47:4; 48:2).
^^-
iUp J*
for ,U;
-S
^-~J
49
1
*S
(see
in Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, i.
).
my note (3) An ex-
ample of such a contraction
is
26:4.
able)
nir,>
n;3
3 "for Jah (i.e. eternal, unchange-
Test, itself in niJTfS?3 for comp. Bebeten in Euseh. and Jerome, for Beth Beten.
nwy
is
found in the Old JV3 house of Astarte,
is
others
Of some particular examples may judge otherwise but it is vain to reject the
Jehovah."
;
(4)
similar analogy
is
found in Persic, in which

the separate forms <o
-41s^
idiom altogether from the Hebrew
language, as has been

p.
promiscuous use
in,
'j
made of
endeavoured by Ewald (Heb. Gram.
607), and by
with, and the inseparable c_j.
Arab.
,J
prob. for
^ and other words contracted not

and *|, whence D3H
DJ'?f
l
less vio-
lently, as {/(see TB13),
tOjl,
C3H
it
|,
The etymology above stated is given 25:11. the sacred writer himself, Gen. 16:14 [which is of by course of absolute authority] by rejecting the voweli
62
;
Chaldee
Arab.
i&
Some
rather regard
as
derived tiom
this
trace of J'3, but there is not any other word being contracted, neither is the signification
one might have conjectured the name of the well to have been ^.Tv "^S "the well of the conspicuou*
jaw-bone," s - &*a
i.
e.
rock (Jud. 15:19), or region (com p.
sufficiently suitable.
Further as to the origin of the
,U a jaw-bone, a region).
prefixed particles, see my Heb. Gramm. gth edit. 87. As to the 3 initial sprung from J3 (son), see under
">2"|3,which is itself rendered by the Syriac translator ;_O> ;_s (son of piercing through, piercer through).
("the well of the oath,' according to Gen.2l:3l 26:33; but see below[?]),.(\Beer-sfceia], pr. n. of an ancient town situated on the southern bor;
X?
Heb. as, " i n heaven," " i n a dream," Dan. " to " to drink in 28; vessels," Dan. 5:2; give 2:19, " into the hand," by the aid of hands," 2 34, etc.
Ch. i.
q.
der of Palestine (2 Sa. 24:7), whence the limits of the Holy Land are described, V3t? -IX3-1J> JTO, Jud. 20 :l
;
the limits of the

y3K>
kingdom of Judah are
said to be y?3P
HN3
to enter.
fem. entrance, Eze. 8:5, from the root S13
ISSny, 2 Ki. 23:8. At present Seetzen states that there are found there five or seven wells called
Szabea, with a valley of the
same name
[Robinson,
i.
(see Zach,
Correspondenz,
adj.
Ch. bad, wicked, Ezr. 4:12. Root P$?.
^N5("
T
xvii. 141).
303.]
well,"" foil ntain"),[eera],pr.n.ro

1
^3 not used in Kal.

a
well, a pit.
Arab.
.\j
"*
'
TO DIG, specially
*
Ch.7:37-
Kindred roots are
"W3, 113,
Arab. .U
X?
(id.),
[Beerah~\, pr.n. m.,
Ch.5:6.
more remote, ^3, ^"13), Lat. forare, Germ. bot)ren [Engl. to bore]. Comp. 1X3, 1X3, 113. PIEL. (i) to engrave letters on a stone. Followed by ^y Deut. 27:8: Hab. 2:2.
to dig (rather
("wells"), [EeerotJi], pr.n. of a town of the Gibeonites (Josh. 9:1 7), afterwards of the Benjamites (Josh. 18:25; 2 Sa. 4: 2), still in being and inhabited after the exile (Ezr. 2:25; Neh. 7:29).
N?
(2) toexplain, todeclare, pr.to dig out the sense,
The
Gentile
noun
is
TnS3
and
to set it forth
when dug
out, Deut. 1:5.
The
contr. *rh3 i Ch. il :39-
2 Sam. 4:2; 23:37, and Comp. below ^"13. [Now

ii.
derivatives follow immediately, except 113, or 'rvns.
n3, nni-Q
prob. called el-Bireh, a--]^ Rob.

|pj
132.]
'33
1N3
(l) a
1
pi.
n'r3
const.
s'i
nh3 (Gen.
K
9
;
rVHN3 ("wells
of the sons of
Jaa-
14: 10), z
f.
1,
well (Arab. ^jjSyr. JH^>j )i^>id.),Gen. 24: 20; 26:19, 20, 21, etc. often more fully DV? 1K3,
:
kan"), pr.n. of a station of the Israelites in the desert, Deut.iO:6; in the parallel place, Num. 33 131, ellipt.
"
(as
if,
19; D".G D?9 ">S3, 26: 19. It is distinguished from a fountain (|*S) on the surface of the ground or
flowing from a rock; a well (~*?3) may however be also called a fountain (rJ?),seeGen.i6:7,comp.ver.l4;
Gen. 21
belonging
to
a fountain"),
(l) the father of Hosea, Hos. [Beeri], pr.n. m. 1:1. (a) Gen. 26:34.
*")N3
(by a Syriacism
for *^?),
i.
q.
"113,
which
34 11,13, l *>. Used of wells of bitumen, Gen. 14: (*)apit, Ps. 55:24; 69:16.
(3) [/Jeer], pr. n.
ites
1O.
(a) of a station of the Israelon the borders of Moab; Num. 21 : 16 18, prob.
in Isa. 15: 8, is
more used, a cistern, 3 Sam. 23: 15, 16, 20, in 3'ro, where the np, and 1 Ch. 11 17, 18, 22, nte, compare Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache, p. 40, Note 46.
form
is
:
PI.
nbN'3
Jer. 2:13.
fut.
the same place which
more
fully called
(b)
t?X3?
[êer-e/im], "the well of heroes." n town of Palestine, Jud. 9:21 [see Rob. ii. 132].
D^XTX?
(l) TO
HAVE A BAD SMELL,
W
where
D*7
"1X5
see
i3
No. 3,0.
TO STINK, Ex. 7:18,21; 8:10; 16:20. Comp. BV?. (a) i. q. Ch. to be evil, to be of an evit nature, see Bte3 D'?^3, flB^S, and HIPHIL No. 3; Arab.
f
*n? "lK5(wellofthelifcofvision,"i.e.
after the vision of
to
be bold, daring (prop,
evil),
German
b&fi.
God,
my
life is
nevertheless
preserved, conip. Jud. 6: 33, seq.), pr. n. of a well in the southern I -orders of Palestine; Gen. 16:14; 24:
Amongst the Orientals, the signification of smelling to a bad disposition, just as on badly, is often applied the contrary, a good smell is applied to goodness and
CI
CK'3 to smell well, and
taJULO>, Ch. Nfl23, N23.

etymology which
I
pleasantness; comp.
formerly followed anothei
to be pleasant, 3113 to be good, and c-jlk to smell
may
also be defended.
For H3^
well, etc.
NIPHAL,
to
become foetid, and metaph.
to
become
may be
for
nX2N3 i. q.
'j'j
,^
little
boy, Syr.
3 and n&? (JjlH) hateful, odious, construed with of pers., l Sa. 13:4; 2 Sa. 10:6; 16:21, comp. etre en bonne, en mauvaise odeur.
(from the onomatop.
irainrafciv),
and
this
may be
applied to the pupil, in the
same manner
as pK*K,
which
see.
HIPHIL
to
make
(i)toma kef id, Ecc. i o i and metaph. 3 hateful, odious; with of pers., Gen. 34 30.
oe
t
:
'55
7: 16.
pr.n.
Ex. 5: 21, -13nn;nx' DntpN2n ye have our savour to be abhorred," i.e. have made us to be hated. to produce, to (2) intrans. to stink (pr. however, Exod. 16:24; Psal. excite stench, eftanJ erregen).
m. \_Bebai], Ezr. a:ii; 8:11; (In Pehlev. bob signifies father.)

(i.e.
Neh.
More
fully,
made
'23
I I
"confusion,"
for
?3?3 from the root

>
11:9; compare Syr. Jj^.^ confusion of speech, stammering, and as to the casting away of the second letter, see HBOiD for "'?9?9> Lehrgeb. 134,
??3, Gen.
38:6, metaph. to be hateful; with 3,

(3)
to
Sa. 27: 12.

-71
869 others [who

;
act wickedly, like the Syr.
t_*irs).
Pro.
origin of the name,
reject the Scripture account as to the and follow their own fancies]
i.
righteous man hates false words, W^ll V&~$ VQITJI the wicked man acts wickedly and causes
13:5,
"a
make
it i.
q. J.-
t__;b gate,
e.
hall of Belus), pr. n.
.shame" (by his falsehoods).
[_Babef], Babylon, a very ancient and celebrated city of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia, Gen. 1O:1O;
2 Ki. 17:24;
in Lat.
HITHPAEL,
i.
q.
NIPHAL, constr. with
DJ7, i
Ch. 19:6.
Derivatives follow, except BMK3.
32,
32',
20:12, seq. Mic. 4:10, etc., situated on both banks of the Euphrates; its
;
ruins
still
fc?K5 Ch.
to be evil,
followed
by
/9_
to
displease,
Hella
exist in the neighbourhood of the city of
Dan. 6 -15.
[Derivative BMK3.]
(aLs.-),
an d they have been of
late accurately
(beosh}
3,
m. stench,
Am. 4:10;
with suffix
DBtel, Joel a: 20; Isa. 34:3.

f.
a bad, useless plant,
Unfraut,
Job
and learnedly described. See Herod, i. 178, 183. Strabo, xvi. l, 6. Ker Porter, Travels, ii. p. 283, seq. Heeren, Hist. Werke, xi. 158, seq. Germ. Encycl. v. The name of the city was applied to the Babylon.
province of Babylonia, Ps. 87:4; 137:1;
Isa.
31:40.
only in pi. Isa. 5:2, 4, bad grapes, sour unripe, labruscce, as rightly rendered by Jerome,
14:4,
whence there
of
is
often mentioned
^22 ^?D " the king

Neh.
and
Babylonia;"
name
also given to the kings of
Jarchi, lambntsques.
Kimchi,
D^H D^J?. Aqu.

use of the
aairpiai.
D^K33 D^23JJ, Saad. Symm. areXfj. The same
Persia, as to Cyrus, Ezr. 5: 13; to Artaxerxes,
13:6; compare
"t-IB'K.
found in Mishnah Maaseroth i. fl, where for D'B>3K, we should read D*B>K3, as may be seen from the MSS. Gloss of Tanchum of Jerusalem. I have treated on this more at large in Comment, on Isa. i. p. 230; ii. p. 364, and I have shewn that the
word
is
Ch. pl.emphat. K$ttBabylonian,EzT.4:y. a Persic word denoting food (t\j, written in 33
v55
Arab,
Herod,
comp. ^dyttv, and Phryg.
fitKoe,
bread,
opinion
commonly received among moderns, by which they understand the aconite, rests on a mere error of
01. Celsius (Hierobot.
ii.
p.
199).
"UIIN.
ii. 2), found in the compound word 23^9 32? Tr>h? (which see) and also Eze. 25 7, a'D3, " I will give thee as fo o d for the nations." The textual reading however appears to be not more genuine than
;
:
DW
"IHNS Ch. after;
see
under the word
? f. (with Kametz impure), pr. cavity, aperture (from the root 223, for rOl^ n 2N33), hence a s This word is used in gate, like the Arab. c_?lj.
the reading in Eze. 47: 13, where na is written for HJ (this); and from the comparison of similar phrases, Jer.l5:l3; 17:3, especially Eze. 26:5; 34:28, 1 have
no doubt but that with the ancient versions we should read T2^ for a spoil." [So the 'p.]
once 1|2* (Mal.2:lo), properly 133 covering, garment); hence (whence
fut. 133'.;
Hebrew
i.
in
one phrase
is
!!JJ
J"D3 "the
gate of the eye,"

accords
e.
the pupil, which
to cover
really the entrance or gate of

T:> this
j
(l) TO
ACT COVEKTLY, FRAUDULENTLY, PERFI(For verbs of covering, hiding are often
the inner eye; Zee. 2: 12.
DIOUSLY.
en
applied to 1'raud aud perfidy
fc>
;
compare ,^J
_.j
to cover,
*?3.3j,
[Bigtha\,
:
pr. n. of
an eunuch in the court A
clothe, to dissimulate,
Sam. M*a2,
J?3P T
to defraud,
con-
Xerxes, Est. l 10. [" For fie etymology,

(id.),
strued with
oneself,
3 Ex. 21:8;
to cover, to hide
[Bigthan],
Est. 6:2.
id.,
Est. 2: 21,
and K3HJ3
Sanscr.
whence V3P,
also to defraud;
compare ?#P,
[B igtha n a]
Bagaddna,
'
["
Compare Pers. and
It is 73^ and J^-J, J^-). put absol. l Sa. 14:33; Job 6: 15; more often followed by 3 of pers. (conip. 3B, 6), "to forsake (some one) perfidiously," Jud.
gift of fortune,' Bohlen."]
9:23; Lam. 1:2; namely, a
friend, Lam.loc. cit.;
I. 13 m.,prop. separation, something separated, from the root 113 No. I. Hence (1) apart, Ex. 30:34; 133 13 part like to part
i.
consort, Ex. 21:8; God, llos. 5:7; 6:7; rarely followed by IP Jer. 3 : 20 ; and an ace. Ps. 73: 15, H3H
W] J 3 T?.3 in
" behold
should d e a 1 fa 1 s e 1 y with the

part.
e. in equal portions. In pi. D^S specially parts of the body, i.e. members, Job 18:13; 41:4; of a tree. i.e.branches (comp. Greek voiXa), Eze. 17:6; 19:14;
generation of thy children;"
1313;
pi.
DHj3
"those who perfidiously depart (from God)," i.e. the wicked (LXX. iropuvoôt); Pro. 2:22; 11:3,6;
hence, staves for bearing, Ex. 25: 13, seq. Nu.4:6. seq. Metaph. the staves of a city, used of the princes
;
13:2,15; Ps. 25:3; 59:6; Jer.g:!. (2) to oppress, to afflict, to spoil,
i.q. ^]3,
pefy,
Hos. ll:6. In sing, with pref. ~l?p (a) adv. sepa" six currately, apart, French apart; Ex. 26:9, tains separately ("1 3? ),andsix curtains separately
(13?);" Ex. 36:6. Often in this signification there is added a pronominal suffix Gen. 2 1 28, " Abraham set seven ewe lambs (1^3?) by themselves;" Gen.
;
construed with 3; Isa.21:2, "nte> TTIB'ni. n3i3 nai3n "the spoiler spoils, and the waster wastes;" Isa. 84:16, HJ3 DHJ3 1331 HJ3 DH3 3 "the
:
spoilers
spoil, and the spoilers spoil a spoiling," Isa. 33:1. Used of impudence, Hab. 2 5.
:
30 40
:
32:17; 43 32,
:
etc.
More
frequently also
Hence the following words
U2 in pause 133; with suff. H33, H33 (as if from 133 [" the n without dag. lene contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94"]) pi. DH33, H33 onceTJ?'"?? p s- 45 9,
;
ra.
(once
fern.,
Lev. 6: 20).
(1) a covering, cloth, with which anything is wrapped up, Nu4:6 13; used of the coverings of abed, l Sa. 19:13; i Ki. 1:1. (2) a garment [" usually the outer garment of the Oriental"], Gen.39: 12, 13, 15; 41:42; especially a precious one, l Ki. 22:10 2 Ch. 18:9; LXX. ipa
;
man should bn alone," prop, in his separation; ^3? îK I alone, only,Nu.n:i4; TO^ nRX Ex.i8:i4; î? 3pK Gen. D'3n 3n Gen. 47: 26; also after 32:25; oblique " a dat. as 113? ^J? cases, against thec o n y," Ps. 5 1 6 T"]X genitive, Ps.7i:i6, ^13^ 1DP prop, "the rightit is
(b) 13^> with suff. n3p D'lNn flVn "
is, i.q.
alone; Gen.2:l8, 3VJ-&6
not good that
D^
" eousness of thee, of thee only," i. e. thy righteousness. of adv. thine only." restraining, only, found in (c)
the later Hebrew, Ecc.7:22;
lowed by IP
it
Isa. 26:13. (d) folbecomes a prep, apart from, besides;
(3) perfidy, Jer. 12:1. (4) rapine,
a spoiling,
Ex.l2:37, "besides children;" Nu.29:39; Josh. 17:5; followed by ?J! Ezr. l :6. Of the same power is 13^P Gen. 26: l Nu. 17 14; with suff. m^p besides him, Deu.4:35; ~>^ 13^P besides (that) which, Nu.
; :
Isa.
24: 16.
:
6:21.
nn^3
K;
pi. fe
Lehrg.
reacheries, Zeph. 3 4, of the form 120, 4.

.
Germ.
(2) Specially a thread, collect, thread, yarn, avn (compare 1'IBX), especially of linen, 3nrirn/
S
"l133
(with Kametz
impure, Lehrg.
120,3)
adj.
perfidious, treacherous,
Jer. 3:7, 10.
hence, fine white linen, Ex. 28:42; 39:28; Lev. 6:3. PI. 0^.3 linen garments, Eze. 9:2, seq.; Dan. s
10:5.
II.
*W? \_Bigvai], pr.n. of a man, a leader who returned from the exile with Zerubbabel, Ezr.2:2, 14; 8: 14; Neh.y: 19, perhaps husbandman, gardener, Ch.
K3? husbandman,
into the Persic,
(Arab.jj byssus.)
"1? PI.
trifles,
D^3 (from the root 113 No. II). falsehoods, great words, Job. 11:3;
v i)
Isa.
LLp garden, which

128
;
has also passed

i.
cb
iii.
bagh, a garden [" or
q.
Pers.
16:6; Jer. 48:30. (2) i.q. D'13 T?$ liars, used of the soothsayers and false prophets. Isa. 44:25; Jer. 50:36.
(l)prop. TO FOKM, TO FASHION, Used of Zabian dialed
Ikeyaloc, Herod,
bagt,
according to Bohlen, Sanscr.
bagasan, happy." Ges. add.]
a potter
see
this sense is preserved in the
(perhaps
"garden," "gardener;"
cm
l Ki. 12:33; (well given inXaaaro). Neb. 6:8; in each place followed by fafe. Part, with suff. 0503 by a Syria-
(9) to devise, to feign,
to
distinguish diverse
things, ievit. 1O:9, 1O;

.
.
"y
by the
LXX.
cisni for
to
Arab. \jj to begin, IV. produce something new, to do and devise first;
2^13 Neh.
I.
loc. cit.
wine nor strong drink that ye n\a.y the clean and unclean ;" 1 1 47 20:25. distinguish In both these significations (No. 1, z) there follows
.
:
shall not drink
p?1 ... pa Gen.
59
comp.
I.
c.
jj
IV. to feign, to form.
1*12
l 4, 7 Ex. 26:33; N^ P3 Isa. ;?...ra Gen. 1:6. (3) to separate from the rest, to select out of
: ; =
DISJOIN, TO DIVIDE, TO (l) prop. TO -
SEPARATE,
as the
Arab.
ju.
The
them, in a good sense; followed by IP Num. 8: 14; 16:9; Lev. 20:^4, 26; also followed by / of that to
notion of cutting
or tearing apart, and hence of dividing, lies both in the monosyllabic stock "I?, and in the harder kindred
stocks ra, 13, ns, modified variously, comp. ?13,
which any thing is destined, l Ki. 8:53; also without IP Deu. 4:41; 10:8; l Ch. 25:1; absol. Deu.
19:7; Eze.
39:H.
P13
nna, ^na,
"tns. to
-ina, pna ina, rns nna, nna, nn^yns, (Cognate to these is the syllable n, fa, f Q, as
; ;
(4) toseparate, to shut out, as a mixed multitude from a people; followed by IP Neh. 13:3; î'P Isa.
which see
TT3, Jf*3).
(2) to separate oneself, to be solitary. Part. TTI2 solitary, alone, Ps. 102:8; Hos. 8:9; Isa.
56:3. With the addition of n V?f Deu. 29:20; as ia often the case in medial phrases e. those which [i. may be taken in either a good or a bad sense].
NIPHAL
to
(i)pass.ofHiph.No.3,
to
to
be separated,
;
14:31. Derivatives are 1? No. I. and "H?- [also pr. n. T!?].

II.
separate oneself; followed by
IP Ezr. 6: 21
9:1;
lo:ll; also
? to
"T!3
i.
q.
Np?
(\vhich see), /3ar-oXoyf7i/,
to
be selected,Ezr. 10:16; followed by or for any thing, l Ch. 23:13.

to be
babble, to talk triflingly, whence "I? No. II. T13 m. separation i. q. 13 No. L Hence in Ace. adv. separately, Lev. 13:46; solitarily, alone
(2) pass, of Hiph. No. 4, (3)

to
secluded, shutout.
depart from a
l
place, Nu. to some one,
place, followed by IP of the 16:21; followed by 7 ["of pers.~|, to depart
Ch. 12:8.
'
(commonly expressed in Latin by the adjective solus), Isa. 27 10; "H3 n-V)3 Tj; the fortified city standeth alone," i. e. is left forsaken. Deu. 32 :i 2, -ISH^ TT3 nirv. " Jehovah alone did lead him." Also 1 "J ? ? s o h't a r 'ly,
: i
Derivative nouns are ^H?,
5 :
!?P and
J
'1 3 m. part,piece, once followed by J1& "a piece

of an ear,"
i"
Am.
3: 12.
for
alone.
"H3
("separation," "part"), [Bedad~],

*!.
pr.n.
m. Gen. 36:35.
H3 see
T
? l? some precious article of merchandize, men1 2, amongst gold and precious stones the Arabian manna is compared to this (Nu. 11 :7), which latter consists of white grains and scales, and is
tioned in Gen. 2
:
:-
(P r P- ^T
"'^ "i n
tne
protection
of
.êhovah"), [Bedeiah~\, pr.n. m. Ezr. 10:35.

}? m. (l)stott7i7,i.e. plumbum nigrum, alloy tound in ore mixed with silver, which is separated from it by means of fire. Germ. SB erf. Plin. N. H.
elsewhere compared to hoar frost (see Ex. 16: l4;Nu. however, according to Burckhardt (Travels in Syria (599), p. 954 Germ, trans.), the colour is
loc. cit.);
yellowish. [It is utterly futile to suppose the of Scripture is any thing now to be found the
; 1 1
manna manna
xxxiv.16;
Isa.
1:25,
T.H?' ?? HTDK "I will

1
take
was like r ?" ?, which was round like coriander seed, and not like scales or grains.] Of the ancient interpreters, Aqu., Symm., Theod., Vulg., Josephus (Archaeol. iii. 1, 6), understand fi$i\\toi', bdellium, which is the gum of a tree growing in Arabia, India, and
away
all
thy alloy,"
i.
e.
spurious and impure parts
of metal.
(2) plumbum album, tin, Eze. 22:18,20; 27:12.
Germ.
$inn,
Num. 31:22;
?na
Babylonia. It is whitish, resinous and pellucid, nearly the colour of frankincense when broken it appears
;
'1^1 not used JX) TO SEPARATE,

HIPHIL
(i)
to
in Kal, kindred to the root
TO DISTINGUISH.
the colour of wax, with grains like frankincense, but larger. Plin.N. H. xii. 9,s. 19. Its various names ac-
to disjoin, Lev. 1:17; two places by a veil, fence, wall. Ex. 26:33; Eze. 4 i: 2o Gen. l 6, things previously mixed together;
separate,
cord with
this, naC\t;ov,j3$o\xov( which

al.
is
however resw
as
upon conjecture, see Dios.i. 71 on the other hand bdellium
8o),fidt\\a.,fl$l\\iof.
'reiv. 1 14.
(a) Figuratively applied to the mind,
to
separate,
not such a precious natural production as to be mentioned between gold and precious stones, and that the land of Ilaviiah
civ
S-a-pa
:
On this acshould be celebrated for producing it. count the opinion of the Jews is not to be rejected, which has been learnedly supported by Bochart (Hieroz. ii. 674 683), that pearls are to be underwhich a very large quantity are fished up in the Persian gulf and in India, and with these it would not be unsuitable to compare the grains of manna. Bochart gives also the etymology, quadril. n?na from the root ?13, as signifying an excellent,
stood, of
inh, Gen.
its
three times joined paranomastically with the wore l : a ; Jer. 4:23; Isa. 34 1 1 [which arc all
occurrences].
an unused
to lie ["
i.
root,
;
perhaps
i.
q.
Arab,
be white,
shining.
BH3 Heb. q. Aram. Hence Redslob"].

:
Bn2, pr. to
I2n3 Est. i 6, a kind of marble of which pavements were made. LXX., Vulg. o-juapaySmjt;, smaragdites.
selected
pearl.
i
Compare Arab,
jo
_j
"*
a pearl, from
Arab,
c^.
according to the Kamus, page 176,

;
is
the root j>j

j"J3
i.
q. 7T.3.
[.Sedan], pr. n. (l) of an Israelitish judge not mentioned in the book of Judges, if the reading be correct, l Sa. 12:11, where probably we should with
the
a species of stone and from the etymology, it may be gathered that a spurious marble is intended, so called because it falsely puts on the appearance of marble* [" or else white marble"].
LXX., Syriac (and Arabic) read P")? Jud. 4:9. Chald. renders it Samson, as if J"]? were i. q. IT"!.?
Danite, see
"XT!?.
T?VI3
f.
Ch. haste, Ezr. 4:23.
Root ^na.
(2) m.
Ch. 7:17.
[In
Sa. 12:
^T^âdj.splendid,bright; of the sun, Job 37: 21.

/ or 'rTjnotusedinKal, pr. TO TREMBLE, TO BE IN TREPIDATION, comp. transp. fi/3, Êth. terror, *? and "I being interchanged. iy^4: t Put NIPHAL. (l) to tremble. Used of bones, Ps. 6:3;
11, in Thes., Ges. regards !"J3 as for !-PK,
by
rejection
of the prosthetic N, and interchange of X and "7. " However, J"13 is doubtless i. q. pay, Jud. 12 13, 15, the y being dropped as was often the case among the
:
Phoenicians in the word nay,

fOE'K
thor's
;
JOS'&na for lay nnE'jna Bodostor, for nnt?K nay. See the aue. g.
hands, Eze. 7: 27; figuratively to the mind, Ps. 6:4.
Monum.
Phosnic. pp. 174, 175." Ges. add.]
Hence
(2)
to be
(l) TO
whence P"J3.. (a) denom.from pn|

v
CLEAVE, TO MAKE BREACHES, (Comp. under "H3 No I.)

to
terrified, confounded, struck with fear,

:
repair breaches,
34:10; Syr.
to reo
store the ruins of a building ; a Ch.
and <_>_j^
id.
suff. Î?."??
;
Ex. 15:15; l Sa. 28:21; 2 Sa. 4:1; Ps. 48: 6 90 7 Eze. 26:18; followed by *3{pO, Gen. 45 3 ; Job 23:15; Ecc. 8:3. It includes also the idea of despondency, Job 4:5; Isa. 21:3. (3) to flee in trepidation, Jud. 20:41, and geneterror;
; :
rally to
hasten
:
after,
with
m. fissure, breach, in a
in a ship, Eze. 27:9, 27.
Prov. 28 22,
rpn E>>K jir6 Sna?

hastens
:
or to any thing, followed by ^. the man of an evil

to riches,"
i.
building, 2 Ki. 12:6, seq.
eye (envious man)

seeks for riches.
e.
anxiously
*>K,
"I|TJ3 [J5irfiar],(i.q.T5TI|
i.
"son of piercing
;
through") piercer; B, being abbreviated into a prefixed 3 comp.D?K'3, ?np3j D vyi, (and as to a similar contraction in Arabic, see
e.
J3 like J"P3 see p. xcix,
[" Ecc. 8 3, not hasty to go out of his sight, Ges. add.] gantly, perversely."
(4)
to
fa
i.
V3BO bnan
e.
be
depart not arro-
Tebrisi Schol. ad Ham. page 3, edit. Freytag), pr. n. of a centurion of king Jehu, 2 Ki. 9:25.
peris h suddenly,Ps. 104: 29, "thou hideal thy face, I'l?!??* and they (thy creatures) suddenly subst. sudden perish." Comp. n$>na. Part. f. destruction, comp. nyin3; Zeph. 1:18.
>^^
~\\3> Ch. PAEL T!3 TO SCATTER, Dan. 4:

Heb. Tf3, TJ8.
1 1, i.
q.
PIEL
(l)
to
strike with terror,
to
terrify,Pa.
nil an unused root, which properly appears to have had the signification of purity, which in Arabic
is partly applied to brightness and ornament (U> to be bright, to be beautiful), partly to emptiness,
83:16; Dan. 11:44; Job'22:iq; hence, tc cause to despond, Ezr. 4:4 np. (2) to hasten, Est. 2:9; and (3) followed by a gerund, i. q. ~>np to hasten (as
2:5?
if,
whence
*
^ to be void and empty, as a house.

'
Hence
to tremble) to do any thing, Ecc. 5:1; 7:9. Prov. 20:21 np, n^qj to be hastened. njnbD "a hastened possession," i.e. too anxiously
PUAL,
3*
and
hastily acquired.
}!~I3 m. (for ina, of a segolate form), emptiness, voidness, and concr. something void and empty. It is
HIPHIL
(a)
i.
q.
Hence ?r/3p swift, Est. 8: 14 (i) i.q. PIEL No. i, Job 23: 16. PIEL No. a, Est. 6: 14.
cv
(3)
to
TO- rn"
ofKal No.
thrust any one from a pla 3"], 2Ch. 26:20.

"
l 1
" Causat. [or
as being of this animal, and not the elephant, m thought by Drusius, Grotius, Schultens, J. D. Mi-
["Derivative
?'7|.]
Ch. not used in Peal. ITHPEAL. Inf. rpnsfln subst. haste, speed; and with the pref. 3 adv. quickly, Dan. 2:25; 3:24;
^H3
6:20.
PAEL, to terrify, Dan. 4:2, 16 ITHPAEL pass. Dan. 5 9.
: ;
on the place, Schoder in Hieroz. specially in this I follow the judgment of Bocluu (Hieroz. ii. p. 754, seq.), and Ludolf (Hist Êthiop. i. But it is probable that the form filOn? really ll). conceals an Egyptian word, signifying the hippopotamus, but so inflected as to appear Phoenicio-Shechaelis,
i.
p. 2, seq.
7:15.
Derivative
^H3.
mitic (see "^N) denotes water-ox,

;
n-<3<?(i-uUH>TT \_P-ehe-mout]
by which name (bomarind)

i.
the
Italians also call the
hippopotamus (see Jablonski:

is
v"7? With the
f-
art.
terror, fear, Lev. 26:16. PL Jer.l5:8. terror, Kar eifojp) '* sudden destruc1
Opuscc. ed. te Water,
word
so
compounded
52). [" It is true that the not now found in the remains
;
tion, Isa. 65:23.
of the Coptic language but the objection urged (Lee's Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed contrary to
root, pr. to
an unused
shut, specially the
mouth; hencetobemute, dumb. Arab.ÎV.to shut, X. to be mute, dumb. (This signification is found in
which exvery many presses a sound uttered with the mouth shut, as DH
letter n,
the laws of language, that ehe, ox, is of the

for water
is
It is said indeed, gender, and that the word But ehe is of the rnou, and not mout.
is
not valid.
fern,
roots
which end in the
comm. gender, and is Peyron, page 46 and

;
frequently used as masc., see the t in mout can be an article
D?,
D/l, DOT, .DV*, DBS'; comp. Lat. hem, Gr. Other roots which end with the same letter, denote
postpositive, see Lepsius, Lettre u Rosellini,
page 63."
Ges. add.]
murmuring, humming sounds, also uttered with the mouth shut (furrfmen/ brummen), as DHJ, 0X3, niDH, Dm
Arab,
^^^fc, fiplfjiw, fremo,
an unused
to
+ j.)
suff.
[Hence]
shut,
to
root, prob. i. q. DH3 +&) Conj.IV. cover. [Hence the two following words ]
constr.
if
nona with
in???,
WHS (as
m.
it
it
the
thumb, Ex. 29:20

:
(so called because'
(so called
from nDij3), pi. rrions, constr. ntoqi fem.'a ea*< from being unable to speak), used of large land quadrupeds (see however PI. No. 2); Arab.
to birds
shuts the hand); also, the great toe, according as is followed by "V or ?.?T Lev. 8 23, seq. ; 14 14, 17,
:
25, 28.
PL
constr. rfuina Jud.
:6, 7,
from the un-
<*-. Opp.
8,
and
reptiles,
Gen. 6:7,20; 7:2,
used sng.
language
Arab.
id.
and
in the
common
23; 8:20; Ex. 9:25; Lev. 11:2; Pro. 30:30, " the lion is a '""?D?3 "lia| mighty one
B$
amongst
beasts."
Specially signifying (1) domestic animals, cattle, used collect, like the Latin pecus J"ln [or Eng. cattle]. Opp. to
pKH
jrQ (" thumb"), \Bohan~], pr. n. of a son of Eeuben, whose name was applied to )n3"JlK a place on the borders of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,
Josh. 15:6; 18:17.
Gen. 1:24; rnfe>n rvn Gen. 2:20; 3:14; nnn Gen. Lev. 25:7, beasts of the field, wild beasts. 7: 14, 21 It embraces }K' and 1?3 Gen. 47 18 Lev.i 2. Elsewhere
; : ; :
an unused root; Syr. Oicnji) to be white, be bright, Hence i^^-) bright. (Comp.
specially with leprosy, Ch. Pi??S to
(a) it signifies only beasts of burden, as asses, camels opp. to rupO Gen. 34 23 36 6 Nu. ; 32 26 ;
;
: ;
2Ki.3:i7.
Compare
Isa.
30:6; 46:1.
(3) poet, used also of beasts of the field and wild beasts. So in pi. J"liDri3 Deu. Hab.
32:24;
2:17;
m. vitiligo alba, an eruption which in the not of rare occurrence, consisting of spots of HI "3 nhna), like the leprosy, but palish white (nm? harmless, and neither contagious nor hereditary.
East
is
by HJSn Deu. 28:26; Isa. l8:6;nTB>n,T^ i s a 17:44; Joel i :2o;UCMic.5:7. 1. mon3 (i) beasts, quadrupeds, see above. (2) pi. majest. (and therefore followed by sing, m.), a large, great beast, by which name, Job 40: 15, the
especially
.
when
followed
Arab.
p. 183.
j^j
in Avic.
Lev.
3 39.
:
See more in Thes.
"iriî an unused
bright, figuratively
transp.
root.
to
Arab, ^j
to
shine,
to b(
be
conspicuous.
Êthiop
light
Hippopotamus
is
designated.
I regard the description
fKU:
to shine, to
be blight, (\Q);
CVI
luminary, (the primary idea
glancing, shining,
lies in
vibrating,
compare ?0?). Hence

f.
1'>13
and
nS
pi.
rii~>n3
a spot in the skin, especially

i
pie to war; used cf a leader and commander, Num. 27:17; l Sa. 18:16; 2 Ch. l:io; also without '??& DV?) Josh. 14:11; i Ki. 3 7 ; comp. Deut. 31:2 (of
:
a white spot, which when it is lower than the rest of the skin, and has white hairs, is the symptom of the
Oriental
leprosy (Lev. 13:2
4,
18
Comp. HIPHIL. (e) 3 X13 to have intercourse with any one(ftd) dnlafjen mtt fcin.). Josh. 23: n /^3 Xi3, and with ace. n/X, to enter 7, 12. Hence
Moses).
into
23, 24
28);
i
an
to
harmless, whether it be cicatrix, or it arise from burning, or it be vitiligo, verso 38, 39.
o?.th (see
but
if not, it is
11D?
6.
i
^/?), fl'133 a covenant (see ft'!?), be acquainted with a secret counsel, Gen. 49
Gc-nesis 15: 15,
Jahu (Archaeol. i. 215), incorrectly regards this word rp^? as being the special name of a certain
Xtiixi) of Hippocrates; P'13 differs from being the special name of a disease consisting of whitish spots.
X13, to go unto one's fathers, i. q. to be gathered unto one's fathers, to enter into Hades, see ^DX, Niph."]. (f) to enter
["
With ^,
Vnbg-^X
disease, the
this as
upon an office,
Ch. 27
l.
Opp. to XSJ 2 Ki.
1 1
:Q.
(g) to enter (into a chamber,Ps. 19: 6), spoken of the sun, i. q. to set. LXX. i/w, Gen. 15:12, 17; 28:
2 pret. K3 (once
inf.
3 Mitel
for
Sa. 25:8),
imp. fc03, K3, Ki3 once
bis
n3 (Milra), iKi. 14:12; fut. tfoj, K3M,

np,
riN3r)
i
nR3(Milel), lSa.2O:21; lKi.l3:7,
i,
11, etc. Opp. to XJ. (h)to come in, to be brought into the barn, used of annual produce, Lev. 25 :
to
22; hence,
come
l
once i3T'l, i Ki. 12: 12 lnp, with n parag. and suff. sometimes irregularly finX3FI Deut. 33:16; ÔjKUJjl
andrevenues;
Opp.
to X)tJ to
in, to return, used of produce Ki.io:l4; 2Ch. 9:13. Comp. HX-nfl. go out, to be expended as money.
Job 22:21;
analyt.).
'0X371,
Sa.
25:34
id.
(see ind.
(i)
to
come
in, to
enter (JEth. (l^/V

to this is a\j
Arab.j
\_>
(2) to c owe, very frequently in the Old Test, opFollowed by 7X of person or place, posed to ""J/ n. Gen. 37:23; ?J> Ex. 18:23; 1J> 2 Sa. 16:5; i Sam 9:12; Lsa. 49 1 8 also ace., hence Lani. i 4, 1JHD 'X3
<>
:
to return.
this
Kindred
cooundi sensu.
To
" those
who come
to the feast."
:
Often used of ina-
answers the Sansc. wd, to go, Gr. /3aw, whence ftaivu, vado ; see signif. No. 3, which, although less
nimate things, Job 37 9 Jer. 7:32; hence D^X3n
common, is perhaps primary). Opp. to Nyj Josh. 6:1; The place which any one enters, as a 2 Ki. 15: 17.
house, city, country, ship, is construed with 3 ? Gen. Gen. 6:18; 7:1; 19:3;^ 19:8; Deut. 23:25,
(compare '1X).
anything,
38:11; especially of time, m future times, Isa. 27:6 3 X13 to come with (a) Specially
;
26;%
6:4; with n parag. Gen. 12:11, 14; and poet. with an ace. Ps. 100:4; Lam. 1:10 (corap. ingredi 'S3 " those vrbem), whence Gen. 23: 10, 18, i~l'J7
Estli.
i. e. to bring it, to offer it (see 3 C, l), l Ki. 13:1; Ps. 66: 13; Ecc.5:2, f^JJ 31? Di^qn X3 '3 " for a dream brings many things," videl. vain, triX'UX "I will come fling. Ps. 71: 16, 'J1S nh3J3
with the mighty acts
<
>f
the Lord,"
i.
e. I
will narrate,
..Ji.T
"W
or praise (parall. I'SJX); compare Pers.
to
who enter the gate of his city ;"

son
to
Prov. 2:19.
The per:
7:13. Eze. 2:2, n-n 3
whom one enters Followed by?

N3FI1,
bring and
is
to
"
preceded by 78 Gen. 6 20 ; enter into (one's body).
the spirit
entered
'
into
me"
and Lat. ferunt. (b) X'3p 1i? until thou comest, Jud. 3:3; and ellipt. X3^ Nu. 13:21 34:8, for usque ad, until, unto, as far as, in geographical descriptions the same is ^X.3~*iy Gen. 19:22;
to tell,
; ;
2 Ki. (comp. /uVoc avtipac ifftp-^trm, II. xvii. 157). s 13 to enter unto a 18:21. Specially (a) woman honeste dicitur de coitu, Gen. 6:4; 1 6 2 30
riDX.3,
^XS Gen.
10: 19, 30; 13: 1O.
(c) followed
Af*^
by
H?
3 more rarely followed by ?2 Gen. 19:31.

;
Arab. $
reach, arrive at (a place), Ex.22:8; and me" to equal him," to be taph. to reach any person, i.e. Sa. 2 followed to 23 ig him, equal by ?X 2 Sa. 23 23.
to
: ;
'j
and
j id.
(b) to
enter into
the ho use
of a husband;
said of a bride, Josh. 15:18; followed
Comp.HiPHiL,No.l.
(c) DJ?
?K Dan.n :6. by N13 to enter into t3BÔ3
judgmentwithsaiy one, i. e. to bring before a tribunal. K to L* 3:14; Job22:4; Ps. 143:2. (d) K13)
go cut arul to ral course of
(d) one, to fall upon any one, espeof an enemy, Gen. 34: 27 l Sa. cially suddenly used In 12:12; Job 15:21; of calamity, Job 20:22.
to
(Arab, ^j
to
be equal,
like, prop, glcidjfommeu.)
come upon any

;
come
life
6; Pi. 121:8. nd come in before the people,"
a phrase describing the genei Sa 29:6; Deut. 28: Different from this is "to go out,
in,
and
action,
commonly followed by ?K Gen. l Sa. locc. citt. and 7X Gen. 32 :g in poetry followed by an ace., and Isa. 47 9. ? Job 3 25 Rarely used of anything gcwl and desired, followed by 79 Josh. 23:15; ace. Job
prose
; ; : ;
:
..*
i.
e.
to lead
thepeo-
22;9i; Ps.il9:4i,77. (Arab.
'j\
with ace. to com*
CVI1
(e) i.q. to upon any one, to fall upon any one.) j to pass, to befulfi led,accomplished, of de1 Sam. sire, Prov. 13: 12; especially of prophecies,
to
rnru
cause
2, e).
to
come
Isa.
;ome
prophecy,
to pass, to fulfil, words, counsel, 37:26; 46:11; Jer. 39:16 (compare
Kal
9:6; Deu. 13:2; 18:22; Jud. 13:12; ofasigngiven by a prophet, l Sa. 10:7. Opposed to ^?3, 3-1B>. (/)
niDK'3 N12 to come, i. e. to be recounted by names, nut 9tamen auf* ober ancjefufyvtiwbcn/ lCh.4:38. (3) It more rarely signifies to go, i. q. ^/n [" the
_
place where being usually expressed"]; Gen. 37:30, XI 3X H3X " whither shall I whither shall I
;
go?"
to bring, to bring away, to carry unth oneself, 2Ch.36:7; Dan. 1:2 (LXX. cWo^tpw); hence (a) " who carries simply to carry, i.q. Xî; Job 12:6, his God in his hand" (see p. XLIX, A); Ps.74:5, rm-TnfJ -. nhy^ X>2O? " as one who carries up axes," lifts up as a woodman. (6) to brin$ back (compare Arab. t to return, IV. to bring back).
(3)
WX
\..
turn? Jon.
3,
" he found a ship

:
t?'K>~)ri
nX3 which
was going to Tarshish;" Isa. 7:24; 22:15; 24:62; Nu. 32 6 Jud. 19:3; Isa. 7 24. Followed by a dat.
:
(a) metaph. to live, Specially Ps.40:8; followed by nx and Dj; with any one, i.e. to have intercourse, Ps. 26:4; Pro. K13 "to go to one's fathers," 22:24. (6) lV?i3&p^K Gen. 15:15, i.q. Vni38^K S|DKH to be gathered to one's fathers, to go to Hades (see ÎPX Niph. No. l ). njon with sufF. -union p s HIPHJL K?n 2
pleon.
q.
l
Sa. 22:5.
Deu. 33:7, " hear, O Jehovah, the voice of Judah 13X/3D i^"?X1 and bring him back to his people." (c) to bring away anything, i.e. to procure, to get, to acquire; compare Arab. t \j followed by <__>
:
i.
ifen,
^tJflri
Ps. 90: 12, n!??n wise heart."
^f
^2}}
" that
we may acquire a
i. to be
HOPHAL Klin
Gen. 43:18;
Ps.
(i) pass. Hiph. No.
45:15;
seq.
;
to
be
brought
inserted,
in,
led in, Lev.

in,
pers.
1 1 D'nsan. Eze. 23:22; more frequently N>nsO3n., ^n's^D'nfc'dn.; I -.,np2n Lev. 23:10, and Dflfc^n u <x. ?n Ruth 3:15; gerund l Sa.l6:i7; inf. "'??; twice Jer.39:7; fut. K3J, aCh.3i:io; K?J *?$;
66
10:18; 2 Ki. 12:10, Ex. 27:7.
to be
put
(2) pass, of Hiph. No. 3, to be brought to any one, Lev. 13:2,9; 14:2; to be brought to, Gen
33:11.
^13
Derived nouns are HX3, K13D and
K3J1, rejecting the X,
*3X
Ki. 21 :2g; causat. of conj.
Kal, in almost all of its significations.

(1) to
to
The words which

and H32,
are
commonly
referred to
cause
to
come
in, to
lead
in,to
bring
this root, 3-U3

in, e.g.
I refer to the root 333.
a house, Gen. 43: 17; a sh/p, Gen. 6: 19; a land, Ex. 6: 8; specially, to take a wife, Jud. 12:9 (see Kal
1,
T1H
to HT3.
fut.
M3J TO CONTEMN, TO DESPISE, kindred
b);
t33^DQ
N^H
" to
bring
14:3;
(a people) out
00.11:9 (flee Kal l,c); and bring them
judgment," Job K'ani.Knpn "to lead

into
in," i.e. to
and from
:
war; used of a king or other military leader, Nu. 27 17; l Ch. 11:2 (see Kal l,d); "to cause (the sun)
to
(Both of these are properly as it appears to trample with the feet, which is applied Const, followed by to contempt, comp. Pro. 27: 7-) an ace. Pro. 1:7? more often by ? 11:12; 13:13' 14:21; 23:9. Cant. 8:1, 7; Pro. 6:30,331^ -IT-UJ $6
me
i.
q. D-13 to
enter," i.e. "to set," Used of inanimate things,

to
Amos 8:9
(see
barn, 2 Sam. 9:10;
to bring in bring in, to carry in (LXX. etfl^'pw), Gen. 27:10; Lev.4:5,i6, etc.; to put in, to insert, as the hand into the bosom, Ex.4:6; carrying bars into rings, Ex. 25: 14; 26: 11.
Kal i,g). produce to the
"they do not despise a thief," i. e. "they do not let him go unpunished," comp. 30:17. Zech. 4:10, T3 in 3 pret. stands for T3 as if from TT3. Hence the
}
following words
N3 m. (l) contempt, Job 12:5; 31:34. (a) of the second son of Nahor (2) [.Bwz], pr. n. Gen. 22:21; also of a people and region of Arabia
Deserta, Jer. 25:23.
(2) to
bring
to,
prop, used of living things;
fol-
The Gent, noun
is
^3
Job
lowed by 7X, ? to any person, Gen. 2:19,22; 43:9; 44:32; to call for, to admit, Est-5:io, 12. It is applied to inanimate things (a) to bring to, Gen.
32:2;
HT-13
(6)m.
f.
Ch. 5:14.
is,
27 10: 30: 14; 31:39; 33: 11 ;2Ch.9: 10; Gen. 37:2, bn3lp njn Drm-nx K3J1 er trug bem SSater bofe
:
" contempt, hence he who are contemned," Neh. 3:36.
or they who
ciud)te ubcc
fie
ju,
" he
brought
(b)to
to his father
an
1
evil
pr.n.
report concerning them."
bring a present,
Sa.
*]*& ("sprung from Buz," compare t-13 No. 2, a) Euzi, the father of Ezekiel the prophet and priest, Eze. l : 3.
9:7; 25:27; a
/S.
sacrifice,
Gen. 4:4.
(c) followed
by
bring upon anyone evii, or anything hurtful, as the riood, Gen. 6:17; calamity, Jer. 4:6; 5:15. More rawly Mowed by ? Jer. 15:8; and ty 32:42. (d)
to
^53 \Bavai\, pr.n. m. perhaps of Persic origin,

i.q.'33.
a root not used in Kal, which had tin
signification of
turning,
rolling, and hence of

.
nification of polluting
ifdTiiv
i.
-*
disturbing, perplexing, comp.
^]3X, ^^_j\
L>
and
q. fitflnXovv,
and profaning, compare Kara Mac. 3 45, 51 Apoc. 1 1 2

:
"H??
and
DD"J.
to turn, to turn about, Arab, tjj"
to
be confused,
HOPHAL,
a corpse),
part. D2/ID
trodden underfoot (used

to be
o(
disturbed, used of
in evil.
any
affair,
clj
to involve oneself
Isa. 14: 19.
HITHPALEL Dpison
thrown out
np-UJjl
to be
tram-
NIPHAL ^33 Part.

tangled, l :l8; Ex.
7^13 for
Est.
pi.
to
0'?3} (Ex. 14:3),
to be
en-
pled
on, Eze. 16:6, 22.
Compare DSlîn.
and
pr. n.
3:15; loc. cit. hence HD-13P.

;
wander
r *rived
words
nouns
are,
n P-13p,
W3\
in perplexity, Joel
from theroot ?3* (i)ratn, showers the month of shoioers, root No. hence the l), (see the eighth of the Jewish months, from the new moon of November, to that of December, l Ki. 6 38. (2) produce, i. q. HX'QJjl Job. 40:20; with the
/-13.'
:
yj;J, HJJ3
an unused root, which with the kindred and V33, has the sense of swelling
up; this is afterwards variously applied to water gushing up, boiling up; to ulcers breaking forth, and pustules rising in the skin. See
addition of
ftf the
Chaldee.
Isa.
stock of a tree, 44:19.
T^'Q an unused
to be
II. to
root,
i.
the
trunk, as in
q.
Arab.
Û
Med. Ye,
white (with an
make
white.
j
-<_S
ace. to surpass in whiteness). IX. and XI. to be of a white
root, which appears to have had the notion of heigh t, whence >"IO3 a high place, which The other Phoenicio-Shemitic languages have see.
D^H
an tmused
colour,
whence .^Lo^ white,
bright.
tin, also
.
[" Cognate are

Bna." Ges.add.]
;
Ch.r?^,
TO ryfS'staiHium,
white; higher
To
not this root (see however Syr. ^vu,^ l Sa. 10:23, Pesh.), but its traces are manifest in the Indo-
this
answers the Pers.
i'j
white, bright
biejj.
Germ.
Engl.
roeif!;
Germ,
Hence
Germanic stock of languages,

of any thing, roof,
as the Pers. +\j the top
an egg, and m. bi/ssus, and cloth made of byssus, i. of a bright, white colour (see the etyand Apoc. 19:8, 14, compare the remarks in mology Thes. p. 190). It was very fine in texture, and mos:
mound, and ftovvos, in the Germanic hill, pomus, used of taller trees; languages S3om/ 93oom/ S3aum/ whence fid) b&umen.
/3w^/cic, altar,
..
fine cotton
[Derivative
?3.]
derivatives see
1 I
costly,
its
?-
n^3
a: 25.
("prudence"), [Bunali],
'f 3.
pr.n.
m.
Ch.
used as the clothing of kings (l Ch. 15 27), cf priests (2 Ch. 5:12), and of those who were very rich The word is of Arama3an origin, (Est. 1:6; 8: 15). and it is therefore specially used of the Syrian byssus
:
*^Sl see
(Eze. 27 16), which appears to be distinguished from the byssus of the Egyptians, called && (ibid, verse 7);
:
fut.
W3J TO TREAD WITH THE FEET, TO

and despised, Pro.
as
TRAMPLE
ON, as a thing neglected

to
in other places it does not differ from VV, and it is used for it in the later Hebrew, iCh. 4:21; 2 Ch.
27:7; also
trample
to
pieces,
enemies, i.e.
Ps.
3:14; compare Ex. 26:31.

in the
(SoM 0^1 and
Ch.
14:25; 63:6; thoroughly 44:6; 60: 14. Part. D'pte Zee. 10:5. (To tread with the
feet is expressed in many languages by the syllable pat variously inflected ; see Sanscr. pati, a way, pad,
to subject, Isa.
Old and
New Test.
Heb.
pa
and Gr. /3wFc.)
See J. R. Forster on the Byssus of the Ancients, Lond. 1776. Celsii Hierob. ii. 167, seq. J. E. Faber
on Hariner's Observatt.
pada, foot ["path, to go"], Zend, petho, pate, a path, 'Pers. [j foot), Gr. iraroc, Trart'w, TTOVC for TTO<$C, gen.
ro&Jc, Lat. pes, pcdis
ii. 382, seq. [" After long inquiry and dispute, whether tho cloths of byssus were of linen or cotton, recent minute
and
vbton = irartiv,
petere,
lower Germ, pabben,

t
9>fab/
Engl. path, gufi (foot),
being
changed by the Hebrews into a sibilant pas, bos. Kindred, in the sense of stamping in, is D3K, of despising, as the Gr. Trart'w, II. iv. 157; N3, HJ3. Compare
also 3IH, ]BB.)
investigations at London, with the aid of the microscope, have decided the controversy, and shewn that the threads are linen. See Wilkinson's Manners and
Gust, of the Anc. Egyptians,
iii.
VViS ("shining," from

pr. n. of
^
l
p.
15."
Ges. add.]
to shine),
\Bozez\
PILEL DD13
or land, Jer.
tread with the feet a holy place 12 1O; Isa. 63 18, with the added sigto
:
:
a rock near Gibeah,

i-q. Pi?? to
Sa. 14:4.
empty
Hence
and
emptiness, emptying, i e. devastation, ni Once found Nah. 2:ll, ?3). depopulation (comp.
f.
nj>13,
9-1,
used of the greatest devastation, like nrWp-1 nop?', from the roots Vto
i"N*B>
calamity, Jer. 15:9; 2O:ll; to a husbandman do.prived of hope of harvest, Jer. 14:4; com p. Isa. 19:9 and Efain. On the other hand those are said not to
be put to shame, who place their confidence in God. Ps. 22 : 6 ; 25 : 2, 3. Followed by |P of a thing which
*lp13 pr. a
see):
herdman
Of
(denom. from
">i$
which
in a wider signification also used of
a shepthe Lat.
well
disappoints the hope, Jer. 2 36.

:
herd,
Am. 7:14.
(2)
It
is
applied to the
mind,
in
equally wide use

iii.
whatever way
is
armentartus (Virg. Georg. in the Vulgate.

I.
344), which
is
ced
"fa
pi. ril-0
m.
l Ch. 11:22. 1 Sa. 13:6; 1X3) a pit; Arab. * Gen. 37 20, seq. nH3 (2) specially a cistern. D'2Xn "cisterns cut in stone," Deu.6: 1 1. Cisterns
:
s^ ^
(for 1N3, 1S3, from the root
3:25, "they waited ^3 1% until they were confounded;" 2Ki. 2:17. (3) It appears to be once used of a thing which disappointed the hopes of others set upon it (comp.
ne>3).
CL-vgj).
troubled, disturbed, confused (compare Arab. So especially in the phrase Kfa "1JJ. Jud
Hos.l3:l5, rfiPP
Kfa.!
"his fountain
shall
be
ashamed" (compare
1.
Jer. 14:3), i.e. shall
dry up.
without water were used for prisons (Zee. 9:11; Jer.
38:6,
(3)
Jer.
seq.).
Hence
Isa. 24:22, more fully "tt3H iV3 i. q. prison, 37:16; Ex. 12:29. Of frequent occurrence is the (4) sepulchre. " those who go down to the sepulphrase "fa"*T^ chre," i. e. the dead, Psal. 28: l 30:4; 88:5; Isa. " 38 18. Isa. 14:19, >i3-\:pX-Vsi TiV those who are
; :
But it is more probable that the same as ^?\\ (This word is of frequent use in poetry, but rare in prose, see No. 1,3; in the Pentateuch never found in
Followed by 310*.
Ufa.! h.
is
Kal, but see Hithpalel.)
PILEL
K^3
:
to
32
Jud. 5 28.
delay, followed by a gerund, Ex. Properly to put to shame one whc

too long.
waits,
by detaining him
Comp.
E'13
"1JJ
Jud.
to
go
to the stones of the
sepulchre,"
i.e.
;
to
be
buried in the more costly sepulchres of stone 113 "JJ "unto the sepulchre," Prov.28:l7; Isa. 14:15, "l^S"^!"^ "the recesses of the sepulchre," i.e. the
lowest sepulchre.
II.
3:25. HIPHIL KfaD 2 pers. niEfari (1) to put any one to shame, especially on account of frustrated endeavours. Hence used of God, to
cause efforts to be vain, Psalm 14:6; 44:8; lio*
31, 116.
(2)
to
*)13
i.
i.
q.
13, which
see.
q.T)3 TO EXPLORE, TO SEARCH OUT, OHCC found, Ecc. 9:!, where there is the infinit. [KAL] "'l^?, to search out (comp. Ecc. 3:18, Q l??).
pret. Kfa,
disgrace, Pro. 29:15.
Wf3,
part. pi.
D03, fut.
Ufa.!,
TO
BE
ASHAMED.
(It
answers to the Syr., Ch. rins, J.or_^,
also
Arab. (^-4), CÂ) to be astonished, confounded,
The origin pu'j to silence, and Lat. pudere, pudor. should not apparently be sought in the idea of blushing, but rather in that of paleness and terror, so that
Ezr. 8:22, *J!K?3 FI3 and ny2 are kindred to this.) ?K?7 " I was ashamed to ask;" Ezr. 9:6; once with a fin. verb, Job 19:3, v'1"l|nFI 1K'hn~&6 "ye are not
to do shameful things, to aci Part. Bfab base, (comp. TD'n, jnn). As in this place, so shameful, wicked, Prov. 10:5. For Prov. J4:j>.v, 1?:2, it is opposed to /"SV'P. wickedness also comprehends folly, as elsewhere words n implying folly (^P?, ???) are applied to wickedPro. Fern. HKfap ness. 12:4; opposed to 7?n Another form of the conjugation Hiphil, K
(3) intransitive,
sham efully
found under the root
t^3J.
HITHPALEL, to bluch, to be ashamed, Gen. 2:25. This appears to be a word used in prose, comp.
Derivatives are
H33, HP3, D?ap, and

Ps.
ashamed, ye shun me."

:
thing of which one is ashamed, Eze. Eze. 43 i o, 1 1 ). Specially it is
Followed by IP of the 36 32 (comp.

:
Hâ
Jl^
f.
shame,
89:46; Eze.7:i8; Obad.lO;
Mic. 7 : 10.
Ch. TO PASS
I
THE HIGHT, Dan. 6:19.

<)
In
(0
is
to foil in
hope and expectation, which
is
joined
with shame and It blushing, Jer. 14:3; Job 6:2O. applied to enemies and wicked men put to flight 3 l;
Targg. often for \ Y.

remain.
Syr. Zvrs
id.
and, to delay, to
:
Arab, ci^b Med. Ye; Mth. H.'T
to pass
after their
endeavours are frustrated, Ps. 6 1 1 ; 25 3 8; 35:4; to men overwhelmed with unexpected

:
:
Hence is comironly doriveJ the night, to remain. JV3 house ; but see under that word.
ex
T2 with
suff.
pra-n
Hence the Ch. T3?3 to bring to decay, to dissipate; from which commonly is derived n 3p3 a liberal gift,
see
W3
m. prey, spoil
It is
used of
persons and cattle carried away in war (elsewhere *3p>, npÔ), also of wealth taken from an enemy, Nu.
under that word.)

:53;
l
It is
construed
(b) with
(a) absol.
Offre14:3; Jer. 15:13; 49:32. T3 T13 see TT3. pant use are the phrases T37 rrn to become a prey,
to
be carried away as a prey, Nu. 14:31 Deu. 1 :39> 42 22 sometimes with the addition of a dative. Eze. 26:5; 34:28; T3p jri3 to give for a prey, Jer.
;
Isa.
an ace. of the prey, to take any thing for a prey, to seize and carry away what is seized. Gen. 34:29; Nu. 31 :9; Deu. 2:35 3 7- f? TT3 to seize a prey, Isa. 10:6
Sa. 14:36.
> :
Num. 31
33:23.
?^
U?
id.
2 Ch. 28:8.
(c)
with accus. of
17:3; Eze. 25:7 np.
the city, country, persons spoiled, Gen. 34:27; Eze. 39:10; 2 Ki. 7:16; 2 Ch. 14:13; Isa. 42:22.
NT 21
ix
aira
Atyo/i,
COT IN PIECES, DIVIDE.

nnn? ix|3
[or
see
"rend
^
i.
sense, TO " a 18:2, people ... whose land the rivers divide"
Isa.
no doubt haAnng the
NIPHAL T33; plur. 1T33; inf. and fut. tisn, T13? to be spoiled, pass, of Kal, letter c; Amos 3:11 ; Isa.
24:3-
r (1Sf3
my Comment,
It signifies Êthiopia, ^T|)"]. on the passage. The root NT3 is

q.
PUAL,
id., Jer.
50: 37.
Derivatives, T3, nj3.
softened from the harder forms Vt3 (to cleave), VV3, y^S, all of which have the power of dividing. It lies
}VT3
1:18.
(from the root HT3), contempt, Esth.
not only in the syllables pa, f>3, T3 (comp. under the root nyS), DUt: also, as imitating the sound of cleaving, in many others ending with a sibilant, as j*p,
D3,
TJ;
HTIVJ3 ("contempt
jali], pr. n. of
of
Jehovah"), [Bizjotn
a town
in the south of Judah, Josh
?n,
DPI,
TH;
TTV,
also in T, as Dp, 13,
which
15:28.
latter is frequent in the Indo-Germanic languages; compare Sanscr. bhidh, to cleave, tshid; Pers. tshiden,
o~)(iti),
an unused
root, prop, to scatter, to

j
dis
scindo, etc.
perse, like the Syr. o>

TO DESPISE, TO
Arab,
-j
is,
to spit, to
sow
i.
q. f!)3
CONTEMN,
pr. to
Constr. followed trample with the feet, see M3, D-13. ace. Num. Ps. an 22:25; 102:18; more 15:31 by
;
se*l, also to arise (as the sun); prop, to scatter rays, in vhich signification of radiating and shining forth
it
")
rarely followed
by
? 2 Sa. 6: 16, and (suitably to the
appears to be kindred to the root P13 (as to being interchanged, see T). Hence dr
and
Opp. to 133 i Sa. 2:30. etymology) ^J? Neh. 2:19. Pro.i9:l6, Vim nri3 "he who makes light of (i.e. Est. 3:6, V3^3 T31 neglects) his course of living."
1J npL'7
"and he despised to lay hand;" Ps.73:2O. NIPHAL part. HT33 despised, Isa. 53:3; Ps. 15:4.
HIPHIL
i.q.
m., Eze. 1:14, i-q- ?~% lightning, flash of So all the ancient versions, also Abullightning. walid and Kimchi.
p]|l ("lightning"), [Bezek~], pr. n. of a city of the Canaanites, where Adoni-bezek was king, Jud.l :4,
seq.
;
Kal, Est.
:17.
Derivatives, I'm, pr. n.
nWJ3,
nT3!?3.
Sa.
1 1
8.
"N3 verbal
men,"
i.q. CJJ
i.
adj. of an intransitive (and passive)

Isa.
form, despised.
49:7, K'prnt3
22:7.
"despised by
i.q. ITS,
TO SCATTER, TO DISPERSE, TO DISSIPATE,
'1T3 Ps.
Dan. 11 :24.
;
Arabic
.p Conj.
H. and
'y
q.
T3
prey, spoil (from the root
TT3),
but
to
sow seed
PIEL, to
only found in the later
Hebrew (compare
the
Aram.
compare Aram. "HS. disperse, to put to flight (enemies),
Ps.
), aChr. 14:13; 28:14; Ezr.9:7; Neh. 3:36; Dan. 1 1 24, 33. Often joined to the Est. 9:10, seq. lynonyms *3^ and ?/?'.
; :
68:31.
[Biztha~\, pr. n. of an eunuch iu the court of Xerxes, Est i:io; perhaps Pers. 4-^ beste; Uga
gatus, sc. membro, i.e. spado.
^3, inf. T3, fut. Tbj; TO BHATCH AWAY, TO PRET, TO TAKE A PRET, TO
plur. ^T^,
:
TT3,
once
*'
-j
pnSl m., verbal

Jer. 6: 27.
(
adj.,
Lq. JD3 a trier (of
metals'),
aroiL (Arab,
Conj.
I.
VIII.;
Aram.
TT3,
\^
id.
The primary power appears to be that of to pull in pieces, compare the kindred roots KfS, pT3, "13.
with
occult Dag. forte)

for besieging
& tower built
city, Isa.
m.,a tcatck-towtr, 23: 13 np.
ra-nm
cult
CXI
The Arabs have
<__?
"flH3 p l. on-ina, nin? (of the form B3 with ocDag. forte to distinguish it from D^-ins^ m., a youth, youngman, so called from beauty of form, see belo '', part. "WHS No. 2); unless, indeed, it be thought
that .his signification
is
in this sense
Û
Conj.
I,
VIII
and A being interchanged; which prop, has the

to nib, to
meaning,
rub upon; used
in the sense oi
taken from the kindred

virgin, Jud. 14: 1O;
1
"i?3
trying, proving by rubbing on the lapis Lydius, called in the Qreek fiatravoQ, which appears to be a word
No.
3,
whence Arab. Jo a
Sa.
It denotes a 8: 16. young man of mature age, but unmarried, Ruth 3:10; Isa.62:5; often connected with n>in3 Deu. 32:25; Lam. l 1 8 2:21, etc. Specially youths, used for young warriors, Isa.g: 16; 31:8; Jer. 18:21 49:26; 51:3; Am. 4: 1O (comp.
: ; ;
formed from the Oriental |n3.) NIPHAL, to be proved, tried, Gen.42:i5, 16; Job 34:36. PUAL ID3 id., Eze. 2 J 18, 1D3 *3 " because a trial is made;" compare Schnurrer on the passage; LXX. on Se&KraiWeu. Others take 103 as a noun, trial,
:
proof, sc. is made. Derived nouns besides the following are
I1H3, 1-1H3,
|*H3
Isa.
23:13 n>ro;
see
|D3
m.,
watch-tower
(see the root No. 2), Isa.
"^P^
m., adj. verb, elect, chosen, tVXtio-oc: only
in the phrase njn TH3 chosen of God, 2 Sam. 21:6; of Moses, Ps. 106:23; of the people of Israel, Isa.
32:14, 1D31 htfr "the hill (Ophel) and the watchtower on it." It seems to denote a tower built on the hill Ophel, as to which pee Neh.3:26,27.
Isa. 28: 16, jna 1?X "a proved stability, so as to be suitable for the foundation of a building.
.,
43 20 45 4 phets, Isa. 42
:
; :
(parall. njn*
:
13^) of the pious and pro(according to others, of the Messiah

;
trial,
proof;
tried
stone," i.e. of
[this is of course the true application]); pl. of the pious, Isa. 65 9,15, 22; Ps.lO5:43=
fut. "in:T
(l) TO
9
PROVE,
i.q.
i.
q.
TO TRY, TO
(I place
115
I.
j.q.
^3
No. 3;
9
ar
followed
by
3,
TO
EXAMINE,
like the Syr.
i^^
Heb.
1D3.
LOATHE; compare
from nausea.
Syr. jixx*JT> nauseating, suffering Zech. 11:8, '3 npqs DK'Q? " their soul
signification is either taken
loathed me." This

the cognate 3 7^3, or sense of rejecting.
II.
i.
from
from JH3 and 3

to be
:
"1113,
but with the
although it is the less frequent, and particularly belongs to the later Hebrew[?] because trial, proof, precedes choice. The primary idea is either that of rubbing on a touchstone, so that it is
this signification first,
;
the same as 1Q2, or in dividing in pieces and examin-
q.
Arab.
J^T
greedy, avaricious.
20 21, in in3, fl/D^P ""1?D.3 a possession obtained by avarice;" see Schult. Animadvv. ad h. 1. The ancient versions express the
!ence PUAL, Proverbs
>1p n?ri3O in translating.
To this ing; comp. ;_Q^, T?3 No.l. 7Tipow, Lat. perior, whence experior, comperior, peri-
answer Greek
"I have culum, peritus). Isa. 48:10, '& in the furnace of affliction," Job 34:4; thee proved
2 Chron. 34:6; where the n'ro should be read 103 DrVFiS "he proved (searched) their houses," (of
n3 I^D?
Ui* fut. fn3*. (l) TO SEARCH OUT, TO EXAIINE, TO TRY, TO PROVE, especially metals (like the
liy), Jer.g:6; Zee. 13:9; Ps.66:lo; whence " let him Jietaph. Job 23: 1O, N>'N 3H-T3 ^?rj3 prove
lyn.
the idolaters).
(2)
to
approve,
to the
i.
q.
to
choose,
to
select.
It
answers
st
<-
Arab,
û
VIII. to select the best, to
me, I shall go forth like gold ;" and neglecting the primary power, Job 12:ll, in3Pl ppp |JN N ?n "doth .lot the ear try words?" Job 34: 3. Often (a) used
have the
s'i
<-
best, to take
*
the better part of a thing,

is
ê,
what .^ci something select,
chosen.
i^>
Job 9 :
God examining the hearts of men, Ps. 7:10; 17:3; Pro. 17:3; Ps. 8l:8; especially by sending calamitf
14; 15:5; 29:25.

oneself,
Often with a dat.
to choose for
ties
upon them, Job 7

(i.
8.
(b)
used of
men tempting
:
God
q HE?),
i.
e.
of unbelievers, Mai. 3 10, 15 ; Ps.

to
The Gen. 13:11; Ex. 17:9; Josh. 24:15. is put in the accus. (see the instances chosen thing often also with 3 prefixed; (comp. 3 cited), and more
iSa. B,4). Deu.7:6; 14:2; 18:5; Nu.i6:5; 17:20; desire denotes once etc.; (which 16:8, 9, 10:24; of any thing, and see "?J> No. 4), Job 36:21 ; also R?
95:9(a) to
"*
lookout,
watch,
i.
q.
na; whence
lr
|D3,
watch-towers.
(Ch. 103, Syr.
to examine.
Ps. (in the sense of preference)
84
1 1
Participle
p -anna
CXII
6: 20.
(2)
constr. ^na i Sa. 26.2 pi. (a) beloved, chosen, Ex. 14:7 (b) excellent, surpassing, Cant. 5:15. (3) to love any one, to delight in any thing (both of which are significations taken from that of choosing), to desire, construed with an ace. Gen. 6:2; Isa.
In such cases,
to be
it
is
secure,
to
fear nothing for
mostly equivalent to oneself. Jud.
18:7, 10, 27; Jer. 12:5. Job 40:23, 1T]> rrjpa npa W3"7^ "he fears nothing, although Jordan should
break forth at his mouth."

np.3
Pro. 11:15, D> yi? n ât?
^3? "according to all that my lord shall desire;" Pro. 1:29; 3:31 ifo "and he foUowed by 3 Isa. 14:1, will again love Israel;" Zech. 1:17; 3:2; and ?
;
1:29. 2 Sam. 15:15,
^8 Tprf'g
hates surctiships lives securely," has no cause of fear. Opp. to J^T. JH. And so
"he who
*&*
Sa.
20:30 (where however, many copies have
3).
used in a good sense of the security of the Job 1 1 18. righteous, Isa. 12:2; Pro. 28 l (b) in a bad sense, of men who set all their hope and con(a)
it is
: ;
:
Once pregn. ?J> of pers. is added, 2 Sa. 19:39,""^ ' 3 ^nb'j;^ ty iron "whatever thou desirest (and
layest) on me (to do) I will do it for thee." NIPHAL (i)fo be chosen, preferable, excellent; followed by IP preferable to any thing, Jer. 8:3; part. inpi choice, ina.J tips Pro. 10:20; 8:10, 19; followed by IP more choice than, Pro. 16:16; 22 i.
:
fidence in worldly things,
and do not fear God and the

32:9, 10, ll; Pro. 14:16.
:
Divine displeasure.
Isa.
Comp. ^,-fW, ni^._Part. Pfit33 trusting, with an active signification, Isa. 26 3, n-1E3 ^]3 '3 " because he trusteth in thee;" Ps. 112:7. HIPHIL, fut. apoc. npa (i) to cause to trust,
or confide,
to
persuade
to trust, followed
by vK
(2) followed by ? to be any one, Pro. 21:3.
chosenbyanyone r to please
and
^V..
Isa.
36:15; Jer. 28:15; 29:31.

to
(2) absol.
make
secure, Ps. 22:10.
PCAL, to be chosen, only Eccl. 9:4 aro. Derived nouns are Tns, -Vina, anna, nVvina,
ap, pr. n. ">n;p and
Derived nouns,
nipa,
nnps,
i.
jint23, ninths,
to
np?p.
-mo,
II.
transp.
q.
rap.,
see.
cook,
D'lHS
("village of
young men"), iSahnrim],
ripen, whence n*p35? melon, which
a small town of the Benjamites, 2 Sa. 3:16; 16:5; 17:18; 19: 17; l Ki. 2:8. Jo. Simonis derives from this the Gent. n. 'P^H? l Ch. 11:33; with the letters
transposed 'pn~|3 3 Sa. 23:31.
u
with
(l) confidence, and adv. confidently, confident mind, Gen. 34:25.

:
m.
D"TO
(of the form
D^),
m.
pi.
Nu. 11:28, and
(2) security, Isa. 32 17. In other places always adv. (a) without danger and fear, 3t, HD3 3^J, j?? to dwell safely, safely,
np37 and npa
np^
Ecc. 11:9; 12:1, youth.

i.q. VL3 No.H. BABBLE, TO TALK IDLY; fcfyrafccn, TO TALK ItASHLT AND INCONSIDERATELY, an Ono(
&
iSa. 12: ll; Lev. 25: 18, 19; 26:5; Deut. 33:12. Sometimes (b) without fear, securely, Mic. 2:8. used of one who is in too great security and without caution, Jud. 8:
1
blaterare,TO
1.
Part. noi3 matop. word, like the Greek and Latin. babbler, idle talker, Pro. 12: 18. In each of these PIEL, id. Lev. 5:4; Ps. 106:33.
(3) \_Betah~\, pr.n. of a town of Syria abounding in brass, situated on the borders of Hadadezer, 2 Sa.
8:8, called in the parallel place,

f.
Ch. 18:8, nrnp.
confidence,
.
Isa. Isa.
30:15.
places the addition of this phrase, see
BnBb>3
increases the force of
m
3
tranquillity.
confidence,
pi.
36:4; hope, Ecc.g:4,
Deriv.
I.
f.
Job 12:6,
pr. securities, i.e. secure
MOJ
ONE'S
(i) TO CONFIDE IN any one, TO SET HOPE AND CONFIDENCE upon any one. (Ch.
id.,
/LJ.II
and Samar.
to
but of rare occurrence.
Arab,
^k>
especially TO BE
TO BE EMPTY, VACANT (compare IPS), FREE from labour; hence TO CEASE,
throw one down on his back, to throw in the face whence Heb. 3 np3 perhaps pr. to throw one;
Arab. Jlaj and TO REST FROM, Ecc. 12:3. t D6 empty, vain; more rarely, to cease.
Ch.
id.,
self or one's cares
on any one compare ^J Psa. Followed by 3 Prov. 11:28; Psa. 28 [7 ^K 2Ki. 18:20, 21, 44; ?X Ps. 4:6; 31:7. Sometimes with a dat. pleon. Jer. 7 4,
;
22:9).
Ezr.4:24.
to cease, to hinder, to
PAEL,
to
cause
Ezr.4:2i,23; 5:5; 6:8

an unused
vain,
i.q.
"^0
"set
not your
hope
It is
7:8; 2 Kings 18:21.
in lying words." Jer. rarely put absoL Job
root, pr. to be
empty, h)llom
7P3 J^j.
Hence
CXIII
\y?
fur the
f.
a-tnna
pr. n. of
:
a female (as being S

o
member,
see No. 8,
fern.
compare Arab. ^^^ and Lat. cunnus, which are same reason), with euff. *?P3.
(l) the belly, so called as
u ju3 ("pistacias"), \Betonim~\, town of the Gadites, Josh. 13 26.

'?
(for
being hollow and empty,

Kot\ia.
compare Gr. Ktrtuv, Xayw'r,
(Arab.
Ui
?? from the root nj/3, as ^>3 for ^3), prayer, asking, and by the usage of the language in the ace., as a part, of entreaty, or rather of asking
pardon, always followed by ^1$, *f"l?$, prop, with a petition, with asking, or with asking, requesting, we
id.,
a JEth. H^TV a corpse.) ^.ju body, especially corpse Used of the exterior belly of men, Cant. 7:3; or
;
come
nifj.
of beasts, Job 40: 16; but mostly used of the inside of the belly, both as the place filled with food, Pro.
as the place
Gen. 44: 18,
to thee; as if pace tua, Germ, bttte! mtt Srlaufe X3~l3T '31S '3 '.?TK3 "131
13:25; 18:20; Job 20:20; Ecc. 11:5; Eze. 3:3, and where the foetus is conceived and formed.
" I pray, O lord, let thy servant speak one word to thee;" Ex-4:io, 13; Num. 12:11; Josh. 7:8; Jud.
T^
i
T^JJ
6:13,15; 13:8;
Sam. 1:26;
Ki. 3:17, 26; also
Hence
(2) the womb; Genesis 25:23, 24; 1P.3~'1P Jud. 13:5,7; iP 3 P Isa. 48:8; 49:1, and more fully JP.3D npN Ps. 22:10; Jud. 16:17 from the womb and onward and hyperbol. for, from tenderest years, Job 3 1 18. 19? ^? offspring, progeny, Gen. 30 2 Deu. 7:13; Isa. 13:18; Mic. 6:7, always used of the offspring
;
when more than one speak, Gen. 43:20, '3 -Tlpx 1 ) '131 lord! 7TJ TV 3'TS "and they said, we pray, we went down," etc. Of the ancient versions, LXX.
excellently Stolen
and hopeda, Vulg.
obsecro,
oramus,
Targg. W33, Syr.
asking ;
'3,
all
N.^~>, Jud. 13:8, with asking, of which answer exactly to the Hebrew
already born, not
of the foetus also followed
by a
genit. of the father (Mic. loc. cit.) [" nx?!p }p,3 uterus
gravidus"].
Used of a
single son,
VP3 13
" son of
and remarkably confirm the etymology proposed by me, and afterwards approved by Hartmann, Winer, and others. The opinions of others are discussed in
Thes. p. 222.
my
womb,"
mother
;
womb
Prov. 31:2, where the suffix refers to the but Job 3: 10, "OP? " my womb," is " the
^?P3 *33 Job 19: 17, is not to be understood of Job's sons (for they apparently of
my mother;" and
1
:
'JirS Dan. 9:2, inf. imp. T3, fut. P3J, appc.

15*, J3J1
Psalm 139:2, and P3 Dan. io:t, and conv. (see note on Hiph.) pr. TO DISTINGUISH,
pret.
1
W3
were dead, Job
compare Job 29:5); but prob. his uterine brothers, aStXôi (compare Ps. 69: 9). (3) the inside, inmost part, of any thing, i. q. 3}. 718^ |P 3 the lowest part of Hades, Jonah 2 3. Especially used of one's inmost breast; Job 15:35;
19,
:
TO
SEPARATE (comp.
intrans. to
^3,
j*
?,
and Arab.
to
.,1)
Med.
Ye
stand apart,
be
separate and
32:18; Prov. 22: 18. 1P.3 'Tin the lowest depths of the breast, Pro. 18:8; 20:27,30; 26:22; Hab. 3:16,
'?P3 Trini
KOiXia, Sir.
(4.)
distinct; metaph. Conj. I. V. X. to be easily distinguished, distinct, manifest); hence, to consider, to understand, which depends upon the power
of discerning; comp.
ligo
;
Kplt'ta,
cerno, intelligo, for interSJJarfe, "IV3, ~l|?3,
"and my bowels trembled."

;
Compare
German
to
merfen,
compare
etc.
51 :21 Job.. 7:38. a protuberance of a column, like a belly, iKi.

pr. n. of
i.
Specially
i.
7:ao.
(5) [Beten'],
a town of the Asherites S o-
to perceive (a) with the eyes, Constr. with an ace. Pro. 7:7; 3 Neh. with the ears, i. q. 13:7; ? Job 9: ll; 23:8. (ft) to h ear, Job 23:5; Pro. 29: 19. (c) with the touch,
(1)
discern,
q. to
see.
(perhapo "valley,"
:
q.
\^
coiXae), Josh. 19:25.
i.q. to
T
;
of nuts
bellying
Gen. 43: 11, pis tad a, an oblong species from being flat on one side, and out on the other; it grows on a tree very
pl-
feel, used of inanimate things, Ps. 58: 1O. (2) Elsewhere it signifies some counsel and pur'
so called
like a terebinth (Pistacia vera, Linn.), mon in Syria (Plin. N. H. xiii. 10).
turn the mind to any thing, to attend ; with an ace. Dan. 1O: l Ps. 5:2; 94:7; Deu. 32:7; Prov. 23:1; 3 (which seems to be peculiar to the
pose, to
;
which is comThis word is

but
later
unknown
NPP-13
,
to the other cognate languages,
fc*~,
Hebrew, see above, No. i) Ezr. 8: 15; Dan. o: 2,23; *? Ps. 28:5; !? Ps. 73:17; Job 14:21; Deu. 32:29 Isa. 32:4 TV. Dan. 11:30, 37 absoV Psa.
;
(Pistacia terebinths, Linn.), a tree sometimes confounded with the

pistacia.
,J=J as used for the terebinth
94:7(3) to
understand.
I
:
Dan. 12:8, T3
"
&} ^VP^
43
:
heard indeed, but
understood
;
not;" Isa.6:g
10.
followed
by
*3 l Sa.
3 8
2 Sa.
9
2 19; Isa.
:
CXIV
(4) toregard as u thing understood, to know, to acquainted with; followed by an ace. Ps.l9:i3; Job 38:20; V Psa. 139:2. 13K?'P P? to know what
le
31:1; Ps. 37:10; "iy Job 32: 12; 38:18; 3 Jer. 3024; Job 30:20, and (from the power of the conjugation being made transitive), also with an ace., Job 37:
14; hence
(2) to perceive ["e. g.to hear"], with an ace. Job
right, Job 32:9; Prov. 28:5; njn P? Prov. 29:7 (compare n33 PTJ). (5) absol. to have understanding, Job 42:3; 18:2, "understand, afterwards speak." Hos.4:
is
26:14.
(3)
to
have understanding,
pr. to
show oneself
and
14.
Jer.
Part. plur. 0*33 the wise, understanding ones,
wise, Ps. 119:100.
4^:7.
1133 to be
Hence are derived the nouns

intelligent, prudent,
Isa.
P?*, P3P1 HS-iai^

113*3.
NIPHAL
10:
those which immediately follow, p3,

j?5 const.
Part. adj. p33 intelligent, skilful; often joined 13. with D3H Gen. 41:33, 39; Deu. 1:13; 4:6; Isa. 5: 91; opp. to words signifying folly, Pro. 10:13; 14:
PI
pr.
i.
q.
Arab,
^j
interval, space
between
suffixes
*i3*rn3*3,
33-
"^l P 3 ?
skilful of speech, eloquent,

i.
Sa. 16: 18.
(see Dual), only in const, and followed by 33, *|?*3, 13>3, also pi. V3/3, tt'3'3, 03^3 and
It
PILEL
1113313*
$3
q.
Kal No.
2,
Deut. 32:10, ^33.30'.
Dn'W3.
becomes a preposition
"he
led
him about,(and) took care of him."
(1) between, Arab,
HIPHIL P3H, infin. P3H, imp. }3H (see note), part. P3D; it has a signification
(1) proper to itself and causative, viz. (a) causat. of Kal No. 3, to declare,to explain. Dan. 8:16,27;
^j
D^nK p3 "
between
bro-
thers," Prov.6:l9; D*n*E>l*3 "bet ween bushes," Job 30:7; D.TV. PS between the eyes," for in the fore-
Neh. 8:8, SOP33. '3J1._(i) causat. of Kal No. 4, to teach, to instruct, with an ace. of person, Neh. 8:9; Ps. 119:34,73, 130; Isa. 40:14; also with an ace.
of the thing, Ps. 119:27, '33*3n T^pB me the way of thy precepts." Pro. 8:5.
:
head (see P2). [" So ÎS PS 'between the Ulai,'i.* among its windings and branches, Dan. 8: 16. After
TH
"teach
When verbs of motion, i.q. P3 ?8, Jud. 5:27."] doubled, inter ...inter, between ...between, there is P3-1...P3, Gen. 26:28; Ex. 11:7; Josh. 22: 25, etc.;
more
rarely ? ...
with an ace. of the thing and dat. Dan. 1 1 33 and with ace. of pers. and dat. of thing, Neh. 8:7. Used also of things which are divinely
;
Elsewhere of pers. Job 6 124;
P?
Lev. 20:25; 'Deu.l7:8; P3^...p3

Joel 2: 17.
When
an interval... unto),Gen. 1:6; Isa. 59:2; ^...j? followed by words of seeing, un(pr.
derstanding, teaching, they signify to see, to understand, to teach, the difference between; Mai. 3:18, y&i? P'lV P? OrVX-vl'"and ye shall see the difference between the righteous and the wicked," comp.
disclosed to
5, to
men, Dan.lO:l4
to
(c) causat. of
Kal No.
cause
understand, Job 32:8.
Kal No. l, to perceive, as a rumour, No. 2, to turn the mind to any thing; 28:19; construed with 3 Dan. 9:23; lo:ll; Neh. 8: 12; ^>K
(2)
it is i.q.
Isa.
Psa. 33:15; and absol. Dan. 8:5, 17; No. 3,
to
dis-
understand, l Ki. 3:9: Wo. 4, to know, to be acquainted with, Job 28:23; Mic. 4:12. P?n njn Dan. 1 :4; Pro. 1:2, to be skilled in any thing;
cern,
to
^...pajnjaSa. 19:36; Jon. 4:11; ^...P.3p3n iKi. 3:9; 5 ...P3n7nEze.44:23. Drh-ltJ' p? "within (2) intra,tcithin, Job 24:11, their walls;" Prov. 26:13, n'u'mn P? "within the Used streets," i.q. in the streets, comp. Zee. 13:6.
>
of time, Neh. 5: 18,
"within
ten days" (comp. Arab.
followed
by 3 Dan. 1:17, and

Isa.
ace.
Dan. 8:23; Pro.
(Jj3j C/"-j)-
Sometimes
1:6; also, absol.
29:16; No.
5, to
have under-
standing, Isa. 57:1. Part. P3D Pro.8:9; 17:10, 24; 28:7,11. Note. In the examples cited under No. 2, there are always found Preterites, Infinitives, Imperatives, and Participles, which only can be safely referred to this
for (3) ?...P3 and P3-1...P3 are disjunctively used ~)Tj Ch. 2 P 14:10, sive...sive,whether...or; " it is the same to thee to wheH3
The forms of the future p3*, *3*, etc., conjugation. are placed under the first conjugation [Kal], and only a few examples are found which have a causative
help, pt^ 31 p3 ther the strong, or the weak," prop, with thee, God, in aiding there is no difference between the strong and the weak. The origin of this phraseology " may be seen also from Lev. 27:12, and the priest
it (the beast), XT] P3-1 3VO |3 whether it be good or bad," for, in distinguishing between gooc and bad, LXX. eire naXj/, tin erairpa. 2 Sa. 19 '.36. (So in the Rabbinic P3..-P3 sive...sive, tarn ...quam.)
shall value
power (Isa. 28:9; 40:14; Job 32:8). HITHPALEL I.?i2nn (l) pr. to show oneself attentive, hence mostly,i. q. Kal No. 2, to consider, to attend, to remark, absol. Jer. 2 :io; 9:16; Job 11: iKi. 3:21; Isa. 14:16; Job 11; followed by ^
P3~?X,
(a] compounded with other prepositions with ace. into between, amongst,Ez& 31:10, 14, and n'13'3-^ 10:2.
It
is
inter,
cxv
(J)
(c )
(jeroor/
pa^ unto between,^? 19:11. p2D/rom between, jroifdjen (etroaS)
reeg/jnnfdien
have come from ^T?^ strong, fortified, or as other* 3 prefer, '"I7 ? from the TEthiop. root ^f]4: to Slt
French djentrt; Zee. 6:1," two chariots going forth Dînn *3E' pap from bet ween the mountains;" " Ps. 104: 12, they utter a voice D^?V P3P from athe branches ;" Jer. 48:45, lin'p pap, ellipt. mongst " out of the midst of the for kingdom of Sihon." By- "! P39 used euphemistically for from the womb
1
whence ^^flCl a throne, a tribunal, and

tribunal, metropolis, as if
ever, the
throne,
" of a mother, Deut. 28:57, the afterbirth

V *.??"]
1
which
comes forth from

iir
fi^jtart
her
pap n1n womb" (comp. II.

pera.
Troervl
royal seat. Perhaps howof Persic origin, compare Pers. . A> baru, fortress, wall, castle, Sanscr. bura, buii, pur, Greek Trvpyos and /3apic). There often occurs ]WW almost used of the "Ty 3 ^ Shushan, the
word
is
palace,
: ;
always
xix. 11O,
yi/rau-dc),
05 Key
rwSf
TTJ;
and figuratively for of his seed,race,posterity, Gen. 49:10, "the sceptre .... shall not depart It is equivalent to ^Y? "] I'^P from his progeny."
1
Est. 1:2; 2:3,8; 3:15; Dan. royal abode, Neh. l l 8:2; but also of the whole adjoining city, Est. 1:5; 2:5; 8:14; 9:6, 11, 12 (compare Ezr. 6:2); which
is
elsewhere more accurately called
IW
"VJ?n
(Esth.
vyjpp,
bpa nsp,
ijn-rp.
LXX.
3i>
tioned from
(compare Gen. 46:26). Where two things are menbetween which any thing comes forth, there is found P3P pap, 2 Ki. 16 14; Eze. 47 18.
. .
<DV ofo
3:15; 8:15). When applied to Jerusalem, tress of the temple is meant, Neh. 2:8. (2) a temple, i Ch. 29: 1,19.
tlie
for-
ITV3
Ch.
f.
emphat.
NP)~f
id.,
fortress, palace,
" one who comes 17:4, 23, between," pterlrris, used of Goliath as ready to decide the contest by single combat.
I*? Ch.
n'wap between, within, i. q. JTI3'3 Eze. (d) P33 Isa, 44 4, is for p33 see 3 B, 8. 10:2; 6:7. DUAL D?33 /ig interval between two armies, TO. /ueraixnta, Eurip. Phoen. 1285; whence Dân BS i Sa.
*?
=
Ezr. 6: 2; Syr. jU-Os.
n^yVIl
2 Ch.
1
f.
twice in
;
pi. nto'Vaybr tresses, castles, 27:4; Compare as to the nature of this
termination, Lehrg.5i6, note.
JT5
const. J"Pa
with n parag. nnâ Gen. 19:10;
between, Dan. 7:5,
const, ""inâ Gen. 43: 17; plur. ^^bottim; with suff. 13^3, D3*na, DHâ. for D'npa from the unused sing.
.
8.
=c
nna (compare
Syr.
^Kî
Lehrg. 604); m.,a house,
[root PS]. (i) understanding; Isa. 33: 19, "a people of strange language nra ptf whom thou dost not understand;" Dan. 8:15; 9:22 lO:l.
f.
;
"V*?
(2) intelligence (@injtd)t/ SSerftomb), insight, Pro.
Arab. c^-J, Syr. J^rs, Êthiop. H,^:- [" Phoenic. defective 03, see Momimm. Phosnic. p. 348."] (Some derive it from the root D-ia to pass the night, to remain. But still rpa, JV3 may have sprung from the harder H33 from the root ^33, as ô'ôc, domus, from and as to the form, like above W$, which haa cifjHii,
4:5,758:14; 9:6,10; 16:16; Job 28:12, 20; JHJ H3 3 " to be or to become intelligent," Job 38:4; Prov.4:i; Isa. 29:24.. PI. n'13'3 DJ> "an intelligent
S
people," Isa. 27:11. Specially skill, in learning, 2 Ch. 2:152; 1 Ch. 12:32, D" " skilled in understanding the times"
1
any
art or
been shewn
rt3'3
M?T
Est.
(compare
If this conjecture be B'P.K, EJ'jlS. be a secondary root from the nov.n adopted, may JV3, and D'F|3 for D'n?3 from the sing, n.33 i.q. H3|.
to
be
for
n-13
1:13).
n^3
''V
-
f.,
Ch.i.q. Heb. No. 2; Dan. 2: 21.
f-
an egg, so called from

x
its
whiteness, Arab.
To the proposed etymology we may add the follow3 softened into a vowel, ing examples of the letter D*3 for D.33 a purse D13 a cup, for D33 a thorn, HIH OJKOQ, a-ymg, uncus, for ^3^) for n.355>
; ;
fW
(prop.
Ijl??'
In sing, not found. PI. DS\3 j^_j, Syr. j>to*x^. " adj. f. nnry DV'3 eggs that are left," Isa. 10:14;
from the root run ^H; pn for 150; perhaps KI3 (Êthiopia), i. q. &M3 congregation, conflux .JL^- Greek tlc(voc)for 'c: Lat. unus, etc, prep, for
for
n.3'n
'>
Deu.22:6; Job 39:14; ^,59:5. [Root pa.]
fVc(see Car. Schmidt,
De Praposit. Gram. p. 7),00/c

njari'f^
1
5 a well,
s
i.
q. "IS?
Jeremiah 6:7 np, compare
for rvtyQivc: dSouc for oSoi'e: Latin dens)
Arab.
i"l
^j.
"son of a house," Gen. 15:3; Ecc. 2:7; and n.* ? T9 Gen. 17:12, 27 Jer. 2:14 is, verna, a servant or slavt " born in the house," and for that reason of more
;
f.
a word of the later Hebrew.
(l) fortress, castle, palace (see below the Ch. nd Syr. If the word be Phcenicio-Shemitic, it may
with regard to private persure fidelity JVIin ?K sons is <wVoVo/uoc, dispensator, steward, a servant set
;
l^
over the houshold and the other servants, Gen. 43
JV3
,
CXVI
" and he made a trench JHT Q^HSD JV3? of the content of two seahs of seed." D'?3J* JT3 a stony place (in the earth), Job 8:17; Neh. 2:3; Eze. 41 :g, nijy TV3 JV3r "*?$ " the con ten t of the side chambers of the
13 " houses 16; 44: l but sc below, No.2. "pn of clay," Job 4: 19, a name given to human bodies as being fnil and transitory (compare 2 Cor. 5:1, and commentators on that passage). The house of God Is
once used of the whole world [?], Ps. 36:9. In ace. const. J"P3 is often used for JV33 tit anyone's house, Gen. 24 23 38:11; elsewhere in Vie ho us e, at home ;
: ;
temple."
(6) the
to
inner part, what
is
inside, within (opp.
VV3ninto
the
house. Gen. 34: 32.
Specially
it is
(1) a moveable house, a tent, Arab, cjô Gen. 27:15; 33:17; used of tents consecrated [to idols], 2 Ki. 23:7; compare HO3 No. 3, 4; nvv, D'r6n JT3
nn^3 Ex. 28:26; rP3D Gen. 6:14; Exod. 25:11; 37:2, and nJV3D i Ki. 6:15 (compare IP No. 3), inside, within. Opp. to ? n>3 Eze. 1:27; ? n)3p i Ki. 6:16; V Num.
pn
outside, without).
n'3D^>
used of the tabernacle of the covenant, Ex. 23:19; Josh.f>:24; Jud.i8:3i; 180.1:7,24; 3:'5? 2 Sa. 12:20: Ps. 5:8. [" In other places JV3 and ^n'S are
opposed."] (2) a royal house, a palace, fortress] more fully, ^J?Sn TV3 2 Sa. 11:2,9; 1 Ki. 9:1,10; 14:26; 15:18,
18:7, within (some space). / JVSp.'T'K within, 2 Ki. is 11:15; comp. ~7X A, 9. (From this
signification
formed Ch.
*3 in,
whence the
prefix
2 has been de-
rived above.) (7) used figuratively for "persons living together

s^f-
and
nopsn
;
JV3 Est. 1:9, KUT
e&JX'i
'
n <>3 ^; whence
-
1K K the prefect of the palace, one of the king's friends, who was entrusted with the key of the royal citadel (Isa. 22:22), and who was superintendent of the king's houshold at large (about equivan.'3n
^J?
ahouse/'/dmt'/y (comp. Arab. ^>\) i.e. wife and children and all the domestics, Gen. 7:1; 12:17; 35:2; 36:6; 42:19. So "the king's house," is used of the courtiers, Isa. 22 18 Hjns JT3. i. q. nJTIQ H3JJ Gen. 50:4. Hence
in
:
da palais, $ofmarfd)all), 1 Kings4:6; 2Ki.io:5; 15:5; Isa.22:l5 (compare Dan. 2:49); in the later Hebrew rV3H 3T Esth. l 8 (see No. i
lent to marecJutl
:
(8) those sprung from any family, descendants, offspring, progeny, i.q. D'?3 (in which sense it is joined with a pi. Isa. 2:5) Gen. 18:19; "b TV3 i.q. n*3 j osh. 17:17; *li? *.3? Ex. an; *|pi 5|^ n^s, rvs
nn-inj,
).
"in JV3 the palace of David, Isa. 22:22; HJT19 JV3 the citadel, or palace of Pharaoh, Gen. 1 2 : 15. Sometimes
in n3
T
the race of David,
Sa.
20:16;
Isa.
used of particular parts of the royal citadel, which, f however, consisted of entire houses; D^ |n JV3 Esth.
i.e. temple; used of the tem37:38; 44:13; l Sa.5:2,5; and of the temple of Jehovah at Jerusalem, called 2^?N JV3, nirv JV3 iKi.6:5,37; 7:12; Isa. 66 :i, and very
(3) the house of God,
ples of idols, Isa.
frequently (compare No. l). (4) a sepulchre, especially one

:
much
adorned, Isa.
14:18; compare |3PT? Isa. 22 16. More fully called DTiyn JV3 " eternal house," Ecc. 12:5.
(5) dwelling, abode, habitation, place of any kind. (n) of men, e.g. of Hades, Job 17:13. [" JV3 " houses of the D$?n collect. people," i. e. of the citiJer. 52 1 3 DH3y JV3 39 8, i. q. CpJ%TP of servants," i.e. workhouse, prison, spoken of Egypt, Ex. 20: 2."] (b) of beasts, Job 39:6; Ps.
"they founded the Israelitish nation. ? JV3 H33 to build a house for any one, i. e. to give him offspring, progeny; said of a levir (i. q. D*f?n 5 D ^) Deu. 25:9; of God, l Sa. 2:35; 25:28; 2 Sa. 7 27 of the same meaning is ? JV3 nb ^ s Sa. 7:11.
built the
Like ^3 it is 7:2, 13 (oluoc Aa/3/2, Luke 1:27). used figuratively, as ^pn^p JV3 i. q. 'Jnpn^p 33 m y adversaries, my enemies, 2 Ch. 35:21; *")P n*3 a stubborn race, Eze. 2:5; and on the other hand njn* n*3 sons, family of God, i. q. Israel, Nu. 12:7; Hos. 8:1; like ol:oc Qtov [The Church], i Tim. 3: In some other phrases the figure of a house is 15. preserved. Ruth 4:11, of Leah and Rachel,
h ou s e of
Israel,"
i.
e.
(9)
it is
zens, Jer.
'ri3
"house
kept in a Esth. 8:1, IP.H JV3, LXX. o<ra virap%tt 'Afiiit; cc-inp. 2:7; Gen. 15:2; Ex. l:2l; so Gr. oiw'a, olwc(10) 3 n*3 pr "a father's house," Gen. 24:23:
.
also applied to icealth, property, what is house, and all that belongs to a family;
84:4; 104:17 (compare Virg. Georg.ii.2O9, "#rV3 " the house of the quasque domos avium); E*33JJ
spider," Job
8:14?
Arab.^^jUl ^~
"the house
family," 31:30. In the enumerations of the Hebrews, the particular tribes (0^3^, ntep) were divided into families (rrtriBt?ip) the families
father's
?
"a
into
" fathers'
of the moth,"Job 27:18. (c) receptacle, inanimate thing* ; t?33 'FO perfume boxes,
place for
Isa.
tion in pi.
house s," nUNH TV3. In this significafor 3N ^3 there is often used n*13X JV3, a
3 2O
:
D*nn3>, Dni6 C'ri3, places to receive the carrying bars, Ex. 26: 29, 36:34; 37: 14; 38:5; i Ki. 18:32,
is
mode of forming the pi. of compound nouns which more used in Syriac [Hebr. Gram. 106, 3, c.]. Nu " number the children of Israel l a, JVjJ?
:
JV3
CXVII
the tribe of Reuben, but which afterwards passed Its ruins called into the hands of the Moabites.
N according to their families and their fathers' houses:"Nu.i :i8.2O, 22,24, 26, seq. 2:2,seq. Over
;
the fathers' houses were
Dnbg
: ;
rV3
e8O Ex.
6: 14;
-*.~<[3/z'un],are mentioned by Burckhardt, Travels in Syr. p. [365] 624, Germ, trans. be the same as fW? (for PPP) Nu. 32:3.
It
Dn'ns ntoxn
l
generally by ellipsis, Nu. 31:26; Josh. 14:1; or n'usn n$? 2 Chron. 5:2, "princes of Ch. 29:6; ntotfn
rv;^>
D^*n
Ch. 5 24
gw
appears
to
Wbp
houses," patriarchs.
very often ["especially in later writers"] prefixed to the proper names of towns, sometimes as a constituent part of the name, sometimes so that
J"P3
is it
biret], a
(/)^-|3 r,>3("houseof my creation"), [Bethtown of the Simeonites, l Ch. 4:31 perhaps corrupted from nixa^ n<l ? Josh. 19:6.
;
may be
omitted (see letters
e,
h,
i,
/,
u, v),
most
n"l3 JV3 (g) [Beth-barah~\, Jud. 7:24, a place on the Jordan, pr. for nnay JV3 ("house of passage"), compare B^0a/3apn, Joh. 1 :28, in many copies.
frequently in writers of a later age, like the Syr. AVAJS, Of compare Germ, fyaufen in 9lorbt)aufen/ tOiuijlfyaufen.
this
(h)
Tl| JV3
which
house
of
the wall"),
[Beth-
gader'], a town of the tribe of Judah, iCh. 2:51,

i.
kind are
I?.
q. "Tyi? (i)
see.
(a)
* fi'3
("house
of vanity,"
i.
e.
of idols, see P..?

$171
i.
No.l), [Beth-Averi], a toAvn of the tribe of Benjamin, to the east of the city of Bethel, Josh. 7:2; i Sa.
n^3[thehouseofGilgal"],Neh.i2:29,
see.
q.
7|/3
which
*3 5i with a desert of the same name, Josh. 18: 12. The Talmudists have confounded this town with the
:
n"3 (k) fco| ("house of the weaned"), gamut], a town of the Moabites, Jer. 48:23.
[Beth
neighbouring city of Beth-El (letter 6), from the latter having been sometimes called by the prophets in contempt f1X~JV3, see ].}N. rV3 ("house of (b) God"), [Beth-el], a very
D'rtan JV3 \_Betli-diblathaim], Jer. 48:22, (I) and Q^rfan Num. 33:46 ("two cakes of figs"), a town of the Moabites.
(w)
(/S)
flrj
n3 ("house
of
Dagon"), [Beth-da-
ancient city of the Canaanites, afterwards of the Benjamites; until the time of Joshua called T-1^ (Josh.
gon~\, a
Josh. 15:41. (a) of the tribe of Judah, of the Asherites, Josh. 19:27.
town
18:13, and compare TV?), although once (16:2) the two names are distinguished from the writer speaking
(l Sa. 13:2; Josh. 16: l;
was situated on a mountain compare Gen. 35 i ), where the tabernacle of the covenant was placed [?] (Jud. 2O:l8, 26, 27; 21:2; l Sa. 10:3), and Avhere afterwards Jeroboam set up the worship of the calves (iKi. 12:28, seq.). Compare J1K n'3 and f JX. Various and
It
:
more accurately.
n*3 ("house of the lofty"), [Beth(n) D^n araw], Josh. 13:27, a city of the Gadites; Num. called J^n ri'3, afterwards Julias, Livias; see
32:36,
voc. Betharam. Joseph. Ant. xviii. 2, 1 Jerome rfan n^3 ("house of the partridge"),[#e<A;
(0)
on the borders hoglali], a town of the Benjamites of Judah, Josh. 15:6; 18: 19, 21 [now Hajlah l^^..
Rob.
ii.
268].
:
discrepant [not so !] traditions of the origin of this <aty are given, Gen. 28: 10, seq.; 35: 1, seq. 9, seq., which are discussed by de Wette (Kritik der Israel.
rV3 ("house of favour"), \_Beth-hanan], (p) fan a town of the tribe of Judah or Dan, l Ki. 4 9.
Gesch.
i. 1 24). [The inspired account is plain enough, and contains neither discrepancy nor contradiction]. Gentn. is ^Kn JV3 i Ki. 16:34. [Now called Beitin Rob. ii. 126.]
IV3 ("place of the hollow," perhaps "of the hollow way"), [Beth-horon^m. two towns " the of the tribe of Ephraim, one of which called was situated in the northern part of that
(q) f'nh
upper"
^j^j->
(c)
seat),
^>Kn JV3 ("house of firm root,"i.e. of fixed

1
Mich.
[Beth-ezel], a town" of Judaea or Samaria, 11, where allusion is made to this etymology.
:
tribe (Josh. 16:5; 21:22); the other,"the nether," was situated on the border of Benjamin (Josh. 16:3; 18:13). Twice (Josh, l o : 1 1 ; 2 Ch. 25 : 1 3) Beth-
horon
is
mentioned
tlic
KO.T
is
tlu-xyv,
(d)^?fl'n3(house
of the
ambush
of God"),
clear that
nether
intended.
[Beth-arbel~\, Hos. 10:14; prob. "Ap/3r/Xa of the Galilaeans (l Mace. 9:2); situated between Sepphoris and Tiberias (Josh. Arch. xii. 11, l, xiv. 15, 4;
De Vita
(e)
Sua,
60).
{Perhaps
Irbid,
Rob.
iii.
282.]
very narrow declivity, Josh. loc. 3 l6 24), famous for the slaughter of several hosts. of the deserts"), [Beth(r) nim^n n\3 ("house on the Jordan. jeshimotli}, a town of the Reubenites,
: ;
and in Joshua it is Near to this was a cit. (comp. 1 Mace.
\_Beth-baal-meon~], Josh.l3:i7; "?J>3 Nu. elsewhere 32: 38, and flVO rV3 ( house of habitation"), Jer. 48:23; a town assigned to
fWp^?
JV3
Nu. 33:49; Josh. 12:3; 13:20; afterwards belonging to the Moabites, Eze. 25:9. 13 7V3 ("house of pasture"),
(s)
W?
[Beth-car\
mi33-rv3
CXVIII
(a)
n3
py n3
l Sa.y-.ll, perhaps a garrison of the Philistines, in the limits of the tribe of Judah.
("house
of the
farm
of
ti.j
CQ3? rva ("house of the vineyard"), [Bethhaccerem], Jer. 6: 1 Neh. 3: 14; a town of Judah, according to Jerome on Jeriem. loc. cit., situated on a mountain between Jerusalem and Tekoa.
(/)
;
shepherds," compare
Samaria, 2 Ki. 10: 12
(&fc)
;
jJLc village, farm), a place neai
and without D'jnn verse

art.
14,
^??y
na
with
nT$n
n'3
("hou* A
the
()
r ( )
ni5<3> n'3 see above,letter (/).

rnpyj>
n'3 see
desert"), [JSeth-arabah'], a town on tn borders of the tribe of Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 15:6; 18:22; without JV3 Josh. 18:18.
(tf)B^S n'3 ("house of escape"), [Beth-phelet, in the south of Judah, Josh.
n-jsy.
(tr)Dn^>
n'3
("house of bread"), [Bet h-lehem],

: ;
m. Mich. 5:1. (a) a town of the tribe of Judah, more fully nTHT Qr n'3 Jud. 17 :"j, 9; Ruth 1 l, 2 and n rn?? DH7 n'3 Mic. 5: l. Ephratah (see p. LXXIII, B) was not only the ancient name of the town (see Gen. 35 1 9)> hut it appears to have denoted the circumIt was the abode of the jacent region. family of David (see Ruth loc. cit.), and the birth-place of our
:
Beth-palel\, a town
15:27.
(wjm)liy? n'3
Saviour, on which account +&.]
i^-~-J>
about six
("temple of (Baal) Peor," see?y_3 [Beth-pear"], a city of the Moabites allotted to the Reubenites, celebrated for the worship of Baalpeor, Deu. 3:29; 34:6; Josh. 13:20. H'3 (nn) f>'P ("house of dispersion"), \_Betha town in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. pazzez],
">1V9),
19:21. n'3 ("house of the rock"), (oo)T-W [Beth-zur], a town in the mountain country of Judah, Josh. 15: 58 fortified by Rehoboam, 2 Ch. 11:7; an d yet more
;
English miles from Jerusalem
is still
celebrated. Gent.
noun 'P^n n^^JBeth-leltemite], lSa.l6:l,l8; 17: 58. (/?) a town in the tribe of Zebulon, Josh. 19: 15.
n'3 gee K'^P. n'3 see letter (e). (y) pyp n'3 royo (z) ("house of
(x)
K^D
by
the Maccabees,
Mace. 14:33.
Maachah"), [Beth-
(pp) 3hl n'3("house" or "region of breadth") \_Beth-rehol~], Jud. 18:28; 2 Sa. 10:6; elsewhere
3h~)
maachah'], a town at the foot of Hermon, 2 Sam. 20:15; comp. n3p and nDyo n'3 bx. n (aa) P ">on n'3 ("house of remoteness"), a place on the brook Kidron, 2 Sa. 15:17.
Rechob a
(unless perhaps Beth Rechob denotes a region, city), a city of the Asherites on the northern
borders of Palestine (Nu. 13:21), and there situated in the vallies of Lebanon, not far from the springs of
marcaboth], a town in the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19:5; l 011.4:31. fi'3 (cc) -"QP? ("house of limpid and wholesome
water," conip. 1D3), [Beth-nimrah~], Nu. 32:36; Josh. 13:27; and nnp3 Nu. 32:3, a town of the Gadites,
Jordan (Josh. 19:28,30; 21:31; Jud 1:31). The neighbouring part of Syria is called 3h~] n'3 QT^ 2 Sa. 10:6; 3rr) Dl^ ib. verse 8.
n'3 ("house of rest"), (qq) [Beth-shean], Josh. 17:11, 16; contr. ]& n'3 i Sam. 31:10, 12; n'3 2 Sa. 21 12, a city of the tribe of Manasseh, Jtt'
:
\m
Nemrin;
called BtjOrafipie in the time of Eusebius, see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, 661.
it
now The
long held by the Canaanites and Philistines (Jud. and Sa. 1. 1. c. c.), situated on this side Jordan, afterwards
called Scythopolis
}D'3,
waters near
are called DÎP? *P Isa. 15:6.
(dd) nV..n'3
("house
of pleasure"), [the
house
nf Eden], a royal city of Syria on mount Lebanon, (Amos. 1:5), called by the Greeks flapahtffoi; (Ptol.
(LXX. Jud. l 27), by the Rabbins now by the Arabs ^'**-j [Bei'san"]. n&B n n'3 ("house of the acacia"), [Beth(rr)
:
shittah"], a town situated
5:5).
(ee)
on the Jordan between Bethshan and Abel-meholah, Jud. 7:22. [Perhaps
nipjy. n'3
and simply
the tribe of
nipiy. ib.
[Beth-azmaveth'], Neh. 7:28, 12:29; ^ zr 2:2 4> a village of

-
Judah or Benjamin.
n ' 3 ("house of the valley"),^^--7 (/) pPy a town of the Asherites. Josh. 19:27. emek~]
t
iii. 219.] of the sun"), [Beth(" (ss) (a) of the Levites, Josli.2i:i6f shemesh], a town on the borders of the tribes of Judah and Dan and
the place
now
called Sh%tta;
lki, Rob.
BteB? n'3
house
Ae
land of the Philistines (Josh. 15: 1O;
Sa. 6: 12
("house response" perhaps "of echo"), [Beth-dHOtli], a town of the tribe of Judah,
of
Josh. 15:59. (lh) nay n'3
iribt of
n'3 (gg) rfo?
seq.; 2 Ch. 28: 18);
large and populous (l Sa. 6: 19), Constr. with a pi. l Sa. 6:13, l Ki. 4:9; 2 Ki. 14:11. where the inhabitants are intended. Gent, noun H'3
'e*pB>n id. ver . 14^ 18.
[Beth-anatli], a town of the Naphtali, Josh. 19:38; Jud. 1:33

(id.),
now
called 'Ain
Shems
[This town apj-ears to .f c , Rob. iL 339." ^>
CXIX
(/3)
33i.q.
of the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:38; Jud. 1: (3) (y) of the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19:22. \\K Heliopolis of Egypt, Jer. 43:13; compare
LXir,,
PIEL, to bewail,
Jer.
weep for
}
the dead, with an ace.
31:15; Eze. 8:14. Derived nouns are '"I33 JND3, H ?3, JV33.
page
A. m. weeping, Ezr. 10:1, from the root H33.

m. (from the root ~<O^), first-born, whether of men, Gen. 25: 13; 35:23; or of animals, Ex.li :5; 12:29; *3 :l 5- I Q the former case, it refers to the
eldest son of a father.
rnag n3 ("house of apples"), [Beth-tappuali], a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:53. Rob. ii. 428.] [Now Teffuh
(if)
_y;, JV5 emphat. K;3, n 7? 3

Chald. m.
1
>
constr. JV3 with suffix
Heb. house, Dan. 2:5; Dan. 4 27, royal house, JV3 n3 Ezr.6:4; KS^D H" ? house of God, temple, Ezr. 5:2, palace; NH7X also, simply Nn?3 id. ver. 3, 9, 1 1. seq.
fiDia, pi. pfl3,
i.
q.
^9
in
many
Gen. 49:3. As the eldest son, things, took precedence of the rest (see
is
rnias No. 2)
(2) metaph. it firs t of its kind.
JH
3 m.
constr. JCP3 great house,
palace, Esth.
:5; 7:7,8.
~
to
used of any thing which is chief, Job 1 8 1 3, HID "033 " the f i r s tborn of death," i.e. "the greatest of deadly maladies." For disease may fitly be called by a Hebraism, " the son of death," as being its precursor and at:
an unused
to
root,
to
i.
q.
H33 prop,
tears.
to
drop,
to
tendant; as in Arabic
<Ljw*Jl
Cl^'Lj
daughters
oj
distil; hence,
weep,
shed
(Arab. lj
pour
rnilk
drop by drop.)
fate, or of death, used of fatal fevers; and the most terrible death is here figuratively called the firstIsa. 14:30, D'H ^33 "the firstof the poor," the poorest; as if the chief amongst the sons of the poor, or the first-born of this
K33
ilj.
(i)
weeping, lamentation; Arab. S\j

pSJ? iAe
born of brethren.
born
K??n
valley of weeping, or of
la-
mentation, Sammerttjal/ pr. n. of a valley in Palestine, so called from some reason connected with its
wretched age see my Comment, on the passage. In fern, of an eldest daughter is used 'TJ'?? which
;
name; probably, gloomy and
sterile.
An
allusion
is
see.
made
to its
|JS|
^rttJVB*
ngjj etymology, Psa. 84:7, K33n "passing through the valley of la-
p#3
it
mentation, they (the sacred pilgrims) make

tains."
foun-
Sam. 5:23, 24; l Chr. 14:14, 15, some tree, so called from its weeping, dropping, according to Celsius (Hierobot. i. 335 340), Arab.
(2) pi.
2
D$3?
l2 in Masor. (see sing. Isa. 28 4, according to the W\tt firstfVT3), elsewhere always in pi. Dn-133, fruits, used of fruits and of grain, the firstfruits gathered from the field and the trees, Nu. 1 3 20, espe: :
to God, Lev. 2:14; cially of the firstfruits offered 23:17; Neh. 10 36. There is sometimes added ri^ST
:
?l>
til
like the balsam-tree,
whence white drops
dis-
of a cold and pungent taste.

r
Ex. 23: 19; 34:26; Dn-133n DH7 "bread baked from the firstfruits,"Lev. 23:20; bn-133n DV" the day of firstfruits," used of the feast of Pentecost,Nu. 28 26.
:
fut.
H33* convers. ^3.^ pr.
i.
q.
X33 TO DIS-
rn,
beasts,
rnj)
f.
TIL, TO FLOW BY DROPS (the primary syllable "|3 imitates the sound of falling drops, comp. the roots
(1) firstborn, firstling; pLflrDS: firstborn offspring; of men, Neh. 10:37; f * ue young of
ending with
weep, a root common to all the coâte languages and dialects, Ex. 2:6; Gen. 43:30; 2 Sa. 19:2; often used of the
TJ)
;
see *33, specially, to
Gen. 4:4; Deut. 12
:6,
17; 14:23.
(2) s\ibst.j)rimogeniture, birth-right, Gen. 43: the right of pri33. Opp. to rnj?V- rnbsn OSti'p
people lamenting in public calamities, Num. 11 10; 25:6; used of the mourning of penitents, Ezr. 1O:1.
:
mogeniture,"
the same
-lJj
ellipt.
or birth -right, Deut. 21:17.

!r 13
j'
-A- 8
to
? Gen. 25:31, 34; 27:36.
Followed by an ace.
to
especially the dead. folk wed by ?J? of the person or thing
one, Gen. 23:2; 37:35; 50: 3; also
weep for, bewail any

wept
for,
Lam.
and 1:16; Jud. 11:37; ^2Sa. 1:24; Eze. 27:3^5 n33 followed by 7JJ is ^ Jer. 22-.1O; Job 30:25. also to come to any one weeping, Num. 11 :13; Jud.
brace, Gen.
f. an early fig, regarded as a delicacy on that account, Mic. 7:1 Hos.g:!; Isa. 28:4 (whei* it is better with some copies to read n"V)33 with !1 without Mappik, than n~Vl33, with the Masor. and edit.
;
as the suffix, is weak); in

X
Morocco now
called
14:16; and, to weep upon any one, 45:15; 50:1.
i.e.
in his
em-
,\j
boccore,
id.
Spanish Albacora.
PTfl33
PL nVfi33n
3n
Jer. 24:2.
cxx
? ("offspring
chorath'],
pr. n.
of the first birth"), [Be-
loc. cit.
and in Thes. page 236.

"O3 "a
[" Comp. Root ~Q$
m.
Sa. g:l.
;
No. 3."]
(appell.
i.
rft!D3 fem.
r33 " the

'??
(l)
weeping, mourning, Gen. 35 8; oak of weeping." Root HD3.
P^
Gent. n.
q.
young camel
'),
[J5e-
cAer],pr.n.m.
*")?3 id.
in pause, '?3 with suff.
'P?
m
:
(i) a son of Ephraim; Num. 23:35(2) a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46 2 1 .

:
weeping, from H33, Gen. 45 2 Isa. 15:3; 22: " to make 4, etc.?na *33 HD3 agreat lamentation," 2 Sa. 13:36; alsoa dropping, a distilling of water in mines, Job 28:11. Comp./ere, for rorare, stillare in Lucret. i. 350, Gr. cuKpvov and ""HJP" !.
;
1
f-
young female camel,
in heat; Jer. 2*
23.
See 133.
(i.
.
q Mfi 133, he is first-born"), \_BocAeru],pr. n. m. i Ch. 1:31 9:44.

;
<t
FO3
D'I)3 ("weepers"), [Bochim~\, pr.n. of a place near Gilgal ; Jud. 2:1,5.
"]p5("juvenile"),[.Bi'cArtj,pr.n.m. 2Sa. 2O:1.

(l) nothing (from the root rP3 No. 3). Ps. "prove me, N>'pn^>3 thou shalt find nothing of evil." [" Unless like LXX. and Vulg. we connect nisiKypj:)^3< t h ous h a i t not find my evil thoughta,' i. e. those which perhaps lurk within me."] (2) not, i. q. *O, but poet, followed by a preterite. Ps. 10:11; 21:3; and a future, Ps. 10:4, 6; 49:13; Prov. 10:30; Isa. 26:14; also not yet for scarcely, Isa. 40 24 (compare 2 Ki. 20 N73 4), once for ??3
/?
3>
<TVP5
t
adj. fem. first-born,
Gen. 19:31; 29:26;
17
Sa. 14:49.
Answering
to ~rt33.
J"^D3 fem. weeping, mourning, Gen. 50:4; from

the root rO3.
J3
break
first, to
forth, i.q.the
a root not used in Kal, pr. TO CLEAVE, to " kindred word ?3 to be,or come
l
do anything first (as if tie S3at;n brccben), and to be early, seasonable, to do any thing early, seasonably. It is applied
(1) to the day, hence Jo to rise early, to do
Ps. 32:9, with rein
"be ye not
and
bridle,
like the horse. ..to
T^K
^'np ^3, pr.
be kept in in not ap1 1.
proaching to thee."
(3) lest,
i.
any
q.
followed
by a
fut. Ps.
10:
thing in the morning, the kindred ~53.

(2) to the year
<j the
morning time, comp.

first-fruits,
L^ /2
Arab.
Ch. m. heart, Dan. 6: 15. Syr. s s -
\^ heart, mind,
III. to
and
its
produce, D^VI23
Jb
id. for
'lj
from n?3,
care for,
rnW3
early
fig, $
^j
*
pr. care, hence, mind
which
i.
is
early fruit.
especially birth, "1133,
agitated with cares.
(3) to the time of

tirst-born,
(j
life,
HT33
has
75
contr.
from ?V3
q.
?V3 Bel, a domestic and

:
and
L> a virgin, a
so>
woman who
chief god of the Babylonians, worshipped in the tower of Babel ; Isa. 46 l ; Jer. 50 2 ; 51: 44, and Dan. chap. 14, LXX. The Greek and Roman writers
:
a young camel. bear (i)to early fruit, used ofatree,Eze. 47 12, comp. Kal No. 2. (2) to make first-born, to give the right of primofirst child, ">33,
ber
(Diod. Sic.
PIEL
:
Deorum,
ever,
we
Cic. De Nat. 16) compare him with Jupiter; but howare not to understand this to be the father
ii.
8,
9;
Plin. xxxvii. 19;
iii.
geniture to any one, Deut. 21 :l6. PUAL, to be first-born, Lev. 27:26. HIPHIL, part. HT33D a woman who brings forth her
fi rs t c h ild, Jer.
of the gods, of whom the Orientals knew nothing, but in accordance with the peculiar Babylonian theology,
in which all rested on the worship of the stars, the p la n e t Jup i t e r, siella Jovis ( Cic. De Nat. Deor. ii. 20),
4 31
:
Derivatives, see Kal.

'
light
Isa.
a young he-camel, already burdens (comp. T2 and ty).

:
fit
PL
for carrying const.
s^-
^3,
which [some of] the Shemitic nations worshipped supremely as a good demon and the author and guardian of all good fortune. It is therefore called by the Arabians -*i\ A_-.-.-H "Greater Fortune.^
The
(see
answers the Arab. X^ a young camel, which they observe signifies the same age as
6.
60
To
this
fj$\ a young man,

p. 82, seq.
planet Venus was worshipped with this planet HTJ^, JTiN&). Comp. 1|, W, and see ^3 No. 5. The devotion to this worship is shewn by the propel
1
in men; see Bochart, Hieroz. i. See also my remarks in Comment, on Isa.
names of the Babylonians compounded with the name

Bel, as
1-W" ??, 1-VS^3,
Belesys, Belibus, etc.
cxxi
TO AFFLICT, TO / Ch.i.q. Hebr.'"?. Pael: TROUBLE, Dan. 7:25. Compare Heb. PIEL No. 2.
13:28, H73! 3J713
Kim "and he (hucriKiJg

away,"
}\j to
rotten thing fa 1 1 e t h Ps. 32:3.
wasteth.
for/) as a Gen. 18:12;
n^f/5 (contr. from H^??^-? e "whose lord is Bel," "worshipper of Bel"), \_Baladan\, pr. n.
i-
(Compare
Si.
care
for, pr. to
be COUS
I
of the father of king Merodach-Baladan, 2 Kir2O:l2.

J
/
sumed with
9
<>
cares
^j" consumed with cares; Jlj.
2 not used in
FORTH
Jlcs the heart, the
mind, so called from cares (see 73).
Kal. Arab.
^L
i^_
TO BK BRIGHT,
jEth. HAP.' to be or
become
old.)
Hence
TO SHINE
as the
dawn.
V. TO LAUGH, TO
BE c H E E R F u L, from the idea of a bright countenance. HIPHIL (i) to cause to shine forth. Am. 5:9,
TJT/JJ
fail wholly, to be brought to nothing; whence 73, v3, PVp3 nothing, not. PIEL (i) causat. of Kal No. 2, Lam. 3:4; hence
(3)
to
<l
lb> 3v3C>n
"causing
desolation
to
shine
forth upon the mighty," i.e. suddenly bringing it upon them a metaphor taken from the dawn quickly and suddenly spreading itself, compare Joel 2:2.
;
generally, to consume, to waste (trans.), Ps. 49:15; Isa. 65 22. Applied to time, as in Lat. tempus terere, Job .21: 13, On'0 31133 3j "they rpiftfiv ftioy. spend or pass their days in wealth."
:
make cheerful, sc. the countenance, to be cheerful, Psalm 39:14; Job 9:27; 10:20. Hence IVrjaO, and
(2)
to
(2) to afflict, trouble,
Ch. 17:9.
affliction,
(Arab.
made
IV.
id.
?IL and <LL sorrow,
calamity.)
nf?3 ("cheerfulness"),
T? ?
pr. n. (prob.
i.
[JBityaA], pr.
1
n.
m.
Compare Ch. &V?. Hence are derived the nouns and

73, ni?3, 173, '73,
Neh. 12:5, 18; written in Neh. 10:9,

q. *n/> J3
i.
particles 73^, 73,
'I
??.
e.
" son of con-
pounds 7Jr?3,
^73, DW73, Î?/?, fDv3.

^73
1V73J;>,
and the com-
tention," "contender," from the root jj to strive, see 1T1?), Bildad, the Shuite, one of Job's friends, who takes the second place in disputing with him,
ri73
adj.
f.
worn out
with use
and
age, of
garments, sacks, bottles, shoes, Josh. 9: 4, 5.

figuratively of an adulteress, D*?^?
Used
^73 "
worn out
Job2:li; 8:l; 18:1; 25:1.

î
with adulteries," Eze. 23: 43.

TO FEAR, TO BE
feeble,
/4
a root not used in Kal,

i.
nn^5
plur.
f.
in sing, once, Isa.
17:14; more often in
pr.
TERRIFIED,
(pr. timid).
q.
7H3, comp.
^b
to
be
modest
(1) terror, terrors,
18:14,
to
J"lin73
"ij^p?
'I^TVVB
Jobl8:ll; 24:17; 27:20. " terrors shall pursue
PIEL !??3
mind
to
be
terrify, to frighten, to cause any one's cast down, Ezr. 4:4 n'riD. In np the
him
more common DviUD.

terrify.
= p Syriac ocn\->. quadril. to

pr. n.
for comparison,
a king," or military leader (? here serves Job 39: 16; compare Job 15:24, and J"lin?3 ^?Q 27:20. It is common, but incorrect, to join
like
king of terrors.)
(2) sudden destruction, compare " Ps. 73:19, J"lin?3~iP '^5 they perish with
Derivatives, '"I???,
and
^^2,
H7H3 No.2;
}ri^3.
n J
/
fat.
n^ pr. TO
FAIL
fallen/
(like 733,
FALL, TO FALL AWAY, TO ?3K, which see), abfallen, cinfallen, er=
destruction;" Eze. 26:21,^5^1

airijiXiuit'
"*(?$$
tri.
nin?3.
sudden LXX.
at 3w<7w, KUI ow^ inrap^ttg

te,
Vulg. in ni~
specially used
hilum redigam
Eze. 27:36; 28: 19.
torn by use Followed by 7JJ. Deut. 8:4, "thy raiment T?J? nrij>3 &6 fell not away from thee" (worn out and torn). Deut. 29:4, and absol. Josh. 9:13; Neh. 9:21. Applied to the heaven and the earth perishing like an old garment, Isa. 50:9; 51 :6;
(l) of
garments fallen away and
and age.
npll (perhaps "modesty," see n?? in Kal), (l) of the handmaid of Rachel, [BilhaJi], pr.n. who bore to Jacob Dan and Naphtali, Gen. 30 3, seq. ; 35:22. (2) a town of the tribe of Simeon, l Ch.
:
4:29;
called elsewhere
H^3 (Josh. 19:3),
also ^?JS.
Psa. 102:27.
(Arab.
Jj to be worn out as a garsickness, age, or cares,
n/3
1/3
cise,
(perhaps
"modest"), [JBi'Man], pr.n.m. f

(2)1 Ch.7:io.
ment.)
(a) of men,
(i) Gen. 36: 27.
who through
Ch., a species of tribute, prob. imposed
on
waste away; Germ, einfallen/ cerfallen (compare Gr. roXatdc, aud with another flexion, /u'Xw, euro). Job
articles consumed,
Germ.
(5on[umtiongftcucr/ Recife/ ex*
Ezr.4:i3,2O; 7:24; compare also
CXXII
Ni?3
latter
'N&3 Jer. 38 12, and only found in pL const

:
contr. *j/3 ver.
1, the
rags of worn out clothes.
This
L *L prop, fr^za the sing, V?3 for 1v?
form which should be pronounced

;
beluve is
ever (see J.H.Michaelis) it is r>^3 (of the form ^3, *'\ from the sing. fta (of the
in other copies howread V.ft? and ineditt.
r* m. pr. something mixed, specially meslt.i provender consisting of several kinds of grain, ai wheat, barley, vetches, and other seeds (comp. Varro, De R. R. i. 31 Plin. xviii. 15, s. 41), all of which
;
were sown mixed Job 6:5524:6. It
together
is
["or given
to cattle"],
clear that grain
is to
be under-
form
stood from Isa. 30:24.
w!p75 ("Bel's prince," i.e. prince whom Bel favours, compare ?3 ; te/ia, a termination which is added to words in the Zendic as a mark of the
and zar=.sar, prince), Belteshazzar, the Assyrio-Babylonic name of Daniel in Nebuchadnezzar's court, Dan. l 7 2:26; 4:5,6,15,16; 10:1.
genitive,
:
any
rtp'7^ comp. of ^3 and no i. tiling, nothing," Job. 26:7.
q.
npinp j6 "not
interpreters to
So mdeed LXX.,
Vulg., Syr., Ch., nor are the
Hebrew
be listened to, who explain nD'721 a bridle, band, from the root D^3.
.?3 (comp. of
v3 not,withou t, and ?I
be useful, and Arab.
;
benefit,
?2
gubst.
(i)consumption destruction,
t
Isa.
profit,
38:17; Arab.
compare
q. k_;.'
7'y.in to
[T
<^T"-
id.
UU.
and by
(2) failure, defect, nothing; hence adv. of negation, i. q. SO. It is joined to verbs and nouns, Gen.
J^.
i.
_i noble, prince
and not
as said
31:20; Hos.7:8; 8:7;

lesce into
Isa.
14:6; 32:10.
It is
some-
Fischer, in Proluss. and ?iy a yoke, as
De
if
Verss. Grsec. p. 93, from v? impatience of the yoke, con-
times closely joined to substantives, so that they coa-
a single idea.
D^ v3 "not
fame," i. e. infamy,
Job 30: 8. (3) For Y?3 without, only poetically, Job 8:11, D !9 V? "without waters;" 24:10; 31:39; 33 9; ^4:6; Ps. 59:5. With prop. (a) y33 prop, in defect, without, ?3. njn '733 i.q. imprudently, Deu.4:42; 19:4; suddenly, Job 35: 16; 36: 12 compare ^>3 No. 2.
=
tumacy) pr. unprofitableness, worthlessness, what is useless, of no fruit (compare Arabic of no profit, little worth). Hence jL-Us _i useless,
(1) wickedness, vileness;
man"
Sam. 25:25; 30:22;

1
?J?.V?
/J?3E^K "a wicked D^N Pro. 6:12,
(l>)
$$
v3D
id.
(comp.
^>
letter
B) Job 38:41
5:14.
^fc^$
''without food;" 41:25;

(c)
pr.
Isa.
and 7yv3"|3 i Sa. 25: 17 id. PI. often ^y!'?3''33 i Sa. 2:12, and /y! ?? \33 D'K'JK ?!?? '33 't'3S Deu. 13: 14; Jud. 19:22; 20:13. ?yv3 n3 "a wicked woman," l Sam. 1:16; ^yt/3 13"^ "an evil, wicked HVV }$ thing," Ps. 41:9; 101:3; compare Deu. 15:9. ^y^S ^|33.V Dy 13T " lest there arise a w i c k e d thought
in thy heart."
because of defect
(a) in that not,
because not; followed by an inf. Deu. 9:28, y3D nirv rpb'." because Jehovah could not," Isa. 5:13. Followed by a part, "because no man," Lam. 1:4; 3 ?3O "becausenone come to the feast." TyiO Sometimes pleon. P *^?9; 2 Ki. 1:3, 6, 16; Exod.
V
(2) destruction, Nah. l:ll,
?y.v3 fyi
"who
plans destruction;" Ps.l8:5,Wiy_3; Tgffj ^H3 "the streams of destruction make me afraid," a metaphor taken from waves, which is not unfrequent in
the sacred writers.
LXX.
14:11 (Syr.
not).
(ft)
>
u.^^ ^3> and
uâ
êtfjiappoi
dro/mtc,
i.
e.
ene-
in that
so that not, Job 18:15, P3 W *?3O "(terror) dwells in his tent so that it is no more his," i. e. terror occupies his tent, and the wicked removes thence; 6:6; Deu. 28:55. Followed by a 3K" v?P " so that no one part, so that none,
dwells;" Jer. a 15; 9:10; comp. Eze. 14:15. Followed by "*$ (so that it forms a conjunction) and pleon.
:
^^3
Some moderns incormies rushing like torrents. of hell." rectly render "torrents ITS a wicked man (see No.l), (3) Ellipt. for ?y_!?3 2 Sa. 23:6; Job 34: 18, a destroyer, causer of destruction.
New
Hence was derived in later usage and in [" Note. Test, the pr. n. BtXmA, or UtAuui, Belial, i. q.
,
|6 Ecc-3:ii
cannot find out."
%l
*|?r>6
TBfc
^30 "so that man

"as long
as," Ps.
^S
in the
Satan. The English version also gives Old Test, as a pr. n. Belial, but incorSee Thes. page 210."]
*
rectly^?].
i.e.
(d)
?3
iy until failure,
LL
't^f
i
72:7; Mai. 3:10. that not, followed by a pret. Gen. (e) v3"72 ' 31:20.
(l) TO
POUR OVER (Arab. Jj

L.
* i
to wet, to
^
L L
moisten, /3J to flow as water. 7^3, ^?/?, '

sprinkle). Part. pass. 19V'? 'I'?
^2}^s
"poured over
will
CXXIII
oU of oblations," Lev. 2
i
4, 5
7 : 10,
:1 3> 1 9'
Intrans. to be
Ps. 92:11, 13JD
poured ||^VJ3 "I am
14 2 1 Nu. over, anointed. anointed with

12
; : ;
3 Job. 7:19, "thou wilt not let ine alone while I swallow down my spittle," i. e. thou givest me no breathing space, not even the least moment
wilt thou grant me, that I
fresh oil
In the derivatives, see
W^? and
?-1?3J;l.
may
rest.
(So in Arabic
spittle,"
it
to get her (Gr. o-y^x tw ) ^ confound, (2) to j, our Gen. 11:7, onBtp DP njafl rrna nan especially speech
;
"let
i.e.
me swallow down my
delay that I
go down, and there confound their which is farther explained " so e. lip,"i. that one could not understand another;" H733 for nkn, see Lehrg. page 372, and verse 9. Comp. ?7f. to be confounded, of speech, *JJ1 J-i-J Arab.
"come we
will
give
me
so
much
So
may swallow
swallowing
l.)
their speech,
down.
Har. xv.
loc. cit.
p. 142 Sacy.
See more in Schult.

,^sC.\
on Job
in Persic
of
spittle, used of delay.
Compare PIEL No.
Jjj
ot
confusion of languages, Conj.
II.
to babble.
(3) to stain, to soil (comp. 73??, '^ss^ss So in the derivatives 73$, tioned under KalX
D^>3 to
men7-173J;!.
(a) to consume, to destroy, so (2) Metaph. however that the figure of deA-ouring is preserved, e.g. to devour riches, Job. 20:15 (comp. devoratam
mix, and to stain.) (Comp. 7v3 to #*Ve ineslin or prove nder denom.from (4)
to beasts;
pecuniam evomere, Cic. Pis. 37). Pro. l: 12, "let us devour them, like Hades, alive," i. e. let us consume, kill them; Ps. 124:3. (A) Compare ??^ No. i, g.
It is
Jud.ig:2l, D'lbnJ? ?3' 1; Vulg.

T
ei
pabulum
asinis prcebuit.
earth,
applied to inanimate things, to a chasm of the Nu. 16 30, seq. of the sea, Ps. 69 16, compare
: : ;
Note.
see; also
7331 Isa. 64:5, is for 733! which Index analyt. HITHPOLEL, to mix oneself, followed by 3 Hos.7 :8. Derived nouns are H|, ?3ri, 7-173FI, W>^p and the
The form
Ex. 15:12.
NIPHAL, pass. Piel No. 2, to be destroyed, lost, Isa. 28:7, Hos. 8:8, specially used of drunkards. " i.e. with are wine," 1X*D IP W?? 3 destroyed they
.
733. pr. n.
oppressed, broken down, overcome with wine.
Com-
pare D^n,
ally the
c
I'll,
"Qj;.
The Syriac
translator retains the
BIND TOGETHER, TO SHUT FAST, Specmouth of a beast with a muzzle, Ps. 32 9. (Syr.
TO
:
word
)Q.^.2b
id.
Ethpe. to be shut, used of the mouth, to

9
|
<>
Ô CYS/N^-). same phrase, the verb 4_]_.

Jj.vy.
The Arabs
use, hi the
PIEL
ellipt.
(i)
:
i.
q.
Kal,
to
swallow
shall
it is
be dumb, NQ'S'-S a muzzle.) In form and signification it is kindred to Q/N. As to the roots ending in D see EDS.
Nu. 4 20, " neither the holy things V?33 while

sc. saliva,
i.
Once doivn. they come in to see
e.
not for the least
swallowed down," moment of time. Com-
ife /I (denorn.
also sycomore), TO
:
from
a n g>
CULTIVATE FIGS (and sycamores'),

mura&f r and
cbro-
pare Kal No.l. Excellently, LXX. iZdiriva. Metaph. J1K y?3 "to devour wickedness," i.e. to fill oneself niK? altogether with wickedness, Pro. 19:28 (comp.
or to gather, or to eat them, comp.
Job 15:16).
(a) to give up to de(2) to destroy, specially struction, Job 2:3; 10:8; Isa.49:l9; Hab. 1:13.
(waÊiv. Am. 7 14, D'PPP> D7I3, well rendered by the LXX. KVIWJ> avKuîya. Vulg. vellicans sycamina. For nipping, vellicatio, belongs to the cultivation of sycamines. ["a process
ou
cvi'arai
a.v
by which they were ripened, irl

tiriKi'iaQi]'
pij
aXX' tôj-T<;
Ps. (b) to extirpate, to take away altogether, 2l: 10; 35:25; followed by IP Job8:l8. (c) to lay waste a country, 2 Sam. 20:19, 2O; Lam. 2:8;
ffior/pdc iTrtKi'iôvTif'
3'
a'7ri/c)'io'0jj,~-apr
xiii.
rat."]
7,
See Theophr. Hist. PI. iv. 2 ; Plin. N. H. 14. Bochart in Hieroz. i. 348, seq.
waste riches, Prov. 21 :2O; to destroy, i.e. to frustrate counsel, Isa. 19:3; comp. Psa. 55:10; any one's way, i.e. to cause him to go to destruction, Isa.
also, to
fut. y?y ,y 7 DEVOUR ["with the
(i) TO SWALLOW DOWN, TO idea of eagerness, greediness"].

id.,
3:12PuAL,pass. Piel No.

Isa. 2, to be
is
destroyed,
to
perish.
9:15,
"destruction
id.
prepared;" followed by
(Arab. -1- and quadril. ^Jj

'
Êth.
V
HAD:
men
to eat,
^ a Sa. 17:16.
to eat Kindred roots are IN?, < > up. others beginning with y Used of ?.)
1
>N and
HlTHPAEL,
Ps. 1O7:27.
suff.
i
many
eating
?3 m. with
thing
y.?
(l) a devouring, some-
greedily, Isa.
Je-r.
28:4; of beasts, Exod. 7:12; Jon. 2:1; 51=34; ên. 41:7, 24. proverbial phrase,
devoured-
Jer.
51:44.
(2) destruction, Ps. 52:6.
(3) [J5e/a~> pr. n. of a city on the southern shore of the Dead Sea, called also "U?V (little), Gen. 14 2, 8 ;
:
(i.q.
|te?~?3
"son
01
.ongue"i= "elo-
quent," compare under

a leader,
19:20, seq.
(4) pr.n. m.
(a) of a king of the Edomites, Gen.
(c)
who
[Bilshan"], pr.n. ol returned with ZerubbaboJ from the

"XT!?),
:
exile.
Ezr. 2:2; Neh. 7 7.

or r\/
36:32
(ft)
Gen. 46:21.
suff.
iCh.5:8.
^>3
^$63
with
'1$?, T"3$3 (comp. of
an unused noun, from the root n?2
not,
and 1V:ffi until). (l) pr. nof unto, nothing to, a particle of depreGen. 14:24,^/9$ ~W$ PI >%TJ>?3 cating or declining. " 0*1??0 nothing (shall come) to me;" I claim no" only what the young men have eaten," etc. thing, Gen. 41 16, niris D'l^rnx ruyi D'nfcs n$>3 "(it is) act I God will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh."
:
(of the form nothing, or
nD3 from np3, Lehrgeb.

*
p.
507), pr.
??,
whence with
bringing to nothing, i. q. parag. marking the construct
^3,
state
(i) adv. of negation i. q. t6 l Sa. 20:26. for (t6?) without, Isa. 14:6; Prep, (a) besides, except (when a negation has preceded), Gen.21:26; Exod. 22:19; Nu. 11:6; 32:12; with
Tl/3
^33
(a)
wi t hout. Gen.4i:44, "without
thee (withlift
out thy knowledge and consent) no one shall his hand."
up
(3) besides, Isaiah 45:6. Ellipt. for ~*?$ *afri Job 34:32, nrix n{r besides that which. VBJS " i|ri *?'?. (if I have sinned) besides the things which
9
<t
"besides me," Hos. 13:4; Isa. 10:4; "beside thec," l Sa. 2:2; Isa. 1. 1. translate "without me (i.e. forsaken of me) they shall go bowed down amongst the bound, and shall perish amongst
suff.
^3
^3
the slain," compare under nnri. [" i. e. part of them as captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst, and toil,
I see,
show
,
it
to
me."
Syr. J
,
.
vS^v'f'! ,_iO
Os.^>
id.
*T3??5
id.
Always with
pref. IP:
HJ^P
Isa. 36:10, "have I without God (1) without. without God's will and permission) come up e. (i.
down under the feet of their fellows, (comp. Jud. 5:27 ;) and part of them slain in battle, ?7?1 shall be covered with the corpses of others."]
shall sink
P.?
against this land?" Jer. 44: 19. Comp. 'IJ?/?? No. 2. (2) besides, Ps. 18:32; Nu.5:2O; Isa. 43:11.
(3) Conj. for ~&$ *^3 besides that, Dan. 11 18; unless that, Gen. 43:3, "ye shall not see my face D5PK* D^HS *J:y3 unless that your brother be with
:
you."
Fully
DK '1^3 "unless that," Amos 3:4,
""7
i.q.
(comp. of 73 and
DJJ,
non-populus, perhaps
"a foreigner"), [Balaam], pr.n. (l) of Balaam the false prophet, Num. 22 24 Deut. 23 5, 6 Josh. 13:22; 24:9; Mic. 6:5. LXX. BaXaa'/*.
; :
(2)
Djr>3>
[Bi learn], of a town of the

beyond Jordan,
l
r (Oy
tribe of
Manasseh,
situated
n^),
Ch. 6:55; called elsewhere [Ibleam'], Josh. 17 1 1 ; Jud.i :27 ;

:
and simply unless, Jud. 7:14; Gen. 47:18. (a) *v3? followed by an inf., Comp. with prep. This particle is used in 8: 1. Jud. in that not, pr. Hebrew wherever the gerund (^p.?) is to be exIt may be rendered pressed negatively (VlDp 'JjV??). in Latin, ita ut non (quominus), so as not, Exod.
8:25; 9:17; ex. gr. after verbs of resisting, Jer. of forgetting, Deu. 8 1 1 hindering, Nu. 9:7; 16 12 verbs ol ne, lest, Gen. 38:9; and ace. and inf. after 2 Ki. of Gen. 12:9. 3:11; consenting, commanding, Once used pleonastically ? 'Pl?37 2 Ki. 23:10, and thrice "vkl*? followed by a finite verb for ~V'$ T-?3)
:
this
7 TO MAKE EMPTY, VOID, i.q. Pi?3, and like onomatop. imitating the sound of a bottle emptied
Isa.
out.
24:
l.
Compare Arab. .Aj

np T ?3p
I.
FV.
to
open
Jer.
(a bottle).
23:14; 27:18; Eze. 13:3.
PUAL
t:ll.
part.
f.
made empty, i.e. desert, Nah.
(b) 'J!y3p
because not, followed by an
inf.,
Num.
[Hence]
p?3 ("empty," "void"), [Balak"], pr.n. of a king of the Moabites in the time of Moses, Nu. 22:2, eq.; Josh. 24:9; Jud. 11:25; Mic. 6:5.
14:16; by a verbal noun, Eze. 16:28. until not, followed by a pret, Num. (c) '^3 ~iy 21:35; Deu.3:3; Josh. 8:22; lo:33;also*o long
as, Job. 14:12;
compare v3
Ig.
pi. rflD3,
v
S
7
:
(with
Kametz impure),
construct
Dan. 5:1,
l
,
2, 9, 22, 29,
30; 8:1; and
id.
B e Is h a z z a r, the last of the Chaldean
kings, called by Herodotus (i. 188) A.afivvr)Toc, by Berosus (in Jos. Cont. Ap. i. 20) Na/Soi-KijSoc (which appears to be the m~>ie genuine form, comp.
LXX.
Deu. 32:13; Isa. 58:14; Micah 1:3 3ro,butinnp V!>!f?3, and so in the text, Job 9 8 Isa. 14:14; Amos 4:13 (see note), with suff. *rriO3 etc. word in(l) a high place, a height, a general cluding mountains and hills, see the root W3, 2 Sam. l : 19,25;"^! niD3 "m juntains covered with wood,'
and
'rflO3
cxxv
Jer.
fi3~!x
26:18; Micah3:l2; Eze. 36:2 (compare

n'lD3
l).
"mountains by Arnon,"Nu.
:
21 :28.
were
it
or temple there built. It is probable that these miiei tents adorned with curtains (Eze. 16: 16), comp.
2 Ki. 23:7; Amos 5:26, a kind of tabernacle which appears that ths Pceni and the ancient Slavi had
(2) fortress, castle, built upon a mountain, (compare Lat. arx, Germ. SSurg). Ps. 18 24, 'rflD3~7)J '?TPJ!! "he set me upon my fortress," i.e. set me in The holder of the fortresses safety; Hab. 3:19. of a region has also secure possession of the whole
(Diod. xx. 25.

(5)
ftta/.wc.
Mone,
in
Creuzer Symbol,
v.
176).
It
rarely signifies a sepulchral mound, Greek Eze. 43:7; compare verse 8, and the comIsa.
f^
land as conqueror, whence the poetic phrase ~?5 "^TJ 'DE3 "he walked upon the fortresses of the
mentators on
53 9 where
:
this signification
may
earth,"
Amos
figuratively
4: 13; Micah 1:3; Deu. 33:29; and D'~'nO3 ?y Job 9:8 "upon the for-
suitably be taken. Note. The plural
construct
which there
to 'DIB'gn
is
a double
mark
form is 'D1E3, in of the plural; similai
tresses of the sea;" 3JpriD3'?J? Isa. 14:14, "upon the fortresses of the clouds;" used of God, as the Supreme Ruler of the world also J^X TID3~?JJ 3^3"in
;
i Sa. 26: 12; compare Lehrgb. 541. The Masorites however rejected this form and substituted for it 'D$3. Many read this bamSthe, but 1 as being
Deu. 32:13;
(3)
Isa.
58: 14.
The
ancient
Hebrews [when they
fell
into
idolatry], like
many
other ancient nations (see
my
immutable, cannot be shortened into Chateph-Kametz; and some, more correctly, pronounce bom" the for D3, from the nD3 (of the form JU' 3); H sing.
;
Comment, on
sacred rites
65:7; and vol. ii. p. 316), regarded performed on mountains and hills as most
Isa.
being retained in the plural, like n?"5, ninTH.. However, I suppose that we should reject the criticism of
the Masorites, and read '{TIES 'fibs.
f
acceptable to the gods. On this account they offered sacrifices on them, not only to idols, but even to God himself (l Sa. 9: 12,seq.; I Ch. i6:2g,seq.; 1 Ki. 3:4,
'
7^?
cised,
l
("son
of circumcision,"
see TT1?),
i.e.
circum-
[These passages apply only to true worship] 2 Ki. 12:4; Isa. 36:7), and they erected there sanctuaries
;
for?nD-f3;
\_Bimhal'], pr.n. m.
01.7:33.
or chapels (niOSri VH3 i Ki. 13:32; 2 Ki. 17:29), and set there priests, and ministers of sacred rites
lO3
see
1.
7
(niO3n \3qb i Ki. 12:32; 2Ki. 17:32); andnotonly were the Ten Tribes so tenacious of the old rather
[or corrupted] religion (see the passages already cited), but also the Jews themselves, so that even after the
building of the temple by Solomon, and in spite of the law, Deu. 12 (if this be ancient [this doubtful expression is not to be tolerated, no believer in revelation doubts the antiquity of the Pentateuch]), they erected such sanctuaries on the mountains near Jerusalem, and
there they continued to sacrifice ; and the kings who in other respects were most observant of the Mosaic
TYlD2l("high places' ;, [Bamotli], Nu. 21:19; more fully 7^3 rriB3 ("high places of Baal"), Nu. 22:41 Josh. 13:17, pr. n. of a town in the territory
;
of the Moabites, situated on the river Arnon.
H33 from the root H33 No. [5 (for 3), const. "]|
(with prefixes
Pro. 30
:
?, 3, ?
:
;
Deu. 25 2
without Makkeph), rarely || Jon. 4: 10 and whenever fol;
lowed by the pr.n.

11,
J-13;
once
'33
(like *?S), Gen. 49:
and
133
Nu. 24:3,
15. PI. D'33 (as if
from
sing.
|3), const. '.33.
son (Arab.
.,.!
pi.
L^*i.
const.
x>, ^J*j
on the
1
law until [Hezekiah and] Josiah, neither put a stop to this forbidden worship as regards the people, nor
Phocn. monuments very often
but
pi.
in
Aram." ?,
)..
i
J;js
>).
some cases] as regards themselves, 2 Ki. 12:4; H:4; 15:4,35; compare 2 Ch. 20:33; !5:17; 2 Ki. 3:8,9, 19; Eze. 6:3; 20:29; Lev. 26:30. We read that Solomon himself offered sacrifices at such sanctuaries, i Ki. 3:2, 3; comp. 11:7 [but in the former case the altar and tabernacle of God were at Gibeon; the latter was mere idolatry].
[in
>2
from
X"}3 to procreate,
but with
P.3, '33,
KOT-' iô-^tiv
used of
the king's
son [The son of God
really], Isa.
9:5; compare "=1?P"I? Ps. 72:1; pi. QC| ?? sometimes used of children of both sexes, Gen. 3:16; 21:7; 30:1; 31:17; 32:12; Deu. 4 l o although more often there is fully expressed JYI33-1 D'33 Gen. 5- {.,
:
;
7,10,
1 1
1 1
(4) It very often has the same meaning as nD3n "a sanctuary built on a mountain" to God or idols
n3
seq.
In sing, a trace of the
common
"
a gender is found in "9H? (more correctly ~GJ }3) male son," Jer. 20:15; compare vlog ojopjjr, Apoc.
(compare No. 3), iKi. 11:7; H'23; 210.17:9521: 2 3 !5? an d it is even applied to any sanctuary or
:
fane, Jer.
also a
7:31, compare .(Ethiop. rf| ; a mountain, cq ivent, Germ. ag, pr. a grove, hence a church,
" sens of It belongs to poetic diction when 12:5. the Grecians" is used for the Grecians; Joel 4: 6, like " sons of the vttQ 'Axatwi', and Êthiopians," Amoa for the 9: 7, Êthiopians; compare Q'"}?3 'lp!Isa.a:6,
PQ3-
p
'3.3
CXXVT
of the poor, Ps. 72:4; The similar
useJ of foreigners; jV3X
and Greek dvo
vaifae, II. <f>'. 151. condition of the father and the son is
-i\vutv
This arises A-om things, which are done in any time place, being attributed to the time or plac-i itself fef
shewn every-
where by
The
this phrase. name of son, like those of father

is
(see 3$<, nx),
of wide extent
It is
-\
and brother Hebrew, and is vagrandfather), D'33 l plur.

;
3:26; 8:23; Job 3: 3); and countries or ci.de! are regarded as the mothers of their particular inhabitants (see EN), and also nations as fathers whence
Isa.
;
there
is
also said
^V. \3?
"sons
of
riously applied.
ased
(like
" those
my
people," i.e.
(1)
Of a grandson
:
3N of a
:
the
who are of my people" (see EJ?) and DJH V3? of common people, Jer. 17:19; 26: 23. Used of anisons of Bashan."
It
is
Gen. 29:5; Ezr.5:l; compare Zee. l grandsons, Gen. 32 l (3 1 55) 531: 28 (although where
:
mals, Deu-32:i4, "rams,
there
is
called D'33 '33
greater accuracy of speech grandsons are Ex.34:7; Pro. 13:22; 17:6); also
?XTJp*.
also applied to things which are contained in any " sons of a place, as quiver," used of arrows, Lam.
3:3(6) Followed by a gen. of time, it denotes a pereither born or appearing in that time, or as having existed during that time. Thus, " son of his old age," i. e born in his old age, Gen. 37 3 "son
descendants, as
*)!?
'3?
Israelites;
n*l-in*
'33,
Jews, Levites; PBJJ \3? Ammonites; J"in '33 Hittites 7Ny.9y". \33 Ishmaelites. In the same sense is used n'3,"n^n' H'3 (see JV3 No. 8); also
*?.3
:
son or thing,
Shh
is
a name of age, for boy, youth, like the compare ^3 No. 2, Cant. 2:3; Pro. 7: 7. The name of son
(2)
It
of youth," born to a young father, Ps. 127:4; "sons of bereavement," born of a bereaved mother, i. e. in
exile, Isa. 49:20; "son of five hundred years," five hundred years old, Gen. 5:32; " a lamb n3^"|3 J n 4 1O f the ricinus the first, year," Ex. 12:5. 13S n^-p-Vrpn r$J7J9|? "which sprung up in one night, and perished in one night;" "son of the
:
Greek
iraic;
is applied to a subject, rendering obedience a king or lord, as to a father, 2 Ki. 16:7. Hence death a son is one to and doomed as of die, metaph.
(3)
>
U)
if
5 stripes," q. Deu.25:2; compare i/e y>'')e, Matt. 23:15; n/c Son is applied to HTTwAfmc, John 17:12.
: ;
2 Sa.
delivered into the dominion of death; " a s o n of 12 i. :
Sa. 20:31.
to stripes
doomed
morning," poetically of the morning star, lucifer, as if born in the morning, Isa. 14:12. (7) Followed by a genitive denoting virtue, vice,
or condition of
life
;
it
denotes a
man
who has
that
brought up like a son, Ex. t.lO; compare Acts 7: 21; and a disciple, inasmuch as teachers were treated with reverence and
(4) a foster son,
is
who
virtue or vice, or
has been brought up in that con" a son of dition, as ??D~i? strength," a hero, warriol (see ^D); ^yf/S'JS "son of wickedness," a wicked
who
obedience, like parents, and

father (see
received
the
'33
title
of of
man*,
I^BH
id.';
IfnV \3?
;
"sons of pride," poetically

i.
3K No.
5).
Hence
DW3f n
"sons
:
used of wild beasts

Pro. 31:5;
*?SJT13
q.
'3JJ
poor, wretched,
possessor, heir, hostages, 2 Ki.
the prophets," for disciples of the prophets, and the schools of the prophets themselves, l Ki. 20 35 2 Ki.
;
of possession," Gen. 15:2; " sons of pledging,"

viraKofjg, l Pet.
"son
i.e.
i.
e.
2:3,5,7; 4 38, etc. ; compare Amos 7:14. (So among the Persians, "sons of the magi," used for the disciples of the magi; among the Greeks iarpuv viol, pij:
14: 14; compare utoc r7c axtititias, Ephes. 2:2, rcVra In other figurative and poetic 1:14.
phrases of this kind, which are also
common
in other
vioi,
iratSec fiovaiKuv,
îXoirci^wi'
'
for
e.
iurpoi,
cognate languages (see Gol.

torf v. 13;
v.
j\
Castelf and
Bux-
etc.;
Syr.
_,;_ri
.-.
">
sons,
i.
disciples
bf Bardesanes.) To this usage belongs the manner in which, in the book of Proverbs, the poet [inspired " writer] addresses the reader, my son," Pro. 2:1 ;
that
is
Jones, on Asiatic Poetry, p. 128, scq ), called the son of anything which is like it, as
"sons
ning
it,
of lightning," used of birds rivalling the lightin swiftness, Job 5:7; or which is dependent on
3:1,21; 4:10,20; 5:1; 6:1 45:11.

(5) Followed
Psal.
7:1; compare
it
ri3 Ps.
by a
gen. of place,
denotes a
man
as "sons of a bow," used of arrows, Job 41 :2O; or which by any connection is closely joined with it, as " sons of oil," those anointed with oil, Zee. 4: 14;
there lorn, or brought up, as
"sons
of Zion," Zionites,
"son
(8)
in the
l
of
oil,
or fatness,"
fat,
fertile, etc.;
compare
is
149:2; "sons "sons of the East,"

:
of Babylon," Eze 23:15,17; " sons of i. e. Arabs (see E"IJ5); " the province," Ezr. 2 l ; sons of a foreign country," Gen. 17:12; "son of a house," i.e. verna (see M ton of a womb," born of the same womb (see
3K, B*X, fe
The
appellation of
"sons of God,"
given
(a) to angels, Gen. 6:2, seq. ; Jot :6; 2:1; 38:7; Ps. 29:1; 89:7; either asthehosti
Oid Test.
and attendants of God
(see
N?)
or on account of
rta-p
those of the
C XX VII
("brave," "warrior"), [Ben-haef]
pr.n. m. 2 Ch. 17:7. (d) I?n~J3("son of one
to the divine nature, although a body gi-eater likeness is attributed to them, Gen. loc.cit. (b) to kings (not
Hebrews only, but foreign ones also, Ps. as 89:28), being the substitutes of God on earth, taught and aided by the Divine Spirit, 1 Sa. 1O:6, 9;
ll:6; 16:1.3, 14;
Christ]
7i\i/c.
;
who
is
gracious"), [B en*
hanan\, pr.n. m.
(e)
PPH? ("son
1
Ch. 4:20. of the right
hand",
i.e.
oi
Isaiah 11:1, 2
[Here
me,
applied to
prosperity, see
Ps. 2:7,
thus also in the Greek poets, Atoyei'tlv /3a" the Lord said to thou art
(l)
is
below PP'?3), [Benjamin"], pr.n. m. Chron. 7:10. (2) Ezra 10:32; Neh. 3:23.
the patriarch
Sa.
l
my
Where Benjamin
always (exc.
Bon, this day have
king (compare " here spoken of]. Ps. 82 6, I have said ye are gods (O kings), and every one of you children of the Most
:
begotten thee," i.e. constituted Jer. 2 : 27), [Christ in resurrection is

I
is intended, this word 9:1 a'm) written together, see
(/) p-Vl-'33 ("village of the sons of Berak," or "of thunder"), [Bene-barafc], pr.n. of a town of the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19:45.
(g)
li?J>.
High;"?, "but ye shall die like (common) men," etc. ivho piously Ps. 89:28; 2 Sam. 7: 14. (c) to men worship God, Ps. 73:15; Prov. 14:26; Deu. 14:1; sometimes ungratespecially the Israelites, although
30:1,9; 43:6; Hos. 2:1; Jer. In sing. Israel is called "son of God," 3:14, 19. Hos. ll:l [applied to Christ] and the first-born and The beloved, Exod. 4:22, 23 compare Jer. 31 2O. name of son is used as |N"V!3 " sons of (9) of the young of animals,
ful children, Isa. l :2;
;
\>3 see
id.;
rt
'3
nim
pi.
J3 Ch.
only in
:
p?, M?
sing, is filled
exile, those
.
by 13)
as, Nri-1 ?J '33
(the place of the those who go into
who
leave their country.
Dan. 2 25.
:
jnin
\33
young doves, Ezra 6:9. (Syriae
i_2i
plur.
id.)
sheep," lambs, Ps. 114:4; i3h$
Gen. 49 1 doves, Lev. 12:6;

i.
q. il^y
'33. "son of his ass," "sons of a dove," i. e. young "sons of a raven," Ps. 147:9.
;
5:2,
'H33 Ezr. 5:11, gerund Map? Ezr. Ezra 5:9; M.aJ> Ezra 5:3, 1 3, i.q. Heb. n33 to build, Dan. 4:27. ITHPEAL, pass. Ezr. 4:13, 21 with an ace. of ma-
with
;
suff.
"83$
sucker, offshoot (compare PP.T , " t)DV rnb |3 Joseph (is) the
(10) son of a tree appears to be poetically used for Gen. 49:22, J"lp3.1*).
1
terial,
Ezr. 5:8.
fut.
with
conv.
J3|1
and six timps
son of a fruitbearing (tree)"; for {? (perhaps it would be more correctly ~|3) seems to be put in the construct state, and rnS to be n T~i3 Isa. 17:6, "fruitbearing," sc. tree. But i.q.
s
(i) TO BUILD, TO ERECT, as a house, a temple, a Ezr. 4:2; an altar, Gen. 8:20; city, walls, defences, a fane, Jer. 7:31; the deck of a ship, Eze. 27 15 once apparently of the foundation of a house, l Ki. 6:1;
;
others take
it
otherwise; see FHS.

1
(11) [Ben'], pr. n. m.,
Ch. 15:18.
Other com-
where
J3?l
2 Ch. 3:1,
is
not
ill
explained rfl33?
^njj.
pound proper names are

(a)
(Arab. ^>, Aram.
U^,
N?3
id.
pr.n.
(b)
^X'iB ("son of my sorrow"), \_Ben-oni], given to Benjamin by his mother, Gen. 35:18.
The
material
o/"
which anything
is
Comp. J3$ and JPK.) built is commonly
"HITi? ("son," i.e. "worshipper of Hadad,"or Adodus, the greatest deity of the Syrians;
i Ki. 18:32, nsjrp put in accus. "and he built the stones into an
em^rrns nnM
altar," i.e. erected
compare Macrob. Saturnal.
i.
23, and pr. n. 1.$"]!?.),
an altar out of them. 20:25; Deut. 27:6;
\_Ben-hadad~\, pr.n. of three kings of Damascene Syria; the first of whom made Avar with Baasha, king
of the ten Tribes,
seq.
l
Ki. 15:20, seq., and 2 Ch. 16:2,
the prefix 3 ibid. fin. of place on which one builds (Germ. etroaS bebauen). i Ki. 6: 15; 16:24. (b) with an ace. of person, and
it
(Comp. Lehrgb. p. 813.) Ex. l Ki. 15:22; more rarely Avitt. Constr. also (a) with an ace.
The second was cotemporary with Ahab; he twice besieged Samaria, and by various military achievements, he became more famous than his faThe ther, i Ki. 20: i, seq.; 2X1.6:24, seq.; 8:7.
third, the son of Hazael,
signifies to
him a
stable abode ;
build a house for any one, i. e. to give and figuratively, to cause him
to prosper ; (as to another sense of the phrase, see Jer. 24:6, "I will bring them back into No. 3).
this land,
I will
who
lost
most of the pro:
VWK
6l.
vinces acquired by his predecessors, 2 Ki. 13. " The palaces of B e n-h a d a d," i. e. of Damascus, Jer. 49 27
;
build them up and
D'ry031 DVlK *6l. DW33-1 and not pull them down, I will
Am.
1:4.
nirjli
i. e." I will give them a plant and will not root up," fixed abode and cause them to prosper." Jer. 31 :4,-
Ben-zoheth,
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 4:20.*]
33:7; 42:10; Ps. 28:5.
(Arab. Uj to benefit wry
CXXVIIt
cue.)
(c) followed
by
2,
be occupied in building
any thing, an etnjaS baucn. Neh. 4:4, 11 ; Zee. 6: 15. Compare 3 A, 2, (d), followed by % for, to obstruct. Lam. 3:5, " (God) hath builded against me," obstructed me, i. e. shut up my way on every side, so
cannot go out, comp. ~nj verses 7, 9. tively, to form a person, Gen. 2:22.
that
I
VlJEl (i.q. rWS), [BenaiaK], pr.n.m. (l) i Ch 15:24; 16:5. (3) 2 Sam. 8: 18; (2) i Ch. 27:34. 23:20, 22. (5) 2Sa (4) i Ch. 15:18, 20; 16:5. 23:30; comp. l Ch. 11:31; 27:14. (6) 2 Chr. 311 3-
(7) Eze. ll:l.

T
Figura-
"I
?3 f building, Eze. 4!
3. I'3 ;
T
13.
Root H33.
Com-
(2)
to
Am.
9:14.
restore, rebuild (a ruined house or city), Psa. 122:3, "O Jerusalem, rebuilt!"
pare
I
?3 ("son of the right hand,"
i.e.
of good
Psa. 147:2; Josh. 6:26;
Comp.
J"li3"in
H33 under
1
i"
Ki. 16:34; 2 Ki. 14:22. 12 Used of the fortifica"] ?.

i
1
fortune, as if Felix, see PP* No. 4), pr.n. of Benjamin,
tion of a city,
Ki. 15:17.
n (3) ? JT3 5 2 to build a house for any one is equivalent to, to give him offspring and descendants (see
JV3 No. 8, and NIPHAL No. 3). House is by a common Eastern metaphor applied to family and children, and
he who begets children is said to build a house. Hence J? a son, so called from the idea of building,
i.
simply Jud. 20:39, 4)) whose territory (PP*? 2 !$ Jer. l:l) is described as nearly in the middle of the land on this side Jordan, Josh. 18:21, seq. The warlike dis~IJ$? position of this tribe is signified, Gen. 49:27.
; :
;
the patriarch, the youngest son of Jacob and Rachel. The ancestor of the tribe of the same name (PP'?3 \33 Nu. 1 36 '3 H12S Josh. 2 1 4, 1 7 and pPt"?3 m.
:
begetting. Plaut. Mostell.
e.
The same metaphor

i.
is
carried out in
2, 37.
a gate of Jerusalem, on the north side of the 37 1 3 38:7; Zec.l4MO; prob. the same which is called elsewhere "the gate of Ephraim,"
is
PP?? 2
walls, Jer.
NIPHAL (i) pass. Kal No. i, to be built, Nu. 13: Deu. 13:17; with an ace. of material, l Ki. 6 7. Men are said to be built, when set in a fixed abode and in prosperity (see Kal No.i, b), Jer. 12: 16; Mai. 3:15; Job 22 23. As to another metaphor, see No. 3. (2) pass. Kal No. 2, to be rebuilt, Isa. 44:28.
92
;
: :
comp. Thes. page 141, A, and Faber's Archseologie, LXX. Bci'tayLttV. This word, whenever it 533. denotes the patriarch, is written in one (see PPî 2 ); but the Gentile noun is written separately *3/Pri 2
p.
(comp. Lehrg. 515) l Sa. 9:21 Ps. 7: l,Benjamite, with the art. *3D^rrj3 (like 'EWO TV3) Jud. 3:15;
;
woman is said to be built, if her house is when she has offspring (see Kal No. 3). Gen. 16: 2, HJSD n33S 'SlX perhaps I may be built
(3) a
i.
2Sa.l6:ll. Plur.^p*
built,
e.
^C* TP?
for
TPpI ^
*
\33
Jud. 19:16.
Ellipt.
ES
Sam. 9:1; 2 Sam. 2O:l, and

5
*/-
by
her,"
i.
e. I
may
have children by the aid of

:
this
n?
Sa.
9:4
(like the
j
Arab.
^jj
Becrite, for
handmaid. Gen. 30 3. Derived nouns are, 2 , H3, rV3 3, ]?3, H33D, as well as many proper names, as ^33, *33,
I
;
Abubecrite, from
j*?3 m.
Eze. 40:5.
(i)
j').
building, Eze. 41:12.

9
(2) a
wall
id.)
'330.
^3 ("building"), [Binnui],
(Syr. li^JUi building, Arab.

i.q.
S -<-., .Ux
pr. n. m., of fre-
(i) Neh. 7: 15; compare quent use after the exile Ezr. 2:10. (2) Ezr. 10:30, 38. (3) Ezr. 8:33. 12:8. Neh. 10:10; 3:24; (4)
|T
^3
Ch.
Heb. No.l, Ezr. 5:4.

'3?
("our son," from the scgolate form 49:11), [Beninu], pr.n. m. Neh. 10:14.
^33
Gi.
rV)33 daughters, see H3.
Ch. TO BE ANGRY, INDIGNANT, Dan. 2:12.

pr. n.
*33 (" built"),

(3)
[BanQ
No.l.
of David's heroes, 2 Sa. 23:36.
(i) a man, one (2) l Chr. 6:31.
Often found in Targ.
iCh.9:4np.
(5) see
i<> :
11:22.
'3
(4)Neh. 3:17; 9:4,5; 10:14;

(6) Ezr. 10:29, 34,38;
N^}3 (according to John Simonis, gushing forth"), [Bincd], pr.n. m.

andnjJ3 3id. 8:37.
:
i.
q.
l
a ~OJ33 Chr. 9:4.3,

!
"
Neh. 8:7;
5-
'33 (" built," verbal of Pual), [Bunni], pr.n. m. Neh. 9:4; 10:16; compare M33 Neh. 11:15.
!T33 ("whom Jehovah has built,"

No.l,
("in the familiar acquaintance o/ "a friend of God"), [BesodciaK]. pr.n. m. Neh. 3:6.
Jehovah'"
see the root
b), [Benaiali], pr.n. m. (i) i 01.4:36. (3) Ezr. 10:25, 3<>, 35, 43 (a) 9 Ch. 20:14. (4) see the following name, No. 3, 5.
*D3 [.Besot], pr.n. m. Ezra 2:49; Neh. 7:52

perhaps
i.q.
'V 2 ,
and the Persic
\\>
a sword.
[" Per-
haps, Sanscr. bigaya, victory; also, pr.n.
Bohlen."]
JD-DOI
a spurious root, see
D-13
HITHPOLEL.
prob.
to
to
a root jour, fa u e r
fei)it i.
ot
used in
Hebrew
be
Jon. 2:6. (5) with a verb of protecting, "U?3 t?n pr. to fortify around any one, to surround with a bulwark, Ps. 3 : 4 ; Zee. 12:8.
(4)
q. ~1X'.
Hence Arab.
do any
etn
between (two
things), into,
burd) (etwaS)
among,
t)tn,
jroifdien
1
(efroaS) tjincin/ Joel
2:8;
as
jij'D'I
"U?|
thing too soon, to put on a sour countenance,

faueveS
ejid)t
mad)en.
Hence
Job 15:33, and
"Ip5 with
suff. i"ip?
with a verb of coming, Joel 2:9; looking out, Gen. 26:8; Jud. 5:28. Metaph. (5) pro, for (from the sense of exchanging, see
e. g. to supplicate (see ??SJpn) to make atonement (see ">??), to consult an oracle (Jer. 21:2; Isa. 8:19), to bribe a judge (Job " skin for 6:22)/or any one; Job 2:4,
: ,
lD3 m.
18:5; Jer.
JEth.)i Sam. 7:9; 2Sam. 20 2 1

>
sour and unripe grapes, Isa. 31:29,30; Eze. 18:2. It differs from
collect,
labruscce,
wild grapes, see that word;
LXX.
% ^? %
&OD-13 id. (Ch.
Syr. |','m-s sour grapes.)
skin" (see liy).

fut. ny.3?
see after
CAUSE WATER TO
a root not used in Hebrew.
to
Arab, jju
trN
njnn
this
as
"
(l) pr. TO MAKE TO SWELL, TO SWELL AND BOIL; Isa. 64: 1, DV? the fire maketh the water to boil."
\Jrj
be distant, remote; JEtln. pr. to be another, different hence pret. A. trans. flO I to change, to exchange, 't'DOJ? I * become other, '{}()*'. and
;
(To
answers the Arab.
used of a wound
It appears in Hebrew to other, different. have denoted to be without any thing (opp. to within Hence it) to be near it, by it.
H6Î
As to the kindred swelling up, Ch. NV.3 to boil up. From the idea of swelling root Vjl3, y33 see VJI3.)
and heat the Arabs derive the metaphoric sense of
absorbing, also that of ardently desiring and longing;
and so
(2)
9
also in
to
Hebrew
to
1
:
lyj (comp. No. 2), with suff. Hy_ 3 and Ps. 139: 11, ny.3, Tltf.?, in pause TO?," hy.3, 12.3 îy.3, once Wiyja Am. 9:10, Q?"jJ??, CHy.3 pr. subst. but from the usage of the language, a prep, denoting
;
&
seek,
Isa. 2
ask,
1
to
inquire for.
(Aia.ni. KJJ?,
JL^^s).
2 (twice).
(l) by, near; l Sa. 4: 18, any kind of nearness. "WD T ny| "by the side of the gate," and metaph. because of (comp. A, 7); Pro.6:26, nj'lT nfc'K ny3 By? "^""ty "because of a harlot (he comes) to a
to
NIPHAL (l)pass. of Kal No. l, tobe swollen up, stvell up, and hence to be prominent. Isa. 30:13, noins ny_33 ^S3 as a breach to ri3|b>3
pM
ready
fall,
swelling out
6.
in a high wall."
to be
(2) pass, of Kal No. 2,
sought, sought out,
morsel of bread."
(2) behind, after (Arab, j^c, Jue after, used of
tame).
Obad.
Derivatives,
^ and
1
'
'3
(for '??).
Gen. 7:16, ny.3 nin liD'1 "and Jehovah shut up after him;" Jud. 3:22; Am. 9: 10, Ban N^ nynn -iJHy,! DH_i?n) ev i} w jjj no t come near us, and fall upon us behind us;" 2Ki. 1:2; 2 Sam. 2O:2l,
N^5
fut. NV.3.
Ch.
(i) to seek, with an ace.
(m
Targg. often for the Heb. B'|53) Dan. 2:13; 6:5. (2) to ask, to request from any one; followed by IP Dan. 2: 16; CHi?. Dan. 6: 12, and D7i? i*? Dan. 2:l8;
:
npinn
4:1,
as in
iyî
pro b. for noinn ny.sp

i.
fr0
i.
m
.
1J?3
behind
Kj;3 to ask a petition,

f.
Dan. 6:8.
Hence
the
wall." ?
nysp
"
q.
nys
(like ^
nnrip
q nnp).
Cant.
1^2
Ch. petition, prayer, Dan. 6: 8, 14.
thine eyes are like dove's eyes 'nD^Vi' "TV3P

vail" (not, bajroifdjetf $eror/ from behind, [Germ.] ed. and in Winer, which would be
behind thy
2nd
("torch," "lamp"), [Beor~\, pr.n. (i) of the father of Balaam, Nu. 22:5; Deu. 23:5. LXX. (2) the father of Eewp, BruJp, 2 Pet. 2:15, Bovop.
Bela, king of the Edomites, Gen.
^5
36:32
t*j
Ch.
43.
C3) round " the night is
about;
:
3:23; Lam. 3:7, Hy 3 113 "he has obstructed the way around me" so that I cannot go out. In this
nification
i
Psal. 139:11, -13^3 "I1N light around me," Job l: 10;
TJ/H an unused
fleet.
root.
Arab.
to
be nimble,
sig-
ty
joined (a) with verbs of shutting, as 13D to shut up any thing (pr. to shut around,
it is
lehemite,
to
Sa. l :6; ">X| Gen. 20 18; shut with a seal, seal up, einfageln, Job 9:7
i
.
1f
comp.
(l) a Beth("fleetness"), pr.n. Boaz. who married Ruth, Ru. 2:1, seq. (2) of a pillar erected before the temple of Solomon, s<* called from either the architect, or if perhaps it were an avadnpa, from the donor, J Ki. 7 2 1 ; 2 Ch. 3: 17.
ty_3
:
10
cxxx
Ki
fut.
&3?
(l) TO
TREAD, TO TRAMPLE
their lord,"
but
it
gives a harsh sense; and what

ii
weighs with
me
more, the signification of loathing
Pro. 27: 7), i Sa. 9 29, ~c^ 'flCW ^?-T3 *B3n n ? *rttS " why will ye neglect my sacrifices and offer:
Peal and Pael,id., Syr. | ^>o_=b treading down, leaping; compare the remarks under the root W3). Metaph. TO CONTEMN, TO NEGLECT (conm
DOWN (Ch.
not foreign to the primary power of the verb. For there are also other verbs, in which the sense of subduing, being high over, ruling, is applied to the significaKon of looking down upon, despising, con-
ings which
have commanded?" LXX. iirff^Xeâc. Vulg. "quarc calce abjecistis victvnam meam et muI
temning,
despise;
as
.jyyj^
to subdue, followed
by
<__?
to
,1-^ V.
to
to
be high; Conj.
the wife of, Pro.
I.
to look
down
nera
meaf
to to
upon, to contemn.
NIPIIAI
Isa.
,
kick backward, applied kick, (2) of men against God, Deu. 32: 15. contumacy
to the
become
30 23 metaph.
:
62: 4.
Derivatives ^?3
n?3
r6j?3;
*y? m.
(root
fiJJ3)
prayer, entreaty, Job 30: 24,
r6y?
'JJ3
stretches out the
as radical,
tO "prayers avail nothing, when God hand ;" I regard 3 in the word ^3, and I render the other hemistich " nor in
(i.
S#3
with
with
suff.
^3,
pl. D^J?3,
:
:
const.
$83;
his destruction
e.
sent
by
God) does outcry profit
3 sing. V7J/3 Ex. 21 29, 34, 36; 22:1O 14; Eccl.5:l2; and H^J?3 Job 3 1 39 Eccl.7:12; sometimes used for the singular (like V3T8 his lord,
suff.
;
them."
m., cattle, beasts, so called from their !"ns depasturing, (from the root ~Q?3 No. i ; compare No. 2). Used in the sing, collectively, like the Latin
compare Lehrgb. 663); but with

Est.
l
suff.
pl.
]nV?J$
:17, 20, as a plural.
(i) lord,master, possessor, owner (f" frequent in the Phoenician dialect; see Monumen. Phcen.
p.
kinds of cattle, Ex. 22 14; Num. pecus, pecoris, of all 30:4,8,11; Ps. 78:48; specially of beasts of burden, Gen. 45:17. (Syr. s mark Arab. id.)
;
348"], Aram.
3,
3,^:=>
id.;
Arab.
in the
;
idiom of Arabia Felix, lord, master, elsewhere husband
with Ribbui, the
pi.
Êthiop. rjQ\; compare also Sansc. pala, lord [acUsed of the manter and cording to Lee, Bala~\).
^*j
owner of a house, Ex.
22: 7; Jud.
1Q:22; of a
1:3; of
field,
!^
fut.
?J?3'..
Job31:39; an ox, Ex. 21:28;

(l) TO HAVE
Isa.
money
DOMINION OVER,
TO POSSESS (JEthiop. flOA: much, to be rich; rflOA: rich}. Isa.26:i3, ^JJJW D3'T| wfy| u lords besides thee have o s s e s s e d us ;" fol lowed by p
to possess
j>
a creditor, Deut. 15:2; of the master of a " Lev. 21:4; D?'lJ \^3 lords of the nations," family, Isa. 16 8, said of the Assyrians, the conquerors of
lent,
i.
e.
the nations
according to others, of their princes.
lCh.4:22. (2) to take a unlike jjjl*
to
have dominion over,

id.).
(2) a husband (Arab., Syr., Ch., id. [" compare Sansc. pati, lord, also husband"]), Ex. 21:22; 2 Sa,
1 1
:
26
HL 'X
!
?V_3
to
take a wife (Arab. Jbw, Syr. ^jLî 91:13; 24:1; Mai. 2:ll; Isa. 62:5; part.
plur. majest.
Isa.
Deu.
E'"}-'^
a husband to
one Avho has a wife, Ex. 21:3; 7^3 whom a wife was married in hia
414.
act.
T^3
youth, Joel
l :8. i.q. *roup/2(oe Tronic, II. v.
54:5; part. n^-1J7| thy husband, ibid, l and 7JJ? n?W| she who is married, married to a husband, Gen. 20 3 Deu. 22:22; metaph. used of a land once desolate, now re-inhabited, Isa. 62 -.4.
:
(3) lords of a city, a name given to the inhabitants ; C5P Jud. 9: 2, seq. î?; tJ^J Josh. 24: 1 1
;
; ;
^3
"tP?3 2 Sa.
'3
*
HJ'jJX.
21:12; who also are called in 2 Sa. 2 4, 5, Some moderns incorrectly render it princes,
:
(3)3 '?? prob. D?3 B^3 33K 3

rebellious children
...
to
reject; Jer. 3:14, D33iB' D'33 -13W turn, O ye
loathe,
I
to
nobles, led
perhaps into this mistake by the words,

tej
all
Jud.
also
9:51,1^ $S3
LXX.
DT^l DT^n-b,
ri}(;
for
31 :32,
I
"
they brake
my
have rejected you;" Jer. covenant D3 wj?3 *D3X1 and
TT/ir-fc 01 //youîfroi
iroXeuf.
where But it
all
" should be rendered
the
men and women, and
rejected them;" LXX. Kttyw fifii\r)<rn avrtiv (compare Hebr. 8:9); so also Syr., Abulwalid, and other
ancient interpreters; see Pococke ad Port. Mosis, p.
they of the city," the latter again comprehending the former.

him
(4) lord or possessor of a thing, is often applied to to whom that quality belongs; a common cir-
1O
and compare Arab. J^j followed by
<
>
to
fear, to loathe. In chap. 31, the
may
do, if
it
be rendered "
signification although (^Kl) I was
common
cumlocution for adjectives is thus formf? In the Hebrew (see K*K No. l, k, 3S No. 8), as DJJn ^3 $$ a two-homed ram, Dan. 8:6. 20;
cxxxi
poetically
used of a bird, Ecc.\O:2O; T$> 723 &**

:
is
also referred to tne sun' ].
From
parti
a hairy man, 2 Ki 1 :8; nicfcnn 7y3 a dreamer, one who has dreams, Gen. 37 19 ; D'~!?'; 7J>3 one who has
!
cular cities devoted to his wciship he received particular epithets; such as (a) TV")? /y3 [Baal
berith~], lord
foremiic causes,
Ex. 24:14; comp. Isa.5O:8;
"mas-
ters of
my
covenant, of
my
:
oath," joined in league
and guardian of covenants, worshipped by the Shechemites, Jud. 8:33; 9:4; compare 46,
7y3 master Arith me, Gen. 14: 13; Neh.6:l8; of tongue, charmer, Ecc. 10 1 1 t?B3 7y3 greedy, Pro. " 7 D> ? 83:2; compare 29:22. Pro. 16:22, 73.b> is a fountain of life to its owner," V7JJ3 "
W^n
as if Ztuc opKtor, or Deusfidivs [" According to Movers loc. cit. ' Baal in covenant with the idolaters of
Israel' "]. (b) 3-13? by the Philistines of
1<l
prudence
7^3 [Baal-zebub], worshipped Ekron, as if the fly-destroyer,
endowed with it Pro. 1:19; *7 8 K7 " wickedness does not yen deliver its owner," i.e. the wicked person; Ecc.7:l2; " Prov.3:27, 1^?P 3itry3rr7K withhold no good from its owner," from him to whom it is due, to
i.
e.
to
him who
is
Ecc. 8 8, 1^y.3' n ?
:
OW
like Zevc 'ATTOÛJOC of Elis (Pausan. v. 14, 2), and Myiagrus deus of the Romans (Solin. Polyhist, c. l), 2 Ki. i :2. (c) 1J?f 7y? [Baal-p eor] of the Moabites;
see "Wf.
(6)
thing,
thing,
Inasmuch
it
i.
whom
the needy. i. e. I, (5) With art. 7y3H with pref. 7y33, of Phoeniof idol the name an the KOT' Lord; io-)(iiv,
it
belongs,
i.
e.
is
W&Baa
e.
as- it denotes the possessor of a applied also to the place which has any in which any thing is and is found, and it is
cians, especially of the Tyrians : it was their domestic and principal deity, also worshipped with great devo-
of the same power as 7V3 No. 5. names of tov/ns.
So in the proper
with Astarte, by the Hebrews, especially in Samaria (see rnB^, rnh^y), Jud. 6: 25, seq. 2 Ki. 10: 18, seq. Hence 7y3H IV3 the temple of Baal, i Ki.
tion together
;
town
(a) 7JJ3 i Ch. 4:33; [jBaaJ], perhaps the same as "K<3 npy.3 ("having a well"), on the borders
of the tribe of Simeon. Josh. 19:8. (b) II 7J?3 [Baal- Gad], so called from the worship of Gad (i. e. "Fortune"), situated at the foot of Hermon near the source of the Jordan, prob. i. q.
}1D"in 7J|3 letter
e.
of Baal, i Ki. 18:22,25; 16:32; fen 3|l prophets ?y3n ~)XK> remains of the Avorship of Baal, Zeph. 1:4;
pi. D^>JJ3'n
10:10; iSa. 7:4; 12:1O,
statues of Baal. Jud. 2:ll; 3:7; 8:33; etc. The worship of this
It is
as
some
do, that this city is to
a great mistake to suppose, be sought for where th
God by
7J,'3n5<
other things
is shewn amongst by the Phoenician proper names, as (which see), Jerombalus (7y3"V), and by those
the Phoenicians and Poeni
remarkable ruins of the city of Baalbec or Heliopolis stand: as to which see Thes. p. 225. (c) fan 7jn \_Baal-hamon], ("place of a multitude," i. q. flEX ?V3 sacred to Jupiter Ammon), a town near which Solomon had a vineyard, Canticles
of BfXa/twr (Alexand. BaXa/iwy), is mentioned Judith 8:3. "ten 7^3 (d) [Baal-hazor~\, ("having a village"), a town or village near the tribe of Ephraim,
situated in Samaria, 2
of the Poeni, as Hannibal (7y33n
"grace
of Baal"),
Hasdrubal
(fentg "aid
(7EWlOman
of Baal"), Muthumballes of Baal"), etc. Amongst the Ba-
8:11.
The town
Dylonians the stime deity was called in the manner 73 Belus (see that word) for 7J73
the Tyrians themselves his full
Aramaean
;
amongst
name appears to have
been IV
reth
(i.e.
7y_3
"king" of
rTTj^D (Inscr. Melit. Bilingu.) Malkethe city," for rnj? ^tt), lord
Sam. 13:23; perhaps

(e)
i.
q.
">i^H
Neh. ll 133, in the
tribe of Benjamin.
of Tyre; the Greeks, from some supposed resemblance of emblems, constantly called him (see the cited in-
pO"]n 7V.3
it,
mountain near
(f)
}iy
[Baal-hermon], a town with a at the foot of Hermon, i Ch. 5:23;

b.
Knption) Hercules, Hercules Tyrius; see my more fiii; remarks in Germ. Encyclopaedia, vol. viii. p. 397,
Baal, Bel, Belus. Many suppose (see Miinter, Religion der Babylonier, p. l6,seqq. [" Movers' Phonizier, i. p. 169, seq."]) that the sun itself was
;
Jud. 3:3; compare letter

7J?3
[Baal-meon], ("place of habita-
sec] ., arts.
7S>3 JV3 p.cxvn, A. tion"), see Jiyp
worshipped under this name but that it was not this luminary but the planet Jupiter, as the ruler and
;
?"}? '7S>3 [Baal-perazim'], ("plac? of breaches"), a place or village near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5:20; 1 Ch. 14:11; compare Isa.
11
(g) D
giver
28:21.
(A)
tians
i-f
good fortune, that is to be understood by this name, have sought to shew in Com-
by many arguments
my
I
p h o n,"
ment, on Isa. vol.

p.
ii.
p.
398, seq.
this is
335, seq., and in Encyclop. 1. 1. acceded to by Rosenmtiller, Bibl.

p. 1 1, et
[Baal-zephon~\, ("place of TyTy phon "), a town of the Egypnear the Red Sea, Exod. 14: 2,9; Nu. 33:7
pa?
7J?3
or " sacred to
,
The name
suits
very well the
site
of this city in the
Alterthumskunde,
i. ii.
passim [" Yet
would
?y3
not deny that 7J?3 with certain attributes, as
lQ
uncultivated places between the Nile and the Red Sea, which were regarded as the abode of Typhon or th*
cxxxn
evil
demon of the Egyptians. See Creuzer, in Comment. on Herodotus, i. 22; Symbol.!. 317, seq. 2 Ki. 4:42, the (i) ns&p^ys \Baal-shalisha1i], name of a town, probably situated in the region of nCvE' near the mountains of Ephraim (l Sa. 9:4). 3 [Baal-tamar~\, ("place of palm (i)" ??
1
">T]3),
[Baa I is],
:
pr.n. of a king of the
Ammonites
Jer.
40 14. read D^ya.

JY^'
:
Some
copies with Josephus (Arch. ix. 3)
n"3?J?),
trees"), Jud. 20-33. (I) rrurv $S3(" citizens of
(civitas, i.q. ^/y? No. a, of the form Jn?f, [Baalatlt], a toAvnof the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19:44; rebuilt or fortified by Solomon, iKi. 9:18;
2Ch. 8:6.
Judah"),
2 Sa. 6:2;
a town which is elsewhere called n?J?3 ("city"), and Kirjath-Joarim, compare i Ch. 13:6; see ^J?? No. 2, a.
(7) proper
(a)
!?B3
[[y3 pr.n. of a
iJj/3
(i.
city
|3
beyond Jordan, Nu. 32:3
]
^jUJ),
names of men are

(a)
1
q.
fcOJ?
"son
(l)
of affliction"
l
=
l
[5aa/]
Ch. 5:5.
Q3) 8: 3 O;
9:36.
(b) |?n
[Baanah], pr.n. m. 4:i6.-( 3 )Neh. 3 :4.
Ki. 4:12.
(a)
Ki.
nity"), pr.n. 36:38; l Ch.
?y3 [#aa/-Aanan], ("lord of benig(a) of a king of the Edomites, Gen. l of a royal officer, i Ch. :49; (ft)
(2)
!3 (id.), [Baanah'], pr.n. m. (l) 2 Sa. 4:8. 283.23:29; iCh.n:30. (3)Ezr.a:3; Neh.
7:7; 10:28.
l-? filt.1^3* (l) pr. TO FEED UPON, TO EAT UP, TO CONSUME, see PIEL and HipmL No. i, and
V f
27:38.
j3
Chald.
i.
q.
Hebr.
3
this
lord, master.
As
to
yp 7y3 see which see.
Dytp.
From
form
is
contracted ^3
"VJJ? cattle,
so called from depasturing (Syr. ;-.v> to
30
root
l
83],
f-
(l)
mistress; IV3n
glean, to gather a bundle ; J;_i
o>^ gleaning, gathered
Metaph. possessed of, endued with Miy thing; 3itf"TvJ?3 having a familiar spirit (see 31X); D'Sw'? npyn. "a sorceress," Nah. 3:4. (a) collect, civitas i. q. D vJJ3 cives (see ?3 No.
Ki. 17:17.
3),
bundle).
(2) Specially, to
consume with fire (comp. ??N

;
No.
2), to
burn
p(Ch.~iJJ3 to burn; PAEL, to kindle).
Psa. 83:15,
TCTSFI C N?"as
followed
the fire
:
burneth
like ri? daughter, for D'?3.
thus explain [Baalah],
the pr. n. of two cities, of which one (a) was situated in the northern part of the tribe of Judah (Josh.
15:9;
Ch. 13:6), called also
rnw? 'k? ("inhabi-
" wood;" commonly by 3 Job 1 16, the fire of God fell from heaven, D^?? ]K'*3 1J/3R1 and burned up the sheep and the young men." Num. 11:3; Ps. 106:18; Isa. 42:25; Jer. 44:6; Lam. 2:3;
2
tants of Judah," see ^3 No. 6 letter /), Dn^ rVTp (which see) and ?y3~n*"}j5; and it appears to have given its name to Mount Baalah (Josh. 15:11) in the same region, but situated nearer to the sea. (b)
another, situated in the southern part of the same tribe, Josh. 15:29; and it appears to be the same
also, to
kindle, 153.30:33.
(a) to be
consumed with
burn
as
fire,
Elsewhere, intrans. fire, Ex. 3:3; Isa. l :.3l

Jer.
9:17-
(b) to
20:9; pitch,
Isa.
Isa.
34:
9; a coal, Eze. 1:13; applied to anger,

Psa. 79:5; 89:47. (c) to be kindled. " na'SO
like
30:27; Hosea 7:4,
elsewhere called H73 Josh. 19:3, and nn73 1 Ch. 4: 29, and is attributed to the Simeonites ; comp. Sj?3 No. 6, a.
which
is
an oven rn#3 kindled by the baker;" kindle up as a coal, Ps. 18:9; and metaph anger, Ps. 2:12; Est. l 13. (3) denom. from 1*y3 to be brutish, Jer. 1O:8.
also, to
:
Part.
l
in
(civitates, see npy? No. 2) [Bealoth, loth"], pr. n. of a town in the south of Judah,
'?
Dny)3 brutish men, Psa. 94:8; fierce, Eze

to
21:36.
NIPHAL,
17.
Josh. 15:24; different from n
^3
verses 9,29.
cares
become brutish,
nvy.
Isaiah 19:11, 'TJjn?

ty.3 inf.
to
Jer. 10:14, 21; 51: "counsel is become
yiy?^?
for,"
("
whom
the
Lord has known and

pr. n.
1
brutish."
PIEL
(1)
compare JH'^?), [Beeliadah],

i
of a son
^3
fut.
iyy.
Isa.
of David,
Ch. 14:7; called a Sa.5: 16 in? ?*!
("God
kno\yeth").
depasture a field, a vineyard, 5:5; followed by 3 Ex. 22:4.
3:14-
T7X3
pr. n.
m.
("whom Jehovah rules"), [BealiaK],

Ch. 12:5.
(i-q
(2) i.q. Kal No. 2, to kindle, as fire, Exod. 35:3; wood, Lev. 6:5; also, to burn, to consume, Neh. 1O 35; Isa. 44: 15; 40:16; 3 B^ -\S>_3 to set fire to am
thing, Eze. 39:9, 10.
O^B.
If
"son
of exultation," see
cxxxm
1
(3) to take away, to remove, to exterminate. " and the remnant of the Sodomites Tl?3 Ki. 22 147,
(i. q.
rnpg
IV3
house" or "tempi*
plXn'IP he
removed
in
from the land." 23:24;
Deu. 26:13,
14; 2 Sa. 4:11; 2 Ki.
2 Ch. 19:3.
The
of Astarte," see page xc, B), [JBeeshterah']. pr.a of a city of the Levites, situated in the tribe erf Manasseh, beyond Jordan, Josh. 21 :27;
called
l
cus-
Deuteronomy, when the punishment of death is commanded, is this, ^T?!? SHH fl")y? "thou shalt take away this wickedness from amongst you," Deu. 13:6; 17:7; 19:19; 21:21; 22:21, 24; 24:7; or^N-tb^D Deu. 17:12; 22-22; compare Jud. 20: 13, (As 'to the synonymous phrases of Exodus, Leviticus, and Numbers, see the root J"n3). Isa. 6:13, "yet a tenth part shall remain in the land, "V.3.V nivrn. n3B>1 and this shall again be exterminated." Nu. 24:22, ppiyn ? rvrp theKenites shall be exterminated." " when the Lord shall have washed away Isa. 4:4, of Zion ...Pin?* BBBte nVT3 the filth of the
tomary phrase
1
Chron. 6:56;
i.
nhWJ?.
to
As
'inr^3,
Fiisius (in
i\>
Annal. Philol.
147) has
of late compared Gr.
But in Josh. loc. cit. rnn^TJg Astarte's"(sc. house, or temple), but it is pr

place, put in the nominative.
Kpoiaov, kv AitJc (sc. ok-w). cannot be rendered " in

.
n.
of a
or
to fear, to
a root nqt used in Kal.
Syriac
PIEL
rij?3
fut.
be afraid, to dread. njD* (i) TO FRIGHTEN, TO TER-
"V.3
daughters with the spirit of judgment and with the spirit of extermination," i.e. by judging and extermithe wicked by his spirit, or his divine power.
nating
Constr. also followed
RIFY, only poet. Ps. 18:5; Job 3:5; 6:4; [subst.] 7:14; 9:34; 13:11,21; 15:24; Isa.2l:4.
(2)
rrtrr.
nO
suddenly
to
by '1QK, as implying that one who exterminates and expels another, follows and
pursues after
1
upon
"there suddenly carne n^J nn him an evil spirit sent from Jehovah ;" verse 15.
come upon any
one.
183.16:14,
WTO
(Arab.
^^Ju
to
come suddenly,
III. to
to
happen unexpect*-^.~
Tfl L "$3'. house of Jeroboam, as
W>rt 1 Ki. 14:10, "JVn *in him. " 1^? D V 3 3J and ! wil1 exterminate the
dung
is
edly, with an ace.
attack unexpectedly ;
&M
cast out."
Ki.2l:2l.
suddenly.)
PUAL, HIPHIL
82:5.
to be
kindled, of a furnace, Jer. 36:22. No. i, Ex. (i) to depasture, i. q. PIEL

Ex. 22:6;
to
NIPHAL,
followed
to be
by *3SP
f.
frightened, terrified, Dan. 8:17, 1 Ch. 21 =30; Est. 7:6. [Hence]
nnj;l
burn,
ace. Eze.
error, Jer. 8:15; 14:19.

pi-
(2) i.q. PIEL No. 2, to kindle,

to
5:2; Jud. 15:5. With the addition of B>K3 2 Ch. 28:3; 3 V$ -T?3n to put
burn up, with an
DTlJDm.
t*J3
terrors, Ps. 88:17; Job 6:4.
(from the root KV3), m.
mud, mire, Jer.38:22.
fire to
any thing, Jud. 15:5,

i.q.
init.
11^3 (from the root FV?),

fol-
(3)
PIEL No.
lowed by nq Derived nouns, besides the three which

immediately, are
"VJJ3,
remove, to exterminate, iKi. 16:3.

3, to
n<
40:21.
PL with
:l l
suff.
f. a marsh, Job 8; 11 ; Vri&&3 by an incorrect read-
ing of Eze. 47
for ^n'VVS.
follow
$-?^ an(i P1 n
'-
"
-
'
11
^?-
lj/? m. pr. stupidity, but always concr. stupid, brutish, like cattle; used of men, Ps.49: ll ; 73:22; Pro. 12:1; 30 2. Comp. the root No. 3, and NIPHAL.
:
*V5 (prob. i.q. *D3 which see), \_Bezai], pr.n. of a man, Ezr. 2:17; Neh. 7:23; 10:19.
"VX3 (from
Levit.
the root IV? No.i),m.
26:5;
Isa.
24:13; 32:10;
i.
Jer.
(l) vintage, 48:32.
N??5
in verse
("foolish"), [-Baara], pr.n. f. iCh.8:8; 9 written BO.'n, by a manifest [tianscriptural]
No.
(2) adj. inaccessible, high, 2, Zee. 11:2 np.
q."V!^3 see the root
'?~
burning ; specially used of oc rain Ex. 22:5. Compare root No. 2.
y.
f.
an unused
root,
i.
q.
?V3
Arabic
A^j
to
afield,
peel; comp. the remarks under ">3.
Hence
JT1?y3
and
to
an unused
evil, to displease.
root.
Ch. BT23
i.
q.
^X3
be
7^3
only in
pi.
:
QvV? onions, Nu.

a
11:5.
Syriac
Hence
Arab.
pr.n. of a king of Israel from the year 952 to 930, B.C., i Ki. 15:16, seq.; chap. 16; 2 Ch. 16 i, seq. ; Jer. 41 :g.
:
^V *3 Baas ha,
1$T&
nT
J^j
id.
Ccaipare quadril
(i.e.
TO "work of Jehovah"), pr.n.
5</V3
(" in
the shadow," L
aê/],pr.n.m.
(2) Ezr. 10:30.
e. protection, "of (i) Ex. 31; 2; 35:30.
n.
Ch. 6:25; see the root HK^.
CXXXIV
1
(" a
>f
a man, Ezr.
making naked"), [5a*/u*Al pr.n. 3 2:52; written in Neh. 7:54, ny

.
Well rendered by the LXX. [Hence the two following]
in Deut. it
^3
flit.
VV?'
(l)TO CUT IN PIECES, TO BREAK.

J>
1
to (Ch. yV3 to cut, to divide as bread; Syriac >*k_S ^sc break; Arab. *_^> to cut, to cleave, to cut off;
L.
y*3 m. dough, so called from its swelling up; although used of the lump also before it is leavened. Ex. 12:34,39; 2Sa. 13:8; Jer.7:i8.
^pV^
<Uî'),
("stony," "elevated ground," Arab.

pr. n.
:
part, piece.
Kindred
:
is
VV?
to
wound, comp.
[Bozkath, Hoscath],
;
of a town
oil
under ~i3.)
Amos
9 l ," smite the capitals of the
columns, D?3 E'N13 Dy^-tand
break them in pieces,
Judah, Josh. 15:39 x.4, i)

(l) TO
2 Ki. 22
Josephus (Arch.
(so that they may fall) upon the heads of all." DyV? for BJJV3. Intrans. to be wounded, Joel 2:8, of locusts [?], " they rush among the swords, WV?? K? they shall not be wounded." This is better than,
CUT OFF, TO CUT AWAY

;
(Syr.
Pael to shorten, diminish

low.
)w^s
diminished, small,
"
they do not break off," sc. their course. (a) to tear in pieces, to spoil, pr. used of ene-
mies, Hab. 2:9; Psalm 10:3; hence the phrase, y^'3 " to get gain," is applied to private individuals
Kindred roots are ^V?, yV?, comp. the remarks on the power of the syllables T3, }*3, f*3, under the roots NT3, HV3, comp. "H3 I, i.) It commonly refers to grapes and the vintage, and it is equivalent to, to
y|
;
gather
intent on unjust gain,
Germ.
clb fdjnctben.
and who despoil others; comp. Part. V| IK 3 Pro. l :ig; 15:
the vintage of grapes, with an ace. Lev. 25:5, Part. ll; of a vineyard, Deut. 24:21; Jud. 9:27. IjpS "grape gatherer," Jer. 6:9; pi. DHV 13 "grape
27 Jer. 6:13; 8:1O. Inf. Eze. 22:27. and A. Schult. Opp. Min. page 61.
PIEL y*3
fut.
Comp.
^T3
cut off; Isa. 38:12, h e (God) cutteth me off from the '3y.-y?; rrîp thrum;" a metaphor taken from a weaver who cuts off the finished web from the thrum, Job 6 9.
y-VT
(i)
to
:
gatherers," metaph. used of enemies preparing destruction, Jer. 49 :Q Obad. 5 comp. ">*>'?. Metaph. he will cut off the Psal.76:l3, DTH n-n -ft?? spirit (break down the pride) of princes."
; ;
(2) i.q. Kal No. 2, one, Eze. 22:12.
to
tear in pieces,
to
spoil any
restrain, ivithhold (seeNiPHAL and n~i>*2) So Part. pass. ^'3 inac~ cessible, used of very high walls, Deu. 28:52; Isa
(2)
to to
make inaccessible.
"1-1
(3) to perfect, complete, finish, e.g. the temple, Zee. 4:9; used of God, who executes his work, i. e.
judgments and punishments on the wicked, Isa. lO:l 2; fulfils a promise, Lam. 2:17. Hence
in
pause
Wl,
with
suff.
$>'?
2:15; of an inaccessible wood, Zec.ll 2 a'ro; of cities very strongly fortified, Nu. 13:28; 0011.3:5; Josh. 14:12; 2 Sa. 20:6; Isa. 25:2; Deu. 1:28. Metaph. " hard to be understood," Jer. 33:3. (3) to cut out, dig out, used of metals, see ~>V?NIPHAL pass, of Kal No. 2, to be restrained, hin:
(1) rapine,
prey
enemies, Jud. 5:19; applied to the rapine of kings and nobles who despoil a people, Jer. 22:17; Eze. 22:13, and hence
(see the root No. 2), prop, of Jer. 51:13; Mic. 4:13, also
dered, difficult, inaccessible to any one, followed by IP. Gen. 11 :6, riSflBJj -IDP "&$ V'3 DHD 1>;3 j6 "nothing will be too hard for them which they purpose doing;" Job 42:2.
PiELcausat. of Kal No. 2,
to
(2) to any nnjust gain whatever, whether acquired from bribes (l Sam. 8:3; Isa. 33: 15), or by
render a defence inac-
other frauds (Isa. 57:17); Ex. 18:21; Pro. 28:16;
cessible, Jer. 51 :53, also simply to fortify, to rebuild a wall, Isa. 22: 10.
and even (3) an!/ ffain, Isa. 56:11; Eze. 33:31; yV5"-"lD " what profit is it?" Gen. 37 26 Job 22 3 Ps. 30 10.
: ; :
The derived nouns
follow
immediately, except
2 Job
X|l m.
ersCJrj)/
36: 19,
i.q. ">V3,
which
see.
an unused
little
*r
.
root.
Arab.
it
's
to flow out -s- -*
(l) ore of gold and silver (clbs un> the metal in a rude state, as it is dv/j o\A
1'rom m,
cutti.ig
by
little,
to trickle as water,
from mines, or cut out; so called

breaking (Ps. 76:13),
like the
or
i- little
water.
Hence f3, n-3.
Arab. Jj native gold

fire
re SWELL UP, hence used of the urs'jxl Deut. 8:4; Neh. bit, TO BECOME CALLOUS, r.
:
or silver before
s-<-
it
has been wrought by
or
tbfl
hammer, jLj
n.
unit, a particle of such gold, from
cxxxv
-J
off.
i.q.
"W
II.
to break,
VIIL
the
to
be cut
off,
broken
ites
word used by \vorkers Job 22:24, TQjfa J"PB> "1V3 "lay precious metals on the dust." In the PI. verse 25, '"W njrq of other hemist.
Comp. Germ,
brcdicn/
see
of metals of digging them.
was identical with Buzrah of Auranitis or Hauran; Comment, on Isa. loc. cit., Burckhardt's Travt Js in Syria, Germ. edit. p. 364, seq. Yet I cannot but assent
urged to the contrary by Raumer,
loc. cit."
to the reasons
Ophir. gold the Almighty shall be to thee as precious metals;" in the other hemist. nteyin f)D3. Alsc ">V? in pause "IS? 3^:19? which has the
Hitzig,
and Robinson,
Ges add.]
T^V 3
"and
fn3
9:12.
J*
v
-
m. fortified place, strong-hold, Zech.
Jb
same meaning.
have defended
this excellent
exp.
Abulwalid more planation of this obscure word out of at length in Thes. p. 230, where see. Winer regards
it
17:8.
fem restraint, sc. of rain, drought, Jer. LXX. appall a. PL nVvS3 (compare Lehrgeb. Some incorrectly refer to thii 600) Jer. 14:1.
-
to
be a particle of native gold or

6-t.
silver, called
from
'"H'S? Ps-
9 1O
:
-
10:
1,
in
which the 3
is servile.
being cut
off;
compare iLJ a
particle of gold.
But
it
||:- m
19:1,10.
fto^fyvXr),
(0
<>
a bottle, so called from the sound

(see PP.3), l Ki. 14:3; Jer,
f
makes when emptied

(Syr.
appears to have overlooked that the notion of particle does not spring from the root, but
this learned
man
UQJ^^S
and Greek
fldfi/3v\oc.
also so called
PP.3,
from the sound.
from
gold
i'^J
is
being a noun of unity.

particle
So from
-
Compare
under the root
^gsj a
aj..J
and piece of gold, from
Maltese bakbyka.) (2) \_Bakbuk~], pr. n. m. Ezr. 2:51; Neh. 7:55.
straw,
a piece of straw; however these feminine
Tp\p- ("emptying,"
vah"), 9,25-
i.e.
wasting,
"of Jeho-
[Bakbukiah~\) pr.n.m. Neh. 11:17; 12:
forms do not always signify a part or particle. (a) of a Levitical town in the (2) \_Bezer~\, pr.n.
Reuben, which was one of the cities of refuge, Deut. 4 43 Josh. 20:8; 2 1 36. Vulg. Bosor. (b) m. i 011.7:37.
tribe of
:
"in PIP. 3 i. q. "wasting of a ijP5p3 (perhaps n. mountain"), [Bakbakkar"], pr. in. l Ch. 9: 15.
*jp3
(l) a fold, sheep-fold, so called from its in, restraining, see the root No. 2, comp. keeping ^99 from N?3. Chald. JVlMf3 a parted place, a chamber. Mic. 2:12. (2) a fortified place, i.q. ^SSD, hence pr.n. Bozra,
f.
34:22.
[Bukki], (i. q. -H'!??.), pr.n. m. (2) iCh. 5:31; 6:36.

l
(i)
Num.
}rVjp3
("wasting inflicted by Jehovah"),

Ch. 25:4, 13.
PI.
[Bukkiati], pr.n. m.
JTp? m.
D^P.3 chinks, fissures, Amos 6:

Root V53.
yp_3?
inf.
ll; Isa. 22:9.

fut.
a chief city of the Edomites, Isa 34:6; 63: i Jer. As it 49:13, 22; Amos 1:12; comp. Gen. 36:33. can hardly be doubted [see note below] that this is
;
with suffix
Dj;p3_(i) TO
CLEAVE ASUNDER, TO DIVIDE.

7
(Closely allied to
Bo<r-pa, Bostra Arabics of the Romans, it is of remark that it was situated not in the worthy ancient and proper region of the Edomites, of which
the
same as
Vi?3
and Syr. î^ss. The signification of cleaving and opening, as proceeding from striking (see P3N in the syllable p3, pQ ""133). is also found as inherent
Petra, or Sela, Avas the metropolis, but in Auranitis, to which the Edomites appear to have extended their
in the kindred roots n^S, lp.3, 1?3). Specially to cleave wood, Ecc. 10:9; tae sea ( use d of God), Exod.
n 1Y?
borders (compare Lam. 4:21). Once (Jer. 48:24) is attributed to the Moabites, and the same city
for
14: 16; to rip
up women with
child,
Amos
1:13; to
wound on the
to
may
See
p.
my Comment, on Isa. 34:7
a while have been in the power of Moab. Burckhardt's Travels,

;
open
to
shoulder, Eze. 29:7. To rend a city, or oneself, is said of him who takes it by
1
364 38$, and von Richter, "Wallfahrten im Morgenlande, p. i8l. " There can scarcely be a doubt that it was [Note.
the
storm; 2 Ch. 32: l, vj> DJJpn ? ~\^\ "and he thought to take those cities by storm ;" 21:17. [" Followed by 3 to cleave into or through any thing, to break
same with el-Busaireh

and
;
(y
_.^vll
dimin. from
Petrsea,
l-a) Busrah), a village
castle in
Arabia
south east of the

ii.
Dead Sea
See Robinson's Palest.
p.
57-
formerly held that Bozrah of the
Edom-
through, 2 Sa. 23:16; l Ch. 11:8."] (2) to cleave and open anything shut, so that Avhat is shut in may be liberated and break fosth; Isa. 48:21, "he clave the rock, the waters oush'd Hence it is construed ev n with out;" Jud. 15:19. an ace. of that which comes forth, Ps. 74: lj,
pp-pp
burst
cxxxvi
was
situated,
nj|i53
?O " thou hast made fountains of streams to rorth." Compare NIPHAL, PIEL No. 3 and Gr.
fl33?n
Gen. 1 1 2 comp. Eze. 3:23; ^7 l, 2 "the valley of Lebanon," used of the

:
ohyvvai cuKpva, irqyac, to emit tears, fountains. (3) a bird is said to cleave eggs, when by sitting
Isa. 34:15. upon them she hatches the young. Followed by 3 to cleave into or through any thing, a Sa.23:l6; l Ch. 11:18. NIPHAL (l) passive of Kal No. i, to be cleft asunder, to cleave and open itself, as the earth, Nu. 16:31; Zech. 14:4; also to be cleft, rent, Job 26:8; 32:19; 2 Ch. 25:12; to be taken by storm
plain at the foot of Hermon and Antilibanus, at the rise of Jordan, Josh. 11:17; 1 2 7 and not tne valley between Libanus and Antilibanus, Coelesyria of
: 5
Strabo,
Ard
el
Buka
c'iJ\ ^c,\ (land of vallies
Other regions are called from towns near them, as 1H3!? nj?P.3 2 Ch. 35:28; irrv. '3 Deu.
of the Arabs.
34:3.
id.)
(Syriac
Arabic *_Jj,
and
as a city, 2 Ki. 25:4; Jer. 52:7. (a) passive of Kal No. 2, to be

fountains, Gen. 7:11.
forth, Isa.
opened, used of
sel;
also applied to water 35:6; Pro. 3:20; to light, Isa. breaking 58 8. Comp. syn. ~>I?S, 1^3, 133, in which the sense of rending is also applied to the thing which breaks forth.
it is
:
But
(l) TO
;
POUR OUT, TO E M p T r, prop, a ves^gj onomatopoetic from the

like the Pers.
seep^3p 3. (Arab,
bottle
sound of a
when emptied,
^Jilc
is,
(3) pass, of Kal No. 3, to be hatched, to come out of the egg; used of a young viper, Isa. 59:5. (4) As things which are violently shaken together
gulgul, Engl.
to bubble.
In the Maltese bakbak
to
bubble, boil up, as water, like the
Arab.
are cleft and broken asunder, it is hyperbolically used of the earth as struck and shaken, l Ki. l :4O.
bokka, a bubble of water, bakbyka, bekbyka, a bottle ;

(a) to compare also JN3, J?3j;3 p-13.) Figuratively empty a land, depopulate it, Isa. 24: i to despoil, Jer. 19:7, to pillage the inhabitants, Nah. 2:3. (ft)
;
;
PIEL
Ji!>3 fut.
ym\
(i)
i.
q.
Kal No.
i, to
cleave,
as wood, Gen. 22:3; a rock, Ps. 78:15; women with child, 2 Ki. 8 : 12 15: 16.
;
to rip
up
rnirv r\y~r\X 'np3 "I
-will
empty,
or
pour out
the
(a)
to
rend,
q.
Lq.
tyi?.
i.
(3)
to tear in pieces, like wild beasts, Hos. 13:8; 2Ki. 2:24. Kal No. 2, to open, to cause to break
counsel of Judah," i. e. I will make them void oi counsel. Compare Niphal, Isa 19:3.
(2) intrans.
to be
poured
out,
to be
l,
spread wide,
\3$
forth streams from a rock, Job 28:10; streams, Hab. 3:9; wind, Eze. 13:11, 13. (4) i. q. Kal No. 3, to sit upon eggs, and hatch
the young, Isa. 59:5.
used of a spreading tree; Hos. 10:
P23
" a wide
spreading
vine;"
LXX.
upireXof
tvK\rjârovcrai
PuALVj?3 to be cleft, rent,3osh. 9:4; to be ripped up, Hos. 14:1; i. q. Niphal, to be taken by storm,
as a city, Eze. 26: 10.
Vulg. frondosa. NIPHAL p?3 inf. piSH- fu t. pty. (i)pass. of Kal No. l,a, Isa. 24:3. (2) pass, of No. l, b, Isa. 19:3, the spirit of Egypt shall be 131-50 Dnyp n-11 nj533 from her out i.e. she shall be altomidst," poured
;
HIPHIL
to
(i)i. q.
Kal No.
:
i, to
open a
city,
i.
e.
take it by storm, Isa. 7 6, (a) Followed by ?N to break through to one, compare Kal No. 4, 2 Ki. 3 26.
:
any
i?3J gether bereft of understanding and prudence; is for nj533 Lehrg. 372. POEL pp.'IS i. q. Kal l,a, to depopulate, Jer.5i :2. Derived nouns are p-13?? and pr.n. n*p.3p.3, 'p.%
l
"
HOPHAL
HITHPAEL,
The
Vi?3n pass, of Hiphil No. l, Jer. 39: 2. to be rent, cleft, Josh. 9: 13; Mio. 1 14. derivatives immediately follow, except J^P. 3.
not used in Kal prop.
i.
q.
Arab.
Jb
to
half a
shekel.
m. a half, so called from dividing, specially Gen. 24:22; Ex. 38:26.

Chald. Dan. 3:
pi.
The nocleave, to open, kindred to the root "O3. tion of cleaving and opening in this root is applied
(l) to
ploughing (compare
armentum, as
if
tjhn,
nns, 1VIJ):
whence
PP.3
^3
aramentum, oxen.
l,
i.
q.
Hebr.
if
forth and arising of light; see (a) to the breaking
a cleaving and separation of mountains), opp. to mountains, Deut. But :>l; Ps. 104:8; to hills, Isa. 41 18. 8:7;
nty3,
f.
a valley (as
Kal and Niphal No.
3. f f
<>
(3) to the sense of
asking, inquiring (Syr. ;_ors

9
.
more
often
plain (LXX.
a plain country, widely extended vtli.v), e.g. that in which Babylon
to inquire, to investigate, j^Qî and J^JDCLO inquiry, searching out), also that of to look at, to inapt -it
So in
ppa-ip
l),
CX XXVII
1i?3
ppa-ypa
11K morning light, 2 Sa. 23:4.
\
to look at PIEL "13. (ij to inspect diligently, Lev. 13: 16, ?T3 (compare anything; followed by ? Followed by 3 to look at Lev. 133. J\3 No.
In ace. adv.
Ps. 5:4;
in
the morning (like the Arab.

often
<o),
more
27
with pleasure (compare 3 No. 4, a), Ps. 27:4. to take care of, with an ace. (2) to look after,
5:6.34:11, 12.
(3)
to to
sider,
(4) to
look at, contemplate withthe mind,toconthink on, 2 Ki. 16:15; Pro. 20:25. animadvert on anyone, to punish him;
follow immediately.
compare
Ml the derivatives
1733 in the morning, Gen. 19:27; and poetically 1i7.3? Ps. 30:6; 59:17, which is elsewhere T?3 1J| Deu. 16:4; Ps. 1 30 6. Distributively 1733 1,533 Ex. 16:21; 30:7536:3; Lev.6:5; Tg3^ 123? I'ch.g: 27; D'll?? Ps. 73:14; 101:8; Isa.33:2; Lam. 3:23; Dî?3? Job 7 18, every morning; metaph. in the morning, i. e. dawn of prosperity, Job 11:17. (2) Specially the next morning, Ex. 20:34; Lev.
: :
Ch. not used in Peal.

1
to
PAEL I??; pi. Vig?; fut. Tg3*: inf. nn,?? to search, search for, to examine, Ezr. 4:15, 19; 6: i, folEzr. 7:14. ITHPAEL, pass. Ezr. 5:17.
>J>
19:13; 22:30; Nuin.9:12; Jud.6:31, V? 3nj 1B>N " whoever will T?-^""^ riCV plead for him, let him be put to death before to-morrow morn ing" (Vulg
"anfafuamluxcrastinavauat;"
LXX. ?wc irpwi ). Hence
lowed by
Ex. 21 37 "1p3 comm. (m. masc. or whether bos, (1)

:
f.
Job
14).
fern.,
bull or cow, so
5 the word ); an ^ Ex. 16:7; Nu. 16:5 (comp. verse 16), i. q. 17.33 i Sam. 19:2; used for presently, Ps. 5:4 (in the former hemistich); 90:14; 143:8; 1^3?
to-morrow,
i.
q.
in? (compare
^v
adv. to-morroic,
called
ploughing (see the root No.i), like armentum, according to Varro, De L.L. iv. 19, qs. ara-
from
id.,
Ps. 49:15.
its
i"Tnj53 (with
Kamet^ impure, prob.
inf.
Aram,
in
s~-
mentum, and Arab. JL, according to Damiri, so called because it breaks up the ground with the plough (see
Bochart, Hieroz.
i.
Pael), f. care, looking after, Eze. 34: 12; the root Piel No. 2.
compare
1'rom the cloven hoofs"].
280), ["or according to Ewald In pi. Amos 6:12; Neh.
f.,animadversion,punishment, correction, see the root Piel No. 4, Lev. 19:20.
10:37; 201.4:3.
notes
In
all its
other occurrences
s
it
detion of to
id.,
search
^?H.
a root not used in Kal. In the significa(see Piel) it answers to the Arab.
t-'H? to
(2) collect, oxen, cattle,
herd (Arab. jy
9
pf
S
with the noun of unity
t^-jÛ, Ch.
to
inquire into, to examine, kindred

Its
5, one ox, Syr. Jôrs herd, prop, used of oxen, but also xised in a wider signifi" 1 x ^ herds cation of other herds compare 3). "^-l ! and flocks (of sheep and goats), Gen. 12: 16; 13:5;
|
which
is
primary power appears to be

'
'
;
i?.
that of touching, feeling, Syriac }Â.AA^ a touching compare &&% to feel fc'^'i? to search for, as done bj
;
20:14.
is
opposed to lit? nB> and !&). Ex. 21:37, signifying one ox (compare "if any one steals one ox pit?) ... ofe 1J53 nBton.
is
Deu.32:l4,->[?2 nw?n joined (a) with numerals, and
m ilk
touching.
Const, absol. 2 Ki. K'j53 (i) to seek for. of and with an ace. thing, Gen. 37 15, 1 6 2:17; pers. 1 Sa. 10: 14; followed by ?, to search into any thing,
of kine."
It
PIEL
*Wn
nnri he shall restore
him
five
one;" Nu. 7:3, 173 l^JJ \3^ ; verse 17, (i) with pi. verbs and adjectives, 2 Sa. 6:6, 1730 "I^Pf? ^? " for the oxen were restive;" 1 Ki. 5:3, and these
oxen for n.^ T?3
this
may be
feminine if cows are intended; Job 1:14; Gen. 33: 13; 173-|3 *?$ a bull-calf, Lev. 9 2 ; H^V 17? Isa. 7: 21, and simply T^'JS Gen. 18:7, 8, of a
:
Job 10:6; different from this is 6611.43:30, K'i;??^ JYI337 "he sought for a place of weeping," he sought where he might weep. There is sometimes added a dative of benefit V?, 1 Sam. 28:7; Lam. 1:19, with which addition it has also the sense of to choose(\i$ etn>a au3fud;en)/ to seek for oneself, i Sa. 13: 14; Isa
king's face, i.e. to
calf;
used of denom. 1?.13.

TV
pl-
artificial
oxen,
Ki. 7 29.
:
Hence the
Q '~!73.
(l)
[" and oven before
light,
morning, daybreak, dawn Ruth 3: 14"], so called from

see
the breaking forth of light;
the
root No.
2.
(Arab.
<o,
<j id.;
compare the root "Q3 No.
i).
(a) to seek, the 40:20; comp. Eze. 22:30. Specially go to the king, to wish to go to him, iKi. 10:24; especially to make a petition, Pro. 29:26. to go to God, espe(b) to seek the face of God, pr. 2 Sam. 12: 16; Ps. 24:6; 27:8; cially with prayers, 105 3 to inquire at an oracle, 2 Sa. 2 1 i to appease c g3 Ex. (c) ninp-X 33:7; him, Hos. 5: 15. Id. is to be heard by God, Deu. to 2 Ch. 20 4. ^V9 Opp. 4:29; Isa. 65:1. ninj H??3& the worshippers oi
:
]TO-n&'p2
Jehovah, Ps. 40: 17; 69:7; 105:3;
Isa.
cxxxvni
51:1.
Comp.
"G Am.5:ll;
m.
8:6; Ps. 72:16, elsewhere "13
office
(a) to seek, to strive after, to try to get, e.g. the of priest, Nu. 16: 1O; lying, Ps. 4:3; love, Pro. 17:9.' Karely followed by <>, Pro. 1 8 i ; 'D C>B3 e g3
:
(i) corn, pr. cleaned from chaff ^compare Jer. 4:11), such as is laid up in the barn and is sold, Gen. 41:35, 49; Prov. 11:26; Joel 2: 24; once used 5
subst.
-^
to lay snares for
Ex. 4:19; l Sa. 2O: i 88:23; 23:15; aSam.4:8; 16:11; once in a good
any
one's
life,
of grain growing in the
fields,
Ps. 65: 14.
(Arab, j
wheat;
farina).
to
this also
answers the Lat. far, whence

See Ch. No.IL
sense, to take pains for preserving any one's trn Ps. 142:5). 'B 89: 10 (compare
life,
Pro.
C?JP.3
V2&
njn
(2) field, country, Job 39:4.

I-
to
seek or plan any one's 94:10; Ps. 71:13, 24; ^
evil
Followed by a gerund, to 1 Sa. 19:2, ^n<pr6 'ax fcB? efcao Saul, my father seeketh to kill thee;" Ex. 2:15; 4:24; with an inf. Jer. 26:21.
or destruction; \ Sam. iSa. 25:26. rijn Bfea id. seek to do any thing, e. g.
;
"15 m. Ch. with suff. PH3 Dan, 5:22.

J3 p.
PL
'33,
comp.
cxxvn, B). (1) a son, Dan.6: i.
rr6-Q
:
" son of the Gods,"
" son of [rather God,"] Dan. 3 25. (2) grandson, Ezr. 5: l.
demand, Neh. 5:18; followed 104:21; TP (Jen. 31:39; 43:9; Isa.l:i2. '3 "UP '3 D"! t?j33 to Specially require any one's blood of
(3) to require, to
Ps.
by IP
pur us
any one, i. e. to exact the penalty for bloodshed 2 Sa. 4:11; Eze. 3 18, 20 33 8 and without tt i Sam.
; :
Ch. em ph. N^3 m. field, plain, pr. campus (Liv. xxiv. 14), i.e. void of woods or villages, country, gelb, ba grajej Dan. 2:38; 4:18, 22, 2Q.
II. *"lj
--
*aj _ plain, desert,

**^~
40: 16.
(4) to ask, to seek from any one, followed by |P of pers., Ezr. 8:21 Dan. 1:8, and ace. of thing, Est. 8: 15; also followed by ?V to entreat, to
;
(Arab. J_.,
'
Syr. JiJi
id.).
"13 m. [Root T>3]. (l) purity. Commonly with the addition of D.'T Ps. 1 8 2 1 , 25, or D?S3 Job 9 30
: :
;
supplicate
22:30, cleanness of
Iiands,
for
any
one, Est. 4:8; 7:7.

to
ask, (5) followed by IP Dan.
to
inquire of any one,

1
:
to
interrogate,
for innocency. Once "13 sense, 2 Sa. 22:25.
being put figuratively simply is used in the samp
SO.
;
PUAL,
:
to be
sought, Eze. 26:21
Jer. 50:80; Est.
83.
Hence
(2) that which has a cleansing property: lixivium, Alkali was alkali, i. q. JV"}3 which see; Job 9: 30. used by the ancients for washing, when mixed with
oil
(with Kara, impure), a petition, Est. 5:3, 7,8; Ezr. 7:6.

I.
"T (V?
instead of soap, and also in smelting metals that they might melt the more quickly, Isa. l 25.
:
"13 with suff.
fut.
*"}3
X^T
of begetting (see
a son, so called from the idea the root N13 No. 3), a word of fre:
(l) TO CUT, TO
CABVE OUT,
Arab.
\
TO
FORM
I.
BV CUTTING [see Note], S66
Piel,
flit,
quent use in Chaldee, in Hebrew poetically. It occurs " kiss the son;" twice, Pro. 31:2; Ps. 2 12, 1? -1p'f 3 sc. of Jehovah, i.e. the king [namely Christ]. Comp. Ps. 8:7 and 1? Isa. 9:5. Others take "^ h. 1. in the
signification of
to cut out, to cut or
pare down, to plane and polish.
(As to the notion of breaking, cutting, separating, which is inherent in the radical syllable 13, see below under T]3. The same is found in the somewhat
softened syllable 13, comp. T!?, rn3,
to scatter,
root "H3),
pure and chosen (see ""S under the and consider the king to be saluted by the
cha
_,
jn.3;
TT3
name cf chosen
very suitable.
II.
(W ~H13) or pure;
wn^
T]3
pr. to break, also
"QH,
;.)
v;hich is not
"Q
of this root, and [Note. As to the primary meaning its connection with the cognate H13, see Dr. Davidson's
f.
rna
adj.
leloved.
Cant. 6:9,
(from the rootTja) .(i) chosen, ton rna mo8t be-
Lectures on Biblical Criticism ; Appendix
p.
399, seq.]
loved
to her mother," her mother's darling.
In the praises of the maiden, (a) clear, pure. Cant. 6: 10, " fair as the moon, non$ rn3 pure and bright as the sun." Metaph. used in a moral sense,
23.2
to make (2) to create, to produce, comp. smooth, to polish, hence to fashion, to create; also Germ, fdjaffcn, Dan. skabe, which is of the same stock
^^
*-.
as f djabcn/
1? "he who is pure of heart;" Ps. 24:4; 73:1. See the root No. 3, b.
(3) empty, used of a barn [or
stall], Pro. 14:4.
Dutch scliaeven,
to shave.
(Arab. \j
id.).
i
:
id.
Creator. Syr. Ch. J;_s, J-Js, N~J? creation of heaven and earth, Gen.
Used of th
of men,
GCD
CXXXIX
l :27; 5:1,2; 6:7; specially Israel, 153.43:1,15; Jer. 31:32, n^ a nenrj mn 5O3 "the Lord has created a new thing in the earth, a woman shall protect, a
from :he pureneas and whiteness of the plumaare (see T)3 No. 3).
i
man" (comp.Nu. 16:30);

rp'3 DVpB'JT " behold I
i e.
Isa.
65
8,
~n$ 6O3
W
:
l3
to
pr.
create Jerusalem a rejoicing,"
hence,
:
scatter hail,
TO SCATTER, comp."ns and"l"l3, i-2b} to hail, Isa. 32:19.
the Creator, Ecc. 12:1.
cause her to rejoice. Part. TK'iia (in pi. majest.) As to the passage, Gen. 2 3,
Syr. J>^25 hail; Arab,
.hail,
is
jj
to
be
cold,
nib'Jy fcO3 should be explained
"he produced by
to hail ;
is
making,"
i.e.
Comp. Jer. loc. cit. and ?' "??, whence it is seen that tO3 is used of something new. and as to the construc1 l 1
he made by producing something new. "
but the signification of cold taken from that of hail. Hence

}
secondary, and
tion,
comp. the phrases
nfc$
"13 a son, see (3) to beget, whence Ch. Ithpeal to be begotten.
"?^n, nV^y) JHi?. NIPHAL No.
13, 14; 78:47, 48. see J3N.

1|>:
m. hail, Ex. 9:18, seq.; 10:5, seq.; Ps. 18: T13 \33K hail stones, i.e. hail;
2.
(4) to eat,
to
feed,
to
grow
fat, so called from

to
cutting [food];
fat.
whence Hiphil,
No.
2.
fatten; adj.
\
,
NH3
to to
D pi. !^3 adj. sprinkled with spots, espewhite ones; spotty, used of goats, Gen. 31 10, cially So Lat. "spars as albo 12; of horses, Zee. 6:3, 6.
:
Comp.
with food ;
Kindred
to
roots are
be
be
pelles dixit" Virg. Eccl. ii. 41. to which it is joined, Gen. loc.
lesser spots.
It differs froni"Tp3,
cit
which denotes
filled
and
q
.
be
fat,
fat
^7?
(Arab, j j and
a variegated gar-
well fed;
(ftiftpuffKu)
no
;
i.
Kn3
fatt ened,
and Gr. fopw
ment, particoloured, as if sprinkled with hail; transp.

jj. Conj.
?
.
whence
II. r
to
fiopa, Lat. vorare.
be spotted,
fi()ecig
ft^n/
of a sheep.
NU'HAL
(i) to be created, Gen. 2:4; 5:2; to be

to
made, done, Ex. 34:10. (2) pass, of Kal No. 3,

28:13; Ps. 104:30. PIEL tTl? (i) to cut,
nor can
be
Syr. )ljo>^2s a leopard, so called from its spots; it be doubted but that also Greek and Latin,
born, Eze. 21:35;
From Tropic, pardus, have sprung from this stock. the Arabic word just cited is the French broder.
to
cut down, as with a
sword, Eze. 23:47; wood with an axe, Josh. 17:15, "go up into the wood DB> "$ nN~}3-1 and cut out
"TO
("hail"), [Bered], pr.

l
n.
(l) of a place
in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16:14;
compare verse
7.
room
rendered by the Vulg. verse 18, " (but the) mountain shall be thine "IJ!1 '3 inX"i3-1 X-in although there be wood there, thou shalt
for thee there;" as well
(2) m.
Ch. 7:20.
rrnil
TO
fut.
rm
(i) i.q. kindred to

\
<
&O3 TO CUT,
cut
it
down."
CUT ASUNDER, comp. Arab.

.
ult.
Waw,
to cut
(2) to form, to fashion, i.q. ">VJ, Eze. 21:24. HIPHIL causat. of Kal No. 4, to a k e fat, to fatten,
Sa. 2 : 29.
Derived nouns are ~)3 No.
I,
")3,
"W"]3, and pr. n.
Hence JV13 a coveout, to cut off, and ^"J3 No. i from the victims so called nant, being cut in two. from the idea (2) to eat, i. q. N"J? No. 4, so called of cutting, like "tt3 No. 3, and many verbs of cutting in
Arabic, see Thes.
p. 238. [" Comp. ftpow, /3t/3pwo-u*."] 2 Sa. 12:17; 13:6,10. Qn^ iV)3 loc. cit. 12:17, is the same as Dp^ *??, see ^3 No. l, c.
a king of Babylonia, 2 Ki. 20: 12
Berodach-Baladan, pr. n. of who also is called Merodach-Baladan, Isa. 39:1; which latter mode
;
(3) to choose, also an No. 2. separating, see"i"33
idea taken frcm cutting and l Sa. 17:8, DD^> n|
WX
"choose you
PIEL,
inf.
to
out a man."
i.q.
of writing is both the more ancient, and the better suited to the see under "^"IKI?. etymology,
'"l
n'ra
Kal Xo.
2,
^!3
("whom Jehovah created"),

n.
HIPHIL, give to eat, causat. of ed by two ace. 2 Sa. 3:35; 13 5:
Lam. 4: 10. Kal No. 2, follow-
[Be-
Derived nouns are, !?, nna,
n-113,
raiah], pr.
m.
Ch. 8:21.
(l) of a ^"lil ("blessed"), Baruch,pT. name and companion of Jeremiah the prophet, to whom an apocryphal book is ascribed. Jer. 32 12 45:1, 2. 16; 36:4, seq.: 43 (2) Neh. 3 (3) Neh. 11:5. 20; 10-".
friend
:
=
which \vlienfattened, were Karachi unbrought to Solomon's table, l Ki. 5 3. derstands fattened cocks or capons ; but more probably u Targ. and Tanchum of Jerusalem, yvtse, so called
pi. birds,
:
J^ ]3 m.
36;
CXL
27:84, variegated garments, as rightly given by Kimchi; cornp. the root -<-.
.
plur. Ezek.
note hardness and firmness, as

rule, Ps. 2:9.
(is)
Isa.
7p3 O3E of a ii " 48:4, If 7V T!> "H th .v neck

f
D"]3.
Arab.
^>j
i
a cord twisted of two colours,
,
I
-'"
a garment
woven of such threads.

m.
(i) the cypress, a
tall tree,
an iron sinew," said of the obstinacy of the people. Specially, an instrument of iron, Deu. 27:5, Josh. 8:31: 2 Ki. 6:5; a bond of iron, Psa.iO5:i8,
fully
^T-13
I3 pi. D'EnnS
Isa.
?33 149:8.
perhaps
it
55:1?, and fruit-bearing, Hos. 14:9; together with the cedar, to which it is very often joined, the
principal ornament of Lebanon (Isa. 14:8; 37:24; 60 : 1 3 Zee. 11:2, comp. verse l ) the wood of which,
; ;
pj j3 (" of iron," unless
be preferred
to
equally with that of the cedar, was used for the planks of the temple of Jerusalem ( l Ki. 5:22, 24 6 -.15, 34
; ;
compare Talmud. N/P? herdsman, IVP? princes), (l) of a Gileadite famous for [Barzillai\, pr. n. his hospitality and liberality towards David when (> exiled, 2 Sa. 17:27; 19:3239; l Ki 2: 7-
Ezr. 2:6l.
fut.
27:5); also, for spears (Nah. 2:4); and instruments of music (2 Sa 6:5); once, by a Syriacism, called fl'lT?, Cant.
2Ch.2:7; 3:5);
for the decks of ships (Eze.
rn3.
(prop.
(l) TO
I
PASS THROUGH,
Tt
REACH ACROSS
brecften/
believe, burd)fd)neib(n, burdv
be understood, is clear both from the nature of the case, and also from the authority of the ancient versions; all :17fir, is
That the cypress, not the
to
^n>3j
and
to cut through, to break through; compare see, as to the sense of cutting, breaking in,
name may perhaps have comprehended also other trees of the pine kind. See this more fully stated in Thes. page 246. As to the etymology, the
though
this
cypress appears
planks cut from
to
it;
be so called from the boards and

see the root.
36:33, "Jpfifl 1} n^n-'pX n^rrjp ewsnjan to pass through the middle of the boards from one end to the other." Comp. HIPHIL No. l and nn? a bar, bolt. Hence (2) to flee, to flee away, Germ. burdjbredKn/ burd)*
get)n/
the verbs beginning with "D, ~IQ, under the verb N " and he made the middle bar Ex.
(^something madeof cypress wood. (a) a lance, Nah. 2:4. (b) a musical instrument, 283.6:5.
plur. i.q. inclining to the Aramaean, Cant. 1:17.
to
break away.
its
(Arab.
to
j to go away, to deto
part from
HI")!?
D*nh3 m. cypress,
place, -jo
.^1
*-">
go away
a desert land,
tnte
^"13, a form Root rna.

2.
roetdjeu/ ^...
_.
C_V *
a gazelle, from
l
its fleeing.)
Const.
ace. of
?,
rVTl3 f.food, Ps. 69 22.

:
Root rna No.

2
:
absol. Gen.
31:22, 27;
to, l
Sa.
19:18; with an
the place fled
Sa. 27 :4; also followed
Pinna Eze. 47
by
Neh.
16,
and
Tina
Sam. B 8
my
13: 1O; /$
l
wells," for *D'ni<3)[5ero<AaA, JBero*/iat],pr.n. of a town rich in brass, which was formerly subject to the
kings of Zobah, situated on the northern borders of Palestine. Some understand Berytus [Beirout], a
Sa.
Num. 24: 1 1, and IP of the place fled from, 20 :l. The person fled from takes the prefix
: ;
maritime city of Phoenicia, but from Eze.
1. 1.
this city
appears not to have been on the sea coast, but rather in the neighbourhood of Hamath ; see Rosenm. Allerthumsk.
T
ii.
3?fc? Jonah 1:3; |P Isa. 48 2O "liP(from his haud,i. e. his power) Job 27 22 D (prop, from near) 1 Ki. 11:23. It differs from l Sa. 19:12, D^-H rrpM ifel he ?pn to escape, A dative is somewent, and fled, and escaped." times added to an imperative, 'v n^3 Germ, madx
'3?D Gen. 16:8; 35:1,7;

:
page 292.
root, Ch.
j3
an unused
and Talmud,
to
trans-
fort, rette bidv Gen. 27:43; Num. 24:11; Am. 7:12, comp. the French s'enfuir. Note. In one passage, Ex. 14:5, some following bid)
fix, to pierce
inflicted
through; Kp.3 an aperture, a wound by piercing. Hence quadril. 7p3 and

(" apertures,"
Michaclis have incorrectly compared the Arab.

for
it
to
"
wounds"), [Birza-
vit'i], l
T ^3
'
Ch. 7 31 aro, pr. n. prob. f. [ P, n.T}3 (perh. "well of olives"), so Ges.add.]

:
turn the left side; might be well said of a Pharaoh was expecting that when people they fled
them
fix,
^ m. IRON, quadril. from the Ch. TT3 to transI with the addition of ?, compare ^9."}2 from 0^3,
!
to return after three days [but how does il appear that he had any such expectation?}, but who instead were about to enter Arabia. HIPHIL. (l) i.q. Kal No. 1. Ex. 26:28.
from
3TTI.
Ch.
)3
etc.
&
9, Syr.
It is often
u.*.
Gen.
(2) to put to flight, cause to flee, Job 41:20, also to expel, to chase away, Neh. 13:28.
4:22; Eze. 27:12, 19,
used to de-
Derived nouns are
nn| rnap, and

f
rr-3-rrn
Hi?
Isa.
Isa.
CXLT
43:14
flees,
(lor
27:1; Job 26: 13, and nn3, of the form

Isa.
H^3 pi.
P^).
DVT-J3
who
a fugitive,
(l) one 43: 14; also fleeing, an
("gift"), [Beriah], pr.n. (l) of a scr of Ephraim; iCh. 7:23, "and he called his name 3 *? because there was a gift nn.'n njp Beriah, T
W32
epithet of the serpent, both of the real creature, Isa. 27:1, and of the constellation, Job 1. 1.
(2) \_Bariah~] pr. n.

1
f.
m.
Ch. 3:22.
So indeed Michaelis, Suppl. 224, but " because there was a c aapparently more correctly, 1 to his house," njT)3 for njn with Beth esamity
to his house."
sentife,
(from the root n~$)fa t, i. q. comp. the root No. 2. Eze. 34:20, nn.3 nb>"fa t Three sheep," where perhaps we should read '"1^?adj.
nna
as
it is
called (p.xcix, A);
compare ven>es 22,

Vulg.
eo
23?
LXX.
uri lv KaKoli; iyit'fTO iv O'IKW pov,
MSS. have nxns.

3]tf
Wy?-
'"!?
n the words, Job 37:11, not a few interpreters, following the

I
!
quod 46:17. (3) i Ch.8:l3. No. 2 is patron.
in malis
domus
ejus ortus esset.
(2) m., Gen.
(4)
lCh.23:lO.
From
Ch. and the Rabbins, render *"]3 " purity," specially "serenity" of the sky (Targ. Sn-1T"}3), and they " render the whole clause, serenity also dispels the
cloud ;" another interpretation given below (see ^HP)
is,
VT?Nu. 86:44.
r^~]3 f. (i) a covenant, so called from the idea of cutting (see the root No. l ), since it was the custom in making solemn covenants to pass between the
divided parts of victims (see the root n"]3 [" and Gen. 15:9, etc."]). [" But the idea suggested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves attention, viz. that rp~]3 ig
ho-.vever, preferable.
pr. n.
'13 (i.q.^? m. l Ch. 7

j3 adj.
as
:
if,
" of a fountain"), [.Bert],
36.
fattened, fat, see K"}3 No. 4, used of men, Jud. 3:17; Dan. 1:15; of cows, Gen. 41 2, 4, 18, 20 ears of corn, ver. 5, 7 (see 3.PH); food, Hab.
:
;
from
is
strictly nothing more ""H3 No. 2, since
than an eating
together, banquet,
almost the same as
among Orientals, to eat together to make a covenant of friend1

:
1:16.
Fern.
nsnsn
coU.
fat
cattle.
Zee.
11:16;
gether
np!D
Eze. 34:3.
The Hebrews too were accustomed to eat towhen entering into a covenant, see Gen. 3 54; and in this way we obtain an explanation of
ship.
1^ ")?
specially,
Ter.
f.
something created,
of,
new, unheard
produced by God, Num. 16:30. (Compare

Root rn3No.2.
Ges. add.]
]Tn3 covenant (an eating ?) of salt see np. It is used of a covenant entered into be; ;
31 :22.)
TP
T"]3
T"13
f.food, 2 Sa. 13:5,7, 10.

see n-}3.
pi.
tween nations, Josh. 9:6, seq. between individuals and friends, i Sa. 18:3; 23:18; of a marriage coveGen. 14: 13, and T?8 nant, Mai. 2:14; '3 nn? 'D JTHS Obad. those joined .by league to any one. 7,
^3
D'nns m.
(1) a cross-beam, a bar, which was passed from one side to the other through the rings of the several boards of the holy tabernacle, which were thus held
Jud. 9 46, i.q. nn? ^3 verse 4, "God of covenant," see 7^3 No. 5, a. In speaking of the making of a covenant, the verbs rns, Dj?n, }n3, D-lb 3 X13, 3 ")3j; Deut. 29:11, are used, 2 Sam. 23:5
nn? $$
which
see; of
its
violation, 120, Ski,

is
3TJ?,
W.
The
together;
from passing through or across, like transtrum for transitrum, Ex. 26:26, seq-; 35:n; 36:31,869.; Num. 3:36; 4:31. (2) a bolt, a bar, for shutting a door, Jud. 16:3; Neh. 3:3, seq. etc. " The bars of the earth," Jon.
it
is
so called
covenant of any one
him, Lev. 26:45; Deu.4:3i; nirp. JV)3 nant entered into with Jehovah," Deu. 4: 23; 29:24, etc. Specially and most frequently used of the
covenant and league made between God and Abraham (Gen. 15: 18), confirmed by Moses (Ex. 24: 7, 8 Deu. 5:2), to be [This is another covenant]; 34:27; renewed and amended after the exile, by the intervention of prophets (Isa. 42 6 49 8) and the Messiah has utterly (Mai. 3:1; comp. Jer. 31:33). [Gesenius The land confused the old covenant with the new.] this covenant is promised and given to the people by Eze. 30:5; and the people itself [?] called nnan
:
: ;
the covenant entered into with " a cove-
2:7. are the bars of the door, in the depths of the earth, i. e. the entrance to Hades, i. q. îNy '?3 Job
:
17:16. Metaph. a bar is used for a prince, inasmuch as he defends a state (see "13 Hos. 1 1 :6) ; Isa. 15:5, TJfr ig nrn? her princes (flee) to Zoar." Jerome
vectes
is
ejus.
Perhaps the
flight
too harsh, especially yious mention of
when
;
of the verb, to flee, there has been no preand I would rather render
ellipsis
with Ch., Saadiah, Kimchi, fugitives, whether it be better to read v^nns or to derive i?W"!3 from the form ?H| with Kametz pure
(of
nwa
pX
Ehp nn? "(the

Dan.ll:28,
30; rP"]3n ^S?l?

i.
people) of the " the

e.
of the (new) covenant,"
holy covenant," messenger, Messiah, M&l. 3: l-
CXLII
(2) In other places
it is
th
andition of
this
covenant, namely (a) the p: vmise of God, Isa. 5Q:21; and very often (b) tht precepts of God which Israel had to keep, i. e. tta divine law, i. q. rnta. Hence nnan nira$ Deu. 9:9,15; ~\n\ nn? frig and nn3n f\~\$ the ark in which the law or the tables of the law were kept (see l'n). nna.n n;n "the vrordsof the law," Jer.ll:2 8; 34: 18; Ex. 34: 28; enn-nn nnby nnan th e precepts of the law, ten precepts ;" n'"i3n ISO " the book of the 1 a w," used both of its earliest beginnings, Ex. 24:7; and of the whole collection of laws, 2 Ki. 23:2, 21 2 11.34:30. As to a covenant of salt, see under n?p. ~ 'L (a) i. q. IV"!? ^NpO mes(3) Sometimes ellipt. senger, herald, declarer and ptni-riq of the new covenant, or of anew law and religion, Isa. 42:6;
i. q. Hithpael, to bless oneself: 18: 18; 28:14; see HITHPAEL. [Properly always, pass, of PIEL No. 3, see Gal. 3:8.] PIEL T?3 fut. T!.3' , T) 3 ?!, with a dist. ace. T?.?]!-
NIPHAL, Gen. 12:3;
reflex,
n^
to praise, to celebrate, to bless God, which is done with bended knees, see 2 Ch. 6:13; Ps. 95:6; Dan. 6: 11, etc.; (Arab. iJ_O Conj. V. to praise, VI. to be praised
(1)
to
invoke God,
adnre,
to
(God) with a reverential mind). Constr. followed by an ace. (like yovviri.-iiv nva, Matt. 17: 14). Ps. 104:
of the
n'lN 49:8; compare Mai. 2 8. (b) i. q. fV)3 "sign of used covenant," circumcision, Gen. 17:
:
26:12; 34:2; 63:5; 66:8; 103:1,2; 104:35; by ? l Ch. 29 20. Participle pass, nin; 7|.rG, D{P|g q-rii "blessed be Jehovah," "God," Exod. 18:10; l Sam. 25:32, 39; Ps. 28:6; 31:22; 41:14; Job2:9, J"O D'npS ^3 "bless God and die," i. e. however much thou praisest and blessest
i;
rarely followed
10, 13;
compare
11.
rVl3
ichich
God, yet thou art aboiit to die thy piety towards God therefore vain: the words of a wicked woman. As to this use of two imperatives, the one concessive,
;
is
f, prop, something which cleanses, something has a cleansing property (from 13 with the
the other affirmative, promising, threatening in

sense, see
its
adj. fern, termination J"l*r)> specially salt

alkali, especially vegetable, (for
of lixivium,
called ^D?.),
mineral
is
More name
made from
"*
127, 26]. nin* DE> ^"13 "to invoke the fully expressed of Jehovah," Ps. 96:' 2; and njrp DK>3 ^p3 (like
[ed. 13,
my
Heb. Gram-9thed.99
the ashes of various salt and soapy plants

co-'~
(Arab.
CJ
(.^\ U -~J '
\l*\. '
U
^ji-
Salsola Kali L. al.); this

oil for
D>3 fcOp Once used of the Deut. 10:8; 21:5. r) invocation of idols, Isa. 66:3; and even of one's own
praise, Ps.
was sometimes used together with
washing garments instead of soap (Jer. 2:22); it was also used in purifying metals [?], Mai. 3:2. These plants, and
their various uses
49:19.
(2)
to
bless, used of
invoke blessings on any one
men towards one another, to in the name of Go4

Ch. 16:
2).
and names, are more

ii.
fully discussed
i.
(mn
DK>3
ps
129:8;
id.)
(Arab.
dÛ
by Bochart, Hieroz.
449, seq.
;
43, seq. Celsius, Hierob. Chr. B. Michaelis Epist. ad Fr. Hoffmanp.

;
Êth. n/!ft:
Gen. 27:27.
Used of the pious
num De Herba Borith.

Scijtvdge jur
fut.
Hala?, 1728, 4to; J.
Beckman,
vows and prayers which a parent about to die conceives and expresses [rather, his inspired and authoritative
blessing], Gen. 27:4, 7, 10;
efd)td)te b. (Srftnbb.
410. p. 10, seq.
48:9; a
T!
(i) to bend the knees, TO
KNEEL
people, Lev. 9:22, 23;
Num. 6:23; a
priest for th. people for &
DOWN. (Arab. cXs Êthiop. fl#K Syr. u^s id. The primary notion lies in breaking, breaking down
compare
PlfJ,
more
Constr. followed by an ace., people, Deu. 27:12. Once used cf ^he rarely by ? Neh. ll:2.
consecration of a sacrifice,
to
Sa.
3.
and the connection of ideas under the verbs JTS, ya.3.) 2Ch.6:i3, Vfyfa TO1 "and he kneeled upon his knees" (compare Dan.6:ll). Ps. " 95 6, O come U'by mn 'P.D ? ... nDl331 let us kneel down before Jehovah our Maker;" see HIPHIL, and 1Q3 a knee. (2) to invoke God, to ask fora blessing, to bless;
1 :
;
other created things, (3) Gen. 1:22; 9:1; and very often used of the result of the divine favour, to cause to prosper, Gen. 12:2, 19'^ n f?3^1 ^PT!3X1 "I will bless thee and
bless, as God,
men and
make thy name
great ;" verse
3;l7:l6;22:i7;24:l;
benedictrt in ecclesiastical Latin.

in
Often thus in Piel, in part. pass. ^"13 blessed, adored (LXX. tbXoynpiroc, tv\oynr6f), for the use of this part, see
Construed with two ace., one of the person, 30:27. the other of the blessing bestowed on any one by God, Deu. 12:7; 15:14; followed by 3 of the thing,
Kal only
;
Gen. 24:1;
Ps. 29:11.
When men
invoke a bless-
form
(inf. absol. for "qn?, of the Josh. 24:10; tola Gen.28:6; i Sa. 13:10; 2 Sa.8:io; i Ch. 18:10, are referred to Piel with more correctaes?,
Piel
but the <brms ^13
nnx ^-TG ing on any one, the phrase used is, njn'J "blessed be thou of Jehovah," l Sam. 15:13;
nin^p
Ni3p_, 1*13!),
N1H
Tj-ns
17:2.
n'VV
q-ri?
Ruth 2:20; comp. Gen. 14:19; Jud "blessed by Jehovah," Gen. 24:
24:0.
31; 06-29;
Num.
God
is
said also to blest
CX LI II
inanimate things, i. e. make them to prosper, be abundant, Exod. 23 25 Job 1 10 Ps. 6.5 1 1 ; 132 15 Pro. 3 33. [" So of the consecration of the Sab:
earth shall bless himself :y the God of truth;" JP* 4:2. (J) of the person whose happiness and welfare
we invoke
bath"] Gen. 2:3.

(4)
to
ing on him (l Sa. 15:13; comp.

i^<LL=.
:
salute any one, as done by invoking a blessdprji'Tj vp~iv, JLJ1

salutation being also used in another sense
for ourselves (Gen. 48:20); Ps. 72:17 used of the king praised in this psalm, ~?3 13 -13")^^ DM3 "all nations shall bless themselves by irnj^X'.
merely for asking after another's welfare (? Di/Ey ?K>,

see Dl"?>).
Pro. 27:14; 2X1.4:29; l Sam. 25:14 Used of one coming, Gen. 47 7 (compare verse 6). 2 Sa 6:2O; of one who departs and takes leave, Gen. 47:10; l Ki. 8:66; also of those who receive and oalute one who comes, l Sa. 13:10; and of those who
: ;
So alsc him, they shall pronounce him happy." should be explained a passage found with slight alterations five times in Genesis, "73 ^JTlP -13")3.nni 0?? "^ " an d to thy seed shall all nations of the
the
earth bless themselves," i. e. they shall pray that lot of Israel maybe theirs; 22:l8; 26:4; comp.
and 28:14, where for Hithpael there is Niphal 12:3; 18: 18, where for "1O? there is also ^3, 13.
;
take leave of one

Josh. 22:6, 7.
who
So Yarchi, Le Clerc, and others.

opinion
I
Several whose
is
going away, Gen. 24:60;
(5) It is also taken in a bad sense, as meaning to curse, i. e. to imprecate some evil on one by calling upon God. Comp. Job 31:30. (This is one of the words
of medial signification, like the Arab. (JJy^, JEth. VIII. to supplicate, 14ft I to bless and to curse,
^J^j
formerly followed, explain this phrase in a Cornp. passive sense, with the LXX. and Chaldee. " and all the nations of the earth shall be Gal. 3:8,
blessed in them to the
thee, in thy seed," i.e.
be brought by
true knowledge and worship of God. [These passages, as well as the one in Ps. 72, refer to Christ; and they should be taken passively, as
and
is
to
wish
ill,
see
properly used curses and impious words against God, iKi. 21:lO; Ps.io:3[?]; Jobl:5, il; 2:5. Others,as Schultens, who have not regarded the signification of cursing as
derive the sense sufficiently certain in this verb,
It in Thesaur. p. 241.) of persons, and is transferred to
more
shewn us
in the
New
all
Him:
this
removes
Jahn, Archaeol. ii. the other instances in which 3 ^]T!3,?

favours the former sense.
contradicts
it;
Testament, the blessing is in the imagined difficulty.] See But the analogy of 263, note.
TpISJjin,
occurs,
[But the
New Testament
is
of
nothing
is
more common than Hithpael
rejecting from that of taking leave (see No. 4), and they apply it to these examples, comp. Gr. -âiptiv t<pv, But the former explanation is \aiptiv ^paêiv nva.
in a passive sense,
and in some of these places there
NIPHAL.]
The
derivatives follow immediately,

j
except the
shewn
be preferable both by the words of l Ki. 21:10; and by the analogy of the languages compared
to
pr.n. ^"13
^}"1?
n^nn^ comp.
above.
part. TPP (l) pass, of Piel No. l, to blessed, praised, used of God, Job 1:21. (2) pass, of Piel No. 3, to be blessed, i. e. caused prosper by God followed by IP of the thing, Deu.
;
PUAL T13
Ch. (l) i. q. Heb. No. \, to kneel down, in or worship to God, Dan. 6: 1 1. prayer, (2) to bless. Part. pass. T13 i.q. Heb. ^13 Dan
be
3:28.
PAEL T)3
:
(for the
/,
common
to
33:13;
etc.
"i3i
D:?fn ns?3p ixnx

\\
njn;
nrpn "blessed
gifts of
God; followed by Dan. 2 20.
T13), to praise, bletf Dan. 2:19; 4:31. Part, pass
be his land by Jehovah with the
Compare
1.
^13
IP h.
there
is
the
i. e. njn^ ^1-13. same power as elsewhere
heaven," In the prefix

after
LI
a knee, in
* 9
sing,
once
;
Isa.
45:23.
(Syr.
verbs of plenty (Ex. 16:32). HIFITIL T")3H causat. of Kal No. l, to cause camels to kneel down, that they may rest and drink, Gen.
Ch. transp. X3-13TN.) DUAL D!?"}3 constr. % 3~)3 knees, not used of two " merely, but even of all. B?3"iir?3 all knees," Eze.
";
"",
^f> ^;
>
-Êth.--f|Jft
id.
24:11. (Arab.cJjl
ibid.)
id.,
JEth.
See TOnS, also T).3K p. x, A. HITHPAEL T33DC reflex, of Piel No. 2, to bless oneConstr. followed by 3 self, Deu. 29:18. (a) of him who is invoked in blessing (comp. \\ OB'S ^3),
1
" watpr 7:17; 21:12. D!?")3 D?B reaching to the Eze. tfie knees," 47:4. Upon &?zees(D!?"|3 /JJ)where new-born children are received by their parents or nurses, Gen. 30:3; 50:23; Job 3:12, and where
children are fondled
by
their parents, Isa. 66: 12.
e.
God whom we worship. Isa. 65 16, ^83 ^D? }^ pajv "he who bless eth himsJlf to the
:
T)5 7N?
>
i
Ch.
id.
Dan. 6: ll.
]3
("whom God blessed"), [Barachfl^

Job 32 : 2, 6.
pr. n. of the father of Elihu,
CXLIV
l
"??.
once
coiistr.
-"I3-13
Gen. 87:38, "onstr. rcsna- plur.

f.
?T:ra
3:20.
whom j e hovah
pr. n.
rm-nra blessed," for n^

i
nb-ia
Berechiah,
: ;
: .
m.
i.
(i) a son of Zerubbabd, (3) Neh. 3:4,30.
Ch.
(4)
(l)ablessing,benediction,invocationofgood, as of a lather about to die, Gen. 27 i 2, seq. 33 1 1 D'7?". D?13"the benediction of righteous men," Pro.
(2) iChr.9:i6.
<l
compare
1
'"l
'?7? No.
favour) of God," the result of which is prosperity and good of every

(i. e.
" 11:11; ni.T H3-13
benediction
l'"^?
spelled
^
is
(id.) pr. n.
Berechiah.
The name thm
that of
: ;
kind,Gen.39:5;Ps.3:g; Isa. 44 13. Also rona simply, Isa. 19:24; Joel 2: 14, sometimes followed by a gen. of him whom God had blessed. Gen. 28:4, J"13"13 3??^ "the benediction (with which he blessed) Abraham;" Gen. 49:26, ~IJ? '"Tin n'WJS "the benedictions (of God with which he blessed) the eternal 31D n3"i3 mountains." Differently, Proverbs 24:25,
prophet, Zec.l 7 6:24. (3) 2 Ch. 28:12.
(i) die father of Zechariah the verse l, however, n '?^3. (2) l Ch.
a root not used as a verb; pr. (which has been strangely neglected by etymologists), onomatop. i. In q. /3pyuw, Pptpaoftai, fremo, brummcn/ jummen. Arabic it is used
(
l
)
of the noise and

murrctij
is
murmuring of a morose man

l
"blessing of good." Plur. nta"J3 benedictions, blessings, sc. of God, Pro. 10:6; 28:20; but more
often, benefits, gifts divinely
Germ,
oyjo'cj - -
whence
Pet.
9, for the Gr.
yoyyvalso
there
bestowed; Psal. 84:7;
excellently in Arab. Vers.
PT
*.-.",
Gen. 49:25. Compare Isa. 65:8, "destroy it (the 13 cluster) not, nan^l '? for there is a divine gift in it." concr. used of a man by the favour of God, (2)
extremely fortunate
Psal. tl:7, *q
*.} to be disdainful, pr. to be morose, murrifd) fepn$

also used in
Arabic
and happy. Gen. 12:2, ""9^3 rvni; ni:m inryt^ thou hast made him
(2) of the humming sound

twisting a thread;
to
made
in spinning
<
and
IV.
Germ, fdjnumtv hence +
II.
most blessed for ever." Collect. Zee. 8:13. (3) a 9*ft-> present, by which one signifies favour and good will, such as one offers with good wishes. Gen. 33:11; i Sa. 25:27; 30:26; 2X15:15. t?B3 " ^37r a bountiful soul," i.e. a bountiful person;
Pro.
1 1 -.25.
twist threads together; Germ, jioirnen/ whence the Heb. D^p'113. Like other verbs of twisting and binding
is
(see ?in), this
farther applied
to
(3) to
firmness (* j
make
firm,
comp.
also
frmtis); hence ["perhaps"]
(Syr. IJjios, jEth. fltfl^
id-)-
peace, 2X1.18:31, " make peace with me;" Isa. 36:16.

(4) i.q.
pr. n.
my_
n:m
D"13 Ch.
V0JJ
pr. adv. of affirmation,
yea, truly, as
in
(5) [Beraekak"], (a) of a valley in the desert near Tekoa, 2 Ch. 20:26. (b) m. l Ch. 12:3.
constr. n?!)? f. a pool, pond, pr. such as camels kneel down to drink at; see T")3n.
I
the Targ. and Syr. p^S, but in the Old Test, always adversative, but,yet,nevertheless,T>an. 2 -.28; 4:12; 5:17; Ezr. 5:13. Comp. 73^ No. 2.
Vr?5
see
Bna
root.
an unused
Arab, c
HIPHFL.]
(Arab. <&j the cup of a fountain, and a

3 Sa.
v^
,.'
to excel. Conj.
pr. n.
V.
to
give spontaneously.
Hence [perhaps]
similar reservoir for water; Spanish alberca.)
and
]3 (" gift" [ u for JH 13, see 3 a king of Sodom, Gen. 14:2.
p. c,
8:13; 4:12; Cant 7:5; fully D?? n?i? Nah. 2:9; Ecc. 2 6. There were two such ponds to the west of Jerusalem, formed by the waters of the fountain Shi" the loah [by some other fountain, not Shiloah],
:
A"]), pr.n. of
p
;
Jî TO
SEND LIGHTNING, used

(Arab.
: _.,
of God; once
id.
upper pool," Isa. 7:3, called also "the old pool," Isa. 22:11, and "the king's pool," Neh. 2:14, as watering the king's gardens (Neh. 3:15); and "the lower pool," Isa. 88:9, which was used for supplying
the lower city with water.
found, Ps. 144:6.
Syr. u?iJi
to lighten, frf)4't> ! *
thunder.)
Derived nouns are,
D'3ip.3, ri^lS,
and
["
From
the
upper pool
.
}3
id.)
Hezekiah afterwards brought the water to a reservoir within the city, between or within the two walls; i.e. the first and second walls of Josephus, north of Zion Isa. 22:11; sKi.2O:2O; 2Ch. 32:30. See Robin;
(i) lightning.
(Syriac, Arab.
Dan. 1O:6.
l
:
Coll.
2 Sa. 22: 15; Eze.
13.
PI. Dj?T?
lightnings, Ps. 144:6 Job 38:35; Pi
18:15; 77:19,
sword, Eze. a i
:
etc.
1
ion's Palest
i.
p.
4837."]
5, 33.
Applied to the brightness of a Deu. 32 : 41 "3nn p^ tb

,
CXLV
lightning of
my
sword,"
i.
e.
my
Zee.
glittering sword.
Nah. 3:3; Ilab. 3:11.
Comp.
14.
(2) poet, the glittering sword itself, of the Israelites, (3) [UaraJt], pr. n. of a leader
Hence Job 20:25
iChron. 7:40; 16:41; Neh. 5:18. [" Also, select^ chosen, choice, l Ch. 7:40; animals, Neh. 5:18."] (3) to separate and remove impure things, to cleanse (a) an arrow from rust, to polish, to
point, to sharpen it, Isa. 49:2. See HIPHIL. (Arab. V to pare down, to point a weapon.) (b) It is ap*'
i
who by
the aid of
Deborah obtained a great victory

;
over the
Canaanites, Jud. 4:6, seq.
5:1, 12, 15.
Comp. H?.
Barcas."
He was
called
"thunderbol t," fulmen
(Cic. pro Balb. xv.), as
" amongst the Poeni Ilamilcar
plied to pure
and upright words and deeds.

"7113
fiBB>
Part
= pass. Zeph. 3 9,
pl5,
see P13 \3? page cxxvn, B.
for DipTâ, compare to Dip"]3 ("painter," paint in colours, or from the quadril. .j^j j, which
signifies the
^j
and what I know Job 33:3, $!& ina b$p my lips have spoken purely," i.e. truly, sincerely, P sa !9 9> "the commandment of Jea (otjne j5 U<ft). hovah is pure," i. e. true, just. Compare NIPHAL,
-
fO
"a pure
lip."
Adv
PIEL, HITHPAEL.
true, just.
(Arab, j Med. E, to be just, true;

'
same), [.Z?aros],-pr. n. m. Ezra 2 153;
'
Neh. 7: 55.
?P ;5 m. pi. i.q. D^l'lD threshing wains, instruments which were used for treading out corn; made of thick timber, and having the lower side armed and jagged with iron or fire-stones [flints], which abound in Palestine, so that the corn was rubbed out. This word appears to be derived from the unused word |P T ~!3 giving out light, which I expect
7
purity.
Syr. j;_,;_2j pure, neat, simple ; In the proper signification of purity, it answers to the Lat. purus, Germ, bar/ Engl. bare ; figuroafyr.)
ratively, to the Lat. verus,
(4)
to
explore,
L
to
search out,
1p_3
to
done by separating, comp.

answers to
inf.1-137 Eccl.
No.
3, Ecc.
prove, which 3:18.

(Arabic
is It
1
*~ '
9:1, see
^
.\j
"1-13.
xwl
>
denoted the fire-stone (comp.
to investigate the truth,
Med. Waw,
adj.
to search out.)
<
j stony ground, perh.

(5)
to be
prop, abounding in fire-stone, as is the case with a great part of Palestine and Arabia); whence î?~!? a
empty, see
office, Isa.
1
:
">3
No. 3, Ch. 13.

for entering
NIPHAL
">33
reflex, to
purge oneself,
;
threshing wain armed with

It
on a sacred
3,b.
PIEL, to
52:11.
fire-stones; pi.
occurs twice, Jud. 8:7, 16.
upright, pious, Ps.
8 27
Part. 133 pure,i.e. 2 Sa. 22 27 see Kal No.

: ;
f Ex. 28:17, and np/]3 T (Lehrg. page 467) Eze. 28: 13, a species of gem, so called from its being
bright.
purge, Dan.
to
11 135.
LXX.,Vulg., and Josephus render it smaragdus,
emerald; and this is defended at length by Braun, De Vest. Sacerdott. page 517, seq., who also considers
the Gr. napaySoe, <r/zapayoe, as derived from this word. Nor is this amiss, for also the Gr. papayfi,
afiapayfi, with the derivatives, which have the sense of making a noise, thundering, answer to the Heb. P13 :
HIPHIL, purge an arrow, i.e. to sharpen, Jer. 51:11 (see Kal No. 3, a) corn in the threshing-floor, Jer. 4:11. HITHPAEL, (l) to purge oneself, sc.from the defilement of idolatry and sin, to reform, Dan. 12::0 (compare 1 1 35). [This certainly ought to be taken
;
in a passive sense, to be
purged.]
jinpaySoe; also as the name of a gem, it comes from the notion of light, which is primary in this root.
(2) to act truly, graciously, used of God, see under Kal No. 3, b; Ps. 18:27, "'"J 31?* "?? DV " with
the
pure thou
"iSFin see
wilt
shew thyself pure."
As
to the
form
Ecc. 3: 18 (of the form
roots Kia, rra.
pret.TVn3 Eze. 20:38, inf. with suff. D13 from ^5??), kindred to the
Analyt. Ind. Derived nouns are "13 No. II. 13, JV13, Dn3H3.
3 (l)lO SEPARATE, TO SE VER,Eze.20 38.Q3.P QH"pn I w ill separate the rebels from you."
'.
^l
j3
an unused
as the
root,
which had,
i.
same sense
(see
Arab. <^j j
e. to
I suppose, the cut, to cut into
s<~
^-
(Arab.
panions.)
(2)
pass,
to
C( nj. Vlll. to stand apart from one's
comPart.
under the root N1?), whence Arab.
ciV
an
[Hence
select,
to
choose (comp. rna No.

i
3).
selected, chtsen.
" all
Chr. 9:22, D^-lian D?3
~>P_"]3),
[Birsha],
pr. n. of
11
of wickedness," set a king of Gomorrah, Gen
3*TJ7
chosen
(that) they
might be
(porters).
14:2.
ra-nra
J
CXLVI
root,
l3 an unused
which seems
see
E'"}?.
to
have had
rfl"O.
the sense of to cut, to
hew;
Hence
to
the contrary, the face of a cioss and angry person it ; - s --disfigured hence J^j > JL the external skin of man
;
"Tib^ ("cold;" compare

water),
^j
V.
be cold, as
"^'2 flesh, in
[Uesor], always with the art. "115???, pr. n. of a stream near Gaza, emptying itself into the Mediterranean Sea, l Sa. 30:9; 10*21.
rrws & rnps

(l)
f.
which a person's beauty is perceived. (i) to make any one cheerful with glad to bear tidings, glad tidings, to announce (glad tidings) to any one with an ace. of pers. 2 Sa. 18:19. a nji $$rm$ rrwss srnyviK let me run and
PIEL
"1B>3
;
2 Sa. 18:22, 25; once with the addition of H31O verse 27. Root (a) reward of good news, 2 Sam. 4:10.
glad tidings, good news,
to the king what," etc.; Psal. 68:12, ni~ib>3Dn " (women) announcing (victory) to a great host;" l Sa. 31:9; Isa.4O:9; absol. 2 Sa.
3"]
announce
X3V
4:10, vry.2
TB>3Z?:)
rrn
glad tidings;"
also followed
he supposed that he brought by an ace. of the thing
U \u 3 an unused root, to
and Syr. QD3, jQnp->
id.,
smell sweetly, Chald.

to Je
announced,
but commonly gener.
pleasant, agreeable; compare 'N3. Besides the nouns which immediately are derived hence pr. n. B^?'., Db^D.
senger of good news, Isa. 52:7; of victory,
follow, there
60 :6; Ps.40: 10. Part.^?T3p a mes Isa. 40:9; especially of peace. l Sa. 31:9; Psal. 68:12. (2) It is more rarely used of any messenger, 2 Sa. 18: 20, 26; and even one unpleasant, l 83.4:17;
Isa.
is
hence there
Isa.
twice fully said, 310
~IK>3 i
Ki.
142
impure) m., balsam, the balsam plant, formerly frequent in the gardens of Judaea, and still cultivated at Tiberias, Cant. 5:1.
(Arab.
tree;
C^3
or
2^3 (withKametz
52:7. HITHPAEL, to receive glad tidings, 2 Sa. 18:31 Arab. Conj. I. Med. E, and Conj. IV., VIII., X.
Derivatives
!"niK>3
an odorous shrub,
the insertion of
like
the
balsam
and
by
Lam
quadril. +U..J _
its
*1&?3 once in pl.Dnj?3 Pro. 14:30; m., flesh.
As tc
the balsam tree.)["Ch. and Tal^'*Jj /3aA<ra/u>c, mud. lPD-13, also jiOp~|aX., I being changed into r."]
etymology, see the root. (Syr.

id.,
);
m^, Ch.
Arab.
JL and
1
'*< denote the exterior
DE>3 Ex. 30:23, and C(?3 m.

(\}
a sweet smell,
e
especially such as spices emit,

.
Syr. Jjsimri spice,- Isa. 3:24; DK>3'|D|i? sweet smelling cinnamon, Ex. loc. cit. pi. Cant. 4:16.
;
ekin, and metaph. the human race, a signification which is taken from flesh.) Used () of the flesh of the living body, whether of men or of beasts, Gen. 41:2,19; Job 33:21, 25; once apparently for the sk in
Ki.lo:io; Ex. 35:28; Eze.27: 33; pi. D'Of? slices, Ex. 25:6; 35:8; D'Df3 nn mountains abounding in spices, Cant. 8:14. D r? tne balsam shrub, Cant. 5:13; 6:2. (3) i(2) spice
itself, l
-
(compare Arab.); Ps. 102 :6, in describing extreme wasting, *"?'3? *PVS? '"'i??^! " my bone clcavet to my skin." (b) used of the flesh of cattle whic is eaten, Ex. 16:12; Lev. 7:19; Nu. 11:4, 13. 31:31, in praise of his hospitality, N? i~l6'3p |J|J*
itself
:
,
("sweet smelling"),
pr. n.
f.
y2C?3 "
who
is
there that
was not
satisfied
with
(l) of a wife of Esau, sometimes called a Hittite, 6011.26:34, sometimes called the daughter of Ishmael, Gen. 36: 3, 4, 13. [Two of
flesh"
Isa.
his feasts)? (i.e. in
Esau's wives bore this name.]
(2) a daughter of
Solomon,
Ki.4:i5.
not used in Kal; Arab. J^j to be joyful,
(1) More generally for the 10: 18; Job 14:22. Pro.l4:3O, 3^ " the welfare of the nS")O body is a tranquil heart; sometimes with the added notion of weakness am
Flesh is also usedwhole body; opp. tot
proneness to sin (Matt. 26:41), Ecc. 2:3; 5:5. J ?3 "all livinj (2) of all living creatures. "f'3
A. and Conj.
cc.
cheerful, especially in receiving glad tidings ; Med. II. to gladden with good tidings, with an
of person and
<__?
of thing.
The primary
s
f%j
sense
fair,
appears to be that of BEAUTY, whence

beautiful, since a face
is
made more
beautiful
by joy
creatures," Gen.6:l3, 17, 19; 7:15,16,21; 8:1* specially all men, the whole human race, Gen 6:1; Ps. 65 3 1 45 2 1 Isa. 40 5, 6. Very often used n-11 opposed to God and his power (D'n?X Gen. 6:3; J< the notion of weakness and frailty. IKO rrj?n "hast thou mortal eyes?" 10:4,
: ;
:
and cheerfulness (see 31O good, fair, joyful); and, on
dull,
not-clear-sighted; Isa. 31: 3.
"The
CXLVII
DH^WD their horses men, not gods, C&"> Wl ">'^3 divine with not endued are flesh, power;" Ps.56:5; 78:39; Jer. 17:5; compare 2 Cor. 10:4. In the New Test, similarly napS, Kai alpa, opp. to God and the
are
:
ra-n-a
Bashan," Ps. 68 1 6, is a name of Hermon), and on the south by Jabbok and Mount Gilead; on the east
extending to Salchah (Deu. 3 l 'J, 1 3 Josh. 12:4). It was taken from Og an Amorite king, by the Israelites,
:
Holy
Spirit,
Mat. 16:17; Gal.
16.
nba-l npyj; "my bone and my flesh," used often (3) Gen. 29 : 14 ; Jud. 9:2; 2 Sam. 5:1; of a relative.
Gen. 19:13, 14; comp. Gen. 2:23; also simply Used of any other man, 37 27, K-in -13")^? 'n? V3. as being our brother, Isa. 58 7. Comp. "W.
:
^?
and was given with part of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh (Num. 21:33; 3 2 33)? ^ was celebrated for its oaks (Isa. 2:13; Eze. 27:6; Zee. 11:2) and for its rich pastures and abundance of cattle (Deut. 32:14;
:
Ps. 22:13;
Amos 4:1;
Syr.
Eze. 39:18).
,
Arab.
Ch.
(4) by a Gr. o-wjun),
euphemism for pudenda viri (compare more fully nriy ")b>3 flesh of nakedness
Gen. 17:11, seq.; Lev. 15:2, 3,7, 19.
i.
l^JID, 13J>13,
Gr. in Josephita and

el-Bethenyeh.
Ptolem. Barai'cua,
now
(Ex. 28:42).
shame
Nouns ending
(from the root KH3), Hos. 1O:6.
"1^3 Ch.
~tB>3
Heb. flesh, Dan. 7 5, in emphat. st. Dan. 2:il, used of the human race, ibid. S all living creatures, Dan. 4:9.
q.
:
in the syllable ^3, N3, added to the root are also found in Chaldee (see KJ"!^), and more fre-
see
p. 90.
quently in Êthiopia; see Ludolfi Gramm. Êthiop. It is rendered, very unsuitably, by Michaelis (Suppl. p. 233), sackcloth, or mourning garment, by
s~
--
or
(l)
(a)
to be cooked ripened with the heat of the
TO BE COOKED, RIPENED. with fire, Eze. 24:5.

sun, as the
comparison with the Arab. dj'*u. sackcloth of coarse flax, but sackcloth of linen was not used for mourning garments. ciently defended
The common
by the
harvest, Joel 4: 13 (Syr. to be cooked, to be ripened.
ô,
Ch.
to
^3,
JEth. (Vjfl
interpretation is suffiparallelism, and no new sense
In the same manner
need be sought.
the
sense
to
be cooked, and
be ripened, are
.-.^
joined in other verbs; as in Arab. ûL>, Pers.
Dt^J
DOWN;
see D),
once found in Poel 02*13 for DD13 TO
TREAD
followed
by
?J?
(& and D being interchanged,
and
the
.^j
bukhten and pukhten, which
is
kindred to
Amos 5: 11.
some derive
Germ, bacfen [Engl. to bake], Gr. TrtTrrw, TreWw, Lat. coquitur uva, vindemia, Virg. Georg.ii. 522, Germ.
bie
Sraube
a root falsely adopted, whence Pilel of the verb E>13, whidi see.
with
suff.
fodit).
PIEL causat. of Kal No.

flesh,
l,
to
cook, especially
Vlf3 (from the root efa),

;
f.
Ex.l6:23; 29:31; Nu. 11:8; other food, 2 Ki. 4:3^,6:29. PUAL pass, of Piel, Ex. 12:9; Lev. 6:21. HIPFJL causat. of Kal No. 2, to ripen, Gen. 40:10; see under the word 'S^S. Derived nouns n'vBQp and
Vj'Sl
thing
(1) shame, 19; Ps. 44:16; Dan. 9:7,8; n? 3
often with the addition of
D^S
EQ^ Job 8:22;

to
Jer. 7: Pg.
Avith
35:26, and shame.
n^n
ntpj;
p s 109:29,
.
be covered
Ex. 12:9, boiled, sodden.

.
rW|
f.
Num. 6:19, some-
(2) ignominy, a vile and ignominious condition, Isa. 54:4; 61:7; Hab.2:lo; Mic. i:ii, nng " H^3 in nakedness and sham e," (al. nuda pudendis). (3) an idol, which deceives the hope of the wor-
shippers and pxits
them
to
shame, Jer. 3:24; 11:3;
lam],
pr.
son of peace"), [Bish(for Dp-jf n. of a Persian magistrate [in the Holy

Hos. 9:10.
I.
n3
stiff.
(contr.
from ro? for H33 from the root n33),

;
Land], Ezr. 4:7.
with
Arab,
^j
"^3 (from T133) from sing. H33; compare 5 S -<-
pi.
n^33
constr. H133 (as if
E^S
sons),
V
a daughter
c?.
i
level
and
soft soil, soft sand.
Hence
pr.n. |B>33
and
(Arab, c^cj
pi.
CL?Uj, Syr.
)).;
,^; pi. )A.
^, Ch.
J&'2
(" soft,"
l^D
pr.n.
sandy soil"), Bashan, the northern

;
"
often with the art.
beyond Jordan
tains of
part of the region bounded on the north by the mounl
Hermon,
Ch. 5:23 (whence "the
hill
of
ni3; const. rn3; with suiF. nni|; pi. D33). "daughters of men," human women,opp. to sons of God, Gen. 6:2,4; Cant. 7:2, 3^13-03 "O daughter of a noble (father)," a loving address to a
D*1Sin 0133
H3 and
rnra-ra maiden. A queen

11
;
CXLVIII
herself
3.
is
ra
a
addrel .ed as
H3
Ps.
45
3Lam.l
:i5;
DnVPTl?
'3 Jer.
46
1 1
T13
compare
13
No.
The name of daughter

13), is
of wide extent.
It is
as well as that of son (see used for
And as the names of nations are 14: 17. often transferred to countries, and vice vers& (Lehrg.
'SJ? Jer.
grand-daughter, a female descendant. So '$". n'133 the Hebrew women, Jud. 11:40; U?3? H133 Canaanitish women, especially maidens, Gen. 28: 8; and with the name of a people, D'P>??n rfl33 2 Sam. 1 20 ^y O133 the women of my nation, Eze. 13:17. So also we should take "TNfV n'l33 Ps. 48: 12, where some incorrectly understand the towns of Judah. For,
(1)
: ;
which properly denotes the by the poets of a city or So P'VTIS of the city it&elf, Isa. l :8; region itself. 10:32; ^33-nS Ps. 137:8; and it is even said n3Cn' '33TI3 "inhabitress (i. e. inhabitants) of the daughter of Babylon," i.e. of the city itself, Zee. 2:11;
page 469),
this phrase,
is
inhabitants,
also used
Jer. 46, 19;
48:18.
(6) Followed
by a
old,
genit. of time, it implies HJC'
a fe6.
towns around a city are called the daughters of the city, not of a region ; the daughters of Judah, i. e. the women of Judah (see No. 5) are opposed to Zion,
lesser
i.
male who has lived during that time;

one ninety years Gen. 17:17.
D^'Pms
}3
Comp.
No.
e to the sons of Zion, Zionites, and both
by the
laws of parallelism denote the inhabitants of Zion, and the rest of Judah of both sexes; compare Isa.
(7) Figuratively, the daughter of any thing is used with regard to whatever depends upon it, pertains to it, or is distinguished So for it. Comp. |3 No. 7.
daughters of a
towns situated in
it,
city is
its
;
a name given to the smaller
4:4.
(2) a
?3
maiden,a young woman, a woman, comp.
Num. 2 1
25, 32
jurisdiction and dependent on 32:42; Josh. 17:11 ; Jud.ll:26;

'
Gr. dvyarrip, Fr. fille, Gen. 30:13; Cant. Poet. 0^3? J"I3 2:2; 6:9; Jud. 12:9; Isa. 32:9. "daughter of women," for "maiden," young
2,
No.
woman, Dan. 11:17. (3) foster-daughter, adopted daughter,
daughter of the eye, i. e. the pupil (see f^"K) rrt33 n^'n "daughters of song," songstresses, [" FI3 a wicked Ecc. 12:4; woman, l Sa. l 1 6 ;"] D'"Vltt'S<~n3 (ivory) the daughter of cedars, i e. set in
pyns
^3
Est.
cedar, Eze. 27:6.
(4) female disciple, worshipper, Mai. 2:11, "O3 /-S"r>3 " the worshipper of a strange god."
(5) followed by a genit. of place, especially a city or region, it denotes a woman there born and direlling, specially of youthful age, as, D.v^T JYI33 Cant.
Isa. 3:16, 17^ 4:4; a peculiar idiom of Heb. and Syriac J"I3 daughter, like other feminines (see Lehrgeb 477), is used by the poets collectively for
(8) It is applied to animals in one phrase, TI3 n i?J?! (JUU;^ c^-i. the daughter of the female ostrich,
1
used of the ostrich (see J"l3y_'_). Comp. )3 No. 9. (9) It is supposed to mean a branch of a tree. Gen. 49:22, n-WV ni33the daughters" !? i. e. b r a nch es of a fruit tree (J"nb 13 comp. J3 No. 10),
&
3:5; 5:8, 16; r^KH ni33 Gen. 34: l.

2:7;
fl'V
71133
By
"go up over the wall," i.e. in their luxuriant growth. It may, however, be better to read with IJgen on the passage, 7? n 1VY n " 3 "the daughters at
ascent,"
i.
e.
0'33 sons (comp.
inj D3 Mic. 4: 14 for "Ml? 33 2 Ch. 25: 13), and daughter of a city or region or people, is used So "ivn3 for poetically for its inhsibitants.
i'
the wild beasts dwelling in the mountains

C_>';j)>
(comp Arab, j'j^

Sauer).
"Hem uYuT(Itr0en
auf txt
3?
Ty r ia n s,
Isa.
Ps.
P'Vn3
16: l;
D^'f1TTI3 Isa. 37:22; 52:2; Jer. 4:31; D'"IKT13 Lam.
45
3
1
(10) In proper names

(a)
D'STna ("daughter of many"), [Bathpr. n. of the gate of
4:22; D.^XP'riil Jer. 46 1 23: 10; "3jrn3 i.q. N3y '35

:
19 24
:
E"Enrrrn
Isa.
i sa-
rabbim],
(b)
Heshbon, Cant. 7:5.

;
my people,
i.
22:4; Jer.
VS^VIS ("daughter of an oath," y3C for HJN3!?, comp. Gen 26:33, 345 or daughter of seven,
sc.
4:11; 9:6;
as in Syr. jocn^js) 1^_S

e.
daughter of
years), [Bath-sheba~], the wife of Uriah, denied
Abraham,
for sons of Abraham,

Isa. 1 :8.
Hebrews, see
my
Comment, on
roTroiid, so
all
Hence hfis arisen the
by David, who married her after her husband wa killed; and by whom she was the mother of Solomon, 2
Sa.
1 1
:
TTYMHTW-
common
in the
Hebrew
poets,
by which
12
l
l
Ki.
15, seq.
i.e.
f.
Also called "H3

" of Je-
the inhabitants are presented under the figure of

(Isa.
:
HT
23:12, seq.; 47:1, seq.; 54:1, seq.; Lam. i l seq.), and the daughter of a country is called the virgin, as tfTXVIS n?in3 i. e. " virgin daughterof Sidon" (the construct, state standing ?33~n3 '2 Isa. 47:1; for apposition), Isa. 23: 12;
,
woman
(c)
[Bath-skua'], nj^3 ("daughter,"
Ch. 3:5.
i
hovah"), [Bithiah'], pr.n.
worshipper, Ch. 4:18.
II. ri3 (from the root fins No. l), pi. Dri3 comm. (m. Eze. 45:10; f. Isa. 5:10), a measure of fluids, as of wine and oil, of the same content as HD'^ of any
p-ira-ra
CXLIX
which cities or states ar^ spoken of under the figure
of women, they are also culled virgins, see the examples cited under ri3 No. 5. Also without 03 there
is
It thing dry. may be called in Lat. amphora. Ten baths made a homer ppn, see Eze. 45: 11, 14); the
tenth part of a bath was called-IO'y i Ki. 7 26, 38 2 Chron. 2 9 4:5; Eze. 45 1 0, seq. Isa. loc. cit.
:
simply said ?8OB'J n?-in2
'>
the
virgin of
Israel,"
Joseph. Arch.
viii. 2,
9, 6 It |3a2oc %vvara.i
of the people of Israel, Jer. 18:13; 31:4, 21;
Amos
5:.
H3
Ch.
i.q.
Heb. No.
II.
pi.
]n3
Ezr. 7:22.
Rightly of Israel.
Ch.^trH
KFIB*3| the
congregation
nriS fem. desolation (from the root nr>3 No. 2. Isa. 7:19, ninan ^qa "desolated (deaert) valleys,"
or "
^K
pl._ (!) virginity, Lev.2l:l3, and he shall take a wife in her
abrupt
rallies"
(comp."W3 broken
;
off,
abrupt,
virginity;" Jud. 11:37;
meaning
headlong, and paydc from pftyrvpi) but the former It does not appear that we is preferable.
Xtyofitvov
said of a vineyard: Germ, id) will itjm bag
Eze. 23:3, |n^-in3 'TJ " the teats of their virginity," verse 3.
(2) tokens of virginity (compare JV"13 No. 4, of the sign of the covenant), i. e. stragulae inter prima:
should read differently the a;ra

fem
-
I sa -
6,
where
it is
r^?, as if n^D -inn^x arauS madicn. Vulg. "ponam earn desertam." " I will The grammarians have lay it desolate." not been consistent with regard to this form, which ought in each case to have the same vowels. [But
not unfrequent here we have a long vowel in the one case to compensate for dagesh in the other.]
still
amplexus hymehis scissi sanguine inquinat. Deu. 22:i4,seq. Compare Leo Afric. p. 325 Niebuhr's 39. Arvieux,Itin. vol. Description of Arabia, p. 35 iii. p. 257, 260. Michaelis, Mosaisches Recht, t. ii. 92.
"PHI! see n3
I.
noctis
10,
c.
PI houses,
see
a variation in the vowels
is
/JjJ' an unused root

i.
kindred to the roots
q.
Arab,
to separate, to seclude. jjsj
Hence
(i) of a man (i. q. (rod"), [Bethuel], the father of Laban

pr.n.
-irip
man
of
and Rebecca,
not used
in
Gen.22:22,23; 24:15,24,47,50; 25:20; 28:2,5. " (2) of a place (pr. tarrying of God," from bj
i.
Kal.
Once
in
PIEL, Eze.
q. n-13), a town in the tribe of Simeon, l Ch. 4:30, which in Josh. 19:4 is written contr. 7iri3. In Josh. 15:30, in the same series of cities (as to this remarkable corruption see Relandi Palsestina, p. 152, 153),
and they shall cut thee in 16:40, DniTTl? "n-lpyi? pieces with their swords." LXX. Karaffûôvai at.
Vulg. trucidabunt
to cut, to cut
te.
(Arab.
Êth.
j_u
to cleave asunder,
off.
fl't'Ti: to break.)
there
is
found -^P?.
f.
TO
in
to
CUT
UP, TO DIVIDE, as slain victims,
called
(i) a virgin, pure and unspotted, so as being separated and secluded from inter-
Kal and
break
off.
Piel,
Gen. 15:10.
Arab.^j
^,k>, ^
'
to
"
l
cut
"
1 |
off,
Kindred roots are
o,,
^ ?,
C I1
course with men, see the root (Arabic

virgin,
9
Jyy
a pure
a religious
*
of JiJ!> *^ specially the virgin Mary,

professing virginity, a virgin, chaste young man.
Ch. after, for 1HS3, see 1D>< page xcvi, B.
Syr.
JJoA^
ft
compare JEth.
v
virgin, also e
man
with
(1) a
suff.
'n^3,
pi. const.
divided part of victims, Gen. 15:10;
Jer.
\fc\\
34:i9(2) section, a dividing, used of a country divided by mountains and valleys (see P" ??), rugged and
1
a virgin). Gen. 24: 16, nijjjni. " *6 .... an d the girl .... was a e$]nJ>Ul3 virgin, and no man had known her ,"2 Sa. 13:2, 18; "V-n? '"$?- "a girl, a virgin," i. e. pure, Deu. 22:
Syr. nj>T
to defile
\^-i
abrupt. Cant. 2:17,

,
:rnrr73;,
LXX.
tVt opri KotXw-
i.e.
mountains divided by valleys.
Compare
93,28; Jud. 19:24; 2l:l-2; i Ki. 1:2. (2) Also used of a woman newly married, Joel l :G as in Latin virgo, Virg. Eel. vi. 47 JEi.. i. 493
;
n??. m. a region divided by mountains and a valley which divides mountains, Koifrom prjyvvu. 9 Sa. 2:29. Aw/tu, S3crgfd)lud)t/ paync, Others suppose this to have been the pr. n. of some would make but little particular region; but this
valleys, or
puttta,
viiUJri.
1
Georg
iv.
458, and Arabic
virgin, LXX.
3.)
By a TrpoffwTroTroua,
familiar to the Hebrews,
by
CL
Jilfcrence, for the pr. n.
would be taken from the
natuie of the place.
and
to
<icJ!
quite, altogether.
In
Hebrew
it
[Root ID?.]
root.
I. IV. to Arabic (com p. under the root "H3
have denoted
(l) to define,
i.
an unused
cut, to cut off, to
e. to
measure; whence
off, to
i.q.
J"13
a mea-
break off
sure.
s
**<>.
*-
I.);
i^j'zj
something broken
off,
destroyed
&
(2) to cut any thing

to lay waste altogether,
H?3
put an end to a whence n l??,

;
thing^
'"'D?.
Gimel ('9^), the third letter of the alphabet, when used as a numeral, i.q. t hree. Its name differs only in form from 7D3 camel; and its figure in the Phoecabees,
it
adorned, magnificent.) In the signification of pride, accords with the Gr. ya/w. Derivatives follow, except NJI, HJ3 No. H.
on the coins of the Mac^thiopic alphabet (*]), bears a resemblance to the neck of the camel. The Greeks received this letter from the Phoenicians, and by turning the head to the right, made it F.
nician
(4, ~1),
monuments
and
""3
40:
1 1,
in the
Job adj. (i) lifted up, high, Isa. 2:12. 12,*n^9!?n} nX3-^:i ntn behold every thing
it
that
is
high, and bring
low."
Jer.
(2)
proud, arrogant,
48:29.
PL D % X3
the
As being the softest of the palatals (p3'J) except Yod, it is often interchanged with the harder ones 3 and p; both within the limits of the Hebrew language
itself,
proud, often with the adjoined notion of impiety; as elsewhere, meekness and a humble spirit include the
idea of piety (see
^tf).
Psa.
94
40 6
:
Pro
and as found by a comparison with cogs

<-
25; 16:19.
LXX.
vTrepiifyaroi, vftpiffrai.
s
,. - jj
nate languages, see

9
ar
B*"!3,
^^j^j
*
1
~
a heap of
13|
$?
f.
pride, arrogance, Pro. 8:
13.
("majesty
-> sulphur;
.<=-.
of God"), [Geuet], pr.n. m.
sheaves;
J"l'"i.33,
l^;-
^, 1^0
T33
and
Nu. 13:15.
ll^^ f. pr. elevation (from (1) magnificence, majesty, as of God, Deu. 33:
JJ3 to cover, to protect; to
and
& -
D33,
to collect,
^|
heap up; ?Y\ and ??T
to
s-^~*
run up and down; ^
JP33,
calix of flowers; "H3,

B
j^
26; Ps. 68: 35.
and
jji
to cut;
"1$^
(2)
ornament, splendour
(3>rad)t),
Job 41:7;
)-feUi almond.
Deu. 33:29.
(2) into gutturals, namely, V see !"n|, fpa, and n,
birds,
More
rarely
a
it
passes over
which are
as
les? allied;
r
T ??,
1
Psa. 73:6, ten^ JD? (3) pride, arroganci/. n l*?3 "therefore pride clothes their neck," i.e. they are elated with pride. A stiff neck being regarded
Ps. 31 24 Pro. 14:3; Isa. 9:8; Used of the sea, Psa. 46: 13:3,11; 16:6; 25:11. 4, *'the mountains quake at its pride."
:
l.xOiS young of
comp. nnN.
Htjl|),
as the seat of pride.
K3
adj. (for
Isa.
HW
from the root
m. proud,
arrogant,
16:6.
HN? a poetical word. (l)TO LIFT ONESELF UP, TO INCREASE, USed of water rising up, Eze. 47:5; of a plant growing, Job 8:11. Job 10:16, Tiwri ^n? ? n*F\ "and (if) it (my head) raise itself up, as a lion thou wouldest hunt me."
fut.
;
m. plur. (of the form Dmitry, D'OHp), re-
demptions, redemption. Isa. 63:4, v-1X| n3"'"thj year of my redemption," i.e. in which I will redeem my people. So LXX., Vulg Syr. Commonly
,
taken as " the year of
my redeemed
;
ones."
(a) Metaph. to be exalted, magnificent, of God, Ex. 15:1, 91. In the derivatives it is applied
2 ptf const. fl|, once pi. D^KJ (from the root HKJ), Eze. 16:56, pr. elevation hence (l) sublimity, majesty, of God, Ex. 15:7; Isa.
(3) to
(4) to
honour
(see |iX| No. l),
and
see ^1X3
pride and arrogance,

(Syr. Pael
and
fiNi
N;.
3.
ll^to
decorate, to
make mag-
p)3 "they sing wil.1 2:10, 19, 21 24:14, ^>n>; joy of the majesty of Jehovah." Job 37: 4,Mxj. ^P " his s u b i m e Job 40 1 0, NJ'nnj voice," thunder. HJJI flK| "deck thyself, now, with majesty aid
;
nificent.
Ethpael, to boast oneself;
JU,
magnificence."
Mic.
3.
CLl
(2)
15,
Isa.
ornament, glory, splendour, Isa. 4:2; 60 "I will make thee D7TI7 P^f a perpetual glory." 13:19, C^3 pX3 rnxpn "the splendid glory
Isa. of the Chaldeans," said of the city of Babylon. Ps. 47 15, 3'pgl PS? " the glory of Jacob," 14: 11.
seq.; Deu 19:6, 12; Josh. 20:3; 2 Sa 14:11; and without C^JO Nu. 35 12. (3) Since both the right of redemption (No. l), and the office of avenging bloodshed (No. 2 ) belonged
:
Num. 35:19,
8:7. " PHI? liK? the glory of Jordan," poet, used of its green and shady banks, beautifully clothed with wilalso,
i.e.
the
Holy Land;
God
himself,
Amos
lows, tamarisks,
and cane, where
lions
used to
lie
hid
amongst the reeds, Jer. 12:5; 49:19; 50:44; Zee. Kelandi Pa11:3; comp. Jerome on Zee. loc. cit. kestina, page 274. Pro. 16: (3) i- <} '"'T^ No. 3, pride, arrogance. 3pK. fif "the 18, "pride goeth before a fall." pride of Jacob," Am.6:8; Nah. 2:3; Job 35:12;
;
to the nearest kinsman, /W denotes, near of kin^ near relative, Num. 5:8; Lev.25:25; Rutli3:l2, with art. /N3H " the nearest kinsman," Ruth 4:1, 6,8; compare 3:9, 12. The one next after him ia called ^Nap Ruth :2O; compare 4:4. PL D^3 relatives, iKi. 16: 11. (So to the Hebrew ~>8^ i.e. near
kinsman, answers the Arab.

s
-I'
avenger of blood,
and
tector.
J, denotes both
friend,
kinsman, and a pro-
Isa.
13:11: 16:6.
It is also
ascribed to the waves,

4.
'"IS3
Job 38:11.
3
Compare
H-ISS
No.
avenger of blood.) (4) Since by the law of Moses it was also the office of the next of kin, when a man died without children,
(with Tzere impure), from the root
(1) a lifting up, something lifted up.

JETJ
Isa. 9: 17,
n-IJU
"a column
of smoke."
marry his widow (see D?J, B?'); the verb ?S3 ia also transferred to this right and office of a relation, where it is dcnom from ?X3. See Ruth 3: 13, where
to
(a) majesty, of God, Ps. 93:1. (3) gl r yi splendour, Isa. 28:1, 3.
Boaz
Concr. Isa.
'33$
'&$ f^l lfc*B^ TH^' " if he will marry thee

says,
31B
l^JfT^
by
right of rela-
12:5(4) pride,
arrogance,
Ps.
17:10; 89:10.
Ps. 123:4,
P np,
DW
adj.
proud, arrogant,
3>ru.
tionship, let him marry thee, but if he will not, I will marry thee;" compare Tob. 3:17. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. i, to be redeemed, of a field and farm, Lev. 25 30 of consecrated things, Lev.
: ;
'K| the
proud
ones of the oppressors.
[Root
27:20, 27, 28, 33; of a slave, Lev. 25:54;
reflex, to
n|.]
f" X3 vallies;
I.
redeem
see the root
oneself, ib., verse 49.
W\.
Derivatives n^S3, D^-lXf and pr. n.

II.
/
^3.
'N3
fut.
7X3?.
- (l) TO
REDEEM, BUY BACK,

;
N5
farm sold, Lev. 25:25; Ruth 4:4, 6; a thing consecrated to God, Lev. 27: 13, 15, 19, 20, 31 a slave, Lev. 25:48, 49. Part. ?K3 redeemer (of a
as a field or
field),
in Kal, to be
a word of the later [?] Hebrew, not used polluted, impure,!.*}. Chald. ?$}, ?yj.;
to
to
Ithpe. â.J^K to be polluted.
PIEL ?X3
pollute,
to be
defile, Mai. 1:7.
Lev. 25 26.
:
Very frequently used of God
as
redeeming men, and specially Israel, as out of the slavery of Egypt, Ex. 6:6; from the Babylonish captivity [or
other dispersions], Isa. 43:1; 44:22; 48: Const, absol. also followed by IP Ps. 49:7, etc. 72:14; TO ps 106:10. Part. pass. D^K|, fijn those redeemed by God, Isa. 35 9 5 1 10 Job 1 9 25,
polluted; part. *?XJp polluted. (l) impure, unclean, of food, Mai. 1: 12. as a (2) declared impure, i.e. to be removed, Neh. Ezr. from sacred 2:62; 7:64; ministry, priest
>
PUAL.
2O
compare Syriac
Hiphil. NIPIL\L
^ssj
Zeph. 3:
is
to cast
awa}
r >
reject,
and
/J?|
VI
>sta
JJUJT '3$
" I
know
(that)
my Redeemer liv-
^?3
l,
and ^J
Isa.
59:3; Lam.
eth,"that
God himself will freemefrom these calamities

:
-.14
(which Ibrm
J-JL-^),
to
like the passive Couj. VII. in
The Redeemer [in the resurrection, see the context. here is Christ]. Job 3 5, in the imprecations cast on
" let darkness the day of his birth, nvo'pvi Tf n W^t and the shadow of death redeem it" for themselves, let them retake possession of it.
(2) Followed
Arabic
polluted, defiled, stained.

to
HIPHIL,
pollute,
blood, Isa. 63: 3. tates the Syriac.
The form
stain, as a garment with for 'n?K?n imi-
wW*
by
D^J;
to
require blood,
i.e.
to
HITHPAEL, to pollute Hence Dan. 1:8.

-
oneself,
with unclean fcod,
ivtnge bloodshed, to require the penalty of bloodshed from any one; only in part. D^n ?N3 avenger of blood,
pl. const.
!?!,
defiling s, Neh. 13 -<tg.
nii-nbN3
* f. (l) the redemption of a field and (arm, Lev. 25:24; Ruth 4:6; hence (a) the right
2
No.
3.
pi.
D'33
a Ki. 25:12
3ro;
see the
roU
311
of redemption, more fully n?X3n DBtpD Jer. 32:7, r>K3 eomp. 8 (see rvTD3) Lev. 25:29, 31,48; oViy the right of redeeming for ever, Lev. 25:32. (b) followed by a gen. afield to be redeemed by any one
;
L 3* m. (i) aboard, so "aled from the PL D'33 iKi.6:9. cutting. Root 313. (2) a well. PL D'33 Jer. 14:3.
II.
idea ol
by right of relationship, Ruth 4: 6. demption, Lev. 25:26, 51,52. (a) relationship, kindredship
Eze. 11:15, 1D/*J?
(c) price
of reI,
33
(for H33.
'
from the root ^33) a locust.

&Kp/2 cc
.
PI.
D'33 Isa. 33:4.
LXX.
(see root
3).
^?N
tliy
kindred.
Dan. 6
^3 Ch. emph. N33 a den, where lions were kept, In Targ. for the Hebrew 113, Syriac 8, seq.
:
(see No. 5, 6) from the root 333 No. l, pr. something gibbous, something curved like an arch or a bow. (1) the back of animals, Eze. 10:12; and of men, Ps. 129:3, D'cnn icnn 33 ^y "the plowers plowed upon my back," i. e. they cut my back with stripes as the ground is cut with a plough. s (2) back, boss of a shield (comp. Arab. <-_-'y><
1* with
suffix '33, pi. D'33
and H133
J-^><i^
JJ&OOQ^,
Arabic
rf
^_^~^, jEthiopic
]'f); id.
[Root 313.]
33 & 313 ("pit* cistern"), [Goi],
pr. n. of
place otherwise unknown, 2 Sa. 21 : 18, 19, for which there is in the parallel place, i Ch. 80:4, "IT3.
N Jy
Ye,
to
shield,
it is
and French
.
bouclier
said proverbially,
rushes upon him . . a metaphor taken from soldiers, who join their shields closely together like a testudo, and so make an onset.
Job 15 26, he V^X V|3D f>"C with thick bosses of shields,"

from
boucle). '33 '3J?3 . . .
:
Arab. Up- ultWaw and gathertogether, specially water into a reser-
an unused
root, i.q.
voir, to
to
collect tribute, Up-
IV .to gather
together,
collect.
Hence
Isa.
Comp.
xl.
Schult. ad loc.
cit.
Har. Cons,
xxiii. p.
231
454, ed. de Sacy. Hence (3) bulivark, fortress, Job 13:12, D3'33 *tt?n3j " fortresses of clay (are) your fortresses." This
is
m. (l) a reservoir for water, a cistern. 30:14. Vulg. fovea. (2) a marsh, a pool, Eze. 47:11.
-III;!
N33
has a double power; the one proper, the
other derived.
The proper
is
be understood of the weak and feeble arguments with which the adversaries are defending themselves
to
Isa.
(1)
vault,
curved, hollow, like an arch or whence 3| something gibbous; this sense ia

to
be
(comp. wark.
41:21).
So Arab. J^ back
for
bul-
whence
also
widely extended in the kindred roots, as ^3, H13, whence ^ll; 5)13, whence n ^3.
1},
^3;
5)33,
(4) a vaulted house, avault, specially used of a brothel or chamber, where harlots prostituted themselves (like the Lat. fornix, Juven.
iii.
^S? (where see more) and HB3 33J5, c__>\j;, and To this answer gibbus, tebel, ipfcL Also also ^H.
;
156), Eze. 16:
24,31? 39- LXX. mKi]f.in Tfopi'tKuy, iropvtloy. Plur. D'33 (5) rim, circumference of wheels. JTI33 Eze. l:l8. 1X1.7:33;
(6) the eyebrow, as if the
the roots H33, H33, J33, y33. to cut, (2) The other is borrowed from 313, 33J
to
bow of the
eye.
PL
J"fl33
dig; Arab. ^_^&- to cut, to cut out; comp. c-j's*Med. Waw and Ye id. and Conj. VIII. to dig a well. Whence Ch. 33 a well.
Lev. 14:9.
(7) back,
Arab. Ju^- the bone above which the
eyebrow grows.
i.
an unused
surface of the altar. Eze. 43:13. TOV Ovtrtaarripiov. So the Gr. rwroy
root,
i.
q.
Arab. L->its
to
go out
e.
LXX.
from
hence
the earth, as a serpnt from

<__>';>- for
jl->-
hiding place:
TO
v\(/oc
to this is
used of the surface of the sea, land, &c. Equivalent najsn JJ Ex. 30:3; 37:26; so that it may
it
locusts, so called as issuing

;
be doubted whether
should not be so read.
back, pi. backs, for sing, like Dan. 7:6 3'ro, "and that beast had four wings 3'2J 7Jf on its back." np nsj. LXX. tVavu* ai/rvc- Theod. vwtpavu airijc- Vulg.
i.
33 Ch.
from the earth when hatched comp. Êth. a very krge locust, from iaJ to emerge iVnn the
water, comp. Plin. xi. 29,
p. 443.
q. Ht;b.
35.
Bochart, Hieroz.
ii.
the Gr. ra VUTO.
Hence
jl
33.
No.
II, 3^3.
inf.
tuperie.
fern, irregularly pi.
HH33 Zeph. 3: 11 533, once ? Eze. i6:5C
<ut.
^J
CLIII
(1) TO BE
HIGH (comp. under the root 333 No.

:
l);
of a 19:11; of heaven, Ps. 103 1 1 toll man, l Sa. 10:43. (2) to be exalted, elevated to a greater degree of dignify and honour, Isa. 52: 13; Job 36:7. (3)127 PQ3 (a) in a good sense, to take courage, and he took 2011.17:6; nirv 'D713 \& aaa.?! courage in the ways of Jehovah." (b) in a bad
of a tiee. Eze.
;
cord by which the limit is measured out from the root 73 1 No. l) Deu. 19:14; 27:17; Pro. 22 28 Jud. 1 1 18 D' 7-133 the western boundary, Nu. 34:3, 6. Used of the boundary of the sea, Ps. As to the phrase /-132-1 Num. 35:8; Deut. 104:9. 3: 16, 17> e tc., see under Vav copulative.
(pr. the
: ;
cense, to lift up itself (the heart) in pride or arrogance, to be pro ud, Ps. 131:1; Pro. 18: 12; aCh. 26:
16.
Jer. 13:15.. HIPHIL iâan to make high, to exalt, Eze. 17:24; 21:31. Prov. 17:19, *inri3 n'23.0 "who makes his
Hence used of the person himself (4) to be proud,arrogant, Isa-3: 16;
borders, limits, Gen. 10:19; *?y?.?D V-133. "the limits of the Canaanites." D^V*? 7-133^?3 "the whole e x t e n t of Egypt," Ex. l o 1 4, i 9 7N^: h^^>3 i Sa. 11:3,7; ft*- *2?^3| Nu. 21:24, etc. PL bounds,
(<2)the space included within certain

(ffiebtet),
territory
territories, Jer. 15513; Isa.6o:l8; 2 Ki. 15:16; Eze. 27 :4; "in the midst of the sea are thy bounds,"
(of Tyre).
gate "
49:16, 1|p T^33 iT^rp? although thou make thy nest high like the eagle," i. e. thou constructest thy fortresses on the tops of rocks comp. Obad. 4, where it is without 1.3p. Followed by an inf. adv. Ps. 1 13 5, npgj rP338n "who Job 5:7, |W >n3 dwelleth on high." they fly on high." Without S]-iy id. Job 39: 27 followed by
;
:
more lofty."
Jer.
(3) edge (of the altar), Eze. 43: 13, 17.
n7-Q.3
in733
f.
border, margin,
spelt in the
Isa.
28:25, ^9??1
it,"
"and
margin
of
(the field).
PI. rii,?3| boundaries, limits, as of a field, Job.
24:2;
of regions, Nu. 34:2, 12; of peoples, Deu. 32:8.

(i) strong, mighty, impetuous, used of a hunter, Gen. 10:9; commonly
113;!, ~l2l5 adj. [root ">33].
finite
verb, 7:11. Derivatives follow, except pr. n.

ÎJ-I
i.
Isa.
i"in23J.
'
of an impetuous soldier, a hero, 2 Sa. 17:10; Ps. 33:
q. H!3!
.
adj.
1
lofty,
n:ry aaj p s 101 =5; a.? 7 8, of one who is proud.

:
high, only in constr. na3 pro 16:5; nn na3 ECC.

.
16; 45:4; ~>i23 Jjbo "a mighty king" (Alexander the Great), Dan. 11:3. "1133 h$ a mighty hero. [The mighty God: Christ is spoken of.] Isa. 9:5; 10:21;
rarely
ni33 Ps. 138:6, adj.; constr. 33|
Sa.
16:7 (compare ^33), f. nri23. (1) high, lofty, of a tree, Eze. 17:24; a tower, Isa. 57:7; stature Isa. 2:15; mountain, Gen. 7 1 9 of a man, l Sa. 9:2; powerful, 00.5:7; subst.
: ;
7iyO lg' D-)3Jin non comp. Eze. 32 1 1. Gen. 6:4, DT Q^H {j^N "these are the heroes, those who were famous of old;" Pro. 30 30, " the lion is aheroamong beasts;" also used of a soldier generally, Jer. 51 :3O;
: :
that
which
is
high,
i.
q.
height, ta lines s,
Isa.
Sam.
127:4; 7?n 1133 "a mighty warrior," Jud.6:i2; ii:l; iSa.g:!; pl. ??D ni33 2Ki.i5:2o; and D^JQ ^133 i Ch. 7 5 1 1 40. Used of God, Ps.
Ps. 120:4;
:
16:7.
(2)
proud, arrogant,
5: 15; iSa.2:3.
^53 m.with suff.in3!,

ings, etc., Eze.
4:8,ncrfr9 ni33 nin> -11331 my nin:"j e hovah(is) strong and mighty, Jehovah (is)mighty in battle." Deu. 10:17; Jer. 32:18; Neh. 9:32. In mockery,
Isa. 5:2-2, "i??? ^bipV
(i)/ie j<7/i^ Of trees, build-
l:l8; 40:42; i Sam. 17:4; Amos 2:9; Job 22:12, DJOB? H33 aft&p6q "is not God in the height of heaven?" PI. constr. Job 11:8, *n33 " the 7y_5rrnD D?OB> heights of heaven (are those of the divine wisdom); Avhat wilt thou deep things do?"
^n-^ps
rtwff nni3|
^r,
"
woe to those who are heroes
in drinking wine,
who
are
mighty
my
remarks on
in mingling strong drink." Compare It is also referred to Isa. 28:1.

?.*n
energy, ability, in performing things,
~li3|
man
strong in ability
(ttjatigcr/ tuditiger Sftann), l
Ki.
magnificence, Jer. 40: 10. (3) pride, arrogance, Jer.48:2g; more fully 33 aaa 2 Ch. 26:16; nn nai pro 16:18; and aai *|K Ps. 10:4; which last phrase is very frequent in
(2) majesty,
.
in wealth" (oevmogcnb),
Arabic, see Thes. p. 257.

3
f.
wealth, 7?D ~ft33 "mighty Ruth 2:1; l Sa. 9 i 2 KL 15:20; to power, Gen. 10:8. Hence ^5<1 "1*133 (2) a chief, a military leader, Isa. 3:2, nonpP "the commander of soldiers and the soldier;" compare Eze. 39 20. So also apparently, we should
to
:
11:28; Neh. 11:14;
pride,
suff.
Isa. 2
1 1,
17.
understand those i Ch. l Ki. i 8

:
who are
1 1
:
called 1)"J
26
29 24.
:
with
(l)
af,
33; p l. D7-ia|
chief, l Ch.
9:26,
D^D
^33 2 Sa. 23:8; Used generally of ni33 "the chiefs of th
boundary,
li-nit of a field,
and of a region,
porters."
It is
rarely
CLIV
(3) in a bad sense,
like the
proud, a tyrant,
Ps. 52:3;
/1^5^
f.
curdled milk, cheese, Jobio:io; from

3.
Arab.
the root |33 No.
Arab.
Si.
.
f>-
IV.
-
to
curdle as
Q3 f. (from the root 1?|) (i) strength, Ecc.g: 16, n-yi3|p neon rn'lB "wisdom is bette.r than strength;" 10:17, "Happy land !... whose princes eat in due season, TIBQ &O1 "T?3?? for strength (to strengthen the body), not for drunkenness." PI. Ps. 90 10, " we live seventy years, D*3b^ nr3J 3 DN1
:
;
milk; V. to be curdled,
Syr.
J^^x^ cheese.
y ?? m. (from the root V33). (i) a cup, bowl, Gen. 44:2, seq.; a large bowl of wine, Jer. 35:5, distinguished from n'lDS the smaller cups into which
the wine was poured from this. (2) calix of flowers, in the ornaments of the holy
candlestick.
H3y'
and
if
by reason of strength eighty years;"
Job 4:4. Specially (2) fortitude, military virtue, Jud. 8: 21; Isa. It is also applied to the horse, Job 39:19; 36:5. it is once applied to the strong and intrepid soul of a Sometimes in concr. for mighty prophet, Mic. 3 8. deeds, l Ki. 15:23, "and the rest of the things done by Asa, nfe^ T$TPJ VnTOf^ and his mighty deeds and all that he did," etc.; 16:27; 22:46; ["coucr. "] also for DH13J strong men, heroes, Isa.
:
Ex. 25:31, seq.; 37:17, 19, compare

;
Arab, ajtj calix of flowers

l
Heb.
J"H?3i5
cup,
bowh
?? m. lord, so called from the idea of power, found twice, Gen. 27 29, 37. Root "V?3.
:
Q Jil
f.
lady, mistress, everywhere used of a
3:2530: 15; especially of God, Ps. 21 PI. nirv nH-Qf 14; 54:3; 66:7; 71:18; 89:14. of Deu. deeds Ps. 106:2; Job 3:24; God," "mighty
(3)
queen, specially of the wife of a king, l Ki. 11:19; 2 Ki. 10: 13; of the mother of a king, l Ki. 15:13;
power,
Isa.
2Ch. 15:16.
Efor
(from EOS) crystal, which
pr. ice (see

is
&$ft)\
and was
a),
like ice,
trop. used in fact re-
86:14.
(4) victory, Ex. 32
:
garded as ice (Plin. H. N. xxxvii.

18
;
compare the verb, chap.
jjpuornXAce,
crystal.
It
and Êth.
ft^: R4^:
hailstone
compare Gr. and
17:11.
l
occurs once, Job 28: 18.
Ch. emph.
:
^^^ power, might, of God,

'-5*3
Dan. 2 20.
-*fl i. q. n3| to be high, but specially used of itature, and of the forehead, Ch. T3| a man who
is
WREATHE
also
(l) TO TWIST, TO TWIST TOGETHER, TO as a rope (kindred to /3n, 733, compare
UU^- a rope),hence JW33, n <??P ^Teathen work,

?-13|
and
too
tall,
Arabic i^>-\ having a
prop, a
line
by which boundaries were
tall
forehead,
S-i--
forehead.
Hence
measured, then used of the boundary itself (compare finis and funis, Engl. line, both cord and boundary),
s-
ni.
adj. one
who has
too
high a forehead,
and from the
signification of limit,
J,-^ a mountain,
(nouns of the form ?E>? indicating some defect of body), hence bald on the front part of the head,
a chain of mountains, as being the natural limit of regions, comp. opoq and opoc, and Heb. ?3^ ?3J. Denominative from
(a)
itself.
forehead-bald, Lev. 13:41. LXX. ctr Opp. to HTJ5 i. e. bald on back of the head.
f. baldness on the front part of the head, Lev. 13:42, 43. It is applied to a bald or bare place on the outer or right side of garments and clothes, Lev. 13:55. Opp. to nrn baldness of the back of the head, and of the back part of cloths.
/"I3| is
to
bound,
to
limit
(a) used of the
boundary
U?
Josh. 18:20, Wtaftolfl |T|PI) "and Jordan was its border." (6) with an ace. of the boundary, to set, to determine. Deut. 19:14, " Kemove not the boundaries of neighbour D'3b JO ^33 X"'
;
thy
3?
i.q.
Syr.
Lc^f"an
exactor of tribute"),
which those of old have set." 3 to border upon, (3) Followed by cent to, Zee. 9:2.
HIPHIL,
to
:
to be
adjaEx.
[Gabbai],
pr.u. of a
man, Neh. 11:8.
set
bounds
to
any
thing, to limit.
" (" cisterns," Jer. 14:3, or locusts," Isa. of a small town not far from 33:4), [Gebim], pr.n. Jerusalem, tcvards the north, Isa, 10:31
D'33
I9:23
n;
n ? !r
^3?v]
tain;" Ex. 19: 13,

to the people."
"set bounds round the mounDVr n ? ^/W? "and set bouadi
Derivatives, see Kal No. 1.
CLV
i-q-
J-o- "mountain" ["see the
root 73J
No. 1."]), [<7e6a], pr. n. of a city of the Phoenicians, between Tripoli and Berytus, situated not far from
the sea, in a lofty place (Strabo xvi. p. 755, Casaub.), whose inhabitants were skilful as sailors (Eze. 27:9)
a mountait 68:16, 172-in D'mnD the mountain of Bashan;" and vers mountains (which 17, by apposition, D'3.??3_ D*"in are) summits," i.e. abound in summits. (Compare
tain; Psal.
of
summits,
'
<>
37
Talm.
JV3-133!
and as architects (l Ki. 5:32).
It
was
head summit, Syriac

S"
called
by the
sum|Lt^x^ ^*^
"**
Greeks, Bu/3/Voc (see Strabo, Ptol., Steph. Byz.), rarely

B//3A.oc,
aro-
by the Arabs
5 o.
to this
day <L^, and dimin.

Gent. n.
i
mit of a mountain, eyebrow, Arab. <jj \^>- rough and uneven country (prop, abounding with humps), a cemetry, so called from the sepulchral mounds.
a root
not.
JL-J>-> J^-cs-, i.e.
little
mountain.
pi.
v?|
used as a verb, kindred to the
PI33 roots 333 (which see), n33 T) etc., having the sense
[Giblites, stone-squarers],
D v33
Ki, 5:32.
m. ("mountain"), [e&a/], Ps. 83:8, Gebalenc, pr.n. of a mountainous region inhabited by the Edomites, extending southward from the Dead Sea
to Petra,
of elevation, like a mountain or hill specially, round like a cup or the head (see ^33, ^33, n^33O) C om;
;
now
pare <_^J head (prince),
K(f>u\(], caput,
capo, all of
called
JUrs- Jebdl, Judith 3:1 (Lat.

ro/3o\(rtc,
Vers.); in the historians of the crusades, Syria Sobal ;
which come from the same primary

[Derivatives,the following words,
stock.
by Josephus, Eusebius, Steph. Byz.,
TE("hill"), [Geba, Gibeah, Gaba'], pr.n. of a Levitical city in the tribe of Benjamin (Josh. 18:
24; 21:17), situated on the northern limits of the
rn/2;l
f.
w r eat hen work,
like a rope tAvisted
kingdom of Judah (2 Kings 23:8;

fully
Zee. 14: 10);
more
und wreathed; see the root Kal No. l. Ex. 28:22, " and thou shalt make for the niBhB> breastplate, nbgD n^3j wreath en chains, with nntp 3HT nb
twisted
1^3^33
(
183.13:16.
i
hill"), [Gibea], pr. n. m.,
Ch. 2:49.
Isa.
work of pure
gold."
Well rendered by the
pi.
n3f
f._ (i) a
:
hill,
;
283.2:25;
LXX.
the
KporrtroiiG
avÊirXtyîvovq, Ex. 39: 15.
As
to
same
" an d thing, Ex. 28:14,
gold, raj? shalt make
npp
two chains of pure nnx nbyn nftaap wreath en thou
them, of twisted work." LXX. KaraIf I understand this, small liifuyptyu (iv uvOtai). chains are meant, made of double threads of gold. twisted like a rope, fdwurenf&rnrifle juttcfrcn/ olbfdjnur/ and ri3JJ H^yc specifies it more epexaccurately,
40:12; 41:15; Cant. 2 8, etc. D^W n'y33 the ancient hills, the same from the creation of the world to this day, Gen. 49:26; Job 15:7, Jîn niy3} " wast thou born before the hills ?" Pro. 8 25 J"iy:?3 njrp "the hill of Jehovah," Zion, Eze. 34:26; com:
by
Isa. 31:4. Many of the hills of Palestine Avere designated by proper names (""2^, 3^, ry'Dn^ in other places the name of hill is applied
pare
(2)
(l) [an unused root] to be curved, gibbous (see under 333 No. l), of the body (see |33), of a mountain (see 0^33.3.), of the eyebrow curved as a bow W" 3 D(Syr. and Ch.
(2)
it is
To a town
situated on a hill
in the ancient cities of
(compare dunum Germany, Gaul, and Britain,

a hill [rather a fortress],
which in
Celtic signifies
Auyustodunum, Cwsarodunum, Lugdunum, etc.), [Gi~ be ah, the hi If], as (a) P!?3 n^33 i Sa. 13: 15; r?3 '3
pp;?3 2 Sa. 23:29,
also
"Gibeah
1 1
applied to the body

itself
when horror-stricken,
>W^
TO.33
Sa.
:4;
D*n$Nn
of the Benjamites;" nj)33 i Sa. 10 =5;
and contracting
(1
(jufammenfatjren)/
^~
and
be timid, cowardly, act. to terrify. used of milk which curdles (3) (Germ, bte filjrr jufammen, bte Wd) crfdjnrft, for bic ?mi(d> gertnnt)/ whence nra^ curdled milk, cheese.
^-
to
compare 1O, KO.T tf,oxi]>> n JJ33n Hos. 5:8; 9:9; 10:9; and ""^33 i Sa. 10:26, etc., a town of the Benjamites where Saul was born, infamous for an outrage of the
inhabitants (Jud. 19:12, seq. 20:4, seq.), but equally with Bethel reckoned among the ancient sanctuaries of
;
Palestine [???] (l Sa.lo:5,6). Gent. n. 'nj|33
Ch.
*s-,
'in
I?? m. adj. gil.bous, see the root }3| No. i.
hump-backed, Lev. 21 :2O;

as if
12:3.
[This town
is
now
prob. called Jeba'
Rob.
ii.
114.]^) DTO^
nj?33 (hill of Phinehas)

(c)
1
j3
Mount Ephraim, Josh. 24:33.
^^f a town u
pi.
summits,
humps of a moun-
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:57*
CLVI
(" pertaining to a hill," i. e. built on a hill), Gibeon, a great town of the Hivites (Josh. 10: 2 1 1 19), afterwards of the Benjamites (Josh. 18:25; 21 17), to be distinguished from the neighbouring towns Geba (#33) and Gibeah ( nJl), and situated to the
;
rroj-pjni
<;
"V3.33
with our tongue will

(l)
to
we prevail" (compart
Isa.
28:15).
HiTHPAtL
show oneself strong, follcwtnl
by
?J?
Isa.
42: 13.
:
north [or rather west~\ of both. In the reigns of David and Solomon the holy tabernacle was there (l Ki.
(2) to be proud, insolent, vfipifciv, Job 36:9; followed by ?K against any one, ib. 15 25. Arab. V. s * to
be proud, contumacious,
,',^>-
proud, contuma-
3:4>5; 9^2).
prob. el-Jib
,
Gent. n. *JV33 2 Sa. 21:
i, seq.
[now
cious.
__..^
Rob. 11.137].
[Derivatives, the .following words, also 1133,
^-13^
quadril. m. calix, coro lla, offlowers (S3lu / added at the end, tfcenfnofpt), i. q. 3^33 calix, with which sometimes appears to have a diminutive force
;
Ch. T3| and H73| .]

""Q3
pi.
i.
Dn33 m.
q.
(i) a
man,vir,so
called from
strength,
compare 'PI?, ?3"!H (from J1H). Once used of flax, Ex. 9:31, "for the barley was in the ear nwprn. ?y?l and the flax in the corolla," i.e. the flax had the corollas of flowers. It is also used in the Mishnah in speaking of the corollas offlowers on the top of the stalks of hyssop, which almost look like ears (of corn), Para xi. 7, 9, xii. 2, 3, where the more learned of the Hebrews have long ago interpreted it rightly The signifi(see farther remarks in Thes. p. 261). cation of stalk has been incorrectly attributed to this word in the Mishnah (after Buxtorf) by A. Th. Hartmann (Supplem. ad Lex. Nostr. ex Mischna, p. 10).
HjEljl (" h ill"), a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
22:5;
a word with few exceptions (Deu. Ch. 24:4; 26:12; compare Q*"?3??), found
BK,
only in poetry in the Aramaean (13 1,

;
i-^^
;"
I*
^^J
'"t^N
:
it is
very widely used.

is
;
" blessed
the
man
,
Ps. 34:9, i3"np( who trusteth in him
~>33H
Ps. 5 2
:
94:
17;
12, etc.
i
0^33?
^"Op man by man,
Ch. 23:3.
Specially
Josh. 1 14, (a) opp. to a woman, a
male, Deu. 22:5; Jer.3O:6; 31:22; and even used " the of male offspring newly born; Job 3:3, night rnh "133 a male is conceived;" compare which said EK i, a. (b) opp. to wife, a husband, Prov. 6:
a (c) it denotes the strength of 22:17, "behold Jehovah will cast thee 133 rO'J^D with the casting of a man," i.e. with a
34.
Sometimes
Isa.
man,
i8:8
[see nj#J c].
2 Sa. 1:23; ût "â,^ TO BE STRONG, TO PEE VAIL. (The primary power is that of binding,
' -
&
kindred to i3|,like
thing broken, to
.^
I.,VII.,VHI., to bind
up any-
firm; this signification is applied to power and strength, as Conj. V., to be strong,
f
i
make
most violent propiilsion Job 38 3 40 7 Ps. 88:5; comp. K"K i, d. (d) man, homo, opp. to God; &* Job 4: l,e, 17; 10:5; 14:10,14. (e) compare a so Idier (compare K"N l,/), Jud-5:3O; compare Jer. 41 16, npn'pp \ijftK onaa. "K No. 4, every one, each. Joel 2:8, (2) i. q. in j-132! /PP? "9? "each one shall go on in his own
strong,
;
strengthened; Syr. ;_^LJ, ;_^j_^Lj

self strong; JEth. *H14l to work, to appears to be derived from power and
to
show one-
way."
Lam. 3 39
:
(in the second hemistich).

l
make, which
strength.
(3) [Geber], pr. n. m.
Ki. 4:19; comp. 13.
cognate root
is
"O3,
^.)
Const, abs. of an
enemy
3 i. q. "Q a man, in the Chaldee form, Ps. 18: 26; in the parallel place, 2 Sa. 22:26, there is "i'l3|.
prevailing, Ex. 17:11; of waters prevailing, Gen. 7:

18, 19, 20, 24; of wealth,
to be
Job 21:7; followed by jO
Ch.
id.
stronger than nay

Gen. 49:26.
one, 2 Sa. 1:23; also followed
K133(as
seq.; etc.
"13;!
if
a man, Dan. 2:25; 5:11. from tO33) men, Dan. 3 8,

:
PI.
p33,
;
seq.
6:6,
by
^J?
PIEL, to make strong; robust, to strengthen; Zee. 10:6, 12 ; Ecc. 10: 10, 133* B^jq " to exert one's
Ch.
i.
q.
"^33
pi. const.
*133
m. a hero, a sol-
dier,
strength."
HLPIIIL. (i) to make strong, firm, to confirm; nna T3Jn he shall confirm a Dan. 9:27, D'Sr covenant with many."
Also, Ezra 2: 20 [Gibbar], apparently as the name of a town, for PJJ33, compare
Daniel 3:20.
Neh. 7 25.
:
(a) intrans. to prevail (prop, to put forth strength compare synn. rP2, PT59 an(* Lat. robur facere, Hirt BelL Afr. 85; Ital. far forze)\ Ps. 12:5.
;
TIT)?! (" man of God"), Gabriel, one of the highest angels, Dan. 8 : 1 6 ; 9:21, comp. Luke i 1 9.
rn.3;l with suff.
nT33),
f.
(from the masc. T33 fot lady, mistress, opp. to handmaid, Gen
TO!
CLVII
16:4, 8, 9; 2Ki.5:3; Prov. 30:23.
the lady of kingdoms, Isa.
TU
.
47
5, 7.
planet Venus, called in the East, the lesser good fortune see under this word. I have treated f these
;
religions at greater length
on
Isa. vol.
ii.
p.
283, seq.
* a root not used as a verb, i.q. Arab.

-
335, seq. Fortuna.
to
congeal,
to
freeze with cold;

pr. n.
whence
Well rendered by the LXX. 'Vv^l- Vulg. Compare "13 7J> ? page cxxxi, B.
(l)
and t^33.
[Also,
BÔ.]
of a town of
13 m.
root No. 3.
fortune,
i.
q.
13 No. 2; compare the
("a lofty place," "an acclivity," compare Chald. Nn|3)

:
(
(Arab.
&>
and Syr.
?-îd-
^T
\_Gibbethon~], pr. n.
the Philistines, situated in the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19 44 21:23; l Ki. 15 : 27 ; called by Eusebius,
;
be fortunate, rich;
JjJcj- fortunate.)
iv rvxy13 K3
Gen. 30:11.
sc. this
aro,
(2)
133.
to
LXX.
me.
pr. n.
Vulg.
feliciter,
',
by Josephus, Fa/3a0w.
n parag. H33 Josh.
happens
np,
"fortune has come."
32
3:6;
const. 33 with sufF. 133, with

pi.
JTI33
Gad,
:
m.
name from good

Gen. 49
of
it.
1
(1) THE UOOF of a house, flat, as is usual in the East, Josh. 2:6, 8; l Sa. 9:25, 26; Prov. 21:9, etc. Used of the roof of a tower, Jud. 9:51 of a temple, Jud. 16:27. (2) the surface of the altar, Ex. 30:3; 37:26.
;
one.]
[The He was the ancestor of the limits are described whose name,
his (a) of a son of Jacob, taking fortune (Gen. 30:11); although, 9, allusion is made to another signification Scripture account must be the correct
tribe of the
same
in the mountains
Some
derive
it
from
^~>-
to
spread
out, but this
of Gilead (Deut. 3: 12, 16), between M:masseh and 28: compare Nu. 32:34, 35. Reuben, Josh. 13:24 13H pm " the stream of Gad," 28. Eze. 48:27, 36;
i.
e.
root originates in an error of Golius * *> -
and Caste! 1, who
Jabbok (not Arnon),

from
2 Sa.
24 =5. Gent, noun
is *~[\
wrote _^j>- for
^>-
to spread out, see the KamCls, p.

I suppose,
*13n Gadites, Deu. ^13), mostly (different a prophet who nourished 3:12; Josh. 22:1. (ft)
collect.
in the time of David,
Sa. 22 :5
2 Sa. 24:
1 1,
seq.
269; Calc. comp. page 223.

53|
however, that
S>
3 Ch. see below
had nearly the same meaning as nn|,

>-
-v?->
'
whence
quadril. Êthiop.
"C.
a plain, the plain surface of any thing; comp.

a roof, from
guadguada,
to beat, to
thunder.
Hence
,-sv.k-j
^L^
to spread out.
is
[" Note.
The suggestion of Redslob
not impro-
bable, that 33
as
may be
for 333
333,
J
and
this
;
from
J|33
13*73 (perhaps, "thunder"), \_Gidgad'], pr. n. "in Nu. If."^!} 33:32, name of a station of the Israelites, i.q. "I3"]3 Deu. 10:7.
whence
nth? from HTghg?;
"pD,
^}J
from T5r@
\yo0d,
j-.-
'
l| fut. 13^
to
(i) TO
CUT INTO, TO CUT; Arab.

from the loom.
Arab. ijjLp-, from n73?3."]
prune a vine,
to cut cloth
from its furrowed and striped grains; see the root *n| No. l, Ex. 16:31 Nu. 11:7; LXX., Vulg. Kopioi', Kopiaroy, coriandrum ; and so the other Eastern interpreters, except Ch., Sam.; and similar to this was the Punic usage, of which Dioscorides says (iii. 64), Aiyvirnoi
(l)
seed, so called
;
|3
m.
coriander
Compare Ch. Tj3. (Kindred roots are HT3, yi3. This signification of cutting, hewing, belongs to the syllable 13 in common with the sibilated T3, see T13, from
which
it springs, by taking the sibilant away: both of these are softened forms from the harsher syllables
f*P, B>p,
o\ioi',
e. A<f>poi (i.
Poeni) To/?.
(2) i.q. 13 No.l, fortune; with art.,

divinity
Dp, lp,
DD, pn, in, and (with the sibilant taken away) I3n, in; in all of which there is the power of
:
specially^
of Fortune, worshipped by the Babylonians and by the Jews exiled among them elsewhere called Baal (see ?J?3, 72), i.e. the planet Jupiter, regarded in ah the East as the giver of good fortune (jjtdl
;
1
In see the roots T!|, Hi?, HP, "Hi?, "11". cutting the Indo-Germanic languages, compare ccedo, scfndo,
jSi\
the greater good fortune). Isa. 65 : 1 1. In the other hemistich, there is mentioned '3D, prob. the
the idea of cutting is break in upon, i.q. *V13. Ps. penetrate, (2) 94:21, followed by 7J?. Hence "IH3 and HiTHPora, From the idea of cutting off, defiling, is
Engl. to cut.)
to
From
to
CLVIII
(3) the signification of lot and fortune (compare No. 2), whence, Heb. 13, 13 fortune.
713, three times in
np
"?1|
Psal H5- 8; Nah.

-
"9!
Pro. 19:19. (l) great, of magnitude and extent, ?n!0 Cjn Nu. 34:6 [" D^3J?al)n|n Dnxn a /arê (tall) man among the Anakim, Josh. 14:15"] of number and multitude, as ?H3 *13 Gen. 12:2; of violence, as of of imjoy, Neh. 8:12 .of mourning, Gen. 50: 10
;
HITHPOEL (l) to cut oneself, to make incisions on one's skin, as in mourning, Jer.l6:6; 41:5;
47 5? or
:
as afflicting the
body
fief)
for
any cause, Deut.
14:1; iKi. 18:28. (2) reflect, of Kal No.

to
2,
crowd
in great
numbers
brSngtn, jtifammcnbrSngcn/ into one place, Jer. 5:7;
Mic.4:i4.
Derivatives, 1J, 1|,
l-l
1H3, and pr.n.
^,
?1HJ, V=UP.
Imp. Vli
Ch.
to
c<,
Dan. 4:11,20.
cuf down a Comp. Heb. No. l

to
.
tree.
portance, Gen. 39 9 Joel 2:11; Gen. 29 7, DVn liy 7113 "as yet the day is great," i.e. there is yet much day left. French, grand jour ; Germ, tiocf) am Sage $ Subst. l^" ! ?T3 magLXX. tn iarly irnXXtj.
:
tjpfpa
nitude of thy
arm ;
Ex. 15: 16.
Plur. hi? !!
great
rn3
see HTJ nvq.
3 an unused root, which
had the sense of
actions, things done nobly, especially of God, Jor 5:9; 9:10; 37=5Gen. 1O:21, *n^ (a) elder, eldest. Specially n ns* " the e 1 d e s t brother of Japhet" [this should 7'n|
be,
cutting, cutting off, and plucking away, like the kindred "H3, which see. Hence HI a kid, so called
from cropping, and

(of a river), Josh. 3:15; 4:18; Isa. 8.7, so called because they are torn away and broken down by the water. Comp.
"the brother of Japhet the eldest;" see the ?'"l3n 13? "his eldest son;" accents]; Gen. 27:1,
"Hr or
J"fn3 I^"73 pi. constr.
banks
-"*
*)!!
and
S]ir;
&U>. shore, from

bank, from A^.
an-ij,
1C- ?
to
rub away,
to
Gen. 15:42. (b) great of power, nobility, wealth, powerful. Ex.ll :3; 2 K. 5:1; Job 1:3. 7H3n jnbn " the great (i.e. the high) priest," Hag. 1:1,12, 14. PI. D<7! nobles, Pro.l8:l6; Tyn 4^ 2Ki.iO.6,ll. No. 2. Ps. 12:4, (a) proud, compare HITHPAEL, niTIS n"l2"ip |iC7 "a tongue speaking proud things,"
i.
wash
off,-zj[î-^
to cut off (whence also,
e. magniloqiient, impious things (compare Dan. 7 8, 11,2O; 11:36; Apoc. 13:5, and Gr. piya. tlirtlr, Od.
:
a kid), comp. Gr.

pa\ia, from p/yrv/it.
also
dyq, from ayvvpi, pi

N1-13
xvi. 243, xxii. 288).

(for copies diner, see J.
(Chald.
wall, stone wall,

?
H. Mich.
f.
also called
bank, as if wall of the sea. Arab, from the idea of cutting off.)
j^
shore,
on 2 Sam. 7:23;
(1) prop,
Ch.
9),
especially belonging to the later
and "?*$ Hebrew.
a word
TVljl pi. onn? and nhni m. (1) incision, cutting (from the root 113). (a) of the skin, Jer. 48:37. (b) of a field, a furrow,
Ps. 65:
magnitude, greatness,
l
concr.
great
actions, 2 Sa. 7:23;
Ch. 17: 19.
PI. rripnj 1 Ch.
17:19,21 and Ps. 145:6

(2)
lm.
Ps.
n.
magnificence, majesty of God,
145:3;
(2) a troop, band of soldiers (pr. a cutting in), so called from the form [" as intended to cut or break
in
of a king, Est. 1:4; Ps. 71:21.

in plur. Spljl only
Dpnj
Isa.
43: 28; Zeph. 2:8,
upon the enemy"], like the Lat. odes, especially of Gen. 49:19, 1113 13 light armed troops foraging.
and
rflQ-na Isa.
l
51
:7,
reproaches.
Root
^1*13.
*3"W
"
troops
shall invade
Gad."
This
is
to
be un*"13
f.
id.
Eze. 5:15.
derstood of the nomadic Arabs in the neighbourhood of Gad. 2Ki. 5:2, DHVia WSJ "the Syrians had made an incursion in bands." l Sa. 30:8, 15,
Cm
"13 aGadite, see^l No. 2, a. (i) patron, from Ki. m. 2 15:14. Gadi, pr.n. (2)
H13n j? "sons, i.e. soldiers, of 83; 2 Sa. 3:22. a band," 2 Ch. 25:13; poet. 1-113 H3 Mic. 4:14. Used of a troop of robbers, Hos. 7:1; l Ki. 1 1 24. 'in?
:
^3 ("fortunate," from m. Nu. 13:11.
13, 13), \_Gaddt], pr.n.
njn
:
"the band s of Jehovah," used of

ills
angels,
Job
*5 3> of the troops of

4
sent
by him, Job 19:12.
*1? m. a kid, so called from cropping the herbage; s see the root nnj. (Arab. ^j&- id. AJ;AS>- a femala
<-
8yr.
Jtaâ
3
troop,
a band of
soldiers.
goat), Gen. 38:23; Ex. 23:19; Deut. 14:21; more " a kid of the goats," Gen. 38 :17, fully called DMV H|
rarely defect.
^|
Gen. 1:16; constr. 7113,
ao.
PL D\n|
Sa. 10:3;
Q^y
^3
Gen.
7:g, ift
CLIX
^T"^
("fortune
pr.ri.
of
God,"
i.e.
sent from God),
[Gdddiet],
m. Nu. 13:10.
verse 21). Also to be celebrated with praises, Ps35: 2 7 nj'"7 '^P "praised be Jehovah;" 40-17:
70:5; 283.7:26. 12:15

',
PIEL 75|, in the end of a clause ?1!! (Josh. 4: 14; Est. 3:1). [" Compare Lehrg. 93, n. l ; Heb. Gram.
-
,"? f
female goat.
Plur.
Wl{! Cant. 1:8.
Compare HI.
^13 only in pi. DyH| m. intertwined threads, twisted work, see the Root No. l. (Chald. &O'"]3
thread, cord; Syr.
JJo-^ plaited
locks; Arab. .L'Jo-
a rein of plaited thongs). Used of the fringes (nV'V) which were according to (1) the law to be made on the borders of garments, Deu.
(1) to cause and to take care that any thing shall grow, and become great, hence, to nourish, to train, as the hair, Num. 6:5; to nourish plants, trees; used of the rain, 153.44:14; 20.31:4; to bring up children, 2 Kings 1O:6; Isa. l:2; 23:4. Figuratively, to make rich and powerful, Josh.
3:7; Esth. 3:1; 5:11; 10:2; Gen. 12:2.

(2)
to
make much
is
of,
1
to
value highly, Job

thou
to
22:12.
(a)
7:17? "what
man'-IS.n^r
*| that
makest
sft
festoons on the
in the
much
capitals of
of him?"
;
Hence
to
:
praise,
*;
celebra%
Ps.
columns; lK.7:i7.
(l) a
69 3 1
:
t^l? m. (from
sheaves
5 26.
:
the root ^1|).
field.
heap of Ex. 22:5; Jud. 15:5; Job

id.
followed by ^ 34 4. PuAL,pass. of Piel No. i,to be

Part. Ps. 144:12.
,/ught up,
caused
to
grow.
KE'na (Syr. Ch. Jj*.,^,
Arab, especially
amongst the Moors /.jujj^, iw3.~~', comp. iw&p* fej heap up. (2) a sepulchral heap, Job 21 132; comp. Arab.
C_>A'
sepulchre.
(l)pr. TO
like the
HIPHIL. (i) to make great, Gen. 19:19: isa. 9:2; 28:29; nibj?? 7^Jn to act nobly, to perform great actions, used of God, Joel 2:21; and without m^J?2 l Sa. 12:24; but see below. An ellipsis cf another gerund is found, i Sam. 20:41, "they both wept, T^n "in~1JJ (followed by rrian ?) until David wept most violently." The phrase is taken in a bad
1
I*
TWIST TOGETHER, TOBIND TOJjc>to twist, to twine a
GETHER,
Arab.
sense, H3 ^jin Obad. 12; ^jin Eze. 35:13, speak arrogantly, proudly, also rri'J? 7*"^n
act
H2
to to
arrogantly,
Joel, 2: 20;
cord, Ch. 713, Syr.
^_^to
twist, to twine,
whence
Heb. Dy'll threads twisted together. This primary power is partly in the cognate languages applied to
wrestling, whence Jj';>- to wrestle, and JSthbpic to wrestle, to contend; ^'"N partly to strength and/orce, like other verbs of binding and twisting,
;
1:9; Zeph. 2:8; followed by Compare 133 Hithpael.

(a)
to
and simply 7^?n Lam. ?J? Ps. 35:26; 38:17.
make
high,
(l)
to lift to
HITHPAEL.
up, Ps. 41: 10. sheiv oneself great and

Isa. 1O:
powerful, Eze. 38:23. (2) to act arrogantly; followed by ^y

15; Dan. 11:36,37. Derivatives 7113, np-lll,
?}n, :>in, 133,
Jjc>- strength. Hence the intrans. signification which is almost the only one in Hebrew
(2)
to be
Tg^ whence
Arabic
DyHf,
'"^P.
and
pr.
Vfô ^^) r '^P. The rest follow immediately ^ J-* m. part, or verbal adj. growing, growing up,
l
or
31:18;
fut.
become great, to grow, pret. E, Job ?!?*. (A trace of a transitive power is

:
Sa. 2
I
26
Gen. 26
suff.
3 gr ea t, Ez. 16:26.
;
with
?"!!,
once
found in the pr. n. nT y]3 which see.) Gen. 21:8; 25 27; 38:14; Exod. 2:10, ll; Job 31: 18, 3K? ^n| "the orphan grew to me as a i. e. with
ja
Ps. 150:2.
(1)
(2)
magnitude, greatness, Eze. 31 :']. magnificence, majesty, as of a king.
Eze.
me, under
dative.
my
care.
up The sufHx
until
father," is to be taken as a
31:2, 18; of God, Deu. 3:24; 5:21.
(3)33? /"ijarrogance, insolence,lsa.Q:8; 10:12.

(perhaps "too great," "giant"), of the form of adjectives expressing bodily defects, as n3l D!, nj5S, etc., \_Giddel~], pr.n. m. (a) Ezi Neh. 7 49. (b) Ezr. 2 56 Neh. 7 58.
f
It is
applied to riches and
26:
i.e.
3, "lfc
7ir3 ny
power, Gen.
" very rich; 24:35; 48:19; 41:40, only in the throne will I be greater than thou," I will only be above thee in the royal dignity.
(3)
tc be
he became very great,"
a^j
greatly valued,
Sa.
26:24 (compare
see
CLX
?""l
TU-'TT:
'
.
(the actually occurring form), see

see
""^7*^1 ("whom Jehovah has made great," or strengthened, see the root No. a), Gedaliah, pr. n. (l)of a governor of the Jews, appointed by Nebu-
v-- to cut off (compare r pr. i. q. Arab. under T1|), figuratively TO CUT WITH OPPROBRIOUS WORDS. So
PIEL
*!:!
to
reproach,
(a)
to
revile. (Arab. Conj.
II.
Syr.Pael
God,
chadnezzar, 2 Ki. 25:22,seq.; Jer. 40:5, seq.; 41:1, (2) Ezr. 10: 18. (3) eq.; elsewhere ^H^lf 39: 14.
Zep. 1:1.
may
(b) (see O'Ert^J), especially 2 Ki. 19:6, 22; Isa. 37:6, 23; Ps. 44:17. This not only be done by words but also in action,
id.)
men
when men, by boldly and determinedly sinning, meek God and his law. Num. 15:30; Eze. 20:27.
Derivatives
*t!713
38:1.
(id.),
i
[Gedaliah],
(a)
^.25:3,9.
pr.n. (i) m., Jer. (3) see rrjnj No.i.
$ TO
SURROUND WITH
to
is
A FENCE, HEDGE,
id.
[Giddalti], pr.n. of a son of Heman, 101.25:4,29.
V"Y^
J<
WALL, hence
primary sense
erect a wall. (Arab. ,j^.
The
fut. in?).
(l) TO CUT, TO
CUT DOWN, TO
(Arabic
mutilated.
that of surrounding, fencing, see the kindred roots ">VF, "H^j &c. under the Avord ~ITK page
PRUNE, prop,
trees (see PUAL), applied also to the
laughter of men, Isa. 10:33; Jud. 21:6.
cj^
to cut off the hand, nose, ears,
Kindred is VJJ, see more under "1"1|). Once used of the beard of mourners as cut off, Isa. 15: 2, njjna !i?r?3 "every beard cut off," or mutilated. In the place
xxvn, A. Also 1N, ^D?. The same stock is widely extended in the Avestern languages, sometimes designating that which fences, and sometimes the space fenced off. Comp. in the Latin of the middle ages, cadantm, Ital. catarata, Germ, otter/ ittcr but more
;
frequently Avith the letter r transposed, Gr. ô'proc, arten/ arb/ i. e. a hortus, cors, chors, cohors, Germ,
fortified space,
etc.,
where this
read, njtt"^ shorn, but there is no need to regard this as the true reading in Isaiah, though it is found in 80 MSS.; for
:
is
copied, Jer.
48 37,we
fortress, as
in the pr. n. Stuttgard,

i.
&'uvt/\^5urtf/
Slav,
gorod,
'
e.
fortified
city
Jeremiah, as usual, substitutes for a word in little use another appropriate to the purpose. See my Com-
Part. D^TM [" comp. Russ. Novo<70rcxf ], etc. etc.) Often used figubuilders of the Avail, 2 Ki. 12:13. to fortify Avith a AA all, to (<r) /% T!? "Hi ratively
r
ment on the passage. Comp. Gesch. d. Hebr. Sprache, "L"8 see p. 37, and above in p LXXXV, A. To break (2) to break as a rod, Zee. 1 1 10, 14.
:
Avail
around, 13:5; 'S IV? T!| (b) comp. 22:30. any one's Avay so that he cannot go out, Lam. 3:7,9; Job 19:8;
i.
e.
to set
any one
in safety, Eze. to obstruct
arm (said of God), i Sa. 2:31; and any any one's horn, Lam. 2:3 (compare Ps. 75:11), figuratively for to break his strength, as also in Arabic.
one's
Hos. 2:8.
Derivatives
all
follow immediately.
NIPIIAL, to be cut
to be
down,
Jer.
Isa.
broken, of horns,
JH3,
Avith
14:12; 22:25; also 48 25 of statues, Eze.

:
6:6.
PIEL
distinct,
ace.
c. (m. Eze. 42:7, f. Ps. 62:4). a Eze. 13:5; Avail of a vim-yard, Num. wall, (1) 22:24; Isa. 5:5. (2) a place fortified with a wall, Ezr. 9:9.
TJ3
Jill
to
break,
to
s<- -
break in pieces, as bars, bolts, Isa. 45 : 2; horns, Ps. 75:11; the statues of idols, Deu. 7:5; 12:3.
(Arab.
,jc>-,
.^Jc^> hedge, wall,
.j^, a
place sur-
PUAL,
The
as a tree, Isa. 9:9. Derivatives all follow

to be
cut
down
rounded by a wall.) m.
(l)
i.
immediately.
i.e.
q.
"H3 wall, fence.
Twice
for
pyU
dier,
(perhaps,
Isa.
"cutter down,"
in const, state (comp. Lehrg. p. 565), Prov. 24:31'
brave
sol-
Eze. 42:10.
(2) [Geder], pr. n. of a royal city of the Cans Josh. 12:13; perhaps the same as ^711. [(
*T!I
i
10:33), [Gideon], pr. n. of a judge of Israel, who delivered the people from the Midianitish bondage. Jud. chap. 6 8. LXX. rcdcwp.
comp.
ites,
noun
Ch. 27:28.]
<
("cutting down"), [Gidom],

of the form a : 22.
pr. n. of
place in the tribe of Benjamin, Jud. 20:45.

(id.
" (" hedge," wall"), [Gedor~], pr.n. of a toAvn in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15:;
#),
Num.
[Gideont],pr.n.m.
[Now Jedur^j^
Q:37.
Rob.ii. 338.]
(a)m.
Ch. 8:31;
1 1
c'LXI
T?.?
l*rni| Ps.
v
f.
const,
rmf
pi. const.
rrt"H3,
with
i'
suff.
89:41 (with Tzere impure comp.
used of Elisha in the raising of the dead child, " and he bowed himself upon him." Ivy
<
Ki.
jc-).
fre-
l) the
wall of a
city,
Ps.
loc. cit.
:
more
and he cast himnelf down 18:42, nyiK nnj?l on the ground." This signification, which the context almost demands,
is expressed by all the ancient the Ch. and Arabic, 2 Ki.). The interpreters (except
quently thefmce of a vineyard, Jer. 49 3

It differs
Nah. 3:17.
i.q.
from a living hedge (HS-lb'O), Isa. 5:5. (2) a " place fortified with a wall, and
S
*
Syriac has the same word under the letters

;
*CTL^
Arab.
the
|K
jJc- a
fold for flocks,
i.
stall
erected in
fields,
open above, walled

:
all
Num. 32
16, 24, 36.
As
around, fully rflTI! to the thing, compare

art. nTia.n
Ethpeal, to which answers the Ch. |n? see examples of the interchange of the letters ~\ and under the
letter
Nun.
with
suff.
Horn. Od. ix. 185.
Hence with
[GedeNo.
!4
m.
the
n. of a town in the plain rah~], pr. country of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:36, perhaps the same as is
back (from the
root HJ|
elsewhere called T!|
?. [" Comp. Pun. T13 i. e. Gades in Spain, see Monumm. Phcen. p. 304, seq.; also raSapa a city of Peraea, racapjji'oc, Mat. 8:28."] Gent. n. is Trn? l Ch. 12:4.
V13 I); in one phrase nq ~^h^r\ to cast behind one's back," i. e. to neglect, to despise, l Ki. 14:9;
Eze. 23:35; Neh. 9:26; comp.

is
V/f*&
i
The same
\
often used in Arabic, x *U< Jbe^-,

13
,.
,xJ.
Chald. const.
13
( folds"), [GederotK], Josh. 15:41, and with art. nVn3H 2 Ch. 28:18; also pr. n. of a town
nrn.3
middle, midst, see S '

-9-
H1|
and K^ with sufF. a?.l, W3 mas. No. I. (Syr. Q^. id. Arab
*,-..
Hence-
in the tribe of
Judah.
inner part of a house, |,-^ within.)
| ("two sheep-folds," comp. C^BÔ), [Gederothaiiri], pr.n. of a town in the plain country of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:36.
K133 i. q. ^pri? in the midst, and (a) 133, simply in. fcO-ia 133 in the fire, Dan. 3:25; 4:7; 7:15. HJ 33 in Ezr. 6:2, n/np^ n-133 3>n? |3 so in it, Ezr.'4:i5.
!W [Gederite], Gent. n. from "T|3~n'3 or from which see. l Ch. 27:28. TJ3
*
book) was written a commentary." Ezr. 5:7. no,Dan. 3:6, 11, 15. (c)N^19 "out of the midst," Dan. 3:26.
it (the
(b)
NiaV
j3
i.q. Chald.
^1| TO HEA.P UP, TO FILL.
Hence K'Ha which

"13 Eze.
H33 from the root ni| No. 13 (for n)3, like |3 for const. 13; with suiF. '13, 113 m.
(1) back, Pro. 10:13;
I.),
see.
47:13, an erroneous reading for HJ as in verse 15, which is expressed in translating by the LXX., Vulg., Chald., and found in 14 MSS. Comp. under 33.
;
51:23;
19:29; 26:3; Isa. 50:6; 38:17; see under 1|. (2) ["prop. belly"~\, middle, midst; Job 30:5, " j\ 13'jp they are driven from among (men)."
1J!
TK T^
II
Isa.
see
Chald.
i-
pr.
TO
THRUST AWAY,
TO
REMOVE,
Spe-
bandage of a wound [" to cure""]. Hos. he (the king of Assyria) 5:13, TiTD D3J? nmrt6l shall not thrust away from you (the Jews) the bandage," i. e. he shall not heal you, as in the other
cially the
9
<__jW Med. Waw and Ye; TO CLEAVE, TO CUT; whence 33 a plank. Hence (2) to dig a well, like the Arab. Conj. VIII. see
13
(l)
q.
;
33 No.
(3)
2.
i.
q. 33^
to
plough,
to cut the
ground with a
hemistich.
(Syr.
CTL.V
/
to to flee. Aphel, ^* withdraw,

-a
plough; hence aKi. 25:12 nro,D'33
(^^plough-
to rest, to liberate;
;Arab.
<*-*.
to repel.)
The He-
men,
in
np, D'33V.
breAvs explain
nn| by
Ka>
Hence
i.
"7s
f.
wound.
Prov. 17:22, nn.3 3O heart gives a happy healing."
removal of bandage,
e.
healing of a
nob 3^ a joyful LXX. tvetrreiv iroifl.
H13 a locust (from H33 which see), Nah. 3:17; '313 and '33 D'313 (for Lehrg. p. 523), Amos 7:1; Nah. 3:17, '313 313 "the locust of locusts," of a great abundance of them. Chald. K313,
pi. (or coUect.)
X3-13, '313
;
pi. 'S313.
Comp. 16:24.
Ojl TO
BOW ONESELF DOWN,
TO
PROSTRATE
KESELF, TO LAY ONESELF DOWN.
313 (" pit"), [<7o&], pr.n. of a place otherwise unknown, where David fought with the Philistines, 3 Sa.
21:18,19,
12
8X1.4:34,35,
CLXII
land of ^13 Gog, pr.n. (i) of the prince of the Magog (3i3n P), E Z e. 3 8:2, 3, 14, 16, 18; 39:1, 1 1 also of the Rossi, Moschi, and Tibareni, who is to come with great forces from the extreme north (38
; :
ta presently perceivest thy state, from the lowest
become most prosperous. (2) pride, arrogance,

"113
Jer.
13:17, Jot 33: 17.
Ch. pride, Dan. 4:34.
15; 39 2)) after the exile (38:8,12), to invade the

=
holy land, and to perish there, as prophesied by EzeOtherwise Apoc. 20:8, Fwy equally kiel; see 3*UD. with Magog, seems to be the name of a region not of
T^3 (kindred to TT3) pr. to cut in pieces; hence (1) TO PASS THROUGH, TO PASS OVER, OR AWAY,
i.
a prince, as amongst the Arabians
_^-U. [Gog and (Ty

.
Magog
in
Apoc. belong to a different time
to those
Arab. ;U- Med. "Waw, Syr. pass away, to Bri tr*3 "for it (human life) fail; Ps. 90: 10, nejM soon passes away, and we fly away."
q.
^to
spoken of in Ezekicl, so that it is in vain to point out a discrepancy.] (2) of a Reubenite, 1 Ch. 5:4.
^)3
i-
(2) caus. to
cause
to
pass away,
to
bring over;
Num.
1 1
CDjn-|D
q.
*H| No.
2,
TO PRESS,
URGE upon any
"a wind went forth from Jehovah T3*l Vb DVpb and brought quails from the sea;"
:3l,
LXX.
one, TO
I.
INVADE him, Gen.49:i9; Hab. 3:16.
e&irtpaarei',
Vulg.
detulit,
the
Hebrew
TT3.
inter-
I j3 iy an unused root, of the same sense as 3?3 to be elevated, to rise up, like a back or hump. For the derivatives which partly follow the analogy
13 for nil, partly of verbs rb pi, '?! ^3.3, n^l), have the signification both of back (see 23) and of belly (see *!), which latter is applied to middle
&
and cut offfrom the sea ; compare the word \T'3 Ps. 71:6, see the root HT3.
preters,
As
to
jl;l m., a young bird, of a dove, Gen. 15:9; ol an eagle, Deu. 32:11, both so called from chirping -
5 -^
1
of verbs
Jjy,
(see the root ?T3 No. IT.).
Arab.
;-^ the young
oi
a dove and other birds of that kind, Syriac transp.
(compare
["
,U
belly middle, interior,
AJj within).
From
i"1
""IJ3,
*}?,
the belly comes then the word for body; see and this idea is thon transferred to the sig-
}P3 (from the root
'"IJ3,
as j?U from n?3, perhapj
"stone quarry"), Gozan, Gauzanitis, a
region
nification of people, see ^13." Ges.
add
n. & X T 3 roots also unused [omitted in ]$?' i\5 Ges. corr.], which appear to have had the sense of flowing together; transferred from water to men,
of Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians (2 Ki. 19:12; Isa. 37: 12), situated on the river Habor (2 Ki. 17:6; 18: 11; l Ch-5:26), whither a part of the ten tribes
whence
;
*i3
above] of water there.

<
people, prop, confluence of men [but see K?|, *! a valley so called from the confluence
Kindred are the Arab.
,_c5>-
seq.
>
and Conj. IV. to gather camels together

$,
to the
water, \^~ valley, level country, also J-*. to come, '
,*-
were carried away by Shalmanezar; Greek Favâj'7T-C, now called Kamhan, 2 Ki. 17:6; compare Ptol. v. 18; l Ch. loc. cit. indeed in the word" ^0? D^T.l tnni n'nm Habor is separated from the Ijia -injJ-1 river of Gozan, by the word K"ini, so that it might seem to be different; but I have no doubt that this is to be attributed to the negligence of the writer. not to be [If this means the writer of the book, it is writer can be for no borne, inspired safely thus
'
\->. \j>-
to gather
camels together to the water,
t^->-
charged; transcribers
may
err.]
l^>-
contr.
,.,> a place where water flows toge-
^3 with
const. V.13;
ther, a valley, a
I.
"fli!
f-,
i.
low region.
N.
suff. l pers., once fy Zeph. 2:9; pl.Dfy; sometimes in inD, E v.3 Ps. 79:10; Gen.
q-
body, Job 20:25.
Root
HU
No.
I.
25:33, m. (i) a people, prop, a confluence of men, from thei root nl| No. II. [" Prop, it would seem body, corpus,
nK3)._(i) lifting up, exaltation; Job 22:29, 'l''?^'!' *? nJ3 "lOShj " when (men) a~t humbly, thoii commandest
IT.
rP3
f.
contr. for rngj (from the root
lifting up," i. e. thou liftestup the modest, meek men. Commonly rendered, " when thy ways are humbled (verse 8), thou shalt say, 1 i ft i n g u p," i. e. thou
from the root i"H3 which see; and then transferred to a body politic, or whole people; compare Lat. corput The reipublicce, populi, civitatis, in Cicero and Livy."] word is general, and used of the nations at large, and also (which should not have been doubted bj
some
interpreters) of the Israelites,
c.
g. Isaiah l
-.4
CLXIII
9:2; 26:2; 49:7; Gen.35:ll; 12:2; Psal.33:l2. In pi. however D)13 specially is used of the (other)
an
j
(compare D"]N No. 1, a; espeTV\ 1$ Neh. 5 8, 20 also Jer. 32 p. LXXXI, B) cially often with the added notion of being foes and barba-
nations
besides Israel
: ;
15:19), Ezr. nil; 9:4; Jer. 28:0, 15 ; 1 1 24, 25 ; and used also of those who have again returned into their country,
exile, 3 Sa.
:
Eze. 1
3:
1 1,
s-
s-
Ezr. 1O:8 (Arab.
U- and
<LJU- exiles).
l
rians,
:
I 'sal.
i,
:
8; 9:6, 16, 20, 21
79 6, i o 1 06 47 (comp. O^T), etc. ; i. e. Gentiles persons, strangers to the true religion, Psal. Jer. Eze. 30:11; 23:30; 31:10; below). (see " the circle of the 1 Gentiles," 35 15, etc. D?Un N "isles i.e. Galilee of the Gentiles (see W>|); Djijn
; :
10: 16; 59:6,9; or of being profane

;
(2) abstr. exile, migration. r6ian until the exile." nVl3n
7?
Chr. 5:22, "fJJ " equipment for
Jer. 29: 16, etc. "to go exile," Eze.l2:7. nVua nVian \33 exiles; also, those who have into exile."
^H
^|
returned from captivity, Ezr. 4:1; 6:19; 8:35.
of the Gentiles" (compare
^);
collect. MJ for D?13 Isa.
14:32.
is
It is
sometimes opposed to DV,

Israel;
Isa.
DJJH,
which
more commonly used of

Dj;
1^3 (" exile"), [Golan], pr.n. of a city of Baof shan, afterwards in the tribe pf Manasseh; a city Josh. Deut. to the allotted 4 43 Levites, refuge,
: ;
D?ia I'lN^
nn^
I will
make
42:6, *!?!??? thee a covenant of
the people, a light (i.e. a teacher) of the
Gentiles;"
comp. ver. i,Isa.49:6; Deu. 26:18, 19; 32:43. Hence it is very rarely found followed by a gen., and with
suff. Hirr; >iS, >ia
*'?y, '">y.;
20:8; 21:27 (where there is 3'ro P'!); iCh 6:56. Josephus mentions both the city (calling it Fai/Xavq, Bell. Jud. i. 4, 4, 8) and the adjoining region, Tav4, etc., which he 3, 13, XavlTig, Archaeol. viii. 2,
LXX.
(Zeph.2:g); very frequently F?\T\\ DJ>, pretty constantly render DJ? Xao'c, 'U
edvor; Vulg. <7e?zs, whence also in New Test, ra tBvri are opposed to rw \aw Geou To-pcu/X, Lu. 2:32.
by the spring of Jordan and the sea of Galilee; elsewhere he comprehends it under the name of BaThis region is now called Jaulan. tanea [Bashan].
places
1*^3 m. a pit; once
found, Eccl. 10:8.

13
,
(Syriac
3
(2) Poet, applied to herds and troops of animals, Joel 1:6; Zeph. 2:14. Comp. DJJ Prov. 30:25, 26;
LiOQ^
id.;
Chald.
K^'
*W*
The
id
the letter
is
Gr. Wi'ea xjrwr, yeparwi', pviauv, fieXifftrafitv, ô/pwv, Homer's' 11. ii. 87, 458, 469 Od. xiv. 73 equonim
; ;
f2 being interchanged with 3.) in Syriac and Chaldee in the signification of digging.
root
used
gentes,
Virg. Georg.
iv.
430.
pi)
:
an unused
root.
Syr. ^0^,. colour, Ch.
IHJ
to
(3) Sometimes Qfl3 Gentiles, very nearly ap-
colour, to dye.
Hence
pr.n.
Josh. 12 23, "Ô proaches to the nature of a pr. n. ^W? Djia " king of the Gentiles at Gilgal." For
Gentiles
settled
^3
m.
("painted with colours"), [Guni],
seem
there, as in Galilee, to
have afterwards
(l)
(for
form
amongst the Hebrews. [But what could this have to do with the previous name?] It is more uncertain
Gen.46:24; whence patron, of the same 3), Nu. 26:48. (2) l Ch. 5:15.
.
where we should seek for Q?13 Gen. 14:1, waging war against Sodom. Le Clerc understands a
nation of Galilee, comparing QJ15H 7^>| Isa. 8:23; comp. Gen. 10:5, "the nations of the west" might
inf. #1 and BREATHE OUT ONE'S
V3I,
fut. jn3%
TO EXPIRE, TO
LIFE, Gen. 6:17; 7:21; Nu.
17:27; especially poet. Job 3:11; 10:18; 13:19: 14:10; 27:5, etc. sometimes with the addition of n-IO Gen. 25:8.
;
be understood.
Not amiss an anonymous
translator,
^3
i.
q.
Arab.
_j\^- to be hollow (see under 3?3
8eU).
f. a*. (i) body (pr. belly, like the Syr. Eze. 1:11,23; Dan. 10:6. Gen. 47: 18, " no^
bodies and our

<
i
thing remains ...Unp-JKl nj1|-nK lands." Neh. 9:37,
*J&2 but
our
DÔ -l^r^
:
No. i). V. id. and to be, or to be hid away in the midst of any thing, Conj. II., to shut a door (pr. to So cause that any thing within be hid away). HIPHIL, to shut doors, Neh. 7:3. Hence
i"lto3
f.
^npn;n- "they have dominion over our bodies and

cur cattle."
(2) a
10, 12;
of being hollow,
place,
T
a body, corpse, so called from the idea l Ch. 10:12, for HJ1| in the parallel
:
dead body, corpse, both of men, i Sa. 31 Nah. 3:3; and of beasts, Jud. 14:8, 9.
rejoice, see
f.
Sa. 31
12.
Arab.
^J^.
cavity, belly,
corpse
i.
Rabbin. s^3 body, person.

q.
713
to
?'?.
n7!3
Uect.
(i) part. act.
f.
of the verb fk) No. 2
THE WAT,
like ~HT;
Arab. ,U~ prop. TO TURN ASIDE FROM hence to turn aside to any one
band of
exiles, exiles (comp. sing.
!"6>i3
and in the common use of the language
CLXIV
(\)totarr$ anywhere, as a sojovrner and stransojourn; used of individuals, Gen. 12:1O; 19: g;2O:l; Jud. 17:7; and of whole nations, Ex.6:4; Ps. 105 23 Ezr. 1 14. Poet, used of brutes, Isa. 1 1 6. Followed by 3 of the land in which any one tarries as a stranger, Gen. 21:23; 26:3; 47:4; DJJis prefixed to the person or people with whom any one tarries, Gen. 32:5; HN Exod. 12:48; Levit. 19:33; ? Isa. 16:4, but poet, these are also put in the accusative; Ps. '20:5, WJJ 3 7TOM "woe is me,
ger, to
: : ;
once used with an ace. of the thing feared Deii. 3 27; / of the thing far which one fears, Hos. 10:5
;
Of
fear or reverence towards God, Ps.

to
22:24; 33:8,
(3)
be
gathered together, or gather selvel
together; this signification (which I have defended at length against J. D. Michaelis, in Thes. p. 274) it
has in.common with the kindred verbs 13X, TT3 which
see,
jufamnunfdiarren.
Ps. 56:7, WB>*!
*~fl3J
"they
are
gathered togeth er (and) hide themselves;" i.e.
that
sojourn
on
in
Mesech;" Jud. 5: 17,
"W3J
HS?
J"J1
they lie hid in troops in their lurking places. Followed by /% and ns against any one, Ps. 59:4; Isa.
'3X
"and why did Dan remain
sit at leisure
LXX., Vulg., Luth. Job 19: 15, W3 na "the soiournersof my house," i. e. servants, for in the other hemistich there is handmaids; Ex. 3:22, HIT? JT]3 "her sojourners;" or according to Vulg. hospita
ejvs.
in his ships?" i. e. the sea shore, as is well expressed by
54
5 see HITHPALEL. Once, apparently, transitively

;
-
i.q.
Ch., Syr.
^|AJ^?
1
'
Lat. con greg are (from grex

Trtaj
gregis).
Ps. 140:3,
nin?p
"they gathered
together wars.
i
LXX.
(Twffjcjjroc.
from the Arabic usage;
DViy HiflO J> dwell with the devouring
Others understand neighbour, "WV "0 Isa. 33:14, &$ w ho among us shall TM*-n? nbfc
HITHPALKL "Tiia^n. (i) i. q. Kal No. 1, to tarry; Ki. 17:20. (2) i. q. Kal No. 3, to gather selves together. In Hos. 7 : 14, '? WID^ Vniafl'. KTVrn. \Ffi%
"they gather themselves together for corn and new wine, they turn aside from me ;" i. e. they gather
together to supplicate idols for the fertility of their fields. ~n.3^P Jer. 30:23; see under the root 113.
fire,
who shall dwell with
everlasting burnings?" It is the cry of sinners near the overthrow sent by Jehovah (verse 1 a, 13), fearing for themselves. njrp '0^? ~M "to sojourn in the
tent of Jehovah," is i. q. to be frequently present in the temple to be as it were God's guest, and (what is joined with this idea) to have His care and protection.
;
Derivatives 13, T3, J1V1J; 113D, "W3O, H'liap, n^Jtp,

iTViapp,
and
pr. n. ~^3J.
["
~W3,
II. "|13,
~ft3
a different root. Perhaps to suck, whence a suckling, the sucking whelp of a lion.
"VS.
9
Ps. 15:!; 6l:5,
5-5- $1 with thee."

ness.
T)3*
W "a wicked
compare 39:13,
also with ace., Ps.

shall not
Compare
ing child,
"fl3
i-
Êth.
=:
6T^\I a young
ass;
?W
a suck-
person
dwell
J.^>.A-^
young animal." Ges. add.]

Plur.
Parall.
God hath no
Ill, to
pleasure in wicked-
(Arab. \^~ Conj.
remain in a temple on
which see; a lion's whelp. ninx na j er 51 :38; rrtij Nah. 2:13.

<1-
"Hî
.
account of religion, also to receive under protection. ~c -
<U\
,b- a guest or client of God, used of a
man
m. a whelp, so called as still sojournpi. D^3 the care of its mother (see the root "HI under ing No. 1 ). [So called from being a suckling, see II. "V13. |
^3
Part. ~>3, which is tarrying long in a holy city.) distinguished from the verbal noun "13, whence Lev.
I3n "the stranger that sojourneth amongst you;" 18:26; 19:34. ["Plural Dnj strangers, nomades, Isa. 5: 17."] Job 28:4, in the with Rabbi description of a mine, ">| DJ>P ^D?
l7:i2,D??^ri?
~I3H
"a lion's whelp," Eze.l9:9, 3,5; Gen. 49 9 Deu. 33 22 where a whelp still sucking its mother's teats is to be understood, different from "V?? i.e. a young lion, which is weaned and
Specially used of
"TV)**
"W3
pa
begins to seek prey for
itself.
Once used of the

s<-s<.
Levi
interpret,
"a
man
breaks a channel
it
e. (i.
a shaft)
whelp of a jackal (i?),

*,
t
Lam. 4:3. (Arab.
. ->-i
9-
from where he die el Is, and as

DJ7O for the fuller
were sojourns," i. e. from the surface of the ground as the abode of men
~>-
used of a
lion's
whelp, and of a puppy, Syr.
DP
13
T^S
.
DJ
i.
q.
afterwards
Pr. n."W3TT?JJp \_goi ng up ofGur], the going up of the whelp or whelps ; pr n of a place near Fhleam,
(a)
is
to
fear, like
~>3J
and
j>- t
This signification
taken from that of turning aside, since one who is timid and fearful of another, goes out of the way and turns aside from him (gttjt ihm au6 bem SBegc, tritt jjvucf ).
2^9:27.
^3
"^("sojourning of Baal"), [Gvr-baaf]
No. a, a) Job 41: 17; Followed by IP (compare Nu. 88:3; Deu. 1:17; 18:23; 1 Su. 18: i;
pr.n. of a town in Arabia, prob. so called from temple of Baal, a Ch. 26:7.
T313
pi-
[this pi. not
n found] and
CLXV
prop, a
little
stjne, pebble, v\jpoc, specially such as
the Persic syllable
.1.^
..
(Germ,
bar, in ef)tbar,acf;toar)
were used in casting lots. Of casting lots, there (1) a lot, Lev. 16:8, seq. are used the verbs .TV, IT, T^'7, ^W, ^?D, W3, (which see) of a lot cast, ??3 Jon. 1:7; E ZC 24 6
:
which
is
used to form possessives.
IT prop- TO
(l)
to
CUT, like TT| (which see); specially cut a stone, to form by cutting, whence IVf!
z V
to prune, to shear.)
coming forth from the shaken urn, there is soid,^7fo n^Lev. 16:9, and^V^J K Nu. 33:54; Josh. 19:1, seq. A thing concerning which lots are cast is construed with ?9 Ps. 22 19; ?S Joel 4:3.
of a
lot
:
(Syr.
oj.^
(2) Metaph. to give, to divide out, which is derived from the idea of cutting and sectioning out
(2) what falls
to
any one by
lot, especially
part of
(Germ,
ripvfiv.
jufdinetben, for jutfjeiten),
an inheritance, land which falls to any one by inheritance; Jud. 1:3, ^nU? VIK r\ty "come up with
just as ra^lai- from Especially like the syn. ?O|, used of favours
me
:
into
;
my
lot,"
my
portion received
by
lot, Isa.
nj?^ conferred on any one ; Ps.71:6, " from my mother's womb thou hast conferred fa-
^ ^C
Metaph. used of the lots assigned to men, Ps. 16:5; Dan. 12:13, ibym God by M and thou shalt rise that thou mayest share in thy lot at the end of the days," in the kingdom of the
57 6
Ps. 125:3.
vours upon me." (Arab.

S
i\
^$
\'p>-
to give
back; to pay,
jz>-
retribution, penalty, reward.)

HTll, ijia.
Derivatives JVT3, and pr. n.

^J-l
f. i.
Messiah (compare Apoc. 20:6).
q.
T3
No.
l,
a fleece, Jud- 6:39, 40: more

r^>
;
w ^3 A CLOD of earth,of dust.
Once found
! *T? the Old Test. Job 7:5, np, ">?JJ &&] " worms and clods of earth clothe anD, B^l (i.e. cover) rny body ;" referring to the ashy skin of a sick as it were scaly, may person, which being rough, and seem as if sprinkled with clods of earth LXX. (3wThe Talmudists yrjc; Vulg. sordes pulveris.
;
in
fully lO-Vn njll verse

!"lf?
37
Arab. i>n?^',
fleece.
(of the form
ripa,
perhaps
"stone
quarry"), pr. name of a place otherwise unknown, whence is derived Gent. Vrt3 \_Gizonite], l Ch. ll:
34, like ?V| from n$|,
S
<jW
from nTV.
H3
Xac
TO CUT, as hay (see 13); specially TO

: ;
:
SHEAR
word of a clod, and a lump resembling a see more in Thes. clod, Mishn. Tehor. 3, 2, 5, % l Hence is derived denom. K>K>Unn to wrestle, p. 276.
use the same
;
a flock, Gen. 31:19; 38:12; l Sa. 25 4, 7 the hair, as in mourning, Job i 20 Mic. l 16 ; Syr., Ch., and
; :
Arab.
'&- id.
(Kindred
roots, all of
which have the

JJT3,
prop, to stir
up
the dust in wrestling (see P5$?.).
The
K>-13
etymology
is
very obscure; Jo. Simonis thought

BM3?,
and
"3
were for
WH
from the root

filth
to
be
primary power of cutting, are HT3, DT3, and transp. H3, see under fVi?, HP, ^-1, 11:31; see under the root M3.
i.
7T3, 1T3
TT1
^j
;
Nu.
unclean, filthy
whence
aL-l^jj
I prefer
l^'l..
regard-
e. to
NIPHAL T"iJ3; pi. -U'l33 be cut off, to be

:
to be
slain,
shorn, used of enemies, Nah. l 12 compare aa

:
ing
J?-13
as
i.
q.
^^jj, whence
also pr. n.
const,
to the metaphor, Isa. 7 2O.
Derivatives
T3,
nj3,
and
pr. n. of
1$
m. (from the root
TT|), pi.
\i|.
(l) ["
fJ3
shearing,
meton."] shorn Deu. 18:4, 1?N V T 3 n
W)
wool
("shearer"), [Gaze*],
two men,
of sheep, a fleece; the firstfruits of the fl e e c e
aCh. 2:46.
Fi^T5
of
thy sheep," Job 31 :2O; compare HJ3.

(2)
["a mowing,
7:1,
e.g."] a
J3
mown meadow,
Whence
Ps-72:
(from the root HT3) a cutting of stones. JVT3 \3?S 1 Kings 5:31, and simply n\T3 cut
6,
Am.
ôn
apparently signifies the ki.igs of Israel perhaps required.
"the king's mowings." This the firstfruits of the hay, which
stones, especially squared, Isa.
9:9; iKi. 6:36; 7:9,
11,12; Ex. 20:25.

I.
7T3
fut
^?
(kindred to
flesh,
1J|).
(i) prop. TO
'-!" m., Ezr. 1:8, a treasurer, the officer who had the charge of the royal treasures amongst the Persians, see under T3|. PI. Ch. p?-T| Ezr. 7 21 and
:
STRIP OFF, as skin from

(Arab.
TO FLAY, Mic. 3: 2.
*j>-
to
be galled and wounded, used of a beast
by extruding the
sibilant,
)
P13"U Dan. 3:2, 3;
of burden, gefdjunben fojn.)

(2)
(a)
to
Hence
like Syr. transp.
to this
answers the Syriac

all
pluck
off, or
away,
by
open force, 2 80.93:31, ^!P rnqri'D

tb
of which are composed of
T|, T3|
and
he plucked the spear from the hand of
CLXVI
the Egyptian;" i Ch. 11:23; Job 24: 9, "they pluck orphan from the mother's breast;" Gen. 31 131. "I feared lest thou wouldst take thy daughters away Used of the carrying off of from me," Deu. 28:31. women, Jud. 21 23. In an applied sense, Job 24: 19, &r-'D'D V^jP Diva: nV " drought and heat take the snow water," i.e. they absorb, drink up.
:
see
jJ 1*1 an unused root,

tree.
i.q.
JHJ No.l.
II.
to
cut
down
Compare
c 3s>- Conj.
to cut
and c
\s>- I.
II. to cut,
to prune;
VI II.
wood from a
tree.
Hence
away
It is
more often used (b) of one who takes to himthe goods of self, claims for himself (an fid) reijjen) another by injustice of any kind, Job 20 19; 24: 2 Mic. 2:2; especially used of the more powerful who
: ;
yj-l m. with suff. iyfl *Ae frunfc of a felled tree. Job 14:8; hence, any trunk, Isa. ll:l; and even that of a tree newly planted, and putting forth its
first roots, Isa.
9
40
24.
Arabic 5 j^ the trunk of a
'-
takes for himself the goods of the weaker, whether by violence or by fraud, Levit.5:23; Jer. 21:13;
palm; Syr. Jj^jcVxa trunk, a slender stem.

fut. ity (see No. 3), and TB. (No. 4). TO CUT, TO DIVIDE, 1 Ki. 3:25, 26; Ps. 136: (1)
88:3.
(a) (3) with ace. of person, to despoil any one (b) by fraud and properly, Jud. 9:25; Ps. 35:10. Lev.l9:l3; Pro. 22:22; 28:24. injustice, i. q. P?^.
Part. pass. ?N3
1T|
13.
(Arab,
,;->-
to cut off; Syr.
).^to
cut away,
Especially
letters
Deu. 28:29.
around.
Comp.
the remark on
TT3, "inj.
NIPHAL
4:16.
pass, to be
taken away, used of sleep, Pro.
related are ">i?, 1!?,
c-~
,
and with the
transposed, H3,
derivatives follow presently.]
root, i.q.
7T13.
fTf?, IT]3.)
[The
II.
(2) to cut
down wood, 2X1.6:4.
See n "JI?D,
and
<_]/?"
7T3 an unused
Arab.
to
chirp,
to
coo, of a dove.
<]|
Hence
an axe, from the kindred H3. to ea* jo, to devour, from the idea of cutting (3) Isa. food, see N~}3 No. 4, and n;Q No. 2. So fut. O.
IP.I
m. rapine, robbery, and concr. goods obtained by force and wrong, Lev. 5:21; Isa. 6l:8; ?t| 7J3 Followed by a genitive, there" twice Eze. 22:29. occurs the form
^]3 id Eze. 18:18;
00.5:7.
3: 14)
id.
9:19, used there of the slaughter of war.

;
Arab.
->-
to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill.
(4) to decree, to decide, to constitute, fut.
Job 22: 28; as compare >"nT.3.
"!I|,
'J^Ja
Chaldee and
Syri
HSU const.
7, 12.
Isa.
ll|
(Isa.
n^TJ ^TJ Eze.i8:
*?jn
n?T| goods taken
away from
the poor,
Hab. 3:17, ">J (5) intrans. to cut off, to fail. |XV n^psp "the sheep fail in the folds." LXX. ii\iirsy irpofluru. (Arabic '^ specially used of
water decreasing.)
3:14.
an unused
,.X>- and
root, pr. to
cut off, like the Arabic

Jesm, the cutting off
NIPHAL
Est. 2:1.
(i) pass, of Kal No. 4, to be decreed,
/>- (whence
;
*'-*.
(2)
to 6e
In the of a syllable) compare under the root TTS. use of Hebrew language it is applied to the signification of cutting off, devouring, like the kindred
26:21, njfV n"3p i]33 from the house of God."

" he was
living."
separated, excluded [cut off]. 8Ch. *3 "for he was excluded

Isa.
53
8,
D^D jnxp
-IT33
excluded [cut
Ps. 88:6.
off] from the hind of the
DD3, Dp")3 (compare
">1J
No. 3); whence
species of locust, so called from its eating Joel 1:4; 2:25; Amos 4:9; Targ. off; like ^pn.
QJ3 m. a
o.
(3)
to be
3:54.
"
taken away [cut off], toperish, Lam. With a dak pleon. Eze. 37:11, W
f
**^3l
creeping
locust,
without wings.
Syriac
we
are lost."
(Arab.
,>. calamity, destmction.)
a locust ( 'oJhJO, which lexicographers explai, without wings; comp ^fifTl! to Pu^ * n pi 6068 -iaxL*
;
Derivatives follow, except n^T3O.

*Îf
Hi.
to
comb, both from the idea of plucking. LXX. Vulg. eruca. ["See Credner on Joel loc. ij/iTTij.
tit."]
(l)i.q. Heb. No.l,tocu/, tocutaway.
see
(2) i. q. Heb. No. 4, to decree, to decide, tc e Part. pi. P1TI pr. tk tablish, specially used of fate.
gera,
OJ3 r* eating up"), [Gazzam],

Ezr. 2:48; Neh. 7:51.
pr.
D of a man,
deciders, determiner s, hence the Chaldee astiolo who, from the preition of the stars at the hou
U-ITil
of birth,
CLXVII
arts of
computation and divining i. Carm. Hor. 11,2), determined (Numeri Babylonii, Dan. 2:27; 4:4; 5:7, 11. the fate of individuals. of the Ch. 7I| decree, in the Rabb. used
by various
curved (see the root

beugen/
bficfen.
103),
comp. Germ.
v from
Oomp.
n.
divine decree, fate.
|V)J3
the art of casting nativities,

Isa. vol.
ii.
'!0$> ("valley of vision"), of the servant of Elisha, 2 Ki.4: 12, seq.
W3
5:20,
oa which comp.
ITHPEAL,
to
my
Comment, on
p.
349.
seq.
cut off, 3 pret. 8:45, and in the Hebrew manner,

be
fern. rinT|J;iK
rQT.3.J;in
Dan.
*
verse 34.
'U*
Damma
fire
an unused
root,
prob.
to
i.
q.
Arabic
^p.
i
of victims, "IJ^ (i) a piece, a part, pi. W]]* parts Gen. 15:17; the parts of the divided sea, Psalm
(? and D being interchanged),

to
light afire, Med. s

^-cy-s-
burn,
to
flame, whence
a great
136:13.
(2)
Gezer [Gazer],
(prob.
"place cut
off,"
burning vehemently, Gehenna, from the primary
"precipice"), pr.n. of a city, formerly aroyalcity of the Cnnnanites (Josh. 10:33; 12:12); situated in the western border of the tribe of Ephraim (Joshua 16:3); allotted to the Levites (Josh. 21:21); although the ancient inhabitants were not expelled (Joshua 16:10; Jud. 1:29). Laid waste by the Egyptians, but restored by Solomon (i Ki. 9: 15 17).
l
f.
stock Dn, Dpn.
Hence
O^n.3,
nSnil
(different
:
f.
pi.
^qa
(f.
Eze. i:i$),a live coat
26:21). Job 41 13; Prov. 6:28; Isa. 44: 19, fully V$ !?.nj Lev. 16:12. Poet, live coals are used for lightnings,
coal, Prov.
from OHS a black
2 Sa. 22:9, 13. Hence used of punishments sent by God, Ps. 140:11. "Live coals upon the head," a
once found Lev. 16: 22, rnT3
r&"
"into
proverbial expression for any thing very
trouble-
a desert land." The same thing is expressed in verses 10, 21, and 22, fin. rnsnisn. LXX. tic yrjy a/3arof.
Vulg.
in terrain solitariam. It
properly denotes,
like
some, which gives any one very great pain and torment. Prov. 25:21, " if thine enemy hunger, feed if he thirst, give him drink. 22. .. thou wilt him;
land eaten
off,
naked, devoid of herbage, from

;
the signification of eating (see the root No. 3)
the Arabic jy?-, 99 V barren.
\.=>-,
see
Kamus,
p.
699, Syriac
heap coals of fire on his head;" i. e. so thou wilt overwhelm him with very heavy cares, and he will be ashamed of his enmity against thee comp. Rom. 1 2 30. In like manner the Arabs say figuratively
;
"coals of
f.
the heart, fire of the liver," to denote
const. rn.T| Ch.
decree, sentence of God,
of angels [?],
Dan. 4:14, 21.

4,
Frequently in Targ.
i
i.
Comp. the root No.

f.
and Syr. Jli
burning cares, and a mind heated and suffused with shame. Compare my remarks on this expression in Rosenmiiller, Rep. i. page 140, and in the Lond. Elsewhere a livt Classical Journal, No. 54, p. 244. coal, which alone remains to keep in fire, like the
Gr. ^Mirvpov, denotes the only hope of a race almost
destroyed, 2 Sa. 14:7.
(i) the form, figure of-a man, so called
from cutting and forming; comp. 3 from 2>'i?, and French taille. Lam. 4:7. To this answers Arabic
Dfl
i.
q.
Arabic
jsk>-
to flame (see
^Da);
whence
may be
41:12
(2) a part of the sanctuary at Jerusalem; as far as collected from the not very clear words, Eze.
D^ \_Gaham\,
22:24, perh. called
il
pr. n. of .
a son of Nahor, Gen.

t*"i-
15; 42:1,10,13; an area or inclosure in the northern part of the temple, a hundred cubits long and broad, surrounded with a particular buildwith cells at the side. LXX. ing n
(
i.
q.
^\^~\ having flaming

^
eyes.
i.
,% $3),
i
q.
Ch. Ml, Syr.
to bend, to
bow
(nb$^>)
oneself down.
Li 3 s ^
self,
Hence pna.
root.
n.
[Gizrites], pr. of a people defeated by David while he sojourned amongst Ijhe Philistines, prob. inhabitants of the city Gezer pT3.).
. the belly of reptiles, Lev. 11:42; of serpents, Genesis 3:14, so called froTi its being bent,
'")$
Sa.27:8
np (anD T),
an unused
Arab. _^vp-
to hide one-
.te>- a hiding-place.
Hence
pr.n.
^D^ ("hiding-place")i[6rAa/]j
2:47; Neh.7:49.
m.Eir.
see xJ-
CLXVIII
**?3 ["or KT], i-qHence y ether as water.
** No. H,
to
//OM> *0-
K |Isa.4O:4; NJ3 more rarely K'l Zee. 14 14, and const. N*3 and 'A of omission *J, pi. pr. Aleph by Eze. 6:3 aro, but nifcO3 (read niiO}) a Ki. 2 16 more often transp. OV3, with suffix T x ^. Eze.
f
;
(i) a thread, a thong, Isa. 48:4, of i stiff-necked people, fB"!JJ ^H3 ^*3 "thy neck is an iror thread," or rod.
9 9
Tim.
(2) a nerve, tendon, Ch. KT3, Syr.
J-sî
Gen.
32:33; pl.Eze. 37:8; Job 10:11; 40:17-
35:8 c. (m. Zee. 14:5, f. verse 4), a valley, so called from the water flowing together there; hence aflat, low region. (The learned may enquire whether Gr. yam, yijj, Goth, gauje, Dutch gate, Germ, au/ are cogwatered a nate). It differs from ?n3,which denotes valley denote which from and also a pBJJ, torrent, H^pa by larger plains and level ground (see Relandi Falsest. 348, seq.) and hence it is used of some particular
;
n^3 &
conv. nai.
TTJ3 (Micah 4:10),
fut.
D^J, with
Vav
(I)TO BREAK OUT, TO BURST FORTH, used of aiiver breaking out from its source, Job 40:23; of a child issuing from the womb, ib. 38 : 8 of a soldier rushing
;
to battle, Eze.
32
2.
(Syriac
water, as a child from the to rush forth to battle.) (2) trans,

to
u*^ to
break forth as
especially
womb; Ch. id.,
called valleys, just as others are This name is applied to
?nj }
nyps,
pOJ7.
cause to
break forth, or
to
come
forth, as an
infant, to
bring him forth from the
(a)
D3nf3
Jer. 7:
15 8, to the south and east [? west] of Jerusalem, through which ran the southern boundary of Benjamin, and the northern of Judah (Josh. 15:8; 18: 16), remarkable for the human sacrifices
;
nom], 3'n3
32;
[the valley of the son of Hin19:2,6; D3H \3? >3 2 Ki. 23:10
j|
03"? *A Josh.
" womb; Ps. 22: 10, |0?O n3 HHJpa for thou didst take me from the womb;" 03 is a rare form of the participle; comp. Lehrg.4O2. Of a mother, to bring
HIPHIL, to issue forth from hiding-places; part. Hence 1'WI. D'3D Jud.20:33.
offered to
n?fl,
Moloch (2 Kings,
Jer.
1. 1.
c.
c.); also called
T$
or Hill Ch.
APHEL
and
KUT" eox>}' **?!? Jer.
2:23.
wind, as
if to battle,
1.
to break, burst forth, as Dan. 7:2; see above, the Hebrew
ra /\b) D'pnq | and with the art. D*enqn | ley of craftsmen), Neh.i i 35, on the borders of Judea, with a village of the same name.
:
(^
root No.
T-l
("
breaking
(c) 7S'nPlp*
(the
valley which God opened), on
r_6ri"aA], pr. n.
forth," sc. of a fountain), of a place near Gibeon, 2 Sa. 2 24.

:
the northern borders of the tribe of Zebulon, Josh.
9:H,7fait,
pfi prop, a river, so called from its bursting forth from its fountains, compare Job 40: 23. To this
(d) rbt) K'| ps 60:2; 2 Sa. 8: 13, the valley of near the Dead Sea. D v??yn '3 the valley of passers by, Eze. 39: 11 ; (e) to the east of the sea of Galilee.
.
answers the Arab.
and
it is
which the
as the Ganges,
Arabs commonly use of larger rivers,

Araxes.
(1)
In
Hebrew
pr. n.
(f) D'y'3?n
*fo
valley ofhycenas, in the tribe of
Benjamin,
(a)
Sa. 13:18. N'l in the plain country of the tribe of
nnay
fountain, with a stream and ponds, near Jerusalem, called elsewhere DT^* [But this is a mia a Ch. 32. take, they were different], l Ki. 1 :33, 38
;
Of a
Judah, 3 Ch. 14:9. (A) KM with art.-K; JH (the valley), a place on Mount Pisgah, over against Beth-peor, in the land of Moab,
a station of the
4:46.
root, having the signification to couple, like the Arab, j'j Med. Ye Conj. Soto bind with fetters, ,xJ a bond, a fetter, a thong,
to
Israelites,
Num.
21 :2O; Deu. 3:29;
30; 33:H. (2) The second of the four rivers of Paradise, which is said to surround the land of K*I3 (Êthiopia), Gen. 2:13. Some who follow the Arabic use of the word understand the Araxes, and they take K>13
^^x>-
T 3
an unused
in this place in a signification entirely different from that which it commonly has but this is improbable.
;
bind,
il,
"li3J, "1?N j|, (perIn the western THK). haps languages compare the root gaben/ gatten/ i.e. to couple; whence atte/
and with a prefixed guttural

"ID**,
H3K
was the constant opinion of the ancients that the Nile was intended; see Jer. 2: 18; LXX. Sir. 24:37; Joseph. Arch. i. l, 3; and I expect that the Êthiopia Nile was particularly meant, which may in fact be said to surround Êthiopia. I have discussed this more at length in Thesaur. page*
it
On
the other hand
attung/
rtte/
(catena), etc.
Hence
281, 282.
CLXIX
rarely dpoc. A>J prop. TO
V'3),
^2
or
7lil
GO
IN
(Pro. 23: 04 ITO;, fut3^, A CIRCLE (comp. ??3, whence
when
lime.
slacked, 153.27:9.
Arab.
and
jU=^- quick
like the
Arabic
for joy,
JUto-
MeJ.
Waw
to
dance
* Ch. emphat. K")*3 id.
Dan. 5:5; compare DBA

2 Ch. 2:l6.
(compare; Tin and 3Jn); hence

(1)
to
27:9;
'
Amos
2:1, Targ.
i.
leap
rejoice; poet. Job 3: 22,

to exultapers.
?'J"vX
D^rttp'^n
" those
;
r!
who rejoice even

;
a stranger,
^-13.
q. 13,
tion;" Isa.
49: 13
65
18, seq.
followed
by 2 of
&* see
l
or thing, concerning which
we
are glad, Psal. 9:15;
13:6; 21:2; 31:85149:2; also "?y Zeph. 3:17; niiT3 to rejoice in Jehovah, i. e. to delight in Him, especially on account of benefits bestowed by him, Isa.
joicing
to
Jâ ("filthy," see Blj), Ch. 2:47.
[GesAawJ,
pr. n.
m.
29:19; 41:16; Joel2:23; Ps.35:9; 89:17. Reand leaping for joy are sometimes ascribed also
; :
inanimate things, Ps. 96: 1 1 Isa. 35 i. (2) to tremblers, accompanied by the leaping and Psal. 29:6; palpitation of the heart (see Job 37 i
: ;
compare the roots 3?n and

ipri/3w,
7-1H.
So Gr.
/
up-ê Urat tcopSia
73 m. pi. D^3 (from the root ^|). (l) a Aea/3 of stones, commonly with the addition of D^3S Josh. Often used of ruins, Isa. 25:2; pi. heaps, 7:26. ruins; Jer.giio, D'W? D^-IT-nX *nn3 and I will make Jerusalem into ruins;" Jer. 51 :37. (2) fountain, spring, scaturigo, Engl. a well, Cant. 4:12; see 7?\ Niph No. 2. PL waves. 2BeUen,
Ps 42:8; 89:10; 107:25,29.
; .
jEschyl. Choeph. 164, 1O22;
jraXXtt ô'/3w, Seidl.

salit,
ad Eurip.
Electr.
Kaplia irdXXei, 433; Lat. cor
(Syr.
JU
a wave.)
Plaut.
and on the other hand
"JHS, of the
mind
its
7:1
trembling for joy, Isa.
60:5
J;r. 33:9). Ps. 2: 11,
being round,
m., bowl, oil- vessel of a lamp, so called from H?3 No. 2, Zech-4:2. i. Root ??| q.
fnjna
to
17' 3
depart " for the people shall

calf), -lâj VJ3J
"tremble with fear" [there is no need from the common meaning]; Hos. 10:5,
mourn on account
of
it
to roll.
N/il see n^|.
(the
to
intM* and the priests shaU tremble
^ / ^ an unused root, softened from 313

scrape thebeard (like the Germ.
bier),
to
scratch^
for 8Jar*
off",
for it."
23attner
The
derivatives follow immediately.

see
kindred to s_?U- to scrape, to scrape
^3
7
3
^?S.
(l) prop, a circle, hence age, and meton.
to shear wool.
Hence
(Syriac
m.
w,,
Jp^
razor.)
m., a barber, Eze. 5:1.
cotemporaries, i. q. ~>'n, compare }QN; Dan. 1:1O, DpV^S "Vfe D'l&Ll " the young men of your age."
Arab. Ju^- or
'^3
i.
Jl7il
("bubbling fountain," from

see the root
32-12),
73
and
#3
of a
J>..^>-
q-
in, yertd. In the Talmud,
ebullition;
Gilboa,
pr. n.
is,
"a
man born
in the
same hour, and with the
same
star as I."
mountain, or mountainous region, in the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was defeated and killed by the
Philistines,
1
Sa.
it
(2) exultation, rejoicing, Hos. 9:1; Isa. 16: 10;
Jer.48:33.
the etymology
this
28 4 3 1 1 2 Sa. 1 6, 2 1 From would appear not improbable that

: ;
"V
f. i.
q.
T^jl
No.
2,
exultation, rejoicing, Ps.
was properly the name of a fountain (Tubania), or of a village near a fountain, from which the neighbouring mountain had its name. Eusebius mentions a village called Tefiovt (read TcX/Soue). [A village stands, on what appear to be these mountains, called
Jelbon
i
.
65:13;
Isa.
35: 2, IPJ n^| "rejoicing and shout-
ing;" const, state for the absolute.
(TO'I Ginath, pr.

'
n. m., l Ki.
16:22.]
* an unused root. Arab.
C-17-
....Jj?-, Rob.iii.
157.]
.l~>-
Med. Ye appears ss.
to
hve
signified to be hot, to boil
up; whence >U-
Leat of the breast from To anger, hunger, thirst. this answers 9&^ren/ in other dialects gotjren/ gtefyreu.
(from the root ^|)._(i) a wheel, 7fpJ! pi. of a chariot, Isa. 5: 28: Eze. 10:2, 6; 23:24; 26:10; of a well to draw water, Ecc. 12:6.
0^3
(2)0 whirlwind,
Ps.
77:19; Eze. 10:13. (Syr.
Hence
lime, so called from its effervescing
i^^^).
Hence
is
(3) straw, chaff, husk, which
driven
by
CLXX
J? form Vl whirlwind; Ps. 83: 14, my God as chaff, which the wind drives away;" "like chaff in the whirlIsa. 17: 13, HSUD \3f&
make them
^3
metaph. to uncover anything). Hebrew language

(1)
to
to
In the usage of
to
th<
make naked;
hence,
disclo??,
-.
weal,
wind;" Parall. fO.
(Aram,
jj,
K)|
chaff, dust,
id.
uncover; especially in the phrase 'S IJN '"1/3 V make bare, to uncover any one's ear by taking away
the hair, as done
and the
like,
driven by the wind, Arab. J->-
by those who are about
to disclose
7fp3 Ch. awheel, Dan. 7: 9.

f?3 (l) a wheel, Isa. 28:28. (a) with art. 73p3n (" a circle," or according to Josh. 5: 9, "a rolling away"), Gilgal, pr. n. [a] of a
.
secret thing; hence to certify of anything, to disclose a matter; l Sa. 20: 2, father will not
some
"my
do anything ^N-nX...r6;p &6l. but he will disclose it to me," verses 12, 13; 9:15; 22:8, 17. Elsewhere used, hi a sense a little different, of God, Job 36: 10,
town situated between Jericho and the Jordan (Josh. 4:19. -20; 9:6; 10:6, 7; 14:6; 15:7), where Samuel and Saul sacrificed (l Sa. 1O:8; H:14> 55 13 4 9 15:21,33), and where prophets dwelt, 2 Ki. 4 38, but where also the worship of idols was practised Amos5:5); more (Jud-3:l9; Hos.4: 15; 9:15 JV3 Neh. 12:29; FaXyaXcr, 1 Mac. 9:2. fully ^l^n
= :
"he opens
16.
their ears to instruction;" verse 15; 33:
it is applied "V.D n?| to reveal a secret, Pro. 20:19. It is also said, ~>9P H73 tr disclose, to unfold a book, em SSud) auffdjlagen/ Jer. 32
Hence
Amos 3:7;
11,14.
(2) to
make
a land
naked
and
of inhabitants,
Jj>id.),
i.e. to
emigrate (Arabic
be
\,j^-
and
that
The village mentioned, Josh. 12:23; Deu. 1 1 30, does not appear to have been different. [" (6) a place or region near the western coast of Palestine, Josh. 1 2 23."]
:
whether willingly, 2 Sa. 15: 19; or unwillingly, i. e. to led into exile, 2 Ki. 17:23; 24: 14; 25:21; Am. 1 5; 6:7, etc; used of inanimate things, Isa. 24: 11, "the joy of the land is gone away," is exiled; Job
:
*V.
f-
th* skull, so called
from
(root ^/l,), 2 Ki. 9:35. This word is the single individuals of a nation are
round form also used where

its
20:28; Pro. 27:25.

Isa.
in Lat. caput,
nâ.7
i.e.
"1OJ7
numbered; as Germ. &opf [Engl. heads'^ Ex. 16:16, "an omer apiece;" Num. 1:2, "13J"?3
;
(i)to beuncovered, to be made naked; " 47 3, thy nakedness shall be uncovered ;" Eze. 13:14; 16:36; 23:29. Also used of avail taken
NIPHAU
:
DrP37.3p "all the males according to their heads," man by man, verses 1 8, 20, 22; compare t?{O
">
away, Jer. 13:22. (2) to be revealed.

to
(a) used of
men and
vail,
i.
;
of God;
q. ""IN"}3;
appear,
as if
by the removal of a
Jud. 5:30. (In the Rabb. n?i^3n *)D| signifies a poll^
tax; Syr.
the
first
is
JOkO^v
syllable;
id.
by
casting
away Lamed of
by ?N Gen. 35:7; l Sa. 14:8, 11 compare 53:1, where there follows ?& (b)to be manifested, manifest, used of things which were before
followed
Isa.
Arabic
4^1-
where the second

:
Lamed
cast
away; comp. ToXyoOd, Matth. 27 33.)

root,
concealed, Isa. 49:9; Hos. 7.: i. followed by ? and ? Isa. 23:1;

(3)
to be
i.
(c) to be
1
:
declared,
Sa. 3 7.
carried
away
pass, of Hiph. Isa. 38: 12.
1/3 an unused
the signification
to be
which appears to have had smooth, naked (like very many
PIEL
q.
Kal, but so however, that the proper signito
fication is the prevalent one.
roots beginning with the letters ?3, bn); hence
(l)
to
;
make naked,
uncover, as the
feet,
Ruth
:
su ff- ^-l* the skin of a man, so called

s^-
3:4, 7
It is
the foundations of a building, Micah i 6. also followed by an ace. of the removed covering,
:
from
its
being naked, Job 16: 15; Arab, jl?-, Syr.
/?
fut. n73?
with
I.AKED, and
trans. TO
Vav convers. MAKE NAKED
/3M prop. TO BE (kindred to the
Nah. 3:5; Job 41:5. Specially "to uncover the nakedness of a woman;" i.e. to have intercourse with her, Lev. 18: From the words of Lev. 18:8, 8, seq. 2O:l7,seq.
Isa.
22:8; 47 2
(a)
HK'X
ni"iy. n?jl
it is
root Hpj to be naked; hence, to be bald, whence, by A softer pronunciation, Hpa, n?|); especially used of
man,
the ear
by taking away
\
the hair, of the face
by taking
away a veil (Arab. J-,- to cast away a garment, to can away a vail and make bare a woman's face.;
to uncover the nakedness of a have unlawful intercourse with his in which sense there is also said, wife, 20 1 1, 20, 21 to uncover his skirt or coverlet; Deu. 23: l 27 20. (b) to uncover any one's eyes (said of God), i. tt to open them, to shew to him things hidden from mortals; Nu. 22:31; Ps. HQ:l8, 0*3^ fy ( marl
understood
used
:
why
;
is
for, to
CLXXI
'with open eyes;" said of a prophet, Nu. 24:4, 16.
[Part. Paul.]
some (a) metaph. to reveal 27 a secret, Pro. 1 1 : 13 to deliver

; ;
hidden thing, Job 20:
16:3;
Ps.
'T
to
make known
his
?S n)j is i.q. -ie>&rn$ 98:2; Jer. 33:6. ?y to uncover a vail, which vailed over any thing,
up a fugitive, Isa. and glory, as God, power

nfea
m. (from the root D?3) a mantlt, cloak with which any one is wrapped up, Eze. 27 24. (Ch 9v| id. Hence Gr. x\apvc xXai't'c, xâ'*'"^
: ,
Josh. 21
27,
np
i.
q.
I?H which
see.
nV?3 once
f.
n/>3
Obad. 20 (with Kametz impure)
[root rta.]
4:22 (where nothing needs alteration). PUAL, to be uncovered; Nah. 2:8, of Nineveh, nrv?3 "she is uncovered," i.e. ignominiously.
Lain. 2:14;
3way,
HiPHlL, iy?? and "Y?? to lead into exile;

etc.
fut.
apoc.
73.J3
to
carry
2 Ki.
15:29; 17:6, 11;
(1) a carrying away, exile, 2 Ki. 25:27; Jer. 52:31; Eze. 1:2; 33:21. (2) collect, those who are carried away, exiles. HTin* m?4 "the exiles of Judah," Jer. 24:5; 28:4; 29 22 40 i n'VV n-1 ?! used of Israel living in exile,
1
l3:ll,
Isa.
45:13.
HOPHAL
(2) to
pass. Esth. 2 : 6, etc.
HITHPAEL
(l)
to
uncover oneself, Gen. 9:21.

any
one's heart.
fbia,
nV?J emph.
n^3
f.,
Ch. ext/e,
Kn^J J3
jlai>^.
exiles;
reveal
itself, said of
Dan. 2:25; 5:13; Ezr. 6:16.

f
Syr.
Derivatives, nbia,
n^S,
jr?3,
and the
pr. n.
to be
? unused in Kal, prop, to be smooth; hence

?
naked(comp. n7|) speciaLy

to
to fo fea/rf.
is
Arab.
reveal; Dan. 2:22,28, 29. APUEL (in the Hebrew manner) Y?D, i. q. Heb. Ezr. 4:10; 5:12. ffiph. to lead into exile,
ri7il,
N73
Ch.
to
^1-^
be bald in the head.
This root
softened
from the harder root
In the rnj?; transp. it is P?n. western languages there correspond with this, calvus,
Slav, goly, holy, Germ, faijl/ also gelu, glades. PIEL. to shave the head, Nu. 6:9; Deu. 81: 12; a
"V^
""1
i-
i" 1
<!
?^ emigration, exile.
1
/*
(of the form
"liB'i?,
""l?"
^, exile, from H73)
Giloh, pr. n. of a city in the mountains of Judah, Gent. n. is 2 Sa. loc. cit. Josh. 15:51 2 Sa. 15: 12. from the form P^l, like ^7^ from n7*K'.
;
person, a Ch. 19:4; to shaveoffcut off the hair (see PUAL), the beard, 2Sa. 10:4. Once intrans. to shave
*T$
(l)
(fr
fountain, spring,
the root 773 see the etym. note.) 73 No. 2. Plur. Josh. i. q.
15:19; Jud. 1:15. round(2) a bowl, reservoir, so called from its of the bowl or oil-vessel used of the ness; holy candlestick, Zee. 4:3; comp. 2, where there is in masc.
73.
oneself (the hair and beard), Gen. 41 14. Metaph. any one is said to shave a land, who devastates it with fire and sword Isa. 7 2O. (Ch. H?3 to shave, to shear, n-| bald, used by the Kabbins of the monks, like the Bohem. holy).
: ; :
PUAL,
to be
shorn, Jud. 18:
17, 22.
(i) to shave oneself, Lev. 13:33. (2) to shave, or cut off from oneself (compaie
HITHPAEL
Ecc. 1 2 6, in describing old age and death, ~l&r'N~*lJJ anfn n?3 " 7?n PDir^' "before the silver -':':*: *lD3n cord be severed, and the golden lamp be broken." (3) a ball, a small globe, on the capital of co.
pm
Lehrg.
p.
284, letter d), with an ace., Nu. 6:19.
(of the form
fi3,
in,
JV$) m. a tablet
is
made
of wood, stone, or metal, on which any thing

i.
lumns,
Ki. 7:41
2 Ch. 4:12,13.
U /VPS m. plur. pr. trunks, logs, blocks, such as are rolled, whence the name (see ??), hence in derision
idols, Levit. 26:30;
so called as being bare, naked, and empty (see the root n /|), Isa. 8:1. With tho Talmud ists P y3 is the blank margin of the leaves of books.
inscribed,
q.
n-y?
Deut. -29: 16, etc;
in various
:
phrases ;
Dv^Sn nqx ^?n

to
to follow idols, 1 Ki. 2 1
26,
3v1?3n 131?
'3rr?X D*yy
serve idols,
to
lift
2Ki. 17:12;
to
21:21;
Eze.
KKO
up the eyes
idols,
often joined to other nouns expressing contempt of idols, as D^'-lpK' Deu. 29:16; nuyifl Eze. 16:36; 2yv. 30:13, and is mostly used in speeches
It is
ill
18:12.
which worshippers of
rebuked, as with idols, Eze. 20:7, 1D^ 6:9; Dv-1?3rrnx s]X3 23:37, etc.
to pollute oneself
idols are
PI. DOya Isa. 3:23, mirrors, pr. tablets or thin plates made of polished metal, such as were the mirrors which the Hebrew women carried about with them (Ex. 38:8; Job 37:18), as was done also by other ancient nations (see my Comment, on Isa. loc. of a round form and cit.) these mirrors were mostly with a handle. So Chald., Vulg., Kimclii in Comment., On the other hand LXX. (aAbarbanel, Jarchi. and Kimchi explain it of trans' <j>avTJ AaKoviKo) parent garments, as it were making the body naked. Comp. Schrcedw, De Vestitu Mull. Heb. p. 31 1, 312;
CLXXII
(i) adj. rolling, turning, used of the leaves of a door, 1 Ki. 6: 34. (Comp. Eze. 41 24.) VT (2) subst. a ring, Est. 1:6; Cant. 5:14, vv| P'VhftS D'K7Dp anj " his hands (are like) gold rings adorned with gems of Tarshish." The fingers when
I
:
to things that are round, globular, or rolling, as 73^1 awheel, also a whirlwind; 7y3 a ring, H73- a volume
roll, SRolle/
^73
oil.
skull, 773
a reservoir for
(6) to
a ball of dung, 73, n?j heavy things, such us \votiiu
bent are like gold rings, the dyed nails are compared
to
be rolled and not carried, whence 7! a heap of stones, Dy1?3 trunks, stocks (iRlofcej, so called from being
rolled ; 7?|
gems.
(3) circuit, region, i.q. "E?. Specially D^3n 7'7| Isa. 8:23, the circuit [Galilee"} of the Gentiles, and
car' efox'}*'
H^H
Josh. 2O:7; 21:32;
parag.), 2 Ki. 15:29;
n?7|n (with 7^3n jnx iKi.g:!!, is the

cities,
affair.) (c) of waves of water rolling themselves onwards, like the German and English It is
qucllcn/ to well,
a large stone. used also
(Arab.
li~-
an important
whence
73,
D'73
Germ.
SBellen.
From
this
name of a
region with twenty
although small
most
fertile
monosyllabic stock, have also sprung

.
ones, in the tribe of Naphtali, around the city Kedesh 7v33 BHp), inhabited by (for there thrice occurs
the tri-literal roots 73X, Arab.
U-^,
73JJ
whence n73g
*
cart,
and with a third radical added at the end, D?3
Gentiles,
namely by the neighbouring Phoenicians.
LXX.
y FaXtXata.
n/vjl f. i.q. 7v3 No. 3, circuit, region, D 'n?7?p H " regions of the Philistines," Josh. 13:2; fl?7? Joel 4:4; FaXiXa/a 'AXXoûXuv, 1 Mac. 5:15. JTVH rN7v3 i. q. jTlfn 133 the circuit, the bank of Jordan, el Ghor. Josh. 22 10, 1 1. Nearly the same region appears to be denoted, Eze. 47: 8.
:
to roll up, D73. D73 Lat. gloinus, glom.era.vit, globus, ^lumpen. In the Hebrew language it has also the sister roots 7*3 to go into a circle, and with a palatal turned
into a guttural
it
7-in,
has a vast number

vii.
7 n, 74K, 7 S (which see) ; also of offsets in the western languas

<I
ges, especially in Greek.
ad Herod,
Comp. 'XXw, m'XXw (Valck. 155), KvXiu, nvXiidw (D73), coXXt,^,

palatal rejected or else
'iXij,
KoXXafios, jco'XX, jcvXXoc (comp. jeoiXoc), KoXXvpa (a
round cake, "9?), and with the

put at the end, tXXw,
toi/Xoc,
\_Gallim~], pr.n. of a town of the Benjamites, situated to the north of Jerusalem, 1 Sa. 25:44; Isa. 10:30.
D*^3 ("fountains"),
<Xw, ilXiw, tlXvw,
oiJXor,
IXiy/og, eXi
i.
med.
callus,
q.
and iKiaaw etc. Lat. volvo, Lat. French gallet, caillou (73), Germ. alle
allen/
H*/3 ("exile," "an exile"), Goliath, a
6lle i.
giant,
q. Q.uelle/ quellen,
waljen/
onomat.
fulterni
of the nation of the Philistines, killed in single combat by David (i Sa. 17:4,23; 2l:!O; 22: 10; Sir.
Swed. kula, and Lower Germ.
When any thing

soil,
is
(whence ûgel). rolled along on a rough gravelly

;
Jtaul
42:5).
/
As
to 1 Ch. 20:5, see
under the word 'PH?.

,|
make a scraping sound, this is expressed by roots made harsh with the canine letter 1 713, TTI,
so as to
Gen. 29:3,8, imp. 1, l3, once ?! Ps. 119:22, TO BOLL, as stones, Gen. Met. followed by ?J?O to roll off, or away 29:3,8.
/$
Ipers.
*$!, but
pi.
"H3 the
effects of
which are not
less
widely diffused.
NIPHAL
(1)
like
7J3 plur. 3733 fut.
TO
to be
followed
fro many one, e.g. reproach, Josh. 5 9 Ps. 119:22; by / and 7J2 to transfer what is rolled away
:
(2) to
rolled, of the waves of water, Am. 5:24. be rolled up, used of the heaven; rolled up
Isa.
a book,
:
34:4.
in blood,
i.
from oneself to another; Ps. 37:5, 1|"11 nin^j; 71 1 "roll upon Jehovah thy way," i.e. commit all thy
concerns to God;
POAL,
to be
rolled
4.
e. to
be stained with
blood, Isa.
Prov. 16:3,
T^P
rtftfa
9 HITHPOEL
id.,
2 Sa. 20
1 2.
"commit
:
Jehovah whatever thou doest." Ellipt. Psal. 22 9, where the poet [Christ] speaks of his enemies as deriding his confidence in God and saying, *nt$B n j n r'? ? 7 * "let him devolve his matters
to
oneself upon any one,

43:18.
PILF-EL?!?! i.q.
Jer.
i.e. to
Followed by 7 to ro II rush upon him, Gen.

roll down,
Kal No.
1, to roll, to
upon Jehovah, let him deliver him ;" so that ?i may be taken as the third person of the imperative, or " he
51:25. HITHPALPEL 7J?!nn to roll oneself down, used of an Job 30:14, attacking^ enemy,
HIPHIL, fut. 7|J]
to roll, to
devolved"
etc.,
so that ?j
is
the infinitive put for

this root is expressed
this, is also
roll
down
stone,
the finite verb.
Gen. 29:10.
Derivatives, see note under Kal.
r (*) dung, so called from its globulal form, Lq. ?/!, see the root No. 1 ; 1 Ki.14: 10. Arab
-
Note. The genuine power of by the Germ, rolltn/ which, like

poetic
It is
onomato-
very widely extended, imitating the noise of a globe or other round body rolled forward ia quickly. applied therefore in derivatives. (a)
<m
DJ(a)
'
CLXXIII
circumstance, cause, reason; Germ. Um whence comp. as to the etymology nap, nil'lS, with suffix ^7?5, C ?^?? 3 , prep, because of.
1
quarrel
Avith
any
one, especially in lice, drinking
_anb
or in dividing an inheritance.
$3,
HITHPAEL,
Pro. 20
:
Gen. 39:5; Deu. 15:10; 18:12; Jer. 11:17; 15'4-
3,
So the Hebrew become angry, irritattd(\n strife) "it is an honour to a man to have off
to
To
this
\
ansAvers the Arabic i^wljsj-
and
(with Elif prosthetic).
two (3) [Galaf], pr.n. of

"
men (perh."Aveighty,"
l
7^,p>31 but every fool becomef angry." Followed by ? of the thing, Prov. 18:1. It is alsc used of strife itself, as becoming warmer, Pro. 17: 14.
strife, y?3rP
?
$-;*
;
worthy,"
as
J&-\)(a)
pr.
Chr.g:i5-
(*)
Chr.
9:16; Neh. 11:17.

rolling; hence weight, magnitude (see the root, note under Kal), Ezra 5:8; 6:4, such as were ty} J5X "great, heavy, squared stones,"
In German, a book of large size, such as might be rolled sooner than carried, according to the present custom, in a bag, is called jocosely Talm. i6^3 without pH is used of a large ein
rolled, not carried.
an unused quadril. root hard, rough. Hence

I>C /
Arabic
773 m. Ch.
(l) of several men, as [Gilead], pr.n. (a) a son of Machir, grandson of Manasseh, Nu. 26:
1
29, 30.
Hence patronym.
l, 2.
ÎSJ ??
Jud.
1 1
12
7.
(b) Jud. il:
(c) 1
1
Ch. 5:14.
!
1
(2) with the art. "Uf??
according
to
Gen. 31 21,
:
i.q.^J:?!
("hard, stony region;" "hill of witness"
SBatyr.
stone (Buxt. page 433).
[which is of course the true etymology]), Gilead, a It region of Palestine beyond Jordan. properly designates the mountain district to the south of the
'/$ m. i. q. 7? | No. l, dung of men. In sing. Job 20:7, "QK' nV3? V??J| according to Chald. and Vulg. rightly, " sicut stercus suum in ceternum to this comparison, by which ignominious peribit ;" as
once,
destruction
PI.
is
denoted, see
Ki. 14:10.
>!
?^|
specially
dung, pr. globules of dung, Zeph. 1:17; human, Eze. 4:12, 15.
[Gilalai], pr.n. of a
man, Neh.
/7j? (perhaps "dungy"), 1 2 : 36.

fut. D??!
Jabbok (Gen. 31 :2i 48; Cant. 4:1), with a same name (Hos. 6:8; comp. Jud. 12:7, LXX. which appears to be the same as "V^ rrtO^), where there are now two mountains (Jebel Jelad and Jelud), with the ruins of cities of the same names (see Burckhardt's Travels, Germ. edit. ii. page 599). It is hence applied to the whole mountain tracts between Arnon and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of Gad, Reuben, and the half tribe of Manasseh (now
river
city of the called
c'jljl
[el-Belht~\
U7|
:
TO
ROLL TOGETHER.
DV?1,
Found once
'Ajtu>i\)Nu. 32:26, 29;
1O, ll, 31
;
2 Ki. 2 8.
See the root ??| and the note there under
^jjU-c J-j> [JebelDeu-3:l2; Josh. 12:2, 5; 13:

for the
and
Kal.
Hence the nouns

<I
and
tribes of
Am. 1:3, 13. It is therefore used Gad and Reuben, Ps. 60:9; 108:9;
f r
ê
[with suffix P?!], m. prop, something rolled together; hence, rude and unformed matter, not yet wrought, the parts of Avhich are not yet unfolded
"/
tribe of Gad, Jud. 5: 17, comp. 5:16; although also, from the variety of usage in any thing of the kind, l Sa.
13:7, the land of Gad and
Gilead
are spoken of to-
Thus of an embryo, Psalm 139: 16. of the [Rather, mystical body of Christ.] (It is often used in the Talmud of anything not yet wrought and 6 and it is applied to developed, see Chelim xii. an ignorant man, Pirke Aboth v. 7.)
and developed.
;
gether. It once comprehends even Bashan, and extends to the northern boundary of Palestine, Deu. 34:1.
fc-^/jJ
i.q.
TO LIE
DOWN.
'37-
quadril. not used;
compounded of
<X*;>-
of goats "1^73 Gilead." Cant. 6:5.
Arabic \^r^r TO SIT, TO SIT DOWN, Cant. 4: l, " thy locks are as a flock ~i~'1Q W^yy which lie down on mount
Prop,
lie
down, as
side,
if
hanging
&n(l jJo- each of which roots have the signification

of hardness.
Hence
from mount Gilead, from its Jerome 4 l " qua ascenderunt"

: ,
see
IP No. 3.
LXX. 6:5, Complut.

go up.
adj. quadril.
hard; Arabic
uv **!j>-
hence
aviflqaav, compare
_Jj>- Conj. II. to
tterile, prop, used of hard stony ground (comp. trrepPOQ, sterilis) hence used of a woman, Isa. 49 2 1 poet, of a night in which one is born, Job 3:7 lean, and emaciated with hunger (oerfyungert), Job 15 34 30 3.
; : ; ; : ; :
u3
prop, subst. addition,
accumulation; hence
part, indicating accession, like
*) (which se). (l) also, Gen. 3:6, 22; 7:3; 19:21,3.5; 30:15; 35:17. etc. It is prefixed to the words to which it refers,
y /* a
like the Lat. etiam
root not used in Kal.
Arab. Conj.
III. to
the sake of emphasis,
but when words are rep3ated foi it is put between them as with
;
CLXXIV
SOH DJ K'H she herself also, Gen. 20:5 pronouns. tttn D| V53 in his mouth also, 2 Sa. 17:5; Prov. 23: 15 ; Gen. 27 34(comp. Gram. 92, i [i 19, 4]; Lehrg. ?JX1 191) used with verbs, Gen. 46 14, D3 T>
; : ; ;
m. a marsh
so called
because
it
ush, specially papyrus nibtica. absorbs and drinks moisture
also come up with thee." Gen. 31 sometimes put at the beginning of a sentence, referring not to the nearest word, but to one more remote. Gen. 16:13, *n*S"i D?n DJn
I
" and H?J?
Isa.
will
'comp. bibula papyrus, Lucan. iv. 136). The Egyptians used this to 35:7.
Job 8:
11
make
:
gar-
15;!
Sa. 1:6.
It is
ments, shoes, baskets, and vessels of various kinds, Ex. 2 3, 26). especially boats (Plin. xiii. 2 1 NO3 " an ark," or " skiff of papyrus." Isa. 18:2.
**P 'in *
5
"do
here see
"
(i.e. live)
:
also
after the
:
Prov. 19:2; 20 1 1 ; Isa. 30 33. God)? Ôbserve the same thing of the part. "=!*? Isa. 34: 14; PI Isa. 28: 19.) Poet, used sometimes for the simple
vision (of
an unused root, the true sense of which has been altogether neglected by etymologists. Pr. it is to cut, to cut down boughs, or trees, like the vEthiopic
(compare Dan. og and); Joel i 12 Jud. 5:4; Psa. 03 ...D3 also. ..also, both, and, Gen. 24: 137:1. 2 5; 43 8; Ex. 12:31; that ...so, Jer. 51:12 ; and even put three times, Isa. 48 8 D3]...D3 Gen. 24:44.
}
: ; = :
and Arab,
.x*-,is
Kamus
p.
Hence
formed
(l)
353, comp. transp. lOJI a branch, a
staff, hence a cubit; the same verb is applied to brave warriors who cut down enemies like trees;
(2)
Not unfrequently
(see
it
is
used as an intensitive,
even
Prov. 14:20; 17:26; Joel 3:2; with a particle of negation, not even, Psal.
l).
P|K No.
hence
(2) Arabic ,x*âs a soldier.
fierce
and Syriac AFHEL, to be. Hence the word which has
H:3; 53=45 2Sa. 17:12, 13 (comp. iyNo. 3, a). (3) It often only serves to make a sentence emphatic, and sometimes may be rendered yea, indeed,
truly, or else it shews that the next word takes a considerable emphasis. Job 18:5, TRTP DyBn IIX D3 "yea, the light of the wicked shall be put out." iSa.
greatly perplexed interpreters
D^*7Q3 m.
Jerome,
pi.
bellatores.
Eze. 27:11, brave, bold so Idiers. The vain and unlearned conjec-
tures of interpreters are wearying (see Thes. p. 292"),
and m.
pr.
24:12, nx~l D3 ns~| see,

:
yea, see
(ftefye,
ft'etje
bod)
!).
a staff, rod, so
9
called
from being
Gen. 29:30, "and he loved Rachel more than Leah." Job 2 10, " shall we receive good from the Hos. 9:12," for woe Lord, and shall we not," etc. to them!" Gen. 42:22; Job 13:16; 16:19; Isa. So D?3$? D3 aiie benbe, both Gen. 27 66:4.
together,
:
f
staff;
cut off (Zab. JjjOOicxâ

inserted,
the letter 1 being
and
also
and T interchanged, Ch. Nrp~^3) ;
hence a cubit, as the German dealers, in selling silk, Jud. 3:16. use tab for the measure of two cubits.
?z
9=r.
9ZPm.
2O:1O, 12; l Sa. 4: 17, ^3 DJ all DJ together, alte jufammen ; 2 Sa. 19:31; Ps. 25:3. nny Germ, nun gut/ Gen. 44: 10.
15;
Prov. 17:15;
(Syr.
j-ôo^
jl
cubit,
Jj_ooia^, )*-OCi^v
pr. n.
l
id.)
if, by a fut. Isa. 1:15; Hos. 8:lO; 9:16; and without *3 Isa. 49:15; Ps. 95 9. There also occurs 03 *? Eccl. 4:14; 8:12.
(4) '?~D3
even
followed
24:17.
("weaned"), [Gamut], Comp. ^03 IV3.

m.
(l) action,
Chron.
w
ill
work, any thing well or
(5) advers. however, but, chiefly followed by a negative part. Ps. 1 29 2 Eccl. 4:16; Eze. 16:28.
: ;
fully D?1J ^>! Jud. 9:16; Proverbs 12:14; Isa.3:ll; in a good sense, a benefit, PB. ? VMO3 TE*n to repay actions to any one, 103:2.
done, more
(J3 not used in Kal, TO ABSORB, TO TO SWALLOW, i. q. Ch. PIEL poet, applied to a horse as it were
DRINK
up,
swallowing
the ground in his rapid course. Job 39: 24, ]*~JK W5\\ "he swallows the ground," i. q. he runs away with it. (The same metaphor is of frequent use in Arabic
in the
>s. 28:4, D^D| HKM; Proverbs DJ?# id. 12:14; followed by *W Psalm 94:2.' !? Joel 4 14. Ps. 137:8; Prov. 19:17; followed by Isa. 35:4. Root (2) retribution, recompense,
i.e. his deeds.
D^
^|
Z
'
i.
q.
Nos. 1,2.
2 Sa. 19:37;
Isaiah
verb
to
1.
swallow up, as
^W
i.
^.\\
p.
see
59:18.
TT.D;)
Schultans ad h.
148.)
ITiPMiL, to
and Bochart, Hieroz.
142
an unused
s
'
"
root,
prob.
i.
q.
"1P3 to
cut
..
*
off,
s *
<-
24:17.
give to be Heace
drunk
or absorbed, Gen.
whence Arab.
'.**&
^
acute-minded, and
^>*
a sy-
camore, so called from being cut (seo D?3). Hence
frpa a place abounding with sycamores), tribe of Judah, [Gimzo~], pr. name of a town of the iii. Rob. 2 Ch. 28:18. 57.] [Now Jimzu, .L*p~,
'0?
(i. q.
however, more probable that

signification of the cognate
j has adopted the

to carry.
J^-
*
to
ftlt.
???
any one (good or
(l) TO GIVE, TO DO, Or SHEW evil), followed by two ace., one
" ?'P 3 (" one who possesses camels," or who is car ried on a camel"), ^Gemallt], pr. n. m.,Nu. 13:!!?.
^{OpJ
m. Nu. 1:10;
"benefit of God"), Gamaliel, pr.n.

2: 20; 7:54.
of the person, the other of the thing (compare Gr. iv, rWX KaKw irpurrfiv TIVO). 1 Sa. 24: 1 8, nnit2H
"thouhast done good to me." Gen. 50: 15, " all the ills iri'N -1j?p3 ~I'K which we brought upon him."
Prov. 3 30 3 1 1 2 Isa. 63:7; followed 17 " Isaiah 3: 9, fTjn DH? -Ppa of they have pers. by Psalm evils themselves." 137:8, upon brought " W? that which thou hast
Ô3
J^ an unused root, i. q. DPJJ (which see), to gather together, to join together, to heap up.
Compare
->-
Gen. 50
(*
to
to
heap up, be much.
to increase,
and
intrans. to
be heaped up,
'
j'
Hence D| and H^jp.

to
J^pOi^ ^7-loa
brought
j)
a root not used in Hebrew,

fut. ~)b^. "103
dig, see
PM.
for
upon us."
do good to any one, Pro. 11:17; i^?3 ?Pi3 to himself, followed by ?K Ps. 13:6; good doing 116:7; HQ:!?! 142:8. (3) to repay to any one good or evil, followed by an ace. Ps. 18:21, ^-JV| nin; ^p?* "God repaid me according to my righteousness ;" 7J? 2 Ch. 20 1 1
(2) to
:
Ps. 57:3,
fy
W(l) "God who

my cause;
TO COMPLETE, TO FINISH,
will
complete
:
me,"
i.
e. will
plead
Ps.
138
8, se.q. "1J?3.
77
(2) intrans. to leave off, to fail, Ps. 7:10; 12:2; In the Aramaean dialects this root is of fre9.
:
quent occurrence in both significations.

Ch. id. Part. pass. "VO^ perfect, complete, in or learning, Ezr. 7:12.
Ps.
rently divided, of person).

II.
is
103: 1O; ? Deu. 32:6 (unless the words be diffeHVV 7n and there is here an accusative
?
skill
an infant, Isa. 28:9 (where added), Isa. 11:8; i Ki. 1 1 20. (5) to ripen fruit, Nu. 17:23. Intrans. to become
(4) to
:
wean
'P3
Gomer,
pr.n.
(l) of a northern people
ripe, Isa. 18:5. Note.
This primary signification and the origin

:
sprung from Japhet (Gen. 10:2), from whom Togarmah (or the Armenians) is said to be descended (Gen. 10:3), and who in the army of Magog are mentioned with Togarmah (Eze. 38:6). This is probably to be
understood of the Cimerii
(Kt/^juf'piot)
and connection of the other meanings are well illustrated by Alb. Schultens (on Pro. 3 30) comparing
;
inhabiting the
Arab. ,L*i pr. to cover with fomentations, to produce warmth, to cherish, which notion of cherishing and
(a) to ripening fruit. warming is applied (6) tc a weaned child. (c) to benefits conferred on any one, and with which as it were we cherish him nor is it difficult to understand IIOAV such a word afterwards became used in a bad sense (see "^3). ["But the
;
Tauric Chersonese and the region near the Don and Danube; remarkable for their incursions into Asia-
Minor
in the sixth century before Christ (Herod, i. The Arabians, by a trans6, 15, 103; iv. l, 11, 12).
position of the letters, call the people of this region
* j, whence now Krim

sonese and A
JjJ\
is
used from the Tauric Chersea, is
^\\ the Cimmerian
used of the
verb
II
;
LKC can only refer to the significations in No.

I,
Euxine Sea. Wahl (Altes und neues Asien,i. p. 274) compares Gamir, which amongst the Armenians was
the
while for those in No.
we may compare
?PJJ,
name
of Cappadocia.
Arab. J*K, to labour, to do." Ge.s. add.] NIPHAL pass, of II, Gen. 21:8; l Sa. l :22. n Derivatives ?^?ri, and
^-1^1,
(2) the wife of Hosea the prophet, a harlot, Hos.

l -.3.
(Appell.
i.
q. .*->- coals.)
?'1^|,
pr.n.
JT'lDil
("whom Jehovah has completed");

pr. n. m., Jer. 29:3.
/Of plur. Dvp| comm. a camel (Gen. 32:16). This word is found in all the Phcenicio-Shemitic languages; and besides, not only in Greek and Latin, but also inÊgypt.(ÂU()VA, O\VUOVA) and Sanscr.
under the form kramela,
i.
[Gemariah],
VT"]^ (id.), [Gemariah'], pr.n. of one of the 12. nobles in the time of Jeremiah, Jer. 36:10
|3
/./ unelaka. Bochart (Hieroz. and derive it from ?P. | to repay, others, **{-) becaus the camel is an animal uvntriicaKoc. It is
with
suff. '??
comm.
(f.
Gen. 2:15), a garden,
p. 75)
especially one planted icith trees (prop, a place protected with a fence, from the root fj|). Gen. 2:8
CLXXVI
a garden of herbs, Deut. lino; 1 Ki. the garden of Eden planted by God, Gen. 3:24; Joel 2:3; also called D'H/K || Eze. 28:13; 31:8, 9; and nirvfl Gen. 13:10; Isa.5l:3- A garden
seq. P*vn
11
D'T33 const,
st. \T3J.
(i) treasures, Esther 3:9;
ii
:8.
I"]J? J3
4:7(2) chests, in which precious wares are kept, Eze.
enclosed, Cant. 4: 12; figuratively
used of a chaste wo-
27:24.
man.
Plur. D'3| Cant. 4:15; 6:2.

fut. 333?.
P33
Ch.
pi.
3 J;3
(i) TO
STEAL, TO TAKE
s
<-
AWAY BY
treasury.
*|!T^
Ezr. 5:17; 6:1.
m. treasures, Ezr. 7:20. KJT3.3 JV3 Compare "13J3.
THEFT, SECRETLY.
(This verb appears to be denov_^.~>.
minative from the Arab.

prop, equivalent
bringen.)
to, to
side,
Ch. 3| and
auf
tie
cite
l Ch. pi. D*?T treasuries of the temple, (The termination ""Jr, ^r is found also in other Chaldee words, as TH, ^1?X. Comp. Lehrg. p. 5 1 6.
m.
28:11.
put aside ; Germ,
Compare Sanscrit parqvaka thief, from parqva side."J Hence L^^.^>- has many significations
["
J^3 (kindred
to
|33,
13^),
-
prop. TO
COVER, TC
COVER OVER,
i.q.
Arabic
-r ->-,
figuratively, to
pr&
taken from the idea of side, to break a side, to take from the side.) Followed by an ace. of thing, Gen. 31: 9; 30, 33; and person, 2 Sa. 19:42; Deu. 24:7; Job 21: 18, HMD VI333 fb31 "and like the chaff, which the wind driveth away;" 27:20. Part. pass,
tect; always used of God as protecting men, followed by /P., like verbs of covering (see 7J? No. 2, a). 2Ki. " and I will 20:6, nwn Tyn-^j; in\iy\ protect this
city."
^n'133;
Isa.
37:35: 38 6;
:
7X
2 Ki. 19
34.
Pret.
iaf. absol. fl33 Isa.
with
'jYtf
(2)
parag. 'n33J Gen. 3 1 39. deceive, like the Gr. K\tirreiv. Gen. 31 :27, 333P.1 " thou hast deceived me." Especially
:
Yod
to
31:5.
HIPHIL,
fut.
;
]y
1
:
i.q.
Kal, Isa. 31:5; Zee.
9:15
(fol-
lowed by
?J>)
2 8 (followed
jl,
by
1J>3, see "U|3
No. 4).
Derivatives,
H33, H33,
followed
by 3? prop,
to
deceive anyone's heart,

vt'mv,
Ô, nj3p.
i.
e.
understanding, like KXlirniv
Horn.
II.
xiv. 227.
^ld
Gen. 31:20, \^> ib-nx
3'pJC.
35?!1
"and Jacob de-
ceived Laban;" verse 26. loc. cit., and John 10:24.

NIPHAL
PIEL
i.
See L. de Dieu, on Gen.
("gardener"),
;
[Ginneôn],
pr.n. m.
Neh. 10:7
18 ;i6. Verse 4, incorrectly readg'iriSJ.
pass, of
q.
No.
(l)
i, to
Ex. 22:11.
l
y TO
Sa. 6: 12
;
LOW
as
an ox, an onomatopoetic root

i
Kal.
(2) followed
by
steal, Jer. 23:30. 37 to deceive, 2 Sa. 15:6.
Job 6:5. Talmud,
PUAL
brought 333 Gen. 40:15. HITHPAEL, to do by stealth, followed by a gerund, n najnV'and the 2 Sa, 19:4, "Win Ki3? Jttnn Di3 Dy r into the city." that went stealth people day by
(Syr.
33 V tin 'pK "an oracle was pass. Job 4: 12, Inf. absol. to me by stealth," or secretly.
out, to vociferate.
To
Syr. J,j^^to cry this answers the Gr.

.1^,
,1
id.
Sanscr. gau, Malab. ko, Persic
kau, gau, ox
Latin ceva,
i.
e.
vacca, Columella, vi. 24, fin.

.Ro/ 6oit>/
In the
itn
Germanic languages, Hence lowing.
.Rutv
a cow, from
en las
o_L^to steal oneself away.) Hence

Also
theft, Ex. 22:3.
J ("lowing"), [Goath~], pr.n. of a place near Jerusalem, Jer. 3 1 39.

:
333 m. a
!"O!5$
f.
thief, Ex. 22: l, 6, 7.
something stolen,
TO
l
K. ^ TO LOATHE, TO REJECT WITH LOATHING, CAST AWAY (Ch. Ithpeal, to be unclean, impure,
rO33 ("theft"), [Genubath],

11:30.
pr.n. m.
Ki.
see 7X3 No.
II.
whence the notion of loathing may
H33
fem. from
II
PI. nfoj
Am. 4:9;
9:14.
a garden, Isa. l :3O; Job 8: 16. Root J3J.
be derived, that is, to regard as impure, foul, comp. " There often occurs riX ^p3 n7#3 T DDJ). my soul loatheth any thing," Lev. 26 ll, 15, 30, 43; followed by 3 Jer. 14:19; and without E*D3 Lev. 26;
:
133 fem. id.,
H-].
Est. 1:5; 7:7, 8; Cant.6:ii.

root, i.q.
but only found in the later Hebrew Root 133.
44; Eze. 16:45. NIPHAL, to be cast away.

D^TIS? |3O
Tj3 an unused
hide, to lay
up
in store.
33,
Arab.J^>- and Ch. T3| to Kindred roots are D33,

|3D, |p
cast away;"
HIPHIL
i.q.
2 Sa. l :2i, 7V33 DE' 3 " for there the shield of the mighty was " ibienim est
abjectus
clypeus heroumC
5
as well in the Vulg.,
LXX.
TrpoawÔitrOr).
?J??!
and transp. D33,
Kal, Job 21 : 10,
cow conceiveth and casteth
K?i 13V hie " hii not," does not
CLXXVII
abortion. Vulg."5os eorum concepit,et non abortivit;" so also Aqu., Symm., LXX. I prefer however, "taurus ejus init vaccam, neque abjicit" sc semen; i.e. the coitus is not fruitless, the cows conceive ; so that
people shall be
rish."
moved,"
(i.e. shall
totter) "and peearth, Ps. 18:
HITHPAEL,
8,
to be
moved, used of the

fin.;
and 2 Sam. 22:8,

HITHPOEL,
to
of the waves, Jer. 5:22;

to reel,
the fruitful breeding would be spoken of in the former hemistich, in the latter the prosperous birth.
46:7.
stagger,
as a
drunken man,
/$
*8, 30.
3
("loathing"), [Gaat],
pr. n.
m. Jud. 9:26,
Jer. 25:16.
("shaking," "earthquake") [GaasA].

loathing; Eze.l6:5,
soul,"
;
^?? ^33
"with the
pr. n. of
a mountain in Mount Ephraim, Josh. 24: 30 ,
loathing of thy
loathe thyself, i. q. ^Jâ the loathing of thy life."
so that thou mightest not as others take it, "with

i.e.
Jud. 2:9. Hence Btya *!?D3 " the valleys of those under the mountain, 2 Sam. 23:30;
Gaash," 1 Chron
11:32.
.1 fut. iy?! TO REBUKE, TO REPROVE any one, as a father a son, Gen. 37: 10, V2X 12 l^'l " and his
father
("their touch"), [Gatam\,

36:11,16.
pr. n., Gen.
reproved him."
an
ace.
Euth 2:16;
V
Jer.
29:27.
*S| /%
Const, with
and
m. (from the root ^SS). upon the back, i.e. upon,
(l) back,
i.
i.
q.
33;
q.
Ch. ^337^, Pro.
3.
is
(Syr.
N..^
id.,
JEih.
9:3.
T0^5
to
tc Cr7 out
Allied
the Arab. .U- to low,
ask with a loud voice, to entreat with groans and Often used of God rebuking his enemies, Tsa. cries.)
1? :1 3;
that
Hence 133? with his body (only), i. e. (2) body. without his wife and children, Exod. 21 :3, 4; LXX.
3 Chald.
;
54 9;
=
Ps. 9:6;
he
may
restrain
efforts,
Zee. 3: 2,
68:31; 119:21; especially them and deter them from wicked lp'$>n ^3 n\n\ nj>3/. "the Lord re-
a wing; plur. f?! Dan. 7:4,

1
6, Syriac
buke
thee, Satan!" i.e. restrain, deter thee; Mai. 3: " I have rebuked for you (for II, ^?'N3 Dsb vqjM
your benefit) the devourer," i.e. voracious and hurtful animals; Mai. 2:3, jnrrrns DD^ -i#j 3jn "behold I will
compare above Heb. Q" ??^. The signification of back is applied in Hebrew to any surface whatever, and particularly to the side from the signification of side comes that of wing. Secondary are the
;
roots
side.
Med.
Nun
333,
Arab.
<^_
Q-.
->-
to turn to the
rebuke
for
you the
seed,"
i.
e. I
will pro:
hibit the seed
from entering into your barns I will refuse you your harvest. It is also applied to the sea, which, when rebuked by God, dries up, Ps. 106: Hence fYJiMD and 9; Nah. i =4.
an unused
jfiil
root,
i.
q.
|33 T
to be
bent, bowed.
Hence
in Arab,
î?-
the eyelashes, also a short twig,
x rebuke, reproof, Pro. 13: i 17:10; Ecc. 7:5; Isa.30:l7; also used of God rebuking enemies and preparing destruction for them, Ps. 76 7 ; 80 17
;
:
See more as to SEBeinrebf/ so called from being bent. this root which has been incorrectly treated by etymologists, in Thes. p. 298.
^333 pi. D^Sjl comm. (m. rarely |S3 with suff. Hos. lo:l; 2 Ki.4:39), a twig, and a plant which has twigs, especially a vine, which hoAvever ["comp.
;
restraining the sea, so that

Isa.
it
dries up, Ps. 104:7;
50:2.
? prop. TO
PUSH, TO THRUST, Germ.

push with the horn,
ftojkn.)
jlojjen.
salixîfXi^ prop, a rod, switch"], when more exactness was needed, as in the laws, is called J!!H |S3. Nu.
(Syr.
Â^.^ to
Hence
in the passive conjugations, to be
concussed, moved, prop, tym unb tjergeflojkn roerbeni and once also in Kal, Ps. 18: 8, pKH itfnijn B7JJ?1 " and the earth shook and trembled." In the parallel place, 2 Sam. 22:8,
it is
Hithpael ['3 Kal], in whir.h this signification
is
more frequent; the writer however appears to have used Kal intransitively, on account of the paronomasia of the verbs t^ri, trjpn. POAL Byi id.; Job 34: 20, "the VTJJEJ QV
6:4; Jud. 13:14; rarely used of other similar plants, as rnb JB3. 2 Kings 4:39, a wild vine, on which wild cucumbers grew. Hence most commonly it simply denotes a vine, Gen.4O:g; Isa.7:23; 24:7532:12; A noble vine figuratively denotes Jud. 9: 13, seq. men of more noble qualities, Jer 2:21 (compare Isa. 5:2); and on the other hand, a wild vine, vine oj
Sodom
( Jer. loc. cit.
Deut-32:32), denotes
men
of
^.^
ignoble and degenerate qualities; as to the latter, see on the apples of Sodom, Jos. Bell. Jud. iv. 8, 4.
13
CLXXVIII
*"|D;3
hump.
an unused root, Hence "II, C S S3K..

an unused
i.
q.
3?3
to be
bowed
as a
kind.
Leviticus 2
scabies jugis.
2O
22:i2.
LXX.
\frvpa
dyp/a
Vulg.
i.
S3
cover,
to
root, prob.
q.
">?3
and
jii
to
overspread.
I J
Hence
aira
i.
\eyop.
} ("scabby"), [Gareb'}, pr. n.~(i) of of David's captains, 2 Sa. 23:38; i Ch. 11:40. (2) of a hill near Jerusalem, Jer. 31 :3g.
OM
"TS3 Gen. 6: 14; prop, pitch,
q.
"^
trees,
as I sup-
pose; and
trees,
interpret ~>f such as the pine, fir,
*XJ?
resinous pitch cypress, cedar, and other
from ita pi. D'13"i3_ m. a berry, so called round and rolling form, see "H3 No. 5, i.q. ?t\. Isaiah
:
<-
kind used in ship-building; see n'~!?3. Of the moderns, Bochart (Phaleg. i. 4) and Celsius (Hierob. 328) are not amiss in understanding specially
trees of the
KvxapifferoG, the cypress; not without also to the similarity of letters.
17:6.
In
Mishnah
.
id.
Arab.
ffiurgel),
f. t
hroat,gullet(comip. gurges,
reason appealing
i-
1 q- P" ^,
always, however, used of the outside of the
neck.
JV]3;1 f., prop. I believe, pitch, the name of which was afterwards transferred to other inflammable matey
Proverbs 1:9; 3:3,22; 6:21. (Sing, occurs in the Mishnah, Cholin ii. 4, iii. 3.)
rials
specially s u Ip h u r.
( Syr. J
^-;
ô and
=r
)
an unused qnadril. Ch.

s
clod
k.^ -so
Arab. L-^<
phur, Ch.
-^
whence
L-
-~
Syriac
to
smear with
id.)
=
Zsjiu,x^.^;
Arabic
ir-
black mud.
sul-
Hence
^^"l-l
nn?|,
nnî, xnn?-i3
Gen. 19 24;
gashite,
Deu.29:22; Isa.3O:33; 34:9; Job 18:15.

f. i"n| a sojourner ; see the root "H3 No. 1. "w m. [Root 1-13], a sojourner, stranger, foreigner^ person living out ofhisoicn country.
("dwelling in a clayey
collect.
soil"), a
Gir-
"T3
Girgashites, a Canaanitish people, whose location does not appear from the Old Test. Genesis !O:i6; 15:21; Josh. 24:11. LXX. with
Josephus, Ant.
i.
6,
2,
ripytaalof. Euseb. in
Onom.
Gen. 15:13; Ex. 2:22; 18:3; 22:20, ete. Often HK'W a stranger (compare Mich. joined with the syn. on the Laws of Moses, ii. 38), Gen. 23:4; opp. to
under the word repyaaii, says that they dwelt beyond

Jordan.
~
1? not used
n ?I? a native, Ex. 12: 19. Isa. 5:17 B*~]3 appear to be foreign shepherds and nomadic tribes wandering about with their flocks in the land; such as the Hebrews had formerly been in the land of Canaan, and the Kechabites were in the time of Jeremiah. [But the word loc. cit. is D'~!3.] With suffix
inKal; Chald.,
Syr.,
Arab. T}3 TO
SCRATCH, TO SCRAPE, a
root imitating the sound;
compare Bin, Din, tjnn, nin ^prrw, t^.jo ^,L>. ^j^-i; and in the western languages, grattare,
gratter, to
grate, toscratch,
to
!ra|cn.
Compare undei
potsherd),
thy or his sojourner, stranger, i. e. living in or his country (not house). Ex. 20: 10: Dent. thy
1")a ? 113
HITHPAEL,
5:14; 24:14; 31:12.
to allay itching.
scrape oneself (with a Job 2 8.

:
*w lime,
"13
see "M.
113.
a lion's whelp, see

n-13
]3 not used in Kal, pr. TO BE ROUGH (from the idea of scraping, comp. the roots beginning with U), specially of roughness of the throat, i. q. 113 No.
r throat); 3 (whence P" 3
|
a grain"), [ra], pr. n. N~}3 (i.q. (i) of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46:21. (2) Jud. 3:15. (3) iCh.8:?. (4) iCh.8: 3 5 .-(5) 2 Sa. 16:5.
,
it is
then applied to morose-
ness, austerity, proneness
to
anger;
Arab.
^,
give
way
to anger,
IV. to provoke, e.g. a dog (Are

t
an unused root, pr. to scratch, to scrape, a notion found in many roots beginning with 13, as imitating the sound of scraping, seeTlS, D"]3 r> J13, JHS,
J
*"?3,
o;_^,
'-N^-N.
irritate;
comp. Genn.
trafttg
"H3.
It is
afterwards applied to roughness (see
JT13,
grifggramig/ used of a morose person). PIEL, ni3 to stir up, excite strife.
Prov. 15:1!
Arab,
t^;
to
be scabby,
<
j'np
.--
rnV non t"S " an angry man stirreth u]

Prov. 28:25; 29:22.
pr. to
scab; Syr.
strife."
Grm.
HITHPAEL,
tfrifcf/ fraften.
excite,stirup oneself to anger,
to strife, or to battle.
Hence
ntf>C?
sc *b, scurvy, perhaps of a malignant
Prov. 88:4, niirj (i) to be irritated, angry,
CLXXIX
03
*"13J^
" those
who keep
Dan.
1 1
:
the law are irritated
against them."
1O, init.
(a)
to
make war
-with
any one, followed by

11
?.
For those who jpeak in a low voice use only the lips, and the front part of the closed mouth ( 1 Sa. 1:13), while those who cry with a loud voice
full voice.
Deu. -2:5, 19, E2 "VnJT7S "wage no war with them;" in verses 9 and 24 there is also added """PC ?*? ""H? ni?V3 "to wage war with Jehovah," Jer. 50:24. " i Ki. 14:10, njn? nns^n PIS? why shouldst thou
propel their words from the throat and breast. Used contemptuously of the outside of the neck, like the Isa. 3:16, }V| niMB: "with an Lat. guttur, gula. Eze. 1 6 1 1 outstretched n e c k."
: .
contend with
Dan. ll:io,
WO'iy rnw
(excite to battle) misfortune?" Absol. "he shall

:
make var
41:17.
j
f.
place of habitation, root
"rt3
No.
l, Jer.
Dan. 1 1 25, (shall penetrate) as far as his fortress." Tqriyfl mjm* "he shall stir himself up (shall
arise) to
war."
eat,
Derivative
Arab.
rumination, the food which ruminating animals bring up to chew, the cud, Arabic
!
a root not used in Kal, i. q. "1T| (which see), -- to cut, to cut off, to separate, also to to devour; whence Sam.MflT'Vl a locust.
;
f.
(l)
T3'8 "1319
i j>-,
see the root "H3 No. 3.

1 1
:
Used of a ruminating
3, seq.
;
Niphal No. 2. Psal. 31 :23, ^H?? off (or am excluded) from thy 14 MSS. also read presence;" comp. IT?? Ps. 88:6.
NIPHAL,
i.q. I
"ll|
"
am cut
quadruped rn3 H?yn Lev. and rna TL| Lev. 11:7.
Deu. 14:6, 7;
in Ps. 31, 'mraa.
(2) a grain, a bean, so called from the idea of rolling, and the round form i. q. "'I' ?, see the root
1
T$
(of the form
T),
or
;
iX
T]3 ("dwelling >-
in a
desert land," comp. Arab.
barren land), Ge~
No. 5; hence used of the smallest Hebrew weight and coin, a gerah, the twentieth part of a shekel,
rizite or Girzite, pr. n. of a people near the Philistines, conquered by David, i Sa. 27 8 a'ro.
:
Exodus 30 -.13;
["
Levit.
27:25; Numb. 3:47;

obelus, either
18: 16.
LXX.
oftoXog,
Vulg.
from the figure
of a granule of lead (as
Gr. 6/3o\oc, according to
Aristotle, is
from the figure of a spit or needle; Ch. Nyp a little stone, obolus), or, because in weighing small things, the Hebrews used grains or kernels either
of pepper or barley (compare English barleycorn}, or perhaps the seeds of the carob tree." Ges. add.] For it is
Q" ">D Mount Gerizim, a mouni"^, always '?"?! mountain land of the tribe of Ephraim, in the tain, situated opposite Mount Ebal (Deut. 1 1 29 27:12;
1
Josh. 8 33), on which, after the exile, a temple was built by the Samaritans that it might be the seat of
:
their domestic Avorship (Jos. Arch. xi. 7, 2 ; 8, a, 4, 6). As to the reading of the Samaritan copy, Deu. 27:4,
see
very probable that the Hebrews, like the Greeks and Romans, used the seeds or beans of the carob tree
my
the
Comment, de Pent. Sam.

B V"?|
origin,
p.
6l.
As
to the
should suppose to denote the Mount

1
moderns sometimes use barleycorns or peppercorns. [" But it must be remembered that the Mosaic gerah, which
\_Ceratonia siliqua, Linn.], just as the
7 I3j 5 Paris grains, is equal to 4 or 5 beans of the carob, and, according to the Rabbins, to 16 grains of
of
nation,
Gerizites (see T?! ), from some colony of that which perhaps settled there, just as the Ama-
lekites, the
neighbours of the Gerizites, gave their
name
to another
mountain in the same tribe
("in
is
'iôyn jud. 12:15).
barley.
Of a
.
like origin are
Arab.
^^
<5Lo-
grain, berry,
and
-s.
carob bean;
Persic
jjlj (cWj-ajo;)
m. an axe, so called from cutting; for cutting Deut. 19:5; 20:19; Isa. 10:15; for cutting wood, S S
I!"!?'
t-
stone,
uJ^~'
<U^Jj all of
which
refer also to small weights."
lKi.6:7- Cognate words are S S"~

<-
,^b ^y/^, -
Ges. add.]
l"? const. }i"l| mas. the throat, so called as being rough, and giving forth rough sounds (see rna, "H3 \ o. 3, nVlJTI comp. Ps. 69 4). It is spoken of as the
:
from l^n
Psalm 115:7; 149:6; 5:10, ~Oj? organ of speech. Q-Pf nins "their throat is an open sepulchre." Smooth speeches are here intended, which prepare
for others' destruction like
root, softened from "H| (h'ke 7]$ having the sense of roughness, on especially used of a rough, gravelly, gritty soil, which the foot gives forth a scraping, grating sound;
'
1|
an unused
to burn),
58:
li\33 KTJJ
Cly ^th
an open sepulchre. Isa. the throat," i 3. with the
hence Arab,
^j^
pr.
a gravelly place,
\^
a
gravel
lot, Gr.
Hence Heb.v^J
little stone, fcence
CLXXX
transp.
KA;Poc, Lat, GLaRea. and Arab.

p.
J j?-
to
be
to
]3
an unused
root.
Arab.
.,
-> to'.nake
Kamfts stony, a-
1412, which
s
also
is y*-
derived from the noun
sweep away, a kindred

13.
root to DT|,
smooth^ and othen
-.-
stones, whence
a stony place.
beginning with
Hi! with
PI. r.wnj Joel 2
suff.
:
rough, morose (gr&mltdv grolltg, grtlltgj from the same stock, Prov. 19:19 aro, norr^ll morose of anger, i. e. of morose anger, angry, rough. All the Verss. express the np, HDH 713, which however appears too feeble.
T!|, with n parag. H3na Mit. 4:12. 24, constr. JTI3"}3 Hos.g: 1, m. a level
<-
place, S>i.}'S>-i
pr.
*i
.r
a place levelled, made smooth. (Arab. S~ Used &-, .,>s-^c id.). (a) of an open
-
place before the gates of cities, elsewhere called ^h"] lKi.22:iO; 2 Ch. 18:9. (b) especially used of a
floor
on which corn
:
is
trodden out.
Ru. 3:2,
seq.
pr.xo
CUT OFF, like the

n
Syr. p;.,^, and Arab.
Jud. 6 37, etc. threshed corn.

of
\~$
DK^ri the produce of the floor, i. e. Nu. 18:30; Isa. 2i:lO, V"!|"15 "son
*js>~.
I-'
In the Old Testament once followed
by a
dat.
my
floor,"
i.e.
people of
my
country,
who
are
Zeph. 3:3, [" to cut offfor ~\ to reserve, to lay up. " "^3? 1D")3 K? they lay up nothing for the morrow." Well rendered by the LXX. ov% vjreXiVoiTo. Vulg.
now trodden down and broken,
like grain
on a
floor.
Parall. ^T''? my threshing. Compare Mic. 4:12, 13. Met. used of corn itself; Job 39: 12.
now relinquebant ad mane.

also
,
Comp.
??
Gen. 27 136,
'~*-
Koran
1 i
87.
TO BREAK IN PIECES BT SCRAPING, RUBand BING, generally TO CRUSH, especially into largish
p
1
PIEL DTJ (denom. from B^|), to gnaw bones. Nu. " he shall devour the nations his i4:8, enemies,
B"?.?'
pieces (comp. "sj?^, N?" !).
So Syr.
.ec;^,
Arab.
~ ,r>-
2?*niO>*y)
and he
shall
" thou shalt drink 26.23:34, and suck it (the cup) out, *Q~)W and thou shalt gnaw the sherds," i. e. thou shalt lick, lest a
ITence figuratively,
gnaw
their
bones."
compare Heb. D1IJ, whence np^ meal, ric6, rufce. In the Old Testament once intrans. Ps. 119:20, HCna
'l?B3 " n?v soul is crushed for longing." rQKJYp HIPUIL, tocrusn, to break in pieces, Lam. 3:16, ÎK* Vyn? D1J3U "and he has broken my teeth with
^^T^}
single drop of
!-
wine be
left
therein.
gravel," figuratively for a condition very calamitous
j| (i) a bone, i. q. DV^, but more rarely, and only poet. Pro. 17:22; 25:15. PI. Job 40:18.
m.
and unhappy.
1
See below Bâ.

TO SCRATCH, TO
fut. JH??
SCRAPE
(Syr.,
Ch.p^
it is
o~^,
r,
KT.|, Sam.
s<\t
id.,
Arab.
(like very
y
), î_\ "Vo
many
.->- body.
The letter
and the
s<~
sibilant being interv.-_-^
verbs beginning with na), hence (1) to scrape off the beard (like the Syr.
changed,
kindred to
05^3,
and
DV)g itself.
"an
Gen. 49:14, D"]| IIDQ (2) iorfy, as in Arabic. ass of a great and powerful body," i.e. powerful,
s<*
robust.
Vulg. asinm
fortis.
So also in Arab. ..-~>-
Jer. 48:37; according to some copies, Isa. 15:2 (see under JHJ). To this answers the Gr. rctpw, fd)men, Hence (2) generally to take away, to withhold (cogn ~n jna.ri ?K X/poc, and intrans. careo). Jer. 26:2,
" take not
away any
body, is used of a beast of burden, as +
J a *jyu
;
Job 36:7.
thing (from Often P? jn| is equal
it),"
followed by
ft?
to, to
take
away
'"1
horse of a large body,

the
+-* \z~ a
strong ass
and
(something) from any thing, but so that the ncc. of the part taken away is omitted. Compare opj>. T?1
Deut. 4:2; 13:1; Exod. 5:8, 19; 00.3:14. Hence with an ace. to diminish, prop, to take away from. Exod.2l:lo; Eze. 16:27; Job 15:4, Jn?n. 7X ^Q? niTi? " and thou with boldest prayer before God." Followed by 7 to take in, i. e. to lay c/>, to
same
is
expressed with the peculiar adjective
No.
a,
(3) substance of a thing, a thing itself, like DVJ a bone, himself. 2 Ki. 9:13, " and they took every one their garments and put them under him D^J."7N
jr?3n
upon the
steps
themselves."
put
3! Ch.
a bone, Dan. 6:25.

pr. n. of
"bany"), [Gar-mite],
1
a man,
01.4:19.
in store for oneself; fur ftrf) befyalten, compare CHJ Job 15: 8, "hast thou hearkened in the council of God, nDZin fj< Jn?W and hast thou taken in oil knowledge?" Cognate is the Arabic usage, in which c p>- is to absorb, to swallow down.
CLXXXI
PIEL i.q. Kal No. 3, to draw in. Job 36:27,^ *? IVGHDP3 "after (God) attracts,(draws up) the drops
of water."
or for Niphal, just as in Syriac and Arabic they press this by passive or reflective forms, prop, to
rtc
minate
of Kal No. * to be t a k e n a w ay, l ( ) pass, Construed either so that the thing to be
,
ivith oneself.
NIPUAL
withheld.
taken away
or so that
force,
(5) Sometimes this root loses part of its props* and also expresses the softer sound of rolling,
is
it is
expressly marked, Nu. 27:4; 36:3; supplied, IP JH3? there is taken away
fin.;
elsewhere proper to the kindred root ??|.

:
So Êth.
i-
to
roll
oneself,
Syriac
in the
from any thing, a thing is lessened, Nu. 36:3, Hence Ex. 5:11; Lev. 27:18. to be put back, made less of, Nu. 9:7. (2)
Derivative
JU-î-^
q-
chariot,
l?4 (as
"
and
Old Test,
"ip.! foi
"H.?,
is found in the Talmud), a berry; ?1? and the Lat. currere.
compare
(There
ing,
is
(l) TO
SNATCH AWAY, TO SWEEP AWAY.
in the letters
something onomatopoetic in this root, both the notion of scratch"13, which convey in scraping (see under the root 1~)3), as well as
NIPHAL (i) to be scraped together, used of riches (compare the kindred root 13X, which is also used of gain collected and scraped together from every
pi.
quarter). n'n33
So no doubt we should understand
part,
the syllable sp ;
to
compare
rapere, rajfen.
Arab.
4__ji--
sweep away,
II, to
to clear off,
as
mud
with a shovel.
scraped The entire

his
(of the Chald. form); Job 20:28, "wealth together," i. q. 7W. in the other hemistich.
Conj.
as a river part carry away, to wear away,

,
verse should be rendered, the provision oj house vanishes, his wealth vanishes in the day of his
to
of a bank,
anger.
jy>~, (__;.=>-
flow of water.
a stone worn away by the JSthiop. *]<<: a drag net. Ch. and
c
(2)
ruminate,
to be
see under
Talmudic
to sweep. Syr.
it
t2>i^.used
of water carrying
POAL, Kal No.
cut with a saw,

i.
Kal No.4. Kings 7:9; compare
2.
q.
away whatever
Jud. 5:21, &?"}? them a way."
eorum.
(2) to
'
meets with.) Once in the Old Test. " Pî? '^ tne river Kishon carried Vulg.
the
fist;
HITHPOEL,
sweeping away as
Derivatives nna,
pr. n.
it
Kal No. l used of a whirlwind were everything, Jer. 30:23.

;
LXX l&irvpev.
^P"1 ??
traxit cadavera
nhpj,
fn|, rnj.0
[and also
^4;
p3 p].
;
grasp, whence
see also n ?^p.
""H3
(according to Simonis, "sojourning," "lodgi.
J< an onomatopoetic root, prop, expressing, TO SCR APE, TO SWEEP, TO SAW, and similar rough sounds,
ing-place," from the root TO
q.
"V13
compare Gen.
20:1
perhaps also water-pots, Arab
such as those which proceed from the throat; comp.

Gr.
<ra<poj,
;
aapow, avpw, Lat. sario, sarrio, serro, verro,

jerven/
fdjarren/
fcfyuren/
abode of the kings of pr. n. of a city, formerly the the Philistines in the time of the patriarchs, subject
;
garrio
Germ,
fcfyeuern/
fetjren
(see also I??).
away, pr. so as to sweep (1) to drag the ground. Germ, jerren. (Syriac and Arabic id.) Hab. 1:15; Pro. 21:7; see HITHPOEL.
(2) to
Specially or snatch
king Abimelech, Gen. 20: l valley of Gerar," Gen. 26: 17.

to
26:6; "n? Vn3 "the
J< i.q. D"13
which
T"|3
see;
hence
2:
saw,
Arabic this signification

form. 133.
In Syriac and expressed by the cognate Hence ""Q3P a saw. See POAL.
to
is
cut with a saw.
| with
14, 16.
*/
suff.
something crushed, Lev.
(3) to gargle, to produce

throat.
rough sounds
which
in the
]3 prop. TO
DRIVE, TO THROST
(like the Ch.).
In Kal specially
(1)
to
denote -c.c f>-f>Compare various guttural sounds, whether made a by liquid or by the voice, fd)lucfen,fd)narren, fdjnardjen/ gurgeln/
pita, garyariser.
Arabic
But
Piel.
in this signification
expel, as people from a land, Ex. 34:11. much more use is made of
things, Isaiah like the troubled sea which
-lJn3'1
yapya-
Used of inanimate
57
20,
" the
rest,
wicked are
cannot
ruminate, i. e. to bring up the food again through the throat and to eat it again ["which is visually attended with a gurgling noise"]. So fut. 13'
(4) to
Lev. 11:7,
B'PJ K'QT VD^p.
and dirt."
whose waters cast forth mire Also to put away, to divorce a wife. Pan.
away, Lev. 21:7, if; 22:13;
pass. ntJTJ| a (wife) put
This
may
IV. and VIII., Syriac Arab-^sj. fkk^LJ. eithet be taken as Kal in a Chaldee form,
Nu.3O:lO; Eze.44:2H. (2) to plunder, to spoil; Eze. 36:5,

T?J>
nH?p $P?
" that they
may spoil
it
(th? land) for prey
CLXXXII
is
here an infinitive of the Aramaean form.
In
different
from the
J,
mentioned
inunediateh
the derivatives also
under
(3)
to
(4) tn drive cattle Pi EL C'?j! to expel,
put forth fruit; see En.3, and to pasture; see EH3P.

to
driveout, with an accusat.
of pers. Gen. 3:24; 4: 14; 21 :1O; and IP of the place from which any one is driven, Ex. 11:1; Jud. 11:7;
i. e. so that thou mayest put him to flight, e. g. God, the Canaanites before Israel, Ex. 23 29, 3 1 Jud. 2 3. POAL t^li pass. Ex. 12:39. NIPHAL (i) to be expelled, Jon. 2:5.
: ; :
Gent n. î Geshurite, (l) of a people liv ing at the foot of Hermon, near Maachah, to th north of Bashan and Argob, inclosed within the boundaries of the Holy Land, but not subject to the dominion of the Hebrews, Deut. 3:14; Josh. 12:5; 13. 13; l Chron. 2:23; compare "W|. bridge is now found in that region ( Jisr beni Yakub), where the Jor-
'Q
'OBS KHjj to drive out before one,
dan
is
crossed.
l
(2) of a people near the Philistines.

Sa. 27:8.
Josh. 13:2;
\f/
(2)
to be
Am.
8:8,
Dnyp
carried off by the violence of water, it is carried nifcO? nj3gbl PiBhja

s
not used in Kal, TO RAIN, especially with

giefien.
:
off and inundated as by the river of Egypt." (3) to be driven, agitated, as the sea; Isa. 57:20, en;j D; "the troubled sea."
violence,
Hence are derived

following.
^?P and the words immediately

is propelled, put forth, hence " the 14, D 'TJ: &H3 produce of
[" PUAL, Eze. 22 24; see Q^."] HIPHIL, to cause torain, Jer. 14:22. [Hence the three following words.]
DB?3
-
m
,
p l. D'DPf
const.
'f
3.
prop-
what
produce; Deu. 33:

;
the months," i. e. what each month produces from the earth compare the root No. 3.
*"r "I:
(1) rain, violent rain, heavy shower, different from "IBD which denotes any rain. Hence DK'3 "lpp " shower of rain," SRegengufr Zee. 1O l, and "Vpp. DBJJ
:
Job 37:6.
thets, as
The same
DK>3
i
is
also apparent
=
from the epi'J
Vn|
Kings 18 45;
|BiB>
Eze. 13:
expulsion, driving out; specially of
11,13.
(2)
is
persons from their possessions, Eze. 45:9.
[Geshem],
pr. n.
m. Neh. 2: 19; 6:
1,2,
which
also written
id.
P^"l* ("expulsion"),
pr. n.
Gershon, a son of
is
Levi, ancestor of the Levitical house of Gershonites,
With
is
suff.
aol.
Eze. 22 24.
:
["
for
But
it
Gen. 46:11; Ex. 6:16; Nu.3:l7, seq. Hence patron. ""SpH?. a Gershonite, and collect. Gershonites,
better to
write without
Mappik HDt?3
""It?tp3
Pual of D^3
rained upon, Vulg. compluta

np.fj, n-'vâ Ch. body.
,
es<."]
Nu. 3:23; 26:57.

("
w*
i.
with
suff.
Daniel
expulsion,"
q.
|ten), pr.n.
(l) of
35
5^21.
a son of Moses and Zipporah, Ex. 2:22; 18:3. In the former place the etymology of this name is alluded
to in
(Syriac pa_n_-v
id.
Jxs-Ci^:
CH?.).
Arabic
and
.,Uir>-
Com p. under
such a manner that

it
took
is
for DC?
"13 i.
q.
appears that the writer DK* ill a stranger there [this

it
of course the true etymology; Moses wrote by in-
(3
pr. n.
Goshen
(l) a region of Egypt, in
spiration,
and he knew very well why he gave

0*
his
this
name
the
to
own son] (compare
i.
q. Dt?)
hence
which the Hebrews dwelt from the time of Jacob to that of Moses (i. e. during four hundred and thirty years [only two hundred and fifteen, see Gal. 3 17])^
:
LXX., that they might express this etymology more distinctly, have put Fqporct/z. (2) of a son of Levi, who is elsewhere called P^n.!! which see. (3)
Jud. 18:30.
(
50:8; Ex. 9:26. As the name of this region is never mentioned by Greek geographers, interpreters and investigators of ancient geography have formed various npiuiuus.
Gen. 45:10; 46:28,34;
47:27;
(4) Ezr.8:2.
bridge,"
Arab^,
To me it appears name given to the

Syriac
Goslu-n is a sufficiently plain that
region of lower Egypt, situated to the east of the Pelusiac branch of the Nile, between
that, such Heliopolis and the Heroopolitan gulf. And its situation (a) is not obscurely tignified by not a few passages of the Old Test. ; see Gen. 46 29;
pr. n.
region of Syria, subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter David took to wife, 2 Sa. 3:3; 1 3 37 * 5 8- From the words l Ch. 2 23, it may be
Geshur,&
i :
was
gathered that Geshur is to be sought in the neighbourhood of Gilead, and that the Geshurites are not
Also (6) there is the render ftj'J by Yeaip authority of the LXX., Avho well
Ex. 13:17;
Chron. 7:21.
CLXXXIII
iac,
ri,
Gen. 45 10, and

:
Gen. 46:28. in Thes. p. 307.
The
'Ityu'iwr voXis > y; 'Pa/iopinions of others are given
juice flowed into a vat (3p) placed near, as it TOU Joel 4:13. J"l| TTJ to squeezed from the grapes. tread a winepress, Neh. 13:15; Lam. 1:15.
(2) a city with a neighbouring district in the mountains of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 10:41; 1 1 : 1 6 ;
(2) [<7a//i], pr.
name
of a city of the Philistine^

l
15:51-
where Goliath was born. Josh. 13:3; 2l:il; l Ki. 2 39, 40. Hence patron.
:
Sa.
6:17;
\_Git'
*J?3.
M !' 3
tenderly.
an unused
root.
Syr.
<*
Hence
.
^
to
to
soothe
tite].
(3)
nen nj
wine-press
of the well"),[(ra*/i-
Sfto pr n
m. ("soothing"), [(?i />], Neh.

Arab. ^^>-
hepher], a town of the tribe of Zebulon (with n isn HJR3), Josh. 19: 13, celebrated as the birthlocal,
place of Jonah the prophet. na (" wine-press (4) p8~]
an unused
a bridge
(pr. to join,
root.
construct
of the
pomegra-
since to construct
comp. "î?); also to be daring, bridge, especially in war, and

is
nate"),
[GaLh-rimmon],
a town of the tribe of

ii.
Dan, Josh. 19:45.
[See Robinson,
421].
2.
where the river

daring man.
is
rapid,
;
the act of a bold and
^3
a Gittite, Gent. n. from H| No.
Samuel
Syr.
^^_
id.
Hence
"VI-"!.
a root only used in Piel, TO F E EL, TO
EEK
6:10, 11; 15; 18. Hence fern. JVflJ Ps.8:l; 8l:l; 84:1, a kind of musical instrument, either usec by the people of Gath, or as it were f.iri\>iviov, as
used in the vintage with the songs of the winedressers
BT FEELING, TO GKOPE, with ace.

7
.>us>~i
Isa.
59:10. (Arab.
but generally
Aram.
-u^
and
^--^
id->
and press-treaders.
("
trop. to explore.)
Kindred
to K^|5.
J13,
EV?T
for
two wine-presses"), [6riâim],pr.n.

1 1
:
H3
(contr.
from 033, of the form H33,
of a town of the Benjamites, Neh.
33.
n3T from the root |V), pi. n'W| f. [FromJJj in Thes.] (l) a wine-press, or rather the trough in which ihe grapes were trodden with the feet, whence the
"^T Gen. 10:23 [Gether],

known.
pr. n. of
district of
the Arama3ans, whose boundaries are altogether tin
Daleth
(r),
the fourth letter of the alphabet;
and the idea

idea
is
is
variously applied either to the lanto fear.
when used as a numeral, four. The nauje signifies a do or, which appears to have been the most ancient
form of this
dentals, as
letter.
is
guor of a sick or old person, or

fltefjen/
The primary
that of melting with heat, jcrfcfcmeljen/ jet* comp. 2}|. Amongst the Indo-Germanic lan-
In sound, Daleth
12,
kindred
n, with
which
it
-(l) to the harder is not unfrequently
guages this
^xi'j,
may be compared
to
with Pers.
<__?
J heat,
interchanged, see 33^,

PI?, pri3.
"I?.
33O, eiQO;
it
^3,
^13,
Jy
.yuJ
warm,
to kindle,
to
More
rarely also
sibilant
T,
changes to
7, see
melt away; Sansc. tapa, Lat.
Baim*, ^..xJbLj Kindred is tepeo.
(2) to the
as to
which see below
r//k-w,
l^.)
grief,
It is
with
Ps.88:lo
[at that letter].
applied to the eye, pining away (see E^V, nVa); to the soul
(K'aj), Jer.
31 :25; to the person himself, Jer. 31:12.
N!
Ch.
i.
q.
Heb.
n*T
and n^T
-
this, fern, andneut.
(elsewhere T?,
1)to that," together. ["
Dan
4= 2 7; 5 :6 Found in the
Hence
f. fear, terror (wrongly explained by Simonis, even in the last edition [Winer's] sollicitvido, moeror), so called from the idea of melting away (see
!_
N 1 " this
Nasor.
Targums with
?-
jw
n prefixed &nn, Nnri; Syr. J;cn. Sam. Â^ J." Thes.]
DDO).
Job 41:14.
Also
O
TO
pining
V T0
is
MELT AWAT,
(The
LANGUISH.
signification
TO MELT, hence TO PINE, of melting or
guor
const, ita^n m. pining, wasting, /unof soul, Deut. 28 65 (comp. Jer. 31 25).
: :
widely extended amongst cognate verbs, as

i.
^, 3W, nn,
Syr.
oo>, Arab
this
word
As Kametz in rj a fis A, Neh. 13:16. fish and not a fisherman) if a (signifying

q.
CLXXXIV
pore ^from ^H), the letter X which very
is
omitted in
many MSS.
dundant
-T
(as the Masora observes) is a remater lectionis, as in D'?K?9 a Sa. 1 1 : 1.
etymology is concerned, but old age is not very well put in opposition to life. Anotl er trace of this root is found in the pr. n. NIlTp ("water of vest").
to melt, Greek r//cw. It is <3k> prop. i. q. applied to terror and fear (comp. 31D, DPP.), to fear, to be afraid, Jer. 17:8; followed by an ace. 38:19;
Isa.
3N^
J H> Arab.
t_-?J
(i) pr. TO GO
S-OWLY AND
57
1 1
IP Jer. 42 : 16
also ? of the person for
whom we
9:5; 10:2; and JP of the thing, on account of which one is afraid, Ps. 38 19. Hence the following words
fear, l Sa.
:
GENTLY, TO CREEP; an onomatopoetic root, like the German tappen/ French tapper. Nearly connected is ^99, used of a gentle but quick progress, such as in
German
is
expressed by the diminutive verb
trippeln
compare further 2fl3 whence 3'ru, Qr. tmiftm. Elsewhere in the signification of treading, the Phcenicioroot
("fearful"), [Do eg], pr.n. of an Edomite, chief of the herdsmen in the court of Saul, l Sam.
it is
^n
Shemitic languages commonly use transp. pat, see the W3. Hence aM a bear.
(2) to creep about, used of a slanderer, hence to slander, whence n |' !; ?3"J and
!
I:8; 22:95 Ps. 52:2. In anD, i Sam. 22:18, 22, Jin, according to the Syriac pronunciation.
f- ii
simply
compare
rV q- ""9?^ fear dread, anxious care, Eze.4:l6; 12:18,19; Pro.l2:25. ["Ascribed to

the sea as agitated;"] Jer. 49:23.
apoc. NT. Psal. i8:ii,TO FLT; used of the rapid flight of birds of prey, Deut. 28: 49; Jer. 48:40; 49:22; of God, Ps. iB-.H,^. NT} HIT 'Q33 " and he f 1 e w the of the wind."
fut.
7:lO.
(3) of liquids, to flow gently, as of wine, Cant Comp. as to this passage under the root l^J.
[Derivatives (as given above), a'l and
'"IS
!.]
nKT
an unused
root.
Hence
na*l
upon
wings
(For 2 Ki. 17:21 see KTJ.)
Hence
nH
and
f. (root -?''} No. 2) slander, calumny. SO Sin to spread slander, Num. 14:36; Prov. 10:18. The genitive which follows has either an
only found in Levit. 11:14 (as in the parallel place, Deu. 14: 13 there is H&O, by mistake of
f.
active sense [i.e. of the slanderer], e.g. Ps. 31:14, D#n *Ryi3& *? "for I heard the slander oi
rm
transcribers);
LXX.
yi>4-
some bird ofprey which// ies rapidly. Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart, Hieroz.
many," Jer. 20:10; or a passive [of the person slandered], Nu. 13:32; 14:37; Gen. 37:2; Pro. 25:10, 3^n tO ^jnani. "(so) that thine infamy turn not
tii.p. 191.
7*n
"l^l
away from
one
f
thee."
s *(Arab. c_-v^ a secret slanderer,

9
see n^SO?.
see "to.
who spreads calumnies.

u2^J
s
Syr.
^^ report, rumour,
*
and JIM masc. epicoene a bear, so called from it? slow pace (see the root 3?^), i Sa. 17 :34, 36, 37 2 Sa 17:8; Pro. 17:12; Hos. 13:8,^25? n'l "a bear Plur. D'2n f. (I. e. she bear) robbed of its whelps."
;
JM
and
to spread
a rumour.
Ch. H2C5 reproach).
rnOT
s<~
f._ (i) a
bee, Isa. 7: 18; plur.

9
D^
Jud.
14: 8; Psa. 118:12.
Syr. JLicL^t a bee, a wasp.

<
Arabic j j
collect,
a swarm of bees, or wasps,
8.
she bears, 2 Ki. 2 :4.

a she bear.)
(Arab. <_JJ, <Lo, a he bear,
exagimen, ab exagendo, see ^"] No. 2 (like agmen qs. The Hebrew word, howagimen, also ab agendo).
Si.
J^T Ch.
id.
Dan. 7:5.
root,
i.
ever, is
q.
a noun of unity, from the unused
~n3':l=jj.
Is:
J
to rest,
an unused
to
Arab.
\j
to be
quiet,
(2)
prop,
1
root
SN
:)
languish, and the others there
to
pine; kindred to the

cited.
raelites,
[Deborah], pr.n. of a prophetess of the Jud. 4 4, 5 5 :i. [Also another, Gen. 35

: ;
8.]
Hence
^
m. languor, rest, poetically used of death. Once found Deu. 33 25, ^N?^ TO;? " as thy day* (thy life) so thy death," [" Ges. corr. 'as thy days so shall thy rest be,' as long as thy life endures, so long
: ,
Chald. TO SACRIFICE,
i.q.
Heb.rO|. [Part.
Ezr. 6:3.
pi.
Hence nanp an
altar,
and
51
P n f! Ch. a sacrifice, Ezr. 6:3.
D^Vin
euphemism
m.
pi.
2 Ki.
lhall
thy condition of rest continue,

senectui tua
;
q. d.
thy pros-
for D*?i' 'IG,
6:25 np, dove's dung; an which stands in the an3|

from the vert
not amiss, as far as the
or discharge of doves, pr. the flowing
CLXXXV
to flow;
,
m-oan
I..,
comp.
piv/.ia
sense of cooking; compare 3?, Pers. at,

.Xar'J
diarrhoea.
bukhten, pukhten. See also J?f).
:
Const, followed
inmost recess, adytum, of Solomon's temple, elsewhere called E*^"^. BQP * Ki6:5, 19 22; 8:6,8; 2 Chr. 3: 16; 4:20 5:7, 9.
(l) the
;
*^y\ m.
Jerome
"f
oraculum, oraculi sedes" (from to speak [a far better rendering than the one
translates
it
;
"
3 1 1 p Ps. 1O2 :6, intrans. P?T jfc? P?1 "the tongue of the sucking child clave to the roof of its mouth" (from
;
by 2 Job 19 2O
??< Jer. 1
Lam.4:4,i3n-^
thirst,
drought).
is
Ps.
22:l6 [HOPHAL].
The same
proposed by Gesenius]) but it can hardly be doubted but that it properly is the hinder part, i.e. the western (see "tinx No. 2), as has been rightly observed
in Dissert. Philol. Theol. part i. p. 214. (2) [Deifr], pr. n. (a) of a town in the tribe of Judah, elsewhere called Kirjath Sepher, Jud. l:ll. [" (fy f a town in the south of the tribe of Gad.
expression
ence,
26).
used of one
who
is silent
out of rever-
by Iken,
Job 29:10; Psa. 137:6 (comp. HIPHIL, Eze. 3: Deut. 13:18, "let nothing cleave to thy Job 31:7. hands," i.e. take nothing by stealth. Trop. to follow any one, to cleave to him, Ruth 2 :8,
verse 23. Hence, to be attached be lovingly devoted (>X\aer0ai rt>'t), e. g. to a king, to God, to a wife, followed by 2 and 2 Sa. 2O:2; l Ki. 11:2; Josh. ? Deu. 10:20; 11:22
;
21
followed
one, to
by 3
to
any
(c) of
:
a king of Eglon."]
1
j-*T an unused root; prob. i. q. p? ^ to cleave together, and trans, to join together, see ÎJ.
83:12; Gen. 2:24; 34:3;
followed
soul
63:9, TTDK ^?3

thee."
"i3 "my
by 'Tp^ Psa. cleaveth to
'3^
Arab.
s-o
9
INTO A MASS,
(kindred to 72T), TO PRESS TOGETHER Hence especially a ROUND MASS.

ball of
-
upon,
*?.[!
(2) [" to attach cneself to any thing"], to comt to reach any one, followed by an ace.; 2 and
:
J'jJ, aL J
dung (compare
7?H), ^Jjj
s~**
?-o *
dung; dLj, <3_ja round morsel. Hence
Gen. 19: 19; Deu. 28:60. Jer. 42 16, P?T DE> Dp^.tlK " there it (famine) shall overtake you." Synon. i'K'n see HIPHIL No. 3.
D}^
dried
f.
const. rV3'
9 *
!
(
plur.
Ey?
figs,
I
pressed together in
(from fr*???^ Jj&vXs, the Daleth being omitted), 1 Sam. 25: 18; i Chron. 12 140; with the addition of See Celsii Hierobot. vol. ii. page E^Nfl 2Ki. 20:7. 377 79 J- E. Faber on Harmer's Observations, i.
j
PUAL, pass, to be glued together, to adhere cakes made of firmly, Job 38:38; 41:9. HIPHIL (l) causat. of Kal No. l, to cause to adlumps Gr. iraXadtj here, to make to cleave, Eze. 3 26 29:4; Jer.
15
13:11.
page 389, seq.
follow hard, followed by an ace. Jud. 18: Jud. 20:45, V-V1K -Ip^T] 1 :6, and nQK. "and they followed hard after him;" i Sa. 14:22;
(2)
to
22; 2 Sa.
31:2.
i"Pn
Ezek.
6:14 [Diblath], no doubt
erro-
(3)
to
come upon,
: ;
to reach
:
any one
;
(like
Kal
to
neously written for "?1~], which is a town in the northern confines of Palestine, see below [n?3")~|.
,
[D?7lp! ("two cakes"), [Dii/aim],

Hosea the prophet, Hos.
pr. n. of
1
:
Jud. 20 42 Gen. 31 23 also causat. cause to reach, Deu. 28:21. HOPHAL, to cleave fast, Ps. 22:16.
No.
3),
the father-in-law of
The
derivatives follow.
3."]
cakes," a name probably derived from the form of the town), [Diblathaim], Num. 33:46, and D^rn JV2 Jer. 48:22, pr. n. of a town of the Moabites. Jerome says (Onomast. s. v.
E.O?:t ("two
?^
Ch.
id.
[" followed
by DJT], Dan.
2 :43.
verbal adj. cleaving, adhering, Prov. 18.
24; Deu. 4:4.
"
Jassa),
et
usque hodie ostenditur inter
Medabam
et
Deblatai"
and
(l) TO
fut.
soldering of metals, Isa. 41 17. (2) plur. Dî?^. i Ki. 22:34; 2 Chr. 18:33, ProlD So Chald. Others the joinings of a coat of mail.
v
-
C1)
P2T
inf.
understand armpits; comp. Ch.

Targ.
^"l"! *i?.2*]D
Jer. 38: 12,
CLEAVE, TO ADHERE, specially firmly, as if with glue, TO BE GLUED, anlleben/ anbacEen. (Arab.
(Ju'
J> Syr.
o-xi
id.
A kindred root is ^f^

is
IJ
*T.
This root has various significations, of
to cook,
the primary syllable
p2,
which has the
which several are only found in the derivatives [in Hebrew], but which in the cognate languages alia
n-r
appeal in the verb.
CLXXXVI
These various meanings may
things which I speak unto thee;" Exod. 24:7, ?i niiT Ta^-K^N "all that Jehovah hath spoken n'^y.3
Jer. 1:17; Dan. 10:11; Jon. 3:10. Rarely like 1OX, it is so used that the things spoken follow, and ~ibX7 must then be understood. Gen. 41:17; Ex. 32:7, "^ nchr^X r,in i3/v!"and Jehovah spoke unto Moses, Go," etc. iKi. 21:5;
AVC will do."
(c)
be thus arranged
(1) The primary power, as the etymologists in Holland long ago rightly observed, is that of SET-
TING IN A ROW, RANGING IN ORDER (Gr.

hence
(2) to lead,
to
f'ipu);
herds
to
pasture
guide, specially to lead flocks or (see "131, '"naM, 13TO), to rule, to
2Ki. 1:7, 9;
26.40:4; Dan. 2:4.

with
direct a people (Syr. and Ch. __
^59
to lead, to rule,
to
The person to whom, or commonly preceded by the

19:14, and ^ Jud. 14:7;
whom we
speak,
is
Arab.
j), also to
bring into order,
subdue
(see
particles /$ Gen. 8:15; also after Dy Gen. 31:29;
Hiphil), comp.
j swarm,
as if a herd of bees,
and
TTiaT (a noun of unity), a bee (which see). As a shepherd follows his flock, from the idea of leading there arises that of following.
(3) to follow,
to
Deu.5:4; nx (HX) Gen. 23:8; 42:30; t>y Jer. 6:10. 3 T3T to speak to, used of God making something known by revelation, Zee. l :9 [Kal]; *3 "Gin ^XpSn
;
" the angel
who was speaking with me;"

;
verse 14;
be
behind,
like the
Arab, jj,
2:2, 7; 4:1, 4; 5:5. Hab.2:l Jer.3l :2O; Nu.l2:6,8. Once with an ace. (to speak to) Gen. 37:4; compare \iynv TWO. to speak to any one. To speak of any
whence
<
j the hinder
part,
^j the last, Heb. "P31.
person or thing
is
put with an ace. (like Xiytiv riva).
the inmost recess of a temple; and as those going to lay snares come from behind (4)
to
who
are
Ru.4:
l,
tya-iin
ifX Tay Vxan "the kinsman
passed
lay snares,
like the s~-
to
plot against (comp.

*'
by of whom Boaz spoke;" Gen. 19:21; 23:16; with 3 i Sa. 19:3, ^X'bx sja ->3T^ 'rî "and 1 will speak
of thee to
l
3(3?),
todestroy,
Arab, jj and Heb. Piel No.
2,
Ki. 2
God
But
whence
"I3T
my father" (verse 4); ? Job 42:7; ?JJ 19: this is especially used of the things which speaks or promises to any one (see letter a), l Ki.
:
,j destruction, death, pestilence.
from the primary idea of ranging in order, or connecting, there arises (5) the much used,
and
in the verb the
most
fre-
quent meaning, to sp e a k, properly, to put uords in order. Comp. sermo and dissero a serendo, and Gr.
etpw in the signification of connecting and saying. In
2:4; Dan. 9:12; Jer. 25:13; 42:19. To speak against any one, constr. with ?y (prop, to assail any one with reproaches), Ps. 109:20; Jer. 29:32; Deut. 13:6; or 3 (see 3 B, 6). Nu. 21:7, ^31 njrra ir)31. "we have spoken against Jehovah and against thee." Job 19:18; Psal-5O:20; 78:19. But 3 13M is also
to
speak through any

3 C,
2),
one, to use
any one
as
an
only found in part. act. 13M Ex. 6:29; Nu. 32:27; 36:5; Ps.5:7; pass, "On Pro. 25:11, and inf. with suff. T}.3^ Psal. 51:6. More frequent is the
Kal
it is
interpreter (see
Nu. 12:2; 2
Sa. 23:2; l
KL
22:28.
conjugation PIEL ~i3n and in the middle of a sentence,
"IST, fut.
(l) to speak, differing from ~IP$ to say (which see No. i), like the Germ, reben and fagcn, Gr. XaXtiv
To speak often signifies (as the context shews) Jon. 3:10, i. q. to promise, jufagenj Deu. 19:8; with an ace. of the thing, Deu. 6:3; with ?? and ?S of the pers. (see above), and in a bad sense to threaten, Ex. 32:14. (b) to command, to prescribe (comp. ad">9? No. 3), Gen. 12:4; Exod. 1:17; 23:22; to
(a)
and
absol., e. g.
Aram. ??J? and "I*?X. It is put (a) " O that God Job 11:5, T3T frr**? would speak;" Job 33: 2; Nu. 12:2; Eze. 3: 18, etc.; sometimes in an emphatic sense, for to be eloquent,
tiirtiv,
&$
monish,
Sa. 25:17.
(c) to
utter a song,
\'
i.
q.
to
sing, Jud. 5:12; compare Arab.
an(J Gr.
\0
liroc,
Exod. 4: 14, wn Tan; Tan '? rriyT; j er i 6. often with the addition of TDK (see examples under the word TDX p. LX., B). (6) with an ace. of that which any one says, utters, as "^2', 3T3, Nit?, pl^ ~)|n t to
. :
i.e. (d) to speak to a woman, to ask her in marriage; followed by ? Jud. 14:"; 9 1
when used of a poem.

Sa. 25 : 39.
Comp. Arab.
^_->!a>-
and PUAL.
Farther, these expressions have to be noticed
speak justice, deceit, lying. 45:19 [Kal]; 59:3; Dan. 11:27. D '"? 3>1 "^ i- qLat. verba dedit, Hos. 10:4; Ex. 6:29, nyi9~7K T3T L tf ~>3T '?$ ~&X^2 nN "speak unto Pharaoh all
Psal. 101 =7 [Kal]; Isa.
speak kindly to any one, especonsole; compare 7rapa^v6t'opu, Lat. alloGen. 34 3 50 2 1 Ru. 2:13; 2 Sam. 19:8; quium. 2 Ch.30:22; 32:6. (/) i3?~^y, ~^f ^^ "to speak with oneself;" Gen. 24:45: l Sa. l : 13,
(e)
'D 3./>"^y T5"1! to
cially to
CLXXXVIl
"she was speaking in her heart." Also followed te ??, Ecc.l:l6; 2: 15; Ps. 15:2 by'13^ CH?, [Kal]. nib -iS^t (of God) " he has spoken good (g) hy. rniB, things of any one," he has promised; Num. 10:29;
1
when
ter d.
fehe shall
be isked in marriage
to
see PIEL, let
NIPHAL, recipr. of Piel,
speak together,
to OTH
25:30; Jer. l8:2O. inflict evils on any one.

1
Sa.
;V. l
HJH ""I" to decree, to Ki. 22:23; Jer. 11:17;

!
The meaning
19:1.5; 26:19; 35:14; followed by "7$ Jer. 36:31. is rather different in Est. 7:9, '?Ty?
1
$$D"^fi ate-ia "&* "Mordecai, who had spoken JTQto "I?" good for the king" (compare 6:2). (h) "v$, ft$ to speak kindly with any one; 2 Ki. 25:28; Jer. 12:6; it. DJ? D1^&> "IS"'! to speak friendly,
*!
5
another, Mai. 3: 16; followed by 3 26.33:30; Ps, 119:23; and ?J! Mai. 3: 13. HIPHIL, to subdue (see Kal No. 2), Psal. 18:48, VDDFI D^pjj ~)3"p " who subdueth the people under me;" Ps. 47: 4; see Kal No. 2. HITHPAEL, part. "O^p speaking with, Nu. 7:89;
2 Sa. 14:13; Eze. 2:2. " rnjnp what one has spoken;" see iT}?"!.] [(2) The derived nouns follow immediately, except
peaceably with any one; Psal. 28:3 [Kal], followed by riX Jer. 9:7; followed by "vN to announce welPs. fare, to promise, Ps. 85:9; followed by 3 id. 122:8,^3Di^K3-n->3'!$ "I will pray for peace for thee;" followed by ^ Est. 10:3 [Kal], TTjJ D^B> inM
iJH!
mm.
TQ
m.
const. 'I?
111
(i) [const, i?^;
suff.
na^
pi.
Dnw,
Often
!],
word,
Xo'yoc,
Gen. 44: 18,
etc.
in pi. Gen. 29: 13,
n?n Dnn^n-b
"all those
words;"
" he
spoke
And even absolutely, (i) to pronounce sentence (by which a

clared) upon some one, and See Basra.
to
for the welfare of all his posterity." J1X BBP IIR Ps. 35:20.
;
etc.;
plead
penalty is dewith some one.
Gen. 34: 18; Ex. 4: 28; 18:19; 19:7,8; 2O:l; 24:3, D^'n Pj;3, K'^ an eloquent man, Exod. 4: 10; Often collect, words, speech, discourse, 24:14.
"l^.
Job 15:3; D?DQ?'
word of
lips, i.e.
futile,
vain
to lay snares (Arab. Conj. compare above Kal No. 4), Ps. 127 5. Hence to destroy, 2 Ch. 22 10 (compare ^38 in the parallel place, aKi. 11 :l). [" Note. in former editions, like A. Schultens (Opp. Min. p. 124, al.), I have ascribed further to the verb
(2) to p/of against,
II.
speech, Isa. 36:5; "13^ fu? skilled in speech, 1 Sam, 16: 18. Specially it is (a) a promise, something promised, l Ki. 2:4; 8:20; 12:16; Ps. 33:4; 56:5
(compare Greek reXe'iv tiroc, Germ, fcin SOSovt l)altcn), (b) a precept, an edict (compare "^H No. i,Z>); "I?" n-137P a royal mandate, Est. 1 19; Josh. 1:13; 1 Sa. 17:29, X-in "i:n fcoq "was there not a command1
"tt'n
in Piel
the significations,
to
to
waylay,
"O^.
to
ment?"
ten
:
plot
against, also
followed
destroy;
com p.
and Arab,
by Wv
molitus est in aliquem.
But the three
passages usually cited, do not necessarily make out " this sense. Thus Gen. 34 1 3,-njnjl and they s p ak e,"
:
Isa.8:lo; Exod.34:28, n^g the commandments, the decalogue, l Ch. 26 32 2 Ch. 2 9 J 5c a saying, asentence,as of a wise man; ( ) nni Pro.4:4, 2O; 30:1; 3!:!; pi. Ecc. 1:1, n^np especially the word of the Lord, an oracle, Nu. 23;
: ;
D^n
5,16 (compare
7Toc,
Aoyoc)
to
?
;
n'in'
s
"Q1.
:
*HM the
; : ;
sc.
so
nD1 D3
:
shall not
Ps. 127 15, deceitfully, as before. they be ashamed when they shall talk with the
"
word of Jehovah came
enemies in the gate," i. e. when they shall combat with enemies; corresponding to the Greek phrase
ffi/AAaAtlv
'
any one, Jer. l 4, 1 1 2 i 13:8; Eze. 3: 16; 6:l; 7:1; 11:14; followed by " a lChron.22:8; Job 4: 12, 33TJ "m ^K (divine) oracle was secretly brought tome." Very often col:
rii'i,
:
Is.
;
7: 5,
LXX.
compare
also
Heb.
n ?10? 2 Ki. 14 8 Comm. on Is. i. p. 280. More difficxilt is 2 Ch.22:lo, "and Athaliah arose, "I31JJ11 naTOsn jnâ-nx" in parall. 2 Ki. 1 1 i,n3KJjn here
: ;
lect, oracles, Hos. l i Mic. l l Joel l l. (d) a counsel, proposed plan, 2 Sa. 17:6. (e) rumour, report, l Ki. 10:6; followed by a genit. words to be spoken concerning anything, what is to be said aboiit
;
LXX. and Vulg.

rendered,
('nrutXeire,
interfecit.
But
i.e.
it
can be
it;
and
she
talked with
them,
made war
Job 41:4, "I will be silent... nn-13|l in^ as to what is to be said about his strength;" i Ki. 9:15;
Deu. 15:2; 19:4.
tlie
upon them; compare Ps. 127:5; or it may be ellipt. for '3VIN D'psipp -~Gnm i. e. she pronounced sentence upon them." Ges. add. The reader may judge whether it be not preferable with Schultens to admit the
sense of to destroy.] PUAL, pass. Psal. 87: 3,
things (decreed
}
It
may
also
be rendered, what
1
is
^3 T3-JO nha?3
glorious
by God) are spoken of thee;" Cant. 8:8 33-13-1$ Di3 "when she shall be spoken for,"
(compare nna* No. l). done, affair, business, prop, (2) thing, thing that which is spoken of (compare Xoyor in Passow, A. No. 11, tVoc, pij/j a from piw, Germ. ack from faên, Zinfy which originally signified a discourse; see AdeThe same power of word and thing is lung, h.v.
his strength
!
measure of
conjoined in the Aram. n?p,
JAA^-, BJV B Arabio
cLxxxvm
S~t
j,*\
SO-
and ^JUs^). nb?p
'"t^n
the actions of Solomon,
pi.
f.
floats, rafts, as brought by sea

l
se<
the notable deeds, 1 Ki. l 1 141 ; D'P'O taries of actions performed, journals,
^^
l
commen:
the root No. 2,

pi.
Ki. 5 : 23.
Ch.27:24;
and
Est.6:l; njn na^n this thing, this, Gen.2O:lO; 21 11,26; n^s'n Dna^rr^ all these things, Gen. 20:8; Gen. 18:25; 32:20; 44:7; and Dnyng I~IM
f. rn:n words, precepts, found once TDi~ ?'i9 K'r rightly rendered by LXX, 33:3,
l
^S
Vulg. (Israel)
accipit
de
vei-bis
tuts
(Jehovce).
"T?^? Gen. 24:28; 39:17, 19; in this manner, thus,
nVsn Dna^n in (LXX. //era ra pft/iara raOra), after these things, when they were accomplished, Gen. 15: l; 22:l; 39:7; DV "V?^. daily matter; hence "Q^ DV a daily matter in its day, i. e. daily, day by to'V|
"Israel shall receive thy words (Jehovah's)". As to the use of the prep. iP in this place, see IP No. l. Further, Dagesh in n ^31 may be regarded as euphonic, so that H'lai may be i. q. "T^?^, H'l^'l and not a verbal
}
of Piel.
The conjecture ofVateris needless, who would

"
)
read
will
iKi.8:5Q; also DVa Di naia 2 Chron.8: 13; and IDi'3 DV 13*]? verse 14; 31:16. More often it stands pleon. like the Gr. x/%; l Sa. 10:2, riuhn n.3Tn
; ;
day, Ex. 5: 13, 19; 16:4
Lev. 23:37
it with other vowels 1^1?"!P #&'! (Jehovah) undertake thy guidance" ri^3"|p which he regards as meaning guidance, rule. [In Thes. this
thy father has left the matters of the asses," has ceased to care for them; prop. tie TCngelegcnfyett/ bie
9rftyi$te nut ben Sfelinnen;
"
T3^?
word
is
will receive the things

f- i-
referred to Hithpa. part, of the verb, " (Israel) which thou hast spoken."]
q-
Ps.65:4, 3O naa nijtyna^
Hebrew [but
l
,
1?^, but principally found in the later see the occurrences].

:
"iniquities prevail against me;" Psalm 105:27; Hence 145:5.

(3) anything, something, Gen. 18:14; "13^ pK,
(1) ["thing, i.e."] manner, mode (see la'l No. " thou art a 5 fin.), Ps. 1 1 o 4, priest for ever 'Jin?" 7JJ
!
P1V *??P according
to the
manner
of Melchisedec ;"
Sam. so: 21, la^ px "there is noJud.l8:7,28, 'D? Dnjrps nani. thing," D"|SI "and they had no concern (or business) with (other) men;" "O'TvS everything, anything, Num. 31 :23; Deu. 17:1; ^Pt? ">3^ anything unclean, Lev. 5:9; "n^ nrjg anything filthy, Deu. 23:15; 24:1; compare 2 Kings 4: 41 l Sam. 20: 2. Also pi. B'la'l
l
"OT *6 nothing;
sc. to fear;
paragogic. Lehrg. 127,2). la" ! No. 4, cause, reasc n. (2) i.q. "on account of," Ecc. 3:18; 8:2;
1
(V is
Hence
n'ia
>:
?J
t
V rnai. ^
the
end
i.
that,"
q.
(3)
7:14. "OT No. 5, cause, in a forensic sense, Job
5:8.
D'aia a Ch. 12:12.

(4) a cause, reason, Josh. 5:4. Hence")?" ?J?on account of, Gen. 12:17; 2O:ii; 43: 18; 'lai. id., Deu. 4:21; Jer. 7:22; 14:1; Tg>8 followed by a verb, because that, Deu. 22:24; 23:5; 2 Sam. 1 3
! 1
Ch.
f.
cause, reason, Dan. 2:30, ~rna^

that."
^"tothe end
L
^^
(perhaps "eloquent"), [Dibri], pr. n.
m., Lev. 24:11.

L J?"^ \_Dabareh, Dalerath~\, pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 21 :28."]
as (compare '"H?"! No. s). (5) cause, in a forensic sense; Ex. 18: 16, nnp? " if they have a cause," verse 22; 2S:8, ^"^ Dn? yB>B~U' p'|>~^ " in every cause (suit) of trespass;"
!
Ex. 24:14, D 1 "!?^. 7R? " one who has causes,
suits."
an unused verb, prop. i.q. Gr. and Lat. depso, to work up a mass, to make it soft by kneading it. Kindred are VFft and B>1 Hence
ti//w,
î//cii>,
"1
pi.
D S 1?^. (Hos. 13: 14),prop. destruction,

with
suff.
death,
Arab, jj (see the root No. 4, and Piel No. 3); hence a plague (compare HID No. 3), Ex.9:3; Lev. 26:25; Deu. 28:21; 2 Sa.24:i3; l Ki.
like the
VF\
m.,
HONEY ["so called s^.
as
being
9
soft like
a kneaded mass"].
Arab, i^j J, Syr.
8:37,
etc.;
LXX. commonly
.
Odvaroc
compare
Sir.
39-29t Jer. 5 :i3."] q na^
Maltese dibsi, yellow, i. e. honey colour, verb from which this noun can come exists in the Phcenicio-Shemitic languages; but there is also formed from such a verb, Gr. TiQaiflwatrv to make
LA.-TJ* id.
No
[with suff. ^^'], i.q. ^J? a pasture, whidier cattle is driven ; see the root No. s, Mic. 2:12; Isa,
,
honey, Od.
(l)
xiii.
106.
honey of
Specially it bees, Lev. 2: 11 ;

3) etc.
is l
s"-
5:17. (Syr. J;jS> and
J^s,
Arab, jj a meadow.)
9 43; Prov. 16:24; 24: wood honey, Deut. 32:13;
Sam. 14:26, 27, Used of wild or
Psal. 81:17,
CLXXX1X
$J*3tpK
" with
honey
out of the rock would I have
supplied thee."
(a)
honey of grape
to
*,i.e.
must or new wine boiled
down
a third or half; (Gr. tyrjfjia, Lat. sapa, defr-utum, Ital. musto cotto;) which is now commonly carried into Egypt out of Palestine, especially out of the
district of
Thus it is oace found as a verb multiplied, to be increased [**T.], Genesis 48:16. Hence N, HJ^ a fish (so called frcm being so prolific, compare i^3), P^ and JJ'H.
idea of covering).
to
be
of Aleppo,
Hebron (comp. Russel's Natural History 20) Gen. 43 1 1 Eze. 27:17. Milk and honey are often joined together as being ["
p.
; :
n ("great fish"), [" diminutive, little fish, then used lovingly, dear and honoured/'s/i"Ges.corr.],pr.n. Dagon, an idol of the Philistines, worshipped at Ash-
dod with the head and hands of a man, and the rest of
;
delicacies provided
by
nature, Ex.
3:17? *3:5; 33:
3; Lev. 20:24; Num. 13:27; used of very pleasant discourse, Cant. 4: 11."]
fish, see l Sa. 5:2, seq., especially verse 4; Jud. 16:23; * Ch. 10:10, compare l Maoc. 10:83; 11:4. Very similar was the form of Derceto,
his
body that of a
worshipped at Ashkelon, also in the form of a

thus mentioned by Diod. Sic.
irpoauiTroi'
ii.
fish;
|n
30:6.
f.
(l) the
hump, bunch
is
This signification
of a camel, Isa. plain enough from the
4, avrij
awp.a.
TO piv
l^dvos.
X fl ywutKOQ, TO
$f
a\\o
war
context, and is expressed by Ch., Syr. and Vulgate; but the etymology has long exercised the ingenuity of interpreters, who have almost all confessed their
As
worship of fishes in these countries, see Selden, De Dis Syris, ii. 3. Creuzer, Symbol, ii. 12
to the
ignorance.
now
think that
it
:
may
properly
mean
i.
q.
a bee hive (derived from Q' !), and be thus transferred in meaning to a camel's bunch, because o'f
similarity of appearance.
Arab. Jjs-J TO COVER, TO COVER OVER
A conjecture lately
com-
(see the kindred roots under "3^), whence also to act Hence ?iH a covertly, to deceive (compare "132).
municated to me is not amiss, that ri^l by change and transposition of letters may be for 1^3% J"lH| a heap. [In Thes. Gesenius ascribes to the root t??^ the idea of softness, and hence takes the idea of a camel's bunch, from its softness in flesh and
fat.]
flag, a standard, like the Germ, gafyne from TT^VOC, The idea of shining, being bright, Avhich pannus. I formerly ascribed to this root with Nanninga (Diss. Lugd. ii. 916), and Muntingh (On Ps. 20:6), seems
(2)
[Dabbasheth],
m.fish,
pr.n. of a town, Josh. 19:11.
from being so Avonderfully ! the root prolific (see '"U^), Jon. 2:1, 11; Plur. D'?"
so called
1
From the noun ?3^ ^^ to set up again formed the denom. verb banners. Ps. 20:6, ?s"t3 -13'r6x DE>? "in the name of our God we will set up our banners;" compare the
to
me
hardly able to be proved.
there
is
expressions
|
V.
^'^
"^?Tn,
\]
^^?
^7R-
LXX.
^teya-
Xvrtinrroptda, reading or else conjecturing ^133.

>:
Mun-
constr. ^/I,
Hence
is
Gen. 9:2; Num. 11:22; l Kings 5:13. derived the denominative verb 2-n to fish.
(In the cognate languages
this
tingh (see above), through that etymological conjecture, we will glory, we will exult. Part, pass >13 J erect as a
See the form 3X"i above.

fish is called JW.
is
.,y
a trace of
Hebrew word
banner, conspicuous, man, Cant. 5: 1O.
distinguished;
used of a young
found in the Gr. tOwe-
Constr. nrj fern, of the preceding, id. Deu. 4:18; Jon. 2:2; commonly collect., like HD-ID, Gen. 1:26, 28; Ex. 7:18,21; Nu. 11:5; Eze. 29:4,5.
pr.
NIPHAL, to be furnished or arrayed with banCant. 6:4, 10, rrV?r]33 ns^ "terrible as ners. furnished with banners," i. e. as hosts or a camp of
TO COVER
Symm. we -ayyuora Traptp-fioXw/j.. The virgin here described as conquering and captivating the hearts of all. Comp. a similar image taken from an
soldiers.
is
(like the
Arab.
U-j
to cover
trN
army (Cant. 6:2,

/
3),
and the same, figure as being
of
over
hence to be dark, comp. the kindred roots

-
frequent use in the Arabian Poets.
"'
with
into
suff.
i
J=r<-\
*^>
t^rT^
a ^ so ~O, of
all
idea
is that of covering; as also the words in other languages, tego, riyoq, ort'yw, in the old German this Dialects, bagen, bad)en/
;
which the primary Hebr. ^TJ, "i^ also

becfcn);
n, plural
DH
const,
""l
masc.
a large military
tandard, that of each of the four

tribes
camps
wht-b the twelve

called
were divided;
th^ smaller being
nin'X.
Nu. 1:52; 2:2,
*erb
is
applied to multitude
every thing (compare

to cover, <ff>-
^^
and plenty covering over

a great company, from
3,10,18,25; 10:14,25; Cant. 2:4, nans^fyni " and his banner over me (was) love."
>-
^y
a great multitude, also from the
\y^l
ant
unused
root, prop.
i.
" ^VJ
to
covtr
Hence"]
cxc
IN
51
is
an-jn
Isa.
|-J const, state ]F\ [with suff. to multiply, like H3 from H13.
^H]
m. corn, from
[But see the preit
ceding root.]
;
Gen. 27:528,37; Nu. 18:27; Deut. 28:
21: 13; according to Eusebius not fat from the city Phoeno; perhaps these are to be taken as a colony of the former (No. l ), or else vice versa.
traffic,
(Arab. ^?~' J, but only found in the Arabic versions of the Bible.)
'
used of bread, Lam. 2:12.
last
[But the different ancestry of the two, proves this remark to be impossible. See Forster's Geog. of
i
Arabia,
p.
328.]
pi.
like the Ch. "ti^ TO
BROOD
as a bird
OVER
her eggs or young; pr. apparently to cover (see under "Jli^D- Jer. 17:11, l &} tan trip "the partridge sits upon eggs which she has not laid; (to
which
is
similar),
by
Isa.
right."
LXX.
he who gathers riches but not <rvvi]yaytv a OVK trtKtv. TTip$i
Gen. 10:4, pr. n. of a e. from the Greeks. If this reading be correct, one cannot avoid comparing this with Dodona, a city of Epirus. [In corr. Gesenius suggests the Dardani, i. e. Trojans D'3^1.1.
nation descended from Javan,
i.
[Z)0rfanim], m.
For
~\
34: 15, of a serpent brooding its young, not eggs. Vulg. in each place,ybrere. The incorrect remarks of
J.
thus softened into a vowel, see
Monumenta
refuted
D. Michaelis as to this root, have been already well by Rosenm. on Bochart, Hieroz. ii. 632, seq.
.
preferable reading, however, is D'P'TI Rhodians, which is found in the Samaritan copy, LXX., and the Hebrew text itself, iChr. t :y.
Phoen. p. 432.]
The
See the word D3Tl.
q. 1^, (which see) BREAST, PAP. Only found in dual, const. *!"% with suffix H'TH BREASTS,
1ft
Eze. 23:3,8, 21; Prov.5:l9.
Heb. 3HT.
Chald. emphat. X^D"'!, naq^ GOLD, Dan. 2:38; 3:1,5,7. Hence

.
i.q.
^ TOGO SLOWLY, a secondary root

-*-i-
contracted
from the fuller

to
j^ j.II. to delay, loiter, to
go on slowly,
waver or totter in going. [The comparison with this Arabic root is spoken of doubtfully in Thes.] Ch. and Talmud, rn* to lead slowly, e. g. a little child. HITHPAEL rmn (for nT^n), i sa 38: 15,^? rnw
5 !
.
&\.V ? according to nro N.1\!^m. pi. Ch. Daki, [Dchavites'], pr. n. of a people from which a colony was broiight to Samaria, Ezr. 4:9. They seem to have been the Ado, Herod, i. 125 (prob. villagers
from Pers. jj deh,
dih,
a village), a Persian tribe
*rH3p>
"
all
my
years I will
missively, cornp.
BS
go slowly"
21 :27),
i.
(i.
e.
sub-
[near the Caspian sea, Strab. xi. p. 480, Plin. H. N. xi. 17J, jf which a farther account is given in Lorsbacl Archiv. ii. p. 274. Mention is also made of
this ooople in the Zendavesta.
'spn i Ki.
e. I
will act
modestly and submissively, as if, I would never cease to lament. Hence used of the solemn slowness of a procession, Psalm 42: 5, D'rfrK TV3 Ig DT^S I
j
idea which
a root unused in Kal,

is
is
which
I believe
means, TO BE DUMB, TO
BECOME DUMB,
STUPOR,
like
DH3, an
went
with them to the house of God."
The
suffix
applied to
to
as in D1?',
pr. to
>
DT
8 it
is for
Dnp
and the dative
is to
be referred
to
Arab. ,jjo
come upon suddenly,

foolish,
amaze,
this, that
the Poet [Psalmist], as leader of the choir were, made way for the people.
to confound,
+~&J
stupid,
>
sudden ca-
l) [Derfa/i], prop, name of a people, with a country of the like name, sprung from Raamah, Gen.
lamity, pr. stupifying.
sudden misfortune.
i.q.
NIPHAL, participle 2^"]? amazed, confoun ded by Jer. 14:9.
10:7
(as
I
shall
76.27:15. Raamah ('Ptyâ) is to besought shew) on the shore of the Persian gulf;
for in the
Tn
TO oo IN A CIRCLE, especially
and Dedan is likewise to be sought part, in which with Bochart (Phal.
same iv. 6) and J. D. Michaelis we may recognize Daden an island ..jjlj,
QUICKLY (comp.
also ~0^).
Hence
of the Persian gulf, called by the Syrians ^w?. 'See also Forster's Geog. of Arabia, i. 38, 63.] Most of the islands of this gulf were the seats of Phoenician
colonies,
on swiftly, to press on swiftly^ (1) to beborne used of a horse and rider, Nah. 3 2, pr. to go in a of those who break in or circle, as is the custom
See the noun ^3$. in a circle, hen(e"] to endure long go (2) [" Hence "Îfy and
exercise horses.
to
F.
comp. Heeren, Ideen, i. 2, p. 227. [But this people were not Phoenicians]. (a) a people of northern Arabia, descended from
rapid course of a horse.

p.
Jud. 5:88.
(See Bochart, Hieroz. parti,

p.
97. Michaelis, Suppl
Keturah, Gen. 25:3;

Jer.
49:8;
85:23;
bordering on the Edomites, Eze. 25:13; also carrying on
401.)
i.
q.
Tl % bear, which e
CXC1
Tj
i.q.
3N1 which
see,
TO PINE
AWAY.
TO LAN-
GUISH.
guish.
HIPHIL, causat. to cause topineaivay,or to lanHence fan pr. n. Lev. 26: 16.
hence a paternal uncle; comp. Sri3*3n a mother-in law; Germ, greunb/used of a relation; Latin amita
qs.
Lev. 10:4; 2O:2O; 1 Sa. 10:14, 15,16; a:l5; Jer. 32:7, 8, 9. In verse 12, indeed, it seems to be put for in J3.
Est.
"I'll
l
amata.
&
TO FISH.
-1
Jer. 16: 16,

JJ1
M a secondary root denom. from 31, DW11 " and they shall fish
m.
:
(i) a pot, see the root No.
l.
Job 41 :1S;
them ;" hence nan.
and Ml a
fisher.
Sa. 2
14.
V
Plur.
!>.
DHH
2 Ch. 35: 13.
(Syr. )>o>) a
" hooks, harpoons. Am. 4:2, ye shall be drawn with hooks, njn n'lTD3 JpJVinKI and your posterity with fishing-hooks," an image drawn from taming beasts, into the noses of which hooks and rings were
put.
N3 m. a /is A er, Ez. 47:10, and Jer. i6:i6an3. H2H fern, fishing, fishery. nj-11 nil'p fish-
large pot, J;o? a kettle, Sam. rvin pots.) Plur. DHVj (2) a basket, Jer. 24:2: Psal. 81:7.
2Ki. 10:7.
more
TH
"Tj^, in the Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, Zechariah, rarely in the more ancient books (Hos. 3:5)
Comp.
. . .
Isa.
thy nose
earnest."
37:29, "I will put my hook into and will turn thee back whence thou
i.q. *rn), ("beloved," -part. pass, from \_David~], pr. n. of a son of Jesse, the second of the
T^
The reason why fishing-hooks should be mentioned is shewn by Ezekiel 29:4; Job 40: 26; comp. Oedmann, Verm. Sammll. aus d. Naturkunde, v 5. The larger fishes, when taken, used to have
rings put into their nostrils again let down into the water.
1015, B.C. very celekings of the Israelites, 1055 brated on account of his wars successfully waged,
;
by which they were

TT
on account of his sacred songs. As i Sa. life, 16, to the end of 2 Sa. l Ch. 12 This name denotes Messisih the son 30. of David, i.q. in {? Eze. 34:23, 24; 37:24, elsewhere i. q. 1)1 33 [?] Hos. 3:5. 1H T TJ? the city oi in ;V2 the David, i. e. Zion, l Ki. 3 l 8:1; 9:24.
and not
less so
to his
see especially
as
an unused root. water, hence generally

(l)
to be to
i.
q.
1-1T,
pr. to
boil
i\
up
to
*
family, the descendants of David, Isa. 7:2, 13; Jer.
p
9
21:12.
f. aunt, father's sister, Ex. 6: 20; also an uncle" s wife; Lev. 18:14; 20:20.
1
troubled, disturbed.
agitate.
Syr. Pa.
o?
MM
disturb, a kettle.
Hence
1-11
a pot, Syr. J?o?
(a) to love,
i.
q.
TV, jy
Hence
(
("belonging
I'll love,
to
love"),
[ZWo],
one
of DaA'id's captains,
Ch. 11:12; also others, Jud.
and the pr. nil.

with
n.
1)1,
Y$K
whom God
ll,
loves"),
2O:l, etc."]
suff. also defect.
^p
m.
["'IITTfn ("love of Jehovah"), [Dodavah],

pr. n. m., 2
O v<n, especially (1) love, only used in the plur. between the sexes, Cant. 1:2, 4; 4:10; Eze. 16:8;
23; 17,
0*1.1
Ch. 20:37."]
DHM
""IY13
bed of love ;" Prov. 7: 18, HD^ "come let us take our fill of love." In
33B>D
some places tokens of love, caresses, kisses, are supposed to be the meaning, by Driessen in Dissertatt.
Lugd.
1101, seq. (2) as a concrete, object of love, one beloved,
p.
pr. adj. with the Ch. termination *T i. q. *T PL D'K"jn. (from the root 1-n) in sing, not used. (1) boiling, cooking, hence a cooking pot, i.q. in No. l, hence a basket, Jer. 24: i.
(2) loving, love apples,
amatory (from
Jiete&ipfcl/
Gen. 30:14,
the root No. 2), plur. seq., i.e. the
(compare
friend,
t^-o^, u_~o- love, and one loved, a
rijniD acquaintance, for an acquaintance, German, metne erfte ?tete, Sefanntfcfyaft/ English, a relation
apples of the Mandragora (Atropa Mandragora, Linn.), a herb resembling the Belladonna, with a root like a carrot, having white and reddish blossoms of a sweet smell (Cant. 7:14), and with yellow odoriferous apples which commonly are ripe from May to July. To these, Oriental siiperstition attributes still a sexual
of mine), Cant.
13, 14, 16; 2 :3, 8, 9, 10, 16,
l?; 5:5.
(3)
power (Gen.
...... ci
loc. cit.)
5t
See Dioscorid.
iv.
76,
Marpa-
/rienc?,Isa.5:l. Specially a
9 9
fiifhcv's
brother,
uncle
father's side; Syr. J>>, K ar iôxnv called thi friend of the a friend, family, like the Cb
by the
yo'pac KipKaiav KaXovat, iTreidrj SOKE? ff pia tyiXrpdJv tlvai TrotTjrt/d; ....... cat Trap' avra (û\\a) juijXa, owotc (sorbis) ipêpr], WXP> euwSj/, iv olc KCU
atriov.
33Q
Schulzii Leitunpreu d. Hcchsten
v
rol. 5, p.
is
CXCII
page 197
;
D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orientale, ?? which LXX. pq\a parloayopuv. Ch. 17. the same in meaning; compare Arab. _ .^J, see
P"
a.
the insipid herb?" verse 7, ' sou reiusetl to touch them, 'Ely M"]? n ? n they are as the loathsome things of my food." Loathsome insipid food
in
My
Sprengel, Hist. Rei Herbarise,
i.
215, ed.
In defi-
is
ning this plant, interpreters have differed exceedingly. Celsius (Hierobot. i. p. 1, seq.) understands it to be
Sidra or lotus Cyrenaica, and has been refuted by J. D. Mich, in Suppl. p. 410, seq. Oedmann, Verm.
common
applied to an intolerable evil. According to n Oriental figure, one is said to eat, to taste
any thing, meaning to experience this or that fortune; COmp. HI11I23 *?5X Job 21:25, yevtrrQai Oavarov, Syr. Arab. i\j Koran 3:182, Pers. jlox>
;OJ^,
*z
c^jyN
Samml.
miiller's
fasc. v. p.
94, seq.
J. E.
Faber
(in
Rosen-
,j
,*.
to
eat cares,
i.
e.
to experience them,
Morgenland, on this passage) conjectures that we should understand a species of small and odoriferous
to eat torments, ,.,J.>^,J,*s*- t__^jic
î^Jtoeat
have taken
cucumber or melon (Arab, luffahh)"; others it variously, whose opinions see in Jo. Sitnonis, in a particular dissertation on this word annexed to Arcanum fonnarum. G. T. Steger (Rosenii. 45, seq.) brings forward his opinion denying altogether that any plant is to be under-
judgment. Comp.
in the
New
is
Test, tcplâ iaditi, iCor.
miiller Repert.
eatinr/ the bread.] that inadmissible, quite in this passage is put for n? so as; for '.1*7? is properly constr. st. of the word '1 satis, enotigh
11 :2g. [But this refers to actually
Some have suggested what
(which see):
much
less
can
it
stood.
[
d^j
.
substance; for this word

to the
is
be compared with properly fem. from

J"IXT.
nn (i.q.nn), [Dodai\,
i.q.
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 27 :4."]
j,
and answers
Hebrew
nT,
Comp.
Allg.
Lit. Zeit.
%
1825, No. 258.

?î5)
ny~J
3JH which
see,
TO
LANGUISH, TO BE
used of
SICK (Arab, ^c.j and ^\j
for \S), especially

1
Jer. 8
yl m. (of the form Lam. 1:22. 18

:
women
in menstruation.
Lev.
2 : 2, " the
unclean-
TH
see
I.q
sick of mind, Root nn.
Isa.
1:5;
ness of her menstruation;" compare Lev. 15:33. (2) to be sad ["sick at heart"]. Comp. nn No. 2.
N?; TO POUND, TO
id.)
BEAT TO POWDER;
""O'lD
nn
f.
nn.o.
Nu. 11:8. (Arab, ijjlj
Hence
a mortar.
adj. (l) languid, sick, used of menstruation. Lev. 15:33, ^^H?? nn; Hence nvi Isa. 30:22, a menstruous Lev. 20 18.
nn
women
in
n^pV! fem. Lev. 11:19; Deu. 14:18, some unclean bird; according to the LXX., Vtilg., Saad.,
the
hoopoe; according
to the Targ. gallus montanus,
garment, i. e. polluted by the menses. (a) sick of mind, sad, Lam. 5:17.
(3) afflicted, wretched, Lam. 1:13. (Syr. Jo> to grieve, to be unfortunate. Aph. to afflict, to make
e e
9
unhappy.
(,o> unfortunate, unhappy.
JUoo mis-
fortune, misery.)
M
cock"], and Ch. N3'3 a rock compare Bochart, Hieroz vol. ii page 346. No difficulty need l>e made as to the termination n-7 for n , as to which see Lehrg. page 467. Jo. Simonis, in defending the signification of hoopoe,
[or ^-n
flE'3
;
n=J lord
mountain cock["Tetrao urogallus n ~\\ wbich laltei explanation may be confirmed by a comparison with
"
= (J_<lo
M not used in Kal,
i.
q. """J^,
rnj TO
THBDST
less aptly
supposes
np'?n
J"1S,
to
be compounded of
^n
OUT, TO CAST AWAT.
Arab.
!j to render abject,
ss (jj,j a cock, and
to
which he ascribes the
and
intrans. to
be
vile, abject.
to
VI. to cast forth.

to
idea of dung, comparing bJ to void dung.
HIPHIL
nnn
(i)
thrust out,
cast away,
to be
an unused
! root, i.q. D'."
No.
l, to be
silent,
Jcr.5l:34.
(a) to wash away, to purge the altar, 2 Ch-4:6; Eze. 40:38; the crime of bloodshed, Isa. 4:4.
J
dumb.
Arab.
*L
to
be
quiet, to remain.
m. (from the root
nn., of the
form
to quiet, to allay. follow.
Hence the three nouns wl
>tpi?)
(l)
languishing, disease, Ps. 41 14. [Hence used of] (a) uncleanness, something unclean, causing " loathing (see nn No. 2). Job 6:6, can that which u unsavoury be eaten without salt, or is there taste
DV!
fem.
(l) silence,
;
place of silence,
poet.
used of Hades, Ps. 94: 17
(2) [DumaK], Isa. 21 region in Arabia, Gen. 25: 14;
15: 7tribe and a pr.n. of an Ishmaelite

:
1 1
no dc
abt
CXCIII
the
m-nn
Others take
it
same
as
is
now called
J jc^
<U.J stony Dumah,
strive [very preferable].
variously
<J Syrian Dumah; situated in Arabia on the borders of the Syrian Desert a place fortified
and aLLJ\
;
Compare
De
Michaelis' Suppl. page Vers. Pent. Pers. page 19.

I'na to
422
Itosenm tiller
with a citadel
in D'Anville's
map
placed 58
[" NIPHAL
strive,
contend.
Part. 2
Sa
longit.,
29, 30'
feda's
latitude; Aou/zou'fla of Ptolemy.

edit.
See Abul-
19:10."]
pPT
Gagnier, page 50, and Jakut as there cited; Michaelis' Supplem. page 41 9; Niebuhr's
Arabia,
Job 19:29
Ps. 97:5,
np
i.q.
p.
am, judgment.
see.
Arabia, page 344;
(pr. adj. f. from the unused taciturn, of abstr. signif. like nouns in IV
f.
in
my
Comment, on
Isaiah, loc. cit.
68:3; Mic. 1:4.

TO
and Boot
masc. wax, Psa. 22:15;
3^
which
'BH
).
silent,
LEAP, TO DANCE.
" before
is
Job 41
terror."
14, V3B
(1) silence, and adv. silently, Psa.39:3; rest, quiet, ease from pain, Ps. 22:3. (2) the silent expectation of divine aid, confi-
?^. pin
him dances
The
tre-
pidation of terror
thus well compared to skipping;
dence placed in God. " 1^33 upon God alone

ferred in
my
Ps. 62:2, njp-n D<r6s^X TJK soul L> confident" [re-
comp. Psa. 29:6. To this answers the Arabic Med. Waw and Ye, see Schult. on the passage Syr.
;
ft
^J
Thes. to the primary meaning, silence]. " to thee Ps. 65:2, n^nrj rTO-n (belongs) silence
O> in
New
Test, for <TKipraf,
Chald. pi, whence
N^.
K*-n,
(confident waiting), praise."
(i) subst. silence.
Hab. 2
the
dumb
silent stone.
It
may
J3K hoAvever be taken

:
19,
DDW
fH
a wild goat, Lacon. &'a. Kindred roots are These are contracted or softened from from fa, p-iy from p3j;), from ^n, Tpn (like
Ehl.
adverbially in this place also, compare D|n.
by which dancing is expressed in the Slavonic and German languages, tatty banja/ taniec, see Adelung, iv.
530, 31.
Lam. 3:26, (2) silently, Isa. 47:5. he who waits DD-H1 even silently."
this
"happy
is
noun of
form never has an adjectivial power.

pr. n. 2 Ki. 16: 10,
an unused root. Chald. and Syriac, to loot look forward, to look out. Hence P.V^. round,
to
pQI
a rare form, but also

pieces. '3T
1
used in Syriac for P^TSn or

prob.
i.
P^?T! Damascus.
.\
Ch. i.q.
PP.1,
but intrans.
:
to
be
broken
to
to
Plur. Ipl Dan. 2
35 [referred in Thes.
q.
j Med.
Waw
intrans.
TO BE LOW,
haps"]
for
r"?
DEPRESSED, INFERIOR, whence ["per(according to Ewald, Heb. Gramm. p. 418,

to one's self, to rule, to
(l) pr. i.q. Arabic
Jj TO GO AROUND,
-
5-0
judge.
subject kindred root is H?, which see; hence is derived fnx lord. [But see that word.] It occurs once,
riD)
trans, to
TO GO IN A CIRCLE; whence
..j
and
jjj
" 1
a circle,
Gen. 6: 3,
superior and divine nature) shall not be always humbled in men," i.e. shall not dwell in a mortal body,
D^ CHS1
'(TH jn-fi6
"
my spirit (i.e. my
j\j round. Kindred roots are ID''', I" 1 "M3, "WR; J: and with a dental changed into a sibilant, "VIT, "VlD, all of Avhich have the idea of going round, turn"l-1B>;
,
ing oneself, girding, variously applied.
descending from heaven and having to do with earth. [What can any one make of this theology?] (comp.
verses 1,2). Well rendered according to the sense ov prj k-araêiVjj , by the ancient versions, as the " non TO ->n'vp.(i f.iv K.rA. Vulg. permanebit ;" Syr., Arab. " shall not dwell ;" there is no occasion for sup-
No.
LXX
Hence "VH and "to [also iTVnp], (2) to remain, to delay, to inhabit (like the Ch. in), Psa. 84: 11, either because the first habitations were of a round form (which is the opinion of Jo. Simonis), or (as I prefer) that the idea of going round and turning oneself was applied to turning aside to
l,
posing them to have had a different reading, such as
OVV
= *.jo J
I
lodge (compare
this
"W3, HIS).
shall continue, "fl"P shall dwell. "

I
It will
may
be compared with
In the western languages a long STJ/JOC, $r]po>>,
be seen that
have returned, in interpreting
this
time, S^poc xporoc; Lat. durus, durare;
Germ,
bauertu
passage, to the opinion proposed in the first edition of my larger Lexicon. In the smaller I ex-
anciently buren/ (uren.

,!H
?,
plained
jiT=pT "my
spirit shall not

;
Lexicon, always rule in
Ch.
to
dwell,
to
np
p!;j Dan. 2:38; 3:31;
inhabit,Dan. 4:9, 18. Part. 6:6; whence 1*19,

14
man;" so also Ilosenm.
others, shall judge, i.e. shall
-too, rrvno,
7in.
H-TH
CXCIY
nn-TV
m. (l) a circle (Arabic ^..j), Isaiah 29:3, 3 " as in a circle," round about. (2) a ball, Isa. 22:18. ^3) a burning pile, a round heap of wood, Eze. n "}np, verse 9). 84:5
(compare
42:16),
In the phiral there are two forms (both masc. Jcb Dnn ;md nVin. The former occurs in one
"fn expression, D*"!*n for ever and ever, signifying perpetuity, Ps. 72:5; 102:25; Isa. 51:8; the latter is frequently used of generations, ages to come,
Lev. 23
& "H
as if the
(l)
"
agt-i
generation
of men,
period and circu it of the years of life, from

;
Nu. 9 43, D?'TTft *JTV IS?? ?. Lev. 22 3. " to 10, D3'n'"l'l^ IK D3? you, or to your posterity;" Num. 15:14; especially in the legislatorial phrase,
: : :
the root ~fn No.

to
1 compare ,b' time, also from ,U words signifying time under and other go round, s<~j'
by your
Dp'rhV? D?iy n|?n a perpetual law (to be observed) comp. posterity, Lev. 3:17; 23: 14, 31, 41 Gen. 17:7, 9, 12; Ex. 12:14, 17; 16:32, 33.
;
the
word
!?'X.
(To
this
literally
corresponds
^j
time, age; Med.
Waw
and
He
being interchanged
Eccles. l 4, "in
:
amongst
themselves, see letter n.)
(3) [Z)or], pr. n. of a city, see HQi. [" The city of a Canaanitish king, Jud. 1:27, written also Josh. 17:11; more fully, INI riQ? ("height oi
"W
K3
~ii~n
"^h "one generation goes, and another

" the tenth,
comes." Deu. 23:3, 4, g.'TO.-in, ^fixf
Josh.
Job 42 : 1 6. Jud. 2:1O, the third generation." n$ "in " another generation (age)." Nu. 32:13, inn-73 DJVJJJ "until all that generation be consumed."
Ps. 61:7.
Dor"), Josh. 12:23 "^ HQ3 i Ki.4:ll TKI ri!D3 1 1:2 Gr. Awpa, ra Awpa, Awpa. It belonged to Manasseh, but lay in the territory of Issachar, on
; ; ;
>/
the coast near
mount Carmel.
Now
;
Tantura.
See
Reland's Palaest. page 738, seq.
Prokesch, Reise,
TIJ "ft every generation, all generations, " to Joel 2:2, VH ~H \Vf~IJ? every future
page 27."]
[Dura~\, Ch. pr. n. of a plain in Babylonia,
generation."
all
all
Psa. 45:18, in)

(or ages) to
generations
"11^33 "through come." So "H "H? to
generations (to come), Ex. 3:15; Joel 4:20; "ft? VH "ft 1JJ Psa. 100:5; "ftj Ps. 10:6; 33:11; 49:12; Elsewhere used of fsa. 13:20; "ft "ftp Ex. 17:16.
past time, a past generation, Deu. 32:7; Isa. 58:12; 60 15. Compare the pi. below. With the addition
:
Dan 3:1. With this has been compared the Dura (Ammianus Marcell. xxv. 6) situated on
Tigris, or another of the
city
the
same name (Polyb. v. 48). on the Euphrates, near the mouth of the Chaboras.
See Miscellan. Lips. Nova,
t.
v., p.
274.
of a genitive or suffix, the generation of any one, his cotemporaries, Isa. 53 8 [This passage has a much rvn fuller
:
(Mic.4:l3), and
(softened from G5H^, which see).
Deu. 25:4
meaning]. Gen.6:9,VnVft3
in his
D'pn(Noah)
(1) to beat,
to
pound,
break
to
especially
was upright
generations."
The Hebrews,
hence
to
trample
on, Job 39: 15;

is
by treading, Hab.3:l2; espe-
appear to have reckoned a generation at from thirty to forty years (see Job 42:1 6); but, from the longevity of the patriarchs, in their time it
like ourselves,
cially enemies, to
pieces, Mic. 4:13.
(2) to thresh corn, which
ing
l
it
out with their
feet, Jer.
done by oxen tread50:11; Hos. lO:ll;
was reckoned at a hundred (Gen. 15: 16, comp. verse 14, and Ex. 1 2 :4o); and in like manner amongst the Romans, the word seculum originally signified a generation, and was afterwards applied to a century,
see Censorinus
also used of
:
Ch. 2 1 2O, D*pn
men who drive an ox when threshing; BH \T\^\ " and Oman was tb resh-
ing."
Applied
De Die
Natali, cap. xvii.
The
idea of
generation being neglected, it often means a race of men [vice versa, Gr. yinb, primarily
age, or
(3) to a cru^l punishment inflicted by the Hebrewg on their captives, .'y crushing them with threshing wains of iron on the floor like corn, Am. l : 3.
race, hence generation], in a good sense, Psa. 14:5; 24:6; 73:15; 112:2; in a bad sense (like the Germ. " a froward and Jta:e), Deut. 32:5, 7P?DP "ft Jer. race." Deu. irn?V. 32:20. 7 29, perverse
(Arab. ^.J j to tread the earth with one's

in battle; to tread out corn
9
feet,
men
on a threshing
floor.
Syr. ._> id.) Compare &?!X. NIPHAL E'ilJ inf. constr. t?nn
Isa.
pass, of
Kal No.
I.
"the race of
angry.
(2)
his anger," those with
whom God
is
25:10.
pass, of Kal
HOPHAL,
the root
No.
2, Isa.
28:27.
Hence
habitation
Isa.
(like the
Arab.
:
,\j), see
No.
2.
38
12.
Psa.
49 20, Vn'l3$
c.
"in
the
Ch.
i.
q.
Hebr. No.
root, see
i.
Dan. 7 23.
:
house
of their fathers," L
the grave.
unused
n-nm
M
flofjen/
cxcv
THROW
down,
TO THBUST, TO PUSH, TO
umjlofjcn.
(Arabic '~.j
p.
id.,
see Jeuhari in
Schultens, on Job
9
HO)
also de coitu, like t_?-J
which many species are grown in Italy, Syria, at,-} Egypt; partly used for green fodder, for which tha leaves serve, and partly for the grain, which is of a dusky, blackish colour when ripe, and is used for
bread, pottage, etc. Comp. OeHmann, Verm. Sammll. aus der Naturkunde, vol.v. p. 92, Germ. vers. Forskal
and other verbs of thrusting, see nirn.

Ch. Jx/,
Syriac and
Kn
id.
The
is
is
idea of thrusting, pushing,
knocking, impelling,
found in
many
verbs,
whose
primary syllable
^_ ___
m,
as H-H, Pirn,
firtt,
prn, rn3,
Flora jiEgyptio-Arab. p. 174. Niebuhr's Arabia, p. 295. [Some of] the ancient versions translate it
,*-^j,
j^î ^^1>
*-*?
compare bimilar
panicum, see Celsii Hierob.
i.
453, seq.
families
under the words

1
118:13, Vs? ?
'jn'rn. n'rn
that I might fall;"
Ps. 35:5; "=1?"^ and PP.^.) "thou hast thrust at me an 140:5. Ps. 62 -.4, rnnp 113
to be
TO THRUST, TO IMPEL, TO URGE, 866 the

root nPH.
on.
Est.
overturned wall."
NIPHAL, pass. of Kal
thrust away,Pro.i4.:^2,
in his wickedness,"
Part. pass, impelled, hastened, urged 3:15; 8:14. NIPHAL ^n^J to impel oneself, to hasten. 2 Ch. 26:20; Est. 6:12. Hence
"the wicked
i.
is
driven away
?
e.
perishes, rushes to destruction.
Compare
-irPP
TO
THRUST, TO PUSH, asis done

whence the
in a great
(prop, from
nrn)
Jer.
23:12.
constr. \rn?> as ?K"U5? '"]?, is red to rnj which see.
But the part. more correctly
plur. refer-
crowd,
Joel 2:8 (Arabic /j^s-J

cast
aside,
to repel, to drive
away, -ju^-J
Ps.
quadriliteral
PUAL, pret.
-IPR
"they are thrown down,"
j_^Ji~O
to
push from behind, compounded of ^^-J

y
36:13
Derivatives
f.
and ^_Â..
Aram. JXwf
P^
i.
q.
Heb.
With
this
(of
^H, nrnp and

Ch. a concubine (from the root
pi. HCp..,
accords the Gr. ?WKW). a people). Jud. 2 : 18.
Part.
pnM an oppressor
and U^ j subegit feminam). Dan. 6:19, 'niOTjS.fefn^ npll "nor did he aUow concubines to be brought in to him." Theodot. and
the Sâ-iac arbitrarily interpret it food ; the Hebrew " interpreters better, musical instruments," especially such as were struck.
nrn, Arabic
Uo
^
5
const,
state
*?.,
suffix
^1
(l)
sttbst.
suffi-
ciency, a large enough quantity, hence adverb, n (like enough The form is as if from the verb "^
.
= H
4 -
from
,.-),
which, according to Simonis, has
the same meaning as

is
^\
to
be many.
It
may
also
U
But
if
i.
q.
nn^ whence
1
fut.
written
i
-in
it
may
Niph. -inT Jer. 23:12-. be referred to nrn.
be said that '1 put by Esther l:l8, I'm n?1 form IPJ, 3ST; TB^, ^V. " and there will be enough of contempt and *\\?\
anger."
'1
aphseresis for ^1$, of the
m. (from the root ^n^) a thrusting down, overthrowing, Ps. 56: 14; 116:8.
in pause *n^.
v2
it
rT 7rT
my
fear, i.q. Hebr. ?HT prop, to creep go with a quiet gait, like timid persons,
to
pour you out a blessing sufficiency," until all abundance be exhausted, and as this never can
Mai. 3: 10,
will
1JJ
"I
until (there is) not
-J
Ch.
be,
means, for ever; comp. Ps. 72:6. (Jo. Simonis

it
along, to
renders
well as to the sense, ultra
quam
satis est,
furcfyfam f)eranfd}letd)en.
To
this corresponds the Syr.
\>~
fid)
to fear.
Arab.
Jj>-t>
to flee, to
withdraw, pr.
withdraw oneself secretly. Constr. followed by D"jP. JO (compare \3^D NT), Dan. 5: 19. Part, ^n^ terrible, Dan. 2:31; 7:7. PAEL ?rn to make afraid, terrify. Dan. 4:2.
Sasonfdilfidben, to
T*^T
but hoAv he draws this from the words I cannot at all follows this word, commonly see.) The genitive which rvhom something signifies the thing or person for Prov. 25:16, T.I "which is sufficient suffices.
for thee."
an unused
root,
Arabic
^r^J
to
smoke,
" sufficient for them." Ex. 36:7, Q' Ti " Lev. Obad. 5; Jer. 49:9. 5:7, ng> n enoughfor e. to buy) a lamb" (not as given by Simonis ed. (i. l 4: so many persons as were enough to eat a
hence used of a smoky, dusky colour; whence apparently

_,;_
<
PI
m. Arabic
Lev. 12:8; 25:26, \rfag n? enough to " so far as was in xedeem him." Neh. 5:8, -Ul *!? The genitive racre us," according to our power.
lamb).
there rarely signifies that of which " Dv 2?n
is
"
^.^ Ezekiel 4:9,

fOterfeirfen/
millet (holcus
dochna, Lino.),
Germ.
a kind of corn, of
27:27,
jy
enough
goat's
enough. milk "
Prov
pn-n
()
state,
CXCVI
Prepositions are often prefixed to
the const,
and thus new compound prepositions are formi:
ed
in all of which, however, the idea of sufficiency
and plenty
(a) n.3
as.
more or
less
presen
*i. of,
page Lxxxvm, A. > be observed (1) it is often put for he ivho, that which, Dan. 2:23; more fully, H np Dan. 2:28,43. In som
prefix
See more under
~$
As
to the use of the relative,
it is
to
according
to the
plenty
to the
according
n.3.
places
it is
Jud. 6:5, innumerable, 3 "y

inyi""]
""I3"1X
Deut.
of his
25:2,
(b)
ns "according
amount
non *T where (2) a mere mark of relation, Ezr. 6:1. whose habitation, Dan. 2:ll pn"np
wickedness."
TIK^
e.g.
who, Dan. '7: 17.
np
np
abundance (comp.
inf.
idem, according to the multitude, or IP 2, letter rf); whence with an
following,
onx>*
asoftenas, whenever, l Sa. 18:30, 'H^V'anditcame to pass as often as they

1
is the mark of the genitive (compare KS^P H NC^B* "the king's captain," prop. who was of the king, Dan. 2:15; in such a case the sub-
(3) It
stantive
is
\T1 Sa. 1:7. l Ki. 14:28, N13 to it came as "and oftenas the ^JTOn pass king Isaiah 28: 19; Jer. 31:20; 2X1.4:8. came," etc.
went out;" comp.
no
const. ~W3
put in emphat. state, Dan. ioc. "in? Dan. 7: 10; or with pleon.
cit.,
or in
suff.
HD^
^C ^.
1
the
name
of
God (Germ.
otteS fetn
Slame),
Also followed by a
stood.
Jer.
finite
verb,
when
1E'N
is
under-
20
also followed
farm? trhh
(comes)
no
by
no "as often as I speak;" noun where there is an ellipsis, as, " as often as month Isa. 66:23, i. e.
8, 13/1X.
Dan. 2:20, NH^n^ jin'STg accusations of the Jews, Dan. 3:8. A genitive of material is found, Dan. 2: Ptffvn "his head was of fine 32, 30 3rn gold,"
'''I
|
Ezr. 6: 4. (4)
Through the verbosity of the Chaldee,

!
it
is
in its
month,"
so niK'3.
i.
e.
in its
own
month; and
Zee. 14: 16.
(c)
T\W
HO yearly,
time; every
l
Sa.
7:16;
according to abundance of,i. q. n? Job 7), hence as often as. 39:25, "ISII? n.3 "as oftenas the trumpet is blown." (/3) to what is sufficient for any one (comp. 3 B, 4), i. e. until he have enough for some one, properly used when food is mentioned. Nah. 2:13, VfliiJ ns
(a)
n?
and
np
(compare 3 B,
sometimes redundant before the prepositions 3, JD; " D'^T3 390 the temple (which is) at Jerusalem;" Dan. 5:2, 10? n NriT3 "the palace (which Dan. 6: 14; especially Dan is) in Media," Ezr. 6 2 8:34; compare Est. i 12, with verse 15. (B) It becomes a conjunction, like the Heb. "l^X
:
letter B,
and denotes
(1) that, Dan. 2:23; in that,
because that, be-
"enough
Vn'K37?.
for his whelps."
In the other hemistich,
cause, Dan. 4: 15. (2) that, so that, Dan. 2 16, 47.

:
Habak. 2:13, "the people labour K'N H3 as food for fire, and the nations labour pn na for
nought," vainly.
(3)
It is
:
Dan. 2
prefixed to direct discourse, like '?, ; " he said thus to 25, him, ">3| nri3^ n
on, a
*^
same words).
Jer. 51:58 (where there are the German, fur bag gcuer/ fur SrttcbtS. Jo.
man
is
found," etc.; verse 37: 5:7; 6:6,14.

'?.
|i?
Dan. 2:9=Heb. DK
iay ovv.
Well rendered by Theod.

(l)
'"!?
i.
Simonis absurdly renders pn na quantum requiritur, ut aliquid frustra sit, and K'N n.3 quantum materice
ignis requirit
:
which
to
my
surprise has not been
It is compounded with prefixes when, Dan.3:7; 5:20; 6:11,15.
q.
"^'^3
Ezr.
corrected even in the last edition ns is [Winer's]. never, as Voter formerly laid down, a mere poetic
(2) 'TIP
from what
(time),
Dan
4: 23:
5* 12.
form for
5.
V Ch. (A) relat. pronoun, qtti quo?, quod, who, which, that, i. q. Hebrew "KW. (This relative has
t
1
compare Ch.
(" a place
abounding with
[DizaAai],
:
gold,"
its
No.
l),
pr. n. of a place
sprung from the demonstrative n|, Arab. . j^ ^j, which latter word is commonly rendered lord, master,
!
in the desert of Sinai, so called apparently from
e -8-
.-r^j^
possessor of two horns, bicornis, but

is
abundance of gold, Deu. l i. I have no doubt but that it is the same place as that now called Dehab on the western shore of the vElanitic gulf, where there
are
still it is
nothing but a pronoun, and
also used in
many palms;
see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
the Tayitic dialect for the relative ^^}\.
So
i.
pi. J.l
and
JJ commonly lords, masters, but pr. n?X irho; ccmp. 3HJ n and S.hultens ad
Sentent.
p.
q.
JJ,
p. 847, and 1075, my edit., LXX. Kara^puacu; compare Euseb. and Jerome in Onom. on this word.
Florileg.
pr. n.
("pining,"
(i)
see the root 3tt),
[Drton],
tin
182; ad Haririi Consessus, t. ii. p. 75. Uaoce iu Syrjac and Chaldee is formed the shortened
Of a town on the borders of Moab, on
CXCVII
aorthern shore of Arnon, built, i.e. restored by the Gadites (Nu. 32:34), whence called Dibon-Gad (Nu.
"
m-n
^n
33:45), afterwards granted to the Reubenites (Josh. 13:9, 17), afterwards again occupied by the Moabites (Isa. 15:2; Jerem.48: 18, 22). It is now called Once Dluban, see Burckhardt's Travels, ii. p. 633.
(Isa. 15
according to thy might judge me," i. e. avenge me Jer. 5: 28; 22: 16, fl^fcO pr "he has judged the cause of the poor and needy;" Jer.
More fully,
30:13(3) Followed by DV, Niphal, Ecc.6:io.
to
contend
with anyone, like
9), by a change of the letters D and 3 it is written PO**5!, so as to form a paronomasia with the
word D^.
(2)
NIPHAL fnj recipr. to contend together [j-H in Thes.], 2 Sam. 19: 10; compare syn. t^Dî. (Arab. Hence beside* ^C-v. to judge, III., IV., to strive).
the words immediately following, J ^, P"1 ^? H3HP and the pr.n. JHO, TD, bK.3 n.
1
Of a town
!
in the tribe of
Judah, Neh.
1 1
25,
^
,
%
<l
called naiO'" 5 Josh. 15:22.
]9,
J j to fish, see 3-n.

^""1 m.,
Hence
}
1>T
1
and m.
}n
Chald.
id. part.
Ezr-7:25.
a fisherman; Isaiah 19-8; andJeremiah
16:16 np.
II
i.q.
T
-T
Ch. nrn
an unused and uncertain to be dark; whence
root.
'Vt.
(I)
Perhaps
ink.
''I.
V (l)judg ment (hence in the western lan| guages I consider to be derived Horn. S//vt), Ps. 76 :9; pn ND3 tribunal, Pro. 20 8. (2) a cause which is judged; Deu. 17:8, P" p3
: 5
(II) to be
much,
to be
sufficient; see
-T
f.
Deu. 14: 13;
Isa.
34: 15, some bird of prey,
dwelling amongst ruins.

black vulture ;
According
!.
to
" between one cause and another," Prov. 29:7; n Psal. 140:13, i.q. P^l to judge, or protect PI any one's cause; Est. 1 :13; P1J n*i *y"|'"73 "all who
pip
compare
I*"
I prefer the falcon,
Bochart, the or kite,
knew
called
from
its
H&n (K doubled being changed

-H
swift flight, so that i"IH may be from into * like the Syr.
IKTIVOQ,
laAV and right;" Job 36: 17, P^. and BBK'P are opposed to one another, like crime and punishment. (3) strife, controversy, see the root No. 3, and
Niph. Pro. 22:10.

I
Pa.
^^j). LXX.
Vulg. milvus.
Chald.
(i)
judgment, -meton. used

s
.,V'^
for
u-
m. (of the form V??), tnk, Jer. 36:18; Aram. S " 9 Arab. Lj inkstand, Pers. i^ô .J id.
k.
preme tribunal; compare

nal; Dan.7 10, 3n*
:
îe
highest tribu-
W^
" the
judgment was set,"
No. 1,2.
"I
j
verse 26.
(l) TO RULE, TO REGU-
fut.
PT
pret. nj.
(2) right, justice; Dan. 4: 34, ways are j u s t i c e ;" Dan. 7:22, P^V.
HnnnK "his
?*'
^B? 3
X?^
LATE.
(Prop, apparently, to subdue, to subjugate, causat. of the root j-H which see, as if for P1D.) " thou shalt CJonst. with ace. 1 Sam. 2:1O; Zee. 3:7,
"and
(until)
justice was done
to the saints of the
most high." (3) penalty, Ezr. 7:26.

m. (i) a judge; l Sa. 24:16. (2) a defender, an advocate; Ps 68:6. Ezr. 7:25.
I*" !
rule mylioiise." (2) to judge, i.q.

language.
but more often in poetic As the ideas of ruling and judging are in
BBtJ',
;
Chaid.
practice closely joined in the East, so also are they closely connected in the languages compare Bj?!p also
("judged,"
34:1, seq.
i.
e.
acquitted,
vindicated),
Jj
and
J^.
Gen. 49: 16, iJ> P1J
Dan
God
shall
\_Dinali], pr.n. of Jacob's daughter, Gen. 30:21;
judge
his people;"
more
often used of
as the
<
judge of the nations, Ps.7:9; 9:9; 50:4; 72:2; 96: To judge any one is specially used 1O; Isa. 3: 13.
for
KplrFir,
pi. \_Dinaites~], pr.n. of an Assyrian people transplanted into Samaria, Ezr. 4:9.
^. !^' ^! Ch. m.
condemn, to punish the guilty, KaraGen. 15:14; Job36:3i,seq.; followed by? Ps. iiO:6. (b) to defend the right of one, to
(a) to
J")SH [Riphath, marg.

various reading for
nQ
41
"!
Dip hath'], 1 Ch. 1:6, a in the parallel place, Gen.
any
cause
him
to obtain his right;

; :
spoken of a just judge,
especially of God the poor and

lias
judged
Pro. 3 1 9, fV3g5) *)% || "judge needy;" Gen. 30: 6, b'rpg 'SH "God my cause;" Ps.54:3, *?3Hn
10:3, where however many MSS. together with the Greek and Latin translators, have Riphat, which see,
p.H (from
m. a watch-tower, place
the Ch. and Syr. root p-H to look out), to look out, as erected bf
CXCV1II
V
F\
besiogers,
i.
q.
ID? and Syr. Lccv, commonly collect.

often said P.H
'"'J,
with a pleonastic suffix of the second person

this to thee; also
CJ
9Ki.95:l;
36 8
:
Jer.
is
There
52:4; Eze.4:2; 17:17; 21:27; 3, once jro Eze. 26 8.

:
cl/^
pr.
<Jj3J
and when we
Often used in
J.
it
to
D. Michaelis, whom I formerly followed, understood be a wall of circumvallution, cast up by besiegers,
speak with many,

the
,Hj
this to you.
book of Kings, iripirxoc); but compare Kosenm. on Eze. 4:2; also

iStrcunroallaticitflinic
(LXX.
in the
Targums
for the
'~i:n
Heb. T3, T2,
'?'?., *?)!.
i.q.
TO BE
BROKEN
IN
PIECES, crushed,
Barhebr.
p.
206;
he erected a tower
Loo_^
for
not used in Kal.
looking out, keeping watch.

*/
"T
i.
q. fc?n to
thresh, which
see.
Hence
\^
f *'
m. threshing time, Lev. 26:5.

T !
Compare "=1?^. PIEL X31 (i) to break in pieces, to crush. Ps. 72:4, P?*iy X?l^ "and he shall break in pieces the oppressor;" Psal. 89: ll; 143:3; Job 6:9, ?xh and oh! that God would crush me!" \3X|T) aft Metaph. Job ig:a, D^P? ^Ksnrj-'l "and (how long)
will
p
from
its
m. (i) a species of gazelle, so called leaping and bounding; from the root K^n
but prob. also
i.
(2)
you break me in pieces with words?" to trample Lam. 3:34, and (with the feet).
to oppress
pr. to tread, / f
q.
pi
to leap,
whence
hence
(an inferior),
Isa.
3:15; Psal. 94:5;
**%
ii.
)->
wild goat, gazelle (comp. Bochart, Hieroz.

place), Deut. 14:5.
page 270 and Rosenin. on the

irv-yapyoc, Syr.
all
especially in the administration of justice, Pro. 22:22. NIPHAL, part, oppressed, broken in spirit, Isa.
57=15-
LXX.
j_c.jn.
and Targ. jQ<,both the Arab. of which words denote a kind of gazelle.
(a) of a son of Seir, also Edom, so called from him.
(b) a grandson of Seir,
PUAL (l) to be broken, broken to pieces, used the arm, Job 22:9.
53
=
ol
(2) [Dishon], pr. n. the name of a district in

:
(2) to be bruised, smitten (with stripes), Isa.

5.
to be crushed, humbled, broken in spirit through grief, Isa. 19: 10; Jer. 44: 10. HITHPAEL K3":!? pass, of Piel No. 2, Job 5:4534:25.
Gen. 36 2 1 30 i Ch. i 38. Gen. 36:25; iCh. 1:41.

, ;
(3)
[1^^
!
Pr n
-
Dishan, Gen. 36:21,
etc.]
The
derivatives follow.
-1
adj. (from ""P^) (i) crushed, hence dejected, afflicted, wretched, Psal. 9:10; 10:18; It 'seems once to be used in an active 74 2 1 sig: .
m.
2 root S31
adi.
**
TplLI
const.
i
intensive from th. ^S' '!, J'

1
(of the form ?î?)
broken very small, hence

very small, poet, for dust. in Thes.].) Ps. 90:3, man to dust."
(l) very much crushed, as a subst. that which is

5>
crushing, i.e. chastising, reproving. Thus I understand with Luther and Geier, Pro. 26 28, V31 K3? Tj>B? |fc$ a lying tongue (i.e. a liar) hates those who correct him." Verbal adjectives of the form 'J'l, 'H are commonly, indeed, intransitive, and are derived from intransitive verbs, as QP1, ?1, 3"] and many others yet this does not hinder that words of the same form derived from a transitive verb, such as "H?^, may also be taken transitively; ^''l contr. T^, 'Tl=1?'' '; and that this is the case sometimes, is shewn by \Q&, ]1?X. LXX. render this passage well
:
nification for
(Arab.
\j
K3TH?
WM 2VR " thou turnest

Isa.
dust [rejected
(2)
broken
in spirit,
cast down,
57: 15; Ps.
m. with suffix IK^n and with Dag. forte euphon. (Lehrg. p. 87), iS?"^ bruising, wound. Isa. 53:10, 7QJJ i?l V5C n j"? "it pleased Jehovah to
1
sicken his
wound,"
is
i.e. to
wound him severely. The

[This word
is
construction
as to the sense, yXunrtru

this is
I|/EI/C->/C
piati aXi/dtiay,
and
asynthetic.
N?"^.
taken in
Thes. as
inf.
from
favoured by the other hemistich, "a flattering
mouth worketh
I ruin." formerly interpreted this with Dathe, lingua mendax odit a se atterendos, those whom it wishes to destroy ; but I unhesitatingly
K3"n TO BE BROKEN TO PIECES, TO BK q. found in Kal, Ps. 10:10 aro, ^7, once CRUSHED, " HC^ and crushed he crouches down." np, HS"!* id.
i.
prefer the former.

"sp.
m. Ch.
this, Ezr.
Ezr. 4: 15, 16, 19,5:8.

;
5:16, 17; 6:7,8, "?p! fern. (To this answers the Arab.
Psal. 44:20; PIEL, to break to pieces, to crush. " that the bones i 51:10, rP?H rrioyy. roôn which) thou hast broken may rejoice," i.e. broken by *
consciousness of guilt.
and both are from the simjle demonstrative
NIPHAL, pass,
to be
broken, crushed,
Psal. 38:9;
cxcix
used of the
hear',,
rfn-sm
2 Sa. 3:1,
broken and
'sH
f.
Psal. 51:19, n|H31 13E'3 3? a contrite heart." Hence *?;!.

<r
:
?/1) weak, powerless.

continually stronger D'Vl)
D?Vn 7WP
"David becamt JVn-1 u nd th#
a crushing (from the root
l?' j).
Deut.
3:2, i"l31 Jrt^?" mutilated (or castrated) by crushThere can be no doubt that a ing," sc. the testicles.
to which peculiar mode of castration is here alluded as we learn from Greek physicians, was customary in the East; in this mode the testicles of very young
;
weaker and weakier;" specially nD3 nriKlTlE (a) lean, Gen.4l : 19; 2 Sa. 13:4, " why art thouso lean?" (6) weak, low, ignoble. Often in plur. D'H Ex. 2 3 3 Levit. 14:21; 19:15,
house of Saul grew
Sa. 2:8;
Ruth 3:10;
Isa.
Ps.
15;
14:3M 19:4;
?
"
41:2; 72:13; Prov. 10: 14:30; 25:4; 26:.
boys were softened with hot water, and were extirpated by rubbing. Such a eunuch was called by the Well rendered by the Greeks OXudiac, from dXAw.
Vulg. eunuchus
attrltis testiculis.
"T
TO LEAP, TO SPRING, found once in Kal,

Isa.
Zeph. 1:9. PIEL id.

the lame
man
35:6, DDQ >ja ah* TK "then shall lea pas the hart;" followed by ?JJ Cant.
id.
?
floods
;!
hence roaring noise; Ps. 93:3,

lift
from HS'I m. crushing, dashing (of waves), " B*?" ! I"11 ?? ^97 "the
5
1
2:8; followed by ait ace. Ps. 18:30, "Wrft^ " by my God I have leaped over a wall." Ch.
up
their
roaring." (Arab.
lj
to beat, to
7^
(l)
i-
q-
y?^ TO
HANG DOWN, TO BE
Conj.
dash together; compare ^l/!j VI. to s- * press on one another in the tumult of battle; <&.j
thrust, VI.
to
PENDULOUS, compare Arabic Jj

branches hanging down, and JEih. to hang down, see Hv"!.
(2)
to
V used
*
of
ÂI
let
wave,
tumult, conflict.)
'\-~
'}
make
to
hang down,
to
i.e. to
down, a
"i
an unused
root,
Arab.
to
<^_x> to
break very
1
bucket into a well,

Jj, Syr.
JJj,
draw
water.
(Arab,
j and
small,
"ij-n,
to
break
""HI,
in
pieces,
whence
""^l;
crush, i. q. Kin, rD ^ compare Pi2^ and the remarks

I
id.
Hence Gr. rXaw, and the compound
on nrn.
with Gr.
"l
In the western languages
compare
this
Ch. this,
/
i.
q.
"sjl.
Dan.2:3i; 7:20.
"1?T
av-rXaw, Lat. antlare) Exod. 2: 16, 19. Metaph. Pro. 20 5, " counsel in the heart of a man is as deep water, n3-13n B>W but a man of understanding will n3^1* draw it out."
:
'P
7
Ch.
i.
q.
Hebr.
to
remember, whence
to
PIEL, to draw, to take out (from a well), metaph. set free, Ps. 30:2, *?n*f! *3 iponj? "I will extol
V
!
pi.
P' ! Chald. a ram, Ezr. 6:9, 17; 7:17.
thee, for thou hast set Pro. 26:7, see T?^.
me
free."
As
to the
form V?l
the
Prop, it signifies a male, like the Heb. ~OT, specially used of the male of sheep, like Gr. a male,
apprjf,
Hence
pr. n.
?*!!
No.
I,
f^, rh"^, 7^,
7^ n*^ and
I,*?'''.,
^T?"!-
apr}, a
ram.
m. emph. nj"^ Ch. '!) a record, a document,
1
^T*"!
Tp,
(from the root I?
l-'Vl a door, see 71 No. I, Isa. 26:20 [ir ^.], whence dual Q!0?' !, see the word H?^.
i!
1
a memorial,
Ezr. 6:
2.
vTrd/ji'r/jua,
?l m. Ch.id., Ezr. 4: 15, KJ3T?"? IQp </ie of records, or memorials, i.e. the public acts of the kingdom compiled by the chancellor (Hebr. 1*3 IP) * 99 by public authority. Syriac lj;_co> memorial, e.g. used of the memorials of martyrs.
"^ (I)
"^/Î f. (from 'r^J), pr. something hanging down, slender, specially (l)slender thread, specially the thrumloy which
(from the root fy^), pr. something
hang-
beam Isa. 38 1 2, from the thrum," an image of death, taken from a weaver who cuts off his finished work from the beam.- (Ch. 7V" the web). (2) hair, locks hanging down, Cant. 7:6; where the Vulg. has coma capitis.
the
is
web
< !
fastened to the weaver's

off
*3i?-y?
nplp "he has cut me
swinging, hence the leaf of a door as being hung up, and swinging both ways. Once used metaph. the door of the lips, for mouth, Ps. 141 13 (compare Mic. 7 5? an d TTvXcu oro/iaroc, Eurip.
ing,
:
(3) slenderness, poverty for theconcr. the poor, 2 Ki. 24:14; 25:12. Plur. DJjn ni?1 Jer. 52:15, and niNn "l verse 16 id.
Hippol. 882).
By
far
more frequent
is fern. IT? ;
a door, which
see.
/
2,13.
-T
TO
DISTURB water with
the
feet.
Fze. 33
(II.) plur.
D7%
fem. ril^ feeble (from the root
(Syr.
^^j
id.
7\
m. (from
""1^1),
a bucket, any vessel

Arab. Jj.
for
draw-
true one, who explain ^vl! by KY?, which it will b well to explain and vindicate in a few words. A
ing water, Isa. 40: 15.
m.id. Nu. 24:7,

flow from his
;
Vnp
DV?
>T.
"water
shall
buckets," i.e. his posterity shall be numerous metaphora ab aqua de situla destillante, ad semen virile translata, ex nostro sensu obscoena,
aed Orientalibus familiari; compare
doubled semi-vowel sometimes se^ms to bo so softened and prolonged that the second is sounded like i 01 y ; as is the case in Italian, Spanish, and French, in
which
is
latter
language this manner of pronunciation
TW,
J^^
and
expressed by the peculiar verb mouiller. Comp. with each other Lat. filia, fille, figliuola ; familia, famiglia
t
famille
Hispan. hollar,
lluvia, nino.
Isai. 48:1. In the other hemistich D*?1 D?P? WIT. Vy^ (dol-yav) is from the dual 0"? (as buckets for drawing were made in pairs), but with Metheg re;J
similar in**-
stance
i.
is
Arab.
<
_>^jj [So Castell;

' '
>^..j
Freytag]
q.
<_v J a calumniator; Heb. SPVT! Ezr. 10: 16, for

'
tained in the penultima.
"T?! ("whom Jehovah has freed"), [Delaiah],

pr.n. m. (i)Neh.6:io. (2) iCh. 3:24. (3)Ezr. 2 : 60 ; Neh. 7 : 62. [" The Phoenicians had the pr. n.
EMT1; also it seems as if Nun were sometimes put instead of doubling the semi -vowel, as Arab. t__>J j*.
S
for
4-
''-'
<_?.,- a pod,
-lipfl
0^9
Isa.
23:11, for 0^'?
a^^
AeXaidoroproe, Jos. c. Apion,

Astarte."]
i.
e.
mnBV vT
freed
by
perhaps
Lam. 2:12,
for WJ?.
[In Amer. edit
^T?l
12,25.
id -)
l
[Dtlaiah], pr.n. m.
Chr. 24:18.
these philological comparisons are mostly omitted, and the word is only explained thus : " In this pas(l) Jer.36:
sage, if we read * vl (with Pathach) it may be for }?^; so several rabbins, and comp. Ezr. 10: 16, for Wft\ <j,\\ov folium, c'iXXoc alius, and vice versS
filio, fille.
(2)
W"H
""l/Yl fern, ("feeble," "pining with desire" ["weak, delicate."]), [Deli I a A], pr.n. of a Philistine *8. woman, beloved by Samson, Jud. 16:4
only in the plur. rii?' J fem. (with Kametz impure) boughs, branches, so called as hanging down and waving, Jer. 1 1 16; Eze. 17 :6, 23 31:7,
l"l
: ;
But it and several MSS.
is
better with
11.
Jonah, R. Judah,
to read
V^ssA^.**]
arro
To
is
;
return to
the passage in the Proverbs, the sense
given well
Vl
by Symm. il\nroy
Kvjjpai
De
9,12.
Dieu, who ascribes a V?l, deriving it from '~if^. This was what I formerly I then regarded -V?"! for ^?1 to be for imp. thought.
Piel, from H/n, and I thus interpreted the passage with Chr. B. Michaelis, "take away (as if, draw off)
see also L. ^wXoi/ like sense to the form
(Syr.
jlj^j
id.)
'V'l
171
pret. pi.
Isa.
l
19:6;
pers.
Job 28:4, and
tW"I Ps. 1 16:6. (l) TO HANG DOWN, TO BE PENDULOUS, TO SWING, TO WAVE, fdjlaff tjcrab^ngen/ fyinabroallen unb
fcfycanfen/ as
Pro. 26:7 (see No. 1),
etc.,
is
the legs from the lame, and a sententious saying," both being useless; but the former explanation
preferable.
a bucket hanging in a well, as slender branches, such as those of palms, willows, which are
pendulous and wave
n^,
also
pare in
waving.
fro. (Kindred roots are and Comfyifrri, which see. JJj, ^ri, the Indo-Germanic languages, Sanscr. til, to
to
and
^T,
(a) used of slow (2) to be languid, feeble, weak and shallow water. Isa. 19:6, TISO 'Tfc -13-im nyj "the rivers of Egypt languish and are dried up" (comp. "flumen languidum" Hor. Od. ii. 14, 17 "aqua languida" Liv. i. 4). (b) used of men, as being in a
;
be moved
Gr. eraXtuw, a<i\<'iaau>, ffdXoc, to wave, To the same family are to be referred /'"in,
;
feeble condition, Psa. 79 8 ; 116:6; 142:7. (c) of the eyes, as languishing with desire, Isa. 38:14, }?!
:
ttnfi
in all of which the jLri-, Jiac, primary idea is that of pendulosity, laxity, languor.) Job 28 14, used of miners letting themselves down into the shafts, -^1
pass, of No. 2, to be enfeebled, used of a people, Jud. 6:6; Isa. 17:4. Derivative nouns ?1 No. II., n?% and pr. n. n ?7l.
NIPHAL
W3
B*i3gp "they hang down from men and swing." I would also refer Prov. 26:7, DDSO D?jX5> " D7*Q$ *9? ^'P* tne legs hangdown(asa useless weight) from the lame, and (equally useless) is a sententious saying in the mouth of fools." I do not
Here
V^
yi
tongue.
V an unused root. Arab, to thrust out the Ch. ny? a cucumber (perhaps as teing
1
"!
oblong like a tongue).
Whence
a.
ioubt that the
pinion of some of the rabbins
is
the
? (" cucumber field"), [Z>i7ean], pr. a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:38.
CCI
*1
/7
fut ^
-
a house, Ecc. 10: 18, rain through the chinks in the roof. Job to shed tears, to weep, used of the eye. (2) " 16: 20, TV. HS^ iTI^'^X my eye sheds tears to God." Psa. 1*19:28, B>93 n "my soul weeps."
lets in
DROP TO DRIP, used of " the house n?3n spT drps,"
(0
T0
>
two-leaved doors are spoken of, the dual is commonly used (which see), but the singular is also used to express both leaves, see l Ki. 6 34, fQ1<] D'y?y '>$
:
Dvv| nnXH
folding."
" the two leaves of the one door were

:
?^
Compare
B'a. 3
No.
3.
(Arain.
id.
Arab, i^jjj
to
go
Without much strictness of use, Eze. 41 24 put both for the leaves singly, and also for the whole door, niap-io D^t? tfotyfa nin^
A??.
is
slowly, to creep;
VII. to be poured out, to flow;
comp. ^"H).
"^
Hence
m> a dropping, Prov. 19:13; 27:15.

:
nnx nH<> tfaf? ninjn. there ny$fa ninî two leaves to each of the doors, both were (were) folding, two leaves to the former door, two leave to the latter." Used of the covering of the ark, 2 Ki.
;
-i
on^
^n [Dalpho w],pr. n. ofasonofHaman,Est.9
7.
" Metaph. Cant. 8:9, if she (our sister) be a door," if she be easy of access. Dual D.'-rta const. 0f! (pr. from the form ffyty
12:10.
p/
.
-T
fut.
P?T
(I)TOBUJJN, TOFLAME. (Aram.
id.
To
flame, to
shine,
this corresponds Gr. cipKop.ai, prop, to which is applied to the power of

:
two-leaved doors, folding doors; especially large Deut. 3:5; 1 Sa. ones, such as the gates of a city. 23:7; Isa. 45:1; Jer. 49:31. Metaph. the doors
of heaven which let down the rain (elsewhere rrt3'TO) " the doors of the Ps. 78:23. Jobs: 10, 3B3 womb (that bare) me." Job 41: 6, V3Q V^l " the
)
" he Ps. 7 1 4, fy*\ D'bW V comp. t\l&). shoots i. he e. makes his arrows flaming," burning 2 to set on fire, to kindle, Followed arrows. ueeing
;
^1
by
Obad. 18.
signification of burning is variously ap(2) to the glow of love and friendship. Pro. (a) plied " 1 26:23, D' !??' D?npb burning lips," i. e. speeches which show or feign the warmest love. (&) to
1
doors of
38:8,
PI.
his face" (the
The
" he has shut
jaws of a crocodile). Job up the sea with doors;" comp.
verse 10.
'
anxiety, which
is
often
compared
to heat (Isa.
13:8;
nin^. const, nin^n f. (but Neh. 13: 19 masc.j. (1) leaves of a door, gates, 1 Ki. 6:31; Ezekiel 41 :24 (see the sing.), hence
Ps. 39:4). Ps. 10:2. Comp. Schult. Ep. ad Menken. i. p. 49. (e) to the heat of persecution, pursuing,
whence ^.D^
P?" }
"to pursue hotly" (in the language

:
Gen. 31 36, fl?i?3 *? of higher Germany, nad)feuern). " that thou i Samuel so me *Tinf pursuest hotly,"
*7 53- Followed by an ace. id. Lam. 4:19, D^n-pJ? " Wp?"' the.y pursued us upon the mountains."
:
doorway or gate itself, Judg. 3:23 25; Ezekiel 26:2, flta?! Pro^l "the gate of the people (Jerusalem) is broken." (3) the columns of a book, so called from the resemblance to a door, just as in Latin columna from
(2) the
19:27.
D$m
the resemblance to a column, Jer. 36 23. Others understand chapters of a book, like the Eabbinic TS??'.
:
(Arab,
^jj
and
.jj
j have various
figurative uses
L &l
9:5).
(l)
red,
m.,
5 const. D" !, with sufiix
'^, DSp^ (Gen.
nearly approaching to those in
Hebrew;
c.
;
as
^]j
to
to
rush violently as a crowd, comp. letter
^jjj
be
blood (prob. for D"]^ from the root D1X, to be whence Talmud. BTg, &1*, KOTS, Pun. Edom
Arabic *j
sharp and ready, as the tongue, comp. letter a. HIPHIL, to kindle, Eze. 24:10, to heat, to in" flame (used of wine). Isa. 5:11, Qp..v*]* J*l wine
according to Augustine on Psalm 136.

rarely .J,
inflames them."
whence a new verb
^j
to emit blood,
/.
Ch.
f-
to
burn.
Dan. 7:9.
" to eat II. to wound). QiJ *?# ^?K (flesh) with the blood." l Sam. 14:32, 33; Eze. 33:25 (contrary to
burning fever, Deut. 28:22.
D1 the "Mosaic law, Lev. 17:11; Deut. 12:23). "innocent blood," 2 Ki. 21:16; Ps. 106:38; also
used of an innocent person himself, Psalm 94 2 1
:
^
,
No.
I,
feminine, (compare masculine aira \ey6p. ?1 root "V *), the leaf of a door, so called from its
1
D"ll
WBn
also
'p3
hanging and swinging (see the root) hence the door itself as hanging on its hinges, Prov. 26:14, which
;
*p.3
" and they condemn the innocent blood;" D" ! blood of an innocent person. Deii.ig: 10,
1
13; 27:25; Jer. 19:4; 22:17.

(2)
ter,
Figuratively
shut or opened, Genesis 19:10; 2 Kings 4:4; 9:3; knocked at, Jud. 19:22. It differs from nnij^ which denotes the doorway which the door closes. When
is
blood is used speciallyfor bloodshed,slaughLev. 19: 16, and for guilt contracted by killing,
Genesis 37:26; Levit. 17:4.
SSlutfdjulb/
Deut. 17:8
naan-on
0-1>
ecu
:
nm-tn
DTPS.
Nu. 35 27,
D-J ft
he
is
not guilty
of blood.''
(3) blood of the grape is used of wine, which in Palestine is red; compare al/m r?;c araûXifc, Sir.
This signification of resemblance appears tc b proper to this root; but it has another borrowed from the cognate stock DP'I, D^ namely
II. n/J^ (l) TO BE SILENT, TO BE QU1E1, TO REST, TO CEASE; Jer. 14:17, " my eyes are poured out in tears, day and night, and they do uoi cease;" Lam. 3:49.
39:26.
Plur. DW
Gen. 49: 11
Deu 32:14.
Ps.
(i) blood, specially as shed, Isa. 9:4.
S a bloody man,
the
5 ^
:
26:9; 55 24.
:
(2) slaying, guilt of slaughter. "^, JV3 'H a house, a city guilty of slaughter, 2 Sa. 21 : l ; 13 VOT Lev. Ezc. 22:2; 24:6. 20:9; Eze. 18:13.
D3
DnW.
Lev. 20:
1 1,
seq.,
he
is,
they are, guilty of
slaughter.
make an end of any thing, hance des troy (compare 0*1.0, TPDn, JVS^n, n?3 No.4), especially to lay waste, to desolate, Hos. 4:5,T^P1 "JJSN "I destroy thy mother," that is, lay waste thy > waste the country; Jer. 6:2, 'I'STD JVp "I
(2) causat. to
to
<!
lay
U~
loubtful
likeness (from
passage,
""'P^)
Eze. 19:10,
a vine," *1P^3, which Kimchi explains ^rvlO"]3 " in Compare also Targ. See thy likeness," like thee.
So perhaps in the thy mother is like
daughter of Zion,"
i.
e.
thee.
NIPHAL, to be cut off, to perish, used if men; Hos. 10: 15, ^gn^ np-U nbn? in^3 to- morrow
$
:
shall the
1
more
in
Rosenm-on
the passage.
IP"!? as a vine of thy vineyard."

jecture.]
[" Calmet l?3? This is only a con-
king of Israel be cut off;" Isa. 6. 5, Y'^N T^P"!?" ? "alas for me! for I perish;" used of nations, Zeph. l:ll; Hos. 4 6 of cities, countries, Isa. 15:1; Jer. 47 5 Hos. 10:7. [See also Ps. 49 1 3, 2 1 .] (In
;
: ;
all
I.
-!
(Aram. HOT, p>),
[fat.
HOT.], TO BE
these examples the preterite occurs, in the future from syn. Dp'l). Hence the forms used are -1T.,
WTO
BECOME LIKE, followed by ?, Ps. 1O2:7; 144:4; Cant. 2:9; 7:8; ^>X Ezekiel3ir8. With a pleonast. dat. Cant. 2:17, '?$ jfrVS] "be thou Cant. 8: 14. like, my love, to a hart."
LIKE, TO
HH
Ch.
f.
to be like,
Dan. 3 25
:
7:5.
concr. that which
NIPHAL,
to
become
:
like, followed
by
?, Ps.
49: 13,
[In Thes. all the occurrences in the last cited, are referred to No. II.] Niphal, except PIEL ""lE^ (i) to compare, to liken, followed by
81, ace. Eze. 32
2.
(from the root QP^), laying waste, and is laid waste, Eze. 27:32, "HV3 *O n"|| "who was likeun to Tyrus, like the destroyed?" but it is not unaptly conj ectured by Houbigaut that the
is np"]3.
true reading
is
[In Thes. the
common
reading
?K
to
40:18, 25; f 46:5; Cant. 1:9; Lam. 2:13, nft'TX nip " what shall V* Icompareto thee?" Hence
Isa.
rranj*
use parables, i. q. A?P, ?tfP. Hos. 12:11, "I?? D'K'33n "through the prophets I have used
parables" (it is better to take it thus as required by the context, than "I have destroyed," i.e.
announced destruction). (a) to liken in one's mind, to imagine, to think. Ps. 50:21, TIE? njngrnVq rmn. t hou thoughtest I was altogether such a one as thyself," Esth. 4:13;
isa.
by reference to ? B, 4, so utterly destroyed.] More satisfactorily than Houbigant, a learned writer [Hitzig] in Ephem. Jan. 1 830, IV. p-373, has conjectured that for n P"T3 we should read n P"l.P. But the common reading may also be tolerated if the 3 prep. ? be taken in the manner explained under No. 4.
explained
rtiKF[
f.
(from the root np^ No.

9
I).
(l) simili-
tude, likeness, image, i. q. Syr. )Lcvx>*- Gen. i :26, " let us make man .... Wn-lD-jS according to our "he begat a son in-ISlS 5:1, 3, image;" compare
10:7.
to
to?S? according
think,
to
to his
likeness,
1
after his
image;"
^3)
purpose,
to
meditate doing
2 Chr. 4:3,
D'"?i??
r\W*\
"images
i ?
of oxen," cast,
Num. 33:56; Jud. 20:5, 3'"in? ^"1 'JYK "they thought to have slain me." Isa. 14:24; 2 Sa. ~C 8! B**n "the man who ai:5, i> "SI f| destroyed us and who meditated (evil) against us."
something,
J
molten oxen;
image
(3)
(4) to
ness."
remember,
Ps.
48:10, T1PO D'r6
"we have remembered, O God,

HITHPAEL, ttlf like.
i
'B} thy loving kindto
WD ^ appearance, Eze. 1:16, ART]*? "1 "those four had one appearance." Followed by
1
WTJjn n-lO^-np "what him?" ye compare (2) model, pattern, 2 Ki. 16: 10.
Isa.
40:
8,
will
to
fut.
no^Sl
Isa.
14:14,
make one-
Derivatives D1. No.
II,
TOOT, jVpl.
a genitive, the appearance of any thing, that is, an appearance resembling something, when any thing seen in a dream or vision is described as not ni'n y-qs* rVIDT rOinen "and clearly seen; Eze. l :5, in the midst of it was the appearance of four livinf
CCIII
creatures,"
i.
e.
a certain ap x?arance like four living

5
creatures; verse 26, KB? JVltJ ! "the appearance of a throne;" verse 28; 8:2; 10:1,21; Dan. 10:16.
Compare
7
!
'"IK19.
Hence
id.
(4) adv. like, as, Isa. 13:4, niB"}?
Ps. 58:5.
Vp* m. quiet, rest, stillness (from the root HD^ No. II). Isa. 38:10, '; *P"]3 "in the quiet of my
life,"
LXX. I might reign in quietness. from reading or else conjecturing *DT2) TUV iipipwv /jou. See more in my Comment, on
i.
e.
now when
iv TU v-êt (either
the passage.
formerly, in
common
with others,
fol-
Scheid (Comment ad Cant. Hiskiae ad h. 1.), who understands it to mean stillness, i. e. thestandE1*n p3p under ing still of the sun, or noon (comp. the verb J13) in this explanation he has discussed the
lowed
Ev-.
is applied both to silence and to and also the quietness, stupefaction of one who U lost in wonder and astonishment; and also in the causative and transitive conjugations it is applied to destruction and desolation, inasmuch as things 01 places which are destroyed and made desolate, are still and quiet. Most nearly kindred to this root are D-H (in which is to be observed the obscure sound which is peculiar to the mouth when closed; see the Latin and German words below) and nD^ which see. The same primary power is found in D^, ÔH, Drn etc., not to mention those in which the idea of the closed mouth is applied to taste ( C JN3), or to -abstinence from food (MS), or
to be
dumb, which
to
than correctness. passage with more learning

*DT. masc. quietness, rest (from the root HE" ! CD'r6x "O God, be not No. II). Psal. 83:2, quiet," i. e. do not look on our troubles quietly and
5
$*PP*
onmeaning sounds (&13, ED-?, DK3, r"?C )) or lastly, closing (see DBN, E-?JJ, etc.). From the branches of this family in Greek is ^.vu, which is frequently used of the mouth, lips, or eyes, as being closed, and also of sounds uttered with the mouth shut (see Passow's Gr. Lex. v. pit, /uvw, and the
1
to the general sense of
enn, HBTI).
without doing any tiling, do not put off thy aid (comp. Isa. 62: 6, 7.
citations there given);

;
hence davpa,
0a^/3=Heb.
J1OT
image,
(from
nOT No.
I.)
i.
q.
nran.
likeness,
DDk?, Chaldee nDJj) Latin mufti* (from /ûôc, pvu}, and still more in the Germanic languages, bumm
Ps. 17:12.
stupid,
pret.
SH imp. and
inf. tfn
fut t?V. pi.
English and Anglo-Saxon dumb (which is in meaning nearer to the primary idea), which, with the addition of a sibilant, becomes ftumm j comp.
=
.
(l) TO BE SILENT, TO BE (in the Chaldee form). Lam. Lev. 3:28; Eze. 24:17, DM pp.SH 10:3; STILL; " Vulg. ingemisce tacens. Job 29:21, T\'*% \d? -ID^l. and
Lat. stupor, stupidus, and Fr. e'tonner.
Germ,
ftaunen/
'
Engl.
to stun,
Followed by ? to they kept silent at my counsel." i.e. to hear someone withfor some silence one, keep Hence n'lHv DO^ to be silent for out speaking. Jehovah i. e. patiently and with confidence to expect his aid, Ps. 37:7; 62:6. [See NIPIIAL.]
;
POEL Dpn to bring to silence, to compose, Psa. 131:2. HIPHIL C^n prop, to bring to silence, hence to cut See off, to destroy, Jer. 8: 14 [" See Kal No. l"].
HEn No.
II, 2.
astonished, confounded (see etym. DDK', with admiration and amazement, Ex. " 15 16 and also with grief, Isa. 23:2,^ '3^ ran be astonished ye inhabitants of the coast (sc. of Tyre),"
(2)
to
be
note),
:
i.
q.
ran: (Jer. 25:37), fut. *B1, also pass, of Hiphil, to be cut off, to perish (used of men), i Sa. 2:9, ran* D^-| " the wicked shall perish in darkness." Jer. 49 :
NIPHAL D13
plur.
'ip'nn (Jer.
48:2)
^H?
Lam. 2
10.
Silence
is
also transferred
from speaking
to acting
(compare ^1^, ""^'P), hence it is to be quiet, to cease, to leave off, Ps. 4:5. (3) Sa. 14:9; Job 31 34; Lam. 2: 18, TO713 tfttrtK
:
:
to be laid waste, as a, country, 25 37 48 2. Here must also be referred Jer. 8 14 [see Kal l, to which this is referred in Ges. corr.], " let us r go into the fortified cities, Dt5 nD' 13^ &n< }et
26; 50:30; 51:6;

: ;
:
Jer.
perish
there," let
us wait for destruction.

57, note 11.)
nD" !} for
1
" let not the apple of thine eye c e a s e," stop weeping ;
(See
Gramm.
Hence
Job 30 27, -IB! j6) $n?nx yp my bowels boiled, and rested not;" also to stand still, Josh. 10:12, S?DK> Dh fly??? "Sun, stand thou still upon Gibeon!" verse 13, ^'O^n oVl "and the sun stood still." Note. This root is onomatopoetic, and one which is
widely spread in other families of languages, and equally with the kindred roots Dpn, C-in, non, and Gr. pviti, it is an imitation of the sound of the shut
p"!
f.
calm, Ps. 107:29.

gentle,
still, l
silence, stillness, e.g. of the winds, a """?91 ^P a voice of silence, i. e.

Ki. 19: 12, and so poet,
topj
by
tv $ia
v6li>,
Job 4:
voice,"
16, J?Pf
HOO-n
heard silence and a
i. e. a gentle whispering voice ; unless it be " preferred to take it, there was silence, and I heard a voice." LXX. and understand it "
VuLj.
lenii
mouth (hm,
din).
Its
proper meani \g therefore,
is
aura."
cciv
an unused root; Arab. >r<t > to dung, t* manure, whence, besides the words immediately following, iPip, napip, napi.p.
"
M 7N n-|D1
;
tf
- -
silk curiously wrought, which still iu the western languages bears the name of that city Engl. and Danish, Damask ; Ital. Damasco ; Fr. Damas ; Germ. SDamajt Am. 3:12. The same word, but will
made of
m. dung. (Arab,
^j
and
j.)
a Ki. 9:
37; Jer.8:a; 16:4; 525:33.
the letters variously changed and transposed, So in Arabic, namely, J according to the
is
found
j-*Lc
Kamus,
("dunghill"), [Dim na A], pr.n. of a town

in the tribe of
Zebulon, Josh. 21 135.
page 760, silk, especially that made from the cocoons out of which the butterflies have already come (lo
retfetbe),
floss silk; according
to others,
white silk;
still
TO WEEP, TO
SHED TEARS, Jerem. 13:17;

Hence
also, jjwlLcJ, ,yA-ci.\ ,-eljUJ.
Aram, and Arab.
id.
Silk
worms are
m. a tear, metaph. used of that of olives and grapes, i. e. of wine and must (comp. Greek Saicpi/t v rS>v cfiYcpwr, Theophr. ; arborum lacrimce, Plin.xi. 6). Ex.
Si2:28,
much
kept about the foot of Lebanon.
Wll
f.
1?Ki?P,
LXX.
dirapxac
aXwvoc
(l) of a son of P! ("judge"), [Dan], pr. name the bounand of his name the tribe Jacob, bearing daries of whose land are described, Josh. 1 9 40 48.
;
:
a tear, commgnly
S--0-
coll.
tears. (Arab.
_êj tears, <5jcj a single tear.
In like manner in
Greek SaKpv is commonly used by the poets collect.) 6:7; 39:13; 56 9. The plur. however occurs niycn Ps.8o:6; Lam. 2:11. As to the expression of Jeremiah, nj/p^ ^^ Tin "my runs down with
Psal.
:
Jud. 13:2]. of a town on northern limit of Palestine the (2) (otherwise called K'v), Joshua 19 47; Jud. 18:29, which took its name from a colony of the Danites. In the words ]V. na^ 2 Sa. 24:6, there appears to b<
[Whence
the Gentile noun
*3"H
eye
a transcriptural error, and we should probably read "C. Vulg. silvestria. [For I'll, see under 1.]
|"5
tears," see under the word T}J.
Ch. emphat.
st.
H3^ pron. demonstr.
i.
q.
Hebr.
M
pW
active,
<<p
an unused
root,
whence
lO"])?,
which
see.
nj,
etc.
nx'T
comm.
this,
Dan. 2
so.
18, 28, 30, 36, 43, 47,
nr?3 like this,
Ezr. 5:7, 3*ro H313

:
"so
?-
M unused quadril. Arab. ^JA^ to be hasty, os <.
it
jLi^J.
J^LJ
,j^L<J
quick, active, alert.
Hence
Dan. 2 10, Hyp n?O "such a word." nyi. 7J? therefore, Dan. 3: 16; Ezr. 4:14, 15. H3"! ^H^ afterwards. Dan. 2:29. (In the
was written."
Jer. 10: ll.
perhaps pr.n.
Targums
17,
this
word
is
commonly written
fully
P%
PTD
for
Heb. HT; PI? thus).

root,
p^cn
P^?TI,
(l)
situated
Arab.
and
^_^L<j (" alertness,"

traffic),
an unused
perhaps industry with regard to
sometimes
which has,
I imagine, the
I JFI.
P^^ which see.

metropolis of Damascene Syria,
Damascus,
signification of tenacity, see the root Gesenius supposes melting to be the
[In Thes.
primary idea.]
on the river Chrysorrhoas, in a large and fertile plain at the foot of Antilibanus, Gen. 14:15; It was taken by David, 2 Sa.8:6, but reco15:2.
its
[Derivative,
i"ljn
33'"''.]
("a low place," from
the root
|3^),
[Dan-
nah~], pr. n. of
a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
vered
24,
and was governed by
liberty in the reign of Solomon, l Ki. 1 1 : its own kings until Tig-
15=49-
king of Assyria, subjected it to his rule, flKi. 16:9; Isa.7:4,8; 8:4; 10:9. At present Damascus is one of the richest cities of hither Asia. (a) Gen. 15: 2, i.q. J*^ STK, or pfc^ If, like B? Hos. 12 :8, fur '??. This form, and' not W^n, was doubtless chosen by the writer in allusion to the
lath-Pileser,
master of (i. e. a ("Qn}"} (perhaps for rnrn place of) plundering, i. <. a lurking place of robbers,
comp. \_^fj to plunder), [DtnAaioA] pr. n. of town of the Edomites, Gen. 36:32 l Ch. 1 143.
;
preceding P!^9; compare Lehrg.
164,3.
("God's judge," i.e. who delivers judgname of God),[Danief], pr.n. especially that of a Hebrew prophet and wise man, who Imdat
ment
in the
I^P^!
,
(according
to
pretty
see
De Rossi, SchoL
many MSS. \*PQ\ Grit.), Damascene cloth,
the Babylonian court. Dan. 14,20; 28:3.
l :6.
Also
/W%
Eze. 14
ccv
an unused
root.
rh rnnaaiji
Arab,
i.)^
tsiW
Med.
Waw,
5?^!
to 6e loiv
^3":!.
[in Thes.
" Arab,
.j to wAi'sper"];
nyi 7?? 1:4; 2:6; 24:5, etc. 12 6 JHJ 36 38:2542:3. ; foolishly, to be possessed of wisdom, Pro. 17:27.
nopn,
prov.
:
Job 35
Wl
whence
m.
inf.
used as a noun, root SHJ,
wAa one
10, ftyns.
MS
thrust,
to slay
p!?"'}).
-1
an unused
foot.
Arabic
îj,
Ijj
to
knows, knowledge, opinion. " and I also will show *3N"P1SI ^H

32:6, 17; 36:3.
of wisdom.
1
Job 32:
to
push,
so as to
make
to fall, to
wound,
also
my opinion."
who
is
Job
(compare the lundred roots ^l^, u_JJ,
-!j
Plur. DTi! E' ?? he

:
perfect
Hence
in pause
Job 37
16.
^flÎ
^M
m. Ps. 50:20, prob. ruin, desoKavlaXov, offendiculum,
knowledge, knowing, followed Isa. 11:9, nVv-JlK Pljn an inf."], by " the knowledge of Jehovah." Isai. 28:9; Psalm 73:11; Job 36:4.
""I>H pi. niVtl f. an ace. [" like
'"'JÎ
truction.
LXX. and Vulg.
which may very well be drawn from the etymology.

jecture
The Hebrew interpreters explain it badly by a condrawn from the other member, n^l nsn evil
Prov. 24: 14, see Analyt. Ind.
report, slander.
U/-T an unused root, i. q. Arab. U,^ to call, traces of which are found in the pr. n. ^JJ"^?? and
.
invocation
: ,
of God"), [DeweZ], pr.n.
m.
Num .1:14;
7 42 for which
Num
1 4, is
found
(i) TO KNOCK AT a door, Cant. 5:2; p5*^T compare HITHPAEL. (2) to dri ve a flock hard, to overdrive, Gen. 33:13. (Arab. i j to go quickly, pr. to be thrust forward.)
Sun.
^\y. ^ i-q. Syr. pr. of <^> to Je extinguished, " " the a lantern, or lamp, Prov. 13:9, "=$"?. ^JKJn lamp of the wicked shall be put out," i.e. their
HITHPAEL, part. CPpSID? knocking in rivalry at a door (this seems to me to be the signification of the Hence conj. Hithpael in this place), Jud. 19:22.
npS"^ [Dophkah~\, pr.n. of a

Israelites in the desert;
station
of the
Nu. 33:12.
Seetzen (in v.
good fortune
-9-1
compare the Arabic proill fortune has put out my U^\ jt^\ verb, ' ^J^s ; Pro. Job 20:20; 24:20; 18:5,6; 21 :17. Aplamp. plied to the destruction of enemies, Isa. 43: 17, and
shall perish;
_.
place called
p""! adj.
Zach. monatl. Correspond, xxvii. p. 71) compares a el Tobbachd.

5
drying up of water, see NIPHAL. NIPHAL, to become extinct, i. e. to dry up (when spoken of water), (comp. exstinguere aquam, Liv. v. 15
to the
;
Hp^ (from the root PP" }) (l) beaten small, fine, minute, pr. used of dust. Isa. 29:5, p" ! P?^J "fine dust." Lev. 16:12, hence subst. something small or fine, dust, particle, Exod. 16:14;
f.
5
Isa.
40:15.
succum, Curt. vi. 4
PUAL,
L
; mammas, Plin. xxiii. 2). Job 6:17. to be extinct, applied to enemies, Ps. 118:12.
/Jil an unused root, see 7jnFI.]

inf.
f.
(2) slender, thin, used of slender, thin hair, Lev. 13:30; of lean kine and thin ears of corn, Gen. 41 3, seq. ; of a man too much emaciated, or having
:
a withered limb, Lev. 2l:2O;

gale,
i
light, gentle, of a
used of a noun, from the verb JHJ
Ki. 19:12.
5
(like
?.
and
njn)_
by
(1) knoivledge,knoiving, sometimes followed
an
ace. Jer. 22:16, *n'K n$nn knowing me, the knowledge of me; D'n^N njn, Hos. 4:1; 6:6, and KQT ioxfjv, njnn Hosea 4:6, knowledge (of God).
rh\ m. pr. infin. verb PP" } thinness, fineness, something fine, hence thin fine cloth, Isa. 40:22.
*-!
9
**
an unused
tree.
root.
Arab.
Jjj j,
Aram. &vP.%
ignorance, unawares (opp. to "of set purpose, advisedly"), Deut. 4:42; 19:4; Josh. 20:3. rijn 7^tp Isa. 5:13, is not "unexpectedly, suddenly"
fijn
V?? through
JJj3>
palm
(the interpretation
which I defended in my commentary on this passage); but by comparison with Hoe. 4: 6 (where once there is rijnn ^??P), "for want
of the
of a son of Joktan, Gen. !7p'l [m. Diklah, pr.n. 10:27.] Gen. 10:27 [DiklaK], pr.n. f. of a region of Joktanite Arabia, probably abounding in palm trees of such places there are many in Arabia. [See
;
of religion. Rightly therefore rendered by LXX. &a TO pi) tldlvai awrouc rnv Kvpiov. Deu. 4:42; 19:4; Josh. 20:3.
knowledge
of God,"
i.e.
(2)
intelligence,understanding, wisdom,
i.q.
Arabia i. 147, where the Duklaite compared with this pr. n.] There was one celebrated place of palm trees situated at th<; entrance tc Arabia Felix, called in Gr. fotvlKttv (PtoL vi. 7), but mis would be too far from the other terri
Forster's Geog. of tribe in Yemen is
CCVI
flfl
tones of the Joktanites.
Jerah, the son of Joktan,
,.*
is
[But Ges. overlooks that commonly called in Arab.

i.
"" <
(
i
?1 ("piercing through"),
i
[Z)jfcr], pi
D. (A
a man,
2IL>
Ki
4:9.
i.
-AJ j)\
I
ii.
the father
of Yemen; see Forster
115.]
T"! m. Esth. 1:6, commonly taken as
q.
Arabic
therefore prefer following Bochart, (Phaleg. 22) understands it to be the district of the Minasi,
trees (Plin. vi. 28).
i.
who
s*^
i
,*l
root "n'l to shine.
which was rich in palm
a pearl, especially a large one, from the Nor would pavements inlaid with
780, seq.) I prefer, however, to understand a p earl, perhaps mother-of-pearl ($>erlen
;
pearls be foreign from Asiatic luxury (see Bochart,

see),
pret.
p%
fut. p"IJ
q. ^l?^
(which
and
Hieroz.
ii.
a stone
like
Arab, sj an onomatopoetic root (i) TO CRUSH, TO BEAT SMALL, TO BREAK IN PIECES, Specially by " behold I will make thee a Isa. 41 15, threshing. new sharp threshing wain ...... p'"in] Dnn KTtn thou shall thresh the mountains and break them to pieces." There is a paronomasia on the two-fold
:
mutter), or the
$>crIenmutUrftein.
""TC
kind of alabaster, called in German
Gh.i.q.'iFl
generation, age, Dan. 3:33; 4:31.
*PJ see "fa.
signification, Tsa. 28: 28,
tm
n?
fc6
'3
N
to
P1-V DnJ>
J^T an unused root. Arabic
i.
J5T
t6 ...... H'^T "wheat
is
beaten
does not continue threshing
it, ......
out, but he nor does he be at it
repel from oneself, especially

-
evil,
q. g j whence
.
,j
abhorring, abomination, Dan. 12:8,

l
small." The former PT^ is i.q. BHV verse 27 (unless indeed it ought to be so read) to beat out with a wain
or horses, opp. to
to be
"these to shame o?iy
1N
"l"!f "
to eternal
contempt"
abhorred.
to
bt.
B3n? verse 27,
Hi|"
denotes the
(Theod.
ala-xyvri.
Syr. J^ncu/).
And
is
bruising of the grains, which must be avoided.
I sa -
66:34 that which

root, i.q.
beaten small, crushed. Exod. 32:20, y*~~W$ 1J? iHtp'l " and he ground (it) till it became small like dust;" Deu. 9:21. HIPUIL, Pin i.q. Kal No. i, to beat small, e. g. altars, idols, 2 Ki. 23:6, 15; 2 Ch. 15:16; 34:4,7. IW. Pin adv. very small (like dust). Exod. 30:36.
(a)
an unused
Arabic ^-^j
sharp, whence
p3*pT only
Lehrg.
p.
in pi.
nwtaTJ (read dorvonoth, compare

:
43) goads, Ecc. 12 ll.
Metaph. Mic. 4:13, "thou shalt beat to pieces many people." Inf. P1D 2 Ch. 34:7. Fut. with suff. D!>n8 for DiTfX 2 Sa 22:43. HOPHAL, pass. Isa. 28:28, see Kal No. i. Hence
PI, P*.
j^n"! m. (read dorvdn, as to the Metheg see Lehrg 43) an ex goad, povKtvrpov. 180.13:21. Theopinionthat these two forms should be pronounced notdorbon, dorban (of the form 13~H5), but dd-r'bon, dd-r'ban^ was brought forward by Ewald, in Heb. Gram. p. 143 but he has since tacitly given it up in his smaller
p.
;
pp^l Ch.
id. to be
in Peal only P'l
APHEL
P?."? to
a: 34, 45, fut.
crushed, to be beaten small, Dan. 2 35, a form derived from pVT. beat small, in 3 pret. fern, npjnn Dan. p^, P19, part. p?np f. n^Vp Dan.
:
Grammar,
necessary in i^T}
159,214. Indeed, Dag. lene is not more than in H?9 Est. 8:6 (erroneously
is
p 3K,
T
which
found in the
last edition
of Simonis
Lexicon), and in
3"!*-J
nC^P, nn^.
root.
to
an unused
Arab.
,j to
go on, espe"HTJ-
fut.
O. TO
THRUST THROUGH, TO PIERCE,

">p.1 id.
as with a
sword or spear. Aram. ;_o, 5:8; Jud.g:54; 183.31:4.

NIPHAL, pass.
Isa.
Nu.
cially
by steps, and so
ascend, cogn.
Hence
13: 15.
are those slain
37:1O; 51:4; Lam. 4:9, "happier by the sword than by famine, OH?? nt? nuWJ^p C > Tj5'lp lir for th ese waste away, pierced
PUAL
id. Jer.
^"^"^ ("pearl of wisdom," comp. of "l% ,j and ri^y.1, nyi wisdom), [Darda], pr. n. of a wise man contemporary with Solomon, or else living a little 11 in the parallel place, l Ch.2:8 previously, lKi.5:
;
through,
want of the produce of the field." D^T^P is put in this place by a bold figure a? to those who perish from famine, as in the former member 3JH 77P1 s opposed to 3 "VI v?0 (com p. Isa.
(i.e. slain) for
j
(contractedly
or cormptedly),
JH%
9
*n*T^! m. a
luxuriantly growing, but uselesi

y
plant, Gen. 3:18; Hos. 10:8.

Gr. rp//30Aor, see L.
?-<--
(Syr. )?>}
for the
De
32
a).
Vulp. contabuerunt consumti a
Dieu, on Gen 3:18. Arabic

8.
iteriUtate terra.
Hence,
"^?,
"i"
p"}9
and
AJ
id.)
From
the root "VTJ No.
-|TT-DWT
r<* t
CCVII
or
TH
m. No.
sunny region (from pr. the light 2 for D'VH), hence the south quarter (opp.
the
Aapi
fci/c
we read
Aoptoio.c, or, as I should prefer

this
the region covered with darkness; comp. in Homer, wpoc 'Hw T 'lle\iov TI and TTJJOV 6<f>ov). Eze. 40:24, seq; 42:i2,seq. Ecc. 1:6. Poetically used of the south wind, Job 37: 17.
to
|is
;
[" Note.
The genuine form of
name
appeari
in the arroAv^headed inscriptions of Persepolis, nom. see Lassen, iiber ace.
DARVaWUS,
Lit. Zeit.
DARYaWUM;
die keilfdrmigen Inschriften, p. 158;
Beer in Allg.
?R*R m. [but
flight,
gyration
in its flight;
Root nnn.] f. Ps. 84: 4. (l) swift hence concr. used of a bird wheeling according to the Jewish interpreters the
;
It is compounded according 1838, No. 5. to Lassen (p. 39), from the root darh (darg), Zend.
dere, Sansc. dri, to preserve,
with the affirmative awu,

all
and
s as the sign of the
nominative;
which accords
there is "IISV spar(in the other member versions the turtle the ancient to row), according Ps. 84:4; less i. which suitable, dove, "VI,
swallow
sufficiently
with Herodotus,
who
translates the
name
by
tpltinc,
perhaps coercer, conservator." Ges. add.]

Ezr. 10 : 16, see
q.
appears
Pro. 26:2.
Compare the root IT} No. l. (2)0 free or abundant flow (see the root No. 2).
"li~n~"Mp
>VT!
^j
&n.
TREAD
with the
feet,
:J
s
fut.
TH'
CO
TO
TO
Ex. 30:23,
myrrh which flows spontaneously.
TRAMPLE,
.j;
treten.
(Syr.&Ch.id.
Closely cognate 3TJ,
Hence
? to
(3) liberty, freedom (comp. anj, nan?), ninn. nj3 Isa. 61 i ; Jerem. proclaim liberty to any one.
:
:
,jjb
a way, Gr. rpi-^w. also of this family
"Annn flJf 7 followed by ? Lev. 25:10. the year of liberation (of slaves), i. q. the year of jubilee, Eze. 46:17.
to rub, beat, pound; "H^: are ^'TJ, (juu,J pr.
tne
34
8,
5,
western languages, tero, fyt'yuw, trappen^ treten/ in all of which the initial letters tr imitate the sound of the
feet
^T'H
Media and
Darius,
Persia.
pr. n.
of
some of the kings of
This (1) of Darius the Mede, Dan. 6:1; 9:1. was Cyaxares (II.), the son and successor of Astyages,
when forcibly on the ground, especially on SSReicn, jers it, breaking anything by trampling Job 24:11, or D3, treten). (a) 3i Specially ri32 Lam. 1:15; Isa. 63:2, to tread a press, to ex-
when put
TH
and uncle of Cyrus, who reigned over Media, between his father and nephew, from 569 536 B.C.; Cyrus, however, so administered the kingdom for him that he only is mentioned by Herodotus. Frequent mention is
v.
D^?^3 1!! "HTJ Isa. 16: 1O; Mic. 6:15, and simply "HTJ !eltern. Judges 9:27; Jer. 25:30. Metaph. to tread down enemies
press the wine or oil; also
rV!
f\~Fl
as if they
were grapes,
TV
Jud.5:2i,
didst
(5) ri^5
^95 ^"H^
made
of Cyaxares
l
;
2, viii. 7,
by Xenoph. Cyrop. i. 4, 7, and Josephus says correctly of

x. 11,
4), f]f'A(rrva.yove vlog,
tread down
"*\Tl
63 3 ; referred to also in TK " then, my soul, thou strength," i. e. strong enemies.

Isa.
:
to tread a
bow
(to
bend a bow),
i:
e.
to
Darius the
various
Mede (Ant.
fTfpor 2e Tropct ro7f "EXXjjtrtv iKaXeiro
orop.a.
The
by putting the foot upon it, which is done when the bow is very large and strong (Arrian. Ind.
bend
it
opinions of interpreters and historians are collected, and the true opinion brought to view by Bertholdt in Comment, on Dan. p. 842, seq.
(2) of Darius Hystaspes, king of Persia, Ezr. 4:5; 5:5; Hag. l:l; Zee. 1:1.
(3) of Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh. 12 22. As to the origin of the form, I should regard
:
16. Diod.
Sic.
iii.
8).
Psalm 7 =13; 11:2; 37:14;
iCh. 5:18; 8:40;
2 Ch. 14:7; Isa. 5:28, etc.
The
is
origin of the expression being overlooked, there also said D vVn ^TJ Ps.58:8; 64:4.
^"H
,j
to
be the Persic iijl
iJ
royal,
from
\ ,\
j,
<__>!
king,
and the syllable
,y
which
in the
this
modern
the
or place, by going 01 a place, Mic. 5:4; in a place, followed by ?, Deut. 1 1 24, 25 Joshua 1:3; 14:9; Isa. 59:8; followed by ace. Job 2 2 1 5 followed by /J? l Sa. 5:5; followed by IP to walk out
(2) Specially, to tread a

to
it,
way
walking
hence
to enter
Persic denotes similitude.
However
may be,
genuine form, Darheusch or Dargeusch is found in the cuneiform inscriptions at Persepolis (see Niebuhr's
Itiner. p. 2, tab.
7J? TT^ is also to Avalk or go upon from, Nu. 24: 17. anything, Job 9:8; Ps. 91:13. HIPHIL (i) causat. o'Kal No. 2, to cause to go, walk. Isa. 11:15, QvV?? T11 n l " and he will cause
ev<
and B), as has been shown with 24 ry appearance of truth, through the sagacity of rotefend (see Heerenii Opera Hist. torn. xi. p. 347).
le
them
shoes,"
by
same thing appears

p.
to
have been known
to
Strabo
of
H")^;
(through the bed of the Euphrates) in with them dry, hardly wetted. Followed 3, to cause to go in any particular way,Ps. 107 7, " and he made them Q in a
to
i.
walk
e.
T?l?
3*T7.n
go
fxvi.
785),
if there, "with
Salmasius, instead
straight way,"
he led them
in
a straight way.
Psalw
1ST,
i~
Isaiah 42: 16;
CCVIII
49:17; Prov. 4:11.
H9:35;
2f
:
Psalm
in
which the way
is.
Isa.
8:23, D'H
yn
" the
ma
-
5,
TIP*?3
ân^n
cause me to walk in thy truth."
Ps. 25:9.
(a) i. q. Kal No. 1, to tread a threshing floor, i. e. the grain on it, Jer. 51:33; also to tread (bend) a
s or which one follows (like the Gr. o6c, Arab. -i>

J--_.,
ritime district," on the shore of the sea of Gal 'lee. (3) way, i. q. mode, course, in which one goes.
!?
T1! bow, but metaph. Jer. 9:2,!^ DH?>J2 D3V^-nX M they bend their tongue (as) their bow for lies;" also i. q. Kal No. 2, to tread & way, to walk it, poetically with an ace. Job 28:8.
^,-t
Êth.
47
47^ -^^
:
Germ,
einen
an
netjmen).
Gen. 19:31,
all
n?V|J? ?
ner of
^V.?
the earth."
Specially
^71? "after the man(a) a way oj
to overtake (3) q. Arab, tl/.j! and Syr. Aph. 20 ace. Jud. Hence followed an one, 43. by any TT1P and the following words
i.
:
living or acting (SBanbcl). Prov. 12:15, ^1N TH ^T " a fool's way is right in his own eyes."
*"!? the advantages or disadvantages " and i Sa. 18:14, springing from a course of life, David acted prudently Vpfr^-" Often with the
Pro. 1:31, B?"p
a "^y^ nly used in the Dual, qperverse in a double way, used of a doubletongued man, Prov. 28:6, 18.
-
TH
figure of
'3
away
retained (comp.
"=]?n
No.
2,
TT1?
"fe^,
??Vl.
"JpT^
suffix
comm. (m.
pi.
?7?
1 Sa. 21 :6$ D'3-n const. "^..
f.
Ezr. 8
21), with
(1) prop, the action of going, walking,
agoing,
ang^ ben
hence a journey which any one takes, jemanb madtt, al$ anblung. TJl n FV irottltrOat blov, Jud. 17:8; T31 V? Proverbs 7:19, to go a journey. l Ki. 18:27,1? "n^.1 he is on a journey, or at least,
he
is
any one's course of life, i Ki. 16:26; 22:43; 2Ki. 22:2; 2 Chr. 17:3; 21: 12; 22:3; Isa. 8:11. Din* OTl, 7]^ used of men, a course of acting approved by God, Ps. 5:9; 27:11; 25:4; used of God, his course of acting, Ps. 18:31 Deu. 32 4; specially with regard to the creation (baS Pro. 8 22, 'Wfl JVE iO 33j5 nin; JeSStrfen otteg).
'?"]"!? to
; : ; :
follow, to imitate
hovah created
from home,
from the beginning of the creation," }U Tfnfang feine6 SBirfcnS. [This passage cannot " refer to creation, for it is said before his works of
me
cr
tjat
fincn
Sang,
ift
auSgegangcn.
0^ T31 one
day's journey (on which see Alterthumsk. i p. 161), l Ki. 19:4,
Rosenm.
D^ f^f T.
ang
2Beg/
three days' journey, Gen. 30:36, comp. Gen. 31 :23;
wisdom of God," is " Jehovah possessed me in the beginning PI. works of God, Job 96: 14; 40: of his ways."]
spoken
19.
of;
" the old;" see also H3j5; Christ,
Ex. 5:3.' (2) a way, path,

very frequently.
it
(b) the
mode
*i>-a
of worshipping God, religion

j
S
in
-o-
which one goes,
(comp.
23).
(a) followed
by
a genitive of place
^v^c Amos 8
<OJ\
^^-i
Pers. i^,; bloc, Acts 1Q:9,
14,
J>?r~^? TJl
" the
means
the
way which
leads to that place (comp.
on
way
of Beer-
the Attic use, Valck. ad Hippolyt. 1197), thus ft? the way to the tree, Gen. 3:24; sttt? 'y^t Prov.
=
TH 3p
Ps. 139:24, sheba," i.e. the worship of idols there. " and of Til idols," Dîy [the old worship ÎTI "the fathers' worship," i.e. the true and
7:27, comp. Gen. 16:7; 35 19? 38:14? Ex.i3:l7, rarely with any word put between, as Hos. 6:9, T}.1. " *TCp3g> }R-V"V they murder in the way to Shechem." In the ace. it commonly has the force of a prep., in
the
ber
way
to,
towards,
Germ, gen (from gegen
nad)
egenb con).
Dl'Hri
TH
towards the south, T?l
nyiQV towards the north, Eze. 8:5;
genuine worship; compare D7W <??' Jer. 18: 15. it is passively lot, that which one exSometimes (c) periences, m ie eS jemanbcm getjt. Dp.VP TH? according to what the Egyptians have experienced, Isa. 10:24. '^ " commit thy way unto the PS 37 5> T|TI " with the figure of a way retained, Job 3: Lord;" and
:
way]
21:2; 40:20,
41:11,12. the desert '"^Sn

seq.;
Deu. 1:19,
"in
"we
23;
Am.
2:7.
ip.^
towards
passed through the mountain of
the Amorites."
(b) followed by a genit. of person, the way of any one is the way in which any one is accustomed to go. T^f ? TJ1 the royal way, i. e. the
m. Ezr. 2:69; Neh. 7:70 72, a f from a Persian gold coin, i. q. p3*n$, which see which word, however, this perhaps differs in origin,
;
and
is
public, military way, Nu. 20: 17
21 22
:
>/
i?oc /3a'
bow
1 viXnia, Herod, v. 53. te*pf "^V to g on one 8 way> on one's home to go journey] by the usual road, [or
the same as the Persic ^j **\ Jj the king's [" Bow of Darius," Thes.], these coins bearing
[
the image of an archer.
Grn.l9:2; 32:2; Nu. 24:25; Josh. 2:l6. "vf ^01 fJKH the way of all men, i. e. to Hades, i Ki. 2 2 Sometimes it means the whole district Josh.. 23:14.
: ;
p^?*n
Dagesh
Resh.
i.
q.
P^l
Damascus,
Chr. 18 :5,
6,
forte
being in Syriac manner resolved
into
CCIX
[with
suff.
ABM, Dan.2:3a.
'ntoTQ Ch. Hence
i.
q.
Heb.
J>ty
AN
to
go
1:5;
pass. 12.
to a place, to frequent it; with an ace. -2 Ch Am. 5:5; followed by ?N Deut. 12 15. Part
ntp-IT!.
VT!
[Dara],
pr. n. see
Hence with
:
a city frequented, celebrated, Isa. 62: ace. of pers. to go to any one with
1
-
p
Arab.
]] an unused
? (L> to
root,
Ch.
i.
q.
P^T to scatter,
prayers, to implore his aid; so JP" ? ^"H Psa 34 5> 69 : 33 1 05 4 in other places, especially in the later
:
hasten.
Hence
m. Ezr. 2:56.
Jl
I
\_Dar kon~\, pr. n.
Hebrew, followed by *? 2 Ch. 15:13; 17:4; 31:21; Job 5: 8. Compare NIPHAL No. i. Farther, the
"going
to" is applied to that of seek;
signification of
1$ a root unused as a verb; prop, onomat. TO TWIST, bretjen (kindred to the root *vn, and the others
which have been there cited ; also, ropvoe, ropvtvw, Germ, bod/ brillen/ trtllen, trtllern); Arab, spoken of a ? s-t~ spindle ( \ .j a spindle, ,.x a woman turning her
spindle quickly); Heb. (1) to fly in a circle,
to wheel in flight, as a bird (perhaps also onomat.), like the Germ, puvren; whence ~fi~H the swallow, so called from its gyrations ;
ing, inquiring,
demanding
also, of
caring for.
Hence
(2) to seek, with an a< c. of the thing, Lev. 1O: 16: followed by "IHS to search after, Job 39:8 (nad
fucfycn).
(3) to seek from anyone, to inquire, Jud. 6:29; Deu. 13:15; 17:4,9; with ace. of pers. and thing, about which any one asks, 2 Ch. 32:31, ncisn VTff} "to inquire about the miracle;" lCh.28:9,n^33?'^3 w Vrn "Jehovah also ? into all
inquires
hearts;"
also, to
TH);
is
go quickly in a circle, as a horse (compare s Arab, j a swift horse. Swiftness of motion

.
2 Sa.
11:3;
*?y
2 Ch. 31:9; Ecc. 1:13.
Specially
to
seek an oracular answer from any one, to consult any one, as God, with an ace. Gen. 25: 22 Ex. 18 15;
;
:
applied
(2) to the signification of shining, sparkling,
dialing, whence ,c>c> a radiant

rl
star, 11,
,j a
its
(although this
;
may
also
have
its
name from
being round) and 01"ffi for Dl^l bright region. from the signification of radiating, it is
(3)
to
Also,
flow out
like rays,
.j in Gol.
to
spout, as milk,
l
blood, rain (Arab,
No.
3, j',j
plenty
22:13; also idols, enchanters; followed by ? 2 Ki. 1:2: (pr. to inquire at any one), 1 Sam. 28:7; 1 Ch. 10:14; ?X (to go to some one to inquire), Ia Eze. 14:7; \\ i?P 8:19; 19:3; Deu. 18: 11; (out of the book of Jehovah), Isa. 34: 16. The prophet through -whom the answer is sought from God, is put with DS?0 iKi. 14:5; HKO 2Ki.3:ii; 8:8; ? Eze. 14:7, e.g. 1 Ki. loc. cit. " the wife of Jeroboam cometh to seek an answer from thee concerning her son."
2 Ki.
j
of milk); hence to flow forth freely, spontaneously (see IITH No. 2, 3); also, to grow luxuriantly, exuberantly, spoken of a plant, see "IT?!. I ar-
(4)
thing, and
6:8.
ask for, to demand, with an ace. of tin; IP, DV? of pers. Deu. 22:2; 23:22; Mic. Absol. to ask for (bread), to beg; Ps. 109: 10,
to
ranged these meanings rather differently in Comment, on Isa. 66:11, beginning there from the signification of shining but this appears to be a secondary idea.
;
their home)."
^
TO
they beg (far) from the rains (of Also to ask back, followed by 1!P Ezek. 34:10, and even to vindicate, punish, to " avenge; absol. Psal. 10:4, f.^J ?2 (God) will not
D^nn-lTO
nvrft
V fut
P r T0 RUB, TO BEAT, TO TREAD,

-
TRAMPLE
with the
feet, like
the Syriac
_$>
to
tread or beat a path; Arab. /vJiJ to rub, to thresh;
punish;" verse 13; Deut. 18:19; specially D" Kn ^ 1*P, Dyp to require blood from any one, i. e. to avenge murder (comp. ?K|), Gen. 9:5; 42:22 [Niph.~l; Eze.
5
used figuratively, terere libros, to learn, to study. (Kindred to this are the roots mentioned under "=11^, all
33:6; Ps. 9:
(5)
to
13.
to
apply oneself
to
any
thing, to study, to
r.
.
The letter E having the signification of treading. being softened into a vowel, there is formed from
this root the biliteral K'-H,
follow,
jEth.
practise any thing (com

'.
/^ ,o to study,
;
of these are also
comp. ^n, ^J-IH; and both found in the Germanic stock of lanbrefcfyen/
{\ compose a book studiously) as justit/ t Isa. 1:17; 16:5; good, Am. 5:14; the law of God, '3 n3'lD, to seek Ps. 1 1 9 45 l Ch. 28 8.
to
DW
guages, with the sense of threshing:

b6cfct)en/
^
;
Dutch
any
Lower Germ.
b6fcf)en.)
In
Hebrew
one's welfare, Jer. 38 :4; 'S njn
(l) to tread a place with the feet (betreten); hence,
Deu. 23:7; Ezr. 9:12; f Di?^? tJH'l trn Ps 38 :13 Pro. 1 1 27 31:13, 1DV n^n^j "she applies herself to wool." Henca
.
15
ccx
care for, to take the care of any thing (compare ITPI "K>$ }'nx l and !). Deu.ll:l8, nnfc M a land which the Lord careth for." Job 3:4; Ps. HX en* to care for H2:5; 26.34:6. Hence
to
ashes,
l
i.
e.
by sending
fire
down from heaven, comf
No.
Ki. 18:24,36.
J"K (i. q. JHJ), i. e. to reverence, to Ps. Hos. 10: la ; Isa. 58:8. (For the 14:8 ; worship, >ther senses of this expression see No. l, 3.)
(regard)
God
Bh*n), Eze. 14:3, ifut. enfl_ (i)pass. of No. i, to allow one's self to be approached, to give access to any one, followed by <>; hence to hear and answer any one Eze. 14:3, DnV Eh/JK fcTRXn shall (used of God).
inf.
NIPHAL Bhl?
absolute
Bh^
(for
" the soul of the diligent shall be filled;" Pro. 28:25.

fatness, to be
(3) (denom. from |B>*) to clear front ashes, Ex 27:3; Nu. 4:13. PUAL, pass, of Piel No. l but figuratively, to be satiated abundantly. Prov. 13:4, fBnfl D*V?n B*Dj
,
abundantly
HOTHPAEL je^n for itjnipn to be anointed with smeared, used of a sword, Isa. 34:6.
The derived nouns
follow immediately.
s
them;" Eze. 20:3, 31; Isa. 65:1, fyn? *6^> npnPi3 "I have listened to those who asked not." With the addition of an ace. of the
I
give access
t^l
adj. [pi. D3Bfc const.
to
^Tj
(l) fat, rich,
["comp.
J9B*"], (used of a soil), Isa.
30:23.
thing granted to those who seek H3JJ with ace. gero&tjrcn).

(a) pass, of No. a, (3)
to be to be
it,
Eze. 36: 37 (comp.

l
(a) juicy, full of sap (used of trees), Ps. 92:15. (3) rich, wealthy (used of persons), Ps. 88:30
Comp. 10.
m. with
meton. used of
Isa.
sought for,
Ch. 26:31.
required
.
(as blood), pass, of
No.
4,
Gen.
43:22.
55:2;
Jer.
(i) fatness, Jud. 9:9, and sumptuous food, Job 36:16; 31:14; fertility, abundance, Psal.
fat
suff. 'SB**
t^Tl Ezr i o 1 6, if this be the true readHence B^HO. ing, for E^l, comp. under the root?? ^.
PIEL,
inf.
:
1
65:12.
(2) ashes, as fat ashes from the victims burned on the altar (Lev. l: 16; 4:12; 6:3,4; l Ki. 13:3), and from corpses burned on a funeral pile (Jer. 31 :4O), It differs as to use, from ~i?*? which see. gettafcfje. Ashes were also used by the ancients for fattening manuring the fields. See Plin. xvii. 9.
GREEN (of vegetation), (In Arabic this signification is found in s of the the cognate root /,?., whence (vuJ. sprouts earth), Joel 2:22.
u/
:
-7
TO SPROUT, TO BE
Joel a 82.
HIPHIL,
to
;
Gen. l:ll
bring forth herbage, used of the earth, comp. N'Vin verse 14. Hence
^l f. constr. n*, longing to the later
pi.
O^n*. constr. *D* a word be(see below

i.
Hebrew and Chaldee

something set;
[Specially Deu. 33:2]); prob. of Persic origin,
q.
m. first sprouts of the earth, tender tender herb, Gr. \\6ri (so five times LXX.), grass, Isa. 66:14; as clothing the meadows, Deut. 32:2; a Sa. 23:4; as the food which beasts like, Job 6:5;
KB/1
Pt>4
Heb. ph ast atute,

to set, to
pr.
afc/
gafcuny
give,
@efe|j Pers. j^j right, justice, from
.J^J to
P
9
)
command;
Pehlev. Dadha, Dadestan; Zend.

9
3
greenness of herbage, Psal. 37:3.

1
It is dif-
ferent from I'VC grass ripe for
mowing, Pro. 27:25;
Daetie; Ann. return judgment (Syr. Jb, [In Thes. it is suggested that this word
in the sense to shew, to point out.] Test, it denotes
!"I"V
L'
placitum).
may
be from
and from 3?*# the more mature herbage, when already in seed, Gen. l:ll, 12. (Chald. '"INJT'., Syr. transp.
,
In the Old
Zab.
DVH rn? (1) a laic, Esth. 1:13, 15, 19; 2: 12, of law as to the to to-day," "according day; 9:13.
(2) a royal
mandate, an
I
jl^^T
(Arab,
PIEL
TO BE FAT, TO
id.,
BECOME FAT,
edict, Est. 3: 14; 8:13;
Deut. 31:2O.
9:14.
ID?
to
To
I
this
^-j
D and
being interchanged.)
thing fat, marrowy. Prov. 15:30, D^rt^hfl rniO njpoi? "good tidings make the bones fat," as if, fills them with marrow,
(l) to
make any
n* &*N 'WD'P be a ru e for them (Israel) in journeying," referring Others render it a fire of law, to the pillar of fire. a law given with fire. Vulg. lex ignea, and similavly
Syr., Chald.,
also refer the words, Deu. 33:2, " at his (Jehovah's) right hand fire,
Arab.
f.
f
imparts strength.
(2)
to
Hence
to
pronounce fa.'pronounce thy burnt-offering

H
pirag. comp.
i
anoint, Ps. 23:5. Psal. 20:4, H3?n ir>?W

fat," i.e. accept
it.
HI
Chald.
.'As to
Sa. 28: 15.)
Kimchi (denom. from
IB/*
According compare No. 3), turn
to
to
(1) law, Dan. 6: 9, 13, 16. of God;" Ezr. 7:18,31.
??
sn^J "the
la*
(2) religion, system of religion. Dan. 6:6, rn?
"iyN "in
:
th.
law of his God,"
(The Rabbins also apply Christianity and Mohammedanism.)

pare 7 25.
(4) counsel,
"
in his religion; comthis word to
the termination there

is
"13,
...
(comp. ">3M).
In the Pehler
,\
found Datouber, a judge, Pers.

,
,\,j^
j jurisa
(3) an edict, a decree, Dan. 2:13, 15.
consults.
rnr]
plan, purpose, Dan. 2:9, N^H
pHI ("two wells," dual of the Chaldee word rn

well),
this only is your counsel." [This passage is jtarn Thes. to the signification of edict, decree, referred
"one thing
is
decreed
for you."]
i.
[Dothari], Gen.37^17, and in a contracted form (Lehrg.p. 536) |rn, aKi. 6: 13; pr.n.ofatown to the north of Samaria, Gr. AwOcu/z, Judith 4:6; 7:18; Awr/a, 3:9. [In Thes. from TUT in corr. from "TVJ.
;
emph. st. nKr^l Ch. herb, Dan. 4:12, 2O.
q.
Hebr.
tender
}rn (perhaps, "of," or "belonging to a fountain," from rPJ rn a well), [Dathan], pr. n. of one of
one skilled in the law, a judge; compounded of J"H law, and

Ch. (pr. Pers.) Dan. 3:2,
3,
"0! m.
the fellow-conspirators with Korah, Nu. 16: Deu. 11:6; Ps. 106:17.
26:9;
n
He (KD), the fifth letter of the alphabet ; when used as a numeral, five. It is better to remain ignorant of the meaning of its name, than to follow far-fetched
conjectures.
It is rarely (a) prefixed to the relative, as
is,
ea, id.
2 Ki. 6:22,
Wi?3-1 Ifjn? JT3B>
l^n
"those
whom
thou hast taken captive with thy sword and with thy
lattice,
[" Its original form perhaps represents or window, and the same seems to be ex-
4?at)a/
lo! see! Comp. the German by the word a garden window opening upon a prospect. See Hebr. Gram. 13th ed. p. 291." Ges. add.]
pressed
bow;" or (b) it stands instead of the relative itself, and is even prefixed to the verb, but this is done only
later Hebrew [but see the citation from Joshua!, Josh. 10:24, "the captains of the soldiers WK M3?nn who had gone with him;" Ezr. 8:25,
in the
As
to its guttural
is
tween X which
more
in pronunciation.
p.
I,
sound n holds a middle place begentle, and n which is rougher It is interchanged with X (see
p1
" the vessels nnn which the king and -q^sn his councillors offered;" 10:14, 17; 1 Chr. 26:28;
V^]
oi
etc.
is
A.); more rarely with n, as JH3, ÔT^s. fi?!, fi?Frequently also n, as the middle letter of a root, softened into a Vav quiescent, although, as the
;
29:17; Dan. 8:1. (Similarly J\ for ^jjl is prefixed to verbs and prepositions see De Sacy's Gram, iHence it becomes 793);
Phoenicio-Shemitic languages are now found, the harder form with n is the more frequent in the latter
dialects.
(2) the definite article, the, like the Gr. 6, T/, TO, in the insertion or omission of which similar laws are
followed in Heb. as in Gr. and in
modern languages
Compare
E?13
Aram.
J~iri3.
j.
n^>
to
"1-13,
be
inil
these laws are explained in
grammars (Lehrg. page
ashamed, in, jio age, ?-1, ?L"? to circumcise,

to give light, f*n,
'
t^cn*
to run.
It will be well, however, to treat with 652, seq.). care a subject which has been discussed of late, although without much exactness or accuracy, as is
U, n, (as to the different use of these forms see the note), a letter prefixed to nouns and pronouns,
rarely toverbs; abbreviated from the fuller /H,
Arab.
(comp.
Ci
i\\
in the
common language sometimes

n?N 7S, and
?
(Jj&
the kindred
see
more
as to this farrily
of words p. XLV, A).

(\) prop, a demonstrative pronoun, this, hie, hcec, Q, TO in Homer, and often in Herodotus. -o-oi So in the phrases i. e. to J\ this Din,
hoc, like 6,
day,
day,
sure to be the case when a judgment is formed from but a few examples (see Winer's Lex. p. 239, Gram. Excurse, p. 57. Ewald's Hebr. Gram. p. 568 and on the other hand Gramberg, Religion d. A.T. i. p. 12), and on this, it will be well to add some original observations. The question has been raised (as it has ucc 11 denied by some, and defended by others) whether the definite article can ever be used for the indefinite. To this it must be replied, that the definite article can never rightly be said to be used for the indefinite; however, there are many ideas which would be thought
;
OJgn
Exod. 9:27; fl^Pl this night, Gen. 19:34, compare 35. Hence, too. we must refer DVn t a time, pr. at that time, about that time, &u ber -kit.
this time,
of and expressed as definite by the Hebrews, which, from their being taken indefinitely in Greek, German/ French [or English], would be without the aiticle
CCXII
just RO in the n.xlern languages, rreat differences are found as to the vr* of the article in this respect; in
which
to
compare those which are well known
com-
F~ench
by a peculiar idiom, the article is in places in which it could not prefixed frequently be used ir German. Thus ir. French it is correct to
for instano?
.
> 1
pare the German fltnf roie ber SScgel in tec gifit im SBafior, n)ct9 n>ie bcr gefalle ne (Sdinee.
2uft/ trie
bn
" aay nous aiirons avjouid' htn la pluie, soyez If bien venu, il a la me'moire bonne, I" esprit inquiet"
in all of
not in
which expressions, the definite article could German [or English] be even tolerated. The
]>eculiarities in the
Hebrew
usage, in this matter,
may
1 1 7 65 25 Job 40 15 ">>*? Isa 14 2 Job H'? 51:8; D*?^, V>r3 scarlet, Isa. i :i8. To shew to what an extent this is carried, it will be enough to give the following examples taken from the single book of Isaiah, 5:24, verse 28, >VI and HC-1D3 P?; verse 25,
53 7
:
English.] ni?33 Isa. ?

1
:
[And so in So JN*3 Isa. 53:6; Ps.49:i5; nb? Isa

:
8;
nw
=
nm3
be arranged in certain classes, almost all of which, however, rest on the principle that the article is prerfxed to known things. (Apollon. de Synt. i. 6, TV
ov
66: 15; Jor. 4:13); Isa. 10: 14, )i?3; Isa. (compare 13 8; nnVl*3 (and always with this word, Ps.48:7; Isa.42:l4: Jer.6:24; 30:6; 49:24; Mic. 4:9,10);
Isa.
apQpov vpov<jmrru>ffav yrSxrif SnXoi, and ibid. tipOpov, tfa/ptroc icrny / cirafopd cf. 2, 3> i^/wyua ava-
Isa.
qxipne TrpoKctTfiXfypivov TrpotrtuTrov
tievrtpa yviLaic, See some excellent remarks in Harris's Hermes, B. II. c. i.). Hence in a manner differing from our usage,
is
14:17, 13"1P? (con\pare Isa. 27:10; Jer. 9:11: Hos. 2:5); Isa. 22 18, "VH? like a ball (compare Isa. 29:3); isu. 24:20, "list^? like a diomkard, etc. ; see
:
the article
appended
(a) to nouns which denote objects and classes of things which are known to all, allgemcin bc!annte
den unb
attunggbrgrifff/ as
{&&?, 3n*n, f|P|n,
188.30:17,29; 34:4; 35:6; 38:14; 4>:15; 42 13; One thing has to be observed, that 43: 17; 44:22. the article is commonly omitted when the noun, which is made the standard of comparison, is made sufan adjective or any ficiently definite, either by having 3 other com 1^3 Isa. 10:14, but nX' p
=
;
adjunct;
p.
!i?.
very rich ^023 3v'J3 >;" Deut. 14:26, "and thou shalt lay out the money T3B?3^ 13-1 fKM* I'M;" Ex. 31:4, nifc>J& olb unb gilbcr ju avbeitenj Lam. 4:2, 51D25-1 3n?3 in
:
Gen. 13:2,
"Abraham was
but }'b? [incorrectly cited], Isa. 16:2; "'? Ps. 1:4, ^31.3 JVrTBY? Q'y Isa. 29:5; *|BiBJ ^033 Isa. 30 28 Ex. 16: 31.
: ;
TB3 D'^DP; Isa. 1:22, "wine D^3 binp " Ex. 2: 3, " and she daubed [the ark of bulrushes] J"l-tf3-1
;
Better
known
is
the use of the article
(d) as pre-
with bitumen and pitch;" 2 Ki.g:ô,

fte
fixed to collectives (Lehrg. p. 653 [Heb. Gramm. 107, some that the 12]) (e) also it is rightly noticed by
article is
n'jJ'J?
^53
Isa.
used in such cases when a suffix would de

(see de Sacy,
calls
legte iljre ttugcn
in bie (gdjminfej
compare
28:7;
fine the
40: 19; 4.3:24 ["compare Heb. Gramm. Similarly the article is used with
(b)
noun more accurately

482,
i
Gramm.
her husbcr
;
107, 12"].
Arabe
ii.
);
as
when a woman
;
band Kar
etr, the
iZo'xftv,
the husband
Isa.
a slave his master,

rtflQ^ for
abstract nouns, like Greek TO iro\iTiKt>v, TO UFjrita&v t for instance before the names of virtues and
vices
master.
So
6,
TTVQn
in^'O
verse 2, nnptrn for innps?; so too
(compare in French, la modestie convient a la
explain "'PPy?
we must probably Isa. 7:14, which, with the Hebrew in-
jeunesse; la superstition engendre rerrevr,
where we
commonly omit the

:
article). "î!!^3 Tjpn
compare Jer. 51:19; 16:4,5; *5 5> 1X ? 3 PT?? 13 (although

i
-
Jerem. 23: 14: Isaiah 29:21; Prov.
[But thia terpreters and Grotius, I take as 'np^J?. contradicts the New Testamett; see !"!?>/?, also Alatt.
1:23.]
in these cases the ar-
After these remarks

there
is
it
is
needless to state that
ticle is often
omitted);
names of evils and

with
thirst,
especially used before the calamities, as KO S3 n-lD to perish

it is
blindness (in
nitely
Isa.4i:i7; 50:2; Jud. 15:18; D'lUBn German indefinitely SSlinbfceit/ but defiSlattern [so in English]),
no noun, which has the article, which ooth cannot and even ought not to be taken definitelyAs to the instances which I formerly brought ibrwai-d
in contradiction to this (Lehrg. p. 655), they may be 1 Sam. 17:34, the lion, as explained as follows: the known and continual enemy of the flock; com-
Gen. 19: 11, "he smote them D^ypS;" 153.45:16, ^n nrP

bie $efl, bie b;e
^n
fl?/?? (in
d)mach,as in
German,
in
bag JBerberben);
(in bie
9lieb
;
compare
47=5,
(c)
Isa.
rigfctt ffnft
Wn l
32: 19, I'Vn ^?B'fn n??^? bie@tabt); Isa. 46: 2,

*?3; compare Isa. 60
is
:
pare 6 XUKOC, John 10: 12; Arabic i_^j,i!', ^J**"!
n^n'up
2.
DK D3
Iga.
1X3n Ex.
and in
11:27, the young

like
a: 15, the well of that district: "U?3? Num. man who attended him in the camp
;
But [in such cases] by

after ?,
use of the article

x>n;
most frequent the particle of comparifar the
manner B^Bri Gen. 14:
13, the fugitive,
inasmuch as we can only use as objects with
So 1 Sam. 17:8, namely, the one who had escaped. " behold I am TiB^n," namely, he who has com*
c-cxiii
forth to challenge you to single combat. Also in a parjage which I have lately noticed, Isa. 66:3, t2niK> ?n nnir 3^1 *\~\V nô -licrn. it may be asked
guage
Jus.,
kindred wi
the Heb. ^N, n|K.
Manj
BK
grammariu-is suppose, therefore, that -H comes from

?n
why
the words
"lit?,
nb>
have the
article,
and E^X and
= ?X,
Jt; and
this not
without reason, comparing

*
~i
The reason is, that the slayers of 3?? have it not. oxen and sheep really existed, and could be pointed out, as it were with the finger, by the writer; the
murderers and sacrificers of dogs in this passage are only supposed for the sake of comparison, b e r SJinbers Offerer tfl rote ein 9ttnifd)enmorber, the ox-slaughterer is
as a murderer. The rule is also rightly given by grammarians, that the predicate of a sentence does not take the article (compare \(t\t TTO. TO. KuXa and ret Xa\tTra iraXa); contrary instances are however to be observed in Deuteronomy and in Jeremiah, as Jer. 19 13, "the houses of Jerusalem were D'X^lSn unclean," Deu. 4:3; 3^21; and in like manner before a parti:
PSPn
the sun, Arab.

it
^^^1
pron. esh-Shems.
On
cannot be denied, that the pure syllable ha has the same demonstrative power; as in
the Ch.
the other hand
n, P! n
Jjcn, Arab. \j&;
and
this syllable
Hupfeld supposes to be the source of the Hebrew article so that, if so, Dagesh in tWg>n would arise in
;
the
same way
as in i"HO for nj.'no,

d.
D3?P
for DD/>"nD.
ii.
See Zeitsch.
Ges. add.]
f.
Kunde Mes Morgenl.

and
p.
449."
D
Arab.
""}>
"7
(as to the origin
different use of these
forms see the note).

\
An
interrogative adv. like the

first
a finite verb, 33, 48. [But see Heb.

ciple for
Is.
40:22, 23; 46:6; Ps. 18:

108, 3.]
little
Gramm.
prefixed
a prefix joined to the
word
of
Note. It will be well to state with a
more ac-
curacy than is commonly done, what the vowels are which H takes.
(l)
rals,
a sentence, abbreviated from the fuller /n (Deuteron. 32:6, according to the reading of the Nehardeenses) ;
<,-
Arab.
Jjj,.
Commonly
it
before letters which are not guttu-
(l) indicating a simple interrogation

like the Lat.
ne.
made
takes Pathach, followed
by Dagesh
forte,
Job 1:8,
(a)
3VN
(2) Gutturals do not admit Dagesh forte, but the use of n differs before the different gutturals. (a) before
" hast thou considered

5
^T^?
is
^ 9?^
Ex.
in
direct
1O: 7
33
6, etc.
my
servant Job?"
question
often so asked
that one expects a negative answer, and thus the interrogation has a negative power,
altogether impossible to double, Pathach is always lengthened into Kametz, as fnxn, ""j?*?n, P"ljn, Dt^Xn, and the same is the case before
also frequently before V and the contrary (b) the harder gutturals n and n admit a kind of doubling, although grammarians have not marked it by Dagesh forte
1,
?3"!!n>
K which
it is
when we should
as
^^n,
and so
n, as
inn,
DJjn.
On
Latin properly use num? Gen. 4:9, *?JK 'PIS "IDk^n " am I my brother's keeper?" for, I am not my brother's keeper. Job 1 4 1 4, nvrn na| IUDJ DX " when a man dies, shall he live?" i. e. he will not live again.
:
German the words most pronounced a double d))

(just as in
ftcfyer/
;
oergltdien,
are al-
Ql:22 (comp. 23:6; 36:19, where the There speaker himself supplies a negative answer). is a remarkable example in 2 Sa. 7:5, y n3?R nriNn
JV3, which in l Ch. 17:4, is changed into a negative sentence: Tl r.RX N ? (b) Sometimes an affirmative
1
Job 8: ll;
and
for this reason
the
more acute
inn,
Mnn.
syllable often retains Pathach, as c ( ) Whenever the guttural has Kais
often the case in other places ; see Heb. Gramm. gth ed. 17, note 2 [ 27, note 2, &]) is changed into Segol, especially before n, as ^"V?n, n ! nn before n and fr nn 3n in the
,
metz, Pathach (as
monosyllables
vowel
lables
is
Kametz (according
Segol
to the rule laid

is
down,
letter a), as "inn, Qj;ri;
used only with dissylis
or trisyllables,
where the accent
farther to-
wards the end of the word,
Dnnn
(although "inn),
[" Note 2. Corresponding to the Hebrew article in tli3 kindred languages are: (a) Phoenician M, more rarely n, once ^>K see Monumm. Phrenic,
;
answer is understood, so that the interrogation has an affirmative force. Gen. 30:2, ^bS DM7S nnnq "am I [not] under God?" Gen. 27:36; 50:19. Job 20:4, flV"V nSTn dost thou [not] know this?" iSa. 2:27; Jer. 31:20; Eze. 20:4. In the same * sense is used N?n.. Comp. Gr. ycip, and >) yap ov, for nonne? and the Lat. ne for nonnef see Heuon Cic. Off. :ii. 17. singer (c) In disjunctive questions, the latter question is preceded by DX and CW DN ... (1 utrum ? an ? whe(see above, page LVI. B) ther ? or ? more rarely IK ... n Job 16:3; Ecc. 2 19. n and EK1 ... n are of frequent use in the Also DK
:
. . .
wX
p.
poetical books where two questions expressive of the same or a like sense follow one another, according to
*37-
(&)
Arab.
and in the vulgar IanJ], rarely
the laws of parallelism in different words :
num ...ant
CCXIV
or ?]), <"? [whether v not v ^rum is contained relation of kind disjunctive although ever ir. these cases but however it is rather in words than in sense that the distinction of the questions is Job 4:17, WC7P DK P^Y? 3'^KP PUg? observable.
Snn-i
man f
... et
'.
. . .
glorying over an enemy's misfortune, Psalm 40: 16 26.25:3.
3D
imp. of the verb 3rp which

.
see.
pi.
->np!comp. Job6:5, 6; 8:3; 10:4,5; H:2,7; Thus it is that a simple copula often in such 22:3. ... L! Job 6: cases precedes the second hemistich.
np.3
-1
offerings, for
D^n^n* from
Hos. 8:13, gifts, in this phw the root 3HJ to give.
'^V
13:7; 15:7,8,11; comp. especially Job 13:7 and 8; and even the copula itself is omitted, Job 22:4. (2) in an indirect interrogation, num, German ob/ whether (comp. DK No. B, 2), after verbs of proving, Ex. 16:4; Jud. 2: 22; seeing, Ex. 4:18; Gen. 8:8; In a trying, Deut. 8:2; 13:4 (compare dubito an).
26; 10:3;
disjunctive proposition followed by CX Gen. 18: 21 or n Nu. 1 3:18," and see the land and the people, PJHD
;
18:4;
(compare as
fut.??n}pr. (l) TO BREATHE, TO EXHALl to the signification of breathing in tht

1
syllable 3H unf>er the root S"! ^), hence often used of something vain, vanity.
^3n breath,
(2) to act, or
speak vainly.
2 Ki. 17:15, 13?'3
whether they be strong oypn ncnq or weak, whether they be many or few." It is prefixed to other particles, as C5*D, see EN *?q, see '?; *6n, see *6.
;
3VDK wn
Kin
and they followed vanity (i.'e. idolatry), and acted vainly;" Jer. 2:5; Job 27:1 2, I72nr) ?3T '"W~nD7 "why then do ye speak so vainly?" Also to have a vain hope ; Psal. 62 11, 'N ?!?? ^?nr) "set not a vain hope on robbery." HIPHIL, to seduce to vanity, i. e. to the worship oi
:
tarn ^nn nns
idols, Jer.
23:16.
[The
derivatives follow.]
Note. This interrogative particle,

,
like
n demon-
7i
correctly
w ith
suff.
'^n,
pi.
CTq constr.
More
?n.
strative, is derived
from ?n, \\ demonstrative; just in words other languages are many interrogative properly affirmatives or negatives, which are afterwards used in an interrogative sense comp. the Heb.
us
;
(1) breath, breathing, used of a gentle breeze, Isa. 57: 13. (Well rendered by the Vulg. aura. Less
by the LXX.
Kuraiyi^.)
often used
of the breath of the
mouth
ar/xo'c,
Aqu. uTpic, Symm.

Syr.
is
(Kimchi, HBO SS'E' TS. which word, Sap. vii. 25,
affirmatives DN,
\7) J
Syr. J<n, Arabic
jt, Gr.
f;
(see
rendered JJ^cn).
Commonly used
of any
Passow
h. v.);
the negatives *S (from
T^?, see that
word), Lat. ne, Germ. nid)t toafyr ? As to the form (a) before letters which are neither gutturals nor have a simple Sh'va, n interrogative takes Chateph-Pathach, HTQ, nnnn (the vividness of interrogation causing the word to be even
thing transitory, evanescent, frail. Job 7:16, ^?n '? "D* "for my days are a breath ;" Prov. 13: 11, fin " riches vanish more EJ!P? ' 3?'=? quickly than a Ecc. 1 1 breath;" 1O, "childhood and youth are
>
more
it
curtailed than the demonstrative) rarely (b) has the same form as the art. n ? Qtp^n Lev. 10: 19, but this is principally before letters which have
;
ShVa, 13?n Gen. 17:17; 18:21; 37:32. So also it corresponds in form with the art. (c) before gutturals, ^Nil, and-(rf) before gutturals which have
Kametz, '?3Xn Pjnn. Nold. Concordd. part.
?
vanity;" 8:11,17,23; 4:4,8; 5:9; 6:9, etc. Hence arises the signification something vain and empty, Lam. 4:17; Jer. 10:3, 8, and adv. vainly, emptily, in rain; Job 9: 29; 21:34; 35= 6; Isa. 30 7 Ps. 39 7. Specially used of idols as being vain and impotent,
:
; :
Pro. 21:6; 31:30; Ps. 39:6; Ecc. 1:2,14;
also used of their worship, 2 Ki. 17:15; Jer. 2:5. Jon. 2:9. Plur. Ps. 31 :7, ti7 ^2rj "vain idols."
See very many examples in p. 856, seq.

!
Ch.
interj.
id.
LO
BEHOLD! Dan.3:25.
Syr.
(2) exhalation, vapour, mist, darkness, which Ecc. 6:4, of an abortion; cannot be seen through. " for it comes in a mist, and goes away in rnnity,' " all tliat '< seen by no one; Ecc. 11 :8,
^n X3^3
Jen, Arab.
coming
8:14.
is
a mist,"
i.e.
involved in darkness
ECJ.
K^ Heb. and Ch. id. Gen. 47:23; Eze. 16:43. In Ch. pleon. Dan. 2:43, '1? NO behold as, etc. So
the Syr. Jen.
ijfn
fudjlje!
(3) pr. n.
Abel (LXX.
this
)
"AfleX), the second son of

life
Adam
prob. so called from the shortness of his
[but he had
^?L?
i-
name from
?5 No.
l,
his birth]
Gen. 4:
i, se\j
interj. imitating a cry of joy, Aha! Germ. Isaiah 44: 16; Psalm 35:21, 25; also used in
q-
breath, hence
vani fy.
Chaldaizing form.
0^3^ ^H
Ecc. 1:8; 12:8.
p^n-pn
an unused
root,
i.
ccxv
q.
13^, hence
narl)benfen).
Josh,
l :8,
n?$J DOV> te JVJn}

"*??%]
and thoa
I will
shalt
meditate
, pr. stony (as if ^??N,
hence
pi.
from J3X, )3.X a stone), 0'??? Eze. 27 15 np, in a'ro D'ann

:
thereon (on the law) day and night;'
Ps. 1:2;
63:7; 77:13, ^y.S~^M

all
;
"and
meditate on
Pro. 15:28,
wood, ebony,
from
there
its
is
pr. as if stony wood, Steinijolj/ so called hardness; (an etymology so manifest, that no need to seek any other, especially from
thy works;" Ps. 143:5. (Syn. nK>j.

nan*
The Phoenicio-Shemitic name a foreign language). is retained in Gr. and Lat. tfisms, ebenum (see Bochart, Hieroz. ii. page 141); from the Greek it has been received, retaining
Pers.,
is
"the heart of the Also to remember an// thing, followed by an ace., Isa. 33: 1 8, nD'X n$nj ^37 "thy heart shall remember the And in a bad sense, to plot, to plan, to terror."
righteous will
niaj? S
pn*
meditate what
to answer."
devise.
nations
Psal. 2: i,
P'"!
-lanj
its
Greek termination
in
Arab, and
D^Sp "(why)
i.e.
do the
:
devise vain things?"

Isa.
vain sedition
Pro,
where
it is
written
^yA ^y-A
Tne P mr al
used in Hebrew, because wood of such a kind was exported, cut up into pieces (called in Gr.
24:2;
59:13.
[Poel] (Syr. L^CTI to meditate,

syllable.
to read syllable
by
PAEL, to meditate,
to
comp.
TO CUT, TO CUT UP, TO DIVIDE OUT, I.q. It occurs once Isa. 47^3 '">p, E3^B> ^3n
contemplate.
to
ETHPAEL, to read. Comp. Êth. ^flfll murmur, to utter an inarticulate sound, to speak,
meditate
;
to
Conj. IV. to read.
Arabic
<._^J
to
Arab.
_j&.
mutter.)
"those who divide the heavens," for purposes of augury, taking a horoscope, i. e. augurs, astrologers
;
POEL,
inf.
iah i.q.
Kal No.
2, Isa.
59: 13.
i.e.
HIPHIL, part. plur. DânD those
who mutter,
LXX.
aorpoXoyoi TOV ovpuvov. Vulg. augures caeli. Qn (1^^). See my Comment, on Isa. ii.
>1, seq.
Others take 13n as
i.q.
^^
to
know;
groan~ soothsayers murmuring ing, sighing, i. e. necromancers imitating the low and slender voice of the shades of the dead, Isa. 8: 19.
Hence are
H.
derived, nan
ilV
(
their songs; or those
fhile others
would read ^?n, comparing ^l^n ver.io.

Esth. 2:3, and
JTian^
^D
verses 8, 15 (Hege,
njn
:
i.q.
No. II,
'
to
beremoved, taken away
tegai), pr. n. of a
ics.
eunuch
in the court of Xerxes."

;
Benfey compares dga, eunuch namen, page 192."]
"
Monats$
-
(comp. "=1??, and "=]/*), transit, toremove, to take away, Pro. 25 4, flD-pP D^D'lJn "takeaway the dross from the silver." Inf. absol. with an imperative signification.
33
to
a root unused in Hebrew. Arab. ^Jt> IV. <~ s Hence ^?n. kindle, ^Ws-Jt heat.
("1
Symm. Kadaipt. Vulg. aufer; verse 5. (Others read in this place ijh i.e. Hiph. of i"lV). Hither also, apmust be referred Isa. 27:8, HK'jP.n in-1")3 nan parently, DHi? DV3 "he takes (them) away by his strong
wind
in the
I.
n371
fut.
na.rr
(i) TO
MURMUR,
TO
MUT;
day of
his east wind."
Well explained
PE R,
TO G R o \v L, (almost the same in meaning as Ôn) sed of the growl of a lion over his prey (Gr. viroto
by Kimchi,
roar
is
axt?, fipvûopai),
Isa.
31:4;
of low thunder (see nan Job 37: 2); of the muttering of enchanters of the sound of a harp (see HIPHIL) when struck (see lân Ps. 9 1 7 92 14) of the cooing
;
(2) sighing,
growling of mourning,
thunder, Job 37:2. Eze. 2: 10.
(3) thought, meditation, Ps. 90:9; comp. Root nan NO. L

f.
of doves, Isa.
38:14; 59:11; of the groaning and eighing of men (qifjiwfeiv), Isa. 16:7; Jer. 48:31. (2) poetically, to speak. (a) absolutely (to utter with an ace. of the thing, sound], Ps. 115:7. (b) Job 27:4; Ps. 37:30; Isa. 59:3; Pro. 8:7; hence to Psal. 35:28, sing, to celebrate (like to say, ""??).
^jTl.y
(with
Kametz impure) thought, meditaRoot nan
tion, Ps. 49:4.

J
NO
I.
JM (from
Psal. 39:4,
kindled."
^n) heat, fervour of mind, nyan ^rana "in my fervour, fire Hence a fervent cry, Ps. 5:2.
B*8
constr.
,
the root
nann
\nB^>
;"
"my
:
tongue shall celebrate thy
m.
|
with
sufif.
Ps. 19:
i/>;
righteousness
Ps. 7 1 24.
Lam. 3:62.
(l) the sound of the harp when struck (see the root nan I, i. Compare n^pn Isa. 14:11). Ps. 92:4,
-11333
(3) to meditate (prop, to speak with oneself, murmuring and in a low voice, as is often done by those who .ire musing, compare No. 1 and "^N, 13/2 followed by 3. to meditate on any thing (uber
LXX.
}Van ^y. "with the' iv Kidapy. fjter wd/jc
sounding
Ps. 9:17,
of the harp."
npp jvan
ig
ccxvi
musical
sign.
Din-ran
s
_
LXX.
"Vulg.
act.
y'3r}
Sta^/dXuaroc,
similarly
to
Symm., Aqu., roc. Aqu. J<^
[But Symm.
fitXoc &o\//aX/m-
Vulg. vacat. See n?P.] (2) a meditation, Ps. 19:15; a device, plot, Lam. 3 : 62 (compare Ps. 2 : l).
I
sound in Arabic, compare s _

voice,
jjj>
cry
,f
the camel,
heavy thick
j^
1
the sound of the wave* breakcrashing.

}
ing on the shore,
jj^
yj
a4J- convenient, suitable,

Eze. 42 12.
:
i.
q.
Talmud.
[Derivatives in,
nTH and
pr. n. of
pr. n.
"HD,
|UH and J3nP.
From
the root
not found in this signification [that of the preceding derivative], in any of the
js
is
a r00 * "which
n [Hadad],
36 35
: ;
Ch.
46, compare 50.
a king of Edom, Gen. Used elsewhere af

1
the
name
of a Syrian idol.
-
See ÎITI!
p.
cxxvu. A.
cognate languages.
Ipn
J
.yji
an unused
root.
Arab. ^jj>
to flee,
whence
[HejraK], the flight of Mahomet. Cognate
HH-
Whence
"IjH ("flight"), pr. n. g a r, the handmaid of Sarah, an Egyptian by birth the mother of Ishmael, afterwards put to flight by her mistress, Gen. 16: l ;
;
Ha
Pr n ("whose help is Hadad," Le. under "\"(J^\^)Hadadezer, king of Syria of Zobah, a cotemporary of David, 2 Sam. 8 3, sqq In other places there occurs "'PHIO 10: 16, 19; l Ch. 19:16, 19; but however, in all the passages, there are MSS. which contain the former reading, which ia
HO
Adodus;
see
far preferable.
D'TTin [Hadadrimmon],
pr. u.
of
a town
25:12.
("fugitive"), [Haggeri, Hagarite], l Ch. 11:38; 27:31. Pl.Dnjnps .83:7,andD'KnjniChr. 5:10, 19, 20 \_Hagarites, Hagarenes^pr. n. of an Arabian people, with which the tribes who lived
situated in the plain near Megiddon, Zee. 12: 11, called afterwards, according to Jerome, Maximianopolis.
Both Hadad and Rimmon are the names

idols.
ot
Syrian
in
OUT, TO
Isa.
i.
q.
JIT
(comp.
nr and
to
nan), TO
STRETCH
oeyond Jordan waged war.

sponds to the
Doubtless this corre-
DIRECT
(the hand
any
thing), found one*
A rab.^^jfc, whence the Gent. n. ^^s-U

now
11:8.
(Arab, ^j j^ to guide aright, to shew the

,
a people and district near the Persian gulf, 'Aypaiot ap. Strab.xvi. p. 767 Casaub., 'Aypt'tc Dionys. Perieg.
way.
Syr. t/>oi
<JJJJJ>
^' a y
manner, Gr.
o
j^js>
6?dc-)
y56, in the province
called Bahhrein.
'nn
(for^jn), Syr. O_icn, Arab.
India.
EsL
in m.
i.
q.
TVH shout for

Isa.
joy, rejoicing, Eze.
1:158:9.
ri
In Zend and Pehlvi
it is
Heando.
7:7; compare
.?;!-
16:9, 10.
Root
na. pi.
Ch. the friends or the ministers
if the king, taatSritt-e/ viziers. Dan. 3: 24 54:3356:8, and N3^P ^"jin 3:27, "the king's highest friends." As to the etymology, I can scarcely doubt but that this is the Chald. P~n leaders, governors, with the Hebrew article prefixed, which coalesces into one word, just as the Arabic article does with some Hebr. words [" So Lee."] see 7K p. XLV. A. Formerly from the syllable ~Q (by comparison with "13? J, 1?rn) I conjectured this word to be of Persic origin, like the other official names in these chapters, but as to what TT might mean, it had to be left undetermined.
5 ,
\_Hadoram~], Gen. 10:27; pr.n. of a They seem to be the 'Adpa/itrat, Atramitce of Ptolemy vi. 7, and of Pliny vi. 28 s. 32, dwelling between the Homerites (Himyarites), and the Sachalites, on the southern shore of
Joktanite tribe in Arabia Felix.
Arabia.
^.H [Hiddai],
n n^
* ne
pr. n. m., 2 Sa. 23:30 ["for njl.n, rejoicing of Jehovah"]; for which in
l
the parallel place,
Ch. 11 132, there

to the
is *"?n.
:j
IM
1
TO
TREAD down
ground, TO
'
PLE; once found Job 40: 1 2. Kindred roots are Arab, (,^/j^ to destroy (a house). riD"^ TJS ^.
TRAM*O%
an unused
root.
Arabic
jjj>
pr. to
break
to
(kindred to nnn), in
into
"I?,
Hebrew
figuratively to
H3"!,
joyful sounds (compare

I'VE.
break H^B), whence
U }n
["perhaps
an unused
root.
Arab.
level
.juJ> to tcith
overturn,
The-e
is
a similar figurative application
destroy (houses), to tread down,
pr. to
the
ground
trndde*
intraus. to be
min-Din
down, whence
trop. to serve, to
CCXVII
wait upon.
Arab.
m-in-pn
jo-"], whence DID a footstool, pr. the ground.
m p
JU Ch. Pael Din, jpycn

i>
to cut in pieces; Syr.

,
(Arab. .jj&l tumid, ,jc>~ to become tumid.) Part "Win swollen, tumid. Isa. 45:2,1^*^ D^l-lir. pass. "I will level the tumid (lofty) places." LX.X. oprj-
pcnLJ
cut in
Comp. Arab. /*JJb Hence haste (einfyaucn).

pass.
to cut quickly, to
but perhaps they read D^lin. (Tumidos monies occurs in Ovid. Amor. ii. 16:51.)
It is applied Isa.
11 -in
member
PPin
Ch. a fragment, a piece; Syriac [" Comp. Pers. -JjcJfcj ,Jjj! a member"].
63:
i,
i'-12?3
fid)
(2) to pride [rather, to splendour], 1-11 n " swollen in his (i.e. proud)
cwanbe.
apparel,"
bruftenb in feinem
is
[But see the
context; Christ
13y.
to cut in pieces,
Dan. 2:5; Gr. /u'Aij Troulv, 2 Mace. 1 :l6, a mode of punishment in use amongst
"
p-
the person spoken of] (3) to ornament, (the more costly Oriental garments
many
ancient nations.
Comp.
p
:
en Barhebr. p. 2 1 8.
being very large); hence to decorate, to adorn (pr. usedof the adorning of garments, see lin), to honour, constr. with an ace. Ex. 23:3; followed by 'Q \3? to
Ps. 110:1, " until I make thy enemies footstool." thy Specially, the footstool of God is a name given to the ark of the covenant above which his presence was believed to be [It was believed to
D"tD always followed by 0^31 stool far the feet, " the earth is my always used metaph. Isa. 66 l,
footstool."
honour any
forto favour
one's
countenance, Lev. 19:32
used
one, rashly to take his part(ia judgment), like D'3) XK>3 Ex. 23:3; Lev. 19:15
any
be
so,
because
it
really
was
so], l Chr.
28*2; Psa.
NIPUAL, pret. pi. in pause 'Hinp. were honoured, Lam. 5:12 (compare Kal No. 3). HITHPAEL, to act proudly, to boast, Pro. 25:6. The derivatives follow.
!L)
99:5; 132:7; Lam. 2:1.
Ch. Pael lin
to
honour, Dan. 4:31, 34.

11 H, with
suff. 'TJD., pi. const.
f V
1
an unused
root.
Talmud,
to spring, to
*"!!"]
m
?]?
(l) [const.
leap, to hasten.
[Derivatives, the two following.]
m. myrtle, so called (as some supsprings, i.e. grows rapidly, like salix; according to Verrius, a saliendo [" though Salix really is from e\t"], see Isid. Origg. xvii. 7. Neh. 8 15;
1Q
pi.
D^Din.
it
pose), because
ornament, adorning, decoration, Ps.45:4; Eze. 16:14. BHp *lin "holy ornaments," 96:6. " Ps.no:3. Pro.20:29, HTb D^pJ lin the adornof old men hoariness." Levit. is 23:40, 11 H YV. ing
"ornamental
trees."
Specially used of the
ma-
Isa.
41: 19; 55:13; Zech. 1:8, 10, 11.

ii.
See Celsii
thou art jesty of God. Ps. 104: l, W#3S? 11 n] 11 n clothed with honour and majesty." Job 40:10. Ps. " 29:4, lllf ^V" ^ ^P the voice of Jehovah is in ma1
Hierob. vol.
page 17,
5
seq.j.
;
(Arabic
/^j^
id.
in
jesty."
(2)
the dialect of the Yemenites

this tree is called
amongst the other Arabs,
honour,
Ps. 149:9.
1
("
myrtle"), [Hadassah], pr.n. by which
the Jewish virgin was called, name of Esther, Est. 2 7.

:
who
afterwards bore the
fut. fpin*
(i) TO
THRUST, TO PUSH (Ch.

; :
m. ornament. Dan. 11:20, lin '^3*13 T ?^ "sending the exactor through the glory (through the ornament) of the kingdom," i. e. Palestine, the most excellent part of the kingdom, like 'Q-'ifn fnx verse 16; comp. Zee. 8:6. As to the matter, see 2 Mace. 3:1, seq. [That is, on the assumption
comp. nb% pal), Nu. 35:20, 22 Eze. 34 81. Job 18:18, ^n-7K liNO -inQln.'. "they shall thrust him from light into darkness ;" hence, to thrust down, to prostrate Jer. 46:15.
id.;
Some that it is of this that the prophet speaks.] understand, tribute, census, like the Greek rip.ii ; but see my observations in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache, p. 64.
Ch. i.q. Heb. lin, with suffix *Tin Dan. This word is omitted in Lexicons and Concordances." Thes. Inserted in Englishman's Heb. and
(umftofen),
["Tin
(a)
to
repel,
to
thrust
away
(;uructftofen),
2Ki.
4:27.
4:27; Pro. 10:3.

(3) to
expel
(wrfto&en/ auSjlofen),
Deu. 6:1959:4;
Chald. Concord.]
[" "HI! pr. n. see
liq No.
2."]
P r like the cognate 11K, TO BE L A R G E, WOLLEN, TUM'D, and trans. TO MAKE TUMID.
'
i"lTin
f.
const. ril"jn i.q.
ing, Prov. 14:28.
lin ornament, adornniin "holy ornaments,'
CCXVIII
I.e.
-nn-nnmn
see
I,
dresses, as
comp.
apparel worn at solemn festivals (not priestly some have siipposed), Psa. 29 : 2 ; 96 9; Bnp nrin ps 110:3.
: .
DrS H$V fXl ln '3X ':X * ye am He (auroc), and beside me there if no God," that is, He who only is to be adored, who alone
Deu.32:39,
even
that
I,
Tj.yTl'!} \_Hadarezer.~\ Sometimes found incorrectly for itjp"!?., which see.

i*!"^
created and preserves the world; Isa. 43:10, 13, 25:
48:12;
in^>X
is
Jer. 14:22, etc.
So
interj.
of sorrow, imitating the sound, like
Eze. 30:2.
In
id. interj.
of sorrow,
i.
q.
MM.
Am. 5: 16.
(1) pron. 3 pers. sing. m. HE ; neut. IT. in X-in and X*n is not paragogic and otiose but radical, as has been rightly remarked by
He"), ( He"). The following examples may be referred to the same use, Ps.44:5; 2 Sa-7:28, 0'?^?? W" '"WS " thou art He, God." (6) this, that, he, hie, ovroc, Gen. 4: 4, KW D3 X>an *->}r\] "and Abel even he of-
whose
God
is
W^
also in proper
names ("whose father
The
letter
fered;" Gen. 2:li,

it is,
Ewald
Arab.
is
It is
in
*&,
Heb. Grainrn. page 176; referring
to the
wn "this n^ 2 n^PjD which compasseth the whole laud of Havilah." often used with a substantive, ju which case it
H^?
takes the article
when
1
the substantive has

:
it;
E*ttn
the
common Arabic, in which hue, hie pronunciation laid down by Caussin, Gramm.
and
to the
Kinn
this
man, Job
;
Arabe, page 51, 55. Also, the Maltese hua, huae; hia, hiae, as remarked by Vassalli in his Maltese
Grammar, page 146; and

which the
syllable
is e
JSth. (D'ft'fc
f-
tfh^
in
Gen. 21 :3l X-inn DV3 frequent use in the prophets, in speaking of a future time, [if the passages be examined in which this expression occurs, they will be found to be very defiof
X-inn Dipsb to this place, in that day, an expression oi

;
",
^ has a demonstrative power.

Germ,
fte,
Similar to this
the
in the
wie/
bte.
In Syr.
is
rejected:
pr.
found in the
name
ooi, wCn; a form which is also ' v|, and perhaps Jer. 29:23
"
!
examples here given, the time spoken previously pointed out]; Germ, on jcnem Sage* Isa. 2:11,17,2053:7, 18; 4:1, 2; 5:30; 7:18,20,21, Sometimes it is used con23; 10:20, 27, etc.
nite ; in alt the
is
a*m, which ought, it appears, to be read 8T' The Persians also have this pronoun without
i
"
1
'?3X.
the n
X-1H temptuously, like ouroc, iste; 2 Ch 28:22, ÎD Tnx " this is that kingAhaz;" compare HJ. Else-
where
dtiKTiKwQ
for the
Phoenic. Xn, Samar. ton, -. ^-.^ ^\ [" fern, in and X'n, Vl"]; in the Germanic dialects the forms f)0, bttt fyue/ fcua. t)c/ t>ci/ are of frequent occurrence ;
(as in JSth.),
as in Latin hie homo, Job 13:28; Eleg. ii. 6, 7, and the interpreters.
pronoun of the first person, compare Tibull.
see a great
number of examples
in Fulda's
German
Wurzelworter, page 223, 224; comp. Schmitthenner, Ursprachlehre, p. 228 [" As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Phoenicio-Shemitic demonstr. particles in
f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. ii. page 127, seq. ; In the Pentateuch, X-in also takes in the 147, seq."] feminine, and stands instead of X'n which (according to the Masora on Gen. 38 35) is found but eleven
(2) It often includes the verb substantive he is, this is, will be, was. Genesis2:ll (see l, b); 20:7, Xin X<33 '3 for he is a prophet;" Gen. 24:65, " " that is '?"'&? my master;" Gen. 15:2, the possessor of my house "'JJJ.vS '"* ^rs he will be Eliezer ol
XW
Zeitschr.
Damascus." Hence often used
for id est, as
a formula
of explaining; Gen. 14:8,^ X-in y^3 "Bela which (now) is Zoar;" verse 7, BHj> XW CB'fO H? "the fountain of judgment which (now) is Kadesh;" Deu.
times in the whole of the Pentateuch. Those who appended the points to the text, not attending to this idiom of the Pentateuch, whenever tun is feminine, have treated it as though it were an error, and have pointed it Xir^ to signify that it ought to be read X'n
;
4 48
:
Est. 2
16
3:7.
More
rarely
it is
verb substantive
itself,
Gen. 17:12,
X-in
|
put for the ^JTHP

l.
"who
is
not of thy seed;" Lehrg.
196,
out of the Pentateuch
fcMn fern, is
found
Ki. 17: 15;
Job 31:11;
30 33, pointed in the same manner. would often be (a) i.q. ipse, awro'c, himself; Gen. 14: 15, VUgl XI n himself and his servants;" Gen. 20: 5, 7 TOX Kin s6q "did not he M tell me hiraself; Isa.7:l4,niX D?^> xin <riX. JJV p$
Isu.
:
Ch. i.q. Heb. Dan. 2:21, 22, 28, 32, 38, 47; 4: 19, etc. [" Often as implying the verb to be, he is, she is, etc., Dan. 2 9, 20, 28,32,47; 6:5; put also
=
In Latin
it
for the verb to be,

fc^JD
Dan. 4:27."]
Ch.
i.
q. "^L|
which
see.
"H'"1
"Tin
root
(by aphseresis, apparently for

to
to
lift
},
from tne
" therefore the Lord
himself
and
rine
this is
sometimes
will give you a sign;" referred to God in an emphatic
.x-j
oneself up, to
become
lofty,
Med.
Damma
ease, although not to be regarded as one of the di-
names
(see
Simonis Onomast. V. T.
p.
549);
be eminent, beautiful [" swelling"]. (a) used of the majesty cf God; (l) majesty. often joined with 1"jn p s 2 1:6; 96:6; 104:1; 111:^
.
jin-rrmn
Job 40
Dar..
:
CCXIX
&
and
K?.!*.
10. (6) of princes and kings, l Ch. 29:25; ll:2i; compare Nu. 27 2O. (c) of a voice, Isa. 30:30; Job 39: 20. (2) splendour, freshness, beauty; Dan. 10:8,
yJJ "HSn^
Nn
To
,
Ch.
to be,
i.
q.
this future there is
Heb. njn. *\lt ninj sometimes prefixed

.
%iri
"my
freshness
(i. e.
the lively colour
the particle j5 which then means that, in order that, and the preformative of the future is commonly omitted, as
:
P].?
;
was changed in me," id) oerf&rbte mid) (tjor Hos. 14:7, Vlin rW3 " his freshness @d)recteu); Used of ornaments, Zech. 10:3; like an olive tree."
of
my
face)
Dan. 2 43
Ch.
ticiple
that they may be, that they might be, Dan. 5:17; compare Winer 6:2,3; T T )r6
6. 13
44, 4. It is often joined with the parof another verb, and thus forms a commonly used circumlocution for the aorist; rVVJ i"ITn " thou
Gramm.
(3)
[Hod],
pr.n.
101.7:37.
wast
seeing,"
f.
Dan. 4:7,10; 7:2,4,
etc.
JT^"Tin (perhaps H^l'in
["or for pr.n. m.

8:40.
?1J
i~lii"l
"praise ye Jehovah" Jehovah his glory"]), [HodaviaK],

01.5:24.
(2)
i
(l)
01.9:7.
(s)Ezr.
verbal of Piel, from nin (i) desire, ctipidity, from the root No. 2, Prov. 10:3, O^Kh njn "îe casts away the desire of the wicked." ^'''C'v
nlH
[HodaviaK],
(.id.),
011.3:24.
pr. n.
= rm-rin
n~*"Tin
("majesty
No.
2,
(id.),
of God"), [#Weva/i], Neh.7:43.
[HodijaJi], pr.n. of certain Levites,

19.
Neh.S:?; 9:5; lO:il, 14,
pJ B'W. Comp. (Arab. desire, Prov. will), 19:13; Job 6: 2; 30:13 (in these two latter places the 1 TO is Hjn). [See also No. 2, to which these three passages are also referred ; in Thes. they are omitted under No. 1.] S o(-2) ruin, fall (Arab ,_cfc), from the root No. 3.
Parall.
n.
M ]M
wind,
prop. TO
BREATHE
(^jfc to blow, as the

the cognate roots n?K,
s
t
\*Zs
air, breeze), like
see. This primary signification is applied (l) to the breath of living creatures ; hence, to live (see njn nTl), and in the use of the language, to be, i.q.
?
3HK which
Hence calamity, destruction. Ps. 57:2, "OgflJiJ 'Vin " until destruction be past;" Psal. 91 :3, "91 in "the destroying pestilence;" Ps. 94:20; Pro. 19:13; Job 6:2; 30 1 3. Hence also, destruction which any one brings upon another, injury, misPsal. 5:10, HVin D3"ij? "their chief, wickedness.
:
the
9
common word
is
n^ri.
In Aramaean this form of the

(^Jil,
verb
the most in use for the verb substantive
peculiar to the poets and the more recent writers [but see the occurrences], and
jocn), in
Hebrew
it is
inward part is very wickedness;" Ps. 38:13, TlSn fiVin "they speak of mischiefs;" Ps.52:4,9; 55:12; Prov. ll:6; 17:4, nVin ji^J? H9 " listening to a mischievous tongue;" Job 6:30.
i.q. ^JL)
it is
found but rarely.
That
it is
older than the
com47
:
No.
2,
misfortune, calamity.
Isa.
mon form n^n and itself primitive, may be seen, both from the Vav conversive (see !) derived from it, and
form being originally onomatopoetic Hjn therefore has its origin from nin, like Hjn from latter indeed appears to be a primary ""Ijn, which word. Part, nin Neh. 6:6; Ecc.2:22. Imp. nin, ^n
also
1 1
Eze. 7 26.
:
from
this
(prob. for D^^J, "whom Jehovah impels"), \_Hoham~\, pr. n. of a king of Hebron, Josh.
10:3.
Gen. 27:29;
for
-in*
Isa.
16:4.
Fut. apoc. N-in
11
Ecc. 11:3,
from HVg. (2) to breathe

njtf
after anything, to desire, to long,

will),
^n interj. onomatopoet., h'ke *1X (1) of threatening, ho! woe! hei, oi, vae! followed by an ace. [" nom. for a voc., see LXX."], Isa. 1:4, *in "woe to the sinful nation;" Isa. 5: 8, 11, Nph
i.
q.
(Arabic ,_j& to desire, to love, to
whence HJQ No. l, desire. This signification, when more intensitive, becomes (3) torus h headlong upon anything, to fall headlong, to perish, i.q. ^-js, Job 37:6, ">BK* 3?0 '? " f r he suith to the PWT n snow, fall down
?? earth," Vulg. ut descendat in terram cording to signif. 1, yivov tiri yi/e):
18,20,21; 10:5; 28:1; 29:1,15; 30:1; 31:1; 7K Jer. 48:1; ?y Jer. 50:27; Eze. 13:3; ? Eze. 13:18. ^fix 'in "alas! (2) of lamenting, a/as/lKi. 13:30,
my brother!"
18:1555:1.
Isa.
17:12.
(3) of admonishing, ho! heus! he! Zee. 2:lO; Isa.
upon
ac-
;pn
en'l
Ch. TO GO, a form softened from
"n?n,
com p.
the
(LXX.
and ^-H,
Y^
and pX,
P3JJ
and PW, and in the
[The
derivatives (except
>V.)
follow.]
more modern languages, Engl. talk, ivalk, dark, warm r is omitted in pronunciation [probably (in which the
it
was intended
;
to refer to the / iu
he two former
other hemistich
oiy
niyna "the eternal bills." Tin

1J? ^TpHj
words
the two latter are wholly misplaced in this
Masorites have indeed pointed these words,
doux, from dulcis ; faux from falsus. Fut. (the only instance of fut. A. in verbs 1J?) "W. Ezr. 5:5;6:5;7:13. Infin. ^HO Ezr.
comparison]).
The French
f.
Verbal from
plur. ntfton folly. in PoeL
Ecc. 1:17; a:ia.
and they seem to have indicated the interpretation which the Vulg. and Chald. have embraced; taking *lin as the part, of the verb '~nn, my parents; "! is thus referred to what follows. [This gives a very so that we have no need to conjecture sense, good
another meaning.] But this sense is contrary to the similar passages, Deu. 33:15; Hab. 3:6 [an unsafe
to rest a conjecture upon], and also to the parallelism of the members. [This would be carrying the idea of parallelism of Hebrew poetry very
^n
f.
id.
Ecc. 10:13.
ground
m. (Milel) Isa.4i:7, see
PUT INTO MOTION, TO DISTURB; kindred to the roots DOn, HDH. Deu. 7:23, n^TIJ nCKnr? DOH " he brings upon them great disturbanc e." Whence
TO
DinPI pr. the sea in
far.]
commotion.
to be
NIPHAL,
HJPHIL,
fut.
Dn
disturbed,
1
:
to be in
commoKi. 1 145.
(2) [//or], pr.n. of two mountains, of which (a) one is on the borders of Edom, one day's journey and a half southward of the Dead Sea at the foot of which Petra stood. It is now called from Aaron, who died
;
tion, as a city, land, Ru.

to
19;
Sa.
4:5;
used of a multitude making a noise, Mic. 2:12; of an uneasy mihd (oben im Sunern), Ps. 55:3.
SRutje fyalten),
(comp. B
WH
make a commotion, germen
madjcn/ tobcn
.. \jt, _J Jr^T' ^ eoe ^ Neby Hdrun mountain of Aaron the prophet"), or .
there,
("the
\jju-j
,\js,
("our lord Aaron"). See my Comment, on Isa, 16 1. Nu. 20 22 33 37. the other belongs to (ft) Lebanon, towards the north, Nu. 34:7, 8.
:
:
Derivatives,
"i
(for yOBnn*,
"whom Jehovah
l
hears"),
(" destruction," root Q?^), \_Homam],
[Hoshama~], pr.n. m.
Ch. 3:18.
pr.n. m. 1 Ch. 1:39, for which, Gen. 36:22, there found 00'H.
is
Ho sea,
pr. n.
7171
i.
q.
Arab. ^\& to be
light, easy,
compare
Hence cogn. |SS, PN. (1) TO BE OF LITTLE
(1) this was the original name of Joshua, the minister and successor of Moses [as leader of Israel],
Arab. Conj. H. So IV. X. to esteem of little worth, to contemn. HIPHIL, Deut. 1 141, nuy? WnPl) y e thought il but little to go up," i. e. ye acted lightly and rashly in
that
MOMENT.
Nu. 13:8, 16. (2) a king of

seq.
Israel, 2 Ki.
15:30; 17:1, seq; l8:l,

Hos. 1:1,
2.
(3) a prophet.
LXX.
'}<rj.
ye went up. Others take it "contemning (the of God) ye went up." Comp. Nu. 14:44. (2) to be in easy circumstances, to live comfortably, to be rich. Compare px No. 2, 3. Hence are derived pn, and
n$Bnn ("whom Jehovah

hovah has
set free"]),
aids"
["whom
Je-
command
[HoshaiaJi],
32.
pr. n. of several
men
(l)
Nehem, 12:
see
(2) Jer. 42:1; 43:2.
nnn.
6:31; 8: 18; Ps. 44:13, pn N?3
pn
m.
(l)
riches, substance.
Prov. 1:13;
TO DREAM, TO
TALK
in one's dreams, Isa.

is
gratis, for
no price.
56:10.
Kindred
is
ntn,
and the original idea

ivvTn'iar>nf.voi.
that
of nocturnal
(bavraZoutroi.
!jjj>
vision.
LXX.
Plur. D'?in Eze. 27:33. Prov. 30:15, 16. (a) adv. enough.
ii),
Aqu.
So
LXX.
com-
Symm. cpapariffral. (Arab.

be
^^ and
^)
ii
to talk ramblingly, to
illness,
delirious, especially
Chald., Syr., Arab. (Arab.
. (
ys> facility,
through
and so commonly amongst the Talas
fort;
compare ^\\ Med.

50*
Waw
flfc*
to live comfortably,
mudists.)
quietly; ^.\ quiet, wealth;
wealth, substance).
*H (for *n? from the verb HH3, lamentation, Eze. 2:io.
^3
for
*fln
&
*lh
1
(l)
Lq.
"XJ
a mountain, Gr.
'l'1
'
an ancient word, in but little use, Gen. 49:26, iy nin opoc-
N*H
(i) pron. 3pers. sing, fern she, neut. it

j&.
(I read TJ2
),
"everlasting
mountains;"
in the
Syr. ooi, Arab.
Compare
Kin.
Sometimes
ccxxi
the Masoretic
text,
there occurs K*n, in cases in which

e.
nvm nrw n>

i.
KM
^ rvnyhe shall
be
to
be u
taken in a neuter sense, and referred to the masculine, and the Jewish critics expected Nin, Job
is
thee for a mouth, and thou shall
him
for God,'
31:11; Ecc. 5:8; Ps. 73:16. Besides this, all the observations made above on the masculine K-in apply
equally to the feminine &0n
It is often
(a)
i.
q.
herself, ipsa,
especially
avri'i,
it
Joshua 6: 17;
article, as
(b) this,
avrn,
il were, inspire word? does to ihe prophets. Exodus 2: 16, Gen. 28:21; Nu. 10:31. Also with a gerund, Isa. " it 44: 15, "flnV D 1?? ny? (the wood) is for a man to burn." Also to sheiv oneself as such a one. : â.
thou shall suggest and, as

as
to
him
God
when
has the
N'^D rjjatthat
4:9, D'B>3X7
vn "shew yourselves men;" and
Avilh
time, Mic. 3:4; the same, i Ki. 19:8. (2) not unit takes the of the verb substantive, frequently place as Lev. 1 1 39.
:
rvn dat. of pcrs. l Sa. 18: 17, ^'.D thou to me for a valianl man." Followed by ? before an
inf.
]^ $
"be
(c) to be
to play
about
ju
to,
to be
going
is
to
(comp. Engl.
;
NT!
lam
Ch.
i.
q.
Heb. Daniel 2:9, 20, 44; 4:21,27;
[ihis
comparison
ttntn).
baran/ im
7:7; Ezr. 6:15.
23ccjriff
wholly unapt], er ifl Gen. 15: 12, '&f n W]
~T"1
joicing treaders.
mas. (root "^1^) joyful acclamation, re(a) of vintage gatherers and wine-press
Jer.
the sun was about lo set." Josh. 2 15, Mij> lap ? ~iyK>n *n M " and when the gate was about to shut" (in a passive sense, as in Germ. cS ijt jum (Sffcn
"
when
to battle, Jer.
25:30; 48:33. (6) of soldiers going 51:14; Isa. 16:9, 10, where the two
senses are put in opposition.

:\ pi. f. Neh. 12:8, praises, songs, compare Neh. 11:17. This word is derived from PHin [Hiph.
Isa. 6:13; Deu. 31 ri?. ba/ that it be eaten). to be intent itpon any tiring, Germ, er rear .barauf/ 2 Chron. 26:5, D fully barauf credit.
11
(d)
more
rPl
" and he was intent to serve God.

it is
^. Bh^
to H^n
As
when
CJ? iTil to
of ^T], to praise, of the same signification as n'nifl. There does not, however, occur any other word cor-
omitted in such expressions, see Lehrg. 211. be with any one (a) to be on his side,
responding to this in form. [" Compare also Neh. in where a like context is 12:27, nnifl-"]
fut. n;rp
inf.
to take his part, tlvai pro TIVOG (Matt. 12:30), l Ki. HB> CJ? n;n to be with a woman, 1:8 (see DV). (6) to lie with her, Gen. 39:10; 2 Sa. 13:20, Syr. jocn
JIAjj ^-î.
'^
^$-
""C? to
be in any one's
eyes,
apoc.
with
Vav
convers.
W\,
e.
H absol. H n const,
nvn, once
.
n*n.
Eze. 21 :15, Avith

i.
him, see TV. With the participle of another verb

to
to
seem
pref.
nvi,nVna
i.
q nin, ch. nja, Syr. jocn, )ocr.
cumlocution for the imperfect.

q.
13.'!,
(l) TO BE, TO EXIST (as to its origin, see the note), the verb substantive. Used absol. Genesis 2:5, H^b*
it forms <\ cirGen. 4:17, H3b n|J especially in writers of a later age, Job 1
9
14; Neh. 1:4; 2:13, 15; comp. Syriac Jooi
^>
9
H3
the shrubs of the field were n;nj Din nnbn not as yet in the earth." It more often joins the
he was
killing.
subject to its predicate, whether this latter be a substantive or an adjective, or if it indicate the place of
(2) to become, to be made or done. Absol. i. q. "liN 'H Gen. 1:3, to exist, to come to pass. " let there be ">1N and there was into
W\
light
(came
any person or thing.
Gen.
2, -inhj -inn
:
niVn psni.
1
V^
they
its
Gen. 3:1, D-njj r\\r\ eTanj. Gen. 2' 1 8, n'v 'n n-rn. Gen. 3:20, "rrb DX nn n Nin
s
nitb'x" ?
Gen.
4:8, nn.B>3
Dnrna
W\
p.
an d
it
came
: ;
to pass
when
(As
to
were
in the field."
Gen. 2 25
4:14.
Isa. 66:2, rl^fiH?? -ViTJ existence) light;" verse 6. " and all these i. e. have have arisen, been," things have existed. Elsewhere a thing is said to come to : Isa. 7 7, Qlpn &6l n;nn N ^ pass (in opp. to to fail). followed by "? of the agent, Isa. 19: 15, Dnyp^ "$? #?
: ;
ellipsis, see
Lehrg.
?
849
to
(a) as the possessor, to be possessed. Ex. 20:3, " there shall be to thee no strange gods," i e. thou shalt have no Deut. 21 :15; strange gods.
thing),
i.
Followed by
e.
be
to
any one (used of a
for
him
used followed by an ace. thing Gen. 19:26, n?O 2*V? ~fl! " and she became (was made) a pillar of salt." Gen. 4:20, 21 more often
is
;
nb^D no work To be made any
"
shall
be
done by
the Egyptians."
a Sa. 1 2 2 Isa. 45 14. Hos. 1 9, CD^> nVIN &6 ^j " I will not b e to i. e. I will not be you," your God. So very often ^ and negat. ^ |. (b) to be for
: ; : :
Bfe^ Dnsn nJ and man became a living soul." Gen. 2:24; 17:4; 18: But ? i^n is also 18; 32:11; Ex.4:4; Isai.l:31 (4) to be (a) to be or co/c <o anyone Ex. 32: 1.
followed
by
"?,
Gen. 2:7,
nn
anything,
hall
i.
e.
to serve for, or as anything, ju ctwaS btes

-VH)
or
nen, gmidjen.
Gen. 1:14, 15, nil'sp^ be for luminaries." Verse 29.
and they
X-1H
roerben.
Ex. 4:16,
any one, as a prey, portion, Jem. ju Sfyftl 7:23; 17:2; 61:7; specially used of a LOOT woman, With nn^n, like the Syr. J;
o
fall
to
Isa.
^>
*6n-rrn
fell
CCXXII
a husband,
to the lot 01
"became
a husband's."
IIos.3:3; Jcr. 3:1; Ru. 1:12. ? n'n pr. lo become like any oue, to be made like any one, Gen. 3:5, 22 ; hence to experience the
being past, (like the expression fuimus Troes,) i e to bt over, ended, gone by, ferttg/ uoruber/ batjtn fe^n. Dan. his sleep left him." German, 2:1, V^JJ nivrg 'WU?> war corbct) fur ibn/ roar babin fur tt)n. 1 yJJ is for V?K, i?
same as. Isa 1:9, -l^n tflp? " -we should have been like Sodom" (should have experienced the same). Gen. 18:25, MPT* P^'V? n;m that it should be the
by a Syriacism
"I was
(not for
ended
(I failed),
VT ty?). 8:27, *JV>rm 'JT'.nj and was sick." Germ, id)
roar baîn/ roar ferttg/
e.
my
powers
failed.
Vulg.
same
to the righteous as to the wicked."
Nu.l7:5;
langui
et ceyrotavi.
133.17:3; 24:2; 28:4; 29:7; 30:13; Hos.4:9; Job 27:7; Cant, l :"]. Similar are the passages, Isa. 10:9; 20 6, in which n*n is omitted. In the historical books there frequently occurs the
:
<"1*D
fern, in
nro
Job 6:2; 30:13
for rijn de-
struction.
phrase ?
'
n .^,
it
YD aChaldeeformforTK/toto? lCh.13: 12; Dan.

10:17.
ift
'n*1
}
"and
it
N. Test.
Kcii
iyirf.ro on.
pass, that," like in Similarly, in the prophets
came to
(A word of frequent occurrence in Chald. Sam.
id.).
n*n*j "and same verb
is
n*n*
pOiba
As
shall come to pass;" even when this afterwards repeated, Isa. 3 24, nnFl n*ni "and (thus) it shall come to pass, in: :
'
J U
quadrilitt.
i.q.
not used.
[In Thes. ??n an

?
unused root, prob.
?H3 (with the

to
is
letters
transposed)
Hencp.
stead of sweet smell there shall be a stench ;" 2 2
Note.
the notion of the verb substantive

it
7 23. is too
:
and ^3.]
/3V7.
Arab. J^Ljb
be great, lofty.
abstruse for
gists
to
be regarded as primitive, etymolo-
[In Corr. this root
altogether rejected.]
It
have properly made research as to the origin of the Hebrew H*n and njn. I formerly followed the conjectures which some had made, that the pri-
^D
is
comm. once
certainly fern. Isa. 44: 28. (["
mary
with
signirication is that of
to
^yj) falling out, coming to pass, was a sense derived from the former; in confirmation of this, it may be
be headlong, to
falling (comparing it fall down), and that
comes from root ^bj i. q. >13, 7111^ to take, to hold,specially to be capacious, spacious" Ges. corr.j
Arab. Jjj>, Syr.JJjÔT, -<*-
^th.U^n^:
PI. D*~,
id.
["There
likewise a verb
J^Ljs"]).
once
J"rt
Hos. 8:14.
compared with Pers. ^J\Z3\
to fall, to fall out, to
(1) a large and magnificent building, Pro. 30:28: Isa. 39:7; Dan. 1:4.
apalact
I now happen. hardly think that this signification of falling can itself be primary; and the notion of existence seems rather to come from that of living, and to be hence applied also to all inanimate things so that the verbs njn, JVH and nin, rvn are of the
;
(2) njn* TO^n "the palace of Jehovah," an appel lation of the temple at Jerusalem, 2 Ki. 24: 13; 2 Ch
3:17; Jer.50:28; Hag. 2:15; Zee. 6:14, 15 (calleelsewhere njn* JV3), also the holy tabernacle which Avas used before the temple was built; compare J"l*3
No.
1 19; 3:3; Ps. 5:8 (not however, 2 Sa. 9 9> where heaven is to be understood); poet, also heaven, Ps.il:4; 18:7 (and 2 Sa. 22:7); 29:9; Mic. 1:2 (sometimes also with the epithet,
same origin. Of these Hjn and Hjn prop, had the signification of breathing, blowing (comp. H1K, H2X, 3"N, '5n), which has partly been applied to the meaning of breathing after, desiring, rushing headlong, and partly to that of living and existing. Comp. under nin.
NIPIIAL n*n3 as if pa$s. of Hiph., hence
i.
i.
Sa.
22:7;
l is - 2
"holy").
(3) Specially it is a part of the temple at Jerusalem, namely, 6 vaoc KUT ox'/', answering to the nave of modern cathedrals between the entrance and
q.
Kal No.
2,
but more rarely used (l) to become, to be made. Followed by ? to be made, to become any thing, Deu.
47:9; Pro. 13:19, n*n3 ni^ri "a desire which has
been done" (em

compare verse
to this.
SBunfcb/ bcr
gefcfyefcn ifl), i. e.
fulfilled;
the holy of holies p^.), l Ki. 6:5, 17; 7:50. By a mere error it has occurred that in the last edition ol
where there is nN3 corresponding manner Zee. 8: 10 used of wages; i Ki. i :27, njn -Qin njna ên tfn* nxo DX s this thing done by my lord the king?" i.e. appointed tnd ordered by him; 12:24; also i. q. to happen, to
12,
Simonis Lexicon [Winer's], ?3'D

to the holy of holies
itself.
is
said to be applied
In like
77H
(1) the
%
emphat. *6p*n Chald. like the Hebrew. palace of a king, Dan. 4:1, 26; Ezr. 4:14.
ametopass,
Deu. 4:32; Jud. 19:30; 26:3, 12; Eze. 81:12539:8; Neh.6:8. (2) Sometimes there is the added idea of something
(2) a temple, Dan. 5:2,3, 5.

Isa. 14: 12 according to LXX., Vulg., Targ Rabbin. Luth.,ste#a lucidti, bright /ar,i.e. Lucifer
^/ D
CCXXIIl
Nor is this a bad rendering, for there is added "lO and in the Chaldee also Lucifer [the morning star],
is
with a stroke
compare the kindred verbs Ppn,

Kal, or (Heb.
to
"igr^
V
,
it and ?3H D3PI which see. [" Once

fut.
to
called nn?3 3313, in Arab,
ji
j&
i.
e.
splendid star.
*?
Gramm.
n 52, ncte4) ]
According to the root 7^n

)
this opinion ?.?'[} would be derived from to shine ; as a participial noun of the
HIPHIL, stun, stupify; Job 19:3, 1"'i3n fc6 VlSriri " not are ashamed, ye stun me," LXX. ye
ETriKtifftii
fjtoi,
OVK aia-^vvo^troi pt
bescitur opprimentes
Jerome,
et
non erumtdh/
conj.
like),
(comp. Arab. Ja-J, Syr. ;_^x*re and the or else of a quadriliteral verb 7?*n,comp. ?3'n,
S?*j3 J
me ;
fd)aamlo6 ubertdubct
tt)r
rightly given
verss.'
"^TH. However, ??'[? itself is not unfrequently Imper. Hiph. of the verb "??* in the signification ica il, lament
by Cromayer, Schultens in AnimadDSnri seems to stand for Wsnri (compare
(Eze. 21: 17; Zee. 11:2), and this does not appear
less
suitable,
and
is
adopted
Jerome.
[" This
is less
by Syr., Aqu. suitable." Ges. corr.]
and
3 Jer. 9: 2). It may even be taken for the fut ")"]!3 Kal, but on account of the dative V, which particularly often follows verbs in Hiphil (Lehrg. p. 817), the
common
Q'H
opinion appears to me to be preferable. [" Better perhaps to assign to ~>n the force of
to injure, to litigate
see Din.
Arab. J^>_
in
pertinaciously
whence
[DO'PI pr.n. see DOta].
(=10ntD Ch. and Syr. faithful), [Hem an'] (i) pr.n. of a certain wise man, who flourished before the days of Solomon ( l Ki. 5:11), of the tribe
fp'Pl
Job 1. c. shameless ye read n?rm." Ges. corr.]

""!"!??
f.
injure me.
Several
MSS.
the form
n^n, see Gr.
(Verbal of Hiph. from the root 133, of 74, 29, 75, 1. [83, 28 584,1]),
of Judah,
Ch. 2:6. There is a different
(2)Heman,
: ,
a Levite of the family of the Kohathites, a leader of David's choir, 1 Chr. 6 1 8 15:17; 1 6 41 42 Ps. 88:i; compare Thes. p. 1 1 7.
:
a knowing, taking knoivledgeof[" a beholding"]; Isa. 3 9, DfVjJS rnsn the knowledge of their countenance," i. e. what may be known by their faces,
:
what they manifestly shew ["

persons,
i.
hin, a measure of liquids containing ["the seventh part of a Bath, i.e. twelve Roman sectarii"] 12 37, 2 Attic x<i e (according to Joseph. Ant. iii. 9 4).
I
H m. a
the beholding of their respect of persons, partiality in a judge compare the phrase D^B "V?n in 133 Hiphil"].
e.
;
/n
Nu. 15:4,sqq., 28:5,7,

!v, vv.
Its
etymology
is
Eze. 4:11. LXX. Eir, doubtful. It may be derived
(i) the article, Arab. Jl, Heb. -H,^ being
H5
inserted [by a compensative Dagesh] in the next letter; see Lehrg. p. 197, and above, p. ccxin.
c
from
j-in
reason
is
as being a light, small measure. [This rejected in Thes.] [" This corresponds to
is
(2)
particle of interrogation,
L]
Arab.
Ijj,,
whence
form
is
the Egyptian hn, hno, which signifies prop, vessel, and then a small measure, sectarius, Gr. 1i wr. See
taken
interrogative,
:6,
which
see.
The
full
once found, Deu. 32

Nehardeenses,
join together
is
Leemans, Lettre a Salvolini,
p. 154.
Bb'kh. Metrol.
Untersuch. pp. 244, 260. But it is not certain that these Hebr. and Egypt, measures were of the same
size."
who mnvn.
according to the reading of the thus divide i"lin* ^, which others

If the former
is
joined with an accusative, as
be correct, ?O5 often the case.
Ges. add.]
N7n
[See added note below.]
to be
TO REMOVE, or TO BE
is
REMOVED, Unused
**
p"
in Kal. (Nearly connected
the
-
Syr.\>cnôi to put
to stay
pn
ab.
in
Kal not used.

to be
far, to
remove, and Arab. Jj.
II.
away, to go
the Niphal
off, col-
Jj* an d J^>
stupified,
j\
stunned,
away, to recede.) [In Thes. this is not given as

is
a verb
lus 1.691,
3i\
.1
_^^r
i.
admiration, or, most

Kimchi, after R.
made denom. from
i"1
^?^.]
vehement admiration,
Jonah n,n3
e.
stupor.
n!Tn great admiration. Alb. Schultens (^n Job 19:3) thought the original idea to be that of being tiff, rigid, but considered it worthy of more examintion ; I
NIPHAL, partic. lectively, the far
nspqan removed, far
removed, the remote, Micah 4:7
Hence
have no doubt but that
it is
that of beating,
ending,
comparing it with the primitive syllable pn, in which there is the sense of beating, cutting,
n y?>P-?)> subst. distance, < n para^. ^^/v with remoteness, always (Milel.und on that account without Metheg), adverb far off
N/n
(segol. form, like
farther.
CCXXIV
" go far(1) Used of space, Gen. 19:9, ther back," begone; LXX. rurotTra iKii: Vulg. recede Accordilluc (see my Commentary on Isa. 49: 20). " come is incorrect, and which to others, nearer," ing " unsuitable to the sense, l Sa. 10 3, nK?nj DK'P (and thou shalt go) thence farther;" l Sam. 20: 22, ''JPP
:
nxl
cay of acting, Pro. 31 :27 Troj. anciently went. nn s 3 no^n " (she attends to) the ways of her houw * i. e. her domestic concerns.
(3)
companiesof travellers, Job
6: 19.
Koot
v?
^J
"!]&.
/ <7
&
*^J
/^
(see
i
Gramm.
67, [77])
i
fut. ^fe
HN^nj "from thee farther,"

37. (In opposition to nsnj
i.e.
beyond thee;
verse
(from v
once with Yod np^K Mic. &\ iV
:8; poet, *
f*
^pp on
this side of thee.)
a Num. 32:19; Isa. 18:2, wrr|D KTU oy people terrible and farther off than it;" verse 7. " farther off than," as Am. 5:27, n^np ? "$? off than Damascus." farther P^PY "beyond, N-inn DViiO (2)' Used of time, l Sam. 18:9, n$nj
n$m
^pnJ? Psal. 73 -.9; imp. "H? with n parag.'n37 or with the n omitted 'V (see HDp in its
VL]! (from
V?)i once
1
place), fern." ??, p.p, rarely -13?n Jer. 51 -.50; inf. abs. constr. nb^> with suff. ^p^, part. $1. to (1) ô, to walk, to go along (kindred roots are
own
LL
L*
W?,
^-in,
ni^,
as of
aries,
S|j?ta
which
" from that
see).
Used
also of inanimate things

: ;
day and o n w a r d ;" Lev. 2 2
27
( Syr."^ en,
^vk^
1???,
id., ^Jso
"VcnA
to
beyond, Ch. vkrfc,
n^ and
l)."]
7:18; reports, 2 Ch. 26 8 boundJosh. 16:8; letters, Neh. 6: 17. 2 Sa. 15:20, *?>? a
ship, Gen.
;
which belong
?)
"
a root Med. Gem., see under Q Gesenius thus derives the word, Thes. [I
see,
^"f $
hy_ ifcin
l
can go;"
compare
"I, indeed, Sa. 23: 13.
go whithersoever
probably for n?n from ?H (which
No.
place towards which one is going, commonly takes the preposition ? Gen. 26:26; ? l Sa. 23: 18;
The
pi verbal of Piel from ?/n ["praises (of God)"], festival days, celebrated on account of the
.
D V^H
2Ch.8: 17; sometimes

45: 16; 46:2
^ 2 Sa. 15: 20 ;? iKi.i9:4; Isa

nb^h nV3
finished harvest, pu b lie
thanksgivings, Jud.g:27;
(pr. to go, to enter into), or it is the accusative ; as Jud. 19:18; 2 Ki. 9 : 2 1 ,
put in
B>~)n
Lev. J9-.24.
see
"ships
going
to Tarshish;'' or
with n parag.
2Ki. 5:25;
The
this.
It is
ipn comm.
masc., Jud. 6:2O;
Sam.
noticed
following constructions of this verb should be (a) with an ace., it is to go through or overa>
14:1; 17:26; 2 Ki. 23:17; Zee. 2:8; Dan. 8: 16. fern. The more full form follows as the next 2 Ki-4:25. this uticle; apocopated form also occurs in Arabic ** -* * jj^ Gol. Col. 2122. jJJ(Milra),m. this, Gen. 24:65; 37:19. ComHT and the fuller form of the article of pounded ?n, the 7 being doubled as in the cognate 7X, n?X. [" Ac-
place, as
Deu. 1:19,
all
ÎPT??
J">X
"=1^1
"and we went
So also the desert;" 2:7; Job 29:3. through Num. 20: 17; i Ki. 13:12 (in other places
TH "^
THJ?
VC Pro. 7: 19). (b) followed by ? it is to go with some person or thing, Exod. 10:9, also to takt with one, to bring, Hos. 5:6. (Compare ?, C. 1.)
1
^t?n
J"lK For another sense see above. (fiK) (c) with &V or to go ivith, to have intercourse with (German umgetjen mit), Job 34:8; Prov. 13:20. Compare Job
cording to Hupfeld from nt and N?n=:nK7n which is also favoured by the Talm. plur. V??n for Î?X ^fL ."]
1
It
answers to the Arabic

relative;
,_jjj\
is
which assumes the
31 :5. (d) with 'Tinx to go after any one, to follow him, Gen. 24:5,8; '37:17/0^?, D!J7$ nq ^n to go after, i.e. to worship, God or Baal, Dent. 4:3;
Jer. 2:8; also to pursue, 48:2, T"1D.^ "the sword shall pursue thee. (e) with a ft No. see * dative 3. "V'7 pleonast. depart,
l 3"!}D
Ki. 14:8;
"vfl
power of a
jj\,
hence
the shortened form T?n
and by aphaeresis
once occurring 26.36:35, joined with and thus of the feminine eender.
id.,
V?n
~|N
(2) trop. to walk, manner of life (Germ,
i.e.
to
/t've,
to
follow an)
No.
3.)
jcanbcln/
comp.
TT!!
Ps
15:2, Q^pri TJjh
"who walketh
:
(lives or conduct*
or
?n " my steps."
^^VL?
i:fi;
f.
m., a 0oin0, a sfgp;
Job 29:6,
Root ^n.
"walks himself) uprightly." Ps. l l, D*V?n (lives) according to the counsel of the wicked." l Ki
9:4. 'Q
^"l* !?, ^"iTia
1
n$3 ^n
^n
to follow
any
one's footsteps,
(l) going, progress, Na. specially solemn processions of God, Psal.
only in pi.
8.25.
() ways,
are to him,"
Hab.3:6,
i.
e.
God
"ancientwaye Dîy goes in the ways in which he
ft
nb^n
him in life and manners, hence '?")'!!? ^^ "to follow the precepts of God;" Deut. ift:9; \\ 28:9; Ps. 81 13. Rarely with an ace. (likeT^ l^n). Isa. 33: 15, n P"]V v^l " he who walketh uprightly;* Mic. a: iijTi^nnn^h "living in wind d e vanity)
to imitate
:
ccxxv
and lying;" Pro.6:i2, HB nfe^g Tfeta "walking (living) in perverseness of mouth," i. e. who, while ho lives, continues to practise perverseness of speech.
(?) Specially
to
(2)
i.
q.
Kal No. 2;
Kal No.
Psal. 86: ll;
89:16; 131 :ii
Eccl. 11:9.
(3)
i.
q.
3, Ps.
104:26.
go aioay,
to
vanish,
Ps.
78:39;
Jcl>7 :9;
1
pleon.
"T?;!,
19: 1O; 14:20; especially followed byadat. French s'en aller, Ital. andarsene. Cant.
(4) perhaps to fall upon any one, grassatus est (which, like the Hebrew, is a frequentative from
gradior),
\ '
whence
^DP
I.3O
grassator, robber,
attacker,
\^
to
Gen.l2:i; 22:2 9:11; 4:6; often in imp. Hence to decease, to di e, Gen. 1 5 2 Psal. 39:14. (So in Arabic ^c, jbj, Û, _ ,j; and
: ;
,
v v
Prov. 6:ll (parall.
^^)-
Compare
HI];,
^.
walk, to invade, to rob. Others understand a vagrant. Compare HITHPAEL.
HJPHIL
more
fully
&****
^L<
to go one's way.
Syr.
-l^
part.
|
""Jvin
DO prip
to
to migrate, to wander; in JEth. 'iOH.' and But to this head does not belong Gen. 25 32,
:
frf (D:)"-fen
'33K
manner) some one
(from ^J?J), rarely Tr^D Ex. 2:9, and Zee. 3 7 (formed from ""J/n in the Chald (i) causat. of Kal No. i pr. to cause
: ;
rMD?
I
for
it
must not be rendered I am going to die, but

I
am
daily liable to die, (4) to go, as water, i.
am
daily in danger of death.
go, hence to lead, Deu. 8:2 2Ki.24: 15; Isa. 42: 16, etc. Part. *? p Ijtp leaders, companions, Zee. 3:7; also to take anything away, Zec.5:lo;
e. to
flow,
to be
poured
out,
'
Ecc. 10:20.
Isa.
8:7.
is
Such expressions are of frequent use in

as the hills flow with milk or with water, i.e.
this child." 2 Sa.

i
Hebrew,
there
(see
shall I
plenty of milk, of water note [ 135,1, note 2], Lehrg. 218,4); Joel4:i8. Similarly Eze. 7: 17; 21:12,
So Ex. 2:9, njn i^rrns *ytyr\ "take ^nsirrns "^r'lN H3X " whither 1V 3 1 3. -/ shame?" whither shall I go with carry my
:
amongst the
107,
hills
Gramm.
my
shame ?
to
3.
(i.e.
D?D n33?n D?3~}3~?3. Vulg. omnia genua fluent aquis out of fear). Compare Virg. Georg. ii. 166: auro
(5)
to
(2) causat. of Kal No. 3, destroy, Ps. 125:5.
cause
to
perish,
to
(3) causat. of KalNo.4,toca?<se toflow(as water), Eze. 32: 14, that (the sea) may flow away, Ex. 14: 21.
plurima fluxit.
go on, go on adding.
inf.
to
go forward
in
HITHPAEL ^n^n
(i)pr.
fid)
to
go for oneself, comp.

hence
to
any
thing, i.e. to
pleon.
^vH
(a) with variously construed and the participle of another verb,

It is
Gr. vopevofjiai, Germ,
ergetjen/
ivalk
up
/n31. ^?n ^1 pr. he went on going on, and grew, i.e. he went on growing' day by day, he T ^7>rn grew more and more. Jud. 4:24, 76f^V7J| n !j?l?1 V? "and the hand of the Israelites became harder and harder upon Jabin." iSa.i4:i9; 2Sa. Instead of the first ^?n the verb 5: 1O; 18 25. (ft) itself is not unfrequently put, which expresses the
Gen. 26: 13,
and down, Gen. 3:8; 2 Sam. ll :2, to go about^ to walk about, Ex. 21:19; Job l :7; Zee. l:lO, ll; 6:7, to walk, to go, Ps. 35:14; with ace. (like Kal) Job 22: 14, "ilpnjV. W.& J:n "he walks upon the vault
of heaven."
(2) trop. (like Kal and Piel No. 2) to live. ^?D^n to live (to walk) in truth, in upright-
DTQ npN3
action thus increased.

aifch
D ^? >n Gen. 8 3, H99 and the waters returned (flowed away) from off the face of the earth more and more;" 12:9; compare Gen. 8:5. (c) with the partic. Î?n and the
:
^pn
"
ness. Ps. 26:3; 101:2; Pro. 20:7; 23:31, "to " before God;" Gen.17 i 24:40 48 15, and to
: ; ;
:
walk walk
with God;" 5:22,24; 6:9, to God.

(3)
i.
i.q. to lead
life
pleasing
partic. of
another verb
1
Sa. 17 : 41 ,
^H W^f D ^.'.1
yyy\
1
"and the
Philistines
?
Sa.2:26, ate} Samuel grew on
nearer." 'fentewp' "IBI31 "and the child more and more;" 2Sam.3:i Est.
;
came nearer and
to flow, used of wine, Pro. 23:31. Pro. 24:34, an attacker, a robber, or a vagrant, comp. Piel No. 4.
q.
Kal No. 4,
"=l?nj;ip
(4) Part.
"sjvn
Derivatives, besides those which immediately follow, nDvrij vD'?, na^7nn see also ""15?.
}
9:4; Jon. l: ll; Pro.4:l8; 2 Ch. 17:12. Comp. the French, la maladie va toitjours en augmentant et en
empirant, the disease increases
*s|/n
Ch. PAEL,
id.
to
go, Dan. 4:26.

5
more and more.
See
APHEL,
Part.
1 'P/
?*?
Dan. 3:25; 4:34.
Gramm.
NIPHAL
aw ay,
to
100, 3, and the note there. [ 128, 3.] "ipnj pr. to be made to go, hence to go vanish, Ps. 109:23.
i. q. Kal, but always poetic (except l Ki. 81:27) (of frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac),
PIEL ^|?n
specially
(i)
i.
q.
Kal No.
l, to
go, to
walk, Job
&*$ m. (l) journey, way, also i.q. "^D a traveller, a ivanderer, 2 Sam. 12:4. (Compare Gramm. 111:2, letter a [ 104:2, a.]). l Sa. 14:26, C'a' ^jn (2) a flowing, a stream, "astreamof honey." Comp. ^n No. 4.
!
4:iO; 30:28; Ps. 38:7; 104:3.
m. Ch. a way-toll
16
Ezr.4:l3, so; 7:84.
ccxxvi
JO BE CLEAR, TC BE BRILLIANT, t)flt or sound. [" In ffpn, pr. used of a clear, sharp tone of public rejoicing occasions on the women Ethiopia are accustomed to repeat the sounds ellellell-eUellell ;
7n - (l)
admit the syncope of the letter n, take i?n to be int Kal of the form "*\&, with a pleonastic suffix so thai it should be rendered, "when it shined," sc. his light; compare Job 33:20; Eze. 10:3.
;
whence
to
make
ellell,
is
i.
q. to rejoice;
see Isenberg
fallen/
(2)
to
shine,
to
Amhar. Lex.
applied
Ges. add.] p. 112."

gellen/
Comp.
and
It is
crbreiten/
leud)ten,
give light, Job 31 126.
i.
q.
"VKH No.
a, ficty
the kindred roots
^V>
fallen.
See PIEL.
HITHPAEL
31:30.
to
(i) pass. of Piel l,to be praised, Prov.

to
(2) to brightness of light, Arab.
Jj>>
(like the
Germ. Hence
tjelle garben).
See HIPHIL, and the noun ??*J,
(3) to make a show, used both of external appearance, and of grandiloquent words, glinjen rcollen/
prablen, Ps.
l Ki. 2O:ll; l*ro. oneself, 7TX " he goeth away, and then he boasteth (of his bargain)." With ? of that in which one glories, Prov. 25:14; 27:1; especially
(2)
:
glory,
boast
20
14, ?pni;P TN
'"6
used of God, Ps. 34:3; 64:11; 105:3.

.
lent, Ps.
Dv?in the proud, Hence 5:6; 73:3; 75:5.

75:5.
Part.
the
inso-
Once with oy p s 106:5. Jer. HITHPOEL (i) to be mad, to be foolish. 25:16; 51 :7; Nah. 2:5, 3D^n -lînjV the chariot*
he regarded as being foolish: just as, on the other hand, a modest person is looked upon as wise and pious. Comp. 733. PIEL, pr. to sing (see Kal No. l), especially any
ters,
is
(4) to be foolish. See POEL. the more any one boasts, the
In the sacred wri-
are
more
mad," they
D'p^XIl
$??iniV
are driven impetuously; Jer. 50:38, used in a pregnant sense, " they
madly
(a)
confide in idols."
to feign
Derivatives,
madness, W>n, OT,
praise, to celebrate, es" with an ace. God, rjp??n praise ye Jehopecially vah." Psal. 117:1; 145:2 in the later writers with ^ (properly to sing to God), l Ch. 16:36; 25:3; 2Ch. ao 2 1 30 2 1 Ezr. 3 1 1 with ? Psal. 44 9. Also
one's praises
;
hence,
to
n/n^. P r n
-
Wfei
:
^ ^feo
i
=
Sa. 21:14.
n
,
Mîn, ^>qo,
H?,
pr. n.
and
?ri
["singing," "praising"], Hillel,
of a man, Jud. 12 13, 15.

fut.
simply
to
praise, Prov. 27:2; 28:4; folknved by /&* praise some one to another, to commend, Gen.
to to
(Psal.
STRIKE, TO SMITE.
74 6) (l) TO BEAl, TO Jud. 5:26, iOP'p """??$ " fill*
(a) intrans.
glory.
Psal. 56:5,
smote Sisera;"Ps-74:6; 141:5; Isa.4i:7,Pys Dîn who smote the anvil, pr. P? P/?in. As to the change
Used of the of the accent, see Lehrg. p. 175, 308. hoof of a horse striking the ground, Jud. 5 :aa. Metaph. J" 'P-l/L! Isa. 28 i, sm itten by wine, drunk:
glory." Comp. Ps. 10:3. 26.26:17. praised, celebrated, Part. ^HO worthy to be praised (God), Psal. 18:4; 96:4; 145:3. Ps. 78: 63, tfa\ *6 ttfWp according
I
"in God
PUAL,
will
to
be
to the present vocalization,
" and their virgins were
celebrated" (had no nuptial song); comp. Ch. 8p1?n epithalamium. But this does not accord sufficiently with verse 64, and I prefer reading ^?in for
not
?
ards; compare Gr. oiv<nr\i'], Lat. percussus tempora Baccho. Tibull. As to similar expressions in Arabic, see my Comment, on Isa. loc. cit.
in pieces, to break, Isa. 16:8. dissolved, to break up (intrans.) as an i Sa. army, to be scattered; Germ, fid) jerfrfjlagen. 14:16, P^ni "HZ!! "and (the hosts) were scattered more and more." Derivatives, besides those which immediately follow,
(2)
to
smite
(3)
to be
''?*??
lamented.
fut. ??in*
POEL X?in
causat. of Kal No. 4, to

to
make
to
foolish, Ecc. 7:7; also
shew
Isa.
to
be foolish,
make ashamed. Job 12:17;

POAL
102:9,
*9i?).
44:25, 7?in? D'pDp
" he shews the diviner, to be fools."

part. '?
1?
vX1n ?
" those
T? mad, pr. smitten with fury. Ps.
who
are
mad
D/n
18:3;
l
against
me"
adv. of place.
Sa. 10:22;
(like
Ecc. 2:2.
(l) causat. of
(l) hither, Ex. 3:5; Jud. 9 Sa. 7: 18. cfcpV. hitherto. -
-4-
HiPlflL
or thin ing, Isa.
Kal No. 1, to make bright 13:10; Job 41 :1O. I would with
To
this
answers the Arab.
^Jjj.
(not
Jjj>,
as given in
the former editions and

is
Ewald (Hebr. Gramm. p. 471), place here [in Thes. put under Kal a], Job 29: 3, Via i^n? for n? ^nqa " when God (by the omission of n preformative), made his light to shine." Those who do not thus
by Winer) come
;
hither, which
fern,
^.^
inflected like
an imperative whence the
Perhaps the Hebrew word also, was originally an imperative signifying come hither; from D?n to strife*
CCXXVII
ground with one's foot (comp. DV5). As to the comp. also Gr. fitvpo, Sevpi, pi. Sevre. (2) here, Gen. 16:13. [In Thes. this word is said to mean pr. a stroke of the foot on the ground, as an indication whence one has come.]
tlie
i.e.
"DtJJ
sense,
the streets, Pro. 1:21. " wine is a and
Pro. 2O:l,
noh
|n
p
1
mocker,
btrong drink (is) raging.'
Comp.
Zee. 9: 15.
(3) used of internal emotion, from disquiet of

arising from cares, solicitude, pity, Psal. 42:6, This in12; Jer. 4:19; 31:20; comp. Cant. 5:4. ternal emotion is sometimes compared poetically with
mind
E/D
:35,
("stroke"), [#Wem],pr.n. ofaman, iCh.

f.
Hlopn
striking.
hammer,
Jud. 5:26, so called from
the sounding of musical instruments (No. 2), just as Forster narrates that in some of the islands of the
Pacific they call pity, the barking of the bowels.
Isa.
See the root.
DM
or
Cn
\_Ham~^, pr. n. of
a region otherwise
lived; pro-
16:11,
n
like a
-11333
ZlKiD^ 'go
for
my
bowels shall
unknown, where the nation of the Zuzim

bably in the land of country; Gen. 14:5.
sound
'niorP
harp
.
Ammon,
or in the bordering
D^>!}3
"my
Moab." Jer. 48:36,3X10? '3? heart shall sound for Moab like
pipes."
Hence
Dnon for DJVpn only in pi. with suffix Dno jfti Eze. 7:11, *6l. Djtonb " of them of neither OOP"!?? nothing (shall remain), their multitude, nor of their wealth." The paroor
DH
DH
their riches.
(4) used of a person wandering about from inquietude of mind ; as the adulterous woman, Pro. 7 :
11
;
>1.
9:13.
Derivatives
Similar in signification Dn O r on, nnpn, jion
is
H3n.
nomasia of the words Cnp, D3bqp Bnpnp appears to have given occasion for the use of this new or at
?
see Dn.
(1
least
uncommon
form.
& pDn
Ch. pers. pron.

i.
pi.
they, those, Dan.
2:34; Ezr. 4:10, 23,

I
q.
Heb. DH.
pers. pron. pi. m. THEY, THOSE; incorrectly put for the feminine, ecc. Zee. 5:10; Ru. 1:22. With the article it becomes the demonstrative, these; see fcOH. Not unfre-
& n/JR
it is
ometimes
quently
it
takes in a
:
substantive, 1 Ki. 8
40
manner the place of the verb 9 20 Gen. 25 16 even

; : ; :
with feminines, Cant. 6:8; and for the second person, Zeph. 2:12, "you also, O Cushites, "S.-in \7pn
iTOn
ion (from the root nDH), m. (f. in one passage. Job 31: 34). (1) the sound, noise of a shower, l Ki. 18:41 oi Am. 5:23; especially of a mulsingers, Eze. 26 1 3 Hence titude, iSa. 4:14; 14:19; Job 39:7. (2) a multitude of men itself. P^n ?ip the noise
; :
shall be stricken through with

N-in.
my
sword."
of a multitude, Isa. 13 4; 33 3; Dan. 1O:6. P^r 0^3 Gen. 17:4, 5. D^J? ''"I Isa. 17:12, many peoples. 0^3 |in a multitude of women, 2 Ch. 11:23. Es: :
:
Compare
un
fut.
norr onomatop.
root, TO
HUM; Germ.
pecially used of hosts of soldiers, Jud. 4:7; Dan. 1 1 : 11,12,13. Also, plenty of water, Jer. 10: 13; 51:16.
brummen/ fummen, or rather the old twmmen 5 Engl. to him, used of the sound made by bees; whence the
(3) plenty, wealth, riches, Ps. 37: 16; Ecc. 5:9;

Isa.
60:5.
Germ, pummel/ Arabic ^jj.

used
fU'i,
j,**/*^-
It is
(4)
emotion of mind.
3.
Isa.
63:15,
i.e.
T$?
f10 ?. pr.
"commotion
the root No.
see
of thy bowels,"
thy mercy;
comp
(l); of the noise made by certain animals, as of the growl of the bear, Isa. 59 1 1 ; of a snarling dog, Ps. 59 7- 1 5; of the cooing of a turtle dove, Eze. 7:16.
:
:
n.
applied to the sighings of men, Ps. 55:18; 77:4; which are compared to the sounds uttered by bears
It is
and doves (Eze. 7:16; Tsa. 59 1 1 ). 2) used of the sound of the harp (compare Germ. pummel of a particular kind of harp), Isa.l6: l 1 (compare 14: 11), and of other instruments of music, Jer 48 36; the noise made by a shower, l Ki. 18 41 [A derivative is found in this passage] the waves,
: ( :
("multitude"), [HamonaK], prophetic of a city, to be situated in the valley where the slaughter of Magog is to take place, Eze. 39 16.
name
""1$?^ ^
'
sound
of a harp, Isa. 14:11. Root HDn.
yV
a root not used.
Arab.
<J-*.k
to rain in-
cessantly; kindred to the idea appears to be that of
Heb. ID n.
The
noise;
original
making a
compare
1*8.46:4; Isa. 51: 15; Jer.5:22; 31:35; 51:555 of Jsturbed and tumultuous people, Ps. 46 7 59 7 83:3; Isa, 17:1 a. Hence ni'Din
: ;
:
HOn used of the noise of showers,

;!
iKi. 18:41.
Henc
f.
noise, sound,i.
bip
poet noisy places,
:24,
f^Dn
Dro^3
q. floq Eze. as they went,
CCXXVIII
noise [was heard]
like the soiind of a host."
(Comp.
Persians and Greeks.
If the
etymology of the
syl-
Jton Tiplsa 13:4; 33:3; iKi. 20:13, 28; especially Dan. 10:6.) Jer. 11:16.
fut.
in
lable 3D âi'oc be further traced, the idea of many ia not improbable that it properly signifies the moon,
on*
j
2ku?egung
to
fefcen
o^n pr. TO hence

i.
q.
PUT IN MOTION,
and that /uorcaY-j/ is properly i. q. prjviffKoc, a little moon worn round the neck (compare P~'i]K'). Indeed
in
(l) "lie
impel,
*
to
drive.
Isa.
28:28,^^ tyl DDH
modern Persic the moon
is
called ate, but the
drives
the wheels of his threshing wain." to

to
(Comp. Arab.
(a)
to
urge on a beast.)
disturb, put in commotion, to put to of God, his enemies, Ex. 14: when used flight, e.g. Psalm 144 6, T-)fn 84; 23:27; Josh. 1O:1O.
:
be omitted by the Greek Dor. para, Goth, mana, Lat. mensis, Germ pijf, fitjvri, Geddes on Ex. 25:22, compares th SOIatn/ Dlonb. Lat. manica from manus, and supposes 'DPI propcrlprimitive
is
Nun
shown
to
to
mean an
armlet.
[" Comp. also Sanscr. mani,
fW
gem, a pearl."]
forth thine arrows, enemies) to flight," Ps. 18: 15.
DEnr^ " send
and put them (the 2 Ch. 15:6, D'n^g
Dr^n
an unused root,
i.
q.
.?**, ir^*^> which
rm-^M
misery."
(3)
to
DOOn.
"
God disturbed them with every
Hence
are used of a gentle noise of various kinds (comp. npn, /OH, )Dn, ^pn), as of persons walking, of small
destroy utterly, to make extinct, Deut. 8:15; Est. 9:24 (where it is joined with "13N). Jer. 51:34 (with ^?N).
[Derivative, pr. n. OOin.]
branches and twigs mixed together and breaking one another (.Rntcfen be SRetSboIaeS) compare transp.
;
^jl>
to
break any thing dry, as brushwood, Â-^
brushwood.
Hence
.
D^DDH
j'^V aval
\c-yop.
i.
q.
A NOISE, TO RAGE. Inf. " Dîan because that ye raged yet more (against God) than the nations (which are around)." Compare also be that IP? is a npn Ps. 83:3; 46:7. It
:
nOH, 7DH, IDH TO MAKE Eze. 5 7, "IP ??P^! U
pi. i sa .
has well retained

p.
,u*Û
Saadiah 64:1, brushwood. See Schult. in Origg. i-
68, 69.

to
Arab.
may
secondary root, formed from pon.

terpreters regard
this is
The Hebrew
in-
flow
in a
rapid stream
original
(of water)
is
D?3Dn as being for DD3bn, and that the verbal noun pon itself. [So Ges. in Thes.
pr. n. of
shower.
The
idea
no doubt that
of
and Corr.]
making a noise (comp. ^pn), as in ?PH, a root which Of is formed from this, the letter 1 being softened.
the same origin are Gr. opfipof, Lat. imber.
kin-
[Haman],
3:1,
it
a noble of Persia, cele-
dred root is "HO.

Derivative
brated on account of his plots against the Jews, Est. seq. (With regard to the etymology of this
I formerly followed Jo. Simonis, who compares with Pers. which he translates alone, soli-
word,
^lo>,
tary.
but.
But
Ûjfe
is
nothing but an adv. so, only,
Perhaps a better comparison will be Pers. .LJZ>

illustrious
;
THOSE. pers. pron. 3 pers. pi. fern. THEY, Ezek. Gen. with IDS 1D3 30:26; 19:29; pref. Only 18:14; 1H9 Eze. 16:47; IH^ (therefore) Ruth 1:13. The separate pronoun always has n parag. HIH, which
I.
j
see.
II.
homam, magnificent,
the planet Mercury.)
or Sanscr. heman,
JH
followed
tive adv. or inter). LO!
(l) demonstraby Makk. ~JH BEHOLD! (Cognate words are

O 1
- j
TppTI
<>:7, 16,
or according to
iro
"H^pn Chald. Daniel
09, a necklace,ncckchain, monile. To this x 9 = r 9 >om, and Greek corresponds Syr. |_o^J_iQOT,
DK which
Gr.
see, let. A.,
Arab.
fî
fir, jjrt
=n
.?H, fp'tSe,
behold, L&, LJ^ here, Lat. en, also Chal. IH, }nn ?
all
f,
pariaKor, fiavrof. also paruKwr, fjLavvaof which are diminutives from fidi'oc, pdwof,
Pronouns and }HX the demonstrative pronoun, this. demonstrative adverbs are often expressed by the
o
the words being chiefly Doric ; whence also the Lat. monile (see Polyb. ii. 31 ; Pollux v. 16, the
same or a similar word; comp.
f,
Ijjj,
j], j] behold, * *
and
Greek interpreters of the O. T. in Biel and Schleusn in Ch. and Syr. is a prosthetic letter, and ner). H or 'Fr i* a diminutive termination familiar to the
this;
'K where,
4:14; 11:6; 15:3; 09 8 47 2 3 Job 8:19,

:
^\ who?) Gen. 3:22; 19:34; ?:"; 29:?? 3<>:34i

and
etc.
Of yet more
frequent
non-tn
occurrence
is
CCXXIX
H3H which
'
see.
f" It becomes a part.
of affirmation, lo
\.
q.
yea, surely, as in the
Talmud.
|n?
i.
Gen. f,0:34, where Saadiah well
^*j-
Hence
q.
strative particle, Jo/ behola (As to its etymoiogj or rather analogy, see ft No. II.) Used for pointing out persons, things, and places, as well as actions
K&"
Ges. add.]
It
becomes an interrogative particle, num; or (2) at least in oblique interrogation, an (ob). Jer. 2:1O, nx'TS njvn }n -liO " gee whether -there be such a thing." Compare Ch. }n No. 2. The transition of
demonstrative particles into interrogatives is easy; compare Heb. n, DX letter B. ; also Syr. jcn behold,
9
nan Gen. 12:19, 16:6; 18:9, ^>nth nan

I
Gen.2o:i5, 16; 1:29, have given you every herb," etc. descriptions and in lively narration.
OQ^>
JQ3.
behold thy wife." Gen. behold (it is) in the tent." " "131 DD^nn: nan behold!
Especially in
:
" in nan] *D$na my was before me." Verse 16; 41:2,3; Isaiah 29: 8.
Genesis 40 9, sleep, behold a vine
which
)
is
used interrogatively in some phrases, as
JJ
<n nonne ? Lat. ecquid ? (3) a conditional part.

f>
for en quid or ecce quid. DN let. C., if, like the i. q.
Compare Dan. 2:31; 7 :5, 6. Sometimes also used as a particle of incitement, Psalm 134.:!, " riS -IDI.^ nar " come, praise ye the Lord."
When
the thing to be pointed out

this is
is
expressed by
Ch. jn, Syr. which there
A,
is
especially found in the later books in a leaning to the Chaldee, 2 Ch. 7:13
in
(where there follows ON).

Jer. 3:!.
The manner
Job 40: 23; Isa. 54:15; which this signification of
suffix (as Plaut. eccum, for ecce eum), in these forms, % 33n behold me (the pronoun being regarded as in the ace., comp. Gr. 25, ed. 9 [ 98, 5]), in pause N>3n Gen.
a personal pronoun,
appended as a
word has arisen may be seen in these passages of the Pentateuch, Lev. 25:20, " what shall we eat in the seventh year jnp &O |n (for) behold we shall
the
behold
:
22:l,ll; 27:1; and ân Gen.22:7; 27:18; ^3n thee, Gen. 20:3; once n3|n aKi. 7:2. f. ^3"
; ;
;
not sow,"
i.
q.
if
we do
not sow.
Ex. 8:22.
Gen. 16: 11 13H behold him, ecce eum, eccum, Num 23 17 -133 n behold us, Josh. 9: 25 in pause -133n Job 38:35; -133n Gen. 44: 16; 50:18; D33n Deut. l 10;
:
(l) behold, surely, Dan. 3:17. (2) whether (ob) Ezr. 5:17.
|D Ch.
if,
(3)
whether,
Daniel 2:5, 6; 3: 15, 18. See Heb. or, Ezr. 7:26.

pi. fern,
When
doubled,
D3n Gen. 47:1. "33n behold me! tyr\ beholdus! are used as the answer of persons called, who reply, shewing their ready obedience Gen. 22: 1,7, ll 27: 1,1 8; Nu.
; ;
I?U (l) pron. 3 pers.
they, those.
Gen.
14:40; l Sa.3:8; Job 38:35; Isa.52:6; 58:9; 65:1. Further nan with a suffix, in more lively discourse is
very often prefixed
the
finite
41:19; themselves,
the art.
l
ipsce,
Sa. 17:28.
It
avrai, 33:6; these, with often includes the verb
to
a participle,
when
it
stands for
verb, especially for the future.

03. n
Gen. 6: 17,
n'nb O>; or stands for it, Gen. 41 26, nan DOS' y?t? JYQbn nhs yae>. Verse With prefixes njna Levit. 5:22; Nu. 13:19; 37.
substantive, Gen. 6:2, H3H
:
'fl-n
K30
flood" (pr. behold
np ^3n "behold
to die.
to bring a Gen. 20:3, thee about to die," thou art about
"behold I am about me going to bring);
'"ISnpLevit.
4:2; Isaiah 34:16; nan"? Ezek. l :5, 23; n|n3 Gen. 41:19; Job 23:14 (like these things
of that kind).
n3rj3] nsn.3
Germ,
fo
unb fowel/ 2 Sa,
12:8.
Isa. 3:1; 7:14; l?:l; Jer.8:i7; 30:10; but also for the pret., Gen. 37:7; 1 Ch. 1 1 :25; and A finite verb the present, Gen. 16:14; Ex. 34:11. more rarely follows, with a change of the person; as Isa.
Adv. of place (a) hither(comp.of ft No. II. behold, here, and n parag. local), Gen. 45 8 Josh. nsm H3n hither and thither, Josh. 8: 20. 3:9. etc.
(2)
: ;
28:16,10?
or
03.il
"
behold me, who
founded," for
vns?
ip\
f-
^D
n-13),
(a verbal
from thee hither," i.e. "on this side of ~iy thee," opp. to H^rn ^pp, see nK^n. n |D thus far, hitherto, Num. 14:19; iSam. 7:12; hither, 2 Sam. 20:16; 2 Ki. 8:7; used of time, to
tins time, hitherto, Gen. 15:16;
l
iSa. 20:21, nani ?jpp
grant of
is
tribute
what
noun of Hiphil, from the root Remission of rest, rest, Est. 2: 18. is xinderstood by the LXX. and Ch.
see
udH Hinnom,
y^D
same apparently
under
""I,
letter a.
Contractudly H.y, finj[ which see.

OJb),
(b)
Sam. 1:16, etc. here (Arab.
\_Hena~\, pr. n. of
as
a city of Mesopotamia, the

called
was afterwards
Ana (Jjlc.).
merely demonstrative, Gen. 21 :29; when repeated here, there, Daniel 12:5. nam nan here and there, l Ki. 20:40.
is
where n
situated at a ford of the Euphrates,
2 Ki. 18:34:
19: 13; Isa. 37: 13. not used in Kal (kindred to n^n, cri<o, [Not given as a verb in Thes. except at formed from Dn which stands as an interjection.']
ra-ely
nan Gen. 19:2,
i.
q. ft
having a demonstrative power (as *$,
with n parag. n), a demon-
ccxxx
PIEL, imper. ap>c.
DH BE SILENT
SILENCE! an
;
onomatopoetic expression for commanding silence like the Germ, ft! >.jl! from which have been formed
the roots nDH, HC'R
Used of a cloud itself," i.e. flashing, brandished. turning itself, i. e. as it were walking across the sky
Job 37:
(2)
12.
to
Hab. 2 2O Zeph. 1:7; Zee. 2:17; Jud.3:i9; Amos6:io. Adv. silently, Amos 8:3. LXX. trw^r. Plur. 1BH Neh. 8 1 1
;
:
turn,
i.e. to
change
oneself, to
be turnedj
Job 38:14.
(3) to roll oneself on, to tumble, Jud. 7:13. Derivatives besides those which immediately follow,
HIPIHL,
people),
to
command
to be silent,
to still
(a
Nu. 13:30.
nasno, nasno, na-isnn.
n fem
Iloot
remission, cessation, Lam. 3:49.
^D
and
^n
m.
the
reverse,
i.e.
the contrary,
MS.
Eze. 16:34.
H
(1) TO
fut. *|brr
(Aram. ^SSOT, Arab.
(X
1)
TURN,
""P^
as a cake, Hos. 7:8; a dish, 2 Ki.
hand, or thy side, i.e. 34 2 Ch. 1 8 33. Comp. ^'TV "=150 to turn the neck to any Also intrans. (like (rrpi<j>tffOai, and one, Josh. 7:8. in Horn, sometimes also oTptytiv), to turn oneself, 2 Ki.5:26; hence to turn back, to flee, Jud. 20:39,
31:13; TVr
*'4 ,y
rn
Isa. perverseness, folly, with suff. "O your perverseness." Others in (so Ges. in Manuale) regard this as an inf. used the sense of a noun, which however the dagesh lene
[*:jn
29:16, Eaasn
turn back, return 2 Ki. 9:23. \3Q?
Ki. 22
in a prevents."]
Sn
f.
overturning, overthrow, Gen. 19:29.

2.
See the root No.
41; Ps. 78:9.

(2)
to
^3D3n toT:
adj.
crooked, twisted, Pro. 21
:8.
Opp,
overturn,
to
overthrow
(as cities), Gen.
19:21, 25; Deut. 29:22; followed by ?
Amos 4:11.
a name
n?^n
rr
f.
verbal of Hiph. from the root ?V?, escape,
liberation, Est. 4:14.

i/
(Arab. i^'îJAi the overthrown,

for
irar'
tox'?>',
an unused
5
root, prob.
i.
q.
,^-^
anc*
.^^-
Sodom and Gomorrha.)
(3) to turn, to convert, to change, Ps. 105:25; followed by ? into something, Psal.66:6; 105:29;
Intrans. (like No. l) to be 114:8; Jerem. 31:13. changed, followed by an ace., into something. Lev.
(n and n being interchanged), O

lifted,
to be
strong and /or-
whence
^-
defence, weapons; Êth. ^ft.^:
iron, pi.
instruments of iron.
Eze.
Hence
" the hair in the 13:3, ja^ ^jan yjJ3 "IJJ* plague turned white;" verse 4, 10, 13, 20. (4)
to
is
pervert,
e.
g.
any
one's words, Jer. 23:36.
23:24 (where however many copies have weapons, arms, as well explained by the Targum and Kimchi.
>
perverse. Isa. 29: 16, E???n "O your perverseness !" [As a noun in Thes.] NIPHAL ^sna inf. absol. "nisn^. (l) to turn oneself about, as an army, Josh. 8: 2O. Pro. 17:20, UBâ ^3n3 "he who has a tongue a to turn oneself Followed that turns about."
lutrans. to be
m. with
19:17,
constr.
art. "inn,
19, etc.
with n local nvi Gen.l2 :8; Once nnn Gen. 14:10. Plur. D^JH
against any one, Job 19: 19;

l
?J?
to
Sam. 4: 19, nn? n^j;

i.
?ri3
e.
by any one, Isa. 60:5. "her pains turned
^H, with art. D'~}nn m. A MOUNTAIN, a primitive noun as if from a verb, Med. Gem. [so derived in Thes.], whence also TJHj Tin, also lin which see. (Corresponding to this are Greek
ooor, Slav, gora.) it often means a
A word of very frequent occurrence

:
:
mountain tract of country, Gen.

; ;
themselves unto her,"

followed by
?,
took hold of her.
Also
Lam. 5:3. (3) to be overthrown, Jon. 3:4. (3) to be turned, i.e. to be changed, followed by / Ex. 7: 15; Lev. 13: 16, 17; followed by an ace. Lev. I 3 :2 5Specially, to be changed for theworse,i.e. to degenerate, Jer. 3:21 (coinp. Ps. 32:4; Dan. IO:8). HOPIIAL, ^nn followed by 7J?, to turn oneself, to be turned against any one, to assailhim, Job 30: 15. HITHPAEL Gen. (l) to turn, to turn oneself. 3:34, np^nJjN? avj "a sword (continually) turning
14:10; hence i"n-1~* "in the mountainous district of the tr' Judah, Josh. 1 1 2 1 20 7 also i,o^v, "inn Josh. 10:40; ll: 16; i/ opeit'ii, Luke 1 :39, 65; D?"]SS in the mountainous district of Ephraim (see DncS). D^xn nn tlie mount of God, a name of (a) Sinai, as the abode of Jehovah [at the giving of the (b) Zion, Ps. 24:3; Isa. law], Ex. 3:1; 4:27; 18:5.
tribe of
2:3; often called also
the
holy mountain of
God
'1"$ ^, so used that, the sutiix refers to God), Isa. 11:9; 56 7; 57:13; Psal. :G; 15H 43 3> Obad. 16; Ezek. 20:40. More fully
(commonly
i
:
T"]i? "*?,
JVVI-T!
CCXXXI
f.
Zion [Moriah rather], is called ** JV3 in Isa. 2:2. (c) once the mountain of Bashan, i. e. Hermon, Psal. 68: 16, as being a very lofty mountain. (d) the
LoJv land, as being mountainous [?] Isa. 57: 13; more often in plur. mountains of God, Isa. 14:25; 65:9.
Farther, as to the religion of the ancients, especially of the Hebrews [?],who regarded mountains as holy, and
as the abodes of deities, see
Zee.
1 1 :4,
id. nsiqn JK\ sh e\ for the slaughU f, nainn N'l 7 (comp. the verb Isa. 22 13).
:
the valley of slaughter, Jer. 19:6
M jn (i) TO CONCEIVE (is a woman), TO BECOME PREGNANT ["The etymclogy seems to lie in
the idea of swelling; kindred to Tin, inin." Ges. add.], Gen. 4:1, 17; 16:4; 21:2; 25:21; 29:32; followed
my remarks
;
in
Comment.
on
and in pref. to Gramp. 316, seq. Die Keligionsideen des A. T. page xv. seq. [This would have much more to do with superstition and idolatry, than with revealed religion.] JVnKJJiin in the mountain, i. e. the fortress of the
Isa.
vol.
ii.
by
berg's book,
? of the man by whom she conceives, Gen. 38 18. Part, niin she who conceives; hence used poet, for
:
a mother, Cant. 3:4; Hos. 2:7.

-1.
The Hebrew
inter-
D'lin to be as if preters also consider the plur.
by
destroyer, used of Babylon, Jer.
In proper
names
51 :25. Din in ("mount of the (a)
zeugma (comp.
to
Ar,abic
.^\ both fathers, for parents),

: ;
be put for parents, Gen. 49 26

11 n.
but see under the
sun"), a city of [the territory afterwards belonging to] the Samaritans, Jud. 1:35. (b) DnjP in, see IT-
word
"H
see I'm.
i
to conceive in the mind; hence to nin devise plan, any thing. Ps. 7: 15, "1^1. !?]; "he conceived mischief, and brought forth
(2) metaph.
to
IjJK'
("mountainous"), [Hard],
x^c, also called
1
pr. n. of a
falsehood;"
Job 15:35;
pass, to be
country in the kingdom of Assyria, prob.
magna, now ..^j:

tainous,
1
J -^
Media moun14.
PUAL nin
(let)
is
Ch. 5:26.
See Bochart, Phaleg.
iii. c.
("mount
called
burnt offerings, Ezek. 43:15,
of God"), used of the altar of ibid, and verse 16,
the night (perish, Well explained by child conceived." " Schultens, Inducitur nox ilia (in qua Jobus conceptus et exultans ob spem prolis sit) quasi conscia mysterii
Isa. 33:11; 59:4. conceived. Job 3:3, "and which) said 1?3 nih there
man
virilis."
<W1K which
see.
^ J*7 fut. 3in* TO KILL (a) persons, used not only of private homicide (for which n\*1 is more frequently used), Gen. 4:8, seq.; Ex. 2:14, but also of the slaughter of enemies in war, Isa. 10:4; 14:20;
Josh. 10:ll; 13:22; also of any slaying, iKi.lQ: 1O, seq.; 2 Ki. 11 : 18; Est. 9:6; whether by the sword,
It is altogether without ground that some have also ascribed to this verb, the signification of bringing DnVIK inPlI, for all forth, appealing to 1 Ch. 4: 17,
that the passage shews birth is omitted.
is
that the mention of the
POEL, inf. absol. ilh Isa. 59: 13, i. q. Kal No. 2. The derived nouns are pin, *in, JVIH [and the
following]
Ex. 22:23; 2 Sa. stone, Jud. 9:54.

tilence, Jer.
9 Am. 4:10;
;
or
by throwing a
Hence
;
poet, to
18:21 grief, Job 5
to
:
it is applied also to a pesa viper, Job 20: 16; and even
2.
hence
is
to
slay for food,
(b) to kill animals, Isa. 27:1; Isa. 22: 13. Metaph. (c) it
nin pregnant, with adj. only found in fern.Gen. 16:11; 38:24,25; Ex. 21:22, etc.["folchild, lowed by ?, by whom ']. H7? nin with child, near n ^ n always with to be delivered, l Sa. 4: 19. D/
(Tin
1 :
child, Jer. 20: 17.
PI.
nhn Am.
:
1:13.
With
suff.
applied even to plants. Ps. 78:47, D3S53 1122 31 rp "he killed their vines with hail." Comp. JT1O Job 14:8, and the observations on that word, Virg. Georg. lv 33O; fdices interfice messes. Constr. commonly
-
rprynn, Drvrynn (forms which regularly take dagesh, as if from Piel), 2 Ki. 8 1 2 15:16.
;
"irnn Chald. a thought,from inin

Tin.
PI.
to think; see
;
Dan. 4:2, where

:
it is
used of night visions
with ace., 2 Sa. 3: 30; rarely followel by and followed by 2, to make a

<"
Job 5:2;
99
slaughter amongst,
2.
Ch. 28:9; Ps. 78^31.
Comp. 2 A.
:
like the syn. JVJH Dan. 2 29, 30 4 16. a phantasm or imagination.

; :
Syr. J scni CT
NIPHAL, pass, to be killed, Eze. 26:6, 15. PUAL, id. Isa. 27:7; Ps. 44 3. Derivatives the followin words.
-2
With jVVl m. (fromnin)conce^ft'0rt,Gen.3:l6.

tzere impure.
*1?
i.q. ffjn fern,
nnn, whence VnVin Hos. 14-1,
m. a killing, a slaughter,ls&. 27:7; 30:25; 26:15; Est.9:5; Pro. 24:11, and
m. conception (from rnn) Ru. 4:13: His T |V"VI
v-ncnn
np'TI
f.
CCXXXII
Joel 1:17; Eze. 30:4, etc.; used also of mountains
(from the root Din), that which is dettroyed, ruined or destroyed houses, Am. 9: 11.
'"in
f.
38:20. PIEL
i.
q.
Kal No.
l,
Ex. 23:24;
Isa.
40:17.
of
destruction,
root,
i.
Isa.
49:19.
to
Derivatives
be high,
npnn, n-IDnn, and

Xtyo/u.
rT an unused
lofty. Arab. .j& to
q.
D1K, D11
;
D"in curuS
[Destruction], a word
s
^js>
make great, to lift up whence

Hence ponn a iid
a pyramid, a lofty edifice.
doubtful authority, Isa. 19:18, where inmost copies, MSS. and printed, as also Aqu., Theod., Syr., is found nnx? 110X* Dinn TJ? according to the common use of
the languages "one (of these five cities) shall be called the city of destruction," i. e. according to the idiom
("height," of the form D/iy, or "mountainD ), [Horam], ous," from in with the addition of
pr. n.
DTI
of a Canaanitish king, Josh. 10:33.
of Isaiah "one of these cities shall be destroyed;" compare ~>PK Niphal. The Jews of Palestine who
D"J?
4:8.
("made high"),
.
[ZTaruro], pr.n.m.,1 Ch.
q,
flDIX a fortress, palace, used of a
Am. 4:3. Root 01^. Some understand this to be a women's apartment, and some
hostile fortress,
approved of this reading, applied it to Leontopolis and the temple there, which they hated, and the destruction of which they supposed to be here foretold. The name of the city was supposed by /Am to be figuratively expressed in these words (Dissertatt.,
S
"
Philol. Crit.,
No. XVI), comp. *>* -fc dilacerator,
i.
e.
Armenia, but the explanation already given

correct.
is
alone
a
in
lion.
which
see.
The more probable reading, however, is Din I have made further observations on this
place.
to
177 ("mountaineer," from")?), [/faran],pr.n. (a) of a brother of Abraham, Gen. 11 :26, 27;
(ft)
Comment, on the
["Tin
to
Ch. 23:9.
fut.
pn
r
an unused root; prob.
swell, kindred
TV? see
p. cxvii, B.
nin
to
Chrg P8 . 28 :5 Ex. 15:7; 2Ki. 3:25.
tumid.
;
Isa.
22 19, and
:
pregnant, prop, to swell, to become Hence "n, in, -nn, <-nn." Chald. -irnn id.
become
Ges. add.]
(1) to pull down, todestroy, einretjjen/ nieberreijien. The primary signification lies in the syllable D1, which
PI and Gr. p/<r<rw, p>)rrw, Germ, reijjenf has the meaning of tearing, pulling down, and is itself onomatopoetic. Compare f^, n*1, also p_?, D"^, PJJ etc.
like
once with suff. 'TJH Jer. 17:3; and only with suff. 'T]n Ps. 30:8; plur. constr. 'Tin, with suff. n^Tin Deu. 8:9 i. q. in m o u n t a in, but commonly
poet.
Jerem.
loc. cit.
\n*
my mountain
(i.e.
T?^> ...nnb'? niq "I will give Zion) with the field... for a
(Arab. i>*^, JJfe is> to tear, to tear to pieces). This verb is properly and commonly to pull down houses,
cities, walls,
i
:
prey;" in the parallel high places with sin,"

I
member
i.
DKn3 T niD3
>
"thy
f.
with
idols.
Ki. 18:30;
19:10;
Isa.
14:17; Jer.
10; 45:4;
to
5: 1O; etc.
Lam.2:2; Eze.i3:l4; 16:39; Micah Elsewhere it is to break out teeth, Psal.
nin
to conceive.
Chald. unused in Kal, kindred to the Hebr. Palp.TOn to conceive in the mind,
to think.
Hence "min.
58:7;
pull down any one from his station (fyrunterreiikn), Isaiah 22 119, to destroy a people, Exod. 15:7; and hence a kingdom, Prov. 29:4, "a king by justice established! the land, niO-ll^J C"X) n?P~inj but he who loveth gifts (i. e. the king when he is unjust), destroy s it," pulls it down. The meaning of the passage was clearly overlooked by those who ascribe to the verb Din h. 1. the meaning of
*TTJ 2 Sa. 23:33, and 'Tfi ver. 11 mountaineer, either of Ephraim or of Judaea.
C'H
m.,
l
(perhaps
1 1
:
i.q.
CtT!
"fat"),
[Has h em],
pr. n.
:
Ch.
34
in the parallel place ]$* 2 Sa.
23 32.
i.
ntyDE^n
verbal of Hiph. from the root
SW
q. inf.
Eze. 24 -.26, D?3?K
ruyp^n^
that the ears

fjro,
may hear."
kingdom is compared to corrupting manners. building, which is established by a just king, but
subverted and destroyed by one
a
is
":pnn verb, of Hiph. from

22:22.
a melting, Eze
who is unjust. (2) intrans. to break through, to break in, Exod. break to 19:21, jr^ IDirP {3 "lest
they
p r n [7/a<ac/t], of a eunuch in the court Bohlen compares ajjt, truth. of Xerxes, Est. 4:5.
*^n
through
fa 2
Lord;" verse 24.
NIPIIAL, to be
brokendown, destroyed, Ps. 11:3;
/Jjn in Kal not used; a secondary root formed from the Hiph. of the verb 7/p [* which in Thee, il
jn
1-t
CCXXXIII
many
of the forms manifesting
to defraud, Jbrs. fraud, guile.
i-riDnn
Compare Ewald,
ic
referred]; very
their origin from the rooty$; in others n appearing as though it were radical. The former is the case
Hebr.
Gramm.
to
p.
487, who
only errs in altogethei
in the pret.
^DD Gen. 31:7; "PD? Ex. 8:25, fut. Job 13:9; pass. /"D-in Isa. 44 20 (all of which are really forms of Hiphil and Hophal, from 7;>n) the
inf.
:
[Apparently in Thes. Gesenius adopts the opinion of Ewald, even in this point]. Other secondary roots of this kind in which on
servile letter or another
nnti>,
denying n
be at all radical.
latter is the case in
/nrv
Ki.
8 27
:
vjjpj Jer. 9 4,
:
becomes a radical are

c
J"in3,
and the derivatives EvQD, J"li?Di)l? (in which n is The meaning preserved as though it were radical). of these forms is
(1) to deceive; followed
SKfl which see; also in the cognate languages
n^5 a bow, from

from
*ttO,
the root
hence <--*->
<
;
hence Eabb.
f,
^v>or>\
before,
by ? Gen. 31
1
:J
Jud. 16:
10,13,15; Job 13:9; Jer. 9:4.

(2)
to
from ^.-so, hence
Hence
mockings, derisions,
poet, for
deride,
to
mock,
Kings 18:27; see the
m.
plur.
derivatives.
mockers, Job 17:2.

_
In the cognate languages 7?n is found both as a primary root, and also as a secondary, in which the preformative guttural assumes the appearance of
>
a root not used in Kal, prob.

break; hence
*A7ro
Psal.
to
i.
q.
jjb to
break in upon, to rush upon

TJ
is to
any
cause
to
one.
Xsyo'/i.
a radical
letter.
Thus Jj
fall,
whence
POEL.
62:4, t^K ^8 Wtfimjl ru

a
"how
Hiph. ?Tin to deceive, like
HS },
1
atyaXXot, to deceive;
long will ye
rush upon
I
man?"
LXX.
iviTiQiaQe.
which figurative sense is found in the cogn. ,11? to defraud: then from ?nn by the change of the letter
Vulg.
in-uitis.
who make
tion of
the root
do not agree in judgment Avith those D-in, nor do I think the significanoise (comp. Arab,
c^-'lis)
making a
suitable
into a
harder guttural, is formed jjx>- to deceive,
to the passage.
Vav, the sixth letter of the alphabet ; when it stands as a numeral 6. The name 11, sometimes
require to be connected, did not make any precise distinction of the manner of the connection and thus
;
also written VI, denotes

this
a nail, or hook(see below); to even the modern form of the letter bears a resem-
in the simplicity of
an ancient language they made
use of this one copula, in cases in which, in more

cultivated languages, adversative, causal, or final parTo its use is to be ascribed, ticles would be used. often, a certain looseness of expression in He-
blance.
The
remains, is see e.g. the Maltese bilinguar inscription, line 2. For the twofold power and use of this letter the
ancient form, as found in the Phoenician similar, only the hook is larger at the top ;
very brew.
It is
grammars must be consulted.
As a consonant
it is
[The sense of a passage, however, makes the manner of the connection of sentences very definite.]
then properly and most frequently (l) copulative, and serves for connecting both
:
extremely rare as the first radical letter, being almost every where substituted for it; "v* for "l?1, jj.:
in the
sometimes moveable (and is then interchangeable with 2, which see), and is sometimes quiescent (comp. Lehrg. p. 406) in the end it is quiescent, except in a few instances, as \V^, $1^.
it is
;
middle of a root
Gen. l:i,-lnbl -inh 1:2) and (H?? 1 Gen. sentences, especially in continuing a discourse. As to the use of the copulative, l : 2, -inh njvn VJSrH.
words
W?
1
}
;
followed
by Sh'va moveable,
or the letters f]C2,
before monosyllables and barytones, especially

distinctive accent, \ (see further
has to be observed (a) when three, four, or more nouns or verbs are connected, the copulative may be Deu. 14:26; Isa. 51:19; joined to each, Gen. 6:21 or to the second and third, Gen. 13:2; and then also
it
;
when they have a

Lehrg.
to the fourth
D. P^n S3V
s
155) copulative conj. and, et, ., pronounced in the common language Syr. o, -<Eth. 0); this particle is very widely extended in its use,
,
K ai (Arab.
2 Ki. 23:5, rnl 5^2 '3f1 ni?JS?1; or, in a way very contrary to our custom, between the first and second, Ps. 45 9,
and
fifth,
B^
rriyVi? TtkiWfl I'D;
Job 42 :g;
Isa.l
13.
As
to the total
isce the
Hebrews, in
many
cases in
which sentences
omission of the copula, or asyndetic sentences, se Lehrg. 842.
CCXXXIV
Sometimes the copulative is used to connect nouns, the second of which depends upon the first, as though in the genitive (per lv Sea Ivoiv, as it is called " by grammarians). Gen. l 14, they shall be rtiriXp
(b)
:
for "
who
1
/>
blessed thee."
"Hi? fc6} D1JV1.
Job 29
a,
" for 1 aided the
poor...
and
the orphan, (who) had no
Isa. 13:14; Ps. 55:20. The close relation between the copulative and the relative has been well
helper."
QHJjlD^
seasons.
foi
signs
and
for seasons,"
i.
e.
[Such an interpretation would greatly
signs of limit
treated
by Harris, Hermes [book
i.
last
chap, but
one], page 66, Germ. Trans.

(e) It
Gen. 3:16, "I will inthy conception," for the sorrow of thy conception. JobiO: 17, K?>'1 T^Sihn "changes, and an army," for, hosts continually succeeding one another; 2 Ch. 16: 14. See however Winer's remarks
the sense of this passage.]
crease thy sorrow
commences an apodosis
&z
and
^'ike the
Arab.
see
De Sucy,Gramm. Arabe ii,
551
56; especially
fo;
when preceded by t<^), more correctly rendered
like the
ba
Germ,
but
it
on the abuse of
Hypallage
et
this grammatical figure, in Diss. de The use is Hendiady. Erl. 1826, 4to.
bann (then), for it is proof and used in continuation of a time, particle perly discourse. Gen. 3:5, '31 -132p C2p3S DV? an bem Sag
TOO
itjr
similar in the passages where

inserted by way of explanation copulative (c) between words in apposition, as in Lat. isque,et quidem. " in l Sa. 28 3, ITj;?-! ncna Ramah, even in his own
is
:
bacon
effet,
ba
roerbcn
cud)
bie
TCugcn aufgct;en
The
when preceded by OK Psal. 78:34, D3nrj QS in-IEhn-l " when he slew them, then they sought
Often
him."
Jud. 4:8.
city."
Sa. 17:40. Ps. 68:io,'131
n$?J
^D? "thou
it
;
Am. 3:11; didst refresh thy wearied inheritance." 4:10; Jer. 15:13; Lam.3:26; Isa. 2: 13,14; 57:11
same head belongs the following " example from the Chaldee, ^.i?! "I'V Dan. 4: 10, a watcher (i.e. an angel) even an holy one." SomeEcc. 8:2.
this
Frequently, and not without an especial emphasis, is put after verbs and sentences standing absolutely,
especially those
which imply time or condition.
Ex.
Pro.
To
16:6, DPIVT1 3 "$
am
TCtenb/
ba
font tyr erfatjrcn.
has a cumulative sense, like the Lat. immo, Heb. D|. Job 5:19," from six troubles he will detimes
it
" 24:27, ÎV? P'??} ~>nx afterward, then thou shall Gen. 2 build thy house," txrnad)/ b a baue bcin ->aufj. nil-y DV3 40:9; 48:7. 4, 5, "i3i irb bb\ ojoch ps
:
*;.
liver thee,
and
(i.e.
yea) in seven, evil shall not hurt

seq.,
1 13,
thee."
So in a similar sense Pro. 6: 16; 30: 18,

;
Ex. 12:15, nrn?31. fort S;D'X^>3 " if any one eat leaven, then he shall be cut off," etc. l Sa. 2:13. So also after a nominative of subject, Job 36: 26,T?.n K?\ V3t?
91, seq., 29, seq.
Am.
6, 9,
.
1 1.
Comp. Lehrg.
page 702.
(Compare Arab.
in Harnasa, ed. Schult.
Germ, (cine Job 23 12

:
3at)re/ bte
;
fmb md)t ju
l
jdt;lcn.
Pro. 23:24;
28:5;
Sa.
25 97.
:
page 320, and Taurizi.)

[" Sometimes two nouns are joined together by Vav, the former of which denotes genus, the latter
species, or at least the latter is also contained in the
(These
plained
latter
examples
may
Lehrg. page 733. also be conveniently ex-
by
signif. 5.)
(/) It is put between words (l Sam. 12:15) and sentences which are to be compared with each other,
to
mark
it
their resemblance
former, so that one might say,

particularly,
and
specially,
and
a
:
(compare
DV
No.
l, e), 11
nSinwTl
to
" Judah
and namely. So often and (specially) Jerusalem,"

So also Psa. 18:
p?BM"i'1 rTTirp
Isa. l
:
by
adsequationis is the name then applied " and the hand l Sa. 12:15, grammarians,
Vav
36:7,
all
etc.
his enemies,
Isa.
Saul."
and 9:7," Ephraim and (among them)

More
first,
" out of the l, power of out of the power of (specially)
of
as
God
it
be D^n'Uâ-l D?2 against you, and (i.e. " man is was) against your fathers." Job 5:7,
will
the
inhabitants of Samaria."
rarely the special
word stands
as "Jerusalem
and
fly
to trouble, and the sons of lightning (i.e. the birds of prey) fly aloft," for "as the birds of prey Job 12:ll; 14:19; 34 35 Prov. 25:25. aloft."
born
(the rest of)
" Zion and JeJudah," 2 Ki. 94:20. Zech. 14:21. So in Lat."PtE/ii rusalem," Isa. 24:23. Jer. 21 :y.
et
(So in Arabic, especially in proverbial sentences, e.g.

<Li*~J\
"the merchants and the
Hannibal? Just. xxix. 3; and "Hannibal
et Pceni"
Liv. xxi. 40." Thes.]

(d)
is
it
dogs of Seleucia," i.e. they are like one another, see Carmen Togr. Elnawab. ed. H. A. Schultens, No. 3
;
thus prefixed to substantives, so also to verbs and sentences by way of explanation,

it is
As
Vers. 2.)
(</)
When doubled
1...1. is et ...et,
both...and,Nu.
where the
relative
5, il33?l. "itf
nl
might have been used.

^.TV-l
T3
*W " fr m the God of
Gen. 49:
9:14; Josh. 7:24; Ps. 76:7; Isa. 16:5; J(r. 32:24. As to Vav conversive of the preterite, which is (/i)
merely continuative, see Lehrg. Heb. Gram, page 547.
88,
thy father, and he helped thee (i.e. who helped thee), and (from) the Almighty, and he blessed thee,"
and Ewald'l
ccxxxv
1
(2)
It is prefixed to adversative sentences,
and may
be rendered 6 ut, Gen. 2:17; 17:20,21; Hos. 1:7; and yet, Jud. 16 15, "why sayest them that thou lovest me, 'IjlK p^ ''I??! when yet thy heart is not
:
gogic (see Lehrg. p. 873), Isaiah 13: 2: Job 10.20; Gen. 42:34; so that (fo ba|i), that. Numb. 23:19, " God is not a man 1 Ki. 3J.31 so that he may lie."
22:7;
Isa.
41:26.
Ru. i 2 1 especially before personal pronouns, '3lM but I (ba id) bod)), Gen. 15:2; 18: 13, 27
with me."
HF1K1 Ps.
:
Note. 1 formerly
made
the observation (Lex.

(a) that
1
Man
vations in
ib.
50:17; N-in] Isa. 53:7 (compare my obserComment.); HFIK] Gen. 26 27 [?]; DFM. Arab. (comp. JU-J^ A> especially before pro: :
employed to connect question and answer, comparing Job 28: 20,21; (b) and that it is put for what is called
[Germ.]
ed. 3,
No. 9),
also
is
cu-A)> although, Job 15 5; Mai. 2:14; otherwise, Job 6: 14; Ps. 51:18; 143:7.
nouns, as
Exod. 21:17. (3) Before disjunctive sentences, or,
When
21
:
must (To not be referred l Sa. 17:34, 3*3 n1 K3, which must then be rendered, "there came a lion or a
repeated 1 ...1 sive...sive, 16; Lev. 5:3; Deut. 24 : 7.
whether
...or,
Ex.
nn
this use
i. e. for the verb substantive, comJob 4:6; 2 Sa. 15:34. This, however, now paring In Job 28 the inappears to me to be less certain. terrogation contained in verse 2O has a negative " but wisdom is no where to power, and the sense is, it is hidden from the be found," 21, "and eyes," etc.; the examples, Job 4:6; 2 Sa. 15:34, belong to 1, " let. e. T3T! Dm. ^DJPR thy hope (this is) the up-
the logical copula,
altogether absurd; see verse 36, 37, and for this passage see under fiN page xcn, A.).
bear,"
which
is
rightness of that way," i. e. this rests in thy upright2 Sam. loc. cit. TN '3^1 T?? ness ncd)t beinc*
;
"^
SSaterS/ bag rear id) fonft.
[This supposed disjunctive use

rejected in Thes.]
is
almost entirely
before gutturals
),
letter
which, when prefixed
(4) Before causal sentences, like '? because, for, Gen. 20:3, " behold, thou art a dead man because of ? Wrp bethe woman that thou hast taken, ?J?? n ?V %
to futures, gives them the sense of the imperfect; and, on this account, it is called by grammarians
cause she
\DvJJ
is
a man's wife."
" let
in that, Ps. 5:12,
Psa. 60:13; because, them ever shout for joy ^P^l
because thou
defendest them;" hence, after

:
verbs of being angry, Gen. 18:32 (Isa. 64 5) swearIsa. 43 12, Gen. 30 27. ing, Josh. 2:12; believing, " God." ye are my witnesses, ?&? '?$! f o r (that) I am
; : :
he will kill, &PJ! he This prefix has arisen from the verb substantive Hin, so that it may have been originally Hln " it was (that) he might expressed fully ?bjV kill;" then n (which in Syriac also is suppressed
spBnn
ij
Vav
conversive,
&
was
killing.
in this
word Jo en) being
cast
away, and
?bj3* nj
(5) before
conclusive or
inferential
sentences, so
Eze. 18:32, "I dethat, therefore, wherefore. sire not the death of the sinner... VJjU -IQ^n] wherefore turn and live." Zech. 2: 10. To this head are
to
being contracted by the aid of Dagesh forte conjunctive into bfe^fl, just as HT HO, n T D^> n, D3^D. 'Bjp'i is, therefore, properly, a compound tense, alto;
gether answering to the Arab. JcJj
"
.,'.=
it
waa
be referred the greater part of the passages in which Vav stands at the beginning of a sentence; since the reason is contained in what has preceded, and the proposition to which } is prefixed has a con" and he clusive power. 2 Ki. 4:41, HDJ5 inp-l ION'}
(since things are so) then bring meal," or "therefore bring meal," fo fyolt WetjL Isa. 3:14, D^3H Dn~)J?3 DfiXI. therefore ye have eaten up the vineyard" (for so I understand on known grounds), or " so then ye have," etc. Psa. 4:4, W]-1 "know
said
;
JEfa. UAQ: .PM^: "he (that) he might kill." was baptizing," Amhar. " it was (^(14) tua * he " he was might dye," for dying ;" see Lehrg. 87, of this form, see Hebrew Gramm the use and as to One thing is to be observed that 99, 6 (ed. IX).
Vav
conversive very frequently

'l
includes also
the
"
and he was saying, for which never occurs), and thus it is always placed at I would not, however, the beginning of a sentence.
copulative
concede that
therefore,"
Sa.
fo unfict
benn.
Ps. 2:io,
D'S?
nnyi
6.
which
"now therefore, O
24:3;
Isa.
kings," etc.;
told
compare verse
47:9; 58:2.
Ex. 2:20, "and he
said to his daughters
(who had
is
him of the coming

i.
it has always this copulative power, the opinion held by some, who therefore suppose that '1 has sprung from rvni., or else that it does not differ in its origin from Vav copulative (see converted Future occurs Ewald's Heb. Gramm.).
is
of Moses), i'Nl
where then
and
he?"
e.
(6) before final
consecutive sentences,
those
marking end or object, in order that (auf bafi) followed by a future which is commonly apocopated or para-
even at the beginning of whole books, and such too as are clearly not at all connected with those preEsth. l 1 ; n can an ceding them, as Ruth 1:1;
:
appeal be made
to
Ex. 1:1;
Ki. 1:1;
Ezr. 1:1
mi-pn
CCXXXVI
T-p
where even a copulative Vav is found at the beginning; for in these books the histories of the preceding books are continued. [In some cases, however (such as Ezra), it would be a question, what book ought to precede, whether the Hebrew or Greek order should be followed.]
[In Thes. Ges. inclines to the opinion that 1 conversive does not differ in origin from 1 copulative,
a hook, only occurring Ex. 26; 27; 36; 38; used d the hooks by which the curtains of the hoi} tabernacle were hung. The etymology is obscure.
"1T1 Arabic
pr. laden
,;.
TO
CARRY (whence
& j
with public affairs, comp. bajulus, used by writers of the middle ages for a royal envoy, chargt whence the Germ. Saillif/ Ital. bailo), in pass. d'affaires,
only that it is more emphatic as including a note of time ; and in Corr. he appears entirely to adopt this view: whether he has done so on just grounds may
fairly be questioned, as the fact of the apocopated or paragogic future being used after it sh^ws that it has a kind of subjunctive power. See Thes. p. 398.]
|
'.
borne down with punishment. In PhoenicioShemitic idiom [and in actual Scripture truth both of the O. and N. T.] sin is a burden lying upon the
to be
wicked (Ps. 38:4; Isai. 53:11), whence also N'J, to take away, for, to pardon. [This is not aipito, the only meaning of the phrase Christ bore our tins
;
pr. n. of a place in Arabia.
Eze. 27:19.
It
was
for us
by dying vicariously.] m. laden with guilt.

(Pers. s*j
.
Hence
Prov. 21:8.
[
by Michaelis that \ is radical and not copulative (Spicileg. Geog. Heb. p.274). Nor is there any need that we should read ]"}}. But Bochart and
rightly observed
"M
fc^n
pure pr. white, see p3),
Va-
spoken of as trading [" Very probably the prophet here, the of ,jj; 'Aden, in speaks city and mart pj? connection with which Edrisi enumerates these very
Forster suppose that
is
Dan
jezatha'], Pers. pr. n. of the youngest son of
Haman.
to foreign lands.
Esth.9:g.
" wares," wrought iron, cassia,and spices, T. i. p. 5 1 ed. The town of Aden is small, but renowned Jaubert.
,
I/ q. Hence
.
TO BEAR, BRING FORTH.
Arabic
m. offspring. m.
have
[
r\y\
id.
Gen. 11:30, and
on account of its port, whence vessels sail to Sind, India, and China. From the latter of these countries they bring merchandize, such as iron, Damascus sword blades, cardamum, cinnamon ...Indian plums ...various kinds of cloth woven with grass, and others rich and
2 Sa. 6:23.
np and
i.
the western
MSS.
an unused
root,
q.
JJ. to be torpid, weak,
meek."
Hence
] n.
made
text ought, therefore, probably is for 1"$ the V to read py or pjn unless perhaps Ges. add.] 1 is the then and copula." dropped,
like velvet.
The
rV^} \_Vani ah~\, pr.
of a man.
Ezr. 10:36.
being
take
Clerc
jna.
2H)
it.
a doubtful word, found Nu. 21:14. Some to be the name of a place, according to Le
q.
T>$) (perh. i. q. 'PPJ Nu. 13:14. 8t],pr. n. m.
"my
addition"), [Voph-
i.
!*? Verse
8,
comp.
i^*Jt>
to give,
i.
q.
But Kimchi found in MSS. ^DlpX in one word, which would be Aram. Ethpa. of the verb ^jb t
However, the 3DJ: Jehovah dedit se in turbine. whole passage is abrupt and very obscure.
f\
pi. DÎJ
*J^1 [FasAni], pr. n. m. l Ch. 6 13, apparently a corrupt form; for verse 18, and 1 SH. 8:2, for the same there is WlV [" Probably this should be '3Bn. The whole passage is, nj3S| 3#n "pKi* Tte?n ; see
Mover's Chron.
%
p.
54." Ges. add.]
J;^
(Pers.
,-^ t "beautiful woman"), VashEst. 1 :Q.
(with Kametz impure), a peg, a nail,
ti,
pr.n. the wife of Xerxes.
The seventh letter of the alphabet called H, i. e.
Syr.
When
\JU) a weapon, which this letter resembles in form in all the more ancient alphabets. [" As a numeral it denotes 7."]
comes in Aramaean
tained; thus
this letter corresponds to the former, it be1, when to the latter, f is re
AAS>, n?!
to slaughter:
*J,
1HJ tc
sow,
In Arabic there are two

this,
letter?
which answer
to
Comp. the letter 1. Also j and are interchanged amongst themselves

etc.
;
which somewhat
dz; as H3J
differ in pronunciation,
dh,
e.g.
1TJ?,
and j-i
to help;
and
and
^J
to slaughter; XHJ
seed.
,J
to cut
off.
CCXXXVII
interchanged (a) with j> (ts) in PST and PJ?V to cry out; T?3J and Yty to exult, to shout aloud; 3HT gold; comp. 3hv tawny, yellow. (b) with D, b>, as
T is VIT
mi-pi
-(2)iCh.'7:ai.
and
("gift"), [Zabad], pr.n. m. (i) i Chi (3) ibid. 11:41. (4)aCh. 24:26. In the parallel passage, 2 Ki. 12:22, it ii
2:36.
1-1D to
go away; T^, D^y
to exult;
HT3, Syr.
Jm_2i to despise; 11DS damage, from n 9? T3. hurt. [Also with 1, e. g. P13 and PT Thes.]
^^
to
(probably for
parallel passage,
i
nT3! "the gift cf Jeho(i) Josh. 7:1, in thr

'"!PT.
vah"), [Zabdi], pr.n. m.

Ch. 2:6,
(3)
l
an unused
" which
I
root.
Arab.
(___?'
to terrify,
(2)
Ch. 8:19.
consider to be the same as 3HJ,
3H
Ch.27:27.
(4) Neh. 11:17.
be
yellow or tawny, like gold." Thes.], whence perh. 3KJ.

( l) a wo If, because it frightens the flock (unless the verb be a denominative). [" So called from its tawny and yellow
-I (with Tsere impure) m.
("the gift of God"), [Zabdiel], pr.r m. Neh. 11:14; comp. 2a/3S/\, 1 Mac. 11:17.
("the gift of Jehovah"), Zebediah(Gr. pr.n. of several men, iCh. 8:15, 17: 12:7; 27:7; Ezr-. 8:8; 10:20.
),
h^y
s
colour." Thes.]
Isa. 11 :6
;
*
.
<>
=
"
Arab. ^.ôJ, Syr. |^). Gen. 49:27;

;
in^pf
17:8.
(id.)pr.n.m.
(l)
Ch.26:2.
(2) 2 Ch.
Jer. 5 :6, 3^ '3XJ 65 =25 evening wolves," those which go forth to prowl at evening. Hab.l:8; Zeph. 3:3, comp. XVKOI rvurspivol, Oppian.
(3)
2Ch. 19:11.
Cyneget.
(2)
206, vvKwrdpoi ibid. i. 440. \_Zeeb~], pr. n. of a Midianite prince, Jud.

iii.
^DT m. a fly, from the root 3?T. Isa. 7:18; Ecc. 10:1, 'njO *3WJ "flies of death," i.e. deadly, or poisonous [" dead, not poisomnis, which is not in accordance with the context." Thes.]
of
flies,
;
3-1DT 7}?3
the lord
7:25; 8:3; Ps. 83:12.

this, fern, of the
pronoun
HT,
which
see.
see
^3
No.
5, letter b.
["Arab.
<__>b j, Ch,
Tn
:
id."]
to
murmur,
,
an unused root [" onomatopoetic i. q. DPT to hum, to buzz; Germ, fummcnj whence a fly, from its buzzing; like Lat. musca, from musso (mussito); Bochart compares"] Arab.
to float, to hover, to
TQT
("given," ["a gift bestowed, pr.n. m. l Ki. 4:5.

(id.)
sc.
by God"J),
[Zabbud], Ezr. 8: 14 3ro.

f.
jjj
move
oneself about in
the air: as applied to flying insects,
compare 35"
ber
1
}
to
PITQT ("given"), [ZebudaK], pr.n. is ^T3J. 23:36 np, but
2 Ki.
am
creep on the ground, used of reptiles.
The former
Suft nrimmeln
may
be expressed in German,
in
(fdw&rmen)/ the latter auf bcr 6rbe wtmmeln. this Arabic root is secondary." Thes.]
[" But
/^T and ?2T [root ^3T], m. (i) habitation, reside nee, especially of God. lKi.8:i3; aCh.6:2;
Ps. 49: 15; Isa. 63: 15; Hab.3:ii, n^3j nnj> rn; efe^ " the sun (and) moon stand still in their habitatio n,"
i.
Hence are derived
3-13T, ^3T.
e.
retain their place in the heavens ["
i.
e.
hide themsaid
once, Gen. 30:20, TO
ENDOW, TO BESTOW
selves,
do not shine"].
Compare what has been

m. Jud. 9:28.
A GIFT; rightly rendered by the
LXX.
ûprjTat.
under flvJO.
(2) \_Zebut], pr. n.
Vulg. dotavit. Comp. Ch., Saad., Abulw. In Arab. jj has the same signification, see Jeuhari in Schult.
;
Origg. Hebr. torn. i. page 49. Schultens is not to followed in supposing this word to be only used
the
be
by
Arabs of a gift of small value, and thus he has devised a new and abstruse explanation. This root is not found as such in Syriac, (see however Palmyr. Inscr. No. 4, line 5,) but the Zabians have the noun
P^QT, J^QT, p73T ("habitation"), Gen. 30:20, (i) of the tenth son of Jacob [Zebulun], pr.n. whom he had by Leah. (2 ) of the tribe of Zebulun, 16. The whose limits are described Josh. 19:10 Gentile noun is *?>13t from the form JV?13T, Num.
26:27.
(a root kindred to n3D, Arab, -*yj, Syr
p.
9k
ljO._^f
gift,
see Cod. Nasar.
iii.
p. 26.
The many
its
proper names derived from this word, manifest more frequent use in Hebrew.
C_'
Zab.
i.e.
.^>9 and
is
Besides the words which follow immediately, see
haps the same root

ofafo,
(i) TO
Êth. FHlfh: Perfound in the Greek o^dffouVA*J^>|,
2* a r). [fut. nap]. SLAUGHTER ANiMAi s,

76.39:17.
Gen. 31:^4;
S*
m. a gift, dowry,
ibid.
28:24; 1X1.19:91;
CCXXXVIII
(2) specially
to to
slay
62
;
in sc
immolate,
Sa. 1:4; followed
and *3?7
the
is
(ibid, verse
crifice, to sacrifice, by ? (l Ki. 8:63), 2 Ch-7:4; Lev. 9:4), before

the sacrifice
is
n^r
Chald. to procure for oneself, TO
name
of
him
to
whom
offered.
It
not used of priests slaying victims, but of private
persons PIEL n3T fut nar.
who brought
sacrifices at their
to
sacrifice,
i.
charge. q. Kal No. a, l Ki.
own
12:32; 2 Ki. 12:4.
It is
frequently used iteratively

1
and Samar.). Dan. 2:8, P31 l ?^ K3TJJ ^ "thai ye will gain the time," i. e. ye seek delay (compare Hence pr. n. K3'3f. P?T)J*
T
BUT
(so Syr.
of the custom of sacrificing (like the Arab, ^v.

sacrifice
to
m. Nu. 6:4,
the
skin of a grape, clear and

the following word.
transparent.
Its root is
much or frequently), l
Ki. 3:2,3;
1 1
8 Hos.
;
4:14,
ete.
Derivatives, !!?TP and
*?} [an unused root] TO BE CLEAR, TRANSPARENT, compare Samar. 33T i. q. *pT to be pure, the
s
-
m
?
with
suff. 'H3T,
pi. D'rnj, const. \n3f
once
Arabic
~>-\
glass,
i.
q. JV343J,
3T.]
Ch.
3tt to
be
clear,
Hos.4:i9. (1) pr. a slaying; hence the flesh of slain animals,

feasts,
transparent.
"TT
[Derivative
Gen. 31
-.54;
Eze. 39: 17
Pro. 17
l,
a'TO^t
contentious feasts. (2) a sacrifice ["whether the act of sacrificing or"], an offering, a victim. Opposed both to nrop a bloodless offering [when so contrasted], l Sa. 2 29 Psal. 40:7, and to !"Wy a burnt offering, holocaust; BO that H?J denotes sacrifices of which but a part were
:
(verb. adj. H^T) proud (properly swelling up, inflated), with the connected idea of insolence and impiety (compare ^!?n No. 3, 4). Isa.
m.
from *W,
13:11; Jer.43:2; Psal. 19:14; 119:21,51,69,78, 85,122.

constr.
suff.
13.'"JT, l
PIT (as
if
from the root rnT=TT), with
consumed, such as expiatory or eucharistic offerings, etc., Ex. 10:25; Lev. 17:8;* Nu. 15:5, D*te H3T a
l ; 4:10, etc. It is also used in speaking generally of great and solemn sacri: fices, and sacriiic al feasts. C'P^H POT an annual
eucharistic offering, Lev. 3:
Sa.i7:28; Jer. 49:16, sicelling, pride; as joined with insolence and arrogance, haughtiness. Prov. 11 :2; 13:10; 21:24, i'nj "the haughtiness of the heart;" Jer. 49:16; Obad. 3; Deut 17:12. As a concrete used of Babylon, as the mo'
sacrifice,
Sam. l:2l; 20:6. nns^D H3T a family 'acrifice, 20:29; compare 9:12, 13; 16:3. (3) [ZebaJi], pr. n. of a Midianite king, Jud. 8:5;
l
haughty, Jer. 50 31 32.

: ,
"IT
with prefix
n.J3, m!>, f.
HNT,
IT
more rarely nV ECA.
Ps. 83: 12.
TnS perhaps
is
3? ^Zabbaf], pr.n.m., Ezr. 10:28; Neh-3:2O it is erroneously written for '51, which found Ezr. 2:9; Neh. 7:14.
Hosea7:i6; Psal. 132:12 (and in this place instead of the relative), once nriNT J e r. 26:6 nro, plur. H?N (which see).
2:2; 5:15, 18; 7:23; 9:13;
(l) this,
a.
demonstrative pronoun,
hie,
hie, hcec,
hoc.
fern.
HT2T
10:43.
Arabic j,
'
r\jj
Syr.
|<n
haec,
JKih. "H;
"t.
S ee
'"HUt.
r\yyi ("bought"),
pr.n.m., Ezr.
and have sprung the Aramsean *?, Êth. Hi, which have become relatives. CorrespondH:
H^! Hence
With regard to ing to the Sanscrit sas, sa, tat. demonstratives generally beginning with the demon1
(l) properly in my opinion, i. q. 73" ! TO BE ROUND, TO MAKE ROUND, whence the Talmudic '?J, '3f round or globular dung, such as that of
'5J
strative
letter d,
or with the same sound sibilated,

"
l
goats,
see above p. xc, A. [in the note after these may be added the German ba. nj
is
?'?f]
and
tc
or camels, Syr. and Arab, jlsf, <3j
placed either separately, or with a substantive;

it
;. >..
if the latter,
commonly,
like
an adjective, follows
;
(2) to inhabit [to dwell with], (comp.
in
;
No.
2).
Gen. 30:20, 7?f "he will inhabit (together with) me," i. e. he (my husband) will dwell with me the idea of conjugal intercourse being for verbs
conjoined: of dwelling joined with an rccusative, imply dwelling
together, see "HI, pe*.
the substantive, and it has the article prefixed whenever the substantive itself has; as njn I3"nn this word
n J n DV? "in this day," Gen. 7:11. In other placet HT without the article is prefixed to a noun, and this takes place (a) where the predicate of a proposition
is
Derivatives,
word, Ex. 35 4
:
contained in this pronoun, "'3'nn nT "tnis (is) the Jud. 4:14. ; (b) where the pronoun it
HT
ccxxxix
TIT- mi
1
HT. emphatically demonstrative. Ps.lO4:25,7nan " (behold!) ',h is great sea." Ezr.3: 12, JV3H HJ "this bouse." Jud. 5:5, TP "J. "this Sinai." Josh.g: is,
Dn
"
23:13. Comp. in Gr. rovro TO more emphatic collocation, which is much used in Syriac and Chald. (^PpH ""^l Dan. 4: 15), is frequent with the Hebrew poets, and later writers sometimes also, like the Gr. ovroc, and Lat. iste, it is used in the sense of despising, and as expressing contempt towards some one. Ex. 32:1, HÔ
1
Upr6 nj t h God ;" l Ki.

Orjpiot'.
our bread'." Ps. 48 15,

:
DWK
PIJ
th i
s,
nj Hjin jtefcf ba! lol here Ki. 19:5. (&) of time, noiv, already^ Mic. 5:4, nj n^nj properly, at this, sc. time. "and now there shall be peace;" l Ki. 17:24, nj
With a demonstrative power

Cant. 2:*i
;
DW
Isa.
^yi\ "now
Ruth 2:7;
often
i
know." nj
And
this
Ki. 17:24.
With
r\Pi]3just now, at present. this signification it is
prefixed to numerals; Gen. 27:36,
D!Py.?
<"l]
times;" Gen. 31 -.38, n3K> Dn'^V. HT" these twenty years ;" verse 41; 43:10; 45:6; Nu. 14:22; Jud. 16:15; Zee. 7:3, D^t? nj "already so
"these two
n?
{n
:
n.T.
many
years."
(a) HT3
B"n;
it is
verse 23, cotnp. 10:7;
Sa. 10:27.
Likewise
(4) Avith prefixes

(see No. 3),
this
sc. place,
here
so,
vividly demonstrative, when added to interrogative 'D pronouns to increase their power. Isa. 63 : l N2 DJ
,
Gen .38:21; Ex. 24

(b)
l
tropically applied
!"lt3
to time, then, Est. 2:13.
H.T3)
50
and
this coming?" Job 38: 2; 42:3, elsewhere (is) MH 'P (see Kin), and more fully nj N-in Jer. 30: 21 Ps. 24:10 (and so HjTtO Avhat then? trie benn? ime
bod)?
J-IJ
"who
Jud. 18:4; 2 Sa. 11:25;
Ki. 14:5.
Gen. 27:20;
why then?
Jud. 18:24; lKi.2l:.5;
fication as
an unused root, certainly the same in signi2ny, to shine like gold.

tlT. Gen. 2:12), HJ (once s ~ '
^
ne&
id.
Gen. 18:13; 25:22.

in
Arabic \j\).
n}
(1)
id.),
constr.
m.
o
^
Daniel 10:17, HJ Ol^, and rarely with a pronoun HJ nfiX thou (compare the Latin ille This pronoun may be ego), bu ba/ Genesis 27:21.
follows, as
gold (Arab.
_^j,
Syr., Chald.
etc.
Gen. 24:22,53; Ex. 3:22; 36:33,
When
used as referring to that which precedes (Ecc. 6:9), Gen. or, as is more common, to that which follows. " 5:1, in the introductory words of the chapter, this of the genealogy of Adam." Ex. 30:13, (is) the book
is understood, preceded by numerals, the weight 3HT niE'fi. "ten (shekels) of gold." e.g. Gen. 24:22,
7^
^
1
(2) metaph. of the golden splendour of the heavens, perhaps of the sun itself, Job 37:22; of the purest oil, brilliant like gold (tjcH wit olb), Zee. 4:12.
th i s they shall give ... a half ri? nj rpynp . shekel." Ps.7:4,'nxf MVb>J? DS "if I have done this" what follows) ; 42 5 Tsa. 56 2 ; 58 : 6 ; 66 2.
. .
an unused
fair, also
to be
root.
Arab.
U&; to shine, to be
(namely, So the plur. n ?X (which see), Greek ovroq (v. Passow h. v. No. 2). The repetition i"lT...nj this. ..that,
: ; :
proud;
.&; splendour, beauty, espeitself;
cially that of flowers, the flower
compare
N,
hie ...ille,
one ...another, unus

;
...alter
Jobi:i6;
from
N
;
Ki.
22 20
:
HJ /N HT one to another, Isa. 6:3.
to
be bright.
Syr.
<n
to
be proud
(2) HJ rarely, and only by poetic usage, put instead of the relative, like the Germ, bcr for
is
more
Ethpael, to be
Derivatives,
made
1T,
splendid or beautiful.
VJ
and
J"PT.
tt>eld)er/ b a mil for rc> e mit [like the use of that in English instead of who or which"], (compare on the subject of
unused in Kal.
Arab.
^;
TO STINK, TO
relatives, as
springing mostly from demonstratives Psal. 104:8, nj D\pCT^ under the words lp, -D). " ED? fllP* to the place which thou hast founded for
BECOME RANCID (when speaking of fat). Chald. TO STINK, TO BE FILTHY. This root is used in the Zabian, of water when it has a stinking smell, fny.
f"l?T
.-O
them ;" Prov. 23:22; Job 15:17; Ps. 78 :54- With this signification it seems to be indeclinable, like "^^f, nnd thus it stands also for the plural, Job 19: 19.
are kindred roots.

'o
PIEL,
regard as stinking or filthy, thus

to
to
["Once for the fern. plur. if is found, Ps. 132:12."] As a mark simply of relation (like "10* A, 2),Ps.74:2,
t3 FI??B>
regard The
tcith disgust,
Dni?
-IFirDnT
loathe, or
to be
weary
of.
Job 33: 20,
"he loathes
it,
namely bread."
195,2.
HT ]iV "in
"Mount
Zion in
which
thou
suffix is pleonastic;
comp. Lehrg.
Jwellest;" Isa.
25:9.
DH] ("loathing,"
pr. n.
["fat." Thes.]),
(3) It becomes an adverb (a) of place, here, for n .^3 in this sc. place, Gen. 28: 17; Num. 13: 17, etc.;
m. 2 Ch. 11:19.
W? hence, Gen. 37:17; Ex. 11:1 n-JO-1 njp hence and henct, on either side, Num. 22:24; Josh. 8:33.
;
unused in Kal,
BE
i.
q. Jbj,
icnj TO SHINS,
BRIGHT; comp.
"iny.
CCXL
"V^T.n (i) to make to shine. Metaph. teach (lefcren), construed with ace. both of (a) conperson and thing, Ex. 18:20; to warn (bclebrcn), strued with ace. of pers. 2 Ch. 19:10. (b) to ad-
m-im
HIPHIL
to
of the female catamenia, Lev. 15:25, or of seminal emission or gonorrhoea of males, Lev. 15:2. To flow
monish,
to
dissuade from anything,
2 Ki.
6:lO;
with any thing is also, by an idiom of the language, used of things or persons, in or from which any thing flows, as a woman in her menstrual flow, Lev.
followed bv IP (roarnen or ftroa$)/ Lev. 15:31. [But see 113 Hiphil.] Eze. 3: 18, nênp \yrto yen -vnyrft "to dehort the wicked from his evil way." But on'K n-inn "thoushalt adEze. 3:17; 33:7,
W?
monish them from

Don mir,
me," by
on meinctiDcgen.
authority; Germ. and Aph., Chald. Pa. (Syr.
my
Aph.
id.)
to
shine forth, to be brilliant, proCh. in?*? id. to light, Dan. 12:3. forth give perly NIPHAL, to be taught, to be admonished; also to take warning, to accept admonition, 00.4:13; Followed by IP Ecc. 12:12. Eze. 33 4, 5, 6.
(2) intrans.
:
15:19? a man suffering from gonorrhoea, Lev. 15:4, 22:4; Nu. 5:2; 2 Sam. 3:29; it is especially seq. thus used of affluence and abundance, with ace. of Ex. 3:8, the thing with which anything abounds. ^?>1 3^n rQT p.S "a land flowing with (i.e. abounding in) milk and honey." Verse 17; 13:5; 33 3; Lev. 20:24; Nu. 13:27; 14:8516:14. ["Notfolowed by an object, Jer. 49:4, "Hklpy 3J thy valley
; =
'
flows,'
(2)
sc.
with blood." Thes.]

to
to
flow away,
pine away,
to
to die.
Lam.
4:9-
Aram.
_ro?, 3-H to flow,
flow away,
to
be-
"Hf Ch.
id. part. pass. "VHJ
tious, Ezr. 4:22.
(Syr. Ethpe. to
thing.)
admonished, cautake heed, to be
come
liquid.
Arab.
<~.j\j to pine
away with hun-
ger or sickness.
See under the root ^N'l.
watchful about any
"V1T m. brightness (of the sky), Eze. 8:2; Dan.
!:,
1?
rhoea benigna, Levit. 15:2
Jl* m. a flowing, discharge, us of semen, gonor15; of menstrual blood,
Lev. 15:19, seq.

i.q.
m.
H (which indeed
is
the reading of
i"1
many
HI
copies), for
^), splendour, whence comes the name of especially of flowers, the second Hebrew month, \_Zif], from the new moon of May to that of June, (according to the Rabbins
that of May), as from the new moon of April it were the month of flowers; i Ki. 6:1,37; though
to
VHJ (from the root
or
(l)i. q. the kindred root "NT TO BOIL,
TOBOILOVER (speaking of water), onomatopoetic like the German fteben, the English to seethe, Greek ',
whence 40oe
<riu.
(utv
tfbfub),
See Niph. and Hiph. No.
compire the similar i. Hence to over-
flow
Chald.
KT'3V?
fTV the
flowers.
In Chaldee, Syriac and Arabic, the 7< * -1 9 x

<>
month of the splendour of same

,\.>\,
(speaking of boiling water). (2) Like the Gr. 4f'w and Lat. ferveo, it is transferred to the violence or Jierceness of a passionate
month
is called, "l"K, );_/),
also
from splendour.
likewise
mind (compare
Min.
p.
Tna, Arab,
'i.-
80), and thus

acted
to insolence
and Schulteus, Opp. and wickedness.

or wickedly to;
Compare German ?enj> Sued. Glenz, spring; named from splendour, brightness.
IT see HT.
Hence he
:
insolently, proudly,
wards any one, followed by ?V Ex. 18: 11 '$ Jer 50 29. In this signification n*lV is a kindred root
In Arabic both the roots j\
;
}T
comm.
i.q.
HI
and DNT.
Med.
Waw
and
j,
(1) demonstr. pron. Ps. 12:8; Hab. l:il, irb IT \<r?K? "this his strength (is) for a god to him." More frequently also
significations derived from boiling and The former cooking, but these are only secondary. -
Med. Ye, have
used as a relative, Ex. 15:13; Ps. 9:16; (2) 142:4, and thus as a sign of relation, Isa. 43:21;
it is
(for j.;)
is,
to prepare
provision for a journey, j\:

coir.
food for a journey, from the idea of cooking,

jJufocfan jurSReifej
42:24,
ft
^SOn
IT
"
IT
(In the
Talmud
against not unfrequently

to
whom
we have
is
sinned."
nt,
the latter (for jj
;)
to increase, to
used for
exceed, from the idea of overflowing.
[See
*MT
in
and
also in its
compounded forms.
use^ j
for
The
;
Tayitic
Arabs are accustomed

ad Har.
ii.
^jjl
see Schult.
Thes.] NIPHAL, part. TJ? (from the form TT comp. Lehrg

to suppose [although to assume such a root could hardly be regarded as inaccurate]), somet h ing cooked, pottage. Gen. 25:29.
p.
p. 75.)
4 ll,
for
it
is
by no means necessary
another root
1T.3
(l) TO
FLOW, properly used of water.
Psalm
used
78:9O; 105:41; Isa.48:2i.
It is also often
CCXLI
HIPHIL (i) to cook (see Kal. No. i), to prepare 1TM and Jacob oy cooking. Gen. loc. cit. TU 3J?y> sod pottage." LXX. t\l/ijere Se 'Irccw/3 ci^q/ia. (2) to act insolently, fiercely, wickedly, esand pecially in speaking of those who sin knowingly 1 of God. Deut. the :43 precepts purposely against 17:13; Neh. 9: 16, 29; followed by a gerund, Deut. 18:20; followed by ?J? before the person, Ex. 21 14,
5 :
to
be intended
corner stones of strength
and beauty
are simply spoken of.]
7lT
(i)
i.
q. ??T
" D^3p 2HT DyJH
TO POUR OUT, once, Isa. 46:6, pouring out (i.e. lavishing) gold
from the bag."
(Arab.
to
J^J IV.
to
make
light of.)
(2) toremove,
take away, compare Arab. A\j

i.
n-$n \r\rb -injn^J B*$ nr

against his neighbour,
S "if a man act fiercely
Med.
to
Waw and
Ye, to take away; intransitively,
q.
by slaying
him with
subtlety."
Neh. 9:10.
Derivatives IT, fn\T, jhj.
9, to
Ch. id. APHEL inf. fnjn i. q. Heb. Hiph. No. act insolently or violently, Dan. 5:20.
root.
go away, to desist, to fail. Hence n>1T. v [HiPHiL 7 tn for *?\Tn (comp. the roots H-1D, H-13, )-1? and Gesen. Gram. 71, note 9), to make light >1D, of. to despise, comp. Kal. No. 1. Lam. 1:8. Thes.]
f
f.
7T1T an unused
Arab.
^,
to
hide,
to
con-
in const.
Hp-lT,
taking away, putting aside, only found and with suflT. *n>1T, 1JTOT as a prepo-
ceal, VII. to hide oneself, to betake oneself to a corner; in Hebrew also it probably signified to lay up,
to
preserve.
Derivatives
!"MT
and
1TO.
sition besides, save, except, e. g. ^7-IT besides me, properly I being removed, or more closely still, the removing of me, through the removing of me. 2Ki. 24:14; Isaiah 45:5, 21, etc. Sometimes with Yod Once as a parag. WIT for ripIT Deut. 1:36; 4:12.
T^T an unused root.
(l) pr.
i.
q.
Ch.
T-1T
to
move
and
conjunction, for
I^X
Hp-IT
except that, unhss that,

and Sam. TO NOU-
oneself about. [" Talmud,

ry NO.
(2)
i.
id."]
Hence
nj-ttP
From
swiftness of motion
it is
figuratively ap-
plied to shining or radiating (comp. }** similar series of significations of ~>TJ),
and the very

hence
to
spout
forth
the
like
noun
rays or in streams (speaking of milk), and TT a full breast. [ Note, in Thes. the order
is
RISH, TO FEED, TO GIVE FOOD. HOPHAL, Jer. 5:8, D'3WD OMD-1D a>nD,/ed hortet, The np has DW*?> which, according tc i. e. fat.
Schultens,
is
pT
unused in Kal. Chald.,
Syr.,
derived from JP,

i.
in this sense:
Catull.
uf these
meanings
reversed.]
14:5 \_Zuzims\, pr. n. of a nation, the aborigines of the land of the Ammonites, inhabiting the borders of Palestine, perhaps the same as the LXX. tQi-rj Iff^vpa, so also D*8TlpT (which see). Syr., Onk. Syr. [" Perhaps so called from the fertility
D^TIT Gen.
q. testes e. g. (pondera ponderibus Ixii. 5. Stat. Silv. iii. iv. 77), bene vasati.
instructs
LXX.
Qn\vfiart~ig.
Hence
flTO.
JIT Chald. id. ITHPEAL, fut. fTri* pass. Dan. 4:9. Derivative PTD.
f.
of their country."]
root H3T
a harlot, prostitute, part.

see.
fern,
from the
nniT [ZohetJi], pr. n. m. iCh. 4:20. No root from which this name can be derived is found in
Hebrew, or in the cognate dialects.
which
i.
"vt
^
9
or
q.
(frequently used in Syr., Chald. and Zabian), Gr. fftin), ffcww (compare vsvw), to shake, to
li.
(with
f.
Kametz impure), only found in

njj.
the plural ni'tt
a corner, from the root

'
S~
(Syr.
n agitate (see Pilpel, and JM)> in BE SHAKEN, hence

(1) to
KAL
intransitive
*!J
\bjQj, Arab.
<L .!;).
It is
used in speaking of the
corners of the altar, Zee. 9: 15, the corner columns of a
and by metonymy, of
palace
[why
not of the corWn'l33,
ner stones themselves?], ntatsno "our

literally
Psalm 144:12, n)T?

daughters like
oneself, Est. 5:9. to shake, Ecc. 12:3. tremble, (2) PILPF.L part. Viytp to agitate, to trouble, Hab. 2 :7 (Aram, and Arabic id.) The derivatives follow, except i"lJJT sweat [which in
to
move
corner
co-
Thes.
STlT
is
referred to VP; also JH],

to
lumns
(beautifully) carved." Caryatides are to be understood, so often found in Egyptian architecture.
Chald.
tremble,
to
Aqu. we eVtywj'ta. Vulg. quasi anguli. [There is no need to suppose in this passage any such allusion
Part. ryXT or according to

f.
(from JM with the

17
np Vav
fear, followed by IP T^T Dan. 5 119; 6:27

moveablc).
CCXLII
(l) agitation, trouble, Jer. 15:4, Him? "I will deliver them for trouble nto^>pp
an enemy, Herod, ix. 1 1 on the other hand Sam. is properly a hater, and in a derived sense a stranger;.
;
kingdoms of the earth;" 24:9; 29:18; 34: 17; Chr. 29:8. The np every where [in these pashas the form """WI, as being of more easy sages] utterance (which see).
to all
Isa. 1:7; 25:2; 29:5; P.<-54:5; Eze. 1,1:9; 28:10; a strange 30:12; Hosea7:9; 8:7; Obad. 11. ~>? or foreign god, the domestic god of some other nation,
introduced amongst the Hebrews;
a) terror,
Isa.
28:19.
[May not these as mean strange opposed to Jehovah, passages simply their own God?], Ps. 44:21; 8l:lO; ellipt. ">T Isa,
43:12. Pl.DnjDeu. 32:16; Jer.3:i3;[?] 5:19[?]Fern. rnt a strange (2) of another family.
an unused root. In Chaldee to borrow. Hence the pr. n. 5H. ["Probably i.q. 31T to flow, compare Arabic u_f J. to flow, to be liquid, i__J J to
!>ecome liquid, to melt in drops,"
etc.,
woman
Thes.
" Hence
J")'X Pro. 6 29), (i. q. JH especially with regard to unlawful intercourse with her, an adulteress, a
:
1BJ and *TP].

I.
I
harlot
[this is clearly the general use of the term], Prov. 2:16; 5:3,20; 7:5; 22:14; 23:33 (Syr. and
9
'l
(l) TO PRESS, TO
9
SQUEEZE, TO PRESS
""""
Sam/i.^. <VT"I
So
is to
commit adultery, prop, to turn to
JUT (Syr.
jj,
jo) to take in the hand.
Arab, j
to
press, especially applied to the lip of a horse. original idea is that of restraining, pressing in, the kindred roots "*, "H?). Fut. Jud. 6:38,
The
comp.
D*"}t adulterers, profligates, Jer. lodge with). 8:25; Eze. 16:32, 0*"!T D'22 strange children, i. >
bastards, Hos. 5:7.
in
(3)
As opposed
squeezed together the fleece." Job tyl *? n ?^l "arid (the ostrich) forgets that the foot may press upon them" (her eggs), that
39= 15>
1
W? "and
V
he
lawful, strange is the

fire, i. e.
?^
1
is upright, true, and as unlawful, HIT E'K strange unlawful or profane fire, as opposed to the
to that
which
same
holy
fire.
Lev. iO:l;
Num. 3:4; 26:61,

self,
i.
rnt rnbj3
is,
59:5. Intrans. form see Lehrgeb. p. 401), Isa. l 6, Vlt J& "(the wounds) are not pressed together," not cleaned from blood. [Query. But does
may
crush them; compare
Isa.
pret.
1~lt
(for
which
intransitive
profane incense; Ex. 30:9. (4) In opposition to one's own
q. "tf?X
another,
Prov. 11:15; 14:10; 20:16; 27:2,13; iKi. 3:18. (5) Tropically new, unheard of, Isa. 28:21.
not this simply
mean
not
closed up
in healing?]
[" Part. pass. fern. Isa.
59:5
fr^DI, 'and the
pressed
to
["Also i.q. Arab. ^ j Med. Ye to loathe; intrans. be loathsome, Job 19: 17, 'Rp'Np rnt *nn my
or broken (egg) is cleft into a viper,' i. e. a viper H is a more obtuse springs from the broken (egg).
spirit (as agitated, querulous) is wife.' Hence KIT loathsomeness, for
loathsome
n "3!-"]
to
my
form for n
II.
compare Zee. 5: 4"].

to
Hence "MO No. I.

"ttj.
NIPHAL
i.
q.
Kal. No.
i, Isa. i -.4.
HOPHAL
M a kindred root
to
"HD and
part.
"ft
"WO become strange,

II.
Ps. 69:9.
Derivative
.';
TO No.
rnt Job 19:17, see under
(l)to turn aside,
depart
:
(like
Arab.
Med.
the root
">\T
Waw
[but see the added remark from Thes.
Conj. VI. VIII), followed by IP from someone, Job 19:13; Ps. 78 30 especially from God, Ps. 58:4; from the way of truth and uprightness, whence s >
;
above].
ITTlT m. once Isa. 59:5, njjsx s?i?3n rnijrn "if (an egg) be crushed, a viper breaks forth." If the vowels stand correctly, *V1T is part. pass, of the verb
"rtt
"WD
falsehood,
"rtS
,.
lie,
falsehood,
,1-^).
.\ \
Conj.
I.
to tell lies
(compare
(a)
to
and Arab.
turn from
,! ;
the
house (Arabic
to visit
way, to lodge at any some one), hence to
one's
be
n fem. gen. (like Zee. No. I, being added for 5:4, although in both places it seems to be a tranIt would be more scriptural error). suitably written rnijn part, act., according to the form of the pret. )~)
"!
ttr anger (Arabic j\\ a visitor, stranger)
["to be
Isa. 1:6.
ttrange or foreign""].
stranger, strange, especially (i) of another natwn, an alien by birth, Exod. 30:33 [but
surely
Part, a
[NTT
pr. n.
Zaza,
Ch. 2:33.]
i.
---<,_ and
;
j J unused in Kal,
q.
Arabic
\s^
In
passage refers to any one not the high with which the idea of an enemy or barbarian is priest], often associated (like the Lat. host is olim erat perethis
remove, NIPHAL
to
displace.
Aram,
w^/o), D^f.
to be
removed Ex. 28:28;
39:21.
Part.
l,and Gr. M'OC, which also signified
(I)TO CREEP, TO CRAWL.
the
creepers of
the dust," i.e. serpents; Dent.
the similar instances collected in Lehrg. page 145,
tc
32:24; Mic. 7:17. Hence (2) to fear, to be afraid, properly to walk with Job 32: 6, faltering footsteps, see 'CH. tfTXJ "therefore I was afraid and feared."
WO
which add fiXj? for fa?, darts or arrows, Isa.5O:

(where
for P3X.)
D^jpT
burning
ll, i.q.
Prov.26: 18
many
copies read
Syr. Jjxj a weapon,
thunderbolt).
*
n/C
("
I
\" stone of the serpent"), a stone near Jerusalem, i Ki. 1:0. 6
to be
Arabic J<3 Med. Ye, TO LOATHE. f loathsome. Job 19:17, **$*& n~\\
is I
Intrans.
nn
"
my
breath
loathsome
pTT adj. m. (from the root TIT) boiling, overfloioing, spoken of water, Ps. 124:5.
Chald. m. splendour, brightness (contracted from VHT, from the root nnT which see, i. q. Hebr. 1T),
1
formerly
version,
Others, whom followed, take this according to the Syriac

to
my
wife."
from
"my mind is (i.e. I am) my wife." Hence N^T (for

"I-1T
become estranged
fin Thes. under
No.
rnT) loathing. see above.]
plural is used of the bright Dan. 5:6, 9, ni6g }^ "his colour changed upon him," i. e. he became pale, verse 10; 7:28. Comp. the Hebr. chap. 10:8. (Syr.
;
Dan. 2:31
4:33.
The
H.'T constr. n\T, pi.
DWT
m.
colour of the face.
WT
(l) an olive, olive tree, Jud. 9:9; more fully called rrj IOB? oil of olives, Ex. 27:20; 1$B> n\T Deu. 8 8.
:
30 24; Lev. 24
:
2.
D^Mn
:
in the Mount of Olives
ac
"
"
'
JOjj brightness.
i
Arab. ^j\ and

rootT-IT)
-j
ornament.)
m. (from the
(i) any
moving
;
near Jerusalem, Zee. 14:4, regarded as holy even in the Old Test., 2 Sam. 15 30; l Ki. 11 : 7. [These passages prove nothing of the kind ; if the latter refer
at all to the
thing,
roaS
So poetically '"!?' TT used of the beasts of the field, Ps. 50 1 1 80:14. The Greek KvwdaXov, a beast, for Ku'wdaXov, has been rightly compared with this; as may be also KivwireTOV, Ki M\l/ from KIVIW, TrpofiaTov from 7rpo/3oVw.
ftdtf regt,
n?aS lebt
unb
roebt.
Mount of Olives, any such reverence would have been idolatrous.] () an olive, the fruit. JV$n fV. the olive tree, Hag. 2 19. TVT TH he trode the olives, Mic. 6: 15. (3) an olive branch, an olive leaf, Zee. 4:11
: ;
(2) ["streams of milk, milk flowing abundantly and in streams from a full breast, abundance of milk." Thes.] a full breast (see the root So the original figure being preserved, NT No. 2).
Isa.
compare verse 12. A similar word is used
in all the cognate languages
66:11, nnns nn ori^y^ni. -vsbri \yd? "that ye may suck and be glad (i. e. suck with pleasure) from her full (or abundant) breast," i.e. from her breasts
filled
Syriac JjL) olive tree, Arab. "-^-Vj oil, ^fi.j olive, il an d olive; hence it was introduced Êth. HJS'T':
into the Coptic, in which ycoiT is an olive tree; into the Spanish, in which there is azeyte, oil.
and
with milk.
The
parallel is
n'n?n
is
n'^p.
[In Thes. the order of the meanings
reversed.]
Etymologists acknowledge themselves to be ignorant of the origin of this word; which, it appears to me, should be sought in the root nnT (which see), and
i>-
H
"in
("abundance"), \Zizd\
(2) 2 Ch. 11:20.'
(i) pr. n.
m.
jj
to shine,
iCh. 4:37.
(id.),
to
adorn ["
^j
(for
î)
to
adorn,
l
prop, to cause to shine, V. to be clothed,

;
[Zizah], pr.n. m.
Ch. 23: ll, instead
of which, verse 10, N^T.
adorned"]
1
whence ,cj
fair
or splendid form,
ST!
'
("motion"), [Zia], pr.n. m.
Ch. 5:13.
[" ornament, prop, splendour ; see Castell. p. 1040"]; Heb. IT, Ch. VT: so that JVT prop, should be feminine,
*pT), \Zipl\~\, pr.
("borrowed," ["flowing"], from the root name (l) of a town situate in the
:
tribe of Judah, Josh. 1 5 55 ; 2 Chron. 11:8; in the neighbourhood of which was a desert of the same
from the form'!, ^\, and denote brightness. This might be either referred to the freshness and beauty
of the olive tree (comp. rvniX), or, as I prefer, to the brightness of oil (compare IpV*. oil, from "iny to be bright, and 2HT Zee. 4:12, of clear and brilliant oil).
name,
'P^
l
Sam. 23 14, 15. Sam. 23:19; 26:1.

i
:
Hence the Gentile noun
[Now
(__>: Rob.
ii.
191.]
(2) of a
I f.
man,
Ch. 4: 16.
the letter
After the true origin of the word had been forgotten, n was taken for a radical ; and thus nil
is
pi. (for rtp?J, Dipt
from the root
P3J,
comp.
of the masculine gender, and
frc.ro it
in Arabic
a new
CCXLIV
verb has been formed, eul to preserve in j
lay
oil,
-orto lie in the idea of prick">i!!^;
IL
to
i.
166 [" The origin seems

kindred
...
up
oil.
pr. n.
JO'l ("olive tree," Arabic m. i Ch. 7:10.
ing, piercing, comp.

><--
virile;
;),
the idea of
[Zethan],
memory
whence "OJ mcmbnun then may come from
that of penetrating, infixing, compare Ecc. 12:11. different etymology was proposed by me in Monumm.
]\ and *J[ f. HpT adj. pu re ; used of oil, Ex. 27 2O of frankincense, Ex. 30 34 figuratively of thesoul and
:
Phoen. p.
for "9!
14, viz. that as in Athen.
i.
l,T3D-is written
morals, Job 8 6 ; 11:4; 33:9; Prov. 16:2; 2O:ll; 31:8.

:
memory, perhaps ~I3T is primarily i. q. ~>?D tG shut up, and then to keep, to preserve ; compare "ipt? No. 2. But the other view is favoured by the noun
Ges. add.]). Followed by an ace. Gen. 8 i 19 29, etc.; more rarely by ? Ex. 32: 13; Deut. 9: 27; Psal. 25:7; 136:23; | Jer. 3:16; followed by *3 Job 7:7; 10:9; Deu. 5:15. It signifies especially
"I3T."
: : ;
i.
q.
^3T [fut. nfT.], TO BE

:
PURE (always
in
a moral sense), Job 15:14; 25 4; Psa. 51:6; Mic.
6:li. (Arab. $J, Syr. loy and \3] id. /tyior, Ayi'oci and probably also the Lat. transp. castiis, are from the same stock.)
life,
If
The Greek
sacer, sancio,
PIEL, to make pure, to cleanse, e.g. the course of Psa. 119:9, the soul, Psa. 73:13: Prov. 20:9.
IrrjX-nX
TgJ
his
n?rn93 "how
way?"
i.e.
shall
a young
life?
man
cleanse
1
:
maintain purity of
HITHPAEL
16.
*I?T.
'"I3fn for H3Tnn to cleanse himself, Isa. [The accent shews that this is not Niph. of
See Thes.]
T.]
life,
to be mindful, i.e. to retain in 9:13; 98:3; 105:5,42; 2 Ch. 24:22. Ex. 13:3, rijn Di'n nx ibT "be mindful of thia nnan DX IDT to be mindful of the day;" 20 8. covenant, Gen. 9:15; Levit. 26 42 Am. i 9. (b) to bear something in mind, to account, to consider (bebenten). Deut. 5:15, " account that thou wast a servant in Egypt." Deu.l5:l5; l6:12; 24:18. Job7:7,*'n mi 3 lb| "consider that my life (is) a
(a) to
remember,
Ps.
memory,
[Derivative,
breath."
^\
Ch.
f.
purity, rectitude of
Dan. 6 23.
:
called back
Ps. 103:14. (c) to contemplate things to memory, i.e. recordari. Ps. 119:55, Ps.
[Koot, the preceding.]
TOB? ffyfa W13J "I

in the night."
vocare, to call
n*?i^J fern, 4 --
once,
Job 28:17, glass or crystal.

I
recollect, reminisci,
remember thy name, O Lord, 119:52; 143 5; 63 7(<0 to in memoriam rea.yafuftvfifftetft

= =
(Arab, -^r}, Syr.

pare
3T.
j'^ô^v
id -)
Rt
back
to
memory. Opp.
D'i?^'Sn
"IB>
oblivisci.
Gen.
1?I-
Com-
"TOT [only with suflf. ^12?], i. q. IDT a male, used both of men and of animals, Ex. 23: 17 34:23; Deu. 16: 16; 20:13.
.
Ecc. 9:15; Job 21:6; Jer. 44:21 (syn. l^y. n fe). Often with the added idea of care, again to care for some one (i.q. î??), Gen.
40:23,^03^1 ciP>-nS 14; 42:9; Num. 11:5;
IDT t6l.
Verse
8:l; 19:29; 30:22.
(e)
Followed by a dative of
"vDT
("mindful"), [Zaccur],
pr. n. of several
the person and an ace. of the thing, to remember something either for the advantage or the disadvantage
men, Nu. 13:4; iChr.4:26; 25:2; Neh.3:2; 10:

13;
3:3"
of another, jcmanbem 1 K ^3 5:
;
19,
Hfdj
5J ("pure,"
ee '31.
innocent"), [Zaccai],
pr. n.
m.
me, O my God, all things which I have done (that thou mayest at some time) requite (them)." Neh.
^7
etiuaS
aebenfcn; for good,
Neh.
for
H-OT
remember
6:14; 13:22;
TO BE PURE, used of things physically [V], Lam. 4:7; used morally, Job 5:l.5; 25:5- Cornp. the kindred root 33f ["also nn>"'].
i-
for evil, 13:29.
(/)
It is
also rerespirere,
q-
n ?l (which
see),
ferred to future things, like reputare,
and
meminisse, in the common expressions resjn'ce Jinem, " memento mori. Lam. 1:9, and she did not remem-
cleanse, to wash, Job 9:30. see H3T HITHPAEL."] NIPHAL, ["

HiiMiiL, to
ber (meditate on) the end." Isa. 47:7. Hence, to meditate, to think on, to attempt something, auf
-'
Derivatives,
"^T
and
IT,
rV31I|
and
pr. n. *?L
etwaS bcnfcn.
i.e. to
and Ch. fut.TbTXArab.yj, Syr.

tneminisse, rccordari, remiiiisa,
?,
Job 40: 32, non'?'? "Of ben! an ben JCampf, approach, to prepare the battle. ["(2) to make mention of a person or thing,
TO
REMEMBER, TO REas to the
Jer. 20:9."]
COLLECT, TO BRING TO MIND (compare

distinction
between these [Latin] words, Cic. Leg.xii. 35, and Doederleia Lat. Synonyme und Etymologien,
NIPHAL (l) to be remembered, or recalled to mind, which is often equivalent to to be mentioned. Job24:2o,i3j* N? "riy "no one remembers him anj
CCXLV
not mentioned, he has gone into oblivion Jer. 11 19, "IW I?*? &O 'm$ "his name shall no more be mentioned or remembered;" Eze. 3:20; Isa. D'D'n Est. Zee. nnsy?
rrot-jm
is
more," he
:
is
Ges. cor. where this reason

It is
omitted], 2 Sa. 18: 18.

;
;
9:28, 23:16; 13:2; 0*^31 "those days (should be)

kept."
njrp
"?{<
n^n
used of men, Gen. 1:27 5:2 17:10, seq.' 34:15, seq.; and of animals also, Gen. 7:3, 9, 16; Ex. 12:5. Plur. 0^3? Ezr. 8:4, seq. Compare ">?j
2,
is
remembered
and
p sa 109:14, and \\ \3pp Num. to be remembered !O:9, before God, to berecalled Followed by ? the memory of a to his memory.
-GJ3
l.
Niphal No. the former
and
T-13T.
(Arab. <j, Syr. );j3
id.,
also used to signify
membrum
virile.)
[For the etymology, see added remark on
~Ql.~]
thing to
be preserved for some one's disadvantage
(compare Kal, letter e\ jemanbem gebadjt rcerben/ Eze. 18:22; 33:16. Ex. 34:19 (2) denom. from "I3T, to be born a male,
(Arab. J^j IV. to bear a male).
and iy.|, (Ex. 17:14; Isa. 26:14; Pro. 10:7 where however other copies have Tzere, see J. H Michaelis, Nott. Crit.), with suff. '"JST m.
(1)
remembrance
(TCnbenten)/
Arab.
^"j.
Exod.
HIPHIL T3TH
[inf.
with
suff.
D3n?rn]
some one. (1) to bring to remembrance before Gen.4O:i4, nV"!?"?^ *3rn?Tn "bringmetoremembrance before Pharaoh;" iKi. 17:18; Eze. 21:28;
29:16; Jer.4:i6,
the nations."
0*13?
17:14, "I will -blot out the memory of Amalek;' Deu. 25:19; 32:26; Ps. 9:7; 34:17; 109:15, etc. (2) a name by which any one is remembered, i. q. D^. Ex. 3: 15, -n ~H? n?y nn ch\sfy n??rn " this ig
^?|n "make mention
to
In the
titles
of Psalms 38 and 70,

(oneself to
my name for ever, and thus ye shall name me this is my memorial] through all generations;
30:5, teHJ?
'TSJ?
[lit.
1'
Ps.
" to T3jnp
(2) to
bring to remembrance
-Hin "Praise ye his holy
name"
God)," which accords with their subject matter.
["his holy memorial"], Hos. 12:6.

(3) praise, celebration; Ps.6:6;
make mention of.

of,
(Arab. Conj.IV.to
make
102:13 (j).
mention
Sam. 4: 18; Ps. 87:4. Eswith praise, to praise, pecially to make men tion of to celebrate, Ps.45:i8; 71 :i6; 77: 12, e.g. nin^ Dt? Isa. 26:13, and C^3 Josh.23:7; Ps. 20:8; Am.6:lO Once used (compare CB'a fcOi?), Isa. 48:1; 63:7.
to praise)
l
[(4)
Zacher,
pr. n.
of a man,
pi.
Ch. 8:31.]
ni.
p"l3f m. constr. P"P*
D*
and
(1)
the
memory, remembrance,
:
12:14; Ecc.l
1 1
16.
Josh. 4:7; Exod. P~G! \33K memorial stones,
causatively, to
cause
to
to be
remembered, or
to
cele-
brated, Ex. 20: 24.

(3)
i.
applied to the two gems in the shouldei bands with which the dress of the high priest was
name
q.
Kal,
remember,
call to one's oivn
adorned, Ex. 28:12; 39:7.

offering,
P"13 .? J"inpp a memorial
mind, Gen. 41:9; Isa. 19:17; 49:1. (4) to offer a memorial offering (called Isa. 66 3.
:
Nu.5:l5; P~13T D-1K* to establish a memorial, 1 namely by the procreation of children, Isa. 57:8. [V
(2) a
(5)
to
cause
to
be
remembered.
Part,
subst. i Ki.
36:3,22, "he
4:3; 2 Ki. 18:18,37; 2 Ch. 34:8; Isa. who caused to be remembered,"

historian,
i.e. the recordei',
or superintendent of the annals of the kingdom, one of the ministers of the Hebrew kings, whose office it was to record events
as they occurred, especially those which might relate to the similar officer is mentioned in the king.
or memento, i/Tro/irâ (French Exod. 17:14, ~iG>3 P~QT HXT ah? "write this a memorial (that which shall cause to be remembered) in a book." P~)3T ~lp Mai. 3:16, and ~I2D Est. 6 l a book of memorials, annals, pi. ni3i~p-Tn journals; comp. H?!' a memorial sign, Ex. 13:9.
memoire).
: ,
memorial
(3) the celebration of any particular day (comp. the verb, Est. 9:28; Ex. 20 8); Lev. 23:24.
:
(4)
i.
q. ?S?9
memorial sentence,
aTro'^&y/ia,
s<-
royal court of Persia, both anciently (Herod, vi. 1OO; vii. 90; viii. 100) and in modern times (Chardin,
Job 13:12.
*"}?!
("celebrated," "famous," compare ^j

;
Voyage,
torn.
iii.
327), amongst
whom
he
is
called
Waka
Nuvrish [
JLJ - ."1, and also in that of the j i_ ^ after-
fame), \_Zichr i~\, pr.n. of several men, Exod. 6:21 l Ch.8:l9,23; 9:15; 2 Ch. 23:1; Neh. 11:9, etc.
Roman emperors Arcadius and Honorius [and wards], bearing the name of magistri memorial.
also rnsjx, -HST, -VIST.
Derivatives, the words immediately following;
and
T "1?I (" whom Jehovah remembers"), pr.n. [Zechariah, Zachariah~\, (Greek
^)"l?t
&
(l) of a king of Israel, the son of

killed
Jeroboam
II.,
jj m. a male, as being he through whom the material of parents is continued [but see Thes. and
by Shallum 773, 2Ki. 15:8
after
a reign of six months,
BC
11.
CCXLVI
who lived after the Bab) lonish whose prophecies form a part of the canon captivity, of Scripture. He was the son of Barachiah, the grandson of Iddo the prophet fconip. J3 No. l), Zee.
(;
of a prophet
note 15. Well rendered by the LXX. c'craXti tinea i root T^T (the agreeing in etymology with <mXoc, aa Xtuw), and the Ch. and Syr. express the samn (Arab.
1:1,7; Ezr.5:l;6:l4. (3) of a son of Barachiah [Jeberechiah], cotemporary with Isaiah, and also as it seems a prophet, Isa. 8:2; comp. lS[?]. (4) of a prophet the son of Jehoiada, slain in the
court of the temple, in the reign of Joash, 2 Ch.
Ji
to
shake the earth, Jj: an earthquake).
Set
D'hÎ.
HIPHIL (pointed according to the Chaldee form), ?^H causative of Kal No. 3, to despise. Lam. i :8. [" Sec the root ^T."]
[Derivatives ni^, D^lVl.J
94:20,
seq.
(5) of a prophet living at Jerusalem in the reign of Uzziah, -2 Ch. 26:5, etc.
L
an unused quadriliteral, i.q. ^t to be hot^ )3l (! the letter ? being inserted, compare Lehrg. p. 804. Other etymological attempts, especially those brought
out by Eichhorn in his edition of Simonis' Lexicon,
resting on false
significations attributed to
N/J
draw
an unused root, perhaps i. q. out; hence pr. n. '"INvp" Thes.]

i.
""l^J, JJ>
to
Arabic
3 7T an unused root, prob.
q.
Arab.
^-\!
(kin-
words, I have examined and refuted in Ephemerid. Litt. Hal. 1820, No. 123. Hence
PI. ni- (Ps. ll:6; Lam. 5: 10) a violent heat, especially of the wind, Ps. 1 1 :6 (the wind called +.4...-.-H es simum, i. e. poisonous, is to be
dred with n^H), to draw out.
Hence
3^T9, HJT^D fork.
HV?T terror, trembling,
Psal. 12:9.
Root
V^T.
a ["uff a Xeyo/i. prop, shaking, trembling, earthquake, Hence a storm, a tempest. see the root in Niphal.
" the wicked walk on every side, fM ?T DD3 D"1K '32? like the rising of a tempest upon the sons
Ps. 12:9,
understood); of famine, Lam.
compare
c
loc. cit. (Ezckiel 5:9, verses 12, 16, 17, X/iog a'ido^, Hes. Op. 361 ;
of men." Ges. add.]

/IT
5!
ignea fames, Quinctilian.
Declam.
xii.
Arabic
.U
from
18:5.
'
their
m. shoots, twigs, sprigs, and quivering motion, Isa. trembling Root ?/T, see especially Niphal. Comp. also
only in
pi.
j^l a
fire
of famine, Hariri), also of indignation,
D'?T/-T
Ps. 119:53.
c
)
an unused
root.
Ch. Pael to drop,
i.
q. *J?^.
Hence
answering to the German fd/uttcrn, fdjuttcln/ shake (kindred with 7?^ and the words
'
/J
fdjutten/ to
37T ("a dropping"), [Zi7/)a/i], handmaid of Leah, Gen. 29:24; 30:9.
pr. n. of the
there compared).
(l) (a)
to to
shake,
to
make
to
pour
out,
tremble, see Niphal. shake out (hence, to lavish),

Part. ??1T a
fttSJ f. (from OPT) (l) counsel, in a bad sense, Proverbs 21:27; 24:9; more rarely in a good sense,
squanderer, a Prov. Deut. 23:21; 2l:2O; Prov. 28:7; prodigal, 93:20, "^3 v?'T "those who squander (or, are prodigals as to} their own body," voluptuous proComp. 7*T. And as we only cast out and fligates.
(auSfcbutten/ ausfcfcutteln).
Job 17:
root).
11 (in
derivation of the word: see
which passage allusion is made to the what is said under the

Psal.
(2)
wickedness, a wicked deed.
26:10;
throw away those things which hence

(3) intrans.
to be
we count
119:150. Especially used in speaking of sins oi uncleanness, such as fornication, rape, or incest.
Lev. 18:17, K '" nJrJ "this would be wickedness." Job 31:11; Eze. 16:27; 22:9,11. (3) [Zimmult], pr. n. m. iCh. 6:5, 27; 2 Ch.
worthless,
Jer.
abject, worthless, vile.
*15:19;
..
Lam. l:ll.
(Arab.
Jj
id.,
Jj
vileness,
29:12.
!"1T f. j. PI. 'ntet for rtel (omp. q net NO. i. Gr. $ 79, note 2 [$ 88, note i]), my counsels or purAccording to the accents it is cer poses, Ps. 17:3.
.
to be vile.) Sec ibjectness of mind. Syr. NIPHAI ^3 (comp. as to this form Lehrg.
^)
Him.
103,
tremble. Isai. 64:2, T^BD ~ *;>T3 D'"in the mountains tremble before thy face." The passage, Jud. 5:5, ^3 D'^H is to be similarly understood, for </T3 is there used for ^3 Lehrg. l >3,
QoU- 7),
tc
awaken,
to
for the tainly to be thus taken,
word T"2t
is
Milra.
With
and
the accent changed 'JTIftl is, / hare pin'/wed, the sentence runs more smoothly if rendered
pi-mis?
*
CCXLVII
I
(thai
which)
purposed
Is
(my mouth)
inf.
shall
not
;
This new definition of this root of course influence!

the synopsis of meanings, as well .as it entirely supersedes the following remark.] Properly to tie, to bind.
i.
transgress."
[Qu.
not this
of DPT?]
TVto
f.
[root TOT], pi.
D'r(Nah. 2:3).
;
:
<l) a
vine-branch, or twig, so called from being pruned T Nu. 1 3 2 3 Isa. 1 7 l o. (see the root ~>P ).
:
q.
the kindred DPV, and Arab. *
to bind, to tie
they put the branch to their nose;" referring to the Persian custom of worshipping the rising sun, holding in their left hand a bundle of
17,
lo,
(a) generally " and 8:
a branch, or shoot.
Eze. 15:2;
together,
whence *t
a cord.
Hence
tropically
:
(l) to lie in wait, to plot, followed by 7, Ps. 37 l -2 ; to purpose, or meditate evil, Prov. 30:32; fol-
twigs of the plant called Barsom, see Strabo, xv. p. 733, Casaub. roe o' tVwâe -owvv-at jroXvf
:
lowed by a gerund, Ps. 31:14. Hence (2) as a verb of medial signification, to meditate something,
Ka-i\oi'Tt.
Comp.
ed.
Hyde, De Rel. Vett. Persarum, p. 350. Zendavesta

Anquetil du Perron,
ii.
propose to oneself, followed by an accusative, Gen. il:6; Lam. 2 17. Proverbs 31 16, nnb HDOJ innj?Pll "she proposed to herself (to possess) a field,
to
:
532.
i.
QJ/jT an unused
quadriliteral,
q.
Arab.
to
(she considers a field,) and she obtains by a gerund, Zee. l :6.

\sc\
it:"
followed
onomatopoetic fummcn/ to buzz, to

S'
<-
murmur,
make
a noise, to hum, whence
<uUi a
noisy multitude.
to the original signification above see the added note], it is sufficient to proposed [but remark, that verbs signifying binding or weaving
With regard
Hence
D')T<pT masc.
pi.
are very often applied to counsels, especially in a bad sense, of which examples may be seen under the root
("
tribes
making
a noise"),
^famtummims^, prop, name of a nation of giants, anciently dwelling within the borders of the Ammonites,
Allusion is made to this origin in Job 17:11, 3"!>8. " }ptf ^rfiDT my purposes are broken off," that is,
like a cord; since the Orientals compare a counsel formed to something woven or wreathed. Vit. Tim.
t.
i.
but extinct even before the time of Moses, Deu.
t:2O.
'
Comp.
D\*-1T.
p.
90:
Jj\l\
^'r*-
***
^ ie
firmly twined the
vj m. Cant. 2:12, the time of the priming of fines (of the form ~i'V?, E""! ? Lehrg. 120, No. 5), from IpT. Well rendered by the LXX. Kuipog rijg
1
cord of his purpose.

is
In Arabic the figurative idea

*
-
found in the verb
^.
HOT,
to
purpose to himself,
to
intend.
Vu!g. tempuspuof the singing of birds, which is contrary to the use of the verb "^PT and to the analogy of the form ^PP. *~>J
To/Jirjg.
Symm.
K.
n;c
K\(idtvfft<*)(:.
it,
tationis.
Others translate
the time
Derivatives,
nT,
nTO
and DPT.
in a
QpT m. a counsel
Ps. 140:9.
or
purpose
bad
sense,
T?
Isa.
(Isa.
25:5),
pi. JTr^.pT.
a song.
Ps.
119:54;
2 Sa. 23:1; especially a
24:16.
hymn, a song of praise. Job 35:10, "who giveth songs (i.e.

[of oppressors], Isa. 25:5.
Jf unused
in
Kal, kindred to the root DPT TO

13G>r
joy, rejoicing) in the night" (i.e. in adversity);
triumphal song
"ti?T.
a Root
APPOINT. [In Sam. Pent. Gen. 11:6, the Heb. has '1^.]
PJEL IP!
where
especially Pi.
pr.
n.
"tyP! ("song"), [ZemzYa/t],

7:8.
m.
Ch.
id. very frequently used in Chaldee. PUAL, plur. part. Q^PJP, D'JW Ezr. 10:14; Neh. 10:35, and ni3!3TO ']) 13:31, times appointed or stated. Hence
]fo\ plur. D'Spt,
m. time, especially a stated time

(
and
18V
372
(see Gr. % 57, note for the root DV, ;
fictitious).
to
1 1
T'' E !
[
fut.
DTJ pi. ^DT*T for

1
66, note
1]
Lehrg. p.
^-rnuuii;
r<
^ve' time.
Syr. ^rsj
id.),
Ecc. 3:1,
i.e.
gether
" [In Ges. adu.
which some propose, is altoto meditate, to

id.
JPT
>2? "its own time for every thing,"

all
every
have in mind,
to
purpose,- Arab. *.
It
seems
i.
things are trail and It is * word of a Est. Neh. 2:6; 9:27,31. fleeting, later age used instead of the more ancient ny.. [This
thing remains only so long,
come from the idea of murmuring or

;
muttering,
e.
the low voice of
persons talking to themselves or
in Thes.) takes for granted what cannot be admitted, that Solomon did not write thf
remark (omitted
meditating
coinp. OT.Pt to
murmur,
also
book of Ecclesiastes.]
CCXLVIII
JET Chald. PAEL,
to
appoint,
to
establish,
to
prepare. HITHPAEL t^T.H

:
to agree together, properly to appoint for each other time and place, Dan. 2 19 np. Comp. Am. 3 3 Targ. The nro is to be read J-IFpOT, n, and is Aphol, in which, however, this verb is used
m. occurs once, Deut. 14:5, an animal, a species of deer or antelope, so named from its leaping (Arab. (see 1OT Piel No. 3), like fl^. from Bn,
pT
-cj
'
to leap as a goat.)
f?I
f.
singing, or music.
(a) vocal, Ps. 81 13;
[elsewhere] neither in Syriac nor in Chaldee [?] but only in Samaritan ["and this reading is to be preferred, as being the more unusual"].
(b) instrumental, Amos. 5 : 23. Meton. rnJ?\ r!)9v' song of the land, i. e. its most praised fruits or
98 15.
WOT plur. pD| m. Chald. |DT & JDT emphat. st. n3 " at the (1) time, a set time. Dan. 2: 16, WIpT "until a same time;" 3:7,8; 4:33. "H? IP?
productions, Gen. 43:11. Compare Greek doi&jzoc, celebrated in songs, i. q. celebrated.

y^l masc. ("celebrated in song," do/S</ioc, "celebrated"), [Zimri], pr.n. (i) of a king of Israel, who slew Elah and succeeded him, B. C. 930.
1^
timeand season;" 7:12. Used

days), Dan. 7 125.
vices (3J*ale).
of holy times (feast

3.
Compare "UpD No.
iKi. 16:9, 10; 2Ki.9:3l. Gr.
Za/i/3pi.
(2")
of the
Dan.6:ll, nrtal (2) pi. times, three times (to be compared with the correspondV
pT
English expression three times. s <~Arab. i^Jf. time, pi. times, vices).
mg
AlsoîJ and
capt-oftheSimeonites,Nu.25: 14. (3) l Chr. 2:6. (4) l Chr. 8:36; 9:42. (5) it seems also to be a patronymic from H?I for ^"J9I- ^ er 2 5 2 5' -
|1r-
(id.),
\_Zimran~\, pr.n. of a son of Abraham,
["properly
ro
would seem "TO PLUCK"],
PRUNE,
especially the vine, Lev. 25:3, 4.
Hence
letters
n^T??
snuffers.
Arab, j (
to
prune a vine, the
and Keturah, and of an Arabian nation sprung from him, Gen. 25:2; l Ch. 1:32. Perhaps Zabram, a regal city according to Ptolemy between Mecca and Medinah is to be compared with this. Compare *Tpt No. 5.
;PJ f. i. q. n !PJ song, meton. the object of song, or praise. HJ ^^P?1 'ehovah is my strength and my song," Ps. 118:14, Isa. 12:2.
D and 2
Pi EL
being interchanged).
pass. Isa. 5:6.
"18T
NIPHAL
obserred by
to
sing, properly (as has been well (i) Albert Schultens and Bishop Lowth),
to
cut off the discourse or sentence, or song;
to
[I
m.
pi.
express a song divided according to rhythmical

bers,
num-
the root
:
|3T.
D H 3y species. As to its origin see under Ps. 144: 13, ]H?X ftp of every kind*
(Chald. and Syr. id.)
2 Ch. 16 14.
|!
(compare tî'3 a song, properly a discourse
Chald.
id.
divided, from
V ll.
;
Dan. 3:5,
7, 10, 15.
to cut, to cut off.

I'-
Arab. -:
I.
and
PI. nU3T, constr. riUjll s ~ '. s
.'~~.
by Jud.5:3; Ps.QrlS; 30:5; 47:7; and an ace. Ps. 47=7; ^6:2; 68:5,33. (2) to play on a musical instrument [or to sing so
accompanied],
(3) to
\l>u\\tii'.
Syr. ;_s>| and ;_s>) ; JEth. Conj. II. id.). Followed a dative of the person whom the song celebrates,
THE TAIL
id.
of animals
(Arab. v_^.j and Ljj, Syr. J.-VJQ*
The verb
i_^Jj
to follow after,
is
secondary).
Ex. 4:4; Jud.
15:4; Job 40: 17.
Metaphorically, extremity, the
end
Ps.
33 2
:
71: 22.
is
dance (Arabic
_<;),
which
also done
of any thing. DH-1NH n'133! \3.f "two ends of Also something vile, or confire-brands," Isa. 7:4. as temptible, especially opposed to t'Nl Deu. 28: 13,
according to rhythmical numbers, and is connected with singing and music (comp. pHV and PO^)- Hence TOT. [It may be questioned whether "1ST ever really
"Jehovah
verse 44.
will
Isa.
make
9: 13; 19:15.
thee the head and not the tail;" (In the same sense the
meant to da nee ;
imagined
this signification seems to be merely in order to connect ~>PT with its root.]
Arabs oppose ^_î.>. <^p'.\ nose and tail, see my commentary on Isaiah 9:13.) Hence the denominative verb
Derivatives, "VOT, TDJ, rrfnsj, -I'lDTO, rnOJO, nTBtf? and also those which immediately follow.
PIEL 33? properly
to
"IT! [em ph. ^7?I] m Chald. music of instruments, Dan. 3:5, 7, 10, 15.
-
hence figuratively
host
to
hurt, or cut off the tail, smite, or rout the rear of a
(Arab. 4^^jj, Greek ovpa, ovpayia). Dcut.
!:
S] m. Chall. a $ingert Ezr. 7:24.
18; Josh. 10:19. Denominative verbs derived from the names of members of the body often have thi
CCXLIX
sense in the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages of hurting or cutting off those members. See Lehrg.p. 257, and
the commerce of gentile nations amongst themselyea Spoken of Tyre, Isa. 23:17, "she committed forni-
Ewald's Hebr. Gram.

fut.
p.
200.
H3p apOC.
"
|f'l
(l) TO
to
COMMIT FORNIfornication;
CATION. (Arab.
o
coivit,
commit
Syr. Jj| id.; Jt\\.
H^:,
;
semen
caitus.)
chiefly to a
woman
is retained although Attributed properly and whether married (when it may
Nun
cation with all the peoples of the earth;" compare Nah. 3:4 and Jjr ^. PUAL nan pass. Eze. 16:34. HIPHIL npjn fut. apoc. ]r.. (i) to seduce to fornication, Ex. 34:16; to cause to commit forni1
cation, Lev. 19:29.

(2) intrans. like Kal, properly to
commit forni-
cation, Hos. 4:10, 18; 5:3.

Derivatives,
J
be rendered, to camn.it adultery) or unmarried, Gen. 38:24; Lev. 19:29; Hos. 3:3; and it is construed with an accusative following of the fornicator or
adulterer, Jer. 3:1; Eze. 16:28; Isa. 23 : 17 (unless nx in this place is with); also followed by ? (to commit fornication ivJ.h), Eze. 16: 17; ??? 26.16:26,28; very often fcUowe.1 by 'T10*?, prop, to go a whoring
D3J, JTI3}, (perhaps, "a marsh," "a marshy
place,"
comp. I"I3T Hiph. ["stinking"]), [Zanoo/i], pr. n. of two towns in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:34, 56; Neh. 3 1 3 1 1 30 l Ch. 4 1 8. [Prob. now Zan&a,
: ; :
; :
Rob.
Ji3J
3,
ii.
343.]
after, to
is
follow
<i
paramour,
etc.
Eze. 16
34
Levit.
On the other hand, whom the adulteress IP departs in committing whoredom, against whom she transgresses, Ps. 73 27 ^nSO Hos. 1:2; nnrip Hos. 4:12, and nnr, Eze. 23 5 (comp. Num. 5:19, 29);
17:7; 20:5,6; Deu. 31:16,
put before the husband from
:
m.
pi.
mative
like PVi?
(from H3T with the addition of a forfrom ]tyX from ""If?, see
^^
Lehrg. page 508).
?1?P Hos. 9:1,
and ?3? Jud. 19: 2 (where, however, the doubtful); Eze. 16 15 (she committed adultery with a husband ; i. e. whilst she had a husPart. H31T band, she thus transgressed against him).
reading
is
:
whoredoms, adulteries, Gen. 38:24. Hos. a whorish wife and nfr. n'3-13? ntrx bastard children." Hos. 2:6; 4:12; 5:4. Hos.2:4, n^3D n^-13^ IDW "and let her remove her adulteries (i. c. vulius protervus ; compare I lor. Carm
(1)
1:2,
D3I
i.
a harlot, whore, prostitute, Gen. 38:15; Deut. 23:19, and more fully n31T riB>X Lev. 21:7; Josh. 2 1
:
Jud. ll:l; nor are those to be listened to, who, in some passages, for instance in that cited from Joshua,
from her face" (comp. Eze 6:9). (a) of idolatry, p. Ki. 9 (2) Used figuratively with of commerce 22. foreign nations, Nah. (b) 3 14; compare the verb, Isa. 23: 17.
19, 7. 8)
f.
phir. QMVI3T
(from
J~13T),
fornications,
understand a
a keeper of a house of entertainThis word is rarely used of a ment, from J-1T to Iced. male paramour, as Nu. 25: i, followed by ? (comp.
hostess,
whoredoms, always used

Hos. 4:11.
(b) of
() of thu figuratively worship of idols, Jer. 3:2, 9; Eze. 23:27; 43:7, 9;

any want of
fidelity to
God, e.g.
:
Arab.
(2)
\: for
It is
j\\ a whoremonger).
that of a complaining and seditious people, Nu. 14 33.
very often used figuratively (a) of idolatry, [to go a whoring after strange gods,] (the prophets shadowing forth the relation in which God
stood to the people of Israel by the marriage union, see Hos. 1:2; Eze. 16 : 33; so that the people wor-
RUPT,
(l) TO STINK, TO BE
RANCID, TO BE COR;
see HiriiiL. (So the Arab, ^-.j ^,^. KinSO <^_^ C_ dred roots are !Dy, CHT, turbid or muddy vj, ;
water ; and
in Greek,
;
shipping strange gods is compared to an adulterous For the prepositions which follow, see woman).
above, No.
i.
rancid
also,
rayyoc and rayyjy, rancidity, onôc, causing loathing,
very
to
common
expression
is
~13T
D'ln^ D'npx nrix
go a whoring alter strange gods, Lev.i7:7; 20:5,6; Deut. 31:16; Jud. 2 17 "also, V\P% nnnp njT to go a whoring, departing from one's
: ;
own God,
ttj"3 'I
The expression also is used a go whoring after (i. e. imitating) the gentiles, Eze. 23:30. (b) of superstitions connected with JYQSn nrjtf H3T to a idolatry:
see above.
n3T to
go
whoring
(c) of
to be abominable. Hos. 8:5, H3J ?V."O Samaria, thy calf is an abominable Also transitively, to loathe, to spit out, to thing." HiT " Israel if. reject (comp. DHT)- Hos. 8:3, 3VJ has rejected that which is good;" often used of " Jehovah rejecting a people, Ps. 43 2, *? why hast thou cast me off?" Ps. 44: 10, 24; 60:3,12; 74:1; 77:8; 89:39. Followed by JPô thrust away
(2) Metaph.
after
(following) necromancers, I -evil. 20:6.
from any thing. Lam. 3:17
Plijrn
thoo
tpt-p
hast
CCL
away
from peace," thou hast dei, pr. to
thrust me
prived
Isa.
mo
of peace, or welfare.
(l) like Kal No.
HIPEIL
19:6,
emit a stench.
ixXtiôvcnv
1$! (" disturbed"), [Zaaran], 36:27; i Ch. 1:42.

"Vy|
little,
pr. n.
m. Gen
nhr
irvjijxn
"the
rivers shall stiiik,"
1
.
[" properly adj.
'],
Le. they
fail
and become shallow.
LXX.
Job 36:2,
Ch.
like /m-joj/:
(from the root TJ?T), a a word which imitates
ol iroTapoi. Vulg. deficient Jlumina. i* Hebrew, and it seems to
scarcely the coalition
(The form *rV3|Sn have sprung from of two readings, *rV3jn and 1H'???, the
to
the Chaldee.
little,
Dan. 7:8,
i.
q.
Heb. TtfX, see
tht
root T8J.
.
latter
(2)
being a Chaldaisni.) No. 2, to reject, i.q. Kal
cast away,
Ch.
q.
TO BE
EXTINGUISHED, occurs once
28:9; followed by 19 2 Ch. 11:14; causat. [to render stinking, i.e. to pollute, or] to profane, aCh. 29:i9Derivative, OUT pr. n.
*-
nicott,
NIPHAL, Job 17:1, where three MSS. [" of Kenand nine of De Eossi"] have the usual form
JJj
to the
an unused
root, prob. i.q.

t
Hebrew
!3')>
i^j S whence ^-- form, appearance, A.J rule, mode. Hence Heb. it kind, species (the origin of which has hitherto
afterwards,
Arab. jj- (kindred to put into shape; form,
fut. Dj?n
Nu. 23:8, and D
Proverbs 24 24
:
(Arab.
V. to foam at the mouth, speaking ^~.\ Conj.
of a camel, to speak angrily.

the
Of the same origin is diaum/ fdjiumen/ the English to scum. to skim, the French e'cume, comp. also HVJ), hence
German
(1) TO BEVERYANGRY WIT1I ANY ONE, often witt the added idea of punishment; to pour out angei
one, followed by an accusative, Mai. 1 :4 J* Zee. 1:12, nripyr the cities of Judah n>in; ny which have borne thy anger" (lit. "which thou hast
been unknown to etymologists) although this word its origin being neglected, was inflected
; .
according to the analogy of verbs n^
upon any
unused in Kal. Syr. jaj) to shoot an arrow, Talmud, to leap, to especially to a great distance. leap forth ; and so with the letters transposed, Arab.
Sj.
been Dan.
angry
1 1
:
30.
with"). Isaiah 66: 14; followed Part, nin* D-U't Prov. 22 14.
:
by
?2
The
original idea
is
that of
binding together,
e
comp. Arab. (J-'j to bind beneath, Syr. J.JXIJ a cord, with which a load is bound together. Used especially
of animals which,
(2) to curse, with an accusative, Num. 23:7, 8; Prov. 24:24; Mic.6:io. NIPHAL, as though it had been the passive of Hiph
to be
when they prepare

fid)
to take
made angry, to be enraged,
to be
provoked
to
leap,
draw
their feet together in order to spring with greater
force (comp. Y$%, Jo);

firf)
anger. Proverbs 25:23, D'PPT? C.^3" an enraged countenance," i. e. one that is morose. Vulg. faciet
tristis
iufummenjie^n jum
pvungc/
fortf dmcllcn
also used of shooting
an arrow. [" Comspoken of a

other
(comp.
^JVT).
Hence
pare
lion,
DM ?."]
5
Pi EL, to leap
forth very
["
violently,
Deut. 33:22.
iKTrijCi'imt.
D'ipj
:
LXX.
iKirtiliiaiTat, in
CyT ni. (l) [" properly ff>"m, so used perhapa Isaiah 30:27; hence Jierceness,"] anger or indignation, especially the wrath of God as shown in the
infliction of
(opyi'i),
MSS.
Kimchi 3?V'j
punishment; punishment sent from God

this sense,
Hence
for D'i??t arrows, also nip'T for rripj
[" always in
except Hos. 7: 16"],

DJ?t
[and Cj?TX ].
i"IJ?T
f.
Isa.
10:5,25; 26:20; 30:27; Dan. 8:19.
DV?
in the
f ic eat, the effect of violent
motion (from
the root JW, whence the Tzere is impure). [In Thes. derived from U], Gen. 3: 19; elsewhere there is also
Daniel 11:36, CVA '"l^S "IV " until the punishment sent from God be completed ;"' comp. Dan. 8: 19.
day of (divine) indignation.
Ezckiel 22:24.
P.
(Talmud.
njJ'T
sweat, V'jn to sweat, Syr. J>fcoo>

y
Hosca7:i6, DJ1C7 (2) rage, insolence. " because of the insolence of their tongue."
DJftp
weat, whence a
f.
new verb
A^>
to sweat.)
formed by transposition of letters from "I}*.! nyjt (like ni^y for n^J?) trouble ["prop, shaking, agitation, i. e. oppression, maltreatment"], Deu. 18:25; Eztf. 23:46 a'ro, and Jer. 15:4; 24:9; 29:
18; .Viri-mp.
îJi! fut. A. (l) TO BE ANGRY, followed by /S Prov. 19 3, DV 2 Chron. 26:19. (The original idea is either that of foaming, the same as DyT, compare the words of which the syllable say; is the common stock,
:
see HDJ: or else that of burning,
compare Syr.
Ethpe. to be burned, and the quadriliteral
CCLI
["
The primary
(Sam.
signification is either to
to snuff up,
3V A^
id.
comp. Ch.
NSJJ!
breathe, a strong
the con-
as Genesis 18:20,
Dtp
r>pj?|
"the cry concerting

r
Sodom."
wind,) or
else, to b urn."]
to fret,
(2) tobesad,
tobe
morose(asto
:
^'>
i.
'
an unused
root.
Aram.
;_ij,"iyt lobelittl^
nection of ideas see under the root 3-$). Part. D'Ql?t sad, Gen. 40:6, i. q. D*JH verse 7; Dan. i 10 (of the countenance, as having become thin and sad-looking
q. Heb. ~V*. and Ch.,
Comp. under Wf-
Hence
TJ?T
Heb.
through long fasting. Well rendered by Theod. OKVMatt. 6: 16). Hence 0/iw7ro'c, comp.
^jyJ
m.
root (whence nai pitch), which I to the have had signification of flowing or poursuppose ing, and hence to have been applied to fluid or fusible
materials, as
is
llST an unused
ndj.
angry, enraged. iKi. 20:43; 21: 4>

anger, rage, 2 Ch. 16: 10;
the case with
many words
and
springing
and
from the stock sap, sp as N?D, nBt?,

with
suff. te-V! in.
i
DDE?, ^jL:,
,__
Arabic
^1
.%.
28:9; figuratively used of the raging of the Jonah 1:15.

fut.
to flow, to
become
liquid,
j. to become
languages,
sea,
liquid,
o-TTt'w,
to
melt into drops;
in western
py?!
imp. P2J
inf.
pty
i.
q.
pyy (which
ti-
etft.
spuo, spuma, sapa, sapo ; fyn;cn/ (Sfeicr.d/ <Saft [In the Thes. HSJ is referred to ^t as its root,
is
latter
word
is
peculiar to the
more ancient books of hand

pJJT,
hence this supposed root
altogether omitted.]
the Old Test, while on the other
d^>)
is
more common in Chaldee [and Syriac]. In Arabic both occur, the same as in Hebrew, j*^ and i.\
.
an unused
root.
Arab,
.it)
to diffuse
sweet smell, as a garden.

I
Hence
*~>
^'
also
rz j), TO
CRY OUT,
TO EXCLAIM, especially for
("sweet
smell''), [Ziphron~\, pr. n. of a
sorrow, as complaining and imploring aid. P is prefixed to the person implored, Ps. 22:6; 142:2; Hos.
town
in the north of Palestine; once
Nu. 34:9.
Arab.
pitch, Ex. 2:3;
Isa.
34:9.
7:14; ?
TV
Ch.5:2O;
in theacc.
Jud.l2:2; Neh.g:28.
is prefixed to the cause of complaint, Jer. 30: 15; ^ Isa. 15:5; Jer. 48:31; \3?^P l Sa. 8:18; it also stands in the accusative, as in Hab. l :2, where both
Aram.
which
to
Cj-IT
see.
JAâj, KPIfT; but also NT, from the root HBT, [In the Thesaurus this word is referred
(like nE'g
from Pip), as having the idea
oi
" constructions are combined, DOH ^P?^ PJ?1^ (how I unto thee shall violence?" long) concerning cry
liquefaction or dropping.] In Arabic into a radical letter; see ^nn.

I.
servile passes
comp. Job 19:7. NIPHAL, the passive of HIPH. No. 3, to be called together, Jud. 18:22, 23; hence to assemble selves,
iSa. 14:20; Jud. 6:34, 35.
HIPIIIL.
to
P3T to
or in the plur. D'PJ (for D'p?f, from pi, only shoot an arrow), arrows, especially as ignited, Pro. 26:18. Also found in the form flip'!, which see.
pi
(l) i.q. Kal, to cry out, but properly occasion a cry, Job 35:9; to proclaim; used
absol. Jon. 3:7.
(a) to call, to call

sative, Zee.
upon, followed by an accuto
6:8.
II. pi or pi, only in the pi. DM*?, fetters, chains^ from the root PEJ No. l. Psal. 149:8; Isa. 45:14; Nah. 3: 10; Job 36:^8. (Ch. Pi?T id., also in the Talmud D'P/T). See D'P.T**. [In Thes. this word is derived from the root P?T in the sense of binding.']
(3)
With icference
to
many
it
signifies, to
call
together,
assemble, 283.20:4,5; Jud.4: 10,13.

follow.]
[The derivatives
comm. (Isa.i5:2; 2Sa.iC:5), THE BEAKDED *"

S
CHIN
of a man, Lev. 13:29,30; 19:27. (Arab.

9
if
pVl Ch.
to
cry out, Dan. 6:21.

Isa.
chin; ju_Q) beard or chin.)

|p! fut.
IPJ?
Hence
30: 19. [By many taken as the inf. of the verb so also Gesen. in Thes.] The word more commonly used is
:
pi! m. an outcry,
to be
old, to
become
old, to
grow
old (properly
s
>-
to
have the chin hanging down, from
f.
|
an outcry, especially that which
is
the
\\>\,
like
;
.ij an old
man
with a chin hanging down,
expression of sorrow, or the cry for aid.
Isa. 15:5; 65:19; Neh.5:6; 9:9; Jer. 18:22; 20: 16; 50:46. It is sometimes followed by a genitive objectively,
decrepid in which perhaps may be found the origin of the Latin senex, senectus, which others have ab-
surdly taken as used for seminex}.
This word, how*
mi-pr
ever, is used not
;
CCL1I
merely of decrepit, but also of
(2) TO
SQUEEZE THROUGH a
(a)
strainer, to strait.
rigorous old age, Gen.iS: 12, 13; 19:31 ; 24: l 27: l ; I Sa 2:22, etc. [But is not decrepitude implied in
all
hence
p-_
to
refine
wine (see PUAL, comp. Arab.

out).
(b) metals,
these passages?]
its
and
synonyms
i^, 3&, &W see those words.
For the difference between
;:
Ji?.T
wine newly pressed
Job 25:1.
With
this signification agree oxk-coc, o/u-oc, sackcloth,

;
HIPHIL, intrans. to be old, to become old (as if to contract old age, comp p'inn [" in Heb. Gr. 52. 2, note"]), Pro. -22": 6; also of plants, Job 14:8; just as
a strainer; <TK-'W, pacEtvw, <TUKKIU Lat. saccus, saccare; Hebr. p$?; and the same stock is found in fcit;en fctgen/ fci-jcrn/ ficfrrn/ properly used of metals.
(3) to pour, to pour out, in a general sense, like the French couler, and the Latin dlare, Job 36:27.
Pliny applies senesco to trees.

li2T Gen. 24:2, pi. D'?PJ, \3pT m. an old ["either put as an adj. with a subst., as B?'?X. ' lp}0 the old man your father,' Gen. 43: 27, or alone as a subst., as Gen. 19:4, etc." Thes.], Gen. 18: ll
jpf constr.
man
PiEL
Pi?T to
refine,
to
purify
gold, Mai. 3:3.

Isa.
PUAL,
metal,
l
to be
refined, used of wine,
25:6;
oi
*9 4, 25:8; followed by iP older than some one. Job 32: 4, D'P/? 138D nDfTTrapJ 3 "for they were older than he;" Dp.VP, Tjjn, T^f* 'JpJ the elders
:
Ch. 28:18; 29:4; Ps. 12:7. Hence D'i?I No. II. [In Thes. derived from
"ft
p?T.]
a stranger, an enemy; see the root
TIT
No. IL
of Israel, of the city, of Egypt, i. e. the chief men, rulers, magistrates, without reference to the idea of
22:15, age; Ex.3:l6; 4:29; Deu.l9:l2; 21 13,4,6; s 18. use is similar of the Arab. 17, sheikh, (The
<-
A m. border, edge, wreathed work, crown around a table, or the ark of the covenant, Ex. 25 1 1, 9 = 2 4, 2 5; 37:2,11,26. Syr. J^j neckchaiu, collar. Root TTT No. I.
:
^*,
f.
for HIT once
Nu. 11
,\
an old man, hence the captain of a tribe and in the languages sprung from the Latin, Ital. Signor, French
;
:2O, loathing.
see.
Vulg.
nausea, from the root "W,
j which
q.
Seigneur, Spanish Senor, Engl. Sir, all of which are from the Latin Senior; as Germ, diraf/ is properly
i.
jj
unused in Kal,
[In Thes.
i.
Syr.
.Ciij
TO
MAKB
In no language, howgrey-headed. ever, does this reverence for old age appear more habitual and familiar, than in the Chinese; in which
q. grate, fraioo,
NARKOW.
many meanings which have

;
great king father, and men of the
the ministers of a king, even though young, are called i. e. a man of very high eminence;
been proposed for this root, are discussed that regarded by Gesenius as most probable, is to perish, to be dissipated. In Corr. Gesenius compares Ch.
Ithpeal
to
pour
out, to
flow
off, or
away, whence
my
same rank address each other " O elder brother !") Metaph. used of an old nation,
Plur.
10.
18.
f.
2to"tf gutter;
and by transpos. 3HP; Arab. (__;_
become, weak, Isa. 47 :6.

jpf
JTUpJ Zee. 8:4.
m. old age, Gen. 48:
It once occurs in PUAL, used of rivers, W)V n#? at the time when they become narrow ["what time they flow off, they fail, i. e. when the waters flow off, the streams dry
channel.]
rUpT f. old age, Gen. 24:36; Psal. 71:9, Metaph. of a nation, Isa. 46:4; cpmp. Isa. 47:6.
;
up"], Job 6: 17.

s
-<;
Kightly compared with Arabic
t__^
a narrow channel.
D'}p} m. pi. id., Gen. 21:2, 7 44:20. D'ipJ-fS a son born in old age, Gen. 37 3. (As to denomina:
tives of this form, see Lehrg.
122, No. 13.)
To RAISE, figuratively TO
flicted, Ps. 145: 14; 146:8.
COMFOET
the af-
(probably for [" 33nj 'scattered to Babylon,' or for"] ^23 J?Vf "born at Babylon"), pr. n. Zerubbabel (LXX. ZtipuftupiX), a descendant of David, who brought back the first colony oi' the
Jews
(Syr. csioj id.)
to their
own
;
:
land, after the Babylonish cap;
*|p!
Ch. "
to
raise up,
(Syr.
to
hang,
e. g.
a criminal on
tivity,
I
Ezr. 3 : 2
jJ
3 2
Hag.
l.
a stake
set up.
spi??
[Note. to the wood."]

(i)
><=^c> | to Ezr. 6: 1 1. crucify.) in this passage to the man, not applies
an unused
trees.
root.
clear
them of leaves and branches.
Chald. to prune trees to TTT. the luxuriant

;
growth of
to
Whence
tie
fast,
toind(Chald.
PPJ id.),
whence
Thes.
is
D'pT
and D'PJ^ bonds.
[This meaning in
wholly excluded.]
[Zered, Zared], pr. n. of a valley (Num. 21:12), and of the river flowing in it; eastwud oi Jordan, on the confines of Mcab (Dc.it. 2:13, 14),
CCLIIT
Targ. Jonath. brook of willows, compare
Isa.
mr-|pi
15:7.
fu t. rnp, apoc. ">r
1^3 ynj "human power." Ps. 44:4, Job 40:9, VT WIT "the strength of his hands;" Gen. 49: 24. Hence military force, an army, Dan.
2 Ch. 32:8,
(i) TO
SCATTER, TO
11:15, 22, 31.

belongs
to
(b)
DISPERSE (Arab.
wind,
II to
to disperse e. g. dust
5
by
the
"a violent man;"

break the
violence, Job 35:9. V^\ ^X Job 22:8. Here the phrase
winnow. Syr. and Chald. ), ^l* !. Kindred verbs, all of which have the sense of scattering,
power, or violence,
Ps. 10:15;
arm of any one, for to destroy his l Sam. 2:31; Job 22:9; 38:15;
c ( )
V3I,
?%
or
-HT No. II, also HIT,
Arab.
\,
to sow.
In
37:17 (comp. Arab. $.xJ- i^j)to
the Indo-Germanic languages corresponding words are Sanscr. sri, to scatter, stro, and with the addition
of
strength imparted
h e Ip, a id.
another in aiding him, hence
Ps. 83:9; Isa.
33:2
(like the
;_2s
Arab,
son of arm,
to the sibilant,
Sanscr.
stri,
to spread out,
ffropiu), flrcucn/
sterno
mrelpM, spargo, Goth, spreihan,
Pers. ,;b an arm, also aid; Syr. )L^5
Germ, fpruljcn/ <3preu [English to strew]). Ex. 32:20; Nu. 17:2; Isa. 30:22. Especially
ivinnow, Isa. 30:24; Jer.4:ll; Ruth. 3:2, Dny'fri firn rrr) N-irrnjn behold he winnows his
(2)
to
i.e. helper; see farther on the place referred to in
barn floor of barley." dispersion of enemies.
Figiiratively applied to the Jer. 15:7; Isa. 41:16; Eze.
hence a helper, a companion, Isa. 9; 19 (comp. Jer. 9:19, where for this word is found JH). LXX. Cod. Alex. a?e\ô'c. Ji^T^ is the same word with Aleph prosthetic.
Isainh),
2.
m. (verbal of form
p-13D)
Piel,
is
from the root FIT of the
(3)
to
spread out
to be
generally,
whence
fry.
a span.
NIPIUL
PIELHIT.
to
scattered, Eze. 6:8; 36:19.

to
so ton, Levit. 11:37; phir. SWti.things soivn, garden herbs, Isa. 61 11.
that which
:
(i)
to
spread abroad,
Pro. 15:7, hence
)"]!
m. quadril. formed from the root *nT a

9
violent
scatter,
Eze.5:10;
(2)
to
disperse, e.g. nations, Levit. 26:33; 6:5; 12:15; 30:26; Pro. 2O:8, "a king
shower, Ps. 72:6.
Syr. IjLsu'i a shower.
Talmud.
away all evil with his look." winnow, Pro. 20:26; and hence to win now jut, to shakeout,and thus to examine thoroughly. Ps- 139:3) 9'"?! ^1} T>"!?"thou hast searched me
in
...scatters
N'Ol 'S^PT sprinklings of water, drops.

'
ML tied
together,girded,from
"HT T
(which
see),
the
radical being inserted in the last syllable, as in the word TPT, once Pro. 30:31, D^D? I'P.l "girt
first
my
walking and in
found in
my
lying down."
Jerome
signi-
eventilasti
LXX. tt,i.yviaaa..
fication is
(The figurative the Arabic J to know.)
scattered, Job 18: 15; to be spread o u t, Pro. As to the form nit Isa. 30:24, which 1:17 some place here, it is the participle of Kal used
PUAL,
to be
in the loins," by which a war horse is meant, as ornamented about the loins with girths and buckles (such ornaments are very frequent in the sculptures at Persepolis), compare Bochart, Hieroz. t. i.p. 102. Schultens. ad h. 1. Joh. Simonis understands it of a
impersonally, and Hi) Ps. 58 4, is from the root Derivatives, rnj, fTTJD, Dnjp.
:
"I-1T.
Zebra, or the wild ass of Abyssinia, as if so called from its skin being striped as if girded. Some of the
Hebrew
hound
interpreters understand
it
to
mean a
1.
["others understand
fol.
wrestler,
greysee Talm,
".'"IT
f.
15> 22, especially in
(rarely masc. Isa. 17:5; 51:5; Dan. 11: the signification No. 1. Comp.
pi.
Hieros. Taanith,
l>
57
Maurer ad
h.
"].
Lehrg.p.47o), m.
C'
and Dl-.
: ;
(l) an arm, Isa. 17:5; 40 1 1 especially the fore inn, as in Lat. brachium KUT i,o-î]f (differing from nji? laoertus), Job 26:2; in animals the fore leg, shoulder, â^/wj',
>jJi
]J fut. nip.
32:32; Ex. 22:2; 2
(i) TO RISE, used of the sim, Gen. Sa. 23:4; Ps. 104:22, etc.: also
Nu. 6:19; Deut. 18
3.
(Arabic
applied to light, Isa. 58: 1O; to the glory of God, 60: 1,2; Deut. 33:2. (It properly means to scatter rays, comp. the kindred words H1J, "lit. This root
is
Aram. WTW, )L^$
an arm,
also a cubit,
from
variously changed in the cognate languages
hence
the root jnt No. i). rntDp gh| a stretched* out arm, a gesture of threatening applied to a people ready for
battle [
in
Arabic and JEthiopic
-ji UJ/
n Aramscar:
ascribed to God "] Exod. 6:6; Deu. 4:34; Eze. 20:33, 34? non Jht Job 38: 15. similarly (a) Figuratively (a) strength, might, power,
,
(2) It
foetus
is
ing out in the skin,
(a) to leprosy breakfiguratively applied (b) in the derivatives also to a
breaking forth from the
womb
(see
HTJ and
n-mi
Gen. 38:30), and rns, sec n "JT$?.
(c) to
a plant springing up,

nj'TlJ!,
i.q.
2:2,
ace.
1
njM-lf
pX
a land not sown."

field.
(d) with
Derivatives, n "J?, n 7^> pr.n.
and the words
immediately following.
n"lT
sufF. ^n-j!
Lev. 19:19, Tl^l D^/ ? Jnjn *6 " thou shalt not sow thy field wi*h divers kinds." Dent. 22:9; Isa. 30:23; Jnd. 9:45.
is also said of a plant which bears 129; comp. 12. Metaphorically? to sow justice, Pro. 1 1 18 and on the contrary, wickedness, Pro. 22 8; mischief, Job 4:8; the wind, Hos. 8:7,
both of the seed and the
m.
(l) a rising of light, Isa.
To scatter seed
1
seed, Gen.
60:3.
(a) of a son of (2) [Zerah, ZaraJi], pr. n. Judah, by Tamar his daughter-in-law, 6611.38:30;
Nu. 26 20. (b) of a son of lieuel, Gen. 36: 13, 17. other places called "IHT. (c) m. Num. 26:13,
:
(d)
Ch. 6:6,26. (e) ["A king or leader of the Ethiopians, who invaded Judah in the reign of Asa"], aCh. 14:8. Gr. Zapa.
l
is, by good or evil actions to provide rewards or punishments answering to the figure of the harvest; comp. Gal. 6:7, 8. [The NBAV Testament use of language, apart from its context, must not be pressed too far to illustrate Old Test, how " God
;
that
*D"1?
[Zar kites],
See TPJK
-
patron, from rnj No. 2,
a.,
Nu.
expressions could be just, and yet the justifier,"had not then been little manifested.] differently, Hos. 10: 12, D5? W"!l
26:13,20.
l^
ITTT
("whom Jehovah caused

[ZerahiaJi], pr.
for
n.
No.
;
2, b),
m.
to rise," see (l) l Chr.

occurs,
l
n i?"jy? "sow for ""?0 *?? '"'Vi? yourselves according to righteousness, reap according to the mercy (of
God)."
ness)
Ps.
97
1 1
PTK&
(is
5:32 6:36; Ezr. 7:4,

7:3.
(2) Ezr. 8:4.
which
H'rnj.'
Ch.
shed abroad
nation,
i
To sow a
q.
JHT ite light (i.e. happiprepared) for the righteous." to multiply, to increase, Hos. a :
25; Jer. 31:27.

(3) to sow, i.q. to plant, with two ace. Isa. 17: 1O. NIPHAL (l) to be scattered, Eze. 36:9. (a) to be sown. Lev. 11:37. Figuratively, Nah. " there shall be sown no more of 1:14, thy name," i.e. thy name shall be no more perpetuated. (3) to be sown, spoken of a woman, i.e. to be made fruitful, to conceive, Nu. 5:28.
["D*~lT i.q. DÎ (see Thes.) a violent shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud. Isa. 1:7, ri33np| " as the desolation of an D*")T inundation," or overwhelming rain. See in partic. 3. Root C"1J."J
U
which
JF
JO FLOW, TO
to
POOR ITSELF OUT,

ace. to
i.q.
to
see; followed
by an
inundate,
:
^1, over-
whelm,
POEL,
bear away,
Ps. 90:5.
PUAL
Hence
1
to
pour
:
out, with ace. Ps. 77 18.
pass, of
KAL No.
to
2, Isa.
40:24.
HIPHIL
ST?J
(l)
2*3| a shower, storm of rain, storm, Isa. 4:6; 25 4; 28 2, "TQ D^T. "a shower with hail-storm."
:
Jri? ? 2t?J7
Gen. l :ll, comp. verse 29, where there is in the

as a plant.
bear seed,
T*i?
E}T a violent storm, which throws
down
walls,
Isa.
25:4.
HO"]? fem> seminis fluxus, used in speaking of stallions, Eze. 23:20.
same context, JHT. O. (2) to conceive seed, speaking of a woman; to be made fruitful, Lev. 12:2; comp. NIPHAL, No. 3. Derivatives, besides those which immediately follow, xh| (tfn!?),
.
y^n.!,
^jrir, jnyo.
J; fut. in?*
Zee. 10:9.
(l) TO SCATTER, TO DISPERSE, See the kindred roots commencing with
const, id.; once Pit

suff.
Nu. 11:7, with
suff.
pi.
with
D3T?!
(l Sa. 8:15).
the syllable IT under the root H^T. From the kindred signification of expanding, is derived yi">! an arm, like
J"PT
a span, from HIT.

JTli?,
from
n\.j
is
secondary root, and derived found in Arab, c .j to attack

arms.
to
(1) prop, sowing; hence seedtime, the time oj sowing, i.e. winter, Gen. 8:22; Lev. 26 :/}; also, a planting, Isa. 17:11 (compare the root No. 3). (2) seed, that which is scattered, whether of
IV. to take in the violently, to seize,

(2) Especially,
to
Gen. plants, trees, or grain, Lev. 26:16; Deu. 22:9; Ecc.

iSa. 8:15;
3'3the
1 1 1, 12, 29 47 23 ii:G; hence that which

: ; :
scatter seed,
sow (Arabic
(a) absol.
springs from seed sown, harvest, field
of grain,
cy,, Syr.
xTij,
JEth.
HCO:
id.).
Constr.
produce of fields, Job
39: 12; Isa
Job 31 :8; sown 'e.g.
Isa.
37:30.
(b) with an ace. of the seed
D'tin jnj to
sow wheat),
Jer.
1:6; Lev. 26: 16; Ecc. 11:6. (c) field sown, Gen 47:23; Ex. 23:10; Lev. 25:3. Jer.
12:13; Hag. with ace. of the
(3) semen virile, Lev. 15:16, seq.; 18:21; 19: 20 (comp. the verb, NIPHAL, No. 3 HIPHIL, No. 2) hence
; ;
(a)offspring,progeny, descendants, Gen.3 1.5; 13:16; 1/5:6, 13; 17:7, 10; 21:13, etc.; alsoofon
CCLV
eon (when an only one, the passage therefore, Gen. 3: 15, is not to be thus explained, as is done by polemical " male theologians). Gen. 4 25. l Sa. l 1 1 , DT?.
: :
n-mt
Compare the
iii.
13
Intrans. Hos. 7:9, C| sprinkle upon, Exod. loc. cit. HIPS' rt|T]T "grey hairs also are scattered upoc
him."
Prop.
Lat. spargere, in the

t
\
,
same
sense,
offspring."
[The remark upon Gen. 3:15
is
in4, 24,
and Arab.
tended apparently to contradict its application to the Lord Jesus Christ and his redemption, as if he could not be the seed of the woman in reply it will here
;
to scatter,
Mcd. E.
to
be grey on the front of the head (prop, to be sprinkled over with grey hairs, to begin to be grey).
remark, that in the very passage cited, immediately after Gen. 4:25, it is clear that ID! is used of one son, namely, Seth, when he was not an only
suffice to
PUAL, pass. Nu. 19: 13, 20.
[Hence pnjp.]
I.
'
was yet alive; and further, this seed of the woman was to bruise the head of the " tempter, thy head," which can in no sense apply to but Christ individually, who became incarnate, any " that of death he might destroy him that means by had the power of death, that is the devil."] 1JTIT JHJ
one, because Cain
J;
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Arab.
;
<:
to bind
together, as with buckles, to buckle a kindred root to TIT No. I, also "n, T-1X. Hence the nouns ">1,
~>\n!.
In Chaldee there occurs HJ to bind, originating
in the quadril. ITU.

II.
the offspring of thy offspring,
i.
e.
thy descendants,
Isa.
59:21.
2
1 1
:
24.
l
;
stock, race, family; ^KT?" JTTJ Psa. %Sn JHJ, n3bp?3n 'T the royal 'race, '2 Ki.
(b)
l
kindred roots
>}\ prop. TO SCATTER; like the Arab. Hence "Tir, y]T, PIT.
,j:
Ki.
1]
1 1
14.
Isa.
6:13;
'P.-'n?
(c) a race of men, as &?p JHT jnj Isa. 65:23; and in an evil
POEL "vVlt to sneeze, in doing Avhich the particles of mucus are scattered from the nostrils, 2 Ki. 4:35.
Comp. Ch.
"V}? sneezing; see Schult.
ad Job. 41
10.
sense, D'inP Pit Isa. 1:4; JHT, Isa. 57:4; comp. Hebr. nrr)|, Gr. yivrn.ua, Matt. 3:17; Germ. S3rut, French race.
"W
("gold," from the Persian

termination
,;
gold, Avith the
^.), [Zeresli],
pr. n.
of the wife of
["(4) a planting, what is planted, Isa. 17: 11. See the root in Also, a sprout, a shoot, Eze. 17:5. Kal No. 3."]
Haman,
JTTJ
Est. 6:13.
f.
a span, Exod. 28:16; 39:9;

I
Sam. 17:4.
JH! Oh.
id.
Dan. 2:43.
S
&
table food,
flesh
rr\
out;
m.
is
such as
*
pi. vegetables, herbs, vegeeaten in a half fast; opposed to
(Aram. Lij, JUj, N P7* ^-)> ^rom tne root n "3l to spread whence It(for'rriT); f. nTJ, like nnp. from nTjJ, np3 from HD3. ["Also according to the Kabbins JTTJ
little finger, for HTJând hence they derive the meaning of a span, as being terminated by the little
is the
and more delicate food, Dan. 1:12, 16 (Ch. and

*
Talmud.
]-l
literal
Syr. JLjO_^jJ
id.).
finger." Ges. add.]
an unused
root.
Arab,
D1T.
JîJ to flow,
used
/'
an unused root, perh.
i.
q.
Aram. fc*rn=XB'
<!
of water or tears.
Comp.
Hence the quadri-
to germinate,
lfiT
whence
W)l
\Zatt\i\, pr.n. m. Ezr. 2:8; 10:27; Neh.
ll
(a kindred root to rnt, JHT) (a) dry things, such as dust, Job 2:12; 2 Ch. 34:4; cinders, Exod. 9 8, 10; live coals, Eze. 10 2. () more often liquid things (to sprinkle, fpvengcn), such as water, Nu. 19: 13; blood, Ex. 24:6; 29: 16, 20; Lev.
:
TO
SCATTER
7:13; 10:15.
CHT
pr.n. m.
(perhaps i.q. DnI,!0^ "olive"), l Ch. 23:8; 26:22.
5>
i 1
'
2,
and often besides.
Followed by Vy to
" ! (perhaps i. q. "TQ$ star"), \Zefhar\, pr.n. of a eunuch of Xerxes, Est. l : 10.
n
the eighth letter of the alphabet, as a The shape of this letter in eight. the Phoenician is monuments, and the Hebrew
n^Pl,
Cheth
numeral denoting
bably
VÂ,
signifies
a hedge, or fence, from the root
coins,
The name corresponds

rh Haut.
to surround, to gird, n and B being interchaEg jJ. to that of the Êthiopia lettei
(whence the Greek 17), and
its
name pro-
CCLVI
As
to the pronunciation of this letter,
pan-sn
HIL. to hide, Josh.
which
is
the
6:17,25; iKi. 18:13; 2Ki.
harshest of the gutturals, it seems anciently to have had iOiuetimes a softer sound, like that of double h;
6:29.
HOPHAL,
pass. Isa.
i.q.
42 :22.
i
'
sometimes a harsher and stronger sound, like that of the letters kk ; these two sounds were afterwards, in Arabic and yEthiopic, expressed by two different
letters
HITHPAEL,
Niphal,
Sa. 13:6; 14: 11, etc
Derivatives, N3.no,
_, fa (Haul)
= hh
and
*i
(Harm)
= kh
TO LOVE, found once Deut. 33:3.
Arab.
(although in ./Ethiopia the distinction became obsolete, so that both are pronounced with a soft sound
like
in
li)
;
it is
thus that the same
Hebrew
root
is
often
The HI. X., Syr. Pe. and Pa. id. is found in breathing upon, warming, cherishing (whence 3h the lap, the bosom, in which
JL^
I.
^L
original idea
Arabic written in two different ways; as flV^ to and ^j, to break to pieces. More kill, Arab.
^
-
any thing is wanned or cherished); compare the remarks made on the root 3ns. There is a manifest
trace of this origin in the Syr. .>_. to burn, used of
9 9
often,
however, the varying significations of the same Hebrew root are distinguished in Arabic by this
;
fire
">'->..
double manner of pronunciation
as
P?n
(i) to be or bald,
blowing.
a burning, heat, especially as raised by Hence, besides 3h is derived
imooth (Arab. ,+>.

to shave;)
trans, to
to
make smooth
(2) to
smooth,
form (Arab. /dr>- to
form, to create);
Conj.
I.
??n
("beloved"), ^Hobab'], pr.n. of the fathei in-law of Moses, Nu. 10:29; Jud. 4:11. Comp. ~>JV, nn.\
i.
(i) to pierce (Arab.

q.
N3n TO HIDE ONESELF.
In Kal once
V.):
(2) to open, to loose (Arab. Jis-)>

">?n,
3On, Din, Enn. most frequently with n (which nee) besides the gutturals it also, on account of the simi-
comp. the roots

;
imp. *3n Isa. 26:20. NIPHAL, inf. nsnn

Derivatives, ]i'3n
It is interchanged
id., i Ki. 22:25; 2Ki. 7:n. and the proper names nÔj
larity of its sound, is
interchanged with the palatals,

?*|
especially !?3n ;
comp. the roots
and
7-IHj
7*n ; ?3| and
f.
Chald. a
rn
wicked action, wickedness

/'Sn
and*nn.
Dan. 6:23; compare the root
Neh. 1:7.
Like X and n it is sometimes prefixed to triliteral roots, and thus quadriliterals are fonned; see '^jri, n3DCTI, and Lehrg. p. 863.
*?n m. bosom, lap, from the idea of cherishing; see the root 3?n, Job 31 133. (Ch. K3n, K3in, N3in id., Sam. 3-$.)
("joining together"), [77aior], pr.n. Chaboras, a river of Mesopotamia, rising near Rat
|
2H
el 'Ain, falling into
the Euphrates at Circesium, 2
KL
with
suff.
17:6; 18: ll;
iCh. 5:26; Arab. ,v'ci-, comp. 133.

(Isaiah 53:5), f. a stripe or of strokes on the skin, Gen. 4:83;
3,
& n^!i
bruise, the
mark
unused
in Kal, i.q.
n3n TO HIDE, compare
Isa.
1:6; 53:5; Ps. 38:6; from the root ">3n No.

see.
the kindred roots K2n, ian.

to hide; also
to hide;
Arab.
to
which
U^,
Êth.
L-^
for
.-^
put out
fire,
properly
Conj. X. to hide cneself.
NIIMIAL, to hideoneself,to lie hid. Gen. 3:10; Jud.
" when the Q:5; Job 29-8, youths saw me they hid themselves," i.e. they gave place to me out of respect and modesty; verse 1O, "the voice of the princes hid itself," that is, they were silent, held their peace. Followed by 3 JosLio:i6; a Sam. ^S and i Sa. 1O:22. With an inf. following, 17:9, it must be rendered by an adverb (like \nvQuvtiv with part.) Gen. 31:27, rh3^ nxaru rcsb why hast thou fled away secretly?" \iAL,i<L$T.to beforced to hide oneself, Job 24:4.
B3fT TO BEAT OUT, or OFF, with a stick (Arab. _ly^ to beat off leaves with a stick). from the tree, (1) to beat off apples or olives
fut.
Deu. 24:20; Isa. 27:12. with a stick or (2) to beat out or thresh corn
flail,
Jud. 6:
1 1
Ruth 2:17.
2, Isa.
(Arab, .ko-.l 28:27.
NIPHAL, pass, of No.
rP3n (" whom Jehovah hides," i.e. defends), [Hobaiali], pr.n. m. Ezr. 2:61; Neh. 7: 63.
JV?H
a covering, Hab. 3:4, from the
roo*
fen
CCLVII
art.]
San-nn
5n [see note at the end of the next

.
(i)
yoke: [Qu. as to
last
TO TIGHTEN A COBD, TO TWIST, and tllUS TO BIND. U*., for which see Kamus, ( Corresponding is Arab.
L L L Kindred roots are 733, 733, also ~i?n, >in). p. 1219. Hence 7in a cord. Part. 7?.'n properly, tying or
It is thus apbinding, poetically used for a cord. the parabolic name of the rod or crook parently that D^lh Zee. 11 :7, 14 (Luth. bcr tab SBefye), should be
this rendering and exposition of th word of the passage], (Deu. 32:14; Hos. 4: 16). Hence ftyOQ. [Note. In Thes. 73H is treated as one root; signifying in KAL (l) to bind, to twist. (2) to bind by a pledge. (3) to pervert, and intrans. to act tvick-
edly.
KAL No.
NIPHAL, pass, of PIEL No. 2. PIEL (l) i.q. l, to twist, hence to writhe with pain, to
understood, that is a crook of cords or bands, on the covenant is made void breaking of which the brotherly S O -
bring forth. (2) to overturn, to disturb, to cast abroad, hence to lay ivaste, to destroy. PUAL, pass, of Piel, No. 2.]
[" Comp. Arab. J^-*. league, covenant."] some one by a pledge, to take a bind (2) of the person, pledge from some one, with an ace.
(ver. 14).
to
7?H
(2)
to
Ch. PAEL
spoil,
to
to.
Job 22:6; Prov. 2O:l6; 27:13; also with ace. of " to take the thing pledged, (something) in pledge," of one who compels a debtor to give especially used a pledge, Deut. 24:6. 17; Exod. 22:25; Job24:378 TEW "and the 7jn for Job 24 -.9, &IT! is on the poor) they take of the poor (what garment
ITHPAEL,
(l) to hurt, Dan. 6:23. destroy, Dan. 4:20; Ezr. 6:12. perish, to be destroyed, spoken of a
kingdom, Dan. 2:44; 6:27; 7:14.
7?n Isai. 66:7, usually in the pi. Ev30, const. \73n m. pa ins, pangs, especially of parturient women
as a
pledge;" comp. 7.
S
Part. pass. 7-12n taken to

to
^ 9 (see the root in Piel), o^Tr^c (Syr. )|Â/ id.), Isaiah " when 13:8; Jer. 13:21. Jer.22:23, Q^?n ^"^'3?
pledge,
Amos 2:8; (compare Arab. J~o -
make a
S
,J-ci.
pangs come upon
Covenant,
Ao-
a covenant, and with

9
Kha
&
thee." Isa. 66:7; Hos. 13:13. Job 39:3, ""IJrip^ Envsn properly " they cast forth their pangs," i. e. they bring forth their young ones
with pain.
debt, usury, see Kamfts, p. 1434, Syr. JJ_2so^, Chal.
Since the pain of parturition ceases with the birth, a parturient mother may well be said to
cast forth her pangs together with her offspring. (In Greek also d?tv is vised of offspring brought forth with
i$ttq
id.).
^
72n II.] PIEL, to ivrithewith painsor sorroivs, [hence] Hence *?3n tobring forth. Cant. 8:5; Ps-7:l5.
[(3) See
Ion. 45, ./Eschyl. pain, Eurip.
Agam.
1427).
Of otter
pains once, Job 21
17.
a pang, pain.
The
II.
derivatives follow, except niPSriFI.
?5v
i.
[ see note
q.
at
t ne
en(i
f tne art.] fut.
[This word and the following have sometimes been taken as the same; which appears to be correct; see the connection between Acts 2:24 and Psalm 18:4
730!, 73C1!
Arab. J-r*-. (l) to spoil, to cor(2) to act corruptly, or wickrupt (see PIEL). Job 34: 31, ?3riK N7 "I will not act coredly.
(Heb.
5),
and 116:3;
.
an<3 see note
on the
root.]
3H m
17:5.
(once
f.
.
D?b const.
^?n ps
?D pL Zeph. 2:6), with suff. 18:5; 116:3, and ^3D Joshua
ruptly (any more)," followed by ? Neh. l j. (Arab. Lrk Med. E. to be foolish. Syr. and Ch. Pa. to
:
s^-
f.
(l) a cord, a
rope (Arab. J.^,Syr.
^^^
act
i
Interpreters have well observed [but wickedly.) see note! J that this root is different in its origin from
i
Êthiop. fh-f)^:
<3pi
J-*- No.
is
I.
Perhaps 7?n
to
be vain,
to
act
vainly,
a cognate root to this. NIPHAL, to be destroyed, Prov 13:13.
Gr. uapXoc, French nor was there ground for the rejection of the Greek word as fictitious, as was done by some philologists, see Passow. Lex. i. 779). Josh " a cord made of silver 2:15. Ecc. 12:6, HP? D ?5P
To this answer
[and English]
cable,
threads."
especially a measuring line, Amos 7: 17} 8:2 hence (a) a measured field, given to Josh. one 17:14; 19:9, and thus inheby lot, any ritance, portion, possession. Psal. 16:6, Dv^CI " D'P^SS ^"'79(3 a portion has been allotted to me Deut. 32:9, inVqi 72P -p#! in a pleasant region." " Jacob Hence, in a general (is) his possession." sense, atractofland, a region, Deu. 3:4, 13, 14.
PIEL, to spoil, to destroy, Ecc. ,5:5; with reference to men, Isa. 32:7; to countries, i. q. to lay
(2)
2 Sa.
waste, Isa. 13:5; 54:16; Mic. 2:10. PUAL, pass. Job 17:1, n^3n 'nm "my breath is destroyed," i.e. my vital strength is exhausted. " and th e Isa. 10:27, 'y yoke (of Is^*j| shall be broken of fatness;" where because rael)
W~W
Israel is likened to
a fat and wanton bull breaking the
18
CCLVIII
OJH
1
'?n a maritime district, sea-coast, Zeph.
1:5,6!
(3)
to.
if
agin,anoose, a snare, Ps. 140:6; Job 18: nip TflJ, snares of death, of Hades" this word and the preceding are to be taken to-
V'W
gether, (and from the connection with the N. Test, it appears that these occurrences must at least belong
to the former,) these expressions signify the pangs (or sorrows) of death, of Hades'], Ps. 18:5, 6; 116:3.
?3 a bulb may be traced; while the n a guttural sound, such as is also prefixed to other roots (see D'SE^D, Lehrg. p. 863), or, according to Ewald's judgment (on Cant. loc. cit.), this quadriliteral is composed of H?F and ?W3, and signifies
triliteral
is
As to the colour, growing from poisonous bulbs. etymology, it is clear that in this quadriliteral the
either
acrid bulbs.
[So Ges. in corr.]
(4) a
band
of men, a
company,
Sa. 10:5,
10
^comp. Germ. SSanbe/

:
SRotte [Engl. band]). [" (o) destruction (compare Piel No. 2), Micah 10, well rendered by the Syr. and Vulg."]
r.n. m. Jer.35:3. (As an appellative, perhaps "lamp of Jehovah," from Ch. fr^>*i2 lamp and nj Jehovah, n being prefixed,
see
in Kal only occurring three times, inf. P3Q Ecc. 3:5, part. p3JI 00.4:5; 2 Ki. 4: 16, elsewhere
/ID
m. apledge, Eze. 18:
jr
12, 16;
33:15; comp.
the verb No. 1,2.
f.
id.
Eze. 18:7.
n
/an
Ch
hurt, injury, Dan. 3:25.
only in Piel. PIEL P3n fut. p?n* part. p3np (i) TO EMBRACE, followed by an ace. Gen. 33:4; Pro. 4:8; 5:20; followed by a dat. Gen. 29:13; 48:10. To embrace
the rock, the dunghill, for to lie, or
:
Ch. m.
U /SU
it
damage,
Ezr. 4:22.
make one's
bed, OB
to
be intensitive
on
tc
" thou shall be as one lying ?3H L e. at the end of a rope" (a cab'e)
stich there
sea."
is,
this word.] A large rope of a ship, djiffstau/ is be understood; perhaps it is especially a cable, and thus the expression may be very fitly understood
:
occurs once, Pro. 23 -.34. The form implies for /3'n or ?3.n a cord. [See note
them, Job 24 8 Lam. 4 5. (2) with the addition of D^V to fold the hand* Hence (spoken of an idle man), Ecc. 4:5.
;
:
p2n m
lazy, Pro. 6: 10;
a folding of the hands, as marking the 24:33.
E>N13 On the top, in the other hemi-
down in the heart of the I understood it to mean a mast so called formerly

lies
,
"one who
p'lpan ("embrace," of the form T-VW), pr.n. Habakkuk the prophet, Hab. l 1 3:1. LXX* 'AnfiaKoup, according to the form p'lpsn and K corof
:
;
rupted into p.
from
ropes ('3.0), but examples are wanting of denominative nouns of this form. [In Thes. Gesenius
its
has reconsidered this word, and given mast as its probable meaning. Prof. Lee suggests wave, billoiv, Ewald's apparently without etymological grounds.]
conjecture (Heb. Gram. p. 240), that Hades, Orcus, is intended, as destroying, (see Piel No. II), will not be
-jri properly TO BIND, TO BIND TOGETHEB, Hence (kindred to /3n No. I.), see Piel. (1) to join together, but almost always used
intransitively,
to
be
joined together,
to
adhere
adopted by many.
(Aram. ;_Cw, Mt\i. ^fl/J: id.). Exod. 26:3; 28:7; 39:4; Eze. l :9, 11 used of peoples, to be confede;
rate.
ship),
m. (denom. from ?3H the rope of a sailor, Jon. 1:6; Eze. 27:8, 27 29.
"
an
these
Q^>n pcr^N -n^n rbyehs "all came together as confederates unto the
Gen. 14:3,
'PD
in
Participle pass. 1103.4:17, ~H3n valley of Siddim." D'3yi; "allied to idols."
f.
Cant. 2:l; Isa.
35
i ,
a flower growing
meado\vs, which the ancient intei^preters sometimes translate lily, sometimes narcissus [" sometimes rose"] most accurately rendered by the Syriac translator who uu* the same word [in its Syriac
;
form]
Jiv^
YU/,
i.e.
according to the Syrian Lexi
cographers
35:1), the
(whom I have cited in Comment, on Isa. autumn crocus, colchicum autumnale, or
(2) to bind, to fascinate, spoken of some kind of magic which was applied to the binding of magical Gr. uirai'tw, i;ar(W/ucc knots compare Germ. banncn btnben/ and other words which signify binding, which are applied to incantations as yEth. AUU4! Deu.lS: 1 1 Ps. 58:6 (of the incantation of serpents). (3) to be marked with stripes, or lines, to b(
;
meadow
variegated;
gcftrcift
ffipn;
Arab.
_-*_,
whence
'i
saffron, an autumnal flower growing in meadows, resembling a crocus, of white and violet
a striped garment;
pass. -*>. to
be striped (as
the
CCLIX
skin), i. e. to be marked with the traces of stripes and blows, see Kamus, p. 491. Hence nn-nn a stripe, bruise, and J"l1~i3~On the spots on the skin of a leoComp. Schult. in Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157. pard.
(2) an incantation, a
>3n. Isa.
charm, Dcu. 18:11.
PI
47:9, 12.
(3) \_Heber~\, pr. n. of several
men
(a) Gen.
PIEL
6:6,
"1311
(i)
to
connect,
to
join together, Ex.
46:17, for which there is ~i3n Nu. 26:45. ( 4:11,17., (c) iCh. 8:17. (d) iCh.4:i8.
etc.
(2) to bring into fellowship, to make an al" and he liance. 2 Ch. 20: 36, iV -inTjinn brought
him
into
alliance with himself," made a league
in^ f. pi. the variegated spots (of a panther), or rather stripes or streaks (of a leopard), Jer. See the root "1?H No. 3. 13: 23.
^
with him.
Ch.
i.
f.
a companion, fellow, hence an-
once "I3n (Ps. 94:20). to be joined together, Ex. 28:7; 39:4. (Ecc. (1) Ps. 122:3, f Jerusalem when restored, 9:4, np.) " as a r\ry<_ n^ rnanB> Tj;? city which is joined to"I3n,
PUAL
other,
q. n-1jn
Dan. 7: 20.
Un
pr. n.
{.fellowship, Job 34:8.
gether," i.e. the ruins of which, and the stones long thrown down and scattered, are again built
together.
"conjunction," "joining"),[5"e&ron],
(l) of an ancient town in the tribe of Judah, formerly called- y3")S"nni? Gen. 13:18; 23:2, comp.
It was the royal city of David for : 10. the taking of Jerusalem, 2 Sa. after until time,
(2)
to be
associated with,
94:20,
ni-in
to
have fellowship
Jud.
some
2:1;
KD3 T)?n*n "shall the throne of iniquity have fellowship with thee?" HIFHIL, to make, or enter into a confederacy. Job 16:4, D^Pf D?'i?y_ rrvan "I could make aeonwith.
Psal.
:
5:5.
It is
now
called
JJ<s^>
in full
^rj\
8
J-i>i.
(the city of) the friend of the merciful God, of Abraham.
e.
nut SBortcn gegen eud) oerbuuben. It is
fed e racy with words against you;" id) wollte mid) a metaphor taken from a warlike alliance. [" To twine, or weave,
Job 16:4, 'I would
(2) of several men. Patron. r Nu. 3:27.
(a)
Exod. 6
Ch. 5 28 ;
:
(6) i Ch.
2:42,43.
weave
words against you.' "3

26:45-?
from pr.n. "13H, \_Heberites~\, patron,
Num.
HITHPAEL 1?n^n and (by a Syriacism) 13nj;iK to join in fellowship, to make a league, 2 Ch. 20:35, 37 Dan. 11:6. The infin. formed in the Syriac
;
companion, consort, wife, Mai. 8:14

f.
manner, is JTnannn Dan. ll :23. Derivatives, see Kal No. 3 also see fnanp, ni~l3np f "N3n and the words pr. n. immediately following.
; ?
junction, place of union, Ex. 26:4, to

.
m. an associate, companion, i. q. "OH. Job 40: 30, where fishermen are to be understood, who form a partnership for pursuing their calling;
see n*J3.
.
fut ear once t?3IT, Job5: 18. TO BIND ON, TO BIND ABOUT TO BIND, (a) (1) a head band, turban, tiara, Exod. 29:9; Lev. 8:13; Jon. 2:6, 'K'iO^ B"Q e V)D "the sea weed is bound Eze. 16:10, about head," as if my turban.
my
an associate, a companion, fellow.
Cant. 1:7; 8:13; Jud. 20:11, Dnan. ins B&$5 "all associated as one man;" Psal. 119:63; Psal. 45:8, "
t2^2 Y^3n$ "and I bound thee around with byssus," i.e. adorned thy head with a turban of byssus. Job 5:18; Isa. 30:26; (b) to bind up a wound, Part. KOh Eze. 34:4, 16; Isa. 61 l. followed
T13D?
above thy fellows,"

328).
by
?>
Barhebr.
tradicts
p.
other kings (comp. [This application of Ps. 45, coni.e.

:
that the
what we know to be its meaning; namely, king is the Lord Jesus (Heb. 1 8), the fellows
(Heb. 2: 11, 12).]
suff.
his "brethren"
a healer, physician, who heals the wounds of the 6. state, Isa. 3:7; compare l of burden, which is done by a beast to saddle (2) followed by an ace., binding on the saddle or pack
: ;
"OH
17, 18.
[pi.
with
'nhnn],
Ch.
id.,
Dan. 2:l 3,
m.
(i)
fellowship, association, Hos.

a house in
6:9. Pro.2l:9, "an JV3 Pro. 25:24.
common;"
i
Gen.22:3; Nu.22:2l; Jud. 19:10; 283.17:23. Job 40: 13, D?\3? (3) to bind fast, to shut up, " shut J-1Dt33 t^nn up their faces in darkness." See PIEL No. 2. Job 34:17, ^H (4) to bind by allegiance, to rule, shall then he who hateth right be tJbqi BS^p K.aifc'
able to
govern?" Some here take
*\$ in
the sense o/
Tin-ran
parallel passage,
CCLX
40:8, 9.
(2) to keep a festival, from the idea of leaping and dancing in sacred dances, Ex. 5:1; Lev. 23 41 j especially of a public assembly, Psal. 42 5 (Syriao
:
nger, which cannot be admitted an account of the
PIEL (l) to bind of pers. Ps. 147:3.

(8) e>3n
to
up (wounds),
followed
by
bind fast, to restrain, Job 28 11, *3?P n'nnp "he stops up the streams that they do not trickle ;" spoken of a miner stopping off the water
:
J-^~>
^^^^
"^
Arabic *&>-
to
Mecca, as a
Hadj or
:
pilgrim, to keep the public festival.) (3) to reel, to be giddy, used of drunkards, Ps.
;
fiom flowing into his pits. PUAL, to be bound up (as a wound), 30:21.
107 27 applied to a person

Isa.
terrified,
whence Njn
fear.
1:6; Eze.
Hence are derived

'ID,
|PI,
in, N3n,
and the proper names
nan, rvan.
an unused
bread.
root, prob.
TO COOK, TO
?.,
BAKE
to
jn
*""
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Arabic U^sw to take
Êth. VOlTr*.'
Arabic
L^
bread,
j^
refuge with some one, whence
bake bread.
Hence n3no a cooking pan, and

plur. things
B^?T! m. pi. J^Bn-^n places of refuge

[perhaps dwellings carved
in the rocki
E'âD
;
m.
cooked, or baked pastry,
in the rocks~\, Cant. 2: 14;
Ch. 9:31; compare rinnp.

jrl constr.
Obad. 3; Jer. 49:

9
1 6.
9
9
(Arabic 2
a refuge, an
and followed by? (Ex. 12:14; Num. 19:12) 30, w ith suff. '3PI m. ( l ) a festiva /(from the root 3311), Ex. 10:9; 12:14.
JP1 nb>j; ?
Syr. JL^*>. 1^^ a lofty rock, a cliff. [It is doubtful whether these Syriac words are really used in
asylum.
16: 10.
an an to keep a festival Levit. 23:39; Deut. In the Talmud KCLT iô^v, it is used of the
these senses.])
feast of tabernacles,
and so
2 Ch.
:
5:3; comp.
Ki. 8
2.
" So of the passover, Tsa. 30 29.
Comp. Arabic
pilgrimnge to Mecca."] V (2) nieton. a festival sacrifice, a victim, Ps. 118:27, D'nhJS 3rrnDK "bind the sacrifice with
cords."
"fi^D [of the form ^Bf?], m., pr. verbal adj. from the root ian (i) binding, hence a girdle, a belt, l Sa. 18:4. Ezek. 23:15, (2) intrans. girded, clad.
X "girded with a
ri
f.
girdle",
compare 2 Ki.
3:fli.
a girdle, 2 Sam. 18: ll (from the root
Ex. 23:18,
^n 3^n
is
"the
fat of
my
sacri-
n),
an apron, Gen. 3:7.
fice;" Mai. 2:3.
Compare 1J>P
2 Ch. 30:22.
the reading of many copies) E. fear, terror, Isa. 19:17. Root 33n No. 3.
i.
*V /
q.
nan (which
i.
*5n ("festive," from 3PI with the termination *7" V) pr. n ofHagga i the prophet. LXX.'Ayya7oc Hag. i i.
q.
:
an unused
.eil.
root.
Arab.
to hide, to
^?H
26: 15.
(id.),
Hence
Patron,
[Haggt], pr.n. of a son of Gad, Num. is the same [for 'fan] ibid.
of
m. (l) a locust, winged and ediole (Lev. 11:22), said to be so called because it covers the
ground, Nu. 13:33; Isa.4O:22; Ecc.l2:5.
other
n*3n ("festival
pr.n. m.,
i
Jehovah"), [Haggiah],
Ch. 6:15.
["An-
etymology
page 39which may signify a leaper, compare Arab. J^*- ->. and from 3Jin then might come the triliteral 33ri;
proposed by Credner, on Joel The Saniar. in Lev. Joe. cit. has n33in
is
iin ("festive"), [ffaggith], pr.n. of a wife of David, the mother of Adonijah, 2 Sam. 3:4; l Ki.
1:5-
an unused
root.
Arabic J^^jv.
to
advance
comp. Jy-j*., ^n."]

(2) \_IIagab'}, pr.n. m., Ezr. 2:46.
by
short leaps in the
manner of a crow, or of a man

(^
rGJn
("locust"), [Ilagaba'], pr.n. m., Ezr.
This triliteral appears to have with his feet tied. sprung from the quadriliteral ^"in which see), by
omitting
1.
Hence
(kindred to tho root ain) to go round in a Jrcle, hence (l) to dance, l Sa. 30: 16
l,i
VTV
,,
(" a
partridge
')>
uk e Arab.
J^>-, Syr
[Hoylah\ pr.a
fern.,
Num. 26:33; 27-1;
36:1 1.
CCLXI
ri fut. "ire TO to restrain.
Sin-ron
GIRD.
["Cognate
to lame."]
roots,
Arab.
Syr.
i-^~
Construed
(a) to be swift, like many other words signifying sHrpness, which are used also in the sense of swiftV
(a) with an ace. of the member girded, variously also with 3 before thatttnl/t which 9 Ki. 4:29; 9: l So figuratively, Prov. 31:17, "she jne is girded.
;
ness, see Gr.
owe,
0<Joe,
Lat. acer, Syr.
tSU^
Hab.
7.H3
1:8.
Comp. pn. HIPHIL, to sharpen.

""3! K^JO.
Pro. 27: 17,

is
"tfV ^.!"]33
loins with strength," (b) with an ace. of the garment or girdle, e.g. 3"inn"n^ "OH "he girded 1^.17:39; 25:13; Ps. (himself with) a sword."
girdeth her
n V.T'j3?
" as iron
sharpened on
iron, so
man sharpens
the face of another." 1HJ
45:4j P^ "^C
n"JJn
to
gird himself
Part. act. 2
with sackcloth, Tsa.
Kal for manner

39:7.
irv, HIT fut. Hiphil, formed in for "irv, ~irv ? like ^D? Num. 30
is fut. A. Jhe Chaldee 3, 7QK Eze.
15:3; Jer. 49:3.
Kings 3:21,
"I3h
Vsp
See Lehrg.
to be
38,
103, note 14.
"of
all
that were
girded with a
girdle," i.e.
HoPHALirnn
Derivatives,
sharpened, spoken of a sword,

I,
Part. pass. 112^ "VI JH i Sam. 2:18, girded with an ephod; followed by a gen. Joel l :8,
who bare arms.
Eze. 21:14, 15, 16.
ID No.
DHHn,
pr. n.
inn.
sackcloth;" sometimes used elliptically Joel 1:13, "gird yourselves (with HK'nn l-ian sackcloth)." 2 Sa. 21 16, jnnj "he being girded with a new (sword)." Metaph. Ps. 65:13,
pb> rn-13[)
"girded with
:
^n
("sharpness"), \_Hadad~\, pr.n. of one of the twelve sons of Ishmael, Gen. 25: 15; l Ch. l :3O. a [ *nn is probably the true reading in both places."
There
is
"HD
nnann nijna ^J "the
hills
are
(compare verse 14). Ps. 76: 1 1 ace. of the person and of the girdle, Ex. 29:9; Lev. 8:13; and with ? of the girdle with which, Lev. 8:7; 16:4. (d)absol. to gird oneself, Eze. 44: 18; i Ki. 20:ll. Here belongs 2 Sa. 22:46, Dnhspsp -Darn "and they shall gird themselves (and go out) from their fortresses ;" unless the Syriac usage be preferred for explaining this passage, " they creep forth from
their fortresses,"
girded with joy" (c) with a double
this person.
a tribe in Yemen probably sprung from See Forster, i. 204, 286.]
O
this,
!"I3E>
id.
TO BE GLAD. (Syriac J_^/, fut. apoc. In the western languages there accord with
^3
Ex. 18:9. Job 3:6, y;;0w, yafo'w, to rejoice.) "H.1T ?S "let it not rejoice amongst the days
of the year."
PIEL, to
make
glad, Ps. 21:7.

[ pr n.
.
Derivatives,
II
nnn
V,
;
WHIT].
<!
compare Mic. 7:17; Hos.
1 1
1 1.
Derivatives, tian, iTvian, rnJnD.
(from the root "l"!^ sharp, and perhaps V as a subst. sharpness, a point, Job 41 22, !H '!3
:
-In
"in
inn, rnq
cast
f.
K being
away by
Ch. one, for the Heb. 1HK, the It is used aphseresis. (a)
:
K^H sharpnesses of a potsherd, sharp potsherds, used of the scales of a crocodile comp. JElian. Hist.
Anim.
x. 24.
Dan. 2 3 1 "in D7y "an image." cin 23Ubj comp. Dan. 6: 18; Ezra 4: 8. (b) fern, rnrj is used for the ordinal number, especially in the enumeration of years; ^~^? "Tin T\y& Germ.
often for the indefinite article,
,
fWlft f. joy, gladness, lCh.l6:27; Neh.8:iO; from the root <~nn. In the Chaldee portion of the
Scripture, Ezr. 6: 16.
ba
Ezr. 5:13; 6:3; Dan. 7:1. in prefixed to numerals, serves as a circum(c) locution for expressing a multifold or proportional " seven-fold sense. Dan. 3:19, VjJ njntrin more
Satjr (Sing be3 (5t)rug/
"T"in ("sharp"), [Had icf], pr.n. of a town of the Benjamites, situated on a mountain, Ezr. 2 33 ;
:
Neh. 7:37; 11:34;

Joseph. Antt.
xiii. 6,
'ArStSci, 1
Mace. 12:38; compare
5.
than" (in the same manner as the Syr. ,_*,). (d) '"i^n? like as one,a< once, i.e. together (Heb. "IHX?), Dan. 2 35.
:
J'lD Ch. pi. breast; Heb. njn Dan. 2:32. (In the Targums the sing. HQ occurs.)
I.
"^
fern,
n^n (from the
of
a sword), Eze. 5:1; Ps. 57 5

:
root Tin), sharp (used Pro. 5:4. ;
&
(l) TO
LEAVE
n. "in
T
i.
q Ch.in, Heb.
.
one, Eze. 33:30.
^jc>-
id.;
also, to
OFF, TO CEASE, TO DESIST. (Arab. forsake, to leave, see Scheid on
"
I
[future inj]
.
- (l)
-
TO BE SHARP, TO BE
the Song of Hezekiah, page 53; Schultens on Job, The primary idea lies in becoming loose, page 7 2.
flaccid,
It
SHARPENS!
"HJ,
(Arab-
j^
fut. I.
Kindred
roots,
and the words i>cre
cited.)
Prov. 27:17 (see
which is referred to slackening from labour. belongs to the family of roots cited at the word 7?"^, which have the meaning of being pendulous and
Hiphil.)
flaccid.)
runConstr.
CCLXII
and
jjJko-
(a) with a gerund following, Gen. 11:8, fclfn "and they left off to build the Gen. 41:49; i Sa. 12:23: Prov.ig:27; also city." " cease to poetically with an inf. Isa. l 16, jri? bin <io evil;" and with a verbal noun, Job 3: 17, T3~l ITnn ' absol. to cease (from they cease to trouble." (ft) " the l Sa. 2 5, b~\n D'3JT1 labour), hungry have left off (working);" also, to rest, Job 14 :6. Jud. " 5:6, the highways rested," were void of travellers. (c) absol. i. q. to cease to be, to come to an end. Ex. 9:34, " the hail and the thunder ceased;" verse Isa. 24 8 2 9> 33 also, to fail, to be wanting. Deu. 15:11, "the poor shall not fail." Job 14:7. (2) to cease or desist from any thing, followed by P? before an inf. l Ki. 15 : 21; hence, to beware of doing anything, Ex. 23:5 [" as to this passage see under 31V"]; to give anything up, i 83.9:5; Pro. 23:4; with an ace. Jud. 9:9, seq.; also with ace. of pers. to leave, to let alone, Ex. 14: 12; Job 7: 16; 1O:2O; and followed by IP Isa. 2:22, IP Q3? 3/nn D"lJ<n "cease ye from man," let man go, let go your vain confidence in men. 2 Ch. 35 2 1 C^npXD ^7 ?in "forbear from God," i. e. do not oppose him any more.
to
nm>
be sharp-sighted, are kindred words
Hence
D
thorn.
Mic. 7:4, and p"lH Prov. 15:19, a kind of
s.\5- melongena spinosa, ap. Celsium in Hierob. ii. page 40, seq.
^
,
Arab.
w. Abulfadli
2:14; Dan. 10:4.

f.
[Hiddekef], pr.n. of the river Tigris, Gen. Called by the Aramaeans Kp^, J *- C <51?-J, <51p-J,
A^JDJ, Arabic
the
Zend. Teg'er, Pehlev.
Teg era; whence both the Greek name Tigris, and Aramaean and Arabic forms have arisen. In the
Hebrew, n is prefixed, as is the case in the word Q'lP'fn and others. [In Thes. the prefix is taken to be "10 active, vehement, rapid ; so that this name would be pleonastic : Teg'er having a similar meaning.]
'
l"
in
i-q-
Syr.
^ TO SUBROUND, TO ENCLOSE;
TO BESIEGE.
as "1?n
,
and
an
evil sense,
<-
(This root be"i"13,
longs to the
same family s
and
which
see,
The Arabic ,0^ a curtain, and

a curtain
;
jci- to
be hid behind
(3) to leave something undone, not to do something, to forbear doing something; ctn>a lafien, unters " shall we i Ki. 22 6, 15, ^ru DX ...ifon lafien. go
:
also, Êth. ^j,^ ; to dwell, are secondary roots.) By means of this signification, I now ex" the sword which plain Eze. 21 19, En? JTVjhn 2~\n
:
besieges them (on every

around.
...or shall
Eze. 2:5; Jcr. 40:4;
we not go?" geljen ittr...oter laffen unr eg? Jobi6:6; Zee. 11:12. Followed
:
by a gerund, Nu. 9
Deu. 23:23; Ps. 36:4.
[Derivatives, the words immediately following.]
side)," besets them all Abulwalid considers the same sense of besieging to be derived from sitting down and lying hid (see Arab, and jEth.). The ancient versions have " a sword frightening them," as though it were the
same
as f^VTi.
const.
Hence
*nn w ith
suff.
/l^ m.
(2)
verbal adj.
to
(l)
ceasing
to
be some-
iinn, piur.
cnnn
const
thing, frail, Ps. 39:5.
forbearing
(3) intrans.
made
do something, Eze. 3:27. destitute, forsaken (compare

53:3,
Arab.
J.JÛ id.).
Isa.
DpK
^nq "forsaken
by men;" compare Job 19:
14.
Isa.
38 :i 1. [If this be the import of this word, the whole verse must be construed thus: " I said, I shall not see Jah even Jah in the land of the living; I shall behold man no more; with (ue. when I a:n with) the inhabitants of
-
Hades, prep, the place of rest, See the root ÎH No. l, b ; comp. njp-H.
'HO
(1) a chamber, especially an inner apartment, whether of a tent or of a house, Gen. 43 30 Jud. 16:9, 12; hence a bed chamber, 2 Sa. 4:7; 13:10; women's apartment, Cant.l :4; 3:4; a bridal chamber, Jud. 15:1; Joel 2 16; a store room, Pro. 24:4.
: ;
s<-
(Arab.
is
,.\>-
a curtain by which an inner apartment
hidden, whence an inner apartment, a private apartment, compare HJTT the curtain of a tent, and
9
Syr. L^w>w a tent.) (2) metaph.fprpTiri Job 9:9, the chambers of the south, the most remote southern regions, comp. pay 'nfV. IC?Ttn the innermost parts of the
breast, Pro. 18:8; 26:22. nip^Tiri
Hades."]
Had la f],
'
'rest of God'"]), ("i eat" ["for pr. n. m. 2 Ch. 28: 12. an unused
Jj-^*- to
e.
Sf.
H-p
i.
"the
chamber!
of death,"
i.
e.
of Hades.
pr. n.,
[H
to
root,
q.
prick, to
D Hadar,
Gen. 25: 15.]
tting;
which
?jc>- to
be sour,
as vinegar,
H^
1
Tin and ("dwelling," from
nns in
CCLXIIl
J"1D Chald.
adj.
rnrv-^n
new, Er. 6:4
Syr.
of the
it
^1), [// drach'], pr. n. of a city and a region same name, situated to the east of Damascus
;
There are not any certain occurs once Zee. 9:1. traces of this place, for the trustworthiness of R. Jose
win
SPP
mn.
of Damascus, and of Joseph Abassi, may well be called in question; see Jo. D. Michaelis Suppl.p.676.
TO BE, Or TO BE M ADE,LIABLE TO
<J
PENALT1
like Syr. c2^w,

7),
Arab.
(_>'.>-,
used of a debt(Eze. 18
liable
to
Also see
Van Alphen, De Terra Hadrach

and
in
Traj. 1723,8;
Damasco, Ugolini Thes. t. vii. No. 2O.

IJL>._V-^
et
and of an
PIEL 3*n
i
ofTencc.
to
make someone
penalty\
Dan.
10.
Hence
unused in Kal, TO BE NEW. Arab.

to
IV. to produce something new; be new, recent. but Conj. III. IV. also to polish a sword. Etymolothat its primary sense is gists have well observed
that of cutting or polishing, see Dissertt. Lugd., p. 936. It is of the same family as Tin, pin, and the signifi-
m. a debt, Eze. 18:7.

( a hiding place"), [Hobah], pr.n. of a town to the north of Damascus; once Gen. 14: 15; compare Xw/3a, Judith 4:4; 15:4. Eusebius in his Onomasticon confounds this town with Cocaba, the
cation of
proceed from that of a sword; comp. 2 Sa. 21: 16; sharp polished splendid Aram. rnn.
newness appears
to
seat of the Ebionites; see
my
note to Burckhardt's
Travels, ii.p. 1054.
PIEL
to
reneic,
51:12, especially to towns, Isa. 61:4; 2 Ch. 15 8

:
Sam. 11:14; Job 10:17; Psal. repair or restore buildings or

24:4. oneself, Ps. 103:5. Hence
;
TO
DESCRIBE A CIRCLE, TO DRAW A CIRCLE,

Job 26:10. (Syr.
circle.
as with compasses.
9
fc
.^..^
to
go in
circle,
HITIIPAEL, to
renew
adj.
Z^^CIA,
Kindred roots are 32n and
aiy).
Hence
nj-inp
and
^"7
20 5
:
f.
nsnn
new,
ing wain.
;
l Sam. 6:7; 22:8; of a wife, Deu. 24:5; a king, Ex. l 8 a It often song, Psal. 33:3; 40 4 a name, Isa. 62:2. means fresh of this year ; of grain (opposed to 1?")?
: ;
:
e.g. used of a cart, a threshIsa. 41: 15; of a house, Deut.
a circle, sphere, used of the arch or vault of the sky, Pro. 8 27 Job 22:14; of the world, Isa. 40:22.
.
J*n
26:10; unheard of, Eccles. l '.9, 10; "new gods," i.e. such as had not been previously worshipped, Deut. 32:17. nîq "something new," Isa. 43:19,
Levit.
plur. Isa.
(i) properly i. q. Arab oU- Med. Ye, to turn aside, II. to tie knots, whence may be derived the Hebr. nTn an enigma, a parable, which is joined to this verb, and then it signifies
42:9.
As
to nL?nq
"^n
2 Sa. 21: 16, see
(2)
to
propose
forth a parable Eze. 17:2.
an enigma, Jud. 14: 12, seq. to set Compare p ? and ^V Y?

;
1
m.
the
[stiff,
tenn, p ur D'trjn] the

l
.
new moon,
day of
the
new moon,
the calends of a lunar
month which was a festival of the ancient Hebrews, Num. 29:6; l Sam. 20:5, 18,24; Ex. 19:1, Enna Tv^D "on the third calends" (the third new moon), i. e. the first of the third lunar month. Hos. 5 7, ^"jn E??s'* nriy "now shall a new moon devour them," i. e. they shall be destroyed at the time of the new moon. (2) a lunar month, beginning at the new moon.
:
and Gr. f^trXcm? ulviyna-a, Êsch. Prometh. Vinct. 610. (So it is commonly taken, and it is not amiss. It is worthy of examination, however, whether ni^n may not be used for n^n and signify a smart saying; for "vin may be a denominative derived from it.)
Hence nTn, nTTO?.
M JM
a root unused in Kal.

to this
(l) properly TO
BRE A THE (see with regard
ble nn, 2S, IS under the roots PIEL. Hence
power in the sylla3ns, njS, ^n), comp.

n-in.
Gen. 8:5; Ex. 13:5, etc. D'PJ Ehn the period of a month (see D'P*). Gen. 29: 14; Nu. 11 :2O, 21. (3) [Hodesh], pr.n. f., i Ch. 8:9.
(2) to live,
i.
q.
njn,
compare the noun
PIEL njn prop, to breathe out, hence to declare, to shew, a word used in poetry instead of the prosaic Tin
(Chald. and Syr. ?n, oQ*/, Arabic transp. ^^ ^. t , like n-W Arab. ^.). Job 32: 10,17. Constr. followed J w a dative of pers.,Ps. 19:3; more often an ace.,
-'
-
preceding No. 3 [Gesenius speaks doubtfully of this word in Thes.], 2 Sa.24:6.

n. of the
Y^ metron.
Chald.
(.nt/in Hadasha,pr.n. of a place, Josh. 15:37.!

to
by
Job 32
be
6,
with
suff.
15:17; 36
2.
Derivatives njn
new, i.
q.
Bhn.
Hence
[njn,
in,
CCLXIV
t used in Kal. N?.n, i.q. Hebr. n}P1 to shew, to declare, Dan. 11; followed by ? of pers., Dan. 12:24, with suff.
Chald. nc
PAEL
5:7.
m. (l) a thread, a line, Judges 16:12 Ecc. 4:12; Cant. 4:3. proverbial Baying, Genesii
14:23,
TO
ifr*? Tyi tarn?

i.
"neither a thread nor a

is
shoe-latchet,"
inf.
e.
not even the least or the most
APHEL
8:16,27,
n;iqn, fut.
mnn
id.
followed
by 7 Dan.
worthless thing.
Similar
the Latin neque Idlum
ace. 2:6,9.
Derivative njlDS.
ID
i.
q.
f.
nJD
HIH (from the root
rrn,
comp. HJH
784; Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. iv. 22), for similar proverb is used neque Jilum, whence nihil. see llamasa, Schultens, p. 404. in Arabic JL^j )!,
(Lucr.
iii.
and
rvn),
(2) a rope,
cord
"
[collect, of
No.
in Thes.], Josh,
(1) ///e. Hence [Eve"], pr. n. of the first woman, us being the mother of all living ('!? '3 ^$)> Gen. 3:20; 4:1. LXX. Eva (comp. '-in, Euatoc). Vulg.
2:18.
Heva.
(2)
i.
s
q.
n*n No.
2,
Arab.
Vi9
?>-
a family, a
tribe,
Gentile noun, a Hivite, generally used collectively, the Hivites (LXX. Eia?oc), a Canaanitish nation dwelling at the foot of Hermon and
^VH (perh. i"rtn No. 2).
belonging to a village," from
Hjn
especially of Nomades, hence a village of Nomades, a village [" prop, place where one lives, dwells, so
Antilibanus (Joshua 11:3; Jud. 3 : 3), but also in various other places, as for instance at Gibeon (Gen.
Germ.
Icbcn in pr. n. (SiSlcben/ Ttfdjergleben"], (as

. ,
on the
34:8; 2Sa.24:7; lKi.9:2O; Josh. 11:19).
A-*
contrary
/N,
jjjsl
properly a tent, hence a family,
men), Nu. 32:41; Dexi.3:i4; Josh. 13:30; Judges 10:4; l Ki. 4:13. Another etymology has commonly been sought from Arab. ,_f *=- to collect, to
gather together, V. to
is
Ô [Havilah], pr.n. (l)of a district of the Joktanite Arabs (Gen. 10: 29), on the eastern borders of the Ishmaelites (Gen. 25 18), and of the Anialek:
ites (l Sa.
15:7).
Probably the Xav/Wuloiof Strabo

near the Persian
roll oneself in
a circle; which
(xvi. p. 728,
Casaub.), dwelling
altogether needless.
gulf, on the shore of which Niebuhr (Arabia p. 3421 mentions Chawila as a town or district (<L'5>-) Ha-
an unused
root,
whence Tinp which

m.
2
see.
wilah.
("prophet"),
pr. n.
01.33:19.
is
m
ferred
(2) of a district of the Cushites (Gen. 10:7 ; l Ch, I now consider 9), to be sought for in Êthiopia.
(j)
jn
Thes. this noun

1
rightly re-
A THOUX, A THOUN-BUSH, Job 31: 40; Proverbs 26: 9; 2X1.14:9. Plur. D'nin Cant. 2:2; and with } moveable, D'Hjn i Sam. 13:6,
to the root n?; ]
that the Avalitae are to be understood, Avho inhabit the shore of the Sinus Avalitis (now Zeild) to the
thorn-bushes, thickets. nn a hook, a ring, (2) i. q. put through the nostrils of the larger fishes after they were caught, which were then again put into the water, Job 40:26. (3) an instrument of a similar kind used for
binding captives, 2 Ch. 33
:
Bab el Mandeb (Plin. vi. 28; Saadiah appears to have formed a similar judgment, since three times in Genesis he
south of the strait of
Ptolem.
iv. 7),
gives as the translation of
nîn
<sL
<3j
Zeila.
',
comp.
Am. 4
s
"-'
2.
9
(In
r
Jie cognate languages occur the words -i>-, L*/o_v,
Havilah (No. l) enables us I believe (3) to discover the situation of the land of Havil ah(Y~$ npMnri)^ Gen. 2:ll, Jibounding in gold, pearls (commonly taken as bdellium), and precious stones, around which flowed the Pishon (Indus?), since Havilah also
first
is mentioned in connection with counproducing gold; and as being on the Persian of India. Ingulf, it must be in the neighbourhood deed it appears that India is to be understood, as used according to the custom of the ancients to comprehend also Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient, torn.
The
prunus spinosa, and also there are in Hebrew the No verb of a suitable cognate words nn and 'nn. signification can he found, and the noun itself appears
to be primitive, sometimes following the analogy of * 9 *T
(Gen. 10:29)
tries
verbs W, sometimes V9 and n?, comp. ee Lehrg. p. 602.)

Chald. TO SEW, TO
,
I"IX
a brother,
iii.
P.
to
ii.
SEW TOGETHER,
id.
it
Syriac
Some erroneously understood 70. p. 568 mean Chwala on the Caspian sea, which in
is
Arab. .bUi. Med.

tc
Ye
Russian
called Chwalinskoje More.

fut. fcnj and ^n, apoc. (Psalm Sam. 31: 3), ^(Jer.giiao), imp
APUEL,
repair a
wall, Ezr.
4:12; comp.
T)l! & 7*n

97:4), fyvi (i
Hence
CCLXV
^n Micah 4: 10, and &'n Ps. 96:9, prop. TO TWIST, TO TURN, TO TURN BOUND, and intrans. to be
twisted,
(2) i. q. Kal No.4, to bring forth, Job 39: l ; and with regard to inanimate objects, to create, tojorn*
turned, turned round.

to
(Arabic
|
Med. Waw
about,
be changed, to be turned,
^, round
Deu. 32:18; Ps. 90:2; causat. Ps. 29:9. (3', i. q. Kal No. 5, to tremble, Job 26:5. (4) i. q. Kal No. 7, to wait for, Job 35: 14.
J^>- a year,
Jp-
full of turns, wily.

turn oneself
KiudreJ words are

round,
tl\iu),
it
JJ
to return, to
PULAL <v"in to be born, to be brought forth, Job 15:7; Pro. 8:24, 25; Ps. 51: 7. HITHPOLEL Wnjpn (^ to twist oneself, to hurl
oneself,
i.e. to
JU
to
ttXuoj,
turn away, and in Hebrew, >1X, Gr. t\Aw. Hence, with Vav hardened as
rush violently;
i.
q.
Kal No.
2, Jer.
23:19.
(2)
to
were into Beth, has sprung ??n No. i.) Hence (1) to dance in a circle, Jud. 21:21. Compare Pilel No. l, and also the noun 7in9. (2) to be twisted, to be hurled on or against
something (gcfdjroungcn/ gefdjleubcrt werbcn), properly used of a sword, Hos. ll :6; of a whirlwind, followed
(3)
Ps.
to
=
writhe with pain, Job 15: 20. wait for, i. q. Kal No. 7, and
to be
Pilel
No.
4,
37
7-
HITIIPALPEL /npnrjn
Derivatives
grieved, Est. 4:4.

jftn,
în], Vn,
^n, >n,
^n, njn,
|fch,
by
?y Jer.
23:19: 30
-23
Ml 3Xi S7JO
^ VX$ "
1
figuratively, 2
let (the
Sam. 3 29, murder of Abner) be

:
of Joab," etc. Lament. (fall) upon the head DHJ H3 -V?n K ? "no (human) hands were hurled It is more frequently used thus in (put) upon her."
4:6,
the Targums, see Buxtorf, p. 719. (Arab. JU- to leap on a horse, JU) auf spfcrb fdjnringcn. IV. to rush
hurled
m. sand (Syr. Jiw), either so called from the idea of rolling and sliding (q. d. cvolle), or as being rolled about by the wind, Ex. 2:12; Deu. 33:19; Jer.
5:22.
very often used as an
s n 'pin, The sand of tie sea (C T poet. D'S? Vin) is of great abundance, Gen. image 32:13; 41:49; and of weight, Job 6: 3; Pro. 27:3. Job 29: 18, in this passage the Hebrew interpreters
understand
other
there
the phoenix to
be spoken
of,
upon with a scourge, followed by

(3)
to
U: and
<__;.)
word a conjectural
translation, gathered
giving the from the
twist oneself in pain, to writhe, to be in pain (coinp. 7?H No. I), especially used of partiirient women, Isai. 13:8; 23:4; 26:18; 66:7,8; Micah 4:10. Metaph. followed by ? to mourn on account of any thing, Mic. 1:12; hence
54:1. (5) to tremble, probably from the leaping and palpitation of the heart (comp. ?'3 No. a,) [" from
(4)
to
member
is
copies read
^-in
of the verse; and thus the Babylonian but [for the sake of distinction]
;
no cause for departing from the ordinary
signification.
7^1 H ("circle"), [//M/], pr. n. of a district of Aramasa, Gen.lo:23. Rosenm. (Bibl. Alterth. ii. 309)
bring forth,
Isa.
understands
it
to
be the
district of
Huleh (<*sz
the trembling of a parturient woman"]. Deu. 2 25 Joel 2:6, followed by IP of the pers., causing terror,
:
Ard-El-IIuleli), near the sources of the Jordan.
183.31:3; iCh. 10:3. (6) to be strong or firm; verbs that have the
signification of
an unused root; to be black, properly to be burned or scorched; comp. the cognate CJpn Arab.
}
binding or twisting, are applied to

CH3, pm, T^j5.
733
to
fc>- to
be black.
adj.
Hence
strength;
see
Waw id.
whence
(Arab. Jl^- Med.

;
Aram. Pael
make firm. Êth.^PA
black, Gen. 30:32, seq.
Psal. 10:5, V3T] -IÎT his strength). ways are firm," i. c. his affairs go on prosperously ; Job 20: 21, UVJ !?'n; t6 "his welfare shall not
^."n
endure."
Gen. (7) to wait, to stay, to delay, i. q. ?DJ. 8:10; Jud. 3:25. HIPHIL causat. of Kal No. 5, Ps. 29:8. HOPHAL fut. ?nv pass, of Kal No. 4, to be born, Isa. 66: 8.
PILEL
a wall, from the root nipn to surround, Detit. 3:5; 28:52. Exod. 14:22, 29 which see. Generally the wall of a town, Isa. 22:iO; 36:11, 12; Neh. 3:8, 33, etc.; rarely of other buildings, Lam. 2:7. Metaph. used of a maiden, chaste and
i,
;
of approach, Cant. 8:9, 10. Ps. 51 :2O, with pi. Plur. ntein walls, Isa. 26: i verb, Jer. 50:1.5; so also Jer. 1:18, "I make thee
difficult
;
^n
(i) i.q.
Kal No.
i, to
dance
in a
and brazen walls," alday a fortified city though in the same phrase, Jer. 15:20, the singulaj
this
is
circle, Jud. 21:23.
used.
I-D1PI
-iin-or
pi.
is
From
the
formed the dual D*ribn double
close,
to
surround; comp.
a wall, and
-~
to
surround
jealls, the double series of walls with which Jerusalem was surrounded on the south ; whence 1*3
Hence
ff.*n
D*nbnn between the two

45:4;
Isa.
22
l i
walls (of Jerusalem), 2 Ki. Jer. 39:4. Comp. as to forms of
this kind,
Lehrg.
125, 6, and as to the topography

Isa.
V*5|n m. properly a wall; hence csj>ecially ?/<eosu/< (of a house), and thus pnpl JV3p within and without (properly, on the house side, and the wall side)
of the city,
my Comment on
D'rv, i
are often opposed to each other, Gen. 6:14;
Exod
22:9.
[See also
l,
25:11.
Hence
it is
Robinson on the walls of Jerusalem, Palest,

fut.
460.]
Dim,
to
pers.
wns
(i) TO PITY,
TO
HAVE COMPASSION on any

72:13,
(1) subst. whatever is without () out of the house, the street, Jer. 37:21; Job 18:17; P^ rflwn Job 5: 10 Isa. 5:25 1O:6. (b) out of the city, the
; ;
Psal.
Jon. 4: 10, l'Vp T 'P.n~'y ripn grieved on account of the ricinus" which perished (compare
one; followed by ?J? be grieved on account of any thing. nnx " thou wast
fields, country, deserts.
Job 5
whence there are opposed
to each other
10 (Aram. 13), DViWI fix
Prov. 8:26, the (tilled) earth and the desert regions,
Gen. 45:20).
(2)
to
Hence
?JJ
spare, folknved by
Neh. 13:22;
Jer.
seq.
13:14; Eze. 24:14; Joel 2:17.
(Aram. <ocu,,
comp. Mark l :45. (2) adv. out of doors, without, abroad, Deut. 23:14, e.g. pn'rnVlD born abroad, i.e." away from home, Lev. 1 8 9 > also, forth, fort h abro a d, Deu. So also with n parag. ny-in without, on the 23:13.
:
It is to
be observed with regard to this root, that
pitying and sparing, are more often attributed to the eye than to the persons themselves, (as in other roots slackness and strength are attributed to the hands;
outside, iKi.6:6; abroad, forth, to the outside, Exod. 1 2 46, with art. pn.l fo rth, Jud. 19 25 Neh. 13 8 (prop, into the street), and Hvinn Gen. 15 :5:
:
comp.
Hp3).
""ID"!,
ptn
Hence
it
pining away, also to the eyes, see may be rightly concluded that the
primary signification is in the idea of a merciful or indulgent countenance, as the Germ. nad>fehi/ 9la*fTdrt/
bur*
Thus Deut. 7: 16, 1?'J! Dinrr*6 them not," D?vJ? "spare properly, let not thine eye pity them or, do not regard them with a feeling of
tie
<c) pnp without, on the outside, as opposed to J"P3p within, Gen. 6:14. pnnp id. Eze. 41:25. (d) ? pnp without (in a state of rest, as opposed to motion), c. g. ">*JJ? pnp without
? ny-inp Ezekiel 40:40,44. (e) ^ pnp'^X without (after verbs of motion), Nu. 5 3, 4, n;qp? pnp"?NI "with:
With prepositions place), Gen. 9:22. n$VQ 2 Chr. 32 :5.
(a)
(b)
pn? without
pn?
(in the open poet. id. Psa. 41 :"j, and
Singer
fefen.
(or outside the city), Gen. 19:16; 24:11.
mercy; Deut. 13:9; 19:13,21; 25:12; Isa. 13:18; Gen. 45:20, 7J> Dhrr ?* D3?* Eze. 5:11; 7:4,9. D3*?3 "do not grieve for your stuff" which must be left behind. It is once used ellipt. l Sa. 24:11, " and "sjvJJ DnPll (my eye) spared thee." In Arabic, is similarly ascribed to the eye (Vit. Tim. mercy
1
out
the camp;" Deut. 23 1 1 Lev. 4:12. Metaph. n : Eccl. 2 19 besides, 25. (/) (So Ch. IP 13,
:
Syr.,
Sam. and Zab.
ô
It
;_^^.)
i.q.
Hence P^*n.
Arab.
L" (^TrT an unused root,
^;'->.
"^
to eur-
torn.
i.
p.
542,
1.
14).
bea;
to
m. the shore, as being washed by the SJH from the root H^n No. H. to rub off, to wipe oft,
JT
seems to have sprung from embrace. p3n, the 3 being softened. Hence pin (o) and p*0."]
round, to
pill
I
or
i-q- P*
bosom,
Ps. 74:
1 1
ii'ro.
S-
wash
whence Arab. <jlrsea.
t^_sjb>-
the coasts and
pr. n. l Ch. C:6o, see ppn.]

"
hore of the
9
Of
the same origin are
t-
Jj-Lo
-"v T0
BE
ITE;
hence
to
becomt
id.;
and
J;_2icc the sea shore,
Gen. 49:13; Deut. 1:7;
pale
(as the face), Isa. 29:22.
Aram, io*-,^
Josh. 9:1.
Arab, with Waw quiescent,

garment).
,\^- to
Hence
lin, T-in
No.
I,
be blenched (of a and "Vjn, nh.

1
(perhaps
"inhabitant of the shore,"

:
m. of a son of Benjamin, Nu. 28 39 for which D'pn is found, Gen. 46 2 1 whence patron. 'CDin Nu. loc.cit.
from
n. S)in), [7/u;>/irtwi], pr.
:
["(2) figuratively, to be splendid, noble, i.q." "!^ No. 2. See traces of this signification
Thes.]
V*\ Ft
an unused
root.
Syr.
Pael
-^
*^
to in-
an unused
root, the
that of hollowing, boring, as
meaning of which wat shewn by the deriva-
CCLXVII
;ives "fin, "Vin
No.
;
names
'Yl,
pin
II, a hole, a cavern, and the proper compare some of the derivatives of
the root ,U., as
^\
foramen
of a river, bay of the sea.
ani,^k. Kindred roots are 113 and

a cavern.
the
mouth
[however, Geseniug explains the readings as thej stand in Thes. i. page 458]. (3) a Benjamite, i Ch. 8:*>.
.U; whence HTWP, J(**,

I. "ftFI
J(c.
N]- [//awran], pr. n. of a region beyond Joidan, situated eastward of Gaulauitis (1^3) and 1'atunasa, and to the west of Trachonitis (now el Lejah), extending from Jabbok to the territory of Damascus, Ezek. 47 : 16, 18; Gr. Avparine, lpav~i-ic; Arabic
J
&
root Tin.
II.
m. white and /iwe linen, from the LXX. /3u<7ffoc. Est. l 6 8:15.
""in
: ;
1 ,*>-.
It
a hole, as that of (l) a viper, Isa. ll 8; used of an abominable subterRoot "tin ranean prison (Germ. Sod)), Isa. 42 22.
*flH m.
i.
q. "tin
No.
undoubtedly takes
its
its
name from
the
IT,
caverns (lin), in which even now the inhabitants of the region dwell. See a more full
number
of
account of this district in Burckhardt's Travels in

Syria and Palestine, page
1 1 1,
No.
II.
n. of several men (a) of a Mi(2) [/fur], pr. dianite king, Num. 31 :8; Josh. 13 21. (b) of the husband of Miriam, the sister of Moses, [on what does this description of Hur rest?], Ex. 17:
:
seqq.
393, seqq. 446;

;
Germ.
ed.
["Once
psa
71
12
(l) TO
authority
MAKE HASTE
alarm.
(c) l Chr.2:ig, 50; 4:ij4; compare 10; 24:14. l Chr. 2 (e) 1 Ki. 20; Ex. 31 :2. (d) Neh. 3 9.
: :
(Arab. This root is onomatopoetic, as though imitating the sound of very hasty motion; like the
*U_Med.
Ye, to flee with
4:8.
I.
German
*lin
i.q. n-in
t;ufd)cn<
transit,
fyafdjen
also,
tjajlcn/
.fmfti
No.
I,
white linen.
PI. 'in (poet.
&t;cen.
for D*Y!) cloths of linen or byssus, Isa.

fa
19:9.
Allied
Kindred roots
are,
Arab.
ii>
to
move,
to agi-
this are
Arab.
_p-
white
silk,
Êthiopia
rhC
tate, to excite
;
to speed,
tjiffen/
l;c$enj
>'Jb id.; to fear;
JA
to agitate; intrans. to
be
swift;
cccton, according to Ludolf.
Lex. Êthiop. page 36.
,-^ %J
Heb.
non
see).
Root
II.
Tin.
to flee, to flee for refuge; tJMy,
T-1V,
JU, which
also, in
(l) a hole, 2 Ki. 12:10; used of a not this rather, a hole in a door?], Cant. window, [Is 5:4; of the cavity of the eye, Zee. 14:12. i Sa. 14: 1 1 of a den of (a) a cavern, Job 30:6;
"lin m.
;
Constr.
of, to
(a) absol.
Sa.
20:38;
the
wild beasts Nah. 2:13.

;
Root
"fin.
TlH free-lorn, nobles, see
"in.
"fin m. Ch. white, Dan. 7:9, from the root

see n'n.
come quickly, to approach, Deut. 32:35. (b) followed by a gerund, to make haste to do something, Ps. 119:60; Hab. i :8; also with a. noun in the dative, Ps. 22:20, fSB'in '*)"$$ " make haste for my help." Psa. 38:23; 40:14; 70:2; 71:12; and in the same sense with dative of pers. Ps. 70 6, O God, make haste unto me." Ps. > nc'in D'r6s;
sense
:
"lin.
Part. pass, (with an active signification^, 141:1. hasty, quick, alert, Nu. 32:17.
I,
(perhaps "linen-worker," from

like
*Vin
No.
l
Arabic
^jys-
Hariri), [7fri'], pr.n.
m.
Ch.
5:14.
(id.
(2) Used figuratively of violent internal emotion. Job 20:2,'? ''-in T-13]P "on account of my hasting within me," i. e. of the emotion by which I am moved. Hence
ChaM.), [-ffwrai], see
l_n.
and
(3) used of the passions of the mind, pleasures who eats, Eccl. 2:25, B'W n>1 lusts. n?
i.
^
;
(perhaps "noble," "free-born," from "in

with the termination ^7), ITv-ram, pr.n. l) of a king of Tyre, cotemporary with Solomon, 8 Ch. 2 2 elsewhere B^n 2 Sam. 5:11; 1 Ki. 5 : 15
(
:
who makes haste?"

life.
enjoys the pleasures of (In the Mishnah it is not unfrequently used ia Syr. speaking of the sensations of joy and sorrow.
e.
9
Greek E'ipwôr, Jos. c. Ap. i. 17, 18"]. elsewhere (2) of a Tyrian artificer, 2 Chr. 4: 11 OVvn 11^.7:40; m;n 2Ch. loc.cit. UTO; '?K DTjin 2 Chr. 2:12 and V3K D^n 4: 16 (where either the one reading or the other must have been corrupted);
[" called in
;
_<tA,
and
V c^k^y to feel, to perceive

9
)Luw a passion
of the mind;
jiOt^&OjJ lust; Arabic
^^^
;
to feel
--
**
and the kindred word
whence
:
,>**=>-
<LiU*-
Êtl iop
sense, feeling.)
pm-ncnn
HIPIIIL
CCLXVIIl
to
(l)
hasten, accelerate,
Isa.
5:19;
know Him
those
60:22; Ps. 55:9.

(a) i.q. Kal, to make haste,3ud. 80:37. (3) t fl ee quickly ["just as on the contrary words of fleeing are applied to haste, see W3"j, Isa.
as propitious, an image taken from tli custom of kings, who only admit to their presence
whom
they favour, Ps.
1 1
7 ; 17:15.
(2) This word is especially appropriated to speaking of those things which are presented to the minds of
18:16.
Derivatives ^"n and the following proper names.
prophets, whether in visions properly so called, or in oracular revelations. Hab. 1:1, 'H ntn iw'X KB'?30
Chr. 4:4; pr.n. see nmC', patron. 'HtJ^n a Sa. 21 : 18 ; l Chr. 1 1 : 29 ;
nWl ("haste"),
*K*in
[Hushah],
"the burden (oracle) which Habakkuk saw,'' i. e. that which was revealed to him by God Isaiah i : i ;
;
80:4.
("hasting"), pr.n.
Hus hai, David's friend
9:i; 13:1; Numbers 24:4; Amos l:i; Eze. 13:6, "?' "they have seen vain things;" Zee. 10:2. Followed by ? when speaking of the visions or reve-
and confederate in the war against Absalom, 2 Sam.

!* *" O> l6.
lations as declared to
K l^
on-lt?.
i
^ " thy prophets have seen for thee
any one.
Lam. 2:14,
*TH
e.
^]'N*3J
(i.
declare
D^n ("those who make haste"), [Hushim],

pr. n.
to thee) vanities;" Isa. 30: 10.
(l) of a son of Dan. see 7 :ia[D^nj._(3)iCh.8:8, 11.
m.
(a)
Ch.
ite
["Dfc^n ("taste"), Husham, pr.n. of an Edomking, i Ch. l 45 defectively written D^'n, Gen.
:
by ? to look upon, to contemplate, 47:13; especially with pleasure, to delight in the sight of something (comp. 3 letter B, 4., Ps. 27:4; Cant. 7:1; Job 36: 25; Mic. 4:11. (4) to choose for oneself, fid) auScvfctn/ Ex. 18:21
onfdjcucn/ Isa.
1
(3) Followed
36:34,35."]
Isa.
57:8; compare
to
? n.;O
Gen. 22:8.
JlTlT a spurious
account of the form
for n?T.
root introduced
by some on
10W
Hab.3
17, which is,however,
from nnn.
to have experienced, Job Used by a bold metaphor of the roots of plants which perceive or feel stones in the earth, i. e. they find or meet with stones. Job
(5)
see in the sense of
15:17; 24:1; 27:12.
(!) a seal, a seal-ring (fromtheroot Ex. 28:11, 21; Job 38:14; 41:7; Jer.22:24, ), etc. The Hebrews were accustomed, like the Persians in the present day, sometimes to carry a signet ring hung by a string upon the breast (Gen. 38:18)^10 which custom allusion is made, Cant. 8: 6. Arab. JU. s and
.
'
8:17, "(the root) perceives the stony place." The derivatives follow, except i'v^n, nno PiTTO,
and the proper names JfEJ,

n jtn!,
rnS'TQ?.]
n;jq, jVjn.
[^P
TWKg,
njil
& NTH
Chald.
11
to
n* n
I
.-
^ ^ "W" ? "one sevenfold (more) than (ever

:
see,
Dan. 5:5,23; 3:19,

to
was) s e e n." Inf. 1TO Ezr. 4 1 4. ["Also absol. behold, Dan. 2:34,41,43; 3:25."]
(a)
(*)
[Hotham],
pr.n. ("
pr.n. masc.
(a) l Chr. 7:32.
XJH
he who sees God," ["
whom God
nTn m. the breast of animals, properly the front part as being open to sight, Exod. 29:26,27; Levit 7 : 3?3i; plur. niin 9:20,21. (Chald. in plur. Pin
which
see).
watches over, cares for"]). Hazael, king of Syria, 'n JT3 the house l Ki. 19: 15, 17; 2 Ki. 8:9, la. of Hazael, i.e. Damascus, Am. 1 14. f_" Lat. Azelus,
Justin, xxxvi.2."]
fut.
nmj
apoc.
9
tnt<
Job 23:9,
to see, to
Tnn Micah4:ll; in pause behold, a word of frequent
e Hebrew use in Aramaean (JU/, NJH, j{M\jO, * r HKi. In Hebrew this root is principally poetical, like
fd>auen/ Ps. 46:9; 58:9,610. Especially (l) to see God, sometimes used of the real sight of the divine presence, Ex. 24: 1 1 ; Job 19: 26 (compare
a seer, a prophet, a word of the Hebrew language [also of ancient use; see l Sam. 9:9], of the same meaning as N^?3 iCh. 21:9; 25:5; 29:29. nJO Isa 28:7), and (2) ["Segolate (like abstr."] niin No. 3 (which see), a covenant, Isaiah i.q. 28:15; on which passage see my Commentary: ["a vision, hence a covenant"].
"IJH m. (i) silver age of the
.
Germ.
1TH (perhaps for rfin" a vision"), [7/azoj, pr.n. of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22:22.
38:1), elsewhere applied to those who enter the So "to behold the face of God" temple, Ps. 63:3.
is
used metaphorically for
to
enjoy His favour,
to
emph. Klin, suff. Mjn, plur. P?m Cha.d. m. (l)a vision, something seen, âiraam, Dan. 2:a8 4:2,7; 7:7,13.
pin-pr
(2) Ijok,
CCLXIX
TH m. (from the ro;t TTH), properly cat arrow, hence lightning; Zee. io:i; more fully HO lightning of thunders, Job 28:26; 38:25.
M^fcfetM
i
appearance,aspect, Dan. 7:20. (Syr.
Tn or
m. (from the root ^Tn). (i) a divine vision ["a vision, spoken of a divine vision or dream, Isa.
events, prophetic vision,
JU m. hog, swine,
Levit. 11:7.
Syr. J;-VA/,
id.,
29:7; specially a vision from God respecting future Lam. 2:9; Micali3:6; Ps. Hence 89:20"], Dan. 1:17; 8:1; 9:24. (2) generally a divine revelation, i Sa.3:l; l Ch.
Arab,
'JS*t
,t-i.
with the insertion of Nun,

to
whence
to
the verb
have narrow (piglike) eyes, seems
be derived.
17:15; Prov. 29:18. (3) an oracle, often collectively (compare opapa, Acts 12:5; 16:9), Isa. l l Obad. l Nah. i l [This reference is omitted very rightly in Thes.].
:
; ; :
.
*HD ("swine"), [#ezer],pr.n. m. Neh. 10:21.

fut. pTn*
011.24:15;
(l) TO TIE FAST, TO

.?;>-
BIND bonds
rllTn
root nrn.
f.
vision, revelation, 2 011.9:29; from the
strongly.
(Arab.
and cl^V-
id->
Syr. to gird.
I<TXW,
Of the same
I<T\/I/W,
stock are the
Hebrew "^'H and Gr.
Chald. view, prospect, sight, Dan. 4:8, 17.

f.
(with
Kametz impure), from
the root njn
in the signification of adhesion, <<TXVC, both and in that of strength.) Intrans. to be bound fast, Hence Isa. 28:22.
(l)
appearance, aspect,
especially of something
grand or handsome, (compare i"l^1P). Dan. 8:5, p.?. n-ITn aconspicuous or great horn, verse 8, nj^yj:!!
y3"]X
(horns)."
n-un "and there arose four conspicuous For it appears that it must be thus inter-
2 Sam. 18:9, head held (stuck) fast in the terebinth." So rn'lPia Tl to adhere to the law, to be zealous for it, 2 Ch. 31:4; followed by ? with an
(2)
to
J
rfa)
iB
hold fast, 8h p]nl " and
to
stick fast.
his
preted on account of verse 5.

(2) a prophetic vision, Isa. 21 :2.
(3) a revelation, a law, ideas being kindred to the
to persist in any thing, to be constant, to be earnest, or assiduous, Deut. 12:23; Josh. 23:6; 1 Ch. 28:7.
inf.
hence a covenant (both
with
whom
religion
minds of the Hebrews, was a covenant with God). Isa.

*
"
28:18 (compare nth verse 15); 29:11.

an unused
e.g.
(3) to make firm, to strengthen, to confirm. (Verbs of binding, tying, girding, are applied to strength, inasmuch as with muscles well bound and with loins girded, Ave are stronger; on the other hand,
if ungirt, the
weaker.
See the roots 7?n,
7-in, pt',^
root.
-
Arab. j^L *
to pierce
through,
with an arrow, -_ to cut into, to perforate, to
wound.
A kindred root
and the Arabic roots cited by Bochart in Hieroz. L p. 514, seq., and Schultens in Opp. Min. p. 187, seq.) [Trans.] Eze. 30:21, and i. q. to help, 2 Ch. 28:20.
is
f^n.
Hence nn.
More
often intrans. to be
It
is
'N ("the vision of God;" ["seen by God"]), [Hatief], pr.n. m., i Ch. 23:9.
strong.
used of
firm or strong, to become men who increase in pros-
perity, Josh.
njn ("whom Jehovah Avatches

pr.n. m.,
over"), [Zfa-
17:13; Jud. 1:28; of an increasingly severe famine, Gen. 41: 56, 57; 2Ki.25:3; Jei\52:6; of a firm and fixed determination, 2 Sam. 24:4;
l
Neh. 11:5.
i
Ch. 21:4.
5>
("vision"), [Hezion\, pr.n. m.,

15=18.
Kings
stronger than,
8:3; 2 7
:
Followed by IP to prevail over, to be l Sa. 17:50; followed by ?JJ id. 2Ch. and acc l Ki. 16:22. Used figuratively
-
'v m. constr. fVjn pi. Job4:i3; 7:14; 20:8. (2) a revelation, 2 Sam. 7:
(comp. ver.
visions,
i.
_i
17.
a
V3
vson
22:5
(a) of the health of the body, to become strong, to recover, Isa. 39: l. (b) of the mind, to bestr ong,
fWPl
Isa.
i ),
e.
the valley of vision, or collectively of Jerusalem as the seat and especial home
:
of divine revelations (Isa. 2:3; Luke 1 3 33), perhaps with an allusion to )VVH (whence LXX. Stwi/), or to n ri'D which latter AA'ord is " the vision of interpreted Jehovah" (Gen. 22:2; 2 Chr. 3:1). The city was
ritual ad in
So in the expression )'>$ PTH in mind," Deut. 31:23; (Gr. compare Dan. 10:19; and in the same sense, to be strong, as applied to the hands of any one, Jud, 7: ll 2 Sa. 16: 21 (comp. what has been said under
to be
undaunted.
<r>/fw)
"be strong
the root
e. g.
[on the side of] a valley.
or established, D-in). (c) to be confirmed, a kingdom, 2 Kings 14:5; 2 Chron. 25:3. to be obstinate (d) in a bad sense, to be hardened, 22 Ma'. 3 Ex. 1 of the comp. 13, heart, 7 spoken
as
: ;
:
CCLXX
rrpTn-prn
,4) to be fallowed by
cc., Jer.
urgent upon any

7J?
one, to be pressing ; Ex. 12 133; Eze. 3: 14; followed by an
1, to bind a girdle on to some one, to gird him; followed by two accusatives, Isa. 23:21; Nah. 2:2. (2) to make strong, to strengthen, especially to fortify a city, 2 Ch. 11:11, 12; 26:9; to repair ruins, 2 Ki. 1 2 8, 9, 1 3, 15 followed by ? 1 Chron. 26 : 27 ; (a) to heal (see compare Neh. 3:19. Especially Kal No. 3, ), Eze. 34:4, 16. (6) to strengthen one's hand, i. e. to encourage him, Jud. 9:24; Jer. 23:14; Job 4:3; l Sa. 23 1 6. VT p7H to strengthen one's own hands, to take courage, Neh. 2: 18. (c)
:
20:7. PIEL PiH (i) causat. of Kal No.
similar]), Nehem. 5:16; Ezek. 27:9, 27. (6) fc strengthen [persons], Eze. 30:25; and intrans. to be strong, to be poicerful (comp. Lat. roburfacere,
26:8; Dan. 11 :32. (c) to a/rf, Levit. 25:35; compare P'TQO a followed by an ace., verse 6. helper, Dan. 1 1 l HITHPAEL. (i) to be confirmed, or established^ used of a new king, 2 Ch. i i 12:13; 13:21; to
Ital.far forze), 2 Ch.
assist, followed
by ?
;
strengthen oneself, i.e. Gen. 48 2 to take courage,

:
to collect one's strength, 3 Ch. 15 : 8523:1; 25 : 1 1.
(2)
to
shew oneself strong, or energetic, 2 Sam.
1O:12; followed by \3?? against some one, to withstand some one, 2 Ch. 13: 7, 8. 3 and DJ? aSa. 3:b; (3) to aid, assist, followed by
l
aid or assist any one, 2 Ch. 29:34. Ezr. 6:22; "and all their neighbours tlD?-^?3 Dn>T3 -ip-jri strengthened them with vessels of silver," i.e. in a bad sense, with the ad(c?) gave to them, etc.
to
1:6,
Ch. ll:lO; Dan. lo:2l. Hence the following words [also
dition of
3j? to
harden
the heart,
to
make obstinate,
Ex. 4:21. V35, 13? pfn to harden one's own heart or Psal. face, to be obstinate, Josh. ll:2O; Jer. 5:3. 64:6, jn -QT iD^> *pjri "they are obstinate in
doing wickedly." HIPOIL PTHH (i)
to join to, in
to
hardened.
verbal adj. (l) firm, in a bad sense Eze. 3:9, 3 ?, nVP"'j?jn " hardenedof
1
bind fast to anything, hence
forehead or heart," i. e. obstinate. Eze. 2:4; 3:7; comp. verse 8. Isa. 40:10, N13J pjn? he (2) strong, mighty. will come as a mighty one," see 3 No. 17.
the expression ?
i.
HJ
P'jnn to join one's

it
pin
p.JD
id.
becoming strong, Ex. 19:19; 283.3:1.

suff. 'i?jn
hand
Gr.
to
something,
e. to
take hold of
(compare
with
(0x,
'join where without "!', followed by 3 of the person or thing, to take hold of, to seize, to catch any one, or any thing (comp. Gr. Kpariiv rn-oc), Ex. 4:4; Deu. 92:25; 25:11; also followed by ? 2 Sam. 15:5; 7J? Job 18:9; poet, with ace. Isa.4l:9, 13; Jer.6:23,
4; 8:2l; 50:43; Mic. 4:9, ^H 1i?|nn "pain has of thee," and in the same sense [or rather with the figure inverted], Jer. 49 24, t2t3T " she has taken hold of terror." '"'P/TH'!} (So in Latin the expression is used ignis comprehendit ligna,
to hold). Gen. 21:18, 13 ^T~nK j?'jpn thy hand to him," i. e. take hold of him. Else-
strength, in the sense of help,
Ps. 18:2.
strength, Ex. 13:3, 14,16;

inf.
Am.6:i3
(i properly 2 Ch. 12:1; 26: 16, " in his being strong," when he
of the verb Pip
had become
(2)
strong.
taken hold
Isa.8:ii,TTrrngT.n3 "in the hand (of God) being strong," i.e. impelling me, being impelled by the Spirit of God, comp. the verb, Ezek. 3:14; Jer.
20:7.
(3) Dan. 11 :2, i^'JJ?
in his riches,"
f.
i.
n i?!? "' in
his being
strong
e.
and vice
the
fire
versa, domus comprehendit ignem [in English catches the house, and the house catches fire], also capere misericordiam, detrimentum, we are taken
confiding in them.
^P, l
1
might,viol'ence.
?? by force,
t
violently,
Sam. 2:l6; Eze. 34:4; very, mightily
hold of by compassion, etc. Compare Heb. TnK Job 18:20; 21:6.) But to take hold of any one is
often
()
i.
q. to
hold fast,
(c) to
to
Jud. 19:4.
vessel,
(b) to receive, to
take
retain, Exod. 9:2; in, to hold, as a
Jud. 4:3; 8:1. (2) repair of a house, 2 Ki. 12: 13; compare the verb, PIEL Nc. 2.
201.4:5.
get possession of, Dan.
*p|0
8:17.
(" strong"),
[Hezeki], pr.n.m.
of
Chron.
11:21.
(2) to adhere,
justice, innocence,
to hold fast to any thing, e.g. Job 2:3,9; 27:6; followed by ?Ji
& VVpTH
i.e.
("the
might
Jehovah,*
otttyarb)
given by Jehovah;
like the
Germ,
of pere.
Neh. 10:30.
(3) to make strong or firm, hence (a) to rutore, rebuild or repair (edifices [or any thing
[ffezekiah, Hizkiah, Ilizkijah'], pr. n. Gr. *Ec (l) by a king of Judah X/ac, Lat. Ezechias, borne
728
699 B.C., 2Ki 18:1,10;
also called
CCLXXI
'"'JEW, in the manner of derivatives of the future,(like 'KpJiT for ?8f?tO;), Hosea
i
:
^ton-pin
: ;
Isa. l
1.
phet Zcphaniah,
whom many
(2) one of the ancestors of the prosuppose to be the same

l
:
as Hezekiah the king, Zeph. (4) Neh. 7:21; 10: 18.
l.
(3)
Ch. 3:23.
4:23; Neh. 9 29 followed by 7% Levit. 5:22; Num. 6: 11; Neh. 13:26. There is a pregnant construction in Lev. 5:16, "IP Ntpn TE^ nS ^P? "that which he hath sinned (taken sinfully) from the holy things."
Ltrv.
:
Gen. 42 22
(3)
root,
to
become liable
to
"1TH
S ee
Ttq ["an unused

go round, to
Ch. and Syr.

,;>_ to
Iffi,
)\j* to return, to
roll,
Arab.
have
tive."
narrow (qu. piglike?) eyes: this may be a denominaHence "Wri, and the proper names "MH and
HP! with
Hin which
" he 5:7; comp. verse 11; Prov. 20: 2, i^?3 KDin becomes liable to the penalty of his life," brings his life into danger, compare Hab. 2:1O. Gen. 43:9, " unless I bring him back "W 'flKBm I shall be liable (i.e. I shall bear the blame) through all my
life."
of something by
sinning, followed
a penalty or forfeiture by an ace. Lev.
suff.
*nn
implied, see Lehrg.
D'nn (with Dagesh forte 38: l), properly a thorn, i. q.

pi.
PIEL
NBH
see. Hence a ring, put through the perforated nostrils of (1) animals which are to be tamed, and to which a cord 2 Ki. 19:28; Isa. 37:29; was attached. 26.29:4 (comp. Job 40 26, and the remarks under the word nin NO. 2). (2) a hook or clasp, to fasten together the garments of women (compare epingle, Germ. Sptnbcl/ from Others unspinula, see Tac. Germ. 17), Ex. 35:22. derstand this to be a nose ring, elsewhere called DT3 see Bochart, Hieroz. i. p. 764. [Root nP.n.]
:
consequence of hence
(i) to bear the blame (to take the sin), followed by an ace., Gen. 31 :39?
Levit. 6:19, nn'S Kt?nipn (2) to offer for sin. " he who offers it" Levit. 9: 15, (the sin offering). " and offered it as a sin-offering." ^nxpnjl (3) to expiate, to cleanse by a sacred ceremony,
i.
q.
house,
133, as men, Num. 19: 19; Ps. 51 :Q; vessels, a etc. Lev. 8: 15, followed by ?J? Ex. 29:36.
HIPHIL
^PDO
(i)
i.
q-
Kal No.
l,
to
miss the
mark
(as an archer), Jud. 20:16 (Arab. Conj.IV.), (2) causat. of No. 2, to lead into sin, to seduce some one to sin, Ex. 23:33. l Ki. l5:26,inNt2n?l
DD
i.
q.
nn,
pi.
Eze. 29:4, where :rro
is Q\'nn_.
^nb-'-nSI N't?nn
S.
an d in his sin which he
made
t. NSn* (l)prOp.TOMISS, TO ERR FROM THE MARK, speaking of an archer (the opposite idea to
Israel to sin," to which he seduced Israel (used here, as often in other places, concerning idolatry).
that of reaching the goal, to hit the mark), see Hiph.

feet, to make a false step, to stumble (Prov.i9:2), Germ. fetjlen/ oerfet;len/ specially fetjltreten. (The same origin is found in
Jud. 20:16; of the
10:29. (3) [" * cause to be accused of sin, Deu. 24:41 Ecc. 5:5; also"] i. q. JT^hn to declare guilty, to
Ki. 16:26; 2Ki. 3:3;
condemn,
in a forensic sense, Isa. 29:21.
Arab.
^w
t
*
\z~>,
to
miss the mark, opposite to
u^Ls
to
hit the
mark, see Jeuhari in the specimen edited by 71, and Greek a/*aprai'w, used of a Scheid, p. 67 dart, II. x. 372; iv. 491; of a way, Od. vii. 292.)
(l) i. q. Kal to miss or wander from the way, used of a man terrified and confounded, and thus in a precipitate flight mistaking the way. Job 41 17 comp. Schultens. Opp. Min. p. 94.
HITHPAEL
(2) reflect, of Piel No. 3,
to
purify oneself, Nu.

after.'
The
opposite of
Ny?
to hit upon,
tceffen.
Prov. 8:36, iS>f3
ders from me, injures 'KQ verse 35. Job 5 24, " thou numberest thy flock, ^tprip t?} and missest none;" none is want:
to find, German DOh Kph " he who wanhis own soul." Opposed to
19:12, seq. 3l:2O. The derived nouns follow immediately
Nt?n.m.-with suff. WpHphir. (which is from the form KÔ)[i]
D'Bq const.
KPD
be reckoned
sm,/
M ^ Lev
1 9 :1 7;
22: 9- 1
ing,
(In this signification r k it agrees with the ./Ethiop. V? ft: not to find, not to have, to lack, see Ludolf, Lex. Êthiop. p. 288.) (2) to sin (to miss or wander from the way, or to
all
t
the flocks are there.
sin against any one, i. e. for him to Deu. 15:9. guilty in the matter,
[" ( 2 )
penalty of sin, hence calamity, Lament
3:39." Thes.]
tumble
in the path of rectitude), followed
the person
against whom one sins, nin^ Gen. 20:6,9; l Sa. 2:25; 7:6, etc.; also followed by ? of the thing in which one has sinned,
by ? of whence Klpn
m. [pi. D'KQn, suff. n$90], (with Kameta (l) a sinner [in an emphatic sense], impure) Gen. 13:13.
CCLXXII
() one who
pable,
I
bears blame, one counted cul-
Ki. 1:21.
f.
also called
Htfpn
s i nt GCU. 20:9.
["(2)0
sacrifice
for
sin,
Ps. 40:7."]
ful.
Am.
medulla or flour of the wheat, fivtXov ai-$p&v\ it if D'EH 3^>n Ps 147: 14. Plural D'tpn grains of wheat (the sing, is four d applied to one grain, "EH, Mishn. Chelaim i. 9), D'pn jnj Jer. 12:13; D'tSH T>*p Gen. 30 14; D'Bn E>H l Ch. 2 1 20 a Chaldaism D'tpn 13 2 Ch. 27 5.
.
:
By
9:8.
(2) S.q.
nxan
Ch.
(a) sin, Ex. 34:7.

Isa.
(J) penalty
of
tin (like nxtpn No. 3),

f.
5:18.
('p).
In the cognate languages
it is
Uy-w
&&<~
Chald.
a sacrifice for sin, Ezr. 6:17
f. [ a miss, misstep, slip tcith thefoot. Pro. 13:6"]. (1) sin, Ex. 34:9; Isa. 6:7, etc. ["Rarely for the habit of sinning, sinfulness, Prov. 14:34; Isa. Also applied to that by which any one sins, 3:9."] e.g. idols, Hos. 10:8; Dent. 9:21; comp. 2 Ki. 13:2,
constr.nKBn plur. niXBn
account regard O?n to seas on, ^n, as its root. But, however, the letter Nun may be inserted as originating in Teth doubled, so that the root may be Cn. [In Thes. it is put under liJn, where it seems to belong.] The Gr. alrus, wheat, appears to
this
and some on
answer
to this
word, the aspirate being changed

[" Bohlen compares Sanscr. godhuma,
its
into a sibilant.
water of
8:7.
sin, i.e. of expiation or purifying,
Num.
wheat, so called from
yellow colour.
Pers.
,x. "J
;
B*it9H (prob.
[ffattusli],
(2) a sin offering, Levit. 6: 18, 23; as to its difference from D^'X see that word. (3) penalty, Lam. 4:6; Zee. 14:19; hence cala-
assembled," from the root B pPl), pr.n.m. (i) iChr.3:22; Ezr.8:.

(3) Neh. 10:5;
root.
"
(2) Ntih. 3:10.
12:2.
mity, misfortune, D *?D). not this

[Is
Isa.
40:2; Prov. 10: 16 (opp. to last sense wholly needless ? and
n
explore.
pr.n.
an unused
Arabic U-c
Aram.
to dig, to
introduction utterly mar the sense of the passages referred to in support of it ?]
to engrave, to write.
Henoe
would not
its
K0pn.
suff.
^D m. Chald. sin,
root
T ?D Dan. 4: 24,
T
firctn
the
(i) jo CUT, TO
HEW
-
Josh. 9:21, 23; -
sChr. 2:9;
-
wood, Deu. 29: io; Jer. 46:22. Arabic
Nbn
T
i.q.
Hebr. KCH.
Chald.
f.
["
X DH
a sacrifice for sin,
Ezn
.^Û.^ hewn
kindred root
timber, ^_^sy>~ to
go
;
for timber.
6:17(0)."]
Ntp'pri ("diggiug," "exploring"), [HaUta], pr.n.m., Ezr. 2:42: Neh. 7:45; see
is 3VH to cut stones also 3V? and the words there cited. (2) Med. E. intrans. prop, to be cut, to be smitten with a rod, hence to be marked with stripes, to be
H ("waving"), [JTaiZ]
a : 57
;
pr.n. m., Ezr.
itriped, compare 1?n No. ttriped,

to
3.
Arabic
i^^z-
to be
Neh. 7 59.
:
Root fen.
be
variegated, used of a garment.

f.
K3'pri ("seized," "caught"), [Hatipha],

pr.n. m., Ezr.
<
Hence
7 : l6.
[part, pass.] pi.

?
HUOn
striped tapestry, Pro.
2:54; Neh. 7: 56.

root.
striped.
Syr. IJk^j.AxiD a variegated vest, properly The same signification is found in the cog-
tpn
an unused
Arab. JIa=L
to
be penpv. n,
nate root i_?lj t see Castell, Heptagl.p. 3329.
dulous, to be loose ; kindred to "K?n.
Hence
PUAL
144:12.
pass, of
No.
l, to be
hewn
out, carved, Ps.
STOP
f.
the
mouth of an animal with *

(Arabic
tpri par*, pass.

f.
p^ Of the preceding verb.]

growing in
muzzle, TO MUZZLE.
^-^, whence ^HM
wheat,
in sing, especially as
the fields.
Exod-9:32; Deu. 8:8; Job 31:40; Isa. 98:25; Jel i:ll. The expression nan 3^n Psal.
81:17, fat of wheat, is, however, to be explained of grains of wheat, and so nan ni^>3 3$n fat of kidneys of whrat, Dent 31:14; fat thus used denoting the
a muzzle. Cognate roots are Dpn, D>*JJ, also comp. my remarks on the signification of the syllables D1, DO, DJ1, p. ccni. ) Of a kindred power to this root are domare, b&mmen/ jubdmmcn/ j&bmen. Metaph. Isa. 4 "I or muzzle tame 48:9, ^"DOnx (myself [ mj
anger']) towards thee,
I restrain
myself."
CCLXXIII
rvn-rux&n
l3M
f.
f|br
i.
q.
Win TO SEIZE, TO TAKE with

f
violence, Jud.
21:21; Psalm 10:9.

id.)
(Aram. <&*>,
Arab. ^Û-L
Hence
pr.n. SQ'tpn.
(B) subst. life, Lev. 25 : 36. [i Sam. 25:6, "and hail!" to be say ye thus, jn? to life (i. e. to welfare), not as and form of as a salutation, being hero regarded the adj. See Thes.] So in the formula of swearing,
["when by
~)Dn
the roots
syllable of
an unused root.
Arab. L-L (kindred

others, the
to
of Pharaoh, Gen. 42:15, 16;
created things"]. nir>B "H If 92 'D
by the by thy
;
life
life,
^n, Jla^> Jit, and

which
is dal, tal, sal,
primary
having the force of page being pendulous, waving, or swinging, see cc) to shake, or brandish, a rod or spear (fdwen* tail (roebeln); see Alb. Schultens, fen), to wag, as a
The name of Jehovah is in the l Sa. 1 126; 17:55. same sentence preceded by 'D (see letter A, l ) whence ^Q3 ^n) n'VV *n i Sam. 20 3 25 26. It is much more usual to use in this sense the Pl. B^n, once P!D Job 24:22, Jt/e, Gen. 2:?; 3:14.
: ;
Hamasa.,p.35O,5l,Epist. ad Menken., ii.p.6l.

*ltpn m. a roc?, Pro. 14:3;
Hence
n-Tl the breath of life, Gen. 6: 17, 17; 7. 15, etc. D\'D duration. of the tree D\'nn Y% life, i. e. of life of long
abranch, sucker, Isa.

a
OeottxeXnv or immortality, Gen.
11 :i.
or rod.
\L/
staff, (Arab Jk>- a branch, Syr. J^Qu/ Sam. \^^, x and n being interchanged.)
24.
Hence
(b)
27:27.
2:9; compare 3:22, sustenance, /3toc, Prov. (c) refreshment, Prov. 3:22; 4:22.
(a) living,
*
LpM an unused
root,
perhaps
i.
q.
Arab,
to assemble themselves
(used of people).
yOs^Hence
pr.n.
19 9> prosperity, welfare (comp. Syr. pLw for the Greek o-wrr/p/a), happiness, Ps. 34: 13; Pro. nnx the way 4:22,23; 12:28; 13:14; 14:27. D^n of welfare, Pro. 2:19; 5:6.
:
Luke
constr.
fern.
nn,
pi.
Dn fem
nin (from
*H Ch. emph. st. N'Dj pl. J\'n. (1) adj. alive, living, Dan. 2 :3O; 4:14, 3l;6:
the
21,27.
Ezr. 6: 1O; Dan. 7: 12. (2) Pl. P*n as a subst. life,
root r?n).
(l} alive, living, Gen. 43: 7, Dpn&pijTj '0 "is your father yet alive?" verses 27, 28; 45:3, 6; 46:30. *D ?3 "every living thing;" Gen. 3:20;
(A)
adj.
^n
pr.n.
m.
(perhaps for^rT" l Ki. 16:34.
God
liveth"), [Hiel],
D?iyn *n "he who lives for ever," i.e. God, Dan. 12:7. This is an accustomed formula in swearing, 8:21.
nVlJ ^n
"Jehovah
(is)
living,"
i.e. as
God
fH^n f. (from the root 1-in, which see compare Dan. 5:12), properly, something twisted, involved;
;
liveth;
whence
(1) subtlety,
Ru. 3:13; lSa.l4:45-
&ro$
Tl
^? *n Job 27:2, and \3? Tl "as I vah himself swears, Nu. 14:21,28; Deu. 32 40 Jer. 39:24; Eze-5:il; 14: 16, 18, 20, etc.; also used of the oath of a king, Jer. 46: 18, [but this King is nirp
: ;
283.2:27; poet. live," when Jeho-
fraud, Dan. 8:23.
(2) a difficult sentence, an enigma, compare nyvp. In proposing enigmas, the verb commonly in solving them, Tan Jud. used is ~J-in which see
;
are alive," i.e. men.' to'f nitoy]. Ecc. 6:8,D\V3 Y-\$ "the land of the living," as opposed to the place or state of the dead (Hades),
Eze. 26:20; 32:23.
(2) lively, vigorous, 2 Sara. 23:20, according to
Dn
"those
who
14:14.
(3)
i.
q.
7^9 a sententious expression,
Prov.
1:6; a parable, Eze. 17:2; a song, poem, Psalm 49 5j 78:2; compare Hab. 2:6; an oracle, a vision, Num. 12:8.
:
lro: (np <>!n B^X). Compare rvn. Also, flourishing, prosperous [" according to some"], 1 Sa. 25:6.
(3) reviving;
hence metaph. H^n
njf|i
Gen. 18:
inf. absol. n'n Eze. 18:9, and Vri 3:21 ; 18 28; constr. with suff. Dn'vn. Josh. 5:8; with prefix nvn? Eze. 33 12 ; imp. with prefix rPnj Gen. 20 7 ;
: : '
'
10, 14; 2 Ki. 4: 16, 17; at the reviving of the season, i.e. the year, in the next spring, when the winter
is
pl.
(Od. xi. 247). (4) raw, used of flesh, l Sa. 2:15; Lev. 13:14, seq. (5) fresh, as of a plant in its greenness, Ps. 58: 1O; as of running water, opposed to that which is
is
past, TrepnrXoptvov ii'tavrov
Vni 42 18 fut. !W1. apoc. W, rfl. TO LIVE, a word of very frequent use. (l) : ;
Arabic
^,
word
which form
is also found in
Hebrew, see "H.
is
stagnant and putrescent, which
: Syr. Liuw id. that of breathing
The
;
original idea of this

life of
inasmuch as the
called in
Arabic
dead water.
Gen. 26:19; Lev. 14:5,50.
animate beings is discerned by their breathing (compare ^?5) and the more ancient form of this root is
;
19
frn-rvn
fij^j
CCLXXIV
to deliver
rrn
from destruction of
: ;
which see. The same original idea is found in Greek aw, ww, cognate to which is aw, uij/ii, to breathe; which, in yEschylus, is applied to the winds
the
as breathing or blowing.
lite, i. e.
to save frorc
:
death, Gen. 47 25
also, to suffer
50:20; followed by ? Gen. 45 7 to live, to grant life, Josh. 6:25; 14:

:
Those who are curious in
inquire whether the Sanscrit dschiv, to live; Greek )3<ow; and Latin vivo; belong to the
languages
may
10; 2 Sa. 8: a. (a) i. q. PIEL No.
3, to
res tore to
life, 2 Ki.
5:7;
8:1,5. Hence HJTO [and the pr. n. ^1?,
same
stock.
H*n &
(a) with ace. of time, Gen.
:
[/'Construed
Adam
1 1, etc.
5 3, 'and lived a hundred and thirty years;' Gen. II

:
"
K^rj Chald. id. Dan. 2:4, \n king, live for ever;" a usual phrase in saluting
with 2 of place, Lain. 4: 20; also of that from which one lives, 2 Ki. 4:7 and of that by which one lives and prospers, Hab. 2:4."]
(b)
;
kings.
Dan. 3:9; 5
part.
2:3, "#!
E7^ $VJ
Nn
APHEL
v
7, 22 compare Neh. Ki 1:31preserving alive; comp. Syr.

: : ;
10; 6
*
-
Followed by ^?, to live upon any thing, compare ?J! No. 1, a, letter y. Often i. q. to live well, to be prosperous, to flourish, Deut. 8:1; 30:16; Neh.
9: 29 [Qu. as to the use of this latter-cited passage]. ^S>ri <r^ "may the king live," may he prosper, l Sa. " let 10: 24; 2 Sam. 16: 16. CD??? ? your heart
1
Lx*5 Dan. 5:19.

""17? adj., pi.
f.
nvn
lively, strong, robust, Ex. 1:
19; see *D No. 2.
n M
T
constr.
JVn and poet.
Wn with Vav parag.
live," Le. let
it
flourish, or
be glad, Psalm 22
27;
59:33
(2) to continue safe and sound, Josh. 6:17; Nu. 14:38; especially in the phrase ^93 nirn "my soul liveth," I remain alive, Gen. 1 2 1 3 19:20; Isa. 55 3; Jer. 38:17, 20. (3) to live again, to revive, Eze. 37 :5, seq. l Ki.
: ;
=
50:10; 79:2; 104:11 (comp. Gramm. 78, note; [ 93, 2;] Lehrg. 127, 3); fern, of the adjective *D living, or, in a neutral sense, that ivhich lives; hence (1) an animal, a beast; Hjn njn a wild beast PI. HVH Ps. 104: (lit. an evil beast), Gen. 37:20, 33.
Gen.l:24;
Ps.
25
Isa.
35 :9
?3
17:22; hence
(4) to recover health, to be healed, Gen. 20:7; Josh. 5:8; followed by JP from a disease, 2 Ki. 1:2;
Gen. 8:17; 9:5; Lev. ll :46. This word is also applied (a) in the widest sense to beasts of all kinds, and also to aquatic
collect.
all living creatures,
nn
Eze. 1:5; but more often in the sing
8:8; and to be refreshed (spoken of one wearied, or sad), Gen. 45:27; Jud. 15:19.
(i) to cause to live, to make alive, A woman, when some one, Job 33:4. give he conceives by a man, is said to vivify his seed, Genesis 19:32, 34; similarly, Hoseai4:8, JH V1T\ "they shall vivify the corn" in the desert land, by again cultivating the fields and scattering the seed. Metaph. Hab. 3:2,"O Jehovah, vivify thy work," i.e. accomplish it. Also, to cause to be well, or
creatures, Levit. loc. cit. ; more frequently quadrupeds as opposed to birds, Gen. l 30;
:
(b) tc
19;
PIEL njn
to
life to
8:19; 9:2; Lev. 11:2, 27; 17:13; Isa.46:l. (c) to wild animals, as opposed to tame cattle (^PH?), Gen. 1:25; 2:20; 7:14,21; 8:i; 9:10; specially to wild beasts, the meaning of which is often more Hlbn JVPI Ex. 23:11; Lev. 26 22 fully expressed
:
;
Deu-7:22; Hos.
2: 14; 13:8; Jer. 12:9;
76.34:8:
s*>-
and njn rvn Eze. 14:15; 34:25.

cially denotes a serpent.
Arabic <L~
spe-
to
flourish,
Ps. 119:37.
:
(2) to keep alive, compare Kal No. 2; Gen. 12 12; Exod. 1:17; Ps.4l:3; 138:7; Job 36:6; njn
*D E>33 id.
l
band of men, a troop, In this word the 23:11, 13, i. q. MH No. 2. fern, living is taken collectively for those who art alive (Lehrgeb. p. 477), D'!D, specially for men.
(2) a people, Ps.68:ll,a
2 Sa.
Ki.
20:31; Psa. 22:30; JHJ

"*i??
Dn
life,
to pre-
serve seed, Gen. 7:3;
"^H to feed oxen,
Tsa.
\
7:21.
33:18,22,28;
njn with
art.
(3) as a subst. life, only in poetry, i. q. D*?n Jot So in the expression K*?| Ps. 143:3.
Sam. 30:4; Dim. 32:39; hence, to refresh, Ps. 71:20; 85:7; and figuratively, to repair (a city), Neh. 3:34, D^rrr^ Vrnn w ffl they 1 Ch. ll:8.
(3)
to
call back to
life, to
restore
nnn
.?
CJ'D3
animal of
life, i.e.
1:6; Ps.
creature, see
KT No. 4. The term
life is
a living also applied to
viqnnr, strength. Isaiah (yet) findest the life of
57: 1O, r.KSO ^T TVP "thot thy hand," i. e. vigour in thy

life,
hand.
(4)
i.
call the stones to life?"

ruins.
So Syr. J0u*j
PIEL No.
a, to
to raise
up
Hence C'W No q.
2,
vital power,
;
anima,
:
to
HIPHIL ivnn
(i
) i.
q.
keep alive,
Gen. 19: 19;
which is ascribed hunger, thirst,weariness (Job 33 2OV \n K^P Job 38:39, i. q. ^ !?3 N?P to fill the soul, i. e.
to
Gen. 3: iq, 20; with
the addition of t?S3
satisfy.
Poetically
^3 nn
is
also used for tht
CCLXXV
row/, desire, will, like ^Q?, No. 3; to which, besides other things, desire and blood-thirstiness are ascribed (Ps. 27:12; 41:3). So I interpret, Ps. 74:19,
m.iy be rendered the host of the

preferable to follow
afflicted
but
it ;i
HTD,
se*^
n??^.
1^"^
(2) defence, fortification, especially a particulai
JVn^ "give not to the desire (of bloodthirsty foes [bloody-minded troop, No. 2,Ges.corr.])
*|-iin
E>f[3
part of the fortifications, namely, a ditch, with the antemurale surrounding it, 2 Sam. 20:15; Isa. 26:1;
thy turtle dove,"
i.
e.
thy innocent people.
Nah. 3:8; Lam. 2:8; comp.

122:7.
murale.
Ki. 21 :23; Ps-48:i4;
emphat. K$VD, mn f. Chald.an animal, a beast, Dan. 4:12, seq.; 7:3, 12, 17 for rPH, double
NVn
LXX. irpoTti-xiffna.,
irif>irei\oc.
Vulg. ante-
Yod being changed

lf.
life,
into V.
(In the Talmud ^n is used fora space surrounding the wall of the temple, see Lightfoot, Opp.
t.ii.p. 193).
2Sa.20:3.
TO LIVE, but with the middle radical
&
-
Vn m
Jer.
& riTH
f.
Job 6:10.
.r
i.
q.
PPPI
(1) pain, especially of parturient women, Ps. 48 : 7 ; 6:24; 22:23; Mic. 4:9.
(2) fear, trembling,
doubled, like the Arab.

:
Gen. 5 5, which he lived;" 3:22/0^ nj "(lest) he should eat and live for ever;" Num. 21:8. Care is necessary not to refer to the verb the occurrences in " is which TJ is an adjective, as *H "liyn your fa-
^- To this belongs 3 Pret^D, DIN D^>3 "all the days of Adam Pn#8
Ex. 15: 14;
see
Wl No. 3, 5.
read-
^W
Ps. 48:14, according to the

i.
common
h*n No. 2; but LXX., Vulg., Syr., Chaldee, ing, q. Jerome, and 18 codices read it with the addition of
O^X
Mappik J^D, from the word

to take
it
?'D
and
it is
preferable
thus.
ther yet
alive?" Gen. 43:7.

S ee ^,n.
Hence
VI, Hj
DVn
\Helam\i
Sam. 10:16, and
verse
/^H
17, pr.n. of a town near the Euphrates, the scene of a battle of David with Hadadezer.
constr. ^D, with suff. ^n pi. D^jq (see în /!D No. 6), strength, power, might (especially warlike), B nb>JJ fo sAeu? valour, Psal. 18:33, 40; 33:16.
.
7
21:15-]
[He Ian],
pr. n. of
:
a sacerdotal town in the

[Called |Vn, Josh.
tribe of Judah, i Chron.
6 43.
oneself strong, display valour, Nu. 24:18; Ps. 60:14; 108:14. Hence 7?nn "ib> leader (2) forces, a host, Ex. 14:28.
to
of the army, 2 Sa. 24: 2. 7$ 33,, 'E>3X soldiers, Deu. D1<> 3:18; l Sa. 14:52; Ps. 110:3, ? "in the day of thy warfare," i. e. of thy warlike expedition;
^P
[that is, the day of the sending of the rod of Messiah's strength out of Zion, when he rules in the midst of his enemies, and strikes through kings in the day of
his wrathl.
grace, beauty, whence The form beauty imitates the Chaldee, in which IH, S3n 83/11 are i. q. the name Heb. ID, like K||, N3>a for ||. [" Comp. The word with which this is of the letter, for ]^."]
pH
m. Job4i
'the
:4, i.q
ID
tenjj }*H
of his structure."
?
compared by Alb. Schultens, Arab.

is
*+&- opportunity,
only used in speaking of time.

s
f*'.n
(3) ability, hence wealth, riches, Gen. 34:29; Job 80:15. ^n nbj; to acquire wealth Deut. 8:17,18;
;
m. a wall, Eze. 13:
1O.
Arab. JbjU*
id.,
see
the root fin.
Ruth4:ll
?!D
Pro. 31:29.
(4) virtue,
T?K men
:
uprightness, integrity, also fitness. of capacity, Gen. 47 6 ; Ex. 18:21,25.

:
??n Ht^SI a virtuous
31 1O.
?'D ||
woman, Ruth 3:11; Prov. 12:4; an honest, or upright man, l Ki. 1 152.
:
from the word ^n),outer, 40:17, 31; hence civil (as opposed to sacred), l Ch. 26:29; comp. Neh. 11:16. i? without, on the outside, l Ki. 6:29, 30.
P^^H
naiXn
f.
(adj.
exterior, Eze. 10:5;
(5) the strength of a tree, spoken poetically of its fruits, Joel 2:22; compare D'3 Job 31 39.
an unused
root.
3-1
Arabic
PI,
SURROUND, kindred to
properly PTJ.
inserted
;
3W which
(l) strength, might, Dan. 3:4. Dan. host, 3:20; 4:32. (2) army,
?*U m. Chald.
[In Thes. this root is see that root in this Lexicon.]
Med. Ye, TO Hence omitted, and j^PI is

see.
suff. *i?'n
v^
'.U
& A?
p*H
m. properly
i.
rarely PD Prov. 17:23, with
Psalm
q. 7JPJ,
especially
(\)anarmy,a host, 2 Ki. 18:17; once ?n Obacl. 1O: also Ps. 1O:1O, according to np, where D^K3"7'n
35:13, and 'i?PJ Job 19:27, m. [" the bosom, i.e. the breast with the arms so called from embracing
SOP the root P-in"l.
CCLXXVl
n (I) boscm of a garment, Prov. 16:33; ? ? " a present (given) into the bosom," i. e. given se1 sinum cretly, Prov. 31:14; comp. Prov. 7 23. (Lat.
:
palate" (mouth).
Comp. nsn.
Cant. 7:10,
comp
Cant. 5: 16, the palate seems to be delicately put foi the moisture of the mouth perceived in kisses comp.
;
laxare, expedire, used of
an expectant of
gifts,
see
Lette ad
Amrulk. Moall.
p.
80.
Senec. Epist. 119.
Thyest. 430.)
bosom of a person. p'HS 33K> to lie in the bosom (of a woman) de complexu venereo. The phrase
(a) the
TO WAIT. (Alb. Schultens, on Job 3: 21, seeks for the primary idea in tying, or binding, comp.
t
a consort's bosom," l Ki. 1:3; Mic. 7:5; a mother's, 1 Ki. 3:20 (of an infant, comp.
is
P*n3 33:?
" to
lie
in
Ruth 4:
16).
Hence
it is
applied to intimate conjugal

in thy bosom, Deu. verse 56. P*n ?X D??' Jer.
is
a knot, and the Latin moram nectere ap. Senecam Trag. & Val. Flacc.). In Kal once, part
Arab. \^.
to tie
love, "Hi^n n^'X the wife
who
13:7; 28:54; compare 32:18; 'S p*n h# 3'trn Ps. 79:12, to recompense to any one into the bosom (as God the actions of men),
3't?n Jud. i. 9:57 ; 1 Sa. 25 : 39; q. elsewhere E'iOS. Joel 4: 7. (Winer is altogether wrong in taking this
followed by ?. Of more [active] const. *?in Isa. 30:18, frequent occurrence is PIEL nsn id. 2 Ki. 7:9; followed by an ace. and ?,
expression to signify full measure (Lex. p. 323) to be received not by the hand but into the bosom of a gar-that
Job 32:4; especially used as njn v nsn to wait for Jehovah (full of confidence), Ps. 33:20; Isai. 8:17; Jehovah will wait Isa. 30:18, D3?3$ njn nsn; that he may be gracious to you," if he can again be Inf. in a Ch. form ""Sn Hos. 6 9. favourable to you.
:
ment, compare Luke 6: 38; the phrase simply means something is made to return from whence it came
;
D-1">* he will arise, so. in [" In the parallel member is order to do this or that, which thus comes near to
compare the similar Arabic expression

to return
a,^ ^
i. i.
the Arab. +\
i.
q.
opiyeadai" Ges. add.]
Jj
its
upon
:
Mang.) It is soul, Job 19 27 [?1 Job 19:27."]
neck, Hist. Tim. torn. spoken of the breast for the

one's
;
p. 30,
n2n
a hook,
fern,
mind or
q.
fixing itself in the palate of fishes
from ^H, so called because of [" with which

:
Eccl. 7:9.
[" Also
JTg
the jaws of fishes are drawn together, and thus they are choked"]. Job 40:25; Isa. 19:8.
(3) Metaph. the bosom of-a chariot, i.e. its hollow part, l Ki. 22:35: the bosom of the altar, the lower or hollowed part for the fire, in which it is
riTpn ("dark, dusky"), [HachilaK],

of a
1,3.
hill
pr. n.
kept burning, Eze. 43: 13.
near the desert of Ziph, Root ^>3n.
Sa.
23:19; 26:
iTTn ("nobility," "a noble

Dr. n.
D*2H
race"), [tftraA],
Chald. adj. wise, Daniel 2 :2l; specially a

seq.;
m. Gen. 38:1, 12.
magian, a magician. Dan.2: 12,

'
4:3; />:7,8-
3r\
an unused
root.
[See below.] Arab.
i.
q twn [which see] TO
MAKE HASTE, imp.
dark, or obscure, e. g. used of an obscure sound or speech, of a difficult affair, of the eye of the
to
be
.'1:12,
nro.
Hence
B^H
"sJH
adv. speedily, Ps. 90: 1O.
drunkard becoming dim. It will not be amiss to subjoin a version of what is said of this root in the Kamus (p. 1426) which was not rightly understood by
*v *
palate with the corresponding lower part of the mouth, the internal part of the mouth, the jaws, like D?nJ3?D. (Arab. suff.
with
'?n m. the
Schultens on Prov. 23:29.
j-^
in
& ^ af
tfie
sound
of which of He
to
is
not heard, like the ants,... with the addition

that which
is
the palate and the lower part of the
mouth
^\
foreign
followed
speech
(difficult
answering to it, beak, Syr. f oit ^ palate. Root ^H No. l .) Whence Job 20 1 3, ten TpH3 " in the midst
:
be understood),
j>-
by
It
to be
doubtto bt
ful orobscure,
confused,
with wine.
p. xi.
It to
of his
taste,
mouth."
1
Job
1 1
Job 33: 2. (a) for the organ of comp. Job 6:30; Ps. 119:103.
Proverbs 8:7,
shall
spoken of an oôtr...Conj. VIII. s
speak barbarously,
,jW drunken
(6) for the

'3PI
organ of speech.
niD$ *3
Job 31 130, " for I have not suffered my palate to in ;" compare Hos. 8:1 " (Put) the trumpet to thy
n|P
" for
[But see Thesaur. and Freytag, Proleg.
my palate
speak the truth."
appears probable that this last assigned signification has only originated in a misprint ic th
Calcutta
Kamus:
to
speak obscurely or conjectu
CCLXXVII
rally,
for
is
tne meaning given in another copy;

Prof.
HITHPAEL (i) to seem wise to oneself, wise in one's own eyes, Ecc. 7: lt>.
(2) to
to
&
^3.^.
Lee
translates the passage accord-
show oneself wise,
followed
by?
to de-
with ing to the Calcutta reading, the person refreshed wine. Perhaps the only definition of the Hebrew
ceive, Ex. l:lo.
(Compare the Greek

all
ao^/Jc,
cun-
ning.)
root
is
that which can be deduced from the use of
its
The derived nouns

pr. n.
follow [except
D ??, and
1
And this last gloss nearly accords with derivatives.] the Hebrew use of the term ; for both of its derivaYY??, and rvvv?n are used of the eyes of drunkards, or at least of those who have drunk, as becoming dim. (See Preface to Lex. Manual Heb.,
tives,
adj. i. q. Gr. o-oôe; prop, capable of judging the root), knowing; hence (see (l) skilful in any 2 Chron. 2 :6, 1 2 ; more fully art, Isa. 3:3; 40 20
:
;
JN
Germ.
ed. 3, p. xxxiv.,
where
have refuted the
3i?"?D
e g.
.
Exod. 28 3
:
31:6; 35:10; 36:1,9,8
opinion of Schultens,
to be red).
who
[" To be dark, used in the derivatives of the dark flashing eyes of a (a) in a good sense, person excited with wine:
see vy?n. (J) in referring to the fierceness arising
explains this root to mean b la ck, kindred to 7n3,and
(compare Homer, cidvlat irpaTridte). Jer. 10:9, t^W " D'P^n the work ofskilful artificers." Jer. 9: 16, niDDn "(mourning women) skilful" (sc. nj*p) of
lamentation.
(2) wise, i.e. intelligent (<po>'t/ioe, oerfl&nbig),
Gen. 49:12;
a bad sense, and from intoxication,
endowed with reason and using
it,
Den. 4:6;
32:6;
Prov. 23:29; see
JvMpn."
Ges. add.].
Prov. lO:l; 13:1; Hos. 14:10; often joined to P 33 Deu. locc. citt. opp. to ^?3 ibid.; ^1$, ^P? Prov. 17:
rV??n("whom Jehovah disturbs" ["dark"]),

\_Hachaliah~\, pr. n. m. Neh. 10:2.
dim, becoming dark, spoken of the [which perhaps will give very little aid]: [" dark, dark-flashing, spoken of the eye"], Gen. 49:12, !? Djyg v^sn "being dim (as to his) eyes through wine," which in this passage is to be taken in a good sense, as indicating plenty in the
f
7?U
28; Ecc. 6:8; sagacious, shreivd, 2 Sa. 13:3; Jer. 18: 18; Isa. 19:11; 29:14; wise from experience of life, and skilful with regard to affairs both human
(Prov. 1:6; Eccl. 12:ll) and divine (Gen. 41 8; hence used of enchanters and magicians, Ex. 7:11, compare Ch. D^D); endued with ability to judge (iKi. 2:9).; hence subtle or crafty, Job 5 -.13; The range strong and stedfast in mind, Isa. 31:2. of virtues and mental endowments which were in Hebrew included by this word may be well gathered out of the history and manners of those whose wisdom became proverbial such as Solomon ( 1 Ki. 5 9, seq.), Daniel (Ezek. 28:3), the Egyptians (l Ki. loc. cit.).
: ;
:
adj.
eye, see the root,
land of the tribe of Judah.

contrasted with white teeth.
satiated with colour,
f
9
["
Dark eyes are here

-âpoiroioi,
Aquila well, Ka-aKopot,
dark
LXX.
Peshito
to the
a ^-N^l shining, flashing, eyes." Ges. add.]
word applied only
Thus
the
wisdom of Solomon was manifested
in acute-
*"''?pU
f.
a darkening, or bedimming, of the

:
'
eyes arising from drunkenness [" dark-flashing of the eyes, Prov. 23 29.
fierceness"].
ness in judging (l Kings 3:16; 1O:1, seq.); in his knowledge of many subjects, especially those of na-
ture (l Ki. 5:13); in the abundance of hymns and sentences, which he either composed himself or else
O?rT fat. --f
D?nj TO BE WISE, TO
BECOME WISE.
s*~-
Arab.
,>i
judge, hence to rule, ^So- judgment,
memory (l Ki. 5:12; Pro. l:l); in hi judgment in human matters, etc. elsewhere, wisdom also includes skill in civil matters (Isa. 19;
retained in
right
;
s
>-
and
to
a judge, Aram, to know, more rarely,
be wise.
as I
understand it,
Indeed the primary power of this word, is that of judging, so that it is kin-
dred to the root
Prov. 6:6; 23:19; Ecc. Pi?!?.) 2:19; iKi. 5:11; Job 32:9, etc. Piix, to make wise, to teach wisdom, Job 35 1 1 ; Ps. 105:22. PUAL part, made wise, learned, Prov. 30:24.; f n enchanter, Ps. 58:6.
:
11), in prophesying, explaining dreams, using enchantments (Ex. 7:11; Dan. 5:11). [But observe that in this enumeration, wisdom which comes from God, and even actual inspiration, are blended with the works of darkness, such as magic.] Higher and
greater
wisdom
is
attributed to angels than to men,

is
'
Job 9:4; comp. 28: l, of as being the seat of spoken seq. wisdom; hence often D?n n <? Pro *6:23, and 3? D3Q 11:29; 16:21. Plur. D'9?n wise men, magicians,
2 Sa. 14: 20; so also to God,
The heart
HIPHIL L
q. Piel Ps.
19:8.
5en. 41:8.
CCLXXVIII
f.
(i) skill of an artificer, dexterity,
1.28:3; 31:6; 36:1, 2. (2) icisdom, see more as to the idea which this coii^rises, under the word D?H No. 2, Job 11 :6; 13:2,12; 15:8; 26:3; 28:18. It comprehends various learning, Dan. 1:17; piety towards God (Job 28 28); it is ascribed to a ruler, Deut. 34 9; to a king [Messiah], Isa. 1 1 : 2 ; in a greater and more eminent sense to God, Job 12:13; 28: 12, seq.
:
:
n ?pn, so called from fatness, Gen. 1 8 8 27:27. For the phrase P3"H 2^n rqt
:
49
Pro
foi
Y, see un<lil
id.;
the root
to
3tt.
To suck
the
milk of
- -
nations, poet,
make
60
:
their wealth one's own,
claim for oneself
s
Isa.
16.
(Arabic ,_ J.^
:
y_
^ ~^
whence
to
milk; Êth.
milk.)
suff.
&
(isa.
const. *3?n Gen. 4:4,
34 :6) with m.
:
ian
p i.
U*Q
Ch.
id.
Dan. 2:20.
(i) fat, fatness, Levit. 3
pr. n.
m.
("wise"), (Hachmoni, Hachmonite], Ch. 1 1 : 1 1 ; 27 32.

:
metuph.
kind.
3, seq. ; 4:8, 31. 35; (a) the best or most excellent of any 5 tue fat f tlie land i- e. the best of ?? 3
its fruits,
Gen. 45 18
:
Hn ln p
s.
81
-.17
D'Bn 3^n
ni^ty) wisdom, construed with sing. Prov. 9:1, compare 14: 1 (perhaps 1 : 2O, where however n |"W may be taken as a pi. [" more
f.
pn
sing, (like
Psa. 147:14, fat of wheat, and nan rfvS? 3^>n Deut. 32:14 (comp. Isa. 34:6), fat of the kidneys of wheat,
correctly"]); with plur. 24:7; Ps. 49 4=
it
occurs once besides,
pn
/D
see
id.
with sing. Pro. 14:1.
the best wheat. (6) a fat heart, i.e. torpid, unfeeling, Ps. 17:10; com pare 73: 7, and Gr. TTQ^VC, Lat. pinffuis, for foolish, stupid. Some have compared s ,1-L pericardium, but that also seems to be so called
i.e.
<,
"7'D.
from
opp. to holy Sa. 21:5, 6; from the
fatness,
?H m. profane, unholy, common,

or consecrated, Lev. 10:10; root ??n PIEL No. 4.
1
are in Arabic
although under the root s_ all kinds of other things.
_<.
there
(2) \_Heleb~\, pr. n. of one of David's captains, 2 Sum. 23 : 29; for which l Chr. 11 :3O is l^n, and
/V
also TO
i
(kindred to npn) (i) probably TO RUB, STEIP, rciben/ aufrctben/ ftreidxn/ auffheicfcen.
fatness,"
[Prob.
fa t,"
i. i.
i. 3.
fertile
bah~\, pr.n. of a
town belonging
q.
region), [Helto the tribe of Asher,
(Arab.
}Ls- to
rub and
to
smear
the eyes with colfhrcichcnj
Jud. 1:31.
lyrium, auffrmd)en/ percussit gladio, off skin, abftretfen.) Hence n ??!?.

in Ges. corr.] (2) to be sick or
to strip
[This
is
omitted
e fertile), ^Helbon'], pr.n. of a

.
rubbed away,
i.
*nn
q.
diseased, perhaps properly to be i"" It occurs once ?!? No. 2, 3.

1
city of Syria, fruitful in good wine, Eze. 27 : 18 ; Gr. XaXu/5wi-; as to the excellent wine of this place, for-
2 Ch.
f-
1 2.
Hence
merly brought to the kings of Persia, see Strabo XT. page 1068 (al. 735). This city, which was very celebrated in the middle ages (see Freytag, Hist. Halebi),
is
fust of a copper pot, perhaps so being rubbed or scoured off, Eze. 24 6, seq. [Qu. does not the passage speak of the contents of the pot without any mention of rust? Engl. Trans, scum."]
(0
called
:
from
its
called in
Arabic
^_J^, and now
bears the
name
of Aleppo, see Bochart, Hieroz. i. 543; Abulfeda, SyGolius ad Alferganum, page 270, seq. ria, page 1 18
; ;
(a) [Helen], pr.n,
Ch. 4:5, 7.
D. Michaelis (Supplem. page 748, %eq.) conjectures- that the city Kennesrin is mea-e (which some
J.
call
Old Aleppo), but there
is
no need of
this.
^7 v
idea
an unused
root, to be fat.
(The primary
is that of the smoothness, lubricity of fat substances; corresponding are the Greek XiVu, XT<JW, Hence pr.n. ^f^, and XtTTou*, aXt<4>ii; Lat. lippus.) the words which immediately follow.
7 f-galbanum, a strong smelling gum; the produce of the Ferula Galbanifera, growing m Syria and Arabia, Ex. 30 34. Syr. ) -> sy gum. Comp
:
IJ
Celsii Hierob., t.i.p.267.
\>
an unused
(II)
root.
(I)
i.
q. to
Syr.
N.^. to dig,
to bt
w i tn art. 3^n? const. 3J?n (as if from rith suffix '??H milk, whilst fresh, differing
.
3/n m
^H),
from
whence "vl
lasting,
to be
Arabic ^yl^
continue,
always enduring.
Hence ~n.
fjn
pSn--6n
CCLXXIX
for this
pSn-rmi
;
Thes. Geseuias rejects this latter meaning root; and gives it the signification of moving smoothly and quickly, connecting both the derivatives with tlm
hardly be healed, Jer. 14: 17 Nah. 3:19.

(3)
to be
:
30: 12, comp. 10: 19;

7J2,
careful, or solicitous, followed by
meaning.
In Corr. "to be smooth, slippery."]

-
Am. 6
fice,
i.e.
6.
duration, or time of life ["life, as passing away quickly."], Ps. 39 6 89 48 whence life, Job 11:17; according to others, time (like B/ij?). (2) the world (compare E^W). Ps.49:2; 17:14, T>nO D'HD " those who love the things of the world ;"
C
1
PIEL,
n?n (i) to stroke, to smooth any one' from the primary idea of the roots N7H and n?ri that of rubbing, rubbing away, comp. Gr. Kn\tw,
(
to soothe, to caress.
'Q
It is
always fully expressed,

face
i"l$>n
\3?
to stroke
some
one's
(a) of soothing,
compare
KcJoyzoe,
John 15:
flattering,
a king or a noble.
Job 11:19; Prov. 19*6;
8, 19.
"J/n m. a
f
mo le ^weasel,
from
its
so called from
its
;
swift
Ps. 45:13, "the richest of the nations shall suit to theewith gifts." (i) of asking or intreating,
make
gliding motion, or
gliding into holes
comp.
Syr.
N.^. to insinuate oneself.

1 1
So Vulg.,Targ. Jon.,
:
imploring any one's favor, Ex. 32:11 ; l Sa. 13: 12; i Ki. 13:6; 2 Ki. 13:4; Dan.9:i3; compare Iliad,
viii.
and so Talmud rr6in. "], Lev.

JTOj
i'0
.
29.
(Syr.
J ,
37 1
to
x. 454, seq.
-,
(2)
make
Psal.
Arabic
t. i.
jkL>-,
JkLss a mole).
p.
1022.
Oedmann, Verm. Sammlungen aus der

ii.
29:21; sick."
sick, to afflict with sickness. Deut. 77:11, fc^n 'JTIpn "this has made me
Naturkunde,
p.
50.
HTpn
pr. n.
*
a mole?" ["weasel"]), [Huldah], of a prophetess, 2 Ki. 22 14; 2 Ch. 34:22.

(
:
PUAL, pass, to be made weak (used of a departed spirit in Hades), Isa. 14:10. n HiPHiL,pret. '!?nn (Syriac form for /QD), Isa.53 lo
'
(1)
to
make
sick or grievous (of a wound),
Isa.
("worldly," "terrestrial" ["vital"]), (2) Zec.6:iO; (i) see ^H. [Stldaf], pr.n. m. for which verse 14, there is D?H ("a dream").
rubbed (compare (*VC9 hence BE TO POLISHED, SMOOTH, whence vH, (i) HJ/n ornaments of a woman, so called from polishing;
T
VO
loc. cit.,
Hosea Mic. 6:13, to make oneself sick. D^b -l^nn the 7:5, "in the day of our king |O nprj princes made (themselves) sick with the heat of
wine."
(2)
to
*7
make
to be
properly, to be
sad, Pro. 13:12.

(l) to
HOPHAI.,
HITHPAEL.
13:2.
(2)
to
wounded, l Ki. 22:34. become st'c(with
grief),
2 Sa
so the
Arab.
J^>_ to
adorn with a woman's ornaments,
feign oneself sick,
ibid, verse 5,6.
Syr.
USÂ/ to be sweet, pleasant (properly smooth),

9
The derivatives formed from
the idea of polishing,
Pael to adorn, LOixA, sweet.

(2) to be
worn down in strength,

;
to be
infirm, Jud.
are given under Kal No. 1 [to which add JTTID1; L L those which have the idea of sickness are vf}, n?nD f
16:7, seq.
vn !"Pn, like i. (3) to be the Greek voativ vuaov, 2 Ki. 13:14. 1v?i 1"IN to be diseased in the feet, i Ki. 15:23. Of disease
57:10. sick, diseased, Gen. 48:
Isa.
rpno, D^/np [and some proper names].

a cake, 2 Sa. 6:19; especially such as waa 24:5; from the root 7yn No. l to perforate, such cakes having been perforated, as is still the custom of the Arabs and modern
"1/U
f.
^n
offered in sacrifices, Lev. 8:26;

,
from a wound or hurt, 2 Ki. i 2 8:29, n?in njn a diseased evil, i.e. one which can scarcely be healed. Ecc.5:i9, 15, nans r6in sick with love, Cant. 2:5;
: ;
Jews.
i.
5:8.
(4) tube pained, Pro. 23:35; hence metaph. to be careful, or solicitous, followed 71?, i Sa.22:8.
by
11,24. Dreams used for Root D?n.

:
a dream, Gen. 20:3, 6; 31:10, Ecc. 5 6 trifles, comp. a.

:
(Corresponding
JSthiopic <tAP: to be careful or solicitous, for the Gr. fuptfirfv, Mat. 6:28; see Lud.
is
De
to
Dieu, h. 1.). NIPHAL, n?TO
(i)
to be
worn down
in strength,
become wearied, Jer. 12:13. Part. f. (2) to be or become sick, Dan. 8:27. 'VD? e.g. rt/HJ HBO a sickly wound, one which can
comm. (Josh. 2 1 8 Eze. 41 16), pi. D JoeJ Eze. 40: 16, a window, so called from and ni 2:9; P?nn TJJ being perforated, see the root ??n. through the window,Gen. 26 8 Josh.2 15 Jud. 5 28.
; :
: ; : ;
H
2:7."]
("strong"), pr.n. of a man, Num.
GCLxxx
, P/n pr.n. (["sandy"] according to Simonis, "delay"). (l) of a sacerdotal town in the tribe of Judah, perhaps the same as that elsewhere
in pause 'fr with suff.
V^n p l. Dj>n
m
:
(l) disease (from the root <"l?n No. 3), wLethe: internal, Deu. 7:15; 28:61; or external, Isa. l 5.
called
l.?'n,
iCh.6:43;
Josh. 15:51; 21:15.

;
(2)
i.
of a town of the Moabites, Jer. 48 : 2 1

tfnh.
probably
q.
"
(a) affliction, sadness, Eccles. 5:16,
iyn
foi
^n.
(3)
aw
evil,
a calamity,
(in Uebel/
Ecc. 6:2.
m. that which is left behind (when one dies). *)' Pro. 31 8, sp^D 3? "children left behind," orphans
:
'"
'cH a necklace, Hos. 2: 15,
from the root njn No.

' /rl
(Arab.
i^jidL. II. to leave children
when
dying,
Mark
12:19,20; Acts 18: 21). [".4 going away (see the root *"? No. l), especially when others are left behind,
hence
the death
of parents.
Arab. S_P\~L
to leave
children at death."]
(i) subst. m. a pipe, a flute, so called being pierced (see the root ??H No. l), Isa, 5:12; 30:29; i Ki. 1:40. (2) adj. profane (see the root Piel No. 3, b, and
from
its
n
men""],
f.
slaughter ["properly a prostrating of

pr. n. of
Hiphil No. 3), and neut. any thing profane, whence with n parag. "V'pn, "V?n (Milel) properly, to pro-
from the root K^n.
fane things! ad profana, i. e.

mud.
"]^
absit,far be it! (Tall
a province of Assyria, whither a portion of the ten tribes were taken by Shalmanezer; it is probably Calachene (KaXa^rjyi'i,
Vy
[Hal a A]
pSin), an exclamation of abhorrence,
Sa.
Strab. xvi. l;
KaXciKtvi},
Ptol. vi. l),
the
northern
20:2, rV)n N? rh'hn "far be it! thou sh alt not die;" comp. i Sa. 2 30. It is used (a) "? ^/VO followed " far be it from me that I should with inf. an IP by
=
province of Assyria, on the confines of Armenia, a Ki. 17 :6; 18 : 1 1. Compare n?3.
(so) do," Genesis 18:25; 44:7, 17; Joshua 24:16; CX with a future comp. Job 34: 10. (b) followed by Job 27:5; i Sa. 14:45; (without v) 2 Sa. 20:20.
[/^npn Halhul,
Hulhul,
pr.n. Josh. 15:58,

i.
now
called
To both
of these expressions
i
there
l
is
sometimes
JU,
f.
Rob.
319.]
of a parturient
(from the root ^-in Pilp.) (i) pain woman, Isa. 21:3. Eze. 30:4,9. (a) trembling, terror, Nah. 2:1 1
;
"Wf
Ki. 21:3, with 26:11; the sense of, to places profaned or accursed by the Lord (see IP 2,&); or, the primary signification being
Sa. 24:7;
added nirrp
neglected, a curse be to me from the Lord, if, etc. WO e be to Josh. 22:29, nin'3 Tip? 130p ^ nW>n
us from him
VJ
a root unused in Kal.
In the Talmud in
Kaland Hiphil,ro DECLARE, TO CON FiRii(seeMishn. v. p. 216; vi. p. 42), and this meaning may be applied to the Hebrew words [Hiphil], i Ki. 20:
Surenh.
33,
e. Jehovah), if we should sin against (i. Jehovah." The idea is a little different, l Sa. 20:9, " far be it from thee, (for me) that if I know I tell
ppn
i.
-It^nn
nnp^j
made him declare, whether

him,"
for
e.
and they hastened, and (this was uttered) by
[" In this passage instead of the dat. of the person detesting, there is added a dat. of the person for whose benefit these things are sworn."] thee not."
"13 f. (from the root ^H) change. 2Ki.5:5, DH33. riwfc) "^7 "ten changes of raiment," that whole might be is, ten sets of garments, so that the
they carefully so acted, that the king should again declare and confirm what he had said. ^/n1
is
vH
lO^nn [compare]
Arab. U\-^
little
p.
322.
is to
Sa. 14:22; 31:2; Lehrg. affirm zealously, to swear,
a meaning [In Corl

in
suited to the passage in question.
i.q.
Arab. JaU-,
Uo-
to be
quick
and hasty
changed ten times. 2 Ki. 5: 22,83; Jud. 14:12, 13; Genesis45:22; also without DHJ3 Jud. 14: 19. Speof soldiers keeping guard by turns, whence cially used " all the days of my warfare I metaph. Job 14:14,
will wait T>p *?D Ni3~iy until others take
(lit.
till
any tning.]
aurou.
for
LXX.
\6yov IK TOV Vulg. rapuerunt vei'bum ex ore ejus:
at tXiâvro TOV
my
place,"
my exchanging
on watch.
[I
come:) the miserable conto the hardships of a not whence this strange
dition in Orcus being
compared
H
lace, a
ee
pi.
D'Kn for
Pro. 25
DO (Lehrg.
:
p.
575) a neck-
soldier
know
neck chain, so
1.
1
called from being polished,
n No.
Cant. 7 : 2.
(Arab.
l>.
such ideas piece of theology originated; certainly form no part of God's revealed truth.] Elsewhere used of a fresh band succeeding in the stead of those
who
f
[) Halt,
pr. n. Josh. 19:25.]
3ia Ivolv.
are wearied; "
Job 10:17, 'PV ?>'] J"l'lD 7q by lv changes and hosts arc against roe."
CCLXXXI
I.
e.
host? fight
against
me
continuously succeeding
one's
owu
to
use, Deu.
20 :6; 28:30;
to
Jer.
31:5; henc<
one another.
men, !T
also of similar changes of Ki. 5:28, adv. " in alternate courses."
Used
work(4)
Isa.
cast down,
destroy, like the Gr.
vH
f spoils, as taken from a

m
man
slain [in
23:9.
battle], 2 Sa.
"?T
1:21
Jud. 14: 19; from the root

root.
pn.
[see
(5) denom. from ?V9, to play Kal No. 3], i Ki. 1 140.
pass, of Pi.
on a pipe or
;
flute
/FT an unused
to
Arab. t^^L*.
to be
black,
^KC
PUAL
No.
Eze. 32 26
:
pass, of No. 3. b,
Isa,
metaph.
be
wretched, unfortunate,
life.
like
Eze. 36:23. POAL 7?in

1
to
wound,
to
pierce Through.
(The primary idea, I judge, is that of burning, scorching, and this root to scorch, is softened from the Ch. T!D, Arab. j->~ compare D-1H black from the root D-in and Hence
(JJ3U- a miserable
for ^P/5 -) quadril. adj. (with the addition at the end of K and n, see Lehrg. p. 865), m. Ps.
(
51:9,
I"
??
f"V.?inp
"who pierced through
the
dragon" (meaning Egypt). Pass. //inp wounded, LXX. tTpavfjiariadi). Isa. 53:5. NLPHAL ?ru (for ?n3) inf.^nn (Hk e Ben) fut. ^T.^np. pass, of Piel No. 3. b, to be profaned, to be defiled,
Eze. 7:24; 20:9; 14:22; Lev. 21:4. HIPHIL ?nn (i) to loose, to set free.
Hosea
8:10,
10: 8, in pause n3?n ver. 14,

the
^
to
i.
KifSr? EJ?p
wretched,
the
O s N??n ver. 10 H'ro, unfortunate, as rightly rendered

pi.
in the ancient versions.
" Others render rO^TI thy

also the
nations) shall " e. the unpleasant dominion) of the king. (i.
"and they (the hostile presently force them from the burden
-1;>rm
(2) (3)
break
q. Piel
one's word,
host
be written as two words) " the host of the afflicted;" but the interpretation previously given
directs to
(O God)," and Q^3 ^n (which
Masora
No.
3, b, to
Nu. 30:3. profane, Eze. 39:7.
idea is derived from (4) to begin, of which the that of opening, like many synonymous words, e.g.
L creferable.
'
nnD Arab,
T0
to open, to
begin.
3
_
C1)
PERFORATE, PIERCE THROUGH

I.
open, to begin.
inf.
German
ev&ffncn.
Syr. );_ to loose, tc It stands with an
(Arab.
J^
Conj.
and V.), and

or
intrans. TO BE
PIERCED THROUGH,
Hence W>n,
and Poel.
(2) to loose, to
allied are the Gr.
WOUNDED,
Ps.
1O9:22.
Piel
followed by ? Gen. 10:8; without ? Deut. 2:25, l Sam. 3:2; rarely followed by a finite verb, as 31 i Sam. 3:12, rr??i. 'pnn "hi Deut, 2:24, BH ^nn.
;
^H,
n^n, $>n, r^PID.
Compare
the end.
from the beginning to beginning and finishing," i. e. " Gen. 9:20, ^97^? 'C ?- an d Noa^
^^
lay open.
(Arab. J^-j nearly
âXaw, Xvw).
[" (3) denom. from ?vn to play pipe (see Piel No. 5), Ps. 87 .-7."]
Comp. Piel, Hiphil. on a flute or
began (to be) a husbandman." HOPHAL, pass, to be begun, Gen. .4:26. The derivative nouns are ^H, npn, Tpn }
n?nn and
fipn,
<T>np t
PIEL
(2)
to
(i)
to
wound,
Eze. 28:9.
to
loose,
to
dissolve,
break
(a covenant),
Psalm 55: 21; 89:35. (3) to lay open, to give access to ["toprofane, ri2n 7?n Lev. from the idea of opening"], hence (a)
19: 29, to prostitute one's daughter, comp. Lev. 21:7, 14. (b} to profane, as the sanctuary (things counted
'7"? niasc. adj. (l) pierced through, hence mortally wounded, Job 24: 12; Ps. 69:27; Jer.5i:52, and often s lain, in battle, Deu. 2 1 1, 2, 3, 6. 3"jn 7?n slain with the sword, Num. 19:16; and figuratively,
:
for the sake of the antithesis,
holy not being open to public access), Lev. 19:8; 21:9, seq. ; Mai. 2 1 1 the sabbath, Exod. 31:14; the name of God, Eze. 36 22 Mai. 1:12; the priests,
:
3jn v?D those slain by Isa. 22:2. Lam. 4:9; compare hunger, 2 ) profane (seethe verb Piel No. 3). Eze.2 1 30; ( f. ""WO (standing in connection with nji?) profaned,
:
i.
fication of
Isa.
43:28; a father's bed (by incest), Gen. 49:4. Used with a pregnant signification, Ps. 89 40, flp?n " thou hast profaned his crown (by cast^|? V~$?
:
a harlot, Lev. 21 :7, 14. As to the active signione who pierces through, i. e. a soldier, which some have proposed, see Comment, on Isaiah 22:2.
e.
ing
it)
&P?D
to the ground," <>.?n to apply a
comp. Ps. 74:7; Eze. 28: 16. vineyard to common uses (as
0/^7
fut -
D^T
C1)
Arabic A>- ConJ-
I-
V. TO
BE FAT, FLESHY, spoken of an infant,
flocks, see the
having been [for the first three years] sacred or dedicated, Lev. 19:23), i. e. to apply its produce to
Arabic lexicographers in Scheid, Cant. Hiskize, pagj 140 (cogn. 3/n, i_->L=>--)- Hence once Job 39:4, to
rbn-tbt
bfconte
CCLXXXII
to be-
strong or robust (Syr. Pe. and Ethpe.
any thing
foolish, especially foolish discourse,
may I*
come sound or strong).

of body (a) to dieam (because, it is said, fatness inclines to sleep and dreams ; at all events the significations of fatness and dreaming are often found in
the other cognate languages expressed
letters.
by
the same
Arab. Jj>- <<th.

;
rhA^:
:
Syr. jaÂ,)> Gen.
TK proverbially and jocosely called ,Rot)ls2Jr&fce. Jewish interpreters and the Targums make WO?n tc be the same as flB^n and P3?H the yolk of an ogg 3?n No. l ), and the slime of the (from the root D?n to be the white of an yolk of an egg they interpret an food as explanation not bad being unsavory egg, in itself, but that already given is preferable, on
37:5, seq. dreams, i.
42 9
:
q. K*??,
Isa. 29 8. D'^D D^h a dreamer of inasmuch as dreams were ascribed
account of the analogy of so

T
many
languages.
to divine inspiration [or rather because revelations were often made to God's true prophets in dreams],
quadrilit.
28:9;
Ps.
ll4:8; more
FLINT, hard stone, Job TW Deu. 8:15; fully B*?&nn

pyrites.
Deu. 13:2,4; compare Joel 3 l Nu. 12:6. HITHIL (l) to cause to recover, Isa. 38:16.
:
32
13.
(In Arabic
^^1^, not ^^1^

many
(a) to
cause
to
dream,
'
Jer. 29:8.
The primary
^>n,
Derivatives,
patron. 'P/.].
D^n niC&n np'pnK false D?n and "''..I.

emph. NO?n Chald. a dream, Dan.
pr. n. see
a signification
gtatt.
idea appears to be that of smoothness, verbs beginning with found in
see n^n, n^n, fbn,
compare glaber, gladius, Germ. kindred word is Gr. \a\iZ, silex).
D/n m
(l)
2:4, seq.; 4:2, seq.

(2) \_Helem\t
^?n
No.
2.
fem. aval \ey6p. Job 6: 6, a word with regard to which, interpreters have advanced many conjectures, agreeing however in this, that the context
requires the
fut. erj! poet, for 1?V ["<<> sliP> to 9 lide * of the swill motion of any tiling smooth, the spoken primary idea being thatof smoothness andslipperiness. Gr. also "li?n, &!?n. as of fat things; compare and so Germ. fd)lupfen/ Eng. to slip, with the ;
^n
d\Yw
to
meaning
to
be some
unsavoury
or insipid.
offood which is In order to shew the true

article
its
(1) TO PASS BY, Job 4: 15; hence to pass on, l Sam. 10:3; Cant. 2:11; 9:26;
sibilant prefixed"].
to j>6$ perish, to come to nothing, Isa. 2:l8; beyond, transgress (a law), 24:5. (2) to pass through, whence causat..to pierce through, Jud. 5:26; Job 20 124. one hostilely, Job 9: (3) to come on against any ll; 11 10; of the wind, Isa. 21 l of a river, Isu.
:
signification, we must have
recourse to
etymology.
rHD?n then (of the form nw?3) from D?n properly is dreaminess, dreams, hence fatuity (comp. Ecc. 5:2, 6), a foolish matter, which may be applied to
tasteless food, just as vice vers& insipidity is transferred from food to discourse ; compare /zwpoc, ap. Dioscorid. of insipid roots. The Syriac version well shews what
8:8.
(4)
to
come on
TX
or
:
up; hence
5, 6.
to
revive or floul
:
this food was, rendering
closely
)^v>\.. for this word, resembling the Hebrew word in question,

it
rish as a plant, Ps. 90

H-11 C]Vn
Figuratively, Hab.
1 1
"then
his spirit
id.)
revives."
(Syr. Aph.,
denotes the
purs la in, a kind of herb, the
insipid taste
( ._<:
Arab. ^_j\-^ Conj. IV.
of which has become proverbial in Arabic
more
No. 344,
3\irof,
p.
foolish
than purslain;
v.
Meidanii Prov.
219, ed. H. A. Schultens ; Golius ad Sententias Arab. No. 81), in Greek (fiupoy Xa-âruv,
of Pi. and Hiph. [" (5) to be changed, as if pass, No.l, Ps. 102:27."] PIEL, to change (used of garments), Gen. 41 14; 2 Sa. 12:20. (Syr. Pael id.)
:
whence jfy/rw,
foolish
iv. 4, l )
/3\irac, /3\tro/znâc, Arist.

(bliteus, Plaut.
Nub. 997, of a
Trucul.
man), and Latin

it
HIPHIL (l) to change, to interchange, to alter, Gen. 35:2; Lev. 27:10; Ps. 102:27. (2) to change, Gen. 31 =7, 41. [In Thes. l and a,
are put together.] (3) causat. of Kal No. 4, to cause to revive, 01 sprout forth (as a tree), Isa. 9 9; and intrans. to revive (prop, to produce new buds, or leaves), Job
:
whence
is
called
foolish herb,
JlaJl which very
word the Arabic translator

with this which
8.
is
of Job used for the Syr.
Zoo^w. The Talmudic word

used of
JVO?n
may be compared
herbs in general, Chilaim viii.

loc. cit.
niD?n
"in in
Job
properly the slime of purslain, seems to be contemptuously spoken of herb broth, just as in Germ.
14:7; whence, with the addition of nb, to gain neii strength, to renew one's strength, Isa. 40:31; 41.1; and with the ellipsis of that word. Job 29:20.
Derivatives,
$?,
#*[, ns^n, s)VnD,
ntoj>n?>.
CCLXXXIII
|?g Ch.
'D
to
i~D?n
Job 38:3; 40 : 7
;
pass, used of time, Dan. 4: 13, 20, 29.
battle [or other active exertion],

to
go out of the loins of any

1 1.
one, to be begotten
]
(i) subst. exchange;
whence prep, for, in

in the tribe of
exchange for, Nu. 18:21, 31. (a) \_Heleph~], pr. name of a town
Naphtali, Josh. 19:33.
by him, Gen. 35:
(Chald. PVin, Syr.
"+,, II.)
^ or 1
being omitted, see under the root 1^0 No.

1
I. fat- P'D! (i) TO DRAW OUT, Lam. 4:3; j 7^7 hence to draw off, or loose, or pull off (a. shoe),
loin," i. q. (perh. [" liberation"]), [Helez~\, pr. n. m. (i) i Ch. 2:39. ( 2 ) 2 Sa. 23: 26 for which there is i Ch. 11:27; 27:10.
;
^H
Deu. 25:10.
(2) to withdraw oneself, to depart, followed by \O Hos. 5:6; compare Germ, abjietjn for roeggetjn/ to
depart.
i
^
fut P'H-
(0
;
T0 BE SMOOTH.
act. to
(Arabic
(The former
_L>-,
signification
is
found in Arabic,
,drL and /iL>-
id.
but /d^smooth;
ibnn, to frame,
ia
in the root
anc^ V
being interchanged, to
draw
to create, properly to
kindred to which
out, to draw off garments and shoes; the latter is found in ..A^. to go out from a place, to go away see examples in Schroeder, De Vestitu Mul. free
;
to cut off the hair; prop, to
make smooth
the
head or chin.
Many
stocks of words, also in westsrn
Heb. page 212.)

PIEL
(l) to
languages, beginning with gl, especially with glc, have. the signification of smoothness; as x aAê> X"^'
draw
out, to take
away,
as stones
smooth
terer
lies in
from a wall, Lev. 14:40, 43.

(2) to set free, to deliver, 2 Sa.
= P?9
$
silex, calculus,
No. 2;
y\vk'6c, the
cc!\, a smooth man, a flatprimary idea of which

Lat. glades, glaber, la/ gleijkn gtciten/
22:20; Ps. 6:5;
touch; yXotoc, yXt'ffxpof ;

5
50:15; 8l:8.
(3) According to the Syriac usage in Pe. and Pa. to spoil, despoil. Psal. 7 5, " if I have despoiled my enemy." Comp. nyvD. [There does not appear
:
gladius, glisco, gluten

gldnjen
to
Germ, glatt/
comp. Heb. H?|, ^-_
to polish, etc.)
Metaph.
be
smooth, bland, of the
heart, Hos.
1O:2;
of
men
to
be any necessity for giving this word a Syriac " meaning in this passage it irsay be taken, yea, I have set free him who was my enemy causelessly."]
;
themselves [rather their words or lips], Psa.

:
55:22.
(2) to divide, especially by lot, Josh. 14 5; 18: 2; 22:8. (This sense is derived from the noun P/D, which properly denotes a smooth stone, and
NIPHAL,
to be
set free,
to be
delivered, Pro.ll:8;
Ps.6o:7; 108:7.
Derivatives, n V*?D, fli^DD. [In Thesaur. f?n is not divided into two articles, which appears to be a better arrangement.]
hence
signifies
lot,
comp. Ch. P?n a stone used in

id.
reckoning, a
lot,
<?!>.
The Arabic
;
/ii*- to desr
H.
?n
to be
active,
to
be
manful;
perhaps a
a secondary root hudlekud to number, to count among,

tine, to predestine, is
.<Eth.
*pA4"
>
^^4* 'I
huelqu
kindred root to
p?.
Part. pass.
)
P'P
;
active,
ready
!
number,
field
prepared
Â/) fully, Say ready prepared, equipped, or arrayed for war,
for battle (Syr.
"
J 1.
Ni?in Ni compare Aram, 2 Sa. 19:30; lot, an inheritance.) iSa. 30:24, -1p?n.! I^H! "they shall divide (amongst
lot;
divided
by
Nu. 32 :21, 27, 29, seq.; Deu. 3:18; Josh. 6: 7, seq.; " the Isa.l5:4, SXto'^YpD equipped ones of Moab;" used for the prose term 3i<iO~^"Y)33 the poetically mighty men or soldiers of Moab, which stands in the place when repeated out of Isaiah, Jer. 48 :4l. [Perhaps the one phrase is as little prosaic as the other.]
NIPHAL, to gird oneself, for war, Nu. 31:3; 32:17.
HIPHIL,
to
Prov. themselves) equally," i. e. in equal portions. " he shall share the inheritance amongst the 17:2, brethren," i. e. shall have the same portion as they;
compare Job 27 17
:
followed
by
DJ?
with
whom any-
to be
ready prepared
thing is shared, Prov. 29: 24; followed by ? to divide or impart to any one, Deuteron. 4: 19; 29:25; Neh. 13:13; followed by ? of the thing. Job 39: 17, ny:i3 n? p?n N7| " and he has not imparted to her
in (or of) understanding;" comp. P^n No. 2, letter b. 2 Ch. 28:21, (3) to despoil, from p.^n No. a, b.
make
active, or vigorous, Isa. 58: 11.
[Derivatives, the two following words.]

[
"
Ahaz despoiled
>
the house of God, the house of
/n
only in the dual,
D?7n
loins, so called from
the idea of activity [connected with girded loins']. Hence to gird vp one's loins, i. q. to prepare for
the king, and the princes;" well rendered by the rw oticw, house being here used LXX. tXafiev -a see rV3 No. 9. for the riches there
kept,
CCLXXX1V
NIFHAL (i) to be divided, to be apportioned, Nu. 26:53,55. (2) to divide one' s telf. Job 38:24; Gen. 14:15; a i -regnant construction, BHvJ! P<>rM " and he divided himself against them," i. e. made an attack upon them after having divided his forces.
i
e thou worshippest idols where there is a plaj upon the double signification of the word P^D smoothi.
;
ness, a lot, portion. [In Thes. it is suggested that the smooth stones of the brook are the materials oi
which the
Prov. 7:21.
idols
were made.]
Metaph. flatter its
(3) to divide amongst themselves, like Hithp. Chr. 23:6, DEJiflQ and he divided them," i Chr.
(2) lot, part, portion (see the root No. a). p/C p/n? share and share (alike), in equal portions, Deu.
24:3. However, the preferable reading is D P../P;1, see Lehrgeb. p. 462. PIEL. (i) like Kal No. 2, to divide, e.g. booty, Genesis 49 27 Ps. 68:13; followed by V to divide
:
18:8.
[" Spoken of the portions of the sacrifice?

Specially
l
allotted to the Levites."]
of spoil, Gen. 14:24;

the
Sa.
(a) a portion 30:24; whence used of
Sam. 6: 19; Isai. 34: 17. 1 Kings 18:6, amongst, r^rrrm Dr6 -Ip^nn "and they divided the land between them." Also i. q. to apportion, to allot, Job 21: 17. Isa.53:12,D':mtfrp^ "I will allot
Z
to
spoil itself, poetically for the spoilers, depredators, T# &ti " (who) betrays P^D n&K. Job 17:5, his friends to the spoilers." (6) a portion of a
Dm
field, the field itself, 2 Ki. 9: 10, 36, 37 (so with the letters transposed Ch. &yp.n and Êth. fh<J>\ :
him a portion amongst the mighty." (2) to disperse, Gen. 49:7; Lam. 4:16.
PUAL,
to
a
Isa.
be
divided,
to be
distributed,
1, to
33:
hence land (as opposed to sea), Am. 7:4. p?D Jehovah is called the port ion of Jacob, because they were allotted to be his worshippers.
field),
(c) 3pJ
23; Am. 7:17; Zee. 14:1. HIPHIL (l) trans, of Kal No.
to to
make smooth,
:7-
smooth (used of an
artificer), Isa.
41
Metaph.
the tongue smooth, to flatter, Ps.5:lo; Prov. 28 23 ; " he uttered smooth words," Proverbs
:
make
10:16; 51:19; comp. Deut. 4:19; Psal. 16:5; 142:6; and on the other hand njrp p?n is applied tc the people of Israel, whom God has allotted to HimDeu. 32:9. self to be protected and cared for. (eTi B "I have a lot and inheDV ^ p^n Wqjl J&frn&
Jer.
ritance,"
i.
i. e. flattered; or without these accu" a man satives, Proverbs 29:5, ^"IJTr^J? p^Hlp 135 who flatters his neighbour." Ps. 36:3. Jer. 37:12, (2) causat. of Kal No. 2.
2: 16; 7:5,
e.
fellowship or
common
possession
" with
to receive thence his portion" or inheritance. [In Thes. Gesenius speaks of the meaning of this word as being doubtful in this passage, suggesting the
"*
anyone;" Deu. 10:9; 12:12; 14:27, 29; 2 Sa. 20: i l Ki. 12:16; Ps. 50:18. (e) the lot of a man in this life, funpa, Ecc. 2:lO; 3:22; 5:17; Job 2O:i^; " the allotment 31:2, 5'vg p?n designed of God." (3) [Helek~\, pr. n. ofason of Gilead, Nu. 26:30;
;
Josh. 17:2; of which the patron,
is
'P/D.
Nu.
1.
c.
above meaning, and also the idea of to escape, to tlip away, which appears the preferable rendering.] HITHPAEL, to divide (amongst themselves). Josh.
18:5.
"
p?D
five
adj. sm oo th. smooth things
Sa. 17 :4 of stones,"
i.
e.
five
smooth
stones; as to this idiom,

follow, except
J"lj5:>np.
compare
Isa.
29: 19; Hosea
The derivatives immediately
13:2, and Lehrg. p. 678.

fi-q- P?$ (0 smoothness, Gen. 27: smooth or slippery ways, Ps. 73 1 8. Metaph. n flattery, Prov. 6:24. nip^D ?f flattering lips t
a^j(0 smooth (opp. to hairy), Gen. hence bare, used of a mountain, Josh. 1 1 7 17; 12:7; bland, smooth, flattering, of the palate,
-
p/V m
:
16;
pi.
i.
e.
the
mouth of a
harlot, Prov.
5:3; comp. Prov.
26:28.
(a) slippery, deceitful. Eze. 13:7.
Ps. 12:3, 4; pi. rilp^n. id. Isa. 30: 10. H'lb' (a) a portion, apart, with the addition of
Ezek. 12:24; compare
a portion of a
field,
Gen. 33 19
:
Ruth 2:3; without
rnb
id.
a Sa. 14:30, 31; 23: 12.
p/H p/D
die
Ch. portion, lot,Ezr.4:l6; Daniel 4: 12,
SO; comp. Ileb. p/0.
[( 3 ) (a)Dnwn np_>n ('the field of swords'), Helkath-hazzurim,-pT.n.of a place near Gibcon, 2Sa.2:i6. (6) rip^n Helkath, a Levitical town
in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19:25, called fij^C Josh.
1
with
suff.
>P?n
pi.
D'P?D const.
'PJ?PI,
once
in
*2?n (with Dag. euph. Isa. 57:6), m. (l) smoothness.

Isa.
(i.e.
1 1
:
57 :6,
^n Wp]>n}
is
smoothnesses
f- a division, a Ch. 35:5.

f.
in the bare places devoid
of wood, comp. Josh.
17) of the valley
thy
lot,"
pL fiatteriei.
Dan. 11:31,
CCLXXXV
1 'J37C ("flattering"), ["for njj^ri the portion of Jehovah"], [He Mai], pr. n. m. Neh. 12:15.
?
i.
&
descendants, Gen. 10:6 20, are described ;,s occupying the soxithern regions of the earth this is very suitable to the name of their progenitor w v ich sig;
ip
("the portion of Jehovah,"
nified hot.
peculiarly appropriated to God), Hilkiah, pr. n. (i) of the high priest in the reign of Josiah, 2 Ki. 32:8,12. (2) of the father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1:1.
e.
(3) the father of Eliakim, 2 Ki. 18 : 18, 26; Isaiah
22:20;
(6)
36:3 (4) iCh. ft6:ii. 101.6:30. (7) Neh. 8:4.

pl.f.
(5) Jer. 29:3.
of Egypt; properly its domestic the Egyptians themselves, but however so inflected, that the Hebrews supposed Ham the son of Noah to have been the ancestor of the Egyptians
III.
On
name
name amongst
amongst other nations.

simple
fact, if
we
[This, of course, was the are to believe what God has re-
(l)
slippery places, Psalm
vealed.]
Psal.
78:51;
105:23,27;
106: 22.
The
35:6; Jer. 23:12.
()
flatteries, blandishments,Dan.il:<ll,34.
of Egypt in the more recent Coptic tongue is written XHUI, in the Sahidic dialect KHLU3; words
name
^7 /V
Germ,
(0
:
fat.
^H!
TO PROSTRATE, TO
VAN-
QUISH, Ex.17 !3;

ftegen ubcr.
folio wed
by ^^1.14:12;
like the
which signify blackness and heat, as Plutarch observed, De Iside et Osir, vii. page 437, Reisk., and which is, according to their Coptic etymology, in which XAUfi
signifies black,
(Arab.
^Ls^
to prostrate,
,ll^
IjUOU
it is
glyphic language
is
hot, or heat. [" In the Hierowritten with two letters M."]
manful, brave).
to be
Hence
n^'-lpn.
to be
(2) fut. ^7.n; intrans.
weak,
9 q
to
waste away,
named likewise in the Rosetta inscription, Egypt in which this word occurs more than ten times (Lin.
so
l,
frail, properly to be prostrated; Job 14:10.

p-
(Syr. Ethpael, to be weakened, J_*Â/ weak.)
chine, see
6,7, 8, 11, 12, 13), and is read by Champollion Jablonskii Opuscc. ed. te Water, i. p. 404, seq
[Derivatives ^?H, n^-pn.]
"pn m
Champollion, L'Egypte sous les Phar.i.page 104, seq Akerblad,Lettre a Silv. De Sacy, sur ITnscription <U
Rosette, p.
weak, Joel 4:
10.
33
37.
[In Thes. referred to

to join together],
non unused
,
EH
root,
masc. heat, Gen. 8:22; from the root
TP n C^P? m. A FATHEK-iN-LAw,Gen.38:i3,25; 188.4:19,21. The fern, is riion which see. It follows the analogy of
only with
suff.
[classed in Thes.
under
Inf. ].
an unused
thick, to curdle, as
root.
Arab. L*sw
to
become
the irregular nouns,
3,
HK, Lehrg. pp. 479, 605,
606.
(Arabic
a relation of either husband or
wife, jEth.
rh^:
a father-in-law;
frh^Q)
;
to
milk [" the primary meaning seems to be that of growing together, see the root and the remarks under DPJJ"], whence and npn No. II.
p
contract
affinity, to
become son-in-law
Sam.
*jigj
It is thus evident son-in-law, also one espoused. that the proper signification of this word lies in the idea of and thus it answers to the Greek
affinity,
written in theChaldee manner for
i"lOn
anger,
Dan. 11:44.
p,
i.
f.
Chald. heat, anger, Dan. 3:13, 19;
yapfipoc for yaptpos, a father-in-law, a son-in-law, one espoused, or connected from
q.
Hebr. HDn.
by marriage,
yayuoe,
yaê'w.
Nor
is
it
in signification alone that these
^?U
tf
f.
(l)
curdled milk (from

.
the roo
words correspond, but both are from

stock, for both the Phenicio-Shemitic
the same DH and the
OH), Gen. 18:8; Jud. 5:25 (Joseph Arch. v. 6, yc'iXu Stt00opoc ifir], such milk having an intoxicating powei
[?]); Isa. 7:22; 2 Sam. 17:29; used- poetically in speaking of any milk, Job 20 17 Isa. 7:15; Deu't. In Isa. loc. cit. the inhabitants of the land 32:14.
:
;
Greek ya/ioc, belong to the wide-spread family of roots which denote the idea of such
as
DOS, D3, especially

given.)
-
Dy,
joining -ogether; where more instances
are
when it has been laid waste by enemies, and

of the fruits of the
honey.
field,
is
devoid
are said
to
r (l) adj. hot, warm (from the root Bfip), used of bread newly baked, Josh. 9: 12; plur. Q'n
feed on milk and
Job 37 117.
Testament does
(a)
In no place of the Old (2) cheese, Prov. 30:33. it appear that butter should be under-
()
pr.n.
Ham,
the son of Noah, whose
stood, which,
by the
ancients,
and even IKW yy tht
CCLXXXVI
be used medically; H. Voss, on Virg. Georg., p. 634. By syncope, as derived from this, is the form npn, which see. [See
Orientals
to
was only accustomed
Bn
f.
see Michaelis Suppl., p. 807.
(from the root
J.
Dpn)_(ij
itself,
Jiea
t,
of the
sun, Ps. 19:7.
(2) poetically for the
sun
Job 30:28; Cant
6:10;
Isa.
30:26.
f.
(So often in the Mishnah.)
and ipn*, whence ^rnprij, Isaiah 53:2 (l) TO DESIRE, TO COVET, Exod. 2O:17; 34:24; Mic. 2:2. (2) to delight in any thing, Psa. 68:17; Isa.
fut. ibljT
pn
I- ""ID!!
constr. riPO (for
npn from
the root
Qn*)r(l)
warmth
["sc.from wine, Hos.7:5"],a^cr

LVD Di?
(Arab. aLr,
r), Gen. 27:44; Jer.6:ii.

. :
1:2 9
53 :2
>
dat. of benefit
i^>
Prov. 12:12, with the addition of a Pro. l :aa. Part. "MDH something to
npnn Jer. 25- 15, and npnn D13 I sa 51 17, the cup of wrath of which Jehovah makes the nations drink,
comp. Rev. 16:19; and Job 21: 20, "let him drink
of the
(2)
be desired, something desirable,lience that

: ;
which
is
DrpTlOH Isa. dearest to one, Job 20 20 Ps. 39 1 2. 44:9, "their delight," i.e. idols (comp. Dan. 11:37).
:
wrath
poison
of the Almighty."
(as that
which burns the bowels), Deu.
NIPHAL, participle 1PH3 (l) desirable, hence pleasant, agreeable, Gen. 2:9; 3:6. (2) precious, Ps. 19:11; Pro. 21:20.
PIEL, i.q.
32:24; Psa. 58:5.
Arab. 43- poison of a scorpion
j32th. fh^P''^; poison.

II.
Kal No.
to sit
1.
"I desire
222,
l
down
Cant. 2: 3, *????. in his shadow."
iTpn
i.
q.
nxpn
(with the radical
omitted),
Lehrgeb.
f.milk, Job 29: 6.
note.
i
Hence "^DP, iblTD, and the words immediately

following.
TNIfin ("heat of God"), [Hamuef],

Ch. 4:26.
pr. n. m.,
'PU m. beauty, desirableness, pleasantness. Eze. 23:6, "IP.H ^na "handsome young men."
P.
D-lun (" father-in-law,"

marriage
is
" of the
i.e.
dew"
connection by near connection ['whose

or
'"& pleasant
fields, Isa.
32
comp.
Am. 5:11.
the dew'],
for
?P nioq), \_Hamutal~],
refreshing like dew; perhaps also pr. n. of the wife of

:
f.
(l) desire, regret.
"he departed regretted by no
2 Ch.2i :20, j6? one."
king Josiah, 2 Ki. 23:31; 24:18; Jer. 52

latter places the
in
which
an3
has
is
7t?^pn.
(2) that which is desired, delight, l Sam.9:20; Dan. 11:37, D *P7 rnpn "the delight of women;" this is to be understood, as the context shews it must,
7^11 ("who
mul~\, pr.n. m.,
'
experienced mercy"), [^TaGen.46:l2; lChr.2:5. Patron.
of some idol, especially worshipped women, such as Astarte, or Anaitis.
by the Syrian
Nu. 26:21.
""npn flN the (3) pleasantness, excellence. P"npn '\?3 pleasant land, Jer. 3:19; Eze. 26:12.
precious jewels, 2 Ch. 32 27
: ;
3n ("warm" or "sunny," from the root [Hammon], pr.n. (l) of a town in the tribe
Asher, Josh. 19:28.
Naphtali,/ Ch.6:6l.
of
(2) of a town in the tribe of
36
o.
pl. precious things, Dan. handsome garments, precious jewels, Gen. 27 15 ; 2 Chr. 20 25. nn-IDH Dr> more agreeable food (from which any one who fasts, n'VNDn E"N verse ll, 19; and abstains), Dan. 10:3. without K"N 9: 23, a man beloved
f.
&
11:38,43.
nnoq
'.??',*?.??
:
m. a violent man, an oppressor, i.q. 1:17; from the root fPH No. 3, a. Acone who has suffered violence toothers, cording
Isai.
or
wrong; LXX.
I
do
object to its
adiKovptvoc, Vulg. oppressus ; nor being thus taken, as the intransitivo
[of God], delighted
form (P^r!)
may assume
a passive signification.
in
(by heaven).
pl
56:26; mitten
("pleasant"), [ffemdan],
l
pr. n. m.,
is
Gen.
for which,
Chr. 1:41, there
incorrectly
Cant. 7:2, to? ^3^ NÊO circuit. " the circuit of thy thighs is like necklaces," that is, the knobs [qu. beads] in necklaces ; from the
p^lSn
^<H
root
2 Sa. 19:27"], m. n, (l) an [ once f. as8, Genesis 49: 14; Ex. 13:13; so called from the reddish colour, which in southern countries belongs
"in
'
'-TV an unused root.

tcith
,
Arab. \*&.
\to join
to
guard,
^PIT.
to
tut round
a wall
together,
Thes.],
and the proper names npn,
not only to the wild ass, but also to the
common
01
pn-nan
domestic KJS; from which
buiro, burrico.
it
is
called in
Spanish,
Comp. also 1HV. a heap; this more rare form is i. ~>P'n q. (2) of the paronomasia. perhaps employed on account Jud. 15: 16, DjrVTton-Aorj lioqn 'n ?? "with the jawbone of an ass (I have killed) a heap, (even) two heaps." Root ~ipn No. 3. n. of a Hivite, a cotemporary of (3) \Harn or], pr. the patriarchs, Genesis 33 1 9 34:2; Josh. 24:32;
1
fy Job 20:13; Ezekiel 36:21. " Iwill be sparing I will care for its honour. of my holy name,"
[also pr. n. 7-lDn]
Hence ?PHP (unless and
it
be from the Arab,
"I/an
63:9-'
f.
mercy, gentleness,
oren.
19:16; Isa
^Q!
Jud. 9:28.
fut. Dnj with Vav conv. Drn,but fut HOS. 7:7, TO BE WARM, TO BECOME WARM. *>
A
.
"HlOn
which
see.
kindred root
f.
is
DH\
;
Arab.
[dual D?rnioq]
i.
q.
-to;}
No.
2,
a heap,
^^
to
make warm, Med
Kesra
16:21
l
to
;
be
Isa.
warm
to
masc.
H (of the form nins, for nipq, from the ^n = Vpn, DH), a mother-in-law, Ruth l
f.
:
44:16.
QVn
be hot (as the day). Ex. Dl"l? at noon, Gen. 18: i

;
Sa. 11:9.
Impers. i? 00 fut.'v CQ1 to become

Ki.
l
:
warm
14; 2:ll; see
CH No.
i.
(German
Ch.
to lie
eg roorb ifym roarm), l
Eccles. 4:11.
an unused
In the
root.
Targums for the Heb. JT)3. tÊH m. Lev. 11:30, prob. a

iravpa.
on the ground. Hence
Metaph. of the heat or excitement of the mind, Ps. 39:4; of heat arising from wine, Jer. 51 :39; of lust,
DI Hos. 7 7. ?ry is referred to but see Ind. Analyt.
:
inf.
Kal of
this verb,
species of lizard,
LXX.
Vulg.
lacerta.
sc.
NiPHAL,part. D^pn.3 Isa.57:5, made hot, burning, with lust, followed by ?. The other forms which
[" HtpJpn (perhaps i.q. Syr. |i>oL "a defence" or " place of lizards"), pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:54."]
have been referred to this conjugation in part belong to Kal ('lEfV compare Lehrgeb. p. 366), and in part to
the root DHJ
fut. D1T, DfV.
[In Thes. they are put
fEfi
m.
adj. salted.
i.
Isaiah
30 24,
:
TP ?
1
under
'V?
this verb.]
to
sprinkled with salt; of which flocks and herds are so fond, that the Arabs
e.
"salted provender,"
PIEL,
HITHPAEL,
tisn. V&MBH, ->'
make warm, Job 39: 14. to make oneself warm, Job

Dn No. II, En,
*vn rncn, L
/
31 :2O.
pr. n.
say proverbially, sweet fodder (<Ls~) is the camels' See Bobread, when salted it is their sweetmeats.
chart, Hieroz.
t. i.
Derivatives,
nE)n
?
J52n
and the
p. 113.
Faber
in
Harmer's Ob-
Sn
plur. only
Isa.
D*?^n a
certain kind of images,
servations, vol.
i.
p.
409.
.
'KfypH
19 25; n i?<0
=
&
(from card.
m JV-T f. adj. numeral ordinal & pn), fifth, Gen. 1:23; 30:17; Lev.
;
TOH
17:8; 27:9; Eze. 6:4; 2 Ch. 14:4; 34:7; in these passages it is several times connected with the statues of Astarte (D'n^H) from 2 Ch. 34:4,
;
Lev. 26:30;
I-ev.
Num. 7:36, etc. Fern, is often tised ellipt. being omitted), a fifth part, Gen. 47:24; 5:16; 27:15. Plur. irreg. VfPB'pq Lev. 5:24.
appears that n^JSH stood upon the altar of Baal. Jarchi [and Erp. Ar.] explained it to mean statues of the sun ; and now some Phoenician inscriptions
it
illustrate exceedingly well
/rîl fu t.
y^
inf.
r6pn Eze. 16:5,70 BE MILD,

"
and the thing

(read i^H ?J/3)
stones were
itself;
is
both this interpretation these inscriptions pr6jD the name of a deity to whom votive
in
GENTLE.
to
(Arab, with the
letters
transposed
'
be gentle, longsuffering,
A-*. paKpoOvpla, *-Ieis
gentle.
The primary
idea
that of softness,
and
Amongst these were (l) Humbert's four stones preserved at Ley den, published and deciphered by Hamaker (in Diatribe Philol. Crit. aliquot Monumentorum Punicorum miper in Africa
inscribed.
this signification is
iifiaXoc, airaXor.)
preserved in the Greek, 4/mXoc,
repertorum interpretationem exhibente, Lugd. Bat.,

1822,410).
Hence (1) to pity, to have compassion on, followed by 'y of pers. Ex. 2:6; 1 Sa. 23 2 1 (2) to spare, followed by ?JJ i Sam. 15:3, 15; aSa 21:7; 2011.36:15,17; followed by *?S Isa. 9: 18; atso, to be sparing of any thing, to use sparingly, folJowed by ^S Jer. 50:14; ^ with inf. 2 Sa. 12:4;
:
.
My interpretation of these inscriptions in

15
seq.) against the
Ephemerid. Hal. (1826, No. ill) mostly agrees with that of Etienne Quatremere (Nouveau Journal Asiapublisher of them, bin, and has since made an unsatisfactory defence of his opinion (see Miscellanea Phoenicia, Lugd. 1828, p.lo6seq.); (a)
tique, 1828, p.
who had
read
tf'pon
rCLXXXVIII
tone (see Hamakeri Misc., tub. 3, No. i), in which, with little doubt even on the part of the editor, there
1
1
rery
stands |Dn ^ya^> (I ? ? 'y?^)> although he thus connects the separate words ]??< JEH 7>y_3? to Baal a pillar of
0^.6:11,13:49:5. DDneKpsa 18:49; Pro. 3:31 and D'ppn E"K 2 Sa. 22:49; Ps. 140:2,5, the violent man. DOH 1J? a witness of wrong, i. e. a false witness, Ex. 23:1. The genitive and suffix may refer either to
.
Also (3) Inscr. Palmyr. iii. Lin. 2, where there written in Aramsean words (H3)T nrpyi H31 S3On IPOS' ? mpl ... (y) "this (statue) of the sun and
stone.
is
1
him who does the wrong, or to him who
suffers
wrong.
the former the following are examples, 1DB0 hia wrong, i.e. the wrong which he causes, Ps. 7:17;
Of
this altar
made and consecrated to the sun," etc. See Kopp, Bilder und Schriften der Vorzeit, ii. p. 1 33. As to the grammatical interpretations, I do not
they
Dpq 58, 3, compare Eze. 12: 19; of the latter are 'P^D the wrong done to me, Gen. 16:5; \?3 DDH rn-irv Joel 4:19; also Jud. 9:24; Obad. 10; Hab.
2:8,17; J er 5 l 35:
B^T
hesitate to explain i^n ?y_3 the sun I, or the sun 0r<f (from iTSn sun, with an adjectivial termination, compare i^CH, I^P'n?), and i^n I consider to be an
Sao
(So also the Latin word

i. i.
injuria,
e.g. Caes., Bell. Gall.,

injuriis
30, "jn-o veteribus Helvetiorum

e.
populi Romani,"
intpp.
;
epithet of Baal, as bearing rule over the sun (comp. as to his other epithets p. cxxxi. A) and because allusion
;
on which see
inedit., p. 21.)
also
populo Romano illatis, Heinrich ad Cic. part
is
perhaps
Egyptians.
made in the sound to |1OX 'Aûwr of the The plural D'?En is in Scripture con-
Am.
(2) that which is gained by violence 3 i o. [" Plural id. Pro. 4:17."]
: ,
and wrong,
and occurs in the same cisely used for D^'jn DvSJ?, similar connection as elsewhere D^V? ^ s found.
grammatical view
is
taken also by
this
Hamaker
in his
fu t. fpn,inf. nxpn TO BE SHARP, EAGER. Used with regard
learned dissertation on
p.5O,seq.); in this, that he considers /t?3 to be supplied, explaining the expression a Sun-image, such as are related to have
word (Miscell. Phoen. however, he differs from me, in
(1) to taste, hence to be sour, of leavened bread,
Ex. 12:39,
f vinegar (fPH), also to be
salted
(see
PPC )1
Arab. ,^7-, Syr.
vy/-
When
used with
reference to sight (2) tobeof abright (i. e. a splendid) colour, such as dazzles the eyes; especially used of a bright ted.
been of a conical or pyramidal form, and to have stood in the most sacred parts of temples Compare
also Bochart, Geogr. S.ii. 17.
.
fitt.
Dbri^
(i) JO
TREAT VIOLENTLY,
TO
OPPRESS VIOLENTLY, TO INJURE, properly to be eager, vehement, hence to be violent, i. q. fOH No. 3, a.
(Arabic
splendid, of the scarlet mantle of [But it here means blood-stained see the context, and Rev. 19: 15]; compare verse a, and LXX. Syr. Similarly the Greeks say, XP^M"
Part. pass,
pon
63
:
a ruler,
Isa.
dw,
p.
i.
e.
KOKKIVOV, Trop(pvpat 6vrarai,

1
o,v(f>t yyi\
ft'
&n
.^
in
a good sense,
to
be bold, manly,
see Bochart, Hieroz. i.p.
14; SimonisArc.formarum,
66, 120.
(3) figurativelyof the
comp. "nt?. Nor does ppn to be sharp, eager, differ much from this word and this meaning may also be its primary signification, and hence, vehement, fervid, comp. H?n No. 4.)
stedfast, '1^3- martial valour,
;
like the kindred
Jer.
22:3; Pro. 8:36, "he who

(or
^?3 hurts
21
:
does violence
sins against me, to) his own life."
ODD
Job
Ps. 71 :4; to be unjust, violent, to injure.) spoken of pain, see HITHPAEL.
mind (a) to act violently, word Don, whence part. H? violent, comp. yion and fpn No. 2. (Êth. 0^0:
"
1
(b) to
be
bitter,
HITHPAEL, to be embittered, i.e. to be

anger, pain, Ps. 73 2 1.
:
affected with
ni^TO "counsels with which you wish to oppress me;" bte spline/ nit tyr mid) fdjlagen roollt. rnin Dl?n to violate the law, Eze. 22 26 Zeph. 3:4. (a) to tear away violently (a covering or shelter). Lam. 2 :6, to tear off from oneself. Job 15 33, DbO! I " as a .~p2 tD|3 vine, he shall shake off from him27, IDbriFI '7JJ
:
Hence P^p, PPC

?
(Chald. Pa. id.) and the following words.
m.
7> etc.
(i)that which
w leavened, Ex.
is
12 -15;
13:3,
(2) probably that ivhich
gained by violence and
wrong,
tl.row down his unripe grapes. NiPHAL,fc> be treated with violence, Jer. 13:22; in this passage (as is shewn by the other member of the
self,'' i. e.
DDn Am. 4:5; see the root No. 3. So The ordinary signification of something Chaldee. leavened is not amiss in this passage, but that now
i.
q.
given
is
preferable [?].
sentence) "to be violently
made naked."
Hence DOnn and
j^pn m. vinegar, Num. 6:3; Ruth 2:14; Psa

69:32.
"O/j0
cit.,
is
the rendering of the old version*,

this is
(i) violence,
wrong, oppretsion,
Ps. loc.
and Pro. 10:26; and
defended by
CCLXXXIX
ing
Michaelis, in Suppl. p. 828 but the common renderis not unsuitable to any of the passages [and we
;
miiller, altes
und neues Morgenlaad, i. No. 94, .
31.)
know that vinegar
is
the
meaning
in Ps.
69:22].
root to P?H.
(i) TO GO
8<
ROUND, a kindred
It receives Gen. 11:3; 14:10; Ex. a: 3. Arab.^-. its name either from its boiling up from the fountains (see Gen. 14: 14), from the root No. l, or from red-
HlTHPAEL.
ness, the best

cio^ttXroc
kind being of that colour; Diosc.i.gg,

/
turn oneself round, to depart, Cant. 5:6. HITHPAEL, to wander-about, see Kal, Jer.3l :22.
(2) to
Sia<f(pet
lovf.a'iK^
rfj<;
X.OITT//C'
<rrt
$*
Derivative
Fevvdrai TTOfxpvfJoe iCwc; trriXftovoa ...... Kai kv QoiriKri rat iv Stôrt vat iv Ba/SuXtofi cat if
KaXi)
i]
'^7
(I)TO BOIL UP, TO FERMENT
Conj. I., II., VIII., to ferment, as leaven; and Couj. VIII. to ferment, as wine). Used of the foaming or raging of the sea, Ps. 48 4; of wine, Ps. 75 9 (where
: :
*lpn m.wine,
32 14;
:
so called from
Isa.
27
2.
its fermenting, Deu See the root ~"?n No. 1. (Arab
Syr.
JÔo
4, 23.
id.)
others assign the sense of redness, compare No. a) ;
compare
pass., (2) to be red,
lOH wine,
1DPI
No.
"tt?n Chald.
l.
emph. *qpn
id.,
Ezr.
6 9; 7:22.
from the idea of boiling, foaming,
Dan. 5: 1,2,
becoming inflamed (Arab. ?~ Conj. IX. and XI. to be red; Conj. I, Med. E, to burn with anger. Conj. II,
to write
-C-
with any thing red, -^\ red, *

-4>rv.
*-^
redness,
fig- very vehement ardour,
to blush, to
be
*lJpn m. (i) boiling, or foaming (cf waves), Hab. 3: 15; compare ipn No. 1. of a red kind, (2) clay (so called from its being (a) of the potter, Isa. 45:9. comp. the root No. 2) cement, mortar, (b) for sealing with, Job 38: 14;
ashamed.) Job 16: 16 [Poalal] according to some used of wine, Psa. 75: 9 (compare No. l). Hence ~\>D, "lidO, IDH No. 2.
;
Used of the
face inflamed with weeping,
Gen. 11:3; wire, Isaiah 1O:6; JoblO:9; 30:19. No. 3), Ex.8: (3) a heap, a mound (see the root 1O; hence a Homer, a measure of dry things containing
Eze. 45 1 1 , ten Baths, Levit. 27 16 ; Num. 1 1 32 measxire is called the same writers later 13, 14. By
:
:
(3) to swell up, also from the idea of foaming and boiling; as those things which boil up or foam, as the sea, leaven, etc., also swell. Hence "l^n, "NPD,
13,
which
see.
|TrD [Amran"],
I.
pr.n., see
HP^.
to
Tji^n a heap. (4) denom. from "ion

8:3.
Pass, of a
an unused
root,
be
fat, whence
to
daub with bitumen, Exod.

~tf?19J] to be
abdomen.
Arabic
<J:^~
fat,
Kam.p. 826; but
gem. form Poalal,
made
to
boil (g&bren/ braufen), used of the bowels when much troubled (comp. HDH o 3, HlTl), Lam. l 20; 2:11; used of the face as inflamed with weeping, Job 16: 16.
much more commonly

fat,
with the
to
letters transposed,
fat;
fatness,
be
also
to
become
II.
fat after
having been lean.

allied to the roots
(Such geminate forms as this are especially used in the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages, when swift motion is the signification intended; as has been shewn by many examples by H. Hupfeld, in Exercitatt. Êth.,
P.
a root nearly
i.
and fpn
battle.
q.
Arabic
-. to
be eager or manly
in
II.
7,a8.) For the derivatives, see under Kal No.
IV. to excite anger.
XII. to be angry.
V.
3.
to act harshly and obstinately (in religion and} ^-^fs s -
iÛ m.
aff^ciXroc,
bitumen, which
boils
up from
n war
brave, warlike,
iÛ^.
martial
subterranean fountains like oil or hot pitch, in the vicinity of Babylon, and also near the Dead Sea, and
valour, comp. i/L**- to be angry,
to kindle
from
its
bottom;
it
heat of the sun, and
afterwards hardens through the is collected on the surface of the

lacus
Dead Sea, which hence receives the name of

asphaltites.
(Tac. Hist. 5, 6.
DioJ.,
ii. 48; xix.gS 99. woounts of modern travellers
Strabo, xvi. page 763. Curt.,v. 16; see also the

colle".ted
with anger; all which words have a sense springing from that of sharpness, acrimony. Hence part. pass. of which has plur. D^pD (a word, the etymology been long sought for), i. e. the eager, active, brave, ready prepared for fighting, Ex. 13:18; Josh. 1:14;
by
liosen-
4:12; Jud. 7:11; comp. in the context

20
D*V<tJ, Josh.
ccxc
4:13 (compare verse
hninr\iopivoi.
12).
Num. 32
30, 32.
Aqu.
Symm.
KaduTrXtapiroi.
Vulg. armati,
referred this
part of produce, which the Egyptians paid as a tax, Gen. 47 26.

:
and similarly Onk. Syr.

.rord
Some have
II.
m. abdomen, 2
Sa. 2 :23;
l.
:
3:27; 4:6;
Talmud.
toC'pn No. Ill; comparing ..M^^.
i.e.
a host
20:10; from the root t'DH No.

2 Sa. 3 27
:
(Syr.
;
arrayed (for battle), properly five-parted, as consisting of the centre, the front and rear guard, and the
two-wings. Theod. 7rfju7rra'ojTc: variously rendered by others; but the explanation previously given, is that which best suits the context and the structure of
the language.
6, id.
^'
JEtli.
being interchanged, abdomen. The Phcenicio-Shemitic words appear to have given rise
^V?*^>
fh^ft womb
and
to the Lat.
omasum.)
HI.
constr.
Bri
f.
and
Hn, npq SO- s

- c -
;iu
unused
root.
Arab. (J^~v>- to be hot,
m.,
warm
(spoken of the day), to become stagnant, or
the numeral FIVE.
Arabic ..^^s^, dLw*>., in the
other cognate languages CMDn. In the Indo-Germanic gtock of languages this numeral is in Sanscr. pantshan,
rancid (as water, butter, etc.); whence L^-V.**- and * o S i*ZJ*+~sC a bottle
and
its
contents
become rancid;
Zend, and Pehlev. peantche, pandj.

fivTf.
Pers. ^cj-
Gr.
unless that root should rather be secondary and derived
(JEo]. irifjnrt), all of which agree with the Phenicio-Shemitic in the two latter radicals; with a palatal instead of a labial also in Lat. quinqve (reVce),
like ;rwcj KWC> XUKOC, lupus, 1inrof,eqiiiis, tirofjiai, segvor, etc. As a septenary number is often used for a sacred
from these nouns; the primary root being

hot; whence uu--^- for <L^~.
*- to
Either from
HCn
pr
from HDn
?
is
m. Gen. 21
21
:
and round number, so also sometimes is a quinquenary, Isa. 17:6; 30:17; especially, it maybe noticed with regard to Egyptian affairs, Gen. 43 34 45 22 47:2; Isa. 19:18 [these instances do not prove it; five appears to have been the exact number in each This srems to have been borrowed from the case]. religions of the Egyptians, Indians, and other Eastern nations, amongst whom, five minor planets, five elements, and elemental powers were accounted sacred
:
(but
noq Job
constr. ripn verse 14 15, 19 20; Hos. 7:5, is constr. from non
:
;
heat), a bottle.
J"tf?n
("defence," "citadel," from the root
HOP),
kindred to
nin
a wall),
pr. n.
Ham a
h,
a distin-
guished city of Syria, situated on the Orontes, on the northern frontier of the Holy Land (Num. 13 21 34:8), formerly the capital of a great king, a friend of David; it was called by the Greeks Epiphania,
: ;
- -
(compare the sacred irtrrac of the Basilidians, Iren.

Epiphan. i.p.68, Colon.). [The fact of Jive having been a sacred number amongst any ancient nations, is in no way applicable; for 1st. it
Hseres.,i.23.
by
the Arabs
by the ancient name iu^>-
called
more
Adv.
would be needful to prove that the Jews so regarded it, and 2nd. if they did so regard it, it must be shewn that they borrowed it from the idolaters around them a thought utterly inadmissible on the part of those
;
Am. 6:2, H3T npq " Hamath the great," and rui n^q 2 Chron. 8:3. The Gentile noun is *nq HDH px 2 Ki. 25 -21, " the territory Gen. 10: 18. of Hamath." See Abulfecl;i (who was prince of this
fully
:
yet distinguished city), Tab. Syrise, page 108, loy; Relandi Palaestina, page 119, seq. Burckhardt's Tra;
vels,
i.
page 249, 514, Germ, trans. baths"),

pr. n.
who who
regard the Scripture as inspired by God, and rightly reverence the revealed religion contained
["
HSH ( warm
of a town in the
Jose-
tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:3/5, near Tiberias.
therein.]
PI.
WVVn fifty,
i Ki.
l
:
phus
with
suff.
calls it 'A/Jpoovc,
which he interprets
prob.
is
T*PB, WfOq
thy
fifty,
his
fifty,
(soldiers),
1 2. 9 D'B>Pq ~& a captain of fifty rcm|fcorrapo, 2 Ki. 1:9 14; Isa. 3 3.

:
B. J. 1,3.
The same
p r.
.
"1XT
tali,
HIGH
stiff.
n of a town in the tribe of Naph-
Hence
PJEL, as if to fifth any one, i. e. to exact a part of produce from him, Gen. 41 134; and
Josh. 21:32."]
*|H
|H with
(from the root
l^n
fifth
I.
&yn m. a fifth part (from t?n

W), W*).
ID 6*xa (l) grace, favour, good-will. '??? to find favour in the eyes of some one, to be ac-
(d)"^
fi
ve> likeVS'l
fourth part, from
Specially, the
fifth
V??
ceptable to him, Gen. 6:8; 19:19; 32:6; 33:8, ID TOV? r a ^ "if now thou art favourable
CCXCI
27 47 29 ; 50 4. In the same '9 10 jn3 Est.2:l5, 17. (6) 3J|3 Ex. 3 2 1 to give some one favour with somebody. onyo -y^ np nyn jrrnx nc>3] " and I will give this people favour with the Egyptians." Ex. 11:3;
lc
me," Gen. 30
sense 131 10
fe>3
have been a most distinguished antediluvian prophe^ but they have also imagined him to have been the
inventor of letters and learning; and thu? books have been ascribed to him (see the Epistle of Jude, ver. 1 2).
12:36; Gen. 39:21; 00.9:11. (2) grace, i. q. gracefulness, beauty, Prov. 22: Prov. 5 19, ID n?y;_" the beautiful 11 31 30. " a Eccl. i o 1 2. Psa. 45 3 [?] wild roe." }0 f3K
; : : :
; :
[Whatever the Jews may have feigned, and whatevei books niay have been falsely ascribed to him, we may rest assured on the authority of God in the New Test., that he was a prophet, and that he uttered the prophecy recorded in Jude 12; the same Spirit who spoke by his mouth wrote by the pen of Jude.] The Arabs have re-wrought these fables, by whom he is
called
a precious) stone," Pro. 17:8. Seethe (3) supplication, prayer, Zee. 12:10. verb in Hithpael.
(i.e.
beautiful
.oj
,jl.
:
(4) [7/en],
I.T.
n.
m. Zee. 6:14; but comp.

the
ver. 10.
^
iH),
(for
Tin
}n
favour
of
Hadad,"
see
(3) the eldest son of Reuben, Gen. 46 9 ; Ex. 6:14. Patron. No. 3 (4) a son of Midian, Gen. 25 -.4..
[Henadxrf],
fut. n:q!,
pr. n. Ezr.
3:9; Neh.3:i8.
("gracious"
apoc. JO'!
TO
INCLINE (TO
DECLINE).
(i) TO BOW DOWN, (Kindred roots are 150,
["whom God
(2) Neh. 3:30.
pities"]),
(3)
[Ha nun],
2 Sa. 10: l;
pr. n.
l
(l) of a king of the Ammonites,
Ch. 19:2.
Neh
n3V.
Arab. U>- to bend, to incline; nietaph. to be
inclined to
DVn n'n nan

the
its
any thing; compare f^C -) J UCL 1Q 9> behold the inclining of the day," day already declining. Hence n*3n a spear, from
1
adj.
Ps. 111:4;
gracious, merciful, benignant, 112:4; from the root 150. and Syr.
Arabic
rfljn
flexibility.
9*9 stall, cell, dwelling (Chald.

a tradesman's
,
f.
oneself down, to pitch one's tent, Gen. 86:17; encamp, Ex. 13:20; 17:1; 19:2. Nu. 1:50, jSt^n n'Ô? "where the tabernacle is let
(2) to set
to
stall,
erc&lbc,
down," i.e. is pitched. (a) followed by ?J? to encamp against any person or city; hence to besiege, 2 Sa. 1 2 28 Isa. 29 3. Ps. 27 3 Followed by an ace. id. Ps. 53:6. (b) to defend any thing, followed
: ; :
so called from its being curved or arched (see the root No. l ). Hence Jeremiah, 37 16, is said to have been cast n'Vjnn ty "fan 7V3 *? "into the dungeon, and into the stalls (or vaults)"
:
by
? Zee.
9:8; compare Ps. 34:8.

i.
(3) to inhabit, Isa. 29: Derivatives, nÔ,

J"P50,
^.O ?,
rvfann, pr. n. inn.
So the passage is (bie ficotbe), i. e. subterranean. The exposition usually taken, and not unsuitably. of Ev. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. page 988, is however a little more suited to the context; he understands
the
word
to
mean
curved posts or crooked bars, in
^3*1
f.
(from the root fen)
rtan grace, (i) pi.
mercy, Ps. 77: 10.

(2) [" perhaps"] entreaty, prayer, like JO No. 3. entreaties Job 19:17, '5P? \31^ *niarn. "and
which the captive sat in a distorted position; elsewhere called "IP, n3SnD compare Jcr. 2O:2, 3; 29:
5
26
Gr.
my
Kv<j)d)v,
from KVTT-U
compare Arab. XP- the
womb," i. e. to (are loathsome) to the sons of brethren. *JTl3n (which some take for 1 pret. from 130, although contradicted by 'the accent) for ^0*130.
my
my
Sa.
crooked wooden frame of a saddle.
(3) pr. n.
Hannah,
:
the mother of Samuel,
1:2, seq.
"Spjn
pr. n.
l
(iu.:
1,"
or "initiating"), [.tfnocA],
an unused root, i. q. "H^n & p3n (which comp. Gr. ayx w ^ at an9\ to press upon, to make narroiv; hence to suffocate, to strangle, and intrans. to be narrow. Two nouns are doubtless derived from this root, nn and nin."J
see;
>
-
jn
the eldest son of Cain, Gen. 4:17; whose name was also given to the city which his father built.
(
)
UJM
to (/i)
TO SPICE or SEASON, used in the sense

corpses, Gen. 50:2, 3,
embalm
26
Wi~.
I. II.
(a) the father of Methuselah, translated to heaven because of his piety ["by faith," Hebrews
11:5],
i. e. fills its fruit with id.). (b) poet, the fig spices, aromatic juice, to mature, Cant. 2:13. ["Arabic
(Gen. 5:18
the later
24).
From
the etymology of his
name
Jai-*- to
mature (fodder for camels),

[" also nan, pj^ri"].
etc."
See Th38."|
Jews have not only conjectured him to
Hence
0^0
CCXC1I D^DjH of corpses; hence the pi. the embalming lime of embalming (according to the analogy of nouns which designate time, like Q'"?J^, D'3|5J),Gen.5O:3.
.
pn
?
f.
Chald.
id.,
Dan. 3:2,3; Ezr.6:i6, 17.
"! a dv. (from ID with syllable &-; with wLick adverbs are formed)
Ppi?n m. pi. Chald. wluat, Ezr. 6:9; 7 22, Heb. D'BD, which see.
:
i.
q.
(1) gratis, gratuitously, for nothing, Gen 29:15; Ex. 21:2; 2 Sa. 24 24 without reward, Job
: ;
7N'3n ("the favour

pr. n.
of
1; 9-
God"), [Hanniet],
fur
(l) of the captain of the tribe of Manasseh,
(2)
Nu.34:23-
()
^.7:39.
rain, Pro. l 17; more fully Djn~7X (Germ. umfonft), Eze. 6:10. Compare Swptai-, N. Test.
:
gratis, in vain, and/rustra, in Plautus, for gratis.
m. properly initiated; hence skilled, of "jj^n tried fidelity, Gen. 14: 14. Root^n No. 2, b. Arab.
tried,
proved;
&y>-
without cause, rashly, undeservedly. Job Ps.35:7; l Ki.2:3i, Carr-Dl innocent blood; Pro. 26:2; compare Lehrgeb. p. 827.
(**
2 3;
=
9:7;
experience, proof.
L E3n an unused and doubtful two following words."]
yyi
f.
grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16: 13. Root
root,
whence the
JV3H pl.
Mic. 4:3,
D'JVjq 3 Chron. 23
a spear, nan No. l), I Sa. 18:11 19:10; 20:33. (see [The form appears to denote spear heads, while pl. f. in that ending in D^~ is simply the pl. of the word in its
fern,
;
9, nijV3q Isa. 2:4; so called from its flexibility

:
TMM? (perhaps i.q.n),

m., Jer. 32: 7, 9.
'
[Hanameet],
pr.n.
quadril. once occurring Ps.
in the other
member of the sentence,
there
78 47 where, is "H2 hail;

: ;
common
^JJIJ
BE
sense.]
the context shews that it must be something destructive

to trees. LXX., Vulg., Saad., Abulwalid, translate it frost, which, however, can hardly be supported on etymological grounds. I, therefore, prefer an ts. Comp.
(l';
"0
MAKE NARROW, and

feijn/
i.
intrans. TO
NARROW, enge
"HD for
q.
p3n,
p3JJ,
which
see.
PJJJ. a
s
ants,
Hence
^n, Arab. uJo>r>- jaws compare

;
Arab. J^j
neck, (from the kindred root P^JJ,) s -(2) d*nom. from

to Ififtutiy,
^1D,
& P3H to
strangle.
properly
iLj an ant .with the letter n prefixed See more in Bochart, Hieroz.iii. see rV;pri, 'iH^page 255, ed. Lips. [Professor Lee suggests locusts,
;
(JJoo-
j^"'s, palate,
be
put something into the mouth, to give to tasted; then by a common metaphor, in which
(a) to
to
comparing with
it
Arab. Jj 1-^,
etc.]
taste is applied to
IS-.ll)
understanding (see D$p and Job imbue some one with any thing, to
to
fut IT an d like regular verbs 13$ Am. 5:15; j-3 the former with suffix W3fV Psa. 67 2 ; 123:2; ^SSn1
-
V
;
Isa.
:
instruct,
train up (compare - /tj

mouth, also
put some-
27
1 1
but with
43 29
with
(l)
Is.
30
suffix 2 pers. for 1?n^ Gen. inf. absol. ji^ri Isa. loc. cit., constr.
^W
thing into one's
Pro. 22:6, "train up as to his manners and habits.
to instruct, to train). a child according to his way,"

It is
suff.
DD^q
to be
30: 18, and *$)(} Ps. 102: 14. inclined towards (compare the kindred
Isa.
to be
thus applied to
n3n) t hence
favourably inclined,
to, to
to
favour
inanimate things, hence (b) to initiate, a house (that is to dedicate, or to commence to use). Deu. to: 5, the temple, l Kings 8: 63; 2Chr.7:5. (Arabic
some
one,
to be
gracious
pity. (Arab. IJ,^ to

;
feel desire,
or commiseration towards any one followed
jjjos^ to understand.
As
to the
meaning
to perceive
as ascribed to the JKtli. ft^ft: it does not rest upon sufficient authority; see Ludolfi Lex. Êth., page 40,
by '\, JLT.) Lam. 4:16; Pro. 14:31. '?.?n, 3n (once '33.3n psa 9:14), have mercy on me, on us; Psa. 4:2; 6:3;
ace.,
Followed by an
Exod. 33: 19;

.
whilst the additional meanings
to
know,
to j>erceive
by
31:10.
(2) to give some one anything graciously, followed by two ace. of pers. and thing, Genesis 33:5; Psa. 119:29; Jud. 21:22; ace. of pers., Pro. 19 117
;
tMe sense, are altogether incorrect).
Derivatives,
"HD,
n ?D, T??> P r
". "T^n
and
initiation (handselling), cf a house; the altar, Numb. 7:11, a dedicatory sacrifice,

f.
UJM
io
absol. Ps. 37: 2 1,26.
As to Job 19 117,
see nan No. 2.
?ne
Pi. 30:1.
NIPHAL ID?, (of the form "tt^J from the root "H^ DTD from the root D&ri; eee Lehrgeb. p. 371), to bt
CCXCII1
compassionated, to be an object of pity, 2:23; pass, o* PoelNo. 2.
PIEL, to
Jer.
to be profane, impious, Jer. 23 : 1 1. (3) Jer. 3:9, causat. like Hiphil, to pollute, n
(2)
make acceptable
(compare
iD, j^n),
Pro.
86:25.
make profane. (The origin uncertain.) HIPHIL, to profa n e a land. Nu. 35 33

:
Jer. 3:2;
POEL
(l) i.q. Kal No.2,Prov. 14:21. (2) to compassionate, to lament for, Ps.lO2: 15. HOPHAL, to receive favour, to be favoured, i. q.
men,
i.e. to
lead
them
9 9 V Isiju*,
to impiety or rebellion,
Dan.
V
11:32. Syriac turn aside from the true religion.

^)-?V
unclean, a gentile, .aj_x/J
to
Hence
Arab.
j'
ID
**?
SKttleib/
nabe ftnben/ Pro. 21
1O; Isa. 26: 10.
intreat for mercy, followed by ? of *?N l Ki. 8:33, 47; Job pers., Est. 4:8; Job 19: 16, Psa. and l 8:5; 30:9, 9$ Ki. 8:59; 9:3; 2 Chr.
HITHPAEL,
to
profane, impious,
i.q.
Job 8:
13;
fjiot-,
13:16; 15;34; 17:8,

Traparopoc, twice
ni.
f.
etc.
LXX.
a<re/3nc,
ao-
i/7TOK"jUir//c.
6:24.
Derivatives (besides those immediately following), ID, pn, nan, pan, nr:n, Qjn, nanri, D'aunn, and the
'
impiety,
id.
Isa.
32:6.
Sjri
Ji
Jer/23:l5.
r.-.n.
pan, ^*|n, i;inin"[aud
Yianjhan].
on, followed
(jn Chald. to have mf. JDP, Dan. 4:24.

ITHPAEL,
to
mercy
by
ace.
enge
fcpn,
unused in Kal; properly TO BE N A it "Row, of the same stock as P5X, ân, p3^ (PW),
make supplication, Dan.

it
and in the woitern languages, tiy^w, araytij, ango,

6:ia.
angnstus, cnge (3angc> 3âng).
PIEL,
to
Hence
used of
Syr.
t
("merciful" ["unless rather
be used as an a
strangle, liyx w
(wfirgcn), irvlyta,
<
abbreviation of 1JHV whom Jehovah gave"]), [Hanan\, pr.n. (l) of one of David's captains,! Chr. of ll 143. various other men of less note, Ezr. (2)
lion,
Nah. 2:13.
id.).
(Arab. (J^>~, Êth.
*/^ |>:
wOJUs/
NIPHAL,
23.
to
Jiang, or
PJH*?.
strangle
oneself, 2
Sam. 17:
Neh.
Hence
Tln
: ;
("which
.
God gave"), [Hananeel],

town
On
gracious"), [Hannathon~\,
pr. n. of a
pr.n. of a tower of Jerusalem, Jer. 31 :38; compare Zee. 1 4 l O Neh 3 : l ; 1 2 : 39. [So called probably from its builder. Thes.]
in the tribe of Zebulon, Josh. 19:14.
'see Thes.]),
("favourable" [perhaps contracted from [Hanani], pr.n. m. (l) of a

l
r/ a root not used in Kal, to which is ascribed the sense of benignity, and also (by antiphrasis) that of reproach, disgrace. The primary signification
prophet, the father of Jehu,

(2) of a brother of also of others.
Ki. 16:
2 Ch. 16:7.
me to be that of EAGER AND ARDENT DESIRE by which any one is led. i. q. K3p and then T
appears to
,
Nehemiah, Neh. 1:2; 7:2;
like NJ5, it is applied (1) to love, des ire towards
any one
(see Hithpael
[and [Hananiafi], Greek 'Araviac, pr.n. (l)of a false prophet, cotemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 28: l, seq. (2) of a companion of Daniel, afterwards called Shadrach, Dan. i :6, 7 also of others.
;
W]
("whom Jehovah gave"),
and IDn No.

(2) to
l).
emulation,
envy (Arab. jux> --
to
envy,
(see
ji^js- envy), whence odium and opprobrium Ipn No. 2, and Piel).
PIEL, to
10.
put
9
once
Nile; called
TT('.\tc,
Isa.
30:4 [Hanes],
middle Egypt, situated on an
pr. n. of a city of island to the west of the
Syr.
shame, or contempt, Prov. 25: 1BH for the Heb. ^0 ..nn.v id., in Targ.
to
p
=n
by the Greeks Heracleopolis,
'HpaicXtov?
to reproach,
)^ceu/
envied, also, beloved, see Kal.
Arabic (vuUjil, in Egyptian

it;,
IJGC,
line,
G ;MI
formerly a royal city of Egypt; see Etienne Quatremere, Memoires sur 1'Egypte, t.i.p. 500, 501. Champollion, L'Egypte sous les Pharaons, i. p. 309, and my observations on Isa. loc. cit.
l
HITHFAEL, to show one's self gracious, Ps. 18; 26; comp. Kal No. 1.
Derivatives, besides the words which follow, are
-ppn,
nTpn.
[
"It!!!
in pause IPD"], with suff.
^DPJ
pi.
DHpq,
fat. B 1?D*
I.
- (l)
Ps.
const. *"1PD
prop, desire,
ardour
(see the root),
TO BE
PROFANFD, POL24
g-
whence
(l) in a good sense, zeal towards any one, lov*,
DEFILED,
106:38'
Isa.
nan-mon
nis;
CCXCIV
Don --mD"i
" ("fleeing for refuge," or a iefuge \ l Ch. 16:38; 26:10. n. in. ], pr. a dj. strong, mighty,
r
(a)of men amongst themselves, kindness, specially as shown in mutual benebenevolence, benignity,
mercy, pit;/, when referring to those often tXtoc); tune, Gen.21:23; 2 Sam. IO:2 (LXX. Job 6: 14. The expression often occurs, DV "I?!? to act kindly towards, Gen. loc. cit. 2 Sa. 3:8; 9: HX Zee. 7:9; ? l Sa. 2O:8; 1,7; also followed by more fully, D? DtpXl npn nbTJ Gen. 24:49; 47 2 9; ' n n ^V n2Tf n 1 will act Josh. 2:14; 2 Sa. 9 3, ? "ipn niM to towards him like unto God." k i n-d
in misfor-
Am.
collect, the rulers (of a city), Isa.
1:31.
2:9; powerful^ Koot {On.

Isaiali
n^lDH refuge [or " trust, confidence""], 30:3; from the root n p n
.
(
ly
turn, or incline, kindness more fully, Ezr. 7: 28,
^n g
upon any one, Gen. 39:21
"l^P^ adj. (from the root "ipri) i) kind, excellent, Ps. 12:2; 18:26; 43:1. (2) used of God, merciful,gracious, Jer. 3:12;
Ps. 145:17-
non
rupn
fy(God)
turned
kindness upon me
i.q,"IDn^^:ynD'n^n
towards God.
Isa.
JJVI
before the king," and Dan. " and God caused that
(b')
njn* H^pn the pious of the saints of Jehovah, Psalm Jehovah, worshippers
(3)
pious towards God.

ft
Daniel should obtain favour."
piety of men
30:5; 31:24; 37:28;

""H^Pl)
called from
f.
"POn
P8 .4:4.
the
"Jpn V?*? of God (c) the grace, favour, mercy 57:1. Psalm 5:8; 36:6; 48: 10, etc. It is towards men. often joined with HOS (see ÔX No. 2) constant or likewise occur abiding favour. The same expressions as under letter a, as D? nb'JJ Gen. 24:12, 14; Deut. 5:10: J1J npn nl"J? followed by !? Ex. 20 6 PI. D'~!P." mercies or benefits CJ? 2 Sa. 2:6; 15 2O.
D'TPO. the pious saints,
the stork, prop,
pious
(bird), so
love towards [" its parents and"] its young, of which the ancients made much mention Êlian. Hist. Anim. iii. 23; (see Plin. H. N. x. 28.
its
1n
x. 26); as,
on the contrary, the Arabs
call the
female
ostrich
^^
"
\
impious bird, on account of her neglect
of her young; (see Job 39:13, seq.) Levit. 11:19;
ôf God), Ps.

cies
89 :2, 50; 107:43;
'isa.
55:3> n
n ^.90
Deu. 14:18;
Psal.
104:17; Jer.8:7; Zee. 5:9; see
D'3pX|n'-the sure
mercies
of David," abiding mer-
such as wer<> bestowed on David [or rather, which were securely promised to David]. Figurahimself is called npn q. d. bie ult/ Sicbe. tively, God
Job. 39:13, nvpn is not Bochart, Hier. ii. 327, seq. to be taken as the name of the stork, but as the fern.
adj. pious, yet
words
Ps. 144:2; Jon. 2:9. Once, like its synonym D, it ueems to signify grace in the sense of beauty, Isaiah 40:6. LXX. 2c!a, and so l Pet. i :24-
with an allusion to the stork. The " the wing of the ostrich exults, ~"3?S CN nyti] nTpn. but (is her) wing and feather (also) pious?" i.e. but she is not (like the stork) pious or
are,
affectionate towards her
young, but she treats them
ardour against any (2) in a bad sense, zeal, root No. 2). Prov. hence (see one, envy, reproach Some would also place here 14:34; Lev. 20:17.
Job 6:
14.
l
cruelly (verses 14
16).
eats
(3) [Ifesecf], pr. n. m.
Ki. 4:10.
"T!^- ("whom God

pr. n. of
a species of locust; prop, that which or devours (root ?P n )> l Ki. 8:37; Ps-78away LXX. [" durpu, and in 46; Isaiah 33:4; Joel 1:4. 2 Ch."] i^wivx "^ [Aqu.], i. e. a locust not yet winged, so called from fauKtiv, to devour.
1
pH m
loves") [7/aserdia/i], a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Ch. 3:20.
fpL)
adj.
strong, mighty, Ps. 89:9. Koot Ipn.
and npnj] properly TO FLEE [f,,t. npn* (see the root B^n), specially to take refuge, to flee some where for refuge, followed by ? of the place, as
Tpn
Chald. adj. wanting, used of weight, too
light, Dan. 5:27.
under the shadow (protection) of some one, Jud. 9:15; Isa. 30: 2; *t *?? '^3 under the shadow of the wings of God, Ps. 57 2 61:5; hence to trust in some one, especially in God, followed by 5, Psalm
'Q ?>*3
:
TO
EAT OFF, TO DEVOUK

This
is
locust), Deu. 28:38. (Ch. id. to IVi?, TT3, "On, which see.)
(used of the a kindred root
Hence ^pn.
the mouth,
T0 ST01
UPj T0
MUZZLE
Den
a:l2; 5:12; 7:2; 25:20; 31:2; 37:40, etc. Abthe Prov. 14:32, P'~>* iniD? npn sol. Psal. 17:7.
righteous confides (in God) in his death," dying, or as about to die.
Derivatives,
i.
e.
when
39:ii,on:i"yn-riK ton noph " (this valley) shall str p (the nostrils) of those who pass through;" that is, because of the stench; unless
25:4; the
nostrils, Kze.
won, npng, n ;pn, and
the sense adopted in the Syriac version be preferred, "by reason of tho multitude of corpses it will stop
nsn-ron
p the way against passers by." Hence which see."]
j
ccxcv
[" Kindred to
nsn-mDn
Psa. 8.6, BJ?p PIEL, to cause to want. " thou hast made him to be
DWNp
little
wanting but
STRONG, like Syr. and Chald. Hence pD?, TPl), 1PD. Dq. [" The primary idea lies in binding together ; comp.in pin No. 3."] (2) to be wealthy (see !9H); whence to heap up,
(i) TO BE
of God;" that he should not be much lower than God; [but see the true meaning of this passage
from the use made of

HIPHIL
(l) causat.
it
in
lleb.
ii.
7>
9]
followed
by IP of the thing, Ecc. 4:8.

to
make
to
fail
(fet)kn/
man*
lay up (Arabic ,.ila>. a storehouse.) NIPHAL, to be laid up, Isa. 23: 18. Derivatives, see Kal No. l.
to
in store.
whence
geln laffcn), Isa.
32:6.
to be
(2) intrans.
in
want, Ex. 16:

?
18.
Derivatives, "^BH, ~>bnp and the following words.
Chald. Aphel (or rather Hiph. in the

to
Hebrew
manner),
possess, Dan. 7: 18, 22.
"1DH [verbal] adj. wanting, lacking, needing, IP Ecc. by ace. l Ki. 11:22: followed by ? 6:2. Dn? "'PH in want of bread, 2 Sa. 3 29. J? ~>DQ
followed
:
}9^ Ch. emphat. KJPH, strength, power, Dan.

2:37; 4:27-
wanting understanding, Pro. 6:32; 7:7; 9:4; subst. want of understanding, 1O:21.
m. want, penury, Pro. 28:22; Job 30:3.
jpn m. riches,
Isa.
see the root No. 2, Pro. 15:6; 27:
24; Jer. 20:5; Eze. 22:25; treasure, abundance, 33:6, niy-lfc^. | DPI "abundance of salvation."
m
n
which ornn.
in
id.
Am.
4:6.
pr. n.
[HasraK],
m.
2 Chron.
:
34 22
:
foi
it
In the other
member
is "IÎS.
(Ch. i?nx to possess.)
the parallel place, 2 Ki. 22
14, there
MUM
dates,
root unused in Kal, i.q. *l?>n TO
STRIP OFF
to peel
J
BARK, TO PEEL, TO SCALE.

and transp.
Arab.
Tl
(
Arab.
i^j...~~
want, Ecc.
15.
Ch.
*1?C!;
9
sÛs to scrape or rub off; hence S -a scale, a sherd; ;X- and ^_r _*,
t
adj. m. pure, in a moral sense, Job 33:9. Root *l?n No. II.
^H
see
fjin.
Syr. ^3^^.- id.

*3
There are of the same origin in the

crmTrrw, scabo,
cfjerbe,
X3FT
Western languages,
scab, scale, sherd~\
first,
squama ; German
[Eng.
sibilant
prob.
i.
whence PIEL,
to
HBH and n? ? No. I, TO COVER; q. do secretly ["i.e. to act per1
fd)aben/ fd)itppen/ <Sd)uppe/

;
@d)tefer/ fdiaufetn
in all of
which the
k
comes
fidiously'^, 2 Ki. 17:9.

(i) TO COVER, TO VEIL; as the head, 2 Sa. 15: 30; Jer. 14:4; the face, Esth. 6:12; 7:8.
as in
Hebr. and Arab. ^HD,
_z~?^.
:
Quadril.
something
DSpn
part.
pass.
DSpnp Exodus 16
14,
peeled
off,
scaled
off, i.e. like a scale.
(Syr. \.2u*j Arab. (2)

to
^-
id.).
Compare
^H
;
No.
I.
Hence
|l? m. Chald. earthenware, sherds, potter's ware, Dan. 2:33, seq. Root ^pn.
fut.
ipm
plur. VOri!
["TO DIMINISH, TO
COT SHORT"]
anything, TO LACK, TO BE WITHOUT, followed by an ace. (like verbs of plenty and want), Deu. 2:758:9; Ps. 34 1 1
:
(1) TO BE
DEVOID OF
protect, see PUAL. PIEL, to overlay with silver, gold, wood followed by two accusatives, 2 Ch. 3:5, 7, 8, 9. PUAL nsn to be covered, protected, followed by /J? like many other verbs of covering, Isa. 4:5, ~^3~^ nan 1133 " all glorious things shall be covered
take
over (or HSn
Others protected)." LXX. oxe7ra<r9//<Tira. in this place as a noun in the same sense,
Pro. 31:11.
filfpn
perhaps
Gen. 18 28, a'p'Wn D'B>pq fnpri! tyo* five shall be lacking to the fifty
:
"over all the glory (is) a covering (or defence);" which seems more harsh; [perhaps not to every one;
Gesenius himself altered his judgment in Thes.]. NIPHAL, pass, of Piel, Ps. 68: 14.
righteous;" properly, shall lack five."

(a) absol. to
"perhaps the
fifty
righteous
suffer want, Ps. 23:
(3) to fail, to be lessened, Gen. 8
.-3,
Pro. 13:25. 5; l Ki.
HSn
f.
(from the root
l!>n
No.
I)
(l) propcrl/
17:14.
_ _
(4) to be
wanting, Ecc. 9:8; Deu. 15:8.

...^ to suffer
(Arab.
a covering (see i"1 ?-^ Pual); hence a bed with canopy, a nuptial bed, tmrmlbett/ Srautbett j COD
pare bny.
ps
and
harm or
19:6
Joel 2 16.
:
loss.)
(a) [Huppafc], pr. n. m.
Ch. 34: 13.
CCXCVI
TSFT
to
1 "" fat. TbrP
TO
LEAP
or
t T9B,ji3; comp.t!9, jj1,jj. jfc' or FRIGHT [" to spring up suddenly in order to flee"]. (Arab, causat. :j>- to thrust for-
SPRING UP, kindred (0 TO FLEE ]

1
WITH HASTE,
(a) intrans. and metaph. to incline, to be favour able. (a) to do something; to will, to desire, absoi Cant. 2:7; 3 5? followed by a gerund, Deut. 25:8,
:
ward, to impel.
kindred root
to be
is
"'HS.)
i5(anD); Job4O:23;
116:11.
(a) to
in
alarm,
2 Ki. 7: Psa. 31:23;
40:9; Job9:3; iSa. 2:25; by a naked infinitive Isa.53:io; Job 13:3; 33:32. ^.V^VPn "I desire thy justification." (b) towards some one, i.e. to favour him, to delight in him as in God, in men; to love some one, followed by 3 Gen. 34: 19; 2 Sam.
Ps.
haste, 2 Sam. 4:4. Compare Lat. haste. Virg. kind of of used any fugere, trepidum esse,
Georg. iii. 462 ; iv. 73 so Hebr. ^n??, Syr. e2>ch i) be in alarm, to cause to make haste [but see above].
;
make
3O:ll; Nu. 14:8; 2 Sa. 22:20; 24:3; followed by an ace., Psa. 40 7 Mic. 7:18. It is also applied to
: ;
to
things, 2 Sa. 24:3.
2n
|
m>
;
w itli Tzeie impure),

:
u
[
pl. constr.
1 1 1
:
^VSH,
NIPHAL
(i) flee, Ps. 48:6; (a) to make haste, i Sa. 23:26.

to
104:7.
Ps-
35 27
:
40 15 but D^>*?n,
;
Ps.
a."] verbal
Hence
.a hasty flight, Ex. 12: 11; Deu. 16:3.
adj. from the preceding; often used with personal pronouns instead of the verb, e. g. l Ki. 21:6, DX nriS pan "if thou art willing," if it please thee.
D*3n ("coverings"), [Huppim],

called DEfln. (l) Gen. 46:21, otherwise 7:i, 15
pr.n.
m.
Chr.
(2)
Mai. 3:1, p'V??n QJ5^ "you wish for," delight in nysrj Bfej a wiUing 'mind, i Ch. 28:9.
fSD m
to
Avith
suff.
VPP
[pi.
DVBD]
(I) delight.
jDH
an unused
root.
Arab.
,is>-
take with
Hence (unless \oth hands, to fill both hands. he verb should rather be taken as a denominative)
jf>n, only in dual D???n as full of any tiling], Ex.
s-i*
Sa. 15:22; Psa. 1:2; 16:3; l Ki. 10:13, "every thing in which she delighted."
1
Hyp
pleasant, acceptable words. Ecc. 13 : 10 ; 5:3, |*sn pj< Dv'DSS "(God) has no pleasure in fools."
both fists [both hands, 9:8; Levit. 16:12; Prov.

9
(2) desire, will, Job 31:16. (3)
something precious (comp. "^Ô- y?.T"M?N
10:2, 7; Eccles. 4:6. 30:4; Eze. -
(Aram. (_L2O^/,
fist).
precious stones, Isa. 54:12; plural D*V?0 precious things, Pro. 3:15; 8:11.
(4) pursuit,
Arab.
%
<LjLs-.
Hence by
transposition irvypn,
JSn
(perhaps "pugilist," "fighter"),
[Hoph-
LXX.
Trpdy/m.
Ecc. 3:1,
ardour, hence affair, matter, " and its own ^y.)
of Eli, l Sa. 1:3; *t], pr.n. of a son

I.
2:34; 4:4.
time for
W^
i.
every thing,"
(
e. all
things are fleeting
n ?? T0 COVER, followed by 7JJ hence TO PROTECT, Deut. 33:12. (compare nD3), i.
^5^
&
q.
and unenduring, nothing is stable and everlasting. 5:7, r?nD ^8 n^ri- ?S "marvel not at this thing."
(Arab. i__c*- to cover with a garment. The signification of covering is founded in the syllable ^H, as also in the cognates 3H, ep, cjy, 3y, compare besides non and KOn the roots K3n and H3n to hide; "1?3,
The may be seen from nin fon passages such as these, Isa. 53: 10, n?y? IT? "the affairs of Jehovah shall prosper in his hand,"
origin of this signification
Isa.
44:28; 58:3,13; Job 2l:2l; 23:3.
(Similar
to this is the Syriac

*
o^
.
fe
a thing, an
affair,
from
f~
flg~
"* ,/^^
and
B>D3 to
cover, f^y Isaiah 31 15, 33J;,
\~*
i.
q.
^3H
to will, desire.)
fl3JJ etc.,
also ^JS, vJj, in
which
Nun and Lamed
are
inserted in the primary syllyable, as in fcK,
pK
etc.)
Derivatives, nBH, D'SH.

II.
an unused root
off, to
(i)
to
rub
9 -
off, to
off.)
("in whom is my delight," "in whom delight"), [Hephzi-bah], pr.n. of the mother of king Manasseh, 2 Ki. 21:1; comp. the symbolic name of Zion, Isa. 62 4.
Hl-^n
tcrape
to
wipe
off.
(Arab. i_c>- to rub
I.
fllt -
nsl
?->
(a) Derivatives, fpn,

n!
to
wash
Arabicyb
-- (l) to
dig, as a
off, to trash.
fjn.
well, a
pit, Gen.2l:3O; 26:15, seq.; Eccles. 10 8; spoken of a horse, Job 39:21, pOV.3 V)?r". "they dig
and f9!V
(i) i.q. Arabic
in the valley." Virg. Georg. 3:87, 88, 'cavat lelltu -em, (In the Western languages this power is found in the
hi
bend, to curve. UiL"
Job 40: 17, ^3? fbn! "he bends
same
letters
transposed in the roots grf,
glf,
as ypctyw,
u; yXa^w, y\v<f>u; sCRiBo, sCaLPo, sCuLPo;
CCXCVII
Metaph. to dig a pit for, to lay snares, to 35 17. (2) to search out, to explore (comp. ">i?3 No. 3, and Sim. Arc. Form., page 62). Job 39: 29, "from thence she seeketh the prey;" followed by an ace.
graven.)
plot, Ps.
to
explore (a country ),Deu. 1:22; Josh. 2:2,3.
As
to Isa. 2: 20, see '~na")?n.
<7k'aXXw, Psalm Kindred perhaps tc ~>? n the "I and & being interchanged"]. Always in Kal metaph. TO SEEK OUT. e.g. wisdom. Prov. 2:4; comp. Proverbs 20: 27. Ps. 64:7, niîy -ibarp "they devise wicked things." (In Chald. and Sam. the
TO
SEARCH
OB ["
LXX.
76:7.
,
Ch. and Sam. DBrj,
id.
proper sense
in the earth,
Isa. 1 129.
is
that of digging the ground, searching

~i?n
II.
'
fut. ">anj
to
once in plur. ^S^n,

to
comp.
No.
I.
2.)
NIPHAL
PIEL,
Arabic
kindred
yL>~
blush,
be
ashamed.
(Perhaps
an
: ;
ace.
No. 2, to be red.) Mostly used of shame arising from disappointed hope, Ps. 35 4, 26 40:15; 70:3; 83:18; with the addition of D'33 Ps. 34:6; Job 11:18, MtfPI HO?) Jjnam "(now) thou art ashamed, (afterwards), thou shalt dwell in tranquillity;" followed
is
to "1DH
sought out, Obad. 6. to search, Gen. 31:35; 44:12; fcJowedby 1 Sa. 23:23; to search through, l Ki. 2O:
pass, to be
i
:
6; Zeph.
Metaph. once Ps. 77:7, T^" ^3DM spirit diligent search." (i) to be sought, hence to let one's self be sought for; to hide one's self, Prov. 28: 12 compare verse 28 and Hithpael.
12.
1
"and my PUAL
made
by
1
disappointed, Isa.
HIPHIL
honour,
Isa.
(i) to Pro. 13:5;
which any one 29 (comp. >i3). put to shame, to cause disJP of the thing in
:
(2)
for; to
to be
devised, Ps. 64:7.

to allow one's soil to
HITHPAEL, properly
be sought
19:26.
:
(2) intrans. like
54 4
:
Kal (compare verbs of colour). of Mount Lebanon, Isa. 33 9. spoken
feign
one's self (see Pual No. l), hence to one's self to be another, to disguise one's self.
: :
hide
see
("pit," "well"), [Hep her'], pr.n. (1) of a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. (compare l Ki. 4:10).
(2) of several
i Ki. 20 38, l Sa. 28 8. VfTW ">8*$ ksniV! " and he disguised himself, having a bandage over his i Kings 22:30. Job 30: 18, K'BnjV n:ry}3 eyes." " 'EMU? by (its) great power my garment (i. e. skin) is changed," comp. verse 19.
12:17
n m. a
Pual No.
2.
device, a counsel, Psalm 64:7; see
men
(a) of a son of Gilead,

(b) of
i
Nu.
26:32; 27:1; Josh. 17:2.

captains, l Ch. 11 :36.
.
one of David's
1.
r
which
is
pr.
TO BE LOOSED,
FKEE, Opp.
to
that
(3)
Ch. 4:6. Patron. No.
26:32.
Hence bound, restrained. (l) to spread out loose things on the ground (see t?Dh). Arabic
jiijbi- II. to stretch out.
(" two pits"), [Haphraim], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19: 19.
D?ln
(2) to be prostrate, hence to be as if with one's strength loosened.
weak, infirm, (Compare K'/n.
pr.n. Hophra, king of Egypt, cotempoLXX. rary with Nebuchadnezzar, Jeremiah 44 30. QlnQprj (perhaps priest of the sun, Coptic
:
Arabic
(3)
to
JSJ^
Med.
to
E.).
Hence Tan, rWPBn.
OTHB
to set
free,
liberate (a slave). Arab.
iJb-
<J>pH),
called
by Manetho, Owa^ptc;
Sa'itic
the seventh
king of the second

(ii.
161, 162, 169;
iv.
dynasty; whom Herodotus 159) and Diodorus (i. 68) call
be poured out freely. PUAL, to be set free, spoken of a Hence the following words
slave, Lev. 19: 20.
Apries
some domestic reptile, a digging ?"]Sn animal. Jerome talpa, a mole; better perhaps mus major, rat, so called from It
:
m. a spreading out, once Ezek. 27:20, sh~n33 " cloths spread out for riding," see
the root No.l.
digging. appears that this name ought to be restored to the text in Isaiah 2 20, where now there is read separately, " into nna i. e the hole of the mice." It
88:6,
More commonly
trate;"
[" (2) a bed, a couch, place of lying down, Psalm T?n D'n^Q " among the dead is my couch." " the dead I laid
among
(am)
pros-
comp. *n*jn in verse
5, also the root
No.
2,
would be
much more
to the
and
")?^
suitable to the context to read mice, or rats, or moles. Compare
K'^
verb No.
f.
liberty,
freedom, Lev. 19:20;
see the
3.
CCXCVIII
JWI5H&
Ki'.
JVC'fiPIf. infirmity,diseast,
whence
PM...P3
to divide
:
and distribute between... and be:
JV6??nn TV? nosocomium, a sick house, hospital,
15:5; aCh. 26:21.

adj.
( pr .
tween, Nu. 3 1 27, 42. Isa. 30 2 8, n vn TJOX nj; (the river) shall di vide(a man) unto the neck," i.e. reaching as high as the neck
it
'#Sn
from the subst. B^h

" ;
= HB'pn with
shall, as it
were, divide
him
into
two
:
the adj. termination *T) pi. D'B>pn infirm, Ps. 88 :6. [See B ph.]
parts.
;
(b) also used of more than

:
two
(i) prostrate,
parts, Jud.
9 43
to be
Job 40 30.
divide ones self, 2 Ki. Specially into two parts, Eze.
to
(2) free, as opposed to a slave or captive, Job 3: n npC> to set a slave free, to make him a freed 19. '???
NIPHAL,
a :8, 14;
divided,
Dan.
1 1 -.4.
man, Den. 15:12, 13, 18; 7, Tfn X to be
H^r6
nW id.
Ex. 21:26,
37:22.
Derivative nouns,
pr. n.
VP&
set'free (see
K).
^0,
Sn, n^np,
TVVqO and the
(3) /f*^, enjoying

1
immunity from public burdens,
Sa. 17:85.
S
1
("village," -
"hamlet" ["fence, castle,

pr. n.
i.q.
m. with suff. *TI pi. D'-Vn. D an arrow, from the root HC (1) Arrows of God are (a) archers, Genesis 49:23. (b) poet, evils, lightnings, as Habak. 3:11, then calamities inflicted on men, Deu. 32:42; Job 6:4; Psa. 38:3; 91:5; especially famine, Ezek. 5 1 6. Nu. 24:8, pnp* VSn " he will dash his arrows (into blood), comp. Ps. 68 -24. (2) a wound inflicted by an arrow, Job 34: 6. (On the contrary Euripides, Iphig. Taur. 314, calls
-
fD
W^P
:
Arab. .Lys--"])> \Hazor~\,
(l) of a town in
: ;
the tribe of Naphtali, fortified
by Solomon, Josh. 1 1 i 12:19; 19:36; Jud. 4: 2; iKi.9:i5; 2X115:29. (2) of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 1 1 33(3) of a district of Arabia, Jer. 49 28 [also
:
: ;
other places].
["nrnn Tin(
n ew castle"), [Razor Ha-
dattah,~\ pr. n. of a town in the southern part of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:25."]
see
[
f.
weapons rpuvunra iiriitVTO., flying wounds). IV3nn fn i Sa. 17:7 (avia) is the iron head of (3) a spear ; but in np and in similar passages, 2 Sam. 81:19; iCh. 20:5, there is found YV. wood, the shaft of a spear and it is this only which suits the For it is a mistake to suppose that VO can context. have the same meaning, and denote the wooden part
;
rmq a trumpet.
used as a noun."] only in constr.
to halve,
Inf.
middle, from the root nvn to divide, Job 34:20; Ps. 119:62; Ex. 11:4.
sing,
of a spear.
fut. nVm (l) TO CUT, TO HEW OUT, especially stones (compare 3OH) Deut. 6 1 1 8:9; Isa.5:2; 10:15; 22: 16; Proverbs 9: l. Part. IVn a stone cutter, 2Ki. 12:13; alsoa woodcutter,
:
constr. VD, with suff. \'Sn m. (1) a half, Exod. 24:6; Nu. 12:12; Josh. 4:12, V.yn our half, i. e. half of us, 2 Sa. 18:3.
'Xn
& % VD
(2) middle, Jud. 16:3.

(3)
i.
q.
of dividing,
pn an arrow, from H\*n in the signification l Sa. 20 36, 37, 38 2 Ki. 9 24.
: ;
:
Isa.
10: 15
7>
i.
used of both,
Ki. 5: 29.
Metaph. Psa.
fire.
*9
"the voice of Jehovah cutteth out flames of

e.
niPJjBn 'VO ("the midst of the places of quiet"), pr. n. m., l Chr. 2:52; whence patron. ^VO
VJiruDn verse 54.
I. *"J V T i q- "'VP prop, a fence; hence poetically a habitation, dwelling, i.q. JV3. 153.34:13 [a
fire ;"
sends out divided flames of

to to
DW3|3 'F)3n
phets ;"
i.
destroy, (a) figuratively, " I have hewed

e.
slay.
Hos.6:5,
(them) by the proI have declared to them death and de-
dwelling
II.
for ostriches, 35:7.],
"a dwelling
I.
for
struction.
In the other
to be
member
e. to
there
is
DV?31Q.
:i.
reeds and rushes."
Root
"IVQ
No.
NIPHAL,
graven (on
stones),
PUAL,
to be
HIPHIL, i. Derivative
i.
he ion out, i. No. a. q. Kal
Job 19:24. be formed, Isa. 51

51:9.
T^n
Isa.
104:14.
m. (l) grass, Job 8: 12; 40:15; Ps. (2)0 leek,Nu.n:5. Root ~>Vn No. II.
root,
["P^T
an unused
whose primary power

to
(a) into
Dn*D' ^'n
:
(which see) TO D I v i D E, especially parts, Genesis 32:8; Ps. 55:24,$ " let them not halve (or divide) their
q. p>*n
appears to have been that of strength and firmness;
two
compare Arab.
.*&->- to
be strong,
be
fortified."]
days" (the days of their lives), i. e. let them not reach to half of their length of life. Followed by
Psalm 129:7, and l^H

5: 13, m., THE
Isai.
49:2^, Neh
BOSOM
of garments in which any thing
CCXCIX
is
-ran-iwsn
12:6.
carried.
Arabic
Mill. fh6Î
id.,
whence
deiioni.
verb .->- to carry in the bosom.
[In Thes.
;
1|D
arm,forearm; so called from strength (root ]VH) also bosom where any thing is carried.]
.,
which was crooked like a horn. See Jos., Ant. Jerome on Hosea 5:8; Buxtorfs Lexicon, Various have been the conjectures as to the p. 8 1 6. "] Most (with whom I formerly agreed), etymology.
Jtorn,
iii.
derive
it
from
~>Vn,
Arab.
^^
to
be present, Conj. X.
SHARP, hence TO BE HAKSH, SEVERE, and (especially Pa. and Aph.) trans, to urge,
Chald. TO BE
to
|U
to call together; hence the form "l^'D was considered to be after the analogy of the 12th Arabic conjuga-
hasten.
Part.
Aphel nayipno severe or hasty (spoken of
the king's edict), Dan. a: 15; 3:22.
T?V TO DIVIDE, and

Arabic
intrans. TO BE
DIVIDED.
a trumpet), whence ""QV^D Others a trumpet, so called from calling together. Gram. whom of late Hebr. Ewald, p. 242), (amongst derive "TTO'^n from i^C No. I supposing it to be so called because of its being narrow and slender, an etymology much less suitable. I have no doubt that
tion, to call together (with
1
,^>-
Conj. III. to divide one's share with
another, l*~^~ a part, a portion.

to cut in pieces
Talmud, to cut up,

or adze), Kindred roots are
word is onomatopoetic, imitating the clangour of 'the sound of a trumpet, as in Latin taratantara, in the verse of Ennius ap. Serv., ad Virg. /En.,ix. 503,
this
(whence
H^XO an axe
Germ,
is
trarara.
To
this the
Hebrew word
this
before us
hence figuratively, to distinguish. The primary syllable f n has nyn, 3 Xn, Chald. ISD. the power of cutting, dividing, or sharpening, in common with the cognates tn (see Tin), in (see enn), also p, 03, u, 1J (see the roots Tl|, TT3, Pro. 30:27, "the locusts have no king, i?3 fV'n N>?.1 and yet they all go forth di vided," i. e. in a divided
ha.t (comp. Gen. 14:15).
PIEL, part.
similar, especially if
pronounced in the
Arabic
manner iL^Li-^ hadddera. From

the verb
noun is derived
Jerome, per titrmas suas.
trumpet. It occurs Chr. 15:24; 2 Chr. 5:13; 7:6; 13:14; sg-.'aS a'ro; where in np one V being rejected, it becomes D'l^riD^ (BH'VDP or
to to
blow
a trumpet,
)
in part.
DnVXriD
(B'")>'*0 ?),
D'Vynp Jud. 5:11, those who divide (booty), (compare Isai. 9:2; 33:23; Psal. 68:13). Others, following the Targum and the Jewish writers, translate it archers, taking it as a denom. from 'r*D.
fSo Gesenius himself in Thes.
Jud. 5:8."]
the
to be cut off, i. e. finished, ended (spoken of months of one's life), Job 21:21. Hence PD and the following words.
D^VHP,
part. Piel or Hiphil),
by a jejune
correction
it
of a more
,
uncommon
form.
2 Chron. 5:12,
is
Avhich appears to be a transcriptural error.

IJ
I.
an unused
to
root.
Arabic
icitli
-^,
Êthiop.
"Compare
Targ.,
J
to
surround
enclose
a wall, whence
Kindred roots
PUAL,
srfc.
an enclosure, defence,
castle.
are
*n|.
~>JJ,
and those given under the words ">TX and Hence "IVH, TSPI No. I, and pr. n. "ten.
'3?n an unused
1
*. (l) a small stone, gravel stone (from being broken up, made small), and collect. small stones, gravel, Prov. 20:17; Lam. 3:16.
II.
root,
see.
i.
q.
^&.
to
be
green,
whence 1'VC
"
grass,
which
root with the
(2)
i.
q.
YD an arrow,
poetically for lightning, Ps.
preceding Etymologists have usually assumed here two differBut the connection of the ideas is shewn ent roots.
in the
identity of thifc in Thes. is maintained
[The
77:18.
(
pru ning
of the
palm"), \_Hazazon- tamar, Hazezon-tamar], Gen. 14:7; 2 Ch. 2O:2, pr.n. of a town situated in
the desert of the tribe of
Greek -ôp-oc, which, like ">'?!? signifies first an enclosure, court, specially for cattle, and then a pasture, and by melon, pasturage; i.e. grass,
Judah, celebrated for

P#.
its
palms: afterwards called
HI
As
to the
palms of
ii.
Engadda, see Plin. H. N.
v. 7.
Celsii,
Hierob.
491.
green herbage, etc. See Passow, h. v."] IXPI ('p) Piel, 2 Ch. 5: 13; Hiphil, l Ch. 15: [III. Ch. 2 5:12; 7:6; 13:14529:28, to blow with a 24; trumpet; see O TW3 and ""^Cj.]
"TCH
*").XTI
a trumpet,^. lo:2,seq.; 31:6; Hos. 5:8; 2 ICings 12: 14. ["This was the ttratgkt trumpet, different from the "1^1^ buccina or
f.
HlV^n & JTTCiVn
constr. "isn with suff.
nyn, p l. nnsn
constr.
n'nyn comm. an enclosure a place surrounded by a fence, specially
and
rtiiÔ const,
ym-vran
ccc
s
still
<
(1) a court, an enclosure before a building, Neh. 8 : 16 ; Est 5:2; especially before the holy tabernacle
--c
called
by
the
Arabs ci^
..-
i^_
.c
-*i>-
Gen
and temple, Ex. 27:9,
seq.
JVB^Sn
1
i^n
the inner
"IX ?
1
court, or court of the priests. the great court, l Ki. 7:12.
Ki. 6:36, 'V"l|n
10:26. See Abulfedae Arabia, edit. Gagn. page 45 Niebuhr's Description of Arabia, page 283 294.
(2) a village, hamlet, country village, such as are elsewhere called "W?n niJ3, Josh. 13 : 23, 28 ; 15 :
32, seq.; Levit. 25:31.
CTPE?
.
('3) Piel part. 2 Ch. 5: 12
see *nfrq.]
Also used of the moveable
pH see p'D. pn m followed

^|i?n
by Makk.
1
"pn, with sufF. *$n,
b*
villages of
tribes, consisting of tents, Gen. 5:16; Isa. 42:11 (compare Cant. 1:5). Hence are the following names of towns or vil-
Nomade
Lev. 10:13; ^PC Ex. 5: 14; plur. O'i?n, constr. *Sq and "'ip/in Ezek. 20:18, properly that which it established or definite (from the root Pi?n No. 3),
e.g. *jpn that
lages:
which
is
appointed for me, Job 23: 14.
(l)"nnvq ("the village of Addar"), [#a*araddar], a town on the borders of the tribe of Judah, Nu. 34:4; more briefly called ~HK, Josh. 15:3. ["(2*) n-13 nvq(< village of good fortune'),
[Hazar-gaddaJt], in the southern part of the
of Judah, Josh. 15:27."]
(3) Hp-lD "iVn, Josh.
tribe
Specially
(a) an appointed portion of labour, a task, Ex. 5:14; Pro. 31:15; of food, Pro. 30:8. (b) a defined limit, a bound, Job 26:10; Prov. pn 7?? without limit, Isa. 5: 14; 24:5. 8:29.
19:5, and D'DW ivq (" the Tillage of horses"), [Hazar-susah, Hazartusim], l Ch. 4:31, in the tribe of Simeon. "'Vq Eze. 47:17, and iyg ixq (" the vil(3) lage of fountains"), [Hazar-Enan], Eze. 48:1; Nu. 34:0, 10, on the northern borders of Palestine.
(4) tylt?n?q ("the fox's village"), [Hazarthuat], Josh. 15:28; 19:3; iCh.4:28; Neh. 11: 7, in the tribe of Simeon.
( the middle village"), \_Hatar-hatticon], Ezek. 47:16, on the borders of Au-
an appointed time, Job 14:13; 28:26. an (d) appointed law, a statute, an ordinance, Gen. 47 26; Ex. 12:24; use d of the laws of nature [as prescribed by God], Job 28 26; of laws given by God to man, Deu. 4:5, 8, 14; 6:24; 11:32; 12:1: a decree of God, Psa. 2 7 a custom observed as though it were a law, Jud. 11 :39; right, privilege, observed as though it had been a law, Exod. 29 28 [This passage speaks of an actual ordinance of God].
(c)
: :
(5) l''*n
-mi
ranitis.
(6) plur.
raelites in
nhvq
Arabia
Petrasa,
[Hazeroth~\, a station of the IsNum. 1 1 35 12:16; 33

: ;
unused in Kal, i. q. Pi?n pr. TO CUT INTO to hack; henceto engrave, to carve (Pual, No. l); to draw, to paint (Pual, No. 2; see ppn, No.2); also, to hack up the ground (auftacten);
IT
(fjacfcn/ tjauen),
see Hithpael.
17; Deu. i:l.

see
PUAL
graved,
(2)
part.
l
"""^D
(i) something carved, en-
Ki. 6:35.
drawn, painted,
to
pTVri(enclosed, "surroundedbyawair), [T2ron],pr.n. (l) of a son of Reuben, Gen.46:9; Exod. 6 14. (2) of a son of Pharez, Gen. 46 12 Ruth 4:18. Gr. 'Eopw/j, Mat. i. 3. Patron, is Tivn
:
: ;
HITHPAEL,
dig up,
Eze. 8:1O; comp. 23:14. to hack up the ground,

I
auffyacfen/ einen
raben aufiocrfcn.
would thus, from
the primary signification, explain Job 13:27, ni5nnn 7jn "around the roots of my feet thou hast
^h^H
[" (3) of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:3, 25."]
Nu. 26:6.
dug up
(the ground);" or, hast made a trench, so that I cannot go on, i. e. thou hast stopped up my
[ffezrat], pr.name of one of David's In yro and l Ch. 1 1 : captains, 2 Sam. 23 : 35 *y

(id.),
1"7
interpreted, delineated ;
way, compare Job 19:8; Lam. 3:7. around the roots of my

i.
It is
commonly
thou hast
feet
e.
hast
marked out
to
my
feet
how
far
37,
tyP-
they shall go.
^XD
n
Hazerim,
pr. n.
Deu. 2:23.]
i"ljpn
f.
from ph,
that which is
established or de-
("the court of death"),
fined ["
\Hazarma-
veth], pr. n. of a district in Arabia Felix, situated on the Indian sea, abounding in frankincense, myrrh, and aloes; but remarkable on account of the unhealthiness of the climate it is (whence its
Sing, spoken always of a single law or " ordinance; e.g. np^n nj?n law, ordinance of tlit.
specially (a) law, e.g. of heaven, of nature, Job 38: 33; Jer. 31:35; 33:25; of God, Ex
passover"];
27:8!, D?iy ngn "an everlasting law."

tice,
name);
custom,
(b) prace.g. of the Gentiles, i.e. idolatry. 2 Ki
CCCI
17:8; Lev. 20:23, right, privilege, Ex. 29:9 [such
a privilege being God's ordinance].
NS'lpn
Ol
;
bent"), [Hakuphd], pr.n. m. Ezr. 2: ( Neh. 7:53, from the unused root
TO
prop. TO
/
BEND
ONE'S SELF.
eintiauen
CUT, TO CUT INTO, TO HACK, compare the kindred roots, all of

>"lj5n,
Deu. 13:15; Eze. 39 1 4 followed by ace. of perse i or thing, to explore, search out, as a country, Jud 18 :2; (to taste) food or drink, Prov. 23:30; wisdom, Job 28:27; tne mind of any one, i Sa. 20: 12; Psa. Prov. 28:11," a rich man seems to him139:1. self to be wise, ^PO! TÔ 711 but a poor man who has understanding searches him." LXX. Kara' yvuffirai. Aqu. Theod. ir)(rt&nt.
:
PIEL,
i.
q.
Kal. Eccles. 12:9.
which are onomatopoetic,
rj,
and
iîLfc
to strike
with a sword, bauen/ then to stamp violently; also, to
encounter violently;
hack.
^ (JJj* an&
NIPHAL, pass, of Kal. Jer. 31 :37- 1 Ki. 7:47, t6 the weight of the brass could not ng>n? ^p_f P "ipm be searched out," comp. 1p v Q pjjt.
^^^^
id.; fyacfen/ to
Hence
"^P
and
In passing,
we may observe
that especially in
verbs geminate in the middle radical, there are many which are imitations of sound, and hence are
"'PD r^? that
(l) searching, investigation, Job 34:24. which cannot be sought out, Prov. 25:3;
common
to
many
languages; as
etc.
pi??
lecfcn
\to
lick~\,
351, S]ao, tappen,

beat, to beat to
"?Vn fallen/
powder,
72* tinnio, fdjallcn/ pp^ to and in the geminate

;
hence used of any thing that is innumerable, Job 5:9; 9:10; 36:26; also deliberation, Jud. 5: 16. (2) thativhich is known by investigation, hidden, Job 38: 16, DinJjl Ipn "the most secret secret.
recesses of the sea."
i.
forms,
~I3~I|
gargarizavit, ÎVPV pipivit,
??
tintinnum
edidit, etc.
Specially
q.
TO.
fiadea TOV
carve out a sepulchre, in a rock, Isaiah 82 -16; to engrave letters and figures on a tablet,
(1) to
Isa.
propriety of this
"ipn Job 11:?, Lee questions the [Prof. comparison on the ground of tht
Metaph.
nv^
tov.
Hebrew
construction.]
JO:8; Eze. 4:1.

to
(2) i. q. -ypwptii', |6; Eze. 23:14.
delineate,
to
paint,
Isa.
49:
and (3) to decree, to ordain (verbs of inscribing writing are used in the sense of decreeing, since it ij the work of a legislator to write or inscribe his
Jaws), Isa. 10:1
;
m. only in plur. D^ln, noble, freeborn, l Ki. 2l:8,ll; Neh. 2:16; 4:13; once fully written cnin ECC. 10:17. Root "nn NO. 2.
^H
*"in
a hole, see
S ee -vin.
lin-
to
scribe, Prov. 8
27, 29.
determine, to appoint, to dePart. PpH poet, for Bafc> a

is
judge, Jud. 5:9.
N M
to
or
JM an
unused
root.
Arabic
PUAL
part. Pi?np
fut. Ipn*
to
what
decreed, Pro. 31:5.
HOPHAL,
Dag. forte)
for -Ipn? (with the omission of
engrave, to inscribe, Job 19:23. POEL, i. q. Kal No. 3, to decree, Pro. 8: 15. Part. Pt>h (i) a law giver, Deut. 33:21; Isa. 33:22; a leader, Jud. 5:14. (2) a sceptre, Num. 2l:l8; Ps. 60 9 Gen. 49 i o. Hence pn, ni?n, [Ppn], and
:
easement, a low word rather than ? Hence whenever its derivative occurs in the sacred text, the Hebrew critics have placed [what they deemed] a more decent word in the See niSiriD, DJ> '?.n for ^n, and margin.
do
one's
decent one.
DW
in pi- const. 't?i?H decrees, things de"y Pfv^ m om termined, Isa.io:i Jud. 5: 15 (where it corresponds
-
D^N"in plur. dung, excrements, Isa. 36: 12. In the margin the more decent word HNW is found the vowels of which are subjoined to [as the ""ip]
.
m
;
this.
to a similar
word, 'IpH, verse 16).
-^ i*/ (l) TO BE
whence imp. Tir^ and
^"1.0 future
31$
It
pr.n. of a town on the borders of Asher and Naphtali, Josh. 19 34 called

L"
ppH Hukkok,
iCh. 6:60."]
DRIED
UP, spoken of water, rivers, earth.

Isai.
Gen. 8:13; Job 14:11;

differs [" as
19:6;
Ps. 106:9.
VESTIGATE.
(Job 13:9) TO SEARCH, TO INis perhaps that of marching in the earth by digging, so that kindred
fut
-
""P 1?-
merely denoting the absence of water"] from t^5J to be dry, to become dried, see Gen. 8: 13, compare 14; also Isa. 19:5, where there is a gradation, tfUJl
(The primary idea
3TTg -irm.
to
rentia Vocc. Hebr. p. 64.

{
Compare Reimarus, De Diffe(From the same st xk if
toots are 1i?3, rn3, see
"l^?
Ps. 95:4.)
Const, absol.
Gr.
Kr'ip<j>w
become dry, K/>a/i/3o dry.)
pin-nn
of water,
Isai.
CCCII
Jcbel Musa).
(a) to be desolate, to be laid waste, spoken of countries or cities, (dry places being desert, devoid
42
48
2 1 ) ; Isai.
34
Jer.
26
Ex. 3:1; 17:6; Deut. 1:2,6; 4:10, 15; 5:2; 18:16; i Ki. 8:9; 19:8; Mai. 3:22;compare Burckhardt's Travels, p. 873, seq. ; 1077, seq.
9; of sanctuaries, Am. 7:9; also to be destroyed, wasted, spoken of a people, Isa. 6o:l2; and trans.
to
lay waste,
to
destroy, Jer. 50:21.
(Imp.
3~>n.)
Germ. edit. [" But Horeb seems to have been a general name for a whole mountain, of which Sinai was a particular summit. See Hengstenberir, Auth
des Pentat.
ii.
(3) to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2: 12; pare the synonymous words DDK' and "IJ^.
com-
p.
896." Robinson.]
D"Tl
to
(i)
dry ness, drought, Jud. 6:37.39;
(Arab.
<--J->. to
be
laid waste,
Conj.
is
II.
lay
hence, heat,
Gen. 31 :4O; Job 30:30.
waste, to destroy; cognate to IV. to wage war.)
which
tjy>-
I-
H.
laid waste, desolated, Isa.
3yi (2) a desolating, laying u-aste. 61 14; Eze. 29:10.

piur. rvann, with art.
towns
(i) pass, of Kal No. 2, to be laid waste, desolated, Eze. 26:19; 30:7. (2) recipr. to destroy one another, hence tofight,
2 Ki. 3:23.
NIPUAL
n'nnnn
const,
n'nin
f.
["(l) dryness, pi. dry places, Isa. 48:21."] (2) a desolation, a place laid waste, ruins.
I
PUAI, pass, of No. 1, to be dried, Jud. 16:7, 8.

IIiPiiiL
Lev. 26:31, ns-in ornjrns 'nru cities waste." nn~in. i"^? to build
(l) to
dry up ["
as water"], Isa. 50:2.
lay waste, towns, countries, Ezekiel 19:7; Jud. 16:24; to destroy a people, 2 Ki. 19: 17. HOPIIAL pass, of Hiphil No. 2, Eze. 26:2; 29:12. The derivative nouns all follow.
(2)
to
will lay your ruins or places Eze. 36: 10, 33; 38:12; Mai. 1:4; Isa. laid waste. 58:12; 61:4. Job 3: 14, "kings and counsellors
up
of the earth IE?
J">i3"jn
D'33H
who have
built
ruins
for themselves," i. e. splendid edifices, presently however to fall into ruins, q. d. Me grof: e @te inf aufcn auf*
bauen.
Synonymous with
Isa.
this is
i.
m3"in D\?n Isaiah

e.
">n Ch.
i.
q.
Heb.
44
26.
E'TO n'nin the ruins,

5:17.
the ruined houses
HOPHAL,
to be
destroyed, laid waste, Ezr. 4:15.
of the rich,
^")J? adj. fern.
n:nq
(i)dry, Lev. 7:10; Prov.
i"O"in (for nn^n) that which
is
dry, dry land,
17:1.
(2) laid icaste, destroyed, Jer. 33:10, 12; Neh. 2:3, 17; Eze. 36:35.
fin
Gen. 7:22; Ex. 14:21; 2Ki.2:8.

I'D"})! plur. constr. '3'm.n summer], Ps. 32:4.
m. drought, heat
[of
const. rfcnn],f.
pause Tin, with suffix >3in, pi. n'nnq, (i) a sword ["as laying waste;
fc^TQ*in (probably Pers. .,Lyi. an ass driver), [Harbonah~\, pr. n. of a eimuch of Xerxes, Est. l : 10,
spelled n3'nin 7:9.
others, as v <s>^*>, to
having the signification edge,comp.

s
<*
j^.,
be sharp,
=
acrid,
<--
whence
9
-^
edge of a
JM aval
Xfyoî.
sword"].
Zpirrj,
(Arab. c_?.-^, Syr. |_^x/, whence Greek

ii.
TREMBLE.
syllable
Ch. ^3"in
fear,
Psalm 18:46, TO SHAKE, TO trembling. (The primary
see Bochart, Hieroz.
p.
760.)
;
3nn 'D? nsn
is 3"i, -which
movements, see
i.
Trj, yr\).
with the edge of the sword to kill with the sword, Deut. 13:16; 20:13; Joshua 6:21; 8:24; 10:28.
to smite
equally with jn denotes tremulous Loc. cit. Dnn^|pBO M-jPTl

places,
"and they shall tremble out of their hiding

e.
(they shall go out from their fortified places with
applied to other cutting instruments ; e. g. a circumcising knife, Josh. 5:2,3; a knife, or razor, Eze. 5 1 ; a graving tool, Ex. 20 25 ; an axe, Ezek. (2)
It is
:
:
trembling) and shall deliver them up to me;" comp. Mic. 7:17; Hos. ll:ii. Others, from a comparison
with Arab.
j^
to
go out, translate
it is
shall go out from
26:9.
Poetically used of the curved tusks of the

:
their hiding places,
but
weaker.
In the parallel
hippopotamus, Job 40 19. (3) drought, Deu. 28:22.

.
passage, 2 Sa. 22:46, there is

is
[This meaning needed in this passage; so Thes.]
not 3
yin &
a lower
leap, to gallop as
l"fin
dry,"
desert"), pr. n.
Horeb,
is
summit of Mount
an unused quadril. i. q. Arab. J^>-y^ a horse, to spring as a locust. formed from the triliteral 3^n to fremble, which
/"*!).
nM
to
It
ia
Sinai,
from which one as(
applied to leaping (see
By the omission of
"i
frcra
oends
Mount
Sinai properly so called
this root another t-iliteral is formed, ?jn.
Hence
CCCIII
p-in-mn
him ;" he was angry, Geu
(c)
in
tho root, comp. drrairoc, arrt'Xa/Boe,
m. a locust, so called from its leaping (see from ^rrfty), with

- ,-
to
31
36 34 7
; :
Sa.
1 1 ;
2 Sa. 19:43.
in his eyes;"
eyes,
V3J
rnn "(anger) was kindled

is
o -
wings and
fit
for food, Lev. 11 :22.
(Arab, ^>
5
L
>.
since anger
visible in the kindling ol
\.
troop of horses, also of locusts,
.^f-/.>->
'
an ^ n
being interchanged, a kind of locust without wings).
fut.TTP
(l) TO
TREMBLE, TO BE FRIGHT-
(The unused T]H prob. had the signification Exod. 19:16; of terrifying, compare flJJ, apae.) to the 1 Sa. 28:5; Isa. 10:29 heart, l Sa. ["ascribed Used 28:5"]; followed by "? of the cause, Job 37 l B"K '"HO.*! in a pregnant sense, Gen. 42:28, VnK
:
IN ED.
and inflamed countenance, Gen. 31:35; 45 :5. These expressions sometimes rather denote sorrow than anger; and hence they are rendered by the LXX. by the verb Xvirlopcu, as Gen. 4:5; Jon. 4: 4,9; Neh. 5:6; compare as to the connection of the two ideas DJtt NIPHAL, and 3VJJ HITHPAEL. (2) to be angry, followed by ? Hab. 3:8. NIPHAL (Cant. 1:6 [referred in Thes. to the root T]n]). part. D'"?n3 pi. i. q. Kal No. 2, to be angry, Isa.
41
l
: 1 1 ; 4.5 : 24; followed by ? against any one, Cant. :6 [but this should be referred to ">V|j.
"ibS?
"they were afraid
(i.e.
afraid they turned)

one, i. e. nritf
one to another, saying." (2) Followed by ?N prop,

to take care of
fear for any him, 2 Ki. 4:13 ["followed by to follow any one trembling, l Sa. 13:7"].
(3)
to
to
HIPHIL n "Jn ? fut. ~>rn (i) to make to burn, to kindle anger, Job 19:11; followed by ?J. (2) to do any thing with ardour, to be earnest; another finite verb. Neh. 3 20, rnnn inn.NI followed
:
by
co?e trembling,
to
hasten (compare TSH

1 1
:
^TQ
NIPHAL), followed by 1*? from a place, Hos. nS'lpp to meet, 1 Sa. 16:4; 21:2.
HIPHIL,
to
10,
1 1
repaired (the wall)," or, emulating him, repaired, etc. TIPHIL, fut. nvin> (of the formfy?i?ri) to emulate,
to
p'jnn "after
him Baruch earnestly
terrify, to make afraid, Jud. 8: 12; Sa. 17:2; Lev. 26:6; Job 11:19; Isa. 17:2. The derivative nouns follow with the exception of
the pr. n. "N~1Q.
rival, Jer. 22:15; followed by riS with any one,

to be
Jer. 12:5.
HITHPAEL, to fret oneself, 1,7,8; Pro. 24:19. Derived nouns, pn, nn,
angry, Psa. 3":
"PJ7adj.
7:3; followed by lSa.4:i3.
(l) trembling, fearful, a/raze?,Jud. ?J?, for that of which one is afraid,
)n (Harhaiali), according to other copies iVrnn ("who was dried up"), pr. n. of a man, Neh.
3:8-"]
(2) Applied to the fear of God and piety; reverence, n$K rnyo? nnnqri" those who fear (or Ezr. 10:3,
reverence) the
9:4;
Isa.
commandment of our God;" compare 66:2, nin. ?J? "nn "who reverences my
by ?
verse 5.
f.
words," followed
fountain, or of a place near it. Hence Gentil. '"JV] 2 Sa. 23:25.
"IVT! ("fear," "terror"), [Harod~], pr.n of a 11VJ p# Jud. 7 i.

:
i"n"in
C onstr. rn-in plur. ni-nn, Eze. 26: 16.
D
9
>
m.
pi.
i
:
(1) terror, fear. Gen. 27:33,

Tin.
"and Isaacfeared
or coral, Cant,
strings of pearls, or other gems, 1O; from the root Tin which see.
S;
a great fear."
A genitive after this word

who
is
sometimes refers to the person
feared, as,
tnx rn~in the fear of man, Prov. 29:25; sometimes to him who inspires fear, O'wX flUn terror, or fear,
sent
Syr. JP<XA< and Arab. gems or pearls.
<~ a necklace composed of
/TiH
24:31,
for
.,
(a panic fear), l Sa. 14: 15. (2) care, concern, 2 Ki. 4:13. (3) pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the desert
by God
the nettle, so called
the root ?VI
= "nn.
Job 30:7; Zeph. 2:9; pi. D'hn Prov. from its burning, from
Comp. Êth.
ArhAA
t.
'
to
sm ge
l\(h'..
See Celsii Hierobot.

(contracted from n?
5
ii.p.
166.
flat-nosed^
[Haradali], Nu. 33:24.

fat. rnrv a poc. vjy. 1 B TO U RN, TO BE K I N D L E D, COgn. to "Tin. Always ( ) spoken of anger, concerning which these expressions
D*VJ
[Harumaph~\,
pr. n. of a
man, Neh. 3: 10"].
*"^l m. (from the root nVI) heat, burning, and

concr. of something burning, Ps. 58 :o. There is often found the phrase 1-? }np
:
Exod. 22:23; followed by? against any one, Gen. 30 2 44:18; Job 32: 2, 3; 42:7; less often followed by 7K Nu. 24: 10; ty Zee. " 1 3 () without *|K ft n VI (anger) was kindled
are used (a) 12$ nnn,
:
;
"heat
cf
anger," Nu. 25:4; 32:14; iSa. 28: 18, and simpl. flVI is used for wrath, Neh. 13:18; Ps. 2:5. Plur,
DT
angers, Ps. 88:17.
CCC1V
see
nri-p-m
JV3.]
see
(Kametz pure,
Amos
3), part. pass.
from the root V"]n to cut into, to sharpen. (l) cut in, dug, hence the ditch of a fortified city, Dan. 9: 25. (Chali r*") n .) Compare the root No. 1,6, where the verb "1333 can on ly be referred to P~>n by zeugma,
(a)
poet,
C 1 ) a graving tool, Ex. 32:4. (a) a style, with which letters were inscribed on wood or stone; hence poetically used of a kind of
-
w ith the style of a writing, Isa. 8:1, Bnag tyin? man" (of the common people), i. e. with letters of the common sort, such as the common people might
easily read.
. only in plur. DVptS^n sacred scribes, skilled in the sacred writing (i. e. in the hierogly-
sharpened
epith.
for
(see the root No. 2), hence as

threshing
wain, an
agricultural
instrument used for rubbing out corn ; more fully flTTl 3"]iO a sharpened threshing instrument, Isaiah
phics),
I
'upo-ypafjifjiaTe'li:,
a kind of Egyptian priests (see
41:15; and hence used without the substantive in the same sense, Isa. 28 27 Job 41:22. Plur. niSV>0 Amos 1:3. As to the form of this instrument, see
:
Jablonskii Prolegg., in Panth. Êgypt., page 91, seq Creuzer, Mythologie und Symbolik, i. p. 245). Gen
41:8,24; Exod. 7:11,22; 8:3, 14,15;
9:M
this
name
(3) something decided, hence judgment (see the " root No. 3). Joel 4:14, P~inn pBJ?.? in the valley of
is
l:2O;
style,
also applied to the Babylonian magi, Dan. This word appears to me to be of 2:2.
origin,
Hebrew
whether
it
be derived from B"^n a
judgment,"
r/c
3/iriK-
i.e.
of punishment.
LXX. iv
rg KotXaSi
(4) poetically used for gold, Psa. 68:14; Prov. 3:14; 8:lO; 16: 16; Zee. 9:3; so called either from the sharp (bright) colour (see fOPl No. 3), or else
formative (comp. DVT9 from rHB, D^~fl from ~Q^), or whether it be taken as a quadrilateral, formed from the triliterals t^n and Din to be sacred.
and D
But, however, it is not an improbable opinion that the Hebrews imitated in these letters a similar Egyptian
from
No. 4,
its
b.
being eagerly desired by men (see fin Arab. ^v. to be eager, to covet), or else
word (comp.
"=l"lf ^?,
^C'D, rflDH2)
thus, according
la
perhaps for some other reason [ properly that which dug out"]. It seems to answer to the Gr. xpuouc.
;
"
for
(of a form which regularly receives dagesh, WV?) (i) eager (see the root No. 4, 6), hence
^>H
diligent, sedulous.
PL
D'V'nn Pro. 10:4; 12:24;
to Water, L 401) epxcoil thaumaturgus, or according to Ignatius Rossius (in Etymol. Êgypt., p. 366) CApGCTOJU i.e. guardian of secret things. On the other hand it seems altogether absurd to seek for this word, which occurs so frequently in the Pentateuch, another etymology when found in Daniel, by deriving it from
cit.,
to Jablonski (loc.
p.
and Opuscc. ed
13:4; 21:5(2) \_Har uz~\, pr. n. of the father-in-law of king Manasseh, 2 Ki. 21 : 19.
I
the Persic; namely, from jc^Jji- chyredmand (not
JM
to
an unused
root, cognate to
to
hence
perforate,
ti~>n.
f^n to puncture, bore through. Arab. \A*

\
chardamand), endued with wisdom. Besides Jablonski and Rossius, see Michaelis Supplem. p 920; Rosenmiiller ad Bocharti Hieroz. ii. page 468; Pfeifferi Dubia Vexata, ad Exod. 7:11.
"i
to perforate e.g. pearls or gems, in order to string
Ch.
pi. i.q.
Heb. Dan. 2:io, 27; 4:4, 6-
them.
Hence
5:11.
jn m. with the addition of *!$ h eat of anger, Ex. 11:8; Deu. 29:23; Isa. 7 4, etc. Root i"nn.
:
TTOn
[" Drnn (Harhas), pr.n. m., 2 Ki. 22 : 14, written 2 Ch. 34:22."]
.
tion,
"lîn m (from the root ~nn) burning fever, Deut. 28:22.

(a)
(i)
inflammaLXX. tpeOtcr/ioc.
I. '""If
m. white bread, made of

No.
I.
fine flour,
from
Vulg. ardor.
[Harhur],
pr.n. of a man, Ezr. 8:51; Neh.
occurs once, Gen. 40: 16, *?P *Y! Vulg. canistra farince ; LXX. rard ypt'Sptr uv. In the treatise of the Mishnah, Edaioth, iii. 10, nn is
the root
"Vin
It
7:53-
U
to
a kind of loaf or cake
Arab. ^j\ &. white bread,
JM
an unused
like the
engrave,
xaparrw. Hence OVI a graving tool or chisel, and Arab.

Xapuffffu,
Syriac ej;_~ to cut in, kindred root fin, rnn, Bnn, See more under the root "HJ.
root.
white
flour.
H. ( from "fin No.
II,
a troglodyte," cave-dweller," a hole, a cavern, and the termination
-^
to turn [as in a lathe].
[Hence B^n and Dn
V), [Horite\i pr.n.

(l ) of a people,
who in very ancient tine inhabited
oin-nn
Mount
Seir (Gen. 14:6), afterwards expelled
cccv
by
the
Din-pin
slothful
"the
i.
Edomites (Deu. 2:12, 22), Gen. 36:20

(2) [7/ori], pr. n. of several
82.
(b)
30.
(a) Gen.
e.
the lazy
men
36
for
Nu. 13:5.
gain; labour, bcr
always be in want of wished for nothing is to be procured without '1 K'*X. SrSge br5t !ctn SBilbpret. nOi. for
man man will
will
not
ro.'ist
his
prey,"
C^V
1
'in
for
D'JV 'Kin
6:25 ara.
it is
(from
the root N->n),
LXX.
OUK- iiriTiv^tTai Ot'ipav,

I
doves' dung, 2 Ki.

in its
This
may be
taken
and Syr. ??.^p3
will take, will
pursues not prey. Chald. catch ; but all these

freely.
proper sense, for
not incredible that
men
translators appear only to
have given the sense
oppressed by long-continued famine should have eaten doves' dung; (compare Celsii Hierob. ii. p. 32 Rosen;
signification of taking is indeed doubtful, unless the idea be connected with Q'310. C. B. Michaelis
The
582); but it is not less probable that this name should be applied to some kind of vegetable food, just as in Arabic the
miiller
ii.
ad Bocharti Hieroz.
interprets, will catch in
net,
p.
from D'3"in net-work,

accedes in Thes.]
lattice.
making [To
it
thus, denom.
this
Geseniua
herb Kali
in the
is
called sparrows'
<
dung
iLajJ\
,-)> and
assa fceii.
"=pD Chald.
ITHPAEL,
to
burn,
to be
to
8inge,i.q. Arab. .J
shops of the
tida is called SeufelSbrerf.

;
hymists [in Germany] See Bochart, Hieroz.
Tin^K
.
singed, Dan. 3:27.
conij). however Celsius, loc. cit., who page 44, seq. rightly shews that Bochart has erred in saying that
lattices of window*, properly a net,
the Arabs are in the habit of calling fried beans, doves' and sparrows' dung. In np 2 Ki. loc. cit. is T3V3,%
net-work. Cant. 2:Q. a window.)

/
LXX.
SiKrva.
(Chaldee K31IJ
see
?-1"in
which
see.
[given as an unused root in Thes.].
in m. pr. something turned or carved (from the root Bin); specially a conical pouch or purse,
2 Ki. 5
:
JM unused in Kal, properly TO SHUT UP (comp.

i.)
D^n a net, No.

(comp. Bpn).
in, or
.
23
Isa.
3 22.
:
Arabic
&&,..
c.
(1) specially to
Compare
17.
shut in, to contract the nose Hence part. Win Levit. 21:18, drawn
Schroederus,
De
Vestitu Mulierum Heb. s
depressed at the nose. Vulg. naso panw.

and * t^L
to bore
A rab.
tc
"autumnal showers," tjHIl (Arabic cJj.ei. from nyi autumn), [Hariph], pr. n. of a man, Neh. 7:24; 10:20. Instead of this, there occurs in Ezr.
2: 18, iTlV (also signifying
-L
through the cartilage between
the nostrils of a camel and put in a ring, properly draAv down the nose.
(2)
to
autumnal showers).
t
I
prohibit
to
common use;
Arabic *
II. to
to
consecrate
tc
in
(a verbal noun, from the root V"}H to cu *>
God
(opp. to
^H).
-^ to prohibit, especi-
sharpen).
(1) a cutting, piece cut off, 7-p7â. i Sam. 17: l8 3brirn>'nn n^y." ten cuttings of (thickened)
,
:
ally to
common
use.
render sacred.
IV.
tc
devote. * j>- a sacred place, adytum, also women's
milk (or of
soft cheese)."
LXX.
TpvtyaXiSec,
i.
e.
apartment \Haram\.
HIPHIL,
JEth.
fh^5
to account
un-
according to Hesychius,
Vulg. decem formella:
casei.
rpfpara rov airaXov TVfiov. Arab. ( being ^;
lawful, f\ft\l3^\ to forbid, to prohibit.
See Hi PHIL.
^^
changed into
(2)
(_!/) soft cheese.

i.
Specially of a sharp threshing instrument, 2 Sam. 12:31; l Chr.
sharpened,
q. f-lin
No.
2.
(i) to consecrate, to devott av un(^ er a curse) to God, so thai Mic. 4:13. it could not be redeemed, Lev. 27 28, 29 In the wars of extermination against the Canaanites, cities were thus devoted, so that when they were taken, both man and beast were one and all destroyed,
D'^nn
(Êth.
firh^^!
to
(from the root K>in) m. plowing, l Sam. %:i<2,plou'ing time, dpordc, Gen. 45:6; Ex. 34:21.
and the
(2)
to
city itself razed.
Hence
extirpate, to destroy utterly, cities (Luth. evbanncn), Deut. 2:34; 3:6; 7:2; 20:17; Josh.
r ;U adj. silent, quiet; hence hot, spoken of the east wind, Jon. 4:8.
a root,
tt7ra
Xeyo'/i.
Pro. 12:27, prob. TO
BURN, TO SINGE
i
(like Chald.
^D
and Arab,
1*^^
?-),
to
roast
flesh.
Prov.
loc. cit.,
'WV rPCH pqi
&
8:26; 10:28,37; 11:21; 1 Sam. 15:3, seq.; Isaiah 34:2; 37:11. There is sometimes added T).n '?/ Josh. 1 1 1 2 i Sa. 15 8. The phrase 'Q l.nK Dnnn Jer. 50:21, seems to denote an enemy pursuing aftai those who are to be destroyed (comp. ^tjN "H?3 i Ki
: ; :
14: 10; 21 :2i).
Poetically,
21
God
himself
is
said to
nsnn-nnn
devote any thing; thing so devoted.
O.'nyp
i.
CCCVI
e.
utterly to destroy
Isa.
11:15,
P^
it as somen} n l D ^J}?1
"and Jehovah will devote (i. e. will dry op) the bay of the Egyptian sea." HOPHAL O^n^ to be devoted, to be consecrated, Ezr. 10:8; when used of men, i. q. to be slain, Ex.
:19; Lev. 27:29.
with the sun), [ZTaran], pr. n. (l) of a town Mesopotamia, called in Gr. and Lat. K'/J/ku, Came. S tu 9 9 Arab, and Syr. .;-*/, afterwards celebrated
^L-,
for the defeat of Crassus;
Gen.li 31 12:5; 27:43; 2 Ki. 19: 12; and Eze. 27:23 (in this passage, J. D. Michaelis, who follows a false hypothesis as to this
: ;
("devoted," "sacred"), [Horeni], pr. of a town in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:38.
pr.n. of a
~n
n.
D"Ttfor Dnn(i.q. Win "flat-nosed"), [Sari TO], man, Ezr. 2:32; 10:31; Neh. 3:11.
whole verse, understands some other city in Arabia Felix); see Gol. ad Alferg. p. 249; Schult. Ind Geogr. v. Charne; J. D. Michaelis, Suppl. p. 930. (2) of a man, i Chr. 2:46.
(
two caverns,"
dual from p'n
"n, once C"TI (Zee. 14:11), with suffix nyin,

-ri pi. D'pTTj.
\_Horonaim~\, pr. n. of a town of the Moabites, situated on the ascent of a hill, Isa. 15:5; Jer. 48:
3? 5, 34-
(l) a net, of a fisherman or fowler, so called from shutting, see the root No. i, Hab. 1:16, 17; Ezek. 26:5, 14; 47 : 10. Metaph. nets are used of the
The
Gentile
is
noun
is
T>H Neh.
2: 10, 19
j'nh rV3
page cxvn, B,
altogether a different place

-ir
ÎÎO
i :
(perhaps for "f^nj. from

to
to snore,
pr. n.
blandishments of women, Ecc. 7 26. (a) the devoting of any thing to utter destruc:
tion, Mai. 3:24; Zee. 14:11. 'P7P voted by me, l Ki. 20:42; Isa. 34:5.
man
de-
and ^<>> to inhale, m. l Ch. 7 36.
pant),
[Harnepher],
^ V&
J
*^
- T
an unused
root.
np*^n (" a devoting," a place laid waste), [Hormah~], pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaanites, afterwards allotted
to the tribe of
(l) i.q. <Aê*- an^
i/>~
to
scrape,
to
scratch
so
Simeon,
Num. 14:45;
and
intrans.
to
be
rough;
.JL>- a potsherd,
81:3; Deut. 1:44; Joshua 12:14; 19:4; formerly called HDV Jud. 1:17. S ~* S<-prominent summit of a pO^H (i. q. A^.,
I.
called from its being scratching, rough. a sherd, and D^n, D-lD^n.
Hence Knn
i*/**-
mountain; properly
c
it
seems the nose of a mountain
The idea of (2) perhaps to be dry, arid, hot. roughness is applied to things which are dried up, arid, and thus to heat; see under the root ">in.
Hence
l
compare
spur of Antilibanus, Josh. 11:3, 17; Ps. 89:13; 133 3; near the spring of the Jordan; now called Jebel esh-Sheikh (Jôv_^j\),
:
Hermon, a
D"in the sun.
[in pause Dnn, root Dnn]. (i) the itch, Deut. 28:27; so called from scratching (Ar&gr on
.
and towards the south Jebel el-Heish;

consists of several mountains, D'3'onn p s 42:7. of in the
pi.
.
frafcen).
it
and
is
We
therefore spoken learn from Deut.
(2) the sun, an uncommon word, mostly poetic [Qu. see the occurrences in prose]. Job 9:7; Jud.
3:9; 4:48, that these mountains were called by the Amorites "P?^f by the Sidonians ji'T?'; and they were also sometimes called fc^; but iCh. 5:23, Senir and Sirion are distinguished from one another. The names applied to the mountains of this region appear sometimes to have been used in a wider, sometimes in a narrower, sense.
8:13; with n parag. npvi J U(]. 14:18

It
(like
seems properly to signify heat, like H/'?). see the root No. 2; unless it be preferred with Hitzig (whom I followed edit. 3 [Germ.]), to hold that D^n
properly
fcfyeibo
is the orb, or disc of the sun, bie Sonnen from the idea of scraping or forming, as the Germ. S5d)etbe from the verb fcfyaben (see Adelung
h. v.).
in
cut
off,
quadril. prob.
to cut into.
and C^VI
compounded of Hence
*&.
to
codices,
EyjC ~^V, in Isa. 19:18 and in some editions, and

1
is
found in sixteen
expressed by the
is
LXX.
Compl.
solis),
('Aêpt'c)?
''i
3:26.
a sickle, reaping hook, Deut. 16:9;
(cii'itas
Saadiah
Symm. (irdXic >V\iow), Vulg. ji^>- iJ), ind is also

( :
confirmed by the Talmudists in Menachoth

this
s* dried up, or parched (i.q. Arab. ^\ &- a place
fol.i 10 A. must, if we follow the certain and ascertained use of words, mean the city of the sun ; i.e. Helio-
CCCVII
whatEgypt; called elsewhere fN, W3 thought of the authenticity of the words, fins'? nps Dirin -vy. [Nothing but cor.jsci^re can From the Arabic be opposed to their genuineness.]
polis
in
H%
merely exposing one's
life
to
danger;
it
speaks ai
it
evt-r
maybe
Him who
again.]
laid
down
his
life
that he might take
usage (>/=- to defend, to preserve, it may be rendered " one shall be called a city preserved," i. e. one
ing of a
NIPIIAL, p?s. of Piel No. 2, to be betrothed, speakwoman prop, abandoned,!, e. given up, or
;
Whichever of those five cities shall be preserved. rendering is preferred, this reading is better than the
other
DTnn
TJ?,
concerning which see

1
p.
ccxxxn, B.
delivered to a husband. Levit. 19:20, "a maidservant B"N? nayjl.3 who is betrothed to a husband." So in the Talmud HD-Tir} ig i. q. np-1~tt< espoused. There is a similar use made of the Arabic verbs
,) jkj
a pottery, potters workshop, where earthen vessels are made (from B'YJ). Hence nwinn Tye> the pottery gate, Jer. 19:2, a gate of
f.
^c^j,
properly to esteem lightly, and then to
deliver a wife to a husband; see Schultensii
Opp.
Jerusalem near the valley of Hinnom.
[" See under
Min.,p. 145, seq. The derived nouns follow, with the exception of
"W."]
]I T
In
np
there
is rvpi.n.
?.
an uncertain root [" Syr. Ethpael cunning"], see jnnE).

*pni (Job 27 6). (1) TO GATHER, TO PLUCK OFF.
:
to be
("plucking"), [Hareph], pr.n.m.,

m. autumn,
the season in
i).
Chr.
2:51.
ivhich fruits
are
see
fut.
gathered (see the root No.

:
Arabic
Ju
-k.,
(Arab. (__ <.. With this accord the Lat. carpo, and (with a prefixed
The primary syllable sibilant) German fcarp/ frfjavf. fp has also in other roots the signification of plucking
(ra/riendi), as *Pf, *pt, H"^?) see ^?^).
Schultens on Job 29 4. It commonly includes also the winter, and thus *Qnj pj? summer and autumn make up the whole year, Gen. 8:22; Ps. 74: 17 Zee.
;
Hence *pn
autumn,
14:8.
&1T
fi
? a winter house,
Am.
3:15.
Metaph.
i_?t
-^ the time
when
fruits are plucked,
and from this (2) denom.
to pass the autumn (and winter), to winter, X ijuaw. Isa. 18 :6, pnn \hy fiNn n?na^3i " and all the beasts of the field shall winter upon it, "
used of mature age, manhood; compare Gr. cTruipa. ii. 8 Nem. v. 1 1 wpa, Plato. Legg. viii. auctumnus Job 29:4, 415: ; Ovid. Met., xv. 200. p. *3nn "in the days of my maturity," i.e. of
Pind. Isthm.
; ;
â
my
as rightly rendered by Chald., to to pass the summer y-lp
Jerome, Luth.
Opp.
(from }*?).
The Arabic
derived from
verb
v_cj
(__iA^
-v.
has also
many significations
it.
and denominative of
manly vigour; TIJQ a/'p7c /"ou, the flower of my age. [It may, I think, be questioned, whether *ff\ really means winter as well as autumn ; the phrase ^Y } T.V- will not prove it by any means see Genesis 8:22. As to Pro. 20:4, it may signify "he will not
1
(3) figuratively, to
Ps.
carp
at, to
scorn,
to
reproach.
:
69 10
:
'P'P '?ap
"my
proach me
Job 27 6, *!!$"&& conscience) shall not reas to any day of my life;" i.e. I do not
19 42
:
;
Pro. 27:11;
plow by reason of the autumn," i. e. the abundance of autumn fruits. In Job 29:4, the metaphorical use appears to arise from the autumn having been
regarded as the beginning, see Thes.]
:
heart
(my
the
prime of the year,
repent of any day. PIEL *pn (l)i.e. Kal No. 3, to reproach, to scorn, i Sa. 17:26, 36; 2Ki. 19:22,23; Ps.42:il;
10-2:9, etc.; followed
23:9-
?lP
TO
PS-
32:17; 3 2 Sam. 79:12; 89:52.
by V
2 Chr.
*r v fC 1 ) reproach, scorn, contempt shewn to any one, Job 16: 1O; Ps. 39:9; 79: 12, Mic. 6:16, V3J? nsnn "the reproach of pass.
(a)
my
(2) followed by ^3.3 to scorn life, to count one's life as of little ivorth, i. e. to expose one's life to
the reproach which the people cast upon me (b) which rests upon any one. Isa. 54:4, "the reproach of widowhood," i. e. which rests on widows.
people,"
i.
e.
Josh.
very great danger, especially in battle, irapaflaXXtffdat. Jud. 5:18, mop ie^3 cpn DJ; j'âj "Zebulun,
the people
5:9," the reproach of Egypt," i. e. the stigma

Isa.
Testing on Israel from the time of their departure out
death."
despised their life (and cast it awj>y) unto The Arabs make a similar use of the verbs
see
of Egypt,
(2)
25:8; Jer. 31:19;
26.36:30.
^,W, Jjj, Â^c*

'It is not to
my Comment
Isa.
be thought that
53:12. 53:12, speaks of
on
Isa.
or thing which is despised, Neh. 2:17; Psalm 22:7; Joel 2:17, *!V Plural rflEnn Ps. 69: 1O; Dan. 12:2.
Figuratively a
person
(3) pudenda, Isa. 47 3.

:
enn-pn
fut.
CCCVII1
(i) properly TO CUT, TO CUT (LXX. sometimes render
nn-
-pn
fin
INTO; kindred
it
to S?in, m_n.
(Rish being omitted) is frequently used for the (Rom. xi. 10; see Castelli Lex., Syr. cd. Michaolia
avvrip.ri.lv,
Prov. 21:5; Isaiah 10:23;

Specially
28:22.)
Hence pin a
to
slice.
(a) to cut skin deep,
wound
-
slightly.
(Arabic ..a/*- to cut the skin,
So Dan. 5 6, p. 316). of his loins were loosed," back, the vertebrae.

:
IJWO Ptfin
i.
1t2j?
the band,,
hia
e.
fc.e
joints of
s-
JLoj^
to
wound
s - skin deep, Le.>- such a
wound on
Levit.
an unused quadril.
root,
i.
q.
Arab, transp
the head.) Part, pin 2:22. (b) to dig, see

(a) to sharp en, to
.^&<
.s^.
somewhat wounded,
pin
to
bring
No. i. a point (comp. Arab.
tyjyoHence
to bind a cord fast,
comp.
/.>
and
j .la*.
7U
Isa.
pl.
ni3Vin_(i) bands tightly fastened,

Ps.
the point of a spear.
Schult. on Prov. 21:5).
58: 6.
(2)
in the proverbial expression,
pangs, griefs,
73:4; comp. ?3nand
?tfl.
Only occurring
11:7, i3B^ 3^3 prr j6 ^ST^! *3? "against all the children of Israel not even a dog shall sharpen
his tongue," i.e.
Exodus
IV :- on ty in pl. D^V^n sour or unripe grapes, compare the root fin No. 4; Nu. 6:4. Arab. Sam. U
transp.
o
i*
no one
shall oppose or
however
10:21
No.
to a.
;
Vulg. non imitict compare Judith 11:13 (*9)slightly.

is
i
provoke them canis, Joshua
/-as>-> i3 \'fTr0[
i^-i <L-< .*=>-
food prepared
Hence pin
(3) This
word determine,
also figuratively used to decide, Ki. 20:40, " this is thy sentence,
from sour grapes. In the Talmud it is grape stones [and that this is the real import of the word, Gesenius shows in Thes.], likewise so called from sourness. See Mishnah the treatise on the Nazarites, vi. 2.
;
nrX thou thyself hast decided it." Job 14:5, VD* O'Win DX "seeing that his days are determined." Isaiah 10: 22, pin |i'?3 "destruction is
7I>*11
fut.
pin* TO
GNASH with
the teeth, an onop

'
.
decreed."
Compare NIPIIAL, and pin No. 3. (4) from the idea of sharpening; to be sharp, as
matopoetic root (Arab. \^~ Syr. ..o;^, id., jLO'CXw gnashing of teeth. With this accords the Gr. Kplw, It occurs Aor. t:ptyoi', of Avhich the root is KPtF).
D.JB>?
applied to Uiste, to be sour,
whence D'|Sin sour grapes [or grape stones]; and also (5) to be eager, i. e. strenuous, active, diligent
;
:
pin Job 16:9; and D^'^'n Ps. 35:16; 37:12; 112:10; Lam. 2:16.
(l) TO
(Germ. jtd)'3 fauer rocrben laffen). Hence adj. pin eager, which see and once as a verb. 2 Sa. 5 24, pinnTK "then be thou diligent," on the alert; i.e. hasten.
(Arab. ..e.*- to long for earnestly; to be impelled
BURN.
(Arab. -^ to be warm, to
glow; ^th.
burning
în,
:
is
The signification of to be hot. t (\\l,' found in the stock in, comp. rnn, Tpn,
and Germ,
tjar/ t;t)r/
>-, Lat. areo, uro,
fire;
by eagerness and
to
desire.
VIII. to desire, to long

<-
^>eerb/ ârften> to roast.
The primary
idea
is
that of
for,
be earnest about, ./:=>NIPIIAL, part,
desire, pursuit.)
nvvo
construed flVinj
something
the shrivelled roughness of things that are dried or Used of hot metal, scorched; compare Din, 3in). Ezek. 24:11; of bones which have been dried up
determined, decreed, especially in the phrase n/3 living "destruction, and that which is decreed;"
for the destruction decreed (by God). Daniel 10:23; 28:22; Daniel 9:27; 11:36. 9:28, n'lDpVj' nyina [" a decree of desolations,"
with heat, Job 30 130;

Isa.
of
men
destroyed by htat,
24:6.
i.
iv
cm
t.voli',
(2)
q.
Arab.
j>- for
,^- born of a noble race,

.
Isa.
i.e.] ''the desolations
Derivative nouns
pin
decreed." D '?"|n. I. and II., TIC

1
pD Chaldee, loin, the

is
lower part of the back,
round which the girdle was bcund, i. q. Hebr. D*>7n, ^ and 1 being interchanged. In Chaldee this word
used in the singular.
(Deut. 33:11;
2 Ki. 1:4
9
befreeborn, whence^., Heb. in, "ftn r ^ ^ noble, freeborn, Syr. j;^, to set at liberty, J HA, free, The primary idea appears to be that of freeborn. the brightness and purity of a man obscures 1 by no
to be free, to
stain.
[Turgums]); and
in plural
in
P"? n (Ex. 28:42; Job

r
_*/
NIPHAL in3, and in? (Psalm 69:4; 102:4, of &* form !?n3 from ^n and nro from nnn) ftit. in;. (Ezck. 5:5) to h burned up,. Jer. 6:29; Ezek. 15:5;
24: 10;
to
4O:ll); so also in Syriac,
which the singular
be
dried, Ps. 69:4.
[Also trop.
to
burn
CCCIX
with anger, Cant,
from rnn.] PILPEL inf innn
l
enn-pn
:6,'?Tin3. See Thes.
In
Man.
to
kindle (contention), Proverbs

]," ([Q
l
28 2 l Derived nouns
: .
["
iri
n
,
Pn
or
and
Bnn properly is blunted, cutting off, hacking, and flump f, flumpffmnig/ like KW^'JQ dumb and deaf, from KOTTTUV, and Germ, flu mm of the same origin aa Others regard Bnn as applied to one from flumpf. whom speech and hearing are cut off.) [" But the
examples show that Bnn implies only voluntary silence, and so differs from E.^X which refers to that which is involuntary."] Often used of God when
not answering the prayers of men,
to
i.
0*T?.L|
Jer.
in.
pi.
parched,
sunburnt places,
Hence
17:6
-
i-
D1n which
see.
e.
not attending
fc^n m. a potsherd, Job 2:8; 41:22; Ps.22: Bnn p5 a vessel of earthenware, 16; Eze. 23:34.
11:33; 14:5, 50; 15:12; instead of which, poetically, Bnn stands alone, Proverbs 26:23.
Levit.6:2l;
them (opp.
to
n$).
p s 35
.
22,
Bnp^J
nivsn
A potsherd
Isa.
45 9
:
[" also for
proverbially for anything of no value, any thing very dry, Ps. 22 16"].
:
silence." Psalm 39: 13; 83:2; 109:1. Followed by |t? in a " be not pregnant sense, Psalm 28: l, ^1>p B'lnn "?K silent from me," do not silently turn away from me.
(5)
" thou hast seen (all)
O Jehovah, keep not
tangled,
trace of the Chaldee signification to be enis found in the noun B^n.
(Arab.
/,
~L a wine jar, /M,

jar, Gol. ex
<*.
to
make an
earthen-
ware wine
Maruph.)
[fut chrp
.
INS CUT BE
Jer. 17: 1.
letters
i and Bnrr] TO c u T i N T o, TO ( ) on a tablet, Gr. yapnaad), ^
NIPHAL, pass, of No. 3, to be plowed, Jer. 26:18; Mic. 3:12. HIPHIL (l) i. q. Kal No. 3, to devise evil, l Sane.
23:9(2)
if
i.
(Kindred roots are tin,

Syr. <_;_*,
is,
pn, Din
one's throat.)
q.
Kal No.
to
4, to be
to be
if deaf), i Sa.
10:27,
deaf (properly, du mb (properly,
to act as to act as
which
(2)
see.
to
to cut
some
stone (see Bnn), with

loc. cit.
fabricate, out of metal (l Ki. 7:14), Avood, an ace. of the material, l Ki.
Metaph. to devise evil things, Prov. 6:14; 12:20; 14:22 (where alone by zeugma there is also 31t2 Bnn') followed by ?V against some one, Proverbs So in Lat. fabricari fraudem, Plaut. Asin. i. 3 29.
; :
1,
89; doli fabricator, Virg. vEn. ii. 264; KUKO. TEVoAov Ttv\tiv, Horn., Hesiod., Tr%vatt> to devise,
a deviser, TEKraiveadai
(3) fut. Bhq?
a
id.,
~
^n~<-v, 11.x. 19.
to
plow
(Arab.
e^- Êth. s
^ft:
<-
keep silence, Gen. 34:5; Psa.32:3; 50:21. Followed by ? to bear silently, to pass by, Nu. 30:5, 8, 12, 15; followed by an ace. id., Job 11:3; followed by IP to be silent from someone, i. e. to hear some one silently ; followed by 7^ id., Isa. 41:1; to be silent about any thing (cUra6 ccrs Like Kal, it often signifies to be fcfynetgen), Job 41 -.4.. "the Lord will fight for you, Exod. 14:14, quiet. j-IB'nnn CrM and you shall keep quiet," or be titill. Followed by |P quietly to depart from some one, to desist from some thing. Jer. 38 27 l Sam. 7:8; fol-
dumb);
C-vU. a plowman, a husbandman, ij^^.^ a
the
plow); spoken of oxen plowing, Job 1:14; and of plowman; with ? before the cattle, Deu. 22:10; Jud. 14:18; with an ace. of the
field,
i
lowed by a gerund, quietly and inactively to ornit Used of God; to be doing something, 2 Sa. 19:11. quiet as to sin, to pardon (opp. to punishing), Zeph.
3: 17[''Causat. to
Ki. 19:19;
put
to
silence,to
make one hold
Ps. 129:3,
D'ehh .iBnn 3J
h]}
the
plowers plowed
his peace, Job 11 :3-"]
back," i. e. they furrowed my back with stripes, as the ground is furrowed with the plow. Metaph. to plow, or to plow in iniquity (Unveil
upon
my
HITHPAEL,
to
keep oneself quiet, Jud. 16:2.
The
derivative nouns follow, except [B""?nj
daadern), as elsewhere to
sow
evil,
to
prepare
it
for
time to come, opp. Hos. 10:13.
to,
to
reap
calamity,
Job 4:8;
constr.
(of a form
which takes dagesh,

;
for
(4) fut. Bnrv to be deaf (compare 7:l6, also to be dumb (which oftc::
deafness,
deaf), Mic. is the result of

v
Bnn
i,
Bnn (Exod. 28: 1 1 Isa. 44: BhS constr. BhS Eze. 26:10)
12, 13;
compare
and
is
thus connected with
,),
to
keep
(1) an engraver, of stones, Ex. 38 1 1. (2) an artificer, of iron, brass, stone,

:
wood [a
silence.
(Syr. <_;_*,,
Med.
E., Arab. L>w -i. id., * -^

this
Jumb.
Fhe origin of
meaning
lies
in
smith, mason, or carpenter], Exod. 35:35; Deu. 27:15; sometimes more fully, ^.H? Bnn an artificer of Isa. 44: 12, D'W. Bnn an artificer of wood, il>. iron.
rjn- enn
: :
cccx
("made naked"), [Hasupha, Hashitpha~\, pr.n. m.,Ezr. 2:43; Neh. 7:46.
*)
rerse 13 ; 9 Sa. 5: 1 1 ; l Ch. 14:1 ; 22 15. Metaph. T'TJ'P Chn artificer of destruction, Eze. 2 1 36.
BH>.n (of the form 7B?) adj. pi. DBnn (see ihe root No. 4), Ex. 4:11; Lev. 19: 14; Psti. 38 14. Metaphorically used of men who will not hear the
:
d/
yU
used of a
m. properly separated [as if peeled off"], little flock separated from others, l King*
%
prophets and obey the law,

this
Isa.
29:
8.
[But see
if
comment is required by
.
the passage.}
20:27, D^J? 3~'0 \?P'LXX.36o7ro//ui'ia alyuv. Vulg. duo parvi greges caprarum. Abulwalid MS. gives it
well
in
(i) work of an artificer. Hence *3 D'pnn the valley of craftsmen near Jerusalem, l Ch.
Bnn m
an
an Arabic word which corresponds both etymology and signification. ["But perhaps it
.'ot.lai!,
4:14; Neh. 11:35.

!*;--, compare |_A^ Chaldee Enn a magician, an enchanter. Isa. 3 3, D'Bnn D3Q "one skilled in art ifices," i.e. in magic: there follows B'D? p3p a skilful enchanter. So Ch.; on the other
:
may
9 V like the Syr. L*;.^,
(2)
artifice, used in a bad sense of magic arts,

9
<)
i_ ?.....-_- to drive a flock."

defectively
be from the idea of driving a flock; compare This word is only found
^n.]
fu t. YJ'IT
:Tl*n
(l) TO
RESTRAIN, TO HOLD
hand LXX., Vulg.,

workman.
Syr., Saad. understand, a skilful
- id. kindred root IN. (Syr. and Chald. ^PH, t " Joab restrained the is Pin.) 2 Sa, 18:16, people" from pursuing. Prov. 10: 19, VHSy* "^'n " he who
his lips." Job7:ll; 16:5; Isa. 58:1, aloud the throat), ^b'nrr'ps keep not (with "cry back (thy throat or mouth)." Followed by IP to restrain
(3) silence (root No. 4), and adv. silently, Josh. 9:1.
restrains
(4) [HeresK], pr.n. of a man,
Ch. 9: 15.
m. pr. part. Kal of the verb Bhn No. l, 2, cutting, fabricating, hence a cutting instrument, edged tool. Gen. 4: 22, neTi? BnjfT^3a|l kinds of tools of brass." [Eng. Vers. takes this word simply as a participle, and there does not appear any
sufficient reason for
from something, Gen. 20:6; 2Sa. 18:16.
Sam. 25:39
Hence
(3) to
(2) to preserve, to
:
keep safely from
something, Prov. 24
1 1
Ps.78:5O; Job 33:1 8; and
deny
it
to
withhold something from any one, i.e. to him followed by IP of the person, and ace.
;
making
this occurrence of the
word
into a
new
substantive.
E. V. gives decidedly
of the thing, Gen. 39:9, 22:12; but verse 16 without IP of person.
the better sense.]
m. a thick wood, ["either as being cut, or"] from the Chaldee verb Khp to be entangled, Ktrvin a
wood,
a wood, Isaiah 17:9; Eze. 31:3. With n parag. ne^h i Sa. 23: 16, which is also retained with a preposition. Henna veises 15, 18; pi. D'tTjn 3 Ch.
/V"10
NJWnq
a thicket of
trees,
compare Sam.
spare, to be sparing of (a) things (Germ, Pro. 13:24, "he who spares the rod hates his son;" 11:24; 21:26. (b) men (Germ, fdjcnen). Followed by P to reserve foi Isa. 14:6; 2 Ki. 5:20.
(4)
to
fparcn).
something
NIPIIAL
(fur cncaS aufjVaven),
Job 38:23. (l)tobe restrained, pass. of No.

to be
l,
Job
16:6.
27:4
Khn (Chaldee "enchanter,"

'Harsha'], pr.n. m.
7 54=
Job
(2) pass, of No. 4, 2 1 30.

:
reserved
for
any thing,
"magician"), (l)Ezra2:52. (2) Neh.

of wood, or stones,
^l&'n
see)
fut. v\vrv
a kindred root to *lpn (which

as of a tree.
f.
(l) the
working
(1) TO
i^?...-^
STRIP OFF THE BARK,

i^_
(Arab
Ex. 31: 5; 35:33.

'H (2) trijn [Harosheth of the Gentiles'], pr.n. of a town in the north of Palestine, Jud. 4:2, 13, 16.
i.
and
?*c,-,\
Joel 1:7-
q.
EHTI No. l, TO
It
ENGRAVE, compare
(2) to strip off a covering, folloAved by an ace. of Isa. 47:2, ??# '3?>n "strip off the the covering. train." Jer. 13:26, w'ith ace. of person, to matt
\aparru.
(Chald. n-.p
id.).
occurs once, Exod. 32:16.

in Thes.]
bare or naked, the covering being stripped oft". Jer. " the Lord has made bare his 49:10; Isa. .52:10,
nt? *?'n with the holy arm." Exe. \ 7 Isa. 20 4, buttocks uncovered." To make a tree bare, i.q.
: ; :
[Hence
rnn
i.
q.
(prob. i.q. Bnh "wood" ["a cutting, hence En*" "]), [//ere*//], pr. name of a wood in the
1
to strip
oil' its
lca\es, Ps. 129:9.
iiuitains
of Judah,
Sa. 22:5.
(V
tc
dtau- (as water),
>roperly from the sur
CCCXI
face, oben
abfcl)Spfen/
Isaiah 30:14;
Hagg. 2:16.
(In
Arabic
<**>- is
a perennial well of water in

this
ground; but the derivation of
word
is
sandy to be
D3H is counted wise." Gen. 31 15; Isa. 40; Followed by? to be reckoned equal to some one, Job 18:3; 41:21; Hos. 8:12 (hence to be like, I* a. 5:28); followed by ? id. iKi. 1O:21; Lam. 4:8
35JTP
15.
:
sought elsewhere [from i_ ?......_<- to let down]). Derivatives, *\'VV, *\W?Q and pr. n.
Isa.
2:22,
tn
3E>m
n3
to
what
shall
he bt
made equal," i.e. at how much is he to be estimated? followed by Dy Ps. 88:5. (3) pass, of Kal No. 3, to be imputed to some one
followed by ? Lev. 7:18;
35:2O)
Syr.
Bfa but -3BTP Ps. 40:18; (Arab. (l) TO THINK, TO MEDITATE.
17:4;
Nu. 18:27; Psalm
u.^^,
tra,
-ffith.
The primary idea seems to be that ofcomp u t ing, reckoning, see PielNo. 1; hence, to reckon with unless perhaps it be that of mixing, like Arab. c_-v^L>- and
;
(l) to compute, to recicon; (as to the signification of roots being very often preserved in Piel, sec Lehrg. p. 242); with ace. (etroaS
106:31. PIEL
primary
beredwcn/ auSrcdmen) Lev.

.
n$
(fl8*) to
^__jv\,
whence 3'H a weaver
(2)
in coloured figures,
to
25 27, 50, 52 27 18, 23, reckon with any, 2 Ki. 12: 16. consider, to think upon (bebcnOcn), Psalm
:
77:6; 119:59to think, to meditate, i. q. Kal No. l, absol 73 :1 6; followed by an ace. to think out, Prov. 16:9 in a bad sense, to devise, to plot, followed by of pers. Vj? n'UB'nO IVn Dan. 11:24; of pers Nah.l:9; Hos. 7:15. Metaph. of inanimate thing*. to be as though it were Jon. i :4, " the ship was as though it would be broken." HITHPAEL reflex, i. q. NiphalNo. l, to reckon one's Nu. 23:9. selfu-ith.
properly, one mixing threads and colours). Isa. 10:7;
(3)
think out, to invent, to compose, as songs [music], Am. 6:5; artificial work (compare i'nE'H), Ex. 31:4; whence 3CT5 an artificer, 2 Chron. 26: 15; especially polymitariuK, a weaver of damask adorned with figures (different fmui Cjri) Ex. 26:1, 31; 28:6; 35:35; 36:8; 39:8. More frequently used in a bad sense;
Gen. 50:20. Followed by an ace.
i.
q. to
Ps.
to devise evil, to
21:12; 35:20; 36:5; /,0 2O Mic. 2 3 Nah. 1

: ;
plot, as JNJ 3K*n, n?3Tp TI Ps. io:2; 52:4; 7Jf njri 3BT) Genesis
:
The
derivatives follow, exc.
1 1
?J>
nta^'rjO 3B>rl (against
Jer.
to
someone), Jer. 11:19; 18:11, 18; followed by ?N 49:20; 50:45; followed by a gerund, to think,
^0
any
his "112$
Ch.
i.
q.
thing, followed
Heb. No. 2, to reckon, by ? Dan. 4:32.
to
takefor
purpose to do something, Ps. 140:5; l Sa. 18: 25; Jer. 18:8; 26:3; 36:3; Job6:26; Esth.g:24 of the person). (where there is added
(a) to think, to take to be so and so, followed

ace.
1
by
m. the girdle of the high priest, with which was bound together, Ex. 29:5; Lev. 8:7; 3L"n Ex. 28:27, 28; fully expressed "V)3$n 39:20, 2 1 irn?^ IK n Ex. 28 8 So called from its 39 5
;
and
dat. (Xoyifeirtiai
ru'lf ?
n3t?>IV}
"
nva tic ri). and he thought her

l
;
Gen. 38:15, (or, took her
woven work of various

(for
colours (see the root No. l).
for)
;
a harlot."
35: 2
;
33 l; 3 Job 19: 11.

17,-nb'n:
Sam. 1:13; Job 13:24; 19:15; followed by an ace. and 4*'- 19* 2 4 Absol. tomakemuch account of, to
Isaiah 13:
silver."
rm?
3n "reason,""thoughtin
for
judging," perhaps" w is ejudge"),[//as/iiadan a]. pr. n. of a man, Neh. 8:4.

(
esteem, toprize(a(bten for t)od)cid)ten). " who do not &6

C]D3 -ig'K
Isa.
estimated,"
e.
35Tl with the Ara-
regard
maean
33:8; 53:3; Mai. 3:16.

to
some one; followed (3) impute something by ? of pers. and ace. of the thing e. g. sin, Psalm ;2:2; 2 Sam. 19:20; a good deed, [which was not
to
;
[i. termination]), [//os/iM&ttA], pr. n. of a man, the son of Zerubbabel, l Ch. 3 : 20.
article
the
emphatic
llDt?!
tn.
(l) reason,
understanding, Ecc.
*ny work at
15:6.
all,
but simply his
believing
God], Gen.
7:25.27; 9:10,
Vulg.
ratio.
(l) pass, of Piel No. i, to be computed, 2 Beckoned, Ki. 22:7; to be accounted, followed by f to, Josh. 13:3; ^V 2 Sa. 4:2.
NIPHAL
(2) [Heshbon~\, pr. n. of a city, celebrated for its ponds (Cant. 7:5), formerly a royal city of the Air.orites (Num. 21 :26, seq.), situated on the borders of
the
territory
allotted
to
to
the
tribes
of
Gad and
(a) pass, of Kal No. a,
to be
taken for,
fool
followed
is
Keuben, and assigned

I
by an
ace.
Prov.l7 :28, "even a
while he
silent
the Levites (Josh. 13: 17, Ch. 6:66), afterwards enumerated among thf cities
CCCXII
f
Moab
(Isaiah 15:4;
Jer. 48:2).
:
The EsboniU
1 1.
(2) to
Arab: are mentioned by Pliny H. N. 5
Abulfeda
<-
Dan. 3:16.
reckon needful, followed by a gerund. Hence

f.need, what
is
.L^^- as (Tab. Syria;, p. 11). It is now called mentioned by Seetzen and Burckhardt (vol. ii. p. 623,
eq.).
needful, Ezr. 7 ao.

:
fi3*|?n see
paBTT
plur.
rfayfn m. (Ecc.
O'PT
loc. cit.)
see
[" prop.
inventions"'].
(1) warlike engine*, specially for casting darts or stones (compare 3?^ No. 1, comp. ingenium, which
in mediaeval Latin
/
TO BE
id.),
:
fut.
^n.J TO BE DARK, TO BE
WITH DARKNESS.
DARKENED
.. m.
_
was used
for
ballista,
properly
hence signifying a machine ingeniously constructed the French inge'nieur [and the English engineer^).
Ch. 26:15.
(2) arts, devices.
?
v (Syr used of the light of the sun, Job 18:6; Isaiah 5 3O; 13:10; of the earth, Exod. 10:15; of eyes
becoming dim, Lam. 5:17; Ps. 69:24; of men, Ecc,
12:3. HIPHIL
(l) to
SURROUNDED
00.7:29.
darken,
to
n*3$n VV3E>n(whomJehovahesteems"),
(l) l Ch. [Hashabiah~\, pr. n. of several Levites 6:30. (2)1 Ch. 9:14; Neh.ii:i5. (3) iCh.25:3, 19; Kzr. 8:19. (5) Ezr. (4) l Ch.26:30; 27:17. 8:24; Neh. 12:24. (6)Neh. 3:17; 10:12; 11:22.
5:8,
TBnn r$5 OV "he makes
make dark. Amos the day dark (even
unto) night ;" followed by ? 8:9. Metaphorically Job 38:2, "M nyj? w ho is this, whc nj p darkens (my) counsel with unwise words;" i. a
T^P
strives to hinder
it.
Qat/n
to
(J.q.
the preceding, from which this seems

3),
(2) intrans. to be dark (properly to ness), Ps. 139:12; Jer. 13:16.
make
dark-
have originated, being changed into th(ibnah~\, pr. n. m. Neh. 10:26.
[Ha(l)
[Derivatives, ^p^D and the following words.]
rP3?BTl
Neh. 3: 10
(id.)
[Hathalniah],
pr. n.
m.
^bTl pl. D3B>n mean, ignoble,
adj.
["rfor*, metaph."] obscure, Prov. 22 : 29. Chaldee

'
(2) Neh. 9:5.

fut. ng'H*
K?TD
KEEP SILENCE, TO
BE
id.
/M
(l) TO
STILL, (an onomatop. root; comp. under npn). Ecc. 8:7; Ps. 107:29. (2) to be still, quiet, to rest, often used of God
refusi ng the looked for aid, Isa. 62
:
6 64
;
1 1
65
6.
(i) darkness, Gen. i :2,seq.; Exod. 10:21,22, etc.; hence spoken of a dark place, as oi Hades, Ps. 88 1 3 compare Job 10:21; of an underground prison, Isa. 42 7 47 5 49 9. ^'n nnîX treasures of darkness i. e. hid in darkness, in under.
Followed by IP to turn oneself silently away from any one, Ps. 28 l. Compare E^ri No. 4.
:
HIPIIIL
ncrn
(i) trans, to
make
still, to
quiet,
ground cells, Isa. 45:3. 2 Isa. 9:1; ( ) metaph (a) m is e ry, adve rs ity. " he Job 15:22, Tf n \3? 3' WIP does not hope
.
&
;
Neh. 8: 11.
(2) intrans. to be silent, like Kal, (properly, to act compare tt""?, O'lTf ?), Jud. 18:9; 2 Ki. 2: 1*8.39:3.
i.
:
;
to return out of
darkness
(or destruction);" 23, 30;
idlently,
3,5;7:9;
(3) ts:3.
to be
quiet, q. Kal No. 2, Isa. 57 1 1 ; l Ki. As to the form B>nrn [from C in] Job 31:5,
20:26; 23:17; Mic.7:8; Am. 5:18, 20; Ps. 18:29. Also used of death, Ecc. 1 1 8 compare "VIS used ol life, verse 7. (b) ignorance, Job 37 19 (comp. 12:15, and there verse 24). (c) sadness, Eccles. 5:16. Prov. 2:13; comp. TO oxoroc, John [" (c/) wickedness,
:
gee Analyt, Ind.
3:19; also Rom. 13:12."]
a^.BTl
("understanding" ["considerate"]),
pr. n.
nat^L?
fern. id.
Gen. 15:12;
Isa.
8:22; Ps. 82:5,
m. (i) i Chr. 9:14; [Has/nib, Husshub~\, Neh. 3:23; 11:15. (2) Neh. 3:11; 10:24.
'H Chsld. darkness, Dan. 2:22.
also np'trn
ps
139:12.
Plur. D'?t?*n isa. 50:10.

itli
rpu'n
or
na^n ( W
Tzere pure), constr. na'fn
Root
(without dagesh lene), Ps. 18:12.
na^n
n
to
DDj5p
f id. darkness. Mic. 3:6, D?^ n??^ "and darkness shall surround you, so that
divine.
1
Chald.
iseful.)
(i) to be needful.
(Syr.
ye shall not
f.
be
fit,
Ezra 6:9, in^rrnc
what thingo
impers., "it shall be
Some copies have n ?^"(?, 3 pret dark to you," but the formel
in the oth' r clause
are noed.'ul."
in
shewn to be preferable by np'p
CCCXIII
to t*FT unused in
u taken.
Kal
*A
i.
q.
BOH
to
prostrate,
the
to
a great
the
man
with a large retinue.
Well
D'K*3H
is
NITHAL, part. C v^na. Deu. 25:18.
weakened,
wearied,
interpreters, explained by More far-fetched and improbable DTJ31.
Hebrew
DvHJ
the
beat fine,
thin, hence to crush, to Dan. a 140. (Chald. and Talmud q. PTlu, Jurus. to hammer out, to beat out thin, fc6^n crushed
^^r}
Chald.
i.
to
make
520) that this the word comes from the Arabic t^>. nose, which
p.
i
opinion of Ewald (Hebrew Gram.
may be
barley.
Syr.
^_^
;
to
hammer
out.)
a prince, like i_?.^ a nose, a the Arabic Lexicons do not acIndeed, prince. noun as ,*,- signifying nose such a knowledge
applied
to
an unused
fat, transposed
;
root.
Arab.
have
Âs-
nc
(52) to
(0 many servants
i'l&f n,
to be
although ^\J^f~
I
is
a large-nosed man, AA.=L to break

i
the cartilages of the nose.
Compare under
DB"]n.
(prop, to be rich, wealthy).
Hence
njlD^TI
to be fair, i. q. Arab. ,^^>the western IV. to adorn. (In languages, Conj. perhaps, there accord with this Goth, sceinan, Germ.
[D'|D? n],
and
Arab. ~JLj>- having
pr. n. of
jL/
FT an unused root,
D?n(" r ich," "wealthy."

many
servants),
II.
[Haslium\,
a man, Ezra
8:19; 10:33; Neh. 7:22; 8:4; 10:19.
fdxtncn/
whence
ni.
ffon/ fd)6n).
Hence
the breastplate of the
j^TI
ornament, used of
pr. n.
("fatness," "fat soil"), [Heshmon], of a town in the tribe of Judali, Josh. 15:27.
high
on the outside adorned with twelve precious stones, within hollow [?]; called more fully |KTI DS^'Jpn Exod. 28:15, seq.; 39:8, seq.; Levit. 8:8,
priest,
!"l3ifc/n (id.) [Hashmonali\, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites, in the desert, Nu. 33:29.
Comp.
DÎ-IK.
,
LXX.
45:10.
\oyiior, Philo \6yior, \oytiuv
Sir.
/D^'n m. brass made smooth, i.e. polished, l -.4, 27; 8:2; supposed by Bochart (Hieroz.ii. page 877, seq.) to be compounded of K'HJ) for riîn^
Eze.
brass,
pl./n
PTH No.
(i) properly TO
JOIN TOGETHER (comp.
and Chald.
SÔ
gold, so that
it
would answer
; [if this word had been (as is sometimes from aurum, but it is in Greek Bptt'xoAeoCi supposed) see Thes.], but the word N//P seems to be of very
intrans. (for Ph'CO to be l, 2), In Kal together, to adhere, see PIEL. metaphorically in the sense
and
joined
always
to auricJialcum
(2)
to
cleave
to
any one,
i.
e. to
be attached with
uncertain authority. As in chap. 1:7, there occurs in the same connection 7fi> J"l'h3 smooth brass, ^Ctf'C
very great love, as though it were to be joined to any one, as Cic. ad Q. fratrem, iii. l. Followed by ? Genesis 34: 8 Deu. 7:7, 10, 15; 21:11. (It cor;
must,
think, be explained as having the same sense ; and be taken as from KTI3 (3 being rejected by aphaeI
responds to .LJLs. to cleave to
girl, to
burn with
not resis), and ?D, a syllable which is shewn to have only the signification of softness, but also that of smoothness and brightness, by many roots Avhich com-
There is a pregnant construction in love for her.) " nd the passage Isa..38:i7, ^3 HD^? TtS Ri??T'l
thoii hast
loved
my
life
(and hast drawn

to
it
up) from
the pit of destruction." (3) Followed by a gerund, 1X5.9:19; 2 Ch. 8:6.
mence with
1
it,
as B?O, P/9, ,u*Lc, /iLe
like to do something,
/m\<Ww,
mulceo, mollis,
I*/
and with a guttural prefixed ?pn (see

translate
it
PIEL trans, of Kal No.
l, to
Vulg. electrwn, which words are not to be understood as used for amber, but for. a kind of metal of remarkable bright?).
iiXsKrpov.
LXX.
join together, Ex~L

:
38:28.
PUAL
pass, of Piel ibid., -27

suff. *?*f D
17.
Hence
ness
Plin. xxxiii. 4,
compounded of gold and silver; see Pausan. v.12 s. 23. Buttmann iiber das Electron, in
;
:
p^'H
Isa.
21:4, *pw D
^'P.
m. desire, deliglit, i Ki.g:i,igb. "the night of my pleasure."

.
dessen Mythol. ii-337, seq. Rev. l 15, in a similar connection, occurs xAxoX/3aiw, which I would explain
pi.
i.
Xeyo/i.
Ps. 68:32, "those
who are fat,"
e.
rich, nobles;
compare Arabic
m plur. joinings, i. e. poles or to join together the tops oi used were which rods, the columns of the coiirt of the holy tabernacle, and from which the curtains or hangings \veresuspeaded, Ex. 27:10, 11; 38:10, sea.
nnn-cwn
C'pCTl
CCCXIV
spokes of a wheel, by which
I
p]. the
plur.
I^n adj. timid, fearful, ECP
the nave and the rim are joined,

'
Ki. 7:33.
to gather
12:5.
Koot npn.
see
1*7
an unused
root.
Arabic J^>-
nn/
f.
together.
Hence
Or
"
fi^n
26.
constr. nTf n
f.
(from nnn)
suff.
terror, alarm,
their alai-m,
i.
20.32:23
that whici
With
Drrnn
e.
the
gathering
together, collection of waters, poet, used of the In the parallel passage, Psa. clouds, 2 Sara. 22:12.
18: 12, there
is nS'-'TI.
they cause.
Eze. 26: 17.

properly TO CUT, TO DIVIDE, as in Ch. to the roots which begin with pp,
and Kabb. (cogn.

I3p,
masc. plur. nave of a wheel (SRabe beg Wabeg), at which the spokes are gathered together,
iKi. 7:33.
a n unused root.
decree, to determine. " 1 Dan. 9:24, ?^ pass. seventy weeks ?V T?V are determined (and shall come) upon thy Theodor. and Gr. Venet. avvLTîâav people."
fp), hence to
NIPHAL
""l
hay
s
for fodder,
but
this
is
Arab. i/j- is to give a denominative from
rlr/j,r)t'Tai.
LXX.
TO
iKpiBrjaav.
/JjM
;
t^jA-*- hay, dry grass the primary signification is in Conj. IV. to be dried up, to be dry, perhaps
properly, to be wrinkled (comp.
WRAP UP WITH BANDAGES, TO SWADDL5

(
a new-born child, Arab. J^=>-, properly, to cover.

hence, to hide, to deceive.
7
B'l'J,
_*_o
Hence
PUAL and HOPHAL,

Derived nouns,
pass. Eze. 16:4.
fc?$n m. dt y grass, hay.

u
Isa.
24,
H3r6 E^q
33: 11.
Win
[and the following words]
dry grass
(l) adj.
of flame,"
i.
e.
burning-
Isa.
^/fiD
38:9-
f.
a bandage, a swaddling band, Job
fiD (from nnn) with
suff.
D3nn (Gen. 9: 2).

1
broken
founded, fearful,
(a) Subst. fear,
(as a bow), Jer. 46:5.
Sam. 2:4; con-
(" a
hiding-place," "a place

: ; .
wrapped
alarm, Gen. 9:2; Job 41:25.
up"), [Hethlon], pr. n. of a town situated in Syria of Damascus, Eze. 47 1 5 48 : l

rr
terror") \HetK], pr. n. of a Canaanite, Gen. 10:15, progenitor of the Canaanitish nation bearing the same name \_Hittites], sometimes called nn *33 Gen. 25.3, seq.; 25:10 (nn niJ3 27: 46); sometimes 'Fin plur. Q'fin, inhabiting the neighbourhood of Hebron (Gen. 23:7); Gen. 15:20; Deu. 7:1; Josh. 1:4. D'nnn '3^? 2 Kings 7:6, a name
(
HP!
fear,"
"
SETASEALUPON.
(l) TO SEAL, TO SEAL UP, TO kindred root to other verbs
of shutting, as Dpn, DOS, DVy.
Arab.
given to
all the Canaanitish kings [?]. rrnn Eze. 16:3, plur. ni'nn [" Fem. also nnni33 Gen. 27:46."]
IV. to lock up. The general sense of shutting is also found in some forms of the Êthiopic root '^'f'CFi; see Ludolph, p. 282. Construed absol. Jer. 3-2: 10. i Ki. 2:8; 44; followed by 3 of the signet
ring,
^.
id.
Conj.
Ki. 11:1,
Est. 8:8; with
up
OF, TO
fu t.
nnrP TOTAKE, TO
TAKE HOLD
SEIZE (perhaps cogn. to HDî whence by softening the third radical might be formed 3nn and ^nri). It is once applied to a man, Ps. 52:7; elsewhere always, to fire or burning coals. Isaiah 30 1 4, ninn? " to take *Mp*O L"K away fire from a hearth." Prov.
:
Job 37 7, D'1X ?3 (compare 1^3 No. 3), and DDrv " he sea! sup the hand of every man," i.e. strains them from labour, hinders them from
:
Dhrj "seai the oracle" [rather, the law]; also "$3 Job 9: 7 J 3
Isa.
an accus.
8: 16,
!"n'in
T3
re-
their hands.
Job 33:
6, Dfir^
D^DO^
using " he properly

pri-
seals up their instruction," i.e. instructs them (In this sense it answers to the Arab. vately.
followed
6:27; 25:22, pregn. const,

\&tfr\
-^>y
nnn nnx
D'^ru '3
by
c__>
to reveal to
some one;
see Schult.
" for thou wilt
take
coals of fire (and
heap
them) on his head."
Hence nnnp
See under the word ?n|. fire-pan, censer [and nnp].

f.
(from nnn)
terror, fear, Gen. 35:5.

-
ad h. 1.) Part. pass. D-inn sea led up, Cant. 4:18; Job 14: 17. The ancients were accustomed to put a seal on many things for which we use a lock (Lips. ad Tac. Annal. ii. 2 Salmas. Exercitntt. 45),
;
cap.
Cant.
loc. cit.
(from 'PP) m a bandage wound, Eze. 30:91.
compare Daniel 6: 18; Matt. 97:66.
for binding
up
From a
roll
or letter
when completed
receiving
seal, the signification arises
nnn-cnn
(a)
to
cccxv
(like
complete
Arab.
/k
i
^=L
to
mark
tvith
the festival of circumcision
was applied
to that of a
a sign of conclusion, Jinia, to finish). Daniel 9: 24, " until the N'33] l^TH chri? predictions of the prophets
marriage." Thes.]
be fulfilled," [too loose a rendering of the Hebrew]. NIPHAL pass, of No. i,to be sealed, Est.3: 12; 8:8.
(see under Kal No. i), followed by were, to put, a barrier, to set a lock on Job 24:16, 1B^ ÔPin DO'l* " in the day something. " hide themselves," properly they they shut up an enclosure around themselves."
PIEL, to
shut
it
? as though
he who takes any one's daughter in jnn marriage, Gr. yanfipor, hence with regard to the bride It ia (1) a bridegroom, Pa. 19:6; Isaiah 62:5. not easy to explain now in what sense the nevr-born
.
HIPHIL,
e.
i.
q. Piel,
once occurs, Lev. 15:3, D'nnn IX
i.
whether he stop his flesh from flowing," the passage be so stopped that the issue cannot
freely.
i">b3 "
Ex. 4:25, should, when circumcised, have been called by its mother 100 bridegroom oj blood [see note above]. It seems to me that in this metaphorical appellation is contained a comparison of circumcision, as the sign of the covenant between
child,
^^
run
the new-born child (Gen. 17:10, 13), with marriage; and for the same reason the Arabic verb
.-.^ to
God and
Derivatives onin,
npnh.
to
contract affinity, has also the
signification
DHH
DTlh
Ch.i.
see
q.
Heb.
seal, Dan. 6: 18.
Dnin a seal.
nonn
BIAGE
called
of circumcising, no doubt a secondary sense, derived from the former. [But see above]. Aben " It is Ezra for Avomen to call a son
says,
fid.
customary
6^.38:25.
(0
TO GIVE ONE'S
DAUGHTER
IN MAR-
(ocrl)cpratt)f n).
Hence
part.
Kal inn a father-
Those who circumcised, bridegroom." apply these words to Moses and not to the child, seem to have made a great mistake; see the observations
is
when he
in-law, the wife's

EH),
father
who
gives his
(a husband's father is daughter in marriage.
jnh the father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 18: l ; Jud. Fern. J"l3nh a mother-in-law, wife's 19:4, seq. mother. Deu. 27:23.
n^D
of Pococke in Not. Miscell. ad portam Mosis, p. 59 Eosenm. on Ex. loc. cit. (2) with regard to parents, a son-in-law, Gen.
19:12; Jud. 15:6. (3) a connection by marriage, 2 Ki. 8:27.
(2) to take in marriage,
{jetjratfyen.
Hence jnn,
"IpÛ
f.
marriage, nuptials, Cant. 3:11.

i.
HITHPAEL, togivedaughters in marriage to one another, ["to give or receive a daughter in marith any riage"]; to join affinity, followed byntf, one, Gen. 34:9; lKi.3:i; 3 Deut. 7:3; Josh. 23:
jr
Job 9:12.
q.
cjon TO SEIZE, TO
RAVIN,
as a lion,
Hence
12;
Sam. 18:22, 23, 26, 27; Ezr. 9:14;

(Arab.
*?
2 Ch.
(like
m. prey, used poet, for ^Jnn EN a robber t^X 2 Sa. 12:4), Pro. 23:28. JJJO for ^n
fut.
18 :i.
law,
î. Conj.
III.
id.,
>T
x.
a son-in-
connection
by marriage ["
father-in-law"].)
I.
wall, followed D*r>3 "inn
"Wn* TO BREAK or DIG ÎIROUGH a by 3 Eze. 8:8; 12:5,7; with an ace.
root signifies, Conj. [" Further this -
to circumcise
(the thief) breaks through houses, breaks into them, Job 24:16; to break through into, Am.
an infant;
^-iiL,
^-z~
circumcision, place of circumcision

infant.
,vÛ a circumcised
shown
to
These
signifi-
-nnn: ON "if they break through into Metaph. to break through the waves in Absol. Jon. 1:13. rowing, to row.
9:2,^3
Hades."
be joined together by a common bond, not only by Ex. 4:25 (see below in inn) but also by I. to provide a nuptial feast, or j^>~ Conj. s s-a feast at the circumcision of an infant, r~L ,1--^
cations are
(
Derivative,
JV
(i) prop. TO
BREAK
(kindred to other
-
onomatopoetic roots, nns, nn3; B'na,

Niphal, Piel, Hiphil.
(2) intrans.
to be
t-^ns, jjs,), see
a feast at
a.
circumcision.
[y^ C^ The primary and genuine

'
'
In Kal only
to
broken, specially
be
broken
Job
93.
meaning
may
be
to
cut
off, to
circumcise, another
s<*~
down with fear,

41 16; Arab, si
:
to be
confounded.
(Many verbs
trace of which is in
ol?
^^. to diminish, .Û a cutting

%
which signify breaking are applied <>,
to fear, as ">5^
p.
(comp. the roots |B? ^nn, and others which begin with the syllable kcfr ; %nd then the word used for
jjj>
Schult. Opp. Min.
As
those
who
are seized with great terror or few
jnta-nnn
strike their
e
cccxvi
Kin nrp
iu
s
sto-nnn
p^
it.
brcdxn ;ufamnien.)
:
Jer.
if they were broken, Job 32:15; Isa. 20:5; 37:27; 8:9; 14 4; 48 l, 20, 39 50 2, 36. Often
knees together as
:
\3|O
"and he feared my name,"
stood
awe of
PIEL
(l) intrans. (but with an intensitive power)
connected witli
tlie
verb
C?13.
to be
NIPHAL nil} (which is identical in form wich Piel ami Niphai of tlie verb nm), fut niv, p i. VP_(I) pass, of Kal No. l, to be broken, of a dominion, Isa. 7:8; of justice, or the salvation of God, Isa. 51:6. (a) i.q. Kal No. 3, to be broken down with fear,
.
(as a bow), Jer. 51 :56. causat. of Kal No. 2, to frighten, Job 7: 14(2) HiruiL nnn, fu t. nrp, with suff. *?FJT, once jnw
broken
Hab. 2:17, for jniT. (sue Lehrg. p. 369), rarely like Winn J 2^49:37. (l) to break, to regular verbs
break
to pieces, Isa. 9:3.
to be
confounded.
Dent. 31:8,
nnn
Often with the synonym &n*, as "fear not, neither be IP, tmi
&
(2)tofriyhten,toputtoshame,3er.l:i'j] 49:37;
3onfounded;" Deu. i:2l; Josh. 1:9; 8:i; 10:25. Followed by *3?? before the person, Jer. 1:17; Eze. 2:6; 3:9; IP before the thing, for fear of which one flies (compare IP No. 3, a), Isa. 30 31 31:4; Jer. To the former, as to sense, belongs Mai. 2 5, 10 2.
:
;
:
Job3l
:34- (Arab.
i^^sJ to be terrified, put to shame.)
Derivatives, nn, nnn, n^nn, D'nnnn, nnnp, pr. n.
nn, and
(3)
?D m. (l) terror, Job6:2l. [Hat hat It], pr. n. of a man,
Ch. 4:13.
Tet, [Tcth,
LXX.in Lam.
r}0,
nB], the ninth letter
in Greek having so clearly changed both their power
of the alphabet ; as a numeral, nine ; whence 10 9 -f 6 The name of this letter is written instead of n* 15. ["
is uncerteiin.
and nature (r\=E; n=/7; y=0; N=J). (a) Ewald refers to the ^, which has also a semiguttural sound; this reference is quite correct, but this sound is not to be confounded with an aspiration.
It is
S o-
commonly explained
to
mean"]
a serpent (Arab. U.U a serpent), to which it has a resemblance in figure in several Phcenicio-Shemitic
The common
of the
opinion
is fortified
"by the authority
alphabets (see Kopp,Bilder

ii.
und Schriften der Vorzeit,
336)-
[" Others
make
twisted together,
sj>
n*L3
it something rolled or from the root n^3, Arab.
1^:, so Lee; or perhaps
it
is
Egypt,
tot,
hand;
all
who, with very few exceptions (I find a solitary one, 2 Sa. 5:6, cited by Hartmann, Ling. Einleitung, p. 63, and by Ewald, loc.cit.), constantly render 13 by r: iptf* Swraiuc, '?^ Tw/3/c> Kv3~]D Tap0aA!oi and likewise it is supported
translators,
i" 1 ;
LXX.
these views accord well enough with the figure of this letter in the Phoenician alphabet; see Monum.
by the converse usage

for the
Greek r
f
is
f
in the Syriac versions, where &r.d for 9, 1, as always found

=
^;,
1
3C
Phoen.
p.
30." Ges. add.]
T(^00OC vCOOJJ^Xi^, T/roc .Ca.A^.
As to tlie pronunciation of this letter, 13 is t uttered with a certain roughness of the throat (appropriately written f) different from n whether aspirated (th,
;
To
this letter
,U
there correspond
in the
Arabic
alphabet
latter,
and ^, but more often the former; the

is
ut0) or smooth (t, r): in the same mannor as p, tered at the back part of the palate towards the throat, differs in sound from 3, whether aspirated
(ch, x) or
which
almost a
V.
ing to the
]yv.
It is
Hebrew
&."! ilant, commonly answerCompare the roots ina, ^tp,
smooth (k, v). The new opinion of Ewald, who holds 12 to be really an aspirated letter (in Heb. Gramm. page aG), has been well commented on by Hupfeld in his review of Ewald's grammar (Hermes, vol. xxxi. p. 9, 10). He had brought forward (l) the Greek 0, which both in name (B'9, Oi/ra) and its place in the alphabet agrees with O, and is undoubtedly aspirated. But however much the Greek letters muy answer to the Phocnicio-Shemitic, yet we cannot learn from their pronunciation tlie more minute particulars of
changed
(a) with v, see that letter.
(6)
n, as *!9 n ,
\
n^n
to seize, ^Pi>,
JJ
to kill, njjn,
rô
^-j to err.^-(c) with 1,
which
see,
page CLXXX, A.
3Ktp
34.
Ch. TO BE OLAD, followed
by
Dan. 6
Syr.
usL^
see
id.
See HIE No.
3.
X1B and also BIO.]

o0rf, i.q. Ilcbr. 213.
5:17, 39 N?>9"^
JD
"if
it
Dan. 2:32; Ezr. seem good to tlie king/

Est. 1:19; 3:9.
Hebrew pronunciation; some
of the letters
e, if
pleasing.
Compare 31D
cccxvn
"God
in pause is good."
?3
("the
goodness
of God,'
Chald.
i.
q.
or,
^Slrto Syriac form for comp.
hence one of
.
the king's guard,
Hebr. No. 2, an executioner Dan. 2: 14.
pen30, n3to), [Tabeal, Taleel], pr.n. Syriac unknown person, whose son the Syrians and Ephraimites intended to place on the throne of JeruSee my Commentary on this place. salem, Isa. 7 6.
(l) of an
:
suff.
nn3tp._
(1) a
also
slaying of cattle, Prov. 7:22; Isa. 53:7; slaughter of men, Isa. 34:2, 6; Jer. 48:15;
(2) of a Persian governor in Samaria, Ezr. 4:7.
50:27.
(2) slain beasts, banquets so prepared, Prov. 9:2; Gen. 43: 16; compare H3I No. i. (3) [Tebah~\, pr.n. of a son of Nahor, Genesi*
an unused root. Syriac '~w Aph. i. q. Hebr. 33T No. 2, also, in a good sense, to spread a ôod report. Hence flSB.
22:24.
D 7^*P m.
Eze. 23: 15.
Pin3
head-bands, tiaras, turbans, Commonly derived from ?3D to dip, to

plur.
f.
a C00 k,
i.q.
Sa. 8:13.
masc. n?tp
(i) a
slaying of cattle,
which corresponds Arab, it from yEthiop. dVOAA round with bands.
^b
I
to die.
prefer taking
to twist round, to twist
slaughter-house,-Ps. 44:23; Jer. 12:3. (2) slain beasts, and banquets prepared from
their flesh,
i
Sa. 25:
1 1.
"T13D m. lofty place, summit, from the root ~QO 13V Jud. Q:37, pXH T-13B DJ?D DHV (verse tJ 36, &Ut/'VTV J\ D 1 "?^? down from the height of come 'i?'^) "they
i.q.
f
f 7
"CM'-P [Tib hath"], pr.n. of a town in Syria,

l
is
Ch. 18:8, which in the parallel passage, 3 Sa. 8:8, written np3 see this latter word.
;
Eze. 38:12, H?? TWQT7S 3f "who dwell in the height of the earth," i. e. the holy land; irhich the Hebrews considered to be more lofty than
the
land."
J
followed
fut. ?3t??
TO DIP, TO DIP IN, TO IMMEKSK,
other countries; comp. ?>?^'
35 1 2 38:8. To ,fHl: a mountain.

: ;
Eze. 6:2; 33:28; this correspond Sam. \<^ JEih.

it
liquid, Genesis
9:31
and 3 before the 37:31; Lev. 9:9; Deu. 33:24; Job Ruth 2:14; also without an ace. Excd. 12 22
by an
ace. of the thing,
umbilicus, as
though
LXX., Vulg., translate "V13O were the summit of the belly.
2 Ki. 8:15.
Intrans. to
immerse oneself.
2 Ki.
Compare Talmud
"lU^D the navel.
5:14, "he went down D'EJ>3 V3C? JT3 ^3tp?1 and dipped himself in the Jordan seven times." (Chald.
3tp,
(i) TO KILL (cattle), Ex. 21:37; speProv. 9:2. As to killing cially for food, l Sa. 25 1 1 H3T is used, which see. in sacrifice, the verb cognate
: ;
Arab. J^l- id.) NIPHAL, pass. Josh. 3: 15.
Hence D v-13p and
(JEth. ( [Vflrh: to kill, to cut the throat.

to cook, to roast,
Arab.
^Jb
("whom Jehovah has immersed,"

i.e.
"purified"), [Tebaliali], pr.n. masc.,
Chr.
(2) to kill, Eze. 21:15.
to
compare D*rPI33^.) slay men, Ps. 37:14; Lam. 2:21;
26:11.
Derivatives, OStpO and the following words
to
any
soft material
to
n2D
m. a slayer, hence
l
id.
a seal,
(l) properly TO SINK, TO PRESS IM such as clay, hence to impress seal. (Arab. i-*t), whence n^SO a seal.
V3V, ^_Mf to dip into, to immerse, M\h.
(1) a cook,
83.9:23, 24.
Arab. -'J,
(Kindred
;
is
(2) an executioner, hence one of the king's guard, whose business it was in the East to inflict capital
id.,
which has
also ?3tp. The primary syllable is 3t2, also in the languages connected with the
punishments.
eeq.;
D^n3D~2"] 2 Ki. 25 8, seq.

:
Jer.
39
=
9,
Gen. 37:36; 39:1; 40 3,4; 41:10, 12, "the captain of the executioners," i. e.
of the body guard; pretty much the same as the Kapijji-Pasha of the modern Turkish court. [" In Egypt he had a public prison in his house, Genesis
and
DTOgrpb
German, the signification of depth and dipping; :ompare Goth, diup, Germ, beep/ ttef j also boufan, tatifen/
'ttppen/ Ital. tuffare.
In Gr. Svirru, and

iv.
by a
544.)
softening
of the labial, Stvw, besides, with the letters transposed,

ladiig, ftvBuc.
Compare Adelung,
to
4^:3; in Babylon, Nebuzaradan who held this office, commanded also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39 1 3
: ;
59:15."
Ges. add.]
sink, to be dipped, plunged, as in Psa. 9: 16; 69:3, 15; 3. lay, a ditch, followed by Jer. 38:6: Lam. 2:9, nnjTf pN3 ^'3^ "her gates are sunk into the earth." Figuratively, i Sa. 17 :4P.
(2) intrans.
cccxvm
\
>P?
J5XH yspni "and the stone
sank
(i.e.
was
infixed) in his forehead."
POAL i. q. Kal No. 2, Ex. 15:4. HOPHAL id., Jer. 38 22 used of foundations of the Prov. 8 25. \, the mountains, Job 38 6,
: ; : :
2 Ki. 5:12, 14. in a Levitical sense, opp. to Kp (ft) Lev. 11:32; 12:8; 13:6, 34,58. (c) in a moral sense, Job 4:17; Pro. 20:9. (Arab. -L to be pure,
clean, specially
from the catamenia; cogn.
to be
I
iur.
niyap constr. niy?p
f.
manifest, to be conspicuous. Êthiop. ft'J* U4 purify, to wash one's self in water.)
Est. 3:10; (l) a sea/, a sea I- ring, Gen. 41 142; see the root y?9 No. i.
seal, (a) a ring of any sort, although with Avhich the curtains of the holy g. the rings
without a
e.
tabernacle were joined together, Exod. 35:22, seq.;
37:3, seq.
ntylrtp ("rings'*), [TVz&aofA], pr.n. m., Ezra
:43-
PIEL ">np, fut. inp* (i) to purify, to cleanse, [whether physically or Levitically, or spiritually,] as a land from dead bodies, Ezek. 39: 12, 16; from the pollution of idols, Eze. 37 23 the temple from filth, 2 Ch. 29:15, 16 34: 8 the sky from clouds, Job 37 21 men from sins, like metal from dross, Mai. 3: 3. (2) to declare some one or something clean (a) in a Levitical sense, Levit. 13:6, seq.; 14:7; 16: in a moral sense, Ps. 51:4. 19. (ft)
: ;
; ; :
PUAL,
to be
an tmused
cleansed ["
part, fern."], Eze.
22 24.
:
root,
prob.
i.
q.
"Oy
to
heap
vp, hence ~U2p Avhich see.
p*)3
["for P~!
(for iteTJJ
2P,"who pleases Rimmon"

is
HITHPAEL "1DP? and "inpn to cleanse one's self, Gen. 35:2; Lev. 14:4, seq.; Num. 8:7; Ezr. 6:20; Neh. 12:30; 13:22.
3O
Rimmon
good"], as
to
|i1 the
The
derivatives follow, except "Mnp.
word), [Tabrivmton^ pr.n. of Syrian the father of Benhadad, king of Syria, 1 Ki. 15:18.
Idol, see that
"intO m.
(i) brightness,
purity of the
air, 01
heaven, Ex. 24:10.

(2) purification, Lev. 12:4,6.
H3D (perhaps
i.
q.
JjxZ^ "renowned"),
Abel-Meholah,
town situated near hath~\, pr. n. of a in the tribe of Ephraim, Jud. 7:22.
the tenth
[" "inip
w ith
Cholera pure) const,
inp
i.
q.
inb
m. purity, Job 17:9; Pro. 22:ll,

the
'p."]
Hebrew month; from
new
moon " The
in
January
tenth
month
to that in February, Est. 2:l6. which is called by the Hebrews
Tebeth, and by the Egyptians Tvfit (in la Croze Arabic Jo.Jp), by the in Cod. Vienn. Ti//3t. Tw/3
;
'VTT splendour, brightness, majesty; comPs. 89:45, i^v^P fiSWn "thon pare the root No. i. hast made his brightness (or majesty) to cease." The verb FPa^n with JP following, is to be found Eze,
-
Romans January." Jerome, on Eze. 39: 1. But the Egyptian month now mentioned, extended from the
EOth of December, to the 2Oth of January.
adj., constr. ">'np
34:10; and in the same manner this passage may " properly be rendered, thou hast made to cease, that his brightness should be no more;" or, as I should
prefer to take it, it is a pregnant construction for, " thou hast made to cease (and takest away) from
his brightness." But as nouns of the form ">np are of uncertain authority, the learned may enquire whether the Sh'va should not be transposed, and thus
sometimes *"inp Job 17:9;
Prov. 22
specially
ll
[separated in Thes., see "^P], pure, (a) clea r, opp. tc filthy (as to a garment),
Zech-3:5. (b) unmixed, unalloyed, e.g. as of gold, Exod. 25:11, seq.; 9$t3&r4(^ in a Levitical sense, as opposed to unclean, polluted, Levit. 13:17; hence applied to animals used in food, Gen. 7:2; 8:2O. (d) in a moral sense, Ps. 12:7; 19:10; 51: 12, "tintp 27 "a pure heart;'' Job 14:4,
Subst. purity, Pro. 22:
1 1.
we should have ^v!? ?? from the common word ~>!j^. This appears to me now more suitable than that which I formerly supposed (Lehrg. page 87), following Abe
1
Ezra and Kimchi, regarding Dagesh in this word to be euphonic, and D to be formative; so that ilÔ or i~i?t?p (as it is found in some copies) would be for
hnpp, from
word
BRIGHT,
the noun "^PP.
nO
like the
<Hi.
varies in different copies.
[The pointing of See De Rossi.]
this
fut. "VIP*
(l) TO SHINE, TO BE
inp fem
(1)
purity of heart,
2 Ch. 30:19.
kindred roots ~>nj, in V.

id."]
[" Syr. Jio-La noon,

i
,
-H?
Hence inb No.

to
ins.
(2) purification, cleansing, Lev. 13:35; 14:1 "blood of pur if i cat ion" from whkL rnnip
W.
become clean, or physical sense (as opposed to the

(a)
to be,
or
pure
filth
(a) in
woman who had
been delive ed of a ikild
is
to 'M
of leprosy),
cleansed, Lev. 12:4, 5.
cccxix
or

i'/'L clay.
to be
miry,
is
clayey; whence Arabic

PILPEL
[This root
3113 nSJTJ Ju neutr. goodness, uprightness, kindness. acted well, he lived honestly, Ps. 34: 15; 37:3; l-A,i DJJ 3113 n^JJ to shew kindness to some one. 7 2O.
:
rejected in Thes., see 1310.]
Hence
Gen. 26
29.
25.
31i3 to
take aiv ay clay (compare J&P! to take away ashes, from }^.), as in the Talmud Npxp and t3X'D, which latter may also be derived from " I will isa. 14 23, nps'n NP^PP.3 rpnspsp on? of debesom the with sweep her (Babylon) away
to
:
Spxp
Lam. 3
ciful,
1
|?y 3113
man
be kind towards some one, of a kind eye, i. e. mr-
opp. to HJ? jn, Pro. 22:9, where see LXX. Vulg. 310 N ? by Atrorjjc, wicked, evil, Prov. 18:5; 20:23. Often used (aa) of a good, i.e. a happy lot, compare No. 4. v 31 D rpn "it is Avell with me,"
Eccl. 8:12, 13.
it may be well with us, or with them, Deut. 6:24; 10:13; Jer. 32 :
struction
though her site had been swept 21:23. From this quadriliteral form, which may be called a secondary root, is derived the noun found in the
;"
i.
e. I
will altogether destroy, as clezvn ; compare 2 Ki.
Dr6>,
-i:V
3VJ ? that
39 (properly
'$>
for ^ 3113 JYPn7, as in
3113
well for
me! Psa. 119:71
'*? IV?, DH^ jr). Lam. 3:27. 3113?
same passage,
pret. -13b
;
in a
(for the future, the
form 3O^, from
good sense, for welfare (compare 13113), often in medial phrases, Psal. 119: 122; Deut. 30 9. (bb) 'B '3^3 31O of some one, ichat good in the
:
eyes
;
3PJ
is
used.)
(1) TO BE
GOOD (Arab,
jUa
Med. Ye,
to
be good,
pleases some one, Nu. 24: i Deu. 6: 18. Gen. 16:6, do to her that which seems tp.3'? 3it3H !^rt>y
pleasant, agreeable, especially used of a pleasant smell [" Ch. Syr. id."], compare Bfca, efc?). Only
good
and
?
to thee"
= do with her as thou wilt, Gen. 19:8;

by
Jud. 10:15; 19:24; also followed
\3?? Ecc. 2:26,-
used impersonally in the following phrases (a) 3113 y it is good for me, it goes well with me, Deut. 5:
30; 15:16; 19:13; Nu. il: 18; also, to be well, to Followed by 7X id. be in good health, l Sa. 16: 16.
1
Job 10:3 [but see verb]; Deu. 23: 17. Adv. well, very good, 2 Sa. 3:13; Ru. 3:13, and subst. something good, that which is good, Job 7:7; placed
as a genitive after a noun, as 3113 rD"13 a blessing of good, for a good blessing, Pro. 24:25.
Sa. 20: 12.
Job 13
is
i.
9, '? 31l3n
it
is
well
for
you
(&)
that.
As
to the passage
it
Job 10:3, see
letter b.
3'#3 3iO
good in
my
eyes, i.e. "it

it is
pleases
me,"
7J>
i
Nu
24:
In the later books
Chr. 13:2. Est. i : 19, 3113 ^srrVaK please the king." Est, 3:9; 5:4,8; 7:3; Neh. 2:5; compare Ezr. 5:17; once followed by ? Job 10:3,
followed by " if it
(2) goodly, fair, beautiful, used of persons, Exod. 2:2; Gen. 6:2; and of things, Isa. 5:9; moro often with the addition of '"IÎP Gen. 24:16; Esth,
1:11; 2:3,7. 7
:
(3) pleasant, agreeable, Gen. 3 6; Cant. 1:2; 31t2H JGE' sweet 1O. Especially used of smell,
: :
i? 3toq
does
(2) to be Cant. 4:10.

(3)
to
p 1 e a s e thee?" So Vu'lg. Ch. beautiful, pleasant, Numbers 24:5;

it
smelling ointment, Ps. 133:2; Isa. 39 2 31t3n npf? sweet calamus, Jer. 6:20.
(4) well off,
(art)
;
Cant,
3.
Isa.
(a common meaning in Syriac), used especially of the heart, 1 Sa. 25 36 ;

be cheerful,
merry
happy
ings
of.
prosperous, happy, comp. No. i, " 3:10; Jer. 44 1 7. Ps. 1 1 2 5, ttX"3it3 O man." Eccl. 5:4, 17; 7: 18; compare Laim
: :
13:28; Est. 1:10. HIFHIL 3\pn (i) to do well, to do something rightly, with an ace. 1 Ki. 8:18; 2 Ki. 10:30.
(2) to do Eze. 36 1 1
: .
2 Sa.
3:26; Am. 6:2.

Pesh.)
17, T^tpn
O the blessÔJTjvCiCi-^ Often used for Heb. '1VV ^, see Matt. 5 3,

(Syr.
>
:
good
to
some
one, to
confer benefits,
i.
Ps. 69: (5) distinguished, great, excelling. 31O '3 " for great is thy loving-kindness."
(3) to
(4) to
make fair, to adorn, Hos. 1O: make cheerful, Eccl. 11:9.
Ps.
3H3V1, from
3? J,
and
is
more commonly used.
109:21 (comp. Ru. 3: 10). Syr. .^' adv. very. (6) cheerful, merry, Est. 8:17; i Kings 8:66; 31O 373 with a merry heart. Ecc. 9:7.
(7) [jToi], pr. n. of a region beyond Jordan,
[Derivatives, the following Avords, and pr. n. 7^313,

lto
f.
Jud
n.lIB
adj.
(l) good, in various senses
11:3; 2 Sam. 10:6; apparently, Vat. Tw/3ioi', l Mace. 5:13.

1i"l
T
i.
q.
Tovfliov,
LXX
2 Chr.
(a) physically, as
good
(i.e. fertile)
land, Exod.
i.e.
i"IN
DID [Tob-adonijah~],
pr. n.
m.
3:8; a good tree, 2 Ki. 3: 19; Gen. 2:12.

(6)
good gold,
Isa.
pure,
1 7 :8.
3'V.D
m.
i)0we, good, kind, upright,
5:20; and
"goodness
Ps. 119:66, DJH3 3-lt: (l) goodness. of intelligence," good understanding;
cccxx
the
goodness, i.e. the kindness of God, Ps. 25:7; 87:13; 3i:iO; 145:7; Jw.3i:l4. (2) concr. that which is good, or lest of any
1
-an unused
to collect."
rcot, see B'P.
["Arab,
^^
To
this root in Thes. are referred O'p,
thing, i. e. the best part, Gen. 45: the best gifts of the land, Gen.
8, 20.
f^C
Isa.
3*O
P and
pi. f. bands, fillets, especially those worn by the Jews at prayers (ir??, yvXaKri'ipia,
45:23;
l:lQ;
80.9:1*.
(3) good*, i- e. wealth, property, Deu. 6: 11 ; precious things, Gen. 24:10; com p. verses 22,30. Hos. iO:ll; Zec.9:i7. Used of (4) beauty.
Matt. 23:5), i. e. scrolls of parchment with sentences written on them out of the law of Moses (Ex. 13:1
10, 11 16; Deu. 6:4 9; 11:13 21), which the Jews have been accustomed to wear at prayers bound to the forehead and the left wrist, Ex. 13:16; Deu.
the divine glory, Ex. 33 19, 3*r5| T3i?X 3 See No. l.J is this the sense of the passage?
:
[But
21:16;
(5) welfare, happiness, Job Prov. 11:10.
20:21;
6:8;
Il:l8.
[It
(6) with the addition of 37 gladness, cheerfulDen. 28:47; Isa. 65:14. ness.
phylacteries are
requires proof that the Jewish here intended by these fillets or
(Ch. KBpto, Wlpoio a bracelet, a frontbandages.] let. This word is for nBD$p", like 733 for ^3>3, 33^3
for 3333, nJ?JjJ, Syr.
PHIS
"1310? for
f.
(i) that
good, Nehemiali5: 19,
which is good. fUiD^ for "remember me, O my God,
jVxô^,
Lehrg.
p.
869
Root
me.
Jer.
good," Neh. 13:31.
i.e. that
thou also wilt do good to Similarly used elsewhere for

Ps.
S).1J3,
which
nification
and not s]QO, to which the sigof binding has been hastily attributed.)
see;
in Kal.
accurately defining medial expressions. 14:11; 24:6; Ezr. 8:22.
86:17;
/TU
BE LONG.
unused
to
Arab.
11^
Med.Waw, TC
to
(2) the goodness, kindness of God, Ps. 65: 12. (3) goods, icealth, Eec. 5: 1O.
HIPHIL ?'Pn
throiv doivn at length,

lar.g
pi-os-
(4) welfare, happiness, Ps. 16:2; 106:5.
n*3iZD
& n:riD
pr. n.
(i. q.
rnn^ 31B
pleasing to
(l) Neh. (3) Zee.
Jehovah"),
*:io; 4:1. 6:10,14.
Tobiah, [Tolijali]. (a)Ezr. 2:6o; Neh. 7:62.
22:17); to throw, to cast, as a spear, l Sa. 18: ll; 20:33; to cast out as from a country, Jer. 16:13; 22:26; from a ship, Jon. 1:5, 12; to send forth a wind,
Ijtnrecrfcn/
trate
(ber Sdnge
comp.
Isai.
Jon.
:4.
:
[i)
i.
q.
Arab.
^3 TO ROLL TOGETHER,
Ex. 35:25/26.
to
HOPHAL, to be prostrated, Ps. 37 24; Job 41 l to be cast as a lot, Prov. 16:33; t b& cast out, Jer. 22:28.
:
ro
TWIST, hence TO SPIN.

(a)
to
PILPEL, ?Pp.
whence
^^ hunger,
hungry, famished.
in the bowels.
perly, to le twisted,
i.
e.
Thus the
*"p3 an unused
to
root.
Arab. _i\lr Med.
Arabs ascribe
who
are hungry,
twisted, or entangled, bowels to those e. g. Hariri Cons. iii. p. 142, ed.

eL=
surround. Hence msplI3 bands,

an unused
as if girdles.
-y^ Schult,, c_?
\^$\
food.
i^+a
to
have the bowels

Tin
in
p. 82).
"I'ltD
root, like the
kindred roots "H^,

Eiuleiv.
twisted from want of the book just referred
to
Compare Schulteus
136.
surround
Hence
m.
(see
Hartmann's Linguist.
TO
to, p. 4,
.
t
[n^P, -O].
Derivatives,
"'?.PP,
njP
(i)a wall around about, a fence, an m-
TO
plaster, Lev.
SPREAD OVER,
14:42;
l
TO DAUB, as a wall with

followed
closure.
Ch. 29:4;
by two
II. to
accus. Eze.
13:10
Isa.
15; 22:28; as eyes that they
may not see,
44:18.
(Arab.
-^ Med. Ye
20.46:23. (,L a boundary, ,Ll, a fence.) a row, as of precious stones. Ex. 28: 17, seq. (2) 39:10, seq. [" Or of hewn stone, l Ki. 7:18; also applied to a row of other things."]
;
cover over with
fat, sec Kamfls, p. 328.
Compare in
"ftD Ch. m. a
mountain, a rock.
Syr.
Dan. 8:35.
Isaiah the western languages, riyyu, tingo, tundjcn.) loc. cit. the pret. is no for np (as if from HDP). NirilAL piss. Lev. 14:43,48.
45;
i.
q.
Heb.
TO
"WV.
J?o^
id,
[" Arab, "j^."]
Deri vat n
23,
0'P,
an
eagle, properly to
FLY VIOLEKTLT, TO SEEK FOB PREY, dash upon, compare German
CCCXXI
jtojjerti
word appropriated
tofioogf I/
*i?JZ
to birds of prey,
6t6fi f r/
the English
word
to
toss.
whence Job 9
6,
bsK
i?3J l^
(With
this corresponds Syr.
for another," be his mill-woman, i. e. hi* most abject slave and concubine (compare Ex. 11:5} Isaiah 47 2). LXX., Vulg., Chald., by comparison
grind
-raj used of the flying of an eagle or vulture, for
Hebrew n^n
Job 39
J"nlp
:
Jer.
9 1
48 40 49 29 Pael, Deut. 32:11;

:
with verse 9, take " grind for another," in a figurative and obscene sense, for "let her be violated by
another man," the Greek /it/XXtd'jTheocr. iv. 58, Lat. molere, permolere, used of connection with a woman, Hor. Sat., i. 2, 35. see Interpp. ad Petron. Sat. 23. Bochart, Hieroz. i. p. 188; but a word of this sense,
is,
IOA_: a
lofty or
vehement
flight.)
food,
fast,
is
Ch. f. a fast, adv. fasting, not having taken Dan. 6: 19. Root Kit? i. q. Heb. HJO No. 2, to to abstain from food, which see. [" The form
in all the places, attributed to the
like na?
from FU3."]
Hence
?
fintp
f.
man. and the two following words.
u
TEND.
e.
unused in Kal, TO STRETCH OUT, TO EXArab. L^L to spread out.

or
:
a mill worked by hand, Ecc. 12:4

pi.
f.
ni-nu
molar
th'ose that grind, the
grinders,
i.
PILEL part. n|?j3"\inop those who draw the bow, f re hers, Gen. 21 16 [i. e. in this passage a bow-
teeth.
Arab. <^-lij, Ecc. 12:3.
shot].
As
to the form,
comp. nnB>, Hithp. nVWi^n.
masc. a mill, worked by hand, Lam. 5:13; Root JTO.
t-3 an unused root, which I suppose to have had the same meaning as "intp (n being changed into the harsher letter n), to be, or become conspicu-$>
ous, to
jinip
p].
tumours of the anus, haemorrhoidal

:
shine for t h, tieroors/ jum SSorfdjein fcmmen. [In Thes. the idea of groaning under pressure or suffering
t-
mariscce,
protruding from the anus (see 1D9)> protruding through tenesmus in voiding, l Sam. 6 11,17; an d Deu. 28:27; i Sa. 5:6, 9, in npfor 3nD
is
to
that attributed to this root, comparing Syr. i-^_! pant under a load, also used of alvine straining,
with derivatives in the same sense.
Arab.
B yBJJ which seems

word.
9
'
-s^L
id/
to
have been thought a

y
less
decent
Hence DninD which
see.
Suncf;e/
Hence Syriac
*
i-^J. to suffer
.
from tenesmus,
TP
13:12.
tenesmus with flow of blood, Arabic
m. covering over, plaister, Root DID.

masc.
(l) clay,
Eze.
t^P
pi f. according to the Hebrew interpreters reins, so called because of their being covered over
icp
loam,
Isa.
41:25; Nah.
(2)
;
mud,
clay,
mire, Psalm 18:43; 6 9:!5^L.<
with
with
fat;
fat.
from the root
0-112,
.\t,
II.
to
cover over
Arab.
^ clay collected in the bottom
Compare 3?n No.

the seat
2? and
J"liv3 as
Used equally with of the mind and thoughts.

2.
-'
of a pond, from
b^ to gather.)
ÎPD
Ps. 51:8,
"behold thou delightest in truth in the reins (of a man)." Job 38 -.36, "who taught the reins (this) wisdom," sc. so that thou knowest and
understandest
these things; in the other clause of the verse there is ^St? the mind. Whatever be the meaning ascribed to this passage, the word J"lint3
all
PtP
Arab.
'1?
Chald. m. CLAY,
2:41,43,
NfP
*
}
I
POTTERS' CLAY. Daniel "earthenware." (Syriac and

whence the denominative verb
clay, to
*-
'
,^~,
AJ
to
id.,
Med. Ye
daub with
form out of clay.)
must have the same meaning as in Ps.
loc. cit.
JT'Vtp fem.
JRingmauer/
i.
(i) a wall,
q.
T-1D
No.
1,
a fence, round about, from the root "tiB tc
(no Isa.44:i8), see

tJ T0
specially to
0.
;
surround.
ace., Ex. 32:20; grind in a hand-mill, Jud. 16:21 Nu.
CRUSH SMALL,
with an
(Arab. ^Û?, Aram. ,1^, IDtpid.) \3? JITO "to grind the face ["person not face." Thes.] of the poor," i.e. to oppress him; Isa. 3:15. Compare Job 31: 10," "XW? jnpn "let my wife
il:8.
'?J>
fenced off by a wall or hedge; hence a fortress, Cant. 8:9; an enclosure, a (a) an encampment of Nomadic tribes, village, country Gen. 25:16; Num. 31:10; iChr. 6:39; Ps. 69:26;
(2) a place
Eze. 25:4.
/ in pause fyp, suff. &? m. dciv, Gen. 27 28, 39; Exod. 16:13, 14; Deut.32:2; Isaiah 26:19; Zee
:
22
cccxxn
8:l.
Root
^P
(Arabic Jl? light rain, Êthiop. (\\&\ dew.) ô- 1 id.
jiD/to
oppressed"), [Talmon~\,
pr. n.
Ezr. 2:42; Neh. 7:45.

inf. """KPB
?B
Chald.
Dan. 4:12.
(Lev. 15:32)
(i) ro BE or TO
*"
K7P TO PATCH, TO SEW UP. (Chald. &9P id.) Joshua 9:5, nixtal? rifya "patched up shoes."
[But
[Kal,
this belongs to Pual.j spotted, pass.] Part. like patches
signifies
fh'cfen).
BECOME UNCLEAN,
which
follows
TO BE
POLLUTED
(Syr.
POJ,
t4'
the
analogy of guttural verbs,
*WP having large spots on a garment (comp. Germ, gleet/ which both a spot and a patch, i. q. glicte/ whence
j
pollute, t^ft polluted, comp. Lat. contamino, attamino, intaniino). Especially used of uncleanness in a
flesh
Levitical sense both of persons and of animals (whose was not to be eaten, see Lev. 11 : i 31); also
Gen. 30:32, seq.; Eze. 16:16. [PUAL part. Josh. 9:5; see above.]
tp see
of things, as of buildings, vessels.
Opp.
to "i^p.
Lev
*?P and ojo.

root,
i.
n7lJ
an unused
q. JJ^ to be
fresh, comp.
Gr. 6uXXw.
11:24, seq. Followed by 3 to be unclean by any Levit.l5:32; 18:20,23. thing. [" Also to defile 3 trith any thing, Ps. 106:39; oneself, followed by Eze. 22:4."] NIPHAL KP? part. plur. DW?t?3 Eze. 20:30, 31,
pass, of Piel, to
tery,
Hence vP and
J""Ptp
pollute one's
self,
as a
woman by
adul-
Nu. 5:
13, 14, 20, 27, 28; a people
m. a
young lamb,
Sam. 7:9; 153.65:25.

sort, especially
9
P-
or idolatry, Hos. 5:3; 6:10. thing with which any one Eze. 20:43; 23:7,30.
by whoredom Followed by 3 of the

as with idols,
(Arab.
a
}JU
a young animal of any

gazelle.
is defiled,
new born
=c
Mill. (]){\^; a kid, Syr.

Kovfil.
LO^
Root
I
PIEL
SP
(a) to
(i)
to
pollute,
to
defile, Lev. 15:31,
a boy, )Â^.^ a girl; [r\i0a
Mark 5: 41].
:
hence
profane a land with wickedness
rPD7t?
fem. a casting forth, Isa. 22
17.
Lev. 18:28; 20:3; the temple, Ps. 79:1; the high places (J")iC3) i. e. to destroy them, to take them (ft) to violate a woman, away, 2 Ki. 23:8, 10, 13.
(2) to declare any one unclean, as the priest, Lev. 13:3, 8, 11, seq.
vD
I.
i.
q. rpp, only in plur. masc.
D^/P
Isa.
for
:
D\vP
i
was done
(compare Lehrg. 575) young lambs,
40
1 1.
bj-
/79,
gently, as Hence ?P dew.

II.
Arab JU, JEth. Wftft to moisten the earth with dew or showers.
:
(3) to make be polluted, Eze. 20:26. self,
to
cause
to pollute one's
/U
i.
t>>>*
No.
m.
Arab. Jfe
II.
TO OVER-
SHADOW, hence
PIEL
'.?P to
to
cover over.
polluted, Eze. 4:14. KSP* i. q. Niph. to pollute one's self, followed by 3 (Lev. 11:43; 18:30) and (Lev. ll: 24; 2l:il) of the thing with which any one is
part,
PUAL
HITHPAEL
fut.
j>
cover, especially with beams or planks (elsewhere nTf5) } Neh. 3:15. Compare Gen. 19:8,
polluted.
HOTHPAEL NOpn
id.
Deu. 24:4.
[Derivatives the following words.]
PILPEL
PP
is
from
Ît3,
which
see.
P
Levitical
f.
i^^PP adj. impure, unclean
(a) in
q. Hebr. No. II. APHEL 7^pK to take shelter, Dan. 4:9.
Chald.
i.
sense as to persons, animals, and things,
Lev. 5:2; Deu. 14:19. in a moral sense, Job (ft) D??n riNDp polluted of name, infamous, Eze. 14:4.
J.1?,
sp an unused root.
:
Aram. D?P, Arab.

do wrong
to.
22:5.
f Mic. 2:10 [sometimes taken as
verb], and
inf.
to oppress, to
Hence
of a
the
called
of
D ?9
town
in
(" oppression"), [Telem], the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:24;
pr. n.
in
opinior of Kimchi in 1 Sa 15:4,
and others, the same as
is
D^P (young lambs).
[(2) pr. n. m.
Eze. 10:84.]
n^pD f. uncleanness, pollution, Lev. 5:3; 7:21; also an unclean thing, Jud. 13:7, 14.; 2(0. 29:16. Plur. const. n'KDD Lev. 16:19. [Used in Levitical and moral senses like the verb].
CCCXXIII
i.
q.
NPP; a t
least
some of the forms of
this
verb follow the analogy of verbs nfr. So NIPHAL DnppJ Lev. 11:43, and Job 18:3, ^'Dp?
(b) to taste, to eat a little, l Sa. c t 3:?( ) perceive by the
14:24, 29, 43; Jon taste or flavour^
B.?Ty? "we are unclean in your eyes," i.e. Some, however, of the pious, compare Job 14:4.
im-
Hebrew
interpreters, without violence to the parallelism, take Hipp to be the same as BDp, Dps to be
9 36 Metaph. to perceive mentally [or spiritually], Prov. Psalm 34:9, rrtn* SiD" ? taste 1O#p 31 18. (perceive) and see that Jehovah is good." Hence the words immediately following, and
1
:
.
2 Sa.
(2)
:
Wy
stopped up,
i.
e.
to
be stupid.
Vulg. sorduimus.
Ch.
PAEL, 5:21.
to
id.
:
(cogn. toIPV) TO HIDE, Josh. 2:6; Job 31 33; specially under the earth, to bury, Gen. 35:4; Ex.2:l2; Josh. 7:21, 22; Jer.43:io. ^ HS }OO
give to taste,
i.e. to eat,
Daniel 4: 22;
Psalm 140:6; 142:4;

: ;
*?
HKh
:
'B Ps.
i.
9:16; 31:5,
to
hide a snare or a net for any one, him, comp. Ps. 64 6 Job 1 8 l o.
e.
to plot against
m. (i) taste,flavour of food, Nu. 11:8; Jer.48:ii; Job 6': 6.
|-lE>p
7D3 a hidden
Followed by? to hide for some abortion, Job 3:16. Job 20:26, |-1>P "^fTvS one, to reserve for him. " all darkness Viisy? (or calamity) is hid (reserved) in his treasuries." play of words is here to be
reason
Job 12:
(2) metaph. taste for judgment, discernment, (as in Lat. sapere, sapiens, sapientia, and on
1
the other hand insipidus},

20.
DyP rnD n^'N

11 :22.
Sa. " a
25:33; Ps. 119:66;
woman
without dis-
cernment," Prov.
reason,
26:16.
i.e.
DJK? nat* to ch a nge one's

:
observed in the use of the cognate words rIEB an(^ " the pay. Similar is Deut.33:i9, Vin \)-1p 'JBJ?
Dyo >2^p
to feign one's self mad, Psalm 34 l . ^vô gj ve an answer Prov. intelligently.
most secret of the hidden things of sand" (to be understood of glass [???]). Facetiously used, Proverbs
19:24,
his
nnW?
in
IT
ty JOB " the
hand
the dish."
man hides The hand of a lazy man is

slothful
(3) the sentence of a king; hence a See Chald. cree, Jon. 3:7.
royal de-
m. Ch.
Ezr. 6: 14.
well described as being dipped slowly the dish.
and deeply in
Isa. 2: 10.
i.q.
Heb. No.
3,
a decree, mandate,
is
More frequently used

(i) taste,
:
NIVHAL, to hide one's self underground, HIPHIL i. q. Kal, 2 Ki. 7 8.

:
pleasant.
Cy>P m. Chald. Dan. 5

i.
flavour;
specially,
of
[In Thes. the primary meaning is said to be that immersing, as found in many roots beginning
Dt3, 3t3-]
wine,"
e.
K"JOn D.V.P? "in the taste of in his cups, whilst drinking.

2,
3r\\
(2) intelligence, reason, Dan. 2: 14. Nl?J?p

to give account,
with the syllables Derivative
an unused
to twine, to
root,
perhaps
i.
q.
Arab.
>f-j
Dan. 6:3. ?J? DV.P Q-1K> to regard make account of Dan. 3:12. it, any thing, (3) sentence, royal edict, Dan. 3:10, 12, 29, Djjp D-1B> to give forth a mandate, Ezr. 4: 19, 21 5:
;
weave, as a basket,
whence <Ldj~c a
is
3, 9,
13
"6
13.
?V.?
Used of a cause
to
be judged,
Ezr.
rule,
basket.
Hence N.3.P.. and the noun stands

[const.
[In Thes. this root as a primitive.]
5:3.
BJ?.P
holder of judicial authority, or
rejected,
a royal prefect, Ezr. 4:8, 9, 17.

J,ytJ
^&~
"^pp]
a basket,
Deut. 26:2, 4.
I.
TO
id.,
PIERCE
THROUGH
with a sword.
(Ch. toy id.)
(Arab.
.^jiL pierced through, <L*1? stroke.
unused in Kal.
to
Aram,
to
be
soiled,
Chald. Pael, id.)
be dirtied.
PIEL, to dirty, to soil, Cant. 5:3.
i.
PUAL
pass. Isa. 14: 19.
q.
njm TO oo ASTKAT, Aram,

"ib.
H. jc
TO
v
LOAD
to
beasts of burden, Gen. 45:17.
(Aram.
sit
JV.P,
wad Arab.
HIPHIL,
Ul?)
to
be laden.
Arab,
j^ VHI.
Ji
to
on a camel,
.,xi?
a loaded camel, dl^xij
camel'*
lead astray, Eze. 13:10.
saddle.
Compare
$)
(l) TO
languages)
TASTE (as in all the cognate (a) to try the flavour, Job 12:11.
tfi m. with suffix *?P collect, little children boys and girls, so called from their brisk and trip-
cccxxiv
ping gait (from the root HPOj compare ?.?W), Gen. 34:
29
opposed 9:6; to men above twenty years of age, Exod. 12:37. Sometimes it extends to the whole family, and is opposed only to the head of the house. 2 Chron. 20: 13, 3^33-1 DrVK'jl DSP'Q? " also their families, (to wit) their wives and children."
? : ; : ;
43:8; 45
9 46 5
to
young men and
than what Ewuld supposes (Heb. Grain page 520), ^'ji prince of height, from t_-?\J and
this is better
virgins, Eze.
[" Bohlen, in his posthumous sheets, compares Sanscr In Targ. Jonath. Deut. adhipac'ara, king's legate."]
28: 12,
it is
the
name
of a certain superior angel.
2 Chr. 31
their
Gen. 47: 12, HPH '?? " according to family." Ex. 1O:1O; Nu. 32: 16, 24, 26.
:
18.
?^ TO BE BBISK on w, Arabic <s and NIMBLE in walking, TO TRIP ALONG (trippcln), to

<
SLJ unused
Cogn. nay. PlEL n?P
in Kal.
Syr. .^.^j
to spread out.
walk with short steps, used of the walking of children It once (hence ^P), also of women loving display. occurs Isa. 3 16, """U^H *p2t?1 "sp^n, where Luther
:
(l) TO SPREAD OUT, TO EXPAND, as the heaven, Isa. 48:13. (2) to carry little children on the palms (in Latin
it is
follows the sense happily

fd)min}cn/
i.
enough
fte
treten eintjer unb " O. O
e.
to
wag, to waddle, like Saad.

(Arab. e_ck and <_Jj to be quick,
;
expressed in ulnis [Engl.

l,
to
carry in the arms]);
Ch. fBjpO l n ?M.

as a horse, to
denom. from n?B No.

Derivatives,
following.
.
Lam.
2 :22.
nn?PP, and the words immediately
page 127. diminutive
amble see Schroeder, De Vest. Mulier. Kindred words are tappen/ trappen/ and its
tvtppetn.)
in all
its
(l) properly, the open hand, the palm, occurrences used as the measure of four
[Derivative, ^P.]
fingers [a hand-breadth], iKi. 7:26; 2 Chron. comp. Jer.52:2i. Ps. 39:6,^! nriro ninstp nan
Ch.
4:5; "be-
pi.
p9P
m.
i.q.
Hebr. fib?
(i)
hold, thou hast

i.
made
my
days as handbreadths,"
NAIL of a man, Dan.4:3O. (2) the claw or hoof of beasts, Dan.

TO BE FAT; metaph.
to be
1 1
7: 19.
e.
very
short.
(2) in architecture, mutuli ; i. P. projecting stones, on the tops of which beams rest (.Rragftetne), 1X1.7:9.
inert, stupid;
compare
ira-xyc, Lat. pinguis.
Psa
70.
(More
LXX.
TO.
yttaea.
.
frequently used in Chaldee.)
i.q.
nB
No.
Ex. 25:25; 37:12;
a palm, a handbreadth, 26.40:5,43.

l,
3Ip
pr. n. of
drop"=nQb^,
a daughter of Solomon,
TO
root S|W), [Taphath], i Ki. 4: 1 1.
m. plur. a verbal noun, from nsp No.
2,
|U
THRUST;
Lat. trudo (which verb has
bearing in the arms, carrying
children, Lam. 2 :2O.
prop, (as in Talmudic) TO
PATCH, TO SEW
the same radicals); hence to follow on continually one after another, Pro. 19:13; 27:15, T)p
figuratively, to /r a me lies, comp. 5oXov suere dolos, Ps\ 119:69; Job 13:4. ElliptipcurTfiv, " and thou de vises t Vspril cally, Job 14:
"a thrusting
dropping,"
i.
e.
dropping continually,
TOGETHER;
17,^^
my
l
:
(false things)
upon
l
iniquity,"
i.
e.
thou increasest
drop coming close upon drop. (Arab, j J? to thrust, to push forward, IV. one thing to follow another, see Schult. ad Prov. loc. cit. Taur. ad Ham. page 516.
;
Compare a very similar VT$? ^D WJfc JIJ^BP "ye devise (and would add) upon him words of
my
sins with false charges.
Syr. and Chald.
TIP
i.
q.
Conj. I.)
passage, Deu.
[Targ.] Jon.
Hence
pr. n.
to
falsehood."
(Arabic
Jit
iirtj,
to
frame speech
artfully,
Ch. to thrust out, Dan. 4 -.22,29, 30.

"
drive out,
to
cast out.
compare Gr. pairrur
whence po^ySoc-)
4* an unused root, i.q.

i? id.; .ffith.
!"i/D to
be fresh.
Arab.
IDS!? m.
Jer.
51:27, plur.
Dnp^B
Nah.3:i7, a
foreign word, a eatrap, a governor of provinces and soldiers amongst the Assyrians and Medes. If a
and
raw, undrest.
The
conjecture ia to be made respecting this word from the modern Persic, we should compare with Lorsbach
primary idea is perhaps that of plucking off, so that rnp (np, :npj, maybe i.q. 119, which see, No. 1,
Hence
'IP'
andBohlen(Synb.p.ao),
a military leader, and jÛ
DVtD
(Dhtp)
i.
q.
079 not yet, Eu. 3: 14 ana.
cccxxv
unused in Kal.
^
III.
TO
CAST DOWN, TO
:
â Conj. THROW.
Arab,
I.
IV.
for
before the beginning, Hag. 2:15.
Compare
HIPHIL, Job 37
11, 3JJ
nnp!
T?-S|
"also upon
IP in the phrase n'BfcTD, DTJ5D Isa. 46: 1O. (3) Dip (in ace.) (a) not yet, followed
pret.
l
by
he showers (God) casts down a thick cloud;" words exhibiting the image of the clouds themselves oeing cast down (or seeming to be cast down) by the weight of the ram in them (SBolfenbrudj). But the Arab.
.
Sa.
applied to
3:7; but more often followed by a fut, a past action, Gen. 2:5; Ex. 10:7; Josh
fol-
U
'
followed
by
J_c. *-^
signifies also, to
cast upon,
DTO3 before that, 2:8; 1 Sam. 3:3. (b) i.q. lowed by a future, of a past action, Josh. 3:1; of something future, Isa. 65 24. 1 2 34
:
Ex
to
that
place upon something (compare rnp a load); so " it may be translated, he loads the cloud with
fut.
TC,
once
TO Gen. 49: 27.
(l) TC
PLUCK OFF (kindred

hence Arab. k_J.L No. 3. ep r p, fT>p
(2)
:
to nnp,
Dip, comp. Gr. Qplnrrw),

(frtfd) abgebrorfjen),
a shower."
Symm.
.
fcrt/^pfcn.
to be fresh
Heb.
burthen, trouble, Deu. 1:12; Tsa. 1:14. (Chald. K!T"]9 labour, weariness, Hip to be wearied;
dj.
f.
nnp
of a jaw-bone of an ass, Jud. 15:15.
fresh, used of a wound, Root

root, prob. i.q.
Isa.
1:6;
I"nO.
an unused
to pull, tear, in pieces as a wild beast, Gen. 44: 2 8; Deut. 33:20; Psal. 22:14; Nah. a: 33; 37 13. Metaph. used of anger, Job 16:9; 18:4; and thus even of God, Psal. 50: 22, ^PP*"]! " lest I tear" Hos. 6:1. like wild beasts. NIPHAL pass, of No. 2. Ex. 22:12; Jer. 5:6.
pluck
off;
compare
^^
to
cut off.
Hence
2f bfd)mtt,
;
pr. a cutting off, a part cut off (ber

bie
telle/ roo ein
PuALid. Gen. 37:33; 44:28. HIPHIL, to tear up food, i.e. to make some one eat, tofeed,Prov. 30:8. Hence the following words
jtoetg
com SScwme
I
frifd) abgefcfynitten ift)
Sj^P
8
:
hence beginning ["although

rivation
down
as certain"].
do not lay this deAlways used as an
1 1
adj. /res/i, newly see the root No.l.
plucked, of a
leaf.
Gen
adverb.
3 (i) Dip. prop, in the beginning, before the begini.e. ning, before that, previously, followed by a
preterite, Ps.
Pp.D m. plucked, so
8:ll).
(2) beast.
(l) a green leaf, a leaf newly called from tearing off (compare Gen.
90 2
:
Pro.
8:25;
also,
sometimes
Isa.
fol-
lowed by a future in a future signification,
66:7.
Eze. 17:9. (Ch. S1P, Syr. l<*^ id.) ananimaltorninpieces,thepreyofa wild Job 4:11; 29 1 7 38 39. *n& ^-1? " moun: ;
:
Job
10:21,^
0*39?
often in a past K^ri Dnpa before

2
"before I shall go;" but more sense, Jer. 1:5,"! sanctified thee
tains of
prey,"
i.e.
of depredators, thieves, whence
thou earnest forth." Ru. 3:14; Ki. 2:9; followed by an inf. Zeph. 2:2, rv^> D"J.P.3.
they come forth for booty, Ps. 76:5. (3) food, Prov. 31 : 15 ; Mai. 3:10; Psal. 111:5; comp. the verb in Hiphil.
Ibid, twice pleonast. X13' fc> B"}P.?> coinp. the

efj
Germ.
er nid)t
fommt.
$-
(The usage
is
similar of the par:
tides
to
D"}P.
and
^ not yet, and TS
then
a future seems
nSTltp f. coll. that ivhich is torn in pieces, cattle torn (by wild beasts), Gen. 31:39; Ex.32: 1 2 ; Lev. 7 : 24.
Ch.
be placed with them for a preterite, because after these particles the action is contemplated as future.) (2) P"2P.P i. q. 2^83 properly from the beginning,
[Tarp elites'], Ezr.4:9;
the
name
of a nation, from which the Assyrian kings brought a colony into Samaria. LXX.
Tod, the tenth letter of the alphabet; when used a numeral denoting ten. There can be no doubt that the name of this letter "W as well as the Heb. "V
as
In presents the figure of a hand rudely drawn. letter has Êthiopic also it may be added that this the name of Yaman (i. e. right hand).
Mgnifies
hand (comp. Di" pi. D^P* from the unused and in the Phoenician and Samaritan writing, O'
1
A
Yod
'
whose first radical is large portion of the roots Êth. and Arab, are in is, as grammarian! (<Q), \
/*
t
.-e"
as on the coins of the
Maccabees, this
letter
have shown (see Lehrg.
105, A), as "vj, jj.,
CCCXXVI
.-to.
As
to the relation
of verbs a with other roots,

yy, see Lehrg.
1
9, 28.
y verbs
ly
and
12, 2.
?.
Jud. 1:35; or with a

Ps.
Construed with a gerund alter it, Josh. 17 12; finite verb sometimes joined
:
by a conjunction (Jud. 19:6), sometimes without

T
ono,
TO DESIKE, TO LONG, followed by
>
119:131.
["LXX.
->
trir(J6oui'."] V
id.
(Syr. ^2)^ and

HZ1K,
<ri;i2trws;(Deu.l:5; Hos. 5:11). [Note in Ges. add all these passages are referred to the idea of to will,
to ivish,
either in the sense of undertaking
what
is
the quadriliteral
cd.^
Kindred roots are
wished, as Gen. 18:27, 3*5 Josh. 17:12; Jud. 1:27, 35; i Sa. 17:39; or in the sense of being willing
to
TO BE SEEMLT, BECOMING, q. Ps. 33:1; Prov. 17:7). Impers. followed by ? to ^ become some one. Jer. 10:7, nnsj 1? *3 "for it become th thee." LXX. ed. Compl. ao\ yap
T
.
yield
to another, as
Job 6:28;
2 Ki. 6:3.]
&
in the
"lltf*
Memphitic
masc. A RIVER, an Egyptian word, dialect Kvpo, in the Sahidic lepo
'
(Syr.
jj.,,
suitable, seemly, followed
by
j* becoming,
Water, torn. i. page 93, 444; Champollion, 1'Egypte, i. p. 137, 138; ii. 238); on the Rosetta stone [" as read by Dr. Young"J
(see Jablonskii Opuscc. ed. te
see
"'
m.
a river.
found, lines 14, !5,iOR(see Kosegarten, De Scriptura It is used almost exVett. jEgyptiorum, p. 14).
is
"T2!$! ("
a/i], pr. n.
whom Jehovah
(l) Jer. 35:3.
hears"),
\JaazaJer.
(2) Eze. ll:l.

contr.
*n;3T_;
Gen. 41 : 1, seq. ; Exod. 1:22. clusively of the Nile. 2: 3 ?: 15? seq-; in one passage, of another river
^TX*
"
(id.)
(1)2
1.
Ki.
Dan. 12:5,6,7.
Plural t^"!**; rivers, channels, Job 28:10; Isa 33:21 specially the arms and channels of the Nile. Eze. 29 3, seq. 30 1 2 Ps. 78 44 hence DHV ? isa.7:l8; 19:6; 37:25.
;
25:23;
40:8; njn Jer. 42:
(2) Eze. 8: 11.
^N? ("whom he(sc.God)enlightens" from -flX),

Mark5:22) (l) of a son of Manasseh, Nu. 32:41. (2) of a judge of the Patron. '7$' Israelites, Jud. 10:3. (3) Est. 2:5.
n. (Gr. 'latipoc, [t/ai'r], pr.
unused in Kal.
s
^j\ to
Arabic
Û
and transp.
flSa.
20:26; from No.
2.
despair,
id.,
to be
cast doicn
in spirit.
T prop. 78} unused in Kal, TO BE FOOLISH, q. 7}X which see. [" The primary idea appears to be that of perverseness, i. q. ^V-"]
I.
/N
i.
pel-son
NIPHAL
to act
A<i3 to be
foolish, Nu. 12:11; Jer. 5:4;
by IP to desist from any \3S>9 27 l '^"i??? liy "Saul will desist from me to seek me any more." Part. CW3 void of hope, Job 6:26. Neutr.
NIPHAL
followed
l
or thing,
Sa.
af a fool, Isa. 19:13. Jer. 50:36, ~^X 2~in " *'&} D ^?? the sword (is) upon the Iving(prophets), and they shall act as fools" (comp. ?)?in Job 12:17;
Isa.
to be
without hope,
inf. B'K',
to
be in vain, Isa.
57: IO;
to
Jer.
2:25; 18:12.
PIEL
followed
by 13?
to
give over
de~
44:25).
spairEcc. 2:2O.
(see the following word), [JosiaJi], pr.n. m., Zee. 6:lO.
ITB^
II.
7 J^ unused
T
in Kal, kindred to
^S, ^X, Arab.

[In TheS. the
to
J.\
TO GO BEFORE, TO BE FIRST.
this root is given
VVkJ-'N* pr. n. (" the root HL"K
whom Jehovah
and
1HJ),
meaning of
"
properly
will, to
heals," from
^.\ to heal,
Josiah, king
HIPHIL to begin [" to wish, to will," Thes.], Deut. 1:5; Hos. 5:11; Josh. 17:12, n?e^ 3g3?ri !?Kn rjsa "and the Canaanites began to dwell together (to set their feet) in the land." Jud.l 27, 35. Some:
Wfa
611 B.C., restorer of the observance of Judah,642 of the law of Moses: slain in battle at Megiddo, by
Necho, king of Egypt, 3 Ki. 23:23; aChr. 34:33. Greek 'Iwff/ac.
*"]riN
times
used with a more emphatic sense, to undertake, to *.ndeavour,Gen. 18:27,31 also of him who yields to th? prayers of others, and does something,
it is
;
there
is in
[Jeaterai] pr. ri. m.,1 Ch. 6:6; forwhicu verse 26, 'P^.
in Kal.
to
JJ,
id.;
unuted
to be
pleased to do something, Jud. 17:11; 19:6, r/1 Kf^rtn "be content now, and Ex. 2:21; 2 83.7:29; 2 Ki. 5: 23; Job 6: lodge."
willing,
tn be
PIEL, to
exclaim,
cry out, Jud 5:28.
(Aran*.
specially used of joyful exclamations; found the Targums for Hebr. JHn, ]}, Syr. also to blow t
CCCXXVII
trumpet, I.Î^Q^ the sound of a trumpet. *-*.
Arabic
(1)
to
lead,
to
bring, e.g. persons, Psa

Ps.
6(.
11'-
108:11.
(2)
to
ûl
id.; especially
of a battle-cry or shout; comp.
bear,
to
carry, as
gifts,
68:30; 76.
13,
Zeph. 3:10.
Hence 33V
7'IJ.
pr. n.
m. produce of the earth, from the root /3^ Lev. 26: 4,20; Deu. like nX-13^1 produce, from N12. 11:17; 32:22; Jud. 6:4; Psa. 67:7; 85:13; Hab. 3:17; Job 20:28, irva >13^ P3 "the produce of
his
(3) to produce, to bring forth, as the earth. Hence >13^ p-13 produce, ?3P1 fertile or inhabited earth. HOPHAL 73-in (i) to be brought, led, Psa. 45:
}
15,16;
(2)
Isa.
to be
12:2;
30,32.
to
53:7; 55:12; Jer. 11:19. brought, carried, Isa. 18:7; Hos. 1O:6; be borne, as to the grave, Job 10:19; 2l:
l,
house shall
rejoice,"
i.
e.
riches laid
up
in his
house.
D'Q*. (a place trodden down, from the root D-13), pr. n. Jebus, an ancient name of Jerusalem, used in the time of the Canaanites, Jud. as a threshing floor,
Derivatives, see Kal No.
and HIPHIL No.
3.
L"
/? T
to
rejoioe, an onomatopoetic root, unused;

II."]
q.
hence
^3V,bv
i.
19: 10,
1 1
Ch. ll :4, 5.
The Gent, noun
is *p-13*
7?) Chald.
Hebr.
Jebusite, collect. Jebusites,
a Canaanitish nation,
who
APHEL ?3/n
to carry, Ezr.
5:14; 6:5.
inhabited that city with the neighbouring mountains, conquered by David, still in existence in the time of
Ezra, Gen. 10:16; 15:21; Nu. 13:29; Josh. 15:63; This Gentile noun is some2 Sa. 5:6; Ezra 9:1.
44:4.
72* m. (i) river, stream. Root ^3* No. i.
put for the city itself (for 'p-13^n "VJJ Jud. 19:11); Joshua 15:8; 18: 16; and poetically for Jerusalem, Zee. 9:7; like DÊ'3 for Chalda3a.
times
*"in!l?
(2) pr. n. Jab a I, the son of Lamech,the introducer of pastoral life, Gen. 4: 20.
/2P
fern.
n?3* adj.
flowing
out,
sc.
with matter,
("whom He
(sc.
God) chooses"), [76l
har], pr.n. of a son of David, 2 Sa.5:l5;
01.14:5.
from ulcers; used of cattle, Levit. 22:33. Vulg. papulas habens ; and so in the phraseology of the Talmud, see Mishnah, Eruvin, x. 13. Arabic
suffering
J*
|
("whom He
(sc.
God) considered"), [7a(l)
alA
defluxus pilorum.
of two kings of the land of Hazor tiVt], pr.n. Josh. ll:l. (2) Jud. 4:2; Ps. 83:10.
Djfep (from
!~6:p and
DJJ,
"devouring
:
the
CW
/J T
see P3J.
people"), [Ibleatii], pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Manasseh, Josh. 17:11; Jud. 1:27; 2 Kings 9 37 written iCh. 6:55, ^3.
;
[unused in Kal]
(l) TO
violence.
FLOW,
especially
Copiously,
and with some
(Arabic .b. to
^.
flow copiously, to rain,
whence
tualtcn/
a shower.
SBclte.)
T m. LE vi K, a husband's brother, who, by the law of Moses, was required to marry the wife of his brother who had died without children, Deut. 25:
9.
Hence the denominative
Answering Hence ^,
to this, is *?3y, ^3-IK
German
whence
a river, ^13 for
^3
shower,
to
Q a
flood,
is
where,
deluge (in which Yod, like Nun elseinserted in the next letter) [ its omission
as a sore,
E5! PiELto act as the levir, to perform his duty, marry the ivife of a deceased brother, Deut.
Gen. 38:8.
>
loc. cit.;
being compensated by Dagesh].

(2)
sore.
to
run
whence
?3*
having a running
1\ with suff. W?3>, \F,D? f. a sister-in-law, a brother's wife, Deut. 25:7, 9; also, the wife of a
brother-in-law,
Ruth
15.
(3) poetically to go, to walk, like the Germ, roallen/ poet for to walk, a metaphor derived from water,
comp. the French

stock as wallcn/
which belongs to the same as has been well observed by Adealler,
haig (iv.p. 1366); see HIPHIL.

r
("which God caused to be built"), (l) of a town of the tribe of [Jabneel"], pr.n. Judah, Josh. 15:11. (2) of a town of the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:33.
X^
* f
HIPHIL ?'3in (Syriac ^2>oj), causat. of No. 3,

roetically for
fl3^ ("which God caused to be

of a neh~\, pr. n.
built"), [7aft-
-?n_-
town situated on the Mediterranean
T-rvir
aea,
cccxxvm
the harvest, Joel
l
:
n-r-mr
10, 12, 17;
is
taken from the Philistines by Uzziah, 2 Ch. 26:6; comp. Josh. 15:46, LXX. *Ia/zvm, 1 Mace. 4:15, and Strab.xvi. 2; Arab. 'lupvfia, 5:58; 2Macc. 12:8.
U-j Yebna, which
"joy dried up of men."
(i.e.
and metaph. ver. 12 has perished) from the childrei
name
is
now given
to
a village
situated in the ruins of the ancient town.

"1
II. Wy^ HIPHIL Kîn, with a signification taken from that of 5^3 (l) to put to shame, 2 83.19:6.
^3. ("
cause to
will build up," i. prosper), [IbneiaK], pr. n. m. 1 Ch. 9:8.

(id.),
whom Jehovah
e.
(2) intrans.
i.
q. t?13 in
to
Kal,
to be
ashamed,
to be
put to shame, made 8:12; especially used

failed, Joel l
cities
:
blush, Jer.2:26; 6:15; of a person whose hope has

Zech.
fifty
[/6yo/i],
ibid.
1 1
Jer. 10: 14;
9:5;
poet, of
J
j
an unused root; Arab.

pr. n. P3FI. pr. n. of
^^^
to shine.
Hence
overthrown (compare the Germ, ju cfyanben Jer. 20; 50:2. 48:1, erben), (3) to do shameful things, to act basely,Ho8.<i:'j.
p3_ Jabbok,
lead,
a stream near Mount Gi-
&y adj.
fern.
0^3*
(i) dry, dried up, Job 13:

(a) of a
:
on the northern border of the Ammonites, flow-
25; Eze. 17:24; 21:3.

(2) \_Jabesh~], pr.n.
ing into Jordan on the east,
now
called
:
\j
^jl.
:
Wady Zurka,
End
i.
e.
blue river, Nu. 21 34; Gen. 32
23; Deu. 2:37; 3= 16; Josh. 12:2; Jud. 11:13. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, p. 598 ; Germ, trans. ;
note on the place, in which I have rejected the error of Pococke and others, who confounded this
which also is written B"3J i Sa. 1 1 of a man, 2 Ki. 15:10, 13, (ft)
town in Gilead, 3, 5 ; Jud. 21:8.
14.
my
k^3_ (an intensitive form) i. q. K*3*, only in fun that which is dry, baS Srocfcne. HE^? on the dry, dry footed, Ex. 14:16, 22, 29; Josh. 4:22.
-f3-
stream with the Hieromiax (Arab. CJ^cy)- As to the etymology, Jo. Simonis, in Onomast. page 315, is not amiss in deriving p3* from Pi?3 to empty, by a Chaldaism, for pb; hence pouring out, emptying; Gen. 32 25, this name is however so alluded to as
:
for dry land, as opposed to sea, Gen. So 1:9; Ex. 4:9; Jon. 1:9, 13; 2:11; Psa.66:6. in Gr. j fopa and TO bipov, Matt. 23:15 (opp. / 0a-
Hence used
Aaaffa), Sir. 37 : 3 ; Vorstius, a. ed. Fischer, cap. 2,
De Hebraismis N. Test
if it
were
for pi35>0
from the root P3X.
nÎP
1^3!
(" whom Jehovah blesses"), [Jeberechiah~\, pr. n. m. Isa. 8:2.
^^"1
D T.
f. id. Ex. 4:9; Ps. 95:5; Chald. emphat. st Dan. 2:10.
God will avenge"),

m.
(i)
\_Igeal~\, pr.n.
("pleasant"), [JY bsam], pr.n. m.
Num.
Ch.
13:7.
(2) l Ch. 3:22.
(3) 2 Sam.
23:36.
-*J
I.
fat.
t?3,
pi.
?3
inf. constr.
Gen. 8: 7, TO BE DRIED UP, TO BE OR
pi.
BECOMEDRY;
Part, T i. q. 3-13 TO CUT [" spec."], TO PLOW. 0^3^ plowmen, husbandmen, 2 Ki. 25 12 np;
:
Jer.
used of plants, trees, grass, Isaiah 15:6; 19:7; 40: 7,8; Joel 1:12; of tilled fields, Jer.23:io; Isa.27:ll; Ezek. 17:9; of the earth, Gen. 8:14; of bones void of marrow, Ezek. 37 : 1 1 of a withered hand, l Ki.
;
52
16.
.
Hence
D'33 a field, Jer. 39: 10.
33*
pi.
^5^
with H parag.
13:4 (comp. Mark 3:1); hence, of vital strength, Ps. 82 16, n'3 bnn? ebj "my strength is dried up like a Moisture itself is said also to potsherd." dry up hence it is used of rivers and the sea, Job 14:11;
:
thali], pr. n. of a
nn3J ( lofty"), [Jogbetown of the tribe of Gad, Nu. 32.
35; Jud. 8:11.

^yP^!}*. ("whom Jehovah shall great"), [Igdaliah'], pr.n. m. Jer. 35:4.
I.
make
Gen. 8:14; Joel

difference from
:2O.
to
(Arab.
{Jl
^j
id.)
As
to its
'J
unused in Kal, TO BE PAINED in mind,
be dry, see under that word. PIEL E'3? to dry, to make dry, Job 15:30; Prov. 17:22; Nan. i :4 (where *n#3M J s for -inB'3^1).
HiriiiL
3nn
TO BE SAD.
PIEL
A kindred
to to
root
is V3*.
nr
";! Lam.
sad. grieve, 3:33. Compare t 3 T Piel.

;
make
to
Fut. H|M
to
for
B3in_(i)
to
dry,
to
make
dry, Joeh.
lite,
HIPHIL nain
NIPIIAL
nj-13
to
t:io
grieve,
make
sad,
afflict,
4:23.
intraunt. to
Job 19:9; Lam. 1:5, 12; 3:32; 188.51:23.
()
become dry, used of plants, fi
(for njto), part, afflicted, grieved,
CCCXXIX
led, Lam. 1:4.
Zeph. 3:18, "Wpop \JJI3 "grieved (and excluded) from the holy convocation."
Derivatives, pa*, na-in.
II.
PIEL, to
weary.
y_'}in to
HIPHIL,
to
weary someone,
Josh. 7:3; Ecc. 10:15. tobe wearisorm
H3*
i.
q.
nan No.
to
II. to
be
removed.
Arab,
some one, followed by an accus. of the person and 3 of die thing. Isai.43:23, nau>3 Tnyain t6 " I
bave not
wearied thee with

Verse 24,
HIPHIL nain
.Conj. IV. id.
remove, 2
Sa. 20: 13.

to expel"].
^j
have demanded).
["Syr.
oôj
[This pas-
sage should be construed,
"
when he had removed
V^y. hast wearied me with thy sins." Mai. 2 17. Derivatives, J?'?*, ny*a^, and the words which imTniaiy.3.
1
incense" (which I might " " diou 31

'
(him);" see Thes.]
mediately follow.
p3* m. grief, sor row, Gen. 42:38; 44:31; Ps. Root naj No. I. 13:3.
V^T
bour.
fruit of labour, what Job2O:l8.

-
is
earned by
la-
lodging," deriv. of the fut. from "Via ), \_Jagur~\, pr. n. of a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
(
"W
<:
15:21.
y^) verbal adj. one who is wearied, tired, exhausted. Deut. 25:18; 2Sa. 17:2; Ecc. 1:8, "v3 D^yy. D'"]inn "all words are wearied," are become
*^\ m.
Root yr.
adj.
wearied, exhausted, Job 3:17.
weary (not as Winer renders it, tire, make weary), [" i. e. he is wearied who would declare all these
things in words"].
(Job 39:11). jy hands."

(2)
y?y. (from the root y?') m. (l) labour, toil, specially that which is wearisome, and thus grief " the labour of 'S3 Gen.
[^^?! (the form actually occurring^

>
see ^y'?*.]
31:42,
Py
an unused
root.
[Omitted in Thes. and the
product of labour, hence work done, Job
JEth. 0^4: to cast > * deriv. placed under ">a*.] "7: a hill, a heap of stones. throAv, to stone;
10:3; more often riches, ivealth. Isa. 45: 14; 55:2 ; Jer. 3:24; 20:5; Eze. 23:29; Psalm 109:11; Neh.
Kindred
to
which
is
the Heb. "OX.
Hence
5:13; especially that which arises from agriculture, 78:46; 128:2. D?S3 y_'y. Hag. 1:11, id.
y. m. Ch. a hill, a henp of stones. Gen. 31:47.

(Syr.
4;,
id.)
^$
12:12.
[def.
n y?l],
f-
labour, weariness.
Ecc.
afraid
/?? (" led into exile"), [Joglt], pr. n. m. Nu.
3 pers. iy)J) i. q. "H3 No. 2, to fear, to be Ps. of, followed by an ace. Job 3 25 ; 9:28;
:
119:39; and
id.)
"T-l*
'?.?
Deu. 9:19; 28:60.
an unused
to
root.
Arab.
.,->-. to
beat abroad,
press. Hence n| (for nay, na.3) a wine-press, like prelum (qs. premulwri) a premendo. [This derivative is in
Thes. referred to
JJa,
pound,
to
part, or verbal adj.
fearing, with the addition

: ;
of the personal pronouns it forms a circumlocution for the finite verb, Jer. 22 25 39 : 1 7.
const. HI with suff. *TJ, but D^., T pn (for D3T, !?T), dual DH; const. "3. Plur! n'nj"; fern. (see however Eze. 2:9). [In Thes. this word is
a preferable arrangement.]
>}
Tort
-,
fut y?"
toil,
(l) TO
and
to
and so as
to
LABOUR, especially Avith become weary. (Arab.

na*).
be pained, compare
Const.
(a) ab-
referred to the root n ^.]
sol.
Job 9:29, yy* ^2n nj-nsb w hy then do I labour in vain?" Prov. 23:4; Isa.49:4; 65:23. (b) followed by 3 of the thing in \vhich one
labours, Josh. 24:13; Isa. 47:12; 62:8; once in the same sense followed by an ace. verse 15.
(l) THE
lizard, as V
human HAND,
once used of the
feet of a
(Syr.
_,,
a human hand, Prov. 30:28. being like S~ Arab, ju id., JEth. ^^;). The principal
phrases in which the proper signification cf retained are the following:

(a) '3~J"I^,
i.
hand u
(2)
to be
fatigued, wearied out, 2 Sa 23:10;
Isa.
Ey
"
'"71
40:31. Followed by 3 of the thing, Psa. 6:7, * n ?$ 3 "I am weary with groaning;" Jer_45:3; Ps. 69-4; also with ? of the person, Isa. 43:22, nyaj *3 '^'! '9 "for thou art wearied of me, O Israel."
WV
my hand
(is)
l
with some one;"

Sa.
help him, 3:12; 2Ki. 15:19. nn^n nj (b) '?3

e.
e. I
take his part,
22:17; 2 Sa.
r
i.
Uf in some ooe, I dc violence anJ him 18:12). (Gen. against

is
my hand
cccxxx
h-irm to .Him, Gen. 37:27;
i
14; Josh 2:19. of Grod in
T used of the hand So ? njvn punishing and afflicting, Ex. 9:3; Deut.
;
Sa. 18: 17, ai
24:13,
(/3)
of the hand,
K^>
i.
e.
Ta
Job 34:20, and

:
:15; Jud.2:l5; lSa.7:l3; 12:15; rarely (in a ood sense) aiding, favouring, 2 Chron. 30: 12 Ezr. 9:2; to avoid the ambiguity of this medial phrase
any human power. Compare Lam. 4 6. "l* from hand to hand (g) 1*? (on ^>anb ju $anb\ i. e. through all ages and generations, and, when ac:
aia man, hun, D3N3 Dan. 8:25, without Chald. 1?T3 K? Dan. 2 34, 45.
the aid of
,
added njn? Jud. 2: 15. The following ex* a bad sense, 3 I" 1DJ (of n n a good 3 l iu Kuth Ex. and *3; ? 7 14; God) T m:ri the sense we find, Isa. 25:10, n*n 1H3
there
is
pressions are used only in
companied by a negative particle, never. Pro. 1 1 2 1, T "through all generations the yn nj33J 6 l
:
'
wicked
shall not
is
be unpunished ;" 16:5.

used,
In Persic a
hand
is this
similar phrase
i^jJj
of Jehovah shall rest on this mountain."
^w J> Schult.
9
=c
Animz
(c) In either sense (but 'B used.
more
\\
often iu a
phrase
good one)
\'
nnn
" the
hand
of
adverss.ad Prov.loc. cit.,and Syr. J,-.L^ )._) is, ont To the same usage belong] by one, one after another.
upon some one," i.e. as bringing aid. Ezr. " as the hand of Jehovah his 7:6, V^jf Vr6 \\ 7$ God (was) upon him." Verse 28; 8: 18, 31. Twice naiDn D'.T> T Ezr. 7:9; Neh. it is expressly said, 9 8 also there is added nato? Ezr. 8:22. Also in a
is
: ;
God
by succession. hand to the mouth, sc. place, i. e. be (Ji) "i?7 silent, remain silent, Pro. 30:32 (compare Job 21 15; j ^ j. 29 9 40 4 Mic. 7:16). Pers. ^.U j -*'
the Arabic interpretation of jj
T
;
good sense there in a bad, Am. l :8,
is said, Isa. l
25,
s
TPV
*7l
n ? v^
>!
?>
but
(i)
l"'XT
:>y.
n* DVkJ* 2
Sam. 13:
19,
tie
v&dnbe uber bem
PPX
ty 'T
n'^D
" I will turn
ôpf jufammenfdjlagen/ an action of one deeply bewailing,
my hand upon
by ^X
13: 11,
(d)
one,
(against) Ekron;"
and in (for ^2) Eze. 13:9;
and so followed New Test. Acts
compare
Jer. 2 : 37.
%up Kvplov Liri tre, Kai toy rv(f>\<'ig K. r. A. The ph'rase, the hand of God is upon(?%) any is also used in this se.nse, the Spirit of God is
to
See other expressions under the verbs ntp3, RBO, nan, ^Dri, yj?n, etc., and the adjective!
n^
It is
move him, inasmuch as the Spirit of God was communicated to men with laying on a hand. Eze.l:3; 3:14,22; 37:1; 2X1.3:15; followed by 7? (for 58) l Ki. 18:46. The same is ^? V "- n i?! Eze. 3:14 (compare Isa. 8 1 1) and <"6p,3
upon a prophet, begins
:
:
altogether
s
so used with prepositions as sometimes tc iose its force as a noun.

"}'3
?V
V- "1-
Eze. 8:1
for "P there is HVl).

:
" 15 17, TI' '3?O because of thy hand," i. e. because of the Spirit of God by which I am moved.
]0? to give the hand, i.e. to pledge the of the giver, 2 Ki. 10: 15; Ezra 10: 19; spefidelity cially the vanquished giving the hand to the victor.
(e)
"I*
(compared with Eze. 11:5, where Thus may be understood Jer.
with me, after briny with one' ^K 0^:1^3 ? and all l Sa. 14: 34, VT3 self, the people brought each one his ox with him." Jer. njO ^T3 n|5" take with tbee 38:10, D'C'W D^
(au.)
(a) in
my
hand,
often for
verbs of carrying or leading,
W0
as, to
from hence thirty men." Gen. 3^' 14; 35:4; Num. Be31:49; Deut. 33:3; iSa. 16:2; l Ki. 10:29 cause I possess the things which I bring 01 c?rry with 4 me, hence it is applied to possession, like ^N DJ? Lat. ru a 00.5:13, "he beget* n&1S?y iT3 J'W penes.
,
Eze. 17: 18; Jer. 50:15; Lam. 5:6; 2 Chron. 30:8, rnn the hand (submit) to Jehovah." 1J ^> "give
fcbtn,
who has nothing" (comp. Gem. etn>î> in ber anb and Hebr. ian HXVP H^ ai-J.- the word >'). Chald. Ezr. 7:25, " the wisdom 01' *...y God which is
hand,"
i.e. i.e.
(For a similar usage in Syriac, see Act. 27:15, Pesh. To this usage also Lud. de Dieu, on the passage.
s
-
in thy
which thou pov^sesi.
(/3) ''into
my hand,
ing, Gen.
into
my
power,
afl-ir ~x 01
us of deliver2
9:2;
14:20; Exod. 4:^1;
Sam. l8:4.
belongs the gloss of Arabic Lexicographers,

curity
one,
1
jî
se-
by
is
Similar
'9
pledge, rendering subjection, ^tipuarif;.) nnn "' ID? to subject oneself to any
Hence ^T|KX the flock delivered into hi? hand, Ps. 95: 7; and to the same usage are the words to he referred, LXX. 7rp6 t 'llaaiut; viz, Isaiah 20: 2, in;y& T3.
-
Ch. 29:24.
(/) tlie hand, KUT itjo\iiv OJD) is sometimes used rnin for J? nn, DB>n for (a) of the hand of God (like nirv So Isa. 8:11, *vn Dj5jna for 'na
D).
*3
\\
(y) throughme, by means " of me, Nu. 15:23, whatsoever God commanded you
being about to deliver a revelation to him.

for
through my hand, often
(com p.
letter
TK't:?
nna3
BJeut)
d) and Job 23:'2,nn?3 n; for nin; "the hand of God (inflicting punishis
nro T? through
12:15; Jer. 37:2,
sending,
*n;:3."-
etc.
Moses;" 2 Chr. 29:25; l Kings Often thus after verbs of

"V.|
which
against me
is
"
heavy
comp.
letter
b.
i Ki. 2:25, "and king Solomon sent Ex. 4:13; Prov. 26:6; i Sa. 16:20; 2
S*
CCCXXXI
12:25; cpn;p.>ct. 11:30; 15:23. (S)at before me, in my sight, i. q. ^V?. sense the Arabs are accustomed to use
i.e.
my hand,
(In
>j,.<
this
\~s"
f-j
iii.
2; between any one's hands; see 256, xx. 109. Schult.Opp. Min.,p.29, 30; ad Job. p. 391. In Greek iv \^paiv, Apollon., Rhod. i. 1 1 1 3 comp. TT/JO
ii.
;
Koran
aChron. 29:27, "the sounding of trumpets bogna ^\ to according to tne (musical) instruments of David;" i.e. the sounding followed th measures of the musical instruments appointed by David. Compare as to this idiom, Lud. de Dieu,
"l'H '??
on Jer. 5:31;
i,
<a \iipui- X tl/ > ât. nos ^ es oorfyomben/ \tipwi', 3unt in manibus, i.e. in sight. Cass. Bell. Gall., ii. 19;
Germ,
aj
Jo
ig 240. (Arab, a jj ,."{-, under one's or care a \z auspices, any phrase
Critica; Sacrae,p.
94; Virg.Ên.,xi. 31 1, terque manus sunt omnia vestras, i. e. " he 1 Sa. 21:14, feigned himself mad
sight."
that the
Salhist. Jug.,
ante oculos in-xpuyjEipa iort.) D"l'3 in their

fl33 '3
Job 15: 23, "he knows T~'n DV ITS

day of darkness
is
ready at
hand
to
him."
Arabic coins connected with the name See also under No. 5. (ff) v see No.i, let. g, and No. 5. Dual DH* a person's two hands, also used for the plural, Job 4:3; Prov. 6:17; Isa. 13:7.
often found on
of the artist.)
(bb) 2V1'
T? between
the
hands, on the
breast,
the front of the body, Zee. 13:6. Comp. D.TX Tl on for making the forehead. [Is there no secret reason
also used of
an especial rule as to Zee. 13:6? taken without gloss.]
It
surely must be
T? according ^^D T? according to

(cc)
to
the
the
i.
hand, in the phrase hand of the king, i Ki.
n'lT artificial hands, or handles, things which resemble handles. (a) tenons of boards (3apfcn), Ex. 26:17, 19; 36: 22,24. (&) the axles of a wheel, l Ki. 7:32,33 As to the distinction between the dual and plur. fern. in substantives which denote members of the body,
(2) Plur.
see Lehrg.
mill, or of
540.
(Arab, jj handle, as of a hand0..

P-
10:13; Est. 1:7; 2: 18,

of the king.
is
e.
according to the bounty

it less
IT
The liberal and open hand of the king

Others have taken
signified.
cording to the
power of the king;
for
it is
appropriately acnot power and
might which are here ascribed to him, but libei-ality. '3 ~l?P out of the hand, i. e. out of the power (dd)
of any one, often put after verbs of asking, Gen. 9: 5; 31:39; Isa. 1:12; of taking, Gen. 33: 19; Nn.5:95;
of setting free, Gen. 32: 12;
Ex. 18:9; Num. 35:25; whence it is said, out of the hands of the lion and the bear, i Sam. 17 37 of dogs, Ps. 22 2 1 of the sword, Job 5:20; of Hades, Psa. 49 16 89 49 the flame,
:
; :
an axe; Syriac plur. jicn,-^) handles, hinges.) Comp. J"l'lS3. (3) The hand being the seat of strength, mctaph. power, strength (the proper force of the word being for the most part lost in such cases compare above (l), dd). 1J? with force, or power, Isa. 28:2; Psalm 76:6, ?$ 1! the power of God, Job 27: 11. "and all the men of might have not found DH'T their hands," i.e.. have found themselves devoid of " strength. (Vice versa Vit. Tim. i. 44, they found their hand and side," i. e. "they had all their strength ready.") Applied to one remarkable and
;
Isa.
47:14.
'3
()
^., 'B
T. ^>
hands, of any one, after manding, Genesis 42:37; l Sa. 17:22; 2 Ki. 10:24; 1 2 1 2 22 :5, 9 Ezra i 8. So, to deliver 3TH T hy_ into the hands of the sword, Psa. 63 1 1 Jer. 1 8 2 1 But in the same sense is also said, 'B 'T, T Jinn under
: ;
;
hand, or verbs of delivering, com(a)
upon
the
wonderful work, Ex.l4:3l (comp. manus, Virg. JEn. vi. 688). Specially a id, assistance, 0011.32:36,
V n^N "help
is
departed."
<__>
(So Arab.
<^<3 j^
j
UJ1
jj
the power of the east wind,
thou hast
anyone's hands, Gen. 16:9; 41:35; Isa. 3? 6. (fi) T to (Ezr. l:8), more often H* to on or at the hands of any one, i.e. some one taking the matter in hand,
or
no power in such a thing, Syr. J,.<OOCTl5j J^J the power of the Romans, Pers. uL-~.-J power. As to the expression a long or a short hand, see under the
word
(4)
")>'.
The hand being used
for smiting with, hence
under
jur
his
guidance
l
(an ber
:
manbcm
the
anb).
Chr. 25 3,
anb jemanbcS/ " Dn*3X h])

'T.
\te
under
Job 2O-.22, ^shjjl ^DJ/ T'^ "every stroke of the wretched comes upon him;" whatever
a stroke.
usually
falls
(or superintendence) of their father," verses 2, 6; 7:29. (As it is said in Latin, servus a
guidance
upon the wretched.
(Compare Latin
m(tnu,ad
and dead,
manum
whom
e.
esse.)
Also used of one absent
aChnn.
David;"
others follow as a guide or director. 'T to " by the guidance of 23:18,
TH
manus, for a blow, with regard to gladiators.) (5) aside, properly used of the sides of a person, where the hands and arms are situated (comp. Lat. ad dextram, sinistram manum, ad hanc manum, Tereni.
i.
as
institution of
following David, according to the Used of things, David, Ezra 3:10.
Ad.
iv. 2,
31).
sides, especially in the
Hence the dual CH' properly both 3 phrase DHJ D"5 broad of botl
cccxxxn
tides,
i.e. long and broad, widely extending, Gen. 34:21; Ps. 104:25; Isa, 33:21, etc. Used in the Ex. 2:5; Dcut. ing. of the side or bank of a river,
9
N"E
Ch.
to
i.
q.
Heb.
:
rnj.
AraEL,
contr. Nl'lD
prais e (God). Part S^VnD Dan. Dan. 6 1 1.
2 : 23
:37 (Syr. |v> ._ shore). With prepositions, T? iSa. 19:3; iCh". 18:17; 23:28; Prov.8:3;T"iyi ^X 2 Sa. 14:30; 18:4; 7J? Josh. Sa.4:l8; 15:46; 2 Sam. 15:2; 9 Ch. 17:15; 31:15; Jobl:
JV^TC' that which God

;
has shown," for
a^T
with a Syriac inflexion from J j to show [So accord" or, perhaps from a doubtful root *?K", ing to Simonis
-*.-
14
Neh. 3
2, seq.
*T. ?J?
Num. 34 3
:
Jud.
1 1
26
-s-_
1 Ch. 6: near). by the side of, near (Syr. _ 16, njn rva TK> n; to nn?$n ->^ whom David constituted for (by the side of) the singing of the
TH
^^
i.q.
Arab.
J\j and
Uj
to
go
softly
and
secretly"]).
[Ida la h], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Zebulon. Josh. 19:15.

T
:
temple;" like the German, er ftcllte U)n an bci) bem See farther as to the particle *T ?# No.l, efange. Plur. rfnj sides cc. (a) of a royal throne, arms
as of a chair, lateral supports,
l
bash^, pr.
I.
i
(perhaps "honied," compare n. m. l Ch. 4:3.

i.q.
2'?"'!),
[Id-
teral projections on bases, 1 (6) a place, Deu.23:i3; Nu.2:i7, n; Jftf * " each one in his own place." Isa. 56:5 (compare "thou didst look thee No. 8). Isa. 57: 8, nnn Ezek. 21 :24. Dual id. Josh. 8:20, out a place." " DJ> DH4 Dra jrn *6 they had no place to flee." (?) opart (perhaps properly a handful, a part of
1
Ki. 10: 19. (b) laKi. 7:35, 36.
J T
n*V TO
THROW,
TO CAST, as a
lot.
Pret. pi.
IT
j T
Joel 4:3; Nah. 3:10; Obad. 11.
H.
J..
[an unused root],
i.
q.l^
to
love. Arab.
the proper names

1
.
Hence are T"1J beloved, TNTT dearly beloved, and nnn, ITO, fy [T].
(the actually occurring form), see
nnH*. J
I.
;
anything to bo taken up whilst dividing). Jer. 6:3; Dan. 12:7. [Qu. as to the applicability of these two Plur. n'VT 2 Ki. 11:7, D?3 JYn'rt *$& passages.] "and two parts of you," opposed to the third part.
n
dred
J T
TO
THROW, TO CAST,
^th. Q)^P:
:
i.q. "ÎJ
No.
kin14.
foi
is
nnn.
PIEL, i.q. Kal, to
Imp. IT Jer. 50: throw, as stones. Fut. ^!5

id.
n'l
Gen. 47:24, n'njn J?:nX "four parts," opposed
to
^^l Lam.
3 53.
Inf.
Zee. 2 4.
:
Ot^Pn the
fifth
part.'
Neh. il:i.
:
Also in the connection, Dan. l 20, " and he found themDVJD-inn-'pa ty JTiTTB^ ten parts (i.e. ten Gen. 43:34; times) wiser than all the magicians."
i. q. (a hand being that which points and marks), of victory, l Sa. 15: " 19 ; sepulchral, 2 Sa. 18 18. Isa. 56:5, I will give
:
(Compare Hf.)
HIPHIL nnin, fu t. rrn\ sometimes
nnisv.
ps
-28:7;
9 Sa. 19:44. (8) a monument, trophy,
45:18; Neh. 11:17. (1) to profess, to confess; perhaps properly, to show or point out with the hand extended; from the idea of the hand being cast forth, i.e. extended "V rbv and ITV, K a and Hiphil, to (see Kal; comp. cast, and thence to shew by the extended hand).
l
Arab.
to
them
in
my
house
CC/M
^j.
Conj. X.; Syr. Aph. id.

:
Constr. followed
1
memorial
(or
c.
portion) and a name."
This name in Hebrew for a monument may be connected Avith the ancient custom of sculpturing on cippi or sepulchral columns, an open hand and arm. See Hamackeri Diatribe de
by an
(2)
ace. Pro. 28: 13
and followe
by
<'J.
(concern-
ing), Ps. 32:5.
give thanks, to j>, or'rftf, V ::el'braie, since thanksgiving and praise naturally fellow the acknowto
Monumentis Punicis (Humbertianis, Lugduni asservatis), p. 20, and Reuvensii ad eadem Animadverts.
p. 5, seq.
ledgment or confession of benefits received followed by an ace. Gen. 29 35 49:8; Psalm 7:18; 30:13; and V of pers. Ps. 75 2 i Ch. 29 1 3 Ezr. 3:11. -TUn
;
:
As As
to the Dual, see Nos. l, 3, 5, 6. to the Plural fin* Nos. 2, 5, 7.
T
after
Ch. emph.
-
K^
=
Daniel 5:5, 24; with
suff.
TV,,
i.
aT, DJTE, Ezr 5 8.' Dual Heb. 1* hand. T IP from
H!
the
Dan. 2:34, 45,
q.
hand,
i.e.
the power
name of Jehovah, l Ki. 8:33; Ps. Ps. id., 106:47; 122:4. J? 54:8; D|J7 HITHPAEL "Tljnn (Vav being taken in the place of Tod) i. q. Hiphil'. (l) to confess, prop, to confess concerning one's Êth. A?l ri"TJ?f self, to chew one's self as guilty.
J*
Dt? to
praise
the
>
<
'
a verb of liberating (compare Heb. 1!P), e. g. from the hand of the lions, Dan. 6:28. As to Ezr. 7 : 14, 95, compare Heb. No. \ aa.
t
to accuse, to criminate; properly, I believe, to object,
(Germ. Dorwcrffen* from the idea casting; (0*^^: an accusation, ^Jorirurf), Dan. 9
cast against;
of
jrr-rr
followed
CCCXXXIII
ace. of the thing, Levit.
JTP
T
T
I
26:40;
(2)
^ of the thing, Neh. 1:6;

praise,
to
by an
5:5; 16:21
; ^
J/T
fut. JTT,
once
JTl?*,
(see Lehrg. 389), inf. alx

t
9:2.
to
celebrate, followed by ? 2 Chr.
JN1J, constr. J"ljn, obvioxisly
corresponding to the i tiduv, olda, TO SEE; and hence, to perceive, to ar

to
30:22. Derived nouns, [T], JTrtn, nn|n, and the proper names prHT, nn, rvttiV., and those which are se-
quire knowledge,
ba
includes the action of
know, to be acquainted. I* knowing both as commencing,

and as completed, ba8
Jleni
Jicnncnternen/ @rfat>ren/
SBeifefcqn.
from them, "NPP, '"N^, nH-in], "ID.?? [also perhaps rn, ppY].
condarily derived
ty
ji"T
(for
jty,
"loving," "given to love"),

(l)
1
[/drfo], pr.n.
m.
Ch. 27:21.
(2) Ezr.lO:43-
(The root is very widelj extended in the Indo-Germanic languages, in the signification both of seeing and knowing; as Sanscr. wid, budh ; Zend, weedem ; Gr. t'iSw, t5w, ol$a, Saiw;
ncn, SBiffcn/
Lat. video
("a judge" ["or, 'whom God A as judgm. Neh. 3:7. ed'"]}, [Jadon], pr.n. JflT
10:22.
(
Goth, vitan
Germ,
reetcn, wtffrn/ njctfej
and
Engl. weet [Qu. to wit] ; so also in the Sclavonic
tongues, as the Polish, widze, to see;

to see.)
Bohem.
wedeti,
known"), ryaddua], pr.n. m. (2) Neh. 12:11,22.

,
(l) Neh.
The
original signification
is
found in the
P r ai s ing," "celebrating," from the obsolete noun MT.

:
pnvr, prvr, & prvT

;
Chr. i s
3s
" and his sister stood following examples, Exod. 2:4, afar off \> r&y* ""ID ^V^ -- to see what would happen to him." l Sa. 22:3. Also, Isa. 6 9, Wlff h*\ tan INT
1 :
praise, praisings
root
nT
Hiphil, to praise, with the

j-l),
addition of the termination
\_Jeduthun\,
pr. n.
of
"seeing ye shall see, and not perceive" (in the other member is, hearing ye shall hear, and not under-
a Levite, set
as chief over a choir, l Chr. 9:16; 16:38,41, 42; 25:1; also of his descendants, who were themselves musicians, 2 Chr. 35:15; Neh.
by David
These examples may be added to the primary signification of seeing: Deut. 34:10, iyv ">K/8 D*3S 7X 0^3 9 ^ (in the same connection elsewhere HX"1 Gen. 32 :3i; Jud. 6:22; 2 Ki.i4:8, 11); Eccl. 6:5;
stand).
-3
11:17; Ps. 39:1; 62:1; 77:1.
*T
\Jadau],
Isa.
pr.n. Ezr. 10:43 np.

root
T~J* (from the

a friend,
Ps.
TV
5:1.
to
njn*
TT
No. II), m.
(l) beloved, beloved by the Lord,

pi.
127:2; applied
to the Israelites, Ps.
Benjamin, Deu. 33:12; in 60:7; 108:7.
charms.
Others,
]*-*+->
(2) pleasant, lovely, Psa. Psa. 45: 1, n'lTT. "VS?
84
2.
Plur. n'VVT.
song."
"a pleasant
Dl^ VT Esth. 2 11 i. q. && njjfi Gen. 37 14. Sometimes JHJ to see, to observe with the eyes, i< opposed to what we hear or observe with our ears. Isa. 40:21, -iy?^n 66 DX -Ijnri j6n "have ye net seen? have ye not heard?" Ver. 28; 44: 18, -Ijnj t6 " 13^3^ tOl they see not, they do not understand, foi their eyes are besmeared that they may not see, and that their hearts may not understand;" where Vl* is
:
,
"a
song of loves," i. e. an epithalamium.
(Syr.
7 ??'n to the heart or mind. applied to the eyes, just as then signifies that which results from seeing, T
beloved.)
pr. n.
unless
anyone be devoid of senses and mind, or has his
Tin* ("beloved"), {JedidaK],

mother of king Josiah, 2 Ki. 22:1.
of the
understanding shut up.

applications (1)
to
The following are its specific
nVT*T
12:7.
fern,
delight, that
which
is
loved, Jer.
("the delight ['friend'] of Jehovah"), \Jedidiah~\, a cognomen given to Solomon when

newly born, by the prophet Nathan, 2 Sa. 12:25.
"1**V
n !TT
("whom Jehovah has shewn" ["who

m.
(l)
1
praises <Jod"]), \_Jedaiah~\, pr.n.

37.
Ch. 4:
(2) Neh. 3:10.

("
Will
*f
known by
l
a son of Benjamin,
see Jinn*.
"T-
God"), \Jediaet\, pr. n. Ch. 7:6, 10, 11.
perceive, to be aware of(wafyr* whether by the eyes (Isa. 6:9) or by the touch, Gen. 19:33; often by the mind, and hence to understand, Jud. 13:21 with the addition Followed by ? of the thing of 33J? DJ? Deut. 8 5. through which any thing is understood, Gen. 15:8, JHS no? "whence shall I understand?" Gen. 24; 14; Ex. 7: 17. (2) to get to know, to discover, whether by seeing (see Ex. 2:4; l Sa. 22:3) or by hearing, Gen. 9: 24; Deu. ll:2; Neh. 13:10; or, to know by expeSo rience, to experience, Job5:25; Eccl. 8:5.
know,
to
nefymen/ geroafyr rcevben),
often in threatenings
tcerben/
:
(Germ, bu
5
nrirft
eS
frfjon
geroafyr
erfatjrem
ffltlen
("
weeping"), [JidlapK\, pr.n. of a son
Hos. 9 7,
JTVI.
Sip! lyT
D^B"
"
Lat. tu ipse videbis, senties). " krael shall see." Job a 7 : ! 9,
of
Nahor, Gen. as : 99.
V|
(God) recompenses him that he may
CCCXXXIV
see."
Ex. 6:7.
"and ye
shall
know that
am
Je-
hovah your God," 7 : 5, 17 ; 11:7; Ezek. 6:7; Isa. 5:19; 9:8; Ps. 14:4. (In the Koran the expression
is
of frequpnt occurrence,
^^Lt?
;
<
then shall
they understand, e. g. xxvi. 48 Min. nd. Job 21:19.)

(3)
to
see
Schult. Opp.
know not how to flatter;" 23:3; 1 Sa. l6:l6j Neh. 10:29; conj. *3 Genesis 3:5; also by a vhole " \ve do not know DB> *D sentence, Gen. 43 22, who piit," etc. Also the accusative of the c eject may be altogether omitted, as after verbs of calling.
"I
:
Cantl
e8
:8, "H?
itetjjtj
'V"1H
X7 DS
as in Lat. si nescis, ircnn bu
know,
to
become acquainted with any

: ;
Deu. 9 24 any thing (as a counOften put by a euphemism for sexual intercourse. (a) of a man ; to know a woman, i. e. to lie with her, Gen. 4: 17, 25; i Sa. i 19, etc.
one
(f enne n lerncn),
try),
Num. 14:31.
here redundant, as Job 5:27. Specially the phrases are to be noticed (a) JHV vp "who knows;" followed by R fut., 3 Sam. 12:22; Joel 2: 14; Jon. 3:9; more fully D*< 81* 'P Est. 4: 14,
nidjt
"H/ is
Gen. 19:5. (Verbs of knowing are frequently employed for this euphemism in other languages, both oriental and
also as applied to crimes against nature,
who knows whether," i. q. an, for fortasse (comp. DK B.

see No. 6.
evil;" Gen.
(b) V^J
"
Lat. nescio an, hand scir As to Pro. 24:22 2).

;
3to JTT
occidental; see Syr. JQ-a*/, Arab.
^\
tJ-c,
3:5,22; i.e. who one [no really believes in the fall of man can admit this explanation], whence V^J 31B njnn H? ib.
2:17, "the tree of
good and to be prudent, to be wise,

to
know
f\?\<R>; Greek yn-wtncw, see Fesselii Adv. S. ii. 14; Pfochenius, De Purit. Styli N. Test, page 10; Lat. cognosco, Justin, v. 2 and thus Italian and French conoscei-e, connottre, although these have perhaps been borrowed from the phraseology of the Holy Scrip;
wisdom
[knowledge]."
this account little children are said not to
On know good
and
Deut. 1:39; compare Isa. 7:15; and also men, who have, as it were, sunk into second childhood, 2 Sam. 19:36. See Horn., Od. t
evil,
decrepit
xviii.
old
a woman, ^S Piyv "to have lain with man," Genesis 19:8; Jud. 11:39; more fully T3T 33fp> B*K njn; Num. 31 17. Compare Ovid.,
ture.)
(i) of
:
223,
o7a
JJd-
ra<mi, iffdXa rt cat %tpua, jrapo? df
TC
I'J/TTtOC
"
Heroid.,vi. 133, "titrpiterillavirum

virgo."
cognovit
adultera
let
ing
(4) to knote, to be acquainted wilh any one, with ace. of person, Gen. 29:5; Isaiah 1:3; of the
C'2 JHJ to know by name, Ex. 33:12,17; D'?3^N D:b JH>to know face to face, Deu. 34: 10. Part. act. plur. D'VT " those who know me," my acquaintances (nrnne SScfonntcn), Job 19: 13.
thing, Gen. 30:29.
it," 9:5, (God) unexpected. mountains," VHJ N^ (properly) "they expect it not," " God over(Kor. xvi. ?8, unexpectedly, suddenly. not throws them .. ,^*.i 5. expect ing it." Lokm.
Psa. 35:8, (6) to foresee, to expect any thing. destruction come upon him VT. K? not expect" i. e. Job removes
Fab. 28.) Cant. 6: 12, \31?D^ B^3 F|nj

not," i.e.
;
N^>
"I
knew
"when
:
I did
J"P knoton, followed by V Deut. 1:13, "men Da't??^ ? D'jrv who are known to your tribes,"
Part. Pass.
1
without the dative, verse 15.
me," etc. Jer. 50 24. no one knows, or foresees, for suddenly, unexpectedly, Pro. 24: 22 parall. DK??.
;
not expect, my soul made So JJT 'P who foresees ? i. e.
"known
Ijfir,
to sickness," i.e.
Isaiah 53: 3, ^>n JrtT bcfannt, orrtraut nut JCrank
(7) Often used of the will, to
tnrn
the
mind
to
others
for the prose expression vn? JJVP, according to known by sickness, as being remarkable for
Germ, nadj) something, to care for, t> see ah-)ut. " ho took etwaS feêr.. Gen. 39:6. HDISp HI ^"' care
of none of his things;"
Prov.
1
and calamities; an especial example of a man afflicted with calamities (Compare

suffering sicknesses
9
i,:
'n
^7:23; Job
=r
Job 34:4, ato-no 9:21 (opp. to oxp). "let us see to it amongst ourselves what
i.
a3
is
ny-|3
good?"
In the
Syr.
L^_>
known,
illustrious.)
e.
let
us attend to
C,
loi
cr "ivestignte.
(5) to know, to have a knowledge of any thing, with an ace. like nya JTV (see nra), r.$n J!T to know
knowledge
17:27,
ttn>a
(to
etc.;
followed
have knowledge, understanding), Pro. by the prepos. 3 (German urn

i
FolloAved by? Job 35: 15, other hemistich n "JD.3?. B'Sa yv N7 " he does not regard iniquity." Spe(a) of God as caring for men; Psalm cially used
22:15; Jer. 38:24; by the naked inf. Jer. 1:6; 1 Sam. 16:18; by a gerund, Ecc. 4:13; 10: 15; Eccl. 4: \7, " they know not JH nib}> that they do evil ;" likrt the Germ, jte glauben nidtf ubet baran by a finite verb, Tob32:22, H3DS
imfitn),
Genesis 19:33, 35; 72 Job 37: 16; followed
Sa.
144:3; Nah. 1:7; followed by ]P Amos 3: 2, "you only have I known (especially cared for) of all the Gen. 18: 19, nations of the earth." U?P.^ vru?T
njX^ "him (Abraham) have I chosen) that he may command,"
known
etc.
(cared for
Compare Ps&
1:6. (6) of men regarding or worshipping God. Hos.8:; 13:4; Ps. 36:11; g: 1 1, IPf *yf "those
n
who
cccxxxv
know
18:21, an atheist,
Isa.
yT
l
Job (regard or worship) tny name." 5*6 (1^8) "who regards not God," Sa. 2:12.
to
45:1;
HITHPAEL jniOn to make one's selj known, Gen to reveal one's self, Nu. 12:6; followed bj
-
(8) absol.
be
knowing, or wise, Psalm 73: 22;

Part.
44:9 18; 45:20; 56:10. Hence Job 34:2, Eccles. 9:11.

knowledge, which
see.
to be,
DTf
i.
q.
W1
Derivatives *?VT SI!, '"W!!, ^Vl, VI?, y 1^9, nyito, and the pr.'n. yv, n;yV, glT, ?J8lJ.
Vl'lO,
r~ljn
wisdom, or
yT. Ch.
specially
fat.
yw Daniel 2 :g,
30; 4: 14,
i.
q.
Heb.;
NIPHAL y~P 3
persons, Ps.
(i)
;
or
to
become known, of
Pro.3l:23; of things, Ex. 2:14; Followed by ? of the person Lev. 4:14; Ps. 9: 17. to whom any thing is known, l Sam. 6:3; Ruth 3:3;
76:2
Est. 2
:
22. Gen. 41:21,
HJ|^H^
-IN?" ?
*fy
nor
to understand, Dan. 2: 8; 5:23. know, to learn, Dan. 4:6; 6:11. (3) to know, to have knowledge of, Dan. 5:22. Part. pass. N3?9? N.lil/ SH) be it known to the king.
(1) to perceive,
(2) to get to
appear) that they had entered (did (been swallowed) into their bowels (belly)." (2) pass, of Hiph. No. 2, to be taught by experience,
was
it
known
it
Ezr.4:12, 13. APHEL jnin

to s
fat.
jnin* part. Vlinp
tomake known,
i.
e. to be
punished, comp. Kal No.

5 !
hew, followed by dat. of pers. Daniel 2: 15, 17, 28; with suff. Dan. 2:23, 29; 4: 15; 5: 15, 16, 17; 7:16
Derivative in?P.
y*!! (" wise"),
pr. n.
2.
Prov. 10:9,
y_TV
VST
K'lP.y.P
" he
perversely) shall
who perverts his ways (acts be made to know," be taught, i.e.
\Jada],
m.
Ch. 2:28, 32.
be punished.
Jer.
instructed."
id) geiDifctjjt
31:19, *V7,'l^ '-HS? "after I was Well rendered by Luther, nachbem
"Xy I. (" for daiah~\, pr. n. m.

6:10, 14.
whom Jehovah
l
cares"), \_JeCh. 9:10; 24:7; compare Zee.
bin.
PIEL, causat. to
to
make
to
know,
to
shew anything
any one; with two accusatives, Job 38: 12. PUAL, part. y^.P knoivn, with stiff. 'V^P my acFern. quaintance, Psalm 31:12; 55:14; 88:9, 19. something known. Isa. 12:5 a'ro. of pers.l Sa. i. POEL q. PIEL, to sheiv, with ace. it not read But should be instead of 'Jjiy.*lin 21:3.
rV\. m. pi. D'tfyi* (l) properly knowing, wise, hence a prophet, a wizard, always used in a bad sense of false prophets. Lev. 19:31; 20:6; Deut.
18: 11;
l
Sa.
28:3,9 (comp.
JU
prop, knowing, a
magician, like the Germ, rceifer i)3?ann> fluge^rau/ used of wizards uttering words to the deluded people.)
(2) a spirit of divination, aspiritof python with which these soothsayers were believed to be in
HIPIIIL yi'in (imp. yiin)

to
know
something,
to
cause some one shew something to some one,

(i) to
ace.
communication.
"^
T
Lev. 20:27; comp. 31S.
(a) followed
by two
Gen. 41 139; Ex. 33: 12,

in threatening, 1 Sa. will shew you this
13; Eze. 20: 11; 22:2.
14:12, "O^
thing." of pers.
(b)
OppN y/T13 followed by
"
Used we
Jah
a word abbreviated from nin* Jehovah,
or rather from the
more ancient pronunciation

is
!"li{J2
or
HVV
this
rests
ace. of the thing,
and
dat.
on the assumption that one

the
of
Ex. 18: 20;

(c) followed
9:14.
by an
Deut. 4:9; Ps. 145:12; Neh. ace. of pers. and an entire
these contradictory pronunciations

cient],
more an-
sentence, Josh. 4:22; iKi. 1:27. (c?) followed vn ace. of the thing, Ps. 77:15; 98:2; Job 26 3.
=
by
whence by apocope VT*-(as*nfl|P*for ninijlB^) then by the omission of the unaccented PIJ, Lehrg. Either of these forms is used promiscuously 157.
-1,
(2) to teach, to
pers.
acquaint, followed by ace. of Job 38:3; 40:7; 42:4; dat. Prov. 9:9; spe-
at the end of
many
proper names, as SrPpK, and

-in;y^
'"V?K,
ln;pT and rmv,

in these
PIJ
and njyg>, the
final
cially, by experience, to teach any to punish. Kal No. 2.
Compare
one by punishing, Jud. 8: 16. " (he
compounds being always without Mappik.

:
is
took) the thorns of the wilderness and threshing instruments n'l3D 'BOX DK Dna jn*j an d with them he
as
n^'-l
45;
principally used in certain customary phrases, " ?pn praise ye Jehovah !" Ps. 1 04 35 1 05 : 106:1,48; lll:l; 112: 1 113: l, etc. Besides
;
;
taught
the
men
of Succoth
;" i. e.
crushed them with

(see
fc^-H).
e.g. Ps.
iron threshing instruments laid
upon thorns
rP J~npTl. "
89:9; 94:7,12; Isa. 38:11; Ex. 15:2, M^ my strength and my song is Jehovah."
Isai.
LXX. Vulg.
which seems
the
t}\6r](Tj>, contrivit,
to
me
from the Hebrew y"V1, more suitable to the context than
Ps.
18: 14;
his
9
name" (comp. ?
.
Jah is 12:2; Ps. 68:5, \0$ aj? let. D). Isa. 26:4. (In a few
is
common
reading.
doxological forms this word

V
also retained in
Syriaa
HOPHAL
y"Tin to be
made known.
'~>p
Lev. 4:23, 28.
Part. njn-lE Jsa.
12:5
as jLnxoo* Orient, ii.
OT.A^ glory to Je lovah, Assam. Bibl 230 iii. 570.)

;
mrr-nrv
CCCXXXVI
*
a,
in
Hebrew
rare and defective root; of
frequent use in Chaldec, Syriac, Arabic, and
WH"] "Jehovah
Jehu, pr.n. (perhaps i. is He," like
TO for jpcnn)._
q.
Xinin*
["for'H
opic (3^,
cOOT^jSjCDU:)
on thee," I
e.
-q-
TO GIVE,
TO PL ACE, once in pret. Psalm 55: 2 3, nirP'TP ^|?^n " commit to God he has
^3p*.
(that which)
given
th'ee (or) laid
thy
lot, for
^ 3n; ~\m.
is
(l) of a king of Israel, who, after exterminating the 56, dynasty of Ahab, held the kingdom from 844 B.C. he was very much opposed to [some kinds of] idol(2 ) of a atry, but very cruel, 2 Ki. chap. 9 and 10.
;
The person
'?nri? Josh.
to
whom
anything
is
given
often ex-
pressed by the pronoun suffixed to the verb; see
prophet living in the kingdom of Israel, in the time of Baasha, l Ki. 16:1; 2 Ch. 19:2: 20:34. (3) of others of little note.
masc.
so ^_^Jv t
U-V J.\j, and 15: 19; compare Arab. **s L^ with two ace. of pers. and thing, although
by grammarians.
3!?
("whom Jehovah holds

Israel
9.
fast"),
this construction is not sanctioned
Others take
jrief.)
in this place as a subst. burden,
(2) of a king of Judah, 611 B. C. the son of Josiah, 2 Kings This name is also spelled 23:31 35; 2 Ch. 36:1.
THSJV.
[Jehoahaz], pr.n. (l) of a king of 840 B.C. the son of Jehu, 2 Ki. 13:1
856
often with n parag. nan,
30 (Prov. 30: 15); 3n (Ruth 3:15) pl.^H Genesis29:2l Job6:22; (l}give, give here. Sam. 16:20, nyy 0:6 -nn give counsel!"
besides only in imper.
f.
;
Found
LXX. 'Io,a Xac. ("whom Jehovah gave,"

K'Kprob.from
B'-IK,
(jfA
to give), [Jehoash~\, pr.n.
(l)of a king
(*) place, put, set. 2 Sa. 11:15; Deu. i:i3,13n Dn?3 D3^ "set for yourselves men." Josh. 18:4. (3) adv. of exhorting, come ! come on ! come now, go
o 'o.
of Judah 877
38 B.
C., the
son of Ahaziah, 2 Ki.
Gen.li
,
:3, 4, 7;
grant.)
As
to
38:16; Ex.l:lO. (Arab. __ H3H Hos. 4:18, see Analyt. Ind.

(
jj>
I2:l; 14:13; also spelled E'Kr [7oas/i],ibid.; ll:2; 12:20. 25 B. C. the (2) of a king of Israel 840 son of Jehoahaz, 2 Kings 13:10 25; also spelled
contractedly
KW*
s
ibid, verse 9.
LXX
'Iwdc.
Derivative
"TOT Chald.
part.
:
3^] (Dan. 3:28) imp. 3H Dan. 5:17;

3.^, pass. 3'IV, pret. pass. J"l?';v, to'il*
i.q. rnin; the **s ^
land of Judah, JuJews.)
act.
;
dcea.
Ezr.
5:14;
fut.
and
inf.
Dan. 7 1 1, 12 are borrowed from ID?, comp.
(Arab. j-i.,
r
j-fc collectively the
Dan.
Syr.
_=><rL, fut.
^kj
=
from
^Li = ?H3.
Ch.
i.
q.
" Kn-ta <33 "the captives of Ezr. 5:13; 6:14; 5: i,8. ["(2) Jehud, a town of the Danites, Joshua
8:25, Nn>
Juda;
Heb.
Dan. 2 37, 38,48, jver, Dan. 3:28; 7:11.
(l)
to
19H5."]
give.
to deliver, to give
i"!"TlPP (verbal from fut. Hoph. "praised," comp. Gen. 49:6), pr.n. Judah, borne by (l) the fourth son of Jacob, Gen. 29:35; 35: 2j; and the tribe springing from him (""H'" ! '??), Num.
1
lay (a foundation), Ezr. 5:16. to be given, 3rpJV, part 3rvrj or delivered, Dan. 4:13; 7:25, etc.
(a)
to
place,
to
ITHPEAL, 3rVflX
fut.
"" 1
a secondary verb, denom. from "HH*. HITHPAEL, ID-rifl pr. to make one's self a Jew, L e. to embrace the Jewish religion, Est. 8: 17. The
ilJ
T
7:12; Josh. li:2l, described, Josh. 15.
etc.,
the boundaries of which are
iTTirV
VI the mountain
district
letter
* radical
Yod, which, in the noun is a servile, becomes a as in n~ g from t^p, and from this again is
;
After the division of of Judah; see "V3 p. ccxxx. the kingdom, the name of this tribe was applied tc one of the kingdoms which included the tribes of
9*
formed
*J3
u*> from
$\
^j
see
more
Judah and Benjamin with a portion of Simeon and Dan, and had Jerusalem for its metropolis the other kingdom was either called ^XTB*. or (especially in the
;
instances of this kind in Reisk ad Abulf., Ann. ii. 510.

r"
S-f
So Arab.
Kor.
ii.
j'jj>
to
e -.-
become a Jew, from j.& '

Conj.
II.
for
~] npnN the land of Judah, prophets) DH?. !TTirV "VJJ the the kingdom of Judah, Isa. 19:17. (capital) of Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Ch. 25:28, i. q.
59; lxii.6;
to
make a Jew."
nn
TJf 2 Ki. 14:20.
After the carrying
away of the
Thes.]
^J
ten tribes, and after the Babylonian exile, this name is applied to the whole land of Israel, Hag. 1:1, 14,
(for n^rij
whom Jehovah
l
[Jahdaf], pr.n. m.,
directs," from Ch. i:47.
3.
Where
it
ni$n* signifies the land (Judtea)

(the
ii
fern.,
Psalm 114:2; where the people
Jnvs for
CCCXXXVII
tribe of
nvr-arr
Judah]) masc.
Isa.
3:8;
TLe same name

1 1
was borne by
f
l} other
Ezr. 3:9; Neh. 12:8. verse 36.

(ft)
more obscure persons (a) Neh. 2 34. (c) Neh. 1

:
:g.
]?), rightly appealing to the authority of certain ancient writers, who have stated that the God of the Hebrews was called IAO (Diod. i. 94: 'urropovot ....
(d) ib.
Tovq
vofjiovs SiSovai
rof
IA}
v.
iiriKuXovfjiei'ov
vapa. $e roue 'lovtiaiovg Mwffjji' Macrob. Sat. i. l8. Qf.6v.
'"PIT p l. DH-in;, sometimes DTI^! Est.4:7; 8:1, 7,13; 9:i5, i8,ina>n3 (1) Gent, noun, a Jew (a) one who belonged to
the
Hesych.
p.
'O'ac,
intp.
666.
Theod.
qusest.
ad Clem. Alex. Strom, v. 15 ad Exod. KaXovai ce aim

:
kingdom of Judah,
2 Ki. 16:6;
25:25.
(ft)
in
n to which Zafiape'irai I [ .}L|!] 'lovâtot e IAQ); also may be added, that this same form appears on
the
ABE
the later Hebrew, after the carrying away of the ten tribes, it was applied to any Israelite, Jer. 32 12
: ;
gems of the Egyptian Gnostics

(Iren. adv. Hsres.
i.
as the
name
of
God
die
Gemmen
34; ii. 26. Bellermann, liber der Alten mit dem Abraxasbilde, i. ii.).
is
38:19; 40:11; 43:9; especially 34:9 (Syn. 'l^.). Neh. 1:2; 3:33; 4:6; Est.2:5;3:4; 5:13. Fern.
Not very
dissimilar
the
name lEYii
i.
of Philo By-
nnn
011.4:1 8.
blius ap. Euseb. praep. Evang.
Clem. Al. Strom,
(2) [Jeliudi], pr. n. m. Jer. 36: 14, 21.

"Flf"l.
v. p.
562.
9; and IAOY (^J) in Others, as Reland (de-
phat.
WNnj
lJ
Ch. a Jew, only occurring in pl. rxi-i Dan. 3:8,12; Ezr 4 : 1 2 ; 5:1,5.
.
cad. exercitatt. de vera pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj. ad Rh. 1707, 8.), following the Samari-
was anciently the true pronunciation, and they have an additional ground for
tans, suppose that nijl*
f.
(l)
f.
in the
Jewish tongue,
Gent. n. H'fV adv. Jewishly, 2 Ki. 18:261; Neh. 13:24.
the opinion in the abbreviated forms -1HJ and nj. Also those who consider that nJ!"^ was the actual pronun-
(a) pr. n. Judith, the wife of Esau, Gen. 26:34.
Jehovah,
pr.
name
of the supreme
God
(D*n?sn) amongst the Hebrews. The later Hebrews, for some centuries before the time of Christ, either misled by a false interpretation of certain laws (Ex.
stition,
Supplem. p. 524), are not altowithout ground on which to defend their opigether In this way can the abbreviated syllables in* nion.
ciation (Michaelis in
and
V, with
which many proper names begin, be more
satisfactorily explained. [This last argument goes a long way to prove the vowels ^^* to be the true ones. J
else following some old superregarded this name as so very holy, that it might not even be pronounced (see Philo, Vit. Mosis t. iii. p. 519, 529). Whenever, therefore, this nomen tetragrammaton occurred in the sacred text (DE>n,
80:7 Lev. 24:11), or

;
To give my own opinion [This opinion Geseniui! afterwards THOROUGHLY retracted; seeThes. and Amer.
he calls such comparisons and deriva"waste of time and labour;" would that he had learned how irreverent a mode- this was of treating such subjects!], I suppose this word to be one of the most remote antiquity, perhaps of the same origin as Joins, Jwpiter, and transferred from the Egyptians to the Hebrews [What an idea! God himself revealed this as his own name; the Israelites could never have received it from the Egyptians] ; (compare what has been said above, as to the use of this name on the Egyptian gems [but these gems are not of the most remote antiquity; they are the work of heretics of the second and third centuries]), and then so intrans, in voc.
tions,
:
Ehbon
it
DE>), they were accustomed to substitute for and thus the vowels of the noun ^'"IX are in *3"% the Masoretic text placed under the four letters mrp,
but with this difference, that the initial Yod receives a simple and not a compound Sh'va ( n j^?, not ""IJH?.);
however, receive the same points as if they were followed by OIK., thus FlJrpJ, nj,T3, mrVD. This custom was already in vogue in the days of the LXX. translators; and thus it is that they every where translate mrp by 6 Kupioc (V'"l): the Samaritans have also followed a similar custom, so that for rrtn' they Where the text has pronounce (i. q. OEM). nirv '31X, in order that Adonai should not be twice repeated, the Jews read D'nVs '31X, and they write
prefixes,
N^
flected
by the Hebrews, that

origin, to
form and
it might appear, both be Phenicio-Shemitic (see
in
To
n*f?K
thus evident that the word njrp does not stand with its own vowels, but with those of another ivord. the inquiry arises, what then are its true and genuine vowels ? Several consider that r\r\\ \ s the
it is
As
">%
this origin, allusion is made Exod. 3: 14; "I (ever) shall be (the same) that I
l :4,
am
(to-day);" compare Apoc.

tpxdjui>oe: the
8, 6
u!t>
Kai 6 r\v Kal 6
name nin* being derived from the verb Hjn to be, was considered to signify God as etetTial and immutable, who will never be other than the
same. Allusion
is
true pronunciation (according to the analogy of 3pJP,
made
to the
same etymology, Hoc.
23
cccxxxvin
l:6, n3T
mutable)
of
is
nin<
his
name."
"Jehovah (i.e. the eternal, the im[We have thus the authority
is
God
in
His word, that this name
derived from
the idea of being, existence, and not from any relics of Egyptian idolatry.] With -this may be compared the
inscription of the Sai'tic tt.nple, Plut. de Iside et Osiride, c. 9, i y<J tlfit -o yf/oi'bg KO.I ov ml f*6ftsvor, shews how Pagans borrowed ideas from the
PTJlJ m. ("whom Jehovah cared for"), [Jhoiada~], pr. n. of a priest who held great authority in the kingdom of Samaria [prop, in Judsea], 2 Ki.
11:4
[also contr.
JHM].
[This
|*5*iT. ("whom Jehovah has established"), Jehoiachin, the son of Jehoiakim, king of Judah, 600 B. C., 2 Ki. 24:8 rî' Eze. 1:2; n;n 17.
Est. 2:6; Jer.
true theology of God's revelation, and not that the latter borrowed any thing from the former.
|
24:1
27:20; 28:4; WJU* (for -1^ flDJ) a'ro; and ^n^3 Jer. 22:24, 28; 37:1.
Jer.
same supreme God, and the fooc tTrt^woioc [God was in an especial sense the God of the Israelites, but no idea must be admitted for a moment which would even seem to localize the God whose name is Jehovah of Hosts] tutelar God of the Hebrews, is called in the Old Testament by his
As
to the usage of the word, the
"p^'T
pr. n.
611
m. ("whom Jehovah has set up"), Jehoiakim, the son of Josiah, king of Judah 600 B. C., previously called D'i?v> (which see).
Jer. 1:3.
2X1.23:34; 34:1;
1
and
TTV
m.
proper name ninând by the appellative D'npXr^D'npK

-*'*i
(6 0oc,<dn)> sometimes promiscuously,
and sometimes
" contend for defend," or "), \_Jeli oiarib~\, pr. n. of a distinguished priest at Jerusalem, l Chr. 9: 1O;
("whom Jehovah will
the one or the other
used according to the nature of the expressions, or the custom of the writers
is
Gr. 'Iwap//3,
24:7; Ezra8:i6; Neh.li:lO; l Mac. 2:1.
12:6,19.
Henre
(see p. XLIX, B), as njn> DJU, mnj npx nb, rrtny nn, DJ; nirv "nj7, etc. The use of the word is to be flin*, espe-
(verbal of the fut. Hoph. from
j,
"able"),
observed in the following cases. nin* i.e. Jehovah God (a) D'H/S (in apposition, and not, as some have maintained, Jehovah of Gods, sc. the chief), the customary appellation of Jehovah in
cially
\_Jehuchal~\, pr. n. masc., Jer. 37:3: written contractedly ^?-V 38:1.
&
^"1^* masc. ("
whom Jehovan im-
Genesis chap. 2 3, elsewhere less frequent, see however Ex. 9:30; 2 Sam. 7:22; l Ch. 28:20; 29:1;
:
pels"), [Jonadab, Jehonadab~\^r.n. (l)of a son of Rechab, the ancestor of the Nomadic tribe of the Rechabites, who bound his posterity by a vow of
abstinence from wine, 2 Ki. 10: 15; Jer. 35:6. 2?!!. (2) 2 Sa. 13:5, seq.
also
3 Ch. 1:9: 6:41,42; Ps. 72:18; 84: 12; Jon. 4:6; D'^^n nirv i Sam. 6 20; 1 Chron. 22 1, 19;
:
See
3 Chron. 32 : 16; Ne. 8:6. Very frequent, on the contrary, is the compound form followed by a gen., as
[nyirV
& |JW
m. ("whom Jehovah gave,"
Sf&'iPS njy
etc.
Jos. 7
113,19,20; 8:30; 9:18,19,
Tp'^vpx nirv Deu. 1:21; 6:3; 27:3; rrtrp V3% TO^Den.W.3*; 2:7; 4:5; 18:16; 26: 14!
and very frequently elsewhere.
Gr. 0o?J}/>oc), [Jonathan], pr. n. (l) of a son of Saul, celebrated for his generous friendship towards
David,
Sam. 13
l
2 Sa.l5:27, 36;
31. (2) of a son of Abiathar, Ki. l :42, 43; also of others.
Jehovah (the God) of the (hea(b) nnqy nyv venly) hosts," see N?y. nirr (as to the points nin; see above) 2 Sa. (c)
nx
other
is
is Chaldaic, and the i. q. Ôi* (this form not to be regarded as contracted), pr. name:
7:18,19; 133.50:4;
Ezekiel.
(d)
Jer. 32: 17;
and continually
Joseph,
in
Ps. 81 :6; but in this place it is used poetiSee ^DV. nation of Israel. cally of the
As
word
B.
':
to the phrase nirv '3^7 see *j?9/,
under the
dah~\, pr. n.
"
whom Jehovah adorned"),[J"Aoal
m.,
Ch. 8:36; for which there
is
9:42,
("whom Jehovah gave")[7"e/joza&ad],

(3)
pjnr,<);
pr. n.
(i) i Chr. 26:4. (2) 2 Ki. 12:22. 2 Ch. 17: 18 [also contractedly
m.
[Jehoaddan], aCh. 25:1.
pr.n.
f.
2 Ki. 14:2 (in
arO
m- ("
captains,
w hom Jehovah
pr. n. of
;
'
gave"), \Jeho["
hanan, Johanan],
ne of Jehoshaphat's
p^tin* ("towards whom Jehovah is just," whom Jehovah has made just"]), pr.n. of th
l
:
ft Ch. 1 7 : 15 23:1; also of >thers. the Greek 'Iwarrdc and
Hence
father of Joshua the high priest, Hag.
1,
13; Ear
3:2,8; 5:2
cccxxxix
C"T)IT(
Jehovah
is
exalted," ["whom Jehoor
rah upholds"]), JehorurK,
Jorum,
891
24.
pr. n.
(l)
C.,
of a king of Judah, from the year
884 B.
son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Ki. 8 16 king of Israel, from the year 896

:
884
is
(2) of a B.C., the
'V - (i- 1' <*-*& a place trampled a perhaps threshing floor), Jahaz, pr. n. of a Moab, situated near the desert; afterwards a dotal city in the tribe of Reuben, Nu. 21 :23;
|
:
U.
&
down,
city o(
sacer-
Deut.
eon of Ahab.
The name of both
2:32; Josh. 13:18;

see i*nj.
Isa.
15:4; Jer.48:2l, 34.
also spelled
contractedly D"J1\
("whose oath
is
Jehovah,"
i e.
she who
swears by Jehovan, hence worships him, compare y?P"?), \_Jehosheba], pr. n. of a daughter of king
^V
("whose father
is
:
Jehovah"), 7oa&,pr.n.
1
of David's general, 2 Sa. 2 24; other men.
Ki. 2 :5, 22
also of
Joram, the wife of Jehoiada the priest, 2 Ki. 11 This name is written HJ7;i'irV in 2 Ch. 22:11.
.
:2.
m. ("whose help [salvation] Jehovah;" comp. JN3>^>K, the German ottf)i(f), Joshua \_Jehoshua], pr. n. borne by (l) the son
is
(i.e. helper) is Jeho(l) of a son of Asaph, Hezekiah's recorder, 2 Ki. 18:18; Isa. 36:3. (2) of the recorder of king Josiah, 2 Ch. 34:8; also of others.
("whose brother
pr. n.
vah"), Jo ah,
of Nun the minister and armour-bearer [?] of Moses, afterwards his successor, and the leader of the Israelites,
TPISV
("to whom Jehovah is God," i.e. worshipper of Jehovah), pr. n. Joel (l) a prophet, son of Pethuel, Joel l l. (2) the eldest son of Samuel, l Sa.
:
Ex. 17:9; 24:13;
elsewhere called also
Jft^ln
Num.
P-l^?.). (2) a high priest cotemporary with Zerubbabel, Zee. 3:1; Hag. l:l, 12; see (4) 2 Ki. 23:8. LXX. Tj._( 3 ) i Sa.6:i4, 18.
13.16
(see also
8:2.
(3) a son of king Uzziah,

also the
Chron. 6:21; for

is,
Vulg. Josua.
which (by a manifest [transcriptural]

verse 9,
D3 2'irP ("whom Jehovah

!
judges," i.e. whose
cause he pleads), Jehoshaphat (l) king of Judah, l Ki. 22:41 B. son of 51, from Asa, C., 914 889 whom the valley between Jerusalem and the Mount
v-'INB';
name
error), there of others.

.
father of Gideon, Jud.
(l)KWn; q [/oasA],pr.n. 6 1 1 etc.

:
v.
(2) the
[" although that is not Joel 12; 2 Ch. 20. 4:2, (2) the expressly stated"], recorder of king David, 2 Sam. 8:16; 20:24. (3)
of Olives received
its
l
name
21 [/oi], pr. n. of a son of Issachar, Gen. 46: 13; perhaps an incorrect reading for 3-1B* Num. 26:24; i Ch. 7:1 np.
Ki.4:i7.
(4) 2 Ki. 9:2, 14.

"in*,
"VH* lofty, swelling, proud (root

akin, perhaps, to the
which
HHV (probably i. q. L A-. " a desert," properly a crying out, a place where wild beasts cry out;
from the root ^_-i, 3?^), [Jobab~], pr. n. of a region of the Joktanite Arabs, Gen. 10:29; iCh. 1:23. trace of this name may be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who mentions near the Sachalitas on the
is
noun
~>D
[" Arab.
..^.J
a lofty
heap of sand"]), Prov. 21: 24; Hab. 2:5. (Chaldee and Talmud =d., "in*.C^ to be proud; rvn*n*, Jsnn-V
pride.)
7
Indian sea, the 'Iw/3apu-at, or, according to the con-
SI ^//L^.
(l
)
("who praised God"),

(2)
l
pr. n.
masc.
2 Ch. 29: 12.
Ch. 4: 16.
so called
jecture of Salmasius and Bochart, 'Iwfla/Sirai (p being changed into /3). See Bochart, Phaleg. ii. 29.
E/D! m.
:
a kind of
hard gem,
from the
;
idea of striking (root 2??), Ex. 28: 18; 39: 11 Eze. 28 1 3. The ancient translators sometimes render
iCh. 1:44, 45.

(4)
i
[" (2) pr. n. of an Edomite king, Gen. 36:33, 34; (3) of a Canaani te king, Josh.l l:l.
Ch. 8:9.
(5)
Ch.8:i8."]
by diamond, sometimes by emerald, sometimes by jasper; but this last is certainly incorrect, for in Eze. loc. cit. it is joined with ""13^*, which can hardly be doubted to be the jasper. See Braun, De Vestitu
this
/Jl comm. (compare No. 2) an onomatopoetic word, signifying, if I judge aright, jubilum or a joyful sound, then applied to the sound of a trumpet,
Sacerdotum,
j
ii.
13.
root.
an unused
Arab.
j.cft
to
trample,
to
tread down.
Hence-
which see. There are sound and sense, signifying loud noise, a mark sometimes of joy sometimes of grief (since the two are often hardly to be distinguished, and thcT are expressed by the same verbs, cornp
trumpet signal,
like n^-n^,
to
allied roots,
both as
DV
:
CCCXL
announced
:
DV-SlV
: ; ;
Oy, n H) such in the Phocnicio-Shemitic languages are
and with the radical Beth 33, JJ., in Greek oXoXu&tv, dXaXdeo', idXt^toc, Lat. ejulare, ulnlare, in the German dialects, the Swedish to/en
, ;
^,
^^
to the people (Lev. 25 9). This year wa the fiftieth (Lev. 25 10, 1 1 Joseph. Ant. iii. 12 not as others suppose, the forty-ninth), and then by the
Mosaic law, lands their first owner,
which had been sold reverted to and slaves were to be set free.
a^tffiy.
(whence the
festival
of the ancient Scandinavians
LXX.
troc
called lulfest), Dutch ioelen, vulg. German jobcln. In ail these words the signification of the syllable of jo, of ciying out, as in the jvl, jobl, jodl, is that
aiptffewc,
alliatjr.
Luth. (following the
Vulgate)
x^V m.
17:8.
Germ.
out,
jud)en, jauehjen/
which
is
no other than
i.
to cry
(I) a river, a moist country, Jer. Root 73* No. I. i.
to, jucfr.
Hence
rS?.
(II) pr. n.
e.
Ju bal,
son of Lamech, inventor of music,
(i) 73*n
signal
is
the
horn of jubilee,
with which a
sounded, Josh. 6:5; andellipt. 73V Exodus 19:13; pi. D\?3V nhate Josh. 6:6; with art. nhafe> Josh. 6:4, 8,' 13, "trumpets of Jubilee" B v3V see note), i. e. with which a (as to the plur.
Perhaps as an appellative Jubal signified jubilum, or the sound and noise of the trumpet and other instruments, music, (kindred with 73V), and
Gen. 4:21.
thus
if the
B%^n
signal
is
sounded, Sermtromveten/ plainly the same as
was afterwards applied to the inventor. [As Scripture account were not to be simply beAs to the conjecture of Buttman (Mylieved.]
it
naiB> Lev. Between 73/0 p^ (Scrmfcorn) 25:9. nyi-up and 73*n naiL? there could be no distinction as
thologus,
i.
163, seq. 169), that

I
the.
name
of Apollo
drawn,
comes from the same source,
express no opinion.
appears from Josh. 6:4, compared with Josh. 5:6. -73 J n TtrPS Ex. 19: 13, and 73 J n HJ53 TJ^pa Josh. " as -oon as a 6:5, signal is sounded," which is
DJV ("whom Jehovah gave"), [Jozabacf],

pr. n. of several Levites
(1)2 Ch. 31 13.

:
(2) Ezr.
8:33.
(3) Ezr. 10:22.
elsewhere jVnaitS>3 ypn compare Josh. 6:4, compared with Josh. 6:5. The Chaldee Targumist and the
"OTV
("
whom Jehovah has remembered"),
Jewish doctors absurdly translate 73V a ram, and ^3n 'P a ram's horn, nor are the conjectures of
\_Jozachar\, pr. n. of one of those who killed Joash, 2 Ki. 12:22; which in 2 Ch. 24:26 is written 13| (by a manifest [transcriptural] error).
fctriV
modern
p.
writers
any
better, as to
which see Fuller,
Miscell. iv. 8.
Carpzov, Apparat. Antiqu. Cod. S. 44, seq. Bochart, Hieroz. i. lib. ii. c. 43. Note. The plur. use in D^>3Vn nhab> trumpets
'
(perhaps contracted from HjnV

to
1
life,
whom
Je-
hovah called back
compare n3'D
(2)
l
for fVa'D),
[Joha],
pr. n.
(l)
Ch. 8: 16.
Ch.
n:45pr. n.
of soundings, where there might have been expected 73*n 'C>, arises from a singular usage in Hebrew
hitherto
pHV
(''whom
see
Jehovah bestowed"),
unnoticed by grammarians.
is,
In
Hebrew
Gram.
Jo h an an,
the usage
the
same
as in Syriac (Hoflmanni
Syr. p. 254), to form the plural of compounds in three different ways (a) the most frequent is to put the governing noun only in the pi., as 71D 1133, pi.
7'H '1)33; or
tive is also
This name in its contracted form was borne by (l) two of David's officers, iCh. 12:4, 12. (2) a son of King Josiah, iCh. 3:15, all.
1-inin*.
y^ ^("whom Jehovah cares for"), [Jehoiada,

T
Joiada],
pr. n.
(l)
see
Jn? n *f
a)
Neh. 3:6;
noun governed, or in the genimade pi., as D^rj n'33 i Chron. 7:5; '"$&
(b) the
:
B'PQ for D?H nt? Ex. 1 11 D'W 3? P8 29:2, for 7X '33; or even (c) the governing noun remaining
;
.
see
Jehovah
pr. n.
sets up"), [JoiaHro],
the singular, the genitive only is made pi., of which there is a remarkable example in J"fl3S JV3
in
m. Neh. 12:1O.
(1) see 3*$"?.
3K 'PI3 (page cxvi, B). In the paternal houses, for example now before us we have an instance of the
second of these three modes (letter b). Lev. 25:13, 15, 31, 40, and (2) 73Vn
3'T,V \Joiarib]
11:5
()
Neh,
"llpV ("whose glory

ellipt.
is
Jehovah"], [Joche:
JW
bed],
pr. n.
of the mother of Moses, whose husband

:
;
73V Levit. 25:28,30, 33 (comm. gen. m. Nu. 36:4; more often fern, by ellipsis of the word n3K> Leviticus
jvbilei,
was Amram, Ex. 6 20
Nu. 26 59.
25: 10) the year ofjubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus, annus so called from the sot ndofthe trumpets on the tenth day of the Beventh month, by which it was
an unused root, apparently signifying heat, kindred roots Dn> D ^ n > DI the compare
["
DV
CCCXI.l
n being by degrees softened
roots are
into (n and) V..." Three thus found with the softer letter DV, DDJ,
52
J
Ki.
4:8; Job
:6 (where the
common
i.
rendering
noj.
Hence DV, D*p.V

snff. 'P'V,
on a certain day, at
some
time,
q.
Thes.]
pi.
Uy>
the force
DV
IPV, dual DVDV,

'P.'
'
(as if
from
sing. D'), constr.
m
i
of the article being neglected). (b) DV? followed by inf. in the DV3 " in the Gen.
1
day
in which, aa
m,-
(l) the day.
(Syr. Jjocu, Arabic
*y
id.
The
2:17, l ??^ day in which thou eatest ;" Lev. 7 36 at that time in which, i.e. ichen. Gen. 2:4, nibjl n'VS "when Jeho}>1K D'r6x
:
WXA
primary signification appears to me to be that of the and JV or }V For the roots heat of the day. appear to have originated by softening the guttural,
DV
vah God had made the earth and the heaven;" 3:5; Exod. 10:28; Isa. 11:16; Lam. 3:57. Folknved by
a pret. Lev. 7 35.
:
from the roots DPP to be warm, and

to
JIT
Arabic
-trv..
this
glow with anger.
Compare Arabic
transp. <u. to
be hot (as the day), and Gr. icuVw.) Opp. to night, Gen. 7: 4, 12; 8:22; 31:39. Adv. DV by day, in the day time, i. q. Dpv P s 88 2 (see DVH, DV3). DV DV Gen. 39:10; Ex. 16:5; DV1 DV Est. 3:4 (more fully DV1 DV-^33 ibid. 2 1 1 ). DV3 DV an (properly Sag Sag, see 3 letter B, No. l ) Neh. 8 1 8 DV3 DV3 i Sa.
.
: :
day time, Jer. 36:30; "in once, presently, Pro. 12:l6; very day," Neh. 3:34; in that day, i.e. lately, Jud. 13:10. DV3 i n this day, at this time, now, Gen. (J) 2 5 3 1 >33'> iKi. 1:51; Isaiah 58:4; where it refers to a future action: before that, 1 Sara. 2:l6; 1 Ki.
(c)
the
i.e. at
:
DV3 by day, in
18:10; b'V3 D'vV 2 Ch. 24:11, daily. The day of any one is specially (a) in a good Hos. 7:5, D*V sense, the festival day of any one. W3?P " the day of our king," i. e. his birth-day, or that of his inauguration; 2:15, D^>]>3n DJ "the
festival
DV3 at this time, now, 1 Sa. time, then, of something past, Deu. 8: 18; of something future, Deut. 2:30; 4:38; l Ki. 8:24.
22:5.
Often also
rtfn
22:8, 13; at that
days
i.
Jezreel,"
e.
the day
of idols"; 2:2, ^7?! DV ''the day of when the people shall be as-
Not greatly different is DVn3 i.e. to day, i Sa. (e) 9:13; Neh-5:il (immediately); njri DVH3 a t this time, now, Ezr. 9:7, 15; Neh. 9:10; at that time, then, Gen. 39: 11, also as at this time (when 3 has the power of comparison), Deu. 6: 24; Jer. 44:22. Ex. 10:6; Deu. (/) pVp/ron the time when
9:24(g)
sembled at Jezreel.
:
Used of a
birth-clay,
Job 3
(not so l 4). (b) in a bad sense, a fatal day, the " day of one's destruction. Obad. 12, TO? DV the
DVrr?3
a ) in all days, everyday, daily,
Psalm42:4, ll; 44:23;

:
56:2,3,6; 71:8,15,24;
dayofthy brother's (destruction)." Job 18:20, "at his de struc ti on (1DV) shall posterity be astonished ;"
15:32; Ps. 37:13; 137:7;
(Arabic j*j times,
sc.
l
73: 14 (parall. D^Zlt' every morning); 74:22; 86:3; 88 18 89 17. (LXX. sometimes KaO' tKiifrrr]v i^jti;
:
Sa.
26:10; Eze. 21:30.
f,nv}.
(/3)
all the day,

(y)
i
Isa.
62:6
(parall.
nWrHpS).
6\nv
Psa.32:3; 35:28; 37:26; 38:7,13.

unfortunate).
LXX.
Hence
(c)
T>)V iipipav.
day of
day
" the battle and slaughter. Isa. 9 : 3, j*']'? DV " dies Allienof the defeat of Midian." Comp.
,jj /,; the
tmmcrbar).
n all time, perpetually (aUtyiti s Ps. 52:3, Di n'73 ^N ipn " the mercy of
O8,Cannensis;" Arab.
Beder.
the
day of the battle of
(d) "the day of Jehovah," i.e. the day of judgment which God will hold upon the wicked, Joel 1:15; Plur. Job 24: l. 26.13:5; Isa. 2:12.
(2) time, like iiptpa, a day. Seethe phrases DVH, DV3, DV3 etc., under the letters a. b. d. e.f.g. More
^
Pro. 21:26. ~^3 (is exercised) continually." ni^n n-jxrin DVn "(the wicked man) covets greedily continually;" 23:17; Isa. 28: 24, "does the ploughman plough continually?" 65:5, DVrH?3 rnjT K'X " a fire continually burning." There is often added TDPI Isa. 51:13; 52:5; Psa. 72:15. In the same sense there
is
God
frequently used
in
which
PL D'DJ No. 2. With the article and prepositions prefixed (a) DVn in this day, to-day, Gen. 4:14; 22:14; 24:12;
frequently in
see; the expression is peculiar to poetry.
now under
prose nD*pjn~?3 consideration
30:32; 31:48,
etc.
(Arab.
^0;
by day,
in
the
day time (opp. to !"i)?n), Neh. 4:16; Hos. 4:5, i. q. DDV; at this time, Deu. l :39; l Sam. 12:17; 1 4 : 33; also, at that time, then, i Sam. 1:4; 14: 1;
Dual D'EV two days, Ex. 16:29; 21:21; Num. 9:22; Hos.6:2,T^fb DV3 DWD "after two days, on the third day," i.e. presently [surely it ought to betaken in its exact meaning]; comp. Joh. 2:19,20. Plural CD'P' (as if from the singular D*), in the Chaldee form PP* Dan. 12:13; constr. 'D*, poetically
DID) Deut. 32:7; Psa. 90:15 (compare
Aram. riV
CCCXL1I
seven days ). (l) days, e.g. Gen. 8: 10, 12. Q'inX D'P) some days, .e. some D'P' put absolutely time, for a urAi'/e, Gen. 27:44.
has the same power as Arab.
^
i
thi
P ic
^T6A:
days, just as in
1
;
IT-OP Hebrew, see A

xi. 7.)
censio Jesaiaj ed. Laurence, i 1 (3) The signification of time
is
limited to a certain
space of time, namely a year, as in Syr.
and Chaklee
in
i*
ViTl
LM some days, some

some time (Barhebr.
i>,
r\V signifies both time and a

also several
year; and
while, Syr. |Ac*30L
i^s
after
German
words which designate time,
Neh.i:4; Dan. 8:27; Gen. 40:4, "and they were for a while in The space of time thus signified, which custody." is often several months, and never an entire year, will appear clearly from the following examples. Nu. 9:22, D'P' IS enn is D?pV for two days or a month or a greater length of time." l Sa. 529:3, " he has been with me D'?E> HT IS Dp; n| now for several (or many) days, or rather years." CD'P'P
Ch.
p.
391,418).
"ip?'33 D'P
weight, measure, etc., are applied to certain specific periods of time, weights, and measures (see ^1??)[Compare the English word pound from pondus.]
some while
id.,
after,
l
Jud. 11:4; 14:8; 15:1.

Ki.
1
D'PI
Y$?
D'P'D n SI an anniversary Exod. iSa. 2:19. HD'PJ D'pjp yearly. Jud. l Sa. 13:10; 11:40; 21:19; 1:3 (comp. H3C For n?y?y D'P* Isa. 32:10; njtJ'3 verse 7); 2:19. there is found in Isa. 29:1 !"I3E>~7J) n3K>. Also used in a plural sense 1'or years, with the addition of numerals (as D'?S plur. 2 Ch. 21:19, efiditcr).
Lev. 25:29; Jud. 17: 10.
sacrifice.
Gen. 4:3;
7.
that the state[It is clear
D;;p>
D'PTv fi?n nx> nj;3 " at the end of two years."

%
that D'P^ always means something less than a year is a mere assertion ; the cited passages prove nothing of the kind. See No. 3.] (2) timr, without any reference to days, Genesis
ment
The
interpretation of Amos 4:4 is doubtful, flt'^p? " D'P' either "every third year," or else every third
if it
day;"
Ezr.
mean
i.
the latter,
it is
used in bitter irony.
DV m
6
:
Ch.
47:8, T'O ?^
thy
the
life."
*P.*
" the
q.
crnas
(period) of the years of O'3 in the time of Abraham, Gen.
time
9.
Emphat.
Heb. a day. DV? DV every day, Ri Dan. 6 1 1.

:
36:1;
Sam. 21:1; l Ki. lO:2l, in time, or age, of David, of Solomon; i.e. during
nbV,'in
'P'3 2
(a) pCV const. HDV Ezr. 4:19 and 'P1\ emphat. N*PV; (b) const. [This (c) as in Hebrew, const. *P! Ezr. 4:7.
Plur. found in three [two] forms
the reign of David,
of Solomon.
(Arab.
*\j\
should have been omitted, for this verse (as
is
noticed
during the reign of king N.N.).

8: 11,
it
Exod.
'3 pass QDC D'PT at that time." D'P'n"?3 in all time, perpetually, for ever, always. 123 (and Deu.4:40; 5:29; 6:24; li:l; 1-2:1;
came
to
The same as in Hebrew in Thes.) is in Hebrew.] B'P' in plur. denotes time, especially life-time, P^P R'PI* advanced in age, Dan. 7:22. [Much better as
in the English version, the Ancient of days ; it is not a reverential manner of speaking to use words as if
often in that book).
Jer.
31:36; 32:39;
33:18;
35:19;
Often
Samuel 1:28;
specially
God had grown
old.]
2:32, 35; 18:29; 23:14.

the
()
it is
D'P3 K3 advanced in Job 32:7, VIST Dp;

3at)tc
life,
time of life, lifetime. Gen. 24:!; Josh. 13:!;

(of
life)
i.
let
days
mag
all
speak
life,
(bie
mogen
reben/ bag ttltcr
rcbcn),
e. let
the old
speak.
D'pjn~73 through
the time of
i.
Gen.
U'-V adv. (from DV and the adverbial termination H?' ?! DDV 07) (l) by day. by day and by night, Like subi. e. continually, Lev. 8:35; Num. 9:21. stantives () it receives prepositions. DDV3 Neh. DOV '"IV daily 9: 19, and (b) it is put in the genit.
1
43:9; 44:32.
hast lived,
live long, to
i
thy days, Sa. 25:28; Job 38: 12.

"-PX.
T?'P since
e.
whilst thou
enemies,
9
|
20.30:16.
1.
VDJ ipT^n to
(2) daily, see Ezek.

)
c.
(Syr.
v-o. a day,
be long-lived, see
Mctaph. 'P'"??
=c
v>>o.'^
1 T
Y~'l
lasts.
all
the time of the earth, as long as the earth Gen. 8:22. (b) D'DJ is often put in the ace.
daily.)
root,
pleonastically after words denoting a certain space of time, as D'PJ O.'PJP' two years of time, jnjct) 3at)re
Jkit/
Gen. 41
Jer. 28:3,
1 1
(in
German
there
is
similar pleonasm, jit>ri) Ztjalcr clb), D'P' t-""}.n[n month daySj, tin SXonat iJat/ for cincn SNonat long/ Gen. 29: 14;
B'P: rnj Dcu.
21:13; 3 Ki. 15
there
is
Dp; Dy3C ne^p

p.
Duo. 1O:2,
3.
See as to this idiom, Lehrg.
667.
i
(Similarly in
Arab
added
and in Lej time,
which appears to hnve had bubbling up, being in a fer men t, whence tl' clay and I" wine, just like ">H mire, clay, and ">pn wine, from "ipn to boil up, to ferment. Cognate roots have been given under ci. (l) Ionia, from this proJV [7at?an], pr. n. vince being more to the east, and better known than the rest cf Greece to the Orientals, its name beoamf applied ;a their languages to the whole of Greta
an unused
j
the sense of boiling up, or
CCCXUli
this has been expressly remarked by Greek writers themselves (/Eschyl. Acharn. 504, ibique Schol. Pers. 176,561). Gen. 10:2; Dan. 8:21; Isaiah 66: 19;
t
also the
same
^pi'
'P.?
i.
Jos. 14:4.
q.
Ephraimite kingdom,
Eze.
onpSI No.
(b) poet, of th a. Psal. 78:67;
37:16
19; Zee. 1O:6.
(c) of the
whole na
<>
Fzek. 27:13; Zech. 9:13.

5
-o-
(Syriac Jja,, ^<x,
cu
tion of Israel [?] Ps. 80:2; 81 :6; Am. 5:6, 15; 6:6. (2) of several other men (a) l Ch. 25:2,9. (6)
Greece; Arab, ,j'/ji a Greek.)
The
patron,
is
^}\
Neh. 12:14
*"\:
(c) Ezr.
10:42.
Hence D^J'n
\33 sons
of the Greeks, VIIQ 'Ax<.duv.

s
("whom Jehovah will increase"),[7om.

Ezr. 8
l
:
Joel 4:6. (2) Eze. 27: 13
ip hi ah~\, pr. n.
o.
is
perhaps a city of Arabia Felix,

of Yemen,
compare
(I*
,.,
.^ Jaw an, a city

ir.
Kamus.
!"i?NXS(^perhaps for n for fVpJJV Jehovah aids
$V "he
helps" ["perhaps
him"]), (Joelah~\ t pr. n.
m.
mire, clay. Psalm 69:3; 40:3, JVn t^p mire of clay, comp. Dan. 2:41.
m.
Ch. 12:7.
const,
"TJn*("for
pr. n.
whom Jehovah
is
is
witness"), [JoetT
m. Neh. 11:7.
a dove, Genesis 8:8, seq. my dove, a gentle term of endearment, Cant. TO?" thy eyes (are) 2:14; 5:2; 6:9; 1:15, doves," i.e. like to doves' eyes. Cant. 4:1. V>? H3V young doves, Lev. 5 7. (As to the etymology " a libidinis I give no opinion. ardore [In Thes. Some quse in proverbium abiit ita dictam censeo."]
f.
p l.
D?V_(i)
"\$V ("whose help

pr. n-
Jehovah"), [Joezer],
n.
m.
Ch. 12:6.
(i. q.
DW
:
EfyV [Joas/t]
(2) 27:28.
see
CrV), pr
m.
Ch. 7:8.
be weak, gentle, and thus it derive would properly be, feeble and gentle bird. (2) [Jonah~\, pr. n. of a prophet, Jon. l l ; 2 Ki.
it
from ^J.
to
14:25.
Another
No.
H31* see
l.
under
">W (2) Zee. 11:13, "'V^ treasury of the temple; formed by a change of letters according to the Aramaaan pronunciation (as in K", &$, 'n "^). The true interpretation was seen by the copyists, and also par"lî*
(i
)
a potter, see ijfj.

i.
(perhaps
IVi'),
q.
H3J.
tially
'?)! see IV
expressed; others 1V1S bs.
some having written "l^
rV3, and
Of
the ancient versions, the Syriac
53:2, and ^(73" f. properly sucking, figuratively a sucker of a tree, as if it sucked nouJob 8: 16; 14:7; 15:30; rishment from a mother.
p.-?"
m.
Isa.
[This is wrong altogerightly gives it a treasury. ther the word certainly means a potter in this place
:
Eze. 17:22; Hos. 14:7.
By a similar figure applied from animals to plants, a sucker is called in Greek u6ffxpc,andpullulare is used of plants.
]H3i' [Jonathan], (l) see |ruin._( a ) others bore this name only in its contracted form. (a) iCh.
the Syriac translator made a mistake, and this mistake is taken as a sufficient ground for contradicting the
New Test.
!]
from C'pi* (contr. 4:22.

["
D'i?^'),
[/0Kw],
Ezr. 2
:
pr.
11.
m.
Ch.
PnV
[Jorah~\, pr. n. m.
(l) part. act.
8."]
iTV, pr,
2:32.
*|y*
(b) Jer.
40:8
all.
i"nV m.
Kal of the root
(l) of the youngest son of Jacob, with the exception of Benjamin; who was sold by his brethren into Egypt, and afterwards rose to the highest honours. See Gen. chap. 37 50.
pr. n.
m. Joseph,
watering, sprinkling (Hos. 6:3), hence ihe former rain which falls in Palestine from the middle of October to the middle of December, preparing the earth Deu. 11:14; Jer 5 24. to receive the seed.
-
a double etymo? ]DN' he takes awa:< logy, as thc-'jgh it were (a) and (b) fut. Hiph. apoc. from ÎP* he shall add, which latter is confirmed by the Chaldaic form Îpirp Ps. 8l 6. The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Mais
Gen. 30:23.24, allusion
made
to
(2) pr. n. see *nn.
[This should be """n^; see
above.]
%
*"fl
:
(for
nnv "whom Jehovah teaches"\

m.
1
[Jo-
ai], pr. n.
Ch. 5: 13.
nasseh, having been adopted by their grandfather, and becoming the ancestors of two of the tribes of
Israel, the
D"}V ("Jehovah is exalted"), [Jorarn], pr. m. a Sa. 8: 10, for which i Ch. 18: 10 is O^VlQ.
name
ÎPV
Jos.
and *|DV JV3
these
two tribe
is used (a) of 17:17; 18:5; Jud. 1:23,35;
"TDH 3B^* ("whose love is returned") [/ shab-hesed], pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3:20.
CCCXLIV
t^T
("to
whom
m.
,
Jehovah gives a dwelling"),

i
I?
with
art
Chr. 27:8, [//raft
if e], standj
[JosibiaK],
pr. n.
Ch. 4: 35.
for 'rrijX.
i
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 4:34.
see the
i
J|.
("whom Jehovah brought
to i/ght,"
\1ri ("whom Jehovah raises up"),

root n
["for n;?en'"], {Joshabiah], pr.n. m.
Ch.
see the root rnj, No. 2), [Izrahiafi], pr.n. i Ch. 7:3, see n;nij._ ( 2 ) Neh. 12:42.
T
m.
(l)
11:46.
fictitious root,
upright"), [Jotham], pr.n. (l) of a son of Gideon, Jud. 9:5, 7. (2) a king of Judah, the son of Uzziah, 759 43 B.C. 2 Ki.
OTlV(" Jehovah
is
account of the form
-1BTJ
which some have adopted on Gen. 11:6, which is from
the root DOJ, which see.
*in'_(i) pr part Of the root 1JV remainder, hence gain, emolument. Ecc. 6:8. (a) Adv. (a) more, farther. (Chald. and Kabb.
.
:
&
an uncertain root, see JIT Hophal. [In Thes. JI T Pu. part, is given under this word see \M J
;
}7 J T an unused root, Arab.

water),
l*
-%
toflov, to run (as
TnV
Syr.
;!"],
"IJIV
followed
(ft)
by
JO
more
8:15; 7:11; 12:12.

7:16. (c) betides me. '&
D3PI
too much, besides, like ip; Esther 6:6;

conj.
than), Ecc. over. Eccl.

???O ini
Amhar.
H: for
i.
TIO:
to sweat.
Hence
m. sweat,
q. H^T, avalL Xcyoju.
Eze. 44:18.
inasmuch
as. Ecc. 12:9;
n^np HJH0 nn'n was wse.
an d
inasmuch
as Koheleth
pr. n. [Jezreef].
specially
n* [only found defect. *W], f. of the preceding word, that which is redundant, hanging over, "nan- ?!? rvinvn EX. 29 1 3 Lev. 3:4; rgrri'
1
("that which God planted"), (l) of a town in the tribe of Issachar (Jos. 19:18), Avhere stood the palace of Ahab and his successors, l Ki. 18:46; 21 :l; 2 Ki. 9:15;
nr & ^ST8?
whence
Hos. i =4, the blood of Jezreel ia used of the blood there shed by the dynasties of Ahab
^0?
$?
"Q2i Ex. 29:22 and 133n JD nTTJV Lev. 9: 10, "the greater lobe of the liver," as though it were the redundant part of the liver; something added to it.
and Jehu.
Near the
Jos.
owê'x
P-
city there was a great valley 17:16; Jud. 6:33 (afterwards called A *, Burckhardt's Travels
LXX. Xo/3oc TOV

Hieroz. vol.
/jraroc,
Saad.
jl
:
a j\j
i.
',
id.
and of the same

See Bochart,
origin as the Hebr.

i.
from
q. ">JV.
ii. p. 579), in which Hos. 1:5, predicts that there shall be a great slaughter (D^' Hos. 2:2). The same prophet gives to his !
334. Germ. ed. vol.
p. 498, seq. Vulg. reticulum hepatis ; according to which, some later writers understand amentum minus hepatico-gastricum; but this could
newly born, the name of Jezreel (l :4), and he afterwards with his brother Lo-Ammi and his
eldest son, then
sister
Lo-Ruhamah (2:24, 25)
are
made types of
the
hardly have been used in

of fat
sacrifice, as
being devoid
nT
people, when after their punishments and dispersions they are brought back to their own land (2:2), and endowed with new blessings. It is thus that the words
an unused
root.
Arab.
^\
to gather selves
together.
Hence
{Jezief\, pr.n.
/N'H ("the assembly of God"),

m,
l
Ch. 12:3.
i"l
be understood, which have been so much expositors, 2:24: "the earth shall answer the corn and new wine and oil, and these (gifts of the earth) shall answer Jezreel;" i.e. the earth,
are
to
twisted
by
made
der
and HJ, "who exults be(contracted from cause of Jehovah," [" whom Jehovah sprinkles,
T J.
expiates"], see the root HT3), [Jeziali], pr. n. Ezr. 10:25.

T*T)
m.
by Heaven (verse 23), shall again renThe prophet goes on with the allusion made to Jezreel, verse 25; Vl^? v^V"}*' 'I will sow him again in the land, and I will again ove Lo-Ruhamah (not beloved), and a people will I
fruitful
its
produce to Jezreel.
("whom God moves," "to whom God gives

pr. n.
call
Lo-Ammi
(not a people);"
i .e.
the whole peoplt
life
and motion"), [Jaziz],

r|?
m.
Ch. 27:31.
"^
["whom God draws

m.
l
serve," Jezliah"], pr. n. tued root K7J.
out," i.e. "will preCh. 8 : 18, from the un-
of Israel, who were typified by the three children oi the prophet, I will again plant, love, and appropriate as my own. 7XJHT* in this passage is construed as fern
etc.
aeing taken collectively, so Ephraim, Isa. 17:10, lij [In this passage, the force of my people, and DO*
w-mrr
my people, must
noun
is
cccxi,v
also
l Ki.
be remembered.]
2l:l,f.
The Gentile
1
njn, from nin NO. 2

2 Ch. 29:14.
= rvn), \j
to
t i
,'/],
pr
n.
'>N'O?
n^HI?, &&$
Sam.
*?:3; 30:5(2) a town in the mountains of Judah, Joshua

15:56;
l
/K'Trj!
("who looks
God" ["whom God
Sa. 29:1.
(a) of
(3) pr.n. m.
a son of Hosea; camp. No.
watches over"]), [Jahaziel, Jahzief], pr.n. of several men, l Ch. 12:4; 16:6; 23:19.
l,
Hos. 1:4.
(6) l
Ch. 4:3.
i.
["
n3n*
TTPI* (" who looks to Jehovah," ["whom Jehovah watches over"]), \_Jahaziali], pr.n. m. Ezr.
e.
'
(<
hidden,'
Pual),
\Jehubb ali\,
pr.n. of a man,
protected,' verbal of l Chron. 7:34.
10:15.
Root nan."]
fut. TIT (cogn. ins, *tn^), TO BE JOINED, TOGETHER, TO JOIN ONESELF; followed by
1"IX
bx p T^, whom God will 7N*p}n; (for ^Wn;, strengthen," Pathach in the shortened syllable
:
UNITED
and
being changed into Segol, see Heb. Gramm. ed. 10, 25, note l, like TflQ Ex. 33: 3, for $38), \_Ezekiel,
? Gen. 49:6; followed by

U-w-j
(HS)
Isa.
14:20. (Arab.
j^.)
join together, Ps. 86:11. Hence
PIEL, to unite, to
TIV and
Ch. 12:17. (l) union, junction, (2) elsewhere adv. (a) together, in one place, iSa. 11 : ll ; 17: 10; at once, 2 Sa.2l :g; in? ^3 all together,
l
Jehezeket], pr. n. of a very celebrated prophet, whose writings stand third in order; he was the son of Buzi the priest. After he was carried away captive together with king Jechoniah, he lived in the Jewish colony on the river Chebar, and there prophesied until the sixteenth year after the destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar (see Eze. 29:17); Eze.l 3 24 24. The LXX. write this name 'lefck-u'/X
: ; :
'U. m.
all
at once;
i.
Job 34:
;
flesh,"
e.
mortal
15, "in* nB2r^3 "all are alike Isa 22 3, and then Avithout 73 id.
:
and so Sir. 49:8 (10). Vulg. Ezechiel [which has been adopted in the English version] (compare n 'i??n, n 'i?JD; 'EEx ta e> Ezechias), Luther has imitated the
Greek,
cfe!ieL
i.
Job 3: 18; 24:4; 38:7, TJ33 3?b nnrn? "when all themorning stars sang together;" Deu. 33:5. Absol. in* without a noun, Job 16:10, l79^ | "they have together (i.e. all) assembled against me," 17:16; 19:12. With a negative particle, no one, Hos. 11:7. (b) wholly, altogether, Job 1O:8; Ps. Of the same signification, and also rather 141 10. more used is
:
n*pTn) m.
q. n>j5}n,
which
see.
^'pJD? [Hezekiah], pr.n. m. 2 Ch. 28:12. "Hirr ( whom God brings back," fut. Hiph.
to return), [JahzeraJi], pr.n. parag. from Ch. ~W. m. l Ch. 9:12. I should prefer to read n^rr.
prop, those joined together, they together, like i?3. (l) together, in one place, Gen.
l^r^' i"^!
13:6; 22:6; 36:7; Deu. 25:5. (2) together at one time, Ps. 4:9. (3) with the addition of 73 all together, all at once,Ps.l4:3; iCh.iO: 6; also without 73 Job 24: 17. nrp -W3 (4) Lq. mutually, with o n e a n o t h e r, e. g.
they strove together, Deu. 25
r fnni
:
7N> n. (probably for ?$ HMV " whom God preserves alive," [" 'God liveth,' according to Simoof several men, as of a son of nis"]), [Jeliiet], pr.n.
Jehoshaphat, iCh. 21:2.
Patron.
^SW
Chron.
26:21,22.
1 1
comp.
Sa. 17:10.
TH) m m;m f. (from nnj)._(i) only, especiaUy only begotten, only child, Gen. 22:2, 12, 16; Jer. 6: 2 6 Zee. 1 2 i O Pro. 4:3; and fern. HTn* Ju d. 1 1 34.
. : ;
(2) solitary; hence forsaken, wretched, Ps. 25:
"united," ["his union"]), \Jali-
16568:7.
n T^* only one, hence that which is most (3) dear, that which cannot be replaced, poet, for ft/e, Ps. 22:21; 35:17; [does not this pervert both the
passages ?] comp.
"1133.
do], pr.n. m.
Ch. 5:14. the
N^tt! ("whom God makes glad," from

root nnnj, [Jahdiel], pr. n.
m.
Ch. 5:24.
^"C^rC ("whom Jchovahmakes

the root "Tin]), [JedeiaJi], pr. n. 80. (2) l Ch. 27:30.
glad"),[from
(i)
i
m.
[JTrV ('Jehovah
l
lives'), [Jehiah~\ t pr.n.
Ch. 24:
Ch. 15:24."]
IT
alive," for
expecting,waiting, hof ing, Lam. 3: 26
TWH*
whom God preserves
CCCXLVI
'
nrr-w
Oedmann, Verm. Sammlungen,
.TOPJl
fasc.
i
n
i
in Kal,
i.
q.
^n
No.
to
7,
TO REMAIN,
TO
PIEL ?n?.
DELAY. Com pare T^n No. 7. (l) causat. to cause

by 72
Ps.
No. 2), with serrated horns, probably ctrvits dana. See Bochart, Hieroz. P. i. p. 913. (T. ii page 284,
Leipsic edit.)
p. 30, seq.
hope for some-
thing; followed
119:49; by a gerund, Eze.
W*
(for
"whom Jehovah
l
guards"),
(2) to expect, to hope, to wait, absol. Job6:ll ; 13:15; 14:14; 29:21; followed by ? of the person
\_Jahmaf],
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 7:2.
to
or thing expected, Job 29:23; 30:26; followed
by
an unused
e id.,
7X
51 :5: Ps. 130:7; 131:3. There often occur D*r6$6, nto? hn\ ps 31:25; 33:22; 69:4; \\
Isa.
.
root, -
be
barefoot.
*
(Arab.
Syr....g^.. unshod, .3A*j)
to take one's
Ps.
Piel, to expect,to wait for, l Sa. 1O:8; 13:8; 2 Sa.i8:i4; followed by ^ Job 32:11; followed by nin *p [it should have been said
130:7; 131:3. HiPHiL/*nin i. q.
shoes
off.
primary
in the syllable cjn, and the idea is that of rubbing off, as if peeling, or
lies
The stock
barking, see
also, to
the root H? ? No.

1
II.
Hence
<r
i^
is
Ps. 42: 6.
have the hoof worn down, speaking of cattle,

IV. to shave the
NlPHAL
to
fut.
O"
i.
q. Piel
and Hiphil, but
Gen. 8: 12; Eze. 19:5. properly Derived nouns, 7*0^ rpnto [ and i n Thes. the folto hope,
be caused
to have the skin galled as a horse. moustache, to trim the beard.)
lowing pr. n.].
S]n^
unshod, barefoot,^ Sam.l5:3O;
Isaiah
'NÎV
(for
20:2, 3, 4; Jer. 2:85.

r6q>
:
"whom God has made

:
sick" [" hoping in God"], [Jahleef], pr. n. of a son Patron. Tlftfc Nu. 26 26. of Zebulun, Gen. 46 14.
7t<yn! (" whom God allots"), [JahzeeT], pr.n. of a son cf Naphtali. Gen. 46: 24; in l Ch. 7:13 it is written ^>*n!. Gent, noun ^>'n! Nu. 26 48.
:
unused in pret. (in which tense there is used the form DH from Don, compare 31B fut. 31?'*., JH fut. jni), fut. CIV i Ki. l i, and DPP (see the note),
:
Deu. 19:6; Eze. 24:11; plur.
-lO^P for W[Tr;
Genesis
once 2 Sam. 20:5 a'ru, in " (read in*?!), np, ~>H is Hiph. in a Chaldee form from the root
<|
q.
TO DELAY, TO TARRY.
~
Found
~>rn**.
30:39; 3 plural masc. ^3Dn^ (in the Chaldee and Arabic form for the common """^PO^, see Lehrgeb.
p.
an unused root; see the following word.]

.
276)
i.
q.
Dpn
V.
to
to be
hot (Arabic
^-s-.
to
be
hot,
be warm, of sexual desire in cattle). specially with wrath, Deu. loc. cit., and with sexual desire, hence to conceive (speaking of [These two passages in sheep), Genesis 30 38, 39. Thes. are referred to ?n.] Impers. i ? Dn> Ecc. 4:11;
as the day ; Eze. 24 1 1
: ; :
1
FAMILY.
m. a word of the silver age, A RACE, A Found once Neh.7:5, E'n'jj ~&& pedigre^
D~i* is
genealogy (Chald.
Heb. nns^'D and nnpin.
used in the Targums for Simonis also compares

this
iu}^ nature,
nifies
origin
but
word properly
.
sig-
and
'"h
crv
Ki.
i, to
become
I
hot.
[See CD??.]
brass,
i.
q. nC'l"P
and the phrase (jÛtu!!

is
.=
Note.
Above
;
at
D?n
have followed the common
of a liberal and generous disposition,
figurative,
arrangement, and referred the forms QQ*, D(V to the root Drr however, let grammarians inquire, whether they should not all be referred to 0?^; compare the
and properly signifies of fine brass). is formed a denom. verb in IlriHi'AEL i^G^n to cause one's name
:
Hence there
to be
recorded
form ^CT. Hosea 7:7. PIEL Cn 1. on* to be warm, with sexual desire, as cattle; to have sexual intercourse, Gen. 30:41 Hence to conceive, used also of a woman. 31 10. W?n;n " and in sin did my ?flpr Psalm 51:7, '*?
; :
ingenealogicaltalles, a.iroyp(i<f>fffOat, to beenrolled, Inf. ^'O^n is 1 Chron. 5:1,7,17? 9:1? Neh. 7 5often used as a noun, and signifies register, table of
genealogy,
2 Ch. 12:15,
l Ch. 7:5,7,9.40? 2 Ch. 31:16, 17; are recorded "the acts of Rehoboam
mo-her conceive me." for rinx, nrix j u d. 5:28.
*?J?'on
for Nl^PO! as l"n
in the commentaries of
the particulars are related hi the

logical table."
Shemaiah ^'01^? 60 that manner of a geneafrom

all.
Hence non
for norv.
i
"lV2iT T)eut. 14:5;
Ki. 5:3.
Arabic
jyusZ.
kind of deer, of a reddish colour (see the root "ipn
fiD! (perhaps h a I A], pr.n. m.
"
l
union,"
contr.
Ch. 4: 2; 6:5, 28
CCLXLV1I
31B, only used in the fut. 39"., 3p. (once ^P'FI Nab. 3:8; in pret. use is made of the
i.q.
verb
n'lB).
(1) to 6e good, Nah.3:8. Mostly used impers. " it-will be well for me." Gen. 12: (a) ^ 3P". 13; J " it was 1 40: 14; Deu. 4:40. (b) J*J?3 3P'. good in " my eyes," i. e. I was pleased." Gen. 41 137 45: Lev. 16; 10:19,20; more rarely followed by *3p*?
;
pr. n. Jetur, a son of lehmael, GenesU iCh. 1:31; and his descendants the Iturceans, dwelling beyond Jordan, near the foot of Hermon, and on the eastern shore of the sea of Galilee, l 011.5:19,20, the region which was after-
form
Dip*),
2 5 :1 55
wards the province of Ituraa (Luc.

(
iii.
Relandi
Palajstina, p. 106), at present the district of Jeidur

t
JL^, Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria, p. 447). More
Est.5:i4; Neh. 2:5,6; followed by V Ps. 69:32. Jud. (2) to be merry, joyful, of the mind (3.7). 19:6; Ruth 3:7; 00.7:3. HIPHIL 3'pn fut. 3'p\, once 3<PV.. (1) to do well, or rightly (any things which have been done), Deut. 5:25, rEft jjfafi} WE)n
"
said,"
has been said on this subject by Ilgen on the book of Job, p. 93, 94, and Fr. Mtinter in Progr. de Rebua
Iturajorum ad Luc.
}!!
iii.
l; Hafniac, 1824,410.
const.
IV.,
once
1?!
Cant. 8:2; with
ufF.
m.
(as to) whatever they have they have well spoken. Deu. 18:17. Followed by a gerund. Jer. l 1 2, n'lX~|? n3P'n " thou " who 1 Sa. hast seen rightly." 16:17, ]?.& 3'P'D
i.
they have
e.
done we 11
(1) ivine, perhaps so called from bubbling up and fermenting, see J3*, unless it be deemed better to regard iOit as a primitive. (Arab. <tj, collect, clusters bev^.v
S-o,'
coming black, with the noun of unity
ej-Êth.
(S)\\
can play well," i. e. skilfully; without ? poetically Isa. 23:16. Inf. absol. 3p n in doing w ell, or r ig h t ly, Deu. 9:21; 13:15; adv. well, accurately, fitly.
l|
a vineyard, wine, Greek oli'oc, Latin vinum, Armen, n ^ 3 house of wine, Cant. 2:4, poet, 9-AÂ i7 zn O- V
for |\ D
19:18; 27:8. vrn 3<pvijer. 2:33; 7:3, 5; D^py.p 'H Jer. 35:15, to act, or live, well, or honestly, without accus. elliptically, Jerem. 4:22,
17:4;.
nn'^p n^3 Est. 7 8J convi vial room, and the 3X3n he words in the cited place, IX'n to for he intoxicated me the house of wine," brought
:
rv^
WT
ift
ypn^
Inf.
to
l
"
me
they
know
not to
do well."
with love, /.itOuffmâi tpwn.

it
Vulg.
cella vinaria,
Jer.
Others understand
this context
to
mean a
13:23.
(2)
do good by
adv. honestly, rightly. Jon. 4:9. to anyone, followed by a dat. Gen.
vineyard, which in
would be
frigid.
12: 16; Ex.

;
:2O; followed by an ace. Deu. 8: 16; 30:
(2) meton. effect of wine, intoxication, Gen. 9:
followed
(3)
to
make
*
Gen. 32:10, 13; Nu. 10:32. merry, Jud. 19:22.

DJJ
24; iSa. 1:14; 25:37.

l
=j.
Sa. 4:13
"I!
a'm, by a manifest
which
is
errcr of tran-
(4)
to fit, to
adjust
(to
trim), Germ.
:
jured)tmad)cn
scribers, for
(a side),
in the
np.
7 I" J unused in Kal, prob. i. q. H33 TO BE IN THE T FRONT, IN THE FOREPART; hence figuratively, to be in the sunshine, to be clear, manifest, to ap-
as lamps, Ex. 30 7 ; to adorn the head, yr. OL>~^), e. to put the locks in order, 2 Ki. 9 30. (5) intrans. to be good, Mic. 2:7; hence followed
:
*?N to
please, as in Kal,
Sa. 20: 13.
Hence 3B'Q [and nnatg].
pear,
followed
like the
Arab.
^>-.
["
i.
q-
^^."]
IV. to
make
3D*
good
to
fut.
3PV. Chald.
one.
id.,
by
to
seem
clear, to demonstrate, to prove, see HIPHIL.
any
Ezr. 7:18
HIPHIL O^Din anything
(bewetfen).
(i) to argue, to sheic, to Job 13: 15, ITSte V33'^
prove
^fnS
rOtp* (" goodness," as if Agathopolis), [Jotbath, Jotbathah'], Nu. 33:33; Deut. 10:7, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the wilderness, abounding with water,
to
"yet
my
ways
I will
clare, 1 will defend.
my
reproach,"
to
i.
e.
before him:" I will deJob 19:5, " prove against me shew that I have acted basely.
argue
nzip^
[Jot ball], 2 Ki. 21 19, seems

:
be a different place.
vict,
out," or "inclined," verbal fut. Hoph. from npj), [Juttali], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Judah. Josh. 15:55; 21:l6.
ET
& PIBV ("stretched
one, to confute, to conJob 32 12. Followed by a dative, Pro. 9:7, 8; 15:12; 19:25; absol. Eze. 3:26; Pro. 25:12; Am.
(2)
argue down any

:
5; 1O; Isa. 29:21.

siire;
Especially with the idea of cen-
[Now
"^
Yutta,
:
\U Rob.
ii.
190.]
" an (prob. i.q. HTp enclosure," "aneniampment of Nomades," from the root IIP of the
reprove, to rebuke any one (ucnccifen). Job 6: 25, D3O rnin rvrfvnp "what does your reproving prove?" i. e. your censure. Job 13:10; n-p'iD" r ep rover of God." Gen. 21:25,
hence
to
'
Drn3X n?im "and Abraham reproved
CCCXLVIII
Abimclech;"
19:4;
cially
Isa.
T>'~:
Job 4:2.
Has. 8:5,
pllipt.
(3) to
their
more strongly, to upbraid, 2 Ki. and thus 37:4; correct by punishment, to punish; espealso,
speak) friendly to him."

PJ93 --63-V
6 'n^-li;
"
how
long will not they be a b
used of God dealing with
men
in discipline for
amendment, Job 5:17; Prov. 3:12; Psa. 6:2; 38:2; 94:10; 105:14; 141:5. In this sense it is
(to practise) innocency?" i. e. are they not able ti resolve to act uprightly? (c) to be able lawfully, i. e. to be lawful, or permitted to any one. Gen. 43:32,
often joined with ID*.
(4) to judge, to decide, syn. t3?tp Isa. 11:3; followed by ? Isa. 2:4; also, to do justice to any one (like P"*, Bp0, 11 :4; followed by P3: to be arbiter between Gen. 31:37; Job 9:33; followed by a dat.
to
"the Egyptians could not eat with the Hebrews," e. they could not lawfully, it was not permitted w Nu. 9:6; Deu. 12:17. them. (2) to be powerful, to prevail, whether in fighti.
adjudge for any

(5) to dispute,
to
one, Gen. 24: 14, 44.
altercate with any one; prop. (compare B35pJ, tVM, and Niphal); followed by an accus. Job 22 4; followed by Job 13:3; followed by *? 16:21. HOPHAL pass, of No. 3, Job 33: 19. NIPIIAL n313 i of Hiph. No. 2, to be argued ( ) pass, down, to be convicted. Gen. 20: 16, nnDJI "and she (Sarah) was convicted," she had nothing by which she could excuse herself. (2) recipr. to dispute with any one, Job 23:7;
to argue
down,
to try to convince
else, Hos. 12:5; Jer. 3:5; 20:7; Followed by ? of the pers. to prevail over any one in fighting, Gen. 32:29. With a verbal suffix (whether it be taken as a dative or an accus.), With a dative of the thing, Jer. 20: 1O; Psa. 13:5.
ing cr in anything
l
Ki. 22:22.
metaph.
to
be
master
of anything difficult, i.e. to
comprehend
it,
Ps. 139:6.
Derived proper names,
^/5
>
:,
'3-V, 73-irV.
:
/y Ch. fut. b; Dan. 3 29; 5:16; and the 7?!, Hebr. form /?-1* 2: 10 (i) to be able, to be powerful, followed by a gerund, Dan. 2:47; 3:17; 4:34.
(2)
to
prevail,
to
overcome, followed by a
dat.
Isa.
1:18.
2,
of pers.
Dan 7:21.
("for
n31i;in i. q. Niph. No. Derived nouns, HPIDW, nroin.
HITIIPAEL
Mic. 6:2.
JT7^ & ^t/$!

himself stron g,"
whom Jehovah shews
T75!
[JecoliaJi'], 2 Ch.
26:3
ana
"
for
[" strong by means of Jehovah"] ), [Jecoliah, Jecholiah], pr.n. of the mother of king Uzziah, 2 Ki. 15:2, and 2 Ch. 26:3 np.
JO* ("whom God strengthens," founds"), [Jack iii], pr. n. (l) of a son of Simeon, Gen. 46
1 1O; for which there is 1 Ch. 4:24, 3 "!). (2) of the right hand column before the porch of Solomon's temple, 1 Ki. 7:21. Patron, of No. l is
/ (Arabic
with
suff.
jj^-ffith.
A:j,
#r
pers.
W&, but
z
TJIOi* Psa. 2:7,
Jer.
i
15:10;
.
*H^
.
T?: Nu. 26:12.
2:27 (which some would take from
"vj,
^,
without
: ;
731,
rarely
^J
2 Chron.
7:7; 32:14;
fut.
hlV
(properly, fut. Hophal, to be made able, see Lehrg. page 460; for that this is not fut. Kal, as formerly was thought, and is still repeated, is clear from the
fact,
^?-1 n
:
any need), inf. absol. 1?J constr. nnp (rn^7 I sa 37 3 n 1?9 Hos. 9 1 1 ) TIT?, once n? l Sam. 4:19; with suff. FUTjX fut. n?. part. ^\ fern, nn^ and IT}^ Gen.
:
11
.,
16:11; Jud. 13:5,7.

(1) to bring forth, to bear, as a mother, Genesis 4:1,22; 16: i, 15, etc.; used of animals as well aa persons, Gen. 30:39; also to lay eggs, as a bird, Jer. Part. fern. n*T?V one who brings forth, 17:11. poetically for a mother,Prov. 17:25; 23:25; Cant. Sometimes the accusative children is omitted 6:9. " by ellipsis; Genesis 6: 4, DH? 1T7M and they bare " '&6 to them 1 6 l ft (children) D^K nb njfcq rTJg " and Sarai Abraham's wife bare him no (children);" 30:3 (comp. Niphal and Pual). Metaphorically, to
;
that the pr.
73-V Jer.
38:1,
is
also spelled
37:3), pi?*', (l) TO BE ABLE, CAN.
6&
inf. const,
fljb.
is
(A
cognate root
Vl3 to
take, to hold, to contain, to sustain, fallen/ tragen f oniun/ comp. letter a.) Const, followed by an ace. Job 42:2;
more frequently followed by a gerund (Germ, omn&gen ju), Gen. 13:6, 16; 45 1,3; Exod. 7 :2i, 24; by a naked inf. Exod. 2:3; 18:23; also by a finite verb, n33K how shall I be able to Est. 8:6, 'JVX-J1 it is etc. see," (a) to be able to bear Specially * (comp. ^13), Isa. 1:13; Psalm 101:5; m re fully ^3T
=
km
to plan),
44:22; Pro. 30:21; or /"3H Am. 7: 10. (6) to be able to bring oneself to do anything. Gen. 37 14, "they could not (bring themselves to
flXfe^ Jer.
bring forth fraud, iniquity (opp. to '"tin to conceive, Job 15 35 Ps. 7 15 ; compare Isa. 33 1 1 " by a similar metaphor, Pro. 27:1, thou knowest not what a day may bring forth;" Zeph. 2:a.
: ; : :
.
(2)
to
beget, as a father (like the Greek -inn LI
CCCXLIX
,
*-nw
to
Lnt. parere, used of either sex,

,
whence
ol
to
HOPHAL, properly
be
be caused
to
be born, henct
10:8,13. Used of " God, to create. Deu. 32:18, thou hast forgotten Jerem. 2:27, the rock that begat (created) thee." " (idolaters) say to a stock, thou art my father, thou hast begotten (i. e. hast created) me." (Compare 3N No. 3.) Thus light will be thrown on the passage
parentes), Gen. 4: 18;
born.
Inf.
rn|n Gen. 40:20, and TJJW Eze
Genesis loc. cit., ny-lBTI$ rTJJFJ D* 16:4, 5, birth. " Pharaoh's birth day," prop, the day of Pharaoh's being born. As to the use of accusatives with passive
verbs, see
my Grammar, edit.
9, p.
233
140, ed.l
].
Olshausen, Emendationen
zum A. T.
p. 24, 25.
where God says to the king (the sen of God, " thou art ft), my son, this day have I begotten thee;" i.e. I have created or constituted Those who thee king, giving thee the divine spirit. maintain that this word must necessarily be taken in a physical sense, as implying generation, and that in
Ps. 2:7,
cornp. |3 No. 8,
HITHPAEL, to declare one's self to be born, tc cause one's name to be inscribed in the genealogical
tables,
Nu.
:l8.
In the books of a later age, the
expression used is KWnn. Derivative nouns, besides those which immediately

follow,
T^, TTMDj rnVw,

-
1J1,
i&
and pr.n.
1$
this passage the eternal generation of Christ is taught, do not appear to have considered (besides the pas-
pages in Deut. and Jer.) the words of the apostle, 1 ''or. 4 15> * v T"P Xptor^J 'Ijiarov diet rnv tvayyeXlou
;
iyivv 170-0. [Whatever difficulty might have been found in Psalm 2: 7, it is all cleared away by the New Test. where we learn, that it speaks of the resurrection of Christ, when He, the eternal son of God, became the first begotten of the dead; the passage 1 Cor. 4:15, refers to believers in the risen son of God, who are themselves " begotten again to " a lively hope by His resurrection, or, as is said in
iyu>
v/idc
m pl ur constr. Hj>! and *i^ (Isa. 57: 4) one born, a son, poetically i. q. 1?. Hence H^ sons of strangers, poet, for strangers (compare I? p. cxxv, B.), sons of tuickedness, for Used HUT ilo\r\v, of the the wicked, Is?.iali57:4. king' s son [rather, the son of God, himself the Plur. comm. children, i. q. mighty God~\, Isa. 9:5. D*33 i Sam. 1:2; Ezra 10:1 also of the young ol animals, Isa. 11:7; Job 38:41.
\?l
(1) D*"p3
(2) a child, sometimes one recently born, Genesis
another place,
begotten by the word of truth."]] NIPHAL lVl3 to be born. Gen. 4: 18, ife
"
TO^
21:8, seq. a young

B*K).
Ex. 1:17; 2:3,
seq.
sometimes one older,
man, Gen. 4:23

n n !?d
'
(in the other hemistich

toli?T).
TVJTn^ "and unto Enoch was born Irad;" 21:5;

46:20; Num. 26:60.
17:17, i?y.
to
Ecc. 4:13; iKi. 12:8 (opp.

[p!-
~V
f.
Ellip. as in Kal No. l. " shall I?/ ? (a child) be

1
Gen.
"H7Zee. 8: 5.
9 irl Gen. 34:4; Joel 4:3;

>
born
him
that
is
20:8, for H^J Lamed PIEL "1?? to aid a
an hundred years old?" is doubled Vtfa.
Chr. 3:5;
Ex. 1:16. Part. Gen. 35:17.
brings forth, rin^D a midwife, Exod. 1:15;
woman
ivho
period of
Tp^ (denom. from 1), life, Ecc. 11:9,10.
f.
(l) youth, as a
(2) youth,
young men,
Ps. 110:3.
q. "IvJ,
"lix? verbal adj. born,

1p-V Jud.
i.
Ex. 1:22; Josh.
18:29; Ruth 4:17 (l) to be born, i. q. Niphal, Gen. 4:26; 6:1. Impers. iW DEÎ "and to Shem even to e.g. 10:21, N-in-DJ him was born," i.e. children were born.
"IJJ
PUAL
and
5:5; 2 Sa.5:l4.
P/*
u
(
passing the night,"

pr. n.
"
tarrying," from
P&), [Jalon],
m.
Ch.4:l7-
(2) to be created, Ps. 90:2.
HIPHIL T?in
(i) to
cause a
woman
1^/^
to
(l)
bring
forth (spoken of God), Isa. 66:9; to beget children by any one, to impregnate a woman, i Chron. 2:l8; 8:8 to make (the earth) fruitful (as showers), Isa.
;
phrase n?3 TV!
verbal adj. born, especially in the " (a slave) born in the house of his
id.
owner," verna, Arab, jj., jkJj
Gen 14:14; 17:
55
10.
(2) to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal No. 2, Gen. 5:4, 7,10, 13, seq. ; ll:ll,seq. Metaphorically to beget wickedness, Isa. 59:4 (nor is it needful in this passage to ascribe to Hiphil the sense of bringing
forth).
12,13,23; Lev. 22:il. sons of Anak, Nu. (2) subst. a son; P^V.n *T7j the nann 21: 2 Sam. 'T^. 16, 18, the sons of 28; 13:22,
Raphah,
/
*!
i.
q.
D^D").
TO GO, TO
WALK;
see I/O-
(3) to create.
Job 38 28, P^ft

:
T^'mD
who
dew?"
hath
begotten
(created) the storehouses of
Y /I an onomatopoetic root, unused in Kd, Tt YELL. TO WAIL. See for similar words under ??t
page cccxxxix, B; also Ann. /"*_ MI Germ. lullen, IMW Saxon, lilauen. HIPHIL 57*!?, fut. (Isa. 52: 5), 7?* (Lehrg.
Q^
const. ~D;,
more rarely
s-
"2!; with snff.
3S
r
??$
51:36; with n parag. n};

(1) THE the latter
pi.
Q*P! m.
<>
p.
389).
SEA (Arab,
word
(1) to cry out, to lament, tohowl.Isa.. 13:6; 16:3; ?n 83:1,14: Jer. 25:34; Am. 8:3, ^*0 nYVB> ''the songs of palaces shall howl" (shall become sad, shall be mournful).
(2)
Jâ ^j, Syr.
and Jôo* but

;
IOU
id.
it
however
is generally used for a lake Êgypt. derivation is scarcely to be sought: may be conjectured that it properly de-
Once used of the joyful voices of proud con>
^^| of the sound of war, 411, 413, Gr. 6\o\veiv of a joyful outcry, ^schyl. Septem ante Theb. 831; Agam. 281;
querors, Isa. 52:5; so
Barhebr.
notes, the boiling, foaming of the sea; compare DV and D< P.!!; [referred in Thes. to the unused root DO^]). Used either of the ocean or any of its parts, or of
p.
and on the contrary a\a\aiiv for lamentation, Eurip. Phocn. 358. Also i?"}, JT")D, npO are used for outcry of either kind. There seems to be a trace of the
form 7vfo (compare !J. and the noun '/in), Ps. r ^j; where for the l^n parallelism requires us to 78:63, read V?vin (are lamented). [Few, I believe, will approve of any such alteration; the passage needs none.] Derivatives, /jifl and
.
So n^S-DJ inland lakes (Job 14:11, Syr. jlool). the lake of Tiberias, Nu. 34: 1 1 ; rpsrrqj Gen. 14:3
D' (sea of the desert) Deu. 4:49, (eastern sea) Joel2:2O; Zee. 14:8, locus Asphaltites, or the Dead Sea; Pl-ID'D^ (the weedy sea, see PJ-1D) and DnyP'P? Isa. 11:15, the Red Sea; Djn
(the salt sea), !"I?7V

'3bli5 DJ
^h|n
the great sea, Nu. 34:6,7, and P">Q^vJ D'D the hinder, i. e. the western sea, Deu. 1 1 : 24, for the Mediterranean sea; D'H with art. used (as shewn by the context) of the Mediterranean sea, Josh. 15:47; the
//. m. yelling or howling of wild beasts, Dou. s -32 10; com p. Arab. t__ Lj yelling, for t__jLj c 1\ y>~
:
sea of Galilee, Isa. 8:23; the Red Sea, Isa. 10:26; the Dead Sea, Isa. 16:8; D^ pDQ wealth of the sea, is
the wealth of maritime and trans-marine

(D'|Xn) procured
nations
i.q.
a desert where wild beasts .v.),and Hebr. D"..
yell (Willmet's Lex. Arab.
D^ Deu. 33:19;
"am
I
by
sea voyages
Isa.
Job 7:
12, 131 '?
60:5, T3P D
etc.,
y%&
DVI
I
"1/7! const, state np? f. howling, yelling, Isa. 15:8; Jer. 25:36; Zee. 11:3.
a sea, or a seamonster, that,"

like the sea?
is
i.
âm
e.
untamed
Lam. 2:13,
T?.??'
DJ?
Vna
seas,
TO , i.q. n$ [i.q. JN 7 Thes.], Arab. DTTEU anything RASHLY(Syn. NB3), Pro. 20:25. In Arabic the verb is used of rash oaths, Kor. Sur.
"thy
ruin
great like the sea."
Plur.
0'!
71H Gen. poet, for the sing., e. g. for the prose D'D 32:13; 41:49; poet, is said 0^3? pin Gen.49:l3;
ii.
225.
As
to the
power of the
syllable V? see
under
&.
[Hence Vf& and n$fl
in Thes.]
Job 6: 3; Jud. 5:17; Ps. 78:27. Figuratively and hyperbolically ri^n^ri'D* the sea of brass was the name of the great laver in the inner court of Solomon's
temple, 2 Ki. 25:13;
is
i
Ch. 18:8.
The name of
sea
also applied to
an unused
root.
Arabic
<3
Conj. HI. to
(2) a
great river, as the

Isa.
adhere firmly.
I
Hence
3:8; the Euphrates.
27:1;
:
Nile, Isa. 19:5; Nahum Jer. 51 : 36 ; pi. of the

- s<-
^?p.
f a sca6, an itching scab, so called from
arms of the
given on
Nile, Eze.
i.
32
2.
(So Arab.
^
i
and
**
_^rwt
ticking fast, Levit. 2l:2O;
22:22;
LXX.
Xtixfiv,
compare Diod.
12, 96.
More
instances have been
Vulg. impetigo.
p7
t?:4).
an unused
root,
i.
q.
P7
to Ji'c, to
Zap, to
lick up, to
browse upon,
like cattle
(comp. ^n^ Nu.
Isa. 19:5.) (3) the west, the western quarter, from the Mediterranean sea being situated to the west of Palestine; 0* rfn the west wind, Exod. 10: 19; the west
D^ri!!?^
Hence
:
side,
/r m< a species of locust, with wings (Nah. 3 16) and hairy (Jcr. 51:27), Ps. 105:34; Joel 1:4; 2:25;
ee Bochart, Hieroz. P.
'!
Ex. 27 1 2 38 1 2 HDJ westward, Gen. 28 14 Exod. 26:22 (also to the sea, Ex. 10:19, f r which n !?JO); BJP from the there is more
: ; :
ii.
p.
443.
called
a bag, a purse, so
1
from collecting
any place, Josh. 8: 9, 12, 13. Twice (Ps. 107:3; Isa. 49:12) D^ is joined with the north (P^Y) and on this account some sup? D'jt?
;
Gen. 12:8;
frequently on the west of
west,
(root OJ^),
Sa. 17:40.
pose
it,
at least in these places, to signify the south
CCCLI
but elsewhere, also quarters which are not opposite but near together are spoken of in the same connexion compare Am. 8: 12; Deu. 33:23.
;
I
(c) on or at the right (after verbs of motion) PP,"? Neh. 12:31; of some one '3 PPv Psalm no:l. 3t? tyDv sit thou at my right hand." (d) towards
'
E? emphat. NPl Ch. the sea.
Dan. 7:2,3.
MuJ
an unused
root,
;
signified heat, ivarmth which itself follows the
which appears to have kindred words are Dl" BVpJ,

1
right is PP'n ?J? 2 Sa. 2:19; Isa. 9: 19; PP'O /$ Ezek. 1:1O; PPJH Gen. 13:9, and PP* 1 Sam. 6:12; Nu. 20:17; 22:26; often in proverbial phrases, >1D 7S'D^ IS pp* to turn to the right or left, Deu. 2:27;
the
analogy of this root
-1O^
D^ Q'p, 4,,..
}
be hot (as the day). [Hence the three following words

to
See under Di\

]
hw&]
the
day
of
God," W = DV comp.
n. of a i.q. D^, -inP i.q. ^P a man), [Jemuef], pr. son of Simeon, Gen. 46: 10, called erroneously /Nl^ Nil. 26:12.
To stand on the 5:29; 17:20; Josh. 1:7, 23:6. right hand of any one is the same as to oz'c/him, Ps. 16:8; 109:31; 110:5; 121:5; [The passages Ps. 109:6, Zee. 3:!, show that this cannot be always the meaning of the phrase the context and subject must be carefully heeded.] Those on whom special honour
;
is
conferred are said
to sit
on
the
right hand of a king,
HIS*
pi. id.
of the noun
see ibid.
pi. air a
Di*,
which
see.
as the queen, iKi. 2:19; Ps. 45:10; the friend of the king, and minister of the kingdom, Ps. lio:l (where see the interpreters); comp. Jos. Arch. vi. 11
9. [No one who believes in the divine authority of the N. Test, can doubt the application of Ps. 1 1O: l to Him, as risen from the dead, and ascended into the Father's presence, " from henceforth expecting
till
U*D
Gen. 36:24, prob. acXeyo/z. cording to Vulg. aquae calidce, thermce, hot springs, such as are actually found in the country spoken of
in
E'P* m.
the passage, to the east of the
Dead
loc. cit.
which Jerome says in Quasst. ad
That Sea. " Nonnulli
His enemies shall be made His footstool."]
pTitant aquas calidas juxta punicce lingua? viciniam, quae hebraeae contermina est, hoc vocabulo significari," is not to be despised, nor is it devoid of etymological
T "II the (2) i.q. rp* right sc. hand, Gen. 48:18; Ex. 15:6; Ps. 21:9; 44:4, etc. In this signification,
like 1J,
it is
joined with a feminine verb (Ps. 137:5),

:
;
which have been given under DV and np^. In the Samaritan copy of the Pentateuch it is C^P'SH Emims or giants, and so it is understood by Onkelos and Pseudo-Jonathan. By a very unlappy conjecture made from the context, some Jewish riters and Luther [also the English version] underreasons
;
see those
more rarely with a masculine (Prov. 27 16). Psa. 80:18, 1.J'P' C S "the man of thy right hand," i. e. whom thy right hand conducts, [rather, the man
S
who
there seated, even Christ himself]. (3) the so uthern quarter, the sou th, compare the
is
l
remarks on "tins No. 2. " from the south of the

24:5.
(4)
Sa. 23:19, |iO*E>*n
desert."
Verse 24.
PP*p Sam.
in
id
it
to
mean
(i.
mules.
The
is
right
hand
in
Hebrew, the same as
!2p^
%
q.
ti^*j
"
dove"), [JemimaJi],
:
pr. n.
Greek,
connected with the idea of success, and thus

ff+j,
of a daughter of Job, Job 42 14.

j
denotes prosperity, like the Arab.

fern."] the
see pr. n,
?*
subst.
(i) m. [" com. but mostly
PP*??
Gen. 35: 18.
right side, the right quarter.

.it
(Arab.
>r./j)it
When
sumption to assign
[It this meaning or this idea to the
appears to
be a mere as-
Hebrew word.]
(5)
[Jamz'ra], pr. n. of a son of Simeon, Genesis
in the genitive after other
nouns
pitf
has the force
of the adj.
right
('JO)).
PPT n
right side, i. e. the right thigh ; 1 Sa. lira; "'Pp! Genesis 48: 14; ight hand, Ps. 73 : 23 ; Jer. 22 24.
:
the thigh of the PPJ pJ? the right eye,
ye
46:10 all. Hence patron.

^*^?T [Jaminites'], Nu. 26:12.
his,
my
(Compare Syr.
the right hand). Also (a) on the i PP: h% Job 30:12; P Kings 7: 39, 49; PPI (ace.) Job 23:9. (b) on the right of anc person '3 PP> or thing is Neh.8:4; Zee. 4:11; 1 Sa. 23:24; '3 TP7 Ps. 91 PP? 109:31 Isaiah 53:12-; 'Sppn? Gen. 48: 13; Ps. 16:8; Ezek. 10:3;
cn^l
right
is
W,
*?& (l) i- q- *3P; right (opposite to left), cnly found 2 Ch. 3:17; Eze. 4:6 a'ro. (2) ""^Pril and ellipt. TP*. a Benjaminite. Gentile noun from PP*33 see page cxxvni, B. *V? &
prophet,
l
fi/&!
("
whom h e,
sc.
4:3; '&? rP'P 2 Ki. 23:13; *B
[Imla, Imlah'],
pr. n. of the father of
God, will fill up"), Micaiah tfcg
ri?
s Sa.
24:5.
Ki. 22:8,9.
CCCLII
|/P.
4:34-
("whom God makes
lech~\, pr. n.
to reign"), \_Jamof a leader of the tribe of Simeon, i Ch.
" the wrath ol probably id.; 2.3:38, naVrj Tfnrf *heoppressing,"i.e. sword,asithas been well taken by Schnurrer, unless, perhaps, with LXX., Chald., and some MSS. we ought to read n3Vn 3"1PI. Psalm
3"J.n
an umised
"?
root,
see np'OJ.
and non
i.
to
make a noise; hence

&> be
[ (i) Q* sea.
..
q.
" 74:8, in? DV3

all."
'
let
us oppress
(i.e. let
us destroy
them
(a)
q.
DV, no;
hot,
whence PS-XL, day, ap-
plied to love,
whence nDJ." Thes.]
naV i. q. Kal, than which it is oftener of civil commotions, i. q. py'J Exod. used, specially 22:20; Levit. 19:33; Eze. 18:7, seq.; Isa. 49:26;
HIPHIL
ntf n fut.
unused in Kal; ["kindred to 1K"]. HiPHtL rP'i? and ppn 2 Sam. 14:19, denom. from
HP:.
used of fraud and cheating in bxiying and selling, Levit. 25:14, 17; followed by "? to cast out, from possession, Ezek. 46:18. (Chaldee Aph. '31K id.)
(1) to go tc the right, to turn to the right. 13:9; Eze. 21:21. Comp. IPX No. II.
(2) to
Gen.
l
Compare
H3V.
use
the
right hand.
Part. D\3'PJD
*3*p*
Ch.
M:t.
Derived or cognate nouns, PPJ, and
.
HI}) ( rest"), [Janoali], pr.n. of a town on the borders of Ephraim and Manasseh. 2 Kings 15:29. With n local nrfoj Josh. 16:6, 7.
No.
l, lP*fl
D1^ ("sleep"), Josh. 15: 53 ana, for which

there
is
in
np
H30* ("prosperity,"
a], pr. n. of
i.
q.
^j), [JYwna, 7mall.
("flight"), [Jant/n?], pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Judah.

C-!^
a son of Asher, Gen. 46 : 17

f.
m. n
adj. right (opposite of
left),
Ex.
the
29:20; Levit. 8:23.

right side.
Formed
as
from
JPJ,
J T an uncertain root, ["a spurious root"], whence But see for the Hiphil rvan is commonly derived. this form the root H13.
a shoot, Eze. 17:4. "~lp^l f. i.q. J"I|W a sucker, Properly, sucking, from the root p?*, pass, form, but Avith active power. To this word corresponds Ch.
p'r,
p-13J,
>TT- ("whom
[/mna/i],
pr. n.
God
l
m.
retains," Ch. 7:35.
i.e. preserves),
Syr. LQ<XL, suckling.
'? T unused in Kal, i.q.T-ID to exchange. Hence HIPHIL "PP 1 ? tocha nge, to exchange, Jer. 2 1 1
:
HITHPAEL
one, i.e. to
15>!rin to exchange oneself -with any change places with any one (compare
TO SUCK, fut. P_3". ["Ch. R3, Syr. Job 3:12; properly a mother's breast, followed by ace., Cant. 8:1; Joel 2:l6; but used also of other things, as Job 20:16, "he sucked the poison of
asps."
ca"]
Arab.
Jjj
to change, to exchange, Conj.

Isa.
V.
to take
the place).
Q"ji333 "for their brightness be ye substituted." So Saad.andJarchi, " in their Others, as Vulg., Chald., Syr., brightness
:6, 'np.inn
61
suck
" thou shalt also Figuratively Isaiah 6o:l6, the milk of the Gentiles and the breasts of
ye shall glory," as though
it
were the same as
1P3".
kings thou shalt suck," i. e. thou shalt be enriched with the wealth of nations and kings. Deu. 33; 19, " for nv sna11 suck the abundance
?-
*W '?
i.
êy
of the seas,"
e.
of transmarine nations
Isa.
66
UF
m.,
i
("stubborn," from rn),[/mr aA],pr.n.

:
11, 12.
Part. P.3V
Ch. 7 36.
.
q.
U^,
unused in Kal.
HIPHIL, Jud. 16:26 in
3r
let
me feel.
J
T
8:3. (b) a shoot, a HIPHIL P'3'H to give suck, to stickle, as a mother a child, Genesis 21:7; Ex. 2 7, 9 l Sa. l 23 also Part. np.?/P, with suffix used of cattle, Gen. 32 16. inprp 2 Ki. 11:2. Plural riip\rp Isaiah 49:23 (a
: ; : ; :
(a) suckling, Deu. 32: 25; Ps. sucker, see under the word P.3V.
fut.
BESS.
to
|SJ,
["
also
P(l) TO ACT VIOLENTLY, TO The primary idea is that of heat, kindred to DV Part. Zeph. 3:1, !~13>n Tyri etc."]
.
w fl3
woman), giving suck, subst. a nurse. As things which are sweet and pleasant to the taste are sucked, hence to cause to taste, to give to eat anything
t
sweet, Deu. 32:13.
"the
as
oppressing city."
for a sword.
an epithet
In other passages it is used H3Vn 3TTI the oppressing
Derivatives,
P.3V,
ngjV.
np/3^.
or violent swoii, Jer.
46:16; 50-16; and without
an unclean SpBty m. and once *\W?. (Isa. 34:11), bird, probably aquatic or living in marshes; Levit
CCCLIII
11:17; Deut. 14:16, an inhabitant of deserts or LXX. and Vulgate render it marshes, Isa. loc. cit. ibis, i. e. the Egyptian heron. Chald., Syr., noctua,
i Ki. 16:34; Zee. 4:9; Isa. 14:32; 28:16. Followed also by another ace. of the material, l Ki. '33N rv?rt ID: ? to lay the foundation 5:31, " of the house with hewn stone. Figuratively, Pg.
6:26;
rm
who supposes
vlula; and so Bochart (Hieroz. P. II, p. 281, seq.), it to be so called from twilight (*\V3).
It seems to me to be a kind of heron or crane, such a one as utters a sound like the blowing of a horn, like the ardea stellaris (SRofyrbommel), ardea Agami (ber
8:3, TV rn.D? "thou hast founded glory for thyself (comp. the usage of the Arabs, who compare glory to a
firm and strong edifice; see Muntinghi on the passage).
"
Urompeteroogcl), grus vulgaris
this
opinion being in
accordance with the etymology from ^^'3 to blow. In the list of unclean birds, Levit. loc. cit. this bird is
followed by npt???, which
root (BB>3
?
is
almost from the same
(2) to appoint, to ordain, with an aco., l Ch. 9:22; followed by ^V_ Est. 1:8. PUAL ID* to be founded, iKi. 6:37; followed by an ace. of the material, i Ki. 7:10.
tjsb).'
HOPHAL
(with
ID-ID
i.
q.
Pu.
Inf. "l?-in subst.
a foundation,
Part. "lE^k
(as if
["Inf. with prefix ite^ Isa. 51:16; "HB^ from a verb i"^),2 Ch. 31:7. The primary and
being founded, Ezr. 3:11; 2011.3:3.

dag. forte euphon.)
monosyllabic root is sad, Sanscrit to sit, Lat. sedere, Goth, satjan, to place; compare Eng. to set." See
Thes.] (i) TO FOUND (a building), ["to place a building, hence to found "], Ezra 3:12; Isa. 54 1 1
:
founded. Isai. 28:16, ^-10 a founded foundation, i.e. firm, comp

.
bsnp
b*sn p s 64:7; ^>B>3p ^>g>3 EX. 12:9. Derivatives besides those immediately following, n. niD, npio, np*o rnwo, npp, iio an d
f
pr.
nnioa]
However, proper and original signification is more frequent in Piel; in Kal commonly poetically used of God as founding the heaven or the earth, Psalm 24:2; 78:69; 89:12; 102:26; 104:5; Job 38:4; Am. 9:6. Also ["to place"^ to pile up aheap,
this
^^\m.foundation,metaph.beginning.
"TlD
1
.
Ezr.'jig.
m. a foundation, base,
Mic.
i
:
as of the altar, Ex.
29:12;
Levit. 4:7, seq.; of a building,

6,
PL DniD
and
nnb
Hab. 3:13. Lam. 4:11. Metaph.

Eze. 30:4.
used of princes (comp. ninK').
appoint, ordain, 2 Chr. 31:7.

(2) Metaphorically to constitute, to establish, Psa. 119:152; Hab. l 12, in"]P) rV3ir6 as laws. " thou hast ordained it (the Chaldean people) for punishment," i. e. hast sent, hast called for it in the
: ;
^l
lit).
f.
foundation,
Ps. 87:1.
of the form
-liD?
m. a corrector, a reprover, verbal subst. "1123 from the root Job 40:2, 3'in ">PJ.
other hemistich inp'B> BSE'P^. p s 104:8, "unto the place which thou hast appointed for them," hast Isaiah 23: 13, " behold the land of the assigned.
.
^B'-ny " shall the reprover (of God contend)
in contending with the
Almighty?"
3'~i
is inf.
absol.
-
from the root

:
3'"i
Chaldees
it
...
D'!$ anp)
TWg
"Assyria appointed
pare Jud. 1 1 verb is added.
used instead of the finite verb, com 25, V?O^ Dy in Tiq where a finite
the inhabitants of the desert," i. e. for the Chaldees compare my Commentary on the passage. NIPHAL 1D13 (l) to be founded, as a kingdom ["to sit down, settle as men in any country"], Ex.
for
;
rightly explained the
Various separate interpreters have single words of this verse (see as to~nE>*. Junius and Tremell., as to the form 3"! see Aben Ezra and Kimchi) but I have not found any
:
who have
rightly understood the whole.

I
The
inter-
9:18;
Isa.
44:28.
(2) to support, oneself, to lean, or rest on one's
of men reclining on a couch or cushion, especially as deliberating and consulting together;
arm; used
hence
to
have given above, was suggested in my larger lexicon [1810], and has been approved by Umbreit, Winer, de Wette, but neglected by Kopretation which
Fenmliller.
take counsel together: [This mode of

Gesenius
fut.
arriving at this sense is rejected in Thes. there takes up the idea of to sit together in
Ps. 2 2
:
council],
31
14.
Hence
"tfB for *riD
prop, a cushion,
W
as
from
1
m. drawing back, withdrawing, verbal "I-1D Jer. 17:13 a'ro, (as 3^* from 3^1). " those who from for'?P.p D^B*, me," depart
T
a couch, [in Thes. a sitting together], hence a council; and, on the contrary, Arab. prop, deliberation,
'Pi ?
for
ty
D^Pi?.
np ?p.
root,
i.
^Vo
an uncertain
"HP".
q. ÎPJ to
pour
out, but
sitting together
hence a couch, on which those who
intrans. to be
poured
consul; recline.
PIEI.
found Ex. 30:32,
Onc (comp. D-16? and ^J). " shall be poured." But per^|p1\
IB*
a,
["to
place
(i) i. q. Kal, to found (a building), foundation stone" ], with ace., Joshua
haps the reading should be serted as a root in Thes.]J

24
[This
is
not in-
CCCLIV
p* ("one who beholds, looks out," from n of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11 29.
:
Num. 32:15;
47
1
:
?P), [/sea A], pr.
l, 5.
(c) to
Josh. 7:12; 180111.19:8: 27:4; Isa, do more. Genesis 37 :5, ~W3 la'pi*!
*T5?P! ("whom Jehovah props

achiah], pr.
n.
up"),
[7s-
m. 2 Ch. 31:13.
^ in Kal and Hiph. fut.

*l'(fut.
^PV,
apoc. *jpV, conv.
(Isa.
Kal unused), inf. TP iri ; part. ÎPV for *)Pi* 29: 14; 38:5), and *TP1 Neh. 13:18 (compare
note).
(l) to add, (Syr. and Chald. Aph. *1P>, isuio)). Followed by an accus. of the thing added, and J? of Lev. 5:16,1 JVE^pq r\$\ that to which it is added. " V/y )PV and he shah add a fifth part thereto."
1
K5' " and they hated him yet more;" 37:8 Sam. 18:29; 2 Sam. 3 34. Sometimes the action which is either to be repeated or continued, ia omitted, and is only to be gathered from what precedes. Job 20:9, ppin 6l Wieif 13? " the eye has seen him, but it shall not add," sc. *$Y? i. e. shall see no more. Job 34:32, " if I have sinned, I will not continue," sc. to sin. Job 38:11; 40:5, 32. Ex. ll:6," such as never was before fpp'rrx? inbD}
in'K
:
(sc. flVrv) neither

11
:
afterwards will there be."

the Spirit
(sc.
Num.
25,
" and
when
came upon them they by theLXX.
prophesied *SDJ *6l
K33nn!?) but (from that day)
Deu. 19:9; followed by ' 2 Sa. 24:3. The accusative of the thing to be added is however often omitted, Deu. 13:1, ^PJTN? USQjnjn vb] V7J? " neither add thereto nor take Proverbs 30:6; therefrom (any thing whatever)."
Levit.
22:14;
27:13,
seq.
never any more,"

and Syr.
Note.
as is well rendered
Ecc. 3:14.
*l?i* there is sometimes Ex. 5:7; i Sa. 18:29; an(l on *^ e 1 contrary f\7\\ *\& Ps. 104:29; 2 Sam. 6:1, for ÔX from ÎP^. For the imp. there occurs twice ^SP, but
In the future for
written
nP^'.
Hence (2) to add (something) to crease any thing, comp. the Fr. ajouter
detrahere
(aliquid}
i.
e. to
in-
this is
a,
and Lat.
de laudibus
alic.
?y PS. 71:14, in?nrr73'7y ^Pippini.

to (increase) all thy praise."
Followed by " and I will add
more correctly referred to the root HSP. NIPHAL ^PW (l) to be added, followed by Nu. 36:3, 4, reflect, to join one's self, Ex. l :1O.
75?
Ps. 115: 14; Ezr. 1O:
10; followed by b& Eze. 23:14; followed by ? Isai. 26:15; followed by an ace. Lev. 19:25. Job42:lO, " and Jehovah nrji?> nii6 Te^S-ntf njrp fJPh increased twofold all things which Job had." Ecc. l:l8; Prov. 1:5; 9 95 10:27; l6:2l; 19:4; Job 17:9; Isa. 29:19. To increase any thing to any one sometimes means i. q. to give more, plentifully.
=
(2) to be increased, sc. in wealth. Prov. 11 :24Part. n'lSPij Isa. 15:9, additions, increases,sc. of calamities, i. e. new calamities.
Derived pr.
n. *|9>, *]Pirp,
rv?pi\
^p\ Ch. unused in Kal. HOPHAL (as in Hebrew)
^^
to
be
added, Dan.
33T
rarely occurring in Kal, fut. PIP.? Hos. 1O:
' Ps. 120:3, n ??") P-'/5 "$ TPi^P/ "$ shall one give to thee, or what shall one
1
\nr2 "what
increase
q.
to thee,
deceitful tongue?"
compare Lev. 26:21;

is
i.
" thou hast in2 Ch. 9:6, rUttCS?! 7J? JJ12PJ creased the fame," i.e. thou hast surpassed the
pass.
Eze. 5:16.
Elsewhere
to
increase,
to sur-
fame, comp.
(3) To
either
Ki. 10:7.
to
8:li [This passage is omitted in Thes.] ; 9 7 Ps. 94:10. Elsewhere in PIEL IP!, fut. IP!*, inf. also rnpj Uv. 26 18, ^PPs. 118:18. (I)TO CORRECT by blows or stripes, TO CHASTISE, Deu. 22: 18. iKi. 12:11,14, "my father chastised you with whips;" especially used of children who are
1O
;
Isa.
part.
IP' Pro.
add
do
anything, followed
by an
inf.
with ? prefixed, more rarely with a finite verb, (the copula either added or omitted, Prov. 23:35; Isa. 52:1; Hos. 1:6) is (a) to do
naked or
else
corrected by their parents, Prov. 19 18; 29:17; of men corrected by God, Levit. 26: 18, 28; Psa. 6:2;
:
again, and sembles it

.
in Latin [or other
in this particular]
it
language which reis commonly ex-
38:2; 39:12; 118:18; Jer.2 19; 10:24. (^th. TU)^! to correct, to reprove, to instruct; the palatal being changed into the harsher 3.) (a) to arfmo(2) to correct by words; hence
:
pressed by an
Genesis 4: 2, adverb, iterum, ntrsus. nn'm "and she bare Gen. 8:10,12; again." " and he 18:29, "^"l? ~W ^9*1 spoke yet again." Genesis 25 1 ; Exod. 10:28, 29. (b) to do something
mSS
nish,
afterwards, to cm '.inue Geneau 4 12, longer.

earth) shall no
to
do anything,
Pirfe-'nn
to
do
it
more
" !P.'m6 (the to thee her yield strength."
any
exhort, Prov. 9:7; Job 4:3 (comp. Hos. "also by night 7:15). Ps.i6:7, "pv ?? wp: my reins admonish me," to praise God. Followed by JP to dissuade from anything, Isa. 8:ll. Often used of the discipline which children receive from theii parents, Deu. 21:18; or men from God, Deu. 4:36
to
1
nWTW
8:5; Psa. 94:12.
(b) to instruct, to teach,
ba
CCCLV
will instruct 28:26, nV Vr6g DBSHffc him according to the right, his God will teach him." Often joined with Followed by two ace. Pro. 31 1. the synonymous word D^"" which differs from this
:
1
Vphe
,
summon
19,
to a court, to call on to plead. Job 9: TOfl* *9 " who shall cite me?" Jei. 49 19;
:
50:44-
HOPHAL
(2)
verb in applying primarily to the milder discipline of admonition and reproof, and being thence transferred
to the
(1) to be appointed, set, Jer. 24: i. turned, as the face, Eze. 21:21. Derivatives, rny., ntfo, ijn, rnjno, and pr.
to be
n.
more severe
as that of stripes
and punishment
this verb,
on the other hand, properly

is
signifies the
more severe discipline, and

is
transferred to that which

is
1^3?* [Iddo~\,
milder.
Like the former
Gr.
irai t wet*',
Germ.
3'm
ÎV.1), pr. n.
m. 2 Chron. 9:29 in np (for which m.; elsewhere HJ7, which see.

:
jud)ttgen
(from Heb. 10^.

'["
3ud)t/ jtefjen/ erjtefjen),
like the latter is
P
Arab.
to take
HIPHIL
i.
q.
Kal and
Piel.
Once OTP?X Hos.
SNATCH AWAY"],
cz.
a root, aira \eyop. Isaiah 28 17, [" TO TO REMOVE, TO TAKE AWAY.
lP.K to
gather, IV. to lay up; perhaps,
7:12."]
to
NIPIIAL "ipfa to be corrected, to be admonished, receive discipline, Ps. 2:10; Jer. 6:8; Pro. 29: lit?-'!? Eze. loc. cit. is Nithpael (see 19; Eze. 23:48.
-"nSiro.
if
away,
to snatch
away; whence
JP
a shovel,
and
Lehrg. p. 249) for

vowels, 1~ipU.
Derivatives,
however preserved,
the
The common analogy is word be written with other

ibb.
& '8T?! (perhaps "treasure of God"), \Jeuel, Jeiel, Jehiel], pr. n. of several men (l) of the captain of the Reubenites, 1 Ch. 5:7. (2) of the builder of the city of Gibeon, l Chr. 9:35. (3)
of the scribe of king Uzziah, 2 Ch. 26:
1 1, all.
/W.
T^, TOD,
y) [pi. Q^VJ] ni. a shovel for taking away ashes, from the root H^ to take away, Exod. 27:3; 38 3; Nu. 4:14; l Ki. 7 40, 45. Vulg. forceps. (In Arabic many nouns derived from the root ^.c, signify a
: :
py*
pr. n.
("
l
counsellor," part. fut. from

Ch. 8:10.
pjj),
[Jens],
m.
;
pl.
woods,
i.
q.
D^J
Eze. 34:25
am.
whom
vessel,
but in this root the Arabic appears to
differ
" (verbal, from fut. of the verb Btyj,
from the Hebrew.)

(l) of a man, l Chr. 4 9, |*5V- [Jabez], pr. n. 1O; where it is so stated as if it were put for 3^V! (he causes pains). (2) of a town of the tribe of Judah, l Ch. 2 55.
:
:
God
hastens"), [Jeush, JehusJi], pr. n. (l) of a son of Esau, Gen. 36: 18; for which there is "#?, verse 5, 14 aro. (2) of a son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr.
11:19, also of others.
UL
unused in Kal, prob.

Isa.
i.
q.
TTJJ
to
be hard, firm,
(or obstinate)
impiidens.
'Ji T (l) TO POINT OUT, TO DEFINE, TO APPOINT, especially a place, Jer. 47:7, and time, 2 Sa. 20 5 also, a punishment, Mic. 6 9.
fut. 1JJ".
robust.
NIPHAL,
33 19, TÛ
:
DJ?
"a
hard
people;" or, as well rendered
by Jerome,
(2) espouse, a wife or concubine, Ex. 21 :8, 9. k to point out anything before, iXc (Arab. especially
to
Symm.
*l
?>
di'cuS//c.
lit.,
("whom God comforts," from

is,
the root
jood
is
ifi. to
but also sometimes, to threaten some harm, appoint a time or place. Apparently cognate
to cause to
"tyfa
-Ic to
comfort), [JaazieT], pr. n. m. l Ch. 15:18;
for
which there
verse 20, /^TJ?-
'";'n
know,
to
to point out.)
XIPHAL
(l)
appointed place, to plci'.'e; followed by ? Ex. 25:22; 29:42, 43; 30:6, 36; followed by ?K Nu. 10:4. (2) recipr. to come together at an appointed time or place, Neh. 6:2, 10; Job2:ll; Am. 3:3;
also
meet with any one at an come with him to such a
"^fiL ("which
ziabJ], pr. n.
Jehovah comforts"), [Jaa-
m.
Ch. 24:26, 27.
"MJT- & ("which Jehovah aids"), [Jaa~ zer, \Jazer~\, pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Gad, near the land of the Ammonites, long subjected to the rule of the Moabites; its site was in the spot
TU
generally, to come together, Josh. 11:5; l Ki. 8:5; followed by /J? against any one, speaking of confederates, Nu. 14:35; 16:11; 27:3. HIPHIL Tjnn to appoint any one to meet at a
certiin time or place, specially for
where now are the ruins

ful authority, see
called Sdr.
is
As
Isa.
to the sea
ofJazcr(~\W_ DJ Jer. 48:32), which
of very doubt-
my observations
1
'l
on
16
8.
8.
judgment
to
Nu. 21:32; 32:1. Greek 'Ia/p, pare Eusebius, De Locis Heb. v.
Mace. 5
Com-
CCCLVI
/? a 61 10.
:
root, o/roi
Xeyo'/i.
i.
q. ÔJJ
TO
CLOTHE,
"1/y..
foa.
or chamois.
i.
/"!
Chald.
q.
Hebr. fJ
TO COUNSEL.
Part.
:
(for t3J),
A COUNSELLOR of a king, Ezra 7

consult together, Dan. 6:8.
Nt?V.-
mois;" The Arabs say
f. of the preceding, the female ibex Pro. 5: 19, ID J"DJ" the graceful chaan epithet applied to a beautiful woman.
^l)
proverbially
;
ulcJ^
i.
.-*
J*\\
more
beautiful than an ibex
U,
ITHPAEL,
to
Bochart,
pr.
899.
(a) \_Jaalah, Jahala~],
n. m.,
Ezra 2:56;
Neh.7:58.
E/J?! ("whom God hides"), [7"aa/am], pr.n. of a son of Esau, Gen. 36:5, 14.
* * *
Derivative,
'ST
[Je/,
in
when not
aro
[Also used Jehiet], see ^TO. as i Ch. 5:7; 15:18, 21.]
f*
"VJP ('''whom God stirs up"),[/atr], pr. n. of a man, 1 Ch. 20:5 np, in 3'ro there is "HVJ. In the
parallel place, 2 Sa. 21
U/ ^ an unused
greedy, voracious,
root.
9
'
f
N._.
Syriac Ethpa.
^ "" s..L) to
be
greedy, voracious.
Hence
from
its
19, there D'STX, but 0^~}N appears to be

:
is
instead of
it
*T3-
probably
IV.I
and
njJJl the ostrich, so called
a spurious reading taken by mistake from the following D'S'iX ~3D.
greediness.
|y. (for
n ?S.*.) prop.subst. purpose, intent (from the
py*
1
("
troubled,"
see P3),
[7acAan], pr.n.m.,
Ch. 5:13.
\^\
unused in Kal
(i) TO
ASCEND ON HIGH,
rise
propose any thing by words, to signify), always used as a particle: (1) as a prep, on account of, Eze.5:9; Hag. 1:9; followed by an inf., Isa. 37:29.
root
H3J?,
^J^
to
TO RISE
above.
ABOVE; kindred to H7JJ. (Arab. ^s. t to V. to ascend a mountain, to stand on

Hence
the
summit, J^. a noble, a prince.)

(a)
to
?JP ibex.
?J
excel,
7'JJin
i
to
be
useful, compare
in the
compound word
HIPHIL
absol.
?S!r?-
Pro.
(i) to be useful, to profit, to aid, ; 11:4; Jerem. 2 8, TOJV'fiO nriK

:
(2) asaconj., because, in that, Nu. 20: 12; l Ki. 20:42; 2 Ki. 22:19; more fully "W$ \V1 Gen. 22:16l Sa. 30 2 2 l Ki. 3:11, etc. more rarely '? JJ Nu. Followed 1 1 20 Isa. 7:5; each followed by a pret. fut. "f 'S ]V1 it is, that, Eze. 12:12. It is three a by times emphatically doubled !J3-1 H because and because, because that (bteireil), Levit. 26:43; Eze.
: ;
<3?n " they follow those

nothing,"
who profit
(or are worth)
13:10; a-^d without the copulative ft? 36 3. Compare $2.

:
JJ
ibid.,
W
Isa.
Followed by dat. of pers. e. false gods). (i. 30:5; Jer. 23:32; or of the thing. Job 30: 13, 'TV? ? they help my fall;" with suff.^J?V Isa.
1
)#.*
an ostrich, so called from

;
its
greediness ana
57:12.
(2) intrans. to be benefited, to receive help from any thing. Job 21 -.15, 7*jn3TID "what should we
in plur. D'?J?!! gluttony Lam. 4: 3 innp; and there it is used t7rtroiVwc, of the LXX. <Jc ffrpovdlov. female ostrich, for 'l^.*. rW?.
see the root |J.
Once found
be benefited D3 7'jrt* in which there
(in this thing)?"

is
15:3, "words SO no profit;" 35:3; Isa.
Vulg. sicut stntthio. (As to the sense compare Job Of much more freqnent use is 39: 17).
n Jy..
f.
of the preceding (as to the form compare
47:12548:17.
?J
Hence
\?J
m.
pi.
DyX*. const.
(l) the ibex, perhaps S .-
/V.T fem. "V^l, not '"VV.;), everywhere joined with HS; ""Uy'.TJ"!? the daughter of the female ostrich, i. e. the
also the
chamois.
Arab. J^. and
U., Ps. 104: 18
Com p. Bochart, Hieroz. P. I, p. 915, seq. Job 39: 1. Dy?*? *T& the rocks of the wild goats, near the desert
of Engedi,
1
female ostrich herself; according to Bochart, Hieroz. ii. 230, opp. to DDI|1J|) the male ostrich, Levit. 1 1 16; In the plural, however, nay*. n'l3? is, Deut. 14:15.
:
Sa. 24:3.
without doubt, used for either sex, Isa. 13:21; 34 13 ; Mic. 1:8; Job 30 29 (in these passages they are said
:
(2) [Jaef], pr.n. (a) of a judge [?] or heroic person of Israel, before the time of Deborah, Jud.
to inhabit the deserts, and to utter a doleful cry). The Arabs, at least, call an ostrich without any dis-
--
5:6. [This
surely the same as the next.] (V) of a resolute woman, the wife of Heber the Kenite, Jud.
is
tinction of sex to the
.Ui (a word which

s - -- -.
<,
judge kindred
Others have
to
4:17,18; 5:24. Some understand the same spoken of >:6 [of course they are the same.]
to
be
Hebrew),
<Lel*}, <L<lx)
i^-u.
t badly rendered HJJ* an owl, from njV
cry out
(fl
CCCLVII
opposition to thrj context and the authority of the ancient interpreters.
^5?*.
(4)
i.
q.
Arab.
Ug.. to
predict,
to
declare future
["whom Jehovah answers"], [Jaanai],

l
pr.n. m.,
Ch. 5:12.
(
selled,
i.
*]
to
J^ fut. BIS*?
i)
q.
Arab.
^Jj^
to
run.
to
See HOPHAL, and the derived nouns

be
0o swiftly, and *|J
be C6 unreceive advice, Pro. 13:10. (2) recipr. to consult one another, i.e. to hold a consultation, to deliberate, Ps. 71:10; 83:6; followed by DJ? i Ch. 13: 1 or J"IX Isa. 40: 14; l Ki.
to
;
things, Nu. 24:14; Isa.4l:28. NIPHAL n?i3 (l) reflect, to let oneself
12:6, 8, to deliberate with

(2)
any
one.
fatigued, wearied out (compare

:
^JJ),
(3)
to
consider with
oneself; also to decree,
com-
whether in running, Jerem. 2 24, -13J|V"K? rpB>j93p " those who seek her will not be weary." Luth. or bte fud)en, burfen nid)t rcett laufen. Isa. 40:30, 31 with heavy labour, Isa. 40:28; 44:12; Hab. 2:13; or with grief, Isa. 50 4. [But this is the next word,
ft'e
;
:
or advise, as the result of deliberation. Followed by 7N 2 Ki.6:8, ibs!? lH3g ^K ftjfVl and he
mand,
commanded
his servants, saying." 2 Chr. 2O:21; lKi.l2:6,9, Dnyy_U ,DF|8 HO "what do ye advise?" HITHPAEL, i. q. Niphal No. 2, Ps. 83:4.
the derivative
ÎV.*-]
Derivatives,
n*
HOPHAL,
"
wearied
part, in flight."
wearied.
Daniel 9:21, *$*? *$

Qepdpevog.
LXX. raêi
following Theod., Vulg., Syr., take *$& root 5]-iy, and translate it flying, but this is unsuitable
to that
Others, from the
X?- (" taking hold of the heel, supplanter, layer of snares," comp. Gen. 25:26; 27:36; Hoseai2:4),
which follows
^2.
tired, Isa.
Derivatives, rnsy^fl and the following words.

^|y. T
of the twin sons of Isaac; pr.n. Jacob, the younger the ancestor of the nation also called Israel ('"$?".) of Israel, Gen. 25 50. 3pl *D^ the God of Jacob,
;
i.
m. fatigued, wearied,
40: 29 [" of
Spy." , JV3 and Jehovah, Isaiah 2:3; Psa. 2O:2. simply 3'py. the house or family of Jacob ; poetically
1
e.
11
..
a people"]; 50:4.
masc. a swift course, [_"weari ness, arising from swiftness of course"], Dan. 9:21.
^JX
:
used of the people of
Israel,
i.
q.
?&&*., *%?&.
Gcr_.
^3
: ;
compare
IB'V..
Used of the land of Israel,
49 7
Vy.
fut. ?$"., for
imp. there
is
twice -1^ (from
elsewhere used of the whole people regarded as one person, e.g. Isa. 41, 43, 44, 45, etc.; rarely used ol the kingdom of Ephraim, Hos. 12:3; Mic. 1:5; Isa.
the root
py) [perhaps primarily

this,
to
command.
2
See
Jud.
Thes. as to
and also as
(i) TO
to the cognate roots],
17:4; or even, as also Israel is used in the later books, of the kingdom of Judah, Obad. 18; Nah.
2:3.
l (id.), pr. n.,
19:30;
Isa.
8:10.
GIVE COUNSEL,
Sam.
Fol17:11, l'5; more fully n^y fJT 16:23; 17:7. lowed by dat. of pers., Job 26:3, by a stiff., Exod.
subst. 18:19; l Kings 1:12; 12:8,13. Part. a counsellor, adviser, Prov. 11:14; 24:6; especially the counsellor, or minister of a king, i Ch.
"13p5
[Jaakobah'],
01.4:36.
YW
:
<jL
an unused
to
root,
i.
q.
Arab.
Jj,
prop,
is
to boil,
2 7 32, 33 Ezra 7:28; 8 25, (compare 7 24, 25). Plural D'yy.V chiefs, leaders, of a land and state,
=
; :
to
boil up,
boil over; the idea of which
applied
Job 3:14; 12:17; Isa. 1:26. (2) to take counsel, to decree, followed by a Psa. 62:5, HHrip -ISJJ^ intfbp "they have gerund. decreed to cast (him) down from his height;" followed by
followed
counsels,
(3) to
/y_
any sort of redundancy or abundance, as the luxuHence the following words. riant growth of plants.
to
*^?_
[with
suff. 1"lJf!]
masc.
(l)
redundancy
of honey; honey spontaneously and freely flowing from the combs, which was called by the Greeks and
by
against any one, Isa. 7:5; 19:17; 23:8; HIST fJ!J to devise evil Jer. 49:20.
Isa.
32:7.
i.e. to
With
suff. Ps.
consult for any one, 16:7; 32:8,^V.
TK
net
T?3?
nO'BW
iyy;
" I will
i.
T^
provide for. n>TP, pregn. for

and
will
Romans aKrjrov ptXi, mel acetum (Plin. N. H. xv. 1 1). Cant. 5:1; more fully B^n rPV! l Sam. 14 27 Some have carelessly and inaccurately rendered this favus mellis, meaning the cells of wax, the comb in
:
care
for thee,
my eye upon thee,"
e. I
will favour thee.
KVT one
5.
which the honey is contained, and out of which the purest honey oozes, (see Ovid, Fast., iv. 152, expressia It is rather i. q. CTaW n?3 tl;. mella liquata favis}.
dropping of honey combs, the German >omgfetm/ Psalm 19:11. This very German word, of frequei i occurrence in Luther's translation of the Bible, u
consults, i. e. cares for, protects, Isa. part, in all its ether occurrences means a
sel
;
who
[The
giver of coun-
why uhould it
not be the same here?
So Thes.]
CCCLV1I1
erroneously explained
by some
to
mean
it
the honeyi.
comb
(vônigjeUe/ .gxmtgfcfaibe),
while
rather signifies
q.
cfcleim,
of doubling the latter radicals, such as "^DP, can hardly be compared with this, since this latter usage,
instead
it.
liquid honey, as if saliva mellis

saliva).
(etm/
To
of increasing the signification, diminishea give my own opinion, 1 think that an error
(2)0 thicket of trees, so called from the luxuriant 9 f N^ growth of trees and shrubs, see the root (Syr. J;
thicket of briers, Arab.
e..
may
exist in this word,
and that the
letters B' at the
rugged place, whence the

of passage, spoken
spurious, as having arisen from the practice of copyists; of this, which has been a constant source of errors, I have treated in Thes. i.
beginning
may be
verb
P. to
be rugged,
difficult
p.
64; Anecdd. Orient,

to
i.
68.
(of a
of a region), Isaiah 21:13; Eze. 21:2,3; hence any wood or forest, Deu. 19:5; Josh. 17: 15, 18. J"T3
the house of the forest, Isa. 22:8; fully TJC IV2 }i33?n the house of the forest of Lebanon, i Ki. 7:2;
HITHPAEL, 4:30.
>
adorn oneself
woman),
Jer.
Tn
Derivatives, besides those v/hich follow next,

S*
:
*?*.,
and probably
riSl/D.
10:17; it was the armoury of king Solomon, elsewhere (Neh. 3:19) called p'J, its name arose from Used of a the cedar wood, of which it was built. rugged rough country (see Syr.), Hosea 2:14. Metaph. of a troop of enemies, Isa. 32: 1 9 comp. i o 1 8, 1 9, 34.
;
:
|"I3 a T dj. m., constr. HQ*; f. HBJ constr. riQ^ (l) fair, beautiful, used of persons, both men and women, Gen. 12:14; 2 Sa. 1 3 l 14:25; Cant
: ;
1; 8;
(3) pr. n. probably
i.
q.
DT
nnp Ps
5:9; 17:42; or
4i:2,seq.
;
often with the addition of '"'")

"I8?h
Sa.
132:6.
Gen. 29:17; also used of animals, of pleasant countries, Psalm 48 3 of a

: ;
"!"$!
[Jar ah"], pr. n. m., l

ee
Chr. 9:42; probably
a wrong reading, see
pleasant tuneful voice, Eze. 33:32. " (z)good, excellent, caXoc- Ecc. 3:11,
all
God made
things beautiful;" ca\tDc,5: 17.
TC No.
i.
^QijlD*
rVSTPlip* adj f., Jer. 46: 20, fa iris h; from masc. (of the form 'P?9i?, Lehrg. 497), the letter n
\y^".-
("
whom Jehovah nourishes," from

~*>
the unused root BHJJ, Syr. _j;_i to fatten), *iaA], pr. n. m., 1 Ch. 8:27.
quiescing in the middle of the word (Lehrg. p. 48). In consequence of this word appearing to be too dis-
\Jare-
crepant from ordinary usage, in very editions it is found divided into two.
15*
many MSS. and

Jon. 1:3;
'TO
(abbreviated from
pr. n. masc.,
rrfe>l
:
made"),
Ezra 10 37 n'm,
"whom Jehovah np *&!..
("beauty"), [Japho, Joppa~\,
[Jaasau\.
God made"), [Jaasiel, Jaone of David's captains, 1 Ch. 11:47; compare 27:21.
tief], pr. n. of
'*ro ("whom
Josh. 19:46; 2Ch.2-i5, and Ezr.3:7; pr.n. Gr. 'IOTTTTJJ, a maritime city of the Danites with a
WS)
celebrated
port on the Mediterranean;

Uij),
now
called
Jafa
(\j\j
and noted
for its port.
Relandi Pa-
n n?-C' whona Jehovah

pr. n.
laestina, p.
864.
i.
frees"), [Iphedeiah],
m.,
Ch. 8:25.
HT
q. HIS,
n?3 TO BLOW, TO BREATHE, TO

to
PUFF, unused
(1) properly TO SHINE, TO BS
VBJ,
in Kal.
to
HITHPAEL,
compare
J?
^^
BRIOHT, cogn. root and H3. Hence '?>; No. l,
pant,
sigh deeply, Jer. 4:31.
Hence
D-?* adj. breathing out; Ps. 27:12, DOn HB^ " and breathing out wickedness;" compare O'Cn.
and nplD an
a miracle. (2) to be beautiful, used of a woman, Cant.4:io; 7:2,7; Eze. 16:13; of a tree, 31:7. PJ:L, to make beautiful, to adorn, to deck (-with
illustrious deed,
S? Eze. 28:7, and

^*BJ
T.
in pause *P*; with eutL
m.
gold), Jer. 10:4.
PUAL, with the two

be
first
very beautiful, Psalm
radicals doubled np^DJ to But this form* is 45:3.
(1) splendour, brightness (see the root No. l), of a king, Isa. 33:17; of a city, Psalm 50: 2; Ezek.
27:3,4, 11.
(2)
Isa.
altogether without analogy, nor is there any found of first radicals which are doubled;
example examples
&eaty,<7race/Wnea*,ofawoman,P8.45:
12;
3:24; Eze. 16:25.
CCCLIX
JTS! ( splendid"), [Japhia], pr.n. (i) of a town in the tribe of Zebulon, Josh. 19:12. (a Of several men. (a) of a king of the city of Lachish, Josh. 10:3. (b) of a son of David, 2 Sam.
To oo OUT,
riac
<>
ic GO FORTH (JEth. QQftj id. In Syand Chaldee the word which radically corresponds,
to germinate, to expand, as a plant, they use in the sense of going out, when speaking of
WJ!
t^
men and
m.
i
?! ("whom Ch. 7:32, 33.
God
other things
_OiJ,
pM
as the
Arabs do
frees"), [Japhlet], pr.n. Patron, with the addition of the

Const, followed
is prepared"), Nu. 13:6; 14:6.
syllable
v x-
V,
Josh. 16:3.
by
IP of the place,
whence any one
(perhaps "for
whom away
pr. n.
m.
(i) the father of Caleb,
goes out, Gen. 8:19; Job 3:11; also followed by an accus. like the Latin egredi urbem: 6611.44:4, D[?
-1S^ "hi egres si erant urbem;" Ex.9:29,33; " that which Job 29:7; Deu. 14:22, nnbn goes out from the field," its produce; Jerem. 10:20, *31 " 'J-INy' my children have gone out from me," i. e. have forsaken me; Am. 4: 3, n3X>TI D'V"}? " go out
TyrrnN
(8)101.7:38.
NV
,y5 T
unused in Kal, TO SHINE, TO BE BBIGHT,

(i)
to
cognate root HDJ. HIPHIL yj"?in.
cause
to
shine, used of God,
Job 37:15.
(2)
to
give light,
to be
bright, (prop, to scatter, or
like "1W1), Job 3:4; 10:3; lijht, especially used of Jehovah as appearing in very bright light, Deu. 33:25 Ps. 50:2; 80:2; 94:1.
bestow
Gen. through the breaches." Part. l^n'C" with with accus. of Once 9:10. 34:24, compared that which goes out in great plenty, or pours itself out (comp. Heb. Gramm. ed. 10, 135, i, note 2, and
1
^] W'?
the verbs r6j; Pro. 24:31
TV Lam. 3:48 Am. 5:3,

;
Derivatives, the pr. n. V.W, riya^p and
n^|).
fern,
beauty, splendour of a
city,
Ezek.
"the city which poured forth thousands ;" IP is prefixed to the gate by which one goes out, Jud. 11:31; and f Jer. 17:19; Neh. 2:13.
T-JJn
s>N nKVTl
88:7,17.
a spurious root, which some have invented T on account of the noun OQ^D. But this comes from
HD*.
J>5
Specially to go out, to goforth,isused (a) of soldiers (a) to war, l Sa. 8:2O; Job 39:21; Isa. 42 .-13;
Zechariah 14:3 (and similarly shepherds against wild

beasts, l Sa. 17 : 35). (/3)out of a city in order to surrender it, Isa. 36: 16. (b) merchants and sailors for of Deut. trade, 33:18. purposes (c) slaves manu-
HS*
son of
pr. n.
Japheth, the second [query

seq.),
eldest]
Noah (Gen. 5:32; 7:13; 9:18,
whose
descendants (Gen. 10:2 5) are stated to have especially occupied the western and northern regions of the earth; this accords well enough with the
"
by their owners, Ex. 2 1 3, 4, 1 1 Lev. 25 41 54; more fully in this sense I^SH NVJ Ex. 21 :5; and
mitted
:
^Drp
NV^ verse 2 to go out as free, manumitted (figu,
etymology
of the name, which has the sense of widely-extending, from the root nnS; see Gen. 9:27, LXX.
ratively applied to estates
which were
to
be delivered
or what God sets free," 14: 17), pr. n. (i) [Jiphtah], a town in the tribe of Judah, Joshua 15:43. (2) [Jephthali], a judge of Israel, celebrated for havJ?5! (prob.
"
whom,
gratuitously to the original possessor in the year of jubilee, Lev. 25:28, 30). (d) children, descendants are said to come forth from their father, or the ancestor of the race; Gen. 17:6, f]pp shall forth from thee, " shall be
see the root
nn|
Isa.
D^p
kings
ing, in
ter,
compliance with a vow, sacrificed his daughJnd. 1 1 12 ; i Sa. 12 1 1 ; Greek 'I 00a,
' : :
amongst thy descendants. More fully 'B TP, J??P N to come forth from the womb, from the loins of any one, Job
l:2l; Gen. 46 26. (e) those who are delivered from danger are said to come forth followed by an accus. Ecc. 7:18, D^SVIN KV.1 D<r6 NT he who fears God shall come forth from all these" (similarly of any one who escapes being taken by lot, opp. to T37J i Sa.
:
;
come
Vulg
Jephte.
Wp!
et], pr. n. of
opens"), \_Jiphthaha valley in the tribes of Zebulon and
which God
Asher, Josh. 19: 14, 27.
14:41).
It is
:
once without X *JW Job 1:21; fut. **!, imp. N?,- with n parag. HXX Ju d. 9:29; pi. once inf. absol. rivoyuaAwc n f?V Cant. 3 1 1 const.
pret.
: ;
S>V^ k> -f T
applied to inanimate things.
So
(/) th
sun
Jf,
part.
'
KX>, f. NV* for ny, Deu. 28:57; Ps. 144:14.
nX*
N,
and without
19:23; Pg. 19:6; the stars, Neh. 4: 15; the morning, Hos. 6:5. (g) to plants which spring forth, l Ki. 5:13; Isa.
is
said to
go forth,
i.
e. to
rise, Gen.
a:
1 1
flowers,
Job 14:2; compare Syr. J/Sy
to shoot
CCCLX
ap,aud the noun D'XWy.
forth from a fountain, Gen. 2
Isa.
(A) water flowing, gushing Deut. 8 io Q?O KVi

: ;
Luke 1:19. Job The same phrase
Zee. 6 5, comp. Prov.

:
22:^9
41 18.
:
It is
used also
(i)
inus,
running
:
on,
running
of a boundary, termthrough, Josh. 1.5:3,
which is laidout, expended, 13 (like the synonyms in Syriac, Arabic, and forth to the people, Êthiopic). ([) of things which go are promulgated; of an edict, Hab. 1:4; of the sentence of a judge, Ps. 17:2; compare Gen. 24:50. (m) of the outgoing, i. e. the end of a period of time; Exod. 23: 16, n3B n nKV? " at the end of the year,"
4,9, 1 1. a Ki. 12
(k) of money
;
in a hostile sense, to stand up against God, Ps. 2:2. (2) to stand (ftetjn/ baftefyn), followed by ''JIB? before any one, i.e. to minister to him, Prov. 22:29; *
stand firm
before any one (beftcfyn oor jem.), whether a victor before an enemy, followed by *?.?? Deu. 9:2: Job 41:2; '.3B3 Deut. 7:24; 11:25; Josh. 1:5; Ofc 2 Ch. 20 6 or a just person before a judge, followed
:
;
by \n!f 13$
Ps. 5:6.
Absol. 2 Sa. 21:5.
Ezek.7:io; hence of the end, the destruction of a

city, Eze.
(3) to stqndupfor,tostandbyanyone(bt\$tt)n), Ex. 2:4, followed by ? of pers. Ps. 94: 16.
SV^d-
26:18.
to
/uaXwc, for S-yrin, see Lehrg. p. 386.
HIPHIL K*>in causat.
cause
;
to
go out, or come
forth, hence of animate beings to lead out, e. g. the people from Egypt, Ex. 12:51; 16:6; of inanimate beings, to carry out, Gen. 14:18; to draw out, to take out, Ex. 4:6, 7; Job 28:11; to take out as from a case, Gen. 24:53. Specially it is
(a) causat. of Kal, letter g, to put forth plants (as the earth), Gen. 1:12,24; Isa. 6 1 1 1 (b) causat. of Kal
: .
3V* Ch. unused in Pe. to be firm, sure. PAEL, tospeakthat which is true, certain, Dan. 7:19; comp. 16. Hence adj. 3'-l.
l unused in Kal, but cogn. to the roots 3^,
n$3, y?*, and P*: Hiphil. HIPHIL 3 VVH (in the manner of verbs
IS) pr. te
letter k, to
cause
by TV
x.
f
to lay
to lay out, to exact money, followed on a tribute, 2 Ki. 15 20 (comp. Arab.

:
make
(1)
to
to
stand, hence
_
a,
<. tribute).
(c) causat. of
Kal
.
letter
/,
to
place, to set (tHnftellen) persons, Gen. 43:9; 47:2; Judges 7:5; Jer. 51:34; Job 17:6; things, Gen.3O:38; Deu. 28:56. Trop. to establish, Am.
5:15, "establish right in the gate." Jud. 6:37. (2) to put, to place, (3) to leave, to let stay (jleijn lafien)Gen. 33:15. HOPHAL >>'Q pass, of Hiph. No. 3. Ex. 10:24.
IIIX^ (from the root ^DV to shine, compare 3pT No. 2), m.
fresh and new, Nu. 18:12; (1) oil, especially Deu. 12:17; 14:23; 2Ki.i8:32. It is often joined with B^R must, and it appeai-s to c jffer from lpt?' as t?Vvn does from F. TV'? *.?? ons of oil, i.e.
.
publish
report, followed
by ?J? of the pers concerning

;
:
the report is spread, Nu. 14: 37 Deu. 22 14, report \vnrds, followed by? of the per^s. to whom they are brought, Neh.6:i9; to promulgate docK'ri' D$J& trine, Isa. 42 l, BS^D "he shall promul" gate a law to the Gentiles" [far better literally, he shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles"]; Isa. 42:3. (d) to produce as an artisan, Isa. 54: 16. (e) to lead forth, i.e. to separate, Jer. 15:19.
whom
19
;
to
HOPHAL, to be brought forth, Eze. 38:8; 47:8.

Derivatives,
to be
taken out,
anointed ones, Zee. 4:14.
Hence deiiom.
N^, JWO,
in Kal.
">'nyn [see
nKVIO, rfltJ*B, D'KyKg,
HKV, HXiV [and in Thes. K1V].
iny].
NX* Ch. unused

SHAPHEL
N.V??'
Nu. 3:19.
5
of Kohath, Ex. 6: 18; (2) \_Izhar~], pr. n. of a son Patron, ends in *r, Nu. 3 27.
:
and
^B
in the
Targums
is,
to
bring something to an end, to finish. Hence in the Scripture &T& finished, Ezr.6:
subst. see
V*
part. Paul.]
fut.
is
15.
[unused in Kal] TO SET, TO PUT, TO PLACE,

3^3, from which Niphal, Hiphil, and Hophal, and also many derivative nouns are formed.
i.
nV*. (" sporting," as if it were part. the root PDV, to which etymology allusion
from
made,
q.
Isaac (LXX.
Gen.l7:17, 19; l8:ia, seq.; 21:6; 26:8), pr. n. a patriarch, the son of Abra*I<ranic),
Sarah, Gen. 21
28. In the poetical books
HITHPAEL
(i) to set oneself,to take
a stand
ham and
it is <.
(fid)
16; 19:17; 34:5; " and took his stand 22:22; l Sa. 17:16, (for the fight) forty days." Job 33:5, followed by '?.?? Ex. 8 1 6
btnfWlen, Hntrtten),Ex.2:4;
:
Nu.n
sometimes written pn?". (Syr. >f>^m/|, Arab.

Ps. 105:9; Jer.33:26;
cit.
fj^^)
in
i.
Am.
7:9, 16; and
and VjJ of
pers.
nirv
^ a-V^n used
of the angels as
Am. loc.
nation of Israel poetically used for the
presenting themselves before God, Gr.
q.
CCCLXI
see
No.
3.
PIEL,
tof.ur
'"1
out.
id. 2
Part.
np.:-?lP
2 Ki.
4:5
ri'ro.
fc^V)
lijn),
m. verbal
adj. pass,
(but of active significa-
from the rootNiP; goneforth, come out, 2Ch. 32:21.
HIPHIL p^V 1 form HIPHIL P^V?
Ki. loc.
cit.
np, but in anothei

i.
is
to
place,
to set,
q.
^'VD
(the
3*5T m. Ch.
Dan. 6:13.
V
adj.
(i) established, firm, valid.
ideas of pouring, casting, placing, being connected), Josh. 7:23; 2 Sa. 15:24.
HOPHAL
Ps. 45:3.
PV'Ifi.
(i) tobe poured out, Lev. 21 :io;
(2) true, trustworthy. * adv. certainly, Dan. 2:8.
Dan. 2:45;
3 2 4=
"I
(2)
*-*?
to
to
be
cast
from
P->">
37:18.
TO
Metaph.
SPREAD OUT.
(Arab,
place,
Derivatives,
pMB,
%)&
metal, 1^.7:23,33; Job firm, fearless, Job 11:15. [HjttD], and

l
to spread out. Cognate roots are 3*, 3J, P^J.) Part. pass. JJ 1^ subst. [simply taken as such in Thes.]
-
V)
I.
f.
a casting (of metals),
Ki. 7:24
(1) a bed, a couch, Psalm 63 -.7; 132:3; Job 17:13; used of a marriage bed, Gen. 49 4. Vulg. tabulatum. l Kings (2) a story, floor. 6:5,6, 10 (np rVJ). Const, fern. verse6(ter) and
:
fut. IX" V"1 ?*!, also 1*! Isa. 44: 12 (so also 42 6 49 8 T"!*? which, in my Commentary, I have with others incorrectly derived from IV- ) see No. 2.
Isa.
masc. verse 10.

this
name was given
In the temple of Solomon, loc. cit., to the three stories of side
chambers
Verse 6
is
five cubits
(riiypy) on three of the sides of the temple, in height one above another; JNV* fem.
FORM, TO FASHION, as a potter, clay (see Gen. 2:7, 8,19; an artist, statues, Isa. 44:9,10,12; arms, Isa. 54:17. Often used of God
(1) TO
IvVa
potter),
as the Creator,
Ps,.
94:9,
1!^ ">>T
" he
;
who formed
(where it whole of
used of the single stories; in verses 5, 10 is masculine) it is used collectively of the
the eye," Ps. 33=155 74=175 95 =5 Isa. 45:7, 18, ir. which sense it is often joined with ^7?- Part. "TO' 1
as a subst.
this part of the temple. Aug. Hirt (der Tempel Salomo's, p. 24, 25), makes these three stories to have risen to the full height of the temple; in
"^P ^3 a
is (a) a potter, Ps. 94:9, 20; whence vessel of earthenware, Ps. 2 9 ; 2 Sa. 17:28.
:
he follows Josephus, but it is in contradiction to the express words of the Hebrew text, verse 18,
this
(i) an artist, a maker of statues, Isa. 44:9. creator, Isa. 43: i 44: 2, 24. As to the word
;
(c)
"Nfl*
Zee. 11:13, see P- CCCXLIII, B. [The use made of the in the New Test, passage proves that the word here
HIPHIL
y-Vi? to
spread
iTV^Kl
i.
out, to
Ps. 139:8,
7M$
"and
make
(if)
spread under. I spread out
Hades beneath me,"

58:5.
e.
(it)
my
bed, Isaiah
HOPHAL,
pass.
Isa.
14:11, n")
JW
simply means the potter.'] (2) Followed by ? to form for any thing, to des" I tine for any thing; Isa. 44:21, ^ 1?$ have formed thee, that thou mayest be my servant;"
T^
T^r"? "the
worms are spread under

4:3; compare Isa. 14:11. Derivative J^B.
T
thee," are for thy bed, Est.
" I have formed nnii^ s|?nw T]->'? thee, and made thee the author of a covenant of the Often used of people;" Isa. 49:5, 8; 45:18 (fin.).
Isa.
42: 6,
DJJ
fut. i&!, pi. -IPX?
(once
fut.
E. PXM
Ki. 22
things predestined, predetermined by God, (opp. to their event, result), Isaiah 22:ll; 37 26 43 7
:
;
35
and there intransitive), imp. p [in some copies], 8 Ki. 4:41, and p^ Eze. 24:3; inf. np...
46:11.
(3) to form in the mind, to devise, to plan, 2 Ki. Ps. 94 2O 19 2 5 against any one, Jer. 18 1 1 Jer. 1:5 (np). NIPHAL, pass. ofKal No. l, to be formed, created,
'
POUR, TO POUR OUT, liquids, Gen. 28:18; 35:14; Ex. 29:7; 2 Ki. 4:4; to cast metal, such as brass, Exod. 25 1 2 26 37 36 36. Part. pass. p-1
(1) TO
:
; : ;
Isa.
cast,
Kings 7:24, 30; hence hard, firm, like cast metal, Job 41 15, 16. Metaph. Ps. 41 :g, ?^| "D'H ta pl ^ " a wicked purpose is poured out upon
l
:
1
43:10.
1
PUAL
1'V
pass, of
Kal No.
3, to be
predestined,
Ps. 139:16.
him."
(2) to
HOPHAL,
i.
q.
Niphal, Isa. 54: 17.

is
Derivatives,
pour self
out,
Job 38:38,
py-lS^ 1?J>
it
nj$?
a molten mass," i. e. like a molten mass.
out, l Ki. 22:35; where dust flows into becomes wet with rain water,
to
flow
1-> D Tinot divided into two parts.J
[In Thes. this root

II.
""^-^
i.q.")-1V,
but intrans. TO BE
STRAITENED
112)
TO BE
NARROW, (comp. Gramm.
76, 1 ^hrg.
CCCLXII
Only found in fut. ", pi. *">! Pro. 4:12; Isa. 49 19 Job 18: 7. Elsewhere impers. ft "i!! it was narrow
: ;
dug
to
7tii
(in pret.
ft
~>), i.e.
Judges 2:15; 10:9; Job 20:22. ft plexity, Gen. 32:8 (and so in f.

(c) to be
(a) to be in distress, (b) to be in per-
It was flows, Joel s : / , Pro. 3: 10. commoDi} into the earth, ci else cut out in the rock. (2) the wineprcfs itself, Job 24: 11 ; 2 Ki. 6: 47.
1$M
ftd)
g~ieved(n
1
nafym
e8
Sa. 30:6). 2 Sam. natje),

1
7V5|T
Neh.
1 1
:
("what
and
God
gathers"), [Jekabzeet],
25,
^*V?p
[Kabzeef], Josh. 15:8!;
13:12.
%
2 Sa. 23 20, pr. n. of a town in the south of Judea.

:
"1V.
m.
will, sufl* fa? ..
(l) frame,
formation;
"p"!
fut. "T2! Isa.
10: 16, and 1E". Deu. 32:22, TO

Isa.
Ps 103:14.,
1*. JTC
Wn-3
"for he knoweth our

Isa,.
BURN, TO SET ON FIRE,

.ily).
i.
frame,"
i.e.
knows how or whence we have been

:
Part. pass. "MpJ "that
65:5 (Arab. jjj. id., Syr. which is kindled,"
formed; hence, a thing framed, as earthenware, 29:16; specially an ido I, Hab. 2 1 8.

(2) Metaph.
a meditation, thought, more
fully
the fuel burning on the hearth, Isa. 30: 14. *li?in to be kindled, to burn, Lev. 6:2, 5, 6; trop. of anger, Jer. 15:14; 17:4.
e.
HOPHAL
a Gen. 8:21; 6:5; Deu. 31:21; SpDD 1 firm mind," a firm soul, i.e. a man of firm mind, 3} 1
Isa.
Derivatives,
"lip*,
"IpO.
26 3 (comp. Ps.
:
1 1
2 8).
:
Genesis (3) [Jezer], pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, 46:24. Patron. *1V! Nu. 26:49; which latter word is also pr. n. of another man, 1 Ch. 25 l J (for which
:
Ch. id. Part. fern. KFHJ5J and K$Ti? T "Jp* t<7, Dan. 3:6, 11, 23, 26.
Jwr^
^ll?.
"
f-
Ch. a burning, Dan. 7:11.
there
is
in verse 3 'IV).
DH*m. pi. Job 17:7;

take
it
E3nj?T ("burning of the people;" [In Thes. possessed by the people, from the root n l!3"])i
pr. n. of
for members; as it is well rendered
prop, things formed,poet. by the Vulg. Others
[J ok d earn],
a town in the mountains
oi
Judah, Josh. 15:56.
for the features of the face.
np
only found in the
for
fut.
an unused
root.
Arabic \_^j V. to rever-
!>!
pi.
in pause
W*!
ence; VIII. to fear God, to be pious.
[Hence
pr. n. njV,
fcwj.]
(1) TO
Isa. 9: 17.
SET ON FIRE, TO KINDLE, followed by 3

set
(2)
Isa.
pass, to be
on fire,
to be
burned, i.q. Niph.

to be
"^r compare ?K*rWp.
("
pious"), [JakeK], pr.n. m. Prov. 30:1;
33: 12; Jer.49:2; 51:58.

n-^3.
an unused root. Arab.

de-
<^j to obey.
Hence
NIPHAL, pret.
(l) to be burned,
stroyed by fire, Nehem. 1:3; 2:17; Jer.2:l5;

9:9,11(2) to kindle (as anger), followed any one, 2 Ki. 22: 13, 17.
fem only const, st. nnj9^ (with Dagesh forte *7j?* euphon.), obedience, submission, Gen.49:lO; Pro.
by 3
against
30:17^
m. a burning,
Isa.
10:16.
HIPHIL JVVin 2 Sam. 14:30 1'ro; elsewhere J"P>*n L q. No. l, to set on fire, Jer. 51 :3O; with the addition of EV3 Josh. 8: 19; Jer. 32:29; 3 E'K TV-?? to
kindle a fire in any thing, Jer. 17:27; 21:14; lowed by ^y. Jer. 1 1 : 16.
fol-
m. whatever lives (in the earth), from the root Dip in the signification of living, in which it is used in the Samaritan, Gen. 7:4, 23; Deu. 11 :6.
#ip' PL D^-1p
T
Hos. 9
Jer.
>
an unused
;
root, to
make hollow,
8, and ^p' T Psal. 91:3; Prov. 6 5. \ Of 5 26, m. a fo w le r. Root C?T

:
:
like fit*ti
^""
Med.
Waw
whence v_^J. a cave

3i?3
in a rock.
Cog-
these forms, the former is properly intransitive; the other of a passive but intransitive power.
nate roots are
hollow, and others which are to be found under the root
to bore, 33p_ Ch. to
make
7tWlp]
subst.
(perhaps, "the fear of God," fix m the Wp], from the root <"lj9 ^7 of junction, an I
t
153-
\Jekuthief], pr. n. m.
Ch. 4: 18.
2p* \vith suff. ^3pJ (without dagesh lene), Deut 15:14; 16:13; pi. const. *3P*. Zee. 14:10, m. (l) the vat of the wine press, liroXi'iviov, the reservoir i-'to which the must squeezed out in the press
|Dp* ("small"), [Joktan], pr.n. of one of the

descendants of Shem, a son of Heber, Gen. 10 : 25, 26 to whom many of the tribes of southern Arabia
;
refer their origin.
In the Arabian genealogies he
it
CCCLXIII
also called
Ak<,
Kahtdn.
See Bochart, Phaleg.

;
26 21, T?/y.3
:
*B>BJ
iTlj
TB'B
" because
iii. chap. 15; Pococke, Spec. Hist. Arab, page 3, 38 A. Schultens, Histor. Imperil Joctanidarum in Arabia
precious
2 Ki.
:
to thee," because
:
my life wai thou hast spared it
Felice,
Harderov. 1786, 4to.
B'P* (l) iCh. 8:19.
("whom God
sets up"), [Jakim], pr.n.m.
l 13, 14; Psa. 72 14; also, followed by ^JJD to highly estimated by any one (compare IP pl^, Zee. 11 13, "a goodly price, VH3J l^N IP VEh). ED\?y.P at which I was estimated by them," i. e.
be
(2)
iCh. 24:12.
:
reckoned worth.
(3)
T2J.
to
be
Jer. "Vjp! adj. dear,
31 20.
Root
heavy,
to
i.e.
honoured,
Sam. 18:30.
adj.
Compare
Isa.
"133.
^p!
(2)
adj. Chald.
(i) heavy,
hard, difficult,
^
HIPHIL Tj?in
make rare (compare
No.
5),
Dan. 2:11.
13:12; Pro. 25517.
honoured, mighty, powerful, Ezr. 4:10.
Derivative, besides those which follow immediately,
n Jehovah gathers"), ^Tpp!(f ra l PiT.," whom iCh. m. 2:41. (2) iCh. (l) {Jekamiah}, pr.n.
3:18.
E)'2?p*
for DJJ
ri
T^J,
"Ip*
m. TTp TJ
fern. adj.
prop, heavy, see the verb;
hence
("who gathers the people together,"

\Jekameam~], pr.n. m.
i
?i2;),
Chr. 23:19;
gems,
(1) precious. rnf J3N collect. precious stones, l Ki. 10:2, 1O, ll ; also, of the better kinds of stone used in building houses, as of marble, of stones
ni"lj?
:
root npp T ), DJJ|T ("gathered by the people," in town the tribe of Levitical a \Jokm earn], pr.n. For this in of Ephraim, l Ki. 4 1 2 l Chron. 6:53.
:
cut square, 2 Ch. 3:6; plur. 7:9, seq. Metaph. Psal. 36
D'?3
Ki.5:3l
8,
D'rkg
^pn
O
nj?J-nO
"how precious
Ps. 116:15,
is
thy lovingkindness,
Godl"
Josh. 21 :22, there

nification.
is
D!?i?, of nearly the same sig-
compared with 72:14. Psa. 45:10, "the daughters of kings (2) dear. are amongst thy dear ones," i.e. amongst thy damTnihjp3 by a Syriacism for TDf!?, with Dag.
forte euphon.
the people," for n$?J DJ^jT ("possessed by Oy)> [Jokneani], pr. name of a town in the tribe of
Zebulon, Josh. 12:22; 19:11; 21:34.
sels.
(3) heavy, i.e.
honoured, Ecc. io:l.
V^^ only in fut. V&1

BE
(1)
to be
i.
q. Vj?3
TO BE
TORN OFF, TO
Subst. (4) magnificent, splendid, Job 31 : 26. 1 D "lik Psa. ">|T? "}? 37:2O, magnificence, beauty.
TORN AWAY; hence

dislocated, as a limb, Gen. 32:26.
the beauty of the pastures,"

(5) rare,
i
i.
e.
grass.
Sa. 3:1.
:
alienated from any one, Jer. by IP and ^Ji. HIPHIL JPp'in to hang upon a stake, to fix to a stake, a punishment by which the limbs were dislocated: [Perhaps simply to hang, in which the neck
(2) metaph. to be
(6) Prov. 17
27, n-ivijv in np, perhaps

yj.
"with
be
6:8; Eze. 33:17, 18; followed
quiet
meek.
spirit,"
compared with Arab.

it is
to
quiet,
In
2rD
D-n
1J51.
is
dislocated], Nil.
25:4; 2 Sa. 21:6,

:
9.
HOPHAL
pass. 2 Sa. 21
m. (with Kametz impure). (l) precious*^P* ness, costliness. ">5, v? a precious vessel, Pro. " Concr. 5)"73 whatever is precious, Job 28* 20:15.
|
13.
1O; Jer. 20:5.

(2) honour, dignity, Ps. 49: 13, 21 (3) magnificence, Est. 1:4. (4) price (*prei8), Zee. 11:13.
(i) precious things, Dan. 2:6; with Isa 10:3. 3:17; Targum. compare (2) honour, dignity, Dan. 2:37; 4 27,33.
"1p?
;
^pl
J4; TO
1, 7.
used only in fut. fl?!, UK, once flW Gen. 9: AWAKE, TO BE AROUSED, Gen. 28:16; 41: For the preterite is used the form VP.D Hiphil,
(Arab.
fut.
Ub't
Est. l :2O.
from
m. Chald.
p-1p.
id.)
1?! a Ki.
13
1J2V.
Ps.
72 14, and
:
ttf
(l) TO BE
HEAVY.
(Syriac
us,
Arabic
p?
t'i?.^
:
Jj
:
id.)
(which
Part,
Jer.
i.e.
see),
Metaph. to be hard to be understood, Psal. 139 17, compare Dan. 2:11. Followed by (a) to be precious, dear, Ps. 49:9. f and ^'^S to be pi'ecious or dear to any one, i Sa.
and V)p i. q. (yakosh) l pers. TO LAY SNARES, TO BE A BIRDCATCHEB a fowler, 124:7. Followed by ? of pers.,
;
V^
?
50 24 and more fully to plot against any one.

B>ip.)
n3
{ypj to
lay snares for,
(Fut.
Isa. |-1E9* t
ZQ 21,
is
from
CCCLXIV
NIPHAL K'i?.i3 to be snared, to be taken in a noos e, Isa. 8 15 28 1 3 Pro. 6 2. Metaphorically to be snared, or seduced by avarice, Deu. 7 25.
}
:
God, Jer. 44: 10. In like manner in Syr. and Arab. verbs of fearing are applied to religion and piety ai
;
PUAL,
part. D'J? j?V for
D^ j9Vp
;
Ecc. 9:12.
(3)
Isa.
i.
Derivatives, B^p*,
^D, and
to
:
60
5,
tremble for joy, like the synonym. where the more correct copies have
"1C ?.
1
'N"ll
of the second 1^(?! ("fowler"), \Joks han\, pr.n. son of Abraham and Keturah, ancestor of the Sabaeans and Dedanites, Gen. 25:2, 3.
not *N"W. [In Thes. this meaning is ex in Isaiah 63:5, the reading and repudiated; pressly *N")Jjl is preferred; so LXX., Vulg., Targ., Syr., Saad.] NIPHAL NT3 to be feared, Psa. 130:4. Part. NT3
q. 'NTFI,
bJi to serve), [Joktheel], pr.n. (i) of a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:38. (2) the name which king Amaziah gave to Sela the mewhich he took, 2 Ki. 14:7^ tropolis of Arabia Petraea,
the root nni? =
^Hj^
("subdued by God,"
for !?N HFIpJ
from
(1) terrible, dreadful, used of the desert, Deu. 1:19; 8:15; of the day of judgment, Joel 2:11; 3:4. (2) venerable, august, Gen. 28:17; Psa. 99:3;
Deut. 5:5, and DHNT Josh. NT1 NT, NTM, plur. Wp. and ttTJ, 2 Ki. 17:28; imp. NT, plur. -1ST, by a Syriacism for -1NT inf. NT 1 Sam. 12:24; Psa. 34 i o Lehrg.p.4l7. Josh. 22:25; with pref. NT? for NT? i Sam. 18:29; elsewhere fern. HNT, prop. TO TREMBLE. For this
"]? pret. pi.
DHNT
4: 14; fat
Job 37: 22; Eze. 1:22. (3) stupendous, admirable, Psa. 66:3, 5; Ex, Plural niN"Vl3 wonderful, or illustrious 15:11. of men, Ps. 45 5. [But the man here speken deeds,
:
of
is
"God with us"],

Deu. 10:21
;
ways~\,
especially the deeds of God [aZ2 Sam. 7:23; adv. in a wonPs.
derful manner,
(like ni*6?3).
w onde rfu I ly,
65:6; 139:14
root
JT1T
c j to tremble, com p. v^>' vÂramaean NT, to sow, VPjl and ND| to swallow
is
softened from
VT
PIEL NT to terrify, to put in fear, a Sa. 14:15; 2 Ch. 32:18; Neh.6:9, 14. Derivatives the following words, and N"flO.
greedily,
^L^
and U^L
to hide.
Hence
construed fear, to be afraid. (a) absol. Gen. 3:10; 18:15. HT9^K, 'NTrH?N, fear not, Gen. 15:1; 21:17; 26:24; and often elsewhere. (b) followed by an ace. of pers. or thing, that we fear, Num. 14:9; 21:34; Jol>9:35; also IP and
(1)
to
It is
NT
m.
constr.
NT fem
HNT. constr. flNT. (Prov.
31:30); verbal adj. (1) fearing, reverencing; with personal pronouns it forms a periphrasis for the finite verb, at 33$ NT I fear, Gen. 32:12; flFIS NT thou fearest,
Jud. 7:10; D'NT n_3j we fear, l Sa. 23 3 NT -133;N he does not fear, Ecc. 8: 13. Followed by the case
: ;
*}?O Deut. 1:29; 5:5; Psa. 3:7; 27:1; Josh. 11:6 (prop, to fear from [or before] some person, or thing,
in the
same manner
No.
2, a).
or thing.
as verbs of fleeing; (c) followed by ? to fear for Josh. 9 : 24, CD?'?.? 9
compare 19 any person M*0^^ "^P NT31
of the verb njrVTlN NT fearing God, 2 Ki. 4: l elsewhere followed by a genitive, D'H^N ;o religious,
;
pious [one
"and we feared
you;" Pro. 31 :2l.
inf. to
greatly for our lives because of (d) followed by ? and IP with an
who fears God], (timidus Deorum, Ovid.); Gen. 22:12; Job i: 1,8; 2:3. (2) fearful, Deu. 20 8.
:
fear (to hesitate) to do any thing. Genesis 19:30, T&? n?fi> NT 3 "for he feared to dwell in Zoar;" 46:3; Ex. 3:6; 34:30. (e) followed by If to fear lest any thing may be done, like 2a'5w p),
Gen. 31:31; 32:8. (2) to fear, to reverence, as one's parents, Lev. 19:3; a leader, Josh. 4:14; the sanctuary, Levit. 19:30; an oath, 1 Sa. 14:26.
Specially D'rft{fn$
X'V
f.
(i) prop.
:
reverence. Neh. l name." 2 Sa. 3 1 1

:
of the verb NT to fear, to " ^Pp>~nN HNTp to fear thy to'N inNTO " because he f e a re d
inf.
1 1,
NT
( a ) to fear
God, prop.
Ex
14:31;
Sam. 12:18.
the avenger of wrong; e.g Lev. 19:14, 32; 25:17; Exod. 1:17; Pro.3:7,
(b) to reverence him, as hence to be godly, upright.
him;" Deu.4:!O; 5:26; 6:24; 10:12; 14:23. (2) subst. fear, terror. Jon. l :1O, D^3^n -IXT^ n/>'nj riNT and the men were seized with great fear." Followed by a genitive of the subject, i. e. of him whc fears, Ps. 55:6; Job 4:6; and of the object, i. e. of that which is feared, (compare as the double sense of the phrase metus hostium, Gell. N. Att. ix.io). Heuce IPN?- thy fear. Deu. 2 25 Isaiah 7 25, TDK' TINT "fear of thorns and briers." Compare Eze.
:
nw
"fear God, and fly from evil ;" Job 1:19. Followed by \?p?P Eoc. 8:12,13. Once without the name of
1:18, DQ^ HNT "terror (was) in them;" caused terror.
i.
e'they
TT-J1KT
Ps. 2:ii; 5:8. (3) reverence, holy fear, Pro. 1:7, rfyv reverence towards God, piety. njn JVK'&n rrtrv, Job 28:28; Isa. 11:2; Psa. 34:
CCCLXV
1 1
;
into
Samaria
Kings 22 2
:
2 Ki. 8
29
10:13;
those
1
111:10; meton. the precepts of religion or piety will of God], Ps. 1 9 l O without [rather the revealed njrr. Job 4:6; 15:4.
:
into southern countries (as the ancients supposed the northern regions of the earth to be the more lofty, see Intpp. ad Virg. Georg. i. 240 43.
who go
pr. n.
V ("timid," "pious" [" piety?"]), [Iron], of a town in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh.l9:38.
1*
2 Mace. 9 23), l Sam. i. l Mace. 3 37 95. 25:1; 26:2. Compare Chr. B. Michaelis Diss. de Notione Superi et Inferi, reprinted in Commentt.
Herod,
Theol. a Velthusenio aliisque editis,
v. p.
397,
se<|.
("whom Jehovah looks

:
on"),
[JryaA],
it
place whither one goes down has prefixed to the particle 7K 2 Sa. 11:9, 1O; ? Cant. 6:2; 01 is
The
pr
3^.*
m.
Jer. 37:13, 14.

;
Hosea 5:13; i o 6 commonly taken as a adsubstantive, see under the root 3'"} [31)* Ô an
verse king].
*
put in the accusative (n paragogic either added or " et them Ps.55:l6, D\n VlS^ 1TV go omitted). down alive into Hades." Job7:9; 17:16; 33:^4.
]
Part,
"fany
those
who go down
to the grave. Pr>
>v.
1:12.
(contr. from *?J?3 31J see Jud. 6:32), a cognomen of Gideon,
is
/y?" m.
1
"with whom Baal

nt?'2T[/eJIK'S'B'^
contends,"
the judge of the Israelites, for which there
rubbesheth~\, ("with LXX. 'hpo/3aa\. 2 Sa. 11:21.
whom the
It is often used also of inanimate things, as ol a river flowing downwards, Deut. 9:21; of showers, Ps. 72:6; of a way and of boundaries which are in a
idol contends"),
Compare
direction downwards, or to the south, Nu. 34: 1 1, 12; Josh. 18:13, seq. of the day closing in, Jud. 19: 1 1.
;
and
(" whose
people are many"),
Ya ro-
beam
be pronounced, not Tor o beof two kings of the ten tribes, n. am}, [Jeroboam], pr. the former of whom, the son of Nebat, was the founder
(for so it should
Like other verbs of flowing (see Hebr. Gram m. 135, l, note 2, ed. 10.), poet, it takes an accus. of the thing which is sent down in great abundance: and thus has the transitive signification of sending
down,
"
*J*J?
to
let
fall down.
13:17;
is
Lam. 3:48, Tin

14:17;
D.'O
'2
??
of the
kingdom
of
Ephraim and of Moscholatry;

l
my
eye
pours down
rivers of waters." Lain
he reigned 975 54, B. C., was the son of Jehoaz, 825
Ki. 12
14; the other

29.
l: 16; Jer.
9:17;
Psalmiig:!^
in
784.
2 Ki.14 :23
The same phrase

lxJ\ v^?Ji.
commonly used
Arabic .^!
TV
once
fut.
TV, TV}, in pause

inf.
"i?.!,
imp. ~n, rrn,
my
eye pours out weeping (in grca
TV
(Jud. 5:13),
absol.
TV
const, JTVi, with suff. ^"1"!, once
(Gen. 43:20), Gen. 46:3.
Thoro abundance), see Schult. Origg. Hebr. p. 99. is a different turn of expression, Isa. 15 3, *?33 T1*
:
TO DESCEND. ([" JEth. (l) TO GO DOWN, In Arabic the word which literally corresponds to
this is
"
,.
to
go for drink, for water, so used because
one goes down to the spring: the word in common One is said to descend, not only in use is J /) from a mountain (Ex. 34:29), but genegoing down
place or region to rally one less elevated, specially those who go to a spring or river, Genesis 24: 16, 45 Exod. 2:5; Josh. 17:9;
loftier
;
(weeping) to flow down with weeping." (2) to be cast down, to fall (as if to go doAvn against one's will, compare ??3, K*), used of men or beasts slain (fallen), Isa. 34:7; of those who from
prosperity and affluence are cast down into poverty, Deu. 28:43; al so of inanimate things, as of a wall,
whoever goes from a
Deu. 28:52; of a wood cut down, Isa. 32:19; Zrc. 11:2; of a city destroyed, Deu. 20 2O.
:
person or thing come down, in whatever way, Genesis 42 38 44 29, 3 1 ;
HIPHIL T~iin to
make some
Ki. 18:44; to the sea, Isa. 42:10; Ps. 107:23(33 the land is elevated above the surface of the water),
l
hence
ship, Eze. 27:29; those who go out from a city, (cities, for the sake of strength, being mostly built on mountains), Ruth 3:3,6; l Sa.
those
who disembark from a
9:27; 2 Ki. 6 1 8 those who go from a mountainous and lofty count ry to one more flat, as from Jerusalem [the land of Canaan rather] into Egypt, Gen. 12:lO; 26:2, seq. 46:3; into Philistia and the sea coast (^Sf ) Gen. 38: l Sa. 13:20; 23:6, 8,
:
;
bring down(b\\\? Gen. 44:21; Jud. 7:4; to let down, as by a rope, Josh. 2:15, 18; to send down (to Hades), l Sa. 2:6; Eze. 26:20; and when done violently, to cast down, e. g. of God casting down a people, Ps. 56:8; to pull down (kings from their
(1)
abfufjren/
when
relating to persons, to
bringen),
thrones), Isa. 10:13, compare Obad. 3,4; (nations), 2 Sa. 22:48.
to
subdve
(2)
when
relating to things, to
carry (/own, Gen
DITT-IT
:
CCCLXVI
Tl*
37:25; 43:11,29; tot>enddown (beruntcr netjmen), Gen. 24 18, 46; Nu.4:5; to cause to flow down, 1 Sa. 21:14; Joel 2:23; and, when connected with force, to cast down, Hos. 7:12; Prov. 21:2^.
Part, ""tic i. q. fT^V (2) to sprinkle, to water. " the former rain," Joel 2:23; Ps. 84:7. n (3) to send out the hand (like*^ ?^), especially
for pointing out.
HOPHAL
11, seq.
TVirt
pass, of Hiph. Gen. 39:1; Isa ^4:
Derivatives, the following nouns and Tlte.
TT
5:15.
(" descent"), [Jared], pr. n.

Gr.'Iapitf,
m.
Hence to show, to indicate, Gen. Prov. 6: 13, Vny?y$? rnb showing (i. e. giving signals) with his fingers;" followed by two au.-isatives, of the person and of the thing, Ex. 15:25. From pointing out or shewing it is (4) to teach,
46:28.
(l) Gen.
Luke 3:37.
(2)
Ch.4:i8.
in prose always with the art. IT) (as an appellative, river, so called from descending, flowing down; like the Germ. 9Jt)j)n/ Slfjetn/ from the verb
HP.
instruct (comp. Gr. 3m-j't>w, avcityairui), Ex. 35: 34; Mic. 3:11; followed by an ace. of pers. to instruct any one, Job 6:24; 8:10512:7,8; followed
to 8. Hence and of the thing, Ps. 27:11; 86:11; 119:33; followed by 3 o< the thing (properly to instruct in something), Job
by an
ace. of the thing, Isa.
9:14; Hab. 2
followed
by two
accusatives, of the person
rinnen,
IO.VTIC,
compare );_ a
lake, sea),
Jordan, Gr.
6 'lop-
the largest river of Palestine, rising at the foot of Antilibanus, and flowing into the Dead Sea,
27
:
1 1
Psa. 25
P- to
8,
32:8; more
to
rarely followed
where
it
is
lost,
Gen. 13:10, 11; 32: 11; 50:10.
**c*
Arab. ,^S\
el-Urdun, and also

i.
now
(as
it
is
called
tju.l\ esh-Sherfah,
old crossed
e. the
ford
having been of
by the
Israelites), [or rather, the
water-
something) 2 Ch. IP (to instruct concerning} Isa. 2:3; Mic. 4:2. Followed by a dative of pers. and ace. of the Hos. 1 1 2 tiling, Deu. 33:10; Derived nouns, rnV, rnio, rnin rnV, nr
by / (pr 6 27 or
;
teach or conform
'
[also
ing place"]. H!~!! F~? th e country near Jordan, Ps. 42:7.- Job 40:23, Jordan is put for any large river [?] (like Cicero, a Cicero, for a great orator); and this marks a writer as belonging to Palestine [not necessarily, any more than such a use of the name Cicero would mark a writer to be a Roman].
:
1*1
! T
U7ra
X!)*,
Xt yo/i., in
pr. TO
my judgment, kindred to the

to be
roots JHJ,
TREMBLE; hence
$,..
fright-
ened, like the

Isa.
:
Arabic
8'
i-
Hence
^n"l JFI
;
(2 Codd.
"TV
HT
;,
inf. n'T,
fat.
rn
nri% and Kh 2 Chron. 26: 15, imp. [I'pers. pi. with suff. D-VJ].
: : :
44 ^rn^Pl), ^j) 7rXavd<r0. All the other versions express the signification of fearing, as though it were the same as WTJjl.
q^ '8K'H.
LXX.
(1) TO CAST, Ex. 15:4; e.g. a lot, Josh. 18:6; an arrow, l Sa. 20 : 36, 37 ; Ps. 1 1 2 64 5 ; Num. 2 1
;
7XVT ("people," or "habitation of God," see D^rp ["founded by God"]), [/ere/],pr.n. ["of a
town and"]
desert, 2 Ch.
30.
Part. !TTV
an archer,
Ch. 10:3.
Gr. /3aA\or0at
a
20:16.
pr.
(2) to lay
foundations (compare
torv, for to lay the foundations of a city; Syr. Jboi to

cast, to place
"C 0- QCh. 5:14.
^T
"*noon"), [Jiroah^,
name,
"who
a foundation), to found. Job 38 6, laid (or founded, or placed) its corner stone."
:
p1"T
m.
7*a<
which
is
green, Job 39
8.
Root
jen. 31 151, "behold the pillar rn "C>K which aave founded," i. e. placed, or raised.
(3) to sprinkle, to
scatter drops,
JTiJP
m.
("possessed, sc. by a husband"), [Jerusha], pr. n. of the mother of king Jotham, 2Ki. 15:33; 2 Ch. 27:1.
riS/'I'V
N^'l* &
water
p"}T),
(pr. to
:
compare
Hos. 6
be
3.
throw water, to Hence part.
the former rain, see above, page CCCXLHI, B.
darts or arrows.
HIPHIL
fTTin, fat.
shot through with Fut. <TV Ex. 19:13.

l, to
rnv, with
Vav
convers. "M.
Q^/t^'H* (as found sometimes, though rarely, in the books of Chronicles, l Ch. 3:5; also on some of the coins of the Maccabees, although others of them
(l) i.q. Kal, to cast, Job 30: 19; specially arrows, Fut. apoc. "A*! 2 Ki. 1 3 1 7. Sa. 20 20, 36. Part.
: :
have the name spelled defectively, see Eckhel, Doctr.
Numm. Vett. iii.

pr. n.
page 466,
seq.),
commonly
:
Written by an Ara:3Jr^D an archer, l mteism in die manner of verbs vb, 2 Sam. 1 1 24,
:
Sam. 31
anciently (Gen. 14: 18) and poet. (Psal. 76
3)
Jerusalem
(Gr.'IepovaaXi'ifi
and
'I
D'K-psn 26: 15.
)*!
"nd
the archers shot," comp. 2 Ch.
a royal city of the Canaanites (Josh. 10: l, 5; 15:8^ and from the time of Da-rid and onward the me
CCCLXVII
tropolis of the
-TV
kouse of David
of
Hebrews, and the royal city of the situated on the borders of the tribes
IM
T i.
an unused
q. p"V to be
Judah and Benjamin.
Maurer),
changed."
probably (as noticed by yellow; H and p being interroot,
Interpreters differ as to the etymology and orthoAs to the first of its compounded parts, graphy.
Hence]
.
n
as the
J T
THE MOON; a word prob. primitive [bus
Reland (Faustina, p. 832, seq.), and lately, Ewald (Heb. Grainm. p. 332), consider that D/B^"!* stands
see above], Gen. 37:9; Deu.4:ig; Josh. 10: 12, 13; Ps. 72:5, [TV *3S? "before the moon," i.e. as long
possession of peace, one 5J> being but this does not agree well with analogy for, in Hebrew, the former of doubled letters is not in such a case usually excluded, but is commonly
for DvE^'-TV. the
moon
.
shall shine.
p.
excluded
TV m
(1) a
(comp. Lehrg.
512, note 11);
pi.
DT ",
1
const. *nTJ.
compensated with Dagesh forte; as in ?J??~ for 3i"V besides the form K'-I'V with the meaning of *7y3
;
lunar, (compare
Hfiv,
month, which amongst the Hebrews was Germ. ?OIonb and 9Ronat, Gr. p>'/v7j and
possession (=n! in composition.
V) neither occurs separately nor yet

I prefer
regarding
1"V.
as a segolate &_
noun
and
i. ^J"IJ?), q. Arabic ^j 1t men, people of peace; or perhaps, house or habitation of peace; just as, on the
1
(of the form W"],

!")]
D?"'-
men
or
a month), i. q. t^l'n, but a rarer word, and one used by the older writers (Ex. 2:2), and by poets (Deut. 33:14; Job 3:6; 7:3; 29:2; 39:2; Zech. 11:8); see however i Ki. 6:37, 38; 8:2. of (2) [Jerah], a people and region of Arabia, Bochart the race of the Joktanites, Gen. 10:26
;
S^f-
S o'
contraiy,
Jj^ and c^>
are transferred from the
house to the inhabitants. in the pr. n. of a desert,
The same word

'N-1T.,
is
found
namf (Phaleg. ii.ig) remarks, not unsuitably, that this is Hebrew, but a translation from an Arabic name of
the
same
which
may
be more
signification.
On
this
assumed ground he
suitably rendered house of God than people God; and the same interpretation of this name
of
is
understands this people to be the A lilcei, living near the Red Sea in a district where gold is found ( Agatharchides
49, Strabo xvi. p. 277); their true name he conjecchildren of the moon, tures to have been Jli
c.
found in Saadiah,
who translates
,M...\\
j aud &j .x,.
JLJ1 house of peace, city of peace: [InThes.Gesenius

takes the former part of this
"TV,
name
-IT
from the root
so called from the worship of the moon, or Alilat As to a tribe bearing this name, iii. 8).
foundation, and' thus Q7B>1"V the foundation of peace]. As to the latter of the compound parts of this name, some suppose D?E>
signifying
(Herodot. near Mecca, see Niebuhr in Descr. of Arabia, p. 270. more probable opinion, however, is that of J. D.
Michaelis in Spicileg.
ii.
p. 60,
understanding this to
the
and ofotf
be the dual of nbc> quiet, and they think that a city in two parts was designated by this name, referring to 2 Sam. 5:9 (Ewald, loc. cit.): but
to
be
the coast the
of the moon (.*]
^J.) and
mountain
no mention is made in the cited passage of a double that city; and it may be pretty certainly concluded
of Gen.
moon
loc. cit.
for fTTJ (^\ J~s>-), near Hadramaut; is joined with the country of Hadra-
maut.
D in
this
word
is
originally radical, not servile ;
---
as
rn?
Chald. the
moon
:
[a month, so expressly cor-
shewn by the forms

i .
CD/?',
Arab.
^J^, ' ,Jjb, Chald.

t
rected in Thes.], Ezr. 6: 15.
It appears to me Gr. 2(>\vpa, 'lipoao\vp.a. that whenever it is written defectively CD7K^T, it

CT?'f 1^,
^m* Num.
nrp"
i
22
also
WT
Josh. 2
l, 2, 3,
and
should be pronounced D.??^ the dwelling of peace: as an and at length the later writers regarded ancient form of the Dual, and on this account every
Ki. 16:34; Jericho, a well known city of Palestine, situated in the neighbourhood of the Jor-
DT
dan and the Dead Sea, in the territory of Benjamin,

in a very fertile district;
cowe, xvi. 2,
LXX.
\^j^
'lept^w, Strabo 'Ie/u-
where have read Qv'-1"V, even in those places where it is written defectively in the text [It is written with the Yod in very few places]. In like manner, Samaria was called in Hebrew and anciently, plp'^, Ch. pP^, an d hence as if it Avere a dual, 1!"]P^; com;
41, Arabic
^j
Rtha, see Re-
landi Palaestina, p. 383, and 829, seq. (If the primary
form be 'MTV, it may be rendered city of the moon,, from CIT and \ n=P, as in the words 13X, nb$^, ^V; if 'HT-T, it signifies a fragrant place, from the
root nn.)
pare Lehrg. page 538.

.
&
Chald.
id.
Dan. 5: a; 6:ll;
Dn'"V
("who
is
4: 8.
[jr*roham],
pr. n.
loved" [" who will m. (i) l Sa. l :i.
find mercy"]),
(2)
Chron
CCCLXVII1
j)
:
i a.
(3)
all.
Ch. 27 22.
:
(4) 2 Ch. 23
(5) Neh.
9: 18.
i(
'"??
11:13
curtains"), [/e to^"
pr. n.
f.
Ch
loves"), [JerahmeeF], Ch. 2:9, 25, 26, 42. (2) l Chron. 24:29. (3) Jer. 36:26; From No. l, there is patron. in *T \_Jer ahmeelites~\, l Sa. 27:10.
:
5nT
m.
("whom God
l
^1
- T
an unused
root,
perhaps of the same or a

T\3~}
Ir. n.
(l)
similar
tender.
"sp.)
meaning Hence
as the cognate root
to be soft,
yn"T [Jar ha], pr. n. of an Egyptian slave, l 34, 35. [" As to the etymology I can say
TO
Ch.
const. T)-,
with
suff. *31!
f.
(Nu. 5:21); dual
Q'?T.
(1) the thigh, perhaps so called from softness (see
no-
thing."]
the root), Gr. unpoc.

llt -
(Arab.
j.1/,.
thigh, haunch,
IONO, TO
i?
,.
THROW any one HEADPRECIPITATE, TO CAST DOWN (Arabic

.-
buttocks.) Wherein it differs from D*?J?9 îe loins, " make is seen both from the words, Ex. 28 42, 6a<f>vc,
:
II. id.
Jb ,. a
precipice, destruction).
Job 16:
1 1,
for
them
linen
breeches to cover their nakedness
3OT
D'JJBH *T"^J?
" he has cast
me
into the
hands
of the wicked." Well rendered
impiorum me tradidit, LXX. Iftpi^t. with the line Metheg) for ^t3T^.
Thes.]
by the Vulg. manibus '3OT (to be marked

[Taken
as Piel in
DJ3-V Ijn. 0*3^90 from the loins even to the thighs," and also from the general use of the word. For thus D*3TO signifies the lower part of the back, 'PJ dual
(2) Intrans. to be destructive, perverse, Num. In the Samaritan Pentateuch there is given 88:32.
an interpretation
[PiEL, Job 16:
jn>l (JHD).
1 1
Derivative
wy
see above.] [in Thes. referred to B"tt?].

;
7XH) ("people [" founded, i. e. constituted by God"]), [Jerief], pr. n. m. l Chron.

:
of
God"=^?W
7:2.
(i) m. an adversary, from the root Pa..35:i; Jer. 18:19; Isa. 49:25. (a) see 1'3J No. l. (2) [Jarib'], pr. n. m.
3^"),
(J)
the double thick and fleshy member extending from the bottom of the spine to the legs (DJp'lE') i. e. the two thighs with the buttocks. ÎTjI *1? the socket of the thigh, where the thigh is joined to the pelvis, Gen. 32:26, 33. On the thigh ("SQI 7JJ) soldiers wore their swords, Exod. 32:27; Jud. 3:16, 21 Ps. 45:4; men smote their thigh in mourning and indignation, Jer. 31:19; Eze. 21:17 (compare Iliad xii. 162 xv -397? Od. xiii. 198; Cic. cl. Orat. 80 Quinctil. xi. 3), those who swore put the hand under the thigh Gen. 24:2,9; 47:29; to have come forth from the thigh of any one, is to be descended from him, Gen. 46:26; Ex. 1:5; Jud. 8:3O(comp. Kor. Sur. iv.27; The buttocks are to be understood, Num. vi.gS). 5:21, 27; in animals, the thigh, the haunch (Jteulfi
D.'?
?.!
1
Ezr.8:i6.
<Sci)in!en),
Eze. 24:4.
'1H? (from 3n with

[.Teribat], pr. n.
the adj. termination V),
m.
Ch. 11:46.
of
(2) Figuratively applied to inanimate things (in which sense however the feminine form ^31! is more
n'1)
& VVT "people
Jehovah;"
see
'
Wv
;
used
it is
[query, the existence of such a form, see Thes.]), (a) that part of the holy candlestick in which
;
["either 'founded by God,' (or else,) i.q.^JRT whom Jiihovah regards'"]), [Jerijah], pr.n. m. i Ch. 23 :ig
the
shaft ( n ?.i^) divided into three branches, Ex. 25:31 37 1 7- (*) the side of a tent, Ex. 40: 22, 24; of the
:
94:23; 26:31.
;
altar,
Lev.
11
ll
Dual
seeing.
Cant. 7
:
D.
?^ both
2 Ki. 16: 14. th ighs, Ex. 28:42 (see above),
2.
'l)
[JerimotK]; see rfDT.

(
*V
7:8.
heights"), \JeremotK\, pr.n. m.
Ch.
[nan* Thes.] f. i. q. T5 No. 2, the hinder Compare part, or side (of a country), Gen. 49: 13.
H3T
a tfJ curtain, so called from tremulous motion (see the root JHJ No. l); specially of a tent,
f-
Dual D?D3n?
the
constr. *D?")!, properly

the
both sides,
haunches,
buttocks, but always used of
54:2; Jer. 4:20; 49 29 of the holy tabernacle, Ex. 26: i, seq. 36:8, seq. of the palace of Solomon,
Ima.
:
inanimate things
(i) the hinder part, the back, the rear, Exod. 26:23; of the temple, iKi. 6:16; 76.46:19.
Cant,
:. (Syr.
9 m 9 |_^w
the curtain of a tent, and the
(9) in the interior area, the
tent itself).
extremities,
inmost
recesses, as of
parts farthest in, thi a house,
CCCLXIX
128:3, of a saip, Jon. 1:5; of a cave, 1 Sam. Hence 24:4; of a sepulchre, Isa. 14:15; Eze.32: 3 p33? *n3"V the recesses of Lebanon, i. e. the extreme and inaccessible parts of that wood. 153.37:24:
Ps.
only in
frit.
XT
JTH are from
J?jn,
(the other forms, as pret. XH, Hiphll from which also the fut. itself of
1O.1
y^ maybe
comp.
yJTJ
taken, as
from Tip,
*?&.
pret.
31B
fut. 2B".).
[The
fut. is
from ^J5; but taken from
and Jud.l9:i,i8, D?1?Kpn Tf?! "the inner reHence lesscs of the mountains of Ephraim."
(3) the most remote regions. [Is not this meaning wholly needless ?] psy *P?"?! the extreme regions of the north, Isa. 14:13. [But see Ps. 48:3, where
expressly in Thes.]
(a) cially to be observed will go iU, Psa. 106:32.
These phrases are espejn.1 it will be ill for me. (b) V.3 JH.1 and it dis-
the
same phrase
is
applied to Jerusalem, and belongs
pleased me, Gen. 21:11; 38:10; 48:17; 1 Sa.8:6; also followed by? Neh. 13: 8; and with the addition of n?',1J njn, to increase the rorce of the sentence, Neh.
1 Jon. 4:1. Impers. used l Ch. 2 1 7 \^J7? JH'? ^. D'nfo?? "and God was displeased "JD because of this thing." Farther, to be evil is also i.q. to be injurious, 2 Sa 20 :6, followed by?; used of the eye, i.q. to be envious, malignant, Deu. 28:54; of the face, i.q. to be sad, morose, Neh. 2:3; of l Sa. l 8 Deut. 15 10, ^^> JH?.'^ the heart, id. i? "^n? " let it not go ill with thee (be grievous tc
to the description of its site; although Gesenius contradicts this in Thes., applying it to some other place.]
wn
;
n^?
*D?"?!
the extreme regions of the earth, Jer. 6:22;
^3"?!
f.
Chald. the thigh, the

root,
haunch, Dan. 2: 32.

i.
Q
DIN
1 T
an unused
probably
q. *,.,
C-Tland
to be
high, lofty.
Hence
pr. n. of
;
thee) to give to him."
rVlfi*
("high"), [Jarmuth"],
a town
pr. n. of
in the plain country of the tribe of Judah formerly a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10:3; 12:11;
N'^T. ("which Jehovah heals"), a town of the Benjamites, Josh. 18:27.
5 35; Neh. 11:29. Rob. ii. 344.]

:
[Prob.
now Yarmuk,
I.
p"11
Nu.
4<f>: id.).
(Ch. pn, (l) TO SPIT, i. q. pjn. Pret. Num. 12:14; Deut. 25:9.
Inf.
m. (3) Ezra (l) l Chron. 8:14. (2) Ezra 10:26. n'wi* 10:27. (4) i Ch. 23:23; for which there is 04:30. (5) 25:22; for nion* verse 4. (6) Ezra
pr.n.
H123T ("high places"), \Jeremoth~],
absol.
loc. cit.
The
fut. is
taken from pi^.
II.
pi
an unused root;
to
to be
green, as an herb,
a plant.
10:29 ^ 'ro,
np
ntorj.
vl
("dwelling in high places"), pr.
n.
to shoot forth
m.,
Ezr. 10:33.
IV. 7 ,. L^J both ideas arising from that of verdure. Hence the following words [also P'" *].
;
Arab.
come
into leaf, as a tree.
probably whom Jehovah has appointed," from HOT in the Chald. (l)of a usage), Jeremiah. LXX. 'leptyu/ae, pr. n. very celebrated prophet, son of Hilkiah the priest,
ITJp"^
&
irPJy'V
(}ilj
nOT
"
neutr. that which is green, p"l* masc. adj. green, Isaiah Ki. 2 37: 27. 19:26; verdure, Specially an herb. p^'D U a garden of herbs, Deu. 1 1 : 10; i Ki.
21:2.
p"3J v a
nrnx a
9
.
portion of vegetables, Pro. 15: 17.

f
Jer. l:l;
27:1; Dan. 9:
:
2, etc.
:
(2)
3.
(3) 2 Ki. 2 3 3 1
comp. Jer. 35
12:10.
Chr. 12:13. (4) l Ch. 5:24.

1
(Syr. LQ^,, |_joo^j herb.)
(5)
jJ
! T
12:4.
(6)
(7) Neh. 10:3; 12:1.
PI-
greenness.
3^y \^~"^
fication
lies in
(This signi(i) properly TO TREMBLE. the primary syllable jn, compare the
tt'y.'J,
herb, Gen. 1:30; 9:3. i.e. green grass, Psa. 37:2.

thing
N^ P7
all greenness of greenness of grass,
roots
"ty/l,
?jn, CJH,
and the remarks made under
green (bag rune), of the 10:15; Nu. 22:4; Isa. 15:6.
Elsewhere concr. anyfields and trees, Ex.
the root
ft
"tiT}).
V~iT
^?3
Once, thus, in the verb, Isaiah 15:4, " his soul trembles for him (Moab),"
for fear, terror.
(The same
signification of fearing,
(1) of persons,
ish colour in the
paleness of face;
countenance of
being
tho
c yterrified, belongs to the Arabic f , same sense in Hebrew fcO* is commonly used, which is formed from this root, the letter y being somewhat softened. Compare also I^l^). (a) i.q. yjn to be evil (prop, to rage, to make a
men when
that lurid greensmitten
with great terror, Jer. 30:6.

(2) of grain, yellowness, paleness,
mildew,
s-<*~
^,'j^.;
Deu. 28 22
:
Ki. 8 :
37 Am. 4
;
9.
(Arab,
id.)
[" D#|7" of pr. n.
(" paleness of the people?"),

l
Jorleam,
noise, to be
tumultuous, sea the root
yjn).
It
occurs
a town of Judsea,
Ch. 2 :44."J
25
CCCLXX
plur. fern. r^pTp"}* (l) adj. greenish, yellowish, x\wp/wi', -ised of the colour of leprosy
.
bond-woman
with Isaac."
shall not
inherit with
my
oon, eves
Part.
t?T an
heir, Jer. 49:1.
seen in garments, Lev. 13:49; 14:37.

(2) subst. yellowness, paleness, tatcniness ^>: denotes gold (of gold), Psa. 68:14. 0<th.
s<*itself.
NIPHAL, to be dispossessed of one's possessions Gen. (pass, of Kal No. 1, b); reduced to poverty, 45 1 1 Pro. 20 13. In this signification it is kindred
: ; :
to
Arab.
,.
money,
coins.)
(Jer.49: i)
1
&
;
:2l
tn
ib., 2 : 24, 31 inf.
and
nr?! 33:23;
especially
inherit, is
ncn
suff.
Bh? imp. EH Deu. EH* with n parag. fully tor).

fut.
be poor. PIEL tri. q. Kal No. 1, with an ace. of the thing, Deu. 28:4-2; with an ace. of the pers. i. q. to cast out Jud. 14:15, where of possession, to make poor. there is ^^h^ which I prefer placing here rather thau
t'-IT
to
(I)TOTAKE,TOTAKE POSSESSION OF,TOOCCUPY,

by force, 1 Ki.2i:i6. (This, and not to shewn to be the primary signification, by
under Kal. Inf. Kal would be -UripnV. HIPHIL E^lin (i) to give the possession of any thing to any one, followed by two ace. Jud. 11:24; " and 2 Chr.20:ii; Job 13:26, n*W niity *W*iin}
OKH a net, so called from taking or E1TPI and must, neAv wine, from its affectcatching;
the derivatives
makest
me
to
possess the
sins
of
my
youth,"
i.
e,
now
pei-s.
This root is ing (taking possession of) the head. kindred to other verbs of seizing, ending in D1, p, such as D"in which see. In Arabic and Syriac there is
t>
imputest them to me. Ezr. 9: 12.

i.
Followed by ? of the
(2)
q.
Kal No.
l, to
occupy
()
followed
by an
ace. of the thing, e.g. land,
Nu. 14:24; a
or
;
a secondary sense of inheriting in the verbs L^? ,., Lw and perhaps the Lat. heres, heredis, is of the same
8:7; 17:12; mountain-land, Jud. 1:19. lowed by an ace. of pers. to possess the property of anyone, i.e. "to expel him from possession."
city, Josh. (b) fol-
be from alpiw, capio). Constrfollowed an ace. of thing, and used most (a) by commonly of the occupation of the Holy Land, Lev.
stock, unless, indeed, it
Ex. 34:24; Nu. 32:21; 33:52; Deu. 4:38.

inanimate things, ratively applied also to " God shall drive them out from his
riches swallowed up).
to reduce to poverty;
to
l
Figu-
Job 20:15,
belty" (the
20:24; Deut. 1:8; 3:18,20; Psa.44:4; 83:13. (6) followed by an ace. to take possession of any
one,
to
i.
Hence to disposs ess of goods,

Sa. 2:7.
Comp NipK.
e.
drive
to take possession of his goods; to expel, him out from the possession, to siicceed in
his place.
Deu. 2:12, On:J?D D-ITD!^ Dltff. 1\y% '3}-l "and the Edomites expelled them (the Horites) and destroyed them before them." Verses 21, 22. 9:1; 11:23; 12:2,29; 18:14; 19:1531:3; Pro. 30:23, "a handmaid when she ex pels her mistress," succeeds in her place Isaiah 54 3 Jer. 49 2. The
; : ; :
destroy, Nu. 14: 12. (3) Derivatives, nen?, nen nen, ento, nehto, C or and
blot out,
J
to
:,
pr.n.
1
f
f.
Nu.24:l8, and
a possession, Deut. 2:5,9, 19; Joshua
riiTl*.
f.
12:6,7.'
Jer. 32:8."] [" (2) inheritance,
following passages exhibit the proper force of this verb, Deu. 31 3, "the Lord Avill destroy those nations
:
before thee, DFI?n*1 and thou shall occupy their Jud. ll :23, "Jehovah drove out the possession."
TXp'fe^.
("whom God makes,"

pr. n.
i.e.
creates),
[jesimief],
m.
Ch. 4: 36.
Amorites before his people, ^B^'fl nnw. and wilt thou occupy their land?"
(2) topotsess, Lev. 25:46; Deu. 19:14; 21 :i; and frequently. The phrase is of very frequent octo possess the currence, r& (holy) land, spoken of a quiet occupancy in that land, which had been promised of old to the Israelites, and was regarded as he highest happiness of life, Ps. 25 1 3 37 9, 1 1 ,
l (i) i. Jud. 12:3 XJ
q. Dîr
TO JET, or PLACE.
Hence
3ro.
and (2) intrans. to be set, placed (compare ">VJ Fut. DB"3 Genesis 50:26, and 24:33 ST:,
where the
np
is
DfcV,
Hoph. from
D-lb.
7t< "W* ("contender," " soldier of God," froip n "F to n and ^, Gen. 32:29; 35:lo;comp.Ho.
gK
22,29 (Matt. 5:5).

receive an inheritance, with an (3) Specially ace. of the thing, Num. 27:11 36:8; also with ace. of pers. (compare No. 2), to inherit any one's goods, Gen. 15:3.4. Absol. Gen. 21:10, "the son of the
to
;
12:4), Israel, pr. n. given by

patriarch (Gen. of his descendants,
locc. citt.),
i. ft.
God to Jacob the but used more frequently

the
Israelitish
of
natiou
(comp.
a'Pi?!).
$#".
or
^^.
'35 signifies
}
(l) all the
descendants of Israel or Israelite*
CCCLXXI
6 23
Gen. 34:7; 49:7. Eze. 27:17; and
;
of Israel, i. e. times used of those really worthy of the

Israelites (u\r;0we 'lo-par/X/rat,
:
Kings 19 24, the land Palestine. Emphatically 7N"U?". is some-
X". r$
^S^.
Sa. 13: 19; 2

Isa.
:
esse,
bein g, existence (see ^J); whence that which
f.
is
present, ready; ovtria, wealth (compare rfrpriy.). So prob Prov. 8:21, E '3qfc ^C9OT " to cause those
love
name
of
who
its
me
to inherit substance."
John 1:48),
as being
(a)
righteous, Isa. 49 3 Ps. 73:1; according to Romans 9:6, uv yap TTiirrfQ ol tit 'I7/>a/;X, ovrot 'lapaiyX; also
;
By
far the
most
common
use of the word
is
being put for the verb substantive, without distinc-
lovingly, as elsewhere fl'W]
(which
see).
Hos. 8:2,
tion of
id.;
number
,
or tense (Aram. i^j\, VT*?, wnich see,
^."s-
know thee, we (are thy) Israel," VsTf: compare Ps. 24:6. (2) From the time of the dissensions, after the death of Saul, between the ten tribes and Judah, the
ten tribes, following to themselves this
TOT
" Ave
Arab.
fMj\.
Opposed
to
!?&?,
]'$,
there
is not).
Specially, therefore, with a sing,
is,
may
be.
Gen. 28:16, n|n DipE>2 mn) B

"
;
was, will be. "Jehovah
Ephraim
as their leader, took
is in this place."
honourable name of the whole
nation (2 Sa. 2:9, 10, 17, 28; 3:10,17; i Ki. 1-2 : l) ; and this after the death of
19:40 43; Solomon was
2 Ki. 10:15,^! E?. truly it is so." Nu. 22:29; J er 3* 6. With plur. are, icere, will be, aKi. 2:16: Ezr. 10:44; 2 Chron. 16:9. "Vfe there are those ivho, there will be those who
&
applied to the kingdom founded by Jeroboam, so that from that time the kings of the ten tribes were called
(Syr.
^>|), Neh. 5
2, 3, 4.
7 have, Genesis 43:7; 44: 20; hence

whatsoever he had, Gen. 39
: :
:
^ there to me, v W "i^'73

is
??P, while David's posterity, who ruled Judah and Benjamin, were called rnin* 'OpO. Other names of the ten tribes were Q?1!?? (which see), taken from the more powerful tribe, and flips? (which see), from
TJOB'*
I|
5.
the capital city. The prophets of that period, principally of Judah, occasionally use both names, Judah and Israel, in poetical parallelism of the kingdom of
Judah [?], seelsa.l:3; 4:2; 5:7; 10: 20; Mic.i:i4(3) After the Babylonish exile, the whole people, although chiefly consisting of the remains of Judah and Benjamin, again took the name most delighted
in
(3) especially, to be present, ready, to exist,Rn. there i s 3 1 2 ; Jer 5:1. Ecc. l l o, "lONn? lin B anything of which it may be said." Ecc. 2:21; 7:15; 8 14. Pro. 13:7, "^yrip ?. " there are those (Avho) feign themselves rich." Pro. 11:24; 18:24. Comp. " there Num. 9 20, nn^ -is?S was, when there JVX. Avas," etc., i. e. there was sometimes, likeCh.
:
^m
If the subject be contained iii a personal pronoun, this is expressed a suffix, as ^?. thou art, Jud.
by
by
the nation
when
flourishing, (l Mace. 3:35;

'
4:11,30,31; and on the coins of the Maccabees, which are inscribed ^JOE h\>W) whence it is, that
even used of the kingdom of Judah, 2Chron. 12:1; 15:17; 19:8; 21:2,4; $3:2; 24:5.
in the Chronicles 7*"jp. is
ye are, Gen. 24 40;'.bg he is, Deut. The verb substantive, Avhen thus expressed, stands often in conjunction with a participle for the finite verb, Jud. 6:36, g'EÔ Tf* DK "if thou sav:
6 36; 29:14.
D?f
est."
Gen. 24:42, 49.
t^
fut.
n#J, inf. abs. 3iB^ (i Sa. 20:5), constr.
The Gentile noun
is
v$"!?
Sam. 17:25;
fern.
nn^, with
suff.
*nyv, imp.
ae?, na??.
nv&rjtp. Lev. 24: 10. Israelite.

pr. n.
m.
Ch. 25: 14, see '#.
(l) TO SIT, TO SIT DOWK; absol. Gen. 27:19; followed by ? of place, Ps. 9:5; Pro. 9:14; Job 2:13; and Avith a dative pleon. Gen. 21 16, H7 3K*ri1 " and
:
son of pr. Jacob by Leah, Genesis 30 18; whose descendants 33) dwelt in the region near the sea of GaThis name, as it now stands lilee, Josh. 19: 17 23.
fifth
:
*\yy&\ [/ssacAar],
name
of the
she sat
folknved
(WW
to be sitting, l Ki. 2 19), Sa.? l ) ( and poet, also with an ace. of the place on which any one sits. Ps. 80:2, Hainan 3K-" "he who sits upon
down."
Also,
to
be
seated,
: ;
by ? (Gen. 19:152
in the editions (like rrtrp, C3?BTI., etc., see Simonis, Analys. Lect. Masoreth. in Pref), takes the vowels
the cherubim,"
i.
q. sits
;
rubim.
for
belonging to a continual np, "OB>! (bought Avith wages or price, see Gen. 30 The more full reading in 16). lro may be read in two ways, either "GB> E" he is "OS? he f wages, or er (for
:
133^
Ps. 99: l Isa. ni^pD -13^ "for there they (judges) sit on judging;" commonly, but incorrectly, taken as,
: :
on a throne upborne by che37 16. Psa. 122 5, HKK' 3
TS^
theresit,
id.
i.
e.
are placed, thrones; (Aram. 30*, _CiJL

i__-o
KB)
bring
wages,
Arab, verb
bringt ben Sotjn.
has the signification of sitting

;
?I followed by a
Makkaph,^
(i) prop, subst.
only in the dialect of the Himyarites see the amusing story in Pococke, in Spec. Hist. ArsK page 15, edit
CCCLXXII
White; but
this sense is
found in the substantives

c._jlj
HIPHIL 3'B>in
to sit
^li-. a sitting down, habitations, places,
down,
Sa. 2:8;
(i) causat, of Kal No. l Ki. 21:9.
l, to
cauf>l
In the vulgar Arabic the verb is throne, a bed. in the sense of lying in wait, springused commonly ing on the prey, and leaping in general). of (a) judges, where Specially, to sit is used
(2) causat. of Kal No. 3, to cause to inhabit, Psal. 68:7; 113:8; followed by 3 of place, Gen. 47:6; 2 Ki. 17:26. Also, to cause a woman to dwell with
one,
i.e. to
.(Ethiop. (Drtfl: Conj.
take in marriage (compare Kal, Hos.3:3 IV. to take a wife), Ezr. 1O 2,

:
they
to give judgment, Ps. 9:5; kings sitting on their thrones, Psa. 9:8; 55:20. Hence, Isa. 10:13,
sit
E3*3^'
" those
10,14, 17. 18; Neh. 13:27. (3) causat. of Kal No. 4, to cause a land to be ir
habited, Eze. 36:33; Isa.54:3.
(b) of those
who who lie

: ;
sit
on
in wait
(thrones)," i.e. kings. for others, Psal. 10:8;
HOPHAL.
(2)
to be
(l)
to be
made
Isa.
to
dwell,
Isa.
5:8.
17:12; Job 38 40.

Gr. Ad)(oc,
Followed by ? Jer. 3:2.

Xo-êvw, Xoîû, to lie in
fid)
ambush
Comp. ambush,
inhabited,
follow.
44:26.
Derivatives, n3"E> (for ^3^.), 3tpO, SBOfl, and the

pr.
from
At'yw, to sit (c)
down;
(see above).
and Arabic s_-J. f of an army, which sits down in a

Ucjen,
names which
rOB>3
place, and holds possession of it (cincn >rt befe^t fyaben), l Sa. 13: 16. Job 2:13. (</) of mourners, Isa. 47:5;
Z& ("dwelling tranquilly" ["sitting

("
do nothing, are sloth(/) To sit with any one, followed by DJ? is to associate with him, Ps. 26:4, 5; As to the compare Psal. 1:1, and OJJ v^, DJJ N13. " to sit at the phrase, king's right hand," see above, page CCCLI, B [and see the note added there].
(e) of those
sit
who
down
on the seat"]), pr.n. of one of David's captairs, 2 Sa. 23:8; in the parallel passages DJJ3E*.
idly,
ful, Isa.
30:7; Jer.8:i4.
^?^
m.
1
father's seat"), [Jes1ieleab~\, pr.n
Ch. 24:13.
(" praising"), [Ishbali], pr.n.
Ha??)
4:17.'
m.
Ch.
(2) to remain, abide, Gen. 24:55; 29:19. Followed by an accus. of place, Gen. 25 27, DvH'R 3ti" "remaining in the tents," i. e. staying at home. With a dative pleonast. Gen. 22:5, H3 D3? }3> " re:
2j3
2 Sam.
*p. (" his seat is at Nob"), pr. n. m. 2l:l6 ana; np, 333 *3^ (" my seat is at
Nob"), [Ishbi-benob].
L
uJ/5^)
th
Followed by a dat. of pers. to remain some Also i. one, for q. to expect him, Ex. 24: 14. used of inanimate things, Gen. 49 24, 1^3 3KW " but his bow \F\%>\) remained strong."
here."
:
main
1. Yashov'am, like 23??"ljr (" to whom people turn"), [Jashobeam], pr. n. m. l Ch.
11: ll; 27:2.
dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen. 13:6, 19:29; followed by 3 Deut. 17: 14, and ?J? of the place or land which one inhabits, Levit. 25:18; followed by an ace. Gen. 4:20. Poet. Ps. 22:4,
(3)
to
p3^. ("leaving behind"),

of a son of
[IshbaK], pr.n.
25:2.
7, 12;
Abraham and Keturah, Gen.

("
l
n&yp^K^
a seat in a hard place"),

Ch. 25:4, 24.
?lso $~&\
nipnijl
of Israel," in
3CT "dwelling amongst the praises the temple, where the hymns of Israel
bekashah~\, pr. n. m.
\
from around sound in thy ears. Ps. 107: 10. Part. 3EH' an inhabitant, a dweller, Gen. 19:25; Jud. I al 3:3. But 3E* followed by an accus. is also
:
a root unused in Hebrew, but found very
to dwell
"tt3).
near, by anything, to be neighbour (comp. ' those who dwell near her, sc. the city, Eze. 26: 17. Gen. 4 20, ^J'PPI Pfj'R 3K" " those who
C '?.?*1
1
widely spread through ancient languages, whence the noun E?. esse, being, and HJC'W a setting upright to stand, to stand (aid), uprightness, truth. Prop, out, to stand upright; hence to be. (With this
agree Sanscr. as, to be, Pers. ,^^Jt, Latin
esse.)
Kinto be
and amongst flocks." inhabited, as a place, city, country, Isa. 13 : 20; Jer. 17 6, 25; Ezek. 26 20. In like manner 13V and Greek vaiu, vuurau, signify both to inhabit and to be inhabited. NIPHAL 3En3 to be inhabited, Exod. 16:35, * nd
in tents
dwell
dred in signification
is J-13
to stand,
whence
(4) pass,
to be
Other traces of
*
this root are
found in the pr. name*
often in other places.
("turning oneself"), {Jashub], pr.u. (l)of a son of Issachar, Nu. 26:24. (a) Ezr. 10:89. From No. l is the patron. 'SE'J Nu. loc. cit.
level"), [7Aua, Itua], pr. (" even," of a son of Asher, Gen. 46 : 17.
PIEL 3g".
to
place,
to
make
to sit
down, Ezek.
H)^
"
CCCLXXIII
*\&* (id.), [/*wi, Ishui, Jesut], pr.n. (i) of a of i Sa. of a son son of Asher, Gen. 46: 17. Saul, (2)
fiO'#) m. a waste,a desert, Ps.68:8; 78:40. 106:14.' Koot OB>;.

niQ^fc/. pi.
f. desolations, destruction, Psalrn Root 0^; compare pr. n. of the town
("whom Jehovah casts down"),

l
[J>-
55: 16 a'ro.
shohaiah'], pr.n. m.
11.4:36.
nio^rnv? p
*^
cxvn, B.
5?^?. \jJeshua~\, a contracted form of the pr.n. ITK'in* used in the later Hebrew, Gr. 'IrjvovQ. (l) of
T m. an old man, properly hoary, (from the root K't^J) a word altogether poetic, Job 12: 12;
;
Joshua, the leader of the Israelites, Neh. 8:17. (2) " of a high priest of the same name; see JK^ ! No. 2, Ezr. 2:2; 3:2; Neh. 7:7. (3) pr.n. of other men,
1
15: 10; 29:8; 32:6.

9
In the cognate languages these

f
!
,
correspond to this
AAAJ?
^^.ucJj ,
the letter
'
being
mentioned in the books of Chronicles, Ezra, and Nehemiah. [" (4) a city of Judah, Neh. 1 1 :-26."]
njp!5?;
f.
changed into the hardest of the palatals (see under

the letter D).
UY.
("
descended from an old man"),

l
j_/
e-
with n parag. poet. nr^lB* Ps. 3 3

:
80 13
shishai], pr.n. m.
Ch. 5:14.
(from the root V'^).

(1) Verbal adj.
Isa.
f.
that
which
is
delivered, safe,
njJ-1B
TO BE LAID WASTE, DESOLATET.

Genesis 47: 19; Ezek 12:19; 19:7 (which however may come from DOE? itself, like ^2! from 7?%, see Hebrew Grammar 66, note 3) ; plur.
fut.
26:1,18.
(a)
Hence
b&B
(2) Subst.
deliverance, help; njn*
" aid vouchsafed by God," Ex. 14: 13. (b) welfare, Job 30: 15. (c) victory, l Sa. 14:45; 2 Ch. 20:17;
Hab.3:8.
Arab, transp. (j^- to be void, empty, used of a desert and desolated region, and of a famishing belly. Conj. IV. to be famished,
T
napB^n Eze.6:6. Derived nouns, flD^*, rtD*B
and
pr. n.
ii L/
an unused
root.
'P^' (" wasteness"), [/sAma],

4::3-
m. iCb.
^ o -
hungry, lA-^ fasting, having taken no food. Hence

nfc/
v
whom God hears"), Ishmael, pr.n. ( (i) the son of Abraham, by Hagar his concubine, the ancestor of many Arabian tribes, Gen.
borne by
7^2^
:
m. found once Micah6:l4; hunger, prop,
25
27
18.
pl-
emptiness of stomach.
3j
^T
Hence patron. ^KV-Pp! l Chron. 2:17; Arabs descended from Ishmael, trad-
Ok/
only found in HIPHIL
D^H
xo STR.ETCH
ing with Egypt (Gen. 37:25,27; 39:1), wandering as nomades from the east of the Hebrews, and from
far as the Persian gulf and Assyria (i. e. Babylonia), Gen. 25:18, which same limits are elsewhere (l Sa. 15:7) assigned to the Amalekites, Jud.
OUT, Est. 4:ll;5:2;8:4. (Syr. and Ch.
Egypt as
OOQL-
id.)
&\ (perhaps "wealthy,"
see
K?.
No.
l). pr. n.
Jesse, a shepherd of Bethlehem, the father of King David, who, as being of humble birth, was called contemptuously by his enemies *T1? i Sa. 20:27,
8:24 (compare verse 22); Ps. 83:7. (2) the killer of Gedaliah, Jerem. 40 and 41. (3) several others, iCh. 8:38; 2 Ch. 23:1; Ezr. 1O:22.
ilJiQY .("whom J eh ov ah hears"), [Ismaiah], m. i Ch. 12:4. A different person is -in^yp^
30,31; 22:7,8; 2Sam.2O:l; l Ki. 12: 16 (i Sam. 16: i, seq.); the stem of Jesse, Isa. 11 i poet, used of the family of David, and the root, i. e. the shoot of
: ;
pr. n.
l
Ch. 27:19.
'"]?*'. (for
Jesse, ib.ver.io, used of the Messiah.
[Compare Rev.
nnp^, "whom Jehovah

m. lCh.8:l8.
keeps"),
22: 16, "I am the root and offspring of David;" root can never be put for shoot as suggested by Gesenius, but the Lord Jesus Christ, son of God and
son of David, was
both.']
[Ishmerai],
pr. n.
LXX.
'liaaai.
BE
TWy.
also the
("
whom Jehovah
Ishaiah}, pr.n.
name
id
(i) l 01.7:3. of several Levites.
lends"), [Ishijah, (2) Ezr. 10:31;
Ecc.5:ll, pr. TO hence (fdilaff/ (l) of persons, to fall asleep, Gen. 2: 21; 41:5; Ps. 4:9; to sleep, to be sleeping, Isa. 5:27; l Ki
fut. fl?T, inf. Jte*
&
LANGUID, WEARY
uiube frpn),
19:5.
i
(Arab.
aj
.^. to begin to sleep, to slumber,
),
[Jesaiali], pr. n. m.
Ch i:6
fdjlummern
JL-j the
beginning of sleep.
As to e'&ef
CCCLXXIV
it* elf,
they
is
commonly use the verb

used in
said,
+\j,
which on the
D^J).
contr iry
Persoisare
idle,
poetically, to sleep
Hebrew of slumbering, see who are
(a)
doing nothing, whence arflpws-oô^wc, Psalm
succour. Const, absol. Isa. 45:20, Ex. 2:17; 2 Sam. 10:19; and ? Josh. 1O:6; Eze. 34:22; most commonly used oJ God giving help to men, followed by an ace. Ps. 3:8;
(2")
to
aid,
to
followed
by an
ace.
44:24," why sleepest th"U, O Jehovah?" Psalm Job 3 13; concerning whom 78:65. (b) dead. the idea is more fully expressed with an accus. following, C/>fo? nrr Jg* Jer. 51 :39, 57, and J"HD Jtt J ps .
:
6:5; 31:17; by a dative, Ps. 72:4; 86: 16; 116:6. As victory depends on the aid of God, it is i. q. to give victory, followed by a dat. Deu. 20:4; Josh. A phrase frequently used is, 22:22; 2 Sa. 8 6, 14.
:
hence
(a) used of inanimate things, to be flaccid, dried, to be old (opp. to fresh or new), compare 733,
njwin "my own hand has helped me," [saved " me] or, "V^l *p n^'Cin my own arm has hel ped me," " i.e. own valour (without the aid of any one) by my
>%
7*
*?
nb?.
So adj. NIPHAL ]W)
IE",
and
be dry, used of old [last
(i) to
Lev. 26: 10. year's] corn, opp. to what is fresh. (2) to be old,inveterate, of leprosy, Lev. 13:11; of a person who has long dwelt in any country, Deu.
the victory." Jud-7:2; Job 40: 14; 44:4; Isa. 59:16; 63:5. In another sense and construction, l Sa.-25:-26, 1? TJJ Vffin " to
I
have
gained
Ps.
Ps. 98:1.
help
4:5
PEEL, causat. of
thyself with thy own hand," i.e. to take private vengeance, l Sa. 25:33. T], and *"!J i Sa. 25:33, is the accusative of instrument which is also else-
Kal No.
1, to
cause
to
sleep, Jud.
16:19.
Derivatives,
where coupled with this verb (Psalm 108:7); with 135, l.. regard to which see Heb. Gramm. ed. 10,
note 3.
tP
WV, rw* and
those which follow im-
mediately.
NIPHAL (l) to be freed, preserved, followed by Nu. 10:9; Ps. 33:16.

^(2) to be
|y T m. n3K"_ f. adj. old, opp. to recent, fresh, used of corn of the past year, Levit. 25:22; Cant. 7:14. (Luth. firne), of an old gate (opp. to a new), Neh.
helped,
Ps. 80:4. 8; also to
Isa. 30:15; 45:17; tobesafe, conquer, [Is it not saved in
the alleged passage?]
Deu 33:29.
;
Part. J?^ 3 con6.
3:6; 12:39; of the old pool,
Isa.
22:11.
(l) part.
It
queror, Zee. 9 :9 [In
this passage of course it refers
W\
f.
"35*. PI- const. "ISP Dan. 12:2.

adj.
to Christ as bestowing sali-ation]
Ps. 33:
and verbal
sleeping,
Sa.
26:7; Ps. 78:65.

i
:
serves in the
same manner
as
participles in peri-
Derivatives, besides those which immediately folrviytfto, an d the pr. n. S?nn, low,' t
ny^
V&7$
phrastic expressions for the finite verb, "

n$-h.
inP.K
thy handmaid was
Ki. 3 20, sleeping." Cant.
i [ a so
5:2
1
y&* &
yi
with
suff.
w'.,
PS. 85:8.
(2) {Jasheii], pr. n. m. 283.23:32; for which Ch. 11:34, there is Dfc?n.
j
(
the tribe
rather].
old"), [Jeshanah], pr. n. of a town of of Judah, [in the kingdom of Samaria 2 Ch. 13:19.
in Kal,
(1) deliverance, aid, [salvation"], Ps. 12:6; Used like verbals with the case of the finite 50:23. " to deliver thine verb, Hab.3:i3, irrorpVIK PtfJ God of anointed." "VV*. 'D^X my help [salvation'],
i.e.
my helper [saviour]. Ps. 18:47; 2 5 5; 2 7'9; Mic. 7:7; Isa. 17:10.

:
J7t^ unused
AMPLE, BROAD,
to
Arab.
-^ TO BE SPACIOUS,
Isa.
(2) safety, welfare, Job 5:4, 11; Ps. 132:16; 6l:io [in these two last cited passages, *a/-
W&.
i.
torn.
is
figuratively to be opulent, kindred See Jeuhari in A. Schultens, Origg. Heb. The signification of ample space p. 2O.
vation].
W!
2:31.
applied to liberty, deliverance from dangers and distresses (compare 3n^ n l"3) as on the other hand narrowness of space is frequently used of distresses and dangers (com p. "MV, rnV). Hence HIPHIL JTPn fut. 1?^', the n retained
rarely
in
Hebrew
("salutary"), [Isht], pr. n. m. (l) iCh. (3) iCh. 4:20,42. (2) iCh.5:24.
$^ ("the salvation of Jehovah"), Isaiah,

[Jeshaiah~], LXX. 'Herotac, Vulg. Isaias, pr. n. borne by (i) a very celebrated prophet who flourished, and had great influence among the people, in the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Ilezekiah, see Isaiah
1
:
BTin:
116:6, apoc. y&', yenn. J (l) tost free, to preserve, followed by JP Ps. 7:2; 34:7 44:8; TPJud. 2:16, 18; 3:31; 6:14,
Ps.
6: l,seq.
39.
22: 15,seq.; chaps. 36 (3) l Ch. 26:25.
7:l,seq. 2O:l,cq.; (2) l Chron. 25:3, 15.

;
CCCLXXV
"1$^
:
(id.)
(i) iCh.'3:2i (4) Neh. 11:7. L
[Jeshaiah, JesaiaK], pr. n. m. (2) Ezr.8:7. (3) Ezr. 8:19.
HIPHIL TB*n and "W (P 8 5:9; I oa 45:2 aroi Ellipt. Pio. 4:25, (l) to make a way straight. "let thy eyelids T?.??. -l" ^'!! make straight (sc. a
. .
1
nW
way)
T
before thee,"
i.
e. let
them look
straight.
Isa.
an unused
naK> to
bright,
make
root, kindred to the roots and J^j to shine, to be HDV, smooth,
(2) to
make away
even, Ps. 5:9; high places,
45
2.
which appears
nification of this root.
have been the Hence may be derived"

also to
sig]
Derived nouns, "fa^l?, *#, pr.n. which immediately follow.
f^ and
tlma
"13$* (read Yah-sh'pheh), Ex. 28:20; 39:13,
~W\
adj.
and
'"'yp',)
Job 33:27,
crooked;"
T]W (i) straight. W^.Q "*?7 "I have made

f.
Eze.l:7, 23;
the straight
have acted perversely.

is
Figuratively
eyes,
i.
Eze..28:l3, a jasper, a precious stone of
0^2
"l^ that which
right in
my
1
e.
what
different colours.
?
^-
s^c_^2.'> id.)
(Arab. i__ij. "'

If
^j, y_Â-'
t
>
also
pleases me,
what
s T
approve.
Jud.
7 6,
:
"
every one
an etymology is to be sought in Hebrew, it may be from the root nQB> to be smooth [but see ^J above]. But the form of the word appears strange, as if it were foreign.
(perhaps "bald," from HS^), [Ispah], pr.n. m., i Ch. 8: 16.
c-^j
n wliat was right in his own eyes," what was pleasing to himself. Deu. 12:25, 28, ^"^3 "i^H nin* " that which is pi easing to God." Followed by
did V^y.3
"IB'
HSp?
\7^\
(prob. id.), [/s/târa],pr. n. m., iCh. 8:22.

fut.
(1)
i.
q.
IT! (once 1^! i Sa. 6: 12). T^K (kindred roots are "l^?, 1^) T0 BE
especially of a
Often used of persons id., Pro. 14:12; 16: 25. upright,righteous, Jobl :i, 8; Ps.li:7. More nt P s 7 1 1, and TJ1 fully expressed 3J? '^! 37 14. KUT v are tne Jews, Daniel 11:17. "^? W)] i.oyr) "^'D [the book of Jasher] the book of the upright, either sing, or collect, is an anthology of ancient poems, to which reference is twice made in the Old Test., J,osh. 10: 13; 2 Sam. 1:18. (If it could be
(a)
.
^P?
STRAIGHT,
" 'HT!? rilisn prop.
way,
Sa. 6:12,
proved that
title
"""IJ")^!
!!
and the kine were straight in
the way," i. e. they went in a straight, direct way. (As to the grammatical form, see Gramm. 47, note 3.) to be Metaphorically in this one phrase, ^#3
"IE?* is also used of military valour, the of that book might not be ill rendered the book of valour ; comp. the name of the celebrated Arabic anthology, called <L:l?- i- e. valour.) Neutr. "i'J up-
straight I approve
(2)
to
in
it,
my
eyes, i.e.
"
"^
rightness, integrity, Psa.
37:37; 111:8.
(&) just,
it is
pleasing
l
to
me,"
true, of God, and the
word of God, Deu. 32:4;

,
: ;
Psa,
Nu. 23:27; Jud. 14:3,7;
Sa. 18:20,
33:4; 119:137.
(2) even, used of a way Jer. 3 1 9 hence "=11^ n "?^ an even (unobstructed) way, i. c. fortunate, Ezr. 3? ~\&] ready-minded, prompt for doing 8:21. any thing; followed by a gerund, 2 Ch. 29:34. Compare
Ajrabic
26; 2 Sa. 17:4; 1X1.9:12.

be even,
e.
level, metaphorically used of an

n-JB> Isa.
even mindî.
13
iK?93
tranquil (compare
to inflated,
38:13), or
composed, opp.
not
JTWftb tranquil in him."

(l)
to
proud, Hab. 2:4, '"l/SJJ nan behold the puffed up, his soul is
^j
to
be ready, obsequious.
Conj.
III.
to
make
a
Pro. 9:15, those who make their ways straight," i. e. those who go on in a straight way, the upright. J" ??? "$* " God to forward. Prov.
"
PIEL
make
oneself of easy access to

>
.
any
one.
way straight,
^^.
("
uprightness"),
\_Jesher~\, pr. n. masc.,
iCh. 2:18.
go straight
15:21,
i.
makes
"1^ m.
4:11.
(l) straightness, of way, Pro. 2:13;

(a)
straight the ways of any one,"

affairs
e.
causes that his
may prosper; Prov. 3:6; 11:5. Hence to direct, as a water coiirse, 2 Chr. 32:30; poetically applied to thunder, Job 37:3. (2) to esteem as right, to approve, Ps. 119:128.
(}) causat. of
as a
Xal No.
2, to
make
even, level,
for
way,
Isa.
40:3; 45:13; followed by ^
any
one.
made
PCAL, pass, of Piel No. 3. Part. even, sfead out, l Xi. 6:35.
1BD
is right, what ought just and meet. Prov. ll :24, " who withholds "'^'P mere than is just and meet." With suffix i">^'* what he cafht to do, hia Also, what office, Job 33:23; Prov. 14:2; 17:26. we ought to speak, that which is true or right, Job 6:25. (b) used of persons; uprightness, in
(2) Figuratively
what
is
to be
done, that which

<
3HT gold
tegrity, often with the addition of
3.?,
33?, Deut
9:5; Ps.25:2l; 119:7; Job 33-3.
CCCLXXVI
"l2( right before God"), [Jesharela A],
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 25:14.
rnST. or
rn#*
1
constr.
rnB
f. i.
q.
TB" upright-
Tim. i. p. 1 34, 228, edit. Manger.), an image of a fira and stable abode, Isa. 22:23 in which sense "inj is used Ezr. 9:8; comp. "H| verse 9, and the roots JJO3,
;
S^DJ.
Also, a nail or
pin
ness, integrity,
Ki. 3:6.
a prince, from
whom
is used metaphorically of the care of the whole state
the
w^ m. Jeshurun, Jesurun, a poetical and (at same time apparently) a tender and loving ap-
hangs as
builded.
it
called "l|3 or
were, Zee. 10:4; the same person is also corner stone, on whom the state is
pellation of the people of Israel; found four times,
Deu. 32:15; 33:5,26; Isa. 44:2. Interpreters are To me it appears not determined as to its origin. that was a diminutive see below] probable [but. j-1"!^
of the
paddle, Deu. 23:14. ^n^^Jwl. a weaver's 16:14, spatha. [In Thesaur. this last passage is not put under this head.]
(2) a spade,
name ^ST^, used among the people and in common life for the fuller form J^STis^ (as to the
syllable |1 added to diminutives, see Lehrgeb. p. 513, and Hoffmann, Syr. Gr. page 251); but, like other words of this sort in frequent use, more freely inflected and contracted (compare Syriac Aristot, for Arab. Bokrat, for Hippocrates and the Aristotle
; ;
an orphan, from the root CDH^ Ex. 29: T m. 21,23; Deu. 10: 18; 14:29. Used of a child who is bereaved of his father only, Job 24 9.
: .
m. (from the root

:
1-in,
of the form
searching out; meton. searching, Job 39 8.

an unused
root.
that
which
is
found by
names, such as gri$ for and thus, at the same time, an allusion was made to the idea of rectitude, uprightness, 1 as found in the root "X?*; compare CD "?^; Nu. 23: 1O. So Gr. Venct. 'lopaiXiffKos. Others regard ^"". as a
diminutive
griebrid))
;
German
Arab.
to
beat with
a club, <Ls~o a club.

see.
Hence
a club, which
diminutive from
TtPJ (as
if
"^),
justulus [the righteous little

B&lfdjen (Aqu.,
as though rectulus, people], baS Hebe/ fromme

euflvf);
Symm.,Theod.
:
but the passage
("height"), [Jattir], pr. n. of a town in the mountains of Judah, inhabited by the priest^. Josh. 15:48; 21:14; l Sam. 30:27; i Chron. 6:4
[Perhaps 'Attir,
"W
in Isaiah appears to hinder this, where it stands for 7KT^7,parall. 3p5 [Yet this was Gesenius' corrected
^s.
Rob.
ii.
194.]
judgment].
unused root; cogn. to K>1B> to be white, hoary; hence to have hoary hairs, i.e. to ie an old man; comp. ""l^'S?.
"W?! Ch. (l) adj. very great, excellent, preeminent, Dan. 2:31; 5:12, 14. '~nW adv. abundantly, very, Dan. 3 99; (2) f.
:
V/
aft
!"l?0!
Hence
<?\
B^B/J, pr. n. */*?*,

7
and
m. an o/a wian, prop, hoary, 2 Ch. 36: 17.

i.q. Heb. OX, the mark of the them, Dan. 3:12.
[JethlaK], 19:42.'
T
("height," "lofty place," root pr. name of a town of the Danites, Josh
H* Chald.
pron.
P'~IJV
ace.
With
an unused
root.
Arabic
*^J
and
*x> to be
JJj
Chald. i.q. Heb. SB'J

10, 26.
(l) TO SIT, TO SIT
The signification of solitarisolitary, bereaved. ness appears to have sprung from that of silence, so
that
it is kindred to the roots D^, BO'l. BJVN p s a. 19:14, is from Dto an orphan.
Hence
DOWN, Dan. 7:9,

APHEL 3D1 n
to
DOR
see
(2) to dwell, Ezr. 4:17.
cause
<o
dwell, Ezr. 4:10.
Analyt. Ind.
PlGJV ("bereavednees"), [Ithmah'], pr.n. m.

to
1
an unused
root.
Arabic J^j and 0?j
Ch. 11:46.
to be
1?J?)
;
nake firm,
1H)
to
fix firmly.
Hence
const. "ID*, plur. ri'nn*,
Ezck. 15
3,
f.
Isa.
2:25; Dmi. 23:14. (l) a pin, a nail, which

15:3;
Isa. loxcit.;
is
fixed into a wall, Eze.
unused root, i. q. ^* jJT^ an perennial, used of water (comp. firm, stable.

Derivative, tn'K.
constant, hence to bt
a pin of a tent, Exod. 27'19; 35:l8; 38:31; Jud. 4:21,22. To drive in a pin or n iil, is in Hebrew (as in Arabic, see Vit.
specially
Ttfyy. ("whom God gives"),

pr. n.
m.
Ch. 26:9.
CCCLXXVII
J3JV ("given"), \_Ithn an], pr.n. of a town in the tribe oi Judah, Josh. 15:23.
of the string of a bow, Ps. 11:2 (c) of a cord used as a bridle; Job 30: 11 3ro, HPIS Vin^ " he looses hu " bridle," or coll. they loose their bridle," i. e. they are unbridled, unrestrained; np, *"}F! they loose my bridle, i. e. the rein which I put on them, or the re-
J
),
(i) pr. TO BE REDUNDANT (bruber see "ip* No. i and "1JVO hence
, ;
(2)
to to to
(3)
(4)
abound (ubevfluffig fet)n/ ireptyffiveii'). be over and above, to be left (fibrtcj fet)n). fo beyond measure, to exceed bounds;
which
is
verence owed to me.

(2) abundance, Psalm 17: 14; Job 22: 20; adv. abundantly, very, Isa.56:l2; Dan.8:g; "W 7JJ abundantly, enough and more, Ps. 31 :24. "in* the rest (3) remainder, rest, residue; BJM
hence
to be preeminent, to excel. In Kal there only occurs part. "inV that
15:15; whence âm, and adv. see more, farther, page CCCXLIV. A. HIPHIL "Vnin (i) fo cause some one io abound with something followed by an ace. of pers. and 2 of the thing, Deu. 28:11; 30 9. (2) to let remain, to leave, Ex. 10: 15; 12:10; Ps. 79:11, nrtoDJJl VJ3 "iriin "let remain Isa. 1:9.
left, the rest, i Sa.
; :
of the people, Jud. 7:6; 2 Sa. 10:10, 'tf *^1 1?' the rest of the acts of Solomon, i Ki. 11:41; compare " that which 1 Ki. 14:19. But Joel 1:4, "!!*? "W the locust has left."
(4) that which exceeds measure or limit, whence adv. besides (i. q. "inV 2, c); hence eminence, excellence, Pro. 17:7. Concr. that which is excellent,
y. e.
keep alive) the sons of death,"

y to
i.
e.
those
doomed
or first, Gen. 49:3.

(5) \_Jetlier, Jethro], pr. n. m.
(a) Jud. 8:20.
jo die.
(3)
make profit
'
(like Syr.
=
Pe. and Aph.).
(6)
Gen. 49:4, inin ?N "thou shalt not lay up gain" " thou shalt not "in Thes. excel,' shalt not be superior to thy brethren"]. be left, to be NIPHAL ~ID'1J ( 1 ) to
to
1
for
Ch.2:32. 01.4:17. which there is i"^ verse 37.

i
(c) 1
(d)
Ch. 7:38,
(e} the father-in-
law of Moses, elsewhere called M$ Ex. 4:18. (/) 1 Kings 2:5, for which there is fcfW 2 Sam. 17 :25.
Patron. '"!! 2 Sa. 23:38.
let to
:
rema in, Ex.

:
remain, Gen. 32 25. Part. 1013, 1O:15; also, Ex. 28: fern, rnn'!} rest, remainder, Gen. 30 36
;
rV
Isa.
i.
q. ">Pv
No.
3,
f.
that
which
i.
is
left,
residue
No. a.]
10; 29:34.
(2)
to
excel,
to be
superior
to the rest;
gain a victory. (Syr. Ethpa. to excel, to ^* 0^ 'FlCfo '38! eminent.) Dan. 10: 13, D?Q *3/> " and I there obtained the victory with the kings
[This sense is in Thes. spoken of very and in this passage the meaning given in doubtfully,
of Persia."
hence to be pre-
15:7; Jer.48:36. [In Thes. abundance, riches,

J
q.
1P
"?? (i- q-
i'
n]?-)> [Jethro~\,
;
pr. n. of the father-in-
law of Moses
4:18.
compare
"U)'
and 33n
Exod. 3:1;
the Engl. Vers.

those
is
(i) gain, profit, emolument, what fnJT. m. one has over and above, Ecc. 1:3; 2 1 1 3:9; 5:8,
: ;
<>
preferred.]
Derived nouns, itf \ mjTJV,
1W,
"into, TTl'O,
and
which immediately
su
~
ff- 1 IJ
follow.
15; 10:10 [" Syriac JiJl.Qj gain"]. a followed by JP Ecc. 2:13. (2) pre-eminenc
,
^0 with
?-
(0
a cord, a rope, prop.

;
H* Ithran,
pr. n.
m. Gen. 36:26;
Ch. 1:41;
something hanging over, redundant, so called from hanging over, hanging down see the root No. i.
(Arab.
seq.
".
id.
bow
string,
harp
string), Jud. 16, 7,
(a) used of the cords which in Specially pitching a tent fasten the curtains to the stakes. Metaph.
of people," ["rest of the n. m. 2 Sam. 3:5; 1 Ch. people"]), [Ithream], pr.
Djn ?' ("abundance

1
Job 4: 21, 03
D"W
JJD3
"their cords are torn

e.
3-
away," their tents are removed, i. the metaphor of a tent, verse 19;
they die (comp.

38:12).
(ft)
Isa.
"a nail") (according to Simonis for flin) Gen. Edomite of an n. 36:40. prince, [Jetheth'], pr.
nn*
Caph, the eleventh Hebrew letter as a numeral, Its name (*!?) signifies a standing for twenty. " hollow of the hand, palm"], to which the wing
in the Chaldee alphabet figure of the letter
now
in
use refers.
It takes
a middle place
among
the pa?a<al letters.
CCCLXXVIII
And
is
interchanged
p. CL,
A)
and
9
also
V
*,
WVP and
IP.?
;
(a) with the softer ones j (see and "K?*3 (compare also as
"*
wind, ns?p }B13,

in the pregnant
bones (grow)
jLjkxjt_o
palatal P; see
~>P.3
an old man). (b) with the harder and pp."}; l?n and and PPJ'J; and ">?3, and other words almost without
1
"H?" }
womb, so," etc. (3) indefinitely, in some way, some measure (eU mgcrmaafkn), hence, when numbers, or measure of
number
in the cognate languages; see Schult. Clav.
Dialectorum, p. 295; Scheid. ad Cant. Hiskioe, p. 196. It more rarely passes into the somewhat harsher gutturuls
H (^) and V (i), as "vn,
j*lrs-
jl
a mole;
cheese;
to sur-
space or time are expressed in round numbersabout, Gr. J>c (we Trtvr/ycoiTo), axrc/, uaoi>', German i Ki. 22:6,C^ niKDJ?31X3 "aboui ungefd&r/ etwa. four hundred men." Ex. 12:37; Ruth 2: 17, H'X3 " about an Dnyp ephah of barley." Nu. 11:31, D^ 3 " about one journey." Ruth 1:4,
^ll^
"9? and "inn the river Chebar;

j^ a young round.
lion,
f^n
^, ^
"1HJJ
&)$
ness.
~ti?y?
"about
when
4,
1 1
:
point of time,
day's Also used of a ten years." not defined with strict exact-
103 and
n^pn ni^n? "about midnight." Ex. 9:18, "inp n#3 " to-morrow about this time." Dan. 9:21, I'M. nn?p nj?3 about the time of the
Ex.
evening sacrifice." (In these examples ? may, as has been here done, be taken adverbially, and the substantive as the accusative marking the time when
;
monosyllables and barytones often 3 151, l); with suff. D33, DH3, DH3 ( w ith the jther pers. pronouns there is put 1O3 IDS, which see).
?,
before
Xehrg.
(A) adv. of quality, abbreviated from }3 (like "=1^ for |3.X and the like, see Ilebr. Grarnm. 100, ed.io); (unless it be preferred to regard the adverb 3 as having sprung from *? properly the relative pronoun
qui, qua, quod, hence quomodo (n?ie bcfiaffen), like we from the relative 5, also ovov, dlov adv. from the relatives offoc, oloc ut, uti, from Sn. If this etymology be adopted the poicer of the word would be properly relative, and the signification A, 2 must stand first.)
;
but see B. No.
3.)
{B) Prep. (i) as, like, as if, denoting some kind of resemblance, Gen. 3:5; 9:3; 29:20; Psalm 1:3; Jb 3 2:1 95 Gen. 25:25; either of form, ap" pearance (Cant. 6:6, thy teeth (are) D^DI? ">"$? like a flock of sheep." Jud. 8:l8; Job 41:10); or of magnitude (Josh. 10:2, "for Gibeon was a
great city,
i.
(l) demonst. pron. thus, so, in this

tfc-
when two
Hence repeated ?...? as. ..so; things are compared with each other (old Germ, fo ...fo/ for the common rote ...fo). Lev. 7:7,
DE>S3 nxtsn?
offering;"
manner, Gr. how. ..thus;
n3?pp *"$) J"irtS3 like one of the royal " as cities," great as one of those cities"); or of ; time (Job 10:5; Ps. 89:37, ^ p^ ? 'itfps " his throne shall stand like the sun," i. e. as long as the sun
e.
:
shall shine; compare Ps. 72 : 17); or of lot (compare ? njn to experience the same as p. ccxxii, A, and
"as the sin-offering, so the trespassNum. 15:15; Hos. 4:9; i Ki. 22:4, and
more rarely so ... as ; thus ... " how, Gr. we. ..we; Gen. 44:18, n'yics ^jiD3 S o art thou, as Pharaoh ;" Gen. 1 8 25 Ps. 1 39 1 2. According to the various modes of comparison, it may often be rendered, as well ...as, tain ...qvam; Lev. 24: 16,
contrariwise, although
:
word ID?); often used in such a ir>3 under the manner that what is called a third comparison is " who is like Job, (who) drinketh added, Job 34:7,
?
Specially should be noted iniquity like water?" with substantive ? prefixed signifies that (a)
which
"all the congregation shall stone him n^TX3 "133 a s well the foreigners as the natives;" Deu. l 17 Eze.
: ;
like this thing, a thing or person similar " an Dan. !O:l8, D"^ n ?T= ? ( appearance) thereto, like the appearance of a man, (something) like a
is
!
human
great, so great, quantus, tantus; qualis, talis (offoe, TOffOf' oloc...ro7oc); Josh. 14:11, *nb? n3 ? fK "as great as '"VJUJ my strength was then, so great is my strength now;" l Sam. 30:24; as soon
18:4;
^
how
Deut. form," (enag) roie cine 9Kenfd)cng? jhlt. " has there been THan lin? n$n anything 4:32, like this great thing?" Gen. 41 : 38, B*K nya S ypaq " can we find a man (a man) like this man?" such So HT3, njN3 may often be rendered in Latin, talis,
'
as. ..so or then (when two things are said to have happened at the same time), Ps. 48:5 [?]; compare Gr. wr...wc, II. i. 512. More fully expressed 15 ...3 Ps. 127:4; Joel 2:4; also in the later [?] Hebrew
?* ...3 Josh.
Isa. 66 8, 3 (what) u seen such things?"
tale, "lalia,
:
like
this, the
same,
;
in like
manner, Jud. 8:8; 2 Ch.
14:11; Dan. 11:29; Eze. 18:4.
(2) r~lat. in what way, the verb PI? (as elsewhere
u aa thou dost
how, ciuf wclcfcc SBcifc/ after Ru. 3:18); Ecc. 11:5, not know what is the course of the
such and such, so and so, Jud. 3i:-2O. n XT3 id. 2 Sam. 17:15. 18:4; lKi. l4:5 nNT31 k
nT31 n\3 T T
(b)
T$
may be added
^t^J
pleonastically
to verbs of similifcpn
tude, J
like the
Germ,
ifcnlid)
wit
jcm.
CCCLXXIX
\c)
As
to
the article being frequently put after 3

c,
denoting comparison, see above, n art. 2,

(2)
p.ccxn, A.
according to, after, seciindum (k-a-c't), denoting agreement with some rule, standard, or model. Gen.
1:26, -UnW]3 "according to our likeness." 4:17, " and he called the name of the 133 Dt?3 city ^3$ after the name of his son Enoch." Joshua 6: 15* " " Hjn OS^3 after this manner." 2 Ki. 1:17, ?"|?
1
and fearing God more than many/ WJ " he was so quiet," er benatjm Num. 11 i, VI D'??DP? ayn nl fid) ganj rubjg. "and the people were so complaining of evil," row
trcu al$ moglid))
1
Sa. 10: 27, E'nrjGO
Scute
nurtbun f6nnm/bie
etn gvoficS Unglurt
bejammcrn/i.e.
is
frtrp
"
" a man 13: 14, 12:173 E"K according to his heart," as it pleases him. Ps. 7:18, "I will praise Jehovah
ip"|V3
according
to the
word of the Lord."
Sa.
pre(b} it complained most bitterly, Hos. 11:4. fixed to adverbs 13JJD3 how very httic (o<ro oXt'yoi/), Pro. 10 20 EJ/D3 T ")'^ a remainder so small, Isa. 1:9; in like manner i?n? Ps. 73 19 V^. Bfi?? Isa. 26 2O,
1
how very
D'lT
speedily.
(c)
n3Sn!p2
It is
nD3' "a
substantives Isa. 1:7, desolation such as ever was

to
"according
to his righteousness," i.e.
even
as,
;
wrought by enemies,"
f onncn.
rote
nur irgenb gcinbc
erijecren
according to the degree that his righteousness demands 2 Sa. 3:39; Jer. 17:10; Pro. 24:12. Compare "V3
according to the hand
of,
i.
once thus prefixed to the subject. Lam. n;?3 3-JjTI rbsy pnp "without, the sword :20,nj?
e.
e.
bounty, under
"1J let.
cc.
Also in this signification in the apodosis there follows Gen. 6:22, nfeqj )3 Br6| ins my &?. 1?. (3) from its adverbial use above explained (A,
destroys; within, the pestilence ;" i. destroys with the utmost virulence.
the pestilencp
Compare Eze^
n^
7:15, v/here there

intensitive.
is
Some
a similar expression without 3 other examples which I would
No. 3), arises that usage of this particle in which it becomes a mere particle of time, like the Germ, um/ in the phrase um breij Ul;r/ which, not only means So about three o'clock, but also three o'clock itself.
Bfefcp
toDJ=Dte^
&
before yesterday, formerly, D1'3 to day, at this time,
yesterday, and the _ day Sa. 14:21; 21:6; QVn3,

;
1 not bring under this head, are, Job 24: 14, ""^.Y? 23|3 "and by night he is as a thief,"he acts the thief, Ex. 22:24, n^ 33 i ? rvnn *6 "thou shall not be to him as an usurer." Isa. 13:6, N'l3* T^P IB' 3 "as a storm cometh from the Almighty," i. e. suddenly,
;
1
as tempests usually rise.
The
letter 3 is radical in
now (see EV lett.o*. e)
Pi"}.?
nnpa
No.
Job 3: 5.
inf. is
at
one moment, Nu. 16: 21; BJMpS for a little while. (4) On the other hand, from the idea of likeness,
(5) ? Prefixed to an
i, 2), Isa.
(a) as, like

ob);
5:24;
iron,
as z/(al3
(b) for
Isa.
as (comp. 10:15,
should
v.
there arises a singular idiom,

I
which no one as
far as
VDnp-nX
take up
B.
ii.
D3.^ span?
"as
if (indeed) a
staflf
know has
Gr. and
rightly explained, although common to Latin, as well as to Hebrew ; this idiom is that,
him who lifts it up." as soon as, like the Gr. we

5), a particle of time
as
= often, tvhen,
we
the
3),
ind (Passow
when 3 stands before
predicates expressing quality,
it
(comp. No.
when
denotes any thing to be so, as
much as
possible,
and
period of two actions

Ps.
I lifted
therefore to be so in a very high degree. (Caph veritatis was the name formerly given to this by grammarians,
it
is compared, (compare above, 89:37,38); Gen. 39:18, 3Tlp...'?ip"?nq3 "as
up
might be more correctly called Caph intensitive. ) The Greeks and Romans use in this sense the parti<7or,
he
Sam. 5:10, -IPip D^N fn$ Ktas. nJ left," etc.; " as the ark of God '^31 came, (immediately) they
i
my voice ... (fo
nne
id)
meine (gttmrne
evtjob),
cles wr,
quam
prefixed to the superlative, we
(3t\Tiaroc,
oaov ra^tora, quam excellentissimus, quam celenime, but also, more rarely to the
we
Tfi-îarn,
cried out;" l Ki. 1:21. in a conditional sense;
Also used of future time
Gen. 44:30,
it
^33
nFjJfl.
"n'in}...iriiO3
positive,
we
aXijflwe,
Germ,
we
rote
(nur irgenb mogltd))

b Kvpoc (it is
when)
go
to
njm...^ "and my father... and as

;
will
be as
(if,
at)v, fo roafyr al
moglid)/
/ivij/tfoi/tKoc
wonderful what a
Xen. Cyrop. v. 3, 17. Lat. quam magnus numerus for maximus, Cass. B. Civil., i. 55; quam late for latissime, Cic. Verr. vi. 25 (see Passow, under the words we, uaor, Fischer. ad Wellerum, ii. 136. Viger Herman, p. 563); and the Hebrew idiom accurately answers to this, since
memory Cyrus
had).
immediately he will go down," etc. It properly implies both time and Jerem. 25:12. condition; also in Isa. 28:20, jnn?'?P J?->'n ">Vl7 D330H3 n3Dni. " the bed is shorter than that
:
soon as he sees... comp. Deu. 1 6 6

;
rm
any one can stretch out upon it, and the covering ia in it." (too) narrow if one would wrap himself 3 is also prefixed to verbal nouns in the same
sense; 2 Chron. 12 :l, in^T.n? "as his strength in" when creased;" Isa. 23:5, IV yp'i'S they hear ti*a rumour of Tyre ;" Isa. 18 4, 5 rarely also to a particiVP anro? n?i fornê 'urns " as Yu ple, Gen. 38 29,
: ; :
it.
has no superlative form.
(a)
when
it is
prefixed
to adjectives or participles
depending on the verb substantive [whether expressed or understood]. Neh.

he was a
man
faithful to *,he
highest degree
(fo
drew back his hand ;" Gen. 40 : 1O.
CCCLXXX
(C) 3
is
also rarely
a conj.
i.
q.
"*?$? so that
it is
prefixed to a whole sentence; Isa. 8:23, litWjn fi^S T33n fnnsrn...J^>3t nynx as (in what degree) the former times have brought reproach upon
" power. Ecc. 4: 17, when (if) tiou shah go to the house of God." 5:3," when th pu shall vow a vow."
or (see Syr. and Arab.) fut. PAIN, TO BE SORE, Gen. 34 25 figurativelj applied to a sorrowing soul, Pro. 14:13; Psa. 69 30 Job 14:22; pain is attributed to a corpse, followed by
^n
2ND
3?
:
the land of Zebulun ... so (in the same degree) shall the following times make honourable," etc. ; for">'N.3
HJjHjIsa.
TO
HAVE
61 10.
:
junctions
by
to prepositions changed into their being added to the relative
As
con-
con-
junctions
~>^
or *? (which, by
omitted) see Lehrg. p. 636, comp. as to the above example, Ewald, Hebr.
p.
may Hebr. Gramm.

ellipsis,
also
be
1
;
?y of cause.
cS^.o (Syr. t-
to be in
pain,
to be
sorrow-
1O2,
ful.
Arab.
\^~
to
be sorrowful).
Gramm.
which
614.
As
to the ellipsis of the prefix
after ?,
many have unnecessarily laid down, see Hebr. Gramm. ed. 10, 116, note.
i.
my
remarks,
HIPHIL (i) to cause pain, Job 5:18; Eze, 28:24; followed by an ace. of person, Eze. 13:22. 2 Kings (2) to afflict, i.e. to mar, to destroy. nn'lGn and ?13 D*?3K3 ye shall 3:19, H^pn-l mar every good piece of land with stones" cast on
5 Chald. q. Hebr. as, as if, as it were, Dan.6:i. nro Hebr. nXT3 05 if this, i.e. so, thus, Jer. io:li;
Ezr. 5:7; such, Dan. 2:10.
it,
by which means
it
Avould
become
sterile;
compare
n3="lK'K3 as, when,
see"!.
LXX. a\(>tiui<reTe. By a Isaiah 5:2; Job 5 '.23. similar figure an untilled field is called dead (Gen. 47:.! 9), and vines destroyed by hail are poetically
78 :47. (Simonis considers to be put by a Syriacism for W33r> from the root
said to be slain, Ps.
^XDPI
'kv>? (Aram. Hf, ~o) pr. as w ho, as one who, Job 29 25 according to the different significations of each particle, it means (i) according to (that)
:
333 Syriac
which, hence
(a)
according
as, as
;
much
(6)
as.
Gen.
34: 12, "and I will give ^N VBpKFl ye shall ask from me;" l Sa. 2:l6.
f ^3 as much as
according
-^-^ to harm, which, however, necessary to suppose.) Derived nouns, 3*SpP and
it
is
not
to what manner, i. q. as, like as, i. q. 3 A. 2, but not prefixed to single words, but only to sentences. " as God Gen. 7:9, Dr6g to'X had comTtr$3
my
!1N3 m. (Tzere impure) constr. 3X3 (Isa. 65:14), _patn of body, Job2: 13; 16:6; and sorrow of mind (with the addition of 37), Isa. loc. cit. (Germ. e rjleib).
%
manded him ;" Gen. 34

nX>t03 Tf $53 as they
(bemgemaf
baf).
: 1 2 Isa. 9:2; i Ki. 8 57, also before an imperfect sentence (Josh. 8:6, " they flee
; :
unused in Kal, properly TO REPROVE, TO

9
fled formerly");
(c)
Num. 27:14,
'B
Dpnp
l
^3
because "be-
REBUKE,
like the Syr. JJ_o,

to be
hence
to
become fear*
<^_
cause ye have
rebelled against
me;"
Sam. 28:18;
ful, faint-hearted,
to
sad, compare HH3

to
8 Ki. 17:26; Mic. 3:4. The use of the prefix ? in guch phrases as *i?"lX9 corresponds with this. Very
often ?3 ...TE't?? answer to each other, as. ..so, Nu. :17; Isaiah 31:4; even as.. .so, Jud. 1:7; in what
be faint-hearted, Arabic
be sad,
faint-hearted, -_<=-~ to terrify, to restrain, intrana.
degree. ..in the same, Ex.1 :12; Isaiah52:i4; where there is a double protasis 1?....~>E'N?...~>^3, Isaiah
Med. E.
to
be
fearful, faint-hearted.
to
10:10,11. (a) as if, as though (nit votnn, compare ~K?N Conj. No. 4); Job 10:19, nng JVV! fc6 ->K3 " I should be as though I had not been;" Zee. 1O:6.
(3) as, so as, of time,
i.
HIPHIL, to make sad, faint-hearted, with the addition of 3? Eze. 13:22.
afflict^
NIPHAL
q.
? prefixed to infinitives,
Job 30:8, n??T? W3 ? " they are out, expelled. cast out of the land." (Dagesh euphon. in Caph.) [In Thes. this passage is referred to N33, and this
(\)toberebuked,fo\\o\\ed\)y'\tobeca8i
Germ, nrie, foroif/ alS/ followed by a pret. i. q. after n1 Und when Ex. 32: 19, 1~$> that, when. he drew near to the camp." Gen. 29:10; l Sam. 8:6; Exodus :;:ii; Est. 4: 16, WISH W]3K TB>3
meaning
(2)
is
therefore not given.]
^3
to be
Ps. 109:16.
faint-hearted, dejected, Dan. Hence

Ps.
11 -.30;
"when
:
I siail perish, I perish,"

fo tin
ntnn
id)
gu
runbt
gfgangtn bin/
Gen. 43 14.
id) eg/ the cry of one despairing; Followed bv a fut. it has a conditional
np.
m. sad, unhappy. Plur. But the ana is preferable, see
10:1O
*?
see -W3.]
CCCLXXXI
^3
Hiphil.
an unu.-d
root, see
,
33b;
sec also
to
roll
["Arabic
JE,\h.
FlOR:
f
up,
f
ball."]
TlfHI : round, TlO-fl globe? Syr. JL^LÔ a ^Derivatives, 3313, and pr.n. fl33.]
:
to be honoured, Prov. 13:18; 27:18 58:13. HIPHIL (l) to make heavy, e.g. a yoke, l Ki 12:1O; Isa. 47:6; a chain, Lam. 3:7. Ellipt. Neh. 5:15, "the former governors OJJH ?JJ VV3?n sc. ?V,
PUAL 133 %
Isa.
laid a
&
(1) TO BE
there
is
M? (Jud. 20:34)
HEAVY
(jEthiop ftfl
fut.
'.
id.
In Arabic
heavy (yoke) upon the people," greatly oppressed the people. (2) causat. of Kal No. 2, to honour, to increase
with honours,
to
but one trace of
this signification in Ju.^> to
Conj. III. to bear
thing, up under vany v *
endure
Jer. 30: 19. Also, to acquire cneself), 2 611.25:19.
render illustrious, Isa.8:23; honour or glory (for

to
to be indignant, adversity [" and so in Syr. _:X3L| f; 3. Job of used Mostly weight, Prop, angry"]).
(3) causat. of Kal No. 5,
make dull
the ears,
Isa.6:iO; Zec.7:ll;
be
to
harden
the heart, Ex.9:34.
used figuratively, thus

(2)
to be
gfuricf)ttg),
heavy, tobe honoured (Gr fiupvc, Germ. Job 14:21; 26.27:25; Isa. 66:5. Comof
j
NIPHAL (i)pass. of PIEL No.l, to be honoured, tc held in honour, Gen. 34: 19; lSa.9:6; 2 Sa
pare 1133.
(3) i.q. to be great, vehement, plentiful, enormity of wickedness, Gen. 1 8 20 of a battle be: ;
PI.
23:19, 23. 1??3 DK> a glorious name, Deut. 28:58 nil333 things done gloriously, Ps. 87:3.
(2) reflect, to sheiv oneself great or glorious^ Hag. 1:8; followed by 3 in any thing, Exod. 14:4, 17,18; Lev. 10:3; Eze. 39:13. (3) to be heavy, i.e. abundant, to be rich, see Kal No. 3. Pro. 8 24, D?O ^333 n'U^B "heavy (i.e
:
soming
' *>
fierce,
Jud. 2o 34
:
Sam. 31:3; of a weight,

to
be troublesome, 24:20; Neh. 5:18; 8 Sam. 13:25, T?if l3 ?? *&} "lest we should be burdensome to thee;" compare 14:26. "1! n 7?3 7JJ nj.T "the hand of God is heavy upon" any one, i. e. God afflicts some one heavily (compare
a plenty of sand, Job And in a bad sense
loc. cit.
(4)
burdensome, followed by ?# "
Isa.
copious) fountains of water." Isa. 23:8, 9, Yl$ '???? " the most wealthy of the earth."
(l) to honour oneself, Pro. 12:9. self,
HITHPAEL
to
to
boast one-
flaptias
t>8 iSa.5:6. Job 23: 2, <nmx 75 H133 HJ "the hand of God which presseth on me is heavier than my sighing," i. e. the calamities which oppress me are more weighty, or more vehement than my (In Arabic also complainings compare 1J letter /.
x^P"^ Horn.)
Sa.
5:11; Ps. 32
-.4.
Fol-
(2)
multiply oneself; hence
to be
numerous,
lowed by
many, Nah. 3:15. The derived nouns

"153
also,
follow, except 113J.
const.
(A) adj. laden

(2)
133 Ex. 4: 1O, and 133 Isa. 1 14. (l) heavy, i Sam. 4:18; Prov. 27:3;
Mostly used figuratively, as
cine
;
(Isa.l 14).
verbs of weight, such as
j,
Jju
followed
by
\c
abundant (Germ,
pavonum
denote trouble.)
From heavy
is
things not being easily
graves
greges. Varr.)
133
also,
fdwere SKengej Lat. ?*n a numerous
moved, this verb
applied
army, l Ki. 10:2; Isa. 36:2; Gen. 13:2. In a bad sense
rich
(cere gratis),
(5) to indolence, dullness (<3.iwerf&ntgfett),and to any
hindrance of the use of the senses; hence to be dull, t lugg is h, of the eyes, Gen. 48 i o of the ears, Isa. 59 l
: ; :
(3) grievous, burdensome (brucfcnb), of a heavy famine, Gen. 12 :1O; 41:31; of enormous sin, PsaL
(fd)u>ert)6ng)
also of the
mind not
:
easily
moved, and
38:5 (compare
with iniquity."
Isa. 1:4, \ty
133 "(a people) laden
therefore obdurate, Exod. 9 7 (compare n î"J). In like manner verbs of fatness are applied to indolence;
compare 3?ri PIEL 133
E*?t3.
(i) causat. of
Kal No.
1
:
2, to
;
honour,
tod? honour
3 1 7 2 Sa. 10:3; God, Isa. 29:13; followed by ? of person, Ps. 86:9; Dan. 11:38; and (in the same manner as verbs of Isa. 43:23, abundance) with the two accusatives. '3R133 fc6 'fpnriT thou hast not honoured me with thy sacrifices." (2) causat. of Kal No. 5
to
to persons, Jud.
hard, of an affair or business, ll 14 of a language hard to be understood, Eze. 3:5 of weight; slow, (5) not easily moved because of the tongue, Ex. 4:10.
(4) difficult,
:
Exod. 18
18
Num.
(B) subst.
the
Ztver(Arab.
j^
as ju^ J^), being
the heaviest of the viscera, both in weight and in 1 importance, Ex. 29 1 3, 22 Lev. 3 :4, 0. Lam. 2:11 ^133 ywb ^1?^ "my liver is poured out upon the
:
;
harden
the heart, or
mind,
Sa.6:6.
earth ;" hyperb. spoken of the most severe wounding of the liver, i. e. of the mind.
CCCLXXXII
adjective, everywhere fern. magnificent, splendid, Eze. 523:41 mbst. precious things, Jud. 18:21.
rW33
;
for
PH133
see "ft?.
pr. n.
cities,
Psal.
45:14;
7133 [Cabut],
containing twenty
(l) of a region in GaliJee
?3
(2)
(i)
heaviness (of a, weight), Prov. 27:3.

Isa.
vehemence, e.g. of fire, (3) multitude, Nah. 3:3.

(4) heaviness,
i.e.
30:27.
given by Salomon to Hiram, l Kings 9:13. Josephus, in Ant. viii. 5, 3, probably making a conjecture from the context, says
{ifdippTjrevoperov -yap TO
yXairrai'
grievousness ofwar,Tsa. Ql :15_
OVK apiattov
ffrjpait'ti:
XaflaXwv, KOTO. QoiviKwv but this meaning
JTTnip
(1113)
f.
heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14:25.
TO DE
EXTINGUISHED, QUENCHED, GO
:
can scarcely rest on etymological grounds, and perhaps ^133 is the same as >13$ bound, limit. The Arabian geographers mention, in the province of Safad, in that
region, a fortress called Cabul J.. ^ see Rosenmiiller. Analecta Arabica, iii. page 20. (2) of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19:27.
1
OUT; properly spoken of fire, Lev. 6:5,6; of a lamp,

7 of the destruction of enemies, Isa. 43: 17, " they are quenched like a wick." (Arab. L^-> to cover a
;
Sa. 3:3; metaph. of the anger of God, 2 Ki. 2 2
fire
with ashes, not quite to extinguish, but
L^
is
to be extinguished. The primary idea is that of To this covering over, hiding, compare K^n, n3n. answers the Gr. <r/3e'w.)
|133 ("bond," from the root 1?3 [In Thes. "cake, from 333"]), [Cabbon], pr. n. of a town in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15 140; perhaps the same as l Ch. 2 49.
:
W33O
PIEL, to extinguish,
Jer.
put
out, prop. Isa.
31
T33
m.
adj.
2 Sam. 21 -.17, i6 42:3; metaph. 4:4; 21:12. " that thou ^XT{f irns nspo quench not the light
(1) great,
large (Arab.
1^).
D'Taa
D'.9
of Israel," lest thou, the alone light of the people, shouldest perish. Compare 2 Sa. 14: 7, and above, see n^DI, page CLXVH, B.
great waters, Isa.
Job 15:10.
(2)
(Arab.^^ ^J*
17:12; 28:2; O'DJ very old, a very aged man.)

Isa 16:14.
"1*33
much, Job 31:25;
Koot "OSNo.a.
TQ3 m
(l)
1
(once
f.
Gen. 49:6, No. 4), pr. heaviness,
?3
No.l.
l
always used figuratively.
honour, glory of men, Ps. 8:6; JobiQiQ; 4:21; of God, Psa. 1 9 2 79:9; 96:8. And thus, Saoi^-ins Mic. 1:15, the most noble of Israel, compare Isa. 5:13; 8:7; 17:3,4. In ace. adverbial ly with honour, honourably, Ps. 73:24. "^33n "HÔ the (a) majesty, glory, splendour. of of used of Psa. 24:7, 8, God, king majesty, glory, 9 [The person of the Son] "^33 tf S>3 a throne of 1133 the glory of Lebanon, glory, 1 Sa. 2:8; plpn i.e. its wood, Isa. 35:2; 60:13; comp. lO:l8; "1*133 nin* (LXX. 2fJa Kvplov), i. e. the glory, surrounded with which Jehovah appears; also, God as surrounded with this glory, Exod. 24: 16; 40:34; 1 Ki.
Sa.
: ; ;
m. a plaited mattress, from the root ">33 Sam. 19:13, 16, tMy "1^33 "a mattress
made
'
of woven goats' hair."
?y
an unused
bind,
;
root, Ch.
to tie, to
to
tie
"P33
and
bn
firmly
[Talm.], Syr., Arab. kindred to the root
also 133, 133, 13H.
Hence the quadand
riliteral ?3~!3
which
see; also pr.n. >133
^33
149
:
pi. const.
^33
a fetter. Psalm 105:18;

id.).
8.
(Arab, and Syr.
j? -3 an unused root, Talmud, to bind, to bird Hence the pr. n. together, i. q. 733, Syr. to gird. P33 [in Thes. from 333], K333.5, '33?O.
8:li; 2Ch.7:l;
Isa.
6:3; Eze. 1:28; 3:12,23; 8:4;
10:4, 18; 11:23; comp. Luke 2:9. (3) ah mi dance, riches, Psal. 49: 17; Isa. 10:3;
DZ13
FEET
pr.
TO TREAD, Or
TKAMPLE WITH THE
66:12.
(4) poet, the heart, the soul, as being the more noble part of man; comp. 'TVn* (if it be not i. q."1 ??
prop, the liver, and figuratively arplicd to the soul, Const. as elsewhere i?), Psa. 16:9; 57:9; 108:2.
(cogn. to t"33; as to the syllable D3, which is p. cvm, A), primary in this root, sec under
W3
hence to wash garments by treading on them when under water. It differs from J'lTVto wash (the b-tfv), as the Gr. Xoutiv differs from ir\vmv. In Kal it omy occurs in Part. D313 Isa. 7:3; 36:2, a washer
oj
with
fern, (like its
nil3 "inFT7S
assemblies."
synonym t?S3). Gen. 49 "my soul was not present

is
6.
C&???
in their
garments, a fuller, Gr. 7rXvrn'/p, rvu^cvt, one who cleanses soiled garments, and fulls new ones. See
[But, qu,
not the verb 3 p. ma?c. ?
Schneider, Ind. ad Scriptt. Kei Rusticse,

j;en,
p.
385. Sch.
tt-
So English version.]
Tritunc et Fulloniae Antiquitates, Lips. l?f 3, 8
CCCLXXXIII
PIEL
19: 10.
DM
and D33 _(i)
Part,
D33P
i.
q.
i. q. Kal Gen. 49 033 Mai. 3:2.
1 1
Ex.
(2) Metaph. to purge the soul from sin, Psal. 51 : 9; Jer. 4:14; but still allusion is made to the original signification of washing, Jer. 2:22; Mai.
4.,
3:.
PCAL, pass. Lev. 13:58; 15:17. HOTHPAEL, pass. D33n Lev. 13:55,56.
in const. J"n33] f. pr. length (from hence of a certain measure of distance, just as many other words denoting measure, weight, time, are used of certain measures, weights, and spaces of time (compare Heb. np, ê>, n?O,.D^ Ch. pp?
J?3 [only
2),
"133
No.
a long time, specially a year, n Vf, L^>pa, a short time, specially an hour; Germ.TCcfer Santv fin Sftaajj
,
y?^
to
be high, specially with
an unused root, like the cogn. ^33 and a round form as a
tumour, cup, head.
Hence V313 helmet.
But what this Lat. pondo, whence spfunt). measure may have been, cannot certainly be gathered from the occurrences, Gen. 35:16; 48:7; 2 Kings 5:19. The LXX. once (Gen. 48:7) add for the sake of explanation, inrdfyofioc, which is either
2Betn>
unused in Kal (i)pr. TO BIND TOGETHER, TO PLAIT, TO BRAID, i. q. ?33 and the roots therewith compared (also "IO3 No. II). Hence "P33 n "}33 sieve, ~>33p coarse cloth, 133O plaited mattress,
stadium (see Hody,
De
Bibl. Text. Originalibus, p.
115), or a measure used
by the Arabs
net
work.
Like
many
other words
of
plaiting,
binding (TÛ,
great,
7-in,
strength and magnitude.

(2)
to be to be
)', pnj3), Hence
it is
twisting, applied to
i. e. a distance such as a horse can go without being overworked about three parasangs (cine Station), see Koehler ad Abulf. Syriam, p. 27.
;
much,
also to be long,
conto
[an unused root],
pr.
i.
q.
33 and D33
to
subdue, force,
specially to
have coition,
Arab.
be-
tinual, see
powerful,
f
133, HT13.
to
(Arabic
to
to
be great,
^'33 No. get offspring (see

transp. I/M^J subegit puellam.
[pi.
3).
..<,-/
and
grow up,
be advanced in years,
*
Hence
Syr. ;."X3 to increase, to
grow up, Êth. TVf)4l
be glorious,
HIPHIL, to
Part.
t
illustrious.)
make much,
subst. (of the
T330
with "? prefixed, "*3?O^ i. Job 36:31. Derived nouns, see under Kal No. and those which immediately follow.
to multiply, Job 35:16. form JVnpto) abundance, l~b plentifully, much. q.
i,
also "^33
a lamb (pr. progeny of from the first to the third sheep), specially year (cee Bochart, Hieroz. i. p. 421, seq.), whence there is often added 103^3 the son of its year, one year old. Nu. 7 15, 2 1 33, 39, 45, 5 1 57, 63, 69, 75, and in plur. \33Nu. 7:17, 23, 29, 35, 41. Sometimes it is used in a wider sense, and denotes sheep generally, Gen. 21:27. [This is quite a mistake, this word
D^33] m.
m^
<-
"H?
pr. subst,
length of space, continuance of

2).
does not occur there.]

old, see the
cit.).
LtL^c.
lamb of a year
in Bochart, loc.
time (see the root, No.
Hence
(l) [CAe&ar], pr. n. of a river in Mesopotamia, also called ~n3n (which see), Greek and Latin Cha-
Arabian grammarians The feminine of this word is

2Sa. 12:3, and^
boras.
Eze. 1:3; 3:15,23; 10:15,22.

this
This orthe Syriac
Lev. 14: 10.
Nu.
thography of
name accords with
6:14
the
[pi.
J">b>33, const.
nVK'33] n
ewe lamb, from
a*LJ3),
while on the other hand "fan
first
year to the third.
Agrees with the
Arabic.
Although each
the letters transposed 3K>3, H3^'3
Rather more rarely with is found, but thn
former
is
undoubtedly
tin
original form.
form affords a suitable etymology ("fan joining together, and 123 length, a long, great river), yet I should the regard the Aramaean mode of
spelling
FEET, TO
root D33.
ftlt.8^33* (l) TO THEAD WITH THK TRAMPLE UNDER FEET, kindred to the
;
name of a
original.
river in Mesopotamia, as the genuine
and
(2) adv.
(l&ngft).
already,
long ago, formerly,
now
Zee. 9: 15, Sfc^TT?* 31 "they shall tread with their feet the stones of the sling," i.e. shall easily turn them aside, so as not to be hurt
Eco.l:lO; 3:15; 4:2; 9:6,7. (Syr.

sieve.
ô
i.
long ago already).

.
(compare Job 41 20, 21). Mic. 7:19, -I^D^. 133^ "he treads down our iniquities," i.e. disregards
:
them, does not avenge them.
Am.
9:9.
Root 133 No.
(a)
to
subject,
to
subdve
to
oneself,
e. g.
of
CCCLXXXIV
with regard to man, Genesis 1:28; enemies, a hostile country, Nu. 32:22, 29 [In Niph.]; 9 Ch. 28 10 Jer. 34 1 1 ; Neh. 5 5. Comp.
beasts,
:
;
an unused
(cogn. 1115).
root.
Arab,
and
slaves,
force a woman, Est.7:8. (Arab, PIEL, to subject, i. q. Kal No. 2, 2 Sam. 8 11. [" Hiph. i. q. Kal No. 2, Jer. 34: 11 3'ro."] NIPHAL (i) pass, of Kal No. 2, Nu. 32:22, 29;
(3) to
:
turbid, troubltd. (l) (2) to be dis tu rbed, as life by adverse circumstances and calamities (compare "^JJ). By another metaphor
to be
in
Hebrew
it is
see applied to warlike disturbances,
THI
"113
i.
Josh. 18 :i.
(2) pass, of No. 3
;
Shemitic word
[Chedorlaomer] (if it be a Phoenicio"a handful of sheaves," from

"lOJJ
Neh. 5
5, at the end.
Hence
Syriac
q.
jf
j^ a handful, and
sheaf), pr. n. of
m. a stool
id.
for the feet, 2

;
Ch.g: 18.
Chald. t "?3."]
33 mnsc. a furnace; according to Kimchi a lime kiln, or a furnace for smelting metal, differing from TUn an oven, Gen. 19:28; Ex. 9:8,10; 19:18. So called apparently from its subduing metal; unless it
be judged best
to refer it to the
a king of the Elamites in the time of Abraham, Gen, 14:1,9. ["Perhaps its true etymology should be sought in the ancient Persian."]
H3 constr. from 5H3 (like WB? from ^Dp, see Hebr. Gramm. ed. 10, p. 24,82), pr. like as this,
i-<l-
n j? Arab. \ j^
i.
e.
Arab.
i,yu-J to kindle.
is
[fn Thes. the allusion to this Arabic verb
expressly
renounced.]
Ki. 17:16) plur. B"to m. (Jud-7:l6; I Ki. 18:34), [" Sanscrit ghada, Slav. Rad"~], *roSoc, engine, cadus, a bucket, a pail, a vessel both for
(l) so,thus,Gen. 32:5; Ex.3:l5. Ofveryfrequent occurrence is the phrase '3 IPS H3, where the words themselves follow, Jud. 11 15; especially in the be:
ginning of communications from God.
"I?
fern, (i
"thus
drawing (see the root "H3 No. 2), and for carrying water, Gen. 24: 14, seq.; Ecc. 12:6; also for keeping this vessel was one meal, 1 Ki. 17:12, 14, 16 which women were accustomed to carry on their
;
njrv ~W?X H3, saith Jehovah," Jer. 2:2; 7:20; 9:16,22. Rarely in the manner of substantives with a prefix nb3 in this manner (like {?? for J3) } and put twice
in
this
(5)
manner... in that manner,

;
Ki. 22:20.
i*
When applied to place, hither,

2
: ;
here, but this
rare, Gen. 31 :37
shoulders.
(Gf n.
loc. cit.)
Sam. 18 30 also doubled, here, there; hither, thither, Nu. 11:31. nbTy hithertc, bortfytn/ Gen. 22:5. H3J H3 hither, and thither,Ex.
2:12.
(3) Used of time, now n3"IJJ hitherto, Ex. 7:16,Josh. 17: 14. nbnjn n'3~ty till now and till then, b'\i bonn unb bann/i.e. in the meanwhile; \ Ki. 18:45.
Chald. Pael to
3J3.
lie,
to
tell lies,
i.
q.
Heb.
Hence
f.
na*]3 Chald. adj. lying,

root; prop.
i.
Dan. 2:9.
q.
*T"lD an unused
riP3
to
beat, to
H3
Ch.
i.q.
n'3
No.
3,
Dan. 7:28. n3~lj? hitherto.
pound; hence
(l)
to
strike fire, whence "11T3 a spark, and
"13^3 a sparkling
gem, a ruby. smiths (a) to labour heavily, toilsomely, like to draio water from a well. oomp. etwfo) specially
;
HX3 and nnp u t. n?1. r )f (Cogn. roots (i) TO BE FEEBLE, TO FAIL IN STRENGTH, to be Cast down
in mind, Isa. 42: 4.
Hence
is
13.
(Arab.
.v<^~ to
pound, to labour
s<* -
toil-
Specially, (2) used of a lamp about to go out (see adj. Isa. 42:3); of eyes become dim, whether by age, Deut. 34:7; Zee. 11:17; Gen 27:1; or by grief, Job 17:7.
somely, to draw from a well,
e=->
a striking
fire:
PIEL nn3 andnns.
(i)intrans.
tobecomepale,aa
["compare
H| see *!.
a spot on the skin, Levit. 13:6, 21, 26, 28, 56; also to be feeble, timid, to be cast down in mind, Ex. 21 12 comp. Isa. 61 3. (2) to chide, to restrain any one; i Sam. 3:13,
:
see T.
D3 nn?
i.
m. Ezek. 27: 16; Isaiah 54: 12, a certain "HS sparkling gem, prob. tfie ruby, from the root No. 1. Arab. jk=.x=> extreme redness (Chald.
e.
t6] "and (that) he did not chide restrain them. Compare HN3. Hence
them;"
Ex
39:
>!*)
HH3 failing, weak, speadj. only used in f. with a very little flame, almof I of a wick burning cially gone out, Isa. 42:3; of eyea become dim, lSa.3:2; of
CCCLXXXV
faint light cokur,Levit.
13:39; "spots rfo??

j
rns
of
(Gen. 41 =45; Ex.
loc. cit.;
Ps.
110:4) translated h
pale
v/hiteness," won mattsiretfier Jjarbe

Isa.
of a spirit
by N3T a prince; but even
the author of the booki
Voken down,
1^5
f.
61:3.
of Chronicles seems to have followed this opinion;

giving, according to his manner, an interpretation cf the words, 2 Sa. 8:l8, Vn D'pq'3 in i Chr. 18: ;
healing, mitigation, Nah. 3:19.

TO BE ABLE, (kindred
to 7-13, ?b';
iy,
7n3ch.
under
let.
com p.
A.
17,
^9
1.^
n*3Bin 1)1 \3^
and the sons of Da-
as to the connection of verbs ny and

n), followed
p. ccxi,
by *? with
inf.
Dan. 2:26; 4:15;
5:8,15-
vid (were) the chief about the king," i. e. the principal ministers of the kingdom. Nevertheless, from 2 Sa. 8:17, compared with 1 Sa. 21 :2; 22:9, it appears pretty clearly that in 2 Sa. 8 : 1 8, priests are
really to be understood, although not of the tribe of Levi; [This shews that they could not have been priests] ; and the author of the Chronicles seems to
M3
j
unused in Kal. Arab.

(
and
s-
Conj.
and V. TO PRESAGE, TO PREDICT, the art of s >l^~ a prophet, a soothsayer, often augury, and
I.
have chosen
text,
this. interpretation of the
more ancient
used amongst the heathen Arabs h&ice, one who undertakes any one's cause, his deputy, dele;
being unable to admit of any priests except those of the tribe of Levi. [No such priests could
gate,touse the words of Firuzabadi(Kamus,p. 1799)

J*
I,-
J-
O -
<C^>-^
lw*
.jtûJ. S
U-.M *-^
-<b
-S
'
/ib J "
,.r<
ne
wuo
have been under that dispensation the inspiration of the books of Chronicles, as well as those of Samuel, must not be forgotten.] (See De Wette, Beytrage zur Einleit. ins A. T. i. page 81, 82; and my history
;
stands up in any one's matter, and labours in his cause. The signification of priest is kindred in Heb. i^3, inasmuch as prophets and priests were alike supposed to intercede between the gods and men. Syr.
f
to be
=c
of the
of Onkelos
Hebrew language, page 41.) The authority is much lower, and in ail the above cited
examples the signification of priest is the only true one. [Let this assertion of Gesenius be carefully weighed.]
emphat. st. M?.?, pl. a priest, Ezr. 7:12, 16,21.
T
=n
rich, opulent, JjLcn_D rich, abundant,
p3
Ppi]3,
Ch.
i.
q.
Heb. J03
riches, abundance, glory; all which ideas are secondary, and appear to be deduced from the condition of the priests. (As to the signification of ministering, Avhich has been inaccurately [ ?] attributed
to this root, I to
fpriesthood, the office or function Ex. 29:9; 40:15; Nu.l6:iO; 25:13. priest,
ofc
have lately made observations, in pref. Hebr. Lex. Germ. ed. ni., p. xxxin.) PIEL J[?3 (i) to be or become a priest, Deu.
Yj
9
V
pl.
|
13,
Chald. a
~
-*
window, Dan. 6
- -
ll.
Syr.
s*
JLtxo, Arab,
^j^"
id.,
and j^= an aperture in a wall.

II.
From
the root H13 No.
10:6. (Syr. cn_D.) v
minister as a priest, to use the office of priest, Ex. 31:10; often followed by njrpp Ex.28: 41; 40:13,15; Hos. 4:6.
(2) to
(3) from the use in Syriac, Isa. 6l
"*<?
:
10, IH?!
?$?
13 a:ro| \ty6p. Eze. 30:5, [Chub], pr. n. of a country which is joined with Egypt and -/Ethiopia. Some understand by it Coben, a port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near the Mareotis perhaps it should
;
"as a bridegroom makes splendid his headdress." So Syinm., Vulg., Syr. Hence
[p
l.
be written
Nubia, a reading followed by the Arabic translator (he undoubtedly imitating the LXX., al3-13
though in our copies
this
word
is
wanting)
he has
DOnb], m. a priest (Syr. Chald.
As to the Arabic, and the etymology, see the root), Gen. 14:18; 41:45,50; Ex. 2 16 3:1; 1 8 l and often. E Nin 1H3. 2 Ch. 19
N?i!?, Jithiop. fiJJ^; id.
:
translated <Lj*J^ Jjl^ the people of Nubia; a trace of

this reading is found in De Rossi's Cod. for 3131 a prima manu has
409, which
26 20, and ^Via? fnbn Lev. 2 1 : 10 Nu. 35:25, 28; Josh. 2O:6, the high priest, who also is called n'l"En }n"3n the anointed priest, Lev. 4:3, 5.
ll; 24
:
(Milra) Ezek. 27:10, in pause J?^3 38
const, jn'13 (Milel) i Sa. 17:5; Isa. 59: 17, pl. Jer. 46:4; 2 Chron. 26: 14, m. a helmet; twice
mentioned Gen. 14: a very old opinion of Hebrew writers, that 1D3 alsc signifies prince. Not only have the Chaldee iuterj reters in several
Kings,
18; Psalm
1
who were
10
:
also priests, are
4.
There
is
(Milra) Eze. 23*: 24, const. V?ip (Milel) i Sa. 17:38 Root y?3. In this word there is a singular confusion of the segolate and penacute form EHp, ?J9 with the
acute D?iy, which
places
may be
26
thus explained.
Properlv
CCCLXXXVI
each of these words was a segolate, of the form
s-<-*
7J?3
,)1
TO
for
MEASURE
(like the Syr., Chald.,

it
Arab.
But the Cholem as (like the Arabic altJ a cup). and written fully, the ascent, being trengthened by contrary to the common usage, in the manner of the
later
J-./).
In Kal
occurs once, Isa. 40: 12.
Hebrew and Syriac (comp. CHIP Dan. 11:30,

2 Su. 18
:
Syr. J.JQQ), had such force in was retained even in the pi. D'jnYs (for Q'V33, or D'V23 kfivaim), as if from the singular Hence it was that such a jnte, of the form Q?iy.
9,
PILPEL ?2?3 (i) to take in, to hold, to contain; used of a vessel prop, (in fid) Ijaltf n/ meffen). 1 Ki. " behold heaven and the heaven of heavens 8:27, cannot contain thee," 2 Ch. 6: 18.
(2) to hold up, to sustain. (a) i. q. to bear, to enrfwrc(auebaUen), Mai. 3:2; Pro. 18:14; Jer. 20:9. (b) to protect any one; Ps. 112:5, to defend ones cause before a tribunal, Ps. 55 23.
:
this word, that
it
form (^313) was used at
least in the absolute state,
although in the construct state the original segolate form was preserved (compare 153, constr. I??).
(3) to nourish, to sustain, to provide with sustenance, Gen. 45:11; 47:12; 50:21;
lKings4:7;
l
longer and secondary form is found in Syr. \ %ôo. Intermediate forms, which fluctuate between the two,
are 23/13 Eze. 27: 10, V3ip 23:24.
99
17:4.
Followed by two ace. Genesis 47: 12; 18:4,13Pass. 73p3 to be
Kings
provided with food,

i.
Kings Kings
20:27. HIPHIL
to
\3 unused
in Kal.
(I) TO BURN; Gr.
^?n._(i)
q.
Pilpel.
No.
l,
^7:26,38; Ezek. 23:32, ?'3?V nano
"containing
Arab. ,_j==;
to
Syriac Jou3
burn
in, to
much."
(2)
i.
brand, T 3p.3, 3|V, also (H) Like the cognate words 33p iris,?}:), appear to have the signification of hollowing, excavating, a trace of which is found in the f s zCh. 1? a window, Arabic .<^~ an aperture, >.^=-. a
,
mark by burning,
see '3 No. II, n13, H13D.
q. Pilp.
No.
a, a,
Jerem. 6:11; 10:10; Joel
2:11.
an unused
s-
root.
Arab.
/l=
Conj.
II. to
heap up,
see.
<.=
a heap, like the Hebr. ft&3, which
I formerly derived this from H13 to bore but this is an uncertain meaning. As to through, what the Arabic lexicons give, ,_*== to pierce, to
window.
This root belongs to the very widely extended family of stocks D3, BJ7, DN, concerning which see below on the root
(of the form 3MP), a globe, little ball oj
prick as a scorpion, this meaning comes from that of burning in, because a scorpion marks the skin as with a cautery, in piercing it and introducing its
poison.
gold (from
the root TD3,
to
make
globular),
perhaps collectively globules, or a necklace made of golden globules strung together, (which are found
solid in
NIPHAL
l
pass, of
No.
I, to
be
:
burned, scorched
Arabia; see Diod.
Sic.
iii.
44,
al.
50; Strabo
with
fire),
Pro. 6:28; Isa.
43
2.
xvi. p. 777, Casaub.), such as the
Israelites in the
[Derivatives, ?, njtt, ni3?, 13.]

'.night,
fern,
wilderness, and the Midianites wore, Ex. 35:22; Nu.
Dan. 11:6, see 03.
Ex.
25.
a burning, a burnt part of the body, Hoot H13.
p3
root
is
see PILEL, HIPHIL,
unused in Kal, prop. TO STAND UPRIGHT; and the noun J3. A secondary
,l==, t>^: to exist, to
the Arab, and Êth.

to -13313;!
P.13.
[const.
,
3Db], m. a star, Gen. 37 :g;

Syr.
id.;
Psal.
be.
As
PILEL
Job 31 15;
:
see Analyt. Ind.
4.
(Arabic and
I^COLS,
Êthiop.
whence denom. verb

star.
to erect, prop, to set Ps. a as throne, 9:8; 2 Sa. 7:13; hence, to upright,
(i) to set up,
to sparkle like
The
root
is
333,
Arab, JZtn. ftflfl J * T( U P '" a hall whence 3333, and 2 being softened 33)3, 3313 prop, a globe, a ball; compare mBBto.) Metaph. used of an illustrinis prince, Nu. 4:i?; like the Arab.
^f,
often in Hariri
confirm, to establish, to maintain, Psalm 7:10; 40:3; 48:9; 68:10; 90:17; 99:4. (2) to found, as a city, Ps. 107:36; Hab. 2:l, the earth, Psalm 24:2; 119:90; heaven. Proverb* 3-19 (3) to direct, as arrows, Psalm 7:13; 11:2; V also without the accus. D V? absol. (jt'clcn), followed Ps. of the ^H 21:13 mark, Metaph. with the by
CCCLXXXVII
omissicn of 37
to
(fci
the
full
form, see HIPHIL, No. 4),

thing, to
turn one's mind to any mind, Job 8 8 Isa. 51:13.

: ;
have in one's
pose of virtue, Ps, 51:12; Gen. |l 32, " the thing is certainly decreed of God."
:
D1D-TO D5tt? "Cm

pr7K
(4) to create,
to
man, Deut. 32 :6;

Ps. 8:4.
form, used of God with regard to Psalm 119:73; the moon and stars,
to be
(d) to be firm, intrepid, used of the mind, Ps. 57 :8; cer108:2; 112:7. () to be sure, certain,
tainly, i Sa. 26:4; 23:23. (2) to be founded, Jud.
16:26.
Pass.
J313.
(i)
established (used of
3, to
one's
steps), Ps.
37:23.
act.
(2) Pass, of
No.
be
prepared, Ezek.
to to
48:13. HIPHIL P?n i. q. Pilel. (i) to set up, e.g. a seat, Job 29:7; Ps. 103:19; hence,
lish,
erect,
estab-
be ye ready;" verse 15; 34:2; Eze. 38:7. Followed by P of pers. to be ready for any one, i. e. to be near at hand, Pro. 19:29; compare Job 15:23; followed by ? of the thing, to be ready for any thing, i. e. to be " I am neai near doing it; Ps. 38: 18, fl33 y VJ$
(3)
to be
prepared; Ex. 19:1 1,0*313? Vn
Ps.Sg:5; 2 Sa-7:l2; tostrengthen,Ys. 10:17;
falling."
89:0
(2) to constitute, to king; followed by ? 2 Sa.
appoint any
one,
e. g.
5:12; Josh. 4:4.

:
(3) to found, as a sanctuary, 1 Ki. 6: 19; an altar, Ezr. 3:3; the world, the mountains, Ps. 65 7 Jer.
;
10:12; 51:15.
> (4) to direct, to aim, as a weapon, followed by of pers. (against any one), Ps. 7:14; to set the face, Eze. 4:3, one's way, 2 Chron. 27:6. Specially (a) ? 3.p pan to apply one's mind to do something, i.e.
once Proverbs 24 3 elsewhere established, confirmed. Prov. 24:3; Num. 21:27; Isa. 54:14. Ps. 59:5. (2) to prepare oneself. Derived nouns, }3, J3K, 1J3, p3, flap, njtep, and the pr.n. pa*, njaa'/rns,
1.313^11,
: ;
HITHPAEL
(l)
|.3.13n
to
be
P3
Ch. 18:8
[<7An],
pr.n. of a town in Phc&
nicia, called in the
parallel place, 2
it
Sam. 8:8,
called
'n'
In the itinerary of Antoninus, see Michaelis in Suppl. p. 1233.

|15 m. a cake, a
offerings], Jer.
is
purpose seriously, to take in hand, 2 Ch. 12:14; 30:19; Ezr. 7:10; and without 3? i Chron. 28:2,
to
small cake [used
for idolatrous
TYI337
^niân.
12:6.
followed
(c)
"Ihave purposed to build;" Jud. (#)(3?) P?n to apply the mind, i Sa. 23:22;
by ? of pers. (for to care for) 2 Ch. 29:36. nin-7$ 3.7 pan to direct the heart to the Lord, Sam. 7:3; 2 Ch. 20:33; and without "Tln^7^ Job
(5) to
44:19; Greek KUVUV, xavwy, Xafiuv, a word adopted from the Phoenicio-Shemitic. It is from the root J-13, Piel !?.? (Ch. J;!?) to prepare; not, as some have supposed, from ni3 like the Greek TTOTraror, Trippa, from TrtVrw to cook, bake; for this
7:18;
?
11:13.
root has the signification of
burning, branding, not

(l) a cup.
prepare, make ready,
as food, Gen. 43: 16;
cooking.
pi.
deceit,
As
to the Inf. absol. |3Nt (for I?.?),
Job 15:35; compare Job 27: 17; 38:41,610. and its use as
JYID3
f.
(Jer.
25:15)
Syi
an adverb, see that word.
HOPHAL, pass, of Hiphil, No. l, Isa. 16:5; of No. 2, Isa. 30:33; of No. 5, Nah. 2:6; Pro. 21:31. NIPHAL, pass, of Pilel and Hiphil. (i) to be set
to rise up, Isa. 2:2; Eze. 16:7 (of breasts becoming round); to stand firm, to be established, Ps. 93:2; 101:7; Job 2i:8. Hence Di'n pa 3 Prov. 4- 18, fixed, steady day, noon, when the sun seems
Chald. KD13, KD3, ST13, [ Sam. A^?ja and s s<* s a CUP ftr11 of w ], Arab.
^^ u
scholar,
s.
^=>
I
j=*
wne.
up,
have no doubt that the true origin was seen by Leberecht, a very skilful
to the
As
etymology
young Oriental
who
of late [1832]
made
to stand without
moving, at the highest point of

jTynap,
its
the observation, that D13 appeared to him to be contracted from D33, D313 a receptacle, a vessel, a cup, like D^3 a purse from D33, according to the
course in the sky; Gr. araQeôv

fipia,
analogy of the nouns
Arab.
J$*\\ duj'Ji
ornfepa \iiar\\Jisee Schult. on Pro. loc. cit. ;
compare also ri^. 12:3; Psalm 23:5.

" I will take the
thtf
for B^, n^3 for H33, n.33, Genesis 40:11, 13, 21 a Sa.
;
BK
Psalm 116:13,
of salvation,"
to
n'B>K
niy-l^'Db
Ruhnken ad Tim. p. 236. Figuratively (a) to be righ t, fit, Ex. 8 22 Job 42 8 Ps. 5 10. (b) to be " true, sincere ; Ps-78 37, iV forK7 Dl6 their heart was not sincere towards him." Part. f. njiaj that
:
which
/iriHj
is
constant;
sincere, sincerity, Ps. 5:10. (c) to be J133 H'T a spirit constant in the pur-
i.e. I will pour Jehovah, because of In the prophets, Jehovah is someaid vouchsafed. times represented as making the nations drink a cup of intoxicating wine (n/JHTin D13), so that they rush Isa. 51 1 7, 29 ; Jer. 25 1.5 reeling into destruction
cup
out
cup of thanksgiving
113
CCCLXXXVIII
-113
49:12; 51:7; Lam.4:2i; Hab. 2:i6; 76.23:31, 3 2 33; comjwire Apoc. 17:24, and as to the same image as used by the Arabic poets, see my Comment. on Isaiah 51 17. Elsewhere cup is used metaphorically of lot, the image of a cup however being retained, Psalm 11 :6; 16:5; compare Matt. 26:39; and see my observations out of Arabic 2O:22; writers, on Isaiah 51:17, on Matt. loc. cit. in Rosenmliller's Repertorium, i. p. 130, and in the London
:
Lehrg. 401, 523). If tiis opinion were adopted,w should render, piercing, digging through, mj
hands and my feet, that is, my enemies (who are to be understood by the dogs) with their darts and weapons on every side: and there is no need to
remark that even these things apply as suitably as possible to David [?], to whom this psalm is ascribed in the title, and that at least there is no need to understand them of Christ as affixed to the cross [?].
Classical Journal,
liii.
p. 159.
:
verb of piercing in the sense of wounding (com*

"
bird (Lev. 1 1 17; Deuter. Some 14: 16), dwelling amongst ruins (Ps. 102:7). of the ancient translators render it night owl, but
its etymology. Bochart more 267) understands it to be the pelican, or cormorant, so called from the pouch or bag hanging from the throat; like the Lat. truo from trua.
(a) a certain unclean
U. pare ?/H and Arab. y>-
to perforate, to
wound)
is
this is not
supported by
ii.
correctly (Hieroz.
p.
most aptly applied to hostile weapons; and hands and feet are used poetically for all the members and LXX. the whole body[?] (compare Hesiod. 114). elsewhere for use verb which H13, &pvav (the they
f
I.
m3
a root of doubtful authority in the verb,
Aqu. Symm. Vulg. fodenmt. Syr. o_ij.^. in the Hexapla and Jerome (according to the reading vinxemnt [which is a mere erratum]) give the word
1"?}).
but signifying as far as "can be gathered from its derivatives, TO DIG, TO BORE THROUGH, like the kindred roots, ""H3, "l?X, "Up, ~C3. Compare Arab.
s<-
the signification of binding, tying, which is defensible on philological grounds (and this ought not to
have been denied by Hengstenberg, Christologie
d.
.^^
a digging in the earth, and in the Indo-Ger-
A. T.
i.
p.
180), compare
,1^
I.
V.
to fold
round a
it is
manic languages, Sanscr. k'hur, to cleave, to dig. Hence n "I5P naâipa, a sword, so called from its " ~Q executioner, also n 7l3J?> T^9 a
piercing,
! I
head-dress, ,..=> a wreath, a head-dress, but
place
much
first
less
suitable to the context.
Aquila in his
where metals are dug, hence native
place.
Very many interpreters suppose the verb itself to be found in a passage much discussed as relating to the Messiah [seethe note], Ps. 22:17, where David, " pursued by the soldiers of Saul, says, Dogs have surrounded me, the assembly of the wicked have.
edition iJ7\vt'av, they disfigured, i.e. they stained with blood, prob. ascribing to the root ">N3
To give my own opi*TJ ^3." it as the most nion, simple exposition to retain tho ordinary signification of the words, and to translate " as lions" they gape upon, or threaten
1
inclosed me, vjn

I
of the Aramaean "W?. Farther, was commonly regarded as a verb is shown by the reading of two MSS. 1"IX3 ("S?) for ^3. sufficient to [Note. The remarks of Gesenius are shew any unprejudiced reader that *"!$?? in this pasthe signification
that *~iX3
now regard
mean, as a lion; it is to be observed, That all the ancient versions take it as part of a verb, and most of them in the sense of to pierce ; and
sage, does not
1st.
[tfcis
would be a strange
i.
"
ellipsis],
my
they threaten to tear The form '"W3 is w'c o AtW, i. e. as

feet,"
e.
all
my hands and my members.
this, as
Gesenius has shewn,

2nd,
is
present reading.
The Jews themselves
explicable with the (see the
lions, like Isaiah
38: 13; and to threaten, to gape vpon,or a similar verb may be understood in this member of the sentence from the foregoing context,
figure
by the ordinary
is
zeugma.
[But no such
idea
comprised in
Masora on Num. 24:9.), expressly disclaim the mean" as a lion." 3rd, Ben Chaim states th;it, in ing of the best MSS., he found a 'p and '3 on the wcrd *"lS3, ntO4th, *~i^3 is actually the reading of some MSS. (see De Rossi). The sense will be just the same
whether we read nj
read
as a participle
pi.,
what goes before.] However, all the ancient interpreters have token nX3 as a verb, and this may be defended, if we
regard H*<3 a participle of Kal, formed in the Chaldee
or whether
we
rO
D-11).
preferable.
the latter is apparently pret. of the verb; may either take it from 113 with N
We
inserted, or
from a kindred root TJO (compare DN*i

hardly needful to state
manner (Dip
part. DNp,)
and plural,
it
for D'~]^3 (like
and
is
It is
how
certain
it
,
'JO Ps. 45:9, for D'3D): although

for surprise if
would be cause
two grammatical forms "t such extreme rarity joined in one word (compare
to find
we were
that the Psalm applies to Christ and not to David the authority of the New Test, proves this, even if it
had not been
clear from the contents of the Psalm.}
CCCLXXXIX
an unused root, prob. i. q. "V3 Hence to be hot, to boil (gStjren), hence to cook. B.'T? frying pan, 1V3 basin, and "1^2 m. a furnace in which metals are smelted from the ores, Ez. 22 l 8, 20, 22 Pro. 17 3 27 2 1 Metaph. Isa. 48: 10, "I have proved thee in the furnace of affliction ;" Deut. 4:20," and he brought you from the
II.
1
or
'
68:7.
f. prosperity, Root T^3 No. 2.
pi.
(comp.
T$,
<:y
K) Ps
HIS
nation
2 Ki. 17:30,
and HrfiS verse 24. pr.n. Cuth,

the Cuthaeans*; i. e. of a the king cf Assyria to
Cuthah, the country of
who were brought by
inhabit the territory of the kingdom of Israel after the people had been carried into captivity ; they after-
iron
furnace of Egypt;" iKi. 8:51.

9
(Arab. ,^3,
wards became one nation with those who were
left of
Syr. Jj<X3 id.)
the old inhabitants, thus forming the Samaritan peothe Chaldeans ple, who, on this account, are called by
I^V "^("smoking furnace"), [CAor-as/jan],

a town in the tribe of Simeon, i Sam. 30 30 ; elsewhere ]&%, Josh. 15:42; 19:7; lCh-4:32; 6:44.
pr. n. of
:
Nothing can be certainly stated as to the locality of this country, which Josephus 3) places in Persia; others seek (Archaeol. ix. 14,
and Talmudists, D^HIS.
"113
i.
q. "IS
which
see.
it
in Pho2nicia, because the Samaritans themselves
and Êthiopians (LXX. Ai0o-m, AifliWte, comp. Jos. Archaeol. i. 6, 2, and Pesh. Act. 8:27); a people descended from Ham, Gen. 10:7,8; whose country was surrounded by the river Gihon(Gen. 2:13; comp.
Zeph. 3:10); inhabited by black men (Jer. 13 23) and very rich (Isa. 43 3 45 1 4) very often 5; 37:9; see my comjoined with Egypt (Isa. 20:3
Isa.
5.
professed a Sidonian origin (Jos. Ant. xi. 8. 6; xii. i. p. 104, sq. 6); see Mir-haelis Spicileg. P.
in
Kal
part.
3T3 Ps. ll6:ll; of
more
fre-
18
quent occurrence in PIEL 3*3 TO LIE, Job 6:28; 34:6; Prov. 14:5.
(Arab. i__;j.) Followed by ? 1o lie to any one, to deceive him. Ps. 78:36; 89:36, "shall I lie unto David ?" i. e. break my fidelity (comp. Num. 23 19). Eze. 13:19, followed by ? id. 2 Ki. 4:16. Metaph. applied to water quickly drying up and disappointing
:
ment on this passage); see also 2 Ki. 19:9; 2Ch. 14:11, sq.; Ps. 68: 32; 87:4; Jer.46:g; Eze.3O:4,sq.; Dan. Bochart has incau11:43; Am. 9:7; Job 28:19.
tiously (Phalegiv. 2)
of Arabia Felix
made the Cushites inhabitants and the opinion of J. D. Michaelis,
the traveller, comp. 3T3X.
who
places the Cushites partly in Arabia, partly in Êthiopia, is not to be regarded (Spicileg. i. p. 143,
sq.); for there is
HIPHIL,
to
reprove of lying,
to
to
convict of false-
hood, Job 24:25.

NIPHAL, pass, of Hiphil, deceitful, Job 41 : 1.
be
no place in the Old Test, as Schulthesshas rightly remarked (Paradies, p. lo,sq.), which makes it needful to regard D^-13 as having inhabited
proved false,
or
The
derivatives follow, except 3T3S, 3n?K.
any where but in Africa (the passages Num. 1 2 l Hab.3:lo; aCh.21:l6; 14; 16, prove nothing); [but even if these passages proved nothing, Gen. 2:13 would
:
3T3 m.
Prov. 6: 19.
(l)
falsehood, lying,
Ps.
4:3; 5:7;
still
mark an
all
Asiatic
Cush.
See Forster's Arabia].

J?-13
Indeed
the nations sprung from
and enume-
rated in Gen. 10:7, are to be sought for in Africa. (2) a Benjamite in the court of Saul, [if not a name applied to Saul himself, or to Shimei], Ps.7:l.
2) any thing that deceives, deludes by false hope; used of idols, Ps. 40:5; Am. 2:4; used of a false oracle, Ez. 13:6.
DT3 ("lying"), \_Chozeba~\, pr. n. of a place, Ch. 4:22, which appears to be the same as 3*T3,
see.
*'to m.
pian, Jer.
(l) Gent. n. from
E>-13
No.
1,
anÊthio-
which
0^3
(2)
a Chr. 21:16;
rVKJ-13
13:23; 38:7, 10, 12; 2 Chr. 14:8, pi. Dan 11:43; and EW13, Am.
9:7, lea
Num.
i :i.
'3T3 ( lying"), \_Cozli], pr. n. of a daughter of a prince of Midian, Num. 25: 15, 18.
15 [^Chezib'], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, Gen. 38:5, prob. the same as that called else-
12:
l.
[Cnshi],
pr. n. of the father of
Zephaniah the
prophet, Zeph.
where
f. i.
3^36?.
JTO [CWian], Hao. 3:7, q. t?, No. 1. OTW1 [TO ("most malicious," (or wicked)
ft
''Êthiopian?") [Cushan-risf athaim], king of Mesopotamia, Jud. 3:8. l o
pr. a, -f
an unused rcot; nearly the same as Arab. (the root ,;^~. which is found in Simocis, a ^j to break with viaaltogether wanting ic Arabic),
3-PD
lence, to rout
followed
cccxc
an enemy, med.
compare
Kesra,
to be
j-ro
n3tf, 3D^);
angry,
bold,
onomatopoetic, HQ3,
hence,
to
exert ot
e't
by Â^;
Syriac
}i->\^,
'!*.)
taring.
(Kindred roots are li?;
"%
Hence
strength,\vhence D3 strength, power. I consider the Arab. _'.> to overcome in battle, as a secondary
root,
formed from the Hebr. 03.
nte Dan. ll :6, with sufF. rarely root nr)3 which see).
;
H3
'n*3
(from the
power, might (a) of men, Jud. 26: Job a, Ob XT? "to him who is devoid 16:6, 30; of strength." nb n'33 Ps. 103:20 i. q. elsewhere Job 39:11. b.TI n'33. (c) used of (6) of animals, the power of God, Num. 14:17; Job 23:6; 30:18; Ecc. 4: i]. Spe[used in a bad sense of violence,
(1) strength,
TO PAINT the eyes with Ij3 j. q. Arab. stibium, Ez. 23:40; prop, perhaps to blacken, as ii with charcoal, so that it would be kindred to ^ni
/
J^v=
For the p a in t of the Hebrew women (elsewas dust, producing a black colour, commonly prepared from lead ore and zinc, which they mixed with water, and spread on the
charcoal.
where
called "ÎS, Gr. orippt)
used of virile strength, Gen. 49:3, 'nb nflK "thou art my strength"!, e. the son of my strength,
cially
eyelids in such a
The "strength begotten in my youthful vigour. of the earth" is used for its produce, Gen. 4:12;
Job 31: 39.
(2) the ability,
way that the white of the eye might appear brighter surrounded by a black margin. Compare Car. Bottiger's Sabina, p. 22, 48, and A. Th.
Hartmann, Die Hebraerin
sq.;
iii.
am
Putztische, P.
ii.
p.
149
p.
198,
sq.
power
of doing any thing, fol.
(kindred to IDS)
PIEL).
(i) prob. TO LIE (see
lowed by a gerund. Dan. 1:4.
riches (compare 7?n (3) substance, wealth, No. 3), Job 6: 22; 36:19; Pro. 5: lO,comp.Ezr.2:69. so called (4) a larger kind of lizard, probably from its strength, Lev. 11:30; see Boch. Hieroz. i.,
p.
(2) to fail, used of the body (compare 3i? Isa. ETI3 nb>3 "my flesh fail58:11). Ps. 109: 24, JOB>0 eth of fatness," i. e. is void of fat, is become lean.
Compare ^0?.
PIEL
followed
*n3.
1069.
(i)
to
deny, Gen. 18:15; Josh. 7:11;
unused in Kal; kindred root

ro
K'ri3,
prob.
DENT, TO DISOWN,
i.
q.
.dEth.
ftfh: and Arab.
thing,
the Lord ;
and ?n|, appears to have [" This root, like had the signification of covering, covering over; and this idea was partly transferred to that of denying (in Pns, ins), and partly to that of smearing over (in ^13)." Thes.] PIEL "in? (i) to deny, to disown, followed by an
accus. Isa. 3:9;
to
^3
Job 6:
1O.
;
cover, to hide, Job 27: ll Ps. 40: ll, fol(2) lowed by an accus. of the thing and ? (Ps. 40: 1 1) or
IP of pers. to
deny 5:12; ellipt. Pro. 30 9, JTC>n31 ysbS-J? " lest I be full and deny (God)." (2) to lie, Lcvit. 19:11; Hos. 4:2; followed by he lied to him." l Ki. 13: 18, ft Vr\3 deceive to (one's expectation); hence, i. q. tc (3) fail, used of the productions of the earth, Hos. 9:2; Hab. 3:17; compare Lat. spem mentita seges, fundus mendax. \ised ot (4) to feign, to flatter, most commonly the vanquished pretending subjection and love toIsa.
by ? of pers. and thing, to disavow any Lev. 5:21,22; Job 8: 18, nifV3 CTD to
59
:
Jer.
;-::
,/v/i
conceal from any one,
Jos.
*]:
19;
Sam.
3:17, 17; Jer.38:l4, 25. HIPHIL Tnan. (i) to hide, Job 20:12
wards a victor, Ps. 18:45; 66:3; 81 16; rtjffj rnr Job 31: 28. NIPHAL, Deut. 33:29, and HITIIPAEL, 2 Sa. 22 :45,
:
i.
q. Piel
No.
C
4.
Hence
cut off, to destroy, i. q. d^tm'fctv, as a 1 8. people, Exod. 23:23; Zee. 1 NIPHAL (l) pass, of Piel, No. l, 2 Sam. 18: 13;
(2)
to
:
fc^HS
1)
falsehood, fraud, deception, Nah.
Ps.
69:6; 139: 15; Hos.5:3-
3:1; Hos. 12:1. (2) leanness, Job 16:8; see the verb in Kal;
(2) pass, of Hiphil No. 2, Job 4:7; 15:28; 22: 20, with the addition of the words from the earth,
and
.
(for BTI3,
BTO, of the form
3),
lying,
Ex. 9:15.
Isa.
30:9.
an unused
root, having, as I consider, the r
same meaning as Syriac uÔ to pant, Germ. !eud)fn compaie the roots of similar sound, which also are
(A) prop, relative pron. i. q. ">?'$, although Hebrew, that we have, this primitive use is exThis very ancient and truly prim; tremely rare.
in the
O3
CCCXCI
word is widely extended also in the Indo-Germanic languages compare Sanscr. relat. jas, jd, jat
tive
;
j-ra
(softened for qas, etc.); interrog. kas, kd,

qui,
tshe,
kim; Latin
qua, quod; Pers. .J=>,

he, and
tche, who
;
<^=
Gr.
an(l
even Chinese
the correlatives of these words

ri9
are the demonstr.
fc^H,
i,
t=7c
tt>
Latin
is,
Job 39: 15; rejoicing, Is.-. 14:29; repentGen. 6:6, 7 when in Latin there is used eithei ing, an accus. with an infinitive, or the particle quod. In other phrases the sentence depending on this particle is to be regarded as the nominative, e. g. '3 2VO it it good that; Job 10:3; 2 Sa. 18:3; Lam. 3:28, and *? *n*1 which may be rendered in Latin accidit ut [it
forgetting,
;
idem; see Buttmann's larger Gr. Grammar, i. 290; demonstr. and relat. ,_cj (die)', interrogatives *O,
happened
trug
fid)
i-/.
From
jection of the palatal

also Pers.
the fuller and ancient form qui, by the refrom the beginning, have arisen
and Zab. ^.,

I
'%
Germ,
nrie
a trace of the
Job 1:5; 2 Sam. 7:1, so fre()^?C| num. verum est quodf quently. Here belong is (it so) that ? (French esl-ce que?) for num? whe" is I said?" ther? Job 6:22, rnO ?q (it) that 2 Sa. 9:1; and so when an answer is expected in the
bafi),
that], bag ju,
but properly
accidit
hoc,
quod
(e<
Anglo-Saxon liwa and hweo, judge, there is a most certain example of the use of this word as a relative in Gen. 3:19, " until thou returnest to the earth n ??P '? out
palatal is found in the
Notk.
As
nri^
e
of
which thou wast
taken"
(LXX.
so also Onk., Syr., Saad.), which is In this sentence 33, DB>D Hi?? T^X.
A/^>07e, expressed in verse

yc
it
and
can scarcely
be causal, for the cause immediately follows in these 13V "3. An equally prowords 3JB>n IDj; ty nn
bable instance
occidit
(compare L|. No. i, b), nonne verum est quod, is it not true that (French rfest-ce pas que), 2 Sam. 23:19 i.q. nonne? Genesis 27:36; 29:15; *3 added to adverbs and (b) (compare l Ch. 1 1 2 1 interjections, which have the force of a whole senDnK VD D3*?S " (it is) true tence, e. g. Job 12:2, DJ# that you are thq people." So *3 nsn behold that, does not differ from the simple nan p s 128:4; '? N^Q
affirmative,
:
.
Kam
Gen. 4:25, U~)n '?, Vulg. quern (LXX. ov airiKTiive Kat>. Onk., Syr.);
is
id.;
Sam. 10:
3
;
*|
also that (see
1);
'?
DSK
In all these phrases '3 may in only that (see D??)Latin [or English] be omitted; and this is always
and in
than,
this passage nothing could be more languid This more ancient for Cain had killed him." " The Lord is found Isa. revived, 54:6; usage again '3 calleth thee as a wife of youth DS^ri who wast re-
done
Gr.
"
when *3-is prefixed to oratio directa, like (c) on in Plato [and New Test.], and Syr. j (see a number of examples in Agrelli Otiola Syr. p. 19); " and she Gen. 29:33, V: yQ& '? 10XR] said, Jeho-
jected"
(LXX.
f.ufii(Tiifj.tfT)v.
wast rejected);
Isa.
troubled sea i?3V
non
Ps.
potcst.
f^rred to this
D^n *3 Vulg. quod quiescere Other examples which have been reusage are either uncertain (Deu. 14: 29
; ;
&
Vulg. abjectam; Ch. who 57:20, "the wicked are like a

"
vah has heard," prop, she said, that Jehovah has heard; for the whole of what is said is regarded as in the accusative, depending on the verb of saying,
Ruth
10;
Sam. 10:
19.
Often also after expres-
90:4), or unsuitable (see Noldii Concord. Part, 372); but the primary pronominal power of this word no one will doubt, who has considered the analogy of other languages, and has compared the double
p.
H " sions of swearing, as 3 njn Tl by the life of God l Sa. 20:3; 25:34; 26: 16; 29:6; (I declare) that,"
use of the conjunction ~WX.
Just like
;
"V V
5 K,
Gr. 6Vt
;
(whence
(B)
uti, ut)
Latin quod, quia
French que
it
n Job 27:2; '}x n Isa. ns i Sam. 14:44; n"^;. 2 Sam. 3:9; 19:8; 1 Ki. 2:23; whence it is that by the ellipsis of such an expression it is put affirmathe beginning of an oracular declaratively, even at
Dr6gn
<n 2 Sa.
i'pi
2:27:
:
?*?
49: iV;
nbi D<n$
i>
commonly becomes
bafi/ (l) sprung from the demonstr. baS changed into a relative), prefixed to sentences depending on an active
tion, Isa.
15:1.
c -
A. relative conjunction.
THAT (Germ,
(2) so that, that, used of consecution and effect
(compare Arab.
=
:
in the sense of that final, in

"
!
verb, occupying to
it
the place of an ace.
as else-
order that).
where
Gen.
1^,
and
ato
fully
~W
HN
(see I^N. B, No. l);
D'rt^ tO>1 prO p. "and God saw " I good;" Job 9:2, i? *3 'RyT know this to be so." So after verbs of seeing, Gen.
i: 10,
(this)
Job 6 1 1, V.N. '3 'rib no what is I should hope?" Isa. 36:5, 'P ?y my strength that " upon whom dost thou so trust, that FTY19 *? J?H5
thou shouldest rebel?"
potter as the clay the work may say
'131
which was
ing,
i Ki. 21:15; Isa. 37:8; of speakJob 36:10; demanding, Isaiah 1:12; knowing, Gen. 22:12; 24:14; 42:33; Job 10:7; believing, Ex. 4:5; Job 9: 16; remembering. Job 7:7; 10:9;
1:4; of hearing,
29:16, "is then the *3 so that of the workman, he hath not

Isai.
*"$
T\vyo np
Ex. 3 1 1 nJriS *fa *? should go unto Pharaoh?" (am) such a one as can go before him. Hos. l
made me."
I
"
I :6,
who
that
am
not " I wiU
CCCXCit
DO more
]is\ 3
mercy on the house of
Israel
W?3
*?
Ex. 23:33; (Jen. 40:15; Jud.9:28; 2Ki.8:i3; 18:34; Job 3:12; 7:12,17; 10:6; 15:14; 21:15. Sometimes it has
so that, so even, even, compare " thorns Isa. 32 13, "^P. C, 2. grow up in the fields *fl3 bi?D of my people, 'V. *? even in the houses of
force,
:
Oil? Kb>K so as to pardon them.
a longer clause is it put after nouns absolute (ai elsewhere 1 No. l, letter e), Gen. 18:20, Q'lp ngK n3 '? n "P& " the cry concerning Sodom and Go?r
in
morrah, so
to the
is
it
an intensitive
same use
Isa. 49:19. great." Compare at in Aramaean, Comment, on Isaiah
8:20.
From
its
relative
its
use as to time (No. 3)
there arises farther
power
joy," etc.
Comp. ~W$ B,
10.
More
fully
it
would
(5) as a relative causal particle: because, since,

eil (which also while, Gr. on, Germ. properly relates to time, from SBetlefor while, when), more
be '?-iy. (3) used of time, i. q. ore, pr. at that time, ivhich, u>hat time, when. Job 7: 13, "131 JT)S <? " when I say," etc. Gen. 4:12, " when thou tillest the it shall no more yield to thee its strength." ground, Hos. 1 1 i, " when Israel was a child I loved him."
:
fully
*3
}]P,
'3 7JJ proptei'ea quod,
on account that
Job 92:2, " can a man profit God, when (or where) he wisely profits himself?" Job 4:5. Lev. 21:9; Isa. 8:19. Of frequent use is the phrase '? *nl " and it came to Gen. 6:1; 12: 12; Exod. pass when" 1 1O. Sometimes it has almost a conditional power, (compare ">-'&* No. 4, and the German n>ann/ roenn/ [so
:
causal sentence sometimes " because thou hast done precedes, as Gen. 3:14, Gen. 3:17, " because this, thou art cursed," etc. thou hast hearkened to thy wife .... cursed be the
(German
bieroeil).
ground," etc.; " he sitteth
sometimes
it
follows;
Lam. 3:28,
(God)
alone, and is silent V?y ^03 *3 because has laid (this) upon him." When the causal
clause follows, in
Latin the causal
demonstrative
nam
is
commonly
sometimes the English wheii]), as Deut. 14:24,'?! nroi ... TP.O T?P "IT- " and when ( if) way be too long for thee ... then thou shalt give (i. e.
sell) it," etc.
6:3, "heal me, O bones are troubled."
Psalm used, Gr. yap [Eugl.for]. Jehovah, '>'$( V?n33 '3 for my
In other places a distinction

this particle
is
care-
fully
made between
Ex. 21:2, "when ('?) vant, he shall serve thee six years in the seventh he shall go out free. 3. If (ON) he came in alone, alone he shall go out; if(DN) with a wife, his wife
;
and CK conditional. thou buyest an Hebrew ser-
Psa. 10:14; 25:16; 27:10; Isa.2:3,6,22; 3:1, 10, ll; 6:5; 7:22,24; 8:lO; 9:3; 10:22, 23; Gen.5:24; 30:13; 41=49? as so very frequently. *3 stands almost always at the be-
ginning of
Lat. enim.
its
clause; it is rarely inserted like the If there be many Ps. 118:10; 128:2.
it
causes of one thing, *3 is repeated (when in German would be nml ... unb nml/ or benn ... unb), [Engl.
...
shall
go out with him.
4.
If
(EN) his master hath

if
because ...and, or for

me, for
*ry
-INT
given him a wife

shall say," etc.
And
(E^l) the servant thus to the single provisions of

5.
and
am
undone,*?
I
...
anrf], Isa. 6:5, "woe is '33S D.'nKT NDlp '?
VK
the law
DK
is
prefixed; but before the whole enact-
ment '?. Compare in the same chapter, verse 7 ('?) and verses 8,9,10,11 (DK). ver. 14,18 ('?) and ver. 19 (ON). ver. 2O ('?) and ver. 21 ( c ^). ver. 82 ('?) and 23 ( D{*), and so 26, 27. 28, compare 2 9>3>3-Also Gen. 24:41. (In Arabic there is
a like distinction between j\
\
of unclean lips ... (and) J* because my eyes (have) seen Jehovah," i. e. because Isaiah I, who am of unclean lips, have beheld God.
because
am
5:6, seq.; 28:19,21; 5; 1:29,30; 3^,6; 9:3 Job 3:24, 25; 8:9; 11 :i5, 16; Eccl. 4:14; also Used disjunctively ?1...'3 Isa. 65:16; Job38:2O.
'?i...^..."?/or...or...or.
Ki. 18:27.
*?
and
'
conditional
= 3N, although
(4.1
>
>
Sometimes the causal power of this particle is not immediately obvious, but by a careful examination
of the connection of the sentences, it is found to exist. Job 5:22, "at destruction and famine thou shalt
laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou shalt not be afraid. 23. For ('?) with the stones of the field
*?
is
not always accurately observed.) used of time, but in such a sense that
it
(like other relatives)
passes over to a demonstrative
begins an apodosis, pr. turn, then, so (as elsewhere 'I** at the beginning of an apodosis, Ps.
it
power when
1*4:3,
seq.,
Germ, bann, fo (which latter isarelat. fern.). Conditional words commence a protasis, as DK Job 8: 6, nny '3 ring ^ DK " T/V TP? lf tnou art pure and upright, then will he now watch over thee." Job 37:20; Ex. 22:22; 6 DX Isai:ih7:9; ^ Job 6: 2; Genesis 31:42; 43: 10; ^K (unless) Nu, 22:33. More rarely, and
}
and
No.
i, e),
-}
thou shalt have a covenant, and friendship with the Thou shalt have nothing to beasts of the field." fear, because thy field shall be fertile, not covered
"for (*?)ten
with stones, nor overrun by wild beasts. Isa. 5: 10, acres of vineyard shall yield one bath,
and the seed of an homer (ten ephahs) (shall yield) There had preceded, " the houses shall one ephah."
be laid desolate without inhabitants ;" because of the
CCCXCIII
be desogreat sterility of the fields the land shal. lated. Isa-7:21," in that day shall a man nourish
'3 22 a heifer and two sheep. KO"}-1 HKpn lil irriarr ?? hlW " for butter and honey shall they In the desolated land all eat who shall be left," etc.
1
i
turn ingemuisse Epaminondam pittas, quwn, una am sanguine vitam effluere sentiret? Imperanten enin patriam Lacedcemoniis relinquebat, quam acceperat serGerm, nein vientem" for " Minime nam
vero,
;"
[on*
for want of fruits and wine they shall live on milk and honey, and therefore they shall all attend to the
Compare Isai. 17:3, seq. 30:9. keeping of cattle. In other places *3 sometimes does not refer to the words next preceding, but to those a little more " therefore the Lord himself will Isa. 7 14, remote.
;
:
Job 31:17, "have I then eaten my morsel alone ? have I withheld it from the orphan? 18. nay but ('?) from youth he grew up with me as a father." Mic. 6:3," what harm have I done to thee? 4. (none) for I brought
bern/ nein benn
5
aber nein/ benn
ja.
thee ;"
id) futjrte bid) ja/
etc.
Psa.
44
23,
" if
we
give
16.
you a sign, behold a virgin shall conceive .... for (^3) before the child shall know," etc. i.e.
very thing, which is contained in verse 16, was the sign of the prophecy contained (comp. Isa. 8:4); 10:24, "fear not ... 25. for yet a very Josh. little while and the punishment shall cease." 5:5. Compare as to a similar use of the particle yap, Herm. ad Viger, p. 846, ed. 3, and as to enim
in this
have forgotten God... would not God search this out. 33. but on the contrary, (^3) for thy sake we are Job 14:16, "(oh! that thou wouldst hide killed." me for a while iii Hades, and afterwards recal me to '3. life, though I know this to be impossible): nrij? 1SDPI nj;y but no! (on the contrary) thou numberest my steps ;" so far from dealing with me kindly, thou even art almost lying in wait against me. Psa. 49:11; 130:4; 2 Sam. 19:23; Isa. 49 24, 25. It
:
191, with these particles, in its being put when any thing is brought forward as a matter of common
Kamshorn's Lat. Gram.
i.
And ^
also agrees
rarely occurs
like
(c)
without any previous negation,
knowledge, Germ, benn
ja/ ja
Job 5:6,
ja
|JS
l?yp K
Isa.
&6
'3 md)t
(inserted in a sentence). au bem JBoben letmt
\Xa yap, enimvero, but truly, yet ; aber ja/ abet fret)lid). (Comp. DK V? letter B, No. 3.) Isa. 28:28, "wheat is threshed, B>Vl tfllK nvb s6 3 yet it is not threshed hard;" aber man brifdit ibn fuv>lid)
" ne8 23, fk *3 vertheless, darkness (shall) not (always be) where
md)t fart
Isa.
:
Ironical expressions 32:6 8. " what is his are these, Prov. 30:4, name, and what is his son's name? jnn '3 for thou knowest," bu i Ki. 18:27, Mn D Job 38:5. '? Beift es Ja. "for he (Baal) is a god."
bag Unveil.
j3 T^ ^^ &
frevjlid)
(now)
:
distress is
e
;"
aber
bleibt'6 nidit
bunfetj
^8
or, aber
bleibt
ja md)t bunfcl.
(d) It introduces ail
the causal power there arises (6) its varied For iften use in adversative sentences. () after a
From
explanation, like the Lat. atque, Isa. 5:7; Job6:2l; Isa. 51 3. Also (e) a causal power is also manifest
:
in those examples in Avhich
it
Gen. 24:3, negation, it is i. q. seel, but (fbnbern). " thou shalt not take for son a wife of the daugh-
my
Canaan. ..4. ^9...*TH? '? but thou shalt Prop, for thou shalt go go unto my country," etc. unto my country: the former must not be done, beters of
is to be done. (Verse 38, with the same context, there is put N?~DN.) Gen. 45 8, " you have not sent me hither, but (*3) God," pr./or God
Ex. 13: 17, " God led Latin quanquam, although. them not by the way through the land of the Philistines,
may be
rendered by the
for this
cause the latter
^r^ N-in *3 although it was near (prop, was near): for ('3) he said," etc. Psa. 116: 1O; Deu. 29:18; Josh. 17:18. (7) Prepositions, to which '3 is joined (the same
and
*3 ?J
as "IB'X No. ll), are turned into conjunctions, as $!
sent me.
Gen. 19:2, \ty
~>3 'I
& " (we
onaccount
of,
becav.se;
"W until
will) not
that, until; *3 2^.y and *3
nnn
for the reason that,
Gen. 3:4, (go in); but we will lodge in the street." 5; 17:15; 18:15; 42:12; Exod. 1:19; 16:8; Josh. 17:18; l Ki. 21:15; 2 Chr. 20:15; Psa.44:8; Isa.
7:8; 10:7; 28:27; 30:i6; 38:1; 65:6,18; Dan. 9:18. Compare DS '? B, l. Once for D$ '? B, 2. n " 1 Sa. 27: l, nothing is well for me, B.?E>* ? unless LXX. ikv p,i'j. (b} On a similar printhat I flee."
because; see Lehrg. 637. In the expression 1? ^J? is put before the adverb.
*3 the relative
conjunction
this phrase occurs (Gen. 18:5; 19:8; 33:10; 38:26; Nu. 10: 31 14:43; 2 Sa. l8:20; Jer. 29:28; 38:4) it is for
;
For wherever
where, although an does not there is a negative precede, negative express force in the sentence itself. In Latin it may be more
ciple is the use of *? in passages
fully
as in this
rendered (minime vero) sed, and simply enim, " num example from Cicero (Tusc. ii. 24) :
on account that, because, like J3'7j; T^K Job 34:27, for">^ |3'7jJ. [Gesenius afterwards entirely rejected the idea of any such transposition in the phrase he would take ^ in its own proper causal power, separating it in such cases from the following I?"'?; in other passages, he would take the compound phrase unitedly, as signifying on this account
"S'lSTpy
:
cccxciv
that."]
similar transposition occurs in IP^ for ? IP
(2) unless(au$w wcnn), also after anegation:

fonbern/
(Germ
inde
^L> No.
,
(for
de-in); 1?;>P and IP 1?^; 'TJi?3D, Syr. Vs*v DK '3 for '3 DN (see DN '? letter C,
t
(a formerly was also i. q. nisi, unless). followed by a verb, Gen. 32:27, " I will not let the*
go,
and in Gr. on n for rt ort. The opinion of Winer cannot be assented to, AV!IO (Simonis Lex. page 474), tries to show, with more toil than success, that with the exception of one example, 2 Sa. 18:20, this phrase is always to be rendered for therefore. See Sal. b. Melech on Gen. 18 15, "KTK ^>y 1D3 p "?y '3
s),
!?y 3 ^3 pv remarkable example of the various significations of *3 is found in Josh. 17:18, " Thou shall not have one lot only, but ('?) thou shall have the mountain, /ince ('?) it is a forest, thou shall cut il down, and
unless
(Dt< '?)
keeps thee, because thou art his wife;" 28: 17; Est. 2:15. Instead of the preceding negative there is sometimet
9,
,
2:14; 2 Sam. 5:6. " he back
Lev.22:G; Est by a noun, Gen. 39 nothing from me, except (OX *3

(b) followed
thou bless me."
mpons p
an interrogation with a negative force, Isa. 42 i, "who is blind (i.e. no one is to be called blind\
:
^?V.
DK
*3
except my
"131
servant ?"
(3) without a previous negation; but,
Germ.
aber
Gen. 40:14,
3n-)3J
DK
V3
"but remember me
its
whole extent shall be thine; for
(*?) thou must
drive oul the Canaanite, because (*?) they have chariots of iron, and because (*?) they are strong,"
i.e.
when it shall be well with thee;" Num. 24: 22. Some have denied this sense of DN '3, but it is clear that il is also found in the simple *? (see No. 6, c) and it ia not lo be wondered at, as also the Germ, fontern was
;
they are so troublesome and injurious to you;
comp. Josh. 14: .*.
formerly used without a negation, see Frisch's Glossary. (C) In some passages one of the two particles seems
to
be redundant.
Il
islhen
(l)
i.
q.
*3
B, i,c, t hat,
(A) so that DX may refer to an or interposed parenthetic clause, and each particle
*3
is
E^
used
after forms of swearing, 2
Sam. 15:21; 2 Ki. 5:20;
Jer.
51:14.
retain
its
own
native force.
(l) that,
if, bajj/
menu.
lSa.20:9,"God.forbid njnn fl^jj 3 yitf y'T DR) 3 TjR nnfc &\ (yjjj RU^ <ix nyo thVt, if I
(2) i. q. *? of time (No. 3); ivhen, if, Ex. 22:22, " if (DS) thou afflictest him (the orphan), pyy DX '3
inj?y.
:
knew
assuredly that evil were determined from my father to come upon thee, I should not shew it to
I will
V ypp'S y_be> <bx pyyi and if he shall cry to me, hearken to him." With this agrees the old
Here, after the parenthetic sentence, the other words are adjoined with 1 copulative. In other cases
thee."
Germ, wenn baj} for wenn/ prop, iccnn (e$ tfl) bafj/ and DX *3 appears to me to be transposed for *3 DN
if (it be) that.
(3)
i.
" *3 itself is repeated, Jer. 26 15, know ye, <3 rfR DPIX that if Ifl j?} Dl
:
D'DPP DX
*3
q. '?
causal (No. 5); for, Job 42:8; Prov.
ye slay me, ye will bring upon yourselves innocent blood;" Germ. tl;r follt roifien/ ba/ wcnn ifyr mid) tobtet, fo iwfcct ifcr u.f.n?. (2) that since, that inasmuch as (compare EK
No. 5), Gen. 47:18. (3) for, if, Ex. 8:17; Josh. 23:12; Ecc. 11:8.
" but if cnn), Lam. 3 32, (4) but, if (fonbcvn, will cause he have (God) grief, yet compassion."
:
23:18.
|5 "'*"
letter B,
5 on
7.
this
account
that,
btcwcil/
see '3,
No.
II. *? subst. aw. Xe-y. Isa. 3 24,contr. from '!?, from from H1X, *]} from the root the root H13 (compare s
:
HJJJ) id.,
mark branded,
l
or
burnt
in.
Arab.
w ^-,
(B) so that the particles are closely conjoined, and same clause. (l) but if (jbubcrn H?cnn), Ps. l l " blessed is the man who after a negation. walketh not ...(if he walk not...). 2. but if his delight is in the law;" and simply but (fonbcvn), i. q. *3 No. 6. Gen. 32 29, " thou shall no more be called
refer to the
:
from the root _.^~.
I 3 an unused root. Arab. J\^= Jled. Ye, tu use deceit, prop., I believe, to ensnare, so that it is cognate to the verbs 13S, H3N, and others, with
which
Hebr.
it is
compared under that
root.
Hence
v^g-,
Sa. 8:19, " nay, but Jacob, '?) shall us." be over Psa. 1:4; l Ki. a '?) king (DS 18: 18; a Ki. 23:23; Jer. 7:23; 16:15; Deu.i2:i4. Sometimes the negation is only implied in the sen-
but (DX
Israel."
deceit, snares; also destruction, ruin, war.
So the
T3 m. destruction, calamity, Job 2l:!io.

also
See
2 Sa. 13:33, " let not the tence (comp. *? No. 6, b). take it t> heart, because they say that all the king king's sons aia dead; (not so) bit (DK '3) Ainnon only ia dead."
PT3.
*3 m. aval Xeyo/i. Job 41
:
SO
1 1,
a spark, from
a striking
ci
the root "n3 } which

fire.')
see.
(Arab.
.v^c-.
cccxcv
(l) a dart, javelin (different from Job 39:23; 41:21; 1 Sam. 17:6, 45; The etymology is Jos. 8:18, 26; Jer. 6:23; 50:42. uncertain: Bochart (Hieroz. i., p. 135 40) not un1 it from "I ? destruction, war; so that it derives aptly would be a weapon of war (compare 3^ sword, and
JVV3 m.
VHI a lance),
Indeed the passage ititlf "manifestly ficient cause. contradicts such a meaning, as the scaffold in question is described as being square, K'DH 131.X TViSN t^pri
taiji ntex.)
7*3
root ^33
Isa.
32 :5, and
?3
verse 7,
fraudulent, de-
<-
ceitful, crafty.
;
By
aphaeresis for v'33, from the
c__?j>- war).
It E light also
be from the root 1*1 or
"H3 in the sense of invading, breaking in; compare
by
'/'3 is used Syr. jlloj id. The form ^3 for the prophet, in order to allude to the following
1U
No.
2.
(2) \_Chidcn\i pr. n. of a place near Jerusalem.

(the threshing-floor of the dart) 1 Ch. 13:9, for which in the parallel place there is, 2 Sam. 6:6,
7^3
root
pi.
f.,
Ps. 74:6,
mauls, or axes, from the

a club; Syriac
ftT3
\~\l
^3
which
see.
(Chald. N^F-lp
{133
\~\l
(prepared threshing floor).
a maul, an axe, a mattock.)
m. iv ar like disturbance, military tumult, Job 15:24, from the root 113, which see.
*")1"T3
nO^3
which
f.
pr.
;
a heap, cluster (from the root
W3
see)
specially of stars, hence the Pleiades, or

ji__,
Vulg. praelium.
Syr. war.
the seven stars, consisting of seven larger stars, and the
JV3
Arab.
aira a
"<-
Xtyo/x.
Am. 5:26,
name
of an idol
i.
other lesser ones closely grouped ; Arab.

multitude),
J (plenty,
worshipped by the Israelites in the wilderness,

,L t
q.
more
fully
*J\
jJu the bundle of the

9 -^
^~
i.e.
the planet
Saturn, regarded by
an
evil
Pleiades; Syr. and Hebr. J.iCLO.
Amos 5:8; Job

by a
like
demon, to be on Isa., Comment, sacrifices (see ippeased by expiatory vol. ii. p: 353), [" prob. a statue, an image, Thes."]. To the Hebrew words loc.cit. DJ*EPtS n ^3 D3.'? pl'3 there answer (some of the members, however, being
the Phoenicio-Shemitic people as
9 9; 38:31,
:
in
which
last passage,
image
hast thou fastened together the niSlJ^p bands of the Pleiades?" More allusions are given by
np3
-roin
*jansposed) the Greek, KOI TO aarpov TOV deov vftwr, fatfav TOVQ TVTTOVC ai-wr, so that it is clear that the
Th. Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh's Tabb. page 32, Niebuhr's Arabia, p. 114, Ideler, Ub. Ursprung und Bedeutung der Sternnamen, p. 146.
expressed in Greek by 'Paityhv Compl. does not convince us that this 'Po/iâ, (for Rosenmuller word is inserted as a kind of gloss). Now it appears
Hebr. fV3
is
pretty certain that Taityav

for
Saturn (see Kircheri Ling. Êgypt.

t. ii.
Jablonskii Opuscc.
p.
was an Egyptian name restit. p. 49 the other and on l, sq.

;
from D33 from the, root D33, like D13 and P?3 a purse, bag (Syr. and Arab. id.), in which money was kept, Prov. 1:14; Isa. 46 6 ; and in which traders were accustomed to carry about their weights for weighing goods (see Chardin, Voyage, torn. iii. p. 420), Deut. 25:13; Mic. 6:11.
contr.
D^3 m.
(which
see),
Others hand, J. D. Mich. Supplemm. p. 1225, sq.). give this word the signification of statue, or image.
the opinion of Gesenius himself in Thes.] Vulg. imaginem idolorum vcstrorum.
Hence D'3 .3.5K, Prov. 16:11. [" (2) a cup, i. q. 2*13 Prov. 23:31, O."]
[This
is
"V3 only
v ess el, or
in dual DVT?, Levifc.
11:35,2 cooking
p ot, so called from

No.
II.),
the root
"tt*3
"V13
made
and
"1*3
pi.
2 Chron. 4:6, and TY\-
Ki.
the idea of cooking (see of eartharvware (since it
could be broken) and double, probably furnished with
7:38,40,43(1)
pr.asmall hearth
cine
(spfanne/ geuerpfcmne), afire

"VIS
a similar cover; compare C^SNj
LXX.
:
ûrpdô^tc-
pan, so called from boiling or roasting (see
No. 2)
*flJ^3 a7ra
Atyo/z.
Prov. 31
&$ "fl'S Whence
gcuerpfanne/ cin geucvbcctcn/ Zech. 12:6.
Hebrew
writers, a distaff, from the root 1^3
19, according to the to be
straight [see Thes.].
(2) a basin, a laver, Exodus 30:18,28; 31:9; 35:16; 39:39; 1 Ki. 7:38. And thus
On account of the resemblance, a scaffold, platform, 2 Chron. 6:13. (This is rendered a round scaffold by Simonis, Winer, and others, on the ground of the idea of roundness in the root "VI 3, which, however, they attribute to it without any suf(3)
or
i"p3 (Milel [" except Exod. 12: 11."]) contr. troiu H3 n3 so and so, i. q. >"I3 n'3 (PIS being for ^3 like P13
for
^3), Exod. 12:11; 29:35; Num.> 8:26; 11:15; 15:11, and often besides. Hence "33^ how? (The Aramaeans, rejecting the final n, have ^11 so, aud on
b
this account
some suppose that H33
i$
from ^3 will
CCCXCVI
n parag. Although this is very incorrect, the Hecrew grammarians [the Masorites] seem to have held the same opinion, by the accent being placed on the
penultima.)
the earth, Genesis 5:19; 11:1; DJJv the whole people, Genesis 19:4; l&M?n~73 the whole flock
1
"
"*33
*!33f. (Gea. 13:10; Exod. 29:23; 2 Ki.5:5),cstr. pr. a circle, globe, for "13"}3 from the root T)3
Genesis 31:8; 7?Xn"73 the whole ram, Exodus 29:18; " DVn-73 the whole day (see Di\ letter g, /3) ; 1 ?3'^3 PD!? the whole circuit of Jordan, Gen. 13:10; /S
Pi. ~Q"]3. (To this there agree in the western languages, circus, circulus, and the letter r being softened,
vv/icAoc;
pX the whole land of Êthiopia, Gen. 2:13, compare Gen. 14:7; 41:8; 45:20; *PIT^3 all my people, Gen. 41: 40; ^>b3?1 ^3>^D3 Deu.4:29; 2 Sa. 9 9 Gen. 2:2; ^?"JT^3 all the people of Is:
BM3
comp. Tl?.)
Specially
UmfreiS/
(l)acircumjacent tract of country, ber

iN'eh.
rael, l
Isa.
Ch. 11
:i.
With
suff. all
^3,
^3
all
of thee,
"?? the tract of Jordan, i.e. the which the Jordan flows down into the region through Red Sea; mr itoyfiv "'I??! Gen. 13:12; 19:17, sq.; 9 Sam. 18:23; Gr. ft Trepi^wpOQ rov 'lopSavov, Matt.
12:28; 3:5; now called
l
JTn
of him, Gen. 25:25; 73 is rarely placed after in the genitive (in the same manner as the phrase E'Tj?n "'O and the like) as
14:29, 31; 22:1; i?3
73H
D-lin
the whole vision, Isa. 29:1
more
it
often
with a
suffix, as !"t?3 ?S"}V'! prop. Israel,
the ichole,
,J&\ el Ghor.
(2) DH.V "I?? a cake, a round loaf, Exod. 29:23; Sa. 2 36 Pro. 6 26. PL m. Dr6 nh33 Jud. 8:5;
:
2 Sa. 2:9; n^s nn.vp for op.vp-^s Eze. 29:2; pan HP3 Job 34: 13. (As to a similar use of the Arabic
Sa. 10:3.
words ,J^=> and

ii.
_*-i^- see
De
Sacy, Gramm.
Arabe
(3) a talent (Syr. |;r>^>), equal, as nearly as can be computed from Ex. 38 25, 26, to three thousand shekels of the sanctuary, Zee. 5:7, 3HT 13 3 a talent
:
68.)
(2)
When
it
refers to
many
things,
many
indivi-
duals, all, omnes, omnia.
of gold;
ibid.
talents, 2 Ki.
;
Kings 9 -.14; 10:10,14. Dual OHf? two 5:23; ^DS D.n33 two talents of silver, where D!"]33 holds as it were a middle place
1
(a) followed by a plural, made definite (compare tous les hoinmes); D?i3rn>3 all peoples, Isa. 2:2; 25:7; Jr6\?rr73 all nights, Isa. all the wicked, Psalm 145:20; ^>3 21:8;
D^Vpi
all
e.
between the absolute state DM?? and the const. *!??, which could not be used without taking away the numeral distinction. PI. O'"!?? const. *!!?? f. talents, S Ki. 5:5; l Ch. 22:14; 29:7; Ezr. 8:26.
D^Bih
days
all
all
(i.
those
who
fall,
in all time, always

life of)
Ps. 145:14; see DV) ;

;
D^n'73
D!^
all
'P'*' 3
the days of (the
Adam, Gen. 5:5; ^^3-73
133
kaph
pi.
p33
TI3
Ch.
i.
q.
Heb. No.
:
3, Ezr.
7:22.
73. once
( Jer.
33 8 aro), followed
by Mak-
~?3 m. prop, subst. the whole, totality, bag anjc/ bie efammtfjctt/ from the root ?^3 to complete.
^-?3 Isa. 18:3; D^J *3^p-73 Isa. 14:9; TgtM^r?? all thy wondrous works, Ps. 9:2. But however, poetically, without art. DHJ^S Isa. 13:7; ni3n^T73 Isa. 28:8; compare Isa. 51:18,20. With pi. suff. -1^3 all of us, Gen. 42:11;
theLevites, Exod. 32:26; 7?n
D3;>3 all of you, Deut.
all, Isa.
i
(Arabic
J^D, Syriac
ô
id.
[" Sam.
2, *S,
all of them, they Gen. 42 36; njn^s 14:10, 18; 31 :3; '$3 Also followed by a relative, Gen. 6:2, Ki. 7:37.
1:22;
f.
C;>3
To this aaswcr the Greek oXoc, Lat. vllus, ft*\ !"] comp. No. 4, Germ, all/ allr/ omnes, and fycil, totus, Engl. all and whole.) In western languages it has to be
rendered by adjectives. (l) If used with regard to one continuous thing,
the
nn3 -^"73
"all (the virgins) whom they chose;" n Gen. 7:22, V2K3 aÔ "^^3 " all in whose nostrils was the breath of life;" Gen. 39:5, ">'$ '? B " whatsoever he had," and ellipt. n^?n"73
"all things (which) 1 have prepared," iCh. 29:3. Also followed by a periphr. "HJ "fa"?33 in all ages, Ps. 45: 1 8, DVj DV-723 Eot. 2: 11. (b) followed by a
collective singular always
Qonj); followed by a substantive (regarded as being in the genitive) either made definite by the article (like the Greek irciaa >/
whole,
totus, a, urn (oXoc,
by a genitive of a noun or pronoun, unless it be a proper name, which needs no such definition [in English this has to be expressed either by whole preceded by the article,
yij, toute
la
terre, bie ganje Grbe),
or
having the article, as v3 Jud. Gen. 7:21; D^n 16:17: nnn-73 all animals, Gen. 8:1; i?3 they all, Isa. 1:23; nN'r73 all this, Isa. 5 25 (a demonstrative pronoun not requiring the
:
article).
(c) followed
when the noun is made definite by a pronoun suffixed, it must be rendered in English by all without the article, or else
01
bj
all followed
by
it;
ticle, it is, all,
nis,
omne ;
e.
by a singular without the arevery one, whoever, whatever, omquivis, (fitodvis ; Germ, jebet (French tout
n3K'-733
Isa.
Jiomme),
g.
by
the whole
of];
r$?"^
the whole earth,
all
every mouth,
every year, Est. 9:21; ^3-73 9:16; n?3~' 3 every house, I?aiah
>
K^D-SD
: ;
cccxcvn
later
84:10: B'?3~73 every face, Isa. 25 8 compare Isa. 15:2, 24:11; 30:25; 40:4; 45 :2 4? "N33-73 all Isaiah 4: 5; n $.r?3 splendour, every thing splendid, Here also belongs "73 whatever is high, Isa. 2:12. every man, Job 21:33; 37 7; Ps. 39:6; and
=
Hebrew.
fo
^
nrie/
rV2>y-?3
ebcnfo
like (gcvabe
rcte),
ivhclly as, altogether Eccles. 5:15; TijT7|
altogether in the
same period of time, eben fo lango ganj fo lange/ Job 27:3. Comp. Lehrg. p. 626. Note. When 73 stands connected with a feminine
substantive, or a plural, the predicate
in
J
of flesh, irana chpt, all mortals. Genesis 6: 12, 13; Isa. 40 5 49 26. (d) absol. it is put () without the art. 73 omnes, all,
all
flesh, all
that
is
commonly agrees
Isaiah 30:5, K*X3'rr73
they were
all
ashamed " all
art. (ft) with the things (which are)," Isa. 44:24. his hand 73? all (men); Genesis 16: 12, 733 Vl
noun as being the gender and number with such ~ more important word, e.g. /p'l'J? ?''?D 73 Ps. 150:6; rarely with 73 as the governing word, Gen. 9: 29; Ex. 12:16; Nah. 3:7. 73 is found separated from
its
genitive, Hos. 14:3, piy
^?T7|.
Chald.
i.
men;" Eccl.g:9, 73^ f^3 73H to all it shall be, ^s to all," the same lot awaits all; Job " 24:24, I-l*?i?T! 733 -13n they melt away, like all carried the rest they are away" (where 733 is put for the fuller Dnxrr?:)? Jud. 16:17); also all things; Ecc.l:2, 73H 73H "allthings are vanity ;" Ecc. 1 2 8 Dan. 11:2. Followed by a noun not made definite, it is also
against all
: ;
73
followed
by Makk.^3
q. Ileb.
(l)
followed
by a sing, whole, totus. i^rviapp"?!) the Avhole kingdom, Ezr. 6:11, 12; 7 : 16. (2) all, omnes, followed by a plur. Dan. 3:2, 5,7.
With
suff. pn*p3 all

st.
of them, Dan. 2 38
:
7 19. Absol.
:
in emphat.
X?3
(Milel, in the Syriac
manner)
i.
q.
"Q'TvS any(3) any,tvhosoever,ullus,quicunque; as Ru. whatsoever cine 4:7; Levie. @ad)e), thing (irgenb
35:22; Eze. 15:3; hence with a negation, }*$, not any, no one, non ullus, nulhs. 2 Ch. 32:15, \&!l 7'-Vn^... l3 73 n'l7-73 73V N7 "nor is any god of any people able to -save his people." Ex. 12:16, n"B>JP t6 n3*6p"?3 "not any work shall be Prov. 12:21, N7 done," i.e. no work shall be done.
4:2;
Nu
Hebr. 73H all, omnia; (not adverbially, altogether, as it is made through some error by Winer, p. 481). Dan. 2:40, N?3 7L'T! " breaking to pieces all things;" rt3 food for all (was) in it" (the Dan. 4:9, 33
Vk$
tree).
Dan. 4:25; Ezr. 5:7.
N7 and
(3)
an y-< whosoever,
ullus, qtiicunque,
Dan. 6:8.
(4) adv. like Heb. No. 5, altogether; used redundantly prefixed to other adverbs, (in the Aramaean
manner, in which
<!
no evil happen to the 11 " there is not P^ ^"jn~73 righteous." anything new." Gen. 3:1; Ex. 10:15; 20:4; Lev. 3:17; Jud. 19:19; Pro. 30:30. A difference must be made in the passage, Ps. 49: i8,73n nj5* '1JYIO3. K7 " (where >3 has the article) when lift dies he does
tt?~73 T T
.
pn-5
n.3X:
.
there shall
.
.,
particles heaped upon one another weakly are so commonly used); in the phrases "73 n3 r?3j5 altogether on that account, j"73j5"73 wholly
<!
Ecc.
1 :g,
because, for the simple because (see 73p).
N^!p (i) TO CLOSE, TO SHUT UP, Jer. 32:2, Intrans. to be closed, Hag. l 10. 3; Psal. 88:9. to restrain, to hold in, Num. 11:28; Ecc. (2)
:
all this," tin Sobe mmrnt cr ba6 TflleS and also in those passages where 73 is followed by a defined substantive, and signifies the the whole, totus. l Sa. 14:24, Or6 D^n-73 DJ>O whole people did not taste food." Nu. 23: 13, K7 i?3
not take
mit
away
$
nicf)t
fid)
thing, l Sa.
8:8; Psal. 40:10; followed by JP from doing any25:33; Ps. 119:101; followed by IP o<
&
pers. to withhold something hibit in respect to anything,
from some one, to

lU,
-ffiHi.
pro-
Gen. 23:6; Ps. 40:12;

ftflA
:
^10 "the whole

only a part)."
of
him thou
wilt not see
(but
comp. Hag.
to prohibit,
IO.
^l
(Ch., Syr. *$?.

si
And
Arab.
^->
is
to fuard. IT, Jo prohibit, to
(4) all, of all kinds, every sort, omnis generis, varius (like the Gr. trdc, for TrarroToe, ?ra I'-odawoc, II.
i.
and just as a periphrastic plural

106,4).
is
used in
SStetevtet)/
also very widvly attended in the western languages, in the signification of shutting up : K\idt, K\ftc, <:\j/Vc, cXa'tc, cLivis, c<*awa'9 / in the
restrain.
signification of prohibiting: Compare also celo, occulo.)
This root
speaking of things of
Gram.
Neli.
many kinds, SStel PT73 trees of every
for
M iXi-w,
KoXoixa,
:oXa^w
kind, Levit.
19:23; "13O"73 saleable commodities of every kind, 13:16; i Ch. 29:2.
(5) Adv. rt is put for irav-wc, all, wholly, altogether, omnino, plane, prorsvs ; placed before (a) substantives, Ps. 39:6, ? 73rr73 "altoge-
ther vanity
q.
.
is
every man, ganj (6) other adverbs,
citel/
tauter
ttclfeit/
especially in the
NIPHAL, to be shut up, restrained, Gen. 8:2; Ex. 36:6. The forms are often borrowed from the cognate Sa. 25 33, ^73 i Si verb i"63, which see as '3^3 Ps. 119: 101. and Oi Gen. n?5 23:6. 6:10, , the other hand, N?3 Dan. 9:24, inf. Piel is for H?3 <* ni?3 (Lehrg. page 418).
: ; . .
CCCXCVIII
Derivatives,
P,
and
m. with stiff. Jer. 52:33, a prison, so from the idea of shutting up, Jer. loc. cit. 2 Ki. 85:29; more fully ^3 IV3, K^sn JV3 2Ki.l7:4; 25: '53 Isa. 42:22. 7, pi.
called
^?
an unclean and despised animal so by way of is called a dog, 2 Ki. 8:13; a dead dog, 183.24:15; 2Sa-9:8; 16:9; a dog's head, 2 Sa. 3 8 (compare Gr. KVVWT^, Germ. tffelgf opf/ and
also
reproach, any one

:
D^3
3X73
(perhaps for
(i.e. creator)
3S H73, whom the father has perfected"), [Chileab"], pr. n.

:
dog's foot) ; just as, in the East, in the Christians are called dogs by the Mopresent day, hammedan rabble. Also, because of the shamelessgmnbgfottf
i.
e.
ness of dogs, this

,
of a son of David, 2 Sa. 3 3.

dual, two things of diverse kinds, heterogeneous things, prop, two separations, two
name is given to scorta virilia Apoc. 22 15), Deu. 23:19; elsewhere D'tftj?.
:
K?3
separated, i.e. diverse, tilings.
(Arab. \<z, both, see

;
De
page 122 and Jeuhari, as quoted by him on Haririi Cons, page 87 JEthiop. Lev. 19:19; Deut. ft\ft>! two, of a twofold kind).
ii.
;
Sacy, Gram.
Arabe
22:9.
/) (i) TO BE COMPLETED, FINISHED. (Kindred roots 7^3 and *6fi q. d. abfd)ltefien), Ex. 39:32; l Ki. 6:38, hence to be prepared, made ready for " some one by any one, Prov. 22:8, r ^3? 'MT^JJ E3K**| " and the rod of his anger shall be prepared;" followed by BJJP, HND of pers. 1 Sam. 20:7, 9; 25:17; Est. 7:7; also to be accomplished, fulfilled, used
l
7 3 an unused
root.
(I) onomatopoetic, prop,
imitating the sound of striking, beating (like the kindred root Hr?, which see), ftappen/ ftopfen/ figuratively applied to the barking of dogs (just as it is said in Germ, ber 4>unb fd)Iagt an), lldffen/ French Hence clapir, clabauder, Swedish glajffa, to bark.
of a prophecy, Ezr. 1:1; Dan. 12:7. (2) to be past, gone by, of a space of time, Gen, " 41:53; Isa. 24:13, "l'3 n73'DN when the vintage " and the is ended," 32:10; 10:25. DJtt H73) indignation (period of indignation) shall be past," 16:4. (3) to be consumed, spent, Gen. 21:15; l Ki.
3^3 a dog.
(H)
i.
q.
i^-A ^- to
1
plait, to braid, in
the Western
languages, with the letters transposed, TrXtKu, plico, plecto, facto, flfcfyten. Hence 3175 [3?3 H. is not given
in Thes.].
17:16; to be wasted, to be destroyed, to perish, 16:4; Eze.5:i3; Ps. 39:11; to waste, to pine away, Lam. 2:li, "my eyes waste away with Of frequent occurrence is the phrase n O?^ tears." ^ ?>3 ps 84: 3, 'n-n nn^3T Ps. 143: 7, *yy. -ta Ps.69:4, nv?3 Job 19:27, my soul, my spirit, my eyes, my
Jer.
; .
^.?3 (["perhaps 'dog,'
i.e. 3$>3"],
i.
q. ._
<^
"rabid"?), Caleb,
pr. n. borne by (l) the comof the son of Jephunneh, Nu. 13:6; Joshua, panion Patron. '373 i Sa. 25 : 3. 14:6, seq.; Josh. 15: 14.
away,orwaste, for,Imyself pine or languish, from disappointed hope. Job 1 1 20 1 7 5 especially Jer.i4:6; Lam. 4:17 (comp. D-in); to vanish away, used of a cloud, Job 7:9, smoke, Ps. 37:20, time, Job 7:6; Ps. 31:11. In fut. once n^3Fl i Ki.i7:i4
reins, pine
: ;
:
(2)
l l
(3)
Ch. 2 18, 19, for which there Ch. 2:50.

:
is
'3173
V er.
in the
manner of verbs
t<7.
9.
["nrnSK 373
place elsewhere ?. S
<.
[Caleb-ephratah"], pr.n. of a unknown, i Ch. 2:24."]

>3,
if,
(i) causal, of Kal No. l, to complete, to finish, Gen. 2:2; 6: 16; also to prepare evil for any one, Prov. 16:30. (2) to come to an end, i. e. to finish, followed by a gerund, to cease doing any thing, Gen. 24:15, " " ne na d not et d ne 3"?? n ?7> D 79 speaking,"
I
PIEL H73
from barking, as ,
const. m a dog, so called barker, see 3^3 No. l. (Arab.
^2
J"
p,
(..^l^r, Syr.
Jîô
idem.
Secondary roots, tak-
ing their signification from the nature of dogs, are

to
to
be rabid,
be rabid.
to persecute one's
enemies
also,
In the East, troops of fierce half-famished dogs, without masters, are often wandering around the towns and villages (l Ki. 14: 11 ; 16: 4 2 Ki. 9: 10); whence fierce and cruel men are ometimea called dogs, Ps. 22 17, a i. As a is
; :
had not ceased speaking. Gen. 43 2 Num. 7 ' Deu. 31 :24, followed by IP; Ex. 34:33; Lev. 16: 20. (3) to consume, Isaiah 27:10, to waste (one's strength), Isa. 49:4; to destroy men, peoples. Gen. 41:30; Jer. 14:12; 2 Sa. 21:5, n.^3 "UJ 2 Ki. 13:17, 19, and np3?-1j; 2 Ch. 31 l, even unto destruction; to make to pine away, to cause to languish. Job 31:16; l Sa. 2:33; Lev. 26:16; to cause tovoiish Ps. 78:33; 90:9. For inf. Piel H?3 there u
:
dog
N.??, in
the
manner of verbs
K7.
CCCXCIX
PUAL n?3 and
!"&3 to be
completed, finished.
(2) poetically used of old age, as rightly taken bj
Gen. 2:1: Ps. 72:20.

Derivatives, r$3, n5$, 79, n$3, f^s, DD, and the proper names P v?, *n-1^3.
n^n, rtan,
Targ. Saad. Ms. Kimchi (the Arab.

:
i-=
to
have HE
austere countenance, and
..\^~ to
draw up and con-
n?3 pining aioay (used of the eye); compare mpar the verb No. 3. Deut. 28:32.
adj.f.
"I7J
1/ adv.
13 fern.
n^
(i) completion, perfection ; hence 2 Ch. 12:12; Eze. 13:13, and ^3 alto;
gether, Gen. 18:21

(2)
Ex. ll:l.
!"IK>JJ
consumption, destruction, n?3

;
;
to
make
:
consumption, to destroy altogether Jer. 4:27; 5 1O ; Neh.g:3i Nah. i :8, 9. Followed by ?, Jer. 30: 11,
tract the lips, are secondary words, both of them Job 5: 26, being derived from the idea of old age). n ??? N*nn tho\i shalt the to ~9i?T *9: grave in go old age," as if nrtio n3/B>3.. As to the word with which I, together with others, formerly compared " this, Syr. u*^.o soundness, health ;" it rested on a singular error of Edm. Castell, who had incor-
rectly rendered a gloss

edit. 3, pref. p.
and HK of
20:17.
pers. Jer.
18; 46
28; Eze. 11
13;
xx.
is
of Barbahlul, see Lex. min. [In Thes. the primary meaning
given to this word

(3)
"1/5 fern. (i) a bride, maiden betrothed, so from her being crowned with a chaplet, see ??3No.2. Cant.4:8,seq.; Jer. 2:32; 7:34; 16:9;
called
"perhaps mature old age.'"'] [CalaX], pr. n. of a city and province of Assyria, probably the same as is elsewhere written H?Q, which see. (Compare "13? and "N3H.) Gen.
10:11.
25: 10.
[Syr.
jô
pi.
|o
See Michaelis, Supplem.
p.
767.
id.]
(2) daughter-in-law, Gen. 38: ll, 24; Lev. 18: 1.5; Ruth 4: 15. Compare inn.
??
""I.?.?)
m.
in
pause v3
pi.
DVpS (from the lost sing.
KV?? m. prison,
In
i.
am there
Am.
q. N./3 Jer.
37:4; 52:31 np.
properly whatever is made, completed, or prepared, from the root !"l?3, a word of very general import, like the Germ. j5mg from jcugen/ i. e.
const,
to
v?
is
NY?.
complete
Tv%en', specially
m. ivicker-worTc, woven of twigs or rods, from the root 373 No. II., specially (l) a basket
for fruit,
Gen. 31:3?; 45:20. (1) any utensil, vessel. 3HT y3, ^K) v3 vessels of gold, of silver (@ilbfr
i e
8:
1.
u g).
Ex. 3 22
:
1 1
2.
njn^-nâ \^3
Ezr.
7,
(2) a cage for birds, Jer. 5:27.

id.,
(Syr.
Jjâô
and the same word

ii.
is
also adopted
in Greek,
K\w/3oe, cXov/3oc, K\ofioc,

i.
662,
p. 90).
It
a cage, see Bochart, Hieroz. is also pr. n. m. [Chelub~\.

i
(a)
iCh. 4:11.
(6)
Ch. 27:26.
see 3j>3 No. 2.

ir.
52:11, the vessels of the temple. n ^^ Y? vessels of wandering, outfit for exile (2San ber jeug), Jer. 46:19. (2) clothing (3cug), ornaments. "i.3| v3 a man's clothing, Deut. 22:5; used of the ornaments of a bride, Isa. 6 1 i o also of yokes for oxen, 2 Sa. 24 22.
\73 Isa.
:
and nin
n.
m. Ezr. 10:35.
(3) a vessel for sailing (gatrjcug).
Isa.
18:2.
pi. denom. from <"i/3; the state, or condition of a bride before her marriage, SSraut-
'3
f.
jtant /
Jer. 2
2.
which interpreters have However I have no same as ^73 to be completed, finished (compare HB'j? and nK> an d the Hence examples given below on the rootn?j5).
'
/^
an unused
(4) an implement, a <oo/(2Berljeug). "Tfc* v| musical instruments, 2 Chr. 34:12; Am. 6:5. ~v3 ?3p. pleon. instrument of a psaltery, Psalm 71: 22. Metaph. n}rp DJ?T v3 instruments of the indignation of Jehovah. Isai. 13:5; Jer. 50:25. Isai. 32:7,
;
root, to
D T3 ^? 3 V? "(as
-
to) the deceiver his
instruments
assigned various meanings. doubt but that it signifies the
are evil,"
his plans.
i.
e.
the devices which he uses to carry out
Gen. 49:5.
(i) completion, finishing [thismeannot given in Thes. see No. 2]. So Job 30:2, ing used of very despicable men " what can the strength of their hands profit me np3 13S iB 7j? in whom
is
;
l|
''73 m.
arms, iveapons (SWftjeug), Gen. 27:3; more fully, nprfyp [^3] Jud. 18:11, 16. niO-^| deadly Dv3 NK^J an armour-bearer, weapons, Psalm 7 14.
(5)
:
6, 7, seq. ; 3 1 : 4, 5, 6. Isa. 39:2. (>5eugt)au6).

l
1
:
Sa.
D v3 n*2 an armoury
completion
thing.
is
perished,"
who cannot complete any

^*?^
?3
^
see ^'3.
Jer.
LXX.
ITT
avrovg a^wXero trvvrcXFta.
?3 m. a prison.
37:4; 52:31,
Hence
Root
DM
rtJ
nY3
f.
cccc
(2)
Conj.
to
II.
const. "I!?? only in plur. Exod. 29:13,22; Job (l) fAe kidneys, reins. D^'X fiVSa 2^n "the fat of the kidneys -<5:S3.
put a crown upon,

Êthiop. f\f\(\
;
to
crown (Arab.
id).
Syr. Pa.
Hence
of rams," Isa. 34:6; comp. Deu. 32: 14. (a) meton. used of the inmost mind, as the seat
*
'/?
Chald. whence Shaph.
^3S to/
A,
Jer. 1 1 20, of the desires and affections. 7? 1C 3 " heart." Jerem. and the the reins tries 3<?5 (God)
:
1
17:lO; 20:12; Psalm 7:10; Job 19:27, V^Y? 173 "my reins (i.e. my inmost soul) have wasted away." Chald. sing. Nv3, Arab. Ps. 73:21; Prov. 23:16.
.
/ec<, Ezra 5:11: 6:14; Pass. ^pnp'K, Ezra 4:13. Chap. 4:12, in a'D3 there is I^DB'X, by omission of the letter n.
("completion"), [Chelat],
10:30.
pr. n. m., Ezr.
rarely and inaccurately

to
<Llr>
id.
Schultens
supposed the reins
be so
called,
because of their
t
\
Q 3 unused in Kal, pr. TO w o u N D

i
like the
Arab.
g-
being double; compare 0?K?3,
H^
Conj.
I. II.
comp. Sansc. klam, to be exhausted,
(which
is
un-
suitable because D'S^D signifies rather things diverse in kind, and in Arabic this word is used in sing.
fatigued, whence perhaps is the Lat. calumnia. similar figurative use is certainly found in Hebrew, [" like many other words implying, to pierce, to prick,
to cut,
Aben Ezra and Bochart considered be so called from the idea of desire, longing, comp. Job 19: 27, but I do not know why H>3 should not be simply the fern, of the noun v3 and thus sigdual and plural) ;
such as
3j?J, ^"Hl"].
them
to
HIPHIL
D^?n and D^DH
(i
S a 25:7).
.
(1) to reproach, pr. to hurt
some one,
l
Sam.
20:34.
(2)
to
nify properly instrument, vessel (efdfj), just as physicians call the veins and arteries, vessels.
treat shamefully,
to
injure,
Sa. 25:7;
Jud. 18:7.
(3) to put anyone to shame,3ob 11:3; Proverbt 25:8; Ps. 44:10. This verb is stronger than the synonym EM3 Hi Efcjfal; comp. Isa. 45:16, l7; Jer. 31:19, and see Reimarus de DifFerentiis, vcc. Hebr.
Diss.
I.
PY?
const.
flyS m.
(1) destruction,
con-
tumption,
Isa. 10:2-2.
(2) pining, toasting the eyes, i. e. languishing
away.
itself,
D?^J!
=
'3
Deu. 28 65.
pining of See n73
No.
p. 67, sq.
3.
HOPHAL
(i) to be hurt, injured, l Sa. 25:15.
("wasting away"), [Chilion],

Ruth 1:2; 4:9.
m.
pr. n.
m.
(2) to be
made ashamed
(i)
to be
(through disappointed
hope), Jer. 14:3; comp. Niph.
NIPUAL
10:5;
(2)
l
insulted, disgraced, 2 Sam.

bcfcfSmt baflofjn/
511
the root /?3) (i) adj. [f. "VY-P] (from perfect, complete, especially of perfect beauty. Eze. 28: 12, '' ?Y? of perfect beauty. Eze. 27: 3;
the totality. Jud. 20:40, TPn'7^>? the whole city. Ex. 28:31, n?3^ 7^3 the whole of blue. Ex. 39 2 2 Nu. 4 6. (3) i. q. H7iy a whole burnt offering, a sacrifice of which tJie whole is burned, Deut. 33:10; Psalm
: ; :
Chron. 19:5.
to be
put
to
shame,
dianben
Lam. 2: 15; Eze. 16:14. (2) subst. the whole,
31 : 19; often used of one who fails in his endeavours, Ps. 35:4; 40:15; 70:3; 74:21; also to be ashamed, i.q. Kn3, Num. 12:14; followed by 1?
rccrbcn/ Jer.
of cause, Eze. 16:27,54; followed by 3 , Ps. 69:7. Derivatives
(4) adv. altogether.
Isa. 2:
18; Lev.
15.
[Chilmad], pr. n. of a town or region which, is mentioned together with Assyria, known either of the meaning of this quadis Nothing riliteral name (if it be Phoenicio-Shemitic), or of the
in Eze. 27:23,
situation of the place.
(perhaps sustenance," from 73^3 to sustain, Pilpel of the verb ^3) [Chalcol, Calcot], pr. n. of a wise man of an age prior to that of Solomon. iKi. 5:11;
(l) TO
i
7372
"
Ch. 2:6.
Ezekiel
shame, reproach,Ps.6():S; Jer. 51:51; Eze.i6:54; 32:*4; 36:7; 44 13- n ?^? c? 3/ to be clothed with shame i. e. to be, as it were, altogethei
.
COMPLETE, TO PERFECT.
covered with reproach, Ps. 109:29; Plur.
F\\
Is*
(Cogn. n?3, which see.)

,
Hence &, tya
50:6.
f.
id.,
Jer. 83:40.
6:2; and of a great city [sa. 10:9, n. pr. [^Calneh, Calno~]; subject to the Assyrians; according to the Targums, Eusebius, Jerome, and others, Ctesiphon, situated on
>3 Gen. 1O:1O;
the eastern
latter
HJ73 Amos
'Jto3 t?'K a man such as I, Neh. " Ex. 6:11; 15:5, they sank into the depths J3N ID? like a stone;" Job 6. 15; Psa. 58:9; Job 10:22, ^r'K 103 nnD'8 }n a land of darkness, like the
as, like, Gr. we-
bank of the
is
Tigris, opposite Seleucia.
name
i.
said to
This have been given by Pacorus
darkness of night," wo
pnjler
tft,
cte ftocffinftre 9lad)t.
to this city; see
Spicileg.
p.
Bochart, Phaleg. iv. 18; Michaelis, 228. (The origin of this foreign word
does not appear.)
[See also
i"l|?.]
a ro * unused as a verb, onomatopoet. imii tating the sound of beating, or striking; compare
|
Gr. coXttTrrw (whence KoXa0oc colaphus; Ital. colpo; French, coup); Germ, flopfen, Happen 5 Engl. to clap, The cognate forms are figuratively applied sometimes
to the beating of the feet; i.e. to leaping (Gr. icaAir?/, Germ, alopp) sometimes to hewing, or scraping (*]??.
;
Hag. 2:3, D^p^ll |)S3 -in'OD N?n is not (a temple) like this (i.e. such a temple) as nothing in your n?K 1O| (ivords) like these" (i. e. such eyes ?" words), Job 12:3; -iniO3 (such) as he," Ex. 9:18. i. q. ^^3^ prefixed to an entire sentence (C) Conj. like (l) like as. Isa. 41 :25, D'D'DCn* 1VV ITS as the potter treadeth clay." tc en, afterwards, as soonas. (2) as, of tinie, FolloAved by a prst. (as in Lat.) Gen. 19:15, to?
"
/>
n?JJ
TIK'n
n-11
"as
(as soon as) the
morning arose;"
Isa.
26:18,
wind."
Wife)
to3
"when we
brought forth, it wai
sometimes to barking, as siy\v(pit>, sculpo, scalpo); milar in sound to beating (3?3 to bark, bcr
fdjlagt an). hatchet.
To
this
correspond in the cognate languages

9
Derivative noun
is
HS/'?, Gr.
Ch. Np?, Syr. fv^^)
may be formed
to.
TO PINE
it
WITH LONGING FOR any
from which forms an opinioi ; as to the signification of the syllabi This then is i. q. np indef. tohat, whatever
so that in Ps. 73: 15 (letter
thing,
something, anything,
once occurs, Ps. 63:2. Arab.

eye,
<ub
to
become dark,
According
;
A)
it is
properly like
any
(such) thing
letter G,
used of the
a colour, the mind.
like (that) which.

fcyift^
to
Firuzabadi (see Kamus, p. 1832, Calcutta), specially used of a man whose colour is changed or fails pr.
therefore
m. \_Chemosh~],
pr. n. of
a national god
:
of
tobecomepale, which
desire
comp. ^P?. With

Pers. *!
;
applied to longing; this accords Sanscr. kam, to desire

is
;
the Moabites and Ammonites, Jud. 1 1 24, worshipped also at Jerusalem in the reign of Solomon [after his
comp.
also the
Greek
/cajuw, Knfj.ru.
Derivative, pr. n.
wives had turned aside his heart]. 1 Ki. : l :*]; 2 Ki, 23:13; Jer. 48 7 perhaps subduer, conqueror, tamer, from the root t?P3, which see; hence ^B3 CJ^ people of Chemosh, i. e. the Moabites, Num. 21 :2g. LXX.
:
;
Xa/uwc-
Vulg. Chamos.
DHD3(
ham],
pr. n. Onto?); also
:
languishing," "longing"), \_Chimm.

2
an unused
bular, whence
root.
Sam. 19:38, 39;

2 Sa.
Jer. 41
17
(aro
jn3
TO-13 ?
Arab. !<*= which see.
to
make glo-
19:41.
(when followed
me, as
by nouns and before grave

I,
suffixes,
D?to?, Dn'103) and 1233 (before light suf-
an unused root. Syr. and Arab. (l) to j'-P-P hide away, to lay up; whence D'3P?*?, treasures,
[" Arab.
.
fixes, *?to| like
^l3
-inios, n'lOS
.13103)
^= ^=
,
id."]
salt (pro-
separable particle, especially poet, for the prose 3, i. q. HO? ( S ee below).

we,
73: 15," ^
(A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, like the Gr. So in the difficult passage, Ps. ita, sic, thus, so.
I
(2) Syr. perly, to lay
also, to
up
in salt);
season, especially with hence

plant],
|u3 m. cummin [a
salt as
which was used with

8).
should say to? rn?p$
w ill thus
speak"
a condiment (Plin. H. N. 19,
Arab.
LXX. ovrwc- (Others take (as the wicked speak). )O in this passage as a suffix, to| for Di?3, but then
^03 would be the reading.) When repeated as. ..so; such. ..so; Jud. 8: 18 Onto? fl3 such as thou
(art)
,^
["Ch. N3i03, Syriac JLjoôa,

.
-fflth.
ft^V'J,
Gr.
Isa.
28:25, 27.
o(were) they; and on the contrary so. ..a s; so. ..such, Ki. 22:4, T10 ? 'JtoB, so (am) I, as thou (art). (B) preposition marking similitude, as, such
Trai X y >. Deu. 32 :34, TC LAY UP; per* haps the same as D33, which is the reading of the Samaritan copy in this passage. Hetice pr. n. D^?9.
27
ccccn
I.
I
wy
a root nr.used in Kal; kindred to the root
an unused
root, prob.
i.
q.
DH3
to lay
up
(compare CDn, DOT). (t) TO GROW HOT, TO BECOME WAJIM, TO see Niphal No. l (Talmud 1CT3, a warming).
"S?n
Hence
J"in)p3p pr. n.
GLOW
I.
(A) prop.
part. act.
from
|13
^pright^
(2) to be
be.nce to be black,
burned, scorched (see Niphal No. 2); dark, obscure, like the Syriac
Aphel, to go about in
""33, D*T"}O3.
to
erect; metaph. upright, honest (German aufridjttg D33 Gen. 42:11,19, 31 Isa. 16:6, TW recftlidb); plur. 13 non rectum, i. e. vanity, folly.
;
;_>oa
black,
to be
i.
sad, sorrowful.
(B) Adv.
D'bfy
rwK.
J3
e.
mourning.
(l)
to
Compare
(i) rightly, well; 2 Kings 7:9, 13"*" " we do not w e 1 1," or r i g h 1 1 y ; Ex. 10:29,
NIPHAL
be
warm,
glow, used of love
rnan
thou hast well spoken;" Nu.27:7; 36:5;
towards any one; followed by ?# l Ki. 3:26, and ? Gen. 43:30; to be moved, spoken of pity, Hos. 1 1 :8. (2) to be scorched; tarn. 5:10, "our skin is scorched as in an oven from the burning heat of
the famine."
II.
Ecc. 8:10.
(2) so, thus; Gr.tie, ourwc (prop, rightly, according to some standard, Germ. rcd)t fo/ gerafce fo/ alfoj
to although Gusset, Danz, and others maintain 1? so, be another word contracted from ft 3 like those but things, in the same manner as n'3 from ^3; compare 13!*) followed by Makkaph "1? Job 5 27 Genesis 1:7, 13 VTJ Josh. 2:21; Proverbs 23:7. " and it was so," as God had commanded; verses 9, &6 " it is not cus11 Gen. 29:26, PPP3 13 nb> Psalm 1 14, 13 N? done so to be us;" amongst tomary not so the wicked;" 1 Ki. 20:40, I^S^P 13 D'JK?hn R>nn nj?^ " so (this) is thy judgment, thou hat* thy:
;
iy
Lq.
"133
TO PLAIT, TO BRAID; whence
ipap, -iiD3D, rvToap a net.

l
only in
pi.
D^.03 idolatrous priests, 2 Ki.

.
13:5; Hos. 10:5; Zeph. 1:4. Syr. Ji^DCXO used of any priest whatever; but Syriac words relating to divine worship are in Hebrew restricted to the worship of idols ; see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 58. If the etymology of this word be inquired for, 1D3,
*
*
is
|;jQ3
crete,
prop. blackness, sadness, and as a con-
one
who
goes about in black attire, mourning
Sam. 23:17, "also Saul my father i. e. knoweth this, roeifi c6 fo/ nidit anberS (where it is by no means needful to render J3 % by a demonstrative pronoun); Jer. 5:31, 13 ^n.S OJ!
self decided;"
|3
l
2T
knoweth
so,"
"
"
nence, an ascetic, a priest.

;
my
if
people loveth
(it)
thus,"
liebt
fo;
Pro. 28:2,
Compare
JuA
]L*^>] sad,
men are pnident and wise
VW.
13
thus (fo/ bonn)
mournful hence, an ascetic, a monk, an ecclesiastic. See my Comment, on Isa. 22 12 38: 15.
:
is
the state of long continuance.
13 approaches very nearly in

;
(In this example power to the sign oi
"|G-p pi. m. obscurations, from the root T?3 of the form "HPi?, except the Chirik in the first 2, I, syllable, as in HPTIS. Found once in Job 3:5, -inny^.
}
Gr. Gramm. p. 822.) apodosis compare OVTU, Matthiae Often as answering to each other 13...? as. ..so (see n No. l); more rarely in3 i3~~^ $3
:
A, l);
(see
^3
Di'
'TIP?
"
let
the
;
darknesses
terrify it"
(i.
e.
the
verted T^XS...^ so. ..as, Gen. 18:5; 2 Sam. 5:25; Elsewhere 3 is omitted in the UD3...13 Ex. 10:14.
protasis, Isa.
day of my birth) that is, obscurations of the light of day, of the sun, eclipses, which the ancients believed
ills and calamities. [Some of] the ancient interpreters [Aqu., Vulg., Syr., Targ.] regarded 3 as a prefix to the substantive D*T)P| according to which
55:9 (comp. verses 1O, ll); Jud. 5:15. This adverb of quality is also variously rendered,
it
to portend
according as
belongs to quality, quantity, or time.
it (a) if to quality,
Job 9: 35,
'I? '3^
i.
i?
^ non
am
so,
such, so constituted:
eO
sic
sum
(as often in
should be interpreted the greatest bitteropinion nesses, i.e. calamities which could befall a day (see as to 3 intensive, p. CCCLXXIX, A) ; but the former view
it
Terence) apud me, l Ki. 10: 12, '>!? 13 myself, I am not at heart; " never afterwards did there conic D'3D7S< any
e. I
not so constituted with
? *6
of the word suits the context by far the best.

i,J^ an unused root, prob.
i.
q.
t^?3 to
O
fc
subdue
sandal trees;" also so very (fo fct)r), D*3T p} D'P??' OS " although they be secure and so
such Nahumi:l2,
very many" (Germ,

in like
ita
fo fetjr
O (3 and being exchanged), whence
)_CX2CL3 incubus,
9
manner there
met*
fo
is
wit, no* fo icle ). In Latin the negative expression, non

(b)
multi,
fc^r
mete.
it is
when
referring
t..
nightmare; Arab, (j^l^-, JjO_*Xl3 grape husks, to called from their having l>een trampled on. Hence
quantity and abundance,

1C: 14,
so
many
K>1
^^3
naiK
:
13
"so many
DH ?
1
(fomel); Ex. locusts as thes*
Hebr. CnO? and
^3,9
[?].
were;" Jud/21
14, 13
WVO
"and
there wei*
p
not found so
footel al8
(fo lange);
CCCCIII
many (women
grnug.
as they needed)," ntrfjt
n&tt)ig/ ntrfjt
(c)if to time,
Est. 2:12, ]n<j?np p; *fyp. J3 of purifying lasted;" also toties so often (fo oft); days Hos. 11:2, Dn^.?D -ID^n f3 Dr6 *) (as oft as) they
so long so long the

it is
an answer
spits of thy boasting for thee.
and threatening words,

.
have
>r
J
There corresponds the Arab.

i
$ ^
'
'
however,
often they drew back from them ;" also soon, immediately (fofort/ fog(rul)), preceded by 3 of time (fobalb al); 1 88.9:13, infc fl^P ;3 D3*pi
called them, so
so
"asyeenter... immediately Gr. wc.-.wc, Eurip. Phoeniss. 1437
ye will find
;
II.
him;" comp. 1.512; xiv.
nevertheless, which has undoubtedly sprung from the Hebrew J?7. This adversative I?? is regarded by many (with whom I formerly agreed in opinion) as altogether another word, and one of a different origin as though it were from fc6 K*J and J3 this opinion might be defended on the authority of the LXX. in-
294; poet, more strongly without 3; Ps. 48 6, IK'} " as (immediately as) they saw, so (imme}npri ^3 diately) they were terrified." (d) in the continuation
of discourse
it is,
terpreters,
Isa.
who twice render it ov% OVTWC, Gen. 4: 15; 16:7; and also by the Arabic orthography, who z,
also write
90:12, JHin J3 number our days;" Ps. 61:9; 63:3.
so then, therefore (fo benn); Ps. -m?J rmp^ "so then teach us to
(see
Ham.
Schult., p. 312, 364, 412).
But the adversative

really depends
use, as
we have
on
its
causal power, and
it is
seen above, the same
(3) i. q. 13X, 'JX it is a particle of asseveration at the beginning of a sentence; Jerem. 14:10; -l^riN J3
with regard to the Chaldee particle \n? which see. (d) I?"?? (u) on that account, therefore, Gen,
s$.
With
prepositions
things have
-(a) |3 in*<, 13"n.DK after that so occurred, i. e. aftenoards, see"lHX.
2:24; 10:9; 11:9; 19:22; 20:6; Isa.5-.25; 13:7; 16:9; Job 6:3; 9:22, and very frequently. (ft) In
it also has the force of a conjunction for J3 ?JJ ? ^ on account that, because that (compare I?? Isa. 26: 14, |3 ?y '3 p. cccxciv, B, and my remarks on
poetry "
>
l
(0) 15? prop, in such a condition, so, then, Ecc. 8:1*); Est. 4:16. (Of very frequent occurrence in the
Targums, then, so.) (e) |3^> ( a ) adv. causal, on that account, therefore, Jud. 10:13; l Sam. 3:14; Isaiah 5:24; 8:7; 30:7; Job 32:10; 34:10; 37:24, and so frequently; Genesis 4 -.15, is to be rendered '131. \1\> ain'^S |3^ "therefore (that Avhat thou fearest may not happen) whoever kills Cain," etc. There answer to each
other I??]
H
the ellipsis of relative conjunctions, Lgb. p. 636). Ps. 45:3, " thou art fairer than the children of men
...DVfTg sp-13 13-^; because that God has blessed thee;" Ps. 1:5; 42:7; Isa. 15:4; Jer. 48:36; comp.
what Winer has of

in defence of the
late
remarked (Sim. Lex.
common meaning
]yi
because
...
l??-iy. 29:13, 14; once
it is
therefore, Isaiah 8:6, 7; for "K^? J37 or this
he would give it even in these whether he has rightly shewn the connection of these
sentences.
(e) !3""iy
II.
i.
p. 466), therefore, which passages; but I doubt
account that, because,

force of a conjunction
Isa.
26:14; and
1.3
it
has the
1? ?y).
as yet, hitherto, Neh. 2: 16.

suff. '33, 133
(compare
?y for
"iS^fr?
[5 with
from the root
133
No.
2.
(/3) By degrees the meaning of this word was deflected into an adversative sense; Germ, barum bocfv
q.
1-13.
unb barum body abcv barum body hoc non obstante, nihiloviinus, attamen, yet therefore, nevertheless, however (compare !?S). So, when preceded by DK in " protasis, Jer. 5:2, although ( Q N) they say, as God
(1) a place, station (<3tclfc), Gen. 40: 13; 41:13: Daniel 11:20, 21; verse 38, 133 ?y in his place (an not this mean " on his own basis," beffen telle), [does
and not "in
his stead" ?] for
which there is, verse 7,

;
133.
nevertheless (!?<) they swear falsely." Also 7:14, where the sentences are thus to be connected " although thou hast impiously refused the
liveth,
l Ki. (2) base, pedestal, (eftelle/ gufjge|ieUe) 7:31, }3~nK'J?P in the manner of a base, like a pedestal;
in Isa.
specially used of the base of the laver in the court of
offered sign, nevertheless the Lord Himself will give to thee, although thou dost not wish for it." Often used in the prophets, when a transition is made
the temple [tabernacle], Ex. 30: 18, 2 8; 31:9; 35:16; 38 8 ; Lev. 8 1 1 used of the base or socket for the
: :
;
mast of a ship
called in
Greek fifirodfirj,
;
iaro$6k-ri (II.
:
i.
from rebukes and threatenings to consolations and Isa. 10:24, "nevertheless thus saith promises. Jehovah of Hosts, fear not," etc. Isa. 27:9; 30:18;
;
434), IffTwre&p (Od. xii. 5 1 ) in Lat. modius, Isa. 33 23. III. (-3 once in sing., Isa. 51:6 (where the old interpreters very
the
same manner;
weakly render }3~iD? as so, i. e. m I render it like a gnat); plur.

<m'<pee; Vulg. very troublesome on found 5n the marshjr
;
Jcrem.i6:i4; 30:16; Ezek. 39:25; Hos.2:l6; Job % " never20:2, Zophar thus begins, ?*?", ?Vf theless my thoughts lead nie to answer;" i.e. in
D'33 Exod. 8:12; Psa. 105:31 of gnats; sciniphes, a species
LXX.
account of their stinging;
113-p
districts yf
CCCUIV
Egypt ( Ctdex
i.
DM-p
;
reptans, Linn.
culex molestus,
P.
ForskiT,. See Herod,

p. 97, ed.
95; Philo,
De Vita Mosis
Mangey, and other accounts, both of ancients and moderns, in CEdmann, Verm. Sammll. aus der Natnrkunde, Fasc. I. cap. 6. As to the etymology, nothing certain can be laid down [In Thes. from 123 No. a] the gnats may indeed be so called from the idea of covering (root J33 No. 1 ) but I prefer rather from the idea of pinching (fnctjren); so that this word may be connate to the Greek vruw, o'//0w, KI-ITTOC, Krify, and with a prefixed sibilant (as found in the LXX.), <rri'i\J/, oxi'Têc, which opinion I see was also held by Eichhorn (Einleit. in das A. T. t. iii. p. 254). The Jews and Josephus (Antt. ii. 14, 3), without much
; ;
and was struck with a plectrum but this U by the words, iSa. 16:23; 18:105199, from which it may be seen that this was an instrument struck by the hand. (To this answers the Arab. S y-G S- ' strings,
contr idicted
\\->
ilx=
to
y'-'^ a harp.
The
original
idea
appears sound, compare the root I??.)
me
to
be that of tremulous, striduloua
W3 [Conic
D33
i.
A], pr.n.; see \^7\\.
q.
the
manner
it is
D'33 gnats. Ex. 8:13, 14. Joined in of plurals and collectives with a feminine,
probability, explain it to mean lice; andtheTalmudists also use the singular ^33 for a louse; this is, however,
be inquired whether it should not be read defectively D|3, as the Samaritan copy has'Q'33. Compare Lehrg. p. 517.
and
to
N33
for
"tt?\3,
adv.
Chald. so,
;
thus, in
It
this
manner.
approved by Bochart (Hieroz.
torn,
ii
p.
572, seq.);
compare D33.
Ezra 4:8; 5:4, 9, 11 6: 13. pounded of 3 and N^"> **?->

1 ~tt?W, the letter
it
appears to be comft cn i the Talmud used

:
[p
call
so,
found also in the Chal. text, Dan. 2 24, 25.]

:
thus
it
nj!p unused
properly means, as
is
in Kal.
Arab.
(
-J^=I.,IL, IV., to
some person or thing by a figurative name or cognomen, especially by an honourable appellation, o adorn with a title (see Tauritz. ad Hamas. Schult.
p.
we say; and
being negligently omitted it has been said, or as so used as to refer sometimes to

to
what precedes, sometimes
what
follows.
The Heb
320; Tebleb. ad Har. Schult.
translator [of the Chaldee parts of Daniel and Ezra. printed in Kennicott's Hebrew Bible] renders 4:8,
ii.
57).
Ch. to ad-
nK |3
said).
1K3E>3 (as (read TOK.3.3), and 5:4

v
it
has been
dress honourably.
Hebrew, in TO PlF.I. i"!33 ADDRESS TO CALL (any KINDLY, (l) Isa. 44:5, n33 -.ne) KINDLY. ^X^ D#M and he kindly speaks to Israel" [addresses by that " name]; Isa. 45:4, ^Jn? *6] 1.S I have (gently) thou called thee, though hast not known me." (2) to flatter. Job 32:21, 22. Hence subst. J"I33.
So, in the
In like manner, Syr. >L^>)li3 to ivit, is contracted from U_iOll3 as if thou would st say.
(I.)
i.
q.
COVER, TO PROTECT, TO c,<-^> TO <>
"3 aira Xyo'^. Eze. 27:23 [Canne/i], pr. n of a town, prob. i. q. '"1373 (which see), Ctesiphon, a reading which is found in one codex of De Rossi.
Compare
I"lj5?
.?-" Imper. with n parag. HS3 protect, Ps.8o:l6: [This meaning is rejected in Thes.], where others less suitably understand a plant, a shoot (compare i? Dan. 11:7). C^66 n l?-]
f3J,
DEFEND (compare
[Derivatives, j? 2 and 3, H33, D33.]
for R\d?\
:
H33
Ps.
80 16;
see ?3? [H33
f.
idea of placing, setting, Ps. 80: 16. see
a plant, from tha See Thes.]
[Also perhaps to nip, nence D'33. See Thes.] (II.) i. q. i. See !5 No.
to
pinch, Gr.
icrnw, etc.
II.
From No.
II. is
^33
9=4-
('
protector"), [Chenani], pr.n. m. Neh
n.
ri33.
Ch. see
VVJ33
Eze. 26: 13,
("
whom Jehovah defends" [" has

pr. n. of
set
m.
Gr.
pi. D'~)&3
nh33
Ki. 1O:12,
up"]), [ConontaA], 3; 35:9-
a Iêvite. 2 Ch. 31:12,

Ch. 15.
Ktrvvpa, cithara,
a harp, a musical instru-
ment; that on which David excelled in playing; both used with regard to sacred and secular things, whether in rejoicing (Isa. 5: 12) or in sorrowing (Job 30: 31), commonly accompanied by singing to the music
^1133
(id.)
[Chcnaniah'], pr.n. m.
is,
22; 26:29, for which there

(l) TO
Ps.
15:27,
COLLECT, GATHER, TO HEAP OP,
as stones, Ecc. 3:5; treasures, Ecc. 2:8, 26; water,
played upon
it. Gen. 4:21 Ps. 33:2; 43:4; 49:5; 71:22; 183.16:16,23; and often besides. Josephus says (A it. vii > I, 3), that the cinyra had ten
;
33
7-
(2)
to
gather together,
persons. Est 4:16;
iCh.
32:2
cccc*
[" (3)
tJ
hide, see Hithp. and deriv.

to gather together.
......
(Aram.
D3_? to collect,
Arab.
c~. id., also, to lay up, to this are
elsewhere
<=~.
Cognate
the transposed roots DD3; whence D33

J"li33pp stores: also,
Canaanites (Ex. 13:15, fullj Gen. 13:12; 33:18), and the nation (Jud. 3:1, with masc. Hos. 12:8); pr. the depressed, low^ region (from the root V33, with the addition of IT,
(a) the land of the
1V.2?
treasure,
and P?; whence
by a
as in I2D), opp. to the loftier country D"1X (see
'3J733
softening of letters, T3|.)

2, to gather together persons. 39:28; Ps. 147:2. HITHPAEL, to hide oneself away, to wrap oneand the Isa. 28 20, D33jpn'3 rTO nSDBni. self up. covering is too narrow for one to wrap himself in
No.
l).
[But
this
name was taken from Canaan,
the
PIEL, i. q. Eze. 22:21;
Kal No.
the ancestor of the Canaanites.] It the land on this side denotes Jordan, (a) specially as opposed to the land of Gilead, Nu. 33:51 Josh.
son of
Ham,
it."
Compare 3
B
[
5.
Phoenicia, Isa. 23:11, i.e. the northern part of Canaan, situated at the base of Lebanon the inhabitants of which call themselves jyjD upon their
22:9.
(6)
Hence
D?PQ
unused
D13, P<3"].
coins (see
to fall
my Comment, on Isa. loc. cit. Gesch. der Heb. Sprache,p.i6,227); by the Greeks they are called
;
in Kal, TO
BOW THE KNEE,

;
on one's knees (kindred to JH3, which see) a widely extended root, see yaw, yw (in yvvirt-f~iv\ genii, Stnie 5 [" Sanscr. garni""] yuvia, lyviia, hollow of the
9
QoiriKfc. The Poeni, also a colony of the Phoenicians, retained this ancient name, as we learn from Augustin " (Expos. Ep. ad Romanes) in these words, Interrogate
rustici nostri"
i.
knee; Aram. W|, Jju^to

it is
bow down,
and, with the In
respondentes
solet,
Chanani,
third radical hardened, fnicten/ cinfnicfcn.
Hebrew
j>i\s
una
litterd,
sint f punict corruptd scilicet, ut in talibu* quid aliud respondent, quam Chae.
Hipponenses,"quid
nanaif
(c)Philistda, Zeph.2:5,
Dr0S
jn
$33.
(1) to fold, or lay together, jufammenbtegen,

fammfnlcgen
j
bind together bundles (see '"'V? 3 )* compare Arab, r '-** to draw together, to be drawn together, Conj. L, V., VII.
hence
to
collect,
to
$33 nsi? the language of Canaan, i. e. Hebrew, which the Canaanites and Hebrews used, Isa. 19: 18. BS a Canaanite, Hos. 12:8; hence (3) for $33 Isaiah 23:8, merchant. V?? "her merany chants." Comp. Zeph. i 1 1 26.17:4.
: ;
(2) to be loio,
to be
depressed, used of land (see fl?? 3 ), depressed in spirit (#3? Ithpeal, and - \z,
"t-ljy? (fern, pr. n.
m.
(l)
of the preceding), \_Chenaanali], Ch. 7:10. (2) l Ki. 22:11; 2 Ch.
Conj. I., IV., id). HIPIIIL y?Dn to
bow down,
:
18:10.
Job 40
Ps.
107
Isa.
bring any one low, 25 5 especially eneto

: ;
f.
rV3J?3_3
Ch. 2:3,
pi.
D3K3? Gentrioun.
Gen.
mies by victory gained over them, 2 Sa. 8:1; 17:10; 18:1; Ps. 81:15.
Chr.
NIPHAL y?3? (l) to be brought low, subdued /used of a vanquished enemy), Jud. 3:30; 8:28; 11:
33; 183.7:13.
(2) to submit oneself, to behave oneself submissively, especially before God or a divine mes-
24:3; (1) a Canaanite, the Canaanites, Jud. l:l, seq. for the particular tribes composing this nation see Gen. 10: 15 19. Specially this was
;
the
name
region (see
lower applied to the inhabitants of the $33 No. 2), on the sea shore, ai.d the
senger, followed
by '3??, \3?p, and '39 ?P. 1 Ki. 2 1 : himself 29, "seest thou, how Ahab has before me?" 2 Ki. 22: 19; 2 Ch. 12:7; 30:11; 33:
banks of Jordan; opposed to the inhabitants of the mountainous region ('"]BS which see), (Num. 13:29; Exodus 3:8, 17; Josh. 11:3); Gen. 13:7; 15:81
;
humbled
23; 36:12.
[Derivatives, the following words
fij??? or
Jer. 10: 17,
33:2; 34 1 1 etc. From the Canaanites having been famous as merchants to any merchant, Job (2) Canaanite is applied
:
,
40 30
:
Prov. 31:24; just as ^.^? Chaldaean,
is
ap-
M^?
[with
suff.
^33.],
a*
\yrVso call-
plied to
an astrologer.
[unused in Kal],
i.
package, bundle,
$)atfen/ SSunbel/
M JJ
ed from foldi ng together (see the root), and bindSee the root No. 1 (LXX. v ing together.
Targ. merchandise).
pr.
q.
Arabic
i.
i'-^ TO
COVER, TO COVER OVER; whence ^J? a covering, a wing. (Comp. the root ^-IV.) NIPHAL, to cover over oneself, to hide oneselj
Isa. 30:20, T? D ""? "thy teachers no more hide themselves," i.e. they shall bo able to appear in public, without being any
name
(l)
Canaan, a
son of
cestor of the nation of the Canaanites,

aeq.; io;6.
Ham, anGen. 9:18,
away,
shall
W&
CCCCVI
troubled
see raj
by purs ,cutors. So Abulwalid, and Yarchi Comment. Hence
used
ol
Gr. Kirvpa
gingriiia,
a querulous, mournful sound; whence tb Latin also, y/yypor, y/yypet, y/yypac

; ;
t.
^|32
SJ33 *?J?3
f.
(l) a tcing, so called from its covering. Pro. 1:17, and D:?3?n !?j;3 Ecc. 1O:2O. that
poet,
e.
a pipe which gives a stridulous and

;
mournful sound
of geese.
and
ginyritus
(ef d)natter),
cackling
which has a wing,

lerlep
used of a bird.
^S'/'S
ate
Poet. cflugel/ birds of all kinds, Gen. 7:14. there are used, D-n '333 the wings of the wind, Psa. 18: ll; 104:3; ~vy? 'S3. 3 the wings of the morning,
1
rn.33 Deu. 3: 17; n'nas i Ki. 15:20; nn.33 josh. ll:2(prob. i. q. li33" a harp"), [Chinneroth, Cinneroth, Cinnereth],
pr. n. of
a town in the tribe ol
on account of the rapidity of the moving on Often also used of the winds and the morning. metaph. of care and protection. Ps. 17:8, T?33 ?>!?
39 9
:
>
Naphtali, by the sea of Galilee, which hence received In the times of the the name rn32) D^ Num. 34:11.
New
Test, this sea [or lake]
was
called
*?Y1N?? "hide
wings." Psa. 36:8; 57:2; 61:5; 63:8; 91:4; Ruth 2:12. (Compare Arab. yb>^, r*^- and -- j--~ Schult. on
Job, 472 ; Gr. impv, Grot, on Matt. 23 37.) Wings are also spoken of as applied to armies (as in Latin)
:
me under
the shadow of thy
vr] (Taper.
Ch. TO
Inf.
GATHER TOGETHER,!,
q.
Hebr. D33.
Dan. 3:2.
ITHPAEL, togather selves together, Dan. 3:3,27.

Ezr. 4:7; prop. cognomen (from the root H33, which see); melon one who bears the same cognomen as another, i. e. j>erin sing.; plur.
[and English],
8:8; comp. D9J (a) of a garment, (2) edge, extremity

Isa.
HID
unused
^133
xrtpvZ, irTipvytov] fully 7'Jrtpn mantle, 1 Sa. 24:5, 12; Num. 15:38;
also Avithout the
'Tin'
is
^S
the skirt, the skirts of a
name
Deut. 22:12; of the garment, Zech. 8:23,
forms
C"K
e]33
a Jew."
" the skirt (of a mantle) of a man who From the OrienEze. 5:3; Hag. 2:12.
to
is
samefunction, is subject to the same king; colleague, associatein office. The form H33 is for nW3, riX33, and the plural is formed iu the same manner as niNJP, fl^JP from J"lj)D see Lehrg.
the
trvt'SovXoi,
'
>
tals
having been accustomed at night
wrap themused for the
selves in their mantles, this expression
edge of a bed covering.
Deu. 23:1, â n?3* K?\ V3X "neither shall he uncover his father's coverlet;" i. e. he shall not violate his father's bed Deut. 27 " SO; com p. Eze. 16:8. Ru. 3 9, spread thy coverlet
:
:
answers Syriac Ji^J.O, plur. |Lo_LD As to the feminine form <rvi'$ov\ot. i. e. orvrSovXoc, of nouns of office, see Lehrg. p. 468.
p.
607.
To
this
J"G3 Ch.
Ezr.
4':
id.
plur. 1)33 const,
and with
suff.
ni3|
9,
17,23; 5:3,6; 6:6,13.

air. \tyop..
over thy handmaid;" i. e. take me to thy couch as thy wife. (Comp. Theoc. Idyll, xviii. 19, and iirioKiafciv, Luke l :35[?]). (b) the extremities of the earth
D3
It is
m.
a suspected reading, Ex. 17:16.
Just as the inhabited earth
is
often
1
compared
to
cloak spread out). Isa 24-16, 1'^V ^5 "the extremity of the earth." Especially in pi. Job 37:3; 38:13, pxn JTID?3 "the extremities of the earth;" " the n13 3 n and Isa. 1 1 1 2. Eze. :
'
commonly taken to be the same as X?3 a throne, which is the word actually found in the Samaritan But the context, and the words of verse 15 copy. a (*E3 nirV), almost demand that we should read D?.
standard.
necessity.]
[Let the reader judge for himself of this
2,
H??
V?^
SD3 an unused root,

KD3.
i.
four quarters," or "extreme bounds of the earth." (c) the highest summit of the temple,
Dan. 9: 27? comp. irTtpvyinv ruv
ttpov,
q.
~D3
to
cover; whence
the
ND3
Matt. 4:5.
six wings, Isa.
Prov. 7:20, and

""
HD3
Psalm 81:4,
full
const. \D?3 fern. pr. a hence often used for the pi. E!?33
Dual 0??33
pair of icings;
C^
moon; Syr. J..oao according to Isa Bar Ali (concerning whom see Pref. to smaller Hebr. Germ. Lex. p.
day of the full moon, also the whole moon, and so it is often used by Barhebraeus and Ephraim Syrus. The etymology is not clear to me, for it is not satisfactory to say that it ia so called from the whole moon being then covered with light (from the root HD3, ND3). Verbs of covering are often applied in the sense of hiding and covering over, but never, as far as I know, to tbi t at
6:2; B.T3I ITJX four wings, Eze. 1:6; 1O:21. PI. const. Jn233 m. used of the skirts of a garment, Deu. 22 12; and of the extremity of the earth (see No. 2,a,i).
xvm)
is
the
first
time of the
full
J- an unused onomatopoetic root, denoting to give forth a tremulous and stridulous sound, such as that of a string when struck. Germ, fcfynarren "MS a harp, so called from its stridulous 'Inartcn);
tound.
Kiudred are the Gr.
ccrvooc,
Germ,
luimincvnb,
giving light.
CCCCVII
ND3
suff.
twice 5"lp3 Jt-b26:g;

;
'P3 (for '8JP?)
pi.
rtspa
Kings 10:19; with (for rVIKpS) m. a seaf,

i
;
2 Sa.7:l3; n?sn fully rql^pWJ Ch.22 10; 2 Ch.7 18 also that of God, Jer. 3:17; the tribunalof a judge, Ps. 122:5; Neh. 3:7; the seat ot the high priest, l Sa. l :g; 4:13; rarely used of a
and covered with a canopy or hanging, (from the root ND3, !"ip3); hence, a royal throne, Job'36:7
lofty
the darkness from my sight;" has not set me fn* from calamities. PUAL HD3 and nD3 (Ps 80 1 1 Pro. 24: 31) pass.
.
to be
aSa.3-10;
1
:
'3
'3
covered; followed by 3 of the covering, i Ch. 1 21:16; Ecc. 6:4; also by an ace. Ps. 80 1 1 D "in 1DJ
:
rl?V
" the mountains were
covered with
its
shadow."
Pro. 24:31.
NIPHAL, Jer. 51 :42; Eze. 24:8.
HITHPAEL,
to
common
*
seat, 2 Ki.4: 1O; Pro. 9: 14. (Arab.

*
id.,
^Ê^,
.
Aram. Uô?o.a, KP1?

before the letter which
eee below
the letter
~>
being inserted
rs for ss
itself
;
of covering, Isa. 59 6 an ace. Jon. 3 8.

: :
cover over oneself; followed by ? i Ki. 1 1 29 once followed by

;
:
had been doubled,

">.
Derived nouns, "IDS, 1YID3 (and HID), nD| np?O

f
under the letter Samaritans have for HEO, ^^\ij-)
In the root
the
HD3
i.
q.
ND3
which
see.
Chald. a
Chaldean;
elsewhere
^?,
Ezra
!"irnD3lsa.5:25; see
.
j
ND3 and
"
1
const, liy V1D3 prop. part. pass,
from the
TO COVER, TO
o
1
COVER OVER; kindred

id. also to
roots
root
HD3 a covering, Nu. 4:6,
14.
:
^ 3.
>
(Syr. J.COD
put on; Arab.
Ch. HD| to cover; hence, to be In Kal it is only found in part. hidden, concealed.) V Much more np'3 Pro. 12 16, 23, and 1D3 Ps. 32 1.
L^rs
to
put on;
f. (i) covering, a cover, Exod. 21 1O; 22:26; Job 24:7; 26:6; 31:19. Metaph. D^y H-ID? covering of the eyes is, i. q. a gift of appeasing given to any one that he may shut his eyes (with regard
JYID3
frequently used is PIEL np3. (i) to cover, followed by an ace. Ex. 10:5; Num. 9: 15; 22:5, or by ?# (like other verbs of covering ^30, 133), as if eine
>erfe
to
may
something deserving reprehension), i. e. that he connive at it (bag Tfuge jubvuct'en), or a present
given in order to obtain pardon,
a mulct.
So
is
the
madjen ub er etrcaSj
Nu.
16:33,^?
.
Di
T?y D ?^l" and the earth cove red

:
passage to be understood, which has a good deal troubled interpreters, Genesis 20 16, JT1D? Tj? Kin nan
:
them," prop, covered over them; Job 21:26, ft~)\ " and the worms co'ver ED\?JJ them;" 2 Chron. -. np3fl 5:8; followed by ? Isa. 11 :Q. To cover some person,
.
i
Vs
ace.
or thing ivith any thing, const. (a) followed by an of pers. and ? of the covering; Levit. 17 :1 3>
"ISP? -inp31
"behold this (the gift of a thousand shekels) is to thee a mulct for all things, which have happened to thee, and before all men." The LXX. which has either been neglected by inters
nl
ijn* TS'S fc
D'.yg
preters, or else has been misunderstood, gives the
(the blood) with dust;" Nu. 4:5, 8, 11. (b) followed by two ace. Eze. 18:7, 16; 16: 1O. (c) followed by ?JJ of pers. and 3 of the covering', Ps. 44:20. (d) with an ace. of the
it
" and he shall
cover
meaning correctly;
!
rtyuj}.,
i.e.
59)>
'
I-
elsewhere
r///jjjua.
a mulct, a price (II. i. Several interpreters
covering, and
?JJ of the thing to be covered, Ezek. 24:7; comp. Job 36:32. Often usedmetaph. to cover
have taken a covering of the eyes to be a vail; and have thus rendered the whole passage, arbitrarily enough, behold this is to thee a vail of the eyes, i.e. with these thousand shekels (no little price indeed !) buy a
vail for thyself, for all
over
sin,
i.
e. to
pardon;
followed by an ace. Psalm
who are with
thee,
and altogether
all
85:3; followed by?y Pro. 10:12; Neh. 3:37; Psalm V 32 i [Kal] nNBH 1D3 "whose sin is covered," i. e. forgiven; compare ~i?3. ?N> Hp3 pregn. used for to
:
for
all,
i.
e.
that
it
may be
manifest to
that thon
woman. They add that married women wore and that virgins did not; but this is vails, only
art a married
confide covertly in any one, Ps. 143:9.
altogether opposed to Eastern manners, and
it
cannot
cover oneself, to put on any thing, Gen. 38:14; Deu. 22:12; Jon. 3:6, P^ D3J1 " and he clothed himself with sackcloth." (Arabic
(2) Intrans. to
to
be proved. (2) a garment, Deu. 22:12.
put on; followed by an ace.)
TOCUT OFF, TO CUT DOWN

33 12
:
(3) tc cover, to conceal (compare Chald.), Pro. lOtl"; 12:16,23 [Kal]; Job 31:33. Job 23:17, ^SD-1 and (because) he hath (not) covered
'
Ps.
80
17.
(a plant), Isai. (Syr. and Ch. to prune a vine.)
Ap3 m. (l) a fool. Ps. 49:11; Prov. 1:32; 10:1, 18; 13 19) 20; 14:8, 24, 33; 15:2,7,^*2.;
=
CCCCVI1I
jften
with the additional idea of impiety, compare
the
synonyms ?'}, ?33 and the opp. E3H.
(a) [C/iMiTj, the
name of a
-(l) confidence, hope, Job 4:6. (2) folly, Ps. 85: 9. Zee. 7:1; Neh. l:l; [Chisleu], Grei Mace. 1:54, the ninth of the Hebrex months, beginning at the new moon of December.
1.. ;
.
star or constellation,
Job 9:9; 38:31; Am-5:8; according to many of the ancient translators, Orion; which the Orientals
* *9
I
P3 m
l
\atrt\ev,
call
,\-a*j
Ji-S-L^, *V*??
i-
e the giant.
-
They seem
Its
etymology
is
altogether uncertain.
It
may, how-
to
have looked on
this constellation as the figure of
an impious giant bound to the sky, whence Job " 38 3 1, Canst thou loose the bands of Orion?" [We must not interpret the Scripture as though it coun:
ever, be so called from the languor and torpidity of nature. [In Thes. derived from the Persic.]
P / P? ("confidence," "hope"), [Chesalon],

pr. n. of a
town
in the borders of tle tribe of
tenanced foolish superstition.]

walid understands
it
R. Jonah or Abuli.
Judah,
elsewhere called
D^Jîn
Josh. 15:10.
to
be
JUA-.-
e.
Can opus,
fl7p3
(id.) \_Chislon~], pr.n.
m. Nu, 34:21.
bright star in the helm of the southern ship [Argo]. PL Dy'D? Isa. 13:10, as if it were, the Or ions, or
the giants of the heaven, i. e. the greater constellations of the sky, such as Orion; as in Latin Cicerones,
Scipiones might be applied and Scipio.
to
( confidences"), \_Chesulloth'], pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19:18.
the
flanks of Tabor," or " the
men
resembling Cicero
confidence
[C his loth-tabor],
:
of Tabor," as being a fortified city), pr.n. of a town at the foot of
(3) [Chesil], pr. n. of a town in the southern Josh. 15 30. part of the tribe of Judah.
f.
folly.
Prov. 9:13.
Mount Tubor, on the eastern boundary of the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19:12; elsewhere more briefly called Tiari. Josh. 19:22; l Ch. 6:62. [Probably
the same place as ni?p|.]
a root scarcely ever used as a verb, from which derived nouns are formed of various significations.
The primary meaning appears
to
be
(l) to befleshy,tobefat,\\hence/tt loin,flank. This as a word of middle signification
(a)
applied in a good sense to strength (comp. ), firmness, boldness, whence 'Df, n?P? conis
DT17P3 pi. Gen. 10:14; i Ch. 1:12 [CasluAtm], pr. n. of a people deriving their origin from the Egyptians according to the probable opinion oi Bochart (Phaleg. iv. 31), the Colchians, who are mentioned by Greek writers as having been a colony
;
fidence;
and
The of Egyptians (Herod. ii. 104; Diod. i. 28,55). insertion of the letter s is not contrary to the nature
9
(3) in a bad sense to
languor and inertness
of the Phcenicio-Shemitic languages, comp.

9 k
i
|nmi
9
.
(Arab.
hat which
to
be languid, inert); also applied to
i.
q.
is nearly allied to these, folly (compare n??3, and on the contrary compare words So ngnifying strength applied to virtue, as ?!(?).
Colchians
>33, ^33,
by
a sucklii.g. [In Th-^s. the name of suggested to have been formed from thit dropping the s.]
|pr>
is
once as a verb
fut.
posed verb '?9^

foolish,
A., Jer. 1O:8 (compare the transa ^ so tne derivatives ?'P| a fool,
TO SHAVE, TO
once, Eze.
SHEAR
Hence
(the head); found
44
20.
TJ,
Kindred roots are DI| and others

see
TI3.
rU^p?,^D3
beginning with
folly.
Plural loin, flank, Job 15:37. the internal muscles of the loins, near the
m ._(i)
HDD3 f. Ex. 9:32; Isai. 28:25, pl- D *PP? Ezek 4:9 a kind of corn, like wheat, having the beard as ii
;
shorn
kidneys, to which the fat adheres, \l6ut, t|/o7ai, as Lev. 3:4, 10, 15; rightly rendered by Symmachus. " and n *:g; 7:4; Job 15:27, ^D3 4$ 9'S (be-
off,
far, adoreum, spelt, (triticum spelta, Linn.),
Gr. #a, uXvpa. Germ.
ee
St.
It,
2)in!t I/ Arab. L~.-.= t
*-
which
is
the
same word
as the
cause) he
the
made
(i.e.
produced)
fat
fattened himself, yaarpllov\of. inward parts, Ps. 38:8.
upon his loins," Hence tJie bowels,
being interchanged, and r inserted). ment. on Isaiah, loc. cit.
Hebrew (m and n See my Com-
Compare Bochart,
(I)TO DIVIDE OUT, TO DIVIDE ["prop. TO DISTRIBUTE (kindred to the verb **>', and to other roots beginning with fp, D3, T3) VT h uce DJO"]
;
Hieroz. torn.
i.
p.
506, seq.
(a) confidence,hope, Ps. 78:7; Prov. 3:26.

jf.
00.7:85.
CCCCIX
to
NUMBER, TO BECKON; found Comp. LXX., Ch., Syr.

Deriysd nouns, D3O,
once, Exod. 12:4.
form has sprung, just like Sam. iaviN from the Hebi Hence $3 7% hitherto. Ezr. 5:16. D-1p.
rOjl/3 fem. of the preceding, adv. Chald. so, thus, 3 Ezr. 4: 10, 11 ; l" q. 13, found but in one phrase, .?^.
'"
HMD,
DO.
i.
Î)TO
BECOME PALE like the Ch.

i
l
(More remote
is
the Arab. ^p...C and _p...*L to be
7:12, and contr.

ccetera.
flit.
riy.3,1
Ezr. 4:17,
and
so (forth), et
as the eye, eclipsed, as the sun or moon, to darken, No. l and ^53 to be lessened.) Compare Niphal
D#3*.
(l) TO BE
DISPLEASED, MO-
hence desire anything, followed by ? of pers., Job 14:15; by agerund, Ps. 17:12. NIPHAL (l) to become pale, through shame (as ehame is not only marked by blushing, but also by
eilver;
ROSE,
(2)
ro
TAKE OFFEKCE. Ecc.5 :l6; 7 :g; Neh-3:33.

angry.
to
(2)
to
to be
Eze. 16:42; followed by ?N of

i.
pers., 2 Ch. 16:10.
PIEL DJJ3
irritate, provoke,
t
q.
Hiphil No.
t
2.
and Talmud. P^n, to put to shame, compare Comment, on Isaiah 29:22), to be put to shame. Zeph. 2:1, *)P9? **' ^? " a nation without
paleness, see ~l}n
Deu. 32:21; i Sa. 1:6. HIPHIL D^?^. X 1 )

l
vex an j one
9 r i ev &
shame," impudent.
(2)
i.
Neh.3:37 Eze. 32:9. (2) to irritate, provoke, often used of men who provoke Jehovah by their sins, especially by idolatry.
Sa. 1:7;
q.
Kal No. 2.
^?P? m.
Gen. 31 530; Ps. 84:3.

(l) silver, so called from its
Deut. 31:29; 32:16;

seq.
;
Ki. 14:9, 15;
16:2, 7, 13,
%
P|D3
sufF.
the Gr. upyvpoc, from d/jyoc, white, pale colour (like and on the other hand 3HT gold, from its tawny colour, comp. 3ny). Gen. 23:15, S)Kpi?B nfc V3/1K
"four hundred shekels of silver;" more

ever without the word
/p.^, e. g.
often,
how-
78:58; Jer. 8:19. Fully expressed, D y3n DJ?3 V-" n ? l Ki. 15:30; 2Ki. 23:26; also without the DJ?? H"' ^ " bename of God, l Ki. 21 :22, fipJJ?" cause of the anger whereunto thou hast provoked (me) ;" 2 Ki. 21:6. Hence
Ps.
"^
^D?
*].??
" a thou-
DJ/3
m
:
(i) vexation, grief.

;
Ecc.
18; 2:
sand (shekels) of silver," Gen. 2O:l6; &]D| D*"!^y. " twenty (shekels) of silver," Gsn. 37 28 Deu. 22 19, 29; Hos. 3:2. (2) money, from silver, weighed out in small un: ; :
23
1 1
10
Prov.
7 25
:
21:19,
DJ73J
D^HD
pi.
DK'N
" a contentious and

(2) anger.
morose woman."
D'PJJ?
2 Ki.
Deut. 32:19; Eze. 20:28,
angers [provocations];
23:26.
stamped
(comp. apyvpioi', argent).

:
having been anciently used for money Gen. 23:13; Deut. 23:20. Also used of that which is acquired by money, Ex. 21 21 of a slave K-1H iSD3 *3 "for he is his money."
pieces,
;
^y?
in. id.
only found in the book of Job, 5:2;

17
:
6:2; 10:17;
1 see
15
f.
7-
n$f.j
suff.
PL pieces of
C
silver,
|P3 Ch.id. silver,
money, Gen. 42:25, 35. emphat. st. NSD3 D an 2:35;

i
with
that
which
is
curved, or hollow,
from
*!??
5:2,4,23.
^^5P?
perhaps Kaswin.
Ezr. 8 : 1 7 [ Ca s ip h id], pr. n. of a country, Caspia ; according to others the city of [In Thes. both these suppositions are re-
(l) the rarely the
hollow of the hand, the palm, more whole hand. Deut. 25:12, "thou shalt
cut off her
hand"
(see
ma*), [Arabic
&, Syriac
jected as untenable.]
J"|
8O.
to the
letter
p].
f.
rtfnD3 cushions, pilloios.
Ez. 13:18,
'
LXX.
irpo<TKf<f>a\cua.
Vidg. pulvilli.
According
HD3.
used of the foot of animals (as of a bear) j L_*n]; when resembling a hand; Lev. 11:27. The phrases (a) '3 ^SO out oj especially to be observed are the hand of any one, often after verbs of freeing,
like "I!P
Rabbins, bo Isters.
The
root
is
The
i
n, although not radical, and here marking the feminine gender, is also preserved in the pi. as in
^S?3
^5> compare Lehrg.
p.
474.
|5c3 adv.
*:34-;
Ch. noiv, already. Dan. 2:23; 3:15; FKom the Hebrew }3 50 S'l*', Ezr. 4:13.
(see !?-"$
Sam. 4:3; 2 Sam. 14:16. (b) Jud. 12:3, " I niD^XI put my life in my hand," i.e. I exposed myself to most imminent danger, since what we bear in our hands may easily be dropped or cast away and thus the idea is conveyed of want l Sa. 19:5; 28:21; Job 13:14, compare of safety, Ps. 119: 109. By the same proverb, Xenarctus ap.
l
^M
*nd
new
Neh. 2 16),
:
this
more lengthened
Athenaeum (Deipnosoph. xiii. p. 569 C), lr 717 \ctpl Danes say of a man whoa* rfjy \^v)(i)y tyvr ; and the
ccccx
in danger, at gaae Tied Livet i ffenderne, i. e. % " to bear one's life in one's hands." DDn (c) S??
life is
^^3
#,r.
y<5^.
Hab. 2:11, a crost-bea-m,
Ir.n.
wrong is in my hands, I have committed wrong. Job (d) *p nan, 16:17; 3i:7; Isa. 59:6; Jon. 3: 8. H5 ygPI, f|? Nno to clap the hands, see under the respective verbs.
the root DS3; Syr. cceaJi to joint together, to connect; LXX. KavtiapoQ, i. q. cantltcriits in Vitruv. iv. a. " Jerome, lignum, quod ad contincndos parietes in i\edic
sti-uctura ponitur vulgo ipavrwaic (cf. Sir. 12:l8)."
Dual trrSS with suff. 'S3, T^ 3 etc. both hands, Job 36:32; often also used foi the plural. PI. ni33 the palms of the hands, Dan. 1O:1O, used of hands when cut off and dead (see Lehrg. i Sam. 5:4; s Ki. 9:35, elsewhere i. q. P- 539^ 540),
,
(i) a young lion, already weaned and having begun to ravin ; ("rtj is the whelp of a lion). See Eze. 19:2, 3, " (the lioness) brought up one ol her whelps (n*"V)3D inN), he became a young lion
1
5^3 m.
nVv
the
handles of a by
(2) followed
bolt, Cant. 5:5.
the sole of the foot, Deut.

l
learned to ravin, and he devoured men," Ps. 17:12; 104:21; Jud. 14:5; and often elsewhere. Figuratively applied (a) to cruel and biood-thirsty
P*? 3 ), he
i:O "restforthe sole -.5; 11:24; 2fl:65,^?T l? ? I! of used a foot of thy ;" quiet dwelling place, compare
|
enemies, Ps. 34
1 1
Ezek. 32:2,
nations."
Q?i3
Gen. 8:9.
PI. rvi93
soles,
Jos.3:l3; 4:18;
Isa.
(i) to
35 1 7 58:7; comp. Jer. 2:15; ?| "an enemy devastating the the princes of a state, Ezo. 38: 13,
; : ;
">
60: 14; followed by 0^3, 2 Ki. 19:24. HISS Ex. (3) a hollo 10 vessel, a pan, a bowl, pi. 3 Hence 86. Num. the hollow 84, 7 I^/Hl 45 29
: ;
:
compare Nah. 2:14.

a
calf,
(To
this
answers
Jj and
jjj
kid of the wild goat, also young
lion, prop.
of a sling; 1 Sa. 25:29. hip or thigh; Gen. 32 :26, 33.

(4)
T^T5!?,
the socket of the
anon
r-il33
branches,
(see HB3). ^|5
so called
Levit. 23:40, palms, palm from their bent or curved form
hairy, covered with hair, from the root 133 No. 3; Arab. ji to be hairy, shaggy; comp. ">|V.) " i. Neh. 6:2, a village: ] [ (2) q. "IQ3.
1
rryS3
town of
<>
(i.
q 133 a village), [Chephird], pr.n. of a

.
m. rock, only used
in the pi. =
Jer.
4:29; Job
Hivites, afterwards in the territory oi Benjamin, Josh. 9:17; 18:26; Ezr. 2:25; Nehem.
the.
30:6.
(Syr. and Ch. JLaJLo, NE^S; whence, in

i.
New
7:29.
Test. K?}ûc
q.
7D3
tribute;
^th.
:
to divide equally, to disSt

<*
TO BEND, TO BOW, TO DEPRESS [kindred lo ^S?], hence TO TAME, TO SUBDUE; Chald. and Talmud. K23 to bow down, to depress, to overcome,
s.
whence
part, portion;
Arab. JuLfrb
portion, equal part;
and Dual
AL
D^?3."J TO
part. pass.
to turn
away; Arab. \i^.

1
to turn
Prov. 21:14,
H33'. ->riD3
away, to turn aside; a gift in secret jnp
FOLD TOGETHER, TO DOUBLE, Ex. 26:9;

to roll up; Syr. Ethpe.
doubled, Exod. 28:16; 39:9 (Chald. ^B|? to double,
tameth
Vulg.
wrath;"
Syriac version.
LXX. avarpivfi o'pyac; and so the On the other hand, Sym. ofiiffEi opy{]v
;
^2uaL)
to
be doubled, folded
extinguit iras;
f.
comp. !"G3
to extinguish.
i.
together. In the western languages, there answer to this TrAt'uo, plico.)
by
transposition,
HS3
(i)
palm, palm-branch,
q. *|3
No. 4,
to be doubled, or repeated, Eze. 21:19. Hence n?spp and
NIPHAL,
the feminiue form being often used of inanimate things fHebr. Gram. Isaiah 9:13; 19: 15, nss 105, a).
^33
ni.
a doubling.
pD?N}
palm and rush, a

little
great and noble.
things, those
proverbial expression for which are noble and ig-
of his jaws," double row of teeth.
doubling
DUAL
rrEMnJ)
i.e. his
Job 41:5, fop") 723 "the jaw armed with a
(l) pr.
j) Generally
a branch, Job 15:32.
Dfe
i.
two folds, foldings. Job 11:6, 3 "for God's wisdom has double
fold
s,"
e.
the wisdom of
God
is
complicated, inexi.
m.
severed icith
(l) a cup, probably such a one as was a lid, from the root ">S3 i Chron. 28: 17
;
plicable.
infinite-, is
According
to others,
double,
e.
manifold,
the wisdom of God.
Ezr. 1:10; 8:27.
(a) double, Isa. 40:2.
(a) hoar frost, so called, according to Simonis, because it covers over the ground, Ex. 16: 14; Psalm
TO PINE, from hunger and thirst ["Arab.
147:16, Jjb 38:39.
J^s
to
roll up;
see Thes.J; once used of
a vim
CCCCXI
wanting water, followed by 7?; Eze. 17:7, "behold ly^ n\EnK> H3^j3 thirsting, extended her
of pers., Ex. free him from charge; followed by 3O:lO; Lev. 4:20; followed by 1J?? Lev. 16:6, 11, 94; Ezek. 45:17; followed by ? Levit. 17 11; to inanimate things which were accounted to be defiled;
:
this vine,
roots to
him"
(Syr. to thirst, followed
by
^ to
thirst
after something, to desire it;
Arab, to want,
to suffer
want.)
Hence
|S3 m. hnrger, penury, Job 5:22; 30:3.
"D3
an unused root; see D'B3 [see Thes.].

TO BEND, TO
by an ace., Lev. 16:33; followed by ? Lev. 16: 18. Examples of full construction are, Lev. 5 18, \T\UV nsrn and the priest shall make ^1 tnsn v5$ atonement for him, on account of his sins;" mid,
followed
:
BOW DOWN.
widely extended, together with its Phccnicio-Shemitic and western languages, both in the signification of bending, and also in the kindred n one of hollow, or arclied; see the roots ??; 3?4
being
(This stock is cognates, in the
V^ 1S31 "and the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin." (c) to appease anyone who has been injured, or is angry;
4:26, inKCSnp inbn
with an ace. of pers., Gen. 32 :2i
to
;
Prov. 16: 14; also
appease an impending calamity,

expiation, Isa.
is
:
.
by
expiation
No.
3J
1.
^3 hollow,
and
i. e. to remove it 47 1 1 The sacrifice by which the made, is put with ? prefixed, 2 Sa. 21:3;
to dig out ; 3J23
to hollow, to vault; ^_^J to bore out and compare the Gr.
3?,
Num.
KaflTTti),
also KVTTTIil, KCtflTTTW, yyaflTTTU),

*ru/3/3a,
Kllftr],
KUfJifirii
used of
Lacon.
cask
Persian
îi
to
bend over,
cetn/s
;
,3
old
hollow, a cavern ; Lat. cubo, citmbo, also
Germ.
aff
*!?
:
fippen/
umtippen/ in the sense of
covered, i. e. obliterated; prop. which were covered and deleted by drawing the style over them Isa. 28 18, DDpna. 1B3* "your covenant shall be obliterated," i.e. abolished; a phrase derived from written agreements.
letters
; :
5:8. PUAL. (l)
to be
folding.) Isa. 58 5 ; Intrans. tobendo neself, Ps. 57: 7. Pait. D'a-133 those who are bo wed down, Ps.i45:i4;
(Aram.
">S3 to smear over, to abolish.) Pass, of Piel 2, a, to be expiated; of sin, Im. (2)
;.2i_o,
146:8.
NIPIIAL, to
6:7; 22:14; 27:9.
submit oneself
id.).
to
any one, Mic. 6:6;
(3) Pass, of Piel 2,
b, to be
freed from chargtt (fA
followed
by ? (Aram. Derived nouns H

prop. TO
COVER, TO COVER OVER, whence

Arabic
,1*-* fut. I.
? and J"nS3 a covering.
and
a guilty person), to receive pardon, Exod. 29:33-Nu. 35:33. HITUPAEL, fut. 1S31V. l Sa. 3:14, and NITHPAEL, 133? Deu. 21:8, to be expiated, of sin. The derived nouns immediately follow, except "ttBJ
Tp3, and
pr. n.
nTQ3.
AT
to cover.
Specially
^33
cover over, to overspread with anything, as with pitch, to pitch, Gen. 6:14; compare ~>33 No. 2, and Pu.
(a) to (3) covered with hair,
(4) to
to be
[pi.
because of
its
D'1?3], a village, a hamlet, so called affording shelter, or covering to the in:
habitants, Cant. 7
s
lCh.27:25; Neh. 6:2
[this
hairy, shaggy,
see
not 133].
Arab,
jl^
id.
cover
sins, i.e. to
No. 4, and "193.

jjjrr to
Arab.
,i
-<
pardon; compare 1Q3 II. to expiate a crime,
TS5 ("village of the Ammonites"), rCh epha h aamona pr. n. of a town of the Ben[ In np H3' '3. jamites, Josh. 18:24.
i~]
,
(l) to cover, i. e. to pardon sin (comp. HD3); followed by ace. Ps. 65:4; 78:38; followed by ?J? (like other verbs of covering), Jer.
pardon. PIEL 133 fut. 193*
*">33
m.
(l)
i.
q.
"123
a village, hamlet,
Sa.
6:18.
(2) pitch, so called from its being overspread, or compare the root No. 2, Gen. 6:14. (Aram.
k
18:23;
followed
P S{V 79
-
by
9; followed by? Deut. 21:8; also Eze. 16:63, and ~iy? of pers. (compare
:
overlaid;
);_25Q_a
and Arab.
SO c'^~ id.)
TV?
I?
D Ps. 3:4). 2 Chron. 30:18.
obtain forgiveness. (a) to expiate an offence, followed by an ace. Dan. 9:24; Eze. 45:20; followed by ?J? Lev. 5:26; followed by "1#? (for) Ex. 32:30; followed by P? Levit. 4:26; Num.
(2) causat. to
(3) cypress, Gr. Kvirpng, a shrub, or small iree, with whitish odoriferous flowers, growing in clusters;
S's-'Z
Arab.
in
*lir>-,
ilxs>-
Lawsonia
incrmis, Linn., so called
8: 11,
(>) to
make expiation for ai offender
to
niouis from
Hebrew, as has been well suggested by Joh. Si a powder being made of its leaves witi
CCCCXIl
which,
when mixed with
water,
women
in the
East
tjiear over their nails, so as to
make them
of a red
colour for the sake of ornament; Cant. 1:14, '3K'X "SSi? a bunch of cypress; pi. D^S? Cant. 4:13; compare O. Celsii Hierobot. t. i. p. 222 Oedmann, Verm.
;
its inhabitants. These are spoken of as a colonj of Egyptians, and as the ancestors of the Philistines, loc. cit., so that in Gen. loc. cit. the words W>iJ ~Kf'^.
of
Naturkunde, fasc. i. cap. 7. (4) Xvrpov, price of expiation, or redemption; Exod. 21:30; 30:12, te^f? 133 "the redemption" the price of his life ;" Isa. 43 3, 1"j?3 price at which thou wast redeemed."
:
Sammlungen aus
de'r
D'JTy'p? DB'D by comparison with the other passages, seem as if they should stand alter D'TTlp? (see Vatei on this passage). The ancient translators, almost all,
understand
loc. cit. it
it
to
mean Cappadocia, but from
Jer.
redemptions, atonements, Exod. the day of atonement, 29:36; 30:10, 16; B'"l33n Lev. 23:27; 25:9.
pi.
.
DHS3
fem. a covering, from the root ~l?3 No.
i,
only used of the cover of the ark of the covenant, Ex. 25:17, seq,; 30:6; 31:7; rnssn JV3 the inmost
recess of the temple,
have been an island, or at least a sea coast (*ty. In consequence some have supposed it to be Cyprus, and this supposition is favoured by both the situation and some resemblance of the name but, on the other hand, it is all but certain that the I therefore prefer the Cyprians were called D'P)3. that island of Crete, an opinion favoured by this the Philistines were called *ni? (Cretans); see that 308; Supword, and Michaelis Spicil. t. i. p. 292
appears to
;
plemm.
p.
1338.
to prefer [In Thcs. Ges. appears
where the ark of the covenant
understanding Cappadocia.']
plur. D^3 m. (l) a lamb, especially one that fattened and well fed (Deu. 32:14; Isa. 34: 6; Ez.
*")3
was placed,
Chron. 28:11;
LXX. iXacrriiptov (Vulg.

is
propitiatorium ; Luther, nabfnflutjl) [English mercyit were from the signification ofpro~ seat], as though
pitiation; see IS? No. 2, c. [Of course this is the true meaning and derivation; the mercy-seat was the place on which the blood of atonement was sprinkled
before God.]
39:18); feeding in
fertile pastures, so called
from
1
its
Amos 6:4; leaping, or skipping (root ~Q3), 15:9; 2 Kings 3:4; Ps. 37:20; Jer. 51 -.40;
agnus
;
Sam.
Vulg.
Syr.
fro^li^
fattened; Ch.
D'B|
fat.
Collect.
Isa. 16: 1,
i.
ri^nk
ir-irfa?
send ye the
lambs
prob.
q. E>?3,
\j^=>
I.,
IV.,
to
cover
over with any
thing.
of the ruler of the land," i.e. those which were owed to the king, the lord of the land. Figuratively used
(a) a pasture of lambs, a meadow ; Isa.3O:23. Ps. 65:14, !*&?} D^~O -1t."3S" the pastures are clothed
HiPHiLjLam. 3: 16, ">BK3
â?n "he has covered
me over with ashes." Used by the Talmudists of a heaped measure, also of the Jewish church bowed down amongst ashes, or covered over with ashes (12X3 n-tfb'D Ber.Rabba,75). Ch. lie hath humbled me in ashes; LXX. indeed and Vulg. l\l/u>f.ttat pe airoiot', cibavit me cinere, a sense gathered from the context because verbs of food have preceded.
Chald.
to tie, to
Gr. (adorned) with flocks." (b) a battering ram, the walls iog, a warlike engine for breaking through
of besieged cities ; in Arab, also called ,L**~ Eze. 4:2;
(The lonians also adopted this word in the lamb and pasture; Hesych. K.ap...-rp6signification of
21:27.
/
fia~ov.
Kapa..." Iw
ra
pvftnra.
T\.i'iproG...poffKT)~
bind; pret PEIL, Dan.
ua, TrpvfiaTov. Kapoc
jSoffuâ.
Compare Bochart,
3:21. PAEL,
id.,
Dan. 3 : 20, 23, 34
quadriliteral, which appears to me to be compounded of the triliterals ~l?3 to cover, and ">ns to crown; hence (i)a crown, chaplet, circlet.
F1?J a
Hieroz 1.429.) (2) '9| I? "i? Gen. 31 :34, a camels saddle, with a kind of canopy over it, bound to the back of a camel, in which women were accustomed to ride; so
called from
tion,
leaping, bounding [jolting' moor like currus d currendo (comp. JVJBS). Arab.
1
,
its
(a) of columns, @>4ulcn*JCapitil, tfnauf/ Am. 9:1; Zeph. 2:14(b) an ornament of the golden candlestick,
sj
,= and
t. i.
-sj
,.Ce, also
>/
id.
;
See Jahn's Bibl. Archaeot.
Exod. 25:31,33,34,
owrijpfc,
seq.; 37:i7,seq.; LXX. ff ^mVulg. sphaerulce; Josephus (Ant. iii. 6, 7)

i_
logie,
P-
vol.
i.
p.
287 Hartmann's Hebraerin,
397-
renders
it
'"*
by pomegranates; compare Syr.jA.aaua
blossom of the pomegranate.
Am. 9:7;
(a) [Caphtor^, pr. n. of a country, Jerem. 47:4; pi. Dn'nQJ Gen. 10: 14; Deut. a 23, used
:
*13 prop, piercing through, a piercer; hecce an executioner; a kind of guards cr pretorian >1diers, whose office it was to inflict capital punish-
ments,
i.
q.
TO?.
It
occurs three tunes hi
pi. *T|
3TO--O Cna Lehrg. (for
CCCCXIII
p.
525), 8 Ki. 11:4,

;
19,
of the
Hos. 3:2.
X., to hire.)
(2)
to to
(Arab.
L,
III., to
place, VI., VIII.,
attendants of Athaliah
D^'71
*"!??
executioners
and runners, and 2 Sam. 20:23 in 3ro, of king David's guards, VEJfOJ nan, np "131 m.an. [Root
T-13.]
make
23. (Arab. Z^ a feast, especially on the completion of a

:
make
a feast, 2 Ki. 6
"13 m. cor, a measure, both of dry and liquid things, i Ki. 5:2; Ez. 45:14, containing ten ephahs
building, also ^cjj to entertain as a guest, Vjf enter-
tainment.
How
these ideas are to be connected with
or baths,
*
i
i.
q. "i$h.
(The Arameans commonly use

*
"3,
)'cs.r>
for the
adopted uJpoe.) round form, and 13 appears properly to signify a round vessel. See the root "H3.
Hebrew "ion. The Hellenists also The origin of this word is in its
that of buying I do not define. Perhaps costly banquets are intended, for which one's own stores would
not suffice, and thus the provision was bought else-
where, ju benen man

I.
etnfaufcn mujj.)
i"Tl5
or !"n3
l
f.
pi f const. J"fl3, pits,

:
cisterns,
root ""H3 No.
|3
Ch. TO BE PAINED,
SORROWFUL,
like the
(compare Gen. 26 25).
IK*
rri-nji
erjn
ma
Zeph. 2:6,
rn?
"
fields
full
TVH rr>3?K Ithpael, Dan. 7:15, Syr. jVo. was grieved." spirit
a doubtful root, see
"my
cisterns and
allusion
II.
is
folds for flocks."

to
of shepherds' In the word
ma
made
f.
Q^m?,
verse 5.
feasts, banquets, from the root
No.
II. (2).
2Ki.6:23.
/5
Lehrg.
!-p quadriliteral,
i.
q.
733, ?33 (which see),

"I
TO GIRD, TO
p.
;
PUT ON,
the letter
864.
Pass. ?3~O!p girded,
being inserted. See clad, \ Ch.
15:27
hence
f.
D3-na m. (i) Cherub,in the theology pi. of the Hebrews [i. e. in the revelation of God], a being of a sublime and celestial nature, in figure compounded of that of a man, an ox, a
lion,
and an eagle
??"]? Ch.
I.
i
a cloak. Dan. 3:21.
(three animals Avhich, together with
man, symbolise
:
the earth.
and"ii?3); e.
TO DIG (Ch. N~3 and Arab. ^=> to dig Kindred roots are ">-13 No. l, 13K, also "Vlp g. to dig a well, Gen. 26:25; a pit, 50:5.
it
1
Hence
: ;
()
:
is
:
figuratively applied to plots, Psa.

;
Prov. 16:27, njn n}3 ^>j$a >JK "the wicked man prepares mischief." Followed by ?J? of pers. and without any word signifying ditch or " pit, Job 6 27, D?.g'T^j; n?ri ye dig (pits) for your
7 16 57 7
;
19 85
power and wisdom, Ezek. 1 and 10). They are first spoken of as guarding paradise, Gen. 3 24, afterwards as bearing the throne of God upon their wings through the clouds, whence, 2 Sam. 22:11, ^V 33")'1 f|V*l 31"13 "and he rode upon a cherub, and did
fly:"
Ps. 18:11,
Dîsn
agfa
"who
sits
upon the
<
lastly of the wooden statues of cherubs overlaid with gold, which were in the inmost part of
cherubs;"
friend,"
:
discussed passage, Dân V7J? -11^ " do the companions (i. e. the 4.0 30, jompany of fishermen) lay snares for him (the crotodile)?
similarly in the
much
the holy tabernacle (Ex. 25 :l8, seq.) and of the temple of Solomon (l Ki. 6:23), on the walls of which there too farwere also figures of cherubs carved.
do they divide him (when taken) amongst the rp3 D^JK " ears hast (b) Ps. 40:7, thou digged for me," a poetical and also a stronger
Tierchants?"
that of J. D. Michaelis, who (Comment. Soc Getting. 1752, and in Supplem. p. 1343) compares the cherubs with the equi tonantes of the
fetched idea
is
and bolder expression for the common v H v| \VA u thou hast opened the ear for me," i. e. thou hast revealed (this) to me. [But does not this refer to the law in Ex. 21, relative to the servant whose ear had been boredj and who was thus made a servant for To this answer the German phrases jemanbem ever?]
ben
Greeks.
The etymology
*
of the word
I
is
doubtful.
it,
As
"
to
the word with which
formerly compared
Syr.
|_io;_3 powerful, strong," Cast., it was necessary to reject it so soon as I found from the words themselves
of Bar Bahlul, that that signification rested on a mistake on the part of Castell (Anecdd. Orient, fasc. i. of Phocnicio-Shemitic origin, p. 66). If this word be either 213, by a transposition of letters, stands fcr 2DT
sharpen any one's shew what he ought to see, but which, as he had not seen; jem. bte jiunge I6fen. [" NIPHAL pass, of Kal, Ps. 94: 13."] Derived noinis, <"n3 No. i, fllpO.
i.
taar ftedxiv
e. to
sight, to
if blind,
and 3D3 as if 3-D"] divine steed(Ps. 1 8 :li\ compare

Arab. t_ô -=> ship of conveyance, or (which
the not improbable opinion of Hyde,
is
IL
rn3
(!) TO BUY,
i.
q.
13D,
ru,?.
Deu. 2 :6;
De
Rel. Vett
CCCCXIV
Persarum,
c_j
)
D-0-n-O
p.
263) ^"l?
is
is
i.
q.
3^ (comp.
<T^-=
God, ministers to him, one admitted to his presence. Others, as Eichhorn that ed. iii. O. vol. in 80, 4), maintain T., p. (Introd.
one
who
near
the altar, over the brazen grating; perhaps in order to catch whatever' miht fall from the altar.
to
m. curcuma, crocus Indicus [" the crocut, ] whether the Indian or the common"], Cant. 4:14;
Q*2n? are the same

(compare
as the yptytc (rcifen) griffins of the Persians, guardians of the gold-producing mounGen. loc. cit.); tains conjectures are
LXX.
KpnKoc.
(Ch. D37I3, X03-VI3 crocus, D?")?

,
to
dye a crocus colour; Arabic
^^
id.;
Sanscrit
[such
root must be sought awfully profane;] in this case the

A
kankom and kunkuma ; Armen. khekhrym.)

|
in the Pers.
.~i
(gretfen) to
take hold, to take, to

Dissertation on the
v.
["fortress of Chemosh"], [Carche-
hold.
Compare
also Rb'diger's
Cherubs, in Ersch and Gruber's Encyclop. vol. 16, Cherub. [Other conjectures are given in Thes.] Neh. 7:61. (2) [Cherub], pr.n. m. Ezr. 2:59;
TY"I3
mish, Charchemisli], Isa. 10:9; Jer.46:2; 2 Ch. 35:20, pr. n. of a city on the Euphrates, no doubt the same as was called in Greek Ktpo/fftor; Latin
i,
Cercusium; Arab.
{_...î
It is
a tolerably large
island,
m. Ch. emphat. KJ^>3 a herald, Dan. 3:4

.
<>
and
fortified city, situated
on an
formed on
root (Syr. Jjoô); from the
the east side by the river Chaboras, which flows into The Hebrew name is compounded the Euphrates.
o f
"}3 Ch. TO CRT OUT, TO PROCLAIM, as a herald,

o
Dan. 5: 29 [Syr.J^r)]. (This root is widely Indo-Germanic languages, Sansc. krus, to in the spread a herald Pers. cry out; Zend, khresio, one crying out,
Aphel
id.
of Tl|, Syr. |_o;_o a fortress, aud some proper name &"B; see Michaelis Suppl. p. 1352. [In Thes. the latter part of this compound is judged to be C" ?? i. q.
1
t^D3
pr. n.
of an idol.]
Vu
,g
cry out; Greek

frcifcfcen/
lo/puffo-w,
also
D3"^3 [Carcas], pr.n. of a eunuch of Xerxes, A

Est. i:io; Pers.
>,
is to
irpa^w;
Germ,
freijjen;
Engl.
to
cry;
,u/ ^b
eagle.
["Compare Sanscr
compare &~$.
Amongst
the
Arab
Christians
:^j
karkaza, severe, Benfey."]

f.
preach, for 2 Ki.

1 1
dromedaries or
iii.
swift camels
[Isa.
^3
:4,
19; see 13.
66:20], (compare Herod,
n^"l| (" separation"), [Cherith], pr. n. of a stream to the east of Jordan, l Ki. 17:3, 5.
103, at yap <r0t K/.iti\m ITTTTW*' OVK j/<7<ro'c if Ttf%vTT)Ta tlffi), so called from their leaping or bounding [jolting] motion; (root
~n3, Piel 1?"!? to dance), their pace being sometimes
WrV" !^
riage,
50
and nn*")3 f. a cutting off from mara divorce; nnn.3 ISO Deut. 24:1,3; Isaiah 3 a ^^ ^ Divorce. Root Q^Q*"? "*? J er 3
:
See Boch quickened by musical instruments [?]. Hieroz. t. i. p. 90 Schult. Animadvers. and my Com
;
;
ment. on
Isa. loc. cit
U
an unused root; Syriacc.;_a to surround, also Syr. and Chald. to wrap around, to wrap up. This appears to be a secondary root from 113, 1313 to surround, (whence 133 circuit, circle), formed by
!-y
j3 an unused
root.
Arab, f*^3
to be
noble,
not only of persons, but of a generous nature, used '

S~
.
also of other objects:
J== good and

fine plants.
fertile
ground;
<lcX land producing
Hence
the rejection of one radical
compare HKh^ a chain,

p. 73).
from
r n"TV ">'
(Hebr.
Gramm.
;
Of
Hence T~!?R a mantle compare C" P31.3, a"d
Syriac \^;
^ a
fortress
3 m. (twice fern, [properly only once, and it only occurs once in the two verses referred to], Isa. 27:
a, 3) with suff. V?7? pi. D'P7?, 'P"!?. (i) afield set with plants of nobler quality, cultivated as a garden or orchard. JV! D^-l an o ^ ve yard, Jud. 15:5.
1
an unused quadriliteral Zab. to surround, compounded ofTl3 to surround, and 3,33

1.3
;
33
3
(which see) to
|3
roll together.
suff.
Hence
the
m. with
1331? Exod. 27:5; 38:4,
and orchards, inhabited country by men, as opp. to the desert, Job 24: 1 8. Ex. 22:4; Deut. ao:6; (2) Specially a vineyard,
D'D^S
e.
'n'l
way which
leads to gardens
i.
to a cultivated
circuit, the (order, which went round the middle of
28:30, and so frequently; fully 1OQ D v? a garden of
po-tro
ccccxv
with which
it is
JF13
also joined, 2 Ki. loc. cit.
;
TP1D
-4 wine [but the reading is "I^H '7 3 ]> Am. 5:11. is also sometimes used in the as vineyard prophets
and
per-
an image of the people of Israel, Isa. 3:14; 5:1, seq. 87:2, Jer. 12: 10, compare Matt. 20:1, seq.; 21:28;
;
haps we may understand groats, polenta /aXîra), made from the fresh and early grain by rubbing out
Luke 20
native
9.
^ (Arab. ^
id.)
Hence the denomi-
and skinning (frifdie SBeijensunb evftcn:rue),for which, as an offering to God, they would take the best and
m.
Isa.
(like
TH3 from T?3) a vinedresser, Joel

I
61:5.
pr. n.
]3 ("a vinedresser"), [Carmi\, (i) of a son of Reuben, Gen. 46:9; Ex. 6:14. (2) Jos. From No. l is derived the patronymic which 7:1.
is
grown in the gardens. The interpreby Hebrew writers is thus not absurd, but opens the way to the truth, nr6l rm n/3B a fresh and tender ear of corn (not a green ear). (a) of a very fertile pro(3) [Carmel], pr. n.
earliest of that
tation given
>
montory, situated on the Mediterranean sea, on the southern border of the tribe of Asher: it commonly
has the
art. ?9! 31? Am. 1:2; 9:3; Jer. 4:26; Cant. 7:6; fully ?"}!D in (the mountain of the garden), l Ki. 18: 19, 20 without the art. Isa. 33 9 Nah.
;
:
spelled the
same
(for \'P"]3),
Num.
26:6.
/ P^3 m. crimson, crimson colour, prepared from insects which inhabited in vast numbers a kind
of ilex (coccus ilicis, Linn.); also cloth of a crimson colour; in the later Hebrew, i. q. *?>, which see; in
1:4; Josh. 19:26.
Cant. loc.
cit.
Vp-133
i.e.
f&|
W*"
"thy head
hair, as that
Pala3Stina,
(is)
like
Carmel;"
is
adorned with
mountain
with
trees.
Comp. Relandi
the
more ancient, nj?>m 2 Ch. 2:6, 13; 3:14. The Hebrews adopted this word from the Persians; it is from the Pers. ^ ^ kerm ; Sanscr. a worm
>
page 327. (V) of a town amongst the mountains to the west of the Dead Sea, where there
,
krimi,
-*
I*
and
lJ!
Armen. karmir; Arab. J\ bright red; compare ." coccus ; Germ, cramotfi, UK* coccus, worm, J <
In like
[Jô-i chalky mountain, Josh. 15:55;
is
now
el
Kirmel
Kurmul.
1
Robinson], a
Sa.
15:12; 25:5.
mejtn [Engl. crimson].
manner from vermi-
See Relandi Palaistina, p. 695 Seetzcn in v. Zach's Monatlicher Correspondenz, t. 17, page 134.
;
The
35;
Gentile noun
is
vPI?
Sa.
culus
is
derived the French vermeil [English ver-
30 5;
:
2 Sa. 23:
fern,
nv
83.27:3.
:
milLion.]
/u") J (from the noun D"}3 with the addition of the termination el, which appears to me to. have a diminutive force; see p. cccxxi, A.) m. (1) a garden, a place cultivated as a garden,
planted with fruit
\_Cheran~\, pr. n. m. Gen. 36 *^ 33 a <! harp.) io\r==
N:
26.
(Arabic
i-
ND"O
Chald. a throne, tribunal,

s
i.
q.
Heb,ND3
JlCns ibid.
(the double
nxnn nnen
opposition to
(Kimchi, nrra mfc* oipo), sometimes used in a desert, sometimes to a forest Isaiah
trees,
;
herbs,
corn, etc.
being changed Dan. 5:20; with suff. iT.tp-13 Dan. 7:9;
into rs, see the letter 1),

pi.
QP
|3
29: 17, "
"Lebanon
shall
garden
is changed into a garden, and the be a forest;" Isa. 32:15, 16; Jer. 2:7,
BD3, which letter l), TO
quadril. derived from Piel of the verb see, for DS>3 (see NCn.3, and under the
I brought you forth ^1?n HJpK into a land like a gar den, that ye might eat the fruit thereof," Isai. 10:l8; 16:10; Jer.48:33; 2 Ch. 26:10; with suff. On? 2 Ki. 19:23; used of Lebanon, ita"]? "1JJ! "its
CUT OFF, TO DEVOUR, TO DEPASTURE, TO LAY WASTE, as a wild boar a vineyard, Psa. 80:
14.
(Arabic
pasture, to depasture, as a locust.)
c to cut off, to corrode, to dey gnaw, to devour; Chald. Dp"]2 to devour,

:
t --,
forest like
in the recesses
a garden," that of Lebanon.

it
is,
the nursery of cedars
TO
knee,
fid)
BEND, TO BOW, used
intrans. of the
(2) melon,
appears to denote
garden fruits,
be u gen (com .Knic).
(A kindred
root
is
#23,
as being earlier and of finer quality; just as we cultivate the better and earlier species of fruits and legumes in gardens, and prefer such to those of the
fields. Thus I understand ^D*)3 tJn.3 Lev. 2 14, i. e. grits, corns, polenta, early grain; and thus by an 2 Ki. ?Mipsis of a common word, 7B"13 Levit.
:
which see. [" Samar. vviJ to lie down."] Just as from V33 is Kviipri leg, so from yi3 is JH3 cms, leg. In Arabic there are only traces found of the original
signification
;
as to drink stooping, prop, to
bow
_
one,
self to drink.
With
the letters transposed,

at
to
23:14;
i?O"]3
first
be bowed down through age, or while
In both the passages in Leviticus offered on the altar with bread of the
4:42.
are
fruits,
Hence bow."
Isa.
45 23, 'H'!!?"'' 3 ^"OFI every knee shalJ Hence used of a man, DJ373 *?y jns to bou
:
"
prayer.)
ccccxvi
one's Inees, Jud. 7:5, 6, iKi. 8:54; a Ki. To bend one'i knees, or to fall 1:13; Ezr.g:5. upon one's knees, is also used of those (a) who
npon
PIEL 13TP
to
dance, 2 Sam. 6: 14,

l
6,
i.
q. IK!"! in
Hence Chron. 15:29. dromedaries, from their bounding motion.

the parallel place,
is
nbsna
do reverence
sense
it is
a king, or worship God, in which Followed joined with niqn^n, Ps. 95:6. by *? of pers. Est. 3:2, 5; Isa. 45:23; V?p Psa. 22: down for want of JO; 72:9. (b) those who sink
to
From ~)3")3 in the first signification of going round, derived the secondary triliteral Y^p to surround, am* the noun 133 for ~>3~!3 a circle, a circuit.
an unused mot,
i.
strength,
when
it is
4:4, niyn'3
knees." down and
DJ3-J3 Psal. 20:9,

full."
commonly "falling
followed
(failing,
by
or
??J.
Job
q.
to
bend,
to
bow
oneself,
bowing)
the kindred
Dli?.
Hence
from
its
Wp^l V)3,
: , ;
"
they are
:
bowed
his chariot."
(c) those
Isa.
2X1.9:24, "he sank down in 10:4; 46 l 2 65 1 2 Jud. 5:27.

;
^1?
;
the belly, so called
being curved,
who
are about to
lie
down on
convex like the Germ. SSaudvfrom the verb bcugen/and Hebr. pna from the root }n r Jerem. 51:34; (Aram.
,
the ground,
D,
''
"he stooped, and lay down." Num. 24:9. (J) used of parturient women (from the custom still existing in ./Ethiopia, where women
Gen. 49:9, "?T
y~!3
NDn.3
i.
q.
f03; Arabic
^
a
the
ventricle of ruminating animals, jlA <=,
woman
bring forth
15),
1
Sam.
kneeling, see Ludolfi Hist. Êthiop. 4:19; also used of a hind, Job 39:3.
i.
with a large belly.)

Ezr. l:l,y,9; pr. n. Cyrus, king of Persia, 44:28; 45:1; 2 Chron. 36:22, 23; Dan. 1:21 6:29; 10:1. The Greeks have remarked that the Persians called the sun by this name (see Ctesias ap. Plut. Artax. Opp. t. i. p. 1O12, Etym. M. Kvpoc, xovPOQ, >/Xtoc), and rightly so; for it is the Zend, khoro,
Isa.
;
Rarely used of those
who bow down with
the whole
2 Ch. 7 : 3, PlfRt D:3X -ly-pM person (comp. Arab.). " and bowed themselves with their faces to the they
?^ #13 compressit feminam, Job ground." Hence 31 : 1O; compare incurvare, Martial, xi. 44; inclinare, Juvenal, ix. 26; x. 224.
i"1
hur, ahuro; Pers.

suri,
is
HIPHIL
(l)
to
cause
i.e. to
to
bow down,
any
to
pros-
trate, enemies, Ps. 17:13; 18:40; 78:31.

(2)
35.
to
,^^ ,i> (compare Sanscr. surg, and the word most frequently used, surja); ^'~
r
depress,
afflict,
one, Jud. ll:
Hence
dual
fern,
As to the a termination added, as in ^TH. Mliller U. forward (De opinion lately brought by Authentia Oraculorum Esaia?, Havniae, 1825, p. 209,
sq.), that
both legs, from the knee to the ancle, which are bent in bowing down (Unter^Sdjcnftl/ baS SBabetU etn/ oom A'nte atwdrtg), Exod. 12:9; Lev. l :
D.jM^
the
name
K'T3 in Isaiah does not signify the

~
l
'3 upking Cyrus, but the people of Israel (i. q. it. rightness), it is needless to do more than mention
13; 8:21; 9:14;
Amos 3:12;
used of the legs by

:),
&OKH3
[CarshenoJ]
pr. n. of aprincein
theconrt
which a locust leaps (Arab,

2")
Lev. 11:21.
of Xerxes, Esth. 1:14; Pers.
J^&
spoiling of war.
;
fine, white linen, or cot ton cloth, Est.

f
>
[Benfey proposes Zend, keresna, Sansc. krishna, black

see Thes.J
1:6; Arab, i^'sj^, Pers. tw\J
Gr. uropraffoc,
Lat. carbasns, a species of fine linen, or flax, which is mentioned by classic writers as being produced in
the East and in India, Sanscr. karpdsa, cotton Celsii Hierobot. t. ii. page 157.
Jl JJ fut. TTQ\ (i) TO CUT, TO CUT OFF, as part of a garment [" comp. Sanscr. Krit."~\ l Sa. 24:5, 12; the branch of a tree, Num. 13:23, 24; prjcputium,
Exod. 4:25; the head, l Sam. 17:51; 5:4; to cut trees, Deut. 19:5; Isa. 14:8; 44:14? Jerem. 10:3; 22:7; 46:23( whence E' V#n THS woodcutters, 2 Chron. 2:9); images of false gods, Exod. 34:13; Jud. 6:25, 26, 30; nils Levit. 22:24; more fully
see
do ten
root not used in Kal. (l) prop. TO GO, IN A CIRCLE, compare the kindred but softer roots ??3 and n. Hence 13 prop, a round
]J a
or
MOVE
i.
nsp'j'
JYP3 Deut. 23:2, castrated.

to
vessel,
q. bi,
(2)
to
n?. dance (comp. ?}n No.

exult,
to
(2) to kill,
l
;
destroy persons, Deut. 20: 2O;
Jer.
Gr. with a prefixed

(see
"13
11:19.
Niph. and Hiph.
sibilant, ova/'pw), to
leap
a lamb,
to called
leaping); also, to run, whence I? No. 9, a camel's saddle (comp. curro, currus, carrus,
its
from
(3) specially rP"VJ r>l?; Gr. SpKia riprety, Tfî-ftr make a covenant, so used from slaying and dividing the victims, as was customary in making
CTTrorBac, to
camtm;
Engl. to carry).
a covenant (see Gen. 15:18; Jer. 34:8, 18; ooaap
CCCCXVII
Bochart, Hieroz.
pres, p.
t. i.
lib
2,
cap 35; Danzii Inter-
whence is spondere). Commonly construed followed by DV and nx(ns) with any one, Gen. 15:18; Ex. 24:8; Deu. 4:23: 5:3; and so frequently; but followed by (a) where the more powerful party prescribes the f
255
;
also Gr. (nrov$?i, libation, league,
of hope, Prov. 23:18; 24:14; of fidelity, Jer. 7:28; Josh. 9:23, naj? D30 ni|rP "there shall not fail
(i. e.
cease) from
to be
for ever. 2
you a slave ;" Sam. 3:29.

i.e.
i.
e.
ye shall be slave*
(4)
cut off,
Jordan, Josh. 3:13; 4:7; compare

(5)
to be
divided; used of the waters of H-IIV"]? divorce.

as food,
terms of the covenant to the other.

poet.
Kings 11:4;
a
consumed
and rns
Job 31
i,
T#? ^1? n '1? "I made

i.
covenant
them
PUAL
rn'3
to
be
Num. 11:33. cut off, or down, Jud

destroy men,
Eze,
with
my
eyes,"
e.
prescribed these terms to
(compare 2 Sam. 5:3; l Chron. 11:3); hence used of Jehovah establishing a covenant with men, 2 Ch. l:7; Isa. 55:3; 6l:8; Jer. 32:40. (i) where the victor concedes the benefit of peace, and a league to
the vanquished.
l grant a league Ex. 23:32; 34:12,15; Dent. 7:2. Ezr. 10:3, JVl3.~rn3.3 thiiur is vowed to God.
6:28. Eze. 16:4. HIPHIL (l)i. q. Kal No.
2, to kill,
Lev. 17:10; nations, Josh. 23:4; Zeph. 3:(; 25:7; instruments of idolatry, Lev. 26:30.
(2)
to
Josh. 9 6, JV~O -13^ to us;" verse 7, sq. ;

:
-1JT13
nny " now Sam. 11:1,2; (c) where any

nrijfl.
to remove, to withdraw. \ Sa cyp T^ptvnx rviprrtoi "that thou withdraw not thy mercy from my house." HOPHAL rnan to be cut off from something, followed by ]P Joel l 9.
separate,
20:15, *n*3
i7^3
God
to
K'Xinj?
'nV? now then let us vow' to our put away all the wives;" hence "0*1 rn| to
: ;
The derived nouns immediately nns, nnns.
follow,
except
vow, to promise any thing, Hag. 2:5. In all these l Sam. 1 1 2 phrases TV"]? may also be omitted, 20:i6; 22:8; 2Ch.7:l8; Isa. 57:8, Dri ^TTnril "and thou hast joined with thee (some) of them in
covenant ;'' Vulg. fccdus pepigisti cum eis. For there once occurs the syn. n JP*f Neh. lO:l.
NIPH.
Isa.
rnrn3
f.
pi.
hewn beams,
Ki. 6:36; 7:12.
rP~}3
55:13.
(l) to be cut doion, as a tree, Job 14:7; Figuratively to be cut off from one's
to be
country, i. e. Zee. 14:2.

(2)
to be
driven into exile,
to be
expelled,
(i) a Cherethite, an executioner (see the root rP3 No. I, 1 Sa. 5:4), only found in the phrase W?n.1 'ni^n 2Sa.8:l8; 15:18; 20:7,23 (collect.) execu tioners and runners, a name borne by the guards of king David, whose office it was both to inflict capital punishments, and to convey the king's mandates as quickly as possible to those who
J.3
m.
extirpated, destroyed, used of persons,
Gen. 9:11; Psa. 37:9; Prov. 2:22; 10:31, and so often Thus, in the customary expression of the nn trsan nrvpj "that soul (that Mosaic law,
held places of government (compare '"?3, n3D, J" !?^). See 1 Ki. 2 25, 34, 36 comp. Dan. 2 14. (2) [Cherethites~\, a Gentile name, i. q. Philis1
tine, especially
used of the inhabitants of the southern

1
ngo
part of Philistia,
9.
Sa.
30:14;
Eze. 25:16; Zeph.
person) shall be exit off from his people," 14; Levit. 7:20, 21; DEJ?, 1OJJ 3nj5D Levit.
Gen. 17:
1
7 4, 9
:
Num. 15:30; ?*Of?P Exod. 12:15; Num. 19:13; ^nijlnp Num. 19:20; nTJJ
18:29; 20: 18:
Exod. 12:19; and simpl. B>B|n nrrpb Levit. 17:14; 20 17. By this phrase is meant the punishment of death in general, without any definition of
:
the Syr. render it Cretans, whence by a comparison with the passages, Am.9:7; Jer. 47:4; Deu. 2:23, it is not amiss to conjecture that
:5.
"1T133
LXX. and
nn
^^
the Philistines had their origin from Crete, and that Others signifies that island; see that word.
manner (never the punishment of exile, as is supposed by J. D. Michaelis, on the Mosaic Law, v. 237), Ex. 31:14; compare Ex. 35:2; and Num.
the
suppose TH? to be so called from rns to be expelled from one's country (Zee. 14:2), so that it would be the same as 'AXXc'ûXoc, by which word ^l?vP is rendered by the
Jkf
LXX.
[in
some parts of the O. T.]
[In some of the passages it appears only to severed from the congregation of the Lord.] signify
15:32.
^ by a trans'3^ ^??, n ^33 (which see), a lamb, Gen. 30: 32, 33, 35; Lev. 3:7; 5:6.
[pi. D'QE'I]
letters,
m. and
position of
i.
q.
Hence
(3)
*FJP*.
to
perish,
to
KB? ?J?0 nTJrW "there shall not fail thee (perish unto thee) a man from off the throne cf Israel;" i Ki. 8:25; 9:5; 153.48:19; Jer. 33:17,
35 -.19; used of a country (people) perishing tibr mgh famine, Gen. 41 36 of a name Ruth 4:10;
*8;
:
VK
fail,
i.
(
q. "I3S.
Kings 2:4,
an unused not.
gain.
Arab. .\A^-i
to cut in,
[k^3
[Chesed],
pr.
n.
of a son of Nahor,
tl;e
brother of Abraham, Gen. 22:22.
He
isperhait
of the
mentioned in
this place, so that the 28
origin
CCCCXVIII Aviii
Chaldeans (B^lt??) may bederieed from him. Compare "t?'?S"]K. [The Chaldeans are mentioned in Gen. 11, so that they could not be derived from this
ting
t\&*
(7t?>3),.
DHC?D
a 46 :2*
:
down
Ps.
74
6.
(Chald.
id. Jer.
Targ.)
wn
of Nahor.]
7lu 3
fut.
(once
fut. 7lt?3
Prov. 4:16 i>ro, elsewhere
Gentile noun, pi. (l) the Chaldeans, the inhabitants of Babylonia, often also called 733 2?", Isa. 43:14; 48:14, 20; Jer.2l:g; 32:4,
i.
D^C^3
e.
Niph. is used), TO WAVER, TOTOTTER,TO STAGGER. This verb differs from the synonyms JH3 and
?
y?| in that this properly signifies
to
totter in
the
4, 25,
28,29; Ezekiel 23:14,23; Hab. 1:6
11;
poet. D"TC?3
Their country is called D^P'3 H$ Chalda>a, Jer. 2^:5 25:12; Ezekiel 12:13; Isa. 23:13; and ellipt. D^tr'3 f. (us in Latin
Isa.
H3
47:!.
ancles (nut ben ,Rn&ckln umfnirfcn), which the Romans sometimes, but very rarely, called by a peculiar word (see Festus h. v.
talipedare
;
(kindred to this
and Doederlein, Lat. Synon. iii. 62), is the word to totter,

! tjf
their country), Jer. 50:10; Bruttii, Samnites, into Chaldaea, Ezekiel 16:29; 51:24, 35. npn'^3 In a wider sense, the name of Chaldaea also 23: 16.
for
pr. in the ancles, to waddle,

7b~!
from the quadriliteral
an ancle, which
see).
properly signify tottering and
The other synonyms shaking of the knees
comprehended Mesopotamia, which was inhabited in hence part by the Chaldeans, Eze. 1:3; 1 1 24
: ;
(just asOIDjtS-IJj JM3, signify the quivering or trembling of the whole body); they alike imply want of strength.
D^3
"fix
Gen. 11 :28,
Ur
of the Chaldees, a city of
Chaldeans being said to Mesopotamia. enter Palestine in their irruptions from the north (and not from the east) through Syria (Jer. 1:14;
to the
As
39:5; 52:9; Ezek. 26:7), it need not surprise any one for they had to go round the desert of Arabia (ÎgiJl <jjjj),andno other way was passable.
4:6; 6:1.
;
Further, as to the ancient abodes of the Chaldeans (which appear to have been in Assyria), and on the
However, in the common use of language, this primary idea is often neglected; hence 7t^3 means (1) to totter, to reel, to sink together, used of one about to fall. Ps. 27 2, -17331 -17^3 nsn they tottered and fell." Isa. 31:3; 59:14; Hos. 14:2; Jer. 50:32; also used of inanimate things, Isa. 3:8; Psalm 109:24, DVSD -"P^S '3^3 "my knees totter through fasting;" compare Isaiah 35:3; Neh. 4:4. Part. 7KH3 tired out, wearied, Psalm 105:37; Isa.
:
5: 27-
mode of reconciling
fane writers, see
in
the accounts of sacred and proI
have stated more at large Comment, on Isaiah, 23:13; and in Ersch and
what
Followed by 3 of tl a thing (2) to stumble. against which one stumbles, Lev. 26:37; Nab. 3:3.
Gruber's Encycl. vol. 16, v. Chaldaer; the arguments do not appear to me to be impugned by what
down,
NIPHAL 7l?'?3 fut. 7B-*3* i. q. Kal Prov. 4:12; .1 Sam. 2:4;

33-
to
totter, to sink
Jer.
has been advanced by 01shausen,Emendationen zum A.T.p. 41, seq. As to the form XuXSaloe, Chaldceus, perhaps lx>th this and the Ileb. ^P'3 may be formed
n:i9
33:i2.
Metaph.
to be
made wretched,
31:9; Daniel Ezek.
PIEL, Eze. 36: 14
am
and
to fail, to
HIPHIL
(2)
to
from a more ancient form Tl3 which

in the
is still
preserved
cause cause some one

(i)
to
Lam. 1:14. stumble andfail,l3 r<j.

to
From
name, the Curds. [But see also Forster's Arabia.] the Chaldeans having been greatly addicted
to astrology, this
name
is
also applied to
(2) astrologers, magians, Dan. 2:2, 4; as in profane writers, Diod. Sic. ii. 24; Juv. Sat. vi. 553; compare Comment, on Isaiah, ii. p. 349, seq.
4:16; 2 Chron. 25:8; 28:23. I n a moral sense, cause to stumble, to seduce, Mai. 2 :8. HOPHAL, to bemade to stumble, .J-r. 18:23 Derived nouns, 7*^3, 7iC'?p, n7'DJ3 and
m.afall, Prov. 16:18.

unused
in Kal.
em Ph K-1 Ch pi. Dan. a Chaldcean, 3:8. (l) (2) an astrologer, a magian, Dan. 2: 10; 4:4.
-
nx3
rW2
Syr. Ethpael, TO
PRAT, TO
OFFER PRAYERS OR WORSHIP, e.g. Acts4:32; 13:!

(for Gr. \sirovpyt~iv), Phil. 1 =4 (for Gr.oiinrii> iroiiiv). Like many Syriac words relating to worship (e. g.
y J airal \tyop.
pr. apparently,
to be
Deu. 32:15, TO
BECOME FAT,
Compare
with food
covered with fat.

I.
D'lps,
is
Arabic
j^
Conj.
and V.
to
be
filled
7J?3, *13D, Dpi}, which see) this also in Hebrew restricted to the worship of idols, and means PIEL ^K'S to use enchantment (pr. to use mngical
;
(KamOs,
*'5
p. 31).
an are, a hatchet, so
called from cut-
Part. elP'?P, an enchanter, a magician, Ex. 7:11; Deu. 18: 10; Dan. 2:2; Mai. 3:5. Fern. HQBbD Exod. 22:17.
songs, to mutter), 2 Ch. 33:6.
ccccxix
i.
Vulg. maleficus, mahfids
Hence 3F13P and the words immediately following

3
artibus inserwre.
Hence
pr. n.
H?*?^ and the words which immeArab.
m. (with kametz impure)
i.-q.
Syr.
for
diately follow.
a word used in the later Hebrew
ceries,
^j^J only found in pi. D^SB'? incantations, sor2Ki.g:22; Mic.5:ii; Nah.3:4; Isa.47: 12; and
an enchanter,
fut. ">B>3!
the more ancient ">P. (l) something written, a writing, Esth. 3: 14; 8:8; 2 Ch. 2:10, 3n?3 1!pS*1 " and lie said in writing," i. e by letters: used of the
Jer. 27:9.
nate roots
TP, TB;
"13-nn
(l) TO BE RIGHT, like the cogfollowed by Est. 8:5,

(if)
it
$$3
king,"
jjf&
i.
and
<$ 1Kb] be right before the

(Ch. id.)
seed,
kind of writing, or of the form of letters, Ezr. 4:7; of a transcript, Est. 4:8. (2) a book, Dan.lO: 21 specially a list,aregisiert Eze. 13:9; Ezr. 2:62; Neh. 7:64.
;
e. if it
please the king.
to
prosper, to succeed; hence used of a sprout (Syr. id.), Ecc. 1 1 :6. HIPHIL, to cause to prosper, Ecc. 10:1O. Hence Tte"?, flTB'ia, and
(2)
to
.
.D m. Chald. id. (l) something written, a writing, Dan. 5:8, 15, 16, 24. (2) Specially a mandate, a precept, Ezr.6:l8; " without 7:22, 3n? fcy 'I prescription," i.e. at
will, as
:)
much
fut.
as
is
wanted.
3PJ3? Ch. to write,
Dan. 5 -.5 ; 6 26 7
: ;
Syr. ji_*_o
(i) success, prosperity,
Ecc. 3: 21; 4:4.

(2)
See rnete.
riJ fem. writing, [mark"],
^>.vit.
19:28
see
emolument, profit, Ecc. 5:10.

fut. 3F13*
by an
L" jEth. ft^-f) ; ace. of that which
(Arab., Syr., Ch. id. Constr. followed book, letter"].)

:
TO WRITE.
DTO and
D'*fi? Gent, n.; plur. Kittim, or Chit-
is written, 2 Sam. 1 1 14; Deut. 10:2; 31:24, but followed by ?J? Deut. 6:9;
tim, i.e. (l) Citienses or Cyprians, so called from a celebrated Phoenician colony [but see Gen. 10:4, the descendants of Japheth] in the island of
11:20; ?K Jer. 36:2; Eze. 2:10, and 3 Neh. 7:5;

8: 14; 13: i, of the material written on, more rarely followed by an ace. Isa. 44:5, nJfPJ IT 303'. pr. " he
in
Eze. 27:6.
at
Cyprus, Kirtov, Kimov, Gen. 10:4; Isaiah 23:1, 12; The singular is never found in the Old Test., but it occurs in a bilinguar inscription discovered
his hand with -letters (er befdbretbt fetne ^)anb) honour of Jehovah;" compare Ex. 32:15; Eze. 2:10. 'B"?X nap 3H3 to write a letter to anyone, 2 Sam. 11:14; followed by ?JJ of pers. 2 Ch. 30: i. But this last mentioned construction also denotes, to
fills
Athens (on which I have remarked more at length Corpus Inscrippt. Gr. vol. i. p. 523 [See also Gesenii Monumm. Phcen. p. 1 18 120, and tub. 10]), where the pr. n. of a man of Citium, buried at Athens,
in Boeckii
is
prescribe, to direct in writing, 2 Ki. 22:13; Ps40:8; also followed by ?$ 51.9:23, and ? Prov. 22:20; Hos.8:l2; Ezr.4:7, JVKn$ 3^713 "written
in
letters
written in Greek, Noy/i>/'toc Ktr/fuc, in Phanician i.e. *n? E*-enrr}3 rDB>S-enn (son of
Aramaean
to
letters."
Specially
it
is
(a) to
write
;
a Citian man). In a wider signification the name compre(2) hended the islands and coasts of the Mediterranean sea
the
in general, especially the Northern, Greece, and the islands and shores of the Êgean sea ; (in the same manner as 0"^, which is of yet wider extent) ; Nu. 24 : 24 ;
Jer. 2:lO; Dan. 11:30 (compare Livy xiv. 29), in which sense Perseus, 1 Mace. 8:5, is called KirntW /3a<7<\Eue, and Alexander the Great, ib. l:l, is said to have come, in -jje yrjg XermJ/i, compare Dan. loc.
cit.
new moon
down,
Jiul.
to
put in writing
to
(auffcfyreiben),
Num. 33:2
8:14. describe, Jos. 18:4, 6, 8. (b) (c) inscribe, to put down in a list, men, citizens, or
:
soldiers, will
Ps. 87 6, D'B? 3in33 1Bp Jehovah count as he Avrites down the peoples:" Isa. 4:3, 3'VD/ 3^Jl3!T?3 " whosoever is
HW
written down
for
life;"
compare
Jer.
e.
a sentence,
(Arab.
i.
22:30; Ps. 69:29. (d) to ivrite to decree, Isa. 65:6; Job 13:26.
\c to decree concerning
The
truth, with regard to this twofold signifii.
^,q^- followed by
<-_->!i<^-.
cation,
?
was seen by Josephus (Ant.

rfji'
6,
i,
Xtftyuot
ny one;
the sentence of a judge.)
vi\aov tofffif KuTrpoc avrrj vvv uraXelrai. cat air avrf/g vr\avi rt Trdaat, KOI ra irXeita r<5i' ~apa
\lOtfia
NIPHAL, pass,
to be
fig; 2:23; Job 19:23;

Lq. Kallet.
written, written down, Est. Jer. 17:13.
IJLOV
BaXcurffctv \t6l/ji viro 'E.(3pai(i>i> orof.iuêrai, paprvs Ef TOV Xo'yov yu/a raiv iv KuTrpw iroXtuv Itr-^vaaaa T^V
K.ITIOS
d, Isa. 10:1.
irpoffrj-yopiav <j>v\uai
yap
lira rStr
l(\\nvi~
ccccxx
), and by Epiphanius, a bishopof Cyprus, born in Palestine, and not unacquainted with Hebrew (Adv. Haer. 30 25), varri e l^\6v tern, on
the skin (Levit. 16:4); also
worn by women (Cant

sleeves,
5:3; 2 Sam. 13:18); generally with
coming
down
to the knees, rarely to the ancles (see D'BS).
KiYior
//
Hvvpiwi'
rijffoc iraXcirat'
it
Kiriot
yap
\\vnpioi
s*
cat 'Po&oi.
The Vulg. translates
because of the passage in Dan. loc. cit. be found as to this in Bochart, Phaleg.
chaelis Spicileg.t.
eq.
;
by Italia, apparently More may

p.
(The etymology
S
J
is
uncertain. * * *
is
Arab.
A-*--!
Chald,
137; Mip.
ID?, (13, JJV3; Syr. j.j;&o

.
flax, linen; compare

(5otton/
S^*
i.
p.
103, seq.
Supplemm
23:
l.
1377,
-k,
tun,
iaj cotton,
this
cotton cloth, Germ.
So*
and
my Comment,
oil,
on
Isa.
JVrO
m. beaten
Exod. 27:20; 29:40; Lev.
^4:2, i.e. according to R. Salomon, such as flowed from the olives when beaten in a mortar, without
their being put into the press ; and this Root nri3. as the purest and best.
was regarded
may be a garment so called from the material. To the same effect Bohlen has lately compared Sanscr. ktitam, something woven, linen. It may be more easy to derive fl^hs. from the idea of covering, and clothing; see the root IDS.) Plur. n'uriS ExcxL
and
'
28:40; 29:8; 40:14; and n'ups Ex. 39:27; const. nfojps Gen. 3:21; Ex. 39 27 with suff. Dn'wna Lev.
:
Ji~=
to
press
in to
10:5.
jne ;
whence *t\-~ a compact mass of clay. Hence

m. [with
suff.
7rG
Sn?
wflS], a wall, perhaps as
made of compacted
Chald.
id.
clay, Cant. 2:9.
[Derived in Thes. from the unused root nps f. (i) THE SHOULDER; as to the difference of this from D3^, see that word. (Arab.
const,
id.
;
Dan. 5:5; plur. K$J}3
whence
is
formed the denomina-
(like 1?3,
p.?3)i Ezr. 5 :8.
tive verb ^_
j"~
to
wound
in the shoulder, etc.)

*1D23,
On
Nu.
?n?
(prob. contr.
[KithlisJt], pr. n. Josh. 15:40.
from and of a town in the tribe of Judah,
3=3
the shoulder
unused in Kal.
(1)
i.
q.
AWAY, TO LAY UP;

stain.
f*^
TO
HIDE
* v
46:7; 49:22; (*\T\3 7:9) burdens are spoken of as being carried (also by beasts, Isa. 30 6); whence metaph. Neh. 9:29, WJ?!1 nvflD eina an(j they gave a revolting shoulder," i. e. refused to bear that which was appointed prop.
:
Isa.
866 Cn|.
(II) to be soiled, stained; Syriac Pael pjfcs.,3 to Ethp. to be soiled, filthy, stained; see Niph.
i.
;
refused to carry; compare Zee. 7:11. l^D? T? between the shoulders, i.e. upon the back, l Sa. 17:6.
O and 3 (III) q. 3n3, by a change of the letters of this see Oflsp. root in its arrangement [The meanings must be regarded as very doubtful, see
Thes.] NIPHAL, pass, of No. II, to be stained, filthy [in Thes. to be tcritten"], Jer. 2:22. From No. I. is
(2) Applied to inanimate things, as the side of a building, 1 Ki. 6 : 8 7 39 of the sea, Num. 34 1 1 of a city and country, Josh. 15 8, 1O, 1 1 1 8 1 2, seq.
; :
; :
Hence
poetically Deut. 33:1-2,
"(Benjamin)
shall
dwell between his
shoulders
to
fly
(Jehovah's)," i.e. be-
tween the mountains sacred

Isa.
11:14, "they shall
him, Zion and Moriah. upon the shoulder of
E^3 m
a poetical word, gold; prop, that
which
is hidden away in treasuries, tfiat which is precious (comp. "lisp and ~H30); Job 28: 16, 19; 31 :24; Pro. 5 1 2 Dan 10:5; Cant. 5:11. Used of golden Abulwalid understands it to ornaments, Ps. 45 i o. be pearls.
:
the Philistine;" they shall attack their borders, an image taken from birds of prey.
Plur. nians, const, niao?, with suff. vans (both (l) the shoulder pieces of the high priest's dress piSK), Ex. 28:7, 12; 39:4,7, 18, 2O.
fern.).
perhaps i. q. DH3 No. I, and ^thiopic Tlffi'. to cover, to cover over, "T^J^: to clothe oneself, frjpi'. a tunic, a vest. Hence
an unused
root,
(2) the sides of a gate, i. a gate, Eze. 41:2, 26. (3) bearings of an axle,
e.
spaces at each side of
1^1.7:30,34.
j
">l?JJ,
see
unused in Kal; prop. TO SURROUND, Lq. a long series of connected roots under th?
(l)
to
PliriS
absol.
uff.
(only in absol. state) and J"tiJ"G (rarely Exod. 28:39, commonly in const, state); with 'njn^ Gr. X ir*"' a * Mnic an inner garment next
>
word
1JX.
PIF.L
surround,
to
environ*
in
a hoatik
sense, Jud.
20:43;
Ps. 22:13.
CCCCXXI
(;j)
idea of going round;
wait, as in Syriac and Chaldee,prob. from the comp.>inNo. 7, and 70} Job 36:2. HIPHIL (l) i. q. PIEL No. 1, in a hostile sense,
to
i
JlJj3
fut. fib*
(l) TO BEAT, T)
this
HAMMER,
T".
Hub. by
:4; but in a good sense, Psa. 142:8, followed
(With agne q vat to, cutio; kindred root "113 to hammer.)

FORGE, Joel 4:
(2)
to
10.
per-
f
-l"1
beat in pieces,
Part. pass, n-ins
to
break, e.g. a
i.
vessel, Isa,
(a) to put on as a crown, to crown oneself Prov. 14:18, D^-IIJ? with anything (see 1^3).
ny"!
30: 14.
crushed,
e.
castrated by
^?! " the prudent are

JVjrib,
crowned
with know-
bruising the testicles, Lev. 22:24. (3) to break down, i.e. to rout an enemy, Psal.
ledge."
Hence
""1H3
and
89:24. PIEL nn?

i.
i. Isa. 2:4, No. 2; 2 Ki. q. Kal No. l 18:4; 2 Chr. 34:7, No. 3, to break down the earth,
;
m.
the
diadem
of a queen, Est. Curt. iii. 3.
1:11; 2:17;
of a Persian king, Est. 6:8; Gr. ict'rctpie, v/Sapic,
e. to
lay
it
waste, Zee.
:6.
rnr\3
lumn,
1
plur.
:
nnnb
16, seq.
f.
a capital, the head of a co2 Ch. 4: 12.
2 Ch. 15:6," they dash nation against nation, city against war in which all is mutual discord. city ;"speakingof a
pass, to
PUAL
beat or dash selves upon.
Ki. 7
HIPHIL fut. -in|l to rout (an enemy), No. 3, Num. 14:45; Deut. 1:44.
ri3*
i.
q.
Kal
TO
Chald.]; cogn.
POUND, TO BRAY (in a mortar), [So nn?; Germ, quctfdjen. Prov. 27:22.
to be beaten to HOPHAL, fut. pieces, used of the images of idols, Mic. 1:7; Metaph. of persons,
Syr. to strike, to fight. a mortar. Derivative, t?B?
Job 4:20; Jer. 46:5. Hence JWJ3, DPDD.
as
Lamed, the twelfth letter of the Hebrew alphabet, a numeral signifying thirty. Its name O1 !??) has the same meaning as ""??D an ox goad, the form of which this letter has on the Phoenician monuments;
thus,
l,,
a widow, pr.
n. "!???,
;
Arab.
Sam.
in t^
.
T^ A- godhead
and K'ST Mic.
.
see also the play of words,

:13(c)
more rarely with
i- ^
,,
{_.
O, as riPapl, Arab.
interchanged (l) with the other liquid consonants or serai-vowels as (a) with 3, e. g. \*y> and
It is rrij to
<u^^-
the skull.
;
burn,
nn?
Chald. JlV,
cell; JH3,
*T
Syr.
a sheath, H3^3 and
(2) sometimes with 1, as ?TS Chald. ?TX and "tT^ to go away, depart (which see); compare, besides the
H3?? a chamber, a
all
Âj
examples there
oleo, Scu'jp,
cited,
'OdWaewe, Ulysses, odor, and

sometimes formed from
tri-
to give; in
Lat.
levir, etc.
these examples n appears to be the primitive sound; and on the other hand, \pa\-i'ipiov, Chald. s~ etc. where n has sprung pTJjl^D^ D7X, Arab.
t
Quadriliterals
literals
are
(a)
by
inserting h after the
first radical, as
^>
*$!, îv! to glow.
form which
may
(b) by adding ^ at the end, a perhaps, in Phrenicio-Shemitic, as
from
rtoroe
Compare $vdoi>, ftivnaroe, for %\0ov, fil\also the great number of examples from the Arabic, collected by Ev. Scheid, in Diss. Lugd., p. 953(&) with i, commonly in such a manner that
/.
;
well as in Greek, Latin, and
German
(see Matthias,
Greek Gram. 102; Eamshorn, Lat. Gram. p. 236, 257), have been used in a diminutive sense; see ?3"}n
(tjuprcln),
d)cn,
Vi3
1,
as the harder letter, is softened into
^>
this is
more
(artd)en), tonj?
(.Rnodjel),
especially found in later

n7f~]ji
il
books and
cup of a
(AnfiU
flower).
dialects, e. g.
chain, Chald.
J"l13p~)X
and Arab. ^?f^, <JLuL:, and

palaces,'
( before monosyllables
/, as
and barytone dissyllables

suff.^;
even
^L**i^-,
by a
softer
pronun-
3^, nya^ (comp.Lgb.628), with
^,
n3^>
f.
and Chald. ciation, ntapjtt Isaiah 13:22; ; olo 1 37-5-^-ra^ L_ÂJi midst (compare Xtipiov, lilium);
)'
&K
in pause
^;
'^, nj>
-13^;
D3^,
};
Srh
poet. iJ>,
]$,
}$
(Arab. J, Êth.
Syr. ^), a prefixed pre-
but on the other hand, elsewhere the exchange

,
is
s-
-^
,\,
ma-lc
by
being hardened into
r, e. g.
n ???*?, <L
position, abbreviated from ?^, to which it is, to a considerable extent, synonymous; but with this difference, that ?X is more frequently us~d in a proptf
and physical sense; ? and metaphysical.
in those
which are figurative
(A) it denotes prop, motion, or at least direction, and turning towards something. (1) to, towards, unto; Germ, nadv an (etroag) hin, ju/ gen; Gr. c, T/>C with ace.; hence 31i? followed by ??? and ? to draw near to some one, ? to attain to anything, N13 followed by 7$t and ? Isa.
60:4, 5, 13; 7 Ntpn to sm against any one; very frequently used of the turning of the heart or mind to something, as ? f f?H to be well disposed towards any one, ? nsn, njp to wait for any one (barren/ auf Jem.);
3^|?n), de(Ex. 2O:6), etc. (2) to, even to; fully ? "U?, as njjab? even to 1 A..)*? prop, interval... even to, satiety, Eze. 39: 9. and that, (page cxiv, B). 1JJ...? of i. e. between this
also after verbs of listening (see
siring (see n?3),
those of going (see "$?, ^], 3-ie>), of fleeing (DU, rni especially in the imperative and future, see Lehrg npT be thin P- 736; poet, also to other verbs, as
thyself), Cant. 2: 17; " the tastes food for itself;" palate
like (lit. for
8:14; Job I2:n, Job 15:28, "housei
which they do not inhabit

11, }J?
^"ITJIJ, etc.
for themselves;" Ez. 37:
Hn,
good
will
(b) the dative of the possessor, as v t*, y H*n (ser under these verbs), there is to me, I have, Y PX there is not to me, I have not (see P*?), 'B'.y >T? there is a son C'E&ft to Jesse, i.e. of Jesse, l Sam. it): 18 7-lSEy the watchmen who were to Saul, i. e. Saul's watchmen, i Sam. 14: 16 (an example which infringes the canon of Ewald, Hebr. Gram. 308, 2, which Winer repeating, Sim. Lex. p. 509, by some oversight writea
without the article 'V? Q'?).

(c) the dative of the cause and author, of commoc use in Greek, and found by a G racism in the Latin poets: the ground of this construction will be easily
a twofold limit, even <o...and even to, Neh. 3' 15Metaph. adeo, even. Deu. 24:5, 73? V?JJ naj fc6 "O"J "there shall not be laid on him even any
matter," i.e. not the least matter; similar to this are the following passages 2 Chron. 7 :2l, ... n*n JV3n Q'Î V7JJ laJT?:)? " as to this house ...even all the
:
understood from the following^ and similar phrases Ps. 18:45, ^ WP$! J!'X J>P5?7 "they submit themselves to me, to the fame, or at the fame, of my
" name;" Job 37:l> ^LQ! J"W?
to this (towards sucL
passers by shall be astonished at it," even the men 'PI I&3 ? '3 in the streets. Eccl. 9:4, 19 3to
Wn
things)
for burd)
to
my
heart trembles,"
j
fold)
em
jittevt
mcin
is
-fctvi
fotdieS
Isa.
19:22,
DQ? ^V^
"
he
moved
l. It
n^n nvjxn
than a lion
"for
even a dog when living is better when dead ;" even the meanest animal
number
to
if it be dead. Also which a multitude or
them," he yields to their prayers. might be said in German, be in SBtnfe
Isa.
65:
gefcfjte^t c?/
for
wl.en alive excels the most noble
auf ben
beg
SBinf, in golge unb ^raft beg SStnfeg/ ber ?0?ad)t

glcid^fam
used sometimes of a
SBinfeg
jpcidnnb.
It is
1
amount nearly approaches, like the Gr. tig pvplovc, 2 Ch. 5: 12, D^rp irpbc; pvpifivi;; Germ, an fjunbert/ " D'Ttp^"! nKO? nearly an hundred and twenty
priests."
after passive verbs,
CD37
nK'^. ;, let
it
thus put (aa) there be done of
2 Ch. 3:8; (but
Sa.
29:2 does not belong
here).
(3) etc, into, used of something passing into another condition, as though changed, transformed into something, Gen. 2:22; Job 17: 12; Lam. 5:15; Joel 3 14. 9 Sa. 5:3, " and they anointed David "HZP. 7 (into) a nvi to become (to be changed) into king;" also, ?
was heard by Sanby her, Est. 5:12 (bb) after neuter verbs which have a passive to be done by some one, Isa. 19: power, as ? 15? ^1? to De pregnant by some one. (cc) in the in'D? UP?'? (by) you, Ex. 12:l6;
ballat,
Neh. 6:
PI? S-1"li5
invited
scriptions of poems (what is called Lamed of the author, and is also used in Arabic), ^Hf "ÎP psalm ol
Ps. 24:1; and David, Ps. 3:1; 4:1, and without the nominative "H"}? of David, or lij David^
,
. ,
.
something,
jit
ftroag
nxrben.
nn
Gen. 2:7,
living soul" (comp.
t?S3?
"and man became a
Ps. 25:!; 26:!; 27:!; compare the datives of tho author of a similar kind, which stand alone on the
2, a); and without the verb substantive, Job 13:12, D3'23 ion 3?V "your bulwarks (are be~ come) bulwarks of clay." Lam. 4:3, t?o? ^y n?
Hjn No.
Phoenician coins, as
Dm'7 (D^Tp)
i
struck by the
re Gr. 2(2ortJ)', Tupuv. Sidonians, n^!? '^ll (dd) in many other phrases and examples, in most of \vhich
"the daughter of my people cruel." Hence (4) It is the mark of the dtitive,
(is
become,
or
is)
after verbs of giving, granting, delivering (see 1^13, ?P|), of pardoning (KCO), of consulting (i*^), of sending (H?C'), etc. etc.
a passive participle must be supplied, 2 Sam. 3:8* Dyb'nX^ pjpx W3? "his first-born (David's) w.is Amnon, by Ahinoam," i. c. born of that mother; ver.
5 (where some needlessly supply rather Ps. 128:6); Job 33:6,

3
I?,
'P
:
7$
TM
compare "T &c

;
Specially
it
denotes
(a)
what
is
called
dativnm
tiven as
lommodi (&
incommodi), compare No. 8, which is tlao often added pleonastically to verbs of motion, as
thou (creiited) by God," comp. Ps. 24 1 74 16 Mos.6:io, D^-pSY ni3J D'^ "there whoredoms (wer ctmmitted) by the Ephraimites ;" Isa. 8:12, njn7 tif
:
day (of a judgment to be held) by Jehovah ;" *SP? BSP'P "a law (promulgated) by " Nineveh was the God of Jacob;" Jon. 3:3, nVl} TJJ a'npX? a great city, (so made) by God," which God had, by his favour, made great and illustrious (comPs.
" the
nominative, it nowappears to
me different!}
I differ
although
81:5, 35JC
as to the particular examples
from
Wind
;
(Sim. Lex. p. 509, 510). Two of them, 2 Ch. 7:21; Ecc. 9:4, we have already seen under No. I l Ch 7:1, and 24:20, 22, should apparently be rendered,
the sons of Issachar, to the Levites," etc. sc. belonged, are to be reckoned those that follow, ga ben ol'nen Sffacfyar (gct'.ortcn). In that very diffi" the cult passage, i Ch. 3:2, third was Absalom," by comparison with 2 Samuel 3: 3,
PS nbV yDI? the pare page L, A); 1 Ki. 10: i fame of Solomon, (prepared or given him) by Jehovah;" Ps. 3:9, njp'n nin^ "by Jehovah (is) vic"by Jehovah and tory;" Jud. 7:18, forj& njn Gideon (we shall conquer)." Also used of the instrument, ^n '27 nan to smite with the edge of the sword (see !"13); j)y? nST to see with the eyes, Eze. " w i tn our 12:12; Ps. 12:5, T ??3 -133.B7? tongue we
shall prevail."
"to
D^?^ 't^n
TOf^ttJ
"V^f n
reading, since
it
the other five
may be suspected as a false wanting in the enumeration of sons (283.3:1 4), and in twenty
is
the V
codices of Kennicott's collation.
However,
m
it
may J
In
many
of the examples which have been just
lett. b, d, ce), in Latin, a genitive would be used; and hence, also, in examples of other kinds, 7 stands as the sign of the genitive (compare as to the
cited (see
perhaps be defended by regarding Dv^S? to be the accusative of the predicate depending on the verb substantive omitted almost like Lam. 4: 3 (see No. 2); and indeed Absalom, as the son of a mother of royal
;
dative in
Greek when put by what

//
;
is
called <T\^fia
KoXo^wj'toi' for the genitive, e. g.
KifyaXi]
rw uv-
dpwxu, Bernhardii Synt. Gr. p. 88 also the Gascon idiom, le fils a Mr. A. s'est marie avec la fille d Mr.
B., for de). (a) where many genitives Specially '" '??>?? Q'P'H ' ?.3 depend on one nominative, as the chronicles of the kings of Israel, 1 Ki. 15:31; D-J?X nyifc &yy nby fgp Gen. 18:3, compare Ruth 2:3; or where the nominative has an epithet adjoined, as "feo'ns*? "tnx |3 i Sa. 22:20 (in both these kinds of examples the construct state would be unsuitable, see Lehrg. p. 673). (b) after numerals, Gen. 7:12, "in the six hundredth year nb "H? of the life of Noah;" and so 73 tfB*n the first of all, 2 Sa. 19:21, On? nnx one of them; Eze. i :6. (c) as a genitive marking material, Lev. 13:48; Ezr. l:ll, and (d) where adverbs with the addition of 7 are put before substantives, and have the force of prepositions, as 3*3? (adv.), *? 33p (prep.); nnrir? (adv.); j> nnPIO
<
birth, and more famous than his brethren, may hava been distinguished from the rest by the writer of the genealogy; as though he had said, bcr brittc/ bcc roat tfbfalom/ etc., the third, who was Absalom.
From
the primary signification of direction and
<!
turning towards, there are also the following derived
and applied meanings. (5) as to, with regard

$tnftd)t auf/ in 2f nfefyitng/ an/
to,
Germ,
in SScjiefyung/
expressed in Greek by the and a dative fie, preposition by (Matthias, Gr. 404), " Solomon in Latin by an ablative, l Kings 10:23, was greater than all the kings of the earth "^V?
<>
as to riches and wisdom." Job 32:4, "for ?'' Psalm they were greater D'P'? as to days," in age. " silver e n in workthe V 12:7, ? >' purified shop, as to earth," i. e. from earthy matter, scoria.
'"'PPC
1
1
n?
^P
=
p.
Gen. 19:21; 42:9; Lev. 14:54; Josh. 22:10; Job Thus used absolutely at the beginning of a sentence, Isa. 32:1, DffP^ D>#7* "and as to
9:19.
nnn
(prep.)';
3.
j>
79,
*?
pnp,
}>
DlgO,
etc!
Lehrg.
princes
let
them
631, No.
D3
'>'Qrr?!>
rule justly." Ps. 16:3, ...... Dî?? "as to the saints ...... in them only I
Hebrew writers also sometimes, especially later ones, who somewhat inclined to Chaldaism, incorrectly used ?, the mark of the dative, instead of the
accusative, after active
delight."
(6)
on account
(compare
of, propter,
used of cause and
verbs (as
Syriac, and Êthiopic), e. g. Lament. 4:5; ? 3nn Job 5: 2,
done in Chaldee, ? np? Jer. 40:2; ? ??S

is
reason
Arab. 6\d\
J Lam causal).
So
compare
Once 7 is 25:1; Psa. 135:11. whole sentence, which stands as an accusative, Isa. 8:1," and write thereon with a common stylus '"V!"??
etc
Ch. 16:37; even prefixed to a

l
HO? quare? wherefore? why? Gr. c rl; irpos ri\ Germ. HJOJU? and I.!-?, ID? therefore, Gen. 4:23, " I have slain a man *VV?? because of a wound inflicted on me, *rnnn? "1J?!1 and a young man because of a
stripe." Isa.
13 B>n 77t?' this (these words),' haste to the prey,'"
Compare verse 3. As K what I formerly added (Lehrg. p. 681), is fo-.ud by a singMlar solecism prefixed even
55:5, Avhere 1O:1O.
14:9; 15:5; 30:1; 36:9; 60:9 (comp. Hosea it is said more explicitly $*??).
that
to
tiling
(7) concerning, about, of, used of a person or made the object of discourse, after verbs of
CCCCXXIV
ying.
Gen. 20: 13,

brother."
WH
HK
he
ia
my
Ps. 3:2;
say of me, 22:31; of command-
npx
24: 14; 3 ???
Hfening, Gen. 49:

;
l j;
Ps.
90:6:
:
Ecc. 11:6, for the
common 3^3
3^ n$ Gen. 8
1 1
ing, Ps.
P.
91:11; of laughing, mocking, Gen. 21:6; 25:2; of lamenting, Isa. 15:5; 16:7; compare
Di'?
Arab.
(8)
Koran
iii.
162;
iv.
54.
Gen. 3:8; BtoB>n N3 ny? at the time of ffffyi sunset, Jos. 10:27, and conjointly 3^) ">g3?. i Ch. 16:40; 2 Ch. 2:3. (b) used of space of time within
on behalf of any
one,
No. 3, a). Psalm 124: l, J> unless run; fck Jehovah had been on our behalf," had stood on our " who Isa. 6 8, ride. Ps. 56: 10; 118:6. J> ifc ,'P shall go for us?" Job 13:7, ttflj nflJjl 7X>n will ye speak iniquity on behalf of God?" Gen. 9:5,
:
nw
for any one (comp.
which anything D'PJH ntvtt'p within throe o is done: -L {, S 3K' {??>? nns once in three days, Ezr. 10:8; D years, 1 Ki. 10:22; and even (c) of a space of lime after which any thing is to be (just as Gr. tic iuavroy ia through the space of a year (for a year) and after a year): 6611.7:4, nj?3C> liy D^pv after seven days,
blood will I require (vindicate, avenge) only your D3'nB>?5? on behalf of your lives," i. e. for the So ? En/2 to fight for any one security of your life.
;
"
Am. 4:4, D'P? neÔT 2 three Sam. 13:23, D'PJ Q?njt?7 (every) days; "after two years ;"ll:l. Some examples of ? preGerm,
in (nad)) nod) ftcbrn Sagcn;
after
"
1>
r J?? to pray, to
i
make
intercession for
any
one.
Hence it
Gen. l:
is
noun of time do not belong here, in which it the sign of the dative, e.g. Ex. 34 2, T?3? J1DJ really " ready for the morning Prov. 7 :-2O, he will come
fixed to a
is
:
(9) as applied to a rule or standard,
according
to.
"according to its kind." Gen. " 10:5, faby? B"X every one according to his lanNu. 4:29, "according to their tribes and guage."
13VD7
families."
n,
home Np3 Qiy by

festival)."
the day of the full

gefle.
moon
(to the
Germ, gum
i.
(3) of the condition or state in which any one

"13? in separation,
i.
is,
as
e.
n separately; P37 in security,
Deu. 32:8;
i.
Sa. 10:19.
to justice,
e.
justly.
Isa.
32:1.
P"JV.< according Also as though,
as if. Job 39: 16, d? W? n33 rwpn she is cruel towards her young, as if (they were) not hers." Vulg. quasi non sint sui. Job 18:14, "$$> ^Tyvri nin?3 "terrors make him flee, as if (those) of a
vrf? in sickness, i. e. sick, e. securely, confidently; Isaiah 1:5; r~\\Q\>~\} in (garments) of many colours, Ps. 45: 15.
An
infinitive
with ^ prefixed (as

(i)
J"IV.TJ) is
ren-
dered in Latin
ad faciendum,
Job 15:22; 27 20) Hos. 9:13, " Ephraim...was planted in a pleasant meadow "W like Tyre"(pr. as if he were Tyre); 'B'prp X^ he went out (from bondage) free; which
king," or military leader, (comp.
:
purpose and end, e. g. " a tnne * bring forth," Ecc. 3:2; open;" rH-f DW/ n3Tj5 near to fly (thither), Gen. 19: 20: also someDD what is to be thing to be done, faciendum : nib'y.?
marking Cant. 5:5, "I rose up D^P? to
to do,
as
ia
also expressed without ?,
^Qn
N.
done? 2 Ki. 4:13;
Isa.
5:4; 10:32.
i"i*$
(2) faciendo, for doing, niby.? Hjn to be ready or
at a place, or in
(l) of rest, or tarriance (B) More rarely 7 is used a place (compare ? letter B), like the
ti<
,
disposed for doing anything (see nirv " Jehovah

ellipt.
No.
l,
d), and
Gr.
|u
t'c
for
V, and the Germ, ju for

at one's
side; 'B
in/ an/ e. g.
^V.în? (is ready) for saving me," he will save me, he desires my welfare, Isa.
fcftritg;
as 'B 1!?
PPv
at
some
38:20; 21:1544:14.
(3) facieiidi, of doing, Num. 1:1, "in the second year EnXVp of their going out," i. e. after they had gone out. (4) 1O:2.
that, so that
one's right hand (p. cccu, B); ";}S nns? "at the door of his tent,"' Num. 1 1 : 1O; IT}!? 'Q? at the entrance of
the city, Prov. 8:3; D'P! p n r by the sea shore, Gen. 49'.13; B *3'J?? at the eyes, i.e. before the eyes, in the sight of any cne, '?.?? id. This usage is yet more
f
(one might do),
Num.
1 1
Isa.
widely ex tended by the poets and later [?] writers, who sometimes put ? for the common 3, e.g. pn? Ps. 41 : and Win ? 2 Ch. 32:5, i. q. f ? without, outside;
1
(5) even
to,
until (one
might
do),
compare above,
2, Isa.
7:15.
of,
?, iV?Vo?f
is
12:23; nsyp? a t Mizpah, Hos. 5:1; nn37, in the pit, i.e. in prison, Isa. 51:14. It
applied
(2^ to time, and
at which,
is
^9 Jos.
spoken
(a) of the point of time
A, 6), Isa. 30: 4 when (one might do), ">tos? in that he said 3^. niap? when evening drew on, Gen. 24:63, compare Jud. 19:26; niE'y? when he makes, Job 28:25 (for which there is rilby.3, verse 96).
(6) on account
because (see
(7) in
that, while,
;
is done; especially used in poetry, and in imitation by the later writers, s ~i3? in the morning, Psa. 30:6; 59 1 7 ; Amos
and
in which,
any thing
as though (A, 9), l Sa. 2O:2O. is prefixed to an infinitive when it il ? Farther, the complement of verbs which _can also be used (8) as
if,
4:4, for the
common "^33 ; "fay
at
daylight, Job
absolutely,
e. g.
Gen.
1 1
8,
nmp
l^.nM Germ,
ju
^cccxxv
$6rten auf
vh-h
hast
begun
$u fcauen$ Deut.3:24, rrtxnn> nVin "thou to shew." In such cases ? may be
jecting the other rendering]; Ex. 39:23; Isa. 41:7. Also as to its use these particulars arc
to
omitted, e. g. sppin followed by a bare infinitive, Am. 7:8; 8:2; with ? prefixed, Am. 7:13, just as in Latin a bare infinitive is used, and in poetry, indeed, it is 3 mostly omitted, see the verbs '"t?^, I$P, !'*?? î?.
,
be observed
(1)
It is
no ; Job 23:6,
put absolutely when answering a question, " will he contend with me with all his
port,
1P7, and the
like.
Once ? appears
to
be used as a conjunction, and
is
strength? no (K7), only," etc.; also in refusing, Gen. " not 19:2, (so), but we will lodge in the street." It stands as an interrogation when an affirma(2)
tive
prefixed to a finite verb (as in Arab.

1
for
<3,
and
answer
is
X70 nonne?
expected (different from ?X No. 4), for like the Gr. OVK, II. x. 165; iv. 242; es-
Ch. ?
lett.
B), for that; thus,
common
reading ]$n?
may be
Ki. 6: 19, where the rendered that thou
pecially thus found in sentences connected with
what
:
mayest place. But as in this connexion this would be rather harsh, perhaps Ewald may be followed (Hebr. Gram. p. 213), in taking JFIR as a doubled
infinitive, as in l Ki.
has preceded, Job 14: 1 6, *nxt3n 7JJ ib^n X? " dost not thou watch over my sin?" Job 2 1O 2 Ki. 5 26
:
;
Jer.
17:14.
i.
( Chald.
(A) prep.
q.
Hebr.
(i) to,
towards
(used of place), Dan. 2:17; 4:19; 6:11; 7:2. (2) the mark of the dative, Dan. 2:5, 7, 9, and
often also of the accusative after active verbs, Dan. :lo, 23, 24, 25; 5:4; also of the genitive, Ezr. 5:
49:9; Lam. 3:36. (3) It is put for X73 without; 1 Ch. 2:30, "and Seled died D"?^ X? without children;" Psalm 59:4; 2 Sa. 23:4; Job 34: 24; TO N' without a way, Job 12:24; t^X X7 without men, devoid of men, Job
(4) It
is, i. q.
38:26.
O"N2 not yet, 2 Kings 20:4; Psalm
139:16.
prefixed to nouns (a) to adjectives to X7 impious, Psalm 43 : i ; negative, ~l*pn ty N7* infirm, Prov. 30:25. (b) to substantives, as
(5)
It is
1156:3, 15
(3)
It is
prefixed to the infinitive after

etc.,
verbs of
make them
7X X?
as if
speaking, commanding,
Dan. 2:9, 10, 12.
(B) conj. that, which, when prefixed to a future, gives it a conjunctive, optative, and imperative power
(compare the French que je sois). The preformatives of the future then are omitted, see XI rj Dan. " blessed be ;" Dan. 4:22," amongst :2O, "^P K.1.$
the beasts of the field
were non-deus, not-god, i. e. an idol, a name, Deut. 32:21; Jer. 5:7; 1*^X7 not god ivood, used of a man in opposition to a rod or instrument of wood, Isa. 10:15; t^X X 7, Q"1X X7 used
it
only in
of
God
as not to be
compared with mortals,

No.
Isa. 3.
31 :8.
be;" Dan. 2:29,

.1
XV>
TpP
K.1.np
et tn y
As
dwelling
flD "
what
shall
come
to
to the phrase 73 X7, see under 73 ascribe to X^, also a signification as
Some
a substantive,
pass" (unless here XJn? be put for the fuller Xin.Dp).
used.
35 times, according to the final Masora"], an adverb of negation, NOT, anciently pronounced also X7, v, v (compare Np-v, v-17, v-IX),
/
X'l7
9
~"
[" and
nothing, but there are no certain instances of it so Job 6:21, the reading is very doubtful, and Job 3 1 23, ??-lX X 7 should be rendered I coulU not (do any thing of the kind); compare however Chald H7 Dan. 4:32. X^>,
:
With
prefixes
Aram, and Arab. X7, Jl, )}, compare as to these syllables which have a negative power, (page xxi, A). Like the Gr. ov, OVK, it expresses an absolute negation; and hence it is put (unlike ^, which see) with preterites, Gen. 2:5; 4: 5, and futures, as (a) simply " expressing a negative, 3TV.H X? thou wilt not leave," Ps. 16: 10. (b) in prohibitions, Ex. 2O:i5,2:i;in K? "thou shalt not steal;" verse 5; Gen. 24:37; Lev.
which
19:4; 25:17; Deu. 25:4 (where it differs from /X, is dehortatory; but compare Prov. 22:24).
preposition of various significavarious uses of the particle ?. to the tions, according
(A) X73.
(a)
(i)
used in sentences expressive of end (where commonly there is /^), although this use is denied by Winer (Sim. Lex. p. 514). [Doubted by Ges.
(c) rarely
in Thes.] Ex. 28:32, JT?jf. X7 "that it be not rent" ["(so) that it shall not be rent," Ges. in Thes., :3-
not in (a certain time); compare ? of time, A, No. l, i. e. out of, beyond a certain time; Lev. 15:25, firnr^ K73 " beyond the time of her uncleanness ;" also before (i. q. D lPf); Job 15:32, toi* X72 "before his time ;" compare above X? for 3 of B"JJ? No. 4. (b) not for (some price); compare Ps. letter Isa. and thus 44:13; B, 9, 35:1; price, 3 X7 Isaiah 45: 13. (c) not with (any thing), i.e. " without; l Chron. 12:33, 3-<J -1 ? ** 73 not with a double heart," i. e. with a unanimous heart, with the whole soul compare Psalm 17:1; Job 8 1 1 Ezek. 22 29. In the same sense ? X? is used, as IV? X? withnot witl out hand Cof man), Job 34: 20;
letter
: ;
CCCCXXVI
silver, t2s
JJ
i.
e.
so as to obtain silver, Isa. 48: 10 (Syriac
'T-.
without). (d) not through; compare ? of instrument and cause, letter C, No. a Job 30 28, " I go blackenel ni2n N^5 not (blackened) by the sun." In some instances &O3 is also concisely used for *6 TS S3; Isa. 55:2, njn'^ N^>3 for that which
; :
!
pr. n.
\" without pasture"), [Lo-debarj, of a town in Gilead, 2 Sa. 17 27, which is called
:
**'
883.9:4,5, i3TiS.
N^ ( n ot my people"), [Zo-amrai], th* symbolic name of a son of ITosea, Hos. l :g.
'#
does not satisfy;" 2 Ch. 30: 18, " they eat the Passover 3-inr? N^3 not according to the written precept," prop, in
a manner which was not according to

auf
bte 7(rt/ bie
? ( not having obtained mercy"), [Lo-ruhamah~\, symbolic name of a daughter of
that which
cbrift
was written;
Hosea, Hos.
6, 8
2:25.
root.
md)t
nacf)
ber
war} Jer. 2:11.
Ô<
by a
ftit.,
an unused
Arab,
t-^
Sled
Waw,
tlie
to
(2) Conj. followed
Germ,
otjne bafi;
so
that not, Lam. 4:14, fy* &1 "so that (men) could not touch their garments." (B) &6i| nonne? is not? Genesis 4: 7; 20:5; Job annonf i Ki. i 1 1. Such a ques1 1O; Nu. 23 26 tion requires an affirmative answer, and thus N?n j 8 often simply an affirmation, almost i. q. ft, HSH lo! 1 i Sam. 20:37, the arrow <>Tin j6n n$nj 2 Kuth Pro. 8:1; Sa. thee ;" 15:35; 2:8; (is) beyond 14:22; 22: 20; Job 22: 12 (in the other hemistich Hence the author of the Chronicles, instead of "IK"]). K?n in the books of Kings, has often used nsn, e. g. a Ki. 15:36, i|P D'llin? DH t6q "behold these
:
: ;
&&$* W
:
thirst;
cognate to i_^J to burn ; whence
noun
nb-ispri which see.
"O?
Niph.).
(cgn.
to
nn?)
(i) pr. TO
LABOUR
(see
^p
Job 4:5, (2) to be wearied, to be exhausted. " because calamity now toucheth thee, N?rfl thou faintest;" followed by ^ with inf. to labour in vain, not to be able, Gen. 19: 11.
(3)
to be
weary
i.
of anything,
to be
offended
at,
Job 4:2.
NIPHAL,
to
q.
Kal, but of more frequent use

inf.
(l)
labour, followed by an
Jer.
things are written in the book," etc. ; comp. 2 Ch. 27 7 ; and so, 2 Ki. 2O:2O; 21:17; compared with 2 Ch.
:
bour
"they labour in vain;"
Jer. 9:4, -IN?? niyn to act perversely," especially "to la-
20:9;
Isa.
16: 12.
Ps. 68: 10;
32:32; 33:18; 35:27; and so often, see Gesch. der Heb. Spr., p. 39. The LXX. also often render *6q by llov, Josh. l:Q; 2 Ki. 15:21. In Samaritan and Rabbinic fc&n is commonly used for run, and in the
-f.
(2) to be ivearied, to be .followed by 3 Isa. 47: 13. (3)

Isa.
exhausted,
- -
same sense
(C) *&?.
in
Arabic
51, Ifc,
see Lehrg. p. 834. 2 Ch. 15:3, so that
to be iv ear y of anything; followed by an inf., 1:14; Jer. 6:ll; 15:6; followed by a gerund, Prov. 26:15, "it grieveth him (the sluggard) to
(l) without; once
he have not.
bring back his hand to his mouth." Used of loathing, Exod. 7:18.
HIPIIIL
& ">*6
(2) as if not; see 7 A, 9.

Isa.
Elsewhere
it
is
for
nspn
(i) to
weary,
to
fatigue, Job
65
Job"
26
2.
16:7; Eze. 24:12.

(2)
Isa.
to
Note 1. By a certain neglect in orthography N? is sometimes written for \? to him; according to the Masorah fifteen times, Ex. 21:8; Lev. 1 1 2 1 25:30;
: ;
weary
out, or overcome anyone's patience,
7:13; Mic. 6:3.
Derivatives,
^(^
and
Sam. 2:3; 2 Sam. 16:18; Ps. 100:3; 139:16, Job 13:15; 4:4; Ezr.4:2; Pro 19:7; 26:2; Isa. 9:2; 63:9; on the contrary three times \h is written Job 6 2 1 [TJbut several for t6, 1 Sam. 2 16; 20 2
1
:
7 (" wearied") pr.n. Leah, the elder daughter of Laban, and the wife of Jacob, Gen. 29: 16, sq. ; ch.
30, 31i.
HN
of these examples are uncertain. Note a. Some suppose the particles t?? an<3 ft? to be compounded of K? and 13, ft, but *? in these is the
prefixed
preposition;
,
q.
&b
and BH? TO
WHAP ROUND,
TO
a Sa. 19:5 (with this accord Sanscr. I'jd; Gr. \a&v, Xartiavu: Lat lateo). DS? Job 15:11:
MUFFLE,
see
see p. ccccur,
A, and below
,
under V$.
adv. gently, see BK.
I*,
Hebr. to. Dan. 14; 3:12, *?% annon? 2:5,9,10,11; not, (l) ib. 3:24; 4:27. Dan. 4:33. (a) nothing,
&V, once ""V (Dan. 4:32 a
ro),
i.
q.
10X7
i.
q.
oS
part.
Kal of the root JM ? which

root; Arabic
see.
an
Ccnj.
FV
CCCC XXVII
i:
:
to depute,
to
send a messenger;
(to
be sent)
legavit.)
to wait
minister, servant.
upon, to minister; (Kindred roots are "H?^,
heart
and Lat.
17:32); and, poetically, a sick, wounded, or grieved is ascribed to the sorrowful (Proverbs 13: 12; 14: 13; Isa. 61 l); a melted heart to the timid, Isa. 13:7; Deu. 20:8; a hard heart (see n^'j5, rwvw),
:
Derivatives,
pr. n.
^?,
'
'?$]. 7^7 (" by God,"

pr. n. m.,
like a stone (Ezek. 11:19; 36:26), uncircurncised The (Lev. 26:41), lo the stubborn and inflexible.
words
too.
sc.
created;
com p. Job 33:6),
by which we
utter those feelings, are
[Lacf],
Num. 3:24.
DN7 an unused root, perhaps denoting the same

W.
its
poetically attributed to the heart; and thus (he heart is said to cry out (Hos. 7:14), to lament (Isa. 15:5), to sigh (Ps. 38:9); and those are said to pour out their
(Arab.
heart who pour out

(c)
it is
their tears,
Lam.
2: 19. Also
is,
to agree, to
be congruent,
so far at least as its
meaning can be gathered from

[See
perhaps, to gather together. Hence other conjectures in Thes.]).

derivatives;
applied to the mode of thinking and acting; a sense in which a pure heart is ascribed to any one (Psalm 51: 12), a sincere heart (l Ki. 3:6),
faithful (Neh. 9:8), upright (l Ki. 9:4); and, on the contrary, a perverse heart (Psalm 101:4), stubborn (Pro. 7: 10), deep, i.e. not to be explored (Ps. 64:7),
suff. Isa. 51 =4; plur. DV3$ (l) a people, a nation, Gen. 25:23; 27:29; Ps.
'BX, 'BW
7'8; 9:9(2) [Leummiin], pr. n. of an Arabian tribe, Gen. *5 35 supposed to be the same as the 'A \\oiyicuwra of Ptolemy.
:
impious (Job 36:13); and double-minded men are said to speak with a double heart, Psa. 12:3, 373 n]n* 3?1; see, on the other hand, l Chr. 12:33, N?3
3? with a sincere heart. A heart that is wide (3rh Prov. 21:4), great (^13 Isa. 9 8), high (33 J Ezek. 28:5) signifies pride; but the former of these
3.?1
:
2?
J"l'3?;
followed
by Makk.
is
"3^, with suff. '??,
^3?
pi.
and (what
the same)
33f>,
expressions also signifies joy (Isa. 60:5). (d) the seat of will and purpose,
It is
i
Sa. 14:7*
D333>, plur. (l Ch. 28:9); with suff. once !Q33^ Nah. 2:8, m. (i) </ie heart, perhaps so called from being hollow [" so called from fatness"] see the root 337. (Arab.
;
constr. 33>, suff.
^3
what thou
nb>J?"do
hast
all
that
is
in thy
heart,"
wiliest,
determined.
<>
Isaiah 10:7,
c-J, Syr. )L^\ yEthiop. \*{]; id.) 2 Sam. 18:14; Ps. 45:6, etc. As the heart is the central point of the blood and the seat of life, it often means
(a)
i.
133^3 Vpett> "to destroy is in his heart." Isa. " 63:4, the day of vengeance ??3 is in my heart," In i. e. I have decreed it, and will accomplish it. this sense the heart is said to be willing (Ex. 35:22),
heart, at
(e)
*33?:) i.e. according to rebellious (Jer. 5:23). Farther will, i Sa. 13: 14.
my
my
q.
'S3
fcebcnSpviiijip be S
(Horn. ^ptVec), the soul, life (bag KorperS), Psa. 73:21; 84:3; 102:5;
E?Q3 verse 10).
intellect and
to is do in
are also ascribed to
Jer.
4:18 (comp.
Hence the heart
the heart (compare

cor, Cic. Tusc.
i.
^.J
heart, understanding; Lat.
is
be refreshed), Ps. 22:27; to be sick, Isa. 1:5; and even to sleep and to wake (Ecc. 2:23; compare 8: 16; Cant. 5:2); and to stay the heart, is applied to those who take food and drink (see TUp).
said to live (to
9
l
Plant. Pers. iv. 4, 71,
and cor:
dalus,
i.
e.
The
It
cart
is
also regarded
by Hebrew
writers, as
senses, affections, and emoof various kinds, as love (Jud. 18:15, "thy heart is not with me," i. e. thou dost not love me; and on the contrary, to love with the whole heart, or breast, Dent. 4:29; 6:5); con(b) thu seat of the tions of the mind,
" i Ki. 10 Chr. 29:18). 2, (the with him all that was in her queen of Sheba) spake " heart," i. e. she knew. Jud. 16: 17, he told her Hence all his heart," all that he knew. Ecc. 7: 21.
discreet)
and even
the
faculty of think-
ing
(Isa.
10:7;
one, is called
3^b D?q Job 9:4 (comp.
Ki. 10:24);
and on the contrary, 3? ipn foolish, void of underv ^?$ en of heart, i. e, standing, Pro. 7:7; 9:4;
fidence (Prov.
31:11); contempt (Prov. 5:12); joy
03103 33? ^TJ| understanding, Job 34 :io. Job 12:3, H3 " I also have u n d e r s t a n d i n g as well as you."
(Ps. 104:15); sorrow, contrition (Ps. 109:16); bitterness (Ps. 73:21); despair (Ecc. 2:20); fear (Ps. 87:3; compare Isa. 35:4; Jer. 4:9); security (p3?
3? Job 36:5, A fat heart

lO'f), Isa.
is
is
God. spoken of the highest one that is dull, devoid of sense (see
wisdom of
10.
tlie
3? Ps.
57:8;
108:2); fortitude (Ps.
40:13;
Sam.
(2) rnetaph.
middle part^
interior, midst
CCCCXXVIII
e.g. of the sea,
Exod. 15:8; of heaven, Deut. 4:11. Sam. 18:14, n^xn 3^3 "in the midst of the tere-
Cant. 4:9.
Compare
as to such lenominatives,
Hel
Gram.
binth."
-
51,2. (2) denom. from ^3*3?
to
make such
cakes,
S7
S uff.
3^], Ch. id. Dan. 7 : a8.
^/
(Til/ an unused root, whence are derived N'37, '??, x t?r, a lion, a lioness. I have hardly any doubt of its being onomatopoetic, in imitation of the sound of roaring; like the old Germ, lumen/ luiucn/ If ucn j Engl. to low ; whence the Germ. 26ipc/ 2cu >
Gr.
Xt'wi'.
m. heart, see 37.

.
Njf
&
Ch.
id.
with
suff.
^33^, H33> Dan. 8:30,
5:22
I
3 / alone, see
"l?.
[In Thes. another origin
is
also suggested;
Arab. ^<J to be voracious.]
I?
contr.
from n3r> flame. Ex. 3:2,
like 7t?j*
pti) U ons
[and N'37] which
(2)
see.
from
tlie sing.
?<>,
far /tjjjrr; according to others, from the root 337, 3737 ; Samar. to shine, to give light.
nil/
a town of the tribe of
nitfZl?
f.
of the word
3J?
heart, Ezek. 16:30; plur.
[eao//],
pr. n. of
Simeon, Josh. 15:32; more fully
n'3 19:6.
(see 3|?) Ps.
7:10; Pro. 15:11.
a root unused in Kal; prob. i.q. 333 (comp. Job 11:12), TO BE HOLLOW [" prob. TO BE FAT, the primary idea lies in the smoothness of fat things." See 33 ?, n3^ the heart, and a Thes.]; hence a|?,
1
H37
?,
E/ m. (once
V
>
f.
see No. 2, from the root
^37).
(1) a garment, clothing, Job 24:7, 1O; 31:19; 38:14; Est. 6:9, 10, 11; specially a splendid garand (all Job 38:14, K'-nV to? -13-V1JV1 ment. in splendid attire," spoken forth as stand things) of the earth, shone upon by the morning sun; comp.
Poi:t. used of the scaly Est. 6:9, 10, 11 ; Isa. 63: 1. coat of the crocodile, Job 41 :5.
R^
kind of cake, so called from its hollow form, [but see above as to the meaning of this root].
be
NIPHAL, denom. from 33? pass, of Piel No. 1, to deprived, to be void of heart, i.e. of mind, of Job 1 1 12, K"13 ~vy} 33^ 3-133 Btf\ understanding.
:
T?V D1X "but man (is) empty, (and) void of understanding, and man is born (like) a wild ass's colt;" signifying the imbecility and dulness of the
human
understanding vine wisdom. There

of the verbs
3-133
when compared with

is
the di-
a play of words in the use and 3??'. of a like origin. I for-
your
in common (2) a spouse, a wife, by a metaphor use in Arabic, Mai. a 16 (where it is construed with a fern.), compare Koran, Sur. ii. 183, "Wives are attire, and you are theirs." Compare also the
:
verbs
.**-),
c>J
to
to this interpretation, which alone is suitable to the context, on the ground that there is no example of the privative power of Piel being
merly objected
More examples with a woman. tens in Animadv. ad Ps. 65 1 4.

:
put on a garment; also to lie are given by Schul-
Hebr
3:21.
-IsJ to cast
transferred to Niphal ; but this
is
removed by Arabic
examples, as
it
JyX< wounded
in the liver.
Or perhaps
J7
unused in Kal; Arab.
on the
may be
inquired
nification of dulness in
by the learned, whether the sig33? may not be drawn from

33.7?
ground, to prostrate. NlPHAL, TO BE
THROWN HEADLONG,
TO
FALL
the verb 337
itself,
in the sense of hollowness [but
DOWN, TO PERISH,
*57
pi.
Prov. 1O:8, 10; Hos. 4:14.

fern. f"llN37
has
it
such a sense?], so that
may be
almost the
m. C3N3? lions, Psa. 57:5;

N'3;p.
same as
to
3^33. Others, by comparison of Syr. make wise, to add understanding; Ethpael, to be made wise, strengthened, render " but dull man be-
lionesses, Nah. 2: 13, see
comes
wise, (when) a
man
shall
be born the
is
colt
tOl/ a lion, so called from liisroaring, sec N37, a word altogether poetic, Gen. 49:9; Num. 24:9; Deut. 33:20; Job 4:11; 3^ 39; Isa.5:29; 30:6,
=
of a wild ass," i.e. never; but this dignity of the Hebrew language.
contrary to the
etc.
ai^- at
si<-~*
s-<--
(Arab. i'U, -uJ
i.J,
ako j'J a
lioness;
Copt
PIEL 337
take
away
(i) denom. from 337, to wound, to any one's heart (spoken of a maiden),
[also a lion and lioness].) Boc'.iart considers, Hieroz. i. p. 719, that this word does n>t
AABOl a bear
CCCCXXIX
signify a lion, but a lioness, principally the passage, Eze. 19:2, and by an etymology,
influenced
by
for the sun,
from
(l) white, poet, for the
s~
moon,
lik<
milk, IV. to suckle with the first in Eze. loc.cit., there occurs the form NJ37, milk; but and the proposed etymology lacks even the appearto
and Arab,
draw the
first
^jj
the moon,
from^JI
to
white, Cant. 6:10; Isa. 24:23; 30:26.

(2)
[Lebanah],
pr. n.
m. Ezra 2:45; Neh.
7.
ance of truth.
[In Thes., however, Bochart's sup-
48
D'- a brick, a burnt tile,Gen. ll -.3; f. pi. Eze. 4:1, so called from the white and chalky clay of which bricks were made, according to Vitruv. ii. 3.
more favour, although on position is treated with different grounds, especially as being more suited to
the context of the passages.]
f.
np
SO
.
(for
nj3), Eze. 19:2, a lioness.
Arab.
id.
Compare
ilpD.
HIT?/ [the actually occurring form is 0112?], f. pi. a kind of cake made in a frying pan, as if saganum of Apicius, prob. so called from their holloAV form,
twisted together (cine
Slinjen)
2Crt
m. a kind of tree or shrub, so called from the white colour of 'the bark or leaves, Gen. 30 37 ; Hosea 4:13. According to the LXX. and Arabic
:
jufammfngerolltft Gierfudicn/
-i~
33T> has any [This depends on whether such meaning as to be hollow; Gesenius says, in " Thes., prob. with plenty of fat"], from the root 2 Sam. 13:6, 8, 1O. Hence the denominative 33?, verb 33)?, which see. LXX. voXAvp/Sce. Vulg. sorbitiuncula.
translator, in Genesis, styrax

to the
Arab. ^jtJ, according
LXX.,
poplar.
Hos., and Vulg. Gen., btvKrj, the white See Celsii Hierobot. 1. 1. p. 292 ; compare
Michaelis Supplem. p. 1404.

f.
(O
whiteness, transparency,
Ex
24:10.
(0
T0 BE WHITE, unused in Kal, see 137
(2) denom. from n33p to

x-'-
make
id.)
bricks, Gen. 11:3;
(a) of a town in the plain (2) \_Libnah~\, pr. n. country, of the tribe of Judah; a royal city of the Canaanites, afterwards a city of the priests and a 21:13; city of refuge, Jos. 10:29; 12 = 1 55 1 5 = 4 2
;
Ex. 5:7, 14.

HIPHIL
to
(Arab. >r
(l) trans,
to
make
white,
metaph.
to
2 Ki. 8:22; 19:8; 23:31. (b) of a station of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33:20.
purge,
lt:35-
cleanse from the
filthiness of sins,
Dan.
&
,U, Syr.
(1)
O?
(Gr. X//3aroc,
f.
X/3aroe), [Arab.
(2) in trans to be white (compare as to verbs of colour in Hiph., Heb. Gram. 52, 2), Ps. 51 :Q; Isa. I:l8; Joel 1:7.
|ja=>V|,
:
frankincense, Lev. 2:1, 15; 5:11; 24:7; Num. 5: 15; Isa. 60 6, etc., so called from the white
colour of the purest frankincense (Plin. H. N. xii. 14). It is spoken of as growing, not only in Arabia (Isa.
HITHPAEL, Dan. 1 2 i o.
:
to
purge oneself
[or, to be
purged],
The
derivatives follow immediately, except J37D.
P?
(i) adj.f. H337 white,
Ex. 16:31; Levit.
13:3, seq.
(2) pr. n. Laban, the son of Bethuel, an Aramasan, the father-in-law of Jacob, Gen. 24:29, 50; 31. [Name of a place, Deut. l 1.] chapters 29
:
60:6; Jer. 6: 20), but also in Palestine (Cant. 4:6, 14), unless in the Canticles some other odoriferous herb is intended. (2) \_Lebonali], pr. n. of a town near Shiloh, only mentioned Jud. 21:19 [ n ow prob. El Lubban
,
Rob. iii.go].
see
|5?
i.
q.
13? No.
l, const, state
~t3? Gen. 49: 12.
033
I'i
["]5/Ps.9:i
I??,
n-IO^j;.
Here some take
13?
as a pr. name Lab ben of others regard 7 as servile

Levite, as in i Ch. ]3? JYIO to be the
one of David's enemies; and J3 as the pr. n. of a
15:18.
Some moderns suppose
name
of a musical instrument.
(in prose always with art. P33?n i Ki. 5: Ezra 3:7; poet, without art. Ps. 29:6; Isa. 14:8; 29:17; compare Lehrg. p. 656), pr. n. Mount Lebanon (Gr. At'/Gai-oc), on the borders of Syria and Palestine, consisting of two very high ridges, of which
20, 23;
Better to read !5? niDpj; as in

gins' voict
many MSS.,
with vir-
the western
is
called Lebanon, Libanvs

is
tcnr'
iloîiv:
bv them
Ps. 46: l)/or the boys, to be sung |3 being taken as a collective." Ges. add.]
(ni?g ?%
the eastern ridge
partly covered with perpetual

its
snow
(Jer. 18:14,
whence
Hebrew name p37
ccccxxx
Ch.
Nn
Tit:,
Arab.
..^bJl
mow, compare A Ipes),
c_
JL^
.
the mountain of
this is called Antilibanus,

see.
and
garments,
Ki. 22:10; 2 Chron. 18:9; with robes.
clothed with
(official)
towards the south, in Hebr. pO'in, which
The
modern name of the valley between Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is axL Bekaa, but it is, however, al1
HIPHIL, to clothe some one; followed by an ace. of two ace. pers. 2 Ch. 28:15; more often followed by
of pers. and garment
;
to clothe
some one with a garGen. 41

-.42;
ment
(cr
;
liffi it)n
bae
.SUeib anjiefyn),
Exod.
together a different place from P33pn JIJ^B the valley of Lebanon, Jos. 11:17; 12:7, as to which see page
cxxxvi, B.
See Relandi Palsestina,

fasc.
ii.
1.
1.311
Oed-
by ?% Gen. 27: 16, "with goat skins rST?? iT>3^>n she clothed his hands." Metaph. to clothe any one with salvation, i. e. to bestow it
28:41
followed
largely, Ps. 132
:
mann. Verm. Sammlungen,
No. 9; Burck;
16; Isa. 61
10.
hardt's Travels in Syr. p. 1 , seq. ; p. 2 1 4, seq. Bibl. Alterthumsk. i. 2, p. 236, seq.

%
Ilosenm.
Derived nouns, wdj,
E^
id.
??
Numbers
ft-
.
(
Chald.
followed
by an
ace.
Dan.
Jj?
(" white"), [Libni], pr. n. of a son of Ger-
shon, Ex. 6:17;
Num.
3:18.
Patron,
id.
5:7, 16; Aph.'3 ?n (in a Hebraizing form), to clothe, followed by an ace. of the garment, and ? of pers.
3:21; 26:58.
Dan. 5 29.
:
and
A'fll'l
:
tQ7
fut.
V& [" Arab, y^, JEfa.

PUT ON
J? m.
see
a garment, TO CLOTHE ONESELF WITH a garment, followed by an ace., Lev. 6:3, 4; 16:23; 24:32; once followed
Syr.
cA^y].
(l) TO
prop, apparently, a deep cavity, a basin;

Q
by
?, like the. Lat. induit se veste, Est.
6:8 (compare
<__?
...J Med. Kesra followed by an ace. and
of the
(compare Syr. j>L^^ basin, dish; Gr. XOK:OC, Xacoc, Latin lacus, lacuna, from the root 33?); hence, tlie smallest of the measures of liquid things, a log ; according to the rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin,
equal to the contents of six eggs, Lev. 14: 1O, 12, 15,
Part. pass, construed garment), absol. Hag. 1:6. >>! with an ace. or gea., e. g. Q !? {^-137 Eze. 9:2, and
21,24.
B"|3n t^3?, verse 11,
seq.
Compare
"W3n.
clothed ri'J'?? splendour V& "my body is clothed nBVTE>? jesty;" Job7:5, with worms," covered over with worms; Ps. 65:14, fi&n D-Q BTajJ "the pastures are clothed with flocks;" D'Jvf B 3^ "clothed with the slain," i. e.
!
(2) It has various figurative uses, Ps.lO4:l,~nni. Ti?l " thou art with and ma-
-^7
an unused
to be
root.
Arab.
*& means
besides
deep (used of water, the sea [" of the depth sea"]); hence the Hebr. 3?.
other things,
s*
lying in the midst of the slain, lying on
some and
(perhaps "contention," "strife"), pr. n, [Lod~\,Lydda, a large village of the Benjamites; Gr.
Avc52a, Au22>/> Acts
.
"P
covered over with others,

is often
Isa.
14:19.
The
i.
:
9 32, 35, 38
:
Mace.
1 1
34,
now
used, to be clothed\\'ii\\ shame,
expression e. to be co; :
called
jji
S'jJ
Neh. 7:37; li:355 iCh. 8:ia; Ezr.
vered with shame, Job 8:22; Psalm 35 26 109 29 with justice, Job 29: 14; terror, Eze. 26: 16; salvation, aChron. 6:41, etc.; compare the phrases in Homer,
;
2:33I
[7 an unused
root;
for
Arab,
"I
to contend,
whence
Ivtiv (iXo'p',
lirtivvvirdai
11.
xix. 36; it'vvsQai ciXo/i',
II.
There is aXo'/r, Od. ix. 214. the double use of this word, Job 29 114, V^3/ p"i.V ^37*1 " I have put on righteousness, and it has put me on," i. e. I am covered without with righteousness
as a garment,
the Spirit
xx. 381 a play on
the pr. n. T> and

i"l7
TV?
i.
l?"t| son of contention.
Ch. nothing,
Deut. 3:11
q.
N?; Dan. 4:32 aro.
n?
ana,
for
&
not.
and within
it
wholly
fills
me.
nected with this latter use
is
the expression
Conwhich by
unused mot; Arab,

to burn, to flame.
t-;
Êth. Atlfl:
of God is said to put on any one, i. e. to fill him, Jud. 6:34; 1 Ch. 12: 18; 2 Ch. 24:20; compare Luke 24:49; compare the Syriac expression, JLL-êo Satan has put thee on, i. e. has filled thee,
.j
The primary idea is that of licking, lapping, an idea which is foiu.d in roots beginning with the syllables P&, rh, !&, and which is applied in
various senses (see the root I?v), namely, to a flame,
^^N
Ephncmi Opp.
PUAL,
part.
D^P
Syr. 11.504, 505. Ezr. 3:10,
and 0*1$
D^D
to lap like a tongue, [" lambent tongue* of flame"]; see tin?, and compare yXQatra irvp6c,Acl 8:3 [but this refers to the "other tongues" with
which seems
V?
3?"6
ccccxxxi
to testify
e'&orw'c-
to Jesus risen
which the Holy Ghost enabled the Apostles from the dead]. Whence
There
is
in Syriac
a secondary root derived

to
from the idea of madness,

i
cnôn^LJ
be fright-
m
29:7.
rnrV7 Num. 21:28, and J"Qn7

pi. n'nrij>
Sam.
ened, scared.
I-
17:7, fern.;
Ps. 105:32, const,
nnri?
P8
OM/
fire
(1) flame, Joel 2:5;

(2)
flaming,
1
i.
e.
Job 41:13. glittering steel, in brightness

i.
Ps. 104:4.
Q'PiP
TO BURN, to flame (also Syr. Ch. id.). the flaming, those who breathe
out
resembling a flame,
sword,
absol.
e.
</<e
point of a
spear, or
Nah. 3:3; Job 39: 23; also used of a naked sword, Jud. 3:22; see also
Sa. 17:7;
and
n3^>.
and flames, Ps. 57:5. to kindle, to make burn (used of a flame), with an ace. Joel l 19; 2:3; Psalm 83: 15; 106:18; Isa. 42:25; to blow (used of the breath), Job 41: 13.
PIEL EH?
:
'P m
ftj'm],
Hence
.
130?.
XeydrGenesis 10: 13 of Egyptian origin, prob. pr. n. of a people

ibyans; A.
as to the relation of the forms
pi. 5^^
i.
q.
D'3-1?Z
W and HJ?
tOrt7 i. BS7 (compare p. ccxi, A), pr q. 12-1?, hide; hence to use Dccult and magical arts; whence D^pn? which see.
II.
to
see p. ccxi,
Ur m.
s^7o^d,
pr.
flame, hence flaming steel of a
an unused root; Arabic *^& prop, to be

to long for greedily; greedy, eager for any thing, to be greatly addicted, used figuratively, commonly or to attend much to any thing; to hear or learn diligently, (just like
Gen. 3:24; compare 3D?.

[plur. with suff.
DrpCJrj incantations,
II.
Ex. 7
1 1';
i.
q.
D^.
See BD? No.
Germ,
ftubiven).
Hence
D717
down
unused in Kal.
s
-
Arab.
to
swallow
y? m. study of letters, as it is well explained by Aben Ezra, Eccles. 1 2 1 2 in the other member H there is n ~)3P ni-'J? to make, or write books (LXX.
: ;
greedily,
whence ^J greedy, a
glutton.
Cogn.
Vulg. meditatio
Luth.
HITHPAEL, part. D^pnpjnp things which are swallowed down greedily; dainty morsels, Pro. 18: 18;
an unused "Tlj7 lj press; whence
root;
Arab.
26:22.
to press, to op-
|D/ compounded
m.
i
of ? and the pron. JO (which

1
U? [Lahad],
pr. n.
Ch. 4:2.
see),
1
therefore, Ruth
13;
i.
q. I?
?.
nK7 (comp. HK3 and HH3 TO BE LANTO BE EXHAUSTED. GUID, (The primary idea appears to me to be that of fainting from thirst, when, with the tongue thrust out, one burns and longs
i.
nn7
q.
L / Ch. (l) i.q. Heb. therefore, Dan. 2:6,9; 4 24. It becomes

:
(2) an adversative particle (just like the

I?7 P- ccccm,
Hebrew
for
as 3D?,
drink ; comp. the verbs beginning with P^>, such and the remarks on the root JN ?. Comp. Lat.
langueo,
and Germ.
Iccfren/
whence the frequentative

occurs once Gen. 47:13, " and the land of Egypt
A, on which account many have regarded this word to be compounded of K? and ]>)\ nevertheless, however, but Ezr. 5:12, with a previous negation; but (fonbenO, Dan. 2:30; unless, Dan. 2:11; 3:28; 6:8.
lechjen/ led)/ lect jcrjn.)
It
PlpFl}
Xnn
\3?a Dp.VP fTX
was exhausted through uhe famine." (Chald. HHp often used to answer to the Hebr. n ^?.)
LpU
word
(,
in age; introduced
an unused and doubtful root; to increase by L. De Dieu, from the Êth.,
to explain (according to his rendering) the following
n/ unused in Kal; prob.

TO
BURN WITH THIRST;
rabid dogs, to I thus understand
1 q. [" Jr$"] nnj pr and, as this is the case with be rabid, mad, like a d(.g; to be mad
n/
of letters,
f.
i.
only
Sa. 19 : 20, prob.
by a
transposition
q. 'l^Hi?
an assembly.
j& not ;
So LXX., Syr,
Ch.; compare also -1^^. 2 Sa. 20:14.

i? is three times put for see fc6 note
I.
HITHPALPEL, part. I?:?'??'}-? mad, insane, Proverbs 26:18. LXX. in the Aldine edition, and Symm.
tempted
driven (by a demon).
Venet.
CCCCXXXIl
(183.14:30; Isai. 48:18; 63:19; [The power of this word as an interjection is taken
primary in Thes.]
see X7.
as see 17.]
rb-b
(l) a conditional conjunction, when at the same time it is implied that if^ used, what is spoken of neither is, nor was, nor will be, or
at least that
an unused
thirst.
root,
kindred to 3K/.
Arab,
tc
(compare BX
require
it, it
32:29, JIK'T (which they are not) they would understand this." Jud. 13:S3,MTO rnj> K7 JVDj$ pan 6 "if Jehovah pleased to slay us, he would not have accepted,"
etc.
very improbable and uncertain A). Just as the sense may is followed Dent. by (a) a preterite, "if they were wise fe?'- TO ?P
it
is
p. LVI,
D'?V?
and
n. v gent. pi.
a Ch. 12:3;
16:8; Nah. 3:9,
Dan. il :43, \_Lub im\, Libyans, always connected with the Egyptians and Êthiopians. Comp.
U 37
Arab.
-!
Libyan;
if this
be aPhcenicio-
Jud. 8:19; 183.14:30; Num. 22:29. (b) a " if I should send future, Eze. 14:15, (which I do
Shemitic word, it properly signifies, an inhabitant of a thirsty, i.e. an arid country; compare Q^V.
"11
not say that I will do) evil beasts into the land 16. ... these (three righteous men) alone should be
saved."
7 [Ludim, Lydians],
(In verse 13 there
is '?
in the
same sense;
(i) of one sprung from
pr. n. of two nations Shem, Genesis 10:22; ac-
in verses 17, 19, the conditional particle is altogether 171 omitted.) (c) by a participle, 2 Sa. 18: 12,'?3S
131 and if any one rh?X K? |D3 efctf 'S3 7y would give into my hand (what no one offers me) a thousand shekels, I would not put forth my hand," Psalm 81 14, 15; compare K?17. There is an etc. aposiopesis in this instance, Gen. 50:15, 33DPP'M7 t|DV "if Joseph should hate us, (what then?)" urn? wnn Sofcvb tmS ccrfdgte? Well rendered according
:
7&
cording to Josephus (Ant. i. 6, 4) the Lydians in Asia Minor, an opinion not improbable. (2) of an African people (perhaps belonging to Ethiopia), of Egyptian origin, accustomed to fight with bows and
arrows.
26.27:10530:5;
Jer. 46:9.
p.
Isa.
66:19; and DH17
Gen. 10:13;
cileg. torn.
i.
See
ii.
256
260;
D. Michaelis, Spi114, 115.

J.
to the sense
by the LXX. pj
iro-c.
(l) TO ADHERE, TO BE JOINED CLOSELT " Ecc. 8: 15, it is good for a man to eat, one, any to drink, to be merry, ftp*!? ^V?! Kim. for this ehalj
M]7
to
(a)
applied as an interjection of wishing: that! would that! just as a conditional exIt

is
cleave
labour."
(2)
to
him
(i.
e.
shall
remain with him) in
hii
Hence
: :
may be so enunciated, spoken of as uncertain and not very probable; roenn cS gcfd)ibe! o wenn cS bodi gcs A remarkable instance of this is Job 16:4, fcMtje! D7P}D?3> nTarix vp? nnn D?v' ?3 e?. i? "if your
pression (as ircnn c that what we wish
gefctydte)
is
to borrow, to receive as a loan, as if nexvi Deu. 28 12 Ps. 37 21. Comp. the Lat. next/s,used est, of one whom his creditor took as a slave on account of debt, Varro, Ling. Lat vi. 5; Liv. ii. 27; viii. 08.
;
NIPHAL, like Kal,
No
l, to
would make a league my against you with words;" where the very condition involves a kind of wish, that his friends might feel
souls were in
soul's place, I
It is followed little. by a fut. Gen. 17:18; Job 6:2; an imp. Gen. 23: 13 (comp. ^ C 3), a preterite, Num. 14:2, UflO -17 would
join oneself
to
any
one, followed by 7J? Num. 18:2,4; Dan. 11:34; D? Ps. 83:9; 7S Gen. 29:34; J* 7$ to join oneself to Jehovah, Isa. 56:3; Jer. 50:5; Zee. 2:15.
n'l?3
calamity at least for a
HIPHIL, causal, of Kal, -No. 2, to lend. Isa. 24:8. ni7~3 "as with the lender, so with the bor-
that we had died
!"
future signification,
cessive In
Nu. 20:3, Ujm47, but with a Isa. 63:19, Pljnj? W? " Oh that
It
is
rower," Prov. 22:7;
Psa
112: 5-
Followed by an
thou wouldest rend (heaven)." Gen. 30:34, T$"V? *H*
"
let it
merely conbe ac-
ace. of pers., Deuter. 28:12,44; Prov. 19:17; followed by two ace. of pers. and thing, Ex. 22:24.
Derivatives HM7, ]n^7, iT7 for

N17,
n^'17, nij>;
also
i/-
and
pr. n. *$.
cording to thy word."

Sacy, Gram. Arabe,
three forms
that!
i.
(Arab. J
id.
cotnpare
De
(l) TO
oSs
Heb.
885.
if,
In Syriac there are
BEND, TO BEND ASIDE.
(Arabic
o^
not,
As
to
etymology
,
this
particle
O oi^ oh seems to be
Jj Conj.
(2)
to
I. III.
to bend, to incline.)
to
turn away,
depart,
to
go bark, Prov.
kindred to the root nip so that the conditional signification is from being annexed, depending. [Taken in Thes. to be of the same origin as N7.J)
3:21.
NIPHAL, particip. 1173 perverted, i. e. pervert*, wicked (compare niy, t'2^), Prcv. 3:32; Neutr. TPJ
ccc jxxxm
perverseness, wickedness, Isa. 30:12. Prov. 14:2, ^?"} | Tv 3 "whose ways are
<!
:
More
fully,
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
Kal, No.
l, l
Ki. 19:13.
perverse;"
Hence B? and
m.
(l) a covering, a veil. Isaiah 25:7,
and Prov. 2:15, 0(117^03 D'fW?

Hii-niL, fut.
like
id.
MY!
(inflected in the
i.
Chaldee manner,
WY! from
j-1^);
q.
Kal,
to
go aivay, depart,
Prov. 4:21.
T17 m.
(i) '** 9- *
j';J
'
the
.
(Arab. ;J
to
It
^7' SS
Syr. '
V irS.
I
almond
Its
tree,
Gen. 30:37.
is
"the covering which it spread over all nations," that which covers their faces and makes them sad. [Kather, the vail which keep* their hearts from God.]
>3-^!> Dij>n
1
D'^n
derivation
hardly
(2) pr. n. Lot, the son of Abraham's brother, Gen 3 l sq. 19 : l sq. the ancestor of the Ammonites
: , ; , ;
be sought for in the Phocnicio-Shemitic languages. seems to be softened from the original form, which,
and Moabites, who vere called, on this account, children of Lot, Deut. 2:9; Ps. 83:9.
the
in Armenian, is preserved in fiLtf-ntêngus ; Lat. in mix; which, with a different inflection, is found in Hebrew, in T13X a nut.) (a) of a town in the tribe of (2) [.?], pr. n. Benjamin, called also from its neighbouring sancJV3 [but see Gen. 28 17, for the true reason tuary ?N
:
7 ("a wrapping up"), \_Lotan], pr. n. of ftp") son of Seir, Gen. 36 20, 29.
:
T?
<"Vp
("adhesion," or "garland," "crown,"
i.
of this latter name], (see p. cxvil, A), Josh. 18:13; Jud. another in the country of the Hittites, 1:23. (ft)
from the root Hv) m. (i) pr. n. Levi, the third son of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 29:34; 34:25; 35:23, the ancestor of the tribe of Levi ( V? ^.3), which was
H
founded by an inhabitant of the former. Jud.

'
:26.
apart for the service of the sanctuary, and of which was the family of Aaron (P~>nK rP3j, to whom
set
'
'
an unused
root,
Arabic
the priesthood was appropriated.

to
shine,
to be
(2) patron,
name
bright (comp. XEVKVG, yXauKoe; Xevavu), hence to be polished, smooth. Hence is

ltlSm.pl.
<,..
Jud. 17:9,11;
for "1? a Levite, Deut. 12: 18; M Josh. 21:1, sq. 18:3; Plur. D
T?
a table,tablet(SvT.
Chald. plur. emphat. NM? Levites, Ezr. 6:l6,
oO^; Arab.
on which
.
i
18; 7:13,24.
<"^]7 f. a garland, a tvreath, so called from the idea of joining and bending (see the root W);
.!;
Êthiopia
AdTHl
id.)
(a) of stone,
anything was carved, or inscribed; JV"]3n niTI? Deut. 9:9; n;n 5?7 nh? Ex. 31:18, the tables of covenant,
jf la\v.
compare Arab.
^J
i
:
to
bend, to curve, to wreathe,
tc
(b) of
wood,
door, Cant. 8:9;
Dual which seems to have been double, Eze. 27:5. (c) " write trop. Pro. 3:3, upon the table of thy heart;" compare Jer. 17:1; 2 Cor. 3:3; and %i\rot
Êsch.
Ki. 7:36; of the leaf of a D?nh fjie d ec k of a ship,
twist; III. to twine one's self as a serpent; St.J fold
of a serpent, Pro.
4:9.
Hence
Whence
,("
|V:' (with the adj. termination ], like |^n3 brazen, from ri^ n ?, Pfpi^. from n ?i?^.), prop, an
wreathed, twisted in folds. a serpent of a larger kind, Job 3:8 (as to this (1) the root l-ty Pilel); Isa. 27:1 (where it is see place
(animal),
made of tables or boards"),
pr. n.
of a town of the Moabites, Isa. 15:5; Jerem.
48:5with
the art. BTIn ("enchanter"), [Hal-
the symbol of the hostile kingdom of Babylon).

(2) specially, a crocodile, Job4O:25,-seq. (3) any very large aquatic creature, Ps. 104: 26; used for a fierce enemy, Psa. 74:14; comp. PIR Isa. 51:9; Ezek. 29:3; 32:2,3. Bochart, Hieroz. 18. P. ii. lib. v. cap. 16
lokesh, HalohesJi] pr. n. m., Neh. 3:12; 10:25.
(i)i.q.B}>, BL& No. II, TO COVER OVER, HIDE, TO WRAP UP. Part. ace. iy\h hiding, Isa. 25:7? and am.ther form B? intrans. hidden, secret; whence t2>>3 secretly, Ruth 3:7; 1 Sa. 1 8 2 2 24 5
1217
ro
once 0X33 J ud. 4:21.

up,
1
Part. pass.
f.
HD-^
7^7
an unused
root,
wrapped
Sam. 21:10.
to
(which see);
Germ,
rotten, to
kindred to the root '?} wind, to twist round,
do secretly. Part. pi. D^P? secret arts, (2) incantations, Ex. 7:22; 8:3, 14; instead of which
tberu
is
whence the following words.

pi.
winding
stairs,
lKL6:8.
(Cfe
D't?n$>
Ex. 7
11
see DD>.
id.)
CCCCXXXIV
only in phir.
rtK, d<f. rx,

diltifeiv
ofjlingen,
constr.
HIPHIL
long wilt
" (l) causat. of Kal No. 2, Jer. 4: 14,
ho*
ôf the form D'Xl^ which see), loops, into which the hooks (C'DTp) were put in the curtains of the
thouharbour
(i.
e.
wilt thou cherish) vain
thoughts?"
(2) i. q. Niphal, pr. to shew followed by ?J? against any one.
holy tabernacle;
seq.
so called from
seq.
;
their being twisted round,

;
Exod. 26:4,
36:11,
oneself stubborn, Pret. Dp3?0 Num.
Vlg.
ansulce.
14:29;
first
fut. I/'!
Ex. 17:3, elsewhere always with the
radical doubled in the rabbinical
manner
Gen. 31:42; Deut. 32:27, and

Jiid.
N.i?
(see
Gen.
14:18 :2 Sa. 2:27 (compounded of 17 43:10; and *v, y i. q. X? no/). A conditional negative conjunction except, unless (it be, it were), conveyif,
Lehrg.p.407);
16: ll
;
O7, ^79
Ex. 16:7
1
:
Num. 14:36;
part.
2*3' ?t?
Num. 14:27;
7 2O, an inflection
which
ing also the signification that something really is, thus differing from X? DX (compare the remarks on the word A). Followed by a preterite, Gen. 31 :42, God had been for me." Y" .Tn D<r6x
appropriated to this signification. HITHPALEL, i. q. Kal No. i, Ps. 91 i ; Job 39: 28. Derivatives jfa?, HH7D,
is
:
% "except
>H/
root
It
TO
SWALLOW DOWN,
V_?
TO
SUCK DOWN, Obad.

see the
Isa.
i:Q;
part.
I
Sam. 25:34; 2 Sam. 2:27; followed by a 2Ki. 3:14, XB>3 '36? DQ2nn \3 'fyh "unless
1
16; hence
throat.
For W? Job 6:3,
nj.
regarded Jehoshaphat,"
etc.
JV?
Jud. 19:
also
&
jVpret.
1
6 Gen. 32: 22;
2 Sa. 12: 16;
7_
3, gerund |-1v
Iy7
ib.
Gen. 24:25; and so frequently, verse 23; imp. JY" Jud. 19:6, 9; W?
was appositely remarked a good while since by D. Michaelis (Supplem. p. 1552), that the syllable y^ refers to the sound of swallowing down greedily, sucking down ; and this signification is found in most
J.
W,
of the Phrenicio-Shemitic roots whose

syllable is V?, as V.?V to lick up, to sip
t_
first
or primary
Ruth 3:13; Joel 1:13; fut. P!??, Jv" ? apoc.; &P> a Sam. 17:16; l?n Jud. 19:20; Job 17:2; conv. l?'l Gpn 28:11; 32:14, Part. D'3? Neh. 13:21. (1) TO PASS THE NIOHT, TO LODGE (prob. denom.
3
up
^^ an
id.,
Bj
(Arab
Ja*J,
jd)
to eat greedily,
*)
Ethpe. to devour greedily,

*s*!
greedy, glutton
from ?v, n^p night, I and n being interchanged, see the instances p. ccccxxi, A), Gen. 19: 2, and often; see
Also used of inanimate things, as of food, to the next day. Exod. 23 18; 34 25; Deut. 16:4; Lev. 19:13, "the wages of thy hireling
just given.
/**! to lick
up, to eat greedily, Syr.
ajaw: there is a similar
when kept
shall not
power
to lick,
in the
kindred syllable H7, rp, as "=107 (P??) DH? to swallow down, and DH? to eat, 3H7
to lick, lap (as a flame), i. e. to flame, comlih, to lick, Gr. \ti\<u, Xtx/mw, \i\rev*
be with thee all night till the morning;" Job 29: 19," the dew lodges in his branches." poet. Also, to turn in, in order to lodge, Ps. 30:6," in
-the evening weeping in the morning."
and EH?
Lat.
pare Sansc
lecten,
may come
in, but joy comes
(2) to tarry, to dwell, to continue (compare c^'j to lodge, to remain in any state), Psa. 25:13, "his soul continues in prosperity," enjoys continual prosperity; Ps. 49: 13, |^J S? TJT3 CTJX1 " biit man, being in honour, does not remain," his honour
is
not stable; Job 41

its
14,
"
strength
3
dwells
(as if
it
LinGo, LiGurio, transp. GuLa, deg^tttio, Germ and with a prefixed sibilant fcMuden/ fchltngen. To these may be added a large class of PhocnicioShemitic roots, which commence with the syllables V?, n ?, ?b and signify the various motions of the tongue, such as to gape with the mouth open, and the case in ardent and rabid tongue extended, as is the L thirst (see nn?, an?, :np, nx^ Germ. ledjen/ Icd'jen), to vibrate the tongue, and hiss like a serpent, or
1
neck;" Job 17:2; 19:4, "(if) indeed, I have erred 'ruil?!? p? ? '^^ my error continues with me," i. e. / have erred, and not you, and
seat) in
had
his
one speaking in a whisper (see B'n?) to stammer, to speak barbarously (i. e. without being understood), and
;
foolishly
(3J??,
where more
may be
seen,
TJ?7,
EJ?7).
I alone
have
to
to
pay the penalty of
my
NIPHAL,
shew oneself obstinate,
erring. to be stub-
(the signification of remaining and persisting applied in a bad sense); hence, to murmur, to complain, followed by /% against any one, used of a
born
the idea of eating greedily, and of stammering or babbling, by the syllable la, law, lab, lap; compare Xdw to lick, Xaftpoc, Xapvpot, voraciously talkative, Xa/jo'c. Xai/idc the throat,
The Greeks express
voracious (an anthropophagite

\airrw, \ajvffffu ;
^3
.j
\apiu Ghule; see OYV),
people
murmuring
against their leader, Ex. 15:24;

Jos. 9:18,
L&t.lambo, labiuru; Pers.
^_^ Up;
Num. 14:2; 17:6; and
German
Stppe/
and the common wo"ds
(abberiti
ccccxxxv
b e r n t fd) I a p p e n. The signification of deriding, which comes from that of stammering (^V.?), is found in Greek in the same letters when transposed ytXaw,
?7
\\tvn.
/ ji prop. TO STAMMER (compare tyfy, and the observations on JM?) ; hence (1) to speak barbarously,!, e. in a foreign tongue,
an unused [" and doubtful"] whence ["perhaps"] HIT?.
root,
i.
q.
see
f. perverseness, Prov. 4:24, from tLe ["or from !&"].
from those
to those
who speak a foreign language appearing, who are ignorant of it, as if they babbled
root
and stammered senselessly; see HIPHIL. (2) to deride, to mock any one, prob. by imitating his voice in sport (compare Isa. 28:10, ll, and 3Vj. To this answer Sansc. lad ; Lat. ludere ; Gr. \aadri, Part, f? a mocker, scoffer, derision), Prov. 9:12.
i.
tr? adj. (from the root nr>) ; pi. D'r (with Dagesh forte implied, Granrji. 22, i); prop, moist; hen 3*
fresh, of wood, Gen. 30 37; of a grape,

=
Num. 6:3;
of
new
ropes, Jud. 16:7, 8.
e.
Bcoffingly the
a frivolous and impudent person, who despises most sacred precepts of religion, piety,
:
;
U7
root
m. vigour, freshness, Deut. 34:7, from the
and morals (compare IT), Ps. l l Pro. 9:7,8; 13:1; 14:6; 15:12; 19:25; 22:10; 24:9; Isa. 29:20. HIPHIL. (l) to act as interpreter, to interpret idea of speaking barbarously, in a foreign the (from
tongue; compare Kal No. preter, Gen.
l).
tiful,
an unused root; Êth. AfhPl to be beauhandsome, whence *H? cheek [" from the fresh
Part.
42:23
(well rendered
P?P an interby the LXX. ep-
colour"].
Wnp
which is " and he
or tJînS (from the root Dn$>)._(i) that

eaten, food; Job 20: 23, 1131 np3 to\Sj; ipp^ 11 shall rain upon them with their food, i.e.
fire
Onk. jp$"vinp); hence an ambassador, Ht>tvT>']c, Isa. 43:27; VyO "^PP Job internuncio, 2 Ch. 32:31 33:23; angel interceding with God on behalf of men, /jtcr/rj/Cj tutelar; compare Matt. 18:10. [This is strange theology, Christ is the one peairijt; and in;
God
To
shall send
namely,
upon them Avhat shall be their food, and sulphur which shall fill their belly.
rain with food (C-inpSl) is here put poetically for
tercessor for his people.]
send down food in rain; as in

eS regnet
fyerab.
German
it
is
said,
(2)
i.
q.
Kal No.
19:51
to
;
2, to
an
ace. Ps. 1
mock, followed by Pro. 14:9; followed by a dative

deride,
to
nut
grofien
Sropfen/
l
and
17,
regnet gvojk Sropfen
Pro. 3:34.
f~"
(2) flesh, body, Zeph.

this
where for DO-inp some

(Arab, ^-cj
PILEL,
apparently belongs
the
part.
MSS. and
S
pi.
printed editions have E^Q?.
D'VV'1 '
scorners, mockers, Hosea7:5, for Q^VXPto

to
->
Lehrg. p. 316." Thes.]
+^sd
flesh.)
HITHPALEL ffi^'l Isa. 28:22.
act foolishly, impudently,
an unused
to
root,
to
be
moist;
this
./Ethiopia
Hence ]W?,
\u 1 /
nvO.
635
;
moisten (see Ludolfi Lex. in Syllabo, p.
in both editions of his
Lexicon
L
word
1
itself
[" TO
Sa.
KNEAD
with hands and
feet,
kindred
is
omitted).
Chald.
id., '
.
mm
;
?,
to K'Vn, also
18:6;
Wl^, KHV], T0 KNEAD dough, Genesis 28:24; 2 Sa. 13:8. (Syriac and Chald.,
id.).
moisture, vigour.
Hence D? [and Hpj.

*n?.
;
^th. AEfi:
["(2)
Hence B^.
*H7
const.
f.
in pause
with
sufF.
suff.
to be
strong, firm; Arab. tijM Med. Ye,

1
Vr6 Isa. 30:28; with but DiTr>Hos. 11:4.
Vnj dual TvC ? Ezek. 29:4;

1
ffl.,V., id.
Hence P) ?."]
m. 2 Sam. 3:15
WO
pr. n.
2TO
compare &?v
of the form
as a
as being the seat of beauty (1) the cheek, so called see the root nn?. 'S HSH [" from its fresh colour"] ; n '& *te anyone on the cheek, to sm and *n? 'V. ?^ V.O-
nV?
Ch. (for
riNI?,
P-
from the root Tfh
Mic. 4:14; 1 Ki. 22 24 implies castigation or insult, Job 1 6 : i o compare Isa. 50:6; Lam. 3 30.
: : ;
^V?> ^39"])' P r
connection,
adhesion; used
preposition by, with, like the Syr. Lou^; Ezr. 4:12, Vy\? IP i. q. Hebr. IPJJP. ; French de chez tot.
Jud. 15:15 17; Job 40:26; P (2) jaw-bone, _ o ^' fl*r*n ViQcf T^TolrPTl fnf ^^ ^!^ S^în?^ VV l%\ T"^^n Hi ilctct Ul UiVCIl tile 1 * W Ll -J O'fS ^ttH i\f ~ vS / T V T U ^'} I b o n e of all my enemies :" an image taken from beasts
i J
I
I'
It.
51
CCCCXXXVI
of prey, which,
when
their
jaw
is
broken and their

&
<*
teeth extracted, can

id.,
no longer do harm. Arab.
^J
<u^J
beard.
(3) [Lehi], pr. n. of a place on the borders of the Philist>a, Jud. 15:9, 14,19; fully called 'n? HOT
foi ^ Ex. 14:14,25; Deut. 1:30; and by ?J? of that which one fights, Jud. 9:17; 2 Ki. 10:3; "l'J?3 On*?} Jud. 9:45; and ~>'3J ?V to fight against a city, to besiegeit,lsa.*j:l', 2 Ki. 16:5; Jer. 34:22; 37:8. Derivatives D!^, Dr6, Dtffy nDrfyp.
high place, or hill, of thejaw-bone, prob. so called from the series of abrupt rocks, (as single rocks are called teeth, see i&?; a jaw is found as the name of a mountainous place in the Chaldee pr. n. 310O JVn? for Hebr. 35OO ~>JJ, Mich. Suppl. p. 1453); the writer
the
Jud. / a verbal of a Piel form, war, siege. 5:8, DîyP Dp? TS "then was there a besieging of the gates," i. e. the gates were besieged. Segol fc r
Tsere (which is found in some MSS.) is put, on account of the construct state; although similar instances are not to be
met with.
himse'f [who as being inspired

lieved] refers it to the as if it were written *np
be implicitly becasting away of the jaw-bone,

is
[See Thes.]
to
of both genders (m.
Num. 21:5;
f.
Gen.
DOT (from
the root
nDT
to
49:20).
throw).
^TU;
!
i.
q.
pj7 TO LICK;
German
id.
lecten
Arabic
once
(l)food, both of men and of beasts, Lev. 3:11; 41:10; 102:5; Job 20:14; Dr6K Dnj the food of God, used of sacrifice, Lev. 21:8, 17. Jer. 1 1 19,
Ps.
:
Syr. s+^vS Peal and Pael
In Kal
it is
iopfca
]'y
"the
tree with
its
food,"
i.e.
its
fruit
used [in speaking of an ox] for to lick away, to eat up or depasture by licking, Num. 22:4. to lick, to eat up by licking, spoken of PIEL,
(compare Arab.
*?
Ji'l food,
used of
fruit),
nnsn
J*
EFT?
W?
* -
an ox, Num. loc. cit. (compare Arab. ,-J to lick up fodder as an ox), used of fire, 1 Ki. 1 8 38 "isy "TO? to lick the dust; hyperb. of one who prostrates himself as a suppliant on the ground, Psalm 72:9; Mic.
:
the food of the governor, the provision for his table (Safclgelbcr), Neh. 5: 18; comp. verse 15; "HP?? Obad. 7, ellipt. for ^pnb ^?K those who eat of thy table,
thy household; used of banquets, or meals, in the phrases DH? ??X to eat food (see ??$ 1, let. c); and Dn? nby to furnisli a banquet or meal, Eccl. 10:19.
(2) specially
7:17;
Isa.
49:23.
Orfy
JH7),
bread
D11?
(as in
Arab.
^]
is
specially
DH 7
:
fut.
(i) TO
i.
EAT (kindred
to
DH^, see
flesh)-,
Dân
7?N, but only used poetically, Prov. 43 1 ; followed by an ace. of the food, Prov. 3 to eat of 4:17; 23:6; followed (an,
under the root
aprot trwiriot;
brobtej
bread of the presence; Vulg.^wznes propositions ; Luth.
LXX.
câu*
q.
by
:
ron
etroaS
fan), Prov.
9 5
anything Psalm 141:4. Metaph.
[Engl. Trans, shetv-bread.] Twelve small loaves which were set out in the holy tabernacle be-
Deut. 32:24, ^"5

lence."
'P-inp
"consumed
with pesti-
to fight, to war, followed by J"IX Psa. 35:1; of pers. 56:2, 3; more used in Niph. Fierce soldiers are hyperbolically said to devour their ene-
(2)
?
Jehovah every week (in the manner of lectisternia), Ex. 25 30 35 1 3 39 36 called in the later books n^^yran nnj. When numerals are prefixed, nh33 must be supplied; l Sam. 10:4, D^ t
fore
:
;
:i
and
(loaves) of bread;
compare verse 3, once even (3) wheat, of the flour of which the Hebrews made
s
.
mies, as Joshua says of the Canaanites. Num. 14:9, DH 13Qri7 " they shall be our bread;" Luth. brnn nrir
roollen
fir nrie
their bread;
bread-corn,
SSrotforn
(comp. Arab.
SSrot freficn
compare Arab. 4^,.
to eat;
Conj.
II. to fight;
Pers.
,^
-o-V* anthropophagus,
also Horn. wroXt-
spoken of a
fierce soldier;
II.
compare
i.
food; specially wheat; and on the other hand, Gr. Isaiah 28:28, <rlroc, wheat, then food of any kind). '131. pIV Drfc "wheat is threshed indeed, but they do not beat it hard," etc.
Hom
pi"/n
art'tfiu,
1O:8.
absol. Dn^3
q.
NIPHAL, Dri^3
fight, to wage Gr. fia\nrO<n).
inf.
Kal No.
vV
2, to
Ch./irof/, a
banquet, Dan. 5:1.
war
1
Sam. 17:10,
(with a rccipr. signif. like the "IHI npn^3 "let us
fight together;" followed b) an ace. of one's opponent, Josh. 10:25; Psalm 109:3; i Ki. 20:25; followed by 3 Exod. 1:10; DV 2 Ki. 13:12; 14:15; ^K Jer. 1:19; 15:90; ty Nek 4:8; also followed by
/ see 'PD? n*3 a Bethlehemite, p. cxvm, A. But *PH? [Lahmi\ also is found as the name of a man, l Ch. 20:5, in which place the author of tl
Chronicles has taken up the words of 2 Sa. 21 :19, run nh\ nx *pn^>n JV3 Dn's ^luri? l? ?/ ^ I!! " El1
hanan, the son of Jaare-Oregim (this
last
word
if
CCCCXXXVII
doubtful, and has perhaps been inserted from the end of the verse), a Bethlshemite, slew Goliath of
the incantations of sorcerers, uttered in a mutter

Particip.
OTD?P enchanters,
to
sorcerers, Psalm
Gath;" and mistaking the sense [see note], has sought to reconcile it with the account of David
58:6.
HITHPAEL,
(unter
ftd)
whisper amongst
themselvet
having
turally,
slain Goliath,
vwn nâ
ns?
and has thus written conjecEl'pr6-nK -vjr-|3 $$$ -ft
jifd)dn, flujlern),
2 Sa. 12:19; followed
by
7y against any one [Ps. 41 :8].
hanan, the son of Jair, slew Lachmi, the brother Lachmi therefore, the brother of Goliath of Gath."
of Goliath,
writer
is
Hence
. /
pr. n.
K'ni?
and
i.
fictitious person.
[Note.
An inspired
must never be charged with mistaking the sense of a passage whatever difficulties we may find, we must never forget that " all Scripture is given by
;
m. (i) pr. a whispering, uttered in a low voice, Isa. 26: 16.

(2) incantation, magic,
Isa.
Û?
e.
prayers
charming serpents ;"]

pare D'tSN.
Jer.
3:3; ["specially 8:17; Ecc. lO:li. Com-
inspiration of God."]
a town in the plain [Lahmam], country of the tribe of Juduh, Joshua 15:40, where 32 copies have E?D?. [So Engl. Trans.]
pr. n. of
(3) pi. D^n? Isa: 3:20, amulets,or superstitious ornaments, commonly gems and precious stones, or plates of gold and silver, on which magical formulae
IM / a Chaldee root, unused as a verb, pr. to be lustful, like the Gr. Xayroe, pr. to be greedy, like the kindred roots 2D/, &$?, but applied to sexual
desire.
were inscribed, such as women in the East were accustomed to hang round their necks, or put into their ears; according to Kimchi and Luther, earrings, (compare Gen. 35:4, and see the versions of that pas9
9
Hence
f Ch. a concubine, Dan. 5:2,
3, 23.
sage,
H?
Of
and Syr. J.j_c). Prop, charms against enchantment ; nor need it to be deemed strange that the same word should both denote this and also enchant(comp. ^j. enchantment, also an amulet), was by the same thing, namely a magical song, that they both enchanted and sought to avert
itself
it
frequent use in the Targums.
ment
since
^H 7 fut. Y& I q
1:34; 2: 18.
set
pro (kindred to
$K, D3, ptf),
[TO]) TO PKESS, TO SQUEEZE,Nu.22:25; 2Ki.6:32; to oppress, to afflict a people, Ex. 23:9; Judges
(Arab.
,
the effects of enchantment.
See further in
Comment
on
this place.
^srj VIII. to compel, '-^ to

Avith,
upon, to be importunate
to
NIPHAL,
SamaYitan -finÔ squeeze oneself, Nu. 22:25. Hence

(l) oppression,
U/
m.
troubling of a people,
Ex. 3: 9.
(in the Samaritan copy, and many Hebrew written fully D'^), m. Gen. 37 25 ; 43 1 1 ; leditm, ladamtm, Gr. Xrjdor, \i'i?a>'ov, XaSavov, a fragrant resinous gum, collected from the leaves of a
^/ O7
part.
Kal from
&b
(which
see),
hidden.
MSS.
() calamities, distresses, Job 36:15; l Kings " tread of f!3? D 82:27, fW D affliction, and water of affliction," such as is eaten in a time of
plant growing in the island of Crete (u'oroe, Cistus iii. 1 12), so called from covering over, hiding (root E-" ?), comp. 123 pitch from the
ladanifera), (Herod,
1
calamity.
*
Isa.
30 20.
:
root 133.
susurravit, TO
gifdjcln
LXX., Vulg., render it craw//, Syr. and Chald. pistacia, Saad. dies nut. See Celsii Hierob.
p.
not used in
Kal,
sibilavit,
t. i.
280
f
288
comp.
J.
WHJSPEU,
Greek which words are
îQvplfeii',
Germ,
D. Michaelis, Supplemm.
(all
of
p.
1424.
like the
Hebrew, onomatopoetic),
([Syr. .J%AA^S to whisper
compare the kindred ^03.

in
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Arab. U
and
to
the ear,
a..^^S Peal, to use
enchantment] Arab.
cleave to the ground, and the Chald. hide; whence
NO?=t
to
to lick, to hiss as ^4*5^1
a serpent, whence
U*&-\A
!
f.
serpents; Êth. ^fhrt: id. also, to mutter, to speak softly; for the Gr. ypw>, AA^ftl1 ; to whisper into the ear; 'f'A'JjTrtA: to
whbpererj,
i.e.
a species of lizard, Lev. 11:30. LXX Vulg. stellio. See Bochart, Hierc*. i
9
page 1073.
Zab.
^-N^
lizard.
whisper
amongst themselves.) n? to whispe-
hammered," "sharpened"),
:
pr.
mutter
specially used of
of an Arabian tribe, sprung from Dedan, Gen. 25 3
ccccxxxvni
fut.
&0?\
(l) TO
HAMMER, TO FORGE,
Gen. 4:22.
(a) to
share,
i
term.
sharpen by hammering, e.g. a ploughSam. 13:20; a sword, Psa. 7:13. Metaph.
Job 16:
9,
V3'#
EMO^ "he sharpens
against me," he watches
me
his eyes with stern and threat-
i'rom 7v, with the adj. v a nocturnal spectre, which had, according to the rabbins, the form of a beautiful woman, and lay in wait for children by night. [A1J this is utterly absurd when thus connected with the
/ /
f.
prop. nt>c<Mrna
fern. J">'T),
it is,
ening eyes.
nature of something real mentioned in Scripture wha< may be doubtful.] Like this are the Greek and
;
Roman
fables about the
PUAL, part, sharp, Ps. 52:4.

Derivative, pr. n. QEMtDp.
woman "E/iB-owao, about

;
the
_JL
"'J?;
n T 7for
pl-
nM? nM7=nVlp a wreath, from the root wreathtj festoons (uirlanben/ gejlonS), in
f
"L
architecture,
Ki. 7 29, 30, 36.

:
Creuzer, Comment. Herod, page 267), the Lamiae, the Striges, and the Arabian fables about the Ghules i.e. (Jjii^, <3*1^), female monsters inhabiting deserts, and tearing men n i?7V., in other names of
tJvoKtvravpoi (see Arist.
Ran. 293
pieces.
Compare
34; 14.
D*Ty^.
i sa .
More may be seen

;
spectres, in Bochart,
7.7
Isa.
Isa.
16
21:11
in
and Lam. 2 19 pause, like'Tl and 7*0"],

:
3,
im
[" once 7V?
const.
7y Ex.
12:42;
Thes.],
Isa.
15:!; 30:29; more often with n parag.

pl. ni7\?
rb'h* (Milel), in pause '17^,
[Root 717 in
ii. page 831 Buxtorf, in Lexicon Ch. t and Talmud, page 1 140, and in my Comment, on Isa. 13:22; 34: 14. [It is really lamentable that any one could connect the word of God with such utter ab-
in Hieroz. vol.
m.
(Arab. [" In
&11
;
surdity
many understand
No.
the nocturnal creature
NIGHT.
id.
JJ,
JEth.
(W^;
spoken of to be simply
Syr.
the scj-eech owl.~\
uS^S,
j
A trace of n parag. beyond doubt primitive, from which the verb }V? to pass the 7 night, for v, appears to be formed [in Thes. 7 v as implying obscurity, is derived from 7-17]). Gen. 1:5,
:
these cognate words there is a see the note."] word,
see
]-17
1.
*J
7 an
unused
root, i. q. <^Jj> j -oj

;
Med. Ye
s
v ^^
, ,
III.
and
V. to be strong, bold, ci->JI strong also

..-<.*
.]
strength,
14; Ps. 19:3, and so very often; H7J7 D*J?3"]NI forty nights, G en. 7:4, 12; np^r?33 all the night, Ps. 6:7;
( f
t^J!
strong, brave. [This root
is
rejected in Thes.]
Hence
L!
in one night, Gen. 40:5; in that night, Gen. 32:14, 22. <-*..
41:11; ^7^3
By
^/
.
night, ^7
j
is
^!? m. (i) [In Thes. from 2*6], a lion, so called from his strength, Isa. 30:6; Job 4: 11 Pro. 30:30.
;
expressed in
Hebrew by
22 (whence
9: 21, and DVJ
np*p Gen. 14:15; Ex. 13: Ex. 13:21 ; Lev. 8:35; Num.
.
14:17); poet.
r67 Isa. 27:3, DOV1. rM> 34:10; Jer. HTpS Job 24:14 Psal. 42: 9; 77:7;
; ;
(Arab. c_Lj, Chald. fl^, Gr. X7 C ap. Horn, id.) (2) pr. n. (a) of a place on the northern borders of Palestine, elsewhere called DP'.? and
,
,
88
?*&]. 16:7; rf^73 Cant. 3:1. fi??'! adv. to night (like D1*n to day), Gen. 19:5, 34. used of ~Y'?? as by night, Job 5: 14.
:
19
55
1*7
]1
(which
see), Jud.
18:7,29; with the addition
of
Figuratively
calamity, mis ery, Job 35:10; Mic. 3:6; 1 1 (compare Ê>n).

(*) Note, np^pwith
10:30, where others understand some other town near Jerusalem to be intended; see Comment. on the place. (b) of a man, l Sa. 25:44, and
local, Isa.
Isa.
21
a Sa. 3:15 np.
n parag. pr. signified by night; however, gradually it was used for the night time 9lacf)t (tie 3eit, in roeldier e tfl), and night itself;
just as
I? / fut. Ibp*. (i) TO TAKE, TO CATCH animals in a net or in snares (prop, to strike with n net, compare Arab. j^3 to strike), Am. 3:5; Ps. 35:8; in
a
H3H, na'lDV the region towards the south or north, for south and north (whence nyiQ-ys, nsajS), comp. DO" *?; tn s termination so coalesces with this substantive that in Chaldee and Syriac it is retained
1
l8:22; take as captives, soldiers in war, Josh. ll:l2; Jud.8:l2: to talce, i.e. to capture a lO:l;ll:lO. Metaph. city, Josh. 8:21 Job 5: 13, "he takes (snares) the wise in their own
pit, Jer.
Num. 21:32;
as though
it
were
radical,
and
it
becomes
with the
craftiness;" Prov. 5. 22.
elimination of the eTiphat. state.
Hence
:
p
3
"
Chald. night, Dan. a: 19; 5
30; 7:2,
(2) to intercept, to take before (auffan^n), Jt*L 7:24, DVSrrns 057 njTJ "take the water befor them."
(3)
to
take,
to
choose any one by
lot.
Compare
CCCCXXXIX
the rriKNo.7. Jos. 7: 14, njrv. larr*? ea^n tribe which Jehovah will choose," will mark out by
lot;
verse 17.
NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. i, Ps. 9: 16; Jer. 51 156; Ki. 16: 18; No. 3, i Sa. 10:20, 21.
HITHPAEL,
to
Deu.l4:23; 17:19; 18:9; followed by an ace. Deut 5:1; Isa. 26:10. PIEL "I?. (l) to train, to accustom; Jer. 9:4, " they have accustomed their tongue to speak lies."
(2) to teach; const. (a) absol. 2 Ch. 17:7. (6) followed by an ace. of pers. to teach any one some-
take hold of one another, to adhere together (Arab. jj3 Conj.V. to be joined to'l* ?/^ gether with the parts compacted), Job 41:9, of the scales stick crocodile);" together (the "they Job 38:30, nafe Dini} ':? "the face of the waters adheres together," is frozen. Compaie THX No. 4. Derivatives, JTp/P and
1
thing, Ps. 71:17; Cant. 8:2.
(c) followed
by two
m. capture, being taken, Prov. 3:26.

I.
" thou hast D'S^S "il^JJ Dn'N Jjn.S? taught them to be leaders over thee," thou hast accustomed them to exercise dominion over thee, Jer. 9:4, 13; Ecc. 12:9. (d) followed by an ace. of pers. and dat. of thing
(prop, to train some one to some thing), Ps. 1 8 35 144:1; followed by ? (to train in something), Isa.
:
ace. of pers. and thing, Deu. 4:1,5, 14; 11:19; P S " wickTHE? nijnn~nt< Jer. 2: OO> 2^-4.: 1*}. TSTrntt *O *r ? " TT v v I'-T: ::~ edness hast thou taught thy ways;" Jer. 13:21,
"!?:
m P'
f tne verb
part,
age,
go
Num. 10:29. It to, come now, Gen. 31
with n parag. go, debecomes a part, of exciting,

"*!?},
144, even
when women
are addressed, Gen. 19:32, for *?p, in pi. -13? agite, Gen. 37:20; i Sa. 9:9; Isa. 2:3, 5. The sing, is
also written
v, Num. 23:13;
for
Jud. 19:13: 2 Chron.
25:17.
II.
40: 14; IP of the thing, Ps. 94: 12 by a gerund, Ps. 143: 10. (e) followed by a dat. of pers. Job 21 :22. PUAL, to be accustomed, to be trained, used of of soldiers (see Kal No. l ). a calf, Hosea 10: 11 " Cant. 3:8, npn?p HP/P " t r a i n e d for war. Comp.
; :
Chron. 25:7,
1
Hpp
^ to thee, Gen. 27:37.

"
"W ^x9
to
"instructed
is
Used of the thing

29:13, ""HI?
?
which any one

J">1VP
in singing." trained. Isa.
("progress," "journey," for HDJ?*) \LecaA],pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, iCh. 4:21.
!"tj?
B^5$
" a
taught(to
men);" that which they are
human commandment made to learn.
Derivatives,
tP"O
*
(i. q.
u&
obstinate,"
i.
e.
hard to be
see
n.
captured), [Lachish"], pr. n. of a fortified town (Isa. 36:2; 2 Chron, 11:9) in the plain country, of the tribe of Judah, which had formerly been a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10:3; 12:11; 15:39;
IE? poet, for (like to? for ?, i3 for ?, see to), found four times in the book of Job,7: 14; 29:21;
j>
38:40; 40:4.
Neh. 11:30; Jer. 34:7; Mic. 1:13. [Derived in Thes. from the unused root L"37 and the meaning
;
[ID 7
is
used for QH7

,
...
to
them, also
for i? ...Isa.
suggested, "smitten," else the one just
"taken,"
"
captured," or
44= 5; 53: 44=155 53:8,
to H>
him]. *"*_]
sc.
mentioned.]
/XlU7
("
by God,"
-.4,
created,
s<
[Le-
P7 see
I?
page ccccn, B.
[a root kindred to the Arabic
Thes.].
muef], Pro. 31
and
/N-IO7 ibid, verse l, pr. n. of a king othervdse unknown, probably not an Israelite (perhaps an
Arabian), for
verse 2
whom
the moral sentiments
loc.cit.
/7
''~7
[the actually occurring form] see y*7.
9 were
intended.
adj.
(0
prop. TO
CHASTISE (Arab.
&
J4,
i.
(l) accustomed
to
any
Isa.
q.
*jj to strike, to beat with a rod), especially beasts
thing, Jer. 2:24;
expert
"
in anything, 13:23.
of burden (whence "TO? ? an ox-goad); hence to discipline, to train cattle (see PUAL, Hos. 10:11), re:ruhs for war; l Ch. 5:18, npn^p n-1D^ tra'ined
1
the tongue of the expert," i.e. 50:4, DH-1S? pt27 a tongue ready at speaking, eloquent, [rather skilled to answer aright]. H*} (2) a disciple, a learner, one taught.
rrtrP
(i.e.
practised) for war;" compare PualNo. 2. (2) Intrans. to be trained, to learn, e. g. war, Isa.
to
the disciples of Jehovah,

restricted thus];
1
i.
e.
the prophets, Isa.

to
54:13 [not
men, 8
:
comp. 50:4; also pioug
f-4',
accustom
;
oneself to
any
thing, followed
by
6 [such a name belongs

converted].
any
whom
tb
'$ Jer. 10: a
by aa
infinitive, Isa.
1:17; a gerund,
grace of
God has
CCCCXL
^j^7
but""|
a11 unused
root.
Arab.,["
tl*J
to taste,
(2) jester, buffoon,
mocker.
a cake,"
Psa. 35:16,
i.e.
'.3.52
i_l*]J
signifies
a strong young man.

(i)
Hence
,
pwasites, who prop, act the part of buffoons at the feasts of the wealthy
for
"mockers
7
":|ip
pr. n.
Lantech
his sons
the son of
for
Meth usael of
24.
for the sake of dainty fare; Gr. t//u>/ioiX*;f c> KVIOIn the Talmud nj-iy pt'^ talking for a aoKoXaKtg.
the race of Cain ; well
known
having misused the
cake,
is
used for jocose scurrilous discourse.
arms which
Gen. 5: 25
1
had invented, Gen. 4:18
of the race of Sheth, (a) the son of Methuselah,

31.
order.
an unused
root.
Arabic 0*1
to
put into
Hence
? ? see IP.
??
of,
("order"), [aa<fa7i] pr.n. m.

f
Chron.
?? on account
[with
suff.
because, see $P.
4:21.
1]
masc. the throat, Pro. 23:2
V- (" P ut i nto order"), [Laadan'j, pr.n, m. Ch/7:26. (2) l Ch. 23:7; 26:21.
(Chald. Xlfb), from the root yk.
/7 U/7
unused in Kal.
Arab. ^_^J TO PLAY, TO
JEST, also to mock. (Kindred to the verbs 3J7?, TJ??, ee JN?.) Chaldee 3*V? mockery, 3J?7J])K to mock at
i.
q.
Arabic
\*&,
,j& TO SPEAK KASHLT,

.
s<*-
to utter vain things (kindred to
y-17,
which
see),
ij
any one.
HIPHIL,
Compare Gr.
to
hasty discourse. words Avere
Job 6:3, wh *~W]
R^j
"
therefore
Xw/3ij, Xu>/3a<ymt.
my
rash
(hasty);"
*tf?
(Milel) for $fy
mock
at, followed
by ? 2 Chr. 36:16.
(Syriac y^..^^, also
nriX iu (Milru) on account of the pause, like pause
properly TO
STAMMER
and
(l) to speak barstammerer, compare T^/), hence a in language (compare fib), barously, foreign
,
TO SPEAK BARBAROUSLY, IN A FOHEIGH LANGUAGE; compare 3^, f^. Psal. 114:1. (Syr.
}.Jx^ to speak in a foreign language, especially in
Egyptian.)
y<*
comp. Niphal, and transp.

rously.
3?!?,
îc
speaking barba-
2-Ui7 T0 EAT GREEDILY, TO DEVOUR.

i
Coms ;
---t
pare note under JN'.

voracity.
Arab, quadril.
U!
id.
(2) to mock at, to deride, prop, to imitate any one's voice in stammering, by way of derision (Chald. I/?? to mock. Compare transp. Greek yiXaw, also
\\fvrj,
HIPHIL,
to
give to eat.
"give me
to eat," let
me
Gen. 25:30, NJ ^t?*J/7n devour, of a person hungry
xXeuaw, Goth,
hlahjan, lahhan, Pers.
^j^.j
and greedy.
J
Pro. 1:26; followed to joke, Germ, ladjen/ to laugh). *fa '318 by a dat. of pers. Pro. 17:5. Ps. 2:4,
" the Lord will
them as enemies who can accomplish nothing; 59:9; Job 88:19

at them," shall despise
mock
jl / an unused root. Arab.

fem.
to curse.
Hence
"
wormwood,
Jer.
9:14; 23:15; Lam.

is
3:15, 19; Prov. 5:4; this herb
perhaps so called
NIPHAL,
to
speak barbarously, in a foreign

33:19.
as being noxious (see the root) and poisonous (comp. Deut. 29: 17; Apoc. 8: 10, ll); as bitter herbs were
language,
Isa.
commonly so regarded by the Hebrews (compare Heb

12:15).
:
HIPHIL, i. q. Kal No. 2, to mock, to deride, Job 81:3; followed by ? Ps. 22 : 8 ; Neh. 2 19 ; followed by ? 2 Ch. 30: 1O. Hence
Xciynirw.
'9 7 an unused root; The original idea is

the
? masc.
(l) derision,
mockery,
Ps. 79:4;
lambendo, which
to shine, Gr being lambenl Phoenicio-Shemites and the

to
flame,
in //>ping,
Ezekiel 23:32; 36:4; meton. used of that which causes it, IIos.7:i6.
(2)
Greeks express by the syllable

lab'mm, t^_J
to fl;inie.
fcipvc/
impious speech (compare f6) Job 34:7.

adj.
lab, lap (3Nj , S^ /, see page ccccxxxiv, B), and apply

>
1
The common
is
root therefore of the

1
Hebrew
O/JGC,
(l)
speaking in a barbarous or
Isa.
and the Greek verb

is
t) ?,
to
which a third radical T

"
foreign tongue.
of a
28:11, nob>
(i.e.
'3.JT?
"the people
added, in the same

;
manner as
this is
to DV,
V,
Gr.
strange language"
the Assyrians f?]).
and a vestige of
found in the Greek
CCCCXLI
\afnrag, Gen. XafiTtaScg. mitic "1??, inflected in the
;
From
the Phcenicio-She,
Aramaean manner
9
}
transp. ,JL=\J to stick together, to adhere,
Hithpad
springs the Gr.Xu/iTrw and from"VSp, Syr. . Ch. ISO?, Gr. XajuTrdc, Xa/x7ra<Joc, and not contrariI formerly compared this with j^ * irise. shine, on the authority of Castell; but this verb is spurious in this sense, and must be regarded as a mistake of that lexicographer. According to the Kamus, page 417, it denotes nothing but depression, lowness.
[" Maltese laqach, jylquacli, Vassali, p. 430"], G. Xaxw, Xayxavw.) Prop, to take with the hand, U 22:6: lay hold of, Gen. 3:22; 18:7,8; 21:14,27; Ps. 18:17, and so very often, with ace. of pers. and " ? of member, Eze. 8:3, Wth r\YV2 3P|! and he took me by a lock of my head," corn tcpm @d)opj
Hence
(l) a lamp, a torch (see the root), Job 12:5, M3 T?^ " a torch despised," of its having ceased to give i. e. cast aside, because for a man an formerly highly esteemed, image light; but now IOAV and despised, cornp. Isa. 7 4, and my Also see TS. note on that place, and 14:19. (2) flame, Gen. 15:17; Dan. 10:6.
"V3/ m.
Jud. 7 : 16.
would be -TJG Koprjc, see Hist, of Bel, ver. with an ace. i. q. to take for oneself, of thing and pers. Genesis 8 20, " and (Noah) took of all beasts .... and offered them for a burnt offering;" Gen. 2:15, "and God took Adam, and placed
(in
it
Greek
36).
Then
him in the garden;"' Gen. 12:5; i6:3; Deut-4:2O; "15:17; 2 Sa. 2:8. In these and similar instances njp?, like Horn. Xafiwv (see Viger. Herm. page 352), often appears to be pleonastic but yet it serves to describe
;
the matter more fully, and to place it, as it were, before one's eyes. Similarly, 2 Sam. 18: 18, CZI/K'^X
(" torches"), [LapidotK], pr. n. of the husband of Deborah the prophetess, Jud. 4:4.
37
rmorrnS 1n^2$M
set
nj^>
and Absalom took and
\?3/ prep, before, see D^S. been formed a new adj. ^P? (like
before, in front,
fut
I
Hence there has

'D-1D
from
a column in his lifetime;" but up Jer. 23:31, by the words "who take their tongues and utter prophecies," it appears to be signified that
for himself
^D-
Ki. 6:17.
i.
nap*
q.
Arabic e^fiJ TO BEND, TO

to turn aside
-1
Somethe false prophets misused their tongues. times the dative '^> is added, to take for oneself, Gen. 7:2; 15:10; Lev. 15: 14, 29; Job 2:8. Speto take a wife, Gen. 4:19; 6:2; 12:19; 19:14; Ex. 6:25; i Sam. 25:43, n^ ? " he took a wife for ii^p n^'N (gave one to) his son," spoken of the father of the bridegroom; Gen. 34:4; Ex. 21:10; Jud. 14:2, 3; ellipt. Ex. 34:16, flOi??]
INCLINE something, Jud. 16:29. NIPIIAL, to bend oneself (a)
cially
()
HK'K nj^>
from
Job. 6: 18, 03"]1 nirriX n P?! " the jourthe way. their of way turn aside," i.e. those who neyers
journey that way;
(b) to
bie
SBanbcrer,
tie bc
SScgcg fommen.
turn oneself back V. VIII. id.), Ruth 3: 8.

1
to see
(Arab Conj.
I.
V3^ (DBO)
expression
i.
Vri3?D.
In the later books the usual

NC'3,
1*7
'
mocking,
frivolous contempt of
what
is
good and upright, Prov. 1:22; hence j'W T}K i. 3'Xi?; Isa. 28: 14; Prov. 29:8; from the root Y&.
q.
which see. (b} to take Job Gen. take 14:12; away (rocgncfjmen), q. " 1 Sam. 19: 14, 2O; Gen. 27:35, l:2l thy brother has taken away thy blessing;" Job 12: 20, "he
is
n^S
to
;
? 7, ( a
from
doubtful root
i.
q. f-17,
TO MOCK.
Once
in
V5P^ Hos. 7:5) unless this be for P-P?P part.

Pilel
f-1^.
takes aAvay the understanding of the ancients;" Ps. 31:14, ^?3 nOi?? "to take away my life;" Jer. " take me not 15 :1 5? away (O God)" Gen. 5:24, Crr6$ in'S n^ 3 "for God had taken him away," taken him away and received him to heaven i. e.
;
U*p7 ("stopping npthe way,"

place, fr
pr. n. of
\
i. e.
2 Ki. 2:3, 5.
fortified of,
(c) to take,
i.
q. to
take possession
>m the root
to stop
up a way), \_Lakum],
a town in the tribe of Naphtali, Jos. 19:33.

-
to occupy, as a city, a hostile country, Num. " 21:25; Deut. 3:14; 29:7. Metaph. Job. 3:6, let darkness seizeupon that night ;" Job 15: 12," wherefore does thy heart (thus) seize upon thee?" Also,
to
H|?
/ fut n i?*5 i P- n i?r Ex. 29:1, more frequently with H parag. nnp Gen. 15:9, inf.absol. nip?Deu. 31 :26; Jer. 32 M4, const. nn[5 w ith pref. rin (to be
'
take,
(d) to
to
wisdom
lafien),
(jem. icoburd) einnebmen)
captivate any one with blandishments, Prov. 6 25 1 1 30

: ;
distinguished from ^njp ?
Wp.
:
3 fem. pret.), with
suff.
send after, to fetch any one (fcoUn/ t;olcn !in d he fetched Gen. 20:2, nnb-riS nj5)1
'-'
Sarah;" Gen. 27: 13,
V
;
n(?
(l) TO
TAKE!. q. \apfia ru. (To this answer Arab.
42
16;
Num. 23
11
"go, fetch ine;" Gen. Jud. 11:5; also any thingi
CCCCXLII
Sam. 4:6," they came to fetch wheat" (urn SBeijen bring any thing (bringen/ t)ins/ fjerbringf n), Gen. 18:5, 7, 8; Job 38:20; to bring, as an offering (borbrtngcn), Gen. 15:10; Ex. 25:2; 35:5. (a) to take, L e. to receive, empfangen (i. q. Xa^/3at
reiv, in Passow. lett. B), Num. 23:20, "behold, I have received a blessing from God." Specially (a) to receive (aufnctymen) for core and protection,
Tp m. a gleaning
Lev. 19:9; 23:88.
of ears of corn,
or-
of grapes,
jUfyoltn); to
7 7
see
^fk-
**) to stop the way."] [" Arab.
fut PS onomatopoet. TO LICK, TO LAP, used of dogs drinking by lapping, l Kings 21:19; 28:38; kindred root is "*$?, whi"h see also Jud. 7:5.
-
49:16; 73:24. (b) to receive with the ears. i.e. to perceive (wnefymen), Job 4:12, compare Hgp. (c) to receive (i. q. to admit), e.g. prayers, counsel,
Ps. Ps.
page ccccxxxiv, B.
S-lr
Also Armen. futl^tr^lakiel,
is
to
lap
Arab.
.J&J&
a tongue.
6:lO; Prov. a:l; 4:10; 24:32. NIFHAL n7J pass, of Kal 1, letter
21:7; 2 Ki. 2:9,
pret.
nj5*
I"lj57
PIEL, id. Jud. 7:6, 7.

b, l
Sam. 4:11,
seq.;
letter
d; Est.2:8,l6.
More
frequently in the passive signification are used
PUAL,
and
fut.
unused in Kal; Syr. PaelTOBE RIPE, LATE the latter rain, and of fruit) ; whence Wp? (used ^5? hay of the latter growth. Hence
HCPHAL
d,
'*
pass, of
S3; letter b, Isa. Gen. 12:15; 18:4.
taken, Gen. 3: 19, 49:24, 25; 52:5; Jud. 17:2; letter

i, to be
No.
gather late fruit, i.e. to glean, Job 24:6 some copies act as interpreters by reading IBp?). (where
PIEL, to
Kfe/ m- hay of the latter growth, aftermoicth,
HITUPAEL, part. nnj97J}p W$ Ex. 9:24; Eze. 1:4, a fire taking hold of itself," as if a mass of fire see
;
Am. 7: 1.
i^V an unused
whence
of sucking; (i) juice, from the idea Ps. vital 32:4, ^BfU moisture, vigour; specially " is changed," i. e. is dried up. vigour my " a cake n (2) a sweet cake; Nu. 11 :8, i^f *U?^
-
root.
Arabic
t^*J
to
suck;
Derivatives, nnp r [?], pO, pr. n. 'HP?], and
nnj9D,
ni
7m
^p7
m.
(l) arts, by which any
captivated (.Runft jem. etnjunefymen), pare root No. l, letter c.
mind is Prov. 7:21; comone's
^7
of
(a) doctrine, knowledge, which any one receives, i.e. perceives, or learns (see root No. 2, b; compare
>
oil,"
an oiled cake
f
LXX. cyirptc
'*%<
iXaiov.
Syr.
^~s_a
is
to receive
and learn
l
and Lat.
as this
accipioi),
Pro.
Gr. 7rapaXa/j/3a>'w :5; 9:9; 153.29:24. So far

;
THE
TONGUE
of
both genders, but more often f. (l) men or of animals, Ex. 11:7; an^ so
communicated to others, i. q. instruction, the discourse of one who teaches, Prov. 4:2; Deut. 32:3; Job 11:4.
Ttj?7 ("learned," n.m. l Chron.7:i9. \, pr.
Êthiop. &t\ l'. Aram. If?, frequently. (Arab. o * ^\, also in languages not Phoenicio-Shemitic,
Û,
Sanscrit rasana,
Armen. ^r^nt_
is
Kezu, Coptic
AAC,
"imbued
with learning"),
and even yXuxraa, in which y

\tvaffti),
yXavffffu, yrixftof,
an addition; comp. lana and rt'ôc, ^XaTva,
Y<
Kal and Piel TO GATHER, TO COLLECT,

e.
prop, things lying on the ground,
g. ears
of corn,
[Welsh, llais, voice, lleision, enThe original idea is that of dued with voice.] lapping, a power which is found in the syllable las,
many
other words.
Ruth 2:3, 7, 15; stones, Gen. 31:46; flowers, Cant. Once used of col6:2; manna, Exod. 16:4, seq.
lecting
"
compare
'19,
iu*^l
i.J>
?7
-A-
secondary root
money, Gen. 47
14.
[" Arab.
;
JajJ
to collect
any thing lying on the ground Syr. Paul, used of collecting wood Sam.
;
Peal and
?
isthePoel \&b which see.) 'B $U*? nnri under the tongue of any one is used in Hebrew for in the mouth Ps. 10:7 66:17. Specially used of a calumnious
t
but Nasar.
-j$s>^
to collect." Thes.J
or malignant tongue (what the Chaldeans and Zabians call a third tongue, compare Sir. 28: 15; and the E*l< " a man of Ps. 1
PUAL, Isaiah 37:13, and HITHPAEL, Jud. 11:3, to be gathered, assembled (of persons), Arab, and Aram. id.
verb ]?'^). 140 2, flB^ tongue,* i.e. a slanderer (but PK7?V3 ls an enchanter, Ecc, " come! let us smite him with Jer. 18: 18, 10: 1 1).
:
the
let
He^ce BttJ and
tongue," i.e. as rightly given in the Chaldee, us bear false witness against him. Job 5: 21,
CCCCXLIII
" the fle6 Bit? scourge of the tongue" (in German Pro. 10:31, JYDSnn jitJ^ like figure, l(atfd)en). b/a
(a) Josh. 19:47, a town, otherwise called &?? and
I%
j&?Y unused in Kal.
<,
"a perverse tongue,"

(a)
for
i.e. deceitful;
speech, Job 15:5,
Dng
" the
17:20.
Meton.
[" But apparently signify-
jtt^ "crafty
speeches;" Prov. 16:1.

pratie).
(i) for
p'J'V
Dan.
4,
D^'f 3
Chaldeans."
Genesis 10:5,
i&^>
idiom (German t o n g u e of the

"every one (c) a nation,
Isaiah
ing TO LAP, like the cognate words, ,iJ
*,, compare
POEL JEW denom. from
to
according to his tongue," and even a people, which used a peculiar language.
(
tongue,
i.
e.
flB'? pr. to to use the tongue boldly
ma ke
tongue, (comp. Germ.
66: 18, n'WB^rn. Dyiarr'pa " all nations and It is applied (see Chald. \W$).
(2) to inanimate things
(a) 3?)
Seine macfyen/ used of

ing); to
derer).
tongues"
any one running swiftly, fleeslander (see P^ used of the tongue of a slanPart, with suff. ^flVp,
which resemble tongues

i.
np
^3,
for
'3^9,
P^v a tongue of gold,
e.
a bar of gold, Josh.
V5S9P, part. Piel, Ps. 101:5.

HIPHIL,
id.
(Arab.
^J
to slander.)
7:21, 24.
of
fire,
(6) ^% P^Y a flame Vulg. regula aurea. so called from having some resemblance to a
Prov. 36: 10.
and seeming to lap like one, see 2H?, t3H? (Mn.'u. 684), compare yXwo-uat ti>ati nvpoc, Act. 2:3;
tongue,
Arabic ,U1 ,U; Persic .JjT Jo'-^ zuboni atesh, ^ U> -L Isa. 5 24. (c) D'D p&7 Josh. 15:5; 18:19; Isaiah
,
J90y peoples, nations, U?^? T?"?. guages." Dan.3:7,3l; 5:19; 6:26; 7:14.
an unused
bore,
root.
&Y Ch. a tongue, hence used ofanation using a peculiar language (see pK'/ No. 1. c). Dan. 3:4, " K R N and lanArab.
Josh. 15: 2, a bay of the sea (comp. Germ. (Srbjunge); in the Arabian geographers
11:15, and simply
P^7
to pierce, to
_uJ a chink, a fissure; perhaps used of chasms
in the earth
and
fountains.
Hence
[" ^|r7 an unused root, perhaps if Shemitic, i. q. "=1?^; but used intrans.
it
be Phoenicio-
to
throw one-
self
down.
i.
Hence
"]
n ?'^? (where see as to its origin [In q. Thes. suggested to be from W/]), pi- ni3B>p constr. J"fl3y7, a chamber, a cell, especially used of the
"13L/7 f
cells
of a town, Gen. 10: 19; in \_Lasha~], pr. n. the opinion of Jerome (in Quaest.) Callirrhoe ou the east of the Dead Sea, a place abounding in hoi See Plin. H. N. v. 6; Joseph. Bell. JucL springs.
i-
33-
of the temple,
;
lCh.9:28;
26.40:17,45; 42:
7 an unused
to
roo;; perhaps
i.
q.
:
Neh. 10:38, seq. Once, 1 Sa. 9:22, used of l,seq. a dining rom; and Jer. 36:12, of the room of the oyal scribe in the royal palace. [See Thes.]
expand, whence Êth. ft^fh Hence of byssus, pr. more costly, large.
an unused poured out, whence
"=JOv
nnp, Sam. a garment

i"11
1
}!;
?!?'
T/
root, prob.
i.
q.
^05 to tw
v/7
a root of doubtful power.
Arab,
to
break, e.g. stones with the feet. ["Arab.
^J
to taste,
a corn measure, Hos. 3:2; so called from
properly to lick."]
pouring out.
LXX.
jîfcopoc.
Vulg. corns dimidius,
by accommodation
to the context.
root.
i.
(l) a kind of
precious stone, Exod.

Vulgate
ligurius,
28:19; 39:12. Germ. Opal.
LXX.
\iyvoiov.
J/J17 an unused
rriyrfrp teeth.
q.
ijj
to bite,
whence
Mem,
it
the thirteenth
stands for forty.
Hebrew letter; as a numeral The name of this letter D'P.
as
3 and f|, which see [" and even with 1, e. g. nDJjl and niFl"] (b) with liquids, especially Nun, c jmp
DK; Syr.
;
probably signifies water, i. q. E*P, and its most ancient fci:as bore a resemblance to waves. In
Arab.
^ J;
to
ftS; Arab.
^\ thumb:
^thiopic
It is
it
is
called Mai,
i.
e.
water.
answers the Greek
name Mi, i. e.
[" To this Phoenic. IB water."]
D^pa
Lin.
pistacio;
compare |v>^^>
pistacia terebinthus t
s -v-
interchanged
(a) often with the other labials,
J^;
Arab.
be fat. nto;
_J a threshing
rcccxLiV
w&im
the
;
OEb and
$?'& to
be opposed
to ;
D*r and
Pr
mark of the plural; comp. the roots "159, "^P, BID, As to "MH. More rarely with ? see p. ccccxxi, A. Mem, dropped at the end of words, see Lgb. p. 136,
138- also as to the languages of the Hetrusci Qmbri, see O. Muller Hetrusker, t. i. p. 56.
*
is
25 '9 3 TO (compare venc 6). A less common form DVXD (read ni'XD), 2 Kings 11:4, 9> 10 > *5 3-TI3,
s%
<JJU^
compare Arab.
and
(2) adv. a hundred times, Prov. 17:10; constr. nxp id. Ecc. 8:12.
pref.
formed from np what? where see the note.

i.
(3) the
hundredth part,
i.e.
of
money or any
Neh.
to the
thing, paid monthly, as being exacted in usury,
*P
pref.
q. fP,
i.
which
see.
5:11, IJ^Dl ^9"^

also with-
^P-
Vulg. centcsma.
As
^9 Chald.
q.
Hebrew HP what? and
centesima
as to the
out an interrogation,
XQ that which,
Ezr. 6; 8.
heavy usury
of the Romans, see Ernesti Cl. Cic. h. v. ; still customary in the East, see
ii.
m. a stall, for laying up fodder, a storehouse, Jer. 50:26; LXX. airoBi'iKn. Root D2.
(l)subst.m.s*ren#i/j,/orce,from the root "NX No. 3. Deu. 6:5, " and thou shall love Jehovah thy God with all thy heart, with all thy mind, 73?* ^1^9 and with all thy strength," i.e. in the highest
Isaiah degree; 2 Ki. 23:25 (compare Luke 10:27). 47:9,n'xp Tjnarj npXJtt with (i. e. notwithstanding)
Volney's Travels, vol.

(4)
p.
[J/ea/i], pr. n. of
410. a tower at Jerusalem, Neh.
3:1; 12:39.
i"!Np Ch.
id.
Dan. 6:2; Ezr.6:l7; 7:22.
Dual
once in
pi.
D'fixp
desires, Psal. 140:9.
Root HJNNo.
I.
T0 join
the great
might
;
of thy sorceries," where

:
Hence npyij Job 35 1 5. with force of force, i. e. most forcibly, most violently, Gen. 17:2, 6, 20; Eze. 9:9. (b) HXP 1J? even to force, i.e. in a very great degree; very, Genesis
37:33; 1 Ki. 1:4; Dan. 8:8; quite, altogether, 119:8; too much, Isa. 64:8. (c) "ixp^> "IJJ.i.q. "K*P 1J> but in the later Hebrew, 2 Chron. 16: 14. (2) adv. (a) very, exceedingly, groatly, added to adjectives and verbs, as "IXP 31U Gen. 1:31; n ?* "XP 12:14; "^P. n ?l - 15:1. Emphatically doubled Ps. 46 2 n'Xp Yxp Gen. 7 1 9 Nu. 1 4 7. Hipp " "1XP KyP? (he is) an aid in distresses to be found greatly," i. e. he is found a strong aid. (b) quickly, hastily, which is also connected with exertion of strength (compare Germ, balb/ from the Lat. valde, and the Lower Germ, fnriett;/ Anglo-Sax, swithe, very, Germ, gefdwrinb), 1 Sam. 20:19, 1XD Tin "go down
Ps.
;
we must (a) Txp Txps
DIKlb
t
for C^xp,
commonly
a spot, a blemish.
contr. D-1O (vhich Dan. 1:4 [o]; Job 31:7.
see)
f Milel (from
nW
HD
as if quidquid).
(l)
thing whatever, Num. 22:38; Deut. 24:10; 2 Ki. 5:20; with a particle of negation, HD-IXp X7 nothing, Deut. 13:18; np-lXD J'X id. l Ki. 18:43; Ecc. 5:13; Jer. 39:10; n^-ixp'73 px not even anything, Gen. 39:23.
(2) in
any way
(trgcnb/
irgenbiwe),
;
at all.
Sa,
nma
21:3, O'nrrnx n'p-ixp jrv 7X e >X at all of this matter."

pi.
l
:
let
no one know
DÔ Ezek. 3-2:8,
and
nhxp m
Gen.
16 (from the root *UX). (1) light, a light, Ps. 90:8; used of the sun and moon, Gen. 1:14, 16; Ps. 74:16. As to its difference from "MX see under that word. ~MX!3nvni3p the holy candlestick, Nu. 4:9, 16. Metaph. D.TS ""i^P the light of the eyes, i. e. bright, cheerful eyes.
Piov. 15:30.
(2)
quickly."
'
Vulg. festinus.
constr. riXD
to
f.
(I)A HUNDRED, Arab.

ft
a candlestick, Ex. 25:6.

of the preceding, pr. light, hence a hole,
according
:,
Kam., commonly JL
It is
["
rPlNDf.
Syr. ))L>"].
prefixed to substantives
in absol.
H3C'
and
constr. state,
it is
7135?
nXO 25:7;
np Gen. 17:17, and

after them,
through which light shines into the den of a Vulg. caverna. Isa. 11:8. It may also (8id)tlod)).
more rarely put

;
and
be
for n"viyp JTTVp
cavern, X and V being
in-
this is only in the later books HKD D^bn 2 Ch.3:i6. Dual D^nxp (contr. for DjnXD) two hundred, Gen. 11:23. PkflM? (a) hundreds more than one;
terchanged.
D*3TND
dual,
scales, balance,
Arab.
\-^
kence with other numerals nhtp V' "six hundred," Ex. 12:37; n1x ^ H3bp eight hundred," Gen. 5:
7,
rtc.
Once
(b)
one hundred, as
if centena,
2 Ch.
Lev. 19:36; Job 31:6; Ps. 62:10, " that that may go up in the balance" (from lightness). Root 11$ No. II. It differs from D?B which see.
CCCCXLV
Ch.
id.
Dan. 5 27.
=
an individual.
1
Jer.
5 :2 3l
(&)
men
to
HVNZp
see
nxp No.
6:30; 7:29; 14:19; i Samua as rejecting God and his pre-
i.
cepts,
Sa.
15:23; 2 Ki. 17:15;
Am.
2:4.
73^0 m. (from the root ^>3X) /oorf, Gen. 2:9; 73XO yg 3:6; 6:21; especially co rn, 2 Ch. l 1 1 1 fruit tree, Lev. 19:23; ^HP |N* sheep to be killed, Ps. 44:12.
: .
contemn, followed by an ace. Prov. 15:32; Job 9:21; followed by ? Job 19:18; followed by an ace. of pers. and the gerund of a verb, Job 30:1 absol. HDKb V1W a despiteful tribe, Eze. 2l:l8. Inf. D'KD Lam. 3:45, subst. aversicn, con(2)
to
despise,
Jy^WP
f.
id.
V$ food for fire.
but figuratively, Isa. 9:18.
Isa.
9:4,
n^bO
pi. ri&DKp(fromtherootbx)a knife, as being used for eating with. Gen. 22:6,10; Jud. s -i 19:29; Prov. 30:14. Arab. spoon.
f.
H/pKD
tempt. NIPHAL, pass, of No. l 15 4>^?9^ contemned,

:
Isai.
to be
54 6 of No. 2 Psalm contemned, rejected

:
(for impiety).
II.
Jl$L
NQ
-qxt?
i.
Chald.
to
= TjpD, and
i.
q.
DD
TO MELT, TO
FLOW ABROAD,
Not used
in
DN
i.
q tplp.
.
an unused root; perhaps to stain, figure, whence D-1NO> D-1D which see.
O'
dis-
Kal.
NIPHAL, Ps. 58:8, DJO-1D3
WNBJ
Job 7
:
(from the root J>OK) m. pi. strength, powers, figuratively used of wealth. Job 36: 19, nb 'vpxp-'pa " all the powers of wealth."
away
"
like water,"
e.
perish.'
5,
"let them melt DSO'I J73T
my
skin heals
up and (again) runs with
Avater."
[Note.
In Thes.
DXD
is
given as one article; the
date, a
word belonging 2:20; 9:32
m. (from the root ""?X) an edict, a manto the later age, Est. 1:15; Dan. 4: 14.
i.
meaning here assigned to DXD No. II. being there taken

as primary.]
'"15^?^?
'
m. (root fi??) something cooked, Levit. m. (root

-
"IpXO
Ch.
id.
XD
,
??) darkness,
Josh. 24:7.
i.e.
}ND
Ch. a vessel,
q.
Heb.
9
v| Dan. 5:2,3,23.
9
C-
êm
In Targg. also defect. 19, It appears to Syr. \.J\22. be for rox.p, from the root H3S No. II. Arab. J,\
darkness] from
^P and n=n
n^p
V$
darkness of Jehovah,
thick
(like n$3rftB? Cant.
Conj. IV. to hold, whence
'jl
a vessel,
^
^-
a ship, see
page LXIV, A.
a land "of thick Jerem.2-.3l, of a desert as being pathless, in which one wanders as in darkness; compare as to and Job 30:3. the same, verse 6, njPr'V
8:6).
p^
darkness;" used
JO'J
adj.
not used inKal, TO

fi
REFUSE,
-r.
see the verbal

T\
iNrJ
to the root
not used in Kal.
(Syr.
ried;
A ph.
^JLiO,
always impers. ej^ ^j)bo
I
is
am weaP5P, see
(opp. to
TUO
to
be
bitter,
sour
["Cognate apparently compare DXD, and

;
to cease, to leave off.
Cognate
I,
P p. xxi, A). PIEL J?<!? to refuse,

inf.
to
be
l
:
unwilling
Sa.
;
"3N), Gen. 39:8; Isa. 1:20;
by an
Nu. 22:14; Ps. 77 3 7:14; 22:16; Jer. 25:28.
28:23; followed by a gerund, Ex.
(Arab. J U)." Thes.] HIPHIL "l^pn, perhaps i. q. "^"ipn (compare DXD No. II), properly to make bitter, hence to cause bitter pain. Eze. 28 24, "i^PP flj'p " a thorn which
:
DDK)
causes pain,"
i.e.
pricking.
s.
rnSDD nyiy
painful,
)v9 adj. unwilling, used with personal pronouns for the finite verb. Ex. 7 27, nflK l^P'OX " if thou refuse." Ex. 9:2; 10:4.
:
malignant leprosy, Lev. 13:51,52; 14: 44.
Others in
both cases compare Arab. .U to become raw again as a wound.
|v>y-n. verbal of Piel,refract ory, pertinaciousPlur. D'J&fS? Jer. 13:10. ly reft s ing.
I.
m. (from the root 31S) ambush, hence one is placed, Josh. 8:9; Psa. 10:8. where (b) (a) the Hers in wait themselves, 2 Ch. 13:13.
^"^0
C'kV'J [see note after No. 2]
( l )
TO REJECT
(opp. to
ina
34=332;
to choose), Isaiah 7: 15, 16; 41 :g; Couitr. with an ace. i Sa. 16: i; Ps.
Job
118: most
f.
constr.
rnp (from the
root ">!), curse,
execration, Pro. 3:33; 28:27; Mai. 2:2.
aud 3
^.7:15;
absol.
Job 42
6.
It is
KD
T1X prop, ab apud, ft comp. of IP and
om
ften '.wed
'a) of God, as rejecting a people or
with, see after
nx
p. xciv,
A.
CCCCXLVI
^P (root /"13) plural separations, i.e. leparated places. Josh. 16:9, ni^ppn Dnjjn "cities
(which were) separately destined."
(root K13) (l) an entering, Eze. 26:10.
.
m. (from the root ^93) something rashly p uttered, followed by C3?nEi^> Num. 30:7, 9.
(root nt?3) with suff. 'Ht?3p, pi. impl.) m. (1) confidence, sure and firm hope, Prov. 22:19; hence used of the person and thing on which hope is
9?w
f.
Qm
pi. Dr and
rti-.
(dag.
()
"?
entrance, approach.
" the
entrance
Pro. 8: 3, D'nnp Xi3p tilft the entrance (i.e. (3) rp.B>n
24, 35, the gate. " at the entrance of the gate."

:
Jud.
of
tlfe
city,"
i.e.
set, Ps.
40:5; 65:6; 71:5.
place of set-
(2) security, Job 18:14, "his security is torn out from his tent," i. e. he himself being too secure
PI. Isa.
\
ting) of the sun, the west, Deut. 11:30; Psalm 50:1; in ace. towards the west, Josh. 1:4.
32:18.
y
fusion,
'Sfo
f.
Isa.
(from the root "spa) perplexity, con22:5; Mic. 7:4.

1,
masc. (from the root ?3J No.
an inundation of waters, a deluge, used

Noah's
flood,
vrhich see), of
the root 3p3) a cheering, exr ?T- f- (fr hilaration, Jer. 8: 18. The form is prop, denom from the part, itself, 3v3p cheering up, see Lehrg. p. 514, where, to the instances ending with J"H, may be added this in IV
.
Gen. 6 -.17; 7:6, 7, 10, 17; 9:11, 28; of the ocean of heaven, Ps. 29:10. 10:1,32; [In Thes. this passage is applied like the rest to the
m. (from the root H33) building, Ezek
40:2
deluge, referring this expression to the Lord having there sat as judge, and he will sit for ever."]
[Mebunnai],
see *??9.
D'ji29 2 Ch. 35:3 a'ro, for D'3<3p np, if the reading be correct, abstr. prudences, for the concr. prudent teachers.
(from the root IV? No. 2), [pi. Dr, once ni- Dan. 11:15]. (1) defence (of a city), fortress, Isa. 25 19', hence used for a fortified city, i. q. rn-W3 TJ?
.
np*jp
by
f.
(root D-13) a
treading
e.
down of enemies
down every
" a conquerors, Isa. 22:5; 18:2, 7 people ....
nW3p of treading
thin.
I
dovn,"i.
treading
(from the root #33)
Dpi.
35:7; 49:10; Ecc. 12:6.

p
f.
S -oArab. 4_*x*
a fountain,
id.
emptiness, Nah. 2:11, from the root
17:3; Hab. i 10. The same is 1V3D ">'J?, e.g. -|V->3D Josh. 19:29, and IV nV?' 2 Sam. 24:7, " defenced Tyre," i.e. Palastyrus (compare my Com ment on Isa. 23:7). PI. ">-?3p "$J Num. 32 136; Jos, Jer, 19:35; also with both words in pi. TT!-?^ " 5:17, and with one only so put nViy3D TJJ defenced cities," Dan. 11:15. (Comp. Hebr. Gra: " 106, 3.) Metaph. Jer. 6:27, I have set thee as a touchstone amongst my people, iy?P like a d fenced fortress," which is safe from the violence
:
foes;
compare
Jer.
18.
m. (from the root ID}). (i) election, choice; hence whatever is most choice, most excellent, best. Always in const, st., Isaiah 22:7, " TPPl! "'CPP thy most choice valleys;" Isa. 37:24,
(2) \_Mib zar"\, pr. n. of a prince of the
Edomi
Gen. 36:42.
!"1"^}^ m. (from n^3) pr. flight; hence concr. fugitives, Eze. 17:21.
VK^l? in3D "its most beautiful fir-trees;" Jer. 12:7; Gen. 23:6; Ex. 15:4; 26.23:7524:4. In an inverted order, ^"jn?p DJJ "his most choice people," Dun. 11:15. (2) [Mibhar], pr. n. m. i Ch. 11:38.
(" sweet odour"), [Mibsam], pr. n. of Ishmael, Gen. 25: 13. of a son (2) l Chron. (i)
DtaJ?
4:25-
O
? m.
m.
id.
choice, 2 Ki. 3:19; 19:23.
(from the root Efa) masc. Deut. 25:11.
D^Ô
pi.
pudenda^
e
B33P, root 1333) expectation, hope, Zech. 9-5; meton. used for its object, Isa. 20:5, 6; with suff. np3D for n^P, Zee. loc. cit., Pathach hortened into Segol, like "W?$ for ">$$$, compare Hebr. Gi m. 27, note 2, b.
(for
ni^?0 pi.
Eze. 46:23.
f.
(from the root
^?)
heart hs,
cook
i.
cooking places,
pr. part. Pi. those that
flesh,
wise
^0 m. a magian, men among the
the
name
of the priests and
Medes, Persians, and Babylo-
CCCCXLVll
nians, proj,. great,
powerful.
Pers. i_^c mogh, magian,
(To this answer the from t mih, great, leader

;
7 -up & /MJQ [J/igrrfoZ], pr. name of a town of Lower Egypt, Jer. 44 l 46 14 situated in the most
1
Zend, meh, mae, mdo ; Sansc. mahat, mahd, in which is found the root of the Gr. /ztye and Lat magis, 3O'3T by apposition, prince magian, chief magnus.) of the magi, Jer. 39:3.
northern part of the boundaries of Egypt, Ezek. 29: 1O; 30:6; we are not to regard as different fronci This this, Ex. 14:2; Nu. 33:7 (see Thes. p. 268).
name
is
written in Egyptian
^Xip
see 7X3
<?.
under the word 7K| No.
I.
3,
and
of hills), which as a foreign
IP No. 2, letter
pear to have changed into pollion, 1'Egypte sous les Pharaons,
UBÎTtOA (abundance name the Hebrews apT^p (tower); see Chamii.
page 79.
Ch. K>3|), to others of of a place; according [Magbisfi], pr.n. a man, Ezr. 2 30.
:
#'33D ("congregating," compare
("prince of God"), [Magdiet], pr.n. of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36:43; i Ch. i =54
7NHJO
root 733 No.l), plur. cords, Ex. 28: 14; see J"I-173|.
PSjIp (from the
f.
small
7^0 p DV and Hi (from 713), m

l.
(1) a tower, so called from its height, Gen. 11:4. especially used of the tower of fortified cities and
common
lJp (from the root ya|), fern, the mitre of the priests, so called from its round form; different from njM.VP, the mitre of the high priest, Ex. 88:40529:9; 39:28. Compare Jos. Ant. iii. 7, 7.
.
Jud. 8 9 9:46,seq.; 2Ch.l4:6, and of castlei elsewhere themselves, i Chr. 27 25; Prov. 18:10 used of ivatchtoivers, 2 Kings 9:17; 17:9; of the
castles,
: ;
(Syr. i^KiiCXD
priests
cap, hat;
^thiop.
f'fl(!):
mitre of
and monks.)
- ** -
watchtower of a vineyard, Isa. 5:2. Metaph. used of powerful and strong men, Isa. 30 25 2:15. (2) a lofty platform, Neh. 8:4 (comp. 9:4). (3) a bed in a garden, rising up and higher in
:
IJ'J an unused root. S Ohonour, in glory,

~
Arab. Xsê to excel in
the middle.
Cant. 5:13, " thy cheeks (are. ..like) to

pr. n. it is
beds of balsam."
(4) -in
.x^
it is
*t
I nobility, honour, glory.
have
some
a town fortified with
c.
no doubt but that

interchanged),
Jk-ss-J
the
same
as
"133
(m and n being
tower
(a) 7X-71JP
fortified city
prince.
j^j to be chief, noble; whence T33, Hence rfa^jp precious things, pr. n.
("tower of God"), [Migdal-et\,

:
of the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19
38;
78^30, and
'?P m. something very precious or noble. Deut. 33:13, ^P^ "J3.P "the precious things of
heaven,"
i.
prob. MrtyâXa, Matt. 15:39, now Jj^c [Majdef], on the western shore of the sea of Galilee, not far from Tiberias.
(b)
naâp
tower
of Gad"), [Migdal-gad],
:
e.
(as
33:H,
BW
immediately
follows) rain,
6.
dew. Deu.
riiKWJjl
~9
"the precious things

1
put forth by the sun."
Deu. 33: 15,

7:14,
DHJp n? "most precious

and even without
'"!?,
fruits."
Cant. 4:13, Cant. 4:16,
a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15 37. (c) ing 7âp ("tower of the flock"), [tower oj Edar, tower of the flock"], a village near Bethle-
DH ap'7S!
>
"all
most
hem, Gen. 35:21; hence used for Bethlehem and fig. for the royal stock of David, Mic. 4:8.
7
itself,
precious
things," fruits are intended. Vulg. every-
where poma.
(Syr.
'^Ô
"
dried fruit.)
JO plur. f. (from the root "1?p) precious things, Gen. 24:53; Ezr. 1:6; 2 Ch. 21:3.
J UO
TOE)
and
Josh. 12:21; 17:11; iKi.g:i5;
2X1.9:27,
[Magog~],
pr. n. of
a son of Japhet, Gen.
p^P (perhaps
*"1|),
place of crowds," from T!|, {Megiddo, Megiddon~\, Zee. 12: 11, pr. n. of
a fortified city of the Manassites, in the limits of the tribe of Issachar, formerly a royal city of the Canaanites. LXX. May ctt& Vulg. Mageddo. Tlgp?
;
fyP
the 35:22; 'Vljp waters of Megiddo, Jud. 5:19, i.e. the river Kishon; oomp. verse 21 ; 4:13. [Prob. the town afterwards
called Legio,
the plain of Megiddo, 2 Ch.
and a great and powerful people of the same name, inhabiting the extreme recesses of the north, who are at some time to invade We are to unthe Holy Land (Eze. chap. 38, 39) derstand just the same nations as the Greeks comprised under the name of Scythians (Joseph. Arch.
1O:2;
also of a region,
now
Lejjun,
JJl,
Rob.
iii.
177.]
call them " ^ -,^^\j ' ty fables about have and many they YajujandMajtij, Set them. Their king is called jfe, which see.
i.
6,
l). '
The Arabs
_Û.
*
'
CCCCXLVIII
99; xxi. 96; Asscmani Bibp. pp. 16, 17, 20 D'Herbelot, In the same manner Biblioth. Orient, art. Jagiugh.
Koran, Sur.
xviii.
t.
94
Ji-J not
I
used in Kal.
TO GIVE, TO DELIVER, Gen. 14:20; with
lioth. Orient,
iii.
ii.
PIEL
J3.P
two
to
1
ace. of pers.
and thing, Pro. 4:9;
also like ID?,

*
D-IB*
are joined the Chinese.
^j>>U. -J {if- V
ll'"
,**V
Chin and Machin,
i.e.
The
syllable
ma
in these
names de-
make any one any

V
thing, Hos.li :8; comp. Ijl^c,
noting place, region, has of late been learnedly discussed by Friihn, De Musei Spreviziani Nummis
Cuficis,
^.>Ô gratis, prop, given.
(To
this
seems
to
answer
Arabic ,-Ce
3 and
3
to
be able;
II. to
page 95.
give into one's power,
(from the root TH No. 2), fear, dread, Psalm 31: 14; Jerem. 6:25; 20:3,10.
"to
m.
pi.
Dnp Lam. 2:22
being interchanged.)
(f.
P?
com.
const. *33O
l Ki. 10: 17); with suff. '33O; pi. D'J?D, (prop. part. Hiph. from the root J33 to
"Mp m.
(from the root T

in
wanderings, T13P ~$ "the land

;
(l) pi. sojourning in foreign lands Gen. 17:8,

l).
;
No.
D'W
protect), a s hie Id, Jud.
5:8; 2Sa.i:2l; 22:31,36;

id.)
which thou so jour nest," art a stranger Gen. 28:4; 36:7; 37:1. Sometimes used of human life, in which man remains, like a guest, for a shorter time than he wishes, Gen. 47 9 Psalm
: ;
2 Ki. 19:32, etc.
(Arab.
This word
implies a shield of a smaller size and extent than an n"; see l Ki. 10: 16, 17 2 Chron. 9: 16; 1.3D
;
^N
armed man, used of a

taph.
(a) of
119:54 (compare Ps. 39:13; (2) an abode, Ps. 55:16.

f. i.
Ch. 29:15).
God
Methief, Pro. 6: 1 1 24:34. as a protector, Gen. 15: l Psalm

; ;
q.
T-iaD/ear, Pro. 10:24.
Isa.
p f- (l) fear, also what is feared; plur. 66:4; Ps. 34:5, from the root "1-13 No. 2. (2) barn, storehouse, Hag. 2:19. from the root WJ No. 3.
.?
'
3:4; 18:3,31: 144:2. Plmf:tl, " my shield is with God," i. e. God as it were holds my shield, protects me with a shield; compare Ps. 89:19. (b) nr*3?9 "the shields of the land;" for the princes, protecting the citizens with force poet,
of arms, Ps. 47:10; Hos. 4:18.
f.
CTr6^'H9
f.
an axe, 2 Sam. 12:31, from the root
"1T3
a covering (from the root

"
13|);
once Lam.
No. 2.
*'?
3:65,
ing,
3<?~ nj3p
covering
of the heart,"
i.e.
hardenKapdiav,
obstinacy; compare
eoXvji/ui txl
\s.
r/}^
m. a sickle, reaping-hook, Jer.50: 16; Joel

^
/33,
s-
2 Cor. 3:15; and Arab.
coveringa
4:13, from the root

Syr.
which see (Arabic Js^-x*,
i^
f.
id.).
(from the root ??3), a volume, a book rolled together, as was the ancient custom, Jer. "the vo36: 14, seq.; Eze. 2:9; Ps. 40:8, lume of the book;" KUT iôx^f the book of the law. S&~ 9 * V Arab. Syriac A^*, according to J-X^Q, J.iOi>^Q; s*-
npÔ
Kimchi rightly xvi. 48. vi. 25 compared fa t ness of hear t, Isa. 6:iO; but Jos. Kimchi (the father) comparing Arab, ijjl\
over hearts, Koran
;
(
<J
Wrtop
e. veiling of the heart, failing of mind), under(i. stands failing of mind, mortal disease.
)
f.
(of God)
fatal to mortals,
f.
(from the root *H?J) the rebuke, cur$t Deut. 28:20.

H??),
Kam.
p.
1416 (not al..^ as

h. id.
f.
it is
in Golius).
T-|U
(l)
(from the root
with Tzere impure

especiallj
Ezr.6:a.
slaughter in battle, l Sam. 4:17from God, Ex. 9:14; (2) a plague sent
fatal disorders,
l
crowd, band, forces; found once Hab. 1:9, used of the Chaldee invaders, HOHJ5 Drv.3.9 nDJD "the crowd of their faces looks straight on," tyrcr efid)t?r @d)aar ifl von
gmd)tct.
(from the root DOS), a
used of pestilential and
Num. 14:37;
of
17:13; 25:18; 31:16;
Sa.
6:4; 2 Sa. 24:21.
SJU
(perhaps
WTDJO "killer
Neh. 10:21.
moths")
n. m., s/i], pr.
Arab. <u~>-
*->.
troop,
a multitude.
Kimchi, on Ps. 27:8, uses

ing,
this
word
to express long-
panting ; compare Arab. and urgent on something.
*->.
to desire, to
be near
kindred to "^33, Tjin TO CAST BEFORE, DELIVER OVER; once particip. pass. Ezek. 21:17, 3T>T^ ^3D "cast before," i.e. "delivered to tin
sword;"
Syr. intrans.
;O
to cut
down.
CCCCXLIX
PIEL. 1.JP id. to
Ps.
cast before,
to
throw down,
id.).
Joel 2: 22,1310
ni? W?3 "the
89:45.
pastures of
id. to
Derivative, pr. n.
"tiO Chald. PaellSP down, Ezr. 6: 12.
cast before,
to
throw
rn}p
12:31;
i
f.
(from the root 11| No. 2), a saw, 2 Sam. Ki. 7:9.
the root
the plain are flourishing;" Ps. 65:13, " the niN} 1SJJT 13"]P pastures of the plain drop (fatness or fertility)." And the contrary, Jer. 23:10, the pastures of the plain dry up," nanp niKJ 1E>5 " the Joel 1:19. Isa. 42 1 1 , VTJfl "linp plain and
:
its
cities
shall rejoice."
More
often
it is
P"l3D("a precipitous place," from

130), [JWYg-ron], pr. n. of a
(2) a sterile,
Jer.
sandy country,
Isa.
32: 15; 35 :1
:
>
town of the Benjamites,

Isa.
near Gibeah,
Sam. 14:2;
f.
10:28.
r^jTUp pi. (from jn| No. 2, to take away, to withhold), contractions, drawings in, diminutions of a wall (2bf6$e),
l
npoe> 13*}P Joel 2 3 4:9? 50:2; 4 with the art. 131SH always the desert of Arabia, Gen. 14:6; 16:7; Exod. 3:1; 13:18; Deu. 11:24; the particular parts of which are distinguished by
:ii, etc.
;
Kings 6:6.
:
H^lfc
f.
[pi.
is
earth, which
with suff. Drprria-i ?D], a clod of removed with a spade or other like
peculiar names (see TP, *3'P, ~MP, H**?)this 13"jp the plain or desert of Judah ; [does not mean the wilderness of Judah by the Dead Sea, in contrast to the plain in the western part of that
their
nn-in*
own
patenfh'dv (from the root *!"]*). instrument; prop, fin Joel 1:17, " the grains are dried up under their
Metaph. Hos. 2:5, tribe?], Jud. 1:16; Psa. 63:1. BnCO n^p^ " I have made her as a desert,"
clods," by which words the utmost drought

9
is
deV
scribed.
So Aben Ezra and Kimchi. (Syr.
ijc< a spade itself.)
have deprived her of every thing. " T>V? !7^ "was I a desert to Israel?" Have I commanded them to worship me for nothing ? have I been barren to them ? Also
i.
e.
most bare,
Jerem. 2:31,
fe^
E|
(l) No. 2, q. v., Eze. 36:5.

.
inf.
of a Chaldee form of the verb
used of a country forcibly laid waste, Tsa. 14:17IS* } (3) poetically the instrument of speech (from Cant. 4:3, ni&O T^STO " thy to speak), the mouth.
5
(2) a place to
which
cattle
is
driven forth
to
feed, pasture (from Bh| No. 4), l Ch. 5:16; Eze. 48:15; specially used of the open space around the towns of the Levites, used for feeding cattle, Num.
LXX. XaX/a. is pleasant" (parall. thy lips). Jerome, eloquium, and so the Eabbins. But the context almost requires it to be some member, as was rightly observed by Alb. Schultens, although I do
mouth
35:2, sq.; Josh. 21:1 1, sq.; l Ch. 6:40, sq.; whence these towns are called, 1 Ch. 13:2, D'S'^P 'IV.
(3) any open space surrounding a city or building, Plur. D'T, once niBhyp Eze. 27:28; 45:2; 48:17.
as if
not with
him understand
it
to
be
the tongue.
plur. Vn,P, twice contr.

=
*nnp
Isaiah 65: 7,
and DO'np Num. 35 5;

[with
(1)
^
inf.
lb
Zee. 2:6; fut. 11OJ
from the
sing. nKhjlO)
suff.
but masc. gen., Eze.27 28.

:
conv.
q. j^c to
^P Psalm 109:18; and "!P Job Jud. 5:10. 11:9; plur. D^.P Jud. 3:16; and (1) a garment, so called from being spread out
"M? with
HP
stretch out, to extend, see HJTHPOEL and the nouns IP, ""Hp, also nnp.
i.
(see the root "HP No. l ), Psa. 1 09 : 1 8 ; Levit. 6:3; ><! also carpet, on which the more noble sit; plur. J !P
Jud. 5:10.
(2) a
measure (from "HO No.
2),
Job. 11:9; Jer.
(2) to measure (Sanscrit md, mad, to measure, Zend, meete, mate, Gr. ^trpor, p.iîp.vog, Lat. metior, meta ; Goth, mitan, Anglo-Sax, metan, Germ, mefiim). Properly to measure the length of any thing with a
13:25,
thee."
ÎP f^P "the
portion
measured
out to
Chald. an altar, Ezr. 7: 17; from the root
40 5, seq. 41:1, seq. hence measures of quantity, as of corn, Ruth " I will measure 3: 15. Metaphorically Isa. 65:7, their deeds into their bosom," i. e. I will repay to
line stretched out, Eze.
: ;
also used of
them what they

""^"IP [with n local ni31p; const. 13*]P; once with n local nnanp i Kings 19:15]. (l)an unin.
deserve.
2, Jer.

:
31 37
:
habited plain country,

desert,
to
for feeding flocks, not a pasture, from the root 13* No. 2, to lead
yfr
5 !
q. PIEL, fut. [see IIP] IIP? Psalm 60 8, "I will mete out the valley of 8:2.
i.
33 22. Kal No. 2, 2 Sam.

; :
Succoth,"
soldiers,
i.e.
I will
pasture, like the
Germ.
rtft
from
treiben
(Syriac
who
shall
measure it to my victorious be the new settlers therein.

30
CCCCL
POEL IIP
id.
Here some
refer
Hab. 3 :6, " (God)

10:4;
measures the earth with his eyes," surveys it. But LXX. and Chald. render it, he shaketh the earth,
from
pi.
i
with
sufi.
tan^np m. a garment, 2 Sam
Ch. 19:4, from the root rnp, =*np.
Arab. Med. Ye, to be moved. HITHPOEL, "nbnn to stretch oneself out, 17:21.
"J-1O,
ny"]0 m. (from the root HH) disease, Dent. 7:

15; 28:60.
Ki.
D'HYlE m.
pi.
seductions, Lam. 2:14, from the
Derivatives, IPP, "TP,
H^D [and
pr. n.
HP]-
root rn3, see Hiphil No. 3.

I.
^ m. flight, from the root "HJ (compare fut. Job 7:4, "when I lie down, I Gen. 31:40).
say,
]HD
m.
pi.
cnnp
(from the root H).
(l>
when
shall I arise ?
3"$
"HP'"
and (when)
shall
contention, strife, Prov. 15:18; 16:28; 17:14; that which is contended for, Ps. 80:7.
(2) [Madon], pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 1 1 l 12:19.
: ;
be the flight of the night?" Poet, for, when shall Others take "IIP the night flee, come to an end ?
as Pret. Piel from "1*19
sense, the night
is
m an
intrans.
and
intensitive
II.
extended
to
[so taken in Thes.].
m.(from the root rnp=*np) extension,

;
extend, to measure, a root not used as a verb, from which come the nouns
J/J
i.
q.
Yip
tallness, 2 Sam. 21:20 np, fnp E'^ a tall man, i. i Ch. 20:6; a'H3 should be read q. rnp with the same meaning.
VK
HO
VI.
and I^P No.

to
II.
[" Arabic
^/j^
s
to extend,
( C ontr.
from
J?-1"P
HD what
is
taught?
i.
q.
o -
for
what reason? Gr.
be prolonged, long, continual, ^jô a kind of
ri padui'),
adv. of interrogation,
measure. "]
fem. (from the root TIP) (i) extension, n^p K}< a man of tall stature, l Ch. 1 1 : 23 ; length, niTO TjlX (comp.as to the pi. rnp n?f* Isa. 45: 14, and
rPTD
Josh. 17:14; 2 Sam. 19:42; used an oblique interrogation, Exod. 3:3. Job 21 the words Vjnp DK are not to be taken as closely con-
why, wherefore?
in
double plural of compounds Hebr. Gramm. 106, 3). Jer. 22:14, rvnp JV3 "a large (ample) house." JTHD ?2n a (s) measure, Ex. 26:2, 8. measuring
cord, Zee. 2:5.
as is very often the case (see ON B, l) answers to n interrogative in the former member, and the entire verse is to be rendered as containing a double inquiry, " do I complain of man, V-l^p OKI
nected; for
EX
NTH
IVk"? *6 or
[oil id)
why
should
not be impatient?"
?
ober n>c6)alb
md)t ungebulbig reerben
(3)
i.
q.
IP
No.
2,
a garment, plur. n'np Psalm
133:2. (4) from the Chaldee usage, tribute, Neh. 5:4.
Ch. (from the root 4:22, 29; 5:21.

f.
habitation, Dan.
m. Chald. tribute, as if what is measured, Ezr. 4:20; 6:8; for which (by resolving Dag. forte)
nû
26.24:9;
Isa.
a pile for burning, 30:33.
i.
q.
T-VJ
No.
3,
up
Off
Ezr. 4:13; 7:24.
Syr. JLJoo.
fa. Xeyd/4. Isa. 14:4, if this be the true from Aram. SH'n (which see), i. q. 3HJ denom. reading, in the manner of a part. Hiph. f., prop. formed gold; gold making, i.e. exactress of gold, no inapt epithet for Babylonia (parall. 8$); or heap, store-
!"Qn
f. (from CJ'n) prop, threshing, as a concr. tkreshed,meiap}\. used of a people as being trampled down, oppressed, Isa. 2l:lO.
what
is
m. throwing down, ruin, Prov. 26:28, from the root nrn.

|O pi. f. (from the root *1^) impelling; hence hastening ["falls"'], Ps. 140:12, niQrnpp hastily, urgently.
*"!
f.
house of gold;
so that
O formative may indicate place
(compare ffi dung, n?P"]P dunghill, Lehrgeb. p-512, No. \4\ but I prefer the former explanation with
Rimchi, Aben Ezra, and others. Btit most of the ancient versions have taken
ferently
it
(Isa.
2 Ki. 17:6; 18:11; Jer.

dif-
21:2) Media, Gen. 1O:2; Est. 1:3: 25:25; 51:11, 28, and the
(LXX.
iirtirirovtiuffTrif,
Syr., Ch., Saad.),
and
have expressed nnrnp oppression, which actually is found in the edition printed at Thessalonica, and which ought, perhaps, to be placed in the text, compare 3, 5, where, in the like manner, the verbs 3!J1 and '2J answer to one another in parallel members.
13:17; 21:2; Dan. 9:1. (Syr. w^C '"!? a Mede, Dan. 11 l. [Various have been advanced as to the etymology: conjectures some of these lead to the signification of midst^
Medes,
Isa.
id.)
Gent, noun
middle."]
i.
id.
Media,
Ezr. 6:2; Dan. 5:28; 6:13
CCCCLI
Gentile
noun emphat.
ariD
a Mede,
(2)
[Madmenah],
pr. n. of a
town
in the tiibe of
Dan. 6:1.
*"?
Benjamin, not far from Jerusalem, Isa. 10:31.
(contr.
from 'T^P) wAa<
ts
sufficient, 2 Ch.
("dunghill"), [Madmannnh], pr.n.

of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15 -31.
root P" !). (l} strife, contention, 0^"]? Prov. 6: 14, 19; 10 12. (2) [Medari], pr. n. of a son of Abraham and Keturah, brother of Midian, Gen. 25 2.
pi.
: :
30:3, compare the note under np.

see
1 No.
2, 5.
rom the
(l) strife, contention (from the root 18: 18; 19: 13, and see Niphal), pi. T"JP Prov.
fh? m.
only in
DT
See P~tp. elsewhere in np, where n'ro has Arabian deof an n. nation, (2) [Midian], pr. scended from Abraham (Gen. 25: 2), whose territory
lay from the eastern shore of the Êlanitic gulf (where the
D^P.
J^9
Gentile noun, only in
pi.
Q^P
i.
q.
D^HZp
Midianites, Gen. 37:36, compare verse 28.
VIP & PI
(from the root JTV ["

}s"]),
compensated by
Arabian geographers place the city
.,jjw<), as far
as the land of
to
Mount
8.
Moab, and appears to have extended Exod. 3:1; 18:5; Num. 31; Jud. In some passages the Midianites seem nearly
Sinai,
:
Dagesh as in verbs Hebrew.

(1)
a word found in the later [?]
with the Ishmaelites, Gen. 37 25, compare 36; Jud. 7:12, compare 8:22, 24, from whom, however, in other places, they are distinguished, Gen. the dromedaries of 18. 25:2, 4, 12 |J*]P '"?.??
identified
knowledge, 2Ch. 1:10, 11, 12; Dan. 1:4,17. (2) the mind, the soul, Ecc. 10:20, "even in thy mind curse not the king." LXX. avvti^rjaic. (Ch.
P339, Syr. >&Lo,
lâ
id.)
Midian,
i.
Isa.
60:6;
JT
"1P D^ the day of Midian,
Isa.
the victory gained over the Midianites (com9:3, Jud. chap. 7, 8.) The Gentile noun is *3J*!P a pare D' Gen. 37:28;f. )VT Midianite, Num. 10:29;
e.
? pi.
f.
(from the root
"TiTj)
piercings (of
the sword), Prov. 12:18.

r
pi.
Ch.
i.
q.
nnp(from
the root
in) habita-
Num. 25:15.
tion, Dan. 2:11.
PÔ ("measures"), [Middin],

iu the plain country
pr.n. of a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
to
15:61.
(from the root PI) prop, judgment, jurisdiction; hence (1) a province, allotted to the jurisdiction of a
a steep mountain, which one has though it were a ladder ($el]tn* e. g. jtetge/ gelfentreppe/ compare ieX/yua K\i/za Tvp'uav\ from the root 3TJ Cant. 2:14; Eze. 38:20.
"I?
J7-
fern,
ascend by
steps, as
n^"l
fern,
m. (from the root *| ] |P trodden, Deu. 2:5.
TH)
a place which
is
prefect or viceroy, as
was the case with the provinces
and satrapies of Persia, Est. l :l, 22; 3:12, 14; \33 nsn-sn Ezr. 2: l Neh. 7:6 (the Israelites), inhabit;
ants of provinces.
(2) a country, a land, Dan. ll 124; Lam. l :l ; Eze. 19:8; Ecc. 2:8 (compare Ezr. 4:13; 5:?-) See
the following
f.
^*]"1P m. (from the root ^TJ No. 5), a commen2 Ch. 24:27,K T]P tary, as often in the Rabbinic. " the D*?!?^? IS? commentary of (or on) the book of the kings," i. e. an historical commentary coni
taining supplements.
2_Ch. 13:22.
f-O
Others suppose
word
(l) a province, Dan. 3:2, 3.
that E'TI^ like the Arab. (j^.J^
means any book,
Ch.
9
but
this is incorrect.
(2) land, country, Dan. 2:48, 49;

3T
3:1,12,30;
.
e actually occurring form), i
Ezr. 5 8.
:
(Syr
JO__ND
id.
[This word means city,

<JUj<X< signifies city.}
PHP w ith
father of
the art.
NrnpL
of the pr. n. (Pers.)
as
it is
corrected in Thes.]
:
but
Haman,
?
Est. 3:1; 8:5.

,
""Ij
x mortar, Num. 11
:8,
from the root
n^ ~n*P
(A)
-HO, HO,
2? (as to
the distinction
"^H.
of these forms, see note).
JM?
("dunghill"), [Madmen],
:
pr. n. of
of things like *P oi (l) interrog. pron. used

9
town in the borders of Moab, Jer. 48

f.
2.
(l)
i.
q.
ffi dunghill,
Isa.
25: 10.
persons: quid? Gr. rt; WHAT (Syr. JL2O, Arab. U); in a direct interrogation, Gen. 4:10, rpb>y HtJ "what
CCCCLII
Isa. 38: 15, "13"!$ np "what shall say?" and so very frequently; also in oblique interrogation, after verbs of asking, replying, saying, " he will declare to thee ~np l Ki. 14:3, shewing, TJ& nvi. what shall be to the child." Ex. 2 -.4.
hast thou done?"
(2) Low, how much, in exclamations of adGen. 28: 17, "HO miration, as often the Arab. U-
Also observe
(a)
it
how dreadful is this place!" Ps, N-jia how excellent is thy name!" Nu. 24:5, "'"ID Wb "how goodly are thy tents!" Cant. 7:2; Tj^n'X Ps. 119:97, irnin n?nK HO " O how (how greatly)
njn Dippn
"
8:2,
is
placed after
in the genitive, Jer. 8:9,

is in
OH? np'npsri" the wisdom of what (thing)

them?"
(b)
it is
"
love thy law!"
Iron.
Job 26
2,
nb'N^
JViTy
no
O how
(3)
greatly
hast thou helped the feeble!"
Job 26:3.
put before substantives regarded as in the " as V|~np what of profit?" Ps. 30: 10. genitive,
how?
in
what manner?
shall
Genesis 44:16,
rWP'rnP
examples
"what
may be
P^pyirrip
"how
of likeness?"
Isa.
40:18; which
rendered in Latin, quale luwum,
quce similitudo [or in English what profit, what likeness]: also followed by a plur. l Ki. 9:13, E'lyn np
(C) There are tenuation and reproach (see above) has nearly a negative power; compare Lehrg. p. 834; and Lat. quid multa? for ne multa. Job 16:6, "If I speak, my sorrow is not assuaged, and if I forbear "vQ! ^|p~nP
we justify ourselves?" several examples in which np of ex-
hoc f
cities (are) these?" pr. quid urbium Questions of this kind are either of reproach (Isa. 36:4; comp. letter C) or of aggravation (Josh. 22: 16); or of extenuation, l Ki. loc. cit. ; Job 6:11.
n?Kri"what
what
(c)
"^np "what
to
thee?"
i.e.
what
goeth from me?" i.e. even so nothing of my sorrow goeth from me; Vulg. non recedit a me; Pro. 20:24, VSVJ pirnP D-1K "and man, how doth he
wiliest
(is) to
thou, Jud. 1:14, and followed thee that (thou doest thus)?"
iroitle;
by
*3 "
rl
know
his
what
way?"
it;
i.
e.
not ki 3W
Chald. N?-
he scarcely knows it, he does J^ 3 1 J " ^ ave ma^ e a

:
Gr.
iradur TOV-O
Isa.
22:1; without *3
Isa.
3: 15 (comp. Koran
(is)
Sur. lvii.8, 10). and thee?" i. e.
(d)^J ^'10 "what

what have
I to
to
me
Jud.
np how covenant with mine eyes, rpinppy shall I look upon a maid?" (LXX. ov, Vulg. non, Syr.
}^^
do with thee?
J| ?
).
Cant, 8:4,
ye...
nnnxn-ns n-nyj^r^ n^n-np

beloved?"
i.e.
w hy
11:13; 2Sa.l6:lO; 19:23; 2 Ki. 9:18, UWvfy* Îf~np " what hast thou to do with peace?" without the L copula, Jer. 2:18, Dnyp T^.? ^p'np Hos. 14:9; and followed by HX Jer. 23: 28, Tjn-JlS jnnV-flD " what (is) the chaff with the wheat?" what likeness have
i
awake
do not awake; comp. Cant. 2:7; 3 5 ( w ^ ere i n the same context there is nS3 Isaiah 2:22, and no? Job CK); compare below b. Here also I refer Pro. 31:2. letter and np? 21:17,
my
:
they? (Compare Arab. A fna\aiai Kn/wl, Anacr. xvii.
U
4,
J U, and Greek
ri
comp. Matt. 8:29;
have grathe origin of power, dually adopted which we see here clearly in the Hebrew.
The Chaldee,
Syriac,
and Arabic, k&,
this negative
Mark
ever,
5: 7.)
With
fully
prepositions
(2) indefinite pron.,
more
anything, something, whatnpwp for np} np which see. (Arab.
(1) np2,
n3
what thing?
see
in prop, in what? Exod. 22:26; Gen. 15:8, and thus according to the
3.
n anything, whatever.) Proverbs 9:13, P ny"V~73 " he doth not care for anything." 3 Sa. 18:22,
varied use of the particle
nyriX np vn "whatever there is, let me run." Job 13:13, HO "by najp. and let there happen to me whatever (will)." Job 13: 14. Followed by
HO3 a t what price ?,B,9; Isa. 2:32, Wn 3B>m worth little, or noi. e. he is shall he be reckoned?" on what account? why ? (see 3 B, 10),
thing.
(b)
(a) for
what
(price)?
&
3 Chron. 7:21. (c)how? in what means? Jud. 16:5; i Sa. 6:2. (2)
litude,
way?
by what
that which (Syr.
|^)
Eccles. 1:9;
3:15,22;
also as
6:lO; 7:24; 8:7; 10:14.
Hence used
np? (compare
page ccxn)
;
as to the article after | of simi-
(3) relat. pron. Jud. 9:48,^*7 DJVX-i HP "what you have seen me do;" n>a6 itjr fafyet/ bafi id) tfyat. Nu. " ! 5n1 'PSPrnp *3-3,' ? ?H13^ what thing heshewLXX. pi//m 5 iav eth me I will declare to thee."
(
\
Syriac |vy>
Arabic
^-
pr.
as
to be com pared? (roie waS?), to what thing It is applied great? Zech. 2:6, (a) to space,
what?
how
Piarn
np?
Ps.
"
how great
is its
breadth?"
also,
how
p>
Itity.
Syr., Ch.
>,
\
;
(B) adv. of interrogation (l) wherefore? whyf for the fuller np?, as in Gr. Lat. ri quid f Exodus >4 5 ^8 PPV^'nO "why criert thou to me?" Ps. 43:18.
:
how (b) to number, 35:17; Job 7: 19. long? many? Gen. 47:8; lKings22:l6, D'PIJP n^3 nj? "how many times?" i.e. how often? Used not
merely in an interrogation, but also in an excUunation, Zee.
-
7:3, D'PK'
nO3
"
nj
ho T
ro
my
are now
CCCCLIU
the years !
Ps.
tion of
" for,
now so many years
also,
how
is
78:40; Job 21:17 (where how

one in doubt, for seldom).
netf
(Milel,
for ntsfc),
often
oft en? the ques-
conjunctive, as "^"HO Jud. 1:14; 'lOB'Vlp Ex. 3: 13j n ?.0?"'"lD i Ki. 14:3, and so very frequeatly; before the harsher gutturals, as n, with Dag. occult, as "HQ
K-1H Nu. 16:11 rrnp Num. 13:18; Ps. 39:5 (although when followed by H Kainetz may also re used, see letter a). (c) sometimes "HO, followed by Dag. coalesces with the next word, as CD3?D for Q3?~nO
;
(3)
latter
and
n&
(Milra), the
being used with few exceptions (l Sa. 28:15; 2Sara.2:22; 14:31; Ps.49:6; Jer. 15:18) before
the letters X, n,
y and the name Hin* (see Noldii Con-
cord. Part. p. 904); three times
HO?
?
Sa.
1 :8.
(a)
wherefore? why? (compare

4:6; 12: 18; 27:46,
etc.,
causal A, 6); Gen.

n-T
emphat.
np^>
and with
(Arab.
3:15; HJO Exod. 4:2; HK^p Mai. i 1 3 y.-HQ (which see), and followed by a guttural, QL" f' CDH HO Eze. 8:6 (also the pr. names |aap, '?}??).
Isa.
:
;
Makk.
il,
nj"'"l? (see HT No. l, b),

\
why then?
J emphat.
JU.); Gen. 25:22,
(d) "T?
is
put, followed
nj
ne
why
Kametz (according to
27, note a,
the
by the letters n, y, n, with known canon, Heb. Gramm.
b\
then am I?" why do I exist? the expression of an In oblique interrogation after a impatient woman.
verb of knowing, Daniel 10:20. (6) Sometimes amongst the later writers, where it is properly dissuasive and prohibitory, it passes over to a negative
Job 26:2
letters,
(^1J?
HO
Ps. 39:5; 89:48; nBTij no, Vg\ n i'Sa. 20 :l); also very often before
not gutturals, especially as the beginning of a sentence (as to Segol being shorter than Pathach, see
Gramm.
Ps.
loc. cit. letter a);
Kn BS^p
:
,10 2 Ki. l :7;
(L^, J.x>> Ch. K$, Ktt? H fe n^ lest, lest perhaps; Eccl. 5:5,?^ v'lp "wherefore should God be angry because of
sense, like the Syr.
;
4:3; 10:13; Isa. 1:5; Jerem. 11:15; very often HO3 i Ki. also as found with prefixes no? i Sa. 1 8
;
D^0
9
thy voice?" for lest
God be
angry.
Well
f
V
in the
:
LXX.
18:15; Zee. 7:3; and no? Ex. 22:26; 33:16; Jud. 16:5; lSa.6:2; 29:4; Mai. 1:7, etc. (this last is more uced than HO3) followed by Dag. forte, 3TIS3 Jud. 16:5.
22:l6;
2 Ch.
fjin,
Vulg. ne forte; Syr.
Jj^>,
f
Ecc. 7 16,
17; Neh. 6:3.
To
HD once NO (which see), Ch.

(2)
it is
(l)
answers
!"IO7K>
the Syriac form |iO^>> accurately Cant, l 7 LXX. pi TTOTS, Vulg. ne,
: ; :
whatever, Dan.2:22; 4:32. that, that which, Dan. 2:28.

pref.
;
what? Da.4:32. H no whal
and HIS? "itW, which, Dan. 1 1O, is even put after a verb of fearing, just like 1?, " for I am afraid of my lord the king '13] lest he see;" Theod. np^>
With
HO| hoiv! how much! Dan. 3:33;

lest, Ezr.
letter b.
nT
U
Sw
no? wherefore? used dissuasively hence 4:22; no^) n id. 7:23. Comp. Heb. ?>$
fill
TTOTE.
(Arab, from HO?, J
why?
is
shortened
nj
to forbid
Or
jnj
not used in Kal; prob. TO

\^j
not, like
= from
DENY, TO REFUSE; Arab. &.^ and

(compare as
to prohibit,
account of (that)which, because that, from ? on account of (A, 6), and HO relat. So once, 1 Ch. 15:13, where contr. fUPtnaO^ for rOBK13 HO^ "because that from the beginning," etc. (Compare
"19? enough, 2 Ch. 30:3.) (5) no-ny (^ c r /, H. v 465),
.
to verbs of negation p.xxi, A).

to
Hence
refuse, to turn back),
delay, to linger (pr. to Gen. 19:16; 43:10; Exod. 12:39; Jud. 3:26; 19:8; 2Sam. 15:28; Isa. 29:9;
2
:
HITHPALPEL npnpnn
how
Isa.
long, Ps. 74:9;
Hab.
3.
79 5; 89:47; Nu. 24:22. (6) ^P'py prop, upon what?

=
P'P'inp^ (from the

1:5; Job 38:6;
in
:
root D-ln),
commotion, dis2 Chron.
turbance,
Isa.
22:5;
Deut.7:23;
15:5.
wherefore? why? Nu. 22:32; Jer.g:!!; oblique interrogation, Job 1 o 2 Est. 4 5.

hence,
: ;
Note.
As
observe
use of the various forms, we should (a) the primitive form HO is found every
to the
niO'np-'inp deadly disturbance, 1 Sa. 5:9, 11. Used of the irregular and voluptuous life of a rich man, Pro. 15:16.
in pause, also before X and 1, whether Makkaph be inserted or omitted, as i"6&rnO Zee. l :g; HO DIVN-] Jud. 9:48; more rarely before n Josh. 4:6, 11; Nu. 13:19, 20; Deu. 6:20; n Josh. 22:16; Jud. 8:1; D Gen. 21:29; n iKi.gns; also V. 2 Ki.8:i3;
V.
where
jîlD (i. q. Syriac ^lo-oTJO "faithful;" also, "eunuch," as being a faithful servant of his master, from the root IP?), [Mehuman], pr. n. of a eunuch
in the court of Xerxes, Est.
1
:
o.
Gen. 31 :32.
(b)
Very frequent
is
Tl, before
let-
ters
which are not jutturals, followed by Dag.
forte
7iOE)7top ("whom God benefits," a Chaldc 3W), [Mehetabel, Mehctabeel] pr. n. (l) m. Neh. 6: 10. (3) f. Gen. 36:39.
form for
CCCCLIV
"VHD m> quick;

tkilfu
I,
Prov. Q2 : 29
id.
hence prompt, apt in business, Isa. 16:5; Ps. 45 a. Syriac

; :
PKL T-P (l) to hasten (a) to quicken, Isa 5:19,^0 bring quickly. Gen. i8:6,D'*P vht? nn$
" bring quickly three seahs of flour;" i Ki. a finite verb, either wilh 22:9. (b) followed by to do any thing quickly, or without the copula, in western the languages, the adverb quickly, where,
npi?
speedily,
Root "ino No.

Ch.
2.
i.
q.
np, Heb.
m (comp.
:
p. ccxi,
A),
TO
to
CUT OFF, TO PRUNE; figuratively, to adulterate, In like spoil, to mix wine with water, Isa. l 22.
cutting, breaking,
manner the Arabs apply verbs of
wounding, killing; and Martial, Ep. i. lS,jugulare vetat Falernum. See more in my Comment, on Isa.
loc. cit.
would be used, l Sam. 17:48; Gen. 19:22, &!?'?? ~^P "make haste, escape," i.q. escape quickly, followed by an infinitive or gerund, Ex. lO:l6; Gen.
it
" then hast thou found 27:20, NVpV rnnp nrnp how so quickly?" Ex. 2:l8. inp adv. quickly, Jud.
? masc. (from the root "*!??) *|? J journ ey, Neh. 2:6; Jon. 3:3, 4. (2) a walk, a place for toalking, I^?/ n P Zee. 3:7, part. Hiph. from the
I
1
i^
^^
2:17,23;
^
Ps. 79:8.
(i) a
way,
(2)
to be
prompt, apt
">npj
:
;
in
any thing,
Isa.
32:4.
76.42:4.
root
''I/n
are
precipitate. Job properly " the counsel of the n~inC3 b'?nD3 nvy K-I-J cunning ** T -: i) **M TIT is headlong," i. e. being hastily executed it is frus-
NIPHAL
to be
leaders, companions.
trated.
351:4.
Part,
inp?
Isaiah (i) headlong, rash,
m. (from the root ??n), praise, thanksgiving. Pro. 27 21, "as the fining pot (is) to silver, so(let) a man (be) to the mouth that praises him;" i. e. let him diligently examine the praise.
'70v
Germ,
impetuous, rushing on precipitately; in (3) timid, precipitate ungcftum, Hab. l :6.

(2)
flight, Isa.
35:4-
Derivatives, "l^p, inp,

II. ~ll_lfj
nnnp
[pr. n.
*Wl?
pr. n.
:
("praise of God"), [Mahalaleel],
m. (i) pr. n. of a patriarch descended from Seth, Gen. 5 12. (2) Neh. 1 l -.4.
strokes, stripes, Pro. 18:6; 19: 29, from the root D?n.
paid to the parents
TO BUT, specially a wife, for a price pDB). Kindred verbs are "HO
">np,
which
22:15.
see,
and with n hardened
1?P, Exodus
??pl.
f.
HD
Thes.]
adj.
hastening, Zeph. 1:14.
[Inf.
Piel in
140:11, streams, whirlpools, from the root ^P?, which see. Comp.
pi.
f.
,r
\tyf5yu.
p8
vo-
m. a price paid for a wife to her parents, Different 18:25. Gen.34:i2; Exod.22:i6; i Sa. S I-"
from
this is the use of the
î many
?V
it
-
waters, whirlpools.
it
The Jewish
to
writers,
Symm., Jerome, understand

fem
-
be ditches.
Arab.^
i-
e.
a spousal
gift
(fr
overthrow, Deut. 29:22
the root "!?"), overturning, like verbals taking after

;
and the Latin dos, i. e. promised to the future wife, who the the gift given by parents to their daughter is about to be married.
fem hastening, celerity, Psa. 147:15; m^p-lS Ps. 147^5 whence 'rnnp? Eccles. Nu. 17: 1 1 Deu. dv. a and n-jnp quickly, speedily,
.
an accusative, as the case of its verb. Isa. 13: 19, Dhp-DK WfiQ n?Snp? "like the overthrow of Sodom by God." Jer. 50 40 Am. 4:11.
: ;
4:;
^5^V- f. (from the root "H??), pr. twisting, dislortion, i.e. the stocks, in which the hands and feet of a prisoner were so fixed that his body was distorted
(roorin
11:17; Josh. 8:19,
etc.
jrmanb frumm <jefd)loffen rourbe). Compare"!? and Scheid, in Diss. Lugdd. page 968 Jer. 20 2, 3: 2Chr. 16:10, rosnen rV3 "the house of 29: i6.
; :
*"!DP ("impetuous," see the verb Niph. No.3), n. of one of David's captains, 2 Sa. \_Maharaf], pr. iCh. 11:30; 27:13. 23:28;
ni/rnD
things,
I.
plur.
f.
(from the root t'nn) deceitful
the stocks," a prison.

I.
Isa.
30:10.
(that)
'U'-
(l) TO
HASTEN,
in
Kal once, Psalm
ID properly i.q. np what,
which,
plecm.
-
16:4. (2)
to
joined in poetic
be quick, tc
Arab^*.* and Tnp.
skilful in any art or business. be diligent, acute-minded, see Pi. No. 2,
language to the prepositions ^, ?, formed the separate words TO? JDf are so that there
to^, like
Uj
for _-?,
U=
i.
for
=
t
Uc
for
ii.
de Sacy, Gr. Arabe,
824, 82", 839;
82, and
CCCCLV
Lehrgeb. page 629. 1O2
Isa.
As
to
Ô3 and io? see in their

1 1
:
*"T *)
?2 an unused root.
Arab.
jU
Med. Ye;
to
respective places
poetically used for in, Ps.
be
of the instrument,
II.
25:10; 43:2; 44:16; into, Job 37:8; through, Job 16:4,5.
moved, agitated, e.g. used of an earthquake The verb itself in Pilel (cogn. tMD, TO, Y13).
IE
i.
q. *1?
Arab.
jU water
(see TO),
from the
unused root KID.

in Thes.]
to
[See Job 9:30 (n'ro); see more
perhaps found, Hab. 3:6, "(God) standeth VPS and moveth the earth," compare LXX., Ch. But see under "HD Poel. Besides this, hence is derived the noun "1TOP1.
is
flow, see
'9.
m. (from the root JHJ) Prov. 7:4, and

[See Thes.]
Ruth 2:1 ^p, familiarity, acquaintance'

ship, and concr. an acquaintance, a friend.
f.
("water," i.e. "seed," "progeny of a father," see Gen. 19:30 38; compare io No. II) Moab, Moabites, and fAe /and q/* Moab, pr. n. of a people (m., Jer. 48:11, 13), and a region (fern., Jer. 48:4), now called Karrak, from the chief city, extending to the east of the Dead Sea, as far as Arnon.
id.
Ruth 3: 2.
TO TOTTER, TO
rut. B-1PJ
SHAKE
V
(kindred to
and
*H3 [" J^Lo

\
Med. Ye,
to
turn aside from right,
3iD
nb-Jg the plains of Moab, Deu. 34: 1, 8; Num. 82:1, situated to the north of Arnon, opposite to
to incline,
comp. Syr. <->o to waver,"

.
Jericho, although called also
3K1O fTK Deut. 28:69
see Thes.]),
Isa.
: ;
e. g.
used of the mountains, Psa. 46:3

:
(29:1); 32:49, formed no part of the genuine limits As to the history and geography of the Moabites.
of the
kingdom of Moab,
Gent, noun 1 501, sqq. Oh. 2 24:26. 4:5;
see my Comment, on Isaiah 3^D n3^D, IV3K1D Eu.

f.
60 4 of individual persons, Prov. 10:30; 12:3; 25:26; Ps. 10:6 [most of these are Niph.], in which sense
54 10 of a land or kingdom, Psa. 46 7
there
is
:
often said 'S 7JT HtpD

;
Deut. 32 35 Ps. 38 17. Lev. 25 35, " if thy brother be poor, ÊJJ "nj riDD-1 and his hand totter
:
:
any
one's foot totters;
/XIG
i.
q.
7-1D,
?io,
which
see,
over against,
with thee,"
i.
e. if
ruin, as
it
were, threaten him.
Neh. 12:38.
m. en trance, Eze. 43:11 and 2 Sam.3:25 in ip for 603D a Avord irregularly formed so as to X1D which is added in the correspond with the word
^
Kal, to totter, to shake, e. g. used of the foundations of the earth, Ps. 82 A 2K 73 almost always with a negative particle, as
i.q.
:
NIPHAL Bi3,
fut. Bi
/ do not
t31G'
totter,
I shall not
entence.
Compare Lehrg.
p.
374, note.
intrepid unwavering
person, Ps. 10
totter; used of an 6 16 8 30 7
:
(l) TO FLOW, TO FLOW DOWN, ["TO

(see Pilel,
?3 he does not totter, he 21:8; 46 6 112:6.

: ;
is firm,
intrepid, Ps.
MELT,"]
Hiphil).
To
this
to
answers the
be
HIPHIL,
to
cause
to
totter, or
come doion,
to
Arab. cLc Med. Ye.
Figuratively
dissolved
cause
with fear and alarm (compare
DP),
Ez. 21 :2O; Ps.
46:7;
Am.
9:5.
upon, Ps. 55:4; 140:11 an3. HITHPOEL i.q. Kal and Niphal, Isu. 24:19: hence the two following words.
to fall
pine
dissolve any one, i. e. to cause to Isa. 64:6. NIPHAL, to melt away (used of a host of men), 1 Sam. 14:16. Figuratively to melt with fear and alarm, Ex. 15:15; Josh. 2:9, 24; Ps. 75:4. PILEL 33TO to cause to flow down, to soften, e.g.
(2) transit, to
and perish,
m. (l) a tottering, Ps.66:g; 121:3. bar for carrying any thing on, so called from being shaken, Num. 13:23; also a frame for bear(2) a
ing,
Num. 4: 10, 12. (3) a yoke, Nah.
13, see HC1D No. 3.
ground with showers, Ps. 65 1 1, n3?3bn D^S")?. Metaph. Job 30:22 np, nE>?l *333bR "thou hast dis" thou hast solved my n-IK'fi ^Hbri v J welfare;" I'nD,
arid
:
dissolved me (and)
HITHPALPEL,
to
terrified (me)."
to
f. (l) i. q. Dto No. 2, a bar, staff, l Ch. ?yn nittb bars of a yoke, Lev. 26:13; Eze. 34: 27, a bent piece of wood put round the neck of a bull, with the two ends fastened to a wooden yoke.
15:15.
flow down,
melt,
Am. 9:13,
(2) a
1 8.
yoke
itself,
Jer. 27:2; 28:10, 12; Eze.

:
30
" all the hills shall hyperbolically, all, as it were, dissolve into wine
tively to
flow down," shall and oil. Figura-
Metaph.
i.
Isa.
58
6, 9.
nelt with fear aud alarm, Nah. i:5; Psa.
q. "H?
? TO
PINE AWAY;
:
specially, to
"b
107:96.
brought
to
poverty, Lev. 25 25, 35, 39, 47.
Socw
CCCCLVI
have absurdly referred to this root the pr. n. 1 T?' ?* which see in their own places.
'
With othor
wards any
/L"?,
TO
II.,
CUT OFF, TO CIRCUMCISE (comp.

?P3 No.
:
Ex. 34:3: ET)f "^ >1
prepositions prefixed (i) 7^D~7K to one, after verbs of motion, l Sa. 17:3,05 and of rest, Josh. 8:33, " they stood "*?#
??O No.
: ;
I.);
with an ace. of pers. Gen.

: ;
Specially \3?
towards mount Gerizim;" Josh. 9: l. TlD^S prop in the face, or front of,
81 4 Ex. 1 2 44 Josh. 5 4, 7 and of the foreskin, Gen. 17:23. Metaph. Deut. 10:16, n^JJ HK Dpfrpi
;
D ??3? "circumcise therefore the foreskin of your heart," remove impure things from your mind [?]; Deu. 30 6 com p. TrtpiTOfti) Kapciac, Rom. 2 29, and
:
mostly after verbs of motion, 2 Sam. 11:15," set ye Uriah HDn>pn \3? Ô-'pK in front of the battle:" Ex. 26:9: 28:25,37; Lev. 8:9; Nu. 8:2. [" ?XiOp adv. over against, Neh. 12:38."] (2) T^BD (a) prop, from before, i. q.
after verbs of motion, Lev.
Arab.
Û
to circumcise, prop, to purge, because the
foreskin was regarded as unclean and profane.
D'iOS " from before the

2:8,
trees called
5:8; 2 Sam. 5:23, Baka;" Mic.
yourselves vah," i. e. put away all wickedness from your minds, and consecrate j yourselves to Jehovah. i PILEL 7?1D to cut down. Impers. Ps. 90:6, 3^7 " in the ^?'l ?!?iO'. evening it is cut down (man like
(
NiPHALjto be circumcised,to circumcise oneself, Gen. 17:10, 13; 34:15,17,22. Figuratively, Jer. " to Jeho4 4> J'~ V TO9H "circumcise
:
! I I
"ye
om
pull off the traveller's cloak
HD
as if
bid)t,
(prop.) from
tjart
the face of the garment,"
)ber!leibe ire 9.
(b) of tarriance in a place ;
Ki. 7:39, 333
^18pon
(the people)
ette.
the south side;" Num.

is
22:5,
"and he
dwelling
y^P by my
=
Followed by \3? on the fore part, in front of any thing, Exod. 28:27; 39 80.
side," mir jur
grass)
and withereth." HIPHIL, to cut off, destroy (a people), Ps. 118: 10,
HITHPALEL
/viOfln
to
11, 12.
be
cut off at
the
("birth," "race"), \_Moladah~], pr. n. of a town in the southern part of the tribe of Judah, afterwards given to the Simeonites, Josh. 15:26; 19:2;
l
rrPiO
1D3 fTP (as arrows); Ps. 58 : 8, " he sends his shall arrows, (where) be) as if (they cut off at the point," i. e. blunted, good for no-
blunted
^?b^
VH
point,
Ch. 4:28; Neh. 11:26.
f'n/'k
f-
(from the rootl^).
(i)birt h, origin.
Est. 2:10, 20; plur. n'np'lD nativity, origin, Ezek.
thing.
Derivative, n?
16:3,4; rrviD Kl? Gen. 11:28; 24:7; and simply nîo native land, Gen. 12: l; 24:4.
(2)
Deu.
prop, subst. the as u prep. (l) before, in the presence of: (the etymology is doubtful ; Jo. Simonis compared it with
-
7^123 Neh. 12:38; elsewhere front part, front, but always used
;
progeny, offspring, children, Genesis 48:6;

those
Lev. 18:9, 11.

(3) kindred, family, Gen. 31:3; nation, Est. 8:6.
f.
of the
$am
i^
Arabic J^c, which according to Castell, followed by J\ is to oppose, but this signification itself rests on
ii.
circumcision, Ex. 4:26; root Ô.
>
("
begetter"), [Molid],
pr. n. m., l
Ch
a great mistake, for in Avicenna,

referred to, there is
^\
lit, the pissage

cor-
2:29.
(for
J^..
It
may be more
D^p, D^N'Dj from
the root BNp),m. spot, s

id.,
rectly supposed that in the verb ?JD to cut off the point, there is the notion of front ; in this case N in
a stain, blemish (Syr. JbD<3oo

JH^K
Arab. *^< and
7X1O would be inserted in order to lengthen the syllable, as at the end of N'p3 for *i?3 comp. Germ, tjo^l/ I Jput-n. prefer however with Ewald in Heb. Gramm. p. 6 1 2, to regard this form itself as proper and primary, so indeed that 7KiO may be for /NiO from the root
;
a spot; specially of small pox; Gr. pupos).
(a) in a physical sense used of any defect or blemish of body, Lev. 21:17, sq.; 22:20,21,25. Those who are spoken of as beautiful, should be free from every
?KJ
i.
/'I* to q. ?1N,
^N; but see Thes. p. "before God."

(a) opposite to,
go before [taken in Thes. as from 777]). Ex. 18: 19, Dr6gn ^D
blemish, 2 Sam. 14:25; Cant. 4:7. (6) in a moral sense, Deut. 32 :5 ; Job 1 1 : 15 ; 31:7.
PD
[an unused root]
see TP.
3D1D
e. g.
over against,
city,
Deu.
(from the root 33D), the circuit (of a
3:29; 4:46; 11:30; Josh. 19:46; a people, Deut. " 2:19; l Ki.7:5, njTO ^>X njno ?}D window over window." against
house), Eze. 41 : 7.
rom the
Jer.
root 1?') only found in

;
pL
51:26;
constr. ^.3
l)
a founding,
the act
of laying a foundation,
Isa.
40:21.
(^foundations, e. g. of a building, Jer. 51 :a6; of the earth, Prov. 8:29; of heaven, 2 Sam. 02:8. Hence buildings whose foundations alone remain,
ruins,
Isa.
the feasts of Jehovah, Lev. 23 2, 4, 37, 44, n)fi; ny) and thus by meton. of the festival sacrifices, 2 Ch. of space of time, 30:22 (compare 3H No. 2). (ft)
:
as appointed, defined, in prophetic style of a
58:12.
i.
one festival to
its
Gen. 1:14; specially e. equal to that from recurrence], Dan. 12:7; com p.
i.
q.
IP?
year
[i.
m.
q.
TOD
No.
i.
i.
Isa.
e.
28 16,
:
TOD TOD
Chald.
nVDan.
7:25.
fl *?
"a
founded foundation,"
firm; compare "IPJ
(2) an
assembly (comp.
1
Hophal.
30:23, *T^?? ^yiE
rnWO
blage
f
(i)
of
all living,"
iyi3 No. 2 [in "^]). Job "the place of the assemof Hades; Isaiah 33: 20; Num.
foundation, Ezek. 41:8 np,
16:2, "iyiD
'fcOp
"called to the
assembly;"
else-
where the nro is nriP^D. Isa. (2) an appointment (of God), a decree. 30:32, rnp-ID ntSD the rod sent by God;" compare the root 1PJ Kal, and Pi. No. 2.
=|p1u m. (from the root "=!??), a (covered) p or tico, 9 Ki. 16: 18 np, where there is in n'ro ^P'P.
where
"Tiy.? *^")i?.
In
Isa.
14:13,
in the speech o\
the king of Babylon, there is mentioned *lJ/iDin "the mount of the assembly" (of gods), which is
probably the mountain called by the Persians

;
J\,
.J! el
Burj,
el
Burz ; by the Indians Meru, which
TplD
for ">5KD (from the root IpK), only in plural
and ni m. bonds; specially used of the bonds of a yoke, often metaphorically, Psalm 2:3; 107 14 Il6:i6; Isa. 28:22; 52:2; Jer. 5:5; 27:2.
: ;
DV
the Orientals regarded as situated in the Northern regions of the earth, and as being like the Olympus
of the Greeks, "the seat of the gods;" see what
have said more

[It
is
fully
on
this
on
Isa. II
p.
316, seqq
(2) pr. n. "ipiD and ni [Mosera, Moseroth], pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the desert,
utterly needless to seek
for
any mountain
;
Num. 33:30; Deut.

iD-lu
10:6.
" the sides except that on which the temple stood of the north" distinctly marks Jerusalem as the
m. (from the root IpJ) (i) correction of children by their parents, of nations by kings, of men by God. Prov. 22:15, "ID-ID D3K>; 23:13, yJDPT^X 1WO *iyjp "withhold not correction from a child." Job 12:18, nna D'D7p ID-ID " he looses or dissolves
the
place spoken of]
iy.iD
PHX "the
tent of the as-
a name often given to the holy tabernacle of the Israelites, elsewhere called the tabernacle of the covenant, Exod. 27:21; 40 22, 24 and often besides; either because there God met with Moses
sembly,"
is
correction (or discipline) of kings," i. e. their "ID-ID " the correction Job 5: 17, authority.
Num. 17 19), or from the assemblies As of the people which were held before this tent. to Luther's translation, ttftSfyutten/ i.e. the tabernacle
(Exod. 25 22
: ; :
of the Almighty."
Hosea5:2,"I
(will be)
a cor-
rection
to all."
(2) admonition, discipline, especially that which children receive from parents, men from God, Psalm
of the covenant, he has followed the rendering of the LXX. ((TKfirrjv TOV paprvpiov), and Vulg. (tabernaculum testimonii), who have taken ~iy.iD as if it were the
same
as
nn#
50:17; Jer. 2:30; Prov. 1:8; 4:1; 5:12; 8:33; and hence examp le, by which others are admonished,
Eze. 5:15; compare the verb, Eze. 23:48. (3) instruction, doctrine, in which sense
joined with
lv 1O
it
compare Num. 9:
15.
is
ny% np^Pro.i
:2;
4:13; 6:23; 23:23.

.
(3) Meton. a place in which an assembly is 1JHO of the temple, Lam. 2 6. held, Josh. 8:14. J It is hard to say what are meant, Ps. 74:8, ~H.yJD p3 " all the holy places of God in the land; !ftX2 ?X
1*
m. (from the root ^y*), plur. ÎV.^ and ni time (see the root Kal No. l). (a) of a point of time, l Sam. 13:8, 11; 2 Sam. 20:5;
(l) a set
but I scarcely doubt that the holy places beside* Jerusalem are to be understood, such as Ramah
Bethel, Gilgal, etc. celebrated as being high places and seats of the prophets I have said more
(niD3)
34:15; Gen. 17: 21, rrjritfr! njiâ n$n iyiD^> about " the stork this time next year." Jerem. 8:7, ny^J n^yJD knows her times," those in which she has to
emigrate into other countries.
"
on
is
this in the preface to Gramberg's Religicnsideen des A. T. vol. i. [The fatal objection to this theory
Hab.
:
2 : 3, "iyiD?
|i?n
that high places could his places of assembly.]
not be recognised of God, ai
the vision belongs to a time (somewhat remote);" : 1 9 ; 1 1 : 27, 35 ; Ps. 75 3 ; spec, a festival day, La. 1:4; 2:6; more iy.iD Di' Hos. 12:10*
Dan. 8
(4) an
appointed sign, a signal, Jud. 20:38

m. (from the root
iyj)
fully
9:5;
an ass imbly, poet
CCCCLVIII
"
of a troop of Lam. 1:15.
soldiers, Isa.
14:31; compare
this passage to Christ
and the Church, Heb.
ii.
13]
rnjflD p l. f. nnjpo [ a spurious form"],/es firm Js, 2 Ch. 8:13 [where the pl. really is nVl$D]
;
Zee. 3:8, riQIO \E*5 men who in tlieii forth future shadow Eze. 12: C, 11; events, persons
Isaiah 20:3.
2.1:24,27.
compare
"ijtflQ
No.
l, a.
(from the root *1JP) appointed place of meeting. Joshua 2O: 9, rnjNBi] "gj "cities of
riT^lO
f.
Isa.
(I)TO P BESS, whence part, ft? oppress or, Kindred is nyp to 16:4, and the noun PP.
to
squeeze out.
(2) prob. in general
p-
refuge" (Syr. |_5o place of refuge).
refuge, shelter, port; j*_Ô jiÎi
separate, like the Arab.
:U Med. Ye.
Hence
["
!"in$a
(
in.
assembly of Jehovah"), [MoNeh. 12:17."]
taA], pr. n.
m
darkness,
verbal part. Hoph. from the root

Isa.
m. Zeph. 2:2; more often defectively j* from the winnowhusk, separated grain chaff, by Isa. 41: 15. Ps.35:5, ing (Ch. TiO, KliD, NMD). " let them be as chaff before the rwnp.S? fb? ViJP
j^&
8:23.
wind" (blown away by the wind), compare Ps. 1:4; Job 21: 18; Isa. 17:13.
(from the root NJP) pl. const, *SV1D m. (1) a going out, Nu-33:2; sun-rise, Ps. 19:7; comp. Hos. 6:3, the promulgation of an edict (see the
root, letter
I).
f.
plur. rriVJflD
Mic. 6: 16;
fruits of
i.q. n$? (from the root t^)) only in counsels, Ps. 5:11; 81:13; Jer. 7:24; " Prov. 1 shaU
N1D
131,
W3'^ D^n'^bp
be satiated with their counsels"

them).
f.
(i.e.
they with the
Dan. 9:25.
HpJftE
verb, of
Hoph. from the root
jHJJ
a heavy
(2) the place gate, Eze. 42: 11
from which
;
one goes out, hence a
weight, Ps. 66:

plur.
n.
Dn?1D a miracle, a prodigy. (The

was long unknown.
However, I have now no doubt but that it should be referred to the root HQ* and that it properly means a beautiful, or tplendid deed, for nKBTO, although from the origin having been overlooked, Tzere of the last syllable
true etymology
;
43:11; O^P NX1D a fountain of waters, Isa. 41:18; ^03 NV1D a vein of silver, Job 28:1; NK'T fcttpD a place fertile in grass, Job 38 27 absol. also the East, from which the sun goes -out Psalm 75: 7. The expression is peculiar, and bj
:
;
the rising TJ53 KJfiD zeugma, Ps. 65:9, prjB and the of the evening thov morning (outgoing) makest to rejoice ;" for the evening properly does nc
rise.
3^
fir
is
cast
away
in the pl., I proposed another deri-
vation in Thes. p. 143.) Most frequently used of miracles performed by God and by those sent by Him,
(3)- that which
D?nQ>
goes out, is produced, as N) that which goes out of the lips, words, sj
'
Exod.4:ai; 7:3,9? ":9; Ps- 78:43; 105:5,27. Very often are joined D'HSDI nin'K signs and miracles, Ps. 135:9; Deu. 4:34; 7:19; 26:8; 29:2; 34:n; D^nsbl nin'S jnj to perform signs and Jer. 32:21.
miracles, Deu. 6:22; Neh. 9:10; also with the verb WB> Jer. 32:20. As miracles were regarded as the
signs of divine authority, fiBID is also (a) a sign, a proof, as of divine protection, Psal.
Nu. 30:13; Deu. 23:24.
*.-
(4) origin,stock, 1 Ki. 10:28. (a) iChr. 8:36; 9:42. (5) [1/oza], pr.n. m.
(6)lCh.2:46.
ntf10
(2) pl.
f.
of the
preceding
(l)
[pl.]
origit
springing, Mic. 5:1.

n'lKVID
cloacce, where
filth
is
71:7; of the divine justice in punishing the wicked, Deu. 28:46; and it is often used of the sign given by a prophet, to cause that which has been predicted or promised to be believed, i. q. rfx I Kings 13:3,5; a Chron. 33 24, 31 Deut. 13:8,3 (see Comment, on
:
away, see HKV, ^XIV, compare Mark 7:19, 2 Ki. 1O: 27 Hp. a.(j>tpu'(i tKTTOptvtTai
',
etc ro
pVID m. (from the root p>7 to pour), somethi poured out, cast. Job 38:38 (in this passage, di
which flows together with rain-water); cast metal,
m. in pause P*10 (from the root piy\ Job 37:10,0)0 3TJ to 3rh). " the Breadth of the waters become PV-1D3 narrow," is contracted; comp. Job 36:16; whence it follow! that py-13 in this place does not mean poured out
Hence 7:11). (3) a sign of a fuiurs event, a portent, i. q. nitf No. 3. Isa. 8 18, " behold I and the children whom
Isa.
:
is
na rrow (opposed
Jehovah has given
me
D*rtpb?1 nin'tfp (are) signs

i.
and
portents
in Israel,"
e.
with our ominous names we
indicate future events.
[But see the application of
CCCCLIX
f.
nnio-rnjno
(from the root PVJ), a tube for
pouring
through,
Zee. 4:2.
(3) a stupendous or wonderful deed, Deut 26:8; 34:12; Jer. 32:21. PL 0^710 Deu. 4:34.
not used in Kal.

to
["Arab.
,jl<:
med.Waw,
be light, foolish."] HIPHIL p^D TO MOCK, TO DERIDE, Psalm73:8

"*
r
.
3"VlD m. Isa. 41: 15; plur. D^TIO 2 Sam. 24:22-, and with the syllable lengthened in the later manner (see Lehrg. p. 145), D^niO i Chr. 21:23 (from the root 31?), tribulum, a threshing wain; Spanish,
trillo ;
(Aram. Pael
ao/jat,
P.'*?,
-c>
v> id.
/iwj'w, se moquer [Engl.
compare /iJko to moc&J).

(l) heat,
Ital. trebbio
(Arab.
,-j),
an instrument o
ing, Isa.
m. (from the root 33:14.
1J2J)
burn-
rubbing out corn on a threshing floor. of three or four wooden cylinders ;irnied with stones or iron, and joined together as a sledge; it
husbandry
It consists
for
(2)
dry wood,
faggot, Ps. 102:4.
is
drawn by
cattle
from the
ear.
i.
See Varro de R. R.
rnpto
the
f. (from the root "Ij^) (l) the part of altar on which the burnt offering was con-
over the corn, to separate the grains i. 52 Niebuhr's ;
Travels, vol.
page 151.
root *VV)
sumed;
perhaps,
heap of fuel, Lev. 6:2.
"HID m. (from the country abounding

10:11.
(l) a declivity, a in declivities, Joshua 7:5;
m. (from the root ) (1) a noose, a snare, by which wild beasts and birds are caught, Am. 3:5. flycnv&B the snares of death, Psa. 18:6.
a beast (comp.
ng^jfD (2) l Ki. 7:29, pensile work, festoons.
TW
work hanging down,

(i) a
Once used of an iron ring put through the nostrils of rtin, nn), Job 40 24. (2) Metaph. used of a cause of injury. Ex.
:
rnJE
pr. part. Hiphil, of the root rnj
shooter, darter, archer.

(2) the early rain, see the root Hiphil No. l, 2.
10:7,^'^
be a
tt^ HJ
nw
nD-lg "how long

i.
shall this
evil.
man e. bring us into sfi are Deu. 23:33; 34:12; 7:16; Josh. 23: 13; Ps. 141 :Q. Plur. D'T, once ni
to us?"
Ex.
8:14.
Isa.
(3) one teaching, Isaiahg:i4; 2lvi.i7:28; a Job teacher, in plur. used of prophets, Isa. 30:20. 36:22, "behold God (is) great, and we know him (not),
see "ib.
not used in
Kal; TO CHANGE, TO EX-
CHANGE,
i.
q. "lOJ.
nification of to
buy;
In Syriac this root has the sigin Arabic the letters ,U, Med.
who (is) a teacher like him?" i.e. is and has endued us with wisdom? (comp. Job 35 si'iyo-i jn n, ttoarp nioqap Wgfc). LXX. from the Aramaean use of J; v>, IvvaarriG, perhaps
iTTlB -inb3 *D
wise,
own
Ye, signify
to
;
sell; both taken from the notion of
exchanging compare Heb. "IHO No. II. HIPHIL "M?n (i) to exchange any thing, Levit. 27:33;Eze.48:i4; Mic. 2:4; followed by ? of the thing with which any thing is exchanged, Psa. 106:
it may be inquired by etymologists very word, and its signification of lord, may not come from the Hebrew HT1D a teacher. Others regard "TVID h. 1. as i. q. i~niD Psal. 9:21, and JO1D fear, the object of fear and reverence.
JL^Ô lord; and
whether
this
(4) \_Moreh~], pr.name.
(a) of a Canaanite, like
20
Jer.
2:11; Hos. 4:7.
Mamre, whence n^lD

Deu.
1 1
:
"W
il
Psal. 15:4, " he sweareth (2) absol. to change. N?1 and change tb not (sc. his mind);" i.e. does
Gen. 12:6, and 'Tip \jft 30, the oak grove of Moreh, not far from
(
p^
Shechem
so called
from
the
its
possessor).
(b)
not violate his oath.
Ps.
46
3,
!$ "^PC ?
1
we
will not fear,
though the earth should
N^'K^ change
rni&rrnK?! the hill of Jezreel, Jud. 7:1.

I.
teacher, in the valley
of
(itself),"
NIPHAL ~i!?3 (as Jer. 48:11.

Derivative,
should perish (comp. Ps. 102:27). if from the root "HD), to be changed,
masc. (from the root "HO to stroke), a Jud. razor, 13:5; 16:17; iSa. l:ll.
II.
is
nnio
!"niD Ps. 9:21 aro;
i.q.
fcOlO
terror,
whioh
9 a, B35pto
:
m. (from the root KTJ) " the fear of you."
(l) fear.
Gen.
;
given in ip by
way
of explanation.
Deu.
11
25
also,
reverence, Mai. 1:6. (2) that which is

cially
feared
or reverenced, speIsa.
18:2, B7IO1 "nBteD ia natLn." Others take

for
I2"lfc?p
^Tfi3 (from the root tDT) m. destruction. Isa a mighty and destructive OÔ as part. Pual from W>y
fierce, active.
Ps.
spoken of God (compare IDS), 76:12.
8:12, 13
[So Ges. in Thes.J
CCCCLX
m. (from the root KHJ) with Kametz impure, possession, Obad. 17. Isaiah 14:23; Job 17:11, ^33? *|?niD "the possessions of my heart," i.e. my
delights, were in
pi. f. (from the root V?^) salvations, deliverances, Ps. 68:21.
my dearest counsels my inmost breast.

f.
which
I cherish as it
id.
Ex. 6:8; Deu. 33:4.

of the
pret. rip (compare Syr. k**?a), *J?P. (1) TO DIE (so in all the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages. The middle radical 1 appears to be softened from
fill
n&hlO ("the possession
Git-
the liquid r, compare &~F\, B^, etc., so that the original stock would be mrt, compare Sansc. mri, to die,
mrita, dead, death; also math, muth, mith,
rtieth,
tit es"), [More^heth-gath], Mic. 1:14; pr. n. of a town near Eleutheropolis, where Micah the prophet was born. The Gent. noun is 'flKhlD [Morast kite],
mid,
med, to kill; Malay, mita, to kill and to die; Zend. mrete', merete; Pehlev. murdeh, mard, mortal, man;
Pers.
Mic. 1:1; Jer. 26:18.

I.
^.J-<
to die; Gr. poproc,

;
i.
q. /3/uordc;
Lat.
07>\
(l) TO YIELD, TO
Isa.
GIVE WAY, Num.

;
14:44; Josh. 1:8; 31:36.

(2) causat. to
22:25; 54: 10; 59:21
Jer.
remove, to take away, Zee. 3:9. let remove, i. e. to let prey go, (i) Nah. 3:1; to withdraw from any one, followed by Mic. 2:3, " from whom ye shall not IP of persons. remove your necks;" verse 4. (a) more frequently i. q. Kal to give way, Exod.
HIPHIL
to
mortis, Morta,ap. Liv. Audr. Germ. SDJorb j Old Germ, used not only for killing, but also for death). It is used of death, whether of men or beasts (Ex. 11:5; Ecc. 9:4), whether natural (Gen. 5:8, ll, 14, 17,
20, 27, 31, and so very frequently) or violent, Ex.
21:12, 15; Deut. 13:10; .19:11, 12; 21:21; Job The cause of death is put with the prefix 1:19, etc.
3, Josh.
1O:11,
"more died "n3H
\J3S3
by the
hail-
13 22; 33:11; Pro. 17:13; Job23:i2; Ps.55:l2;

=
stones than," etc.; Jud. 15:18, Kptf? JTIDK "I die of thirst," Eze. 5:12; and with \3SO Jer. 38:9. Figura-
Jer. 17:8, cease to bear fruit."
na nite ep; &[ "and

and
it
shall not
i.
q. K'B'P
&?PJ
TO FEEL, TO TOUCH,
heart of any one is said to die, i. e. to fail, Sam. 25:37; the trunk of a tree, Job 14:8 (compare 31?); land which lies unfilled, Gen. 47:19, " why should we die, we and our land," which latter
tively, the
l
Gen. 27:21.
HIPHIL,
id. Ps.
is
then explained DK'D ""?"!$? (compare Arab. c^Jl*
115:7, and Jud. 16:26 np.
to
be unfilled,
sterile, desert, as land,
Koran,
ii.
159;
Derivative, pr.u. *K
xxv. 51;
xxix. 63).
from the root 3B) plur. constr. 3fiO and m. (l) a seat, place for sitting, l Sam.
2O:l8, 25; Job 29:7. (2) a sitting down, an assembly of persons, Ps. l:l; 107:32. JV3 dwelling(3) habitation, Gen. 27:39. 3^"lD
place, Lev. 25 : 29.
npsn
n-ion DDOJ? "
Used ironically, Job 12:2, wisdom dies (i.e. is extinguished,
perishes) with you." (2) to perish, to be destroyed, of a state, Amot Part, no dying, about tj 2:2; Hos. 13: l, see HVD. Num. Gen. die, 20:3; dead, 19:11, 13,16; without
distinction of sex (as in
Germ,
etn Hotter/ ein Jtro
3K>1D Tj; a city of habitation, Ps.
compare Hebr. Gram.

PI.
107:4,7. Meton. (a) time of inhabiting, Exod. 12:40. (6) inhabitants, dwellers. 283.9:12, K3* JV3 3^0 ^b.
(4) the site (of a city), 2 Ki. 2
:
D'np
105, i note), Gen. 23: of idols, opp. of the living God (*n
Ps. 106:28.
to kill, Ps. 34:22; Jer.2o: l?; emphat. to destroy thoroughly, kill outright, l Sa. 14:13; Jud. 9:54; 2 Sa. l 16. HIPHIL fVPD, 2 pers. J?PO, l pers. with suff.
PILEL nniD toslay,
19.
often
("yielding" [ prob. for njJWD 'proved by Jehovah'"]), [Mushi], pr. n. m. Exod. 6:19; Patron, itid. Nu.3:20; also TP. l Chr.6:4,
for
W3
Ô
is
Nu. 3:33; 26:58.

f.
l Sa. 17:35, C^flPQ Hos. 2:5, id.; Jud. 16:30; 9 3:30; 2l:l; often used of death sent by God him-
pi. pr.
those that draw,

one
part. act. from the root poet, for cords with which
any s ---
by diseases, famine, etc. (Isa. 65: 15; Hos. 2:5; Ex. 16:3; 17:3; Num. 14:15; 16:13), sometimes opp. to the verb D<J, which is always used of violent
self,
bound, Job 38:31.
Compare Arab.
death by the hand of man, comp. Isa. 14:30; part. D'npp killers, prob. angels of death, Job
fetter,
from
.J^...^- to
hold firmly.
33:22.
CCCCLXI
BOPIIAL np-in
Derivatives,
IjO
to be
slain, Deu. 21 22
:
Sa. 19:11.
nbo,
nJTlDJp,
and
1JS (for
the root
Ps.
nyp
like
te
for
r$gO." The*.],
fron-
HIT), plur.
CWp
ce^/, barns, storehoutes
m.
constr. niD.
(l) death, sometimes used
144:13;
LXX.
ra/Liela.
ts personified (Ps.
49: 15).
Hip v| deadly weapons,
Ps. 7: 14;
Hip }K^ to sleep the sleep of death, Ps. 13: niD-J3 1*80.90:31; 26: 16, and niDT#K guilty of rteath, liable to be put to death, l Ki. 2:26; 2 Sam.
(from the root T-1T No. l), f. a door-post^ upon which the hinges turn, Ex. 12:7; 21 :6; Deu 6: 9
.
PIT1T23
19:29.
(2) the
Poet, for the
dead,
Isa.
38: 18.
m. (from the root

.id.
j-1T),/o0d,
Gen. 45:23.
abode of the dead, i. e. Hades, place Job 28:22; whence nip'^)^ the gates of death,
or
Dan. 4: 9.
of Hades, Ps. 9 1 4 "ades, Prov. 7^ 2 7:
niCPVJ.n the utmost recesses of
(3) fatal disease, pestilence, Jer. 15:2; 18:21 43:11; Job 27:15, compare 0<Wroe, Apoc. 6:8; 18:8; Ch. Xn'lD, and Germ. frfTOarjer Sob/ used of the fatal disease of the middle ages, [which was also
;
I. (from the root "flT No. L), the pressing together, binding up of a wound; hence used figuratively of a remedy applied to the wounds of the
.
lQ m
state,
II.
Hos. 5:13; Jer. 30

"11TD
3.
"VIT
(from the root
No.
II., i),
m. false-
called in English the
Black Death'].
destruction (opp. to D"D good fortune), Prov. 11:19; 12:28; Isa. 25:8; Exod. 10:17. With n D'nio Eze. 28:10; parag. nn]Sn p s 116:15; plur.
(4)
.
hood; hence, fraud, insidious dealing, Obad. 7, as it is well rendered by LXX., Vulg., Chald., Syr. Others understand it to mean a net, or snare, from the Aramsean ">JP to spread out.
'-
Isa.
53:9.
Ch.
n [But see p2 as
id.
to the last passage.]
an unused
tg
root,
i.
q.
DDO, Ch. TptPriK
to
flow
HID
Prrv.
Ezr. 7 26.
:
down,
~>JV).
fear.
Hence
pr. n. H-Tp.
m. (from the root
(l)
abundance,
14:23; 21
5.
an unused root, probably to gird, to bind with a girdle, kindred to which are the transp. +',-*.
r
(2) excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3:19.
L, IV., to bind a girth round a beast, ,*1^ a girth
n3TD
8:31
;
constr.
pi.
nayp with suff. TOP, TC3|p, i Ki. rnnatp, m. (from the root I"QT), an altar,
13,
set
Lev. 1:9,
places, as
15; 2 Ch. 29:22,
etc.
In
the holy
of a beast, and t^C"*. a fetter. Hence
to hold, to restrain,
up by Moses and by Solomon, there
p s 109:19;
.
Isa.
23:10, and
were
(a) npiyn n3jp the altar of burnt offering, Ex. 30 28, or nETl3n I"l3jp the brazen altar, placed in the outer court, Ex. 39:39. (b) n^bj5n n?|p the
:
T!0 m. Job 12:21, a girdle, used Isa. loc. cit figuratively of bonds, or of a yoke put on a people.
ni7-TOf.pl.pr. lodging places, inn*(Arab.
inn), sc.
lv<,
altar of incense, or the
(75*03), Ex.
Isa.
30:27;
golden altar, within the temple Ki. 7:48. Of altars of idols,
17:8 527:9 [?].

jiJ an unused root,
i.
of the sun.
The Hebrews gave this name to the

.
twelve signs
q.
of the Zodiac, called in Arab.

;
A\
<J_U
^DO (which
whence
spiced
e.
see), to
mix,
to
mingle, Arab, and Syr.
id.;
i.
these were imagined to be the lodging-places of the sun during the twelve months,
the circle
of palaces
m.
mixed wine,
aicparoy,
[Cant. 7 3], Apoc. 14:10; vinum aromatites,

:
Plin. xiv. l,
95.
root,
i.
and they rendered to them a superstitious worship, The Rabbins called the individual signs 2 Ki. 23 5. /TP, and the circle of them ^'?|P 7373 compare
:
nT(J an unused
-
q.
HD, fSD
(which see);
Arab,
to
suck; hence
Deu. 32 24, 3JH \Tp emaciated,
:
to
draw
m. (from the root 3J; whence the Arabic out, the letters "T and T being interSa. 2: 13, 14.
id.
!? m. adj. once
or
changed), a fork, for laying hold of pieces of fleM and
exhausted
with
hunger.
drawing them up, a flesh-hook,

Pljp
38:3.
"
? ("fear," "trepidation," from the root T1O), , pr. n. m. Gen. 36: 13, 17.
only in the plur.
nwjp
Exod. 27:3;
CCCCLXII
HQIO
42 2
:
f.
(from the root DDJ).
especially that
which
is evil
(i) counsel, Job or pernicious, Ps.
settled
cold(comp.
tj- i\_
w ^\ and
.
c^l>
.\j scatterers
used of the winds, Sur. li.
1 ),
and thus used of the north ,
1O:2; ai:ia; 37:7; Jer. 23:20; also a thought,

Ps. 10:4.
ap-crovpot).
Vulg. Arcturus; LXX. tu-pwr//pm (fort. leg. d/ Others regard this as the same as
(2) i. q. niOJP njn (Prov. 8:12), counsel, prudence, craftiness, Pror.i:4; 3:21; 5:2; 8:12; and in a bad sense, the devising of snares, malice;
l
Job 38: 32.

i?"1tt?
const. >n_tP
m. (from the rootSHT), plact

Isa.
whence
J".
.TO E^X a
fraudulent man, Pro.

Ps.
2 2
:
which
is
14:
sown, field,
19:7.
to scatter), pi.
17; rteTp^J3id.24:8. (3) wickedness, Job 21:27;
plIP m. (from the root

139:20.
fl
p"]T
DV and
(from the root TOT, Piel to sing), a song, poem; a word only found in the headings of several psalms, Ps. 3: 1 4:1; 5:1; 6: i, etc.
.
"flTO
prop, the vessel out of which any thing is sprinkled, a bowl, and that of a larger size, Nu. 7 : 13, 19, seqq. ;
sacrificial
bowl, Exod. 38:3; Nu. 4: 14; used of a

:
up of wine, Am. 6
6.
ttTZD'f.
[only in
pi.
nhpjp], (from the root TOJ

Isa.
to
prune a vine), a
pruning hook,
f.
2:4; 18:5;
Joel 4:10.
(from the root nnp). (i) fat, spes of used a fat Arab. sheep. cially ^-Û a fat sheep, Ps. 66: 15.
adj.
HD
m.
ip only
52:18.
in pi. n'nBTp
1
prune), snuffers,
Ki. 7 :5O
(from the root ipt to 2 Ki. 12 14 Jerem.

:
(2) rich, noble;
compare
1H
Isa.
5:17.
UO
(Arab.
(from the root ÔP)
marrow, Job 21:24;
""1JHP (from the root Tft), m. smallness. (a) of time in the expression, ~^TP BJ!P " a very little while," Isa. 10:25; 29: 17. (6) of a small number, Bna "few men." Isa. 24:6, iy T!P
^^
>^_
and ^j, Aram.

(L
Ju,<X2Q, Kl"hO id.
** *J'r J- q- Aram. S^P, [J^Q TO SMITE, TO STRIKE, used poetically for the common n|n. Followed by
*)?
i.
q. *!?
nan
an unused root, prob. i. q. "1T3 to be separated, used in a bad sense of one who is excluded from association with others. [Other conjectures as
to this root are
Ps. 98:8,
1?-^qP! nhn?
2 Ki. 11:12), to clap the hands. l e t the rivers clap theii
hands,"
with
as in exultation, Isa. 55:12. PIEL, id. Eze. 25:6; with the addition of T.
suff.
given in Thes.]
Hence "UPP a basa
î?TO.
to
tard.
Chald.
smite,
to
Isa.
m. (from the root 30:24; Jer. 15:7.

pi.
f.
and
HTT),
winnowing fan,
prob.
i.
often in Targg.
(To
this
strike, Dan. 2:34, answers the Gi

i"1
HVWD
rt>?p (see the

prop, lodgings;
fla-aS Xryo/*. letter ?), the
Job 38: 32;
q.
n ?3. * n Hebrew N^P, fia\nfjiai, /ixf> ?? have referred to this XHP 1. KTO Dan. 5: 19; buti is part Aph. from 8*5 keeping alive.
signs of
Chald.
}P.
objection to this interpretation Gramm. p. 36, note), that ~> is often softened into
Zodiac; The (Vulg. lucifer.) made by Ewald (Heb.

?,
the
Lt
PAEL XHQ id. followed by T? to strike upi one's hand, i. e. to hinder, restrain. Dan. 4:; "there is none who can strike upon his (God'i hand, and say to him, What doest thou?" The
phrase in the Targums (Eccl. 8:3, Targ.); and Talmud is more usual for to restrain, to hinder,
in the
I is hardened into r, that very rarely vice vers is removed by the examples, p. ccccxxi, A, whicli might easily be increased.
'>,
same sense
is
used the Arabic phrase t_
(from the root niT), the rising of the sun, always however used of the east, Psalm 103:12; r ^n*T to the east of Jericho, Josh. 4:19. Towards the east is rrnp (ace.) Neh. 12:37; K ^TP D
ITHPAEL,
angr fcMage n
to be
fastened upon with

:
nails ((
we rbe n), Ezr. 6
1 1
*W
4:47; "PTI9 Exod. 27:13, and trDv'nmtD Deut

4-41.
pi. Job 37:9; properly part. Pi. of the .oot rn{ those that scatter, poetically used of the
.
3Gv
Isa.
m. (from the root N3H) a hiding- pic
32:2.
DHTD m
m.
pi. id., 1
Sam. 83:93.
(i)joi
is
north
winds, which
scatter
the clouds and
bring
l?^? f (from the root 1?n No. i) ing (properly the place where one thing
joined
CCCCLXIII
of the another), e.g. of the curtains, Exod. 26:4, 5; different parts of the Ephod, Exod. 28:27; 39:20.
/
delicate.
B?np^D for the

;
^nop for nnpp comp. nK"l.p

[In Thes. this root
is
common DTIPP; see sing. see Heb. Gramm. 90,9.

;
f.
pi.
pr
root part. Pi. of the
"OH No.
not divided into three parts.]

J-in)
I,
1.
() beams
34:11.
of wood used for joining, 2 Chron. (6) cramps, or hooks of iron, l Chron.
T^
f:
(from the root
compasses,
Isaiafc
44:13.
\\r\U [root f-in] sea-coast, or according tc the ancient versions, a port; once Ps. 107:30 (Ch.
.
(from the root

(Eze. 4:3); a
ran
to
cooking pan,
Ch. 23:29.
cook) for nnnqn f. or plate, Levit. 2:5;
id. also
6:14; 7:9; fl")JTO 3:24.

f-
(from the root
"tin)
a girdle,
a region, Arab. ;^>- border, side, region}, [" a refuge, hence a port"~\.
belt,
Isa.
7&nnJ? &
for ??<
7N\*rt
(perhaps
"struck by God,"
of a patriarch
primary meaning given in Thes. is TO STROKE, TO RUB OVER]. (l) TO WIPE, OFF Or A w A Y, TO w i p E. (Arab. Utc id. kindred in Greek are
I.
,
nnrj [The
^ nj?),
[Mehujael],
pr. n.
descended from Cain, Gen. 4:18.

")na i Ch. 11:46 (where one would have expected the singular ^H*?), [Mahavit e}, Gentile noun, whence is not known.
patrtrti), fj.lp.a'xa.',
juvtraw, OTTO
CTÎUW,
ITTI
with a prefixed
sibilant
oymw,
<ryuj;^w,
o-yuw^w.
The theme
,
:
paairw
is
Used
e.
yet more nearly approached by ^P. n^p, ). g. of tears, Isa. 25 8 the mouth, Pro. 30 20 ;
: ;
something written, Exod. 32:32, 33; compare Num. 5:23; sin, i. e to forgive, Psalm 51:3, 11; Isaiah
TTlJp m (from the root^-in No. i to dance) dance, dancing, Ps. 30:12; 149:3; 150:4. (2) \_Mahot}, pr. n. m. 1X1.5:11.
.
(l)
43:25; 44:22.
(2) destroy men, Gen. 6:7; 7:4; any one's name or memory, Exod. 17: 14; Deut. 9:14; a city,
to
pi.
no NO. i. cant. 7 or f. i. q Ex. 15:20; 32:19; Jud. 11:34; 21:21, etc.

.
which the primary power (No. i) is retained, "I will destroy (prop, wipe off) Jerusalem as a man wipeth a dish, he wipeth it, and turneth it over."
2 Ki.
21:13; a passage
in
m. (from the root HTH) a vision, Genesia !D 15:1; Nu. 24:4, 16.
'"'JDP
f.
(from the root
ntf!)
a window,
Kings
7 4,5=
NIPHAL, fut. apoc. nQ* Ps. 109: 13 (for np*), pass, of No. 2; to be blotted out, Deut. 25:6; Eze. 6:6;
Jud. 21:17; Prov. 6:33. HIPHIL, fut. apoc. npri i.
to
rtoPffig ("visions"), [Mahazioth],

l
pr.
n.m.
Ch. 25:4,30.
q.
Kal No.
2, to
blot out,
j
-
an unused
root,
i.
q.
nnp No.
III.
Arab.
as a
destroy, Neh. 13:14; Jerem. 18:23. Prov.3i:3,

T.?'}']-!
not) thy ways to destroy kings." The passage is so rendered by those who suppose that a too warlike spirit is here
P3?P n'lnp^
" and (give
t-x^
IV.
to be
marrowy
as a bone, to be
fat
nb marrow. sheep, whence DP,

is
reprehended.
i.
e.
harlots
sense, to
fern,
those who corrupt kings, any need for us, in this read T??P ninbp, if nnp be taken for the
I
prefer,
is
to
(The original idea that of besmearing with a fat material, compare nnp No. I. To this answers the old Germ. 93tacf,
nor
there
marrow, whence with r inserted, SJlarf/ 5Rarf6j compare the Hebr. rnp. See Adel. Lex. vol. iii
S5tad)/
P- 73-)
of the adjective nnp.
II.
nn/J
extend
'fTO.
i.
q.
NHD
TO STRIKE UPON, followed by
to
to, in a geographical sense,
Nu. 34:11.
^D?p (from the root nnp No. II), a striking. Ezek. 26:9, 'v3j3 *np according to the Targ. "the
.
Hence
[In Thes. this is joined with the preceding, as also is the following article.]
-
striking of his battering-rams."
rTTn5
the root
pr. n.
"ttn
III.
nnr.p
i.
q.
ROWY, whence ÎEL, to take out

PCAL, pass.
Isa.
nnO,^:
Conj. IV. TO BE
MARand
(perhaps "a joining together," from Pa. l?.n to join together), [Mehida]..
m. Ezr. 2:52; Neh. 7:54.
marrow; Arab.
Conj.
II.
25:6, B!nop Dôa* "fatness unsnarrowed," taken out of a marrowy bone, very
I. rNy& f. (i) thepreaer* (from the root njn) ing of life, Gen. 45:5; 2 Ch. 14:12, Ezr. 9:8, 9. (2) food, sustenance, Jud. 6:4.
CCCCLXIV
indication, sign, mark (from the O r a stroke (from the root ^np). Lev. 13: 10, nx'^3 ^n nb>3 rvqp-1 " and (if there be found) a mark of raw flesh in the tumour." Levit. 13:24, "and if the mark of burning is a reddish white spot." [In Thes. this and the preceding are put together, the idea of a mark, sign, being deduced from the living part in which the plague might be seen, which thus became the mark of the disease.]
II.
root
nn = njn),
""TUV
f.
ing to the verb], *_L>. tc bestow a garment for ae

especial occasion,
an
official dress.
J?Da,
(1)
suff. *flip?qp. , plur.
nippnp (from the root
smoothness, hence slipping away, flight

Br"?),
1
(compare
and so
in pr. n. n'lpprran J??D the rock
ofescapings,
(from the root "IDP) (i) price for is sold, Proverbs 17:16; 27:26. Vnpa at a price, 2 Sa. 24 24 "Vnp3 N7 not for price, D3H Isa. 45 1 3 55 i gratis, i. q. (2) wages, reward of labour, Mic. 3:11; Deut.
*l*rTp
83.23:28. (2) an order, course, especially used of the twenty- four courses of the priests and Levites (e^rjîll
piat, K\rjpoi),
Chr. 27:1, sqq.; 2Chr.8:l4; 31:2;
which any thing
35:4-.
?7np
Ch.
id.,
plur. 15?riB Ezr. 6: 18.
83:i9(3) [Mehir], pr. n. m.

i
Ch. 4:11.
3),
"VDa
m. (from the root r6n No.
disease,
Prov. 18:14; 2 Ch. 21:15.
(from the root HpH, JEth. ÂP: to smg a harp, or stringed instrument, Ps. 53: l ^! a son g> a so xitiap 88:1; compare Êth. The signification see Êthiopic version, Gen. 4:21. of singing, in this root, arises from that of soothing,
/DO m.
,
^Â
disease"), [ATahlaJi] (i) pr. name of a woman. Nu. 26:33; 2 7:M Josh. 17:3. (a) 1 Ch. 7: 18, where the sex is uncertain.
(
Pi
see
Kal No.
l,
and
Piel.
J"?Dp
(id.)
[MahalatK],
pr.
name.
(l) of a
?Q
f.
i.
q.
"po
disease, Ex. 15:26.
daughter of Ishmael, whom Esau married, Genesis 28:9. (2) the wife of Rehoboam, 2 Ch. 1 1 18.
:
sick," from the word n^qP and the ter( mination p), [J/a/iJon],pr. n. m. Ruth 1:254:9.
Vnp n
f.
see nj>inp.
[Meholathite],
II, letter d, 2
:
(5ent.n.
from
Sa. 21 8.
^HO
(id.)
Ex. 6:19;
Num.
\_Mahli, Mahali], pr. n. m. (i) 3:20. (2) l Chr. 23:23; 24:30.
[Also patron. Mahlites, Nu. 3:33; 26:58.]
?"P Ps. 55 22, is commonly taken as a noun formed from nspn (milk) as though it were milky More corwords, which does not suit the context. the be mxpnp reading rectly supposed to be for may nitfpqp or n'lNJpqp (as De Rossi's Cod. 368), Chirek or Tzere being changed into Pathach, on account of the
:
ilpno
f.
(from the root '/H), a cave,

pi.
Isa.
2:19.
DV/DP
^|?0'^
m.
(from the root n?n No. 3), diseases,
9 Ch. 24:25.
following Chateph-pathach, compare ^'D^ for 'HDN Jud.5 28; *31ppn for N>r>PD? Psa.5l:7,and similar It thus be rendered " their mouths
=
instances.
may
are smoother than butter."
Or
if this
does seera
a slaughter-knife,
i
:
once in
|^ri
plur.
ttfafc Ezr.
?J?? to
9.
Syr.
f<X.. Rabbin.
to
over.
a knife,
i.
a suitable explanation we may read with Kiinchi J"l1Npnp. Mem is taken also in this place for the prefixed particle
from the root
.^Vv
by Chald. and Symm.
shave the hair, pr.
q.
make a razor pass
HO
root
constr.
^np
masc. plur.
D^pnp
(from the
plur.
f.
to change, interchange,
(from the root and hence to
*n
Pi.
an d Hiph.
plaits
plait),
of hair,
$aarflfd)ten/ 36pfe/
lur.
f.
Jud. 16: 13, 19.
(1) desire, hence the object of desire. 1'^y that which thy eyes desire, l Kings 20:6; tht " delight of any one, Isa. 64:10. Ilosea 9: 16, tb
splendid, or costly garments, which athome areputoff, Isa. 3:22; Zee. 3 .-4; from the
delight of
their
womb,"
i.
e.
their dearest offspring.
nt r?n Arab.
(2) grace, beauty, Cant. 5:16. (3) something precious. Plur. Joel 4:5; 2 Ch.
-li. to put off a garment, Arab.
36:19-
a garment for a special occasion, more splendid, whence is formed a new verb, [or rather a new mean-
DHfinpm.(from
Lam. 1:7;
the rootnpn)
precious things
verse
1 1
also written fully
DH1on
CCCCLXV
[" co mp ass ion, hence Jove or/avowr, also the object thereof'}, tliat to which one's desire is " turned. Eze. 24:21, D?^?? 7I?r"? that which your
y$ m.
son
25:4; Job 24:8; Psa. 104:18; the perof Jehovah, Psa. 46:2; 61:4; 62:9; 71:7; Joel4:l6.
refuge,
to
Isa.
whom one flees, used
noul
Kfe'3, followed
desires," or loves; from the root Von, J^- i. q. to be borne (or lifted up) in desire by towards something it thus accurately corresponds with
^
;
m. (from the root QP.n), a muzzle, with which the mouth is stopped, Ps. 39:2.
10 (from the root
'
the expression
verse 25. The sense, indeed, would not be changed if the verb /*On were taken in its ordinary signification of compassionating [see
t?|>3
K?D
">?n
m. want of any
:
thing,
Pro.24 34. Jud. 19:20.

:
]~]iDi;ip~?3
every thing that thou wantest, Absol. need. Pro. 28:27; 21 17, ^K
person."
is
;
of love and favour above], an idea which conveys that As this also accords well with the along with it.
preceding verb
"1?!?,
np
" a
needy
m.
)pnD ("whose refuge

seiah~\, pr. n.
Jer.
Jehovah"), [Maa-.59.
some codices read
32 12
:
51
nVDHD
n^Hp
f.
part.
Hiph. from the root
JiJ
foot in blood.
:
(l) TO
Ps.
thing leavened, see the root.
com. (compare Gen. 32 :g; Ps. 27

:
3),
from
he shaketh his
loc. cit.
AGITATE, TO SHAKE, e.g. the 68 24 Nu. 24 8, ?nD? VSm " and arrows," sc. in blood; compare Ps.
:
; :
the root H3n.
(Arab. ^îÛ to agitate, e.g. water in a
a camp, whether of soldiers, Josh. 6 1 1 ; l Sa. 1 i) :15, seq. ; or of wandering tribes, Ex. 16:13; Nu.
bucket, see Alb. Schult.

p. 75.
De
Defectibus Ling. Hebi.,
Origg. Hebr.,
t. i.
p. 100).
5,15; 5:2; 10:34; 11:1,9,30, 31. Hence Jud. 4:16; a (2) an army itself, Exod. 14:24;
of men, Gen. 50:9; of locusts [?] Joel2:ii; a herd of cattle, Gen. 33 8. The plural is formed in three different ways (a) 0'3TO encampments, Nu. 13:19; with suff. T.?.DP,
:
nd
(2) to shake, to smite, as any one's head, Psa. 68:22; 110:6; the loins, Deuteron. 33:11. Figura" by his wisdom he smiteth its tively, Job 26:12, (the sea's) pride," i. e. he restrains its proud waves.
Hence
D m.
contusion, wound,
Isa.
30:26.
nis'rio (b) QJ^rjp Deu. 23:15; Josh. 10:5; 11:4. njrp. n*13qp "the Gen.32:8, 11; Num. 10:2,5,6. courts of Jehovah," in which the priests as it were n encamped, 2 Chr. 31:2. (c) D?3np from sing. 3rp HP1D under the No. word Ill, and (compare 0?Dpp
iXIlD m. (from the root 2VH), a cutting of stones. ^n \3?S hewn stones, 2 Ki. 12 13 22 6.
: ; :
nyng
f.
(from the root
nvn)_(i)
h a If,
Num.
Lehrg.
p.
host (nixriy),
537), Cant. 7:1, there used of the heavenly or angels (comp. Gen. 32:3), to which
rWE
30:1?.
f.
(from the root n^H)
(i) half,
Exod
the poet [say rather, inspired writer] ascribes dances, as elsewhere songs (Job 38: 7)'. Comp. pr.n. O.^nQj
(2) middle, Neh. 8:3.
which some also understand frigidly enough in the

passage in Cant.
found Jud. 5 26.

:
TO SMITE IN PIECES, TO DESTROY, Once to blot out, Conj. II. Arab.
JÛ
1
("camp
pr. n. of
of
V*r\"),[Mahaneh-dan],
to destroy.
Kindred are Kn?* HHO.
a place near Kirjath-Jearim, in the tribe of Judah, Jud. 18:12.
ÎpnD m. (from the root I? ?), that which is known Ipn No. a, Psa. by searching, inmost depth, i. q.
^!?np ("camp,"
ing to Gen. 32 3,
:
see n3P|O pi. letter
c,
accord-
camps or bands of angels), [3/a hanatm],pr.n.ofa town beyond Jordan, situated on the borders of Gad and Manasseh, afterwards a Levitical
town, Josh.
p an unused root, with the guttural hardened,

i.
q.
1HO No. II, and

to
"UD. "HTO
to-
3 26, 30 21:36; 17:24,27; i Ki. 2:8; 4:14.

1
:
2 Sam. 2:8, 12, 29;
(1)
interchange; whence perhaps
in
(from the root p3n), strangling, or, general, death, Job 7: 15.
niasc.
morrow, rnn.D the following day, unless indeed thu should be kindred to the word 123. Hence TTP to sell, i. q. to ""3?.
(2)
buy,
price.
&
(PS .46:2), constr.
npni?
subst.
and adv.
:
(i)
to-morrow.
5
;
(Syriao
18:17; with suffix ^pno m. (from the root HDH) a
Jud. 20 28
Sa.
20
Isa.
22
3.
nrtao-fannD
: ;
CCCCLXVI
29:15.
(are) in
sight.
PI.
to-morrow (subst.), Isa. 56:1 2; Pro. 27 :l.inp? for tomorrow, Nu. 1 1 1 8 Est. 5:12; also, to-morrow (on the day ), Ex. 8: 6, 19 (comp. EC avptor, auf morgen). ~inp rij?3 to-morrow about this time (see under the word J"$)
Ps. 88:19, ê
nO
'jn*P
"
my
acquaintancei
darkness;"
;
i.e.
have withdrawn from
my
more
day, Chald.
l
fully
ns>n
nj/3 ino Josh. 11:6.

it is
inp
na
D'3B qp obscure or
74:20,
earth."
n?
r'y'7'J'n
about
this time,
Sa. 20: 12,
where
to-morrow, (or) the third well rendered by Vulg.,
dark places, Ps.88:7; "the secret places of the Specially of Hades, Ps. 143:3; Lam. 3:6.
;
*3? C[O
as if it
incorrectly join closely were crastinus tertius, i. q. the
(Some
JVBp?>n Trip
(abbreviated from HPlI^p,
day
after to-
"seizing"), [3/aficfA], 29:12; 31:13.
pr. n.
m.
"taking hold," 1 Ch. 6:2O; aCh

(i) an imple-
morrow.)
(2) afterwards, in future time, Exod. 13:14; Josh. 4:6, 21. ~*n? DV? id. Gen. 30:33; compare
nrinf.
ment
(from the root
nriPI).
nvjp. [In Thes. this word is supposed to be closely connected with the root ~*nN, see page 784.]
which burning coals are taken away and carried, a fire pan, Ex. 27:3; 38:3; compare Num. 16:6, seq.
or vessel in
flJOrip 7 3na.
f.
(from the root
K"in),
cloaca, 2 Ki. 1O:
LXX. (2) Ex. 85:38; 37:23, prob. snuffers. V7ro0/zara. Vulg. rasa, ubi qucB emuncta sunt, exstinguantur.
Sam. 13:20, two instruments of husbandry, both with edges, one of which
f.
HBhnfi & HBhn2p
perhaps denoted tht
ploughshare (from
the root
Bnn No.
niunnp
page 52
i.
3), die other the co ulter. For the pi. of both As to the form of ploughs is used verse 21.
in the East, see Paulsen,

;
Ackerbau d. Morgenlander, Niebuhr's Description of Arabia, page 155 ; as to the Egyptian plough, Description de 1'Egypte,
tab. 70, 71.
nriHIp f. (from the root nnn), properly a breaking; hence (1) destruction, ruin, Prov. 10: 14, 29; 13:3; 18:7; Jer. 17:17; Ps. 89:41. (2) consternation, alarm, Prov. 10:15 (see the
root No. 2); terror, Prov. 21 :15; 133.54:14.
J"nrinD f. (from the root inn) through of a thief by night, Ex. 22

tOO see
the
:
breaking
Jer. 2 :34.
n"ir)D
const,
rnnp f.
(l) the
morrow,
ft~)R>}
&V
to-morrow, Nu. 11:32; hence (a) without DV id. to-morrow (subst.), (le lendeOTTlp? (comp. ^np?) Jon. 4:7; nnnpp the nain). next day, the day after, Gen. 19:34; Ex. 9 6. ~"1JJ
:
Ch. (Hebr. NVP, from which, however,

it differs
as to usage).
(1) TO
COME TO any
person or place, Dan. 6:25;
rnnpp
16.
until the next day (comp. JP No. 3). Lev. 23: Followed by a gen. Wnn DVn rnnp the morrow of that day, l Ch. 29: 21 Lev. 23 1 1, 15, 16. rnnop nat^n the day after the sabbath, Nu. 33:3; l Sa.2O:
;
:
*7-
Bn^np
Sam. 30:
is
to, Dan. 4:8, 17, 19. come, e.g. time, Dan. 7:22, followed by to come upon any one, to happen to him, Dan 4:21,25.
(2) (3)
toreach
to
"This termination D
suffix.]
17, perhaps adv., like DPT. taken in Thes. as a pleonastic
^tP^PP
n?vp
Isa.
m. broom, besom, see N|?Np under
tl
root SIB, Kio page cccxix, A.

1
5|6/nD m. (from the root ^C ), a barking, peeling off; used adverbially, in peeling off, Gen. 30:37.
con st.
const. rrt3?TlO
m. (from the root tttyslay ing, s laugh t(
14:21.
l
:
(from the root
Josh. 14:
Plt3D m. (once f. Mic. 6:9), pi. rrtBD Num. once with suff. Vt3D Hab. 3:14. l, 2
;
(1) that which any one meditates, purposes, or plots, i.e. a counsel, a project, 2 Sa. 14:14; Job
Prov. 12:5; 15:2; 19:21; 20: 18; often epecially of evil counsels, Gen. 6:5 ; in several places with the addition of the adjective i"ijn Esth. 8:3, 5;
5:12;
(1) a branch, a twig, so called from the idea "stretching out (from the root HO3, compare ~V from C D?), Ezek. 19:11, seqq.
:
The phrase Dn^'nBD

is
i.
(2) a rod, a staff, Ex.4:2, 4, 17; Num. 2O:( nat' to break the staff of brea<
q. to
9:25; Eze. 38:10. (2) artificial work, Ex. 31:4; 35:33, 35.
cause a want of bread,
i.
e.
famine, as brea
called the stay of the heart : 26 Ps. 105:16; Eze. 4:16; Lev. 26 ; parent?),
is
in the
Hebrew
(com 5:16
(from the root
darkne38,
Isa.
14:13.
Specially used of the rod of a king,
moa-
CCCCLXVII
^.ttPP (l) a place where anything is hidden buried, especially an underground stc rehouse for
tceptre, Ps. 11O:2; of a soldier's spear, Hab. 3: 9, 14; 1 Sam. 14:27; of a rod used in chastising, " the rod which smote his back Isa. 9:3, toSj? ntsp ;" u violence has risen Isa. 10:5, 24; Eze. 7:11, up yKH'ntap? to chasten wickedness;" whence used of
the
keeping grain, Jer. 41 :8. (2) a hidden or underground store or treasu-i

'.,
punishment
itself,
Micah 6:9.
in general, Gen.
Prov.2:4; Job3:2i; 43:23.
Isa.
45:3; and treasure,
ElK* a tribe (prop, branch) of the people, i. q. of the tribes of Israel, as *}.? Ht3p Num. used only 33 ntsp the tribe of the children of Ma1 :49; HtSOO
(3)
uasseh, Josh. 13 29; leaders of the tribes.

:
1
ntepn
'gten
Ki. 8
yE>$ (from the root VO3), pl ur constr. gBD Mic. 1:6, m.; plantation, planting, Eze. l?:7; 34:29: -l3 Isa. 61:3; 60:21; np, 'yB a shoot
.
i,
the
planted
by me."
D'Sytp? m.
pi.
f.
(from the root DJR?), Gen. 27 14 and

;
(Mile!) adv. downward, beneath, beloiv, Deut. 28:43; Prov. 15:24. Opp. to n^>yp above. from not has wnrd i"lt?1p itself, but, as sprung (This
mSytpD
Menk. I.
plur.
soned food.
p. 78,
Prov. 23:3, 6; savoury or seaAlb. Schultens, on Pro. 23:3, and ad

^jtk-c,
is
appears from the acute penultima, from the shortened form Bp bending, a low place, with the addition With prefixes of n local.)
it
observes that the Arab,
spe-
cially applied to dishes
made of flesh taken in hunting, esteemed Nomade tribes; very suitable to highly by
Gen.
loc. cit.
(1) ntap^?
(a)
downward,
Deut. 28:13, Eze.
(b) 1:27; 2 Ki. 19:30; Jer. 31:37; Eccles. 3:21. below, 2 Ki. 19:30; 1 Ch. 27:23, "of twenty years old nap^-l and under." Followed by IP Ezr. 9: 13,
*33iy.p
Sp
f.
Isaiah
(from the root HQtp), Ruth 3: 15; plur. a spreading garment of 3:22
;
ntap?
"below
our
sin," less
than our sin de-
women, a cloak.
Mulier. Hebr.
c.
See N.
16.
W.
Schroeder,
De
Vestitu
served.
(
2 ) riBp?
beneath
(opp. to npy.p'pp above), Ex.
lUiJ
Syr.,
not used in Kal, TO RAIN, like the Chald.

to
26:24; 27:5; 28:27; 36:29; 38:4; 39:20.

nt3
(L'X/J'w).
f.
Arab.
(from the root HD3, like the Gr. /cXiVjj, from
HIPHIL, to rain,
pour down rain, Gen. 2:5;

Isa.
/
7:4;
(a) for sleeping or sickness, Gen. 47: (1) a bed 31; 48:2; 49:33; Ex. 7:28. (b) such as a person Est. l :6; Eze. 23:41. (c) on which lay on at table,
fully I??? -Mplpn),
one takes a
little
rest (sofa),
Am. 3:12;
6:4.
5:6 (here more upon anything, Am. Isa. loc. cit. It is applied to other things which God pours down from heaven in great abundance like rain, as hail, Exod. 9:18, 23; lightnings, Psalm
used of God,
followed
Amos 4:7;
by
(2) a litter, Cant. 3:7.

(3) a bier, a litter on
which the dead were carried,
Sam. 3:31.
ntSft or ""1^9 pi. ni (prop. part. Hophal, from the
root H03).
with sulphur, Gen. 19:24; Eze. 38:22; or manna, heavenly bread, Exod. 16:4; Ps. 78:24. Constr. with an ace. of the thing rained down, and
11:6;
fire
?J?
of that
upon which
locc. citt.);
it descends like rain (see once with ? of the thing rained down,
Job 20:23
(1) extension,
(2) turning Ezo. 9:9.
expansion, Tsa. 8:8. aside, or wresting judgment,
NIPHAL,
(see under D-IH?). to be watered with
rain,
Amos
4:7.
Hence
m. pi. constr. ni~Op Job 37:6; rain, Exod. 9:33; Deu. 11:17; and frequently. ^Vl^ "^P rair,
of thy land,
i.
m. (from the root

Ex. 35 -.25.
/
I"!lt3)
something spun,
once found
e.
necessary to water thy land, Deut.

Isa.
Pp m.
1
Job 40:
'
8,
a hammered bar (of from the root
iron),
28:12,24; and so Wl! "OD from 05 a shower.
30:23.
It differs
cially iron.
hammer, espeforge, Perhaps the Greek ftlraXXov should rather be referred to this root, than to
to to
M'P
Arab.
Jb*
f.,
TlpD (" pushing forward"), [Matrerf], Gen. 36:39.
pr.
IUT d\\a.
JTTBO f. (from the root ">p3)._ (i) custody, ward^ prison, Neh. 3:25; 12:39; Jer. 32:2,8-, 33:1. (2) a mark (from the Arab. JiJ to see, to keep
watch
;
(from the root JOB), plur. D>3btpp const.
like the
Greek
incoiros
from a<iTrron<u\
Sa
CCCCLXVIII
10:90; Job 16: 12; Lam. 3 : 1 2 (where, in the Araoucan manner,
it is
pro semine gerjtali (Arab, f

Pers.
id.
Koran Ixxxvi. 5
written
lu
^"for
pr. n. m.,
e^vij
<~->\
(" rainy," or patronymic of the
name
aquadorsi).
Isa.
48
," who
have
nnpo 'rain
\
of
Jehovah'"]), [Halri],
Sam. 1O:21.
is
sing, unused, WATER, the only trace of which in the pr. n. 'p-in** brother of water, which see.
sprung of the water of Judah," are descended from him, compare Num. 24:7; Psalm 68:27. Poetically water affords an image (a) of abundance, Psalm
79:3; 88:18;
dangers, Ps. 1 8
:
Isa.
1
11:9; Hab.2:l4-
(6) of great
Arab. ?Lc
**Lc dimin. very frequent in the common > JO-J
language <o j^c Êthiop. ^J?; The root is !t, Heb. KiD, whence 'P for the fuller ;P (like 'I for N;j), and
another form to (for KID) in pr. n. 2^18, compare Chald. *1D, 'HID water. The same signification of
drew me out of many waters ;" compare 32:6; 69:2,3,16; Job 27:20; and many examples of the Arabian and Greek poets, in DisserJoshua 7:5, tatt. Lugd., p. 960, seq. (c) of fear. " the heart of the people melted D?P? 'HJJ and be7,
f
" he
's ~
came
water
to
is
found in the somewhat harsher roots $tc

well, II. to
(Compare Arab. jt of watery heart, fearful, pusillanimous.) Opp. is a heart hard is comlike a stone (Job 41 16). lasciviousness (d)
like
:
water."
pour out water, L,c to flow through (as water), Med. O. to be watery, used of milk, IV. to dilute wine with water, CF5y0 to be
melted, dissolved, cLo to flow, to melt; and
have water, as a
pared to hot water boiling up, Gen. 49:4.
Hebrew
MO, TpD, TJKD, ^3P, ppp. Of the same origin in the Western languages are mejo, mingo. With the aspirate changed into a sibilant there arises a new series of roots, ODD, HDD, DKD No. 2. which see. Plural D?P constr. *P, and rather less frequently
*P*P (compare as to those doubled forms, Ewald, Giv, p. 508 note), with suff. TP'P, VDO, D!VDO, with n
local
Hence proper names (a)^nj *P (" water," i. e. of splendour gold;" comp. Arab, f U)> \_Mezan. of a Gen. 36:39. man, hab~\, pr. (b) PP^n n? ("water of yellowness"), [3/ejar k on], a town of the Danites, probably so called
"
from a neighbouring stream or fountain, Josh. 19:46.

(c)
nin?3 'O
("waters
of
opening"), \water
a fountain in the tribe of Judah, near the valley of Jerusalem, called Ben-hinnom, I n others *P with a genitive Joshua 15:9; 18:15.
of Nephtoah"],
P;P, Ex. 7:15; 8: 16, waters,

=:
water (comp.
coalesces into one word, as
K?TP, perhaps
ryJD'p.
Chald. K;P. Syr. ^JLiO, JJoo).

adjectives.
It is
i.
joined tc plural
like
e.
P pers.pron.
np
of things.
'3 see p. cccxci,
gushing forth, Gen. 26:19; Levit. 14:5, 6; D't?np. D'P holy water, Nu. 5:17; D'2P D?p Ps. 1 8 1 7 to verbs both plural,
: ;
D"H D?P
living water,
(l)interrog.rt'c; WHO? of persons, W$, ^, (As to its correlatives
A.
Êthiopia only has <^:
In the cognate languages the mi, but for what? when the
Gen.7:i9; 8:5; 2Ki.2:ig; Eze.47:l; and

not only
sing.,
question relates to things.
Aramaean and Arabic
,.
when
it
the verb stands
first,
Genesis 9: 15;
Num. 20:2; 24:7; 33:14;

times
2 Ki. 3:9; but also some-
^
that
also
and J\.)
Gen. 24:65,
njn
B^xri
who
c
.
(is)
-
when
stands after the noun, Nu. 19:13, 20.
man?"
when
Ruth 3:9, $
O "who
(art)
thou?
joined to the name of a town it denotes the water near it, whether a fountain, or else a river or
When
So Hjp *p J u d. 5:19, used stream, or else a marsh. of the river Kishon; Dnpj p Jer. 48:34; nanp-p f of founpy TO Josh. 15:7 rrin?.?-n?,
the question relates to many (Arab. ^f~* Gen. 33: 5, nj> >O >w ho (are) these?" Isa.6o:8; * in which sense there is said more explicitly, 'PJ
BW
(which
Ex.lO:8,DOynn
'PJ
who (are) those who go?

;
see),
tains; irrv
^,
fiVj'tf*':
who
are
brook;
D^P
(which see) ofamarsh[?]; comp.'P'D
youf Lud.
of the waters of Egypt. Ex. 7: 19; 8:2, ^S '^P. 2 Ki. 5: 12; nb p of the flood, Isa. 54:9'. B'NI *P water, i. e. Figuratively juice, of hemlock Jerem. 8:14; D;pn 'D water of the or
OHVP îV-
It is rarely applied u Lex., page 80). in them the notion of a there be but so that things, Gen. 33:8, n}n n:norr:>3 ^? O person or persons.
"who
poppy,
feet,
Isa.
36:12 np, a euphemism

cx>D and simply |JÔ;
t__?l
for urine, like Syriac
(what) are all those companies with thce?" Jud.9:28, ITJjaaJ^*p who(are)theS1i-lMiiites that we should serve them?" 13: 17i Wr" "?; D *33K O. Mic. l =5, 3PI?! yV*'V 1 Sa. 18 18, \'H
:
^î
is
Talm.D^TI O*D,and
nn^n; nto|
...
i.e.
"who
(is)
the author of th<
Persic
^^j
vesicam exonerare(but D.^HP ^PEze.

to
47:4.
icater reaching
theloins)]&]so
aqu^viri
transgression of Jacob ...who (are) the authors of Urt high places of Judah?" Cant. 3:6.
CCCCLXIX
It is
put in the genitive, as ^P
Gen.24:23,47;
iSam.l2:3;
whose daughter? 17:55; Jer.44:28;

J"l?
way?
like
np B,
3.
But
in all the
examples the
and with prefixes denoting the other cases, *P? to whom? Gen. 32:18; 38:25; to whom? (plur.) Ex.
signification should Le retained; Am. 7:2, 5, 3'pK D-1p* n? "who shall Jacob stand?" a brief expression for, who is Jacob that he should be able
common
32:24; on account of who m? Jon. l :8; 'P~n$ whom? 1 Sam. 12:3; 28:11; 'PP Eze. 32:19; V?f 1 Kings 20: 14; *P vj?, etc. For the Latin quis eorum? is used DH3 'D Isa. 48: 14; followed by IP Jud. 21:8, in? n?
Compare the phrases under No l, letter d ; ^38, >p for the more full, ? ?3K 'P ^"98; Ruth 3: 16. Proper names beginning with *P, as '^P,
to stand?
Isaiah 51:19,
'
^S^
'B^'P "what one of the
tribes of Israel?"
iV^p
etc.,
see below in their places.
(a) it is also used in an oblique Specially observe question after a verb of knowing, Gen. 43:22; Ps.
1 Sa. 14:17; of pointing out, 1 Ki. interrogation is intensified by the HT D, N-1H p, HT Mfl &, see Mfl, HI. (c) phrases is often so asked that a negative reply is exquestion pected, and the interrogative sentence almost assumes
39:7; of seeing,
l:2O.
(b)
An
(" water of rest;" see the root \_Medeba~\, pr. name of a town of the Keubenites, situated in a plain of the same name, Nu. 2 1 : 30 Josh.
;
&OTD
13:9,16;
of
Ch. 19:7; afterwards reckoned as par!
"who a negative power; Nu. 23:10, p$n isy n3D has counted the dust of the earth?" i. e. no one has " wn <> hath believed?" counted; Isa. 53:1, PP8? >z?
no one has believed, few have believed; Also followed by a fut. Job 9: 12, 1OK*
i.e.
15:2); Greek M/<5a/3a, M?j8a/3/, M Mace. 9:36; Jos. Archaeol. xiii. l 4 ix. i Ruins Euseb. h. v. Relandi Palaestina, p. 893. still called Madaba were found by Seetzen and Burckhardt (Travels in Syr. p. 625).
Moab
;
(Isa.
1
oava, see
Isa.
'
"ITD
pr. n.
51 19.
:
"who
no one
("love," from the root TT), [3fec/a</], m. Nu. 1 1 26, 27.

:
shall say," or
"who may say," roer

by an
morfite, burfte fagen?
(compare will say.
r/c a>>, followed
opt.),
for
lowed by for no one knoweth, Ps. 90 1 1 ; Ecc. 2:19 (on the conN? ^p Jobi2:g); used for the Lat. nescio an, trary JH' fortasse (compare JHJ No. 5, letter a), also unexpect:
Pro. 20:9; Ecc.8:4; 2Sa.l6:io. Folapart, in the phrase JH.V ^p who knoweth?
m. (from the root 3PJ), the good, or best " the of part any thing; l Sa. 15:9, 15, ]*&n 3P^P 3BD VTW best of the flock;" Ex. 22:4, IBI? 3'?M " the best part of his own field and of his own vinen ^^ 3 "in the best part yard;" Gen. 47:6, n??
of the land ;" verse
1 1
;
;
HD'D
LXX.
is
iv
rfj
fteXriffT^
yy.
Vulg.
in optima loco
nor
the opinion of J. D. Mi-
edly (see ibid.
No.
6).
Also followed by a noun
it is
used extenuatively, and contemptuously, Jud. 9:28, *P "who (is) Abimelech that we should serve
chaelis to be regarded (Suppl. p. 1072), S J ocit.
who Gen. loc.

to translate.
V?^
comparing Arabic cr>.l;yc, proposes
him?" Ex. 3:11, njriB-^K $$ 3 33K n? "who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh?" for, I am not such a one as can go to Pharaoh. (d) Followed by a fut. it
is also
pastures.
is
DSP "who
often expressive of a wish; 2 83.15:4, .'3b ^p will set me as judge?" i. e. that I were
like unto God?"), Michael,
made judge! Isa. 27:4, 'IJrp 'p " who will give to me?" i.e. O that I had! Jud. 9:29; Ps. 53:7; Job Hence i$! ^P. is a customary phrase in wish29:2.
ing; see |r3.
(l) of one of the seven archangels [?J who interceded for the people of Israel before God, Dan 10:13, 21; 12:1. (2) of a man, l Chron. 27: 18.
pr. n.
(3) 2 Chron. 21
2. (4) and of others, Num. 13:13; iChron. 5:13, 14; 6:25; 7:3; 8:l6; 12:2O; Ezr.
:
8:8.
(2) Indefinite,
D'-Ql >J3-B whoever has a cause let him go to them;" Jud. 7:3, 3B Tim KT/P " who-
B07 BT
is
whoever, whosoever; Ex. 24:14,
ever
fearful
and
t
afraid, let
him return;" Pro. 9:4;

and Lat.
it
rO'D (for -IH^p "who is like unto Jehovah?" LXX. Mx<"'ae), Micah, pr. n. (l) a proin order among the minor prophots, phet, the sixth
with the cognomen ^l^lbn (which see) Mic. l : l, and Jer. 26:18 np, where the n'ro has i"C5'p. (a) 2 Chron. 34:20, for which there is, 2 Kings 22: 12,
;
Ect. 5:9; Isa. 54: 15; In Gr.
may be suitO
ably rendered
8?|a
TIC, si quis,
'P lip:?
"
if any one; 2 Sa. 18:12, take care of the young men every
one (of you)." Followed by

Kt?n
w hoever
1^ Ex. 32:33,
how?
rP3>p.
(3) and (4) see
"ig>K.
and (6) see
sinneth;"
2Sa.2O:ll; comp. Syr.

caiah,
W^P No.
is
-in^p No. and 2.
and
2.
(5)
rVD'Pc'who
pr. n.
m.
like unto Jehovah?"), Mi (2) Neh (l) see n3<p No. 1,2.
:
Some regard
'P adv. to be put for
in
what
12: 35, called
&on?Neh. 11 17,22.
(3)Nek 18:41
CCCCLXX
(id.), [MichaiaK], pr. n. (l) of a capKing Jehoshaphat, 2 Chron. 17:7. () the wife of Rehoboam, the daughter of Uriel, 2 Chron. 13-2: compare however 2 Chron. ll :21, 22; l Ki. 15 >, oi -.vhich passages this wife of Rehoboam, the mother of Abijah, is called Maachah ( n 3yP) the
VVp'D
vitical
town
in the tribe of
tain of
possession of the Moabites, Jer. Ice.

is
Reuben, afterwards in the cit., where ir:3
nyc-in.
j
P
,
m. pressure, squeezing (from the ry*.
Prov. 30:33.
daughter of Absalom.
pr. n.
D
m.
("retreat," from the root KIO), [Mesha], Ch. 8:9; compare

1
[Micah, Micaiah"]. (l) a worship [whose idols were taken and set up] among the Danites, Jud. 17:1,4; often more briefly called na'D, verses 5,8, 9, 10. (2) a
VV^D'to
(id.) pr. n.
man who
set
up
idol
(" who (is) that which God is?" from *P, '& and ?K, compare 7X3*P), pr. n. m. (l) Exod. 6:22; Levit. 10:4. (2) one of the companions of Daniel, Daniel 1:6; 2:17; afterwards called "^'"P.
(3) Neh. 8:4.
"VlSJ^Q m (from the root IK'*) (i)uprightness. justice, Ps. 45:7; adv. justly, Ps. 67:5. (2) a plain, a level country, Isa.4O:4; 42:16;
.
prophet in the times of king Jehoshaphat and Ahab,

the sonoflmlah, 1 Ki. 22:8; 2 Ch. 18:7; also called rm? verse 14, and ^n3 H verse8 3,m. (3) Jer.
36:11,13.
?9*t? m.
(l) 2 Sam. 17:20, D.n?n
little
fir earn of ivater (from the root ?3Q, Arab. JjC* to

contain a
little water, as a well). (2) [Michat], pr. n. of a daughter of Saul, the wife of David, l Sa. 14:49; 19: ll,seq.; 2 Sa. 6:l6,
143:10; with art. ~l1K"pn KaT iô-^fji' a plain in the tribe of Reuben, near the city of N3TP Deut. 3:10; 4:43; Josh. 13:9, 16, 17, 21; 20:8; Jerem.
Ps.
'
48:21.
seq.
This
latter
see.
appears to be
contracted from
TSO'P which
V \_Meshach~\, pr. n. Ch. see ?^'^P No. 2. :J?? ' Dan. 2:49; 3:12. Pers. t <1*.^. ovicula. [" Lorsbach gives an explanation which is not unsuitable,
from the modern Persian
Thes.]
(" welfare"), [Mesha\, pr. n. of a kir of the Moabites, 2 Ki. 3:4.
$Li,
D.O water,
see *P.
(
r,^ guest of the king."
|TO?&
less it
|WO
be rather for pr. n. m. (l) l Ch. 24:9. (2) Ezr. 10:25; Neh. 1O:8; 12:5; f r which there is rPJ3P Nehemiah 12:17,41.
'P an unused root [referred to
|-1D
from the right handgunPPÎ), [Afijamin, Miamin],
y^?
y^fo
l
(id.)
[Mesha],
pr. n. of
a son of Calel
Ch. 2:42.
in Thes.],
to lie, to speak falsehood, Mth. fCftp^: be crafty, cunning, Heb. prob. to bear an appearance, to pretend, whence nHOri appearance, form,
Arab.
to
and
hence species, kind, sort, comp. Or. l&a, which also denotes both form and kind.
IK/ D only in pi. D^tJ^P, more rarely 3 (from the root "^). (1) straiijhtness of way, hence happiness (compare Proverbs 3:6; 11:6), Isaiah 26 7 Prov. 23:31, and 0^*0? Cant. 7 10, " in a straight
l
:
: ; :
|P m.form,
Always
Gen.
in the phrase ^'P?, ^13*07 " according to its

1: 11, 19, 21,
kind," Gen.
i
25; Lev. 11:15, 16; nj'pV

l
Hence (a) sincerity, probity, and adv. (way)." sincerely, Cant. 1:4. (b) justice (of a judge), Pa. 99:4: that which is just, Prov. 1:3- 8:6; Ps. 17:2. Dn^D? Ps. 9:9, and D'l^p Ps./i8:2, adv. justly. (2) peace, friendship, from the idea of evenness and easiness.
D'")tJ^P ntpy to
:24, 25; pi.
Dn\3O^ Gen.
:21.
make
(Syr. J.JLOO
peace, Dan.
family, race.)
ll :6; comp. verse 17,
and Mai. 2:6.
^1^5*^ nurse,
see.
%
part.
Hiph. from the root P3J which
"VP'O only in pi. i. q. "W No. 1. the string r\f a bow, Ps. 2 1 1 3 a cord of the tabernacle, Numbers 3:37; 4:26; Jer. 10:20.
: ;
for
2 Ki. 16:18 U'DD, a very doubtful *=P reading ^!PW, which see.
Ps.
O & JNÔ m
32:10, and
rtf
Isa.
(from the root 3X3), p l. 0<~ 53:3, MI. pain, Job 33:19
Josh .13: 8
Jer.
48
ni
?
.1
ll:37 ("beauty"),
\MephaalV.
i.
nj?Bp Josh. n. of a Le-
Metnph. pain of
12, 18.
soul, sorrow.
Exod us 3:7; Lam.
1'
CCCCLXXI
"V3?Q plenty,
see 1133. s?e ">33 Hiph.
pr. n. of
N!|3pD ("bond"), [MachbenaK], "

place',
Arab, a di{f similar figure taken from plants. .f-* ging; also the nature, quality of any one.
("sold"), [JtfacAir], pr. n. m. (l) a son of Mauasseh, the father of Gilead, Gen. 50 23 ; hence poetically used of the tribe of Manasseh, Jud. 5 :1 4*
:
[In Thes.
cloak" from the root
TDD
133
iCh.2:49.]
for '3,1?
*33pD (perhaps "what (is) like my no [" clad with a cloak?" from
children?"
the root
(2) 2 Sam. 9:4,5;
17:27.
Hence
patron.
'T?9
133 Thes.]),
[Machbanai],
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 12:13.
Num.
26:29.
'
"I3?ft (from the root "133 No. l) const. 13pp m.
prop. TO
to be
MELT AWAY,
in
"tytt,
network
* ;
(of brass), Ex.
27:4; 38:4,6,30; 39 39=
decay,
brought low,
^
coarse cloth, which a 8: 2 Viwvuirtiov, 15. fly net, cilicium, Kings some understand to Ke meant (following J. D. Miroot
l), '
'
")3DD m. Cfrom the \
133 No.
(Cognate are >1D,

CCCCLXVIII,A.
^X,
TO PINE, hence to Kal once, Ps. 106:43. "O Pi2O, see under page
c flaelis)
seems unsuitable to the context.

f.
Syr. ^^g> to be cast down, prostrated.) NIPHAL, fut. "^ id. 'to decay (used of a building), Eccl. 10: 18.
-13J?in
f01 -13On they
3?
(from the root n33)

:29; 9:15-
pi. n'l3D,
more rarely
HOPHAL, pi. Job 24:24.
decay,
i.e.
perish,
2 Ch. 2:9, (1) a smiting, striking, ~Deut. 25:3;
3H commonly taken to be for msp ^t?n ivheat beaten out, or threshed, but perhaps the reading is corrupted from nVsB D*t?n iKi. 5:25. Especially
used of plagues,
i.
7 Dp
see
Vp.
e.
calamities inflicted
;
by God, Lev.
L "VT^? (from the root nj>3) f. completion, perfection, found once in plur. 2 Chron. 4:21, J"lv?O 3nT " perfections of gold," i.e. the most
the purest gold.
II.
perfect,
26:21; Deu. 28:59, 6l 29:21. Isa. (2) a wound, l Ki. 22:35;

1
:
l :6.
Jud. (3) slaughter in battle, Josh. 10:10, 20; 1 : 33 !5 8 or wrought by God, l Sa. 6 : 1 9.
5 ;
from the root n?3 3:17;
(like to shut up), plur. ni7?p Ps. 50:9;

,
N7
n->i
Psalm 9:2l,for KT1O, a pen, a fold, Hab.

78:70.
(from the root ni3) a place the body, Lev. 13:24, 25, 28.
!"fi3?P
f.
burned on
/1/?Q m. (from
(l) a place,
cially
the root
?3),
P
'Arab.
(i.
m. (from the root

;
J-13
to stand)
^531?
used of perfect beauty.
perfection, espeEze. 23:12; 38:4,

clothed."
is perfect,
perfectly (splendidly)
-
Ezr. 2 :68
especially used of the
place
the habitation, the dwelling) of God (Êthiopic 0^~l^: the dwelling of God, a temple), Ex. 15:17; iKi. 8:13, 39,43; Ps. 33:14; 2011.6:33,39.
e.
^7?
D
(from the root A??) that which
perfection's. 50:2.
/7-r'? plural of the form ?/3p prop, beauties
(2) foundation, basis, Ps. 89:15; 97:2.

1's.
Plur.
(<Sd)6n^citen);
hence beautiful articles of mer-
104:5.
suff.
chandise,
27:24.
nr)33O Zec. 5:11 (o
especially
splendid garments, Eze.

Kings 5:25; constr. from
shortened into u,
l [Zec. 5:11 is made a separate art. in Thes.]), pi. flfabB. (1) aplace, Ezr. 3:3; compare Ezr. 2:68. 36. (2) abase, 1 Ki. 7:27 (3) [MekonaTi], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of
Gramm.
27, note
f.
food, once
u jOJU m.
1 1
:
plur.
treasures
1*?3 to
found once
Dan
43
from the root
hide away, lay up.
Judah, Neh. 11:28.

suff.
DOTWB
ibid.
Eze. 29:14; plur.
21:35, f., origin, nativity of any one, properly, digging out, mine, a place where metals are dug out, from the root 1-13
No. l,used in this sense
ibid.
16:3; TO'139
Ezr.2:27; Ô3O i Sa.l3:2,5; E^SB Nth. 11:31 ("laid up," "treasure," from the root DD3), [Michmas, MichmasJi], pr. n. of a town in thetrib
of Benjamin, situated to the west of Bethaven, l Sa. 1 3 5 5 Gr. Max/âc, iMac. 9 73 ; in Josephus, Mx/ni,
: :
DMp
(compare
Isa.
51 i);
:
by a figure taken from metals like the Germ, tfbjhmmung/ by a
Ant.
xiii. l
6.
[now Mukmas,
and
ÛÛ
7,
Rob.
ii.l
13].
OpD
Isaiah 51:20;
only in plur
CCCCLXXI1
bap ps
root
.
141 : 10, m.
the
net of
a,
hunter, from the
ip? No. IL
19: 8
;
?P
Amos
fut.
flD [" perh.

stiff.
1.TJD3O (as
if from
Arab.^^"]),
T3P! TO SELL (kindred to inp, Gen. 37 : 27, 28 ; Lev. 25

etc.; followed
JVJMD),
25; 27:20; Joel 4:3,
Hab
No.
1:15, 16; a fisher's net, from the root "ipa

II.
by ? of
price,
V
2:6; Psahn44: 13; specially

i.
(a) to sell a
see
DD3D.
nHp3p
(perhaps
"hiding place,"
see
n3),
[-MYcAtfAaJ, pr. n. of a town on the borders of Ephraim and Manasseh, Josh. 16:6; 17:7*
*5"]^PP ("
for *3"!3?
betroth her to any one (Syr. ; *w> to betroth, compare ">no No. II.), Gen. 31:15; Ex. 21 :"j. (6) to sell a people, used of Jehovah, i. e. to deliver into the power of an enemy, Deut. 32:30; T3 Enapn " and he sold them Jud. 2: 14,
daughter,
e. to
Dn^K
into the
what
(is)
like a liberal person?"

pr.
n.
n P),
[Machnadebai],
m., Ezr.
power of their enemies;" Jud. 3:8; 4:2, 9; 10:7. Compare Nah. 3 4. NIPHAL "13P?. (i) pass, of Kal, to be sold, Levit.
: :
10:40.
25 34
the root D33), only in plur. or dual, of the Hebrew priests, so
(2)
KOP (from
to
pass, of letter b, Isa. 50 : l ; 52 : 3. sell oneself as a slave, Lev. 25:39,42,47.
HITHPAEL
(2)
evil, l
to
constr. 'P}3P breeches called from their hiding
and concealing their naked-
ness (root D33). Josephus (Arch, iii-7, 1), describes them in these words, iaw/<a vipl TU alaola puirroy IK
fivoaov
K\a)ffrijc tlpyvv}if.vov, lp.fiaiv6vTiiJv
i'c
(i) to be sold, Deut. 28:68. sell oneself, i. e. to give oneself up, todr Ki. 21:20, 25; 2X1.17:17.
Derivatives,
T3O, ISOD, rnspp
[pr. n.
npp],
and
""OD m. with Neh. 13:16.
suff. *1?P.
avro riav
(l) something for sale,
voSuv vvepti avavpi$at;' airoTtftvtTai $t virtp ijp.iffv rat TiXevrijffav a)(p ri/c \ayovnr irtpi avrrjv airofffyiyyert.Ex.28:42;39:28;Lev.6:3; 16:4; 26.44:18.
(from the root CDS, like T0O from "HP), pr. (see fern.), then tribute, Num. * r Arab. 31 28, 37 41. Aram, ^S^c census,
.
(2) price of sale,
Num. 20:19.
an acquaintance,
(3) possession,
private property, Deu. 18:8.

"^PJ),
number, price
:
*13P m. (from the root

friend, prop,
fd)aft),
JQX>
abstr. friendship, familiarity (SSetannt*
2 Ki. 12:6, 8.
.
>
toll,
whence
is
formed a new verb

9
** to collect tri*
f
pp m
(from the root HIS) a pit, Zeph. 2:9.

f.
bute, also a
denominative noun
no^xa,
(.juiLe
J?P (with Tzere impure)
once plur. nii?C|
publican, tax-gatherer.
The Armenians have

it
also
adopted this noun; and they write fracted from this is Dp, fern.
Jtugu.
Con-
[" perhaps"] swords, so called from piercing through (Gr. nuxaipa), see the root "M3 No. I. ; hence, Gen. " 49:5, nrprrop Dpn 73 weapons of outrage (are)
(2)
f. (i) number, Ex. 12:4. price of purchase, Lev. 27:23.
This interJeromo, arma eorum. has been advanced 'Jewish writers, pretation by amongst others by R. Eliezer, in Pirke Avoth, c. 38,
their
swords."
tent,
m. (from the root HD3) a covering of a Ex. 26: 14; 36: 19; of a ship [the ark], Gen.
sword
JVJV Jlt^n D3in nx ^p 3py " Jacob cursed their (that of Levi and Simeon) in the Greek lan-
guage."
But we must
not,
however, contemn the
8:13.
(i) a (prop. part. Piel of the verb nD3) covering, Isa. 14:11, e.g. of a ship, Eze. 27:7; hence a garment, Isa. 23: 18. (2)
Levit.
opinion of L. de Dieu, in Critica Sacra ad h. L, and of Ludolf, in Lex. ./Eth. p. 87, who, by a comparison
with the Arab.

consult,
L^
to plot, to devise,
and 0^714, 1
to
^ft^:
counsel, translate the
word wicked
amentum,
9:19,
or caul, covering the intestines,
fully
a^rrrw riB?pn
a^Qri
Exod.
counsels, devices; and this is not hindered by the Tzere [not] being pure, see Lehrg. p. 595.
29:13, 22.
"PS?9f.( a doubling" ["'portion,' 'part,' Mot,' like the JEth.<ftft. ^:"]), [Machpclah], pr.n. of a field near Hebron, where Sarah was buried,
23-9,
7 95 25:9; 49 30; 50:13.
=
*~OD (" worthy of price," or bought" [" foi nfipp* price of Jehovah'"]), [IficAri], pr. name,
m., lCh.9:8.
*rH3p [Mecherat kite"],

place elsewhere
Gent. n. from nnjp, a
unknown,
Ch. 11:36.
CCCCLXXIII
'^Q (from the root ?*3) m. that against which any one stumbles, a stumbling block, " a stone of Levit. 19:14; Isaiah 8: 14, ?^?P
"l-1
TO
MAKE FULL.
(Arab. iU, Syr. \k&
id.
This rout
also is widely extended in the Indo-Germ. languages, in which, however, for there is p, as the Sanscr.
tumbling;" Isa.57:l4. Eze. 3:20, ?1Ebp ^W1 131. Vjp? "and I cast a stumbling block before
him and he die;" Jer. 6:21. Figuratively (a) a cause of the failing, a cause of the falling of any one, Eze. 18:30; 44:12; Ps. 119:165. (b) incitements to go astray (compare the verb, Mai. 2:8), " their ~ Cf E31J? Eze. 7:1Q; incitement & I4:3i T-; TIKOp
/
>
pie, to
fill
Gr.
TrXe'w (7rXr)jO?/c, TT/yuTrXjj/ut), 7rXe'oc
also
whence implere, complere^ plenus; Goth, fulljan ; Germ, fultcnôodj Engl./uM, to Jill. Also the Polish pz7y ; Bohem. piny. The
/3Xuw, /5pvw; Lat. plere;
original
idea
is
that
ueberfliefjen/ as is seen
of abundance, overflowing, from the cognate TrXf'w, TrXti'w,
the images of gods. (c) offence mind, scruple of conscience, l bam. 25:31.
to sin,"
i.
e.
of
to sail; also ^>Xew, 0\ww, fleo, fluo, pluo). Specially (a) to fill, as anything does a vacant space with its
own bulk
1:22, D"
seas
1
<V?r ?P
ruin, Isa. 3
:
or abundance; with an ace. of place, Gen. 1 . ? CD?piTTlK -INpp "fill the waters in the
; : :
f.
(i) ruin, used of a state brought to
5.
pi.
(a)
idols,
an incitement to sin, offence;

Zeph. 1:3.
used of
;" ver. 28 9 l ; Ex. 40 34, \3&PO'DS K?B ""^f " the glory of Jehovah filled the tabernacle;" l Ki. 8:10, 11; Jerem. 51:11, D'pWn I&^P "fill the
ra. (from the root 3^3). Ex. 32:16; Deut. 10:4. (a) something written; hence
(l) writing,
(a)
letter,
your bodies; surround yourselves a place with any thing, with two ace. of the place and the thing filling it, n $ IN ?!? "they have filled Eze. 8:17, DOn
shields," sc. with
with shields.
(b) to fill
HST
Germ,
etn
<3d)tetben
used of a letter),
38:9.
(Arab, t^jli^ and t-_>f_-c 2 Ch. 21:12. (b) a poem, Isa.
the land Avith violence;" Eze. 28:16; 30:11; Jer. 16: 18; 19:4; more rarely followed by IP of that
which
fills,
Ex. 16:32; often also

fills,
(c)
:
with the ac-
Compare
f.
DPlpp.
cusative of the thing Avhich
Eze. 32 29, D^l- '^?9
nrpp
ing, Isa.
(from the root ^^3) fracture, break30:14.
ninv "fill your hand to Jehovah," sc. with gifts to be offered to him; Est. 7:5, " who is he "&$ |3 niby p ia? who has filled his heart (sc. with bold-
^9
m.
ture], (b in
to
i. q. 3Ppp No. 2, b [a VERT bold conjeccommon usage has gradually been changed
ness) to do this?"
Job 36:
17,
specially
m, compare page xcvi, A), something written, a poem. It only occurs in the headings of
the cause of
i. e. who has dared to do this? n&6p ytrjni"and (if) thou fillest the wicked," i. e. fillest up the measure
of the sins of the wicked, rcenn
bit
bag
unbenmaafj
be
Psalms 16, 56 60, compare Isa. 38:9. Others very unsuitably render DP?P (as from 0^5 gold) a golden or most precious poem. [This meaning, however
unsuitable
least
it might seem no rash conjecture.]
grewlS
fulleft
(compare Gen. 15:16).
to
Gesenius, requires at
6:13, Dpn pNH n^>O filled with violence." Jud. 16: 27, " the house was
full
l
(2) intrans. to be filled, to be full, Josh. 3:15, followed by an ace. of the thing with which any thing " the earth is is full. Gen.
Q' Job 32 18, "I am full E"j-rJ ?'3^p of men." of words;" Ps. 10:7; 26:10; 33:5548:11; 65:10: Isa. 11:9, etc.; followed by JP Isaiah 2:6. Specially
:
m. (from the root

Prov. 27:22.
K>n3).
(i) a
mortar,
(2) Jud. 15:19, prob. mortariolum dentium, Gr. oXfilffKoc, socket of a tooth, see Bochart, Hieroz. t i. p. 202. [Is it not a place of such a form that is
in
Hebrew
it
is
said
(a)
^?3 ^vPP my
soul
i!
spoken of in the cited passage?]

(3) Zeph. i : 11 \_Maktesh'], pr. n. of a valley near Jerusalem, prob. so called from its resemblance to a mortar.
used of taking vengeance, Ex. 15:9. (b) ti be fulfilled, or completed, used of space of time.
filled,
Gen. 25 24, Trkb rvOJ ISÔ'I " and her time was fulfilled for bearing," her time to bring forth
:
arrived. 50:3, D'paqn
*&>*$?.
13
"so do they fulfil

:
7:5) and f* /'-) in pret. K being occasionally castaway, 'nVo J b 32 18; -1$O Eze. 28:16; inf. nx?0 Lev. Job 20 2 2\ 8:33; n<l
l,
N4
'J (see No.
the time of embalming," i. e. so many days does il continue (compare Est. 2:12); 29:21; Levit. 8 33 ;
Est.
^P
fat
*?!. Med. A,
Est. 7:5), TO FILL,
[
(l) transit, (pret. once
12:4,6; Lam. 4:18; Jer. 25:34. NIPHAL (principally used in fut.), i. q. Kal No. 2, to be filled, to be full, with an ace. Genesis 6: 11, Don p.^n ^/'Pfll " and the earth was full of violence." Ex. i :7, Dn'N pKH Npprn "and the land was filled
CCCCLXX1V
with them;" 1X1.7:14; 2X1.3:17; also followed by IP of the thing, Eze. 32:6; and ? Hab. 2:14. Used of the mind, or desire being filled, Ecc. 6:7; To be of time completed, Exod. 7:25; Job 15:32. filled with iron (with an ace.), with arms, used
libation in
gems,
for to insert, set

'-5;
honour of Fortune. So D'?3X top to fill them in sockets. Ex. 28:

35:33-
17; 3 l
Once
KQihfTjra K/?PP "and
armed, fenced, 2 Sa. 23:7. PIEL N?P, more rarely K?P Jer. 51:34; inf. N?P and nw&e fut. !?9!, once njpp; Job 8:21, to fill, to
for to be
.
with waters) over all its (3) with two accus. of the thing to be filled and that which fills, see Kal No. i,b. Exod. 35 35, &>?9
:
i Chr. 12:15, Kl^ (Jordan) filled (its bed banks."
absol.
it
make
full, to fill up. (l) Construed with an ace. of the thing which is Obsene the phrases (a) filled, i. q. Kal No. 1, c.
3?~np?n Dnx ]^ e heart." Job 3:15;

Jer.
jias
filled them with wisdom of

1
22
Isa.
33:5.
fills,
More
followed by JP of the thing which
rarely Psa. 127:5;
51 :34; Levit. g: 17;

fill one's
hand, i.e. to d< liver the priesthood into his hand, Ex. 28:41; 29:9; Lev.2l:lo. (6) to fill one's hand to Jehovah, sc. with gifts,
to fill
any
one's
JVâ IT "to
PUAL
followed
part.
also, ? in this phrase, N.?P hand with a bow," i.e. to

:
take hold of a bow, 2 Ki. 9 24.
DWOp filled
14.
up with gems
as set;
i.e. to offer
large gifts,
in Kal,
Chr. 29:5; 2 Chron. 13:9;

:
by 3 Cant. 5:
Compare
Piel No. 2.
89:31; compare Kal No.

i.
Ex. 32 29.
Figuratively
(c) of time, to fulfil, to a, b).
bring to an end (compare Genesis 29:27, "fulfil this week,"
mutually
HITHPAEL, pr mutually to fill each other out, i. e. to aid each other, as it were filling out each
followed
other's vacancies;
by
/J?
to
attack with
n.
week; verse 28; Job 39:2; Dan.9:2; (d) to fill up, or complete compare 2 Ch. 36:21. a number. Ex. 23:26, "I will fi 1 1 up the number of
e, finish this
i Sa. 18:27, "David thy days;" comp. Isa. 65:20. D^VP'l and filled them brought the foreskins " i. e. to the king, brought them in full number. " I will fill 1 Ki.l :i4, T.!?T n ? up (or add to,
united strength, Job 16:
10.
Derived nouns are. Ni?P, ntOQ, pr. m m 9 f and those which immediately follow.
Ch. to fill, Dan. 2:35. ITHPAEL pass. Dan. 3:19.
N7DV T ? n?D\ T;*I

|
^^
VW
K/
an
24.
confirm) thy words." (e) to fill, to satisfy the soul, i. e. the desire, hunger, Job 38:39; Pro. 6 : 30 (comp.
m. ~X7>p f. verbal adj. (i) filling, with ace. of place, Isa. 6: i,?3Mn~nt<l lyM?" his
CWP
under
Isa.
'I'D).
29:8.
:
a promise, 1 1 Kings 2 27.

fully, out fully,"
i.e.
i.
an empty soul, i. e. famishing, Compare Kal No. 2, a. (f) to fulfil Ki. 8: 15; a vow, Ps. 20:6; a prophecy,
train (was) filling (filled) the temple."
Jer. 23:
Opp.
to
Compare the
root,
Kal No.
l, a.
with another verb, to do anything Jer. 4:5, 1X1? "cry thoroughly.

(<?)
^P
(2) intransitive, filled, full, as **!?!? ^P? full i.e. the just price, Gen. 23:9; followed bj an accus. Deut. 6 1 1 3 ID'73 D 0^3 " houses
money,
full of
WO
e.
strongly, as
\\
it is
well given
by the any
do
Vulg.
Compare Arab.
J^]\ %(
and
to observe
e. to
one
closely,
L.
J*=r-
to do,
to fulfil,
i.
carefully.
Also without the verb, by ellipsis n to bend a bow strongly, for ri'^n
good things." Deut. 34:9; Isa. 51:20; Am. 2: 13; and a genit. Jer. 6: ll, D'PJ &OD fui days, advanced in age. Isa. 1:21. Once with a n ^!?P Am. 2:13. A full wind pleonastic dat. ?y Jer. 4:12, n?XD NpD rH is a strong, violent wind. "a wind stronger than (is needful for) these" (i.e.
all
than for winnowing) (comp. Jer. 4 5 Neutr. N?D (a) subst. fulness.
; :
12:6).
Zee.
9:13; Compare Arab.

^.-i-4
jM^\
,j
LJ
p.
and
fully
top *p waters of
fulness,
i.e. full,
Psal. 73:10, abundant. (b)
(JM^\
Schult. Opp. Min. sjiH 1<!
adv. fully, i.e. with a full voice, Jer. 12:6; in full
176,355;
number, Nah.
10.
1
and Syr.
*?.DK
)Vja
to follow the
ft^; also Lord

14;
nnx
t<!?p for
fully, i.e. to
113$ N^ shew full
obedience to him;
Numb. 14:24; 32:11,12; Deut.

9,
l
1:36; Joshua 14:8,

frequently.
Kings ll:6; and so
Eze. 41 :8, m. hence that which is full; (l) fulness followed by a genit. i Ki. 17:12, H5 &OP " fulnesi of hand," i.e. a handful, etne $anb oll. Exod. 9:8,
once
/Q
(guile);
(a) Avith
is
an ace. of the thing with which any thing

e
hands
18.
filled
(ehuaS
infutlen), for to
,
in to.
Isa.
65
1 1
^DPP
out a drink
pour DKJDpn
fill
into, to
put who pour
" D3\3?n top the fulness of your hands," i. e. your eure inbe oll. Also, with the addition full, Nu. 22: of the thing with which any thing is full.
offering to Fortune," or
a cup with a
water."
a basin full of Jud. 6:38, D?P ?SE>n NV?tp Amos 6:8, n^pp-l "W "the city and those
CCCCLXXV
who
(i.
fill it;"
:
i.
e. its
inhabitants.
Isa.
42:10, D'H
it
prescribed
tefdncftn/
Dnn^1 D\K
e. sailors,
i&6lp1
the sea and those that fill
were the inhabitants of the sea), the islands and their inhabitants." Psalm 96:11. Hence
as
it
any one (comp. Germ, fd)ic?cn> LutK Genesis 39 1 1 Exod. 20:9, 10, nriX^p-^ nb>J?n t6 "thou shalt do no work;" Exod. 31:14,15; 35:2; Lev. 23:7 Specially of the wor k of an artizan; Exod. 31:3; 35:35,^1^ ^5 X <P
to
beforgen).
:
(a)
in
multitude, crowd; Arab. Syr. JooîO Barhebr. often. Gen. 48 19, Dfl5n &6p. Isa. 31:4.
:
^,
made
of a smith;" "ity ^l?^P Ccbcravbcif/ something of leather, Lev. 13:48; mn D^3 n3^p "the works placed in the temple of Jehovah," i Ch. 23:4; Ezr. 3:8;
i
"work
1&V?V f. fulness, abundance, specially used of that portion of corn and wine which was to be offered to Jehovah as tithes or first-fruits. The legisonly was asked from them in which they themselves abounded. Used of corn, Exod. 22:28, î?P LXX. Dent. 22:9, Vl'TH i"lis?D nTrap^ctc aXwroc xal \jjrou.
lator thus signified to the Israelites that that
HDxWl ^y workmen,
2 Ki. 12:12;
"^
^?^r'?^"' y those who are set over works to be done, 1 Ki. 5 30. Used of public affa irs, Est. 3:9; 9:3;
:
Wfl
plur. of the works of God, Ps. 73 28. (2) the property, or wealth of any one, Exod.
:
22:7,10; especially
(compare
'
ca-ttle,
Gen. 33:14; 183.15:9
|i?'?).
Used of wine, Nu. 18:27, }D n*Op3 nK-nr>!. 3&V3 "like the abundance of the wine-press." LXX. cHaltjia. O.KO
mjn
rVOK7
const.
nNJ>0
f.
message, Hag. 1:13
(from the root
"^P).
filling, or setting of gems, Ex. 28: 17; verse ittVp, 20; 39:13; see N?P No. 2.
N?Jp
f.
^3^7^ (abbreviated from n'?^?)? "the messenger of Jehovah;" whence LXX. MaXa^/ac, Vulg.
Malachias; comp.
*"VIK
for
(l) inauguration to the sacerdotal office, prop, the delivery of the office (see N?D No. l, a), Lev. 8:33; Ex. 29:22, 26, 27, 31. Meton.
pi.
HJ'i-IN),
^7
\_Malachi\, pr. n.
m.
of the last of the prophets of the Old Test. Mai. 1:1.
sacrifice of inauguration (compare and sacrifice for sin), Lev. 7 37 8:28,31.

:
the
J"lKt3n
sin,
ness; a place abounding in
>
(2)i.q.
nKEx. 25:7;
-
35:9.
to
fulgood things. Others take it not badly for i. q. HN?p setting of a ring, so that the eyes are compared to a gem filling up the
all
N.P
(from the root
O), fern. Cant. 5:12,
7^ m
see).
hollow of a ring.
(from the root ^K?
depute, which
.
(from the root ^3?), a garment,
i.
q.
(1) one sent, a messenger, whether from a private person, Job 1:14, or of a king, l Sa. 16:19;
2 Ki. 10:22.
m
p
(1)
f.
19:11,14,20;
Ki. 19:2, etc. (Syr. ]LojLc, Arab.
kiln, Jer. 43 9
:
(denom. from ^33? a brick), a brick Nah. 3 14.

; :
CO*
:
id.)
pi.
D-
(2) a messenger of God, i. e. (a) an angel, Ex. 23:20; 33:2; 2 Sam. 24:16; Job 33:23 (see f6);
Zee. l 9, seq.
;
word, speech,
and PT (from the root i. q. "O^, a word of frequent

9
**
2:2,754:1,
;
seq.
more
fully
\\
"qN^P
Gen. 16:7; 21:17; 22:11,15;

Jud. 6:11, seqq.
Bibl.
Cf.
De
22: 22, 'seqq.; Angelologia V. T., De Wettii
Num.
use in the Aramtean (Syr. )AJ\^>); in the Old Test. only used in poetry, and, besides Prov. 23:9: Psalm 19:5; 139:4; 2 Sam. 23:2, only found iu the book of Job,6:26; 8:1O; 13:17; 23:6; 32:15; 36:2. Figuratively, the object of discourse; specially, iu
derision;
171, seqq. edit. 2. (b) a prophet, Hag. 1:13; Mai. 3:1. (c) a pries t, 00.5:5; Mai. Once 2:7. (d) of Israel, as being the
Dogm.
Job 30:9, nVp^>
DiTJ 'HK1.
messenger
(2) a thing, like ~&\, Job 32:11.
of
God and the teacher of the

this
Gentiles, Isa.
42
19.
[But
["
passage speaks of Christ himself.]
rbti
(l) a
V
f.
W?9 Ch. an angel;

T
Chald., emphat. st. r|O; pi. |^P. word, speech, Dan. 4:28, 30; 5:l/>.
with
suff.
aa^g
Dan.
(2) a thing, Dan. 2:8, 15, 17.
3:28; 6:23."]
W?;
^P^ ?
fera -
(by a Syriacism for HDN^p), con st.
with
72
masc. prop, a ranpart, mound, bailt with stones aid earth CChaldee xn^
suff.
1FI??9;
plur.
rriYi&p, const.
(i; prop, service (see the root
^);
hence
work
and
filled in
CCCCLXXVI
(a) lem, a Sa. 5:9;
Specially
2
[Jf i//o], part of the citadel of Jerusa-
to
natter,
i.
q.
ft'
e We,
weak (from UK
of
1X1.9:15,24511:27;
Ch. ll:8;
Chron. 32:5, as to which, see Hamelsveld, Geogr.
Bibl. L iL p. 35, seqq. It appears to be the N^P JV3 2 Kings 12: 21. But (b) X'Ô Jud.
is
same as
idea of softness),
-L*
fugitive
(from the idea
a castle of the Shechemites, and
fcO?D
9:6,20, JV3 its in-
slipping away, comp. B?P), and Heb. in Niph. [In Thes. the primary idea is given " i. q. n"}D to thresh
habitants, ibid.
(with r softened into /)."]
NIPHAL,
to
Hi ?U
8 lain,
glide away,
in.
(denom. from HpD
salt), lialimus,
Greek
-
51:6,
TO
like
1^3
D^
to flee, to
>3
for the
vanish. heavens
IsaL
shall
a\tpo^ (atriplex halimus, Linn.), orach, sea-pur a saline plant (compare the word salad, as
vanish
is
smoke."
Besides in the root
used in Engl. also Ital., French, Germ.), the leaves of this plant, both raw and dressed, were eaten by the poor ( Athen. Deipnos. iv. 1 6), Job 30:4; see Abenbitar ap. Boch. in Hieroz.
t. i.
the active signification to draw, to pull (jiet)en jerren), whether with the hands or with the teeth,
compare tfÂ* ! the Heb. E'r6o

II.
to
draw, to pull,
to seize,
and hence
p.
873, seqq.
rags.
to salt,
]yu ("reigning,"
(2) Neh. 10:5;
or
n/D
i.
q.
Syr.
..
(Arab. -J^)
denom. from n?D.
sellor"), [J/a//c/i], pr. n. m.
12:2; also
'?-l?P
(l) l Ch.6:29. Neh. 12:14 arO,

(4)
Lev. 2:13.
where
10:28.
np
is
W^?.
(3) Ezr. 10:29.
Nehem.
PUAL, pass. Ex. 30:35. _ HOPHAL nppn, inf. absol. Dppn to be washed with salt water, as a new-born babe, Eze. 16:4.
I.
f.
and
Sa.
10:25 (from the root
PHP
i.
(Arab.
m. SALT,
nn
D) the salt
?),
2 Sa. 12:26; nDl^pn
kingdom, dominion; n3-V?Jpn TV royal city, KD3 royal throne, 1 Ki. 1:46;
:
sea,
e.
the
is
Dead
Sea, or lacus asphaltites, the water
of which
salt,
na^lpn jnj royal stock, Jer. 41 rOV?p to exercise rule, to reign,

'-<
Dan. 1:3;
impregnated and almost saturated wi Gen. 14:3; Nu-34:i2; Deu.3:i7- n^p V. the
Ki. 21:7.
see
-
WP No.
2.
n"?p nn? Nu. 18:19; 2 Ch. *3 5 (comp. Lev. 2:13) a covenant of salt, i.e. most holy, most firm, because in making such a cove-
valley of salt, see "I

:
a place where travellers lodge, whether in the open air, or beneath a roof, a H inn, lodging-place, Gen. 42:27; 43:21; Ex. 4:24; used of a place where soldiers encamp for
p /9
(from the root
])?),
of
np ^ TV3 a statue nant, consecrated salt was eaten, a stone of fossil salt, salt, resembling a column,
such as are found [?] near the Dead Sea, Gen. 19:26. No. II., n^p, rn?p n-^p. Derivatives,
ro
the night, Isa. 10:29.
fern,
of the preceding; a booth in which
Q' n ?P torn garments, only in plur. from 12 the root HpD No. l. : 1 Jer. ; 38 1, rags,
II.
"79
garden-keepers lodge, Isa. 1:8; also a suspended bed, hanging from lofty trees, in which wanderers and also the keepers of gardens and vineyards lodge
for fear of wild beasts;
P.?, see Buxtorfii
n/0 Ch. (from the noun n,p) to eat salt, Ezr. 4:14. Slaves for whom their owner provides victuals
are said
to
eat of
vol.
i.
any
one's
salt,
see
Rosenmtiller,
Arabic and Aram.

v.
Morgenland,
p. 688.
Lex. Chald. h.
and Niebuhr's
Ch. salt, Ezr. 4: 14.
Description of Arabia, p. 158, Isa. 24:20.
a root, ajra
m. with Kametz impure, Eze. 27:9(d3nom. p from HpD in the signification of sea, comp. Gr. aXc);
I
Xeyo/z.
Isa.
51:6.
sup-
pose the primary signification to have been that of
a sailor, Eze. 27:9, 27, 29; Jon. 1:5.

Syr. )l.\:g> id.)
(Arab.
JU
SLIPPEBINESS, SMOOTHNESS, and SOFTNESS(comp. transp. ?pn, also ji^ to smooth, to soothe, Greek
uaXatroC) ^jftX/^toc
(/"'^-')
a/'Xyu, Lat. mulceo, mulroots, the third radical
7;,and
of
a great
is
many cognate
which
a dental or a
sibilant,
sited
under these words).
0?p, pip and those Hence ,^1* Conj. ILL
a salt land, and on that account barret^ 107:34; fully nn^p fy& J er 17:6 ii. 238, Salsa tellus Virg. Georg. fmgibus injelix. Plin. H. N. xxxi. 7. Compare Boch. Hieroz. torn, i
f.
nn/p
Job39:6;
Ps.
p.
872.
CCCCLXXVH
.
t.
once
'
WM/U
Sa.
taprfro.'piur.
nisn^p (from the

7:1,
root
13:22; with orb NO. 2).

to
^7 u
which
,
m. cement, so callel
(Syr.
frrtn
being spread of
smoothened over
is
(1) pr.
inf.
fighting.
it"
or abstract verbal noun; " to Isa. Hvy

it.
fight, a
^^252
itself
from the notion of smootl

s
-
(the city), to besiege
npnppp fight against Hence battle, Exodus
01
to spread, to smear, jiess, see

id.,
B?P).
Arab. JeJU, Syr. |-ÎÔ

Ital.
also Gr. /uaXOij,
13:17; Job 39: 25.
Oy
war, npnpp ifry, followed by J"lS (RN) and wage war against any one, Gen. 14:2; Deu. 2O 12, 2O. 3 HDnpp ""U^n there was war with any one, 2 Sam. 21:15, 20. '~"?n?p E*X a warrior, a soldier,
(2)
to
:
Lat. maltha,
malta, Jer. 43:9.
HWO
O'79
("whom Jehovah
m. Neh. 3:7.
freed"), \Mela-
tiah'\, pr. n.
Nu. 31:28; nionpp C 'K

versary in Avar,
toltf
1
id. Isa.
42
nJ
also
an ad-
[Melicu'], see
^P No.
2.
Ch. 18: 10.
?CW
i.
BJ7 ba
army, Josh. 8:1; 11:7.

2:20.
Meton.
q.
instruments of war, arms, Psalm 76:4; compare

Hos. 1:7;
(3) victory, the fortune of war (pr. the devouring of enemies), Ecc. 9:11, fipnpP c> l'23p NP
f. an ear of corn, prop, used of an ear of corn cut off (from the. root ??? No. II.), once Deut. 23:26.
"?fQ
"victory
/'
(does) not (always happen) to the strong."
(l) a mocking i"TCvJp f. (from the root f6). song, Hab. 2:6, see the root Kal No. 2. (2) prop, an interpretation; hence what needt an interpretation, an enigma, an obscure sayir.g,
not used in Kal, pr. TO BE

to
SMOOTH ["TO
to
Prov. 1:6.
to
MAKE SMOOTH"], hence

the kindred Op.3.
cited
slip
away,
escape,
i.q.
)
(Of the same family are the roots under np> No. I. The third radical is a dental
I
reign,
to be
king.
reign; Syr,
id.;
Arab.
i_|_^L< to possess, to
or
sibilant
to
in
fPP.,
Arabic jl*
II.
to
soften,
ci^L
smooth, to
flatter, ,u*L<; to
be
soft,
smooth,
to escape, to slip jL<
away, Gr.
pi\$ti} to soften, fjiuXaar-
au,
fjLttXlffffw,
although in these the root has y, [comp.

;
Germ, milb, etc. api Xyw, ^tnXacoci mulgeo, mulceo"] With the letter I hardened is formed t3"lp^ which see.)
PIEL
compare Lat. consulere for judistatuere care, (whence consul), and the Old Germ. rattien for to rule, to govern; compare Niphal.) i Ki. 6:1; 2 Ki. 24: 1 2 25 27 followed by ?#_ 1 Sa. 8 7 12:14; Psa.47:9, and? Josh. 13:12, 21 (to rule over, t;errfcf)en fiber), although ? is also not unfreto consult,
; : ; :
and Ch.
B?p and Bpp
(i) to
l
cause
Ki.
i
:
to escape, to
IK'Q?
quently
(2)
3 of place, Jud. 4:2,
to
deliver from danger, Job 6:23; 29:12.

to preserve one's
B?P
become king,
tjcvrf^cn ju/ to reign in. 2 Sam. 15:10; 16:8; l Ki
own
life,
'3
^33 D?D
14:21.
HIPHIL, to make king, followed by an ace. l Sam. *5'-35i l Ki. 1:43; dat. l Chr. 29:22 (as if to give the kingdom to any one).
to preserve
(2) to
any one's life, 2 Sa. 19:6; Ps. 116:4. lay eggs, pr. to cause to escape, Isa. 34: 15;
(Arab.
to
ee Hiph. No. 2.
!uL
to
foetus.)
HOPHAL
Isa.
^1?'P? to
to
HIPHIL
(2) to
(i)
deliver,
NIPHAL,
rescue,
31:5.
be made king, Dan. 9:1. consult, Neh. 5:7; see the Syriac
"
bring forth, Isa. 66:7. NIPHAL (i) to be delivered, Ps. 22:6; more often however reflect, to deliver oneself, to escape,
6531.19:19; iSa. 30:17; Pro. 11:21; 19:5; 28:26. (2) to go away in h as te without the notion of
flight, i Sa.
usage pointed out above.
The
derivatives immediately follow, except
? ?9,
!|
also in pause], with suff. *:J7^ [so

I I|
^pP,
pi.
D^?<P,
20 29.
:
once r?<P Prov. 31:3, and, by insertion of a mater lectionis K, B ?N P9 2 Sam. 11:1 [a'na], m.
(l) a king.
9
HITHPAEL, i.q. Niph. Job 19: 20, " I have (hardly) escaped with '$?
teeth," proverb, for, there
"liy? ntp^prixi the skin of my
(Arab. tlL<, <Jj3U, rarely <J_L<, Followed by a genit. of people or land,
sound in
hardly remains anything (Arab, by a similar proverb to go away with one's head, i. e. to preA-J^J Va-j serve one's Poet, used of sparks flying about, life.)
my
Syr.
as
'-iN>x>.)
body.
but ^P. Gen. 14:2; JTVirP TiSo, httW Jehovah's king, Ps. 2:6; 18:51, is the king of Israel The name of kinj [Messiah] appointed by Jehovah.
anD
Ô
~ob4i:u.
Hence
is
often applied
(a) to Jehovah, as being the king
CCCCLX XVIII
>f Israel,
:
and of individual
Israelites, Ps.
5 3
:
6;
sacrifices.
Compare
seq.
my
Comment, on
Isa.
ii.
343
44 5; 48:3 (in which passage he is called the great king); 68:25; 74=12; 84:4; Deut. 33:5: or of the whole ea-th, Ps. 47:3, 8, compare 3pJ "^P Isa. 41: l; ^*"' ^? 44:6, of Jehovah. (b) to idols, vrhen those who worship them are the speakers,
compare fiaviXivc, D 3?P^|?O king D. y' 351; * 233. of kings is a title of the king of Babylonia, Ezek. 26:7 (see Ch.); ^"130 ^P? the great king, a title of the king of Assyria, Isa. 36 4 (compare fiairiXevs 6 ^t'yac, yut'yac /3a<ri\wc, often in Aristophanes and Plato, of the king of Persia, and Syr. L^ |n\x> in Barhebr. of the Roman emperor). Farther, kings are sometimes introduced as leaders of armies, Job 15:24;
;
compare 327,
^275
__
Chald. a queen, Dan. 5:10.

f
Ji
^ '^L^.
i^7f-
(fr
the root "13?), a snare, a trap
Job 18:10.
Isa.
8:21
Am. 5:46;
Zeph.
:5,
3/ p
queen, Esth. 1:9, seqq.
7:1, seqq.; pL
used of the wives of Solomon who were of royal race, opposed to concubines (D'C'J.P'S), Cant.
6:8,9.
D7P (id.,
or
by
;
the Chald. usage, "counsel"),

of
:
\_M ilcah"], pr. n. a daughter of Haran, the wife Nahor, Gen. 1 1 29 22 20.
:
18:14; 29:25.
with the
(2) [3f e/ec/tj, pr. n. m. i Ch. 8:35; 9:41. art. Jer. 36:26; 38:6.
see
Also
const.
no, emphat.
:
Kntt
f.
Ch. king-
^SH
dom, and
y<?
emphat. K3/O, nsSp;
pi.
J^D, and
(in the
Hebrew mode) D'3?P Ezra 4: 13, Ch. king. "^P NJ3?P king of kings, of the kin^ of Babylonia, Dan.
8:37 (compare Eze. 26:7); of Persia, Ezr. 7: 12, the latter of which is now called jlijJfcLi Shahinshah,
i. e. king of kings. The same title of honour was given to the kings of Egypt, the Moguls, the Parthians (see my Comment, on Isa. 1O:8), the JSthio-
royal dignity, Dan. 4: 28; Ezr.4:24; 6:15; and, the dominion of a king, Dan. 2:39, 41, 44; pL Nnj?^D Dan. 2 44 7:23.
;
'7P fern, (denom. from ^P). (l) kingdom^ royal dominion, & word of the later Hebrew for the older n:tan i Ch.l2: 23,^^ ri^p" the kingdom
;
of Saul;" 'Dan. i : i, "in the third year O'iî'T nw^j of the reign of Jehoiakim," Dan. 2 l 8:i; l Ch
: ;
pians (see Axum. Inscr. in Buttmann's Museum fur Dan. 7:17, in prophetic Alterthumswiss. vol. i.).
language P?/O kings,

^-
is
put for kingdoms.

Ch. counsel, Dan. 4:24.
*|?9 m. with
suff. ^371?
26:31; rVGppn W2 royal palace, Esth. 1:9; 2:l6 5:1; elsewhere "^SH n ?. Meton. used of roya " ornaments; Esther 5: l, JT13?P "WCX B'SpFll an< Esther put on royal apparel." (2) a kingdom, i. e. a country and people subjed to a king; JTHrP. flO/D the kingdom of Judah, 2 Ch.
11
always with
artsn
("king") Moloch,
11:17; D^B'? n^3?p the kingdom of the Chald< Dan. 9:1 pi. ni3$p Dan. 8:22.
;
Ammonites, who was also at various times worshipped by the Israelites in the valley of Hinnom, who offered human sacrifices to him, Lev. l8:2l ; 2O:2, seq.; iKi. 11:7; 2Ki.23:io. Also called 03?P and ESpO, which se. Aqu., Symm.,
an
idol of the
7^270 (" G od's

[Malchiel], Nu. 26:45.
pr. n.
king," i.e. appointed by Gc m. Gen. 46:17. Patron, in
n*37
and
^*?70 (" king
of
Jehovah,"
i.i
MoXo^. Moloch. According to the rabbins, his statue was of brass, with a human form, but the head of an ox; it was hollow within, and heated from below, and the children to be sacrificed were cast into its arms and in like manner is the
Theod., Vulg.
;
appointed by Jehovah), [Malchiah, Malchijah] (l) Ezra 10:31; Neh. 3:11. pr. n. m. (2) Ne 8:4; 10:4. (3) of many others, l Ch. 9:12; 24:<
Ezr. 10:25, *!
statue of Saturn
among
14,
the Carthaginians described
by Diodorus, xx.
Karthager, p. 19, gion of the Poeni, in Gruber's Encyclop. vol. xxi. p. The Moloch of the Ammonites and the Saturn 99.
of the Carthaginians
compare Miinter, Religion der and my observations on the reli-
73^37^? (" king of righteousness"), Melchizedec, king of Salem (Jerusalem), and

of Jehovah, Gen. 14:18; Ps. 110:4.
pr.
pric
D"}V?
pr. n.
("king
l
of height"), \_Malchiram_
m.
both represented the planet Saturn, which was regarded by the Phcenicio-Shemitic nations as a n-a^ni/iur, to be appeased by human
Ch. 3:18.
("king
pr. n.
of a son of Saul,
of aid"), [Melclii-shua] l Sam. 14:49; 31:9; alw
CCCCLXXIX
with the words separated 1O:2.
JHBO
Ch. 8 33
:
9 39
:
POEL
73
5,
fut. ?.?to! to
cut off, Psalm 90:6;
stx
fclD Pilel.
(l) of an idol of the [Malcham~\, pr.n. Bloabites and Ammonites, i. q. D^?P and ^b Jerem. 47:1,3 (but Zeph. 1:5; Am. 1:15; D??P is an ap(2) m. l Ch. 8:9. pellative [with stiff.]).
DpP
Deriv. ^7*70. Note. Some regard the notion of cutting as primary, and this they consider to be applied to speak-
ing (see H. A. Schultens ad Elnawabig, this I leave undetermined.
p.
132), but
Dj?P Milcom,
monites,
l
f.
i.
q.
Molech, an
idol of the
Amjoiv-
Ki. 11:5,33; 2 Ki. 23:13.
>7U Chald. Pael,
to
speak, Dan. 7:8, il, 2O,
2/>
of the Chald. form *$P (AJ on the

It
^?P (" eloquent"),

12:36.
[.Jfi/afafj, pr. n. m., Neh.
trary |"I3?D from ^/P), a queen.
only occurs, Jer.
19, 25, in which passages D^P^n 7:18; 44:17 "the queen of heaven," to whom the Avomen of Israel paid divine honours, is either the moon, or AsSo the LXX. tarte (O'T.h^y), i. e. the planet Venus.
nDTO
r
P7 ?
1
1p 3n nppp
i
or \u7iJ m., once constr. st. Jud. 3:31, " an ox-goad;" Gr. fiovirXtf, II. vi. 135,
povKivrpot', see Schbtten,

I
have rendered in chap. 44, and Vulg. always. However not a few copies write fully J"i?K?P worship, i. e. abstr. prop, concr. deity, goddess (of heaven), in
like
De Stimulo Bourn, Francof. 1774, and Rosenm. Morgenland, on Jud. loc. cit. Root "1P7 No. l to correct, to chastise.
,
manner the Syriac

i> the
translator renders
it
worship of heaven.
art.
not used in Kal, TO BE SMOOTH (compare the cognate verbs n?O No. I. B?P and the remarks there given). NIPHAL, used of pleasant words, Ps. 119: 103.
Y /P
V7^
I.
with the
("
queen"), [Hammole-
V??
name
iceth], pr.n. l
Ch. 7:18.
Dan. i:ii, 16; the with the art. of an office in the court of Babylon, prob. Pers.
lBD
7Q
TO SPEAK, a word mostly poet, for the
^Le
to others prefect of the wine; according
common
prefect of the treasury.
It (Chald. and Syr. <?P, "^Sfc^ "id. in some measure imitates the sound, like the Greek In Kal once part. 771D Pro. 6:13. XaXt'w, lat(en).
"I3"1}.
TO BREAK, TO
CRUSH
(ctnlntcEcn),
Levit
PIEL <pp id. Const, with ace. to speak of, to utter any thing; Job 8: 2, "how long wilt thou utter such things?" Job 33:3; Ps. lo6:2. With a dat. of pers. and followed by direct discourse, Genesis 21:7,
" who would have said to Abra'131 Drn2K7 7?p ^p ham, Sarah shall give suck?" Com pare "121 No. l, c.
Deriv.
the root PIS, whence this has arisen, the letter r being softened into /, p, and m LXX. interchanged. Syr. and Chald. 37E vellicavit.}
UlSj 5
^.
(Cognate
is
nail (abfnetpen), conairoKvifa, to cut off with the of the Hebrew text, K?] words the to express trary
V^plLev. 5:8.
(i) prey, booty, /D (from the root n^?) but especially used of cattle. Nu. 3 1 1 2 ,'rW ^f P|-n and booty, and spoil;" 9?f'rrnK1 npôn "captives,
.
n?D a word [and

i.
pr. n. v?.P].
II.
'
7y
q.
"?-1tt,
'DP, 'P? TO
CUT OFF,
or TO
BE
especially applied to grass, herbage, ears of grain. Fut. (formed in the Chaldee manner) ?P* Job 14:2; 18: 16; pi. in pause -1^P T ? Job 24:24;
CUT OFF,
but verse 11, 27, 32, captives are included also this word, Isa. 49:24, 25. Dual B'.Dipj'P both jatvs, by which food
(2)
taken, Ps. 22:16.
in
is
Psalm 37: 2 (see Bleeck on these forms, in Rosenm. t. i. p. 80), to be cut off; Job 14: 2, Kyj TV? ''1 " like a flower he cometh forth and is cut off;" Job 18 16, " beneath his roots dry up, 'n*Vi? 'PI '#PP his branch is cut off from above." In the former
Repert.
:
[German]
as
from ?P3
editions of this book, these forms are taken ?33 to fade, which i. q. appears to be
:
m. (from the root p_?) the I alter (i.e. the which falls in Palestine in the months rain, spring) of March and April, before the harvest. Deu. 11:14; Jer. 3:3; 5 '-24; opp. to the former or autumnal Poet, an eloquent and profitable rain (n~$\ fTÔ). Job 29:23. is discourse compared to the latter rain
supported by the words, Ps. 37 2 (where there is in the other member J-tep), but the signification of cutting off is
DW?9
m. dual (from the root

Isa.
l
np_J>).
(i)
confirmed by the form 7?^. Ps. 90 6, and

:
pair of tongs,
6:6.
Ki. 7:49; 2 Chron. 4:21
the deriv.
noun
(2) snuffers,
CCCCLXXX
the preceding No. 2, Ex. 25 38 ; 37 93. [This and the preceding are combined in a Thes., this latter being given as the form before suff.]
D*np
:
70
dual,
i.
q.
(2)
1
thing sold by
7=
3-
something sold. Lev. 25:25, VHK 13O1? "a his own brother," verses 28,33; ^ ze
something for
Lev. 25:42,
'
nrnD
required by See above, at the root nnp.
So as Ki. 1O:22. f. a royal vestry, 2 the context, Vulg., Chald., Arab.,Kimchi.
(3)
sale, Levit. 25:85;
Neh.
13:20.
JY139&
f.;
i.
q.
13PP No.
1.
'fTO
ntyri?
(prob. for 'J1&&P

l
my
roSoD
fulness"), [J/afT
constr. nr>!?Dp, with suff.

'
lotht], pr. n. m.,

pi. f.,
Chron. 25:4, 26.

letters
Psalm 58:7, and with the
ni3?pp(from the root V?)f. a kingdom, dominion, used both of the royal dignity, iKi. ll:ll; 14:8 1 Sa. 28:17; and of the country subject to a king
^/PP,
plural *
Joel transposed niypn'p Job. 29:17; Prov. 30:14; for used teeth, ones, biters, 1:6, prop, biting poet, from the root yn? to bite; comp. <WftNhfa a J aw
pr. that with
np^psn Ty. royal city, Josh. 1 roVpp royal abode, Am. 7:13. doms of the earth, Deu. 28:25.
Sa. 27 5.
:
JV3
H*n nb?pp
king-
which any thing

this
is
bitten.
It
cannot be
id.
laid
down that
word denotes any particular kind
TpD
26:1.
f.,
constr.
st.
i
n>PP (from
Sa.
the root
P)
Jer.
Josh. 13:12, sqq.;
15:28; 2 Sa. 16:3;
of teeth, as the maxillary, the canine, or the incisors.
(with Dag. euphon.), Joel i 17, places, or buildings wheie there are granaries, or cells
JTTiJpp
f.
Tjp/pD (from the root

spices,
i.
"=1P9)
wine mixed with

65
:
for keeping grain (riVttJlp), denom. from ITViap Hag. t:l, with D local prefixed; comp. nte'SIP, T>'l?|7?, nd Lehrg. 122, i, No. 14.
q. 3Tp,
^DO
Pro. 23 : 30 ; Isa.
1 1.
see IP.
-
D^DD pi. (from the root "HP), TH eas ures, Job38 :$.
JP^DD [3/cmucan],
court of Xerxes, Esth.
l
like
DDO from DD3, comp.

'
sadness, Pro. 17:25 (from the root IIP, ^3.n from Dpjjl from Dpp,
pr. n. of
:
a Pers. prince in the

;
14, 16, 21
also J3D1O verse
16 aro.
DTl'lDD (from the root DID) only in plur. (I) deaths, Jer. 16:4; Eze. 28:8. (a) a Ki. 11:2 aro concr. slain, where the np
is
HIED
("fatness," "strength"), [3/aror], an Amorite who was in league with Abra" the oaks ham, Gen. 14: 13, 24. Hence K1PP of Mamre," 13:18; 18:1; and simply tîpp 23: *7> ^95 35 2 7> t^16 name of an oak grove near Hebron.
pr. n. of
^S
O m.
LXX.
e'r
(l) spurious, a bastard, Deu. 33:3; Tropic ? Vulg. de scorto natus ; and so also
pP Job 9: 18, a doubtful form which appears have sprung from ^"PPP (36 copies read D'"^1PP), and Dnhpp, irom D'")"1P bitternesses, with JP preto
fixed.
the Oriental interpreters, as well as the Rabbins, who use this word of a bastard. [For the limitations as
to this use, see Thes. p. 781.]
verb
The construction will bear either, since the y?^ admits either construction, an accusative,
IP.
or the particle
(a) metaph. foreigner, Zech. 9:6; LXX. dXXoyeri/c- Foreign nations are often compared to harlots [as being seducers to idolatry] by the Hebrew poets e. inspired prophets]; see Isa. 23:17, 18. (The [i.
30 m. expansion, Eze. 28:

:
14.
nc'DD 3^?
Vulg. Gherub extentus, i.e. with extended wings, comp. Lx. 25 20. Root nip No. a.
unused Hebrew root 1TD prob. had the same meaning 1T3 to separate but used in a bad sense, to despise,
M
to
^^DD m. (from
rule, Dan. 11:3, 5.
the root
?^P No. l) dominion,
Plural
D^PP
Chron. 26:6,
contemn
whence
,'j
Med. Damma,
to
be of little
concr. lords, princes.

f. (from P) Hie. 4: 8; constr. Isaiai (Gen. 1:16; Psa. 136:8), with suff. 28:21, pi. constr. IWS^Pp, nip^pp (i) dominion rule, Gen. l: 16; Psalm 136:8.
worth, contemptible; compare
\^
to put to
shame;
aud Syr. ;_QD>O Aph. to contemn. Others take it from the root "HT, whence the noun "\TO a foreign country and hence IIP ?.)
1
^^PP
m. (from the root 15?)
(i) sale, Lev.
(a) dominions, jurisdiction, 2 Ki. 20:13. (3) concr. princes, chief rulers, 2 Chr. 32.9.
see
Tôp
No.
a.
CCCCLXXXI
p"'p
Zeph. 8:9,
Cfrom the root

L
?*~in
/^P to possess). Once p^PP a possession of nettles, a

nettles.
place occupied
by
.
m
j^P
plur.
(from the root
pn)
sweet-
i v> Ps. 150:4. id. Prob. we should alsc Syr. here refer, Ps. 45:9, "out of the ivory palaces '?9 l-inpK' the strings (i. e. concerts of music) gladden thee." As to the plur. termination *T for O'T (which some have of late been too desirous to exclude from
nesses, Cant. 5:16.
grammars), see Lehrg.
p.
525, 526.
with suffix ^JSP (in some copies without Dag.) Neh. 9:20, manna Arabica, a sweet gum like honey, which, in Arabia, and other Oriental regions, exudes from the leaves of several trees and shrubs, espethis takes place cially those of the tamarisk kind; before sunrise. It is in and August, mostly July
|P and 'P, when followed by a guttural P, rarely P (B-inp Gen. 14:23; THO 2 Sa. 18: 16; and constantly in the forms *f*''""IP rfl'np^ poet. '?P and '3.P
<*
<-
which
sufF.
see.
(Syr.
>r< riO, Arab. w
rarely _<); with

(in the Syriac for -inppp from
-I^P.P
now [1833] more than

naturalists
ten years since
some British
'3P.O (see IP) poet. 'IP
and 'IP
have proved that certain insects, similar to the genus cimex, aid in producing the manna (see Hardwicke,in Asiatic Researches, xiv. p. 182, seq. Bombay Transactions, i. 251). This has since been mere exactly confirmed by Ehrenberg, who informed
form);
^PP
in pause ?JPP,
<
^P; MBt?
him, f. fi3P.P, poet, -inap, T3>; -13P.P for us, DSp, I?P; Dnp poet. DH3pf. jnp.
(l) pr. const,
from
me
that the
manna
J.
flows out after the leaves are
punctured by of Arabia, p. 145;
the insects.
Comp. Niebuhr's Descr.
E. Fabri Historia Mannas, in Fabri et Reiskii Opuscc.,Med. Arab. p. 131. Exodus
st. of the noun tP a part of any Hence a partitive prep. (JVriXp DO Mem partitive is what the Hebrews call it), denoting a part taken out of a whole, which is indicated in Greek and Lat. sometimes by the prepositions i, in, ex, e,
thing.
16:31, seq.; Nu. 11:6.
(Arab.
^
UP..
sometimes airo, ab, a (more rarely de). So after " ten men ~'yn '2i?-TP of the numerals; Ruth 4:2,
elders of the city." 2 Ki. 2:7, " fifty D'K'3Jn
33.p
id., pr.
portion,
has been
.-, from the root
[It
thought that] allusion is made to another etymology, Ex.l6: 15, 31 comp. Ch. ip.) [No one who simply
;
credits the inspired history of the giving of the
manna
can doubt that
it
to the Israelites,
was something miraculously given and that it differed in its nature
of the sons of the prophets." Neh. 1:2, 'HSp "IHK " one of " my brethren." Job 5:1, D'BHjpp 'P who from amongst his holy ones (i. e. angels)?" Ex. 18:25, etc. Also after verbs of giving, and those which nearly approach to that notion, verbs of narrating, Psalm 59:13; teaching, Isaiah 2:3 (so a
verb of speaking or teaching being omitted, the prophet asks, Isaiah 21 :ii, n^?p-np "what of the
night ?" another
filling
i.
from any thing
now known.]
Ezr.
19 followed by Makk. IP Ch. (l) who? what? 5:3,9; Dan. 3:15; also in oblique interro-
ellipsis,
gation, Ezr. 5:4.
up
hast thou to teach. Saadiah supposes " what of the night?" sc. remains) (IP N.?p, IP Xpp i. e. to fill with some part
e.
;
(2) ^"IP
whosoever, Dan. 3:6, ll
4:14.
m. (:? (i) part, portion (from the root ^p). The proper force of this word as a noun does not nccur in the common use of the O. T. (for the idea is
unsuitable as
Jnjjp Ps.
of a thing), and vice versa, verbs of receiving (Deu 33:3, compare \apfiavtiv rti'dt), and those whicl
resemble them, as of eating (|P

I'tn'Tivoc), of
/?t<,
Gr. eadltir,
1
iri-
68:24
it
proposed by Jo. Simonis, who takes as his or their portion, i.e. of the
manifest however in the forms
iogs); but
pr.
is
^pp
a parte mea,de ma part, on my part, my behalf (comp. Eze. 3: 17, "warn them *|P.P" Germ. won metn?tn>cgcn/
Kings " 12:9, '*? 19 '^7 lighten (somewhat) from thf; In all these cases IP denotes some part of a yoke." thing, which is expressed by the genitive in Greek (see the above cited phrases), French and old Germ.
being
(du sang; ntmmbeS Slut eg/
(a)
sc. etroaS).
it
satisfied (|D JOtp), etc.
when
it
refers to multitude,
Specially denotes (some) out
from me), -13P a parte

:
ejua,
and the prefix
IP pr. is its const, state. That this is really a subst. the pi. const. \3.p (Tsa. 30 1 1 ) so manifests as to leave
of the whole mimber.
(Compare Arab.
.JM
part,
no room for doubting.

(2)
pi.
Ex. 17:5, also some.) Mi??P (some) of the Gen. 30: 14, " give me (some) o^f elders of Israel."
the mandrakes of thy son." Cant. 1 :2, rflpTIP liVS " let him kiss me (some) of the kisses of his
32
<I
^^\
"
D\3p strings of a musical instrument, pr.
3^
ilender threads, so called from
being divided.
p
month."
Ex, 16:27;
Isa.
CCCCLXXXII
57: 8.
It
rarely denDtes
<--
Ex. 6:25, one of a, number, like the Arab, M Eleazar took to wife of the (one) daughters of Puriel." Psa. l 37 : 3 ; Gen. 28:11; comp. verse 1 8.
^M-
of
Dan.i 1:5," the king of the south VX> JCW and (one) With a negative particle no one, his princes."
after ^VJ, very frequently in the proper signification, N'ViH, e.g. to go forth out of the womb, Job i:ai; out o/the mouth, Jud. 1 1 -.36; out o/the earth, Ex. 12:42; to draw out from the water, a pit, Ps. 18: 17; 40:3; to take out of any one's hands (see TP,
'TO,
to
'ISP,
and the verbs 7"B?, B?P), IP 73? pregn,

oil,
Job 27: 6, 'PT 'P '3-3^ <p|g "my heart 1 Sam. 14:45; 2 Kings shall no day reproach me." 10: 23. (b) where it refers to a whole, something, some. Lev. 5:9, D^P "some of the blood." Job " God remitteth to thee li:6, î#p of thy guilt," Hence (c) is manifest the part of thy guilt. [?]
none.
\ .** Lc proper force of IP, >t^. in these phrases, " there is not God of but jJJ\ 1\ God;" (pr. God)
&
one's finger, and to take it out from the Lev. 14: 16. Specially it is often used
dip
(a) of the material, out of which any thing is made, and, as it were, proceeds, Cant. 3:9, 'VXD f trees of Lebanon;" Psa. 16:4; 45 I'm^n Gen. 2:19; Ex. 39:1; Hos. 13:2. (b) of origin from a parent, or a native place, Job 14:4, KP&P TinO |n? 'p w ho shall bring
=
clean thing
out of an unclean?"
iii. 55; v. 77; xxxviii. 65, (compare the same Sur. iii. 1; 11:27; 20:7), words without ..^ " not even one jk-^t (pr. not of one)," Sur. ii. 96;
Sur.
"those sprung
1,
from
thee,"
(others render, some of thy
Isa. 58:12, TPP thy descendants inhabitants, compare No.

i.
e.
B"8* " a a); Jud. 13:2, njn-Vp
man of
Zorah;"
xix. 98;
J_c
.^
" ^ U they have no knowledge,"

.^
Jud. 17:7. (c) of thf,
au t h or and efficient canse whence
Sur. xviii. 4 (compare without
xxii. 70;
xxir.
14); see a great number of examples in Agrelli De Variet. Generis et Numeri in L. L. O. O. Lundaj,
any thing proceeds, Gen. 49: 12, T.P -'?v?n "liecoming dark through wine," 3?np ... J37 "white ...through milk;" Job 14:9, "it flourishes again
through
not pleonastic, 1815, p. 142, seqq. but partitive; " not even the least part of God," i.q. " not even a not even any God; particle of one, not
In
all
these IP
is
" an oven the scent of water;" Hos. 7:4, HS'Sp nnî-l lighted by the baker;" Jer. 44:28; Eze.
:
poiviO
""??.
i.
2ven the least knowledge." In Syriac to this answers ri$ |) non aquoquom, andcontr. poiooio U
19:10. IP n ~!n to conceive by any one, Gen. 19 36; often after passive verbs (which ought not to have been denied by Winer, in Lex. p. 565, who seems to
have judged from a single example, Cant. 3:10),

" 22:3, ni"j9p 1" BX they ?re taken by the archers Isaiah 28: 7, i"n IP W??3 "they are overcome H33S 7 wine," compare Psa. 78:65; Gen. 16:2,
Isa.
|
ncquaquam, Gal. 5:16.

e.
In Hebrew
it
is
used
(a)
" and
if
some part of one, even one. he do nanp nnxp even one
Lev. 4:2, of these;"
n comp. Eze. 18:10 (where
appears to be spurious Deu. 15:7, " if there be [this is mere conjecture]). a poor man among you T0 "'D^P any of your 3 P even one, in the difficult place, '' brethren." (/3) '3 ^> which Gen. 7:22, ^"ip n ?70l may be ren-
perhaps I shall be built (i. e. have offspring her" (comp. H32 Niph.); Ps. 37:23; Eze. 27:; Often also used of the author of a judgment or oj nion, JP P^V Job 4 1 7 ; {P y?h Ps. 1 8 : 22, to be jus
H3?|P
"
from
T$
dered "they died, i.e. not any remained alive which were in the dry land." (y) PP, DSSO i. q. 73O fcO " not even any, not even the least." Isa. 40 17 41 24 compare Isa. 41:12, 29 (where some take it " less than nothing," a phrase which sounds more mathematical than poetical). Perhaps in Greek such phrases are similar, as ov?t'r n, irdc ric. But
: ;
or unjust in the opinion of any one, compare IP Num. 32 22 IP DCV Jer. 51:5; typ TJV Zech. 1 nirvp rM>n cursed by the Lord (see 13.
: ;
CCLXXX, B); Deut. 32:47, "it is not C|P PI a vain word to you," i. q. D?\3'J?3. So I also undo
p.
stand Gen. 3:14,

[this
is
npnarr^p ww TTI$
i.
q.
'?n
3T
the true force of this idiom can be
little
understood
and Deut. 33:24, "T D'33O T|ria i.q. D'lnn 3" "reckoned as happy by the (other) sons," i.q.
his brethren.
tinsuitable to the passage, see No. 4]; 4:11;
by those who, in such examples, consider JO to be put tropically, or who try all others by single examples
;
From
it it
in Lex. p. 566. the partitive signification arises
see
Winer
(2) the notion of going out from any thing, when implies that something was in any thing, and, as
Job 7:14, \Bna>? (d) of the instniment. " thou scarest me with dreams;" 4:9. Gen. 9: " no more shall all flesh be destroyed ^3P 'P.P bi " the waters of a flood ; Ps. 28 7 ; 76:7; Kze. 28 ! Avhich ( (e) of the reason, onaccountof
: :
were,
made a put
of
it,
Gr. and Lat. ex, c.
So
any thing
is
done.
Isa.
53 -.5,
'J!?
?P "because
p
our sins;"
CCCCLXXXII1
43:
1
;
P
all
Cant. 3:8; Deut. 7:7; Psa. 68:30; Est. because of Hence y3p, 5:9; Judges 5: 11. defect, i. q. because there is not, see v?, *J!y3.
W3O
When
ol'
the ground or reason
is
assigned on account
107:41), may be referred to tht notion of receding; compare Greek Kpvirru, KU\VTTTU Luke 9: 45; 19:42; and Latin QTTO, Matt. 1 1 25 Citstodire, defendere ab aliqua re, tutus a periailo.
: ;
of which
which any thing is not done, Lat. prce, Eng. for. " it shall not be numbered Gen. 16: 10, 3~ip "iSp? N? Ex. 15:23, " they could not drink for multitude." So also the water for bitterness;" 6:9; Pro. 20:4. to rejoice because of any thing, Pro. 5:18; to sorrow
Similar to these are

2?PP. 'V
Isa.
'?>P
^BH
free
from any one;
shadow which
defends
because of any of any thing.

(/) of a
thing
dei'e).
is
1
thing,
Ruth 1:13; IP DO?
to repent
4:6; 25:4; FQJ?, IP O-W to There is the notion of leaving off, in IP H?3 to end (and cease) from any thing, Josh. 19:51; l Ki. 12:28; " JTpyp D3? 3"] (it is) enough for you (cease now)
!
from the sun, rest from any thing.
from going up"

or rule,
There
it
is
that of failing in IP 123.
law
according
to
which any
(b)
Put
to be
absol.
signifies
distance
from any
an-'
done (compare Lat. ex more, ex lege, exfce' 'PP according to the command of Jehofiji"
thing,
far off from
it;
yfog, far
from Argos,
if>i\r)c;
compare Gr. a*o Trorp/ôe
"Ap-
at^c, fvr
Hence according to, after. vah, 2 Chr. 36: 12. Eze. 7-27, COS nbyx DSnip "according to their
ways will I do with them." *7.P according to the number, as often as, nacf) ber tfnjafyl (see *1). Its more frequent meaning (but not, however, as
it is
from the dear country, II. ii. 162; Pro. 20:3, "to dwell far from strife;" Num. 15:24, " far from the eyes of the assembly;" hence figuratively without, Job 11 15; 21:9; Gen. 117:39;
:
commonly regarded,
place,
its
primary sense)
is
(3) the notion of receding,
away from any
departing, removing Germ. oon (etnxiS) fycr/ con
14:19; Jer. 48:45, for besides, except, 2 Sa. 13:16; i Chr. 29 3 compare its use when followed by an inf. No. 5, c.
Isa.
:
(c)
And on
.
the other hand,
to be
near, but sepaLU

t
(rta6)n?eg, Don(etrea6)au$/Don (etn>a6)an,andthis, in any direction whatever, whether upward or downward, from heaven. Isa.l4:i2; Ps.l4:2; 33: 14, e.g. 0?P&'P
IP "HJ he descended from (the mount),
IP
rated from any thing (Arabic

whence
???3P one
\j
o ^c
>T
<
'
ji);
*/
Psa. 144: 13, Ji^K ftD " from quam, whether, or. kind to kind," i. e. things of every kind. (/?) "W...IP and nyi ... JP. Lev.i3: 12, 1^3! njTI. tWOQ " from his
f^...
and vice versei npj? he went up from. Compare Ex. 25: 19. There are used in opposition to each other (a) IP from. ..unto (see ?N let. a, l); often for tarn,
of kin, the
who is next to the Goel, or nearest one who is next after him (compare Syr.
''ôoK-Lio the day before yesterday, prop, the next day from yesterday); also,-fo depend, or hang from any thing (compare curTtadcu cnro TLVOQ, IK rtroc). Isaiah 40:15, v^.P IP " a drop (hanging) from a
bucket;" Cant. 4:1,
Gilead," i.e. "on (as if its side (compare Soph. Antig. 411, k-adliîtff uKpuv (.Kiraywv; Od. xxi. 420, i K di<f>poto Kndtjfiero^. Hence
it
down
n^l ">^P %| hanging) from Mount
"
(the flocks)
lie
head to his feet;" Isaiah 1:6; l Ki. 6 24. This phrase is often used when all things are without
:
distinction to
be included, as if from beginning to end, from extremity to extremity. Jon. 3:5, "UN Bp*T3p 0|PP "from the highest to the lowest," i.e. all; hence it
is tarn, quam, both. ..and, Ex.22 :3 Deu. 29: 10; 83.30: 19; and with a particle of negation, neither, nor. Gen. 14:23, ^g3~!jVlp "!jn. IMPIO DN " neither
is
very often put just like the Latin a

et
latere,
ofoen
l
thread
...
nor a shoe
Eze. 25: 13,
latchet;" Gen. 31:24.
(y)
IP.
even to Dedan."
ion
see
n:Hl ... IP^p "from Teman More often also in this signi-
a fronte, a tergo, ab occasu, etc. (compare the French dessous, dessvs, dedans, dehors, derriere for d"arriere, etc.), of remaining in a place, which may as it were be said to depend from or on another, i. e. be on any side of it. e. g. PPJP PN'c^p-l on the right and on the left (see under these words); "I-VP at the side; B"Jl?-P ^ n front, to the east,
dextra
sinistra,
(from... -onto) there occurs |Pp, for which below, nanj Tjpp from thee hither, see nan
Gen. 2:8; 13:11; DJP to the west, W3$ H1TSO to the rising of the sun, Isa. 59 19 ^H^P on the hinder part, behind, 3"'3Dp round about, pirnp afar, 2 Kings
:
and fi&yn.
of
Specially observe (a) IP (aW) is often used, not only after verbs
2:7; Isaiah 22:3; 23:6; pn~Opid.; Isaiah 17:13; " " $P... '1P on this side... on that side, l Sam. 17:3;
!
!
departing, fleeing (PPS, DW), withdrawing (~na), but also after those of fearing ( KTJ, ins ), hiding, hiding oneself (D^JJ, inp, 1H3),
shutting
(p'ro.
21:23),
(Psa.
iki. 10:19,20; also nrmp, ^>ypp, ivap, y-inp, set Heb. Gramm. 147, l. With ? added,these adverbs assume the powrer of prepositions, as has been already observed see ? p. ccccxxm, A.
;
guarding, keeping
pBSW, De. 23:10), defending
to tinre, (d) Figuratively applied
it
denotes
(a)
CCCCLXXXIV
terminus a quo, & ,-ue from which onward, from youth, i Sa. 12:2; l Ki. 18: 1C 'PS I9|tP from my mother's womb, Jud. 16:17. When prefixed to
;
"they acted worse than their fathers;" Gen. 1^:9; 2 9 3O 38:26; Jer. 5:3. Not very diffc rent from this
:
a word, signifying space of time, the computation is always from the beginning, not from the end, like
the Greek
a<f>'
the opinion of those who refer this use of the particle in comparison to die sense of receding, as EwaiJ
is
fifiipnc,
airo
rwvroc, Latin de die, de
node; Lev. 27: 17, '3'n
J"l2?>p
well in the Vulg. sta-
tim ab initio incipientis jubilei; opp. to ?3'n ~>nx verse 18; Isa. 38:12, ?bf? ~IJJ DI'P "from the beginning
p. 599, and Winer in Lex. page 565. the above examples thus, " so sweet as, They explain in that respect, to be separated from honey" (I should " it differs prefer, greatly from honey"), since whatever is eminent above others is also different from them; but
in Cr.
Gramm.
of the day," i. e. from the morning "to the night," the space of one day ; TP'P from the beginning of thy life, Job 38:12; 1 80.25:28; Di'P from the begin-
and
to depict the superiority and excellence of any tiling, to place it as if were before the eyes, the special
ning of time, or of the world (LXX. cur' apx^c), Isa. 43: 13. In this manner we should also explain these examples flV'.Sp immediately from the beginning of
:
ing, is
idea of eminence standing out, and hence of surpassre suitable than the general one manifestly
of distance, standing apart;
e6
iff
an
bte
ntfcrnung mil
the following day, Gen. 19:34; Ex. 9:6;
OÛP from
Isa.
a long while ago,

Prov.
i.e. for
a long while,
Isaiah
42:14;
8:3, D^P, rmnp,
46 :io.
(/3)
The
; itinere, 73 20, fi?np ^'H? a dream after one awakes;" Prov 8:23, IflS 'P"]i?P " immediately from the beginnings of the earth;' 0?P*P after two days, Hosea 6:2; fiVO after the end (see ft?); hence simply after; D'PJP after some time,
: 7
time which next follows another, immediately after (compare letter c), like the Greek t apivrnv, Latin " as ab ex consulate Ps.
(compare the use of the Psalm 137:6). particle 7J? in comparing Job 23 2 How close the connection is between this use of the particle in comparing, and its negative power (No. 5, letter c), both of which arise from the idea of separation and surpassing, is shewn by examples of this kind, Gen. 4: 13, Rtt5'|p *3iy 7113 "my crime is greater than (that) it may be forgiven," or "(so) great is my crime that it cannot be forgiven:" l Ki.8:64;
ber 9?ici)tun^ nad) obcn ju tf nfcn
: ;
also
Hos.6:6, ni7Vp D'n?$ njn rot N71 *n>'?n non
"
Jud. 11:4; 14:8; D'jH

Isa.
D'Dp
24: 22;
D'^n
^^P
Josh. 23:!; D'P? 3TD "after three months," Gen.

referred "lyisn IP
delight in mercy not in sacrifice, in the knowledge of God more than in burnt offerings." What is called the third term of a comparison is easily
I
38:24.
To
the same
maybe
"be-
the appointed time," 3 Sa. 20:5; unless it be judged best to take this from the comparative force
yond
of this particle, (more) than, i e. beyond. From the idea of proceeding out of, taking out
of, is
in the following, Isaiah 10:10, D7E^~Pp " their idols surpassed the idols of Jerusalem" (in number and in power), Mic. 7 4; Ps. 62 10; Job 11:17. In other places any thing is said to su
supplied
It is used of (4) its use as a comparative. any thing which is in any way superior to others, and is
pass any one, which exceeds his strength or ability " n Deu. 14:24, TH- ^ ?T tne journey is great i. e. exceeds than thou," thy strength, is grea
than that thou canst 15:11.

(5)
as
it
were chosen out

egregius,
from amongst them

;
(comp.
'Latin
II.
eximius; Greek IK itav-wv paXurra,
make it. Gen. 18:14; J More examples are given in gramm Lehrgeb. p. 690; Ewald, Gram. loc. cit.
II. xviii. 431 Hebr. IP ">03 Deu. 14: 2, " a people D'P2? from among all peoples,'' as it were, chosen out, surpass" ing them; l Sam. 10:23, njjrrpsp PQ3 greater
iv.
96, and IK ira.vTwv,
When
prefixed to an infinitive iP
is
(a) be-
Ps. 84: ll).
^P
cause that, because (comp. on account

Deu. 7:8, D?r>
you."
(b)
of,
No.
2,
).
" fi3nKp " because Jehovah loveth

that, used of time, after tha
:
from
i
than
ceitful
all
out of
Jer.
the people," prop, in this respect eminent the people, above them all; 73P 3pJJ more deall
than
things, i.e.
most deceitful of all things,
Ch. 8:8; 2 Ch. 31 10. (c) by far most frequently, so that not, lest, from the si fication of receding, after verbs which convey
(No. 3, d),
notion of hindering; e.g. to restrain (N'}n), Nu 32:7; to guard, to take care, Ps. 39:2; Gen. 31 :2Q
to dehort, Isa. 8: ll
to to reject, l Sam. 8:7; to cl< 24:10; Zee. 7:12 (comp. Gen. 27: 1 Psal. 69:24); to dismiss, Ex. 14:5; to forget, Nu. loc. cit. " why do ye t u r Isa. 49 1 5 1 02 5
;
17:9; compare l Sa. 18:30; 2 Ki. 10:3; 2 Ch. Eze. 31:5, etc. In other examples 9: 22 any thing
;
is
said (in any respect) to be eminent above another, to surpass it, e.g. P/3D 313 "better than Balak,"i.e. eminent in goodness above Balak, Jud. 11:25;
shut up,
:
Isa.
fc'^D sweeter than honey, Jud. 14: 18; 7J*'rjp wiser tl in Daniel, Ezek. 28:3; and with a verb de(K<tu>x virtue or vice, Jud. a 19, CJTI3SP
:
aside the heart of the children of Israel ' Gen. 27 l, " his eyes were dim J"lh~!P
:
so
CCCCLXXXV
he could not see."
Tsa.
49:15,
can a
woman
for-
get her sucking child i^pS'tll
Drnp so that she has
not compassion," etc. Similarly Isaiah 54:9, " I have sworn "^PJJ îpP that I will not be angry," prop. "I have a worn (and this hinders) lest I should be angry." Sometimes instead of a verb thero is a noun, and IP is " for the fuller ni'îD. i Sam. 15 23, he rejected thee "12PP so that thou art no (more) king." Jer. 48:2, "we will destroy it 13p so that it be no (longer) a nation." Isaiah 52: 14, t^KP nntpp "disfigured so as not to be man," so as scarcely to bear a human
:
'JO, X^P, PISP, PIJp, pnjp i. q. Hebrew. a thing, constr. state of the noun IP. of (1) part Its power as a noun is manifest in examples oi
|3 Ch.
stiff.
this kind;
Dan. 2:33, "as to the feet, 7f)S ^ pn|D pnap a part of them was iron, a part of them earthenware ;" compare ôcn V) ÔOT-LiD
P)pn
Tim. 2:20; Barhebr. p. 171, 2OO. Hence (a) (2) out of, prop, used of going out. of the author from whom, as the fountain, anything
2
(b) of the proceeds, after a pnssive verb, Ezr.4: 21. cause by which anything is moved, on account of, to Dan. 5:19. (c) of the law or rule according
form.
Also, Isa. 17:1;

l
23:1; 24:10; 25:2; Jer.
2:25;
Ki. 15:13.
is
(6) It
i.q.
once prefixed as a conjunction to a future,

*
^'f.
Syr.
^.io,
Arab.
^,
lest; conip. No. 5,
c.
which anything is done, Ezr. 6:14; whence BK'P iP out of truth, or according to truth, truly, Dan. Greek 2:47; 3 ^- t certainly, Dan. 2:8; compare
*:
used
to
Deu. 33:11, I-ID-IPHP LXX. p) daar//<ro)/7i. Vulg. rum consuryant. Comp. Lehrg. p. 636. When prefixed to other particles of place, IP commonly has the signification of receding (see above,
No. 3), and the other particle denotes the place whence any thing recedes, as in French de chez quelqu'un,
(taupres
i'3.P
;
express adverbs
i.
by a
periphrasis,
e.
g. t
E/j.<pavov(;,
q.
(3)
from,
ififav&e, in the signification of receding, hence
Dan. 5: 19; used of time, Da. 3: 22 ; often followed and a onward, time, from by other prepositions, rip J!p Hebr. 2J?D, n$p, see
also after a verb of fearing,
e.g. "inxp
from behind,
fyinter
(eha$)
rocg,
JHK |D i. q. D15. IP ft}?. q- Hebr. \3?O, J$D. TNp from that time and onward, see "!$. Here also
i-
from amongst, jroifdxn (etiraS) fe, nyp, nnnp, see inx, pa, 1J2,
to
rcea
1il3p, '.???p,
belongs
its
\3??, Vy, ay..
(As
Hebr. No.
a man."
5, c);
privative signification (as to which see the Dan. 4:13, fat^ K^?^ IP *!?? " his
it
nsp, see above, page xciv, A, after flS). In other places, it denotes only a part or side of any thing, as 'IH^P after, behind (a tergo), see No. 3, c.
Other compounded forms are noticed under No.
In
2,
e.
heart shall be changed, so that

(4) comparative, above,
be no more that
of
more than, Dan. 2:30.
some phrases ]P
it,
is
prefixed to
one preposition
as
transposed; and although it is to be construed as if

;
Chald. see H3p.

pi.
from nap, portions.

i.
put after
<-*>
.
sN~i,
;
H^3D for IP H^3 "^P except, i.q. JP
like the Syriac
i"lIP;GD
f.
q. n3*3?
a song, specially in mockery,
(both of which
a satire, Lam. 3:63.
are in use)
vice versa in
rnjD
which
it
f.
Chald.
i.
i.
q.
nip which
see.
jP7 for ? IP as in Lat. inde, to It stands for the swers, for de in.
\* n ~)y?
often an-
simple JP signification No. 3, a, of the terminus a quo, inde ab,from.
c/rf, according to the q, Chaldee mode, being changed into nd (from the root
JT^tt Chald.
fut. yi?*).
Hebr. JHP,
yr.
from afar, Job 36:3; 39:29; of time, 2 Sa. 7:19; 2 Ki. 19:25; i Chr. 27:23, nrf Dn'^v. jap ? napb-l from twenty years old and under." 1 Ch. 1 7
1
(1) knowledge,
(2)
knowing, Dan. 2:21 understanding, ibid. 4:31, 33.

prop. TO BE
5:12.
10; Mai. 3 -.7. Especially followed by *JJ?,^/ro until, Zee. 14:10; Mic. ?:12; of time, Jud. 1 :
also, tarn,
m
;
DIVIDED, TO BE DIVIDED OU1,
9 30
quam,l>oth, and, whether, or, 2Ch. 15:13, rr;' tq BKD? "whether man or woman." Esth. 1:20; and with a particle of negation, neither, nor, Ex. n:7; 2 Sa. 13:22. Here do not
TO DIVIDE, see Piel No. 1. (Kindred are J3P, and rOD. In the Indo-germanic languages there correspond, transp. vlpw ; Zend, neeman ; Pehlev. rum ; and per-
haps
yufpwt,',
fitifjHfiat).
In Kal
? Isa.
(1) (2)
to to
allot,
to
assign, followed by
to
65: 12.
:
Num. 18:7, and

?
belong rP3p^
i Ki. /> nnnp ? 7:32, which are for nnnp, rvnp, with the added notion ofmoticn to a
place;
compare
pnp^X.
TX
p.
(prop, to divide into parts, to arrange), e. g. an army, 1 Ki. 20 25. (3) to number, used of the census of the people,
prepare,
make ready
Ch. 2
l,
see after
XCIV, A.
number.
to (Chald. and Syr. f v>, Perhaps Sanscr. man, to reckon, to think i
17
27 24.
:
VIS -H3B
PIEL
to
CCCCLXXXVI
I
PI:Dt*ie
(l) to divide (seeKal), to allot, to assig* followed by ? of pers. Dan. 1:5; Job 7 3 one, any (2) to appoint, to constitute (used of God), Jon.
:
9:i; 4:6,8. 'n IP
verb, Psa. 61 :8, xV?' "appoint (order, cause) that they may preserve him;" followed by ?J to set over,' Dan. 1:11.
finite
Followed by a
root n), with suff. pi To seek rest fm l) rest, Lam. 1:3. n a woman, i. e. " conditionem (Liv. iii. 45) to seek marPlur. Ps. 116:7. riage, Ruth 3:1.
HUD
1
(from
(Ps.
16:7).
(2) a
(3)
place of rest, Gen. 8:9; Deu. 28:65. [Manoali], pr. n. of the father of Samson,
of the preceding.
PUAL, pass,
to be
constituted, set over,

to be
Chron.
Jud. 13:2, seq.

f.
9:ap. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. 3,
(l) rest, repute^
numbered. Gen.
13:16; Eccl. 1:15; to be numbered with, followed by nx Isa. 53:12. Derived nouns, besides those which follow, are *?P flip, and the proper names '"'IP?, ""^P^.
condition of rest, Ruth 1:9 (compare 3:1; Jer. " 45:3; Isa. 28:12, nrmpn J-IN'T this is the rest,"
still
way to enjoy tranquil felicity. nifTOO *C waters, Ps. 23 2. Specially the quiet jx>ssession of the land of Canaan, Ps. 95 1 1 [a far higher
this is the
: :
&
>
:
fc
Ch.
to
number,
to
review, Dan.
rest is here pointed out]; Deut. 12:9.
26.
PAEL
office,
Part. pass. N3D verses 25, 26. '3P and 'SO to constitute, to appoint to
an
(a) a place of rest, Num. 10:33; Mic. 2:10; hence a habitation, Isa. 11 10.
:
Dan. 2:24,49; 3:12;
2^7:25.
[up m.
P3 and
1*3).
Derivative, 1'pP.
according to the Hebrews, progeny (see " he who It is once found Prov. 29:21,
his
m.
specially
pr. part,
portion,
number
9
brings
(see the root),
v
i
s ~
4
fl3!p
HW 'living
up
servant tenderly from his youth afterwards he will be (will wish to
mina, Gr. îi'd (Syr. |*. the weight of a hundred shekels, as
^), is gathered from l Ki. 10: 17, compared with 2 Ch. 9: 16. The comis obscure in the Ezek. passage, 45:12, putation
"
v>,
Arab.
be as) a son;" Luth. fo null er barnarf) cin Sunter fcpn. Others understand it to be an ungrateful mind,
from the root

gratefully.
J5P,
Arab.
>r<
to receive favours un-
twenty shekels, twenty-five shekels, fifteen shekels be your man eh:" this must either be understood of a three-fold maneh, of twenty, twenty-five,
shall
D13D with
suff.
*?H3D (from the root W3).
(l)
flight, Jer. 46:5.

(a) refuge, Ps. 142:5; Job ll:2O.
and fifteen shekels, or else of one of sixty (15 + 20 + 25) shekels. But the former opinion is preferable.
i"13Jp pi.
npH^p
Isa.
f.
of the preceding, flight, Lev. 26:;
52
12.
pr. for plowing,
DUD
(with
Kametz impure,
Est. 2:9),
f.
"TOD m. a yoke,
to plow, to
from the root

9
(l) a part, a portion, Ex. 29:26; Lev. 7:33; nwp I"PK> to seiid especially of food, l Sam. 1:4. portions of food (from a feast), Neh. 8 l o, 12. () i. q. p?H a lot, Jer. 13:25.
:
break up the groiuid (Syr. and Arab.

Q*3~]N
Ji.
-J) hence
l
1130 a yoke,
beam, of weavers,
which
P.
Sam. 17:7; 2 Sam. 31:19,
"*
,
signification
-x.
in pi.
Compare
l
D'3b parts,
7.
i. e.
times, Gen. 31 :7, 41.
the Syrians and Arabs have JJoj, <Pisoftened.
No.
driving
3?J.
(ba
ga^ren), of a chariot, 2 Ki.
9:20.
Root
nl f. (from the root 1H3 No. l, to flow), a deep valley, through which water flows, Jud. 6:2,
a-c
s~<* -
f. (from the root "H3) a candelabrum, a candlestick, always used of the great candlestick which stood in the tabernacle of witness, Ex. 2.5:31,
seq.;
30:27; 31:8; 37:17; 39:37l
[Also
in pi. ol
the candlesticks in the temple,
Arab, jf^c and i'_^ a trench of water, see Schult. -/
Ki. 7:49, etc.]

q.
J*
m.
ml Job.
pi.
(with Dag. euphon.), princes, L
p.
49.
p
i
m. (from the root

ii
1),
Ps. 44: 15,B>JO 113O

to its object,
shaking of the head, melon, applied

e.
MJ/J
an unused
root,
Arab. *~<
to
give, prop
to
object of derision.
to distribute, to divide out (kindred to '"HO, I3P, com-
CCCCLXXXVII
of the verbs pore as to the relation Hence the root n ?i7).
IT?
and
IT?
under
fiViO
see H3.P.
{P..
D*3p
|
see
HPljIO f
(i) a gift, Gen.
32:14,19,21; 43:",
|
P rP [MiniamiK],
T T
see TPJ9.
15, 25, 26, etc.
was exacted from a tributary (2) tribute, which milder name of a gift (Diod. i. 58), under the people 2 Sam. 8:2, 6; l Ki. 5:1; 2 Ki. 17:4; Ps. 72:10.
(3) a gift
fP m.
Chald.
number,
Ezr. 6:17, from the rooi
p, njp.
offered
to
a divinity, a sacrifice,
:
nith~], pr.
J"^3P (perhaps given from the root 139), \_Minname of a town on the borders of the Am:
Gen. 4:3, 4, 5; specially a sacrifice without blood, a bloody sacrifice, Lev. 2 l, 4, 5, 6; 6:7, opp. to H1J. Hence nmp-1 nil, Ps. 40 7 ; Jer. 17:26; seq. 7:9.
:
',
monites, Jud. 1 1 33, whence wheat was brought to the Syrian market, Eze. 27:17.
Dan. 9:27.
np
Ch.
id.
Dan. 2:46; Ezr. 7:17.
king of Israel
("comforter"), [Menahein], pr. n. of a 22. 761, B.C.), 2 Ki. 15:17 (772

Vulg.
To such a noun is commonly referred the V: form D7?P in the words, Job 15 29, D^P ?!$ T\Q\ *6 which are thus rendered, "their wealth shall not spread itself out in the earth ;" n ??P is derived from
:
the root H73, of which there
is
another trace in the

i,
LXX.
Mara/}/*.
Manahem.
pr. n.
common to mean
reading
the
î/ ??
Isa.
33:
which
is
supposed
same
as the
J'j Med.Ye,
to obtain, to
1
Hjy
(" rest"),
\_ManahatJi],
(l) of a
man, Gen. 36:23.

(2) of a place otherwise unknown,
i
acquire; whence J\j, J.J wealth, possession,
Ch. 8:6.
Jp (from
is
the root ""^P, to which origin allusion
wealth, riches. But I can hardly regard the reading as being correct; perhaps (with one MS.) we should read D/>?P from n^?p i. q. vh^D their fold, poet,
made
Isa.
65:12), fate, fortune (Arab. U,<,
<Li,<:);
with
art. the
name
of an idol which the Jews
The words in the passage in Isaiah appear just as doubtful [but there no various reading is quoted]; see H73.
their flocks.
J'-J an
)
in
Babylonia worshipped together with Gad (see 1), by lectisteriaa, Isa. 65: 1 1. [This passage says The planet Venus ought nothing about Kabylon.~\ to be understood, which, as the giver of probably
>?!),
unused
H3O)
;
root,
Arab.
^^
gift
to
divide,
;
to
allot
part.
(kindred
is
const. IP; plur.
whence 19 a CD'IP and pr.

TO
(Manna) IP
n. JV3p.
good fortune (jL^\

coupled
jjc~-
lesser
good fortune), was

Per-
KEEP BACK,
ject, to cast aside.
by
is
the ancient Shemites with Gad.
Chald. id."], cogn. are ]#&, and Êthiop.
RESTRAIN (["Arab.%-X< <^^: to re-
haps this
the same as iU^< a goddess of the gentile
Arabians, mentioned in the Koran (liii. 19, 20). See as to these superstitions my Comment, on Isa.
loc. cit.
a.
Another trace of
this divinity is in the pr.
found in the Phoenician inscriptions, (""^P")?^ i. e. worshipper of Venus (see Inscr. Cit. ap. Pocock, No.
iv.
xii.)
I-
rP
Jer.
51:27 (and according

is
to
some, Psalm
[" The primary syllable is 23, which has a negative force; see N1J." Thes.]) Ezek. 31:15, iTD'nq; yapm "and I will restrain its floods." (l) followed by IP, to restrain from any " who thing; 1 Sam. 25:26, 34, ^nfc jn.no 3JD has restrained me from doing thee evil ;" Jer. 2:25, n p *l 1jn *y?p "withhold thy foot from being unshod," do not so hasten as to loose thy shoes, Jerem.
TO
45
unsuitable; see IP), \_Minni~\, pr. n. of a province of Armenia, which loc. cit. is joined with Byji* according to Bochart (Phaleg. 1.1. cap. iii. Nicol. Dap. 19,20) Miîme, a tract of Armenia;
:
9,
which
31
to
16-
inasc. ap. Jos.
Antt.
i.
3,
6.
Some suppose
>
the
name
of
Armenia
II-
itself to
come from
j>P~~in.
*
by an ace. of thing, and IP of pers. withhold any thing from any one, Genesis 30:2, 103-n? ^?p y?D TO "who has withheld from thee the fruit of the womb," 2 Sa. 1 3 13 l Ki. 20 7 Job 22:7; followed by 7 of pers. Ps. 84: 12, etc. In the
(2) Followed
:
same sense
parago-
is
said IP 'S V?P Nil. 24:
1 1
Ecc. 2 1O.
:
vP
poet, for IP with the addition of

;
gic,
Jud. 5- 14
Isa.
46:3; as
to the
form \3p Isaiah
39:
n;
sec ]0
No.
1.
withheld, hindered; Jerem. to be hindered; Nu. 22:16, reflex, let oneself 3:3, followed by IP with an inf.
NIPHAL.
(i)
to be
CCCCLXXXVIII
(a) to be
taken away, followed by
P Job 38: 15.
Amc, pistrix,
mistus
;
pistris,
it
Hence
pr. n.
?% yapn.
sestersius for sextertius
orpir; opi'tc, l*>r. o<-it., # and ss bet w etc ; also

rni.Tt>t*
7^30 m. (from
5:5; Neh. 3:3.
two vowels
the root
like the
Hebrew
^),
a bolt, a bar, Cant.
ttc*a, missa:
Ulixes,
id.
Deu. 33:25.
Ital Ulysses; âXa<7<rw, malaxo ; also maximum, and massimo: Alexander and Alessandro.) Almost always used of tribute rendered by labour, servile -work,
DVSplp m. pi. delicate fare, dainties, from the root OJM, which is also used in Arabic in speaking of
costly banquets, Ps. 141:4.
angaria; fully "I?V DO (servile tribute), l Ki. 9:21; 2 Chron. 8:8. Of frequent use are the phrases njn DpV Deu. 20 1 1 Jud. 1 30, 33, 35 Isa. 31:8; and "Q'y Dp? rvn Gen. 49:15; Josh. 16: 10; to be liable
: : ;
3 Sam. 6:5; Vulg. sistra, an instrument of music, so called from its being shaken
.
pi.
(root 3M3 Pil.
WW),
like otlarpov
from adv. Syr. and
Arab, tympana quadrata.
impressment for servile work. Without n?y id., hence DD7 jnj Josh. 17:13; DP} D^b Jud. 1:28; and 7JJ DD D-lb Esth. 1O:1, to lay servile work upon any one; DQH ?y. "TC'X superintendent of works, or of imto
f only in rV|P2'P
pi. rtf'i?2P
bowls for libations,

(Syriac
offer
Ex. 25:29; 37:16; Nu. 4:7.

id.,
pressment, 2 Sam. 20:24; 1 Ki. 4:6; 12:l8; plur. D'pp 'Tb superintendents of works, task-masters, Exod. 1:11.
JZs^xL_
set
from the root |j>j Pael to

*
a libation.)
M-4-
1-
^53^
f-
a nurse; see Hiph. of the root
m. (from the root 3?D) (i) subst. seats in a circle. couches set triclinium, round, in the Oriental manner, Cant. 1 :12; comp. the root 3?D i Sam. 16: 11.
(2) adv.
id.,
round about,
Ki.
who forgets;" see Gen. 41:51), pr.n. Gr. MavaaoriQ, Manas seh. (i) a son of Joseph,
adopted by Jacob his grandfather, Gen. 48:1, seqq. For the boundaries of the territory of the tribe of Manasseh, part of which was on each side of Jordan,
see Josh.
6:29;
plur.
Job 37:12.
1
(3) plur. constr. prep, around, about, 2Ki. 23:5 " D.V^" ? *?PP around Jerusalem."
*);lpD
m. (from the root
">3p) prop, particip.
Hiph.
4:43. son of Hezekiah, remarkable for his idolatry, superstition, and cruelty towards the righteous, 2 Kings
20. 18; 2Ch.33:i (3)Jud.i8:3onnD. (4) Ezr. 10:30. (5) verse 33.
for
13:29 32; I7:8,seqq. Patron. HW Deu. (2) a king of Judah (699644,6. C.), the
shutting up, hence (1) he who shuts up, a locksmith, smith (artisan), 2 Ki. 24:14, 16; Jer. 24:!; 29:2. (2) that which shuts up, a prison Psa. 142:8
Isa.
i:i
24:22.
.
nwp
(from the root H3O), pl.
nWM? Neh.
Kametz
12:44, and
nv ?9 Neh. 12:47; 13:10
border; plur. n'njpo (from the root "I3D) (1) close places, poet, used of fortified cities, Ps. 18:46; Mic. 7:17.
(2) borders,
(with
margins
(SRanblctjhn), so called
;
from
J"!3D impure); f. a part, a. portion; Ps. 63:11, ^H* "they shall be the portion (i. e. prey) of foxes;" Psalm 11:6, "a wind of hot blasts (is) DD13 n3D the
Dv^
portion of their cup," i. e. is poured out for them, Ps. 16:5. Used of portions of food, Neh. 1. c.
m. one pining aivay, one who is consumed with calamities; root ODD which see Job 6: 14.
D^P'm. tribute. (Commonly taken from ODD because tribute is " virium dissolutio et confectio," a derivation which can hardly seem suitable to any one. I have no doubt that DO is contr. from D?O tribute,
37:14. (3) i Ki. 7:28, 29, 31, 32, 35, 36; 2 Ki. 16: 17 ornaments on the brasen bases of the basins, which appear to have been square shields, on the four
sides of the bases; see verses 28, 29, 31.
their inclosing, Ex. 25:25,seq.
DO
ID'P m. the foundation of a building, l Kings 7:9; from the root ID* inflected in the manner d
9
verbs
|3.
^PP
m. a portico, go called from the column!

:
standing in rows; compare TTD, HTTf^' order, row. It is once found, Jud. 3 23.
from the root DD3 to number, like the fern. HDD measure, number, for ""IWD. Many examples of the softening of the letters ks, or at the end of words by the rejection oft, are found in Gr. and Lat., as Ajax,
toll,
i.
q.
ODD and DXO No.
II.,
TO MILT, TO
FLOW DOWN. (Chald. KM?, Syriac lmx> to be to melt.) cayed, to putrify; Êth.
<V
0^;
CCCCLXXXIX
HIPHIL,
tears."
to
melt,
to
dissolve.
(as
it
Psa. 6:7, 'fiJJPI?
Lat. misceo; Polish mieszam;

to
Bohem.
smisseti;
npDX 'Kny "I dissolve

trop. to iu
were)
my
couch with
mash,
to
Psa. 147:18; fut. apoc. DDPH Psa. 39:12; melt the heart, i.e. to terrify; plur. Vppn the Chald. form for -IDpn Josh. 14:8.
rvv "Jehovah luu n-n aa-ipf -sipo of in midst a her spirit perversities;" i.e. mingled Jehovah has sent upon them a perverse disposition.
19:14,
Specially to
Isa.
QW
mix; Germ,
mifdicn.)
Ps.
Engl 102:10; Isa.
f. (from the root "'CO), plur. nlDO temptation, trials ; used of (l)the great deeds of God, he would which both prove and excite the faith by
mix wine,
i.
e.
to spice
it,
Prov. 9:2, 5;
5:22.
Hence "^PP and
of his people, Deuter. 4:34; 7:19; 29:2. other hand
On
the
m
which
=|
wine mixed with

see.
spices, Psa.
7d
9>
i-
(2) a temptation of Jehovah is i. q. a complaining against him, Psa. 95:8; whence [A/assa/i], the in the desert Hpp Ex. 17:7; Deut. pr. n. of a place
in.
constr. "=]PP (from the root
^D), a cover;
6:l6; 9:22; 33:8.

(3) calamity, by which God oc, N. T., Job 9:23.
tries
ing, 2 Sam. 17:19; specially used of the vail before the gate of the holy tent, Exod. 26:36, sq. 39:38;
any one,
""ID3P, like
irtt-
prop,
number
(contr.
from
Dp
which
D3P, root DD3), constr. FIDO prep, according to the number, i. e. at the rate of, even as
see, for
(Syr. Km*?, Chald. npps for Hebr. 16: 10, T^-l" ?!? Dpp "even as thy
1
H3, |). Deut. hand can give."
and of the court, Exod. 35:17; 39 40 called 21 fully ^ppn J"l?n3 Exod. 35 1 2 39 34 40 " an d the vail of Judah Isa. 22: 8, rn-l.T. -qpp nx ?] shall be uncovered," i. e. Judah shall be exposed to shame; an image taken from a virgin, whose vail has been taken away by outrageous and violent men. The same figure is used in Arabic see Schult. Origg. Hebr. 258.
40 5 more
:
LXX.
KuOutQ n \tip ffov
f.
(from the root
""I??),
a covering, Eze.
PV m. a covering, a vail (for the face), Exod. 34:33 35. So all the versions, the context almost demanding it. But this cannot be explained on Yarchi indeed observes that philological grounds. this word is used in the Gemara in speaking of vailing the face, but this was no doubt taken from
i>
28:13!'
I. f. (from the root ^|D3 No. I) (i) th casting of metal. H3DP 73^ a calf cast (of metal), Exod. 32:4,8. H3pp *n?^ the cast images of gods, Ex. 34:17. Specially a molten image, Deut. g:ia;
;
Jud. 17:3,4.
(2)
II.
(nrovSi'i,
this passage.
Arab,
fc^j which
formerly com-
a league,
Isa.
30:1.
II),
pared, signifies rather a coverlet than avail. Possibly
riDDp
f.
(from the root ^03 No.
a cover-
we ought
a
vail.
to
read
H^DS
(HS-lDp, napp), a covering,
ing, Isa. 25:7.
|3pD
f. i.
fOIDJp
q. n3-1B>p
"ipB'
a hedge, thorn-hedge, Mic.

to hedge, to fence around.
poor,
wretched,
;
(from the root j?P No. 4, to be poor), Arabic Eccl. 4:13; 9:15, 16.
-<Ethiop.
:,
7:4; from the root
whence a new
I0D m. (from the root ^^3), removing away, keeping off, 2 Ki. 11:6.
"^PP
m- (from the root

1
"^DP),
traffic,
mer-
verb <^?lTl^: to be poor, i?PP, ^.acrio to make poor. Many modern languages have adopted this word (prob. from the Arabic), as the Ital. meschino, mes; Portuguese, mesquinho, subst. mesquinhez Hence French, mesquin, subst. mesquinerie.
chandise,
Ki. 10:15.
chinello
is
:JPP TO MIX, TO MINGLE, i. q. JTO. (This root very widely extended, not only in the PhcenicioShemitic languages, but also in the Indo-Germanic
Û!K
_.
p
3pp
f.
poverty, misery, Deut. 8:9; see the
preceding word.
plur.
f.
and Slavonic languages. See Arab.
/il*
storehouses, granaries, by a
: ; ;
Med. Ye, to mix, ^,'ûu^, ^-^.j.-c mixture; Germ.

SRtfcfynafd)
}
Aram.
sjJâ*
transposition of the letters for rfDJDO, from the root 2 Chr. 8:4.. i Ki. 9: 19 D3.3 which see, Ex. l 1 1
f.
"ft?;
Sanscr. maksh
Cfrom the root ^PJ No.
II,
i.
q.
^^>
tc
tnl misr; Pers.
^^j
^\
and
..^^Û
Gr.
weave), threads,
web
of a weaver, Jud. 16:13, 14.
ccccxc
M?Dp
course of
f.
(from the
l
root?)
6:12;
Isa.
(i) a
way
cast
to
up, embanked, Jud. 20:31, 32;

life,
highway; hence a public way,

Sa.
40:3.
Applied
a Nomadic host (see Vp3 No. 2); hence also applied to single individuals, Deu. 10: 1 1, DU^ *'-f ^PP? "to go out before the people." Num. 10:2, VIS j?E
Pro. 16:17; Ps 84:6. (a) a ladder, steps, i.q. D?D. 2 Ch. 9:11.
^PpP
L
e.
rn. (from the root ??P), a way embanked, a public, a great road, Isa. 35:8.
nunpn for the departure of the camp." Subst. a journey, Ex. 40:38; Nu. 10:6; a station on a journey, Exod. 17:1, Qp'V.PP? "according to their stations." Nu. 1O:6, 12.
m. (from the root
l
*H?P)
a prop, a stay.
lyPP only
12:3, and
in pi.
O'IPPP
Isa.
41
7,
O'lPPP
Ch.
Ki. 10:12.
n'nppp
2 Chron. 3:9; Jer. 10:4, nails;

nail.
comp. Arab, .û*^ a

with
B>
Root
~ipP.
[Once written
Ecc. 12:11.]
m. const. "l?PP with suff. *19PP (from the rootlQP) wailing, lamentation, Gen. 50:10; Am 5:16,17. m. (from the Chaldee root N?P Pe. and Aph. fodder for cattle, Gen. 24 :25, 32; 42:27; 43:24.
to feed);
f. i.
C'DlJ TO MELT, TO FLOW DOWN, TO WASTE AWAY. In Kal once found, used of a sick person
wasting away,
Isa.
10:18.
(Kindred roots are n P.P,
P^P
No.
II
see also ci^Lc to dissolve, to macerate in
q.
nnSD (which
see) scurf, scab, a

7, 8.
water, and the words given under *P.)
place in the body affected
by a scab, Lev. 13:6,
NIPHAL DPJ, in pause PP?, fut. Dp^, inf. Dpn (i) to be melted, used of the manna, Ex. 16 2 1 of wax, Psal.68:3; by hyperb. of mountains melting with Jud. 15:14, "his bands melted blood, Isa. 34:3. from off his hands," i. e. fell from his hands as if Used of cattle when sick, i Sa. 15:9. loosed.
:
pi.
f.
cushions, quilts, coverlets,
so
called from being spread out, see the root. HDD No. 3. Ezek. 13:18, 21. Syinm. viravîna. Vulg. ceroi
calia
i. (from the root 1??) (l) narration (compare the verb in Pi.) Jud. 7:15. (2) number, Nu. 1:2; 9:20; and so frequently. Sometimes in the ace. it is put adverbially for accord Ex. 16: 16, DD'HC??} ~!3t?P " a< ing to the number. cording to the number of your souls." Job 1:5. Elsewhere (as the Gr. apt0/u, apiOfjLciv) it is added 2 Samuel 21 :2O, Q'lp^ pleonastically to numerals.
(2) (a) with fear, terror, 2 Sam. 17:10; often used of the heart, Dent. 20:8; The original force of the expresJosh. 2:11; 5:1
to
become faint.
sion
is retained in the following, Josh. 7:5, "the heart of the people melted, PIP,? *rn and became water. (b) with sorrow, grief, Psa. 22:15; 1 12: 10; " compare 'Ovid, ex Ponto, i. 2, 57, sic mea perpetuis admotis ut nova cera liquescunt pectora cun's, Ignibus
"ispp yiPSI.
"
twenty-four in
number"
1
(24 an
bet
solet."
i 11
r H i L, causat. of Niphal
i
:
No. 2,a,tomakefea rfu I,
Deu.
28.
Derivatives, PP, OOFI; comp. also np, npp, which

I refer
ISPP PK Gen. 41:49; ">3pp PX ? l Chron. kt)t). 22:4, an d ^Spp pNlj; Job 5 -.9; 9:10; irithout number, i.e. innumerable. On the contrary 'DP "IBpp, ISpp 'K'?X men of number, are a few, such as
can be easily numbered, Gen. 34:30; Ueu. 4:27; Psalm 105:12; Jer. 44:28; iChron. 16: 19; and in apposit. ^PPP D'P' the days, which are a number,
i.e.
however
-c
to another root.
18.
a weapon, an arrow, a dart, Job 41:

Arab.
in a
id.
from the root c S to draw an arrow

1
;
can be numbered, a few, Nu. 9:20.

+\j\
(Similarly
bow, Koran, Ixxix.
the letters
D and
being
i_^_Vy\^
ii.
numbered days,
i.
e.
a few, Koran
interchanged.
rn. (from the root VP3) p (i) a quarry, see the root, Hiphil No. 1. lKi.6:7, ypp no|?p> J3X w whole stones (not hewn), from the quarry." LXX.
180; but seethe interpreters.) In Deu. 33:6, in the words "ispp vnp 'rn the particle of negation must be repeated from what has preceded, and tb<
rendering
i.
e. let
\iOait 6fpor6fUHf
dolati.
apyoif.
Vulg. incorrectly lapides

is
[VPS, separated in Thes.]

(fl)
" and let is, (not) his men be a number/ them be many, innumerable. (3) [jVi's/Jtf r], pr. n. m. Ezr. 2:2; for which then ro.Spp Neh. 7:7.
1
breading up, departure of a camp, prop, of
[Mispereth'], see IBpp No. 3.
ccccxci
a root which occurs twice, and is both and obscure, which I consider however to have had the same meaning as "UP. and 1T3 TO SEPARATE, TO SEPARATE ONESELF. Hence in Kal, Nu.
loubtful
to turn aside perfidi31:16, njrV3 hytt nocfc ?yp/>, which is found ously from Jehovah," i. q.
$?0 m.
Ps. 65:12.
pi.
D7 and rt (from
the rool ^1? to
roll)
(i) a track, or rut in which the wheels revolvev

(2) a
way,
taph. (like TV?
Ps. 140:6; Prov. 2: 18. Often men r'^?) use d of course of action, Psala
?P
23:3; Prov. 2:9, 15; 4:26.
Nu. 5:6; 2 Ch. 36: 14; Ezek. 14: 13; unless indeed this be the true reading in this Others render " to dare a defection from passage.
in the parallel places, V V
/?yO m l Sa. 26:5, 7, and ft/tyfe fern, (denom. from n^3y a wagon), a wagon rampart, a fortifica.
tion constructed of the
wagons and other baggage
Jehovah ;" compare Syr. i.cc>o to dare, to undertake In a very different context it is to do anything.
found in
of the army,
Sa. 17:20.
NIPHAL, Nu. 31:5,

there were
npg separated out
of the tribes of Israel a
thousand out of each tribe," as well rendered by More freely Onk. and Syr. were chosen. Saadiah.
LXX. tfypiOfjujaav, reading perhaps -lip!?!!, or by the Samaritan usage, in which ~>DD is i. q. Heb. "JS. Talm. 1DD is to deliver, to betray, Syr. Ethp. to accuse, both of which meanings are unsuitable in
these passages.
TO TOTTEB. Psalm 18:37; Job 7.3T VTJ^D "whose fool 12:5, 26:1; 37:31; "a tottereth." Pro. 25:19, rnJND tottering 1 shortened into for foot," ^lÔ, compare Lehrg. take JTiy/ID as an abstr. noun, a totterp. 309. Others ing, of the form "MD, 23-iy, in fem. HIPHIL, to cause to totter, or shake, Ps. 69:24.
fJ TO
WAVES,
^
-1,
*"!5JP (lor nnj;p

ni.
"
ornament "),
[J/aadai], pr.n
Ezr. 10:34.
HHyO "ornament
IDS) a
s
,
of
for
Jehovah").
rnpp
i.
f.
contr. for IVlbKD (from the root
bond, Eze. 20:37.

q.
which there ("festival of Jehovah"), verse 17. The

pr. n.
m. Neh. 12:5;
ID-ID
admonition,
discipline,
in-
two places
"
will perfectly accord, if the first
be read
struct ion, Job 33: 16, from the root ID*.

I.
""flfipp in.
(from the root
T?)
a hiding-place,
refuge,
Isa.
4:6.
only in plur. C|1p, D*3TJ?5 Jer. 51:34 reference is removed to HV.; The fomi Thes. this [In actually occurring in the passage is]7^$] au(^ ni31J?10
5
a hiding-place, spec, used of the place of an ambush, Ps. 10:9; 17:12; Lam. 3:10.
^'
ni.
Sa.
15:32 (from the root
1UJ).
s Daniel f2yO m Ch. work, i. q. Heb. HK^p, 4:34; from the Ch. root "138 to Jo, to make. Found once by a Chaldaism in the Hebrew text, Job 34:25.
.
joyfully, cheerfully,
(1) delight, joy, Prov. 29:17. 1 Sa. 15:32.
Adv. with joy,
(2) delicate food, dainties, Gen. 49:20;
Lam.
II.
ni;iny
niD'3
ness,
soil."
m.(from the root ?^) density, compact" Kings 7 46, npl^n nnyp? in the compact
i"1
=
letters for
n'njgp, from the root
38:31,
m. bonds; by transposition of the "^ to bind. Job "the of the Pleiades;" bands nihyp a hoe,
see np'3.
in.
MJtQ
over,
pr.
(is)
(from
going on,
Isa 30:32,
the root 13JJ) (l) a passing 'W PHD-IO nt2p ~O#P 73 the decreed rod ......
^'P
ni.
(from the root
~I"UJ)
Isa.
7:25.
"all the
passing over of
/rj an unused root, which appears to have had the meaning of

cogn. N1O,
with timbrels," i. e. wherever the rod pusses (and smites) there the timbrels sound.
(2) a
rivi-r,
flowing down, softness
like the
place of passing over Gen. 32:23 (b) a narrow

1
(a) the ford of a

valley,
fern, is
>U iU,
vU
MDseeunder'Pp.ccxcLXVUi,
a pass of
A.
Hence
the mountains,
Sa. 13:23.
The
P
constr.
:
(Arabic sing.
<y.P,
absol. Josh.
p i. ni-oyp, and nnayp (this latter 2:7; from n"l?yp, and const. Jud, 3 28), i. q. "Qyo No. 2. (a) a ford, Isa. 16: 2. (6) a pass of the mountains, Isa. 10:29.
f.
DI only in plural, (A),

also
'Q
with
suff.
T2P, and
Dn<i?p
(for
Vt to 'JPfP 26.7:19 (l) intestines, come forth from any one's bowels, to be descended from any one, Gen. 15:4; (25: 23); 2Sa-7:12; l6:ll
DD'SP),
-jya-nya
tpctp.b.
CCCCXC1I
m. (from the root
}*y) pi.
-nyo
D'3WP
l
(a) the belly, Jonah 2:1; specially used of the Genesis 25 : 23 ; Ruth 1 : 11, " are there ?" l'p3 yet sons in my " from my mother's womb," Isa. 49: l ; Psalm 71 :6.
Ch. 4:41
womb
(1) a dwelling (a) of God, used of the temple Ps. 26:8; of heaven, Ps. 68:6; Den. 26: 15. (b)ol
Once used of the external

Dan. 2:39).
belly, Cant.
5:14 (com p.
51:37.
l
wild beasts, a den, Nah. 2:12; Jer. 9:10; 10:22; Ace. in one's dwelling, like J~i'3 at home,
Sa. 2:29, 32.
(3) the breast, the h eart, figuratively, the Job 30:27; Lam. l: 20; Cant. 5:4; toul.
inmost
Isaiah
16:11;
in
soul.
Psalm 40: 9, %y_P. qin? îrnin "thy law is the midst of my bowels," i.e. set deeply in my
Compare E^prp.
the boicels.
Used of a refuge, Ps. 90: i. (2) [3/ao/z], pr. n. (a) of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:55; 1 Sam. 25:2, in the vicinity of which was pJ?D~>3*lD i Sa. 23 24, 25. (b) of an Arabian tribe, in Jud.io: 12 connected with the Amalekites, Sidonians, and Philistines, in 2Ch.26:7 w tn ^ ie
:
(B) niyp
So
in the difficult passage,
153.48:19, which I would thus explain, "thy seed shall be as the sand, Vntyp? T2P 'N?*l and the
sc.
offspring of thy bowels like (that of) its bowels," of the sea (verse 18); for the more full ^V^V?
i.
Arabs, properly so called; plur. D*3-iyo 2 Ch. loc. cit. and iCh. 4:41 np. There still exists Madn ( .U^), a town with a fortress in Arabia Petraea, by the south
;
of the
Vniyp,
bowels.
e.
nU'P
as the fishes of the sea sprung up in its is i. q. B*yp, but the feminine form in-
Dead -Sea; See Seetzen, in v. Zach's Monatl. Corresp. xviii. p. 382; and Burckhardt's Travels in
dicates a figurative use. versions Vfriyps as its
which
is
Ill rendered by the ancient small stones, sc. of sand, commonly defended by comparing Chaldee
The
Syria, p. 724, German trans.; and my notes, p. 1069. Minaei of Arabia are altogether different from
a small coin, obolus (perhaps a small stone),
was shewn by Bochart, Phaleg. ii. 23. [This place appears rather to be Ma'in c>.^t* in the south of Judea, Eob. ii. 193.] (c) m. l Ch. 2:45.
these, as
and the Arabic JuiU> which denotes a scruple of

conscience, not
Jiyp fea
na
f.
a small
stone.
&
Jer.
^^9
of the preceding, habitation,
A,
2,
Chald. only in pi. i. q. Hebr. or the belly, here the external, Dan. 2:32.
i.
(a) of Jehovah, the temple, Psa. 76:3. (b) of wild beasts, a cave, Ps. 104:22; Am. 3-4.
21:13
-(c)
an asylum, a refuge, Deu. 33:27.

m. [Mehunim, Meuniin], pr. a b. (2) Ezr. 2:50; Neh. 7:52.
(\)
3iyp m.
verse 13.
q.
!"iay
:
a cake,
\3j
Ps.
35
6, 3\yp
Ki. 17:12; compare " " cak e-buffoons,
D^yp
see JWP. No. 2,
parasites, see
3J?/.
(with Kametz impure) suff. root T1V to be strong), pi. D'Hfl? ( from the m. a strong or fortified place, a defence, a Dan. 11:7, 1O, etc. ttyp *$ fortress, Jud. 6:26;
more rarely
fVp.
TOiyp (for n;njyp "habitations of Jehovah" [" my habitations "]), [ Mehonothai J,

pr. n.
m.
Ch. 4:14.
Isa.
Spy 9
m. darkness,
plur. D'liyp
8:22; from the root
fortified cities.
Isaiah 17: 9;
sea,"
i.
fortress of the
D'fjflp
e.
Tyre.
'H TiyO "the 23:4, D r Eze. 30: 15, *n?
T!y9 mthe root
pudenda, Hab. 2:15; from
" the
of some
of fortresses;" Dan. 11:38; used Syrian deity obtruded on the Jews, by
God
"y
No.
II,
Arab.
Û
i.
q.
"",
to
naked.
Antiochus Epiphanes, perhaps Mars. [This entirely turns on the question whether the prophecy relates
really to
&
vah" from
i
("consolation
of
Jeho-
Antiochus Epiphanes.]
(is)
60:9,
"
Ephraim
*?W
WP
Figuratively, Psa. the defence of
the root
my
^j\s.) ) [3faa8iah~\, pr. n.
Prov. 10:29, "the way of head," i.e. my helmet. God (is) the defence of the upright," i.e. religion, Used of a refuge, Isa. 25:4; figuratively, of
piety.
Ch. 34:18; Neh. 10:9.

(l) Arabic ja,< to be smooth naked,
Jehovah, Psa. 37:39; 43 '2.

see the Ely in.
I
As
to the
farm
$P.
hence TO BE POLISHED, SHARP; see BV*?; transp

\3Xsc
ad.
prob. to scrape, to scrape off (comp. ,.~x*< to rub
from the root "HVP, "spy ip (perhaps "oppression," of the breast?"]), [3/aocA], pr. n. m. ["a girdle ~ r l Sa. 27 2 ?yj? No. 3, a. compare
l
:
also B"!P, since,
other),
whence
,
y and ~\ are kindred letters to Pr P- a scraping, scrap (fin hence a little. Hence comes the deiioiu.
t3J?9
CCCCXCIII
Byp () to be little, few. Lev. 25 16, "according to the fewness of the years," Ex. 12:4; Neh. 9:32; also to be made few, to be diminished, Ps. 107:39: Isa. 21:17; Pro. 13:11.
:
D^n
Isa.
m. (from the root nujJ) a vail, a garment^ p 61:3.
PIEL
Eyp
intrans.
i.
q.
Kal, Ecc. 12:3.
Levit.
to make few, to diminish, 25:16; Num. 26:54; 33 54; Jerem. 10:24, " lest thou makest me (the people) few," JO*ypJ;l~|3
HIPHIL, B'ypn
(i)
f. (from the rcot |O^ No. I), a cloak, or rather a large tunic put over the one commonly worn, reaching to the hands and feet; compare ^VP,
Arabic
U,r
and c_ik*-<
id.
Isaiah 3:22.
Sec
or
diminishest;" Eze. 29: 15. (2) to make, or do anything a little, or in a slight

(etioaS
in
"
Schrojder,
De
Vest. Mill. Hebr. p. 235.
degree
tbun).
gerinaer SSXenge/ in
geringem
SRaage
Num. 11:32, D'lpn

Exod.
to
rnby. *1PX
B'yppn"he
who had (gathered) a

mers."
vessels
little, had gathered ten ho2 Ki.4:3, "borrow empty 18; 16:17,
sc.
Jr'P m. a heap of ruins, ruins, i. q. *V, for ^BP., from the root H1JJ, Isa. 17:1. The prophet used an unaccustomed form in order to allude to the pre-
ceding
~>*yp.
'P'yprr^K
?&'? (borrow) not a few."
'5?^ (perhaps
" air X ay %i> iôpe roe ;" comp. n
.P),
give fete, Specially [Hence the following words.]

,
Num. 35:8; Exod. 30:15.
[3/aai],
pr. n. m.,
Neh. 12:36.
once
tDJ^P
2 Chron. 12:7, pr. a scraping (see
the root, No. l).
Hence a
little.
Construed
^ JrV m. an upper garment; an exterior tunic, wide and long, reaching to the ancles, but without sleeves; see 2 Sa. 13:18; compare Braun. De Vest.
II. 5; Schroeder, De Vest. Mulierum, Hebr. 267 Hartmann's Hebriierin, vol. iii., p. 51 2. It was worn by women (2 Sam. loc. cit.); by men of birth and -rank, Job l :2O; 2:12; by kings, l Sa. 15:27; 18:4; 24:5, 12; by priests, l Sam. 28:14; specially
(a) as a substantive, followed
by a
genit. of the
Sacerd.
;
noun E?P Byp paultim aquce, a little water, Gen. 18:4; 24:17,43. ^3'K oyp a little food, Gen. 43:2;
as else put after in the genitive, as By_P ''DP a few men, Deu. 26:5. Byp ~it.y a little help, Dan. 11:34. It is also joined with nouns by apposition. Isa. 10:7, oyo i6 D?i3 " nations not a little," i. e. not a
p.
few;
by the high priest, with the ephod put over it, whence "l^Kn ^yp Ex. 28:31 39:22. (The origin
;
hero,
by
litotes,
many.
is
not clear.
?yjf>
an adverb, a little, Ps. 8:6; of time, a little ic hi le, for a little, Ruth 2:7; Psa. 37:10; shortly, presently, Hosea 8:1O; Hagg. 2:6; of BJ?P BVD peu a peu, space, a little, 2 Sam. 16:1. little by little, Exod. 23:30; Deut. 7:22. oypn D|P is it but a small thing to you? Num. 16:9;
(b) as
root
however, improbable that the had the primary power of covering ; hence
It is not,
of acting covertly, astutely, perfidiously; compare 133 No. l, and the remarks there made.)
and Chald.
bowels,
see
Eze. 16:20,
Tfltn
B2n
" was this of thy whore-
doms but little?"

(c) it stands as
Rarely an adjective, small, few, Num. 3:18; 26:54; plur. CnsyPafew. Ps. 109:8; Ecc.
constr. ]!VP and poet, with Vav parag. i^VP 114:8; with suff. i3$P Hos. 13:15; plur. D\3JV5 constr. *yyP, and ni3^p, constr. ni^yp m. denom. from py with Mem formative.
j$P
Ps.
(1) a place irrigated with fountains, Ps. 84:7 (compare as to this place under the word N?3).
(2) a
With Caph prefixed.

(2) shortly, Psa. denly, Psalm a: 12;
that,
(I
nearly, almost, within

=
a little, Gen. 26: 10; Ps. 73 2; 119:87.
fountain
itself,
i.
q. l*yit
Gen. 7:11; 8:2.
Metaph.
= 9 ^ (Syr. ^j y>p id.) to indicate the appears
81:15; 94:17; quickly, sudJob 32:22. $ Byp3 shortly for scarcely, Cant. 3:4; comp. ? let. B, No. 3. i. q. tsyp but intensive; very little (see ? B,
1O:2O; 1 Chron. 16:19, (even) Byp? very few;" Psa. 105:12; 2 Sam. 19:37.
:
greatest joy, pleasure, delight, Ps. 87:7.
D'^yp
Ch.4:4i a'na
i.q.
D*M9,
see
pyp
2,4.
No. 1(3) "a few men
4), (loov 6\iyof, Prov.
Part. pass. TO PRESS, TO PRESS UPON. an animal castrated by pressing or bruising

the testicles,
very little,
Lev. 22:24.
H- ??
5
"i s
spear was
pressed into
Sa. 26:7,""l3-iyp irnq e. fixed in) (*.
f. ntsyjp adj., Eze. 21 20; smooth, and hence polished, sharp (of a sword), i. q. B^b verses 15, 10; see the root OJiP. No. l.
the ground."
pressed, used of the breasts immoHence pr.n. "^yp, and destly pressed, Eze. 83:3.
PUAL,
to be
CCCCXCIV
PS5
,
pr. n.
Josh. 13:13 ("oppression"), (l) of a town and region at the
foot of llermon, near Geshur, a district of Syria (see "H*^ and 'T-"f No. l), 9 Sam. 1O:6, 8; Deut. 3:14. Hence the neighbouring tract of Syria was called
(1) 'J?PP from above, Isaiah 45 8, and abort (comp. iP No. 3, c), Deu. 5:8; Am. 2:9; Job 18:16. Followed by ?, ? 'V^P (a) above, upon (oberhclb on etroaS), as Gen. 22:9, O'Vy? /y^>P "upon the wood." Dan. 12 :6, "l;n Ô? SyjSD "upon the
:
ni)p
0-KJ5 i
Ch. 19 6.
:
Gent, noun >rayj? Deu. 3
Josh. 12:5;
13:11; aKi.25:23. and rcgc JT3 ba.
1 4 Comp. H3J?p rP3

:
(2) of several men (a) iKi. 2:39; iCh. 11:43; 27:16; called also WP., which see. (b) Gen. 22: and of wo24; where however the sex is doubtful; men, as (c) the wife of Rehoboam, iKi. 15:2;
10:13; 2 Chron. ll:2O; called
also,
13:2,
-inVD'p.
n^yp npyp n?yp upwards more and more, Deu. 28:43. (b) farther, more, 1 Sa. 9:2; used especially of time, Nu. 1:2O; also, onward, 1 Sa. 16:13.
(.3)
(b) near, by, Isa. 6:2, "the Com p. seraphs stood '*? 7y??P," LXX. KvxXy avrnii. ?y_ used of people accompanying a leader, Ex. 18: 13, 14; Jud. 3:19; especially Job 1:6. (2) with H local, (a) upwards, lKi.7:3l.
water of the river."
f/)2Sa. 3 :3.
() iCh.2: 4 8.
(/)
iCh.7:i 5 ,i6.
Lev. 5: 15.
?R?f
Ezek. 1:27.'
fut, ?J>P!
nSyp.^>
a ) upwards, Isa. 7:11 Ecc. 3:21 Followed by a r6yp^ 41 :7

; ; .
Pro. 16: 10, and
Wp.
BE
(1) TO
ACT TREACHEROUSLY, TO
Pro. 16: 10; 2 nirV3 to sin against Jehovah, to turn aside from him, Deut. 32:51; often in this phrase, ""tin ? ?y_p ^>y_O l Ch. 5:25; 10: 13; 2 Ch. 12:2.
11
FAITHLESS, Ch. 26:18; 29:6,19; Neh. 1:8. hyo
" over the head." noun, Ezra 9:6, &JO (b) l Ch. 23:27; 2 Ch. 31 17. beyond, Opp. to n^>. IP n /VP? over thing, i.e. besides that which,
n^S
(2) followed by 3 of the thing, to take anything by stealth, Josh. 7:1; 22:20; l Ch. 2:7. (Simonis
any l Ch. 29:3. npyp?~ty unto a high degree, i. e. in a higher degree, exceedingly, 2 Chron. 16: 12, 17:12; 26:8. n (4) /VP?P from above, Gen. 6: 16; 7:20; Ex. 25:21; 26:14; 36:19; Josh. 3:13, 16.
Chald. plur. P^tt? the place of entrance.i.e, setting (of the sun), Dan. 6: 15; from the root ^/V^
to enter.
compares
UU_<
is
to whisper, to
backbite
the idea of
1
W?
s- --
which
fraud
;
is
too foreign to this verb;
and
aJ
perfidy,
which
is
from the root
JU
The
signification
see
seize, to
No.
more
closely resembled by Jjt* to
take by stealth.
root seems tc be that of
The primary signification of the covering; whence ^'J?P;
masc. Neh. 8:6, lifting up; from the root >J>!
formed from
\.
hence
th;it 7V.O is
act covertly, unless indeed it be regarded a secondary root, taken from the noun ''ST? the upmost (compare under nn?, HTO'), prop. therefore, to be over or above anything, to posto
m. (from the root npjj) (l) an asceni a place by which one goes up, Neh. 12:37. Witl suif. Ivyp its ascent (sing, compare Hebr. Graim
(a) astage,aplal an acclivity, a hill. "VJJn n ?V P l Sa 9:11; B'O'JCl n?yp the acclivity or mount of Olivrs 2 S;im. 15:30; D'P"$ n]?J?p Josh. 15:7; 18: 17, on the borders of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,
sess, to
have in
;
one's
power,
ben Obcutcrrn madden,
bcmid'tigen compare Êthiop. of similar origin, to tyrannise, to rebel; and also the Hebrew
'J? 3 .)
90,9), Eze. 40:31(2) a lofty place

(b)
9:4.
[This
latter conjectural
formation
is
rejected
in
Thes.]
Hence ?7P and

I.
D*?ni?y.
n!?KP
("the acclivity of scorpions"),

Josh. 15:3, on the southern borders
of
in,
masc. perfidy, treachery (against God), Job 21:34; elsewhere only in the phrase ^JM?
the examples cited above.
Num. 34:4;
Palestine.
71??, see
H.
'"V 3?)*
/?
Pr
P-
p
masc. (formed from
PP, from the root
fern.
(l) ascent,
going up,
to a higher
region, Ezra 7: 9.
adv. above.
ame
the higher part; hence as an (This word may be suspected to be the as ?J?O No. I, see the etymological note on the
higher,
which
rise
up in
Metaph. D^Cfn ni^y.p the things your mind, i.e. thoughts which pass
through your mind, Eze. 11:5; compare the phrase yinkdjk 38:10.
-oot Tty.)
(2)ase/>,bywhichanycnegoesup.
affixes
steps,
i
Only found with the prefixes and
Ki. 10:19;
Ezek. AO: 26, 31, 34.
Figure
ccccxcv
lively
is
(a) the
steps of a gnomon, whence
used of the
gnomon
,
or dial
itself,
divided into
thing/t'rm, stable, l" 69:3-
ground
to
stand on"], Pa
steps, 2 Ki.
20:9, 1O, ll;
Targum,
1,
Symm
Isa. 38:8, according to the Jerome, and the Rabbins where,

;
p?
12:3,
f.
others, following the LXX..Syr.,
and
Jos. Antt. x. ll,
"I
will
(from the root DOj;). a bur den, Zech make Jerusalem '131. HDJpyp QN a
to all peoples."
understand steps of a
flight.
(b) ni^Jgsn
TB> a
stone of
this has
burden
The meaning
of
song of steps,
12O
in the heading of fifteen psalms, Ps. 134; which, as I judge, are so called because of the metre and rhythm found in most of them the
;
been well illustrated by Jerome on the " Mos est in wbibvs Palcestiiice, et usque passage: hodie per omnem Jmlcpam vetus consuetixlo servattn; ut
in
i-iciilis,
were, goes on progressively thus the first or last words of a preceding sentence are often repeated
sense, as
it
;
oppidis
et
castellis
rotundi ponantur lapides
gravissimi ponderis,
et eos
ad
<pio$
juvenes exercere se soleant,
at the
..."
beginning of those that follow; e.g. Psa.121, QVP * 1 1 V ( 2 ) * 1 T S Nta j i.'N ? Qn.? *?'# Kfx ( i ) 6 nan (4) ^.Db> n'jupx ..! (3)
1
^S
.
pro varietate virhirn sublevare, alii ad genua, alii usque ad umbi/icum, alii ad hitmeros et caput, tionmtlli
super verticem, rectia jujictisqite manibits, magnitudinem virium demonstrantes jwndus extollant."
1
O
...
<
nin; (7)
'
...
npb>
"^'
rivi*
(5)
S&op.
-ifc>
p n;n
\W? (P s 124:1)"
...
'131
yn
m.
pi.
depths, deep places,
Isa.
51:10;
-ay \T& (5) !?y_ Comparel22:2, 3, 4; 123:3,4; 126:2, 3; 29: l, 2. The song of Deborah may be reckoned as one of the same kind; see Judges 5:3,5, 6, 9, 12, 19, 20,
21, 23, 24, 27, 30.
I
ntfTjn
Dn Vitrpa
Ps. 69: 3, from the root PPSJ.

to designate from the root n3y rf <_/i
j^D
by
(for nJHP, one's words,
compare
*?,
$!). pr. subst.
purpose.
SJ^gfi^
have discussed
this
kind of
intent, with pref.
]?;
with
sufF.
TOP,
rhythm at greater length in Ephemerid. Hal. 1812, No. 205 which has been approved of by De Wette, Einl. in das A. T., p. 289 Winer, in Lex., etc. Beller;
Dppyp? always becoming a pailicle. (A) prep, on account of

(l) used of the cause by which any one is moved, " let Mount Zion be glad ... TÎ'fP BR^ because of thy judgments;" Psa. 97:8; 122:8. "in |JJO? God is often said to have done
Ps. 48: 12,
mann
considered these to be trochaic songs (Metrik
der Hebriier, 1813, page 199, sqq.), against whom, I have discussed the question, Ephemerid. Hal. 1815,
denying, altogether, that the Hebrews had any Those are still farther from the metrical prosody. TB> to the subject truth who apply the title
No. ll
n3y
Isa.
for the
something sake of David his sen-ant, i.
e.
on ac-
cornt of his
memory and
l
the promises given to him,
nibjjtsrj
37 35;
=
matter of those Psalms, and render
vp
songs of going and suppose them to have been sung by the Israelites returning from their exile (compare Ezr. 7 9), or by those who went up to Jerusalem for this subject is treated in only two of them (Psa. 122, and 126), and other subjects in all the rest.
it
i^pn
sense
for his
Ki. 11:3252 Ki. 8:19; 19:34; ff^ mercy's sake, i. e. because of his mercy
it is,
(see
No.
),
being what
is
IDE? for
6:5; 25:7; 44:27 (in the same 25:7; 51:3; 109:26); $9? T??n? his name's sake, what his name or character
Ps.
said
Ps.
bids us to expect, (for

ciful, as
God
is
regarded as being mer
has been
-well
(3) a lofty place,
Ch. 17:17;
9:6.
n>ro.
specially
an
upper room,
?
i.
q. H'py.
Am.
sion
23:3; 25:11; 31:4. is very clear from the following examples: Ps.
'
remarked by Winer), Psa. This meaning of the expres-
V$?
?)???
i.
q.
tyyp Zech.
i -.4
me
according to thy name, for great

1 1, '131
is
thy loving
(from the root ^J>) only in plur. m. icorks (a) the illustrious deeds of God, Ps.
MvQ
Jer.
kindness;" Ps. 143:
ÎV? ^nn
Jehovah, keep
"for thy name's sake,
me
$&?
But
b.
alive,
77:12; 78:7.
7:5 or
;
(ft)
:
works of men, Zee.
l.:6;
1 1
21
14.
D^D jnn, 3'pn to
according to thy righteousness," or mercy. [?] see another use of this phrase under letter
^P"|V
'act well,
lyoV (God)
i
.
" for his righteousness' sake," Isa
ill,
Jer.
35-15; Mic. 3:4.

i.
42 2
:
(from the root ^PJJ), standing, station, ["function"], 1 Ki. 10:5; Isa. 22:19; 1 Ch.
|:28l 2
l
one (2) used of purpose and intention, which any has in view. E33y_p? on your account, i. e. for your
welfare, for your benefit, Isa, 43: 14, compare 45:4; i.e. to 63:17. *3yyp on my account, for my sake, vindicate name, Isa. 43 25 48 1 1 in this sens*
Ch.9
Pr
-
4.
r<
,?
part.
Hophal (from the root "IPV,), some-
my
CCCCXCVI
there
is
said
more explicitly
IV 1?/
5
wnn (|ypV)-1
which
is
...
*>$
|JJP?
"because of my name
compare TPP'
...and
my glory,"
Isa.
48 :Q;
Ps. 79:9,
" on account of the explained, "*]$& of and name," 106:8, glory thy y_nin^> IDt? |$fp^> in"Vl3$ "for his name's sake, that he might shew
TQ3 "G^
immediately
have I sinned ...T?.T]? P^V^ IVP? that thou mayest be just in thy sentence;" to this end have I sinned that thy justice may be shown forth. [Rather perhaps,
I
make
the confession to this end, etc.]
phrase in
forth his power." There is a different sense of this " the l Ki. 8:41, stranger who comes from
is
a land that
name,"
i.
very far off lOy"
\V
=*?
e.
to see thy glory.
In the Psalms
because of thy God is
'?*y m. (from the root !"I3JJ) (i) reply, answer, Job 32:3, 5; Proverbs 15: l, 23; hence (a) hearing and ansivering of prayers, Prov. 16: 1. (b) contradiction, refutation, Job 32:3,5. (2) purpose, intent, whence the abbreviated
IVP.
"because
of
not unfreqwntly said or besought to do something of his enemies" Ps. 8:3; or because
the enemies of the Psalmist, Ps. 5:9; 27:11; 19, i. e. that they may be put to shame, as
it
Prov. 16:4; compare Arab.
fis.
to purpose.
II.
Ijyo
hard),
f.
(from
the root
n$
No.
to labour
afurrow, Ps 129:3 3'ro; 183.14:14.

f.
69
though
were
-lE^. U?P?.
Followed by an
inf.
with
JVjJ7p
id.
Ps.
129:3
np
the intent that, Am. 2:7; Jer. 7:10; 44:8; Deut. In some instances interpreters have pre29:18.
njyo
f.
an abode, see îyp.

root .Jjt,t to be
$P/ of the event, rather than of the intent, rendering it so (i.e. with the result) that; but in this way the force of the language is
ferred understanding
t^p
whence
(
an unused root;
The idea of purpose or intent wantonly destroyed. " is always to be preserved, Am. loc. cit. a father and son go in unto the same girl (harlot) ??n Jjjpp
*C'"T|5
wrath") [Maaz],
f.
pr. n.
m.
Ch.
a:7
compare
(from the root
DEn"lK in
is,
that
holy name," with such atrocity and wantonness of wickedit
order
^) pain, affliction
Jer. 10:3.
to profane
my
Isa.
50:11.
:
ness do they advisedly, as
were, provoke the divine
m. an axe,
Root
Isa.
44:12;
(Arab
punishment;
5:18).
or, to
use the
Hebrew proverb, they
id.).
"!Sy.
draw punishment with cords of wickedness (Isaiah Compare letter B, and see the observations
of Kritzsche on the part,
1t>a,
O
drance,
l
m. (from
Sa. 14:6.
tl
le roct ">VV)
restraint, hin-
on Matth.
p.
837.
(B) Tf8 RQfGen. 18:19; Lev. 17:5; Nu. 17:5; Deu. 20:18: 27:3; Josh. 3:4; 2 Sa. 13:5, etc., and
without"'^.: tt?P? conj. to the end that, followed by a fut. Gen. 27:25; Ex. 4:5; Isa. 41:20; and so in The following are some as to all the instances.
? m. (from
root ">JO restraint,
Pror
25:28.
m. (from the root nj^ Arab, lie
to hold
which doubts have been raised by interpreters. Gen. " for I hav'e known 1 n
18:19,
?-^
back), a parapet, surrounding a flat roof, to hinder any one from falling off, Deu. 22:8.
1&$
W^ ^V"
b.
-:
'?
(chosen)
etc. see
him (Abrahanft) that he may command,"

JHJ No. 7,
etc.
Isaiah 66:
1 1,
" be glad with
m. pi. (from the root (3 things, tortuous ivays, Isa. 42:16.
tortuout
Jerusalem DHynt'M
be satisfied,"
selves as
-Va.'P) ]]}1^>
that ye may suck and The meaning is, Declare your-
rejoicing with Jerusalem that ye may be admitted into fellowship of her joy and abundance. Hos. 8:4, "they make for themselves idols J"l}3'. $Pp
m. for nn^p(from the root fV#) (i) nakedness, pudenda, i. q. i"IV$ Nah. 3:5. (2) a naked space, i.e. void space. 1X5.7:36, t^S ~iyp3 " for the space of each one" (of the borders).
I.
that they may be destroyed," they lush,
as
it
were,
" thou Ps. 30:12, prone to their own destruction. hast turned my mourning into dancing 13. that
I'lV.D m. (from the root 3!^No.I. 2) articles
my
heart
Isa.
may
extol tliee
;"
God
is
said to have done

Jer.
of merchandize, which are interchanged, bartered. Ezekiel 27:9, 27, TiRyp *?iy "those who exchange
thy
to
this.
28:13; 41:20: 44:9;
27:15; where
see a
merchandize;" Ezek. 27:13,
17,
19,27 (beginit
some incorrectly understand $?? of the event,

little
ning), 33, 34.
above at the end of letter A. TXt*rwc are the words also to be token, Ps. 51 :6, " against thee only
mean
II.
[In some of its occurrences " a fair or market." Thes.]

-
appears
3"S9 m
C from
the r:ot
^ No H
-
CCCCXCVII
Ihe part
107:3;
Isa.
ward. \ 2Ch. 32:30.]

"!?!?
15:6.
f.
103:12; sets, Psalm 75 7 [Found also with n local, westCh. 26:30; and with prefix ? on the west,
where the sun

43:5.
m
p
constr.
n^p, with
and
suff.
Gen. 20:9,
is
etc.;
suff. JnglD, plur, TKP. Ecc. 2:4, H;
a form which
also used with a singular sense (se

;
i.
3-jy_p
No.
II.,
the
West,
Isaiah
m. (from the root n 7^) a naked place, i.e. Comp. plain or field devoid of trees, Jud. 20:33.
"1*5$?
5--OJ
;
"ÎP and Hebrew Gramm. 90, 9, note) Ps. 45 2, 92:6; sing., Ex.23 * 2 VB'Jjg plur. Ps. 66 3 plur., Ps. 103:22; sing., 1 Sam. 19:4; Ml?8P plur., and sing., Gen. 47 3.
:
T^P
'
(1) noun of action of the verb
one
makes
or does, ba$ Sfcun/
Arab, -'imji that which surrounds a city prop, a naked

tract
around
?
pi.
it.
f., 1
Sa.
reading for
n'lDiytD,
17:23 H'PD, prob. an incorrect which is in np, unless perhaps

.
f.
ayfpjgrrip "what is 23:28; D'n^Kn TV? rmy nbyp (emdtun8 bc Sem. pelbtenftct) "performance of the Temple service." Ex. 5:4, " why do ye call away the people VbyGO from their business?'-' Eze. 46 l nppn p " (six)
: :
any Gen. 47:3, l Chr. your business?"

nt^JJ,
efdidft.
that which
we compare
""115^?
f.
the Arab.
a band of men.
constr. rnJJO plur.

l
n'n^p a cave; Arab.
i.Ux; Gen. 19:30;
Sam. 24:4,8; and frequently;

III.
:
days of business," work; opposed to the sabbath. Hence used of the whole course of action, almost i. Ex. 23 24, DnnsgM nbyj} N ? " thou shall q. THnot act like them" (Gentiles); 18: 20; Lev. 18:3;
1 :
from the root

a pr. n.
"l-iy
No.
Josh. 13:4,
some take
as
Mic. 6: 16; Eccl. 4:3, "
who
Vulg. Maarah
[E. V. Mearah~\.
WS&n nnn
has not seen nbyprrn^
nfe^J
I^S
jrjn evil
course
of
action
]""$> m.
(from the root

reverential
H?
which causes
fe a r,
Isa.
part Hiph.), that 8:13.
under the sun." Job 33: 17.
Absol. of an evil course of action,
m. (from the root

tel
Prov. 16:
l,
^TTW
f.
"H"^), disposing, coun"the counsels of the
heart."
in order.
(i) disposing, ranging lamps ranged in order (of the holy candlestick), Exod. 39:37; specially (2) a pile of wood upon the altar, Jud. 6:26 (compare the verb, Gen. 22:9); of the shew-bread,
l
pi.
nlDTgp
n:ny?3n
nil!)
(2) a deed, an action (Sfyat) (a) of God, Jud. 2:10; Ps. 86 8. bat), chiefly (b) of men (ânblung/ in a bad sense. Gen. 44: 15, TE^ nf n HB^n HD Dn^y. "what is this deed which ye have done?" 2 Ki. 23: 19; Ecc. l :14PI., Gen. 20:9; lSa.8:8; Absol. of an evil deed, l Sam. 20: 19, nbyp DV?
:
" in the day of that deed," namely, when Saul sought to slay David. (Others take it to be, in the working
day; opp. to the feast day.)
Levit.
24:6. (3) a battle set in array,
"
l
Sam. 4: 16; 17:22,
""T.
(3) ivork, which any one produces. (a) of God. ^"V-P the things which God made with his
48.
(l) a pile, as of the shew-bread set before Jehovah in the temple, Levit. 24:6; whence
fi?"$?
f.
hands, (fingers, Ps. 8:7), his works, (used of heaven, In sing. earth, animals), Psal. 8 7 19:2; 103:22. nirr nb^?? Isa. 5:19; 10:12; 28:21; Psal. 64:10;
: ;
cn? in the later books, i. q. in the older, D'3Sn DPP Neh. 10:34, also without OH? 2 Chr. 2:3; also on? hrjy_p 2 Ch. 1 3 1 1 na^sn jn^ the table on which the loaves were placed, 2 Ch. 29:18. (2) [" Plur."] a battle set in array, an army,
r> 3"}.V'I1
:
.
Psa. 28:5, work *! *T nbyp Isa. 5:12; 29:23. of God, specially used of the judgment of God against the wicked; compare ?y.S. (b} of men. D"]K H! the work of men's hands, often said of idols, Deu. 4: 28; Ps. 115:4; 135:15. Specially used of artificial
and
^W
Sam. 17:8.
L-
'P'"]"'-?
m.
plur.
nakednesses,
for
concr. the
naked. 2 Chron. 28: 15; from the root
D^
No.
I.
sudden
10:33;
fr
terror, hence violence, Isa,

fo
work, as 3CTI HK'y.p work woven in many colours, damask, Ex. 26:1, 31; ri^l "B^? net work, Exod. 27 4. On the other hand, 2 Chron. 16: 14, rin^l.D? Once fiB'y.P with an artificial compound of spices. used of the work of a poet \iroirjp.a\ Psalm 45:2.
:
m
(i.
tne root T&T

q.
terrify,
Metaph. also of the fruit of anything. Isa. ,^2: 17, D$B> Him nfe>2p "the work (i.e. the fruit) of lighteousness
(4)
i.q.
(is) peace."
is
]J?
!"Qy_P,
~iP " a place naked of

pr. n. of
trees"), \_Maar ath], iins of Judah, Josh. 15:50,.
a place in the moun-
what
n3*6p No.
produced by labour, property, goods, Isa. 36:12, a. W&Spfy "all cui

33
CCCCXCVIII
goods." Specially used of *3:l6; of cattle, 1 Sa. 25: 2.
*?TJ
(contr. for
pr. n.
fruits,
com,
etc.,
Exod.
&
cording to Simonis,
(contr.
from nca $ED ac

the idol"),
'2
"exterminating
(l)
*$?%? "work
1
of Jehovah"),
^Maasiat], n' & irVBtyO T bj2
m.
Ch. 9:12.
[Mephibosheth], pr.n. m. 2Sa.4:4; 9:6.

see
Sa. 21:8.
()
("work
of
Jehovah"),
:
men, Jer. 21 1 (comp. 37:3); 29:21; 35:4; iCh. 15:18, 20;2Ch. 23:1.
[Maaseiah],
pr.n. of several
j"3& m.
of the (prop. part. Hiphil,
nxt
yw
as
to
const, st. "te>, with suff. W^rtD, plur. Gen. 14: (from the noun IK'JJ, -fc'), o; Deu.u 123,28; 26:12. 'fe'SJgn Tb>yp "tithes of
p m.
break in pieces), a weapon, Pro. 25: 1 8.

*?S2P
hammer, mace, maul, Compare ]'S^.
M,
the year of tithe," tithes,"Neh.io:39. to be used every third year, in which the tithes were in providing hospitable entertainments at home, Deu.
TterTW"
falls off;
m. (from the root ^23 to fall). (l) what Am. 8:6, 1? ^>BO what falls off from
corn," husk.
Hence
;
also used cadei-e of things
26:12.
?
f.
plur. (from the root
P^
to oppress),
pendulous, loose; (the Roman poets which hung loosely see Gronov. ad Stat. Sylv. 38); Job 4:5, T? V*9 "the pendulous parts of his flesh," on the belly of
(2) something
oppressions, forcible exactions. Pro. 28:16.

city of Egypt, Hos. 9:6; elsewhere called ep Isa. 19: 13; Jer. 2: 16; the ruins
the crocodile, flabby parts (Me SBammen).
^P
pr.n.
Memphis, a
nxSÔ
f.
(from the root R^B), only in
pi.
r^DO
of which, although small, are found on the western bank of the Nile, to the south of Old Cairo; called
miracles, Job 37:16, i. q. nisb??. The poet [5urarer form on account, of spired writer] has used this the word of similar sound T??P in the other hemistich.
by the Copts, UBiiqi; in Sahidic, uetiqe, also U6?MO*fqi, (in the Rosetta inscriptions, page 5, as commonly read panoe), from which forms the Hebrew
name, as well as the Gr. Mt/jQic, and the Arab. u_iê
are easily explained. The etymology of the Egyptian name is thus spoken of by Plutarch (De Iside et
Osiride, p. 369), rqv piv TTQ\IV Mt/jiQiv
ol p.(.v
rii/Sp
f.
(from the root 3^3), a division, clats^
2 Ch. 35:12.
rre
f.
Isa.
l,
and
n?BO
Tsa.
23:13;
25:9
ruins [" Syr. (from the root ^33), fa lien buildings,

m. (from the root
escape, Psalm
oppov
55
=
&yadwv
(compare UG2 full, and HOVqi good) ipjju)i'tvovffiv, ol <T AC rafyov 'O<ri'pSoc (compare U?AY sepulchre, and OII<t>l fVpy*r;e, an epithet of Osiris), both of which are applicable to Memphis, the sepulchre of Osiris, and the Necropolis of the Egyptians; and hence, also, the gate of the blessed, See Jasince burial was only allowed to the good.
9-
HV7$D
from
its
idol, so called (from the root V??), l Ki. 15: 13; comp. of an fear, object being an idol, from the root Â, to fear.
f.
m.(from the root

to balance),
'^3=0^9 Piel, to weigh,,

Job 37:
16.
blonskii
179;
11,
t.
Opuscc. edit, te Water, t. i. page 137, 150, ii. page 131; Creuzeri, Commentatt. Herodot.
; ;
balancing
(of clouds),
page 105, seq. Charnpollion, 1'Egypte sous les Pharaons, i. page 363 my Comment, on Isa. loc. cit. [But see Thes. on this word and its hieroglyphic
form, as shewn
(i)/o//, ruin of jrpSD f. (from the root a man, Prov. 29:16; of a kingdom, Eze. 26: 15, 18;
^)._
by Dr. Thomas Young.]
27:27; 3"i6a (2) what falls down, Eze.3:J3 (of

tnink).
fallen
VîpO m. (from the root P?^), violence, blow; hence used of one on whom it is laid, Job 7 20.
:
a cadendo, (3) a corpse, like cadaver, Jud. from TriVrw, 14:8.
(from the root HQ3), Job 1 1 :2O, C B3 HSD "breathing out of the soul" (compare l?W H53
ri
:
.
S
,
m. Pro. 8:22, and $50 f. (from the a work 66:5; (of God). Ps.46:9;
see
rtx*
Jer. 15:9,
and Job 31 :39).

HS3), the
H3D
m. (from the root
bellows of a
id."]
bluckamith, Jer.
6 : 29.
[" Arab.
U^*
]^DD masc. (from breaking in pieces, Eze. 9:8
the root
a bruiting,
CCCCXCIX
T*?P masc. (prop.
bruise, pound), a
Hiph. from the root f?3 to hammer, Jer. 51 :2O; comp. r? ?part.
5
"Tp^p
(a) (3)
(from the root I??).
(l)
numbering
18: 22; favour (see IH); riches, Hos. 12:9; rest, Ru. 1:9; a vision from God (!"rtrvp), Lam. 8:9; a sein a pulchre, i. e. death longed for, Job 3: 22; also
bad sense
to
(of people),
aSa. 24:9.
commandment, mandate, 2 Ch. 31:13. an appointed place, Eze.43:2i; "IjJ^PO'tK
Ps. 116:3;
meet ivith calamity, i. Pro. 6:33; Hos. 12:9.

=
e.
to fall into
it,
"My
hand has
acquired
n. of one of the gates of Jerusalem, [.MYpAfcad], pr. Neh. 3:31.
(something)," i. q. I have obtained, got for Lev. 25: 28; Job 31 25. Absol., 2 Sa.l8:22, myself, nSVb rnb'2 J'K "there are no tidings that will gain
VHSp
m. (from the root H?)i

(Arab.
port, prop, a
?-t~.
(any thing)," i.e. this message will bring no reward to him who
(2)
to
is
unacceptable,
it.
it
carries
break of the shore, Jud. 5:17.

of a river
ships.)
Lcj
a recess
find any
where water
is
drawn, also a station of
upon, Gen. 2:20; 8:9; li:2; 18:26; 19:11; 31:355 Ki. 13:14; l Sam. 31:8, and frequently. LXX. cvpiffma,
as well as in very
to fall
person or thing (prop, to come upon), with an ace. of pers. and thing,
brae
f. (from the root P13), the neck, vertePjTTSt) the neck, \ 83.4:18; Chald. PT|, K|319 id.; of
9
Nos.
Syr. JAo;_2! vertebra.
out,
m. (from the root ^5). expansion, Job 36:29.

1
(l)
spreading
is
many examples and phrases of and Sam. 29:3, PTO-1KP ta 'TOttO SO " I have not found in him any thing," sc. of crime; compare Psa. 17:3. Specially observe the phrase, 1 Sam. 10:7, T n'rj! "do what thy KVP? -ipt
1
31
(a) saz7 (of a ship), Eze. 27:7. not given in Thes.]
[This meaning
hand findeth," (roaS btr or tie ^>anb !ommt), i. e. what may seem good to thee, do as thou wilt (nod) betnemSSefinben); i Sam. 25:8; Jud. 9:33; a little difiqi? rifc$ IT N^pri -1K S ferently, Ecc. 9 10,
:
the
(from the root J^B), a step; hence, part of the body where it divides towards the feet, 19:4; a more decent word for mn?> in the paf.
1.
yE'SU
" whatever thy hast to do), do
hand findeth
it
to
do (whatever thou
Figuratively, to 8: 17; e.g.
with thy might."
find out by thinking,Ecc. 3:11; 7:27;

i.
llel
place, 2 Sa. 10:4.
m. (from the root ^nS) a icy, Jud. 3:25;

)
Isa.
22:22.
the root HJIS to open), an openopening of my lips," what my
nPS/p m. (from
lips utter.
Jud. 14:12, 18. Rarely rightly to solve an enigma, to seek, i Sam. 20: 21, to to icish find, Nyp "$ q. " Q^ynrrns: go, that thou mayest find the arrows," verse 36; Job 33:10. compare
" the ing; Pro. 8:6,
m. (from the root IDS), a threshold, |J;!?JP 5:4,5; Eze. 9:3; 10:4,18.
Sa.
(3) to reach any one, i.e. to happen to, to befall any one, with an ace. of person (compare JO3 " with ace. No. 2, letter d), Ex. 18:8, all the travail Dn$yo npl which had befallen them in the
^3
Vb
see ?io.
TO?, imp.
th-
'riVD Nu. 1 1 1 1 fut. pers. *nSVO, and KTO, inf N *9 with suffix 'VP, D?*V D ?*?V?), Gen. 32:20; part. K>'b once ^^b (in ni manner of verbs Hp); Eccles. 7:26; fem. HXVb,
: ;
-
way;" Gen. 44:34; Num. 20:14; 32:23; Jos. 2:23; Jud. 6:13; Psa. 116:3; 11 9 :1 43> compare tvploKta nva, Tob. 12:7. Specially observe the phrase "T '3 hand (as conquering, avenging) reaches HKXp my any one, i Sam. 23: 17, followed by ? of person, Isa.
10:10; Ps. 21:9.
(4)
to
1 1
:
ns iO
Num.
18:22; Cant. 8: 10. (l) TO COME TO, i.e. TO ATTAIN TO, TO ARRIVE AT anything, followed by "IJ? Job 11:7 (Ch. and Syr. Nl?P,
2 Sa.
7JJO id., to
1
suffice for any thing, followed by a dat. 22 Jud. 21 14 (compare Germ. t)inrcid)n,
; :
jEth. <&ftl\: to come), hence to obtain, acquire, to receive, with ace. of the thing. Gen.
26:12, "Isaac in that year
received a hundred
1
measures," i.e. he made in the harvest a hundredfold, i ? a Sa. 20:6, nviva r yo }S i es t he get " So to obtain know(take) fenced cities ; Eze. 3 l
ony
:
and Gr. tKvovpei'oc, KOVOC, from (JO&/MU). f ^ a ^ No. i, to be acNIPHAL X^??C 1 ) P ass quired by any one, followed by ?, Deut. 21 117, 72 1? K^'BJTB'^ " all things which he possesses ;" Josh. words are 17:16; Jer. 15:16, Tl?1 ^XP? received" sc. by me, i. e. brought to me; Job 28 12, " wisdom, NYSJ? J!O whence shall (it) be
fytnlangen/
fyinldngltd)
fe^n/
sufficient,
"%
acquired?"
(2) pass, of Kal No. a, to be
ledge, Pro.
3 -.13; 8:9; happiness, a good thing, 8 35

:
found, Gen. 44*
Ex. 22:3; l Ki. 14:13. Hence (a) to be, present, to exist in any place (ft* bcfinben/ " bcfinbttd) fepiO, l Ch. 29 17, nb -l^ypsn ^py thy "73 2 who Ch. are here 34:32, present;" people, QÔT? Nypsri; Jer. 41:3; 52:25. Used of things, Gen. 47:14, nnypT?.?? K^PSi ^l? ?3 " all the money which was in Egypt." Also, to be present
l6, 17;
to
difficult
\
of access (Arab. jLi<, which some incor

l
be
rectly refer to the root ju^<),
Sa. 23:14, 19;
iCh
12:8,16; compare Jud. 6:2; Ezek. 33:27; seealst*

fivp
(2) a fortress, a
11:7, 1TC53
(of Zion)."
Tyj
Jer.
30
:
mountain castle, l Chr. " David dwelt in the fortress

;
(opp. to absent), Gen. 19
15,
nixypsn
^HW?
'RB>
48 41
i.
5 1 30.
:
"thy two daughters who are present;" compare verse 14; Ezr. 8:25. (b) God is said to be found by men when he inclines his ears to them, when he hears and answers them (compare T^)> * Ch. 28:9,
(l) pr.
to
q.
}*yp,
njp TO SUCK, hence

:
^ X*p'.
found
to
grnrrDS
if
thou seekest him, he will be
suck out, to drink out. Isaiah 51 17, " thou hast drunk out the inebriating cup, thou hast sucked it out;" i.e. thou hast drunk it greedily
even to the dregs, Ps. 75:9; Eze. 23:34.
(Syr.
id.
of thee."
HIPHIL
80pn._(i)
causat. of
Kal No.
i,to
cause
to deliver, 2 Sa. 3:8. come, followed by to cause any one to acquire, i. e. to give to him, Job 34:11; 37:13; Zec.il:6. (3) to bring to, to present, to offer, followed by
"V3
(2)
a drinking out.) (2) to press out juice, moisture, followed by 19 from any thing, Jud. 6:38. Syr. Pael id. NIPIIAL (l) pass, of Kal No. i. Ps. 73:10. (2) pass, of Kal No. 2. Lev. 1:15; 5:9.
I.
'
<*$
Lev. 9: 12, 13, 18.
'^-
f-
Pr what
-
is
sweet (from the
root
m. (from the root 3?), a station. (a) a place where anything stands, Jos. 4:3, 9. (6) i. q. the post or office assigned to any one (pollen), Isa. 22:19. (c) a garrison, a military station,
constr. 3-VP
1 Sa.
3y
No.
2), specially s
wee t,
i.e.
unfermented bread,
13:23; 14:1, 4; 2 Sa. 23:14.
such as is used at the passover, opp. to leavened n 'VP n iD an unleavened cake, Lev. bread (VP^)8 26 pi. ni*p nipn Nu. 6:15 (compare as to the double plural, under 7?V No. l, note, and II eb. Gram,
:
ed. 10,
Hoph. of the root 3V3) a station (of soldiers), a garrison, Isa. 29:3. [To this paswhere Ges. would Thes. is added Jud. in 9:6, sage translate this form in a similar manner.]
m.
(part.
Ex. 12:15, 18.
106, 3), and simply mtfp unleavened bread. ni-lfpn in the feast of unleavened
bread, the passover, Ex. 23: 15; 34: 18.

!"l!p fem. (from the root HV3 I) strife, tention, Pro. 13:10; 17:19.
II.
!"!
con-
!"QE)
i Sa.
14:12, and
i.
q.
masc.
3W?
letter c,
and
3-VO, Zee.
8.
pr. n. of
(perhaps for XV'lO "fountain"), [Mozah^, a town in the tribe of Benjamin, Joshua
18:26.
f.
const. rn-VP (from the root 3*3)
some-
thing set upright, specially

1
(a) a pillar, Genesis
1/nfP
f.
(from the root
??)
a neighing,
Jei
8:l8,22; Ex. 24:4. (b) a statue, the image of an idol, e. er. ?y?n I" ?*? the statue of Baal, 2 Kings
3:2; 10:26; 18:4; 23:14;
8:16; 13:27.
D
12:12.
Mic.5:l;
Hos. 1O:1.
(from the root
*M) m.
(l) capture, Pre
n,2Vp
unknown,
so; a
sense
[Hfesobaite"], pr. n. of a place otherwise

i
(2) a net, with which a hunter catches, Ecc. 7:2t
Ch. 11:47.
(i)
i.
f.
q.
natfO astatue, Gen. 35:14,
(3) i. q. *V$1? fortress, defence.Ecc.Q: 14, \\her two MSS. read D'lWO, which is also more suitabl
to the passage.
monument, a
it is
pillar, 2 Sa. 18: 18; (in this also found in the Phoenician inscriptions).
tree],
(a) a trunk, stock [of a

plant), Isa. 6: 13.
(from
2VP,
to
ireo (from the root *N) m. Job 19:6.

l
the
net of a
huiitei
(from the root 1-W)
i.
q.
masc.
"J^P
pi.
nHyp
with Kametz
impure (from the
(l) a net, Ecc. 9:12. (a) fortress, defence, Isa. 29:7; Eze. 19:9.
from the root "NY to hunt, to lie in wait, like n ?V root "VW), pr. a place whence hunters seek their prey,
and to which they can
flee
i"TT!p
as into a safe
retreat.
Hence
(l) the top,
the
summit
of a mountain,
f. id. (l) capture,prey, Eze. 13:8* (2) a net, Eze. 12:13. (3) > q- ">>'P, -ITl^P <o/>,âA-ofamountATJ,
DI
Job 39: 28; l Sa. 22:4; and a mountain castle, a fortress, 2 Su. 5:7. Figuratively used of God, Ps. 18:3; 31:4; 71:3; 91:2.
("ttyp
f.
Egypt
as so called from
i.
(see Diod.
31).
being strong and fortified [This name is supposed to be a

its
(from the root njy) pl.n'lV? a
command,
Hebraized form of the Egyptian dom. Thes.].

p
cast
f.
UBTOTpO,
(l)
king-
a precept, 2 Ki. 18:36; especially used of the precepts of God, Deuteron. 6: l, 25 7:11; of a human
;
(from the root
m).
mound
The idea of prohibition is teacher, Proverbs 7:1,2. found Lev. 4: 13, n3^jpryt6 *>$ nin ni?p-!?3p nn " of the commandments of Jehovah which
any
ought not to be done," i. e. things prohibited by his D"1?D niyp what was due to the Levites, precepts. Neh. 13:5; comp. BBptp.
up by besiegers, Isa. 29:3. (2) a bulwark, a fortified
more
city, 2 Ch. il:ll:, often nn-ivp n;; 2 Ch. 14:5; n'ruvp nj? 2 Ch.
f., i.
q.
n0
No.
Isa.
strife, contention,
II. (from the root n), 41:12. 1^*2 '$}& "thy
enemies."
(J an unused root, perhaps
f
to
Ex. 15 5
:
Neh. 9
1 1
and
sea, Jon.
??
f. i.
q.
n^S, depths, as of the

:
2:4;
thine,
i.
q.
Mic. 7:19; of a river, Zee. 10 1 (from the root 7IX, which see).
of clay, Ps.
69 3
:
^j
and
-swsj,
compare w^_a
to
be cheerful, and
transp.
to shine.
Hence
Isa.
m
P
(from the root j>1), distress, Ps. 119:

also
n:iT
f.),
m.
143; Jer. 19:9.
(it
is
not proved from
48:4, to be
m. a column, from the root p-1V i. q. P^ in Well explained by Kimchi, Hiphil P*Vn to set up. " the columns 1 Sam. 2:8, "$$ V.VP "NSJ?, "Ipyp. Used figuratively of of the earth," i. q. H? ^ !|S& an abmpt lofty rock, like a column, l Sam. 14:5,
"the fore-front of the one
pa-SD p-WD (is) a column (or abrupt rock) northward, over against Michmash." (The Talmudists use p-lV for a lofty
'B
HVt? " the (impudent) forehead of a harlot," Jer. 3:3; Eze. 3:7, HVP *p.|n "of an impudent forehead;" verses 8, 9; ^.'48:4, HK -in? ^qVP"thy
l
with
suff.
*n?V forehead,
Sa. 17 149.
H^K
forehead
(is) brass," i.e.
a brazen forehead.
the front of the leg,
l
Ô
Vo
17:6.
f.
a g reave, as
if
Sa.
pi.
rvyp
f.
(from the root
No.
I.),
The word which some have and steep mountain. compared, slL a lofty mountain, is not of PhoenicioShemitic origin, and ought not to be referred to this
place.)
bell, fastened
by way
of ornament to horses and
camels, Zee. 14:20; see
riTV
f.
(from the root

i
V No.
II.),
a shady
place, Zee.
f.
:8.
^lp
;pl. Ps.
I.
(from the root p}), distress, Job 15: 25:17.
item,
root ~fl).
siege,
city),
with suff. Eze. 4:8 (from the (a) distress, Deut. 28:53, seq. (b) Eze. 4:2, 7. "NP? K13 to be besieged (of a 2 Ki. 24:10; 25:2. (c) a mound, raised by
T??
only in dual Djryip, from the root No.I.,a pair of cymbals (Gr. also in dual *;iy//3nXw, -oiv), an instrument of music, 1 Ch. 13:8; Ezr. 3:10;
n^
Neh. 12:27; see DTIf^.
besiegers, Deut.
citadel, 2 Ch.
a
II.
fortified
2O:2O; Mic. 4:14. 32:10; Hab. 2:1. city, Ps. 31 22 60

:
;
(d)
bulwark,
often
1'J?
More
1 1
;
2 Ch. 8:5.
nSJVP f. (from the root *\M to wind round), the tiara of the high priest, Ex. 28:4, 29; of a king, As to its form, see the Rabbins in Eze. 21:31. Sacerd. Hebr. p. 625, geq. De Vestitu Braunius,
n*^
pr. n. of
Kgypt.
(the
19:24.
the
Isa. 19:6; 37:25; 2 Ki. Whatever be said as to its Egyptian origin, Hebrews probably took this word in the signi-
"NVp '7|X"! branches of the Nile),
Egypt, apparently of lower the rivers or channels of Egypt
masc. (from the root
VV) a couch, a
:
bed, so
called from being spread out, Isa. 28 2O.
^p
Ps.
i.e.
37:23;
in
t.
m. (from the root 1J?V) a step, a going, Prov. 20:24; Vnj?VP? in his footsteps, his company, Dan. 11:43; compare V7?l?
fication
of
borders or limit,
noun
i.
q.
-t,
as if
it
were
Jud.4:lO.
the sing, of the

see.
Q^VP
twofold Egypt, which

iv.
ITVyVp
which
is
f.
some thin q smallish,
little, pr. thai
Others, as Bochart, in Phaleg.
24, regard
little
removed from small,
of JTVyy
and IP; compare IP No.

123.
3, letter c.
Daniel
the same Meaning as the kindred
So
"IV3,
iyx
1
to
shui and
8:9; seeLehrg.
in, to
restrain, hence Arab.
.^ bord u
limit;
m. (from the root "!#>') (l) prop, smallness, hence something small, little, Gen. 1Q:2O; Job 8:7. Used of a small number, 2 Chr. 24:24,
^V
Hebr. "to
-
No.
II,
short time, Isaiah " for a little while." 63: 18, Tjyisfc (a) [J/i*ar], pr. n. of a mountain on the eastern
D'L'
;
3^ iyyp
"a few men;" of a
33?) distresses,
1:3; Ps. 116:3.
m. (from the root Tiy, Ps. 118:5;
like
pi.
3PP from the rool Dnso, ny Lam
ridge of Lebanon, Ps. 42 17.
H2V masc. (from the root nQV) (i) a watchtower, Isa. 21:8; also a lofty p lace, whence one can see far and wide, whether there be a watchtower built there or not, 2 Ch. 20:24. (2) [Mizpeh~], pr. n. of several towns situated on
(a) in the plain country of Judah, lofty places Josh. 15 38. (c) of (b) in Moab, l Sam. 22:3. (d) of theBenGad, Jud. ll :flg; see n ?VP No. l. Also No. 2. (e) jamites, Josh. 18:26; see nsyP
:
pr.n. dual, Egyp t, Gen. 46 34 50:11; more fully, DMVP f^N the land of Egypt, fern., Gen. 45 20 47 :6, 1 3 also the Egyptians ; commonly in prose writers with a pi. (Gen. 45:2; 47: 15, 20; 50:3; Exod. 1:13), rarely with a sing, masc., 14: 25, 31; poet, with sing, masc., Isa. 19:16,25; Jer. 46:8; and f., Hos. 9:6. Singular "IIVO (which see), lower Egypt ; both this and the upper, (called by its particular name D1"ir.iB), seem to have been denoted by
:
often
of a valley in the mountains of Lebanon, Josh. 11:8;
zeugma, by the dual D^VP like the tu-o Sicilies used for Sicily and Naples; although this origin being afterwards neglected, the dual D*"1VP is also found when it
;
compare 11:3.
MSyft ("watch-tower," "lofty place"), [Mi z pali], pr. n. (l) of a town of Gilead, Jud.
10:17; 11:11,34; Hosea5:i; more fully, Judges As to the origin of this place, 1 1 29, ~IJJ??~'" ?VP. see Gen. 31 :49(2) of a town of the Benjamites, where the people were accustomed to assemble, Jud. It was afterwards fortified by l Sam. 7:5. 21 l
1
:
does not include Pathros (Isa. li:ll; Jer. 44:15). Others refer the dual form to the land being divided in two by the Nile. [But this country had its name
from Mizraim a son of Ham.]

s
<-
(In Arab, there
is
the
sing,
^ê Egypt,
is
f,
pr.
boundary;
<T\
in Syriac, however,
there
the dual, although of very rare occurrence
Asa, to guard the frontiers against the kingdom of Israel ( l Ki. 15:22; 2 Chr. 16:6); and at length it was made the seat of the Chaldean governor, Jer.
language ^_,iô). The Gent, noun is '"5VP Gen. 16:1; plur. m. CDnyp Gen. 12:12, 14; 39:1; f. n f. n'l'T Ex. 1:19.
in that
40:6; com p. Neh. 3:7, 19. The same place written n S>'P (Josh. 18:26).
is
once
''pV^? m. (from the root *)"!?) a fining pot, cr cible of a goldsmith, Prov. 17:3; 27:21.
38:6), pP m. (from the root Pi?O, compare Psalm nVP pp D'^3 nnn " instead c* putridity. Isa. 3:24, a sweet smell there shall be putridity," i.e. the
D%
j0
6.
m.
pi.
(from the root 1?X) h idden
p laces,
Obad.
U
nflp.
SUCK, TO (l) TO &
SUCK OUT,
fVp
id.;
i.q.
all
<"!
and
smell of putrid ulcers.
Isa.
e.
be as rottenness,"
of which
i.
" 5 24, their root rotten wood.

:
shall
Arab.
^^ and
p?'
Chald.
imitate the sound
like the Gr.
/jvw, pvâia, /moe.
niljpO
the
f.
out with pleasure, to taste, Isa. verse 12. Those things which 66:il; compare are sweet and pleasant to the taste are often sucked.
Hence
to
draw
hammer, name
Ki. 6:7; Isa.44:l2;
(from the root 3i, see Hab. 3:14), Jt-r. 10:4. (Hence
MaK-:a/3a7oc, '3i?P prop,
hammerer,
i.
e.
Hence
n-VO sweet, i. e. unfer(2) to be sweet, whence mented bread; compare PO? which also has both of
these significations.
strenuous warrior, a cognomen of honour borne by Judas the Asmonean, like that of Martel, by Charlei the celebrated general of the Franks.)
rOj9&
f.
(l)i.q. H3J9P Jud. 4: 21.

Isa.
(2)0 stone quarry,

pouring,
withaff., 2 Ch.
51
1.
["
HpVD
P
fem. casting,
:3-"]
l2fc
an unused
root,
which appears
to
have had
rnpfi (prob. "of place of shepherds" of a town in the plain countrj [Sfakkedafi], pr. n. of Judah, formerly a royal city of the Canaaoite* Josh. 10:10; 12:16; 15:41.
Dili
fPP m. (from the root KHi?), with Dag. euph. PP Ex. 15: 17, with suff. i^'lP.P, once (unusually) pO Num. 18:29.
pP pi. rriDipp m. (but fern, however, Job 20:95 Gen. 18:24); fr m the root Dip No. 2, to stand. (l) a place (prop, a station, from standing, existing) [" Arab.
(l)a Ao/j/ thing, something consecrated,Num.

loc. cit.
; specially used of the holy tabernacle of the Israelites, Exod. 25 8 ; of the temple, Lev. 12:4; 21 12; Nu. 10:21 18 l Often more fully, BipP 1 Ch. 22:19; 2 Ch. 29:21. t?1?P Isaiah 60: 13; V P 3 P Daniel 8: 11.
^JU,
Êth. <tf^<f ^> :
id.
Phoeu.
Dpo
(2) a sanctuary, a holy place
a place, a town"], Gen. 1:9; 24:23,25; 28:11,17; and frequently. Followed by a genit. the place of
any one is his abode, habitation, Gen. 29:26; 30:25; Num. 24:11; Jud. 11:19; 2 Sa. 15:19, etc.
Job 16:18, >np T T? Dipp npj| let there be no place (or abiding) to my outcry;" let it never delay, but let my cry come without Foltarrying to God.
Poet.
&$&
"PP t?uPP a sacred place which a king has, i.e. consecrated by him, Am. 7:13. Plur. \] JV3 T1P.P Jer.
1
s H^pp
:5i, the sanctuaries, the holy plar.es of the temple; Ps. 73 17 id. ; but ^Hp* ^1?P are the sanc:
lowed by
relat. "K?^ it is often
put in const,
st.
Dipp
~W$
tuaries of Israel (Gentile and prohibited), Am. 7:9. (3) an asylum, since temples amongst the Hebrews, as amongst the Greeks, had the right of
(the place which), Lev. 4:33; 14:13; Jer. 22: 1 2, (on the other hand ~Wfe. Dipo Josh.l :3; Jer. 13:7;
asylum,
9:28).
Isa.
8:14; Eze. il:l6 (compare
Ki. 1:50;
l Sa.20: 19); also before nj relative, Ps. 104:8; and with the relative omitted, Job 18:21, *6 $) Dip? ?N JH? " the habitation of a man who) knows not God." Sometimes "Hg'8 DipD i n which place, put
plur.
J"ti
m
f.
.,
Ps.
26
and
7HJ3), Ps.
periphrastically for where (elsewhere "Kf'$?, "i'K), Esth.4:3; 8:17; Eccl. 11:3; Ezek.6:i3; like the
o
AljP'P'plur.
?*
9
(from the root
68:27,
Syr.
iL\.
Adv.
:
for in the
place,
Isa.
33:21, and
assemblies, congregations, especially of those who This latter form is also \_Makpraise God, choirs.
heloth~\, pr. n. of
desert,
perhaps Hos. 2 l (compare Arab. ÎCe, Syr.J;too a place, and adv. loco).
(2) a toivn, a village (Germ. Drtfrf)aft). the town of Shechem, Gen. 12:6; 18:24.
"flp-9
a station of the Israelites in the
D3^ DIpP
IIP?
Nu. 33:25.
""OP*?
'3
(from the root
HJJ5 ),
[once
'""'.IP.P,
once
m. (from the root

life,
Tip),
a fountain.
NV5D1 ..... j
(1) prop, expectation, hope, confidence, l Ch. 29:15; Ezr. 1O:2; also the person confided in, used of God, Jer. 14:8; 17:13; 50:7. (2) a congregation, gathering together (from the root
of welfare, Ps. 36: 1O. lipP E'P"^ the fountain of blood, per euph em. de pudendis mulieris, Lev. 12:7; 20:18; also without D'P/H Lev. 20:18. Figuratively, Ps. 68 27, b^TI^ liprpD " (ye) of the f o u n t a i n of Israel," i. e. descendants of Israel
: ;
D^n
the fountain of
be gathered together). njij Niph. (a) of water, Gen. 1:10; Exod. 7:19; Levit. 11:36. (b) a host, a company of men and animals, as horses.
to
compare
v.p
D? ? Isa.
1
48:
l.
m. (from the root ^2?), receiving, taking,

price, wages, Neh. 10 32 (from the compare Talm.
:
Thus
2 Ch. 19:7.
understand the words,
Ki. 10:28, in explain-
ing which most interpreters have differed widely (see Bochart, Hieroz. t. i. p. 171, 172; Michaelis in Suppl.
DO
pi.
f.
root np? to take, to buy, verse 31
page 2171, and on the Mosaic Law, vol. iii. p. 332), and this of late has been approved of by De Wette
npD buying).
"Itppp
nnb rnppi (Vers. Germ.ed. 2), inpa nip?? -injr "and the company of the royal merchants (out of
ên
(from the root~i9), incense, Ex. 30:

(from the root
"î?),
l.
rnDpD
f.
a censer, 2 Chr.
Egypt) took the troop (of horses) at a price." There is a play of words in the double use of the word ">1pP
as applied to the
26:19; Eze. 8:11:
company of merchants, and
to the
I now see that it troop of horses. o rendered by Piscator and Vatablus.

f-
was formerly
'|
(from the rcot
k>gether), a
place
in
be gathered which water flows together,

Hlj5
Niph. to
/(J (J an unused root, which had, I suppose, the same meaning as ^<Eth. 04*" Al baquala, and 04*^! baquela, to germinate, to sprout (3 and Q being interchanged); whence f!4 ^! sprout, scion, twig; whence there is the secondary verb T*n4 A ' tabak> 1
>
kala, to punish; prop, as it appears to
me,
to strike
with
a rod, although these roots are alx>gethe
DIV
"We must, icparated by Ludolf, in Lex. page 238. however, avoid comparing Latin baculus, which is from the stock /3a, pr. et)jlorf } compare puKri'ipiov.
purchase, Jer. 31:11, seq.; also a thing bought, HP? ri3pp used of slaves bought for money
Hence
state <>i?.P Jer. l 1 1 and ?i?P Genesis 7pJ? const, 30:37; plur. rivipP a rod, staff, prop, twig, sucker n (compare ~>9' ), Gen. loc. cit. seqq.; l Sa. 17:43, etc. V S? used of a spear, Eze. 39:9 (Chald. T ?p
: ,
Genesis 17:12, 13, 23. (3) price of purchase, purchase money, Levit
^"J^pP ("possession
neiah~], pr. n. m.
l
of
Jehovah"), [Mi&
Ch. 15: 18, 21.
tpiculum, Castell.) 'Pa/Sdo/mvre/a
is
mentioned, Hos.
Eze. T ), divination, L-DpP m. (from the root E?P 12:24; 13:7-
4:12.
JTlSjpp (perhaps for nV?jpp
"staves," "lots"),
(2)
l
of the form 1PP), T fffi (" end," from the root fVP Ki. n. of l a once town, 4:9. [Makaz~\, pr.
,
m. [Jfti/OfA], pr.n.
8:32; 9:37,38.
(l)'l Ch. 27:4.
Ch.
* I? pl- ^~ an ^ ^~~ m a corner, Ex. 26:24; to cut off. 36 29 Neh. 3:19, 2O, 24, 25. Root VVP T
:
D7pP m. asylum, place

j3
of refuge, from the root

pi.
v^n?
f-
No. 2; B$>pp
17
Josh. 22: 13, seq.;
cities
of refuge, whither homicides fled,
t^PP nj? Nu. 35 6

:
which figures are made by carving Root yP 44: 13. T Targ. ^PtS culler.
a graving tool, a carving tool, with in wood, ka

.
15; Josh. 20:2.
Jw?pP
1
(from the root

;
:
JJ?P T
Ki. 6 18
:
plur. n'tt6p p, const.
sculpture, niyVpP ib. 6 29, 32

2),
: ;
No.
7:31 (Êthiop. transp. <Âft6: sculpture,
figure.)
a doubtful noun, which apparently ought T |7 ri be excluded from lexicons altogether. VP.P| wherever it occurs, appears to be for nyi?P, from fp which see.
to
,
i"OpD m. [as
cattle,
construed with a
fern,
verb,
Ex. 34:19. App.], (from the root H3j5 to possess, to buy), const. HS.PP; with suff. 3j?, WP, 1H3.PP, U3J3O; also with suffixes which appear to be plurals (but see
pp/J
not used in Kal, TO
MELT, TO PINE AWAT,
like the cogn. "^P,, "^D, 3W, which see. In western stocks to this there appear to answer maceo, macer.
under nby.p, n^TO), '3pp Num. 20:19; T?j?P Isaiah 30:23; and every where Q?^?.i?P Gen. 47:16; Josh. 1:14; DJjJpt? Deut. 3:19, and CrV3j?P Gen. 34:23;
NIPHAL PP3.
D?P^D
"
all
(i) to melt, Isa. 34:4, ~^?>* ?2 *P5$ the stars of heaven shall melt,' i. e.
1
shall fall melted, here com pired

dles, as
by the poet to
wax can-
36:7; 46:6 (never DD3pp, D3pp). (1) prop, possession, wealth, always used of cattle, in which alone the riches of Nomades consist:
(compare Greek
session,
tcrijvoc
cattle, prop.
i.
q. icri/â
pos;
oc,
i.
q.
ovis,
and Lat.
Syriac
ops,
whence
i
this image is well explained by Vitriuga. [Most will regard this explanation as very stran^f.^ " Hence to flow, to run, Ps. 38:6, JJ3O3 my tumours run with corrupt matter." (2) to pine, to pine away, of the eyes and tongue,
rhq
opilio
s
plur. opes,
Zee. 14:12; of persons, Lev.
26:39; Ezek. 24:23;

to
Arabic
JU
^CA^
wealth and
HIPHIL ppn causal,
to
theep;
Germ, bag ut/ used in Holstein of flocks; see Voss, on Virg. Eel. x. 19); and this is properly used only of sheep and oxen pi^J} }N), beasts of burden being excepted; Genesis 26: 14, JN H3pp 1|?3 n3p W; Genesis 47: 17, "and Joseph gave them
also the
:
cause
pine away,
Zee.
14:12.
Derivative, PPT ). (i) a calling lj7Pm. (from the root &np together, convocation, pr. Aram. inf. of the root Num. 1O:2, n^V.C N 7 ? ?? " to ca^ together an K"3P T assembly." Hence (a) an assembly called to1
food
nnbqni iân njjppa* jN*n njppî CD^WDa." Asses and camels are more rarely comprehended in this word, Job 1:3; ^JPP *??*?*? nien who look after land fit for feeding cattle, Gen. 46:32, 34; ri3pp
pN
gether, a sacred
yuptc,
Isa.
1:13.
convocation Often tnp
cattle,
(2)
Nu. 32:1,4. purchase, buying, something bought, Gen.

f the preceding.
Num. 28:18,
pi.
25. (b)aplace sanctuaries, Isa. 4:5.
called together, irufir fcopp Lev. 23:2, seq.; of holy convocation,

lis-
49:32.
""^p--?
f-
(l) acquisition, pos-
(2) recitation, reading, Neh. 8:8, "they tened to the reading."
session, Gen. 23:18.

(a)
purchase, buying,
n3jppn
13D the deed of a
"HpP
chance,
l
m. (from the root n 7P,)(l) afortuitoui Sam. 6:9; 20:26; Ruth 2:3.
DV
3V1K 43)
all;"
which happens to any one, Ecc. 2:14, rnp IPS rnpp the same lot happens to veiseis; 3:19; 9:2, 3.
a
lot.
(Ex. 30:23^
m. myrrh
(30 called
from
No.
its
flowint
down,
Gr.
it
distilling, see
the root ">!7
l),
Arab.
^,
pp
'?
m.
pr. part. Piel,
from the root
iTTj?;
board-
from the fern, form n 7?)> apvpvu.; exudes from a tree growing in Arabia, according
iivpfja.
(as if
ing, floor, Ecc. 10:18.

f.
(from the root
"Oi?),
refreshing, cool-
Dioscorides (i- 77), like the Egyptian thorn; it afterwards hardens into a bitter gum, of a sweet
to
ing, Jud. 3:20, 24.

''s*
smell, and valuable, which was used in Psa. 45 9 ; Prov. 7:17; Cant. 3:6; 4:14.
:
incense,
pP
ni.
propr.
nb>J?
turned
HK'j?
ivork, or something
II.,
i.
Cant. 5:5, and "NT]
rounded, from the root

Isa.
No.
q. fern,
nypP.
taneously distilled
superior, a^.vpva
"?y IE ib Ex. 30:23, is myrrh sponfrom the tree, and on that account
11OH
"111V
3:24, n^'pp
of the hair
p "turned work," in derision The opinions of artificially twisted.

;
OTH*.TJ).
little
bag
filled
other interpreters are given in

passage.
my
Comment, on the
with myrrh, for the sake of the sweet smell (like ^?3 n '? Isa. 3:20), hung from a woman's neck,
Cant. 1:13; (others understand a bundle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh, which is contrary to the usage Of the tree which produces myrrh of these words).
of the prec. turned work, of the golden Ex. 25:31, 36; 37: 17, 22; Num. 8:4; of the silver trumpets, Num. 1O:2; of a column, Jer. 10:5; of the cherubim, Ex. 25: 18, """CyE nK>j?p " with rounded work thou shalt make them," sc. the cherubim. They appear to have been of
I.
'y
PP
f.
candlestick,
we have even now no
accurate information
[until
found by Fbrenberg in Arabia.] See Diosc. loc cit., with Sprengel's Commentaries, Celsii Hierobot.
t. i.
p.
520.
i-
wood, and covered with gold from l Ki. 6:23, compare verse 28; so that they are mistaken who understand !"lD'k>p of solid gold, from the root HK'i? to be heavy, hard.
olive
II.
i?
I.
K"^P
to be
i.
Q-
K "?.9>
i_>v<
its
(0
T0
LASH a
horse
with a whip
see HIPHIL.
to
quicken
speed
(ftretcfcen/
anpcitfdjtn),
(2)
contumacious, rebellious.
rnitt
Part. fern.
nS^pp, Arab. i'liJU f. denom. from a cucumber; a field set with cucumbers,
for
nNliE
q.
rebel, Zeph. 3: l.
Isa.
1:8.
nest,
HIPHIL, once used of the ostrich rising from her and by flapping her wings impelling herself on,
*TO m. (from the root

called
I")'?).
(i) subst. a drop, so
as if with a whip. " now she lashes

13-13'
up
Job 39:18, npn Dil3 njD herself on high." Compare
from flowing down (see "HP No. i), Isa. 40: 15. (2) adj. f. nip bitter, Isa. 5:20; Prov. 27:7; bitter, acrid (fdbarf), of brackish water, Ex. 15:23. Neutr. as a substantive, bitterness (of death), l Sa.
15:32.
soul, 1
and t3ie. The ancient versions, " lifts up herself, rises" as if KID were with the letters transposed.
i.
q.
DX1
D-11.
often used of the

:
Metaph. (a) sad, sorrowful, Eze. 3: 14; mind, Job 2 1 25. t?S3 ip a dj. sad of Sa.l 1O; 22:2; and subst. sadness, Job 7: 11;
:
=
II-
J'J or
i.
N
1
J/J a root not used as a verb,

to
-i
to
be
full of food,
Arab. t^.
,<.
be
-
well nourished,
bene
profecit
s.
to
lO-i.(b)bitter, of aery or weeping, Germ, btttevltd). n>H? nj?yv a loud and bitter cry," Gen. 27 34; Est.4:i; Eze. 27:31,1? HSipP" a bitter (violent) laH1D-1
be fat.
cessit
and
,_$<.
bene
cibus,
to be. strong (pr. to fat),
be manly,
fat,
mentation ;" also used of a bitter
8:10 Adv.lp
(c)
Isa.
i.
fierce,
c
fate, Pro. 5:4; Am. 33 7, and ""HO Eze. 27 30, bitterly. e. vehement, powerful, raging, i. q.
: :
whence
f^
Ch.
NIC a man.
Hence
Nnp
nKTQ
Arab.^j
(whence
it is
at the
same time manifest
the crop of a bird, and pr. n. N1.PP. Very nearly kindred is N13 Hiph. to fatten, N'13 fat, which are
referred above, page cxxxvni, B, to the notion of cutBut perhaps it should rather ting, hence of eating.
how
Jud. 14: 14, can be opposed to sweet), Hab. 1:6; t^M ID id. Jud. 18:25; 2 Sam. 17:8.
Ty strong,
be from the notion of

nearly approach
filling,
so that N1.P,
see.
K13 would
answei
(d) destructive,
pernicious,
i.
PTO'?
tive to
bitter waters,
e.
Psa. 64:4; Jer. 2:19. which would be destruc19.
N?P, which
fill,
To
this
the perjured wife,

*\>0 Cant. fully
Num. 5: 18,
the Sanscrit pri, pri, to
to nourish, to sustain.
*fc
4:655:5,
seq.
Makk.
TO
K7?
1:20.
pr. n.
f.
(i.q.
rnp "sad"), [Jfara],
DVI
D Ch. lord, Daniel 2: 47; 4:16, 21;
9
5:23.
f.
(from the root KTO No.

i ^
l
:
II.), the
crop
of
8yr.
|_;_>LJ,
Arab. f_
id.
pr.
man, from the root
a bird, Levit.
16.
(Arab,
o No.
j *
id.)
ii.
Josh. 15:44, and

see
(
2 Chron. 11 :8;
Merodach (i. e. Mars) is god,

i.
the lord
;"
according to Bohlen,
is
q. Pers.
i^jb-o
to^^b
"a
i4:8,9;Mic.l:l5(i.q.nC'S"lp"thatwhichisatthe head"), [Mareshah], pr. n. of a fortified town in the plain country of Judah; Gr. Mapi<r. 2 Mac. 12: 35 Map^<ra, Jos. Antt. viii. 1O, l; Mupitrtra
xii. 6,
praised man", which
unsuitable), \_Me-
6.
l
rodach-baladan~\, a king of Babylonia, Isa. 39: l; according to Berosus (ap. Eusebium in Chronico, Vers. Arm. ed. Aucher. torn. i. p. 42, 43), the viceroy of the king of Assyria, from whom he revolted, taking
the
[" (2) a man,
Chron. 2 :43."]
;
is
fiiE^"tip pi. f. (denom. from U ao), pr. that which at any one's head, opp. to flvpo that which is at
feet.
the
It
kingdom of Babylonia
loc. cit.
for himself; see
my Com-
becomes a prep,
at the
1
with
suff.
i
ment. on Isaiah, fix?? which see;

ft*
He
is
also called
b.
Vn^lP
at his head,
head of any one, Sam. 19:13; 26:7.
11,16;
It is
being changed into
followed
Ki. 19:6; under his head, Gen. 28:1 1, 18. by a noun in the gen. i Sam. 26: 12,
Jntorp
n*np with suff. T8T9 Cant. 2:14; Lev. 13:34; >}$y? Lev. 13:25; but more
const.
"at the head of Saul," perhaps
for
Mem being omitted
(unless the true reading
often with forms of the suffix,

pi.,
which appear
to
be
of which however the Yod is radical (see ""î?*?, napp and Gramm. 90, 9), like T^T? Cant. 2:14; PKTO Job 41:1; and DnÔ, l'T*79 (which are
be 'D^&TIP)) w ^ tn a double plur. termination; sef Hebr. Gramm. 86, 4, note.

id.
with suffix 03/OBWnD, Jer. 13: 18, S'nb'KIP TV "there shall descend
fcund construed with a sing. Gen. 41:21; Lev. 14 37 Dan. i :15), plur. const. *N"tt? Eccles. 11:9 ana (np
:
your heads
honour.''
n*P P) m. (from the root njn). (1) appearance, look, aspect, Gen.4i :2l
:
Cant.
from your heads) the crown of youi here followed by an accus. of the But thing from which anything descends, like npy, tl.ere is nothing to hinder from reading
(i.
e.
T]J
is
N.
14 [and often Arab. f\^] Lev. 13:12, y ng-JD-W " jnbn according to all the looking of the priest,"
3
: ;
like i Sa.
26:12.
i.
e.
as to
what the
priest sees in
him.
Deut. 28:34,
Vyy. n $!P "what thine eyes behold;" verse 67; Isa. 11:3; Eze. 23:16. (2) vision, sight, Exod. 3:3; Eze. 8:4; 11:24; 43:3; Dan. 8:16.
(3)/or7n, appearance, Exod. 24:17; Eze.
28.
l
:
root 3?"}, of (" multiplication," from the the form 3??), [Aferai], pr. name of a daughter of Saul, l Sa. 14:49; 18:17, 19.
D^-O"^?
plur.
coverings, cushions spread out,
Pro. 7:16; 31:22; from the root 1?^.

f.
16,
(from the root nin), amplitude, ful
It is placed after in the genitive, ri "!'? J"IQ. Gen. 12:ll; n $7? roto Gen. 24:16; 26:7, fair of form; and with ? prefixed, n ~)P? ""P ?- beautiful of form, Gen. 2:9. In the prophetic style the appearance of anything, is what is like such a thing; comp. ri-ID'l No. 3. Dan. 10: 18, D1K njpp? 3T7W "there touched me as the appearance of a man;" Eze. 8:2; also 1:26, ntpp? nip *.
1
1 :
ness, as a concr./M/Z, Eze. 23:32.
niTtt? m. (from the root HIP)

tion, increase, Isa. 9:6.
Isa. 33:23, (2) plenty. nip.P in great plenty."
(i) multiplicaspoil is divided
"then
nX"TQ
f.
of the preceding.
8, 16.
(l) vision,
i.
q. |itn
(i) multitude, 7V!ry? f. (from the root nni) magnitude, 2 Ch. 9:6; 30:18. i Ch. 12:29. (2) very great part, of a family, i Sa. 2:3^. increase progeny, (3)
Dan. 10:7, G*n. 46:2.

8:3; 40:2.
~^D
nVpp
^r6x niJnp
visions of the night, visions sent by God, Eze.
of Uw (4) interest, usury, as if the increase from Gr. rkrtt; Lev. TOKOC, 25:37 (comp. principal,
Lat.
fenus, from
feo, i.e.fero, pario
whence
(ij
fetut,
(a) a looking-glass, a mirt or, Ex. 38:8. (Arab.

_<
fecundus; see Gellius,

uiterest.
xvL
13).
Arab,
interwt
iT^
id.)
compare ^3-
DVII
Eze. 25:5 (see Lehrg. page IfjTfe const, st. V?l? 578), m. (from the root P?"}), a couching place (of
cattle),
Chald. adj. rebelliouSy KJTn>? Ezr. 4:12, 15.
f.
KTTD emphat.
st
Zeph. 2 15.
:
ll
contumacy,
Sa. 20:30.
are p3"lO m. a stable or stall, in which cattle Amos 6:4; tied up, from the root p?"}, which see.
1
i"IP Jer. 50:2, pr. n. of an idol of the Baby *J lonians, prob. the planet Mars, which like Saturn
Sa.
28:24; Jer. 46:21; Mai. 3:20.

J;
an unused
root,
3"!?,
which seems
Arab, quadril.
to
have
was regarded by the ancient Shemites as the author of bloodshed and slaughter, and was propitiated with
sig-
- -t*~
human
victims.
(Comp. as
this
to its
nified
the
same
as
^J as fur
ancient Arabs,
my Comm. on Isa., vol.
worship amongst the ii. p. 344, seqq.)
The name which

and Nasoreans,
sprung from
as
gathered from the derivatives. to roll (1) rapidly; whence 3"VID a threshing wain, (unless perhaps J1O in this noun is i. q. rpO, p"lD
may be
god bears amongst the Arabs

to have i^*;û, appears
^ ^,
to
rub, to rub in pieces).
(2)
to
speak
raj) idly, used of babblers, tale1"
bearers;
whence r/~i ~J
tale-bearer.
this, (Mirrikh from Mirdicli), and the etymology of this itself (Merodach from the stock Mord, Mort, signifying both death and slaughter, see page CCCCLX, B, and the formative syllable ach, och,
very frequent in Assyrian and Chaldee words, comp.

,
JTlinp m. (from the root

rest, Jer. 6: 16.
-fl-P pi.
f-
a place of
(denom. from ^^), what
is
at any
one's
peq.
;
feet; opp. to ni^"iD which see. Ruth 3:4, Dan. 10 :6. In accus. adv. at any one's feet,
:8.
f.
Ru. 3
Arab.
npInD ^~
'
I
a heap of stones, from the root heap up

stones.
"H!^, "n'VjS, ÎD?) suits very well the god of slaughter and war. So too Mars, Mavors, and mors appear to be of the same origin. This god was diligently worshipped by the Assyrians and Babylonians, as appears not only from Jer. loc. cit., but also from the proper names of Babylonian and Assyrian kings compounded with this name (see my remarks on
Isaiah,
vol.
i.
p.
281),
as
Mesessimordachus,
see).
Sisi-
to
Pro. 26:8,
19'.
mordachus, ^"PP
?^N (which
'w
,
niD3"lD3 " as
a bag of gems in a
heap
of stones;"
:
Not a proverbial expression, similar to Matt. 7 6. amiss Luther, a( ob man Sbelftetne auf ben Sfabenftein
fljurfe.
"little man," or ^J_c -/ of Mars," from^'no [J/ore/ecai']> ship per
^T"]-? (Persic
"
wor-
pr. n. of
LXX.
translate 'D
a sling (from the root C3T
to cast stones):
"X--
uq aTrofieirpEvei
MOcv
V?"J),
iv afytvûvrf.
fern,
(from the root
rest, a tranquil
aBenjamite living in the metropolis of Persia, by whom Esther was brought up, afterwards chief minister of the king, Esther 2:5, sqq. LXX. AIa/)3oxtof [Also one who returned with Zerubbabel, Ezr. 2:2; Keh. 7:7],
masc.
Isa.
habitation, Isa.
I
28
12.
14:6;
if
the reading be correct,

subst.
]Q
fat.
"HO* TO BE
CONTUMACIOUS, REBEL-
part.
Hoph. from the root

I
^"I"),
persecution.
LIOUS, TO MOVE SEDITION, Gen. 14:4; followed by ? 2 Ki. 18:7, 20; 24:1, 20; and ?? of the person rebelled against, Neh. 2:19; 2 Ch. 13:6; more rarely with an ace. (comp. '"HO), Josh. 22:16; Job 24: 13
(see
fully agree with Dbderlein, that for fpTO we should read HY1O (dominion) from the root n"T|.
But
T]D to rebel against Jehovah (by worshipping idols), Josh. 22: 1 6, sqq.; Eze. 2:3; Dan. 9 9. Poet. "liK'Hnb those who oppose the light,
below).
!"IVV3
:
See my Comment, on the place. [Conjectures, however probable they may seem, are very dangerous when applied to God's inspired Scripture, and this
word
as
it
stands yields a suitable meaning.]

(i) pr.
\.
the enemies of light, Job 24: 13. (Syriac <; ô id. Arabic to be obstinate, contumacious. Kindred is
q.
Arab,
^c^
TO STROKE, TO
The
pr. n.
derivative!
immediately follow, except 'the
STRIPE (German flreidjen/ flreifen); specially to lash with a whip (compare the kindred ^19)t * P*88 a See razor over the skin, whence TilD a razor.
Schultens on Hariri, Cons.
Hebr.,
p. 117.
i.
Tip?.
p.
24;
De
Defect. Ling.
to
"PP
Chald.
ni.
i.
}.
Hebr. Ezr. 4:19.

defection, Josh. 22:22.
Kindred are rnD, pno to rub, rub over, beflvetdien/ retben/ etnreiben. Hence
(2) to be
18, 20;
Ps.
Hr
(a)
(i" rebellion,
contumacious, rebellious,
78:8; prop,
to resist, to
I'eut. 21
iMered],
pr. n. 1 Ch. 4: 17, 18.
contend against,
v-ia-mo
striking
DVIII
f.
(C^
to refuse
and contending with both hands. (Arabic what is owed, Conj. III. to contend in
id.
Genesis 26:35,
^n
_
"P "sadness
oi
spirit."
disputing ) Constr. with ? of the person resisted, Ps. Hos. 14: i ; and with an ace. (prop, to repulse ,: 11 Jer. 4:17; Psalm 105 28 one), any especially in the phrase, nirv 'ST1X rno
; : ;
"1VTQ
pi.
in.
(from the root "in No. 2) Lam. 3:19;

l
DHnp Lam.
p
:"],
" one troubled with
persecution of any one. Concr. persecutions," Isa. 58:7.

-.t
;
20 24 27
:
;
Sa.
torejectadivinecomniandjNu. l 5 (which, perhaps, formerly

:
(prob. for N"ixp,

to
refuge, from the
root
pr.
proper sense meant, to stroke or strike any one's mouth, i. e. to refuse to hear his words, to treat him with contempt, compare Dan. 4:32).
its
taken in
T"}?,
,\
draw
in, to
betake oneself), \_Mer oz~\,
n.
of a town in northern Palestine, Jud. 5:23.
HII-HIL n-lpn fut. apoc. TF|] (Ezek.5:6),
i.
q.
Kal
Ml iD
fT]D.
ni.
No.
*?y.
2, to resist, to
oppose.
i.e. I
prop, eye rests see or experience nothing but their provoca-
"my
Job 17:2, J?fl Dn'vipna upon their resistance,"
Leviticus 21 :2O,
testicles."
one bruised, crushed, from the root " "!$'$ nhp (castrated) with
crushed
herjiiosus.
But LXX.
ûorcpîf.
Vulg.
tion; also to be
106:7.
Constr.
refractory, contumacious, Psalm (a) followed by an ace. (as in
Kal), Ps. 78:17, 40,56; often in the phrase, rnpn nj.T *3~nN as to which see Kal, Deu. i :26, 43; Jos.
i
:
18; and in the

:
same
sense,
" H-n nx rnpn Psalm
(from the root D-Vl) (l) height; ichat Placed after another lofty, sublime. word in the gen. ?*P". D11J? "in the lofty mounUiin of Israel, of Zion, Ezekiel 17:23; 20:40; 34:14.
.
is
high,
106:33; and V W. (as if, to offend the eyes of Jehovah) Isaiah 3:8. (b) followed by ? (against) Psa. 106:43; Ezek. 20:8. (c) followed by DJ> Deut. 9: 7, 24 prop, to contend with any one. Derivative nouns, HTIO, *) and pr. n. nTO^ H1O No. I, nnp, ninp, nnp.
;
Job 39:18; and D1">9 in ace. id. " " 37:23, T3.'J? Q!| ? S^ril and tliou liftest up thine on Concr. Most High (of God), Ps. eyes high." Poet 92: 9; and coll. leaders, princes, Isa. 24:4. Psalm very high is also applied to any thing far off. " 10:5, 'VIÔ TPrpP Dni? thy judgments are very
Di"1D3 on high,
Isai.
11
Note. In two occurrences of the root H"1D the signification appears to be borrowed from the kindred
root
2 Kings 14:26,^. the affliction of Israel (was) very n'Kp rnb ^X-Jtp. bitter" (so all the ancient versions), where it would
bitter.'
is
T]3
'to
be
One
far off from him;" comp. D-1T Isa. 30: 1 8. (2) a lofty, fortified place, Hab. 2:9; specially of heaven, Psalm 18:17; Isaiah 24: 18, 21 40:26; 57 J 5; 58:4; -Jer. 25:30; pi. DVp'llO id. Job 16: 19; of the lofty seat of Jehovah in Zion, Ps. 7:8; of an
; =
be hardly suitable to say, perverse, i. e. obstinate, affliction, nor do I see how from the notion of the root rno we can with Schultens obtain the notion of
severe affliction.
inaccessible fortress, Isa. 26:5. of great honours, Ecc. 10:6.
Plur.
figuratively,
(3) loftiness of mind,
pride; adv.
Ps. 56:3.
which
see.
signification
I.
is *"]P Job 23:2, the other hand "no has adopted the of the verb H'jp Ex. 23 :2l.
The other
instance
On
TT
f.
dual D?rnp (fr0

:
the root rnp) re-
("height," "a high place"), of Merom], Josh. 11 15, 7; pr. n. of a lak [waters situated in a lofty region at the foot of Mount Lebanon; (Greek âô-^vlTic, Jos. Antiqu. v. 6; Arab. through which the Jordan flows.
5
peated rebellion [Merathaim~\, a symbolic name of Babylon, Jer. 50 31.

I"na (" bitterness," from the root "HP) pr. of a bitter or brackish fountain in the peninsula of Sinai, Ex. 15:23; Num. 33:8; according to the probable opinion of Burckhardt (see Travels in
II.
m. (from the root P" ), course, race,

1
Keel.
n.
f.
(I)
i.
q.
r^? aSam.
18:27; Jerem.
23:10.
(II)
oppression of the
poor, a signification taken
Syria, p. 777, seqq.);
the
same as
is
now
called
from the root Y?l, Jr. 22.17.
ij^>
^-j
Bir Hau-arah, not
the fountains
of Moses
E*p^T? m.
Est. 2:19.
pi.
(from the root PTSD),/>ri/Ycafioji|
Pococke and Niebuhr.

(read morra) f. (from the root "HI?) nesi, grief, Prov. 14: 10.
D
sadMic.
i
:
('<
[Maroth^,
1
bitternesses," "bitter fountairn") pr. n. of a town in the tribr of Juda*v
2.
rvno-nra
DIX
ni")P,
nn^ Jer. 16:5, const.

Lehrg.
lifting
p.
Amos 6:7 (compare
NIPHAL,
to
PUAL
7:45.
.
578^,
i.
q.
Arab.
.
(i)
become bald, Lev. 13:40, 41. to be polished (used of metal),
Ki
clamour, outcry, the

rejoicing,
;
up of the
voice,
whether in
loc. cit.
Amos
s
<-
loc. cit.,
or in weeping, Jer.
compare
**J\
endued with a loud voice. same kind are /?J and l?^.
Medial words of the
Part. i"H?TiD for (2) to be sharp, as a sword. ntpnbp (with Dag. f. euphon.), Ezek. 21:15, 6. Hither many refer B^'lD DJ> Isa. l8:2, 7, for O^fcO a sharp people, i. e. fierce, vehement (compare
Tin No.
2).
But
i.
see above under the
word
(wings).
/J
see Ijnp.
(l) TO BUB, TO BRUISE, TO RUB OUT, ~> turned (Cognate are PIP, ""HP.* and with
Ch.
q.
Hebr. No.
2,
to
pluck
Pret. pacs. to be
plucked, Dan 7:4.

-.27,
into a sibilant, HE'D.

fire is
Arab.
â
(2)
oil.
i.
tree
from which
brought by rubbing.
e. g.
q.
Arab.
B^P Nen 9:17

-
"IP m. in pause Ô, with suff. ^'"10 Deu. 31 (from the root !T}D).'
to
rub over,
the
sore, Isa.
figs
the
body with
IV. to soften.
In
Old Test,
:
it is once used of a cataplasm laid on a " 38 2 1, Isaiah had said, let them take dried pn?S'T?2 *rpp^ (pregn.) and lay them softened
nsn np n*3 *3 "for (I.) contumacy, Eze. 2:5, they are a contumacious house," i. e. people. 'IP M? the contumacious, Num. 17:25. Ellipt. for Eze. 2 7, npn np ^3 'IP *g% B^K. for they are
:
contumacious;"
(II.)
verse 8; 44:6; Prov. 17:11.

the
upon the ulcer;" Hence

I
LXX.
*rat
Tpiôi' KUI
bitterness, a signification taken from
6.
(from the root31P)> broad space, Hab. Often metaph. used of liberty and welfare (opp.
.
root T?P. (compare the note " even *nt? DVn

2,
under
""^P),
Job 23:
is
np
D|
now my complaint
bitterness,"
i.e.
bitter.
Those who retain the
to distresses,
IV; compare
V^);
Ps. 18:20,
3Xi!
" ^CHP? and he brought me out into a wide space," i. e. he delivered me from distresses, Ps. 31:9; 118:5.
common signification " even now doth my

bell ion
?"
render these words, complaint (seem to you) re which appears to me to be too harsh.
the sense given to this passage in Thes.]
of *17>
Once used in a bad sense, Hos. 4:16, 3rnf>2 ^5?? "like a lamb in a wide space," where it might easily wander from the flock.
[" Outcry"
is
than,
Ch.9:4O,
\_Merib-baaF], pr. n. of a son of Jonacalled also a little before ?J/2 2np

to be
prnp(from
Isa.
the rootpnn);
pi.
DW|O
and
D'p.rrip
is far
("contender against Baal"), which seems

the
33: 17; Jer. 8: 19, a place
m.far distance, what

afar, after
more
correct form.
off,
far off; pn^PP from
verbs
30:27; but 17:13, prqsp D3 "he fled from afar off," i.e. to flee away far, and a already to look from a great distance, ?n~!P. Y"$
of coming, Isa. 10:3;
&OP (from the root N"JP) adj. fat, well-fed, Eze.

39:18; hence subst. well-fed cattle; specially a
fatted
calf,
remote land,
Isa.
13:5;
pi.
D'P.DIP Zee. 10:9;
H?
8 9,
=
with the words 1:9; 19:25;
triTevroc. fioirxoe 2 litr and I??-
Commonly
Sam. 6:13;
Isaiah
joined 1 Ki.
1
:
Isa.
11:6.
Plur.
O^TjO
lOte
Isa.
33:17;
Jer.
8:19;
HPST!?
DÎP
1 1
Isa.
Amos
countries.
5:22.
fem. (from the root &TTJ), a pot, a cauldron, prop, a vessel in which things are boiled, Lev.
2:7; 7:9J?p (kindred to the

to
f. ] (i) strife, con(from the root in). tention, Gen. 13:8; Exod. 17:7; Num. 27:14. (a) of a fountain flowing (2) \_Meribah~], pr. n.
verb B?P., which see) pr.

sword, Ezek.
gulf,
from a rock in the desert of Sin on the Heroopolitan Exod. 17:1 7. (6)nan.p'0 ("water o/
smoothen; hence (1) TO POLISH, TO

33(2) to
strife"), another similar fountain in the desert of Zin,
SHARPEN a
*i:4,
bald, to
near Kadesh, Num. 20: 13,24; Detit. 33:8; Psalm 8l :8; 106:32; fully BhjJ nbnp <p Eze. 47 19=
make any one's head smooth, i. e. to make tear out, to pluck the hair, in contending, chastening, Neh. 13:25; in scorn, Isa. 50 6 (where
:
HHp
("contumacy"), [AferaiaA],
i"l*"lV3
pr. n. m.,
Neh. 12:12.
D*p"p are those who pluck the beard) in mourning, Ezra 9:3. Ezek. 29:18, HOTO? HDf^l "every
;
(T^b and
Moriah,
pr.
name of a
hill
ol
ihouider
was peeled,"
i.e.
with carrying burdens.
Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the temple, 2 Ch. " the land of Moriah/ 3:1. Gen. 22 2, nn'erj fjX
:
na-nmo
i.
DX
its
e.
the region around that mountain,
vicinity, as
(2) [J/i'r/Hrt], pr. n.
in.,
Chron. 8: 10.
ot'Moriah; comp. *S?H 1*1? Josh. 8:1. As to the origin, the sacred writers themselves (Gen.
if district
regarding
22:8.14: 2 Chron. loc. cit.) make allusion to the "IN1 which is confirmed by etymology from the root nnb as contr. froti Flp&TjP. f r n r n ^19
(" elevations"), [Meremoth], pr. n n (l) Ezra 8:33; Neh. 3:4, 2l; 10:6; 12:3; foi which there is ri'vnp verse 15. (2) Ezr. 10:36.
niD"lp
(Part. Ho.), with
Yod
of union,
is
i.
e.
chosen by Je-
something
hovah, a name which

tuary.
very suitable for a sanc-
m. (from the root DD1), a treading doivn to be trodden with the feet, Isa. 5:5; 7:25; 10:6; Eze. 34:19.
t
DpÔ
? pr.
nV"}P (" contumacies"), [3/eraio/A], pr.n.m.

(2) l Ch. (i) l Chron. 5:32; 6:37; Ezr. 7 39:11; Nehem. li:il. (3) Neh. 12:15; elsewhere n'lDlP (in the ancient writing the letters * and O resemble one another).
=
unknown,
n. Gent. \_Meronothite'], elsewhere Ch. 27:30; Neh. 3:7.
[Meres'], pr. n. of a Persian prince, Esth.

to
1:14 (according
Bohlen \j
lofty).
["Compare
T"!^ (prop, "their contumacy") pr. name f. Miriam; Greek Mapia^, Mapm. (l) the sister of Moses, a prophetess, Exod. 15:20; Num. 1 2 l Mic.
:
;
Sansc. marsh a, worthy; Zend, meresh. Benfey."]
from the root mrish;
VP
Esth.
l
-.14;
]P [Marsena~\, pr. n. of a Persian prince, (perhaps i. q. prec. [" with the addition
6:4.
(2)
Chron. 4:17.
(from the root ^l?), sadness, grief,
of nd, nom. Zend, nar, a man."]).
masc. (with each Tzere impure), i. q. JT! a friend, a companion; with suffix ^njnp Genesis 26:26; plur. D'O? Jud. 14:20; 15:6; with suffix DH^Jp see vnps. injnp. for -irvjnp Prov. 19:7. It has the form as if "1 T? m. adj. (from the root "^P) bitter ; hence Hiphil of the verb J7JH, borrowing its signification from the verb HJH No. 2, unless it be laid down that poisonous, Deut. 32:24. Compare SnP is comp. of jn and IP (like ^5O, "Vy-SO, see 19 m P r softness; figuratively fear, timidity, No. 3, letter c), and that it only denotes a com-j Lev. 26: 36 (LXX. hi\ia); from the root "$2~\, whence panion, not a friend, i. q. J'T^?. This is the only the segolate form n ib ?|np in the same manner as way of explaining the former Tzere being unchanged 595, D30 from the roots ^>3, DD3; pX, jnn from |3T; [But see Thes. p. 1296.] f. n from 7?n. The root which is found in the
J"lW"}y
f.
Eze. 21:11.
<
<
<
/nn
Rabbinic, "poro to be from this noun.
soft, is
secondary and taken
masc. (from the root HJH) with

:
suff.
m. (from the root 331)

lKi.5:6.
(i) a chariot,
Job 39:8; D3T)P Eze. 34:18, pasture, fodder for Job 39:8 [" lair, or cattle, Gen. 47:4; Joel l 18
;
feeding place of wild beasts, Nah. 2:12.
Arab.
^^
(2) the seat of a chariot, Cant. 3:10; Lev. 15:9.
!U
id."].
fern,
Sam. 15:1; l Kings 7:33; constr. r3|np Gen. 41:43; with suff. W3.3-W Gen. 46:29; n)33nO Zee. 6:1; Joel 2:5; constr. 1 Sam. 8 1 1 plur.
"1^3*"$?
f.
Exod. 15:4; with suff. TP'3?"J9 Mic.5:9,f.; a chariot, Gen. 46:29; especially a war chariot;
ril33-|p
(from the root HJ/'l) (i) pasture, "the sheep which I tend," pasturing. Jeremiah 23:1 ; Psalm 74:1; 79:13; 100:3. ?i ^JVjnP "the people that he (God) tends," Ps. 95:7.1
|
*n*jn.P }NV
gee the above-cited examples.
(2) a flock, Jer. 10:21.
J"V^19 f. (from the root ^3"J), merchandise, Eze. 27 24. [a market, see Thes.]
:
^/)T}i?
("trembling,"
1 1.
perhaps
"earthin the trib*
quake"), [Maralah],
of Zebulun, Josh. 19:
I.
pr.n. of a
town
(from the root nen Pi. to deceive). (i) fraud, Gen. 27:35; 34:13. np-p B*N a fraudulent man, Psa. 5:7. npTO J1 fraudulent weights, i. e. made to deceive, Mic. 6:11. np~>P \3T^'O deceptive
l
f.
N)
and
NQ"} to heal).
(l) the
21:18; 36:16; Jer.
l Jer. 8:15 (from the rod healing (of a disease), * Ch. 14:19.- Hence
cales, Pro. 1
Jr. 5:27.
Meton. riches gained by fraud, Plur. niDiO Ps. 10:7; 35:20.

1
:
i.
(2) refreshing, both of the body, Prov. 4: at 16:24; and of the mind, Pro. 12: 18; 13:17.
DXI
(3)
deliverance (from calamity;, Prov. 6:15;
form of the word

P1B.
is
P"}?
(which
see),
from the rod
19:1; Mai. 3:20.

(4)
II.
remedy,
Jer.
33:6.
NSHS (from
the root
SCT=nDT to
masc. (from the root n t?7)> plur. aromatic

relax), prop.
herbs, Cant. 5:13.

f(from the root njri), ointment, Ezek. ""?|T) 24: 10; a pot of ointment, [for boiling it in], Job.
relaxed mind; hence tranquillity of mind, meek" a meek heart;" Pro. ness; Pro. 14:30, N3~!P 2? " 1L N 15:4; i' '^ ?7? tranquillity of tongue," i. e. gentle, modest speech; Eccles. 10:4, "gentleness
41:23.
f.
|
hinders great offences."
m. (from the root

by treading, Eze. 34: 19.
B'?"3),
water disturbed
pounding of ointment,
(2) ointment,
>
(from the root np-))._(i) the comEx. 30:25; 2 Ch. 16:14.

i
Ch. 9:80.
i'J a root not used in Kal, the primary meanI have, howing of which has been often discussed. truth no doubt that the was seen ever, by Kimchi,
JP
drop,
ib myrrh,
bile.
so called from distilling,
and prcb.
>
s--<*-
n ")lP
(Arab.
who regarded as its primary power TO BE STRONG, FORCIBLE; for this not only very well suits all the passages, but it is confirmed by the kindred }*!? (jn and p interchanged), to be violent (Hos. 4:2); whence fHB a violent man. The meaning appears to be secondary, and taken from the idea of
^
--
to cause
to flow,
--*
has
frequent rain, and
^.^ channel.
The
trilit.
^
to
often the sense of going, passing away, which in many roots is connected with that of flowing ; see
^J?n
hard labour,
languish, to be
No. 4, to run, ,_/>whence Q'P^T channels.)

(2)
to be
to flow
_
Aram. Brn
run
which
is
found in Arabic
./o^
toil).
to
5;
bitter.
sick (prop,
wearied out with
(Arab. k'
;
fut.
A.
id.,
and so
in
[In Thes. the meaning preferred is that given by Cocceius and J. Simonis, to be fierce; hence, to be
the cognate languages also the Lat amarus, also How this notion coheres with the former is moereo.
all
vehement.^ NIHIAL, Job 6 :25, Tt?-nOX

ful
"
are right words;"

(or
irprnp " how power" Kings 2: 8, nyiP3 "Mp a

2: 10, flP?
heavy
grievous) curse," Mic.
'?D
very violent destruction."

HIPIIIL, to
Perhaps it Is denom. from ib myrrh, being very bitter things). Impers. *? "ID it is bitter to me, i. e. I am sad, Lam. 1:4, followed by IP (because of any thing), Ruth 1:13. Fut. A. "to.! Isa. 24:9, compare Hebr. Gram. 67,
not clear.
and
i"l"np bile, as
note
IP.'TIP
JMM4*
VJ*
make vehement, to irritate; Job 16:3, "what (so) irritateth thee?"

its
3.
to be
(3)
embittered,
Sa. 30:6.
HP
V3),
masc. an awl, so called from Ex.2i:6; Deu. 15:17.

fem
-
boring (root
(i) to make any thing bitter, Ex. 1:14; Isa. 22:4, '333 -npt "I weep bitterly."
PIEL, fut. TIP'.
(2)
one,
to
embitter,
iuf.
to
irritate,
to
to
provoke any
life
(from the root *!!), a pavement, a
compare Hithp. Gen. 49: 23.

tpn.
to
HIPHTL ipn,
place laid out with stones, 2 Ki.
(i)
make
bitter,
16:17.
tho kindred HIP^
;
Job 27:2.
(2) followed
!<J prop. TO
RUB (compare
6/jiopy vvui)
by
?,
make any
one sad, Ruth
and in Greek a/nrpyw,
hence to polish (1) (metal); 2 Chron. 4:16, pl">0 "polished brass;" Jerem. 46 4, DVlEnn jolish the spears."
:
fl2 n3
-1p"ip
l:2O, '1?' y "ipn "the Almighty hath sad." Compare ? in^ verse 21.
1
made me
~ipn Zee,
(3)
to
weep
bitterly, for the fuller
\3
12:10.
Note, "l'?? Ex. 23: 21, is fut. Hiphil in the Chald, form, for T?'^, but with the signification taken from to rebel. the verb nno, followed by Compare th note under n ^P.
~
(2) to c lean s e, ?9.
by washing, or anointing; compare
(Syr. ..oLs>. to wash off.) 'DAL Plb pass, of No. i, tobe scoured, Lev.6:2i.
Derivatives,
-
HITHPALPEL "tpionn
rated, Dan. 8:7.
to
be
i
embittered, exatpt^
broth, soup, Jud. 6: 19, 20, and Isaiah
(Syr. ;j>;_2Q to embitter, to proto
65:4 np.
Arab.
and
id.
The proper
voke;
Arab.c
be angry.)
Derivatives,
1, nnO
.
[""?>?],
'TIP,
object.
Isai.
13:1,^22
23:1;
:
fcttJ>
" the oracle

:
D'TttpO, D'-vnipn, pr immediately follow.

"
n.
^'[nho],
and those which
against Babylon."
Isai.
11,13;
from
cllf/
22:1;
15:1; 17 Nah. 1:1;

^>J>
19:1; 21:1,
l
:
Hab.
als
jy
f.
bile, gall, so called
its
followed by 3 Zee. 9
flowing (see
TTO No.
signifies
is
l),
compare Germ,
a fountain, like
[Syr.
which properly the cogn. Guelle, Job 16:13.

id.]
fully expressed
nirv
"13~I
12:1; ^K Mai. 1:1. It xb'D the utterance of the

1
word of the Lord, Zee. 9:1;
From K^P being
Arab.
often found in the headings of denunciatory oracles, Jerome, Luther, and others render the word even in
!TTPl2?f._-(i) bitterness, Dent. 32:3-2, Tvb$tfe "clusters of bitternesses," i.e. bitter. Me-
these instances onus, burden, and regard it as signifying a grievous or threatening oracle, see Jerome,
Prol. ad Habac., and on Isa. 13:1; but it is als? found where it stands in a good sense, Zee. 1 2 l Mai. l:i. There is a paronomasia on the two sensea
:
;
taph. bitter,
n'l~n?
tilings
severe (punishments), Job 13:26, *? ty IPO!) "that thoti writest (such) bitter upon me," thou layest on me such heavy
burden and
oracle, Jer.
23:33,
seq.
Eze.
O.
punishment.
" the (2) bile, gall, Job 20:25. '?9? n ^ ? gall of vipers," ib. 14, Tised of the poison of vipers,
\ Ch, (5) singing (see the root No. l, letter e). the regulator (or leader) of the 15:27, Nbi3n ibn
singing."
Others take
So
it
LXX. apx w
which the ancients incorrectly supposed to be in the gall (Plin. H. N. xi. 37, 62), although in other
forms also of this root, the notion of bitterness
plied to
is
to
rStv w<-wr, and Kimchi. be the leader of the carrying, i. e

''
of the holy ark.

(6) a gift (compare
ap-
NBO
2.
Pi.
No.
2,
3);
hence
venom; (see TlD,
Syr. j'UJC, Zab.
tribute,
i.
q.
nmp
No.
2 Ch. 17:11.
venom).
ra . bitter herbs,
25:14;
Ex. 12:8;
agrestes),
(7) [J/flssa], pr. n. of a son of Ishmael, Genesii i Ch. 1:30.
Num.g:ii
Lam. 3:15
spect of
(readwiosso) m. 2 Ch. 19:7,
pe^-sons,
(LXX.
(where
wood).
irtKpiStf.
Vulg. lactuew
D'3Q NKt?
3, letters
in the other
member
there
is
""JO worm-
partiality, see Nbo No.
*T}9
n.
(" bitter," "unhappy"), [Jferari], pr. of a son of Levi, Gen. 46 1 1 ; Ex. 6 16. Of the
: :
f. burning, so called from the rising up of the smoke, Isa. 30:27; comp. nxb'O No. 1.
nNLo
same form
is
the patron. Nu. 26:57.
(for
n$B>)
f.
const.
JWD
(for
ns
Gen. 43:34,
the root ygn) wickedness, concr. for a wicked woman, 2 Ch. 24:7.
f.
pi. nStp'D.
ny_Eh
-
(from
of
(l) a lifting up, e.g. of the hands, Ps. 141:8 smoke in a conflagration, Jud. 20:38, 40 (comj
i. (i) verbal inf. from the rootNC'3; a " bearing, a carrying. Nu. 4:24, xbpp-1 ~lhj?7 for labouring and for carrying." 2 Ch. 20:25,8^? pK?
T -
(2) a sign, which
is
lifted
up,
i.
q.
D3 Jer. 6:
" that could not be
perhaps specially a signal made by fire, comp. No. and the Talmudic niN1E>D used of the signals made by
fire
carried;" compare 2 Ch. 35:3.

which
:
at the
Subst. Nu. 4:19, 27, 31, 32, 47.

Jer. 17:21, seq.;
(3) o
carried, 2Ki.
new moon, see Mishn. Kosh Hashanah burden, Zeph. 3: 18.

q.
2,
5:17; was as a burden, 2 Sam. 15:33; 19:36; followed by *% Job
(2) a
burden,
lo a d
is
Nu.
1 1
1 1.
KBO^
rvn
(4)
i.
Nb'B No. 4; son<ething uttered,

:
Lam
40:5
it
2:14.
given at a convivial feast (yt'puc), Gen. 43:34; 2 Sam. 11:8 also tribute, 2 Citron. 24:6, 9.
Note. rri?S>p Eze. 17 9,
:
7:20.
(3) ^'7? K?' ? that to which the soul
1
q- *T9 No. 6; a gift, Esth. 2 18; (5) Amos 5:11; especially a portion of food
i-
Jer.
lifts itself
up,
i.e.
what
i, c.
it
desires,
76.24:25; compare the root

root No.
l, letter
No.
is
the
inf.
(4)
f),
something uttered (seethe
Aram. Kal,
wit!
a sentence, Prov. 30:1; Collect. 31 :i,%"8 Kb>O 1GS lPr)D "the sentences which his mother
hira."
a peculiar termination
for
ir
in ni like the inf. Pi.
taught
!i
.
Specially something uttered by God, 2 Kings or by a prophet, followed by a genit. of the
f.,
Psa. 74:3. in
some
editions:
DXIII
a>Q
with
suff.
3jjro (from the root 33B>) m.
5:7, from the root
neb
i.
q. -
PIED to
pour out; Arab
;i) height, Isa. 25:12.
Lj to pour out blood,

tyrant.
U^j a shedder of blood,
(2) a lofty place, a rock, affording shelter and :1O; security; hence used for a refuge itself, Psa.
18:3; 46:8,12; 48:4; 59:10,18; 94:22. (3) with art. [Misgab~\, pr. n. of a town (situated on a lofty place) in Moab, Jer. 48: i.
Prov. 15:19; and
L/lJ an unused root [" perhaps
i.
q.
Arabic
J^t
i~
to divide"], see fTT^'D.

f.
dominion,
Isa.
9:5, 6, from the root
5:5, f. ; a hedge made of briers and thorns; called in other places HINDp. lioot Tpfe> and
Isa.
fcss'-nb and 'Mb to rule.
p l.
(1) a
f.
burning of lime,
(from the root *|-^). Isa. 33: 12 (compare Gen
m. a saw,
saw.
Isa.
10: 15; from the root T5?3 to
11:3).
(2) the burning of -dead bodies, Jer. pare 2 Ch. 16:14).
34:5 (com-
P
4:11, iC;
divide.
f.
liquids, Lev. 19:35; Eze. from the root "^P, Arabic JO^ II. to
a measure of
(3) D^niDltro ("the flow of waters," from the root ^"fr, Ithpe. to drop [but see Thes.]),[JfiV
rephoth-maim],
the root
Isa.
pr. n.
of a town or region near
VW), gladness, joy, 84:8; Lain. 5: 15; and meton. the object and ground of joy, Psa. 48 3 Isa. 24: ll; 32:14; 65:18; and Isaiah 8:6, subst. poet., put for a finite frequently.
:
;
E'SyD m. (from
Sidon, Jos. ll:8; 13:6.
îT"!!^ ("vineyard," plantation of vines

superior quality, see
P!)&?),
of
[Masrekah],
pr. n. of
verb.
town, apparently belonging to the Edomites, Gen. 36:36; iCh. 1:47.
pn^/P
of
its
object,
m. (from the root P~^) scorn Hab. l 10.

:
hence used
HDLD^p
9:8;
fetter.
f (l) a noose, a fetter, from the root Dt?b, Syr.
i.
q.
H9 Hos.
a frying pan, 2 Sam. 13:9; Ch. Knnpb, Knnpp id. The origin is uncertain, and it is even doubtful whether the n be radical or servile.
to bind, to JP-frCO
It
seems to
me
!"nb>
rather to be servile, so that

i.
Hence
the root
would be
(2) destruction, ibid, verse 7; compare B'jTO. Others render hatred, persecution; from Qt?E> to
pursue after.
q.
*,
to shine, to sparkle:
whence f^")?' and rn^D a brass frying pan, so called from its being polished. That the root rnp had the
notion of parching
is
~Y^
?
3iT,
a mere gratuitous assertion.
see
f.
??f Hiphil.
n^-p
Ch. u
(l) image, figure, from the root 3f to look at, to behold, Eze. 8:12, chambers of images," i.e. the walls of
TO
Aram, and
II, ll), in
[J/asA], a people (and region), sprung from therefore to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia, Gen. 10:23. Many follow Bochart (Phaleg.
understanding the inhabitants of mount
^P
which were adorned with painted figures of idols, JV2bp J3.S Lev. 26:1, and sompare verses 1O, ll. ni'abc Nu. 33:52, stones adorned with superstitious or
magical figures Pro. 25:ll, )p|) "apples of gold, adorned with
;
Afasius (Arab. ,_*>=-), which lies to the north of

Nisibis,
and
is
a part of the Gordiaean mountains.
ni'sbp? 3HT
figures of
so
"n?K> to plait.
*n-1Br)
NB$? m.
5
:
(from the root
^.(i) usury, Neh.
silver."
7-
Others
render, in
silver
baskets,
that JVSB'P
(2) a debt,
Id take its signification
from
" the
so
(2)
imagination, opinion,
Ps.
73:7; Pro.i8:il.
i. Neh. 10:32, 1^3 KW? q. nsÔ. debts of every hand," i. e. all debts, perhaps called from the debtor's promising, by giving hi
'P'j^? f. (from the root "W), wages, Gen. 29: 31 :7, 41 [" reward, Ruth 2 12."]
; :
right hand, to pay back the borrowed money. Other MSS. and editions read KK"P the burden of every
hand, which
is less suitable.
Py '?
f.
pi.
nails, Ecc. 12
1 1
see
Isa.
shedding of blood, slaughter,
pr. n. of a place
(perhaps i. q. KÔ "retreat"), mentioned in the description of the
DXIV
boundaries of Joctanite Arabia.
their dwelling
Gen. 10:30, "and
to break),
was DTgn nn rnsp npg'a KET3P from
Psalm 42:8; 88:8; Jonah 2:4 waves of the sea,Ps. 93:4.

only in plur. destructions, calamitie
the root J"QC' Hiph. No. 3.
5
t
Mesh a unto Sephara, (and beyond, as far as) the mountains of Arabia." In these words Mesha seems to me to be MoSo-a or Mowa a city of note, with a
port, situated
lp,
Lam. 1:7; compare
on the western shore of Arabia, nearly
(according to Ptolem. vi.y, 14 Lat., 74 long.), forming therefore the western boundary of the Joctanites. I understand Sepkarah
is
where now
J/as/mf
m. (from the root njE

I.
),
error, Gen. 43: la
n
(Syr.
to
save,
(l) TO
id.)
DRAW, TO DRAW OUT, Exod,
2:10.
(2)
JÔ
to
be the city [& the metropolis of the region of Shehr, between the provinces Hadramaut and Oman. The mountains of Arabia are no doubt the chain of mountains nearly in the middle of Arabia, running from near Mecca and Medina, to the Persian Gulf;
to
t
i. Isa. 63: 11, q. ?'?. nt^D "the saviour of his people" (God) HE'D is in Thes. referred to the [This word pr. n.] HIPHIL, i.q. Kal No. i, 2 Sa.22:i7; Ps. 18: 17. Derivative 'E'P, pr. n.
preserve,
il
now
called
the abode of the Wahabites.

le
See
II.
MIL' LJ an unused
root.
Arab.
1,..^.
to
do
at
Pays de Nedjd oxi 1'Arabie Centrale, Paris, 1823, 8; and my remarks in Ephemerid. Hal. 1825, No. 56. [According to Forster i.
(Jomard) Notice sur
97,
evening, whence the noun K'PSI yesterday, and yest
night (which see), for

pr. n.
Mount Zames.]
Moses, the great

Israelites, the
leader, legislator,
3XC?P (from 3KB>), a channel, watercourse, into which water is drawn for the
.
the
root
cattle to drink,
f.
Jud. 5:11.
son of Amram (l C 5:29), of the tribe of Levi, whose actions are narrated in the four latter books of the Pentateuch Htro rnin the law of Moses, Ezr. 3:2; 7:6; 2 Chr.
and prophet of the
(from the root

i.
^3 No. 2) a
NfP
No.
2.
debt, Deut.
24:10; Prov. 22:26,
q.
Josh. 23:6; 2 Ki. 14:6; Neh. 8:1

:
lie
m. fraud, deception,Prov. 26:26; from root KCO No. 1.

Ps.
23:18; nô rnin IB? the book of the law of M< and simply, 1 2 Chr. 25: 4; Neh. 13:1 (Chald. ntTB IDD Ezr. rn?
;
ncto 6: 18). l Ki. 8:9.
Him ?
the tables of (the law of) Moses,
74:3; see
'K^p
cal
(" prayer"),
ft" 01
[Mishal],
pr. n. of
a Leviti:
town
in the tribe of
contr.
>V'P
"
'?V'
Asher, Josh. 19:26; 2 1 30 l Chron. 6:59.

Xt?),
As to the etymology, n ^'D ) Ex. 2: 10, is express! referred to the idea of drawing out, but in a passiv sense, as if it were the same as ^"'P drawn out. Those
depart from the authority of this passage, may it deliverer of the people (compare Isa. 63: ll), or regard it with Josophus (Ant. ii. 9, 6) as being of Egyptian origin, from uto water and
either render
who
Ps.
(from the root 20:6; 37:4.

f-
^P
prayer, petition,
a kneading trough, or vessel in worked and fermented, Exod. 7:28; 12:34; Deut. 28:5,17; from "IKS' fermentation, band " B> being interchanged. [But see "W T II.]
which flour
is
^ ~V:
OVXfj
from
t. i.
to
deliver,
so that
it
would
signify, saved
te
the watei- (see Jablonskii
Opuscc. ed.
p.
152
157)-
[There
is
nothing in Ex. 2:10,
plur. f. (i) artificial textures, with the addition of 3HT, cloths interwoven with gold, Ps. 45: 14; see the root 1*5? No. i. (a) settings, or sockets, of gems, Exod. 28:11,
/
which at all opposes this derivation.] With this agrees the Greek form Mwi/0%, while the Hebrews appear in their usual manner to have accommodated
this
word
to their
own
language.
HC'3),
(from the root

;
a debt, Deu. 15:8.

)
13, 14, 25;
39:13, 16; see the root No.
2.
m., Isa. 37:3; a Ki. 19:3; constr.
Hos. 13:13; matrix,
mouth of
the
womb, which
"QC>.
nNi^'D f. i. q. nxte (whh which it is always joined wasting, Zeph. 1:15; waste places, Job 30:3; 38: Root NIC'. 27.
plur.
f.
the fetus breaks in being born.
Root
only in plur.
waves broken on
ru/iaroc
the shore,
74:3. The etymology ib

ing
is
ruins, desolations, Ps. 73:ib; .loubtful, and even the read-
Ireakert (compare Gr.
dyy from
uncertain in these places, as in Psalm 74: 3.
DXV
in
I
some
editt.,as that of Athias, there stands

nitf-IE'D as
regard (from the root NIK'), Dagesh being inserted in the first radical in the Rabbinic manner in the forms P* !,
3
being the same as
n'lKitrip. niX-'tL'^
(i.e. consecrated, appointed), "iSf?? to preach". The thing (oil or ointment) with which the anointing is performed, is put with ?
hovah hath anointed me,
prefixed, Ex.
29 2 ; Psa. 89:21; and

:
in the ace., Ps.
tfyffO (from yh t I^>), -irh Prov.4:2l, from 6. Tt comes to about the same thing if we regard fl'lCOKJp
as
45:8;
Am. 6:6.
Arab,
l, to be
(2)["fo spread out, to expand, hence"], to
coming from N^3, the signification being taken from Sit?, but the former is preferable; compare
measure, Syr.
Hence
anointed,
i.
MB?
n.
NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No.

(
e.
con-
brought back"), [3/esAoJaJ],
pr.
secratedbyanointing,Lev.6: 13;
l
Num. 7: 10, 84, 88;
m.
Chron. 4:34.
f.
Ch. 14:8.
Derivatives,
(from the root D-IB'), a turning away, " the defection; Prov. 1 132, Q?riS fQWp turning " of fools away (from wisdom);" specially turning away from Jehovah," Jer. 8:5; Hos. 11:7, ri3-1?p
I^Xp
nÔ,
nK'pp, and the words which im-
mediately follow.
Chald. oil, Ezr.6:9; 7:22.
f.
<i
"turning away from me;" pi. n'Q-IK'D Jer. 2 1 9. Concr. used of Israel, who had turned away from
:
(from the root
nD).
(i)
anointing;
Jer. 3:6, 8, ll, 12.

IB'Zp
f.
error, Job 19:4, from the root
3-115'
i.q.
Exod. 25:6; 29:7,21; t5hp nntpp |O^> holy ointment, Ex. 30:25, 31. (2) a part, portion, Lev. 7:35; see the root No. 2.
nnj^pn
JOB? anointing oil,
and
Jjtf.
Eze. 27:29, and ulte^P ib. verse 6, an oar, from the root tME>. As to the Dagesh in EitS'p, see
^P
np
above.
f.
(i)
inf.
of the root
nÔ
to anoint, see
(<2.}apart,
under
aportion,Nwm. 18:8, i.q. nriBipNo.a.
Wp
l sa .
42:24 ana,
for
nB$p a spoiling
THE
fut. nc?p*inf. n&?P,
once
properly, TO
STROKE, TO
anb
DRAW
nn^p Ex. 29:29; HAND OVER

(Arab.
I,
any thing, nut ber

Kindred
are
ftretcfyen.
^^
L_
id.
H^n^tt prop. part. Hiph. (from the root nnB') destroying, that which destroys, hence (1) destruction; Ex. 12:13; Eze.5:i6; 21:36, " IVnpO ^"jn artizans of destruction;" 26.25:15. a snare, a noose, Jer. 5:26, compare K'p.to; (2) hence soldiers lying in wait, i Sam. 14:15. ^D
JVnip'JSn (the
WPQ
and !~inp No.
which
mount of destruction, or of the
snare)
see.)
Hence
(l)
lay colours
Tor.
spread over with any thing, specially to on any thing (followed by | of the colour), 2i:i4; especially to anoint with oil (Arabic
to
on account of the idols there worshipped which would be destruction to the people, and (b) for the same reason the name was given to
(a)
Olivet,
Mount
Babylon, Jer. 51:25.

*iriK^P
i.
iu^<
id.),
e.g. cakes,
Ex. 29:2; Levit. 2:4; 7:12;
q.
iriK'
m. morning, Ps. 110:3.

No.
1.
a shield (by doing which, the leather

tenacious,
*
becomes more
lsa.
rW
nrifc/D
lsa.
i.q.
rTO
destruction, Eze.Q:!.
and
less
pervious to weapons),
etc.
21:5;
Sam. 1:21 [adj.],
Especially
one as a sacred rite in his
anoint any inauguration and conto

;
:
(from the root nnK') m.destruction,marring, as a concr. something marred, disfigured,
secration to an
a
a priest, Ex. 28:41 40:15; a king, i Sam. prophet, l Ki. 19: 16; lsa. 61 l 10: i; 15:1; 2Sa. 2:4; l Ki. 1:34; also a stone or pillar, which should be, at some future time, a sacied
office, as
;
52:14.
"T T (from the root nnE') that which rupt, or marred, corruption, Lev. 22: 25.
-
is
cor-
place,
Gen. 31:13; also vessels consecrated to God, 11 Lev. 8 1 1 ; Nu. 7:1. Fully expressed, 'j-MO 9, ? '3 TO?p to anoint, i. e. to consecrate any one king, R*9 :l 5i 2X5.9:3; and concisely 2 Sa.ig:!!,
:
f
'K'P
P (from the root HpK>) m. Eze. 47 10, conctr. 26:5, 14; expansion, spreading forth, n
:
place where anything
is
spread forth.
Dll
"Absalom 7JJ Uflpp yfe w hom we anointed, f i. " e. made because Jeking) over us." lsa. 61 i,
:
"ItpJ^P
dominion, rule; Job 38:33, D^F)

" dost thou set
its
r?S3
iltptpp
dominion
(that of
heaven) upon earth?" Root
DXVI
*C>5 Eze. l6:lO, 13, according to the Hebrews,
tilk,
a garment of
silk,
LXX.
rpi\airToy, i.e. ac-
with the trumpet (oom germblafen mit bem ?ermf) en), see page CCCXL, A. To this answers the Arabic
v_^>Jj>- to
etymology draw), nothing else can be learned than that very fine threads are denoted
cording to Hesych. -o fiopfiuKivov vâaâ. Jerome, " a garment so fine that it might seem as fine as the finest hair." From the (from HE'D to
draw; also Conj.

(d) IIos.
I. II.
IV. to raise a cry,

<
to cry out. out one's
7 -.5, D'VyVnK IT
scoffers,"
;
!]t?'O
" tc
draw
hand with
contemptuously used of
the
intercourse with wicked

fid)
men (compare
(e) to
:
common
X3P?
leet], pr. n.
whom God frees") \_Mesheza( m. Neh. 3:4; 10:22; 11:24.

(l) adj. verbal pass, (from the root anointed (used of a shield), 2 Sam.
protract, i. e. to prolong, to continue, Neh. 9:30; Ps. 36 1 1 V!PD "drawout,"i.e. "continue thy loving kindness towards those that know thee;" Ps. 85:6; 109: 12; Jer. 31:3, ">pn T^??'*? "I have continued
',
mit jem. t)erumjtet)n).
^P
Wl
T'??
n ^?)>
1:21;
m.
loving kindness to thee."
(Com pare Syr.

l
;_>~l to
draw;
(f) to
XP IOTt* c
D^B'D the anointed prince [Messiah the rVBten jnsn the anointed prince], Dan. 9:25; priest, i. e. the Lev. 4:3, 5, 16. high priest,
TM
whence
subst.
Ji-^QJ
e.
n g continuance.)
to
make durable, i. Ecc. 2:3, nK 2-r,N

;
strong, firm,
(Syr.
make firm,
P-5 tf*T?7
(2) subst. Xpurroe, Anointed, i.e. prince (consecrated by anointing), Dan. 9:26; more fully " D'E'P
strong with wine."

Pual No.
2.
"to make my body *v> to harden.) Comp.
(LXX. 6 Xpioroc Kvp/ov), of honour given to the kings of Israel as being consecrated to God by anointing; and, therefore,
a
title
the anointed of Jehovah
to
(g) to draw out, to draw asunder, out, Jud. 4:6, inn "1"3 npK'O oneself spread "spread thyself out on Mount Tabor;" Jud 20:37, y}fcn TjB'DJI "the soldiers in ambush spread them-
holy,
Samuel 2:
10, 3.5;
12:3,5; 16:6524:7,11;
selves
out"
to
(see the Targ. in both places).

to
26:9, 11,23; 2 Sam. 1:14, 16; 19:22; 23:1; Ps. 2:2; 18:51; 20:7; 28:8. Once used of Cyrus, king
of Persia, Isaiah 45
l ; never of the future Messiah (although some refer Ps. 2 2 to him). [This is an
: :
(2)
take hold,
to
take (Arab.
to
iJ^C...^.
id.),
with an ace. LA. 12:21,
awfully false statement, many of these passages (as well as Ps. 2:2) refer to Christ only.] Plur. the anointed of
5:14; to seize, Eze. 32:20.
hold, followed by 3 Jud. take away, Job 24:22; Ps.?8
Jehovah, of the Patriarchs, Psalm 105: 15; 16:22.

fut. "ftrp?.
id.,
Chron.
see Lette
nification is
D R A w. (Arab. U ( l ) TO ad Cant. Deb., page 96 for this " not found in Golius. Kindred is
;
i
NIPHAL, to be protracted, delayed, Isa. 13:29; Eze 12:25,28. PUAL (l) i. q. Niphal (of hope), Prov. 13 12. (2) pass, of Kal No. l, letter/ Part, made hard\
:
sirong,
sig7?.)
Isa.
18:2, 7, Î&'EQ
to//"].
'13
" a
strong
people"
[" drawn
to
out; hence
Arab.
t. i.
tl~<
p.
Conj. X.
(this sig-
Constr. absol. Deut. 21:3,
"which has not
(a cart) in a yoke;" with ace. of pers. to one anyirhere, followed by 3 ? ?NI of place. Jud. 4:7; Ps. 10:9; compare Cant. 1:4; to draw out
drawn draw some
be firm, strong, see Vit. Tim.
432
nification is omitted in Golius).
Hence
" the
rriaB^D,
and
from water, followed by |P Gen. 37:28; Job 40:25; Jer. 38:13; to draw to one, Isa. 5:18. From the idea of drawing have arisen these phrases (a) JlC^n Jj'r'P to bend a bow, l Ki.22:34; Isa. "to draw 66:19 (^ th <*ftft: id.). (6) VX? out seed," i. e. to scatter it in order along the furrows, Amos 9:13, compare Psa. 126:6. (c) ^K'P Josh. 6:5, Exod.i9-.l3, and >3*B Hi*?
from a
pit,
-
1|Kto_(i) a drawing out, Ps. 126:6, JTVri T^C drawing out of seed," i. its being scattered
e-.
along the furrows (compare Am. 9:13). (2) possession, from the signification of holding
Job 28:18.
WJ
"to
WB
make along
blast with a trumpet,"
i.
q. yi?n
nnsâ,
verte 5. horn of jubilee (compare Germ, fceftig loSjiefyn), and in both places it ia used cf the signal which was given
see Josh. 6:4, 8, 9, 13, 16, 20, compare Prop, to blow with a great blast into the
Moschi, a barbarous peu Moschinn mountains, betwe'i Iberia, Armenia, and Colchis, Psa. iiO:/5, almos always joined with the neighbouring Tibareni ( ?F âin^Gen. lo:2;Eze. 27: 13; 32:26; 38:2, 3: 39:1 just as in Herodotus (iii. 94; vii. 78), M6<r\m w A pronunciation more near to the reTifiaprjvui. form is found in the Samaritan copy (*
(3)
[Meshech],
pr. n.
pie inhabiting
the
<
LXX.
Moffc/x; Vulg. Mosoch.
DXVII
cile the significations
of making
;
like,
and ruling ;
set
Lev. 18:22,
(from the root 2?) pi. D*7 constr. *r rtf Ps 149:5. (1) a lying down, both for sleep (2 Sam 4:5,
.
D3u'D
and
Schultens on Prov. i:i Michaelis on Lowth, ]) Sacra Poesi, p. 41; Simonis in Lex. etc. However
1
have no doubt but that from the

like, is
signification of
to think, to
O^^C
a
3?pt?"
sleep at noon")
and from sickness,

" thou
maJdng
derived that of judging, forming an

!p!,
1*8.41:4.
Specially concubitus, Lev. 18:22,

i.
opinion (compare
and
JEA\\. <F>f]f\
shult not lie
woman,"
with a male i"IB>*P:i3E>p the lying O with * e. as with a woman; Lev. 20: 13; Num.
suppose, to think fit), which is nearly allied to the notion of g iving sentence, ordering, ruling (compare
Oyt?).
31:17, 18, 35. (2) a couch, a bed, 2 Sam. 17:28; a bier, 2 Ch.
in Lex. p. 585,
Another explanation, approved of by Winer was given in my smaller Lexicon, editt.
16:14;
Isa.
57:2.
i.q.
ruling,
2 and 3, but this is decidedly better. This notion of which is not found in this root in the other
IJpD
m. Ch. a couch, a bed,
Hebr. No.
2,
1.2:28, 2954:2, 7,1057:1.
seems
:
Phoenicio-Shemitic languages [except the Phoenician] to have passed over to the Greek, in which
flaaiXtvQ, fiaviXtviii has
no root
Isa.
m. (from the root i?K> pi. D'r Ps. 46 5 re often in ni- construed with a fern. Ps. 84:2.) (1) habitation, dwelling place, as of men, Job
;
NIPHAL, prop,
to
be
compared; hence
14:10;
DJ?
in that language. to be like
any
thing, followed
by 7N
Psa. 28:
18: 21; Ps.
sepulchre, Isa. 22: 16; compare 14:18, on the passage); of animals, i. e. den,
87:2 (once used of the long home, the and my note Job 39:6; of
143:7; 3 Ps. 49: 13, 21. PIEL, i. q. Kal No. l, a,

21:5HIPHIL
(2)
to
to
use parables, Ezek.
(i) to
Inf.
i.
compare,
temple, Ps. 46:5; 84:2; 132:5. (2) ( specially a tent, a tabernacle, Cant. 1:8, especially the holy tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex.
,
God
i.
e.
cause
139.
to rule, to
Dan. 11
Isa. 46:5. give dominion, Ps. 8:7 subst. ^PH dominion, Job 25:2.
to
the 40:9, seq.; fully rvnyn JSÔ tabernacle of the testimony," Ex. 38:21 Num. l
25:9; 26:
"
HITHPAEL,
q.
Niphal,
become
like,
followed
l,
seq.;
by 3 Job 30:
19.
Derived nouns, 'E'PP, rpgJpD, and those which

immediately follow.
Jj [Ch. K?TO]. parable, Eze. 17:2; 24:3. (2) sentence, opinion, yv^^r), sententious say.
50,53; 10:11. In the description of this tent, as to the see above at that word, difference of JSk^P from
?&
p.
xvn,
A; hence "WO ^HK
J3tpp of the boards of
PO m
Arab. Ji-e, Syr.
the holy tent, over
which the curtains were hung,
(1) similitude,
Ex. 39:32; 40:2,6, 29.
t?*fpChald.id. Ezr.7:i5.
/l
7P
fut.
??P.
ing, (such as consists in the ingenious comparison of two things or opinions, compare Prov. 26: l, 2, 3,
l i, 6; 10: i; 25:1; 26:7, 9; Ecc. 12:9; Job 13:12; l Ki. Sentences of this kind often pass into pro5:12. verbs (i Sam. 24:14); hence ?^D is
:
(l)
TO MAKE LIKE, TO ASSI-
6, 7, 8, 9, ll, 14, 17, chap. 25, seq.), Prov.
MILATE (Arab. Ji*, Aram. ^Zoo id.) see Niph. Hiph. and the noun ?^'O similitude, parable, etc.
hence
to to
(a) to put forth a parable, Eze. 24:3. (b) use a proverb, Eze. 12:23; 17:2; 18:2,3. (c) Part. DvtpQ sing a song of derision, Joel 2:17.
(3) a proverb, irapotpia, e. g. 1 Sam. 10: 12; Eze. 18 :2, 3; 12:22,23 (compare irapafioXi], Lu. 4:13). (4) generally a song, poem, the particular verses
poets,
Num.
to
21 :27.
rule, to 12:24; followed

(2)
3: 16;
fol
4:7
have dominion, Jos. 12:2; Prov. by ? of the thing ruled over, Gen. more rarely followed by Pro. 28: 15
of which (by what are called the laws of parallelism ) commonly consist of two hemistichs of similar argu-
ment and form

23
:
specially used of a prophecy,
Num.
:
lowed
,
by a gerund,
ijhj
Ex. 21:8.
have power of doing anyWith a dat. of benefit, Isa. 40: 10,

to
his arm ruleth for him." Somebe over anything, Gen. 24: 2. Part. 7^0 lord, ruler, Gen. 45:8; plur. lor ds, rulers, princes, nd in a bad sense tyrants, Isa. 14:5; 28:14; 49:7;
ies i.
of a discourse or a didactic poem, Job 27 l ; 7, 29:1; Psalm 49:5; 78:2; often used of a derisive poem, Isaiah 14:4; Mic. 2:4; Hab. 2:6. tyfo ? njn T\yxh\ to become a by -word, Deut. 28:37; * Kingi
18
q. tc
9:7. (Arabic s -<~-i

'JUt verses.)
Jl^
parable, fable, sentence;
plur.
5 2 *-5;
compare D'?H? Isa. 13:2. Learned men have made many attempts
to recon-
\_Mashat],
pr. n.
see
"ke,
m. (i) similitude; concr. something Job 41 125. (a) dominion, Zech. 9:10.
Pl32?B>p
m.
( fatness"), Ch. 12:10.
[Mishmannah],
(of
pr
D']Jpfc?P m.
pi.
fatnesses
flesh), diiintie*
inf.,
used as a noun,
i.
q.
?Ô No. 4, a song
Neh.8:io.
m. (from the root PP^)
is
of derision, Job 17:6.
(l)
/?^P
rtate
ra.
(from the root ry^), always in constr.

l
heard,
Isa.
11:3.
(a) Gen. 25: 14.
(b)
(a) [3/i s A ma], pr. n. m.
(1) a sending; hence a place to which any" thing is sent. Isaiah 7:125, ~H& np$?p a place to which oxen are driven." (2) with the word 1* or D*T a thing upon which
the Itand is sent,
Ch. 4:25.
business, affair, Deut. 15:10; 93:21; 28:8,20; 12:7, 18.
to a (i) admission, access l Sa. Ital. udienza. Germ. Xufcienj/ prince, audience, 22: 14, ^VP^'P'^ 19 " and hath access to thy private audience." 283.23:23; i Ch. 11:25. for the concr. obedient ones, Isa. (2) obedience,
f.
nyP/P
rfr^p,
ni^Ô m
11:14.
.
(from the root n?K>).
(i)
tending, Esth. 9:19, 22. (2) with the word "IJ, a thing upon which the hand
is
m. (from the root IP?*)
(i) custody,
guard.
sent,
prey, booty,
Isa.
11
(a) i. q. prison, Gen. 40:3, seqq.; 42:17. (b) station of a watch, Neh. 7:3; Jer. 51:12;
(c) that which is
14.
hence used of the watchmen themselves, Neh. 4:3,

16; Job 7: 12.
ing,
i.
e.
f. of the preceding nouns. (i) a senda Acs*, band (of angels), Ps. 78:49.
guarded.
all
Prov.
(a) a
sending away (from
captivity or warfare),
" 4:23, keep thy heart ~ip^'p~73p above which are to be guarded."
the things
Ecci. 8:8.
for
fcf P,
see
sc.
(2) observance, that which is observed, rite Neh. 13:14. ('oner, one who is observed, to whom reverence is due, used of a ruler, Eze. 38:7.
?^P
("friend"
4.2:19), [3/esAu//a;n], pr. n. of several 8: 16; 10:15,29; Neh. 3:4, 6, 30, etc.
of God; compare Isaiah men, Ezr.
n"T&$p
p l. nhpjpo,
f.
(1) custody,
guard.
of the preceding. (a) the act of guarding,
(for niD^p "those who repay"), ^fethellemoth"], pr. n. m. (i) 2 Ch. 28:12. (a) Neh. 11:13; for which there is JVP^V'O l Ch.
mOpPO
9: ia (which
is
indeed the better reading).
&
(for
repays," i.e."whom
rVDp to whom Jehovah Jehovah treats amicably"),

m. iCh.g:2i;
26:1,2,9;
2Ki. 11:5, 6. (^) a place where guards are set, a station, Isa. 31:8; Hab. 2:1; also used of th guards or watchmen themselves, Neh. 7:3; 12:9 that which is guarded, l Sa. 22:23. iS^ ( c) (2) a keeping, Ex. 12:6; 16:32,33,34. (3) observance, or performance of an office HNT thi function, Num. 4:27, 31, DNS'P
-
J"^
1
is
the
observance
of their porterage," these thing
[Meshelemiali], for which there is
pr. n.
are for them to carry; Num. 3:31, P" ^? " their office (was) the ark." Hence
^P?'?'.
IS^pn Num. 1:53; 3 l: 3> 47> or ^li5 ^ 3:28, 32

38, or njn* Levit. 8 35, to do service in the hoi; tabernacle.
:
ppSTp ("friend" (fern.) sc. of God),[Meshullemith"], pr.n. of the wife of king Manasseh, 2 Ki.2i
:
19.
QO
Isa.
f.
(from t he
root
DD^)_(i)
stupor, as-
tonishment, Eze. 5:15. (2) desolation, Eze.6:l4; 33:28; 35:3. Plur.

15:6; Jer. 48:34.
(4) that which is observed, a law, a rite, Gen 26:5; Lev. 18:30; 22:9; Deut. 11: i; Josh. 2-2:3 l Ki. 51:3; 2 Ch. 13:11; 23:6; Zee. 3:7; Mai. 3:14
Farther
(5) 'B rnDtrp ~ip> to keep on any one's side, i. e continually to follow his party, l Ch. 12:29, S^Xt? JV3 rnpp'O Qnpb>. Vulg. magna pars eorv*
JPy'P; (from the root IP^) fatness. Isa. 17:4, ^fc>3 jpp p the fatness of his flesh." PI. D'JDpp (l) fat, Le. fertile meadows, Dan. 11:24,
adhuc sequebatur domutn Saul.

-
l) concr. fat
Pe.
...
78:31;
Isa.
soldiers, 10: 16.
i.
e.
strong, robust, \i7rapoi.
?"|j2/p
(from the root
fW'J 5
).
rank,
the
second place, whether
(i; the secont ihe order be re
DXIX
It is commonlyirded, or the dignity and honour. subjoined iu the genit., as IJK'Sn jn'3 the second priest, the one next after the high priest (t?N~in JH3),
]W<?
m.
id. Isa.
e. g.
every kind,"
as
3:1, ruy.fP-1 it is said a
|TO
support
ol
little after,
of food
a Ki.
25 18
:
priests,
52 24 plur. n$?n 'p.n'3 secondary 2 Ki. 23:4; "UB'Sn n ?|1P the second chariot
;
Jer.
(in order),
ther (in age),

2 Ki.
Gen. 41 143; Hjpp liTHN his second bro3 Ch. 31:12; ""^^P Tj;n the second
and drink (compare "^V?), verse l ; also the chief persons of a nation, on whom they lean, verses 2, 3 (compare H39). As to the use of the masculine and feminine form, joined together, see my Comment, on
Isa. loc. cit.
part of the city, Neh. 11:9;
and simply H3pD
id.;
22:14; Zeph. 1:10. (s)concr. the second, one who takes the second Followed by a genit. of the person to whom place. lie is next, ÊH POlpp second from the king, 2 Ch.
38:7, compare
especially the
1
y &'
f.
S ee
the preceding word.

; ;
D
with
suff.
4:31 constr. ibid. 18:21 ^ripj^p; staff on which any one leanj,
f.
absol. 2 Ki.
Jud. 6:21; Eze. 29:6.

constr.
Sam. 8:2.
ers,
opp. to
Sam. 23:17; Est. 10:3; Tob. 1:22; second brother (in age), i Ch-5: 12; PL D^PD Dnrw* their younger brothe first-born, l Ch. 15: 18. ^DD ni33
l
nns^p, with
suff.
*ffW?Q,
pi.
silver cups of the second order, Ezr. 1:10; Sam. 15:9, Q'Jppn (cattle) of the second order (opp. to 30'tp), perhaps lambs of the second birth, e. autumnal lambs, weaker and of less value. (3) two-fold, double, Ex. 16:22; Isa. 61:7; Job
,
PS. 107:41, constr. and with suff. niri^pp f. (from the root I"I-PK> > which see). (1) genus, kind (of animals), Gen.8: 19; also used
ninspp
of inanimate things, Jer. 15:3. (2) gens, tribe, Gen. !O:l8, 20, 31, 32; 12:3; also used of a whole people, Ezek. 20:32; Jer. 8:3;
25:9; Mic. 2:3.

of Israel
In the subdivisions of the people
Zee. 9:12. |.2 :io; (4) a copy of a book, exemplar, Deu. 17: 18; Josh.
1:32.
--- P f. (from the root DDE'), spoil, prey. 1?V P? Jer. 30:16; 2 Ki. 21:14; ?^P/ 1
:
(3) in a narrower sense, it denotes specially a family, of which several were comprehended in one tribe (^?^), so on the other hand one family included
several
fathers'
i"Pn
houses (O13K
Isa.
Ex. 6: 14,
seq.;
Nu.
:2, 3O, seq.
JV3 see p. cxvi, B), ; 26:5, seq.; Deu.

;
42:24.
29:17; Josh. 7:14,

an unused
to
root,
i.
seq.;
21:5, seq.
i
Sam. 20:29,
It is
yWQ
q.
%-~o (kindred
nnBpO
to
rot "
less
we have a fam ly
sacrifice."
sometimes
rn-iiv
CTP, Arab. ./L*
wash
off), prop, to
cleanse,e.g.
nnspp
exactly put for B35?, as Joshua 7: 17, for the preceding rn-in; Bat?.
cotton-wool; hence, to pour out altogether, so as to cleanse a vessel (rein auSgujjen), to milk clean (rein aufes nu Iten), to empty a plate (rein afreffen) also to empty by
;
B3$D
1:17, Kin
God's."
in
(from
Bpp)_(i) judgment
(a) used
of the act of judging, Levit. 19: 15, "do no unrighteousness t29"'O3 in judgment;" verse 35; Deu.
plundering (compare
fg),
(from the root
a narrow
a
Num. 22:24,
way narrow
judgment."
" until
Eze/2l :32, BSfn fef^ Na-njJ he shall come whose the j udgment is." (6)
way
between (two) vineyards."

a-r.
of the place of judgment (BStpSn Dipt? Ecc.3:l6). DV OSÔa N3 to bring any one into judgment, Job
in the
a cleansing, prob. for JPIK for n3FIO (which *) 'TO i-q. nW); Ezek.'i6:4, of a 'new-born thou wast not washed to infant, 7pp? ^VDT JO
Xtyoyu.
>y P
Chuldee form, like
cleansing,"
ferred to
i.e.
not washed clean.
[In Thes. re-
9:32; 22:4; Psa. 143:2; compare Job 14:3; Ecc. T9? 11:9. (c) a forensic cause, Numb. 27:5. B3^P to set forth a cause, Job 13:18; 23:4. BD '3 EStf'O nbj?, to plead any one's cause, to be his patron, Deu. lO:l8; Psa. 9:5 (compare P"? and 3*1).
to contend with any one, Jer. 12:1. adversary, prop, he who has a cause with me, Isa.5O:8. (d) sentence of a judge, l Ki. nin 20:40; Ps. 17:2;
"13/n
nx D'p&pp
73)3
L >,r7?
("their cleansing"), Ch. 8:12.
[Misham],
pr. n.
^ps^p
my
3:28;
pi.
t??fp judgments
$?
:i,
m. rfrom the root R#), constr. JBfP Isa. prop, stay, s upp ort, Isa. loc. cit. Figura lively
Ps.
18:19.
of the Lord, 19:10; 1 19:75,137Especially used of a sentence by which penalty is inflicted. CS^TJ nip sentence of death, Deuter. 2l:?.-j; Jer. 26: 11
DXX
'
ns
D*pBC^9
"IS"!
to pass
a hard sentence upon one,
used of shepheids and husbandmen

ease and rest.
in
impose punishment upon him, Jer. l :l6; 4:12; 39-6> 5 a: 9; a Ki. 25 6 (see the same phrase, let. c.) Also used of pun is h ment [?], Isa. 53:8. (e) fault,
to
:
Many have
but
this
indulging k followed J. D. Michaolis

the
root
rendering,
drinking troughs, from
c^JL:
futed
to drink;
has been sufficiently re(in
crime, for which one
is
judged, Jer. 51
:Q.
BBfc/p
D*P^ capital crime, Eze. 7:23.

(2) right, that which is just, lawful, according riBn to t) law. t39l^p pervert right, Deut. 16:19; J7 19;
:
by N. G. Schroeder
Muntingh on Psalm
is
loc. cit.),
who shews
that that root
not used of
drink in general, but only of what is unwholesome, which does not lessen thirst, but increases it. The true
(right)
l Sam. 8 3. njrm B3I?p nb^ to do judgment and justice. Jer. 22:15; 23:5; 33:15; Deu
:
view of
this root
was long ago given by Job Ludolf,
32
4,
just.
BB^p V3^*73 B3fO '2I'D just

1
according to what is other hand, B3'.?p K ?? without right, Prov. 16: 8 ; Jer.22:i3. (a) a law, a statute (as Specially
all his ways (are) right," i.e. balances, Pro. 16:11. BBBisfc right, Jer. 46:28; and on the
"
in Lex. jEth. p. 76.
an unused
hence
to
root, prob.
"
i.
q.
J
^9
to
hold',
possess (compare \^?) 3 and p being interchanged whence the noun py'PP possession, and
!
;
a rule of judging), Ex.9i:i; 24:3; often** *B^D, of the laws of God, Lev. 18:4,5, 26; 9'-37; 20:22, seqq. ; Deut. 4:1; 7:11,12; and collect, used of the
body of laws
(as
we
"
say, the law of Moses, the
Gen. 15:2, i. q. T^P possession. I thus take the interpretation of this difficult and much disJV3 pi?O-;3 " the son cussed passage, "%$% p'^1
Justinian code), e.g. BBt?p Isa. 51:4; and simply B3S?p 42:1,3,4, the divine law (i. q. nniPJ), divine
of possession,
possessor of my house, i. e. of my domestic property), will be the Damascene Eiiezer."

(i.
e.
used of that which is lawfully due to n a B3lpp right of redempone, (privilege). any '"nban 'Q right of primogeniture, tion, Jer. 32:7; Deu. 21:17; and collect, 'H/'P.n BBlpp regal right, or,
religion.
(b)
Before P*?^ we must supply ||, from what has preI judge ceded: son of Damascus is a Damascene. that the sacred writer used P*P, an uncommon word, in order to allude to the word pK^; such parono-
regal rights and privileges, l Sam. 8:9, ll; 10:25; DJjn nKD CWnbn tSS^p the things due to the priests from the people, Deu. 18:3; nfaan BB^p the privi-
As laws have arisen leges of daughters, Ex. 21:9. not only from the will of a legislator, but also often
from the manners and customs of nations, 'D is also 2 Kings 11:14, "and (c) a manner, custom. behold the king stood upon a standing place B3tpt33
according to the
masia are found even in the prose writers of the Old Test. see under 'IJPP No. 2. Others take pB* from the root PpK' to run (like IPP, from "HP), and render it filius discursitationis, i. q. steward of the house but
; ;
in such a context, what,
ask,
of the words, / am childless, house (the person who has charge of

Eliezer of Damascus ?
would be the meaning and the steward of my
my
servants)
it
manner;" 17:33,34,40. Genesis 40:13, I'leîn BB5?p3 "in the former manner,"
Ex. 26:30; Jer.3O:i8.
2/rij.)
m., running about, from the root the Chaldee form, Isa. 33:4.
in
(Comp. Arab,
.j
and Gr.
m. (from the root np T ^).

see the root.
-
(i) part. Hiph.
Hence 2 Ki. (d) fashion, kind, plan. nl "what kind of a man was he?" ? 1:7,8**? D Judges 13: 12', *ntrypi iy|n BB5f>p n;n> np "what kind of a boy shall he be ? and what will he do?"
cup-bearer;
(2) drink, Levit. 11:34.
Ki 1O:21, njJÔ ?3
"drinking
vessels."
(3) a well
watered
district, Gen. 13:10; Eze.
dual, Gen. 49:14; Jud. 5:16, i. q. Psalm 68:14; folds, pens (open above), in which, in summer, the flocks remained by night; from the root n5> to put, to place; like stabu(a (cf. Virg. Georg. iii. 228, c. not. Vossii), a
D'.np?>
i. The dual apparently q. n^ll, ^K?3O. was used by the Hebrews from such pens being divided into two parts, for different kinds of cattle To lie down amongst (com p. D?nVry Josh. 15:36). Uu cattle fens. L L c. c. a proverbial expression,
pK
4:10.
m
m
.
(from the root
^), a
weiy
kt,
Ezu.
(from the root *$&), lintel, the uppel jP part of a doorway, Exod. 12:7, 22, 23.
stanch,
T'p^P m. (from the root ^). <l) weight, <ic,( *> of weighing (ba SBigcn). 2 Ki. 25: 1 6, *?$?*? foi brass could not be "the ngTUp weighed," " so lhat it could abundance, l Ch. 32 3, ^{W? T&
not be
weighed;"
verse 14.
DXXI
(a) weight, Lev. 19:35; 26:26.
a.
tabernacle,"
:
Job 31
131
Isa.
41:14, the words
T-*?
28:17; and
nptt 2 Ki.2i
I3.f.;
plummet, a plumb
line, used in
?Sn^ are well rendered by Luther, bu avmer 4>aufe S$ raet LXX. o\yod -of 'lapa/'/X; but this notion ol' misery
and fewness
is
making things
not in the
word 'DP, but
is
taken from
true and level.
the preceding nj/?in.
root ^12^), a place ypL^.p m. (from the water settles, Eze. 34: 18.
where
rnB> to loosen, to mace(from the root rate} maceraftora, sfeeptn<7, Nu. 6:3, Q^J? ni^D
f-
mÔ
J3H m. (from the noun J3D) of straw, Isa. 25:10.

J an unused
root,
coll.
straw, a heap
which
appears to have
"drink made
of
steeped
grapes."
XJTph^D
(as
%
ni. (from the root jT]E/) Chald. an instrument of music), Dan. 3:5, 7, 1O, 15.
/>
signification of spreading out n n Whence cognate roots DP, v?)-
had the
(compare the
D
26
.
\vith stiff.
*|1?
a bridle, Ps. 32:9; Prov.

No.
3.
from JHEn? (a slipa town elsepery place, compare the Chald. yi~ipp) where unknown, l Chr. 2:53.
y~)2pp [Mishraites], Gent.
n.
3.
As
""l13
to the passage 2 Sa. 8:1, see nJSX
an unused
root, prob.
i.
q.
and t^-^c
to
ti^l^rp
i.
q.
E*iDNo.
II.
TO FEEL, TO TOUCH, with
stretch out, e.g. a cord (cogn. "HP), whence 'DO [and perhaps HP].
1
an ace. (Arab. ,**.<, Gr. /UO<TCTW, Êthiop. by inserting 1 V. 21. 1 ^Cftl id.) Gen. 27: 1 2; compare E*ID
)
.'
adj.
f.
nj^np,
pi.
D^-in
(from the root
/eeZ (in the darkness), to grope, Deut. 28:29; Job 5:14; with an ace. to feel out, to explore with the hands, Gen. 31:34, 37; Job 12:25, T$n -1ETp' "they feel the darkness."
PIEL
id. to
:
PDP) sweet, Jud. 14:14, 18; 00.5:11; Ps. 19:11, neutr. what is sweet, sweetness, Eze. 3:3. Metaph. pleasant, Ecc. 11:7.
7#3rtp
const, for
man
HD man, which
of God," compound of -Nil? see, E'=1E'R the mark
HIPHIL
id.
with ace. Ex. 10:21.

.
(from the root nnB>) with miff. Dan. 1:5, 8; DH^Ô verse 16 v both sing.);
verse 1O.
l0 m
of thegenit. and /K), [Methusaet], pr. n. of a patriarch, one of the descendants of Cain, Gen. 4:18.
n. of
5:4; 7:2; wine ,n flFIEto n>3 banqueting room, 7:8; VFIE/D of his drinking," i.e. which the king drank, Dan.
(1) a
drinking
(baS Srinten), Esther
and grandfather of Noah, who died

year of his age, Gen. 5:21.
a patriarch before the flood, the son of Enoch, in the 969^
1:5-
(2) (3)
drink (SEranf), Dan. i:lO; Ezr. 3:7.

banquet, avuiroaiov, Esth.
st.
l
:3; 2: 18; 8:17.

id.
rWO emphat.
^G or HD
lK>p,
Chald.
JV.D
Dan. 5: 10.
see.
TO SPREAD OUT, Isa. 40:22. (Syr. and Êth. <F>'5Yh: for 00(IX5Yh: to put on, to Kinveil, whence the derivatives signifying cloak. dred roots are ri U?, Sam. r ro to spread out, and
Ch.
id.
nno and
*"* dead; part, of the root
which
noj.) Derivative, r
nnpN
a sack.
it
not used in sing, a man (JEth. a man, In the Hebrew lanspecially a husband). guage itself, traces of a singular number are found
^^;
HO
pr.
extension, space of time;
becomea
an interrogative adv. of time,
when?
=
(Arab.
in the pr. n. form, like 3
7KBinp PPgMnp
>
(-inp
is
a construct
Chald.'constr. ttg;
DP, WE/, whence
Gen. 30 30; Ps.42:3; Syr. uA^xj, Chald. *npK). 94:8; 119:82. Without an interrogation (Syriac
" v^^)|), Prov. 23:35, r$$ *D? when I awake." Ps. lOi:2. 'DP? Ex.8:5, and 'D? IP Aoty longt l Sa. 16:! 'D? '^n^ after how long a time? Jer.
^1O'f
also in the
Q'?3 in sing, const. -13?, whence ^13?), and Punic, as Metuastartus (ffjp^ irip) i. e.
man or worshipper of Astarte, 7ninp ma n of Baal. PI. D'DP, defect. DDP m. men,
;
Muthumballes,
i.
e.
(not of the common Deut. 2:34, |BP1 D'E^rn DnD " men and gender) women and children ;" Deu. 3:6; Job 11:3; Isa. 3 25,
:
13:27f. (from the root J??) a measure, Ezek. 45:11; used of. a daily rate, Ex. 5:8; compare $W verse 18; Exod. 30:32, iW3DP? "according to ij
r03ntt
"
?P'?
of
falsehood,"
'DP a few men, Gen. 34:30; K}E> Ps 26:4; 7 'DP "the
""DP
men
"men of my
measure,"
i.e.
proportion of parts, of wlr.ch
it
DXXII
composed.
ef
2 Ch.
24
3,
" and they set the house

its
God
iri33np ?y according to
(pristine)
mea-
eure,"
i"!X/^P Mai. 1:13,

letter c.
r
for
ns^TlO,
see
HO
note,
the seat of pain in parturient women, Isa. 21:3; Nali 2:ll; also the seat of strength (see the orig. v omp Latin elumbis, delumbare for debilitare); hence ] n^ " to cnish /Q *?.D'? anyone's loins," i. e. to crush him wholly, Deu. 33: ll compare Eze. 21 ll totteriitQ
; ; : ;
loins, used of a
J^ypnJp
teeth,
suite).
t?
plur.
i.
q.
Job 29: 17
Joel
niyri?P which see, liters, :6 (in both places in const,
Wherein it
that word.
nearly falling, Psalm 69:24. differs from the word "=1^ thigh, see under
man
~~
(Arab, ^.llii and Syr. JZ^jZv.>>

s^. -
?'
v
id.
moia
ol
ness, a
whole or soundpart
Isa.
m. (from the root DJM?) integrity, sound(of the body), Psalm

1:6.
to read
rarely there
is
also used the
sing.
..x*
one side
38:4,8;
apparently
Jud. 20:48 for Dhp DDP men, as found
the loins or lower back, protuberant with flesh and

nerves).
/
we ought in many
MSS.
fut.
pn?V
(l) i.q. Syr. TO SUCK, to eat

1
7JT3
'*3ri!?S
an unused
root,
Arab.
.^, c to be
strong,
with pleasure (compare TV ?)? Job 24:20, HST ipnt? " the worm shall feed sweetly upon him."
(2) to be or become sweet, sweet things being commonly sucked, Pro. 9:17; Ex. 15:25. Metaph. Job
firm (compare the cogn. 1^3), whence the nouns and D.'JflD.
IV-
(from the root 1^3, with Kametz impure) i^P B*S a bountiful, (l) a gift, Genesis 34: 1 2. liberal person, Prov. 19:6.
-
(2) [Hf at tail], pr. n. 3 Ki. 11:18; 2 Ch. 23:17.

l
(a)
of a priest of Baal,
21:33, ^ty '3}1 V? -IpJ^p the clods of the valley are sweet to him," the earth is light upon him. HIPHIL (l) to render street or pleasant. Metaph. Ps. 55 1 5, "HD pnpa nrp -efc ( we ) who made s w eet
:
"
(b) Jer. 38:1.
together familiar conversation," i. e. who, as being familiar friends, held sweet discourse.
(2) intrans.
to be
Chald.
f.
i.q.
Hub. njnp
gift,
pi.
%RO
siceet (pr. to cause sweetness, see
Dan. 2:6, 48; 5:17.

-
Gramm.
f.
cially a bribe,
(!) a gift, present, Gen 25:6; spe"inb> Ecc. i. 7:753 gift offered to q.
52. 2), Job 20: 12. Deriv. D'iprip!? [and the following words].
Pr.
God,
i.q.
rmp
Ex. 28:38.
pP m. sweetness, metaph. pleasantness, 16:21; 27:9.

m.
sireetness,
(2) rjj/afiaxa&l, pr.n. of a place between the desert and the borders of Moab, Num. 21:18,19.
Jud. 9: 11.
*^P (shortened
m.
10:37.
"
:
from n;?niD), [Mattenai], pr.n. 2 (l) Neh. 12:19. ( ) Ezralu:33. (3) Ezra
pnD ("sweetness," prob. "sweet fountain," opp. to ""Q9)> [ifitkcali] pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia Petnea, Num. 33:28.
pr. n. Pers.
\_^fithnite~\, Gent. n.
elsewhere unknown,
Mithredath
(i. e.
"given
Chron. 11 :43.
f3/
l
tt
Ch
("the gift of Jehovah ), of several men, 2 Kings 24 1 7 9:15; 25:4, 16; 2 Chron. 20:14; 29:13; Ezr.
VVJWD
pr. n.
the genius of the sun ;) borne by (l; the treasurer of king Cyrus, Ezr. l :8. (a) a i:ovrrnorof Samaria in the reign of Artaxerxes, ibid. 4 7.
by Mithras,"
an ict //],
10:26, -27,30,37; Neh. 11:17; 12:8,25; 13:13.
f. (contr. from l"3ri!?) a gift, Pr. 25 14 Eze. 46:5, ll (always in const r. state). 3: 13;
:
HP
Kcc
E.3J7p dual, the loins, the lower part of the back (so called from the idea of strength; see the root IP?), Greek ioyix,, which was hound round with the girdle, 2 Ki. 4:29; 9:!; Isu.2O:2: Jer. i 17; Gen. 37 : 34 *'" which burdeu were sustained, Ps. 66: 1 1
: ;
njjinp (from H'nnp), [Mattatha

10:33-
'/]
pr. n.
m.
Ew
n % PJH5
T
i
and in^HJilD ("the T \

;
irift
of
pr. n.
Mattathiah.
(3)
i
(l) Ezr. 1O 43.
Jehofah"' (a) Neb
8:4.
Chr.9:3l; 15:18, dl; 16:5.
DXXIII
Nun, the fourteenth Hebrew

i
letter;
when used
as
(2)
It is
added
to futures
(a)
pers. especially
numeral
it
stands for fifty.

this
letter
j-13
The name of
in
Syriac, Chaldee
and Arabic, denotes a fish, the form of which apits original figure. pears to have been intended by In the Phoenician alphabet its common form is
this,
L!
.
with n parag., (see Lehrg. p. 871, seq ), when leave is asked, Exod. 4:18, SS'nDpX "now do let me go," Germ, (afj mid) ijtHaictjn i Isa. 5:1, N3 HTB'S "let me
now
-2
;
sing
(O
It is
interchanged
p.
(a) with the other liquids, as
Lamed,
ccccxxi,
A; Mem,
p. CCCCXLIII,
B; more
sun
;
rarely Resh,as TIT,

D'3"',
Chaldee n3^
SO
to
be
risen, as the
*f
let me now ^VjrK give thee counsel;" Cant. Num. 20: 17, Krrnay.3 " let us now pass by," 3: allow us to pass Ruth 2:2; fca 5:1,5; l Sa. 20 29. The same expression is used by those who alone deliberate with themselves, and, as it were, ask their
nyy. S3
hearers)," "
taft mid)
fingcn
Ki.
12,
Aram. riB two.

with
Arab, _Jjand
JH\J^
own
purple.
will
leave
bod)
C/"^>
^Ji
( H id)
modtfe
bod)
roofyl
einmal Hnaeljn,"
:
s
//
id)
(6)
Yod,especially
when
;
it is
the
first radical,
as HS^
B*P'
and >"IS3 to be beautiful 2^ and 3V3 to stand, and K'j?3 to lay snares, compare Lehrg. 112;
VI
Ex. 3 3, "ROl KrrvTO "now let me turn aside and see;" 2 Sam. 14:1.3, " and I "? Krrnang now thought with myself,
einmal
t)tngefcn"),
^n
and as to the
ft
affinity of roots ]S
ibid.
with other biliterals,
as
V, yy,
""I?
No.
2, 3.
The primary
""S) is
stock of
king;" Gen. 18:21; l Ch. 22:5. Used in expressing a wish, Job. 32:21, N&f^ NJT?K ^K'^33 " Oh that I may not respect any man's
I will
speak
to the
roots |Q (the
same
person," (moge
id)
fur
memanben
pavtepifd)
fepn!);
in
!
as of roots
i.
often in the last
syllable;
i.'q.
hence QH3
;
q.
.
non
,
to roar, to growl,
;
.
Tt3
inciting, urging, Jer.
nn, nrn r
also
It is
yya iw, i. q -n etc. y?3, i. q of that the Chaldee, Arabic remark, worthy
and vEthiopic, instead of doubling a letter, not unfrequently use a simple letter with Nun before it, e.g. B3JS lbraa(see 3), JH3Q for yÔ; also Arabic
^ an ear of corn,
"liî?
Come 5:24, HJrV nx N3 NT3 let us fear Jehovah." (i) when joined to the second person with a particle of negation, it is deprecatory: Gen. 18:3, "i^y.n N3'7S " pass not away I p r ay thee ;' hence ellipt. N3~?J< (do) not I pray thee (this); Germ, nidit bod) comp. '$ No. 2, a., Gen. 33: 10; 19:
!
"
18.
(c) to the third
person,
when
it
expresses
jui
a bittern, r\3&
K3 1DN " (so) (a) wish and request, Psa, 124, ^~^\ let Israel say," Psa. 129: l Cant. 7:9. (p) a chal;
particle, est, which in
I.
&W
used in submissive and modest re-
many
phrases
may
be rendered in
Latin, quceso (amabo), in others age,
Germ, commonly
bo*j [in English
by now, as a word of entreaty].
(y) asking leave, Gen. " let there now be 18:4, 83~nj brought," allow me to bring, Gen. 44:18. (<5) with a negation, depreGen. 18:32, ywh IT "let not the cation.
lenge, Jer. 17 " let
"
'.15,
where
come."
is
the word of the Lord ?"
K3~Si3J
it
now
Hp
and
(Syriac
J.j
id.,
is
sometimes
xxii.
although it is but rarely used, and not understood by the Syrians themLex. Man. Heb. Germ. ed. 3, page
In Mt\\. there answer to this
is
Lord be angry." (3) it is added
to conjunctions
interjections
selves; see Pref. to
Sam.
i
ffift,
fr^.
W' D * if indeed, ij (b) (a) N3^, No. 2, letter b. now (et Trore, iuv wore), used in modestly, or almost
1V'V.3 IH
hQl af Je
veni,
which
commonly
Jjj,),
f.
inflected like an
imperative (compare D?ri,

\*\
9ft
:
^(^
pl ur
^Q-
Genesis 18:3, N3~CK timidly, assuming something. " if now I have found favour in thy
*P^0
:;
compare
<?|>:
^<f>:
^p
behold;
is
veni,
age; [See Thes.]). This particle
Ainhar. added
(l) to imperatives when no but entreaty, admonition,
command is expressed,
(which I desire to be the case rather than venture to assume); 24:42; 30:27; 33:10; 47:^9; 50:4; Ex. 33:13; 34:9 (c) N3Tl3.n behold now! einmal !) Gen. 12: 11 16:2 18:27,31; 19:8, (ftetje
sight,"
; ;
amabo, dum, Gr. ?'/, Germ, to*/ bod) cinmal/ [/ pray thee~], Gen. 12:13, X3 npx say, I pray thee," Gen. 24:2, TV J<J EJ^b
qua-so,
4:31; 45 3 Lam. 5:16. Ellipt. are the following, Ps. 116:14, 18, 'P?? K3vn?3 ley. "oh that (it may be) before all his people." Those,
19,20.
(d)
Nr-'lX Jer.
: ;
"put,
2 4:
(la
1^5-
thee, thy hand," (leg bod) einmal); Gen. ^Jf-J "give me, I pray thee, to drink," mid^bodi etnmat trtnfen) ; Jud. 12:6; Num. 20:10,
I
pray
^
3
courteously to superiors, or who ask N3 often submissively, frequently use the particle
who speak
repeated.
See Gen. 18:3; 19:7,8,18.19.

adj.
^ypK'
hear,
now, ye
rebels
!"
Compare
IL
page LXIU, A.
^3
raw, half cooked, used
of flesh, Ex.
DXXIV
12:9;
raw,
fr
tne r00*
***'
Arab,
U Med. Ye,
to
be
hall'
cooked.
N3
POX Nah. 3:8; [No],
Ezek. 30: 14, 15, 16; Jerem. 46:25; fully, 'X3 pr. u. of the Egyptian Thebes,
quani bene humeris tuis sederet imperium, a metaphoi So the German jemanbcm flul taken from garments. ft&en was formerly used in the wider signification of being suitable, becoming, from which use is derived the
tlcibet
noun
tttc;
flefyt
now
it
is
said in
German,
el
or DiospoUs, the very ancient and celebrated metropolis of Upper Egypt; called by Homer, tK-aro/zn-uXoc
jemanben/
it)m
roofyl
an.
Some have
Ps.
taken
|"NX3
as the Niph. of the verb
HJX; to be desired;
383), 140 stadia in circuit, and standing on both sides of the Nile, remarkable for the multitude and the magnificence of its temples, obelisks, and statues
(II. ix.
hence, to
be agreeable, becoming).
93:5; 1^3?
KHp
adj.
niX3 " holiness
becometh
thine house;" comp.
mX3.
time of (see Diod. Sic., xvii. l), laid waste in the
Nahum
little
the prophet, (probably before Nineveh (see Nah.
by the Assyrians), a
loc. cit.);
able, Cant.
afterwards
partially restored
by the Ptolemies, and even by the
to be becoming, i.e. handsome, agreei:io (2:14; 4:3). [In Thes. these two n passages are removed to ).^]> ^ sa 5 2: 7[Derivatives the two following words.]
(2) absol.
Romans. Its very splendid ruins, which are called by the names of the neighbouring villages, Medinat
Abu, Luxor, Kuma, are figured in Descr. de FEgypte, t. ii. iii. The LXX. in Eze. render it Ato<r;roAc> in Nah.
/itpic 'Aî/jwr;
(i) i.q. m3, nj3 only in pi. constr. ITIX?. a word altogether poetic, a seat, dwelling (a) of men, or God, as 3pJ?! niX} Lam. 2 2 ppn nix? Vulg.
:
HW
domus
this latter
seems
to
be a
X*3,
literal inter-
iniquitatis, Ps.
pretation of the Egyptian

i.
e.
Egypt. HO?, a part, a share <T\mi'Of, a measuring line; then
(b) of flocks,
name;
74:20; CD'n^>X. pastures, where the
H1X3. Ps.
83: 13.
flocks lie
:
down,
:
measured out; and pOX AUOTIJ (Jupiter) Ammon, see POX No. Ill, hence pOX X'j the portion, possession of the god Ammon, who was there worshipped with
?
remain, and rest (see the root), Jer. 25 37 ; Ps. 65 *13"|P nix? the pastures of the desert, 9:9; XKH niX3 green pastures, Ps. 23:2.
1K:i
f.
Am. i
:
a,
Jer.
(for niXJ,
much
See Jablonskii Opuscula, ed. te 168; compare Champollion, Water, t. i. page 163 1'Egypte sous les Pharaons, t. i. p. 199, seq.
splendour.
H1X3.
(i)
from the root nX3) adj., only in becoming, seemly, followed by ? Ps.
33:1, H?np njX3 DH^v "praise is becoming for the upright;" Prov. 17:7; 19:10; 26:1. Compare HVJ, (2) beautiful, Cant. I 15; 6:4.
j an unused
root.
Arab.
j\j to give forth
**water (as the earth), whence j'j land yielding water. [hi Thes. Gesenius prefers to take this root as being
almost the same as "H3 to shake about.]
tf J
i.
q.
Arab.
\J
to mutter,
to
murmur,
to
Hence
speak in a low voice; (compare DDJ, '"'OH, Gr. f*!>u}, which oracles specially used of the voice of God, by were revealed to the prophets. By far the most frequent use
nin?
is
*X3 Judges 1K3) plur. nnX3 (once of Jud. a as milk, 4:19; of wine, 4:l93ro), bottle, Bottles for keeping I Sam. 16:20; Josh. 9:4, 13. wine were hung up in the smoke, as is shewn by Ps. 1 19:83. [This passage does not prove any such
m.
(for
DX3, revealed. This the pro(is);" or (so) hath Jehovah to insert in phets themselves were accustomed either the discourse, like the Lat. ait, inquit Dominus, Am.
niX3>'
of the part. pass, constr. in this phrase, "the voice of Jehovah
DW
custom ;
spoiled.]
it
only shews that
if so
hung they would be
(TS J
(Kindred
6:8, 14; 9:12, 13, or to add at the end of a senlf 8 tence, Am. 2: 1 1, 16; 3:10,13,15; 4:3, 5, and so very frequently in Ezek. (5 1 1 1 2 25 1 3 8,
i
:
not used in Kal,i. q. HJ3 TO SIT, TO DWELL. The primitive is the Greek vaiu, race-
and
16; 14:11, 14, 16, 18, 20; 15:8; 16:8, 14, 19), in Jer., rather less frequently in Isaiah (3: 15;
see
die
meaning appears to me to be that of quiescence, see Hab. 2:5; JEth. ^yP to respire, to rest, and it even nX3 plural approaches in meaning to D.) Hence
:
14:22; 17:3,6; 19:4; 22:25; 31:9; 37:34); as to this and similar expressions, Kleinert lib.
constr. niX? habitations.
PILEL
HW3 (compare
nne>
93:5; pmr.contr. to be suitable for any one, to become any one; (prop. to tit well on any one; compare Plin. Paneg. x.
W (foH1X.3)._ (i) followed by V
Hithpa. ntfinpn), Psa.
Echtheit der Jes.Weissagungen, vol. i. p. 246. Il.uvly " the is it used of mere mortals, Nu. 24:3, C$3 CS? utterance of Balaam;" verse 15; and even of pn-ts
were moved by the Holy [but "who spake as they Ps. 36 2, Prov. 30 l Ghost"], 2 Sam. 23 l yt B "an utterance (song) cc xc ruing wickedness.
: ;
: : 1
DXXV
[Once used in fiit. Jer. 83:31, ^$?.'! "and they ntter oracles."]
[Efct V given as a noun in Thes. (of the form '^|) ? ibund once in the absolute state, Jerem. 23:31, see above DW.
fut.
j onomatopoet. i.q. cogn. P3.N (which see) TO GROAN, TO CRY OUT from anguish, or sorrow, Eze. 30:24; Jo 1 > 24: 12. Hence
f- coi.st. st. rii?&*i the cryingout, the groan""P T ng of the oppressed, Ex. 2:24; 6:5; Jud. 2:l8,
:
1MJ,
and
Piel |?, part.
|O9, TO COMMI T
pi. const, nipx.l
Eze. 30: 24.
ADULTERY, used both

:
of the male and female, Ex.
20 14, followed by an ace., to commit adultery with a woman, Prov. 6:32; Lev. ao: 10; Jer. 29:23. In
the
^J
curse.
not used in Kal, cogn. to the root T3** tc
same manner as
'"I3T
to
commit
fornication,
it is
PIEL
"*??
ap-
TO ABIIOB, TO REJECT, Lam. 2:7; Psalm

,1)
plied to the turning aside of Israel from the true ( iod to the worship of idols, Jer. 3 : 8, rutTD ns$3
89:40.
Arab.
Med. TVaw,
flee
to
T^
shun anything
be opposed, to
'NX'"
"because
rebellious Israel
commits adul-
with abhorrence, to
resist, to
away,
to
tery;" Jer. 5:7; 9:!; 23:14. Followed by an ace. Jer. 3: 9, n?-r\$\ }3$n-n$ ejKpni "and she commits adultery with stone and wood;" Eze. 23:37.
be unwilling.
for
33 (perhaps
H53
"high
place," from the root
Hence
i-
nDS), [./V0&],pr. n. of a sacerdotal town in the .tribe of Benjamin, near Jerusalem, l Sa. 22: ll, 19; Neh.
S^J m.
pi.
adulteries, Jer. 13:27;
Ezek.
23:43; and
11:32; Isa. 10:32. With n parag. rQ3 wards Nob, l Sa. 21:2; 22:9.
for H33 to-
m.
"
let
pi. id.
Hos.
4,
her take her adulteries from between
Here the sacred writer speaks of immodestly uncovered breasts as the seat of lust, immodesty, and meretricious solicitation; just as elseher breasts."
n t used in Kal, pr. as it seems to me, i. q. P53 (y being softened into N) TO CAUSE TO BUBBLE UP, hence to pour forth words abundantly, as is done by those Avho speak with ardoTir or divine emotion of mind.
i-
where the
Ps.
spoken of as the seat of pride, 73:6; and the nsck of strength, Job 41 :14stiff
is
neck
Arab. Lj
II.
I.
II.
to
shew, to declare,
S J fut. fX?', TO DERIDE, TO DESPISE, TO REj JECT WITH CONTEMPT AND DERISION (apparently kindred to p-17), as instruction, admonition; with an
ace. Jer.
who q- -cO, Conj. specially used of a prophet, God to men. of reveals or declares the words (Kindred is the Êth. *if\f\l to speak.) It is incorrect to
make
word.
extolling, celebrating,
the primary idea in this
of God, Ps. 107^1
33:24; Pro. 1:30; 5:12; 15:5; the counsel 1. Often used of God as rejecting
:
NIPHAL N2?
divine power, to
(l) to speak (as a prophet) by a prophtsy, Gr. 7rpo^>/-uw. In He-
men, Deut. 32
"
19;
Lam. 2:6;
absol. Jer.
reject
not, for
thy name's sake!"

}'$?..
Comp.
14 21, syn. DXD.

:
PIEL fN3,
M,
(i) i.q. Kal, to reject, to
contemn,
60:14; especially God, Ps. 10:3, 13; 74:18; Isa. 1:4; 5:24; Num. 14:23; 16:30. (2) causat. to cause to speak evil, to give occasion for evil speaking, 2 Sam. 12:14. HIPHIL, fut. ]'W (in the Syriac manner for V$>-),
Isa.
brew, the passive forms, Niphal and Hithpael, are used in this verb, from the divine prophets having been supposed to be moved rather by another's powers than their own, [which is the simple truth. " holy men spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost"] ideas of this kind were in Latin often ex;
pressed by deponent verbs (see Ramshorn,
De Verbis
intrans. to be
despised,
to be
LXX.,
Vtilg.,
Syr
shall
contemned, Ecc.l2:5. famish (as if from p3),
but this does not agree with the context.
HITHPOEL, part. p<3? for

ffdi
fWDP
Isa.
52
5,
con-
Deponentibus Latinonim, p. 24); compare verbs oi speaking when passively expressed, as loqui, fari. vociferari, condonari, vaticinari (Ramshorn, loc. cit. This is the usual word for the utterance of p. 26). the prophets, whether they are rebuking the wicked,
Const. or predicting future events. (a) absol. Jer. " I N ? not unto 'Fn?-! 1K2? DH). DH^K. spake 23:21, them (i. e. I neither commanded nor inspired) but Am. 3:8, " (if) a lion roars, they prophesied." who does not fear? (if) the Lord speaks XD3* SO *C
1
temned, rejected, prop, exposed

seracfjteu laffen mufj).
to
contempt, (ber
Hence
contumely, reproach, 133.37:3; and

f
35:
!
pi.
ni*K3
id.
Neh. 9: 18, 26,
who
shall not
prophesy?"
Jêl 3:
Eze
11
13:
DXXVI
7:7;
.titicn
l
Ki.
22:12;
Jer. 19:14.
(b)
with the ad-
'
mad
man.
Hence nX133,
'
of a people or country to which the prediction refers ; followed by ? Jer. 14:16; 20:6; 23:16; 27:16; 37:19; followed by ?P, commonly
of the
name
prophet, 2 Kings 9: ll,
and prophesying, and a true is called in derision a mud-
X'33, nx'33, also
b? and
its
im-
bad sense (in threatening), Jer. 25 1 3 26:20; Ezekiel 4:7; 11:4; 13:16; 25:2; 29:2; 34 2 35 2 39 l m a good sense (when the prediction contains consolations and the hope of a happier age), Eze. 37:4; also followed by "?X in a bad sense,
so used in a
:
pounds.
N?}
Chald. Ithpael
^fl?
to
prophesy, Ezr-5:l.
'i
26:11, 12; 28:8; Ezek.6:2; 13:2,17; ai:; a good sense, Eze. 36:1; 37:9. (c) with an accusative of what the prophet predicts, Jer. 2O:1; *5 :1 3> 28 ^je.g.l^'XS^^he prophesied lies," Jer.
Jer. in
J JO BORE, TO HOLLOW OUT, i. q. ??]. Part. hollow, Exod. 27:8; 38:7; Jer. 52:21; pass. metaph. empty, foolish, Job il:i; see as to this passage under the word 33? Niphal. Hence H33 for ^333 gate, pupil of fhe eye. Others
3-133
take 313 as the root of both these words.
Jer. 14:14; 23:25,26; 27:10, 15; n'VD$q 23:32; and followed by 3, 1|?J^3 pr. to prophesy with falsehood, as a lying prophet, Jer. QO:6; .29:9. The words of the prophet often follow with "ifoX? prefixed, Jerem. 32:3, or "IDW Eze. 21 =33; 30: 2. (</)
"W
il-J J an unused root, prob. prominent, to be high; hence
i.
q.
Arab. Lj
to be
pr. n.
33 (for n 3^)>
followed
by ? of him by whose
inspiration the pro-
see 33
phet prophesied, hence the prophets of God are said to prophesy \] Dj?? Jeremiah 1 1 2 1 14:15; 23:25; 36:9,20; 27:15; 29:21; the prophets of Baal ?K33 Jer. 2:8. (e) followed by ? referring to the object of the prophecy (like letter c) Jer. 28:9, and to the time to which the prophecy belongs, Eze. 1 2 27.
:
1^}
(i)[A e6o], pr.

h
n. the planet
Mercury (Syr.
and Zab. QL^J), worshipped as the celesti;il scribe by the Chaldeans (Isa. 46:1) and the ancient AraThe bians; see Comment, on Isa. ii. p. 344, 366.
etymology of the name does not ill accord with the office of Mercury; namely 133. for N133 5. q. N*33 the interpreter of the Gods, the declarer of their will; from the root X33. As to the worship of Mercury by the Chaldeans and Assyrians, we find it attested by the proper names which have this name at the beginning, as Nebuchadnezzar, Nebushasban (see them a little below), and also those mentioned by classic
writers, bus, etc.
(9}
to
to
God,
,
3.
sing holy songs as led by the Spirit of praise God, l Sa. 10:11 19:20; iCh. 25: Pret.2 pers. HX33 and once rV33 (like verbs
;
ft) Jerem. 26-9; part. plur. D*X33 and D'X33 Jer. 14:14, l&, as if from the sing. X33 according
to the analogy of verbs
X33
H?,
which
is
also found in
the
Inf.
with
suff.
^X33n
i.
Zee. 13:4.
Nabonedus, Nabonassar, Nabwiamis, Naborut-
HITIIPAEL
absol.
(l)
1
Nu. 11:25
followed
by ?
No. i. to prophesy, iKi. 22:10; Ezek. 37:10; Kings 22:8, 18, and ?!? 2 Ch. 20:37
q.
Niph*.
2 7;
(2) of a mountain in the borders of Moab (Dent 32:49; 34:1), and of a town near it (Num. 32:3,
of him to
to
whom
the prophecy refers.
^33
X23J"in
38;
prophesy by the authority of Baal, Jer. 23: 13. (2) to sing as seized with a divine impulse,
to
praise God, used of the sons of the prophets and 24; used of .Saul, 1 Sam. 1O:6, 1O; 1 Sam. 19:20
the excited raving of the prophets of Baal,
l
Judah (Ezr. 2:29: 10:43); more fully (to distinguish it from the fuinu-r) "MIX 133 (Neh. 7:33). Both places seem to have Invu so called from the worship of Mercury. [In Tlu-s
they are derived from ^33.J
;
Isa. 15:2). (3) of a town in the tribe of
Kings
18:29.
(3)
Hence
to be
mad,
mad, paii'i<rOat, or rather Sam. 18: 10. As the prophets God were
often like
to
act as if
<
when moved
f. (from the root X33), prophecy, pre diction, Neh.6: 12; 2 Chron. 15:8; also used of any book written by a prophet, 2 Chron. 9:29.
riNID!!
vehemently agitated, and spasmodically distorted [this applies rather to false prophets than to true ones], hence in Greek and Latin words of raving (piiTic from puinptu; furcr, ftirere) were often applied to thediviut'. (_?] impulse of their prophets and oracular In Jer. 29 26 there are found conjoined poets.
by the
Spirit of
madmen
J Chald. ?
-
id.,
-
Ezr. 6:14.
Pr n
Chald.
("Mercury's
?
load.-r,
lord;"
i.
Mercury. favours, Hennianax; compound of ^33 gar, a prince, and P,^

q.
i.e.
the leader
whom
the
comp.Sardanapalus, great lord), [Nebuzaradan~\, a

lord;
f^N
i.e. tlupriiice,
military com-
t)
XX VII
fnninhve.] Some have supposed that this word wi formed from the Greek ro/jtir/m (m being changed to from b), but the idea of money is altocether foreign
the passage.
mander
Jer.
in the
army
of Nebucha/Hezzar,
v.
Ki. 25:8,
39-9! 52:12.
2 Ki.
IV^TP^}
more rarely
TVsni.3-133 Jer.
24:1; 25:1; Ezr. a:i; 5:12; 39:1,11; 43:10; Eze.
of Babylonia, jg: 18; pr. n. Nebuchadnezzar, king who destroyed Jerusalem, and led the Jews into capThe LXX write the name Waflovxp&artuoapi tivity.
HajSovxoSoi'oiTopoc,
nlaj
Isa.
TO BARK, an onomatopoet. root; once found,
56: 10 (Arab,
^j
id.).
Hence
Beros. ap. Jos.
c.
Ap.
Strabon. xv.
1,
13 (coinp. 1-V^.l?' ?)-
i. 2O, 21; In Arab, con-
tractedly .^.s^p.
pears to
me
to be,
The signification of the name ap" the prince of the god Mercury ;"
in thegenit.,
(" a barking"), [Nobah~\, pr. name of a man, Num. 32 42, from whom also the town of Kenath received the same name (see HJ?) Jud. 8:11.
:
compounded of ^3, which, though placed

stands
first in
these names, chodna (read chodana),God,

;
[Nibhaz"], pr. n. of an idol of the Avites, 17:31, which, according to the Hebrew interpreters, had the figure of a dog; in this they probably
2 Ki.
properly Gods, in plur.majest.
like the Pers. jj J jo-,
make a
and zar, a prince. ginning with Nebu.
Compare the other names beLorsbach explained this name

is
conjecture, deriving it from the root H33, althere are actually some traces of the worship though of an idol in Syria in the figure of a dog, see Ikenii
Dissert,
^
,
j^. .j
" Nebo
the prince of gods

ii.
"
(
Archiv fur
1749,
editis, p.
de Idolo Nibchas in ejus Dissertt. Bremae In the. books of the Sa143, seqq.
Morgenland. Litteratur,
j\
p.
247); Bohlen
lj^
"
Nebo
^J
is
the god of
fire."
bseans JX33 (the identity of which with Tn23, may be doubted), is the lord of Darkness, evil demon, see Norbergii Onomast. cod. Nasar. p. IOO.
pr. n. Pers. (
1!L>-
J " worshipper
not used in Kal.
PIEL, B?3 once (Isa.
of
Mercury,"
ban~],
Hermodulus); [Nebushdshborne by the chief of the eunuchs of Nebuchad39:13.
as if
nezzar, Jer.
HiPHIL t^3?
absol. Isa.
see," etc. Isa.
'.30),
and
(l) TO LOOK, TO
1D'
1
BEHOLD.
Const!.
JTQ3 ("fruit," "produce," from the root 313), [Naboth~], pr. name of a Jezroelite, put to death by 1 the artifices of Ahab [rather of Jezebel] Kings 21:1, seq.
:
42:18; HUTO
3n "look that ye may
but there was no helper;" ace. sometimes having n
5:17, f; Chald. n3pj Dan. 2:6, plur. a gift; compare Jer. 40:5; Deut. 33:24, in Targ. Jonath. If this word were of Chaldee origin, it might be derived from the root T3T3 to ask for, for n J?T??
one
Wp};
looked (around) 18:4, followed by an local, to look at, Job 35:5, ns-i-l B3n look at the heaven and see;" Ps 142:5; Gen. 15:5, nDJOB'n K3 tan "look now toAvards heaven," also followed by 7K Ex. 3:6; Num.
63
5, 1T>
Isa.
P1
tt'2N " I
D^
being omitted comp. 3"I^37J ToAyofta but such A word could only be formed from the Conj. Niphal, which does not exist in Chaldee. [In confirmation of
f
;
Isa. 51 :2,6; ? Ps. 104:32; Isa. 5:30;^ Hab. of the place looked at IP of the place looked 5, 102: 2O. Followed by 3, it from, Ps. 33 1 3 80 1 5
21:9;
2
:
is,
No. 4,
to look at with pleasure, Ps. 92 : 1 2 (compare ? a), followed by ^n.K to look at some one de:
the opinion of those who refer this word to the Niph. of the Ch. verb T2T3 appeal may be made to a similar instance "^"l? ; nor is it absurd in Chaldee to regard
after oneself,
parting, to follow with one's eyes, Ex. 33 8, but ^H.^ i.e. to look back, l Sam. 24:9; Gen.
19:17.
nouns as being formed after the analogy of the conjugation Niphal, although this form is unused in the
Similar examples in Heb. are H3. y?V, ijknB'X. Ges. A It is better therefore to consider it to be pp.]
verb. of Persic original;
IÔW? "and
S B3K Followed by nriNO Gen. 19:26, his (Lot's) wife looked from behind
;
him" (her husband). In the same sense
comp.
J^J CO J
nuwazan. and \\\^ ^/ j

j nuwachten, o^-L\3
it might have been said i^H^ post se, as the Vulg. has rendered it. For as the wife Avas commanded to follow her husband and not to look behind, she ought to have looked
innraza,
donation; from the verb
to benefit, to
an ambassador.
load with gifts and praises, as a king [In Thes., Ges. rejects the Persic
etymology, and regards the Chaldee one previously given as the true one; looking on the 3 merely as
straight on, and to have followed her husband's back with her eyes. Figuratively (a} to regard anything, to have respect to anything, with an ace. Am. 5:22; Ps. 84:10; 119:15; Lam. 4:16; followed l Sa. 16:7; Isa. 22: 11; 66:2; Ps. 119:6; folby lowed by ? Ps. 74:20. (6) to Inak at anjthing bul
DXXVIII
without doing anything, e. g. as God looks at the wicked, i. e. to bear patiently (rut}ig nut at fcfcn) Hab. 1:3, 13 (but compare Ps. 10:14). (c) to rest one's
hope in anything; followed by ?K Ps. 34:6.
(2) to see, to behold, like nsn, Num. 12:8; 8:32; Isa. 38:11. Derived nouns B?P, and
i
sayers
taroth;
who prophesied
in the
name
of Baal and Ash-
^?n W3?
i
Ki.
18:19,40; 2 Ki. 10:19; ami
Sa.
Ki. 18: 19, even these are called N'33 simply Hos. 4:5; 9:7, 8, compare Isa. 3:2. The idea of a prophet is soinetimes more widely extended, and
is
n~>^n Kaj
applied to any one admitted to familiar intercourse

will, e.
Jeroboam,
(" aspect"), [Nebat] l Ki. 11:26.
pr. n.
of the father of
with God, to whom God made known his Gen. 20 7; to the patriarchs, Ps. 105: 15.
:
N'?3 Ch.
Syr. JuiJru a pro-
id.
Ezr.5:i; 6:14.
***?J m. Arab. 4^0 for
t/t-
phet, who as actuated by a divine afflatus, or spirit, either rebuked the conduct of kings and nations, or predicted future events (see the root X33) Deu. 13:2;
Jud. 6:8;
1
!"1X'3j) f. (i) a prophetess, 2 Ki. 22:14; 2 Ch 34:22; Neh. 6:14; Jud. 4:4. (2) the wife of a prophet, Isa. 8:3, as in Lat episcopa, presbytera, used of the wife of a bishop 01
presbyter.
Sa.
28:9. With
Ki. 22:7; 2 Ki. 3:11; 2 Chr. the idea of a prophet there was this ne-
9:9;
(3) a poetess, Ex. 15 20. [This meaning is uncalled for in this place, as well as in every other
:
he spoke not his own words, but those which he had divinely received (see Philo, t. iv. p. 116, ed. Pfeifferi, 7rpo^/r^c yap iStov ptcrotw?
cessarily attached, that
cnriMftdty-yfrat,
occurrence.]
aXXorpia
Travra.
places," see H33), [Nebaioth], pr. n. Nabathcea, the Nabathccans, a people of northern
Arabia, of the race of Ishmael (Gen. 25:13; 28:9), possessed of abundant flocks (Isa. 60:7); also living
vir^nvrrng tripov'
20, 21), and that he was the messenger of God, and the declarer of his will; this is clear from a passage of peculiar authority in this matter, Ex. 7:1,
9 Pet.
i
:
and rapine (Diod. by merchandize s s

(Arab.
the
p.
ii.
48;
iii.
42).
where God says to Moses, *pnnj % ^S 33 PIVV spn " I have constituted thee as God to Pharaoh, and Aaron thy brother shall be thy proi. e. in intercourse with Pharaoh, thou, as being the wiser [and the one with whom God communicated directly], shalt act as it were the part of God, and
p\nl. ny-)^ Dr&K
_Uji
and 1-^j in which

Hebrew.)
13
has sprung from
servile of the
Relandi Pala^tina,
90, seq.
phet,"
;|Zlj
to
an unused
root,
i.
q.
V?3 and -fV> Ch. 33$
suggest words to thy brother; and thy brother, who is more fluent of speech, shall declare as a prophet
gush forth; whence
what he receives from

is
thee.
In the
said,
Ex. 4:16,
*&
i?
nw
Jer.
same sense there Kin " h e shall be to

15:19; Sing,
collect.
tains of the
only in
pi.
Job 38:16,
the foun-
sea."
LXX.
irnyfj
thee for a
mouth," compare
(Isaiah
40:7)
fut,
h'2*..
appears to be used of prophets, [such an allegation
BECOME WITHERED, FADED,
used
(l) TO BE, or TO of leaves and
would contradict the New Test., Christ our prophet ** is here spoken "^Jf) of], Deu. 18:15, 18 (compare Acts 22 those words are where see, however, 3 7 37, referred to Christ [and this ought to have hindered Gesenius from daring to apply them differently]. Those who were brought up for the prophetic office [rather, those who were taught by the prophets], are called D'X33n \33 sons, i.e. disciples of the pro:
;
:
flowers falling off from being faded, Ps. 1:3; 37:2; Isa. 34:4, Isa. 1:30; 28:1; 40:7,8; Eze. 47:12. " their host (the host of heaven, i. e. the stars) shall fall as the leaves of the vine fall;" Ps. 37:2. (Kin-
dred are
*3&
nj>3, also 79).)
to
to men, to fall C/OIPW, (2) Figuratively applied one's to lose strength, Ps. 18:46; Ex. faint,
Isa.
phets,
;
Ki.
20:35;
i. e. 5: 22 6:1; 9: i ; disciples of the Magi. Farther, there were also among the people of Israel false prophets, who pretending to be divinely
Ki- 2:3, 5, 7 compare Pers. sons,
5;
4:,
38;
Vl3*
24:4; used of a "the mountain trate," it is like a dead man, noun H73? a ]>are the derived be to foolish, to act (3)
18:18;
Winn
mountain, Job 14:18, that falls lies prosit
cannot get up. Com-
corpse.
inspired, pleased
the ears of the people with soft words, and were therefore severely rebuked by the true prophets (see Isa. 28:7 13; Jer. 14:13, seq.
and decay being applied to on the contrary, strength

S
piety,
folly
is
foolishly, (withering and impiety, just as applied to virtae and S o *
7:9, eq.
28:10,864.), and
also there
were sooth-
compare Arab. ^_jj
uxxix
which have the signification of flaccidity and weakand are thence transferred to stupidity and
Prov. 30:32.
(l)
to
H73p
and also
your
f.
["adj. f
lest
I
Less,
its
punishment.
inflict
/oo/i*A,Joba:io"] Job 42:8,
Jtilness).
See the noun 733.

vile, to despise,
" n73? Q3SJ?
PiEL733
.5; Mic.
to
account
7:6(comp. Arab.
Deu-32:
folly;"
comp.
DP. "'pn nfe^

1
on you the punishment cf Gen. 24:49; 47:29.

as rape, in-
to
be
foolish, VII.
(2) wickedness, (3)
Sa. 25:25.
be
vile, abject).
shameful act of wickedness,
treat with contempt. (2) to disgrace, to KD3 733rr7X "do not dis13 3:6; Jer. 14:21, Tf ? of thy glory;" (compare throne the grace Hence the following words
fern.
Nah.
cest,
Jud. 19:23, 24; 2 Sam. 13:12. common n ^ 3 ? nj?^> n '^ Gen. 34:7; Dent, phrase is 22:21; Jud. 2O:1O; Jt-.rem. 29:23; compare "BT 'P
Wp$
Jud. 20:6.
n733
adj.
17:7, 21; Jer. 17:11.

(2)
(l) stupid, foolish, Prov. More often
n???
Isa.
f.
const.
26:19; elsewhere
;
impious, abandoned, wicked (comp 7*1$), unl Sa. 25:25; 2 Sam. 3:33; specially impiotts, 53:2, p 137? 733 1OK godly. Job 2:10; Ps. 14: D'^N " the fool saith in his heart, there is no God."
I
;
the root No. 2
rb33 (Ps. 79:2); with suff. ^3? *IJ?733, ^?33, a corpse (see compare J"l?BD from the root 733),
:
of men, Deut. 21:23; f animals, Levit. 5:2; 7 24 ; ">J3 Lev. figuratively of idols, Jer. 16: 18; compare
The
the
Arabs use with the same extent of signification

word Jl==-
s- (Arab. <L-J
l
f.
26:30.
Collect,
id.)
corpses, Levit.
il:il;
Isa.
26:19.
shame, disgrace; hence pars

see the root Piel No. 2,
obscana,
(3)
[Kabul],
pr. n.
m.
Sa. 25:3, seq.
Hos.
12
and Chald. 7^33
^
of
& ^32
P lur D ^ 3 ?> ^??

-
obscenity, shamefulness.
-
(l\ a
skin bottle, so called from
its flaccidity
LXX. twice aemJe- Poet. Job 38:37, (see /33). "the bottles of heaven," i.e. the clouds, a metaphor
common
As
for
this
it
Dp?} (perhaps for oj 733 folly," or "wickedness in secret"), [Neballat], pr. n. of a town of the Benjamites, Neh. 1 1 34. [Perhaps the town now
:
"
use in Arabic.
to use skin bottles
etc.,
called
BeitNebala JUji^-J Rob.

TO
.j
iii.
30.]
was anciently the custom
carrying or keeping water, milk, wine,
hence
JJ
Arab.
name
is
BUBBLE FORTH, TO GUSH OUT (Ch. Syr. and 4_^_* id. The primary syllable is P3,
applied to vessels for liquids of whatever Isa. 30: 14, ?33. kind, vessels, pitchers, flasks. Lam. 4:2, bnn \733 a potter's pitcher." Dn>*'
(2)
if
like
p3 imitating the sound or
murmur
of boiling
"earthen pitchers;" compare Jer. 13:12; 48:12. More fully, plur. BY?? '73 vessels of the kind of to ni33Xn basons. Isa. 22:24;
pitchers,
or bubbling; compare PJ3, P3V3, np.3). P.33 7H3 "a gush ing stream."
Prov. 18:4;
HIPHIL P'3n
with.
(i)
to
pour
out, to
Prov. 1:23, NTH D?V
Hf3
gush forth "I will pour
opp.
Gr. vaft\a, vavXa (3) an instrument of music. x. see Lat. Strabo, nablium, p. 471 ; Casaub., (K733),
Athen.,
out upon you
my
Prov. 15:2,28, nijn
Spirit;" especially used of words " the mouth of the P_>3: Dyeh <S
page 175; Casaub., Ovid., A. A. iii. 327; often connected with the harp ( 1133 ), Ps. 57 9 81:3-92:4; 108:3; Isa-5:l2; Amos 5:23; 6:5; C'733 '73 i Ch. 16:5. pleon.733 '73 Ps. 71 :22; plur.
iv.
:
wicked poureth out evil things;" whence absol. to belch out wicked words, Ps. 59:8; 94:4. (2) to publish, to tell (compare N33, which has sprung from this root by softening the letter N also
;
Josephus (Antiqu.,vii. 12, 3) describes this instrument as a species of lyre, or harp, having twelve
strings,
^P?), Psa. 19:3;
78:2;
"
]).
145:7 (Syr. *CiJ
A ph.
to
publish [" Arab. i. J

(3)
to
and played on with the fingers (not with a 733 Ps. 33 2 plectrum), but the Hebrew words II^TJ Je144:9, appear to indicate a ten stringed nabel. rome says that it was triangular in form like a A inverted (which was the form also of the sambuca, Vitruv. vi. l); and perhaps it took its name from this circumstance: as water vessels, or cadii (see 13),
:
cause
to
and putrify.
boil up, Eccles. 10:
i.
e. to
cause
flies
to
i,
" dead
ferment
JT3?
cause
the ointment to stink and putrefy.'*
Derivative
j unused
to
give light,
to
quadril., Syr. and Chald. Ithp. ihive; from "OJ="JU and &$ tire;
hd
the ficîre of a
pyramid or cone.
whence
35
DXXX
NnpH53
f.
ChaM. candlestick, chandelier,

*"
"^3
pr. subst. the

is
front part, the

sufF.
><!
front, the sid
- ^
Dan. 5:5 (Arab. jjJ^J, Syr.

soil;"
J^_;_u
of a thing which
id.).
next
to the spectator.
!33 ?
In ace.
it
becomes a prep, with

(1) before, in the
i.
T^?.,
^Q
the
from the root 13),
presence
of, in
sight
of,
of a town in the plain country of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:62.

pr. n.
*],
q. MfPi as T?iH?3 ^3 before all thy people, Exod. 34:10; njrp "13.3. before Jehovah, 1 Sam. 12:3; "llj
KTDg'n before the sun, while the sun
is
yet in the
*V an unused root, Syr., Ch. and Sam. dry or dried, whence

333 m.
97:9;
the
1
to
be
sky, Nu.
25:4 (compare which however the sense

4:3,
"
&&?
is
'.3D?
Psalm 72:17 [in
quite different]);
Amos
itrel
.
south,
:
the
southern quarter, Exod.

'*3| the southern
they shall
i.
Isa. 2
etc.
33.2
boun-
herself,"
e.
go out ^3?. each her own
n^S
way
each one before

(cor
ftcb
tjin/
In ace. adv. 011313 33.3 to the dary, Josh. 15:4. Hence south of the lake Cinneroth. Josh. 11:2.
south country; specially
33JH f~JN Josh. 15:19, and simply -33 Psalm 126:4, (a) the southern district
of Palestine, Gen. 13:3;

Josh. 10:40.
seq.
20:1; 24:62; Deu. 34:3; (b) Egypt, Isaiah 30: 6; Dan. 11:5, With H parag. n333 southward, Ex. 40:24;
compare Josh. 6:5, 20, and V32^ K"N J er As things which are before us, and in the 49:5. sight of which we delight, are the objects of our care and affections, hence Isa. 49:16, "thy walls ^?3 (are) before me," they have a place in my " care and affections, (compare MP? Ps. 19:15; Gen.
SBfgcS),
10:9).
in^l ">?J (2) over against, in front of, Ex. 19:2, " over the mountain." Josh. 3:16; 6:5, against As things 2O; towards, Dan. 6:il [Chaldee].
" south"3??. ward (it was) Ephraim's;" and IP Josh. 18: 14, ^335. "nn ftp " south ward of the mountain." Also with n 33|3 Josh. 15:21, "in (the region lying)
followed by"? Josh. 17:9, 1O.
BH^
1
which are
another;
to
be compared are put opposite one

"
in
all
pref.
Isa.
towards the south," and pare P Q V-
""133.3^
Ch. 26: 17.
Com-
40: 17,
nations
(are) as nothing
^3. before him,"

pare
I??.?).
comparison with him (com(l) "133? pr. as overagaintt.
IJJ unused in Kal, pr. apparently TO BE IN FRONT (see I'??), TO BE IN SIGHT, hence to be manifest, Arab,
to
With
prepositions
be clear and manifest.
Com-
Opposite to each other are set things to be compared (Isa. 40:17), those which answer to each
other, those
which are alike

I will
(bte
fgcnfturfe),
hence
helper
pare 13O.
Gen. 2: 18, "

"l*|n
make
for
him (man) a
HIPHIL
to
(i) pr. to bring to the light, hence
shew, to tell, followed by dat. of pers. Gen. 3:11; 9:22; 29:12; 37:5; more rarely followed by an ace. Eze. 43: 1O; Job 26:4; absol. 2 Sa. 15:31, Til "fo{O T|n "and one shewed David, saying." Job
48:3.
H333 corresponding to him." Verse 2O. Well rendered by the LXX. verse 18, KUT air OK; 20, Compare "1.?f? Neh. 12:9. In the ofioios avry.
Kabbinic 1333 is often used which are like one another
h.
1.),
in
(see
speaking of things Lud. de Dit-u ad

like,
The
accusative of the
it
pronoun
it
is
fre-
quently omitted, just as
is
after other verbs of
compare Pcrs.
suff.
sr
<\
over against,
suit-
Gen. 4:8); as ? VrjD "tell (it) to saying (see me," Gen. 24:49; 9:22; 2 Ki. 7:11. Specially (a) to betray, Job 17:5, D'JH p^> ( w ho) be-
able.
(2) IJJf, with

i/i
!?3>,
the
presence
'Q
of,
i.
q. 133.
i|T3> etc. (a) before, 2 Kings l 13; No. i.

:
trays
to
his friends to plunder." (b) to declare, i.e. solve, to explain an enigma, Jud. 14:19; a dream,
(c) to
lab. 1:3.
(b)
over
Gen. 41 :24.
Isa.
declare,
to
confess, Ps. 38:19;
opposed
n?3> aSa. 22:25; Job 4:16. against, Josh. 5:13; iCh. 5:11; hence to, against (in a hostile sense), Daniel
\3'J!
profess openly, Isa. 3:9. (2) emphat. to proclaim, to celebrate trith praise, with an ace. Ps. 9:12; 71:17; 9:3; absol. 75: 10.
48:5;
to
There is a pregnant construction in Neheni. 10: 13. " because 3:37, they provoked (God) to anger "t3J7 D'33H opposing the builders." (c) like (compare
13.33)
a Ki.9:i5, 1
a'ro for TJn ?.

1
HOPUAL "lin, fut. "1J*, inf. pleon. "Hn Josh. 9: 24; Ruth 2: 11, to be shewn, told.
Derivatives, T33, ^3.
Neh. 12:9, D^33.^ DjTn. "their brethren like or and themselves." (d) pro, for (com p. Germ.
Neh. n:aa, "the chief of the Levhes foi 0?3p) the service of the house of God.'* etn>a (a)pr. from before (or (3) n3JO " take Isaiah i 16, after a verb of removing.
fur).
:
*W3 Ch.
to
flow Dan.
ia
DXXXI
evil deeds TV. "I.3JO from before my eyes;" Jon. 2:5 (also with a noun of removing, Psa. 10:5); of averting, Cant. &:5; of casting away, Jud. 9:17;
your
PICL
id.,
Eze. 34:21
Dan. 8:4; used figuratively
of a victor,
who
l
Deu.33:i7;
prostrates the nations before him, Ki. 22: 11 ; Ps. 44:6. Hence
of hiding, Jer. 16:17;
14:7 (where
it is ?
A 111.9:3; of going away, Pro. Ps. 1?|P); also to be far away.

~1.3J.P
38:12,
" he cast a peculiarity in Jud. loc. cit , away his life *n 330) from himself," just like fuller the n.3.30(for Germ, er warf e$ bacon, for Don ft*, compare below, 2 Sam. 18:13. (b) in the presence of, before,
:
my wound
"my "
friends stood U$3 (compare IP No. 3,
letter b).
far off from There is
HITIIPAEL, to wage war with anyone, Dan. 11 :4O. Compare Chald. KTTi? H'Jg; followed ty DV to wage war with any one; in Ithpael id. Hence
.
apt
to
push, Ex. 21 129, 36.

f
'
J-l
m. a prince, a leader, ruler, so called
from preceding (see the root, also Syr.

i.
^-J
to
go
26:20; over against, opposite, adv. (comp. Gen. 21 16, " and she sat down 1? No. 3, letter c). For T33P over against;" Nu. 2:2 2X1.2:7,15. Deu. 28: 7 1J3O over against any one, ? is put first;
1
Sa.
before, Ephr. 114; compare Germ, g fir ft, i. q. the It is used Eng. first). (l) of any prefect, or leader, as of a treasury, l Ch. 26:24; 2 Ch. 31:12; of
66, "and thy life shall hang 13.3.D "H? to thee over against" (Germ, btr gegenuber), for "over against thee;"
life.
i.
2 Ch. 3 1 1 3 of the palace, the temple, i Ch. 9 i i 28:7; of military affairs, l Ch. 13:1; 2 Ch. 32:21.
:
e.
(c)
thou shalt be in the greatest peril of thy against, absol. and adv. (bagegen); 3-V?nn
Itt'Ofoset
2
oneself in opposition (ft'cft bagegen fefcen), Sam. 18:13; followed by ?: ? 1?|P against any
*W3
Ch., Dan. 6:
(2) absol. it n'prineect a people (gurft), a general word, comprehending even the royal dignity, l Sa.g: 16; 10: i; 13 -.14; 2 Sa. 6:21 57:8; lKi.l:35; 14:7. In appos. "V33 rPW the anointed one, the prince, Dan.
_
9:25.
thing, Jud. 20:34:

1 1.
PI. princes, Job2g: 1O; Ps.76: 13. Hence (3) noble, honourable. PI. neutr. noble things,
See the preceding
art. (2).
excellent things, Prov. 8:6.

energetic,
(Arab,
j^
to
be
TO SHINE, TO BE BRIGHT, Job. 18:5; 22:28

(Syr. id.). HIPHIL.
Isa.
magnanimous, Ju^J a
prince, a noble.)
(l)
to
make
(one's
own
light) to shine,
13:10.
(2) to
illuminate, Psa. 18:29;
Sam. 22:29.
Hence
(l) shining splendour, 4: 5; of the sun, 2 Sa. 23:4; when rising, Pro. 4:18; of the moon, Tsa. 60 19 of a sword, Hab. : 1 1 of the glory surrounding God ( n V- "N3?), Eze.
f.
(13^3 fern, (from the root 133). (i) music of stringed instruments, Lam. 5:14; Isa. 38:80. (2) a stringed instrument, in the titles of Psalms 4, 6, 54, 55, 67, 76.
(3) a song, sung to the music of stringed instruments, a psalm, Ps. 77:7; specially a song of derision,
^3
(Hab.3:4)
as
of
fire, Isa.
a satire, Lam. 3:14; Job 30:9.

root,
/JJ JJ an unused
Arab.
(J<sJ
prop, to cut
to
4; Hab. 3:4; Ps. 18:13.
(2) \_Nogalt'], pr. n.
of a son of David,
Ch.3:7;
(compare the kindred roots 133, ^33)^ Hence ^|P a reaping hook. pierce.
wound,
to
14:6.
emphat.
ji
candle
f
light.
Ch. light. Dan. 6:20, [In Thes. the meaning given

is
Knm
is
P J once part.
PlEL
1.33
pi.
0*333 Ps.
68 26.
:
Elsewhere
TO STRIKE
STRINGS, TO PLAT ON A
(cogn.
1?*
STRINGED INSTRUMENT
(Ch.
id.).
to pound), 1 Sa.
Isa.
inij light,
9
which
etc.,
a preferable sense.
first
Syriac
16:16,17, 18,23; 2 Ki. 3:15; Ps. 33:3;
23:16
(for
nî
the
dawn
of the morning.]
Isa.
Vr brightness,
>JJ fut.nr TO
of horned animals,
Derived nouns, n333, n3|?O [and in Thes. n}

only in plur.
59:9.
fut. Vr, inf.yj3, with suff.ty33, also n|. TO TOUCH, TO REACH UNTO. Constr. fre(i) quently followed by? Gen. 3:3; Lev. 5:3; 6:11; 11 :24, seq.; Dan. 8:5; followed by ?3? Isa. 6:7, and b Num. 4: 15; Hag. 2:12. Specially it is used .
PUSH, STRIKE with the horn, used

Ex. 21 28, 31 32.
: ,
(This root
is
The idea of striking, or pushing, lies onomatnpoetic. botli in the syllable 33, 33, compare T 3, *|53, J33. *?% and also in the other which ends in n r compare n33
to
rfJai
bark, properly to push, strike, as 3^3, ("03 and to push with the horn.)
(a) to
touch any
to injure, thing, for to violate,
Genesis 26:11
to^
Pljn &>%} yjjn
"he who
nx.xxn
(injures) this man or his wife;" verse 29; Josh. 9:19. (b) to touch a woman, to lie with her; followed by 3 Prov. 6:29; followed by 7X Gen.
touches
(2) a mark, or spot in the skin, whether a scab, or eruption, or leprosy, Lev. 13:3 (compare verse 2), 5, 6, 29, 30, 42; whence priori yj; a spot of scab,
2o:6 (compare
the heart, io:a6.
i.
aTTTtadai, 1 Cor. 7: l).
(c) to
e. to
move
the
mind of any
one,
touch Sam.
verse 31
rijntfn
W3
25, and without
njHV verse
a spot of leprosy, verses 3, 9, 20, 22, id. also used of lepro;
(a) in a local sense, to touch any thing, i.e. to get or reach as far as any thing, followed by ? l Ki. 6:27; Hos. 4:2; 12 Mic. 1:9; Isa. 16:8; Jer. 4:10;
sy of garments, Lev. 13:47; and of works, Lev. 14: Melon, used of a man affected with spots, 34, seq.
verses 4, 12, 13, 17, 31 ment, verse 50.
;
and even of leprosy
in a gar-
?N
Jer.
51 19; /% Jud. 20:34, 4 1 compare Job 4:5;

?
5:19.
(3)
Hence
=
to come to any person or thing, followed by Sam. 5:8; ?K Jon.3 6; Dan. 9:21. Absol. to arrive (used of time), Ezr. 3:1; Neh. 7:73 (8: i),
JJ fut. 13'.. (l) TO SMITE, especially used of Jehovah striking men with some plague, Ex. 7:27;
especially with a fatal plague, with sickness, or death, In another l Sa. 25:38; Ps. 89:24; 2 Chr. 21: 18.
compare
JT$n.
sense mies,
God
i.
is
said to smite
a people before their ene-
touch heavily, to smite, to strike, Gen. 32:26, 33; especially to strike with a plague (used of God), followed by 3 183.6:9;
(4) intensitive, i.q. Piel, to
Jb
19:21.
Part. JN3J stricken, smitten
by the stroke of
to
God, Ps. 73: 14; Isa. 53:4. Also to smite, used of the wind (Arab. c__j.tf), Eze. 17:
injure,
permit them to be smitten by their enemies, 1 Sa. 4:3, "why hath Jehovah smitten us to-day before the Philistines?" Jud. 20:35; 3 Chr. 13:15; 21:14; compare Niphal. (2) to push, e.g. as horned cattle, Ex. 21:35;
e. to
10.
man
Ps.
[This
is taken as primary in Thes.] NIPHAL. pass, of Piel, to be smitten, to be beaten, as an army, or rather to feign to be beaten, Josh.
meaning
against man, Ex. 21:22. (3) to strike against (with the foot), Pro. 3:23;
91:12.
8:15, like npniprij itpyr^n, compare Maurer's note on the passage.

PIEL, i. q. Kal No. 4, to strike, especially used of the punishments of God (compare ^3, H33) Gen.
II? to be smitten, defeated (as an armjl Jud. 20:36; l Sa. 4:10; commonly followed by '?.?. to be smitten (and flee) before an enemy, Lev. 26: 17 Deu. 28:7; Jud. 20:36; l Sa. 4:2; 2 Sa. 18:7, etc.
NIPHAL
HITHPAEL,
i.
q.
Kal No.
3, to
strike against (us
18:17; aKi. 15:5. PUAL, pass. Ps. 73:5.

HIPHIL (i) causat. to cause to touch, especially in this phrase, r??^ T$n, IBj; TJJ 71 " to cause tc
of the foot), Jer. 13:16.
Hence n ?3D, and

m. (i) a plague from God; especially u of a fatal disease sent from God, Ex. 12: 13; 30: 19 Num. 8: 19; 17: 11, 12.
^J
touch
the ground, the dust," i. e. to destroy (build ings) to the foundation; Isa. 25:12; 26:5; Lam. in a local sense, Isa. 5 8, " woe to them who : 2 ;
:
(2) striking against,

Isa.
stumbling
(of the foot)
8:14.
join house
to house,"
i.
e.
who buy
or erect long
ranges of houses. (a) i.q. Kal No.
l.
to
touch
to
followed
4:25;
(3)
^ Ex. 12:22;^ Isa.6:7.

i.
by
Ex.
q.
Kal No.
2, to
reach
any thing, followed
by
Gen. a8:ia; 1?
Isa.
8:8; used of calamities,
Ecc. 8:14; Est. (4)

i.
9:26
(followed
by ^).
to, followed
JJ unused in Kal. pr. TO FLOW, see Chald. 1 draw out, and to How compare Heb.^P, and T!3 No. 1. NIPHAL (l) to be poured out, to flow, used water, 2 Sa. 14:14; used of the eye, Lam. 3:49. (2) to be stretched out (used of the hand), P* As to rVH33, Job 20:28; see "113 Nipli. 77:3.
;
<>
a.
Kal No.
l
3, to
come
HIPHIL
TJn
by
1J? Ps.
(i)
to
107:18; 7K
Sa. 14:9; hence to
attain
to,
followed
by ?
4:14. Absol. to come, used of persons, Est. 6:14; of time, Eze.7:ia; Ecc. 12:1. Hence
Est. Ife)
(2) 1:6.
to
push down
to
pour out, 1*8.75:9. (stones from a mountain), Mic

'
(3) figuratively
m. with
suff. to??, pi.
DJ?,
]???.
out, to deliver) in deliver any one into the hands,
deliver (compare "QP. ? this phrase 3^n *T~7j; -9

!
!
"VJ
i.e.
into thr |w>w
(l) stroke, blow, Deut. 17:8; 21:5; in sing. coll. Prov. 6: 33. Specially of strokes or calamities which
God
inflicts upon men, Gen. 19 38:ia; 39:11; 91:10.
7;
Ex. ii:l; Ps.
the sword (compare 'T. 'V a!ter verbs of di-liverinj. Eze. 35:5; Jer. 18: 21; Ps. 63:11 p. cccxxxi, A); : o ill rendered, to poui ut by the hand commonly the sword.
3-0
HOPHAL 1|n
tdd
DXXXIII
tobe
3TO-JHD
pouredout,
l
:
to be
poured down,
of water, Mic.
4.
VV (once ? t. Isa. 58: 3), ["Arabic TO IMPEL, TO UKGE, TO DRIVE (l) a la-
some other place, may perhaps be the cause of thii usage]; e.g. 31(3 used of going away: "MD Arabic -J.C of drawing near; compare Germ. t)erab/ t)frum,
L
used even by the best writers for

latter several will
t)tnab/ tjtnum
(which
bourer to work,
Isa.
58
3.
Whence
part.
KW a taskalso followed
hardly admit).
(i) eausat.
to
HIPHIL K"3n
to
cause
to
come near
master, tpyootwKTjfc, Ex. 3:7;
Job 3:18;
by
3,
hence 13
t?j} Isa.
9:3; used of a driver of ani-
mals, Job 39:7.
urge a debtor, to demand a debt, with an ofpers. Deu. 15:2, 3; to dem a n d tribute, followed by two ace. of the tribute and those on whom it is
'2) to
cc.
levied, 2 Ki.
23:35;
part.
BW an exactor of tribute,
bring near, Gen. 48: 10, 13; Exod. 21:6; Isaiuh 45:21; to briny something, Gen. 27:25; 2 Sam. 13:11; 17:29. isa. 41:21, D3niD$; ijran "bring (set forth) your arguments;" (so also must betaken IK^jP verse 22, and 45:21 the object however being omitted); to offer, to present, Job 40: 19; especially
;
sacrifices to
God,
Amos 5:25;
to
Mai. 2:12.
Dan. ll:2O.
a ruler, a tyrant, (3) foreign, tortile, part. Isa 3:12; 14:2 60: 17; Zee. 10:4. JSthiop.
;
&&
(2)
i.
q.
Kal;
d.raw near,
1 1.
Amos
2
9:10.
HOPHAL
be
'|1 pass, to be
i
:
brought,
Isa.
Sam. 3:34;
to
id.
whence
and
title
king of kings, a
opia.
&?!? to be
:
a king; VHJ(J : of the king of Êthil
offered, Mai.
HITHPAEL,
to
draw
near,
45:20. from the root 113
pressed, harassed,
Sa. 13:6;
T? m. heap, pile (Arab.
*X',
*-53 7', press or harass one another, Isa. 3:5; be harassed with toil, to be wearied out (used of army), l Sa. 14:24.
to
jj, the significations of which are
however rather
re-
*JJ
plied
âlso
pret.
by
pret.
Niph.
Kal unused, the place of which is supB>|3 fut. Kal &T., imp. W, nB>|
;
mote from those of this word; [In Thes. from "N3]); poet, used of the waves of the sea rising up like a W3 " piling up like a heap. Psalm 33:7, DJU ^? "133
the waters of the sea;" similarly, Josh. 3:13, " the waters stood up (which were flowing down 13 like one from "in? heap;" compare Exod.
heap
16,
V3 (Gen. 19:9),
inf.
HW.
TO
(1) TO
DRAW NEAH,
APPUOACH,
absol.
Gen.
to any person or 27:22; 44:18; Num. 8: 19; 3. Isa. 65:5 (compare below letter c} ? Jud. 20 23 "iy Gerf. 33 :3 '5 Eze. 44:13; followed by an accus. Num. 4:19; B'*O? D En'P"n Drifa? when they approach unto
27:21, 26; 29:10; followed by ?
above) 15:8; Psa. 78:13; in the same connection there is PlDin a wall, Exod. 14:22. Compare Virg. Georg.
316.
thing, Gen.
iv.
N
K*
}J, an uncertain root; whence some (?.!!) 2 Ki. 17:21 3>na; but see rna.
derive
the most holy things;"
Sa. 9:18. Specially
(a) to
come nearto a woman, honeste dictum de coitu (comp. 3"}?); followed by ?^ Ex. 19:15. (b) to come near
to
altar,
J
13^
!J
(i)
i.
q.
Arab. c_?jj TO IMPEL, TO UKGE,
Jehovah, used of the priests who approached the Ex. 30:20; Eze. 44: 13; used of the pious turn-
It TO INCITE to any thing (kindred to ^l}). only occurs in this expression, Exod. 25:2, Tg'S t"S~?3 -133T " whomsoever his heart i.e.
impelled;"
ing themselves to
(c) to
God,
to
Isa.
29:13;
is
come near
anything
30:21. sometimes i. q.
Jer.
who
to
did
it
willingly, spontaneously, Ex.
35:21, 29.
reach it, to join oneself to anything; followed by 3 Job 41:8; used of the scales of the crocodile,
(2) intrans. like the Arab. <__jjj to impel oneself;
^1* "1^? " they are joined one

(2) to recede, to well rendered the
hence to be willing,
Hithpael.
liberal,
generous; see
3H3 and
to another."
by
draw back. Gen. 19:9, n LXX. cnroara tKtl. Vulg.
HITHPAEL
recede
(l)
to
1 1
to
tllnc.
Isa.
49:20,
Tn?
"give place
to
me;" so
self willing, a gerund, Neh.
offe r
:
impel oneself, to shew oneoneself freely ; followed by

specially of volunteer soldiers
the
It
LXX.
iroir}auv put TOTTOV,
Jerome, fac mihi spatium.
remarked that the ancients, as well as were not strictly accurate in the use of words which signify approaching and withdrawing; and thus are sometimes used of the direct conourselves,
tnnst be
(compare as to the same usage in Arabic, Alb. Schult. ad Ham. p. 310, Epist. ad Menken, p. 40), Jud. 5:2, 9; compare Psalm 110:3; useo of those who offered
^
themselves willingly for sacred military service, 3 Ch.
they
;
17:16.
(2) to give
trary motion
("the
idea of going to or coming from
spontaneously, or willingly,
ft
-ru-rij
yffer, e.g.
a,
DXXXIV
gift to
rru-m:
(Arab, jj to wander, to
to flight (causat. to
Jehovah; with an
ace., l
Chron.
9:9.
flee
away.) From th
it is
39:9, 14,17; Ezr. 1:6; 2:68; 3:5. Derivatives ~13"J3., 3H3, and the pr. n.
Chald.Ithpael
i.q.
idea of putting
3"t3, 3*113.
see HIPHIL),
;
(4)
to
remove,
to
(l) ready for anything; followed by ? Ezr. 7:13. Inf. (in the (a) to give freely, ibid, verse 15.
Hebr.
to
be willing,
riac usage), to
put away abominate; see

flee away,
to
hence (from the Sj

<"""*?
POAL "Hi3
fly away, Nahum

to
3:7HIPHIL
18:18.
">3.n
Syriac manner) TTQ'OJpn ing, verse 16.
subst. a
to
free-will offer-
put
to
flight,
cast out, Job

*l3*n), to
to
HOPHAL
be
"13
(in the
Chaldee manner for
("spontaneous," "liberal"), [Nadab],

n. jit.
(l) of the son of Jeroboam I. king of the Ten Tribes, 954 952, B. c., i Ki. 15: 25, 31 . (2) a on of Aaron, Exod. 6:23; 24:1. (3) l Ch. 2:28.
(4) ibid. 8:30; 9:36.
cast out; part, away, Job 20:8.
"I|P 2
Sam. 23:6; ruO!^
flee
HITHPOEL, to flee, Ps. 64:9. Derived nouns, 3'~!"J?, n<!J3 and

also
"13.
n"J*3,
"HP; comp
f. (O free-will, readiness of mind (to whence ""^Tia Num. 15:3; Psalm 54:8; and ace. "I3"I? Deut. 23:24; Hos. 14:5; freely, with a willing mind. Plur. Psa. 110:3, nn "I? 192 "thy people are willingnesses;" i.e. very prompt for
Ch.
to flee
away, Dan. 6:
19. of
give);
m. a
sleepless
plur.
man upon
unquiet motions, tossinga his bed, Job 7:4.
I.
military service [?], abstr. for concr. (a) a spontaneous offering, Ezr. 1:4 (compare verse 7), especially a freewill sacrifice, opp. to
AWAY
JJ not used in Kal,i. q. *nj TO FLEE, TO oo (Syr. and Samar. id.). PIEL n~J3 to remove, followed by ? Amos 6:3; to
one that has been vowed PIP.); Exod. 35:29; Lev. n ?"P " as a 22:83, iriK n voluntary sacrifice thou mayost offer it." One who offers sponta-
cast out, to exclude, Isa. 66:5; compare T13 No.4. (In the Rabbinic ^"1? is excommunication, separation from the congregation.)
II-
neously, and with a willing mind, gives with a large hand; hence
is
not sparing but

1O,
J"lin~I3 DS?|.
M
l""3
J an unused
liberal
root,
i.
q.
313 No.
2. to
give
freely, to
be
(Arab.
Ijj to
be moist,
liberal),
(3) largeness,
abundance, Ps.68:
hence
and
"abundant,
(
copious rain."
"13 masc. a large gift, given to a harlot, Eze.
w hom Jehovah
m.
l
impels"), [Neda-
16:33.
f.
pr. n.
Ch. 3: 18.
prop,
abomination
\cy6p. Ezr. 6:4; Chald. a series of tones,or a wall, both of which significations are found in the Targums (Eze. 46:33; Zee. 4:10), and
in the
uncleanness, impurity,
(see the root No. 4), n "|3 I "^P Num. Zee. 13: J
;
19:9, 13,20,21, water of impurity, i.e. water by which the unclean were purged, cleansing watt-r.
Mishnah
It
Surenh.)
part.
i. (t. page 7, 8 v. page 361 vi. p. 107, seems to be derived from the Heb. p3~!3
;
;
women,
(l) filth, menstrual uncleanness of Specially Levit. 12:2; 15:19,20; hence used oi' the
Niph. prop, joined together, cleaving
to-
gether.
t plur. rrj3 ;
menstrual discharge, Lev. 15:24,25,33. (2) something unclean, or filthy,
i.q.
'~n$B
of
inf. 1-13; fut.
tV
used of
idols, 2
Ch. 29:5; Ezr.giii;

:
Lam. 1:17;
Nah.3:7,and
IT
Gen. 31:40.
incest, Lev.
ao
(l) trans. TO
10:14.
to
MOVE, e. g. the wings of a bird, Isa. (Cogn. "N3, DM; compare also Sanscr.no/,
be moved.)
n
PEL
|J
fut.
"IT
prop. TO
THBOST
(ftofifn).
TO
IM-
(see the cogn.
nrn and
to
the observations
made
sec
move,
to
there); hence
(a) intrans. to move oneself, hence, to wander about; used of a bird, Prov. 27:8; Isa. 16:2; used of men, Job 15:23. Part. ~ni3 a wanderer, a fugitive,
Isa.
(l) to thrust forth, HIPHIL.
expel,* Sam. 14:14;
16:3; 21:14: Jer. 49:5.
(a) to thrust against, (as an axe against a tree), followed by ?JJ Deu. 20: 19.
(3)
to
flee, to flee
'"
61:13;
away, Psalm 31:12; 55:8; fly au-ay (used of a bird) Jerem. 4:25;
NIPHAL
forth,
n~13.
(i) pass, of Kal No.
a. to be
to be
" impelled; Deu. 19:5,
if
thrutt he go wul
DXXXV
neighbour into a wood to cut timber n "9^ 11123 and his hand is impelled with the axe," i. e. lifts up the axe to cut down a tree.
his
W H??
'"^*"7?
f.
nobility, a noble and happy condition^
Job 30:15.
j
(a) pass, of Hiphil No. 2, to be expelled,
driven
:
rH3 one expelled, an part. Collect. Deut. 30 4 ; outcast, Isa. 16:3, 4; 27:13. Neh. 1 : }, and fern. nrHJ Mic. 4:6; Zeph. 3:19, outWith suff. irnj driven away by him, 2 Sam. casts.
ovt Jer. 40: 12
whence
haps
I.
lJ an unused root [not inserted in Thes.] peri. Hence jj to be soft, flexible. q.

.
"
l
j"Jjl
vlÎI-
sheath of a sword, l Chr. 21:87. See [Derivation doubtful]. Of another origin is

the
i-
away from me." Used of dispersed and wandering cattle, Deut. 22 l; Eze. 34:4, 16. to suffer (3) pass, of Hiphil No. 3, to be seduced, oneself to be seduced, Deut. 4 1 9 30 1 7.
: :
; :
14: 13. " health has fled
Figuratively, Job 6:
13,
3D
nrp|3
n^fl
l"!r
q-
n<
3-
a large gift, given to a harlot,
Eze. 16:33; from the root '"1*13, with the added syllable ?-. De Rossi's Cod. 409 has T"J? for
Wn.
driven onward, Isa. 8:22, I^P '"Vsfc? "driven to darkness," compare Jer. 23:12. HIPHIL n^n (i) to thrust down, to cast down,
PUAL,
to be
sheath of a sword (so called y |P from its flexibility, see the root. [In Thes. this word is not referred to any root, and the etymology which
m. Chald. the
spoken of slightingly]] H? and ""'Hi, and IT? iq$, with He parag. of the form rm ?, nnX). Used figuratively of the body, as being the sheath and en" velope of the soul, Dan. 7 15 niy spirit was grieved in the midst of my sheath," i.e. body, n3"13 133. The same metaphor is used by Plin. H. N. vii. 525. 53
is
;
had been here suggested
there are also found in Ch.
Ps.
1 1
followed
by
IP Ps. 62 5.
:
(2) to thrust out, to expel, to drive away, 9 Ch. 13:9, e. g. the Israelites into other countries,
Deut.30:l; Jer. 8:3; 23:3,8; 29:14,18; 32:37; 46:28; to scatter a flock, Jer. 23:2; 50: 17. (3) to seduce any one, Deut. 13: 14; Pro. 7:21; followed by IP to draw away from any thing, Deut.
13:6;
n'irp.
" donee cremato eo inimici remeanti animae velut va" ginam ademerint ; and also by a certain philosopher, who was despised by Alexander the Great on account
7J?O verse 11.
(4) to bring, to draw down (evil) on any one, followed by /J 2 Sam. 15: 14, compare Kal No. 2.
of the ugliness of his face who is said to have an" the swered, body of a man is nothing but the sheath
;
HOPHAL, 13:14
part. rPJO
driven up and down,
Isa.
of a sword, in which the soul
is
hidden as in a shnath ;"
see d'Herbelot, Biblioth. Orientale, p. 642.
A similar
Derivative noun, CVTHD.
use
is
made
of the word trKfvog by-Êlian. Hist. Anim.
xvii. 11.
^"!J m. (from the root 3*!-!). (i) voluntary, willing, spontaneous, ready, i Ch. 28:21; more 13? 2H3" willing of heart," Ex. 35:5, 22; fully Ch. 29:31 (see :nj Kal and Hithp.): Ps. 51:14, H3H3 nn " a ready spirit."
(2)
fut.
eft?*.
PEL, TO DRIVE
AWAY,
l
Ps. 68:3, and (ft Ps. 1:4; TO DIS as the wind drives chaff,
away
stubble, smoke, Ps.
:4;
enemy,
Ps.
:
i.
e.
to conquer,
flight metaph. Job 32: 13.
68:3;
to
put
to
at.
giving spontaneously,
i.e.
liberal, Prov.
NiPHAL^n?
;
pass, to be
driven away,
Isa.
41 :2;
19:6; hence
(3) generous, noble (which, indeed, amongst the Orientals is closely connected with liberality in
giving), used of character, Isa. 86. It is applied
68 3 spj? n7Jf a leaf driven by the wind, Levit. 26:36; Job 13:25; inf. constr. sptsn Ps. 68:3.
'
32:5, 8; Prov. 17:7,
jJ
(l)
i.
q.
Arab,
.jj
TO
FALL OUT,
TO
DROP DOWN,
as the grain from the

floor,
(4) to nobility of race, and is a subst., a prince, Job 34:18; Ps. 107:40; 113:8; 118:9; Pro- 25:7; I Sam. 2:8; used even in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job 21 :28; Isa.l3:2, compare Dv'pO. In many of
the significations this
strument upon the threshing

.jj',
winnowing inhence Arabic
This root is cognate to words of sowing and scattering, as fHT (which

floor.
Chald. T^K a threshing
word agrees with

is
see) JHT, TTT.
its
synonym
"HJ;
This exactly contrary. word, from the idea of readiness and liberality of
mini, which it originally means, has been applied to nobility of race; T33, from the original idea of a
leader
but their order
(2)
to
vow,
to
promise voluntarily to do or to
t
give any thing.
(Arab. ,jj, Syr. *_j. Although in Arabic th;se two roots are differently spelled see Heb. Grainm. p. 22 yet still they may be of the
origin,
and
ruler,
is
applied to those virtues which
same
become n prince
willing and liberal
namely the notion of vowing from a mind; and this from the signifi-
DXXXVI
cation of scattering. [In Thes. this is separated into two roots according to the Arabic distinction]). (3)
to
i.
q.
bring
to,
Kal No. a; to lead, Deut. 4:27; 28:37 Exod. 10:13; Ps. 78:26; to lead awa>i
Lev. 27 8 Mai. l 1 4. Fut. "ty Nu. 6 2 1 and IT. Gen. 28:20. Const, with dat. of pers. Gen. 31:13; Deuter. 23:24. More fully "H3 T13 to vow a vow, Jud. 11 :39; 2 Sa. 15:8. Opp. to ">PK which is to
:
Gen. 31:26. Derivative

i
M J an unused root;
see under the
word
Tin.
from any thing, see that the following word.]

to abstain
TOW
root.
[Hence
"TO and "TO
with
suff.
TI?
pi.
DTJ3, nnp
(1) a vo^c, Gen. 28:20, etc.

dial, see Inscr. Melit. l).
(also in the Phoen.
J TO WAIL, TO LAMENT (prop, to cry out ^H, Mic. 2:4, nvu n3 nn3 "they ang), Ezek. 32:18. lament with a lamentation of lamenting ;" i.e. they lament grievously.
:
MM
B'TJ? "H3 to
vow vows,
see
(2) to cry out, to exclaim.
Hence
the root
D'T" D?^
Ps. 22:26,
and
D'T^J. nbj? to
per-
form vows, Jud. li: 39.

(2)
any thing vowed, avowed sacrifice,

Opp.
to
Levit.
NIPHAL, to gather selves together; like the Chaldee 'HpnN prop, to be convoked, called together " comp. PJ?T Niph. to be congregated. 1 Sam. 7:2, all
;
;
7:16; 22:18,21; Deut. 12:6.

luntary
"?3
gift.
air.
HT^
a vo-
the house, of Israel was
gathered
together after Je-
m.
\cy6fi.
Eze. 7:11, according to
the
Hebrews, lamentation, for nnj (of the form hp), from the root HH3, but this is but little suited to the context, to which the LXX. gives a very suitable
sense (Cod. Alex.) wpuVoyior,
hovah;" a pregnant construction for, all of them wer* united and followed Jehovah with one mind compare So Targ. h. 1. compare n.ng igp. ^n, *?I|
; ;
the
2: 16; 3:3,5, Others lamented render, after Jehovah; i. e. Targ.
same phrase, Jerem. 30:21; Hos.
followed
ornament, grace; in
j'j to
him mourning.
'3,
Derivatives *n3, njna,
n.
support of this compare the root W3, Arab,

conspicuous, to be magnificent.
be
is
9
"YirO Chald. light, Dan. 2:22
np and
2.
this
fora
Syr.
usual in Chaldee. z V
In
3T3
it is
N'Vnp, n ê the
lJJ
of those
,
fut.
who
(l) pr. TO PANT, especially used are exhausted by running ; like the Syr.
;
3n3
JwOTJ
T^^
light, shining.
See ina No.
Arab. ^v$j (kindred roots are n3n PN3 pH3,

?
compare
JEth.
1.
to
be anxious,
in pause 'nj m. (from the root nn3) lamentaa song of wailing, Jer. 9: 17, seq. 31:15? Am. 5:16; Mic. 2:4.
tion,
solicitous).
"^""1?
f. i.
See Piel,No.
q-
(a) causat. to urge on in a course, to drive Ki. g:ao, ana* |iyfB>? ? "for he drives (beasts). a
But HVI3
is
part.
the preceding. Mic. 2:4; Prov. 13:19. Niph. [so taken also in these
A. passages in Thes.], of the root n^n see p. ccxxii,
(the horses) as if he were mad," comes on at a most rapid rate, 2 Ki. 4:24; hence n?iy 3H3 to drive a
wagon.
to
3 Sam. 6:3; followed by 3 i Chron. 13:7; lead or driveafiock (as a shepherd), Gen. 31 18;
:
^r^
tion,
Chald. (from the root">n3No. II) illuminax * * *

14.
Exod. 3:1; followed by 3 Isa. 1 1 :6; to drive away (cattle), Job 24:3; to lead any one, Cant. 8:2; to lead away captives, l Sam. 30:2; Isa. 20:4, comp.
wisdom, Dan. 5:11,
Syr. JLo;-vnj
id.
60
1 1
(With
this
;
signification
accord Gr. Lat.
fiyw, ago, ijyioptu
Pers.
..iî-1 to lead, to bring).
(3) intransit.
Eccles. 2:3,
to
act (etwa$
3.13 '3?1.
ttjun,
tret ben/ tjantdn).
J a root not used in Kal, which appears to have had the signification of flowing and going; like the cogn. 1H3 No. l compare ?n3 river. Hence PIEL, ^nj, fut. Pnjl (i) to lead, Exodus 15:13; 2 Chron. 28:15, Debris D&qjp " and they led them
;
np?n3
I
"and my heart acting
with wisdom."
Ch. usage:
"and
formerly explained this from the my heart was accustomed to wis-
borne upon asses." Specially to lead to water, Ps. 23:2, '3.|?n3_'. n'msp 'CC^j; "he leadeth me beHence side the still water," Psa. 31 :4; Isa. 49: 10.
with the notion of care and protection (Isa. 51 18) rV3n i Ch (a) to guard, 2 Ch. 32:22; (compare
:
dom," clave
to it; but that now given is more simple. PIEL 3n3,fut. 3nr._(i) to pant, to sigh; see Kal No. l,Nah. 8:8. (a) causal, of Kal No. 2. Ex. 14:25, M nd caused to drive
aa:i8);
to
provide for,
to
to
sustain, Gen. 47 17
:
compare '??3? verse 12.

HITOPAEL,
heavily."
go on, Gen. 33:14
Hence
aw-'&n
?7Hj m.
(l) prob.
DXXXVII
pasture
to
which
cattle are
from "^^), Isa. 7: 19. (a) [JVi'Aa/of], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Zebulon, Judges 1:30; called in Josh. 19:15, '?Q3
led out. (like I?"!*?
BM3 nq? the rivers of Êthiopia (the Nile and Astaboras),Isa.i8:i; Zeph. 3:10; ?33 ni"iQ3(the Euphrates,
with its canals), Ps. 137: l ; pB^>1 n'Tin.3 2 Ki. 5: 12; also followed by the name of the river in the gen. instead
of in apposition, as
~Nahalal~\.
rn?
;
")n3
the river of Euphrates,
Gen. 15:18; 133

(i) TO
nj tut. DH?!
the
GROWL (fnumn/brummen);
by
the
dis-
With
the river Chebar, Eze. 1:1,3. art. IpfD the river (car' ilo^r is the Euphrates,
"inj
word used
to
express the noise uttered
young
is
lion (1*??), (Prov.
19:12; 2O:2); to be
tinguished from roaring

also
(3^), although this word applied to a full-grown lion, Prov. 28: 15

is
Gen. 31:21; Exod. 23:31; more fully ?i"ian insn ni? in? Gen. 15:18; Deut. 1:7; 11:24; Josh. 1:4; poet, also without the art., Isa. 7:20; Jereni. 2:l8;
Mic. 7:12; Zech.gno; Psa. 72:8. the context shews "tnj to be the Nile,
Once, however,
Isa.
(This root
;
onomatop. Arab, and Syr.

It
is
:
id.
see under
npn compare E^?). roaring of the sea, Isa. 5 30 to the voices of persons n ?^), Eze. 24:23; Prov. 5:11. groaning (compare
;
and
also
applied to the
19:5; and in Psalm 46:5 many interpreters understand Siloah [Kidron would be better] and this is not unsuitable,
;
since ~^)
is
also used of smaller streamlets, as of the
Hence
m. the growl of a young 8O:2; and
lion,
Prov. 19: 12;
waters of Damascus, 2 Ki. 5:12. A river is used as an image of abundance, Isa. 48 1 8 66 1 2. Dual Dnqj (prop, from the form "l'!U) the two
:
rivers, the Tigris

sea,
P^?
Isa.
f.
constr.
St. J"U?n?
the
roaring of the
Syria of the two rivers,
and Euphrates; whence D^D? El ^ i. e. Mesopotamia, see 2"J>5.

1
5 30
:
the groaning of the afflicted, Ps. 38 : 9.

PD31 TO
uJ
fut.
BRAY; used of an
ass
when
Dp emph. K"in?, iTVi3 Ch. m. a river, Dan. 7: 10, emphat. *rr' il,<>\rit> the Euphrates, Ezr. 4:10, 16.
17, 20.
hungry. Job. 6:5; of wretched and famished persons, Job 30.7 (Chald. and Arab, id.; cognate are roots
^
,1^3
f.
light,
Job 3:4,
see "IH3
the light of day, No. II.
i.
q.
Arabic
I.
'Uy
.u id.);
TO FLOW, TO FLOW TOGETHER (Arabic whence ~>3 a river; but in the verb it is
Isa. 2
:
in Kal, of uncertain authority,
Num. 32:7
(i) TO RE-
I'm
(see Hiphil No. a).

Bernetnen/ wrmcfyten.
only used of a conflux of peoples.
2,
vtf Vinjl
HIPHIL N'?n prop.
Dfynva "and
it"
Jer.
flow together unto 31:12; 51:44; followed by /% Mic. 4:1.

all
peoples shall
FUSE, TO DECLINE (prop,
to
deny, compare as to
\j,
the negative power of the syllable
aj, vr\,
tie,
Hence
under the word
II.
J-1S
*-lp.
--i.
xxi,
also
\j\j
and
aj.^)
'Uy
to
from the Aramaean use, TO SHINE, TO

i.
to prohibit, to hinder).
*3J
GIVE LIGHT,
whence
q. -H3
letter n), ["Arab.^lj"], (seethe
Ps.
by the omission of N, 141:5, where thirty-six codices read more
Fut.
be glad, rejoice, from the light or brightness of a happy face (see ">1K let. g\ Ps. 34:6; Isa.
fully K'3J.
60:5. Derivatives fnnj,

.
(2) to hinder, restrain, Num. 30:6, t^rrOK nn'N n^3S"if her father restrain her;" verses 9, 12.
constr. "1H3, pl ur .
onn?, nn.3 and
Followed by ]*? to turn any one aside suade from any thing, Num. 32:7,9.
from,
to
dis-
(m. Psa.93:3); constr. nhn3, dual. DJTri? (see below)
a stream.
Jon. 2 4;
=
Wb)
(i) a flowing, ba$ <Str6tnen/ bie tromung. ~in31 "and the flowing (of the sea)
:
surrounds
of
me" (compare wKtavov pledpa, II.. 245). Job 20: 17, nxpm tJ>3-( ^qj nnj streams of rivers
',
(3) to bring to nothing (ernid)ten), to make void, Ps. 33:10. There is also a different root Derivative, nS-13J|l. S3 raw. fc^3; whence
milk and honey," Isa. 44:27. (a) a river, stream, Gen. 2:10,14; Job 14:11; ia 16; 40:23, etc. Followed by a genit. of country,as c pyP "WM the river of Egypt, i. e. the Nile, Gen. 15:18;
:
(The (l) TO SPROUT, TO TERMINATE. original idea lies in gushing forth, boiling 1ip, a signification which lies in the syllable 33, which is
found in the roots beginning with
it,
as V33,
_Ji
UN
~>D3
the river of Gozan,
i.
e.
Chaboras a Ki. 17:6;
j_J,
Ja-J,
^ î8 ^fJt an
frequently applied,
DXXXVIII
oaietiines to the sense of sprouting, as LJ,
t^^j
ometimes
to that of speaking, as K33, Êth. 333, Arab.

;
connected with that of sitting down has been shown above under the root !"1X3 Pilel).
HIPHIL, to arforn(with praises), to celebrate Ex. 15:2, *ni3R LXX. oa<rw O.VTVV. Vulg. glorificabo eum. Hence
;
also to the sense of rising above, as

to
Cj Conj. VIII.
up, to
become
high,^j
to raise
heap up). as if sprouting out words, Prov. 10:31.

(2)
to
Figuratively applied to the

to
mouth,
increase,
to
receive increase, Ps. 62:11,

to
compare rV2PO.
PIEL 3313
Zee. 9:17.
const, n).? with suff. 1)3, W13, Dny m. (A) (l) inhabiting. Fern. c;nst. ni3. Ps. 68:13, ri*3 ni? " the inhabitress of the house," i. e. th*
;
adj.
cause
germinate,
and the
i.
to
produce,
Derivatives, 3\3, rO-Uri,
pr. n. *3\3, H133.
matron as residing at home, oicov/ooc(2) decorous, becoming, f. H13 Jer. 6:2. (B) subst. a seat, poetically (i) a habitation
of men, Isa. 32:18; Jer. 50:44; of God, Ex. 15: 13; of animals, Isa. 35:7.
(2) a
y\ 3 or
3^13 Isa.
57 19
:
am,
q. 3*3,
which
see.
(compare cogn. "H3) (i) TO BE MOVED, 10 BE AGITATED (Arab. j\j Med. Waw id.), used of a
reed shaken
pasture where
flocks
lie
down and rest, Hos.
by
the wind,
Ki.
;
der,
to
bea fugitive, Jer. 4:1

ll
:l
;
14:15; hence to wanGen. 4:12, 14; Ps.56:

Figuratively, Isa.
9:13; Jerem.23:3: 49:20; 50: 19; Job5:24; followed by a genit. |N'^ ny Isa. 65: 10; DvPi HW Eze. 25:5; D^V" i^l? Jer. 33: 12. For the plur. const, is used the form HIS? which see.
1
9;
to flee, Ps.
*13 "V>*p r
Jer.
49:30.
17:11, "13," which some in this place take as the subst.]. (2) Followed by a dat. to pity, to commiserate
(as signified
"the harvest has fled" [" but see
"fl^
"113
f.
(A)
A.
adj.
f.
inhabiting, becoming; MC
letter
by a motion of the head, compare Job 16:4, 5); hence (a) to comfort the afflicted, followed by p of pers. Job 2: 1; 42:11; Isa. 51:19;
Jer. 16:5.
(b) to grieve, to dead, Jer. 22 10.
:
(B) subst. i. q. HIS letter B, a seat, a habitation. (a) of men, Job 8:6. (b) of herds and flocks, a
pasture, Zeph. 2:6.

frit.
n-13^.
lament,
to
deplore the
to
(l) TO REST, TO SIT
DOWN,
TO
SET ONESELF
HIPHIL "P3H.
to
(i) causat. to
cause
wander,
expel, 2 Ki. 21:8; Ps. 36:12. (a) i. q. Kal, to agitate, to nod, ivag with the head (Bfe'l?), Jer. 18: 16.
any where to take rest. The in respiring, drawing breath, -T? original idea lies L, II., IV., X., to rest, nil; compare cogn. Arab.
\
,
DOWN
be quiet; prop, to draw breath, from which idea comes also Germ, rut) en (ruckn), of the same stock as
to
necfycn
HOPHAL, part. 13D 2 Sam. 23:6, shaken out, thrust out; but R. b. Asher reads T3O from the
}
(lower
German
\j
ru!en/ rutcn/
is,
compare
ruafcen, to
desire).
Arab.
*-
specially
i
-
to kneel
down
as a
root "H?.
TTl3J;in. (i) to be moved to and fro, to move the head, Jer. 48:27. 24:20; wag, (2) to lament, Jer. 31 18. Derived nouns, TWO, T3, 113 [and in Thes. 1J].
HITHPAEL
Isa.
camel; Conj. IV. causat. -ilx* a place where camels

lie
to
down.
Syr. and Chald.

Isa.
i.
q.
Hebr.
;Eth.
^P:
to respire, to rest;
an army,
(Arab.
compare under ^13. E. g. used of 7:2; 2 Sa. 2 1 i o compare Josh. 3:13

:
;
TU
Ch.
to flee,
Dan. 4:11.
-\j
IV. to pitch a camp); used of a host of

'
TI3 m. flight, exile (Ps. 56:9); hence [JVorf], pr. n. of the country to which Cain fled, Gen. 4:16.
2"fn
Ishmael,
(" nobility"),
i
[Nodal], pr.n. of a son of
locusts, or bees, Ex. 10:14; I sa 7 :1 9' a so use<^ ^ inanimate things, as Noah's ark, Gen. 8:4; of the Constr. absol. Xu. ark of the covenant, Nu. 10:36. and followed by ^ Ex. loc. cit. and ?J? of loc. cit.
;
;
(^1.5:19.
place, Gen. 8:4; Isa. 7:2, 19.
Metaph. of the
Spirit
TO
see 53.
JJi. q. ilW.
- (i) TO SIT DOWN, TO REST; Hab.

this idea is
" he is a t:5, n.}.?'. N?1 I'i?' ~>3JI proud man and does not rest," but seeks disturbances and wars. Also to Awtll; see H13, ny.
(a) to be
one; followed by /JJ Nu. 1 1 25, 26 compare Isa. 11:2. (a) from (2) to rest, to be at rest, specially labour, i. q. ra^ Ex. 2O:ll; 23:12; Deut. 5:14.
of
God coming down upon any

: ;
decorout, becoming (how
from troubles and calamities, followed by I? Job 3:26; Esther 9: 28. Impers. Job 3 13, V TOJ ty " then I should have had rest." Isa. 23: 12; Neh
(b)
=
DXXXIX
to reside, to remain, 00.7:9, (c) i. q. anger remains ia the breast of a fool." Proverbs " the rod of the wicked shall not 14^33; Ps. 125:3, remain on the lot of the righteous;" compare Isa.
Q:8.
"
not give him quiet for sleeping), l Chr. i6:ai. Coinpare the verbs &Q} and ]D) in the signification of al-
lowing and permitting, which are similarly construed. (c) to leave, i. q. to cause any one to remain
(gurutflaften)
e.
30:32.
(d) i. q. to be silent; 1 Sa. 25:9. HIPHIL, double both in form and in signification. (i) to set down, to deposit any one (A) rnn
g.
any where, Gen. 42:33; Deut. 14:28; a people in a country, Jud. 3 l 2 Sam. 16:21;
: ;
any place, Eze. 37:1; 40:2; to let down one's to lay a scourge upon any one, Isa. 30:32. Metaph. '3 inDq O^n to deposit one's wrath, i. e. to satisfy it, to accomplish it on any one, Ezek. 5:13; 16:42; 21:22; 24:13; Zec.6:8. Ca) to cause to rest, Ezek. 44:30; Isaiah 30:32; commonly followed by a dut. to give rest to any one, Isa. 28: 12; 14:3; often used of Jehovah, who
in
hand, Ex. 17:11;
20:3; Jer. 27:11; to leave remaining (ubrig laffen), Ex. 16:23, 2 4; Lev. 7:1^; to desert, Jer. 14:9. With an ace. of thing, and dat. of pers. to leave be-
hind anything
hand
to
to
any one, spoken of a person dying,

"P rvan (d) IP
to
Ps. 17:14; Eccl. 2:18.
cause the
11:6.
rest from anything, Eccl. 7: 18;

rvsn
to be
HOPHAL
set,placed, Zee. 5:11 (compare

ic
the Chald. form D'j?n Dan. 7:4). Part. r,|D what left empty, a vacant place, Eze. 41 :9, ll.
alter
the conquest
of the Canaanites gave to his
Derived nouns, nrun, n'uo, nmai?, nnj, nh'3, and

the pr.
n.
people quiet possession of the promised land, Exodus 33:14; Josh. 1:13, 15; Deut. 3:80; 12:10, H*?ni
mr, nuo, nnjb, and

res t
t
33.DQ D3'3;K^>2>p D3j> "and he will give you rest from all your enemies round about." Deut. 25: 19;
Josh.
niJ,
nj_(i)
Est.
9:16, 17, 18, with
suff.
ima
2 Ch. 6:41.
21:44 (compare
HJ-in
in the
New
Test.
HOPHAL Lam. 5:5.
rest to be given, followed by a dat.
(a) pr. n.Noah, who was saved from the flood, H3 *P the waters of Gen. 5:29; Ezek. 14:14, 20. Noah, used of the flood, Isa. 54:9.
(
HIPHIL (B) rrsn (like JVpn fromrviD, p?!ftom|7; Dteto from and the noun i. q. Bit?) fat. part.
UWD
Hr
jamin,
rest"), Ch. 8:2.
[Nohah],
pr. n. of a
son of Ben-
n*?P
(i) to set
in
down,
;
to
lay dotvn
(niebcrfrfcen, nits
TO BE
MOVED, TO SHAKE,
traXivQi'iTw
11
i.
q.
BIE, onC
berlegen) any place, followed by v>S, 3 of place, I Ki. 13:29 31 specially to deposit for safe keeping, Ezek. 42:14; 44:19; before Jehovah, Exodus
Ps 99
terra.
LXX.
yij.
Vulg. movcaivr
6 :33734; Nu. 17:22; Deut. 26:4, 10; i Ki. 8:9; also to place, to set, as a statue, 2 Kings 17:29; a people, or soldiers in any land (wrffften), Isa. 14: l Eze. 37:14; 2 Ch. 1:14; ~>9^P? Tan to give any one into custody;" Levit. 24:12; Num. 15:34; and more Wrongly to cast down, Nu. 19:9. Isa. 28:2, " to cast with n force down to the
1
;
[n*1J
('3),
see n'VJ ('?)].
PAEL filthy; whence

/1-3 Ch.
i.
q.
^33
to
pollute,
to
matt
fcj) Ch.
f.
Ezr.6:ll,and
H$ ^?
ground."
(2) to
ness C7"l|
offences."
Am.
cause
5:7.
to rest, to quiet. Ecc. 10:4,
rPS?
" *?1J Dan. 2:5, a dunghill; Dan. loc. cit. and houses shall be a made i. e. cloaca your dunghill," (2 Ki. 10:27).
"meek-
give rest to any one, with ace. Esth. 3:8: hence to let any one rest, not to disturb, to let alone (in JKut* lafffn), with ace.
(a) to
D'XDq Hence
quiets
(i. e.
hinders) great
and
sloth,
5:27.
TO SLUMBER, especially through indolence Nah. 3:18; Isa. 56:10; Ps. 121:3; Isa. It differs from \& to go to sleep. In Arabic,
.\j
is
>nN nrvsrt
let
me
alone that,
allow me, Jud. 16:26;
on the contrary,
asleep.
to
go
to sleep,
>wJ .
to h
more often with

* Sa. 16:11,
dat. *? nn^fn Exod. 32: 1O; 2 Kings 23:18: Hosea4:l7; and followed by } with a fut.
Derivatives, nD-"!^ pr. n. t-W, and
7&\
i? ir,3n
may
curse," suffer
him
to
him alone that he curse. Hence (b) with

let
noli slumber, light
sleep, Prov. 23:81.

to
an ace. of pers. and gerund of the thing, to allow any one to do anything (pr. to let him alone to do it), Ps.
pj
NLPHAL (according
np), or HIPHIL (accord-
ing to a'na),
TO SPROUT, TO
PUT FORTH,
105:14; with a dat. of pers. Ecjl. 5:11; D'3p U3/K " PC*Y V? it will not suffer him to sleep" (prop, does
" as long as the sun remains, his iDip p3? Wyy^lib Hence P3 progeny, and mure shall flourish."
Ps. 73:17,
DXL
N313 probab. fl3C also Syr. and Ch., a fish, so called from its being so prolific; (compare 3*1).
;
wave over trees

Jud. 9:9,
son's lips
is
used metaph. for to rule trees
n,
13.
n. of j*J (" fish," see the preceding) [JVun], pr. the lather of Joshua the leader of Israel, Ex. 33 1 1 ;
:
(2)
Jer.
to
when wander, Am. 4:8; 8:12; Lam. 4:14,
(d) used of the motion of a purspeaking softly, l Sa. 1:13.

15-,
and very often in the book of Joshua. The LXX. write this name Naw/;, an evident error of
Nu.
1 1
:
28,
very ancient copyists

written in
(NAYH
for
NAYN):
as
it
is
some copies Na/3/ and Na/3t (see Holmes.) it be gathered that more recent copyists took may NHU// to be put by itacism for the Hebrew Once Ji3 [Aron] 1 Ch. 7 27.
:
14:10; compare the verbs which convey a similar notion, 1*13 and 1-13. NIPHAL, pass, of Hiph. to be shaken, used of a tree, to make the apples fall down, Nah. 3:12; of a sieve,
Am.
e.
(l) act. to move to and fro, to wag, head, as in derision; like the itri-âipiKiKm (compare Kivtiv r^f KtûXi'if, Sir. 13:7. Matt. 27:39;
g. the
9:9. HIPHIL
(i) TO FLEE FROM any person or thing, by JO Isai. 24: 18; *3?P 2 Sam. 23: 11 followed by \3p? Deu. 28:25; Josh. 7:4. Lev. 26:36, Used ÎXT^P-JP ^Wy Vulg. fugient quasi gladium.
followed
this phrase see Lakemacher, Obss. PhilL Obss. 4), Ps. 22:8; 109:25; Lam. 2: 15: 2 Ki. 19:21; followed by ? as if to nod with the head, id. Job 16:4; cornp Jer. 18: 16; also to wave the hand,
t.
and on
ix.
of inanimate things; e.g. the waves, Ps. 104:7; of grief, Isa. 35:10; 51:11; vigour, freshness, Deut.
Zeph. 2: 15; likewise done in derision.

(2) to shake, e.g. a sieve, Amos 9:9; hence to disturb, 2 Ki. 23:18. (3) causat. of Kal No. i, to cause to stagger. Dan.
34:7; Cant. 2: 17; and 4:6, in describing the even-1D3 "the shadows flee ing, DV>yn away," i. e. they are become long and stretched out, and as it were Once ft M, French, il s'enfuit, Isaiah flee from us. 1:8; compare ? No. 4, a. (2) to hasten, to be borne swiftly (comp. TBn3,
.'
10:10, "lol a hand touched me 3T9T?S NTO! HJ niS?l and set me to reel (so that, although reeling and trembling, I stood) on my knees and the
palms of
"
l
my
hands."
to
?3
>
"Lat.ftigio,
Virg. Georg.
iii.
462),
Isa.
30: 16.
confined

Derivative,
cause
to
wander
PILEL
Dp^3
to
impel.
to the
Isa.
59:19,
"a
stream 13 ^003
Jtirp
nil which the wind of Jehovah
D^JttO and
pr. n.
impels."
[Qu. as
rendering and connection

to
of these words.] HIPHIL D'3n_(i)
(" with
whom Jehovah meets"), [JVoa(2)

f.
to
put
flight,
to
make flee,
daA],pr.
n.
(i) m. Ezr. 8:33.
Neh. 6:
14.
Deu. 32:30. (2) to take any thing away by flight, and to put it in safety (tlu>a$ilu<httri), Ex. 9:20; Jud.6:il. HITHTALEL Dpisfin to betake oneself to flight, Ps. 60:6; comp. DCO No. II.
Derivatives,
(i) pr. TO
WAVE up
TATE,
is
e.g. the
hand
(see Hiph.);
and down, TO AGIhence
W3D, HW3D,
D'3.
(l) TO MOVE TO AND FKO, TO VACILLATE; a word appropriated to this kind of motion. (Gr. Lat. Kindred vtvu, nuo, Germ, nicten/ tranfeiv fdwanfcn. is D13 specially used of those who are slumbering,
like vvtTTaw, Pers.
(2) to sprinkle anything with any thing (which done by waving the hand), with two ace. Prov. 7:17. HIFHIL ^VD (a)the hand, (i) to wave, to shake to give a signal, and to beckon to some one, Isaiah
13:2; to threaten, followed by Ttf Isa. 11:15; 19:16; Zee. 2:13; Job 31: 21; the hand over any mcmlicr to heal it, followed by ?V 2 Ki. 5: 1 1. (b) a sieve,
Isa.
30:28.
(c)
^jj y).
Hence
(a) used of
te'3!p"7J! ~iibrpn
a rod, a saw, Isa. 10:15, ^M 1??" 01* " shall the saw boast itself auainst
it?
the staggering of drunkards, Isa. 24:20; 29:9; Ps. 107:27; the blind, Lam. 4: 14 (used figuratively of
(b) of a tremulous motion, treways, Prov. 5:6); mor, as of leaves shaken by the wind, Isa. 7:2; hence of men and things seized with terror, Isa. 6:4; 7:2; I: l ; Ex. 20: 18. (c) used of the tremulous motion
him who shaketh

the rod should
VQ*TPV
Djp
*p?n?
if
shake him who
lifts it
up;" a
sickle,
Deu. 23:26. Followed by ?U Exod. 20:25; J"r<liiia rite 8:31. (d) specially used of a certain sacrificial in which parts of the flesh to be offered to God were waved to and fro before they were placed upon the
altar
rite),
of things suspended in the air; to vibrate, to swing to and fro, used of miners suspended in the pits,
Job 28: 4, W3 Bn3K9
^1
they hang
dwellings of) men, (and)
swing
to
down from (the and fro." To
(compare porricere applied to a similar lioniau Lev. 7:30; 8:27, 29; 9:21; 10:15; 14:12 24: 23:11,12, 20; Nu. 5:25; 6:2O; living victims and the Levites in their iuiliatu u into cffice appea?
DXLI
8:11
have been led up and down, Sx. 35 22 Numbers 21. In the examples of the former kind,
: ;
J
(1)
to
fut.
apoc.
T?l
and
T.'J,
i.
<j.
Ar.ib.
J TO LEAP.
Saad. renders cl/^. to wave, to shake, in those of

the latter
(
exult with joy, see Hiph. (2) used of fluids, to be sprinkled,

followed
to
spattti
j;
to lead,
to lead about.
HD-UPl
An
offering
thus presented was Luth. SBcbcopfer.
called
wave
offering,
As
about
p.
it,
see Carpzov, in
to the opinions of the Apparatu Antiqu. S.
Jews
Cod.
by ?J?, ?K upon, or at anything, Lev. 6:3O; 2X1.9:33; Isa. 63:3. HIPHIL njn, fut. apoc. H (i) to cause to exult, i.e. to fill any one with joy; followed by ?JJ on
(fprt$en),
709, seq.
(2) to scatter,
shake forth (used of God sending

of No.
i, d.
rain), Ps.
68:10.
&|ttn pass,
i.
account of something (comp. ?JJ neb). Isa. 52:15, " Yfl D3n D'ia fl J3 so shall he fill many people with joy because of himself." Compare HirV2 7*3.
LXX.
Ex. 29:27.
to
ovrtt)
HOPHAL
inst
QavfJ.atTOVTo.1
PILEL ^313
q.
Hiph. No.
1
l,
shake
and
the
hand
:
taking H!> for KE
= KB.
'iftvr\
TroXXa
iir
aurw, prob.
which
is
anything, a gesture of threatening, Tsa. 10 32.

[J" ??.],
commonly
i.
in the phrase D '3 Q sb>3, rendered in Greek by &avpaw.
Derivatives, HD3,
n ^,
""IQ-13PI
m. elevation, height, from the Arabic usage

from the
Ps.
it
root,
i_ Ai
to
be high, conspicuous,
is
besprinkle many nations he (my servant, the Messiah) shall purge them in his own blood but this does not accord with the opposed verb QP^ [Does not the passage
(see No. 2),
e.
;
Syr., Vulg., Luth., shall he
48:3; "beautiful in height
mount
Zion," i.e.
simply say that Christ shall sprinkle

if
many nations, as
rises
up beautifully. The word

of Egyptian origin.
(i) pr. TO
^3
Memphis (which
they were the water, and were scattered in drops ?]
see), is
t^J
SHINE, TO BE BRIGHT, likeArabic

V\X'3
(2) to sprinkle water, blood, followed by ?V Ex. 29:21; Lev. 5:9; 14:7; '.3^4:17. Derivative HT (proper name).
i
P3 and * wf\j Med. Waw, compare

It is
a spark. r
applied (2) to the signification of IT see nnt T) Hiph.), and

(3) to that of fleeing,
flourishing (compare
4: 15; Arabic ,-?l5.
"^?J m. pottage, boiled food; prop, something cooked, pr. part. Niphal of the root "1^, with the radical > preserved, although these verbs elsewhere
Lam.
There are .not in Niph. adopt the form iy. traces of a root IT?. Gen. 25:29; 2 Ki. 4 : 38
Hag. 2:12.
any
40
rompire
Targg.
"1TJ
No. 1,2, and Lat. micare.

to
HIPHIL
nn
;
flourish, Cant. 6:11; 7:13.
(In
P3X id.). From the cognate verb }*! (which rived the nouns H> n 'V?> !??
H^13
the root
1: 16;
f.
see) are de-
1T3) consecrated, specially, Nazarite, a kind of ascetic among the Hebrews, who by vow abstained from certain things (see the law, Num. 6:13, seqq.), Am. 2:11, 12; more
\i
m. (from the root
(1) a
afeather,Eze. 17:3,7; Job 39: 13; from HV3 which see. As to the form nV3 Lev. r
fully
D^K
TT3.
16:17.
The word has been
consecrated to God, Jud. 13:5,7; applied from a Nazarite
see below.
i.
who
did not shave his hair, to a vine, which in every
py TO SUCK, whence fut. HIPHIL "and she suckled him," Ex. 2:9; although by a
q.
slight alteration
of the vowels
we should read
IHip.''^?
fiftieth year was not pruned, Lev. 25:5, ll, compare Lat. herba virgo, and Talmud. nftj?^ J"6lJ"Q virginity of a sycamore, used of a sycamore not yet pruned.
seventh, and also in every
[from p3].
'J
(2) a prince, as being consecrated to God, Gen.

root,
i.
an unused
q.
Arabic
49:26; Deut. 33:16; Lam. 4:7, compare IWD.

,lj
to
give light,
/
oogn. to the verb "IH3
No. II. Hence are the nouns 1*3, "0, ^3O, ""H^P, [and the following words}
fut. ?$?.
pr. n. n*^3
Ps. 147:18.
(l) TO FLOW, TO RUN, Nu. 24:7; Part. pi. D^fU fluids, poet, used of
"M
f.
Chald./ire, Dan. 3: 6,
n,
15, 17; 7:9.
streams, Ex. 15:8; Isa. 44: 3; Jer. 18: 14; Ps. 78: 16; Deut. Prov. 5:15. Figuratively applied to speech, " used of a shall flow like
vovaoc) i. q. tfJK TO BE SICK, once used figuratively of the soul,

t>6ao<;,
*<' J
Syr. tjkj (compare Gr.
32:2, my speech sweet odour pervading the other verbs of flowing (see
$
dew;"
4,
air,
Cant. J.:l6.
1
Lik
^v
No.
Heb. Graza
Pi.
69:21.
135, note 1)
DXLII
(2)
it is
nenm-on
(2) transit,
to
construed with an ace. of whatever flows
consecrate,
folio
ved by ?
Num
down
plentifully, Jer.
9 -.17,
O^ty
(Jy)
WBSpjn "and
Isa.
6:12.
(3) intrans. i. q. Niphal No. a, to abstain, followed by IP Num. 6:3, and i. q. Niphal No. 3, to conNum. 6:2, 5, 6. secrate oneself, followed by Derived nouns, "W3 D^Tap, and
5
our evelids flow
down
with water;"
45:8; Job
3^:28.
(3)
1
From
the Arabic usage
descend;
which
also to turn aside to lodge, to dwell ; whence Note ?" Jud. 5:5, is for Niphal, from 7>T,
-I
^3
see.
Jsa.
HIPHJL ?'}? causat. of No. l, to cause to flow, 48 2 1 The same form is found under //T.
: .
"lp m. (i) a diadem (prop, the token by which any one is separated from the people at large), spe1 1 2 Ps. cially that of a king, 2 Sam. l 1O; 2 Ki. 1 89 40 1 32 1 8 of the high priest, Ex. 29 6 39 30
: : ;
:
UlJ
string
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Arab. *k>
.\V<
i.
to bore, to
Lev. 8:9.
pearls on a thread;
I
whence
a string of
gems of a diadem, applied to any thing very precious, Zee. 9: 16. (2) consecration of a priest, Lev. 2 1 1 2 espe
: ;
113 '32K stones, or
pearls, or, as
think preferable,
q. Ch.
DDT
to
Num. 6:4,5; verse 9, cially of a Nazarite (see "H3), " his consecrated i~)T3 tMO head;" verse 12. Henw
melon, the consecrated
muzzle; whence Syr. bc0) a nose-ring, and a ring, put through the nostrils of beasts which are to be tamed, i. q. nn. Hence
head (of a Nazarite), Nu. 6:19; and even (the primary idea being neglected), the long, unshorn hair (of a woman), Jer. 7:29
(compare "W3 No.
3).
DJ3 with suff.'PW,
pi. C^pT3,
^T 3,
:
a ring
(a)
the nose as an ornament (see Jerome on Eze. 16:12, and the remarks of travellers in Jahn,
worn
in
Archaeol.
ii.
i,
153; and A. Th. Hartmann, Hebraerin,

205, seqq.), Gc.n.
:
3:21; 166; 24:47; 22 Hos. 2 15. (b) worn in the ears, an earring, In other passages it is not defined of Gen. 35: 4. what kind it was, Jud. 8:24, 25; Job 42: 11 Prov.
iii.
f
Isa.
Prov.
hidden," ( m. Num. 13:14.

I
part. Niphal),
[Nahbi],
pr.n.
11
VT pret. and imp. Kal, fut. and inf. Hiphil, TO LEAD, Ex. 32:34; Num. 23:7; Job 38:32; i Sa. 22:4; often used of God as governing men, Ps. 5:9;
27:11; 31:4; 61:3; 73:24; 143:10. (2) to lead forth (as troops), l Ki. 10:26;
18:11.
(3) to lead back, Job 12:23, Dn?3CrilSn00*ti| spreads out the nations, and leads them back,"
into their former limits,
2
85:12.
Ch. TO SUFFER DAMAGE, INJURY, Part. PJ3 pi-? Dan. 6:3. AriiEL PT3H to damage any one, Ezr. 4:13, 15,
28.
KL
Hence
31.7:4.
j*xJ to consecrate,
whence they had migrated.
pJ3 m. damage, injury,

If
S ee
wnn.
J not used
i.
in Kal.
["Arab.
to
vow,
e.
i.
q.
"H3 and ÎJ."]
pr. n. of a prophet,
comfort," "consolation"), [Nahum}, Nah. l l.

:
.
(i) TO SEPARATE ONESELF from any followed thing, by njiV ^D^*? to turn aside from the worship of Jehovah, Eze. 14:7-
NIPHAL
pi. (from the root CH3). lations, Isa. 57:18; Zee. l : 1 3 (where
DTO1D m
(i) conge-
many MSS.
abstain from any thing, followed by IP Lev. 22:2; absol. used of abstinence from meat and drink, Zee. 7:3, compare verse 5. (Syr. Ethpe. id.) (s) to consecrate oneself to any thing, followed "H3 to vow, and the Arab. by 7 Hos 2: 10 (cogn. is
(2) to
.
and editions have [incorrectly] DV3H3). (a) pity, mercy, IIos. 11:8.
"Tin3
hor~\,
("breathing hard," "snorting"), [Wa(l) of a postdiluvian patriarch, Gen. (2) the brother of Abraham, ibid. 26, 17adj.
pr.n.
11:22.
jj to vow, to consecrate).
K'ini masc.
^ (denom. from ri^?) brizcn, J
HIPHIL "M?.
(i) causat. to
cause any one
to
6:12.
separate himself, Lev. 15:31, VjfT?rn< DnTjrn Snsptpp "make the children of Israel to separate themselves from their uncleanness," where the ancient versions
nKîn}
pr. fern, of the preceding, neutr.

i.
made
ry
have admonish compare Arab.
jj
IV., to admonish.
Jot riKT^ brass, Levit. 26:19; 41:19; Isa. 45:2, rtE'iru nin^V' brazen gates.' Job 40: 18, flB^ru 'i?BK " brazen channels;" 28:*, "'the stone is molten into brass."
brass, hence
q.
t$
DXLin
n / HP
tibia,
f.
Psa. 5
an instrument of music, prob.
/>j'/>e
n^m
(see Lehrg. p. 145)
or flute, prop, perforated, i. q. ''??; for from the root /?n to bore.
Levit leave to one's heir. On'N DF&rOflm. "and ye shall possess them (slaves) to be left to your sons aftei you;" so rightly all the ancient versions.
possess
2.0:46,
any thing
to
Djnn$
D?rJ3.b.
^1^?
Arab,
i'
dual. nostrils, so called

-.12.
from snorting =
nose;
(root in}), Job 41

^-j
Syriac
sing. J;_AA*J
Nu. 33 54
:
In a similar manner, we must explain tne passages. ; 34 1 3 ; Eze. 47 1 3. Compare Ewald's

: :
Hebr. Gramm.,
p.
204.
aperture of the nose.
1.
/n?i
- (l)
TO
RECEIVE ANY THING AS
POSSE ssi ON, TO POSSESS, as wealth, glory, Pro. 3:35; 11:29; 28:10; very frequently used of the children of Israel, as acquiring the possession of Canaan, and
as possessing it, Ex. 23:30; 32 13; also followed by in the midst | (to acquire a settlement in a country, of brethren), Nu. 18^20, 23, 24; and ntf (with any other places one) ibid., 32:19; absol. Josh. 16:4. In
:
II. f U J an unused root, i. q. ?~3, "T? to flow, whence the following words. [This root is not divided in Thes. into two parts.]
with n parag. local (Num. 34:5), and poet.

(Ps.
Jehovah
is spoken of as taking Israel as his own, and as therefore guarding and defending them, Ex. 34:9; Zech.2:l6. Jud. (2) specially to receive as an inheritance,
124:4) r6ru, dual D^HS Eze. 47:9; plur. D'Vn?, yD? masc. (l)a river, a stream, whether one that constantly flows from a fountain, as P"i"!i? 7^3, p3~!K '3, or one which springs up from rain or snow water on the mountains, and then disappears in summer (see Such a one is referred to 3J?X, jn'N), a torrent. in Job 6: 15, "my brethren are perfidious like a
11:2; compare 119:111.

(3) causat.
Num.
18:20.
Metaphorically, Psa.
torrent;" which, being dried up contrary
to his
sessed,
thing,
to
and ^
to be posi. q. Piel to give any thing distribute, followed by an ace. of the of Nu. 34: 17, "H D3^ ^rpt~^8
Q?~lP /H3 expectation, disappoints the traveller. " the torrent of oruthe borders of Palestine Egypt,"
and Egypt, afterwards called 'Ptrmtopavpa [V], now, Nu. 34:5; Josh. 15:4,47; i Ki. 8:65; 2Ki. ^jiyA\ 24:7; Isa. 27: 12 (but as to the river of Egypt, Gen. 15:18, see 1(13). [Yet it can hardly be doubted
that they are identical.] Trop. J"P"13| 7H3 a torrent of sulphur, Isaiah 30:33; ^V^? "$$3 torrents of
fnsn
verse 18;
land to you;" Joshua 19:49; with an ace. of pers. (apparently), Ex. 34:9, -isrynjl "give us a possession." PIEL 7H3 to give for a possession, to distribute, Joshua 13: 32; followed by two ace. of person and Num. 34:29; ? of pers., Joshua thing, Josh. 14: 1
;
"who
pers. shall distribute the
destruction, Ps. 18:5. (2) a valley with a river or torrent, a low place
9
I>
9:5L
(i) to give for a possession, commonly followed by two ace. of person and thing, Pro. 8:21; 13:22; Zee. 8:12; without the ace. of
HIPHIL 7*n?n
watered by a stream,
i.
q.
Arabic
J\ t ,
Syriac
^H3,
JJ^v.
Gen. 26 19
:
Cant. 6
1 1
as
Vsf K ^,-n|
}*"]3
which
see.
32:8, Dfy P^J ^ri3 "when the Most High distributed to the nations;" and without the ace. of pers., Isa. 49:8; often used of the
the thing, Deut.
'TO (3) prob. a mine, Job 28:4, out (i.e. they dig) a pit."
"they cut
distribution of the land of
12: 10; 19:3; (2)

to
31:7; cause to inherit,

followed
to
Jer.
Canaan, Deut. 1:38; 3:28; 3:18; 12:14; Josh. 1:6.

i.
"VV- P S
f.
12 4 4> see th e preceding word.

:
e.
(a)
to
leave to
1
be
inherited,
(b)
by a
dative
of pers.,
Ch.
"1/LQ (i) taking possession, occupation of any thing, Isa. 17:11, n <D3 DV? "in the day of occupation," of occupying the harvest, [" but on
account of the following words, the reading <~yD3 wound, is to be preferred; see n /H Niphal"]; also, possession, domain, Nu.l8:21. Often used of the
territory in the
tribes, e.g. Josh.
28:8.
by two ace., HOPHAL, to

although
with
distribute an inheritance, followed Deu. 21:16.

be
made
to
inherit,
i.e. to
acquire,
by compulsion, and unwillingly; hence " 1 "h ace., Job 7: 3, K$*rr Tl^njn acquire
"
;
months of misery
HiTHi'AEL,
i.
such are allotted to me.
session, to
33:i8;
Isa.
to receive as one's own pospossess, followed by an ace., Num. 14:2. Followed by a dat. of pers. to
q.
Kal,
Holy Land assigned to the respective 13:23, {3^1 M? J"l?q3 "the possession of the Reubenites;" Num. 18:23; 26:62; 27:7; also used of the whole of the Holy Land which was given to the Israelites, Deut. 4:21. D?ry
rnn
is
(a) the especial possession of Jehovah,
La
his
whom Jehovah cared and watched as being own, Dent. 4:20; 9:26,29; Psal. 28:9. (b) a the of Jehovah, Jehovah, gift possession granted by
Israel, fo.-
PUAL Dnp t if comforted, Isa. 54:11. Part noro for norotp i sa 54: 1 1. HITHPAEL Enjjprij once DDJil Eze. 5: 13 i. q. Niph.
. ;
Ps. 127:3.
As
to the phrase
? n^njl p^n
^ K,
see
but
less
frequently used.
P^n No. 2, d. Prov. 19:14, (2) inheritance, iKi. 21:3, 4. ntaX n?n3 "an inheritance received from fathers." (3) a lot assigned by God, i. q. p/n No. 2, Job
(1) to grieve pity, followed by

(V) to
^ Deut. 32 :36;
(a) on account of
any one, Psalm 135: 14.
to
repent, Nu. 23: 19.
20:29; 27:13; 31:2.
/8v
("valley of God"), [Nehaliel],
pr.n.
:
of a station of the Israelites in the desert, Nil. 21
to comfort oneself, to be comforted, Genesis 37:35; Ps. 119:52. (3) to take vengeance, Gen. 27:42, D ^rip " behold Esau ^1?? thy brother will take
(2)
19.
vengeance by
killing thee."
V/OT [Nehelamite], patron, of a wise Tinknown, Jer. 29: 24, 31, 32.
f"l/D f. i. q. fyD? with the termination n , Ps. 16:6.
name
other-
Derivative nouns, D^njl, D^FljlFlj pr. n. flP!^, and those which follow.
(" consolation"),
l
uncommon
feminine
\_Naham~\,
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 4:19.
MJ
m. repentance, Hos. 13:14.

unused in Kal, prop, onomatopoet.
to
draw
<7-
the breath forcibly, TO
PANT, TO GROAN;
like the
^ (with Kametz impure), consolation,
Arab. .-î cogn. roots DDJ (comp. Dnp and ^D^), and
TOn, which see.
Job 6: 10; Ps. 119:50.

""^Pn^
he
NIPHAL DD? (i) to lament, to grieve (as to the use of passive and middle forms in verbs of emotion, compare n3$3, dSvpo/mt, contristari, etc.) (a) because
Constr. of the misery of others; whence, to pity. " I am of absol. Jer. 15:6, Brian *fl*Kp3 weary pityJud. 21 :6; ^ ing;" followed by ^J Psal. 90:13; verse 15 IP Jud. 2 18. (b) because of one's own ac-
aids),
("whom Jehovah comforts," i.e. whom Nehemiah, pr. n. (i) the son of Hacha-
governor of Judea, in the reign of Artaxerxes Longimanus, Neh. t:i; 8:9; 1O:2; compare nchn. Others are (2) Neh. 3:16. (3) EJO
liah, the
2:2; Neh. 7:7.
^DH3 ("repenting," [" merciful"]) [Nahamant], pr.n. m. Neh. 7:7.

i. ri3K. ice, q. only found Gen. 42 1 1 ; Ex. 16:7,8; Nu. 32:32; 2 Sa. 17:12; Lam. 3:42.
:
tions; whence,to
repent (compare Germ. rcuen/ which

in Switzerland
is to
formerly and
still
grieve, Engl.
to
^ Ex. 32:12, 14;
rue), Exod. 13:17; Gen. 6:6, 7; const, followed

Jer. 8:6;
by
18:8, 1O; ^K 283.24:

[to be
U
letter 7).
an unused
.
root, see CPU'S.
16; Jer. 26:3. () reflex, of Piel
to
comfort oneself,
com-
q.
pnp TO
URGE
id.).
ON, TO PRESS (see th
forted], Gen. 38:12; followed by 7JJ on account of any thing, 2 Sa. 13:39; and *!)C|i? i.e. for any one's
loss,
it
Part. pass, urgent,
pressing, hasty,
21:9
Gen. 24 67. becomes

:
From
to
(Arab. if&sC
the idea of being consoled
O
to
an onomatopoet.
snort,
to
root,
Arab,
^r;,
Synac
revenged, (3) the words of Aristotle (Rhet. ii. 2), rp opyy firtrat Fol'/Co> >; rtf euro TTJC tXxi'Soc. rov rtpvpliffaadai.
lowed by IP Isa. l :24 (compare Eze. 5:13; 31:16; 32:31); see HITHPAEL, No. 3. PtL DD? to comfort (prop, to signify, to declare grief or pity), followed by an ace. of pers., Genesis
to be
take vengeance,
as, to
use
breathe hard through th nose; compare JEth. Vh4." to snore (f^n^rdjc n), Gr Hence D!!*^, pr. n. "tiro, and pi yx<", p6yxc"^n^ m Job 39:20, and ^1^3 snorting, neighing of a horse.
.
f.
Jeremiah 8:16
2 Samuel 23: 27, and (" snorter"),
Chron. 11:39
50: 2 1 Job 2 1 1 also IP of the thing on account of which one is comforted, Gen. 5:29; and '2 Isaiah It sometimes includes the notion of 82 4 i Ch 1 9 2 help put forth, especially when used of God, Isa. 1 2 l
; : ;
:
;
.
[Naharai],
in
pr. n.
m.
i.
U*
unused
Kal, an onomatop. word,
K'Dp TO HISS, TO
WHISPER
(jtfcfan, jtfd)fln), special']
49:3; 5:3,
*;
5=9; P.
3:4;
7:5
86
7-
used of the whispering of sooth wyors ^see K'np Pit/
DXLV
psalm 58 6) compare Nasor <_*juui to whisper (see Cod. Nas. III. p. 88, line 16, 18; II. p. 138, line 9). sorPJEL (1) to practise enchantment, touse
:
dual DN!>KTI? Jud. 16:21
a fe tter, or b ond of brass,Lam. 3:7; especially 2 Sa. 3:34, double bonds. ;

f.
&
eery,
i.
q.
Arab,
-l-tuJ.
Lev. 19:26; Deu. 18: 10;
PIBTIjI ("brass"), [JVeAuA<a],pr.n. mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 Ki. 24: 8.

I
:
of th
2X1.17:17; 21:6. Some understand this of <tyipavTtia, divination by serpents as if it were denom. from E'na, see Bochart, Hieroz. t. i. p. 21. Hence
;
(2) to
augur,
:
to
forebode,
to
divine, Gr.
T D-? (from n^nj and the formative syllable J7), adj. the serpent of brass, made by Moses, broken up by Hezekiah, which the Israelites had made an
-
oliavl-
ouat, comp. Syr. CJHA/U Pe. and Pa. id. Gen. 30:27, n I augur that Jehovah 3)i ^733 n\n; " do for me blesses ye not thy sake." Gen. 44: 15,
object of worship, 2 Ki. 18:4.

fut.
WO?
nrp Ps. 38:3, and
nffi Pro.
17:10, TO
DESCEND; a
know
I
'?iD3 1?
&$ BW.
^D3 a that such a man as
Verse 5. can certainly divine?" (3) i Ki. 20:33, -1^3* D'K^n] Vulg. etacceperunt " and the men took as an vin pro omine, omen," sc.
Ahab's words (verse 32).
root of frequent use in the Aramaean, i. Hebr. in the Old Test, only found in poetry TV, q. (perhaps a secondary root springing from the noun
nn3); Jerem. 21:13, -i^y rifT^D
"who
shall
come
down
^Q.T VJJ nC^.fl!
against us?" " and
who
shall oppose us? Ps.38:3,
is given in Thes. prowhence riCT!} brass, etc.] shine, bably signifying No. I the following words, also ^-ina [Derivatives of and
[II.
\lf
MJ
chastising
me;
;
plur.
thy hand came down upon me," -Win*. Job. 21:13, for WlIT with
p. 85.
a second root
to
Dag. euphon. 17:10, T3O3

(the mind
compare Lehrg.
Trop. Prov.
into
;
: :
rnjj|
nn$
"correction
goes down
;
nOfl
is
of) the prudent" comp. Pro. 18 8 26 22) penacute; comp. Lehrg. 51, i, note 1.
TO
(2) 24:
i
;
enchantment, Nu. 23:23. omen, augury, which any one takes, Nu.
m.
(l)
NIPHAL
nm
i.
q.
Kal Psalm
38:3,,' 3 *nq?
1
T'VT?
" for thy arrows
come down upon
me," they pierce
compare Nu. 23:3,

m.
15.
me. PIEL nn3

it,
(l) a serpent, so called from its Gen. 3 l seq. ; Ex. 4 3 ; 7:15; hissing (see the root) Used of the constellation of the serpent 9 Ki. 18:4.
fcJ'Hll
: ,
:
to press down. (a) a bow, i. e. to bend Psalm 18: 35. (b) furrows, i.e. to smooth down
:
or
>
dragon in the northern part of the sky, Arab.
(spoken of rain), Ps. 65 1 1. HIPHIL, to prostrate. Imp. J"in;in Joel 4:11 [taker in Thes. as meaning to lead down~\.
[Derivative,
JL- Job 26:13.

(a) of a town otherwise [Nahash~\, pr. n. (b) of a king of the Amunknown, i Ch. 4:12. monites, i Sam. ll :l; 2 Sam. 10:2, and of various
(2)
Chald.
to
come down,
to
descend; part
to
men.
fc^H}
(c)
a Sa. 17:27.
(d)
283.17:%.
m. Chald. copper, brass, Daniel 2:32,45;

Syr. M^JWLJ, Heb. n.^n?.
nna Dan. 4:10, 20. APHEL, fut. nrv; imp. nnx.; part. nnnp. (i) bring down, Ezr. 5: 15. (2) to deposit, in order to be kept, Ezr. 6: l, 5.
4:20,
etc.
HOPHAL (in the Hebrew form) ^0?? down, Dan. 5:20.

(Milel),
;
to be
cast
pr. n.
flJTO( enchanter"), \_Naashon, Nahshon~\, m. of a son of Amminadab, Ex. 6:23; Nu. 1:7?
comm. (m. Eze. 1:7; Dan. 10:6;
:8); with
stiff.
from the root HW,

J"inJ_
f.
(i) a letting
Ruth 4:20.
f.
down Job 36: 16, ^y?
"food set
Ch.
"the letting down thy table;" Isa.3O:3O, iy'il.T of his arm," i. e. the punishment of his arm (compare
Ps. 38: 3)-
nm
down upon
TOpm.
(1) brass, âXcdc, i.e. copper, especially as hardened and tempered, and, like steel, used for weapons and other cutting instruments, Gen. 4:22; Ex. 26:11, " 37) and frequently. Metaph. Jer. 6:28, they are all brass and i.e. like base iron," ignoble, impure,
metal.
nm
(2) rest, Isa. 30: 15; Ecc. 6:5. " a handful in

f|3
Ace. Eccles. 4:6,
*6p
quiet."
HIP).
(3) [No-hath], pr. n.; see
np adj. coming down, descending, only in pi. (with Dag. euphon.) D^n;) 2 Ki. 6 9, coming down.
:
(2)
:
16 36,
any thing made of brass. (a) money, Ezek. ^HfrO ^QB>n | Vulg. quia effusum est CBS tuum.
fut.
(l) TO
n$, apoc. 0.!, 0.5, 135. STRETCH OUT, TO EXTEND (Arab.

36
\Lj
DXLVI
stretch out threads
;
cognate words are
nri3,
nn, nn?
e.g.
which
see).
a curtain, 16:22.
Isa.
f 4: 2; 2 Sam. ai:lO; a tent, 2
Sam
to (a) to stretch out,
extend
(auSftrtcfen),
thehand,Exod.8:2, 13; 10:12,21; often used of the hand of God in threatening, Jer. 51:25; Eze.6:l4; Job 14:9, 13; Isa. 5:25; or of a man assailing God, 15:25; also a spear, Josh. 8: 18; a -measuring line bte 9Rejjfd)nur an etroaS If gen), Job 38 -.5 (followed by ^, Isa. 44 1 3 Lam. 2 8 an ambush, a metaphor taken from nets, Ps. 21:12; also, to extend, to elongate to draw out by extending; Isa. 3:16, (auSbfbnen), out (or an erect) P"l| n'WO? "with a stretched neck;" Psa. 102: 12, '33 7V "an elongated sha;
: ;
:
(2) to in dine (downwards), Gen. 24:14; Psalm 144:5 (God bowing the heavens); specially, the ear, Jer. 7 24, 26 1 1 8 followed by ? to some one, Ps. 17:6; 31:3; 71:2; 78:1; 116:2; Pro.4:20; 5:1. (3) to turn, to turn away, to turn(to one side), i q. Kal No. 3, Nu. 22:23; 283.3:27; as (a) anyone's heart, 2 Sam. 19:15; followed by
:
7N, ? to any one, to wisdom, 1 Ki. 8 -.58 Prov. 2:2: 2l:l; Ps. 119:36; 141:4; followed by VID^ l Ki.
;
dow;"
i.
e.
having become longer at evening; comp.
Ps. 109:23.
to unfold (auSbretten, auSfvannen), (b) to stretch, Tsa. 40:22, e.g. a tent, Gen. 12:8; 26:25, heaven; D'DE> pMs noian"who spreadeth out the heaven
ll:2; in a bad sense, to seduce, Pro. 7:21 Isaiah 'S 7J? Ipn HEn to turn favour to some 44:20. (b) one, i. e. to conciliate favour for him, Ezr. 7:28; 9:9; compare Kal, Gen. 39:21. (c) to turn aside, i. e. tc
;
avert evil, Jer. 5:25. (d)intens. way, Job 24:4; comp. Am. 2 7.
:
to
push out
of the
(e) to
repel, (to
as "a curtain;"
lCh.2l:lO, T^>
*>
give refusal to a petitioner), Ps. 27:9.

to
(/) intrans.
3S|
*fetfI
out to thee three things," i. e. I propose them to thee, choose one; compare 2 Sam. 24:12 (where for HSU there is to). intrans. to spread selves out (e.g. flocks of
spread
(c)
30:11; Ps. BSpT? nen i Sa. 8:3; and followed by gen., Exod. 23:6; Deu. 27:19; Lam. 3:35, to turn aside any one's right in judgment; without the noun, to follow many to Ex. 23:2, nbnj> D'an nq nfa
deflect,
to
;
decline, Job 23: 11
Isa.
125:5.
(#)
any one in a
land), Job 15:29. Genesis (2) to incline, to bow, e. g. the shoulder, heaven Ps. the heart, H9:il2;the (spoken of 49: 15;
turn aside,"
an
i.e.
ace. of pers., to
wrest (judgment); also followed by turn any one aside, i. e. to turn
aside 'his right; Pro. 18:5; Isa. 10:2;
29:21; Am.
God), Ps.l8:io;
to
cast
Part, pass., Psa. 62:4, ready to fall; intrans. used of feet inclining, ready to fall, Ps. 73:2; of the day as declining, Jud. 19:8;
down (enemies), Ps.iy:!!. J "V? "a wall inclined,"
Derivatives nt2. nt3, HBO, ntSDand the pr.n. HQ
Api
(from the root

f.
?{?3)
m. laden, Zeph.
1.
of the shadow of a dial moving downwards, 2 Ki.
rnB CJ
plur.
earrings, especially when made

)
20:10.
(3) to turn,
to
turn away,
:
to
turn
to
one
side,
" behold I will turn Isa. 66: 12, peace upon her as a " river. Gen. 39 2 1 , "TDH V?K D'j " and he t u r n e d
of pearls; prop, drops (from the root rl^-') so called from their being like drops, Jud. 8:26; Isaiah 3: i< s (Arab. x_oU_i id., compare Gr. oraXayfuor, a kind
earrings, from
mercy upon him,"

often intrans.
i.
e.
conciliated favour to
; :
him; more
oraXaw,
to drop).
22 23, 26, 33 followed by ?K (to some one), Genesis 38 16; followed by iP and DJ?O from any thing (as from a way), Psalm 44: 19;
;
:
Nu.20: 17
ni^p?
f.
48:32; from the root

fut. 713*
plur. ten drils, Isa. 18:5; Jer. 5:10; E'tM see Niphal, Isa. 16:8.
"9:5i| 157? Job 31:7; 1X1.11:9;

*T!D*?
followed
by
to
on any one's side or part, Ex. 23:2; Jud. 9:3; l Ki. 2:28; comp. 1 Sa. 8:3. Hence (4) to go away,-i 83.14:7. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. i,tobe stretched out (as a measuring line), Zech. l 16; to spread itself (a river), Nu. 24:6; to elongate itself (the shadow
to turn
:
(l) TO
TAKE
UP, TO LIFT.
(Syr.
be heavy, from the idea of carrying. Cogn. roots are 7?r>, npri, rXtiw, rXij/jn, tollo, and those which Isa. 40:15, PI? are formed from them, as tolero.)
" ag a particle of dust (which any one) takes up." [" He takes up the isles as dust." Thes.] (2) Followed by /JJ to lay upon some one. 2 Sam.
7'lE>!
of the evening), Jer. 6:4; compare Virg. Eel.,

HIPIIIL,
nen fu t. n^,apoc.
&!,
&, BM
i. 84. 2 Sa. ig: 15;
24: 12,
T?V
'
13
'?^
"I lay upon
thee three
:
imp. apoc. BH Ps. 17:6 not so much used) (a)
(l)i-q- Kal No. i (though to extend, to stretch out,
e.g. the hand, Isaiah 31 :3; Jer.6:l2;
15:6; one's
members ou a couch Am. 2:8.
(fr to
expand,
as
things;" (in the parallel place, l Chron. 21 10, there is npii. In the same sense is said \3D? JH3 Jerera. because (God) has ?t?3 '3 21:8). Lam. 3:28, laid upon him the load of calamity."
DXLVII
PIEL, i. q. Kal No I, Isa. 63:9. Derivatives P'tM, So?..
HIPHIL, to cause to drop down, to drop (act.), with ace., Amos 9:13; specially speech, whence, the
1
7UJ
.J
ace.
Ch.
to lift
up, Dan.4:3l ;pret.pass.Dan.7:4.
m. weigh', burden, Prov. 27:3.

fu t.
being omitted, to speak, to prophesy, ftlic. 2:6, 11; Eze. 21:2,7; Am. 7:16; compare #33, N33. Derivatives JYIQ'P} [and pr. n. HSE] and the two
&2
are VVJ,
yB,
inf. Jrto?
it is
and
TO [TO SET anything

ground cognate roots
;
following.
c P R i G n T, so that
fixed in the
3-?J
Hiph. J^n id. compare also 3VJ and 3V', and in the Indo-Germanic languages Sanscr. rf/td, Greek ridrifju. Thes.] TO PLANT, prop. a tree, a garden, a vineyard, Gen. 2:8; 9:20; Lev. 19:23; Num. 24:6; followed by two ace. to set a
_Jto
p (l) a drop, Job 36:27. (2) a kind of odoriferous gum, so called from
.
its
place,
orairr//, i. e. myrrh dropping, Exod. 30:34. flowing forth spontaneously, from ora'Cu to drop.
LXX
a dropping"), [Netnphah], pr. n. of ( a town near Bethlehem, in Judaea, Ezr. 2:28; Neh. 7:26; whence the Gentile noun 29; 2 10.25:23.
fut.
'ns>iD3.
garden with anything,

place
filled
Isa.
also with ace. of the
3 Sa. 23:28,
witk plants
it
(bepflanjen),
Eze. 36:36.
i.e. to
Figuratively
assign
Jer.
tin 93ol!
is
said, to
plant a people,
(compare the
them a
settled residence
Germ.
oerpflanjen/ tie spflanjfkbt). Amos 9 .-15; 24:6, "I will plant them, and will not pluck
3:5; TO GUARD, i.q. 1DK*; but mostly poet. (Syr. Chald. and Arab. Uj id. Kindred is "^VJ.) e. g. to guard a vineyard, Cant.
1:6; 8:11,12.
(2) Specially
to
"\\ and
"liB3 > Jer. ;
them up," Jer. 32:41; 42:10; 45:4; Psalm 44:3; 80:9; Ex. 15:17; 2 Sam. 7:10; compare the opp. Pro, also J?BO and inj Ezr. 9:8. (2) to fix, to fasten in, as a nail, Eccles. 12: 11. (3) to pitch a tent, Dan. 11:45; hence the tent of heaven, Isa. 51 16; to set up an image, Deu. l6:2l.
:
keep,
so.
anger, which
is
under-
stood, Psal. 103:9, "liB! Dîy^ N? "he will not keep (his anger) for ever," Jerem. 3:5, 12; followed by p
J"IX Lev. 19:18; compare "ilpcy Job 10:14. 3:5; (3) i. q. Arab, lij to keep watch (an idea derived from guarding); hence i"nt2D.
of pers., Nah. 1:2;

Jer.
planted, metaph. Isa. 40:24. Hence SÔ and the two nouns which follow.
NIPHAL,
to be
m.
plur."
'tftpa, <ytp3
14:9.
(a) a
V9? Isaiah 5:7; with suff. (ij a plant, newly planted, Job Well rendered by the LXX. vtofyvrov.
constr.
^^ Chald.
(l)
to
to
keep,X$>3
19.
in the heart,
Dan. 7 28
:
compare Luke 2:
1 fut. E'itS .
TO
planting, Isa. 17:11. a (3) plantation, place set, Isaiah 5:7; 17: 1O;
Chron. 4:23.
SEND AWAY, TO LET
OO(laflen).
i.
leave, i.e. to forsake, to desert (certaffen), of God as to a people, Jud. 6:13; q. 2$; e. g. used Sam. 12:22; i Ki. 8:57; 2 Ki. 21:1 45 an d on the
:
D^D3
J
itself
is
m.
fut.
plur.
plants, Ps. 144:12.
(Aram, and Arab,

to
*|? TO DROP, TO FALL IN DROPS, id.; Êth. ^(Tlfl: to drop; *i(T\<l through, which takes place in
other hand used of a people as to God, Deut. 32 15; also to leave a thing, i. e. to let go (fatjren lafien/ auf
gefon), \
Sam. 10:2.
go, i.q. to disperse, to
l
(2)
to let
spread abroad,
trickle
dropping. The primary syllable P|B is onomatopoetic, liku the Germ, and English, by insertion of r, to
compare BP'^3;
Sam.
abroad;"
Intrans. to
30:16, D'Kto? "spread spread oneself, l Sam. 4:2,

itself;"
Metaph. used of speech, Job 29:22, my speech dropped on them," was pleasant to them, like rain; commonly with an ace. of the thing, to
>p,
tropfen).
" and the battle nonpisn Kteni spread pare Niph. No. i.
(3)
l
com-
anything fall in drops (compare /T3 No. i, "n?n No. 4). Joel 4:18, D'py Dnnn the mountains IQtp. shall drop down new wine." Cant. 5:5, 13; Jud. 5:4. Figuratively, Cant. 4:11, 'spninpB' njpbn naj
let
to commit to the care of any one; followed by Sam. 17:20, 22 28. (4) to let alone (It'egen taffen), e. g. a field in the sabbatical year, Exod. 23:11; to let rest (used of
?y
strife),
"
thy lips
iu
drop honey," Prov. 5:3. In like manner Arabic the idea of irrigating is applied to flowing
t_^
.
to
Prov. 17:14. remit a debt, Neh. 10:32. and ? of thing, (6) Followed by an ace. of pers. admit some one to something, to permit it to him,
(5) to
to let
and pleasant discourse; see

otous verbs.
and other synony-
Gen. 31:28.
(7) go, and
more strongly
to
cast out. Eae
DXLVIII
" 9 5; n "J?"??D Tl^te?*
=
I will
cast thee out
into a
desert country," Eze. 38:4. (8) to let out, i. e. to draw out (a sword), Isaiah 81:15; compare OPS'. [In Thes. the idea given, as the primary meaning of this word, is that of sinking ;
savour;" as if r^v Kvlffmjv. Levit. 2: 12; 26:31; Nu 15:3; Eze. 6:13520:28,41. In the Mosaic preceptt
concerning
niitv nrV3
sacrifice, there is
nn
very frequently added, a sweet odour to Jehovah; Lev. 1:9,
The f*ence breaking, and thus casting off, letting go. passage l Sa. 4:2, is referred to the idea of striking'].
NIPHAL
(l)
to
13, 17; 2:2,9; 3:5; 6:14; Nu. 15:7, seq.; 28:8; and njrr? n^K nrv3 nn> Nu. 28:6, 13; 29:6,010 Hence has sprung the Chaldee word
spread self abroad, used
of the
|
tendrils of the vine, Isaiah
16:8; of an army, Jud. 15:9; 2 Sam. 5:18, 22; compare Kal No. 2. (a) to be let go, i.e. loosened (as a rope), Isaiah
(3) to be cast
nn
plur. used also without D*^
sweet odours,
incense, Dan. 2:46; Ezr. 6:10.

}*? m. (from the root 1^3), offspring, progeny, always joined with n33 Genesis 21 23; Job 18:19; Isa. 14:22.
:
33:23.
down, Am. 5:2; comp. Kal No.

32: 14.
7.
PUAL,
J a
to be forsaken, Isa.
Derivative, JliE^CJ.
word of uncertain authority, Eze. 27:32;
according to the Masorah D^33 in their lament. But eleven MSS. and several early editions, LXX. (with
the Arabic) Theod. and Syr. have D?\33, which is more suitable (compare Eze. 32 16; 2 Sam. l 18).
: :
"0.^3 pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient metropolis of Assyria, situated on the eastern bank of the Tigris, at the same place where Mosul now stands on
the western bank, Gen. 1O:11, 12; Isa. 37:37; Nah. 2:9; Jon. 1:253:3. By the Greeks and Romans it
after the builder (Herod. Diod. 2:3); in Ammianus, however As to its site see the remarks of (xviii. 16), Nineve. Bochart, Phaleg. lib. iv. cap. 20 ; also the travels of
i.
was commonly called Ninus

193;
ii.
101
J an unused
root; see K3 No. II.
^'} m. (from the root 3W) produce, fruit, Mai. 1:12. Metaph. D.OB^ 3'? "fruit of the lips," i.e. offerings rendered to God by the lips, thanksgivings,
Niebuhr, vol. ii. p. 353 (who found in that place a village called Nunia), and d'Anville, 1'Euphrate, p. 80
;
compare capn-oc \n\iutv ^ Hebr.l3: 15. Isa. 57 19, "I create the fruit of the lips;" I cause that they give praise to God. In 3TO there is 313, comp. Ch. 313 fruit.
:
compare Rosenm.
:
Bibl. Alterthumsk.
i.
i.
2, p. 94, 114.
;
D^J Jer. 48 44 a'ro, put

to flight, fugitive.
q.
D3
fleeing
prop. pass.
5*-?
pr.n.
(perhaps "fruit-bearing"), [.ZVe&ai], m. Neh. 10:20.
"Vl m. (from the root *M3) solace, comfort, once found Job 16:5, 'flW? T3 "the solace of my lips,"
i.
e.
empty
f.
solace.
See n ?^.
n^3 verse 17, uncleansee Lehrg. page 145. Others
i.
month of the Hebrews, 2'3Kn Win which see Neh. 2: i Esth. 3:7; Syr., Chald., and Arab. id. Apparently JD'3 i g for }V'3, O r J-V3 and denotes the month oj flowers, from fA, J-V3 a flower.
the first
JP J masc. Nisan,
called in the Pentateuch

;
Lam. 1:8; ness, abomination,

"l"V3
q.
|*1^ m.
The
root
is
a spark, once
either
p3
Talmud, id. Isa. 1:31. form the niV3), or )'? (of (of
a lamp, 2 Sam.
(from the root "M3) take
it
as a fugitive,
an
exile.
the form
"V.3
i.
liB'i?).
nn am nvj? ("habitations"), [âo*A],pr.n.

of a place near
q.
"!.?
m. (from the root
"VI3),
Ramah,
Sa. 19: 18, 19, 22, 23; 20: l.
22:29.
TO
HIT3 m.
like the
prop, acquiescence (from the root 0*3.
BREAK UP
Jer. 4:3.
Arab.
U,
from the root +3i

Arab.,
i.
fr
i.
m
e.
Hosealo:l2;
the ground (with a picv.gh), I consider this root to be

T}3
the root
De Sacy Gramni.
sprung from the Hiph.of the verb

p.
(comp. Ewald's
561),
satisfaction, delight (as in Lat. acguieticere in aliqua
Gramm., 235), so that prop, it is to make a field shine. Hence "MD a yoke for plowing, |_also "1*3 No. 2.]
"H3) (l) i. q. "P. a lamp. l Ki. 1 1 36, of used progeny, figuratively always DvpT n-^3 nsy^n^ TrnVn ^p? that David my servant might always have a lamp," i.e. that hu
"1*3
re
used for
delectari.
Syriac
tS ouuuLL)
to
be de-
m. (from the root
lighted with any thing, Barhebr., page 221; L*A>U delight, ibid, page 38 ; Talmud. *p KJT3 does it please
thee?)
Always
i.
in this phrase, nrV3 ITT
an odour of
satisfaction,
e.
Gen. 8:21, ITV1 sweet, agreeable. Vl* " and the Lord smelled a sweet
race might continue for ever; compare 15:4; 2 Ki

8: 19;
2Ch. 81:7.
DXLIX
Jer.
(a) novale, a field newly cultivated, Pro. 13:23; 4:3; Hos. 10:12; see the root "VJ.
NIPHAL, pass, of Hiphil, found 2 Sa. 11:15.

referred as the
to be
smitten, slain;
OHM
a root of uncertain authority as a verb (as to the passage Job 30 8, see HS3 Niph.) i. q. '"133 to strike; hence
:
wJ
Pi EL, unused; for as to the

inf. Piel, '"133
where, Josh. 10:4) i pi. fut. passage is to be thus explained, i2~n33 734X
13fc/h3
T
word which pome have Nu. 22:6, it is (as eis*iHiphil, and the whole
^J-iK
pi.
D N3? stricken,
H
trop. afflicted, Isaiah
^l
16:7, and
may
out."
be able smite them (Israel), and I

perhaps
I
shall
to effect, that
we
is
may
.jj
drive them
The verb
73J, like the
Arab,
cUaxJ
N?3
sad
adj. id.
afflicted,
fern.
nS33 PVn an
afflicted,
spirit,
Prov. 15:13; 17:22; 18:14; comp. H33.

f.
J;J
Gen. 37:25; 43:11 (for riip3) pr.

1 1
inf.
of the form J"lN?p, J" ^" ?, nN3> (not to be taken as in Ewald's Gr. p. 327, as plur. for J"liN33) a pounding,
in this place construed with a finite verb, like Esth. 8:6. The plural H33 was well explained by Sal. b. " I and Melech, my people ; or I (Balak) in war, thou (Balaam) by curses."
breaking in pieces, hence aromatic powder, which from being a general name, became applied to some
particular kind of aromatic.
siliqua,
more frequent use

"H!!
PUAL, pass, to be smitten, Exod. 9:31, 32; of far is Hophal, which see. HIPHIL nsn, imp. n?n and ^n, fut. n3, n|i and
LXX.
a*.--
Uvpia/.ut,
Saad.
Aqu. 0Tiy>a.
(Arab,
i'ljo is i. q.
,*} gum,
gum
tragacanth.)
Here also appears to belong nh'33 JV3 2 Ki. 20:13; Isa. 39:2, which may perhaps mean house of his
spices (so Aqu. Symm. Vulg.), although as to sense it is rightly rendered by the Ch., Syr., Saad. and
(i) to smite, to strike (Gr. TrX/yao-w), e.g. any one with a rod, Exod. 2:11, 13; Deu. 25:3; for the sake of correction, Jer. 2:30; Neh. 13:25; water, Exod. 8:13; a rock, Ps. 78:20; any one's cheek, (to tetne buffet), Job 16: 10; also with a stone (mit bem
treffen), i
Sa.
;
2 Ki.
9 24
:
1 7 149, 50; with an arrow, l Ki. 22 134; sinwith a horn, Dan. 8 7 (tfofif n).
:
Arab. Polygl. (also Isa. loc. cit. for the Gr. r\iada) treasury. For it appears that in this house were laid up the things which are mentioned directly after, " silver and gold and spices and precious ointments," its name however being taken not from the former but the latter. The opinion of Lorsbach now seems
:
gular use
is
D^jnc?
;
nsn
to strike roots,
Germ.
SBur*
jeln fd)tagen/ fd)tcf$en
pr. to
to
Followed by IP of pers.
send forth into the ground. strike out any thing from
any one, Eze.
.39
an eye, Ex. 21:26.
nsn to strike the hand, 2 Ki. (a) *!? Specially and 22 Eze. *!?? nsn to strike with the 13 ; 11:12;
:
me a
sit.
little
1815,
A
considered (Jen. Lit. No. 59), n'33 to be a Persic word from

too remote,
*
who
hand,Eze.6:ll;
2 Ki. loc.
cit.
;
fully J3 7$'*p to clap the hands, sometimes as
n3H Eze. 21
19, 22
a sign of rejoicing, sometimes of indignation, Eze. 22:13.

:
^-V^lO
1
to deposit,
$Kj keeping, custody.

root,
and of lamentation, Eze. 6

(b) 1
1 1
21:19.
V?
an unused
whence
m. progeny, as well rendered by the Vulg., With always joined with the syn. T? which see. this accords JEih. Îff race, kindred, tribe (3 and
'.
Sam. 24:6, infc Tn-nV ^!! "and the heart of David smote him," i. e. palpitated most vehemently and struck his internal breast compare jEsch. Prom. 887; Kpacia 0o/3w <f>f>iya Xaicr/fci. or a messenger from him, is often said to (c) God,
;
being interchanged, compare 133 for ^3 Genesis As to Job 31: 3, 21:23, in the Samaritan copy. where in some MSS. and editions there is "133 (for
3
smite a person, or a people, or a country with a disease or plague, i. e. to inflict a plague upon it
(compare JJM, *13?); e.g. blindness, Genesis 19: 1 1
D*W3
;
"3?
to smite
with
s^-
the
life
common
;
"O2),
but the
may be q. Arab, jjo wretched common reading is to be preferred.

it
i.
a pestilence, Num. 14:12; haemorrhoids, 1 Sam. 5:6; compare 2 Kings 6:l8; Zech. 12:4; and in like manner, to smite a land Ex. 7:25, with destruction, Mai. 3:24; also absol.
"after Jehovah had
jJ
STRIKE.
a root not used in Kal, TO SMITE, TO

(Arab, and Êth.
,,
smitten
the river,"
i.e.
had
turned
it
to blood;
compare verse 20; Zech.

i.
X-ll;
put
I
\j, ^ftP:
id.,
but
Isa.
11:15.
rarely used, mostly in the sense of hurting. Cognate are N33, V33, and ii. the Indo-Germanic lanH33,
(d) to
flight,
smite enemies,
e.
to conquer, to
to
Gen. 14:5; Deuter. 4:46; Josh. ia:7;

7:9-
Sana,
guages, ico
fre.)
13:4;
DL
() to smile a besieged tO:l; 2 Ki. 3:19. (2) In a stronger sense.
to
city,
i. e.
to take
it,
Ch.
grandfather of the same name he is called Necho tht second. See Jul. Afric. in Routh's in Reliquiae bacra
(a) to
;
" 3.15; 6:11. Ps. 3:8, thou hast broken in pieces the jaw bone of all my enemies," an image taken fixm beasts of prey. (6) to pierce through, to pierce into, to trans19:10; 26:8; fix, e.g. with a spear, l Sam. 18: 1 1 8 Sam. 2:23; 3:27; 4:6; 2O:lO; with a flesh-hook, " l Sam. 2:14; with a sword (3^0 *?? ? ?, see 3"in); hence (c) to kill, to slay, Gen. 4:15; Ex. 2:12; some;
1 l !
break in pieces
( jerfdblagen)
e. g.
smite in pieces, a house, Amos
ii.p.147;
Jer.
2 Kings 23: 29, 33; 2 Ch. 35:20; 36:4; 46:2; compare Herod, ii. 158, 159; iv. 42 (by whom he is called NEKWC. LXX.
"
ing
floor,
prepared"), [jVacAon],
pr.n. of a thresh2 Sa. 6:6; calladin the parallel place, iCh.
j an unused
Hence
root, pr.
i.
q.
H3J
to be
before,
inthesightof,overagainst(seQ ^^),togostraight.
times with the addition of the word S?S3 as to life. Gen. 37 2 1 5?B3 ^333 to prop. " let us not smite him as to life," so that he may lose his life i. e." let us not
: , ;
kill him," Deut. 19:6,
1 1.
Levit. 24:
1 8.
Followed
PO3 adj. straight, right, pr. used of a way Isa. 57:2, going straight on (Germ, ge rate a a 6). tob3 i)?h " he who walks in a straight way" (bft hence metaph. gerabe aug gefct), i. e. an upright man
;
by ?
partitive, to kill, to
*>1'1
23:10, D*Flyv33
Philistines," 2
slay some of them. 2 Sam. "and he slew (some) of the
" that which upright, just, Prov. 8:9. Fern, nnb? Am. 3:10; Isa. 59:14; plur. is just and proper."
nirtb? id. Isa. 26: 10; pr. subst.
Sam. 24:17; 26.9:7; 2 Chr. 28:5, Different is the pas17; especially l Sam. 6:19. sage, l Sam. 18:7, VS^3 Bltjj? H|n "Saul has slain his thousands," l Sam. 21:12529:5. It is even used
of wild beasts ravening, i Ki. 20: 36; Jer. 5:6. (3) in a lighter sense, to touch, to blast (compare
30: 10.
is
what
over against,
in
sight,
used as a prep.
(1) over against, opposite, Ex. 26:35; 40:24; Josh. 15:7; 18:17; l Ki. 20:29. HVV H33 i. q. njn; 3? before Jeho(2) before. njn' vjp ro3 vah, i. e. acceptable to him, Jud. 18 6.
:
Arab.
<-;.*? ) e. g.
a plant with worms, Jonah 4:7;
used of the sun and

Ps.
moon smiting
persons, Jon. 4:8;
before Jehovah,
Jer.
Lam.
2: 19; metaph.
known
to
him,
121:6 (where the cold of the night appears .to be attributed to the moon, as the heat of the day is to the sun; compare Gen. 31 :4O; Hos. 9:16).
HOPHAL nan, Once na^n p. 102:5.

(1) pass, of Hiph. No. l, to be smitten (a) to be beaten, Nu. 25:14; Ex. 5:16. (b) to be smitten by God, smitten with a plague, i Sa. 5: 12; Isa.l -.5;
17:16; compare Prov. 5:21. D'3S rD3 Dlt? to put (any thing) before one's own face, i.e. regard it with favour, to delight in it, Eze. 14:7 (verse 3 for D-VJ' there is 103). ^33 7X pr. towards the face "With (l)
prefixes
53:4.
40:1.
(2)
(c)
to
be
taken as a
city,
Eze. 33:21;
or front of any thing; towards, Nu. 19:4. (a) adv. towards what is opposite, i.e (2) rO3p straight before oneself (gerabe or fid)/ Luth. flvarfS)
Prov. 4:25.
(b) before, Gen.
slain, killed, Jer. 18:21. (3) to be touched, hurt by the sun or wind, Ps. 102:5; Hos. 9:16.
to be
for (comp. Germ.
or
and
fur/
30:38; hence (c) the latter of which
has properly a local signification), used after a verb of interceding, Gen. 25:21.
riD3 iy unto, even (3) over against, Jud. 19:10;
Hence ^30, and the two following nouns.

!"G3 adj. smitten, every where const. Dv3/] n?3 nVl rp? smitten in the feet, lame, 2 Sa. 4 4 9:3. smitten in spirit, afflicted, Isa. 66:2 comp. *O3 T
: ;
to (the place
which
is)
20.47:20.
np3
with
suff.
in?3
id.
opposite, over against,
Ex. 14:2; Eze. 46:9.

TO ACT
Ch. and Sam.
"133 only in pi. D'33
Psalm 35:
15,
*mi*t0(with
the tongue), i.e. a railer, slanderer; compare Jer.
FRAUDULENTLY,
Mai. 1:14- (Syr.
18:18.
PO]J pr. n. Nee ho, king of Egypt, son of Psammetichus. According to Manetho in the book
iDp
of dynasties,
id.)
&
PIEL, id. followed by ? of pers. Nu. 25: 1 8. HITHPAEL, id. followed by ? Ps. 105:25; and even
he was the
fifth
of the second Saitic
with an ace. (to treat or deal with some one fraudulently), Gen. 37 : 18.
lynasty; and in order to distinguish
him from
his
Derived nouns
TJ
and ?!
(for
7O3,
W), and
'33
pi.
D'?33 , ?33
;
machination, wile, Num.
5:18.
(2) i. q. Niphal, No. 1, to dissimulate, to Gen. 42:7; iKi. 14:5, 6. Hence n l?L?, 1|P, and the three nouns which
low.
fol-
j an unused
gather,
to
root,
i.
q.
D33 (which see),
to
heap up; whence

pi.
the connection of the significations of this root, see Thes. p. 887.]
[On
2 m.
O'p33 riches, wealth,

:
a.
word belongin Joshua!]

;
ing to the later
Hebrew [found however

;
Syr. ÂLOJ id.; Josh. 22:8.
2 Chr. l:ll, 12; Ecc. 5:18; 6:2;
const. 133 Deut. 31:16, something strange a (a) strange or foreign country. Hence "11 133, pi. 133 \33, a stranger, strangers, Gen. 17:12, 27; Ex. 12:43; sometimes with the additional notion
V2
33 Ch.
plur. PP?3
id.
Ezr. 6:8; 7:26,
PPSt
of hostility, Ps. 18:45, 4^. 1?3H 'r6x strange gods, Gen. 35:2; Jer. 5: 19. (b) a strange or unknown thing, specially used of a strange god, Neh. 13:30;
2Ch. 14:2.
j not used
in
Kal
prop. TO BE
FOREIGN,
Jer.
(i.
STRANGE
PIEL
"i?3
(133, "133).
(i) to estrange, to alienate.
e.
m. Job 31:3, and 1 Obad. 12, a strange an unhappy) lot, fate, or fortune, a misfor(j id.).
19:4, "and they have estranged this place," i.e. " Chald. and Syr. have consecrated it to other gods.
polluted."
1
tune (Arab,
(Arab, /j IV. to repudiate, to contemn.)

to the
in'K
Sam. 23:7, according
T3 Dv6x
delivered
"God
into
has
common reading, 133 repudiated him, (and

;
H33 f. n-p3, pl. DTM, adj. (from 133 133 with the addition of the termination *T). (l)strange (a) of another country and people, foreign, e.g. DJJ
n?3 Exod. 21:8; nn?3 jn Exod.
'13, 3
hand;" but I scarcely doubt but that we ought to read "I3D (LXX. TrtVpanrev). (2) not to know, to be ignorant of, Deu. 32:27. Job 2 1 29, " ask now those that go by the way, and
'1?3
&*
him)
my
a foreigner, Deu. 17:15;
(b) of another family, stranger, opp. to the son and lawful heir. Ecc.
2 22.
:
BK
6:2,
fern,
n'133 a strange
woman, opp.
to one's
OWE
ve will not
readily
finger.
be ignorant of their signs;" you know who it is they point out as if with
q.
will
the
wife, especially used with regard to illicit intercourse ; hence an adulteress, comp. HIT. Pro. 5:20; 6:24;
7:5; 23:27.
(2) metaph.
} see
Hiphil, to contemplate, to look at any thing, as strange or little known (Engl. to strange at some thing, [this is Gesenius's English]), Job 34:19.
(3)
i.
new, unheard
of, Isa.
28:21.
HIPHIL I'? n i. q. Piel No. 3, to contemplate, to Q'3B T?n i.q. behold, Gen. 31:32; Neh. 6:12.
D^33
tfb>3
to
be partial, Deut.
have respect of persons (as a judge), to l 17 16:19; Pro. 24:23; 28:21;

: ;
root of uncertain authority, which is supposed to signify the same as the Arab. .JU Med. Ye, TO FINISH, to procure (see Schult. Opp. Min. page
/J a
comp.
:
Isa.
3 9.
:
Hence
276, 277).
Hence then
is
deduced
(2) to recognise, to
(3) to be
acknowledge, Gen. 27:23;

Isa.
37 33; 38:25,26; Deu.2i:i7;
61:9.
acquainted with
63:16.
(poet.),
Job 24: 13;
34:25;
Isa.
(4) to know, to know how,i.q. V"V, in the later flebrew. Neh. 13:24, nnin> 131^ D'TOD D3*>K
fcnow not
*
how
to speak the Jews' language."

the difference between, Ezr.
"they ?1'3H
3:13.
33:1, ^r6j3 (Dag. f. euphon.) for îrfrpns (which Cod. Kenn. 4. gives as a gloss), when thou shalt finish or make an end, i.e. leave off. Another trace of this root is supposed to be found in the form D/3.'? Job 15:29; which, however, is not less uncertain (see n as in the
HIPHIL, Isa.
q P?
V"!' t
know
??P) especially languages there exists no root beginning with the letters ^j (which, in Arabic, are
;
Phoenicio Shemitic
care for, Ps. 142:5; Ru. 2:io, 19. NIPHAL 133 (l) to make one's self strange, make one's self unknown, i.e. to dissimulate, feign, like Hithpael No. a. Pro. 26:24.
(5) to
(2) pass, of Hiphil
to
to
incompatible. My own opinion read with Lud. Capellus "|n^>33

shalt
= ^J!>i?33
is,
that
we ought
to
when thou
this is
make an end
[let it
be remembered that
No. 3,
to be
HITHPAEL
recognised,
pass, of Hiphil Pro. 20: 11.

(
i
known, Lam. 4:8. No. 2, to be known,
only a conjecture]; compare the synonyms QOf and n?3 standing in near connection, Dan. 9:24.
J"lT!l2p5 l
LXX.
rjTtfi^lvoyj Vulg.
Sa. 15:9, refvse, vile (used of cattle); There if vile, i. q. 1T?3.
DLH
no similar instance of a word so irregularly and monstrously formed, and it seems to have arisen from a blending of two, "iJ3p (abstr. for concr.) and
'"1J?3
'&?} ("drawn out" = ne>O3), [Nimsht],

of the grandfather of Jehu, 2 Ki. 9 a
:
pr.n
l
compare
Ki
which appears
19 16.
=
like
} (perhaps for
gloss.
See Lehrg. 462, 63.
W with
specially
suff.
muel'], pr. n. in. (l) see Patron. Vibid. verse 13.
day of God"), [Ne(2) Num. 26:9. $X-1O).

:
W (from the root DD3 No. II) someto
thing lifted up, a token

(1) a
be
seen far
off,
banner, such as was

case
a spurious root, whence usually the forms OH, are derived, which really belong to the
root
tains, especially in
of
set up on high mounan invasion, when it
PP.
'
M*
which,
all
a root of doubtful authority as a verb; of the forms that occur, may be referred (I
shewed the people where to assemble, Isaiah 5: 26; 11:12; 18:3; 62:10; Jerem. 4:6, 21; Psa. 60:6. Compare flNSfP. No. 2. (2) a standard, or flag, as of a ship, Eze. 27:7;
Isa.
33 23.
:
might almost say ought to be referred) to the roots Vb and ÎD. No. II, to cut off, From the root
(3) a
column
or lofty pole, Nu. 21:8,9.

it
^P
(4) metaphorically, a sign, by which any one
the fut. /P?, ^P', see this root, off, and to the Niph. of the same, perhaps CCCCLXXIX, ; p. we should refer EwP? (for Dflfcp?) " ye shall be cut
to
is
be cut
warned, Nu. 26:10.
(Syr. |_*-u a sign, a banner).

f.
prop. part. Niph.
(from the root 3?p)
the
circumcised, Genesis 17:11 (which is off," commonly taken for Pret. Kal. of the root ?P3T to be To the root 7-1D undoubtedly belongs circumcised). 7183 7ID3 to be circumcised, Genesis i. q. Niph.
i.e.
bringing about, guidance of God, 2 Chr. 10:15.

j
in
i.
q. 3-1D
TO
DRAW
Kal
in the inf. absol.
31D3
pret.
BACK, TO DEPART, only Isa. 59:13; and fut.
17:26, 27; part. Q7B3 34:22. Compare BI&'P and Dienp, niKirp for niKP'P and the observations on that
word.
3D* Mic. 2:6.
From
f.
this root,
however, there
is
the noun
HIPHIL VDH (i) to remove, to takeaway. Mic. 6: 14, " thou shalt take away but shalt not save."
(2)
to
7>
Prov. 6:6; plur.
QM 30:35, the
its
disp lace (a landmark) Deu. 19:14; 27:17;

to be
is
S~<s-
ant,
off,
Hos. 5:10; once -13^! Job 24:2.
Arab. <Lj, perhaps so called from

i.
HOPHAL 3DH
cutting
e.
consuming ('P3
[In Thes. this

root, see 31D."]
i.
to depart^ Isa. 59:14. of as " an uncertain spoken merely
removed,
q.
7?P).
(I)
i.
J an unused
root
q.
Arabic
_4J to
be
Y?
;
not used in Kal pr.

smell, to try.
i.
q.
Arab.
Lu
to smell,
potted, covered over with specks [" Syriac
v>j to
to try
by the
variegate "]
skin.
(II)
compare _J VIII,
"^PJ leopard.
to
have a speckled
Hence
i.
q.
Arab.^J IV,
to find limpid
and sweet
water (see TJP?).

""tt?J
also
m. leopard, so called from its spots [" prob. including the tiger "], Jer. 5:6; Hab. 1 : 8. Syr.
:
from that of |n3, which is to prove by a touch-stone. PIEL HD3 (i) TO TRY, TO PROVE any one. l Kings J"lVvn3 inb3? tc"the 10:1, queen of Sheba came, prove him with hard questions ;" to examine the wisdom of Solomon, 2 Chr. 9:1; Dan. l 1 2, 14. Spe:
The primary idea differs to try by the touch, as ii
said to try or prove men by (a) cially their faith, Gen. 22:1 ; adversity, in order to prove
God
is
Amhar.
( see the root) id.
Ex. 16:4; Deu. 8:2, 16; 13:4; Jud. 2:22; compare in New Test. '-(b) men on the other hand TTiipufcti'
are said
to
prove or tempt God, when they doubt
*&?} Chald.
id.
Dan. 7: 6.
as to his Ps.
(" rebel "), pr.n. Nimrod, the son of Cush, and founder of the kingdom of Babylon, Gen. 10:8,9. TlDJ ]'TN i. e. Babylonia, Mic. 5:5.
power and aid, Ex. 17:2, 7; Deut. 6:l6; 78:18,41,56; Isa. 7:12, "I will not ask, neither
will I
tempt
Jehovah."
(2)
to try, to
attempt,
make a
TT2M & D'Tp? [Nimrah, Nimrim],

vj p.cxvm,A
pr. n., see
(a) absol. l Sa. 17:39, made no trial." Jud. 6:39.
Deu. 4:34; 28:56.
(c)
trial, to venture s6-? "for I have in (b) followe-1 by an followed by an ace. of th*
^D3
yw-nw
Job. 4:2, thing, C-'
DLni
nK?n ~ *p?X 13T HEOn '. "can one atwith thee? wilt thou take it ill?"
'
applied also to the

sacrifice to
^^,
.
compa: e Arab,
to
tempt a
j
\\-oid
God.
Derivative npp.
and
fut.
m w ith
nmo
np* TO
PLUCK OUT,
;
(a)
i.
anyone from
drive into
e.
i.
suff. '3D?, pi.
D?D3., '3CJ.
his house, Ps.

exile, Prov.
52 17
from the land,
e. to
2:22.
(b) used of a house,
to de-
stroy, Prov. 15:25; men said both to be planted
and houses, like plants, are and plucked up; compare

i.e.
(1) a libation, a drink-offering, Gen. 35: 14; Jer. 7:18; "SIP.}! the offering (without blood), and the drink-offering, Joel l :Q.
(2) a molten image,

48:5.
i.
q.
HDDD, Isaiah 41 29;

:
yB3 and B'Pf.
NIPHAL to be plucked up, land), Deu. 28:^3. Derivative HDD.

3 Chald.
i.
expelled (from a
st. N3D3 Chald. a libation, a drink":}P3 emphat. offer ing, Ezr. 7:17 [plur. with suff. jirV?D3].
JEp}
:
S ee
JDD.
q.
Hebr. ITHPKAL pass. Ezr. 6

t
1 1
I.
i.
"=}'P-!
(fr
q.
DDE TO PINE AWAY, TO BE SICK
the ro
^19?)
(0
a libation, a
drink offering, Deu. 32:38. (2) a molten image, i. q. n3DJ? Dan. ll :8. (3) one anointed, i.e. a prince consecrated by anointing, i. q. TtW, but more poetic in its use, Jos.
13:21; Ps. 83:12;
I.
id. Imôu sick. Compare Hebr, 10:18, DD3 bfap? "as a sick man pines away" [But a very good sense is given in English version, in which it is taken as from the fol-
(Syr. cxej Ethpa.
fc?-13,
^3X).
I S a.
26.32:30; Mic. 5:4.
lowingj.
II.
'TP'-'
i.
q.
"<pD
(compare No. 3) TO POUR, TO

,
DDJ
$
-s;"] prop.
not used in Kal, i.q. K*5W ["Arabic
POUK OUT,
(1) in
Isa.
29: 10, specially
TO LIFT UP, TO
EXALT; whence
D3.
honour of a god, to make a libation, (nriviW, Ex. 30:9; Hos.9:4. Whence Isa. 30:1, ^b?
ropp
tomed
airfvteoOat crnorlijv, to
to offer libations,
cause the ancients in
make a covenant, becovenants were accusmaking

(compare Lat. spondere, from
HITHPAEL, Zech. 9:16, "they shall be (as) \3? niDpi3rip 1T3 the stones of a diadem lifting themselves up in his land." But Dp'l3nn Ps. 60 6, is from the root D-13.
:
ff-OV$l]).
J
anoint a king, Psalm 2:6.
(i) prop. i.q.
Arab
c j TO
e. g.
PULL
UP, TO
(2) to cast out of metal, Isa. 40: 19; 44:10. (3) to
Compare
TP 3
.
PLUCK OUT (compare

:
No.
3.
NipHALpass. of No. 3, to be anointed, Prov. 8:23. PIEL i. q. Kal No. 1, to make a libation, i Chr. In the parallel place, 2 Sam. 11: 18; Syr. Pa. id.
23:16; there
older
is
door posts, Jud. HD3); 16:3, 14; especially the stakes of a tent when a camp moves, Isa. 33 2O. Hence (2) to remove a camp, to break up from an en(as a
: ; :
Hiph. which
is
more used
in the
Hebrew.
id. to
HIPHIL
bation, Gen. 35:14;

16:4.
pour out (libations), to make a liNum. 28:7; Jer. 7 1 8 Psalm

:
nomadic band), Gen. 35 16 37 17 ; 33:3, seqq; an army of soldiers, Exod. 14:10; 2 Ki. 19:8; and also (3) to remove, to depart (aufbredben) e.g. used of the angel of God, Exod. 14:19; also used of the ark of the covenant, Num. 10:33; f a wind springing
campment
Num. 10:18;
Ex. 25:29; 37:16. Derived nouns, n3SO No. I. TP3,

pass.
II.
-
HOPHAL
up, Num. 11:31; to m igrate, to jo urn ey, often used of nomadic tribes, Gen. 12:9; 33 17.
:
^P?,.
(4)
i.
to
bend a bow; Arab,
'j
',
see VPP.
q.
cogn.
"SJ3P.
(i) TO
INTERTWINE,
TO
WEAVE, TO HEDGE, i.
q.
Arab. Ûuj, hence
NIPHAL, to be plucked out, used of the cords of a tent, Job 4:21 (see under the word ">)'); of a tent
itself, Isa.
the warp.
From the idea

to
of hedging, fencing, comes

Isa.
(2)
to
cover,
protect,
25:7.
Comp. H3DO
No.
II.
38:12. HIPHIL J^pn (i) causat. of Kal No. 2; tocausea Exod. 15:22; Ps. 78:26. to remove, camp
to go, to lead, (2) causat. of Kal No. 3, to cause Ps. 78:52; also to take away, 2 Ki. 4:4.
Chald.
to
pour
Daq
2
out,
:
to
make
a libation,
it is
especially in PAJEL,
46 where by zeugma
;
(3)
to
pluck up
as
&
tree,
Job 19:10; a
vi
DLIV
Ps. 80: 9; to cut out (to quarry) stones, Ecclea. 10 '9;
? (perhaps,!, q. ?W), [Neiet], pr. n of a town in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:27.
?T,
Derivatives, P?*?,
V6D
pP<3
This
fut. PP?,
root, if it
once found Ps. 139:8, TO ASCEND. can be so called, is of frequent use in
E>} m. adj. (from the root DJ?3). (\)pleasant agreeable, Ps. 133:1; used of a song, Ps. 147:1; th Plur. harp, Psal. 81:3; of one beloved, Cant, l 16.
:
Syriac and Chald., but only in the fut. imp. and inf. Kal ('Cuau, .or*, .oiv>), and inConj. Aph. (>nnfi)); in the other forms, pret. and part. Pe., and Conj.
D^y.? pleasant things,

1 1,
i.e.
pleasures, Jobs*
and
rflD^yj.
Psalm 16: 11.

(as to place); plur. D'P'V?
to
(v.)
pleasant
pleasant
Ethp. they use thp verb .0X0*, so that the first radical Nun never appears. And, indeed, such a root
may have |Q seems never to have existed; and been rightly remarked by Castell (who has been unit
places, Ps. 16:6. (3) benign, generous comp. Dyb Ps. 90: 17.
any one,
Ps. 135:3;
deservedly blamed for

p.
it
by J. D.
Michaelis, Lex. Syr.
600), that PP?, <J>mj, and ppS,
are con-
tracted from p/P?, p?lpx. Other instances of words BO contracted that the former of two consonants is
}[ ? (l) TO BOLT a door, TO FASTEN WITH A BOLT; with an ace. 2 Sa. 13:17, 18; Jud. 3:23, 24. (2) to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab, ^j (which
is
it
doubled, are
""IjrUjlO,
njVID;
jj commonly jj
see
done by binding round the foot with straps, and as were bolting it). Followed by two ace. Eze. 16: 10 I shod thee with seal skin."
HIPHIL,
id.,
Caussin, PD3 should be excluded from Lexicons.

3 Chald. id. (see Hebr.)
to
p. ia, etc.
Properly, therefore, this root
2 Ch. 28: 15.
Derivatives,
inf.
APHEL
j*pn,
f.
r
Jji3
(Deut. 29:4), a shoe, a sandal, Arabic

etc.
cause to ascend, to take up, Dan. 3:22; 6:124. HOPHAL (in the Hebrew manner) ppn Dan. 6:24.
^j"Tp}
Gen. 14:23; Josh. 5:15,

it
domain
was customary symbolically

;
In transferring a to deliver a
Ki
[NisrocK], pr.n. of an idol of the Ninevites, 19:37; Isaiah 37:38; perhaps eagle, great
s<*
shoe (as in the middle ages a glove) Psa.

i.
hence the castof

I
it,
ing down a shoe upon any cotmtry was a symbol

taking possession.
cast
eagle; from the Phoenicio-Shemitic

the syllable
like iJJoj'J
"R?3,
,J, and
intensive;
60
e. I
O,
"
upon Edom
will
down
my
shoe,"
will take possession of
<J_\ which,
in Persian, is
most splendid; cl/lij
(*aprcu-ijc)
most
magnificent. As to Phoenicio-Shemitic roots inflected in the Persian manner, see Bohlenii Symb. 4. As to
the worship of the eagle, see Jauh. ap. Gol. v.
:.
claim it as my own (see Rosenm. Altes und Neues Morgenland, No. 483), Ps. 108 l O. Elsewhere a shoe thong, shoe kitchet, and a pair of shoes (Am. 2:6; 8:6). is used for any thing of very little value. Dual D&g Am. loc. cit., and pi. D^?, once HW|J Josh. 9 5.
I will
: :
"Pr a
rap.
spurious root; for the forms JVp?, JVBD,

if
which might seem as
they belonged here, see under
SU
pr.
n. of
(" s h ak i n g," perhaps, of the earth), \_Nea A], a town in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19: 13.
pr. n.
DJ7.J fut. DJ??! TO BE PLEASANT, LOVELY, Used of one beloved, Cant. 7:7; a friend, 2 Sam. i 26 TO BE PLEASANT, used of a country, Gen. 49:15; im" to those who punish pers. Pro. 24 25, DJW D'lVlriG? e. judges), there shall be delight," i. e. it shall be
: ;
(i.
well with
them comp.
;
V
i.
39",
q.
31t3 it is well with
HJ3 ("motion"), [WoaA],
f.,Num. 26:33.
(l) child-
^"W? m.
*
me. (Arab. *x5 and
plur. (from the
noun
^j
Hebr.,
^j
to delight in
I??.)
hood, Gen. 46: 34.

J1E K (9) youth, adolescence,^. T\:^,\-J; the wife of thy youth," whom thou marriedst when
:
any thing.)
Derivatives, the seven following nouns, and
T?W
33 children of youth, beyoung, Pro. 5:18; D'"Wy?n gotten in youth, Ps.127 -.4. Metaph. of the youth of the people of Israel, Jer. 2 a 3:4; Eze. 16:22,60; com: ;
("pleasantness"), \Naam],
pr.n. m.
Ch.
pare D'?PJ.
m.(i) pleasantness, Pro. 3:17;

pleasant, i.e. suitable,
cy3 n??N
becoming wcrls,
l^ro
15:26
pU
id. Jer.
39:30.
16:24.
DLV
nVv. DJJ3 glory of Jeho(3) beauty, brightness; 3-113 verse 13; Ex. 33: 19. vah, Ps. 27:4; comp. n\n Ps. 90:17; Zech. 11:7 (com(3) grace, favour, Germ. <ulb/from the word fyolb). f gratia; pare x V'C>
14:27, a;n -qini
onvP~n
njn
iy.^.1
" an d the Tx>rd
shook out
i.
e.
the Egyptians into the midst of the sea," he shook them from the land and cast them into
Ps. 136:15.
to
the sea.
followed
HITHPAEL,
(i)of riDyi ("pleasant"), [^Vaama/t], pr. n. of Larnech, Gen. 4: 22. two women, (a) the daughter of Rehoboam, 1 Kings 14:21,31; (b) the mother
2
shake oneself out of any

Isa.
thing,
by JP
52:2.
Hence "VQ No.
II,
Chron. 12:13. in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:41 (2) of a town
compare ^DJtt.
'3 [tfaamites], patron, of the

b,
pr. n.
!& No. 2,
pr. n. of
I. Wi J (l) m.A BOY. ( A primitive word, Sanscr. nara man, fern, nart, ndri, woman, Zend, naerc, Pers. Greek aviip). It is used both of a new-born jli, J>
child,
for
'3X? (which
is
found in the Samaritan copy),
well as of a
Exod. 2:6; Jud. 13:5, 7; l Sam. 4:21; as young man of about twenty, Gen. 34: 19;
l
Num. 26:40.
*py3 ("
ithe
41:12 (compare 37:2; 44:22);

pleasantness"), [Naomi],
7. It is
Ki. 3:7; Jer. 1:6,
my
(1)
sometimes used emphat.
to express tenderness
mother-in-law of Ruth, Ru. 1:2, sqq.
of age (as in Lat.

1
admodum
puer), in various ways.

et
Sam.
24,
l
TW
"i^Sni.
Vulg.
pucr erat adhnc in-
pleasantness; Isaiah 17:10, #?? D*30ya' pleasant plants." of Benjamin, n. (a) of a son (2) [âawaji], pr.
J7&3-
fantulus.
Gen. 46:21, (b) neral, 2 Ki. 5:1.
Num. 26:40.
(c)
of a Syrian ge-
Sam. 30:17, T3"^K *P 3T "four hundred men, young men." In other places boy is rather the name of function, and denotes sei-vant Gen. (like Gr. Trait; Germ. 83uvfdx/ Sunge/ jtnappe). " he 37:2, "1^3 X-1H (was) servant with the sons of
Bilhah," etc. (er war .grirtcntnabe/ ^)irtfnfncd)t), 2 Kings 5:20; 8:4; Exod. 33:11; 2 Ki. 4:12; used also of
Gent. n. from HDJ?3 a town
otherwise
unknown,
:
different
from that mentioned

1 1
:
above
(ny 3
No.
2),
Job 2:11;
common
.
No.
an unused
to stick into
;
root, Chald. ft?? to pierce, to prick, i^ j
(Germ, bte SSuvfdicn , compare W$ Kings 20:15, 17, 19; 2 Kings 19:6. Used of the Israelites, when young as a people, Hos.
soldiers
h), l
l, let.
whence
^^J
(ftS)
a kind of thorn,
11:1; compare
(2)
D'l-IV?.
Hierob. ii. p. 191, perhaps the lotus spinosa (see Celsii Hence denom. and my remarks on Isa. 7:19)-
a singular idiom of some books, or rather by an archaism, like the Gr. ?; viuc, comm. it is used for iTTy.3 a girl, and is construed with a fern, verb,
By
J3 m. a thorn hedge, a place of thorns,
Gen. 24:14, 16, 28, 55; 34:3,12; Deu. 22: 15, seq. (The epicene gender has been incorrectly ascribed In all these to this word by Simonis and Wirier.)
cases the reading of the margin
I.
U/^l TO
;
ROAR (as
word
a young lion), Jerem.5l

to
-.38.
[/1p]
is i"ny.3
(com-
Syr.
like
s.
id.
This word seems

"1H3,
be onomatop.
the kindred
uttering a hoarse roaring
In the Pentateuch thil pare S-in page ccxvni, A). occurs twenty -two times; and also to this I refer
T? pi. D*")y
sound from the throat.
(LXX.
out,
lyJ TO SHAKE, specially (l) to shake Neh. 5:13; Isa. 33:15. '() to shake off. Isaiah 33 9, ÎTp] 1^3 iy.3 " Bashan and Carmel shake off (the leaves)," i.e.
II.
:
used of girls, Ruth 2:21, comp. 8, 22, 23 Kopdvia), also used of boys and girls, Job 1:19. In like manner the Arabs, in the more elegant lan-
guage, use masculine nouns also in speaking of the other sex, and leave out the feminine termination
which
is
used in
common
which
cast
them down.
e.
language, as
latter is in
.-
a bride-
NIPHAL (i) pass, to be shaken out, i. from a land, Job 38 13; Psa. 109:23.
:
cast out
groom and
'
bride,
common language
j
(Compare
to
woman, comm.
s
<--
comp.
^..
;
Arabic
jj
to shake, to
shake out, VIII.
be exfor the
comm.
<Jjo
mistress,
.:
for
a wifp,
pelled, .f~ij
expulsion).
to cast
like the Germ,
emafyl for
ematjltn.
(2) to
shake oneself out (from bonds),

Jud. 16:20.
them
Derivatives,
nnw?, 13
iTJgJ,
pga.
off,
PIEL, to
shake out, Neh. 5:13.
Pregn.,
Exodus
IL
(from the root
"ij^),
m. a casting
ottf,
DLVI
driving ont, concr. trhat
cattle), Zee. 11:16.
is
driven out (used of
^jj
and i-uj
to blow;
^ and
SpeciaLy
^j
express
harsher snorting sound).
m. (from the radical ^J??), boyhood, youth, Job 33 125; 36:14; Psa. 88:16; Prov. i.q. D*TW?. In Job 36: 14, and Psa. loc. cit. some have 29:21. given it the signification of driving out (from the root ~fl?3), but this is needless.
'*J
(1)
to
blow upon any
one, followed
by
;
3,
Eze
BV3 HW to blow the fire, Eze. 22:21 without (2) 22 2O, and Isa. 54: 16; H-1B3 "in a pot blown Eze. 3,
:
37
9-
0) 0*V/, Jui. 19:4, seqq.; Est. 2:9, 13; also used of one veoyapos, Ruth 2:6 (compare
rtan?).
(a)
upon, 1:13-
i.
e.
boiling
upon a blown
tire,
Job 41:12;
Jer.
handmaid, a servant,
Prov. 9:3; 31:15;
Ruth 2: 8, 22; 3:2.

(3) [Naarak, NaaralK], pr. n. (a) of a town on the confines of the tribe of Ephraim (Josh. 16:7), called, 1 Ch.7:28, V&l (b) f. i Ch. 4:5.
(3) to disperse, or cast away by blowing, foil lowed by 3 Hag. l 9. (4) to breathe out (the soul, the life), Jer. 15:9 POAL to be blown, used of a fire, Job 20:26.
:
HIPHIL (l) with the addition of t?B? to cause to breathe out the soul, Job 31:39; a hyperbolical
expression for to extort sighs, to torment miserably.
(2)
to
blow away, metaph.
i.
q. to
value lightly,
'"39 see
to
n^ (" boy,"
),
i.
e.
servant of Jehovah,"
n.
despise, Mai. 1:13. Derived nouns, HBD, PUBD,
rVIBFI,
and
for
(a)
[Neariah~\, pr. Chron. 4:42.
(l) iChron. 3:22, 23.
TO
n|Q ("blast," perhaps a place through which the wind blows), [Nophah'], pr. n. of a town of the Moabites, Nu. 2 1 30 supposed to be the same as
: ;
("juvenile," "puerile"),
No.
3, a.
H33, which see.
pr. n., see HTJtt
/
fern. four,
which
is
shaken out from
S3 only
So
in pi.
D^B3 m.
giants, Gen. 6:4; Nu.
flax
(from the root
1V.3),
Jud. 16:9; Isa. 1:31.

root.
J 4 an unused
hence try No.
II.
Arab.
to bear up,
for
t%
root.
the ancient versions (Chald. &y?3 the in the giant sky, i. e. the constellation Orion, plur. The etymology of this the greater constellations). s have Some word is uncertain. compared ,LJ
13:33-
all
5p Memphis,
pr. n. see t)b.
3,
which Gigg. and
Cast, render, great, large in
Dwhence
an unused
Arab
body; but
^v&J
to
this is incorrect; for it

I prefer
go
forth,
noble, skilful.
means, excellent, with the Hebrew interpreters
kindred to the verbs p?? to go out, and 33? to sprout;
*i.
253 ("sprout") [Nepheg]pr. n. m. (i)Ex.6: (a) a Sam. 5: 15; iChr. 3:7; 14:6.
so that (iiwriirTovrtc) falling on, attacking, 7*Q3 is of intransitive signification. Those who used to interpret the passage in Genesis of the fall of tie
and Aqu.
angels,
were accustomed
to render
D*?Q3 falters,
rebels, apostates.
lf. (from the root *|) (i) a lofty place (compare *p3), hence "fa JIBJ, "fa JYIB3 Jos. 1 1 2 13 23 l Ki. 4 1 1 and ellipt. INI Jos. 17:11; pr. n. of a maritime town near mount CarmeL () a sieve, Isa. 30:28; compare ^3n.
: ; : ; : ;
D'D'|)} see D'MBJ.
" refresh(according to the Syriac usag*>, Gen. of n. of a son Ishmael, ment"), [Naphish], pr. 25:15; and of his posterity, l Ch. 5:19.
&?*3
D'DIS} ("expansions," from the root DB3. Syr.and Chald. to stretch out) [Nephusitn] pr. n. m. Ezr. a: 5; 'ip, for which there is in a>ro D*P'??, and
Neh. 7:52; D'pC*B3. ( a reading which edly filse, blended from D'B"B3 and
i.
an unused
root, of uncertain signification;
whence
"HS3 m. a kind of gem, but what, it is uncertain (comp. the kindred ^9) Ex. 28: 18; 39:11; Kzi-k. The LXX. render it three tin 27: 16; 28: 13. I define nothing as to e. carbuncle. L uvtifxt,
it is.
is
undoubt-
q.
too. root.
ms TO BLOW, TO BREATHE (an onomaCompare Germ, facfcn/ anfadxn. Arabic
DLVII
fut. VB?, inf.
?
with
si.ff.
9? 2 Sa.
10,
press), followed
and'^
(i) TO
Sa. 29:3.
by ?J? Gen. 15:12; terror, Ex. 15: 16; Josh. 2:9; Est. 8:17; 9:2; Ps. 55:5, 105:38;
:
Dan.
to
FALL. (Syr. Ch. ^2>J, ^r? id. The priin the mary syllable fal which is found in this sense Germ, fallen, Engl to fa ll;Gr. and Lat. fallo, <r<pa\\u,
.
lO 7 Job 1 3 1 1 calamity, Isa. 47 1 1 (t ) fall from one's purpose or counsel, followed by let them fall from their JP Ps. 5: 1 1, Dnivybp -PS*
;
: ; :
.
counsels;" compare Ovid. Met.

to the
ii.
328.
(k) to
fall
pr. is to
is
cause to
fall,
to supplant
transp.
it is Idbi).
It
used of a man falling on the ground, Ps. 37:24; or falling from a horse or a seat, Gen. 49: 17; i Sa. 4:18; into a ditch (nriB>3) Ps. 7:16; falling into a 2 Sam. 1:4; snare, Am. 3:5, etc.; falling in battle,
Isa.
Nu.6:i2; especially used of vain promises, Josh. 21:45; 23:14. More fully
ground,
?B3
7
to fail,
""lyi^
Gr.
iriirTf.iv
etc
y*ivi
tpafc, 2 Ki.
;
1O:1O
10:4; Psalm 82:7 (fully TWO ^B3 to fall by the sword, Ps. 78:64; Eze. 11:10, and so frequently);
(comp. âjuajTrsrec eVoe, Pind. Pyth. vi. 37 Nem. iv. 65; Ol. ix. 19; Platonis Eutyphr. 17). (/) to fall Ru. 3:18, ">3^ 7B? TpK "how the out, to happen.
thing will fall out" (Cic. Brut. 40), i.e. will happen; comp. Chald. Ezr. 7 20. (m) followed by IP comparative, to fall in comparison with any one, i. e. to be inferior to him, to yield to him, Job 12:3; 13:2; also, followed by '3Q7 Est. 6:13. (2) It is also used of those who purposely cast
:
used of one fallen sick (3pK>p? ?D3 compare the Fr. tomber malade [so the English expression]), Exodus
2l: 18; also used of buildings falling into decay, Part. ??3 fallJud. 7:13; Eze. 13:12; Am. 9:11.
a past sense, fallen, lying down, Jud. 3:25; Sam. 5:3; 31:8; Deut. 21 :l; in a future sense, Used of about to fall, becoming a ruin, Isa. 30: 13.
ing; in
1
a prophet
who
sees visions, divinely
brought before
themselves, throiv themselves, or rush upon any place (compare Syr. ^2>j, which is put in the New Test, for iriirretv and ftaXXttrdai), specially (a) to
him
in his sleep;
stood,
Num.
thus are the words to be under" who saw the visions of God ?B3 24:4,
fall prostrate,
ny-)S
7B'.1,
to prostrate oneself, 2 Sam. i "and he fell (prostrated himself) on
:2; the
7j?
lying (in sleep) and with open eyes" (sc. mind); an incorrect interpretation was lately Zeit. given of this passage by a learned man (Lit.
&yy
vi^-i
of the
ground," Job 1:20; V3B Gen. 17:3, 17; 2 Sam. 14:4; n y?^
often with the addition of
Num. 16:4;
?B3 in this interpreted Specially to fall passage of the falling sickness. Isa. 26:18; is used of (a) a fetus which is born,
Jen. 1830, iv. p. 381),
who
Gen. 44:14;
'B
'B ^N-l.V to fall
^?^r l $f] \3S& Esth. 8:3. (b) 7V on some one's neck, to rush into
;
7:6; VBK 7 Sam. 20:41 also 'B '337

Jos.
733
his
comp.
/royal
II. xix. 11O, oc Ktv eV rîari rude niay pera yvvaiKog; where the Schol. niay, yewi'idy; also, cadere de matre, Stat. Theb. KarairiTTTo), Sap. vii. 3
;
embrace, Genesis 33:4; 45:14; 46:29; compare ia-in 7j? 723 to fall, 50:1. (c) (throw oneself) on one's own sword, 1 Sam. 31:4, 5; l Chr. 10:4. (d) to fall upon as an enemy, to attack, Job 1:15;
followed
i.
60
Arab.
JaJLj (not
Ji.).
;
In Chaldee, 'B3 spe??3,
by 3
;
Jos. 11:7.
(e)
to
alight from a
cially is
see.
used of an abortion
whence Heb.
which
beast or chariot
followed
used of members of the body which fall become emaciated (etnfallen), Nu. 5:21, 27. away, (c) of the face cast down through sorrow, Gen. 4:5,6.
(b)
5:21.
16:12).
(/) to let
by 7j?p Gen. 24:64; aKi. oneself down, to encamp as an

: ;
army, Jud. 7:12; of a people, Gen. 25 18
(compare
H733 T
LXX.
KaryKr)iT.
falls
(g)
''P.lpp
^3(1^1
my
(d) of men who are fallen into calamities, 2 Sam. l:lO; Prov. 24:16. (e) of kingdoms or states, which are overthrown, Isa. 21:9;
Comp. Hiphil No.
i, e.
before any one, a phrase which prayer (petition) has a twofold meaning. (a) to ask as a suppliant,
Jer.
51:8;
Amos
5:2.
?
Eze. 24:6; Jon. 1:7;
by
in
lot,
followed
by
(/) of lots which are cast, and even of any thing obtained Nu. 34:2; Jud. 18 :l. Also,
be heard and attended to, anJer. 36:7. (ft) to swered; Jer. 37:20; 42:2, (pr. to be allowed to lay
one's petition down; to accept it; which, when it is done, intimates a disposition to answer it). (A) to to desert, (abfaUen), Gr. irinrtiv, 2taaway, fall
TriirTttv, l
ways it is figuratively applied (to express ideas for which in Latin compound verbs would be used) (g] to fall do wn (from heaven), -used of divinely revealed oracles, Isa. 9:7; comp. Chald. Dan. 4:28,
and Arab.
vealed.
\
various
Sa.
29:3; followed by
20;
2 Chr.
15:9; Jer.
?5 l Chr. 12:19, 14; 21:9; 37: 39:9; Isa. 54:
j to fall
down (from heaven),
15; 7$ Jer. 37:13; 38:19; 52:15; to any one. HIPHIL (i) causat. of KalNo. i to cause to fall,
i.e.
to
be
re-
Hence the Spirit of God, or the hand of God, U said to descend upon any one, Eze. 8: i; 11:5. """(*) to />" upon any one as deep sleep (to op-
the
fire,
(a) to cast, to throw (roerfen) e.g. wood on Jer. 22:7; to throw down, to prostrate
any one (nteberroerfen), Deu. 25:2; to throw down, a wall, 2 Sa. 20:15. (b) to cause any one to fall
DLVIII
to fell trees, iy the sword, Jer. 19:7 ; Dan. 1 1 : 1 2 Ki. 3:19, 85; 6:5. (c) to bear, to bring forth,
;
i.
q.
pS - (l)
TO BKEAK. TO
vessel, Jud.
TASK
IK
Germ,
from
reerfen
(see Kal No.
l, a),
Isa.
i.e.
earth shall
bring forth
(d) to
the dead,"
to
26:19; "the cast them forth
PIECES, e.g. an earthen 22:28. Hence
7:19; Jerem.
:
fall away (as a limb the thigh), to emaciate, Num. 5:22; see Kal No. 1, b. (e) to cause to fall, used of the countenance, for sorrow or anger, Jer. 3:18; followed by 3 of pers.
herself.
cause
(2) to scatter a flock, or a people, Isa. 11 12. (3) reflex, to disperse selves, to be dispersed (of a people), i Sam. 13:11; Isai.33:3; Gen. 9 119, " from these was all the earth r&C "'? n >7,} n
1
.
(to be angry with any one) any one's countenance fall,
also 'Q
e.
3B T^SH to
sad,
let
dispersed,"
i.e.
the nations of
all
the earth dis-
i.
to
make
Job
39:24; see Kal No. l, c. (/) to cast a lot, Psalm 22:19; Pro. 1:14; also without 7^3 * Sam. 14:42; hence to distribute by lot, to appropriate to any one followed by an ace. of the thing, and ? of pers. Jos.
Ps.
Besides the persed themselves (comp. Gen. 10:5). pret. it only occurs in the inf. absol. fiS3 T Jud. 7:19,
and
part.
pass.
the verb
pa
(i)
is
i.
PIEL
PQ3 Jer. 22:28. In imp. and fut used (see Heb. Gramm. 77). q. Kal No. l, to break, or dash in
13:6; 23:4; Eze. 45:1; 47:22; without the dat. 78:55; see Kal No. l,f. (g) to lay down one' 8
request
Kal
(petition) before any one, i.e. to ask as a suppliant, Jerem. 38:26; 42:9; Dan. 9:18, 20; see
2, g.
to
pieces, an earthen vessel, Ps. 2:9; children against a rock, Ps. 137:9. (2) to disperse, to scatter a people, Jer. 13:14; 51 :23. Inf. V?3 subst. the dispersion of the Israelites amongst the countries of the Gentiles, liaanopa, Dan.
12:7.
(2)
(a)
nvnx ^Sn
let fall, e.g. a stone, Nu. 35:23; hence to let fall to the ground (used of a profulfil, l
mise), not to
Sa. 3:19; without nVI.SI Esth.

(b) to
6:lO; see Kal
l, k.
drop,
to
desist from
followed
PUAL, part, broken in pieces, 27:9. Derivatives PIP, fBO, and

I
thrown down,
I<?a.
anything (Germ, IP Jud. 2:19.
etne
@ad)C
fallen lafien);
by
the root f?3

to
23 m. inundation, shower, Isa. 30:30; from Aram, to pour out kindred to this is îU
;
HITHPAEL
(l)
prostrate oneself, Deuteron.

to
9-18,25; Ezr. 10:1.

(2) followed
Med. Ye, word PIT
to overflow;
compare amongst others
the
to scatter, to pour.
by ?V
:
rush upon,
to
attack
to be
any one, Gen. 43
18.
v Chald. TO GO OUT, Dan. 2:14; 3:26; 5:5:
PILEL A>p3 once in Ezekiel (a book abounding in uncommon forms) 28:23, i- i- '??> which is found in
promulgated (as an edict). rip??; compare Luke 2:1, ifrXOt

Dan. 3 26.
:
Dan. 2:13,
XHT
doy/za. Imp. plur.
a similar connection, Eze. 30:4; 32:20.

Derivative nouns, ^33, ^Q3, 7SB,
n'j'sp,
1p5>
n?D.
APHEL p3?n, p'S3n to bring Ezr. 5:14; 6:5. Hence
out, Dan. 5:2,3;
Ch.
freq. 73*),
:
i.
q.
Dan. 7 20 heaven," (compare Isaiah 9:7).

; :
(compare Syr. '''^su, in Targ. (l) to fall (a) to fall do ion, " a voice fe 1 1 from 4 28, ^P? KJOÎP *?P T
fut.
3?
Heb.
&*p}
that
f.
which
emphat. Nnp.W Chald. cost, expenditure, is laid out and spent; compare NSJ let. k.,
(i) to fall out, to
happen, Ezr. 7:20. (2) to be cast down, Dan. 3:23 (Syr. ^=aj, to he cast into prison); to prostrate oneself, Daniel 3:6, 7,10,11; 'nte^^Dan^ê.
Ezr. 6:4,8; Syr. (AjaJL- id.; Arab, S~<-iout money <&& and ajjjij cost.
;
iu IV.
to lay
7S3 m. a premature birth, which
falls
from the
womb, an abort ion, Job 3: 16; Ps.58:9; 00.6:3. Compare the root as used of a birth, Kal No. l, a. Hiph. No. l, c. In the Talmud 7Q3 is used of a premature birth, and the Arab,
s
carry, Arab.
ae,.
J not used in Kal; Arab, V. t) i^ju, Conj. breathe strongly, to pant. NIPHAL, TO TAKE BREATH (when wearied [or, to rest, cease from working]), Ex. 23:12; 31:17; 2 Sam.
16
:
14 (Arabic Conj.
E*B3 pr. n.
suff.
II.
to refresh
any
one).
Hence
and
plur.
n'lK; D3
b^ to
fall
IV. to mis-
^S?
with
^3;
(D^Q3 once Eze

!>
Us...
abortion.
13:20); comm. but more frequently,

Syr.
)
f.
(Arab.
^ju
^93 Pilel.
<=M).
an ULUsed root; see
(l) breath, Job 41:13; HV1 B>?3 breath of life, Genesis 1:20, 30; also a (sweet) odour, wbich ii
DUX
exhaled, Prov. 27:9;
SPW
'FI3
smelling bottles.
Isa.
3:20.
(2) the soul, anima, ^wx'/> by which the body lives, the token of which life is drawing breath (compare
Lat. anima; compare Gr. a'f/io<,-), the seat of which was supposed to be in the blood (Lev. 17:11; Deuter. 12:23; Genesis 9:4, 5; compare Ovid. East. V. 469); hence life, vital principle. Gen. 35:18, FIL"3 J"IX>'2 ^rH "and it came to pass as her soul was
TO"),
fidence (Ps. 57:2), desire (Ps. 42 3 63:2), appetite both that for food, Pro. 6 30 10:3; Mic. 7:1; Deu. 1 2 20, 2 1 (whence K'^3 7JJ3 a greedy man, Pro. 23 2),
:
and also sexual, Jer. 2:24; Ezek. 23:18; also, for slaughter and revenge, Psal. 27:12; 41:3; 105:22; Ex. 15:9; com p. Pro. 2l:lO; and, on the contrary,
hatred, Isa 1: 14; Psal. 17:9; contempt, Eze. 36:5;
in departing," as
13'Ti?"; J7
)
!"tfrt
"l2!n~C'Q3
she {rave up the ghost. 1 Ki. 17:21, N3~3'ri "let now the soul of
:
Isa.49:7; revenge, Jer. 5:9; sorrow, Job 19: 2 27:2; 30:25. As the seat of warlike valour, so used when a poet speaks to his own soul. Jud. 5:21, *3TW
;
Tj?
'B>?J
"tread down,
O my
this child
Exod. 2 1 23, J"in?> C>?3. E'3 " life for life." The soul is also said both to live, Gen. 12:13; Psalm 119:175; and to die, Jud. 16:30; to be killed, Num. 31:19; to ask, l Kings 3:11; to be poured out (inasmuch as it departs along
return into him."
with the effused blood), Lam. 2:12; Isaiah 53 12. NT he feared for his life, Josh. 9:24; Eze. 32: 10. '?.?!?
:
4:19,^
"UL!
'TWO?
-iaiK>
>>!
soul, the strong." Jer. "because thou hast
heard the voice of the trumpet, O my soul." Used of the sensations in general, Ex. 23:9, K'D3.~n^ Diy"!?
"ye know
the
soul of a
l
stranger,"
i
:
feelings strangers have,
Sa.
15,
"
As
to the
phrase E'B3
'Q
nan
see
'"133.
It is often
used
out my soul before Jehovah," i.e. I Jehovah the inmost feelings of my mind Pro. 12:10. Words, also, by which the sensations of the soul
;
what sort of have poured have opened to

I
in phrases
which
relate either to the loss or to the

life,
preservation of life, () B'S^N on account of to save life, 2 Ki. 7:7; compare Greek rpiytiv
tyvxijc,
are expressed, are often applied to the soul, 'SJ, and thus the soul is said to weep, Psal. 119:28; to be
irepl
Od. ix.423. Valk. ad Herod, vii. 56; ix. 36; and even (of a hare) Trepl k-ptair. But, Jer. 44:7,
it is
against
life,
in detriment of
;
life.
(b)
"?.??
with
peril of life, 2 Sa. 23:17; l8:l3-(1p). lKi.2:23, n ">:nn-nN -injri^ -i|n i& ?aa a t the peril of his
has Adonijah said this," Lam. 5:9; Pro. 7:23; compare -13^03 i Ch. 12:19. In other places for i. e. on account of the life (taken away), killing of
life
poured out in tears, Job 30 16 to cry for vengeance, Job 24:12; and, on the contrary, to invoke blessings, Gen. 27:4, 25. liather more rarely, things are attributed to the soul which belong (a) to the mode of feeling and acting, as pride (^'23 3rn Pro. 28: 25), patience and impatience (*?.? T"}SD Job 6:li). (b) to will and purpose, Gen. 23:8, TIX K^'DK
: ;
some
the
one.,
Jon.
14; 2 Sam. 14:7.

life,
(c)
'3
&Zft
for
good of one's
Gen. 9:5; Deu. 4:15; Josh.
Also, in
many
life
sustaining of
trary.
Thus they say, my (life) with meat and drink, Pro. 27:7; Isa. 55:2; to fill the soul, (the life), i. e. to satiate, Prov. 6 30; and
:
expressions which belong to the by food and drink, or to. the con" soul is satisfied"
" Hân K>B3^ with a willing mind." derstanding and the faculty of thinking, Ps. 139: Prov. 14, "my soul (mind) knoweth right well." " 19:2. l Sa. 20:4, what thy soul (mind) thinketh." Deut. 4:9, "keep thy soul; do not forget." Lam. All of these expressions are more commonly 3 20. used of the heart ; (see 3? No. l, letters c e).
:
if it be (in) your mind," i. e. purposed in your mind; 2 Ki. 9:15.
"
DDE^p3
if
ye have so Chr. 28 9, (c) to the unl

:
PB?. is
used even for the aliment,
Isa.
58 10
:
and on
(4) concr. animal, that in which there is a soul or mind (^P?.) Jos. 10:28; E'SJ.rr?:) "every living
the
contrary, "my soul (life) hungers" (Pro. 10:3; 27:7); thirsts (Prov. 25:25), fas ts (Psal. 69 1 1 ), abstains from certain kinds of food (Num. 30:3), is
:
thing," verses 30, 32, 35, 37.
Sometimes more
B>M Gen. 1:24; 2:7, 19; and with the adfully dition of the article ^35 Gen. i:2l; 9:10; pr.
nn
nnn
polluted by them, Eze. 4:14; also, an empty soul a dry soul, i.e. (life), i. e. hungry, Isaiah 29:8; thirsty, Nu. 11:6; to open wide the soul (or, life) The soul as (i.e. the jaws), Isa. 5:14; Hab. 2:5. distinct from the body is meant, Job 14:22.
(3) the mind, as the seat of the senses, affections, and various emotions (see 3.7 i } letter b), to which is
ascribed love (Isa. 42
l Cant. 1:7; 3:1 4 Gen. 86:4) fear (Isa. 15:4; Psal. 6: 4), towards God (Psal. 86:4; 104: i 143:8), con: ; ;
animal of life,
collect,
i.
e.
endued with
life
(lebenbtge <S?ele
=lebenbigc6 SBefen), living creature, Gen. 2:7;
com-
living creatures, Gen. 1:21, 24; 9: monly 1O, 12, 15; Lev. ll 1O; in this phrase it should be observed that HJH is genit. of the substantive n*H
:
fein. of the adjective *D (living); so thai of either sex, and may equally with >?P., is be construed with a masculine. This serves to illus(life},
not the
H'n
{^33,
34:3)i joy (Psal.

piety
trate the words,

differed,
W wn
Gen. 2:19, where interpreters have n;n tfw onxn i ? top*.

1
DLX
*
and whatsoever
Adam
called them, the
living
it
with the
r
^l
first
c r e a t u r e s, that was their to n*n trej, which after v

is
name ;" for i / and IDt?, refer

is
nj? followed
by the
person of verbs, Lia. 6 9 ; compare l pers. Gen. 44:32.

:
pleonastic.
Specially
a man, a person, particularly in certain phrases, in which in German also the word soul is used, as fc'??. 33| to steal a man (comp. Germ. @eelenwr!dufcr]
Deu. 64:7;
^.93
??*< Eze.
3 and nQ3 a f. lofty place probab. i. q. (from the root *|H), only found Josh. 17:11, Targ. three regions.
22:25; also
(a) in laws,
Lev. 4:2; N?nO '? ^?<?- "if any soul (i. e. if any one) sin," Lev. 5:1,2,4, 15, 17; compare the phrase ^133
B>Bjn under the word rn3 Niph. No.' 2. census of the people, as 5J>S?. D^Qt? seventy souls, seventy persons, Ex. 1:5; 16: 16; Gen. 46: 18, ^7; Deu. 10:22 (Gr. similarly ^vâl, Eurip. i Peter
(6) in a
nBJD Knn
Hiph. No. 2), a dropping hence D^WV nQ3 dropping of honeycombs, i. e. honey dropping from the combs, i. Hence without the q. ~y.l (which see), Ps. 19:11. gen. D'B-IX id. Cant. 4:11; Prov. 5:3; 24:13, HD3
f.
(root Cp3 see
down, dripping,
3:20); more fully D*1X fc'Q3 Num. 31:46; compare Gen. 14:21. (c) used of slaves, Gen 12:5; ^Q3.H " HC ? *fey-i*e the slaves which they had obtained
1
pinp " honey droppings (which are) sweet to thy palate," (where the predicate pirip is not inflected; compare Gen. 49: 15).
Î?n~7y
plur. m. contentions, battles, once found Gen. 30:8; verbal from the root /H 9 Niph.
to wrestle, to strive, to fight.
(
in
Apoc. 18:13;
no
Haran," Eze. 27: 13; compare ^vâl avdpuTruv, l Mace. 10:33. (d) np &$?. (where
is
the genit., compare above the phrase
nn
Lev.
opening"), [Nephtoah'],
p.
see
IWE3/P
any dead person, a corpse, Nu. 6:6; N7 np N3*"he shall not come near a dead body,"
21: 11; and even without r>P
id.,
under the word *P

D*HJJ|)3
nation, Gen.
CCCCLXVIII, B.
pr. n. of
in the phrases
[Naphtuhim],
10:13;
iCh. l:ll.
FBI? PO Num. 5:2; 9:6,7, 10; and PB3 Xpp Lev. 82:4; Hag. 2: 13; he who pollutes himself by touching a dead body; compare Num. 19: 13.
(5)
an Egyptian Bochart (Phaleg.
With
suff.
TO,
iv. 29) compares Gr. Nt<j>0uc, the wife of Typhon. and according to Plutarch (De Iside, p. 96, ed. Squire), the extreme limit of the earth washed by the sea (com-
TfB3
etc.; it
is
sometimes
s
i
myself, thou thyself (compare Arab. .^jj and Germ, felb, felber/ Swed. sjel of the same stock as
Seele,
pare the Egyptian lieqocu^l terminal); this opinion has been adopted by J. D. Michaelis, who understands this region to be situated to the east of
soul, see
Adel.
(is
iv.
p.
" D FP3 their food ?
47).
Hos. 9:4, Dpr6
Pelusium near the Sirbonian lake; but
all this is
Isaiah 46: 2; also reflex. '?'B3 It has also been remarked
consumed) by themselves." me myself, Job 9: 21.
See Michaelis, Spicileg. Geogr. torn. very uncertain. i. Jablonskii Opuscc. ed. te Water, torn. i. p. 269.
p.
161.
by
interpreters that
TP3,
1f?3 are often put for the personal pronoun '3$, nris, but all the instances which they cite are to be explained
to
It is often
Naphtali, a son of Jacob by

whose
territory are
by what has here been observed, No. 2, 3. thus used in sentences in which life is said
strife," see Gen. 30:8), pr. name, his concubine Bilhah; the ancestor of the tribe of that name, the bounds of
V^S? ("my
described Joshua 19:32
39-
" 11:1, why say ye to me a bird to your mountain?"

to
be in danger. Ps. 3:3, " many say of me (to my soul TP??), there is no help for him in God." Ps.
LXX.
f) m. (from
40: 10,
i.
the root
??)
(0
flower, Gen.
2.
(my
Isa.
soul
^P^>)
flee as
them!"
(pr. to
their
life,
3:9, DE>B:fr MK "woe or soul). Psalm 7:3;
q.
HS3 and
JS3, see
the root No.
11 : 16; Den. (2) a Aau?&, see the root No. 3, Lev. LXX. 26. Job Vulg. actipiterj 14: 15; 39 iipat.
:
35'-37? 20:6; to this head also belongs Isaiah " who 51:23, say to thee (to thy soul ^P^V), lie that we may go over;" and in similar indown,
In other instances, it refers to the feelings of the soul or mind, e. g. Job 16:4, nnn D3'B3 K* Jp " Oh *P'B3. which must not be that ye were rendered, in my place!" but " Oh that ye felt what I feel!"
stances.
compare Bochart, Hieroz.

.
t. ii.
p. 226.
q.
f
N^
No.
Jer.
48:9, NXD
WAT. 3, TO FLY, TO FLY A "he may go away by flying,"
where a paronomasia is to be observed in f^*, NV3, and tOffl. [In Thes. this root is referred to HV3.]
win
ju SRutJje trie nur$ (compare Ex. 23:9). Once, however, 'K'W an(j *nn come so near to the uature of a pronoun, that they are even construed
eud) nut
3 TO SET, TO POT, TO PLACE,

.
i.q. 3Y?,
which
Arab. ^_
3^3.
^-^' id.
NIPHAL
followed (i) to be put, set;
bj
DLXI
to be set over any thing, l Sa. 22:9; Part. 3*3. an officer, director, l Ki. 4 : 5, 7
Ruth 2:5, 6. 5 30 9 23.

: ; :
(^compare
J^ root, origin).
Vulg. de plantario ferri,

to plant.
(2) to set oneself, to be ready, Ex. 7: 15; 17:9; followed by for any one, Ex. 34: 2, DK> <? H3W1. "and
thyself there for me." Gen. 37:7 [but it (3) to stand, spoken of persons, Psal. 45 :1O Lam. 2 14 of Li in this passage a sheaf] waters, Ex. 15:8; especially to stand firmly, Psal.
both taken from the Syr.
33
present
I.
''Xj unused
in Kal.
[The occurrences of Ny3
are referred here in Thes., and this root is not divided into two] o 3. (i) pr. TO FLY, i. q. Xyj and f*V3
39:6, 3y? DlX-Va
!?5n
"every man
standing herd ... ^P.'

ly
Avhich
is
&
(is) vanity."
(although) firmZee. 11:16, "the shep-
Hence
nyi3 pinion
vf
birds,
and Arab. dL^'j feather
standing;"
ra-yan (who) does not nourish that i. e. the cattle which are in
of birds ; hence locks of hair hanging over the fore-
head, and, as
it
were, flying.
f.-.
From
this
noun
good health, which are sound.

por.
So
LXX.
TO O\OK\TJ-
formed
faj to seize any one by the and Conj. Ill, to seize one another by the hair. Hence in Hebr. to quarrel, to strive, comp. Syr.
\
But perhaps it may be more suitable to the context, " (who) does not take up (the cattle) which stands still in the way;" i.e.
Vulg. id quod
stat.
(2) Arab. \^j
and
locks,
loiters
from weariness, weakness, and disease; the

therefore,
weak,
to
and sick; compare Arabic i_^3_i

stand
still,
and Chaldee jlj, N V?

Conj. VI,
id.
i-
q-
Hebr. 3n, and Arab.
Iki
be wearied,
HIPHIL T-yn
to
to labour, (pr. I believe, to
to stop, uidit fovt fonnen).
hence
(l) to make to stand, Ps. 78:13; put, to place, Gen. 21 128, 29; Jer.5:26: to erect, to set, as a column, Gen. 35:20; an altar, 33:20; a monument, 1 Sa. 15:12; comp. Jer. 31:21.
l
i.
contend, to strive. Num. 26:9, " when DnVsna JpS they strove with Jehovah;" hence to wage war. Psalm 60 2, D"iXTIS irfwn? " when he Q?1D3 waged war with Mesopotamia."
ITrPHiL, n-yn to
:
Sam. 13:21, i?T!jn 3'-Vn? "to set

e. to
up
the goads,"
the
sharpen them when the goad was blunted by point being bent back
to
NIPHAL H-y3 to strive one with another. Deu. " if men strive 25:11, nn D^3S W| ? together;" Ex. 2:13; 21:22; Lev. 24:10; 2 Sa. 14:6.
Derivatives,
II.
ny'l3,
nO,
q.
fix, Deu. 32:8; Pro. 15:25.

Gen. 28: 12.
(2) to be
is
(2) to
establish, e.g. bounds, Ps.

(i)
to
74:17;
set,
M AJ prop.
i.
Arab. \^> TO STRIP OFF a
HOPHAL 3SH and 3Sn
be
placed,
referred to 3-yD;] (so the Arab.
planted, Jud. 9:6 [In Thes. this passage i^^Vi also Syr.
;
garment from any one, to draw out a sword from the sheath (kindred to Kyj). Hence to make a land empty, to despoil, to strip it of inhabitants (compare 3 pp.3 No. l,a, Hp T Niph.), and intrans. to be desolated.
" Jer. 4:7, nr-yn ^TJJ thy cities shall be laid waste." LXX. at TTciXttc ffov KuOaiptdi'iffovrai. Isaiah 37 : 26, 13*S3 D"?! "desolate NIPHAL, id.
and Chaldee).
So it is commonly taken (3) to be fixed, settled. nrta 3-yni the difficult passage, Nah. 2:8, "it is fixed! she (Nineveh) shall be carried away
nn^n
But I have no doubt that 3Sni. should captive." be joined to the preceding verse, and regarded as
being from the root
heaps;" 2 Ki. 19:25. This signification may be connected with the former (No. I) [as is done in Thes.], by deriving it from the
idea of
33y
see that word.
making war,
i
*
to be
laid waste, desolated s
in
-^-
Derived nouns 3*3, T>'J, 3-SO, n3*, na.SO, 3-yO, and pr.'n. n31V for n313.
H3SO,
ri3-VD,
war; compare
O
tJ.s*. to
wage war, whence i_^j
and
ijt.^
^
f.
stripped and spoiled in war.
(prop. part. Niph.) haft, handle of a dagger, Jud. 3:22; so called from being fixed in; compare the root, Josh. 6:26; l Ki. 1 6 34.
^V? masc.
(Arab.
15:33;
Isa.
(from the root fV3 No. 2) a flower, Job 18:5.
--.Lai the handle of a sword, knife, etc.)
Chald. emphat. st. Kn?y3 strength, hardness (of iron), Dan. 2:41. Theod. airo r/c pifas i. e. of the nature and origin of iron
some(I) i. q. Kyi3 (part. Niph. from thing cast out, excrement in the crop cf a bird, Lev. l 16. Compare HKV and HWV.
:
K)
(II) i.q. nyia
(which see) a feather, pinion, from

37
nyj NO.
I, i.
DLXII
f. guard, watch, Isa. i :8. Root "^'watch-tower. See Thes. p. 908].
jl
">
I.
petual"]
TO
II.
be perfect, complete ["to be per* Jerem. 8:5, r-in>'3 ratrp "complete " see HV3. No. 5. [perpetual] backsliding
NIPHAL,
to
I.
rfSj
not used in Kal, prop.

9
i.
q.
Syr.
~_i
SHINE, TO BE BRIGHT (kindred root )*?); metaph.

*.
Hi J
to
an unused
sprinkle.
root,
Arab
âi
and
id.
to
P"
to
be famous, also
to conquer;
L,o_l a sonorous
be sincere,
scatter, nV3 No. II.
JEt\\.
YHfh:
to
Whence
(pr. clear) voice.
JEth. ^fiYh: to be pure, chaste;
\ftfh:
faithful.
P1""6
chaste, Arabic ^fî to
a} Chald. Ithpa. to conquer, by to Dan. 6:4. (Syriac id.).

I.
excel followed
to be
PIEL n-3 (prop, to be eminent, conspicuous) (l) over, to superintend, as the service of the temple, workmen; followed by ^J? and ? l Ch. 23:4;
Ezr. 3:8,9.
Part.
nVJ & nXJ
with
suff.
D?3P
prefect, overseer, 2 Chr. 2:
I,'?; 34=13Chr. 15:21, (2) "and Mattathiah ...played on harps in the octave low tone, the bass, nel basso), D^?, so as to (i. e. a
specially, to
l
i Chron. 29:11; l Sam. "the glory of Israel" (i. e. God). (2) sincerity, truth. Hab. 1:4, B3^p ntf}? N! X7 "judgment goeth not forth according to truth;
(1) splendour, glory,
15:29,^?".
nW
1'
lead in music,
perhaps, Pro. 21 :a8.

(3) faith, confidence.
Lam. 3:18,
*H>*3
13M
i.e. to direct, regulate the singing are verse 19 JTPpLV Luth. tjelle gu fingen/ and (Opp. " with the verse 20, r\"\v?y^?% virgin voice," nel so-
lead the song;"
perished." (4) perpetuity (as we can confide in those things which endure, which are perpetual, compare 19$
"my confidence
No.
is
3, 4),
eternity,
id.
for
ever,
ns.3
1g Ps.4g:9OJ
Isa.
prano).
Hence n-V3p? which occurs in the titles of 53 Psalms, and in Hab. 3: 19. Many, following Kim-
Job 34: 36;

D-ny? nv.3^
nv.3, nV.3:?
adv. perpetually.
34:10,
chi, Rashi,
i.
Aben
Ezra, render
is
this, to the precentoi',
e.
this
;
direction
song and this
is to
be sung or played under his

also the sense of the
is
Targum
and HV37 (5) perfection, completeness, ace. adv. altogether, quite (comp. Germ, tauter). Psa. O Lord, will 13:8, n?3 3PBt?FI nin n3K ny."how
long,
HV3
This opinion nn3E>p ad canendum. others which have been advanced.
preferable to
It is
sometimes
thou altogether forget me?" Ps-79:5; Job 23:7. In genit., Psalm 74 3, nS3 n'lWB'p "complete
:
put absolutely, only with the addition of the name of Ps. 11 the author of the Psalm, as "in"? 13;
desolations,"
solated.
i.
e.
^P^
places altogether, absolutely deis
[In Thes. this signification
almost rejected,
21 531 536; 40; 41; 42; 44; 47; 49; 51 552; 64 66; 68; 70; 85; 109; 139; 140: sometimes the name of an instrument is added (ni3*333 Ps. 4; 6; 54; to Ps. 45; 55 6 7; 76: rvwpi to 8;8i 84:
; ;
14; 18
and these passages are taken as of No. 4.]

II.
in the signification
B*W
69; 80: Ttbty to Psa. 5: nffjje to Psa. 53); or the beginning of a song, to the tune of which, the Psalm
to be sung (see Psa. aa; 56 59; 75); or else a word denoting a higher or lower key, J"rtD?y ?J? Psa. 46: n3p9n to Psa. 12. (Twice there follows to pnVT. Ps. 62:1; 77:1; once pn-IT? 39:1, where it " to the chief musician of the Jeduthunites," is,
is
*l*.m.juice,liquor, as scattered from grapes in the press, Isa. 63:3,6; from the root nV3 No. II.
when trodden
(1) placed, set
m. (from the root ; hence one set over, a prefect,

q.
leader,
i.
3-V3 i Ki.
4:19.
(a)
<<-
unless ]*nn* in this phrase is also to be taken as a musical instrument, or tune.) It is not to be over-
almost entirely wanting to the Psalmg composed in a later age after the destruction of the temple, and worship. [It would be
is
looked that this description
s s a statue, i.q. ^3^*0; Arab. ^_ -,; i_^ VNi3 a statue, " a statue of an idol. Gen. 19:26, n^D salt," i. e. fossil salt, of which fragments, in various forms,
set; hence (2) something placed, or -'
2^
are found in the neighbourhood of the
Dead Sea
(see
in
Legh
in
MacmichaeTs Journey,
something peculiar
p.
is
205).
[But
(b)
difficult to
mark more than a very few Psalms which belong to such a period.] The opinion is wholly to be rejected, of those who would tak? n->'3p not as the
part, but as the infinitive in the Syiiac form (compare Chald. Dan. 5:12); this is prevented by the article
this passage
meant.]
military station, i. q. 3-yp, 3-VD i Samuel 10:5; 13:3> 4^ a garrison, 2 Sam. 8:6, 14. (3) [Nezib"], pr. n. of a town in the trite of Judab,
Josh. 15:43
[now
prob. Beit Nusib
included in
the form n*3e>
(for
OMSnjn
Rob.
ii.
344].
TO-ffltt
" H'V? (" pure," sincere"), \_Neziah'], pr. n. Ezr. 2:54; Neh. 7:56.
""!
DLXIII
m.
as has been shewn by many examples in Simon is Arcanum Formarum, page 352 comp. HHT, tt.) The
;
2 Isaiah 49:6, rrro, preserved, delivered; from the root ">V? np "l-IW part. pass.
;
idea of blossoming
is
thers and pinions

HIS); whence
farther transferred to the f( ciof birds, as growing out (coc p.
? not used in Kal, pr. TO DRAW OUT, TO PULL OUT; JâJ and Aaj, Êthiop. ^fiA: to take away.
'
(3) t fly (compare l~nB to sprout, Syr. to flyV, whence V?. hawk comp. the kindred N,J, HV3 to fly.
;
Kindred arc ty^T??.

PJEL (i) to takeaway, to strip off something, from some one, 2 Chr. 20:25. (2) followed by an ace. of pers. to despoil any one, Ex. 3:22; 12:36.
(3)
to
see
fut. "&.,
more rarely iV^

U'i
(i)
i.
q.
-)B3
TO
WATCH,
TO
KEEP (Arab.
to keep, e.g.
a vine-
snatch out of danger,

to
to
preserve, Eze.
yard; comp. cogn. U} to look

the Lat. tueri and intueri, and
at, to
watch over, like

;
14:14; see Hiph. HIPHIL >"? (l)

to pull apart.
^J
to defend, to free)
pull away; followed by P3
2 Sam. 14:6, "the boys strove to-
V gether in the field Dnâ ^ VP PN) and there was not one to pull them apart;" niemanb rifj fie auS einanber.
e.g. used of a vineyard, watch-tower, 2 Ki. 17:9.
Job 27:18.
Followed by
I|
")V3
71I3P a
>n)9>
7| by n>y? as
if
"keep watch
?J? Ps. 141 13, over the door

;
of
deprive of, Gen. 31:9; followed by IP verse 16; Psa. 119:43 2 Sam. 20:6, -WJJ h^r\} " and (lest) he take away our eye," i. e. withdraw himself from our eyes.
(2)
q.
;
i.
Piel No.
to
take away,
my
to
(rm?
lips," i. e. my mouth, lest rash words go forth with Dag. euphon., for n T??). i ) ( Specially
(3) to snatch, to deliver any one from danger; with an ace. of pers. (once with adat. Jon. 4:6); followed by IP Ps. 1 8 49 34 5, 1 8 Mic. 5:5; "l?P out of
: ;
:
i. q. to defend, to preserve from dangers (as God guarding men), Deut. 32:10; Ps. 31:24; Prov. 22: " thou wilt 12; followed by I? Ps. 32:7, TWfl "Rtt? Psalm me from distress." 12:8; 64:2; preserve 140:2; Isa. 49:6 3'n3, ^^V"?.^? "the preserved
the hand, the
power of any one, Gen. 32:12537:21,22; Exod. 3:8; 18:10; *l?p id. Isa. 38:6; i^?3 ^-?n to
save one's
deliverer,
own
V life, Eze. 3:19, 21; ? VP P** there is no none aiding, Ps. 7:3; 50: 22; Isa. 5:29.
?tfn to be
HOPHAL
NIPHAL
out, to be
snatched
or
plucked
out,
Am.
(from the exile [destruction, rather]) of Israel." (2) to keep, to observe a covenant, Deut 33:9; Ps. 25:10; the precepts of God, Ps. 105:45; on the other hand, used of God keeping mercy, Exod. 34:7, >' D'SP^p IDH "W3 keeping mercy for thoxisands."
(3) to keep,
Isa.'
i.
q. to
4:11; Zee. 3:2.

(i) pass, of Hiphil No. 3, to be
plucked
20:6; Jer.7:lo; Am. 3:12. (2) to save oneself, to escape, Pro. 6:3,5. Fol'owed by /$ to escape to any one, Deu. 23: 16. HITHPAEL, to strip oneself of any thing, with an cc. Ex. 33:6; comp. Heb. Gram. 53. 3, letter d.
delivered,
Isa.
tffcj nn-1?3 "they lodge in hidden places" (U be understood of adyta, recesses of the shrines of gods; or perhaps, sepxilchral caves; so LXX. parall. sepulchres). Prov. 7:10, " a woman
DJj^T 65: 4,
"hidden
Isaiah 48 6, K^l. JTn-1? thou knewest riot." of which things
hide.
Derivative
^'^.
APHEL
JD
i.
Ghald.
3
=
q Heb.
.
n No.
3,
Dan.
hidden (subtle) of heart." (4) in a bad sense; God is said to observe any Job 7 2O, 1^3 one, as marking his guilt or faults. D*lSn thou observer of men!"
nb-rn-l^
:
"O
29; 0:15, 28.

ni.
|Vr T N o. a.
a floiver, Cant. 2: 12; from the root
f3
ferral to
? a false root; for the words which have been it, see under the root VV*.
i.
(5) to tvatch a city, i. e. to besiege it [so 1PK>' in the following passage], 2 Sam. 1 1 : 16, 3^V "lb^3 " ^VC "^? when Joab besieged the city." Part. pi. D *")>'!) besiegers, Jer. 4:16; Isa. l :8, " as a lodge in a garden of cucumbers, n>1V? Ty? go is a besieged
1
**
q. f-13
- (l) TO
whence
found Eze. 1:7;
P^3
SHINE, TO GLITTER, Only a spark.

(as in Ch.);
ita, compare ? A, l), Jerusalem is (Arnold, in the same sense, proposes that we shculd write "T? ^? "^3, that the substantive may be rendered definite by the article; compare -IT inn
city" (?,
3 ut
intended.
P2,
(2^ to flower, to n l'?

?>
flourish
whence
we
floiver. (Verbs which signify shining transferred to the meaning of verdure and bloom,
6 3 and so we should the besieged city, but apthe article may be omitted parently in the poetic style
Ps. 1 2 8,
:
and n^nn
belagerte
r6j;yn 2 Sa.
<Stabt>
render bte
DLX1V
in such cases.
[This word
is
in Thes.
made a distinct
(compare Arab. ^_^g]

changed),
to
name, n and
being
inter-
noun, see
Num.
1:17, "these
an unused root. Arab.^=J to shine, to be very verdant ; whence IV?.. The significations of watc h inland beingverdant, I have placed which are also joined in the root "> although they may perhaps have a com1-
IL
who were called by their 16:41; 2 Ch. 28:15; 3:i9From the primary signification
is 3p3.
men rflDt?3 -13153 "I-"?. names;" i Ch. 12:31;

of
hollowing out
;
socket for a gem, J"13J5J? a stone quarry from the idea of boring through are n 5?-?> n ?P>
separately,
mon
origin,
is
namely, from the idea of shining
that of striking
through
is ""I3J5O
a hammer.
which
applied to the notion of
beholding
^J m.
(l) a socket for setting a gem,pala
gemmarum
from
its
compare *$?, Gr. 0aoc SttiopKf, Germ. JBlicf, used of brightness and beholding); whence arises the signification of observing and guarding.
from (l) a sprout, a shoot, so called Mebeing verdant, see the root No. II., Isa. 60:21. Dan. 11:7. taph. used of offspring, Isa. 1 1 : l
(as rightly rendered by Jerome), so called hollowness, Ezek. 28:13. Compare C|h. Others understand it to be a pipe, from the root 3p3 to bore through, like /yH from the root
this is not suitable to the context.
E?
m.
but
(2) a cavern, whence with the art. 3p.3H [Nekeb], in the tribe of Naphtali, Joshv pr. n. of a town
(2)
a branch,
Isa.
14:19.
19:33f. a woman, a female (a. genitalium figui of persons, Gen. 1:27; 5:2; and of beast dicta);
3p}
the p} Ch. pure, Dan. 7:9, from
root NJ5?
i.
q.
Hebr.
np,3,
which
see.
Genesis6:i9; Levit. 3:1,6; 4:28,32; 5:6; Opp. to ">3J a male. [Syr. Ch. id.]
fut. 3J5^
and
3p3/.
prop. TO
3p_J,
HOLLOW
^J an unused
OUT,
or
with points, Ch.
points
to
id.
;
root
(l) to prick,
"J|53
to
mafl
whence
one who adds

to pierce^ as
TO
EXCAVATE
(1)
to
(like the cogn.
33^, also
113
nj3, H??,
which see for more instances). Hence bore (a hole), 2 Ki. 12 10, followed by an
:
a manuscript, Arab,
1
jjjj
serpent, but
to
to
mark with
separate
points.
i
ace. to
perforate (Arab.,
Êth., Syr., Chuld., id.),
Job 40:24, 26; 2 Ki. 18:21; Hag. 1:6, 3-lp3-fny "a bag with holes in it." Also to thrust through a spear), Hab.3:l4, IP? C tn ?3p_3 "thou
J
things which are of (2) better quality than the rest (which is done by mark ^ ~ j~
select, to
(with
didst
ing with points); Arab.
jjij.
Hence jJD (not
thrust through the heads of their
leaders."
<-
See the derived nouns.

(2) to separate, to distinguish; and hence to declare distinctly, to specify, to call by name """^P? (compare BHS No. l, 2), Gen. 30:28, vJJ " specify to me thy wages;" Isa. 62 :2. Part. pass.
jjD, jjii
see
Kamus,
p.
424), a kind of sheep and

i
it-
and goats deformed

for their hair
short- legged, but highly prized
T^
sheep.
and wool; jli a shepherd of such below See "lp.3.

(besides the pr. n.
D'3p3 the
as if
it
named,
i.
e.
were niCE>
DE>
^X
the chiefs, nobles of the people, Am. 6:1, opp. to the common
l
Hence
^7 1 ? ?>
i
""Hi .^)
people,
V? Job 30:8 (compare
Ch. 12:31)
spots,
marked with points, or little "1pJ m. pi. D^PJ used of sheep and goats, Gen. 30:32. seqq.:
i pr.
Arab. ^_^Jjj a leader, commander, prince.
31:8, seq.
i.
^^y, to cut, to bore; metaph. to curse), e. g. the name of God, 0V 3p3 he that curseth Lev. 84: 11, 16, HOT HID " the name of Jehovah shall surely die (from this
(3)
to
curse (prop,
to
pierce, like
q.
Arab. SsJ a shepherd of a kind
of
S"
and sheep which have excellent wool, called jJLhence in a wider sense, a herdsman, Am. 1:1; a
;
place has arisen the superstitious idea of the Jews that it is forbidden to pronounce (No. a) the name of Jehovah, see nJiT.); Nu. 23:8, 25; Job 3:8; 5:3;
Pro. 11:96.
cattle-owner, owner of flocks, 2 Ki. 3:4 (spoken of the king of Moab; like D"?> from D^3, i?3 irorn See Bochart, Hieroz. t. i. p. 441. 153).
1p5
a,
to fa
f.
a point, or stud, used of orcaioenu

of silver, Cant,
l
:
called by
name
formed,
made
1.
DLXV
jpJ
m.
(i)
crumbs
l
(a) a kind of cakes,
of bread, Josh. 9:5, 12. Ki. 14:3. LXX. Ko\\vpis.
f ulg.
crustula.
(2) clear, quit, free, from incurring blame from an obligation; followed by IP Gen. 24:41 Nu. 32:22; from military sen/ice, Deu. 24:5; i Ki. 15:22.
;
j TO BE PURE, Arab.
id.
J&
L^,,
id.;
Syriac to
^*pj
i.
q.
the preceding (with the addition of
tf),
Joel 4: 19, and Jon. 1:14
3'm.
iprinkle water of purifying (prop, to purge), to offer a libation, to sacrifice, whence fVp5P a sacrificial cup.
the root HpJ) constr. p'P? jVjp} (from
cleanness, as of the
of the hands, i.e. out the gen. D?53
id.;
In Kal only found, Jer.

is
49
be
where
n'pj inf.
pleon.
in. purity, hunger, Amos 4:6; innocence, Gen. 20:5; and with-
teeth, i.e.
joined to the conjugation Niphal.

3 NIPHAL Hp T
Ps26:6; 73:13.
P^pj> jFj?j
(l)
to
pure, metaph. innocent,
followed
by
;
IP to be void of
any
fault.
Psa. 19: 14;

.
Nu. 5:31
D'ntl'psp
tines,"
fault,
i.
followed
I
"
am
I
by IP of person, Jud. 15:3, T^P.3 free from blame towards the Philisit
p'pj or p pj always constr. Jerem. 13:4, J&BH fissure, cleft of a rock, plur. D'$l?n Isa. 7: 19; Jer. 16: 16; from the root pp.3 which
j
inf.
see.
e. if
attack the Philistines
is
not
my
but their own.
Dip?,
fut Dip* TO
fijsj
REVENGE, TO TAKE
free from punishment, to be quit, Ex. 21:19; Nu. 5:19; Pro.6:29, Xftr^? np.3? *6 H3 " whoever toucheth her shall notbeunpunished;"
11 :2l.
(2) to be
VENGEANCE
geance.
(Arab,
punish; Conj. VIII. to
be angry, to rebuke, to inflict a penalty, to take vento
(3) to be clear, free,
from an oath, or obligation,

(spoken of a
;
:
Gen. 24:8, 41.

(4)
laid
vacant, empty waste (like the Arab. Conj. X)
to
be
city),
i.e.
used of
men who
Isa. 3 26. Also are destroyed, extirpated, Zech. 5 3.

:
The primary idea is that of breathing the kindred DPU). It stands (a) compare forcibly: absol. Levit. 19:18. (b) with an ace. of that which, or the person wliom one avenges, Deut. 32 43 also In the same sense, Levit. followed by ?J? Ps. 99:8. 26:25, rrn3 D|y npj?3 2"1.n "a sword which avenges
:
the covenant."
Jer.
51:36
[Piel],
"I
will
avenge
IP of
declare innocent, to absolve, (i) Job 9: 28; followed by }P Ps. 19:13; Job 10:14. 2) to leave unpunished, to pardon, with an ace. of pers., Ex. 20:7; 1 Ki. 2:9; Jer. 30:11; 46:28;
3 PIEL Hp T
to
thy vengeance,"
i.e. thee.
(c) followed
by
him
with an ace. of the crime.
Joel 4:21, *J?P.31 (better a conjecture] ^Pi?? LXX. *:?;r//<rw) DP."! " I will 'JYJ93 tO avenge their blood, and will not leave it unavenged." [Butsee Eng.Ver.] Absol. Ex. 34:7, " forgiving iniquity, and transgression, and rip?! but will not always pardon;" Nu. sin, Hpr SO
[but this
is
vengeance of any thing is sought to be taken, l Sam. 24:13; followed by riKD Num. 31:2; 1!P 2X1.9:7 [Piel]; ? Nah. 1:2; Eze. 25:12; ace. Josh. 10:13. The two constructions, let. a. b, are found together in the following instances: l Sam. " Jehovah has loc. cit., ;IPP nin* *3PP T3 avenged me
from
whom
of thee."
'Numb. 31:2, nsp ô'p.

to
\3?
npp? Dp?
NIPHAL,
D^3 T
;
14:18; Nah. 1:3.

Derivatives, p3, Kj?3,
)Vj?3, IVp3_p.
followed
avenge oneself. Eze. 25:15, by ? of the person on whom vengeance
^T
No. 2)
("distinguished," compare the

pr. n.
root
[Nekodah],
see
m. Ezra 2:48,60;
Neh.
sought to be taken, Jud. 15:7; l Sam. 18:25; by |P both of what vengeance is tak_n for, and also of the person from whom it is sought.
is
followed
IP Isa. 1:24;
PIEL,
i.
Je.r.
15:15; Jud. 16:28.
7:50,62.
q.
Kal, 2 Ki. 9:7,
DW3?n
H3J?
of
'ni?jj3
ftp?
np_5>.
"1?P..."I will
avenge the blood
my servants,
i*
lowed
future
i.
q. B-1p
and
f-1p
TO
LOATHE any
thing
: .
fol-
by 3
the prophets... from Jezebel," Jer. 51:36; followed Eze. 25:12 (at the end).
The by ?. It occurs once in pret., Job 1O l and the rest of the forms are taken from the
D^p?
root Q-lp.
pJ
free
'?
plur.
adj.
from blame, followed by

of pure hands,
i.
1
(i) pure, metaph. innocent, JP 2 83.3:28. 'p3_
avenged. Gen. 4:15,24, he shall be avenged Cain slayeth seven-fold," Exod. 21:21. HITHPAEL, (i) to avenge oneself, asNiph.,Jer.
HOPHAL,
fut. Dp.^ to be
" whosoever
5:9,29; 9:8.
(2) part. Dp.3^lp
q. innocent, Ps. 24:4;
Exod.
3:7; Job 4:7; 9:2:3.
*p3
D ^ and
*?3
0"=!
innocent
8:3; 44:172 in.
desirous of vengeance, Psalm Hence

suff.
bund,
and HtfH, with
'npp?, plur. JfojMf
DLXVI
Mfeft-JfO
(l) vengeance, revenge, Deut. 3-2 35. Followed '* nO[53 the vengeance which Jehovah takes, by a
:
l*i?.H
Jos. 6:3,
and
^n
verse ll, in going round;
adv.
round
about.
:
Jer.
2ctively, as geance for slaughter, Psu. 79:10; Jer. r?y$ "vengeance for his temple;"
50:15; elsewhere ob
DT
J"IJ?p3
venJ"IPp3
50:28,
compare
Jer.
51 136. To take vengeance on any one is ? 0$ a^n Deut. 32:41,43; O ~p_7 Isa. 47:3; followed by 19 Jer. 2O:lO; ? niop^ nb>y Psa. 149:7; Eze. 25:17; followed by OS Mic. 5:14; ? in??? }nj Eze. 25: 14
;
to surround, followed by an ace. 1 Ki. 7 24; 2Ki. 6:14; Ps.l7:9; 88:18; followed 22:17; by an ace. of thing and ?JJ of pers. Job 19:6, V"T-1U TlT ? ty a pregnant construction, "he has cast me into his net, and has surrounded me with it." Metaph.
(2)
Ps.
Lam. 3:5.
Hence
Isa.
Num.
1
:
31:3.
;
On
the other
3
hand ?
n'Op,? |H3
: ;
Psalm
8 48 and )P '?& rflOp, nbj; Jud. 1 1 36 to give or do vengeance for any one, so as to satisfy him.
HK>j; (a) the desire of vengeance, Lam. 3:60. to act with the desire of vengeance, Eze.
m. a shaking off of olives, 13 (Ch. 1-1PN" id.), and

rope, -3pJ captive for a girdle.
Luther, lofeg
b.
i.
17:6; 24:
f.
bound round a female
slave or
LXX.
fd)led)te$
a-ôiviov. Vulg. funiculus. S3ant>/ Isa. 3:24.
(whence the future is formed) TO BE TORN FROM; metaph. TO BE ALIENATED FROM, Eze. 23:18, 22, 28. Only occurring in pret. (Êthiop.
J/
i.
pJ
q. yp_*
J an unused
root (as to a trace of
it
in the
i.
Samaritan language, see Anecdott. Or. p. 88), whence P'P? a fissure of a rock. 3J53 and ~i3
;
q.
to
be
cleft,
broken).
Chal.
*|5?
p^
(a)
to
to
(l)
i.
q.
and Arab,
CA?
TO CUT,
TO STRIKE (kindred to the verb See Piel. touch).
^5
Êth. ATl<jJ: to
to
j fut. ~\ TO BORE, TO PIERCE, especially used of boring out any one's eye, 1 Sam. 1 1 a Prov. 30:17, "the ravens of the valley shall pick it (the
:
eye) out;"
nails,
Num. 16:14;
Êth.
fasten
together, as
by
join
to-
(Arab. PIEL
id.
^/^
to
Jud. 16:21 [Both Piel]. be blind of one eye, ^f\

>P>'J?
gether; Germ,
;
jufammenfcfylagen (Syr. Aph. to join on Pe. to cleave, to cleave together) ; specially used of
to pull out.)
id.
Job 30:17,
bones," i.e.
l^
rfyfc
the night
are, as
something with a clasp which, returning back

s
<-
to itself,
pierces
it
my
by night
my
bones
forms a circle
(compare u_is
border,
bracelet).
Hence
Isa. 29: l, -lap?* D^H " Jet (3) to go in a circle. the feasts go their round," i.e. when the circle of
were, pierced with pain; compare Job 3:3. PUAL, to be dug out, Isaiah 51':!, "the quarry (whence) DFnjM ye were digged;" metaph. used of
the ancestors of a nation.
Hence
the yearly feasts is ended, after the space of a year. [Qu. is this the import of the phrase ?]
1p}
Isa.
or
<npJ
22, fissure, cleft
PIEL
.. Hi? 3
(1) to cut
always constr. "Vltfn J"np3 Ex. 33: of a rock. Plur. Q'T^n
down,
e. g.
wood,
Isa.
2:21.
*
10:34.
JVG to destroy, Job 19:26, "after i. q. they have destroyed iny skin, (i.e. after my skin shall be destroyed, compare Lehrg. p. 798 j, this," sc. shall be, shall come to pass; namely, what had been spoken of before, verse 25, the advent of God. HIPHIL (i)i. q. Kal No. 3, to go in a circle, Job 1:5, nJTCton 'DJ ^n ? "after the days of
(a)
shall
^'a? wicked lays snares," sc. f< himself. [In Thes. intrans. and the rendering give " the wicked is snared in to this passage is,
;
Ps. 9:17, yen his own hands the
(yakosh) and K'ip TOLAYSNAREJ " with the work '33
work of
his
own
hands."]
/
t'p,
tli
their feasting had gone about," the circle of their mutual feas tings being ended. The following is elliptical,
NIPHAL, to be snared, caught, Deut. 12:30. PIEL i. q. Kal, absol. Ps. 38:13; followed l>y
Lev. 19:27,
e.
capo
n? -iDpn
*6
ye shall
lay snares
for
not
go in circle
i.
head,"
(in shaving) the outer part of the the ends of your hair. Symm. ov irtpt-
i7~i^
"
any one,
Ps. ioy:
i.
/3? nyi:
for all
let
the extortioner
lay a snare
^vpljatrt KuK\(f> riff irp6ao\^tf r/c K> </>A//r vfiwv. This appears to refer to the Arabs, who used to cut off
he hath," i. e. take away all his goods. HITHPAEL, to lay a snare for ;iny one by ? l Sam. 28:9.
folio
the hair all round the head, but
left
that in the
Inf.
K'p} Ch.
knees ]Vp2
middle untouched (Herod,
iii.
8;
iv.
175).
absol.
to
" smite, or strike, Dan. 5:6, f.nd U
K^ smo te
together."
(Syr.
id.
DLXVLI
ttd
of the teeth chattering from fear, Arab. a bell.)
Spikenard of the Ancients, in Asiatic Researches

vol. v.
to strike, e. g.
"t? pi. frtT3
(from the root
"H3 to shine).
:
often used of (1) a lamp, a candle, Zeph. l 12 the lamps of the holy candlestick (nTl3Jpn), Exod. 2 o 37;35 ;1 4; 37 :2 35 39 37; once of the candle; : :
[and *rv] ("lamp of Jehovah"), riah], pr.n. m. Jer. 32:12; 36:4; 51:59.
<$/
1
TO
[&.
fut.
KB",
inf. absol.
l
:
K1SM Jer. 10:5; Hosea

Miff.
stick itself) l Sa. 3:3.
It is
figuratively applied in
:6; const.
Kb?
Isa.
14; tfib Ps. 89: lo; with
ways (a) to happiness (compare "lix letter however the idea of a light is still retained, e. g. r), Prov. 13:9, sjjn! D'JJBn 13 " the lamp of the wicked
be put out," i. e. they grope in darkness Prov. 2O:20; 31:18; Psa. 18:29, "thou wilt light my lamp," i. e. cause my affairs to prosper; Job 29:3.
shall
;
various
*K^3 Psal. 28:2; but far more frequently riK^> \v ith pref. nK'^2 Exod. 27:7, and nsb? (very often), with
suff.
Kb
V1B*3
*nKp, inKJ?; imp. Kb? (once HD3. Psa. 4:7), and Gen. 27:3; Num. 3:40; part. pass. Klb3 (once
trt
like quiescents
So 2 Sam. 21 : 17, where David is (b) to glory. called the lamp of Israel. (The same figure is used in
Syriac and Arabic,
ii.
(l) TO TAKE (With this correspond JEth. ^<U)ft: to take, to receive; see No. 3,
H? Ps. 32 l.) UP, TO LIFT UP.

:
e. g.
p. 266.) Prov. 20: 27, " the

is
The
see Barhebraeus, Assemanni, proper signification is retained
and Arab.
Lu
to
be exalted,
to grow, to increase
but other roots are used
to express the idea of raising

(j
the soul of a
lamp of the Lord (lighted by him) man who explores the recesses of the
up, bearing, taking, as *_j
J^-.)
Gen. 7:17," the

i,
waters increased and
breast."
(2) [Ner"], pr. u. of the grandfather of Saul, l Sa.
" and Jacob lifted up his feet and went," etc. fc*b3 D3 to lift up, i.e. to set up a banner, Jer. 4:6; 50:2;
bore up
the ark." Gen. 29:
14:50,51; 26:5;
J Prov. 2 1 3 JJ
quickly.
:
Ch. 8:33.
q.
"13
i.
a lamp.
51:12, 27. Followed by ?JJ to place upon any one, Gen. 31:17; Kl?n l^j; Sb3 to lay sin upon oneself
(i.
e.
(l)
i.
q.
31O,
which
see,
to
roll oneself
6:22.
1:5-
to contract 22 :g; followed by 3 2 Ch. it), Lev. Intrans. to lift up oneself, Psa. 89: 10; Nah.
Specially the following expressions should be

(a) (and |3 Kb3) to lift up the in swearing, Deut. 32:40 (compare "I* CD^D
(?)
to
speak fast; whence
I|"13.
[See Thes.]
remarked
Nb3
hand,
the Cuthites.
7J"]3 2 Ki. 17:30, \_Nergal~], pr. n. of an idol of If a conjecture be made as to its etyI
mology,
should suppose
?3"13
to
come from the noun
s^/;~u,
^^
Anerges, or Mars (the planet), and
Dan. 12:7; and Virg. JEn. xii. 195); swear, followed by a dative of pens, and the gerund of a verb, Eze. 2O:6, DtOVinp Dn? T 'HNbs. Eze. 47:14; Ex. 6:8; Nu. 14:30; Ps. 106:26; Neh.
Gen. 14: 22;
to
hence
? as a diminutive addition (see p. ccccxxi ; comp. the excellent observations on the use of diminutives in
9:15.
In other places
it is
for the
purpose of doing
violence, 2 Sa.
divine names, in
iii.
James Grimm's Deutsche Grammatik

[See
also.
p.
664, 85).
Thes.]
By
the Babylo"="
1O:12; to (compare Lam. 3:41); as beckoning,

22.
(b)
2O:2l (followed by 3), to punish, Ps. pray and adore, Psa. 28:2; 63:5; 134:2
Isa.
13:2; 49:
nians the
same appears
to
have been called
\V&~\
is
Hence
one
2:4.
who
("prince of Mars," i.e. the prince whom Mars favours), [Nergal-sharezer], pr.n.
(l) of a general of
(/3)
to lift up one's head (a) used of cheerful and merry, Job 10:15; Zech. of one who increases in wealth, becomes
Kb3
(a) of an
Nebuchadnezzar, Jer. 39:3. arch-magian of the same king, ib. verse

the
mighty (compare the Lat. caput extollere in civitate), Jud. 8:28; Psal. 83:3; but (y) TVSD 'Q bXT XB>3 K?3 to lift up the head of any one from prison, i. q.
This
is
same name
as Neriglissar.
m. a chatterer, garrulous person; hence whisperer, calumniator, Prov. 16:28; 18:8; 26:20, 22; from the root 3^3.
I? JJ
him to go up out of a prison (which used to be under ground), to bring out of it, 2 Ki. 25 27 and without the words '3 '3D Gen. 40 1 3, 2O. For another meaning of this phrase, see No. 2, letter d.
to cause
:
(c)
V3Q NK'3
to lift
up
one's
own countenance,
plur. ^"H?, nard, Indian spikenard Sanscr. narda; Oant. 1 1 2 4: 1 3, 14. See Cvlsii Hierobot torn. ii. p l ; seqq.; Jones, On the
.
m. with
;
suff. *T)3,
used of a person of conscious rectitude, cheerful and " if full of confidence, Job 11:15. Ellipt. Gen. 4: 7, thou hast done well fiKt? (there will be) lifting up
DLxvra
(c. cf countenance);"
cheeiful countenance.
/>
Followed by to 8 Ki. t) 32 metaph. to place confidence in any person or thing, Job 22 26 2 Sam. 8:22; also used of God as beholding men with kindness, Nu. 6:26.
:
thou mayest go with a Opp. to V33 ?*BH ver. 5, 6. look upon, towards any thing,
i.e.
:
40:20; produce, as a field,
vw
Ps. 72: 3, etc.
Gen. 13 :6,^/
not
nn^p bear (i. e.

i.q. to
-
jnn
on'K xb>3
and the land did

Specially
contain) them, that they might live to-
gether;" (but compare Job 2 1:3).
(a)
NtW to lift up the eyes, with the verbosity (d) D.TV. which in such cases is used in Hebrew (compare, to
lift
up the
feet,
Gen. 29:
to
lift
up the
voice, letter
endure, Isa. 1:14; Mic-7:9; Prov.3O:2i; PS 55 13- Hence to suffer, to bear with. Job 21:3, "131^ *?3K] :MNB> bear with me, and I will Followed by 3 partitive, to bear a part of speak." " any thing. Job 7:13, *33'P ^rws XJp. my couch
e,
put before verbs of beholding, or seeing, as Gen. 13:10," he lifted up his eyes and saw;" Gen. 13:14; 18:2; 31:10; 33:1,5; 43:29; followed by 'N and (to lift up the
Hj??), often
and under the verb
will
bear
part of
my
grief" (mein
tjetfen/
SSette
roirb
mir
metnen
Summer
ertragen
wirb
nrit
baran tragen).
upon any person or thing; or desire, Gen. 39 7 ; Ps. 1 2 1 i figuratively used of longing towards God, and confidence in him, Ps. 123:1; in an idol, Ezek. 28:12; 23:27;
eyes on, to cast the eyes
i.
'S py. NB>3 to bear (b) any one's sin, i.e. to receive the punishment of sin upon oneself, Isaiah 'S py? id., Eze. 1 8 53 1 2. IKlpn, Uty Kbj 19, 20.
:
:
e.
in love
to bear the
Deu. 4:19.
(e) Tip
Compare letter g. $&\ to lift up the voice,
pleonast. (comp.
letter e?) before
verbs of weeping, bewailing, Genesis
" I have
punishment of one's own sin, Levit. 5:1, 17; 17:16; 20:19; 24:15; Numb.5:3i; 9:13; *4 34; 3 O: *6; and so Vfl'OJ ^3 to bear the penalty of one's whoredom, Nu. 14:33; Eze. 23:35. Absol. to bear punishment. Job 34:31, 73^^ X ? 'flKC'S
:
1
borne (punishment),
will offend
no more."
27:38; 29:11; Jud.2:4; lSam.24:l7; 30:4; of crying out, Jud. 9:7; of rejoicing, Isa. 24: 14; also without the word ;>ip (Germ, anfyeben). Num. 14:1, WM... nnyn-^3 XB'rn the whole assembly lifted up (their voice)... and wept." Isa. 3:7, and even absol. in the sense of crying out, and rejoicing. Job
Si: 12, " they lift
:
For another use of tne phrase, see letter e. (c) to bearto anyone, to bring(bnn$erC), Ex.io: 13; iKi. 10:11; 18:12; 2Ki.2:i6; 4:19, and (d) tj
carry
2 2
: ;
aMJa?/(tt>egnet)men),Dan.l
i.
16; Eze. 29: 19; Mic.
2 Sa. 5:21;
q. to
take any one
away from life,
up
:
the voice (i.e. they rejoice,
they sing) to the sound of the timbrel and harp;" fsa. 42 1 1. Isa. 42 2, tity] "he shall not lift up"
&
the voice,
i.
e.
he
shall not cry with

5.
a loud voice,
'B byi? tîO KBO to tak< destroy, Job 32: 22. away the head from any one, to deprive of his head, Genesis 40: 19, where allusion is made to a similar phrase, as to which see above No. l b, y. 'S py NtW to take (e) away any one's sin, i. e. (n}to
to
,
q.
PJW
&6.
Compare NB>D No.
Hence
voice, as
lift up, to take up any thing with the a song, Nu. 23:7; Job 27:1; prayers, Isa. 37:4; reproaches, Ps. 15:3; the name of God, Ex. 20:7; a false report, Ex. 23:1.
(f) to
expiate, make atonement for sin (as a priest), Lev.io: Ps. 32:5; 85:3; Job 7:21; 17. (/3) to pardon sin, Gen. 50: 17. Followed by a dat. of pers., Gen.iS: 24,
26 Nu. 14:19; Isa. 2:9; Hos. 1:6. Part. pass. PJ? KW whose sin is forgiven, Isa. 33:24; and y?'9 VVJ'P id.,
;
(<7)
7X
E>Q3
fcti?3
to lift
up
the soul to anything,
i.
e.
to
Ps. 32:1.
to
From
take,
to
the sense of taking
away
conies
wishfor,todesiresomething(Arab.ellipt.
^
:
J^J^),
Deu. 24:15; Hos.4:8; Prov. 19:18; followed

Ps. 24:4; especially njrp for the aid of God, Ps. 25
by?
?K
:
i.
e.
:
anxiously to long
;
86 4
43
8.
(A)
WXW
take hold of, (< (3) " take now 27:3; thy weapons... and go." " take 45 :1 9> your father, and come;" (comp. Gr. Xaftwf, and the observations on nj57). Specially i"IB>S KK'S to take, i. e. to marry, a wife, in the (a)
receive,
to
(
1
?V
(a)
i.
e. it incites
"my heart has lifted me up," me to something, e. I am ready

i.
later writers for HtfS nj? ? 2 Ch.
1 1
:2l
13:21
Kzr.
and prepared to do something, Ex. 35:21, 26; 36:2. of pride. 2 Ki. The same expression is used (/3)
i.
14:10, e. thou
(i)
t\*V)
"
liftest
up
thyself,
thy heart has lifted thee up," thou art proud.
Ezr. 9:2, " they took (\\i\-s) of their daughters for themselves and for their sons." Ezr. 9:12; Neh. 13:25; 2011.24:3. 'D ^3B tfb3 to accept the person of any one, a
10:44; hence
ellipt.
(i)
up in a balance, i. e. to weigh, Job 6:2. Lat pendo and Heb. N/D. Comp. to carry to bear, (a) (very frequently found), as an
to lift
who phrase properly applicable to a king or judge, receives those who come to salute him, and who bring gifts, and favours their cause (see especially
Job 13:10). Opp. Hence sons. (a)
to D'33 3't?n not
to
to
zK-rq.r ;*r-
infant in the arms, Isa. 46:4; garments, 1 Sa. 2:28; 4 3 fruit, as a tree, Eze. 17:8; Joel2:22; Job
:
in
a good sense,
it,
receive anj
one's prayer, to be favourable to
to
have respect
DLXIX
as a petitioner, Genesis 19:21; 32:21; Job i2:8; Lam. 4: 16; Mai. 1:8, 9; Proverbs 6:35, 'N^ TB2^>3 3$ Nif "he regardeth no ransom." Part.
to htiK
HIPHIL
3^H
(i) prop, to cause to recede from
a place; hence TO Job 24:2.

(2)
to
REMOVE landmarks
the
:
(i. q.
3'Dn),
pass.
E'OD
K-1E>3
much
(fi)
authority (pr. to
in
man who is respected, who has whom no one denies a request
move
to, as
hand
to the
mouth,
to
Sam.
14:26; a sword, Job 41 18.

(3)
to
Hence
reach,
2X1.5:1; Job 22:8; Isa. 3:3; 9:14. a bad sense, to be partial (spoken of a Deut. 10:17; Ps.82:2; Job judge), Levit. 19:15; Mal.2:9, 13:8, 10; 32:21; 34:19; Prov. 18:5.
or entreaty),
D*Sfc>3 "partial in (enforcing) the law," E*33 "^?"7, and in N. T. compare ffpoenftco? \apftavtiv. t?K~) Kb3 to 2ae *Ae swm urnme aufnct)(tie (c)
tnen),
move oneself to,
i.e. to
attain
overtake any one, Gen. 31:25; 2 Sam. " 15: 14; as to time, Gen. 47:9. My hand has attained to something," often i. q. I have acquired, I
unto,
to
rniFO
D3S
possess something (compare N-ttp No. l), Lev. J4.:3i, followed by ? Lev. 5:11; seq. ; 25:26; Eze. 46 7
:
the
number of anything,
to
number, Exod.
Num. 3:40. NIPHAL, N'^3 (i) to Zt/"f up oneself, to be elevated, Eze. 1:19 21; Ps. 94:2; Isa. 40:4; 52:13.
30:12;
Num. 1:2,49;
"ISPP Kfîd.
without an ace. absol. to acquire riches, to grow In some passages to reach some rich, Lev. 25:47. one is spoken of joy,. Isa. 35:10 ; 51 :ll a blessing, Deut. 28:2; or, on the contrary, terrors, Job 27 20
;
:
guilt, Ps. 40: 13; the

f.
wrath of God, Ps. 69:25.

is
Part.
K&3
Zz/<erf zzp, high,lsa. 2:2, 12;
6:1; 30:25;
ried,
57
7-
(2) to fo carried, Ex. 25:28; Isa. 49:22; to fo carried away, 2 Ki. 20:17PIEL, KJW and KBO (i) to lift up, to exalt,* Sam. 5:l; ^ B'W B>3 i. q. Kal No. l, let. g; to desire
a load, burden,
11
(from the root KS>3), that which Isa. 46: l.
car-
^
;
masc. adj. verbal pass, of the root
lifted up.
of kings (1) a prince, a general name used both (compare 1^3), 1 Ki. 11:34; Eze. 12:1O; 45 7, seq. 46:2, seq.; and also of the leaders of particular
: ;
anything greatly, Jer. 2^2:27;
44:14.
(2) to help, to aid, Esth.9:3; Ps.28:9; especially
by
gifts,
iKi. 9:11; Ezr. 1:4; 8:36.
(3)
ffer 9ifts i
followed
by
? 2
Hence Sam. 19:43.
(4) to take
away, Am. 4:2.

(i) causat. of Kal No. 2, b, to cans e bear the punishment
HIPHIL, fcOB'n
tribes used, for instance, of the captains of the tribes of Israel, Num. 7: 11, seq.; 34:18, seq. (fully W?f: Num. 1:44; rnyn <%fy) Num. 4:34; 31:13;
^^?
some one
to b ear guilt, i.e. to
of his sin, Lev. 22:16. to (2) followed by 7^

tiling to
put upon,
to
apply someto
32:2); of the Ishmaelites, Gen. 17:20; and even of the princes of families, Num. 3:24, 30, 35, whence the prince of the whole tribe of Levi is called K'B'J
M^'!
1 1
any thing, e.g. a rope, 2 Sam. 17: 13. i to be HITHPAEL, Hariri and KB>jn lifted up, ( )
?
WB>3 Num. 3:32, compare
ET '?
prince, or phylarch appointed
Ch. 7:40. NTJ by God, used of

the
Abraham, Gen. 23:6.

(2) pi.
followed by oee. beexalted;

(a) to lift
stre ngth,
over any thing,
up oneself, i. e. Num. 16:3; 23:24; 24:7; lKi.l:5;
Ch. 29: 1 1. (a) to stand up in

i
D^b? vapours which ascend from
earth, from
(b) to be
proud, Eze. 17:14; Prov. 30:32; followed
by
?y to exalt oneself above,
Num. 16:3;
Ezek.
which the clouds are formed, Jer. 10:13; 51:16; whence it is used for the clouds themselves, -oPs. 135:7; Prov. 25:14. \J*J and (Arab.
^^
a cloud newly sprung up.)

Derivatives
/\L/
fc^3
J not used
in Kal.
Ch.
(l)
to
carry away
(used of the wind),
HIPHIL
PTH
TO KINDLE,
Dan. 2:35.
(a) to
NII-HAL, to be
Isa. 44:15; Eze. 39:9. kindled, Ps. 78: 21. (Ch. p'BK id.)
<ae, Ezr. 5:15.
ITHPAEL, to lift up oneself, to rise any one, followed by /% Ezr. 4:19.

pr. part. Piel No. 3), 2 Sam.
up
tO
against
Nb>3
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Ch. IP?
to
saw, an
DX^}
Niphal
19:43.
f.
a gift (compare
onomatop. word, Arab. JL5, and 0ft4: Hence "WO a saw.

I.
^^p
is
not used in Kal, prob.

to
q. JD3,
D,
ASTRAY, kindred
which
formed
not used in Kal, perhaps TO ERR, TO GO to the verb HCO to forget, from
inf. absol.
'cede.
Hence
^3 Jer. 23:39; wheno*
DLXX
v
v
erroi
Syr.
|LjOJ
[In Thes. perhaps
to
remove,
origin as Nt?3, so that it is properly, t( take, receivt^ Const, absol. Jer. 15:10; Isa. 24:2.
HIPHIL N'B'n
&
feac? info error, to
astray, whence- (l) to one, followed by a dat.

;
go deceive, to impose on any a Kings 18 129; Jen 4:10;
cause
to
(2) to followed
*3 IB'J
to any one, an jcmanben letfyen. (a. 3 3 A, No. 4), Jer. 15:10, of by pers. (see 'JVKO vb " I have not borrowed, nor have ?]
lend
89:8; ace. 2Ch. )2:l5; a Kings 19:10; Jer.37:9, deceive not yourselves." FolD3nit?93 WB n-t>K lowed by ?J? in a pregnant sense, Ps. 55: 16 np, *BJ! " let death deceive (and rush) on them," to'?}; niO L e. let death surprise them contrary to expectation.
(a)
to
they lent anything to me." Isa. 24:2, "KfK? HK'33 ^3 HC'3 " as with the debtor, so with the creditor." Deu. 24: 1 1 ; Neh. 5:10. Part. nt?3 creditor, 2 KL
3 of price, i.e. l Psal. 109: 1 1. (b) followed by Neh. 5:11," the hundredths of usury, or interest. have money, DH3 D'KO DRX TB^ for which (roofur)
4:
;
ye
seduce,
to be
to
corrupt, Genesis 3 113;

Isa.
Jer.
lent at
49:16. NIPHAL,
interest;" i.e. which ye debtors. Part. HE>3 an usurer,
demand from your

pers. to
deceived,
19:13.
[Derivative PB>D.]
II.
i.q.
nB>3
No.
II. a, to
3 Neh. 5:7; whence 13 82:2, a creditor.

HIPHIL,
to
KC'3 Isa.
/end, followed by 24:2, and K?'3 l Sa.
Ex. 22:24. Kal No. 2, followed by 3 of lend to any one, Deu. 15:2; 24:10. nd 'S??. Derivatives, ntJ>O
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
{1
creditor; followed
exact what has been lent, spoken of a by 3 of pers. Ps. 89:33.
20 m. Gen. 32:33, l~J a nerve or i.q. Arab. tendon passing through the thigh and leg to the
ancles, nervus ischiaticus. to HK'3 I. in
The
derivation
is
unknown.
[Referred
*t?0
Derivative nouns, KIPO,
Thes.]
m. a debt, 2 Ki. 4:7.

f.forgetfulness, Ps. 88:13, from the
J TO BLOW, followed bj 3
the wind), Isa. 40:7. cogn.
18.
|B>3,
to
6/ou;
uôn
(as
ne>3
(An onomatop.
verb, like the
HIPHIL
DP3 and which see). (i ) to cause (the wind) to blow,Ps. 147:
)&
No.
L
f.
f pi.
:
women,
see the sing.
H^X.
i-iss,
(a) to drive
away
by blowing, Gen.i5:ll.
per-
^ (from the root p'3), a
Cant. *:9\
Pro. 27:6.
lJ
(Arab. v^ ^J _
tion of
TO
FORGET a thing, Lam. 3:17; a
son, i.e. to desert, to
neglect him, Jeremiah 23: 39.
.<Eth. quadril. 'ifhrtPl
w^
tne inser-
Prov. 23:32, TO BITE, as a serpent, Gen. 49:17; Nu. 21:6, seq. [Pielj; as a man, Mic. 3:5 (Êtli. ^ftft id.; .Syriac
!
;
Ecc. 10:11, and
id.)
transp.
A.
i);
metaph.
(a) to vex, to oppress,
NIPHAL, to fo forgotten, Isaiah 44: 21, *3.E>|n JO " thou shall not be forgotten by me," for v n V'l^nân. But the Targ. and Yarchi Kimchi, S^D would make Niphal to be the same as Kal, and thus would render " lest thou shouldest forget me;" had this been the meaning it would probably have been
'R te, not K7.
Hab. 2:7. (b) to lend on usury, Deut. 23:20; since not only lending on usury, but even receiving interest was supposed to mark a sordid person and
f
an oppressor of the weak (comp. Aram. HDJ, Ajxi Arab. ^ to gnaw to bite whence KP?13 usury
; ;
PIEL, to
Gtti.
cause
i.
to forget, followed
by two
ace.,
lend on usury; Gr. SiwtffOtu VTTO ruv Conj. Nub. i. 12; Lat. usura vorax, Lucau, Arist. X/KWV,
III. to
i.
41 :ji. HIPHIL HC'.I

(the
171).
PIEL,
i.
q. Fiel,
it
"
to
know
ostrich) aft
to
W?
Job 39: 17, " God has made forget wisdom." Job 11:6,
caused
iniquity;" i.e. has re-
q.
Kal,
1
HIPHIL
T^ ?
to
^ HBT9 that God has
by a
dat. of pers.
Nu. 21:6; Jer. 8:17. take usury of any one, followed Deu. 23:21. Hence
to bite,
forget fovtheea part of thy
mitted to thc-e part of thy iniquity. Derivative njB>J, and the pr. n. rWP,
II.
13.
^J'3 m< interest, usury, Psal 15:5; Eze. 18:8, 7% ^C'3 D^ to take usury >f any one, Ex. 32 74.
:
M >i J
113^,
(i) TO
II.
elsewhere nÛv wh'ch see; a chamber, A
e that root No.
(also written Kt'3, It appears to be of the same
BOKKOW
cell in the courts of the temj e, Neh. 3:30; I2:44i The derivation is not cle^r. Some considef 13:7.
DLXXI
tt
to
rather regard
be transposed for ^3?^ a dwelling I she aid it as the Pers. aliJ a seat, dwelling,
;
n
fut.
(see Hipn.), TO ARRANGE, TO intrans. to dispose, to
from
.V...AJ to sit
down.
As such a chamber was
41:40, 'BJTÎ p&

shall all
PUT IN ORDER, Hebr adjust oneself. Gen. TS"^J> "according to thy word
as
it
Greek Xlff^n, it might easily be supposed that "~I3??7 was taken from that word; but a word of Greek origin in the book of Samuel (l Sam. 9 22) ould hardly be admitted.
called in
:
my
people
dispose themselves;"
has
been well rendered by LXX., Onk., Vulg.,Saad. Com" monly taken from signif. No. 3, on thy mouth shall all
my people k
s s,"
i.
e.
and submission; but
they shall declare their fidelity, it can hardly be maintained,
No. 3) (i) trans. TO DRAW OUT, TO PUT OFF (Arab. J-iJ, JiJ; comp. the kindred words V^, nplP, ??,), as a shoe, Exod. 3:5; Josh. 5:15; to cast out (as a people from a
fut.
tO
W.
(intrans.
that such a ceremony was used to shew submission to the minister of the king in the exercise of his
functions.
[But it would be just as hard to maintain the contrary position such a ceremony may have been used, and this may be the meaning of the passage.]
:
land),
Deu. 7:1, 22.

to
Deut. 19:5, rrrjD ^n?n "and (if) the head should slip from the handle." (3) to fall ffi to drop down, used of olives,
(2)
slip off.
(2)
tion is
to
arm oneself
not, to
[in Thes. this significa-
made a
is
separate root, and the meaning as-
signed
arm
oneself,
but
to
;
draw a bow]
Deu. 28:40 [" PIEL i.

i
(fut.
q.
A).
i, to
Kal No.
drive out & people from
land, followed
by
JP 2 Ki. 16:6."]
2 Chron. 17:17, n? p. 'pj?3 "those (whence pBO). armed with bows." Ps. 78:9, ne>jr'ph >pj?3 prop. " the armed of the archers," i. e. armed archers. (3) to kiss (to join mouth to mouth), followed by a
DB>K TO PANT, used of a woman in child-birth, Isa. 42 14. Kindred roots are 3^J, *)BO,
fut.
:
Gen. 27:26; 2 Sa. 15:5; ace., Cant.l:2; l Sam. 20 41 Poet, used, Ps. 85 1 1 *PfM m#] plV " righte" ousness and peace have kissed each other (in the
dat.,
: . :
transp.
'Q3
;
compare Arab. iu*iJ

(Elsewhere
J
to
fut.
pant
also, to
other
member
there
is,
have met together),
i.
e.
are
mu-
bring
forth, to bear.
.)
DB
belongs to
tually connected, joined together, peace follows
upon
the root Dt?t
Hence
J">P'^n, a'ud
!
righteousness. Further, to kiss idols, is a term applied to those who worship them (which was done by kissing
the
f.
(i) breath, spirit
(a) the Spirit of
Job life and wisdom, i. q. 0-11 (b) the spirit of man, 32:8; 33:4; compare 26 4. soul, î>x'/ (comp. ^S3 No. 2), Gen. 2:7; Job 27:3.
God imparting
DWR
hand to them, see Job 31 27, and Plin.xxviii. 2), iKi. 19:18; Hos. 13:2. PIEL, i. q. Kal No. 3, to kiss, Gen. 31 28, used of
: :
animans,
ince
Meton. (that which has breath), a living creature, ^B3 No. 3, Deut. 20: 16 Josh. 10:40. i. q.
;
I
the vanquished promise fidelity and submission to the conqueror, Ps. 2:12. [The Lord
the kiss
by which
used for the mind, Pro. 20:27.
(2) the
le
panting
of those
who
;
are angry, used of

:
anger of God,
Isa.
30 33
:
Ps. 18
is here spoken of.] Eze. 3:13, " the wings of the living HIPHIL, id. creatures n^S 7$ n'fX nip'B> which kissed each other," i.e. one of which touched the other; i. q.
Jesus Christ
16.
ing h$
riB>K
ni-qh Eze. l
9.
Compare
Ps.
85
1 1
Chald. breath, life, Dan. 5:23.

T
l
Derivatives n[?^3 and

j?
J TO
BLOW
&
(comp.
Is.
by 3
to
blow upon,
Ex. 15: 1O; followed 40:24. Hence ^pE^! and

CB'3),
Mt-O m. suff. te?'? (i) the evening twilight, when a colder gale blows (D1 n n-H Gen. 3 8), Job 24:15; Pro. 7:9; 2Ki. 7:5,7; Jer. 13:16; whence
!
:
10:25; Eze 39 9> 10 PS 140:8, P^3 DV| "in the day of arms," i.e. of battle. (2) an armoury, Neh. 3:19 (comp. l Ki. 10:17;
:
p^
masc.
!
(i)
-
arms, weapons,
Ki.
and the observations ôn

IL/J an unused pieces with the
IJJI
No.
2).
darkness, night, Isa.5: ll 21:4559:10. VKi'rruc, Job 24:15; Pro. 7 9). (2) the morning twilight, Job 7 4 ;
;
:
(LXX.
l
root.
Arab. .^J
to
tear in
teeth, to
rend
(as a bird of prey),
Sam.
^,
the beak of a bird of prey.

5
Hence
*TB?3
$0:17.
fut.
-.40 (see
p&\
i
Ki. 19:20. and intrans. P^? Gen.
[in pause
One ?, constr. 1K r 3], phir. S^ ^ ,

Syr.
J;_*J, -<Eth.
m.
No.
(l) pr.
i.
q.
Arab, j^J TO JOIN
an eagle (Arab.^J,
DLXXII
This name, however, is Eze. 17:3. Deut. 32:11 one of wider extent, and sometimes also (like the Gr.
ttrde,
id.
n;pn3 a trodden way, Pro. 12:28; and without Jud. 5:6, and hence
;
T?.":
and
Arab.^J
see Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 312,
seqq.) comprehends the different kinds of vultures; ~>K>3 is said to be especially in those places in which bald (Mio. 1 16), and to feed on dead bodies, Job
:
(2) a footpath, by-way, a jxetic word, Job 18:10; 28:7; 41:24. Plur. foV3 nta'D? the ways to his house, Job 38 2O.
:
39:27; Prov. 30:17; (Matt. -24:28).

appears to be the vultur barbatus.
The former
itself,
To
the eagle
m. plur. prop, given, bestowed \_Nethithe name given to the upo&ovXoi of the Henim~\, brews, or the bondsmen of the temple who attended on
the Levites in their sacred service, Ezr. 8:17, 20; Neh. 3:31; 7:46,60,73; 11:3, 21, etc. As to the
origin of the word,
u JTÎ
which often changes
its
feathers, just as a serpent its
skin, we must refer the words, Psalm 103:5, "so See that thy youth is renewed like the eagle's."
compare Num. 8:
19.
Chald. Ezr.
Bochart, Hieroz. loc. thereon by Rosenm.
cit.,
t.
and the observations made

p.
7:24.
ii.
743,
seq.,
ed.
Lips.
Oedmann, Verm. Sammll. aus der Naturkunde, i. 5 (who, by a manifest error, would apply all the occurrences to the vulture, and none to the eagle).
plur. t'lf? Chald. id.,
ju
fut.
"^
(kindred to ^03), TO
POUU SELF
:
OUT, TO BE POURED OUT; always metaph., used of roaring, Job 3:24; of anger, 2 Chron. 12:7; 34 25 Jer.42:i8; 44:6; of curses, Dan. 9: ll.
;
Dan. 4:30; 7:4.
with thirst,
f TO DRY UP, used of the tongue drying up Isa. 41:17; of strength, as drying up, Jer.
id., to
NIPHAL. (i) i. q. Kal to pour self out, used of water, rain, Exod. 9:33; metaph. of anger, 2 Ch. 34: 2 1 Jer. 7 20.
; :
(2)
to
flow down,
to
be
melted, Ezek. 22:21;

1
51:30.
NIPHAL,
dry up, used of water,

18:14 (-^th.
Isa.
19:5;
24:11. HIPHIL
compare
^3
m
.
T ??,
1
once
inf.
T^? ?,
Eze. 22:20.
Jer.
ÛJ'f': to lay waste,
pour
22:9.
(2)
out,
to
to
pour forth, Job 1O:1O; money,
(l) to 2 KL
to destroy).
Hebr. and Chald. a letter, Ezr. 4:7, The derivation appears to be 18,23; 5 5> 7 :ll>
T
:
p fiEO
HOPHAL,
melt, Eze. 22:20. pass. ib. verse 22.
from the Pers. ..xi-J nobishten, .,xiJ write; a sibilant letter being transposed.
.,;
i.e. to
Derivative "spnn.
["
AW
a root unused as a verb. Aram,

to give.
"^^j
i.
q.
Hebr. IDJ
an unused
signification of
root,
Hence
fl^FI"].
which had,
expect, the
treading, trampling ; like the Gr. oT('/3w; hence 3*ri3 a beaten path. As to the primary syllables tab, tap, and pat, imitating the sound of treading; see above. D-13 p. cvm, and S?^. *!?!?
JJ"0
IR,
fut.
il
\W,
~\R\, also |fl3 i pers.
(Jud. 16:5), imp.
with
parag.
inf. absol. 1*103, constr. riri (for njjjl,
Arab,
be swollen up whence I have elsewhere supposed 2^nj to be derived; i. e. a raised and fortified way; like i"l?PP from /vp; but never denotes a public arid royal road, such as was raised up and formed by art, but always a footpath.
i
__zJ
is,
to
be
lofty, to
suff. *nn, rarely |h? (Syr. ^lo). (l) TO GIVE, followed by an ace. of the thing and f of pers. Gen. 25:6; Isa. 8 1 8, etc. ?$ of pers.
n.3.FI),
1
with
DW3
i.
q.
D'yru Ezr. 8:17, ana.
29:11; Jer. 36:32; with suff. Josh. 15: 19, '?Pinj " thou gavest me;" Isa. 27:4 (compare other instances of a suffix which must be regarded as a it dative, such as Zee. 7:5, although in such cases still be taken as an ace., if, instead of to .'/"'<. may
Isa.
we
substitute the idea to
cause
to receive; compare
j only in Piel HW TO CUT INTO PIECES (an animal which had been slain), Exod. 29:17; Levit. 1:6,12; 8: 20; the corpse of a person, Judges 20 6. Hence
:
the verbs in Arab. Ike Conj. IV., and
JU, J.U
to
is give, with suff. of the person to whom any thing Followed by an ace. of the thing and 3 of given). the price, to give any thing for, Joel 4:3; K/fk.
rO
plur. D'nnp
a piece of
flesh,
Lev.
:8, seq.;
Eze. 24:4.
TH3 m
adj.
and
WHJ Br and
f.
rt-.
(i) prop.
18:13; followed by ?$ to add something to, K/:t-k. 21:34. Impers. Prov. 13:10, H-VO jrp }'nj3 "from eg (Strdt Job pride arises strife," bet) Uebermutt) Qtbt are to be remarked these 10. phrases gy Specially
5 ;
trodden with
the
feet
''see
the root 30J). TJJ
(a)
"V
jr>3
to give the
hand
(to the victor),
6<*J TJ
jro
No.
i, letter
,
DLXXIII
bnt 3 Vr
*?.??
|H3, see
T?
the
t?3 to deliver into the

ft',
letter act,
also
ID3
power of any one, see T geben), see *?.?? under (pr
ibid, letter
&.
(J)
word D'33;
also followed
B*99? *ntl3. *i| " I gave my back to the smiters;" *T. ty ID? to give a command to any one, see "V No. |H3 to give the back [to turn 1, letter ee. (c)
by a
dative, Isa. 50:6,
5 back], see nJ?. (d) *1S {13 to give (yield or bear) fruit (as a tree), i. q. '")? ri&% Lev. 25: 19; Psa. 1:3; Eze. 34:27. to have compassion (e) ? D'Pni I
any thing upon any one, as a yoke, 2 Ch. 10:9; a 2X1.23:33; also sin, i. e. to impute sin; to inflict its penalty upon any one, Jon. l 14; Eze. 7:3; 37 1D3 to apply the heart comp. Deu. 21:8. (c) ? to any thing, to devote oneself to any thing, Eccl. 1:13, 17; 8:9, 16; D?m. 10:12; a phrase which is more emphatic than ?y 37 D-ll" to turn the heart to It is also said, 'S 3? "?X "OT JH3 to anything. put
fine,
:
any thing into one's heart, (used of God), Neh. 2:12; l(f \ Hdyai, Ecc. 7:5? and 13? ?X |H3 7:2; 9:1.
^^
(/) ? W, "1133 |H3 to ascribe or to strength glory any one, Ps. 68:35; Jer. 13: 16. (^r) "IIX'P3 }nj t gi ve a ny one into custody,
for
any one,
see
D^DT
(3)
to
make,
as Q'B>, n'!?, Arab. Jje=-.

MJjin
Levit.
19:28,03^.72
6 B-K>ye
shall 'make
no
cutting in your flesh."
In like manner, 3 DID {H3 to
see ""??'^>
u?i7J
compare Gen. 39:20.
(/<)
]py.
'*?
?0A0
give? a phrase used in wishing, i. q. Oh that any one would give, Oh that I had! see *O No. i, d. It is construed followed by an ace. Deut. 28:67, 3!K Iflr^P "Oh, that it were evening!" followed by an inf. Ex. 16:3, tiniD tfT'D "Oh that we had
died!"
cause a blemish, to injure any one, Levit. 24:20. (a) to make, or constitute any one Especially
to
be anything, with two

Dyi3
ace.
TPID?
" a father of
many
:
Gen. 17:5, flDn 3R nations have I made
thee;" Exod. 7:1; Lam. 1 13; Psa. 69: 12; 89:28; with ace. and ? of the predicate, Gen. 17:20; 48:4;
Jer. 1:5.
(b) |
Job 11:5; followed by a

1,
finite
verb, either
with or without the part. 3:3-
Deut. 5:26; Job 19:23;

(a) for to teach, Prov.
any thing similar

" he will
make
Farther, "
:
to
t
give
is
used
a thing like, 15^3 ]f\\ their sword as dust;" hence to reJH3

to
":n
to
make
41
it.
Isa.
:2, i3"in
9'
S lve
a wise
man
nj5?
still
wiser."
Compare
V
(wisdom), and he will be No. 2. (/3) to allow, to

largiri,
gard, or treat any thing as like any thing else, to hold it as (befcanbfln alS). l Ki. io:27, s!D3n"r>? Jfl?!
E'?3^3 "and he 42 30, B?f393
:
made
n'
?te
silver to
be as stones." Gen
as spies,"
permit
(like the Gr. d/ow/a, Lat. dare,

.iicrL<,
l>
Syr.
JJV!
"and he held us
and Arab.
pers.
_^>.); followed by an
ace. of
ec bebanbelre
unS
;
ûnbfdiafter
Liv.
ii.
20)
Eze. 28:2,6.
and a gerund of the verb, (prop, to give, i. e. to admit any one to do any thing, compare the same
(comp. âie?-e p-o /joste, Followed by \3?? of judg:
consecution in the
synonymous verbs,
JT3H, root
H-13,
andt?B3 T ), Gen. 20:6.
H^K
Jfi
spflni
6 " I have not
ment merely, to hold any one for so and so, i.e. to judge him to be such. 1 Sam. 1 16, "do not reckon me drunken." Compare Greek ridtadai, for
vo}j.itiv, riye'iffOat,
allowed
thee to touch her;" Gen. 31:7; Ex.3: 19; Jud. 1:34; 15:1; 1 Sam. 18: 2; Job 31 130; Psa.
9:18;
?ip),
16:10; 55:23; 66:9; Eccl. 5:5. Without ? Job Num. 2O:2i; once with a dat. of pers. 2 Ch.
given, Ex. 5: 18; Levit. 19:20; to be delivered, Lev. 26:25; to bt given forth (as a law), Esth. 3:14. (2) to be made, Lev. 24:20; see Kal No. 3.
to be
Passow, h. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal (i)
v.
A, No.
5.
(y) to utter, give forth, as the voice (see impious words, Job i :22; a sweet smell, Cant. 1:12; 2:13; 7:14; to give forth, i.e. to work a miracle, Exod. 7:9 (elsewhere J"IS1D D1K>), compare
20: 10.
Sicdi'm <n;jut7a,
to
Nu
HOPHAL, only in
26:54.
fut. \R\
i.
q.
Niph., Levit. ll
-.38;
Note. In pret. Kal, the third radical with the formative letters PID3, ''firo
;
Nun
it
;
coalesces
once occurs
Mat. 24:24.
bolder use
is *\R iri3
i.
give forth a sound by striking a timbrel, strike a timbrel, Ps. 81:3.

(2)
i.
e. to
defectively 19:11, for "HJ.
nnn
The
zSa. 22:41, for nnri3 like "n Jud. passage, Ps. 8 2, has been much
:
put, place Gen. 1:17; 9:13; 15:10; iKi. 7:39; Eze. legen). 3:20; e.g. to place snares, Ps. 119:110; defences (followed by 7P) Eze. 26:8; to make a covenant,
q. DH5> to set, to
to
(fefcen/ ftellen/
name in
discussed, "Jehovah, our Lord, how excellent all the earth ;" D'P^n spfln n3 1^,
is
thy
where
Gen. 9: 12; 17:2. (a) '3?7 |n3 to set Specially before any one, l Ki. 9:6. (b) followed by ace. of pers. and *?J? of pers. or thing; to set some one over
is taken fi3Jjl by some for inf. absol., while some, with other points would read n3ri. But as H3W in twentythree other places is the imp., it should not here be taken as anything else [?] and there arises a very ele;
gant sense
to
if rendered
the heavens, i.e.
Oh
which thy glory setthou also above that the glory of God, which begins
;
any person or thing, Gen. 41 :4l, 43; Deu. 17:15; but with an ace. of thing, and 7J? of pers. to impose
be manifested on this earth (verse 3), may be known and celebrated through the whole universe! f ?]
DLXXIV
Derived nouns, proper names '3^P,
follow.
also
the
jr^P and the four which
]H} Chaldee only found in fut. UIP', followed by makk. ]W inf. |FIP, i. q. Hebr. to give, Dan. 2:l6; The other tenses are 4:14; Ezra 4: 13; 7:20. from the verb Hence 3??. WJjlO. supplied
burst bonds, Psal. 2:3; 107:14; a yoke, Isa, 58:6; to wound by tearing, Eze. 23:34. HIPHIL, metaph. to separate out, Jer. 12:3; to draiv away from, to cut off from any place
Josh. 8:6.
NIPHAL (l) to be torn away, to be broken, e.g used of a thread, a cord, Isa. 5:27; Jer. 1 20 Jud Ecc. a Isa. 20. 4:12; 33 16:9; rope, Metaph. Job
: ; :
JH3 ("whom God gave"),
pr. n.
Nathan
(i)
:
17:
i.
1,
" the counsels of
my mind
are
broken
off;"
a prophet in the time of David, 2 Sam. 7:2; 12 i Ps. 51 :2. 1 Ki. l :8; (a) a son of David, 2 Sam. 5:14.
(3)
e.
frustrated.
23:36
(4 and 5)
Kings 4:5.
(6)
iCh. 2:36.
(7) Ezr. 8: 16.
(8) 10:39.
**|?~jrP (" whom the king has placed," i.e. constituted), [Nathan-melecli}, pr. n. of a courtier of Josiah, 2 Ki. 23:11.
(2) to be torn out, as from a tent, Job 18: 14. Pregnant construction, Josh. 4:18, "and when the soles of the feet of the priests were plucked up (from the muddy channel and set) on the dry land." (3)
be
to be
separated,
pJ?3.n
i.
Jer.
6:29; followed by IP
3,
to
drawn away from,

q.
Josh. 8: 16.
TNJH}
whom God gave"), [Nethaneel],

name who are
(a) (l) Nu. 1:8; 8:5. once mentioned in these
HOPHAL Hence
v
Niphal No.
Judges 20:31.
Gr. Na0ayi/\, pr. of several others,

places,
C1)
a scall,scab, in the head or beard,

:
iCh. 2:14; 15:24; 24:6; 26:4; 2 Ch. 17:7; 35:9; Ezr. 10:22; Neh. 12:21, 36.
Lev. 13:30, seq.
rnm
Jer.
& VVjnj ("whom Jehovah

2Ch. 17:8.
gave"),
l
from a scall, Levit. 13 33Root PD3 to pluck out (hairs), from the hair falling off from places where there is a
(2)
see
J?33
one suffering
No.
2.
(l) a son of Asaph, [_Nethaniah~\, pr. n. m. 25:12. (2) 2Ki. 25:23, 25; Jer.40:8, 14.
Ch.
(3)
scall.
fut. "IJV.
36:14.
(4)
(l) TO
TO TEAR UP, TO BREAK UP, the ground; kindred to the verbs fr>3 and K'ro. Job 30: 13, -10113 *n:i*n3 " they tear up my path." (4 MSS. read by a
gloss ^J?,?).
JJ
(as the heart), Job 37:1. word, like rpiw, rpf'/zw, tremo.)
TATE
TREMBLE, TO PALPI(An onomatop

to fall
e.
(2)
cially
i.
q.
Arab,
" to
fall
off,
i.
away, espe-
with a fluttering noise,"
the sound
made
are
by
J7 Jlj
i.
leaves
which
fall
from the
trees
when they
q.
pn3 No.
2,
TO
BREAK OUT
f being
Aramaean manner) changed NIPHAL, pass. Job 4: 10.

(in the
(the teeth); into V.
dry and withered; hence Ch. and Syr. 1H3, ^j to See Ch. and Hiphil No. a. fall, as a leaf or fruit. i. e. to to tremble, PIEL, leap (as a locust), Lev.
11:21.
jJ
DOWN,
fut.
?.
- (l)
TO DESTROY, TO
BREAK
ing,
: ;
For verbs of trembling are applied

3^11, 73^11.
to leap-
as houses, statues, altars, etc., Levit. 14 45 Jud. 6:30, seq. ; 8:17; metaph. to destroy men, Job 19:10; Ps. 52:7. (2) to break out teeth, Ps. 58:7; comp. yru.
i. q. Kal No. i, aCh. 31:1; 33:3. NIPHAL, PUAL, and HOPHAL, pass, of No. i , Jer. 4 26 ; to be torn away (spoken of a Jud. 6 : 28 rock),
compare
HIPHIL (i) causat. of Kal No. tremble, Hab. 3:6.
l,
to
cause
to
PIEL,
Iraves (2) i. q. Aram. Aph. prop, to shake off the of a tree; hence to shake off a yoke, Isa. 58:6; and also Dn-lD^ Tnn to shake off the yoke of cap
tives, to
loose captives, Ps. 105:20; 146:7.
1 '<'''-
Nh.
1:6.
Applied a military sense, to draw away, to cut off anr one (from a place), Jud. 20:32. See Niphal and .liphil. Part pass. P^n3 castrated, Lev.
figuratively in
TO
TEAR AWAY, Jerem. 33:24.
Job 6:9, '3J?*T1. nj -UF): Oh that he (God) would let loose his hand, and cut me off," i.e. kill me. The hand of God, while not exerted, is spoken of as if it were bound; when stretched out, as if it were "W!l 2 Sam. 22 :33, see the root TW. freed.
Ch. and Syr. to shake down, a leaf, *h a tree; see Hebr. Me. 2. APUEL, to shake down (leaves), Dan. 4:11.
fruit of
PIEL, to tear
up
or off, as roots, Eze. 17:9
to
DLXXV
m. nitre (Gr. t'lrpov, X/rpov), prop, natron of the moderns, ybsst? alkali, potash (different from TViH
vegetable alkali), which, when mixed with oil, is It used even now for soap, Prov. 25 2O Jer. 2:22.
: ;
appears to
'te
so called because,
when water is poured
destroy cities, Ps. 9:7; expel nations from a land (opp. to VPS), Deut. 29:27; i Ki. 14:15; Jer. 24:6, B>inK tO1 DfB?bp? " I will plant them, and not pluck them up," i. e. I will give them settled abodes, and
idols,
Hophal); hence Mic. 5:13.
(n) to
(3) to
or fennents. See Beckmann, Beytrage zur Geschichte der Erfindungen, t. iv. p. 15, seq. Also the same writer's Comment, ad Aristot.
upon
it, it
effervesces
will not expel
de Mirab. Auscultat.
tro,
\L/
c.
54.
J.
D. Michaelis, de Ni-
them; Jer. 12:14,15; 42:10; 45:4. NIPHAL, pass, to be expelled (used of a people), Jer. 18:14; 31:40; Am. 9:15; to be overthrown, as a kingdom, Dan. 11:4.
(2)
i.
10.
q.
ntt>3
(Isa.
19:5)
to
dry up,
as water, Jer.
/U
fut.
WW
18:14.
prop. TO
PLUCK UP
plants (see
HOPHAL,
to be
plucked up,
Eze. 19: 12.
Samech, the fifteenth

as a
Hebrew
for
letter,
numeral standing
"=!*??>
sixty.
when The name

to
HGp and n3>

of
to pour, etc.
We
know
also that the Ephraimites
this letter,
denotes a
prop, support,
which
al-
like the letter
compare /yD, ISO, etc. pronounced E* with T and Samech, Jud. 12:6. (ft)
;
this
letter
answers in form in the Phoenician

.
see
under those
letters.
phabet, 7< In sound I suppose that it was nounced as a lighter sibilant than
anciently pro-
an unused root; Arab. \Ls
to
extend,
to
;
before the use of diacritic points, guished in writing from $, see Lehrg. pp. 17, 18. Hence it is that most roots are constantly written in
}
which latter, was not distinB>,
expand;
nNtp
also to cut off anything extended, as a cloth

to
hence perhaps
plnr.
measure
f.
(see "H?);
whence
D*p
(i) measure.
With
thia
one manner, either with the letter D as 33D, "1-IDj or with the letter '&, as HW, D-lb>; and many roots
written with the letter
the roots
foolish,
D even
differ altogether
fe>,
written with the letter

to behold, to
as
??p
to
from be
tip,
meaning, following Aqu. Syinm. Theod. Chald. Syr. I explain the difficult word HKDSp? Isaiah 27:8; contr. from !"ISp~nXp3 (with Dag. fort, conjunctive; like D ?.^p for D3?"nD), to measure (and) measure
(je
7?^
understand, ~l?P to shut
nad)
and "1?^ to hire.

the letter
By degrees, however, that distinction in pronunciation was lost, so that in Syriac

Samech
(^rc) alone
is
Jer.
bem SCRaafie), i. e. moderately; comp. BSIpp? 10:24; and tOS^S? Jer. 30: 11 46:28. Lesa
;
suitable
is
the explanation lately proposed, viz. that
used, and so in
nSDXp3
ing her.
is for
By!^?
(root JW), by
moving, terrify-
Arabic the letter Sin (tw)', the Chaldee, following

the Syriac, commonly substitutes D for the Hebrew Ch. 13D to expect. fc, as I'Xf, Ch. leaven; And this uncertainty in spelling appears even in the
liD
"W,
later
Hebrew, where
~i?p stands for
~>3B>
Ezr. 4:5;
(2) specially a certain particular measure of corn; according to the Rabbins, the third part of an Ephah (>!&$) according to Jerome on Matt. 13:33, i Sam. 25:18. Dual. D?DNP sesquimodius, Gen. 18:6;
for
folly, Ecc. 1:17. [This is assuming what cannot be admitted, that Ecc. is one of the later
rU?;jK> for
rwSD
E?D^P
;
2 Kings 7:1, 16;
in the Syrian
manner
contr.
}L\.cci
like
D^H^P,
Djntf'p.
From
the Aramasan form

is
has arisen Gr.
traror,
which
Test.,
used by the
Instead of the
Hebrew
b> in
Arabic
is
com-
LXX., the
writers of the
New
and Josephus.
monly used for D

;
^, as "13P
iXs^
to adore
IpN ^\
pXD
to
to
bind; "Ip/S^j a sour grape; HD3 L.g-, to cover;
m. a shoe; specially a military shoe, caliga; be distinguished from the ocrea ( nl?*?)- (Chald.
of
more rarely ^, as inp $ -^ winter. In the HebreAV language itself, and in the Araman, D is not unfrequently interchanged (a) with the harder j> as I'Vlp and JVi.^ a coat of mail B33 Aram. P3? to gather; }?p and 1?'^ prop- to inhabit;
: , ;
TP; Syr. JjoJ^c).
shoe
him
that
is
Isaiah 9:4, pxp" ?! "every shod," i. e. of the soldier. From
lb
the root
TO BE CLAYEY, MIRY; (i)pr.; apparently Hebr. TP clay; kindred to Chald. HP; tP, compare
DLXXVI
the
noun TP
to
clay.
Hence fl^P a
shoe,
feet.
keep the clay and

(a)
mud
from our
by which we Hence
used of
loc. cit.
things, it is
i.
q. to
be
brought
;
to, to be be-
stowed upon,
(2)
to
al. l
Ki. loc.
cit.
Num. 36:7; Hab.
shoe, like the Syr. v m. Part.

Isa.
lb;
seeflNP-
nXpXD
NIID
27:8; see HKD.
self continually)
e. g.
TO DRINK, to drink to excess, TO TOPE. (The primary idea appears to be that of sucking up, absorbing, which is expressed by onomatopoetic words, as c__?-l, sorbere ; with the insertion of /,
go round (which is done by turning onein any place; to go over a place, a city, or cities, followed by 3 Cant. 3:3; 5:7;
an
ace. Isa.
2 Chr. 17:9; 23:2; also,
23:16,
">*V
'2D
" "go about the city." 1 Sa. 7: 16, and he went about (the cities) Bethel and Gilgal and Mizpah.' a 2 Ki. 3:9, "and they went about D'P) J"iy?tr
1
Anglo- Sax., s up a n; Germ, faufenj [Eng. to sw/>;] and in Greek, by the omission of the sibilant, po<j>iw. y?b' appears to be of
fdjliirfen
5
with the omission of
1,
of seven days;" (the words '{}> '1 are really in this sentence the accusative, depending on the verb;
way
the same origin), Isa. 56 1 2. Part. Deuter. 21:2O; Prov. 23:20, 21.
:
N?b a dru nkard,

Part. pass. K-13D
compare Arab. iL! ^.MJ H. xxiii. i,"st statim bina

to
let
us go by night; Plin
(umgetjen); followed
4, 7; in
stadia ambulentur"); also,
drunken, Nah. 1:10.
Hence
i.
go round about a place

Deu. 2:3; Josh. 6:3, Nu. 21:4; Jud. 11:18.
ace.
by
an
N31D np; and
it,
order to avoid
X3D
Eze. 23:42 rrria

.
q.
2D m
suff.
^N3p
(i) wine, Isa. 1:22; Nah.
(3)
ace.
to
surround,
to
encompass, followed by an
(a) a carousal, Hos. 4: 18.

Êthiop. iVf)JV a man; compare nFI3p, KZH-inp), [Seba'], pr. n. of a country and a nation sprung from Cush (Gen. 10:7), which, ac(fort.
i.
Gen. 2:11, 13; iKi.7:24; 2Ki.6:i5; Ps. 18:6; 22:17; in a hostile sense. Eccl. 9: 14; also followed
NIlp
q.
cording to Josephus Ant. 2:1O, 2), seems to have been Meroe, a province of Êthiopia flourishing in merchandise and wealth, surrounded by the branches
of the Nile.
It had a metropolis of the same name, the ruins of which are still found not far from the
;
T>J? Job 16:13; Jud. 20:5. Gen. 37:7, nrmp'rn D3*nis^K nrgoin narn. "and lo your sheaves surrounded and did reverence;" i.e. your sheaves standing around mine did reverence to
:
by ^N 2X1.8:21; and
it.
Absol. to surround (a table)
is 1,
i.
q. to
recline,
will
or sit
down
at table,
Sa. 16:
3D3 N7 " we
not sit
down."
Compare 3DD.
To
these are to be
town of Dschendi (see Ed. Riippell, Reisen und dem Petraischen Arabien, 1829, tab.
in
Nubien
added two figurative significations. followed by (4) to be turned, i.e. to be changed;

?
to be
made
to
like
5), Isaiah
43:3; Ps. 72:10. The Gentile noun, plur. D'N3p Isa. 45: 14 (on which passage compare Herod, iii. 20,
as to
(5)
be the
any thing, Zee. 14:10. cause of. any thing [to bring - s
*
^-
it
about] (comp. Arab. y_

;
cause, v_^î to be the
the tallness
of the nation).
t. i.
See Michaelis
p.
Spicilegium Geogr. Hebr. ext.

his
177, seq., and
Supplemm.,
p.
1707.
cause, to effect Talm. H2D cause, pr. a thing or occasion on which something else depends ; German llmjlanbf circonstance, from the signification of sur-
2 3D
inf.
pret. fully
and
defect. -133D, 13D,
Qnhp,
T13D O3K rounding; compare nn'lK), l Sam. 22:22, ?P3S TV3 ^?r^0? "I am the cause (sc. of the death)
of
all
fut. 3D; and 3D?. TO TURN ONESELF, e.g. Prov. 26:14, "the (i) door turns itself i Sa. 15: /# on its hinge."
339 and 3D,
the persons of thy father's house."
Vulg. ego
^V
27, n?^>
to
ta3fl 3D|l"and Samuel turned himself go away." Followed by ?S Ecc. 1:6; ^ i Ki. 2:
Hab. 2: 16; 2 Ch. 18:31, of a 15; Ps. 114:3, 5; person or place to which we turn, and IP, 7V.P, *3$O of that
sum reus omnium animarum. NIPHAL 3D3 and 3DJ Ezek. 26:2; fern. H3D3 for n3D3 (seeLehrg. p. 372; Gramm.ed.x. 66 note. 1 1); fut. 3D? -13P* (i) i.q. Kal No. i, to turn oneself,
,
Eze. 1:9, 12, 17; 10:
1,
16; often used of a boundary,
Nu. 34:4, 5;
followed
from which we turn away, l Sa. 17:30, ^$?P 3EM inx blD^X "and he turned himself from him to another." i Sam. 18: 1 1 Gen. 42 24; followed by 'N to turn oneself back to follow *T!0 any one, Ki.g:i8, 19; and absol. to turn about, Cant. 2: 17; Psal. 71 :2l. Also, to turn is put absol. for to
;
:
Cnn^
transferred to any one, 13D3 Jos. 15:3; Jerem. 6: 12, DiTM by ^. their houses shall be transferred to
i.q.
to be
others;" comp. in Kal, Nu. 36:7.

(2) i.q. Kal No. 2, to surround, Jud. 19:22: followed by^JJ in a hostile sense, Gen. 19:4; Josh. 7:9.
PIEL 33D
i.
q.
Kal No.
4, to
turn about,
i.e.
approach
Sa. 22:17, 18; a 8a. 18. 15, 30.
When
change, 2
Sa. 14:20.
DLXXVII
place, followed
to
7,
fl6
POEL 331D-(!) i. q. Kal No. 2, to go about in a by a Cant. 3:2. Followed by an ace Drte umtyergetjn), Psalm 59: <7i> over a place (im )rt 15; to go round a place (etnen umgetm), Ps.
,
:
In ace. 3*3p adv. around, Gen. S3. 17; Ex. 16: 13; and doubled 3 ?p 33D around about, Eze. 40:5, seq. ; ? 3'3p prep, around (any thing), e. g. l?^? 3*3D around the tent, Ex. 40 33 Nu. l : 53
<l
Nu. 16:24, 27.
6.
i.
Followed
q.
by
7jJ
in a hostile sense, Ps.
55
1 1.
Plur.
m. O'TIlp
(i) those
who are around

:
(2)
Kal No.
3, to
surround, Jon. 2:4, 6;
Ps.
7:8; followed by two ace. (any one with any thing), 32:7, 10; especially to watch and defend, Deut. Jer. 31 :22, "~l3i?3 32: 10 (compare Horn. II. i. 37).
"13J
any one, i. e. neighbours, Jerem. 48 17, 39. (2) circumjacent places (les environs), neighbourhood. Jer. 33:13, P^n^Tapa " in the neighof Jerusalem;" Ps. 76: 12; 89: 8; 97:2. Ps. 50:3, (3) with sufF. prep, around (any one). IKp iTTJ^p ^3*3D " it is very tempestuous around
bourhood
331DJ/1
"a woman protects

fut.
a man."
[Qu. as
to the application
and rendering of
this passage.]
HIPHIL 3pn
cause
to
<l<>
i 3D! ( ) causat. of Kal No. i, to l Ki. turn, Ex. 13:18; trans, to turn,
him;"
PI.
Jer. 46: 14.

f.
9:H,
??" n ?
"*k3 3D -! "and the king turned

:
his
21:4; 2 Ki. 20:2. fP V^JJ 3DH to turn 3DH the way eyes from, Cant. 6 5. Figuratively, ?y '3 3? to turn or direct any one's heart to some
face," etc.;
n'l3'3p (i) circuits (tie Umldufe), circles, Eccles. l: 6, /Jfi orbits, in which any one goes. Pl-lin 3K> Vrfl3'3D " and the Avind returns upon its
person or thing, Ezra 6:22; compare
Ki.
18:37;
circuits," begins its circuits again, again begins to go round. E'3'3D No. 2, circumjacent (2) i. q. places
and without 37.

"to turn
ing round, any one.
lace (into
it
l
2 Sa. 3: 12,
all Israel to thee."

is
^^^"73'nX ?p?K 3pn? From the idea of turn/
to
transfer, followed by
:
of pers.,
to
turned
Ch. 10 14, "PVJf na-'pprrnx 3py " and the kingdom to David;" followed by ?K of
Nu. 22:4; Dan. 9:16. becomes a prep., around, about. Nu. 11:24, ?HSn nia3p " about the tent;" Eze. 6:5; Ps. 79: 3; with suff. *ni3*3p round me, etc.
(UmtreiS), Jer. 17:26; (3) in constr. st.
it
TO
any
place),
Sa. 5:8, 9, 10; ace. of place,
INTERWEAVE,
TO
Sa. 20:12.
especially branches (see âb* Arab.
ENTWINE, TO PLAIT. L^Lj^ II. id.

Part. pass.
(a) causat. of Kal No. 2, to cause to go round, or t, i. e. to lead round, e.g. a person, Eze. 47 :2
;
Conj.
I.
to
mingle.
By
ij?
softening the letter 3 froa.
this root
comes the
quiesc. ^-ib).
Nah.
Ex. 13:18; to surround with walls, 2 Ch. 14:6. Kal No.4, to turn, to change. 2 Ki. f i 2 3 34) D 'i?r n f "ns 3p1 "and he changed his name into Jehoiakim;" 24:17. (4) intrans. (a) i. q. Kal No.l, to turn oneself, 2 Sam. 5:23. i. (ft) q. Kal No. 2, to go round a place, with an ace., Josh. 6: ll. (c) i. q. Kal No. 3,
host,
1:10.
(3) causat. of
=
PUAL, pass. Job 8:17.
Hence
:|3p m. (with Kametz impure), branches interwoven, a thicket, Gen. 22: 13. Here also as itseema to me belongs pjpiapa Ps. 74: 5, so that (,) is long Ka-
surround, Ps. 140:10. HOPHAL 3D-1H fut. 3p^ (l)

wain, Isa. 28:27.
(i) to be " 13-
to
turn oneself,
to
wanting in the printed copies. *??rrn3p Ps. 16:5, where all the copies have the word without Metheg, although it is most certain that it should be read mendth ;
metz, although Metheg
similar instance
is
is
rn, as a door, Eze. 41 :24; the roller of a thresh-
surrounded, inclosed, Exod. 28:
11
compare Ps. 11 :6; 16:5. A few copies have "âpll from âp(of the form '9P), of which there is another trace in pi. T^n S?3p Isa. 9:17; 10: 34.
suflf.
ia3D (Dag. forte euphon.), Jerem.

"âib*.
(3) to be
turned, changed, Nu. 32:38. Derived nouns, nap, n2D}, 3'3p, 3WD, 3DO.
'3D
f.
4:7,
id.;
compare
f.
(from the root 33p) turn or course of

l
ovents (eine <3d)icfung), as proceeding from God, 12:15; J- 4- '""IP? 2 Ch. 10:15.
Ki.
KD3P Chald. Dan. 3:5, and K33^ verses 7, 10, 15; sambuca, Greek oapfivKn, a musical instrument with strings similar to the nablium (compare ''a.J); see Athen. iv. 23, p. 1 75 xvi. 8, p. 633 and 9, p. 637
;
;
Casaub. Strabo x.
p.
471;
i.
Casaub. Vitruv.
oriental origin
vi.
i,x
3'?D m. (from the

11:8.
tide,
root 330) subst. circuit,
Ch.
22.
And
is
it
Strabo indeed,
of barbarous,
so called
loc. cit.
e.
Her.ce 3*3E>p from a circuit,
from every
word
case
says that the Greek in that

;
rourd about
Deut.i2:lO; Job l ound about any thing,

:
(narroQev, rings on alien <3ten), 10; Eze 37:21. *? ahppfrom

r in
gg Don (etner @ad)e)
we 9,
from the interweaving of the in Dan. loc. cit. it is connected strings (root "=130); with '"IO3DJD, a wore clearly of Greek origin.
may be
38
DLXXVIII
'D?P
(for HJ -5J3P
the
wood
of
Jehovah,"
i.
e.
erowd of the people of God, comp. ^D), [Sibechai], 2 Sa. 21:18; l Chr. pr. n. of one of David's captains,
of a town of Syria, between Daniascut and Eze. 47:16.
np
1
Gen. 10:7 (21 MSS.
11:29
'for
which, a Sa. 23:27, there
is
a corrupted
Kn)
and
Ch. 1:9, [Sabta, Sabtalt'], pr. n. of a Cushite
reading, 'jap); 20:4; 27:11.
nation and
/IIP P
burden.
âp* TO BEAR, TO CARRY, a heavy Isa.46:4, 7; 660.49:15. (Syr.,Ch., id.)

fut.
Used figuratively to receive the penalties

Isa.
53
4, 1 1
bear griefs, sins, etc. i. e. to which another has deserved, Lam. 5:7. [It must not be forgotten
vicarious
sufferings of
I have no doubt that this country. should be compared with the Êthiopic city, 2a/i3ar, 2a/3a, 2n/3at (see Strabo, xvi.p.77O; Casaub. Ptolem. iv. 10"), on the shore of the Arabian gulf, situated
just
that
when
of,
the
Christ are
every figure falls very far short of the full truth; he actually bore our sins.] PUAL, part, laden sc. with young, hence preg-
where Arkiko is now, in the neighbourhood of which the Ptolemies hunted elephants. Amongst the ancient translators, Pseudoj. saw the true meaning, rendering it 'fcODD, for which read SOD i. e.
the Sembritae, whom Strabo (loc. cit. p. 786) places in the same region. 2) unJoseplms (Antt. i. 6, derstands it to be the inhabitants of Astabora.
spoken
nant, gravid, used of
cattle, Ps.
144: 14.
Compare
Arab.
to
carrying, bearing in the

to bear in the
womb,
Syr.
Eccl.
JOJyQp
ibid.
[Sabtechafi],
pr. n. of
district
be pregnant,
womb.
of Ethiopia. Targ. 'N33T Zingitani, on the eastern borders of Ethiopia.
laden, gravid.
3D
to
pi.
HITHPAEL ?anpn
12:5.
become burdensome,
Hence the four following nouns.

Ch.
i.
fut.
lip 1 TO FALL
.
DOWN
to Worship,
fol-
7?P
raise.
q.
Heb. also
to lift
up (comp.
KP3),
to
lowed by ? Isa. 44:15, 17, 19; 46:6, always used of the worship of idols, compare the following word.
fut.
POAL, pass,
id.)
to
be erected, Ezr. 6:3.
(Samarit.
nap* Ch.
*
i.
q.
Hebr.
to fall
down
to
wor-
ship an idol, Dan. 3:6; a man, Dan. 2:40; followed

i
'3P m. a burden-bearer, 2Ch. 2:1, 17; 34:13. in i Ki. 5:29 there is in apposition ?3p Kt?3.
IP m. a burden, iKi. 11:28; Ps. 81:7.
by
?.
(Syr.
*^co
to adore,
compare the observa-
tions
under the word

Mosque.)
^3.
Arab,
jj
id
whence
with sun ftap (with Dag. forte euphon.) like 133D; comp. Kimchi Michl. p. 212; (and this form must not be derived from /aD, nor yet from
. ,
/jE
P m. (from the root 130). (i) a shutting <( the en: an enclosure, Hos. 13:8, Ciap llip up,
closure of their heart," i.e. prsecordium. "WD ant, see 13D. (2) Job 28: 15 i. q.
(3)
73D), a burden, Isa. 10:27;
4 :2 5-
??
:
'V"the
yoke which
"l7
(the people) bears,"

f.
Isa.
9:3.
As
to the words, Ps.
35:3, see the root

to
only in pi. const, ni??? burden-bearing, wearisome and laborious toils, Exodus
or ""V
an unused
root,
Ch.
acquire,
l:il; 2:11; 5:4,5; 6:6,7.
n>13D property; hence
S
73B>
in
the dialect of the
Ephraimites,
i.
q.
1
an ear of corn, Jud. 12:6.

Ch.
i.
(IpJlp
f.
property,
ivealtJi,
private
property,
"DP
q.
Heb. lab TO HOPE.
(In Targ.
Ch. 29:3; Ecc. 2:8. njnj npjp often used of th people of Israel (compare '"VH^), Ex. 19:5; Deu 7:6; 14:2; 26:18.
Heb. njp, rttta. Syr. ; -vcri to suppose, Dan. 7:25, n^7l> lap* he will hope to think). Vulg. putabit quod (confide) that he shall change."
ften for the
possit
PP
(i. q.
or }^D only in
deputy
D*33D pi. prop, a substitutt. a a governo1 a hence prince); prefect, (of
mutarf.
The
sense
is
not badly given
by
Arab., Pers.
<u*^
the letters n and
beinf
Theod.
virovr*iirct
TOV a\\oijffnt.
interchanged).
(
two-fold hope"), [Sibraim~_,
pr. n.
of the Babylonmns, Jer. (l) a magistrate
5l:3
DLXXIX
38,
57? Eze S 3 :6
-
12 > 2 3 compare Isa. 41 :25, see
Ch. No.
1.
tho, chiefs and rulers of the people of (2) used of time of Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezr. in the Jerusalem
0:; Neh.2:i6;
4:8, 13; 5:7; 7:5; 12:40.
(l) to shut up, e.g. a house, Levitic-m shut any one up, Lev. 43:4, 5, 11. (2)i. q. Pi. to deliver up, Obad. 14; followed by ?S Deut. 23:16; and "V3 1 Sam. 23:11; Ps. 31:9; Lam. 2:7; absol. to deliver into the power of others
HIPHIL
14:38;
to
m. Chald. a prefect of a province, a governor, Dan.3:2, 27; 6:8; 2:48, r??P 31 "the
pP
(spreiS geben) Deu. pers. Ps. 78:48.
32 30
:
Am. 6:8;
followed
by
<
of
chief of the
I.
"
governors
fut. "lip?
(of the Magi).
Derivatives,
II.
(kindred to the verb "I?P), TO SHUT; followed by an ncc (a door, a gate), i Sam. 1:5; Job3:10; Gen. 19:6, 10; l Ki. 11:27; followed by ~IJ?2 (p r P- to snut around; see "B?3 No. 3,
I Sam. i :6, nprn had shut up her womb;" followed by ?J? Exod. n 14:3> ~?1^ c ?^? 3P "the desert has shut them
"13D an unused
root,
Arab.^^
to
fill
with
water, pass, to
be swollen with water.

shut,
to
Hence "H3P.
"T3p Ch.
to
close, Dan. 6:23.
a).
" for Jehovah nj>3 nirp njcna
T"t]P m. rain, Prov. 27:15; from

No.
II.
the root 130

"llDX read
(Ch.
T??P, Syr.
jlî, Sam.
in,"
or around (see /y Job 26:9; 36:30). Job 12:14, " y "ilipl he s h u t s over a man" (sc. a subterranean
naps
"T
id.)
m. stocks, nervus,
feet
rison); followed by J"l*Oi?? a pregnant constmction, 'salm 35:3, "make bare the spear *E>T1 riKli^ ljp-1 d shut up (the way) to persecutors;" (in this
wood by which the

Job 1 3 27
:
i. q. riDSHO, a piece of of a captive were shut in,
my
33:11.
(Syr.
.Ice,
Ch. *V]P
id.),
from
sage not a few interpreters have taken "UD or to be a subst., signifying sagaris, by comparison
the root
and Arabic ,1^^ wooden spear; but for this there is no need). Ahsol. Gen. 7:16, "and Jehovah shut (the door) upon him," Isa. 22 22. Josh. 6:1, rvUDlM rnJD ifVM
ith
iraynptc,
Herod,
vii.
64;
TO STOP, TO
bolt.
SHUT UP
with a bar, or
"and Jericho had shut (the
linen,
gates)
and was bolted;"
masc. indusium, a wide garment made of worn on the naked body under the other
clothes, Jud.
where Kal refers to the shut gates (opposed to open),

Pu. as being intensitive, signifies their being fastened with bolts and bars. Vulg. Jericho autem clausa ei'at
14:12, 13; Isaiah 3:23; Prov. 31:24.
LXX. nv&iiv. the New Test,
0.141
(Syr. jLio^cc , in the Syr. version of this stands for the Gr. trovâpior, Luke
1
Chald. atque munita. with iron doors, and

brass."
"and Jericho was shut up made strong with bars of

l
;
19:20; \ir-iov, John 13:4).
From
the root J1P.

is
Part. pass. "W3D shut, Eze. 44:1, 2; 46:

;
IY an unused
root,
i.q.
hence precious
1
hence
~>-13D
3HT precious gold,
i.
e.
merely conjectural],
perhaps [observe this D l^, ^llf to burn. Hence
pure, genuine, as opposed to

Ki.
common
or adulterated,
6:20, 21; 7:49,50; 1O:21; 2 Ch. 4:20, 22; 9: 2O. Vulg. annim pumm ; Chald. good gold. Others
take
it
as aurtim dendroides,
from ^.i a tree; but
Gr. Ztiofta, Sodom ("burning," "conflagration, "as being built on a bituminous soil and being perhaps on this account liable to frequent fires comp. that part of Phrygia which was called caracfKnujuti/Tj,
, ;
the previous explanation is the better.
NIPHAL, pass, of Kal, to be shut up; used of gates or doors, Isa. 45: i to be shut up, inclosed; used of men, Num. 12:14,15; i Sam. 23:7; and reflex. to shut up oneself, Eze. 3:24.
;
[This insinuation about the frequency of fires may be an attempt to account for the destruction by natural causes no one who believes in the word of God can do this;]) pr. n. of a city in the valley of Siddim, which was destroyed, together with three others, in
;
PIEL, l|p
\vecl
i.
q Hiph. No.
.
2.
(i)
to
deliver;
fol-
the time of
Abraham, and submerged
in the
Dead
by
'S "1^? into
any
one's
power
(prop, to shut
op into the power of any one; compare crvyxXfiw, Rom. 11:32; Gal. 3:22; Diod. and Dionys. Halic.), 1 Sam. 17:46; 24:19; 26:8; absol. 2 Sam. 18:28.
PUAL,
Jer.
to be
Sea, Gen. 10:19; 13:10; 18:20; Isa. 1:9. Vines of Sodom (which appear to have been degenerate com8 pare as to the apples of Sodom, Jos. Bell. Jud. IV. of a degenerate 4), Deu. 32:32, furnish an image
;
shut, Josh. 6:
(see Kal); Isa. 24: 10;
condition
compare the opp. Jerem. 2:21; judges of

,
13:19.
Sodom mean unj ust j udges of corrupt n oral?
Isa
epD-pD
j
DLXXX
TO LOOSEN, TO LET
(see the
letter ^>);
II
9
CNE'S
iP Arab. ^J^ i.q. jJ^X-a GARMENT HANG LOOSE

S jju^
i'
TO
HEDGE ABOUT,
i.
q.
Heb.
:
'nife
- -
S -.
Syr. i^Cf,
Ch. 3p.
:
Part. pass. Cant. 7 3.

i.q.
whence
,.^Ju.-
A--
sail,
a wide garment.
31D once, Eze. 22 18 3n3,

"1J1D m. a prison,
3*p dross,
lion,
"1JD.
scoria
:
an unused root; Ch. T!9 i. q. Heb. T1JJ to place in a row, to dispose, or arrange in order; whence '"l'7!?' I^PP, and
"?
cage of a
Root
Ezek. 19
9.
LXX.
Krifiof,
Vulg. cavea.
"l^D m. prop, a couch, cushion, triclinium, on
m. order,
pi.
Job 10:22.
(Syr. jj_co
"IL
id.).
which persons
recline (for "N~*,
Arab. jl^. a cushion,
u
hence
to
an unused root [kindred with

i.
in Samarit.
be
q.
"IHD
to
round.
go round, to surround; Talmud."^? a wall, a fence.
a pillow, froin^* Niph. No. 2, which see). Hence (l) a sitting together, an assembly, either of friends familiarly conversing, Jer. 6: ll 15:17; or
;
Hence
*lllp
m. roundness; found once Cant. 7:3, ||K
of judges consulting together (hence used of God as consulting with the powers above, [God's counsels all
"inpn
9
" a bowl of
P
roundness;"
P~inE>).
i.
e.
round.
;,Syr.
proceed from himself; He may communicate them to others, but hu does not consult with them], Psal.
JicrLco the
moon; comp.
9
;
And
its
89:8; Job 15:8; Jer. 23:18); or of the wicked debating evil counsels, Psal.
inu m. a tower,
so called
1
from
being round,
64:3; [of
the upright]
a castle (Syriac )) ^cr* a fortress, a palace). 1V3 in'sn the house of the castle, used of a fortified The Samaritan 23; 40:3,5. prison, Gen. 39:20 copy has 1HD, which shows a leaning towards Aramaism.
(2) deliberation, counsel, Pro. 15:22, "without deliberation;" opp. to D'VJH*
Psal.
N1D [o], pr. n. of a king of Egypt, a cotemporary of Hosea, king of Israel (2 Ki. 17:4), the Sevechus of Manetho, the second king of the dynasty of the
Ethiopians in Upper Egypt; the successor of Sabaco, and the predecessor of Tirhaka (nijrp.fl), who
(3) familiar conversation, familiar acquaintance, Ps. 55:15. Job 19: 19, HID Tip "my familiar acquaintance." njn* "flD familiar acquaintance with Jehovah, i. e. his favour. [There i no reason for departing in this phrase from the orPsa. 25:14; Pro 3:32; dinary meaning, counsel."]. Job 29:4. "HD n?^ n?3 to reveal a (4) a secret; whence 1 1 3 Prov. 1 20:19; 25:9; Am. 3:7. secret,
: ;
The name of reigned for 14 years (Euseb. 12). Sevechus is from the Egyptian Sebch, Sevch, i. e. the god Saturn (Champoiiion, Pantheon de 1'Egypte, No.
As to the agreement of sacred history and 21, 22). that of Egypt at that period, see my Comm. on Isa.
i.
nYlD" an acquaintance of God"), (for m. Num. 13:10. n. [Sodt], pr.

a very uncertain root, see
HID
page 596.
I.
31D
or
^D (once
3-lb>
2 Sa. 1:22)
i.
q.
3D3 TO T
.
GO AWAT FROM, TO DEPART, followed by IP Ps. 80:19; 53

14:14, 3?
especially from God, P art P*188 Prov. = 4-
q.
TO
?
Hence
pr. n.
WIPE AWAY, TO SWEEP AWAY. [and the following words]

l
one who draws back in heart (from God), compare Ps. 44: 19. NIPHAL 31D3, fut. 31D'. to draw back (prop, to be
^D
[Suah~\, pr.n. m. f
:
Ch. 7:36.
i.
q.
*np sweepings, filth, dung, Isa
made
draw back) (a) used of an enemy whun "fins. Ps. retreating, commonly with the addition of " let them draw back and 1 "tin I" -13D* 35:4, ??!
to
1
.
5 25, nniD3.
Targ. Kn*np3.
LXX.
ic Koirpia.
Vulg. quasi
stercus
be radical
in
Kimchi considered the letter 3 to this word, so that nn-1D3 would be from
s-
40:15; 70:3; 129:5; Isa. 42:17; to (b) followed by ni?V 50:5; Jer. 46:5. draw back from Jehovah, i.q. Kal, Zeph. l :6; without these words, id. Ps. 44:19: 78:57.
Ps.
be ashamed."
the root ^...^^
to
sweep away; whennp.
?.~.
'
.,,
ngD
sweepings; but ? of resemblance in such a sentence could hardly be omitted by ellipsis.
[HIPHIL. see 3D3.] I)eiived nouns, ^D, 3'9 f 3V.
same
as
an unused and
root,
to
which seems to be draw back. Henoe
th*
DLXXXI
5)1D-pD
.
Ezr.2:55;
[In
Hies, this is
reiernd to
IP?
I,
i.
q.
3,
TO ANOINT, always used of
a mare, Cant. 1:9 LXX. T; JTTJTOC, which the Vulgate takes as a collect! re, and tenders equiBut it would not be very elegant to tatus. compmc a beloved female to cavalry.
<"ID1
f.
the anointing of the body,
which, after washing, was
done
thus differing from HB'p, which is used of a solemn anointing. With ace. of pers. 2 Ch.
in the
*p*,D
bath
("horseman"),
[Sti*j],
pr. n.
m. Num.
13:11.
28: 15, and ? of the
oil,
Eze. 16:9; intrans.
to
anoint
oneself>Rut\i 3:3; Dan.lO:3; 2 Sa.l2:2O [Hiph.]; followed by an ace. of the unguent (compare HKip
*pD
AwA
y,
i.
(l) prop. TO
q. ÎPX ,
SNATCH AWAY,
TO CARR1
Am. 6:6); Deiit. 28:40, *pDH *6 shall not anoint thyself with the
2 Sam. 14:2.
JOgh.
"but thou
Mic. 6: 15;
oil;"
(2) to
to
which see. Hence HMD. make an end (see Hiph.), but in Kal
intrans.
HIPHIL,
11 1.
to
anoint oneself,
3 24,
:
2 Sa. 12:20.
But the
TPB Jud.
pDpID
.
is
i.
q. "HP?
covering, from "n?p.
leave off, to desist, Isa. 66: 17; Est. 9:28. Here also are to be referred -ISO Psal. 73:19 (Milel), and IQpl Am. 3: 15 (Milra on account of Vav conversive).
(Syr. and Chald.
id.,
Derivative,
f.
Arab.
to
l..,
VIII. to cause to
Chald. Dan. 3:5, 10, 15, and with

9
perish, to exterminate).
HIPHIL,
to
n^S'D verse 10 3ro, Syr. JxJOa. a double npe with a bag, actpfeife/ Bagpipes; the Greek
litted
ii.
take away,
destroy,
to
make an
end
"
of.
Zeph. 1:2,
3, ÎPK
spS "in taking
away
I will
vord avp<f>b}via (Serv. ad Ên. xi. 27; Isidor. Orig. 21 extr.) received into the Chaldee language, just at present this instrument is called in Italy and
take away;" and Jerem. 8: 13, D|'pi< spR taking away I will take them away;" where
pleon.
:
inf.
is
from the kindred verb *1PK No. 5 (comp.
Isa.
28 28).
Chald.
Hence
id.
*pD,
HMD.
Asia Minor, Zambogna. (As to this instrument see Heurew treatise on musical instruments, entitled lilte Hagibborim, in Ugolini's Thes. vol. xxxii.).
r
PpD
No.
to
filled, as a prediction,
1, fin.).
have an end, i. e. to be fulDan. 4 30 (compare <"y3

:
ell
explained by the
pr. n.
Hebrew
city,
interpreters situated on the ex-
APHEL,
ft!)D m
-
to
make an end of
a thing, Dan. 2:44.
Syene, a
treme southern limits of Egypt, on the tropic of All Champollion (1'Egypte sous Cancer, Copt. Phar. i. 164) interprets it opening, key, i.e. of
COT
pt,
from OV6II
to
open, and CA, which forms
participles;
Arab.
^^-1
Eze. 29:10; 30:6, in both
See Jablonskii places in the accusative, to Syene. Opuscc. ed. te Water, t. i. p. 328 Michaelis Spicileg.
;
t. ii.
p.
40.
(0 rush, reed, sea weed. (The etymology is not known, and it cannot be derived from the verb ^-ID. Perhaps it may be of the same origin as the Lat. srirpus, sirpus, the old high Germ, ctluf, Germ. cf)Uf, Dan. sif, saf, the letter r being gradually softened into I, and even into a vowel, see the roots: JTID, fcW, flN). (a) sea weed, Jon. 2 :6; Specially whence f)-1D-D^ the weedy sea, i. e. the Arabian gulf which abounds in sea weed, Ps. 1 06 7, 9, 2 2 1 36 1 3.
: ;
:
It is also called in
to
an unused root, i. q. \yyy to be glad, prop. leap for joy, used in the Zabian language of the
sea of weed.
p.
Egyptian <|)OUS IIÂpS, i.e. the See Michaelis Suppl. ad Lexx. Hebr.,
leaping of horses [but this is not quite certain, see Hence [the following words, also Dp] Thes.].
1726; Jablonski Opuscc. ed. te Water, t. i. p. 266; Bochart, Opp., t. ii. page 1191. (b) a rush growing Plin. N. H. in the Nile, Exodus 2 13,5; Isa. 19:6.
xiii.
(i) a horse, so called from its leaping, Gen. 47:17; Ex. 14:9; Deut. 17:16, etc. (Aram.
D'lD
m.
23, sect. 45. (2) pr. n. of a town [?], Deu.
l.
WD, Ucoooc
(2) a
ful
*)'D masc.
id.).
an end,
see the
a word belonging to the later

it
swallow,
Jer.
so called
from
its
swift
and cheer-
Hebrew [but
books in which
occurs],
when
flight, UTTO
H) and
word
is
8:7 a>ro, where the
TOV aya\\t<rdai irrtpvyiaon; Isa. 38: np has D'p. The
rendered stvallowby
t. ii.
LXX., Theod., Jerome.

it
verging towards the Aramaean, i. q. Y\?. Eccl. 3:iij 7:2; 12:13; 2 Chr. 20:16; used of the uttermost Root PJ^D. part of a host, Joel 2 2O.
:
The Hebrew interpreters explain

p. 60.
to
be
the
crane.
*pD emphat.
7:28.
ND'lD Chald. id.,
Dan. 4: 8, 19; 6 27
DLXXXII
a whirlwind, tempest, carrying all before it, Job ai: 18; 27:20; 37:9; Prov. 10:25; Isa. 17:13; with n parag. nnWD Hos. 8:7.
fern,
fut, T-ID;, "VID to
18:3, 15; nan

Absol.
to
turn in thither, i Ki. 4:8, 1O; tfudgei HD to turn in hither, Prov. 9:4, 16
to
have access
lpn,
fut.
any
HVPHIL,
TOJ, with
one, l Sa. 32:14. 1 convers. TOJ1 (this
with
convers.
">?'!.
form can only be distinguished by the sense from

the fut. Kal).
(l) TO
e. g.
1
TURN ASIDE,
TO GO
AWAY, TO DEPART,
from a way, followed by IP Ex. 32:8; Deu. 9:12; ?yPNu. 12:10; 14:9. Specially these expressions should be observed (a) to depart from God, i. e. to turn away from his worship, followed by ^D^P i Sam. 12: -20; 2 Ki. 10:29; 18:6; 2Chr.25:27; ^V.P. Eze. 6 9 IP Jer. 17:5; followed by 3 in a pregnant sense, to turn aside (from God), and to be turned against him (as if
Ki. 22:43;
: ;
Sam. 28:3; any one from ruling, 2 Chr. 15: 16; out of one's sight, a Ki 23:27; more often used of things, e.g. to take awsy
1
(l) to cause to depart,i.e. those who had familiar spirits,
(a)to
remove;
e.g.
the high places, 2 Ki. 18:4; Isa. 36:7; the coveri'ip of a ship [the ark], Gen. 8:13; any one's head (to
2 Sam. 5:6; 16:9; garGen. 38: 14; reproach, dishonour, l Sam. 17:2^,; the right of any one (i.e. to (b) followed by deprive of), Job 27 2; 34:5, etc. '1C!^P to turn away any one from the worship of
behead),
Sam. 17:46;
ments
(i.
e.
to lay aside),
more fully expressed ? mp-1

contrary
(b)
~WD), Hos. 7:14.
On
the
God is said to depart from any one, i. e. to Sa. him give up, leave him destitute, followed by ]P 28:15, 16; Jud. 16:20; in like manner the Spirit of
'i
God, Deut. 7:4.

(a) followed
self, to
(c) to
recall one's words, Isaiah
God
is
said to depart from
any one (l
Sa. 16:14);
i.
by tvK
to
l,
to cause to turn aside to one-
strength (Jud. 16: 17); dominion (Gen. 49: 10), to desert him, to leave him destitute; followed
IP Gen. Jud. I 1. " a fair
c. c.
;
e.
bring
Isa.
to
cneself, 2 Sam. 6: 1O.

be
by
be
HOPHAL
12:11.
cities
">pin
removed,
Levit.
4:31; Dan.
D'SJP l Sa. loc. cit.
Poet., Pro.
17:
11:22,
woman
DJN? J"PD
from
whom
under-
removed
"
;
(i.
"^VP "ip-lO P^PI "Damascus shall e. taken away) from amongst

5.
standing has departed," void of understanding. Deu. (c) to depart from the law, followed by IP
compare IP No.
PILEL
T$0
causal, of
i.
Kal
e. to
l, let. c, to
cause
to
de-
17:20; 28:14; Joshua 23:6; Dan. 9:5,11; Psalm 119:102; followed by an ace. (to violate a law), 2 Ch. 8:15; from the path of rectitude, Isa. 30: 1 1 from sins, followed by ?VP 2 Ki. 10:31; from evil
;
part, used of a way;

is
turn
and
it
aside from what

9).
right and true,
Lam. 3:11 (compare verse
Hence
"np, ~WD', pr. n. !"np
TlD
JTVID1
(i.
e.
to avoid evil),
Job
(l)
part. pass.
l
l.
(d) to
withdraw from calamity,
pelled (compare
i.q. to
escape
"an
exile
it (entrocidicn/
Job 15:30, "lie shall not ent!ommen). out of he shall not be able to darkness," depart LXX. ovli fit) e^vyi; ITKVTOC. escape from calamity.
Absolutely, those are sometimes said
to
1WD removed, e i. q. Isaiah 49:21, Sam. 28:3) 13. and expelled." Jer. 17: 13 op,
*?D " those who are removed from me,"
i.
e.
who
have deare
parted become degenerate (compare above,

(a)
who have turned away from God,

Dan.g:!!.
l
have departed. (2) a degenerate branch or shoot; compare the " the deroot No. l, a. Jerem. 2:21, njT?3 |Bjn n*D
generate
letter c), Deut.

(ft)
11:16; Psa. 14:3; Jerem. 5:23; things which have passed away,
bitterness of death has
Sa. 15:32, " the

i.e. h?.s
turned aside;"
branches of a strange vine." f a g ate f tne temple; only (3) ["''] P r n found 2 Kings 11 :6; for which, in a similar passnp 2 Chron. 23:5, there is IID^n "Ij;^ the gate of the
1 ,
foundation.
(y) things which are taken passed away. Hos. 4: 18. i Ki. 15:14, "and the high places away, removed, did not turn aside;" were not taken away. 22:44;
Ki. 12:4;
14:4; 15:4; Job 15:30.

to
not used in Kal, TO INSTIGATE, TO STIMULATE. (This root is not found in the other coirn.-ite languages, and perhaps it may be secondary from
(2)
to
draw near
any person or thing (turn-
Ex. 3:3, N3"!"nDX ing from the way), constr. absol. " let me now draw near and see;" verse 4; n*P$1 Until 4:1: followed by ?JJ of person, l Ki. 22:32; followed by *?$ it is, to turn in unto (ewtetjren) any one, Jud. 4: 18; Gen. 19:3; n3"7^ into a:y one's n home, ibid. ; verse 9 : also followed local, as
W<y a thorn, a goad). HIPHIL rrpn, and TVpn Jer. 38:22; fut. TVPJ, and n'P! Isa. 36:18; part. JVDD 2 Chr. 32:11. (l) to
stimulate, to instigate, to incite j-â) followed by a gerund, some one to something, Josh. 15: 18; JwL 1:14; 2 Chron. 18:2; especially to do evil, l>'-'it (b) followel by \ 13:7; l Ki. 81:25; Job 36: 18.
by
nino-mo
of pers.
;
DLXXXIIl
NIPHAL,
to be
to irritate, incite against any one, l Sam. Job 2:3; Jer. 43:3. 46:19; Job 36: 1 8, ^n'pn? (2) to drive out, to expel. out thee drive he "lest Dglbo by chastening;" followed by IP 2 Ch. 18:31; in a good sense, i. q. to lead forth, to set free, Job 36:16.
cast down, Jer. 46: 15.
TO GO
country, followed
AROUND, TO TRAVEL ABOUT, 8 by an ace. of the country, Genesis

is
34: 10, 21.

Syriac
it
(Kindred
"in?
which
for the
see.
Ch. "inp
is
very often in the
Targums
Heb. 32D.
In
means
spec, to travel about as a beggar, to
fVlD m. o;ra
XtyvfjL.
Gen. 49:11, a garment, by
H-1D3 (which is found without abbreapheeresis for Comment, de Samaritan copy), see the in viation
my
go a begging. In Arab. -Û: and -^^ the idea of going about is very uncertain, and it is not supSpecially to ported by the usage of the language). countries about to travel round, for the sake of go Genesis 42 34, traffic ; hence to trade, tfjnropeioâi. " and shall the
:
Pent. Sam. p. 33, and Lehrg. 136. Although other of 3 being omitted at the examples are not found
of its omission in beginning of a word (an example the middle is found in DD for ODD, which see), yet it
is
nnpn jnrrnN1
to
ye
certain that besides the quiescents and liquids, the softer mutes are also sometimes cast away, as the Ch.
land," i.e.
buy
'corn.
Part.
go through 1HD a chapman,

37:28.
in
merchant,
tfiiropog,
Genesis 23: 16;
*1QD
:
aad
-133
hostility,
cl^c
cbj, and c\J posses-
"^rpn the king's merchants,
who made journeys
on; also, the
mark
inguage.
'
[This word may be from

(l)
i.
of the genitive in the common niD, see Thes.]
order to purchase for him, l Ki. 10: 28 ; 2 Ch. 1 16; Fern. rnn'D also a sailor, Prov. 31 : 14; Isa. 23:2.
q.
Arabic ur-Û; TO
t;erunifit(eppen), e. g.
DRAG
or
>BAW ALONG on
th (an
!
the ground, so as to sweep the
a female merchant, Eze. 27: 12, 16,18. Metaph. to have intercourse with any one, Isa. 47:15. (In Aramasan and Arabic the signification of trading is
expressed by the cognate verb 13^, .^j). PILPEL ">n"inp to go round quickly, used of th
heart,
i.
ber
Gvbe
:
Sa.17
13-
Jer-15
3,
logs to
drag (them) about."
a dead body,
0*?&n* "( I will send)

Jer.22:l9; 49:20.
;
e. to
(2) to
pull or tear in pieces

f.
hence
Jer. 38:11, 12,
Derivatives
palpitate violently, Ps. 38: 1 1. I^PP and the four nouns which follow
a tearing in pieces.
old torn cloths."
m
Isa.
[const.
TIP]
(l)
mart, emporium,
Isa,
ta "
TO
23:3.
(2)
wealth resulting from merchandize,
SWEEP AWAY,
26
:
TO
WIPE AWAT, n
id.
;
only, Ezek.
4.
(Arabic
to
Syriac
broom; Ch.
nnp
wash.
'
Kindred roots
P. .)
dize, Isa. 23: 18

3: 14,
1
m. profit, gain, resulting from mercTian hence used of any gain, Proverbs
;
are 3HD, from which 1HD, nnD, and
Hence
HP?" "?? ^npUiD

is
<3
"for her
gain
sweepings, offscouring, dung, Lam. 3:45, used of any thing vile. (Ch. Nrvnp dung.)
better than that of silver."
e. wisdom's) (i. Prov. 31 18.

:
*Hp
lu
up
an-. Xtyo/i.
is
2 Ki.
19:29;
for
which, Isaiah
f.merchan d ize,t r affi c, as a concr. m e rchants. Ezek. 27 15, "n~ rnnp i. q. l]T nqb verse 21, the merchants who are at thy hand (tie bu an ber
:
37:30, there
taneously in the third year
found D^nK' that wfiich grows sponfrom the sowing (on this compare Strabo, xi. 4, 3, p. 502, Casaub.); comp. TrP. LXX. 2 Ki. avrofiara. Aqu. and Theod. iu Isa. See as to the etymology under D^nt?. uvroty'vij.
anb
fyaft).
rnHD
i.
e.
f. a shield, so called from surrounding defending (from the root ~>OP to surround, comp. 9
a tower,
fortress), Ps.
91:4.
^Hp
Arab.
^J^^.
(l) pr.
i.
q.
3HD, nnp TO
SWEEP, TO SCRAPE, and more strongly, to sweep away, to scrape off; hence used of a shower which
carries every thing before *it,
a kind O f costly stone, used in making 4 It is either a kind tesselated pavement, Esth. 1:6.
9
a.
Prov. 28:3. 5
-.
;
(
(Arabic
of black marble, compare Syr. JLidAAj* lapis niger tinctorius (D and 55? being interchanged), or as I should
prefer taking
is
it,
<jLsuj a violent, sweeping rain

(9)
to
_ U^: a torrent.)
id.),
marble marked with round
spots, as
if shields, shielded
last
down
to the
ground (Syr. c2u*co
what
'D
Tortoiseshell marble; see n~inb. has been supposed to be by B'lrtmann

iii.
whence
(Hebraerin
p.
353),
consisting as
it
-vere of
BTID
aliields
DLXXXIV
ed. x. p. 56, note), a mountain, or rather a mountainous region in the peninsula of Arabia, between
that
this
(compare ÎP); but it is scarcely probable was introduced in making a pavement
amongst various kinds of marble.

see
the two gulfs of the Red Sea (the Heroopolitan and -/Elanite); celebrated for the giving of the Mosaic "in Ex. 16: l law; called more fully ; 19: 1 1, seq.
TP
D'tpD plur.Lq. OW?faulti,Pa. 101:3; from the

root
IMb
i.
q.
npb> to
sin, to transgress.
:
I*P
there
metal.
is
m. (from the root ND), Eze. 22 18 np (where the a'ro 31D), and plur. D^P the refuse of
(a) scoria,
24:16; 34:4,29,32; Lev.25:i; 26:46; 27:34, In this mountainous region there are three etc. principal summits, the lower of which towards the north-east is called Horeb (3"}H drj), from which
towards the south there
is
D'J'P UH dross; Pro. 25:4, " take Pro. 26:23, from the dross the silver;" away
^P
the ascent to another,
called Sinai, var' IZoxyv (TP perhaps clayey, miry ; compare the neighbouring desert of TP); the third
DTP
is
(6) baser
"silver of dross," i.e. not yet refined. metal which having been mixed with purer separated from it by melting (see ''*!?); Eze. 22:
5jD|
summit towards the south-west

Catharine.
is
called
Mount
St.
18, 19; Isa. 1:22,25. in For Note.
DTP
many
copies, both
1
MS. and
See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, Germ, ed. p. 1078. rather different account of the names of the three mountains has been given by Ed. Riippell, Reisen in Nubien und dem Petraischen Arabien
printed, there
:22, 25; E.êk. 22: 18, 19 (compare Lehrg. p. 145), but the former is to
is
read D*3p
Isa.
be preferred.
(1829), tab. 11. [See also Robinson.] The desert near the mountain is called TP "O"1D Ex. 19:1,2: Lev. 7:38; Nu. 1:1,19; 9:1.
m. Esth. 8:9, the third month of the Hebrew of July year from the new moon of June to that root Chaldee from the '"lip to rejoice, as if perhaps month of rejoicing. [Benfey gives it a Persic deriva;
tion.]
J*P [Sinite], pr. n. (i) of a nation near Mount Lebanon, Gen. 10:17; * Ch. 1:15; where Strabc 18, p. 756, Casaub.) mentions the town of (xvi. a, Sinna, Jerome (Quaest. Heb. in Genesin) Sinen, Breidenbach (in Itinerario, fol. 1486, p. 47), a village,
Syn.
See Michaelis, Spicileg. Geogr. Ext.
torn.
ii.
pfVp
("
sweeping away,"
i.
e.
a leader, car-
p. 27.
More
difficult is
the.
rying every thing before him, from the root DID), [i&on], pr. n. of a king of the Amorites, reigning in Heshbon, Nu. 21:21, 23; Ps. 135: 11; whence the city ofSihon, i. e. Heshbon, Nu. 21:28.
(2)
this
DTP n? Isa. 49: 12;

understand
context requires that

to
must be a very remote country,

I
it
be sought
of
the
foi
either in the eastern or southern extremities of the
world.
to
be
the land
Sera
an unused
root, prob. to be
!&*?,
muddy, clayey;
=c
kindred to the root

Syriac JÂP" clay,
i.
whence the Chaldee HP,

}
i
or Chinese, Sinenses; this very ancient and celebrated nation was known by the Arabians and Syrians by
q.
Chald. PP, Syr.
^j Arab.
city situated in the
("clay"), [Sin], pr. n. (i) Pelusium, a marshes on the eastern border of Egypt, now together with the whole region submerged oy the sea, Eze. 30:15,16; compare Strabo xvii. p.
TP
802.
<Le
It is called in
Arabic 4>J?
indeed
is
i.e.
marsh, and
J Farame, which
$, i.e.
latter
from the Egyp-
tian
a clayey place (from q art. masc., <t>6pou to and d ay)i as has been observed by oils be, 6p Champollion, 1'Egypte, ii. 82, seq.
(2)
name ^-~, .t^> I^J- 1 and might be known a by Hebrew writer living at Babylon, when it was almost the metropolis of Asia. [But this occurs in Isaiah, a book written in Judea; the place where written does not, however, affect the argument as to whether the Chinese be intended or not; the Spirit of God knows all nations and their names, present and future and just as he could speak beforehand of Josiah and Cyrus, so he could of the Chinese]. At what period this name was given to the Chinese, by the other nations of Asia, and what its origin may The Chinese thcinsflvt-s be, do not plainly appear. do not know the name, and even seem to be wholly
the
J
;
The
desert of
Sin
in the
neighbourhood of
destitute of
any ancient domestic designation, adopt-
Mount
Er.
Sinai, on the shore of the Heroopolitan gulf,
l:i;
pr.
17:1; Nu. 33:19.

n.
VP
ing either the name of the reigning dynasty, or else lofty titles of honour, such as Dshitng-kue-dslrin, the citizens of the kingdom -vhich is in the middle of the
earth.
Sinai, Sina (Gr. Zt-a,comp. Ileb.Gr.
As to the origin of the name, if their
opinion
be
TYDD-
-DD
DLXXXV
temptuously said
vessel.
for, I
correct who suppose that the Chinese were so called from the dynasty oi* Thsin, who reigned from the }ear 246, A. c., and on ward (see Du Halde, Descr. de l la Chine, t. i. Abel-Remusat, Melanges Asia;
will
:
use
;
it
as the meanest
:
Plur. n'ri'D Ex. 38 3
tiques,
ii.
p.
334, seqq.), a
Hebrew
;
writer,
contem-
(2) plur. D'TP idea of boiling or bubbling up, a notion which is applied to the redundant and luxuriant growth of
plants (bag H ufroucfaern) especially in woods, see the root "IJ and ">J?! No. 2, Isaiah 34 13; Htsea2:8.
; :
Ki. 7 45. thorns, briers, so called from thl
porary with Cyrus [but Isaiah lived centuries before], would not make any mention of it but (whatever be thought of the people Tshinas, mentioned in the
laws of
Used with a paronomasia
in this
passage, Ecc. 7:6,
Menu)
concede, that the
the authors of this opinion themselves name of that dynasty might be
Tpn nnn nnpn thorns under a

as
^>ip?
like the crackling j? (kindled)
pot."
thicket is
i
:
used poetically,
foreign nations before it was in of the whole empire of China; nor, inpossession deed, are we in want of other modes of explaining
known amongst
this
name.
;
nien
to
why
then
In the Chinese language dshin denotes may not this name have been given
thorns," (see Comp. Mic. 7:4; Eze. 2:6. It also denotes a hook, a fish hook, from its resemblance to a
"ty
"
an image of impiety.
they are
2, c).
Nah.
10,
&'?2p B'TP
"1J/
folded
together as
B,
thorn (compare nin).
Plural n'lTD
Amos
4: 2.
"i-ID,
(T
the Chinese
by foreigners?
for instance,
by the
formerly referred
that
it
DH*P
thorns,
to the root
so
Indians (amongst
whom
also, in
the books of the
would properly
is
Buddhists, mention is made ofDshina; seeKlaproth, Asia Polyglotta, p. 358). This name may have been
rate parts of a shrub,
compare
signify recedanea, the degenetfiSn ^-ID Jer. 2:21 ;
but
it
preferable to refer the
word "Vp
in both
them as that by which they called themgiven selves and all men. We have a similar instance in the Êthiopia pr. n. K3p and ^3^ i. q. |Vf]A: a man.
to
significations to the
=Jp
sume
origin).
m.
:
air. Xtyo/ji.
a crowd, multitude, of people,
Those who do not apply

understand
it
Ps.
this
to the Chinese, either
42
5.
of the Pelusiotes
(compare PP), and by

iv.
Synecd. the Egyptians, as Bochart, Phaleg.

the Syenites (compare ni?).P).
27,
quires; greatly differ.

it is
the interpreters, as the context realthough in defining the etymology they

all
So
LXX.
yij
a swallow, Jer. 8:7
np
for D-1D.
I have no doubt, however, that prop. a thicket of trees, a thick wood, applied poetically in this passage to a dense crowd of men; compare "^ used of a crowd of enemies, Isaiah 10:18,
19, 34-
("a field
,
of battle," compare Syriac

|
perhaps, for XJTtDID from the root "flD= ,Lj
(from the root ^?P), with
suff. 13D,
once
13-10,
leap onward, to make an onset), [Sisera"], pr. n. (l) of a general of Jabin, king of Canaan, Jud.
Ps. 83:10. (2) Ezr. 2:53;
Ps. 76:3,
m.
4=2, seq.;
Nh. 7:55.
;
(1) a \ut, booth, cottage, Ps. 27:5; poet, used of a tent or house, Ps. 76:3. (2) a thicket of trees, the lair of wild beasts, Ps,
and Ch., ["congregation, assembly"]), [Siahd], pr.n. m. Neh-7 147 for which there is a corrupted form, Kny?P Ezra 2 44 which seems to have arisen from two others KJPD
NJTP ("council,"
so the Syr.
10:9; Jer. 25:38.
an unused root,
i.
q.
""'35?
to
look at;
whence
pr. n. ^?P*.
and ny'D, compare
Dan. 3:10 nro,

I
for n^BO-ID
to
which
see.
(13D f. of the noun ^D (l)a booth, a cot, made of leaves and branches interwoven, Jon. 4:5; Job n'lSpn an t]ie feas t Of tabernacles, 27: 18; Isa. 4:6.
the feast of booths of branches, Lev. 23:34; Deut. It is once used contemptuously of a small 16: 13.
Med. Yod,
,L) to
to
boil up,
bubble up;
compare
"!*J
wine, anger, a fever, Hebr. "IKB>
spring up, to boil or bubble up as and IKK' to ferment,
ruined house, Am. y 1 1 [it is difficult to see what idea of contempt is contained in the passage] else: ;
to boil up, to ferment, gafyren.

1
Hence
P comm
(Jer. i
13; Eze. 24:6).
a pot, so called from boiling and bubbling, Jer. Tfe>an ip EX. 1:13; Eze. 11:3, 7? 24:3,6. 16:3. Ps. 60: 10, 'X1J3 TD 3Kin "Moab shall be the
(l)
(or basin)
pot
where used of tents made of curtains, Lev. 23:43; 2 Sam. ll:il; 22:12; and poet, of the habitation of God, Ps. 18:12; Job 36:29. (2) a booth for cattle, Gen. 33: 17. (3) the lair of a lion, Job 38:40.
JTl2p
(
of
my
wast ng,"
my
wash-pot;
con-
booths"), ISuccoth'], pr.n.
(l) of a
DLXXXVI
town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13:27; Jud. 8:5; iKi. 7:46; as to its origin, see Gen. 33:17. pD# JTI3P Psa.6o:8; 108:8, the territory of (the city of)
Succoth.
(a) a station of the Israelites in the desert, in the
HIPHIL ^|Pn
to
i.
q.
Kal
"1J?3
(i)
to
fence,
to
fenc^
round, followed by
(2)
cover,
:
to
Job 3:23; 38:8. protect, followed by /V.
Ps. 5: 12;
and ? Psa. 91 4. V?jn ^)pn j Sa. 24:4. Jud. 3:24, to cover one's feet, a euphemism for to ease oneself, as rightly said
4,
neighbourhood of Egypt, Ex. 12:37; 13 :2O It is hard to say what are 33:5.
(3)
JYI33 n'lSP 2
>
Num.
by Josephus,
Archseol.
vi. 13,
Ki. 17:30,
[Succoth-benoth'],
the Talmudists (Buxt. Lex. Talmud, p. 1472), and even the LXX., where I suppose trapaaKivaoa-
by
booths of daughters, which the Babylonian colonists, who were brought to Samaria, are stated to have
made
for their
idols.
It is
be tents in which
women
generally understood to prostituted themselves
(compare ncnj?); however, I expect that we ought to read ni3 ni3D tabernacles (consecrated to idols) in high places. [This is, however, but a conjecture.] Compare "T? 3
-.
rti2p f. i. q. ^D, H3P Am. 5:26, a booth or tent, which the Israelites, turning aside to idolatry in the desert, constructed in honour of a certain idol, like the tabernacle of the covenant in honour of Jehovah.
be used for the common cnroffKtvuGCHrOat, But according to the opinion of Kirnchi, to make water, which men in Asia do sitting down, covering themselves with their wide and long garments. Some have understood by this expression lying down to sleep, as the Syr. l Sam. loc. cit, and Josephus himself (inconsistently), Arch, v. 4, 2 but in such a case no circumlocution would be needful. See J. D. Michaelis, Supplem. p. 1743;
trtiai
to
avaaKevaaaadai.
Glassii Philol. Sacra, ed. Dathe, page 891.
PILPEL "nPPP
'
to
cover with armour, s
to
arm
(compare
L*
<L>
id.,
(JJoLl arms, and j^jLs
to for-
Compare the ox;v/) upa of the Carthaginians, Diod. xx. 65 (not 25).
tents"), [Sukkiitii], n of an African nation, mentioned in 2 Ch. 12:3, LXX. together with the Libyans and Êthiopians.
Troglodytes,
Isa. 9: 1O, ^P??* tify the gates with iron),
VTKTIX1
Isa.
"and
19:2,
his (Israel's) enemies
(God)
will
will
arm;"
D"3D ("dwellers
in
Dny03 onyp 'fpppp "I
arm
the Egyp-
pr.
tians against the Egyptians." the sense given in Thes.1
\To
excite, to arouse, is
and Vulg.
who
inhabited
the
eastern
shore of Africa.
Derived nouns, ^9) and

',
n l?j
DV?P,
pr. n. of a
PP
1
("enclosure"), [Secacali],
Judah, Josh. 15:61.
i.
y
NTE
(once t\3& Exod. 33:22)

ii
(i) TO
to
TO
\v
EA
v E, especial y boughs
1
WEAVE, make a
town
'
in the desert of
hedge, or to construct a booth; hence to hedge, to fence. (Kindred roots are ^DJ No. II, MD No. II, ^>b;
-?Y not used
in Kal,
q.
?P3 No.
3, Syr.
and
Zab.
^^scc TO
BE FOOLISH, which must be carefully

is
and with the sibilant changed into a dental, H3^ to cover, which see; also. o-qvoc, sept.) In Kal. poet. Ps. " thou hast covered me in 139: 13i '9$ I??? *J?Dfl my mother's womb;" compare Job 10:11. As both booths and hedges are made to protect and guard persons and gardens, ^l?p is
distinguished from the verb, which

^??'.
similar in sound,
PIEL, to
make
e. g.
foolish, i.e. vain,

?!?"in.
fruitless,
:
to
;
frustrate, Isa. 44 25.

:
a counsel or purpose, 2 Sa. 15
31
Compare
by Job 40:22, V?^>* fc^xy *n3P the lotus trees cover him with their shade;" followed by ? Psal. 140:8. Part. "H51D prop, covering; hence a shed, vinea, used in besieging cities (SJdmgbad)), Nah. 2:6.
(3) to cover, Exod. 40:3, commonly followed by 79. (compare the i Ki. 8:7, D'TISH PM syn. HP3). P~lXrr?J7 "and the cherubim covered the ark."
(2) to protect, to cover over, and properly indeed used of boughs and trees ; followed two ace.
HIPHIL, to act foolishly, with the addition of Gen. 31:28; without it, 1 Sam. 26:21. (Anim
Aph. id.) NIPHAL
oneself foolish),
to act foolishly (prop, to shew Sa. 13:13; 2 Ch. 16:9. (2) to act wickedly, 2 Sam. 24: 1O; i Ch. 21:8,
(l)
comp.
?'p3, 723, etc.

.
Hence [the
t
following words.]
D m
[pi.
D97]
/0o/ift, Jer.4:22;
1
$-u
Ecc. 2:19; 7:17.
Syr.
[Lam
id.
Ex 25:20; 37:9; comp.

to
Eze. 28:14, 16; intransil.
"
cover, to hide ones.elf. Lam. 3 144, "$ |3jn nnbP thou hat covered thyself with a cloud ;" ver. 43.
m. folly, concr. fools, Eoc. 1O:6.
f.
folly, a word only found in
F.cc. 2
'..I
DLXXXVII
12,
13; 7:25; 10:1, 13; once JWa'^ Eccles.
17.
I.
not used in Kal, i.q "Up TC
SHUT
(Syi
(Syr. id.)
JDD
one.
fut.
|3P!
(i) pr. i.q.
13^,
.L* TO IN-
HABIT, TO
(2)
DWELL,
with an ace. of pers. with any
and Arab. iJLCf, jLj id.). NIPHAL, to be shut up, Gen. 8:2; Ps. 63:15. PIEL, i. q. 13.P and "l^pn to give over, to deliver
Isa.
Those who live with any one in the same house become familiar with him, they associate with him, hence Part. |?b an associate, friend (of a
king), Isa.
19:4.
II.
IDD
i.
q.
1?b
to
hire, Ezr. 4:5.
n^DD female friend, l Ki. 1:2,4. Comp. Hiph. Hence do kindness (3) followed by ? and ?y of pers. to Ino any one, Job 22:2; 35:3; absol. Job 15:3. ns, to profit, Job 34:9.
22:15;
fern.
not used in Kal, TO BE SILENT (kindred be quiet). ttlU HIPHIL, to be silent (prop, to keep silence; it occurs once, Deu. 27 -.9 fdnvcigcn beobacfyten) (Arab.
to O5B' to
;
JlDD
c^jLjConj.
I.
IV., id.-;
Sam.
to attend)
LXX.
triunra:
(4) i.q. Arab.
JL* Conj.
I.
and V.
to
be
Vulg. attende.
poor,
Many have deeedy, see Pu. and |3PP, ni32p1p. ired of reconciling this signification with the others;
d the attempts which have been made to do this To give my own been very unsatisfactory. inion, I suppose that it has originated in the idea
,ve
/P prop, a slender rod (root ??p No. II.), of which baskets are woven; hence a basket woven of rods (compare Kni'toi', Kaviaf, Karaarpov, canistrum ; prop, a basket made of reeds; from KUVT), reed); a
wicker-basket, a bread-basket !,$>
plur. a &-
Q vp Gen. a basket-
being seated,
which
is
nearly connected with that
40:17; Ex. 29:3, 32. Arab, jj^

s'
id.,
of dwelling. Words which imply being seated, are often applied to the idea of silting down, sinkg,
t,
JL*
-n
maker.
Zab. ;L^rc a basket.
through languor and
debility;
compare
j^je to
Conj. IV. pass, to be forced to sit down, to be -s jk*J! weakness in the foot of a camel ^j^jii
;
pr. n. of
nDO "way," ["basket"]), [Sillah], (i.q. a town near Jerusalem, 2 Ki. 12:21.
(i) P r -ito q-
/P
pendo).
n f?> -v? No.
I,
TO LIFT UP.
impotent man;
also sedere
and
sidSre.
Arabic
ând Heb.
l?pis therefore pr. to be collapsed, sunk,

feijn/
suspend a balance (compare $&} Job 6:2); hence to weigh (compare Lat.pendeo and
(2) specially
ink in one's affairs, fyevuntergefommen
compare
Once found in PUAL, pass. Lam. 4:2, T32 weighed with fine gold," i.
[Derivatives, pr. n. N-V?P,
DWDpn
e.
"who 'are
are equal or com1?P. .]
NIPHAL,
10:9,
i.
q.
Ch. Ithpa.
cuts
to
be
"he who
wood
is
shall be
is
it
endangered. Ecc. endangered."
parable to fine gold.
*WD and
So
it is
commonly
taken, nor
though this signification
a bad sense, alforeign from the other
meanings of the verb. I should suppose it to be a denominative from t*??' a mattock, an axe, which see: hence to cut oneself, to be wounded by cutting.
PUAL, part.
I
"J?P TO .ira LEAP, TO Xeyop. in PlEL Arab. and V TO j^Ls (D EXULT, SPRING, being ina to as so that the stones horse, terchanged), leap
pP
is
prop,
brought
to
want; hence
1
give forth sparks.

tion,
poor, needy (see Kal No. 4).

nO-TUjl
"he who
to offer.
poor
Isaiah 40:20, ISP.P'I as to gifts," who has not
much
HIPHIL r?P? (l) to form acquaintance with any one; followed by DP Job 22:21 also with anything; hence to know; with an ace. Psalm 139:3, !Vi}2pn *IHy?3 " thou knowest all my ways." (2) to be accustomed to do anything; followed by a gerund, Num. 22 :3O.
;
^b?! (which) does not spare, that I have not denied the decrees of the Most Holy;" LXX. render n "J?P^ by >/\differ altogether Xo/i)j>', Vulg. saliebam, although they
in rendering the other words.
Job6:lO, that is my consola1 - and I exult, in pain *W?
"
"l^
Others, as Saadiah,
Abulwalid, Kimchi, by comparison with the Chald. "PP to burn, make the second hemistich concessive,
or parenthetic, and thus translate, "although I burn e. am in anguish compare p?" }) with grief which (i.
1
The derived noun ni33p)p

signification
storehouses, takes
its
does not spare."
Hence
r
from the verb D33.

]
[Derivatives,
PP, ni33Dpj.
("exultation," pr.n. m. l Ch. 8:30.
"V?
"
burning"), [Seled\
DLXXXVIII
I.
'7P
i-
9,-
*v9 a11^
7?p
TO
LIFT UP.
balance, to weigh, see PUAL. (2) Like the Latin elevavit, i. e. conteinsit, to deepise (as light things are of small importance and
value, heavy things of much), Ps. 119:118.
Whence (1) To suspend a
that they were known to the ancient Hebrews. Thit word, taken as an abbreviation, has l>een variously 3D " turn above, singer " (da explained, as ~W'l n?ypp " a mark of changing the capo); or Vlpn nup^ fO'D
voice," etc.
(Chald.
and Syr.
PIKL,
id.)
:
q. Kal No. 2, Lam. i 15. PUAL, pass, of Kal No. l, Job 28:16; used of wisdom, "Vp'lX DrO3 n?Dn SO "it cannot be weighed with gold of Ophir," it cannot be bought with gold.
i.
but all of these fall away with the hy More pothesis. may be found in Michael is Supplemm., in Psalm, vol. i., p. p. 1760; Rosenmuller, Comment, LIX. (LXVII. ed. 2); Noldii Concord. Particul. Hebr., Eichhorn Bibl der Bibl. Littep. 940, ed. Tymp.
;
ratur, vol. v. p. 542, seq.

t. i.
Forkel, Gesch. derMusik,
p. 144.
II.
M 7p perhaps
to be
i.
q.
n?B>
(D and
&
V?p
being interL H7D
(for
n&p "elevation"),
r
changed),
quiet,
to be
silent.
Hence
(Milel),
Neh. 12:7; f
which there
is,
[Sallu\ pr.n. m., verse 20, vp.

l
n~ /9 m
to
VxD
(id.)
rest, silence, with Hparag.
which there
silence, silence! Such seems to be the probable import of this musical note, so often found in the Psalms (only occurring elsewhere, Hab. 3:3, 9, 1 3), which has been so much discussed and tortured by
the conjectures
[Sallu], pr. n. m., is, Neh. 11:7, N?D.
Chron. 9:7;
io
tfV?D ("lifted up"), [Salu], pr.n. m., Nuir

25:14,
and blunders of
'?P ("lifted up," [" basket-weaver"] ),[Sal la t]

pr. n.
interpreters.
It
m.
seems to have been used to mark a short pause in singing the words of the psalm, so that the singer would be silent, while the instrumental music conThis interpretation is supported tinued. (a) by
the authority of the
4/aXfiu,
i.
( l ),
Neh. 11
:8.
(2) Neh. 12:2O;
set
Eze. 2:6; and

Eze. 28:24, a thorn ; prop, such as is found on the twigs and shoots of palms; from ->P a twig, and p; see the root ??D No. 2. Metaph. used of
, .
e.
always render it oiaan interlude, 3n>ifd)?nfpiel (although He-
LXX. who
P yO
sych. renders it povaiûv û'/Vove >/ pvdp.uv eâXXay?/). ""l?D (6) by the place where commonly stands in For it stands in the middle of Psalms, the Psalms.
at the place where a section of the Psalm is finished ; thus in some Psalms it occurs once (Ps. 7:6; 20:4;
wicked men, Eze. 2:6;

H
LXX.
truXo-^. (Chald.
NvP,
Arab.
JL;
thorns of palms).
n/D
by a
Zab.
to
dat.,
id.;
fut. l"6p^
TO
PARDON, FORGIVE;
l
followed
21:3), or twice (Psalm 4:3, 5; 9: 17, 21), in others three times (Ps. 3:3,5,9; 32:4,5,75 66:4,7,15;
Exod. 34:9;
Ki. 8:34, 36, 39.
(Chald.
^th. with the
letters transposed,
;
"^DllIA!
68:8, 20, 33), and even four times (Ps. 89:5, 38,46, 49), sometimes also it is put at the end (Ps. 3,9, 24, fin.); it thus serves to divide a Psalm into several
strophes.
:
It
;
(Psa. 55 20
rarely occurs in the middle of a verse 57 4 Hab. 3 3, 9). Also (c) Psa.
: ;
=
comp. Arab. J^* to shew oneself gentle. The primary idea seems to b that of lightness, lifting up; compare &y9, n f?) NIPHAL, to be forgiven (used of sin), Lev. 4:8^,
be merciful, propitious, to pardon
26,3155:10,13.
Hence
9:17, where for the simple H7D there is more fully n?p JV3H, which should -apparently be rendered "Instrumental music, pause," i.e. the instrumental music
to continue while the singer paused.
flp- *& forgiving, Ps. 86:5; and
HP! yD
f-
pardon, forgiveness,
Ps. 130:4; plur.
With a
similar
Neh. 9:17.
*T|
meaning others derive n /p from n?p No. I, to lift up, and they understand it to be, a lifting up of the voice in singing with the music (compare Kt?3 Job
2l:l2), but
/D
TP
an unused
;
-root.
Arab. J_L.1
to walk, tt
- o 0....^.
<t
go; whence
way, a track.
Hence
Some
is
prefer the former explanation. have supposed that i"yD is an abbreviation,

I
formed from the
initial letters
of three words; but this
neither probable nor suitable. Such abbreviations are very common amongst the Arabs and the later
foi (Caph without Dagesh, and therefore eastern the n. of on a town nap), [Sa/ca/i], pr. borders of Bashan, now called c^^L?, and by or-
Jews
(ai 'BH for TTV
my?&
3"), but
it
cannot be shewn
Secruption Sarkhad jci.-tf> abounding in vineyard?. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria ed. Germ p 180
DLXXX1X
nd
my
?
observations given there at p. 507
Deut.
3:10; Josh. 12:5; 13:11; lChron.5:li.

(l) TO LIFT UP, TO ELEVATE, TO EXALT, TO GATHER, or CAST UP into a heap. Jer. 50: 2 6, like the kindred roots fryD, H?p (comp. also n^p ? JPD, and
'
besiegers cast up around a 4:2; 2 Sa. 20:15.
;lty,
Ki. 19:32;
Ezek
m. a ladder, Gen. 28:12; from the root 7?p No. )

f.
7D
i.
q.
Arab.
J^
P^>p, also
^flj nj>$, taj
fo/fo).
See Pilpel.
plur.
i.
q.
y?D baskets, so
called from
Specially,
to make a level way by casting up a bank, to embank (comp. on Isa. 49:11). Isa. 57:14; 62:10;
^DT 1 Job 19:12, D3-)1 "and they cast up (prepare) their way to me." Job 30 1 2 without TH Psal. 68 5, ;>b "make plain
Pro. 15:19; Jer. 18:15.
:
the slender twigs of which they were woven, Jerem. LXX. Vulg. KapraXXos, cartallus. See the 6:9. root ??p No. 2.
-1
(sc.
From
jprung
the way)." the notion of being elevated, lofty, has
an unused root, pr. having the signification )* i of height, elevation, like T^p, N/p, H|>p and with the third radical more hardly pronounced P?0.
Hence
?%>
(2) to move to and fro, to waver, used of things that are lofty, tall, and slender, which are easily
m.
etc.
23:25,
i.
(l) a rock, Jud. 15:8, 11; l Samuel Metaph. God is called any one's rock,
shaken (oon bem
<3d)lanfen unb djwanfen). Specially used of the slender and pendulous boughs and twigs of trees, such as willows and palms, which are used
e.
his refuge,
where he
is
safe
from
foes, Ps.
18:3:
31:4; 42:10.
(2) [Selah, Sehi], pr.n. Petr a, the chief city of the Edomites, situated between the Dead Sea and the jElanitic gulf, in a valley surrounded with lofty
rocks, so that a very great part of the abodes were excavated in the rock. It is written with the art.
for
weaving baskets, or bound together to make brooms comp. 7?^, 7?\, whence D7??T tendrils,
;
JjJ
; ;
and
7?fl
No. 1,2; whence Dvfipfl.
Hence Q 7? and
being made of
ppp (Arab.
slender twigs;
sing. ^Lc) baskets, as
compare the lengthened forms D*?P3p (/ and n being interchanged) the pendulous shoots of the palm, of which brooms are made (whence the
V?|>n Jud. 1 136; 2 Ki. 14:7; poet, without it, Isaiah 16: i. See Relandi Palsestina, p. 926 951. The
ruins of the ancient city

(the valley of Moses)
cit.,
;
still exist,
called
see
my Comm.
^j.< o-^j on Isaiah, loc.

etc. p.
nJV a basket (with

basket,
Syriac and Chald. verb }3D to sweep with a broom); the cognate MD, Chald. ?.? a
and Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
703,
seq. ed.
Germ.
,. to weave baskets).
As
the branches of
palm-tree, before the shoots open, are covered thorns, these thorns of the palm-tree are called *.&s-* and ^Lj thorns by names from the same root, as
H>/
in Ch.
;
/P
an unused whence
root, quadril. to
consume,
as
-J^
DJ/7p m. a kind of locust, with wings, and used

for food, Lev. 11:22.
growing on palm branches; and Hebr. {i?P, p?p a thorn which grows on a twig, from ?P (pr. a twig),
and the formative syllable P.
not used in Kal.
Arabic aLw^c a large
PlEL
(l) TO
(a
needle, so called from its resemblance to a thorn.
E'p^y " and
PERVERT, Exod. 23:8, 33 gift) perverts the words
<!
*1?PM
of the
PILPEL,
i.
q.
Kal No.
l,
metaph. Prov. 4:8,
^.-Pp??
"exalt her (wisdom),"
sc. with praises. HITHPOLEL ??inpn (denom. from H^b), to oppose oneself as a mound (ftdb bSmmen), to resist, follow-
Proverbs 19:3,"}? n <.?.*? righteous," Deut. 16:19. 13T! ^pJ;! "the foolishness of a man perverteth
his way."
ed
by ? Exod. 9:17,
'BJJ3
îfipp
No.
Tpy
l,
" as yet dost
thou resist
my
(2) to overturn, to send headlong, Job 12: 19; Prov. 21:12; 13:6; 22:12. root has of late been [" The primary force of this
people."
From
the
first signification
these derivative
nouns are taken, n??"D, nPDO, D;>p, WpO, and pr.n. ^p, ^D, from the second Vp, pVp, and |ip
Alb. Schulcorrectly laid down by Fasius, following tens and Arnold (Neue Jahrb. i. p. 168), to be that of
N,
slipperiness, and gliding away, escaping.

trans, to slip
be
n-iiobo
away (fcfylupfen/ to slip).
(l) (a) intrans. to

(
rtob
f.
mound,
Jer.
33:4; especially such as
cL: to pass slippery (fdjlflpfvtg feijn), comp. Arab to daub over, both taken frcra and by (corbei[)fd)lupfen)
DXC
that of slipperiness, and with the sibilant turned into an aspirate, )?n to pass by, to leave behind
" the vine sprouts,
HP Q\3n
:
its blossc "the vines (are
_..
opens;" Cant. 2:1 \
in)
blDssom;" Cant
(prop. torbcr)fd)lupfen),
Gr. dXttyw.
Hence
15, "V19P
-13P."!?
" our vines (are in) blossom:''
PIEL (l) to cause to slip, or fail, as a just cause (ofuXXtiv SiVur, Eurip. Androm. 781 al. 766), Ex. 23:8; Prov. 13:6, nKBn f^pjjl n$TCh wickedness causes the erring (foot) to slip."
(compare Ex. 9:31, ?JP? nn^'Bn).

<)
Symm.
oivuvdii,
i
Hence
to
give
destruction, Deut. 16:19; Prov. 21:12; 22:12; Job 12:19. (2) to make (a way) slippery,
to
>oro id., see Isa. 17:11 (Syr. ), Pesli. in the Zabian also of other blossoms, as of hemp, see Norbergii Lexid. p. 159). Some of the Jewish
*n/7rp/;w, Kvirpurpitf.
;
doctors do not understand this to be the blossom of
Prov. 19:3." Ges. App.]
Hence
the vine, but the small grapes just out of the blossom (see Surenhusius, Mishnah, t. i. p. 309); this sense is
also given
[*|/p m.
Ges. App.]
prop,
smoothness, slipperiness;
i.
by
hence flattery, nearly
q. njspn
Prov.
1 1
and Leonh.
:3; 15:4-"
the Vulgate, chap. 7:13; so also Kimchi Hug (Schutzschrift fur s. Erklarung des
;
Ch. TO ASCEND, TO
no. Pret. pass. id.
COME
UP, Dan. 7:3, 8,
Hohenliedes, p. 5) but I prefer the former explanabecause of 2:13 and 7:13. Some one has of late proposed a singular conjecture relative to this
tion,
Dan. 2
Sam.,
id.
Compare
Syr., Zab., above, at the root P??.

:
29; Ezr.4: 12.
word
(Lit. Zeit. Jen.
1830,
iv. p.
superior kind of vine, so called

tjc~*:,
333), that "H*?!? is a from the town of
which abounds in wine, which was situated
LJl
an unused
root, see below.]
H/D f. (but masc. Ex. 29:40) very fine flour, or meal, Ezek. 16:13, *95 * Chron. 9:29; Gen. 18:6. D\3n rhb wheat flour, Exod. 29:2. (Ch. KB^D id.,
Arab. ^^_J
peo.led barley, pearl barley, a\^<ra, compare the verb J"l?D to sift flour in a sieve). The n ?D appears to etymology is doubtful ; for the verb
in the province of Chazaria (now Astrachan), on the Caspian sea, not far from the mouth of the Volga,
inhabited by both Jews and Christians, and destroyed by the Russians A. D. 969, as is narrated by Ibn Thil Alvardi (Frahn on Ibn Fozlan, page 65).
place appears to have been so called from the moof that nastery of St. Andrew, the [alleged] apostle Anregion, as is shewn by the modern name, San
dreica.
be secondary, and taken from the noun
J"l?b.
ex-
(Compare the Servian
city
i.
jj
.x^-j or Sen-
pect that the primary radical was ??9> i tne sense of shaking, and especially of sifting, i. q. /?T whence
;
drovia, from the Slav. Sandrew,
e. St.
Andreas.)
70 fem. njb (as to which flection compare fem. rta, from 'the root 7f% D'B>2fR and r%'jX?>i? Lehrg. The ancients themselves appear to have p. 590). been undecided as to the origin of this word, and thus it was sometimes masc., sometimes fem. [In Thes. Gesenius derives it from the unused root
1 ,0 D fut. "5)bp*
upon any
it.
(i)
TO PLACE, or
it
LAY something
upon, and be
thing, so that
may
rest
?V "V "^DD to lay the hand on any supported by as to lean upon the rcorauf $anb tfufccn), so thing (tie hand, Ex. 29:10, 15, 19; Lev. 1:4; 3:2; 8:14, etc. Am. 5: 19, TW7J7 rr T\VQ\ " and leaneth his hand 1's. upon the wall." Intr. to rest upon any thing. " th wrath resteth me." n 88 upon
:
only in pi. D'PP spices, Exod. 30:34, incense of odours, Ex. 30:7; 40:27.
8,
"HDpq
?PP ^V
(Syr.
aroma,
A^J to smell.
q-appaKov.)
Root DBD
i.
q.
Arabic
^ *n3P
to smell,
(2) to uphold, to sustain, to aid(JEt\\. rV^ft:) E/rkii-l followed by an ace. Ps. 37: 17, 24; 54:6. the who those *?pb DnVP Egypt," help 30:6, 1>art allies of Egypt; followed by V Ps. 145:14i.e. unmoved, firm, Ps pass. "H-IOD propped, upheld,
-
(perhaps
Mercury, from the nebo~\, pr. n. of a Babylonian commander, Jer. 39:3.

in. quadrilit.
"sword of Nebo," i. e. of Pers. _-J^_^^g a sword), [Samgar-
112:8;
one
u-ith
Isa.
26
3.
Followed by two ace.
to
sustain
any thing, i.e. to bestow upon him liberally Genesis 27:37, VMOp Bhni 13^" I have sustained him with corn and new wine." Ps.5i:i4(3)
to
and ~nn
to
(compounded of the verbs adorn, compare Arab. ,jjj> BLOS.IITJIJ
(Syr.
id.
Kzekiel 24:2. approach, followed by ?? The signification of approaching is derived
forth, as the blossom of palms), VINE SOM, Tmiyfti, Cant. 7 : 13, TlDtpn HPI9 |Bn
to
break
from that of resting upon, being contiguous; comp. Rabb. -)OD to cohere, to be connected, near,
near).
NIPHAL, to be propped, supported, Jud. 16:29; stay oneself, to rest upon, Ps. 71 :6; Isa. 48:2. Metaph. 2 Ch. 32:8. PIEL, to stay, i.e. to refresh, Cant. 2:5 (compare Hence pr. n. in;?pp. and 1J?p).
to
I3T>
JJD P r
Persia, in Samaria, Neh. 2:iO;
n Sanballat, a satrap of the king of 3:33; 6:1, 1,19, t4'

-
13:28.
r
to
lift
an unused root; either

up, to elevate, or
i.
i.
q.
"
Arab. U~s
IV".
VVp^p ("whom Jehovah

chiah~\, pr.n.
sustains"), [Sema-
m.
q.
j?^
Ch. 26:7.
root, prob. to be like [" signifi;
to sharpen, to
be sharp.
Hence
V
an unused
compare the kindred ?'P to be like. Perhaps the same origin may be Lat. Hence similis mXoe).
cation wholly uncertain"]
"I^P masc. a bush, thorn-bush, Ex. 3:2, seo; 9
Deu 33
16 (Syr.
or
id.,
Arab.
Uo
and \^, senna,
senna leaves).
&
7DDH bp
m.
i.
q.
D?^f
an image, a figure.
2 Chron. 33:7,
likeness, Eze. 8:3, 5; Deut. 4:16.

the
pr. n. of
statue of the figure, a carved idol.
"tooth," "crag," [Seneh] (perhaps i. q. a crag over against Michmash, l Sa. 14:4 " in [In Thes. pause for nap."]
with the
art. nS-13ipn
DOT see DD.

not used in Kal (kindred root 1PT T), TO DESIGNATE, TO MARK OFF, Talmud. |!?P, whence JP*P a sign. This has been improperly compared with the Gr. mifjuilyw, in which the r does not belong to
the root.
(<hated"), [Senu-
ah~], pr.n.
Neh. 11:9.
;
unused quadril. Chald. toblind, to dazzle, according to Ch. B. Michaelis, formed from the trilit.
,lj
to shine,
by
prefixing the letter
(see
Lehrgeb.
ace.
NIPHAL ipp? something marked off, appointed and (he plants) Isaiah 28:25, iPpJ 7TW?
off.
page 862); according to J. Simonis, comp. of LUJ to Hence shine, and "!$ to make blind.
.
irley in the
marked
pretation
is
appointed place," i.e. in the field So Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpreferable to others which have been
to the explanation,
pi.
blindness,Gen. 19:11; 2Ki.6:i8.
proposed.
As
hordtum pingue,
fat, it is
fat barley, from the root
^^ = tpt? to be
is
"lU^P pr.n. Sennacherib (Herod. Saraâpt)8oc);theking of Assyria, from the year 7 1 4 to 696 B.C., when he was slain by two of his sons in the temple
of Nisroch, 2Ki. 18: 13; 19:16 36; Isaiah 36:1. See also concerning him, Herodotus, ii. 141 and the
;
contrary both to the laws of syntax, and to the conThe meaning millet is altext; see my Comment.
together conjectural,
which
given by
LXX.
Theod.
fragment of Berosus, in Euseb. Chron. Armen. ed. Aucher. t. i. p. 42, 43.
Aqu. Vulg.
J
TO
an unused
root, Chald.
and Syr.
to
sweep
horrere, Qpiaauv,
STAND ON END
(a)
aid ay with a broom (but this
is
secondary, see the
used of the hair (see Picl, and ""pp), hence used of a man seized with terror. Ps. 119:120, '1^2 T?D Symm. cpdorpi-^f'i(b) used of bristling points,
Root
7&
No.
2).
!""l3pDp("palm branch"), [Sansannah"],pT.n.

of a town in the south of Judah, Josh 15:31.
hence
Id.
"tt?PP
something pointed, a nail, and
"lED to fasten with nails.
D!Tp3p
as hair,
pi.
i.
q.
D^t/ !,
5
D^P
(I
and n being
PIEL, id., to
stand on end,
and]
Job 4: 15;
Hence
pPPP
interchanged), palm branches, pendulous boughs Cant. 7:9. Compare ??p No. 2.
masc. bristling, opdodpiZ, Jerem. 51, 27, an epithet of the insect P./.).
Vr
^ jp an unused root, perhaps,

compared with H3p], whence
[
*VOp quadrilit. the fin of fishes, Levit. 11:9; It Deu. 14:9. The origin is uncertain may seem however to come from the triliteral root, 1?3, jj to
flee, to
i.
q. N.3S?
[in Thes.
nKWp and
hasten, Piel, to propel; with a sibilant prefixed.

to hasten,
Comp. Lehrg. p. 862. [" Perhaps from Jjjj

and Jj
to flee."]
Senaah,
thorny"], pr.n.
Hassenaah~], ["perhaps of a town of Judaea, Ezra 2 135;

:
Neh. 7:38; with the art., Neh. 3 3.
DD
masc. a
moth
so [in clothes], perhaps
cdbd
II
DXCII
from leaping, (root WD),
*
*
Isa.
51
:8.
(Syr.
<r>/e).
id.
(2) act.
;
to
rush upon,
like
a storm, used of an
i.
enemy, Hab. 3:14.

NIPHAL, to be agitated, shaken, used of the heart, 2 Ki. 6 1 1.
:
Arab.
jMt^t moth,
weevil, louse, Gr.
e.
disturbed
*pD
tin),
/
(perhaps for 'PPP

pr. n.
Sisamai,
m.
^4,*, from Ch. 2:40.
the
PiEL,~)#p to Zee. 7:14.
toss about,
to
to
scatter (& people)
fut. "1J?P*
TO PROP, TO
UPHOLD, TO SUPto
POAL, intrans.
be
PORT,
Ps.
18:36; Pro. 20:28; hence

94:18.
sustain,to
(as chaff), Hos. 13:3.
tossed about, dispersed Hence
aid, Ps. 20:3; 41:4;
support
(see
"iy_p to Specially the heart, i.e. lo refresh oneself with food
masc. a storm, Jon. 1:4, 12; Jerem. 23:19;
25:32; and
3.V No. l, letter a). Gen. 18:5, 0??^ Vlgp "refresh your heart," refresh yourselves with food, Ps. Intrans. l Ki. 13:7, ^1^.9 re104: 15; Jud. 19:8. fresh thyself (compare HBO). Derived noun "IJJpP.
nj? f. id. Isa. 29:6; also rnjfD ITD Ps. 107:25, and n'nj;D rvn Eze. 13:11, 13 (see '"W and rnyb).
*)P m. with sufF. *?P pr. an expansion, spreading out (from the root^??); hence (l) a basin, bowl, Exod. 12:22; Zee. 12:2; pi. D'r Jer. 52: 19, and nt
'
ftp
Ch.
to
aid,
to
help, followed
\iyou..
i.
by
^ Ezr. 5:2.
c
root, O7ra
q.
Arab.
U
x>
TO
RUN, TO RUSH, used also of storms. " a nj7D rushing (i. e. rapid) wind."
Ps. 55:9, D-n
27; 2 Ki. 12: 10.

is l
threshold (Syr. \\m atrium), Jud. 19: (Ch. and Samar. id.). n. m. 2 Sa. 2 1 18, for which there (3) [Sap'li], pr.
(2) sill,
:
Ch. 20:4, '2D.
5)^D m.
cleft
:;
tffe) 5j^p (l) a fissure, a cleft, of a rock, Jud. 15:8, ll; pi. D'J^pn ^Q^p I sa
.
57:5-
(2) a branch, Isaiah 17:6; 27:10; see rnisyp. ^Both significations are also comprehended in the Arab.
Vy
fut.
ISP* TO
BEAT
grief; especially for the dead.

;
the breast, as a sign of Const, absol. Eccl.

<>
\*.Y
sj
TO DIVIDE,
i.
q.
Arab. i_^ti>
the letters
*!*#?,
and 3
Piel
being interchanged.
to
Hence
nsyp,
H9J7P [and HEP].
followed by of the 3:4; 12:5; Zec.7:5; 12:12 person whose death is lamented, l Ki. 14: 13; Gen. 23: 2; 7^2 Sa. 11:26; Jer.4:8; Zee. 12: 10; \3?& 2 Sa. It is sometimes so used as to be applied to the 3:31. voice of the mourners [to waif],Mic.l :8, "I will
TOP (denom.from TtfP),
CM* o/y branches,
Isa.
10:33.
make a wailing (T2DQ) like the 22: 18, " they shall not lament him
jackals."
Jer.
P verbal adj. (of the form ?Pi?) divided, i. e. a person of a divided mind, who, being destitute
of firm faith and persuasion as to divine things, is driven hither and thither; a doubter, a sceptic,
oe.
f-
brother;" Jer. 34:5. be that of beating, like the Gr. ff^>aSnw; and this the LXX. express in several places (KUTTTInification to
my
(saying), Alas! Still I hold the proper sig-
PI.
i-
Q'Qyp
q-
Ps.
19
1 1
Luth.
glattergetjler.
*TVP and HSjnp only in plur. branches, Eze. 31 :6, 8.

nSjfiP f plur. D^SyP opposite sides, divided i Ki. 18:21, opinions, *rip^j; D'nps Drix 'np-nj;
Isaiah 32:12, D^fb DHK^ "they smite trdni). upon the breasts" (comp. Lat. pectora, ubera plangere), There can be spoken of women; comp. Nah. 2:8. no difficulty in referring the word DHDD to women,
since they are expressly mentioned, though at a considerable distance before (comp. also verse ll, *TJI?
JYI33^K>;
see
Heb. Gram.
144, note
l).
Vulg. usqnequo claudicatis in duos pai-tes, "how long will ye halt between the two sides?" " do i. e. ye hesitate between the worship of Jehovah
D^p^pn
NIPHAL,
to be
mourned for, lamented,
Jer.l6:4;
Derived noun,
(i) i.q. CJDK TO
and of Baal?"
SCRAPE, TO SCRAPE
1/
Oe) the sea
(kindred to the roots ~W? and 'W? which (l) TO BE VIOLENTLY SHAKEN, specially
agitated
OETHER
(see Hiphil No. i), to scrape off, Isa. 7: 2O; to take away life, Ps. 40: 15; to take any cue
intrans. to 4*
by
storms, Jon. 1:11,13;

fsa.
to
be
totted, by adversity,
54:
1 1
compare
Piel.
away, to destroy, Gen. 18:23,24; and destroyed, to perish, Jer. 12:4.
DXCIII
(2) i. q. ^PJ (but 'IPX and ^P* are of the same Ffx;k ; see page LXVII. A.), to add, only in imp. 1QP
lea.
"1
3D m.
plur. D*
its
called
29:
Jer.
7:21
and
inf. n'lQD Isa.
30:
i.
["But
these
lo
may be from
^P*."]
Also, to
add
from 1?P No. i,

(Syr.
2),
a sapphire, a kind of gem, , beauty and splendour (see the root Exod. 28:18; 39:11; Job 28:6, 16
to anything,
increase (see *1P? No. 2), Nu. 32: 14. NIPHAL (i) i. q. ^P&y No. 2, to betake oneself " whoever Isa. 13: 15, rii?p3rr?3 (into the house).
JUam;
Whence
Chald. TBtpD).
i.
'3
low.
q.
to bt
betakes
(a)
to
(or,
withdraws) himself;"
i.e.
lurks in
houses, hides away.

be
Opp.
to
to
Kp3n~73.
taken away,
especially in battle, 1
perish, Gen. 19:15; Sa. 12:25; 26:10; 27:1.
m. a dish, a bowl; only found Jud. 5:25; 6:38 (Chald. Talmud, and Arabic JJL, idem. See
Bochart, Hieroz.
I.
SO
549).
HIPHIL, to lowed by /%
heap together, to accumulate; folupon any one, Deut. 32:23. LXX.

ceiling (of the tem-
-Jy
roots
fut.
ISP* prop. TO
COVER
(comp. the kindred
1B,
1??0-
Hence
pSD
ple),
i
m. (from the root Ki.6:i5.

f.
1?D)>
two
(1) to cover, as with beams or rafters; followed ace., i Ki. 6:9; 7:3. (2)
by
number,
Ps. 71
15.
Root ISP.
Jer.
I. not used in Kal, probably i. q. HBO, f]DJ (compare n ^'p, n ^'P, and the observations under the L word n?P T ), TO ADD.
nSL/
to floor, to cover with boards, l Ki. 7:7; 22:14; Hag. 1 14. Deu. 33:21, PE^3 K"Vi (3) to hide, to preserve. " and he saw a J-1DD pp. hp rippH portion assigned by the
law-giver there preserved," (J-IBD agrees in gender not with n i7?D to which it refers, but with the nearer
NIPHAL,
to be
added,
to
join oneself; followed
word
by
'Jj
Isa.
14:1.
pp.np, comp. Derived nouns
Sam. 2:4; Lehrg.
p. 721).
PUAL, to be gathered together, to assemble tclves,Job 30:7. HITHPAEL, i. q. Niphal; followed by ? l Sa. 26: 19.
II.
HDD
i.
q. nfitP,
Arab.
TOPOUROUT
(see Piel,
(l) TO POUR, ^J~> and the noun n'BD).

;
not used in Kal. ^th. {]<,<{, l TO s PREAC OUT; whence ^P a bowl, a threshold. From tliia noun comes HITHPOEL ^Stop.? to stand at the threshold, Psa.
84:11.
(2) to anoint (comp. "=1P3 ; Syr. tx/^CQ to pour Aph. l Sam. 2 : 36, N3 ^Jnsp to anoint any one a bishop),
JYiansn
pray, to
nnX'PK "anoint, (i.e. some priestly office."
constitute)
me, I
(3) tospread out, i.<.Jth.f\<(\\i a cushion, quilt.
whence HHSpp
:
PIEL, to pour out for some one to drink, Hab.2 15. root is not divided into two parts in Thes.].
Arab. JX-c> J**. (l) TO '? '& to strike upon the thigh, a sign of indignation and also of lamenting, Jer. 31:19; Tlr '? Eze. 21:17; compare II. xii.i6; P'SaviK pBD to strike xv. 397; Od. xiii. 198. (b) the hands together, as in indignation, Nu. 24: 1O; or
pD
fut. p'SP*
i.
q.
SMITE; specially
()TK
in derision (as if
Derivatives, D'BP, fingppj and
nnBD
t
scurf, scab, so called from the flowing Com(falling off) of hairs, Lev. 13:2; 14:56.
f.
explosit altquem); followed by ?JJ Lam. 2:15; Job 27 23 (where thirty-one copies read D instead of b>); also without the word D?S? Job
:
34:37It is (2) to chastise (used of God), Job 34:26. sometimes written PS?', which see. [" HIPHIL, followed by 3, to strike hands ivitli any
e nab'.
*S>P
[Sippoi]; see
|D
No.
3.
prop, something poured out, a pouring out (from the root HBO No. II.); hence (l) corn growing spontaneously from the seed of the
T~P m.
one, Isa. 2 : 6."]

II.
JV pen), Jer.
TO VOMIT, TO
VOMIT FORTH
Hence
48
26.
i
.cmsro to overflow. Syr.

Ki. 20: 10, Thes.]
preceding year without its being resown, Lev. 25 5, 11; 2 Ki. 19:29; Isa. 37:30; compare t^HD.
:
[(2) to suffice,
(2) an
inundation, Job 14:19.
pD
redundance, abundance, Job 20:22.

fut.
HJ 2p
f. a ship; once Jon. 1:5 (Syr. and Arab. Root |BD to board, to floor.
"IDD
T^D*.
(i) prop. L
39
q.
SCRATCH, TO
SCRAPE (kindred
to ~>sy
Arab.^xi TO No. n, Jd?};
DXCIV
hence
to
polish (compare "^SP3 and the cogn. verb
Arab. c_;li^ a book, specially the Koran.

life, God's index of the living, Ps. 69 29Dan. 12:1; Apoc. 20:12, 15. compare 9 2 (holy) books, ru ypafipara. WT$Q rfa'V. to make books, used in contempt of bookwrights, Ecc. l a l a.
:
:
to
(2) specially to inscribe letters on a stone; hence Part. 12D a scribe, Psa. 45:2; Ezr. 9: write.
the book of
t, 3; specially (a) the king's scribe, i. e. the friend of the king, whose office it was to write his letters,
9 Sam. 8:17; 20:25; 2 Ki. 12: 11; 19:2; 28:3, seq. (6) a military scribe, who has the charge of keep-
>
Chald.
i.
q.
Heb. 1?P a book,
pi.
p?P
Ezra
ing the
muster
compare
35 19
:
rolls, Jer. 2 Chron. 26
1 1
37:15; 52:25; Isa. 33:18; gener.

;
2 Ki.
4:15; Dan. 7:10.

iSP m.
(2) (i)
numbering,
2 Ch. 2: 16.
used of a general, Jud. 5: 14.

ft
(c) in the later books,
\_Sephar~\, pr. n. of a
town in Arabia, Genesi*
person skilled in the sacred writings, ypayu/zart we, Ch. 27:32; Ezr. 7-6, a name by which Ezra is
10:30; see under the word

^ Obad. 20; [Sepharad], pr. n. of acountry elsewhere unknown, whither the exiles of Israel were carried away according to the Vulg. Bospho;
called
12:26, 36 Ezr. 7:11. (3) to number, Gen. 15:5; Lev. 15:13, 28. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. 3, to be numbered, Gen.
;
Neh. 8:1,
seq.
16:10; 32:13.
PIEL
Ps.
rus; according
ij.
to the Syr.,
is
(i)i.
to
Kal No.
to
3, to
number, Job 38:37;

(prop, to
:
writers Spain, Avhich
Ch., and the clearly incorrect.
Hebrew Othen
40: 6.
narrate, enumerate, (2) compare Germ. j5f)len/ erj6t)len), Gen. 24 66 40 8 Job 88:27; followed by ?K concerning any thing, Psa. 8:7; 69:27; especially to tell with praise, to celebrate, Ps. 19:2; 40:6; 78:6. (3) simpl. to speak, to utter words, Ps. 73:15; Isa. 43 26. PUAL, ISO pass, of Piel No. 2, to be narrated, Ps. 1*2:31; Job 37:20. Derivatives, Hlisp, T'SD [ISP!?], and the four following nouns
;
:
recount
suppose Sipphara, rather D.TiSp.
but
this
apparently would be
Pn$D
f.
a book,
i.
q.
ISP
Ps. 56:9.
[I"nSp (th3
n actually occurring form), see "^
18:34; 19: 13; J sa. 36:19; 37; [Sepharvaini], pr. n. of a town subject to the Assyrian empire, whence a colony was brought to Samaria; prob. Sipphara situated in Mesopotamia on the Euphrates. PL Gent, noun D")">?9 2 Kings
2 Ki. 17:24;
1 3'>
D^SD
17:31.
JS
m. Ch.
(l)
a scribe, a royal scribe ac-
("scribe," as
to
the feminine form
in
companying a
4:8,9, 17,23.
satrap, or governor of a province, Ezr.
names of office, compare Lehrg. 468), [Sophereth~\, art. Neh. 7:57. pr. n. m. Ezr. 2:55; with the
TO STONE, TO OVERWHELM WITH STOHK8, a species of capital punishment amongst the Hebrews, see on this subject the decisions of the Uabbins in Chr. B. Michae'lis Dissert, de Judiciis Pcenisque
(2) ypa^/itireuc, one skilled in the Ezr. 7:12,21.
sacred books,
constr.
m. with
(l)
suff.
^D,
JL-,
Isa.
pi. D'-)Bp,
^?D._
writing, Arab.
Syr. J;_2i20
(a) the art
of writing
and reading,
29
1 1
2, "ISP?
JHV " one
(lean 5, in Pottii Syll. iv. p. 185. Capitalibus, the signification of stoning as priconsider hardly
acquainted with writing."
(b) a kind of writing, Dan. 1:4, D'ffS flK^-1 i?P the writing (letters) and the tongue of the Chaldeans;" verse 17. (2) a writing, whatever is written, used <f a bill of sale, Jer 32:12, seq.; of a charge or accusation, Job 3 1 35 of a bill of divorce, Deut. 24:1,3; of a letter, 2 Sam. 11:14; 2 Ki. io:l.
:
;
mary, especially as
removing
stones.
its
power
in Pie! is also that of
The primary
Ji5
to
idea appears to
lie
in the root V~',
be heavy, weighty, whence an
unused noun /pp, a stone so called from being heavy, and hence a denom. verb ^PP to stone, Pi. id. and Const, followed by an ace. also to remove stones).
often with the addition ofpers. Ex. 19:13; 21:28; of the wordD^3S 3 Deu.i3:ii; 17:5; 22:24; com:
JTVimn 1CD the book of (3) a book, Ex. 17:14. the law, Joshua 1:8; 8:34; nn?n Ssp the book of
the covenant, Ex. 24:7; 2 Ki. 23:2; which is also called poetically 1?P ripJD the volume of the book,
1*501.40:8; and Kar
ti,<>\iiv "1E>P
pare syn. DJ7-
NIPHAL, pass,
seqq.
to be
stoned, Exod. 19:13;
a" *
fl
Isaiah 29:18, as in
DXCV
PiL
(2)
to
(l)
i.
q.
Kal,
to
throw stones at any

to
one,
(3) cessation, Isa. 14:6.
Others derive the
first
2 Sa. l6;6, 13.
and second
clear
from
stones,
remove stones
stubborn
significations from the root "I'D to but for this there is no need.
from a
Heb. Gram. 51, a c), Isa. 5:2; with the addition of ]1&? Isa. 62 1O. to be stoned, i Ki. 21 14, 15. PUAL,
field (con? p.
:
PHD ("withdrawing"), [SraA],

fountain, 2 Sa. 3 26.
:
pr.n. of
pass,
*^P adj. (root "HP. No. 2), f. HID pr. evt/; hence sullen, sad, angry r as applied to the countenance.
I"
iP
(i) TO
POUR OUT,
e.
i.
q.
Arar.4
~* (see
Diss. Lugdd., p. 700, seqq.).
Participle pass.
(Germ,
b&fe aufet)enb).
Ki.
20 43
:
4, 5.
poured forth,
6:4,7.
i.
extended on a couch,
WTO Amos
an unused root; Chald. rebellious; whence
Intrans. Eze. 17:6,
nnTp
JD3
to be
"a spread-
refractory,
ing
vine."
:6.
]p (for 3TO, of the form pi2), m. a rebel, Eze. Some of the Hebrew writers have explained
(2) to be redundant, hanging over, used of a curtain, Ex. 26:12; part. pass. H-Ilp redundant,
^'iD to be thorns; and Castell, in Heptagl. nettles (by comparison with ^PP to burn); but the common opinion has been rightly defended by Celsius, in lierob. ii. page 222 (his opinion is given incorrectly
I ;
Eze. 23: 15, D^TQtp ^llp " redundant (or luxurious) with mitres," Avearing long turbans hanging down from their heads.
verse 13.
by Simonis).
/t/ quadril. Ch. TO COVER (see Buxtorf, page 1548), as with a garment, flesh, fat; sprung from Pael
NIPHAL, to be poured forth, metaph. Jer. 49:7, DnipDn nrnp3 "is their wisdom poured forth?" compare the root Pi?3 No. 1, b. Hence
"HP masc.
i.q.
superfluity,
26: 12.
redunda nee,
concrete,
what remains, Ex.
?2D prop, to cause to carry Arabic Jj Hence under garment, a tunic.

;
|
to
put on an
V^T
.
a coat of mail, Jer. 46:4; 51:3D*~lB,pl.

D'
1
st.
9
?^ const.
'Dnp, 'pnp
/r]P m.
Chald. saraballce,
trousers, such as
men
still
i.e. long and wide wear in the East, Dan. 3

:
and Syr.
|LCO..;_CO
(l) a
the root DIP), Isa.
56
3,
eunuch, one castrated (see 4 such as the Eastern kings

;
were accustomed
(Est. 2
:
to set over the care of their
women
581,27.
(Arab. J^**i plur. Jj.L^; Syr. and Ch.

IvJ")?' id.; Pers.
transposed ,\Li
id.;
whence
Gr. arapafiapa, ffapa(3a\\a, (rapcnrapa; modern Greek rc; Lat. sarabara, saraballa, Isid. Orig. xix.
4:5), and other offices of the court a'pnpn 3l Daniel 1:3; "fc 1:10,12, 15). (Esth. " the > D'nE>n verse 7, prince of the eunuchs," seq., who was over the royal children, just as now in
3,
1
4,
15
23; Spanish cerottlas ; Hungar. and Slav, schalivary ; Polish scharmvari ; see Frahn on Ibn Fosslan, page
112, seqq.).
Turkey. Kislar Aga, the prince of the eunuchs, has the charge of the royal children of the Sultan, called
Itshoghlan.
Hence
[Perhaps, mantles, cloaks
see Thes.]
" (perhaps Pers. &y>-j~i prince of the n. of a sun"), [Sargon], pr. king of Assyria, who preceded Sennacherib, 716 714 B.C., Isa. 2O:l.
"f
(2) any minister of the court, although not castrated (Genesis 37:36; 39:1); although it is difficult to determine in what places the primary meaning
of the
1
iO an unused
root;
Aram.
re to fear, to
tremble; whence
word is preserved, and in what it is lost, Sam. 8:15; lKings22:g; 2Ki.9:32; 2O:l8; 24:12, 15; 25:19 (where DHD is a military leader); Jer. 34:19; 41:16. Targum sometimes renders it
s
1
("TTD
**
("fear"), [Sered], pr.n. m. Gen. 46: 14; whence the patron. '"'I"]? Nu. 26:26.
Jr
f.
K31 a
prince.
Arab.
^jUk "
.
minister. ^ 9
i
The
a
Syriac,
(from the root ~WD), prop, a departing,
withdrawing; hence
(1) the
eunuch remark(prop, faithful, as eunuchs were considered able for fidelity to their masters); and so LXX.,
however, always renders
it
|
NQ^cnxa
violation of a law, an offence, Deut.
Vulg.
or "ipj? only in plur. TP1P Chald. a royal *=pj? minister of the Persians, Dan. 6:3, seqq. In Targ.
19:18.
(2) departure from Jehovah, Deu. 13:6; Jer. e8:l6; 29:32; Isa. 1:5; 31:6; 59:13.
K3TD, jrnp, plur. P51P, stands for the Hebr.
[TO
DXCVI
people of Israel, Isa. 1:23; 3 : * 5 65 2 ; Psa. 68 : 19 Hos. 9:15. From the idea of stubborn animals shaking
:
;
I cannot determine governor, OTerseer, magistrate. anything as to the etymology. It seems, however,
the most simple to regard T1D as compounded of "H? a prince, and the servile termination, used in Persic,
"JT, as in
the yoke
the word ^13|.
off" from their shoulders, is taken the phrase e]na jna to give a refractory shoulder, i. e. to be stubborn, Neh. 9 29 ; Zee. 7:11. There is a parono-
nyp
only in plur. D3Tp,

9
7W
V
;
masia in
(l) ax/cs o/ a
Jer. 6:28, D'T)'D *"3?

i.
"those
fallen
away
to
the
stubborn."
q.
chariot,
d< tubtful.
I Ki.
7:30 (Syr.
rr>
id.)
The
origin
is
(2) to be evil,
Arab. Jj.
root,
Hence
"ID.
S
(2)
o j
princes (compare ^__U

if
an
axis, a pole;
nJjP
an unused
Arab.
^>
Syr.,
oA^c)
to
metaph. a prince, as
only applied to
5:8, seq.; 29:6.
a hinge of the people), a word

16:5, seq.;
l
(although perhaps these are denominatives),
past
the winter.
Hence
VnDjm.ttfinfer, Cant. 2:11.
9
p.
the five princes of the Philistines,
Josh. 13:3; Jud. 3:3;
Sam. 6:4,
seq.;
inp,
S-^ -
np
(Aram and
ly root, which had, I expect, the same meaning as the kindred word EHS? (denom. from Enb>), to pull up by the roots; hence to
extirpate, specially the
*
"
Arab. axi> JovtsjM
id.)
an unused
^np
hidden"), [Sethur],
pr. n. of
a captain
of the tribe of Asher, Nu. 13:13.

i. (l) TO STOP UP, TO OBSTRUCT, q. DDK' as fountains, 2 Ki. 3: 19, 25; 2 Chr. 32 3, 4. (The following roots which begin with an aspirate are
:
testicles, to castrate.
Syr.
and Chald.
ccc;_co, D"}D
to
castrate.
l**}~i castrated (prop, extirpated);
Hence DnD whence the
secondary verb
IM ^,
to
be sexually impotent.
i.
nSyiD
f.
a branch,
q.
nsyp with the

T"
letter
Dnn cpn which see.) this, OPH, h ide, Daniel 8:26; 12:4,9. to shut up, (2) Part. pass. E-inp hidden, secret, 26.28:3. NIPHAL, to be stopped up (used of the chinks of
kindred to
to
>
inserted, Eze. 31:5.
Syr.
.^
i-
>>;
to sprout.
a wall), Neh. 4:1.

PIEL,
i.
q.
Kal
signif. l,
Gen. 26: 15, 18.
-P
not
Kal,
q- 1*3? TO
BURN.
[Syr.
PIEL, part. ÎPP a burner (of the dead), one who lights a funeral pile, Amos 6:lO; which was com-
monly done by the nearest
relative;
codd. of Kennic. and several of
De
Rossi,
twenty-three have here
TO HIDE, once in Kal, Prov. 22:3 a'DD, where the np has Niph., conip. Prov. 27:12. NIPHAL (i)to behidden,toliehid. Job3:23,"to a man n ^P? 13 Tl "*?8 to whom his way is hidden," who does not know how to escape from calamities.
55:13; a plant growing in the desert. LXX. Theod. Aqu. KWVO. Vulg. urtica. Jo. Simonis (even in his first edition) compared it with
-
Isaiah
Followed by IP, KaXuirrtaBut OLTTO rtvoc (compare ft No. 3, a), to lie hidfrom any one, Ps. 38: 10; Isaiah " when we shall be hidden 40:27. Gen. 31 49, from one another," when we shall be far from one
:
another; followed
is
by 3/8O Hos. 13:4, "repentance

i.
hid from
it;
my
eyes,"
e. I
am
as
it
white mustard; and this has been again brought forward by Ewald, Hebr. Gram. ; but this latter word is from the Pers. A^-^ .^\ white ; and
<* 8yr. )-
of
followed
by \?SP (Lat
occultari
were ignorant a conspcctu alic.
Jer. 16: 17; 1J.3P Plaut.), Deut. 7:20; \3|&? hidden JVnrU?3 Part. things, secrets, 9:3.
Aim*
I'mt
it
cannot seem to be contracted from the word be-
29:28; specially hidden

Ps. 19:13-
sins,
committed ignorauUy
fore us.
- (l)TO BE REFRACTORT, STUBBORN;

tory,
of
pr.
i Sa. 20:5, 19; followed by (2) to hide oneself, IP Ps. 55: 13, and \3?P Gen. 4:14.
used of refractory beasts (kindred root ~HD). Only in the part, [except Hos. 4:16] "nb f. T\"Tp refrac-
PIEL, to hide, Isa. 16:3.
stubborn; used of an untamed cow, Hos. 4: 16;
to submit to his parents, Deut. 91:18,20; Ps. 78:8; Jer. 5:23; of awoman who has can off restraint and indulges in lust* Pro. 7 :i l ; of the
a son who refuses
PUAL, to be hidden, Prov. 27:5. TRP5 7PV HIPHIL Tnpn to h ide. Job 3:10, 3/J T " and from hide did he eyes," my calamity (not) (that) did not turn it away from me, avert it. (i) to cover followed by P? Ex. the 3:6; face, over, especially
DXCVII
from any " 'C '0 D
i.
c.
one, Isa.53:3, ISP.P 0^3 Ifltpo? for as one from whom they hide the face," from whom they turn their eyes as from some-
Derived nouns, "flpp,

pr. n. "vino, njpp.
"'fiPP, ">pP, n<J^P,
and
the
"V3P Ch. PAEL.
thing disgusting and abominable pflPP is in this place the part, formed in the Chaldee manner, for
"^ripp,
(l) to hide.
Part. pass. p!.
f.
hidden things, secrets, Dan. 2:22.

(2) to destroy (prop, to hide, to remove cut of men's sight, compare 1H3 and Trpn), Ezr. 5:12 Often in the Targums Syr. Peal id.
;
which
is
is
found in four copies
it is
here im-
pers. as if
D^S Wn?l
PP
TS'g to?).
Specially Jehis
hovah
said to hide, or veil
over
face
(a)
;
when he does not regard human affairs, Ps. 10: 1 1 followed by IP Ps. 51 li, DDD T.?.P ~>flPD " hide
:
(l) a hiding; hence something secret, clandestine, hidden, Jud. 3: 19,

-
*!!? witn suff ^FP.
thy face from my sins ;" do not regard them, forgive them. (b) when it denotes displeasure (opp. to
D'33 -VXn) Ps. 30:8; 104:29; followed by IP of pers. hide the face (and turn away) from any one, Psa. 22:2f>; 27:9; 88:15; 102:3; 119:19; Isaiah
to
-inpQV' some secret thing;" l Sam. 25:20, "inn 1HD

the c o v e r t of the mountain." Dînp DTP " bread to be eaten in secret," Prov. 9:17. With prefixes, ^DP3 secretly, privately., l Sam. 19:2; 2 Sam. 12:12; Job 13:10; 31 27 Prov. 21:14, and so frequently.
'
:
;
S'~,
~
54:8; 64:6, and so frequently; without 0*39 Isaiah " 57 17, epfpM "inpn ins&j! I smote them (the people)
:
(2) specially a vail, covering (Arab.

9
"*
.,
Syr.
hiding
and being angry." conceal something from any one, followed (2) by IP of pers. I Sam. 20 2 followed by \3SP 2 Ki.
my face,
to
JiAvCO avail, a curtain), Job 22:14; 24:15; Psa. 81 8, Djn ^DP? "in the covering of thunder," in the clouds replete with thunderings; Ps. 18: 12.
:
11:2.
(3) to
guard,
to
defend, Ps. 31:21; 27:5;

i
(3) protection, defence, 91:1; 119:114; Isa. 32:2.
Ps.
27:5; 32:7; 61 :5;
fol-
Dwed by IP from any one, Ps.64:3. HITHPAEL "innpn to hide oneself,

>:l; Isa.
np
f. \.
q.
~np No.
3,
protection, Deu.32 138.
Sam. 23:19;
29:14; 45:15.
(for nnrjp "protection \_Zithri~\, pr. n. m. Ex. 6:22.
of Jehovah"),
Ayin HJ an eye (compare its figure o on the Phoecian remains), the sixteenth letter of the alphabet: en used as a numeral, seventy.
Hence
it is
that several
Hebrew roots com-
prehend, properly speaking, two roots of different significations, one of which is written in Arabic with
the letter Q
,
While Hebrew was a living language, it would m that this letter, which is peculiar to the Phoecio-Shemitic languages, and is very difficult of
pronunciation to
pronunciation.
distinguish
it
the other with c
as ??JJ
s.
C-
<-.
??JJ
J^
to drink
a second time, to glean, and

enter; also
Jji
to insert, to
our organs, had, like n, a double This is the case in Arabic, and they
5,
TW, D^, DP^, "W,
^TJJ.
In other in-
by a diacritic point ( Ain, c Ghain). The one appears more gently sounded, with a gentle
stances the various significations of one and the same root are distinguished in Arabic by a two-fold pronunciation; see "I'JJ, "'P^.
breathing, like the letter K, only rather harder, so as to resemble the sound of a furtive a or Thus, by the Greek translators, it is sometimes exguttural
the
far
The lighter pronunciation appears to have been more frequent, as also in Arabic the letter c is
more frequent than the
17
letter
and
for this
WM
by the smooth or rough breathings, sometimes y furtive vowels, as P^?PJ! 'A/jaXi/K, *~PJ? 'E/3paioe,
sed \lant, B3?J rtX/Sovt, TJ{
/> (see
reason
is
speak more
letter
very often interchanged with N; or, to V is often softened into the accurately,
;
28:19; Montf. Hexapl. t. ii. p. 397). hand, the harder Ain, which the Arabs call Ghain, was a haTsh sound, uttered in the bottom of the
throat, together
Orig. on Gen. On the other
X (page i) also, in the middle of words when preceded by S'hva, like n and X, it is often dropped,
as
/>#?,
contr. ??,
^5, contr.
*?.
On
3,
the other hand,

allied in
y when more harshly pronounced was

(a) to the palatal letters, as
sound
with a kind of whirring, so that it came very near to the letter r ; and this the LXX. generally exnress by the letter T, as H
CCCLXXVIII, A.also,"N?JJ and ~>JP3 and 333, ^33 to bubble forth; Ch. KJTW and
;
pageCL, to surround
3, p, see
DXCVIII
PP^, PW, and even (b) to the letter n (by which several express the Arabic Ghain), as BJft? anc^
rarth,
to polish. Farther, the very frequent interand $ should be remarked change of the letters the this is done in such a way that for the Hebrew Aramaeans, rejecting both the sibilant and the sound off, retain nothing but a guttural breathing; as 'NV,
;
-ny-ny
3TO
one (Germ, jcmanbcn be bienen), Gen. 27:40; 29:15: 30:26; followed by ? l Sa. 4:9; DV with some one, Gen. 29 25, 30; Lev. 25:40; and \?9? 2 Sa. 16: 19
:
Fol(used of the king's minister, comp. *.??? "1*?!?). two ace. Gen. \s TPnay "lE'K nX ny*V lowed by 3O:2Q, \j j
i
'thou knowest how

cially to
have served thee."
Spe-
serve
flocks;
H& U'J earth; IDS,

_l=i- to strip.
};
vnwool; &?,
p. 33.
Gen. 14:4;
(a) of a people to a people, Here be15:14; 25:23; Isa. 19:23.

is
used
L:^
and
See as to the cause and
Qn'K âyi longs Gen. 15:13,

Israelites) shall
Dnayi "and they (the serve them (the Egyptians), and

(b) to
to
nature of this interchange Ewald's Heb. Gram.

I.
they (the Egyptians) shall evil intreat them."

serve
an architectural term, thresholds, steps, by which one goes up to a porch, i Ki. 7:6; Ezek. 41:25. Plur. Cy3JJ (from the sing. 3y), verse 26.
-
^X m
God
or idols; i.e.
worship God
;
or idols,
Targ. in both places, renders
it
well Knsipt? thresholds.
Vulg. epistylium, which does not suit the context; although (from the poverty of the Hebrew language in such terms) this Hebrew word may have compre-
by an ace. Ex. 3:12; 9:1,13; Deu. 4:19; 8:19; 30:17; followed by ? Jer. 44:3 Jud. 2:13. Absol. used of the worship of Jehovah, Job 36:11, "if they obey and serve (Jehovah).'' Isa. 19:23,
followed
meaning also. It is favoured by the from the idea of covering (see the root etymology,
this
II.
hended
"and the Egyptians shall serve (Jehovah) with the It Assyrians;" (see above as to the Arabic usage). is also said with two accus to serve Jehovah (c)
with anything, i.e. to offer sacrifice, Exod. 10:26; and without the name of God, nnppi nat H3y to offer sacrifice and bloodless oblation, Isa. 19:21, prop, to
r
^ comm.
(m.
Isa.
19:1; Eccl. 11:3;
f.
l
:
Ki.
12,
18:44), const. 3y, plur. Q*?JJ, const. *3JJ 2 Sa. 22 and niatf 2 Sa. 23:4 the root 3W).
serve or worship (God) with offering sacrifices, etc.

(3) 3
to
(from
(1) darkness, especially of a cloud. Exod. 19:9, " in the darkness of a cloud." Ps. 18: }3JH 3y_| 12,
0'????
'33?
^y causat.
y
i.
q.
T3JJ
(comp. 3
letter
8,4)
one.
impose labour or servitude upon any
"darknesses
of clouds."
Hence
Lev. 25:39, 13V 1T
rmV
(2) a cloud itself, Job 36: 29; 37:11,16. Jer. 4:29. r (3) a dark thicket of a wood; pi. D'3y
impose upon him
13 nby.p *6 servile work;"

:
thou shall nc:

verse
46;
Ex
1:14; Jer. 22:13; 25:14; 30:8. NIPHAL (a) to be tilled as a

Eze. 36:9, 34. (b) subjects, Ecc. 5:8.
to be
iy
see 3J No.
I.
field, Deu. 21:4; served, as a king by hi*

^*-
to
cover,
to
hide;
compare
hide,
PUAL
age
">?y %
"=13
q.
K3H, nan,
to lie hid.
^^
'
to lie hid, II. to

3J7
(l)i. q. Niph., Deut. 21:3; comp. 15: l> Isa. 14:3, "the hard bond(2) pass. of Kal No. 3.
c_jU med. Ye,

~y,
fut."13J?!
Hence
No.
L
(at*
i.
- (l) TO
For "1?V "!'&? which was laid upon thee." one would expect '"n?JJ, but see Hebr. Gramm.
LABOUR, TO WORK
V
,
138, i,b.
q.
briten),
TO DO WORK.
(Aram.
**>>,
"J3y..
to do,
Heb. nETJ; Arab, j^p to worship God, see No. 2, b; Constr. Conj. II. to reduce to servitude, see No. 3.) absol. Ex. 20:9, nay.)? Dn?; r\]?V six days shall thou
labour"
J"" (opp. to ?^'). Deut.5:i3; Eccl. 5:11. Followed by an ace. of the thing, to bestow labour on any thing (etroaS bearbdtrn), to till a field, Gen.2:5; 3:23; 4:2; a vineyard, Deu. 28:39; a garden, Gen. 8:15; used of artisans, Isa. 19:9, D'RC'D nay "those
1
HIPHIL (i) causat. of Kal No. l, to cause to labour, to compel to do work, followed by an ace., Ex. 1:13; 6:5; hence to cause weariness by hard labour, to fatigue. Isa. 43:24,"! have not wearied thee with (offering) sacrifices ... 24, *3rn3y_n ^X ^fpnixtsna but thou hast wearied me with thy sins." (2) causat. of No. 2, to make to serve, Eze. 29:18;
to
bring (a people) into bondage, Jer. 17:4. (3) causat. of No. 3, b, 2Ch. 34:33.
* made 6'thou
who work in who work (in
Eze. 48 18, "HRPl^ " those building) the city." Without the ace.
flax."
:
HOPHAL, "^V/? to n Ex. 20:5; D"iay t
to serve, or to worship, shalt not be ma.le to
worship them
hence
to
Deu. 15:19," thou shall not till (the ground) (i. e. thou shall not plough) with the firstling of thy ox." () to serve, to work for another, Gen. 29:20; commonly followed by an ace. of pers. to serve any
(false Gods);" 23:24; Deut. 5:0; serve at the persuasion, incitement of other
;
follow,
Hence are derived the nouns which immediately ^nî and also 13^
DXCIX
Hebr. njJDan. 3: i, 15. 3 "1?J>. to do with 3-1)7 n?iL to wage war, Dan. 7:21. one's to one will), 4:32; DJ? "I?!?, id., (according any Ezr.6:8. Dan. ITHPEAL, to be made, Ezr.4:i9; 5:8; 7:26;
Chald
to
nay
\ke, i.q.
3-29-
Derived nouns, 13K,
T?
m. (l) a servant, (ned)t), who, amongst the Hebrews, was commonly as la ve (fla/2ctbeigener),
so very frequently.
i :8; 2:3; 42:8; to David, Ps. l8:l; 36:15 78:70; 89:4,21; Jer. 33:21, seqq.;Eze. 34:23; to Eliakim, Isa. 22:20; to Zerubbabel, Hag. 2:23; and in plur. njn' *T}JJ is often applied to godly men, Ps. 34:23; 69:37; 113:1; 134:15135:1,9; 136:22; Isa 54:17; 63:17; 65:8,9,1315; Jer. 30:10; In other places it is 46:27. (d) the minister, or ambassador of God, called and sent by God for accomplishing some service; Isa. 49:6, y ^nVflD ?3 131 $KTB D:?B> nx Dj?rt? nny, "it is a light thing
s
Job, Job
Gen. 12:16; 20:14; 39:1?; Exod. 12:30, 44; and " a serGen. 9:25, DH?y "'^V. vant of servants," the lowest servant. The name of
servant
is
that thou shouldest be
my servant
(i.
e.
messenger,
also applied
(a) to a whole people
when
were instrument), to raise up the tribes of Israel... I will make thee to be a light for the nations," In this'sense it is applied to the Mesetc., verse 5.
and as
it
Genesis 9:26, 27; subject and tributary to another, of a king, i. e. his the servants to 27:37. (b) ministers and courtiers e. g. nyia n^JJ Gen. 40 20 4i:io,37.38; 50:7; Exod. 5:21; 7:10; 10:7;
:
3:8; to Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, used as an instrument in chastising his people, Jerem. 25 9 27:6; 43 10 commonly, however,. there is the added notion of a familiar servant
siah, Zee.
whom God
9U&
2
Sam. i6:l7;l8:22;28:7;to messengers, 4; to military captains, Isa. 36:9; and to the common soldiers themselves, 2 Sam. 2: 12, 13, (c)once 5) 3) 31 3 :22 8:7; an ^ so frequently.
'"lyi
i
chosen
and
beloved of
God, on account of piety and
Sam. 1O:2
approved
(by zeugma) used of inanimate things, Gen. 47 19 compare Judith 3 4. The Hebrews, in from modesty or else speaking to superiors, either themselves call servants, and those adulation,
figuratively
: :
accomplish his objects; in this sense it is applied to angels (in the other hemistich D^pXpO), Job 4: 18; and to prophets, Am. 3:7; Jer. 7:25; 25:4; 26:5; 29:19; 35:15; 44:4; Daniel
fidelity, to
:
lowly
to
whom they speak lords, (see IHK). Gen. 18:3, "pass not by thy servant," i. e. me, Gen. 19: 19; 42:11; 44:16,21,23; 4 6 :34; Isaiah 36: 11; Dan.
1:12, 13; 2:4 [dial.] so in prayers offered to God, Psalm 19:12, 14; 27:9; 31:17; 69:18; 86:2,4; 119:17; Neh. 1:6,8. Dan. 10: 17, "how can the servant of my lord talk with my lord?" i.e. how
;
9:6; Ezr. 9:11; specially to Moses, Deu. 34 5 Josh. l i 1 3, 15 Ps. 105 26 to Isaiah, Isa. 20 3. Sometimes both notions, that of a man piously worshipping God, and of a divine messenger, seem to have
; :
, ;
coalesced; this is the case in the passages in which it is used of Abraham, Moses, etc., and also espe-
people of Israel,
pecially, as I consider, where Israel or Jacob, i. e. the is called by this honourable and .en:
dearing name, Isaiah 41
8,
9; 42:19;
the godly
e.
44:1,2,21;
can
talk with thee? TJ?*?
thy servant
is
thus put
45:4; 48:20; but still it pecially to be understood,

raelites, aXridirol 'lap. Isa.
is
i.
are espethose truly called Is-
who
for '?3S;
so that the suffix of the first person
may
refer to it; see
came surety
(i.
Gen. 44:32, "for thy servant bee. / became surety) for the lad with
see
my
43: 1O; 49:3 (on this place observation in the Germ. Trans, ed. 2), [this
passage, whatever
Christ].
my
to
father."
Absent persons even,
whom
one wishes
may be said about it, belongs to And amongst these, this name belongs es: ; :
;
commend to the favour of a patron, are called their father servants; as Gen. 44:27, "thy servant, said to us," Gen. 32:4, 18.
my
44 26 49 3, 5 ; pecially to the prophets, Isa. 42 1 52 13 53 1 1. [All these passages speak of Christ.] That same Jacob who is called the servant of God, is
: : ;
:
(2)
senses.
l
:
rrtrp
~njj is
is
figuratively applied ih various
It
(a)
they (the Israelites) are fhy servants and thy people;" compare Chaldee Ezra 5:11, "we are the servants of the God
10, IfPI
T"J}J?
a?
a worshipper of God;
"
Neh.
sometimes in the other hemistich called the chosen of God, Isa. 4 1 8 42:!; 45:4; sometimes his ambassador and friend, Isa. 42: 19; and even in the plur.
:
ambassadors,
Isaiah (42:1
Isa. 44:26. concerning the servant of
But
in
all
the passages
God
in the latter half of
of heaven,"
i.
e.
we worship
the
God
of heaven
7;
Dan. 6:91, "

i.
49:19;
50:4
10; 52:13
e.
who
Daniel, servant of the living God," In this sense wofshippest the living God.
53: 12), he is represented as the intimate friend and ambassador of God, aided by his Spirit, who is to b
the restorer of tke tribes of Israel, and the instructor of other nations. [Most of thse passages refer to
Christ,
it is
the pious
used as a kind of laudatory epithet applied to worshippers of God e. g. to Abraham, Ps.

;
105:6,42; to Joshua, Josh. 24:29; Judges 2: 8; to
and
to
Him
only.]
DC
(3) (" servant,
sc.
(a) Jud. 9:26, 28.

(
of God"), [Ebcd], pr. (6) Ezr. 8:6.
n. ra.
servant of
the king," Arabic J^c
twenty MSS., Josh. 19:28, instead of thec"immc reading P?JJ(2) [pr.n. m. Jud. 12:13,15; l Ch. 8:23.]
in
Abdulmalich), \_Ebed-melecK], pr. n. of an

./Ethiopian in the court of Zedekiah, Jer.
HV15X
f.
(denom. from
~1?K),
bondage, servi-
tude, Ezr. 9:8, 9.
38:7; 39
6.
"15V. (perhaps Mercury;" see fa?),
w}
= 13}
13J?
"worshipper of
[Abed-negd], Da. 1:7; 2:49;
3:12; and in Babylon
NIJ} "1?J? verse 29; Chald. pr. n., given to Azariah, a companion of Daniel.
"T?y ("worshipping," sc. God, compare 13J? No. 5), [Obed], pr. n. m. (2) (i) Ruth 4: 17, 21. i Ch. 11:47. (3) i Ch. 2: 37. -(4) i Ch.26:?.
(5) 2 Ch. 23:1.
D^N
"OS? Chald.
servant, i. Ezr. 5:11.
e.
a servant; Knta naj( worshipper of God, Dan. 3:26; 6:21;

i.q.
Hebr.
*13
""OP (" he who serves the

n. of
Edomi Us"),
it-;
l
\_0bed-edom~\, pr. 16:38.
a Levite, 2 Sa. 6:
Ch.
"^y
m. (Kainetz impure), work, deed; found
'"PS
(for
n5J "servantof Jehovah"),

(1)1 Chr. 6:29.
once, Eccl. 9:1.
di], pr.n.
m.
[^16(2) 2 Chr. 29:12.
(3) Ezr. 10:26.
K^?y ("servant, sc. of God," a word of a Chaldee

form), (i) i Ki. 4:6. (2) Neh. [Abda\, pr. n. m. 11:17; f r which there is, 1 Ch. 9:16, nH3Jf.
(
5~?S
m.
l
("
servant
of
God"), [Abdiel],
pr.n.
Ch. 5:15.
servant of God"),
(l) labour, work, Ex.
rj,
pr. n.
^nnjy & H^13y
m. ("worshipper of Jeho-
m.
Jer.
36:26.
.
vah"), compare Arab. <di\ JL^C), \_0badiah~], pr.n. of several men, the most celebrated of whom is the
prophet of this name, contemporary with Jeremiah (Obad. l), iKi. 18:3; i Chr. 3:21; 7:3; 8:38; 9: 16,44; 12:9; 27:19; 2 Chr. 17:7; 34:2; Ezra
f.
45:39, "i?X
83:7,
JT13J!
TPg "labour
rDSîb-73
all
i : 14; Levit. of a servant;" Levit. work in which there is
labour."
(a) work, business, office, Num. 4:47, "I3J Kbp rnhjn rvpK TO'aK " to do the work of the holy service, and the work of the porters;" (for which
there
:
8:9; Neh. 1O:6. from
LXX.
'A/32mc (which
is
properly
(l) TO BE
THICK, FAT, Deut. 32:15J

*?8,
!
is,
Chron. 9:19, nnhgn fOS^l?);

rn'3J?1
Isa.
28:21
Ki.
o.
32 17, Djapn njjwn
"and
the
work
(i. e.
the
(2) to
density. to
be
Compare the noun *?}?. dense, compact, whence
~1
?i'?
effect, the fruit) of righteousness shall be quietness," (compare Ch. tn3iy, T3JJ i. q. nfe^D work, wages).
Syr.
^r
to
be thick, dense, jEth. O'flPl
(3) specially, rustic labour, agriculture, l Ch. 27:26; Neh. 10:38. (4) s erv ice, Gen. 30:26; Neh.3:5; i Ch. 26:30, " ÔPl JVpJ? the service of the king," attendance
be great, to increase, Arabic
^^>,
to
be great,
thick.
m. a pledge, Deu. 24:10, 11, 12; from
the
on 'him; Ps. 104:14,

the service
(i.
Dnn PTfrp
a'fTJ
herb for
root
constr. r??n "rta? corn, prop, produce, or J It has the offering of the land, Josh. 5: ll, 12. "l'3Jn to offer, the of eense conjugation Hiph. passive ?*3in to bring, and nW3J|l profrom 7^3! compare
:
e.
use) of man;" specially
sacred
service, more fully "1JM3 ?n'K3 nYag Nu. 4:23,35; Ex. 30:16; Qv6xn n3 nnhy i ch. ijiD ^rf
rmy
:
9: 13; and simply l Ch. 28: 14; Ex. 35:24; used also of particular sacred ceremonies, Exod. 12:25, 26; 13:5. rrpJl "^SJJ to serve service, Gen. 30:26.
duce, from K^3n.

r.
(Syr.
JO^^,
Chald.
T13J?. id.).
(înstruments, implements, Nu.3 26,

:
31, 36.
subst.
passing over, transition, an

cause
(pr. the passeffect), the
iljjf
^
f.
household, family, servants, Gen.
idea which
is
transferred to the
:14; Job 1:3.

.
inhabited
Joih. 9 1
:
("servile"), [Abdon], pr.n. of a town by the Levites, in the territory of Asher, 30 l Ch. 6 59. The same name is found
;
:
price (for which any thing is transferred from one owner to to a another), purpose, object (prop, the passing the With we desire to which preC* attain). thing 3 : Tttja it becomes
ing over of the cause to the
DC1
(A) a prep, signifying (i) propter, because of (compare Talmud ?'?'3 through the way of, i. e. because of, *erm. on roege n/ roegcn), Exod. 13:8; i Sam.
(
nay;+>.+
shore,
to depart, to die;
Wfer/
bank of a
stream^
2 :aa
With
suff.
^3^3, *r3?3 because
l Sa. 23:10; Gen. 12:13, 16; (2) pro, for, used concerning the price for which any tt.ing becomes another's, Am. 2:6; 8:6.
etc.,
of me, thee, 18:26.
go away, widely extended in the Indo-Germanic languages

Sansc. upari, Pers. j\,
j,
to
to depart.
The same
stock
;
is
se<
and
Gr. jj super, supra,
vtrtp, Tripa, Trtpai', irtpaw,
Lat. super, Goth, ufar, afar,
(B
Conj.
(i)
because (compare A,
:
i),
fol-
kwed by
a pret. Mic. 2 10.
(2) that (of purpose and object, in order that), followed by a fut. Gen. 27:4; Exod. 9:14; and inf.
2 Sa. 10 3
: ;
Germ, uber.) Prop, to pass over a stream, the sea, followed by an ace. Gen. 31:21; Josh. 4:22; 24 1 1 ; Deut. 3:2754:21; followed by 3 Josh. 3:11; 2 Sa.
:
fully
"J>K "M3y.3 Gen.
followed
by an
inf. 2
27:10; also TfcJJftp Sam. 14:20; 17:14 (compare

2Sa.l2:21.
Absol. to 23; Zee. 10 1 1 "spri? Num. 33 & pass over, sc. a stream (er fe|te uber), Josh. 2:23, and followed by an ace. of that to which we pass
15
? conj. that.)
(3)
while
(pr. in the transit sc. of time),
over, Jer. 2:10, D"f)3 *.'N -lisy "pass over (the sea) unto the shores of Chittim ;" Am. 6 2 followed
:
fut. B3y.*
is
(l) TO
CHANGE, TO EXCHANGE
(see Pi.);
kindred
n?y
to interweave.
by ?K Num. 32:7; i Sam. 14: i, 6 (where it means to pass over to an opposite place). (a) of the wind passing over upon Specially used
(2) to give a pledge for anything borrowed (which includes the idea of exchange). Deu. 24: 10, "that he may give his pledge." Also "53JJ.E53j;J?
'
any
thing, followed
by ?
Ps. 103: 16.
(b) of
waters,
borrow on
y.n tih
nnNI
PIEL,
to
the security of a pledge, Deut. 15:6, and thou shalt not borrow." " change, to exchange. Joel 2:7, they
which, overflowing their banks, pass over, Isa. 8:8; 54:9; Nah. 1:8; Hab. 3:10; followed by an ace. of the bank, Jer. 5:22; used figuratively of an army
overflowing, Dan. 11:10,40; of the feelings of the soul Avhich overflow and pour themselves out in words,
Ps. 73:7.
not change their ways," i.e. they shall go on in the same way. HIPHIL, to lend[o\\ security of a pledge], followed by ace. of pers. (to whom), Deu. 15:6; followed by TO ace. of pers. and the thing lent, Deu. 15:8.
Compare Hithpael.
(c)
used of tears,
the eye gushes
as overflowing (compare Arab.
with tears, Germ,

Part.
tie
TCugen
gefjen
uber/
jf^r
tear).
Hence tfog and
m (from the root 03?) pr. pledging of hence load of debt which one has contracted, lab. 2 6. [In Thes. the meaning taken is that of cumulation of pledges.]
.
overflowing myrrh, dropping spontaIt is neously, Cant. 5:5, 13. (d) to go over to some one's side, followed by ?# Isa. 45:14. (e) to
~Oy
"ID
is,
3*
less,
m. (from the root n ?JJ) density, compactJob 15:26; 2 01.4:17, rip-wri 3y 3 i n the
;
violate a law, 2 Ki. 18: 12; Esth. 3:3; Jer. 34:18; Dan. 9:11. (2) to pass over, to pass through, a country, a followed by an ace. Jud. 1 1 29, VIS "Gy.M etc. city,
; :
!>5P
n^]
jompact
soil."
Vulg.
in terra argillosa.
l
nasseh."
^?3 "he went through Gilead and MaIsa. 23: 10, 1^3 ^>'~!N '"OJJ "pass over
jj/ with suif.V3J? m. thickness, Jer. 52:21. Root nay.
Kings 7: 26;
thy land like the Nile" (compare No. l, b); Ps. 8:9. More often also followed by 3 Gen. 12:6; 30:32;
*1
?:
f.
Ch.
Num. 20:18; 33:8;
(i)
work, labour, Ezr. 4:24;
5:856:7', 18. (2) b usi n ess, Dan. 2:49; 3:12; compare Neh. 2:16.
Isa. 8:21; 10:29; 34:10; Jer. 2:6; followed by |*3 (between two things) Gen. 15: Absol. Lam. 3: 17; Jer.34:19; "tfn? Job 15:19.
an unused
root,
Arab. ^J^ to
pr.
strip
a tree IV. to
73'JJ .
of leaves, Med. E and O, to be thick, robust. be stripped of leaves. Hence the n.

j
^ty,
" thou hast covered thyself with clouds, "OJ?. ?r^ so that prayers do not pass through." ^3 "13J7 2 Ki. 12:5, more fully inb/ ~ay '3 Gen. 23: 16, 'money which passes with the merchants" (gaiuibart SMnje 5 French, argent qui passe), is money such as merchants will take. (Whether this was stamped
44,
~J7 an unused
lîi; fut. ~ay._\
root, see f*?yi.
coin or not in the time of th^ patriarchs, this
is
not
(i) T o
PASS OVER.
a' 10 to
(Arabic
>
to pass over, to cross
a stream;
go away,
the place to investigate.) Vulg. moneta probata. (3) to pass by (corubergetjn). Gen. 37:28, "and Ruth 4:1. Part there passed by Ishmaelites."
DCII
'!# Psa. 80:13; 89 42 Job Followed by an ace. of pers. or place passed by, Gen. 32:32; Jud. 3:26; 2 Sa. 18: 93; followed by ?JJ l Ki. 9:8; 2 Ki. 4:9; Pro. 24:30; Gen. Jer, 18:16; 19:8; 49:17; Eze. 16:6, 8; ?y
Psa.
1
29
8,
TH
91 :29, passers by.
Ps. 88:17; compare Lam. 4:21. (b) torus upon any one, to attack, to assail him, followed by ?]? Nah. 3 19, "whom has not thy wickedness assailed;" Job 13:1 3, " let what (calamity) will assail me;" Micah5:7. Used of God himself, Job 9 J l of a
J>
:
,
Specially (a) used of time passing by, Gen. 50:4; of the summer or winter, Jer. 8:2O; Cant. 2:1 1. (6) to vass by quickly, to vanish, used of a cloud, Job
:
18:3;
VE 7Z Ex. 34 6
\3?? 2 Ki.
4 31
:
spirit
of jealousy,
Num.
:
5:14.
(c) to be
:
imposed
on any one, Deu. 24 5. But Isa. 45 1 4, Sy 13J; i s to pass over to another owner (speaking of riches),
compare Eze. 48
NIPHAL,
to
14.
44 4 of chaff, Jer. 13:24. Job 34:20; Isa. 29:5; to Ps. A, 37:36; (c) peris Esth. 9:28. np>3 lay to perish by the weapon (of nnB>3 n?J? to perish in death), Job 33:18; 36:12. the sepulchre [corruption], Job 33 28. (d) metaph.
30
:
of a shadow, Ps.
be
passed over
to
(as a stream), Eze

to
47:5PIEL, to
cause
(a)
pass over,
bolt,
make
to
pass
is
said JK?'? ?y "OJJ to
pass by
Mic. 7:18; Pro. 19:11; and by a dat. of pers. to forgive any one, Amos 7 8 ; 8:2. "my cause () Isaiah 40:27, T3K 'P|fP !$ has passed over from my God;" i.e. he does not
:
sin, i.e. to forgive, without V^'3, followed
hence to shut up with a l bolt; to bar, followed by jp?. Kings 6 :2l, 13^1 va^n 9ffc ant nipwna "and he closed up with golden chains (as if with a bolt) before the holy ot holies." a female is said to let pass, to conceive (ft) Job 21 10, il'lt? seed, hence to become pregnant. " his ox e. cow) becomes "I3y (i. pregnant." Chald.
:
forward
a bar or
regard
(er
my
cause, he overlooks
it
l&ft e
rutjtg
an
fid)
vorubcrgctjn).
and neglects it Comp. Arab, lo^c

(wetter
to pass by, to omit, to supersede.
Peal, Pael, Ethpael, id., see Bochart, Hieroz. L 291, and Buxtorf, Lex. Chald., p. 1568; compare syn. "Tiy. to pass by, Pa. Aph. to become pregnant,
">ajj
p.
(4)
9efcn).
to
pass
on, or along, to
Vihy.PI
go beyond
;
in Targ. for
rnn
to
pr. to transmit.
"afterwards ye shall pass on," go farther. 2 Sa. 1 8 9 Hab. l:ll; Est. 4:17; hence (a) to move on, to march, Josh. 6:
Gen. 18:5,
:
IPIX
HIPHIL "ây.n
pass over, i.e.
(i)causat. of Kal No.
l, to
cause
to
to
transmit,
to
send over,
con-
depart, Cant. VB3 "his TRD followed IP 5:6; by hand departed from the basket" (for carrying burdens); i.e. he gave it up, he was freed from the work
7, 8; Ps.
42
:5-
(b) to
pass away, Ps. 81:7, nipj
to
of carrying " which
it.
Ki. 22:24,
to
flO
way
did the Spirit of Jehovah

to
H-n njj; HJ8 depart from
duct over any one, e. g. a people, a flock across a stream, with an ace of obj., 2 Sa. 19: 16; more often with two ace., of pers., and of the river, Gen. 32 :24; Nu. 32:5; Josh. 7:7; 2 Sa. 19:16; with an ace of 3 of the river, Psa. 78: 13; 136: 14. This obj. and word is used whether a stream be passed in boats
(bruberfubveu), 2 Sa. loc. cit. ; as by swimming, as in the case of a flock, or by a ford (bur d)fut)ren), Gen., It is also Josh. 1.1. c. c. (a) to cause a razor to
me?"
(c)
pass on
by ?y
any
place, to
go
to
any
ace.
place; followed
2 Ki.
6:30; followed by an
"Vy? ~^y2 ~*y% to pass from city to city, to 3^1 ~i?JJ to go through all the cities, 2 Chr. 30: 10. pass on and return, to go hither and thither, Ex. 32 :
Arn. 5:5.
pass over some one, 5:1. (6) to cause

another
by ?y Nu. 8:7; Ezek. remove from one place to Genesis 47 2 1 "and he removed the
followed
to
:
27; Eze. 35:7; Zee. 7:14; 9:8. (d) to enter, followed by an accus. into a gate, Mic. 2:13 (opp. to KV*); metaph. JV~!3? "I3JJ to enter into a covenant,
1 1 compare X13 No. 1, e. (e) followed by pass on before, Gen. 33:3; Ex. 17:5; aKi. 4:31; Mic. 2:13. (/) followed by ^.08 to follow
people B^Ty/ (from cities) into cities," i. e. from one city to another, he made them exchange habitations. (c) to cause an inheritance to pass to any one, followed
Deu. 29:
by
5 'a?/ to
any one, 2 Sa. 20 13. (5) Followed by ?y to pass over any person or (a) to overwhelm any one, used thing, Nu. 6:5. of overflowing waters (compare No. l, b), Psalm 124:4; of wine, followed by an ace. Jerem. 23:9, "like a man 1" Viay (whom) wine overwhelms," oppresses, (compare similar expressions under the wordg y/3, D?n); used of a multitude of sins (foilowed by an ace.), Psa. 38:5; of the anger of God,
:
;
i.e. to ? Nu. 27 :7, 8. (rf) to cause to pass over, violate a law (compare Kal No. l, letter e), l Sam. 2:24. (2) causat. of Kal No. 2 to cause or suffer to past
through,
e. g.
vade
cially
(as vti\d beasts in
a land, Deut. 2:30; to cause to pera land), Eze. 14:15; spe:
? ?ip ~âj|n to cause to be proclaimed (in a or land, 10:7; "V^g camp), Exod. 36:6; Ezr. l l "Ip^ to cause the trumpet to sound throughout; i.e. to blow the trumpet, Lev. 25:9.
;
(3) causat. of Kal No. 3, to cause to pass by, l Sfc " he shot an arrow 80 af i~l*3J(np 16:9, 10; 20:36,
DCIII
him by," i. e. beyond him. Metaph. HKtSn to pass by sin, to remit, to forgive (compare Kal No. 3, letter d\ 2 Sa. 12:13; 24:10; Job7:2i.
to pass
i. q. ^?n to bring, speoffer as a sacrifice, to consecrate, followed by niriv E X 13-12; Ezek. 23:37; more often also in this phrase "=1^? "^^H to offer (children) to Moloch, Lev. 18:2 1; Jer. 32:35; compare Eze. 16: 21, with the addition of the word >K3 2 Ki. 23:10; Eze.
language which seems to have arisen in the Babylonish captivity ; [but observe it is so found in Joshua]. Similar also is the phrase "VJ!?n ^J? the region be-
cially to
yond the Euphrates, Joshua 24:51, 3; 2 Sam. 10: 16 l Ch. 19:16; which is used tf provinces on this side,
west of the Euphrates, iKi. 5:4; Ezr. 8:36: Neh. 2:7; (compare Ch. Ezr. 4: 10, 1 6); all of which were written by men living to the cast of the Eui.e.
phrates. [?]
Plur. 1H3
:
'1.3JJ
the regions beyond the
It can scarcely be doubted that children 20:31. thus offered to Moloch were actually burned, as is
shewn by the following passages, Jer. 7:31; 19:5; Ps. 106:37; 2 Chron. 28:3; compare Diod. xx. 14; Euseb. Prasp. iv. 16; although the Rabbins in order to free their ancestors from the stigma of such an atrocious superstition, have alleged that they were
only
Euphrates, Isa. 7 2O. (2) the oppositeregion, a region over against, the opposite side, whether there be a valley or
whatever
else may be between, l Sam. 26 1 3, QUn in lh1 "and David went over to the other
:
made
:
to pass
through the
fire as
rite
of lus-
side," i. e. a mountain situated opposite. Hence, in opposition to each other, are put n|D 13J7HD and njp -ai?np i Sam. 14:4; and inx $?, ing ia$
ib. ver.
Apparatus Antiqu. Cod. S. p. 487); the same opinion is found in the LXX. 2 Ki.
tration
(see Carpzov,
Jer.
16:3.
th in the
The
word appears
idea of offering being neglected, this to have the signification of burning,
40; Ex. 28:26. PL Viajpao' from all sides', 49:32; Onn.nj? \3B>D on both sides, Ex. 32:15. (3) with prefixes it often becomes a prep. (ai ( a ) to the region beyond, Deu. 30: 13. I3jj~?g (/3)
to the opposite region, Josh. 22: 11.
phrase |3/"?3 ~^r$D to cast into the brick-kiln,
(y) towards a
.Sa
12:31.
region,
(5) causat. of
Kal No.
4, b, to
35:23;
Jon. 3
;
to
take away,
to
lead away, 2 Chr. remove, e.g. a garment,
fully () 1^? "QJ? towards the region opposite one's face, i. e. right before one (83ont>artS, getrabe oor fid) bin), Eze.
towards, Exod. 28:26. More
?N
a ring, Esth. 8:2; idols, lying prophets, a Chron. 15:8; Zec.l3:2; to avert evil, reproach, Esth. 8:3; Ps. 119:37,39; Ecc. 11: 10. l HITHPAEL to pour oneself forthm wrath, ( ) i. e. forth wrath, to be wroth (compare Kal No. pour 3 Ps. 78:62; DV 1, i), Ps. 78:21,59; followed by
;
'3 "13JJ ?# 1:9,12; 10:22. idem, Ex. 25:37. (b) i. il3# 7g straight before one, Isa. 47: 15. 113^7 q. ()T?S9 followed by a genit. and suff. and 7 "QJ?!? (a} from the other side, from beyond, after verbs
Ps.
h?J?i"lp
89:39; ^y Prov. 26:17; with suff. Prov. 2O:2, for 17 'B " whoever pours forth wrath
of motion, Josh. 24:3; Zeph. 3:10. (/3) beyond, e. g. D'? ~>3Jtt? beyond the sea, Deut. 30:13; 13J7C B>13 nq:7 beyond the rivers of Êthiopia, Isa. 18: l.
(a) the ancestor of the race of (4) pr. n. Eber the Hebrews, Gen. 10:24, 2 5> 1 1 J 4> 1 5 ( see 7 ODservations on this, Gesch. d. Hebr. Sprache u. Schrift.
'
against
him" (the king).
transgress, to be proud, to (2) to be proud, vfipifeiv, Prov.
(Compare Arab. burn with anger).
\~>-
to
p. ll);
hence
13J! '33
Gen. 1O:21
and
poet.
">3JJ
Nu.
14:16 (compare
fl^y T V NO.
.
2). /
"H3J?,
Derived nouns,
13#O, ni3J?.P,and those which
24:24, i. q. DH3V Hebrews; as to the difference between this and Israelites, see under *"}3JJ. (6) Neh, 12:20. (d) l Ch. 8:22. (e) l Ch. (c) lCh.8:i2.
follow as far as n3i~OJ7.
tide, situated across
(i) region on the other a stream, or the sea. &"}$ "QJJ the region situated across the Arnon, Judges 1 1 18; " 0'? ?^| in the region beyond the sea, Jer. 25:22; especially 1Y?!D 13# T0 nipav TOV 'lopdarov, the region
suff. i~>3J?
:
l
VJK m. with
Chald.
"
I
i.
q.
Hebr.
~)3V
No.
l,
region beyond;
hence N"J~-
the region beyond the Euphrates, Persian manner of speaking, i. e. to the according the region west of the Euphrates, Ezr. 4: 10, 1 1, 16,
?J?
20; 5:3; 6:6,8,13; 7 21,25.

=
of Palestine
beyond Jordan, i. e. situated to the east of Jordan, Genesis 50:10, ll; Deu. 1:1,5; 3:8,20, 25; 4:41, 4^, 47; Joshua 1:14, 15; 2:lO; 9:10;
13:8,32; 14:3; 17:5; 20:8; 22:4; Judges 5:17; Isa. 8:23; although the same expression is Used five times, Josh. 5 1 9:1; 12:7; iCh. 26:30, of the region on this side Jordan, by a later usage of
1-2:1;
: ;
""H-fiy. f. (i) a ferry-boat, or raft, for crossing a river, 2 Sam. 19:19.
(2) 2 Sam. 15:28 a'ro,

ni3~iy desert places.
where there
is
the
np
JTOy
(l)
f.
[plur. const.
outpouring
n'n?y also nin?J? Psa. 7:7]. of anger (compare the root is
DCIV
1 Job40:ll, |9K nh3JJ"the outpourings thy anger." Hence used of wrath itself as poured cut, Isa. 14:6; 1O:6; often used of the anger of God, and of punishment sent by God. n l?^ 21* the day
trap
.
flithpa.).
tjf
(" regions beyond"), [A bar. wj pr.:* 22 2O fully D'T3Jfrnn Nu. 27 1 2 Deu. 3* 49 and B'")3p n *$} Num. 33:47, 48, pr. n. of a mounJer.
:
of divine vrrath, Prov. 11:4; Zeph.
l :'i"5T
18
comp.
tainous region Jericho, where
situated
beyond
Joi-dan,
is
opposite
Mount Nebo
Prov. n.-a-j.
(a) v/3pic, pride, haughtiness, Uefcermutt) (see the root liithpael No. a), Isa. 16:6; Jerem. 48:30;
Ps. 7:7.
(see 13?)
a prominent
summit.
J>;
air.
\eynp.
Joel
17, used of seed which,
pr. n.
of the sea), [Ebronak], of a station of the Israelites, on the shore of the

("
passage,"
sc.
by too much heat when under ground, w A s T E s A w A y, DECAYS, &stu vanescit, to use the term which Pliny has appropriated to this matter (H. N. xiv. 24) Genn. With this agrees Ch. K'Qi-! prop, to rot, erbummcn.
;
JElanitic gulf,
pi.
Num. 33:34.
specially used of seeds perishing in the earth (see Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. p. 1642; Bochart, Hieroz. ii.
Q*1?8, DTPl!, f. nnaj?, p i. ninsjj, Gentile As to the origin of this name, it is noun, Hebrew. derived in the Old Test, itself from the name 131?
47 1 ). That a word signifying to rot may also be so wide in use as to be applied to seed, cestu vanescens, is shewn by the Gr. irvdofiut, Hesiod. Scut. Here.
153.
to
(which see)
to
[if this
be the case there can be no

;
far-
Abulwalid compares Arab.
-*-
i-e.
it seems, however, be originally an appellative, from ~>?V. the land beyond the Euphrates whence *"}?J? a stranger come from the other side of the Euphrates, Gen. 14:13, where it is well rendered by the LXX. b Trepdrijc- This word differs from Israelites ('N^ *.??), in that the latter was the patronymic derived from the ancestor of the people, which was used amongst the nation itself, and there only this was regarded as an appellative,
;
ther question about the matter]
dry up.
not used in Kal, TO BE INTERWOVEN, to the roots B3J;, HIV.
m-
TERTWINED, kindred
PIEL, to twist, to pervert,
Micah 7:3. Hence

trees with
rQy
f.
nroj? adj.
9
interwoven, used of
3C
thick foliage, Eze. 6: 13; 20:28; Lev. 23:40. (Syr.
with the letter Tet
^^
id.)
applied by the Canaanites to the Hebrews, as having crossed the Euphrates and immigrating into Canaan; and it was commonly used by foreign nations (com-
plur. Dn'3J?
and ninhj?
subst.
com.
(fern.
Jud. 15: 14), something interwoven, intertwined; hence
pare
B'3J?3? and <t>oiYtc; Chemi, Dp.VP and Aiytnrroc). Hence Greek and Latin writers only use the name of
(i)a rope, Jud. 15:13, 14;

Eze. 3:25; 4:8.
pi.
bonds, Ps. 1:3,
Hebrews
ot
Tac. Hist. v.
i. 6; vi. 24; x. 12; Josephus. passim) while the winters the Old Testament only call the Israelites He-
(or Jews), (see Pausan.

l
;
brews when
foreigners are introduced as speaking,
(2) a braid, wreath, of small rods woven together, Exod. 28:24; n nVlP? wreathen work, Exod. 28:14. (3) a branch with thick foliage, Eze. 19:11:
Gen. 39:14, 17; 41:12; Exod. 1:16; 2:6; i Sam. 4:6, 9; 13:19; 14:11; 29:3. or when the Israelites themselves speak of themselves to foreigners, Gen. 40:15; Ex. 1:19; 2:7;3:i8; 5:3; 7:1659:1, 13;
Jon. 1:9; or
tions,
31:3, 10,14.
fut. 31V!. The native power is that of and blowing, i. q. cogn. SL^ No. 1 whence This is also applied to 33-1JJ a pipe, which is blown. the more violent affections of the mind, especially love between the sexes; TO LOVE, especially licenfollowed by an ace. and tiously and voluptuously;
;
breathing
when used
in
opposition to other
na-
Gen. 43:32; Ex. 1:15; 2:11, 13; 21:2; Deu. 15:12 (compare Jerem. 34:9, 14); i Sam. 13:3,7 (where there is a paronomasia in ' 3$ D^SJ?); As to what others have imagined, that Is14:21. raelites was a sacred name, while that of Hebrews was
for
^y.
Ezek. 23:5, seq.

dyajraw.
Part. D'??y lovers, Jer. 4:30.
(Cogn. 3D
Arab,
common
j^^j-i
IV. to please
glad,
tc
use,
it
is
without foundation, and

(I d.
is
repugnant to the Old Test, usage. wore remarks on this noun in Gesch.
c. Sehr. p.
have made Hebr. Sprache
any one (used of a
tiling); Conj. I. to be wonder; also, to be pleasant, agreeable.) 33-11', and the two nouns which follow.
Huic<
12.)
ra. i
[ft) Ibri, pr. n.
Ch. 24:27.]
^y m.
pi.
oleasures, delights; Eze.
DCV
T5?
"a pleasant
song."
things Specially * -
or (Arab, i^^c the grace Ezek. 33:31, 0^*33 Dnjyp? good pleasure of God.) D*fe>y nsn "for with their mouth they do what is pleas-
which please God.
third year) not broken in, unaccustomed to the yoke. (comp. Hos. 10: 1 1 Jer. 31:18; Plin. viii. 4, 5), was rightly understood by the LXX.,Vulg., Targ., in the
;
words njefy?
n??y.
I sa .
15:5; Jer. 48: 34.
Metaph
E^y v3y
ing to God
bullocks of the peoples, used for leaders of

;
(opp. to), but

r
their heart follows after gain."
n!33y
f.
immodest
love, Eze. 23:11.
the peoples, Ps.68:3i

Syr.
compare
Êth.
T1Piy_.
(Arab. ,L..c,
a calf, a whelp*
i.
Eze. 4:12), fern, a and nilj? (i Ki. 19:6; baked under hot cinders, such as the Orientals are still accustomed to make, especially when on a see Rosenm. Morgenland, i. p. journey, or in haste 6); Q^VI n ^V a cake baked on hot stones, l Kings
;
|i^,
A^.>
id.
t\%&\
and even an infant; see Bochart, Hieroz.

seqq.
page 273,
n (3) ??V- [Eglali], pr. name of one of the wives of David, 2 Sa. 3:5; 1 Ch. 3:3.
with suff. )n/?y, f. a wagon, a chariot (so from rolling, Avheeling), Genesis 45 19, seqq. specially a wagon, l Sa. 6:7, seqq.; an ox-cart. Isa. 28:27,28; a military car, Psalm 46: 10. (Syriac
called
:
19:6;
flitfO
riiay
unleavened cakes, Exod. 12:39.
(Arab, a^c Root My which
a cake
see.
made with
eggs, baked
in a pan).
X masc.
adj.
gyrating, tuheeling, flying in

It is
D-1D3_
circles, from the root "I3JJ, which see. "MJJ epith. of the swallow, Isa. 38:14,
Arab,
(q.d.
(a)
id.)
"like a
swallow
Syr. the swallow
[chirping, chattering, omit twittering, is the meaning given in Thes.} (LXX. render, chattering swallow). (b} poet, for IV;
itself,
wheeling in circles"
"wMimM"),
:
[JE0rZon],pr.n.
(i)ofa
mology of which
ii.
is
Jer. 8:7. Compare "tfnfl, the etyBochart (Hieroz. very similar.

"VI3JJ
(2) of a town in the lower king of Moab, Jud. 3 12. country of the tribe of Judah, formerly a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10:3; 12: 12; 15:39 [prob.
now
'Ajlan,
^l^
Rob.
ii.
392].
68, seq.) regards the word

;
as signifying the
little
crane
but his arguments have but

is
weight.
Q^J/ TO BE SAD, TO GRIEVE, followed by 7 on See Q?X No. 3. account of any one, Job 30 25.
:
This meaning
principally refuted
by the passage
BE
" as the referred to in Isaiah, which Bochart renders swallow, and as the crane," a sense which would have
SHUT
only in Niph. according to the Ch. use, TO Ruth 1:13, UP, TO REMAIN SHUT UP.
" would ye therefore
Both words being been expressed by 1-13JJ21 D-1D3. without the article clearly shews that the first is a substantive, and the second its epithet; compare ji?? Isa. 16:2; 15V fb3 29:5; *|trtB> 7r03 30:28.
n j?.^
IO^L!
shut
yourselves
compare Isa. 60:4. LXX. x-oraAccording to Kimchi n31jy is a woman ff^tdt'iffeffOe. who remains at home, and lives without a husband.
up?"
for
nSJ^ri,
Compare pageccxii, B.
/
'y/ an unused
the root
^X
m
i.
a ring, specially an earring, Ezek. 16:
cation as the kindred
root, of nearly the same signifi73JJ to roll, to roll oneself, tc turn
12; Nu. 31 :5O.
From
round.
Syr. Pael
Hence "HJV
(epith. of the swallow)
revolv-
ing, flying in circles.
Arab.
to fold up, to
bend
<?%
?y.
q. 7/1
TO ROLL, TO
J^s-j:
REVOLVE;
follow.
Comp. Arab. '?yi?, and the

f.
to hasten, to hurry.
Hence
together,
e. g.
the neck of a camel.
V.
to roll
up
together.
five
nouns which
l
VIII. to wrap round with a turban. From the idea of folding comes also the signification of
(as a
to return, to escape, to his accustomed place camel), whence Bochart (Hieroz. II. p. 80) supposes that the Heb. "VUV signifies a migratory
?yi
adj.
round,
Ki. 7:23, seqq.
Conj.
I.
m. with
suff.
?$;
pi. const,
ty, and
a ca (/> prop, one of the first year, Levit. 9:3; Mic. 6 6 (comp. Maimonid. de Sacrif. i. 5 14); but it is also very often (2) a bullock, steer, heifer; used of a heifer broken in to work, Hos. 1O: ll giving milk, Isa. 7:
;5
C1)
(bird),
this
but the explanation already given

is
is
to
be
preferred.
verb
[In Thes. the signification assigned to that of to chatter, and so also the de-
rivative.]
"15?
m. (from the root

subst.
H1JJ to pass over, to
go on^
*l
yoked
to the plough, Jud.
old.
Gen. 15:9.
And
14:18; of three years' such a heifer (prop, one of the
(l) pr. passing, pi ogress, (in space)* then duration (of time). Hen # perpetuity of (im<(
(A)
DC VI
njP3K perpetual father (of his tternity, i. q. D?iy. ny nnn Hab.3:6, eountry), [?] 18.0.9:5 [Christ], and ny nin Gen. 49:26; eternal mountains, those
which are to endure continually, ny? Psa. 9:19; 19: 10; more fully nyi Dîy ? Ps. 9:6; nyi cffty Psa. 10:16; 21:5; 45:7;'njnny" ps 83:i8 ny 'pîjmy
1
morning, Jud. 6:31; 3iyn ny until the evening, Lev Often followed bj Ps- 104:23. 5 5; poet- 3 adverbs of time; as n ?^y, ^P^y, 'DP~~iy until when i. e. how njs, np, np) nan ny (contr. long ?
:
^^
(see
nany) na ny, nîy ny hitherto (see nan, na, nny). 73 ny, ^73 ny tw<i7 (there is) none (or nothing);
see '?3, B^9.
(c)
Isa.
45
for ever.
(2) prey, spoil (see the root No. 2, Ch. Nny, 'ny,
used of degree, especially with reference
to a
Zeph. 3:8; Isa. 33 23 . 'ny (B) prep. poet, (like '!$, ?), with suff. '*$, T^J?, 1'nj? also Q3HJ; (the Kametz being retained
: ; :
n^ny. prey, spoil), Gen. 49 27
greater,
and also
to the highest,nfcp ny, n'ttp? njj
even
to
the highest degree, i.e. exceedingly;
"ny
which
is
unusual), Job 32 : 12
once DO""^ for D^'7.y
unto the (greatest) haste, i. e. very last; ny unto the highest degree, i. e. exceedingly (see
Ki.9:i8.
(1) while so long as, ?wc (ro&t-renb). 2Ki.g:22, D-13J ny " so long as the whoredoms of Jezebel (continue)." l Ki. 18:45, '"^ h i 1 e so (it was done)," i. e. eo and
n ^l n^ n2" while
ally, little
Job 20:5, yan 'ny. " during a moment." Followed by Dnoncnrmy * J inf. Jud. 3:26,
meanwhile, gradu-
by
little.
'
"while
they waited."
?yp No. II.); nspp 1'K ny until there is no number'D ]'&?? ^y 2 Ch.36: ing, Psalm 40: 13 (compare 16); Dipp D3S ny until there is no place left, Isa. 5 8. Hence even, adeo, Num. 8:4, and, with a negative nnx ny...N? not even particle following, not even, one, Jud. 4:16; 2 Sam. 17:22; Hag. a: 19, |Q5.n ny &CO fc<6 ... njXJ^rrt even the vine and the fig-tree... bear no fruit;" Job 25:5. Also its use is singular
:
It is used (2) to, even to some certain limit. (a) prop, of space (from the signification of passing ?injn nnsn ny even to the on), as great river, Deut.
l :? "^ even to the town of Dan, Gen. 14:14. In opposition to one another are used, ny...lp, ny^...|p (see IP No. 3, let. /3), and where there are many terms,
i
when it is properly, to attain even unto another who is distinguished in any thing (bil
in comparisons,
ju
bem
not multiply up dah," i. e. like the children of Judah; Nah. i 10, D'333 DH*D ny "they are woven together, even as
:
rabe une), i Ch. 4:27, iVTirP \33 ny
" but their family did to the children of Ju-
and a transition from one to another nyi .ny ny }p Gen. 7:23; Nu. 8:4; Jer. 31:40; i Sam. 17:52: In the later Hebrew there frequently occurs ? ny even to, Ezr. 9:4; Esth. 4:2; hence pinnp? ny even to afar off, Ezr. 3: 13; 2 Chron. 26:15 (compare ny pirrra Isa. 57:9); once D^yN. ny even to them, 2 Ki. The particle <>K and this differ properly in 9:20. this respect: that ?X signifies nothing but motion and direction torvards some limit, ny on the contrary implies an actual arrival quite to such a limit; e. g. ny N13 (see N13 No.2,c.); "U? y to attain unto, Job 4-:5; 19 Ny? Job 11:7; ny E>M Jud. 9:52; but this
. .
. . .
. . .
thorns,"
i.
e.
like thorns.
Compare
fcOS
No.
2, c.
(C) Conj. (l) while (compare B, i), followed by a pret. i Sa. 14: 19; followed by a fut. Job 8:l
;
part. ib. 1:18,
*6
"
9
nyprov.
f
l
compare 16, 8:26; and *6

i.
17.
& ny id. Cant.i:l; n^' ny Ecc. 12: i, a,6,

B}-?? before that; Syr.
irpivfi.
while
(there was) not,"

:
q.
JJ_i Matt,
18, for the Gr.
as, used of a limit of time (compare letter B, 2, 6), followed by a pret. Josh. " 2:22, D'Qnh? -13C' ny un til the pursuers returned ;"
(2) until, so
long
distinction
by
not always observed, as the phrases ny }313J;in to attend

is
is
clearly
shewn
10: 12.
pret.
26.39:15; followed by a fut. Gen. 38: 11; Hoa, More fully ng'X ny until that, followed by a
to,
Job 32:12;
38: 18 (in other places followed by ?y, ?K); ny J'mn Num. 23:18. njn nan^ ny Ezr. 10:14; "with regard to this thing." Followed by inf. even until
Deut. 2:14; Jud. 4:24; followed by a fut. Nu11:20; Hos. 5:15; P'ny Cant. 3:4; Jud. 5:7; '? ifi id. Gen. 26:13; D "'K Gen. 24: 19; Isa. 30:17; "U! Gen. 28:15; Num. 32:17; Isa. 6:11. Tlu-
DK"^
(anything comes to pass), Num. 32: 13; in the later Hebrew? ny Ezr. 10:14; l Chron 5:9. Hn D1n ny even unto this day, i.e. (6) of time.
(the limit being included; as to the distinction of the
particles
limit of time itself (not the interval of time up to the limit) is signified in these words, 1 Sam. 1:22, ^B
Vn>3ni
nyjn Sotf
"until
the child be weaned
^-^ =ny
and
Jl, the
former of which init,
compare De Sacy, Gramm. Arab. I. 830, No. 3); even this day, ivcn HOW, Gen. 26:33; 32:33. l^Sn ny until the
cludes the limit, the latter excludes
bring him," for, when he shall have [then] been weaned; c<ainpare Ch. PTins ny and the idiom ol tne south and west of Germany, b 6 onntag re iff dv i. e. on next Sunday itself. There is properly an be thus exellipsis in these examples, which may the child be weaned "until when [he plained,
I will
i
CVIT
remain with me), then I will bring him." It has often observed (see Noldii Concord. Part. Glassii Philol. S. p. 382, ed. Dathii, interpreP- 534? ters on Ps. 1 10: l, and on the other hand, Fritzsche on Matt. p. 853, seq. Winer's Lex. p. 695), that the particle *iy_ sometimes also includes the times beyond the stated limit; but this is manifestly false, so far
also been
;
'> see *liy
as yet.
^Xc to
;
'
jJC
an unused root; Arabic
number,
count, compute, especially days, time Conj. IV. tc This verb appears to be determine, especially time. secondary, and derived from the noun iy_ time, like
"iy*,
to
which
day,
/
*
it is
allied.
as this
ticle
is
supposed to
lie
in
the
power of
this parfestival
i.
Hence Syriac ).
s
*s *
,' i.i
from any singular usage of the Hebrew lanBut, on the other hand, it is not less certain guage. that the sacred writers have not stated the extreme limit in places of this kind, but have mentioned a
nearer limit without excluding the time beyond. When any one setting out on a journey says to a
friend,
n. "iy.1O, i
Arabic
AC
*** *
i\Xt the time of the
monthly courses of women, and

pr. n. ny.,
Heb. rny, and also the

see
rnjÛ, Ch.
\^..
under the root

\As. for
1-iy Pilel.
auf
2Bicberfet)n !),
"Farewell till we meet again" (leberootjl big he is now indeed resting on this
Arab.
(2)
to
BY, Job 28:8; whence
^
A,
i.
q.
"^
(i) TO
:
PASS
IV.
i,
nearer limit, although wishing well to his friend after his return as well. In the same manner are we to
attack
in
hostile
and B, C, '1J? No.l. manner, whence the

"OJJ
judge of the passages, Ps. 110:1 [?]; 112:8; Dan. l:2l; Gen. 28:15; i Tim. 4:13; compare Hengstenberg, De Authentia Libri Danielis, p. 66, 67.
(3)
Arabic .j^ an enemy, compare the synonyms No. 5, b, ^n, Igri. Hence "!# A, 2, booty.
even
to (a great) degree,
i.
e.
ev en th a t, so
- and Horst ad Motenabbii that (compare Arab. " thou Carmen, Bonnae 1823, verse i), Isa. 47 i
hast said, I shall rule for ever, *?J> nj ?<?> N^> ny_ ven that (thou hast gone so far in insolence and
pride, that) thou didst not lay these things to heart ;" ob 14:6; 1 Sam. 2:5; 20:41; more fully ~I'N "1JJ osh. 17: 14 (unless it should be read "l^K ?y_).
(3) causat. to make to pass over, i.e. to put o* ornaments (Germ, ubcrjietjcn, anjieiien), to adorn oneself with any thing; followed by an ucc. like *?/. Job 40: 10, PS3 xrrny "adorn thyself (Ch. id.). with majesty." Eze. '"$. nij^ to put on ornaments.
;
23:40;
Jer.
4:30; Hos. 2:15; Jer. 31:4,
^30
" thou shalt
^5
adorn
thyself with thy tabrets," which,
being put on the hands, adorned women when dancing, HiPHiL (i) causat. of Kal No. i, to remove, put
TJ? Chald.
i.
q.
Heb.
away
during
25:20.
(rodfytenb).
"ty
(as a garment),
i.
q.
"^3$
(Jon. 3:6) Prov.
(A) Prep.
ntil,
(l) within,
n??l pp'V within thirty days,

,ow, Ezr.
Dan. 6:8,
(2) causat. of Kal No. 3, followed
13.
by two
ace. to
(2)
even until, used of time, e.g. $3 *iy_ until 5:16; but n.HX ny_ until the last, is i. q. t last, Dan. 4:5. (3) to, for, used of purpose and nd. ^ rn^Vny to the end that, Dan. 4:14, i. q. 1 rn;n py 2:30.
adorn any one with any thing, Eze. 16: ll. The derived nouns are,iy., '"$, ng for nn^
*JW),
(nrjg,
and the
pr. n. rny, SNHJ?,
nng,
D.'riHy^
'ny,
(B) ^ ny_ Conj. (i) ivhile, when meanwhile. Dan. 6:25, "they (the men cast into the den) had not yet reached the bottom of the den, wh en mean-
while (^
'
ny_)
the lions seized them."
(2) until
hat, Dan. 4:30; 7:22.

"fy m. pr. part, of the root 1-iy. (l) ivitness, Pro. 19:5, 9; used also of inanimate
fut. n^J, -W Chald. i. q. Hebr. PASS OVER, or AWAY, a kingdom, Dan. 7:14; to be abrogated, as a law, Dan. 6:9, 13. (2) to go, to come, followed by? to any thing, Dan. 3:27; followed by IP to go away, to depart,
(1) TO
Dan. 4:28. APHEL, causat. of Peal No. 2, to take away, Daniel 5:20; 7:26; to depose (kings), 2:21.
things, Gen. 31 -.44,
48
Isa.
19: 2O.
testifies.
:
(a)
testimony,^, what
bear witness against any one, Ex. 20 16
? 1JJ noy to Deu. 5:17;

:
$ ("ornament,"
f.
"
beauty"),[^(/a/t],pr.n.
31:21. (3) a prince, pr. commander, legislator, Isa. 55 4. [The common meaning, a witness, needs not to be
departed from in this passage.")
(l) of a wife of Lamech, Gen. 4: ic. (2) of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36:2, 4; compare 2(1:34.
I.
"~n#
f.
constr.
(by
aphaeresis) an
rny (from the root "$?)) for appointed meeting, an at'

:
m^
sembly, specially
ncvm
(1) the
py-my
Many
attribute to this
$*&
congregation of the Israelites, fully Ex. 12:3; *?$& T?? rn? 16:1,2,9; ni;v
:
[Note.
tion of
icar'
word the
signifies
mouthJ\
the congregation of Jehovah, Num. 27: 17; and nij?n Lev. 4: 15. LXX. <n>aywy^. t<;X>}i>
("ornament
m.
(2) private domestic meeting, a family, Job 16:7; 15:34; and in a bad sense, a crowd (of wicked men), Nu. 16:5; Ps. 22:17.
(i)iCh. 4:36.
"
(a)
of God"), \Adiet}, pr. n. i Ch. 9:12. (3) i Ch.
27:25-
(3) a sic arm (of bees), Jud. 14:8.

II.
whom Jehovah adorned"), [AdaiaK\
pr. n.
m.
""H
f.
(from the root
"MI?)
with Tzere impure,
22:
for
i.
8:21.
pi.
(i) the grandfather of king Josiah, 2 Ki. (2) i Ch. 9:12; Neh. iina. (3) l Chron. (4) Ezr. 10:29. (5) Ezr. 10:39; Neh. 11:5.
is
(1)
something that
testifies, Gen. 31 :52.
which there
1HHJ? 2 Ch. 23:
i.
(2) testimony, Gen. 21:30. (3) a precept (of God), Ps. 119:22, 24, 59, 79, 138, 146, 168.
'
The words j*"Tv adj. soft, delicate, Isa. 47:8. are very difficult, and perliaps corrupted in 2 Sam. 23:8, uyyn uns (n>ro)Vor which the author of
wn
t-^M V* ^ on ly
'
S*
pi-
D '~V
i-
q-
Arab.
j^ an
appointed
time, specially the monthly courses of women (see the root ~ny). Isa. 64:5, D^V "J.?3 "amenstruous *>
the Chronicles, i Ch. 11 : 11, has given, nx TTiy Mn 1JV3H " he lifted up his spear." Vulg. renders tb*m ipse est quasi tenerrimus ligni vermiculus. Jo. Simc.iis,
percussio ejus hastd sud (fuit) in octigentos etc.;
com-
cloth."
Arab,
j^c Conj. VIII. to menstruate.
paring ^.jj: Conj.

see below
]"&}..
II.
to smite
with a pointed weapon,

j*"]^
prefer rendering
chcenten ber
&
timely"),
[/rfrfo], pr. n.
(i)
(ba6 Sdwtngcn/
j1JJ
Sanje);
by vibration from the root

:
of a prophet and writer, a Ch. 12: 15; 13:22. (2) of the grandfather of Zechariah the prophet, Zech. 1:1, 7; Ezr. 5:1; 6:14; Neh. 12:4, 16. f
(i)i.
q.
to
be
soft,
(2)
[A di H]
pliant (fdwanf). pr. n. m. Ezr. 2
15
Neh. 7
2O.
fdjitinf),
l
WHJ?
[Adind\,
11
-.4-2.
("slender," "pliant;" Germ,

pr. n. of
one of David's captains,
Chron.
pi. nilP (edivoth) inflected in the Aramaean manner (like^/D, pi. I)??*?). Ps. 119:14, 36,99; Neh. 9:34. (2) law, i. q. rnin, especially used of the deca16 logue, Ex. 25 2 1 34 2 Ki. 1 1 i a. nngn fns. '.he ark of the law, Ex. nn^n ^n'K the tent 25:22.
: ; : ; :
most frequently in
W"!8
("twofold ornament," ["twofold
prey"]), [Adithaim], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:36.

'
of the law, Nu. Vers. see Acts
jj?
17:23;
7:44].
Used
2 [of witness, Eng. also of the holy rites,

:
18
an unused root; Arab.fo
be just, equitable;
whence
Psa. 122:4.
(3) revelation, hence a revealed psalm, Psa. tk> 1 80 1 ; inasmuch as the authors of the Psalms considered them as revealed: [as of course all Scrip" the ture is; the Psalms are quoted with the words, Holy Ghost saith," Hebrews 3 7], (Psa. 40 7 ; 60 8 ;
: ; : : : :
VIS? (for njjng "justice pr. n. m., i Ch. 27:29; and
of God"),
[Ad lot),
"the justice
a hiding place; and
of the people," for

;
according to Jo. Simonis, compounded of D?^ ^V comp.

c.
D/JJ to hide),
[Adullam],
;
62 12; 81:7).
:
Others consider
it
to
mean a lyric
from "#
i.
poem, one
Arab, jy:
to
be sung to the lyre, as
if
q.
lyre.
of a city in the plain country of Judah formerly a royal city of the Canaanites, fortified by 5 35? Mic. 1:15; Neh. Rehoboam, Josh. 12:15;
pr. n.
:
(from the root
"W m.
to
;
iTj]?)
n pa use
H^ w ith
suff.
(a)
Onw? ornament
(i) age, Psa. 103:5 (Targ. old age); opp. see the root No. l ; "ty A, l.
tlie 'O2o\Xa/z. Near it was Df$ JT3JP cave of Adullam, l Sam. 22:1 2 Sam. 23:13; Gent noun *P^>*iy Gen. 38: l, 12.
11 :30.
LXX.
compare
(see the root No. 3), Ex. 33:4, 6;
Jer. 4:30.
P.
D'H? Tlf most splendid ornament, Eze. 16:7. Used of the ornaments of a horse, trappings,
32:9.
had the
a root not used in Kal, which appears to hY Arab. signification of softness, laxity; ^ s V. to be flexible, to vacillate, jji softness, laxity,
DCIX
languor, ,J\&. a cane, or reed, a
tall
rod (pr. vacil-
HIPHIL,
to
collect, or
have what
it
over and
lating, vibrating in the air); comp. above P"?V- Gr. a&voc, which Jo. Simonis compares, is plainly not connected with this stock.
above, Exod. 16: 18. (Arab, t^jj^c to give what is over and above, too much Conj. IV. to loosen a vail.)
;
HITHPAEL, pr.
live
to
conduct oneself
softly, i.e. to
sumptuously, delicately, Neh. 9:25. Derived nouns, H, f$, nr$, HJ>, D'STJ, and
I. J>v not use(i in Kal; Arabic j&- to desert perfidiously; HI. to desert.
'
che pr. n. rung, sy-jj;.
(l) TO BE LEFT MAIN, 2 Sa. 17:22. (2) to be wanting, lacking, l
NlPHAL Tjya
BEHIND, TO RESam. 30:19;

Isa.
m.
(i) delight,
pleasure;
Gr. /2or/, Syr.
40:26; 59:15.
PIEL
"V!W
to
only in plur. Ps. 36:9; 2 Sa. 1:24. (2) [Eden], pr. n. of a pleasant country in Asia e site of which is described Gen. 2: 1O 14), in
ich was the garden where the first created huan beings were placed, Gen. 2:8, 1O; 4:16; hence nV"!l the garden of Eden, 2:15; 3:23,24; Joel 2:3; Isa. 51:3; Eze. 31 9, 16. The various opinions as to the locality of the terrestrial paradise are stated and dis:
suffer anything
to be
wanting,
Ki.
5:7[This and the following are blended in Thes.]

III
J>V
(l) TO
SET IN ORDEB, TO ARRANGE,

l
TO DISPOSE, as an army in battle array,
Ch. 12:38.
With
(2)
the
word
for battle omitted, verse 33.
Hence
Isa.
From
the Chaldee usage,

9 *
to
we ed,
5:6;
cussed
p.
by Rosenmuller,
;
Bibl.
Alterthumskunde,
vol.i.
172, seqq.
]*ly.
Schulthess,d.Paradies. Zurich,! 8 l6,oct.

pr. n. of
;
7:25 (Syriac Ji_i a plough); whence Hence

.
TJSfl?
a hoe.
("pleasantness"), \_Eden],
; :
a dis3, 8,
of Mesopotamia or Assyria, 2 Ki.ig: 12 Isaiah 37 1 2 Eze. 27 23. It is different from J^V. JV3, see page ex VHI, A..
trict
:
m. (l) with suff. rny. aflocTc, Gen. 29:2, and so frequently; njfV. Tjy a flock of Jehovah,
for |"jy, it-HS? contr.
n|rnj; till now, hitherto,

9 "*
Ecc. 4:2. 3.
*
Israel, Jer. 13: 17. (2) \_Eder~\, pr.n. (a) of a town in the south of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:21. (6) m. i Chron.
a name for the people of
23:23; 24:30; compare
TJV.
^P
p. CCCCXLVTI, B.
i
fyx m. Chald.
,
*-
(l)
time;
T1JJ
Syriac ._i, Arabic
"H?
("
Hock"), [Ader], pr.n. m.
Ch.8:l5.
iJjLC
id.;
from the root
Dan. 2
8, seq.
3:5,
15; 7:12".
(" flock of God"), [^dn>r],pr.n.of a son-in-law of King Saul, i Sa. 18: 19; 2 Sa. 21:8.
\E/
^TjK
jj/
20,22,29; 7' 2 5, "during a year, (two) years, and the half of a year;" i.e. during three years and a half; comp. Josephus, Bellum Jud. i. l. No. 2, and D'DJ No. 4.
(a) specially a year, Dan. 4: 13,

:??-1
HV
rFW\
rpr.
an unused
is
root,
Arabic j^J^c to tend a
flock.
Hence
derived
>J
JX
("pleasure"), [Adna~\,
.\ [_Adnah~\, pr.n. m. ( 2 ) 2 Ch. 17:14.
pr. n.
m. Ezra
10:30.
(l)
i
&~K or tSHJJ only plur. D*BHfi lentiles, chiefly used as food for the poor, Gen. 25:34; 2 Sa. 17:28; s 23:11; Eze. 4:9. (Arabic idem.) See Celsii
^j^j^
Hierob. ii.
p.
104, seqq.
Ch. 12:20
'-]
[Ava], 2 Ki. 17:24; see

not used in Kal,
i.
1\X.
f.
pleasure, Gen. 18:12.
q. eyiy
Mo.
3,
TO
WHAP
(Syr. "festival"), \_AdadaK\, pr.n. of >wn in the southern part of the tribe of Judah,
h.
15:22.
J>{
TO
BE
REDUNDANT, ABUNDANT,
ROUND, TO COVER WITH DARKNESS. HIPHIL, to cover with darkness; metaph.to render ignoble, to treat with indignity; Lam. 2:1, " how hath the Lord in his anger covered the daughter of Zion with darkness;" LXX. iyvotytaaev. (Syr. Aph.
v
prop.
to obscure,
treat
used of lull and ample garments

curtains
hanging down; hence to used of food, Ex. 16:23; of money, Lev. 25:27; of men, Nu. 3:46, 48, 49.
and curtains, and be over and above,
but Pael
tOx^
metaph. to contemn,
to
with indignity, t>lc Med. Ye, to disgrace.) Derivative, 31} No. II. a cloud (Chald. and Zab
("stripped," "bare pr. n. of a nation and country of Joktanite Arabs [Gen. 10:28], called in the Samaritan copy and
1 Ch. l :22, ?3*y. The situation is wholly uncertain: Bochart (Phaleg, ii. 23) understands them to be the Avalites, on the shores of Êthiopia; but it seems that Joktanites should be sought for in Arabia itself. Far less can this word be identified with Gobolitis, in Idumsea, which is ?3J.
affirm solemnly, to affirm, calling God to witby 3 of pers. Gen. 43 3, W3 "Ij?n nyn "ibX? *XH "the man did solemnly affirm unto
to
ness, followed
us;" Deut.
(b) to
8:19; 32:46;
Ki.
2:42;
Zee. 3:6.
admonish solemnly,
especially
Jehovah a
by an ace. of pers. Lam. 2:13; 3 Ps. 50:7; 81:9; 2X1.17:13; ^>yjer.6:io; especially
people, followed
to
^
curved,
(l) prop. TO
Jjrij
GO IN A CIRCLE,
'^
like the kinto
chide (compare ">?*), Neh. 13: 15, 21. to enjoin on arty one a precept or law; hence used of any law given by God (see rnjj No. 3, and rvnj?), 2 Ki. 17 15, Q3 Tj?n nc's vnng n
chastise,
(c)
to
solemnly
dred roots ^n,

II.
Arab.
Med. Kesra,
be
to bend, to curve.
Hence
^Jy, jiyo a
round of cake, like 132, from "H3. (2) denom. from HiJJ, to bake bread, or cake, Eze.4:l3.
"his precepts, which he had given them;" Neh. 9:34; l Sam. 8:9. HOPHAL "ttttn to be declared, shewn, Ex. 21:29.
the root "H^) pr.
PILEL "Hi? (which some incorrectly take as from to restore, to con/Yrm, Ps. 146:9;
to
147:6.
"in stature, long necked," "gigantic," compare PJi?), \_0g],

3117
(perhaps contr. for 3$, p3y
i.
e.
HITHPALEL,
set oneself up,
to
stand up[pr. n. Tliy]
right, Ps. 20:9.
pr. n.
size.
Num. 21:33; 32:33;
of a king of Bashan, celebrated for his great Dent. 3:1.
Derived nouns,
LXX. uvopQwdrjpEV. 1, -Try, liny., rnWjl
and
T)y, sometimes (according to the Masora twelve
Ps.
m. Gen.4:2l; Job 21:12; 30:31, and 3;y 150:4 (where many MSS. and printed editions have 3$), tibia, fistula, syrinx, pipe, reed, as
rightly given
by
the
Hebrew
interpreters.
;
Targ.
N353X a pipe (Syr. J-HOj^jJ, Zab. iô^>o)
whence
ambubaja, i.e. tibicina, Hor.); Jerome, organon, i.e. a double or manifold pipe, an instrument composed of many pipes. In Dan. 3:5, 10, 15, the Hebrew
translator uses
it
8:22; Jer. 13:27, etc.), "ty prop. "l-iy going over again, repeating. Always an adv. (l) again, yet again, Gen. 4:25; 8:21; 24:20,
inf. absol.
times, e.g., Gen.
of the verb
Jud. 13:8; Hos. 1:6.

(a)
gotten
again and again, repeatedly

SKalcn/
(ju
roteber*
for the Chald. iTiSD^D,
which
see.
immer
is
on
9Jcucm,
so that
an
action
;
root is 33y, probably with the primary signification of breathing, blowing.
The
hardly intermitted,
repeatedly begun
anw
often
without intermisincorrectly rendered, continually, Vnsn-^j; "and he wept liy Gen. 46:29, 33.3 sion).
TJ/
(l)
i.
q.
Arab.
*c
Med.
Waw,
l,
TO
TURN
1-in,
on his neck again and again,"
i.
e.
l
so that the tears

:
BACK, TO
RETURN (the verbs "MK No. Bee Piel, are nearly connected); then TO
fly
and
REPEAT, TO
inf. absol.
Ruth burst out again and again. " blessed are those who dwell in
they will praise thee
well explained
14; Psa. 84:5,

1
thy house 'H^/L
*^P
DO OVER AGAIN (compare 3?); whence

adv. again, yet (which see).
to
again and again,"

D'p>rr^>3),
(i.e. daily;
by Kimchi
Jerem. 2:9;
(a)
hort, in PIEL "HJJ
say again and again, to witness, to exKal once, Lam. 2:13 am, see Hiphil.
to
Hosea
surround,
Ps.
19:61.
to go round,
f\P:
to
make go round,
(Êth. O'PJT: i.e. to sur-
round.) HIPHIL Ty?. (l) causat. to take as a witness, to call anyone to witness, Isa. 8:2; Jer.32:io, 5, 44; hence to call as witness, to invoke, fol-
(3) more, farther, bssides,Isa.5:4; Ecc. 3:16; Jud. 20:25; Gen.7:4; 8:lO; 29:7. (4) as yet, yet, still. Gen. 29:7, "it is yet high and so very frequently; also, yef day," Num. 11 -.33; " more, still more. Prov. 9:9, give to -51 wi.-u man Tiy DSITI and he will become yet wiser;" with sulf.
lowed by 9 against anyone, Deu. 4 26 30 1 9 3 1 28. (a) i. q. Kal; hence to testify, to bear witness,
: ;
:
by an ace. and in a good sense against any fcr any one, i. e, to praise him, Job 29 1 1 (compare Hence (a) to obtest, Le. /ioprvpt', Luke 4:22).
absol.
Am.
Mai. 2
14, followed
n see below); as yet I (am, was), Joabwi ( .iy 14 11; l Sa. 20:14; Tl.iy as yet thou, Gen. 46:30; Gen. 18:22; 43:27,28; nniy i Ki. 1:14. *a: Ex. 4:18; once 00 liy Isa. 65 24. "\Viili Mitf.
:
one,
Ki. 21
10, 13,
plur.once, Lam. 4:17 np, yet our eyes languish." The
^DF, MHW
suffix is redundant,
of
and seems
to
have been introduced on account
the
DCXI
rhythm, in nnD it is written ^"liy (an Aram, form on account of the similar ending in the
for -13Hiy}i
word njvDR.
With prefixes (a) while, while (l) "MS, "'V? yet, in the time when yet (it was or is), (opp. to 2 Sa. 12:22, *n "17*n liyS" while the child D~!P.3).
ypt
lived."
day.'*
were brought to Samaria. Gent, noun, pi. D v)y_ 2 Ki 1 but see as to other nations of the same name 7 31 below under *?y. Some compare with this Avatha, a city of Phoenicia (see Relandi Palsestina, p. 232,
:
>
233).
Psalm 104:33,
"
" while it is 1 Jer. 15:9, DOi "frf yet " whilst *"]iy3 yet I (live)."
.
f.
overturning, Eze. 21 232; see

Jty.
see
Ps. 146:2.
D'P< T\uhy
(b)withinyet within yet three

3.
Gen.4O:l3,
days."
"riy?
Isaiah 7:8.
see TV strength.
Compare 3 A, No.
(2) "liyp. /rom as yet, ex quo, ever since. ÎWP Nu. 22 30, "iy T] 1 ever since I was, Gen. 48 15. " from the time that thou wast unto this njn DVn
:
:
Arab.
JU
(kindred roots are one, Isa. 30:2.

HIPHIL, causat.
Med. Waw,TO FLEE FOR REFUGE, '-iy, K'-in) followed by ? to any

)
to
day."
cause
to flee, i.e. to set
any
Ch. yet, Dan. 4: 28.

(for
abe fludtfen), Ex. 9:19, thing in safety (Germ, fetne and without an ace. to set one's own things in safety,
TTiyp "restoring," "setting up"),

:
Isa.
10:31
Jer.
4:6; 6:1.
[Oded],
prophet, 2 Ch. 28:9.
pr. n. (l) of the father of Azariah the 2 Chron. 15 1, 8. (2) of another prophet,
an unused root (cogn. py, p-1K), prop, to Hence By a style. impress, to immerse, to engrave.
Arabic k\s.
(i)
i.
to impress, to
("PJ7
Pi.
q.
Arab.
^^s.
TO BEND, TO CURVE,
immerse, to imprint, as
feet into the
sand
TO TWIST, TO
DISTORT
(cogn. root H1K), see Niph.
great morsels.
alr^c soft
II. to swallow down ; also, to dig. VI. to dip one another into the water
Hiph.
II.
(2)
No.
i
:
act perversely, to sin (compare ?3n 2), Daniel 9:5; followed by ?J? of pers. Esth.
to
sandy ground, irrigated with water, and
planted with trees; comp. ..elc to dip oneself under

water, to make water. [In Thes. the meanings given here to this root are spoken of very doubtfully, and the word By is derived from the idea of hardness.]
16.
(Arab.
,_$
to err, to
be led astray.)
NIPHAL (i) to be distorted, to writhe, with Isaiah pains and spasms, like a parturient woman. T MW "I writhe, so that I cannot hear," 21:3,
y^P
to
^#,
plur.
D^y
(l) Gent,
noun (prop, from
.n ; iy,
also to be
boived,
be
to be
depressed by
calamities, Ps.
"those who inhabit desert places"), Avim,

Avvites
tines,
38:7.
"
Proverbs 12:8, 3? niy.3 l Sam. 20: 30, "|3 (a man) perverse of heart." TVlTlSn niy.3 " thou son of the perverse rebellious
(2)
perverse.
(a) aborigines of the land of the PhilisDeut. 2:23; Josh. 13:3. the inhabitants (b~)
(woman)," i. e. of a perverse rebellious mother. PIEL, to pervert, to subvert, to overturn. Isaiah

24:1, n\3Q njy "he subverteth the face thereof" Lam. 3:9, njy *ni3 n;i "he has (of the earth).
l|
But of the city Avva, see njy. (2) O"!y_n (the city) of the Avvites, is a town in the tribe of Benjamin, probably taking its name from the Avvites
(No. l,a), Josh. 18:23.
sub verted
HIPHIL,
:rt
my ways."
Job 33: 27;
Compare ^^.
to
to
make crooked,
to
pervert, as to peri.e.
right,
pervert one's way,
N?jy or N$?f. Chald. perversity, sin. Often In the Old Test, only in occurring in the Targums. plur. |Jiy., or (as it is in. other copies, and always iu the Targums) }$?. Dan. 4:24.
'
course of action, i. e. to act perversely, Jerem. 3:21; then by the omission of to act perversely, aSa.
** m.
"?iy . T
TH
(I) evil,
ungodly, Job 16:
11,
from the
^-iy
root
7:14; 19:20; 24:17. Derived nouns, n; iy, and the pr. n. v?y, i"l-ly
?
(II)
fiy,
D'yjy,
7,
'J?p,
}i'y.
Chald.
&W,
it
21:11; perhaps 19:
a child, infant, pr. suckling, i. q. 18, from the root ^y.
Job
JViy, *y, Q^y,
(i. q.
Hjy
"
overturning," unless indeed

,
should be so read), 2 Ki. 18:34; 19:13; Isa.37:i3; and Njy 2 Kings 17:24; [ Iv a] pr. n. of a city under the dominion c the Assyrians, from which colonies
JnS (" ruins"), \_Avith~\, pr.n. of a town on the borders of Edom, Gen. 36:35.
j>( not used in
DISTORT (compare
?]$,
Kal; prop. TO TURN AWAY, TO ''jn); hence to 6c wicked.
DCXII
\rab.
Jlj.
Med.Waw quiesc.
to
decline, turn aside,
especially from what is just. PIEL 7$ to act wickedly, Psa. 71 14;
weaned child but this does not accord with the which is active.)
;
(Syr.
Aph.
id.)
Derived nouns, ?$, No. I.

J
..... 7&
Hflfc
Isa.
26: 10.
gleanings,
see
J"li7.?y.
n?W No.
I,
and
sometimes D7y m.
3flJ
(A)
pr.
what
is
specially
hidden time, long; the beginning

is
hidden; or end
of which
either uncertain or else not defined;

It
is
m.
r7, wicked, Job 18:21; 27:7; 29:17.

stiff.
eternity, perpetuity.
used
(l)
of time
7$
[" once in const."], with
m. wickedness, depravity, iniquity, as

:
17$, and /JJ of a judge,
long past, antiquity,
in the following phrases and

;
Lev. 19:15; of a merchant, Eze. 28:18. 71JJ n r^ to act wickedly, to commit iniquity, Eze. 3 20. LXX.
aCtKtn, urof-tid.
examples, Q7iy *Q^ Am. 9:11 Mic. 7: 14; Isa. 63:9; and Qf'iy HID* Deu. 32:7, ancient times. 0?"iyp of o Id,
from
Isa.
TO SUCKLE, TO GIVE MILK, Used Sam. 6:7, 10; Gen. 33 : 13. Part. ni?JJ those that give milk; poet, used of ewes ["and Med. Ye, cows"], Ps. 78:71 Isa. 40: 1 1. (Arab.
/V/
or /
i
J/f.
of animals,
l Sa. 27:8; 5:15; Ps. 25:6; and even of time before the creation of the world [i. e. eternity], Prov. 8:23; with a negation, not from any time, never, Isa. 63:19; 64:3; elsewhere from a lon
the most ancient times, Gen. 6:4;

Jer.
63:16;
2:20
JU
time ago, long, Isa. 42: 14 (where it is referred tc the time of the captivity [?]); Isaiah 46:9; 57: ll. D7iy 7-133 the boundary set by the forefathers, Prov.
to
be great with young, and to give suck.) Derivatives, 7*1g No. II., and
Isa.
m. an infant, a child, prop, a suckling, 49:15; 65:20. (In Arab. JjU a boy; Syr.
id.)
f.
22:28; 23:10; D7iy *nr;i3 the ancient gates, Psalm 24:7; Q7iy 'HO those who died of old, Psa. 143:3; Lam. 3:6; D7iy CJJ men of old, those who have been Since true piety and unlong dead, Eze. 26:20.
corrupted morals are ascribed to
Ps.
men of old,
is
D7iy "tQ^
tfo^
139:24;
oV-iy
rnx job 22:15; obiy ni^n? j e r.

the (true) piety ancient justice or
Job 6:29, 30; 11:14; 13*7fiTIJT*.?? the wicked, 2 Sam. 3:34, and without '.?? abstr. for concr. !"i7iy_ used for wicked persons, Job 24:20; Ps. 107:42. With n parag. nrtay. Ps. 92: 16, and contr. ""in7y Job 5:16; transp. i"n?y, (which
i<!
j?
6: 16; Dîy Y*3t? Jerem. 18:15, of the fathers; compare DWiy P"i
:
innocence, Dan. 9 24. [It need hardly be pointed out to any Christian, that this passage in Daniel can have
see); pi. rV?iy Ps.
58:3; 64:7.
[This passage mon meaning.

(II.)
(!) contr. for riy_ iniquity, Isa. 6l:8. may very well be taken with the com-
no such meaning as this it speaks of the everlasting righteousness to be brought in through the atonement of Christ.] It does not always denote the most remote antiquity, as is shewn by D7iy niyiri; which, in Isa. 58: 12; 6l -.4, is used at the end of the Baby;
So Thes.]
see
burnt offering,
H7y (from the root
lonish captivity [written prophetically long before], of the ruins of Jerusalem. (Jer. 25:9; 49:13, does
H7JJ).
not belong here;

future).
>y
being applied there to time
and /Tiy (verbal of Poel of the pi. form On'in), pi. Dy/iy, with suff. B?/?^, EH'/Vy, m. a boy, a child (so called in my opinion from the idea of petulance, see 77JJ No. 2), a poet, word, differing from P3i', with which it is joined, Jer. 44 7 Lam. 2:ll. Used of a boy playing in the street, Jer. 6 1 1
: ;
:
D7?W
(a) It
a
more
often refers to
future time,
in sue*
manner, that what is called the terminus ad rjneni, is always defined from the nature of the thing hr-dl'. When it is applied to human affairs, and specially
the
9:20; asking bread, Lam. 4:4; led away captive, Lam. 1:5; carried in the bosom, Lam. 2:20; once used of an unborn babe, Job 3 16. The same
:
all (a) to individual men, it commonly signifies days of life, as D?iy n?y a perpetual slave (not to be discharged as long as he lives), Deu. 15 :1 7
is
and A?iyp 3:12. (My Others regard proper signification is given above. Alb. Schultens, Origg. Hebr. i. 6, comit differently.
Isa.
opinion as to the origin
pared Arab. Jt Conj. II. to soothe a weaned child (with sweet things), so that 77iy prop, would be a
Ex. 21:6; l Sam. 27:12 (poetically used of a be.-ist. Job 40 -.28); D7iy iy_ for ever, i.e. all the days of 20:15; 2 Sa. 3 28. 0^2 '.fT'-" I*Tlife, 1 Sa. l 22 Psalm 73:12; petually (whilst they live) secure. " I will cViyp prais* 30:13, "Jehovah my God ;]" thee for ever" (while I live); [there is no need so Ps. 5: 19; 31 :; 37 :3 7 sS to limit this passage].
:
DCXIIX
49 9; ft2:ll; 71:1
=
long
long,
life.
86:12; sometimes also a very ; Ps. 21:5, " (the king) asked life of thee,
it
by hyperbole,
thou (O God) gavest
him 1$
of,
P^
D*PJ
cially in the expression of

1
in speaking of human things, espe* good wishes. Here belongs
even
veiy long;"
life is
[lit.
length of days for ever
and
the customary form of salutation addressed to kings, let my Lord the king live for Dîy ? $pn tfig n
tver: eternal
spoken
Gesenius would
DE>N~l 73; DTiy "
;
make it]. The word
not merely temporal as oViy has a much
narrower limit [?] in

their heads
i.
this passage, Isa.
35: 1O,
J"inpK>
ever;" 1 Ki. 1:31; Neh.2:3 (compare Dan.2:4; 3:9; Judith 12:4; -<Elian. Var. Hist., i. 32); also the wishes of poets for kings and royal families [these
passages are really prophecies, not wishes; and the eternity spoken of, instead of being at all hyperbole, is the literal truth which God has vouchsafed to " let reveal], as Ps. 6l :8, (the kinjr) sit on his throne before God for ever" (compare vjrse 7, " (let) his
"perpetual
e.
gladness (shall be) upon
always be conspicuous in their countenances, they shall always be cheerful and joyful (compare Ps. 126:2); Isa. 51:11; 61:7; and 32:14; the term itself of the time is marked; " hill and watchtower shall become caverns D?W "H? for a long time ____ 15. rnj!. 1JJ until the Spirit be Elsewhere (b) it belongs to a poured out," etc. joy shall
"H id? like years be "HJ many generations"). Psa. " throne established by God [really "thy 45:7, thy
whole race (dynasty), or people, and it comprehends all the time until their destruction; i Sam. 2:30,
"
O God"] 1$ (shall stand) for ever." Psalm 89:37, " his (David's) seed shall endure for
throne,
D^
ever."
How much
these expressions imply,
may
thy family shall serve
me
Bpiy
IV.
while
it
shall
continue;" lSa.l3:i3; 2Sa.7:l6; l Ch. 17:12; 22:iO; Psa. 18:51, "he will shew mercy to David
and
to his seed
a?W
"1JJ."
with the Israelites
is
So the covenant of God called nn? Gen. 17:7;
DW
be understood from the words which immediately " his throne follow, (shall stand) as the sun before " like the moon it shall be established e." Verse 38, for ever;" and, Ps. 72:5, " they shall fear thee (O
King) so long
as the
sun and
moon endure through-
Lev. 24:8; the laws given to them, D^'iy nj5n, DTiy ph
out
Ex. 12:14, 17; 27:21; 28:43; 30:21; Lev.3:i7; 6:ll; the possession of the holy land D?iy WHit Gen. 17:8; 48:4. (c) the metaphysical idea of eternity, at least that which has no end, is more nearly approached by the examples in which D?^ * s applied to the earth and the whole nature of things. Ecc. 1:4, "but the earth stands, or remains B?W; for ever;" Ps. 104:5, "it (the earth) is not moved for
generations;" ibid., 17, "his name shall be D>iy? for ever; so long as the sun shall his name
all
That is, by the figure of hyperbole there invoked for the king, and particularly for David and his royal posterity, an empire not less enduring than the universe itself. [These are prophecies, not Also, Ps. 48:9, "God shall hyperbolical wishes.] establish her (Jerusalem) for ever." Jerem. 7:7, the land which I gave unto your fathers D?iy. fp?
flourish."
is
ever;" Ps. 78:69;

ated
'V JYIjna the eternal hills, creand which shall last for ever. ages ago, many Gen. 49:26; Deut. 33:15, 'V J"lto3 the eternal high
n;" 25:5.
(B)
the
world, from the Chaldee and Rabbinic

(SSettjtnn),
usage, like the Gr. alwv, hence the desire or pursuit
places, Eze. 36:2; and also when used of the future state of man after death, e.g. D/IV J"l3p an eternal JV3 his sleep, used of death, Jer. 51 =39, 57; IDTiy
of worldly things
ayairr)
more
fully
called
rov
Koffpov,
John
2: 15;
the grave, Eccles. 12:5; D7IV \*n eternal life after resurrection, Dan. 12:2. (d) The true notion of eternity is found in this word in those
eternal house,
i.
rovrov,
e.
things,
Eph. 2:2; and Arab. Ljj the world, worldly and the love of them as destructive to the
knowledge of divine things, Ecc. 3:11," (God) has

beautiful in its time, D?yn~flt< D| D-tKH KVP! *& ^?9 D ?'?? although he hath set the love of worldly things in their hearts,
'131
passages which speak of the immortal nature of God himself, who is called D^tt? ?K the eternal God, Gen.
made every thing
T^
81:33; Isa. 40:28; D?iyn "PI -who liveth for ever, Dan. 12:7 (compare D /lyn n*n to live for ever, to be immortal, like gods [rather like God himself], Gen. 3:22; Job 7:16), to whom are ascribed
everlasting arms, Deut. 33:27; and of whom it is said, Ps. QO-.a,^ nnx D>iy ny_1 oJtyD "from everlasting to everlasting thou art God;" 103:17;
man does not understand the works of God," 05 for *3 DJ, see D| No. 4. As to the sense, compare Ecc. 8:17. Another form is Oi?'y..
so that
etc.
pj/ an unused
Arab.
,.\
root, to
rest, to
dwell (compare
tranquilly),
convenience, rest,
to live
compare Psa.
9 8
:
peculiar class is the Hebrews use the metaphysical notion of eternity
10:16; 29:10; 93:2. Also a formed of those places (e) in which

;
whence py^, n ?iyP dwelling, and

i"l!T)J?
f.
conjugal cohabitation, Exodus 21

id.).
10,
(Talmud,
Hos. 10:10, in
np
there
is
DCX1V
which the Targ. renders furrows (compare n ?I?'?), but
the context almost requires [the pointing to be]
ins.
J">W1J?
cover with darkness (Syr. .o^ to to be covered with darkness. Job 11 :17, nvun-|j533 nsyn "(although now)covered
(3) to
round); and intrans.
JSJ
i.
e.
[#, see the root P?.
pj? Ex. 28:43; 34:7; more rarely PW 2 Ki. 7:9; Ps. 51 7 const, pg, pig i Chron. a l 8, pi. absol. and
:
with darkness," i. e. pressed down by calan.ity, "(soon) shalt thou be as the morning;" (unless it be
preferred to read with three
shall be as the morning).
MSS. nwypl
darknest
T$8, more often depravity (from the rootHJJJ); hence (i) depravedaction,a crime, a sin, Genesis 4: 13; 44:16. Job 31:11, DyvP pg. "acrimeto be punished by the judges," corn p. Job " 31:28; 19:29, 3in ri13<l 8 crimes to be punished
const,
nuig with
suff.
WM,
And
TDpiy. etc.; m.pr. perversity,
faint, to faint away, so that the eyes are involved in darkness (see ^tpjj, *]?% and the Arab. Aj
(4)
to
;
Syr.
c==o>
to fail
Cognate are
PILEL
Isa.
by
1.
e.
:
the sword." Eze. 21 :3O, f'j?. PP. " crime of end," which brings an end or destruction. Eze. 2 1 34
:
(for distinction
and ^ ^from
(l)
i.
in strength ; Ethp. to faint away. to fail in strength). Fut. to l Sa. 1 4 28 Jud. 4:21. *$$. fly ),
^1
I0y
q.
Kal No.
2, to
fly, Gen.
20;
6:2.
It is often guilt contracted by sinning, as pg "the guilt of the fathers," Ex. 20:5; 34:7; nbxn pg the guilt of the Amorites," Gen. 15: 16. 'riNBn pg " the guilt of my sin," Ps. 32 :5 also any
35
5-
nux
(2) to brandish, as to Eze. 32:10.
make
to fly (a sword),
thing unjustly acquired, Hos. 12:9, they shall not find in my possession Xtpn "IK'J? py any thing unjustly acquired which (would be) sin," (tetn In speaking of pardon and iinbe ro&ve). Unred)t/ ba$ expiation of sin, the words fPD, T3J?n, nB3, NB>3No. 2, c, are used of punishing it, the verb "I[5S is used of
; ;
"
to fly, Prov. 23:5 np. fly away, i. e. to vanish, Hos. 9:11. Nouns derived from signif. 1,2 are
HIPHIL, to
make
to
HITHPALEL,
signif.
3 *pyp,
(see the root No. l);
so frequently.
a wing Ppy prop,

collect,
hence
birds, fowl (eflugel), Gen. l:2l, 30; Levit.

:
17:13; Ps. 50
Chald.
tjiy
I.
and
bearing or suffering
(2) Sometimes
its
it
penalty, the verb NtfJ No. 2, b. is the penalty of sin, Isaiah

:
i.
q.
Hebr.,Dan. 2:38; 7:6.
5:18; calamity, misery, Ps. 31 11. [Thecommon meaning does very well in this place.]
lg
yw
]
Jud. 19:30;
TO CONSULT, i. q. ^g*; on ty found in imp Isa. 8:10. Hence pig' pr. n.

*
<!
E y]y
m.
pi.
19: 14; for D^JflV, from the root which is not unsuitable.
(l)i. q.
depravities, perversities, Isaiah njjf. Vulg. vertigo,

^33 (from which perhaps
II.
B-lV,
-b^, V\<z
to impress, to
im-
merse
this root
soft
oneself, e. g. the foot into

fruitful.
sand
whence &**.
ground, sandy and
Hence
has been formed by softening the letters; compare P2S?, PW; fix, D3K, flK and others; see the roots K'-'n, "pnetc.), TO COVER; especially with feat hers, wings.
" 31 5, n'lBJ? D'IBV? as birds which cover (their with their wings P^KM'V hy "X \\ \y J3 so will young) Jehovah of hosts protect Jerusalem." From the idea
Isa.
:
("soft and sandy earth), [t/V], pr.n.Ausi-
tis,Ausitce
(LXX.
Avcr'tnc, Ava'trai), pr.n. of
a region
and tribe in the northern part of the Arabian desert (/LlJ\ &t\') between Palestine, Idumsea, and the Euphrates; called
this should
of covering
(2)
to
is f]ig
prop.
i.
q. *)J3 to fly
fly,
to
fly away,
a wing; whence unto; used of birds,
by Ptolemy, verse 19, Alo'irai (unless be corrected to Avalrai), Job l:l (com-
Prov. 26:2; figuratively of an army, Isaiah 11:14;* Hab. 1:8; of ships, Isa. 60:8; an arrow, Ps. 91:5; also to vanish quickly (oerfltegen); used of a dream,
pare verse 3); Jer. 25:20; and Lam. 4:21 ( a passage which is to be understood of the Edomites living in Ausitis). As to the origin of the nation, dill'm-nt
accounts are given in different places; see Gen. 10: 23; 22:21; 36:28 [but Scripture cannot be .^fitcontradictory]; compare Vater's Comment on tiie
Pentat., vol.
i.
Job 20:8; human

like Hiph., Pro.
life,
Psa. 90:10.
Once
transit.
and Ye,
to
23:5 a'ro (Arab. t_jU, Med. Waw, over something hang in the air, and hover ^ o-
p. 152.
See also the discussions
resj-f
cl-
(used of a bird); followed by Jj: <5juc flight; a se*~ s "aan word is augur; i__Lc, teL auaondary
<
ing the site of the land of Uz in Bochart, Phah-g. ii. 8; J. D. Michaelis in Spicileg. ii. a6; Ilgen, De Jobi
_iU
Natura
^
et Indole, p.
95:96; Kosenm.
Scholiis in Job.
Prolegomm.
fmy).
From
the idea of covering (No. i)
it is
5; Eichhorn, 639. [See also Forster's Arabia.]
Einleit. in
d^s A.
DCXV
not used in Kal.
i.
Syriac and Chald. TO BE
HIPHIL
"Vjjn
(iycipu)
i.
q. Piel.
(i)
to
arouse,
;
tc
PRESSED, STRAITENED, q. j>1. HIPHIL, to press; followed by nnn (prop, down KaradXifiv}, Am. 2:13.
;
Hebr.
to press
sleep, Zee. 4: i ; Cant. 2:7; 3:558:4; to incite any one to any thing, Isa. 45 : 1 3 Jer. 50:9, and in the same sense to incite any one's spirit, l Ch.
a w a ke, from
Derived nouns,
>j>
HJ5J/,
njJJND.
not used in Kal.
jKth. ()*?
TO BE BLIND.
Arab. ,. and \. to be blind of an eye.

PIEL
"V1.S?
2 Ch. 2 1 16 to arouse any one's ear, Isa. 50 4 provoke, e. g. a crocodile, Job 41:2; to stir up '13? I^J 1^| young birds to fly, Deu. 32 1 1, vj>ji3 " as the IITD! eagle stirs up her nest (i. e. her young ones, to fly, ad volandum, as rightly in the Vulg.)
: ; : ;
:
5 26
to
to
blind,
to
"V1J/
make
is
;
blind.
(Syr.
"ISJ?
hovers over
is
her young," in the
air, etc.
The de-
In
origin perhaps dust, sand, chaff into the eye compare Chald. T-iy.) 2 Ki. 25:7; Jer. 39:7. Metaph. to blind a judge
its
the same as
to cast
of a female eagle exciting her young ones, scription in teaching them to fly, and afterwards guarding with the greatest care, lest the weak should receive harm.
(with
Piel form
Ex. 23:8; Deut. 16:19. [In Thes. deduced from "HJJ III.] Derived nouns (TO), TO., flTO., HTO,.
gifts),
is
this
(2)
to
watch
?V_
followed
by
to
(prop. SBadbe tjalten), Psa. 35:23; watch over any one, Job 8:6.
HITHPALEL
Isa.
:
(i) to
;
arouse oneself,
to
rise up,
*\$ adj. blind, Ex. 4:11; Lev. 19:14. Metaph. used of men who walk in the darkness of ignorance (Isa.
29:18; 42:18, 19; 43:8), or of misery (Ps. 146:8).
I.
J?,
51:17; 64 6 followed by o against any one, Job
17:8.
(2) to rejoice, to be glad (Germ, aufgemetft fept* used of one who is cheerful, glad), Job 31 :29Derived nouns, Chald. "V# watcher, and the pr. n.
*nj7
which
prop. TO BE HOT,
ARDENT
(cogn. with
see); hence to be alert, watchful (in :>position both to sleep and to idleness). Specially to wake, to be awake, Cant. 5:2; Mai. 2:12,
H.
m^
i.
q.
rnj;
and T)V TO BE NAKED, TO BE

the Arab. -U, $i*c nudity,
one
1 and one answering," i. e. every a proverbial phrase (like 3-UJfl "W^JJ), 2rhaps taken from the Levites keeping watch in the ample (Ps. 134), one of whom watches and calls out,
~iy..
" one
w a k e fu
who
MADE NAKED; whence

verenda.
ness
is alive,
Hebr. NIPHAL, Hab. 3:9, sjn^R
TOO n;^
with naked-
id
the other answers. In the same sense the rabs say, " no one crying out, and no one answer"
f
was thy bow
made naked."
~nj>.
PILEL "nty, see the root

III.
(Vit.
Tim.
i.
p.
108, ed. Manger).
Jerome renOnly
!
unused T)J an s is
root, cogn. "tin
to
dig, to
ers,
magister
et discipulus.
bore; whence ,U? Hebr. "TJ^P a cavern.

sleep.
(2) to awake, to ip. Ps. 44:24, J'1S

sleepest thou,
arouse from
[In Thes.
of
in
l^n
nsj)
HTO "awake
Isa.
Piel "Wy
referred to this root with the idea

eyes.]
why
Lord?" Ps. 7:7;
blinding
51
q.
by boring out the
9.
(3) causat. to
41:2,
fat.
cause to awake, TO; np.
i.
Hiphil, Job
- **
Ch. chaff, Dan. 2:35. -
Syr.
}'i
id.;
Arab.
NIPHAL TO3, fut. TO2 pass, of Piel and Hiphil. (l) to be aroused, awaked (from sleep), Job 14: 12;
Zee. 4:1.
il, ylc a
eye.
bit of chaff, or the like,
which hurts the
but
may
Said to be so called from blinding (root "!5JJ); not rather "Viy be the same as ISJJ dust, a
(2) figuratively, to arise, as the wind, Jer. 25:32; a people, Jer. 6:22; Joel 4:12; God, Zee. 2 : 17. As .o the passage, Hab. 3:9, see "l-iy No. II.
particle of dust ; whence "^ i. q. 1SJ! to throw dust into the eye; (<Sanb in bteTCugen fhreuen/ jl&uben)? [This
conjectural derivation
in.
is
rejected in Thes.]
PILEL
(l)
to
"HIS?
(compare Gr.
to
t>pu>=op>'Vfjit, pret.
opwpa).
awake,
to
8:4 (5?);
arouse from sleep, Cant. 2:7; 3:5; arouse a serpent, and call forth from
Job 3:8;
figuratively, to excite a up one's strength (feine
his hiding place,
brawl, Prov. 10: 12; to rouse BSacfit auftneten), Ps. 80:3. (2) to raise
up (and brandish) a
Isa.
3:i8: a scourge,
e* undeir the root
10 26.
:
But
spear, 2 Sam. for Isa. 23 : 13,
man (so called perhaps *ny from nakedness, see the root No. II), Ex. 34:30, 35; Levit. 13:2; Job 7: 5, and so frequently. D?3^ "rtV skin of the teeth, i. e. the gums, Job 19:20 (on this passage see under the root B?P). As to the words Job 19 26, see under the root ^P^. Poet, used of T.J? "skin for the body, the life, Job 2 4, TO "H skin;" i.e. life for life. Job 18:13, "parts of hit
(l) the
skin of a
T3
PileL
skin;"
i.
e.
the
members of his body.
DCXVI
pi. nViiy Gen. (2) the hide c/ animals, Gen. 3:21 37:16; also used of hides artificially prepared, leather, Lev. 4:11; 13:48.
;
hard of face, 28:50; Dan. 8:23.

'33
i.e.
impudent, shameless, Deut

Tty
(B) subst. strength, might, Gen. 49:3. Root
C'Tiy (read Qnjg), Isaiah 30:6 asses.
aro,
for D*}jg
$pl.
D'jy.
f.
(i) a she-goat. (Syr. J^l; Arab.
P"*5Vm. blindness, Deu 28:28; Zee. 12:4. See

the root 1^.
Ii; Phojnic. aa, Steph. Byz. The same word is found in the Indo-Germanic languages, as the Sansc. adsha, a he-goat; adshd, a she-goat; Goth, gditsa;
ctS/ with a harder form, Anglo-Sax, got; Germ. emg, chamois Gr. a<, euyoc also the Turkish gieik, ghieizi; comp. Grimm, Deutsche Gram. iii. 328.) D'jy H| a kid of goats, Gen. 27:9. D^V n ^ a goat,
;
;
*32 f
id.
Lev. 92:32.
QT. Xfyo/i. Joel 4:1
SELVES.
i.
Targ., Syr., TO GATHER I prefer, TO HASTEN, TO

q.
rendered by the LXX., TOGETHER, TO ASSEMBLE

1
,
MAKE HASTE,
HI. to hasten,
the kindred roots EWn, NV, and
.*
e. the tucf goat (cm 3tegfnoiet)), [an individual for the species], Deu. 14:4.
i.
1
to accelerate
a work.
Compare
also
my.
(2)
pl.
CWy. goats' hair,
Ex. 26:?; 36: 14;
Sa.
Derived
"-U;
pr. n.
ty Ch.
not used in Kal
;
i.
q.
Heb. No.
Tiy
l,
Ezr. 6: 17.
:
to
be bent,
inflected,
i.
q.
the kindred verbs nDJJ, E3J?.
sometimes
,
(Prov. 31
PlEL
J"I;I]J
TO BEND, TO CURVE, TO PERVERT, Ecc.
Makk. iy with T
suff.
Metaph. to pervert right, Job 8:3; 34:12; compare Am. 8:5; also with an accus. of person, to bend or pervert the cause of any one, Lam. 3:36; Job 19:6; Psa. 119:78. 'S TH n.W to pervert any
7:13.
one's
WW
:
W and
TTJJ)
17, 25); followed

flf,
by
IflJ
and
~?y,
i%
(from the root
(i) strength, might,
power, used of God, Job 12:16; 26:2; of men, Ps. 29 1 1 Prov. 24:5; of beasts, Job 41:14; of a loud f vehemence of anger, Ps.go: 11. voice, Ps. 68:34;
;
way, i. e. to lead him astray, Ps. 146:9. PUAL, part, crooked, Ecc. i 15.
:
Tjr?33 with all

the
(one's) might,
283.6:14.
Concr.
HITHPAEL,
to
bow
oneself, Ecc. 12:3.
Derivative, nnjy.
a root,
give help; hence
air.
signification as Eiy, pr. TO

to
\fydp. of the same origin and HASTEN TO, especially to sccor(Germ.betfprtngen),to aid.
strong, heroes, Jud. 5: 21. Ty /'nap a firm, secure, fortified (2) firmness. Hence trop. detower, Jud. 9:51; comp. Ps. 30:8. Psalm fence, refuge, protection. 28:8, Ty nin* ID? " Jehovah (is a) protection for them." Psalm 46:2; 62:8. In a bad sense 0*3 S Ty strength of
Arab.
i*^l<> Conj.
IV.
to
aid, to succour,
to
1
assist.
;
With the countenance, i. e. impudence, Eccl. 8 i idea of power are joined those of majesty, splen: .
Const, with two accus. (like ???? Gen. 47 mjk Isaiah 50: 4, 18:4, 13).
W W'W
(l)
1
Ki.
to
help
the wearied (people) with a word," to set him up, to confirm him, with words. Aqu. viroffrrjpiffai. Vulg.
su$ tent are.
Hence
" the ark (the seat) of thy majesty," i.e. the ark of the covenant, (elsewhere njn 1133 pt^ 2 Ch. 6 4 1 ) ;
:
dour, glory. Hence it is (3) splendour, majesty, i. q. 1133 with winch it is often joined, Hab. 3 4. Psalm 96 6, n^X^ril. ty " and splendour majesty." Ps. 132:8, ^}V P" ^
: :
1
(forrvr^y, rrroy
"whom Jehovah sucChron. 9:4.

(2)
cours"), \_Uthai~\,
Ezr. 8:14.
.
pr. n.
called poet, ty alone, Ps. 4:21, 92.
78:61; compare
Samur!
pr.
Aram.
inf. Piel,
from the root
(4) glory,praise, Ps. 8:3; 29:1; 68:35; 99:4; Ex. 15:2. 2 Chron. 30 2 1 TiTvS "instruments of
:
njjf
(with
Kametz impure), f. the bending of any one, i.e. his oppression, Lam. 3:59; comp. the verb, verse 36.
1R f. njy, pl. Dfy_ (A) adj. (i) ttrong, vehement, spoken of a people, Num. 13 28 of a wind, Exod. 14:21; of the waves, Neh. 9:11; Isa. 43:16; jf anger, Gen. 49:7; Pro. 21:14. fa) strong, fortified, Nu.-2i :4.
:
;
praise," employed
in
praising
God.
(Arab.
+.
power, victory, glory.)
frWV(" strength"), [C7>za], pr. n. m. 6:3; for which there is, verses 6, 7, ""tf^. 8:7. (3) Ezr. 2:49; Neh. 7:51.
(l)2Sa.
(2)
l
Ch
l^j. only found

ment (Lev. 16:8,
(3) hat th, cruel, hard, of a king,
Isa. 19:4.
"TV.
law of the day of atone10, 26), respecting which manj

in the
DCXVII
conjectures have been made. I have no doubt that
it
ass's)
bonds with him." There
is
a play of the wordi
should be rendered averter, aXe&KaKoe
( 'TNty.
for ?I? $,
;
in the double use of the verb in the
3$
which stands
first
from the root
Lehrg. p. understood originally some idol to be appeased by sacrifices (as Saturn and Mars, see ^(JO), [no such idea as this can be admitted by any one who indeed
believes in the inspiration of Scripture; God could never mix up idolatrous rites with his own worship]
;
^W J ic to remove, to separate 869). By this name is I suppose

,
comp. to be
common
primary one whence is the proverbial expression 2-1TJ/1 "l-WJJ shut up and set free, i. e. the slave and tlie free man, or all men of every sort, Deu. 32:36; i Ki. 14:10; 21:21; 2Ki-9:8; 14:26. (Lud. de Dieu interprets this phrase, the married and the unmarried oomp
free;
signification of forsaking, then iu the of loosing. It is applied to a servant set
"
*-
suppose from the names of idols being often applied to demons (see the book of Enoch, chap. 10; Spencer on the Ritual Laws of the Hebrews, iii. diss. viii.), this name was used for that of an evil demon inhabiting the wilderness, who had to be appeased by sacrifices by this very ancient and
I
and afterwards
t_-?lc
an unmarried man, and

vile, all
others, neutr. shut
and the
tation
is
a married man; up and cast away, i. e. the precious But the former interpretogether.
^\
preferable, and this latter cannot be received, because the expression always refers to men and not
Gentile
p.
rite.
The name Azazel ^j

\\
to things.)
let
Metaph. Jobiori,
W&> fU$
let loose as
it
I will
\\\.
(inGolius,
loose
my
x) is also used by the Arabs as that of an evil demon (see Reland, De Rel. Muhammed. p. 1 89 Meninski, h. v.). The etymology
317, incorrectly Jj
;
the reins, I
complaint," I will will not restrain it.
were
Hence
above proposed is that which was of old expressed by the LXX., although generally overlooked or else misunderstood. There <!^TTJ|? is rendered in verse
8,
(2) to leave a person, Gen. 2: 24; a place, Jerem. 25:38; Eze. 8:12; also, to desert, as the wretched, the poor, Job 20:19; Ps. 27:10; 26.23:29; God, a people. Isa. 42: 16; 49: 14; 54 7; Ps. 9:11 22:a;
= ;
rw
'A7ro7ro/i7ra/w
;
(i. e.
'A7rorpo~at'w,
*AXttKacw>
verse 10, te T^V a.TroKOfj.irriv (ad averruncandum); verse 26, tig aqttaiv, compare the remarks on the use of the Greek word dTroTroîTraeoc
Averrunco)
given by Bochart in Hieroz. P.I. p. 561; Vossius ad Epist. Barnabse, p. 316, and Suicer. Thes. Eccl. i. The fathers of the Church incorrectly unp. 468.
derstood the
71:11; and vice versa, a people, God, Judges 2:12; Deu. 31:16; Jer. 5:19; Eze. 24:21; the law of God, Isaiah 58:2; Ezra 9:10; godliness, Job 6: 14, etc. Strength, or mind, also are said to desert any one, Ps. 38:11; 40:13. Specially (a) to leave any one Gen. followed where, 50:8; any by T? in any one's hand (of one departing), ib. 39:12, 13; sometimes
word
goat, although it 'iT? stand in opposition to each other.
'AiroTro/juralos as applying to the is clear in verse 8 that <TKTJ>? and
So however
any one, leave in his charge Gen. 39:6; sometimes for to leave to any one swill, 2 Ch. 12:5. And in the signification of committing, it is construed also followed by
(ubertafien/ anoevtvauen),
*?*
said for to
commit
to
the Vulg. caper emissarius,

\sXvpl)'OQ (as if it
Symm.
curepxoperoc, airo-
were compounded of TJ?a goat, and Bochart himself loc. cit. understood ]N to depart). it to mean the place into which the goat should be
sent;
Job 39: 11 ; and Ps. 10: 14 (intrans.), 3Ti?! T^> ri3?n " the poor committeth himself to thee." (>) of a person dying; to leave anything to heirs; fol1 1.
lowed by ? Ps. 49:
(c) to leave
anything
to
any
and he thought
7.!**$
fractus,
from the sing. r Jjlc, jUe> P separations; hence desert places ; but there are in Hebrew no traces of the pluralis fractus, and the place to which the goat should be sent is rather indicated by the word rn3"ISn verses 10, 21, and nnta. f^N'PN verse 22.
.
one, so as not to take it away; followed by ? Mai. Part. pass. niMTJ? left, deserted, applied to 3:19. houses, which being forsaken by their inhabitants
now He deserted, i. q. ruins, Isa. 6:12; 17:9, J"!3-1T^3 t* y? r?eo -ntj? -\m Tprn. enhn like ruins in the
woods and summits (of Palestine), which (the Canaanites) left desert (fleeing) before the Israelites;"
17:2 Jer. 4:29. leave (3) off, to cease from any thing; followed by an ace. Ezek. 23 8 followed by a gerund, Hos. 4: 10; to remit, cease from, wrath, Psalm 37:8;
compare
Isa.
LET GO
(i) TO LOOSEN BANDS, and TO a beast from its bonds. (As to this use of the
fut.
3T^.
to
Arabic verb
Sypkens in Diss. Lugd. ii. p. Thus in the difficult passage, Ex. 23:5, 930, seqq.) " if thou see the ass of thy enemy lying down under its burden, l^y aty.P) 2TJJ 1? 3TJJD ff?1f}} beware that thou leave him not, but that thou loose his (the
i__>lc
see
'3 DVD nipn 3JJJ to remit, i. e. to take away his favour from any one, Gen. 24:27; Ruth 2:2O. NIPHAL, to be left, forsaken, Neh. 13: 11; often used of a country which has been forsaken by it
DCXVIII
inhabitants and lies desert, Lev. 26:43; Isa. 7:16; Job 18:4; followed by ? to be left to any one, i. e. committed to him, Isa. 18:6.
(2) [Azubah~\, pr. n. fern.
(a) of the
mother
of
Jehoshaphat, i Ki. 22:42. iCh. 2:18, 19.

-
()
of the wife of Caleh,
PUAL
3*}J i. q. Niph. Isa. 32 14. Derived nouns, ""13^ and

:
n y m. strong, powerful,
24:8;
collect,
(used of God), Psa.

i.e.
strong ones,
soldiers,
Isaiah
only in plur. 0*313$ m. a word only used with regard to merchandize, having almost the same signification as 3TJJ5, traffic, commerce (from the
Toot
3TJJ to let
go
for
price, to
commit
to another,
strength, as of God, Ps. 78:4; 145:6. Eoot

.
battle,
TTj;.
Isa.
42:25;
of
Le. to
sell);
hence
(l) fair,
place; Eze. 27:19, "Dan In the simiT set forth spun work in thy fairs." Wp3 lar passages, verses 12, 14, 22, with the same sense 3 is prefixed to the wares to be sold (with silver, iron, etc. they set forth thy fairs}; and verse 16 3 is even
market, marketand Javan T^TV3 ^-T-IKp
see
fut- WT
nf- WJJ
>
(l) TO
STRENGTHEN,
,
TO
MAKE STRONG. to make secure.
(Arab.
TC fut. O).
Followed by?.
.
how this is to be understood is plainly shewn enough by the context, but it may be very well doubted whether it be a correct construction. [Perhaps these variations of phraseology were used by merchants, and hence were adopted by the proput twice;
phet.
00.7:19, 131 D?np TVR HCpnn "wisdom makes the wise man stronger than ten leaders," i. e. protects him more than ten leaders
could.
(Compare
TV
No.
2,
and
to
TJ"?.)
See also
this active signification in the
name
be
W'JHJ.
(2) to become Jud. 3:10, RPW^Z
strong,
made
his
strong.
Vv
Typi
"and
i.e.
&6l.
:
hand became
Thes.]
(2)
gain made by traffic, Eze. 27:27,33; com"
pare inp.
(perhaps
3TJ7
altogether desolated," from
and
T?5c
p-Y3)
[Azbuk~\, pr.n. m. Neh. 3:16.
he conquered him; "and he shall not Ps. 9 20 Prov. 8 2 8, Dl nfl rtr Titja c o n qu e r." "when the fountains of the sea were strong," i.e. flowed forth violently; compare D'JJJ D?p Neh. 9:11;
stronger than Cushan,"

Dan> 11:13,
:
Jud. 6:2.
T1JJJ
("strong in fortune"), [Azgacf], pr.n.m.

!O:l6.
Isa.
43: 16.
to
(Syr. )_i
Ethpa. to boil forth).

:
Ezr. 3:12; 8:12; Neh. 7:17;
iJJ/
an unused
pr. n.
root.
Arab. ^j'~
,T|J?p.
to
comfort,
whence the
'!>.
(
ÔJJ, nTy;,
strong, robust, powerful, Ps.Sg:!*(3) to show oneself such, 68 29; 52 '.9. HIPHIL T^n followed byD'3S to strengthen one's countenance, i. e. to put on a shameless look, Pro. 7:13; followed by 3 21:29. Compare TJ/ No. 2, ?y
No.
2.
be
"strong," "fortified," as
if
Valentia
pr. n.
five
[Gaza, Azzah~\ (LXX. Fau), one of the cities of the Philistines, Josh. ll:22; Jud. 16:
The
H-TJ?,
derived nouns are, T, TV, T-1IJ?, ntJJ and those which immediately follow TIJ^
("
: ,
T&O, XJV,
niD|y.
i,
1,21; i Sa. 6:17; Jer. 25:20; Amos 1:6, 7; Zeph. 2:4; a royal city (Zech. 9:5), situated on the southern borders of Palestine (Gen. 10 =19; l Ki. 5 4), taken by
:
TJ5?
strong
"),
[Azaz~\, p.n. m.
Chr.
S.
^*!5c
("whom Jehovah strengthened"),

l
the Jews in the time of the Judges (Jud. i 18), but soon after recovered again by the Philistines. It is
:
(l) \_Azaz\ali\, pr.n. masc. 15:21. (3) 2 Chr. 31: 13.
Chr. 37:30.
(8)
frequently mentioned by the Greek writers, of whom Plutarch calls it the greatest city of Syria; Arrian calls it a great city, situated on a lofty place, and
well fortified.
('.-).
It
^(abbreviated from n'W) \Uzzi\, pr.n.m.

(i)
i" Chr.
5:31; 6:36; Ezr. 7:4.
(3)
Chr. 7:2.
(3)9:8.-(4)7:7--(5)Neh.n:22.-(6)i29: 42.
even now retains
its
ancient
name
Its history is
Reland, in Palscstina, p. Jud. 16: 2.
given at considerable length by 800. Gent. n. *fl$7 788
^8*13?. see
H$ see K$ No.
"l^Kf.
root No. a.
l.
(" power of God "), \_Uzzie'], pr. n. m. (2) iCh. 4:2.(l) Exod. 6: 18; Nu. 3:19. 2 Ch. 39:14(6) (3) 7 7--(4) 25:4(5)
=
{\)
rums, heaps of ruins,
see the
8.
Patron, of No.
l , is
DCXIX
-
("power
ot
of
Jehovah"),
pr. n.
[Azekah"],
pr. n. of
a town in the plain country of
Judah, from 811759 B.C., 2 Ki. Uzziah, king 5:i3, 30, 32,34; Isaiahi:i; 6:i; 7:1; Hos. l:l; Am. 1:1. In 2 Ki. 14:21; 15:1, 6, 8, 23, 27, he is called also nn?y. and -innTJ[; which I should attribute not to a two-fold name of the same king, but to an error of copyists (as '~ny and rimy are alike), or to an interchange of the names as spoken by the
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 1O:1O; 15:35; 1 Sa. 17: ly Neh. 1 i -.30; Jer. 34:7 ; see Relandi Falsest, p. 603.
"
fut .,
' l
^- P
1-
n !V-
T0 HELP, TO AID.
as given
(Arab.
Syriac
id.
-^, not
i|_i>,
by Simonis and
in girding, sur-
Wirier,
The primary
idea
lies
common
No.
3.
is
people (ss being pronounced for sr). Comp. (2) i Ch. 27:25. (3) iCh. 6:9; for which
in verse 21
-.4.
rounding, hence defending; comp. cogn. roots. ">JJ, Constr. absol. Isa. 1VI? No. I, and rn$ i. q. tvn.) 30:7; followed by an ace. of pers. Ps. 37:40; 79:9;
there
'"^"1$.
(4) Ezr. 10:21.
(5)
109:26; 118:13; followed

especially in the later books, 2 Ch. 19:2; 26:13; 28:16;
by^2Sa.8:5; 21:17;
Neh. 11
LXX. 'Ome.
n.
^r$
10:27.
(" strong"), [Aziz a"], pr.
m. Ezra
Q.
TFrJy ("strong to death"), [Azmaveth~], pr. (l) of one of the heroes of David, 2 Sa. 23:31. See niOja TV3 p. cxvui, A. (2) l Ch. 27:25.
l Chron. 18:5; 22:17; Job 26: 2; followed by Dy (Germ, bepflefcenj l Ch. 12:21; followed by '? 1 Ki. 1:7, ntflg nq *"W3 " they aided, having followed the side of Adonijah." Part. "\Ty helper, Job
fe
an unused
root.
Arab,
'jf-
to
remove, to
2.
9:13; used of an ally in war, l Ki. 20: 16. NIPHAL, to be helped, Ps. 28:7, especially by God. " and l Chr. 5:20, Dn^ n$M 2 Chr. 26:15. they were helped against them," i.e. God gave them the
;
take away; see the cognate root
No.
Hence
victory.
Dan. 11:34be helped (by God),

i.
Similarly in Arabic, ^-sj) to

i.
e.
to conquer.
(L Azzan,
|
pr. n.
m. Num. 34:26.]
Part, (of the Aramaean form) HIPHIL, q. 2 Ch. 28:23; inf. iny^ 2 Sa. 18:3, 3'ro. pi. D^TV?
Kal.
V; an unused
is
Thes. this [in
perhaps i. q. }TN to be sharp rejected as a root] whence

root,
;
Derived and compounded nouns,
">JK
Ei^lty, also
"$.
"Ijj/ m. with suif. *"]TV. (i) aid, help ; often concr. a helper, aider, Ps. 33:20; 70:6; 115:9; afemalt helper, Gen. 2:l8, 2O. (a) l Ch. 4:4; for which (2) \_Ezer~], pr. n. m.
"1*3$
f.
tagle, so called
Lev. 11:13; Deut. 14:12, a species of from the acuteness of its vision (see
II.
Job 39:29;
p 674), unless perhaps
i"1
"WJJ (fern, from lat custom of the
*?!^
be for
strong, powerful), according to language which has been explained
there
is
nnjy.
verse 17.
(b) l Chr. 12:9.
(c)
Neh.
ibove, page cc, B., compare especially in this same root n\?!JN? Isa. 23: ll, for rp$J. LXX. AXm/m*.
Vulg. aquila marina.
formerly compared Arab.
("help"), \_Ezer],
42. (2)
l
"
pr. n.
m.
(l) Neh. 12:
Ch. 7:21.
^jJU
1786)
to
according to Gigg. and Castell, an eagle, or a

;
"W
&
bird like an eagle

it
but in the printed

i^ (with Re)
it."
Kamus
(page
m.
(i) Jer. 28:1.

.
("helper"), [Azur, Azzur'], pr. n. (2)Eze.ll:l. (3) Neh.io:i8.
stands,
" a bird, either an

is
eagle, or some other like
This
an authority
("help"),
urcue,
who
which we must
LU;
ield.
only in PIEL p*y TO
LOOSEN
Isa.
(the ground)
sic
Longimanus Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezr. chap. 7
pr. n. Ezra (l) the priest, and in the seventh year of Artaxerxes (458 B. c.) led a colony of Jews from
WITH A MATTOCK,
.;
TO DIG,
5:2. (Arab,
1O; Neh. chap. 5. 8; his pedigree is given, Ezr. 7:1 (2) one of the first colony, a cotemporary of Zerubbabel, Neh.
whence
-i'jtô
a spade, a mattock.)
is
From
the
12:1,
2.
kindred signification of engraving
1
(Syriac
("whom God helps;" Germ,

(l)
l
ottyclf),
3$
PIDTS?
f.
Ch. a signet ring, Dan. 6:l8.
m. \_Azareel~], pr. n.
25:18.
Ch. 12:6.
(2)
Ch.
id.)
(3) iCh. 27:22. (5) Ezr. 10:41.
(4)Neh *1:13; 12:36.
("a field dug over," "broken up"),
$.
f.
(i) help, aid, Psalm 22:20; also nn
DCXX
"like
nipt), Psa. 60:13;
108:13;
&
He
parag.
self up.
will
Jer.
43:12,
" and he (Nebuchadnezzar)
n 9?$
psf.
44:27.
;
(a) [.Ezra], pr. n.
see ">$ 2, a.
wrap himself in the land of Egypt, as a shepherd wraps himself in his cloak." i. e. he will destroy
the whole face of the land of Egypt; compare the metaphor of the heavens being rolled together, Isaiah
"TUX
older
~i>*n
(i) a word of the later Hebiew, for the a court (of the temple), 2 Ch. 4:9; 6: 13;
signification,
;
from nTJJ in the

iyn.
of surrounding, s~îd.).
i.
34:4.
q. "WJJ,
In this
passage of Jeremiah
is
found the
(Often in the Turg.
Arab. ^-c.
origin of the signification of destroy ing, blotting out, an idea which the Syr. f--^ has as well as that
(2) a ledge (of the 4:3:14,17,20.
altar), Tfbfatj, Terrasse, Eze.
of covering; see Castelli Lex. ed. Mich.
p.
646.
Jehovah"]), [Ecri],
'"!$ ("ready to help;" [for n-)tV."the help of pr. n. m., i Ch. 27:26.
(4) to become languid, to faint, to faint aw ay (from the mind and eyes being involved in darkness,
like the
2). I
synonyms
^-ly
Nos.
3, 4, ÎPJJ
No.
3, tffy
No.
'^1$ ("the help of God;"

pr.
name Hasdrubal;
i.e.
Vy2
IITy
l
compare the Punic "the help of

Ch. 5:24.
(2)
thus interpret with Alb. Schultens (in Opp. Min. p. 241), Cant. 1:7, "lest I be '"I'P'y? as one who faints by the flocks of thy companions," lest I should
Baal"), [Azriel~\, pr. n. m. (l) 1 Ch. 27:19. (3) Jer. 36:26.
wander
in search of thee
from flock
to flock, languid
^"12? ("whom Jehovah aids"), and VlHTg (l) of a king of Judah; also [Azariah], pr. name called H'jy which see. (2) see n*fy No. 3; also of
other men.
even to fainting, through the noontide heat. Caph in !"Ppy3 may be explained, languid as one about to
faint, trie ofynmdditu,
sition |
or else from that use of the prepowhich has been stated above, p. CCCLXXIX, A,
See Simonis Onomast.
p.
541.
quam
gard
n^p'y h.
Others relanguidissima, as faint as possible. 1. to be one veiled, i. e. a harlot (comp.

all
i-am], pr. n. m.
an enemy"), [AzriCp*"lj2 ("help against (2) l Ch. 8:38; (l) l-Ch. 3:23. 9:44. (3) l Ch. 9:14. (4) 2 Ch. 28:7.
Genesis 38:14);
known,
text.
of
others one weeping, others unwhich are more remote from the con-
see
t3y.
cover, followed by two ace. Psa. " npy JTO'U'DJ moreover, the autumnal rain covers (it) with blessings;" and followed by
HIPHIL
fiPyj!}, to
84:7,
i"ni
made
m. (from the root P-iy, which see). (i) a style of iron, with which letters were engraven on a
J of the As to thing to be covered, Psa. 89:46. the forms BJ!, PS?!?! l Sam. 14:32; 15:19, see the
rock, Job 19:24; Jer. 17:1.

(2) a writer's/) en, Jer. 8:8; Ps. 45:2.
tp
root B'y.
Derivative,
tel,prudence. " he answered
Ch. (from the root oy?)i.q. Heb. nvj? counDaniel 2: 14, ^-1*6 DV.pl KOy 3nn
cattle lie
standing ;" i. e. pare Prov. 26: 16.

&P3/
prudence and underreplied prudently and wisely. Comto
Arioch
m. (from the root IPJJ), a place where " the down, Job 21:24, ^C H? V resting places of his cattle abound with milk." So indeed Abulwalid, Aben Ezra, and many more But I prefer to take TPJ? for the Ch recent writers.
j'tpy..
1
^P
:
<
COVER, TO COVER OVER. (Arab. 1U; [Syr. L^>]. Cognate roots are *{&!, from which
(l) TO
this
Nppy, Syr. )v^ ^> thigh, side (m and n being interchanged, see p. CCCCXLHI), Ch and Zab. NODS with
.
this sense, his
and np3
seems to be formed by softening the last labial, as pronounced with a sibilant). Const, followed by ?y (like HD3 and other verbs of covering), Lev. 13:45; Eze. 24:17, 22; Mic. 3:7.
(2)
to
So
LXX.
sides are full of fat (3?n for 2?n). tyxara Vulg. viscera ; Syr. sides.
; :
B^tpy. m. sneezing, Job 41
1O,
from the root
put on any
Tyo
Ps.'
clothe oneself -with any thing, by an ace. Part. HDy clothed with a mantle, l 83.28:14; Metaph.
to
cover,
to
?{P^ m. a bat, Lev. 11:19.

y,
Isa. a: 20,
thing, followed
104:2,^^3
tc
TiK
light as with
(3*
a garment." Ps. wrap up, roll up.
npy "clothing himself with 1 09 19, 29 71:13.

:
flying,
compared with the Arab. Jlic y being elided.

an unused root
to
comp. of be dark, and
Isai.
22: 17, nbj; ^jpy
Arab. .^ji
to lie
down
"rolling he will roll theeup^'
also to
wrap
one-
around
the water (as cattle); whence
.,Lut*
DCXXI
,,ke a place by the water, where cattle
lie
down;
(2)
[A tar aft],
("
pr.n.
f.
Ch. 2:26.
pr. n.
JYHDV
**%
fut. spy.!.
crowns"), [Ataroth],
(i)
o.
i.q. HBj;, for
which
(I)TO COVER, TO COVER OVER, this verb is often used in the

f
a town in the tribe of Gad, Num. 32:3, 34. (2) o< another in the tribe of Ephraim, Josh. 16:7; als<:
called "ttX~n npj; ("
!
crowns
of Addar"), Josh. 16:5;
to
Targums. (Arab. ^rUc IV. to be on, Syr. t ,pi A^ be clothed. Cognate and synonymous roots are Followed by V Psa. 73:6, l>y, spy, npy r .)
E>7
nÔK
18: 13. (3) 3'V rV3 ni-lpy, ("crowns of the house of Joab"), a town in the tribe of Judah, l Ch. 2:54. (4) Ifi'lB* n'npy a town in the tribe of Gad, Num.
32:35-
Dpn
"a garment of violence
covers them;" they
are altogether covered over with iniquity, as with a
L7LJ7 an unused
root;
Arab.
^*kc
to
sneeze,
garment.
Compare
t^?7.
*3S. i.q.'J?,."
an
Followed by (2) to be covered, to be clothed. ace. Ps. 65: 14, ~O -1QPJ?! D'pDy." the valleys are
corn."
:
heap
of ruins"), with the
covered over with

over oneself.
himself over
(i.
Absol.
to
hide, or cover
(if)
art/y_n [
ites,
A Ha i], pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaani,
Job 23
e.
9,
PP*
"
*!&#.!
he cover
rriapyj?
hide) in the south."
Hence
garments.
(3) to be wrapped in darkness, to languish, to faint (comp. the synonyms spy Nos. 3, 4, npjj, ^JJ). Used of the heart or soul, Psa. 61:3; 102:1; Isa. 57 16. Part. pass. ^-IBJJ fainting, Lam. 2:19; weak
:
situated east of Bethel, in the northern part of the territory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12:8; 13:3; Josh. 7:2, seqq. ; 8:l, seq. Ezr. 2:28. LXX. Other forms of the same name 'Ayycu. Vulg. Hai.
;
which are fern, are X'JJ Neh. 11:31; ^'V 28 [but this is njy_]; and JVJ? Isa. 10:28.
J<
Chron. 7
(for ^V.,
(used of lambs), Gen. 30:42.
stroy), pi. D\'V
from the root Hiy to overturn, to dem.

?
NIPHAL,
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
Kal No.
3,
Lam.
1 1.
id.
intrans. to
languish,
to
to
befeeble,Gen.
(1) ruins, ruinous heaps, Mic. 1:6; Jer. 26:18 Mic. 3:12; Ps. 79 1 comp. Ê>.
:
30:42.
HITHPAEL,
or spirit, 2:8.
languish, faint, used of the soul, Psalm 77 4 107:5; 142:4; 143:4; Jon.
to
:
(2) D'?J> Num. 33 :45, and more fully verse 44; 21:11 ("the ruinous heaps of
D"qn
\1!
Abarim"),
(3)
Q ^y
\_Iim~],
\_Ije-abarim~\, a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
mount a part of mount Abarim.
Derived noun
~in3 which see), TO (cognate to the verb
15:29-
SURROUND, whether
by
two
?N),
l
in a hostile
for
Sa.
23:26; or
manner (followed protection, followed by
see
3*5?.
,
3-iy.
("void of leaves,"
pr. n.
ace. Ps.
5:13.
see ["stone"]), (l) of a mountain or rock in the

:
PIEL, "IPV to surround with a crown, to crown, followed by two ace. Ps. 8:6; 65:12; 103:4 (metaph.) followed by a dat. of pers. Cant. 3:11.
;
northern part of mount Ephraim, opposite mount Gerizim (DT)jO, Deut. 11:29; Josh. 8:30. LXX.
Tat/SdX.
Vulg.' Hebal
HIPHIL, i.q. Piel; Isa. 23:8, rvypgBrj -fr "Tyre, the crowning," i.e. distributing crowns, or diadems, from the royal dignity in the Pho3nician colonies
resting
see
on the authority of the senate of Tyre.
* (" ruin"), \_Ijon~\, pr. n. of a fortified city in f the tribe of Naphtali, l Ki. 15:20; 2 Ch. 16:4.
i
Hence
tD
W$.
constr. nitty., plur. nViBJ?
f.
f.
Ch.
l -.46
ana
for IV1J?,
which
see.
(i) a
crown.
/
a diadem, 2 Sam. 12:30; Ps.2i:4; Cant.3:li; Ezek. 21:31. Whatever is an ornament, or dignity, to any one, is Job 19:9, "he hath figuratively designated a crown;
(a) convivial, Isa. 28:1.
(b) royal,
(or
my
Hiphil), TO
PRESS UPON, TO RUSH

(Kindred
VIOLENTLY UPON any

to the roots 5îy, JTiy. to
person or thing.
Syr.
)
tx^Lj
i>
to
be indignant,
pulled " a virtuous

Pro. 14:24;
down
crown from my woman is a crown

the
head;" Pro. 12:4,

to her
husband,"
rush upon any one; LA-^> indignation, wrath. Arab, i^lc to be indignant, l^.r rage, anger.) Const,
16:31; 17:6.
followed
by ?
Sa. 25: 14,
DD?
^V.'-
" ne
flew u po
DCXXII
them,"
i.
e.
stormed at them
t2y.ni
followed
by s$
Sam.
his
te
rri
15:10. tyvr\ bx
upon
is
the spell;" and
"(wherefore) didst thou fly i Sa. 14:32 in np (which alone
therefore, given
b 1 e wind," i. e. most vehement wind. Rightly by the LXX. iv irvtvumi /3tap; Vulg
the true reading), fy&n rushed upon the spoil."
in fortitudine spiritus sui.
C^C
As
" the people to the form in both of

1
OS!5
these places, I have no doubt but that BJJ!! is the same as BJ} l Sa. 125: 14, just like E^nrn Job 31:5, for ETirn and he hastened; and in? Prov. 27: 17, for trv, TrV;
Med. Ye, TO FLOW, TO (l) i. q. Arab, OUT, as water, tears; whence H? the eye, a fountain (tinless, indeed, this noun be radical, and
J1J?
Û
FLOW
the verb secondary).

(2) denom. from
pj?
perhaps in these forms there is Dag. forte occultum I formerly (see on Isaiah (in the Chaldee manner).
Part. $JJ
askance, looking s
>T;U>
envious,
Sam. 18:9 aro; Arab.
id.
22:17) referred these forms

has been followed
sense of laying
hold,
to the root Htpj;
(and this
by Winer
and
in his Lexicon), in the
seizing,
comparing the
is
Arab.
\t,^, in
of taking, receiving.
which however the only notion Hence
that
PX f. (once m. Cant. 4:9 aro [" also perhaps Ps. % J| 73:7; dual Zee. 3: 9."]), constr. PJ? with suff. '3'y, dual D?3'? (which is also used for the plur., Zee. etc.
'13
;
3:9); constr. ^1?; once defectively
\3J?
Isa.
3:8; plur.
J?J&
ni3$
)X m.
(l) a
rapacious creature
(so called
ni^y (only in signif. 3). an eye (Arab., Syr., Êth., (l)

constr.
id.).
HXT
from rushing upon), Jer. 12:9; especially (2) a rapacious 5irrf(dtr<{ff),Isa.46: ll Job. 28: 7 with which a warlike king is compared, Isaiah 46:11. Collect, birds of prey, Gen. 15:11; Isa. 18:
; ;
to see with (one's) eyes, Eze. 12: 12; D??*y

tiful
n*
beau-
16:12.
of eyes, having beautiful eyes, Gen. 29:17; iSa. " Jehovah's is the Zee. 9:1, Q"J t'y n\n
eye
the
of
man ;"
i. e.
he has his eye fixed upon
man
:
so
6; Eze.39:4.
Ctp^J?
("a place
pr. n. of
of
ravenous creatures"),
Ch., Syr., (comp. Zee. 4: 10; Jer. 32 19). Specially these phrases are to be noticed (a)
LXX.,
a town in the tribe of Judah, l Ch. [Etani], 4:3,32; 2 Ch. ll:6; and of a rock near it, Jud.
15-8,11.
'3 1 ?.*S/ before the eyes of any one, before any one, Gen. 23:11, 18; Ex.4:30; 7:20; 9:8; I9:ll;and so very frequently. But altogether different from
this is
(ft)
'3'ya in
it
my
eyes, i.e. according to
judgment, as
seems to me, in
my my opinion, by which
m
%>
i.
q.
niy
eternity, 2 Ch. 33:7.
in
Hebrew
the sense of
?7 (i-q-
Chald.
fa "most
of one of David's captains, l Ch. 1
high"), [7Zai],pr.n. 1 29 called, 2 Sam.

:
23:28, no^v.
In
^{X.Elymais,[Elam],ipT.Ti.ofa'pTOvinceofPersia,, which stood the capital city, Susa(Ezr. 4:9; Dan. 8:2); perhaps in ancient writers it included the whole of Persia, which is called by later writers D"]9
:
m 1^0e. he seemed to his sons-in-law to be jesting. Gen. 2 Samuel 10:3, T^g? T? *$ "^pn 29:20. " thinkest thou that David wished to honour thy father?" Hence ^y.2 31CD it seems good to me, i.e. it
i.
by a circumlocution. " an(^ h g was
to seem, videri, is expressed Gen. 19:14, 'P.'y.3 PflYP? *n?l their eyes as one jesting;"
pleases
me
(see ate/aPI),
^? JH, n?.
it
me
(see JH, JT^),
compare under the root
displeases C3n "it-"'.
Gen. 10 22 (where the origin of the Elamites is traced from Shem), Gen. 14:1; Isa. li:il; 21:2; 22:6; Jer. 25:25; 49:34, seqq. 26.32:24. When used of the country, it is constr. with a fern., Isa. 21:2; when used for the inhabitants, with a ina.sc., Isa. 22:6. See Cellaii Not. Orbis Antiqui. ii. p. 686; RosenmUller Bibl. Alterthumskunde i. l, p. 500, seqq.
;
one who seems to himself to be wise, Proverbs 'Q '3'yP 3:7; 26 1 2 Job 32:1. (c) (far) from any one's eyes, i.e. unknown to him, Num. 15:24. (</) D.^y. r? between the eyes, i.e. on the forehead, Ex. 13:9, 16; Deu. 6:8; 11:18; on the front oj
V3*y.a
: ;
KPT
Ch. plur. Elamites, Ezr. 4:9."]
U^>7 an unused root; perhaps, i. q. kindred D?K Hence (as has been rightly Chald. Pa, to frighten. observed by Abulwalid) SLIT.
Isa.
to set one't the head, Deut. 14: i. () ^? |?V eye on any one, commonly used in a good sense, to regard any one with kindness, to look to his good like the Arabic 1 lc U-*c %-a* (on the other hand c-' i>_5 C~> ?y D\>B QB> is always taken in a bad sense), e. g.
; .
DT
11:15,
Vm
D^ya
n the terror of
his
wrath
"
L e.
in his terrible wrath ; or, as I prefer, " with
Genesis 44: 21, vj>]> 3^ np>bN" I will look to hi O: good;" LXX. iiript Xovpai avrov. Jer. 39:12; 4 4 Job 24: 23 Ezr. 5 -.5 [Chald.] followed by 7g Psalm 3 Deu. 11:12 (comptw 33: 18; 34: 16; followed by also Zee. 12:4; i Kings 8:29,52); rarely used in a
;
DCXXill
bad sense of the angry countenance of Jehovah (elsewhere E }?), Am. 9:4, 8; and also verse 4 with the
1
24:
Eze. 47 10,
:
ant.
"iDrrj'wyn (which see).
[Now
14: more anciently called called 'Ain July,
addition of the
word ^Vl?Comp. T T: r
.
in
New Test,
Pet.
Rob.
(b)
ii.
209.]
3:12.
(/)
i.
any
(g)
d.
one,
e.
B^'y? njn to serve instead of eyes to to shew him the way, whether he be
D|rPX("the fountain of gardens"), [En-
gannini], a town
blind,
Job 29: 15, or ignorant of the way, Nu. 10:31. D'jrjJKBO to lift up the eyes, see *ty\ No. l, letter
(7t)
(a) in the plain country of Judah, Josh. 15:34. (/3) of the Levites, in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19:21; 21:29.
&y$
n i?? see
nS.
As many passions of the

desire, are manifest
mind, such as envy, pride, pity,

in the eyes, that
which properly belongs

is
to the pere. g.
sons themselves
often applied to the eyes,
IK'l Pi? Ps. 83:11, and in PI? ("the fountain (c) of habitation"), [En-dor"], Josh. 17:11; l Sam. 28:7, in the tribe of Manasseh. rnn p# ("fountain of sharpness," i.e. (d)
swift),
3 ^JJ njn
eye is evil against some one, i. e. I Deu. 15:9; compare Tob. 4:7, fir) (j>0ovijenvy him, See also the remarks under aarii) ffov 6 o00aXê>e.
my
\_En-haddah~\, a town in the tribe of Issa-
char, Josh. 19:21.
the
roots
D-in,
n?3.
mCT
D?3'J?
proud
eyes,
i.e.
pride, haughtiness, Prov.

the
eye of wine
is
Poet. 6:17; Ps. 18:28. the bubbling when it sparkles as
"ton p# [En.-hazor], a town in the tribe of Naph tali, Josh. 19:37. n "H PX, see 1'nrj. (/)
(e)
(g)
DKsfe
i.
PJ> (
fo u n t a i
n of j u dg m e n t "), [Ensee,
poured out (Germ. êrle), Prov. 23:31. By meton. it is used of a look, or glance of the eyes, Cant. 4:9, " n>ro, Ty 9*1^1? thou hast wounded my heart by one of thy eyes;" i.e. by one glance of
mishpat],
(/t)
q. SSHi?,
which
Gen. 14:7.
in?
fountain of two calves," unless " perhaps 'J? is written for EvJK two pools"), [Eneglaim~\, a town on the northern shore of the Dead
D^V.
PV.
("
thy eyes (in this one instance PJJ culine, but the np has nnX2).
(2) face,
i.
is
joined to a mas-
Sea.
(i) rifttftfflfe fountain of the sun"), [Enshemesh'], a town with a stream, on the borders of
q.
Q^S,
so called from the eyes, as being
it (compare Germ. eftrf)t/ French The visage, and Lat. os, used for the whole face). examples which are cited for this, in its proper sig-
a principal part of
the tribes of
Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 15:7.
(&) Py [A in] simply (a) a town of the Levites in the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15:32; 19:7; 21:16;
l.
nification,
Isa.
are
all
is
either uncertain
(Num. 14:14;
Ch. 4:32.
(/3)
a town in northern Palestine, Nu.
in Ps. 6:8, although not even this is certain), or else misunderstood ( l Sa. 1 6 i 2 Gen. 29 17, see ">!!) but that this was a sig:
52:8: there
more weight
;
34:11.
In other places fountains themselves are designated by proper names, as (aa) ^T> PJ? ("fountain of the spy," or, according to the Targ. " fuller's fountain"), [En-rogel'], a fountain south of Jerusalem, on the borders of the tribes of Judah and
nification
of the
is
language
word when Hebrew was a living shewn by the figurative significations

it
which have arisen from
(a) surface, Ex. 10:5,
Benjamin,
HI??
"surface of the eai-th;" verse 15; Num. 22:5, U(b)face, i.e. appearance, form, Num.
PV-
Josh. 15:7; 18: 16; 2 Sa. 17:17; iKi. 1:9; according to Josephus (Arch. vii. 14, 4), in the royal gardens.
(bb)
1O:6.
li:7; Levit. 13:5, 55; Eze. i 4, seq. 10:9; Dan. Connected with the primary meaning is
:
D38
"
monly
PJ? ( fountain of the jackals," comdragon-fountain"), a fountain near Jeru-
(3) a fountain, so called from
its
resemblance to
salem, Neh. 2:13.

(cc) n-isrrpj? [En-tcppuali], a fountain of the town n-isri Josh. 17:7; compare verse 8. Denominative is }$, which see.
an eye (compare Pers. ^L>- eye, <U^L>- a fountain;

Chinese, tan, eye and fountain; and vice versa Gr. Trjjyjj, fountain, corner of the eye), Gen. 16:7; 2 4 2 9 j
:
Deu. 8:7 Ex.l5:27 Prov. 8: 28 see as to the use of the plur. fern, with regard to inanimate things, Lehrg. p. 539, 540. Also many towns of Palestine took their names from fountains which were near them, viz.
30:41
pi.
f.
riUJg, constr. n'U^g
1$
No.
i,
Chald.
f.
plur.
??%, constr. M)
i, e.
id. q.
Heb.
Dan. 4:31; 7:8,20. No.

see
PJ>
Ezr. 5:5.]
No.
2.
^.yy. ("
two fountains"), Gen. 88:21, and
PX ("the fountain of the kid"), [En* gedt], a town in the desert of Judah, near [close upon] the Dead Sen, abounding in palm trees; Engadda of Pliny (H. N. v. 17), Josh. 15:62; i Sam.
(a) '1?
L-J >/. (comp. as to this form of the dual Lumber, Gesch. der Heb. Sprache, page 49, 51 ; Lehrg. page 536), [Enam], pr. name of a town in the tribe
Judah, Josh. 15:34.
nap-p?
J
DCXXIV
(2)
it is
eyes"), \_Enan], pr.n. m. Nu. 1: 15; 2:29; comp. 12*2 ">Q under the word "l>!n.
("having
applied to the heat of anger, an ardent

.\
attack
to
upon the enemies (comp.
Conj.
I. III.
IV.
nate roots
!!>; TO LANGUISH, TO FAINT; comp. the cogOnce found as a verb, ^-ly (^JJ, Êy), *P.
Jer. 4:31.
1
Hence
adj.
rush upon enemies, and \z Med. Ye, to be incensed with jealousy). See "VJ? No. 2, and "UJ an enemy. to heat (3) of mind, terror (compare P?"^ No. 3).
See subst.
iy
No.
3.
languishing, especially used of one who is wearied out, either with a journey or with toil, and at the same time suffers from thirst; see ni the other especially Gn. 25:29, 30; Job 22:7 (
5)^
f.
HQ ^
(4) perhaps also to a great crowd of men, as places which are much frequented and thronged by men are
called hot (Schroeder, Or.
Heb. page 26)
comp.
several
hemist. 3JH)
to
Psa.
63
2.
Pro. 25 25, " cold waters

:
a crowd of men,
,!i
an army.
Hence
"
a languishing
I will
(i.e. thirsty) soul."
give drink to the thirsty."
Jer. 31:25, It is used also
(as Schroeder, loc. cit.) derive

"VS? [In Thes. from -yl.], f. (Josh. 1O:2), plur, once E'l'y Jud. 10:4 (on account of the paronomasia, see ">!#), elsewhere D^V T (from the sing. 1^) (l) a city, a town, said to be so called from being
of cattle
when wearied,
Isa.
46
(where
;
^8^
is
neutr.
wearied, fessum, i. e. wearied beasts, i. q. na*g njn) ; used of a thirsty land, Ps. 1 43 6 Isa. 32:2.
:
fem. (from the root
ness.
Amos
4:13, n ?'y.
pr. n.
dawn darkness."
(2)
(i) darknvy "he makes the With n parag. Hnsy Job 10:22.
W
"
ej-iy
No. 3)
frequented by people (see the root No. 4) ; I wouM rather take "^V as being nearly the same as "Vj? No. 9,
[EphaK],
;
(a) of a country and tribe

: ;
of the Midianites
l
Arab.
Ch.
:33.
(b)
m.
Gen. 25:4; Isa. 60 6 1^^Ch. 2:47. (c) f. i Ch. 2:46.
("wearied out," languishing"), [EphaC\, pr.n. m. Jer. 40:8 np, where the aro has
Gen. 49:11, plur. WVJL, a young ass, the foal of an ass, Zee. 9:9. Job 11:12, " a wild ass's colt." Sometimes used also N"lf Ty of a full grown ass, used for riding on (Jud. 10:4;
suff. TTVy.
and the Gr. rdâc a place fortified with a wall. For this word also included camps, and also small forWhat tified places, as towers, watch-towers. the extent of its signification is, may be learned from Num. 13:19, " and what the the following places. cities are in which they (the people) dwell, E.^nP?^ DH\*3^5 DN whether (they dwell) in camps, or in " and 2 Kings 17:9, fenced cities?" they built for
themselves high places in all the cities D n.V^ /'I!?*?*? )V5D "Vy ty_ from the tower of the watchmen unto
m. with
the fenced city." Jerusalem is called D'H^S ^7 the God, Psa. 46:5; 87:3; Isa. 60:14; KHpn Tf Daniel 9: 24 Isaiah 52 : 1 the holy city, Neh. 1 1 l
city of
: ; ;
12:14), for carrying loads

(Isa.
(Isa.
30
6), for
plowing
i'C -
(a-oXic ay/o,
Matthew 27 :53)
n^rv
1'y the (capital)
30:24).
Compare Gen. 32:16.
(Arabic
signifies
any ass, whether -wild or domestic. It appears properly to signif/ a wild ass, and a young ass, o called from its swift, ardent running; see the root
28 ; also ir' iloîiv^ "1^$ city of Judah, 2 Chron. 25 : Eze. 7:23, and TV Isaiah 66:6 (this latter in another
context
is
also used of Nineveh, the enemies' metro-
vy No.
I
i, like K-i.3
a wild
ass,
from *q?
to run.)
Followed by a genit. of pers. polis, Isaiah 32: 19). the city of any one is his native city, or the one in
M
;
pr.
i.
q. "tty
TO BE HOT,
fe t)n)
Arabic ,U Med.
(for "l*J?D)
and causat.
ARDENT Waw, to be hot (as the day), to make hot, to heat (fycijen).
"131
(fjeifj/ fitfctg
Hos.7:4, of a baker,
TP
H3^. "he
is
leaves off
it
heating
leavened."
(his oven) after the
kneading until
be
which he divells, Gen. 24:10, ITO Ty."the city of Nahor," i.e. Haran, in which Nahor dwelt; l Sam. 20 6, compare in New Test. TTO\C An/3i'3, i.e. Bethlehem, Luke 2:4, and Tro'Atc aurwv (of the parents of Jesus) NaaptV, Luke 2:39, and also a similar idiom is noticed under the words flfti ^V; followed by a
:
The
notion of being hot
genit. of another city,
it is
used of the circumjacent
applied in
\arious ways:
(l) toon
,tc
ardent rapid course, or running (Arab.

;
or villages (elsewhere called I'yn fl13?), as J13CTI 'TJ? the towns and villages near Heshbon, Josh.
towns
13:17;
"'SPy.
Isa. 'iy t
IV. to run swiftly, of a korse \t Med. Ye, to ran away breaking the reins, as a horse, compare P?"^ No. a); whence TX a wild us, so called from its
rapid unrestrained running.
cities are called cities
and
TrcJXic,
in
Sometimes also parts of Germ. Hltflabt, 9tcuflabO (comp. Thus D?C>n Ty 2 Sa. 12 27, Passow).
1
2.
the city of waters, part of the city of Rabbah, 2 Kt 10:25, '2 3 ^ n *5 "PJ? a part of Samaria, so called from
DCXXV
the temple of Baal, probably fortified wall (see above as to the
by a separate The followetymology).
n
i.
r"??l
Ezekiel 16:7, DTK %$\ (a) subst. nakedness. " tnoli also (wast) nakedness and necessity,"
ing appears to be said proverbially, Eccl. 10:15, " the labour of the foolish wearies him, because he
e.
like
BW
utterly
Bnp).
naked and helpless (abstr. for concr Verse 22, 39; 23:29. Root DT^
know how "VV"^? na^ to go to the city," he cannot find his way to the city, an expression taken from a rustic and ignorant traveller, who would err even in the most beaten way. Compare Germ, er iflfiji fid) nidjt ju finbcn/ spoken of an ignorant and slow-minded man. Proper names of towns are (a) n?E)n "VJ? (" city
does not
e.
i.
No.L
the
constellation of
the
bear, see
pr. n. see '#.
["
^?X
a root unused as a verb, which appears to
have
signified agility
and
alaci-ity;
hmoe
the quadn-
of salt"), in the desert of Judah, near the Dead Sea, ro -vy. Josh. 15:62. (b) ("city of serpents"), [/r-na&as/i], the site of which is not known, l Ch.
;
literals
4:12. (c) SPDg? "Vy. ("city of the sun"), [7rihemesh'], in the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19:41. (d) Dnopn Ty (" city of palm-trees"), i. q. *rrv Je-
133J? "mouse "), (i q [4 c After], pr. n. m. (i) Genesis 36: 38. (2) of a courtier of Josiah,
.
2Ki 22:12,14;
Jer.
26:22; 36:12.
=
33y
from the multitude of palms growing there (see Plin. H. N. v. 14; Tacit. Hist. v. 6), Deut. 34:3; Jud. 1:16; 2 Ch. 28:15. As to DVin Ty, see under the word Din.
richo, so called
a spider, Job 8 14;

Chaldee &W3-13J2).
It
Isa.
59:5 (Arabic
seems to be com-
pounded of the verb KbjJ, Arab.

S
spider),
-
t^s. to weave
if
(as a
agile
Proper name of a man is "H? [7r], 1 Ch. 7 12, for which there is, verse 7, *TJ?. (2) heat of anger, anger, see the root No. 2, Hos. 11:9, TJJ? NbK *6 " I will not come with anger ;"
:
and c_^j:
?J]
agile, swift as
pinne/ from spinning, and weaver, compare German the Gr. apa^vr) from the Pho3nicio-Shemitic 3"}S to
weave.
perhaps also Ps. 73:20.

-,(3)
fear
(see the root

Dfcrja
No.
3).
Jer. 15:8,
*n?an
naj
Ty
n^y r
LXX.
m. a mouse, especially afield mouse, l Sa. P 6:4,5,11,18; Lev. 11:29; but some esculent species of dormouse appears to be meant, Isaiah 66 117.
Indeed, Arab.
*l> Chald. m. (from the root *tty) a guard, a watcher, a name of angels in the later Hebrew, from their guarding the souls of men[?], Dan. 4:10,
14, 2O.
^c
is
i.
q.
.'
^ \oipoypv\\ioc, an
(Used
also in the Syriac liturgies of arch;
angels, as of Gabriel
elsewhere î.*^ and Gr. 'Eyp//-
See the Book of Enoch, i. 6. yopot of evil angels. Suiceri Thes. Eccl. v. eypryyopoc. Castelli Lexicon
Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649.)
animal good for food, like a rabbit, mus jaculus, Linn. See Bochart in Hieroz. t. i. p. 1017, who regards this word as being compounded of the Chaldee ?3J7 to devour, and 13 a field (I being elided); I prefer from 'zV. to devour, to digest food, and 13 in the signification of corn.
[But see
33JJ.]
("
sand made
[" watchful"]), [7ra], pr.n.m. (l) of a priest of David, 2 Sa. 20:26. (2) of two of David's captains, 2 Sa. 23: 26, 38.
""IT* \_Irad~], pr. n. of an antediluvian patriarch, eon of Enoch, and grandson of Cain, Gen. 4:18.
NIT (" town,"
warm by
the heat of the

Accho, a
sun"), Arab.
&z from the root^?^ pr. n.

;
ma-
ritime city in the tribe of Asher, Jud. l :3i (and perhaps Mic. l : l o where 133 seems to be forlsjD) called
;
on thePhoenico-Grecian coins
iii.
ay, read 33? (see Mionnet,
Hy
**
pr. n.
m.
[Iru~\. J
L.
'
iCh. 4:15. *J
to
Descr. des Medailles, tab. 21. Eckhel, Doctr. Numm. 423 [See Ges. Monum. Phrenic, p. 269]), Greek
"AJCIJ
*Tx ("belonging
No.
l, extr.
a city
"),
[7rt], see "W?
(Strabo, xvi.
2,
25);
more commonly
called
-4> -
Ptolemais; called in the time of the crusades <s.- v

to
ZrVy ("belonging
pi.
a city"), [7ram], pr.n.
now St. JeandAcre. See Relandi Paljestina, p. 5344?.
of a leader of the Edomites, Gen. 36:43.
("causing sorrow," comp.

naked,
n. of a valley ~Â c/ior], pr. Isa. 65: 10; Hos. 8:17. 41
D'TC*
i.
q.
cnV T
(l) adj.
Josh. 7 26) near Jericho, Josh. 15:7?

:
Gen. 3:7, 10, 11.
DCXXVI
an unused root, Arab. iîc. prop, to strike, to smite; fat. I, to be hot (as the day), prop, to be struck or touched by the sun (compare '"133 No. 3,
{
P S 39 3- Part. fern, troubled, i. e. trouble, disturb ance (êrruttung), Pro. 15:6. Hence
-
"1?3?
[Achar],
see
??J>.
and
<
j^), whence pr. n.
13JJ.
H?8
"QJJ
("troubled"), [Ocran],
pr.n. m.
Num.
|>; an unused root, prob. i. q. 7:1, seqq.), whence pr. n. |3J?1 and
JDy
pr. n. ("
(comp. Josh.
1:13; 2:27.
J-lL/^X m. quadril. an asp, Ps. 140:4. Itisformed to bend backwards, apparently from the root by the addition of the letter 3. See Lehrg. p. 865.
troubling," i. q. "9SJ, as this name is actually written, i Ch. 2:7), [Achan], an Israelite, who, by his sacrilege, occasioned the people to be
smitten, Josh. 7:1; 22 : 20.
iz
'X
Arab.
& 'X (f ê
1 '
same form
as
"JJJ,
from the
root
not used in Kal.
iCc
is
to
bind
back, whence
the
a rope which
fastened from
(i) prop, subst. height, hence as a concr. ,the Highest, Most High. Used of God, Hosea 11:7, "*7? in-l&op by, "they (the prophets) called them (the
iTIJJ)
mouth of a camel
to its forefoot.
Hence
D3JJ
people) to the Most High, but no one will exalt (him)." With the negative part. <V, or ?JJ N' non-summus,
&
fetter,
an anklet, from which PIEL, denom. to adorn oneself with anklets, or to make a noise, or tinkling with them, a mark of
desirous of attracting attention, Isa. 3:16.
women
not the Most High, i. q. D'"!v$? *&non-deus,not god, collect, non-dii, not gods, i.e. idols, or i. q. 7^3, worthlessness, nothingness. 1103.7:16,^ N? -131K* "they turn themselves to idols" or "to worthlessness."
(2) Adv. "
(a) on
E?$t m. an anklet (see the root) (a) a fetter for a criminal. Pro. 7 22, " he (the young man) follows her (the adulteress) as an ox to the slaughter-house ID-UD-^X D3.J73} and as the wicked man (i. e. criminal) (goes or is conveyed) in fetters to punishment." Some recent writers have incorrectly denied that D3JJ3 can be rendered as in fetters, although it is not necessary to assume the ellipsis of the particle ?; see Hebr. Gramm. 116, note; and see especially the examples in which the noun, after ?, must be regarded as in the accusative, and designates state or condition in which any one is: DV?n3 as in a dream, Isa. 29:7; E'-IS? 1O3 as in a splendid garment. Job Or in this passage D3] may be for 02 J? "S 38: 14.
:
hw
(who) was raised on high." above, /W from above, Gen. 27:39;

7$-
Bn
high, highly.
Sam. 23:1,
(b)on high^ 49:25; and

st.
simply, above, Ps. 50:4.

/J?
Whence
constr.
pi. const. "yV.
(a form peculiar to poetry, like
^,
ty, yfy, -i^y, ?'i?K, B$fll poet. to'!?V (Ps 5:12; Job 20:23). (A) a prep, of very frequent occurrence, and of wide extent in meaning; answering to the Gr. iirl (ava) and virep, Germ, auf/ ubcr/ Lat. super and in,
suff. '?y,
*T) with
T&
on, upon, over; the various significations of this word may be referred to four classes. It is
(l) i. q. 7r), super, auf/ upon, when anything is put on the upper part of another, so as to stand or lie (a) used of a upon it, or have it for its substratum state of rest, e. g. to lie nt2J3rt 7J? O n a bed, 2 Sa. 4:7; 3*03 ty on the on a counpath, Job 18 10 nOlK. try, Amos 7:17 (compare Isaiah 14:1, 2), and so 7J Dn?S< on the territory of Ephraim, Isa. 7 2 (in Germ.
:
" as one bound in fetters
ment of the
etn
armer
fool;" i. e. unber gur trafe bcr
conveyed) to the punishof folly or crime; Germ, rote

(is
t)ort)ctt.
(6) as
an
ornament of women loving display,

vjvpwv.
Plur. E'PpJ? Isa. 3:18.
periscelfs, -ntpi-
Compare
1
1
D3.y.
^
:
"!Dpy("anklet"),[.4cAsa/i], pr.n. of adaughter

of Caleb, Josh. 15
:
16, 17
i.
Jud.
2.
auf bem gelbe/ auf ept)raimittfcf)em
ctnete).
It is
cor'
(i)
pr.
q.
Arab.^xfi TO
1
DISTURB
often
or
TROUBLE
(a)
to
water; figuratively afflict any one, Jud.

q. to
he slandereth not W^f rectly used, Psalm 15: 3, on his tongue," (for there speech really springs up); and in like manner '? upon thy mouth, ulicn-.
"
T?
35
more
we should
^pS
by,
strongly,
i.
6:18; 7:85.
father
bring evil upon, Gen. 34:30; Josh. iSam. 14:29, H*rr n $ '?? "EJ? "my
land,"
l
"
lips."
Ex. 23:13, VPp"' thy lips. not (the name of idols) be heard on thy Ecc. 5:1; Ps. 50: 16; compare Gr. dra vrt'^ni
say,
upon
let
troubleth the
VTtfB>
11:17, 1J?K
"OP "the
Ki. 18:17, 18. Prov. cruel troubleth his
own
flesh," verse 29.

to be
NIPHAL,
troubled, ttirred up, (as grief),
To the same usage belongs the phi JV3 on or in a house; the examples of which how" ever may be judged of separately. Isa. 32 1 3, briers and thorns grow up '^K>O ri3^|:?a in all the house*
txjuv.
:
DCXXVII
that is, upon their ruins, from which they spring up as from the ground. Isaiah 38:20, "we sing with stringed instruments... H'3 ?JJ
of luxury," etc.
**
as in a rence.
;
way);
this
usage
is, 7J?
however, of rare cxrur" in

its
Pro. 25:
1 1,
V3QS
own time,"
Jj. in
VVKTI,
its
(se*
"on the temple
lofty site; so in Germ., auf ber for o ben in bet tube/ Pol. po
of Jehovah," this being built upon a aale< tube/ auf bem

izbie,
ju fcinerjJett.
iir
(So Arab,
aj^
iirl
own
time; Gr.
>}/uari,
Od.
ii.
284;
eirt
iro\c-
on the parlour,
To its being higher than the ground-floor. the examples of letter 6, and below to No. 4, we should perhaps refer Hos. 11:11, "I will cause them to
from
a$). pov: Engl. upon [ora] the day; Germ, auf ben () of a rule or standard which is followed, or
EHTO 7JJ in their houses," and Isaiah 24:22, prisoners are gathered together into the dunSimilar is geon, and are shut up in the prison." 1SJ? ?y o n the dust, not used of the surface of the only
dwell " the
example which is imitated (since things to be measured or to be made according to the pattern of any thing else are laid upon the rule or standard, man legt
jte
auf bag
9D?ufterj
comp. Gr.
iirl
drjpof, in
the
manner
2Crt,
ground, but also in the grave, where the dead both

lie
of beasts, hunc in modum; Germ, auf bte Ps. 1 10:4, enattfcfv in the English manner.) 'O " after the manner of Melchizedech."
in this
:
î^T
HD3
auf 75
7JJ
upon the dust, and under

."i?y.
it,
Job 20
1 1
21:26;
see
(a) it is used in designating clothing Specially which any one wears. Gen. 37:23, "the tunic ~lB/$ which he wore," or " with which he was clad." IvJJ Exod. 28 -.35; Deut. 7:25; l Ki. 11:30. So should the passage be explained Job 24:9, 1?3I^ ^3JJ 7JJ (~K^) " the things which are on the poor (i. e. the garments, clothes of the poor) do they take in pledge." Comp. 7J? np3 for 7J? TîplX H73 Lam. 2: 14; 4:22, under the word n?3 No. 2. (In the same manner in Arabic
manner, Esth. 9 26. ?J K^j?} KaXtladai iiri rtfog, to be called by anyone's name (see N"^). Often used of the instrument after whose modulations a 53:1; 60 1 song is to be sung, Psal. 8:1; 45 l 69:1; also used of a song the tune or measure of
: ;
:
which
is
followed
by other
songs, Ps.
V
56
(compare
Pref.
as to a similar use of the
Syr.'î Eichhorn,
;
to Jones de Poesi Asiat. p. xxxiii
also the Russian
po
tact, nacf)
bem
acte).
they use
J^c, see
iv.
Schult..on Job 24:21; Hariri,

;
upon or over the upper part of a thing or place, either downwards upon any thing from a higher place, tjtnab/ fyerab auf (etrcaS),
(6)
used of motion
Cons. ed. Sch.
page 46
also, the
Gr. ^ttpiê 5
(/3) to
iirl
Xf P h Od. upon any

ff
xxiv. 229).
It is
used
be heavy
or upwards from a lower place, fyin on auf (etrcafi). Of the former kind are '2 TPP"? to cast upon any
one, i.e. to be troublesome to him, see "l?3
and Lehrg. 818. are as a burden
So
Isa.
1:14, mb^>
i.
ty
-Vil
"they
upon me," they are a trouble to me. Opp. to 7#P 7i?.n. Hence (y) it denotes duty or obligation, which rests upon any one, like 2 Sa. 18: a burden (see my remarks on Isa. 9:5). " 11, IT ? vJJ (it was) upon me to give (my duty)." Prov. 7: 14, vJJ D P/?' 'D3T " thankofFerings (were)
e.
1
<I
on the earth, Job 38:26; thing, Ps. 6o:lO; to rain on one's knees, 2 Ki. 1:13 ?g 3?? to inscribe n* 7j; |n3 8ee T, Ex. in a 103,
to fall
;
book,
34:!;
'-
letter ee), simpl. 7JJ ]rn to deliver into the
hands,
"'i??
;
Isa.
upon me," (I owed them, had vowed them). Gen. 34: 12. iflO-1 "inb ISO vy -IS'in "lay upon me never so
much dowry and
gift," etc.
l
also K13 Gen. 16:5, " done to me) ?ppj; ^ppn (1-t) my wrong (the wrong in Eze. 13:3; 7J? 31O "\3* to (be) upon thee;" pronounce good upon any one. Here also should
29:12, and hence figuratively 'J? i^X, '% other verbs of commanding, giving orders
72 to come
and
upon any
one (see S13);
also,
Ki. 4:7; Psa. 56: 13;
the expression be referred which has been variously

explained,
"my
soul pours itself ViJ

it
upon
me,"
i.
e.
Exia 10:4; Neh. 13:13.

iUj
(So the Arab.
being poured out into tears,
wholly covers me, as
owe a thousand
denarii,
an
^_?
to:
De
?#
'"ljn,
iL.O thou owest
me
a thousand denarii;
i.
Gramm. Arabe 2nd

rjv tTri
edit.
1062.
(3)
Sacy, Gr.
8:
were, with them, (uberfAuttet/ ubergtejlt mid) nut This expression is Sfjranen), Job 30: 16; Ps. 42:5. followed in others which are similar to it, as nE^y.^n 'rvn <_?j> PS. 143:4; Jon. 2:8; pwi '?J> rmpn
it
142:4;
;
3;
rtroc, e. g. OH!? ?1! to live 'lain 7J? his sword, Gen.
on bread, Deut.
Life
is
Ps.
by
27:40.
ported and sustained by Avhatever 7J? is with, as though it were a foundation upon
rested.
supthus used
which
it
43 -.5. (On the other hand, there is " a pregnant construction in D'TV V3? I 3 ???. pains are turned upon me," i.e. come upon me; l Sam. To the latter kind belong n7J? Dan. 10:16).
42 :6,
7, 12
4:19;
"in
Comp.
Isa.
38: 16.
Used
figuratively
(e)
of the
rest
time when anything is done (as the things done upon time as a foundation or else go on in time'
?# to go up into a mountain, Isa. 40:9; 14: 3, 14; np3~i??n ?y n^n to take (any one) up into a chariot, n **> ^ anK on a tree i Ki. 20: 33; VS
^ ^
DCXXVIII
come up upon the heart, and
1Q; 3 Sam. 4: 12; and also the phrase 37 by nby to to occupy it, used of
one portion of land THS by above thy brethren,* (i.e. greater than to thy brethren); and even (d) it
often besides, over and above. Ps. 16:2, TQit2 "T^ybS; and of time, beyond; Lev. 15:25, "if the flux continue fi^n? <% beyond the time of her uncleanness ;" Job 2 1 32. Figuratively (e) it is used of the cause, on account of which (Gr. it-rip ov) any
is
:
thoughts, Jer. 3:16; 7:31; 19:5; 3 2: 35- Hence (a) it denotes something svper-added (compare Gr. /j/\of iirl p'/Aw, Od. vii. 120, iirl roTai, Germ,
super vulnus),us by *JP* to add any thing (see *!?'); ^J? 3E'n3 to be reckoned to any thing, 2 Sam. 4:2; "I3t? by ~I3C' ruin upon ruin, Jer. 4:20, compare Eze. 7:26; Job 6: 16; Isa. 32: 10,
fiber bieg/ Lat. vulnus
to
Ps. 44:23, "for thy sake (T/V) thing is done. are killed;" Job 34:36; Ruth 1:19. Hence HJ
we
bj?
by D'DJ " (add) days to a year," i.e. alter a year and more; Gen. 28:9, " he took Mahalath...VE>3 by
J"J3E>
Lam. 5:17;
5
riNT
L
by
Jer. 4:28,
and (see on x ri?)

7
'(
this
unto
his wives,"
besides
his other
wives;
Gen.
account; i?" ! by (propter rein); n'nix by (propter i. e. causas), on account of; np by on what account
Where any thing is subjoined which might 31 :5O. be a hindrance, it is (/3) notivithstanding, and when followed by an inf. although, Job 10:7, by, thou kuowest." See below, B, ^Jjiyil "although
No', i.
Followed by an inf. ^P.P> by because thou sayest, Jerem. 2:35; Job 32:2. Often, there fore, used of the cause (as if the foundation) both of
wherefore.
The second class comprehends those significaand phrases in which there is the idea of impending, being high, being suspended over anything, without, however, touching it; Gr. virip; Germ,
(2)
tions
joy and sorrow (see ^P^, 33yj>"i, "l?p); of laughing and weeping (see pni?, H33); of anger (Job 19:11); of pity (Ps. 103: 13) etc.; also (/) of the object of " discourse (see 1 3 "13D, also Nu. 8:22); of swear<!
J)
ing (Levit. 5:22); of confession (Ps. 32:5); of prophecy ( i Ki. 22 8 ; Isa. l l) of strife (Gen. 26 2 1 ),
: : ;
:
used of rest in a place, e.g. Job 29:3, " when his light sinned 'E?6O "^y over
ttbco
above, over.
Ps.
It is
etc.;
and
(g) of the price
for which any thing
is
my head."
over
:
29
3,
" the voice of the Lord
(is
heard)
done (compare Latin ob decem minas pro decern " " on minis) Job 13:14, ^9"^ a' what price," prop.
;
;" 1*1? "? 19 2 3> Gen. i:2O; Job 31:21. (a) it is used Specially of rule over men. as by ^bp by bc*p by TpBH to set \ over; JV3n ?y ~K??? he who is over (the ruler of) the
.
the waters;" also after verbs of motion, Gen. " the sun was risen by over the earth
account of what."
(3)
in
The
which by
third class comprehends those examples (after verbs of rest) has the sense of
Lat. ad, apud, sense however
neighbourhood and contiguity; Germ, an/ bep/ at, by, near; this
J"P3 No. 2). palace: (see (b) It is put after verbs of covering, protecting (prop, to cover over anything); see 133, HD3, ^|3D, noy and Lehrg. 818; even though the covering or vail be not above the thing, but " the curtain which around, or before it. Ex. 27 21, was above the testimony," i.e. before the testimony. l Sam. 25:16, WbJJ VH npin "they were a wall
:
springs from the primary one of being high over, and may be reduced to that. (Compare Germ, an from a.va, Lat. apud, ant. apur apor, i. e. virtp, So especially Sanscr. upari.) (a) when a thing
t
really impends over another, e.g. when one stands at a fountain (J'y /V.), over which one really leans. Gen. 16:7; D?P by by the water (as that is lower
above
13:5.
us," i.e. before us; thsy protected us; Eze. After verbs which convey the idea of protecting, and also those which imply defending or interceding, it may be rendered in Latin, by pro, for
than the surface of the ground), Num. 24:6; DJi? by by the sea, Ex. 14:2, 9; "X* '3 by on the shore d the Nile, Isai. 19:7 (compare Gr. iirl irorapov, Lat.
super
river,
fiuvium, Liv. i.e. adfluvium, Engl.
upon
the
(compare Gr. tifivruv vjrep, Ovuv virip); as by OHb3 to fight for any one, Jud. 9:17; ^y "ly id- Dan. 12:l; by 133 to make atonement fo r any one; bbsnn
/y to intercede
(c)
it
for any one, to avert penalty. Often has the signification of surpassing, going
Lat.
beyond (compare
Ps. 89:8,
him."
all that are round about Job 23:2, 'nn?N ?y rn33 HJ " my hand (i. e. the hand of God punishing me) is heavier than my In groaning;" Eccl. 1:16; Ps. 137:6; Gen. 49:26. these examples the particle by is nearly the same as
" terrible
super omnes, supra modum).
above
Dutch Keulen op den Rhyn, Russian pmnornki maritime, pr. supermarinus) DyPin by by the camels (while they were lying down, so that a man standing was above them), Gen. 24:30; J"H by Prov. 23:30; OSp'pn by in judgment, pr. at the judicial hoard (compare super c&nam, iw tpyy), Isaiah 28: 6; by D-13X at the manger, Job 39:9; (b) or when one
;
inclines
oneself,
60
14,
"
or leans upon any thing.

'
Isaiah
"
.
shall they *
feet."
soles of
thy
it),
bow down T^?l n<| 33 by at the L HHS ?y at the door (i. e. leaning
9.
against
Job 31:
I?
comparative (also Gen. 48:23, "I give to thee
ad
Uitus,
ad
de.cteraiu,
Hence Germ, auf
(c) like tie Lat.

bet @eite/
auf to
DCXXIX
Sea, lii aptaTtpu, II. vii. side or hand, e.g. "IV o? the 238; 240); at,on, at the side (see "!), "! '% at the hand (see^J), 7y W*D^ at his right hand, Zee. 3:1; "*}$ ?y at the front,
ced)ten
eite
(compare
iiri
tlie
hand
xii.
n?!j?'),
before (see E'3B), IVE* vj[ by the hedge (as in Germ, they say, unter bem jkmne), Job 30:4; \?y.
i.
e.
Jn near the
'"iin^
city,
Job 29:7; and even with another

'T!D*?
:
?y 2n| ?y 3? D'b to turn the heart Jo any thing (see 30: i D^) ?y ninnK'n to bow oneself before any one, Lev. 26: l and so after a verb of going (2 Sam. 15:20), of coming (ibid, verê 4), of fleeing (Isa. 10:3), f
;
; ;
or towards any thing (Isaiah 11:8; see 7D3 (also /X "?Q3) to fall away to anj one; ?i< (also ^ri?) to write to any one, 2 Cl.fon.
to.
preposition following
'^ at the hinder part,
i.
q.
Often behind, Ez. 41 15; \3?? ?y Ez. 40: 15. used of a multitude of people or soldiers attending on
(standing by) a commander or king, Exod. 18:13, 14; Jud. 3:19; Job 1:14; 2:1 (compare Gr. Trapaorjji'ui and ? ?yPP Isai. 6:2), also ?y 13D Exodus 14:3; ?y
" T'Bng he 35: 10; and Job 26:9, i33y spreads out around him his clouds." Job 13:27; 36: Kindred to this is JO. (d) the signification of acDB>*ri Isa.
drawing near, 76.44:13; of sending, Neh. 6 3 of being taken, Job 18:8; of telling, Job 36: 33; Isa. 53 l of love (see 33JJ) and desire, Cant. 7:11. Also, 2Sa. 14:1, oft^?N *?y "i\yn "the heart of the " i. e. he loved him. king (inclined) to Absalom,
: ;
: ;
Specially it
is
V^
auf (etia$)
?p?j; D'rilj?'??
lo$,
(a) in a hostile sense, against, upon, fiber (etioaS) t)er. Judges 16:12, " the Philistines (are) upon thee," i. e.
they rise against thee.

I
Eze. 5:8, "^J? ^33n " behold
" men with companying, with. Exod. 35:22, (?y) women." Job 38 32 Am. 3:15; also used of things (aon be^jleitenben Umftdnben), e. g. raj yy. with sacrifices,
:
am against
thee," i.e. I invade thee, attack thee

)
Ps.
50 5
:
723.
vy
to the
sound of the psaltery, Psalm

|
with the light (of the sun), Isa. 18:4; ^y ??K to eat (flesh) with the blood. compare D^n Like other particles of accompanying (Cy, HX), it is
92:4;
"lix \?y.
1 'H), Job 16:4,9, 1O 9^12; 21:27; 30:12; 33:10; Isaiah 9:20; 29:3; also, hy. D-1P to rise against anyone; "VJJ ?y n3n to besiege a city; ?y 23D to surround any one (in a hostile manner);
(elsewhere "HvX
applied
ing.
(e) to
the signification of holding, possess-
D'npK ^y ^JO " m y shield (is) with Also God," i. e. God holds it. (/) it is also prefixed to abstract substantives, and thus serves as a
Ps. 7: 11,
?y 3K>n to take counsel against any one, etc. More *1DPI nK'JJ (o) in a good sense; towards, e. g. rarely ?y l Sa. 20 8. (c) By writers of the silver age (see the Chald.), it is not unfrequently so put for ?X and
:
adverbs, as ""$& ^y with falsehood, in a lying manner, Levit. 5:22; "in; ?y liberally, Psal. 31 :24; n?j33. ?y lightly, Jerem. 6:14; 8:11; iiVT ?y with approbation (of God), Isa. 60:7,
periphrasis for
i.e.
1
rendered in Latin by a dative. Est. 3 9, OS " if it seem good to the king," i. e. ?y "H^n pleases him (compare Ezr. 5: 17); and so also not un?,
that
it is
il'lB
falsely,
EX frequently in the book of Job, as, 33:23; CK '-if there be to him," if he have. V^j; i. q. ft B " if he be Job to
'.'
22:2,
iE'yJJ
pSPI
^?
profitable
him-
i.
q.
q.
|iT> Isaiah 56 7
:
Jer. 6: 20;
TTO\V,
i.
tffwc,
iirl
uiya,
tiri
compare iir Lro, Arab. ,,\*j -Lc evi~

(2s
.. .
^*r
dently. (4) the fourth class includes those significations and examples in which /% denotes motion (especially
6:27; 19:5; 30:2; 33:27; 38:10; compare Less correctly to this class Eze. 27:5; Prov. 29:5. some have referred D^P^n ?y towards heaven; Ex. 9:22; njn^y Isa. 17:7; (in) ?y iri3 Mic. 4 l and othersof this kind, which belong to No. i,b, latter part.
self;"
: ;
when
which
rapid),
unto or toivards any
approaching in signification
place, nearly to the particle for
?,
'^^
is
and Chald.
rushing
always accustomed to be used in Syr. This arises from the signification of

thing, see No.
l, letter
(l) although (compare (B) Conj. for T^S "?y t6 h% Job 16: 17, 'B?f A, l, b, ft). "although there be no violence in my hands;"
letter
DH
34:6; Isaiah 53: 9.

Job, Martini on Isa.
(Arab.
loc. cit.).
^
;
id.
see Schult. on
down upon any
Crushing being more swift and rapid when downwards), and this is expressed in Greek, either by the particle ITTI, or else by ica-a (doivn upon any thing);
especially in
(2) because that, because, followed by a pret. Gen. 31:20; Ps. H9:l36;Ezr. 3:11; more fully ?y "l^ Deut. 29 24 2 Sam. 3 30 '3 hy. Deut. 31:17;
:
compound words (caS/Tjjut) Lat. in, ad, Germ, auf (etroag) tun, auf (ent>a6) lo/ upon, to, towards. Thus V3S'?y to his face (elsewhere ?N WB see D^B), Job 21 :31 toipp ?y to his own place, Ex. 18:23; pPJ ?y to the right hand, Gen. 24:49; /$ into his inwards, i. e. into him, ?y. for 13"]i? '-"!i?
;
Ps. 139:14-
(A) 7l;3 compounded with other particles as according to, nrie eg angemcfien (i|V)/ comp. 7JJ Isa. 59:18; 63:7. A, No. 1, By far the most
It is
pr.
-,
frequent
compound
l
is
(B) ?yp (Arab.

Arabic, see
lc
._, although this
is
rare in
Ki. 17:21.
Hence
^\L
n^, nin
to stretch out
Ki. 13: 15, Arab. Vers.).
DCXXX
(1) pr.from upon, from above, used of things which go away from the place, m or upon which they had been; Germ, ton oben n?fg/ e. g. Gen. 24:64, "she alighted ^?|n "?y from off the camel." Gen. 48 17, " he took the hand on from off his
=
Wl ^P
'B
head,"
verbs of entering, D,an. 2 :24; returning. Dan. 4:31; sending, Ezr. 4:11, 17, 18; writing, 4:7 [but this is Heb.] i. q. / the mark of the dative, Dan. 6:19, " 3C sleep fled '!?i?y to him" (i.e. his sleep); hence ?JJ Ezr. 5:17, and ?JJ "IQ^ Dan. 4:24, to s'em gcod to
;
which
it
was
placed.
one, Gen. 40: 19. is written upon the book, (compare ?V 2H3), Jer. 36:
11,
?#P E'iO tfb'3 to behead any ISP ?VP N"Jf? to read of that which
some one,
i.
e.
to please him.
compare
Isa.
34:16;
Amos
7:11.
Jud. l6:2O,
"Jehovah departed
1yV^? from above him," (the Spirit of God having rested upon him). Specially (a) it is used of those who lay aside a garment,
.
/> more rarely 7W, with sufF. ty in. a yoke, a curved piece of wood fastened to the pole or beam, laid upon the neck of beasts for drawing, Nu. 19:2;
Deut. 21:3.
i
Mostly used figuratively of servitude,

""
Sam. 6:7; iKi. 12:11; Isaiah 9:3; of calamity,

*
"
A, No. l, c), Gen. 38: 14, 19; T sa 20:2; a shoe, Josh. 5:15; who draw off a ring from the finger, Gen. 41:42; compare Deu. 8 4 29:4; whence it is used of the skin, Job 30 30, 7JJO ~ayy niJ7 " mv s kin has become black (and falls ) o ff fr o m me verse 1 7
(see7J?
:
Lam. 3:27.
No.
II, 2.
Arab.
Lt id.,
from the root
Ut,
/?JJ,
Ji
Ch. followed by IP over, Dan. 6:3.

("
;''
Figuratively, Jud. 16:19, "strength departed from off him," (as he had been clothed with it, see ^?<). (b) it is used of those who remove something
ty
L
yoke"),
\_Ulla~\, pr. n.
i.
m.
Ch. 7:39.
J />;
/iJ;
an unused
which had been a burden to them (see 'K Exod. 10:28, ^JJP No.l, "depart from me," to whom thou art troublesome and as it were a burden. Gen. 13:11; 25:6. 2 Sam. 19:10,
troubling,
letter a, /3).
Hence the
pr. n.
p3^ 3" (see under 3).]

to i.q. 3J?/
;
root,
q. u.-Aif- to
be strong.
an unused root,
stammer whence
32
:
m.
adj.
stammering,
Isa.
4.
(Arabic
"(David)
(2)
fled out of the land
Di^mx
fcjlD
from Abtrouble).
salom," (to
whom his father began to be a from at, from by, from near
if de...juxta,
barbarian.)
(comp. /I? No. 3), as " and Jehovah went
prope.
anything Gen. 17:22,
n ?J7
fut.
n.^.
(i) TO
GO
UP. (Arsb. i=- to be
up
0?!^
/S!P
from by Abra-
Gen. 35:13; Nu. 16:26; hence after verbs of passing by, Gen. 18:3; removing, Job 19: 13;
ham."
up, also to go up. In the Indo-Germanic high, the same family belongs the Latin root, to languages alo (aufjtetjn); whence alesco (roachfen), altus, altare,
lifted
turning oneself away,
Isa.
i. q. ( 3 ) r '29 nearly above, Neh. 12:37; upon anything, Gen. i :']; Eze. 1:25; over anything Jon. 4:6; 2 Chron. 13:4; Neh.
7:17; Jer. 2:5; Hos. 9:1. ?J? (comp. ? rinnp i. q. nnPI),
and, with the breathing at the beginning of the word
As to hardened, cello ; whence celsus, excello, collis. the German roots, see Fulda, Germ. Wurzelwb'rter, Constr. followed by ?J of place to which ccx. 2.)
one ascends, Isa. 14:14; '$ Ex. 24:13, 15, 18; 34:4; 7 9; followed by an ^ Isa. 22: l; ? Ps. 24:3; Cant. '? "because thou '33P*P ace. Gen. 49:4, T? wentestup thy father's couch ;" Prov. 21:22; Nu. It is very often used in speak13: 17; Jud. 9:48.
=
12:31; near, by, 2 Ch. 26:19. (Aram. r x> ^. ^.X id. Matt. 2:9.) Also, without ? (like rnnpip for *? nnnp) above, Neh. 3:28. Eccl. 5:7, ^>ttP abj 3 " for one "IPS' rfni high (powerful), who is above the high, watcheth him ;" i. e. there is above the most powerful, one more powerful, who takes care of him. Psal. 108:5; aQ d with an ace. Esth. 3:1; near, by,
Jer.
TO
36:21.
Chald. with
suff. n|[, jiny i. q Heb. Dan. 2: 10, 29, 46, 48, 49; 3: 12,
.
K3,
who go from a lower region towards a who go to Judaea from higher; for instance, of those Ex. i 10; from the kingGen. 44:24; 13:1; Egypt, dom of the ten tribes, Isa. 7:1,6; i Ki. 12:27,28; 15:17; Acts 15:2; from Assyria, Isa. 36:1, 1O; from
ing of those
:
(1)
etc.
upon
i.
(auf),
Babylonia, Ezr. 2:1

(Zee. 14:16,
Neh. 7:6; from
all
countries
to the
17); also of those
who go up
(2)
q.
Hebr. No.
2, inrip;
specially in the sig-
nification of surpassing,
on account
fore,
of,
Dan. 3 19; figuratively, for, used of cause; whence 131 7J; there/>N
iSa. 1:3; 10:3 (sanctuaries sanctuary, Ex. 34:24; mohaving anciently been built on high places, like
nasteries, of
which those who go thither are wiid

M
in
Ezr. 4:15. (3) often i. q.
Syriac, to go
to
some person or
thing, after
HO3 No.
3, 4),
up (_o^rr), compare under the woid who go to the city (cities having, it
DCXXXI
Jud. P
manner, been built on mountains), i Sa. 9:11; 8 20 18, 31 Hos. 8:9; who go into the desert (which seems, like the sea, to rise before those who look at it), Job 6: 18; Matt. 4: i who go to a
like
:
;
altar, to offer,
Isa.57:6;
J"liVy
iT$n to
ofler
a buint
offering, Lev. 14:20; Job i :5. (2) to take, up, Ps. 102:25.
(3) (4)
to
bring up
into
an account,
Ki. 9:21.
prince or judges (from their commonly residing in citadels), Num. 16:12, 14; Jud. 4:5; 20:3; Ruth
4:1; Deut. 17:8. Inanimate things are also said to go up, as smoke, Gen. 19:28 (and even any thing which being burned turns to smoke, Jud. 20:40; Jerem. 48: 15); vapour, Genesis2:6; the morning, Gen. 19: 15; 32:25,27;
anger (which
is
to overlay with. l Ki. spread 10:17, insn \jas\\-hy_ nânj 0*30 nfc6f "and he overlaid one shield with three mina? of gold," i. t
to
over,
he used
to
it
in gilding one shield.

:
n$h (for nj>y n) to be led up, Nah. 2:8; offered (as a sacrifice), Judges 6: 28; to be brought into an account, 2 Ch. 20:34.
be
HOPHAL
often
1 1
:
compared
2O
;
to
smoke), Ps. 18:9;
78:21,31;
;
2 Sa.
also,
way which goes up-
wards, Jud. 20:31; a tract of rising ground, Josh. 16: l 18:12; a lot which comes up out of the urn,
Lev. 16:9, 10; Josh. 18:11; a plant which sprouts
HITHPAEL, to lift up oneself, Jer. 51:3. Derived nouns, fy,^, n^?, fljty, ty,fyt, tfo$f9t tyb, njw?, n$p, n^m,and the pr. names n^^.Tg
Chald."
ri?v..
and grows, Gen. 40:10; 41:22; Deu. 29:22; (poet, used of men, Gen. 49: 9); Avhence the part. n ?iy Job 36:33 (a plant) sprouting forth; compare
forth
constr. yP.
"&,
poet
-in (Ps 1:3); plur. Neh. 8:15; m. a leaf, Gen. 3:7; 8:11; collect, leaves, Ps. 1:3; Isa. l 30 from the root n^JJ in the sense of growing and sprouting forth.
.
constr. n$., with suff.
Like other verbs of going, flowing (see 11*, "û ?); it is construed with an ace. of the thing, which goes up in greut plenty, as though it all were changed into it; Proverbs 24:31, D^Btej? $3 r6jj nan "be1
"1/X Chald. pretext, cause, Dan.6:5,6.

9
S&
(Aram.
also used
and Arab.
KN.^
which
JQ^
is
id.
In Arabic
it is
of any thing,
made
7?5^
the pretext of neglect-
hold!
it all
(the field)
went up thorns,"
i.
q.
becomes
ing another, see the root
No.
I,
Kal.)
thorns, like
a house when burned turns to smoke, Isa. 34:13; 5:6; Am. 8:8; 9:5. (2) Metaph. to increase, to become strong (as a
battle),
i
Ki.
by
?JJ,
to
22:35; wealth, Deut. 28:43; followed overcome, Pro. 31 129. As to the phrase
p. DCXXVIII,
f. (i) what is laid on offered on the altar (see the root, Hiphil No. l); specially i. q. ?V? a burnt offering, a sacrifice of which the whole was burned,
"I?" more rarely
rp'iy
the altar,
what
is
37 ^y npy se e ?%
A.
(3) garment when put on is said to go up (see ty No. i,a, a), Lev. 19:19; a razor when used for the head, Jud. 16: 17; a bandage, when applied to a
Gen. 22:3,6; Lev. 1:4, seq. (2) ascent, steps, Eze. 40:26. Sometimes n?y is contracted from
nTI.JJ
iniquity,
which
,
see.
wound
;
(see np-ll^); also things
which are taken up,
'?*.
emphat.
Nfl?y_
Ch. a burnt offering,
pi.
carried away (compare Hiph. No. 3), Job 5: 26; 36: 20 also things which come up into an account (compare Hiph. No. 3), i Ch. 27:24.
''j7^
"V?y.
\.
e.
NIPHAL (pass, of Hiph.). to be brought up, Ezr.
(i) to be
1
:
made to go up,
f(0 with the letters transposed, i. q. (which, in Hos. loc. cit., is found in many copies). (i) iniquity, Hos. 10:9. (Compare JEth. OA0I
1 1.
(2) to be made to depart, to be driven away,Jer. 37:11; Nu. 16:24, 27; 2 Sa. 2:27. (3) to be elevated, exalted (used of God), Psalm
(2)
[Alvah, Aliah],
l
pr. n. of
an Edomite
tribe.
Gen. 36:40;
'y.
Ch.
:5i np, where
STD
has n^py.
47
: 1 5) (l) to cause (any one, or any thing) to go up, e.g. on a roof, Josh. 2:6; out of a pit, Gen. 37:28; to lead up, to take
97:9HIPHIL n?#n (rarely npyr\ Hab. l

!<>;
up,
l Sa. 2 19 8:8; 2 Sa. 2 3 6 1 5 2 Ki. 17 36 nriSrrn$ n ?V.n he put lamps on the candlestick, Ex. 2 5:37Constr. followed by an ace., once followed
:
(denom. from ^V., ^P/V of the form pi. youth, juvenile age, Psa. 89: 46; Job 33,: 25; poet, used of juvenile strength. Job 20 1 1 1 9 ''^; 1 *V P lîOVy. " (although) his bones are full of juvenile strength," as well rendered by the LXX., Chald., Syriac (others take it as hidden sins). Used of the youthful period of a people, Isa. 54:4.
B^p?, Dv-in?), m.
<I
;|1
'
by
/ Eze. 26:3.
Specially to
put a
sacrifice
on the
(" unrighteous
"
"
i.
q.
^^
thick,
DCXXXII
heavy"]), [A Ivan], pr. n. of an Edoinite, Gen. 36: 3, which is written )vJ? 1 Ch. 1 140.
2
f.
aira. \iyop. Pro. 30: 15, pr. a leech, as
rightly rendered
by the LXX., Vulg., Gr. Venet.

from the root <_ie and hence used as a female monster or
f
Chald. most high, supreme. **& K^N Dan. 3:26,32; 5:18,21; and simply nN&y Dan. 4:14,21; 7:25; used of the only and most high God. In aro always XvJJ; according to the Syriac
99*
(Arab. JuLc, Syr.

,jie
to adhere)
;
Q\.N.
id.
form
T
7# and
I'
see
n$2 and ^V.

chamber, a
6ller/
spectre, an insatiable sucker of blood, such as <J*^, *J.iJl in the Arabian superstitions, especially in the
Thousand and One Nights, or like the Vampyre of our fables. [Such profane follies must not be looked on as illustrations or explanations of the inspired Scripture; as if the Holy Ghost could sanction such
vanities.]
"I,?* f. (l) an upper roof of a house; vntpuov,

<Lic, Lie.) Jud. 3:23, 25;
loft on the
(Srfer.
(Arabic
Ki. 17:19,23; 2 Ki.
4:10.
Poet, used of heaven, Ps. 104:3, 13.
So
*
uJjJ! in the
Kainus
is
rendered by
(2) a ladder, ascent by steps, went up to the temple, 2 Chron. 9:4.
by which on*
ii. 801) 1^1, which Bochart (Hieroz. and Alb. Schult. on Prov. loc. cit. have incorrectly on the superinterpreted fate. See also my remarks stitions of the Hebrews and other Orientals with regard to spectres, in Comment, on Isa. 34: 14.
the very
word
y#
42:5.
m. nav^
f.
adj.
JWW), Gen.
(i.e. situated
40": 17.
(i) high, higher (opp. to n^Sjn na-gn the higher pool
in a higher place), 2 Ki.
18:17; Eze.
'7%
i.
q-
D7J?
(originally, I believe,
TO REJOICE, and f?V T TO EXULT, used of a sound of joy, like
Used once of something set in an elevated place, and made an example of punishment to men, such as is called in Greek irapa$iiyfjaTiZta8m. 1 Ki. 9:8, jV^J? nPP n TH rV3ni Vulg. et domus hcec erit in
:
;
exemplum.
(2)
aXaXa<t>, I?"}, not of leaping, dancing, like the syn. followed by ?, concernl :2O; Ps. 68:5 ?'J), 2 Sa.
;
Supreme, Most High, used of God, as

nin-;
fly?
Gen. 14:18; t'V^
p sa .7:i8;
Ps.
|V^.
D^n*>t<
Psalm
It is also ing anything, Psalm 149 : 5; Hab. 3:18. It is someapplied to inanimate things, Ps. 96: 12.
57 3
:
and simply |V?#
9 3
:
21:8.
(The Phoe-
times used in a bad sense, of insolent, haughty men,

Ps.
94 3 Isa. 23:12; compare 5:14. Derived noun, TvP., and

:
;
nicians and Carthaginians used the same word in speaking of their gods, viz. 'EXioSv, i. q. v-J/icrroc, Philo Bybl. in Euseb. Praep. Evang. i. 1O; and Alonim
T/J/
m. exulting, rejoicing,
Isa.
5:14.
to
valonuth (ni31^yi D'SV^y) the gods and goddesses, pr. those who are above, both male and female. Plaut.
Poen. v.
i,
i;
also pr. n.
i.
Abdalonimus,
i.
e.
lap
/J; an unused root; Arab. dense, with the letters transposed
Jaij:
be thick,
be dark
;
D'31V?y the servant,
e.
worshipper of the gods.)
Jla
to
whence
f.
Ch. id., only in plur. (majest.) used , of the supreme God, Dan. 7:22, 25. [But may not this pi. adj. be equivalent to v^torcr in the New Test.?
p'2
fAfcfc
darkness, Gen. 15: 17; Eze. 12:6,
highest places.] V?y_ m. exulting, joyful, Isa. 24:8; sometimei (like the verb, which see), used in a bad sense,eo;u/fing, insolently, Isa. 22:2; Zeph.2:i5; Isa. 13:3, "nDiyj. T/'y. [but the second word really is *rnJ ren:
> ?* ("going up," perhaps "height;" from the
root n?V), pr. n. Eli, a high priest; the predecessor of Samuel [as judge in Israel], l Sam. 1:3, seqq.;
LXX.
to
Vulg. 'HX/, Heli.
dered in Thes. "those

dour"], Zeph. 3:11.
who rejoice
Ps. 12:7;
in
my
splen-
vj m. a pestle, Prov. 27:22; from the root n?JJ be lifted up (compare No. 3). It may also be susis
pected that the signification

??P;
taken from the root
m.
air. \fyofi.
I, 3.
workshop, from
Arabic
;
the root ^JJ No.
blows
but
it is
Conj. II. to strike with repeated not necessary to resort to this.
(from the root
I,
3), Ps. 14:
66:5
<> adj. only in f. lVp# higher, upper, Josh. 15: 19 Jud. l 15; from the root n^j o f the form ^gi?.
; :
(i) used of the explur. nft'py. f. adced,work cellent deeds of God, Ps. 9 : 1 2 ; 77 : 13. (a) of the deeds of men, especially in a bad
DCXXXIII
Deut. 33: 14, 17 (comp.
arfbfy
>V
I>
2 )-
Zephaniah 3:7,
livn^n
they
perverted
aU
their
i
;
satisfy the
doings," they acted perversely, wickedly; Ps. 14: 141:4; Ezek. 14:22.
one, Judges 19:25; tt vexing any one, and making sport of him (well rendered by the LXX. ifjnraifa, Vulg. illudo), i Sa. 31:4; l Ch. 10:4; Num. 22:29;
of lust, followed
by 3 on any
in
mind
"l*?/^
f.
i.
q-
the preceding No.
i,
a deed (of
Jer. 38:19.
God), Jer. 32:19.
(2)
it
to
in destroying
put forth all one's power, to expend any one, followed by 3 Exod. 1O:2;
T
TV/y
f.
(from the
14.
J),
exultation, re-
lSa.6:6.
HITHPOEL, to complete, to do adeed, Ps. 141:4. Derived nouns, Tfc, T^S, rf^fr, ^JJ, rhfy, H^y,
joicing, Hab. 3:
f.
Chald. the higher
part of a house,
i.
q.
*n, Chald.
II.
n^>y.
Heb. n][.
I.
Dan.6:ii.
q.
/î.
Arab.
J^
pr.
TO
DRINK AGAIN,
<<% an unused
thrust
(2)
to
root.
after
in, to
Arab. J.i
(l)
to
put
r^
in,
and
intrans. to enter, like the Ch.
a former draught (for which they use the verb J^j), in order to quench thirst fully. Conj. II. to drink
??y..
bind on,
But this primary again and again, to drink deep. notion is variously applied, for instance, to a second
a yoke from
(like the Lat.
bind fast, whence Vy Ju jugum a jungendo, Gr.

to
by which one already wounded is killed to an after-milking, by which the milk is altogether drawn away to a gleaning, and going over boughs, so as
blow,
;
;
to collect all that

etc.,
may be
see Jauhari
Origg. Hebr. i. c. siderable length. In (1) to glean,

II.;
to
left from the former harvest, and Firuzabadi, in Alb. Schult. 6, who treats on this root at con-
Chald. i.q. Hebr. No. II. (i) to enter (Syr. Specially used of any one Avho enters, and is admitted to the private audience of a king, Dan 2 Pret. ?y Dan. loc. cit. fern, npy; a'n3 ri^vJ,' 16, 24.
id.).
;
5:10.
Hebrew
it is
Part. plur. rffi 4 4; 5 8 ana, TO? (2) to set (used of the sun [the subst. 7JJ5]), Dun. t):i5. Comp. Hebr. N13.
= =
make
see Po. No. l,and

to
a gleaning, likeÛ Conj. n'My.

applied
to
APHEL,
Imp.
^>yn
to bring in
any
pret. ?y?n (the letter 3 being inserted)
(2)
quench
thirst, figuratively
2:24;
inf.
by ? of pers., Dan. 2 25 6 1 9 : r6yn 5:7; an d r^JJO 4:3.

one, followed
:
; :
gratifying lust (see Hithpa. Jud. 19:25); more often to gratify one's desire (ben Sftutt) !ut)len) in vexing
HopHAL?yn
to be
introduced, 5:13,
15.
Derived noun, ?yP.
any one, petulantly making sport of him, hence
to be
petulant
(muthtnlltg (boy), abstr. W$fl.
fepn^îyîyp,
^W a petulant
rV)77y const, nw'y plur. fern, gleanings, Jerem. 49:9; Obad. 1:5; Isa.i7:6; Jud.8:2; from the root
(3) to perform (a work), to accomplish (etroaS oollbrtngen/ otlfut)ren), see ?yj?. hence to do a deed, seePo. No. 3, and the nouns -VY??, ^fty?-
POEL
to
(l)
to
ace. of the field,
glean, Lev. 19:10; followed by an Deu. 24:21. Figuratively applied

:
/>C TO HIDE, TO CONCEAL. In Kal only occurring in part. pass. B'Wy. hidden (sins), Ps. 90 8. NIPHAL D?y3 to be hidden, to lie hid, Nah. 3:11;
I.
:
followed
a people utterly destroyed, Jer. 6

( 2 ) to
9.
hid. Lev.
be
petulant.
q. /v'W, to
Part. ?/?tyP a petulant (boy),

see.
I&a.
2,
i.
?Vw which
IP of person from whom any thing is 5:2; and \3'J? 4:13; Num. 5: 13. Part. Q^P?!?.? secret men, crafty, Ps. 26:4. HiPHiLDvy.n (l) to hide, followed by IP from
by
illtreat any one, followed by ? of Lam. 1:22; 2:20, nb n7?iy np? whom hast pers. thou thus vexed?" Lam. 3:51, Tf> n^>iy j<j " my eye vexes me," i. e. pains me (from weeping). Pass. Lam. l 12, " like unto my sorrow v Jjty "C'K.
(3)
to
vex,
any
one, 2
Kings 4 27.
=
Specially
i.
followed
which has been
T)51?J
the dust," with dust.
brought upon me." Job 16:15, V-^>iy"Ihave ill-treated my head in i. e. I have made it dirty, altogether covered
one, implying neglect, Eze. 22:26; and refusing aid, Isa. 1:15; compare Prov. 28:27; sometimes connivance, Lev. 20:4; 1 Sam. 12:3 (lollowed by ?). Without D3Jf Psa. 1O: l. (b) D^JTJ
I.T.X
by away from any
IP to hide the eyes,
e.
(a) D?3'y. Q^J? ? to turn them

1
to hide the ear, not to choose to hear, Lam. 3 56. (2) to hide, to cover over with words, i.e. to
:
chide, to rebuke (opp. to throw light on,
i.e.
to praise '^
HITHTAEL
^BOD
(l)
pr. to
satisfy thirst, used
Job 42
3.
DCXXXIV
HITHPAEL,
of rivers,
itself,"
i.
yhy-thy
in Becking to
3?'~D?y_JV
e.
on'a self. Job 6: 16; used IDv^ "in which the snow hideth the snow water in the spring (?y here
to
hide
undeiminc [Note. The object in view the opinion which would assign the signification of
word, is clearly to raise a discrepancy between Isa. 7:14, and Matt. 1:23: nothing which has been stato I does, however, really give us any ground
virgin to this
having the signification of approach, see No. l, b, a). Followed by IP to turn oneself away from any Psa. thing, to withdraw from it; Deut. 22 i, 3,4. from 55: a, 'nanj-ip D ?yjpPl'7K "hide not
:
l
"
thyself
my
see
for assigning another meaning. The ancient versions, which gave a different rendering, did so for party pur-
supplication ;
Isa.
58
7.
i"lD?y. T ;^J
poses, while the

tive,
LXX., who could have no such mo-
Derived nouns, Q?iy, Dl?*y, HD/yn [also T \ -;I. note on that word].
II.
render it virgin in the very passage where it must to their minds have occasioned a difficulty. Alma in
the Punic language signified virgin, us Gesenius rightly states in Thes., on the authority of Jerome. The absolute authority of the New Test, is, however, quite
sufficient to settle the question to
Q .-x
fuit et
or
Q /J;
an unused
root,
Arab.
f
/J-i
pubes
coeundi cupidus, used both of persons

V
*"*
when young, and of animals; Syriac XXVÛ Hence C7j; and HDpy [but see note],
a Christian.]
id.
? emph. KO Ch. m. i. q. Hebr. remote time (eternity), used of time future, Dan. 3:33; 4:31; 7:27, and of the past, Ezr. 4:15; whence, Dan. 2:20, *BpfTS\ K^TTF? "from eternity and
unto eternity."
Dy
? ("hidden"), [Almon], pr. n. (l) of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, Josh. 21 18, called in 101.6:45 no^y_. But (a) no^ntefo? Xu.
:
33 46,
:
is
a station of the Israelites in the desert of
Sinai.
a word
rity.
&c
E7*. m. a youth, a young man of the age of puberty, l Sam. 17:56; 20:22 (for which, verse 21,
there
is
(i) Ps. 9:
:
l,
seems
Xtyo/i. but of uncertain authoto be the same as nis/y 7g

"
! I
">yj);
Arab.
e from the
root D?JJ
under the word vf$0> w ^ tu tne virgin voice, (unless it should be so read). (2) Ps. 48: 15, where the context requires it to be
Ps.
46
(see
No.
II.
understood
f-
i.
q.
Dîy eternity,
for
ever,
LXX.
etc
roue atwcae, Vulg.
scecula
(as if they
had pro-
of the preceding, a girl of marriageable i r 9 {--* i-<-age, like the Arab. <LeL:, *\_._~ ; Syr. )AiV^N.N. ;
""9/X
nounced
it
niD?y).
Many
copies,
both MSS. and
printed, have, IV.D^y. (better njp~7y,), unto death, and this might be preferred, [rejected in Thes. as not
Ch. Nnp^y,
the
i.
q.
HT^^ and Gr. viavic (by which word
suiting the context].

/y_,
As
to this
use of the particle
Hebrew HO^y i s rendered by the LXX. Ps. 68:26; and Aqu., Symm., Theod., Isa. 7:14), Gen. 24:43;
Ex. 2:8; Prov. 30 19.
:
compare
Isa.
10:25; Ps. 19:7.
PI.
nio^
Ps.
68 26
:
Cant.
V?3 Cn
Gentile noun, from

pi.
DJ? (which
Ezr. 4:9.
see),
Used of a youthful spouse recently married, Isa. 7:14 (compare n^n? Joel i :8). [See
1:3; 6:8.
note at the end of the The notion of unspotted art.] virginity is not that which this word conveys, for which the proper word is '"Pin? (see Cant. 6:8, and Prov. loc. cit; so that in Isa. loc. cit. the LXX. have
incorrectly rendered it Trap&Voc) ; neither does it convey the idea of the unmarried state, as has of late
an Elamite,
^Dpy Elamites,
(l)
fty?5 ("covering"), [Alemeth'], pr.n. i Ch. 7:8. (2) i Ch. 8:36; q:42.
m-
been maintained by Hengstenberg, (Christol. des A. T. ii. 69), but of the nubile state and See puberty. Comment, on Isa. loc. cit. niO^y. ?y_ in the manner
of virgins, nadi Sungfrauen SBeife (see ?y. No. l, a, ) i. e. with the virgin voice, sharp, Germ, soprano, opp. to the lower voice of men, i Ch. 15:20 (see as to this passage under the root n>*3 No. l Piel); Ps. 46:1. Forkel (Gesch. der Musik, i. p. 142) understood it to
7J^ i. q. T^JJand }?3? TO REJOICE, TO BE MEBRT, Job 20: 18. the wing 01 NIPHAL, Job 39: 13, noVjN D'3rr13? the ostriches exults;" i.e. moves itself briskly;
conip.
II. ii.
462, ayuXXo^/tvat
to
HITHPAEL,
rejoice, Pro. 7: 18.
mean
virgin measures (compare Germ. SungfrouroeiS), but this does n?; suit the context, in l Ch. loc. cit.
cM, a root of very doubtful authority, which ruw been regarded as the same as %& to swallow down. to suck in; and hence has been derived fut. Piel But I suspect *tf?1F. they icill suck in, Job 39:30.
the true reading
may be
\J^yb
being changed into
DCXXXV
of the same form only larger), i. e. they sip up eagerly, pret. Pilel (a form frequently used to indicate rapid motion).
2,
letter
elsewhere
(see
is called, to
be gathered
to
one's
its
fathert
4>
(or
W?y?)
^DN Niphal).
(Hence has arisen
use in tho
_
H??? Dan. Bertholdt here incorrectly understands the 7:5word to mean canine teeth, tusks.
Chald.
f. i.
q.
Heb.
singular of single relatives; whence Arab.

uncle,
^
yN
an
to
rib, pi.
and the
is
pr. n. ?N*8J?
kinsman of God,
DJJ
whom God
comp.
kinsman.)
'JJJJ
Poet, used of
"
race of men, as
/>; not used in Kal; pr. TO
DJJ
the afflicted
any peculiar people, Ps. 18:28;
COVER, TO WRAP
Comp. spy No.
i.)
pHX
^3 just men, Gen. 20:4.
LT. .(Arab.
u_Ai, Gr. KaXvTr.
(i) to be covered, Cant. 5: 14. (2) to languish, to faint (pr. to be covered with darkness, see synn. HDJJ, ^PJJ), Isa. 51 :2O.
PUAL
(2) Opp. to princes, leaders, or the king; it denotes the citizens, the common people (compare
HITHPAEL (i) to vail oneself, Gen. 38:14. i. q. Pual No. 2, to faint, to languish with heat, Jon. 4:8; with thirst, Am. 8:13.
(2)
Aaoc opp. to leaders, II. ii. 365; xiii. 108; xxiv. 28), l Kings 12:16; 2 Kings 11: 17; 23:21; Eze. 7:27; soldiers, Jud. 5:2; hence, followed by a genit. the
companions, or servants
VBOfc?
of
a.
3.HJ
'JSy
(see B>'K No. i, h); fetne Scute. " the chariot of the
rVQ3~i?p
tie
leader or lord; i. q. Cant. 6:12,
'?<.
is
companion?
H (verbal of Pual with

26.31:15.
it is
parag.), lan-
of the prince;"
being,
1
SSagen
guishing, lamenting,
said to be for ^3?^, and Pual of the root.]

fut. yvj?!,
i-
[In Thes. this referred to the Pret.
consider, in this
paragogic, and a
mark
^ffolgrS: (*T place not a suffix, but of the constr. state). Eccl.
be
fuvftiidjcn
q- trlj
and
D7J?
:
TO
;
EXULT, TO
REJOICE, TO BE JOYFUL, Pro. ll io 28:12. P?J? nirvil to rejoice in Jehovah, Psa. 5:12; 9:3; l Sam. 2:1. Followed by? to exult over any one, Psal.
5:2.
4:16; also used of the servants of a private master, l Ki. 19:21 2 Ki. 4:41. Elsewhere (3) when an individual speaks, my people is the people to which I belong; Isaiah 53:8 [?]; Ruth l 16; whence '^J? M? the sons of my people; i.e. my
;
Used
figuratively of inanimate things,
Ch.
16:32.
Derivative, JTW/y..
countrymen, Gen. 23:11; poet. ^?y J"I3 id. (see H3 No. 5), Lam. 2 1 1 3:14; 4 3, 6. With the art. it is used
:
:
(4) also of the

Isa.
(J^f-,
whole human race,
i.
q. D"J!?^
p
to
/*, a root not used as a verb. Arab.

""ijwJ?.
(J^-z
adhere; hence
a leech, which see.
DA
tinctives, or
(with conjunctive accents) and 0^ (with diswith the art.) with suff. 'Ey, conim. (but
40:7; 42:5; 44:7; and to this may also be referred the words spoken in bitter irony, Job 12:2, DJ? DriX '3 D3DN "surely ye are the whole human race, and with you wisdom will die," (iljr jVpb allc
SBcIt,
unb
tjabt allev SBSelt SQSeietjeit).
rarely f. Ex. 5:16; Jud. 18:7), a people, so called from their being collected together, see the root DEJ?
(5) Poet, used of a troop, herd of animals, Prov. 30:25,26; Ps. 74:14; compare nj No. 2; also Gr.
Plur.
No.
(Arab. aL*le the
common
people).
It is
very
DJ?
often
frtPP.
used of
D^y constr. *$!? (more rarely in the Aramaean
Israel, as being the
people of God,
manner
Exod. 15:13; Deut. 32:36; BTTJJ Dy the holy people, Deu. 7:6; nppa DJ? the people peculiarly belonging to God, Deut. 4:20, etc.; and in opposition to DM3 (see ^); but the pi. Doy Isa. 8:9; Psal. 33: 10, and r?KH 'y Deut. 28:10, etc., is used of all
peoples.
D^Ppi^ constr. ^PPJ? Neh. 9:22, 24; Jud. 5:14); peoples, nations ; also the tribes of Israel; see above No. i,the kindred, relatives of any one; see above No. 2.
#
7i
Chald.
id.
Plur. fops, einph.
NOJ?
Dan. 3:4,
;
Specially (l) of single races or tribes, e.g. |-1??T DJ? Jud. 5: 18; pi. often of the tribes of Israel (comp. the 2///uoi
19; Isa.3:l3; Hos. 10:14; Ps.47:2, 10;
it is
used
3M
6:26;
7:14.
Syriac
plur.
of the Athenians), Gen. 49: 10; Deut.
32:8; 33:3, and even
root
used of the race or family of any one, especially in the plural '2 *y. the kindred, relatives of anyone,
i.
CJ^ prop, conjunction, communion; from the EJJ; always used as a particle. It is
at the same time (A) adv. together, moreover, *Gr.

ffu', /xtrd;
q.
'a
^?y
(see *1?5?. to
/?
W$
be
A) Lev. 21:1,4; 19: 16. gathered to one's people, i. q.

i,
No.
Arab. U*.
Sam. 17:42, " he was
no' Dy and ruddy nS~)O
at the
same time
(uafc
DC XX XVI
of a handsome countenance,"
l
Sam. 16:12.
It
i.
far
more frequently
suff.
e.
r they shall fear thee with the sun, as long as the sun shall be; compare Dan. 3 133,
Dy
"
l-1Xi;
(B) prep, with

used;
13Sy,
npy (for which also 'l^y
is
and the expression of Ovid, Amor.

et
i.
15, 16,
cum
soli
T?V in pause and fern. ^V, i^V, DHEiy (Syr. and DSy D?sy, Ji!k, Arab, transp.
see I?!!);
luna semper Aratus eriL

(2) at, by, near, used of nearness and vicinity. Drj 2V at, or by the fountain, Gen. 25: 1 1
"1X3
Oy
" and Lot with companionship. Gen. 13: l, 183? B1/1 him;" (Jen. 18:16; l Sam. 9:24. Hence (a) used of aid. Gen. 21 :22, ^J> D'r6*( "God is with thee,"
i.
(l) un'fA, cum (which is of the same origin; see under the root Q9V)> prop- used of fellowship and
near Shechem, Gen. 35:4; njn* Dy by Jehovah

at his sanctuary), l
:
(i. e.
e.
after
aids thee, Gen. 26:3, 28; l Sam. 14:45; hence verb* of aiding; as "iHJ (Germ. bet)ftet)n), l Ch.
see), etc.
Sam. 2 2 1 V>? Dy at the face of any one, Job 1:12. Hence it is said, to dwell by (or with) any one, i. e. in his house or family, Gen. 27:44; in the same people, Gen. 23:4; to serve bi, (or with) one, i. e. to be his servant, Gen. 29:25, 30.
;
By any
12:21; PiDnn (which

(6)
fellowship in action, as Dy p?n to share with any one, Pro. 29:24; to inherit with any one, Gen. 21 10; to make a covenant with any one (see ~ 1 T13); Dy "IS/I (see ?'?), to converse with any one;
Of
:
one, specially is used (a) for, in anyone's house, chez quelqiiun, see the examples already " there is cited, and also Gen. 24:25, plenty of straw and fodder ^Dy by (or with) us," i. e. in our house.
hence Dy "Q" the word which I speak with any one, Job 15: 1 1 2 Chron. 1:9; Dy 3?E> to lie with any
1
Hebrew it is more fully said, '3 JV3 Dy " the Ch. 13: 14. (b) in any one's body, Job 6:4, darts of the Almighty (are) '"!?y;" LXX. iv TUJ auIn the later
l
p.ari p.ov.
More
one, Gen. 19:32, seq.; 30:15.
If
it is
used of those
who
27
1 1
inait
,
^
;
often
(c) in
any
one's
mind, Job
Dy TtW
:
I will
not conceal what
are acting in mutual hostility,

(c)
with for against, as Dy Dn?3 to fight, to wage war with any one; Dy P5S?. to struggle with, Dy 3'") to strive with, also Psalm 55: 19, Vn D2n3 3 " for *isy they come with many (they have many
allies in battle) against
i. e. what his thoughts are, Job 9 35, *"I13y "O3N f ? tih " not so (am) I myself," i.e. my mind is not such within me, sc. that I should fear; Nu. 14:24; hence used of counsel, which any one takes, Job 10:13,
are
with
his
the Almighty,"
what
mind with
is
me."
Ps. 94:
1 6,
"
who
will
aid
me DT5P Dy
(in fighting)
with
the wicked."
know that such things have been in thy mind," that thou purposes! such things; Job 23:14; used of that which we know, are actjisy
ns'T
ny.T
" I
Job9:i4; 10:17; 16:21; 17:3. (d) With verbs of doing; to do with any one (well or ill), to treat him (well or ill), as Dy 31B flfe^, oy non ne^ j os h. 2:12; Psal. 119:65; Dy apn to
do good
" the beasts of the field quainted with, Ps. 50: ll, (are) with me," or in my mind, i. e. I know them all, (in the other hemistich ^nyi'); Job 15:9; used
of the opinion of any one (compare

valet
any one, Genesis 32:10; Dy nyi to act friendly with any one, Ps. 50: 18; also Dy D'tpn Ps. 18:24; Dy tftv (see that word); Dy p33 Ps.?8:37.
to
apud me
i.
mult urn
in
haec opiuio,
e. g.
Arab. ,_cja
with me,
e.
my
From
(e)
the notion of association springs that of
common
lot.
Gen. 18:23, "wilt thou de-
/$ Dy Ply to be righteous in the judgopinion), ment of God, Job 9:2; 25:4. The Hebrews express this more fully (but only, however, the later writers),
'3^>
stroy the righteous with the wicked?" i.e. like the Gen. 18:25; J b 3:i4>i5; 21:8; Psalm wicked. " the wise man dies with the Ecc. 2:
Dy,
33V Dy,
animum
like the Gr. jura Qptaiv, Lat. apud % (to maintain, to propose), Ecc. l 16, ^"?3^
:
73:5.
fool,"
16,
equally with the
fool,
the lot of both
is
the
Hence same, they are treated alike. (/) It is used of any equality or similitude; Job 40:15, "behold the hippopotamus which I have
created ^psy
heart;" Deut. 8:5; l'.-a. 77:7; 2 Ch. i:il; used of purpose, i Ch. 22:7, 28:2; 2 Ch. 6:7, 8; 24:4; 29:10; of that which we know, Josh. 14:7; i Ki. 1O:2; 2 Ch. 9:1. (d) 6>
(or with) men is often used for amongst them, i* their midst, like the Gr. ped' iralpur, ptr arcpaat, Lat. apud exercitum, for in exercitu (compare Germ.
mit/ which is of the same stock as 3Xitte, and t. <nr '3E* Dy" amongst the in fura), Isa. 38 1 1 habitants of the world;" 2 Sam. 13:23, Q!1? &k it it the () "amongst Ephraimites." Metaph
:
*3^Dy"I spoke with my
equally with
thee," as well as I
have
created thee; Job 9: 26; Ps. 120:4, "(the tongue is Dj." like coals of broom" false)... D'PJV) ^na [Retem],
and burns like coals. It is used with verbs of likeness, By 'E'P? to be compared with any thing, i. e. to be like a thing, Ps. 143:7. (y) It i* used of equality as to time; Psalm 72 15,
I.
e. it
pierces
notwithstanding, in spite of (compare 3
letter
DCXXXVII
?, No. 3, Arab.
ed. 2}
?~it
_^>
De
Sacjr,
Gram. Arabei.
1094,
ay
in spite of this, nevertheless, Neh.
5:18.
of its significations Dy agrees with J"IX (No. II), which Ewald would therefore derive from this word, Hebr. Gramm. page 608 (npy., contr. ny, changed into fiN); but the different origin and primary signification have been already shewn above.
IT
Dan. 1:5 (comp ^PD ^3n? Dan. I -.4); '32? 1 to minister to Jehovah, used of prophets, i Ki. 17:1; 1] 18:15; Jer. 15:19; priests, Deu. 1O:8; Jud. 20:28;
comp. Ps. 134:
of coition.
l.
1y
many
But Lev. 18:23, MP?
"1PJ> is
used
(a) to be set over by ?y in anything anyone, Num. 7:2. (/3) to confide to stand Eze. ^ 33:26. by any (Syr. (y) JDOLQ), one, to defend him (comp. ?y_ No. 2, i), Dan. 12:1;
(b) followed
With
the prefix IP,
Dyp (Arab,
j^ ^) used
of
Est.
those that go from any person or thing by, with, or near whom they were. Specially (a) from the vicinity of any one, after a verb of going away, de-
(2)
8:ll; 9:16 (comp. D-lp). to stand, for to stand firm,

/>
to
remain,
to
endure
26:16; sending away, Deut. D??pn Dyp from the altar, Ex. 21:14; Deu. 23:16; Jud. 9:37; Job 28:4. (b) from any one's house, de chez quelqu'un (compare Dy No. 2, letter b). njriB Dyp out of Pharaoh's house, Exod. 8:8,25,26; 9:33; 10:6,18. (c) out of the power
15: 12, etc.
parting, Gen. 13:14;
(opp. to fall, to perish), fteben bleiben, beftetn. Psa. 33: 11," the decree of Jehovah standeth (foi ever)." Psa. 102:27," tne heavens shall perish, thou
remainest;" Exod; 18:23; Am. 2:15; Hos. 10:9; Est. 3 4. npnpp? npj? to stand firm in battle Eze.
: ;
Followed by \3Q? to stand firm before any one, to resist him, Ps.76:8; 130:3; 147:17; Nah. 1:6; more rarely followed by '3?? Josh. 21 44
13:5
of any one (from any

;
one), after verbs of receiving, 2 Sa. 3: 15; asking, Ex. 22:13; buying, 2 Sam. 24: 2 1 often used of God, from whom as the author and
cause anything springs. Psalm 121:2, cometh Hirp Dyp f r o Jehovah." Isa. 8
"my
:
help
"
8,
(we)
are signs and wonders in Israel njnj Dyp from Jenovah," so appointed and destined by him for this.
Isa.
4:12; IP Dan. 11:8; simply, Dan. 11 15, 25; followed by ? to persist, to persevere, Eccl. 8:3; 2 Ki. 23 3. in any thing, Isaiah 47 1 2 Once followed by an ace. Eze. 17 14, " to keep the covenant (and) to stand to it (Fnpjf?)." Hence to remain in the same place, Ex. 9:28; or state, used
23:9;
:
I.??
Eccl.
both of persons and things, Lev. 1 3 5, 37

:
Jer.
32:14;
jju
7:11; 29:6; l Ki. 2:33; 2 Ch. 10:15. (Arabic from the command, will of any one.) (d)
Dan. 10:17; ii:6 amongst the living, Ex. 2 1 2 1.
48:11;
(3)
specially to
remain
^c
to
stand
from the mind
of any one. i Sa. 16: 14, the Spirit went away Dyp from the mind of Saul." Hence used of a judgment which proceeds from any one. Job 34: 33, " doth (God) retribute Tpyp according to thy mind?" 2 Sa. 3:28; used of purpose, Gen. 41:32; l Sa. 20:33. (e) from among (comp. Similar Dy No. 2 letter d). VH5* Dyp Ruth 4:10.
"
still, to stop, (fliUftcfyn), as opp. to
W$
haste
go on one's way, to proceed, "lfoy/n ?^ do not stop."
" make l Sam. 20:38, Used of the sun stand-
ing
of the sea still in his course, Joshua 10:13; becoming tranquil, Jon. 1:15; compare 2 Ki. 4 6. Followed by IP to desist from any thing, to leave " she ceased from Gen. 29:35, rn?O "'toy;;)! off.
:
bearing children;" 30:9.

(4)
to
to this is J"IKP
page xcrv, A.
stand
q. Heb. with, by, near, used of fellowship, Dan. 2:18,43; 6:22; 7:13, 21, "a (form) like the Son of man came N'PS?' \33y_. Dy with the clouds of heaven;" compare perd Od. ii. 148. Trvoiyg avlpoto, Used of time during which anything is done (comp. Heb. No. i, letter #): K^'f? Dy Germ, bet) 9lad)t, Dan.
Dy
Ch.
i.
found in the
of a of
latter books,
up, arise (au(pet)n), i. q. Dip, but only Dan. 12: i, 13; often used
new
prince, Dan. 8: 23; n:-2, 3,

: ;
20
Ecc. 4:15;
war springing up, l Chr. 20 4 followed by ?y to rise up against any one, Dan. 8:25; 11:14; 1 Ch. 21:1; compare Lev. 19: 16. (5) pass, to be constituted, set, appointed.
3"-npyi "let our rulers be apEzr. 10:14, -Uni^ pointed," let us appoint our rulers, Dan. 11:31. to cause HIPHIL "fPV.n (i) causat. of Kal No. i,
set, Psa. 31:9; Lev. 14:11; used figuconstitute, to decree, 2 Chron. 3 5 followed by V to destine (to promise) to any one, 33:8; followed by^y to impose (a law) on any one; Neh. 1O: 33; also to constitute, to set in an office or function, l Ki. 12:32; l Ch. 15: 16. 1 Causat. of Ka No. 2, to cause to stand firm, Of
to
7:2.
"H? ~n
Dy with
all generations, i.e. so
long as
generations of
I.
men
shall be,
Dan. 3:33; 4:31.
*1Q%
I. II.
Conj.
prop.) of inanimate things, Deu.
fut. Iby.i (i) TO STAND. (Arab. J^c IV. transit, to set firmly, to sustain, to Used of men, Gen. 24:30, 31; 41:17; and
stand,
to
ratively, to
31:15; Josh. 3:16; 11:13.

(a) followed
to
Followed by prepositions ttand before a king, i.e.

him, Gon.4i;46;
by
'39? to
serve,
l
to
minister
to
Deut. 1:38:
Ki. 1:28;
10:8;
(a)
DCXXXVIII
endure, i.e. to establish, to preserve, iKi. 15:4; aCh. 9:8; Prov. 29:4; to confirm, i. q. D'j? 2 Ch.
(2) \_Ummah~\, pr. n. of a town in the tribe o/ Asher; only found Josh. 19:30.
35:2; Dan. 11:14, "to confirm the vision,"
i.e.
Q
,
by the
(3)
event.
q.
m.
(l) a
column, a pillar (Arab.

i
i.
Kal No.
3, intrans. to
stand
still, 2
Ch.
Jud. 16:25, 26;
Ki. 7:8, seq.
|3yn
:
18:34.
raise, to set up, as statues, 2 Ch. 33: 19; a house, Ezr. 2:68; 9:9; also, to arouse, to stir up,
(4)
to
the pillar of cloud, Exod. 33:9, 1O; and L' Kn the pillar of fire, Ex. 13:22. Used of the pillars of
Neh. 6:7; Dan. ll:ll, 13. HOPHAL, tobe set, placed,Lev. 16: 10; to remain, i Ki.22:35. Derived nouns, 1V, rVTOj;, nitsy, TOgD, npyo.
II.
heaven (very high mountains), Job 26:11; of the

earth, ibid. 9:6.
(2) a
platform, scaffold,
q. 'PJT|3,
2 Ki. 11:14; 23:3.

is,
. (i.
as is stated, Gen. 19:38, that
"'?>;
air. \ty6fji.
J9'-7< E*3pO-?3 131 rnypni " and
DH?
Fn.oy.nl
of uncertain authority; Eze. which clearly stands for

all their loins to
son of my relative, or kindred, i. e. born from incest from the noun Dy which see No. i with the
;
thou hast made
Ps. 69:24. But it appears to me uncertain whether the letters are transposed by a certain usage of the language, or whether through some
shake;" compare
addition of the syllable P, likeiiDIi? from OT^; P" X^ from K>X"i) Amman, pr. n. of a man; the son of Lot
his younger daughter, Gen. 19:30, seqq.; hence of the nation of Ammonites, who were descended
by
error in this place only. This form however seems to be one of those which are reckoned among the in-
from him; who inhabited the land beyond Jordan between the rivers Jabbok and Arnon, l Sam. 1 1 1 1
:
numerable
ties
licenses, or barbarisms [rather peculiariof dialect] of the prophet Ezekiel.
more frequently
2:37; 3:i6.
fisy. 133.,
est, i. e.
called
:
Eze. 25
j'n
py *33 Niim. 21:24; Deut. 25 fang is used for H$

See Relandi Palaestina, and Gruber's Encycl.
is
as in Lat.
Bruttios, Samnites profectua
q. CJJ only found with the suffix of ÎPV i. q. 'PV with me, Gen. 21:23; 31:5'. by me, Gen. 29: 19, 27; see other examples under DV. This word is not at all connected with the root "IPJJ to stand, but it rather belongs to an un-
prep.
i.
into their territories.
the
first pers.
p.
103; and
my article in Ersch
iii.
voc.
Ammon,
/
371.
Gent. n.
l Ki.
ll:l; Neh. 13:23; plur. nV31DJ?

("
;
îoy, fem. JViflBJJ i Ki. il:i.

of a prophet,
used root !Oy
= n3y to
tie,
to bind together, answer-
burden") Amos,
pr.
name
Am.
1:1
?
7:8, seqq.; 8:2.

pr. n. masc.,
ing to the Arabic
Compare
("deep"), [Amok'],
Nehem.
m. (i) a place where one stands, a plat2 Chron. 34:31. form, (a) a place, Dan. 8:17, 18.
12:7,20.
SSTOJ/
("one of the family of God,"
i.e.
servant
?v
f.
a place where any one
stops,
lodging,
Mic. 1:11.
or worshipper of God; comp. Di? No. i), [Ammiel], m. (l)Num. 13:12. (2) 2 Sam. 9:4, 5; 17: pr. n. 27. (4) l Ch. 3:5; for which (3) i Chron. 26:5.
there
is,
an unused root, having the signification of association and fellowship, i. q. DPJJ No. l Derivav
.
2 Sam. 11:3, WTpK.

i.
tive
citizen of
DJ^ (" one of the people of Judah," Judah; for "HH 'DJ?),
e.
[Ammihud],
pr. n.
prop, subst. conjunction, communion (from the root DPJJ No. l). It is only found in w const, state ni?y (once Ecc. 5:15); elsewhere f?V?;
(
f-
m.
l
(i) 2 Sam. 13:37
np.
(2)Num. i:lO;
2: 18:
Ch. 7:26. (3) (5) l Ch. 9:4.
Num. 34:20.
of the
(4) ibid, verse 28.
with
cy..
once ntey? Ezek. 45:7; prep. i. q. by, near, Exod. 25:27; 28:27. (6) against, Eze. 3:8. (c) over against, l Ch. 26:16. (d) equally with, even as (i.q. DV No.l,e), l Ch.
suff.
'noy^>,
"nnp$ ("kind red

i.
(a) at,
of Jehovah ; comp. ÔV. , "Hr'py), pr. n. m., i Ch. 27 6.

e.
:
bountiful giver, [Ammisabad],

e.
24:31; 26:12; Ecc.7:l4; whence Ecc. 5: 1 " altogether in the same way, as" (compare Job 87:3). With two prefixes JTSy^P near, l Kings
7:ao.
"VUTQJ?
one of the fam i ly,"
i.
relative " of the

;
nobles"), No.i.
pr. n. masc., 2 Sa.
13:37 a>ro
for
"NV$!
("kindred
of the prince") pr.n.m.
DCXXXIX
(l) Ex. 6:23;
(a)
i
Num. 1:7; Rutn 4' 1 9'> Ch. 15:10, ii. (3) i Ch. 6:7.
Ch. 2:10.
iTpy Ch. adj. deep, figuratively hidden, not to be searched out, Dan. 2:22.
befove
in the middle of Canaan, whence the Mount of thi Amalekites in the tribe of Ephraim, Judges 12:15; compare Judges 5: 14. In the Arabian genealogiea
,L~^.i .iJl^c
Arabians.
is
mentioned amongst the aboriginal

p.
m. a sheaf, i. q. ">$? [" a bundle of corn bound into a sheaf"], Am. 2:13; Micah Zee. 12:6; from the root ~>PJJ No. i. 4:12;
it is 5?
,
^PX
See Relandi Palsestina,
78
82;
i.
J.
p.
D.
Michaelis, Spicileg. Geogr. Hebr. Ext. torn.
170
("
servant of
the
[Ammishaddai],
pr. n.
Almighty," comp. m. Numbers l 12;

:
2:25.
19:17)
" the
JV2?y (from the root (l) fellowship.
nV =Dpy No.
r i.
i)
m.
(Levit.
13|.
Zech. 13 :7,
e.
WpS?
p. 1927; Vater, Comment. den Pentat. vol. i. p. 140; and my remarks in Ersch and Gruber's Ericycl. iii. 301, under the word Amalek. Gent, noun i?2'?J?, with the art. collect. Gen. 14:7; Jud. 12:15. (2) a grandson of Esau, and the founder of an Arabian tribe, Gen. 36:16; compare verse 12 and
177; ejusd. Supplemm.
liber
<l
man
of
my
fellowship,"
my
fellow,
com-
Vater,
loc. cit.
panion.
(2) abstr. for concr.
SJlitmenfcf)),
i. q. JH 6 ir\r)ffiov (bet 9t&d)fte/ a neighbour, Lev. 5:21 18:20; with a
;
(i) prop. TO GATHER TOGETHER, TO COLLECT, TO JOIN TOGETHER, whence CJ? a people,
masc. verb, Lev. 19: 15.
Qy with, by,
in
!"!)
conjunction.
(Arab.
^c.
is
to
be
TO LABOUR, especially with toil and weariness, to toil, Prov. 16:26; Ps. 127:1. Followed by ? to labour upon any thing, Jonah 4:10; Ecc. 2:21. Ecc. 1:3, WOJP93 "of all the
fut. /by.!
7QJ7
common, but this root is very widely extended both in the Phcenicio-Shemitic, and the Indo-Germanic languages. In the former, compare QP| to D-13 to cumulate, and recollect, whence C|, npjp
?
^JW
toil with which he

to labour, to
toils."
Ecc. 2:20; 5:17. (Arab.
make).
f.
Hence
(l) heavy,
DH kinsman, fathertaining the guttural, CDS, H^JJ, in-law; amongst the latter, compare Latin cum, con, cwmulus, cunctus (from cungo =junyo), Gr. KOIVOC
and with the palatal letter either yci/jor, softened into an aspirate, or changed into a sibilant,
(KWOC),
Sanscr. sam, Persic
,jj>,
'VX
(once
Ecc. 10:15)
1
wea-
risome labour, Ecc. 1:3; 2:11; used

of the mind, Ps. 7 3
:
figuratively
6.
Gr. a/m, o/uoc bpov (with an

I,
(2) the produce
of labour, Ps.iO5:44; Ecc. 2:19.
(3) weariness, trouble, vexation, Gr. Knparoc, TTOVOC, Genesis 41:51; Deu. 26:7; Job 3:10; 16:2, 7D]; 'bryp "troublesome comforters." Isa. 53: 11,
iEJ>93
added third radical d and Hebr. loy, Lat. simul), avv,

saman, Anglo-Sax. samo,
o^tXoc, oyua?oc
,vvoc,
comp.
Moesogoth. sama,
mth French ensemble, Dan.
'Py.'?
"of the sorrow

is
;
(or
l
anguish)
of his
soul."
It
rendered by some, sin, wickedness

Isa.
(i. q. !}K),
Nu. 23:21
is
10:
but the signification
son, Germ, fammt/ jufammen/ fammetn; comp. also as to the Slavonic languages, Dorn lib. die Verwandtschaft des Persischen und Gr. Lat. Sprachstammes,
p. 183.)
of vexation
not unsuitable in both places. (4) [Anal], pr.n. m. l Ch. 7:35.
(2)
to
shut,
to
close, hence to hide,
to
conceal,
ivith
weariness
m. verbal adj. (l) labouring, especially and exhaustion, often used with per-
Ezek. figuratively, for to surpass, intrans. to be hidden. Eze. 28:3, fpop.2
Used
31:8; and
" no secret
is
hid from
thee."
sonal pronouns for the finite verb, Ecc. 2:22; 4:8;
(Arab.
to
^c.
be
9:9; hence an artizan, Jud. 5:26. (2) sorroivful, wretched, Job 3:20; 20:22.
pr. n.
hidden, covered with clouds, used of the sky.
Syr.
Ethpe. to
a
be covered, as the sky.)

bright-
(l)
Amalek,
the Amalekites,
HOPHAL,
Dyjin to
rery ancient people (Gen. habiting the regions south of Palestine, between Edom and Egypt (compare Ex. 17:8 16; Numb. 13:29; 1 Sam. 15:7), also dwelling on the east of the Dead
14:7; Numb.
24:20), in-
ness of gold),
become dim (used of the Lam. 4:1.
D'ppJJ, and Chaldee

see cy.
\^V.
peoples, nation t.
Sea and Mount Seir (Num. 24:20; Jud. 3:13; 6:3, 33V, they seem also to have settled here and there
X13^ ("God
bolic
with us"), [Immanuef], a symand prophetical name of a son of Isaiah ti
prophet [this is utterly false, it is the name of the son who should be born of the Virgin, and it de" God over all blessed signates Him as being truly for ever"!, Isa. 7:14; 8:8.
r Neh.4:ii),fiit.bbSlTO TAKE (once UP, TO LIFT, e.g. a stone, Zee. 12:3; to carry, to bear, Isa. 46:3; specially to lift up a load and put
(2) metaph.
what cannot be sought
out, Psalm
64:7; Ecc. 7:24.
V&
pPX with suff. 'ppy, a valley, a low tract of land of wide extent (fiuQvg TOTTOC, see the root Hiphil), fit for corn land (Job 39: 1O; Psal. 65: 14; Cant, a: l),
and suited
of vaileys,
all
l
for battle fields
B*PPJ? appears to
(Job 39:21). In plur. be once used for the inhabitants

:
it
Constr.absol., Isa. 46: i ; followed by '2 of the beast (but without the accusative). Gen.
beast.
on a
the
Ch. 12 15, " they put to flight D'p.pyn-^3 inhabitants of the valleys;" but perhaps it
D'p,:y.rrT>3
44: 13, nbq^y. K^S Dby?. each one lifted up (his load) on his ass;" Neh. 13:15. Figuratively, Psa. D'DJ."if they lay (a burden) upon us." 68:20, HIPHIL D*??J?n to lay (a burden) upon any one,
should be read
Jer.
"all the
I
47
5, for Dijpy
nnKS?,
in reading CDppy. JV")X^ " (Ascalon) the remains of the Anakim ;" comp. verse 4, and for illustration of
Anakim," just as in have not any hesitation
followed by 72 "
Ki. 12
1 1
2 Ch. 10:
1 1.
"\P>X.
whom Jehovah carries

Isa.
the matter, Josh. 11:21. It differs in its use from the words of similar signification, ""WP.3, 'I, /H3, each
in
pr. n.
his
of which
plains.
is
bosom," compare
* Ch. 17:16.
46:3) [Amasiah],
m.
This word
poy.
applied to certain particular valleys or is also used in the name of the
following valleys:
(a)
("eternal ueople"), [Anad], pr.n. of
n^sn
a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19:26.

P-iPJ'V
near Bethlehem,
(b)
("the valley of the terebinth"), l Sa. 17:2, 19; 21:1O.

(
nan? PV.
the
valley of blessing"), near
TO BE DEEP, metaph.
to be
unsearchable,
...
Engedi, 2 Ch. 20: 26.

(c)
Ps.
92 :6; compare Greek

Qtov,
/3a8u^>pwv, /3a0oe
^n
pp.y.
("the king's valley"), not far from
Rom.
11 :33-
(Arab.
L*x more
}
.
the
Dead
Sea, Gen. 14:17; 2 Sa. 18:18.
(rf)
cys*3-| ppy.
("the valley of Rephaim"),

the land of the
Isa.
rarely with the letters transposed ,ix^, Aram.
r>y>>
southwest of Jerusalem, towards

Philistines, Josh.
15:8; 18:16; 283.5:18,22;
deep, to deepen, often followed by a finite verb. Isa. 7:11, "?$? PP.&D "deepen, ask," i. e. ask that a miracle may be performed from the deep and followed by a gerund, in such a manner
HIPHIL,
to
;
make
(e)
21,
But TVP P Josh. 18: pcy, see of a town in the tribe of Benjamin. Other valleys take their names from neighbouring
is
D^
D>.
the
name
that
it
03^6
almost becomes an adverb, Jerem. 49 8, 30, *P'Pn " make deep your habitations," dwell
:
towns (see
?^?")r.)
or from
men
(see
in the depths of the earth.
Hos. 9 : 9.
to
m. depth, Pro. 25:3.

v
Isa.
29: 15,
TnpV Dirpg??n
are also called
" those
who
hide deeply."
Things Arabic
not used in Kal.
(i) prop. TO
BIND
"W?V).
a great length before the eye of the beholder, like the Gr. paOvs roToc, a long extended region, ftadfia au\>;, II. v. 142 just as we call the space from the front to the back of a house, tfie depth (trie Stefe bc6 auff), comp. ppy.. Isa. 30 33, nrvrro yrnn pyn. he hath made the
;
:
deep which extend
CLOSELY TOGETHER
(see Piel, "IPV No. 1,
and
^.
to
press, to squeeze, to bind together
closely (Castell.) [This meaning is expressly rejected in Thes. as not really belonging to the Arabic verb:
to
heap up
;
is
given as the primary sense of the Hes >-
burning
Isa.
pile long and broad;" and metaph. ^P'PJ^l HTD " they have gone far aside," fie entferncn (Id) roett,
brew word]
whence ,*+. bundles.
From
the idea
31:6; Hos. 5:2. Derived nouns, PPP,...ppy, and also
of binding arises (2) that of to

(3)
to
subdue
(as in Samaritan), to
make
P'PJ?, Q'P.PJ!P.>
a servant, see Hithpael, and

serve, colere (Arab. ^f.
coluit,
pr. n.
C
Med.
Damma
adj.
deep, only found in
pi. const,
cultus fvit).
(men) deep of lip, i. e. using a barbarous or foreign language, which cannot be understood, Isa. 33:19;
Eze. 3:5, 6.
adj.
PJEL, to
bind sheaves together,
Ps. 129:7; se*
Kal No.
treat
i.
(i) deep, Lev. 13:3, seqq.
HITHPAEL, pr. to act as master ; followed by? tc any one as a servant, or slave, Deu. 21:14; 3 4 7 Derived nouns, "^y, '"!"*}{, ^^, fQV, and
'
OCX LI
D|[.
(i)
i.
q.
Tl?V
**/,
Levit.
Lev. 25:5, m. a cluster

11; Deut. 32:32, s etc.
23:10, seq.
Job 24:10.
(Arabic ,yji a bundle).
of grapes, Gen.4O:l>, * ^ id., Arab. (Syr. J^-yt

<>
(2) c, measure of dry things, containing the tenth part of an Ephah, Ex. 16:22, 32; especially 36, not " to be confounded with the measure 9 n which con|
i^^ve. collect, clusters.
Perhaps also to the same
stock belongs apireXoy, and even
o/^0a.)
LOt
tained ten Ephahs.
-UC TO LIVE
i.
SOFTLY AND DELICATELY,
Chald. wool,
q.
Heb. "I?* Dan. 7:9.

To/noppa), pr.n. (per-
used in Kal.
(Arab. ^^s. to allure, to entice, used
y Gomorrha (LXX.
haps
i.
of the amorous gestures of women, in their looks
q.
i'
,\*.
"culture," "habitation" ["prob.
depression"]), one of the four cities in the valley of Siddim, which were sunk in the Dead Sea, which is
walk, etc.) PUAL, part.
fern, to be
HITHPAEL
Isa.
(l)
i.
q.
soft and delicate, Jer. 6:8. Pual, Deut. 28:56, compare
commonly mentioned together with Sodom, Genesis

10:19; 13:10.
'"!??
(i.q.
55:2.
njnt$ prob.
"servant of Jehovah;"
(2) to delight oneself, to be glad in any thing, followed by ?V_ Job 22:26; 27:10; Ps. 37:11; followed by IP Isa. 66 : 1 1
.
compare the root No. 3 ["perhaps

of Jehovah'; comp. the Arab.
'young learner
^^ unskilful"]), [0?nri], pr.n. (l) of a king of Israel (929 18, B.C.); the founder of Samaria, i Kings 16:16, seq. ; 2 Ki. 8:26; Mic. 6: 16; LXX. (2) i Chron. "A/ij3pi.
7:8.
(3)
i
(3) Hence used in a bad sense, to deride anyone, followed by ?J? Isa. 57:4.
Derived nouns,
M3y.Pl
and
ti$ r
Isa.
f.
n33g adj. delicate, soft, Deut. 28:54, 06;
47:1.
life, Isaiah
01.9:4.
(4)
101.37:18.
JJy m. delights, delicate

i.e.
13:29;
("kindred
of the
Most High,"
of
68:13.
<eUv TO BIND, occurring twice as a verb, Job 31:36; Prov. 6:21; whence also the subst. nteljfl?.
c
God), [Amrani], pr. n. m. (i) the father of Moses, Ex. 6:18,20; Nu. 3:19; whence the patron. *P^PX 1X11.3:27; i Ch. 26:23. (2) Ezr. 10:34.
Kindred words are

jf
i.
q.
TO
CARRY, TO BEAR, Nehem. 4:11.

pr.n. m.
I.
JJLC at, by,
and the Hebr.
T3J?.
KDj;
28:12.
("burden"), [Amasa],
Sa.i7:25; 19:14; lChron.2:i7.
(l) (2) 2 Chron.
(l) prop. TO SING, i.q. Arab, IV. (this signification, although unfrequent, seems, however, to be primary, see Piel; compare
Conj.
II.
'';
^^"
(l)
i
("burdensome"), [Amasai\,
(2)
l
pr.n. m.
(3) 2 Ch.
Lat. cano, Pers.
^jj^>.
;
to sing, to call, to read;
Ch. 6:10, 20.
Ch. 15:24.
Sansc. gat), Ex. 15:21

song,
l
followed
by ?
to praise with
29:12.
'DJj^DJ/
[Amashat],
pr. n.
m. Neh. 11:13; but
suspect that this is an incorrect reading, sprung from the two forms H?OP and <Dy; see D>P?"B3 and
Sam. 21:12; 29:5; Ps. 147:7; hence to cry out (compare Lat. actor canit, cantat, i. q. declamat, fdjrett laut), used of the shout of soldiers in battle, Ex. 32 18; Jer. 51 14; of jackals in the deserts,
:
an unused root; Chald. to bind together, fasten together, whence may be derived 23J a cluster, as if a bundle of grapes, and pr. n.
to
tinaH
c
" a JJ>; (perhaps place abounding in grapes"), Josh. 11:21, and 3$ Josh. 15:50, pr. n. of
a town in the mountains of
Judah
[still called
'Anab
>Ue, Rob.
pi.
ii.
195].
constr.
3|J?
D'331?,
(Dag. forte euphor
),
13:22 (compare cantus galli, gallicinium). It is applied to any one who pronounces any thing solemnly and with a loud voice (compare Lat. cantare, cantor, used of any one who often says, inculCic. Orat cates, or affirms any thing, Ter. Plaut. i(a) used of God uttering an oracle, 55)j hence l Sam.9:i7,-in3JJ njrVI" Jehovah declared to him" (Samuel); Gen. 41 16, "God announces welfare Used in a foto Pharaoh;" compare Deut. 20: 11. rensic sense (b) of a judge giving sentence, Exod. 23:2; and (c) of a witness giving evidence, solemnly af firming any thing; hence to testify, witb
Isa.
;
:
42
DCXLII
an ace. of the thing, Deut. 19: 16; followed by 3 of him for whom (Gen. 30:33; l Sa. 12:3) or against whom (Num. 35:30; Deut. 19:18; 2 Sam. l:l6) 3 ny. fUJJ Ex. 20: 16. testimony is given. More fully
and therefore it is often retained in Piel (Lehrg, p. 242), and in Arabic it is expressed by a harder
letter ( to sing). jic.
(i
Hence
(2) to lift
i
NIPHAL Job ll:2;

(2)i.q.
(l) to be
to be
answered,
i.
e. to
be
refuted,
heard and anstvered, Job 19:7;
up the
voice,
to
begin to speak (Syr.
Prov. 21:13.
PIEL,
i.
x) especially in the later [?] Hebrew, Job 3:2, 12!! IDS*} 3VK "and Job began to speak, and said;" Cant, a: 10; Isa. 14:10; Zee. l:lo; 3:4; 4:11,12. Followed by an ace. of pers. to speak to any one, Zee. i 1 1. Far more frequently Constr. (3) to answer, to reply. (a) with an ace. of pers. Job 1:7; Gen. 23:14; Cant-5:6, like the Gr. a/ic(/3o/zat riva. (b) with an ace. of the thing which, or to which one answers, Prov. 18:23; Job 40:2. In like manner, Job 33: 13, &*' ^1?Tr " he does not answer as to ?^. any of his things," i. e. he renders no account. And so (c) with two ace. of pers. and thing, l Sam. 20: 10; Mic. 6:5; Jer. 23:37; Job 9:3. To answer to any one is used (oa) in a bad sense, of those who contradict a
f
; :
Kal to answer, followed by ?Eze. 14:4,7. q. Kal No. l, to sing, Ex. 32: 18 (where
is
from Kal).
Piel in the signification of singing Ps. 88 : i ; Isa. 27 : a.
distinguished
HIPHIL, to answer, i. q. Kal No. 3, lib, followed by an ace. and 3 of the thing to hear and answer any one in any thing, to bestow the thing upon him, Ecc.
;
5:i9Derived nouns, see Kal No.

II.
4.
i"1
M Jj/
1
(for
13V. ,
a verb
1?,
compare the deriva-
tives,
VV> "I" ??) (l) TO BESTOW LABOUR UPON ANT THING, TO EXERCISE ONESELF IN ANT THING, fol10.
lowed by 3 Ecc. 1:13; 3:

followed ^jic.
'
(Syr.
_2>
'
^, Arab.
master when commanding or blaming,

themselves and contend with
who excuse
oerantroorten),
till
him
by t_j id.), specially, as it appears, to the ground, to bring the earth into culti""'jy.p,
(fid)
vation, whence
to be
rV3y.p,
a furrow.
Job 9:14,
reply, also
15, 32;
16:3 (compare Arab. c_^^-
some one, Job 32:12. (bb) in a good sense, of those who answer the prayers of any one, who hear and answer a petitioner; and thus it is often used of God hearing and answering men, l Sam. 14:39; Psa. 3:5; 4:2. There is a pregnant construction, Ps. 22:22, ^HiPP *?JV3y. Q*P") "answer (and deliver) me from the
excuse); or
refute
who
n^y.!
(2) afflicted, depressed, oppressed, Ps. Il6: 1O; 119:67; Zee. 1O:2. Isa. 31 -.4, N? Djion.p^ " and will not be at their
(who)
depressed
'
Isa. 25:5, multitude," he will not lose his courage. n.3y.! D'Vny ~l'P? " the song of the tyrants shall he
brought
NIPHAL
53:7,
low." (Arab. Ixc to be depressed, low).

(i)
to be
afflicted, Ps. 119: 107.
Isa.
n3y_;_
wni
and he was afflicted."
horns of the
pers.
Remim ;" hence (cc) with an ace. of and ? of the thing, to answer any one in any thing, i.e. to be bountiful to him, to bestow the thing, Ps. 65 6 and with an ace. of the thing, Ecc. " 10:19, bbrrnx nay.' f]D3n money answers with
: ;
(2) reflect, to submit oneself to any one, by *3?P Ex. 10:3 (where for J"ii3yn? there is
all
"
PIEL (i) to oppress, to depress, to afflict, Gen. 16:6; 15:13; 31:50; Exodus 22:21. Psalm " 102:24, 'H3 "=17.1? n |y (Jehovah) depressed (con-
things
(4)
to
(imparts
to
all), geroafyrt alleS/
compare Hos.
one's
sumed)
2:23,24.
signify,
imply any thing by

i.
words
my strength in the way." Psalm 88:8, JV3y T"?.35?P" thou hast oppressed (i. e. inundat^n (me) with all thy waves."
(2)
force,
"^3
(etroa$ fagen icollen* bcabftdjtigen), q. Arab. ^jiz. Hence n ?J?P, J^P, |V! something proposed, a counsel, purpose, then used as a prep.
nt^X nay compressit feminam, generally by Gen. 34:2; Deut. 22:24, 29; Judges 19: 24;
afflict
20:5.
(3) B>B3 nsy to
In the former [German] e<? itions ofthis book,I sought with many etymologists to refer the various significations of this root to that of answering, as has since
the soul,
i.
to
fast, Lev.
16:31; 23:27,38; Nu. 29:7. PUAL, to be oppressed, or afflicted, Ps. 119:71;

Isa.
been done by Winer (p. 732,733); deriving the notion of singing from that of answering and singing alternately; in such matters every one must follow his uwn judgment. I have adopted this new arrange-
53:4.
i.
Inf. ins}' his
oppression or sorrow,
I'.-alu?
132:1.
HIPHIL,
q. Pi.
No.
1, 1
But Ecc. 5:19 belongs

HITHPAEL.
(i) to
especially to God,
to
<"ljy T
Kings 8:35; 2 Ch. 6:2P No. I; which see.
ment
nification is
especially for this reason, that the primary sigcommonly more forcible and important,
submit oneself, Gen. 16:9;
Dan. io:i.
DCXLIII
(a)
i. q. Kal, to be afflicted, l Ki. 2:26. Derived nouns, 1$, HJJg, rn$, n-131?,
n?yp, rP3y;D, and the pr. n.

njrjhpy.
7%
3|?,
JJ3y,
*||, njj?, njj(, n^rijg,
'$
18:28.
f.
nT '3
plur.
D\%
'.$ adj.
(i) afflicted,
I. Chald. (l) to Jflrfn <o speak; like the Hebr. No. 2, Daniel 2:20; 3:9, 19, 24, 26,28; 4: :6, 27; followed by ? of pers. 2:47.
nj, K
to
wretched, poor, often with the added idea of piety, Exodus 22:24; Deut. 24:12; Psa. 10:2,9; 14:6;
(2) meek, mild, comp. Plur. D?3y is often in
:
1$ No.
2, Zee.
(2)
answer, Daniel 2:7, 10; 3:14, 16; 5:7;
np, where
aro
9:9. has
D^X
Ps.
9:19;
Isa.
32:7.
6:14.
II.
??2
Chald.
to &e
afflicted.
Part.
n.3J(;
plur.
the afflicted, Dan. 4:24.
*fl[ in pause #, with suff. ".ty affliction, misery, Gen. 16:11; 3 1 42 41 52. *& \3| the wretched, Prov. 31:5. ^V. DH? the bread of affliction, Deut.
:
V^. ("answering), [^4naA], pr. n. m. (l) of a son of Se'ir, and of the Edomite race sprung from him, Gen. 36:20, 29. (2) of a son of Zibeon, and grandson of SeTr, Gen. 36:2, 14, 24 (verses 2, 14 Ana h is called the daughter of Zibeon in the common text; but we should read son (j3), with the Sam. and
16:3-
H|yo "depressed"), [tfnni], pr.n.m.

l
Ch. 15:18, 20; Neh. 12:9.
"C^X. ("whom Jehovah has [Ancriati], pr.n. Neh. 8:4; 10:23.
answered")^
LXX., as is shewn by verse 24. [This change is not necessary; we have only to take J"I2 in both its occurrences as in apposition with Aholibamah, the
daughter of Anah, the grand-daughter of Zibeon. See
V$Nu.
D^V
|
12:3 np,
forliJJ.
(contr. for
D^y
;
"fountains"), [4nim],
De
pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:50.
Rossi]).
}jy r plur. Q^?y. (for which there is often in np D3y from '3J?); const. T.3J2 (from the root n$ No.
:
2y m. business, employment (comp. H3J; No. II.) (l)Eccl.2:26; 1:13, JH J^y. "evil business,"
T
that
is,
such as
is
of
II., 2).
miserable, Psalm 9: 13; 10:12, 17; 22:27; 34:3; 147 6; H9:4; commonly with the added notion of a lowly, pious, and modest mind, which prefers to bear injuries rather than re(i) afflicted,
=
little profit.
Ecc. 4:8. (2) a thing, affair, (like the Chald.). " yj n?y an evil thing." Ecc. 5 2, $J? 3T much
:
turn them; compare amongst other places, Ps. 25:9;
7:H;
of an affair," multipUcity of business; Germ, m'd SEBcfenS (in the other member, D*"!3 ] 3T \)tel 5Reben). " 5:13, JH i!3y3 by (some) adverse thing," an evil
<!
69:33.
(a) meek, gentle, Nu. 12:3 (aro).
occurrence. 2:23,i3^y Di>3 "vexation

his lot; 8:16.
is
his affair,"
("bound together," from

\_Anub~], pr. n.
.
the root
-l
m.
Ch. 4:8.
an unused
difficult to cross,
root. Arabic, to be deep and used of sand, see ^3yj3.
prop.
(i) a
13J? f. of the word (neutr. and abstr.). lowly mind, modesty, Pro. 15:33; 18:12;
.X ("two fountains," compare
D^j?, an(j
^^
22:4; Zcph. 2:3.

(2)
When applied
X
f. i.
to
God, gentleness, clemency,
dual ending in Q see Lehrg. p. 536) [An em], pr.n. of a town in the tribe of Issachar, l Ch. 6:58; for
Psa. 18:36.
q.
which there is in the parallel places, Josh. 19:21; 21:29 a ^Ty. (the fountain of the garden).
of an Egypwhich cannot be exactly pointed out, see Bochart, Phaleg iv. 30; Mich. Spicil. i. p. 160.
tian people,
the preceding No. 2
Psa.
45 5 (used
:
of the king [the Messiah]).

-i.
U vpy. Gen. 10:13 [Anamim], pr. n.
q. p3J? :
No.
2, Josh.
21:11.
:
fern,
affliction.
Ps. 22 25,
ni:
the
J7^. [AnammelecK],
Sepharvites;
it
pr. n. of the idol of the
affliction of the
afflicted."
Others following the
occurs once, 2 Ki. 17:31.
The word
LXX., Vulg., Chald., render it the cry of the afflicted (comp. iy-l.^ in the other member), but ~>3j; is never used of the outcry and lamentation of the wretched.
See the root No.
I.
appears to
statue,
be blended of D3y
t
=
r
>v
an image, a
and
'JJÔ
a ^
m g5
or ) as was supposed
by Hyde
(De
Rel. Vett. Persarum, p. 131),
from
DCXL1V
and
hence, the flock of stars, i. e. the constelCepheus, which is called by the Orientals the stars of the flock, and w> j the shepherd and flock. The former part of this
j
^S
Chald.
id.
Dan. 4:
18.
lation
j^
m. full of branches, Eze. 19:10.

f
TO
ADOKN WITH A NECK CHAIN
OT
COLLAR.
word
is
found also in the name
''/
owip (Tob.
(From the
1:2,13,15,16).
|J>;
not used in Kal, prop.
133, J33
;
idea of chokuig. or strangling, which is that of the kindred roots *?>^, p3H > which see. Arab.
s<~
xlir.
TO COVER,
J3JJ
like the
IV. to ornament a dog vith a
collar.
TCnfe.)
-Ju-A
kindred verbs
whence
a cloud.
neck, Germ. Racfen,
Upper-Germ,
bie
Once
f.
PiEL(denom. from \^)to gather clouds, Gen. 9:14. POEL J3iy, fut. )3'iy; (Lev. 19:26), part. t.3.iyp, once n:py (for ^33iyp, although also it may be Kal), to
to
used figuratively, Ps. 73:6, HJK3 \or)ip3y. "pride surrounds them like a neck chain," i.e. clothes their neck; a stiff neck being used poetically as the seat
of pride. HIPHIL
prob. to lay on the neck (to be car15:14, used of a slave set at liberty: "131 1JXSO ft p3gn p\3.y n thou shall lay upon him of thy flock." etc. LXX., Vulg. dubis viaticum. Others
act covertly ; hence

to
use hidden arts,
i.e.
magic,
practise sorcery (compare the roots B-v, BrT?^
P^n
and Syr. ~jj$j mysteries; hence magical arts), Deu. 18:10,14; 2 Ki. 21:6; Isa. 2:6; 57:3; Mic. 5:11. Many of the ancients understood by it a particular
kind of divination. LXX. K\nSoi'iopai. Vulg. observans somnia, elsewhere augiirans, divinans. Syr. fascinating with the eyes (as if IP.W were from J'y.) but it seems rather to be a general name.
;
ried), Dent.
apply to the word the signification of giving, so that it would properly be to adorn with a collar; henco with gifts. As to what I formerly compared, on
" the authority of Castell and Giggeius,
^.
it
followed
PJ; constr. state
J3V.
m.
(l) a
cloud
(as cover-
by
^Le to ^^
shew oneself easy,
gentle,"
rests
on a
ing and veiling over the heaven), compare jUj; a cloud, from the root <^t to cover, to veil over, and
i-
mistake of Giggeius in rendering the words of the Kamus (ii. p. 1318, edit. Calcutt.).
^ly
*-
m.
.lit
a cloud, from the root JLc to cover.
(Arab.
Cant. 4:9;
(2)
i.
pi.
(l) a collar, neckchain, necklace, D'r'and J"li Pro. l:Q; Jud. 8:26.
'li, pi. -o^-) A very large army is compared to a cloud, Eze. 30:18; 38:9; a morning cloud is used as an image of something transient, Hos. 6:4
q.
Arab.
j -i-*
^
,
length of neck and stature
(compare Job 7:9). (2) [.A nan], pr. n. m. Neh. 10:27.

py. Ch. a cloud,
pi. const, st. \33y.
(compare j^r\ long-necked); hence p3y. \3?, pjyn '?.? Nu. 13:33; p3y.n H^ ibid, verses 22, 28; also D'i?3? Deut. i -J8 2 i o, 1 1 2 1 and CD^pjy. \3? Deut. 9 2.
: ; : : ,
Dan. 7:
13.
The Anakim (prop, men with long necks, of high stature), pr. n. of a Canaanite nation, famous on account
of their height, who inhabited Hebron previous to the Hebrews taking possession of the land (Josh. 1 1 21); they were almost utterly extirpated by them,
:
fl^y
f.
collect,
clouds
(en?6lf),
Job 3:5.
Well
As to the use of the rendered by Theod. awvtîa. feminine form in collectives, see Heb. Gram. 105, 2.
*J3V (apoc. for n '33y.) 3:24.
; '
[.Anant'], pr. n. m.
Chr.
but a few remained in the cities of the Philistines (compare the interpreters and critics on Jer. 47 '5)(i) <>f ""]$ (i.q. Ty.3. av/ip?), [Aner], pr.n. Canaanite, Gen. 14: 13, 24. (2) of a Levitical town in the tribe of Manasseh, called elsewhere "^ft ûnless we should here read H3y), l Ch. 6 55.
:
T}?y
i.e.
("
whom"
or
"what Jehovah covers,"
guards), [Ananiah~\, pr. n. (l) m. Neh. 3:23; Gr. 'Arayluf. (2) of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 1 1 32.
:
fut.
TO FINE, TO
IMPOSE A FINE, T*
jJ){
an unused
root,
which perhaps belonged
to
the idea of covering, like the cognate roots
^W (T.V,),
Hence
a branch, Ezek. 17:8, 23, with suff. 36:8, as if from thj form ^jy [which is given as an
ait
AMERCE. (Found The primary lect.

sing, laying
besides only in the Rabbinu diaidea appears to be that of impo-
upon; compare cogn. DDJJ, K*PJ?). Conby ? Pro. 17 26 followed by two aoo. to amerce any one in a sum of money, Dea. 22 :j*
strued followed
:
in
8 Ch. 36:3 (used of sums of money exacted in war);
DCXLV
in wine,
'
Amos
2 8.
:
when they
(the judges)
Tmpers. Prov. 2 1 1 1 V! amerce the scoffer."

:
root also gives a suitable sense in
NIPHAL, to be fined, Ex. 21:22; gener. nished, Pro. 22:3; 27:12.
to be
pu-
PUAL,
to be
Heb. 10:28). This Arabic Nu. 14:44.] tumid, metaph. to be proud, haughty,
(see also
i. e. proudly, arrogantly. " ?'?^! but they acted arroneglecting the monition of God) in
1
Hab. 2:4.
HJPHIL,
to
[Hence the following words]

m.
(i) fine,
act tr.midly,
amercement, money ex-
Nu. 14:44,
'Ul
e.
rtWQ
-l
acted from any one, 2 Ki. 23:33; Pro. 19:19.

**Vy m. Chald.fine, amercement, Ezr. 7:26.
gantly
rnnn
(i.
going up."
In Deuter.
:43, the
same
is
expressed
^j?pi -iimi.
Hence
the form nil?
V*.(" answer to prayer," from the root H3JJ, of from the root nJ3) [Anatfr], pr. n. in.
Jud. 3:31; 5:6.

HJ3J,
vy..
m. (l) a hill, an acclivity, Isa. 32: 14; Mic. 4:8; with the art. ^VH [Op he I], pr. n. of a hill to the east of mount Zion, which was surrounded
and
fortified
refers to
by a separate wall, 2 Kings 5 24 [this some other place], 2 Ch. 27:3; 33: 14; Neh.
:
("answers
to
prayers,"
the
ser\'ile
letter
n being
thoth~], pr. n.
retained, see Lehrg. p. 528), [Ana(l) of a Levitical town in the tribe

called Andta,
3:27; 11:21; compare Jos. Bell. Jud., vi. 6, 3. (2) a tumour, plur. Q^Qy (read BY?V.) Deut. 28:27; * Sam. 5:6. seqq. aro, used of tumours on
(Arab. JjLc tumor in ano virorum, vel in pudendis mulierum, see Schroederi Origg. Hebr., cap. iv. p. 54, 55. H. Alb. Schultens ad Meidanii Prov., In np there is instead Dîntp, which see. p. 23).
the anus.
of Benjamin, where Jeremiah the prophet was born,

Josh. 21:18; Isa. 10:30; Jer.
i
:
[now
\j\..
(2) m.
Rob.
(a)
ii.
109]; Gent. n. ^nhpj? 2 Sa. 23:27. Ch. 7:8. (b) Neh. 10:20.
("prayers answered by Jehovah"),

[A ntothijafi],
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 8:24.
Joel 1:5; 4:18;
>% an unused root.
Arab, and Syr.
to
become
mouldy, whence
J^Ji [Ophnt], Gent, n., found once, Josh. 18:24; where ^?JJS P?|) is a town of the tribe of Benjamin.
? D'Sj^3? or rather dual. D??i $y only found in const. ^Sy?J? eyelids, so called from their volatile motion (bie glattcrnben), from the root *\W Pilp. ^PV Job 16:16; 54, No. 4). (compare Heb. Gramm.
D Py masc. must, new wine, Am. 9:13; from the root

DDJ/TO TREAD DOWN,
15:5; see Analyt. Ind.
Mai. 3:21. (Ch. *Dg

-"njrty!
id.).
>yy a fictitious root, where some derive
Isa.
S>/ an unused
to
root.
Syr.
^x
to nourish.
'2I>
U^
grow luxuriantly,
see
,
as a plant,
whence
Ps. 132:4. Poet. inK' *S2pj; eyelids of the dawn, used of the rays of the rising sun, Job 3:9; 41 1O.
:
Hebrew
and Chaldee.
Compare 'Afilpac fi\i<j>apor, Soph. Antig. 103, 104. The Arabian poets compare the sun to an eye (in
Kamus
pi.
J&\
amongst other things

the sun or
its
is
explained
m.
D'KQ
;
rf trees, Ps.
%
104: 12
id.,
(comp. Lehrg. from the root
p.
575) foliage
ascribe to
it
beam), and they
HQJJ.
eyebrows .^ySjl
t_-s-see Schult.
L
jLe to
I5J Chald.
Dan. 4:9, 11,18.
(Syriac JLss<L>
on Job,
p. 6l.
branch, top of a
tree,
JLso^
foliage).
[}/
not used in Kal, Arab.
be whitish,
II.
Sî/ not used in
TUMID, whence
Kal, prop. TO
SWELL
up, TO
reddish, like sand, or a gazelle, Jt. dust, earth.

_ic (cogn. to "1Q3 to cover), to
tumulus a
;
hillock.
Arabic
[Perhaps
thing, to
be rough, hairy.
dust,
to
ic to suffer from a tumour or hernia.
PIEL (denom. from at
"
)
?^)
to
throw dust
(bejlduben), 2 Sa. 16:13.
we may comp. Arab. J^c

be remiss.
f;ike
II. to
to neglect
any
cover over.
to
In this sense
be remiss, to
we might
back,
"^Sy (i) dust, dry earth (troctene @rbe), Gen. 2:7; 26:15; Josh. 7:6; Job 2:12; also used
.
the passage in Hab.

i7rooTtt\)jrat.
draw
LXX.
Vulg. qui incredulus
est.
Aquila,
of clay or loam, of which walls are made, Leviticus 14:42,45; of a heap of rubbish (djutt), Habak
DCXLVI
by the wind,
;
I:1O; very rarely of fine dust, such as i. Psalm 18:43. "^V q. P3
is
blown
(a)
Job 19:25; 39:14; 41: Job 22:24; Isaiah 47 : i (b) in the grave, Job2O:li; 21:26; for which there is also said "ISIP Job 7:21. ~l?SJ T to go down to the dust, i. e. into the grave, Psalm 22 30 30 10. " to return to dust, Genesis 3:19; Psalm ?V' ? 3 104:29. ">???3 ">?V dust and ashes, a proverbial phrase to express the lowness and fragility of human It is used of mulnature, Gen. 18:27; Ps. 103 14.
in the earth, in the world, 85 also upon the ground,
;
I
Hebr. V? follows the analogy of the verb HVJ? to be Chald. with the letters softened, has b& wood). D'fnnpy tree of life (see TO, Gen. 2:9. Ofttn Gen. i 1 1. collect, trees. *"}? H? fruitbearing trees,
hard, firm.
:
(2) ivood, specially of a wooden post, stake, gibbet, Gen. 40: 19; IVu. 21:22; Josh. 10:26; used of a
wooden
terials
for fuel,
PL E'V? wood, sticks, log:! 2:27. Gen. 22:3, 9; Lev. 1:7; 4:12; used of mafor building, Ex. 25:10; 1X1.6:23.31,32.
idol, Jer.
i.
Compare nyy No.

(l) TO
i.
titude,
i.
e.
Jacob,
Num. 23: 10, 3pJ "IBJJ " who is as numerous
the
dust of Jacob,"
as the dust of earth,
?in. "SJ? ??S to eat dust, used of the serpent, Gen. 3: 14; compare Isaiah 65 25 but figura" to tively used, Lam. 3:29, put the mouth in the i. e. to be silent and wait the aid of God. dust,"
compare
LABOUR, TO FORM, TO FASHION (The original idea is perhaps that of cutting, whether wood or stones, compare 3V ?, 3t?n. There are in the cognate languages secondary sig-.^.- to be Hence nifications, as Arabic angry.)
see Piel No.
1
2VJ7
Plur.
7?PI
nnay
:
"the
first
3HT
ni~l9J?
Prov. 8:26, n'n?y two of the clods of the world." Job 28:6, lumps of gold in mines.
clods of earth.
q-
and 2yV a carved image, 2-$ an earthen vessel. (2) to toil with pain, to suffer, to be grieved
(see 3>:, 3$, n?$, and in Kal trans, to
fc^); used also of the mind, put in pain, to afflict, l Ki.

54:6.
(a) in body, followed
1:6;
(i-
Ch. 4:10;
to be
Isa.
"calf,"
"young
animal"),
NIPHAL,
pained
by
Epher\,
25:4.
m. (l) of a son of Midian, Genesis (3) 101.5:24. (a) iCh. 4:17.

pr. n.
m. fawn, the young of a deer, goat,

Cant. 2:9, 17; 4:5; 7:4;
i'o..
gazelle, s -
8:14.
(Arab. jLc and
3 (with any thing), Ecc.lO:9. (b) in mind, to be afflicted, grieved, Gen. 45:5; l Sam. 20:3; followed by *?$ (i Sa. 20:34), and 'JJ (2 Sa. 19:3). PIEL (i) to/orm(comp. Kal No. i), Job 10:8. (2) to put to grief, to afflict (comp. Kal No. 2),
Isa.
63:10; Ps. 56:6.

to
_ic the
young of the wild
goat).
("fawn"), [Ophrahl pr. n. (i) of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, Josh. 18:23; l Sam. 7V3 (" the fawn's 13:17; fully Mic. 1:10, rnpj of a town of the house"). (2) Manassites, Jud. 6: ll; 8:27; 9:5. (3) pr.n. m. iCh. 4:14.
pr. n.
(l) i. q. Kal No. l, to labour; hence serve (an idol), to worship (like the synonym. 13JJ), Jer. 44: 19, niP^n? "to worship her" (the queen of heaven). Vulg. ad colendum earn. Others, to make her, i.e. her image(comp. Kal No.l). (2) i. q. Piel No. 2, to grieve, i.e. to provoke (God)
HIPHIL
probably
to anger, Ps.
78:40.
(i)
to
("of, or belonging to, a calf), [Ephron], (i) of a town on the borders of the tribe of
HITHPAEL
(2)
to
grieve
(oneself), Gen. 6:6.
become angry, Gen. 34:7. SeeHiph. No. 2.

Chald. part. pass. 3'VJJ grieved, afflicted,
.
Benjamin, 2 Ch. 13:19, where there is np i?1QJJ. (2) of a mountain on the borders of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 15:9. (3) of a Hittite, Gen. 23:8; 25:9.
Derived nouns, 3VJ7...n3Sj;, and
Dan. 6:21.
plflj (two
calves), see
J^By No.
plur. D'3VJ?, constr. '3Vy.
l.
l"n?y
fern,
lead, so called from

e|D3),
its
whitish colour
idols, l Sa. 31 =9; root No. l).
2Sa5:2l;
images of Hos. 4: 17 (see the

Plur. with
(compare 3HJ,
Ex. 15:10.
'
nipyn |3K leaden

(i) a tree (Arabic
weight, Zee. 5:8.
m workman,
-
servant.
sufF.
j*X plur.
B'Vy., const.
m.
(Dag. f. euphon.), Isa. 58:3. ferred to the next art., No. 2.]
D?*3W
[In Thes. re-
L~t a
compare the Gr. 5oc, a branch, and tortov (Sanso. astht), Lat. hasta. For wood there s u commonly used in Arabic the cognate form js.,
staff,
;
a bone
^Xy
(2)
and
2Vy
m.
1.
(i) an
earthen vessel,
Jei.
22:28, see Kal No.

PI. D'3Vy. labours,
heavy and toilsome labour, Prov. 1O:2

i.e.
things done with
toil,
DCXLVII
5:10,
O^Jt ?
1
B$
"bread obtained by toilsome
labour;" Ps. 127:2. (3) pain, such as of parturient women, Gen. 3:16; ~ also grief of mind, anger, Prov. 15:1? 3-$. 1 ?'!l
(2) counsel which any one forms, Isa.l9:3; Hos. 10:6. nyy nE'JJ to execute a plan or counsel, Isa. 30:1. Especially used of the counsel or purpose of
"a word pronounced with anger," a

word.
m.i
bitter,
sharp
of
God, Job 38:2; Isa. 14:26; 46: li, 'fl*8 &$ "man my counsel," whom I use as an instrument to
(i) the
image of an
idol,
i.
q.
2V^
48:5; Ps. 139:24, 2yy -!|;n "worship of idols." (2) sorrow, l Ch. 4:9; Isa. 14:3.
constr. fa-yy, m. (i) hard and toilsome labour, Gen. 3:17; 5:29. (2) pain, trouble, Gen. 3: 16, ^nrq âto^J? thy
my purpose. (3) counsel, as the faculty of forming plans, i.e. prudence, wisdom, especially that of God, Isaiah " of Jer.
11:2; Pro.8:l4; 21:30; 32:19, nyyn Vhjl wisdom;" l Ch. 12:19, nyy.? u having taken counsel," having consulted. Plur. nivy. once with
great
suff. ^nnvy. Isa.
execute
47:13, counsels, Deu.32:28; cares,

1
Ps. 13:3.
pain and thy conception;" Hendiadys for the pain of thy conception.
f.
constr.
suiF.
nnyy (as
if
from ru$g),
pi. constr.
'nhy'y, onn-yy.. (1) aw tefoZ, Ps. 16:4. (2) pain (a) of body, Job 9:28. (b) of mind, Ps. 147 3, Dnn-Sy.? B>2np " he binds up their pains,"
nin-yy,'
:
with
(from the root a T ). (i) strong, robust, powerful, used of a people, Gen. 18:18; Nu. 14:12; Deu-4:38; of kings, Psalm 135: 10. Plur. D^pivy. the strong, the mighty, i. e. heroes, Prov. 18:18; Isa. 53:12; once the powerful members (of a lion), i.e. claws, teeth; Ps. lO:io, VD-lVyj baa
f
.
the wounds of their minds; Prov. 1O:1O; with the addition of 3? Prov. 15:13.
B'N3pn "the wretched fall into his claws ;" but others understand the whelps of the lion.
(2)
numerous,
*.
Joel 1:6; Ps. 35:18.
an axe.
l/
an unused Hence
(i) TO
root.
Arab.
to cut
with
(" the
back bone
of
man"),
a maritime city in Idumaaa, situated on the Êlanitic gulf of the Red Sea, not
\Ezion-geber~\, pr.
n. of
MAKE FIRM;
hence
to
cially the eyes,
<Eth-
080:
i.
Prov. 16:30. to s h ut a door.

1-^.c.
Arab.
Lie.
shut, speIV. id.
far
from Elath (see J"I?*K); whence Solomon's fleet sailed to Ophir. Called by the Greeks Berenice; see Jos. Antt. viii. 6, In the time of the Arab 4.
,.^-i Nu. 33 35 Deu. 2:8; l Ki. 9 26 Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, Germ. ed. 22:49;
.
dominion
hard, firm (of a hard neck, contumacious), Conj.VIII. to grow hard; com(2)
q. to
Arab.
be
pare lie staff, Hebr. back-bone.
n wood, and
p-
831.
n*J> bone, 1'VyX

' >; a root not used in Kal. (Arab. <Jlie to be at leisure, Conj. II., to leave, to neglect. The primary idea appears to be that of laxity and languor ; com-
Lev. 3:9, the back bone (according to '*X Onk., Arab. Erp.), or, as is preferred by Bochart, in
-
pare
Hieroz.
i.
7^,
?"in,
to be
11^).
slothful, Jud. 18:9.
p.
497, os
coccygis,
Arab.
<sx~2., either of
NIPHAL,
which would be so called from hardness and firmverbal adj. slothful, Prov. 6:6,9; 13:4;
ness,
pi.
see
the root.
Arab. \^_&
is
the thigh bone,

f. Prov. 19:15, and slothfulness. Dual DwVJ? double, slothfulness, Ecc. 10: 18.
the bones of the wings of birds.

I.
Prov. 31:27,
i.
"I? y. f. of the noun YV. collect, wood, i. q. Q^Vy., used of materials [for building], Jer. 6:6; of odoriferous
II-
e.
very great
woods (^?3
H^y.), Prov.
27:9.
Y^-l
^y constr. nvy. (from the root

f.
:
(l) prop. TO BIND, TO

to counsel,
BIND FAST, TO TIB
for nyy; ),
(l) (a) which any one gives or rel Ki. 1:12; Ps. 119:24, 'K>?N ceives, 2 Sam. 1 6 2O
: ;
counsel
UP; as the eyes, Isa. 33: 15; see Piel. (Arabic IV., to tie up a skin bottle; and more commonly
^^
ti
__. ^.J
J
to
tie.
It is
*fl
$ my
"
counsellors."
Used of
4).
predictions, Isa.
pOV),
'
also Dt?S,
kindred to the verbs ^Py, *j Dnn, npp). From the idea of tying
44:26, compare 41 :28 (root No.
it is
DCXLVIII
*
mxy;
(*) intrans. once Med. E. *VJJ (Ps. 38 20), to be strong, powerful, Gen. 26:16; to become strong,
:
compare Arab. ,^3^ a branch see as under the. word P1V.
to this passagi
Exod. 1:7,20; Dan. 8:8,24;

to
11:23 (Arabic
be great, of great importance;

great).
J^g greatness;
fut. IVyi and ity! (l) TO SHUT. (The primary idea is that of surrounding, enclosing; see the kindred roots "i>*n, "'VN, 1J^, and those which are
there compared.
Arab, ^^r
is,
to prohibit, to refuse,
(3)
Ps.
to be
strong in number,
to
be
numerous,
38:20; 40:6, 13 (see D^J?). PIEL, E*y (i) i. q. Kal No. l,Isa. 29:10. from denom. DVP. to break or to gnaw bones, (2)
-j/ to hold back, to restrain,

e.
like the
Heb. No. 2);
Jer.
50
7.
to
Compare
DTJ.
shut up heaven (so that it may not rain), Deu. 11:17; 2 Chron. 7:13; a woman, (so as not to 20: 18 (where it is construed with bear,) Gen. 16:2
g.
to
HIPHIL, Derivatives [M*JJ]

L'V'v
f-
ma&e
strong, Ps. 105:24.
D^-niDSg and
ntesgn.
firmness and
see No. 3); comp. Isai. 66:9; also to shut up in prison, 2Kingsi7:4; Jer. 33:1; 36:5; 39:15.
"iy.3,
s-ostrength; see the root No. 2. Arab. .Jat, Gen. 2:23;
C1)
bone; so called from
its
O i Ch. 12:1, *MJ^?fp -WVJJ "shut Followed by from the face of Saul," so that he might not see up " shut at home for fear of the face of
Saul,
or,
up
Ex. 12:46; Num, 9:12, etc. Plur. D'P^J? constr. *DVJ? Ps. 6:3; 31:11; 32:3; more often also rrtOXJ? Ps. 51 :1O; Prov. 14:30; often used of the bones of Uie dead (compare INT, J"liS3), Exod. 13:19; Josh. 24:32; 2 Samuel 21: 12 14; a Kings 23:14,
l8, 20.
Saul" (compare
(2) to
,-jc-
IV. to keep oneself at home).
(2) body, bodily form,
Lam. 4:7.
;
it is used instead of the pronoun itself (compare syn. DT3 No. 3, and Arab. but only used of things, e. g. D -$3 f. eye, himself) tf!
(3) Followed
by a
;
genit.
1^P5 "1^7. 4 Job 29:9. There is a peculiar phrase only used in the later Hebrew, H3 "1^ to restrain strength, to be strong, Dan. 1O:8, 16; ii:6;
: ,
to detain any one any where, Jud. followed 13:16; Kings 18:44; by p 2 Kings 14:26; followed by 3 Job 12: 15, D?S3 S'xy: "he " to will w i t h h o 1 d the waters." Job 2
1
hold back,
restrain words."
njn Di'n in that very day, Gen. 7:13; 17:23, 26. Exod. 24:10, D?PB>n D$?3 "as the heaven itself." Job 21 :23, ton B$?3 " in his uprightness itself."
(4) \_Ezem, Azem], pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15 29 19:3; l Ch. 4:29.
: ; .
2 Chron. 13:20; followed by ? to have ability to do any thing, to be able, i Ch. 29: 14; 2 Ch. 2:5; 22:9; and even without H3 2 Ch. 20:37; 1O (3) to restrain by rule, to rule, followed by 3
(a) body,
; f.
i.
(i) strength, Deut. 8:17; Job 30:21. q. DVP, No. 2, Ps. 139: 15. (i) strength, Isa. 40:29; 47:9.
to be shut up (used of heaven), iKi.8:35; 2Ch.6:a6. (2) to be restrained, hindered, Nu. 17:13, 15; 283.24:21,25; Ps. 106:30. (3) to be gathered together (from the idea of
183.9:17. NIPHAL
Seem
(l)
restraining, compelling,
festival
see
n "3J?),
(!y).
Samuel 21:8, njn
especially to a \J?> ixyp gaalso
(2) multitude,lXah. 3:9.
thered [Engl. Ver. detained]

pr.n. of a town
:
before Jehovah."
("robust"), [Azmon], on the southern boundary of Palestine, Nu. 34

Josh. 15:4.
Hence are derived the three following nouns,
4,
m
"
rulers
dominion, rule, Judges 18:7,

[In Thes.
the
"1VJJ
tni'
{.strengths, b ulw a r ks, used figuratively
(no one) holding rule," none of the great ones,

of the people.
is riches.]
of arguments, with which disputants defend themselves, an image taken from a battle, Isaiah 41:21
signification
given
(compare Job 13: 12).

to
Talmud.
;
S~ C
Dynx
to dispute,
contend with words
Arab. *+-&* defence, guard.

to
Prov. (l) shutting up, restraint. ivy " the shutting up of (the) womb," 30:16, for a barren woman.
DIT]
m.
VH
an unused root, prob. of similar power to be hard, firm. Hence

2
(2) oppression,
vexat ion, Psa. 107:39;

often
Isaiah
53:8-
&JT. Xcyo/i.
Samuel 23:8; prob. a spear,
more
fern,
an
prfcpy-npy
DCXLIX
(see the root Niph. No. 3), Jerem. 9:1; especially an assembly of people for the keeping of festivals,
irai'j/yupic,
(0
a hill, acclivity,
i.
q.
Arab.
Joel
14; 2 Ki. 1O:2O;
Am.5:21;
Isa.
<H1:
called from
Isa.
40:4.
(A
hill
is
said to be so
1:13; specially such as were convened on the seventh day of the passover, and the eighth of the feast of
its retarding and keeping back those who go up, but see the remarks on the root No. l).
Compare Nu. 29:35; Deu. 16:8; 201.7:9; Neh. 8: 18; and Arab. **->. an assembly, more fully the
tabernacles,
i.
q. K^JP
KlpD
Levit. 23:36.
(2) adj.
fraudulent, deceitful,
denom. from
3J3JJ
(3) adj.
No.
3.
Jer. 17:9. Hos. 6:8, nspjj

i.e. full
D^D "trodden
bloody footprints.
(trampled) in blood,"
of
(U^-SI
/%jj
day of the assembly, used
for Friday, as being the
Mahommedan
festival day.
The
signification
of
gathering together, or assembly (which had already been adopted by Simonis, Arc. Formarum, p. 180), is more largely defended as belonging to this
word, in my larger Lex. p. 885, against Iken (Dissert. Philol. TheoL, page 49 54), and J. D. Michaelis in Supplemm. h. v., who make the primary ider, to be
(l) the end, the latter part of any5 ^ thing (Arab. k îu); also as an adv. unto the end,
~
m.
continually, Ps. 119:33, 112.

(2) wages, reward, as if the end, the result of labour; compare \oicrdifia, reward, from Xo'tadoc, last. Ps. 1 9 1 2 ; Pro. 22:4. And so 3 J5$r^7 Psal. 40 1 6 ;
: :
Eosenmuller assents to from my opinion (who, in his first and second edition, followed Iken), on Lev. 23:36, ed. 3; so also Winer.
work.
fut. Spy.*.
that of restraint
5:23, in reward of, i. e. on account of ; and as a conj. because that, because, Num. 14:24; Deu.7:i2; fully 3j$ Gen. 26:5,
3PJP Isa.
70:4; and
"^
and
'3
3J?
Am.
4: 12.
n3j5J>,
- (l)
i.
q. i__^JLt
TO BE BEHIND,
TO
COME FROM BEHIND, hence

;
2i?$ heel.
(So
it is
f.
fraud,
(3 without Dagesh, for iviles, 2 Ki. 10:19.

fut. "ipy.!,
Comp.
9),
commonly taken but it is worth while for etymologists

whether the primary idea be not that of being elevated, like a mound, arched vault, heap, so that it maybe kindred to the roots 33s, 33p Hence T
to inquire,
.
Arabic
(Kindred roots are

'
c TO BIND, Gen. 22:9. which see). Hence
---
<Utc. an ascent, and 3j?)7 heel, so called from the form from the heel may be taken the other ideas of
J?
;
!?^., adj. striated, banded, pr. marked with stripes (geftreift), compare ">?n No. 3, Gen. 30* 35, seq.; 31:8, seqq.
pi.
D'
hindmost,
last, etc.).
(2) denom. from 3i?^ to take hold of any one's heel. Hos. 12:4, VHirnK 30; |O33 " in the womb
an unused
f.
root, see
piy.
he took his brother by the heel," compare 3J?|1 fnx Gen. 25 26. Especially to throw any one down, to
:
oppression, Ps. 55:4, from the root
trip one up.

(3) to
Hence
to
m.
supplant,
circumvent,
to
defraud,
Gen. 27:36; Jer. 9:3. PIEL, to hold back,

Derivatives, 3JJ
insidious," i.q. 3p), [Akkub], pr.n. Ch. 3:24. (2) i Ch. 9:17; Ezr. 2:42; Neh. 7:45; 8:7; n: 19; 12:25. (3) Ezr. 2:45.
("
l
(i)
to
nnp.JJ,
retard, Job 37:4. and the pr. n. 3pJ?l,
PERVERT (compare
not used in Kal; TO TWIST, TO WREST, TO as to the primary stock, kl, gl,
pj;
constr. 31?$, plur. constr. *3p.JJ (in
some printed
copies
*3|9J?
with Dag. euphon.) m.

(a) of
(1) the
heel
Jer.
men, Gen.3:l5; Psa.56:7;
, ,, page CLXH, B). PUAL, part, perverted, Hab. 1:4. (Syr. ^>C-^ Hence to pervert, Arab. Jjic to bind together.)
Job 18:9;
13:22; Cant. 1:8. (6) of horses, the hoof, Gen. 49:17; Jud.5:22. (2) metaph. the extreme rear of an army, Josh. 8:13; Gen. 49:19.
(3) plur. ni3j?y prints [of the heel or foot), Psa. 77:20; 89:52 (compare Cant. l:8> (4) verbal adj. of the root No. 3, a Her in wait,
Ps. 49: 6.
adj.
tortuous, crooked.
"crooked
unfrequented 125:5, id.
;
ways,"
i.
e.
Judges 5: 6, devious, and
and without the
subst. rii?p.?P4
PsaL
and adj. (from an unused subst. "?!$, with the adj. termination fl), tortuous, an epith. of the serpent, Isa. 27 1.
:
DCL
jpj;
DpJJ to
an unused root; perhaps twist, to wrest; whence
i.q.
'P.JJ,
and Aram.
land of the Philistines,

:
first
Judah ( Josh. 15 45), afterwards
assigned to the tribe of to the Danites (Josh.

=
19:43). Josh.l3:3; 15:11; 19 43; Jud. l:l8;

:
Sa.
j|"$.
JPJ
\_Akan], pr. n. m. Gen. 36 27, for which there Nu. 33:31; Deu. 1O:6; l Ch. 1:42.
5:10;
haps
2 Ki.
2.
LXX.
l
'AKKupwv, 'AKapuv [Per-
now
called 'Akir,
"\s.,
Rob.
iii.
22].
Gent.
X- (i) JO ROOT OUT, TO PLUCK UP (a plant),

Ecc. 3
is
noun, VT?2 Josh. 13:3;
Sa. 5:10.
The primary syllable 2. (Syr. and Ch. id. Tp; compare the kindred roots "Up, ">i?3; also "US,
:
T0 TWIST, TO PERVERT.
Arab.
and
rna, -OK.)
(a)
i.
Hence
-*
.fS^s.
id.
is
Metaph.
i.
^"
5r- to
forensic sense,
fo
q. to
to pervert any one, in a pervert or wrest his cause,

:
q.
Arab.
barre n, prop,
to
have the
testicles extirpated;
compare the remarks on D^D.

(as a city), Zeph. 2:4.
NIPHAL,
to be
overthrown
PIEL, to hamstring or hough a horse, by which the animal is rendered useless and unfit for work, Josh. 11:6,9; 2 Sam. 8:4; l Ch. 18:4; a bull, Gen.
Job 9:20, " (although) I were upright '?E>P1[!! (God) would pervert my cause" (in the other hemistich '$'9h! would declare me guilty). PIEL id. to pervert, Mic. 3:9. To pervert ones
ways
is i.q. to
NIPHAL, pass,
Derivatives,
act perversely, Isa. 59:8; Pro. 10:9. to be perverse. Part.

1
LXX. vtvpoKoirtiv. It was anciently the pracof victors (and still is the case), thus to treat the horses taken in battle, when they cannot carry them away with them; Germ, bem ^ferbe bte $effen
49:6.
tice
whose ways are perverse, Prov. 28:
8.
obbauen.
(Arab.
Ch.
to
Jis.
id.)
5 C'^J? 32? a peradj. m. (i) perverse. verse heart, Ps. 101:4, an(l v i ce versa 33?~Z?j5J? a man perverse of mind, Prov. 11:20; 17:20. B'g>l!
Vnap> perverse in
lips,
i.
e.
man
of fraudulent
3.
root up:
ITHPEAL pass. Dan. 7
8.
speech, Prov. 19:
f. barren, used both of the m. rnp TJ?, rQj$ male and female (as to the origin, see the root No. Deut. 7:14. fl), Gen. 11:30; 25:21; 29:31; (Syr. and Arab, id.)
Absol. deceitful, false, Deu. 32:5; Ps. 18:27; Prov. 8:8.

i.
(2) \_Ikkesh~\, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23:26.

f.
Hence
w jth
the addition of
of mouth,
i.
e.
fraudulent, deceitful speech, Pro.
HB perversenest 4 24;
:
|3J
m.
(l) prop, a root
(Arab.^,
Ch.
6:12, compare 19:1.

IPS?);
hence a shoot (see &*?&), metaph. used of a man of a foreign race, who had settled in the Holy Land, Lev. 25:47. (2) IE leer], pr. n. m. l Ch. 2:27.
1
constr.
(i) i. q. 1*J? a city, which see (hence pi. In sing. "IJJ Num. 21 : 15; Deut. 2 9, and fully 3K'lO~lj; ( c ity of Moab), Num. 21 28; Isa. 15: 1, pr. n. of the metropolis of Moab, situated on the
'>;
m.
D'lJJ).
"W. m. Chald. stock, trunk, Dan.
who
southern shore of Arnon, Gr. 'Apton-oXic (which those did not know the true origin, rendered city of
4:12,20.
pi.
D'3!5J?
-<.-
(l) a scorpion, Eze. 2:6.

this
(Arab.
<
>JLr id.
To
corresponds the Greek
*opirt/>c,
ê
5J3J
compare
breathing being changed into sibilant; mcoXioc.) It appears to be blended from

3P.JJ
Mars}; Abulfeda t_;U and JL' JV ow called Rabba. See Relandi Palaestina, p. 577 Burckhardt's Reise nach Syrien, p. 640. (2) an enemy, see the root "VJ/ No. 2, l Sa. -e: 16.
;
Plur. Ps. 9:7;
139:20.
~Vy,, JLS. to
wound, and
the heel.
See also ~n?J??
T?
Ch.
i.
q.
Heb. No.
2,
Dan. 4:
pr. n.
16.
"$ ("watcher"), [r],

(a) a kind of scourge, furnished with sharp Ki. 12:11, 14; 2 Ch. lO:ll, 14. So in Lat. points,
l
Judah, Gen. 38:3; 46:12.
(2)
(i) of a son of Ch. 4:21.
tcnrpio,
Hccording to Isidore (Origg.

et
v. 27), is virga
(i) pr. to MIX, like the Ch. and Syr.
nock KZ
aculeata.
(kindred to 3~!X to interweave), see liithp., also weave, whence 31? No. I, woof.
ta
(" eradication," compare Zeph. 2:4), (2) to exchange articles of traffic, hence to trafn. of one of the five principal cities of fic, to barter, Eze. 27 :g, 27 whence 3"JJrtD. the Philistines, situated in the northern part of the (3) to become surety for any one, followed by a*
[Ekron~\, pr.
;
ace. of pers: (pr. to interchange with him, to succeed in his place); e.g. (a) to be surety for the life of another, Gen. 43 9 44 32. Job 17:3, ^3"lJJ " be me with for T\Q]J thee," i. e. in the cause surety
:
III.
.q.
a'in
(transp.)
.,
to It
arid, sterile, dry. Arabia.
Hence
and
pr. n.
3"}J>
which
have with
for
thee.
surety
me (0
1
Lord),"
i.e.
Isaiah 38:14, "be take me under thy pro-
^3^
19:122. (b) to be surety, to be liable for another's debt, Proverbs 11:15; 20:16; 27:13; followed by V Prov. 6:l and \J9? Prov. 17: 18. (Syr. v S "X s, id. Arab. <__>! -c a vessel).
tection. Ps.
;
. ;
i. q. Arab. C-J-c to be whitish, whitens ->- ing, whence t_^jL< whitish, a man with white eye-*
IV. H"]J7 T
s--
'
lashes,
c-î
whiteness of the eyelashes, silver, also
Hence Heb. 3"$ willow, so called from its whitish leaves. [In Thes. this is joined with No. II.]
willow.
Ch.
Derivatives,
""I31JJJ,
to
^3"iyjj).
mix,
to
mingle.
PAEL, Dan. 8:43
(4)
to
pledge,
to
give in pledge, followed by an
ITHPAEL, pass. ibid.
(Arab. <_,J-s. Conj. II., IV., to Neh. 5 3. Metaph. 13? nx 3"]J? to pledge one's life, i.e. to expose it to most imminent But this may also be rendered, danger, Jer. 30 2 1 . to be surety for his life compare No. 3.
thing.
ace. of the
give a pledge).
sweet, pleasant, Prov. 20:17; Cant. 2:14. See the verb No. I. 5.
m., a species of fly, gad-fly, very troublesome so called from sucking (blood) see the root No. I. 6; Ex. 8:17, seqq.; Ps. 78:45; 105:31.
"If
to persons
Derivative, |13iy. (5) Med. E and fut. A, intrans. to be sweet, pleasant (perhaps well mixed, compare No. i), followed
LXX
who
supposes Vita Mosis, t.
Kwofima, dog-fly, which is described by Philo, its name to be from its boldness, De
ii.
p.
loi,ed. Mangeii.
Almost
all
the
by
? of pers.,
e. g.
sleep, Prov. 3 : 24, sacrifices, gifts,

?J?
Jer.6:2O; followed by
BHyy
JjPiy, *">'$
"
whom
Ps.lO4:34. Eze. 16:37, thou hast pleased." Com-
interpreters understand it to be a collection of noxious beasts, as if a miscellaneous swarm (from

signification of mixing); and so Aqu. Jerome, omne genus miiscarum ; Luth. altfdei) Ungcjtefer 5 but 31J? must denote some particular creature, as is all but manifest from the passage, Exod.
3"iy
Hebrew
in the
pare adj.
3TJJ sweet.
(6) From the notion of sweetness is perhaps de~ rived the signification of sucking (comp. fV9> 'V^)j
l
l
nap.ii.via.;
whence
men
the
eat.
sucking the blood of and animals; compare Arab. e_j.c which in

3"iy
its
a dog-fly, from
8 25, 27.
:
Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen

;
II. p.
150)
understands blatta orientalis
called in
Dutch and
to the
Kamus
(page 125, line ll)
is
explained
^\
to
German
Jtaferlacfe
but which
is
a creature that rather

ex-
HITHPAEL
in
(l) to mingle oneself, followed by 3, any thing, Pro. 14: 10. (2) to intermingle with any one in fellowship
mit jemanbem etnlafien), specially to
:
devours things than stings men; contrary press words of Exod. 8:17.
f.,
2 Chron. 9: 14;
pr.
and
Isa.
21:13; Jer.
(c-jy;);
(fid)
be familiar with,
followed followed
by 3 Ps. 1 06 35 followed by ? Prov. 20:19; by DV Prov. 24:21 to enter into marriage, followed by ? Ezra 9:2; to enter into combat, followed by rtX with any one, Isa. 36:8; 2 Ki. 18:23.
;
;
For the derived nouns see under the several

nifications.
sig-
aridity and sterility (see the root No. noun Gent, is '3"}y. an Arabian, Isa. 13:20; III). Jer. 3 2 also 'TiJ? Neh. 2:19; plur. D'Sny^l rabians, 2 Chron. 21:l6; 22:1; and 0^3"$ 2 Chron. 17:11; always used of Nomadic tribes, Isa., Jer. loc. cit. Also
called
its
: ;
25:24; from
Eze. 27:21;
name Arabia
so
H.
H
1
jj!7
TO SET, as the sun (Syr. and JEth.

~ io
name Arabia is not used to designate that large peninsula which geographers call by this name, but a tract of country of no very large extent, to the
the
040
der).
id.
Arab. i_ i
depart far away, to wan-
Hence, to draw towards evening, Jud. 19:9. " all Metaph. Isaiah 24: 11, nnptT^S HZT^ joy has
set."
HIPHIL,
at evening
to
;
do at evening.
Sa. 17:16.
II,
Inf. 3Ty.n
doing (so)
adv. at evening (compare D.l^n in the
and south of Palestine, as far as the Eed Sea. So Eusebius says of the Midianites, Kt'irai i-txiira. rijc 'Apa/3/oc Trpoc forov iv ipfifju? TUV 2apa:>/^wv rfjg IpvBpde QaXaaaas iir avaToXag. Of no wider extent i? Arabia in the New. Test. (Gal. 1:17; 4:25). See iny remarks on Isa. 21:13.
east
tnorning),
2"$
TJJ No.
I,
(I)
woof, Levit.
13:4859.
See the r;M
Derivatives, 3ng No.
3^0 No. H.
No.
1. 1.
DCLII
(II) coll.
No.
II.;
s compare tJjZ to wander; ^_^> f. a wan-
strangers, aliens; from the root 3"J
[" thus called from
its
black colour"], but to
this
answers the Sanscr. kdrawa.
The
letters b
and w
Kt'pal
;
are shewn not to belong to the root by the Gr.
derer, Ex. 12:38; Neh. 13:3. No. I. 2. written 3^JJn; see
With
the art.
it
is
3$
(I)
(l)et>ent'n0(m. and fern.,

'
Sam. 20:5);
:
from the root 3TJJ No. II. 3;$3 Gen. 19:1; 29:23; 3^ T$b Gen. 8 1 1 24 1 1 3"$ (ace.) Exod. 16 6 ; 9 6 Gen. 49:27, a* poet. 31$ Psalm 59 Jerem. Plur. 5:6. Dual. D?3T8 the n'n^ evening. two evenings only in the phrase E?3"iyn pa between the two evenings, Ex. 16: 12; 30:8; used as marking the space of time during which the paschal lamb was slain, Ex. 12:6; Lev.23:.5; Num.9:3; and the evening sacrifice was offered, Ex. 29:39, 41 Num.
: ; : ;
:
Gen. 8:7; Isa. 34: 1 1 It is sometimes of wider extent, and comprehends kindred species of birds, specially tht crows, see Lev. 1 1 :15; Deu. 14:14.
Lat. comix.)
and apparently Psalm 147:9.
(2) [Oreb~\, pr. n. of a prince of the Midianites,
75;
'
Jud. 7:25; 8:3; Psal. 83:12; from whom a certain rock beyond Jordan took its name, Jud. 7 25 Isa. 10:26.
:
f. arid, sterile region, a desert (see the root No. IV), Job 24:5; 153.33:9; 35:1; 51:3; Jer. 50:12 51:43. With the art., "iTJtfn is that
;
iy
38:4; i. e. according to the opinion of the Karaites and Samaritans (which is favoured by the words of Deut. 16:6), the time between sunset and deep twiThe Pharisees, however (see Joseph. Bellum light. Jud. vi. 9, 3), and the Rabbinists considered the time when the sun began to descend to be called the
first
it
low region into which the valley of the Jordan runs near Jericho, and which extends as far (lyjjl)
as the Êlanitic gulf, Deut. i:i; 2:8; Josh. 12: i; 2 Sam. 4:752 Ki. 25:4; in which are the Dead Sea
(hence called n 3"iyn D* the sea of the desert, Deut. 4:49; Josh. 3:16; 12:3; 2 Ki.l4: 25) and the brook Kedron, or n 3lj?n ?rti the stream of the desert, Am.
evening (Arab.
<M^ ^fl
little
evening
L-^ when
6:14; comp. 2 Ki. 14:25, also HTV n'lTTJJ the plains of Jericho, Josh. 5: 1O; 2 Ki. 25:5; and 3K1D nia^y,
see 3K1D.
and the second evening

Sa'Xij 04/ta).
begins to draw towards evening ; Gr. dt/Xi; vpuia) ; to be the real sunset (Gr.
See Bochart, Hieroz., 1. 1. p. 559. Compare, as to the double morning, Pococke ad Carm. Tograi, p. 71; and Hebr. pr. n. DHD?'. (2) i. q. 3^ No. II, foreigners, strangers ;
called
(2) pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, fully niPJM JV3 see rP3, letter kk.
;
n^ny
(see
fem.
3).
(l) surety, security, Prov. 17:18

(see
3^1,
hence 3Tyn O?P foreign kings, who made alliance with the Israelites, l Ki. 10:15; and so also else-
(2) a
nj9ri
pledge
3U? No.
I,
4).
Sam. 17:
18,
DninjrnXI.
" and bring a
pledge from
them."
3^JJ
where of auxiliary forces,

Eze. 30:5.
Jer.
25:20; 50:37;
No.
I,
$m
4).
a pledge, Gen. 38:17, 18, 20 (see

'j
Arab,
(II) only in pi. D'3ny, const. N?"3?
--
m. willow (Arab.
r^
_j
?.
id.
Hence
appupuir,
arrhabo, a
t_->_c), so called
from
;
its
whitish leaves, see the root

: ;
word peculiar to traders, which the Greeks and Romans seem to have borrowed from the Phoenicians, the originators of traffic.
No. IV.
Salix Babylonica, Linn,
Ps. 1 37 2 (where the be understood, with its pendulous foliage, a symbol of grief and mourning; Isa. 15:7, Germ. Srauerroeibe/ weeping willow). " the brook of willows" 0'3TJ?n ^>ri3 (comp. Job 40:
Isa.
:
44 4 Job 40 22
is to
an Arabian, see 3T&
TQ"$
No.
3,
[Arbathite], Gent which see; 3 Sa. 33:31.

fut.
3">Jf!
n. of the
word
in Moab. 22) '
i.
e.
either
on the borders L^s-^ .c<A -? s

fc
of the provinces of Karrak (i. e. ancient Moab) and Jebal (i. e. Idumsea), see Burckhardt's Travels, page 674 or else the brook TTJ (which see), near
;
(l) TO ASCEND,
i.
q.
Arabic
.,
jEthiop. fJCI: see nanj!.
the town of Karrak, where Burckhardt, loc.
(2) followed
if
"?
by
/B and /^
to
cit.
page
{??>?.
K^.
(Arab. Conj.
Ps.
II. to
l
desire anything, at be bent, or inu-nt

:
643, mentions a fountain of willows, i_JLai-e ^r^-"

D'3-ifc m. (i) a raven. (Arab. <-r>/ pi. No loot raven, a crow; compare the Lat. corvus. it U be sought in the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages
upon anything).
of the
42 2
:
Joel
2O.
The
opinion
Hebrew
writers
is
that the
expresses the cry of the deer, animals, Joel loc. renders it in both places
to domestic
word JlJJ properly which is applied also

cit.
J^), bat this
(the Syriac alw is net sou
DC LIU
firmed by th use of the cognate languages; although we may compare, it with Gr. onomatop. wpuw, ttyuy?';. But see the derivative '"U-liy. More is said on this
subject
I
Derived
nouns,
nv$,
nnjj,
iy, n^D,
ni?r
and
pr. n.
by Bochart, Hieroz.
parti, page 883.

II. to <3j- Conj. to be
place;
flee
i.
plur. rVnjJ f, Isaiah i: :7; a naked or bare e. destitute of trees (see "IJ?P, 'THyp); her*!
TUv an unused root; Arab.

1
used of the grassy places on the banks of the Nile.

I f. Cant.5:i3; 6:2; Eze. 17:7, 10; areola, bed of a garden or vineyard, raised up in the middle
(comp. the kindred THJ )? Syr. Ethp. Hence Tnj>, Ch. T$ wild ass.
J
untamed.
[Arad], pr.n.
: ;
(l) (for
T$
)V3), a
town
Nu. a l
of the Canaanites, in the southern part of Palestine, l ; 33 140 Josh. 12:14 [situated apparently
artenbcet/ SSlumcnberg 5 from the root 3"]J?). So the old interpreters. Others understand it to be a ladder, trelli^ lor training plants against. Com(erti6t)te8
(,-
at Tel 'Arad
jLc Jj Rob.
ii.
473].
(2) m.
Chr.
pare Arab.
^ ^
/Jt
>
a ladder
but the former explana-
8:153$(
tion is preferable.
m. Ch.
i.
q. "TVlJJ
wild
ass, Dan. 5:21.
"tt^J?
m.
the
wild ass, Job 39:5. Chald.

Hebr. &OB.
T$ id.;
in the Targg. for the
Root
C
1 )
HTJ/.
TO BE
NAKED;
not used in Kal.
Arabic
y??
(
;
from the root n ^)

1
nakedness,
The primary
idea appears to be that of
plucking out (compare ^T$) plants, hairs, etc.; hence to bare, bald, devoid of plants and trees compare n~\2Q nyjil. Kindred roots are DTP and perhaps
;
metaph. Vl^ ? n-" ^ tne nakedness of the land; i. e. a part of the land unfortified, easy of j-olfcc access; Arabic (rctôc lyvpvwOri, Horn. II. xii.
Hos. 2:11
1
i'
399), Gen. 42:9^12.

(2) pudenda; especially
when naked, Gen. 9:22.

the nakedness of one's
P;EL
HTJ7,
fut. conv.
"iJJfll
(l) to
make naked,
to
23;
Sam. 20:30.
;
V3K nnV.
1
:
uncover, e.g. pudenda, Isa. 3 117, a shield (on Avhich there had been a covering), Isai. 22:6; Zeph. 2: 14, n "$ n nx " he uncovers the cedar work," makes the walls naked by removing the cedar wainscotting. (2) to lay naked (the foundation of a house), i. e.
to
father; i.e. the nakedness of one's father's wife, Lev.
20
1 1
compare Lev.
8 8, 16.
ri1"}J? (3) anything unclean (excrement), Deu. 23: 15, (any defect Ibuud in
shame, filthiness. "CH
overthrow a house,
(Compare
n^JI,
Psal. 137:7.
Inf. nilj?
Hab.
a woman) Deut. 24:1; also ignominy, dishonour. Isa. 20:4, Ol'l-fP nilV. "the dishonour of Egypt."
"l Chald., emptying; hence loss (of the king), Ezr. 4:14. See the Hebrew root Piel No. 3.
3:13.
rfa Ezek. 13:14; Mic. 1:6.)
Hence
(3) to
empty a
bottom
vessel, to
is
pour
*?K
which
24:11.
soul,"
its
laid bare),
Ps. 141:8,
e.
W*l
TJHp
it out (in doing Gen. 24:20; 2 Chr. "pour not out my
i.
pour not out

(i)
to
1
my blood.
to
Compare Hiph.
uncover,
e. g.
No. 2. HIPHIL
plur. D'B-VTK, f. n-iy, adj. naked, Job But naked is also used for (a) ragged, badly clad, Job 22:6; 24:7, 10; 133.58:7; comp. Gr. yvfjLv6q, James 2:15; and as to the Lat. nudus
Dhj, Dig
l:2l.
make naked,
8, 19.
Seneca,
ill-clad.
De
Benef.,
5:13; Arabic
-.L^
stripped,
pudenda, Lev. 20:
Isaiah 53:1 2, IK'P? ".}E>? iTjgn (2) to pour out. " he hath he depoured out his soul unto death," - -* ..-i.liA'ered himself to death. to pour (Arab. <ujjj
(b)
used of one who, having taken off his

:
mantle, goes only clad in his tunic (^5^1), i Sam. 19:24; Isa. 2 o 2. Compare John 9 1 : 7 ; Virg. Georg.
I.
JU
out,
i.
e.
to give
up
one's life or soul;
229, and the note of J. H. Voss. Aurel. Viet. cap. Eoot D1V No. 1. 1. 17.
.
Syr. j_j
CTLjfcgu, Gr. TrapaflaXXftrOm,
whence parabolanus).
2, to be
NIPHAL, pass, of Hiph. No.
poured out,
to
Isa.
32:15-
(i)crafty, Gen. 3:1; Job5:l2; 15:5. (2) in a good sense, prudent, cautious, Prov, 12: 16, 23; from the root DUJ No. I. 2.
see
HITHPAEL (l) to make oneself naked, cover oneself, Lam. 4:21.

(2) to
of a
un-
wide spreading
pouroneselfout, tospreadoneself (used tree), Ps. 37 35.

:
and IJHJJ (from the root T$;

from the root ??;
Jjjjj
like
from the root
DCLIV
(l) probah.
outcast, Jer.
i.
q.
Tiny prop, naked; hence needy

Jer. 17:6).
void of offspring, Gen. 15:2;

Jer.
Levit. 20: SO, 31

2.
48:6 (compare
LXX.
"HJJ
No.
Vulgate myrica (compare

juniper,
jSJacfyhotber).
the northern (a) of a town on (a) [Arocr\, pr. n. bank of the river Arnon, Deut. 2:36; 3:12; 4:48;
Josh. 12:2;
flit. THE. TO ARRANGE IN ORDER, or IN A TO PUT IN ORDER, Germ, reifyen/ ridjten, Gr. ROW, to stretch out in a raoav, rarrw (kindred to straight line, to extend, and in the Indo-Germanic
T^
13:16; which belonged to Moab, Jer.

is "lijnjJ
(
languages, 9te it) e (9?cigo
SJicge), reifyen/
intens. retfen.
48
another form
Jud.
;
1 1
26.
Its
ruins
still
bear the ancient name
ilt^c)
see Burckhardt's
is
regb (not for reago, as some suppose), reûla, rectus, also rigeo, flare fe^n/ rigor, gerabe Stnie), e.g. to
Different from this Travels in Syria, p. 633. Rabbath (b) another fiirther north, over against
arrange wood upon an

loaves
altar,
Gen. 22:9; Lev. 1:7
Am-
(Josh. 13: 25), situated on the river of Gad; i. e. an arm of Jabbok, 2 Sam. 24:5; built by the Gadites,
mon
Num. 32 34
:
passage).
(c)
17:2 (see my observations on the a town of the tribe of Judah, i Sam.

Isa.
30:28. Gent.
n.
'TO?
Ch. 11:44.
24:8 (compare ri3"TJ?5 No. 2); also to lay out, to set in order (juddtfen), a table for a meal, Prov. 9:2; Isa. 81:5; 65 1 1 an altar, Nu. 23:4, the holy candlestick, Exod. 27:21; Levit. 24:3, 4; arms for a battle, Jer. 46:3. Spe(a) "TpC ?"? ^V to P ut l ^ e battle in cially it is used fl^ and J'lX'lpp array, Jud. 20:20, 22; followed by
table,
:
upon the holy
horror (from the

np
X, in other copies p~HJ something horrid, root No. I). Job 30:6,
H?
"in the horror of the
valleys," i.e. in the
Part. N?li' against any one, 1 Sa. 17:2; Gen. 14:8. nrfy? i Chr. 12:33,35; and nprfyp T|VT Joel 2:5, Without the word HDnpp id., set in array for battle.
horrid valleys.
*1y. (for i"l"$
Jud. 20 30, 33
:
Sam. 4:2; 17:21; followed
ty, ?,
"guarding,"
id.,
i.e.
"worshipping
Jehovah"),
46:
16.
\_Eri\, pr. n. of a son of Gadi, Gen.
flN"}^ against any one, 2 Sa. 10:9, 10; 10: 17; Jer. Part. ""l-IIJJ set in array (for battle), Jer. 50:9, 14. for TK "they 6:23; 50:42. Job 6: 4,
Wl
[Patron,
Nu. 26:16.]
set (the battle) in

(6)
array
against
me;" Job33:5-
?"$. i.q.
iy.
i.
nV$?.
P1X1.
e.
in want.
nakedness, want. Eze. 16:7, " and thou (wast) naked and want," " Hab. 3:9, "WD nT ^H shall be made
f.
DÔ
^JTJJ
naked with nakedness."

l)
out DÔ. Job 37 19, ^rP3?p Tpga N^> " we cannot set in order by reason of darkness," i.e ignorance.
:
lowed by ?X
to arrange words, to utter them, folagainst any one, Job 32: 14; also with-
Followed by
? to direct
only in plur.
TY\
Num. 15:20,21; Neh.
and
will
to
ellipt. Psal.
5:4,
10:38; Ezek. 44:30; coarse meal, polenta (rteS, rufcc) comp. Talmud my polenta made from barley,
9*
direct (my
set in order
Isa. 44 7 " in the morning I (c) DEpip words) to thee." a cause in a court of Justice, Job
:
words
to
any one
1^T$8 "^
pearl barley.
Syriac
it.
v*
id.
[see Thes.], also a

see.
drink
Vuig.,
cibus.
made of
Num.,
Root
D"TJ?
which
LXX.,
13:18; 23:4; compare Ps. 50:8!. (2) Followed by? to place together (jufamnun*
flellen
mtt etreaS), to
! '
ûpa/Lm, pulmentum.
Neh., Eze. <rroc,
compare
(Dergleidjen).
Isa.4O:i8,
E'*"iy. masc.
1TJJ to
pi.
drop down),
Isa.
clouds, heaven (from the root 5:30; Syr. and Vulg. caligo.
ip'Wign n-1D' j" n ^ " what likeness will ye compare unto "him?" Psa. 89: 7; 40:6, T^< ^.1*8 "there is nothing to be compared with thee." Job a8: H3 [ 8 the-dative for l 7, 19 (in each of these places
Compare the
quadrilitt. ?$"$..
"?>
compare the value of any to value (comp. 35?? ) money); especially Job 36: 19, yiftV Tl'TO. " will he value (i.e. regard)
(3)
to
(i.
estimate
e.
to
(with Kametz impure for T'W) adj. and subst. pr. terrifying, causing fear; hence (l) very powerful, used of God, Jerem. 2O:ll; of
powerful nations,
Isa.
'
thing with
thy riches?"
HIPHIL,
seq.;
i.
Isa.
25:3.
Eze. 28:7,
q.
Kal No.
3, to
estimate, Levit. 27: 8
(2) in a bad sense, violent, fierce, Psa. 37:35;
2X1.23:35.
13:11; 25:3; Job 15:20; 27:13.
Derivatives,
T^ ?,
1
n ?7F?, "5^'?) and

(i) row, pile, of the
y "violent
r
.
nations;"
30:11; 31:12;
m. with suff. *?"% **($. shewbread, Ex. 40: 23.

(a)
Onnjj
adj.
solitary, desolate, hence
preparation, a putting in order,
Bpecia'.lj
DCLV
of clothes,
arms.
Jud. 17:10,
DHJ? ^J? "an equipWell rendered

for <rro\>) is the
PI. J"H'T8 pr. n. (hill) of foreskins,
near Gilgal, Josh
ment of garments" (tfuSruftung mit JUdbern), i.e. everything belonging to clothing.

Vatic.
3I.
in the
word i/ianW, Lat. stola) ; Alex. idea to this (compare appropriated evyoe ifjuirihtv, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem (which is sought to be defended by Lud. De Dieu, on the
LXX.
trroXt)
DH^ - (l)
1.
q-
/.
TO
MAKE NAKED,
2TJJ, B1"tt(
[" TC
BE NAKED"], TO UNCOVER, whence

see.
which
Intrans. *.c to be impudent, spiteful (mani-
passage).
Used of the armature

:
(as if
garment) of
festing one's malevolent mind).
the crocodile, Job 41 4.

(3) estimation,
(a) to be crafty.
assessment, taxation.
^P"$?
crafty, spiteful.)
Once found
(Syr. Ethpe. id. Jô,;.^, XD'")g in Kal, l Sa. 23:22.
according to thy estimation, Lev. 5:15, 18, 25; 27: " 12, ll?^n l??^? according to thy estimation," the the phrase. priesfs, I mean, for so we must take Verse 2, Hin^ ryiK>E>3 I? ??? " according to thy (the
1
HIPHIL
"
(l) to
make
crafty, Ps.
83:4,*^
IDnjP.
they
make
their counsel crafty," they take crafty
counsels.
(2) to act craftily,

sense, to
to God." priest's) estimation men (are offered) (Compare on this passage De Wette, and Dettinger, in Theol. Studien und Kritiken, 1831, page 303;
l Sam. 23:22, and, in a good act prudently, Prov. 15:5; 19:25. ~''
Derivatives WTJf, D$7,
n-$
[Dilj;,
1832, page 395, 396.)
which anything
"3^]}3 E>i3K
is
estimated.
Hence used of the price at Job 28: 13. Ps. 55: 14,
II. jJ7 not used in Kal, cognate to the verbs, DTO, D^n, DIO, D-n, Dion, TO BE HIGH. (Syr. Pa. to
nPlX"thouaman,whomIreckon equal
(i) TO BE
,
with myself."
J>;
heap up; Arab.
+.
to
be heaped up. Saad. Ex.

floor.)
UNCIRCUMCISED,
see the adj.
15:8; aU-c a heap of grain on the threshing NIPHAL, to be heaped up, Ex. 15:8.
Derivatives,
7 ""l|?"^>
Arab.
id.
t^")&
(2) denom. from ""vTJJ, ' regard as uncircumcised, i.e. profane, impure, Lev. 19:23.
naked;
see
NIPHAL, to be seen to be uncircumcised, Hab. 2: 16 (used of a drunken man who shamefully uncovers
his nakedness).
}y m. craftiness, Job 5:13, from the root

No.
I.
O TJ7
(2)
f.
id.
(i) craftiness, guile,

1
Ex.21:
14.
'TTK m.
adj.
Ex. 6:12, const. ^. Ezek. 44:9, and uncircumcised, Gen. 17:14; Ex. 12:48; often
prudence, Prov.
f.
:
14; 8:5.
used opprobriously of the Gentiles, as the Philistines, l Sam. 17:26, 36; 14:6; 31:4. Metaph. used 7T2 CPnQtp uncircumcised of lips, i. e. slow of speech
(with Tzere impure), pi. rft, once D'T 50:26, a heap, e. g. of ruins, Neh. 3:34; of corn, Cant. 7:3; of sheaves, Ruth 3:7; from the roct
"""P~$
Jer.
('P9
Ex. 6
ear
is
"î?!
closed as
it
Onk.), stammering, one whose lips are were with the foreskin, and are there-
fore too long

:
and thick
1 2,
30.
to utter speech with facility. " their Similarly Jer. 6 : l o, D3JK
p. m. a plane tree (so called from its height, See Celsii see D1V No. II.), Gen. 30:37; Eze. 31 8.
:
n^
Hierobot.
t. i.
p.
5 1 3.
i.
closed with a foreskin;" and ?^V? ^??'? their uncircumcised heart, into which divine precepts
cannot penetrate, Lev. 26:41
f.
;
}"$
(as if Vigilantius,
q. "W,
with the addition of
Eze. 44:9.
the adj. termination), \_Eran~], pr. n. m. Nu. 26:36. Pation. VJV. ibid.
*"'-
(l) foreskin, d/cpo/Surrrm.

f
(Arabic
D
to
)jj r
an tinused
root,i.q.D"]3 to
dLc.)
Sa. 18:25.
2 Sa. 3: 14, "VlÊ
"^? mem-
brum
praeputiatum, Genesis 17:11, 24; Levit.i2:3. Metaph. 37~n?~]J? the foreskin of the heart, see above, Deu. 10: 16; Jer. 4:4 (compare Eor. Sur. ii. 82 iv.
;
pound, especially into largish Talmud D^")|, niD-lll pounded

ni$e).
d.
pieces;
break to pieces, whence the

bean-meal
beans,
(rteS/
See the derived noun

1 1
:
26 see
;
TgilJZ
No.
a, a.
54).
(2) foreskin of a tree, i.e. the fruit of the first three years, which according to the law was accounted
hence poor, helpless, ."|X adj. prop, naked; from the root ~nj, which see; compare "V.1TP. No. I,
Psa. 102:18; Jer. 17:6.
andean, Levit. 19:93.
Compare the
root No. 2.
DCLVI
and
I.
see
fut.
PJ
(l)TO TERRIFY, TO CAUSE TER(Arab, .^.c Conj. VHI.

s 4to
*1"!U
i.
q.
*$n T0
DROP DOWN (tropfen, to drop;
ROR
or
TREMBLING.
compare ^l^, ^J, the last syllable of which is idenused of speech, Deut. tical), Deut. 33:28; metaph.
tremble (as the skin),

Gr. perhaps
apatrffa)).
tf^f'>'~W:1
a trembling spear.
;
Isaiah 2: 19, 21
Ps. 10: 18;
3:tDerivative, D'P'Tg.
Job 13:25.
fear.
Isai.
47: 12,
wilt terrify," sc.
(i) originally, as I suppose, TO PLUCK, TO SEIZE, TO PULL; Germ, raufen/ a sense which is found in the primary syllable sp, 3"% compare NEH,
II.
3'"!,
M>;
Arab.
.jo-s.
vIX " perhaps thou thy enemies, wilt put them in is to resist, which comes from
interpreters expressed,
the
same
idea.
(The ancient
thou mayest become more strong, wilt strengthen

to fear, Deu. 1:29; folany one, Deu. 7:21; 20:3; 31:6; followed by an ace. Job 31 :34NIPHAL, part. f'"Uy terrible, dreadful, i. q. lofa
and, with a palatal or guttural letter added at
<-*
tha beginning,
*\~}*,
^n,
TSJ-
Hence
_j_c the mane
thyself.) (2) intrans. to
tremble,
lowed by
^pp
at
of a horse (so called from its being pulled), ,__. to out the forelock of a horse, and Hebr. *f$J neck,
pull
mane. prob. so called from
(In the Indo-Germanic
Ps. 89:8.
languages with this agree, rapio, carpo, raffen/ raufen. The signification of mane and top are found in the Gr. Xttyoc, mane hence, neck, back, Kopvfi'i, Kopvpfioc,
;
HJPHIL (i) causat. to put in fear, Isa. 8:13. (2) to fear, followed by an ace. Isa. 8 : 12 ; 29: $3. Derivatives, nyÔ,
/ TO
3.
Kopvpfir), top.)
(a'Jdenom.from*!^^ break t he neck of an animal, Ex. 1 3 1 3 34 20 Deu. 2 1 4, 6 Isa. 66 3. Figurato destroy altars, Hos. 1O:2. tively, to overthrotc,
: ; : : ; ;
:
FLEE [" TO GNAW"].

id.
(Syr. and Arab.

D'pTfo
and
"
?y:
Kindred
is
^H.) Job 30:3,
HJV
they flee into the desert."
But Vulg.
rodeV
m.
.
the
neck of an animal, Lev. 5:8 (Arabic
bant in solitudine, compare Arab.
mane), of a man, Job 16: 12, and so frequently. Observe the phrases (a) *\~3) 10} to give the neck, Le. to turn back, 2 Chron. 29:6; and ?X'f)Ty rOS to
-
turn the back to any one,
i.
e.
to turn oneself
away
;., Syr. uaî And this signification of gnawing is more to gnaw. suitable to the words of Job 30: 17, J-133^ N? \TTfr "those that gnaw me (i.e. pains) are not quiei;" where others interpret, " my arteries (the pulsation!
of the arteries) are not quiet ;" compare
i
e.
from any one, Jer. 2:2?; 32 :33- (b) *\~$) n:s Josh. 7:12, and ^1^ ^sn Josh. 7:8, to turn the back, i.e.
9
a vein,
=:
an
artery.
[In Thes.
this
to
gnaw,
its
is
given as the
to flee, Syriac
u l*i), and Pers. J^, Here belongs Ex. 23:27, *$f T^ " I have made for thee the back of all thy enemies," I have made them turn their backs. I have put them Psal. 18:41. to flight. (c) HIV nt?p hard of neck,
i.
meaning of
*j?"3?
verb in both
occurrences.]
Gent, n.,
an Arkite,
S'(-
inhabitant of Area, or
-.
Arce (Gr/Apo/; Arab.

nicia;
AJ.C, Uy:),
a town of Phoe-
e.
obstinate, see
""K?!?,
iii.
compare the Lat.

95.
more
still
tantis cer-
fully called
Area
Csesarea, the ruins of
'jicibus est, Cic.
Verr.
which
called
remain to the north of Tripoli, and are
forelock," or according to n2~^ (" " hind"), [OrpaK], pr. n. f. Ruth Sim/i.q. rnaj?
mane,"
"
Tel Arka, Genesis 10:17. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, p. 272, Germ. Trans., and my remarks on the history of the city, given in the notes,
p.
1:4,14-
520.
i.q.
n: m. quadrilitt. darkness of clouds, thick clouds, Ex. 20:21; Deut.4:ll; iKi.8:i2; Psalm
r
f
id.,
-y No. II., and
rny
(i) TO
MAKE ONEimp., Isaiah
SELF NAKED, TO BE NAKED. In Kal found once

with n parag. ^ny
l8:lO.
Syr.
Jlaî
^2si_iLJ
to
make
dark.
make thyself naked,

void of aid; whence
and 7?N
Blended apparently from the triliterals T~3J a cloud, to be dark. To this corresponds the Greek pôc, obscure, dark, t>pfvi), darkneas, especially of the night
32:11.
(a)
to
be helpless,
POEL
"njy to
make naked
or bare, 00 the found*-
tion of a house:
t
i.
c.
to
overthrow
it
from
the
subst. creator, with suff.
foundation,lsa.. 23:13. PILPEL ~>y.")y and HITHPALPEL "iy."!^n Jer. 51:58. to be made naked; i.e. utterly overthrown. Comp.
n-JR Ps.
35:10;
1 1
;
-inbty his creator,
Hos. 8:14.
fy my creator, Job Job 4:17; Isa.l7:7; 27? niS^Q: nb>y to produce, i. e. to work
miracles, Psal. 78:4, 12; 98:1.
(c)
to
make any
137:7; Hab. 3:13. Derivatives, see Kal No. 2.

**
JJ/
an iinused root; Arab.

II. to
\f-
to erect a
thing, i. e. to produce it from oneself, is an expression used of living creatures; e.g. to make milk, i.e. to produce it (used of a cow), Isa. 7:22; to make
fat on the
loins, said of
house or tent. s <~-
cover with a roof, to arch;

throne with a canopy (com-
man growing
;
fat,
Job 15:
;
whence .JLc.
pare KB?).
roof, vault,
27 (comp. corpus facere, Justin. Ital. far corpo ; Gr. fieyaXrji' iiriyovviaa Oiffdut, Od. xvii. 225 rpi-âg
sobolem facere, i. e. procreare, Plin.); and in like manner trees are said to make fruit (compare
ytrt'jfi',
Hence
f. (Cant. 1:16), plur. nibny a bed, couch with a hanging curtain, >unmelbett $ covered (prop, see Cant. loc. cit.), Dent. 3:11; Psalm 6:7; 41:4; 132:3 (Syr. and Chald. id. secondary meaning,
caulem facere, Colum. etnen tengel Gen. 1:11,12; branches, Job 14:9; Ezek. 17:8; grain, to make flour, Hos. 8:7; a field, to make grain, Gen.4i:47; Hab. 3:17; Isa. 5:2,10.
iroieiv
Kapirov, Lat.
treiben),
and derived from that of bed-fellow,

S'O
S.
is
the Arab.
The same
notion
is
often expressed in
Hebrew by the
page 113.
(</)
consort; see
conjugation Hiphil, see Heb. Gram. Those are said to make anything
it
edit. x.
who acquire
an unused
root.
See pr. n.
by
labour, as in Lat. pecuniam facere, Greek iroitiv
fllof to
ÎL- J7 a root not used as a verb.

II.
IV., to produce herbs
Arab. c_--xLc and provender (said of the
earth).
D2fy plur. constr. n'n'fI? (with Pro. 27:25; green herb, full grown Dag. euphon.) and in seed (in which it differs from N^.); herbs
suff,
3^#
with
make a living, e. g. riches, Gen. 31:1; Deu. 8:17,18; Jerem. 17:11; slaves, Gen. 12:5. Isaiah 19:10, 1?b> ^V "those who make wages," i. e. hired servants. It is (e) to prepare, to make ready, as food (German (Sffen mcidjen); Genesis 18:7,8; Jud. 13:15; 2 Sam. 12:4; a meal, Genesw 21:8; also to train and comb (not to shave) the
for the food of
s 1O:12, 15; Ps. 104: 14 (Arab. ^^..e.

<-
man, Gen.
11, 12;
2:5; 3:18; Ex.

-
id.
From
the
beard (Lat. facere barbam, Lamprid., French, faire la barbe], 2 Sa. 19:25; to cut and adorn the nails, Deu. 21:12. Used of God as pre-arranging future events,
same stock
are, perhaps, herba, 0op/3//,
r and s being
interchanged).
^Vty. emphat.
I.
37:26. (/) to make or prepare a victim to be offered to God, hence to offer. Exod. 29:36, nb'Jl ntrann na "thou shalt offer a bullock for
Isa.
a&? Chald.
apoc.
id.,
Dan. 4:2-2, 29, 30.

(i) prop. TO
fut. nfe>jp
feUC,
LABOUR, TO WORK ABOUT ANY THING; followed by 3Exod.5:9; Neh. 4:15; to work upon any thing;
Ex. 31:4, sipM* 2nj3 ntiPg
silver;"
to
work
in gold
and
,
German
make,
in
olb
unb
ilber
arbetten,
verse 5
Hosea 2:10, ?V.?? -lby 3H? "gold (which) they offered to Baal;" 2 Ch. 24:7. Without the accusative of the sacrifice njrv? n'B>JJ is to sacrifice to Jehovah, Exod. 10:25. Compare 2 Ki. 17:32, DH? D'by Vi;ifl " and they sacrificed for them." (Comp. Gr. j'epa '{plur, Itpa. ptfetv, and
:
sin;" verse 38, 39, 41. Jud. 6:19; l Ki. 18 23
Levit.g:?; ]5'-*5;
;
16:9:
a Chron. 2:13.
(2)
to
Hence
to
without the ace. pifciv Bey,

xiv. 151). (g) to
II. ii.
400;
viii.
250; Od.
produce by labour (compare
make,
i.e. to
keep a
festival day,
Germ.
mad)cn> with the Gr. //oyoe, fio-)(6oe an(^ j"^X5>
(a) i. q. to manuSpecially Wâvi], machina). to facture, fabricate (uerffrttgen), e.g. a ship, Gen. 8:6; an altar, Gen. 13:4; bricks, Exod.5: 16; gar-
as the sabbath, the passover, Ex. 12:48; Num. 9: 1O, 14; Deu. 5:15; also to pass, spend time (irately
Ecc. 6: 12. Hence without the XjOoro>, Act. 15:33), word denoting time; to spend time any where, for
2: 19; JWJ/ nJX "where stayed; l Ki. 20:40; Job 23:9; and with the addition of an adverb 2113 HB^
to
4:16; arms, i Sam. Gen. -"IDS?*? TV a booth, 33:17. (to erect) doers of work, i. e. workmen, 2 Ki. 12:12; 22:5, 9; Neh. ll:l2, and frequently. (b) used of God, i. q to produce, to create, as heaven, earth, Gen. i :7,
ments, Gen. 3:21; idols, Deut.
abide,
to
stay.
Ruth
i.e.
8:12;
hast thou
made?"
to
spend
life
Ecc. 3:12.
to constitute
(/i)
l6;
2:;
3:1; 5:1; 6:6; Ps. 96:5; 104:19. Hence
(German gut ma(I)en), appoint any one to an office, 1 Sam. 13:6, anyone, 1 Ki. 12:31.
to
well, tv irpurTiiv
43
DCLVIII
"Jehovah
Moses."
"'UJ'O'nR T T
ne*JJ T
|T
TCV who conslituted V

.
"f
2,
Followed by ? of A thing to which any one nb]J to wage is appointed, Jer. 37:15. (t) "Onpo war with (Gr. ir6Xi/Jor iroittffSai Tin, French, fnire la fftterre), Gen. 14 2; Deut. SO: 19; Josh. 11: 18; and ? DOS? nE>JJ to give or grant peace to any one
:
Gen. 12
?n|
the remainder he " I will

*13^
makes
an
idol;"
^P^K
make
thee a great
:
people;" Ex. 32:10; so also in Ex. 27 3, V^3 73? nE>TO nb^FI "thou shall make all the vessels of brass;" verse 19.
:
(cipiiw Trott'ttrtkti view is apparently

It is said
rti't), Isa.
27:5 (where Schnurrer's

;
to
be preferred
see
my Comment.).
will
of
;
(k) to do the laics, commandments, or God, Levit. 20:22; Deut. 15:5; Psa. 103:
Followed by ? of pers. ii is to do any thing with any one, whether good, Ex. 13:8; Deut. 11:5; or evil, Gen. 27:45; Ex. 14:11 but absol. it is taken in a bad sense (jcm. etroaS tt;un), for to injure, Gen.
or to
;
22:12; 19:8; Ps. 56

eppV
n'31.
5.
Here belongs the phrase,

let
20, 21
also to
Ps.
do
(to practise) right, justice, Genesis
DWiTfl
" so n^jp n '3

if," etc. i
God do
;
:
to
me,
9:16; Isa. 58:2; virtue, Nu. 24: 18; kindness (followed by DJ? and J"IK), Genesis 24: 12; 40:14; and on the contrary, injustice, Isa. 53:9; Someiniquity, Gen. 34:7 (Job 42: 8); Psa. 37:1.
18:19,25;
and so
let
him add
Sa. 3: 17; 2 Sa. 3:35.
More
*ra:a note'iv nva.
rarely with two ace. Jer. 33 :g Isa. 42 16 (Gr. and riri), and followed by 3 of pers.
emphat. to effect, to complete, to execute anything; hence "!# <^3, to execute counsel, to execute, and E'T}? n Isa. 30 1 (comp. Ecc. 8 1 1 Dan. 8 24, i. e. to perform vows, Judges 1 1 :39).
(/)
it
times
is
Job 35:6 (compare Isa. 5:4). NIPHAL nbj|3 pass, to be made, Lev. 7:24. Used impers. HB'JP N? it is not done, it is not customarj
or usual, Gen. 29:26;
it ought not to be done, Gen. 34:7, compare 20:9. With an ace. of object, Isa. n 3 n 'W: "the land is not made 26: 18, -
HB'jri is
nvyrtt
"and he
will prosper
proposed);" 11:7, 17, 28, 30;
and effect (what more often used of
H?
^ ^
God, Ps. 22:32; 37:5; 52:11. Ecc. 2: 2, "(and of mirth I said nbfy nj HD what doth it effect?" i.e. Also not unfrequently (m) to make, to do profit? is so used, that it gives the simple idea of a verb of action, which has to be defined from the context, or Gen. 6:2C; ?'33 TO K>jn from what has preceded. Dr6 in'K n TtW and Noah did ail that God had commanded him." Gen. 2 1 26, " I do not know who did this." Ps. 115:3, "he doth whatever he will." 3K> JVET> '?$ "I have done (i.e. I Isa. 46: 4, Kb have borne) and I will bear;" (compare the Attic use of the Gr. vMtli; see Passow, h. v. No. 2, f). It
:
is not delivered. Followed by ? of pers. Exod. 2:4, "that he might know 17 Pl^'TIO what would be done to him," i.e. what would happen. Specially pass, of No. 2, letter e, Neh. 5:18; <?, 2 Ki. 23:23; i, Lev. 18:30; Est. 9:1.
deliverances,"
work, or to press immodestly the breasts woman, i. q. ^JJHD Eze. 23:3, 8, and in Kal verse 21. Ch. *BJ? id. So Gr. irotfir, and Lat. facer e, perficere, conficere mulierem, as a euphemism for
PIEL, to
of a
sexual intercourse, see Fesselii Advers. Sacra,

cap. 23.
lib.
ii.
to be made (created), Ps. 139:15. Derivatives, nb'y.O, and the pr. names ^^3, *B^,
PUAL,
'
sometimes pleonastically prefixed to another verb, by which weight is added to the discourse. Gen. " 31:26, why hast thou done (this) and deceived me?" (Mark ll :5, TI iroiiin Auorrtc)- Gen. 41 :34, nini> nJPJC "let Pharaoh do this (let him follow "13?!!
is
II.
an unused root, to be l'\L/^/ t

-..*
covered with
*-
hairs, hairy.
Arabic
<ix.\
hairy, \ic hairiness.
my
its
counsel) and appoint," etc.; l Ki. 8:32. use in an immodest sense, see Piel.
the
As
to
Hence
pr. n. K?#.
_
any thing is made, two accusatives are generally used (compare |H3 No. 3, and D>), Ex. 30:25, ins JVbjn en'p nnpp \ty? "and thou shall make them (sc.the
spices,
Isa.
When
material
is
indicated, of whicK
out of those spices) an holy anointing
oil ;"
46:6; IIos. 2:10; 8:4; and even with what may seem more peculiar, with the accusative of the material put last (compare H33, 1J Lehrg. 813), Ex. " he made all the vessels of ?TI3 nbj; rb3-73 38:3, Elsebrass;" Ex. 25:39; 30:25; 3^.14; 37 24where the thing made out of any material is some:
created." i.e. constituted, appointed), [Asahet], pr. n. m. (i) 2 Sam. 2: 18; 23:24; iCh. 27:7; and, with the words se(2) 2 Ch. 17 :8; 31 13. parated, 1 Ch. 2: 16. As to the letter n quiescing in the Ezr. 10:15. (3) middle of a word, see Lehrg. p. 48.
: :
("whom God
" pr. n. (i.e.
hairy,"" rough," Gen. 25: 25),
Esau,
the son of Isaac, the twin brother of Jacot,
called also
times put
last,
with ? prefixed,
Isa.
44:17,
1 with ??, which is, however, more used regard to his posterity than of the man himself. On the other hand, WR <33 Deu. 2:4, seq. WTg JV3 Olad. f r 18, and Wy. Jerem 49:8, 10; Obad. 6, us d o th*
;
"
DCLIX
Esauites,
expression.
i.
the Edomites, rather as a poetical "in the mount of Esau, i. e. of the I^J?
e.
Edomites, Obad. 8,9, 19.

ten, a decade (a) of days (like hebdomad, a week), Gen. 24:55; also used of the last day of a decade, i. e. the tenth day (of the month), Ex. 12:3; Lev. 16:29 (compare Gr. dtiaic, cwcacj rtrpae, used of the tenth, ninth, or fourth day of a month, and the Mth. OU>C '^fl of the tenth, fifth day, etc., see Lud. Gramm. p ioo).--(6) of strings, chords; hence a decachord, Ps. 92:4;
both genders, with a sing, and Lev. 27: 5. (2) twentieth, Nu. lo:ll;
Ch.
PI.
f.
pi.
noun, Gen. 31
Ki. 15:9;
38,'
16: 10.
T2J^ m. a
&
ten, Daniel 7: 7, 20,
24
JM3K' a
r~m
twenty, Dan. 6:2.

fut. -Ml?:
(denom. from
(je^nten),
l
i.
T),
take
followed
the
by an
ace. to
decimate
to
e. to
tenth part
of produce,
PIEL,
to tithe,
Sa. 8: 15, 17.
give the tenth part (erjet)nten). " and the tenth of our land (we give) 10:38,
Neh.
to the
fully (by apposit.) Ps. 33:2; 144:9-
"flB'JJ
?33 the decachord nablium,
7t{?8 ("created by
m.
l
God"), [Aiet\,
pr. n.
Levites, Dn'^yon D'l^n DH1. for these Levites (on the other hand) have to pay tithes." Followed by ace. of the thing tithed, .Deu. 14:22; and a dative of the
receiver, Gen. 28:22.
Ch. 4:35.
\\L?}J
stituted),
("whom Jehovah created,"

:
i.
e.
con-
HIPHIL like PIEL, Neh. 10:39.
to
give tithes, Deut. 26:18;
(i) 2Ki. \_Asahiah, Asaiah~\, pr. n. m. 92:12,14; 2 Chr. 34:20. (2) l Chr. 4 36. (3) lCh.6:i 5 15:6,11. (4) i Ch. 9:5.
;
'Wy ordinal
Num.
:
adj.
7 66, and often.
n> ")T# a
tenth
sc.
(from l'^), tenth, Gen. 8:5; Fern. n'jTB>g Isa. 6:13, and part, Ex. 16:36; Lev. 5:11.
'
HAVE TO DO
jem. ob. etroaS
not used in Kal; Ch. and Talmud. PPJ! TO with anything, TO STRIVE with it (mit
511
pi. D^n'^y m. a tenth part, a measure of dry things, especially of corn and flour, Levit. 14:10; 2 3 :1 3> !?; according to the LXX. Num. 15:4, the tenth part of an ephah, i. q. "1JJ. Thorn, de Novaria (in Nomencl. Syr.) considers Ljo^ca^ to be
the tenth part of a seah ('"^P).

I.
tfyun fyabcn).
HITHPAEL,
.
to
strive, Gen. 26:20; hence

pr. n. of
m. a
moth, Job4:i9;
13:28;
27:18.
("strife"), [EseK],
a well near
Arab. kc.
Root
B.
Gerar, ibid.
f.
K.
& ~lF*, n l*
p
m. TEN [" Arabic

9
^
this
f.
i'-iu:
m.
Syr.
r/ix
f.
);
r>nx
m.
II. k^'Jf a very bright northern constellation, Ursa Major, which we, in common with the Greeks and Romans, call the wain. Jobgig; comp. Niebuhr's
JEthiop.
Descr. of Arabia,
as
B'JJ?
f.
p.
114.
It
I;
etc.
is
word
Etymologists are mostly agreed that formed from the idea of the conjunction
Job 38:32, where her sons

tail
appears to be the same (C ^?) are the

1
three stars in the
of the bear.
of the ten fingers." See Thes. p. 1078]; always with a pi. noun, Exod. 27:12; Josh. 22:14; 2 Sa. 19:44
(in
perly signify a bear, but wy), Arab.

bear),
*j*j i.
by
does not proaphaeresis it stands for

K'J?
Cn? rnfc^
ni
~9?).
19:3.
Samuel 17:17 there is an ellipsis of round number, Gen. 31:7; Job Plur. ni~)b>y. tens, decades, Ex. 18:21; Deut.
i
e.
a bier (from the root
to
Used
for a
which
is
the
name
of this constellation in
Arabic.
They
i-
also call the three stars in the tail
1:15-
,,ix3 d*lv'
e-
daughters of the bier.
See Bochart,
Derived nouns are, "^^Sf, ^T^J?, l^^V, ~^-^?, denom. verb "iK'y. Other forms of the cardinal number itself
are
lt/J7 m. JY>(. f. id., only used in numbers compounded with ten, as ^JJ ^HS m. eleven '"lyaiSI ~Wy m. fourteen "IBV r&& sixteen, m. also eleventh,
;
;
in Hieroz.
cit.,
ii.
p. 114.
considers Heb.
-
W%
Alb. Schultens, on Job loc. to be the same as the Arab.

-
t>
&M
iu\. nightly watcher, from

to
the root
fourteenth, sixteenth
f jm. nibj?
nnN
eleven
rn7 B>B>
go about by night; and this posed to be so called In cause of its never setting; but the former explanation is preferable. Compare
Michaelis, Suppl. p. 1907; Lach in Eichhorn'a Bibl der bibl. Litteratur, vii. p. 397.
and (j^lc constellation he sup
.^
sixteen, also eleventh, sixteenth.

PI.
D^J?/&-on- the
ring. i"OfJJ)
(i) twenty, of
DC LX
21:12.
j?
in Mic. 2:2, ilVai
m.
pi.
oppressions, injuries, Ecc. 4:1

the root
P?*JJ.
Both constructions (Nos. l and 2) aie found togethei " "0$ }JX?T? they oppress a man and wrest away his house," i. e. act both with fraud
Am. 3:9; Job 35:9; from
and violence, compare

(3)
to
^J?.
adj. fabricated,
r~K?JJ
wrought, Eze.27:i9;
is
from the root
[bright
the signification pro-
proud, insolent, mctaph. of a overflowing its banks, Job 40 23 ( compare

be
:
river
syn.
posed in Thes.j.
n}E3? [Ashvath'],
pr.
n.m.
:
Ch. 7:33.
PUAL,
part.
i?&'V? (virgin)
viola ted
:
forcibly,
me-
taph. of a captured city, Isa. 23
i -2.
*1'P'^ m. (from the root ~C- J?), rcA, Prov. 10: 15; 14:20; 18: 11, and frequently. (a) in a good sense, but Ecc. 10:6; honotfy-able, noble, (b) in a bad
sense,
Derivatives, riipC'irp, plETJ,

pr.
D'i?V.
;J
n. p&y.. pr. n.
haughty, impious, inasmuch

is
as riches are
^V. ("oppression"), \_Eshek~],

once,
l
m. found
the fountain of pride, and pride
used in Hebrew as
Ch. 8:39.
equivalent to impiety, Isa. 53: 9, compare Job 27 119, and verse 13. See also Dvîn (under the word ??H
m.
especially
No.
3),
13JJ
and
^JJ,
and interpreters on
Isa.
2:7; 53:
(l) violence, injury, oppression of the poor,
Isa.
as
y; Matt. 19:23.
defrauding, extortion, spoliation, Eccl.
59:13: shewn in 5:7; Ezek
22:7, 12.
(Arab, ^^xc id. In the Indo-Germanic languages, to this appear to correspond, Sansc. dtman, mind (prop, breath, spirit); Gr. aTyior, vapour, smoke, aryui;, arpig; Goth, atlima,
fut. \&yi
TO SMOKE.
or fraud, (2) something taken away by force, Lev. 5:23; Ps. 62:11; unjust gain, Ecc. 7:7.
(3) anguish,
""Ipv^X
i.
q.
n P/fJ>
Isa.
54: 14.
vapour SSrobcm.) Ex. 19: 18. Metaph. used of the anger of God, Deu. 29: 19; Ps. 74:1; 80:5.
spirit;
2ftt)em,
Germ.
for
fem. oppression, which any one suffers; j; Isa. 38: 14, v~ ri P (read Tp ~' T in as the fahkal-li, notwithstanding Metheg, " I am in ^ppe*, see Lehrg. p. 43) anguish."
\\enceangiiish, distress.
m.
adj.
smoking, Ex. 20:

[]
18.
fut.
m. constr.
also]
\m
(as if
(l) smoke, Gen. 15:17; Job 41:12. the anger of God, Ps. 18:9, *9? ]B^ nfo "smoke went up in his nostrils," an image taken from horses
from 1^). Poet, used of
the verbs "?'?, %"3,
TBT. prop, to be straight (kindred to TB'J), hence TO PROSPER, TO BE
HAPPY,
specially TO BE RICH,
id.
Job 15:29; Hos. 12:9.
Aram. IDS, ?J&^

PIEL, to
n'l'3K
or lions, which,
when
excited with anger, breathe
build up,
root.
pr. to erect,
from the primary

i
Used of strongly through their nostrils, 153.65:5. a cloud of dust, Isa. 14:31 ; compare fumantes pulvere
cumjws, Virg. JEn.
xi.
meaning of the
Itry
So once,
Ki.
22:49 nri3,
Bp^rV "Jehoshaphat built
909.
1&TJ 113.
HKTJ
and so 2 Ch. 20:36, 37.
ships;" learned writer,
np
who
(2) [Ashan~\, pr. n. of a town; see

M fut. i>l 'J|!,
has treated of this passage in Jen. Lit. Zeit. l83O,iv. " Arab, to p. 380, compares for the same sense,
^r
Arab.
J^t.
(i) TO
OPPRESS,
=
TO ACT TOWARDS, Or
or
TREAT ANT ONE UNJUSTLY
put together, to join together, or as I prefer, to compare, to put together;" but I know of no authority
for this meaning.
14 31; 22: 16; 28:3; Ecc. 4: 1 ; a king his subjects, l Sam. 12:3,4; a victor, the vanquished, Isa. 52:4; Jer. 50:33; Psa. 105:14; Hos. 5:11; God, a man, Jcb
VIOLKNTLY,
e.g. the needy, helpless. Pro.
HIPHIL
1
(l)
to
enrich, Gen. 14:23;

Ps.
Sam. 2:7;
" thou
it
25, etc.
Metaph.
65
O,
-&yn H3T
Metaph. Prov. 28:17, Bfernri? plET/ CHS "a man oppressed with life blood" (which he has fhed), i. e. bowed down under this guilt as a burden.
10:3.
(2) to defraud, any one, to extort from him by fraud and violence, with an ace. of pers. Lev. 19: 13;
greatly enrichest it" (the earth), thou endowest and adornest it with most beautiful gifts.
(2) intrans. to become rich (prop, to make riches, see Gramm., 52:2 note), Psa. 49:17; Prov. 10:4.
Followed by an ace. of the thing enriched, Dan. 1 1 2.

:
Avith
which one
if
Deut. 24: 14; and
ol*
w ho extort
the thing, Mai. 3:5, *\X the wages of the hireling."
"W
HITHPAEL,
to
Derivatives,
1^ and
feign oneself rick, Pro. 13:?-
DCLXI
m. riches,
and
often.
l
Sam. 17:25;
lKi.3:li, 13;
Sam. 31 10), with great honour, togethei with Baal (Jud. 2:13; 1O:6; l Sim. 7:4; 12:10; compare the pr. n. of Phoenician men, as Abdastartus,
listines (i
:
i.
q.
""I/?
TO
FALL AWAY
(a) used of
=r\-\nvy_ nay, a i s o
rimus, etc.)
mne>y nox
inscr.
Cit
2,
Asta-
clothes falling to pieces from use,
and from being
moth-eaten (see K'JJ, <le a moth, whence i^^c. to (b) used of the face, as having gnaw as a moth).
I have no doubt that the name itself, the origin of which was long a matter of inquiry, is the same as
become lean through sickness or care (etnfallen/ ^

fallen),
oers
the Syriac
Loi^cc^,
jJAvre) (from the Pers.
A;w) t
and
Ps.
6 8
:
31 10,
:
1 1.
Arab.
,/Le. to fall
away,
"IFIDK star; pr. n. specially the planet Venus, the goddess of love and fortune, for this latter reason
to
become
lean.
called also nnB'X.
and
*31p,
which
see.
have given more

Isa.
iii.
account of this idol in Comment, on

(i) TO SHINE.
"
p.
237,
they are fat

(2) to
Jerem.5:28,"lM3!pB> (and) shine;" as the skin shines with

shining,
to
fatness.
make
fabricate,
to
form.
Comp. P?n.
(3)
in
it is
See the derivatives niKT^, flK^.
From
the idea of forming
and more fully in Gruber's Univ. Encycl. vol. xxi. p. 98, There is also a passage of Sanchoniathon con99. taining the mythos concerning Astarte (ap. Eusebium de PrseprEvang. i. 10), in which the reason of the horned statues of Astarte (see plur. No. 3) is shewn:
applied to the
to
mind which forms any thing

-
thought.
'H
?t
HITHPAKL,
given
the.
recall
'Aoraprj
eirtQrjKt
rfj td/
the .Vulg.), Chald., and the derived nouns,
by
mind, recogito followed by ? Jon. i

'
to
(as
:6.
well
KifyaXy /3a<rtIt
See
it'
irapuffrjfjioi' Ke<j>a\>}v
ravpov Tripivoarovaa
r^v
tvptv afpoireTij avrfpa, ov KUI Tvpu)

rij
ay/9
v\\<tu>
aipiipwaf"
tlrai
H$Jf
rVE'5?. Chald.
:
to
by a gerund, Dan. 6
4.
think, purpose, See the Hebr. fiK'JJ No.
to
followed
3.
$o/j'iK.-C rriv 'A^>po5tr7j
Tq/ \iyovm"
"
Sf
Plur. n'nn^j;
tarte
(i) Astartes, i.e. statues of

:
As-
(l) something fabricated, workmanIt apship, Cant. 5: 14; from the root riKTJ No. 2. have from to become fern, the letter n pears having
(comp. D^j;?, nhB> 'Ep/uat), Jud. 2: 13; 10:6; iSa. 7:3, 4; 12:10; 31:10.
,
been misunderstood in
this place
(2) jtfJfrfhnp? Deu.7:l3; 28:4, 18, 51, the loves of the flocks, i.e. the offspring procreated, the in-
(Lehrg. 474).
(2) thought, opinion.
Plur.Job 12:5,
crease,
progeny of
the
flock; [inThes. "breeding
15^ "as
i.
to the
q. M'V.3.
Several
opinions of him who is in prosperity," MSS. apparently, and some printed
editions read n-inipy? (sing, of the form JTISpt?), but I find no other trace of this form even in the Aram.
12;
(3) pr. n. of a city of Bashan, Deu. 1:4; Josh. 13: more fully called D?rij5 n'n^JJ (" the horned
language.
(3) Of the same word plur. const, apparently is (if the form be regarded) *fl?*y, which when joined with the numeral ten
Astartes"), [Ashtaroth-karnaim], Gen. 14:5, and ""n^lpV.? which see, so called doubtless from a Gent, noun ^DI^fTJ temple and statues of Astarte.
1
Ch. 11:44. 1"$ followed
("^
'n^y
and
H^
BfJ7
f.)
de-
by Makk. ng with
from
1
suff.
W,
;
pi.
"iy,
D*W
root
notes eleven, also eleventh, Dent. 1:3; Jer. Jo. Simonis thus explains this, Ezek. 26:1.
39:2; "more
and
H"1JJ,
nifiy (contr.
riiy,
from the masc.
compare n?
for
H !?),
:
fern.
;
thoughts than ten, i.e. a number to be conceived in thought, or in the mind, while the preceding numbers
33
but masc. Cant. 2
(Josh. 1 1 :6 Jer. 51 : from the true derivation
have been counted on the fingers ;" this is marvellously improbable, although no better reason can be
jiven.
f.
of the word having often been overlooked even by the ancients, Lehrg. 474) time. Specially (a) a fit, or proper time, an opportunity, like ratpoc. Ecc. 1O:
1
7,
"O happy land, whose princes

:
-1??^ DJ?2 take food
pi.
thoughts, counsels, Ps. 146:4.
f.
tarte, pr. n. Phoenicians (2
[Ashtoreth-], Greek 'Affr&pm, Asof a female idol, worshipped by the
proper time." riy N? before the (pro per) time, prematurely, Job 22 16. With sufF. Wy? in its time, Prov. 1 :23; Ecc. 3: 1 1 ^y? Isaiah 60:22. (b) a certain time, as having a limit, opposed to eternity.
at the
;
Hebrews
(l Ki. 11 :5,
Kings 23: 13); sometimes also by the 33; i Sa. 7:3); and the Phi-
Eccl. 3:
i,
17,
fSH
time,"
it lasts
to every thing there is it 'pDp ny but for a time, nothing is perpetual*
"
nny-np
compare Ecc. 8:6.
Hos. 13:13; Arabic
happiness, Ps. 81 :i6.
(e)
DCLXI1
(c) a longer time, --
pny-ny
48:7.
D?iy iyi
ace.
riV.
long,
Isa.
nnyp from
until
this time
and
until
'
UUj
id.
(d)
often
More
a happy time, in a bad sense
Isa. Q:6. eternity, */ J 9
nnjTiy
now, until
this day, t/
an
unhappy
time, calamity, as in Lat. tempora;

l,
HT nny now at this Gen. 32:5; 46:34. very 'imiSometimes the idea of time is ^t, (see H| No. 3). and (like the Gr. vvv, vvv) (a) it is used as a word
compare
*
DV
No.
letter
b; Arabic
,.iU>J>
Syriac
of incitement, age,
|j_j> time both liappy and fatal. 87:7; 26.30:3; Ecc. 9:11,12.
Isa.
13:22; Jer.
i.
come on ; especially when followed by an imperative, Gen. 31 13; Isa. 30:8; Mic. 4:14
:
(nan nriy
Ki. 1:18; 2 Ki. 18:21);
and so with an
With
prefixes
(a) ny.3 (for n^ns),
e at this
.
time, now, Jud. 13:23; 21:22; Job 39:18 (see? 31J? nrui? letter B, 3). ny.| at the time of the evenDan. 9:21; nn ny.3 with the reviving ing sacrifice,
" In interrogative sentence, Isa. 36:5, wilt thou confide?" verse 1O, "but have I
whom now now (^PIT!)
come up without Jehovah?"

sent state, thus, things
(b) it describes a pre-
time
[i.
e.
coming year], see
*D
No. 3
"1HO ny.3 to~> n1
morrow
18; 1O
l
:
?), Ex. 9: Sam. 9:16; iKi. 19:2; 2O:6; 2Ki.7:l,l8;
at this time (of the day), (see
6 (others incorrectly take it as, about the time of to-morrow, i. e. to-morrow, as if it had been riy.3
TTiO).
being so, Gen. 26:29; 1 Sa. whence and nnyi. 27:1; so, Gen. 11:6; 20:7; 27:8; 45:8; Ps. 2:lO; in an adversative sense, but now, Neh. 5 -.5. (2) in a short time, presently, Job 6:3; 7:21;
8:6;
Isa.
43:19; Mic. 7:10;
Ki. 12:26.
for
m. he-goat (perhaps ready and prompt

fighting
;
l
njT733 at every time, every season, Ps. 10:5; 34:2; 62:9; Ninn njja at this time, Deu. 1 =9. (c) 3"^ ny? at the time of evening, at evening, Gen. 8:il; also in ace. ny. at (this) time, jut 3eit/ i.e.
(6)
comp. \^f a horse ready for the course), Gen.

s --
31
10, 12,
and frequently.
Arab.
;
J^t
id.
Used
ol
vvv. Vulg. nw/ic. (a) times. Esth. 1:13, D'ny jn and t Chron. 12:32, D'ny^ HV3 *y.T those who know the times, astrologers. (b) the vicissitudes of things, events, Ps. 31:16; 1 Ch. 29:30;
now,
i.
q. nnjj ?
26.27:34.
LXX.
Pluv. D'Fiy and niny
the leader of a flock, Jer. 51 :4O metaph. of a leader of the people, Isa. 14:9; Zee. 10:3 (compare KTI\OC,
II. iii.
196).
i.
q.
TrUJ Isaiah 10:13 ['?]; Esther 8:13
Job 24:1.
(c)
Neh. 9:28,
r>13T
D*ny
many times,
plur. vices;
pr. n.
(perhaps
(i)
i
i.
q.
^V "opportune"),
(a)
l
repeatedly; compare Aram, ^^j time;
m.
Ch. 2:35,36.
Ch. 12:11.
English, times.
(3)
2Ch. 11:20.
(from
Denom.
I
""i^V., ^!U?.
-P ^*. ("time of the judge," f" perhaps more properly, peopleof the judge'"]), \_Ittah-kazin~\, with n local, 'P nny pr. n. of a town in the tribe of
'
opportune, at hand, Levit
16:21.
"VnS?
adj.
(l)
prompt, ready, prepared

?
Zebulun, Josh. 19:13.

see
(Syriac and Arabic id.); followed by 8:13; Job 15:24.

(2) exercised, skilful (Germ,
Esth. 3:14;
followed
fevtig);
>; Arab. TO BE READY, PROMPT; not used in
by an
infin.
Kal; Arab, joePIEL, to
make ready,
to be
Prov. 24:27.
HITHPAEL.
followed
ready, destined to be any thing;

28.
by ? Job 15:
(a)the things which are ready for (b) any one; i.e. impending, destined, Deu. 32:35. things which one has acquired, i.e. wealth; rd
,
very skilful Plur. n'n^ny
Job 3:8. Compare .xxc Conj. V., to be in an art; see Schult. on the passage.
Isa.
1O:13-
Derivatives,
an unused root; whence

adv. (from
in
riV.
VnjJ
Chald., ready,
i.q.
prepared, Dan. 3:15.

j?),
time, with
He
Paragog.), in
pause nny (Milel) Gen. 32:5 (like nri, njJK); prop. a time (jur 3*0 n ence
(perhaps Neh. 11:4.
HT^
[Athaiah],
pr. n. m.,
(l) at this time, now, already; opp. both to previous and future time, Josh. 14:11; Hos. 2: 12;
p*nj7 m. adj. shining (pr. genteel, worthy a well-born and noble person), used cf clothes See the root pr> No. 4. 23:18.
nny-pny
See PDJJ No. 1,3. breast, as if nanumitted, Isa. 28:9. see the root No. 2. (2) ancient, l Ch. 4:22;
p^J?
adj.
(l)
taken away, from the mother's
freedom); whence in
Hebrew
PpJJ is applied
in a
bad sense hand

(4)
to license
and impudence.
On
the other
it is
used in a good sense, the idea of freedom

to the
Ch.
oM, ancient, Dan.

root,
7 9, 13, 22.
=
being applied
external appearance worthy of
an unused
to lodge;
Arab.
^S$.
to turn aside
an honourable and noble man.
Arab.
:-. c.
a noble
whence
pr. n.
("lodging-place"), \_Athach~], a town in the tribe of Judah, i Sa. 30 30.

:
of
countenance, beauty, brightness, ,l^s. noble, generous,

also,
having a clear and delicate skin (like
Fty
lently;
an unused
root,
Arab. J^c.
to
handle vio-
whence
(for i$njJ),
(
nobles), /^xc to be well, to have a clear and delicate skin. Heb. P^HV, pny shining, handsome. HIPHIL (l) causat. of Kal No. l, to remove
V~#
[A thlaf],
pr. n.
m. Ezr. 10 28.
:
n^pnj?
whom Jehovah has
away, to take dway, Job 9:5; specially a break up a camp, Gen. 12:8; 26:22.
tent, to
afflicted"), [A:
(6) (l) m. (a) l Chr. 8 26. thaliah'], pr. n. tribe of Judah, Ezr. 8:7. (2) f. of a qiieen of the g8o 77, B. c. 2 Kings 1 1 l in some places -in^njJ 2 Ki. 8:26; 11:2.
:
(2) to transfer, to transcribe from one book to another ; hence i. q. to collect. Prov. 25:1. LXX.
ieypa\lnvTO. Vulg. transtulerunt.

out, to transfer.)
(Talmud,
to write
a root air. Xt-yap., which seems to have been of the same or a similar meaning, as (cogn.
Dn
take away. Job 32: 15, DvO DHO Ip^Vn took words away from them;" impers. for, "they words were taken away from them, they could say
(3)
to
OOP). NIMIAL,
the earth
Hence
Isai.
nothing.
9: 18,
n?
;
D ^-? " tne eartn

to
is
con '
Derived nouns,
pnjf, pnjf,
8iiiued,"or "laid waste." Kimchi and Aben Ezra,

is
m.
pnj? "lin to
adj.
bold,
impudent
i.
(see the root No. 3).

e.
darkened
comp. Arab, ^^c
be darkS^
1
speak licentiously,
:
impudently, wick-
ened;
is
LXX.
avyxtKuv-Hi, Ch. n?i"in.
burnedup[this "
edly, Ps. 31
19; 75:6; 94:4; 183.2:3.

(prop, genteel, Pro. 8: 18, PDJJ P n Vulg. [Is not enduring the true meaning?] (l) i.q."Pi? TO
to
meaning a great and almost suffocating
the
given in Thes.]
compare Arab. ^s.
pJ?X m.
adj.
shining,
handsome
heat.
noble, see the root No. 4).

opes superbai.
]\Jf
Arab.
t
(kindred to the verb ?$%) an unused root,

to
L
CENSE
9
>*
fut.15VJ
to a
BURN
IN,
pj
handle violently, ,.,xc a
lion.
Hence
god (Syr. ^N^> V
i
(for rvipj?
pr. n.
lion of Jehovah"), [0*/ni],
incense ; Arab.^r2^ to breathe odours).

to
smoke with perfume, Hence
m.
Ch. 26:7.
j?
("lion of God"), [OMwieZ], pr.n. of

Joshua 15: l?; Judges 1:13; 3 95
:
(2)
pray
as a suppliant, to
pray
to a
god (the
,
a judge of Israel,
I
prayers of the godly being compared to incense
Ch. 4:13.
Gr. rotiovu'iX,
Judith 6:15.
fut.
II
pnjP
(l) TO BE
REMOVED, TRANS-
12:12; Acts 10:4); to supplicate, to intreat, followed by? and ^N Gen. 25:21; Ex. 8:26; 10:18; Job 33:26.
comp.
pvrj/jLoavi'oi' r//e
Trptxreu^c, Tob.
FEU ED (Arab.
;xc to hasten, IV. to propel quick-
Job 14:18; 18:4. See p'flS No. l. ly). (2) to be stricken with age, to become old, Job
" 6:8, fll'7; Psal. **
NIPHAL, to let oneself be supplicated by any one (followed by a flat.), to hear and answer, Gen. > " and Jehovah heard and 25:21, ~'jn i? "iriJJ.'l
!
my
countenance
old.)
becomes
old."
answered him;"
absol. 1WJ?3
i
2
:
Sam. 21:14;
Isa.
19:22.
Inf.
Ch. 5 2O.
Kal, Ex. 8:25; 10:17.
(Arab.
3.
^. to
be ancient,
Compare P^K No.
From
1
the idea of removing, taking away, comes
HIPHIL, ? and "iy?
i.
q.
Followed by
to be
intreatedfor any
one,
Ex
8:5, 24.
that o
.'
Derivative,
"IHJJ.
(3) to be
manumitted,
fut.
I.
set free (comp. Isa. 28:9;

II.
"1J!\K
i-
q-
Chald. iny
(Hebrew
"$)
TC>
Arab.
>.f
/'.
manumitted,
free;
ABUNDANT;
not used in
KaL
DCLXI\
NIPHJU. id. Prov. 27:6, "abundant (i.e. many, " frequent) are the kisses of an enemy." Opp. to, faithfill are the wounds of a friend."
1, as rightly rendered by the LXX., Vulg. Others render it a multitude, comparing Ch., Syr. the root No. II.
1
Eze. 8:
multiply, to accumulate, 26.35:13, Dnnj|rn"you have multiplied against me words," sc. impudent, impious words. Compare 7^1 No. a.
HIPHIL,
to
(2) a
worshipper
of God, Zeph. 3:10.
03^3"=!
'?JJ
pr. n. of
Tp3J ("plenty," "abundance"), [Ether], a town in the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15:49;
Jer. 33:6. See the
Derivatives, f^QV.
and
pr. n. ip^.
f.
riches,
abundance,
m.
(l) incense, odoriferous smoke,
root No.
II.
tf ? the seventeenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet, used as a numeral for eighty. The name of this letter probably signified a mouth, i. As to q. H3.
its
beard, the hairs upon the cheeks and before the ears, JBacfcnbart/ whiskers, as the Jewish doctors
It was prohirightly explain, Levit. 19:27; 21:5. bited to shave them and the Arabian nations shaving
;
w
D,
pronunciation, see Lehrg. pp. 20,21, where there a refutation of the opinion of those who hold that
them
f"1
(like the
when dageshed, was not pronounced p by

It
is
the
^?
Egyptians), are called in reproach, ^'l^f? (men) with the whiskers cut off, Jerem.
Hebrews.
interchanged principally with the
9:25; 25:23; 49:32.

an unused
root.
other labials, 1 and O, which see.
K3
i.
q.
H3 (which
see), adv. here,
Job 38:
(l) to have the

t
mouth
11.
full,
to
swallow down.
(Arab. +\j to have the
a root not used in Kal, which had, I have no doubt, the signification, TO BLOW, like the kindred n P a n * a also **'1S > 3 !|a ^ ia all of which are onoma''
mouth full of food; ^<Eth. 't'ÂÎ to have in the mouth a morsel, lump, ftÎ morsel, lump; irtpi<
>
>
>
topoetic,
and imitate the sound of blowing.
Hence
one of the roots ending in m which sounds uttered with the mouth shut. express Cog(TTOfjiiov
It is
47T. \iyiip..
HIPHIL, Deut. 32:26,
Qn'KpK
as with
away,"
i.
e.
scatter
I
them
blow them the wind. LXX. liaI

ill
nate
is
^3
D-13
to understand, prop, to
be imbued with.)
Hence
nrtpw avrovs-
formerly compared Arab,
\\j,
i.
which
. U'
(2) Arab.
(for D-1K3) mouth. -* ; to be fat (of the
same stock appears

opimus,
has the signification of splitting, cleaving,
q.
to be the Sanscr. pina,

pinguis).
fat, 7ri/i(\i;c, irtfjuXi'i,
Hence
n.
HO'B.
and .*, but

;
I rely
more on the
internal nature
and
I. not used in Kal, TO BE BEAUTIFUL, lo ORNAMENTED, prop, apparently used of the rosinesa
mutual relationship of usage, however suitable.

its
roots, than on the Arabic
[Hence the following word;

derivatives.]
constr. J"IK3
f.
also in Thes.
H3 and
and heat of the face

Arab.
,ls
(see
to
"H">KB,
"VH3,
to
compare
be
hot,
Med.
Waw,
boil
to
(i) a quarter of the heaven (prop, wind, so called from its blowing, compare
in Targg.
,J glowing heat); hence
be
proud
(which, in
pnn
J?3-]K
:
four winds, for Hebr. riya-lK

:
Arabic,
is
expressed by a. hardened guttural, .^j

:
fTKri DID}? Eze. 7 2,
compare 37 9 42 2O. D^TIK? the west quarter, Josh. 18:14; |1Q HN? the north Hence quarter, Ex. 26:18, 20. (2) side, region, Jer. 48:45,3K1D J1N3" region of Moab." Dual const, state 3XiD n^|p both sides
;
:
e. g. the sanctuary, Isn 60 of Isa. the God, 55:5; to bestow aid 7, 13; people upon the poor, Ps. 149:4 (compare ornare benefidis).
.
to glory, to boast). PIEL ~)^3 ( i ) to a do r n,
of Moab,"
24: 17, compare E^?"!!, D !!?. (3) a corner, as of a field, Lev. 19:9; of a bed, Am. 3: ia. )jn J~IKS the corner or extremity of the
Num.
niXS to examine the bought^ (2) denom. from in order to glean them, Deu. 24:20. HITHPAEL (l) to be adorned, honoured, as a
people by Jehovah,
Isa.
60:21; 61:3;
to
glorify
DCLXV
oneself, as G>xl in bestowing favours on his people, followed by ? Isa. 44:23; 49:3.
(a)
to
Bell.
is
Jud.
iv. 9,
4.
Altogether different from thii

\
boast, followed
Isa.
by
/>J7
against any
rqgBfl.
one,
Jud.
7:2;
10:15.
Derivatives, INS,
rnKS, TTWB
and valley of Feiran ( -Jyo), near Mount Sinai (these were confounded even by Niebuhr, Descr. of Arabia, p. 402), as was long ago observed by Makrizi see the passage in Burckhardt's
;
the region
II.
'O
(kindred to
TO DIG, TO BORE,
to dig
especially in the earth.
Arab. Jj
down and
(Arab.
974, 1080, Germ. ed. (This is also cited by Winer, p. 763 but he does not correct the error pointed out.)
p.
;
Travels in Syria,
hide under the earth.
Hence nn3
for "TJS3
35
pi.
D^B unripe figs, which hang on

grossi, grossuli, Cant.
the tree
j.U) a mouse,
caverns.
p^?
pr.n. of a region
through the winter;
abounding in
2:13;
LXX.
uXvvdot.
From
Arab.
the root
Conj. VII. TO BE
To
this root I refer
explain, to declare oneused figuratively in the same manner under the word "I??? No. 2, and ?i?3 No. a). Ex. 8:5,131 'noV ^JJ -WBpn "declare tome when," etc. in which words the particle ?JJ (of which
~>K3fln to
HITHPAEL
J5
/*AJ.
,
CRUDE, IMMA-
self (compare
_significations
TURE, Syriac
JL^SS
immature,
acid.
The primary
idea appears to be that of cold, see the kindred root
the sacred writer has
made a
delicate use) implies a

-135)
Well rendered by the LXX. rafru TT/ÔC Vulg. constitue mihi, quando, etc. But the Hep.t. brews themselves, and many more recent writers, glory over me (in saying) when I shall intreat for thee ; and this they explain, 1 give thee this honour that
command.
nable,
7-133
i.
masc. something foetid, unclean, abomiq. Yffi'i use<l of food, Levit. 7:18; 19:7;
-.b? unclean flesh,
26.4:14; plur. D^5B un-
clean meats, Isa.
65
4.
thou mayest set
me
must see that

l5>) masc.
this is
a day when, etc. every one very harsh and arbitrary.

;
'PS
fetid.
(3
Hithpael, to be
an unused root; Talmud. Piel to render made foetid. Arab, and JEth.
a turban, Eze. 24:17, 23; of priests, Ex. 39:28; of a bridegroom, Isa. 6l 10; Eze. 24:17; of women, Isaiah
tiara,
:
an ornament, a
and H being interchanged),
jj^
to
be
foetid,
used
of food; <(h(\: to be impure.

*f
Hence
3:20.
(in the Syrian
(l) TO
(I
STRIKE UPON, or
have used
ftojfen/ fd)(agen.
against, pepigil, this Latin word on pur;
form for
rn3)
Eze. 17:6;
fern.
31:5, seqq.
and
H"!^
(for n~1X3) Isa.

tree.
10:33;
pose because it is of the same stock compare also the kindred pax for pacs, paciscor, Greek irriyvvu,
podien/ and those which are allied to this, bofe n/ from the idea of striking or pushing. Of the same termination is the root V3J compare ^3 and Followed by ? to strike upon any person or ^?3). thing (auf/ an etu>a$ ftoffen), whether of set purpose or accidentally, whether violently or lightly; hence (a) to rush on any one with hostile violence, l Sam.
SSoct/
;
foliage (prop, glory) of a
Plural with suffix

2.
Germ,
Vnx-13 for VrhN'3 Eze. 31:8.
Comp, 1K3 No.

.
from the root 1N3) m warmth, hence ruddy glow, brightness of face (i. q. W), 3j? DJf"?| comp. 1N3 No. I, Kal. Joel 2:6, "VH^S "all faces withdraw brightness," i.e. grow pale with terror, Nah. a 1 1 (Comp. Joel 2:10; 4:15).
"VHNS
(for "flngg,
n^2) (prob. a region ["abounding in foliage, from the root, No. I., or"] abounding in caverns, see the root, No. II.), [Para w], pr.n. of an uncultured and mountainous region lying between Arabia Petrasa, PalesNum. 10:12; 13:3, tine, and Idumaea, Gen. 2 l 2 1
:
;
22:17,18; Ruth 2: 22; especially in order to kill; to kill, to slay, Jud. 8:21 15:12; 2 Sam. Once followed by an ace. of person and ? of 1:15. " lest he fall X|B. |3 upon thing; Ex. 5:3, us with the pestilence." (b) in a good sense to assail
hence
;
W3
26; Deut. 1:1;

fully called it appears to
i. i. T
Sa. 25:
Ki.
1 1
18
e. e.
Hab. 3:3; pTK 9 10 be the same as T|7J|>|T^Jp^ |TKB b " the grove of Paran which is over the desert,"
p KB~in
and more Deu. 33:2;
any one with petitions, to urge him; followed by? Ruth l: 16; Jer.7:l6; 27:18; Job 21 15; and ? of
:
the person for
to the north of the desert. In that part Josephus mentions the valley of Pharan abounding in caverns,
any one asks or intercedes. Gen. to meet wilh him, 23:8. (c) to light upon any one, followed by 3 Gen. 28:11; 32:2; Num. 35:19, 21 Ex. 23 :4; 1 Sa. 10:5; Am. 5:19). (also with an ace. followed by? Josh. 16:7; (d) to reach to any one,
whom
ns
17:10; 19 a, 22, 26, 27, 34 (followed by
19:11).
(a) to strike a covenant with
DCLXVI
Josh.
dition of
no
Isa.
the body even
37:36 (compare Syr. Jiâ u?<d of when living). Metaph. D5 !?-1;>J '"?_39
S
any one, pactus
est
carcases,
i.e.
ruins of your idols, Lev. 26:30.
(from paciscor),
to
makepeace
with him, followed

(l) TO
fut Vi$: (kindred to the roots W9, RUSH upon anyone, TO ATTACK, with an
ace.,
by OX.
now
consider that two passages in Isaiah
should be thus explained, which have been variously treated by interpreters; 153.64:4, nE>Jfl bbmx ^39 " thou makest p"l-k peace with him who rejoiceth
to
Ex. 4:24; Hos. 13:8.

(2) to meet with any one; followed by an ace., Gen. 32:18; 33:8; Ex.4:27; Isa. 34:14; followed by 3 Prov. 17:12. NIPHAL, recipr. to meet one with another, Psalm 85:11; Prov. 22:2.
PIEL, to light
I
work righteousness,"
the
man who
:
thou art in league with loves justice, and thou delightest in

i.
e.
him; similar Isa. 47 3, "I

will not
to
is
inn?
t^N, itfttf
BK. Without HK
will take
make
none
vengeance 0"|K V|9K K?\ and peace with any man," I will grant
all
upon any
root.
thing,
Job 5:
14.
to
are destroyed. The significapeace tion of striking is referred to that of making peace, as shewn by the Latin words pango, paciscor, and also
till
Ip an unused
(l) prop, to cut,

to
cut
see;
up,
to
separate; cogn. -
T]3 No.
I.,
which
by the Heb. and Arabic p?b> (Isa. 2:6), ,l nd L&t.ferire, percutere faedus. HIPHIL (l) causat. of Kal No. l,a, to cause anything to fall upon any one. Isa. 53:6, 13 J?*?pn
?3
fig
(Arab, jj V. X., to be alone, separated; in die Indo-
germanic languages, Sanscr. pat,

pando, findo).
(2) specially to
to
cleave;
Lat
^_
plow; whence j\jj a plough-ox;

;
nx "he caused
all."
to fall
upon him
the ini-
quity of us
and
a yoke of oxen, plough
Syr. and Chald.
(a) causat. of Kal No. i,b, to cause to supplicate. Jer. 15:11, TSn-n...Tp 'Piy3?n "Iwill make
the
enemy
to
make supplication
(a)
i.
J.j_s, H? id.; Jj.-^5 field, plaui. Thes. " an uncertain root"].
[This
is
called in
to
thee."
So
Derivative H?.
''
to the
(following the Chaldee), Lud. de Dieu, Rosenm.
(3) intrans.
Part.
q.
Kal No.
i,
a,
to
invade.
(6)
i.
JS
TO
>1
LOOSE
"!^);
(pr.
V^f? assailant, enemy, Job36:32.

l, b,
q.
verb
hence
by cutting; loSfcfmetben j cog1!. (l) to redeem by paying
assail any one with prayers; followed by 3 Jer. 36:25; also followed by ^ of the person for whom intercession is made, Isa. 53:12; absol. Isa. 59: 16. Derivative J?|?P and
to
Kal No.
a price (Arab. Ijj), Exod. 13:13; followed by 3 of the price; as Exod. 34:20, n^l rnjpr) lion tCS the
firstborn of an ass thou shall
(JT
redeem with a sheep." (2)to /e < o, as a priest (a firstling), Nu. 18 115, 16, 17. (3) to set free, e.g. from servitude, Deut. 7:8;
5^S m. what happens

Eccl.
to
anyone, incident, event,
chance, 9:11; unhappy (with the addition of JH), iKi. 5:18.
life
13:6; Jer. 15:21; 31:11; to preserve, to deliver from danger, Psa. 34:23; followed by JP 2 Saoi
1 Ki. 1:29; Job 6:23; 3 (m danger), Job 5 :4J. NIPHAL, pass, of No. i, Lev. 19:20; of No. 3, l&j.
4:9;
of the captain of the tribe of Asher,
("fortune of God"), [Pagief], pr. n. Numbers 1:13;
27.
HIPHIL
'T'ipn, causat.
8:27.
not used in Kal.
PIEL, TO BE
Hoi'HAL, pass.
Derivatives,
inf. absol.
of Kal. No. i Exod. 21:8. JTIBn Lev.

;
19:20.
^ni?-DV19.
EXHAUSTED,
(Talmud, to
VOID OF STBEHGTH,
btj
Sam. 30:
io, 21
ed]), [Pedahel], pr. n. m.,
("whom God preserved" [redeemNum. 34:28.
lar.y,
at ease; Syr.
;_^s
(the letters 3
;
and D being
interchanged), to be attenuated j;_A^_a weak, wearied. Also the Lat. piger. The primary stock of both words
"US and piger,
is
whom the rock (i. e. God) pre( served" [redeemed]), \_Pedahzur~\, pr. n. m., Num. l:lO; 2: 20.
Num.
tily in plur. DVV?/>rt"ce of redemption, Elsewhere D^nB part. 3:46, seqq.; 18:16. pass. plur. are t he preserved [redeemed], Isaiah
3D ; compare MB, piget). Hence
"^T? phir. constr. *1?B m., a carcase, whether of man or of beasts, Gen. 1 5 : 1 1
1
dead body*
;
Isa.
14:19;
Sam. 17-46; and
frequently.
Once with the ad-
35:10; 51:11.
DCLXVII
3
5~ *
P"l)(" liberation," [redemption]), n. m. Ezr. a =44; Neh. 7 47. pr.

=
(1) the
mouth.
(Arab. jJ
id.
j'j
fc, const
ia
(i) division, distinction primary sense of cutting). Ex. 8:19.

f.
in
IS
(from the
J, U,
Êth. fi<:,
The Hebrew form HB
LXX. mCompare
oroXi].
Vulg.
divisio.
Aben
Ezra, Knsn.
for njS, like nb> for n$5>, whence the fern. <"PB; const B for VB. The root rPB, like n.TB, nKB, and Med.
Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154. (2) liberation [redemption], Psalm 111:9; 130:7; Isa. 50:2.
"1"?? ("
quiesc. K-13,
W3,
0-13, s \;
had the sense of blowing,

is
breathing, and the mouth
so called
from the idea
whom Jehovah preserved"

[Perfaia/t], pr. n. m.
[re-
deemed]),
3: 18.
(i) the father-
of breathing. It is used of [In Thes. from ^^B.] the mouth of animals (and even of the beak of a bird, Gen. 8:ll; Isa. 10:14); of men, Exod. 4: 11 espe;
in-law of king Josiah, 2 Kings 23: 36.

(3) Neh. 3: 25.
(2) 1 Chron. (4) Neh. 11:7. (5) Neh.
cially as
mouth
being the organ of speech. To speak HQ'^N n| to mouth, without any one between, Numbers
i
8:4; 13:13-
12:8; ins n| Avithone mouth, with one voice, Josh. " with 9:2. Job 19:16, 'ETiO? (all) my mouth,"
I can. Meton. for an orator, spokesman, messenger, Ex. 4: 16 (comp.
i.
^"1$
49:9,
(id.) pr. n.
m.
Ch. 27:20.
Psal.
e.
with the loudest voice that
DV"]S m. Nu. 3:49, and P"]3 Ex. 21:30; price of redemption, Xvrpov.
L I j5J
a root inserted in Thes. from which
to de-
rive ftp
J
and nfK.]
*B Ecc. 8:2, "ibip "keep of the king." Hence ^B ?V by the command of, see below. More rarely the mouth as the organ of taste, hence Gen. 25: 28, " venison (was)
KV?3);
commandment,
Ô
the
commandment
VQ3
m. a field, plain (comp. Hos. 12: 13, where it is expressed by the word "T^) from the root IIP No. 2. Hence Q^'H? the plain, or plain region of Syria [Padan-Arain], i. e. Mesopotamia, with the
to the west of the Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous region by the Mediterranean Sea, Gen. With 31:18; 28:2, seqq.; simply pJ3 Gen. 48:7. H local DTK. n^S Gen. 28:2,5,6.
^{p3,
in his
*B?.
mouth," i. e. he The signification
liked
its
taste.
is
Comp.
of
mouth
variously
applied to inanimate things.

(2) the
It is
desert
of a bag, Gen. 42: 27; of a well, Gen. 29:2; entrance of a city, Prov. 8:3; of
mo uth, opening
Hades, Ps. 141:7.

(3) an edge (a figure taken from the teeth, and the idea of biting), especially in the phrase ''Q? H3n
2T)n to smite
with the edge of the sword (see n ?J).

:
LIBERATE, SET FREE,a7T. \ty6p.. " fr e e But fiveMSS. (two Kenn., three Ross.) read injHQ with the same sense, and such a root as JHB is void of all certain auI-'i.q. iVJS TO
:
Job 33 24, -injHB "set him
Plur. (see above) the edge (of instruments of iron), Prov. 5 4. See ri'VB'B. l Sa. 1 3 2 1
: ;
(4) edge, border (from its similarity to a lip), as of a garment, Ps. 133:2; Job 30: 18; of the sea,
thority.
'
Prov. 8:29.
ns? HB
Kings lO:2l; 21:16; and
]S an unused
root,
which seems
the sense of
(r
nourishing, fattening.
-.
to have had Comp. Arab.

cattle,
S'^-J
nB.Jp Ezr. 9:11, from one edge to the other. (5) part, portion (prop, as much food as any one can take in his mouth, comp. "P No. 7, a portion
HB~?N
and n being interchanged)
jj to fatten
which can be taken in the hand, a handful), Deut. * " two parts," i. e. double; 2lvi. 2:9; 21:17, D -^ B
also
and more frequently jj to become fat, thick, jj the Indo-Germanic fatness. (In languages compare
gutter/
English food, fodder, Mediaeval Lat. fodruin,
English fat, Icelandic feitr, from the stock to nourish. The primary root is fad, to which foeden, r is added in many forms ; compare pita, ;
fett,
and
two (third) par ts, Zee. 13:8. With prepositions it mostly becomes a particle (a) according to the commandment of (l) 'p? l Ch. 12:23. (b) according to the rate of (nad) or proportion, according 2fufage), at the rate of,
to,
pater
Lev. 25:52, V3> *D3

;
"according
piyeo, piger, ~i3Q.)
Hence
iTT.B/a*, Lev. 1:8, 12; 8: 20.
""B
Num. 6:21
like,
TJ3
2
B;'
m. with
7:5,8; Job 33:6, ?>?? TP?
35'-8.
suff.
created)
as,
by God."
(d)
~%
to his years;" i^? like as, "Ii even as thou (am

(c)
i.
q. ?,
'?? conj.
according
const. *B, with sufF.
Dn<3, poet. to'B p l.
DB
VB, (rny mouth), i Sa. 13:21, and HI'S

;
Ts
even
as, Mai. 2:9;

q. *B? (see ?
and without "!^ so that,

A, 9)
(or)
Zech. 2:4.
(a) *P?
i.
Prov 5:4 (both of
signif. 3).
at the rate
of,
DCLXVIII
Ex. 12:4; Gen. 47:12, ^BH pp "according to the number of the family ;" Hos. 10:12, u sow ye according to justice, "1DPI 'D? ^>'i? and ye hall reap according to mercy." (b) followed by an inf. uhen (i. q. ? followed by an inf. No. 7),
-ps-ns
to
According
to,
(3) figuratively,
truth), 12: 17.
blow
out, to utter, as
to
6:19; 14:5; 19:5,9; in a good sense,

(4) to pant, to hasten, Hab. 8:3. Ecc. 1:5.
lies, Pro utter (U
Compare
>
l^??
Num. 9:17; Jer. 29:10.

according to the commandment, order of Genesis one, 45:21; Num. 3:16, 39,51; Job any 39:27; by the authority of any one, Deut. 17:6;
7J?
(5)
to
(3) 'B
10:5; and
rail against any one, followed by 3 Psa, 12:6, ft D'Q TCTK "whom they ref>
proached,"
i.e.
the oppressed.
Derivative,
TB.
root, Syr.
hence
i.
q. *B3,
*S? at the
Am. 6:5;
thing
Pro. 22:6.
i.
rate of, according to, D'linn 'B^S according to the
^S
afflict.
an unused
See 7&OC1B.
Aph.
is
to
contemn,
la
itself,
e.
as the thing was, accoiding to the
[This root
not inserted in
truth of the matter, Gen. 43:7.
Thes.]
(prob. contr. from sc. place, like n'a for $H3

(12)
^""13,
;
^na
as to p
n this, or that, for b, compare Arab.

i
j
15;
formed from 3): adv. of place.
[Put, Phut, Libya'], pr.n. of an Africa! nation, according to Joseph us (Antt. i. 6, a) of Mauritania, in which the river Phut is mentioned by Pliny
(H. N.
v. i).
13
(l) litre, in this place, Gen. 19:12; 22:5; 40:
LXX. and
Num. 22:8; and

l
often.
More rarely
Sam. l6:ll; Ezr. 4:2. n*BD and ISO hence, Ezek. 40:21, 26, 34, 37. nBD...nBD hence ...thence, Eze. 40: 10, 12, 21 41:2. As to Once KB (which see). 'N, see that word.
(a) hither,
;
Libya,Gen. 10:6; Nah.3:9.
Vulg. commonly rendered it Jer.46:g; Ezek. 27:10; 38:5;
75WI3
Ex. 6:25.
("afflicted by God"), [Put ief], pr.n.
" mouth"), [Pwa/t], (perhaps Arab. fcy pr. n. m. (l) of a son of Issachar, l Ch. 7:1, for which there is Gen. 46:13; Num. 26:23 HIS. (2)
Egypt, pr. n. Potiphera, the fatherin-law of Joseph, the priest of Heliopolis, Genesis
41:45; 46:20.
LXX.
TIiTfippij,
HevTtfpij,
nTAFl-
Jud. 10:
l.
who belongs to the sun. See Champollion, Precis du Systeme Hieroglyphique, Tableau General,
pH,
i.
e.
(l) TO BE
COLD,
to
be void of
vital
warmth.
page 23.
(an abbreviated form for JTW *pte) [Po tiphar'], pr. n. of the captain of Pharaoh's guard,
Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea is that of rigidity ; as frigid things are rigid. In Greek IT TJ y i-vw to be rigid,
and piyow in Latin, pigeo, rigeo,frigeo. Gen. 45 26, " but his heart was to? 3pp_ cold," was not warmed
; :
Gen. 39:1.
moved with joy. Figuratively applied to indolence or torpor, Ps. 77 3 ; I lab. 1:4," the law is t o r pi d." NIPHAL, to be torpid, Ps. 38:9.
or
:
:\i3 an unused
sense of
root,
which had, perhaps, the
moving to and fro, wavering, i. q. p4 Hence may be derived the following word, which is
Derivatives,
f.
'"'J^SQ,
and
of uncertain origin.
rest, cessation,
Lam.
2: 18.
see
T3.
n ?? (which
see),
Ml 3
i.q.
TO BREATHE, TO BLOW.
i. q. Greek ^vicor, prop, sea-weed, (so called from its moving about, waving hither and thither), from which an alkaline pigment was prepared; hence used of the pigment itself; also the dye with which
the
Hebrew women
stibium, or
(Arab. _'j and
to
Cant. 2: 17, Din mBJC> day breathe," i.e. until the heat departs, until evening; Cant. 4:6.
exhale odour, to be fragrant.) " until the Ij;
tinged their eyelashes, prepared
Compare
HIPHIL
0*1.
(l) followed Cant. 4:16. 3 to (a) followed by
by an ace.
to
blow through,
Ezek. 21 :36;
blow
(a.
fire)
followed
city,"
by an
ace.
Prov. 29:8,
"blow upon
L e. excite
sedition.
antimony (LXX. aripfjii, Vulg. stibium), 2 Ki. 9:30; Jer. 4:30 (comp. pr. n. ^BH }Tf5). " I will Isa. 54: 11, lay thy stones with stibium.' i. e. I will use stibium as cement in building thy It may be doubted what are "HIEPJPK stones walls. of pigment, l Ch.29:2, used in building the Temple. I should understand them to be the more valuable stones, such as a kind of marble, used ft r covering and as it were painting the walls.
from
DCLXIX
Sa. 17:28; Eze. 4:9. (I should idea in its rolling and in roundness place the primary of form; compare Latin bulla, Dutch bol, a bean, peulf poeulj a chick-pea, bolle onion, and many others
TI3 m. a bean, 2
Nu. 33:43.
P'S-
See Rdnndi Palaestina, p. 952

v
Compare
the
of the
same kind; see Fulda Radd. Germ. p. 217. There are also some traces of the same signification
the
Arabic <&ji mouth;" according to " opinion of Simonis, for HJ^B* splendid"), n. f. Ex. 1:15. pr. [Pwa/i],
(i.
q.
in
Phrenicio-Shemitic
i-
languages, as ./Ethiopia
roallen,
<f,C\(f.(\-
9-
len
^^saLL)
-I to roll oneself;
to
bubble up as water,
also
V'iS only found [in KAL] in fat., imp., and once in part. pass. Zeph. 3: 10, i. q. f?3 (which see).
(1) TO
Hithpalel.
(2)
to
??3, 3?9,
BREAK
or
DASH
IN PIECES.
See
Pilel,
disperse.
J"12
Part. pass,
f-1
3 dispersed. Zeph.
the congregation)
[Put],
pr. n.
(l) of an African nation and

it is
loc. cit. ^V-13
" the daughter
(i.
e.
country, Isaiah 66: 19 (where
joined with
"11?).
Bochart (Phaleg. iv. cap. 26) underVulg. Africa. stands PAz'te, an island in the Nile, situated between Egypt and Êthiopia, called by the Egyptians III A A K
or
R6AAK (i.e. end, remote region; see Champollion, From this Egyptian name both 1'Egypte i. p. 158). the Greek and Hebrew forms may have arisen this
;
dispersed." Sometimes intrans. to disperse themselves, to be dispersed, used of a flock, Ezek. 34:5; Zee. 13:7; of a people, Gen. 11:4; Num. 10: 35; i Sa. 11:11; 14:34; Ps. 68:2; Eze. 46:18. (3) to overflow, spoken of fountains, Pro. 5:16; metaph. 3113J? to abound with prosperity, Zee. 1:17.
of
my
latter
indeed was perhaps interpreted elephant by the

(Chald., Syr., Arab.
Hebrews
^9,
J..*,
Pers.
J^j),
following the Phoenieio-Shemitic usage [Bochart's opinion is regarded in Thes. as improbable].
NIPHAL, to be dispersed, used of a flock, Jer. 10: 21; Eze. 34:6; of people, Gen. 10: 18; Eze. 11:17; 28:25; 34:12; an army, 2 Ki. 25:5. to break in pieces PILEL (as a rock with a
PB
hammer),
PILPEL
Jer.
23:29.
id.
a king of Assyria, who preceded Tiglath-Pileser about 774 759, B.C. 2 Kings 15:19.
(2) pr. n. of
V^.V?
(a person
12.
to
dashed against the

seed, Isaiah
ground or a rock), Job 16:

HIPHIL
(i) trans.,
(This
name
either signifies elephant,

i.
i.
q.
Pers. A^j,
scatter, as
or else lord, king,

exalted, highest.)
q.
Sanscr. pdla, Pers.
Jb highly
D}3 and 02 emphat. state N>?3, Chald. masc. i. q. Heb. n|. (ij the mouth, Dan. 7:5. (2) door, entrance, aperture, Dan. 6: 18. (Syr.
id.;
28:25; to send abroad, as lightning, arrows, Psalm 18:15; 144:6; to scatter peoples, Deuter. 4:27; 28:64; 30:3; Isa. 24:1. Part. P?O the disperser, Sometimes, i. q. to agitate, desolator, Nah. 2:2. harass any one, Job 18: ll Eze. 34:21. (2) to pour out ; metaph. anger, Job 40: 11.
;
Arab.
D-1K3,
**> **>
It
f*.
appears to be con0-18
east
(3) intrans. to spread oneself abroad, e.g. the wind over the earth, Job 38:24; a people, Ex.
tracted
from
from the root DKB, like
from
jTS
fort.
i.
(1) TO
SET
Arab. ^.jj'=ijji (compare (as the sun), to be darkened.

q.
(2) to be perplexed, distracted; once found, Psa. 88:16, na-lB, LXX. ifrTropndvv. Vulg. conturbatus sum.
jia (" turning itself"), pr. n. of a gate of Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 25:23; which is called, 2 Ki. 14: 13, the gate of the corner.") (
5:12; l Sam. 13:8. HITHPALEL KÎS^ * be broken in pieces, to be scattered into dust (used of the mountains), Hab. 3 6. An instance of the form TIPHEL (see Hebr. Gramm. 54, 5) is found in the common reading, Jer. 25 34, " I will scatter you;" where, however, D^JYl'iriDJjl other copies, both MSS. and printed, read D^niîc^l (your dispersions), which is expressed in the trans=
lations of Aqu.
Symm. Vulg. The former appears
best
suited to the context.
Derivative J"?P a hammer.

I. p^S TO MOVE TO AND FRO, Isa. 28:7. Not found in the cognate languages, but it is of the same stock as roanfcn/ with a sibilant prefixed fcfntxinfen (ant.
JlS
.
\_Punites],
patron, n. of
an unknown person,
Num. 26:23
lS (perhaps "
the root
}-13),
darkness," "obscurity," from [Pwnow], pr. n. of a town in Idumaea,

and Z)ar, celebrated
for its
situated between Petra
wagen); with a diminut. vacillo, wacfeln. " and HIPHIL, id., Jer. 10:4, p'?J *6|
Comp.
it
'spB.
moi
eth
TH3-P13
not."
DCLXX
commonly taken. But perhaps
it
1T3-D13
to be
So
to
it is
ought
not to
NIPHAL,
dispersed, di/j .8ed Nah 3:

r t
nther
be taken causatively. " he causes
it
move."
Derivatives nj^B, P'B.
S
^rtiS
whence
JIB q. v.
n.,
[Puhites], patron,
once
Ch. 8:53.
II.
p^S
:
TO
(i)
oo OUT,
to
i.
q.
Chald. P?3.
HIPHIL
Isa.
give out,to furnish, Ps. 144: 13;
58
10.
(2) to cause to come forth from any one, i. e. to get or obtain from him, Prov. 3:13; 12:2; 8:35;
1
8 22.
:
LXX.
Xo^/Bavw.
to let
(3)
to
bring to an end,
succeed, Psalm
140:9.
t3 (from the root TT.B No. l), prop. adj. purified^ pure, an epithet of gold, Cant. 5:1 1 hence purified, pure gold, Ps. 21:4; Lam. 4:2; Isa. 13:12. It is distinguished from common gold, Psal. 19:11; 119: 1 27 Prov. 8:19. Kosenmiiller (Bibl. Alterthumsk. iv. page 49) prefers rendering it solid gold,comt = r paring JpJ^j hard, heavy; but in an uncertain matter I would not desert the authority of the Book of
;
an obstacle in the way, which causes any one to stumble, a stumbling block; i. q. i Sam. 25:31.
p3
Chronicles : [the authority of inspired Scripture is of course absolute, nothing can come into competition with it] : (see the root TIB).
-
I.
"113
i.
q.
"HB TO BREAK.
Hence
twice (Psa. 33:10; Eze. 17:19) i.q. HT-1B a D, and the derived noun wine-press.
HIPHIL
Tan
not used in Kal, i. q. Arab. to separate, to distinguish (compare the roots beginning with the
I.
ITS
\^
letters
3, T3,
H.
nS
to separate
i.
q.
Arab.
.\j
to
be hot,
"rt">3
to
bubble
lip in
under the words NT3, nV3); specially, and purify metals from dross, by means s
silver ;
boiling (comp. "^B), whence [This root is not given in Thes.]

*"fl3
is
of
(for
fire
TVIK8) a pot.
whence .J
comp. ?H3
tin,
from /H3,
a Persic word, which in Esth. 3:7 explained ?^3. (It answers to the Persic g.\j .>
lot,
y
m. a
and Êth. 'f)4,! silver, flC''!"': brass, from the root to purify. Hence TB pure gold, and HOPHAL part. T31D 3HT i Ki. 10: 18 which in 2 Ch. 9:17, is stated to be lint) 3HT pure gold.
TO
pdreh, i.e. a part, a portion,

divide,
whence
lot.
C-' .>
to .J/ *.U -^
and
a ^.
behreh, part,
It is
of the same
II.
ITS TO LEAP, TO BOUND

p-
(see Piel), TO BE
Block as the Lat. pars ; comp. also the Hebr. "V|3 and >> ve rse PI. D"rtS lots, Est. 9:24, Dnwn TIB.) 31,
LIQHT, AGILE.
gazelle (see
Arab,
jj
to spring
up and
flee as
more
as to this root in Schult.
on Prov.
and nakedly 0*7)3 ibid. 29, 32, "the feast of Purim," or of lots, which the Jews celebrate on the 14th and
15th of the month Adar, in commemoration of the events narrated in the book of Esther.
page 75, and Opp. Min. page 132, seqq.);

use are
'j\
more
in
f 'j\\
1.
laj
to leap, to
:
bound
:
Talmud,
VT
Trl3 fe m. a wine-press, from the root ~V\ B to break.

,
Isa.
63:3; Hag. 2:l6;
Gen. 49 24, JTIJ HDT1 tQ^ to bound, to leap for joy his of arms the are hands;" or, "agile "agile is the Others, comparing strength of his hands."
9
Pers. pr. n. of one of the sons
are strong, Avhich Syr. Jpj.25 hard, difficult, render I should consider less certain. [This latter is the sense
Haman, Esther 9:8; perhaps Persic $,. pureh, ornament.

I.
of
tHD& tS Arab.ÛMed.Ye,TO BE PROUD,

ffKtprdta);
given in Thes.] PIEL, 2 Sa. 6: 16, T3-J3W TJDO (nimbly) leaping and dancing;" which, in l Ch. 15:29, is explained
'
then used of a horseman leaping proudly and fiercely, Hab. 1:8; used of sportive and wanton calves, Mai.
This root seems to have almost fallen into disuse amongst the Hebrews, and by many to have been
forgotten, so that the writer of the Chronicles thought it necessary to interpret it in two places by
3:20 (LXX.
Jer.
50:11.
Derivative, pr. n. PB*B. [These roots are not separated in Thes.]

II. 1*12 not used in Kal, cogn. to the verb pa. Ch. B^B to disperse oneself, to multiply.
verbs which were better known.
"ITS TO DISPERSE,
i.
q. "it|,
"H3, in Kal
found in part. pass. Jer. 50: 17.
DCLXXI
PIEL,
1
1 ;
i.
q.
Kal,
to
disperse,
e.
g a
any ^pn^TlK
one's bones, Psal.
53
6.
people, Ps. 89: Jer. 3:13, 'If 9^1

i.e.
PIEL,
to
i.
q.
thou hast scattered thy ways,"

to be
hast
Meandered about.
(a) to bestoio largely, Prov. 11:24.
liberal, Ps. 112:9;
nually, take care of oneself, to be cautious, Proverba 28:14. (Opp. to : nBfcn). HIPHIL, to cause to fear, to terrify, with an ace. Job 4: 14. Hence n^na and
to be
Kal, but intensitively, to fear contitimid, followed by '.?BP Isaiah 51: 13;
NIPHAL, Ps. 141:7; and PUAL, Est. 3:8, pass, to be dispersed.
"IDS
m
-
with
suff.
inB.
m. pi. DTI? const. '03 Prov. 22:5; Exodus with 39:3, Dag. forte impl. like O'nS; (from the root
I.
HQ
Fol(1) fear, terror, Ex. 15:16; Job 13:11. lowed by a genitive of the causer of terror (compare
n ?T-)> e
as
g-
D'"N
"
!
.'L'
ID?
some take
it,
into
fowler,
(i) a net, a snare, Job 18:9; especially of a Am. 3:5; Prov. 7:23; Ecc. 9:12; so called
its
Esther 8: 17; 9:3. 0^'N "1HS fear causes, Isa. 2:10, 19; 2 Ch. 14:13. of God, Ps. 36 2. Meton. used of the object of fear
:
fear caused by the Jews (not which the Jews were thrown), nirV. "IHS fear which Jehovah
from
being spread out.
(Arab.
and reverence,
Jehovah,
PI.
as pnV'
ins Gen. 31
15:21.
:42, 53, used of

in Thes.
Syr. (.AxS id.
To
is
which however
guage
'3
this agrees also Gr. Trayt'c, derived from the root of that lan-
DHnB Job
mean,
(2) verenda, pudenda, Job 40: 17.

in this place to
thighs.]
[Taken
p.
devise against
To lay snares, i.e. to plot, to any one, is na jfO Ps. 119:110; jptp Psalml40:6; 141:9; Jer. 18:22; 'B^p; Psalm
Kiiyvvf.il).
See above on the

ii.
root No.
2.
758.
Schul-
tens on the passage.

)
(Arab,
j,^
thigh.)
141 :9_
led to on Job, p. 137, 138: Josh. 23:13; Ps. 69:23; Isai. 8:14; hence destruction, ruin, Isai. 24: 17; Jer. See nna. 48:43. D'na thin plates, Ex. 39:3; Num. 17:3. (2) D'na snares (@d)lingen), lightning, (3) Psa. ll:6
bending
itself like
Metaph. that by which any one falls, i. e. is destruction. Comp. K'p.iP No. 2, and Schult.
f.
terror, Jer. 2: 19.
a snare (a noose) or serpent

S3li$e).
(fid)
Vv (f r """?? AV ^h D a g- forte implied), m. const. nns, with suff. ^nijl?, once DHS Neh. 5: 14 (from the masculine form HS), pi. fl'inS i Ki. 10:15; 20:24; Jer. 51:23; Eze. 23:6.23; const, state n'lins (from absol. riiinB) Neh. 2:7, 9; Ezr. 8:36, m. the governor of a province (less than that of a satrap, see
tSTUpPK.) in the Assyrian empire, 2 Ki. 18:24; Isa. 36:9; Chaldean, Eze. 23:6, 23; Jer. 51:23; Persian. Esth. 8:9; 9:3; specially used of the Persian go-
fd)Itngenbe/ fdildngelnbe
Compare
^juA^.-
Atoc
sheet of lightning diffused over the clouds, and /mor, used of lightning (the cause of this
however is different), II. xiii. 812; see J. D. Michaelis on Lowth de Sacra Poe'si, p. 34, ed. Lips. id on the other hand, Olshausen, Emendationen zum A. T. p. 9, who conjectured this to be Dna hot
figure
vernor of Judseu, Hag. i i, 14; 2:2,21; Neh. 5: 14, 18; 12:26; Mai. l :8; used of the governor of Judea
:
coals,
i. e.
lightnings.
in the time of Solomon, l Ki. 10: 15; and of the governors of Syria, i Ki. 20:24. (This word appears to be of foreign origin, and Bohlen compares Pers.
H. HIS
see), the
w ith suff. Dna

in?
Neh. 5: 14,
i.
q.
nn3 (which
p.
great men, nobles;
Ewald
in Grainm.
governor of a province.
fut.
490, the verb
-^^
pitkhten, to
bacten.)
care for, to act

Better than
prince,
all
(pr. to cook, bake;
Germ,
(a) for fear, (I)TO TREMBLE to fear, Deu. 28:66; Isa. 12:2; followed by IP Psal. 7:l; 119:161; Job 23: 15, and *3?P Isai. 19: 16,
these
would be <JJo
soldiers,
iJJ^.'
&a
leader,
commander of
were not
this
apparently a
is
of the pers. or thing feared, "inp "ina to fear a fear, Job 3: 25. Used in a pregnant sense, î"iJTr?X *ins
to turn
mere Turkish word; but the Persian
(J-~-' paik,
with fear to one another, Jer. 36 16 compare Gen. 42:28. (b) with joy, Isa. 60:5; Jer. 33:9. The notion of fear is transferred to shame in the
:
;
one of the guard, an attendant.) [Benfey compares Sanscr. paksha, companion, friend; and this Geseniua appears to have preferred. ]
constr.
aoun ins No.

â)
3.5.
to be in
nna,
pi.
emphat. KnjDB, Chald.
id.
a.
Ezr. 5:3, 14; 6:7; Dan.3:2, 3, 27; 6:8.

i.
trepidation,
^>n?3, tana,
q. to
hasten, Hosea
TO LEAP. TO
Compare
inn.
BOUND
(like
the Ch.), prop
LCLXXII
nscd of boiling water (compare tHS
Gen. 49
4).
Lam. 3:47;
T.?JJ
Isa.
24: 17,
Hence(i) to be lascivious,
naj
"
fear,
:
by paronomasia,
fern, is
J~inDJ
and the pit, and the snare are upop
wanton, light [Jud. 9:4],
thee ;" Jer. 48 43.
The
like the Syr. JU*2, compare Gr. w). (a) to be proud, to be vainglorious (like the
("governor
Moab},
pr. n.
of
Moab"), [Pahath
m. Ezr. 2:6; 8:4; 10:30; Neh.3:ii;
Arab, '^j, compare
*VJ).
Part. D'TO'lS used of false
7:11; 10:15.
(fem. from the masc. rinS) as if a lower place, a depression (in leprous garments), Lev. 13:55.
f. a species of gem, Ex. 28:17; Eze. 28: found in Êthiopia (Job 28:19), according to several of the old interpreters, the topaz, a pale yellowish gem, found in an island of the Eed Sea
prophets, Zeph. 3:4. [Hence the following words.]
^ 00?
u m. pr. lasciviousness, wantonness, Gen. " lasciviousness (was to thee) as 49:4, D'E? ins (boiling) water," with reference to the incest of
Reuben.
more as
P 33-
Synim. inrtpi$toa.g. Vulg. effusus es. to this passage in Comment, de Pent.
See
13,
Sam.
(Plin. xxxvii. 8).

f.
pride, boasting, Jer. 23:32.
The origin of this word was sought by Bohlen (Abhandlungen der deutschen Gesell-
(cogn. to the verbs ns whence a net; also, to be made thin BO); HS a thin plate. (like the Syr. Ethpa.) ; hence HIPHIL nan (denom. from HS), to catch in a net,
to
prob. TO
SPREAD OUT
schafl zu Kbnigsberg, i. p. 80), in the Sanscrit language, in which pita is pale; and the Gr. rona'Ciov itself may be from mDQ, mSB, by transposition of
the
letters.
Vestitu Sacerd. page 508.

regions, see Ritter,
More may be seen As to

Erdkunde,
ii.
in
Braunius,
2.
i
De
the
gems of those
Ch.
tnare,
Isa.
42:22, D?3 D*>in3 nan "(one) snares

all in holes,"
i.
p.
675, ed.
(i. e.
binds) them
e.
prisons.
TDS
i.
q.
T-1BS verbal pass, of the
verb lOB
[D'HS
see H9.]
9:33 aro.
root,
n
to be
an unused
Ch. DHS, and Arab.
black; whence
m.
(for
i c -
*J 5 m. a hammer, Isaiah 41 :7; Jerem. 23:29. Metaph. Babylon, Jer. 50:23, is called "the hammer (i.e. devastator) of the whole earth." Root
nS
Prov.
26:21; - s
also,
DnB, Dag. forte implied), a coal, hot coals, Isa. 44:12; 54:16.
i.
fc^ZSS m. Chald., Dan. 3:21 (where the

q. Syr. |LA-2 translation J")?.n3.
a tunic,
under garment. Hebr.
Arab,
coal.
^j,
^j
coal; Êth.
coal,
and hot
From
the root E'PS No. 9.
an unused
root,
which appears
"VIS
to
have had
)23fut.A(signif.3) (i) TO SPLIT, TO CLEAVE (Arab. U_i id. and intrans. to break through, as a
;
the same meaning as "IXB,
No.
II. to
boil as a
to swell up,
pot (whence figuratively Arab, ^j, ^

to
;
^ ^j
vessel, the
be proud ) hence ,1^, .l^j a pot, a potter's former of these words also being used for
burstings of flowers, i.e. flowers expanded which have already budded forth, in i Ki. 6: 18, 29, 32, 35 ["VlBS is given as a subst.
Thes.].
Kindred Part. pass. D V

tooth.
to the root "IH3
where see more).
^^3
potter.
secondary word
form.
[This is root in Thes.]

1S)
the Syr. Ethpa. to given as the primary meaning of the

is
(2) transit, to cause to burst forth, as water, Pro. 17:14. Hence

(3) trop. to let go free (like the Chald),2 Chron. l Ch. 23:8. 9:33, D'1-IBB "let go," i. e. exempt from duty; where the 3'riD is D'TPS. Intrans. to
m. Chald. a potter, Dan. 2:41.
(Syriac
id.)
slip away,
to
depart out of
id.
the
way;
fut. "K?Q! 1
Sa,
lj
an unused
root, Syr. Pa.
l^*2>
to dig, to
excavate; whence
l9
Sa. 18: 17), pi.
D'nns
f.
( 2 Sa.
17:9),
:
pit ; often used as a figure of destruction, Ps. 7 16
19:10 (Syr. ;_2s HIPHIL, i. q. Kal No. i neb? ^ppn t cleave the lip, i. e. to open the mouth wide, as in scorn, Psalm 22:8 (compare Ps. 35:21; Job 16:10). Derivatives, "^PB and
Chald. Pe. and Ithpe.).
DCLXX1II
m. fissure; concr. that which cleaves, breaks forth; hence Qn^P3 firstborn, firstling, what opens the womb, Ex. 13:2; 34:19; Nu. 3:12, etc.; also without DHT Ex. 13:12, 13; 34:20.
T$t
<L.j
mouth
.[This root is altogether rejected in Thes.j
first
Hence the Hebr. H3 mouth,

|"I'E> fern, mouth, Compare H3 No. 3.
i.
for FVB
and
e.
edge of a sword, Jud. 3:16
f.
id., Num.
8: 16.
MER; Gr.
(This root
(i) TO
BREAK, TO STRIKE WITH A HAMwhence

;
rflTniT'S pr n
.
(if referred to
the
Hebrew
is
lan-
guage,
less to
i.
q.
" the
mouth
of caverns," but it
doubt-
Trarao-orw;
is
a hammer.
onomatopoetic
found also in the Indo-
Germanic languages and widely extended; its primary stock is batt/ patt $ whence med. Lat. battere battuere ; French, battre; Dutch, bot, a blow; and with the letter t changed into a sibilant patfdjen j Swedish batsclt, a blow; Germ. petfd)aft$ compare bos in Ambos and many others; see Fulda, Germ. Wurzelwb'rter, Hence p. 210.) (2) to spread out, for which B^'s is more frequently used (Arab.
be regarded as Egyptian, namely n I AX i -purl* a place adorned with green grass), [Pi-hahirotK], a town on the northern end of the Heroopolitan gulf,
situated to the east of the city Baal-Zephon, Exod. 14:2, 9; Nu. 33:7; without *B ibid, verse 8.
m. dust, or cinders, ashes (so called from being blown about, root D'13), Ex. <j:8, 10.
of all," i.e. ruling all), ("the \_Phicol~], pr. n. of the captain of the host of Abimelech, Gen. 21 :22; 26:26.
n3
7M
mouth
iLLj
to
have a broad nose, to
be flat-nosed).
*3
st.
Hence Chald. K"B3.

noun H3 a mouth; which
see.
^/ 3
which
see.
i-
q.
B^B
(which
see),
a concubine.
oonstr. of the
""lMfem./a, Job
DnjPS ("mouth
i-q- (j*\sC,
15: 27, from the root
DNS,
lT* Eze. 30: 17 (in some copies in one word, which is the better reading), \_Pi-b eselh~\, pr. n. of a town in Lower Egypt, on the eastern side of the
Pelusiac branch of the Nile
:
of brass," comp. of 'S and
Dm
Gr. Bou/3aorJc and Bow;
/3a<me (Herod. 2 59. Strabo x. p 553)

Bubastis, an Egyptian goddess,
to
so called
from
who was compared
n^n? brass), [Phinehas], pr.n. (i) of a son of Eleazar, Ex. 6:25; Nu. 25:7. (2) of a son of Eli the high priest, l Sam. 1:3; 2:34.
(3)
Ezr. 8:33.
in
Diana by Herodotus (Hervd. ii. 137, 156). Written Egyptian nOYBAcH", which denotes a cat, accordIt ought more correctly to be ing to Steph. Byz. regarded as the proper name of a deity, which was worshipped under the form of a cat. Malus describes
the ruins of the ancient city discovered by himself, in Descr. de 1'Egypte, Etat Moderne, Livr. iii. p. 307 ;
P'3
(prob.
i.
q. p-1B),
[Pen<>], pr.n. of a leader
of the Edomites, Gen. 36:41.
ntBB 3-jjTl a sword, 41:15, used of a threshing " with two wain, DVS'B ?y? (or many) edges."
HVfi'3
plur.
f.
two edges.
Isa.
2/<T-oôe, Ps.
149:6;
compare Jablonski Opuscc. t. i. p. 53 Panth. ii. 56, seqq. Quatremere, Memoires sur 1'Egypte, i. p. 98 ; Champollion, L'Egypte sous les Pharaons, ii. p. 63.
; ;
i
p^Q m. moving to and fro; from the root Nah. 2:ll.
p-13
a root not used as a verb.

to die,
i.
Arab. Jli Med.

rvilO,
P&TS ("water poured forth," "overflowing"), [Pzs/ton], pr.n. of a river, which, flowing forth from the garden of Eden, surrounded the land
n ^lD No. 3), Gen. 2: 11 Josephus (Arch. i. i, 3) understands it to be the Gaiges; but (with Schulthess and others) I prefer the Indus, which really surrounds India on the west, and was nearer to the Hebrews. Others, such as Keland (De Situ Paradisi
of Havilah
(i.
aw and Ye
V.
to
q.tuli (kindred to
c^Lc)
e.
India, see
destroy (Sanscr. pid, to sadden, to vex, to
afflict).
compare
Sir. xxiv. 25.
Hence
m. calamity, Job 30:24; 31:29; Pro v. 24: refer to this [so Ges. in Thes.j, Job 12:5, N3 TS? "to calamity (i. e. to an unfortunate person) is contempt;" but see
i
22.
Some
*>
,3 an unused
root,
i.
i.
q.
i"1
??,
HKS
- -
prop, to
blow
s
*
*t: hence to speak,
q.
Arabic
j\j;
whence $J
3), liosenmiiller (Bibl. Alterthumskunde, page 194) understand the Phasis, and regard H/^n as being Colchis but the Hebrew name of the Colchians was QÔpp?. The Samaritan intpp. thought Pishon was the Nile, and in this sense they used the
Terrestris,
i.
44
DCLXX1V
Hebrew word
This
is
(see Castell, Annot. Sam. ad Ex. 2: 3). treated more at length by J. D. Michaelis, in
;
in the phrase
^^??
"H?.
N?B
to
pay a vow
to Jeho-
Supplem. page 2008
Rosenmiiller, loc.
cit.
vah, Lev. 22:21; Nu. 15:3, 8. HIPHIL N v>9n, twice *y?n in the
manner of verb*
[in'2 [Pf/flon], pr.n. m. iCh.8:35; 9:41.
Its
n? Deu. 28:59;
(1)
i.
Isa.
28:29.
etymology
is
not apparent.
l
m. a flask, a bottle, *=[> from the root
Sa. 1O:1;
2Ki.9:l,3;
consecrate something vowed, Lev. 27:2. Somewhat different, Nu. 6: 2, TlpMpb X'fe *} "if he consecrate (any thing) to vow a vow."
q. Piel, to
(2) to
make distinguished, extraordinary,

*&*
pS n ot used in Kal, having the sense of DROPPING DOWN; cogn.

PIEL, to
to H33.
In ^- N^?^ e.g. grace, Ps. 31 :22; Deu. 28:59. in a distinguished manner, 2 Ch.2:8. (3) to followed
drop down
(as water), Eze. 47:2.
make wonderful, e.g.
counsel, Isa.s8:29;
)DD
an unused
root.
Syr. to
tie,
to bind; Pael,
by riS to act wonderfully with any one in a bad sense, Isa. 29:14. J~lib'J? NvQH to act
wonderfully, Jud. 13: 19. fully, Joel 2:26.
Inf.
10 entangle, to hinder.
Hence
NvQHp
adv. wonder-
them
in
a net;
J"np3 ("snaring gazelles," catching " retardor, according to Simonis,
HITHPAEL,
to
shew
oneself
:
ing (i. e. getting a-head of ) the gazelles"), \_Pochereth of Zebaim], pr.n. of a man, Ezra 2 :57;
(strong), to exert one's strength; followed in oppressing any one, Job i o 1 6.
distin/uished by ?
the pr.
Derivatives, N?3,
^3, N^B, HSÔ, and

(i)
suff.
^?B m.
: :
(l) pr. TO SEPARATE, TO DISTINGUISH, i. q. H73, see Piel and Niphal, No. 1. (The primary and biliteral stock is pal,
'/T
not used in Kal.
something wonder-
ful, admirable, a miracle of God, Ex. 15:11; Ps. Plural adverb 77:12, 15 78 1 2 ; 88 1 1
; .
DW?
which, as well as par, has the signification of separCh. yB to cleave, to cut up. Pael, to sever, ating.
to separate, to
J)j
wonderfully, Lam. 1:9; rflK7? wonderful things, Dan. 12:6.

(2) concr.
admirable, distinguished (used

Isa.
ol
remove. Syr.
JJ.3 to
search out. Arab.

roots,
Messiah the king),
5.
to deprive of milk.
Compare the kindred
M7B, 3?B,
(2) to
vB,
2,
Sanscr. phal, to separate.)

see Niph.
pr. n.
to be
make singular, distinguished,

and
n ^<B.
*V? with an adj. termination) adj. ^V (fr wonderful, Jud. 13:18 n'ro (and here used of something which appears supernatural). In np v3 which
}
Hiph. No.
is
contracted from the former.
The
fern,
of the
first
NIPHAL distinguished; hence to be (l) great, extraordinary; used of remarkable love, Dan. 1 1 36, rnfc6?3 1|T. " he will speak 2 Sa. l 26. great things," i.e. impious words, most atrocious blasphemy against God (compare 711| No. 2).
:
:
given form is rv*7D (nX7B) Ps. 139:6 I'm, where np fi^V? is the fern, of the form Nv3.
73
("
whom Jehovah has made

pr.n.
guished"), [Pe/azaA],
distin m. Neh. 8:7; 1O:11.
(2) to be arduous, to be difficult to be done. Followed by *?.'?? (in the eyes of any one) 2 Sam. 13:2; Zee. 8:6: followed by IP to be too hard, Gen. 18: 14; Deu. 30: 11. Also to be hard to be understood, Prov.
/3
not used in Kal.
Aram, and Arabic TO

as to the
CLEAVE, TO DIVIDE (comp.
17:8.
30:18; Job 42:3; hard Hence
to judge, Deut.
primary stock under the root *v3). Hence NIPHAL, to be divided, Gen. 10:25; iChr. i:i< PIEL, to divide, as a channel, watercourse,
38
cause them to
(3) to be wonderful, Psa. 118:23; 139:14. Pl.f. as a substantive rntODJ things done wonderfully,
Metaph. Ps. 55:10. "divide their tongue," fall out amongst themselves. Derivatives, 373 ^373, n|7Qp.
.25.
miracles of God, both in creating and sustaining the wt rid, Psa. 9 2 26:7; 40:6; and in affording
: ;
Chald.
id.
Part. pass.
Dan. 8:41.
Arab.
a river,
It also aid to his people, Exod. 34: 10; Josh. 3:5. takes adjectives, as, niTVlJ rrifcypj) Ps. 136:4. Adv.
m.
s,
(i) a stream, a river.
n\SpD3 wonderfully, Job 37

PitL,
to
:{j.
Dan. 8 124.
to
a stream, a small river, -<th.

It is said
<jfA*]:
teparate (a$opiur),
consecrate,only
large stream.
properly to signify
a channel,
DCLXXV
watercourse, so called from the idea of dividing, comp. the verb, Job 38 25. I suspect, Lowever, the root 3?D also to have had the meaning offlowing, fluc:
NIPHAL, to be separated, distinguished, followed by JP Exod. 33:16; also to become distin'
tuating, bubbling
up ; compare flu-o, flue-si, fluc<G\(\\l to bubble, to

biliteral stock ?Q,
tus, <f>\v-u, also TTt'Xayoc, -<Eth.
bubble up; from the
compare
713,
Psa. 65:10, D*n^ J^B also bullire, wallen, SBelle. " the river (or collect, the rivers) of God," i. e.
guished, admirable, Ps. 139:14. HIPHIL (l) to separate, to distinguish, Exod. 8: 18; followed by T? to distinguish between, make a distinction, Ex. 9:4; 11:7. (2) to distinguish, i. e. to make distinguished or illustrious, Ps. 4:4; 17:7.
Derivative, *???.
watering
the city [Thes. " the land"] with the 2 5 5 constr. ^.?S Plur. B'?/? I SL 3 like D'O \^>SPsa. 1:3; Prov.5:l6; 21:1; used of s streams of tears, Lam. 3 48 (compare ^tli a stream
blessing of God.
: :
w?3 (" distinguished"),

Num.
26:5.
[Pa?/w],
pr. n. of
son of Reuben, Gen. 46:9; Ex. 6: 14.
Patron.
^73
the
of tears).
(2) [Peleg~\, pr. n. of a patriarch ("divisio'n, oart"), the son of Heber, Gen. 10:25; l Ch, 1:19.
h. half,
l/S /S
TO CLEAVE, specially TO
FURROW
Dan. 7: 25.
? rivers, streams,
ground, Ps. 141:7. (Arab. ^f\j id.; hence to till a *~s&field, _&j a husbandman. Compare Ch. and as to
the origin under the root 5yB.
(i) to cleave, pierce, e. g. as a dart the Prov. 7 23 Job 16: 13 ; to cut up, e. g. gourds, 2Ki. 4:39. (2) to cause (young ones) to cleave the womb
: ;
/5 or "If?? only in pi. Jud. 5:15, 16; Job 20:17.

iPS)
T
f.
PIEL
liver,
a division, class (of the priests),
i.
q.
a 01.35:5.
or
Nf?
Ch.id.Ezr.6:i8.
and break forth,

pi.
i.e. to
bring forth, Job 39:3.

serve (so often in
?9 and
and DH!$>B.
(1) f.'a
this
73
with
suff.
te>B,
D3
Compare
~K?9.
to
n3
Ch.
labour; hence
to
The
concubine (Ch. *$&**, KHp^B id. With accord 7rctXXa, TraXXaia'e, TraXXac/j Lat. pellex. etymology is obscure, but the origin may be
;
the Targg.); specially, to worship God (compare an ace. and ? Dan. 3:12, seq. *13JJ); followed by
;
7:H,27.
Derivative, fn?S.
sought with some appearance of truth in the idea of softness and pleasure; with the Phoenicio-Shemitic
roots 37Q, p?3, compare H?D No. I, and the observations there made; and with the Gr. TraXXatc/c, comp.
/mXrocdc), Gen. 22:24; 35:22; Jud. 19:9, seqq., and nt?X Jud. 19:1; 2 Sa. frequently; more fully
H75
f.
(Job 41:16).
fig,
(l) a part cut

Cant. 4:3;
l
slice of an apple, or
off, Sa. 30:12.
(2) a mill-stone, so called from the even and cut away part, which is the lower in the upper millstone, the
B^B
upper in the nether.

is
Arab.
i*uli.
"
t
And
15:16; 80:3. (2) 6 7raXXa, a

so,
paramo ur,
5.
i.
q.
3nXD
Eze. 23:
the upper mill-stone

rider-stone), Jud.
fully called
:
compare verse
9:53; 2 Sam. 1 1 2 1 aag, the lower rvririn rf job 41 16.

:
33T HpS (the and simply

;
1/3
"H/^
'
an unused
root.
Arab.
3J-J
to cut
(com-
pare the remarks at K?B).

f iron
i
Hence
ri73
10:25.
a slice"), [PiieAa],
pr. n.
m. Ner
S7 r
I?
N,
Arab.
JÛ
iron of a
finer kind, steel.
PI.
nVipp things made of iron,
|n/3 Ch.m. worship, serviceof God,

See the root.
prop. TO BE
Ezr.7:l<,
perhaps scythes for war chariots, Nah. 2 : 4, K^3 " " the chariots 3?!)? n 1 1 /? (shine) with fire of irons," the chariots shine with steel, or scythes.
which
see.
Hence
--j;^v5*,
to
slip
SMOOTH, SLEEK, q. away, to escape, Eze.

.
T/5 [Pildash],^.
mology
is
n.
m. Gen. 22:22 (the ety-
obscure).
7: 16 (Syr.
to
Arab, cjjj
pr. n.
id.); also
to
cause
escape (compare
PIEL
(i)
i.
^P^P).
n/
not used in Kal,
i.
q. NJ>
TO SEPARATE,
q.
Kal, but intens. to flip
away
TO DISTINGUISH.
altogether, Job 23:7.
DCLXXVI
deliver, Ps. 18:3-,
escape (a) from danger, i. e. to / ?3 adj. (from ^yB) -prop, judicial, Job 31 -.28 40:18; followed by IP 18:49; (compare verse 11). Fern, n'^va a judicial seat, 17:13; and IIP 71:4. (b) the young from the judgment seat, Isa. 28:7. womb, i. e. to bear, Job 21:10. Comp B?D No. 2.
(a) to
to
cause
HIPHIL, to deliver from danger, Mic. 6: 14; to set in safety, Isa. 5:29. Derived nouns, Pt'B ^rppps, t3v9 npv3, tt/5P
/
^1
an unused
root,
which seems
to
have had
the meaning of roundness, globosity, from the idea of rolling (see under 713 and 3/B a stream).
adj.
escaped by flight,
44:14; 50:88.
i.
q.
S,
once in
plur. D'P^>B Jer.
Arab. i^j3j to have round plump breasts (etnen ge 6lbten ffiufen), used of a virgin. II. to be round and
s-plunip, used of the breasts. V. to be round.
R?
inf.
Piel,
used as a noun, lib era tion, de-
L^\*
the
sea,
liverance, Ps. 32:7.
round part of any thing, a mound, wave of the

celestial orb.
("liberation"), [Pelet\, iCh. 2:47. (a) iCh. 12:3.

i"!t7iS sec np-vB.
D7S
Hence
.
pr. n.
m.
(i)
"sj/f)
m. with sun i3?B m.
(l) a circle, circuit,
environs
ri 'P?3 deliverance of ? T (for the fuller Jehovah"), [Pa/ft], pr. n. m. (i) Nu. 13:9. (Q) l Sa. 25:44; more fully ?K'P/B 2 Sa. 3: 15.
133. (Arab. <5ls, Chald. (ftvetS/ SSejtrt) i.e. Neh. 3:9, seqq. "Vf id.) DvtW; ^?B "the region around Jerusalem," Neh. 3:12, 14, 15. (2) the whirl of a -woman's spindle, and here
(shortened from
nS),
the spindle
itself,
Prov. 31:19.
(Arab. ,jlj
id.,
[PiHai],pr.n.m.
Neh. 12:17.
Talmud. -J7Q, rG7D, ro/^B, whence '=1?S to spin). LXX. (3) a round staff, crutch, 2 Sa. 3:29.
ip/'S ("whom Jehovah delivered"),

latiah], pr.n. m.
(i) iCh. 3:21.
[Pnot used in Kal.
(a) iCh. 4:43.
In Pi. and in the derived
VVD73
(id.) pr. n.
m. Eze. 11:1,3.
V? wonderful, K'3 id. ibid.
see H*}B.
has the meaning of JUDGING, which is to be derived from that' of cutting, deciding, supposed n by comparison with tyS, ??, Ch. yB Aph. to decide;
nouns
it
T7?
13/3
(i-9,
n l*V a
"whom Jehovah made

1
but Jj
disvolving,
itself is
i.
q.
~nB
to break.
prefer to regard
the primary power of the root to be that of rolling, u.iwallen/ rollen
tinguished"), \_Pelaiah~], pr.n. m.
Ch. 3:84.
(comp^lB,
37B, ^73, tJvf, Syr.
verbal adj. escaped by flight, especially from a battle or slaughter, i. q. B?3 Genesis 14: 13;
Josh. 8:22; also in plur. const, and with suff. *PvB, Vp^S Jer. 44 a8 Ezek. 6:8. In the absol. state is
:
any thing, hence to tinge, to stain), hence to make even by rolling, to level with a roller (comp. D?^ to roll, n>al jf n), whence to lay even (a cause), to arbitrate, like the German words of judging, rid)teiv
to roll in
used the form
& \?3
only in pi.
D'B^B Nu. 21 rag;
Isa.
66: 19.
ntp'SiS f. and defectively ^?êtcape,deliverance, Joel 3:5; Obad. 17; hence what has escaped, Ex. 10:5; specially those who have escaped from a
slaughter in war, 2 Sam. 15: 14; 2 Kings 19:30, 31
;
which have properly the sense of making even. (l) to judge, iSa. 2:25; also, to execute judgment in punishing, Ps. 106:30; compare Nu. 25:7 (LXX. and Vulg. however, to pacify; sec under Kal). Followed by ? to adjudge to any one!
fd)Iid)ten/
PIEL.
Eze. 16:52.
(2) to think, to suppose, Gen. 48: 11.
Ezr.Q:8.
HITHPAEL.
root 7?S)
(i)
to
m. a judge, only in pi. D*W>B Ex. 21:22; Deu. 32:31. Job 31: n, (ft?) ity
'
/3 (from the
to interpose as mediator)
intercede for any one (pity. followed by *^y? Deu. 9 20:

;
.
DvyB
i.
e.
to
" a crime (which is a crime be punished by the judges.

f.
of) the
judges,"
183.7:5; fy Job 42:8; ^ iSa. 2:25, id.; followed by 7^> of him to whom one intercedes ana bupplicates,
Gen. 20:17; Nu. ll:2.
H/Y?
Isa.
right,
judgment, here put
for justice,
(a) Generally to supplicate, to pray, especially Psalm 5:3; ^ Dan. 9:4; \>D^ God, followed by *?
of pers. Neh. l -4
;
16:3.
simply, l
S.
a Ch. 7 : 14- one*
DCLXXVII
suvplicate to, Isa, 45: 14; followed by ?$ That which is prayed for to God, ia put with 7$ prefixed,
to
I
pillars of the earth,
befommenj compare Up?? i Ki. Job 9:6.

Derivatives, ^^x?"?,
'.40),
used of the
Sa. 1:27.
^^/?^ and
Nouns derived from the signification of judging are, ^V?, v?, y y?, from the sense of supplicating,
-lap)
f.
horror, trembling, Job 21:6; Psalm

etc.
'
55 6
:
Isa.
21:4,
i.
[Also in Thes. ^13 from the idea of roundness.]
ttf
7S
if
q.
C&S; whence fe$9D.
773 ("judge"), [Palaf], pr. n.
m., Neh. 3:25.

i.
rV7;?("whom Jehovah judged,"

1^1:12.
e.
whose
cause he protected), [Pelaliah], pr. n. m.,
Nehem.
an unused root; pr. (as rightly given by 3, and Kimchi, W>3nn), to rott, to revolve (ro&ljen); like the kindred roots D?S > 778 Hence (Vis).
I.
?S
Simonis in
edit, l
JO./3 see the following word.

J'SJ
J'-*
HITHPAEL,
otitlva^pr. Arab.
to
roll oneself,!,
e. to
wallow
in aahea
(l)
9
.
such a one, quidam,
26.27:30; in dust pBJJ), Mic. (TB.83), Jer. 6:26; Absol. id. Jer. 25:34. In former editions I l :io.
followed the
LXX. and
ij; Syr.
VQ>
it
distinguished, defined; one
whom
Vulg. in giving this root the
point out, as
were, with the finger, but do not name;

;
signification of to by Ilosenm.
from the unused noun P?3

<l
root
n?S
to distinguish)
sprinkling, which has been assented and Winer (in Lex. page 776); but I the former, as springing from the internal prefer
nature of the root.
II. li^
always joined with ?"?^ (pr. one who is nameless). Used of persons, Ruth 4:1, in the vocative, nS~i"QB> " *3bpS "OPS sit down here; ho! such a one;" Gr.
?2
(prob. kindred to the verbs t073,

to
Jj \j, \&& \j. Used of things, l Sa. 21:3, '3bte V&B tf&y*?X"to such a certain From these two words is complace;" 2 Ki. 6:8.
a OVTOQ] Arab.
[>,
jEthiop.
<fif\{\l
wander, to emigrate,
(^(^fi^l
^Âhl
wander without any certain abode, Hence wanderer.
a stranger
pounded *?bpa Dan. 8:13. (2) \_Pelonit\ t Gent, n., from a place otherwise unknown, |V73 l Ch. 11:27, 36.
?! J DI
1
" the 1 a n d of wan f. Philistcea (prop. derers," "strangers," see the root; compare Gen 10: 14; Am. 9:7, LXX. A\\<'><j)v\oi, -yij A\\(><J>u\u>i>).. pr. n. of a region on the southern shore of Syria, to the south and west of Canaan, Ex. 15:14; Isa. 14:
29, 31; Psal. 6o:lO, etc.; called
XaiffTivrj
i.
'
'
not used in Kal.
(I)TO MAKE LEVEL, E VEN, i.e. to prepare a way, Isa. 26:7; Pro. 4:26; 5:6. Ps. 78:50, "he prepared a way for his anger," i. e. he let his anger loose. (The primary power appears to be that of rolling, a sense which lies in the syllable 7Q, compare 71Q, 3??, M? ? hence to level by rolling a cylinder up and down, gerabe nTalcn. It is kindred to the root 7?3, as the Germ. n?aljen comes from umtlen/ roellen.) (2) to iveigh (which is done by holding the baPIEL
;
2), (Arch. elsewhere uses for the whole of the land of the Is6,
by Josephus, Ilaa name however which he
raelites
(Arch.
viii. 4).
See Relandi Palaestina, page
38, seqq.
Hence
Gent. n. a Philistine, l Sam. 17: 16, 40; Gen. 26:1; Jud. 1O:6; lSa.4:l; 5:1;
and D^ri^pS Am. 9:7. As to the origin of the nation, see under the word "fifl?3 No. 2.
lance level), to iveigh out, metaph. Psa. 58:3; also, to weigh, to consider accurately, Pro. 5:21.
Ji
to
_.
3
i.
an unused
q.
root,
Arabic
o-
to escape,
a balance (so called from the idea of equilibrium), Pro. 16: 1 1 Isa. 40: 12. In each place it is joined with DOTND and it appears properly
'7v
-
flee,
Hebr.
1273,
e Jj
swift,
runner,
a swift horse.
Hence
(l)
<--
to de-note
Httge).
a steelyard (Arab. Germ. (u,Jjjj,
Jy3
cfynelU
Num.
16:
("swiftness"), [Peleth], pr.n. m. 1. (2) 1 Ch. 2:33, and
to
not used in Kal ; prob. of a similar meaning H>S to break. HITHPAEL, TO TBEMBLE (pr. to be broken, patten
J/
53
*n/|;) m. a public courier; with the art. collect. public couriers, always joined with 'Fn?, which Ewald (Heb. see, 2 Sam. S: '18; 15:18; 20:7,23. Gram, page 297) supposes both ^13 (see that word
DCLXXVIII
No. a) and *n?9 to be Philistines ; the latter being sake of paronomasia for *J??V?.
I.
j
for the
Zohar J3Q Dr6 is pastry work. Other opinions a given by Celsius in Hierobot., ii. p. 73.
fut. nj.D, a poc. and conv. t&?, ]&1 in the other persons, IB&?, |Qn, JD3 to turn ; in one phrase, letters a, b. ElseP|TJ? n33 to turn the back, see
m.
i.
q. fern,
(which
is
more used)
F"I3B
corner, Pro. 7:8.

II.
Plur. D'|B Zee. 14:10.
JS
pr. subst.
removing, taking
l),
away
(from
the root H3S Pi. No.
always in constr. "]? (followed
by Makkaph)
it
becomes a
i.
hibiting, hindering, (l) where an action precedes, by which something is Gen. prohibited which we fear and wish removed.
conj. of removing, proIt is used q. p/, ne, lest.
where, always intrans. TO TURN ONESELF. Exod. 7:23, (1) in order to go any where.
|M
we be
l est 11:4, "let us build for ourselves a city... Y scattered abroad." Gen. 19: 15, "rise up... Gen. 3:3, " eat not... nSDn-]B. lest thou perish." " lest ^niDJjl'JS ye die." Hence after verbs of fear-
^Hl
10:6; 32:15; Gen. 18:22; Deut. 9:15; 10:5; 16:7; sometimes with the addition of a dat. pleon., Deu. 1 140; 2:3; Josh. 22:4; hence () to turn to, or towards any place, followed by /K l Sa.
njTlB,
N3T*1
ing (like the Gr. dt/Sw
pi},
Lat. vereor ne), Genesis
13:17; followed by ^ Isa. 53:6; 56:11; ace. l Sa. ?r3 "whithersoever he 13:18; 14:47, H32? l turned himself;" with n psrag., iKi. 17:3; Deut. 2:3; Cant. 6:i; also followed by ?N of pers. to turn
f
fc?
31:31 (compare 26:9; of taking heed (compare Gr. ISely pfi), Gen. 24:6; 31:24; Deut.4:23; and also
of swearing (compare opvina //, II. xxiii. 585), Jud. In instances of this kind ?K is never put. 15:12. (2)
stands at the beginning of a sentence, where (a) implies pro h ibit io n and dissuasion (like " Job not" i.e. take heed
it
oneself to
Isa.
any one, to go to him, especially to God, 45:22; angels, Job5:i; idols, Lev. 19:4; Deu. 31:18,20; soothsayers, Lev. 20 6, to seek an oracular n j? to turn oneself to 'S answer or aid. *?.py>
:
follow
any
one's part, to incline to

(b) to
it
fo).
32: 13, npx'n JS

Isa.
say
Eze. 29: 16. one, followed
any one's side, turn oneself away from any
TVpl JS"(take 36:18,^$!? "lestyesay." heed) lest Hezekiah deceive you." (6) it implies nj r>E-jB '""?# "and fear, dread. Gen. 3: 22, 1
D^K
by DJtt? Deu. 29: 17 (used of the heart). " Absol.,Deu. 30: 17, if thy heart turns itself (i.e. turns itself away from God) and thou dost not obey."
(c) Figuratively applied
to
time.
(a)
to
turn
now
Gen. (for fear) lest he put forth his hand." 44-.34,"l31 JTJ? ntOK-lf "(Ifear)lest I shall behold the
evil," etc.;
31:31; 38:11; 42:4; Ex. 13: 17; Nu.i6: by a pret. when it is feared lest any thing should have been done. 2 Sa. 20:6, yo J3 "lest he find." 2 Ki. 2 16, nin; H-n teBTtp " (I fear) lest the spirit of Jehovah have taken him Once it very nearly approaches to an adverb up."
34
Sa. 13:19. Followed
n3B "the day declines." And poetically, Psa. 90:9, "our days decline." (ft) to turn itself incoming, approaching, in the phrase, ~)\-&r\ JT13B? when the morning draws on, at morning, Ex. 14:27; Jud. 19:26; Psa. 46:6; 318 J"li3D? when the evening draws on, at
itself, to pass away.
Jer. 6:4, Ei'n
of negation,
life,"
i.
i.
q. *?$
Pro. 5: 6, D.^D^ |B
D\H
rnfc
"(the
of
adulteress) prepareth
e.
(for herself) the she does not walk in the way of life.
is,
not
way
evening, Gen. 24:63; Deu. 23:12. (2) to turn oneself to look at any thing, Ecc. 2:12, nppn ni-> 3i? rrja "I turned myself to behold wisdom;" Ex. 2:12, ^!3 nbl H3 JSM "and he
the entire sentence

in the
But (she takes heed) lest she walk

baf
fie
turned himself
thither,
and saw."
(with his eyes directed) hither and Hence to behold, to turn the
way
of
life
German
bod) ja ben
SBeg bed
nid)t betr&te.
a root of uncertain signification, to which I

should attribute the sense of COOKING, baking, as
--^* t being related to the Persic t-rî backen (n inserted in the middle of a biliteral root, being
eyes to any thing, followed by ?X Ex. 16: 10; Num. 17:7; Job 21:5; 3 Job 6: 28; Ecc. 2:11; followed by V^QK (behind oneself), Jud. 20:40; 2 Sam. 1:7; >K fUa 2 2O i"V>VP7 (upwards), Isa. 8:21. Metaph. to regard a person or thing, Deut. 9:27; e^peclally used of God hearing and answering men, Ps. 25: 16,
:
T *3ICn
^n
compare ^l);
s0016 traces of this stock are also to
Ps. io2:l8;'
2? Ps. 69: 17; 86: 16; also iKi. 8:28; nmon b
*$*$
^ n 3?
T
Num. 16:15;
Used of
inani-
be found in the Phcenicio-Shemitic languages, see Hence p. CLXXXV.

^. \eyvft.
Mai. 2:13.
Of a
mate
things, to
king, 2 Sam. 9 8. look towards any

:
direction, Ezek.
Ezek. 27:17, a kind of sweet
8:3, nrisy na>n -iyt?n the north ;" Eze. 1 1 l

:
44
the gate that looks toward* Used l ; 46 1 2 ; 47 2.

: : :
pastry, or cake. The Targum render? it K,ylp i. e. Greek KoXia, a kind of sweet pastry. In the book
of a boundary, Josh. 15:2,7. PIEL, prop, to cause to depart (see Kal No.
c)
DCLXX1X
hence
(i) to
remove,
to
take out of the way,
i.e. to refute
him
Zeph. 3:15.
(2) to clear from things in confusion, from things in the way, to put a house in order (aufrdumen), Gen.
n ?i?! *3?3
i. e.
^03 "my
firmly, freely, openly; leanness answers in
Job 16:8,
my
face,"
testifies
strongly against
me; Hos. 5:5; 7:10.

or looks tol
(c)
^K DOS
D-lb to direct one's face

;
24:31
it,
Lev. 14:36;
it
cast
Absol. Ps.
clear a way, i. e. to prepare up, Isa-40:3; 57:14; 62:10; Mai. 3:1. O3 thou preparedst 80:10, v'O.Bp
to
it."
wards any one, Eze. 6:2
followed
by ?X
Ki. 2
15.
But
(d) face in
1OS
D-1K>
followed
by an
to
ace. to
turn one't
(way, or room) before
any
direction, i.e.
direct one's course
HIPHIL, fut. convers. J{f>*!. (i) trans, to turn, Jud. 15:4, especially the neck, the back; used of one
intend,
thither, to go, Gen. 31 :2l; followed by a gerund, to to propose to oneself to do any thing;
: ;
going away, fleeing,
Sam. 10:9; Jerem. 48 39.

:
Hence
(2) without *Qy in trans, to
turn the back,
to
flee, Jer. 46:21 ; 49:24; also, to turn oneself back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46:5; Nah. 2:9. Followed by 7K to turn oneself to any one, Jer. 47 : 3.
but, however, used specially of going, Jer. 42 15, 17 44:12; 2 Ki. 12:18; Dan. 11:17. The same is |D3 ^03 2 Ch. 20:3; Dan. 9:3; 2 Ch. 32:2, HOrfrlsfc V3B1 " and In the New Test. (set) his face upon war."
9
see
Luke 9
..y v
53.
(In Syriac in the

i 9
same sense
9
JQ_co
turn the back, Jer. 49:8; to look in any direction (see Kal No. 2, fin.), Eze. 9:2.
HOPHAL,
to
wcnaaj
to set one's face,

*
cn^x^ îro
to set one's
sight; Pers. ..iJs.T
rui awerden; see
my
obser-
Derivatives, JB (J3),
adj.
!"I33, pi.
DOS (whence a new
037), and the pr. n. n|a, 7K133, 7X03.
Luke loc. cit., in Rosenmuller, Repert. i, I Q * wo other phrases DOB is used of an P- 1 35-) angry countenance (compare Ps.2l:lO; 34:17;
vations on
not used in sing, (though another form of
it,
appears in the pr. n. 7K03, constr. OS m. (but f. Eze. 21:2l).
OS,
-liS
7N-133),
pi.
D^3
80 17; of a sad countenance, i Sam. i 18; Job 9:27). 21 DOS D-1t? to look on (e) any one with an angry
:
(l) the face (prop, the part turned towards any one, see Eze. 21 3, from the root i"l33, compare Arab.
:
countenance, Levit. 20:5; with the addition of the words i"l3it3? K?\ njn> Jer. 2 1 10 compare Hin ? Jer,
1 : ;
-.
face,
;
from &>-
V.
to turn oneself in
44:11 (opp.
to *?%
]ji_
D-IK'
under the word
J?J?
No.
1,
any
direc-
letter e},
compare Gr. ra irpoauwa Homer), Gen. 38:15; 50: l Exod. 3:6, and freConstr. with a pi. verb and adj. Job 38: quently. 30 Dan. l 10 in the fern. Ez. 2 1 2 1 more rarely
tion
; ; : ; :
;
for the use of the pi.
sing.
pi.,
Lam. 4:16; Prov. 15:14.

rn D0.3 ny T
Eze. 1:6;
Also used for the
pour out one's anger against any Eze. 14:8. Other phrases, as DOS npn, DOS TB'n see under those words. (2) person, personal presence, presence, Gr. Exod. 33 14, -13?.! OB " my person shall TrpoerwTro*'.
(f)
}ri3
DOS
to
one, Lev. 20:3, 6; 26: 17
lO:2l; 41:18; D$ i03n bread of the face DOSn JlW (see Dr6), and the table on which these loaves were set, Nu. 4:7. Specially these phrases are to be noticed (a) D03 7^ D03 Gen. 32 :3l Deu. 34: 10, and DOD3 DOS Deut. 5:4, used of the face. to say and do any thing '3 OS ?y to anyone's face, i. e. freely, frankly, and even often impudently and insolently, in contempt of him, itjm jum ro$ unb
as
;
go," i. e. I myself, I in person (id) in *pevfon) will go. As to the phrase DOD NK>3 2 Sa. 17:11; Lam. 4:16.
and DO3 ~^?n see under those words.

without any emphasis
Sometimes
:
;
43:5; compare
of the afflicted;
DÔJf
i.e.
OS my person is /. Ps. 42 12 OB JHD to oppress the persons

Figuit is
the afflicted, Isa. 3:15.
ratively applied to inanimate things
4?ot>n
(compare the French

will
dire
dans
la barbe, as in
Latin, laudare in os, Ter.),
"he
Job 1:11, ^^\ T?.3 ?y_ curse thee to thy face;" Job 21: 31; Isa.
(3) the face, the surface of a thing, e.g. of the earth, Gen. 2:6: Isa. 14:21; of a field, Isa. 28:25; Less clear is the pasof the water, Job 38 30, etc. OS i"l;>3. ' " who shall uncover sage, Job 41 :5, iBM^> the face of his garment" (the crocodile's), i.e. his
:
who provoke me OS ?y_ to my face," i. e. in contempt and scorn of me. In the same sense there is said DO3 7N Job 2:5; 13:155 Deut.7:io. V3B 7K v D?K^ " (God) will recompense to him to his face"
65:3,
:
"
garment
itself,
that
is,
his surface or
I,
covers the rest (compare /K No. &b of a veil itself as a covering,
upper part which So also OS a).

25:7.
is
Tsai.
Comp.
(a) tht
OS hx No.
2,
OS by
Nos.
2.
Hence it
(to an.
itatim.
Jiemy),
i.e. firmly and without delay. (Vulg. In the other member "HtO N7.) Here be-
longs the expression I^SZl H3JJ to answer in his face,
state, condition, of a thing. Prov. 27:23, " look well to the condition of thj cerbe auSfteW. flock," fcefummcre bid) barum/ nrie bttne
external appearance,
DCLXXX
(b)
rus
i.
and manner, way i o<&>-
as in the Rabbinic.
Com3.
pare
face,
manner.
See below
'3.9?
No.
^?3 \3P?1. P"^)^ before Aaron and his sons:" under their oversight 2 Ki. 4 38 Zee. 3:8. ^'P~'
.
e
s
f
\3.9
in the
presence of the sun,
i.e.
so long as the siui
(4) ffo
id.).
Jer. 1:13,
forepart,front of a thing (Arab. nto \3BD V331 " and the front
^.
(which poets compare to the eye,seeD!il?92, fl!^)shal shine on and illuminate the earth, Ps. 72:17; comp.
rnj
thereof (of the pot) looked towards the north;" used of the front of an army (Gr. Trpoo-wa-oi'), Joel 2:20. Adv. 0'3B in front (opp. to linK) Ezek. 2: 10; D'3Q^>
V&
is
verse 5 (but Job 8 16 KiM? y*b

:
is
while the
sun
shining).
Often figuratively,
i.
q.
\3/J?
3 in the
forwards
(oorrodrtS), Jer. 7 24; used of time, before, of old; Deu. 2:lO, 12; Josh. 11 :io; 14:15; 0'?j??P anciently, Tsai. 41 :26; 0'33D in front, 2 Sam. 10:9. Compare ^9? No. 2. The front part of a sword is its edge. Ezek. 21:21, nhj ^33 ri3K whither is thy of a directed?" Eccles. 10: 10. edge (that sword) Also D'33 is used for the wall of a house opposite the door, Horn, TCI ivuwta, whence with n parag. '~IP/3B which see.
:
eyes of any one; i. q. in his judgment. \3D? C^pn~}1 Ipn favour and tender love with any one, Dan. 1:9; i Ki. 8:50; Psa. 106:46; 3^7 3!?; i. q ;;} 3D; see
.
3^.
V3hfc?
"3^ 7h| having great

:
influence with his

is
lord, 2 Ki.
comp. Pro. 4:3; 14:12; specially
prop, in the presence ofJehovah,\inder his eyes, Gen. 27 17 before the holy tabernacle, Exod. 34:34; Lev. 9:5; 23:40;
the phrase to be noticed njnj '39?
()
With
particle:
prepositions
it
often
becomes in nature a
Jud. 21:2; in the temple and its porches, Isa. 23 1 8. (b) figuratively, in the judgment of Jehovah (comp. DV No. 2,c); e. g. \3?> T-nx Josh. 6:26; but com:
monly in a good sense wit h the approbation ofJehovah (since we only piit those things which please us before our eyes; comp. 3 HtO); hence V- *?.?/ P^'7 favoui with Jehovah, Ex. 28 38 J î? to lead a life
: ;
(A) \33 ?N (i) (a) into the presence of any one, 2Ch. 19:2; before, Lev. 9:5; Nu. 17:8, after a
verb of motion.
(i) in the presence of,
Ex. 23:17.
^nnn
(a) upon the surface of a. thing, e.g. rnB7P33 7N Lev. 14:53; Ezek. 16:5. See another meaning of
this,
approved of Jehovah (see 'tfDnn). Gen. 10:9, "a mighty hunter njn* \3Sp such as was pleasing to
the Lord" [?]. Ps. 19:15, " let the meditation of my heart T??r be pleasing to thee." The things in
above, No.
'33 flN
i, letter b.
(B)
1
:
pr.
by the
face,
i.
e.
in the
presence of
\3B~ntf
any one, before any one,

10;
'33
*J!
e.g.
"^PO
Esth.
which Jehovah
Gen. 6:13,
is
before God, Gen. 19:13; sometimes for, at the holy tabernacle, in the phrase, ~J">N nN"i3 V '.?? [to appear before Jehovah], to appear in the
:
HK
"an end
pleased are decreed by him. Hence, of the whole earth âp 83 is
decreed by me."
Farther,
its
use
is to
be noticed
Ex. 34: 23, 24; Deu. 31:11; l Sa. l 22 '3 Ex. *? is also used 23:17; 1] \33 and poet. ? '33 '3 Isa. 1:12; Psa. 42:3; in which Jatter phrase '33 should be taken for an ace. of place);
sanctuary,
(for
:
which there
:
ID^ to stand (aa) ÊH before the king, waiting his commands; i.e. to minister to him (see "'PV); compare \3p ^y 2 Sam.
in these expressions
\Dip7
16
1
9.
(bb) to
Ki. 12:30, "to
worship before a deity (see ninnt' worship one (of the calves)." (cc)
'33 HK before the before, e. g. l^n city, Gen. 33: 18, noian '33-nK before the vail, Lev. 4:6. After verbs of motion, into the presence of any one, l Sa. 22:4.
be put to flight before an enemy (see ^33 Niph.); hence used after verbs of dispersing, disturbing, Jud. 4:15; i Sa. 14:13; 20: i; 2 Sa. 5:20; Jer. 1:17;
to
*3? nWQfrom before (the presence of) any one, Gen. 27:30; front before^ from the front, 2 Kings 16:14. (C) '3Q3i.q. '3?7 before, in front of, but chiefly in the writers of later age, Eze. 42 phrase '3S? "IPIJ to stand before
: ;
49:37 (comp. below *P.?P). (dd) '? \3?$> |ri3 to put before another, e.g. food, 2 Ki.4:43; hence to propose to any one for choice, Deut. 11:26; to impose a law
be observed, Deut. 4 8 i Ki. 9:6; Jerem. 26:4; Ezek. 23:24; also to give into any one's power (i. q. 'B T?), Josh. 1O:12; Deut. 2:33, 36; Jud. 11:9; l Ki. 8:46; Isa. 41:2. So also without a verb of giving, Gen. 24:51, " behold, let Rebecca " the laud is T307 be given to thee;" Gen. 34:10, for it be free and before you," let you your flocks;
to
: ;
mostly in the anyone, to resist him, Deuteron. 7 24 11:25; Josh. 1O:8; 21:44; 23:9; Esth. 9: 2. The proper force of a substantive is to be retained in the words, Eze. 6 9, D1V3D3 ^BpJ they
:
12
44:10;
manifest
loathing in their countenances;
compare
nv>s?
Eze. 20:43; 36:31. (D) '39? with suff.

(l) in the
2 Chron. 14:6.
'3E>V,
T?.?^,
w?K
vjfyfci
presence of any one, under his eyes, he being present and looking on; before any one. Num. 8:22, " the Levites went in to minister.. .'29?
D'33 O 4). (a) before, in front of (compare x tabernacle of used 'Q "HjiD M??befoi3the place; (a)
of the congregation,
l Ch. 6:17; hfnce eastward^ Gen. 23:17; 25:18; Deut. '9-49; also before, ai
JDCLXXXI
who
DJJn
it is
taking the lead chiefly used of a general or leader, goes at the head of his army (see ^pp KJ-I NV
,
of,
i.
q. '39P, }P, e. g. to rejoice
on account of.
Ck
i6:33(F) 3?0._(i) from the face, presence, from " of a pers. or thing, DOV (etroag) roeg; Ex. 14: and 19, the column went away DI3SQ from before them
under the word K13 No. l, let. c); used of a king before, at the head of his people (Eccl. 4:16, " there was no end to all the people DiV3^> )> to all over (before.) whom he was"); also used of captives or booty which the conqueror, like a shepherd
^
: ;
driving his sheep (Gen. 32: 18), drives before him (Isa. 8:4; Am. 9:4; Lam. 1:5, 6). (b) used of time,
e. g.
and stood behind them." Hence it is used after verbs of going frequently away, Hos. 1 1 2 ; of fleeing (compare |P No. 3, letter a, from which it
(cor itjnen rocg),
:
before the earthquake, Amos l l Gen. 13:10; 29:26; Pro.8:25; Zech. 8:10. Gen. " before me," i. e. before I had come to 30:30, "OS?
Bin?
'3??
\3D is mostly put before persons, IP before things, see nnn Niphal), Gen. 7:7; 16:8; Isa. 20 6; compare Ps.6l:4; of asking aid, Isa. 19:20; 26:17; of fearing (see NT, nnn Niphal); of revediffers in that
:
!"tfp '3Q? before now, Neh. 13:4. Followed by an inf. before that,Gen. 13:10; Deut. l Sam. 33: l 9: 15. (c) used of worth, superiority the Lat. ante, pro;). Job 34: 19, " he does not (like
thee; Jerem. 28:8.
rencing, humbling oneself, 2 Ki. 22:19; Lev. 19:32; of hiding oneself, Job 23: 17, and other verbs which
regard the rich ?7 *3?7 After verbs of motion.

idea of meeting
;
before (more than) the poor."

(d) to one's front, with the
resemble these in meaning. So the sense of fleeing and fearing is involved in the following, Jud. 9:21, " he dwelt there after he had VHN
fled
fr o
m the presence of A bimelech his brother."

3p
^P^ *3?p
Well
1
as '& \3?? rnfj to
meet any one, Gen.

hostile sense,
24:12; and more frequently with a
against
>7 D-1p
(avri);
prop, into the face, front part; as
rendered in the Vulg. ob metum A.fratris sui, l Chr. 12:1 (on which passage, see ">VJJ in Kal). Isaiah 17:9, "desolate houses (see niWJ?) tt$..." ?'B
^?n?'!
*??
to rise against
go out against,
>
(see 1PJ>);
any one, Num. 16:2 ; \3?? Ny* Ch. 14:8; 2 Ch. 14:9; also 1PJJ
C-1p
which those deserted (who
fled)
from
the
Josh. 7:12, 13;
2$ 3-nn
Israelites," i.e. the aborigines of Palestine (see note this passage in Germ. Trans., ed. 2).
on
stand against any one, to resist. (3) in the manner of, like (compare 0^3 No. 3, % " 2tter6); Job 4:19, they fall Bfy 3?& as before
:ie
(2) Used of the author and efficient cause from which anything proceeds, i.q. IP No. 2, letter c. Gen. 6:13, "the earth is full of violence Dn'JSp (which
moth;" Vulg. velut a
tinea;
LXX.
o-jjroe
rpoiror;
proceeds)
T-WI-.)
So mpare Latin ad faciem, Plaut. Cist. 1.1,73. ?? in3 to regard as for any one (compare ? 103), Sa. 1:16. From \?Q? has arisen the adj. '3?? anerior,
15.
Isa.
(LXX. well render it a^r' avEx.8:2O; Jud. 6:6; Jer. 15:17; Ezek. 14: Used of a more remote cause, on account of. 10:27, "the yoke shall be broken IPA^ \3Sp on
:
from them."
which
see.
Note.
-(a)
Of doubtful
3"]J?
authority are the significations
for (compare
133,
phrase \3?p
lis
to
and Germ. or and fur), in be surety for any one, Prov.
fatness (of the Deu. 28: bull)"[?]. Where the reason is 20; Hosea 10:15; Jer. 9 6. given on account of which anything is not done, Lat. Followed by "i^ it prce, Job 37:19; iKi. 8:11.
account of the
17: 18 (for the surety

friend). ?? to
(ft)
used to give his pledge before on account of (as \3.?P, \3r?P), in lament on account of any one, 2 Sa. 3:31
;
becomes a
Jer.
conj.
because that, because, Ex. 19:18;
44:23.
(for
mourners used in funerals to go foremost see ieier, De Luctu Hebraeorum, cap. v. 15 19).
I wonder that Winer (page 779) should also have added the following significations, before, in the
(E) \3ippp (from before). (l) from the presence of any one, used of those who were before any thing, and who go away from that place, e. g. to go out P Lev. 9:24; nJTlQ \3^>p Gen. 4 1 46. Hence
:
presence of, citing Levit. 19:32 (where '39P B-1p to rise up to any one, is used as a mark of modesty and
reverence to old age (see above, No. i); and even
to
toivards (as though it were MfJ ?K) Jer. 1:13 (as which passage see under the word D^f No. 4).
;
er
verbs of fleeing (compare IP No.
3, letter a),
and
'putting to flight, 1 Chron. 19:18; 2 Chron. 20:7; fearing and of putting in fear, 1 Sa. 18 1 2 Psalm
'
(G) \3? ?y has various significations, according to the different senses of the noun and of the particle.
(l)
I,
From
it is
the signification of face and front (No.

>
)7:5; 114:7; Ecc. 8:13; Est-7:6; and also those asking aid (an idea connected with that of fleeing),
'
Sa. 8
of humbling oneself,
Ki. 21:29; 2 Ch.
33:12; 36:12.
la)
4), (a) to the face, before the face of any oue,inthepresenceof,i.q.' ?v?No. i (see ?JJNo.3,c), Gen. 32: 22; Lev. 10:3; Ps-9:2O; 2Ki. 13: 14; having Job 6: any one present and looking on, Num. 3:4.
Used
figuratively of the cause, on
account
28, 2J3t?
DN Q3VB
before your eyes
(it will
be)
DCLXXXII
it
will
be manifest), whether
(6) in
I lie?"
J)B
top
front of a thing, before, 9 Ch. 3:17. Ps. 18:43, " as dust before the wind," driven by the wind. Here also belong the following:
Gen. 23:3.
opposite the door, and meets the eyes of those wh come in, kv roit,- ivwirioic, where the throne stood in
royal palaces; Ps.45:i4,"allsplendid(sits)the daughter of the
is
iKi. 6:3, "the length of it (the vestibule) \3? to JV3H 3rh before the breadth of the tern pie" (cor bcr 2 Chr. 3:8; and Gen. i :2O, SJrette bc SempelS tyin).
king (the queen) HP'?? by the wall," i.e. seated on the throne. Hence on the inner wall
"and
let
fowl
fl...^^?
Jflr
r??
(or before) the firmament of heaven."
to in front of Also, east;
Josh. 18: 14 iKi. 17:3, 5; Zee. 14:4; b efo re, used of time, Gen. 11 :28; of worth (prce), Deut. 21 16. (c) to or towards the face or front of anything (compare to No.4); hence towards, Gen. 18:16; 19:28; and
;
:
ward, Gen. 16:12; 23:19; 25: 18
1 Ki. 6:l8; within, in the house, 2 Ki.7:ii; inward, 2 Ch. 29:18. With prefixes (l) ^P*??? inside, within, l Ki. 6:30; inwards, Eze. 41:3. ? ^P'}?? within anything, Eze. 40 16. D'3S?P inwardly (uon tnnen), i Ki. 6:29. (2)np^9p W ifAi W (j)ontnnen), l Ki. 6: 19, 21;
:
(so also Gr. ivtaina),
2 Ch. 3:4.
Hence
like a
D*D*|
P ^5
radical,
l-
against,
(a)
Ps. 21
13; Nah. 2:2.
(D in this word is regarded almost and is thus retained), fern, rpp'39, pi.
f.
the signification of surface, \J? to is (a) on the surface, e. g. of the earth, Gen.l 29; 6:1 the waters, Gen. 1:2; of a valley, Eze. 37 2 whence
: ; : ;
From
Chr. 28:11,
to
n'V- 2 Chr. 4:22,

l
inner (opp.
P^'n exterior),
adj. interior, Ki. 6:27, 3^5 7: 12:
Eze. 40: 15, seq.

0*3*3?) m only in pi. Prov. 3:15; 8:li; 20:15; 31:10; Lam. 4:7; Job 28:18; once C^?3 Pro. 3:15 2ru (the smgular is found in pr. n. ^33?), according to the opinion of most of the rabbins, which is de.
*3B to*? used of those

face,
1
who
are removed from the sur(6)
upon, along upon the surface, e.g. of the earth, Amos 5 8 of a field, Lev. 14:7; Eze. 32:4. (c) out upon, or over the
:
Sa. 20: 15;
Am. 9:8.
surface (uber bte >berfl&4e t)iii), Gen. 1 1 :8; Lev. 16: Used figuratively 14,15; Isa. 18:2. (d) in the sense of superadding, like to (No. 1, letter b, a),
fended by Bochart, Hieroz.
ii.
lib. v. c. 6,
;
Hart-
above, besides,
iirl.
Ex. 20
3,
u thou shall hare
no other gods *3B 7JJ upon me," i. e. besides me. Well given by the LXX. irXijv c/iov. Chald. 3D 13. Job 16:14.
las fern, (from the masc. IB, which see) (l) a corner, Prov. 7: 12; 21:9, and frequently. H3B K'tO Ps. 118:22, and njB Job 38:6, a corner stone. (i) a mural tower, such as were erected on the
I
mann, Hebraerin, iii. p. 84, seq. and of late, Bohlen and others, pearls (Gr. ifivva). I might assent to this weie it not for the passage in Lam. loc. cit."^0"!$ D^'ppp D^fy which I cannot render with Bochart, " they are more shining in body than pearls;" see 0"!. I therefore incline more to the opinion of J. D. Michaelis ( Supplemm. p. 2022), and others, who understand red coral; and this, too, is favoured
by the etymology (prop, branches,
Arab.
...jii^
foliage,
compare
nor
is
it
a branch, from the root
corners of walls, 2 Ch. 26: 15; Zeph. l 16. (3) Metaph. used of a prince of a people,
:
13B);
who
is
their defence, Isa.

:
19:13; Zee. 10:4;

1?.?,
83.14:38;
Jud. 20
2.
Compare
D"|3.
("the face of God." from the obsolete

Bing.
for D3B comp. inp, pi. O'np), [Peniie/], (l) of a town beyond Jordan, Gen. 32:32 (where the account is given of the origin of the name); Jud. 8:8; once (id.), Gen. 32:31. (a) m.
M9,
an objection that there is another word rflDNl, to which the same signification of coral is attributed. This, if an objection, would lie equally against pearla (see n?" ?). Some also undej^tand it to be red gems t such as the sardius, pyrops; but this word is not found amongst the gems (Ex. 39: 10, seq.).
1
pr. n.
jD
I
an unused
root.
Arab.
^MB
Conj.
II. to
di
(a)
Ch. 8:25,
np V??.
(6) l
Ch.4:4.
'^*?9 [Pent el"],
see the preceding, No.l
and
2, a.
separate; hence t?, ^39 a corner (exterior or interior), and D'3\39 prob. corals (pr. branches, compare "1?, from the root TJ2).
vide, to
(i. q. nj^?, which is the reading of some " coral," according to others pearl"), [/Vof n. a of wife l Su.i :2, 4. Elkauah, ninnah], pr.
0^9 /ace,
see
WB.
"
copies,
np'3D Milel (from 0JB, signif. 4, with n local, compare as to the retention of the pi. termination ntyp; and np^K Ex. 15:27; Num. 33:9), prop, to
the wall of the he ute, or room, or cwirt, which is
p JB
not used in Kal.
The primary
idea
is
pro-
bably that of
WAVING ABOUT
(comp. JHB); whenoi
DCLXXXII1
it
Arab. ,xj to treat and bring up
has the meaning of feebleness and softness. softly, IV. to live
by 7% Ex. 12:13, 23, 27, i.q. ?H n?) j to make more room for any one).
[Not divided into two parts in Thes.].
II.
(Arabia
oneself. delicately; Syr. Ethpe. to delight
PIEL, to treat delicately, Prov. 29:21.
D)
i.
prop,
extremity (from the

9
root
9
Dps No.
=
L),
riDSpr.TOBE WRENCHED, DISLOCATED(Arab hence to halt. Used figuratively, 1 Kings ),
q.
Ch. and Syr. JjLooa, with N*V,

sole of the foot.
;
and JJô the

Gen. 37
:
j^J the hand, Hence Q'DS n.3h?
18:21,
i.
"how
in
e.
fluctuate
from one
long halt ye between two opinions?" to the other. similar use
3 18, 19, a tunic extending 3, 23 to the wrists and ancles, a long tunic with sleeves,
2
1
:
Sam.
is
made
Arabic of the verb
<-_
j--^-
to
halt,
p.
to
limp, in Syriac of the verb
worn by boys and

Arch.
vii. 8,
girls
of nobler rank.
-yap
Joseph.
irap-
1, itfiopovv
at
T&V
^N^/ (Barhebr. and Chrysostom used the phrase -^wXtvuv

PIEL, id.
531),
Trtpl
ra
ap-âitiH'
which has been well explained and defended by A. Th. Hartmann, Hebraerin, iii. 280. Also LXX. and Aqu. Sam. KapvwTog, Symm. \etptTretrddi
'xiT&vas,
awkward
NIPHAL,
l Kings 1 8 : 26 (used scornfully of the leaping of the priests of Baal).
to be
made
npa
lame, 2 Sa. 4:4.

riDQ.
2wroc,
Aqu. Gen. affrpayaXttog
(talaris).
As
Derivatives,
to the
forms of the tunic worn by women and by men of more noble rank, see Braunius, De Vestitu Sacerd.
p.
aA], pr. n.
("lame," "limping"), [Paseak, Phasem. (i) i Chr. 4: 12. (2) Neh. 3:6.
Neh. 7:51.
473, seq.; Schroeder,
De
Vest. Mulieram, p. 237,

;
(3) Ezr. 2:49;
seq.; Bottigeri Sabina,
ii.
94, seq.
115, seq.
D5
Ch. with &n* the

i.
hand
(prop, the extremity of

is
the hand,
e.
the hand which
an extremity), Dan.
2.
5:5, 24.
See Hebr. and compare DOX No.
y m. pr. a sparing, immunity from penalty and calamity, hence (1) a sacrifice offered on account of the sparing of the people, the paschal lamb, of which it is said, Ex.
D'EPT
DS
\_Pas-dammim'],
see
D'SI D3X.
1PS
i.
not used in Kal.

is
Ch. to cut up, to divide,
q.
PP?, which
more
in use.
PtEL, once, Ps. 48: 14, n'rfoplK
pB
"
divide her
wn npa rnj j sparing (prop, of passing over) unto Jehovah, who passed over the houses of the children of Israel in Egypt, when he smote the Egyptians," etc. Hence npSH cnt? to kill
12
:
27,
W&.
*?.?
*8f^S n ?|
"^ n
"i
D*1VP3 "this
is
a sacrifice of
palaces," i. e. go round about them, unless it be preferred to render " accurately contemplate,"
verbs of dividing being frequently thus applied (com-
the paschal lamb, Ex. 12: 21; 2 Ch. 30:15, 17;. 35: 1,6; npsn Deut. l6:2, seqq.; npSH 73X to eat the passover, 2 Chron. 30: 18; Hp? nt?j; to prepare the
sacrifice of the passover (see HK>j;
pare p?).
Hence
n3D3(Ch. "a part,""a fragment"), [Pi0aA],

pr. n. of
12:48;
Num. 9
4, seqq.
Josh. 5:11.
No. 2,/), Exod. Plur. Q'npp
a ridge in the land of Moab, or the southern border of the kingdom of Sihon, Nu. 2 1 20 23:14;
: ;
2 Ch. 30:17.
Deu. 3:27; 34:1; Josh. 12:3.

prop, diffusion (see the root DD9 No. II), ab unda nee; found once. Ps. 72:16, r'9? *?? " let there be abundance of corn
figuratively,
H?
(2) the day of the passover, i. e. the fourteenth day of the month Nisan (Levit. 23:5), which was followed by the seven days of the feast of unleavened Hence np3n rnnDO the day bread (ibid, verse 6). after the passover, i. e. the fifteenth day of the month
""5
Nisan, Josh. 5:11.
in the earth."
Others take
it
as the fern, of the form
D5, hence a handful. Kimchi, *)? &OP, which may do if it be taken collectively: [or still better if taken
simply, a handful of com, from which, vast returns are obtained, see the context].
I.
np)
adj.
out Dag.), 2 Sam. 5:6,8;
m. lame, Lev. 21:18, pi. D'npS (withIsa. 33:23.
nppri
S (l) TO PASS OVER, TO PASS BY, pr.n. Thapsacus, where the Euphrates was crossed.
to
or S'p3 only in pi. D^pp. (i) graven of idols, Deut. 7:25; Isa. 21:9; Jer. 8:19; 51:52; made of wood, Deut. 7:5, 25. (2) perhaps stone quarries, like the Syriac
TDS
images
Hence
(a
T\ Ton ex
(gee 2 Ki.
12:12 Pesh.), Jud. 3:19,
26.
pass
over,
to
spare,
Isa.
31
:;
followed
Root ^pa.
DCLXXXIV
3
and PPB.
an unused root
Ch.Pa.
to
cut, i.q.
Hence
pr. n.
DS [PasacA],
m.
Ch. 7:33.
"YiyS ("hiatus"), [Peor], pr. n of a mountain. Hence litf? 7^2 Num. 25:3, 5; and 23:28. simply "liyB Num. 23:28; 31:16; Josh. 22 17, an idol of the Moabites, in whose worship women
Num.
pros-
S /DS
CUTTING
:
fut.
D?* TO CUT, TO
CARVE, TO FORM BT
tituted themselves.
Compare
"fo?B TV3.
(a) stones, Ex.

(6)
5 32 (Syr. id.) Hub. 2:18.

Derivatives,
an
idol,
34:1,4; Deu.io:3; iKi. prob. made of wood,
^P?, and
fut. once followed by Makk. "ty^ (Job 35 6) i. q. nby TO MA KE, TO DO, a word of great use in cognate languages [" rarely used in Arab."]
;
?#2
:
fe
fe
(^^2>,
graven image of an made of wood, Isa. idol, Ex. 20:4; Jud. 17:3, seq. of a molten image and even used 44:15, 17; 45:20;
/D|) with
suff.
,Jjti);
YpB m.
the
11:8,
?J?9"n
^Sftfrnp
in Hebrew only used poetically. Job " what wilt thou d o?" Psalm 11:3,
shall the righteous
p^V"what
do?" Deut.
(which
used.
is
Jer. 10: 14;
n properly called ?P.P), Isa. 40: 19; 44: 1O; For the plur. Qy'P? is always : 51 17.
32:27, njlpj fya njn; i6 "has not Jehovah made all these things ;" Job 33 29 Isa. 43 1 3. Specially it is (a) to make, to fabricate, e.g. an idol, Isaiah
:
; :
Dan. 3:7; and
J^JP?
Dan. 3:5, 1O,
44: 15 to make (to dig) a pit, Ps. 7:14. Absol. Isa. 44:12, DnS2 /J?S "he laboureth in the coals."
;
15; the Greek

fur '33, "1133)
word
\l/a\Ti)ptov (in
the
LXX.
often
being adopted in Chald., with the in/
it is of the singular number, joined with other names of instruments which are put in the singular; and (b) it does not answer to the Greek -J/uXrqp, which signi-
terchange of
since
(a)
and n ;
it
is
74:12; whence vP.B Job 36:3. (c) to prepare. Ex. 15: 17, "the place which thou hast prepared for dwellHence to attempt, to undertake any thing ing."
(b) to produce, to create, Psa.
my
creator,
The Greek iov, in harper, but to \â\n'ipiov. Oriental languages, either becomes in (compare KVIVOor altogether is rejected; of fitoi; Syr. Kanobiri),
fies
" 41:4, nbjn !?B O who hath attempted and done it" (compare Isa. 43:7, vrwy c|g VJViV?)? Mic. 2:1; Ps. 58:3, "ye devise wickedness in your hearts" (A similar use is made
(opp. to n"B7 to effect).
Isa.
which we have an instance in

is
this
very word, which

;
of nb'V Isa. 32:6; 37 26). (d) to do (i. e. to exercise) justice, Psa. 15:2; wickedness, Job 34 32 36 23.
: : ;
:
now
called in
Egypt -^
--.-
(for psantir)
see Vil-
See also loteau in Descr. de FEgypte, vi. p. 426. the observations of Hengstenberg on this word, in
his Authenticity of Daniel, p. 15.
I.
men, Ps. 5:6; 6:9; 14:4; and frequently. (e) Followed by an ace. and ? of the thing, Ps. 7:14, ty& D'P^> V-VH " he mak es'his
arrows burning."
$*
yy.B evil doers, wicked
any thing
:
DDD
LEAVE
(cogn. to the verb OFF, TO FAIL, Ps. 18:2.

in Thes.].
DSX) TO CEASE, TO Derivative, DS.
3 1 20, Derived nouns,

with
Isa.
(/) Followed by ? of pers. to do any one, whether good, Job 22 17 Ps. or evil, Job 7:20; followed by 3 id., 35 6.
for
: ;
^3,
[Not separated
II.
suff.
?:?,
J?B
(poolcha)
more
rarely
:
and Chald. np? TO SPREAD ONESELF ABKOAD; whence ""ID3.

i.
DD3
q.
nfe>a
i.
i Ch. 1 1 -22, 1:31; Jer. 22:13; P^r. n ^P; but (with few q. exceptions) only in poetry. (1) a deed, act (t)at); as of men, Ps. 28:4; Pro.
D^S
pr. n. m., 1
Chron. 7:38 (The
derivation
is
unknown).
24:12,29; of God, Psa. 64:10; specially an illustrious deed, 2 Sam. 23:20; an evil deed, Job 36:9
(Arab. al*i
id.).
CRT
4.2:
(i) TO CALL, TO OUT; once used of a parturient woman, Isaiah

to
an onomatopoetic word
14 (Syr. and Chal. i.â, KJJ9 compare Gr. /3ouw; whence ftovc, which see). 7 oaw;
(a)
to
(2) a work (SBcrf), which any one produces. 7SB '1J the work of my hands (i. e. Israel), Isaiah 45: 11.
bos.
bleat, to bellow; Similar is HVJ
Hab. 1:5; 3:2 (compare HCÔ No.

divine aid, Ps. 90: 16. (3) that which is produced
Specially used of divine punishments, Isaiah 5:12; 3, a) ; used of the
blow, to hiss as a serpent, viper; Arab. whence nJJ?$ a viper. From No. i, is
wages, Job 7:2;

in
Jer.
i.
22:13.
by labour, Prov. 21 :6; Compare '"l^B No. 2.

l,
("bleating"), [Pau],
pr.
name
of
atown
npy?)
f.
(i)
q. ne*J?1D
No.
an active noun;
Tdunuea; also called 'VB Gen. 36:39.
what any one
does,
performs (bat Xbvm); cccupa
LMJLXXXV
lion, Prov. 10:16; 11 -.18; Jer. 31 the pursuits of men, Ps. 17:4.
:
16.
Plur.
TW^f
reifjen)
WB,
all
compare the kindred verbs HVS />V of which have the primary sense of breaking
,
(2)
wages, Lev. 19: 13;

(for
Ps. 109:20.
in pieces, tearing apart, like the roots beginning with
TVpy?
nt 7&>?
the
l
wages of Jehovah"),
the letters f2,

Isa.
n-
Hence
to
distend,
to
open, Eze
[Penlthaf],
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 26:5.
10:14; as in threatening (like beasts ol 2:8; prey), followed by ?J? Psa. 22: 14; in mocking, followed by /># Lam. 2:16; 3:46; in speaking rashly Job 35: 16; Ps 66:14; Jud. 11:35,36. (2) to deliver, to snatch away, Ps. 144:7, 10,
11.
(i) TO STRIKE, TO BEAT, whence DJ?? an anvil, and poy.5 bell, also to strike with the foot, to tread, whence DJ73 a step, a foot.
(2) Metaph. to impel, to urge the Spirit of God), Jud. 13:25.
any one (used of
(So Syr., Ch., and Arab,
^j
Conj.
II.
IV.)
NIPHAL, to be agitated, disturbed, Gen. 41:8; Dan. 2 -.3; Ps. 77:5.
S
to
(l) TO
BREAK, Arab.
;
^Li,
be
(2)
cleft in pieces
n|~)
see Piel.
HITHPAEL,
id.
Dan. 2:1.
nVB erumpere jubila

to
(Terent. comp. enim-
Derivatives, the two nouns immediately following.
pere stomachum, Cic., rumpere questus, Virg., pijai

<f>(i>vjjv,
(once masc. signif. 3. Jud. 16:28 ['3]) Isa. 41 :']. (l) an anvil (see the root No. l). of foot the tread the (Sritt), hence a step, a (2)
f.
C^3
Demosth.),
:
break
out into joy, Isa. 14:7;
44:23; 49:13; 54:1; 55:12. Elsewhere 1311 nVS Isa. 52:9; Ps. 98 4. (JSth. T<W(\\: to rejoice.)
PIEL,
to
break
footstep, Ps. 17:5, "that my footsteps slide not." Ps.57:7; 119:133; 140:5- Trop.Jud.5:28,"the s t e p s of their chariots." And even afoot with which
(bones), Mic. 3:3.

(ba$ @d)ar Sa. 13:21. Arab.
n"V5
tigfeijn), s - ~*
.'Vjj
m. bluntness, being notched

l
of cutting instruments,
we
Plur. n'lDJJS artificial feet, Ex. 25:12. tread. As persons sometimes count by beats of hand or foot,
a blunt and notched sword.
Root
">VB.
hence
nns Dy? pr. one tread, or stroke is once, (3) Josh. 6:3, 11, 14, and together, Isa. 66:8 (com p. the s*>- s~~ ~ s~^
-~
XzJ only in Piel, TO STRIP OFF BARK, TO PEEL, Gen. 30:37,38. Compare the cogn. ??. Hence
?9
37-
f.
pi.
peeled places (on
rods),
Gen. 30:
Arabic words Z*jj iL* x.U^)'.

Gen. 27:36.
etc.
Dual
DI'PJ?? twice,
PJur. DVpJte thy thrice, Ex. 23:17, how often? l Kings 22: 16. DVB O'Py? once and CJ/3H (this time) DW^'1 again, Neh.13 2O. now, Gen. 29:35; 46:30; Ex. 9:27; 10:17. D 2I>?
n3
O-S
not used in Kal.
PIEL, TO
REND
the earth, Ps. 60:4.

(rfftÎ
to
to break, Êthiopic
finish.
break
off,
Arab. ^33 hence tc
...
DJ??3
now
as before (cinmal
rote
bag anbcre)
Numb.
24:1; Jud. 16:20; now, Prov. 7:12.

jl/-J7fj
iSa. 20:25.
DJ/B
...
DVB now
kS
TO
WOUND
(pr. to cleave, to
l
make a fissure,
;
m. a
bell, so called
from
its
being struck,
compare W?), Cant. 5:7; Hence
Ki. 20: 37
Deut. 23
2.
Ex.
28:'
33; 39:25,26.
see
ras
3 with suff. *VVB, plur. D^J?VS, const. wound, Gen. 4:23; Ex. 21:25; Isa. 1:6.
V.VB
m. a
with the addition of nB and n?? (Job 16:10)

TO
OPEN THE MOUTH with a wide
D an unused root;
55
art. l
i.
q.
pa to disperse;
pr. n.
hence
ravenous beasts, Jobl6:lo; by longing desire, Job 29:23; Ps. 119: 131
f
gape, as done by those who are in

;
("dispersion"), [Aphses~\,
m. with
poet,
ii
used
id.)
Ch. 24:15.
fut.
of Hades, Isaiah 5: 14.
(Syr.
s.0^ Arab,
nVf! pr. (see Schult. Opp. Min.
p.
i68j
Hence thepr.
n. "I1V3
and
TO BEAT, TO
MAKE BLUNT,
i.
q.
Arab,
iaj (whence,
^"!x? 2 Samuel 23:35, \_Paarat], pr. n. of one of David's captains, called more correctly, iCh. 11:37,
fVVVB, which see); hence to urge, to press, followed by ? of pers. (a) with prayers (compare obtundert
precibus),
(i) pr. TO
TEAR
IN
PIECES
(auScinanbfts
Gen. 19:3; 33:11. (b) with a hostile mind, Gen. 19:9. Compare cognate 3 fl?HIPHIL, to strike on the mind; hence to be dult,
DCLXXXVI
$tubborn,
l
mps-nps
: ; :
Sa. 15:43.
ibid.,
$tubbornness,
Derivative,
used as a noun, coupled with '"IP.

Inf.
UPON
or
fut. 1p?' prop, (as I suppose), TO STRIKE AGAINST any person or thing (auf Jem./ etroaS
9 24 44 46 25 ? Jer. 9:8; ace. Psal. 59 6. In other places the cause of punishment is assigned, as Hosea 12:3, 3pK 7J? 1p?? " ^?T|? to punish Jacob according to their ways;'' more often the sin to be punished is put in the ace.
Jer.
f3
;
followed
by ?K
Jer.
Exod.20:5,' D'33^8
sin of the fathers
nbx
|ig
ftofkn);
?ogn. roots, J?3B, K'JS.
Hence
ngB "punishing the
(1) ii a good sense, to go to any person or thing (a) to visit (bfud)en), l Sam. 17:18, "and go to
fare."
on the children." Exod. 32:34; 34:7; Num. 14:18; Isa. 13:11; Hosea 1:4; 2:15; 4:9; compare l Sa. 15:2; Ps. 89:33, where mention
of the person is omitted. NIPHAL. (i) pass, of Kal No. l,c,
to be
to be
Cn?V>7 as to (their) welthy brethren (to enquire) Followed by ? of the present which a visitor
(b) to go brings with him (compare 3), Jud. 15: 1. in order to inspect and explore; hence to search, Ps. 17:3; Job 7: 18. (c) for the sake of inspecting,
missing,
18, 25;
lacking, 25:7,21. 7:1; 12:44.
Num. 31:49;
Samuel 20:
reviewing; hence
to
revietc,
seq.;
army, Num.
Part. pass.
;
l -.44,
D^NpB
those
who
a people, an 39, seqq.; l Ki. 20: 15. are numbered, Num. l :

to
number
(2) Pass, of Kal No. 2, a,
to be
set over, Nehem.
21, seqq. 2:4, seqq; Ex. 30:14 (compare Hothpa. and the noun "l?P); also, to miss, to find wanting in reviewing, l Sa. 20:6; 25: 15; Isa. 34: 16. (Êth.
(3) Pass, of Kal No. 3, to be punished, Isa. 24:22; 29:6; Nu. 16:29; Pro. 19:23. PIEL, i. q. Kal No. i, c, to muster, Isa. 13:4. (i) to be mustered, Ex. 38:21. " I shall be lack(2) to be lacking ; Isa. 38: 10, of the remainder ing my days," my friends will seek me in vain amongst the living.
PUAL.
^S
to review, to number.) (rf) to go to any one to take care of him, to look after any one, as a shepherd
his flock, Jer.
23:2; God, men, Gen. 21 :i 50:24; Ex.3:i6; 4:31; lSa.2:2l; Job7:i8. Sometimes to look after any one again (after an interval),Isa. 23:17; also, to look to any one as expecting help,
;
q. Kal No. 2. (i) to set any one over of pers. and ?JJ of thing, followed an ace. any thing; by
HIPHIL,
i.
Isa.
26:16.
(Arab.
jJLs to
animadvert, to consider,
Gen. 39:5; 41:34; Num. 1:50; Jer. 1:10; 40:11; i Ki. 11:28; 3 Jer. 40:5; 41:18; absol. 2 Kings 25:23. Metaph. Lev. 26:16 (compare in Kal, Jer.
15:3)-
Hence visit, to explore.) (2) causat. (i. q. Hiphil) to cause any one to look after other (persons or things), so that he should care
to long for.
VIII. to
for
them,
i.e.
(a) to set
followed by. an ace. of pers.
any one over anything; and ?JJ Num. 4:27; 27:

Jer. 15
:
commit, to charge, to the care of any one; 2 Chron. 12: 1O; T3 Psalm 31 :6; by *T. followed by flS, prop, to commit with any one (as if
(2) to followed
to deposit with
him), Jerem. 40:7; 41:10.

Isa.
Absol.
16; Jer.
51:27.
Metaph.
3,
"I
will set
Jer. 37:21.
over them
four kinds," i.e. I will lay four kinds of Absftl. Num. 3: 10; Deut. 20:9. Part. calamities.
(3)
to
deposit any where,

"lp_9?
10:28; Jer. 36:

(i) to be set
20.
HOFHAL
Nu. 31 :48 2 Ki. 1 1 15. ComFollowed pare Niphal, Hiphil, and the noun TpS. by J"lK (ft**) to set with, to join to any one as a compass. D'"NP? officers,
; :
part. D'lP,?^.
over,
2Ki. 12:12; 2 Ch. 34:10, 12. HS (2) to be deposited with any one; followed by
Lev. 5:23.
(3)
to be
panion, servant (jem. be^geben/ beqorbnen), Gen. 40:4. (6) to commit, to charge to the care of any one
punished,
Jer. 6:6.
tt
(Aram. Pe. and Pa. to command, to charge) followed by hy of pers. 2 Chr. 36: 23 Ezr. l 2. Job 36 23,
;
HITHPAEL, pass, of Kal No. i, c, to be mustered, be numbered, Jud. 20:15, 17; 21:9.
iSTl 1yJ7 np.D 'D "
who has commanded
HOTHPAEL
pi.
him?"
Job 34:13,
n ?l*
his
Vlp Brn (for

:
way
to
V1J5 Bfin), id.
Nu. 1:47;
7$
1p.f>
i.
*P
"who
has
charged him
(c)
to
with the earth?"
e.
has committed
2:33; 26:62; i Ki. 20:27. Derived nouns, n^pB^pa, TpB,

f. (i) muster, root i,c), l Ch. 23:11.
the earth to his care.
Compare "Np3 command. (to commit to any one's Compare P~lj3B deposit, store. care), a Ki. 5 24. (3) to go to any one, in a hostile sense, to fall upon, to attack (compare VJB No. i, a); absol. Job
deposit anywhere
:
enumeration
(see
tlia
(2) care, oversight (see the root l,d), Jobio: 12; specially custody, ward, i. q. ipipp, rPP.p? 2 Ki. 1 1 18; 2 Chron. 23: 18; nVnpJpn JT3 house of
:
31:14; 35:15; Isa. 26: 14; followed by 7JJ of pers. Isa. 37:3; chief y used of Goi chastening the wicked,
custody, a prison, Jer. 52 1 1. (3) ff* ce i charge, oversight (root 2, a), Nuwt.
:
runs-pips
4:16; 2 Ch. 23:18; Psa. 109:8.
a Ch.
DCLXXXVII
Concr. officers,
(plafcen).
runs -ips
Syr. '*kja2
TO BE CLEFT,
BROKEH
24:11;
Isa.
60:17.
and (4) riches, which any one lays up (by him), guards, Isa. 15:7. (5) punishment (see the root No. 3), Isa. 10:3; Eze. 9:1. pi.
P"l|9?
Hence
f.
asinini, cucumbers, jy) pi. which, when lightly touched, break open, and cast out the seed, 2 Ki. 4:39. See Celsii Hierob., i. page
wild
cucumeres
deposit, store (see the root No.
393, seq.
2, c),
And
m.
pi. id., as
Gen 41:36; Lev. 5:21,23.

l
f.
an ornament in architecture,
oversight, office, charge,
Jer. 37:13.
Ki.6:i8; 7:24.
"IS
(i) office, charge (see the root 2, a), and concr. an officer, Eze. 23:23.
(2)
rical
m.
&
")3
with
art. "IB?, "122
(the latter in pause and withdisjunct.acc.) 1Q7. PI. DnB m. a bull, especially
punishment
(see the root, No. 3),
an
allego-
name
of Babylon, Jer. 50:21.
a young bullock. (To this correspond Germ, gar o Notk. Pharr, Phaqre, Anglo-Sax, fear, fern, n-oprtc,
g&rfe/and cogn. apparently, are N"iB TJB veredus,
;
m. plur. commandments, precepts (of Ps. 103:18; 111:7. God),

TO OPEN, specially with 0)5^ the eyes, 4:35; 19:16; Job 27:19, etc.; once used of the ears (Isa. 42 20). To open (one's) eyes upon one (followed any by 7JJ) is to observe him diligently, Job 14:3; to care for him, Zee. 12:4. Absol. to open the eyes, or to have them open, i. q. to be
2 Ki.
:
a horse, to which many more might be (j"j> added from the Germanic languages; see Adel., ii.
Grimm, Gramm., iii. p. 328. It follows the p. 727. analogy of a verb "HB, and it might seem as if a young bull were so called from its ferocity; but all those
nouns seem in their signification
to the
to
approach nearly
vigilant, diligent, opp. to lazy,
drowsy, Prov. 20: 13. Elsewhere God is said- to open any one's eyes, in a double sense (a) to restore sight to the blind, Ki. 6:17, 2O; Ps. 146:8; Isa. 42:7. (b) to enable to see things, which otherwise are hidden from the tyes of mortals, Gen. 21:19; compare NIPHAL. NIPHAL,
^5:5.
to be
meaning of the roots N"}3, i"HS ferre, cito fern, velii, and a young bull appears to be so called from its being used to draw a cart; compare 73JS? and n Often used of a yearling, Ex. 29:!; Levit. /?^)4:3, 14; 8:2, 14, etc.; once of one seven years old, Jud. 6:25. It is used in apposition Psalm 69: 32, "IS ~iyy " a bull an ox;" as distinguished from other
bulls
or oxen
Isaiah 34:7,
Qn3
Dtf
Dna "the
opened (used
of the eyes), Isaiah
Metaph. Gen. 3:5,7. Derived nouns, nj?S nip~nj?B.

(
young bullocks with the bulls." Metaph. used for a sacrifice, even when offered by the lips, Hosea The fern, is !"ns which see. 14:3.
open-eyed," or
ellipt. for
^1^), [Pe;
la/i], pr. n. of a
Laiah, 6.0.759
king of Samaria, in the time of 39,2X1.15:25, seqq. 2 Chron.
JS
to
i.
q.
rnB (where
see more).
(i) TO BEAR.
to
l$:6;
Isa.
7:1.
to blind),
bear oneself along swiftly, (2) swiftly ; whence K^?. HIPHIL, to bear fruit, Hos. 13: 15.
run
4-11;
"l
T
pi. trop.
m. open-eyed, seeing (opp. Ex. 23:8.

:
Ex.
l)
from
its
[pi.
D^B],
f.
(once n^lS Jer. 2:24),

it is
comm.
(m. Ps. 104: 11,
Jer. 2:24),
Up
("
whose
eyes
Jehovah opened"),
running
(as
a wild ass, so called a very swift inimal), Gen.

Syn.
is^">SJ.
i.
[Pekahiah~], --59; 2Ki. 15:22, seqq,

'
pr. n. of a
king of Samaria, B.C. 761
16:12; Job 6:5; 11:12; 24:5; 89:5.

See also Bochart, Hieroz.
Alterth. iv. 2, p. 158.
3, c. 16;
Rosenm.
Bibl.
P~ r (more correctly with many MSS. in one word nipn^S) opening, sc. of the prison, liberation, Isa. 6l l comp. nna Isa.14: 17. The use of the root nj?9 (cognate to nns) is applied in Arabic also more widely than to the eyes and ears.
: ;
engraving of this animal in Western Asia) has of rare now is (which very late been given in Ker Porter's Travels, i. 459.
An
like a wild ass," perhaps in Canaanite king, Jos running), [Pzram], pr.n. of a
(i. q.
DX"1D
|X1.S
m. an officer (a) as a civil officer, Gen. 41:34; Neh. ii:32. (b) as a military, 2X1.25:19.
i
10:3.
f.
|<
pi.
branches, see
DCLX XXVIII
2 Ki. 23 1 1, 1) m. i Ch. 26 18, and suburb. Very often found in Targg., in which also are found the forms 'T)?, '}"!?. An etymology
:
:
ma-ir
Il
To this answers the Gr. pi. Ecc. 2:5. 7rapd?eroe, a word properly used of the plantations and places for animals which used to surround the
Neh. 2:8;
palaces of Persian kings (Xenoph. (Econ. iv. 13; Polluc. Onomast. ix. 3, The 3). Cyropsed. i. 3, 12
;
be vainly sought in the Phcenicio-Shemitic lanIt seems to me to be Persic, ,!..\j or j. j guages. >< sj >>> having a wall, from . .\j a wall, walls (compare above,
may
origin of the word is, however, not to be sought for in Greek or in Hebrew, but in the languages of east-
^7'?),
and the term,
.b,
.\
tt
,.
having, possessing.
ern Asia;
compare
Sar.sc.
paradeqa and paradiqa,
TO
jS (l)TO BREAK OFF, TO BREAK IN PIECES, SEPARATE BY BREAKING. This is the original
I
high ground, well tilled, Armen. ya*pt/i-ij_a garden close to a house, laid out and planted for use and
ornament
p.
(see
Schroederi Dissert. Thes. pracmissa,

9
D^S, fens, PI?, PI?, E!?, which are variously applied to the significations of dispersing (til ?, H?), letting go
?
1
power of the
biliteral "1Q,
compare ~n3
56); whence have sprung the Syr. Lco>;_3 and

i.
Arab. /~.J j (see Kamus.
^784).
(V JB), breaking forth (m_3), expanding ("H3, BhB, TP^B), and also that of judging (PS). Compare as
to the
power of the similar word K^3.

(2) to
r
syllable 13,
under the
jiD (more rarely K"J3 which see) (l) TO BEAR. Besides the ancient Phcenicio-Sheinitic language, this root is widely extended in the Indo-Germanic lan-
expand,
fly,
e. g.
wings, Ezek. 1:11; whence
guages, see Sanscr. bhri, to bear; Pers. ,b a burden,
Syr. >;_a to
to flee
i.
(3)
to
scatter,
(l) to
q.
away. Compare "HB. 1^3; whence niTlS.

2
Armen.
ftapuf,
(s-k-pk/biei'-il,
to bear;
Greek ^tpw,
/3apoc,
NIPHAL
followed
separate oneself.
Sam. 1:23;
IP Jud. 4:11, and /#>? from any one, Gen. 13:9, seq. Part. T}S3 one separating himself
by
from others, one who despises others, one who

cnly for himself (onberltng), Prov. 18
to
lives
Lat./m>, ;x>?-to; Gothic, fozfV-an; English, to bear; trans, to burden; Old Germ. b&r?n. See other forms under letter b. Hence () to bear fruit, as a tree, a plant, Ps. 128:3; Deu. 29:17; Isa. ii:i. Part. fern. n-)3 Isa. 17:6, and rnb (for n-JB) fruitto
sc. tree, Gen. 49:22. Metaph. Isa. 45 8. (b) bear young, used both of human beings and
:
:i.
ful,
scatter selves, to be divided, Gen. 10:5,32 (2) (compare 25:23, and ^33 9: 19); Neh. 4:13.
PIEL, intrans. to
beasts; to be fruitful, Gen. 1:22; Ex. 1:7; 23:30.
go aside
go aside
(for
fornication), Hos.
child.
4: 14. (Arab,
ji
(Compare Pers. But this
,lj
fruit;
Goth, bairan, gebSrcnj barn,
to
for purposes of devotion.)
signification is in part expressed in

;
PUAL, part, tobeseparated, singular(see Niphal, Prov. 18 :l), Est. 3:8.

HIPHIL
(l)
to
by peculiar forms Lat. whence fetus, femina, fecundus,fru-or,fruges,fnictus; Germ. SSorb?/ a ferpario, fetum and fruges, fe-o
tile
;
the Indo-Germanic languages
separate, Gen. 30:40; Prov. 16:
region.
to
In the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages

fruit,
is
28; 17:9; followed by P3 (compa.t; P3 1:17; 2 Ki.2:ll.

(2)
to
H?9)
Ruth
<rfP:
bear
<,;
fruit.)
disperse, Dent. 32:8.
HITHPAEL (i) to separate oneself, to be put asunder, Job 41:9; Ps. 22:15. (2) to be dispersed, Job 4:11. " Derived nouns. 1 7?-" n TJ 3 and pr. n. N'WB.
>
(2) to be borne, to be borne swiftly, to run, used of a chariot (Germ. faf)r?n/ Ch. N"}? to run); whence }in3K a litter, a chariot. Compare K"}B, &O3..
HIPHIL. apoc. 10*1 to render fruitful, Gen. 41: 52; to increase with offspring, Gen. 17:6, 20; 48:4; Lev. 26:9.
Derivative, '!?.
"^3
the swiftness of
ing (see l Ki. 10:25.

T
f.
m. a muJc, so called from running, or else from its carrythe root No. 2, and above at IB), 2 83.18:9;
with
suflf.
"p.?,
its
a mule,
pi.
Ki.
33 38, 44.
,
HIT!?)
giound
f.
grains of corn scattered

:
in the
for seed, Joel l
17.
Syr. jLji^s grain.
!"MS fem. of the noun '3 (i) a young cow, a heifer (gitfe), Gen. 41:2, seqq.; Num. 19:2, seqq.; also used of a cow yielding milk, Job 21 1O; l Sam. 6:7, seqq.; bearing a yoke, Hosea 4:16. Metaph: " the k i n e of Bashan," is a name given to the luxurious women in Samaria, Am. 4: i. (2) with the art. ("village of heifers"), [Pa:
rah'], pr. n. of
a town in the tribe of Benjamin, JoflJ
}5)
m. a yarden, a plantation. Cant *: 3;
18:23.
DCLXXXIX
lS)
(for fTS$), s- -
a uouse, so called from
its
digif
]^ Chald. m.,
seqq.; 4=20; 7 7:
i.
q.
Hebr. ?T"3 iron, Dan. 8:35
ging; Arab. $,U(as

is
Hence rins mice,
Isa.
2:2O;
But
commonly done) the words are read separately. see n~isisq page ccxcvii, A.
(l) TO BREAK OUT, TO BURST FORTH. (a) used of the young, as issuing fiom the womb
(Arab.
-iJ; compare
(&) to
at the root 113);

to
whence
to
TB
(i.
q rnxa "branch"), [PAttraA], pr.n. m.

.
ni~IQX, nn~]S.
sprout,
flourish,
bud
Jud. 7:10, 11.
("grain," "kernel"); [Perrfa], pr.n. m. Ezr. 2:55; for which there is N^'lf Neh. 7:57.
'P"l?
pi.
NTH3
forth, as a plant, Isa. 17:11; Job 14:9; to put forth buds, leaves, flowers, as a tree (auSfcMagen), Cant. 6 : 1 1 ;
Hab. 3:17. Metaph.
(a) used of the flourishing and

:
Df ?
1
Est.
9:19 3>ro,
i.
q.
np
DTJB.
prosperous condition of a person or nation, Ps. 92 8, 13; Isa. 27:6. (/3) Hos. 10:4, "punishment shall bud forth like the poppy." (c) to break out, as
PI113
I
("flourishing"), [Paruafc], pr.n. m.
Ivi.
4:17.
a leprosy, sore (Germ. augfd)laên), Lev. 13:12, seqq. 14:43; Exod. 9:9, 10.
(2)
to
pr.n. of a region where gold Is obtained, 2 Chr. 3 6. Bochart regards it as the same as Ophir. I would rather regard it as signifying
U?5*)3
[Parvatm],
:
oriental regions, from the Sanscr. purva, former,

before, oriental.
that signification can be reconciled forth, see under the syn. }*?.) HIPHIL (i) to cause to bud forth, or
(said of God), Isa.
fly, like the Chald., Eze. 13:20 (How this with of budding
flourish
17:11; Eze. 17:24.
see
(2) to put forth (to make) buds as a tree, Psalm 92:14; Job 14:9.
and flowers,
Metaph. Prov.
3 m.
the latter,
T
root 1-19 No.
a pot, so called from its boiling, see the "1H3 No. I II, compare [taken as from in Thes.]; Num. ll:8; Jud. 6:19.
root.
14:11.
Derivatives, H"l3, nrns, D")px and pr. n. ni~lS.
?
j3 an unused
"^3 m. a leader,
Arabic Jî
to separate, to
suff. *n~]9 m.. a sprout, shoot, of trees, Nah. 1:4; a blossom, a flower, Num. 17:23; Isa. 5:24; also an artificial flower, Exod. 25:33.
rnS with
ilecide; cogn. to
*n?, where see.
Hence
mander
(pr.
an officer over soldiers, a comdeciding, judge), Hab. 3:14.
nrn3 m., offspring of beasts; used in contempt of vile and wicked men (SSrut), Job 30: 12.
lB
îd.
with
stiff.
I" rule, dominion," Thes.], Jud. 5:7; "u'lpS verse 11.

f.
pr.
TO SCATTER, TO
STREW
(kindred root
plur.
plain
and open
cities
s<*~
words, to boast, to prate (Arab, i?' J; with which Abulwalid suitably

s
to fen?, ^19); hence, to scatter
villages, opp. to fortified
and
regions, country, to those in the

:
i Eze. 38 ; plain.) Esth. 9:19, " the cities of the plain country," Zee. 2:8, " Jeruopp. to the metropolis, verse 18. salem shall be dwelt in without being walled."
mountains,
11.
i.
q. njJp3.
(Arab.
compares the syn. Jj to scatter; whence Jij a talkative man, a scatterer of words). Am. 6:5, *S ?V D^tp-fsn 73|n " they chatter (sing foolishly) to the sound of
the nabel."
Hence Hence
Levit.
m. something scattered.
"
I ;? m. villager, one dwelling in the country, Deu. 3:5; iSa.6:l8; Est. 9:19.
19:10, 1P13 B"J| the scattered grapes (i. e. those fallen off) of thy vineyard ;" as rightly rendered by In the Talmud it is used of the Syr., Chald., Vulg.
the scattered grains of the pomegranate.
%
T]2
rizzite,
("
belonging to a village," i. q. TJ9), Pepr.n. (LXX. <J>epea7oe) collect.Pert'z2ies,

;
:
")3, in
pause 'IS, with
suff.
rj?
^1 S
but ^11.
a Canaanitish race, dwelling in the mountains of Judah, overcome by the Israelites, Josh. 11:3; 1 7 1 5 (their dwelling in the mountains need not set aside
the etymology proposed, as their ancient abodes may have been in the plains); Gen. 13:17; 15:20; Ex. 3:8,17.
Hos. 14:9; Eze. 36: 8; and Dnn/B, jnns Am. 9:14; Jer. 29:28, m. (from the root ^13). and field (corn), (i) fruit, whether of the earth Gen. 4:3; Isa. 4:2; Psa. 72:16; 1^7:34, or of a
tree,
Dana
Gen. i 12, 29; whence ns fj? fruit-bearing tree, Gen. 1:11. Metaph. used of the result of labour ot
:
45
ECXC
Isaiah endeavour, the image often being preserved. 3:10, "ye shall eat the fruit of your hands;" ye
shall experience the results; Pro. 1:31; Jer. 6:19; 17:10; Pa. 104:13, "the earth is satisfied with the
JJW
in patise
C9 pr. n.Heb.
;
and Ch. Persia,

i
:
thi
Persians,
6:14;
2 Ch. 36:20, 22
Ezr.
4:5, seqq.;
fruit of thy works;"
i.
e.
it
is
watered with rain,
which
D?B?
the fruit of the sky and clouds. Pro. 31:16, "the fruit of hands;" i.e. gain. Isa. 10: 12, " the fruit of 33l? TIJ'^.S pride;" used of boasting. (a) offspring, Lam. 2:2O; with the addition of
is
'"
<MM\, (ju^li Hence Gent, noun 'PI? a Persian, Nehem. (JUUJ. 12:22; and Ch. emphat. N*D"19 Dan. 6 29.
:
Daniel5:28; 6:9,13.
Pers.
D""}? Ch. to divide,

D1\S verse 28.
1|
Dan. 5:25
28.
Part. pass.
IO3 Gen. 30:2; Deut. 7:13; 28:4.
m. a species of eagle, according

ii.
to
Bochart
*n*")S
see tnris.
(Hieroz.
185) aquila marina, or ossifrage, Arab. -j^ breaking, Lev. 11:13.

J
constr. r~>9 Isa. 35:9; but pi. (of a form which should take dagesh, for
f^?) m.
prop, breaking, rending abroad; used of wild beasts, Isa. 35:9; hence a violent (man), Ps. 17:4; Eze. 7:22; 18:10; Jer. 7:11; Dan. 11:14. Compare the root No. 3, a.
f. a hoof, pr. cloven (see the root), Exod. 10:26; Zee. 11:16; hence also the hoof of a horse, Isa. 5:28; Jerem. 47 3. Plur. D*T Zee. loc. cit. and
:
ni
Isa. loc. cit.

l
a Persian, see
D"1B.
l3 an unused
Chald.),
to
verb.
to
break down,
(i) to break (like the crush (Arab. tl/J);
* JS - (l)
id.
TO LOOSE, TO LET GO.
(Syr.
Hence T^?. (a) to separate
(see at the root 11?)
whence
Compare the roots, beginning with IS under the word *T!3). Hence (a) to remit a penalty, Ezek.
l"}? m., oppression, tyranny; fication of crushing (compare ID?),
from the signiExod. 1:13, 14;
24:14. (b) to overlook, to reject as counsel, admonition, Prov. 1 : 25 ; 4:15; 8:33; 13= *8? 15:32. (c) to let the reins loose to any one, to let go
unbridled.
32:25(2) to
Part. pass. #-11? lawless, unbridled, Ex.
Lev. 25:43,46.
a vail, which, in the holy tabernacle, separated the holy place from the holy of holies, Ex.
T
f-
36:31, seqq.
Lev. 16:2, seqq.;
Num.
(from the idea of loosening, the garments), e. g. the head, Nu. 5:18, Part. specially by shaving, Levit. 1O:6; 2i 1O.
casting
2-119
off,
:
make naked
18:7, seqq.
made naked, naked, Lev. 13:45.

id.)
to
(Chald. and
U jS
2l:lO.
cleave.
Talm.
TO
REND
garments, Levit. 10:6; 13:45;

frequently;
Syr.
In the
Talmud
^2,
to
begin, apôftat (from the idea of loosing and opening, compare ?PD), hence to go before. (Arab.
(3)
See at "HI.
"
(Persic <fcJU,J pr. n. of a son of
to
be on high, to be highest, to surpass others;

1
KJTO?"]?
Parmashta'\,
j
strong -fisted"), Haman, Esth. 9:9.

[ParnacA],
DlS
" (pei haps for P|9 delicate"),
pr. n.
m. Nu. 34:25.
but the primary idea is that of going before, and not Jud. 5:2, ^H?!| n<li? "3? 2" ?? well that of height). rendered by the LXX. Cod. Alex, and Theod. iv rji " which (war) the princes apZaaOat apwyovr, etc., " went before of Israel began," pr. in," placed themselves in the front of the battle (bag
geftellt
fid)
lS TO BREAK, only
? DH?
to
in
Kal
in the phrase
an
bie
@piO
tribute
break one's bread to any one; i. e. to disIsa. 58:7; and without Jerem. 16:7. Compare K^l| No. i. HIPHIL Levit. 11:4, (i) to cleave, to divide.
it,
bie
gurfUn).
Opp.
to
D^n a^rin the people
D$
followed willingly. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No.l,c, to become unbridled, lawless, Prov. 39: :8.
D^?>O 3K np-?M butcleaveth not the hoof," has not the hoof altogether cloven. Elsewhere
HIPHIL
i.e.
(l)
i.
q.
to
Kal No.
co.use
to
i, to
loose,
i.
e.
to dis-
miss from work,

JO Exod. 5: 4.
(a) ncn9Dn?n Levit. 11:3,6,7,26; Deut. 14:7, *: and without "'P'lf is nothing more than t? luire
(pr. to
(Arab,
leave off, followed by L FV. to be free from
make
or produce) a cloven limf.
labour). (2) causat. of Kal No.
l, c, to
make unbridli
Derivutii es, D}9,
lawless, 2 Ch. 28:19.
DCXCI
}3 m. (l) hair (so called from the idea of shaving, see the root No. 2), Nu. 6:5; Eze. 44:20. so called (a) a leader, commander of an army,
from his going before, see the root No. 3. PI. nijnp (compare as to the sex of nouns of office, Lehrg. 468,
i-
fat.
pB*
TO BREAK.
This primary power
not only
syllable
lies
in the lettei-s "ID see VlQ, but also in the piâw, retfjetif see at Din. Correspond-
ing to this root, but with a prefixed sibilant are the

Gothic, spreitan, German fiprdfcfn/ to spread. By softening the middle semivocal radical, there is formed the root |-1S (compare &?!, Bn, niO lor n^D etc.), and all of these have nearly the same signification*.
o-
878), Deu. 32:42; Jud. 5:2. the head of a family.
Arab,
c,
a prince,
15
<&apciw,
Pharaoh, a common
title
of the
ancient kings of Egypt, until the Persian invasion. It is commonly put nakedly,like a pr.n.(Gen.ia: 15; 37:
Gen. 38 29. Specially (1) TO BREAK DOWN, TO DESTROY (mebemificn), as a wall, Isa. 5 -.5; Ps. 80:13; Mic. 2:13; Ecc.3:3;
:
'
36540:2, seqq. 41 :l,seqq.,andsothroughoutthePentateuch); more rarely with the addition of the words
;
l a Ki. 1 7 7 1 8 2 1 sometimes i Ki. 3 Dnyn with the addition of a particular name, as 13? ""iy~19 DHVP V? 2 Ki.23 29 JHpn ny-|3 Jer. 44 30. ny~i5 '3D1 the chariots of Pharaoh, Cant. 1:9; either
:
^D
10:8; Neh. 2:35; 2 Ki. 14:13, D.^T n 1n ? P?.'! nGK niXO yans ... "and he brake down 'in the wall of Jerusalem four hundred cubits." ny-113 "Vy. a city with the walls broken dcv/n, Prov. 25:28;
'
'
(compare as to the primary sense of the word TV. under that word).
(2)
to
as received from Pharaoh, or
made
like Pharaoh's.
Egyptian language, as was long ago observed by Josephus viii. 6, 2), and in Coptic it is written pouro, ( Antiqu. from ovro ruling, king, with the sign prefixed of the m. gen., whence touro, queen, mctouro, dominion (see
signifies king
This word properly
in the
hostile forces,
break qsunder, i.e. to scatter, disperse 2 Sam. 5:20; Ps. 60:3. In trans, to
: ;
Jablonskii Opuscc. ed. te Water, i. 374. Scholz, Gram. the ortho./Egypt., p. 12, 14; and the remarks on
disperse, to spread itself abroad, as a people, or a flock, Gen. 28: 14; Ex. i 12 hence to increase in Hos. 4:10, " they commit whoredom, K?\ number. WIS"! but do not increase (in number);" Gen. 30: 30; Job 1 10. Also used of a man whose riches in:
graphy of this name in the enchorial inscriptions in Kosegarten,De Prisca Êgyptiorum Literatura, p. 17);
it
crease, Gen. 30 :43 ; used of a lumour spreading itself abroad, 2 Ch. 31:5. Metaph. to be redundant, to
overflow, with an
of abundance).
ace. of the thing (like other

:
verbs
was, however, so inflected by the Hebrews that it might seem to be a Phrenicio-Shemitic word, i. q. ins.
prince (from the root V"!?), with the addition of the termination ri p.
Pro. 3
\L/J/,
|3 an unused
l
quadriliteral root.
wine-press shall not so well, "thy wine-presses shall burst with new wine," for neither can the vat of a wine-press, nor yet the wine-press itself burst with plenty of newwine, which a cask or wine skin alone can.
np? T?i?' &VF\ "thy overflow with new wine;" others

i
O,
Êthiop.
sP
rm o>
dance.
Hence undoubtedly
its
> i~
Comp.
einbre*
HI
seq.
2 Sa. 5
to
(3)
and syn. pS No. 3. break forth upon, followed by ?

:
20
)? m.
(l) a flea, so called from 5

'
spring-
d)?n ouf jem.

;
ing [i Sam. 24:15; 26:20].
Arab. Li_?i J
Ex. 19:22, 24; 2 Sa. 6:8; iCh. 15:13, followed by an ace., Job 16:14. Also to proby
S' Syriac
duce
breaking through.
"he breaks
(2)
[Paros/t], pr.n. m. Ezra2:3; 10:25; Neh.
shaft into
Job 28:4, 7H3 f*"!3 (a mine) through;" i.e. he sinks a Hence the ground. (a) in a bad sense,
" " prince from JTlf njTiS) \Pi(perhaps of a town of the Ephraimites, Jud. rathon\, pr.n. The Gentile 12:15; Gr Qnpndwv, l Mace. 9:50. ucun is *3nXn.9 Jud. 12 13, 15
y^B
to act violently (whence T"??), Hos. 4:2. (b) in a good sense, to be urgent in prayers, followed by ? l Sa. 28:23; 283.13:25,27. NIPHAL, pass, of No. '2 part. D?3 spread abroad,
;
i.
e.
frequent,
Sa. 3:1.
l,
PUAL, pass, of No.
broken down, Neh.

i.e.
:
1:3.
(prob. "swift," from^j to flee,^j,j to move, to agitate), [Pharphar], pr.n. of a small river, rising in mount Lebanon, and joining the Amana near Damascus. In Geogr. Nub., and now called
Ifl
HITHPAEL, to break off, from any one, 1 Sa. 25 10.

Derivatives,
1
to separate oneself
p" .?, H?9, and

D'T
3 m:
pi.
Amos 4:3, and

wall,
l
ni
Ki.
Eze. 13:5.
2Ki. 5:12.
(l) rupture,
breach of a
11:27; Isaiab
DCXCII
30:13; Am. 4: 3; Job3O:i4,fl'n* nrn J"? rightly rendered by the Vulg. quasi rupto muro irruenmt, a meteiphor, taken from besiegers who rush into a city
through breaches in the wall, in grat numbers and with great violence. From the san.i idea is the phrase fl? 3 "f*?JJ to stand in the breach, to repel
the enemy, which would be the act of the bravest
soldiers,
(2) a
rating;
I.
'
crossway.
so called fnru the idea of sep*

v
i
compare Arab.
to separate,
Obad. 14.
jS
pare
"I-1B
No.
TO BREAK, TO BREAK IN PIECES (comIn Kal once inf. absol. "rtB Isaiah I).
its
84:19 (although
referred to
"VI
form might be more correctly
B No.
I.)
who would expose
nent
peril, Eze.
their lives to most immi82:30 (compare Eze. 13:5); Psalm
106:23.
(2)
HIPHIL "isn (in Pause ">?D Gen. 17: 14), inf. isn, aff. DP")?? Lev. 26:15. (i) to break, always used figuratively, as a covenant, Lev. 26:44; J 8a
with
dispersion
(a) of enemies, slaughter, JuA.
81 :15; Ps. 144: 14. Hence KJV f^S. pr. n. of a place, 2 Sa. 6:8; i Ch. 13:11. (b) a dispersion of water,
a diffusion, 2 Sa. 5:20. 16: (3) an irruption, invasion, violence; Job violence me '% rusheth "he H? '3? H? 14, upon upon violence." (4) [Pkarez, Perez'], pr. n. m. Genesis 38 29 46:12. Patron. '")? Nu. 26:20.
: ;
33:8; Eze. 17:16; a law, Ps. 119:126. (2) to make void, as counsel, 2 Sam. 15:34; Ps. 33:10, compare Job 5: 12; Prov. 15:22; 153.44:25; to declare void, e.g. a vow, Nu. 30:9, 13; intrans. to be void, Ecc. 12:5. Hence to to bring (3) nothing(vtrni(^ttn), to take ate ay, as piety, Job 15:4; any one's right, Job 40:8; Ps.
which
85:5, WfV. ÎPJJ? "H?? take away (avert) thy anger " is with us (towards us).
"
root,
BEND, TO BREAK (an onomatopoetic in widely extended with the same signification
TO
ap. Keron. p rich an, Germ. In a softer form it is ^13
lS
the Indo-Germanic languages, as Sanscr. prah, Lat.
HOPHAL ~>?n to be made void, Isa. 8:10; Jerem 33 21. POEL ~ni3 to divide (the sea), Ps. 74: 13. HITHPOLEL "n'lSfln to be broken, cleft, i. e. to
=
/ ran go, Gothic brikan,

bredjcn, brocten/ to
quake
(as the earth), Isa. 24: 19.

to
break.
i.
PILPEL,
II.
to break the knees,
away the labial, Gen. 27:40. (i) to break off, followed by 7J?O limbs (used of a (a) to break or crush bones and
wild beast), Ps. 7 3(3)
to
:
'
bend them, and by casting Specially prjyw^t).

e. to
shake (compare Isa. 24:

i.
19),
Job 16:
8.
q.
K1Q, rnS TO BE
"IS19,
BORNE SWIFTLY,
[also in Thes.
"I?,
TO RUN.
Hence
which see
rns].
break away,
v
to
liberate, Psalm 136:24;
tH3
BREAK
fut.
fenp._ (i)
:
i.q.
DIB TO BREAK, TO
Lam. 5
PIEL.
8 (Syr. _o;_2 id).
(i) to Zee. 11:16. (a)

to
break
off, to
tear off, Exod. 32:2;
IN PIECES, Mic. 3 3. ? DPI? bns to break to any one, Lam. 4:4. (to give) bread to spread out (which comes from to expand, (2)
the idea of being broken apart and arranged, com-
break, or rend in pieces, l Ki. 19:11. HITHPAEL. (l) to be broken in pieces, Ezek. 19:12. (a) to break, or tear offfrom oneself, with an ace. Exod. 32:3, 24; compare Hebr. Gramm. ed. x. 53.
Derivatives, P^S, P"18,
pare
pS
augfpretjen)
[" Ch. BH9, ccci.2
id.,
Arab.
^j
Num.
to spread
upon
the ground"], e.g. a garment
4:6, 8; a sail, Isa. 33:23; wings, Ex. 25:20; l Ki. 8 7 ; the hands, whether it be to pray (followed Ki. by 7K to any person or thing, Ex. 9 29, 33 l
:
:
p"15 prop,
redeem
p")3
to break off, as the Hebr.; hence, to [to get deliverance from], Dan. 4:24.
to give bountifully, followed or to seize, followed by /S Prov. of V :2O, 31 pers. by " of the thing, Lam. l : 10. Metaph. Prov. 13 16, a
8:38; ^ Ps. 44:21), or
called
const. P"!9 broth, soup, Isa, 65:4 am, so from the fragments of bread (SSrocten), on which the broth is poured; compare Arab. <5j. jU
fool
spreads abroad his folly," makes whence (3) to disperse;

NIPHAL,
to be
it
manifest
food
made
m.
of fragments of bread with hot
oil
poured
on them.
The same
is
pTO, which see.
dispersed, Eze. 17:81. 85:11, fut. Bn.B' to spread out, sat the hands in praying to God, Isa. 1:15; 35: ni 565:8; Psalm 143:6. An unusual use Is n*T? nKHB "to
PiELEHB
Isa.
(l) violence, rapine (so called from the idea of breaking in upon), Nab. 3:1.
spread
forth with the hands," Laic.
1:17 (compart
in and D.^3,
DCXCIII
(2)
to
disperse, Ps. 68:15; Zee. 2:10.
forty thousand pairs of
horses (D^Wb), which ran
Derivative,
*
TO
in chariots, and twelve thousand steeds,"i. e. hjrses for riding on. Eze. 27 14, " from Armenia caaie to
:
]S prop, to cleave (see Hiphil); hence SEPARATE, TO DISTINGUISH (i. q. Ch. and
.
(i)
Syr.;
1
,
=:
f
i.
whence BTIB JL^;_2 a Pharisee,

gular).
e.
separated, sin-
(a)
to
declare distinctly,
Lev. 24: 12.
to
to
define, compare
323 No.
(3)
rilit.
2,
D'WD (common) horses, and horses^for riding, and mules." (Here I formerly translated the word as slaves riding on the horses as grooms, SSerettcr ju ben ^ferben). *?^ 2 Sam. Once (Isa. 28:28) it is used of 1:6, horsemen. horses treading out corn, but a rider sits upon these
thy
fairs DHn$-i
D'Khsi
D^?
to
expand,
spread
in riding
on horseback (see ItrjB and TghB.

to be
^"3?)>
out, specially the feet compare the quad-
also.
It
(Arab.
IM,
-^th. df4fl! a horse.)
dispersed, Eze. 34: 12, where, however, many copies, both MSS. and printed, have nitnB3, which is more suitable to the usage of the
NIPHAL,
language, see ÎB. PUAL, pass, of No. 2, to be distinctly said, Nu. !5 34; Neh.8:8, "and they read in the book of
:
for
may seem strange that I should derive the word horse from that for horseman ; but I am persuaded
we should
thus regard it for the following reasons the (a) authority of the points, since in the signification of horses also, it occurs Q^ÎS (not D'KHB). (6) the analogy of the usage of language in Latin;
that
(c) the etymology, which can only be given with any probability in this manner. K^3 horseman, is easily derived from t?!S to open the legs
and
word by word, and the and they sense, Syr. faithfully), they gave explained what they read," compare Ezra 4:18.
i.
the law ^"IBD (Vulg. distincte,
e.
wide, which in Arabic
is
more
fully expressed
by
Others (whose opinion has of late been defended by Hengstenberg, De Authentia Dan. p. 199) interpret " with a this translation," sc. in Chaldee; but see Gesch. d. Hebr. Spr. p. 45, 46; and note 51. See also the use of the noun ^^S.
HIPHIL,
V
._*;_->
|,
j^
and ^J^
with
i.
suff.
ll?
m.
(i)
excrements, dung,
fcBces in the belly, Exod. 29: 14; Lev. 4:11; 8:17;

Mai. 2
:
3.
Arab.
_a *. */
to
pierce,
to
wound, Prov. 23:32.

99
!-*;_: a goad.)
(Syr.
(2) [Peresh], pr. n. m. iCh. 7:16.

(for
Arab. dJ>.J
id.,
HEhB verbalofPiel),a distinct or acEst.
Derivatives, BHB, BHB, HKHS.

1
curate declaration,
No.
2.
4:7; 10:2.
See the root
Ch.
accurately, word
nifeste.
PAEL, part. pass. K^BO distinctly, for word, Ezr. 4:18. Vulg. maSee the Heb. BnB pua l. Syr. faithfully.
id.
[?.
"1? Heb.
9
letter),
and Ch. an apograph, a copy (of a Ezra 4:11, 23; 5:6; 7:11. (In Targ. id.
P P
**-
(of the form

(before a cop.);
pi.
Eg), const.
9
9
OV"JB (the
BHB Ezek. 26:10 Kametz remaining).

p
Syr.
><-
^;
Of its
origin I can give no account.)

is
I?.??'??
Another form of the same noun

14; 4:8.
quadril. not used as
Esther 3:
(l) a
horseman
(Syr. i^^2>, Arab. (jw,li), as
properly so called, one
who
sits
on a horse and not
a verb, Arab, jî i

feet,
on an ass (Arab. .U^), or a camel

29; Nah. 3:3;
pi.
(^_^
.),
Jer. 4:
and Uj^
v
to distend, to
,
spread out the
com3,
1 Sa. 8:11, and D>Kns a pa j r of horsemen" (^)aare oon SRettern auf Roflen). Opp. to -ftorj 33n, V3 33T those who ride on asses and camels, verse 9. (2) a horse, on which a man sits (9?eitpferb), which was also in Latin called eques, according to Gell.
D'tTjB Gen. 50:9; Ex. I4:9,seqq.; Isaiah 2l:7> "^?V very frequently.
pounded of BH? which signifies the same (see No. and ^3?), and *1"1S to spread out. Hence
s
there
O.TT.
\f.y<>p..
Jud. 3:22, according to Targ.
Vulg.,Luth.
dung (comp. BHB) nripnBn KS3 "and came out dung" from the wound; but the n
it
paragogic rather requires

place at which anything
to'be understood of a
xviii.
5; Macrob. Sat.vi. 9 (comp. e quit are, used of a horse running with a rider, Lucil. A p. Gell. ibid.). It D^D-ID common horses is manifestly distinguished from " Solomon which draw chariots, i Ki. had
fore,
and (the see the root, and Tt?hs. In the gender of the verb KV^J there is no difficulty, as the verb is rather far from
its
"
came out. I prefer, theresword) came out between his legs;"
5:6,
noun (compare Heb. Gramm.
144, note
1,
espe*
DC X CIV
npt^nBH were the same as njiTJpSri verse 23, but nothing can be imagined more frigid than such a repetition, and it is clear that verse 23 passes on to something eke. In like manner Ewald (Heb. Grainm. p. 519), interprets, he (Ehud) went out abroad (er ging i6 grcie), comparing ,xi
1
instance, Zee. 13:7). iii\0ev ('Awe)) nfv irpoaratia, as if

cially
the
LXX.
Vatic. rat
|
t/'Q (I"13 )
commonly expressed
in Latin
by the
pre-
fix, dis, di).
TO STRIDE; followed by 3 to rush upon, 27:4 (Chald. VpS id.). The primary idea is that of throwing apart and expanding the legs (see at whence nj?l"DD and
Isa.
;
y \L/S
(see
above, which does not avail much
S m. a step (from
20:3.
the idea of stepping),
Sam
iu this place),
and flip? country.
quadril. TO
EXPAND,
3,
TO
to
SPREAD OUT,
expand (comPIEL,
D
to
TO SEPARATE, TO OP-EN
WIDE
(the
lips),
compounded of B^S No. pare nip?). Job 26: 9.

of the sons of
and See
PS
Prov. 13:3.
separate, throw apart (the
legs), Eze.
Pers. pr. n. of one
16:25.
fc^B OTT. been rei^ Xtyo/u. Job 35: 15; which has dered (as indeed the context almost demands) irapaTrrwpa, scelus, by the LXX. and Vulg., as though
it
Esth. 9:7. (The form savours of the Chaldee, and denotes interpreter of the law
Haman,
but
it
was more probably a name of Persian

Chaldee manner, perhaps forth to light.")
origin,
inflected in the
t\
were the same as S^S
and
'S
"given
by Grammarians, whether
i.
it may be examined may not be for V^'?, J^' 3
JS
hence
an unused
L.
root, Syr.
and Ch.
to break,
q.
Job 15:31 the V at the end being cast away; like arD for Nit?. In former editions I rendered it pride,
ferocity, comparing the root
with the
of
sins.
C'-IS
it
No.
I.
Others,
sc.
Arab.
i
IT
to
be
sweet (used of water);
Hebrew
dcctors, take
to
be multitude,
But these explanations are harsh, and

VB'B.
JT15 pr. n. Euphrates, a river of rises in the mountains of Armenia, and

Babylon unites with the Tigris, into the Persian gulf, Gen. 2:14; Jer. 2: 18; 13:4 7 (where some stand Ephrata). Jer. 46:2, and
"1H3
Syria which southward of
would rather replace
and empties itself 15:18; Deu. 1:7; incorrectly underfrequently: comp.
MlL^D only in Piel, TO BREAK IN PIECES, TO IN PIECES, Lam. 3:11 (Aram. id.).
"YlH^D [PasAwr],
pr. n.
TEAR
temporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20 3 38

:
;
(l) of a priest, coi ; to the sig:
nification of which allusion
is
made,
loc. cit.
No.
2,
Gr. Etyparqc (from J"n?N), Arab.
namely,
to to
C^Ls
which
also denotes
is
Euphrates
sweet water (the water of the sweet and pleasant-tasted; comp. Jer.
tree, see ""QB.
prosperity everywhere (from n"'B Arab. ,û*J be wide, ample; and "ttnp round about). Opp.
2: 18); see the root.

f.
n^DD-li3D._( 2 )Jer.
Neh. 7:41; 10:4.
fut. Bb'B?
2l:'l.
(3)Ezr.2:38; 1O:22;
a fruit-bearing
pi.
nobles, chief men among the Persians, Esth. 1:3; 6:9; the Jews, Dan. 1:3. A word of Persian origin, which is in the Pehlevi language pJ/niD pardom,
ii.
(l) pr. TO
EXPAND, TO SPREAD
;
OUT, TO
EXTEND
(Syriac
<--*-2>
Arabic
j^.,j
(see Anquetil du Perron, Zend-Avesta, In the p. 468); compare Sanscr. prathama, first. Zendic language, instead of this is used peoerim (comfirst
;
No. 1,2); always intrans., to spread oneself out; used of hostile troops, i Ch. 14:9, 13; of a swarm of locusts, Nah. 3:16; followed by ?V of th
cogn. to K'PB
pare Sanscr. pura, former, before that; purdna, old). From the former comes the Gr. irpwroc; from the
latter, Lat.
land or people; to rush upon, to attack(in order to take booty;, Job 1:17; Jud. 9:33,44; also followed
primus.
by *}$ 1 Sam. 27:8; 3 1 Sam. 30:14.

(2)
to
2 Ch.
25:13; 28:18; accus.
MIL'S
diseise);
TO
SPREAD
(as the leprosy), Lev-it. 13:7,
seqq. (Arab.
LU
V., to be
id.
propagated (used of a
The primary idea is that of going apart and spreading out; a signification common to verbs beginning with the syllable DD, L"D,
Aram. KDS
put off a garment (which is done with and unfolding it, as on the other hand opening garment is bound together when put on; compare tTt2S); followed by an ace., Lev. 6:4; 16:23; Cant,
j
5:3,
etc.
Absol. nDB^S strip off (garments'
Isa
32:11.
DCXCV
PIEL, to cause to put off, i. e. to spoil the slain, Sam. Ji.c; 2 Sam. 23:10; i Ch. 10:8. HIPKIL, to cause to put off one's garments. (a) followed by an ace. of pers., to strip any one Hos. 2:5. (b) followed by (jem. aufjiebn/ entflnbcn), an ace. of the garment, l Sam. 31:9; Job 22 :6. (c) with two aec., to strip any one of any thing, Gen. 37 23 Num. 20 26, 28 or an ace. of the thing, and /yp of pers., Mic. 3:3 (eompave 7-18O Mic. 2:8); Job
1
:
Castell.),
root there
Syriac jJL*a. carding. is given in Thes. K^'B.]

[in
[Instead of this
Hence
ri>2
;
Thes.nPB] with
suffix
^B Hosea2:
fern. (Isa. 19:9) and !"WS plur. 7, ll (i)flax, sing., Ex. 9:31; plur., Levit. 13:47, seq.; Deut. 22:11; Isa. 19:9; Jerem. 13:1. Vn *5^9
D^B
Josh. 2:6, flax of tree, cotton (see the root), (both flax and cotton are also expressed in Syriac and
19:9(2)
to
flay
to
victims, Levit.
:
:6; 2 Chron.
29:34;
i
35
1 1
(compare Mic. 3
3).
HITHPAEL, 18:4.
strip oneself of clothing,
Sam.
s .... , / ^ Arabic by the same word, J_iAo, ,1^-): but this is rendered by LXX., Vulg., Syr., stalks of flax, rather prop, flax of wood, or flax wood, which would
S
TO
the
(l) TO
FALL AWAY, BREAK AWAY from

l
:
be called DM^Sn $?. or cotton, Isaiah 42: 3; (2) a wick made of flax
considers (Foster, De Bysso Antiqu., p. 63, be of Egyptian origin, from jye<VTCI, prop. thread plant, with the art, pi.).
43: 17.
any one, followed by ? 2 Ki.
3:5, 7 (properly
nP)E>S to
BREAK a covenant
Germ, mtt
entered into with him; just like
jem. bred) en/ to
Compare Arab.
,Luui to fail
from
break with any one. compare Aram.

;
.omo^ pD3
cially to
Isa.
l
SpeFollowed by finâ Hence :2; Jer.2:29; 3:13; Hos. 7:13.
to break);
nnnp
2 Ki. 8: 20, 22.
fem. (Prov. 17: i 23:8) with suffix ^?S plur. a bit, a crumb of bread, root the HHS) (from a morsel, Gen. 18:5; Jud. 19:5, etc. Ps. 147:17,
;
H3
D^S
turn
away
from God.
"he
sendeth forth his ice

;
D^Q?
glocf en/
like
morsels
(of
to sin, to transgress, Prov.28:2l; followed ?y by (against) Hos. 8: l. Part. DÛK'b sinners (those who turn aside from God), Isaiah 1:28; 46:8; and
(2)
" compare Germ, bread) snow. and
used both of bread
HS
stice,
to
with
suff.
JH^S Isaiah 3:17;

s
i/-
pi.
ninb inter-
frequently.
NIPHAL, recipr. of No. l. Proverbs 18:19, V^f? HX "brethren discordant," among themselves (tie mtt
einanbcr
bredjen).
space between, Arab, cuy, from tuls VI.

from one another.
(It
stand apart
sometimes
Hence
P$3
with suffix
W3
follows the analogy of verbs yy> sometimes iy as in Specially used of the space between the Arabic).
feet,
i.
[plur. D'yt??]
m.
(i) de-
fection, rebellion, Pro. 28:2. (2) a fault, a trespass, Genesis 31 136; 50: 17
especially,
=
tively
;
e. pudenda muliebria, Isa. loc. cit. Figuraninb the hollowed parts of hinges, l Kings
7:50.
transgression against God, Job 33 9; 34:6,37; Psalm 32:1. It appears to be a stronger word than nXBH Job 34:37. Plur., Prov. 10:12; Amos, l 3, 6. Melon (a) used of the pesin,
:
D^HJS
D&J13
see 'H?.
the termination
adv. (for DVD? from yn| a moment, with DJ_ and J? changed into tf), sud-
nalty of transgression, a sacrifice for sin, Mic.

}\L
Dan.g:24 6:7 [?].

Hebr.
">riS
[?].
(b)
used of
TO EXPLAIN, TO INTERPRET, as visions, dreams, Dan. 5:16. (Arab.

i.
denly, in a moment, Josh. 10:9. It is also put after nouns in genit., as D'XDS "ins sudden terror, Proverbs 3 25 often after J>rif (with an intensitive
: ;
Chald.
q.
î
id.). id.,
Nu. 6:9; bfelJB yn|>!? Isa. 29:5; With prefix also transp. yriD^ D'tfJpS Isai. 30:13. DfepM 2 Ch. 29 36.
power)
O'SriS
:
POM
PAEL,
'*<2
Dan. 5:12.
Hence
^3^5
m. delicate food, dainties (of a king),
Chald. masc. explanation, interpretation, Dan. 2:4, seq.; 4:4, seq.

'? Hebr.
id.,
em phat. NT^3
Ecc. 8:1.
in BarDan. 1:5, 8, 13, 15; 11:26. Syr. Its Persic origin cannot be hebr. and Ephr. id. doubted, although it is explained in two different
J^^
Litt.
ways.
Lorsbach (Archiv
it
f.
morgenl.
ii.
313)
.b
an unused root, perhaps i. q. Arabic *j to shake up, specially to card cotton (see Avic., in
regards
as
compounded
of
^j
an
idol,
and $b,
food, as if food set out for deities (in lectisternia).
DCXCVI
Buhien, on the other hand (in Symb. in Persic j'j j j food of a father, i.
p. 23), writes
e.
)
("ingenuousness
it
of
God"= holy sim

of
it
of a king ;
plicity? unless
rather be for
i :
?Wnp "mail
1.
God")
this latter appears the preferable explanation.

to the
As
[But
[Pethuel~\, pr. n. m. Joel

1
word 13
& \j food,
see above at that word.
eee Benfey.]
2 Ch. 2: 13; Zee.
3:9;
pi.
DAVIDS sculpl
C5J13 m. a word of the
later
Hebrew
(see Ch.),
ture, engraving, Ex. 28:11, 21, 36; 39:6; 6:29. See the root, Piel No. 4.
Ki
gentence,edict, Esth. l:2O; Ecc. 8:ll.
5
(i)a word,
i.
03HS
i-
("
interpretation of dreams," perhaps
Ch. emphat. state,
KO3na m.
q.
"fina JV3 house, or habitation of the iiytipuvoXoi
r "^li ôyoc, Dan. 3:16; hence sentence, edict, Ezr. 4: 17; Dan. 4: 14; a letter, an epistle (Aoyoc),
["perhaps i. q. Ch. &oin3 table"]), [Petn<,:^t pr.n. of a town on the Euphrates, where Balaam m%dt.
Dan. 5:7.
(2)
9
Num. 22:5 (compare

:
23:7); Deut. 23:5.
something, anything, Ezr. 6 *

id.
11.
(Syriac
i.
iiOivKa
The
origin of this
A**-',
word
1
is to
be sought
q.
r3 a
bit,
morsel, Eze. 13:19.

(Syr.,
in Persic, in
is,
which Û-j,
edict,
(*U.
Pehlev. pedam
J
(i) TO
OPEN
Arab,
î,
JEtn.
a word, an
a mandate.)
I" JIB (l)pr. TOSPBEAD OUT, TO OPEN. (Kindred are n DS, ^D?, also the roots beginning with the In the Indo-Germ. languages; letters t?3, see n ?'S. compare Sanscr. pad, to spread out, Gr. irerau, trtro.vProverbs 20: 19, ÔSB' nn'9 " one yvfMi, Lat. pateo.)
id., compare the kindred roots H^Sand ni?B) ? as the eyes, i Ki. 8:29 (compare n i? B ); a door, Jud. 3:25; a book, Neh. 8:5, etc. Specially the follow-
open the mouth, whether
^S'îX nn3 / ing phrases are to be noticed (a) it be to eat, Eze. 3:2, or to sing, Ps. 78:2; or to speak, especially after silence,
who opens
lips
his h*ps," used of a garrulous

to be
man, whose
are opening continually.
Job 3:1; 33:2; hence to speak, to utter words, Prov. 31:8; Ps. 109:2, and, on the other hand, not to open the mouth, i. e. to be silent, Psa. 39:10;
Isa.
(2) intrans.
open, figuratively
ingenuous
(Arab.
in mind, like children
to be op en and and young people
53:7.
Different from this

(said of
is
one's
mouth
God),
i.e.
(b) to open any to cause one to

:
\sj to
oneself be persuaded.
be ingenuous, youthful); hence to let Deu. 11:16, D333? nnp \B
fluent,
" let not your heart be deceived." Job 31 : 27. Part. nn9 simple, foolish, Job 5:2; fern. nri9 Hosea
speak who had been dumb, Num. 22 28, or not Eze. 3:27; 33:22. (c) to open any one's ear, i.e. to reveal to him, used of God, Isa. 50:5,
compare 48
yrn.
to
NIPHAL, to let oneself be persuaded, Jer. 20:7; let oneself be enticed, followed by ?i! to any
one (followed by Deut. 15:8, 11.

to
open
(sc.
one's hand to any be liberal towards him, (e) Cities which surrender are said their gates) to the besiegers, Deu. 20: 1 1
:
8.
(d)
to
open
?),
i.
e. to
thing,
Jer.
Job 31: 9.
(i)
to
PIEL HR9.
persuade any one
(jrt/Qw),
2 Ki. 15:16. (/) to open corn, a, bold figure for to open the granaries, to sell the grain, Am. 8:5. (2) to let loose, as a sword, i.e. to draw it, Ps. 37:14; Eze. 21 :33; a captive (to free from prison),
Isa.
20:7; especially in a bad sense, l Ki. 22:20, eq.; Jud. 14:15; 16:5; 2 Sam. 3:25; hence to entice, to seduce, Ex. 22:15; Prov. l:lo; 16:29. (a) to deceive any one, to delude with words (Gr. UTTUT-U w, to which Greek etymologists commonly assign an incorrect derivation), Psa. 78:36; Prov. " 84:28, TriQ'pa W??D wilt thou deceive with thy lips?" i. e. deceive not, see i) No. l,a. PUAL, i. q. Niphal, to let oneself be persuaded, Prov. 25:15; to let oneself be deceived, Eze. 14:9; Jer. 20:10. HIPHJL, to cause to lie open, Gen.g: 27, D'rPK Jjl?!
14:17.
e.
(3) to begin, to lead in (croffnen), Ps. 49 :5.
g.
a song,
NIPHAL
Eze.
i
:
(i) to be opened, Gen. fill] 153.35:5;
i.
(2) to be loosed, used of a girdle, Isa. 5:27; to b* set free, used of a captive, Job 12 : 14.
PIEL
to
(l) to open, i.q. Kal, Job 41 6, and intrans.

:
open oneself, Cant. 7:13 (of a opened (used of the ear), Isa. 48:8.
flower);
to It
npv "may God concede

pheth:" a paronomasia
is
an ample space to Jaobservable in these words. Derived nouns, 'n?, TOS, Chald. *D S , pr. n. n^, ind
(2) to loose, as bonds, Job 30:11; 38:31; 39:5; Psa. 116:16; a girdle, Psa. 30: 12; Isaiah 20:2, etc.
Part, nricp one who looses, sc. a girdle, used of a warrior taking off his armour after a battle.
pns-nns
Jer.
by an ace. of pers. whose bonds are loosed, 40:4; or whose girdle is loosed, Isa. 45:1. ^3) to open the ground with a plough, to plough, Isaiah 28:24; and (what is similar to this)
followed
comp. of *n
i.
i.
q.
Ch. 'HS breadth, and
?'|
round, ci
q.
Ch.
t**?13
a cloak.
LXX.
^triav ptaoiroptftvpot.
Vulg. fascia pectoralis.

rendering regard the Ch. 3ns linen, and
(4) to engrave,
stones, Ex. 28 36
:
to
;
carve, wood, i Ki. 7:36; precious
^HB
Those who adopt the latter word as being compounded of

thread, cord; but this does
it is
also used as to ornamental stones
for building, Zee. 3:9.
not appear suitable. [In Thes. " compounded of TO? and ?'3 i.
supposed to be
variegated gar-
e.
PUAL, pass, of Piel No. 4, Ex. 39:6. HITHPAEL, to loose oneself (from bonds), Isaiah
ment for festive occasions."]

H-lTl^S
foolish
f.
53
a.
Derived nouns, HHB JVnriB, nWB, nn'HB, HPI^D, nnap, and pr. names runa^ ninap., D^nriai.
woman,
fatuity, foolishness, concr. used of a Pro. 9:13.

nirrriB
niTn$
Compare
plur.
drawn swords,
Ps. 55:29.
nn)
7:10.
the root No. a.
Ch.
to
open, Dan. 6:11.
Pret. pass.
Dan.
with
suff.
an opening, entrance; hence
Tina, piur. B'nnp, const. \nria, m. nriB at the ~l*J?5 ~W&
/ n|) m. (from the root 705), a thread, a line, Nu. 19:15; Jud. 16:9; used of a string by which a seal-ring was suspended, Gen. 38: 1 8, 35.
/
entrance of the gate of the city, Josh. 20:4; Jud. 9: Q^J? n D?? in the gate of 35; compare Prov. i :2i.
(the town or village of) Enaim, Gen. 38:14. Hence (i) a do or, of a tent, Gen. 18: i ; of a house, Gen.
ji
not used in Kal.
Arab, and Êth.
to twist,
See ^DB. NIPHAL (i) TO BE TWISTED; metaph. crafty, deceitful, 1'ro. 8:8; Job 5:13.
to twine, to spin.
to
be
Ace. nriB at 19: 6, 11; of the temple, l Ki. 6:8. the door, Gen. locc. citt. and after verbs of motion, Job 31:34; where also there is '"'O^f Gen. 19:6.
;
(2)
to
wrestle (which
to
is
limbs together), Gen. 30:8.
done by twisting the See QvWQ3.
HITHPAEL,
18:27.
Metaph. the gates of the mouth, Pro. 8:34; a gate of hope (used of the valley of Achor), Hos. 2:17.
(a)
tlie
gate of a
city,
Isaiah 3:26.
As
to the
ant perversely or deceitfully, Ps form 7Bnri 2 Sam. 22:27, st
>'
Analyt. Ind.
Derivatives, '*!??, D v-in^, pr. n. v9?3, and
nr\S
rn.
declaration, opening, open and perf
FTpnp m. perverse, deceitful, Deu. 32:5.

\_Pithom~\, pr.n. of a city of Lower Egypt, situated on the eastern bank of the Nile, Ex. l 1 1 ;
:
epicuous statement, Psalm 119:130.
(Syr.
<^J^
id.)
Aphel, to declare, to
illustrate.
Arab. Conj. X.
nri)
Ez""1
const.
pnnB m. opening (of the mouth),
16^63; 29:21.
T
Steph. Byz., and the omitting syllable pa (which expresses the Egyptian
Greek Tlarovpog, Herod,

article),
ii.
158;
looses," i. e. has set free), \_PethahiaJi], pr.n. m. 1 Chron. 24:16. (a) Ezr. 10:23; Neh. 9:5. (3) Neh. 11:24.
("
UO?
Qovp,
Itin.
Anton, page 163, Wessel. Egypt,
whom Jehovah
BOU, and with the art. ni-OOU, signifies a narrow place, surrounded by mountains; see Champollion,
L'Egypte sous
les
Pharaons,
ii.
page 58, seqq

to bf
0?,
in pause "'HB [" also without pause, Pro. 9:4,
16; 14:15"], plur. bvnB Prov. 1:22, 32, and D'NriB. Pro. 1:4; Ps. 116:6, m. (l) simplicity, folly (see the root No. a), Prov.
jJj2 an unused root. (I) i. q. jnp, ^ô strong, firm; whence 1$?*? a threshold.
(II) prob.
i.
q.
7HB
to twist;
hence
1:22
(2)concr. a silly person, one easily persuaded and enticed, Pro. 7:7; 22:3; 27:12; Psalm 116:8;
specially, a credulous person, Pro.
|n|) plur. D^riB

Isa.
m. a viper, 11:8; Ps. 58:5; 91:13.

an unused
root.
an
asp, Arab,
î
Sam.
i.
14:15; unskilful,
q.
nriS to opesu
Psalm 19:8.
Hence
jH3 prop,
the
T!$ m.
Ezra 6
f J
:
Ch. with
suff.
H in 9 breadth, Dan. 3:1;
3.
ment (Germ,
tfugenbltrf).
opening of the eyes; hence, a moHence, adv. in a moment,

see
J?9 a7ra \ty6p. Isaiah 3:24, prob. a large cloak, such as used to be made of a round form
;
Other instances, i. e. suddenly, Pro. 6:15529: l. under D'tfOB, which is derived from this word. Nu. 35:23, unexpectedly, i.e. fortuitously.
DCXCVIII
fut.
4.0 : 8,
"Ifl?*
TO
INTERPRET a dream, Gen.
Pathros
is
called the native land of the
Egyptians)
seqq. (In Chaldee, which is generally averse to ibilant letters, there is used in this sense ">'?, which
Eze. 30: 14.

the
LXX.
nAeovpHC
give it well Uadovprig, i. e. Egypt. southern region. By the modern Copts
ee.
jEthiopic
^TlÔ-
Hence,
pr. n. "fin?,
and
plur.
P""H) m. interpretation, Gen. 40:5, 12;

Gen. 40:8. JlS
pr. n.
same country is called tiApilc southern region. Gent. n. plur. D'Pins Genesis 10: 14; see Jablonskii Opuscc. ed. te Water i. p. 198; J. D. Michaelis Spicileg.
Geogr.
i.
p.
271
74.
[Pathros],
of Upper Egypt, as
*f*W
see \fyl9.
used by the people themselves, which is sometimes distinguished from "^^, B.^VP, which (see under those words) in a narrower sense designate Lower
Egypt,
Isa. 1 1
:
TO
andÊth.
id.),
BREAK [" to part in pieces"'], (Arabic Lev. 2:6. Hence the nouns J"IB,
11
Jer.
44 15
:
Ezek. 29 14 (where
:
compare
also pa.
Tzade, the eighteenth

ninety.
Hebrew
letter
as a
numeral
avdapoq, cantharus=canalis);
HJj
In the Arabic alphabet there are two letters which
to incline (a vessel), to pour out, n?3 prob. i. q. H?y to be prosperous ; 13J? and "OJ5 to heap up, to make
answer
letter,
to the
.
Hebrew
i.
V,
t
^ Zad
or Sad, a sibilant
a heap, hence to bury,
etc.
and
e.
or
with a light sibilant sound;
this latter sound is nearly approached by ^ t pronounced from the bottom of the palate near the throat, which might be called cerebral, as it is by the Sanscrit
"l^V f. (with Tzere impure) excrements, filth, diing,Eze. 4:12; Deut. 23:14; for ^K^, from the root N-P to go out, for to be cast out (tKTropeimmt,
Mark 7:19); compare
HJttrtD
No. 2;
NW
,
and
to
nW.
grammarians.
On
some of the Hebrew
this account the significations of roots differ, according to whether

slender;
be thin,
they are written in Arab, with the letter

'??); but, however, commonly roots are of the same origin, and
it
happens that are in themselves

-
^ ^ such
or
'
(see
Med. Ye ,JLj, <3Uj i}^^ ^ denotes the

Arab.
,juJ\;
see Schult. on
wild prickly lotus, which often forms the lair of wild

beasts in the desert;
closely
-
connected together;
compare "HV
and
Job,
p.
1159.
Hence
- .^t fC, tfV? (a)

13,
and
in
*-^L'-
The cognate
is
letters are
which
;
Aramaean
commonly put
for the
compare in the Hebrew language itself the roots 1VJ and 1O3, nny an d 1HD, y3* and V3D. (b) more rarely "I; comp. 32V and 33T; JBV Arab.
.jj.
(c) the sibilants
T,
Hebrew
rendered by- Abulm., Job 40:21, But walid, Schultens, and others, the trild lotuses. others regard D Y^V as being used, in the Aramaean
2;
manner, for ^"7?^. shades, i.e. shady trees; like ^?C Aram.'HXp, DDO Aram. DK)?; compare Hebr. DXO No. II. So Vulg., Syr., Aben Ezra.
an unused and uncertain
is to
b\ D; compare
f?i', T?y;
fru, DH3.
(</) y, as to this
interchange, see p. Dxcvra,
root.
Arab. ^/-^
but
this is
remarkable (but it can be proved by not a few examples) which this letter has with the palatals; however this be explained, it
(e) the affinity is
A, and
abound with sheep and goats;

for PN>?; as Psa.
denom.
])erhaps similar to the propensity in Sanscrit for the gutturals (k, g) to change into the palatals (tsh,
is c
note) a collect, novm, flocks,
144:13 3'ro; comm. (see small cattle, i.e. sheep si- stAj,
..
dsh).
f*-s>-
Instances are PTiy,

to
<
-Hk*-Nv
TX^**>
No.
^-V an<^
II.
i.
and goats
cattle,
(So Arab. but
.1^ is
wool-producing
denotes,
descend, to
bow down; ?/V No.
q.
opp. to goats;
a
how-
ft|;
whence
^V
i.q.
Wf,and
a
^V
">2V
III. to tinkle
ever, the wild goat. ' '
For sheep and goats =|XV they

Syr. LJ
J^ls,yjy and V5? to be bowed down;
;g?'.Un,fdiallen),
rattle (@d)<Uc),
31V
i.q.
313;
commonly use ^xc

29: a
;
99 ^
id.),
Gen. 4:2; 26:14;
and 133
to creak
and very frequently. Opp.
to
~$$ herds, whick
DCXCIX
see,
Gen. 27:9; Levit. 1:10; 22:21 (compare 19); To this rarely used only of sheep, \ Sain. 25: '2. collective (which is also used with numerals) cor-
31:53.
60*3
31:27, 28; and what rence N^y xyj Nu. 1

i.
Deut. 24:5. } Ky? Num. is of far more frequent occur:
""It? a sheep, or goat. responds the noun of unity Exod. 21 137, "if any one steal a sheep ( n ^), he shall restore four sheep" (JN* ^3")$); Eze. 45:15.
e. to
make
war.
3, seqq., to go out to the host, Often also used of the (sacred)

;
host of the Levites, Nu. 4:23, 35, 39,43.

Specially
(a) D?'P
Kiy
the
Note.
As
it
where
with a
ibid.,
joined with a niasc., means rams and he-goats. Gen. 30 39,

to gender,
it
is
applied throne of
(a) to the host of angels that stand
host of heaven is round the

1
God
(ff-puria ovpiivtoc, Luc. 2:13),

;
Ki. 22:
|Xtfn -lorn
"and
the
rams
fern.,
where
it
(and he-goats) rutted;" means ewes and she-goats

;
19; 2Ch.l8:l8; Ps. 1 48:2 comp.^ S??Ps.i 03:21 ; and l\ K?y "l> Josh. 5: 14, 15; used of Jehovah himself [manifested in the
(/3) used person of the Son]. of the sun, moon, and stars (ivvauiuc riLv ovpavtiv,
I*&n pi>Pl"and the sheep brought forth;" but, Gen. 31 10, it is joined, like epicoene nouns, with a masc., although it means ewes.
:
|3NV
("
place of flocks"), \_Zaanan~\,

l
:
pr. n. of
i.
a towji in the tribe of Judah, Mic. 1JV Josh. 15:37.
Matth. 24:29), Isaiah 34: 4; 40.26:45:12; Jerem. 33:22; Dan. 8:10; often used when the worship of the stars is mentioned, Deut. 4: 19; 17:3; 2 Kings
17: 16; 21 13, 5; Zeph. 1:5; it is sometimes so used that a special mention precedes of the sun and moon
1 1
perhaps
q.
D'NXNtt
tuff.
DrPSVgX
plur. constr. V*$* Isa.48:l9; with Isaiah 61:9 (from the root yj)_(i)
(Deut. 17:3; Jer. 8:2), and even of the stars (Deut.
things which spring up, coming

earth, Isa.
forth from the
42:5; Job 31:8. descendants, children, Isa. 22:24; 61:9; 65:23; Job 5: 25; 21:8; 27:14. Fully TSP ^V$?y those that spring forth from thy
(2) metaph.
Isa.
word is added as being and comprehending all the heavenly general, bodies, as it were all the deities [?] of heaven (Dan. 4:32); compare Job 38:7 (where angels and stars are mentioned together); and Isa. 24:21 (where the host of heaven, D'nsn X3V, is in opposition to the
4: 19: Dan. 8: 10); and this
more
bowels,
48: 19.
gently
(i) a litter, such as one is carried in and comfortably ; like the Germ, dnfte/ from the adj. fanft (see the root 32y.) PL D3X Isa. 66:20.
m.
Once rather more boldly X?y applied also to the inhabitants of the earth, or rather to whatever Jills the earth (elsewhere Genesis t*T!Xn K7P), the plants even being included.
kings of the earth).
(by zeugma)
is
LXX. LXX.
from
Numbers 7:3, 3yri7^j litter\pirj]vri. v/agons;" i.e. like litters, commodious like litters.
iiji(i
"
8:1, 0$}}p?1 n.Sni DOB>fJ l%|, which, with the zeugma resolved, is thus explained in Neh. 9 6, D*C^'l n^y ^"7?1 H^V BKny~731 compare Ex. 20: 11, D3 1^"73) ... n^ni CMppO. Hence Jehovah is very
: : 1
:
(2) a species of
its
slow motion, see the root, Lev.

i.
lizard (Arab. ^_^j), so called 1 1 Bo29.

:
often called
rrtn. j er p s 80:15; ni&oy (6) nisqy nin;ps 5:14; 15-16; 38:17; 44:7; n j n !" Jehovah (God) of the and 80:5; n'lKay 59:6; I have heavenly hosts" (a construction which noticed on Isaiah 1:9); this appellation of the most
.
DWS
charfc,
Hieroz.,
p.
1044
63.
w^ ni^VD^
-*
TO GO FORTH, as a soldier, to war, followed
by
732
against any one, Nu. 31:7; Isa.
Zee. 14: 12; absol,
Num.
31 :42.
29:7,8531:4; (Of wider use is

a star, a
the Arabic
L^
to
come or go
forth, as
tooth, as a soldier against

It is
an enemy.
;
Comp. n ?y.)
very frequent in the prophetical books, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Zechariah, Malachi; never found in the Pentateuch [nor in Joshua] nor high God,
is
especially in
applied to the sacred service, i. e. the ministry of the priests in the temple, Nu. 4: 23 8:24; l Sam. 2:22.
HIPHIL,
to
cause
Jer.
to
2X1.25:19;
52:25.
go forth, to muster Hence
Judges [nor in Ezekiel, Job, or Solomon]. As to the meaning of the phrase, compare Josh: 5: 14, 15; although the Hebrew writers seem sometimes to have regarded God as the leader and patron of the
host of Israel [as of course he was], see I Sa. 17:45; compare 2 Sam. 5 24. In the later booko of the Old
:
soldiers,
^rV
ll)
t
.
const.
K^y
plur. riixsy
Isa.
:
ever, with a fem. verb,
m. (but twice how40 2 Dan. 8:12).

;
Test.
God
is called,
in the
same sense
army,
:
Da 8
host, a-parog (pr. going forth to war), 10:7, and frequently. X3-y n ~ib leader of
Îl-yn
*E>pK
SJW H7X; see D!P^. LXX. commonly almost always figuratively used of a (2) warfare,
wretched and miserable condition, Job 7:1; 10: 17; 14:14; Isa. 40:2; Dan. io:l, "and the edict is tru
*i>
army, Gen. 21:22.
soldiers,
Num.
DCC
13
Say^ and (belongs
toj
<*
long warfare," to
many
^
m.
air,
calamities to be endured.
\iyop.. Jer. 12 :<
hyena,
it
f
i.
q.
Arab
LXX.
jJfc Ch. fut. K3y. TO WILL, TO WISH, TO BE HILLING, to desire, prop, to be inclined, prone, see nay No. 3, Dan. 4: 14, 22, 29; 5: 19, 21. (Syr.
vaiva.
Others take
generally as A
D'jfiay,
rapacious animal, compare Talmud,

c
Arab,
Ls
rapacious animals.
See Bochart, Hieroz. part

II.
idem.)
Derivative, ây.
i.p.
829.
Root yay No.

fut. tsay*
D'K!}
and
ni5O
Ui
pi.
TO
from 'ay a
or
BEACH OUT
To;
only one*
gazelle.
found, Ruth 2: 14.
Arab.
U^ to
D'Nhy ("gazelles"=D'Kay,
DTJ3V),
grasp, to snatch.
"hyenas"=
and D?ay, Day Gen. Deut. 14:2; 10:19; 29:22, pr. n. of a town in the vale of Siddim, destroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and covered with the Dead Sea.
[Z*m],
Hos. 11
8,
?X m., in pause *a (from the root nay No. a). (1) splendour, glory, Isa. 4:2; 24:16; 28:1,4, n'l3?pp *ay the glory of kingdoms, used of Ba5. *?-yn |HJ? the glorious, or beaubylonia, Isa. 13:19.
Dan. 1 1 : 16, 41 ; and simply *ay 8:9 (and in the rabbins), of the land of Israel, com often very
tiful land,
not used in Kal, cogn. to aa"n
(i) TO GO
SLOWLY.
(2) to flow, * i
t
Arab.
_^
to flow, to drop, as water,
pare Eze. 2O:6, 15; 26:20; Jerem. 3:19; and Dan. " the mountain of 1 1 :45, thp *ay "in holy beauty," used of Mount Zion.
(2) a gazelle, so called from the beauty of
its
_â
to pour, to
pour
out, to
pour upon.
To
this
root I refer
(formed in the Chaldee manner), in a place which interpreters have vainly tortured, Nah. 8:8, where I thus join the words a-ni 3iO3 Sp'nn " the is and made to flow down."
palace
dissolved,
HOPHAL
a-Sn
form (Arab.
^,
Aram. KâO),
Ki. 5:3; Isa. 13:

t. i.
14; Prov. 6:5.

seq. ; 895, seq. ; ed. Lips. The
p.
924,
Derivatives,
a,
and
w ith theart.naa*n(" walking slowly"),

[Zobebah],
pr. n.
f. i
and the note of Rosenm. t. ii. p. 304, Hebrews, like the Arabs, so much admired the beauty of the gazelle, that they compared to them whatever is handsome and beautifuh (Cant. 2:9; 4:5; 7:4, comp. Prov. 5: 19), and even
swore by them, as Cant. 2:753:5,"! adjure you, ye daughters of Jerusalem, by the gazelles, by tha " hinds of the field," compare Arab, nay? by ^j^lij ^
the
Ch. 4:8.
tobattle, " those
*
nj-*
to
(i)i.q.Hebr. KayTOGO FORTH

Isa.
wage war,
(2) to
who make war

come
29:7, n'ax with her."
i.
q.
n^j;
D'3X
gazelles
!"
forth,
as a star,
to
i.
q.
Arab. \^>
to be
to
bep Seibe md)t.

l
PI.
(do not so and so), like the Germ. 2 Sam. 2: 18; C'S2y D3V,
D3X
come forth,
(3)
I.
to go out; hence whence *?y splendour, glory. to
shine,
Ch. 12:8; and nisoy Cant. 2:7; 3:5.

(" a female gazelle"), [Zibia~], pr. n.m. Ch. 8:9 [" apparently of a woman" Thes.].
bright,
Conj.
l
&O
project,
Conj.
to be
prominent (Arab. L^
;
and
[+J,
II.
to
impend over any thing) hence

belly),
to
swell (used of the

(4)
to be
Num. 5:27,
and, figunjJS
i"!*^ f- of the noun *ay, a female gazelle, Cant. 4:5; 7 4=
ratively
inclined, to
id.,
will,
compare fBH and

=5.
,
ri)5V ("a female gazelle"), [Zi'fti'aA], pr. b. of the mother of king Joash, 2 Ki. 12:2; 2 Chron.
34:1.
(Arab. 5:22.
L*
Ch. and Syr. Nay,
which
see.)
HIPHIL, causat. of No. 3, to
cause
to swell,
Num.
I.
Hence
n ?V
Ch.
adj.
swelling, Num. 5:21.

to
y^X
to
i.
q.
mê
TO DIP IN, TO IMMERSE, hvnce
(l) prop, will, desire (from the root
dye,
tinge (cogn. to VaQ, which see); win-no*

finger, espect.iJJ/
also
ay something dyed, and yayN a

the forefinger,
so
called things, although the Arab.
(a) a thing, matter, Syr. Q-S. Dan. 6: 18,
com-
from being J-O*

is
dipped mf(
.
pare fsn No. 4.
written with t
DCCI
II.
.
q.
TO
RAVEN
as a wild beast;
be
adverse
to
him.
Hence n V
side, also adversary,
and
whence
a ravenous beast, hyaena, Arab, s a lion c l.^ ravenous animals.

;
m^
of a
TC
or
HTTX
m oir
Ju;
*ain," pr.
,
" the side
mountain," Arab.
\_Zedad~\, pr. n. of a
Ch.
to
dip
into.
ITHPAEL V3t?yK to be * 3 Q 5 21- In Targ. often for to dye, to tinge, like the Syr. and Arab. _->
?
=
Dan. 4:22. PAEL, wet, moistened, Dan. 4:12,

id.
town on the northern frontier of Palestine, Numbers 34:8; Eze.47:i5.
A
LIE IN
1
[ S ee
WAIT
for
>5*
py?V
below] (kindred to the verb 1-1V), TO any one, followed by an ace. Ex. 21
:
m.
something dyed, a
versicoloured
garment, Jud. 5:30.

(Ch. "versicolour"), [Zibeon], pr. n. a son of Seir, a chief of the Horites, Gen. 36:2, 20,
24, 29.
to
followed by 55*33. to lie in wait for Derivatives, n-|V, Ch. K~JX.

;
life, 1
Sa.
24
2.
NIPHAL, according to the Chaldee and Syriac use, be desolated (perhaps prop, to be taken by
D X-lV (" hyaenas"), [Zeboim], pr. n. of a valley with a town of the same name in the tribe of Benjamin,
'
lying in wait), Zeph. 3:6. [In Thes.
" the
I.
Sa.
13:18; Neh. 11:34.

TO
name
}S (i) TO CUT DOWN, ro of the letter V. Hence
MOW, whence
J-
fut. "ISy^
HEAP
UP, TO
STORE
UP, as
corn, Gen.
Hab. 1:10.
is "i?9>
41:35; treasures, Job 27: 16; a mound, id. Kindred (Oh. ~OV and
to lay waste a country or city; so Ch. etc." "NIPHAL, to be laid waste, used of cities, Zeph
(2)
3:6.
"II.
Parall.
-IOK'3.
Jerome, desolate
sunt.
"
Arab.^J
1
whence
m.
1-139
which
see.
Hence
pi.
heaps, 2 Ki. 10:8.

root, Chald. to
an unused
rhence
or
bind together,
THE EYES on any Hence thing. "(2) to fix the mind on anything, to search for followed by an ace. l Sa. 24: 12. Absol. Ex. 21 13."_
JJfc
(i) prop. TO FIX
So Syr."
see P1TX.
found Ruth 2
only in pi. 16.

suff. ft*, pi.
D^V
a handful, once
("just"), [Zadofc], pr. name,m. (l) th< father-in-law of king Uzziah, 2 Ki. 15:33; 2 Chron
27:1. (2) 2Sa. 8:17; 15:24. (3) iChr. 5:38. (4) Neh. 3:4; 10:22. (5) Neh. 3:29; 13:13(6) Neh. ll:ll.
"TV m. with
D*T (from the root
"m
fre-
which
see).
(1) a side, Deut. 31 :26; 2
Samuel 2
16,
and
quently
l
Sa.
20:25; Psalm 91 :7 (opp.

:
specially apparently used of the left side, to TP?)at the
"^
n*"iy f. lying in wait, deliberate purpose, 35:20, 22; from the root Hiy.
Nu
26; Joshua 12:9; "IV ?5> on the arms where children are carWith n parag. on the ried, Isa. 60:4; 66:12. side, i Sa. 20 2O. (2) an adversary, Jud. 2:3.
side of any thing, Deut. 31
at
the side,
i.
e.
rm
pr. n.
'
V, with the art. DÔT ("sides"), \Ziddim\, of a town in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19:35.
vV
adj.
(i) just,
righteous
(gered)t),
used o/
i. 1-VP on the side, q. Heb. No. l, side. 6 5. IV? at or against the part of, Dan. of, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7 25.
"IV Ch.
or part
maintains the right and dispenses justice, 2 Sa. 23:3; hence used very often of God as being a just judge, Den. 32:4; Job 34: 17; Jer. 12:1; Psa. 11:7; 119:137; both in punishing,
a judge or king,
who
2Ch. 12:6; Ezr. 9:15; Lam. l:l8; Dan. 9:14; and

in rewarding, Ps. 1 1 2 6 ; 129:4; 1 45 : 1 7 ; Isa. 24:16 (where God is called PHVO Knr ioyi]v}', also, as ful:
"
N"iy Ch. purpose, design. Daniel 3:14, of design?" (is it done) Compare the Heb.
filling his
nnX
Arabic
3 ?promises, Neh. 9:8, p^V " and thou hast fulfilled because thou words, thy
J
T"Tn
i?-
j^ and
j^j
TO
TURN ONESELF
from any one, to turn to him the side, not the face, hence Conj. III. to oppose oneself to any one, to
righteous." Verse 33; Isa. 45:21. (a) (2) one who has a just cause (ber 9Jed)t fyat) Ex. 9 27, p'TVO * in a forensic cause (opp. to V&5n).
art
:
-nv-rnv
J?^
DCCII
"Jehovah
is
3g1
just
is
(his cause
is just),
:
and
my
people (our cause)

(ft)
unjust."
Ex. 23 8
one who speaks what whence adv. rightly, truly, Isa. 41 :26 (compare 43:9, where in the same context is n$X). Hence (3) of a private person, y us t towards othermen (Pro.
Pro. 18:17.
in assertion,
is
right and true,
29:7), obedient to the laws of God; hence upright of which are (recfrtlut), honest, virtuous, pious (all comprehended by Cicero by the name of justitia,
1O, justitia, ex qua una virtute boni viri apDe Fin. v. 23, justitia ...cui adjuncta sunt pellantur.
Offic.
ii.
(3) to be upright, righteous (see P*^ No. 3), Job 15:14; 22:3; 35:7; followed by^.^Ps 143:8; ?N Oy Job 9:2; 25:4; npND Job 4:17; i.e. in th judgment of God. Also to declare righteous, Eze. 16:52. NIPHAL, prop, to be declared just; hence to be vindicated from wrongs. Dan. 8:14, KHp P^V? Vulg. not amiss, mundabitur sanctuarium.
PIEL (i)to render just, or righteous, or innocent (Eccl. Lat. justificavit [to declare righteous}}. Eze. 16:51, "thou hast justified thy sisters by thy crimes ;" i. e. thou hast caused that they should seem
almost innocent. i 7? Similarly, Jer. 3: n,...n'Q3 np " Israel has 'W. IP }$"$?*. justified herself more than
pietas,
bonitas,
liberalitas, benignitas, comitas,
quceque
Partit. xxii. extr. justitia erga sunt generis ejusdem. deos religio, erga parentes pietas, viilgo autem bonitas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione animadi'ertendi
lenitas, amicitia in benevolentia
Judah," appears just in comparison with her.

(2) to declare any one just or innocent, Job 33:32; followed by iC'S3 oneself, Job 32:2. HIPHIL (i) to make just, or upright, or piout, by one's example and doctrine; followed by an ace., Dan. 12:3; followed by ? [to justify, i. e. declare
righteous, see No. 2], Isa. 53:11. (2) i. q. Piel No. 2, to declare
nominator).
Gen. 6:9;
7:1; Ps.5:i3; 11:3; 31:19; 34:30; 37:25; 72:7; Job 12:4; 17:9. It is very often joined with D'PH, ~^\, 'P.J, and very often opposed to VCH Pro. 10:3, 6> 7, 1 1, 16, 30; Gen. 18:25, etc- Similarly also Cicero,
ascribe to a just man, benignity and liberality, Psa. 37:21; Pro. 12:1O; 21: 26; temperance and sobriety in eating, Prov. 13:25,
locc. citt.
The Hebrews
any one just. (a) in a forensic sense, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23:7; ke Deut.25:i; 2 Sam. 15:4; Isa.5:23; to
ma
and in speaking, Pro. 15:28; the love of truth, Pro. 13:5; wisdom, Prr .9:9. Emphat. used of innocence
from
earth
sin, Eccl.
one's
cause
to prevail, Isa. 50:8.
(6) to declare
any any
who
" 7:20, there is not a just doeth good and never sins."
man upon
little
be-
fore, in verse 16, the
words "be not too just... lest thou destroy thyself," should apparently be understood of the admirer of his own virtue (^V.?
one to have given a right opinion (jcm. 9Zecf)t gefxn), to approve of any one's opinion see Kal No. 3. 6, Job 27:5. HITHPAEL, to purge oneself (from suspicion), Gen. 44:16. Derived nouns, P"J 'in*i5"T>' p^V,
;
)
Job 32
24, Alb. Schultens renders the powerful warrior, as if it were the same as f '"}JJ verse 25 ; but P^V '??* is, prey justly taken; see
:
l ).
Isa.
49
suff.
'P. "IV
m.
(i) in a physical sense,
my
q.
observations on this in Germ. Trans, ed.
ii.
flit.
PTT.
pi*.
TO BE RIGHT, STRAIGHT,
(see
P"l
i.
"C'J as of a straight
way
Ps. 23:3).
(Arab.
\ Ps. 23:3, \^VP straightness, Tightness, i. q. ?"!. "straight paths." Hence in an ethical sense (2) rectitude, right, what is right and jutt (bag JKeofyt), iv hat is so, or ought to be so, compare " one ~>B" No. 3, a; Ps. 15:2, P^V ^9 doing what i>
Ps.
Jwj prop, to be
stiff,
rigid, e.g.
used of a lance; see
Schultens,
De
Defect. Hodiernis Ling. Hebraese,

p
214
to
right," acting rightly; compare P"1V nb'J? sa 64:4; "to my 45:8; Job 8: 3; 36:3, plV {PIK >$ Creator I will ascribe rectitude," i. e. I will vinI
.
224
hence, to
be true, sincere.
Syr.
J3J
be
righteous (gerecfjt fepn), used of God, Ps. 51:6; of laws, Ps. 19:10. (2) to have a just cause (SRecfjt babfn) (a) in a Gen. 38:26, *SOO np^jf her (Thaforensic sense. mar's) cause is more just than mine." Job 9:15, 30; 10:15; ^3:18; 34-5. Opp. to yen to have an
unjust cause.
(b) to
right, suitable.) (1) to be just,
Hence
Hence P"J tape' to judge the right, Deu.l: 16; 16: 18; Jer.li :2O; p^V B???9 *3?K just just judgment, Isa. 58 2 P^V 3JKb pl
dicate his right.
e.
i.
justly,
balances, a just weight, Lev. 19:36;
Job 31 6;
:
Eze.
45: 1O; P^V.

a
suff. the
*n;iT
just sacrifices,
i.
e.
such as are due,
rightly offered, Deut. 33:19; Ps. 4:6; 51 :2i.
With
speak the truth, or what
is
right, amongst disputants, Job 33:12. Hence (c) to obtain ore's cause [to be justified, in a forensic
right, the just cause of any one, Ps. 7:9, "judge me *P1V? according to my right;" Ps. 18: Often joined 21,25; 6:29, compare Ps. 17:1. are BBpOl pnv what is right and just, Ps. 89:15;
Jb
ense] Isa. 45:15.
Also the right which 97:2. truth, Ps. 52:5; Isa. 45:19.
we spsak,
i.
e.
Jfc
DCCIII
n of a judge, Lev. 19:15; (3) justice, i. q. i?7V> s Isa. a of king, 11:4,5; 16:5; 32:1; of God, Ps. 9 9 35:24,28; 50:6; 72:2; 96:13; hence righteous1 1 )?; ness, integrity (see p^V No. 3), Isa. i :2i 5 Hos. 2:21. Ps. 17:15; 59:4;
: ;
45 :8; 46:13; 48:18; 5 l:6, 8; 54:17; 56:1;

So often
>2; 59:9>i7; 61:10,11.
np"7V Ch. liberality, beneficence, Dan. 4:24 in the Talmud, and the Rabbins. Compare
np~T
*
""IP "J T
(4) liberation, welfare, felicity [?] (as being So often when the reward of virtue, see Isa. 32:17).
Sam.
9
used of almsgiving, Arab.
<
j^, Syriac
there
=
is
in the other
member V^,
:
ji\_D|, compare
No. 3
fin.
njttK" Isa.
41 :2;
45 8; 51:5; Dan.9:24; Ps. 1 32 9 (compare verse Used of the servant of God, Isa. 42 6, TDî? 16). p!f? "I have called thee with deliverance," i.e.
:
^TpTV ("justice of Jehovah"), [Zedekiah, (l) of a king of Judah, 600 Zidkijah], pr. n. 588, B. c., to whom this name was given by Nebuchadnezzar, instead of his former name n^J;"?, 2 Ki. 24:17; l Ch. 3:15; Jer. 1:3. (2) of a false prophet under Ahab, l Kings 22:24; 2 Ch. 18:10, 23;
also
l
mayest come with deliverance, mayest (compare Jer. 26: 15), and used in the same bring sense of Cyrus, Isa. 45: 13, P?? *n'nhyn 33K "I raised him up (that he may come) with deliverthat thou
it
"''Ply
Ki. 22:11.
also i.q. ns-)} Isa.6i:3, pnsn ty$ otteg binths of blessing" (auf benen eegen
ance;"
"tererutjt/ ge==
Ch. 3:16.
(3) Jer. 29:21, 22. (5) Jer. 36:12.
(4)
(Vegnete !Xercbintt)en/
as
it is
said gefeegneteg Sanb).

""^"IX
Very
thus
frequently also the
word
(which see)
is
^_^v
gold),
],
TO SHINE, kindred to the root 3HT [Arab, see more at the root nns.
(like
used; and this signification has been vainly [?] rejected of late by Moeller (De Authentia Esaiae, p. 186), and Kleinert (Die Echtheit der Jes. Weissa-
HOPHAL, part. 3nyo polished, shining Ezra 8 27. Hence

:
ifl
gungen,
i.
p.
f.
255,
seq.).
Compare '"^V No.

right.
m. yellow, like gold, used of a hair, Levit.
4.
13:30, seqq.
'
p'lV
nipTV
I
(i) rectitude,
(A
trace of
1,7
the original
Isa.
meaning
33:15.)
found in the phrase v'n " what 2 Sa. 19:29, right have
is
:
pr. to be
Neh. 2 20. Joel 2:23, i"li?"Jf? Tjisn " the early rain according to right," i. e. the rain in just measure, as the ground naturally requires. (2) justice, as of a king, Isaiah 9:6; 32:16, 17;
any more?"
upon
to
q. nny, nny (which see), white, shining ; hence to be sunny, shone and dried up by the sun (Syr. and Ch.
T
an unused
root,
i.
Hence 'V, nX flX [under In the middle radical n being softArabic, Thes.]. 'o ened, there is ^j&, dry up; and in Hebrew
be
thirsty).
? ,
f God, Isa. 59: 16, 17; as shown both in 60:17; punishing the wicked, Isaiah 5: 16; 10:22, and in freeing, vindicating, and rewarding the godly, Psalm
n?V, in the
noun
IVX.
>_(i)
i.q. -iny,
int (see at the root
justly (benignantly), Jud. 5:11, 13p3 riipIV " his j u stice (acts of justice) towards his princes," i. e. aid extended to them, victory, which he bestowed on
:
2 4 5> 36:11.
1 1
:
PI. things done

;
Ps.
03 6
:
them.
(3) In private persons, virtue, Isaiah 5:7; 28:17;
;
to neigh and ?/n compare ''/V), Jer. 5:8; to shout for joy, to cry out (for joy), used of persons, Isa. 12:6; 54:!; followed by 3 because of
TO SHINE, see Hiphil. It is applied (2) to an acute and clear voice; hence
as a horse, (Arab. ,U*?
righteousness, piety, 46:12; 54:14; 59:14. i saiah 56: i np 58 2. Gen. 15:6," (God) r ny nb'j; reckoned it to him for righteousness," took it as a proof of his probity or piety. [But see the true
:
anything,
Isa.
24: 14.
PIEL, causat. of
of a cry from fear or terror. " make thy voice shrill," i.

Psa. 104:15.
but in a bad sense, used Isa. l o 30, "=|?ip y H V e. cry with a loud voice, HJPHIL, causat. of Kal No. i, to cause to shine,
2,
:
Kal No.
" faith counted for doctrine of righteousness," Rom. Deu. 6:25. Plur. nip^Y righteous acts, Isaiah iv.]
Derivative, fl^Y*?(like the kindred verbs TIT,
64:5-
n j r|1
n i?lX
:
piety such as pleases God,
Psalm
under
Sometimes specially it is kindness and mercy, 5:9. Psa. 11:7; 2 4 5> liberality [?], Prov. 10:2; Micah 6 5. LXX. very often iXenfiotrvrn, Deuteron. 6:25;
:
^HV
se <,
nn^f), TO
SHINE. Arab.
JSj.
to appear, to
;
come
84:13.
(4)
welfare
[?], i.q.
p^? No. 4, which
see (parall.
both oneself, and ^1? to be pure Hence of from the idea IL^ shining. light, coming splendour, and">ny oil, so called from ite brightness.
forth, to reveal
DCCTV
HIPHIL (denom. fromViy^), a press), Job 24:11.
to
squeeze out oil
(in
TW
halt
light.
Gen. 6: 16,
:
n^
n^jm -inVthou
windows; Gr.
make light
for the ark," i.e.
with the neck stretched out; rpaâXag, epithet of Const, the Great). In other places the back of the neck is rather to be understood, as Lam. 5:5, " they stand upon our necks;" Job 39 119; 41:14, anc?
is said either to be put on the neck, Deut. 28:48, or to be taken away from thence, Gen. Plur. necks 27:40; Isa. 10:27; Jer. 30:8. (a) with a plural signification, Josh. 10:24; Jud. 8:
In the manner of col(purer (compare Gen. 8 6). lectives it is construed with a fern. whence !"I13X~?X " of a cubit n3|?Jjl long shall thou make them" (the
;
where a yoke
windows).
prop, double (i.e. most splendid) light, Gen. 43:16, 25; Deut. 28:29
DOAL EHny mid-day, noon;

to
21, 26. (6) (like the Gr.
more
ret
rpa^nXn, Lat.
'B n.N-)V"^
often with a singular signification cei-vices), Gen. 27 16:

:
45:14; 46:29.
?M
to
rush into any
(Arab, -t mid-day
|j
do at noon).
Jer.
4,
D?!J73
i.
i"1
?!??
" let us go
up
(against foes) at
noon,"
:
at once, suddenly and unexpectedly, as an attack was rarely made at that time of day, Jer. 20 16;
e.
33:4; 45:14. Necks are also used in speaking of trunks from which the heads have been cut off, Eze. 2 1 34.
one's embrace, Gen.
:
"MV
Ch.
id.
Dan. 5
7, 16."]
compare Kor. 9:82. Metaph. of very great happiness, Job 11:17; Ps. 37 6.
:
15,
1,y
TC and 1 m., a precept (from the root HW; V? from the roots ?Tlj3, nW). Hos. 5:11. *in
like
^n
a station"), (perhaps for njllV? n. of a state in \_Zoba, ZobaJi], pr. Syria (fully rni* en*? P sa 60:2; 2 Sam. 10:6, 8), the king of
.
"he
follows the
precept"
(of men), unless, in-
deed we should read V? for

13, ^y? ^V ^y? IV
K]B?.
Hence,
Isa.
28: 10,
"precept upon precept, precept
upon precept" (8et)r' auf ?et?r' ?etr' auf Sffjr'), i.e. precept is added to precept, law to law, by the priests and prophets; we are daily wearied with new laws.
which waged war with Saul (l Sam. 14:47) and with David (2 Sam. 8:3; 10: 6). It appears to have been near Damascus, and to have comprehended Hamath (see J"" ^! whence it is called !~Qi riDPI 2 Ch. 8:3), and to have extended to the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8:3; i Ki. 11:23. The Syriac interpreter
1
The paronomasia is imitated by Jerome, manda manda, manda remanda.
take
re-
Zobah
to
be
Nisibis, in
Mesopotamia
L^^/i^
'
an unused root [not given in Thes. the de-
rivative is there referred to &**]. Syr. JJ to stain, 3 99 . stained. these words appear But, JJ. dirty, however,
and they have been followed by J. D. Michaelis (Sapplemm. p. 2073); but the former opinion has been rightly maintained by Hyde, ad Peritsol. Itin. p. 60, and Rosenm., Biblische Alterthumskunde, i. 2, pp.
144, 249.
be secondary, and to have a signification derived from that of excrement ( n ^X, ?^), go that the prito
i"1
(compare ^V), TO LIE IN WAIT FOR, with an

ace.,
specially
(l) to
hunt wild
beasts, Gen.
mary
root
is
Kyj.
Hence
:
m., filthy, used of garments, Zee. 3 3, 4.

fM excrements, i. q. HN (root K), Isaiah 36:12; 2 Ki. 18:27 '~>p; hence filth. Isa. 28:8, HKiV to? fi Uhy Used of the filth of
27:3,5, 33; Job 38: 39. (2) to catch birds, to lay snares, Lev. 17:13; metaph. used of snares laid for men, Lam. 3:5-:, 4:18; Mic.7:2; Ps. 140:12; Prov.6:26; Syr. >o.
is
also to fish; see fn*V.
vomiting."
sin,
Prov. 30
Isa.
4.
constr.lWV Jer. 28: 10, 12, with suff. once D-MV Neh. 3: 5, pi. constr. ^.V once (as if from the sing. rq?}\ D?'nhK?y Mi'c. 2:3, m.
^V,
i. q. Kal to lay snares, Eze. 13: 18, 20. HITHPAEL 1'9V'!I denom. from TV No. 3, to furnish oneself vsith victuals, Joshua 9: 12. Aramaean
PILEL,
??
id.
a^V,
Derivatives,
TV,
pr
.
T.V,
1VP,
the neck, Gr. rpa\n\oc, so called as
p [rn%
9
n. iVry].
being the slender

root
and narrow part of the body (from the

Syr. JJO-.
It signifies
not used in Kal, TO

Syr. Jo
*
SET DP
(flcllen),
like th
,
99
the neck, Gen. 41 :42; Cant.
(see
26.39:15, Pesh.), whence Jô. Arab

*
i-1'V.
1:10; 4.4, 7:5;

neck,
sc.
Isa.
8:8; 39:28.
TKW?
s*^
with the
is
proudly lifted up, Job 15:26; Ps. 75:6 (compare Gr. ta\ri\iau, to be proud, prop, to go
pa *
cippus,
Hebr.
fut.
*
.poc. ^V'l
PIEL n}y
imp. apoc.
^V,
Arat.
DCCV
7
constitute, to appoint (bcftelten) (a) any one over any thing, followed by an ace. of person, and 7J/ of the thing, l Sa. 13: 14; 25:30; 2Sa.6:21;
(l)
IS'eh.
to
an unused root, prob. i. whence sunk, njiVD,!"y}VQ and

}
f.
/ M-
q.
7/V No.
II, to fa
5:14; 7:2. (b) with an ace. of the thing, to to to determine any thing; i.e. to decree, appoint,
a use
it
the
depth of
the sea,
abyss, 188.44:27.
to exist.
Isa.
45
"
2,
all
the host of
it
(the
TO FAST.
(Arabic .U>
Aram.
id.
The
heaven) have I appointed," caused to exist; 48:5; Deu. 28:8; Ps. 68:29; 111:9; 133:3(2)
to
charge,
to
command,
: ;
followed
by
:
ace. of
;
pers. (like the Lat. jnssit aliqueni),
Gen. 26: ll
more
primary idea lies in the mouth being shut ; see as tc above at DO"1 page ccm, B.) Jud. roots ending in Zee. 20:26; 7:5, '3JTOV Diyq "have ye fasted to
me ? " where the

Hence
suffix
28:6; Esth. 2 10, 2O ; rarely followed by ?JJ 2 1 6 followed by ?$ Gen. 50: 16; followed by ? Ex. l :22. The express words of the command are subjoined
must be regarded
as a dative.
m. fasting, a fast, 2 Sa. 12: 16.

Est.
PI. nio'
IDXp
1VM with ~tovh e.g. TpD'aK - T T a Gen. 26:11, Dyrr73V)K v -; " and Abimelech commanded all the
.-
p..
9:31.
root,
i.
saying," etc.
Avhicli
32:5; Ex. 5:6.

is
any one
commanded
:
people, In other places, that to do, is put in the inf.

: ;
/MA an unused
q.
cl^
to form, to carry
on the trade of a goldsmith.
Hence DT?V2V.
with ? prefixed, Gen. 50 2 2 Sam. 7:7; Jer. 35 8 more rarely in a finite verb, with "KJ'K (that) prefixed,
;
("
smallness"), [Zuar\, pr.n. m. Num.
Esther 2:lo; and
Am. 9
4.
To
(prop, he charged, and he did), command any one, any t h ing, with two
1
1:8; 2:5.
ace. of pers.
and thing, Gen. 6:22; Ex. 25:22. It is also used without any mention added of the command, with an ace. of pers. to give commands to any one (jcm. etir>a6 beftellen), to delegate any one with commands, to commission, Jerem. 14: 14;
23:32; followed by ?V of the person to whom the commands are sent, Est. 4:5; Ezra 8: 17; l Chron. 22: 12 or of the thing about which the command is
;
îany one,
TO
OVERFLOW,
:
followed
by 7#
to overflow
Lam. 3 54. HIPHIL (i) to cause (2) to cause to swim,
to
overflow, Deu. 11:4.
2 Ki. 6:6.
Derivatives, nQV, nQVQV,
and
m. (i) honey as dropping from the comb, Plural eo called from its overflowing, Prov. 16:24.
D'MV
l l
Ps. 19:11.
given, Gen. 12:20; 2 Sa. 14:8; to

prefixed,
:
which
also ?
is
Ex 6: 13; and ? Psa.gi 11. Used of inanimate things, Am. 9:4; Ps. 42:9. Specially it is said 1IV3 Hjy or ifV3? n-iy to give (last) commands to one's family, i.e. to make a will (fein 4><*uS be
ttllen), 2 Sa. 17:23; 2Ki.2O:l; {abbin. HX-1V testament).
Isa.
(2) \_Zuph~\, pr.n. of a son of Elkanah, l Sa. l : l ; Chr. 6:20 (where in TfD there is TV), and 'S1V
Ch.6:ii.
("cruse," from HpV) Zopha,
pr. n.
m.
38
(comp.
S
J3
PUAL,
to
"so
me.
am
commanded. Levit. 8:35, 'JV?V commanded," this charge is given

be
^JV-IV.
see
cj.]
i.
to
(perhaps
q.
" Syr ^2iO. impudent"
[ib
IfN? "even as I was commanded." Followed by 3. of the person who gives the command, Nu. 36: 2.
Eze. 12:7,
Derivatives, IV, JVV, HJVD [" and 'V "].
II ]
Thes. this derivation and the meaning of the Syriac word are questioned]), [ZoÂar],pr.n.of one of Job's
friends
and opponents in disputing, Job 2

i.q.
1 1
1 1
i.
TO
CRT OUT,
\^ for ^v*.
TO
EXCLAIM
TV? and
p3 (comp.
pret.
NT)
(l) TO SHINE,
with joy, Isaiah
42:11.
quiescent
(Chald. id.
In Arabic contractedly, Med.

I
see Hiphil.
(2)
to
flourish,
fut.
fV Ezek. 7: 10 (metaph.
).
suppose both
to
be softened
HIPHIL,
pv;
part.
PVO
(Cant. 2:9)
(i)
to
from the harder
rm,
shine,
compare Isaiah 42:11
and 13.)
Hence
fern,
outcry, whether joyful,
to be bright (prop, to emit splendour, comp. i.e. to look "î?)> 132:18; hence to glance forth, the eyes shine). Cant. make to stealth (properly by forth through the 2:9, D*3TT|n }p pyi? "glancing
_ -a-
Isa.
34:11;
or mournful, Jer. 14:2.

46
ufl^J
to
glance
(as a
DCCVI
woman) through the
fcltnfcn, blinjen.
holes of a vail ; co npare
Germ.
,
fut.
TW,
apoc.
1W
(like the
kindred root
(2) to flourish (prop, to produce flowers), Num. 17:23; Psa. 72:16; 90:6; 103:15; metaph. 92:8.
Derivatives,
I.
TO STRAITEN, TO PRESS UPON, TO COMPRESS? or hence (l) to bind together (into a bundle
roll),
i. Pret. WiX Dent. 14:25; Vl)) q. 11V No. l. aKi. 12:11; ">'! 5:23. (2) to press with siege, to besiege a city, followed by an ace. of the city, i Ch. 20: l more often
;
TV, ny;
BE
|>"IA
TO
NARROW, STRAITENED, COM:L;
PBESSED.
to
also
(Arabic
Med. Ye.
JEih. fT)*?^:
followed
/>
compress, kindred roots are p-iy, and and those connected with them.) HiPHiLP'VO (l) to straiten, to press upon any one, followed by a dat. and ace., Deu. 28:53, seqq.; Jer. 19:9; Job 32: 18; specially to straiten a city
straiten, to
P3JJ,
p3n,
by ^y Deut. 20:12; Eze. 4:3; Daniel l:l; Deut. 20: 19; absol. Isai. 21:2; also followed by /y 2 Sam. 20: 15; and ?K i Sam. 23:8, of the person Once with ace. and 7V. of the besieged in the city.
29:3,
city, Isa.
3SO
Tpfyf
'PHV
i.
"
I will
push
forot
ward
hosts (of soldiers) against thee"
(id)
fditcbe
by 51:13.
(2)
siege, Isa.
to
29:7.
Part. p'X9
oppressor, Isaiah
linx gegen bid)). Metaph. Psalm 139:5, OW1S DTp4 " thou besettest me on every side," so that I
cannot
(3)
flee
to
urge any one with
prayers, with an ace.,
from thee.
Jud. 14:17; with a dative, 16:16.

Derivatives, ?^',
i.
(i) i. q. PJ TO POUR, Job 29:6; 28:2, " and the stone is J |3K poured out (to i. e. melt the ore into brass. Mebrass," make) they taph. Isa. 26: 16, C'np |1p "they pour out a prayer"
II.
p^X
to press upon any one in pursuit, S Deu. 2:9; Exod. 23 22. Part. D "?S also to stir up any one, to urge him to rise, Jud. 9:31. "HI (4) to cut (pr. to press with a knife, compare Waw Arab. Med. to press, to cut), to divide. L^>
urge,
4,
T!V No. Esth. 8:ll;

q.
id.
Hence
(5)
to
"V1V
y, Milra, is pret.
Kal with
(2)
i.
q.
Nun paragogic, for ^py).

p-l^'D
edge.
i.
form,
Arab.
q.
-
">) (derived from the idea of

id.
,
to
set
up; whence
a column.
cutting),
-s>
p1
m. distress, Dan. 9:25, and

f.
,^
fut. "iV'lEx.
32:4;
Kings
7:15; and
T}^-
Jer.
1:5 3'ro.
id.
Pro.
27
Isa.
30:6.
Derivatives,
TW-T^TW,
(Aram, IV, tV, TV,
id.)
"^
"TX (" rock," i. q. TW), pr. n. Tyr (Greek Tupoc, from the Aramtean form K"JO, Jil^), a city of the Phoenicians, celebrated for its traffic, and very
,
a.
(i) stone,pebble (so called as being a
rich
the
more ancient part of
it,
which was strongly
compact
fortified,
afterward called Palaetyrus (l'X 1V?D 2 Sa. 34:7, and ~i 1V?P ">'?. Josh. 19:29), was situated on the main land, the later city on an opposite island,
see Isa. 23:4; Eze. 26:17; 27:4, 25; comp. Menand. Ephes. in Josephus, Archasol. ix. 14, 2; viii. 2, 7;
Others take it as pr. a piece of Job 9.2 24, D yH? "MS rock, see No. 2), Isaiah 8:14. "the pebbles of the brooks" (compare Gramm.
solid mass.
:
106, 3,
c).
and as on Isa.
found
to the history of the city, see

i.
page 707, seqq.
my Comment, The domestic name IV is
(2) a rock, Job 18:4; 24:8; metaph. used of God, the refuge and protection of Israel, Isa. 30:29; Deut. 32:37, " the rock where they took refuge;" Ps. 18:3,32, 47. By another figure (drawn from a
7:13;
besides the Old Test. 2 Sa. 5:11 ; iKi. 5: 15; in the inscriptions Ps. 45:13; Eze. 26:2;
quarry),
Isa.
it is
applied
to
the founder of a nation
51:1.
PI. nrttX
Job 28:10.
of the coins struck at Tyre in the time of the Seleu">? ("?*? Tupow), or more cidae, either briefly
fully
Dm DN "vh (Dri? DK TO of Tye, the metropolis of

the Sidonians,
Me'dailles,
t.
Psalm 89:44, "rt (3) edge, from the root No. 4. 3^n " the edge of a sword," according to which D*"WS n'lTTIare sharp knives, analogy, Josh. 5:2, 3, compare TX Exod. 4:25; and so Ch. But LXX, t
Vulg., Syr.. Arab, understand
it
sc.
v. pi. 23,
ii.
money); see Mionnet, Descr. des 24; Kopp, Bilder u. Schriften
to
mean knivet
aer Vorzeit,
page 212.
At
made of stone (compare
"Wtf
No. l) which the ancient
the ancient city, called

sula,
present the ruins of are situated on a penin-
island to the shore
from Alexander the Great having joined the by an embankment. Gent. *1V,
see
.
I Orientals used in castrating and circumcising. wonder that those who hold this opinion (such ai Maurer on Jos. loc. cit.) should have neglected th< words added by the LXX. Josh. 24:30, i7 ttfijwi*
which
ci
TO
fivfjfia
ffc
5 itia\l/av avrov (Joshua) (Kil ra:
DCCVII
tta\aipag roe
is
ircrpivae, if
ate irepureîe rove

ffiifJ-tpov
any
This
sibilant nt3, nti;

;
compare
W?i
,
"n
HPtf
'[ffpu>i\...Kal IKC! elaiv
7wc r/e
fyutpaf.
iny, "?ny
nnr, 2nr,
worthy of remark, inasmuch as it clearly proves that stone knives were found in Palestine, as well as
Derivatives,
ani the three following
nouns.
Germany. Hence form, Psalm 49:15 np; French taille, from tailler ; from the root No. 4, 5. (5) [2Twr], pr. n. m. (a) of a leader of the Miin
(4)
ny m. shone upon and burnt up by dried up, Eze. 24:7, 8; 26:4, 14.
niTrrc
f.
the
sun
an arid region, Ps. 68:7.
dianites,
Num. 25 115; 31:8;

1X
neck.
1 1
Josh. 13:21.
(6) 1 Ch.
8:3<>; 9:36.
'rvny, pl. D 7 Neh. 4:7

an unused root;
to
ana
id.
see
{.form, Eze. 43:

|i
see "flS No. 5.

ji
to
befoul, stinking, cogn. s ~~~ and Arab. ,û-: to be stinking, l^^ filth.
f.
)M>
only in pi. neck, Cant. 4:9.
is
a diminu-
used lovingly, Lehrg. p. 513. Others understand a collar.

tive termination,
^V stench, ^nV plur.

f.
stink, Joel 2:2O.
arid places,
Isa.
58:11;
fron.
the root
(" whose
m.,
rock
is
nn^ No. 2.
TO
God"), [Zurich], pr.
n.
Num.
3:35.
LAUGH.
(Arabic
^)-in
<
>^â, Syr. and

;
^ni(
whose rock
pr. n.
[Zurishaddai],
is the Almighty"), m.,Num. 1:6; 2:12.
Nasor.
ÂA^.
Chald. also
id.
all
of which are
HIFKIL TVyn TO BURN,
i.
q.
JVXn
Isa.
27:4;
onomato poetic, and accord with the Greek jaxaw, Kayx^^j Lat. cac/iz'nnor, Germ, fidjcrn. This root,
with the exception of the passages Jud. 16:25; Eze. 23:32, is only found in the Pentateuch, and the later writers and poets use instead of it the softer form
HV m. adj. (from the root white, Cant. 5:iO; specially
nny)
(i) bright,
PR.
?
Isaiah 18:4, H>* DPI (2) sunny, serene, clear. "clear heat." Jer. 4:11, ny nn "a serene wind," Arab, and Syr. id. i. e. hot.
(3) trop. clear,
Comp. PJ?y.) Gen. 18:12, seq.; followed by with any one, Gen. 21:6. PIEL (l) to play, to sport, to jest (prop, itera-
perspicuous
used of words,
Isa.
32:4-
laugh repeatedly), Ex. 32:6; Gen. 19:14.; (a) with singing or dancing, Gen. 21:9; Jud. 16:25. (b) with women (like traifcivj ludere), Gen. 26:8.
tively, to
specially
("drought"),
[Zt'/m], pr.n.m. Ezr.2:43;

(2)
Neh. 7:46; ll:2l; from
to
make sport
to
i.
more emphatically,
of any one, followed by 3, and mock, Gen. 39:1 4, 17. Hence

:6.
an unused root, i. q. nny to shine, to be sunny; and hence to be dry, arid (Aram. Xny to
thirst).
laughter, sport, Gen. 21
Hence
adj.
dry (with
thirst), Isa.
5:13.
be intensely white.
an unused root; Arab.^*^ Conj. XI. to Kindred is 10V ( see at e ro *
&
Hence
m. whiteness (of wool), Eze. 27:18.
adj.
*
4:7-
- (l) TO
BE BRIGHT, TO BE WHITE, Lam.

the
(2) to be
sunny, shone on by
(Arab.
sun; whence
sunny, dry;
white.
Jud. 5:1 o,
"white
asses," i.e.
ny, rnny, nirny, ninyriy.

V
~^
reddish with white spots (for they are not found altogether white, although the Orientals highly esteem
this colour in asses, camels,
and elephants).
s
*
Vulg.
Syr.
to
wv/
to
be hot, serene;
hot; Ch.
nyny
nitens.
make
to shine, to polish.
Syr. white.
(Arabic ,jUj prop, white, but
Further, the significa-
tion of shining
in the roots
and being bright is widely extended from the biliteral stock nv, also in those
used of an ass marked with white and red spots.)

*Tl
("whiteness"), \Zoliar, Jezoar],

l) of
pr. u.
beginning with the softened letter
H, nt, and
without
m.
a son of Simeon, Gen. (6: 1C ; Ex. 6: 151
DCCVI1I
lo
'
called rnj
1
Num. 26:13.
(*) Gen. 23:8; 25:9.
(3)
01.4:7.
(for
*|n*X a Si don tan, Deut. 3:9; nian woman, iKi. 11:1

>
f.
JV
m.
'nX from the root nny [in Thes. from

T -jk
(l)dryness, a dry reg ion, a desert; whence *?V an inhabitant of a desert, (2) a ship (a& if, what is dry, a dry place in the midst of the waters unless it be preferred to derive ' from Hiy with the signification of erecting, setting
fi)V])
;
an unused
root,
3.
nrty which see;
to It
sunny, arid; hence

I
P*y.
f. T aridity, drought, Job 24: 19; whence p_K H'V arid, desert land, Psa. 63 2 107 35. Without
: ;
:
up; compare P'X a column), Isa. 33:21. Plur. D' Num. 24:24, and D"V Dan. 11:30. Castell brings s --forward from the Arabic small vessel, but in
the
HS
root
id.,
Ps. 78:17.
.
Rootnny.
Isaiah 25:5; 32:2; from thn
arid land,
Kamus
this
word
is
&j\â not found.
a plant"), [Zibd], pr.n. of a servant of [the house of] Saul, 2 Sa. 9:2; 16: i.
(for
rn3
P' (a "sunny place," a "sunny mountain;" from the root nny [in Thes. from nV] comp. Arab.
;
f-O-
'i*$e
a fortress
the radical h
is
retained in Syriac and

k
t>
m. (from the root ing, Gen. 1O :Q.

(2)
1-1V to
hunt)
(l) hunt-
Arabic, in which the

pr. n.
f.
name
is
written ,..-tf> .Q^cn.

hill
),
in hunting, Gen. 25:28. (3) prop, the produce of hunting, Job 38:41 (of ravens); hence any other food, Neh. 13:15; Ps.
prey taken
Zion, the higher and southern

;
(not the
fd;
northern, as Lightfoot thought
see especially Barhebr.
Chron.
p.
282,
It
lin. 5),
on which the city of Jerusalem
132: 15; especially provision for ajotirney,Josh. 9:5, 14; compare '"1T.
"\
was
city,
built.
included the more ancient part of the

I
(from the root

or
Tl)
m., a hunter, Jer. 16: 16.
with the citadel and temple (Mount Moriah, on which the temple was uilt, being reckoned to Zion [separated by a narrow valley]) also called the city of
;
of the preceding; food, Psalrn ""l"l 78:25; especially provision for a journey, Gen.
9
"H
David, 2 Chron. 5:2. Very often used by the profor Jerusalem and itself, Isa. 2:3; 8: 18; poets phets
42:25; 45:21 (Aram. JioJ
id.);
whence the denom.
T9Vn
"I
see -HV Hithpael.'
10:24; 33: 14, and its inli.-ibitants (fetn.), Isa. 1:27; 49:14; 52:1. Psalm 97:8; Zeph. 3:16. They are
also poetically called the daughter of Zion (see J"I3 ji'V 03 Isaiah 1:8; 10:32; 62: 11 (also while in exile, Isa. 40:9; Zech. 2:11, 14); and 'V na.K'V
("
fishing")
pr. n.
f.,
Zidon, a very ancient
No. 5)
Isa.
Isa.
and wealthy city of the Phoenicians (Gen. 10:15); n3l |W* (Sidon the great, or Sidon the fully called
metropolis), Josh. 1 1 8 19:28; compare Jud. 1:31; 3:3; 18:7; the name of this city was applied to all
: ;
12:6; but P'V 3:16, 17; 4:3.
the northern Canaanites dwelling at the foot of Lebanon, whom the Greeks called Phoenicians ; and amongst them the Tyrians were also included, Gen.
of Israel,"
60: 14, *?K^: Ifllp i. e. sacred to him.
are the women of Jerusalem, Once followed by a genit. Isa. " The Zion of the ji'V Holy One
J"IU2
m. cippus, a pillar; so called from
its
being
10:15; Jud. 1:31; 3:3; i Kings 11: 1,5, 33; a Ki. 23:13; Deu. 3:9; comp. StSoi'toi, Homer U. vi. 290; xxiii. 743; Od. iv. 84; xvii. 424; which name is
used with the same extent of meaning. Hence it may be understood why Ethbaal,king of Tyre (seeMenand.
in Jos.
set up, erected (see the root i"Mf Kal), 2 Ki. 23:17; whether sepulchral, Eze. 39: 15, or to shew the
way,
Jer.
31:21.
see
Nn'
.
ny.
^V,
Arch.
viii. 3,
2), is called the
king of the
(from
i.
n'V a
desert; with the termination
Sidonians
there
is
of Ph/Bnicia), l Ki. 16:31; and why on the coins of Tyre (see iV), D31V DK 1V7
e. (i.
*T) only in plur.

persons,
e.
D"V dwellers
in the desert.
:
(a)
(money) "of Tyre, the metropolis of the Sidonians." Sec farther in my Comment, on Isa. 23:2.
nomades, shepherds, Ps. 72:9; 74 14. (6) animals, i. e. jackals, ostriches, wild beasts. Isal-ic
I3:i; 23:13; 34:14;

T
p!T
the root
see IV.
Jer.
50:39.
On
the coins of the Sidonians themselves there

city there
is
p^, MTO (l'n^>, D?h$ of Sidon,of the Sidonians).

Within the walls of the ancient
called Anrf"
is
a village
m. prison
P2>*.
(""
or stocks "], Jer. 29: 20,
ft o
Hence
th^>
Gentile noun
DCCIX
V
*'
("smallness"), [Zior],
Judah, Josh. 15: 54. No.
2.
pr. n. of
a town
II.
"H? m. (from
the root
T-1V
No. 5)
(l) an ido{
in the tribe of
Isa.
i"
45: 16.
see
(2)
form,
Ps. 49: 15
an3
/V m.
suff.
vV
Isa. 38 :8, compare the form ^?V), with (f. (from the root ??S No. Ill) a shadow (Arab.
:
(l) a shining plate, ]" (from the root on the forehead of the high priest, Ex. 28:36 38. Compare Ps. 132:18. Plur. (for DTV (2) a flower, Job 14:2. comp. nip'!, C'gT) i Ki. 6:18.
f)
),
Jud. 9 36
Ps. 80: ll, etc.
Metaph. Job 17:7,
Dy
my members (are) like a shadow," i.e. scarce a shadow of my body remains. Also (a) used of
"all
(3) a u?tn0 (compare at the root W5), Jer. 48:9. 20 16. (4) [Ziz~\, pr. n. of a town, only once, 2 Ch.
:
anything fleeting and transient, Job 8:9; Psal. 1O2: 12; Ecc. 8:13. (b) of a roof which affords shade and protection (compare Lat. umbra) hence used for
;
ny*
verse
1
.
f.
a flower.
fading,"
Isaiah 28:4, V?3n
n^
.flower of
i.e.
a fading flower, compare
protection and defence; preserving sometimes however the image of a shadow, Psalm 17:8; 36 8 Isa. 16:3, "make thy shadow at noon as in the
:
night,"
(for
i.
e.
rVV'V) ^ prop. something
like
a flower
st feather (from f" with the fern. adj. termination IV ), hence (i) the forelock of the hair (comp.
the root nS3), Eze. 8:3.
25 :4, thou (O Jehovah) art a shadow in heat;" sometimes not retaining the image, Nu. 14:9; Ecc In plur. is used the form Dy?V. 7:12.
***7
:
"
afford a safe refuge in glowing heat.
Isa.
(z) the borders, the fringed edges(lu<i\te,%.robW), which the Israelites wore on the corners of their gar-
PAEL, TO PRAY, Daniel 6:11; Ezra 6:lO.
(Syr. Arab. \^, and Êth. id,)

"
ments, Nu. 15:38, 39.

,
pr.n. of a town
T0 ROAST, lSa.2:l5;
Isa.
44:16. (Arab.
in the- tribe of
the Philistines, Josh. 15:31; 19:5; l:i. (The Etymology is obscure.

this as
Simeon, but for some time subject to l Sa.3O: i; 2 Sa. Simonis regards
\&
id.
The
signification of roasting
and praying
from 73
pY
an outflowing of a fountain).
(see Chaldee) are referred to the common notion ol warmth by Schult. on Har. i. p. 25, to that of softenHence yV. ing by Jo. Simonis, in Lex.)
far
a root of doubtful authority, as a verb; as as may be gathered from the derivatives

l
npV(" shadow"),
Lamech, Gen. 4:19,
[Zillah], pr.n. of a wife of
22.
(1) to
),
go in a circle (kindred to whence "VX hinge, writhing pain.
TIB,
"rtfl,
*Vn,
cake.
go (Arab. \^ Med. Ye, to go, to arrive, Hence comp. "VID, ~tiT), whence "V? a messenger. HITHPAEL 1'pyn Josh. 9:4, may be, "they betook themselves to the way." But no other trace of this form and signification is either found in Hebrew, or in Aramaean, and the ancient interpreters have all given it as 4Tt?XH " they furnished them(2) to
selves with provisions for the journey," as inver. 12, which appears to preferable.
?vV, an-. Atyo/z., KoXXvpa, or a round Jud. 7:13, D ^Vv, well rendered by the LXX. and Chald. "a cake of barley bread."
^^V, in '"ip
W &$
(l) TO
The cause
'?
No.
II,
of the signification where see it.
is
shewn under the
root
U 7pare
(2)
to
fut.
n?*
GO OVER Or THROUGH
ace. 2 Sa. 19: 1 8.
(as a river), followed

"""??>')
by an
(Com-
me
Jehovah
I.
'
in.
from the root

(2)
1*?
q.
(l) the hinge of a door, Prov. 26: 14, No. l. From the same
D'TV
i.
Ev?0 pains
(as if writhings) of
parturient womtin, Isaiah J3:8;
21:3; l Sam. 4:19. Metaph. used of terror, Dan. 10:16, which is often compared with the pain and alarm in childbirth;
compare ,1^ V. to twist oneself with pain. (3) a messenger, Pro. 13:17; 25:13.
to fall upon, used of the Spirit of upon a man followed by ^JJ Jud. 14:19; 15:14; I Sam. 10: 1O; ll:6; followed by /K l Sam. 16:13; 18:10; used of God himself breaking forth upon men, poet, followed by an ace. Am. 5 6. ; (Compare K ,3 No. 2, d.) to 9 on well, to prosper, to succeed as an (3) affair, (comp. Germ, burrfjgefyn, gortgang fyaben; Lat. lex perfertur ; Heb. *H?N, "^1), Isa. 53 10; comp. 54: 17 used of a man in an affair, Ps. 45 5 Jer. 22 30,
attack,
falling
to
flourish, of a plant (fortfomrmn), Ezek. 17:9, 10.
Follow id by ? to prosper for anything, **

for anything, Jer. 13:7, 10.
to
be fit
fit.)
II.
77^
..a
Arab.
J^
p.
pr.
TO BE
ROLLED DOWN,
TC
(Arab. -^1^ to be
ROLL ONESELF
(as
to
letters
(t)inabrol(en),
kindred
to the root ?/|
(l) trans, to make successful, to prosper (a) any one's affair, Gen. 24 2 1 56 39 3, 23. (b) any person, followed by an ace. of person, 2 Ch. 2 20. '{6:5; followed by ? Neh. l 1 1
HIPHIL
which see
,
CLXXII, B),
inasmuch as the
come very near
to the force of gutturals
and palatals
p. 33)-
(see p. DXCVIII,
A, and Ewald's Gramm.

i.
(2)
to
accomplish prosperously,
to
finish
7y3
= KoXXvpa
Hence ?W| or 77$ Jud. 7:13,

a round cake of bread.
q.
^|
or
The verb
" tne 7 are
well, 2 Chr. 7:11; Dan. 8:25; especially with the nouns 1ST!, ^?"J^. to make one's way or counsel pros-
occurs once, Exodus 15:10,
7?^? '^rf _
i,
)
Psalm 37:7, successful, Deut. 28:29. " one who is successful in all things." i3"n DvV? Hence without the ace. to be successful, as an underper, to be
taking, Jud. 18:5; as a person in any undertaking, l Ki. 22:12, 15; l Ch. 22:13; 29:23; 2Ch.i8:i4; Pro. 28:13; Jer 2: 37-
down like lead." (A?ab. J^ is to perish, be hid, to disappear. IV. pass, to be buried, all from the idea of tumbling downwards). The derived nouns take their form from the kinrolled
to
dred ^V, namely n^W, r^WD.
fl -
III.
["II.
as water.
n
i.q.
77^
(Arab. Jt), TO BE SHADED, DUSKY,
i.q.
Ch. rb]
to
flow,
to be
poured out
Neh. 13:19.
HIPHIL, part.
Hence
nrtaf,
rvr6, nr6*.
?VP shadowing, Eze. 31
3. n.
Heb. ny, APHEL ryn (Heb. form) (l) trans, to cause any one to go on well, i.e. to promote quickly to public offices and honour ( (dwell luct madien laffcn), Dan. 3 aoanuren/ fein 30; to acCh.
:
Derivatives, ?*,
^J,
HIO^V, tfyfl, and pr.
nW
with
suff.
V, pi.
const.
dotv, Cant. 2: 17; 4:6; Jer.6:4;
X a shaJob4O:22. Com-
complish anything prosperously, (2) to be prospered, i.e. to be

honours, Daniel 6:29; Ezr. 5:8.
to be
Ezr. 6:14. raised to great

as a thing,
pare Dy}?.
(" the shadow looking at me"),#azelel-poni~\, pr. n. m. with art. 1 Ch.4:3.
%
prospered
^37/V
InpV
as
is
were
in
rftrfrV 2 Ch. 35: 13, pans, such only pi. and broad, not deep. The primary idea shallow water which can easily be forded [but
f.
D<7 /i an unused
Arab. JJj
to
root, Êth. ^^\CF>; TO BE
SHADY,
flat
be obscure,
suff.
^J^
darkness.
(i) a
Hence
see
rta
II.], (see
r6y No.
l);
whence Arab.
s**~>
Jijj
*
m. with
1107V
shadow, Psalm
a shallow channel of a
JEtli.
river, also
39:7; metaph. used of any thing vain, Psal. 73:20.
-\J
large pans,
platter.
v._>
Hence
(2) an image, likeness (so called from
its
with the
lf
f.
letters
transposed
8fhM
sha-
id.
2 Ki.2:20.
dowing
8
compare anta, aîaapu, mraiypn^fu;), Genesis 1:27; 5:3; 9:6; on image, idol, 2 Kings
forth;
1 1
:
rpv
/
root
id.
Prov. 19:24; 26:15.
Am. 5
s--
26.
(Syr. and Chald. i^xiL

letters
3
NO^ If
-i
something roasted, Ex. 12:8,9, from the
id.,
Arab.
â
an image, the
and
7 being
interchanged.)
see
DT^, U?
4>
Ch. emphat. stato,
Wp/V m. an image,
'7^f TO TINGLE,
-
as the ear,
Sa. 3:11
2KL
<>?n
idol, Dan. 2:31, seqq.; 3:1, seqq.
91:19.
(Arab.
J^,
Syr.
"^8^
id.
Compare the
sibilant
Germ,
Jjallen/
flatten/ <3d)ellf,
gf Urn
i
and without the
Arabic Jkîa. a cymbal.

it
being
It is
changed inton,
ftj
answers to
-f
Lat. tinnivit).
fear,
\Zalmon, Salmon'], pr. n. in mountain a Samaria, near Shechem,JwL (l)of 9:48; this apparently is the one spoken of as covered with snow, Ps. 68: 15. (2) of one of David's captains, 2 Sa. 23:28.
jifi^V (" shady"),
plied to the lips quivering
with
Hab. 3:
16.
7V ("shady"), [Zalmonah"],
station of the Israelites in the desert,
pr. n.
of 9
Derivatives,
>$, 0^?.
Nu. 33:41.
DCCXI
V
f.
hadow, and
of death (comp. pr. n.}O death), poet, for very thick

=
shadow
of
dark-
haps "firstborn," compire ^pS), [Zelophehad] pr. n. in. Num. 26:33; 27:1; 36 2 Josh. 17:3.
:
;
ness, Job3:5; lo:2l; 28:3; 34 22; 38:17. " the gates of darkness." niO^V
*-W
pV ("shade
i
in the
heat of
the sun," from
DpV
is
(perhaps for y|OP
to
whom shadow
?X shadow, and ^j,

of the Benjamites,
1
sun), \_Zelzah~\, pr. n. of a town
denied"), [Za/munno], pr. n. of a prince of the Midianites, Jud. 8:5; Ps. 83: 12.
TO LIMP, TO
Sam. 10:2.
BECOME LAME,
prop. TO IN-
CLINE TO ONE SIDE, Arab. _Lj and
J^
id.
(per-
(Deut. 28:42 [in pause V]), constr. (Job 40:31. and Isa. 18: l), pi. b7#|, see No. 2 (from the root ?? V No. I.) (l) a tingling, clink-
ing (compare as
Exercitt. JEth. p.
to these
Part. f. n$'*n haps denora. from V^), Gen. 32 132. noil, limping flocks, i. e. flocks wearied with the heat
28
my Hebr. Gram. p.
geminate forms, Hupfeld, 119; Arab.

a bridle or bell), used
and with journeying; used figuratively of the ites, Mic. 4:6,7; Zeph.3:l9[Derivatives, the following words.]
Israel-
to tinkle, to. clink, as
sound
i.
y/V
with
constr:
y?V and
f.
J7/V (of
if
(but pi. tflftj PI. rfiy/V beams (as (1) a rib, Gen. 2:21, 22. the ribs of a building, erippe, SRippenroer!), l Ki.
;
suff.
V ?*
1
m.
a segolate form), i Ki. 6:34).
of a tinkling of metal when struck, of arms, th of wings (see No. 3). Hence, Isa. 18: i, Y~$$ " the land of the D*2:i? ?V?V clangour of armies,*
e. full
of hosts, striking together their arms with clangour, anb coll (n>affen=) flirrenber (eere6s) flugeli
i.
e.
Êthiopia.
7:3 (compare verse 2, where there is nirns. same signification). (2) aside (a) of man, Job 18: 12; Jer.2O:lO, " those who watch *y? *Tr'^ my side," my friends
6:15, 16
in the
wings (see
^3
is
No.
Armies in this passage are called i), and in this double use of the
^>^>
(worn
word there
is
also used of the
an ingenious play of words, since sound of flapping of wings

this passage.
@d)t)trren).
who do
not depart from my side. (b) of inanimate of the things, as of the tabernacle, Ex. 26 26, 27 altar, Exod. 27:7; of a quarter of the heaven, Exod.
:
my
The Comment, on
: .
opinions of others are discussed in
(2) a tinkling
instrument,
Job 40 3 1
PI.
O^V^,
specially a fish spear, constr. state cymbals
7$
26:35. PI. 1 Ki. 6:34. Elsewhere always niy/V, constr. niy/V the sides of the altar, Ex. 38:7; of the ark of the covenant, Ex. 25: 14.
(3) a side chamber of the temple (as to which see yj>^)> i Ki. 6:5; Eze. 41:6, seq. ; also collect.
Ki. 6:8, and of the temple, i. q. yjl^, used of the whole of that part TV3 comprising three stories, Eze. 41 -.5, 9, 1 1. myt'y
D^V
(m.) sides, or leaves of a door,
for military purposes, 2 Sam. 6:5; Ps. 150:5. (3) a stridulous insect, a cricket, Deut. 28:42.
(bte S3ecten),
not unlike those
now used
an unused
root,
Ch.
to
cleave; whence
story, or
range of side chambers,
(" fissure"), [Zelelc], pr. n. of one of
Da~
vid's captains, 2
Sam. 23:37;
Ch. 11:39.
a space between the two walls of the 26.41:9, Compare Jos. temple, intended for these chambers.
is
shadow," i. e. pro'JTpV (contr. from a tection of Jehovah"), [Zilthai\, pr. n. m. (l)

l
IX
"
Ch. 8:20.
see
(2)
Ch. 12:20.
Archaeol.
viii. 3,
2.
(4) [Ze/a/t], pr. n. of a town of the Benjamites, where Saul was buried, Josh. 18:28; 2 Sa. 21:14.
[with suff. *y?] m. limping ; hence a fall, Ps. 35: 15; 38:18.
fut. spv* TO BE THIRSTY, Ex. 17:3; medesire eagerly (compare &v//aw, sitio) any followed by ? Psalm 42 3 63 2. person or thing, -
taph.
to
f.
^ /S
whence
*)?
in.
an unused
root, Syr. to
break,
to
wound;
(Arab.
L^v
^
.
-
id.
It is of
the same stock as
Hence the four nouns which follow

"
("fracture," Neh. 3:30.
wound"), [Za/opA],pr.n.
nX
m m
thirst, Eze. 19:13.
" ("fracture," or first rupture," per-
cially a thirsty,
adJ- thirsty, Isaiah 5: 13; 21:14; i. e. dry or desert land, 44:3.
DCCX1I
fem. thirst, figuratively applied to sexual dsire, Jer. 2 95 comp. nj"l.
: ;
KOV
P^GX
:15!
masc. a thirsty
i.e.
arid region, Deu.
Isa-
35
7-
u
1SJ?
not used in KAL, Arab. <X*?
Syr.
ô
TO
BIND, TO FASTEN, kindred to the root DPX( com Pare
and
DOJ>).
to
fastened, i.e. to adhere; in this " he adhered to Baal-Peor," phrase, *fe|n83? I??? devoted himself to his worship, Num. 25:3,5; Psa.
NITHAL,
ie
106:28.
things which tprout forth from the earth produce, fruit of the earth, Gen. 19:25; Hos. 8:7 Eze. 16:7; Ps. 65:11. Hence niiV nD Is;iiali4:2. the produce of Jehovah, i. e. the produce of the holy tne ot" ej land consecrated to God, i. q. f^?? ^? hemistich (see Gen. 4:3;Nu.i3:26;Deut. i :25; 26; I thus explain the whole pas2, 10; 28:30, etc.). sage, "the produce of God shall be glorious and excellent, and the fruits of the earth shall be beautiful and excellent for the survivors of Israel;" i.e. the whole shall flourish more beautifully, and shall be adorned with plenty of produce and fruits for the
collect,
PUAL,
to be
fastened, 2
Sa. 20: 8.
to
HIPHIL, with the addition of n P.")P

1*8.50:19.
Derivatives, "^P^ and
frame
deceit,
who shall escape that slaughter. other interpretations of this passage are unsuitable both to the context and the parallelism of the words; amongst these is the explanation of those
benefit of those
The
who understand
(i) a pair
with
suff.
^PV
of oxen,
Sa.
HDV the branch or offspring of J* God, to be the Messiah, which is prevented by *")S
11:7; of asses, Jud. 19:10. 2 Ki.9:25, D'"1P>* D*??1 " riding in pairs," i. e. two and two. Collectively, Isa. 21:7, DT"JS "ID V "pairs of horsemen" (comp. ens), verse 9.
(a) a
ftr"j.tn
n?"?
one
may
in the other hemistich [not necessarily so: the refer to his Godhead; the other, to his
manhood].
But the Messiah
is
undoubtedly to be
is
understood, Jer. 23:5; 33:15; where there
pro-
yoke
i.
fas a
as
agri,
e.
measure of land],y<7wm s. -jumuch as one yoke of oxen could

l
mised to David PHX no*, njyiy npy, a righteous branch or offspring and Zee. 3:8; 6 1 2 where tht
:
plough in one day,
Sa. 14: 14; Isa. 5: 10.
Messiah
spring,
i.
is
e.
ellipti cully
called HP:? branch, or
off-
of God.
r/TOlsa.5:l3;
fem. a
see KOX].
woman's
T&
(2) the
m.
vail, Cant. 4:1; 6:7; Isa.

2.
47:2; from the root OP.? No.
(l) a bracelet, Gen. 24:22,30. covering of a vessel, so called from
it*
being bound on, Nu. 19: 15; from the root ipy.
Ita'l.
simmuki,
m. dried grapes, and cakes made of them; \ Sa. 25: 18; 2 Sa. 16: l from the root
;
PP*.
TO
a 5
: ;
SPROUT FORTH, used
of plants, Gen.
41:6; of hairs, Lev. 13:37. Transitively, Ecc. 8:6, D'V# note "OP "the wood sprouting forth," i.e. producing trees. Metaph. used of the first beginnings of things which occur in the world, Isa. 42:9;
from the root masc. sing, (of the form P >>! a snare, Job 18:9. DDV) Metaph. destruction. Job 5:5, D/'H D'GV f)XK^ "and destruction pauta for their wealth;" where destruction is very suitably compared to a snare gaping and lying in wait. The aid interpreters render D'DV in this place by thirstJ?
!
ing, as though it were the same as E'NDy, which would contradict the laws of the language.
43
'
>
58:8.
(The primary idea appears
to
be that
nrVDV
f.
of shining forth, compare Syr.
to shine,
Arab.
whence "to be
prop, extinction (from the root sold nrvpy? i.e. for ever,"i.q
Lev. 25:23, 30.

PIEL, i. q. Kal (used of the hairs and beard), Eze. 16:7; Jud. 16: 23. HIPHIL, to cause to sprout forth (plants from the earth), Gen. 8:9; followed by two ace., to make to sprout forth, as grass on the earth, Ps. 147:8. n Metaph. i7";V Tpyfl to cause deliverance [rather, righteousness] to exist, or spring up, Isaiah 45 8 ;
:
twine, to weave, nto bind like the Arab. J-, cognate to the verb
fc
an unused
*-
root.
(l)
to
(whence D'P-? a snare), and Hebr. DDT, which see. (2) to bind fast a vail, to vail, i. q. Chald. D?y,
D>'PV; hence HE*.
61: 11.
Whence
with
suffix
TO
*Hlpy
DRT UP
>
of the breasts, HOB. 9: 14
a sprout, always [?]
hence JBy.
DCCXIII
an unused
transp.
.
root,
perhaps
i.
q. ">PT
and Arab.
-j
to cut off.
suff.
Hence
(perhaps so called
TJ fleece,
comm. Num. 32:24, and X cattle, especially sheep.

jfi?
<"tt
Ps. 8:8,
i.
^By m. woo/
off,
from
Ch.
its
being shorn
compare
from
Tl|),
~>PJ!
(which
see),
Lev. 13:47; Deut. 22:

pr. n.
n.
Gen. 10:18 \_Zemarite~\,

naauitish nation.
of a Cacity of
The
inhabitants of the
(I.) a thorn (from the root R* No. I.), P L Prov. 22:5, used of hedges made of thorns, Job 5:5; but niay is used figuratively of hooks, compare Din, Am. 4:2. (II.) a shield (from the root 13V No. II.), of a
Simyra are apparently to be understood (Strabo, xvi. p. 518; Cellarii Not. Orbis Ant. ii. 445), the ruins of which, called Sumra, at the western base of Lebanon, are mentioned by Shaw (Travels, p. 269).
larger kind, covering the whole of the soldier, Ovptos (see i Ki. 10:16), Ps. 35:2; 91:4; 26.23:24.
(IH.) cooling, refreshment, Prov. 25: 13, from the root 13? No. III.
PIJ3C see
Xyt.
[Zemaraiml,
pr. n.
of a town in the
tribe of Benjamin, Josh. 18:22,
whence apparently
has sprung the name D!"DPy "ID in the mountainous country of Ephraim (which belonged to the territory of the Benjamites), 2 Ch. 13:4.
or C)foy root *)3y.
5)UV
i.
q.
tp
Isa.
62:3 a>na, from the
see
n3X m.a cataract(so called from its rushing noise under 1JV), Ps. 42 8 a water-course, 3 Sa. 5:8.
:
jS f. foliage of a tree, as if the wool or hair of trees (Gr. \a-%vn), figuratively transferred from animals to plants (compare under 'P. |, ^ ^Xr
-?3.,
TO
DESCEND, TO LET ONESELF DOWN,
e.g.
from an
Jud. 1:14; Josh. 15:18: also used of inanimate things. Jud. 4:21, " she struck the nai:
ass,
rriS,
njMV, Gr. oioe O.WTOV, Horn. Od.
i.
443), Eze. 17
into his temples, P"?K3 ruyni
and
to
itwentdown
bow down,
p.
into
3,22; 31:3,10, HTO BE SILENT, TO LEAVE OFF SPEAKING, like the Arab. i^^fy. (of the same family as D-1, Wn, DO" } and many others ending in D, see page
pr.
1
the earth."
(Cogn. concluding remark under the letter X,
is
^~
see the
DCXcvm,A.)
D^VIjy m. pi. thorns, prickles, Nu. 33:55; Josh. 23: 13; from the root 13V No. I.
ccm, B); trans,

to silence,
to
cutoff,
to
destroy, prop,
to
bring
Lam. 3:53.
to be
extinguished, Job 6: 17; 23:17. 119:139; and HIPHIL, i. q. Kal, Ps. 54:7; 69:5; loi":5. PILPEL nripy id. Ps. 88: 17, where ^rugpy occurs for ^nflpy, which does not appear to have been stated by any one. However, I should not doubt that Kibbutz is put for a moveable Sh'va, on account of the following long u, according to the law which I have stated, Lehrg. p. 68, 69 also Sam. ^TiJ^Z, for P3?, and in Gr. and Lat. homo, socors, for hemo (semo), secors ; genu, yovv ; vioq, novus ;
NIPHAL,
PIEL, Ps.
; ,
^y$ m. tiara, a bandage twined round the head of men, Job 29:14; of women, Isa. 3 :23; of the high priest, Zoc. 3:5; from the root ^V to wind
round; see n l?2.VP.
UJ:
pr. 99^
TO BE HARD, as in the Samar. language;

Part. pass. D-1JV
comp. Jj*XJO. a rock.
barren (used
of ears of corn), Gen. 41 : 23.

J.
j
Compare "NO?!.
(I)
i.
q.
\y& TO BE
SHARP, TO PRICK; hence
nay,
D^?y a
i.
thorn, thorns.
(II)
scopulus.
Compare
I.
/3p, JPp.
the letters
DCXCVIII,
Derivative,
protect (as to the connection of and V, see last remark under letter V, p. A) whence H|y No. II, a shield [" also
q. 13| to
2
;
[V see n|V No.

|
\_Zin~], pr. n. (Talmud PV, a low palm tree), a desert situated to the south of Palestine, to the
(Ill) from the Chaldee usage, i.q. /I"* No. 3 (I and n being interchanged), to be cold; whence nay No. ILL
west of Idumaea, where was the town of
JJ?.")3
KHj?
Num. 13:21; 20:1; 27:14; with n

34:4; Josh. 15:3.
parag. Hjy
Num.
TO BE
LOWLY, SUBMISSIVE, MODEST. Part
N JS
have
Chald. id, pass, (with an active sense), Prov. 1 1 :2. Cogn. is y33. [In Thes. to depress; Part. pass. dd pressed; hence submissive, modest.]
HIPHIL,
to
an unused
cattle.
root,
i.
q.
Arab. u-0 IV. to
much
act submissively, modestly, Mic.6'8
DCCXIV
Ji fut. f)3V! TO ROLL UP, TO WIND UP, specially Isaiah 22:18, nwy 1?3*! spa* a tiara, Levit. 16:4. rolling he will roll thee, like a ball."
Derivatives,
f.
HIFHIL,
to
to
cause some one

14,
to
hasten his steps

tffib
persecute. Job 18:
ninb
irrvyVB
ter-
rors
^V,
as
persecute him like a (hostile) in Thes. "make him go down

^VV^>
n>
king." [Better to the king of
terrors."]
a ball, Isa.22:*e.
Derivatives,
$$
[ and
the
following
JyVi'V f. a basket (see the cognate forms under the word ??D No. 2, p. DLXXXIX) [in Thes. from 13 -J No. II the meaning there given is a vessel], Ex. 16:33.
;
words].
?
m. a step, 2 Sa. 6:13; Ps. 18:37, and

JV
f.
pJ- an unused root;

'
Samar.
to
shut up; whence
(2) pi.
(of God), 2 Sa. 5:24. Arab, jljua*, which chains, stepping
(l) a
going
poetic,
an unused root, which I regard as onomatoand kindred to the verb 133 (as to the conwith the palatals, see last remark
V, p. DCXCVIII,
were worn by Oriental women fastened to the ancleband (03^) of each leg, so that they were forced to walk elegantly with short steps (*!?), Isaiah 3: 20;
nection of the letter
compare
l/S
to
niJ?>'S.
under
A);
pr. to
creak,
to
;
squeak,
specially
Germ,
fdjnavren/ fdmurren (like ">3?
(i) TO
INCLINE,
e.g. a vessel,
which
is
Inarren)
used of the stridulous sound of water flowing
down
violently, as in cataracts, aqueducts (raufdxn). Hence The same power appears to have belonged "foy.
and the quadriliterals "^V, ^P??; whence J-naiTO! and "ip\3.rOJ the sea of Galilee, perhaps the sea of the cataracts (from the Jordan flowing into this lake with a great rushing), and I^PV cantharus, i. e. a channel.
to
133
be emptied, Jer. 48:12. (Arab, jc^ id. JEth. Tl00I * pour out, 3 and V being interchanged, see last remark under p. DCXCVIII, A). (2) to be inclined, bent, used of a man in bonds, Isa. 51:14; also to bow oneself (ad concubitum), Kara,
K\ivtaQai, Jer. 2 2O.

:
(3)
to
bend back the head,

q.
i.
e.
to
be proud,
Isa.
63:1.
PIEL,
i.
Kal No.
l, ibid.
'V:
f-
pl- rh canthari,
channels, tubes, through

(
which the
Zee. 4: 13.
oil
of the vessel
^)
flows to the lamps,
See the root 13 Y.

(l)
TO
2
STEP, TO GO ON
eintjerfdbreitcn).
SLOWLY and
done in a so-
m. (from the root ^J #V Gen. 24:65; 38:14.
womans
with state
(fctjreiten/
as
is
TJft m.
(i) adj. small, little
lemn procession,
Sam. 6:13; compare Jer. 10:5; hence used of Jehovah, Jud. 5:4; Psa. 68:8 used of the gentle and slow gait of a delicate youth, Prov. Followed by an ace. to go through (a land), 7 8. Hab. 3: 12. (2) to mount up (which is done with a slow mo:
(a) in number, Mic. 5:1; Isa. 60: 22. (b) in age, younger, Gen. 19:31; with the addition of D*P'f Job 30:1. (c) in dignity, least, Jud. 6:15; de-
spised, Ps. 119:141.

(2) [ZatY], pr. n. of a town, once 2 Ki. 8 2
:
1.
tion,
Arab, jjn?
to
go up); poet,
transit, to
cause
(TTJ/V
to
f.
subst.
smallness
(of age), Gen. 43:33.
go up
it
(like the French monter forfaire monter). Thus appears to me we should explain the difficult pas:
TO
MOVE TENTS,
*i?), Isa.
TO GO
FORWARD
burden,
i.
8S a
nomadic
No.
II.
tribe, pr. to load beasts of
q.
1^9
gage Genesis 49
22,
TO
'!?]>.
nTJTC
nh3
(i. e.
"
(the fruit-
(Arab.
33:20.
bearing tree) makes
its
daughters
branches) to
ascend
(it
propels them) over the
" the taken, daughters (i.e. the wall; or, with the vowels a
Commonly branches) ascend over

little
wall."
changed, n'U3
(i.e.
TO^rnj;*
"the daughters of ascent
the
of jy.i [Zoa?i], pr. n. Tan is, an ancient city lower Egypt, situated on the east of the Tanitic branch of the Nile: in Egypt, called A'Al ill and A\VIU e. low region), whence have sprung both the (i.
Hebrew and
wild beasts dwelling in the mountains, Arab.

ijut^r) (lie in) wait."
reject*
i^Lj
i in Thes.
p.
[This explanation is expressly 176; the Arabic does not mean
the Greek forms of the name, also the See my Comment, on Isaiah 19:11. Arab. ,Ûc Nu. 13:22; Isa. 19:11, 13; 30:4; 26.30:14D^jDJfif ("
" * wild beasts," but
wiM
asses."")
removings"), \Zaanannim.
Za>
DCCXV
riat m], pr. n.
of a town of the Kenites in the tribe of
Naphtuli, Josh. 19:33; Jud. 4:11.
over, to cover,
an unused root, prob. i. whence ^TV-? a vail.
q.
to cover
3:17; comp. hab. 2:1 [Piel]. Hence (a) to l)ol out for. Hos. 9:8, Dnss nai Ephraim lookj out for (aid)." (b) to observe accurately; followed by an ace., Prov. 15:3; 3 1 27 followed by ? Ps. 66: 7 followed by P? (to see and judge between),
:
D*yVjT
work,
m. plur. Vulg. opus statuarium, which see. 2 Ch. 3: 10. Root
statuary
V^
Gen. 31 149. in wait; followed by ? Psa. (c) to lie Job 37:32. (d) to select ( auferfetjen ), i. q. nxn. 15:22, 3^n !? Mil -lay selected (or destined) for
the sword"
y ?
i.
q. PS?T
(which see; compare pny and pn>)
(V for ây).
overlay with gold or silver (pr. by two
2, l
CRY OUT, followed by

TO
lowed by "? Job 19:7, DDn PJ?y done to me.

PIEL, to
to
of pers. Gen. 41:55; Jud. 4:3; fol2 Ch. 13: 14; also an ace. of the thing,
especially for aid, Deuteron. 22:24, 27;

to
PIEL
(i) to
splendid; see Kal No. l); followed ace., Ex. 25:24; i Ki. 6:20, seqq.
(2)
i.
make
"
cry out
of wrong,"
sc.
as
q.
Kal No.
Samuel 4:13;
part.
HSVO a
watchman,
2 Ki. 2:12.
cry out,
7:4.
Isaiah 21 :6; metaph. a prophet, Mic. Followed by 7^ of the thing which anyone
HIPHIL,
calltogether, like
to be
P7P
Sa. 10:17.
to
NIPHAL, pass, of Hiph.
called together,
run together, Jud. 7:23, 24; 10:17.
Hence
watches for and expects (as aid), Lam. 4:17; 3 Mic. n 7:7. Absol. Psa. 5:4, f ?$? "I expect," sc. divine I look to God. aid,
f. crying out, npJ/ especially for aid, Exodus Gen. Job 19:13, cnsyv "the outcry 34:28. 3:9; on account of them" (the men of Sodom), which the men of Sodom extort from others.
PUAL, pass, of Piel No.

'
l, to
be
overlaid, Ex. 26'
*}2
Prov. 26:2*3.
V
Derivatives, 1S?, njB?, 7VSV,
n|V9; and pr.n.

a swimming, Eze.
pr. n. of
i
nnay, iay,
ây, fvay,
nay.
fj-lV)
y
/2
*^J?T, ""V!
1
f.
(from the root
TO BE SMALL, Arab,
yc^j,
Syr. ;_ij
(com p.
32:6.
?), metaph. to be or become mean and despised, Jerem. 30:19; Job 14:21 (oppos. to "??).
("
watch-tower"), \_Zepho],
a son
of Eliphaz, Gen. 36: 11, 15; called '?y
Ch.
136.
Zee. 13:7.
Derivatives,"^, HTyy, and
"^J
Pr n
-
m. (from the root nay Piel

ing,
metal laid over
statues,
No 2), overlayNum. 17:3,4; Isaiah

16).
30:2-2.
and
"l
("
small ness;" compare Gen. 19:
ac), \_Zoar~\, pr. n. of a town on the southern shore of the Dead Sea, Gen. 13:10; 19:22,30; Isa. 15:5;
Jer.
comm.
(f.,
Isa.
43:6; Cant. 4:
(i) th
48:34; more anciently called V/3.

-S
(cognate to
the verb ipy) TO
ADHERE
north, the north quarter (prop, hidden, obscure, inasmuch as the ancients regarded the north as obscure and dark; irpoc 4o^>oi', Horn. Od. ix. 25, seqq. ; x. 190, seqq., the south, on the contrary, as clear,
FIRMLY, Lam. 4:8 (Arab, jjua
to join together).
and lighted by the sun; see EiTJ), Num. 34:7.
*$$
(l) TO SHINE, TO BE
c LJ
i-tf );
BRIGHT (Arabic
Hence
Piel No.
l.
pay the north land (Babylonia), Zech. 2: 1O; Jerem. 16:15; compare Jer. 6:22. Poet, also used for the north wind (pay nil), Cant. 4:16; and for the northern heavens, which is almost the s;ime its for
the heaven generally, as the greater
part of the
? pa-yo hidden, Job 26:7. northward of any place, Josh. 8: 1 1, 13; and without ? Josh. ll:2. With H parag. '"Ijiay northward,
(2) to look out, to vieiv (prop, to enlighten with the eyes, comp. ^T^, unless the primary idea be rather
southern hemisphere
is
sought for in inclining, bending forward, in order to view; comp. Tic^n. With this accord ovcVw, OXOTTOC, and even in Lat. transp. specio, specto, tTKoTriw,
specula, etc). Isa. 21:5; see JVay. Used of a tower which has a wide view, Cant. 7:5. Part, nsix a
watchman
set
on a tower,
Sam. 14:16; 2 Sam.
13:34; 18:24. Metaph. used of prophets, who, like watchmen, declare future events as being divinely revealed to them by visions, Jer. 6: 17; Eze.
Gen. 13:14; also a region situated towards tht north, as njiay nb?pp the kingdoms of the north, Jerem. 1:15; and with prep. rOiB-yn'pS Eze. 8:| 4.; nriayb i Ch. 26: 17, towards the north, roiayp from the north quarter, Josh. 15:10; ? rmayp from the north of any place, Jud. 21 19; ""Uiay r3?D from the
:
north, Jer. 1:13.
Compare
'"1333.
(2) [ZapJion], pr. Gad, Josh. 13:87.

see
name
of a town in the tribe of

its
TSV
m. a he-goat, Dan. 8:5, 21,
so called froir
leaping; see the root No. 2.
See Chald.
*vsy ch.
i.
TTPV
id -
Ezr 6: >?
-
sy r
y m. (l) adj. northern, Joel 2: 20 (spoken of the hosts of locusts [?] coming from the north). word $*"*, F?V (which see), (2) patron, of the Nu. 26:15.
Dns*
from rn'SX), comm.
Pro.
crown,
(l) prop, a (from the root 1|> No. l) 28:5. (2) a circle, a circuit; hence used of the vicissitude of events and fortune, as if going in a circle
n^^y
f.
Isa.
(compare
TJS
2V,
27:8;
its
Eze. 7:7, HTD-Vn HK3 Eccl. 1:6). " the circle comes to thee," which is well ren-
nh^p
pi.
(as if
(f.
Isa.
31 :5)
(l) a
small bird,
so called
: ;
from
;
dered by Abulwalid
f.
t^J\
jJ\
<^j^-
Psalm 1 1 l 104: 17 Jib Prov.6:55 7' 2 3; specially a 40:29; 124:7; Otwittering (see ">?V No. 3),
n^fiy (from the root n ?V)> looking out, guard, watch. Isaiah 21:5, JVMn nby "they watch the
-.
sparrow (Arab.
Ps.
,.*,-
with a prefixed guttural),
watch," i.e. they keep guard in the watch-towers. The interpretations of others are noticed in Comment.
on the passage.
84:4; Pro. 26^2.

Collect,
(2) a 5ird, of
14:4.
Levany kind, Deu. 4: 17 14:11; Gen. 15:10. 7:14; birds,

;
fut. )SV! (cogn.
|PO)
of Balak, king (3) [Zippor], pr.n. of the father of Moab, Nu. 2-2:4, 10; Josh. 24:9.
CEAL, Ex. 2:2; Josh. 2:4.

i. e.
(l) TO HIDE, TO COM Part. pass. pQ hidden,
secret, inaccessible,
Ezek. 7:22.
Especially to
TO BE WIDE,
AMPLE; compare Arab.
to spread out, cogn. nBB; ^th. iVrh: Conj. whence IVITBV spread out, to extend, to dilate ;
II. to
P13,
ni
f.
("cruse"), \Zopha], pr.n. m.
Ch.
7:35,36; and
nn^V
aeq.; for
a cruse,
for holding water,
Sa. 26:
1 1,
holding
oil, l
Ki. 17:12.
S"
Chald. D'St? ~
"
id.
Arab, with the

*
letters transposed, <iu-Uj

*
a dish, a
guard and defend any one, Psalm 27:5; 83:4, ^SV nin* those Intrans. to hide protected by Jehovah. oneself (or ellipt. to hide nets, snares), to lie in wait, followed by ? Prov. l 11, 18; Psalm 10:8; absol. 56:7 np. Part. D^-ISV riches, (2) to lay up, to store up. Followed by ? treasures, Job 20: 26; Ps. 17:14'"^. Job to lay up for any one, Job 21:19; Ps. 31 :2O. 20 26, V3-1D^ POO ^f n-^>3 every misfortune is 1 ai d up for his treasures." 373 }?y to hide with one's
:
:
self (lay
up
;
in one's heart),
Job 10:13;
IFIS 'V id.
platter; Syr.
U*2.
id.
Pro. 2:1
7:1.
'Syseete*.
(from the root 'I^V), a watchtower, Lam. 4: 17. fisyp
i"!'S
f,
(3) to restrain, Prov. 27: 16; followed
by
P? to
deny
i.
to
any
to
one,
Job 17:4.
one, i.e. to be un;
q.
NIPHAL,
to be
hidden from any
known
("expectation," "longing"), [Zip hi on], |V pr.n. m. Gen. 46:16; for which there is t'^V Num.
86:15.
a cake, so called from its being broad (compare irXa, irXaaleic), Ex. 16:31. Root HDy.
him, followed by |D Job 24: l Jer.l6: 17. (2) to be laid up, i. e. to be destined for anyone, followed by ^ Job 15:20. HIPHIL, i. q. Kal No. l, to hide, Ex. 2:3; Job 14:
13;
to lie
in
wait
Ps.
rVJVSV
f.
Derivatives, flB? (^2?),
56:7 ana. D^ByD, an d

i.
pr. n. PSV,
and
"
j'Sy
P8
17: 14
HTO,
for
HB,
see J5V No. 8.
y_'Sy only in the pi.
QTT9V excrements of animals,

S I*Jus, from the root VS*,
[Zephaniah],
ninth place
whom Jehovah hid," pr. n. LXX. 2o0oi'/ac-
e.
defended),
Vulg. Sopho-
nias (for n T ^?y).
dung, Rzek. 4:15; Arab.

which
see.
f.
among
;
(l) of a prophet, who takes the the twelve minor prophets, Zeph.
jy
are of
of less
little
only value (as

pi.
n'BV
shoots of a
;
tree,
such as
if excrements)
distinguished offspring ; opp. IM. 88:94
used figuratively to O'KVNV.
i:l. (2) of a priest, Jer. ai:l; 29:25, 29, called (3) Zee. 6: 10, 14. (4) ^;?Dy,Jer.J7: 3 52:24. l Chr. 6: 21, for which there is ?fc*TW i Chr. 6:9
15:5,21.
Egyptian
pr. n., given to
Joseph
ii
nsv-ysv
his public capacity
DCCXVII
Ezek. 17 :5 (where supply ?)
root appears to me to be inundate hence, that which
by Pharaoh, Gen. 41:45. The genuine Egyptian form of the word appears to be more accurately given by the LXX. ov0o/i^>ar)x> in which Egyptian scholars (see Bernard, on Joseph. 2 it)) Ant. ii. 6, l Jablonskii Opuscc. i. p. 207
;
Arabic
to
;u-i^> id
Pilpel, tc
ii
The
5J-1V
swim,
is
Inundated, which
very suitable to the willow.

I.
recognize the Egyptian nctOT LKjjGlJe?, salvation, or saviour of the age, from n the article, ctl)T, <TwtM', ffwri'ip, ffUTTjpia, and <J)fill62 aluv. So Schol.
IJ - (l) TO GO
hence
to
IN A CIRCLE, TO
to
REVOLVE
(see rvVQV);
turn,
Jud. 7 : 3, "
"1B!1.
Cod. Oxon.
Jerome,
the
ôyOoâfi'i^, o kanv <7wr/)p KOCT/UOU, and The Hebrews interpreted servator mundi.
let him who is turn and return." (2) to dance in a circle, and
turn oneself about, fearful and afraid 3E*

generally, to leap,
/*3,
Hebrew form of the word, revealer of a secret,

[See also Thes.]
to
see Targ., Syr., Kimchi.
dance.
to
Arab. JuJ
to
fut.
L, compare
>in,
and
whence "VS
a he-goat.
twitter, as a bird
Chald.
(trillern),
J7S-
an unused
thrust,
to
root, to
thrust out (kindred
is
(3)
chirp,
Arab.
-Jj
to
push,
to impel), specially vile,
ignoble things, as excrements (Arab.
JLe
to void
to
dung, to
break wind, and D'JTQy excrements);
See also pr. n. lfite. [The meaning given to this root in Thes. is, to pip, to chirp, as a bird.]
11BV,'
II.
i.
Hence
1|.
produce
worthless shoots, as a tree (see njPBy), its detestable progeny, as a viper (compare VS^, '$?).
q.
jj
to
wound with claws. See

9
meaning given
root is divided into two parts; the [In Thes. this See more to the second is to hiss.]
in
Chald.
(f.,
Dan. 4:18; and Dan. 4:9 np; but *

i.
us to this root
my
Comment, on
I'm
Isa.
m.), a bird,
q.
Syr. )^2>-
sing.
Gen. 7:14;
<I
i.
p.
705.
Fdsius (Neue Jahrb. fur Phil. i. p. 171) prefers to regard the viper as being so called from its hissto that of ing, and adds this onomatopoetic power n V.?? protruding, compare H^V an(i "^? (whence This is not amiss, although the idea of a viper). viper's progeny is both exceedingly suitable in some
i
Deuter. 4:17, Targ.
Plur. pB.V; constr. 1B.V Dan.
4:9, ll, 18, 30.

masc. a frog, Exod. 7:27, 28; 8:1, seq. frogs, Exod. 8:2; where (as is usual with This quinquecollectives) it is joined with a fern.
Collect,
literal
$nfif
appears to be blended of the verb ~^^ No.Ia,
passages (Isaiah 14: 29), and rests upon ancient authority.
to dance, to leap;
and c^J, a marsh; as
if
leaping in
late,
a marsh
m. viper's brood, Isa.i4:3Q.

'.
LXX. tK-yora
and
not, as
some have thought of
from
Hence
the root~>2>'No.I.3, since the chirping of birds cannot be aptly applied to frogs. From this fuller form
(like '?*VT.) prop, belonging to a viper's brood; hence a viper itself, Isa. 11:8; 59:5; Pro. 93:32. Plur. D'?yay Jer. 8:17. LXX. (Isa. 1 1 8 ; See another etymology 14:29) tKjova aairidtov.
:
have
arisen, in
5 -o
Arab, and Syr., the more contracted 9

.
quadriliterals cjJuJ
and JLijioJ a
frog.
f.
under the root

fus,
whence
J.
Vulg. reguD. Michaelis understood the horned

ys>'.
Aqu.
/3aer\/<mje-
PDQV ("a little bird"), pr. n. Moses, Ex. 2 2 1 4:25; 18: 2.

:
of the wife of
serpent, or cerastes.
P
To
Germ,
(2) a
m.
(i) the nail of the finger, Deut. 21

II.
ia
from the root 1QV No.

on 'y in PILPEL *!? an onomatop. word, TO TWITTER, PIP, or CHIRP, as a bird, Isaiah 10:14; 38:14, Gr.
7ri7r/w, Tirifa,
(Arab, jfe
Chald
the Hebr.
ns X
nearly approaches Greek

Jer.
Germ,
jtrpen.
Like the
applied to the slender voice of the manes, " vocem exiyuam " (Virg. Ên. vi. 492), which the ancients sometimes compared to a whisper, sometimes to a sigh, Isa. 8:19.
trrpovdi^ta, it is
Greek Tpifa,
17:1.
porn; Eng. Spur.) point ( of a nail) of a style (of adamant), Comp. Plin. H. N. xxxvii. c. 4. 15.
an unused root; perhaps,

adorn (Barhebr.
Sir. xxi.
i.
9
q.
Syr.
TI
A>.
tv
[But
why
hould we look in the word of God for such heathen

ideas as
24)
f.,
p. 180); compare J^t^-i ornament, Chald. ri3V Gr. icofffietv. Hence

;
Manes?]
f.
^?^
3 15.
:
the
capital of a column,
is
i.
q. "ihs?
Ch
according to the Hebrews, the wiilou
[This
referred in Thes. to HEtt
Na L]
DCCXVIII
H3V ("watch-tower;"
from the root
HE>y),
[Zc-
LXX., Vulg. Chald.

would derive
this
See the root No.
i.
Other*
phath], pr.n. of a Canaanitish town; afterwards called ncnn j ud. 1:17.
from Arab. c_->-s

of
to strike.
(2) adj. fern,

[see above].
I
burning (used
fire),
Prov. 16:27;
nnSX (id.), [ZephathaK], pr. n. of a valley near Mareshah, in the tribe of Judah, 2 Ch. 14:9.
an unused and doubtful
root.
Arab.
D** seel"*
/pi
an unused root; perhaps,
tie.
i.
^^ ^
to cool,
q.
whence
to
bind together, to
see
as-.
Hence
TC ("cooling"), [ZereeJa], pr.n. of a town of the Manassites, near Scythopolis, i Ki. 1 1 26 ; 2 Ch. 4: 17. For this there is written "Vm Jud. 7 22
: :
(where
Aeyo'/i.,
Kings 4:42,
sacifc,
called
from
its
bag
for straining;
being tied together. with this also accords Gr. dvXcufoc,
bag; so Talmud. ?j$ a
same
is
should be n l"?.V [as in some MSS.]); the called *\Fp$ Josh. 3: 16; l Ki. 4: 12 ; 7 :46.
it
M
to
JA an unused root
to
sack.
"ft?
;
cleave,
(2)
i.
make
with distinct accents ">y and

l.
q.
Arab.
art. *vyn
(
i.
with
suff.
^^
pr. n.
(l) like the Syr. and Ch. clefts; hence to flow, to run, as a wound.
-iy p Dny, ny (from the root ~ny). sary, an enemy (see the root No. 4),
an adverbut,
whence
*">y
and
HMiy.
f.
q. 311K;
(with Kametz impure)

the root TV-?)
of the word
">V
(from
Nu. 10:9, only poet. (Job 16:9; Deu. 32:27; Psa. 81:15; Lam. 1:7; Isa. 9:10); and in the later books, Esther 7:4, 6; Neh. 9:27.
besides
(l) a female adversary, enemy, a iSa.l :6 (from the root "ny No. 4). rival, especially n PT>'? (2) distress, with n parag. Ps. 12O:1,Y
(2) distress, affliction (see the root No. 5), Ps. when I am in distress, Y 4:2; 44: 11 78:42. Psalm 18:7; 66:14; 106:44; 102:3, ^ IVOra id.
;
"when
am
in
distress," comp. Jon. 2:3; from
>?
the root "ny No. 5.
Fern. "ny id.
which see. (3) a st one (so called as being compact and hard;
q.
nw
No.
"ITIV and rny ("cleft"), [Zria*], pr.n.of a daughter of Jesse, the mother of Joab, l Sa. 26:6; 2 Sa. 2:13; i Ch. 2: 16.
i), Isa.
5:28.
;
"tt
(from
narrow,
"TC
of the form DJ? from DOPI), adj. Nu. 22:26; Job 41:7; f. nny Pro. 23:27.
~n>*
No. 5
ny ( leprous"), [ZruaA], mother of Jeroboam, l Ki. 11:26.

"Vnv
see "ny.
pr. n. of the
("narrow"
["flint"]),
[Zr],
19 35.
:
pr.n. of a
town
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh.
n
to
an unused root
(l)
i.
q.
Arabic
<L>-.?
.^11.
"IV
m. (l) a rock, i. q. "VNo. 2,Eze. 3:9. (a) a knife, Ex. 4:25. Compare T-W No. 3. (3) i. q. "V1V Tyre; which see.
be
clear, manifest, open;

s<--
whence
lofty
ground;
H a high building, a tower, Hebr. n "iy.
J
3~13
not used in Kal; prop, (as I suspect) i. q. (as to the interchange of the letters 3 and X see
!
Kindred are nny,

(2)
to
It is applied to the voice (compare y), hence cry out with aloud and clear voice. Arab.
hist
page Dcxcvra), TO SCRATCH, ro BE SCABBY, itouoH; whence njiy No. l. (2) to be dry, burned up (as to the connection of
,
remark under
ê
Isa.
jEth. (TKft: Zephto
>:4-
Kindred
is
IT}.
these significations, see under ~nn). NIPHAL, to be burned, scorched, Ezek. 21:3.
HIPHIL,
lift
up a
cry, used of a warlike cry,
42:13.
gent. n. from
Kindred are
"
*pb', *PJ?.
Chald. nany a burning.
*TX Tyrian,
Ezr. 3:7.
IV Tyre,
Ki.7
M;
(for
31V)
adj.
burning, Proverbs 16:27
'iy
(l) prop,
a scab, rough place
the skin from a healed ulcer,
on Levit. 13:23; or from

left
*!V Gen.43:ll; Jerem.8:22; 46:11; 51:8; in pause *"!* Eze. 27 17 once with Vav copul. 'IV* Gea 37:25, m. opobalsamum, the balsam distilling from a tree or fruit growing in Gilead, used for tho healing
:
burning, verse 28
dcatrix, as rightly rendered
by
of wounds, from the root
rny which
see.
It is ao*
Ttt-HJf
ascertained
t.
DCCXTX
;
this may have been see Bochart, 628. Celsii Hierobot., ii. 180 185; and on the other hand, J. D. Michaelis (Supplemm.
what tree
p.
[Apparently now called Sur'ah,
Hieroz.,
i.
The Gent, noun
Lit'.., vol.
page 2142), Warnekros (Repertorium fur Morgenl. xv. p. 227); and Jahn (Archzeol., t. i. p. 83).
Rob. ii. 343.] Chr. 8:54; and eathites, Zorathites], iCh. 2:53; 4:2.
<<_,,,
1
is
T)V [Zoritcs],
[Zeri], pr. n. see

'
"iy.1
No.
3.
leprosy (as to the etymology, see the iV), both of men (and then white, Exod_4:6; Num. 12:10; for the black leprosy is elephantiasis,
f-
H'T2f see T
lfty building, which may be seen from far, a tower, Jud. 9:46, 49; a watch-tower, 1 Sa. 13:6; from the root rny No. 1.
-
see rr ^), Levit. I3:2,seq. and of houses (prob. i nitrous scab), and of garments (mouldings, spots contracted from being shut up), Levit. 13:47 59;
1
want
!? an unused root; Talmud, Ithpeal, to be in of, Syr. arid Arab, to be needy ; whence
(Chaldee and
fut. spy* ! (l) TO MELT a metal (kindred are *np, *T*f), specially to put ge gold or silver by fire.
masc. need, aChron. 2:15. Rabbinic id.).
Jr
*-? /*o
Arabic
c^>
TO STRIKE
DOWN, whence
to separate from dross, Ps. 12:7; I sa 1 2 5- Part fpV a golds mil h, Jud. 17:4; Isa. 40:19; Pro. 25:4. (2) metaph. to prove, to examine any one (loKipa.fctv), Ps. 17:3; 26:2; 105:19; also to purge, Dan,
and
1 1
35.
Part. pass.
to
^"M
sincere, pure, Psal. 18 : 11
a scourge; hence applied to diseases, as

e P^ e P s 7> prop, prostration.
c -
119:140. NIPHAL,
be
purified, Dan. 12:10.

3.
$/*
Hence
is
formed
PIEL, part,
^.yp a goldsmith, Mai. 3:2,
13:44; 22:4; and part. Pual IHSIp 2 Ki. 5: l, 27; 15:550 leper, pr. one stricken (by God), one smitten; inasmuch as the plague of leprosy was regarded as being sent by God [as of
part. pass. JN~)
Levit.
'SfiH
goldsmith"), pr.n.m. (with art.)Neh.

"
3:3L
:
Tr
(perh.
workshop
for melting and re-
course
it
Arabic u
really was], corn p. the verbs JJM, yu, H33, But since there is such an >.^.
letters
affinity
between the
to
X and
(see last
remark under
fining metals," <5d)meljt)iitte), with n parag. nnanv, [ZarephatJi], pr. n. of a town of the Phojniciana situated between Tyre and Sidon, i Ki. 17 19, 10 Obad. 20; Gr. âptwra, Lu.4:26; now called jcJ^>.
;
'
regarding the leprosy, be so called from the idea of scabbiness ; so that y"iy would be the same as y"l| which see.
letter v, p. DCXCVIII) I prefer
J? TO PRESS, TO COMPRESS (kindred

(l)
to
to the
root 1-1V), hence
bind up,
to
to
bind together
in a cloth or
Hence njm, and

Josh. 24:12; to the ancient versions and the according Hebrews, the hornet, with the art. collect, hornets, wasps,
f.
Ex. 23:28;
Deut. 7:20;
(Arab. ^),
followed
by ?
wrap up
perhaps from the idea of piercing, which does not

differ
bundle, Ex. 12:34; Job 26:8; Isa. 8:l6; Proverbs " the life of 30:4. Metaph. l Sa. 25:29, my lord shall be bound up in the bundle of the living with God," i. e. shall be under the protection of God.
much from
that of striking (-_j ^, a scourge),
But
in another sense,
Ephraimis bound
(2) (3)
to
to to
Hos. 13:12, " the iniquity of up," i.e. reserved for him against
;
compare ^33, t_-^.

dwellings, seem
But
the
hornets by which the

be driven from their
the day of vengeance; comp. Job 14: 17
whence TIV-
Canaanites, locc. citt. are said to
lay hold
hardly capable of being literally dene by Bochart, in Hieroz. torn. Kosenm. Bibl. Alterthumsk. iv. iii. p. 407, ed. Lips. 2, p. 430), but (with Le Clerc and Kosenm. on Ex.
understood (as
is
;
(4)
tile
shut up, oppress,
of, Hos. 4:19. 2 Sam. 20:3.

to
persecute,
&-
to
treat in a hos~
manner
Isai.
!oc. cit.) metaph. as designating ills and of various kinds ; compare Josh. 24:12;
calamities and Joshua
33:55;
Part.T!
Isa.
(Arab. .^), followed by an ace. Num. 11:13; followed by a dat. Num. 25: 18, i.q." ^ an adversary, Ps.6:8; 7:5; 23:5;
1
chap. 10.
11:13.
Also, to rival, to be jealous o/*(Arab.

Levit. 18:18.
>^<}V (" a pl ace f hornets"), \Zorali\, pr. n. of a town in the plain country of Judah, but inhabited
by the Danites, Josh. 15:33; 19:41; Judges 13: 2.
Conj. III).
(5) intrans. tobepressed,straitened,distressea In this sense is used the monosyllabic pret. IV (ctber-
DCCXX
rise I"}*)
f-
n ?X !
(a)
49:<>
Tmpers.
"<V strait is
Derivatives,
"% rm,
"hy,
ITO
[also
"ft,
and pr
to
me,
i.e.
/ am
in
69:18; Judges 11:7. (b) strait, i Sa. 28:15; 2 83.24:14. (c) followed by /y I mourn on account of something, 2 Sam. 1:26.
In the same connection
-v; NO.
ii.
distress, Psalm 31:10; I am in anguish, in a
name
">>'].
is
used the
fut.
Tfif & "rtTX m. pi. niviv (Gen. 42: 35) (i) a bundle, i Sa 25:29; Cant. 1:13; specially, a bundle of money, a purse, Gen. 42:35; Pro. 7:20. As to
the passage Prov. 26 : 8, see np|"jD. (2) i. q. 11V No. i, a stone, a little stone, 2 Sam. 17:13; Amos 9 9 (where others understand grain).
:
i*.l, see
PUAL, part. T^P bound together, Josh. 9:4. HIPHIL IV'1, inf. ivn, fut. I?) 1 Ki. 8:37, to press upon, Jer. !O:l8; to besiege, Deut. 28 -.52; l Ki.
(3) [Zeror], pr. n. m.
Sa. 9: l.
PIT1V
m.
see !Tr|V.
8:37;
to
bring into distress,
Nehem. 9:27.
To
afflict, to vex, the active signification are also

to
1
i ? (a) 3 Chr. 28:22, rightly referred the time when they distressed him."
IVn
ny.3
in
pr. n.
(perhaps for nnnv "splendour"), [ZerefAJ l Chron. 4:7.
and
(b) ""lisp
!"IB>5<
2 Ch. 33:12, a parturient woman (pr. pressing
"in&yn
rn
("the
splendour of the morning,"
upon the
foetus), Jer.
48:41; 49:22.
see the preceding word), [Zareth-shahar], pr. n. of a town of the Reubenites, Josh. 13:19.
as
Koph, the nineteenth Hebrew letter; when it stands a numeral, i.q. a hundred. The name Ppp, Arab.
denotes the hole of an axe, and this agrees well
and other things which Thesaur. from Kip.]
it
has swallowed.
[So
in
s^
v_r
with the form of this letter in the Phoenician and
Hebrew alphabets. Its pronunciation differs from 3 whether with or without dagesh, in that the sound of P is produced from the back part of the palate
near the throat with more effort; similarly to
13,
m. prop, a hollow vessel (see the root 33IJ compare cupa, Engl. a cup); hence a cab, used as a measure of dry things, 2 Ki. 6:25; according to the Rabbins, the sixth pjirt of a seah (HSD); comp.
3p
t
No.
Gr. xafioq,
i.
e.
see
kindred to the roots 333, H13 No.
page cccxvi. Koph is interchanged with the other palatals 3, 3, as has been shewn above (pp. CL, A, and CCCLXXVIII, A)
;
MAKE GIBBOUS AND HOLLOW

loio
n_3
II,
TO
(l)
i.
q.
3JM
fo
hol-
out; hence
i.
also, to
arch,
to
it is
the roots
also found to pass over to the gutturals, so that No. l, to burn incense, are kindred. ~>??P T , ~K?JJ
= ma)
q.
Arab.
vault (comp. 33J,
Conj. II, Ch. 33p.
Henc
curse,
3p., rt3j5.
k appears
Also in the primary elements at least of the language, also to have changed to t (just as children beginning to talk often substitute t for k as being easier
of pronunciation); and thus kindred to one another are Hp_3 and nna to open, HpJ? and nnt? to drink, ins Êthiop. 133 to interpret, fifiX and the lost
(2) metaph.
to
i.
q. 3p_3
No. 3 (which
see), to
execrate (prop, to pierce, to perforate). Hence pret. inf. and imp. Nu. 23:8, seq. Imp with siiff. and Nun epenth. fa3p T Nu. 23: 13.
"^p
tne rough
stomach
of ruminating ani-
(whence the quattuor and
suff.
1) thou
com p.
KOTTTW
and
rerraptp.
ttfp),
mals, echinus, for ^3)53, so called from being hollow, s ssee the root 3J53, Deu. 18:3. (Arab. <Ljj and Jus id.).
Kp m.
(from the root
vomit, Pro. 26: ll.
with the art. HX^ri Lev. 11:18; Deu. 14: 17; const, st. nSj5 f. a bird found in marshes (Levit. and Deut. locc. citt.) and inhabiting deserts, Isa. 34:
11
;
with suff. ?in3p Num. 25:8 (for H3P3) either i: the anus, i.q. Ch. H3-1P3 (from the root 3p3 to perforate), or vulva (compare '"QP..?); so LXX.,Vulg.
1^3(5
s^-*
f.
tent,
bedchamber,
so
called
from
ita
Zeph. 2:14; Ps. 102 7

:
according to several old

7 ?
arched form, occurring once, JL

id.
;
Num.
85:8.
alcova,
(Arab
Germ.
translators, the
pelican; Aram, and Arab. Npf) Uxo,

its
also vault,
whence the Spanish

Root 33|3 No.
-A*
i5>
prob. so called from

is
vomiting, as this
Hlcown [Eng.
alcove'].)
i.
Iaa>
very voracious bird
accustomed to vomit sea-sheila
m. collection, a throng, company,
pp-miap
57:13,
spV-'
DCCXXI
sc.
13 ?
"thy companies,"
Root
f?i?.
of thy idols.
walls.
Other copies have
??!pT kobollo,
which
is
no*
Compare
verse 9.
f.
Jer. 22:19. (i) sepulture, burial, n"Vflp Root Gen. 35:20; 47:30. (2) sepulchre, grave,
amiss (see 19P)> DU ' there are grammatical reason! as given by J. H. Michaelis and V. d. T against i?3 P
;
Hooght.
(l)i.q.J?23,y23 TO
BE HIGH AND ROUND-
not used in Kal, prop. TO BE BEFORE, IN
FRONT, OVER AGAINST (Arab. J.JI front, J.J beto meet, fore); hence, to come from before, to come
Arab.
ED AT TOP, as a mound, the head, Arab. _,j to b gibbous whence V?ip, i. q. y?13 a helmet, ny?i? a cup,
nyapp
all
tiara.
Compare Gr.
cw/5//.
From
to
of which denote things serving

(2) the
these nouns, coyer, comes

_.J to hide, as
its
JJ.
^S.i?.
meaning of hiding (Arab.
PIEL
(i) prop,
to
receive anyone (one who

jJ-J)?
1
the head in a garment, a flower in
calyx) ; and
comes
thing,
to
meet one, Arab.
Ch. 12:18; any
2 Ch. i. q. np.7, but only in the later [?] Hebr., 29: 16, 22; Ezr.8:3O (opp.to reject); Job 2: 10; Est.
to
hence it is figuratively to deceive, to defraud any one (compare "^2), Mai. 3:8, 9; followed by two acoto despoil any one of any thing, Prov. 22:23. Derivatives, see under No. l.
f.
4:4; 9:23, 27;
receive instruction, Pro.l9:2O.

to be
HIPHIL, intransitive,
opposed, stand over
cup,
;
calix, calyx,
both of a flower,
icaXvft
against one another, Ex. 26:5; 36:12. Arab. Conj.

HI.
id.
/?i?.,
Derivatives,
?5Pto
(Arab. <uJj drinking from, KV\I; hence, Isa. 51 17,22, D13 nj?3i? " the chalice of the cup." Abulwalid understands
:
compare V?i3 and J^P), and
also for
[Ch.] only in PAEL, Hence 2:6; 6:1 7:18.

;
take,
to
receive, Dan.
the froth and dregs of the cup (from the idea of covering), but the explanation already given is the better.
p
(i)
and '3p. Chald. prop,

suff.
the
front.
Hence
TOD
fingers
;
fut.
prep., with
^?i?X
THE HAND (Arab.

/J-J
Y 3 i?t prop. TO TAKE, TO GRASP WITH -^s-Ji to take with the tips of the
to catch with the
()
(3)
16.
over against, Dan. 5:5. before, Dan. 2:31; 3:3; 5:1.
hand,
^j
id.
comp.
'
MfP Dan. 5:10; Ezr. 4: becomes a conj. because, ^ But more often acpropterea quod, quia, Ezr. 6: 13. cording to the Chaldee verbosity in expressing particles, there is used for this more fully and pleonasti'?i?"' | pr. on this very account because (just eally, like the Germ, allbteroetl/ in the language of jurisconilts), for the simple because, Dan. 2:40; 6:5, 11, 23, and relat./or which cause, Dan. 2:10. (The ancient interpreters, and some of the moderns, as of late Rosenm., render it in some places, such as Dan.2:40, 41, 45, in the same manner, that; but this signification is neither to be approved of, nor is it more suitable to the context than that already given.) ?i?~' ? for that very cause, Dan. 2 1 2, 24. Comfi?" !
ofi.
on account
q.
Aram.
hence
}*?[]
^Ju
to compress;
and Hebr.
^Pi?,
?);
Followed by
it
collect, Gen. 41:48. (a) things, Deuter. (b) persons, to congregate, 13:17; Prov. 13:11. 2 Sam. 3:21; i Ki. 18:19; 2O:l. Metaph. Psalm
to
41:7, "his heart (the wicked man's,

see
who comes
i.
tc
e.
me)
"6
i^T?
1 1
?"
gathers
iniquity to itself,"
matter for calumny. NIPHAL, to be gathered, collected, Eze. 29:5; to be congregated, to congregate selves, Isa. 34:15:
43:9; 49:18; 60:4; and frequently. to PIEL (l) to take ivith the hand, Isa. 54:7. to to receive 3$), (opp. of,
(2)
to
tak*.
Sold
collect
Isaiah (a) things, as grapes,

(6) persons,
to
water, Isa.
:
22:9.
62 :g; congregate, Deu.
pare Ch. Vs No. 4.
30 3, 4; Jer. 31:10; often used of Jehovah bringing back exiles, Jer. 23:3; Isa. 40:11.
(3)
in, to ivith
(f e f rm Q T?:) or according to other coi. T (kdbal) pies ?3P q. prec. Ch. before, 2 Ki. 15:10, Dj; 71P. "before the people."
1$:
>
^P? No. 3; to gather to oneself, to draw See i-IIKS. draw, Joel 2:6; Nah. 2 1 1 PUAL, part, f., gathered together,Eze. 38:8. HITHPAEL, to gather selves together, Josh. 9:*,
i.
q.
" the Eze. 26:9,'ta?i? T TIP striking of that which is opposite,' i. e. the battering; ram for beating down
something opposite, Arab.
(Jrî
whence,
Jud. 9:47.
Hence
follow.
p3j?, HV3P;
and the three nouns which

47
oip-Stfxap
see
f.
DCCXXI1
m.
either
pi.,
only found Jud.5:2l, DV?-np
*?n\
a collection, a heap, Eze. 22:20.
the
stream of antiquity (celebrated of old), so LXX., Vatic, -êiâppov^ ap\uiu>v; Targ. the river
D?3p
("
two heaps"), [Kibzaini],
pr. n. of
in
town of the Ephraimites, Josh. 21:22.
more, Eze. 39: 12;
""Qpfut.")3p ?TOBURYone,Gen.23:4, 19; 25:9; ^th. id. i. q. Piel (Arab., Aram.,

:
which from of old were signs and mighty deeds done or else, stream of battles, i. e. strong, fierce ally of Israel in battle. Comp. D^P. No. 3, and
for Israel;
Arab,
^jjj
to
be strong,
i
fierce.
up a mound; see Nasor. "Dp to heap up; compare 1?V- The biliteral stock is3p; compare 3?P V?p T compare 33, 333). NIPHAL, pass., Ruth 1:17; Jud- ^ 32.
The primary
idea
is
that of heaping
&
clean, free
adj.
holy, ayiog,
tStyvoc,
pr.
pure
T,
from defilement of crimes, idolatry, and other unclean and profane things. In fixing the proper notion of this word, the classical passages are Levit. 1 1 43, where after the law respecting unclean
:
PIEL, to
bury
several (comp. ?9P T and ?Bp, Lehrg.
241),
Num. 33:4; lKi.ll:l5; Jerem. 14:16;

pass.,
Eze.
39:14; Hos. 9:6.

PUAL, Gen. 25: 10.
meats which were
"ye
lest
to be abstained from, it is said, shall not pollute yourselves with these things,
Hence
?T?3p.
.
and
stiff.
w ith
'1.3P; pi.
Dn3p constr. î?; and

:
sepulchre, grave, Genesis 23:9,20; Ex. 14:11; Num. 11 34, 35 Job 21:32; Jer. -26:23, etc. Job l?:l, "7 Bn3p " the graves for me;" the burial-place waits for me, (are ready)
constr. J"n"l3p m., a
: ;
nrop
ye make yourselves unclean ;" 44, ...D^lp Dfpnl ^3 and be ye h o 1 y (pure) for I arn 'h o 1 y n r Levit. 11:45; 19:2, and 20:26, where there is the
^ Knnp
same phrase, "be ye holy for the beginning and the end of a
am
holy,"
is
put at
section (chap. 19, ao),
and
is
prepared.
(
containing various laws against fornication, adultery, Deut. incest, idolatry, and other grievous crimes
;
nvxnrrni~op
hattaavah~\,vr.
gra ves of lust"), [Kibroth:
a place in the desert of Sinai; the reason of the name is given, Nu. 1 1 34; also Nu.
n. of
33:16; Deu. 9:22.

I
4.
^-
23:15, to the law respecting purging the camp of human filth, there is added, " for Jehovah walks in ' therefore let the midst of thy camp...^ ? T.?DP n that be (God) see no unclean thy camp holy (clean), It is attributed, thing, and turn away from thee."
1
(2
(l)
T]3,
i.q.
Arab. *W, OJ TO CLEAVE (kindred

like; see T!|.
roots TT3,
and the
To
"Tnp_
this agree
Gr.
Kedt'no,
Kicaw,
tTKitiafa).
Hence
cassia,
and
but with a notion a little different (a) to God, as abhorring every kind of impurity (both physical and moral), see Lev. locc. citt. as being the judge of what is right and true, Ps. 22 14 (compare verse 2, 3); Isa,
;
I'pli? top.
(2) denom. from "'PliJ; to boiv dotvn; hence to incline oneself out of honour and reverence. [This
6:3 (compare verse

with 8^3). God
is
5, seqq.);
whom men
fear and
reverence, Psalm 99:3, 9; 111:9 (where
it is
joined
meaning is made a separate root in Thes.] Always in the fut. in the Chaldee form 1p', Ipf) plur. HP. 1. Often followed by njnn^n )W hich is stronger Gen.
; ;
sometimes called Wl%, :ar' E'OX')''> Job6:io; Isaiah 40: 25; Hab. 3:3; and more often ?$'W\ "Hp the Holy One of Israel, especially in
Isaiah 1:4; 5:19, 24; 10:17, 2O; 12:6; 17:7; 29:
19.
24:26, njn^? -inn^'l STKri n'p.'V'and the man bowed down and prostrated himself before Jehovah ;" Ex.
"HP, in
12:27; 34:8; Num. 22:31; iKi.l:i6. Elsewhere i Sam. 24:9, a wider sense, includes both, ny-ix n:sx -lyi n'pn i Sam. 28:14; i Ki. i 31.
=
45:11; 47:4; 48:17,

places,
23; 30=11, 12,15; 41--H, 16, 20; 43:3, 14; etc.; more rarely in other Psa 78:41; 89:19.
(b) to priests, followed
by a
dative of the deity, as Levit. 21:6, ViT D'thj? " E^H'&v? they shall be holy (i.e. pure, clean) be-
Jj>
an unused root; Syr. ^._Q
to possess.
Hence
f.
Exod. 30:24; Eze. 27:19; according to
God, lest they defile," etc. Verse 7. Psa. 106:16, "Aaron njn'. K'^p consecrated to Jehovah." Also, followed by a dat. of other men, for whom the priest ought to be holy, Le. 21 :8. Used of a Nafore their
It is used zarite, Nu. 6:5. (c) of pious men, who are pure from the defilements of sin (as far as sinful man can be) [rather, whom the grace of God has set
Syr., Chald., Vulg., cassia, a kind of aromatic, like cinnamon, tut less valuable and fragrant; so called
from
its rolls
being split; see Dioscor.

ii.
i.
Theophr.
Hist. Plant, ix 5; Celsii Hierob.
186.
Compare
apart], Isa. 4:3; hence used of the people of Israel, who were to abstain from every kind of impurity
Dip-mp
Lev.
1 1
:
DCCXXIII
;
trip-Swap
Deu. 7 6 (comp. rerse 5); followed by a dat. (consecrated to Jehovah), Deu. 14:2, 21 26: 19. (d) of holy places, Ex. 29:
43
45
;
19:2 (see above)
(2) to get bej i>re, comt before any one (fOa? an accusative, Psalm 17:13; 119: veil'), followed by 148, rrt-WO?* \ry ID^p eyes get before the
"my
31; Lev. 6:9, 19,
etc.;
of days sacred to
:
God (with
the addition of D*tfW?)i Neh. 8 1O, 1 1. Hence Btag Psa. 46:5, a holy place, a sanctuary, Isaiah 57 15. the holy place of the habitations JV^y \39^D K>np
:
watches of the night," i. e. I wake up before the watches of the night are gone. Absol. Jonah 4 2, " thus n'l5p 'Plp^P I anticipated (the danger which
:
threatens
me) by
fleeing to Tarshish."
to
Hence
in the
to
do
of the most High."

PI. D'E'ilp (i) as a singular (pi. majest.), most Josh. 24:19; Pro. h o ///, used of Jehovah, Hos. 1 2 l (a) 9:10; 30:3. (2) as a plural, holy ones, i. e.
: ;
before (Arab. -jj), and
do early,
mornPsalm
ing (Chald. DIP,
pl
for the
Heb. D'S^n).
angels, especially in the later writers (see E^p), Dan. 8:13; Job5:l; 15:5; Zee. 14:5; Ps. 89:6, 8; (b) pious worshippers of God perhaps Deu. 33:3. Deu. 33:3; specially the "saints], Ps. 16:3; 34:10; jews (see I^P), Dan. 8 24.
:
119: 147, ^1? ^P^p"! rise in the morning with Others take it, I anticipate in the dawn, the dawn."
sc.
the
(3)
to
dawn itself; but this is rather harsh. Hence rush on> suddenly and unexpectedly, Ps.
to
18:6,19. (4) to meet,

: :
go
!
to
meet any
;
one, followed
by an
:
(Arabic be of the same stock as "HS). Jer. 17:4; Isa. 50:11; 64:1. Deut. 32 :22 Jer. (2) to be kindled, to burn,
strike fire.
It
n*Tp
(i) TO
KINDLE
to
fire.
^^
;
to
seems
ace. of pers., especially to bring aid, i. q. to succour, 8 Job 3 : 1 2 differently, Isa. 37 33, Ps- 59 1 1 7^9 " a shield shall not J3D ÎP/IP; against it"
;
&
come
15:14.
Derivatives, T'JP?, and
it shall not be turned against it. Job 30: Followed by ? of the thing, to bring any thing to meet any one, Ps. 95:2; hence to succour any 3 C, l, a), Deut. 23:5; Mic. one with thing (see
(the city),
27.
any
firnp
28 :22.
f.
a burning fever, Levit. 26:16; Deut.
E^lp ni. (l) the part opposite, in front. Hab. 1:9, HDHJ5 "forwards" (oornjSrtS). (2) the east, the eastern quarter of the sky,\.<\. CHp, Ezek. 47:18; 48:1. (Compare "rinK No. 2.) Hence poet, for the fuller D*li? n-T) east vnnd, by far the most violent in western Asia and the adjoining seas,
Ps. 48 8 Job 27 2 1 Isa. 27:8; Jer. 18:17; Eze. 27 26 scorching plants and herbage, Gen. 41 6, 23 Jon. 4:8. Metaph. i. q. n-Ti of anything which is vain and at the same time pernicious, Hos. 12:2; Job 15:2.
: ; : ; :
;
6:6; Neh. 13:2; followed by two ace. Ps. 2 4. HIPHIL (l) to come before any one in good offices, to make any one a debtor by being beforeshand in kindness with him (compare ,*jjf used of
i
:
such a kindness, see Schult. on Job, p. 1 1 83), Job 41 3. (2) i. q. Pi. No. 3, to fall upon(as calamity), Am.
:
9:10; followed by
Derivatives,
~IV3.
P^TipPjB, D'9"P,
that which
is
m.
(i) pr.
before, ao>.
before, Ps. 139:5.

(2) the east, the
Hence eastern quarter (comp. "linX) t

east,
&iv ?p
: ;
Ch. adj.
i.
God, or any 4 5, 6 5 1 1 ( b) " watcher (an angel) even a holy one." PI. holy ones, i. e. angels, Dan. 4:14 (see D't?nj5 No. 2, a). Dan. 7:21; fully pjfrfo T^.P (c) used of the Jews,
deities,
.
Heb. ETlp T holy (a) used of rî? 1^$ the holy gods, Dan. Dan. 4:10, of angels.
q.
Job 23:8.
D"1J5.O
from the
Gen. 2 8
:
2 : 8.
DTJ5O
: ;
? prep, eastward of any place, Gen. 3:24; Nu. 34 1 1 Josh. 7:2; Jud. 8:11. D^P.. *?.3 "the sons of the e a s t," are the inhabitants of Arabia Deserta, which stretches
;i
eastward of Palestine to the Euphrates;
now
called
the desert of Syria, Job 1:3; Isa. 11:14;

Jer. 49:28; Eze. 25:4; i Ki. 5: 10; Jud. 6:3, seqq.; hence 0*115 jns Gen. 25:6, and Dip 'M jn Genesis n~in the mountains o/ v 29: 1, of Arabia Deserta; D"]p Arabia, Genesis 10:30 (see under the word KK'D). Sometimes Qlii! also includes Mesopotamia and Babylonia, Numb. 23:7, and Isa. 2:6, D^P -1N?O " they are full of the east," i. e. of superstitions and sorceries brought from the east or from Babylonia.
those
who
are sacred to the
Most High, Dan. 7:18,
22, 25; compare 3 Esdr. 8:70, TO trwepua TO nyior.
j>
not used in Kal, Arab.
/*^
to precede, to
go before, Med.
ancient.
Damma,
to precede in time, to
be
68:26.
PlEL D}? (l) TO PRECEDE, TO GO BEFORE, Ps. Followed by an ace. of pers. Psalm 89:15.
(Arab. /jjf id.)
(3) used of time,
ancient tin,
poet.
i.
q.
o^V
DCCXXIV
No.
1.
ppnp-mp
1p
m. n
,
(Arab, ^jj ancient time,

Ps.
LcjJI of old,
an-
f.
adj.
(l) in front, anterior
ciently).
44:2; Isai. 23:7. B*TP from of old, ancient 74:12; 77:6, 12. D 7-'v kings, Isui. lp:li; CHi? '9'. ancient times, Ps. 44:2. Used even of eternity, of that at least which has no 3B he beginning, e. g. DT^ *$># Deu. 33:27; D"1.i5 who sits on the throne from eternity, Ps. 55 2O. It is
anciently, Ps.
Eze. 10:19; 11 :i; hence

*?b"li?n D*H the eastern (2) oriental, eastern. i. e. the Dead Sea, to the western, i. e. Meopp. diterranean, Eze. 47 18 Joel 2 20.
^9
sea,
(3). o/d,
ancient, Eze. 38
:
17.
PI. D'?b*]|5 the
used also
(a) adverbially for,

i.
of old,
(ft)
Jer.
Lam. 5:21;
q.
DOS?, D^SpD.
it
30:20; becomes a
begin-
elder (amongst contemporaries), Job i8:2O. Sing, " the collect, l Sam. 24 14, *j)b"|j9n *?K'O proverb oC the ancients." PI. f. rii'pbli? ancient, former,
past things, Isa. 43: 18.
(4) [Kadmonites~\, pr.n. of a Canaanitish nation,
prep, before, Proverbs 8: 22.
PL const.
*?"]p.
nings, Prov. 8:23.
Gen. 15:19.
p
ip,
hence
id.;
whence n P"!5 eastward, Gen. 25:6; Ex.
Dip
Ch. prop, the front part (Arab. *'*Xs);
(l) before, i. q. Hebr. Dan. 2:9, 10, 11 3: 13, and frequently; used of Suffixes of the pi. form are added, time, Dan. 7:7. as Tî? Dan.5:23;'nicni5 4:5; fiiVp"Ti2
it
becomes a prep.
;
m. with suff. Vljnj? Job 2:7, and Vipnj? Pe. 7:17 (where, however, other copies have i~lrii?), the top of the head (so called from the hair being there divided and separated; compare Germ. @d)cttel/ bte
$aare
fiteitclnj
*3?7
33: 16; fully

Ps.
IJJK'
root T1J5 No. i), Gen. 49:26; Deut. ^Pî5 the hairy crown of the head.
'
fj
68:22.
Arab. jJL
part of the head, from the
Syr.
uJ>_Q). E^'JP answers
to the
Heb. \3SP,
crown
to the neck.
and
is put after verbs of taking, commanding, Dan. 8:6, 15; 6:27; 5:24, "the hand was stretched out *?"]?. IP from before me," oon gegen mir uber fyer.
^Pll? f- beginning, origin, Isa. 23:7, Dî? *p*p ^Pli? "whose origin (is to be sought) of ancient days" (speaking of Tyre) aformer,pristine state,
;
(l) TO BE FOUL, TURBID, Used of Job6: 16; hence to go in filthy garments^ streams, Part. TIP Psa. Jer. 14:8. as mourners, Job 5 1 1
: ;
lP -
35:14; 38:7; 42:10. (Arab.^jJ, jjj
to
be squalid,
Eze. 16:55.
by omission of ~%fe, a
|
Constr. state becomes a prepos., and, conj. before that, Ps. 129:6.
and
^,.v^-s
to
be turbid, turbulent. Compare T!3.)
Ch. former time; hence ntt

:
6:
1 1
MTnpn.gl? Ezr. 5
1 1,
formerly.
("eastward"), [KedemaK], pr.n. of a

ron of Ishmael, Gen. 25: 15.
as of a sun(2) to be of a dirty, blackish colour, burnt skin, Job 30: 28; tobe darkened, as the day, the Mic. 3:6. sun, the moon, Jer. 4:28; Joel 2: 1054:15; Eze. 31 15. HIPHIL (i) to cause to mourn, or the stars), Eze. 32 7, 8. (2) to darken (the sun,
: :
HITHPAEL,
to be
darkened,
HTTfJ.
(as the heaven),
Ki.
Q 12 No. 1, 2 only in constr. state, to Ihe east of a place, Gen. 2: 1 4 (compare "VI'N) 4: 16;
i-
q-
18:45Derivatives,
"l"I2
iSam. 13:5; Eze. 39:11.

l
f.
adj.
(from
D"7.i5),
eastern, oriental,
Eze. 47:8.
I ("beginnings"), [Kedemoth], pr.n. of a town of the Reubenites, Josh. 13:18; 21:37; 1 Ch. 6:64; with a neighbouring desert of the same
name, Deu. 2:26.
Gen. 25:13-, and [Kedar], pr.n. of a son of Ishmael, of an Arabian tribe sprung from him, Cant. 1:5; Isa. it is joined with a fein.); 60:7; Jer. 42:11
"black skinned man,") "np(" black skin,"
49: 28
;
(where Eze. 27:21; more fully called "Hp \3? Isa. 2 1 The Rabbins caL' 17 by Pliny ( H. N 5 1 1 ), Cedrei. all the Arabians universally by this name; whence
:
Tip ptrb Rabbin, used of the Arabic language.

PI.
'Olp Ch.first. KJV01.2 Dan. 7:4; pi.
Dan. 7:24; f. emphat. KnnyijJ Dan. 7:8.

is
state
7^D"]p ("he who
of God), pr.n. m. Ezr. a -4*; 3:9; 10:10; 18:8.
before God," i.e. servant Neh.7:43; 9:4;
of a stream with a valley of the same ron~\, pr.n. name flowing between Jerusalem and the mount of itself into the Dead Sea, a Sa. and
Olives,
P"np ("turbid,"
compare Job6:
16,) [
Kia-
emptying 15:23; iKi.a:37; 15:13? 2X1.23:4; Jer.3i:4O
cnp-nrnp
* :jjf-
DCCXXV
(3)
i.
enp-np
q. Piel
obscurity (of the heaven), darkness,
No.
3, to
consecrate
to
God, LC
Isa,
50:3.
adv. in a
27:14, seqq., Jud. 17:3; a Sa. 8:11.
mourning
dress, Mai. 3:14.
HITHPAEL (i) to purify, to make oneselj clean (by holy washings and lustrations). 2 Sam.
11:4,
(Nu. 17:2) fut. B*3P ! (l) TO BE PURE, CLEAN, prop, used of physical purity and cleanliness (see Hithp.No. 1, and adj. Kî?); hence
S
&
anxpBO
ne*Ji?r)r?
torn
;
"and she purified

"
herself from her uncleanness
(2) to be holy,sacred(soin all the cogn. languages,
Arab.
(jwwjJJ id.)
(a) used of a
man who
devotes
Ex. 19:22; 2 Chr. 5:11; 29:15; comp. Kal No. l. (d) to shew oneself holy, Eze. 38:23. (3) to be celebrated, as a feast, Isa. 30:29. Derivatives, BHP., BH3, BHp, &*(, Bnij3, BhpD.
himself to any God, and therefore accounts himself more holy than the common people. Isaiah 65: 5,
Tfl'f 1?
^~lp
in.
(l) a sodomite, pr. consecrated,
sc. to
"
of those
I am Wli?; used holy unto thee," for who were consecrated by touching sacred
things, Ex. 29:37; 30:29; Lev.6:ll,2O. (i)used of things destined for holy worship, Num. 17:2, 3; Ex. '29: 21; or which were consecrated by touching holy things, l Sa. 21 :6; Hag.2: 12; or which were
Astarte or Venus, and prostituting himself in her honour, Deut. 23:18; 1X1.14:24; 15:12; 22:47; Fern. '"""IKn.P consecrated (to Venus), Job 36: 14.
hence a harlot, Gen. 38:21, 22; Deu.23:i8; Hos.

4:14.
As
l,
to the libidinous
worship of Venus amongst
the Babylonians, see Lucian,
De Dea
Syra; compare
Nu. 25:
(2)
devoted to the sacred treasury, Deu. 22:9. NIPHAL (l) to be regarded as, holy; to be hallowed (as of God), followed by ? Levit. 10:3;
seqq.
Nu. 34:4; Deu.
BhD Gen. 14:7; 16:14; and fully VF& BHJ3 i :2, 19; 2:14; [Kadesh, Kadeshpr. n. of
any thing, either by bestowing favours, Ezek. 20:41; 28:25; 36 23 38 1 6 39 27 or in inflicting punishments, Ezek. 28:22; Nu. 20:13; compare Isa. 5:16. (2) to be consecrated (used of the holy tent), Ex. 29:43.
:
22:32; also
:
to
shew oneself holy

: ;
barnea],
a town in the desert to the south
in
of Palestine, see Relandi Palscstina, p. 114.
Hence
Ps.29:8.
("sanctuary"),
\_Kedesli], pr. n.
(i) c
a town in the southern region of the tribe of Judal , Josh. 15:23. (2) of another in the tribe of Naphtali,
P\ELW?\?
(l)
to
regard any one as holy, as God,
Deu.32:5l,apriest,Lev.2i :8; thesabbath,Ex.2O:8.

(2) to declare holy (used of God), e.g. the sabbath, Gen. 2:3; the people, Lev. 20 8 21:8; also to
: ;
Josh. 12:22; 19:37; 21:32; Jud. 4:6; 1 Chr. 6:6l; with n parag. nBHj3 Jud. 4:9; and <Wh$ Jud. 4: 10. (3) of a town in the tribe of Issachar, 1 Ch. also called JV?'j5 Josh. 19:20; 21:28. 6:57;
institute any thing sacred, as a fast, Joel l 14; 2 1 5 ( to which answers N"Ji? ), a general assembly, 2 Ki. 10:20.
: :
once tJHip Dan. 11:30; with
siiff.
Tl?
plur.
(3)
to
consecrate a
1 Sa. 7:1; the altar, 8:64; the people of Israel, Exod. 19:10, 14; Josh. 7:13; a new building, Neh. 3:1; a mountain (by separating it from profane things), Ex. 19:23. Hence
Exod. 28:41; 29:1; the temple, Ex. 29:36; l Ki.

priest,
WtoA7i),with art. and pref. Lev. 22:4; DTlfS Neh. 10:34; but with sufF. Eze. 22 8 VB'np 2 Ch. 15: 18 (comp. Ewald, Gramm Crit.,p. 335), and VBnj?. Nu 5: io,m.
added
as
Often (1) holiness, Ps. 60:8; 89:36; Am. 4:2. to another noun in the gen. instead of an adj.,
to
inaugurate
1
ivith
holy
rites, as a sacrifice, Ex.

:
13:2; soldiers
Hiphil.
i""?
for battle,
Jerem. 51 27.
?? 9
^2 to
Compare
consecrate war, to inaugu-
rate (with sacred rites),
compare Psa. 110:3; * Sam. 7:9,10; Joel 4:9; Jerem. 6:4; Mic.3:5. PUAL, part, consecrated, used of priests and holy
things. Eze.
"
n ^7 nol7 holy garments, Exod. 28:2,4; 1F1R ^' Lam. Ps. 35K Khp 4:!, 51:13; holy gems, Spirit, an image of the nobles of the people, with an allusion
to the breast-plate of the high priest. (2) concr. what is holy, a holy thing. Lev.
Hi? Dt? my holy name, Lev. 20: 3 22 2 Psa. 89: 21; Ps. 2:6; Isa. 11 -.9; T1?
; :
V&
^H
12:4;
48
1 1
2 Ch.
26:18; 31:6.
Isa.
13:3,
21:6, EH'p
-Vrn
'ÎP-.r
I
-fry
consecrated ones,"
i.e. soldiers
whom
myself have inaugurated for war, comp. Jer. 51:27. JIPHIL (l) i. q. Piel No. 1, IsaiahS: 13; 29:23;
(2)
i.
pi.
2:3; a thing tSVhpn Lev. 21:22; 22:2,3, 15. D'lJHj9p 5)03 silver consecrated in the temple, l Ch. 26 20.
:
(the priests) be holy," Jer. consecrated to God, especially in
and
let
Nu. 23:12.
q. Piel
No.
a, to
declare any one holy,
Jer.
1:5;
1X1.9:3.
the holy tabernacle, Exod. 28:43; 29:30; 35:19; 39 :1 ? and the temDan. 8: 14; specially of the body ple, Psa. 20:3;
(3)rt
sanctuary; used of
Dip-nnr>
the temple, elsewhere called ?2n i Ki. 8:8; 89:7; once used of the innermost part, for
DCCXXVI
2 Ch.
atm'if,
i.
nip-nnp
e.
collector of proverbs
but /n^
is
novel
Eze. 41:23.
D>KH
EHp
the holy vessels, sacred oblations, Plur. D'Bnjari *eh% id., Lev. 21 22
:
a ) a most holy thing, as the ark, etc., Exod. 29:37.

;
Other opinions, of little used for collecting things. probability, are given and discussed by Bochait, Hieroz. t. i. p. 88; Jahn, Einleit. in das A. T. vcl ii.
p.
828; Rosenmliller, Scholia,
p. ix. vol. II.
i.
2 Chron.
31:14;
It occurs a root of doubtful authority. the innermost part of\ Gen. Samaritan in the once n the temple, i. q. T?1 Exod. 26:33, 34? fully 49:10, ^nnjV '17J copy. *3 D'EJJ Ch. Samar. "and to him shall the nations be Dchj9n enp 2 Ch. 3:8,10. gathered together." It appears therefore to have to the verb nna) TO BE BLUNTED, had the same meaning as NH? to congregate. Hence T {? ( c g n
Eze. 42:13; 44:13.
(I)
(used of the teeth), Jer. 31:29; Eze. 18:2. PIEL nnp id. intrans. (of iron), Eccl. 1O:1O.
Derivative pr. n.
'
and and nnp ],( assembly"), [Ko hath'], pr.u. Ex. 6: 16; whence patron. *finj5 [and ^p..] Nu. 3:27; Josh. 21:4.
;
rnp
:
[But see
of a son of Levi, Gen. 46:11;
TOGETHER
not used in Kal; prob. TO CALL, TO CALL (kindred to the root 7)p). to call together, to assemble people, HIPHIL,
IP
&
1p with
suff. Dip. (for
\}i?,
from the root nip rf

S&-'
i'Jj),
i
Num. 8:9; 10:7; 2O:8; judgment, Job ll: 1O. NIPHAL, to be gathered together, to assemble telves (as people), Num. 16:3, etc.
Derivatives, D'pnpD,
which see)
(l) a rope, a
cord (Arab.
Ki.
JYpnpD and the four nouns
which
follow.
7:23; specially (a) a measuring cord, Eze. 47:3. 7]} 1j5 nt33 to stretch out a measuring cord to measure any thing, Job 38 5 Isaiah 44 1 3 especially something to be built, Job loc. cit. Zee. i 16; to be de:
stroyed,
Lam. 2:8;
2 Ki.
21:13; comp.
Isa.
34:
1.
'^P
m., congregation, assembly, as
D?*13
?np
Gen. 35:11; and DV3JJ ?np Gen. 28:3; 48:4; an assembly, a crowd of nations. Especially the congre-
Hence metaph. rule,

"(they add) the wordl^.
Ps. 19:5.
laic, Isa. 28: 10.
1j5? li?
1$
^3
law
to
law, law
(i) the
to law;" comp. under string of a harp; hencesownd,
gation of the people of Israel fully called 'N^B", ?np Deu. 31:30; nyv Vnp Nu. 16:3; 20:4; D*r6^n?flf) Neh. 13:1; and *rar' t'sox^ 'C ^ ? Ex. 16:3; Lev. 4:13.
; : 1
'
1 1
LXX.
<f>06yyog.
;
Symm.
iôc-
(2)
strength, might
Isa.
Arab. $J, see the root
VL
!?
("assembly"), [Kehalathah'],
pr. n. of
No.
2.
18:2, VJ"M?^3
"a very strong
nation."
a station of the Israelites in the desert, Nu. 33:22.

-,
The
repetition increases the force.
an assembly, Deut. 33:4; Neh. 5:7.

pr.
Koheleth,
;
name by which Solomon
is
designated in the book which bears this name [Ecso that it is usually masc. and without clesiastes]
the art. (Ecc. 1: 1, 2; 12:9, 10); with art. Eccl. 12:8 (see Lehrg. p. 656, 657); once fern. Eccl. 7:27; on
TO VOMIT UP. (Arab. Med. Ye, id. It seems to have sprung by softening down the letter* gradually from the onomatopoet. pip, l3-1p, to which perhaps once was added JflP, compare on the letter y
p. DXCVII).
Metaph. Levit. 18:28, "the land

out," cast forth.
id.
shall
vomit you
HIPHIL,
account of the
in
p.
f.
termination, which
i"11
is
not
uncommon
Pro. 23:8.
Figuratively, Lev. 18:28,

Cic. in Pis. 37,
Job 20:15 (on which place compare

devoratam pecuniam evomere).
Derivatives,
nouns denoting offices (see

468, 469, 878, 879);
the later
??,
J"I33
?
djLlrU, Lehrg.
*
:
and
in the proper
names of
Hebrew (see JTi.Bb, n 13 a ). As to the signification, the only true one appears to me to be the very old one of the LXX.and Vulg. eu;X>;0'(OTK,eccfc-
men in
(Milel)
what
is
23 24 (Milra), const, Sa. 17:38, i. q. JQ13 a helmet, where see remarked as to the form and the accent of
Root
y3|5
in pause, Ezek.
riastes, i.e. concionator,
preacher; one who addresses
the word.
No.
1.
a public assembly, and discourses of human affairs; i. q. fiSD^ ?V3 Eccl. 12:9; P''op. assembling; unless t be preferred to derive the signification of preacher or oiBtor from the primary power of calling and
T =?ip, peaking (7np JU).
2
TO BIND;
(l) prop, like the Arab. ,_>* TO TWIST,
whence
iy
a rope, Hebr.
1p T
and
^'Pfl.
Hence
(2)
to be
Symm.
renders
strong, robust (for the notion of bicling
mp-mp
DCCXXVII
Specially, observe the phrases (a) top 1^3 to gir forth the voice, Gen. 45 : 2 ; Ps.l34:i.J; used -jf JehoFollowed by ? to call^ vah, to thunder, Ps. 77: 18.
See ton, pjn, fast, tying fast, is applied to strength. No. 3; also the Germ, fringe/ i. e. ropes, jfrenge/ and or.ftzvngen/ all of which are derived from the notion of
binding
to
fast).
Hence
to
1P T
No.
2.
Pro. 2:3; 3 7^p JH3
aivait (perhaps from enduring, (3) expect, remaining, which differs but little from the notion of strength comp. ?in No. 7), with ace. part. Kal ~I1P
;
24
9-
(b)
'P?
to proclaim in any land, t Ch. 3 JD T prop, to utter (any thing) with
25:3; 37 9; 69 7; see Piel. n-lj? i. q. Kal No. 3, to expect anything; followed hy an ace. Job 30:26; 7K Ps. 27:14; 37:34;
= =
Ps-
PIEL
i. q. the preceding (compare Dn*? ^1? page DCXCII, B, and the observations there), Jerem. 12:8; of thunder, Ps. 46 7 68 34. (c) top? VOt? see yp^. Sometimes ?ip is put ellipt. for a voice,
the voice,
sc. is
heard, Isaiah 13:4; 52:8; 66:6; Jer.5O:28;
8:15; H:ig. Specially (a) ninj-JWI Hjp Ps. 25:5; 39:8; 40:2; njn^'P Prov. 20:22; JjTf Ps. 27 14 37 34, to expect Jehovah, i. e. his aid, to fix one's hope on him. (b) to lie in wait for any one;
*?
: ; :
Jer.
Job 39: 24.
rumour, Gen. 45:16; Jer. 3:9. (3) of inanimate things, sound, noise, as of water, rain, a multitude, 2 Sa. 15:10; Eze. 1:24; Isa. 13: 4;
(2)
followed
by a
dat. Ps.
19 95
:
accus. (E>3) Ps. 56:7.
33
is
3-
tonf topa Isa. 29: 6, with a great noise,
top
NIPHAL, to be gathered together (prop, mutually to expect one another, see Piel or as others take it,
;
used of speech,
words (comp.
,)ljj),
Ecc. 5:2.
be wound together; See Kal No. Jer. 3: 17; of waters, Gen. 1:9.
to
I),
used of nations,
(prob. i.q. fl'lp
"the voice of Jeho(i) Jer. 29:21. (2)
Derivatives,
1
1p,,
nipp mpJD, nipn, and

?
vah"), [Kolaiah], pr.n. m. Neh. 11:7.

fut. Dip*
Ki. 7
23 [Zee.
see
16; Jer. 31 139, constr.]

bic
apoc. Dp},
DiJJ*l,pret.
once in the Ara-
aro
for *P . T
Isa.
manner, DNp T Hos. 10: 14

id.),
(i) TO
ARISE (Arab.
i
;
nip
I.
6l
niplEf
TO
*U, Syr. JQ.Q
from a
seat,
from bed, Gen. 19:
Ulp J.q. pp and D?3

Pret., Eze.
id.,
LOATHE,
followed
by ?
of the thing.
16:47.
Fut.,l3*PJ Ps.
95: l O.
NIPHAL,
followed
by
\333 Eze.
20:43; 36:31.
followed
Once
-1BP3, for
WjM
HITHPALEL, ttppJ^n by ? 139:21.

II.
Eze. 6:9.' id. Psa. 119:158;

-
Sometimes with the verLev. 19:32, etc. bosity common in such cases amongst the Orientals, it is pleon. prefixed to verbs of going, going forward, and of setting about anything with impulse, Genesis
23:3;
Job 1:20, l "he arose and went." 22:3, "=*! Dp T1 T " he arose and rent his mantle." 2 Samuel 13:31;
'
Unp
:
or UJ
lp
i.
q.
Arab.
TO BE
is
CUT OFF.
cut
off.'
Job 8
14, V?t?3 Oipj IB**
whose hope
Samuel 24:5 (see Schult. on Job, loc. cit.). Imp. Arise! often used as a word of incitement, especially to Jehovah that he may grant aid, Numbers
i
HC-lp
eferred to BOJ5 in Thes.]

'
lp an unused
root,
which undoubtedly had the

(Arab.
\\j
10:35; Ps. 3:8; 7:7; 9:20; 17:13, compare Psal. 68: -2; with a dative pleon. ^7 HMp Canticles 2 l o. (a) to arise against any one, folSpecially it is
:
signification of
calling
to
say.
To
this agree Sanscr. kal, to sound,

Ki\ofiat,
Gr. mXe'w, compare
KiXtvu, Latin calo, calare,

call.
whence
calendce,
English, to rhich see.)
It
appears to be kindred to 7n
lowed by ?y Ps. 3:2; 54:5; 86:14; Isai. 31:2; ?K Gen. 4:8; also to rise as a witness against any one, followed by ? Ps. 27 12 Job 16:8 (compare 3 H3J;). In the participle with suffixes, as *PP T those who rise
: ;
Hence
(l) the voice, 7^p masc. plur. rri?ip and ni?p whether cf animals, Job 4: 10; or of men, both speakand crying out, in joy or in sorrow ing, Gen. 27:22;
N*E*3 p. DLXVIII, (see top
A); or
also of
God, either
speaking, Gen. 3:8, 10; or thundering, whence top "V often used of thunder, Ps. 29: 3, seqq. 7n| ?ip3
en.
1C: 13,
39:14; and in ace. 7V1 3 7lp Eze. 11:13; Ezra with a loud voice, "inx 7ip Ex. 24:3, with
fyp with
one voice,
my (full) voice, Ps. 3
5;
42
2.
40 VD[5 Deti. 33:11. Comp. go forth, used of the light, Job 25:3; of a star, Numb. 24:17; of life as compared with noonday, Job 11:17; of the birth of a king or of future prophet (auftreten), Ex. 1:8; Deu. 34:ioj time (auffommen), Gen. 41:30. (c) to grow up, to become a man, spoken of a youth. Ps. 7e:5; hence to increase with riches, to flourish, Prov. 28:19. a. i. (a) followed by q. "19? No. l, (2) to stand, \3?b to stand before anyone, to oppose him, Josh. 7: to remain, M 13. (b) to stand fast (beftetjn), up against me,
D'j?.
Ps.
(b) to exist, to
DCCXXVIII
continue, Job 15:29; Amos 7:2, 5; 1 Sa. 24:21; 13: 14 (compare n P^pn); followed by ? to remain
to
in
38:8,
terity,
to
i.
e.
any one, Lev. 25:30; followed by ?V to persevere (c) to be any thing (auf etu>a$ befhfyn), Isa. 32:8.
17, 20;
dren for
(2) to
raise up to any one a name, seed, or nog to raise up, by marrying his widow, chilhim who shall bear his name.
cause
to stand, Ps.
40:3
(a) to constito
confirmed; of a purchase, Genesis 23:
of a
counsel or purpose, Isa. 8:1O; 14:24; Prov. 19:21 (once followed by ? to be successful to any one, Job
tute any one king, Deut. 28:36. (b) stand still, to restrain, Ps. 107:29.
cause
tc
(c) to
con;
22:28); of a prediction, i. q. K13 No. 44:28, 29; opp. to ??3 No. l, let. h ;
2, let. e,
Jerem.
stand good,
e. g.
to be valid, to of testimony, Deut. 19:15; a vow,
firm, to establish anything, Num. 30: 14, 15 tc perform a promise, l Sa. i :23; an oath, Gen. 26:3 HOPHAL Dpjn (i) to be set up, erected, Exod.
40:17.
(2)
(3)
to be to be
Num.
30:5, seq.
(d) to
stand by
for aid
to
any
,|
constituted, 2 Sa. 23:1.

hostile
one; followed by ? Psalm 94: 16 (Arab. A'J seq.

id.).
(e) Kings 14:4; compare 4:15; the eyes stand; spoken of a blind person suffering from amaurosis, the pupil of whose eye is set, and does not contract with the light of the sun. (3) like the Sam. *3W to live. See Piel No. 2, and the noun Dip*. PIEL D*p (principally in the later books like the
;
E?ry
-105 i
Sam.
confirmed, Jer. 35: 14. HITHPAEL Dpipfin to rise up with a
mind,
:
Ps. 17:7; followed by ? aguinst any one, Job 20:27. Part, with suff. 'PP'lpr.p my adversary, Psalm 59 2 ;
Job 27:7.
npp r
Derivatives, npip, nvpoip, ttp% Dipp, D'p. and the pr. n. D^, jIDp,. , np-lpjp, DOipJ?,
HD?,
* ^
Aram.
D*5, ^p-oa)
(l) causat. of Kal No. 2; in
G}p
forth,
(2)
to
Chald.
to
(l) to arise, Dan. 3:24;
to
corn*
exist, Dan. 2:39; 7 :1 7also, to
various connections
;
firm, Ruth 4:7 a prediction by the event, Eze. 13:6. by 7% to injoin any thing on any one;
(a) to make valid, to conEsth. 9:29, 31, init. to confirm

;
to stand, Dan. 3:3; 7:17; remain, Dan. 2:44.
endure
(b) followed pr. to cause
PAEL,
D.*
to
establish.
D*p
D.^P.
to establish *
statute, to give forth a
any thing
Chald.
/Hi
to be
D'P_
imposed upon any one (compare

Hence
any one by an oath), Esth. IvJJ D*i? to take upon one-
to bind
mandate, Dan. 6:8. APHEL D'pn, once Q'pK Dan. 3:1. PI. *O'pO., part
fut. D'-p*
9:21, 31, med.

self;
D^P,
(1)
and
to
D'p.iT
e.
to
erect,
set up,
g.
impose upon oneself, Esth. 9:27, 31, fin. (c) to fulfil, to perform (an oath), Ps. 119: 106. (2) trans, of Kal No. 3; to preserve alive, Psa.
pr. to
a statue, Dan. 3:1, seq

(a king) [a priest], set over, Dan. 4:14;
(2) to constitute, to Ezr. 6: 18; followed by
appoint
?J?
to
6:2.
119:28 (more frequently in Targg.). PILEL Dpi? (i) causat. of Kal No. i, to raise up, to build up, e.g. ruins, Isa. 44:26; 58:12; 61 -.4.
Mic. 2:8, " long ago has (2) intrans. to rise up. risen Dpip? 3?)t? up as an enemy." Vulg. my people ymsurrexit. Others take it, " long ago has my people set (sc. me) up as an enemy (to themselves)."
to
HOPHAL Q'P!
to be
made
(in the Hebrew manner), to stand, to stand, Dan. 7:4.

DJp_.
Derivatives, Q*P,
nplp
f.
(i)
stature of a man, tall ness,
Sa.
16:7; 28:20, inpip K^p "his full length," the whole size of his body. Eze. 13:18, nip1p~?3 " every
down, Deut. 22:4; the afflicted, Job 4:4; Ps. 41:11. (b) to set up, e.g. a tent, Exod. 26:30; a statue, Deut. 16:22; an altar, i Ki. 16:32; towers, Isaiah 23: 13; also, to set up again a tent fallen down, Am. 9:11; hence H9 D ^> ^T?^ *9?^ *i?n to reset up the
to
HIPHIL O'pn arise (a)
(l) causat. of Kal No.
l, to
cause
stature,"
i.e.
men
of every stature.
erect, raise
up one
fallen
(2) the height of cedars, Isaiah 37:24; of a ship
[the ark], Gen. 6:15. adv. erect, upright, Lev. 26: 13.
or
S-v
not used in
Kal; prob. TO SING,
land, the tribes of Israel, i. e. to restore them, Isaiah JV"1? D'pn to make a covenant (einen SBunb 49:6, 8.
rrridtfen),
Arab. /yj a female minstrel, a female singer, and any female slave (which may, however, be from the
s <*idea of possession ; compare .^J a slave).
[In Thes.
Gen. 6: 18;
or
to
:ll; l?:?.
to
(c) to
cause
to
raise up any one, as exist, judges, Jud. 2: 18; a prophet, Jer. 29:15; a priest, i Sam. 2:35; an enemy, Mic. 5:4. Specially, D^pn DP Deu. 25:7; Ruth 4:5, 10; and J> Jnj D'prj Gen. /
come forth
strike
(a) to "prob. (i) TO STRIKE UPON (cogn. to|?3). an instrument; hence, to sing to music."] PIEL l?.ip to sing a mourning song, 2 Sa. l :17
DCCXXIX
followed
by
?J?
and 7N on account of any person or
III.
thing, 2 Sa.
3:33; Eze. 27:32.

^3'ip.
OFF.
TO CUT, i: CUT UP, T j'P (i) i-q. }*P Hence pip a thorn, so called from the idea
ci of
Derivative,
D'lp
see
Dpp r
cutting or wounding, and HP- harvest, pr. the cutting off of fruits, summer. From this noun is derived
(2) to
an unused root; Arab. 9>J Med.Waw, Conj. I. VIII. to cover the female, as a male camel. Hence
>C
Ye,
|
id), Isa.
pass the summer. (Arabic 18:6. See pn No. 2.
]g\3
Med.
Ezek. 23:23, prop, apparently, a stallion; J/r trace (as rightly given by the
Vulg. and Hebrew interpreters) a metaphor of frequent use amongst the Hebrews and Arabs, compare
; ,
collect,
(i) a thorn (from the root thorns, briers, Genesis 3: 18; Plur. D'Vip Jer.4:3.
ip
m.
pp
Isa.
n. Ill),
32:13.
(2) [Koz,
(b) with the art.
Coz,Hakkoz"],pT.n.m. ()iCh.4:8. ppn Ezr. 2:6l; Neh. 3:4, 21;

from their
id.
7:63;
Ch. 24:10.
f.
and Arab.
J^j
*J
_j yf, all
of which denote
plur. locks of hair, so called
9
<)
a male camel for the breeding of a noble race,

also
and
being cut
s*>~*
a prince. There is added, paronomastically, V.W happy, rich. Others regard Jflpl. and JflE' as opposites,
off,
Cant. 5:2,11.
(Syr. J L.
CLO
Arab.
jj^s
p.
fore locks.
Compare Schultens, Opp. Min.,

.
high and low, taking
this
from the root - ^.j some
246.)
Root
PP T
of the derivatives of which signify low, ignoble.
l^p
.''
TO DIG, especially a well,
Isa.
37 25.
:
(Arab.
an unused root, j "p whence HQ-lpPl circuit.
i.q.
*\\>}
No.
3, to
surround,
Med.
"1-13
Waw,
to cut out
from amongst.
Derivatives,
Kindred
are
which
to
see, lp.3.)
m. an ape, i Ki. 10:22; Sanscr. and Mala*)ip bar, hapi, an ape (prop, nimble), a word of Indian origin, whence the Gr. KijnoG, Ktjftoe, Ktlfioc, words used to denote apes, and especially monkeys with
tails.
HIPHIL,
cause
to
to
flow forth
to
(water), Jerem.
6:7. PILPEL
lp."|p
dig under,
undermine a wall
Y -p
'
an unused
root,
i.
q. PVi? to
cut off, whence
by a play of words, " T? "*P-~!P-P "they undermine a wall (Talmud. TpT Kllpl"? destruction of a wall). Hence to destroy. Nu. 24:17, n5T\33-^3 tp/ip.]" and will destroy
(so the Chald.).
Isaiah 2-2:5,
all
I.
the children of pride."
LXX.
irpovoptvau.
Vulg.
*pi.q.
B-1p
(l) TO BE
WEARY OF any thing,

onomatopoetic, like Fol-
vastabit.
TO LOATHE.
(The primary
signification I think to
be that of vomiting, so that
it is
the corresponding German verb, comp. Kip.) lowed by ? of pers., Lev. 20 23 Nu. 21 :5.
: ;
masc. a beam, a joist, prop, transverse (see

n"3P T
Piel),
2 Ki. 6:2, 5;
Cant. 1:17.
By
synecd.
by '3SD Ex. 1:12; Nu. 22 3 Isa. 7: 16; both of these significations are also found
(2)
to fear,
followed
a house, like the Gr. ptXadpoy, Gen. 19:8.
Q
Isa.
---
jip
m.
6.
plur.
slender threads,
,Jf
spiders' webs,
conjoined in the verbs
>^, J^,
city
in
and German B3p ;>

i.
59:5,
this
(Arab.
a thread made of cotton.
rauen tjaben
HIPHJL
it,
oot efroag.
to
PPD
put a
fear,
e.
to besiege
answers the Greek Kaipog, licium, the cross threads in weaving, bte Jtreujfcibcn/ whence Katpou, KUJ.-
To
Isa.
7:6; compare Arab.
^^
Conj. III. to
cause
to fear, to besiege.
II.
The etymology is rather obscure. I suppose, however, that D'"Wp is akin to the word rnip a transpwffte-
verse beam.)
vw
only in
HIPHIL PPD intrans. TO BE AROUSED, i.q. f5* out of 73:20; from the slumber of death, sleep, Ps. 3 6 Job 14:12; Dan. 12:8. Imp. n^pn i. q. rnitf awake,
: ;
Ip
(i)
i.
q.
Arab. iw\s
circle,
the back,
II. to
to be bent as a bow, bend as a bow, comp. Gr.
yaveroc, bent.
Hence ^^5,
o*y
a bow, and pr. n
arise
(O Lord),
Ps. 35:23.
DCCXXX
(a)
i.
q. K*PJ to
lay snares.
Once
in fut. Isaiah
Derivatives,
ftpi>, fbp,,
JBp and pr.
name
IPPJ [and
9:21, pe>p*
or, as other copies
read pt^P*.
Derivatives, see No.l, alsc pr. n.
^p,^p?N, and
with
a nd
suff.
'!9pf.
pp.;
plur. D'SDp
^fV^p
the
bow
bow), [Kushaiah~\, pr. lCh.6:29, V'p.
of Jehovah," i. e. the rainn. m. iChron. 15:17; called,
p
3) )
constr. jbp
l
:
(i) adj. little,

;
small
JPi^n
(opp. to
often.
Genesis
frp
Eze. 16:47, see tMp.

root,
Neutr. abstr.
Psalm 104: 25 smallness ; whence

16;
e. lesser, Isa.
and very
\*??
vessels
IlLDp an unused
Ch. and Arab. ^_Û-
to
1
of smallness,
little
i.
22:24.
Specially
1
(a)
cut, hence to CM< off. (Kindred roots are 3VP,, 2V }, 3P.H. The biliteral stock Dp has the signification of
cutting, cutting
off,
in age,
younger, Gen. 9:24; 27:15;
Kings
the
same
*$\>,
as the cognates pP, ^H;
3:7. Solomon, at his accession to the kingdom, '?3X ft? T83 "I am but a little child." (b) of little authority or importance, Isa. 36:9; of a thing of lit-
see
the
roots
??,
,
P,
TT3,
Arab. Jj,
Ja5>
and
f >'H, T compare at VVP
"H3.
See also the remarks
of Jul. Klaproth, in Merian, De 1'Etude Comparative des Laugues, p. 216.) Hence

(i) cutting off, des truct ion, Isaiah ^?p 28:2, ^tp^ ~iye> "a storm causing destruction."
weight, Ex. 18:22, 26. (2) JUj5 [Hakkatan], pr. n. Ezr. 8: 12.
tle
m. (with the
art.),
m.
hence <Ae little finger; -, smallness; whence ^p.pT kotoni, my little finger, l Kings 12:10; 2 Ch. 10:10. Other copies have, in 2 Ch. loc. cit,
1
Especially
(2) pestilence,Deu. 32:24;
Ps. 91:6;
and
dagesh,
?9PT kotonni (from the form jbp. the last letter taking the Sh'va movetible being changed into
;
with
suff. 1?l?i5
m.
id. spec,
contagion, pes-
tilence, Hosea
sense].
f.
13:14 [c/esfrucfiora gives a better

from the root
Kametz-Chatuph) see J. H. Michaelis on the pusBut the reading appears inadmissible, which is found in V. D. ComT Hooght, iKi. loc. cit., *3p.p
sage.
.
pare ?9P-
incense, Deu. 33 10
:
~>l?P T
man,
(" incense"), [KeturaJi], pr. n. of a wowhom Abraham married after the death of
fp
i
;
fut. *|bj to pluck off, to ears of corn, branches, Deut. 23:26;
break
off, as
Job 30:4.
NIPHAL, pass., Job 8:12.

I.
Sarah, Genesis 25:

fut.
}t2j5*.
Ch.
=32.
'Wp
not used in Kal; Arab.
TO KILL, TO SLAY, a poet, word, Ps. 139 19; Job 13:15; 24:14. (Syr. and Chald.
id.,
J^
to give a
scent, to be fragrant.
j
Kindred
~>BJ.
Arab. JcJ, Êth.
<ftW
To
The primary
this accords
idea
is
PIEL "K3p to offer odours, to burn incense in honour of a deity; followed by? of the deity, the ace.
of the incense being omitted, Jer. i 16; 7:9; H:13 19:4; always falmost] used of idolatrous worship Part. f. [see on the other hand, l Sa. 2:l6, inf.]
:
that of cutting; see 3pj7the Gr. KTeiNw.)
perhaps
Derivative,
7i2p_-
7
PAEL
rii~il3pjp
altars
on which incense was burned; prop.

J"n.Bp s
Chald.
id., part. act.

:
?i?
Dan. 5: 19.
Part.
pass. 7'P?
Dan. 5 30
giving an odour, 2 Ch.30: 14.
7:11.
PUAL, part.
like the Syr. Pael
incense, Cant. 3:6.

sacrifices both
5t3i5
*-
intens. to kill
many;
HIPHIL,
lawful,
l
to
burn incense, used of

:
and Arab.
Dan. 3:14; 3:22. J^jj and ITHPAEL, Dan. 2: 13, piss. ITHPEAL,
Ch. 6:34, and unlawful, l Ki. 3:3; followed 1 8 often also followed bj of the deity, i Ki. 1 by *? an ace. of the incense or victim burned, Ex. 29: 18;
;
^Pj2
->
slaughter, Obad.
9.
Lev. 1:9,17; 2:2, 16.
TO BE LITTLE, SMALL (prop, to be ut off, cut short; from the biliteral stock tap; comp. ?%), 2 Sam. 7:19. Figuratively to be of little worth, (Jen. 32: 1 1.
fut. |P?*.
,
HOPHAL ippn pass. Lev. 6:15. incense, Mai. l: 11.

Derivatives, rrfop,
Part.
Hoph. "*&$
rnbp ptsppb'j?, -H2pp, n ID^P,
and
pr. n. fTTIB^.
i.
to
make sm
II,
Am.
8:5.
D.
q.
Ch. IP?, Hebr.
Part.
IM
DCCXXXI
Ere. 46: 22, n'ntpp
vaulted, roofed.
ttp (a) cnly in pi. P")tpp Ch. knots, especially bgameuts of the bones, Dan. 5:6. (6) metaph. difficult questions, Dan. 5:12, 16.
nmn.
bound
courts,"
i.
e.
prob.
Pi?
would seem
to
be the same as
!"l3p T)
" she bare Cain

"
! I
(a creature [rather apossession, see -'P T ]), and said, Ihave created [ratherpossesse dor acquired] a man by the help of Jehovah" [of course this is the true
derivation].
(b) of the tribe of the Kenites,
Numb.
["
'H?p
verbal of Piel,
burning incense,
Jer.
24:22; Jud. 4:11; see W\>. (c) of a town of the tribe of Judah, with the art. Josh. 15:57.
D' T and ni |-1p), pi. (i) a a mournful song, lamentation, Jei\7:29; 9:9, 19. (2) [Kinah~\) pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Jndah,
44: si."]
H^p
f.
(from the root
No. II. [" knotty, i. q. T jht?p ("bond," see 19P Ch. JlPi?"]), \_Kitr oti\, pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Zebulun, Jud. 1 130; called in Josh. 19:15 r~lt?2 (for
p,)
Josh. 15:22.
small.
^p
collect.
Gen. 15:19;
Jud. 4:11,17;
^p
Samuel
f. with suff. Vnpp. (i) incense, Exod. 30:1, seq.; Lev. 4:7; io:l. (2) that part of a victim which was commonly burned, fa t, Ps.66:i5, J-qbp "the fat of
D^S
rains."
27:10; ^J^p i Chron. 2:55; Gent, noun, a Ken ite, Kenites, a Canaanitish people, dwelling among the Amalekites, 1 Sa. 15:6; comp. Numbers 24: -21, descended from Hobab the father-in-law of Moses, Jud. l 16; 4:11; see !?2 No. 2,6.
:
[Kattatli] see plDj?.
p
vomit.
m. vomit,
Isa.
28:8, from the root Kip to
ji'p (perhaps i.q. |)3p "possession"), [Cainan, Kenan"], pr.n. of an antediluvian patriarch,Gen.5:9;
1
Ch.
|
2.
17, P
l*p
root, q. Nip, TO VOMIT. Imp. Jer. 25:27, unless it should rather be pronounced
i.
an uncertain
m. (l) harvest (pr. cutting off) of fruits, .p Isa. 16:9; 28:4; from the root flp No. Ill, i.q. ^VP T
also,
fruits, ripe fruit, especially apparently
the
>'P, for -lî?.
[This root
q.
is
rejected in Thes.]
fig, Jer. 40:10, 12;
Am.
8:1, 2; 2 Sa. 16:

vol.
i,
l.
Comp
Ch.
i.
Hebr. f)P summer, Dan. 2 =35.
seq.
Faber on Harmer's Observations, Hence

(2)
page 387,
smoke, Gen. 19:28; Ps. 119:83. (2) vapour, cloud, Ps. 148:8; from the root ~it?i?.
(l)
'p m.
summer,
as being the time of the year

jj^',
when
Gen,
to
fruits are
gathered (compare TJH); Arab.

is
QP
(from the root
C-1p (hostile)
insurrection,
T Psalm 18: rising up, against any one (see part. Dp 40,49; Jerem. 51:1); hence collect, for D^Pi^ Job Others take it as 22:20, -13O*i? our adversaries.
8:22; Secondary be hot, used of the day in the middle of summer.
Psal. 74: 17.
the Arab.
b'J
|i'p
f.
mWp
a verbal pass, for intrans., compare D'3 for D3.
for rna, n>ini
(for P*p for D^l'lO
from fp end, comp. Lehrg. 145), last, utmost,
rm
Ex. 26:4, 10; 36:11, 17.
CPp m.
o
Syr.
)
Chald. a statute,
an
edict, Dan. 6:8;
"
vt..Q.
jVjTp
ricinus;
m., Jon.4:6
lo; Jerome, Syr., and others,
Palma
Christi,
Arab, c
.î
Êgypt.
KIKI,
O^p
Chald. enduring, sure, Dan. 4:23.
Lam. riD*p f. n. act. an arising, a rising up, 3:63; from the root D-lp.
feÊ'p see
t^Sp..
KOVKI (Diod. Sic. i. 34), a tall biennial plant, still cultivated in our gardens, beautiful and quick growing, with a soft and succulent stalk, a slight injury of
which will cause the plant but see Bochart, Hieroz.

Hierob. P.
ii.
to die.
t.
LXX. cucumber,
293, 623.
Celsii
ii.
p.
p.
i.
273
p.
82.
Faber on Harmer's Ob151.
p
,'jj
an unused root [under
}-1p
in Thes.].
H3J5
i.
q.
servations, vol.
140
Med. Ye,
to form, to prepare
(comp.
No.
l),
apecially, to
forge
iron.
Hence
m.(for)i>p;
p.
like
nteoo
for
see
(l) a spear, 2 Sam. 21: 16. j.p m. (a)[Catn], pr.n. (a) of the fratricide son of Adam. Allusion is so made to the etymology in Gen. 4:1, that
Vulg. vomitua if it were compounded of 1? for N'P as ignominice; vomit, and f^p, ignominy; a sense which is given b)' nine MSS., which read separately, IM"?
""i?.
cccxx, B), ignominy, Hab. 2: 16.
DCCXXXII
*1 p once I? Isa. 22:5; pi. rrt~>'? m. (not comm., for iKi. 4:10 njEp refers to n^J|, not to "Vp) (l) a wall, Lev. 14:37, 39; l Ki. 6:15; a if a//, e. g. of a (The origin is doubtcity, Num. 35:4; Josh. 2 15. ful. A wall may be so called from the lime with which it is covered, compare "V3 lime; it may take its name from transverse beams, compare "Wp, "TJV:
:
FT
/p IT
a root of uncertain authority for ^np, pn^

.
to congregate.
Hence
fut.
Niphal
T'l ^"V.ip
2 Sa.
20:14
edi-
lm,
tions
I.
but the
np
has
^Hi?'.!
[which
is
undoubtedly
the true reading, which have in the text].
many MSS. and some
*'/|
TO ROAST, TO
PARCH (am
geuer
r&fttn),
but neither of these is satisfactory. bable that from this word î? signif.
It is
2,
more prohas come "VJJ

1:15;
as corn, grain, Lev. 2:14; Josh.
5:11; a person,
as
a mode of execution, Jer. 29:22.

4*A(Dl
letter
id.,
a city.) a wall."
Isa.
25:4, "Vp DTT
"a shower overthrowing
Used of the
sides of the altar, Lev.
compare
""I?-?
and
last
(Arab. Jj, Êth. remark under the

*>?
5:9; of the walls of the heart, Jer. 4:19. (2) a place fortified with a wall (like the Gr. 3S1D "Vp rtlôc, Herod., Xen.), a fortress; whence Isa. 15:1, ("the fortress of Moab," Chald. K3T3 2S1O"!), pr. n. of a fortified city on the borders of the land of Moab, now called Kerrek; this name in a wider sense is used of the whole tract of country.
p. DCXCVIII, Josh. 5: 11.
A.)
is
Part. pass.
Lev. 2:145
NIPHAL, part,
ing,
what
scorched; hence, burn[This

pr. n.
inflammation,
Ps. 38:8.
in its
Derivatives, vi?, and pr. n. ni?pp.
should be referred to ?SO, as
it
is
own
place
and
in Thes.]
The same
is
called Jer.
48:31, 36, BQn

:
np
\_Kir-
IE.
M / j>
i.
q. 77J5,
not used in Kal.
heres, Kir-heresli\, (the wall of bricks, or the brick nBHTl Tp fortress), and Isa. 16: 7, 1 1 ; 2 Kings 3 25
NIPHAL,
to be
made
l
light of, Isa. 16:14;

part.
n?i?3
to bt
counted despicable, Deut. 25:3;

spised, ignoble,
HIPHIL,
to
de-
\_Kir-hareseth, Kir-haraseth~\, (id.). (3) [AYr], pr. n. of a nation and region subject to the Assyrian empire, Isa. 22:6; 2 Ki. 1 6 9 Am. 1:5; 9:7, prob. the region between the Euxine, and Caspian seas, on the river Cyrus, now called in Armenian, Kur.
:
make
18:23; Isa. 3:5; Pro. 12:9. Hence light of, Deu. 27: 16.
Sa.
m.
=
(i) contempt, shame, ignominy^
'P
(fr
m the
n.
Ch. usage, " a weaver's comb"),

for
Pro- 3 35; 6:33; 13:18; 22: 10; Isa. 22: 18. (2) a shameful deed, Pro. 18:3.
(3)
\_Ker os~\, pr. Ezr. 2:44.
m. Neh. 7:47,
which there
pudenda, Nah. 3:5;

an unused
Jer. 13:26.
i.
is D1J5
nyP
parch;
nb>3
root, prob.
q. n?j5 to
roast,
B^p ("snaring," from the root K^P ["or i. q. nBfc']), \Kish~\, pr. n. m. (l) of the father of Saul, lSa.g:l;i4:5i; l Ch. 8:33. (2) l Ch.8:3O; 9:36. (3) iCh. 23:21,22; 24:29 (4) 2 Ch. 29:12. (5)Est.2:5.
of a river, which rises on Mount Tabor and flows into the gulf of Ptolemais, Jud. 4:7; 5:21; 1 Ki.
since verbs nt'very often accord with verbs

;
j5 and n$5, nns and nns, nya and nsf. and H73, HDD and HDD, H7S and n^S, on the reason of which interchange, see Heb. Gram. 74,
rh, as n?
note 4.
[In Thes. this
is
regarded as cognate
to the
verb
n^
No.
II.]
Hence
kettle, iSa. 2:14; Mic. 3:3.
rppf. apot,
fcJ/P
letters
18:40;
Ps.
83:10.
(l)TO CONTRACT, TO
DRAW TOCETHKK,
;
almost the same as ^PS and NSf?
Arab.
.Jj (the
DTVp
to
3:5,7, 10 UTO.
Ch., Greek Kldapif, cithara, a harp, Dan. The Syrians also are accustomed
os.
change the Greek termination c into
interchanged). Part. pass. t^TJJ a dwarf, any thing of contracted stature or size, s Lev. 22:23. (Arab. JaJjf, irliJ a dwarf, see Karate,
<--
Q and V being
(from the root ^>i?) adj. light, iwi/Y.Isa. 19:1; Am. 2:14, 15; fully V^>yi| ?2 a Sa. 8:18. Poet, specially, a swift horse, Isa. 30:16.
/p
f.
nfej?,
pi. D';>2
P-
965,
Uj
low stature,
l^.Vi
(Saad.
loc. cit.)
on*
A.dv.
quickly, swiftly, Joel 4:4;
Isa.
5:26.
suffering from hernia.) (2) to receive a fugitive to oneself, Derivatives, ^<PP, and pr. n. i"K? v>|5.
i.
q.
Ch. C??
m. Ch.
i.
q.
Heb. Vlp a voice, Dan, 3:5.
Vp m. (from the root nbj5 No.L),

otiose,
like ^J, K^R3),
Sa. 17:17,
and N*/p (witb m. sometkinf
DCCXXXIII
roasted, parched,
i.e.
grains of wheat, or bar~
the thing,
Ki. 12 4,
T?
"fî"?
P.H
"lightei
ley roasted in the ears (see Macmichael's Journey, p. a 35)> such as the Arabs, both ancient and modern,
eat.
(somewhat) from the servitude of thy father," i. & remit somewhat of the servitude which thy father
imposed upon us; verse
9.
Lev. 23:14;
Sa.
25:18; 2 83,17:28; Ru. 2:14.

of (sc. servant) pr.n. m. Neh. 12:20.
*?p Jehovah"), [Kallai],

"\7|- [Kelaiah~\,
" the swift (perhaps for Hvj5
(2) to reckon lightly, to despise, 2 Sam. 19:44, Eze. 22:7; to bring to contempt, Isa. 8:23.
PILPEL Sî?
(i)
:
to
move
to
and fro,
JJiJj,
to
shake
pr. n.
of a Levite, also called

see
tp^p
,
(Ch.
"assembly,"
tj? No.
a),
\Ke-
together, Ezek. 21 26. AVt'A't'Al to be moved.
Arabic
Êthiopic
Ezr. 10:23; Neh. 8:7;

fut.
/p.^, 1??J|.
10:11.
/P
:
(l) TO BE
LIGHT
(2) to make smooth, to polish; hence to sharpen, The notion of smoothness (which oriEcc. 10:10.
ginally does not differ from that of lightness) found in the adj. ?/P T
.
is
also
id.,
JJjj, <f>fXA: light [not heavy]), see
HITHPALPEL,
Hiphil.
(a)
to be
moved, shaken together,
Jer.
Figuratively
4:24.
JLS ),
to be
7jft?
diminished (Arab.
-IPp.
Gen. 8:11,
Derivatives, fe,
5fo n$p,
h&% fyfa
pr. n.
plSH
(i.
DV3H
" the waters were
diminished
.
had flowed away) from off the earth ;" verse 8. to be despised, contemned, Job 40:4; Nah. No. II. Inf. used as a noun, 1:14. T Compare <"6p >p ignominy, disgrace, Jer. 3:9 (where 7p is regarded by others as the same as ?ip).
e.
(3)
m adj- smooth, polished (used of brass;, /?|? Dan. 10:6; Eze. 1:7, see ^>P ComT Pilpel No. a.
-
pare Ch. ?/| polish. Vulg.
O3S candeiis.
(4)
to
be swift,
fleet
(if
indeed this be not the
primary signification, compare ??| to roll swiftly), 2 Sam. 1:23; Hab. 1:8; Job 7:6; 9:25. NIPHAL bp_3 and ->P.3, fut. 1?i?*. Isa. 30: 1 6. (i) to be d?&-h% lightly (letcf)tt)in), Jer. 6:14; 8:11. light.
Followed by a dat. of pers. to be easy to any one, Prov. 14:6; 2 Ki. 20:10.
(2)
;pj?3
i
""V/p f. constr. n??i? (i) cursing, 2 Sa.l6:i2. l (2) execration, imprecation, curse, Kings 2:8; Genesis 27:12, ^n??i? "thy curse"
(pass.).
Concr. one accursed, Deut. 21:23.
Plural
Deu. 28:15,45.
not used in Kal. TO SCOFF AT, TO SCORN. Eze. 16:31, " thou PIEL, art not like a harlot JJJ^ D?pp who scoffs at her
hire," sc. that
D?
to
Sa. 18:23.
that, Isa.
of little account, little, followed by Impers. 19 ?p3 is it a light thing 49:6; Eze. 8:17.
be
to be
by
more may be given. Well rendered the Vulg. nee facta es sicut meretrix fastidio au-
(3) to be lightly esteemed, 6:22; Gen. 16:4, 5. (4)

to be
despised, 2 Sa.
gens pretium.
swift, Isa. 30: 1 6.
HITHPAEL, id., followed by ? 2 Ki. 2:23; Ezek. 22:5; Hab. 1:10. Hence
:
PIEL 7pp. to curse, to execrate, 2 Sam. 16:7; followed by an ace. Gen. 8:21 12:3; Ex. 21 17; Lev. 19:14; 20:9; once followed by ? Isa. 8:21. i? ??p reflex, to curse oneself, i. e. to bring a curse upon
;
D/J5
m. scorn, Ps. 44:14;

id.,
Jer.
2O:8; and
npyf.
/\J
Eze. 22:4.
Sam. 3:13, " because he knew Qy^pp *3 V32 DiT? that his sons had brought a curse upon
oneself, l
(l) TO SLING, TO
THROW STONES
WITH
A SLING.
themselves."
PUAL,
to be
one who
HIPHIL
to
is
cursed, Isa. 65:20; Job 24: accursed, Ps. 37:22.

fut.
?p.^.
18. Part.
Part. J?ip a slinger, Jud. 20: 16. Trop. to cast (a people) out of a country, Jer. 10: 18. (2) to grave, to sculpture, to engrave, 1 Ki.
to
'i^n, inf. ?P..n,
(l)
to
make
6:29,32, 35; prop,

light,
like slings.
make
slings,
i.e.
indentations
lighten (a) followed by an ace. of the thing and <>yo of pers. to lighten and cast away any thing from any one, l Ki. 12:lO; l Sam. 6:5. (b) without the accusative, Ex. 18:22, TxV^ 'P."? "lighten from off thee," sc. the burden, business, make thy
business lighter; Jon. 1:5.
(c) followed
[This signification is altogether sepa rated in Thes.] PIEL, i. q. Kal. No. l, i Sa. 17:49; 25:29.
Derivatives, flJ&plO and
V?p
17:40.
masc.
(l) a sling.
Arab.
by /S? of
DCCXXXIV
v
*p
Id.,
a)a ra7, Ex.

id.,
27:9, seqq.;
*
i-
35:>7? Num.
3:26.
(Chald.
Arab.
JEth.
jj
sail
of a ship, IV. to
is
sail, to
navigate.
4^6:
the sail
how
(No.
this signification
l), I
can be reconciled
taken in; but to the former
FIRMLY, Job li- ? (Chald. Kindred are f*?i?, V?j PUAL, pass. Job 22: 16.
Aral
to
bind
&
cannot say). 1 Kings 6 134; for CPSr?j5 apof a door, parently we ought to read, O'V/X leaves which is found in the former hemistich, and MS.
/'-J|>
TO
WITHER AWAT and DIE

;
(at
a tree or plant), Isaiah 19 :6

prop,
is
33:9.
Arab.
Ui
Kennic. No. 150.

pj"?
to
be thickly covered with
insects, lice
m. a slinger, 2 Ki. 3:25.

;
4^^^:), and on that account

plant; Syr.
to suffer,
spoken of a
are sick.
^>QJ3
is
used of persons
who
like TgTR from T SpSp (from the root &P XII. Arab.) m., despicable; used of compare Conj.
T;
prop. TO
SQUEEZE TOGETHER,
;
TO COMt
food,
Num. 21:5; Luth.
lofe
peife.
PRESS (comp.
fQi?)
hence
to
take with the hand
Lev. 2:2; 5:12; Nu. 5:26.
Hence
the fist,
7
to gather.
an unused root; perhaps
i.
q. transp.
i??
Hence
m.,
1
f p
m. with
suff.
i*Di5_(i)
a handful ;
S-v,.
Sam. 13:21, by apposition a three-pronged fork, with which hay, straw, and the like are brought together. (This is used of some
fp
Arab. iUj Lev. 2:2; 5:12; 6:8.

**
S-o-
(2) a bundle, a 47, D'?i?^
handful ; Arab. Su5- Gen.

i.
41:
"
sharp instrument, Eccl.
1 1
Targ.)
i.
by handfuls,"
Bns?
[
e.
abundantly.
M/Jp
to
an unused root;
perhaps
q.
Arab. uJ
see
prob.
i.
q.
B5 to pierce"].
5
Dy,
gather together, to collect, (kindred D03); whence the pr. n.
to the roots
see ibid.
'Trp f. (from the root D-1p), stalk of grain; coll. stalks, grain standing on its stalks, Ex. 22:5; Deut, 16:9; 23:26. Plur., Jud. 15:5.
(p m., const, followed by Makkaph "lij. Deu. 22:0, with suff. iSj? (from the root J3i?) (l) a nest, Isa.
10:14; meton. young ones in a

Isa.
nest, Deut.
32:11;
16:2.
(2) metaph. abode, especially one on a lofty rock,
p ("congregation of God"), [Kemuef],

pr.n. m.
(l) of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22:21.
(a)
Num. 34: 24.
(3)
Ch. 27:17.
an eagle's nest, Nu. 24:21 Jer. 49: 16; Obad. 4: Hab. 2:9; or as being pleasant and comfortable (Gr. PI. D'|J5 cells, chambers (of th KaXia), Job 29:18.
like
;
npj^ abounding in talks"), [Cam on], pr.n. of a town in Gilead, Jud.
pp
(perhaps
from
ark), Gen. 6:14.
10:5red.
> not used in Kal; Arab.
^5 to
become very
Hence
N.li?
m., Isa. 34:13, PiQ'i? Hos. 9:6; and plur. D'JB'Sp Prov. 24:31, a useless, thorny plant, such as the nettle or thistle, Celsii Hierob. t. ii. p. 206.
PIEL
(l) TO BE
is
JEALOUS
(from the rednea
with which the face
The Arab,
root ,.L*J
is
to bring together ; especially

this
to collect small things
upon the ground; but noun has perhaps some other origin. [See S?I?j3
of the wife, Num. who is a rival, Gen. 30:1. Caxisat. i. q. Hiphil, to excite any one's jealousy and anger, followed by
suffused); followed by an ace. 5:14; followed by 3 of a woman
? with anything, Deu. 32:21

(2)
to
Ki. 14:22.
an unused root (i. q. HDS to germinate, to grow as a herb; or Talmud. HDp to grind). Hence
flDp
(Arab,
fruit,
.,
flour, meal, Gen. 18:6;

corn, wheat, ^thiop.
<t\0^/Tt: t;
Num. 5:15
37:11; lowed by an ace. Gen. 26: 14;
one, followed by ? of pers. Gen. Ps. 37:1; 73:3; Pro. 23:17; 24:1, 19; fol-
envy any
Isa.
11:13
followed
by
/>
Ps.
106:16
^j
f'^rhl autumnal
legumes;
eat such things, spoken of
(3) to burn with zeal for any person or thing (foXow). (a) followed by ? to be zealous for any one's cause (etfern ftir j?m.), Num. 25:11, 13; a Sam.
cattle).
TO
HOLD PAST
with the hands, TO SEIZE
ai :a; l Ki. 19: 10. by 3 Prov. 3:31.
(J) to
envy any one;
followed
DCCXXXV
HIPHTL, causat,, to excite jealousy (see No. i),Deut. 32:16, si; Ps. 78:58.
Derivatives,
N3J5, Kfog,
Piel
43:24;
fully,
Dfeb
rt3p
Esod. 30:23; and
3itSn H3J5
Jer. 6:20.
nJp.
n3f?.
Chald., to buy, Ezr. 7: 17,!. q. Hebr.
m., jealous; used of God as not bearing the severe avenger of departure from himrelf,Ex. 20:5; 34:14; Deut. 4:24; 5:9; 6:15.
any rival
of corn, Gen. 41: 5, 29. a (3) Kavtjv, measuring reed, fully, H^sn HjJJJ Eze. 40:3,5; also a measure of six cubits, Ezek 41:8. (4) the beam of a b a la n ce (Gr. Knvuv), Isaiah
(2)0 stalk
46:6.
(i) jealousy; of lovers, Prov. 6:34; 37:4; of God, Eze. 8:3; of rival peoples, Isa. 11 13.
:
Plur. Trtswp
Num. 5:15.
:
arm (prop, tube, comp. and SRotjre, TCrmrSfyre), hence branch of a chandelier, Ex. 25:31 Job 31 :22. Plur. Q'3|5
(5) the higher bone of the
SJotjr,
Germ.
5:2.
(2) envy, excited by the prosperity of others, Job Melon, used of the object of envy, Eccl. 4 4.
channels or branches of a chandelier bearing the and n'l3j5 25:36; 37:22. lights, Ex. 25:31, seqq.
;
(3) ardent zeal towards any one(i/Xoe), 2 Kings 10:l6; Isa. 9:6, nteny rrtrv nX3p "the zeal of Jehovah of Hosts" (towards his people). OV~J"IN3j? zea ^
(of God) towards the people, ardent love,Ca,ut. 8:6.
Isa.
26: ll.
Generally
,pr.n. (l)ofa stream on the confines of Ephraim and Manasseh, Jos. 16:8; 17:9. (2) of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19:28 [prob. now Kdna \j\j Rob. iii. 384].
,
(4)ardour,
Ps- 79: 5-
i.q.
anger, indignation,Deu. 29: 19;
'p
masc.
i.q. N3[5
jealous, used of God, Josh.
24:19; Nah. 1:9.
j
upright,
reerf,
fut. n3pV,
i.
apoc.
lf
prop. TO
;
q.
T^H
(cogn. to pS, Pp
ERECT, whence
to set
H3J3
tjp an unused
whence
root,
perhaps
i.q.
.^
to hunt;
i"!3.j3,
cane); hence (l)to found, create [see note below] the heaven and the earth, Gen. 14:19, 22; men, Deut. 32:6; Psa. 139:13; Prov. 8:22 (Arab.
uJf
n. (l) of an t?p ("hunting"), [Kenaz], pr. Edomite sprung from Esau, and of a district of Arabia, taking its name from him, Gen. 36: 11, 15,42. (2) of
Kamus, p. 1937). acquire for oneself, Prov. 4:7; 15:32; 16:16; 19:8; Ruth 4:9, 10; to obtain, Gen. 4:1
i-
q.
/!=*- to create as God; see
(2)
to
the father (or rather grandfather) of Othniel. the brother of Caleb, Josh. 15:17; Jud. 1:13; i 01.4:13; H see i3p. (3) a grandson of Caleb, ibid., verse 15.
be owner). Specially Lat. conciliare, for emere, Ter. buy (compare (3) Eun. iv. 4, 2), Gen. 25:10; 47:22, etc.; also to re(Êth.
4^ P;
to possess, to
to
*Wp ("hunter"),
nation
!.5
pr. n.
(i) of a Canaanite
is
[Ken izz ites], whose abode

(
unknown, Gen.
T3j3
deem
5:8.
(people out of captivity), Isaiah
1 1
1 1
Neh.
:1 92,
2 ) [Kenezite~\,
patron,
of the word
No.
Num.
32:1-2;
Josh. 14:6.
ground
[Note. There does not appear to be any sufficient for ascribing the sense of to create to this verb
;
pDf? m.
see No. 3.
H3J5
(l) a creature, thing created [but and note under the root], from the root
Ps. 104:24.
in all the passages cited for that sense, to possess, appears to be the true meaning ; see Dr. M'Caul's Ser-
No.
1.
LXX.
KTiffiq.
(2) acquisition,
11.
purchase, Pro. 4:7; Lev. 22:
mon on
the Divine Sonship of the Messiah. Append.]

to
acquired, bought, Jer. 32:15,43. HIPHIL, Zee. 13:5; prob. i. q. Kal-No. 3, to buy But rujJO Ezek. 8:3, is for Tin Thes. "to sell"].
NIPHAL,
be
*^3i?D
(3) possession, tvealth, Gen. 34:23; 36:6; Ps.
105:21.
L
exciting
the
jealousy
or
anger (of God).

Hipp, and
U Jp
3
an unused and doubtful
root, perhaps, to
Hence [the following words, and

pr. n. J"l3p]
t^P, "Up*?,
set up."]
const. "]03p
pr. (l) cane, reed, calamus (see the i"l3p root; to this answer the Greek and Latin, Kawa,
m.
Ex. 30:23; cinnamon, Greek to Herodotus iii. 111. Ktwafitiifior, according

:
;
canna), specially, a reed growing in rivers and marshes, Isaiah 42 3 36:6; Psa. 68:31 (where the beast of the reed is the crocodile [but see
jfd'j'ij,
KUVTI,
(The
mus,
a word of Phoenician origin, Pro. 7 17 Cant. 4:14 It seems, however, most origin is doubtful. whence C3j? ri3j? calaa to n3[? root, suppose simple
?
pBSljp reed-like.
("This derivation
fl'D]),
aromatic and sweet smelling
calamus, Isaiah
rejected in Thes.~l
Others take
it
expressly otherwise.)
is
p-pp
pr.
i.
DCCXXXVI
q.
np-pp
unused
^\5
PREPARE, whence
PIEL
I.3|?
IP
Med. Ye, and n3[3 TO FORM, TO a nest. Hence
n >t,
Arab.
to
be
deep
whence
pl- const,
denom. to
make a
to
nest as a bird, Psa.
nbyp, but with
euff.
104:17;
POAL,
as a viper, Isa. 34:15.

to
bt~ild a nest,
see
f*i?
nestle, Jer. 22:23.

Y$?.
bowl, a dish, Nu. 7: 13, seqq.

dish.)
(Arab,
a deep
*X}p Job 18: 2,

,
[from
a snare.
Root
iu Thes.].
TO
CONTRACT ONESELF,
(cogn. to
TO
DRAW ONE-
SELF TOGETHER
town
I
(" possession"), \_KenatK], pr. n. of a

in Auranitis, situated near Bostra,
Nu.
3-2
4-2
Ch.
Kavoda, now called e^yJ see Relandi Palaestina p. 68 1 Burckhardt, Travels in
2:23; Gr.
Krtycifta,
(i) to draio up drawn up, Zeph. i 12 (compare Jer. 48 1 1). (2) to curdle, to coagulate as milk (seeHiph.);
:
:
?*, syn. 1?3), specially the feet, to sit with the fee*.
poet, of the
water of the
to be
sea,
Ex. 15:8 [speaking of a
Syria, ed.
Weimar,
i.
157, 504.
literal miracle],
TO DIVINE, TO PRACTISE DIVIa as verb used always of the false proNATION, phets of the Hebrews, Deu. 18:10, 14; 2 Kings 17:
fut. Dbj5*
PP
[" NIPHAL, 14:6, 3TO."]
contracted, withdrawn, Zech.

(Talmud,
id.
HIPHIL, causat. of No. 2, Job 1O:1O.
17;
dead,
Mic. 3:6, 7, 11;

l
Isa.
3:2; of evokers
of the
Arab, and Syr.
id.)
Hence
nations, as of the Philistines,

Jos. 13:22.
vine.
Sam. 28:8; and of the prophets of strange l Sam. 6:2; of Balaam,
S
Niphal].
sense of the l'H3
m. congelation, ice, Zee. 14:6 [np; the is however much better, see root in
(To
this
answers the Syr.
p_O
is
to di-
The primary
compare
idea appears to be that of cutQT3,

ITS
iDp
juL
id.)
TO
DRAW TOGETHER,
TO SHRINK. (Arab
ting;
^J,
ODpO
a notion which
2.)
applied to
divination,
compare
No.
PIEL, to
Derivatives,
an<l
Ch., Isa.
Hence IBp a hedgehog. make shrink; hence to cut off, like the 38: 12, n rt>0 W]iR "I have cut off, like
est,
divination, Eze. 13:6,23; 21: b; l Sam. 15:23; meton. the reward of divination, Num. 22:7; (compare n <Vf). (2) in a good sense, an oracle, Prov. 16: 10.
(i)
m.
a weaver, my life." Vulg. prcecisa vita mea. Hence
velut
texer.te,
"l|5 or 13p with n paragog. rn$5 a cutting destruction, Eze. 7:25.
off,
not used in Kal.
p
Eze. 17:9.
POEL DDip
f.
i.
q.
prtp TO
CUT OFF,
together, Isa.
m. a hedgehog, so called from its shrinking 14:23; 34:11; Zeph. 2:14. (Arab.
letter resolved,
with the double
jjuj and
a vessel, a cup, i. q. fibf?, which see. ^?f? nsbn no;? the vessel of a scribe, an inkstand, Eze. 9:2,3,11. JEth. 4'fk'T'I a waterpot, water vessel.
(i-q. <uij "fortress"), \_Keilah'] pr. n.
juLJi, Syr.
id., JEtln.
4*^4^1
&j{
porcupine.)
called from
Isa.
m. Arab.
arrow-snake,so
itself,
of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:44; i Sam. 23: i ; l Ch. 4:19; see Relandi Palaestina, p. 698.
the spring with which it propels See Bochart, Hieroz. ii. p. 408.
root
34:15.
From
the unused
prop.
or
i.
T , f??> q. "19P
t ), (compare f3P V?P

t,
to
an unused
contract oneself,
to
especially to take a leap (as a
brand
mark
(cogn. to HJ3, Ka iu), Talm. with a brand, to cauterize.
root, to burn, PpVp and ypJPp

t [MJp
cat,
lion,
to
is
not given
leap.
and Ch. ]'BP to a hind) ; hence Arab, fis >ao a a cricket, from | locust, Compare Syr.
fa The*.]
I?*;!?
r.
Hence
m. stigma, a
the root H?P.

fut.
mark
branded on
the skin,
19:28.
[In Thes. frjrn Sip.]
SHUT,
as
r B i?' (i. q ^1?), TO CONTRACT, the mouth, Job 5: 16; Psa. 107:42; th
TO
DCCXXXVII
rwp~flp
hand
Ps.
(i.
e.
to
be
illiberal),
Deut. 15:7; trop. mercy,

sc. to
77:10.
to be
(i)
(see
i.
q.
TO
to
COT OFF,
destroy
II, id.)
TO
CUT DOWS
Hab.
NIPHAL,
*!?.$. i.e.
gathered,
one's ancestors,
under
i.
3=?i?);
hence
q.
(peoples),
2: 10.
to
be dead, Job 24:24.

Schultens, on
Compare
Job
loc. cit.
tij
and
(2)
(3)
(Arab.
to to
Conj.
decide; Arab.
tfî,
whence
TVfJ
a judge.
i,fjt
to
be dead.
places
the primary signification of these

;
words in leaping,
is
springing (see Piel) and this, he remarks, ferred to sudden death.

PIEL, to leap, to spring,
,
trans-
Cant. 2:8. T compare T2p
fin is h, whence nvj5 end. q. Kal No. l. Pro. 26:6, D.^fl n-Vp.??" w ho cutteth off feet," i.e. whose feet are cut off. (I thus translate the entire verse: " he whose feet are cut off drinketh (suffereth) injury, (so) he who sends
PIEL,
i.
(Ch. id.)
words by the hands of a

suff.
fool,"
i.
e.
uses a fool as a
?P (from the root Hi?), ra. end, exfp tremity, whether of space, Isa. 37:24; Jer. 50: 26; or of time whence PP.P, at the end, after (see 1^ No. DV Dyin Y8Q after forty days, Gen. 8:6; 3, c), e. g. 16:3 41:1; also in the later writers fj?.? 2 Ch.iS: 2 Dan. 1 1 :6, 13; or of the end of actions, Job 16:3; or
;
;
with
2 Ki. 10:31, "Jehovah began riVVp? to cu * short in Israel," i.e. to take away '^7^? one part after another:
messenger.)
HIPHIL,
to
scrape
off,
i.
q. J?Vi?
,
Lev. 14:41, 43.
nxp. Derivatives, nyjJ-Pmrj?, PVP T
of a condition of things, Isa. 9 6.

:
Vp
]*$
adv. without
end, Ecc. 12:12. Specially it is (a) the end, i. e. destruction of a people, Gen. 6: l3;Ezek. 7: 2 Am. 3:2; PP. pIS a wickedness bringing destruction, Eze.
;
Exod. 26:4; 36 1 1 elsewhere only in plur. n'Wp with suff. Dn'lXpf. (i) end, extremity nw R (a) of space, Ex. 25: 19; 28:23,24,26. the ends of the earth, i. e. of the most remote people,
If
constr.
H^
5
ci:3O, 34; 35:5.

2:3.
(c) PP.
(b) the
event of a prophecy, Hab.
Isa.
40:28; 41:5.
n;CB?n nh'p J??nK the four ex-
W. Dan.
8: 17; PP
T$D, verse
19, the
tremities of the heaven (quarters of the world), Jer.
time of the end, also D'Djn pp Dan. 12:13, the end of the days, are the calamitous times immediately preceding the advent of the Messiah see Bertholdtii
;
V3TI nVvp me exMetaph., Job 26:14, tremities of his deeds," i. e. a small part, as it were
the extreme lines of the divine works.
49:36. 36:11.
nVi?p from the extreme part. Exod. ^6:4;
Christologia Judasorum (Erlangae, l8ll), p. 38. PI. once in const, st. Job 18:2, where *S3j5 for vSp.
(2) the sum, mass,
Ki. 12:31; 13:33.
^Dag. forte being resolved in the Chaldee manner,

see Lehrg.
page 134).
"
IvP?
l|
X?i?
when
H1
T
will
The words are J-ID'B'FI njSTIj; ye make an end of words?"

pi. absol. is
with
suff.
m., constr. HVp, with suff. WXp,; once plur. OH^p Eze. 33:2.- (l) i.q. fp. end, ex(a) of space,
e. g.
[see *V?i?.]
nilî? (see
Elsewhere for
used the form

stiff,
tremity
:
;
of the desert. Exod.
VP), for the constr.

~
and with
the
forms
*).8,
is
Dn3R, Vntep (from
HVJ5,
nyg, IVp).
De-
nom.
13:20; of a camp, Num. 1 1:1; of a region, Num. f a country, Isa. 5 26 of heaven, Isa. 13:5; 33 37 in the exPs. 19:7; Isaiah 7: 18, Dnyp nfc HVp3
: ;
fut. 3Vj3
(i) TO
CUT DOWN,
e.g. a tree,
Ki.6:6.
(2) to shear sheep, Cant. 4:2. (Kindred roots are But all roots beginning with the letters 3VF, 30n. p have the notion of cutting, cutting off,
e. on the bank, margin) of the rivers of Gen. 19:4, "all the people nVj?D from the end," i.e. all together; Gen. 19:4; Jerem. 51:31
tremity
Egypt."
(i.
(compare Arabic \î\ No. 2. p. 121); compare
..',
see Schult, Opp. Min.
(b) of time.
Often in this
cutting down, as properly belonging to this stock, see !!, "TCP,, PVP,, PV.P,, which are easily transferred to the notions of scraping (see J?Xp) and judging, deciding, see PVi?. The same power belongs to the syllables
Fl, ", BP,
v|?
H^PP at the end of three days, connection, after three days, Josh. 3:2; 9:16; Gen. 8:3; 1 Ki. 26.39:14. The same as 9:10; 2 Ki. 8:3; 18: 10;
D^nSp^
",
-
see TL|,
1
TT|,
p*n, 3&P,.)
Hence
compare
(2) the ichole, the sum.
Gen. 47:2, VHS
form, shape
3ufrf)nitt),
(pr. cutting,
French
i.e.
taiUe,
Germ.
iKi. 6:25; 7:37.
(2) PL const. D^n 'ayp Jon, 2:7, prob. *Ae erecfs, the roots of the mountains (in the depth of the
of his brethren;" Ezek. 33:2. Comp. Nu. 22:41; Isa. 56:11. See the in No. l, letter a, fin. origin of this signification
"from the whole
number
n$j3
a: 10.
m.
i.
q. HVJ5
No.
i,
the end,
Isa.
2:7;
Nat
sea).
Vulg. extrema
48
Ni
DCCXXXVIII
1
or only in plur. con & tr. of the earth, Ps. 48 : 1 1 65 6.
1p
H?
^
:
tne en(ls
only in plur. rlVp ends, extremities [plur. of n>'p in Thes.], Ex. 38:5; of the ends of the earth, KQT iô^v, Psa. 65 9 compare verse 6. With suff. irrilVi? Exod. 37:8; 39:4 i'ro.
or
""l
;
break out, or forth into anger (Gr. p/y to be angry, indignant, Isa. 57:16 64:8; followed by ?JJ of pers. Gen. 40:2; 41:10, Ex. 16:20; followed by ^? Jos. 82:l8.
(2)
to
rvfjn),
hence
HIPHIL,
7, 8, 22.
to
provoke (Jehovah)
i.
to
anger, Deu.g:
HITHPAEL,
q.
i.
Kal No.
q.
2, Isa. 2,
8:21.
In
np
there
is
Vn
Chald.
Hebr. No.
Dan. 2: 12.
an unused
root, prob.
i.
HDS) to cut off, q.
whence
m. Isa. 28:25, 27, according to the LXX., Vulgate, and the Rabbins, nigetta melanthium, i. e.
l
m. with suff. '?>'?. (l) twigs, splintery so called from being broken off (see the root No. l),
Hos. 10:7.
LXX.
<j>pvy(ivoi>.
fennel flower, black cumin. P. ii. p. 70.

I
See Celsii
Hierobot.,
(2) anger, Ecc. 5: 16; especially the anger of Jehovah, from the root No. 2, Jos. 9:20; 22:2O; Isa. 34:2; 54:8; 60: 10; Zee. 1:2; 2 Chr. 19:10; al
(l) o- judge, a magistrate, Isaiah I:1O; 3:6,7; Mic. 3:9 (from the root ny|3 No. 2,
*p m.
tercation, strife, Esth.
18
["*!)?
Ch. anger, Ezr.7:23."J
Arab.
^'3 ^
..
a judge).
l
ilSVp
:'].
f.
LXX.
(2) a military leader,
a fragment, something broken, Joel avyKXafffioc, see the root No. i.
commander,
18.
Josh. 10:24;
Jud.
1 1
:6, 1
Dan.
1 1
Compare BK?.
(3) a prince, Pro. 6:7; 25:15.

f. (i) cassia, Gr. Kama (Laums Cassia, bark a similar to cinnamon, but less aromaLinn.), tic, so called from its being peeled off (root PV), Ps. 45 9 see Celsii Hierobot., t. ii. p. 360. pi. nirVj5
TO CUT OFF, TO AMPUTATE, e.g. the hand, Deu. 25:12; the beard, Jer. 9:25; 25:23. (Arab.
HJpfp
^^^
to cut the nails

t'î?
and
hair.)
to
See under
Arab. &k+î
id., Cast.
:
en t off, tocutasun der, Psal. 129:4; a hand, thumbs, Jud. l :6; e.g. a rope, a spear, Ps. 46: 10. 2 Sa. 4: 12 to divide, cut up (into threads), Ex. 39:3.
PIEL
n(i r^'i?
i
-(
(2)
(2y~/Tezta].pr.n. of TI daughter of Job, Job 42 14.
(3)
to
cut away,
to
PUAL,
part. D'>'-X|3p, pass,
cut loose, 2Ki.i8:i6; 24:13. of Piel No. l, Jud. :?.

i
ff^P
Keziz pr.n. Josh. l8:i.]
Derived noun. V
'
(whence denom. Pî?

to
for pSp).
(i) harvest, Gen. (from the root "IV.P). hence 8:22; 30:14; 45:6; (a) corn harvested, Lev. 19:9; 23:22. (b) poet, for ~l*i? T?** reapers,
I^Xp m.
Chald. PAEL,
cut off,
to
cut away, Dan.
4:11.
&
Isa.
17:5.
1
() Med A and
-
filt."fci
TO COT
off (unless, perhaps, it
branch, bough, from the idea of lopping be so called for 1'V ?, from the sense of greenness), Psa. 80 1 2 Job 14:9; 18:16;
(2) a
: ;
89:19.
Js
OFF, specially grain; hence to reap, to harvest, Jer. 12:13; Levit. 19:9? 25 5. Part. "i>:'lp a reaper, " Ruth 2:3, seqq. Metaph. Job 4:8, those who sow 22:8. ComProv. wickedness reap the same."
:
?p
not used in Kal.
(l)
i.
q.
Arabic .
pare
y~i\.
TO
CUT, TO CUT OFF, TO LOP; hence njJ-lWO carving tool, jrt^pQ a comer. (2) to scrape, to peel, hence ""U^Vi?.
HIPHIL, to scrape, i. q. HVj? Hiphil, Lev. 14:41. PUAL, part. rfoJVpnp, i. q. D'JJiXpp, corners, Eze. 46:22; pr. places cat off, cut away.
Derivatives,
fut. ~i>'P' (bu (2) Ared. E (compare the adj. "Wi?) once "IVP*. Pro. 10:27), intrans. /o fee shortened, cut
off; hence
t
T m yi5 my
T
fo
fte
short,
Isa.
28:20.
short,
:
;
Specially -(
I
Aand
is (<oo)
have but
;
little
Isa. 50: 2 59:1. 1 1 23 power, have no might, Nu. short of Arab. hand, and ^î jj\ ^'i Compare
I
c^.jj! short of arm, used of a feeble person; and,
on the other hand,

(i)i.q. Arab. s_i\~* TO BREAK Hence ^P No. l, and ^compare under 3)^).
fut. *!'??.
.LJ 1
oJl a long hand, used
of
(b) 'v'^, power, see more in Comment, on Isa. 50: 2. I am impatient^ nn-?j5T "my spirit is short," i.e.
DCCXXXIX
16: 16; tty patience is wearied out, Nu. 21:4; Jud. tollowed by 3 on account of anything, Jud. 10.16.
;
in the
German languages
cfwrrn/ to
cry out;
Comp. D'BX
Tqj<
under
"!p.K.
charo, outcry, weeping; often used of the cry of beasts, like frStcn/ frdcfyjen 5 French, crier ; Engl. to cry ; with
PIEL, to cut short, to abbreviate, Ps. 102:24. HIFIIIL (l) to reap, Job 24:6 3ro. (Q) i.q. Piel, Ps. 89:46.
a prefixed sibilant, skreian; Swedish, skria, fcfyreienj with a sibilant added at the end, freifcfyen/ T")3 which
see.
See Fulda's
German
roots, p. 115, 227.)
It is
Derivatives, "^VP T [and the following words]
masc. short, especially (a) "IJ ~lp feeble, "1XJ? n-ri ISP. Pro. 14:29, and 1VP. weak, Isa. 37:27. (6) D?SK ver< e 7, impatient, prone to anger. (c) 1VP.
1
used absol. of any kind of cry, even wlu-n not articu" I cried late; like^pyy Gen. 39: 14, Vn3 Vlp2 SOpSI with a loud voice." LXX. c/ir)?;<ra <j>wifj ptyaXi]. Verse
15,
TpJ
^P
*n\Dnq.
The words' which
are cried
:
Q^PJ short-lived, Job 14:1.
out aloud, often follow, either immediately, Gen. 45 l, "131 UOSin &npn and (Joseph) cried out, Cause to
m. only
S?|7
n-1~l
")Sp
impatience, Ex. 6:9.

,
(for
nyp,
for
from nyp of the form TUP, from r

(l) end.
*^?P),
a Chaldaizing word.
Always with
go out," etc. Gen. 41 :43, T?.?*? ^J?^ <1N 1?J!- Levit. 13:45; Jud. 7: 20; 2 Sam. 20: 16; 2Ki.ll:l4; Esth. 6:9, 11; or with the insertion of "ifotv? Eze. 9:1;
pref. IP;
rnl-JJ
nypp op; nypp

18,
and verse
nypp at the end. Dan. 1:15, at the end of ten days." Dan. 1 15, " at the end of the Q^P'D n VP P? days"
:
(IP?, see p. CCCCLXXXV, A). for nyp.p Josh. 3:2.
Comp. Hebr.
fiUP,
n>;pp
Sam. 18:28; compare 2 Ki. 1 8 28,'^P? Nnp>l 1 Vnj an d he cried out in a loud nn-in; voice in the Jews' dialect, and spake and said." (a) followed by ?K of pers., to call upon, Specially
1PN1
ION'!
1?T
(2) the
sum,
the
ivhole number,
i.q.
nyp r nyp r
,
No.
the
2.
Dan. 1:2, D'r6x.rm'3 \V? nypp
(a part) of
call to any one (jcmanbem jurufen), Jud. 18:23; the express words being added, with ifoN? prefixed, l Sa. 26: 14, and "ip.N' s ! Jud. 9:54; 1 Sam. 17:8; l Kings
to
of the holy ressels." nypp 5s put in this place partitively, like IP No. 1. Nehem. 7:70, nbsn HPiO nypp ( a part of) the number of the
chiefs,"
i.
number
e.
a part of the
chiefs.
Comp. VrjK nspp
17:11; also followed by ?V of pers., Isa. 34: 14 (" the shall cry to one another"); followed by *1HK of pers., to cry after any one, to call him as he goes (i) i. q. away, l Sam. 20: 37, 38; 24:9. It often is
demons
Gen. 47:2. Some of these examples, Dan. 1:2, 18; Neh. loc. cit. have been referred by some to a noun,
of the form nypp, to which they ascribe the signification of part. But the Chaldee, which is of special
authority in these examples,
is
altogether destitute of
such a form (the passage Gen. 47:2, Targ. is similar to the passages treated under No. 2); and it cannot be doubted that the phrase nypp, wherever it occurs,
is to
ask aid; especially of God; absol. Ps. 4:2, *T]i?? " when I Psalm 22:3; 34:7; call, hear me." nin* 7N Psa. 14:4; 28:1; followed 69:4; 30:9; by 55:17; 61:3; Jud. 15:18; 16:28; 2 Kings 20: 11; Hos. 7:7; W?*h Psalm 57:3; with suff., Ps. 17:6; 88: 10; 91 15. With the addition of ?J? of pers., on whose account the aid of God is sought, Deut. 15:9
to
^?.?J?
:
(c)
i.
q. Krjpv(T(Tit>
(by which
it
often
is
rendered by
:
be explained in the same manner.

constr. J"iyp Chald.
$i
the LXX.), as a herald or prophet. Absol., Prov. 1:21," wisdom c r i e t h in the broadways." Pro. 8 l ;
(i) end.
Dan. 4:31,
with an
Zech.
:
ace.,
Prov. 2O:6;
Isa.
40:6,
"
the voice said,

;
(2) the " (a of the
"at the 'end of the days." the whole. Dan. 2 42, NJV,3f>p nyp jp part) of the whole of the kingdom," i. e. a part
sum,
kingdom.
To
this
answers
fiJP
part of it.
(l) cold,
Cry; but he answered, What shall I cry ?" Isa. 58: 1 l 14, 17; followed by ?# of the object, Jonah 1 2. The words uttered also follow, Exod. 32:5; Jer. 2:2; 7:2; 19:2; 5 1 6 1 or it is joined with an ace.
:
:
the root T!P T ) adj. ~lp plur. D*1J5 (from Prov. 25:25; Jer. 18:14.
(2) quiet, Prov. 17:27; according to No. 6. TJ quiet of spirit. See ">P
Zee. 7:7; Isa. 44: 7; Joel 4: 9, D?fo3 HNT -IfcOp "proclaim this amongst the nations;" or followed by *3
Isa.
am
D-IT
40:2.
? ~ii~n N")
to declare, to
announce
free-
"IP.
dom
61
Jer.
Isaiah (to slaves, captives), Jer. 34:8, 15, 17; D1V K"1p to proclaim a fast (to the people), :l. r
1p
['
see ">&.
36 9
:
Jon. 3:5; Ezr. 8:21.
From
the signi-
Gen. 8:22. "lp m.,cold,

I.
Root
"VTj5.
of proclaiming, comes also that of reciting and reading; for this, see No. 4.
fication
l7) fut.
N^Pl
(l) TO CRT OUT, TO CALL;
(2)
to
call (KU\~IV,
rufen),
specially
(a) to call
Kpa&ti'. (A verb. prop, onomatopoetic ; used also of beasts (see N^P) ; compare Gr. npa w (spay),
any one to oneself, followed by an ace. Gen. 27:!; Exod. 2:8; l Sam. 3:16; Hos. 7:11; followed by ?
anp-tnp
Gn.
20 9
:
;
DCCXL
9:1;
IIos. 1
1
:
Levit.
Isa.
46
1 1
fol-
lowed by
^Gen.3:9; Ex.3:4; iSa.3:4 1?**$
Nu. 32 141 Isa. 60: 18; but commonly (c) in thil manner, Genesis 4: 25, nt? 1DE> TIN K"jj?ni "and sht
;
Metaph. Prov. 18:6, " his mouth calleth for strokes," i.e. deserves and invites them. Ruth 4: 1 1, Dr^-jri? DS? jop i.e. "call
to call to oneself, 2 Sa. 15:2.
called
(4)
his name Seth;" 4:26; 5:2,3,29; n:>; 19:22; 27:36; 29:34.

to
recite, to
read aloud (from

No.
l,fin.)
the significa-
(acquire for thyself) a

it
name
call
in
Bethlehem."
(b) when
refers to
many,
to
together,
followed
by an
2O:8; convene a holy assembly, Joel 1:14; compare Isaiah 1:13; a feast, Levit. 23:2,4. "T^ *$~$ those called to an (c) to call, i.e. to invite any assembly, Nu. i 16. one to a meal (compare KtiXiiv iti Itiirrov), l Samuel
39: 14; '? Gen. 49:
i.
ace. Genesis 41 :8; followed
by a
dat. Genesis
Hence
'"nyj? KTJ5 to
any thing, with an ace., Exod. 24:7; Josh. 8:34,35; 2 Ki. 23:2; also I??? &~$ to read what is written in a book (comp. rme to drink what is in a vessel), Neh. 8:8, 18; 3.
;
tion of crying out, see
9:3; Isa. 37: 14, seqq.; often with the addition of B '3.|K?l Ex. Josh. 1.1. c.c. 'Bn3.3 Deu. 31:11. Hence
gener.
to
read, Deut. 17: 19; 2Kings5:7; 19:14;

*
9
Q: 13, 22;
? 01
'7
13.
31
tic
49; figuratively NTp, to invite to make peace, Deu. 20: 10; Judges (d) to s ummon before a judge (KU.\IIV, KaXtiv
l
Kings
:g, 19, 41,
22:8;
Isa.
29: 11.
(Arab
(i)
to
\î,
Syr.
jô
to read.)
NIPHAL t^p?
be
called,
i.e. to
bid
fe
come by
Est.
calling, to be
;
called together,
'B DK' JTjjM to
13:22 (14:15); Isaiah 59:4 call out soldiers, Isa. 13:3. (parall. ES^'3). (f) t call any one to an office, i. q. "^3 to choose, followed by an ace. Isa. 4* 6 48:15; 49:1; 51:2; followed by ? Isaiah 22:2O. In the same sense but
&';'),
Job5:l;
9.
44:26, celebrate any

(a) fol-
Jer.
(e) to
one's
name, Ruth 4:14.

to
(2)
is
be called,
named.
Construed
to
lowed by a
given.
dat. of person
and thing,
which a name
" she shall
more emphatic there is said '3 0'? JOJ? to call any one by name, Isai. 43:1; 45:3,4; compare Exodus 31:2. (g) J* 0.1^5 NTJ5 to call upon the name of
God,
aid,
i.
e.
to celebrate, to praise
God,
to
implore his
Gen.4:26; 12:8; Exodus 33:19; Psalm 79:6; 105:1; Isa. 64:6; Jer. 10:25; Zeph. 3:9 (compare
b called woman;" i Sa. 9:9; Isa. 1:26; 32:5; 62: Zee. 8 3, ~l^"?p3 4, 1 2. (b) -with two nominatives. " npxn YJ? DÊn< Jerusalem shall be called the " Isaiah 48:2; 54 5 56 7 and city of truth with the addition of the noun D\ Gen. 17:5, N7 (c) DTIS ^ptrnx liy X-$\ " thy name shall no more be
:
:
Gen. 2 23,
JIB'S &Oj3> ntxfy
QV ? ^n);
;
also
^3n or?
'p i
Ki. 18:26.
In
3 being omitted, there is said Nî? J* D?' (which differs from the phrase No. 1, b), Deut. 32:3; Psalm 99:6; Lam. 3:55. (A different sense occurs in Exodus 33 1 9, where God himself speaks, and I will proclaim by T?3> nin; DC ? VWTJJ name before thee, Jehovah is present," sc. that thou mayest know the presence of God Most High, I will myelf act as the herald who shall announce the coming of God. Compare Gen. 41 143.) More rarely it is Ps. 49:12, Dn'lO^l W)j5 (h) to celebrate persons. " Proverbs they praise their names" (of the rich). SO:6, npn B>'Tp "they celebrate every one
the
same
sense,
called Abram;" 35:10; Deut. 25:10; Dan. 10:1. Compare as to this threefold construction in Kal
No.
3.
Also observe these phrases (a) 'S D>3 KTJ33 to be called by any one's name, i. e. to be reckoned to his race, Isaiah 43:7; 48:1; followed by 3 Gen. Dt? in and like manner ?j; Genesis 21:12; 48: 6,
lipip;.
Vrux
C>
hy.
they shall be
counted
with
their brethren" (shall bear the same name as their brethren, shall be called the sons of Joseph, not of Jacob); also IP Isa. 48:2, 1tOi?3 Enpn YJtt? i. e they
.
wish to be called the inhabitants of the

?JJ
city.
(/3)
*Dt? tOJ53
my name
is
called
upon any
his
own
goodness."
The
sense
is
somewhat different
it is
added
in the following, Isa. 44 -.5, this HJ man shall celebrate the name of Jacob," i.e. shall
ah0?*$!
the house
of
to that thing, the thing is one's father is the house which the father
thing, i. e. called mine (as
possesses), Isa.
4:1; 2 Sa. 12 :28.

the
So of the people
are called
follow and praise the party of Jacob.
of Israel
who bear
name of God (who
name, to give a name, fully STj5 p DK' to impose a name on any one, Gr. KaXi'tv nva n (II. v. 306; Od. viii. 550), Gen. 26:18; Ruth 4: 17;
(3)
to
call, to
the people of God), Deut. 28: 10; Isa. 63:19; Jer. 14:9; Am. 9:12; 2 Ch. 7:14; used of the temple,
1
Kings 8:43; Jer. 7:10, 11,14,30;
34: 15; J<-m-
Ps. 147:4. It is variously construed (a) followed by an ace. of the name and a dative of the thing on
Also, salem, Dan. 9: 18, 19; prophets, Jer. 15:16. to be called, is sometimes used for to be (since men
which the name is put. Gen. l :5, "fi*6 B'n?. Kî?!! D; * verses 8, 10 31 47 \ Sa. 4 a l Ruth i 20, 2 1 Ua. 47:1; and frequently (b) followed by two ace.,
; :
and we acquire cognomens from what we are^ or at least, from what we seem to be), as Isa. l:a6; " afte-ward thou shalt be called the city of right*call us,
DCCXLI
ousness,"
i. e.
epithet, because in fact

=
thou shalt be graced with such an thou shalt be righteous; Isa.

=
:
(2) [Kore~\, pr. n. m.

"1[2
Ch. 9:19; 2 Ch. 31:14.

: ;
9 5; 30:7 [both Kal]; 35:8; 47 1,5 [both Kal]; 48:8 [Pual]; 56:7 (compare 4 3 19:18, and my Comment, on Isa., iii.p. 29). So Gr. KeK\ijo6ai II. iv. 6l, Od. vii. 313. Monk ad Eurip. Hippolyt., 2. Person ad Phceniss., 576.
;
& 2 fut. 3TpJ, inf. 31p and J3 Zeph. 3 Exod. 36:2, TO APPROACH, TO COME NEAR,
2H
(Arab. <_jj, Syr. _i_o), used of men, Josh. 10:24,
(3) to be read aloud, recited, Est. 6:1; followed by ? in a book, Neh. 13: 1. PUAL (i)pass. of Kal No.2, letter/, to be called, i. e. to be chosen, Isa. 48: 12. (2)
to be
and poet, of things, Ezek. 37:7; especially of time, Deu. 15:9; Gen. 47:29, IM^ VtOf! '', W]K1 "and
the days
drew near
for Israel to die;"

:
Ki. 2:1.
;
Followed by ?K of pers. or thing, Gen. 37 1 8 Exod. 14:20; more rarely ? Job 33:22; followed by ? Ps.
is said to draw near, Psalm 69:19; Lamen. 3:57; also of men ;. followed by '&? l Kings 2: 7. On the other hand (6) those are said to draw near
called,
named,
Isaiah
65:1; generally,
13.
also the
?K"JP48:8; 58:12; 61:3; 62:2; Eze. 10: remarks at the end of Niphal.
Derivatives, ^"DP,
II.
See
91:10. Specially when he aids the
(a)
God
afflicted,
^"Hi^, ^9*"?i?>
to
|<
i.
q.
TO MEET, hence TO HAPPEN,
those
God who piously worship him, Zeph. 3:2; also who serve in the ministry of the temple, Levit.
l
TO occult to anv one (whether good or bad), followed by an ace. of pers., Geri. 42 4, 38 49 l Lev. 10:19.
:
Inf.
nxnp (of the form nn) a meeting, hence ri!*l^> which every where (in the Syriac manner) is contracted into n^?, with sufF. *!?$?, prep. (l) towards, to meet, Gen. 46:29; Exod. 4:27;
40:46 (followed used, in a good sense, of conjugal intercourse, Gen. 20:4; Isaiah 8:3; like the Gr. ir\riaiativ; see Gatackeri Opp. Crit., p. 78;
(whence
it is
16:
part. 3"1,0); Eze.

3"1J5 is
by
\}??).
(c)
nsS>K~7$
^^6^
Arab.
to
t_ *J-
(d) in a hostile sense,
to
draw
near,
to,
advance;
battle,
followed
by
np.lTPBn-T'X,
npHrP/
cr
18:7; in a hostile sense, Jud. 7:24; pregn., Josh. " that their hearts should be hardened 1 1 : J"IX"!i-Y 20,
ipn^ftn to go into battle."

(2) opposite to, over against, Genesis 15: 10;
l
Deut. 20:3; "VJJ ?$ against a city, Deut. 2O:iO; Josh. 8:5; 'Q 7J? against any one, Psa. 57:2. Compare 3^p. (e) Isai. 65:5, T?}? 3!p "draw to thyself," i. e. recede hence, approach no nearer.
for,
Sa. 4:2.
NIPHAL,
(l)
to
i.
q.
Kal,
to
come near, Ex. 22:7;
Josh.
NIPHAL
)ne, followed
}f things,
be
by
^
:
meet, Ex. 5:3;.'?.^? 2 Sa. 18:9; used

to
made
to
to
meet any
Deu. 22
be
6.
(2)
to
by chance,
happen,
Sam. 1:6;
7:14PIEL 3}p (i) causat. to cause to approach, Hos. 7:6; Isa. 41:21; 46:13; to admit, to receive, Ps. 65:5; to bring near to one another (two things),
Eze. 37: 17 (where 3~$)
is
20:1.
HIPHIL, to cause to happen (evil to any one), with two ace., Jer. 32:23.
"]P Ch. fut.
herald),
imp. for
31J5).
(2) intrans. (and intensitive), to be
very near,
Eze. 36:8, followed by a gerund.

to approach, to bring bring persons near, followed by ? to anyone, Ex. 28:1; 29:4; times, Eze. 22:4; to receive to oneself, Num. 8:9, 10; Jer. 30:21. (6) to bring, to offer a gift, Jxid. 3:18; 5:25; a sacrifice, Lev. 3:1; 7:8; Nu. 9:13 (compare t^Hi?) to bring (a cause to a judge), Deu. 1:17. (c) to bring together two things, Isa. 5:8. (2) followed by IP, to cause to withdraw, to re:np1 "and he remove, 2 Ki. 16:14. JV3H \3P moved the brazen altar from before the he'-iss." Compare K'M No. 2, also add the Sanscrit dgam, to approach and to recede. It has been argued by
HIPHIL
i.
(l)
to
cause
K^,
rnj3._ (i)
to
proclaim
(as a
near,
e.
(a) to
Dan. 3:4; 4:11; 5:7.
(2)
to
read aloud,
5:8, 15, 17.

rn.
Part. pass.
Ezr. 4:18, 23; to read, Dan. 'IP.. Ezr. loc. cit.
(l) a partridge, prob. so called from the cry, prop, crying out, calling (as the German
hunters say of pare

Jh'&tje
the,
partridge
frdên/
,i
ba$
?JRebt)ut)n
ruft"),
i.
com-
from
and Arab.
UaJi
e.
a bird
np
very like a partridge, so called also from its cry (see Burckhardt's Travels, p. 503, 1067); l Sam. 26:20;
Jer.
'to
17:11 (in which latter passage allusion is made the fable of ancient naturalists, that the partridge steals the eggs of other birds and sits on them. [The
idea
Fa'sius (Neue philol. Jahrb. i. p. 221) that the signification of receding should be altogether rejected in
not to be borne that inspired Scripture can in imy way sanction fables.])
is
these verbs.
^3) intrans. to
draw
near, Ex. 14:10; followed
mp-a-ip
by a qerund,
Isa.
DCCXLII
be near (about) to do, Gen. 12: ll
;
to
m. AH AX E, with
Sa. 13:21,
suff.
;H5
Sa. 13 20
:
26:17. Derived nouns,

)
and ntel'TR
Ps.
74:5: Jer
46: 22
s
-s.-
also niDTlj?. (without Dag.) Jud. 9:48.
(Arab
D'^li
m. verbal adj. drawing near, approachDeu. 20:3; 1^.5:7. ing,

2"^j?
/*
JJ Talmud
nmip kl.
suppose the S 4-
Hebrew
Ch.
pi. 33"}?
to
draw
:
near,
to
approach,
Dan. 3:26; 6:13. PAEL, to offer, Ezr. 7
7.
APHEL
(*) to
"7
(i) bring near, Dan. 7:13. offer, Ezr. 6:10, 17.

to
the L;tter n be from the verbal Piel DMp, ^,jj from in the primary sigCliJ being inserted (see ">), nification of being sharp; compare DT3, Dpj5. Another and softer form of this same word appears to be jpl, where compare the Arabic forms.)
to
f.
ni.
(with
the root
3Tj5,
Kametz impure) battle, war (from letter d), a word (except 2 Sa. 17: ll)
9
(from the root

fut.
T!i?)
cold, Pro. 25:20.

i.
rnj, apoc.T>?
q.
KTJ5 No.
II
(l,
only found in poetry (Syr. J.rs;_Q id.), Ps. 55: 19, 22; Job 38:23. PL ni3TD Ps. 68 3 1 .
:
Ch.
id.
Dan. 7:21.
s
<--
3p with suff. '31"? (Arab, u-îi, the letter 1 being oftened into ^), pi. with suff. '3"}??, once, Ps. 103: i. 3TJ53 in the (l) the interior, midst of a thing.
middle, becomes commonly a prep,
? 3Tj Ex. 8:18;
(like in (the midst of) the land, Gen. 45 6 ; nivn 3ni53 in (the midst Is. 7 : 22 ; 10:23.
:
TO MEET, TO GO TO MEET any one, in a hostile sense followed by an ace., Deu. 25:18; see Niphal. (2) to happen, to befall, Isa. 41:22; followed oy an ace. of pers., Gen. 44 29 l Sa. 28:10; Est 4:7; 6:13; Ecc. 2:14; 9:11; followed by ? Dan. 10: 14; and her Ruth 2 3, TV3> rnfe>n nj^n rnj>p i?M
: ; :
chance
it
happened
field
(ctn tbr gfiniliger 3ufall wo(lte) that
of) the streets, Isa.
5:25. *?y.3?n 3^53 amongst the 3 32 after a verb of motion 3lp v nDnpOn into (the midst of) the battle, l Ki. 20:39; to pass ""Untprj 3TJ3.3 through the midst of the camp,
Canaanites, Jud.
l
:
(l) to meet, to be made to meet, Num. 23:15; followed by 7JJ (like the Germ, a u f jcm. flofif n), Ex. 3:18 (compare 5'.3\ followed by / Num. 23: 4, 16; followed by OKI?? verse 3. (2) to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam. 1:6.
5 Compare î Niphal.
,
was the NIPHAL
of Boaz."
Josh. l:li.
years,
Used of
time,
D\3> 3Tp v ? amid

body
the
Hab. 3:2.
specially
(2)
the inside of the
(a) the
bowels, Gen-4i:2l; Ex.2g:i3, 22. (b) the heart, tfie mind, as the seat of thought and desire, Ps. 5:10;
lay beams or joists, prop, to make meet one another (compare n~jip a Chr. 2 34:11; Neh. 2:8; 3:3,6; hence to beam), to build, Psa. 104:3. frame, > HIPHIL (i) to cause to meet, followed by 3? Gen. 27:20; 24:12, Di'? ^57 Nrrnprt "cause to
PIEL
HTj? to
the
beams
to
49:12564:7.
f-
happen
H3>? approach, drawing
(2)
self
to
constr. state
Isa.
" to me this day (what I seek). make opportune, i.e. to choose

is
for one's
1
1
.
near, Ps. 73:28;
58: 2.
.
what
opportune, convenient, Nu. 35:
Derivatives, nn|5, rnip,

constr. 1?15,
T ), copies DrP32r)p
n? nnp, rr,
,
rnpp,
p l. Dn>33Tj? LeV 7:38 (in other oblation, sacrifice, offering,
and the
pr. n. WPTJft IHTj?,
niTp
whether bloody or unbloody, Lev. 2:1,4, 12, 13; 7: See 3npn No. i,b. No heed is to be 13; 9 7> 5given to those who (like Kimchi and Ewald), on Eze. 40:43 t^n, maintain it to be a different word, to be pronounced kdi'ban, and to be derived from Piel, a conjugation which is altogether devoid of the sig=
nV^"on
i.
accident. Deu. 23: ll, iT]p m. a chance, account of any chance of the night,"
nocturnal pollution.
*")?.
e.
The Talmudists thus
use
the noun
(a) used of place, (u-n. (l) near 11")p m. adj. followed by ^45:10; Deu. 22:2; 1-^t. 1:14 19:20;
nification of
offering. Notwithstanding the Metheg, with Abulv alid it must be pronounced korban, see
s
-<
,
Lehrg.
p.
43; compare Arab.
\jji
and the word im-
mediately following.
'3Tp is ;ij> (where place also includes dignity). Levites who were allowed to go near tc plied to the from near, from God, Lev. 10:3; Eze. 42 1 3. 3rij5tp verse the vicinity, Deri. 32' 1 ?(6) used of time, followed Eze. (compare Isa. by 7:7;
:
35;
13:6;
ip
(
Pm
oblation, offering, Neh.lO:35; 13:3.
prope abesse ab,
Arab.
i_jp
followed
by
r< >
Job
mp-mp
^n
by ?S Nu. 27: li, and ? Ruth 2:20.
> (d) to intimate acquaintance, ?" i?> Psa. : 1 2 Job 38 ; acquaintance, 19:14;
l
DCCXLII1
ers
ite the light is near before J7: 12, 3^p :riTp T the darkness," will presently be changed into darkness. (c) used of relationship and affinity, followed
made by shaving
(b)
Eze. 7:18.
the hair, Jer. 47 5 ; 48:37; on the front of the head, i. q. nnsj,

:
Deu. 14:1.
Also applied
my
intimate
1
Psalm 75:2;
'Dip patron, from nnp, No. 2, Chr. 12:6; 9: 19; 26:1.

f.
c.
Num. 26:58;
thy name," i.e. it is familiar to us, it is daily in our mouths (compare Arab. <> J to be known) Jer. 1 2 2. (e) one who succours
I'??' 3iT|?,
"
near
to us
is
i.
q. nrnp,,
baldness, on the crown of the
head, Lev. 13:42, 43; hence figuratively a threadbare spot on the wrong side of cloth, Lev. 13:55.
another, brings him aid, Ps. 34: 19 Ps. 119:151; 148:14. s

(2)
3?
;
T!?'f 3?
"
3i"lp,
1p in pause n.pv m. (from the root nnj5) a hostile encounter, Lev. 26:28; in this phrase, Dy '")P V'"J,
:
short (Arab. u_ô J0> and concr. something
to
go
into,
encounter, (to fight) with

to
any one,
i.
e. to
short, shortness.
the wicked 2i~>i?P
is
Job 20:5, "the triumphing of

short"(oon
Eurjer
oppose oneself,
n.p3, Lev.
resist any one, Lev. 26:21, 23;
is
26:24, 27, 40, 41.
Sauer);
3i~>j5?
also, within a short space,
soon, presently, Arab.

-
Eze -7 :8
16:2,
(see rnj5 ice);
fr^lp m. (from Nnp, No.I.) called, chosen, Num. and 1:16

I
-P
prop. TO
MAKE SMOOTH
nX
"Ip
f.
proclamation, preaching,
i.
Jon. 3:2.
specially to make bald, nrpj? rr\\) to make a bald place, Lev. 21 :5; Mic.l:l6. ( Hence, with the letters softened, is formed the root n?| which see.)
^Hp
a dtyi a town,
q. "V#,
but used almost
NIPHAL,
of any one
HiPiilL,
to be
made
is
exclusively in poetry, Isa. 1:21,26; 22:2; 25:2; 26:5; 32:13; Ps. 48:3; Pro. 10:15; Job 39:7; see,
bald, followed by ? on account
who
i.
dead, Jer. 16:6. Eze. ^7:31. Kal, q.
however, Deu. 2:36;

id.,
Ki. 1:41, 45.
(Syriac J;_o
Arabic
<ij
J,
<L
Ji
a city, also a village).
Root
HOPHAL,
pass.
n^pE made bald, Eze. 29:18.

nrnj3 immediately follow.
pr.n.
The
""np T Piel, to frame, to build.
Compare
;
rnp..
derivatives, n^j5
("bald"), \_Careah, Kareah'],

2 Ki. 25:23; Jer. 40:8.
m.
X (a) y?1 JV"1p [-STz'rProper names of towns are: Jos. Gen. 15:54; 23:2; 20:7; with art. jath-arba~\, J/3"iNn nnp Neh. 1 1 25 (i. e. city of Arba, one of the
:
differs
m. ia/J ow </je back part of the head (it from 033 which see), Lev. 13:40; 2 Ki. 2:23;
Anakim,
see V?")^?, not
Quadricomium, four towns),
Chald.
nnp
m.
id.
smoothness, Job 6: 16; 37:10; 38:29; hence cold, Gen. 31:40;

Jer.
(i) ice, so called from
its
name of Hebron, but still used in the time of Nehemiah (Neh. loc.cit.). (b) &3 nil? [KirjathbaaH, the town which is more frequently called nnp Q nV! ( see letter d\ J s 1 5 ^ ! 8 1 4 and n?y3 No.
the ancient
' -
36:30.
its like-
(a) crystal, like the Gr. qouoraXXoe, from ness to ice, Eze. 1:22.
nirrrv~)p (town of villages), [Kirjath(d) huzoth],& town of the Moabites, Num. 22:39. DnjT-JYnp (city of the woods), [Kirjath-jearini], on the confines of the tribe of Judah and Benjamin,
2, a.
(c)
n"]p m.
(i)
i.
q.
the preceding No.
1, ice, poet.
used of hail, Ps. 147:17.

(3] \_Korah~], pr.n.
5, 14.
(a) of a son of Esau, Gen. 36:
(b) of a son of Eliphaz, and of an Edomite tribe sprung from him, ibid, verse 16. (c) of a Levite
Jos.9:i7; 18:15; Jud. 18:12; l Sam. 6:21; with D'lV'n nnp, Jer. 26:20; contractedly Dnjrnnp. Ezr. 2:25; and even nnp, Jos. 18:28; elsewhere also ^3-nnp, see letter b. (e) njD'nnp., Jos. 15:49;
art.
who
eeqq. of the
to
conspired against Moses, Ex. 6:21 ; Num. 16: 1, same family are njp '33 Korahites, Levites and singers in the time of David (see Ôli^),
whom
ten of the Psalms are ascribed, Ps.

(d)
i
42 (43)
49, 84, 85, 87, 88.
Chr. 2:43.
compare 0^3030), [KirjatJksannali], and IDDTinp (city of books), [Kirjathsepher], in the tribe of Judah, elsewhere "i*3\ Jos. 15:15, 16; Jud. 1:11, 12. (/) onv n'li?, ['î>jath-arim~], see letter d. (g) Q'.nnp (double city), (a) in the tribe of Reuben, Num. [Kiriatkaim]
Jer.
(city of palm-trees,
^*?lp once
ELC 27:31; f. baldness. (a) the crown of the head, Lev. 21:5; such as mournn-|i?,
32:37; Joshua 13:19; afterwards subject to Moab, (ft) in the tribe of Naph48 i 23 Eze. 25 9.
:
tali,
Ch. 6:61; elsewhere
(mp-rv-p
and
Chald.
id.
DCCXLIV
Ezr.4: 10, seqq.
flourish
;
Scnp-mp
or rather,
I wiil
n. nV"lj"5 ("cities"), [Kerioth, Kiriotli], pr. if two towns, one in the tribe of Judah, Jos. 15:25: the other in Moab, Jer. 48 24, 41 ; Amos 2 2.
:
:
house of David "Where true horns are understood, for the plur. is used the dual D?3"! and &2~p. (as if from pi?), Dan. fc: 3.6,20; more rarely pi. Ezok. 37 1 5 ( where TVI3TJ5 Zee. 2:1,4; Psa. 75 1 1
grant to the
powerful offspring.
pr. n. see
above
letter
horns of ivory mean

error of the ancients
elephants' teeth,
by a common
Q
draw
["
Jp
TO
DRAW OVER, TO
;
co\ ER(Syr. and Ghald.
to overlay with metal), followed by ?y like other verbs of covering, Eze. 37 :6 ~f& DDÎ? 'fiBTj?, " I will
skin
over you."
Intrans. to be
drawn
over,
[or r&ther they were called horns from resemblance]. Comp. Plin. N. H. xviii. From its resembling a horn, l). (2) the summit of a mountain, which the Swiss also call a horn, as ftrecEtorn/ 2Bcttcrl;ovn/ ttartiortu
Isa.
fut. DTJ5'.,
Eze. 37 : 8.
hv rn,
5:1.
(Arab,
id.)
(3) n?n?n
Jp pr. to push with the whence I"."

I
apparently ;
tions like
horns of the altar, are projechorns at the four corners of the altar;
rfo"]j5
such as
myself have seen in the Egyptian altars yet
(i) A HORN, as of an ox, a goat, of a ram. (So in all the cognate languages. Also Gr. tt'pae; Lat. cornu, French corne, Goth, haurns, whence
f.
in existence,
namely those that Belzoni dug up. Lev. 4:7,18,25, 30,34; 8:15; 9:9; 16:18. The corners of the altar cannot themselves be understood,
see Ex. 27:2.
a vessel madeof horn, or a horn used for a vessel, i Sa. 16: i, 13; l Kings l :3Q. (4) a horn for blowing, Josh. 6:5. Metaph. a symbol of strength and power, an image taken from bulls and other horned animals, Jer. 48 25,
Meton.
(a)
:
Germ. $orn).
(4) dual D.T)i?
Also poet. is used of flashes of lightning,

as the
th?
the
Hab. 3:4; just

first
beams of the
itself
sun
Arabian poets compare rising sun to horns, and call a gazelle see fyR. Hence
;
" the
horn
of
Moab
is
broken,"
: ;
i.e.
his strength
'3
1TJP.
is
broken; compare Lam. 2 3

to exalt, or
lift
Ps. 75:11.
;
E'lD
increase his
1
48
up any one's horn (as God), i. e. to power and dignity, Ps. 89 18 92 1 1 Sa. 2 l o Lam. 2:17 (compare Barhebr.
: ; :
verb denom. to radiate, to emit beams, tc shine (used of the face of Moses), Ex. 34:29, 30, 35 Absurdly rendered by Aqu. and Vulg. cornuta erat, whence painters represent Moses as having horns. HIPHIL, to bear horns (pr. to put forth, to produce), Ps. 69:32.
Haririi Cons. 43, p. 498, 99, ed.de Sacy, p. 516. and the note there given, and the epithet of Alexander the Great ...JJi)\ J the two horned, which I
Dual
emphat. NJT? Ch. a ho rn, Dan. 3:5, seq. 7 also used for the pi., Dan. 7:8, 20, 24. nJ~]
;
8.
have no doubt in interpreting po we rful). Hence *P fl?^ my horn is high, i. e. my strength increases, I acquire new spirit, Ps.89:25; H2:Q; iSa. 2:1.
" we In the same sense, Amos 6: 13, D.Tli? ^nj3? have taken horns to ourselves." On the other hand
horn of
Job 42
:
paint"),
[Keren-hap-
pucli], pr. n.
f.
14.
TO
to
BOW ONESELF, hence to sink together,
bad sense, UT2 D'lH to lift up one's own horn, i. e. to be proud, Ps. 75:5, 6. (Compare Lat. cornua tumere, used of those who from too much confidence
in a
in their
collapse, i. q. JH3 in the other member, Isaiah 46: l. (In the old versions, is broken; compare the
verb ...^~ to break.)

pl ur
lent
;
-
Hence
own powers
are
overbearing;
also
Ilor.
D '9"Ji?
'
There is a 31, 18, addis cornua pauperi.) similar metaphor in the following, Job 16:15, " I
Od.
iii.
compare a little hook is

j5
)D
~|i?);
const. *DT|? pr. curve, joint (&t* hence tache,hook, into which
put, Ex.
26
6,
1 1
33 35
;
1 1
39
33.
have put my horn in the dust," where we in the usage of our language would say my head, on which is the highest honour and Ps. 18:3, David glory.
calls
see
God
*yp". r$>
" the
horn
of
my
" of help," or
P prop, diminut. from D^[5 (see under / page e(enfct)n; speccccxxi, B), a joint, a little joint;
cially the
liberation," i. e. the instrument of liberation, an image taken from horned animals, which use their
my
horns as a defence; Psal. 132: 17, " there (in Zion) I will make the horn of David to shoot forth," I
will
ancle (which is also, in Germ., expivfj by a diminutive Sn6d)el). Dual D.^T?. Ps. 18:37, " VDTJ5 n^D N? my ancles have not slipped;" aSa.
sause the power of the kingdom of David to
32:37. Vulg. tali. (Compare Targ. Eze. 47:3). I have no doubt that from this word (a quad r' liter*
jmp-jrp
being contracted into a triliteral)
Jjjj
is
DCCXLV
derived Arab.
;
,<.-
to eat
fmp-rV-lp
any
one's flesh, to calumniate;
A\^-~\ >
and
to
walk unsteadily,
to
to
walk with tottering ancles
commonly,
limp
"j\
man
thus walking,
weak
simpl.
A=l
IV. to calumniate;
calumny.
in the ancles
and
legs.
Compare
Another mode of explaining this phrase has been proposed by Storr, Observat. ad Analog, et Synt. Ling.
Hebr. p. 4, who renders it, culumnid pasci, i. e. huic operam dare ad explenda anrmi invidi desideria.)
(I)TO REND, TO TEAR ASUNDER, as garments; for sorrow, Gen. 37:29, 34; 44:13; 2 Sam. 13:31; 2 Ki. 1 8 37 as a wild beast, the breast of any T one, Hos. 1 3 8 God, the heaven, Isaiah 63: 19. jnp tp33 D?3*y. Jer. 4:30, to rend the eyes with paint, by putting too much stibium on them (see ?n|, ""I^).
i
: ;
:
lp
in.
quadril.
jj j'
(l) the
;
ground,
the
floor
(a) in
(compare Arab.
and
an even
floor).
l
the holy tabernacle and temple,
Num. 5:17;
Kings
rend away, tear out, Lev. 13:56; i Sam. rendeth away the kingdom of "Jehovah 15:28,
(2) to
Israel
6:15; floor
i.
from one JO 7 7, JJj5Tgn 1JP. to the other," or to the ceiling (which is the
6 30
:
V^n
from thee ;" i Sa. 28 1 7 i Ki. 1 1 1 1 (3) to cut in pieces (with a knife), Jer. 36:23. (4) to cut out (windows in a wall), Jer. 22:14. (5) to tear with words, to curse, Ps. 35: 15 (Arab.
:
floor of the
e the walls
Wette, fiber bottom of the

(2)
upper story), con etnem SSoben gum anbern/ from the bottom to the top (not as De ben ganjcn gujjboben). (6) used of the
sea,
Am.
9:3.
c
**"
J
^
II., to
blame, to rebuke.
Compare 2p3 No.
l,
[Karkad],
pr. n. of a
town in the southern
region of the tribe of Judah, Jos. 15:3.
2,3).
NIPHAL, pass.,
to be
28:32;
39:23;
of a rent altar,
rent; used of garments, Exod. i Kings 13:3,5.
(perh.
i.
q- >r/
Hence
m., pi. torn pieces of cloth,
l
[jKaror],
pr.n. of a
ft a d level ground"), town beyond Jordan, Jud. 8:10.

!
"s
Ki. 11:30,
id.
"Tip
an unused
si"i
root, to be cold.
Ch. and Syr.
31; Prov. 23:21.

]
Arab,
to
be cold, to be quiet.
Ip.,
(i) nearly
i.
q.
cogn. IHi? TO
TEAR; hence
;
Derived nouns,
\L/
Ip,
H?P T rnpjp.
,
TO
CUT OFF,
TO
DESTROY; Arab.
~$?
^y
whence "$
Jp an unused
root (cogn. to the verb
^F),
to
destruction; and Chald.
a piece.
cut, to cut
(2) specially to tear with the teeth, to bite, (Arab. ,?jO; especially in the phrases (a) 0*n5V> pj5 to
bite the lips, as is
up ; Arab. ,.5, . U. Hence q. page 823,

i.
according to the
Kamus,
done by a wicked
man when
de-
(b) PV, 'P Prov. 10:10; vising snares, Prov. 16:30. Ps. 35:!9; an(l D ^J!? Prov. 6:13; to compress the
with suff. WIP Ezek. 27:6; pi. OT3R m. a board, plank, Ex. 26: 15, seqq. 36:2O,seqq. Collect, deck (of a ship), Eze. loc. cit.
;
eyes (like the
lips), to
another's back, as done
wink with the eyes behind by a malicious and crafty
man.
nipped off, Job 33:6, l^hp 3K-D3 fl)OP I, too, was nipped off from the clay," an image taken from a potter, who pinches off a piece from the mass of clay, to make a vessel.
PUAL,
to be
torn
J"l?9, from a city, but of less frequent occurrence, Job 29:7; Pro. 8:3; 9:3; 1 1
n^3),
11.
fern,
(from the root a poet, word,

id.
HTJ5,
i.
of the form
q. rv")p
off,
"
Ch. SJjnp
The same word
is
found in Persic
|1p
No.
i.
m., destruction, Jer. 46:20.
See the root
and Syriac names of cities, as Cirta, Tigranocerta, also on the Phoenicio-Sicilian coins struck at Panormus [Palermo], which have on the face the inscription rOHO (niriO the camp, prob. a domestic name
v New (J"lChn rnp to which Panormus was subCity), prob. Carthage, ject; see Bayer, on Sallust. p. 347; Mionnet, Descr.
of the city), on the back
nKHH
mp
m. Chald., a piece
No.
1
;
in this phrase
'"1
; Syr. J, i-O ; see the root 'XT? ?3K to eat any one's
des Medailles, plate 2O;
[also
Monumm.
pr. n.
Phoen.]
calumniate, to slander, to act the sycophant; the same metaphor, in which, in Lat.
pieces;
metaph.
to
Ip ("city"), [KartaTi],
the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 21 :34l
of a town in
mordere, dente carpere, dente rodere, are said of sycophants. Dan. 3: 8; 6:25. (Syr.
L;_Q
ôj id.
Arab.
Ip
two towns," an
ancient dual, from
flTg),
DCCXLVI
[K art an],
etherwise
pr. n. of
B?D'")i?,
a town in the tribe of Naphtali, which see, Josh. 21:32.

root, according to Simonis, i.q.
li'jv
an unused root; see the following word.]
nL/p
an unused
p only in pl. D^SPj? cucumber, various species of which grow in Egypt and Palestine, Num. 11:5,
r-l
hence to turn, ^V'l? No. II, to peel off the bark; and generally, to frame into a round form; hence np, nb7>"'p, and
PlB5>p nij^p, 16; const. n'VJ'p Nu. 4:7,
Id.)
"
Arab.
Linn.
;
~, Syr.
c*-,M3,
\*-&&
whence Cucumis
Chate,
Gr. with the
letters transposed, <ncuoc, aiKva.
&
only pl. rmb'p.
Exod. 25:29; 37:

(Chald.
PP,,
cups.
nJPP
rightly sought the origin of the word in its being difficult to cook (from NK'j5=ntrj? No. I), compare Plin. xix. 5.
The Talmudists
Derivative, n^p.O No.
II.
\J\L/
an unused
root,
i.
q.
<-
B?'p Arab.
t ,
.lu-i to
s
distribute equally;
whence
J^...*
a measure, a portion
measured
out,
and Heb.
f. Gen. 33:19; Josh. 24:32; Job 42:11, hence used of some something weighed out certain weight (compare "Tp?* 7pK>, ""1.39) of gold and silver, which, like the shekel, was used for money in the age of the patriarchs. It may be supposed to have been heavier than the shekel, and to have con-
ntp^p
3'p? xo ATTEND to any thing, oncw 3, where it is ascribed to the ear. (The original idea I consider to be that of sharpening, so that 3K>i? is almost the same as 3j3, German bie )b,ren fptfcen, to prick up the ears, an expression
2
fut.
in Kal, Isa.
32
pr.
taken from
p.
animals;
see the
remarks under
|TK
xxvi, B.)
up
HIPHIL, with the addition of tyx 3^'pn to prick (pr. to sharpen) the ear, i. e. to attend to any
tained about four shekels, from the passages Gen.
33:19; 23:16, compared together. According to Rabbi Akiba (in Bochart, in Hieroz. t. i, 3, c. 43), a certain coin was also in a later age called in Africa
Kesita.
10:17; Prov. 2:2; without ^lîd.; followed by *?$ Ps. 142:7; Neh. 9:34; ? Ps. 5:3; La 48:18; ^y Prov. 17:4; 29:12; 3 Ps. 66:19, ac3
thing, Ps.
-
Job 13:6.
Hence
The
;
stand a lamb
ancient interpreters almost all underbut for this signification there is no
p
B>p
"
p.
f.
n?& p
adj.
attentive, Neh.
:6, 11.
adj. id. Ps.
130:2.
:
,
support either in the etymology or in the cognate Knguages; nor does it accord with patriarchal manners, since in their age merchandise was no longer exchanged, and real sales were common for money
Isaiah 2 1 7 31 }L"J5 he attended with attention, with very grea* attention."

I.
m. a tt e n t i o n.
either weighed or counted (Gen. 23 16; 47 16); see the arguments against Frid. Spanheim in Hist. Jobi
: :
M p
l
(i) i.q. Arab. LJj TO BE
HARD,
e.g.
(Opp. Ill, page 84), well brought forward by Bochart, loc. cit. coin bearing the figure of a lamb, which
of words, 2 Sa. 19:44.
was thought of
be the Kesita by Frid. Munter (in a Dissertation in Danish, on the Kesita, Copenhagen,
late to
1824), I consider to be a coin struck in Cyprus, of which kind more are extant.
L
heavy, used of the hand of God in punif 5 7 of anger, Gen. 49 7. (3) to be difficult, hard, Deu. 1:17; 15:18. NIPHAL, part. HK'pJ to be harshly treated, afflicted with a heavy lot, Isa. 8:21. PIEL, Gen. 35:16, nJFn?3 B'pJjll to have hard Ic
(2)
to be
ing,
Sa.
vu
L/p
an unused
root,
Uad the sense of peeling
off,
which appears to have scaling off. Hence "]
bour
in parturition
(fie tjatte
f$ fdiroer
bcqm
ebdren).
Verse 17 in the same phrase is Hiph. (but it is needless to do what has of late been proposed, to take
B'pFN as fut. Hiph. for E^Rl).
29:4,
f.
p l. DTPP_ i Sa. 17:5, and nT'j? Eze. a scale, so called from its peeling off', see
.
HIPHIL, nB'p.n,
to
fut.
apoc.
BW
(i)
to
make
hard,
the root nt"p r of mail
made
Lev. 11:9, seqq. &&&??_ a coat of scales, i. e. consisting of thin iron

1
f^
plates like scales,
Sa. 17:5.
its
harden, e.g. (a) the neck, i.e. to be obstinate, stubborn, Deut. 10:16; a Ki. 17:14; without TJJf Job 9: 4. (b) followed by 3? to harden any one'a heart, to make him obstinate, Ex. 7:3; Deut. 2:30,
13? 'n to harden one's
^p
see
in.
lira 10 (so called from
being collected,
own
heart, Ps.
95:8; Proverl<
12
:4-
Exodus 15:7; Isa. 5:24; 47:14; chaff dispersed by the wind, Job 13:25; Isa. 40:24; 41 :2.
t^)
28:14.
(a)
to
make
(a yoke) heavy,
K.
DCCXLVII
(3)
to
n^p-nb'p
:
make
difficult, 2 Ki. 2: 10,
a difficult thing." Ex. 13:15, nine HB'pn 3 when Pharaoh would hardly let us go," was unwilling to send us away. Derivatives, fiefy >C?p and pr. n. jVfR, also DS$? [in Thes. from KB>g].
" thou hast asked
8 (but in Job 40 29 <> does nc t belong to the construction of the verb; "wilt thou bind him for thj
2
:
DOT
maidens?" i.e. that thy maidens may sport with him.) Metaph. Gen. 44:30, i&?S3? HTVJ'p i?>3, "his (the
father's) soul is l); Pro. 22: 15.
bound up with his

closest love
embraces him with
(the boy's) soul, (compare l Sam. 18:
II.
nttf'p
i.q.
nb>j3,
Arab.
UJ
to
to
peel
bark, especially by turning, hence iii a round form. Derivatives, n pp, HK>pp.
;
turn, to
off work
(2) to conspire (pr. to join together, to confederate oneself with others), followed by /V against any one, i Sam. 22:8; 2 Sam. 15:31; i Ki. 15:27; 16:
2 Ki. 10:9, etc.; fully ">t'p IK'p, see ~Kj'p. (3) Part. pass. "WE'i?, bound, hence bound together in a compact and firm body, i. e. robust, Gen. 30:
9, 16;
ard, used of hard (l) HB>p servitude, Exod! 1:14; 6:9; iKi. 12:4; hard, i.e. harsh words, Genesis 42:7,30; Job 30: 25, ni^HB'p
.
adj. ne>j3
f.
" whose day

sense,
hard, unhappy. (2) firm, fast, oxXqooc, Cant. 8:6; and in a bad
is
hard," whose. lot
is
As to how the verbs of binding are applied to 42. strength, see Pin No. 3, în No. 6.
NIPHAL.
18:
l
hardened.
*&
'"^P stubborn, Exod. 32:9;
(i) pass, of Kal No. (compare Gen. 44:30.)
i,
Metaph.
Sam.
34:9; D '?? n î? hard-faced, impudent, Ezek. 2:4; 3? '~1>p stubborn of heart, Eze. 3:7; without 2? id.,
Isa.
(2) to be
bound
together,
compacted
(as a wall),
and thus
PIEL.
to be
48:4.
finished, Neh. 3:38. (l) i. q. Kal No. l, to bind

to
together,
Job
(3)
heavy
(a) i.q. vehement, of a wind, Isaiah
38:31(2)
to
strong, 2
27:8; of a battle, 2 Sam. 2:17. (b) i. q. powerful, nvi ng>R Sam. 3 39. (c) heavy in spirit,
:
bind
oneself (like a girdle), followed
by
ead in spirit,
Sa. 1
15.
" thou shalt bind 49: 18; H?33 DH^'pij^ them on thee as a bride," sc. binds on her girdle. In
an
ace. Isa.
(4) difficult, h ard, Ex. 18:26.
the other hemistich, " thou shalt
put them on
as an
JO
from the truth,

'
Ch. truth, i.q. Heb. Dt?p Daniel 4: 34. i. e. truly, Dan. 2:47.
ornament." PUAL, part. nilK'pp robust (ewes), Gen. 30:41

;
see
Kal No.
25,26.
""^'p
3.
i.
).,
Arab. _^ "_
npfj".
i.
q.
Ht^P TO BE
HAUD, comp.
HITHPAEL,
q.
Kal No.
2,
2 Ki. 9:14; 2 Ch. 24:
under the verb HIPHIL (l)

(2)
to
In Kal not used.
Hence
m. with
1
:
to
harden
the heart, Isa. 63: 17.
suff.
i~>5f'p
conspiracy, see the
root
regard, or treat harshly, Job 39: 16.

,
.
No.
2, 2 Ki. 1
14.
"K-'p "1BT? to
make a
conspiracy,
an unused root, to divide q. to in Lex. Arab. IV. be equal (Willmet, equally, conj. places the original idea of this word in hardness, hence
probity, that which cannot be turned aside, so that Hence it would be kindred to the root n 'i?, n
.
2 Ki. 12:21; 14:19; 15:30; Isa, 8:12.
And
U J*pp m. girdles, bands of women, especially of a bride (compare Isa. 49 18), Isa. 3 20. Compare
:
:
No.
2.
in
in. Ps.
60:6; and
tDlj?p
Pro. 22:21
Kal only found Zeph. 2

TO
see HithpaeL
,-iJi),
truth.
POEL
*$?'?
(Chald. NBIpIp, Syr.
)ioQJ3
"
! !
the letters
n and B
be-
GATHER, TO SEEK FOR (Arab.
ing interchanged, id.)
e.g. straw, Ex. 5:7, 12; sticks, Num. 15:32. HITHPOEL, metaph. to gather one's self,
to
collect
i.e.
P|f m. (from the root

obstinacy, Deu. 9:27.
of a
'i?)
hardness
of mind,
one's
thoughts together
(fid)
fammeln),
Zeph. 2:1.
pr. n.
P H'P (" hardness"), [Kishion,Kis hon], town in the tribe of Issachar, Jos. 19:20; 21:28;
Chr.6:57, &!&
(i) TO BIND, with an ace. and
Derivative, S?p.
constr. nin^p, comm. (m. 2 Sara. HtJ'p pi. ninK'p, 1:22; f. Psa. 18:35). (l) a boie (from the root Bnp, of the form nn^, nn3, n>D; although n servile afterwards becomes a radical letter, compare Aram.
called in l
'K p
?y to
fat. IB'PJ
bind any thing to any thing, Gen. 38:28; Pro. 3:3; 6:21; 7:3; with ace. and 3 Job 39:10; Jos.
to shoot, see Lehrg. p. 439, 474.
ArabW
DCCXLVIII
J bow)
(a) for shooting arrows, Gen.
21:16;
Isa. 13:18; Job 20:24, and frequently. nÊ "!\~n to draw a bow, see TIT ^F'T'? tne sou f a DOW * e an arrow, Job 41:20. Meton. bow is used (a) KOK Isa. 2 1 17 22:3; Ps. 78 57, for archers, nK where fJPl n??'P_ are deceitful archers (who de>
one's bow, i. e. to break his strength, to overturn hii power, Hos. 1:5; Jer. 49:35; Job 29:20, "my bow
strengthened in my hand," i. e. my strength inGen. 49 24. (b) the heavenly bow, tin rainbow, Gr. roE,ov, Gen. 9:13, seq.; Ezek. 1:28.
is
creases
Hence denom.
| I
by a simulated flight). Compare "l^Vi? used for of the bow, 2 Sa. l 18, i. e. (/3) the song reapers. David's elegy, composed on Saul and Jonathan, in which mention is made of the bow, verse 22; on this
ceive
:
f7
I-
an archer, Gen. 21 :2O.
n unused
root, see 'Xfip* .T

.
poems and books, used by the on Asiatic Poetry, p. 269; my Comment, on Isa. 22:1. In other places bow is used metaph. for strength and power; hence to break any
manner of
inscribing
np
which
see.
orientals, see Jones,
Ch. always np for DTIJVp cithara,harp This form is more common in the Tar-
but for that very cause it is less to be approved of in the text of Daniel than the other.
gums
i.
Resh, the twentieth Hebrew letter, as a numeral, The name B*3, i. q. Chald. E'K'I and Heb. q. 200.
(l)
to
see (Arab.
^1
id.
To
this
answers the
Const, fol-
Vfth, denotes the

letter in
head, and
refers to the
the Phoenician alphabet (*]), with the head turned back, comes the figure of the
form of this from which,
Gr. opata, like jnj, Gr. eSw, Lat. video).
lowed by an ace. (very frequently), rarely followed by a dat. Psa. 64 6 and with two ace. Gen. 7:1, ^1K
:
p^V
"
*n*K"J
thee have
Greek
seen righteous;"
followed
'PJi.
This letter is cognate (l) as being the hardest of the liquids, with the other liquids, and sometimes with V and 0, see pp.ccccxxi, A, and DXXIII,A. (2) as being partly pronounced in the throat with
the guttural y,
it is
by an
entire sentence, with *? prefixed, e.g. Gen.
p. DXCVIII,
A.
6:5, o-jsn run nan ? nin; snn. Gen. 28:6; 29:31; 38: 14; also by attraction, Gen. 1:4, "DX Dr6^ N"13 31D ? TiKH. Gen. 6:2; Exod. 2:2; followed by 'q Without the acinterrogative (whether), Ex. 4: 18.
" the cusative, Psa. 40: 13, penalties of sins
sometimes interchanged with the sibilants, (3) with T, compare P"}2 and P]3 to emit rays, especially
PC
1 *
[my
i.
ini-
them
quities] in with
J"liX"1p 'J;l/3*
X?
cannot see them,"
e.
take
my
Arab. +>
and + &.
to
also
*, and
to
40:4,
the
-1X7'!
*ST D'lP "many
eyes, they are so shall
much. Psalm see (shall be

.
witnesses of
muzzle,
also the
^j
and t^j
be proud, and others.

ji~>n
See
my liberation) and shall fear;" compare same paronomasia, Psa. 52:8; Job 6:21 Spe-
paronomasia in the words
and pin Eze.
cially
7:13;
It is also to
his (a) to see the face of a king, is said of ministers, who are received to his presence, 2 Ki.25:
letter,
with T inserted before

letter;
double
throne
rilit.,
be observed that sometimes a single it, is used instead of a and this takes place especially in the
later
19; Jer. 52:25; Esth. 1:14. (b) To see the face oj to behold i.e. to be admitted God, a privilege God,
conferred, according to the Old Test., to very few mortals; as to the elders of Israel in the giving of
Aramaean and the

;
Hebrew, as ND3, Ch. Np"]3 a

;
P^fl in Chron. PÔ")1 Damascus^?"!? quadformed from Piel ^33 to bind also TJFp, D.P1?,
similarly,
i.
the law, Ex.
D^P.;
eceptre,
q.
too, we must explain B'lHB' a Ba^; Ch. K*V"}3 cubit, i. q. *l>i, formed
24:10 (compare Psa. 11:7; 17:15); to Moses, Ex. 33:20. It was commonly considered that this could not be done without peril of life, Gen. 16: 13; 32:31; Jud. 13:22; Isa. 6:5; compare Exod.
33:20; so
used for
to
from
B'??',
TDj, although these forms are no longer
also Jud. 6:22.
Absol.
to
(c)
to
see
is
found.
inf.
enjoy the light,

to
live; Gr. fiXiiruv,
more
absol. nln,toO, constr.
^
Hn,
u t. nta"), f
apoc. Nn*, with

1
Sam. 17:42; a Ki. 5:21- in the
convers. **O!?, rarely ri^Tl rest of the forms
see the sun, Ecc. 7:11 (cornpai in later writers (fx'nif'lleXloio, Horn.; of the simply 6^>90; also, to see Jehovah in the land the thus that difficult is It Isa. pas38:11. living,
fully,
wtu- KUI cpyv
sage Gen. 16:13,
is to
be understood, JVSO
aVj OJ3
DCCXLIX
do
the vision,"
letter
b.
then here see
(i.e. live)
also after
"
God
will
provide
for himself
a lamb
for a burnt
sc.
of God, having beheld God? compare
divinely brought,
(d) to see, i.e. to be taught in visions is said of the prophets, Isa. 30:10
offering:" Gen. 22:14, "and Abraham called the name of that place (Moriah), nsr (that which) Je-
Hence part. HNh a prophet (which (comp. 29: 1O). n ^TP vision. >ee), Compare ^Tn No. 9.
(2) to see,
\e$n t anfebn),
i. q. to look at, to view, to behold (be with a purpose, followed by an ace. Gen.
hovah chooses "=n*Sjnp, coutr. Hp.b (which see). Deut. 33:91,$ ntfcl*ja and he chose the firstfruit for himself." Gen. 41:33; Deu. 12:13; * $a. 16: l, 17. Part. MtO selected, Esth. 9:Q. Compare
Tob. 12:
rtFT?." 11:5, "and Jehovah came down "i'J?nvi Followed by 3 Gen. Lev. 13:3, 5, 17; 1 Ki. 9:12. " " to see the 34:i,n?? n 133 ? n 1s daughters of "1333 land." Ezek. 21 the 126, ^^T "he looked at
'
go
'
l, opa, riKfor, /lurdov TU avtipuiry. (g) to to see, to visit any one, to go in order to visit and In this salute, 2 Sa 13:5; 2 Ki. 8:29; 2 Ch. 22:6.
sense there
is
more
'3 fully said
QvJTlX HXT
Gen.
the liver."
at the clouds."
Ecc. 11:4, B'?V9 ntp "one who looks But Eccl. 12-3 n'lXT Cant. 6:11.
37: 14 (compare *? DW$7 ^>SB>)._(fc) followed by *?$ to look unto any one as expecting aid, Isaiah 17:7;
followed
by
/])
to look
upon any one,
to
jYl3"lX3 is, " those
who look out

look
i.
at the
windows."
cause, Exod. 5:21.
'(i)
figuratively, to
examine his look at any
Jer. 18: 17,
"1
will
at
them with the back and
thing
not with the face,"
e. I
will turn
my
back upon
pose
in
them.
(a) to be pleased with the sight, Specially as the eye lingers on objects of pleasure, and with them we feast our eyes. Prov. 23 : 31, " look not upon the wine when it is red." Isa. 53:2. Especially
3. (compare page xcvii, B), Job 3:9; 66:5 [Niphal]; Psa. 106:5; very often used of joy felt at the destruction of enemies. Psalm
tm tfuge tjaben), to aim at, to proto oneself. Gen. 20:10, "what hadst thou view that thou hast done this?"
(beabftdrftgen/
followed
by
(3) The Hebrews (like the Greeks and others) not unfrequently use a verb of seeing of those things also which are not perceived by the eyes, but (a) by other senses, as by hearing; Gen. 2:19, ri'ttO?
i ?
20:17;
Isa.
K^P* np "to see what he would call them;" Gen. 42:1; Ex, 2O:l8; Jer. 33:24; Job 2: 13 (compare
54:9, TV. n
pleasure) on
T '3?fc? ?
"mine eye has looked (with

i.
on their destruction. my On Psa. 2-2:18; 37:34; 112:8; 118:7; Obad. 12. the other hand (b) to look with sorrow, to be witGen. 2l:l6, ness of anything sorrowful, grievous. " let me not see the death of the ijgn rri2 nX-iX ^>X Gen. 44:34; Nu. 11:15; Esther 8:6. child." (c)
enemies,"
e.
Gr. opaw, Brunk ad Soph. (Ed. Col. 138); taste, Gen. " I fee. 3:6; touch, feeling, Isaiah 44: 16, "UN the fire" (the warmth). (b) of those things which
WJ
are perceived, felt, and enjoyed the Hebrews, see No. 2). Thus
Eccl. 9:9;
Qiivaror,
by
it is
the
mind
(E'?3 oi
said to see life,
to see death, Psa. 89:49 (compare ihlv Hebr. 11:5); afi d in the same sense to see
to
despise (as
if to
look
down upon any
one, comp.
ca-a^p.ire'w, f)frabfef)n auf), to
behold with contempt.

every;
Job 41. 26, nK"
FIU3~73
nx "he despises
the pit [corruption], Ps. 16: 1O; 49:10; also to set sleep, Eccl. 8: 16 (compare Terent. Heautontim. iii. 1,82); to seefamine, Jer. 5: 12; to see good (Cic.
Mil. 28, bona videre), i. e. to enjoy the good of life, Ps. 34:13? Eccl. 3:13; 6:6; also 31133 HJO Jerem.
thing high" (as if set in the very highest place) com'JX-in 7* pare Cant, i :6, nnrvin^ vv& "despise me
not
(fet;et
mid) nidrt
er&d)tltd>
an) because
to.
am
dark."
29 32
:
(d) to
frtrp
regard, have respect
Isa.
niXa
nx^ "he
will not
regard
26: 10, ?3 the majesty of
to
Mic. 7:9; Eccl. 2:1; and on the other hand, ; see affliction, Lam. 3:1; evil, Prov. 27:12;
Jehovah;" especially used of God as looking on afEx. 4:31, ~nX n &T} '? fliction in order to remove it. " when he D*3JJ regarded their affliction." Psalm 9:14; 25:18; 31:8; 2X1.14:26; and followed by 3 Gen. 29:32; i Sa. i 1 1 Ps. 106:44. (f) to see
: ;
44:17; also Hjn3 HIO Obad. 13. Compare bpqv Hence used (c) of the things which we perceive with the mind or heart (3?3); hence to perceive, to understand, to learn, to know. Eccl. i 16, n?n HS^n nxn ^h my heart
Jer.
Kirdvrovc, Tob. iv. 4.
about anything,
No.
7.
l
to
provide or care
?~!
:
Ki. 12:16, TV* lfl'3
JHJ " see to thine

q.
for
it, i.
own house, David 1" Gen. 39 23, " the keeper of the prison cared for nothing which was delivered to " n Joseph." Isa. 22 1 1. Ps. 37 :37,"*7 ^1 take care nan (/) & (to follow) uprightness," ftefye aufS 9?ed)t.
:
Eccl. 2:12; Jer. 2:31; 20 1 2 Sam. 24: 12; 1 Ki. 10:4. Often used of the things which we learn by the experience of life. Isa. 40:5, "all flesh shall see (shall understand, prove) that God hath spoken." Job 4:8, Wtn -f K? even as I have proved." |'3 HXT to see (the difference) bf:
knew much
1
wisdom ;"
tween, Mai. 3:
NIPHAL.
Prov. 27:95.
18.
to be
to
provide anything for oneself (fid) au4erfeb,en), Le to choose, to procure fot oneself. Gen. 92:8,
(i)
seen, Jud. 5:8;
Kings 6- f8;
DCCL
(a) to let onesslf be seen, to appear, Gen. i :g; 9:14; used of persons, followed by ?N to shew onen n 7?to :r?.S' ? self, Lev. 13:7, 19; iKi. 18:1. at the '?.P~J"IN p. DCLXXX, B). appear sanctuary (see Often used of Jehovah, or an angel, who appears, l Sa. 3:31; followed by /$ of pers. Gen. 12:7; 17:1; 18: l; > Jer. 31:3. (3) pass, of No. 2, letter f, to be
Lev. 11:14, there is n$n vulture, which should perhaps be restored also in Deut.
rallel place,
i. e. a seer, compare the root No. i, letter d, a word anciently used, according to 1 Sam. 9:9. Kar
(0
part. act. seeing, sc. visions,
a prophet
eox>)',
(@et)er),
" HKT nj n ! tne mount of for, Gen. 22:14, Jehovah there shall be provided," i. e. in Mount
"^ m
provided, cared
it is applied to Samuel, 1 Sa. 9:9, seqq. l Ch. 9:22; 26:28; 29:29; other prophets, 2 Ch. 16:7,10, (2) abstr. i. q. *tO vision (in which sense the accent ought perhaps to be placed on the penultima in
;
the
Moriah God shall provide for men, and give them aid, as he formerly did to Abraham (verse 8); so now: a proverbial phrase [?], implying that God cares for those who go to his temple, and affords them his aid; allusion is at the same time made to the etymology of the name ^"P, which see.
PUAL,
to be
manner of
Segolates.
totter (even) in their
Isa. 28:7, HST3 -1J&? they visions." Comp. njh No. 2.
"
[(3) with art.

see Xl.
nxhn Haroeh,
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 2:52;
seen.
Plur.
W?
fut.
(Dag.
forte, or
rather
(" see, i.e. behold, a son!" although the author of the book of Genesis, Gen. 29 132, seems so to speak of this name as if it were for 1XT (for
Mappik
in the letter X, see
Lehrg.
HIPIIIL
n-|n and n-in

to
nv
p.
97), Job 33:21. a poc. *O!3 (like
1*O) ;jy| provided for my affliction," compare the root No. 2, letter e, [there is nothing in the sacred
(l) causat. of Kal No. l, Deu. 1:33; hence followed by two ace. to shew anything to any one, Exod. 25:9; a Ki. 11:4; Nah. 3:5; especially used of the prothe fut. Kal), 2 Ki. 11:4.
to
cause one
see,
word]), pr.
text to interfere with the simple etymology of this n. Reuben, the eldest son of Jacob,
(al-
though deprived of the right of primogeniture, Gen. 49:4), and the ancestor of the tribe of the same
phets, to whom things were divinely shown, 7:1; 2 Ki. 8:13.

see with pleasure, followed by ? Ps. 59: 1 1. (3) causat. of Kal No. 3, letter b, to cause
to
to
Amos
name;
(2) causat. of Kal No. 2, letter a, to cause one to
as to their location beyond Jordan, see Nuro. 32:33, seqq.; Josh. 13:15. [Patron. 'J3-1K"} Nu. 26:7, etc.]
inf.
Kal of the verb HNn
which
see.
f.
any one
:
experience evil, with two ace. Ps. 60:5; 71 20; cause to enjoy good, Ecc. 2:24; Ps.4:7; 85:8; with ace. of pers. and ? of thing, Ps. 50:23; 91 16. HOPHAL ""1^1? pr. to be made to see any thing, i. e.
:
] ( exalted"), [Reumah'], pr.n. concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22 24.

:
of th*
f.
vision, Ecc.
5:10 np.
i.q.
to be
shewn
something.
Ex. 25:40,
"
according to
fe?"]
m. looking-glass, mirror,
^SHD No.
J,
the pattern "H3 niOD nriK "K?Nj which was shewn Exod. 26:30; Deut. 4:35; to thee in the mount." and he shall be shewn Lev. 13:49, ID^'ntf nx-in
to the priest."
to
Job 37:18.
^t! i pause 'NT (l) vision, Gen. 16:13 (on which passage see the root No. l, c).
.
(2) i.q. n^")D
appearance, sight,
flesh
is
Sam. 16:12,
away,
'N'lQ
I-IITHPAEL,
look
at one another
(a) used of
Job 33: 21; "his

out of sight."
(3) spectacle, ctiypa, Nah. 3:6.
consumed
are delaying, who, being uncertain what to do, do nothing, Gen. 42:1. (b) used of those who fight hand to hand, 2 Ki. 14:8, 1 1 (compare Isa.
those
who
example, gazing-stock,
irapa-
41:23).
So the old Germ, proverb,

25ku3e tm tfuge befe^n.
ntfi, n-i*a
fid)
bie
.R&pfe
befefyn/ flA t>a$
v") ("
f
whom Jehovah cares

i
: ;
Derived nouns, n*n,

njrra,
nxno, c h.
;
nn and linn, nn s> n, 'rw (*Sj), and pr. n. n;jo, jaijnj,
i Reaia~\, pr. n. m. ( ) i Ch. 2:52 nVi._( 2 )
for"), [Reaiah, Ch. 4 2 for which there ia i Ch. 5:5(3) Ezr. 9:47;
nh,
njsrv,
nnb.
Job 10:15, compare the root
Neh. 7:50.
see
II6/
I
""l^l verbal adj. seeing. Const, state,

*?5J ^N"!
"seeing my
affliction;"
*>
see
No.
3,
^
J"^^.
f.
14: 13, a species of ravenous bird, so called from the keccness oi its sight, but in the pa-
HlO Deut.
sight, seeing, Eccl.
5:10
/O
an unused
root, see n}\
DCCLT
i^"| Zech. 14:10;
See tinder the letter K"! m.
II
;
.
i.q. D-n, D">K,
Hence
pr.
Din TO BE HIGH. n. nO-lK"] and
interpreters,
(2) some precious thing, according to the Hebrew red coral, Job 28:18; Eze. 27:16.
Num. 23:22; Deu. 33:17;
^] p s
92:
333
nN"l
("height
in
the
south"),
[a-
10. Plnr. Ps. 29:6; also 22:22; m. a wild animal, fierce and untamed, resembling an ox, as a wild ass resembles an ass (Job loc. cit. Deut. loc. cit. com p. Isa. 34:7; Ps. 89:6; where ?3? calf is parallel to DVptrrja); possessed of horns, with which it prostrates every thing (Deut.), and injures men (Psalm 22:22 [but this is The animal meant is doubtful; I figurative]). have no hesitation in agreeing with Alb. Schultens, Job loc. cit. and de Wette on Psalm 22: 22; in unThe Arabic word, derstanding it to be the buffalo.
B'P!} Ps.
DH Job. 39:9,
DC1
math'], pr. n. of a town of the Simeonites, Jos. 19:8; for which there is 333 rfWJ i Sam. 30: 27.
L" t^^""l an unused root, perhaps
i.
q. B'JH to fa
moved,
to
tremble, Arab. ,,*.,,

;
.JUs.
to tremble,
especially xtsed of the head
whence
t^'xi."]
poor,
!
see CTl.
i.
q.
K'n m. poverty, Pro. 30:8, from the
root
!
Ch.
i.
c*
indeed, which answers
to this
^.
denotes the oryx,
38.
^^ M?n
q.
Hebr. two
(l)
the
visions of thy head,
head, Dan which are pre-
a large and fierce species of antelope (Oppian. Cyneget. ii. 445), a meaning which has also been assigned
to the
sented to thy mind, Dan. 4:2, 7, 1O; 7: 15.

(2) the
Hebrew word by Bochart
Pl.T^n
5=10.
I.
sum, head, amountof any thing,Dan. 7: l. Dan. 7: 6,. and like the Hebrew 1WJ, Ezra
(Hieroz.
i.
p.
948,
and others; but whatever they say, every one must see that it is much more suitable to compare the buffalo with the ox than the antelope; (of these animals there is an excellent collection in
seqq.), Kosenmiiller
t#N"l
with
(for *p.), once (for K^P) plur. suff. VS>fcO Isaiah 15:2, primit. subst. [but see
DHWT
n'K
the Zoological
Museum
Arabic language, therefore, in

the case, resembles the
at Berlin). The usage of the this word, as is often

alto-
above], m.
: ;
(i) A
HEAD
(Arab.
\JH(\
^J
to
Syr,
Hebrew without being
whence denom.
;
be the
gether identical; and the larger antelopes appear to have acquired the name of buffaloes in Arabic, just
as they are called in
just as the
head or leader, to be over) pr. the head of men or animals, Gen. 3 1 5 28:18; 40 1 6, and so very fre: ;
:
Greek
fiovfiuXog, /3ou/3a/\t'c,
and
JL]\
quently.
to
'S 8?K"I3 |H3 to give
upon
one's head,
i.
e,
Arabs
call
animals of the deer kind
^-^Jl
wild
bulls.
LXX.
rendered
it
poroKipwe,
Vulg. unicornis, an animal described by Pliny (H. N. viii. 21) which has been long considered by naturalists the of since time as fictitious and Buffon) (especially fabulous; but English travellers have of late found
it
repay him (his evil deeds), Ezek. 9:10; ll:2l; 16:43; 17:19; 22:31; compare Psa. 7:17. As to the phrase \&&\ KB^, see KK>3 No. 1, letter b. Mn3W9 " with (the danger of) our heads," i. e. of our life, 1 Ch. 12:19 (compare ^=*3? under the word ^S?. No.
2, b).
Used
like ?$'*.
men,
l
in the deserts of Thibet (see Rosenmiiller's

ii.
Mor-
genland,
p.
269
seq.
Quarterly Review, No. 47).
this interpretation cannot be admitted, as the unicorn is more like a horse than an ox, and also is
But
" for the head of Ch. 12:23. Jud. 5:30, -n{l &tb Arabic a man," i.e. for one man. (In they often s **/ especially in counting similarly use the word
/
,
especially soldiers, of one
(which see) in numbering man, an individual

;
a very rare animal, while the Rem, as appears from

the passages cited, is common enough in Palestine and the neighbouring regions.
cattle
[so
206.)
Figuratively
is
many head] head

;
see Schnlt.
is
Opp. Min. page
used for
prince of the
masc.
pi.
i.
q.
ntel.
-(i)
high things,
heights, figuratively, sublime, difficult things, hence pr. n. \_Ramotli\ 'TO. 24:7 (a) of a town of
;
(a) a highest and supreme i Sam. 15:17; Isa. 7:8. {j'ja HUS '1 head or prince, chief of nillX JV3 and simply a family, Exod. 6 1 4, 25 Nu m. 7 2 32 28 36 l
(2) whatever
people,
K'tOH jnb the high priest, 2 Ch. 19:
1 1
who
in 2 Ch.
Gilead, otherwise called HID"!, H3VP DDT Deu. 4:43; Josh. 20 8 l Cb 6 65. (b) in the tribe of Issachar,
:
. : ;
24:6
is
called simply
;
GWin.
(b) the chief city,
Chr. 6:58; perhaps

:
nan
Jos.
19:21; and
Tos. 2 1
29.
Josh. 11:10; Isai 7:8. (c) the highest place, Job ' I sat the highest," in the first 29:25, K *O IK'K Lam. 1 :5, " her adversaries (are) J^NIp i. * place.
DCCLII
they hold the fiist place," they triumph; compare Dent. 28:44. (d) the head or summit of a mountain, Gen. 8:5; ofa tower, Gen. 11 14; of a column, n, 3 ? C'iO l Ki. 7 1 9 of an ear of corn, Job 24:24.
: ;
burgh, 1827, who also here compares the natioa s_

(jyy
,
in the
Koran, Kor. xv. 31

pr. n.
1.
12.)
[(2)
Rosh,
m. Gen. 46:21.]
for
the headstone of the corner, Ps. 118:22. Metaph. nnpb tTN-l chief joy, Psa. 1 37 6. D s pb>3 WT\ most
:
excellent spices, Cant. 4:14; Eze. 27 22.

:
Hence (3) sum, amount (pr. the whole number, which Hence C'SI xb'3 also is the highest), Levit. 5:24. to take the sum, to number. See KS?3 No. 3, letter c.
Metaphorically, the sum of words, Ps. 119:160; also multitude, or host, band, especially of soldiers, Jud.7:i6, 20; g:34>37>43; i Sa. 11:11. (4) what is first and foremost, the beginning,
PlBfc"! (by a Syriacism beginning, i. q. &tfi No. 3.

Syr. o>,,j Eze. 36:11.
f. i.
ne"$"l)
pi.
n^K"!
is
kindred form
the
e *o No. 2; hence
;
?~tB; san
highest stone, at a corner, Zee. 4:7.
9:19, D^J C N"l? in front of the captives. Am. 6:7. Often used of time, as D'?nn the first of the months, Ex. 12:2. K'XIO from the beginning, Isa.
:
n the Syriac manner for tfE*K*l Josh. 3rO; and in the Sam. copy always), once Jte'n J b 8:8, f. rubfcn adj. denom/from V commencement. D^.O nj?3"lX four beginnings of i (the letter being inserted, as in P3 FI, from streams, i. e. four lesser rivers into which a larger in time (see below, pi.), or in order whether first, TH ^'"1 the be- and place, Gen. 32:18, or in dignity, l Ch. 18:17. spreads itself, arms, Genesis 2: 10. ginning of a way, place where ways branch off, Eze. PI. m. Pjnri/9r/f ***, Deu. 19:14. ntein '~l the beginning of streets; Lament. 16:25. former days, former times, Deu.io: 1O. D*3'S"i
21
:
10; Job 15:7
EW
former
40
21
41
4,
26
48
e.
6.
!??3 Jlh$S
first
Vth
the
first
clod of the earth
(i.
which
was created), Prov.
8:26.
(5) C'tO and once for distinction sake cî Dent. 32:32, is also the name of a. poisonous plant,Deu.
7? growing quickly and luxuriantly, Hos. 10:4; of a bitter taste, Ps. 69:22; L*jm. 3:5; and on this
S9
:
former prophets, Zee. 1:4; 7:7, 12; pi. f. things, i. e. things formerly done, Isa. 43: 18; 46:9; also formerly foretold, Isa. 42:9; 43:9; 48:3. Fern. nab'tO adv. first, foremost, Gen. 33:8; 38: 28; former, formerly, Han. 11:29; ^^"13 as at
first,
the
as
before, Deut.
9:18; Dan. 11:29; a k
rob>JO3
first
first,
of place and order, in front, in the rank (LXX. iv Trpwroec), Isa. 60:9. (b] of time,
()
frequently connected v/ith wormwood, Deu. 29: 17; Lament. 3: 19; as I judge neither the cicuta as thought by Celsius in Ilierob. ii. 46, seqq. ; nor
cwmnt
aforetime,
l
Nu. 10:13, H; Isa. 52:4;
before, formerly, Gen. 13:4;
HJw'X")!?
as aforetime,
Isa.
:26;
n*jr6
at
first,
formerly, Jud. 18:29.
TV-rid. Jer. 25:1.
thought by Oedmann (iv. p. 63); nor lolium, darnel (Mich. Supplemm. p. 2220); but the poppy, so called from its heads (Liv. i. 54). E>fcO ^B juice of poppies, opium, Jer. 8:14; 9:14; 23:15.
colocynth, as
Hence poison of any

10:16.
Derivatives,
pr.
kind, Deut.
32:32, 33; Job
f. once JVCn. Deut. 11:12 (denom. from Ch. K'KT head, chief, Avith the added syllable JVr, see Gr. 76, No. 4). (i) beginning, l:l; 10:10; Jer. 28:1.
^n
ne^-jn^n,
pe>n, rfa>tap, and
(2)
Isa.
aformer
state, Job 42:12
former
tiutf,
n
l
46:10.
Ezekiel 38:2, 3; 39:1; pr. n. of a northern nation, mentioned with Tubal and Meshech;
H.
(a) with regard to time, (3) the first of its kind first fruits, Gen. 49:3, '?iX JVE>{O "first fruits
of
undoubtedly the Russian*, who are mentioned by Byzantine writers of the tenth century, under the name ol 'Pwf, dwelling to (he north of Taurus, and (Arab, called i^t .) described by Ibn Fosslan, an
my
strength,"
i.
e.
first
born.
te~)1
JVt?JO
first
fruits of things created
by him, Prov. 8:22
rather to be compared with // apx; Qeov, Rev. 3:14, i.e. Christ, head of creation, not spoken of as a creature], compare Job 40: 19; Deut.
[this is ri/c Krifftws rov
Arabic writer of the same age, as dwelling on the Rha (Wolga). (See Ibn Fosslan, Bericht von den Russen alterer Zeit, Ubersetzt und erklart von
river
33:21, V? TVK'ta Kn] "he chose the first part for himself," as if the first fruits of the holy land. Very often used of the first fruits offered in the temple,
Lev. 2:12; 23:10; Deut. 18:4; 26:10. (b) regard to dignity, the first, chief, Am. 6:1,6
Frahn.
Petersburgh, 1823, especially
p.
28, seqq.
Ccmoarr Jos. de Hammer. Origines Russes, Peters-
tm-m
3"5 in pause
root 33T).
3*1,
f.
DCCLIII
^31,
pi.
D'3'1
adj.
(from the
cellent teacher.
Neutr. and subet. magnitude, Pa
(i) multus, whether of one continuous thing (answering to the French beaucoup de, Engl. TOc/t),as 31 3HT much gold, 1 Ki. 10:2; Ps. 19:11;
or of collectives which contain
many parts (many individual things), (answering to theLat. and French numerosus, nombreux, Engl. many), as 3"!! OJJ much,
or
145:7; Isa. 63:7. (3) Job 16:13, V31 all the ancient versions render, his darts, his arrows (God's), from 33T No. 2. Others, his archers. The sense, however, may be retained, his many, i.e. bands of soldiers; which is however harsh.
many people, i. e. numerous, many men, Job 36:28 (here ol

cattle,
Josh. 17: 14; 31 D"JX woXXot); ^31 n^3y a

3"! !13p
^1
Ch.
(i) great, Dan. 2:10, 31, 35, 45.
7?n
numerous train of servants, Gen. 26:14;
much
CD'JH D'PJ many 32:1. Hence, with pi., 0'31 D'*?2 Gen. 21:34; many peoples, days, long time, Ps. 89:51. Followed by a genit. n:-13n 31 a man of
Num.
speak great things, i.e. to speak proudly, Compare ?H3 No. 2, and impiously, Dan. 7:8, 2O. &6s Niphal.
|3"13T to
5:11.
(2) subst. c hief, leader, captain, Dan. 2:48; PL r?13-i (from the sing. 3131) Dan. 3: 33
;
'
m.uch (great) understanding, Pro. 14:29; Q'33 n|n ' she wlio has many children, l Sa. 2:5; with parag. DIMn31 (a city) abounding with people, Lam. l:l. Often put as the neuter for much, Ex. 19:21,733 31 -13SP, which is rendered in Latin, cadunt ex Us
multi; but
frfwft),
l
2:48; 7:3,7, 171"! see an.
3*1 (prop. inf. of the verb 33"J). in the later books also fully 311 Job 35:9; Esther 10:3; followed by
it is
properly,
f&Ut oon ttjnen wet (Sftcmns
Sa.
pi.
with a
14:6; Gen. 33:9. Hence adv. and even subst. Psa. 18:15, 31 "lightnings
11
Makk. "3"i, with suff. E3~l (i) multitude, abunda nee, Lev. 25: 16; Isa. 1:11. 3"l? adv. much, Gen. 30:30; 48:16; Deu. 1:10. PL const. Hos. 8: 12 np.
Poet,
much"
V22>
W -VrW
(bcr
SSlifce
met, S3Hfce in SKenge); Ecc.
6:3,
311.
multitude
on
is
almost used for

33: 19.
72 Job 4: 14
"
although
i.
many
be the days of his
(see Schultens
Ps.
loc. cit.);
enough, (it is) enough, it is sufficient, Gen. 45 28 especially in the phrase (compare BJ>P), nny 31 ohe! jam satis ! "enough, now!" i Ki. 19:4; more i.e. desist! 2 Sam. 24:16; fully
years."
q.
: ;
Often
(2) greatness, e.g. of might, Ps. 33:16; of pity, 51:3; length of way, Josh. 9:13.
(l) TO
"if?
31 Deut. 3:26;
leave
off.
desist,
31 Eze. 45:9; Num. 16:3, Followed by an inf. Deut. i 6,

n?^>
:
INCREASED, Gen. 6:1
BECOME MUCH or MANY, TO BE TO BE MUCH or MANY, Pg.

;
CD? 31 "ye have dwelt long enough ;" Deut. 2 -3; followed by \Q Eze. 44:6, D^nn^n^3p D3^> 31 il desist from all your abominations;" 1 Ki. 12:28; Ex. 9:28. Also f. nil"] is often used as a neuter, Ps.
r)3K>
3:2; 69:5; 104:24; Isa. 59:12, and frequently. It is only found in pret. and inf. 3"l; the other tenses are formed from the cognate verb Hin. to (2) Med. O. pret. -13T Gen. 49 23, according
:
Kimchi and the Ven. Vers. prob.
to
shoot
(either
123:4; and adverbially for much, enough, Ps. 62:3; and more often constr. state J"I3"1 Ps. 65: 1O; 120:6; 123:4. (2) great, large, vast (compare TroXuc, inPassow, No. l,b), used of wide space, Gen. 7:11; Esth. l 2O
:
from the many arrows, or else the verb 331, taking its signification from the verb n 9D- Hence 3"] No. 3, an arrow. Some also refer to this, Psalm 18:15, 3"1 CD''p'l3 "he shot out lightnings;" but see 3T
No.
l.
c3c)j battle and slaughter, 2 Ch. 13:17;

(TTO\X>/
of a long
way
Ki. 19:7; of a great
PUAL (denom. from n ??"l), into myriads, Ps. 144:13.
part, to be
multiplied
Num. 11:33;
grievous sin, Psalm 19 114; of the manifold lovingkindness of God, Psa. 31:20; of continued attention
Derivatives, 3n, H31, 31, fiaTl, bn, the pr. n. rv -n, Djjanj, nân.
Q33-l, and
(compare 7roXX)
i.
triyh),
Isaiah 21:7.
:
Specially
(a)
PI. D^H the q. powerful, Psa. 48 3; Isa. 63: 1. mighty, Job 35:9; Isa. 53:12. (b) elder, Gen. 25: PI. D ?! the old, Job 32 9. 23. (c) subst. a great
11
often used for a very large
a myriad, ten thousand, Jud. 20: 10; number, Gen. 24:60; PL n'1331 myriads, l Sa. 18:8; comCant. 5:10. monly used of any very large number, Psalm 3:7; Deut. 33:17.
i"Q^n
f.
man, leader, i.q. "!', especially in the later Hebrew, e. g. D'HSB 11 c hief of the body guard, 2 Ki. 25 8
: ;
D'Dnp 3T chief of the eunuchs, Dan. 1:3; Esth. 1 8. (d) a master, one who is skilled in any art, skilful, Prov. 26: 10. Compare Talmud. 3T doctor, ex:
A BED, or COUCH, i. q. T (l) TO SPREAD whence Pro. D'ÎP (Beth without Dagesh 10") 7:16;
lene).
(2)
i.
q.
Arab. Jaj. to bind; whence *V3T collar

49
DCCLIV
J
fut.
H3T
apoc.
3T and
inf.
3T,?
imp. nT]
plur.
Derivatives, nans?,
nsnp, r3T9,
are formed from the INcognate verb 33"i). (i) TO BE MULTIPLIED, CREASED, Gen. 1:22, 28; 9:1, 7; Exod. l:2O; and
t3T;
part.
(pret.
H3T
and
Chald.
to
to
PAEL,
make
become great, Dan. 4:8, 19. great, exalt, Dan. 2:48.
often;
to be
(2)
(a) to
many, to be numerous, Ps. 139:18. become great, l Sam. 14:30; to beH
Derivative,
^3"].
come greater, Deu. 30: 16; hence to grow up, Gen. 81 20, HB*J5 !">3/l HM "and he became, when he grew
:
] prop, "capital city," Syr. J>kji$, hence (i) of the capital [Kabbah, Rabbatli], pr. n.
^^ j
up, an archer." Vulg.factusque estjuvenis Sagittarius. (b) to be great, Gen. 43:34; also to be mighty,
Job 33:12; Prov. 29
2.
PIEL H3~! (l) to multiply, an ace., Jud. 9:29. Absol. to
increase; with make much, i.e. to

to
of the Ammonites, 2 Samuel 1 1 l ; 12:27; 13:25; i Chron. 2O:i; Jerem. 49:3 (not T33 nST Deu. Ps. 1 10 6) fully ]ie 3:11; Gr. Phila5 &at in and also Abulfeda, present ^.U^c delphia,
city
:
Josh.
D^T^P?
Acquire much, to increase one's substance (compare na-in NO. i, d. nfe>y NO. 2, d). Psa. 44: 13, n3i *6 " thou hast not much
(Tab. Syriae, p. 91), compare as to its ruins, Seetzen in v. Zach's Monatl. Correspond., xviii. p. 429; and
gained
by
selling
them," i. e. thou hast sold them fora small price; or, " thou hast not increased," sc. thy wealth (comp.
Pro. 22:16).
Burckhardt, Travels in Syria, p.6i2 618; compare p. 1062, Germ. ed. (2) of a town in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:60
'3
J
f.
(for niS"), the letter
n being
cast
away, Syr.
(a)
Arab.
to
bring up, Eze. 19:2: Lam. 2: 22 (Syr. vjO,

,
^
(
1
id).
fut.
""13"!!;
<Xii), Jon. 4:11; i Ch. 29: 7 ; and &02") (with the addition of X, Hebr. Gramm. 25:2, note 3), Ezra
HIPHIL
inf. abs.
~13~]n;
")D
" I3
apoc. 3^*; imp. apoc. 3"H;

this
and H3"|n (but

constr. ni2"in
form
to
is
always used
or
adverbially);
inf.
(i)
make
do
2:64; Neh. 7:66, a myriad, i. q. i~"nzn; but only found in the later writers. Dual Q?ni3"] two myriads, Psalm 68:18. PI. nisai Dan. 1 1 1 2 contr. niS3-|
:
much, Gen. 3:16;

1
(a) followed by an and gerund, often for adv. much. 1 Sam. 1:12, '.rÔ" ? ""?"!'!' "she prayed much;" Ex. 36:5; Ps. 78:38; Am. 4:4; 2Ki. 21:6, jn,n nVe$ nsnn "he
Tsa. 23: 16.
Ezr. 2 69
:
and
ni3~)
id.
Neh. 7:71.
Plur. ?J3n (Syr.
13"! Chaldee
Jar^) np 1?3-
myriads,
^3
j
DJUI. 7: 10.
did
2 3.
:
much
evil;" also followed

inf.
by a
is
finite
verb,
Sa.
Chald. emphat. st.SHWl
magnitude, great-
Hence
absolj
'"I3"in
often used for adv.
ness, Dan. 4 519, 33; 5:18.
in doing
much (more rarely ni3~irt Am. 4:9; Prov. 25:27); Eccl. 5:11; 2 Sam. 1:4; Txp nsi.n very much, Neh. 2:2; 3:33; also with substantives, 2 Sa. 8:8, 1KP ninn ntrnj "very much brass." 2 Sam. " 12:2; i Ki. 5:9; Gen. 15:1, "IP nan.n TO'^ thy
reward shall be very much "(exceeding great); with nsnnV id., Neh. 5:1,8. Also to plur. i Ki. 10:11. multiply, to increase. Prov. 22: 16, i ? n*13"in "to
1
H13"! see
13")
a myriad.
-3^) showers, from
:
C 33
j
plur. (from the root
the multitude of drops, Deut. 32
2.
Arab.
_^>
plenty of water.
*^3"1 No.
2,
rn. neck-chain, collar, from the root T31 Eze. 16: 11; Gen. 41:42.
f.
1
increase
(b) to
(riches) to him;" followed bv ? IIos. 10: 1. give much; for the fuller fir6 HST! Exod. 30:15. Oppos. to B'ypn and on the other hand followed (c) by ?y_ to lay much upon any one; for DVJ9 n3"in; Gen. 34: 12. the fuller (d) to have much; prop, to make, to produce much. Compare Levit. 11:42, D??3.T H31P Hebr. Gramm. 52", 2. having many feet, l Ch. 7:4, D'33-l D'CO -13l'n "they had many wives and sons;" iChron. 4:27; 8:40;
T3"l
four).
D" ^?"! '32
ration, i.e.
fourth (from V3-|, y3>N} children of the fourth, sc. genethe children of great grand children, 2 KL
JVJT3/1 also
JVr- ordinal adj.
10:30; 15:12. Fern. part, Ex. 29:40.
a subst. a fourth
T3""l
f.
N,T 3 1 Chald.
id.,
Dan. 2:40; 7:23
n'3"l ("multitude"),
town
[ifriftftftA], pr.n. ot in the tribe of Issaclu.r, Josh. 19:20.

J
(2)
to
make
great.
Job 34: 37, "he makes

God,"
i.
Psa. 18:36; lChr.4:io; large his words against
;|3
(Arab.
in part. Hophal, Levit.
TO MINGLE, TO DIP (as bread intc c>il>, 6:14; 7:12; l Chr. 23:29
e.
he speaks impiously (see 3T Chald.).
DCCLV
S
'
rn-nn
an unused
fertile, to
root,
Arab.
Jj
to be abundant,
abound.
Hence
"P51
at the northern
("fertility"), [XiblaK], pr. n. of a town border of Palestine, in the land of
in wait, poet, spoken of the lion), Gen. .joi, a Her " if thou doest not well (and indulgest in secret 4:7, hatred) P3'"l HK^n nriSp sin will be the Her in wait at the door," i. e. sin will always lie in wait for thee, like
P?~l in this passage put substantively, and liriKoivuc does not agree in 144, gender with ntftsn, compare Hebr. Gramm.
Hamath, which the Babylonians, both in their incursions and in returning, were accustomed to pass. Traces of it which were previously unknown, appear to me to be found in the town JReblah, situated eight
[forty] miles south of Hamath, on the Orontes, mentioned by Buckingham (Travels among the Arab 2 Ki. tribes, London, 1825, iv. p. 481), Num. 34: 1 1 23:33; 25:6; Jer. 39:5; 52:10.
;
a wild beast, lying at thy door.

is
note
is
2.
As
to the sense,
compare
Ps. 37:8.
(b) it
and securely, Job to waters Isa. 14:30; resting on the bosom of 11:19; the earth, Gen. 49:25; to a curse which rests upon
applied to
living tranquilly
men
any one, Deu. 29:

HIPHIL
to
19.
(i)
to
make (a flock)
Isa.
to
lie
down, Cant
J/-J I (l) q. Y1~l TO LIE DOWN, y and X being interchanged, see V?"} No. l. (2) to lie with any one, followed by an ace. used
I.
i.
1:7; men, Eze. 34:15;

(2)
13:20.
lay stones in stibium, as a cement, Isaiah

P?"!'?,
54:n.
Derivatives
of bestiality, Lev. 18:23; 20:16. HIPHIL, to cause or suffer
and
to
gender, Levit.
II.
four.
'28: 16.
Part.
denom. from yy\ (with N prosthet. y?")K) pass. JJ-12"! foursquare, Exod. 27:1;
id., i
3*| m. [with suflf. ^?~!] (O a couching place offlocks, of beasts, Isa. 35 -.7; 65:10; Jer. 50: 6. Pro. 24: 15. (2) a quiet domicile (of men).
Part. Pu. y3->$

).
Ki. 7:31.
: ;
pJ
bind
an unused
root,
Arab. (Jpj
to tie firmly, to
fast, especially
an animal. Hence P.?^P and

" a
m. with suff. *J!?") lying down, Ps. 1 39 3 I. from the root W3 No. i.
II.
HDÎ
(Arab. <&Uj
a fourth 31 (from JT four) (l) part, Ex. 29:40. Hence (2) a side (one of four sides), Ezek. 1:8,17;
t3:i7(3) [Rebah~\, pr. n. of a king of the Midianites, Nu. 31:8; Josh. 13:21.
unfit as the
name
of a gir)
rope with a noose," not who ensnares men by her
the wife of Isaac, beauty), \_Rebekali], Rebecca,
Gen. 22:23; 24:15, seqq.
?!?1
see 3-1 Ch.
P"]31 m. Ch. only in pi. I^rn?"] nobles, princes, Dan. 4:33; 5:1, seqq.; 6: 18.
KO"! (Aram. JJL* _> "chief of
bearers"), \_Rabshakeli], Sennacherib, 2 Ki. 18:17; Isa. 36:2.
pr. n.
m. a fourth part.
Nu. 23:
Israel,"
10,
"
who
shall
number
it
compare
TO riraproy,
id. 2X1.6:25; fourth part of Apoc. 6:8. The He-
_j
the
the
cup-
of a captain of
brew interpreters render

hence progeny.
concubitus(see
jn^No. 1, 2),
only in pi. D^sH great grandson's children, c/iildren of the fourth generation, Exodus
*O'6'i
"51
f\
an unused
root, cognate to
pr. n. 3^")^,
D3T to heap up
stones, clods;
-
whence
and
34 7i compare
:
LIE
pyj, Arab, (compare VY}) TO DOWN, TO RECLINE, prop, (as well remarked by Simonis)used of quadrupeds, which lie on their breasts with their feet gathered under them, Gen. 29:2; 49:9; Nu. 22:27; Isa. 11:6; 13: 21 527:10; Zeph.
fut.
^j
P1 const. '33"! a clod. Job 21:33, "the clods of the valley are sweet unto him," i. e. the Job 38 38, -1P3T earth is light upon him. ?^ " and the clods cleave fast together," adhere. (if)
:
11
.-
fut.
T3T TO BE MOVED, DISTURBED, 2 Sam.

the primary stock
1
7:10;
plied
Isa.
14:9.
J3 !,
29:3; once used of a bird brooding over her young, Deu. 22 6. (a) used of a Specially
2: 14; Eze.
:
lies in
(This signification variously ap3"l, jn, and even iT\

}
compare
V3T.,
EOT; 2rn Dn"l and see below at

this
beast of prey lying in wait (Arab. ..&.
id., ,.<sju
agree Sanscr. rag to move and oneself, figuratively raga, Gr. opyn, anger, grief.
the root VJH-
To
-m-in
(/5jyw),
DCCLVI
Germ,
regen/
oiv-wn
;
and with another letter

(fregi,
added at the beginning, frango

etc.
fragor)
frad)en/
Sam. 10:3, etc. Part. ^HP spy, an explorer, Gen. 42:9, seq.; Joih. 6:42.
Jud. 18: 2, 14, 17
t
which is a sibilant, approach very nearly K'J'ljK'y'l, which see.) Specially (1) to be moved with anger, to be angry, Prov. 29:9; Isa. 28:21; followed by ? against any one,
this root, the last letter of
p
To
-.,
TIPHEL
73-jPl
i.
q.
Syr.^^,!.*
to
<<jacA <o
(70, to
lead (children)
-
by
the hand, Hos. 11:3.
Eze. 16:43.
(2)
to be
Compare Hithpael.
(Syr.
moved
fear, to
Jî
id.)
with
l. grief, 2 Sa. 19:
(3) with
Ps. 4:5;
tremble,
;
to
quake; Arab.!-,-,
by \3?P on account of any thing, Deut. 2:25; Isa. 64:1. Also used of inanimate things, Joel 2:lO; Isaiah 5:25; 1'sa. 18:8; Mic. 7:17, nnp-||psp -ITrf. "they shall
Isaiah 32: 10, 11
followed
diial (also for the pi. Lev. '?"! f wit* 1 suff 11:23,42) Q?^n, const. *5?jn, comm. (m. Pro. l:l6; 7:11; Jer. 13:16), pi. D^?1 signif. 2. (1) A FOOT (a primitive noun, but from the primary and bisyllabic stock rag, to move, see under T3/J), and specially, the foot strictly, below the legs and ancles see Dan. 2 33. Notice should be taken
-
Â
of the following phrases:
'Q \??13 in the (a) to be
tremble out of their hiding-place," i.e. they shall go out trembling from their hiding-places to give themselves up to the victors.
'4) for joy, Jer.
feet (footsteps) of any one, i. e. to follow after him, Exod. 11:8; Jud-4:lO; 5:15; 8:5; 18301.25:27:
2 Sa. 15: 17.
(Arab.
Jl
,j in the footstep,
'D
i.
q. j^*..
33:9.
behind.)
(i) hrf?
Gen. 30:30, and
move, to disturb, to disquiet; followed by an ace. i Sam. 28: 15; followed by 7 Jer.
(i)
to
HIPHIL
any one, after any one, Hab. 3:5 (opp.

l
ty~f? to VJB?);
behind
50:34(2) (3)
to
provoke to anger, to irritate, Job 12:6. to cause to fear, to make tremble, Isaiah
14:16; 23:11; inanimate things, Isaiah 13:13; Job

9:6-
25:42; Job 18: 11. (Syr. > U<sl^ id.) (c) n '.?").? i??'? Deu. 11 10, to water with the foot, i.e. to irrigate land with a machine worked by the feet, such as is now iised in Egypt in watering gardens,
Sa.
:
see Philo,
to act with anger, tumultuous; by ?X against any one, Isa. 37 28, 29.
to be
:
De
Confusione Linguar.
i.
torn.
iii.
p.
330, ed.
(d) *D\C
HITHPAEL,
followed
Pfeiffer,
and Niebuhr's Trav. P.
page 149.
:
Derivatives^ Tan. Tp,
Bv3! water of the feet, Isa. 36: 12 np, a euphemism for urine (compare Eze. 7:17521 12); like the Syr
and simply jJoo; and in like manner JJ^j? l*Ô, hair of the feet, used for the hair of the pudenda,
7 20.
:
W"] Chald. to be angry. Aph. voke to anger, Ezr. 5:12. W"l Chald. anger, Dan. 3:13.
to
irritate,
to
pro-
(e)
IjH masc., trembling, Deut. 28:65; see the root No. 3.

W"^ m.
17, 26;
No attention however is to be paid to the that QV}"] is to be absolutely understood of opinion the pudenda, as in Isa. 6:2; Ex. 4:25.
Isa.
(l)
commotion, perturbation, Job

g.
:
nsspsn T T
3:
Gen. 33: 14, /$'}? (2) metaph. step, gait, pace. " at the rate of the pace of the cattle," i. e. r
i
14:1; Isa. 14:3. (2) tumult, raging, e. of thunder, Job 37 2.

:
as the cattle can go.
Hence
pi.
of a horse, Job 39 24
of the foot, times, like

;
D'?
HPfjC.
Ev- "] steps, beati No. 3, Exod. 83:14,

1
Nu. 22:28, 22, 33.

Derivatives, 7*3,
(3) anger, Hab. 3:2.
fo
f.
I"!
f-
trepidation, trembling, Eze. 12: 18.
'^! afoot.
&
(see however Dan. 2:41 3'ro), Dual P.^l, emphat. KT ^p Dan. 2:41 57:7.
'3*1 Ch.
'^1 pr. to move the feet, to go, to tread (denom. from ?3j cogn. to ??"}), specially (l) to go about, to calumniate and slander; hence
V<n
military sense, Ex.
m. (denom. from 7.f3), footman, always in a 1 2 37 Nu. 11:21. PI. DV Jer.

:
calumniate, Ps. 15:3. (a) to tread upon garments which are to be washed and cleansed from dirt; hence 7.3"> a washer, a fuller.
to
12:5. (Arab.
id.,
cogn. to
J-,
a man;
Syriac
and D^fX PIEL, i. q. Kal, to go about (a) to calumniate, Sa. 19:28; followed by ? of pers. (b) in order to explore ;to(Zflore; followed by an ace. Josh. 14:7;
See the
pr. n. ^'l
B'7?\"P lace
(l) TO
of fullers"), [Rogelim], pr.a,
of a town in Gilead, a Sa. 17:97; 19:39

T
BBINO TOGETHER TO HEAP OJ
DCCLVII
pr.
TO PILE,
i.q.
Arab. J"
and
VIII. to be piled
roots D3, DD, Dy, up, brought together (kindred to the as to which see under the verbs DDJ, DOy); whence
nop; also, to join together (compare Arabic Qjn a friend). Specially

to
return; Êth. tflQ'. to contract, to coagulate as milk; and as to the sense |33, nK3, KBJ3). Job 7:5, JT. nil DKIS'1 "my skin contracts (sometimes draws toge" ther and heals) and again breaks out." my SJT. skin is contracted."
(3) i.q. Arab.
fied), also
^->-
,,
(2) to pile up stones (see noan.0), to cast stones, stone. (Ch. D3~] to cast dust, stones, or arrows.)
used of a tremulous motion of the eye,

i.q.
^s c_
to
tremble
(pr.
to
be
territo
wink;
see Hiph.
(a) followed by ?y of pers. to stone to death. Eze. 2 3 47) 13?? B? j?S.'O3n "they shall stone them with 3 of pers. Lev. 24: 16; and stones." (b) followed by
:
NIPHAL,
and the noun Kal No. 2, to
^2^be still (used
of a
sword), Jer. 47:6. HIPHIL (1) causat. of Kal
No.
2,
to
still,
to
with the addition of |3X i Ki. 12: 18. (c) followed by ace. of pers. Lev. 20:2, 27; frequently with J3N3 ibid.; B'??X3 Nu. 14:10; or J3K Lev. 24:23. (3) to lay on colours, to daub anything, to colour, to paint, i.q. B"J, a sense derived from that of throwing, as we speak of throwing anything upon paper, and the first sketch of a painter is called in
make
still, to
give rest
50:34;
also for to set, to

D'>?y
51:4, S'n
[judgment] for a light of the nations."

(2) intrans. to rest,
to
'PS^
a people), Jer. 31:2; found, to establish. Isa. " I will set law
(to
my
dwell quietly, Deuteron.

3,
28:65;
(3)
Isa.
to
34:14. wink, with the eye, see Kal No.

Xn.X.
i.
Jerem.
German
purple.
@ntn?ui'f.
Hence Joans a precious
colour,
49: 19,
ny^lS 3
" I will
wink,
I will
make
him run,"
similar figure, from D3n, in the signification
By a
50:44.
i.
he shall run away at my wink. Jer. " while I Prov. 12:19, "JTr^S wink,"
e.
of throwing, comes D.anri prop, to set over, across hence to translate from one lan(uberfefccn) a river;
e. for
a moment.
[Derivatives, IH3"1D,
Oppos. to "1J?? for ever. n and the two following

y3"]P
guage
to another, to interpret.
}
words.]
fTOjn
[signif. 2,
noanp];
Derivatives, from signif. l, D3n signif. 3, loans, nann.

(i.q.
5^1
Kal No.
acU-
[pi-
const. *S?"!], quiet, resting,
see
2, Ps.
35:20.
En
8:47.
Arabic *y?j "friend

l),
(sc.)
of God,"
Vr") m. pr. a wink, hence a

see
moment
of time,
compare the root No.
[Regern],
pr. n.
m.
Chr.
^D
'"''pr"!
DJl ("friend
f-
of the
king"), \Regem68:28.
Kal No. 3 (like momentum for movimentum), Ex. 33:5; Isa. 54:7. yn? Job 21: 13; ^.3 Ps. 73: 19; Lam. 4:6, and y?7 Jb 34:2O, in a moment, sud-
melecli], pr. n. m. Zee. 7:2.
band, company,
Ps.
denly, instantly. V^ Byrp3 in a little moment, Isa. 26:20; Ezr. 9:8. D^V]? (a) every moment, as often as possible, Job 7:18; Isa. 27:3. (b) suddenly, Eze. 26: 16.
T
jj
TO
MURMUR,
Isa.
tumacious,
TO REPINE; hence to be con29:24. (This root is not found in
(kindred
to
the root BJTl) TO RAGE,
Ti
the cognate languages. cognate; see under T3n.)
The verbs
CDJH,
Qnn, are
l -.27;
MAKE A TUMULT,
used of the nations, Ps. 2:1.
(In
Targg. for the Heb. HDn.)

pers. Deut.
Hence Pfi,
HB^JT.
NIPHAL,
id.
followed
by ? of
Ps.
^"1
12, l6.
Bfo"l
Ch.
to
i.
106:25.
(l) TO
q.
Heb.
6:7,
APHEL,
run together with tumult, Dan.
TERRIFY,
especially TO
RESTRAIN
BY THREATENING. Isa. 51 M5, V'j5| -IDH.'! CDjn yr> "restrain ing the sea when the waves rage." (LXX.
Job well, raoaoro-wv; Targ. rebuking.) Jer. 31:35; 26:12, D'? y?"3 inb? "by his power he rebuked the
sea," (in the other
m. Psalm 55:15, and

(of people).
HET]
f.
Psalm 64:^
crowd
l[
l
hemistich,
pride").
"
striketh through 106:9; Nab. 1:4.

(2) intrans.
to
its
by his wisdom he Compare "H?3 Psalm

to
TO SPREAD, TO PROSTRATE on the gTOUfld, subdue e. g. peoples, Ps. 1 44 2 Isa. 45 1 where the inf. is "H, for "">. Compare cogn. '"inn. HIPHIL, to extend, to spread out, hence to over-
hence
to
be
af-aid, terrified,
to be still
shrink
?-. to
together for fear,
(compare
lay with gold, l Ki. 6:32. Derivatives, Tin, and pr.
n.
*T1
nn-rm
fut.
DCCLVIII
apoc.
am-rrr.
\i\ fut.
^TH'.
(i) TO
TREAD
(with the
(l) TO
FOLLOW AFTEU earnestly
feet),
e.g.
a wine-press, Joel 4: IS; followed by ?
on any person, Ps. 49: 15. 3 Gen. (2) to subdue, to rule over, followed by and ace. Eze. Ps. 1:28; Lev.26:i7; 34:4; 68:28; Tsa. 14:6; absol.Nu. 24:19; 1X1.5:4. Poet, used of ravaging fire, Lam. 1:13," from on high he hath sent fire into my bones H3TJM and it ravageth in
I
'
TO PURSUE; followed by an ace., Ps. 23:6; and *in Jud. 3:28, nn T} "follow after me quickly/
Figuratively
to
follow after, e.g.
righteousness, Pro.
compare )>j of a ravaging fire, Barhebr. p. Jeremiah 5:31, " the prophets prophesy lies 216). Dnn^J? ITV tfpqani and the priests rule by their In this place ""HT may be taken in the guidance." Syriac sense to teach, a notion which arises from
theu.
f
21:21; peace, Psalm 34: 15 (also wickedness, Psalm 119:150); the wind, Hos. 12:2. (2) to persecute in a hostile sense; Absol. Geu. 14:14; followed by an ace., verse 15; followed by Jud. 7:25; , Job "H.nX Gen. 35:5; Exod. 14:4;
19:28.
to put to flight, Lev. 26:36. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal, Lam. 5:5. Part. ^T?? Eccl. 3: 15, that which is past ; pr. driven away, chased
(3)
that of correction (compare IP?, TraiSevfiv), although the priests rarely exercised the office of teachers
away.
Kal; but only used in poetry. (l) to Pro. 12:11; one, 28:19; justice, follow after any Pro. 15:9; 19 7, "he pursues words," i.e. (the poor
PIEL,
i.
q.
[which was however part of their duty].

(3) Figuratively,
possession of (as
possess oneself of, to take honey from a hive). Jud. 14:9.

to
man)
catches at the words of retiring friends, and
LXX.
Ch. HD3 tore away. Vulg. sumpsit. The Talmudists use this word for taking bread out
ttl\e.
q.
trusts in them.
(2) to
persecute
to be
in a hostile
manner, Nah. scattered,
:8;
of an oven.
Prov. 13:21.
["PiEL, i. Jud. 5: 13."]
Kal,
to
break up,
:
to
tread upon,
PUAL,
17:13.
driven away,
to be
Is*.
HIPHIL, causat. of No. 2, Isa. 41

[Derivative,
HIPHIL,
2.
to
pursue, Jud. 20:43.
Derivative,
| (i) TO RAGE, TO BE FIERCE; followed by act fiercely against any one, Isaiah 3:5 (Syr.
T?P-]
pr. n.
^T! ("subduing"), [Raddai],

8:14.
m.
Ch.
to
OCTl
m. (from the root "H"}), a wide and thin female garment, a cloak, Isai. 3:23; Cant. 5:7. (Chald and Syr. id.)
*^"?"3
to rage; kindred to the roots EHl, DJTl, and others beginning with m, JH, 31 see under T?"}). Hence to jiress upon, to urge on ; followed by sin ace.,
Prov. 6:3, Tip. 30"! " be

(2)
to
urgent on
i.
thy friend."
HEAVILY, an onomatop. word.
not used in Kal, pr. TO SNORE, TO SLEEP Compare Gr. Sap-
tremble,
to
to
fear,
q.
Arab. ^_jj>, Isaiah
60:5 (according
with "ins.
some
copies),
where
it
is
joined
PR.
0aru, SfpOui (to snore), and the Lat. dormio. NIPHAL DTP. (i) to sleep heavily, Proverbs 10:5; Jon. 1:5,6.
(2) to fall
Ps. 76:7.
HIPHIL
The common reading is 3H^. (i) to render fierce, courageous,
138:3(2)
tc
down astounded,
Dan. 8: 18; 10:9;
Compare Jud. 4:21.
Derivatives, 3D"),
press greatly, Cant. 6:5. 2n'"l and

.
Derivative,
l 7 (and Gen. 10:4, Sam. and LXX. Heb. text is D'JT'I), pr. n. of a Greek nation (sprung from Javan) who are joined with the 1
:
ni m
[plur. WliTf],
proud, fierce,
Ps. 40:5.
Ch.
where
in the
"1 m. (l)fierccness, insolence, pride. Job 9:13, 3rn Hfy "proud helpers;" used figuratively
of the sea, Job 26
1 2.
Cyprians (0^3). dians are meant,
have no doubt that the Rhoare described as being of the
who
same
origin as the Cyprians, and as comprehended under the same name of Chitta by Epiphanius, who washimtelfa Cyprian (Adv. Hteret. 30, 25). [In
(2) [Rahab'],.* poetical name of Egypt (probably of Egyptian origin, but accommodated to the Hebrew however, no one has yet shewn a probable
language;
etymology in the Coptic language; see Jublonskii Psa. 87:4; Opuscc. ed. te Water, i. 228), Isa. 51.9;
89:11. Isa. 30:7, allusion is made to the Ili'brew rQB' on 3 rn" insolence etymology in these words,
Thes., Gea. considers that D'JT' that the Dardanians
ud
is the true reading, (Trojans) are meant.!

1
rn-r-rim
DCCLIX
rm-n-n
(i.e. the insolen;) they sit still," i. e. boasting and grandiloquent, they are altogether inactive no doubt
;
& proverbial expression.
j!~n m., pride; and meton. that of which one

proud, Ps. 90:10.
is
Tin and it fchaU be when thou shalt go free, that thou mayest break his yoke from off thy neck." Used of one driven up and down by cares and solicitudes, Ps. 55 3.
:
Derivatives,
I
DHIIpj and
pr. n. "ÎK.
JlJ whence
an unused root;
Arab,
-^j
to cry out;
DRINK LARGELY, TO BE SATISFIED J J TO WITH DRINK (like y?K* tc be satisfied with food);
once with fatness (which
is
drunk and sucked

(Aram. Jo$
to
iu
<"l-jrn (
7:34
'
'~ip;
T
outcry"), [RohgaK], for which a'ro '"iJCp"

1.
pr. n. m., l
Chron.
rather than eaten), Psa. 36:9.
be
'V
a spurious root,
|
Isa.
44:8; see
ÎJ.
;
LJM
to
an unused root;
i.q.
run,
to
flow
(as water);
compare
Aram. Ern v JCTl==f n let. n. Hence
Followed by an ace. Ps. 36:0, and JP of the thing, Jer. 46:10, see Hiphil. Poet, it is applied to a sword drinking in blood, ibid., to persona satisfied with sexual pleasures, Prov. 7:18.
drunken.)
PIEL (i) i. q. Kal, but intens. to be fully satiated, or irrigated (of the earth), Isa. 34:7, followed by IP; also to be drunken, said of a sword
(see Syr.), ibid, verse 5.
"TH m.
pi. D^pH")
(l) watering troughs, Gen.
30:38,41; Ex. 2:16.

their flowing
12
(2) ringlets, curls, apparently so called from down, Cant. 7 6.

:
n~l m-j carved or fretted ceiling, so called from the holkws in it like troughs (compare LXX.
fields,
^VP"
(2) causat. to give to drink, to irrigate, e. g. Ps. 65:11; followed by two ace. Isa. 16:9, " I will water 1
.
^.p^
thee with
my
tears."
from âri'/, a manger). Cant. 1:17 np, "P'rn; a few MSS. have the p!ur. Vulg. In a'ro there is D'p^rn which see. laquearia.
<j>aTyw/j.u
"=]}'.,!??,
W]
being transposed for T/11K (see Lehrg. p. 143); also to satiate any one with fat (followed by two ace.), Jerem. 31:14; sexually, Prov.
the letters
5:9HIPHIL,
to
ij
an unused
the signification 3iTV also larly to the cognate words, DJH,
which seems to have had of making a noise, raging, simiroot,

"""?'?>
give to drink,
to
water,
Jer.
31:25;
Lam. 3: 15; a field, Jer. 55: 10; to satiate (with fat), Isa. 43:24 (compare Ps. 36:9; Jer. 31 14).
:
Hence a;72, Arab.

0???^-
*'.i>
multitude, in the pr.

it
name
that,
Derivatives,
!
fPJ"),
and
From
that lost form

letters,
appears to
me
m.
adj.
satiated with drink, Deut. 29:18;

Isa.
by softening the
Arab,
i
have sprung both
QSw
and
watered, of a garden,
see
58: 11
Jer. 31
12.
oo multitude.
J
P.
n-11,
Ch. (for ^"|) appearance, Dan. 3:25, from

nfcjh.
cognate to
prop. TO BE
AIRY
(luftig);
the Hebr. root

i.q.
hence
to
y~\
to
strive,
contend.
Traces of
the root, Med. Vav, are found in the pr. n. ?^?T,
spacious, ample, loose. Impers. Y~rnv it is spacious to me, i. e. I breathe, I am refreshed, Job 32:20; i Sa. 16:23. Opp. to Y" ">.
to be
PUAL nj^D airy, spacious,

nJ7
Jer. 22:14.
Hence
and
(i)
/o
i.
q-
Arab.
J>
TO
WANDER ABOUT,
RAMBLE,
specially used of beasts which have
broken the yoke, and wander freely; also to enquire after, to seek (by running about), Conj. III., IV. to desire, to wish. Hence used of a people who, having, as it were, broken God's yoke, go on unbridled, Jer. 4:31; Hos. L3:l,krOS TJ 1W rrpnj "Judah acts unreinedly towards God."
(a) to fellow after, like the Êthiop. tftfCi see
j^ m. (i) space, Gen. 32:17. liberation from relaxation, (2)

4:14.
distress,
Esth
not used in Kal, TO BREATHE, TO BLOW, especially with the nostrils (an cnomatopoet. root,
I
Ml
like the cogn. H-IS to blow, especially with the
mouth,
and
to
n-13
prop, to respire.
ftcf)
Arab.
\.
to rest, prop.
respire,
oerfdmcmben.
is
In the Germanic lanthe old root

1
HIPUIL,
q.
Kal No.
i,
Gen. 27 140,
t-
IT;
guages, in the same sense
tjucl /
on -nn
whence Allem.
n-in
hngi,
DCCLX
Swed. hugh
nn
th6 four quarters of heaven, 37 : 9 ;
Isa.
l
= nn spirit, Germ.
done by draw:
r-linn yai
Ch
9:24.
(riedjen), to
smell
(as is
(bb) of
ing the air in and out through the nostrils, burd) (Sin* un& tfuSjic^n ber Suft), followed by an ace. Gen. 8 2 1 ;
nn nin vain words, Job 16:3. nn J1JH vaU knowledge, 15:2; nn n-ljn, fl'jn vain desire (comp.
2:ll.
Gr. aipa Tvirrtir,
II.
any thing vain,
2<):l8; 41:29;
Mia
Metaph. brought near), Jud. 16:9; to presage (as a horse, the battle, which, howFolever, in fact, is through scent), Job 39:25. lowed by 3 to smell with pleasure, to be pleased
:
$7 a 7-
for to feel (fire
xx. 44î
'C (i-ipa XoXeti', 1
Cor.
14:9), see n-iyn, fvjp.

(2) i. q. B>B3 No. 2, ^vx/J, anima, breath, life, the vital principle, which shews itself in the breathing of the mouth and nostrils (see No. l, a, b, whether
jith 'he smell of any thing, Ex. 30:38; Lev. 26: 31; nence, generally, to delight in, Ain. 5:21; Isa. 11:3, T: n *7:3 tann "his delight shall be in the
fear of Jehovah."
of
men
is
there
The
to
signification
of a
sweet
or of beasts, Ecc. 3:21 8:8; 12:7. Hence said 'nn \*n the life of my spirit (my life), Isa.
;
smell is often applied which we are delighted, Derivatives, nn, and

fern, (moi-e
that
which
nJTj).
pleases, with
see
D^S,
pr. n. 'W?.,
l
and
1
especially
1), pi.
Gen. 45:27; and 'nn n}B> my Jud. 15:1951 Sa 30:12, i.e. j 13 nn pK " there is no spirit in it," prop, revive. said of dead and inanimate things, Eze. 37:8; Hah
38:16; 'nn
mvn
spirit, life, returns,
rarely m.,
Ki. 19:
ni
breath breath (a) of the mouth, aud) beg SKunbeS/ fully, H9 nn Psa. 33:6 (here spoken of the creative word of God), Djns'^ nn Isa. 11:4. Hence used of any thing quickly perishing, like syn. ?3n Job 7:7; Ps.
(l) spirit,
2-: 19; and metaph. used of any one stiipified with Someastonishment and admiration, l Kings 10:5. times the human spirit is called also iHV? nn Job
27:3, as being breathed into man by God, and returning to him, Gen. 2:7; Ecc. 12:7; Psa. 104:29; comp. Nu. 16: 22. Twice in prophetic visions, spirit
is used of a certain divine and miraculous power bj which things otherwise inanimate are moved, Eze. 10:17; Zee. 5:9. [These passages do not apply; the Spirit of God is spoken of in the one, and the wind in the other.] (3) animus, i. q. '? No 3, the rational mind or
Often used of the vital spirit (tftfycm), 78:39. rvn Job 17:1; 19:17; Ps. 135:17; more fully, Gen. 6:17; 7 15, 22. nn 3t5>n to return the breath,
Dn
to respire,
Job 9:18; compare No. 2. breath of the nostrils, snuffing, snorting, Job (b) Psa. 18:16; Hence a nger (compare *)&? from 4.: 9;
to breathe), Jud.
spirit
*\}X
8:3;
Isa.
25:4; 30:28; Zee.
6:8; Pro. 16:32; 29:11. (c) breath of air, air in motion, i.e. breeze, Job 41:8; nn C|Xt? to snuff up the breeze, Jer. 2:24; 10:14; 14:6; D'Vn nn the breeze of the day, i.e. the evening, when a cooler breeze blows, Gen. 3:8; s -compare Cant. 2: 17; 4:6 (Arab. J.^ evening, _!
,
(a) as the seat of tie senses, affections, and Pro. 25:28, "a man emotions of various kinds. who does not rule inn his affections," or spirit,
8, "his mind was agitated," hither and Dan. thither; 2:1; to this is ascribed both patience (nn IPX Ecc. 7:8) and impatience (nn TSp which
Genesis 41:
see);
and fear
(Isa.
61 :3); and strength of the mind

:
do at evening). It is more often the wind, Gen. 8:1; Isa. 7:2; 41:16; a storm, Job 1:19; 30:15; Isa. 27 8 32 2. The air was supposed to be put in motion by a divine breath (see Exod. 15:8; Job 15:30), and therefore the wind is called D*n?g nn
to
: ; :
Isa. 19:3); comp. Hub. l 1 1 and pride (nn H33, H3|), and a quiet lowly mind (see T? and ??&?), affliction, Gen. 26:35; ^ sa 65: 14; Psa.
(Josh. 2: ll;
5:1;
34:
9-
(b) as to the
mode of thinking and acting,

is
in
which sense there

fast
attributed to
any one a stead-
the blast of God, l Ki.
40:7; No. 4)
59:9; Eze-3:i4;
[it is clear that all
18:12; 2Ki.2:i6; Isaiah ll :24 (not Gen. 1:2; see

these passages alike speak
of the Spirit of
supposed to
God himself, and not of any wind be moved by the breath of God]. Wings
: :
ne poetically ascribed to the wind, Ps. 1 8 1 1 ; 1 04 3 ; Hos. 4: 19; compare Ovid, Met., i. 264. Wind is also used (TO) of a quarter of heaven. Compare D'li^L1 nn eastern quarter, Eze. 42:16, 17; th'. comp. 18,19;
51:12); manly (Pro. 18:14); faithful new and better, Ezek. 11:19; 18:31, etc. It is sometimes used of a spirit or disposition common to many, as D^J-UJ nn (proctfl ber $ureret)), IIos. 4:12; pensio ad scortationes, nn isa. 19:14; !~rcrnn nn 29: 10; and such a disposition (such a spirit) is said to be divinely given to men, and to be poured upon them from
(Ps.
mind
(Pro. 11:13; Ps. 32:2); and
DW
Similar heaven, compare Eze. 36:26. 27. 28:6, "Jehovah shall be *W 3gni
is
Isaiah
on im
BJ," i. e. he will, as with a spirit of justice.
(c) to stir
it
DCCLXI
were,
fill
on-nn
Dan 4:5;
5: 12.
i}
f-
all
the judges
(3) the Spirit (of God),
of will and counsel, hence 'B nrrnN n>yn up any one's spirit to any thing, l Chr. 5 26 2 Chr. 21: 16; 36:22; Ezr. l:l; Hagg. 1:14; Ezr. 1:5; and in a sense not very different 'S3 ran JHJ to put an intention into any one, 2 Ki. 19:7; '"^"IJ '3 ran whose mind, will, impels him, Ex. 35 2 1 whence nyy H-n Ps. 51:14; and then H-in ^> r6y, 2*? ?y roy to arise into the mind and to i. q. occupy
:
relaxation, respite, Ex. 8:11; Lant
3:56.
Vn
f.
abundant drink, abundance,

C onv.
Ps.
2?*5
66:12.
Root nn.
,
.
(1) TO LIFT UP ONESELF, TO RISE (comp. the kindred roots Epn, D"1S, Dnn, any. A trace of a transitive
the
12,
mind
"a
l Chr. 28: counsel), Eze. 20:32. !Vn n>$ that nra all of ietf pattern things,
(as
any
power appears
lifts
tip},
in the pr. n. CHirP

to
whom
Jeho-
'
vah
he had in his miud"[surely The Spirit here must be the Spirit of God]. More rarely it is to the intellect, Ex. 28:3; Job (d) applied
20:3; 32:8, 18; Isa. 29:24; 40:13; Psalm 139:7. [These two last passages, and, perhaps, more, belong to the Holy Ghost, and not to intellect.] (4) Drxn ran, njn ran the Spirit of God, rarely
Bh'p ran the
1^'"!i? 0-11
arise, Psa. 21: 14; to arise, to grow (of worms), Ex. 16:20. Metaph. (a) 3? Dn the heart is lifted up (is proud), Deu. 8:14; 17:20; D^# *Dn eyes are lifted up (loftily), Pro. 30:13. (b) to show oneself power?J?
Gen. 7: l?; hence,
ful, Ps. 57:6; followed by one, Ps. 13:3.
to
triumph over any
Holy Spirit of God (always with

: ;
suff.
which
(2) to be exalted, to become high, used of a way is cast up, Isaiah 49:11; metaph. to become
5 1 1 3 Isa. 63:11,12), more rarely tear t"X>?' V^l Nu. 27:18; Hos. 9:7; the divine power, which, like the wind and the breath, cannot be perceived, and by which animated beings live, Job 27 3> 33 4> P S 104:29; compare Gen. 6:3; by which all the universe is animated, filled with life and governed (wo7roietrcu), Gen. 1:2; Ps. 33:6; Job 26: 13; Isa. 34:16; by which men are led to live both wisely (Job 32 8) and honestly, Ps. 51:13; 143 10 [These various things said by Gesenius must be taken as a defective designation of the Holy Ghost himself.] Especially the Old Testament refers to the divine Spirit, peculiar endowments of mind, as that of an ar35:31; of a prophet, Num. 24:2; tificer, Ex. 3 1 3
Ps.
: :
-
powerful
(especially used of the hand, Deu. 32:27; see part.) to be extolled with praises, Ps. 18:47. (3) to be high, lofty, Job 22: 12; especially used
of those
who
are eminent in power and glory, Psalm
Mic. 5:8; also to be remote, to be far distant, but only used of God, who, if he be far off and does not come down to bring aid, is indeed on high,
46:
1 1
Isa.
30: 18; compare DinD

f.
ps
10:5.
e. g.
Part. D;,
npn
(i) lifted up, high,
of the
hand of God,
in threatening, Isa. 26:11.
HOn
T3
with uplifted hand, i. e. openly, proudly, and fiercely, Ex. 14:8; Num. 33:3, compare 15:30, and nonjflnj
Job 38:15.
(2) high, lofty, used of a seat, Isa. 6:1; a
tain, Eze.
moun-
Sam. 10:6, 10; 19:20,23; Isaiah 42:1; 59:21; (whence ran "X used of a prophet, Hos. 9:7; and
1
rann as a personification of the prophetic Spirit, l Ki. 82:21 2 Chr. 18: 20); of an interpreter of dreams, Gen. 41:38; also the courage of a military leader,
;
Deu. PJ1:28; 2:1 o, 21, compare Isa. 10:33. 'P"3 the high places of heaven, Ps. 78:69. Metaph. (a) used of a loud voice, Deu. 27: 14. (&) powerful;
20:28,
etc.;
tall stature,
of a
man
of
13:25; and kingly virll:2, seqq. and the same Spirit is given to some and taken away from others (l Sam. 16: 13, 14), is transferred from one to another (Nu. 11:17; 2 Ki. 2 15); but in the golden age [the reign of the Messiah] it is to be conferred upon all men, accordJud. 3:10; 6:34; 11:29;
tues, Isa.
; :
whence npn a powerful hand, Deut. 32:27. (c) rnion D.^JJ of elated mind, proud, Job 21 22. proud eyes, Ps. 18:28. (d) difficult to be under:
stood, Prov.
24:7 (where
in the
Arabic manner
it is
written niD&O; compare 33K>). NIPHAL, see under the word Q>n.
PILEL, DOin to raise, to make high; hence to build a house, Ezr. 9:9; to cause to grow (as the waters a plant), 26.31:4; to bring up children, Isa. 1:2; 23:4. (a) to place any one in Metaph. a high and safe place, to put in safety (see 3'"!?/> ">, Ps. 27:5; 18:49, compare 9:14. (A) to lift up, to exalt, to bestow honours upon one of low estate, 1 Sam. 2:7. (c) to exalt as victor, Job 17:4.*
l
ng
to Joel 3
Isa.
44 3
:
59
Isa.
It is
sometimes
put in opposition to nt>3 nba NO. 2.

Chald.
i.
31:3; Zee. 4:6; see
q.
Hebr.
(l)
wind;
pi. const.
Dan.
7:2.
(a) mind, Dan. 5: 20.
-m-an
DCCLXII
-DTI
("high"), [Rumah'j, pr.naine of a town, compare npr$.
;
(d) to exalt with praises, ~ celebrate, Ps. 30:2; Part. Pass. CDh to be exalted, Ps. 75: 11. 34:4. exalted, Xeh. 9:5. HIPHIL (1) (a) to lift up, to elevate, to exalt,
e. g.
2 Ki. 23 36
:
HDl"l fem. elevation, adv. with uplifted necVt

Mic. 2
:
one's horn,
the head, Ps. 3:4; the hand, Ps. 89:4.'}; any i. e. to increase any one's power, Ps. 75:
(b) to erect, e. g. a standard, a mo31 :45; Isa. 62 : 1O. (c) to lift up, as
3.
5, 6; 148:14.
DDll m. exa Itation, celebration, PL const, ntoph ps 149:6.

. .
Psa. 66:17.
nument, Gen.
the foot, Ps. 74:3, and the hand, as in threatening,
prop.
Isa.
inf.
Palel (in the Syriac manner),
do violence, followed by 3 of pers. l Ki. 11:27; a rod, Ex. 14:16; Isa. 10: 15 (followed by ? of the rod, Ex. 7 :2O, compare C?T3 ens); the voice, Gen. 39: 18 2 Ki.ig:22 followed by ?JJ against anyone, Isai. 37:23; followed by ? of pers. to call to any one, Isa. 13:2. Also with 3 of an instrument, 2 Ch. 5:13, ?ip Q 1?? rri"lin3 " when they lifted up the voice with trumpets," i. e. sounded with trumpets, which is more
(see Nt?3 No. l, a), or as about to
;
a lifting up,
"1
j I
33:3.
Arab,
^j
Med. Ye, TO CONQUER, TO OVER-
COME, followed
Dn).
referred to
by ^s. (perhaps kindred to the root Not used in Kal, for Jl^ Pro. 29:6, should be
13^.
HITHPALEL, Psal. 78:65,
|D
J?njpp
11333
"as a
mighty man overcome by wine," i.e. as in the Vulg. crapulatus a vino ; compare the Arabian phrase in
Firuzabadi,
concisely expressed PS QÎH to lift up the trumpet, i. e. There is also the sound of the trumpet, i Ch. 25:5.
^^\
<uLt
n-jK
wine has overcome

;
Ch. 15:16; compare above ""1993 E'~!0 and >1p? 1D3, p. DCCXXVII, B, prop. to raise (a sound, or noise) with the voice. (d) to raise a tribute (etne TCbgabe erfceben), Nu. 31 :28.
said Vlp?
i.
Dnn
q.
VlP
Dnn
him,
i.
e.
he has become drunken
and see the
re"OJj
marks on the Hebrew verbs

No.
5, a.
J??3 Niphal,
O??,
i.
(2) to lift up, to take
away,
Eze. 21 131
Isa.
q.
yy]
(l) pr. TO
MAKE A LOUD
NOISE,
57:i4.
(3) to offer sacrifices, Lev. 2:9; 4:8; gifts for " the temple and the priests (compare nj?'' ^), Num1 1
see Hiphil.
(2)
to be evil,
see Niphal.
Also used of public benebers 15:19, 2O; 31:52. factions, distributions of meat, etfc. 2 Chron. 30:24;
the conjugations of Kal (JH, 1) and Hiphil (KID, yDD) ) -\\-hich are commonly placed here, belong to the verb tfjn, see Ewald's Gram. p. 472.
The forms of
35 7 9 HOPUAL,
=
NIPHAL,
pass, of No.
2,
fut. J?T.
(l)
to
Dan. 8: 11
of No.
3,
Ex.
worse
(opp. to, to
become
become evil, to be wise), Pro. 13:20.
made
-19:27-
exalt oneself proudly, Dan. 11 :36. HITHPAEL, Here also belongs DOhx I sa 33: 10, for
to
' .
(2) to suffer evil, to receive injury, Prov. 11: 15. (The noun JH is added in this place intensitively, in the manner of an infinitive absolute.)
Derivatives, nwgh, np-j, nwi, U?, and the pr. n. B~), HOI, nicn,
on_
HIPHIL
333
JT"}n pi. also -Ijnr} i Sa.
17:20, pr.
to
tnakt
Ch.
teart),
id.
Pret. pass. B~] to be lifted
up
(of the
Dan. 5:20. PALEL D?i~> to exalt with praises, to celebrate, Dan. 4:34. Pass, to lift up oneself, to rise up, followed by /% against any one, Dan. 5:23. APHEL, to lift up, to exalt, Dan. 5:19.
m. height, elevation, Pro. 25:3. D?2M? on 1 2 Prov. 21:4; Isa. 1 3.P '"* Jer. 48 29 and simply Isa. 2:11, 17, elation of mind, pride.
: ;
: ;
a loud noise (lermen/ Serm marten); hence (1) to cry out with a loud voice, to vociferate, " Job 30 5 specially (a) of warlike clamour ( y;l~ I!') to shout Josh. 6: 16; l Sam. 17:20. (b) for joy, Jud. 15:14; l Sam. 10:24; followed by ?J? over a
:
!
conquered enemy, Psa. 41 12 followed by a dat, in (c) more rarely any one's honour, Ps. 47:2; 95:2. used of a mournful cry, Mic. 4:9; Isa. 15:4.
:
;
(2) to
sound a trumpet.
Num. 10
to
9,
DpUH?
TYHV^n?
"sound
with the trumpets."

btafen), as
Joel 2:1.
specially to
sound an alarm,
to
sound the trumpets

a signal for the
njH"l
J?j?r
with a great noise (Scum
Ch.
i.
id.
Dan. 3:1; 4:17; Ezr. 6:3.
ran elevation; hence on high, Hab.
move, Nu. IO: l 7, i. q. encampment Num. 10:5, 6; different from $3%, which the trumpet (once) to call an assembly.
No.
1.
to
blow
Cornwall
:io.
DCCLXIH
PALEL, 16:10.
fut.
Jfl?V
nn-Dn
to be
shouted for joy,

Ps.
Isaiah
HITHPALEL
yy'nijin
to
shout for joy,

is
60:10;
The same form 65: 14; 108: 10. verb Mn, which see.
Derivatives, njplfl [
found from the
a sword, Ex. 15:9; Levit. 26:33; Ezekie 5:2, 12 12:14; a spear, Psal. 35:3. (b) to send for .h, tl lead out soldiers to battle, Gen. 14:14. For th Heb. pVV.the Sam. copy has pTI (pTJJ) to muster,
and
!"].
from the Aram, root the LXX. and Vulg.

(2)
Jer.
p-H,
which is
also expressed
by
;
^
26:11.
TO
;
jerretben)
or POUND IN PIECES (retben/ hence niD'l and nQ-llPl, which see.
RUB
PULAL ^sil
to be
moved
a& if struck,
shaken, Job
to empty out, as vessels, sacks, Gen. 42 35 48:12; Hab. 1:17; also to leave empty, Isai. 32:6 (compare fc^M No. 2 fin.). HOPHAL, pass, of No. 1. Jer. 48 1 1. Cant, l :3, " an ointment ?[pp p"Vin \iyp (which) is poured
:
:
TO
id.;
RUN (^th. ^fi
Aram,
tarn,
ÔTJ
compare under the
letter n),
Gen. 18:7; 24:20;
" forth (is) thy name," or thy name is poured forth like ointment," the sense in both cases is the same;
29:12, and very often Figuratively, Jer. 23:21, "I have not sent (those) prophets; (but) they run," betake themselves to the prophetic function with evil
assiduity.
D thy name gives a sweet odour (compare

it is
pleasant and acceptable to
all.
If the
Psa.
19:32, "I will
run
in the
way
of
the construction, then }&, if the latter, used with a feminine but I prefer the latter.
;
'?, ^83), former be 3U is here
1 will carefully walk in them. Hab. 2:2, " that he who readeth may run," may read without difficulty. Used of inanimate things, Psalm 147:15. Specially (a) to rush upon in a hostile manner, followed by /K and 7J Job 15:26; 16: 14; followed by an ace. Ps. 18:30. (b) followed by
thy commandments,"
Derivatives,
p%
P'!>,
P3, Dp/}.
iii TO FLOW, with an
ace. to
em it mucor, saliva
^\\.
(caro pudendorum), Lev. 15: 3.
(Arab.
salivavit.
signifi-
Germ, rufyren with the cation of flowing, whence 9iut;r dysentery.)

this accords the
s Derivative, 1 "!.
With
3 to
any one for safety, Pro. 18: 10. Part. pi. D" and p>"3 2 Ki. 11:13, runners. whose (a'; the horsemen, warriors of the Persian kings, business it was to carry the royal mandates to the (b) the guard, and provinces, Est. 3:13, 15; 8:14. royal messengers of the Hebrews in the time of Saul, 1 Sa. 22:17; and of the kings after David, 2 Ki. 10: 25; 11:6, seq. prob. the same who in the reign of David were called Compare 1 Ki. (which see). 1:5; 14: 2 7.: 2 Sa 15=1PILEL f 'TH i.q. Kal, to run (as a chariot), Nah.2 5. HIPHIL, to cause to run up, Jer. 49: 19; 50:44; hence to lead up hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41:14; l Sam. 17:17; to cause to hasten. Psalm 68 32, Drfc&6 VT ynn tr-13 .Ethiopia will make her hands to hasten to God," either to worship him,
flee to
1
tî"!
i.
q.
{ân No. 5,
poppy.
W?
H poor, Part. needy, Prov. 14:20; 18:23; sometimes K'NT Prov. 10:4; pi. D'EW Prov. 13:23, and D'^l Prov. 22:7. HITHPALEL, to feign oneself poor, Prov. 13:7. See another under the root t^'P'l.
34:11.
\L/ii TO BE NEEDY, TO
SUFFER WANT, Psalm
Compare EHJ
in NIPHAL.
Derivatives, IPn, l^n

*\\~\
[L'
Kn].
ty,"
(contr. from JT1S"] "appearance," or for n-iyi "friend" (fern.), whence
"
beauPesL.
oi
Lci.'i*),
Ruth,
pr. n. of
a woman, an ancestress
the house of David, the history of the book that bears her name.
whom
is
given in
or else to offer
gifts.
n Derivatives, ?Note. Several forms of the verbs
TO,
1^ m. Ch. a secret, Dan. 2: 18, 19; 4:6; plui
HP
-Kf
p-ll,
as the fut.
their
iH Daniel 2 29, 47.

:
(Syr. jo$j and
)j?
to
conceal
rrv Nipb.
signification
fm,
the
from the verb
noun nWTO No. II, take ^, which see.
jjij secret.)
pr.
TO
to
SPREAD OUT,
consume,
to
TO
MAKE THIN ANE
not used in Kal,pr. TO POUR ONESELF OUT, TO BE POURED OUT, hence to be emptied, whence PI and p "] empty, which see. (Cognate apparently to the verbs Pi?"}, P1J Gr. lpEvyop.cn, which the poets
11
LEAN, hence
f-
destroy (comp. Arab
use of livers emptying themselves, Latin ructo, eructo.) HIPHIL P'lD (l) to pour out, Ps. 18:43; Ec<5-
to suffer from ills, calamity). Zeph. 2:11. (The primary idea appears to me to be that of scraping, scraping away; so that the roots 113, nn, would be kindred, which see and also Lat. rado. Arab, intracs
\ \
,
11:3; Zee. 4:12.
Figuratively
(a) to
drau
~ut
to
be emaciated, en
Dn-r-nn
NIPHAL,
17:4.
Derivatives, T),
"!}."}
DCCLXIV
become lean,
to
rmm-nn
ard U
and
to
waste away,
Isaiah
one, i. e. to make room for him, Prov. 18: 16; deliver out of distress, Psalm 4:2. Compare
V&
PP
No.
I,
and
the oppos.
"IV*.
: ;
(b)
HS 3'nin
:
to
open the mouth

:
ra.
1
lean, used of a person, Eze. 34:20; of

3 20.
:
oil,
Nu.
m ' (from the root HP), leanness, hence I. oining, phthisis, Isa.lo:i6; Ps.lo6:i5. Mic. 6:10, " ptynQ'X a lean ephah," i. e. less than it ought to
pn
wide, Ps. 81 1 1 followed by ?J? against any one, in derision and mockery, Ps. 35 2 1 Isa. 57 4. There 'H to is not much difference from this in (c) t??. open the soul (i. e. the jaws) wide (compare B>Q3 No. 2, fin.), Isa. 5:14; Hab. 2:5. (d) with the addition of 3? to open any one's heart (to instruction),
;
be.
II. p (from the root IP,), i. q- IP rj?=P? y), a prince, Prov. 14:28.
:
Ps. 119:32;
(of the form
compare 37
3IT1.
It is (2) intrans., to be expanded. Psa. 25:17. better for the common reading *3*rn? to substitute
*
3'rrjn
q. IP) [Rezon], prince," founder of the kingdom of Damascus, i Ki. 11:23.

(
i.
pr. n.
of the
Derivatives,
expanded and... 3rn_Djnrn, nrnD.

fem.
rnrn a dj.
(l) broad, wide, Job
(i
MJ ; an unused root; to cry out with a clear loud) t;0ice(cogn. to rny); whence DT"1O which
30: 14; of the sea, Job 11:9 (opp. to long); used of a wall (where it refers to thickness), Jer. 51 :58 ; Neh.
aee.
*n
**
ni ;
"*?
(from the root HP), destruction.
Isaiah
94:16,
^P
i.
q.
y ^N
(which immediately follows)
woe
UJ
is
me!"
i.
q.
Arab, and Aram. J^j,
TD"|
being often transposed), TO WINK WITH done in insolence and pride, Job 15: 12
copies have
(the sibilants THE EYES, as

;
where some
3:8; also long and broad, spacious, of the earth, Ex. 3:8; Neh. 9 35 of a cup large around (opp. to deep, Eze. 23:32); which latter is expressed by its own proper formula; DH* 3H1, D?T n?rp "large on every side," i. e. extending widely every way, long and broad spoken of land, Gen. 34 2 1 Isa. 33:21; of sea, Psa. 104:25. The signification is sometimes still wider, and comprehends also height or depth
: ; ; :
\i\ i. q. Arab. ^\j TO BE WEIGHTY, both as to weight and in a moral sense; hence IP pr. weighty (august); poet, for prince, king, Jud. 5:3; Psalm :a; Prov. 8:15; 31:4; 133.40:23. Derivative, PP, No. II. and pr. n. PP.
|
amplus ; at least pressions, as, Ps. 119:96, "thy ceeding broad," i.e. the law is 3 also 3H-j Ps. 101:5; ^??.
like the Lat.
in metaphorical ex-
commandment
is
ex-
copious and infinite; Pro. 28:25, inflated,
i.e.
proud: and with a preceding subst., pride, Pro. 21:4. (2) 3(73 [-Kahab"], pr. n of a harlot at Jericho,
Josh. 2:l; 6:17.
TO BE or
BECOME WIDE, SPACIOUS

This
(Arab.
Dl m.,
a broad space, Job 36:16; 38:18.
Mth. 4fhflJ
arsen
from a transp. of H3T; which the Samaritans have for njT to be wide, spacious; pr. grofi unb lufttg fe^n). Pr. used of chambers which are made wide, Eze. 41 :?; used of a mouth opened wide, l Sam. 2:1; metaph. of a heart which is expanded with joy, Isa. 60:5.
NIPHAL,
part., to be
-. m., breadth, Genesis 6:15; Eze. 40:6, sec,. Metaph. 3? 3rh breadth of heart, great understanding
an d
Zee. 8:5).
so called from breadth; like the Gr. Gen. 19:2; Jud. 19 2O. (a) open place, forum, i. e. an ample space at where trials were held, gate of Oriental cities, wares set forth for sale, 2 Ch. 32:6; compare N 8:1,3, 16. Ezr. 10:9, D'n^n n'3 3irn the opei
f.
(Dan. 9:25), plur. ni3hl
(i
spacious, wide; spoken of

e. g.
(l)
a street,
TrXari'ta,
meadows,
HIPIIIL
Isa.
30: 23.
(i) to
to
make w ide,
to, to
a bed,
i.
Isa.
57 8
:
a funeral pile (opp.
make
deep,
e.
long), Isa.
30:33; also
e.
make spacious, long and broad,

:
1 16; the borders or extent of a kingdom, Ex. 34:24; Am. 1:13; and even with an ace. of pera., Deut. 33:20, ~U 3'rrp "who makes
g. baldness, Mic.
place before
(3)
the house of God."
wide
the borders of the Gadites."
Specially
(a)
followed
by
of pers., to
make a wide
space for any
"wide
or according to Gen. 26:92, "} ("streets," (i) of spaces"), [Behoboth"], pr. n.
DCCLXV
<vell,ib. (a) TUrfafr] ("the streets of the city," iomp. PlatcBcs, a city in Boeotia) a city of Assyria, Gen. 10 1 1, of which nothing certain is known. See J. D. 44 (3) n'UIPn Michaelis, Spicileg., torn. i. p. 240
:
orn-nn
hence
(a)
it is difficult
easily r.ach,
law which
is
to obey,
arduous, difficult, of a Deu. o 1 1 \_plact

:
_
clearly the thing here spoken of].
(/3)
preciouf,
JJ
Prov. 31:10;
i.
compare Arab.
,
,jjjj\
-o
near h>
Euphrates?) a city, apparently situated on the Euphrates, perhaps between Cercusium and Ana, Gen. 36 37.
"injn ("
i.
,
breadths of the river,"
e.
jj&\ j^jo far off in price, price, cheap, and i.e. dear; also the Germ. etroaS nStier geben/ i. q. to
e.
sell for
a lower price.
^rVi^n [and n*'] (" for whom Jehovah makes an ample space," i. e. whom he makes happy, and
sets free),
LJ
an unused and uncertain root whence"

;
[Sehabiak'], 24:21; 26:25.
pr. n.
m.
Chron. 23: 17;
^TH
carved
ist,
CJ^5D"l("who enlarges
Ex. 34:24; as
if E&pv&f/zoc)
the people," compare
Cant. 1:17 a'ro, i. q. ^HT np, laqueare, or fretted ceiling; either an error of a" copyor else n in this word was sometimes pronounced
\_Rehoboam~], pr. n. of the son and successor of Solomon, who governed the 58 B. c., 1 Ki. 1 1 :43 12 kingdom of Judah, 975
;
:
(like n), as by the Samaritans, who in Ewald on the Pentateuch for D'tDm have D^BITI. Cant. loc. cit. considers that ti'T'T is put with the
more harshly
l,seqq.
14:21.
T
LXX.
root,
*Po/3oa/z.
letters transposed, for
B^n, J-.^^. turned work; but
an unused
which appears
to
have had
I prefer the previous explanation.
the
of rubbing, signification 6
,
crushing (compare
O^DI
dual,
handmills,
off,
see nn"l.
Arab.
to tread, to trample, also the syllable
p^rn Ch./ar
remote, Ezr. 6:6.

root,
a way, rno, to turn a mill, a to construct U*.. mill,

in the cognate n"}N to tread
T-
Arab.
is
/U
similar
an unused
to
* IP..
secondary,
and derived from the noun
Hence
denom.
meaning is the Arab. Jû

is
EPP
to cherish.
,
perhaps of the same or Secondary and
Conj. V. to possess lambs.

L
"^Cn m. a millstone, so called from rubbing and making small; only found in dual DJDT handmills, Isa. 47 2 stones, Ex. 11:5; Nu. 1 1 8 prop, two :
; :
[In Thes. this
compared with
^~
to
wander,
to journey, especially with camels.]
/rri
f.
(i) a ewe, Gen. 31:38; 32:15; hence
Arab. U-
.,
dual
m. merciful, only used of God, commonly Psa. 86: 15, etc.; from with j-13n Deut. 4:31 joined
;
any sheep, Isaiah 53:7; Cant. 6 s o JiL a female lamb.)

<
6.
(Arab.
jjs>'- '
the root DO"!.
DTP] ("beloved" ["merciful"]), [Rehum],

pr. n.
(2) [Rachel, Rahel"], pr. Gen. 29:6; Jer. 31:15.
n. of the wife of Jacob,
m.
(l)
of a Persian governor in Samaria,
DH
LOVE,
id.
fut.
DJTV
Ezr. 4:8.
(3) Ezr. 2:2; Neh.io: (2) Neh.3:l7. 26; for which there is, Neh. 7:7 (prob. by error of a copyist) D-in3. (4) Neh. 12:3; otherwise Q"]n verse
["prop. TO BE SOFT;" hence

p
TO
Ps. 18: 2.
(Syr.
JQ.A,*,
Arab.
/*=*-j
and *P?g
The primary
and
idea appears to be in cherishing,
soothing,
.
in a gentle emotion of the

fut.
mind; com-
[f.
off, remote.
npi!T!] adj. (from the root pPH) far (a) from a place, Gen. 37:18; Ex.
T
pare ^TH.)
PIEL
DITl, inf.
Drn,
QOll
to
behold with ten-
2:4; and often. Subst. distance, space, Josh. 3:4; and with prepp. pin^3 at a distance, afar, Psalm 10:1; pin"lB Gen. 22:4; Isa. 49:1, and pirTO? Job 36:3; 39:29; from afar, but pin~i is also far (see pirn. ? "ty as far as distant places, Isa. iP No. 3, c). Neh. 12:43. 57:9; (6) of time, whence pirno from
1
derest affection, to compassionate, followed by an ace. Ex. 33:19; Deu. 13:18; 30:3; followed by sV. Psa. 103: 13; used of the love of parents towards Isa. 49:15; and of the their children, Psa. loc. cit.
;
compassion of God towards men, Ps. 116:5. PUAL ED} to obtain mercy, Prov. 38:13; Hosea
14:4; compare 1:6.
Derivatives,
a long while ago,
Isa.
37 26.
:
(c) in respect to help, Ps.

is
tapli.
any thing
25:1; pirnip? id. Isa. 10 i 22:2. Mecalled remote which we cannot

; : ;
22:11
Qnn
S"?IT!),
Q*!"n,
ard
pr. n.
DCCLXVI
pnm. Lev. 1 1 : 18, and 17, a smaller kind of vulture, white, with black wings, feeding on dead bodies ; vultur percnopterus, Linn. ;
sc called
H (Milel), Deu. 14:

young, like See Bochart,
Ephr.
+*^.
.
i.
p.
heaven.
I.
529; also of a voice descending fron The Arabs use in the same sens? the verb
;
IV. to brood on eggs (as a hen)
to
soothe a
from
5
its
affection towards its
child (as a mother), Gen. 1:2.

fut rrTV inf. nvrn_(i) TO WASH, the body, Gen. 18:4; 43:31; Lev. 14:9; Deut. 21:6; meats, Exod. 29:17; Lev. 1:9; metaph. the defilement of sin adhering to men, Isa. 4:4. To wash the hands in innocency, i. e. to declare oneself inno.
"'T^H stork
Hicroz.
t. ii,
Arab.
p.
297
i.
î. 322.
and
<Ur>-
,.
EHl
46:3-
(l)
q.
Drn womb, Gen. 49:25; Isaiah
human
(2) poet, a girl, a (from the part being peculiar to the female sex), Jud. 5 30 comp. norn.
: ;
woman
m.
i
(3)
[J2aio3i
pr. n.
Ch. 2:44.
.
cent, Ps.
26:6; 73:
13.
It differs
from D?|
to
wash
garments.
(2) to
E"71 m. (once f. Jer. 20:17), with stiff. *prn p r inner parts; in sing, specially womb (Gr. ra f persons, Job 24:20; 31:15, and of r7rXayx va ) animals, Exod. 13:*, l, 15; DITTO from the womb,
the
wash
oneself,
to be
Ruth 3:3 (Arabic

ments).
,,-.
to
washed, Exod. 2:5; wash the body, gar12.
Ps. 22:11.
PUAL frn
HITHPAEL,
t
i.
oe
q.
Cashed, Prov. 30:

Kal No.
2,
Job 9:30.
HDrn
Jud.5:'30.
>U
J
i.
Qrn
No.
2,
a girl, dual, D?nprp

576)
[Derivatives, prn,
|
nirnj
Ps. 6o:lO.
m.,
washing,
(i) the bowels, -a (nrXayj^ya, as the seat of the emotions of the mind (see the root), Prov. 12: 10; hence very
pi.
(compare Lehrg.
p.
*]
Ch.[lTHPAEL],to trust in any one, Dan. 3:88.

f.,
washing (of cattle),
washing-place, Cant
tender affection,
I
specially love,
tion towards relatives,

Ki. 3
:
natural affecGenesis 43 30 Am. l:ii;

: ; :
4:2
6:6.
fut.
26 (ra ox\ay\va, 2 Cor. 6:12; 7 18). (2) pity, grace, fa vour, Isa. 47:6; especially of God, Psalm 25:6; 40:12. ^ D^PDl 103 Deu. 1 3 1 8 ; and ? DVpni Dlb Isai. 47:6; to shew mercy to any
:
prn inf. nj?rn (i) TO GO AWAY FAB, from any one; followed by IP Eccl. 3:5; Job 30 10 (Chald., Syr.,Êth., id. The primary sense appears to have been transitive; to thrust away, to
to recede
:
one.
for
"".??<
Q^Prn?
i
any one,
'B IDJ to obtain any one's Ki. 8:50; Ps. 106:46.
mercy
repel,
(2)
i.
q.
P^H).
to be
afar
j'PLn Ch. mercies, Dan.

?V: ^
4: 10.
2: 18.
103
1 1
:
2
;
followed
off, to be distant, remote, Psalm by IP and 7J?P Jer. 2:5; Eze. 8 6;

:
a(-U-
merciful, compassionate, Lam.
Often used of God, as being far off 15 from granting help, i. e. as refusing aid, Psa. 22:12, 2O 35 2 2 ; of men who abhor fraud, Ex. 23:7; Isa.
44: 10.
JU
Arab,
to
an unused root, of uncertain bend, whence pr. n.

[" pr. TO
signification,
54: 14; and on the other hand, from the law of God, Ps. 119:150; they are far off from safety, Job 5 4.
:
BE SOFT"], TO BE
to
to
MOVED, AF-
NIPHAL, PIEL, prn
to be
to
removed,
Eccl.
12:6 a'pa.
move far
i.
off, to
remove,
Isa.
6:12;
FECTED
(cogn. to CDITJ), specially
feeling of tender love,

(6) with fear,
hence tremor, hence
(a) with the cherish, see Piel. tremble (spoken of
metaph. Isa. 29:13. HIPHIL (l) trans,

Psa. 103:12,
gressions from us,"
i.
q. Piel,
Job 13:21; 19:13;

trans-
"he (God) hath removed our

e.
the bones of a person terrified), Jer. 23:9.
brood over young ones, to cherish young an eagle), Deut. 32:11; figuratively used of the who brooded over the shapeless mass Spirit of God, of the earth, cherishing and vivifying. Of far more
PIEL, to
(as
<* Af*, which is used of birds frequent use is the Syr. their over brooding young, Ephr. ii. p. 552 ; of pa-
he forgives them to us. Followed by an inf. (Ps. 55:8) and a gerund, adv. n ?^ to 9 far ff> Exod 8 24- inf PB Hence far off, Gen. 2 1 16. (2) intrans. to go away far, Gen. 44:4; Josh.
-
8:4.
Derivatives, pirn, prnp, and
rents
who
of Elisha
cherish their children, Ephr. ii. p. 419; cherishing the body of the dead child,
m. verb
" T) those
*dj.,
going far away

i'ar
Ps.
73:87
who go
away
from
thee."
pn- -em
DCCLXVII
who contend with the hand an Deu. 33:7, V? 3n VT " his hau^ls contend for him;" compare derivatives 3'T, 3T, bul this is rare; it is commonly used (b) of those who strive with words, Psa. 103:9; folloAved by DJJ Gen. 26:20; Job 9: 3; 40:2; ns (with) Isa. 45 9; Jud. 8:l; 7S Jud. 21:22; Job 33: 13; ? Gen. 31:36; also, an accus. of him with whom one contends, Job
signification of those
TO BOIL or BUBBLE UP us a fountuin (so Arab ilriSyr.) and boiling water (see n^TTlD). The V. VIII. to be moved, agitated. primary idea appears to be in the noise made by water boiling, compare B*jn, ]*rn. Metaph. followed by an ace. Ps. " 45:2, 3^ tin '2? B>rn my heart boils up pleasant
,
(
with blows.
words."
Derivative,
n^nno,
HI"),
winnowing fan, from the root the form J"l?3 [Isa. 30:24].
f-
nDI
of
10: 2 Isa.27 8 (Germ. jem. auSjanfen/ compare above Followed by / of the person fot as to the origin). whom one contends, Jud. 6:31; Job 13:8; ?J? of the
;
:
fu t.
Arab. v_^?
with rain, Job 24:8. used of the moisture of fresh especially

TO BE
3QT
WET
thing, concerning which one contends, Gen. 26:21.
and green
plants.
Hence
and fresh, Job 8:
tS^J.
H m. juicy, green,
16.
(2) Specially, to contend forensically, to plead a cause, followed by an accus. of the person whose cause is pleaded, Isa. 1 17 51 22 fully 2n HN 3n 'B l Sa. 24:16. Pregn. i Sam. 25:39, "blessed be Jehovah 723 -J_O 'ns-?n 3'rn 3n -1^ who hath
: ;
a spurious root, see
to
be
terrified;
an unused root, whence
i.
q.
nn"l; Ch. to tremble,
pleaded the cause of my reproach from Nabal," i.e. who in my stead has taken vengeance on Nabal. Ps. 43: l, Tpn &6 >'13P an nan plead my cause (and
deliver
me) from an unmerciful
nation."
Part.
3T a
terror, Jer. 49:24.

quadrilit.
pass.
E'Bta
GREEN
to
or
FRESH AGAIN;
U according
prob.
be juicy, green, and
Job 33 25, TO GROW compounded of 3^ to be thick, fat. Arab.

:
Hos. 5:13; 1O:6, i.e. "a king (who) pleads a cause," i. e. a hostile, adverse It may also be taken for a subst. i. q. king.
T
19:20. should also refer 2T T
defender, Isa.
To
'
the future of this verb
we
]?
3^
which
see.
i.
transp. jîj
to the
Kamus,
is to
recover,
HIPHIL,
q.
Kal, only found in part. 3*"]O
Sam.
to revive after sterility.
2:lO; Hos. 4:4.

Derivatives, 3nj,
HSnp,
pr. n.
3n, 3n and
only found in PIEL, TO BREAK IN PIECES; specially to dash, to kill (children) by dashing against a rock, i.q. f?3 (Ps. 137:9); 2 Ki. 8: 12 (see
;
Pual); also,
Isa.
to
dash down with
arrows, to prostrate,
13: 18.
3T m. pi. and rf (i) strife, rarely contention, Gen. 13:7; Deut.25:l. *3n B'^K my adversary, Job 31 35 compare Isa. 41 1 1. 3*"] K*N one (2) a forensic cause, Ex. 23:2.
:
^1
QV
PUAL, pass, to be dashed against a rock, and so killed, Isa. 13:16; Hos. 10:14; H'l; Nah. 3:10.
\
who
No.
has a (forensic) cause, Jud. 12:2; see the verb

2.
'T"l
masc. Job 37: 11, i.q. Arabic
j irrigation,
'S for T|, from the root nn, like *J? for As to the passage in Job, see the root rnt3.
(i. q.
3n, n^nj" whose

n.
cause
Jehovah
1
watering,
for
W.
pleads"), [Ribai~], pr. 11:31.
m. 2 Sam. 23:29;
Ch.
JTH
see D-n.
&
^
(which
Jud.
1 1
see),
:
nbn,
apoc.
inf. absol. 3*1
25
pret. 3"1, PI? !, also Job 40: 2 ; fut. 3*11,
(Hos. 5:13; 10:6). (l) TO CONTEND, TO STRIVE.
3T
(root D-n)m. odour, scent, which anything exhales or emits, Cant. 2:13; 7:14; Genesis 27 37. Most Figuratively, Job 14:9; compare Jud. 16:9.
:
(Arab. ^_A
Med.
frequently in this connection, QrPJ IT^ see DT'J.

D*"] Ch.
id.
Ye, to doubt, a secondary notion, derived from that of striving and contending. Prop, it is to seize one another by the hair, like the syn. '~l3, and this root is of the same stock as rapio, Goth, raitpjan, to pull;
Dan. 3:27.
u^
3P~[
Jf 1
see D^~) buffalo.

see fin.
q. fil
Germ,
raufeti; rupfen
see
Of a
similar origin
is
more under the root KQ }. the Germ, fyabern, prop, to rend

1
i.
(fully written in the later
each other's garments.)
It is
used
(a) in
its
proper
a companion, a friend, Job6:87.
DCCLXVIII
S*")
f.
nri-msn
(Anih.^r Syr. CARRIED, TO BIDE (l) on
1 fat.
pi.
17: 19; Proverbs 27:2*.

f crushing,
crushed grains of corn, meal, aSa. From tnt loot 5J11 in the
making
small.
33T
n|T") [RiphatK], pr. n. of a nation and region sprung from Corner (i.e. the Cimmerii), Gen. 10:3. With this the Rhiphcean mountains have been compared.
TO BE an animal, to ride, followed by /y of tin- animal, Gen. 24:61 ; NIL. 22 30 followed by ? Neh. 2:13; followed by an ace
: ;
2 Ki. 9: 18, 19. Part. 33'-) Ex. 15: Am. 2: 15, a horseman.
to
l,
and
WDH
ag'l
(2) in a chariot (compare Old Germ,

J
riton/
Engl.
TO EMPTY, TO
POUR ODT,
SCC pTI.
ride, Dutch ryden, Swiss
reiten,
for to
be carried
a chariot),
in a chariot, Jer.
whence
reita (rheda, Caes.),
the root \A~\) m. adj. empty, vain, Jer. p*~") (from Neutr. 51:34. emptiness, something vain, Psal.
17:25; 22:4.
carried
upon
Especially of Jehovah, who is the clouds (Isa. 19:1); upon the wings
4 3. Adv. pn Psal. 73:13; pH? Levit. 26 1 6 pn> Job 39: 16; pn ^3 Jerem. 51:58, in vain, fruit: :
of Cherubim (Psalm 18:11); on the heavens, Deut.
33:26; Ps. 68:5.

(i) to cause to ride on horseback,"Est. Ps. 66:12. Ki. 1:33; 6:9; (2) to cause to ride in a chariot, followed by an ace. of pers. Gen. 41:43; 2 Ch. 35:24; metaph
lessly.
HIPHIL
l
more often pi f. HjVl adj. empty, vain, used p*"), of vessels, Judges 7:16; 2 Ki. 4:3; of ears of corn (vanas aristas, Virg.), Gen. 41 : 27 ; of an empty, i. e.
See K'-M No. 2; compare Isa. 32:6. (a) empty, vain, Deu. 32:47. Metaph. poor, Neh. 5: 13. impoverished, (b) empty, (c) worthless, wicked, Jud. 9:4; 11:3; 2 Samuel
hungry
soul, Isaiah 29:8.
ride upon the wings of wind, Job 30:22. the phrase to be referred, "^rrtDITpJJ S'S^n 2 Used of inanimate things, to Vv^> see """?? place on a chariot or vehicle, 2 Sam. 6:3; 2 Ki.
to
cause
to
Hither
is
^-
6:20.
(a) emptyemptily, Jerem. 14:3 R?& handed, as poor men, Ruth 3: 17; hence to send any one away empty, without a gift, Genesis 31:42; Dent. 15:13; Job 22:9. Deut.i6:i6, K" " lie shall not present himself Op;!! *3?~n? n ?"?~
23:30; and simply

13:16.
to
place, e.g. the hand, 2 Ki.
Ep'"5
a(3v.
Bn
(3) to fasten an animal to a vehicle, Hos.lO:ll. Derivatives, nan nap, nwj, 33-10, n33-|D.
before Jehovah without (bringing) a vain, to no purpose, 2 Sam. 1:22.
gift."
(b) in
(c)
without
m. (f. Null. 2:5) (l) riders, cavalry, Isa. 21:7; and the beasts themselves whence, verse 9 C'^S 33"3 horses with (horse-) men. a chariot, i. q. n 3 31.9 Jud. 5:28; pi. Cant.
;
(2)
cause, rashly, Ps. 25:3; 7:5.

1*1
m. (from the root n in see

;
"Vn),
saliva,
Sa. 21:14.
Especially 1:9; but commonly collect. Gen. 50:9. military chariots, Ex. 14:9, 17; 15:19; iKi.l:5; 10:26; 2O:2l, and often. 7P3 33n chariots with
(from the root & n), Prov. 13: 1 8, and

Prov. 28:19, m. poverty.
,
32^n 'TJJ towns where warscythes, Josh. 17:18. chariots were placed, 2 Chr. 1:14; 8:6; 9:25. Often 33T (like appa, in Horn.) refers mostly to the
horses yoked to the chariots, and to the soldiers " and David riding in the chariots, as a Sam. 8:4, horses of them; all the chariots," i. e. the
Job 8:8 |>ro].

(l) tender, 1 3 ; of cattle,
hamstrung
f.
""]"")
n ?1
adj.
poken of little young and tender of flesh, Gen. 18:7. rnST D*.3*JiJ weak, dull (a) infirm, 2 Sa. 3:39. was considered a defect, eyes [Gen. 29: 17], (which compare l Sa. 16:12). Vulg. lippi, Genesis 29: 17.
:
(from the root l?^) children, Genesis 33
a Sa. 10: 18, go
riots of the Aramaeans,"

D'D-ID "
"and David slew seven hundred chai. e. the horses and men of
331 chariots; Eze. 39:20; a Ki. 7:14, two pairs of horses." ber fcaufer/ Dent. (3) the upper millstone, Germ, 34:6; 3 Sa. 11:21
many
LXX.
<r0ei-e7c.
Hence
40
:
(3) delicate, Deu. 28:54,56. nton soft words, Job (4) 8 oft, Prov. 15:1.
33" ! m. (l) a Norseman, a Ki. 9:17. of a war-chariot, l Ki. 22:34. (a) the driver
27.
(5) 33^> Tftfearful, Deu.
O:8; 2 Ch. 13:7.
("horseman"), [Rechab],
by
bornt pr. n.,
toftnets, Deu. 28:56,
who
house of the Rechabitcs, (i) the ancestor of the were bound by a vow ever to preserve a no
DCCLXI*
roadie
2 :55,
life,
aKi. 10:15, 23; Jer. 35:2, seqq.;
Ch.
compare Diod. Sic. xix. 94. Patron. '??3 Jer. Joc.cit. (3) Neh. 3:14. (a) 2 Sa.4:2.
2*P?1 b and up places, i. e. rough, Isa. 40:4. Abulwalid io rugged, Lex. MS. at Oxford, ascribes to the root DDT the
?"3,
only in
pi.
difficult
to pass.
nilpl noun
Eze. 27:20.
act. vectura,
riding, and driving,
same
signification as the syn. xJ, to bind, also to be
hard, calamitous, and he renders D^DDT
by
or n3T"], [RechaK], pr. (ID"] otherwise unknown, 1 Ch. 4:12.

1
[f
name of a
^^\
place
ju,x^ hard
B^K 'p?T
circumstances.
places, i.e.
difficult
of transit, and
(Ps. 31:21), jj^jui, i.e. calamities, adverse
m., vehicle, chariot, Psalm 104:3.
Root
pi m. league,conspiracy,so called from the idea
ty]
;
defectively
3*1 Gen. 14:11, 16, 21;
15:
*4; with suff. 'H7"i 2 Ch. 31:3; iB^-J Gen. 31:18, m. pr. that which is acquired, earned; hence sub-
of being "^l"J); or
bound
it
together, Ps.
may
31:8! (like ~W\> from be rendered snares, or plots. Plur.
const. 'P?T Ps. loc. cit.
stance, tvealth, Gen. 14:16. ^^0 ^-13") the (private) the property of the king, 2 Chron. 35:7. WbljJ
L \L/D
TO ACQUIRE, TO
GAIN FOR
ONESELF,
overseers of the property (of the king),
Ch.27:31
Gen. 12:5; 31:18.

Derivative,
28:1.
Root ^31.
??"3
?'3"3
' ?1 m., slander, detraction; see whence 7^1 'B^N slanderers, Eze. 22:9.
No. 2;
II.
\u3
^H
to
ceding in Thes.j, i.q.

interchanged), to
an unused root [joined with the preArab. ,j (& and X being

^
go about for the sake of slandering, Lev. 19:16; Pro. 11:13; 20:19.
-
(as a horse), gallopiren cognate E'JH (of a horse leaping, Job 39:20, 24).
run quickly
Hence
^TP
to
TO BE TENDER, SOFT (Arab. <-^}, kindred the root Pi?T No. I); figuratively (a) to be deliI
Pv
9
m. a superior breed of horses, remarkable

l
:
cate, Deut. 28:56. (b) to be weakened, contrite in mind, 2 Ki. 22:19; see Niph. ; used of soft words,
Ps. 55:2-2.
for speed (SJenner), Mic.

V
13;
Ki. 5:8.
Syriao
horse, especially a stallion, which ought to \ be of a superior breed see Bochart, Hieroz., t. i.
;
~ oi a
NIPHAL,
sa.
fut. "H* to be
weakened
become
\aind or heart (27) to
(broken), of the timid, Deut. 20:3;
page 95(l) part, of the root D-1T high, see D-11. (2) [^?am], pr. n. (a) of a Buzite, Job 32 2 ; whom some think the same as D"}^ Gen. 22:21. (b)
:
01
7:4; PUAL,
:
Jer. 51 .-46. See "ft No. 5. to be softened (a wound with ointment),

to
isa. l
6.
Ruth 4: 19;
iChr. 2:9;
for
(c) 1
which there
Ch. 2:25, 27.
HIPHIL, with 3?
break any
is 'Apa/i,
one's heart,
Job
Matt. 1:3; Luc. 3:33-
3:16.
Derivatives, Y? T>, ^"p.
D1
{
a buffalo, see
]
Dg-j.
'5
i.q. ?J"J
TC
GO ABOUT
IlLJ
(l)for purposes of
(2)
to
- (l)
s h oot
inD; hence to traffic. Part. ??"> a merchant, Eze. 27: 13, 15, 17, seqq.; fern. np3T a female merchant, ibid. 3, 20, 23. Hence the substantives nb-i, n>3-ip.
traffic, i.q.
TO CAST, TO THROW, Ex. 15:1,21. (with a bow), Jer.4:29; Ps.78:9.

<&{>. Syr.
(Arab,
this
ê
Êth.
and Ch. Jlii
id.
To
answers Gr.
nj3"i to
ptTrrw.)
(2) for the sake of slandering,
whence
?'?"J slander.
p1
traffic"), [Rachat], pr. n. of a town in

l
beguile, to deceive (prop, to throw down, to trip up, like the Gr. oâXXw; whence La'.. Pregn. l Ch. 12:17, fallo), Pro. 26:19; Gen.29:25.
PIEL
the tribe of Judah,
Sa.
^f?
^niS'l? "to
30:29.
deceive me (and
betray) to
my
enemies."
Derivatives, nO"|, HOnD, HD-lfl, n^DTTI, and pr. n.
Hpp")
f.
traffic, Eze. 28: 5, 16, 18.
UJ
Arab.
.
TO BIND, TO BIND ON,Exod. 28:28; 39:21.

f-
(with
u^j
id., e. g. cattle
in
stall.
Hence
be
lofty)
(l) a lofty
Kametz impure, from the root Wl to place l Sa. 22:6; especially

t
50
run-nan
one consecrated to the worship of
8 5> 39idols,
DCCLXX
Eze. 16:24,
in the tribe
i
Dzn-noi
Compare
[.ft
n*p3.
pr. n.
(a)
a ma A],
(a) of a
town
of Benjamin, Jud. 19:13; with the art. Isa. 10:29; to the north of Jerusalem, Josh. 18:25; Jud. 4:5;
Jer.
("heights"), [RamotK], pr.n. (l) of a town in Gilead, elsewhere called JTID4O, Jos. 21 :36; l Ki. 4:13. (2) 233 niDn, see 3JrnKn i Sam. 30:27.
f a heap, pile (of dead bodies), Eze. 32:5. prefer, with J. D. Michaelis, to read TP'lEn thy worms, although this pi. does not occur elsewhere.
]
31:15; Hos. 5:8;

1 Sa.
Ki. 15:17.
(b)
of a town
in
Mount Ephraim,
D'Dto
the birth-place and abode of
But
Samuel,
folly
11 :34-
15:34; 16:13; O.p-l i Sa. 1:1, Gr. 'Pa/mOc/i, i Mace. (c) of a town of Naphtali, Josh. 19:36.
1:19; 2:11; 7:17;
("the high place of the watch(d) nsyrpn tower"), Josh. 13:26, a town in Gilead, otherwise
called niDJO,
ncn
an unused
root,
throw (compare under
the
perhaps i. q. HOT to cast, word n ?i?); whence

(of heavy
:
nil,
Ch.
verse 9.
i
(e)
'$
to
nan, see
'n!?
No.
3.
Gentile
noun 'pen
(i)
Ch. 27:27.
m. pi. D^npl, a lance, a spear armed troops), Nu. 25:7; Jud. 5:8; Jer. 46
4.
(Aram.
to
throw,
cast, Dan.
and Arab.
3:21,24; 6:17.
(a) to put, to place, e. g. seats, Dan. 7:9. "TV No. 2. pare Apoc. 4:2, dpdvoc tKetro, and to Ezr. impose (tribute), 7:24. (3) ITHPEAL, to be cast, thrown, Dan. 3:6, 15.
id.)
Com-
*?H
pi.
Dîn
:
compare 2 Ki. 8 28. As K, see page I, A.

j
2 Chr. 22:5, i. q. D^K.n Syrians to the syncope of the letter
^D ("whom Jehovah
n. 4], pr.
set",
comp. HOT No.
a),
nQ"l
f.
worms
a worm, Job 25:6; commonly collect. bred by putrefaction, Ex. 16:24; Job 7:5;
s*
m. Ezr. 10:25.
9 1 : 26, from the root

faction,
No. n.
Arab.
<,.
putre-
worms thus
m.
(l) a
bred.
f. (i) a letting (from the root Pi.) or relaxing of the hands, indolence. (This notion of the root nearly approaches to the cogn. HS'l.
ncn
down
Arab.
p^n
pomegranate,
Cant. 4:3; also an

:
;
VIII. to be slack, and remiss, spoken of

Pro. 12:24.
artificial one,
Ex. 28:33, 34; 2 Ki. 25 17

(Arabic
a pome.
any
affair.)
n '^1
a remiss hand,
granate
is
tree, Joel 1:12.
idle, Pro. 10:4.
Adv.
negligently, Jer. 48: 10.
id.
The
origin supposed, very improbably, that pomegranates were so called from the worms (i" "!) with which they are infested. I prefer
doubtful.
Some have
ri *P"! P^? a (2) deception, fraud, Job 13:7. a deceitfraudulent tongue, Ps. 1 20 2 , 3. nB'j? n'D")
:
bow, one which shoots untruly, Hos. 7: 16; poet, deceptive archers, who deceive by a false flight, Psa.
ful
explaining bone, *
to
IIS")
marrowy, from *
marrow of a
78:57.
be marrowy as a bone.)
of pomegranates,
several
^TQ
Hence
**ffi\
an unused
root,
Arab. (JjCci Conj. IX. to
From
be slender, small
the abundance
in the waist [not given in Thes.]
places take their names (a) [Rim in on, Remmon], a town of the Simeonites, on the southern confines
fern.
[plur.
D^PI] a
id.)
m a re, once
found, Est
of Palestine, Josh. 15:32; 19:7; Zee. 14:10. (b) a town of the Zebulonites, Josh. 19:13 (where ">KJ"ISn does not belong to the pr. n., see under the word ~W>n
8:io.
< lip
(Arab.
]
^L.
an unused
root,
Arab. J.C
to
deck with
Ch.6:62. (c) of a rock near Gibeah, Jud. 20:45,47, t which some also
Pual), perhaps
i.q.Wsi
gems,
to stain
with blood, whence
refer
Sam. 14:2 [prob. now called RQmm&n, ^.^

113].
^n*7p"]
("whom Jehovah adorned'), [Re-
Rob.
ii.
(d)H?tf~! [Rimmon-perez], a
Nu. 33:
19.
sta-
maliah~\, pr. n. of the father of Pekah, king of Israel, a private and ignoble person, and on this account
his son
is called contemptuously nj7P"Tj3 4,5; 8:6), 2 Ki. 15:25.
tion of the Israelites,
(Isa. 7:
(2) pr. n. of an idol of the Syrians, 3 Ki. 5:18 (compare pr. n. ]l813tp), perhaps high, from the root
C?"J No. 1. Hesych. 'Pa/iac, tyio-as Be6f. pr. n. of a man, a Sa. 4:2.
Hence
I.
i.
q.
D-n TO BE HIGH,
(where, however,
LOFT T. Pret. -1t?l many MSS. and printed editions
DCCLXXI
-lave 10^) Jobafltia; and *8PI (where other copies Have ?Oh) 24: 24. Part. HDto'n exalted, Ps. 1 1 8 16. NIPHAL, imp. plur. JBVl Nu. 17:10; and fiit. 1OT
:
Deut. 4:18.
Once used of
all
at -vatic
animals, Psalm
104:25.
Of
land animals whatever, Gen. 9:3.
H
pr. n. of
i I
Ezek. 10: 15, 17, 19 (in these examples a few copies omit Dagesh); to exalt oneself, to rise up.
fit
("a high place," i. q. non), [RemetK], a town in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19: 21.
inf.
(prop.
of the root
i?"3),
II.
U*J
shouting for joy.

32:7.
Arabic *, to become putrid, whence

to
PI. B??~'jn shouts of deliverance, Ps.
nS"),
and according
some P"!.
I
"'jyftEpi"! ("whose help \_Romamti-ezer~\, pr. n. m. l Ch. 25:4,31.

see
have exalted"),
TINKLING SOUND,
GIVE FORTH A TREMULOUS Of RATTLE, Once Used, Job 39: 23, either of the arrows as rattling when the quiver is struck, or of the stridulous noise of an arrow when
J i.
HJ
q. J31
TO
TO
shot (Arab.
fut.
.,),
^
where nscyx
is
used for arrows.
with the
ace., Isa.
feet,
D'OT (cogn. to DEH) (i) TO TREAD as a potter does clay, followed by an
41 :25; followed by ? Nah. 3:14, to tread upon, icalk over any thing, Ps. 91:13. (2) to tread down, 2 Ki-7: 17, 20; Dan. 8:7, 10; Don " to tread down Isaiah i
See Bochart, Hiei'oz. i, page 134; and Alb. Schultens, on Haririi Cons. i. page 11.
"If! fern, (from the root 12"}) joy, Psalm 30:6; 42:5; 47:2.
(i) shouting for 1 Ki. 22:36, ~OJ?3
63:3; 12, HVQ my courts," i. e. to profane them, compare Apoc. 11:2; Part. DDT a treader down, an 1 Mace. 3 45.
:
"OH2..,njn$|
nnn "and
there went through the
oppressor,
16:4. NIPHAL, pass, of No.
Isa.
camp a joyful cry: Home!" (2) a mournful cry, wailing (SBimmern), Psalm 17:1; 61 2, and frequently.
:
2, Isa.
28
3.
(3) [Rinnah~\, pr. n. m.

fut. PJ (once 29:6), pr. TO EMIT A
Ch. 4:20.
Derivative, DCnp.
(l) TO CREEP, TO CRAWL, the proper term for the motion of smaller animals which creep upon the ground, both those which have four or more feet, as mice, lizards, crabs, etc. (and this is the proper signification, comp. DO }), and those which have no feet, and trail their bodies on the ground, as
1
fut. Kfo'V
l^
as if
from the root jn Pro.
TREMULOUS AND STRIDULOUS
Specially used of the tremulous sound of a mast or tall pole (1) shaken by the wind; hence P.N, Hf!; also used of the sound of a torrent (see P^"!*?).
(2) as a verb
SOUND.
serpents,
worms,
etc.
Gen.-i
and wild quadrupeds have as birds and fishes, H?7 '^7 ^TO"?? " all the creeping things which creep upon the earth;"
26, after both domestic been mentioned, as well

:
hence
cries
it is, to vibrate the voice (trillern); shout for joy, to lift up joyful out(but not with an articulate voice), Lev. 9:24;
(a) to
verses 28, 30; 7:8, 14; 8:17, 19; Leviticus 11:44. The earth is sometimes said to creep with creeping
It is also used Isa. 12:6; 35:6; 54:1. of inanimate things, Isa. 44:23; 49:13(*) used of a mournful outcry, to wail (nrimmeru), Lam. 2: 19.
Job 38:7;
PIEL
J3"!
i.
q.
Kal No.
;
2, to
shout for joy, Psalm

concerning anything, by *?% (at the de-
Gen. 9:2, things, with an ace. (comp. vn No. 4). all the things with which npn^n bb-in -\V$ ft?
98:8
132: 16
:
:
followed
;
by ?
earth creeps," i.e. which creep in abundance on the earth.

it is used of aquatic (amphibious) reptiles. Gen. 1:21, "*W TVffCpn Pljnn CD^n -IV"!^ "creeping living creatures with which the waters abound ;" Lev. 1 1 46 Ps. 69 35 used of all land animals whatever, Gen. 7:21, init. Psalm
: ;
:
Ps. 33 l ; 89 1 3 92:5; followed struction of any one), Jer. 51 :48.
But followed by
an
ace. of
person or thing,
to
celebrate with shout"
(2) In a wider signification
ing, Psa. 51:16;
59
followed
by
<>$
Psa. 84:3;
VPs. 95:1PUAL, pass. Isa. 16:10. HIPHIL Pin (i) trans,

joy, Ps.
to cause to shout for Job 29:13. 65:9; to rejoice, Deut 32:43, (2) to shout for joy,
104:20, "(by night)
all
the beasts of the forest
creep
(out of their dens)."

1
Hence
reptiles, Gen. 1:26;
:
followed
by
/>
Ps. 8l:2.
l
;
m. a reptile,
:
collect,
Derivatives, see Kal No.
also,
P,
H3"),
and
Q~~ whatever creeps 6:7; 7 :1 4> 2 3> often fiBlXn upon the gr Dund, Gen. l 25 6:20,- Hos. 2 20 comp.
;
Hlljn
f.
(i)
shouting for joy, Jcb 3:7; 9O:5
PL
n'i-'Ps. 63:6.
-no-i
(a) plur. 0*331. Job for the common H3J^
DCCLXXII
39:13, seqq. ostriches, poet. from the J"I133, called either an
evil,
r.% y~l
i.e. a hurtful thing, 9 Kings 4:41. envious, malignant, Prov. 23:6; 28:22.
(bb\
stridulous sound of their wings (see Job loc. cit. verse 12, compare H31), or from their wailing noise (see
J31
Lam. 2:19); compare Arab. .U; the female

its
os-
trich, so called from
song.
Vulg.
struthio.
See
appearance, deformed, especially by n ?"!P Gen. 41 :3(3) unhappy, unfortunate, of & person, Isaiah " 3:11; compare verse i o. Jer. 7 6, C37 JT)p that
when
(2) evilîn followed
it
Bochart, Hieroz.
ii.
page 24.
may go
ill
3113. No. 1),
with you," for D3? JH nVn/> (compare Jer. 25:7.
PID1 ("dew," "fall of dew"), [Rissah'], pr.n. of a station of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33
21, 22.
1
(4) sad, of the heart or mind, Pro. 25: 20; of the countenance, Gen. 40:7; Neh. 2:2.
D'D^D "} m.
(II)
plur.
(I)
I. 1 1
;
drops of dew,
Cant. 5:2;
II.
(B) subst. evil, badness, especially in an ethical sense, TO KUKHV, Gen. 2:9; Deut. 22:22; in nVJ? evil
counsel, Ezek. 11:2; jn T38 evil men, Prov. 28:5; also wickedness, malice, Genesis 6:5. In this sense
from the root DCn No.

ruins,
Am.
6:
from the root DDT No.
there
I.
is
more frequently used the
fern,
H^n, which see.
|P J an unused root; Arabic a cord or muzzle. Hence
^j
to
lind, with
m
:
(l) a curb or halter, which goes over
JH. (from the root y-1~i), noise, outcry (Serm), Ex. 32:17; Mic. 4 9. The noise of God is thunder, " he Job 36:33, iJH V?y declares to him (to man
:
Tr
a horse's nose, Isa. 30:28; gener. a bridle, Psalm " 32 9. Job 30: 1 1, in;>K> '3.SD }D1 they cast off the bridle before me," i.e. they use unbridled license;
or to his enemy) his

II.
thunder."
n$n, with
y"l (from the root n;sn No. 3) for the more full suff. 7:, lip, ton Jerem. 6:21 ; but much
in use
is
-inj/i,
compare the Arabic phrase
<Lcl<;
.ill?
to loose his
more
plur. D^];. with

i
suff.
TJH;
.
halter, of an unbridled person.
Hence the inner the (2) part of mouth, where the bit ebtfj) is put, like the Greek yâXivoi, teeth, Job (ba 41:5, "pi 7B3 used of the double row of teeth (of
the crocodile).
(3)
^njn(for vrjn Job 42:10;
83.30:26); crnn', n
a companion, a friend, with whom one has intercourse, Job 2:ll; 19:21; Prov. 25:17; implying
less
than
3HS
Prov. 18:24.
Followed by
:
the Greek 6
ifiol ^w'Aoc),
Job 30 29,
n3J
<lnt. (lik; fiiâ? J?l " sl
[Res en],
pr.
name of a very
ancient city in
companion
(i.e.
like) to ostriches."
Prov. 19:6.
Assyria, Gen. 10:12.

!
- (I)
Hence
Friend or companion is also said of- (<t) n /<<;, one beloved of a woman. Cant. 5:16; Jrr. ;$: i, -jo:
Hos; 3:1; compare ny}~) any other of the human
SDtttmenfd)),
(ft)
46: 14.
TO MOISTEN, TO SPRINKLE, Ezek. B'p'D"] drops of dew, and pr. n. HD").

"
an
i>
<> >/
!,
er pr i-.v
//,
race,
TrXrjnitn'
(9iddM"t'i>
(Chaldee Dpn, Arabic

Sanscr. rasah, dew; Gr.
ros.)
^. id.
tptrt],
To
tpar),
this
answers the
^poffoc; Lat.
and
Ex. 20:17, seqq.; 22:25. Hence \vlu-n another. alter, alter, B"S, one, Judges preceded by 6:29, Wjn^S V** "they said one to ano-
nol
(II)
i.
q.
pn
to
break; whence Dpprj NC,

JH, pi.
II.
Jn
with a distinct, accent.
D^n
ther." Genesis 11:3; iSa. 10:11; 20:41. Also used of inanimate things, Gen. 15:10. Compare ntf No. 6. More rarely when not preceded by t^X Isai.
34: 14,
*0i?: -injn-7
(from the
-vyB>
i.
"
root yjn).
satyr shall cry to satyr."

JUJT), I'V^l
i
(A) fern. ~ljn adj. evil, bad (a) physically as of an animal, bad cattle, Lev. 27:10; Deut. 17:1
;
(2) thought, will,

17.
q.
Ch.
ps
139:2,
Root
.
ny-j
Ch.
to will,
and |^
Ethpa.
to think.
bad waters,
wicked, evil, of the manner of thinking and acting, Gen. 6:5; JH 37 an evil heart, Jer. 3:17; 8:21; i Sa. 25:3 7 24. '3 '.372 JTI i. e what is unpleasing to any
(b)
/0i;<S c ,
: .
2 Ki. 2: 19, etc.
(i) an rarely evil co n dit ion, Jerem. 24:2, 3, 8; especially in an
JH m
$1
(from the root VJO,)

Jer.
ethical sense, evil,
wickedness,
4:4; 21:12:
23:2; 26:3.
(2) deformity, Gen. 41: 19. (3) sadness of heart, of appearance, Neh. 2:
.
one, Gen. 38:7; often in this connection, \3^3 inn Hjrv. what was displeasing to Jehovah, iKi. ii:t>;
14:22; more rarely followed by 7(7 Ecc. 2: 17; followed by \3.9? Neh. 2:1. Specially (aa) noxious, hurtful, njn njn an evil beast, Gen. 37:33. JH -13*1
00.7:3.
fut.
3D'. TO
HUNQBB (Ab.
Tbt
DCCLXXI1I
primary idea appears to lie in that of an ample, i. e. 3rn and -<Eth. empty stomach compare the kindred
;
65:25.
Followed by an ace. of place, in which *
hunger). Used of individual men [or other Ps. 34: 1 1 ; 50: 12 of a whole region, Gen. beings], 41 -.55. Followed by ? to hunger for any tiling,
*lf\: to
;
Jer.
42:14.
to
to
to cause to hunger, Deu. 8:3; hunger, Prov. 10:3.
HIPHIL,
suffer
26.34:14,18,19; Micah depasture, to consume. Mic. 5:5, "they shall eat up (waste) the land oi n Assyria with the sword." Job 2O 26, 'l' .N3 "inb> JH'. " Jer. (the fire) devours what is left in his tent." " 22:22; 2 16, ~lp"]|5 "spjrv they devour the crown Job 24:21, rin^ njrn "who opof thy head."
50:19;
flock feeds, Jer.
7:14.
Figuratively,
to
Derivatives, the three following nouns.
pressed
(3) to
the barren
woman"
(Chald. confringens).
whether of individuals, 3?"^ m. hunger, famine, Lam. 5:10; or of entire provinces, scarcity of
delight in any person or thing (compare Lat.jooscz aliqua re, i.e. to delight in). Chald. njn id.;
grain, Gen. 12:1O; 41:30,869.

niljn verbal adj. hungry, 2 Sam. 17:29; with hunger, Job 18:12. stricken Job5:5;
compare Hebr. ^-H; Arab.
l^..
Constr.
(a) fol-
2^1
f.
P2JT] m. famine,
Wi
J
Ps.
37:19; Gen. 42:
19.
lowed by an ace. of pers. to delight in any one, to be his companion, Prov. 13:20; 28:7; 29:3. (b) followed by an ace. of thing, Prov. 15: 14, " the mouth of fools r6?K njn;. delights in folly," follows after nJ-IDX njn "seek after truth." nj>-J folly. Ps. 37:3,
D-l"!
TO
TREMBLE, TO QUAKE
(of the earth), Ps.
to seek after the
wind, i.
e.
folly,
Hos. 12:2; com-
(Arab. j^. Conj. IV. VIIL, id. As to the roots beginning with JH see under W^)HIPHIL, intrans. to tremble, used of men, Dan.
104:32.
and nn JVJp. Compare pare Isa. 44:20. PIEL njn i. q. Kal No. 3 (or rather denom. from nyi), to join oneself as a companion to any one, Jud,
W]
10:11; Ezr. 10:9.
Hence
14:20.
"Tl m
Ex. I5:l5,and rnjTlf.
ps
2:11; 48:7;
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
to
Kal No.
1,
Ps. 78:72.
J"I*J
trembling.
fut.
HITHPAEL, with any one, Prov. 22 24.

:
hold intercourse; followed by

II.
apoc. Vy. (Job 20: 26).
(i) TO
FEED
id.,
--
Derivatives, njn, jn No'.

ftT!, n r!P,
T],
T\
fW),
Hjyi,
a flock, TO
PASTURE, TO TEND. (Arabic
^, ^
O?, ivy?9,and
1
the pr.'n. Wl,
Wl, 'W.
and figuratively
As to guard, to care for, to rule. to the origin I suspect it to be of the same stock as the verbs HV1, njn, HST and properly to have the
;
[and perhaps
JTI" !.]
sense of looking upon whence HVT and HJH No. 3, to look upon with pleasure, gern fetjeiv ""Up No. i. to
(i) fem. adj. JH evil, bad (see 1H). (a) evil which any one does, Job (2) subst. Psa 2O:12; 35:12; or which happens to any one, C V nVl "TV to bri n g calamity, Gen. 19:19; 44 4=
.
HXT to behold, pasture a flock; prop, to look after, to see.) Const, absol. Gen. 37: 13; Nu. 14:33; Cant. 1:7; followed by an ace. Gen. 30:31; followed by
3 (prop, to look upon), Gen. 37:2; l Sam. 16: 11 Part. !~!Jp subst. a shepherd, Gen. 13:7; 17:34. 26:20; fern. njn Gen. 29:9. Figuratively to pasture, is used (a) for to govern, to rule, of a prince
;
upon any one. Gen. 26:29; 1 Kings 2:44, fc?TJ '3 njn under the word K'TJ. (b) evil, wickedness. Hosea 10:15, B3Jpjn njn "your very wicked wickedness."
evil
H constr. nyn, with

?J?P),
suff.
TJp Proverbs 6:3

i.
(like
q. JD,
1
m., a
companion, a friend,
3.
(compare Horn.
Aaw'), 2 Sa. 5:2; 7:7; Jer. 23:2, seqq.; followed by 3 Ps. 78:71 ; of God, Ps. " Jehovah is 23:1, my shepherd, I shall not want ;" 28:9; 80 2; of a teacher of virtue, Pro. 10:21,
TTOI/J>)V
:
which
4:5.
is
more
in use, 2
Sam. 15:37; 16:16;
Ki.
Root njn No.

rrijn.
The feminine
is
"$"! plur. Jud. 1 1 38.

:
companions,
fem. Psa. 45:15;
D'3! -ly-)" p^S 'Dpt? "the lips of the righteous feed many," i. e. lead to virtue. So part. njn a shepherd, metaph. used of God, Ps. 23: 1 of kings and princes, Jer. 2:8; 3:15; Zee. io:2; cf a teacher of virtue and wisdom, Ecc. 12: li. (b) .to nourish, to feed. Hos. 9:2, "the floor and wine- press shall not feed
;
HJp
25:19;
inf. f.,
from the
root,
WH, a breakage, Prov.
Isa.
24:19.
n. ty") ("friend (sc.) of God"), \_Reu] pr. Gen. 11: 18; Gr. 'Payav, Luke 3 35.
:
m^
them."
(?)
to feed (intrans.) as
^WJTjC" friend
a flock,
Isa.
of God"), [Reuel,
Raguef]
5:17; 11:7;
pr.n. m.
Gen. 36:4. 10. (l) of a son of Esau,
DCCLXXIV
(2) of the father of Jethro, Exod. 2:l8;
Num.
10:29.
(3) (4)
i
Ch. 9:8.
But
read
(Syr. jft s to thunder), compare Hiph. and CJH(c) as any one with rage, to be angry, see Hiph
(Syr. Ethp.
id.
Num. 2:14; for this we should compare Num. 1: 14; 7 4 2 1O:2O.

:
/WJH
Arab.
^~
III.
V.
to
be angry.)
>
(2)
to
tremble, Eze. 27:35.

1
HIPHIL
W| i. q. njn, yn, of the form ^? = rta, inO = FID a man from the root H^T No. 3).
rfljT)
(f.
;
of the word
Job 40 9
:
(l) to Sa. 2
thunder
:
(of Jehovah), Ps. 29:3;

l
O.
female companion, friend, Exod. ll:2; preceded by i"lB>X altera,

another^sa. 34:15, 16; Jer. 9:19.
(2) desire,
pursuit, Eccl.
(1) a
Esth. 1:19;
altera, one,
(2) to provoke to anger,
Sa. 1:6.
Hence
pare
nn
study of any thing. 1:1452:11, 17, 26 4 n$n HOS. 12:2, and Chald.
;
D-1")
:
4,
Jnyi a vain 6 6 9 com; :
DJn na. (l) raging, tumult, noise, Job 39:25. (2) thunder, Psalm 77:19; 8l:8. Metaph. Job the thunder of hi 26:14, Ijtefl! t? irn-nj Djn
who perceives it?" i. e. the whole circuit of the divine power, all the mighty deeds which can b* declared of God.
power,
wi.
root
r^STj Chald. will, Ezr. 5:17; 7:18; from the nyj No. 3.
*?"! m.,
pasture,
Kings 5:3; from the root Hjn
No.
I.'
*y.~).
("companionable," denom. from jn),[.Rei],

Ki.
1
:
(0 trembling, poet, for the mane of a horse, which in horses of a nobler breed appears to tremble from the fatness of the neck; Job 39: 19, " npyn hS-JV ^J?flq hast thou clothed his neck with trembling?" i.e. with a trembling, quivering mane;
-
pr. n. m., 1
8.
ny/1, o/*
*jn
adj.
denom. from
Tsa.
or belonging to a
pr. pastoral
thepherd, sc. man, Zech.
38: 12
1 1
:
subst.
compare Gr. ô/3; mane, from <p6ftog. The interpretations of others are given and discussed by Bochart, Hieroz. i. p. 118, seqq. and Alb. Schult. ad
h.
1.
-
shepherd,
17.
"TJn
3'm
a fema ^ e friend, Jud. 11 :37 (where the has 'DT]); a beloved female, Cant. 1:9, 15;
*"'>
(2) Gen. 10:7; Eze 27:22 [Raamah'], pr. n. of a city of the Cushites, i. e. of jElhiopic origin. LXX. in Gen. renders it 'Piyfjia, i. e. a town on the Persian
Gulf,
2:2, 10, 13; 4:7.
Compare V3 No.
)
l, a.
mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph. Byzant

Bochart, Phaleg.
iv.
See
Eccl.
2:22, 13
I'ryn
No. 2, desire,study, striving. " the of his heart."
5;
Michaelis
Spicileg.
i-
striving
193-
rvn
i'Vjjn
striving after wind, vain desire, Eccl. 1
17;
PPXpr. n.
[Barneses], Gen. 47:11; Exod. 12:37;

[7? a a wises],
4: 16."
Root nj^jNo.
.
3.
Nu.33:3,5; and DDZ?X"1

Dan. 2:29, 30.
Exod. 1:11;
Chald.
t houg h t, Daniel 4:16; 5:6,10;
7:28; used of night

njTl to think.
visions,
Root
the
of an Egyptian city, prob. the metropolis of land of Goshen, built or else fortified by the
given
labour of the Israelites; this city appears to have its name to the whole province (see Gen. loo.
TO BE STRUCK, TO
the root 1JH (Chald.
TREMBLE; kindred
id.).
to
and Syr.
Only found in
Nah. 2:4. Derivatives, 7}H, n /JDJD, and
HOPHAL,
id.
The name accords with that of several kingo of Egypt, Ramses, Ramesses (i.e. " son of the sun"), one of whom apparently built this city, and
cit.).
pr. n.
^V^?, ^^JT).
1
called
ed. te
it
by
his
own name.
p. 136.
See Jablonskii Opusc.
'Xn m.
12:2.
(2) pi.
(l) reeling (from drunkenness), Zee.
Water, tom.i.
\
1"1>?V"}
a woman's
vails, so called
Isa.
from their
Jj/
not used in Kal.
Syr.
>r>i denotes tht
mallow.
PlLEL, J3Jp. TO POT FORTH LEAVES, TO BE GREEN, Job 15:32; Cant, l 16 (although both of these examples may be referred to the adj.). Hence
:
tremulous motion, Arab. ,Lc
3:19.
to tremble," i.e. who fears Jehovah), [7?eei.ai'a/j], pr. n. m. Ezr. 8 : 2 for which there is in Neh-7 7, n'DJH \_Raam ia /<].
; :
/n
("whom Jehovah makes
(l) TO RAGE, TO
;
ROAR
Ps.
96:11
98 7;
Chron. 16:12.
(fi)
(a) as the sea, as thunder
}vin m. adj. green, of a leaf, Jer. 17:8; of treei growing and flourishing, Deut. 12:9; 2 Kings 16:4. A green tree, metaph. of happiness, Psalm 3'/:36'
52:10; 92:15.
Green
(i.e. fresh) oil, Ps.
9:l
DCCLXXV
I?JJ Chald.
id.,
metaph. of a
man
flourishing in
followed
by an
Ps.
let
to
ace. Prov.
3 20,
:
" the tiouds

id.)
drrj
fol-
favourable circumstances, Dan. 4:1.

(i) imp. Ijh Isa. 8:9, fut JTC TO
down
dew;"
65:12, 13.
(Arab. _zz
HIPHIL,
drop down
45
:
(said of .he sky),
MAKE A
lowed by an
.
.
ace. Isa.
8.
LOUD HOISE
(lermfn).
(This primary signification

q.
variously modified, is found in all the roots beginning with the letters JH especially DJH compare fremo, "Ijn,
fc?jn;
MO
and f^5 T0 BREAK IN PIECES,

to
Exod. 15:6;
10:8.
L
metaph.
oppress a
people,
Jud.
compare
$
po7;oc, pofloc,
to
padayoc
Germ,
raufcfyen/
rafcn/ raffcln
3*1;
Engl.
rush;
TJ'l.
also in the syllable 31,
see under the root

is
The
special sense of
breaking, crushing compare f*V3; the sense of trembling, which arises from being struck, in ">jn, 7JP, D V"?). Specially to break (as in Aram.), Psalm 2:9; Job. 34:24; Jer. 15: 12; and intrans., to be broken, Jer. 11:16.
(a)
to be
found in the roots yjn, fJH;
TO BE
SHAKEN; hence
Isa.
[" TO SHAKE, TO TREMBLE"] TO BE MOVED, to tremble,as the earth, Jud.
5:4;
its
place,"
13:13, "the earth shall be moved from shall tremble (compare Job 9:6); the
heaven, Joel 2:iO; 4: 16; the mountains, Jer. 4:24; Nah. 1:5; the sea-coast, Eze. 26:15. (Arab.
i^ft
evil (from the idea of raging, being tuis
multuous, which
.referred to
an
evil disposition
see
W}, as on the
mind
is
other hand, meekness, a placid and lowly referred to goodness of disposition and mind ;
see 1$); onlv in
amples of which
P ret ^> fem n y?> * ut V?- (the exI have referred to the root JH' p.
-
but the origin of the Hebrew word and the primary notion lies in noise and crash ing, which takes place from concussion, see the subst Used of the rustling E'y'J, and under the root W^).
.
and
to tremble
(9Zaufd)en) of
grain
q.
'Q \VV.3 JH to CCCLix, B). displease any one, Num. ll: 1O. Farther, to be evil, is, i. q. to be noxious, hurtful; followed by ? 2 Sam. 19:8; of the eye, to be envious ; followed by 3 Deut. 15:9; of the face, to be
NIPHAL,
HIPHIL
ble,
i.
Kal,
:
moved by the wind, Ps. 72: 16. to be moved, shaken (said

to
of
the earth), Jer.
50 46. (i) to move,
shake, cause
to
trem-
sad, Eccl. 7:3.

inf.
the heaven and earth, Ps. 60:4; Hag. 2:6, 7; kingdoms, Isa. 14:16; hence to terrify the nations,
Specially (2) to make a horse leap (as verbs of trembling are applied to leaping, compare "iri3 Piel, 3"TI, 73~in,
HIPHIL jrn and inn,

e. g.
jrv.
(i)
to
make
Eze. 31:16.
evil,
Qpy/yp
-lin??
"
they
make
their actions evil,"
Mic.3:4; also to do evil, to do ill, Gen. 44:5, Enjnn DDTX "F^ " ye have done ill that which J ye have .. Followed by rni^J?.? done," bag tjabt ifyr ubel gcmactjt. to do ill, to act wickedly, to live wickedly, i Ki. 14:9; and with this omitted, id. Isa. 1:16; 11:9;
i
and the kindred verb to this, No. II.), Job 39: " 20, 3"]S3 ISK^JTinn "dost thou make (i.e. teach) him to leap like a locust?" lefyrffc bu eg tjupfen (galops
I
W^
I'iren)/
une
"1
bie ^>eufd)recfe ?
Hence
37 8; Prov. 4:16. Part. JH3 Prov. 17:4; pi. D ÔP,a evil doer, Isa. 1:4; Ps. 22:17; 37:9. (2) to do evil to any one, followed by a dat. Ex.
Ps.
:
m. (i) noise, tumult (8Raufd)n/ 9?af[eln), of chariots (feraffel), Nah. 3:2; Jer. 47:3; of horses running, Job 39:24; of battle (eraufd)), Isa.
e. g.
5:23; Nu. 11:11
ace.
Nu. 16:15; Ps. 74:3 (com-
pare the same construction in the opp. 3'P'H); ?y_ l Ki. 17:20; D# Gen. 31:7; 3 i Ch. 16:22. Sometimes used of
9:4; Jer. 10:22; but especially crashing in an earthquake; hence an earthquake, l Ki. 19:11;
Am.
God
a dat. Jer. 25:6;

Ps. 44: 3.
as bringing calamities, followed by Ruth i : 2 1 ; followed by an ace.
l:i; Zee. 14:5. (2) trembling, Eze. 12:18;
brandishing of
spear,
Job 41:21.
HITHPOEL ^"1^? to be broken in pieces (as by a blow), Isa. 24:19; hence to perish, Pro. 18:24.
[Derivatives, JH, n^l, JH.]
"j
- (l)
*
prop. TO
:
SEW TOGETHER, TO MEND.

id.
(Arab.
Gr.
\j
.,
-<Eth. /J<ft
To
this
answers the
Ch.
to
break,
to
break in pieces,
fut. IDT.
These roots spring from the primary and onomatopoet. stock ep, which has the sense of seizing and plucking, rapiendi and carpendi, Germ.
pctjrrw.
raffen/
f
)"!)3,
Dan. 2:40. (of the form pV),

PAEL,
id., ibid.
rupfcn (kindred
3h
raufen),
rauben/
compare
This root imitates the sound of a See Niphal and Piel No. 1. person sewing rapidly.)
*p.n,
SQO.
fut.
i.
q.
No.
TO
DBOP DOWN,
Hence
DCCLXXVI
to heal, pr. a wound, a wounded person (which done by sewing up the wound), Isa. 19:22; 30: 26; Job 5: 18; Ecc. 3:3; compare Ps. 60:4; hence a sick person (compare Gr. aKtlffOai, i. e. sarcire and aanare, and Luther's joke, who calls the physicians,
(2)
of blood and animal
life
(t??)> therefore
weak
aTid
is
languid like a sick person (Isa. 14:10), but not devoid of powers of mind, such as memory (Isa. 14:91
seqq.), Ps.
88:11; Pro. 2:18; 9:18; 21:16; Isaiah
26:14,19.
(2) [Rapha~\, pr. n. borne by (a) the ancestor of the Canaanitish nation of the Kephaim (B^?"l, which see), 1 Chr. 20:4, seq. Compare also 'I?"?.
(b) i
unfcrcg
crrn
otteg glider/
the cobblers of our Lord
God); with an
ace. of pers.
with a dat. of pers. Num. KEH a doctor, Gen. 50 2 ; 6: 10, i? N3"N "and (lest) there be
:
Gen. 20: 17; Psa. 60:4; 12:13; 2 Ki. 20:5. Part. 2 Ch. 16 1 2. Iinpers. Is>a.
:
Ch.8:a.
(c)
Ch.4:ia. [KBrn3.]
healing done
to
them,"
lest
they recover.
heal a person, a Metaph. (a) a i.e. to restore to land, people, pristine felicity, 2 Ch. 7:14; Hosea?:!; 11:3; Psa. 30:3; as, on the contrary, he is said to inflict calamities, see Deut. 32
is
God
said to
Xa"^ f. only in ll; Eze. 30:21.
pi.
medicines,
Jer.
30:13; 46:
f.
healing, Pro. 3:8, from the root NEH.

pi.
^3"), only
39; Jer. 17:14; 30: 17.

pristine felicity
Inasmuch as
restoration to
Rephaites,
i.
q.
Q*KQ") [Rephaim\, gentile noun, HQ-jn *jfy 2 Sam. 21 16, 18, a

:
Matt. 9:2, seqq. 53 : 5)> to heal

Jer.
depends on remission of sins (see Mark 4:12; compare Isaiah 6 l o

:
;
very ancient nation of the Canaanites beyond Jordan, famous on account of their gigantic stature,
Genesis 14:5; 15:20; Isaiah 17:5; compare Deuter. 3:11; the remains of which continued even to the age of David, 2 Sam. loc. cit. In a wider sense, this name appears to have comprehended the gigantic nations of Canaan (see DD', D'DTOT, Dj?3J!),
(b) is
i.
(c) for to co rnfo r t. Job 13:4, "vain comforters;" compare Ps. 147:3; Jer. 6:14; 8:11. (Also, the verb solor, consolor, has pr. the sense of healing, restoring, ganj macften/ from
3:22; Hos. 14:5. Also, to heal is used
pardon, a Ch. 30:20; Compare Ps. 41:5; 103:3.

q. to
?y?
H??"l
2:11, 20.
solus, oXoc; also
Arab.
\J\ to cure, to console.)

i,
K"1
pr. n.
l
whom God healed"), [Raphael^

'Pa<f>ati\,
NIPHAL
(a) to be
(i) pass, of No.
Jer. 19: ll.
Ch. 26:7, compare

J
Tob. 9:5.
healed, whether a disease, Levit. 13:37; or a sick person, Deut. 28 27. Followed by a dat. " there was Isa. 53:5, N3"}5 healing to us," i. e. God pardoned us. Water (when bitter and hurtful)
'3
PIEL
fut. "IS"]*
TO
STKEW, TO SPREAD ODT, Job
41:22 (cogn.
to "I?"}).
is
a Ki.
said to be healed, when 2:22; Eze. 47:8, 9.
it is
rendered salubrious,
altar),
(l) to spread out :i bed, Job 17: 13. (2) to support, i.e. to refresh a wearied person, Cant. 2 5. Compsire "HP N. 2.
:
PIEL (i) to Ki. 18:30.
mend,
to
repair (a broken
Derivatives,
^T^l
U11(
'
'"'
c t>0o r
t>nies
(*) to heal, as a wound, Jer. 6: 14; the sick, Eze. 34:4; to render (hurtful water) salubrious, 2 Ki. 2:21; raetaph. to comfort, Jer. 8 1 1. (3) trans, to cause to be healed, to take the Inf. pleon. Xiai charge of healing, Exodus 81:19. Ex. loc. cit.
:
\ fut.
apoc.
p<7rru),
THROW,
forth,
i.
q.
""ID"},
^ whence
(i) pr. TO CAST, TO

pr. n.
nsn
(existing
HITHPAEL,
8:29.
to
cause oneself
to be healed, aKi.
pr. n.
throwing down), specially (2) to cast down, to let. fall, especially the hand, In Kal intrans. bte $anb fallen laffen/ see Piel, Hiphil to decline as the day, i. e. to draw to a close, Judges
19:9; used of hay in the fire, i.e. to sink down, IsaL 5:24; followed by IP to relax, to desist from any Neh. 6:9. person or thing, Ex. 4:26; Jud. 8:3;
let down, especially of the hand, 2 Ch " let not your hands hang D^T, '3T.'$ down," i.e. be not lazy in the work. Relaxed
Derivatives, HNS"), rWKfn,
N^D, and
Sometimes KQ"} borrows a signification from vhe cogn. HQT tv let down, to relax (and vice versa);
Note.
part. Piel
(3)
to be
15:7,
N31P
1
weakening, Jer. 38 4, and the deri:
vatives,
KB !, K&TQ No.
(i)
i.
II.
q.
nsn flaccid, feeble, weak, only
hands are very often ascribed to those who have lost " and his hands 2 Sa. 4: l, 1^ 1B~p their courage. was were let down," his courage gone, Isa. 13:7;
in pi. B'KQ"!, i. e. manes, shades living in Hades, according to the opinions of the ancient Hebrews, void
Jer.6:24; 50:43; Eze.?:!?; 21:12; Zeph.3:ifi Used also of a person himself Jer. 49 24,
:
i
DCCLXXVII
" Damascus
(i.
e. its
inhabitants) has
become faint-
n"VS*l
K\ITOV.
f.
support, prop of a
litter.
LXX
ova-
hearted."
NIPHAL,
girdle
e.
to be
slack, remiss, idle.
Ex
Vulg. reclinatorium.
Cant. 3:10.
Roc t IB*
5:8, 17.
to let
Piel No. 2.
S""] (" props," "supports"), [Rephidim^ pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia Deserta
PIEL, to let
(i.
e.g. wings, to loosen), Job 12:21.

i.
down,
26.1:24,25; a
Specially
down any
courage 38:4; Ezr. 4:4. HIPHIL, '"iB'in, imp. and fut. apoc. HI } and 2 Sam. 24: 16, ^n (l) to let down the hand. "let down thy hand," i.e. stop from inflicting
one's hands,
his q. to destroy
(compare Kal No.
2), Jer.
Ex. 17:1; 19:2.
Tin ("whom Jehovah healed"), [Rephaiah]

pr.n. m. l Ch. 7:2.
(l)lCh. 3:21.
(4)
i
(2)
plagues.
Followed by JP
for, to
desert, to forsake
Ch. 9:43;
iCh. 4:42. (3. compare HEH No. 2
any
one, Josh. 1O:6.

i.e. to
Without
"V, to let
down
(5) Neh. 3:9.
(the
hand),
(2)
or thing, Jud.
to
des is t, followed by IP from any person Deu. 9:14. 1 1 37 leave off any thing, e.g. a work begun,
:
^S~\m., slackness, remtsness,withtheadditioc

of D*"V of a faint heart, Jer. 47 : 3.
See the root HBT
No.
2.
Neh. 6:3; instruction, Prov. 4:13; any person, i. e. to desert him, i. q. 3TJ> Neh. 6: 3; Deuteron. 4 3 1 31:6,8; Josh. 1:5; Ps. 138:8. Absol. Ps. 46:11, " leave off (your own attempts) and know." l Sa.
: ;
and lu
tinction) fut.
WITH THE
(which are used without dis32:2, TO TREAD FEET; especially to disturb water by
|
fc?3"V
Eze. 34:18;
15:16.
(3) any one go (opp. to, to lay hold of, to followed detain); by an ace. Cant. 3:4; Job 7 -.19; 27:6. HITHPAEL, to shew oneself remiss (a) to be Prov. 18:9. (6) to lose one's coulazy, Jos. 1 8 3
to let
:
;
treading; cogn. to ^P").
NIPHAL, Prov. 25:26,

fountain."
E?B~|3
$?p
troubled
HITHPAEL DS^nn prop, to let oneself be trampled under feet, i.e. to prostrate oneself. Prov. 6:3; Ps. 68:31, ^P? 13 DBint? "prostrating himself
with fragments of silver,"
Derivative
i.
rage, Prov. 24:10.
e.
submissively offering
Derivatives, HEn, jVQn.
(for tribute) pieces of silver.
stands not unfrequently for S3"! to heal, H- == '"n)' 1 th* 8 sense there occurs (compare ^7$
II.
j
|
^-
Chald., to
!
f.
trample down, Dan. 7:7.
ris-i (for KBI) P s 60:4; imp. NIPHAL, -"ins^ Jer. 51:9; fut. -IB"!! 2 Ki. 2:22.
.
1
fut.
inf.
nrrjn Job 5:18.

rtBTn Jer. 19:11;
word of the
plur., rafts, 2 Ch. 2:15; apparently & later Hebrew for ni~QM i Kings 5:23; to
PIEL,
-1ST.
Jer.
8:11.
which appears
to others of
Sn ("casting down,""throwing down,"i.e. a hero, a champion, a giant) [Raphah], pr.n. (l) of an ancient giant, whose descendants, who were also n B"in Hv* and D ^B"1; see that giants, were called word. (2) lCh.8:37; for which there is iCh.9:43,
njQ")
^th. tj^1 ?!:) a
BW
be compounded of K'pl (Arab. raft; and 1?^ to spread; according and Talmud. N^PN a raft.
,
^^
[Rephaialt], ("
whom Jehovah
an unused root, which had, I suppose, the |5 J of to pluck off (see NB }); signification primary which connects many glosses which the Arabic lexi1
healed").
(l) slack, remiss; especially with 3H' added, 2 Sam. 17:2. niBT D^V slack hands, Job
4:3;
9 I m.
Isa.
j cographers give very confusedly under the word as to suck breasts, to eat herbs, to sew up (compare
,
KB"l), to take
p-
hold of any one, as a fever. Hence
is
de-
35:3; as indicating faint-heartedness. (2) infirm, feeble, Num. 13:18.
rived
Ms"}
13: 9-
(" healed"), [Raphu~\, pr. name,
m. Num.
(__;,, fold, flock of sheep; to which, without doubt, answers the Mishnic HB 1 ( n B^, of the form
ii.
MS
/riience
an unused root; Arabic *tej to be rich;
n^n from y?% f6b from ^P) an ox-stall Baba Bathra, 4 (prop, prcesepe, manger, out of which 3; vi. they pull down the hay; Germ. 9iaufe$ comp. HJ^J and D-13SI); and the Biblical word ^T\^~] ox-stalb; which see. ^B'n Job 26 1 1 ; see under the root
; :
a A] pr.n.
("riches"), iCh. 7: 25.
DCCLXXVIII
jrv-psn
HlTHPAEL, TO
LEAN ONESELF,
:
TO
REST
id.).
(2)
i.
q.
Hiphil, to satisfy,
to
pay
off, Lev.
26
PO N followed by
;
^ Cant. 8
5 (Arab, jjj VIH.
see DEH.
trample with the
an unused root (cogn. to W~} and J"IQ"1) to feet, as if to break something to

;
34,41; 2 Ch. 36:21. NIPHAL (l) to be graciously accepted, as a sacrifice (see Kal No. i), Lev. 7: 18; 19:7; 22:23, 27; also 1:4; 22:25, in which passages there is Of the same added a dative of benefit, ^/, CD?.
meaning
Isa.
is
fly
rvn Lev. 22:20.

to be
pieces, to disturb water;
whence
(2) pass, of Kal No. 2 and Hiphil,
paid off
i.
40:2.
^51 m.,mud,
mudists
id.;
mire, Isaiah 57:20 (with the TalB^.
PIEL, to
make any
one well pleased,
e.
to ask
compare transp.
in plur.
excrement).
D'HEH Hab. 3:17, ox-stalls, as the interpreters rightly give it. See as to the talmudic use, under the root e)?'J. n in and etymology this word, although servile, is retained in the plur.; flint? [?. Besides the roots mentioned compare nt^p, under the root, the following words might be com-
nS"3 only
or seek his favour, Job 20:10, "his children shall seek the favour of the poor," or, what comes much
to the
Hebrew
same
thing, "shall
conciliate (or reconcile

II.
themselves to) the poor," by restoring the goods taken
from them, compare Arab. L?

HIPHIL,
to appease
to
to conciliate.
.
pay,
to
pay
off,
i.
q.
Talmud nyin (pr
pared, Arabic
,,
,,
CUJ and even

so called
a creditor, compare the Germ, befrtebige n/and the obsolete uergnugen/ for to pay), Lev. 26 134, "then
the land shall
lie
iJ^-Jh straw,
waste,
and
shall
pay
the sabbaths
fodder for cattle;

plucking.
also
from the idea of
(she owes)."
LXX.
Vulg. prasepia.
m. (from the root PV^), a fragment (of silver), j*"^ Ps. 68:31.
?"}
Compare Kal No. 2 and Niphal. HITHPAEL, to make oneself pleasing, to obtain any one's favour, followed by ?N l Sa. 29:4. Derivatives, pr. n. nyin [N^")], and
m. (i) delight, satisfaction "'H Isa. 56: 7; Jer. 6: 20; and Pro. 14: 35;
m.,a runner; see

(I)
i.
p"l.
fallen),
P^
q.
pn
TO RUN.
Inf. absol. Nl^n.
Eze.
|iV"J"?y Isa.
60:7,
1:14.
(II)
i.
to
q. n>"J
;
be approved.
be pleasing, acceptable (to God), Dr6 Ex. 28:38, nin;

to
*$
pVto
whence
at least
'WJ for 'JVyi Eze.
(conciliate)
43=27.
i? ; not used in Kal. Arab. &*cj to observe; especially in order to lie in wait, to lie in wait. PIEL, to observe insidiously, Ps. 68: 17.
(Arab.
*j,
them before Jehovah," i.e. that they may be accepted of Jehovah, comp. Lev. 22 ; " 2O, 2l; 19:5, D3?1^"}? that ye may be accepted," sacrifice that or, maybe accepted; Lev. 22. your
for
favour
^*j
(I)TOBE DELIGHTED
with any person or thing (prop., I believe, to delight in the appearance Germ, gern feben j see under njn
;
No. 1,3); followed by 3 Ps.49:i4; 147: 1O; 149:4; Isa 42 1 (where, from the preceding context, we must
:
19,29; 23:11. (2) a delight, that with which any one is delighted, Prov. 11:1,20; 12:22; 15:8; 16:13; speto God, Pro. 10: 32 Mai. 2 13. cially what is pleasing (3) will, pleasure, i. q. Ch. rwyi, pr. that which telest monplaisir,Ps. pleases any one, like the French 40:9; 103:21. fai^na nf^ to do according to one's 3 of will, Est. 1:8; Dan. 8:4; 11:3, 16; followed by
; :
supply 13)
followed by an ace. of 102:15; Job 14:6; Jer. 14:10.

;
pers.
and thing, Ps. Specially to re-
pers. to treat
51.9:5.
any one as one pleases, Neh. 9 :24, 37; Used of wicked pleasure and wanton
ceive graciously anyone bringing gifts. Gen. 33: 1O; Mal.l :8; God, the sacrifices and prayers of men, Ps.
ness, Gen. 49:6.

(4) goodwill,
favour,
as of a king, Pro. 16:15,

: ;
51:18; Job 33:26; Eze. 30:40; compare Ps. 77:8;
Am. 5:22 (where an
accus.
must be supplied).
Fol-
19:12; especially of God, Ps. 5 1 3 ]1"l DJJ3 in the time in which one
to
;jo
Isa.
49
8.
may be
received
lowed by Dy of pers.; pregn. to delight in the association of any one, Ps. 50: 18; Job 34:9 (comp. niin No. 3). Followed by an inf., Psalm 40: 14, nvn
*3?'?np
favour.
Melon, benefits, Psa. 145:16; Deut
33:23.
"be pleased
to deliver
me."
Part.
n*n - (l)
(Arab.
.
TO BREAK, Or
.
DASH IN
i
PIECE*.
pass.
**") pleasant, agreeable to
any one, Dent. 33:24;
and
See Piel No.
and ti*
Eth. 10:3.
puiri
(2) to kill, with an ace.
DCCLXXIX
Num. 35:6,
:
HVn Deut. 22 fully under the word nsn No. 2, NrpHAL, pass, of Kal No.
PS3
'Q
26,
c.
compare
seqq.; more K>23 '3 HSH
(1) TO
BREAK, TO BREAK IN Ot DOWN.

H3i5
Isaiah
42:3, ri"l
9loi)r
"a crushed
(Vulg. quassata).
reed," baS etngflnirtte Isa. 36:6; 2 Ki. 18:21. It

Isa.
2,
Jud. 20:4.
differs
to be
(i) (2) i. q. Kal No. 2, but iteratively (like ?9i2), to kill many, to act the homicide, 2 Ki. 6:32; Isa.
PIEL
to
dash
in pieces, Ps.62:4.
from ">?' to break off, see broken, Ecc. loc. cit.
42
3.
Intrass.
1:21; Hos. 6:9.
(2) figuratively, to oppress, to treat violently, often joined with p^JJ iSam. 12:3, 4; Amos 4:1; Isaiah 58: 6; Deu. 28:33.
m.
" with a
(l)
a breaking in pieces,
in
Ps. 42:11,
breaking
my
bones,"
i.
e.
with
my
ex-
treme
grief.
(2) outcry, into which any one breaks (compare ), Eze. 21:27, where it is joined with
of Kal No. l, Ecc. 12:6; Ezel NIPHAL p"13 , pass, 29:7. PIEL K^"! (0 i- q- Kal No. I, but more forcible to break in pieces, Ps. 74:14. (2) i. q. Kal No. 2, Job 20:19; 2 Ch- 16:10.
POEL n'n
Y Vi"> Nah. 2
:
i-q-
Kal'and Piel
No.,
Jud. 10:8. But
5, belongs to the root f*n to run.
("delight"), [Rezia~\,
=
pr. n.
m.
Chr.
to
HIPHIL,
fut.
39-
make
to run),
conv. pFi? (so as to differ from Vl^* Jud. 9:53, to break in pieces.
(Arab.
^^
" fir
"
<n,"
stable," or
i.
q.
pp
"a prince"), [Rezin], pr. n. (i) of a king of Damascus, Isa. 7:1. (2; Ezr. 2:48; Neh. 7 :5O.
HITHPOLEL, to dash one another, to struggle together, Gen. 25:22. Derivatives, Y~l, compare ny-lto No. II.
>
81 :6.
TO PIERCE
THROUGH, TO TRANSFIX, Ex.

Conj. IV. id.)
(Arab.
-^
pi (from PIT} No. I) (l) adj. thin, lean (used of cows), Gen. 41: 19, 20, 27. (2) it becomes an adv. of limitation, restriction,
only, alone. Job l 15, ^?> '3X pl"only I alone." Gen. 47 22, "only the land of the priests he bought
:
:
Derivative, Ji-H'?.
|?
TO
ARRANGE STONES
together for a pave-
ment, TO TESSELATE, Cant. 3:1O.

idem).
Derivatives,
(Arabic S_P
JI
_-I
^n, ns>p, n |^'l'?-
14:16; Am. 3:2; 2 Chron. and frequently. Also, of exception, " we w.ill eat our only, except, provided, Isa. 4: l, own bread,...only let us bear thy name." Specially
not."
l
Sa. 1:13; Jud.

17,
28:10; 33:
(l) a stone on a hearth, on which meat *|Vl m. was roasted or bread baked. 1 Ki. 1Q:6, DSJJ 0*V~! y T %, "a cake cooked upon the stones." The Rabbins
'
:
save that, except.
precedes, it is, only, besides, 2 Ch. 5: 10, " there was nothing in the ark rTIITpn *yp p-) except the two tables." Joshua 11:22, "there were not left 2 Ki. 17:18.
(a)
i"tfj?^l
when a negation
s-
understand hot coal, compare *\V?~).. (2) [Rezepti], pr. name of a city subdued by the Assyrians, Isa. 37: 12; perhaps "Pijnatya of Ptolemy 350, ed. Basil), situated in Palmyrene; Arabic (page -j
of the nation of the Anakirn
pi
except
in
Gaza."
Ki. 15:5.
(b} it is prefixed to adjectives
except
c), as JH pT nothing (equally with ^^ No. 2, a l Ki. 14:8, "K^'D PI evil, nur boje/ ettel bofe.
is
"only what
right," wetter nid)t$ o!6 roag

(c) it
redjt
ijl.
; <l U,.
rf
coal.
f-
(l)
i-
Vulg. calculus.
T YV j T> T_i_LAX. and Rabbins

' '
q-
^T?
baking stone,
j
Isa.
-^
6:6.
Deut. 4:6. Hence Gen. 20:11, sense.
has a kind of confirming n$n Dips? D^n^S nK-V p pi
render
it
hot
surely
I
the lear of
.
God
,
is
not in this place,

i.
prop.
it
cannot be otherwise than

Note.
e.
no doubt, surely.
(a) a tesselated pavement, Est. 1:6; 2 Ch. 7:3; Eze. 40: 17, 18.
Sometimes
this particle, -when placed at the
(3)
[RizpaK],
pr. n. of
a concubine of Saul, 2 Sa.
3:7;
2:8.
fut. n~>:,
(for
'
P:), Isaiah 42
4; Ecc. i,
beginning of a sentence, must be referred not to the next but to some more remote word. Isaiah 28: 19) the rumoui njJIT p") "to have heard ny-IDE? p^n only T T f J TT; Ps. 32:6, N? V^S 0*31 D*D ej^B7 r>"_ causes terror." " to him the flood of
:
' i
.1
W$l
12 :6, compare
cogn. to ITH and
K Jer. 50:44 arO (Arab,
only great waters, (as to) The sam (the righteous) they shall not approach." Isa is the case with the particles D| Ge^. 16: 13,
DCCLXXX
"
see
p"l
m. with
stiff.
Vpn (from P21 No. II), spittle,

Isa.
Job": it); 30:13;

J
50:6.
Tp1 m. Gen. i :6, 7, 8; Psalm 19:2; fully JTP^ B'n Gen. 1:14, 15, 17, 20, etc. the firmament oj heaven, spread out like a hemisphere above the
earth (from the root y\>~}), like a splendid and pellucid sapphire (Ex. 24: 10, compare Dan. 12:3), to
ROT, TO D E c A T (used of wood), Metaph. Pro. 10:7; comp. the Rabbinic phrase, "rottenness comes up upon his name."
fut. 2p/5'.TO
Isa.
40
20.
which the stars were supposed to be fixed, and over which the Hebrews believed there was a heavenly
ocean (Gen. 1:7; 7:11; Ps. 104:3; 148:4; compare, however, Gen. 2:6). LXX. ore/at wjua. Vulg. j?rmamentum. Luth. SSejlc.
Hence
masc. decay of bones, Prov. 12:4; 14:30 (metaph. used of fear pervading the bones, Hab.
j7!
3: 16); of wood, rotten
wood, Job
13: 28; Hos.5:l2.
pl
'
P'p! m. (from the root PP."? No. a wafer, Ex. 29:2, 23; Lev. 8:26.
\
I.)
a thin cake,
id.,
Job 41:19.
prop.
i.
q.
D3T No.
3,
TO
ADORN WITH CO-
TO LEAP, TO SKIP, Ecc .3:4. Figuratively, the phrase is used to skip for fear (compare Hiph. 1H3 Piel), Ps. 114:4, 6. Pa,, id. The
LOURS, TO
Conj.
II.
idea appears to one's feet, see Pi?"}).
primary be that of trampling the ground with

(Syr.,
cially to
(Arab, to mark with points, to draw lines, to write). Hence n ?P."). Spevariegate a garment, to weave it of vaPart. EJ31 the
VARIEGATE
riously coloured threads.
weaver
of
PIEL, to spring, to dance, 1 Ch. 15:29; Isaiah Job 21 : 11 ; used figuratively, of a chariot 13: 31 driven rapidly over rough ways, Nah. 3:2; Joel 2: 5. HIPHIL, prop, to cause to leap, i. e. to tremble,
;
such texture, Ex. 26:36; 27:16; 28:39; 38:18 (it differs from 2BTI a worker in colours). In Spanish
used of the mountains, Psa. 29 6.

:
Comp. Kal,
also
CTJ and in}.

f(from the root P2"3 No. fil thing thin. Hence
and Italian the verb recamare, ricamar (borrowed from the Arabic) is applied to the art of needlework, a signification which was formerly ascribed also to the Hebrew word; but see, on the other hand, Psa. 139:15, compare JoblO:il, and A. Theod. Hart-
I),
properly,
some-
mann, Hebraerin,
PUAL, pass,
vol.
iii.
p. 138, seqq.
to be
wrought, used of the formation
(1) the
temple
(@rf)laf),
part of the head, Jud.
4:21,22; 5:26.
(2) poet, for cheek, Cant. 4:3;
tet'.pora,
of the embryo in the womb [of the formation of the members of Christ's mystical body], Psa. 139:15.
6:7.
Compare
a mari-
Hence
3
(i-
Prop.,
ii.
24, 3.
pr. n. of
q-
t^j "flower garden," prop. "variepr. n.

(
Pp"3 ("thinness"), [Rakkon], time town of the Danites, Josh. 19 :46.
gated"), [Rekem~\,
jamites, Josh. 18:27.
~p J TO SPICE, TO SEASON oil for making ointments, Ex. 30 : 33. (The primary idea appears to be in making the spices small, which an- mixed with
the
(l)of a town of the Benf a king of the (a) Midianites, Nu. 31:8; Josh. 13:21. (b) 1 Ch.2:43 And (c) i Ch.7:i6.
a)
P"!
Ezek.
fern.
(l) something versicoloured,

:
np.^X Cant. 3:6.) oil, PP."}, Part. n|5fl an ointment maker, 30:35; Ecc. 1O:1. PUAL, pass., 2 Ch. 16: 14.
7?'~l
comp. under
and
variegated
;
(bag JBunte), of the pinions of the eagle, 17 : 3 of stones of various colours, l Ch. 29 2.
HIPHIL, to
season
(flesh), Eze.
24: 10.
Derivatives, ng-j-D'njri, ng-io, nnjriD,

"2
Comp. ^5. Specially (2) a variegated garment, Eze. 16:13, 27:16. Plur., Ps. 45 15. Dual D?ripp.T Jud. 5
:
18;
:
30.
m. spice,
2.
nj'jn }^ spiced wine,
i.
q.
^DD
Cant. 8:
to | (cogn. the earth with the
pp."))
(i) TO
BEAT, TO STRIKK
:
feet, as in
indignation, Eze. 6
m
:8.
in exultation, 25:6.
.
ointment, Ex. 30:25.

to
|<1 Fern. nnjn

j
m. an ointment maker, perfumer, Neh.

i
(2) to spread out by beating, (see Piel), and simp:^ spread out, e.g. God the earth, Ps. 136:6: ISA
Sa, 8: 13.
Isa.
m-
pi-
ointments,
57:9.
48:5; 44:24. (Syr. to make firm, to found.) (3) to tread down, 2 Sa. 22 143. PIEL, to spread out by beating, as a thin plat*
DCCLXXXI
Ex. 39:3; Nu. 17:4; hence
plate, Isa.
to
overlay with a thin

the hammer), Jer.
40: 19.
Dan. 9:15; Eccl. 7:17; opp to Ply. Pregn. followed by wickedly to dep rt from (God), Psa.
PUAI., part,
spread out (with

Kal No.
2, to
18:22.
(3) to (opp. to
i.e. to
10:9.
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
spread out
(heaven),
have an unrighteous cause, jm), Job 9:29; 10:7, 15.

(i)
to
to be
guilty
Job 37:
18.
HIPHIL
Derivatives, J^P^ and
declare guilty, or unrighteous,
D^jPI
I-
m. plur. thin plates, Nu. 17:3.

T
PP
prop. TO
BEAT, TO POUND,
to
specially, to
spread out
intrans.
by beating,
make
thin.
Arabic
one, used of a judge (opp. to P^.yn), Ex. 22:8; Deu. 25:1; Job 32 13; Isa. 50: 9; used of the person who gains his cause, Isa. 54: 17. Hence simply, to overcome, l Sa. 14:47, of Saul, " and whithersoever he turned himself JW")! his
condemn any
uJ
to
be
thin.
(Cognate roots are "1p"l îV?
which have the primary sense of pounding, and 3p_7, n lT3, which have that of making small.) Derivatives, PI, HiTl, p'p/1, and pr. n. Hj?"), jij-n.
H.
overcame," i. e. he was the victor: this from victory being regarded as the reward of a righteous cause, defeat, the punishment of wickedness, compare P"JV, n ^1V No. 4, HDT to be innocent,
cause
arises
O
PP
(fut.
i-
q- P"X
T0 SPIT, TO SPIT OUT.
(An
onomatopoetic root, like the cogn. p-1~i, compare Lat. Followed by 2 to spi'Z upon any one, Lev. scra>.)
Vulg. superbe taken in the primary signification, and rendered to cause perturbation, terror.
abat.
Syr. Jôj to conquer.
LXX. iau&ro.
But
it
may
also
15:8
PT).
(2) intrans. to act unrighteously, wickedly, 2 Ch.
Derivative, ph.
20:35 (with
,
nib'y;?),
22 :3; Job 34:12; Dan. 12:10.
(i.
q.
Chald. SrifT, Arab,
"a shore"),
Pregn. 11:32, nn:i *JPKni? "those desert the covenant."

Derivatives,
who wickedly
standing, according to the Rabbins, Tiberias was built, Josh. 19:35.

;
[^/j/â</t],pr. n. of a town in the tribe of Naphtali, where afterwards
poor, see K*n.
to
y J an unused root, Chald. SBh to have leave, be permitted [" to be able "], n-IBh leave, power,
I
whence
JV^/H m. permission,
Ezr. 3:7.
f see TVK'KT beginning.
power of doing
anything,
3 adj. (l) wicked, unrighteous, Genesis 18:23; Job9:24; 15:20; 20:29; Ps. l 1,4, 5,6; 3:8; 7:10; 9:18; 11:6; and very frequently. Opposed to P^V. Sometimes (but however, rarely) used of the Gentiles (Q?i3) as oppressing the Israelites (E??JO, Isa 55 Ps 9 :6 compare JN?Q Psalm 84:11; 125:3; and Greek ciôyuoi of the Gentiles, l Mace. 2:44; 3:5; Act. 2:23.
:
-
(^having an unrighteous cause

sense),
(in
a forensic
Ex. 23:7; Deu. 25:1.
U\L/
TO WRITE, TO
J,
,
COMMIT TC WRITING, Dan.
(3) guilty, liable to punishment, Gen. 18:23, 2 5rWOp J^h guilty of death, Nu. 35:31.
1O:21. Arab.
id.
Chaldee
id.
Fut.
BV
Dan. 6 19.
PEIL, D'En pass. 5 : 24, 25.

fut. yB>")*
with suffix masc. wickedness, unrighteousness, Psalm 5:5; 45:8; and frequently. Opp. to P"J.y. I?^T! niiy'K wealth wickedly acquired,
Mic. 6: 10.
^1
y^n
rjJNb wicked,
1 1.
i.
e.
deceitful, fraudu-
or
TUMULT,
*
.
(l) prop. TO MAKE A NOISE, see adj. J?KH Job 3:17; Isaiah 57:20;
V
lent balances, Mic. 6:
falsehood, Prov. 8:7
Specially, used for fraud, Plur. (opp. to n$).
things done wickedly, Job 34:26.

(i) ivickêdness, unrighteousness. Mai. 3:15; specially, fraud, falsehood (compare p"jy No. 2). Pro. 13:6 (2) something done wickedly, Deu. 95:8.
f.
and Hiphil, Job 34:29.

9
(Syr.
<*>Li
commotion, disturbance; also >^j^L) to be disturbed; kindred roots are ^"J, yjn and others, which have been treated of under J^.) Hence
J.iLi
Aph. to agitate; T f
'
Isaiah 9:17;
(2)
to be
transition of
unrighteous, wicked (compare the same meaning in the root %"?)> * Ki. 8:47;
DCCLXXXII
u/
J
an unused root,
S
to
kindle, cognate to
T)6', 3TB>.
inflame, Sam. id.
to
burn,
to
HIPHIL,
i.
q. PIEL,
Job 41:23.
pi.
Hence
m. boiling, only
.I
J
Eze. 24:5.
m
Ps. 78:48.
C1)
ftame. Cunt. 8:6;
comp. Chald.,
TO BIND horses TO a chariot, Mic.l:l3,

.
Targtim.
Hence poet., 76:4, (2) lightning, Psa. 78:48. " nC'j5 'DCn lightnings of the bow," i. e. arrows, and
Job 5:7, ^Ch
(3) a
is
'33
(Compare "IpN No. 4.) Arab. J thread round the finger. Hence
.
IV. to bind
"sons of lightning,"
i.e.
raven-
ous birds flying with the rapidity of lightning.
body s Deu.32:24: l^} *On? "consumed with pestilence," Hab. 3 5 (where there is in the other hemistich "O^
:
burning fever, a plague, by which the inflamed (compare ntpn heat and poison).
OH'"! m (i Ki. 19:4 n>ro, f.) D'cnn i Kings pi. !9 4j5; Jb 3: 4; Psalm 120:4; according to the Hebrews, and " Jerome, juniper; more correctly,
:
S~~
i.
q.
Arab.
<iuJ
genista,broom (spartium junceum,
plague).
Linn.), a shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia, with yellowish flowers, and a bitter root, which the
(4)
[ReshepK],
l
pr. n. 1 Ch.
7:25.
(C0gn. tO
pH)
TO BREAK, TO
BREAK IN
PIECES, not used in Kal. POEL, id. Jer. 5:17. PUAL, pass. Mai. i -.4.
Derivative, pr. n. BhT)n.
poor were accustomed to eat (Job loc. cit.). It is so called from binding, likejuncus ajungendo, S&inSee Cels. Hierobot. torn. i. fen from the verb btnben. Oedmann, Vermischte Sammlungen aus p. 246.
der Naturkunde,
f;isc. 2,
chap.
8.
nprn
genista"), [#ifAroaA],pr.n. of a sta-
tion of the Israelites in the desert,
Nu. 33:
18, 19.
of the verb Bhi in the sense of taking, and seizing, f. a net, Ps. 57:7; 9:16; 31:5; Lam. 1:13. ^V riBn bna to spread, or cast a net upon something. Eze. 12:13; 17:20; " 32:3. net-work," Ex. 27:4. ri^n nb^p
Avith
suff. 'Fl?h pr. inf.
HtJn
not used in Kal, TO TIE, TO BIND.

.TJ
,
Arab.
to close, to
sew together.
to
NIPHAL, Ecc. 12:6 np (in a contrary signification), be unbound, loosed. 3TD has PO^. to be re
pirn
6:81
;
m a chain, Ez. 7:23. from the root PD"}.

.
Plur. ITIp'irn iKi.
moved.
PUAL,
to be
f.
bound, Nah. 3: 10; whence pW] and

chains,
Isa.
TO BOIL, TO (Syr. and Ch. id.)

PIEL, to
BUBBLE
UP, not used in Kal.
JTlpJTn
pi.
40:19.
q.
J
to
an unused
root,
i.
BO"i
and Aram.
T\T\">
make
to boil, Eze. 24:5.
be
PUAL, to be hot, of the bowels, metaph. of an emotion of the mind, Job 30:27.
terrified;
.
whence
nrn m
terror, Hos. 13:1.
Aram. HJVnn
id.
The letter V? was used anciently without distinction, before the invention of diacritic marks, to designate
both the simple sound of s and the thicker sound,
peculiar property of their language, in almost

these roots have
all
^,
as
#, Lt; "Wi
a stronger
kindred
D,
V,
i;
^P,
pro-
which
th.
in German is expressed by fd)/ in English by The same is still the case with s in the Irish
'
J^Jj,
etc. (just
as the people of
8 with
Wirtemberg
nounce the German

if ifdjt);
sibilsint, ift ai
language, as sold, solace; and se (pron. she), he; After these grammatical distinc(pron. she), she.
tions
the Arabs rarely retain ,uj, as npB',

itself
J^..
In the
Hebrew language
sibilants,
letters are
T,
;
were introduced, the lighter sound was marked a by point on the left horn, the thicker by one on the
right.
(a) the other
as
e>,
see
pjigc
For the Hebrew
the Chaldeans often, and the

letter Sin),
p~; also, l?V, Iffc, I??; pny, pPC' DLXXV, to strain; "1SV an d ~*$? to ferment. (b) somt-tiines the aspirates, just like Greek wc> nu ; v\rj, silva;
Syrians always (as not having the

stituted D, as ">?'fi 139.
;
t
sub-
~\m- but the Arabs, by a
compare i. q. ^'7
n l?'
i-
q-
^1?
to
spread out;
'u'D,
(JJ3-.
to go:
3"^=
JT
to intei twine, to weave,
DCCLXXXIII
is very often aiso in the formation of roots a sibilant 3JB> i. e. 333 to be as a biliteral to stock, prefixed
high;
NJ^
i.
q.
HNS, etc.;
compare
;
ypcupu),
scribo
;
mary idea in abundance of drink; compare although in the common use of the language this verb is more employed as to food than as to drink)
Frequently used of one
satisfied
yXw^w, sculpo ; Tpifa, ffûAXw, and many others.

L
strideo
tego,
oreyw
fallo,
with food, Deut.

;
31:20; Ruth 2: 14;

n
'^."]
"I'D
Isa.
44: 16,
etc.
more rarely
:
of
nKtp' an unused
iJStL'
root. Derivative,
an unused
IKS?
to
root,
cognate to the verbs
one who is so with drink, i. q. HIT Am. 4:8; hence used of a well-watered land, Pro. 30:16; Ps. 1 04 1 6. It is ascribed to the soul (see *??. No. 2), Eccl. 6:3;
(which
see),
.'j
boil, to boil up, to
ferment,
is
and metaph. to the eye which is Eccl. 1:8; compare Isa. 53 1 1

:
satisfied
;
with seeing,
Constr.
Ps. 17:15.
compare
to boil up, to
break forth (an ulcer). (In
the western languages of the

fuar/ in Ottfr.
;
same stock
German
Hence
Anglo-Sax, sur; Germ,
fatter.)
*1X^ m. fermentation, leaven, Ex.

(Ch.
"lib id.).
12: 15, 19.
37: 19; followed by an ace. of the thing, as DH? V3b to be satisfied with bread, Ex. 16: 11; Job 27:14; Eccl. 5:9; followed by \Q Pro. 14:14; 18:20; Job 31:31; followed by ? Ps. 65 5 88 :4; followed by? before an inf., Eccl. 1 :8. Metaph.
absol. Hos. 4: 1O;
Ps.
:
it is
H^
suit.
of the verb MPJ (for nfe>), with *nxb' once contr. inb Job 41 17 (where other
pr. inf. fern,
J :
said, to be satisfied with money, Eccl. 5:9; with shame, Lam. 3:30; Hab. 2:l6; with contempt, Psa. 123:4; with calamity, Ps. 88:4.
copies have inXB>).
(1) raising up, Job 41: 17; lifting up, sc. of See the root M?3 No. 1, countenance, Genesis 4: 7.
letter
c.
(2) Sometimes the notion of weariness and loathing is added, Isa. l:ll; Job7:4; Pro. 25:17.
D'bj jnb> to be full of days, l Chron. 23:1; 2 Chron.
24:15.
PIEL, to satisfy, Eze. 7:19; followed by two ace. of pers. and thing, Ps. 90:14. HIPHIL, to satisfy ; followed by an ace. of pers.
Ps. 107:9; followed by two ace. of pers. and thing, Ps. 132:15; followed by IP of the thing, Eze. 32:4; Ps.
(2) eminence, a place rising up in the skin; hence any spot, Levit. 13:2, 10, 19 and even one
;
where the skin

(3)
is
deeper.
Compare verse
and
3, 4.
excellency, majesty, Genesis 49:3;
Job
13:11.
(4) a sentence, decree of a judge (compare KÊ No. 4, and S&'J No. l, letter /), 'Hab. 1:7. Others take it here to be pride.
followed
81:17; followed by 3 of thing, Ps. 103:5. Once by ? of pers. and ace. of thing, Ps. 145: 1 6.
16.
Metaph. Ps. 91:
Derivatives, the five following nouns
TO
INTERTWINE,
i.
q. "5J3D;
i
whence
m
rD3^
Y
Ki. 7:17.
seqq.
;
nu plenty, abundance of food, Gen-4i :2Q,
pi.
D?3Jp lattice work,
Prov. 3:10.
(i) a net, Job 18:8. work, with which the capitals of columns were surrounded, 2 Ki. l 2 l Ki. 7 1 8, 20, 41
f.
(2) lattice
^Y
l
m.
2
-.5.
adj.
Sam.
Metaph.
satisfied, satiated, Prov. 27:7; (a) in a good sense, abound-
K33&^ sambuca;
see
ing in any thing, e. g. |1^7 V?p abounding in (divine) favour, Deut. 33:23. (b) in a bad sense, satiated with troubles, i. e. abounding in them, Job 14 : l ;
Arab. ,^*? to be cold. sense of the verb D^S
an unused root and of doubtful meaning. Jo. Simonis ascribes to it the

to
10:15.
ness, D'PJ y?'^ satisfied with
Hence, with the additional idea of wearilife, Gen. 35:29; Job
be sweet-scented. Hence
42:17; and simply ^3^ Gen. 25:8.
(" coolness," or
"sweet smell"), [She-
6am], Num. 32:3; and Pl&3?> [Sliibmah, SibmaJi], ibid., verse 38; Josh. 13:19; Isaiah 16:8,9; of the Reubenites, which abounded in pr. n. of a town
Fines.
m. Ex. 16:3.
(2)
(l) satiety, fulness. ^3

Ps. 16: 11.
to the full,
abundance,
l>
f.
Eze. 16:49, and
y Zl y
and Jd
?y
i)
TO BE or
BECOME SATISI place the pri-
Isa.
satiety, fulness. 23:18; Eze. 39:19.
l^ f
*%&?
to the
fall,
TIED or SAJ ATED (Arab.
^2>
id.
T0
LOOK AT, TO VIEW,
followed
by 3 Neb.
DCCLXXXIV
Arab. .^ to ext:l3, 15. (Ch. "Qp, which see. amine, e. g. a wound.) The primary idea appears to be that of digging out and exploring, which is proper
to the stock 13, 13,
HIPHIL, to
cause
to
ncrease,
to
increase, Psa.
compare
~>N3, "US,
TKS; also
"ISH
and -Qn.
to expect, wait for (prop, to look for, Pi e l No. a), Kuth 1 13. compare npy (a) to hope, Est. 9:1; followed by ?K and ? of pers. Ps. 104: 27; 119:166; Isa. 38: 18 (where others,
PEL
Ch. 2:21,22. (8) there is np 3*3p>.

i
("elevated"), [Se^tift], pr.n.m. (l) l Ki. 16:34 3ro, for -which
(l)
m. great, Job 36: 26; 37:23, from the

root
N'Sb
(2)
Ch.
(l) great, Dan. 2:31.
by comparison with the Syr. ^ ^xcr, render, to celebrate; Aram. Peal and Pael id.; comp. Lat. spero). Hence
much, many, Dan. 2:48; 4:9.

.
(3) adv. very, greatly, Dan. 2: 12; 5:9, from the root
U^
46:5-
always with
suff.
n3B> h ope, Ps. 119:116;

l
see
]lp
not used in Kal, prob. TO BE STRAIGHT.

the kindred
f'lB'.
^<T
BECOME
not used in Kal, i. q. Aram. N3D TO BE or GREAT, TO INCREASE. (Cognate is HX3,
LEVEL; compare
I.
Arab,
j^
Conj.
with a prefixed sibilant, see under
IV.
to
tend straight to
Conj. X. to
the
mark;
II.
to lead
p. DCCLXXXIII,
A.)
straight.
Only found
HIPHIL
12:23.
in
be straight;
jjju* one
who
(l) to
make
to
great, followed
by
Job
goes straight to the mark.

PIEL, to
harrow,
field,
i.e. to
Isa.
(2)
36:24-
to
magnify,
extol with praise, Job
furrows of] a 10:11.
level [smooth down the 28:24; Job 39:10; Hosea
Derivative, ^35?.
Derivative, pr. n.
t'
D*" 5 !??.
Ch. id.; fut. Dan. 3:31, N3? your peace be multiplied," a form of salutation; Dan. 6:26; Ezr. 4:32.
an unused be
level.
root, prob.
i.
q.
TTC? TO
intrans. to
Arab, ^j^ to spread out (com-
pare ^7?)-
Hence
but (except Deut. 2:36) only found in poetry. (i) TO LIFT ONESELF UP (cogn. to the root 333, compare S3C? i. q. nK|) Job 5:11. (2) to fo lofty, of an inaccessible city, Deu. 2:36.
i.
*Y
D11,
NIFHAL,
(a) to
(6) to
high, Prov. 18: 1 1. Figuratively be most high, of God, Ps. 148:13; Isa.3:ll.
to be
const. rn with suff. Wn>, plur. absol. Ex. 8:9, const. HE> Isa. 32:12, and HH?' Neh. 12:29; with suff. DH'nH?, Dnnjrm. (l}aplain hence nil?' the plain, or plain (pr. level, tract)
;
D^
be set in a high place; hence to protected, Prov. 18:10, compare -|f*P.
be
safely
fre
(c) to
hard
to be understood, Ps.
139:6.
:
PIEL, to set
on high,
to
metaph.
to
(a) to
make
exalt any one; always powerful, Isa. 9 10. (b)
H? country of Syria, i. e. Mesopotamia, i. q. Hos. 12:13. Also used of the main land as opposed to the sea, Eze. 26:6, 8. (2) afield (a) a meadow, which is ploughed and sown (@tucJ aatfelb), Gen. 23:17; 47:20, 24; opp. to vineyards and gardens, Ex. 9:25; 22:4;
D^
protect safely, Ps. 2O:2; 69:30; 91:14; followed by \Ofrom an enemy (compare IP No. 3, a), Ps. 59:2; 107:41.
PUAL, pass, of Piel, letter b, Pro. 29: 25. HIPHIL, to exalt oneself, to shew oneself exalted, Job 36:22.
Derivatives, 3|StD,
Nu. so: 17; Ruth 2:2.

(gelb/
ftanb),
'"life'
opp.
hence
fields,
E^K a
(b}co\\ect. fields, country to the city, villages, or camps, man of the field (living in the
:
rnbn
city,
not in tents), said of Esau a hunter, Gen. 25 27 , JVn beasts of the field, wild beasts, Gen. 2 20;
:
and
pr. n.
3:14; nnbn npna i Sa. 17:44, id. (c) fie Id of a Neh. 12:29; also the borders of a people;
a root
f uncertain authority, see yfo
No.
H. [" a spurious root"].

"
1 ^"W îe fkld or borders of the Amalekites, Genesis 14:7; 32:4; 3Sto rnj? the borders of the Moabites, Gen. 36 35. Once used of the countries^
îrfPPJfv
Jtt/
i.q.tOS?TO
Ps.
BECOME GREAT,
TO INCREASE,
Ecc king, and melon.' of his subjects. " a 5:8, king "13$ nn^> who is served (honoured
empire of a
Job 8:7,11;
93:1*.
by his people."
DCCLXXXV
plain, field, but only poet. Psalm 80:14; Deut. 32:13, etc. *T is the proper and primitive Arabian form, in common use as I have shewn in Heb. Gramm. in Arabic for n
*"JB?
i.
q.
Iffy
:jjlt/
i.
q.
TJ3D
entanghd branches,
9 Sam.
8:8; 50:11;
18:9; see 13?.

I.
i.
q.
MD
No. L, TO oo BACK, 2 Sam.
p.
56, 147,
181; Lehrg.
i.
p.
158;
Jo.
Simonis took
'TJ? incorrectly for pi.
q.
DH^, but
see Ps. 96: 12.
where, however, several read D.

II.
MSS. and
i :2a; printed edition*
DHfc? plur (from the sing, "1SJ>, rna> a plain, a field, from the root T]b); hence [Siddini], pr. n. psy
)nlL'
i.
q.
J-1D
No.
II.,
TO
HEDGE ABOUT,
(a vineyard).
TO
FENCE.
PILPEL,
In Kal not used.

3b*3E> to
DMb'H
of
Sodom and Gomorrha, from the Dead Sea has come into
8, 10.
the plain of the cities (valley of the plains) the sinking of which,
existence, Gen. 14:3,
hedge about
Isa.
17:11,
'&&$
(it)
plantedst
TOP? DV? "in the day that thou thou didst hedge (it) about." Kimchi
it
and Aben Ezra render v?.?? thou didst make cause it to grow; as if from 33B> the same
i.
great, as
q.
"Tip
to
set
in
a row, to arrange.
njb; but the previous explanation

see
is
preferable.
Hence
1^
to plaster
with lime.
"TH??
of planks,
f. i
order,
rank
of soldiers, 2 Ki.
1 1
:8,
15;
Ki. 6:9.
once found Gen. 24:63, "Isaac had
gone
out
ng> or nn|? [ for flKfe>"]) const, nfe>, with from l, and -in^ i Sa. 14:34 (both
fcti
nb>
(for
8uff. VB>
Deu. 22:
Vulg. ad meditandum in agro ; so that n-1B> would be the same as WW No. 4. But LXX. Aqu Symm., express, ad colloquendum, sc. with hia
""nB'a n-iB>?j"
n.1^).
a
Arab. sLi and
comm. a sheep or
friends, or with
field;
his
1
servants tending herds in the
noun cf unity, f.o which answers the collect. }NX (which see) a flock of sheep or goats, Gen. 22:7, 8; 30 32 Ex. 12 3, seq. Where the particular species are to be distinguished more accurately, it is said,
; :
compare H "^ No. l; and this appears to be Aben Ezra and Syr., ad deambulandum, preferable.
to
take a walk; compare Arabic
^^
Med. Ye,
to
Deut. 14:4,
D'jy. ngn.
D3'B>?
nb "one
of the flock of
i.
sheep and
goat.
one
of the flock of goats,"

IIB'
e.
a sheep, a
wander; especially on account of religion; but this signification appears to be secondary, derived from that of chaunting and pious meditation.
.
Compare
riiL'
and
">i?3.
TO GO or
TURN ASIDE
to
any
an unused
root,
i.
q.
Aram.
JOT.CC,
*!
DP,
thing, Ps. 40:5.
Arab. 3-^, to bear witness,
to
be an eye-witness,
Conj. III.
to behold
Derivatives,
compare jî
to
be present.
TO
cl/Li) Med.
FENCE ABOUT,
TO
HEDGE
?
something before one.
Hence
IN (Arab o - s-o-
Waw,
to fence
(with Kametz impure, like participles Peal in the Aramaean dialects) m. a witness, once found, Job 16: 19. Whence
with thorns; ulili,

;
&
\-Z>
a thorn. See the kindred verbs 3-1fc?, 3-1D No. 2 ^p and "Sp?*; also "513^ and "H3D, which appear to be from To this TIE>, "]1D with the middle radical hardened.
also
Nnnn>
f.
a Chald. (and Syr.) word (used

its
by
answer Sanscr. sdkhd; Persian

:
foliage,
Laban, an Aramaean), in testimony, Gen. 31:47.

1
emphat.
state,
witness,
U \U
V
an unused
root,
i.
q.
"1HD, jcruco
to
be
round
9
(of the
same family
as "in*^ TVl),
whence
is
branch). Metaph. Job i lO,'nj?3 pK>"thou fencest round him," i. e. thou guardest him. But the same phrase is also used in a bad sense, for, to stop up the way before any one, Hos. 2:8 (compare Job 3:23).
)icncc the moon.
The
derivative of this
noun
D^yVlfcJ' plur., little moons, ornaments worn on the necks of men, women, and camels, Jud. 8:21,
.
PILPEL "=1?^ to intertwine, to weave. Job 10: thou hast interwoven DH;31 niDVy.3 with bones and sinews;" compare Ps. 139 :1 3-
1,
yp?'^
me
Derivatives riD-IDD and PD-I^P; also
26; Isa. 3:18.

to
LXX.
ftr)vi<TKoi.
Vulg.
lunulce.
be grey headed; see 3^.
(Chald.
tjiD
and
Syr. JLOOCD id.V

51
DCCLXXXVI
p) \Socoh, Shochoh, SochoK], pr. n. of a town in the plain country of Judah, Josh. 15:35. [Prob. there were two towns of
in the mountains, Josh. 15:48; Both of these the other in the plain, Josh. 15:35.
this
hedge" n=M,
that they
lie
down
Germ.
legen/ tollou-ed
by 3
in
any
place (bineinlegen), Gen. 31:34; 44:1; Deut. 1O:2 Job 13:27, Yin"1 ?? E&fi " thou hast put my feet in
the stocks;" follmved
name; the one
by
/JJ
upon any
place, to set
appear now to bear the same name, Slmweikeh <&Lj1, Rob. 195,343-]
nB 7JZ D-IB* to (barauf legen), Gen. 9:23; 22:6; put the hand on the mouth, as done by a person imposing silence on himself, Job 21:5; 29:9; followed
on
by ^S
on
id. l
7 [Suchathites"], Gent.
town n:B>
i
n. of
an unknown
Ch. 2:55.
fat.
;
(a) nV?pV' Specially IvJ? to put garments on oneself (bie .Rleiber an legen), Ruth 3:3; compare ?S No. i, a. (b) absol. to put,
fire, l
Sa. 19: 13. Ki. 18:23, 25.
&$
0'B> to set fire to, to set

C-VJ'
and
Ex.4:
1 1
apoc. Dg? f
DE^; once
imp. D*E>;
inf. absol. Dib> constr. D-lb;
more rarely
Q'K'
Job 20:4; gener. TO PUT, TO SET. TO

(Syr. jaa>; Êth.
lay down, sc. a pledge (ein pfanb einlegen/ fefcen), Job 17:3. Compare Arab. _*e. Conj. Ill, i. q. _.jlfc,;
Gr. TtQi vQai, Passow, letter A,

to
8.
(c) to
put,
PLACE; rt&Vm
less
e. g.
UJJ?^: Ui^J
set, to
*;
frequent
is
*Lc Med. Ye, to

to
constitute,
a price.) Specially (1) to put, i.q. to set,
place(fctyn t
fallen),
when
referring to persons and things which stand upright, or are rather regarded as standing than as lying Gen. 2:8, DnKPrnt* DB> DB>n "and there prostrate.
be done, followed by ?y_ of pers. Ex. 5: 8, 14; 22: 24; or to be suffered, followed by 3 Deu. 7:15; also, to attribute to any one (guilt, eine dmtb jur Soft legen), followed by ?JJ Jud. 9:24; ? Deu. 22:14, 17; 3 i Sa. 22:15 Job 4 1 DE> D-lb' to put or impose a name on any (rf) ?
to
impose on some one anything
one
ry3 H*3 'B (in the garden) he placed man." to put any one in prison, 2 Ch. 18:26. Hence
to place a plant, for, to
(ovftyca
de'ifai
Tin, Od. xix.
403
D-lfe>
xix. 406), Dan. 1:7;
and with a somewhat
trofta BiaOai, different
()
to
plant;
Isa.
like the Lat. ponere

(b)
arborem; Arab,
jet, i.e. to
_^,
28:25.
0^3
Q&
beget children (Germ. Winter in bie 2Bdt Ezr. 10:44; compare Oladai valâ viro feften), <"'J7> Hymn. Ven. 256, 283. (c} IP. Dlb> to construct a
nest or habitation (in a rock), Num. 24:21. (d) to dispose an army, to set in flrrrn?/(n3nD) Josh. 8:2,
J
"=]?!?' 3$ lE^TIS Ct^'l "and he set his name Abimelech." Neh. 9:7, and Chald. G^B* to Dan. 5:12. put before one's own (e) '^3?..? which we regard highly, Psalm eyes, used of things
construction, Jnd. 8:31,
54:5; 86:14.
to
(/) followed by
to
?*?
to
propound,
in lik*
explain anything manner, followed by 'B
anyone, Job 5:8;
13; bands of soldiers (D^B^tO), Job i :17; and without an accus. id., i Ki. 2O:l2; Eze. 23:24 (compare Hiphil 21 :2l). In like manner intrans., i Sa. 15: 2, " qâ i^> DE> he set himself in the way." There is
the
Vft?3 to declare, to signify, to Exod. 17:14. (g) lay up as in a treasury. Job " the wicked ^X -1D S E^ lay up (in their heart) 36: 13,
wrath
;"
i.
e.
they keep
it
with them, they retain
wrath, they indulge in anger and envy, they So rightly Umbreit. piously turn to God.
do not
Com2:5).
same
ellipsis in
the verbs roj No.
i, a,
and
JVC*.
monly,
"
they
heap up
(as
it
were) the (divine)
(e) to constitute (rtdlrat, Acts 20:28); e.g. a king, Deu. 17: 15; a prince, Hos. 2:2; judges, l Sa.
wrath," Oijrravpi frvffi lavrole Similar to this is the phrase
6vf.tot'
(Romans
?]}
(It)
3?
D^b
to
lay
8:l; followed by two ace., l Sam. loc. cit. ; followed by an ace. and ? Gen. 45:9; Ex. 2:14; followed by an ace. and /% to be set over, put in charge of any thing, Ex. l:ll; 5:14; l Sam. 18:5. (/) to found (as if to place a Ibundation), as the world, Job 34: 13 a people, Isa. 44:7; divine right, Isa. 42:4. To this belongs the phrase in which God is said iOE' D-lb to
;
up on
the heart;
Germ.
ehraS gu
erjen
mbmen [Engl.
anything remain in the heart 57:1, 11 (Gr. deirdnt iti typtffi); also, 3.VPX DVtr 2 Sam. 13:33; 373 'b i Sa. 21:13, to l>e moved, to be anxious. Followed by a gerund, Mai. 2:2, and *6 ~&X (lest, that not) Dan. l :8, to take
to lay to heart], to let
and mind,
Isa.
place his name (anywhere), i. e. to set his seat anywhere (to occupy the temple or holy place), Dem. 12:5,21; 14:24; i Ki. 9:3; 11:36; 2 Ki. 21:4;
i.
care lest anything be done. Ellipt, Ps. 50 23, T^- "-? " who takes care of the way," i.e. his manner of
:
life.
(3)
in
to
put,
to
place,
to set, i.e. to
?JJ
direct,
to
er
turn
on or
j3B>Deu. 12: 11; 26:2. (g) to set (to constitute) a statute, Gen. 47:26; a place (to determine Exod. 21:13. it),
q. V3t?
any
]$>.
direction, as
(e)
H?
&&
to set the
see
No.
i, e.
(b) D*?B
D^ to
set the face
(2)
to
put,
to
place,
to
lay, inanimate things, so
e. towards, in various senses, see D'?B No. l, letter c Isaiah Wb> t<> the heart attend, to set upon, (c) 3p
DCOLXXXVIi
41:22; Hag. 2:15, 18 and without 3? Isa. 41:20; Job 34:23; 37:lf,; Jud. 19:30. Compare 37 J^n and r?n id. Followed by ?J? of the thing (to or towards anything), Job 1:8; 7X Exod. 9:21; ? Deut. 32:46; Eve. 40:4; followed by ? (without 37), Job 23:6; but 1 Sam. 9:20, ^ 3J? D-1B> is to set the heart and mind on, i.q. 37 7JJ D-IB*. From the signification
,
I.
"Ptf
fut.
-)fc>t!
i.
q. n-.b.;
ITb (which
eee).
(1) TO
(2) to
CONTEND, HoS. 12:5. hold dominion, Jud. 9: 22.
HIPHIL
II.
"WH
to
constitute princes, Hos. 8:4.

root,
i.
T)t^ an onomatop.
Ch. 20:3.
i.q. 1-1D
q.
TO SAW.
fut. -ty} i
of constituting (see above, No. l, letter c) arises (4) to make or render any one so or so, rifleVac
i.
III.
(I
nt^
f.
TO GO BACK, Hos. 9:12.
q. Trotclirdcu
(see Passow, h. v. letter B), Ex. 4:11,
D^X D1B
n?
who maketh
the
dumb ?"
Followed
jlty
1.
series, row, order, from the root nTt?
by two
ace. Ps. 39:9,
"make me
not the reproach
No.
(object of reproach) of the wicked;" Ps. 40:5; 91:9; 105:21 Job 31 :24; followed by an ace. and ? Gen.
;
rnVe>
Arab. s\^t series, row of stones. Isa. 28:25, n^n Dp. and he places (plants) the wheat in
rrfiW
rows,"
in
ace.
21:13, 18; Job 24:25; Isa. 5:20; 23:13; followed by an ace. and ? (to make any one like such a one), Gen. 32: 13, " I will make thy seed as the sand of
Ki. 19:2; Isa. 14:17. There seems to be a blending of two constructions in Isa. 25:2, flpB* 737 Tyo " thou hast made of a city for i# J ruins," 737 or 73 "VJJP, unless it be deemed better to supply
put adverbially,
retênweife
Jerome, per ordinem.

see pTB>.
the sea;"
['TV
do
i.
and fut. B7, once 8WB>T Isa. 35:1, imp. b^, inf. absol. B^B', constr. b-lB* TO REJOICE, TO BE GLAD (prop, to leap, to spring, see D-1D), Job
bf? TJJO (TJ?)

to q. nt^J?
rips?.
More
rarely absol. to
make,
(compare examples, No. l, letter /), Gen. 6: 16, "and thou shalt make the door of the ark in the side of it." Jlin'K DMJ> to do signs, i. e.
miracles, Ex. 10:2; Ps. 78:43.
by 3
3:22, followed by 7# Deut. 28 163; 30:9; followed in any thing, Isa. 65 19 Ps. 119:14; specially
:
Hence
40:17; 70:5; followed by suff. Isa. 35:1, n-lb^* "they shall rejoice for these things" (which are spoken of in the preceding chapter).
'
rim
b-lb Ps.
(5) followed by a dat. to make, to prepare for any one. is often i. q. to give, as p Dl?^ D-lt^ to give
Derivatives,
peace to any one,

:
Num. 6:26;
1133
:
m. a thought, Amos 4:13.

meditate.
Root
D'fc?
to
Q-1fc?
to give
honour to any one, Josh. 7:19; Isa. 42 1 2, compare Ps. 66 2 p E^Pni 'B* to give compassion to any one, Isa. 47 ^Compare Gr.Heli'al TIVI a\ym, irlvdoc, see examples, Passow, B, No. 2. ^><;wc,
; :
L TO SWIM,
HIPHIL,
to
Isa.
25:11.
Ps. 6:7.
inundate,
Hence
a
s
î
f.
(Milel, Segolate form,
w im m ing
Imp. 'Ip'B'n, either attend, see Kal No. 3, c, or range, sc. the battle, see Kal No. l, d, Ezc. 21: Si; and part. D^!? (attending) Job
i.
HIPHIL
q.
Kal.
see ph'B.
4:20.
HOPHAL, once, Gen. 24:33 np.

Derivatives, nO-IB^,
TO
(See DB^.)
SQUEEZE OUT
grapes, Genesis 40: 11
QDX
[not so placed in Thes.],
(Chald. t^HD id.)

lJlL'
i.
and
pr. n. 7K?'fc'.
q.
pny (which
5
:
see.
[Compare Êthiop.
3:4. Fol-
Ch. to Tout, to place, to set, specially (a) constitute any one, to prefer (to an office), Ezr. 5:14. (6) to put, i.e. to give, to promulgate an edict, Dan. 3: 10, 29; 4:3; Ezr. 4:19, seq. Compare
''
^Jfh*!
in the later
an d Zab. CQ.AACO]), but more used

(l) TO
Hebrew
to
LAUGH, Ecc.
Gr.
roîoQirrjc,
(c)
'Q
Lat. ponere legem, Syr. JLocOLXu ^drr*. DB/ D-1B* to impose a name on any one, to
lowed by 7^ to smile upon, Job 29 124; followed by ?y to deride, to laugh at any thing, Ps. 52:8; Job 30: 1 followed by ? id., but specially in contempt, to laugh at in contempt, especially, a person threatening to do much, but able to do nothing. Job
;
give a name, Dan. 3:12. (d) ? ?| D-IB* to endeavour towards something (prop, to direct the heart or mind
(e) unto), Dan. 6: 15. the mind to) any thing,
?3>
Qytp CMP Dan. 5 i a.

:
to
regard (set
5:22; 39:7, 18,22; 41:21; Pro. 31:25. (2) i. q. Pi. No. 3, Jud. 16:27. PIEL pnb, fut. pnb (i) to joke, to jest (prop
:
to
laugh repeatedly), Jei. 15 :1 7-
DCCLXXXVm
as
play, to sport, e.g. as children, Zee. 8:5; marine animals, Psa. 104:26; compare Job 40: *O, 99 also used of the play of arms and skirmishes,
(fl) to
;
Zech. 3:1, 2;
JoD 1:7;
s:ft.
seq.
3ompare Apoc
b
<ari)y(-;/**
>
(d-armufcct), 2 Sa. 2 14. (3) to dance to music vocal

:
and instrumental
(just as
we speak
i
16:25;
of playing on an instrument), Jiid. Sam. 18:7; flSam. 6:5, 21; 1 Chr. 13:8;
dancers"
D'P.^P Vlp "the voice of (and singers), Jer. 31 -.4, G'P.nbp pinoa "in the chorus of dancers," Pro. 8:30, 31.
15:29; Jerem. 30:19,
HiPHfL, to laugh at in scorn, to deride, followed by M. 2 Chr. 30:10. and Derivatives pnf'O, pr. n. pni?! i. q.
But it is a groundless opinion of Alb. Schul tens, Herder, and Eichhorn, that Satan, in the book of Job, is different from the Satan of the other books, and is a good angel employed to examine into the manners of men; and on this account, whenever in the early part of this book he is mentioned, they would read, ftpt^n i. e.
'//i<Dr i/yuf'pac
1*2:1O, 6 KaTijywp rStv avrOjv erwTrtor row Ofov
<\(f\ii>i,n
?'//J<I',
rai
rukTof.
irepiofitvrijc
(from the root
D-IK');
this notion has
now
been rejected by
T
all interpreters.
And
f:
?*,
(0
accusation, Utter of accusa-
& pinS? m. (i) laughter, Ecc. 2:2; 7: 3,6; Job 8: 21. (2) derision, scorn, rneton. of its object, Job
18:4; Jer. 20:7.
(3) jest, Pro. 10:23.
pW
tion, Ezr. 4:6.

(2) [Sitnah'], pr. n. of a well, so called on account of the contention which Isaac had with th Philistines, Gen. 26:21.
NT
i.
t3^, plur. D*pJ? deviations from what is right, Bins, Hosea5:2, i. q. D'CD Ps. 101:3; from the root noS? [in Thes. from
fu t.
q.
m. (for JW?) elevation,height, Job 20:6; HKb, from the root M.

(for jiS*'?
lK
lifted up"), [Sion], pr.
n.
of a mountain which more

of Hermon, Deu. 4 48.
:
commonly bears the name
apoc.
t?j*
TO
DECLINE, TO TURN
'S
ASIDE. (Aram. Nt?9 J^-j^ ^.) TH from the way, Prov. 4:15;
the addition of TUT No. 1.
Followed by /JM? \?"1^ 7:25. Specially used of adulterous wives, Nu. 5:12; with
-I
(Syr.
TO BE H o A R Y (hoary-haired),
Samuel 12:2.
Part.
t2jj.-i
and Arab.
<
>lt Med. Ye, id.)
^n
nnn 5:19,20,29.
Compare
fut. Db^. (cogn. to N?>) TO LAY SNARES any one, TO FOLLOW hostilely, Genesis 27:41 50: 15; Job 16:9; 30:21. Specially, to lay a noose or trap, whence the derivative
for
l Ki. 14:4; and f. (i) hoary hair (of an old man), Genesis42:38; 44:29,31. niPC? ^X a hoary-headed man, Deu. 32:25. Meton. an old (2) old age, Gen. 15:15; 25:8. person, Ruth 4: 15.
3^ hoary, TK> m.
old, Job 15: 10.
Hence
HT^
i.q. DBB>, Syr.

;
cc,
Arab,
^ki
id.,
Psa.
m. withdrawing, going away, from the roots J-lb, J3D to go away.
^T
Ki.i8:27;
38:21 109:4. Pnrt.\ti& lierin wait, adversary, 71:13; 109:20,29. Hence
*Ptf
TO
COVER WITH LIME

Hence
(Arab, jl*,
id.)
Deu. 27:2,4.
war,
tp^ (l) adversary (Arabic an enemy, l Ki. 5: 18; 11:14,23,25;
Tt?
l
Sam.
(as to this passage,
m.lime, Deu. 27:2,4; Isa. 33:12; Am.2:l compare Isa. 33: 12).
ii-
29:4; in a court of justice, Psa. 109:6 (compare Zee. 3:1,2); and also whoever opposes himself to another, 2 Sam. 19:23; Nu. 22:22, "the angel of Jehovah stood in the way V? \>ry? to resist him;" verse 32.
it
*"C^
\U
n ^ (which
(l) pr. TO
see),
a sheep or goat.
PRODUCE, TO BRINO FORTH,

germinate, to
shoots, budt,
lift
(2) With the art. 19?'^ (adversary, KOT tôx^) assumes the nature of a pr. n. (see Hebr. Gramm., 107, 2), and is Satan, the devil, the evil genius in the later theology of the Jews [rather, in the true revelati >n of God from the "beginning], who in which place only educes men (i Chron. 21 l it is without the article, compare 2 Samuel 24:1), nd then accuses and calumniates them before God,
: ;
TO
PUT FORTH (comp. Syr. <^Q_ to flourish; APHEL iâ.*} to put forth
and Med.
9
.
quiesc. CAA*^) to dare, pr. to
one-self
No. l). In Hebrew A,O- bushes, and Heb. (2) to speak, pr. to utter with the mouth, comp, Followed by ? to speak to any one, "V?K No. l. Job 12: 8; with suff. Prov. 6:22, ^PFI "he shall
up,
I
0^
DCCLXXXIX
peak
with thee."
Followed by 9 to speak of any
one, Ps. 69: 13.
Followed by (3) to sing, Jud. 5:10; Ps. 145:5. ? to celebrate anything in song, Ps. 105:2, and in a bad sense, to lament, to complain, Psa. 55:18;
II. llpy also appears to have had the sense cutting; whence P??? a knife, which see.
toS? ("hill,"
Job 7:11.
(4) to talk with oneself, i. e. to meditate, especially on divine things, Ps. 77:4, 7; followed by ? of the thing, Ps. 119: 15, 23, 27, 48, 78, 148; 77:13.
nJVDD), [Sechu], pr. 1 Sa. 19:22.

>
"watchtower," like name of a region
the Samarit. near Raman,
m.
i.
q.
and
its seat, the
JVa^D intellect, understanding, heart, the mind, Job 38:36. Com-
Compare
syn.
""î?.
pare as to this passage nintp, page cccxxi, A. Others take it to be phenomenon, meteor, but this doe
not accord with the context.
PILEL nnib
to
meditate, Psalm 143:5
to
think
upon
anything, Isa. 53:8.

0&?, niTE',
Hence
and
U P
root],
m.
[in Thes. this first signification

:
(i) a shrub, bush, see the root No. 1 is taken as a distinct
Gen. 2:5. PI. Gen. 21 15; Job 30:4, 7. (2) speech, discourse, 2 Ki. 9: 11.
image, form, appearance. Isa. 2: 16, rendered in the Vulg.omnequod visa pulchrum est; in which phrase all the things which, verse 13 16, had been separately enumerated, are
"\?'f
1 1
f.
Î^C
^ n1 '??' '3, vvell
summed up. ["flag of a compare Samarit. ftfi^."J

again
|
ship,
standard;
(3) quarrel, Job7:l3; 9:27; 21:4523:2; Psa. 142:3; 1 Sa. 1:16. (4) meditation, l Ki. 18:27; in mockery of Baal,
as not answering the supplications of his priests, it " he has a is said i? D'B' meditation," i. e. he is so
?/
m. a knife, Pro. 23:2; verbal of Piel from

n3fe>.
the root
(Ch. r?P, and Arab.

ayK\Tj,
JL
id.
Of
the
same family apparently are

sickle, @id)el).
ayK\ov, aayK\ov,
that he cannot No. 2, " he has a discourse" LXX. aSo\t<rx ta ai""w (conversation) with some. iari, the Greek word denoting both meditation and
entirely taken
up with meditating
hear; or, from
TDfc?
signif.
Isa. 16: 14,
a hireling, Exod. 22:14; Lev. 19:13. "in three years "i^fe* \%?? according to the
.
conversation.
years of a hireling;" i. e. this shall come to pass at this very time, the event shall no longer be deferred,
just as a hireling does not protract his daily beyond the agreed hour. Root 13 b.
meditation, especially pious, relating to divine things, Ps. 119:97, 99. Job 15:4, \3B? nrvfe> ?N "meditation before God." Germ. 2Cnbaci)t.
D'K>
to
nn
work
\ff f.
rn'pi?
f.
a hiring.
Isa.
7: 20, rrvs'fn nj?n
put, see DIP.
razor of hiring,"
i.e. hired.
^ff
root
pi.
:
D3B> m. (from the root "

S
No.
i.
l),
thorns,
(2)
to
q.
^?D
(l) TO
WEAVE,
TO FENCE.
Nu. 33 55.
is
(Arabic el/Li a thorn.)
From the same
cover, Exod. 33:22.
Hence
W,
"ft?,
and
/3l
l
(read socK), m. a hedge,
Lam. 2:6. [In Thes.

a goad, a thorn, so ~
s~
:
(l) prop. TO
LOOK
No.
AT, TO
BEHOLD,
i.
s^~
q.
from ^3p.]
i"l3f
i.
Chald. *??P Peal and Ithpael;

figure, likeness; see Hiphil
compare Arab.
l.
^J*
More
a sharp weapon,
often figu-
pr.
ratively
called from the resemblance, Job
40 3 1
(Arab.
1C
*.
goad, sharp weapon.)

I.
nDl^ an
unused
root,
i.
q.
9
Ch.
K3D
to look at,
to contemplate; Syr. and Sam. \ to long for; Sam. ÎDD an eye.
"*,
riUD to expect,
^Nearly related to this among the Hebrew roots are, njB^ HVK', i1XK> No. II, and transp. njn also, in the Tndo-Germanic
;
(2) to be prudent, to act prudently, l Sa. 18:30; compare Germ, f lug j formerly glau ; from the verb lugen j Engl. to look; pr. provident, circumspect. Genesis 48:14, PIEL, causat. of Kal No. 2. VT'HX "he (so) placed his hands prudently," i.e. But all the ancient versions render, of set purpose. he put his hands across. LXX.o'aX\oracx 'P a c Vulg. commutans manus, which is defensible; comp.
^^
languages, Gr. Oeuna, Lat. scio, Ital. sagio (prcesagio), Goth, saiyhan, Germ, fitauen/ , sagax,
fefyen).
Arab.
to
bind;
Conj.
II.,
to plait the
hak;
Derivatives,
??
and Jx.1 to be intertwined.
DCCXC
HIPHIL
"and
Vulg. aspectu
(a)
to
Gen. 3:6, ftf? (i) tj look at. the tree was desirable to look at."
delectdbile.
to
attend,
turn the mind
to; followed
V* (Arab.^li.) TO HiRK,Ger..3<3 16 1O:6 2 Ki. 7 6 Esp<-ciaJl) fa Neh. 6: bribe, 12, 13; 13:2.
e.
g. soldiers, 2 Sa.
by
Deut. 32:29; Psalm 64: 1O; followed by Prov. 16:20; Neh. 8:13; Ps. 41 2, " who attends to (cares for) the poor;" followed by
an
ace.,
NIPHAL, to be hired, l Sa. 2:5. HITHPAEL, id. Hag. 1:6. Derivatives, "O^, T??', rn^, nnbfO, pr
^,
n.
3 Dan. 9:13.
(3) to be or become understanding, prudent, Ps. 2 1O; 94:8; followed by ? Dan. 1:4; comp. verse Part. 17; to act prudently, Jer. 20:11; 23:5.
:
T3B>!,
and
m.
(l)
^?^
wages
(of a hireling), Gen.
30:28
;
32; Deu. 15: 18; price, for which anything is hired Ex. 22: 14, gener. any kind of reward, Gen. 15: i.
(2)
i
prudent, intelligent, Job 22:2; Prov. 10:5; upright, pious, Psalm 14:2; Dan. 11:33,35; 12:3, ip (comp. DDH, nopri). Inf. 7'2'^n Jer. 3:15; and 72'^n Prov. l 3 2l:l6; subst. intelligence,
also
: ;
?'3t?D
[acar],
1 1
:
pr. n.
Ch.
35
for
m. (a) l Chron. 26:4. (b] which in the similar place 2 Sam.
23:33 there
m.
" those
is TTE>.
id.
prudence.
successful (in carrying anything on), to act prosperously, Josh. 1:7,8; 2 Ki. 18:7; Isa. 52:13; Jer. 10:21; Pro. 17:8. Also causat. (5) to make prudent, to teach, Psalm 32:8; followed by two ace., Dan. 9:22; followed by ? of pers.
(4)
i.
Prov. 11:18; Isaiah 19:10, 15

HC'J?
q.
Dvyn
to be
who make wages," comp.

an unused
No.
2, d.
root, pr. to be quiet,

i.
i.
q.
"l
?D,
hence
to be fat,
q.
Arab.
1>
^,
),
whence
in pause
yp
(in
np
a quail, so called
Prov. 2l:ll.
(6) to give success, i Ki. 2:3. Part. ?'?pp subst., a song, poem, Psa. 47:8; and in the titles of Psalms, 32, 42, 44, 45, 52, 53, 54,55, 74,
from
The origin of this signification is 78, 88, 89, 142. doubtful. The easiest explanation appears to be that
of those
jL^), always col(compare Arab. (9 lect. quails, Exod. 16: 13 (and there with a fern, in the manner of collectives), Nu. 11:32; Ps. 105:40. Plur. DM^> Nu. 11:32, from the sing. nvpb>, comp.
its
fatness
Arab. .rL:j and Sam. ^K>, which

turnix.
is
also in
the
who
render
^S^D
prop, a didactic
poem,
but so that
this special
word became applied
to other
kinds of poems ; since the authors of Psalms which are not didactic, sometimes also take the place of
teachers (see Psalm 45:11);
Hebraeo-Sam. copy. LXX. 6ftrvyof.n'iTpa. See Bochart, Hieroz. ii. p. 92. on Harmer's Observations, vol. ii. p. 441. Beschr. von Arabien, p. 176.
J. E.
Vulg. coFuber
Niebuhr's
and Arabic jî do cwith the

(l) a
letters
trine,
it
is
to be, oratio ligata
used of poetry of every kind. Others take See PieL ; from Jî,
;
transposed for H^pB'
f.
Derivatives,
/3&
7p
Chald.
ITHPAEL, followed
:
by ?
to
attend
to
thing,
Dan. 7
8.
garment, Ex. 22:8; Mic. 2:8. (a) (2) [Salmah, Salmon], pr. n. m. borne by the father of Boaz, Ruth 4: 20 l Ch. 2 1 1 for which there is pO^'B/ Ruth 4: 21. (b) i Chron. 2:51, 54
;
:
and
7;
with
suff.
?> m.
(l)
under>/E? (" clothed"), the preceding, 2, a.
standing, intelligence, prudence, 1 Ch. 32:12; 3iB /yP good understanding, Prov. 13:15; 36:14. Ps. ill 10; 2 Ch. 30:22. ^?b DVB> to give under:
[Salmon],
pr. n.
m. see
*P?? [Shalmai],
there
is
pr. n.
m. N2h.7:48;
for
which
standing (of any thing) ; ba$ SSerjtdnbnip geben Neh. 8:8.

(2) in a
(eroffnen),
in Ezr. 2 :46,
^B*.
(3)
bad sense, cunning, Dan. 8:25. happiness, Prov. 3:4.
not used in Kal.

HIPHIL, ^M?t"n, ^Nppn (i Ch. 12:3), and 2 Sa. 14: 19, denom. from 7XO^. (1) to turn oneself to the left, Gen. 13-9; Isi
?>
in
f.,
Eccl.
17
i.
q.
n?p (which is found

11, 13.
many MSS. and

Ch.
f.,
editions) folly.
30:21.
(2) to use the left
understanding, Dan. 5:
hand,
Ch. 19:8.
i-*C-
7lXS^ S -' -
quadrilit.
(l) the left side.
9:3; 32:11; 97:12; 104:34;
nee>tore.
j
(Arab. ,JUji Jl*^> the north, compare No. 3. Jo. Simonis supposes the left hand and side to have
joice before Jehovah, said of those who held sacred feasts in the courts of the sanctuary, Lev. 23:40;
Deut. 12:7, 12, 18; 14:26 (compare

PIEL,
Isa.
9:2).
been so called from being covered; because of its being wrapped up in the outer garment thrown over the left shoulder; and that the right hand on the contrary was called TPJ from IP* i. q. IP? because it
npb
to
gladden,
to
make
joyful, Deut.
was given
if this
as the pledge of faithfulness in promises:
etymology were adopted, the signif. No. 2, v/ould be primary.) ^N'Olpp on the left, l Ki. 7 49> followed by a gen. or dat. to any one's left, Genesis
:
24:5; Prov. 27: ji; used of joy felt at the ills of others, followed by ? Ps. 30:2; followed by ?JJ Lam. 2:17; IP 2 Chr. 20:27. HIPHII., i. q. Piel, Ps. 89:43. [Derivatives, the two following words. ]
48:13; 2 Sa. 16:6; i Ki. 22:19; 2 Ch. 4:8. 7&&p (accus.) Gen. 13:9; Num. 20: 17, and 7NC'^ 7JJ Gen. ?KDI&'~T the left 24:49; 2 Sam. 2: 19, to the left.
hand, pr. the hand of the
left side,
nfc^ fem nnp?> verbal adj. rejoicing, joyful, Deut. 16:15; followed by IP concerning any thing, Pro. 2:14, D^nptp Ecc. 2 l o followed by a gerund.
.
Jud. 3:21
Eze.
JH nibjj? " those who r ej oice to do evil." PI. constr. once 'Dpb Ps. 35:26; elsewhere 'DDK> Isa. 24:7, etc.
39
3"1J,
nn2?2^ fem. joy, gladness,

the left
Ps. 4:8; 45:16, etc.

1
(2) without 2:6; 8:3-
hand, Gen. 48: 14; Cant.

quarter, Job 23:9.
" to the
n^lj rinpk
4:6.
npb
to
be very joyful,
Ki.
:4O; Jon.
Specially
(3) the north, the
north
Genesis 14:15, P?'P1? ?ND'J'P
north
of
Da-
31:27; Nehem. (b) jyfu l banquets,

guftbartetten).
(a) joyful voices, joyful cries, Gen. 12:43; 2 Chron. 23: 18; 29:30.
mascus."
As
to
the Arab.
fem. n*
:
,]Ujj
see above.
Pro. 21
n'pjj
17,
pleasures (Scvgnugungen nnpb> 3HK loving plea12:27;

2 Chron.
sures.
!~inpb>
Neh. 8:12;
V^py
& V^P^
l
adj. left,
1 1
:
what
is
on
30:23.
the left side,
Ki. 7 21
2 Ki.
1 1.
rO^P?^
some
9
fut. TO?*. TO REJOICE, TO (The primary idea appears to be that of A joyful and cheerful countenance, Prov. 13:9, compare Arab, ^-ûj to be clement, liberal, mild,
and
fem. a quilt, coverlet, Jud. 4: 18 (whore n from the root îPp, comp. copies have ?^PP); bed, couch.
BK GLAD.
//JU/
surround.
i,
an unused
-
root,
Arabic
J^^
to gird, to
see Schult. on Har. Cons.

its
ii.
p.
1OO;
iii.
p.
use
is
more widely extended, and
it is
146; but even used
o-
Conj. IV. to wrap oneself in a garment,
whence
&*>
a garment.
see
for louder expressions of joy, as of those
merry with wine, utter merry cries,

idea
is
who make iKi. 4:20; Ecc. 8:15; and who see nnpS5> No. 2, 3. The primary
II.
HIPHIL
^>Wn
f.
^pb.
[Derivatives,
the two following words.]
similar of the verb "IHJ No.
Other verbs
of rejoicing prop, designate merry voices, as fyJJ, D/y, t/SJ, aXaXcifw, or have the force of leaping for
And this latter is joy, as 7*4. see Job 3:22.) Ecc. 3:12. It
light (see above,. as to the
n stronger than P5f,

is
a garment, whether of men or womeu outer garment, Gen, a (Deu. 22:5); especially large with which, 9:23; Deu. l o 1 8 1 Sa.2 1 l O Isa_3 6, 7 at night, persons wrapped themselves, Deuter. 22:17'
M7D^
often applied to
From
this primitive form,
by
transposition,
comes
the heart, Ps. 16:9; 33:21; Prov. 23:15; once to a primary idea), Pro. 13:9,
which
see.
("garment"), [SamlaK],
king of Edom, Gen. 36 36
: ;
pr. n. of
it
"the light of the righteous" nob^

as
it
j.
shall shine,
Ch.
:47.
were, with joyful brightness.

: ;
Constr. followed
see
:
;
by ? 1 Sam. 2:1; Ps. 1 22 l ?JJ Isa. 9:16; 39 2 Jon. 4:6; IP Prov. 5:18 (where several MSS. have
3),
with any thing; followed by
'?
Neh. 12:43;
an unused
Samiim,
i.
root,
Arab.
biit
e.
to poison,
fclbwed by ? specially to rejoice at another's misfortune, or destruction, Psa. 35:19, 24; 38:17; Isa. 14:8; Mic. 7 8. There is often said, njn3 npb> to re:
a poisonous wind.
Hence
joice concerning
Jehovah, because of aid to be expected from him, and because of his protection, Ps.
" " read (several MSS. [ incorrettly J 29. Prov. of a 30 lizard, poisonous r'ppL*') species
:
LXX.
jca\a/3wr>jc.
Vulgate
stellio.
Arab.
^L "
DCCXCII
poisonous lizard, with spots like leprosy. chart, Hieroz. t. ii. p. 1084.
See Bo-
to these superstitions [?] Bochart, Hieroz.
ii.
844, and
my
JQP and
Comment, on
Isa. locc. citt.
LXX. Smpnrm.
Deu. 32:2, compare
fut JOB*
'E'
inf.
abs.
lfe>, constr.
&
^(4) pi. s/toi0r(9legenfd}auei-), to shudder.
(Syr. JLLce, Arab, \jjj) TO
HATE, whether perl
sons, Ps.
5:6; 31:7; Deu. 22:13; 2 Sa. 13:15, 22;

Isa. l
:
or things,
oVc* subst.
14; Ps. 11 :5; Prov.
:22.
Part.
a hater, an enemy, Ps. 35:19; 38:20; with suff. isofe* one who hates him, Deu. 7:1O; also ft S:b> Deut. 4:42; 19:4,6,11; Josh. 20:5. Fern. n'lS3B> female enemies, Eze. 16:27. plur.
NIPHAL, pass. Pro. 14:17.
PIEL,
part.
K.3.'B/P
( hairy," rough"), [Seir], pr. n. (i) of a leader of the Horites, Gen. 36:20, 30. (2) of a mountainous region of the Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea to the Elanitic gulf, the northern part of which is now called Jebdl (see 733), the southern
T?
el-Shera (i Li^), see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,

:
ed.
Weimar,
p.
674,688, 1067. Originally the Horites
hater,
enemy, Psalm 18:41;
55:13; 68:2,
Derivatives,
etc.
(Dîri) dwelt in this region, Gen. 14:6; Dent. 2:12; afterwards Esau, Gen. 32:4; 33:14, 16, and his de-
scendants, Deut. 2:4, seqq.

i.
2 Chron. 20: 10.
This
Chald.
q.
Hebr.
Part. 8OB>
n*my, Dan.
mountain may have taken its name from that Horite (No. l); but I prefer rendering "Vy'E/ as an appellathe rough mountain, i.e. clothed, and, as it were, bristled with trees and thick woods; compare Gr. Aaffioc. (3) of a mountain in the tribe of Judah,
tive,
4:16.
;i
fem.
(i) prop.
inf.
of the root
Wf Deu.
lit?.' (a) hatred.
H7H?
n3K
K3.B>
to
have in great
Josh. 15:10.
hatred, 2 Sa. 13:15;
compare Ps. 25: 19; 139:22.

:
^1i(^
f.
(l) a female goat (prop, rough,

;
Wyff
f.
n&WB>, verbal adj. hated, Deu. 21
hairy), Lev. 4: 28
15.
5:6.
which the same mountain was known by the Sidonians, see the root "tiE> unless it be better to render "Vfe "c a t a r a c t," i.q. 113V from the noise of water), [_Se n tr],
;
T^ ("coat
of mail,"
i.
q. ftnfc>
the
name by
(2) [Se truth], pr. n. of a region in raim, Jud. 3:26.
Mount Eph-
and
i.
pr. n. of
Mount Hermon,
so called
among
the
Am-
plur. i.q.D'g?3 thoughts, which divide distract the mind, and, as it were, agitate it, Job " SO:a; 4:13, in the thoughts of night visions,"
e.
in the nocturnal
:
monites, Deu. 3:9; in a narrower sense, part of Hermon, Cant. 4:8; iChr. 5:23, compare Ezek. 27:5.
dreams themselves, compare
Dan. 2 29, 30.

i.
according to Abulfeda (see Syria, ed. Kohler, p. 164), a ridge of mountains situated to the north of Damascus.
Arabic ^. v
.,
q.
1J?p,
~\y&
- (l)
TO
SHUDDER, TO
QUIVER, Gr.
(Engl.
to
^ptVcrw,
fair, Germ,
fdjaucrn/ fcfyaubern
shudder,
to sAiVer),
prop, used of the motion
an unused
to
make a noise
*-*-
"W to clatter, root, prob. i. q. (used of the din of arms); whence

pr. n. "V3B*.
and creeping of the skin of a person terror-stricken, Eze. 27 35 Jer. 2:12; followed by ?JJ of the cause, Eze. 32 l o followed by an ace. like Gr. 0p/o-<ru; n va, to
:
armour, coat of mail, see
shudder
at, i. e. to feel a sacred awe, Deut. 32: 17. Also used of the hair standing on end (see "ty-?, n "3V.^,
fully
m. (l) hairy, rough, Gen. 27:11, 23. (2) a he-goat, hircus (which Latin word is the ame as hirtus, hirsutus), Levit. 4:24; 16:9; more D'fJ? fife (-Jwgenboct), 6011.37:31; Lev. 4:24;
to
vyb, rnyf ). of a storm or tempest, (2) used of the commotion Followed by an ace. to sweep away in a see Piel.
storm
(jpcgjlurmcn),
Ps. 58:10.
to
16:5 (since the name of goat seems
have belonged,
in a wider sense, to other animals also).
[idolatrousj worship of the he-goat brews (following the example of the Egyptians), see Fem. rryjrtp> a she-goat, Lev. 17:7; 2 Ch. 11:15.
As to the among the He-
NIPHAL, impers. fturmt), Ps. 50:3.

PIEL, to
be
fierce as a tempest
in a storm, Job 27:21.
(el
sweep away
to
HITHPAEL,
rush like a tempest, Dan. 11:40.

14.
l.
which
(3)
compare iy? Hab. 3:
see.
pi.
wood demons,
deserts,
Derivatives, see in Kal No.
goats, inhabiting
satyrs, resembling heIsa. 13:21 34: 14; see as

;
m.
(i) horror,
Job 18:20; Eze.
;:35-
DCCXCIII
(2) i. q. 1?P a storm, Isa. 28 of the subst. "1$?, which see.
const.
:
2.
Once it
is
constr.
Pro. 14:23; compare Pro.io:8; Levit. 5:4; Psalir.
106:33.
with
fraudulent
suff. s*.-
Melon.
lips,
(a) speech, words, as
T.^nEP
*W,
once
*W Isaiah 7:20;
hair, hairs;
m. a hair,
;
collect.
Arab.
<ci
Lev. 13:3, seqq.

the root No.
l
,
so called from bristling up. (See the various significations of which are
and even used of a fraudulent man, Pro. 10: 18; Ps. 120:2. B*p^H D^ncp burning lipn, i.e. words feigning most ardent love, Prov. 26:23; Ps. 81 :6, yo^N <nyT -6 n??' I heard words of an T
unknown
lect,
Indo-Germanic languages. Comi. e. a her, heres, pare \>'ip, hedgehog; hirtus, hirsutus, ~V& ^?3 B*K horreo, Aordeum (fTT&ri?); Germ. aar.) a rough hairy man, i. e. wearing a hairy mantle, 2Ki. 1:8. See
also found in the
Eze. 36:3. (nation)." (6) tongue, c?iaGen. ll:i, seqq.; Isa. 19:18; 33: 19, nsfe> "pOJJ " men of deep language." i. e. difficult to be understood, barbarous.
Ch.
id.
i.
Dan. 3: 27; 7:9.
(2) the, lip, edge, border, as of a vessel, l Ki. 7: 26; of a garment, Ex. 28:32; of a river or the sea, Gen. 22:17; 41:3; Ex.i4:30; i Ki. 5:9; of the
land,
i.
q.
boundary, Jud. 7:22.

prop.
i.
y&
f.
q. rnjjp
orn, Job 9
Nah.
3. q.
H"W
HQD No.
to
f.
i.
Jud. 20: 16, -TW^-PS hair," proverb, q.d. ad vnguem, used of slingers not missing the mark by a hair's breadth, 1 Sa. 14:45. Collect. Job 4: 15. PI.
hair (Arab, f/tl .^ a "at a
II,
TO POUR.
one hair).
PIEL
nsi*' to
make fall
hence
off, used of the hair,
bj
disease, or scab;
make
bald, Isaiah 3:17.
Compare
hairs, Ps. 40:13; 69:5.

fem larley, so called from its hairy ears, like the Lat. hordeum a horrendo, and on the contrary
.
an unused
root,
perhaps
i.
q. J?*^,
JSD to
cover [not given in Thes.].
^Y
rive
it
ni
the
beard (perhaps
it
so called because
it
shorn ears. In sing. it is used of barley growing, Job 31 =40; Joel l 1 1 ; but pi. cny'f of the grain (see nan). Dnj?'^ TOh a homer of barley, Lev. 27:16, D*"jyb' HS'K an ephah of barley, Ru. 2: 17; also wyjty "V?P barley harvest,
flplpS spelt
(which
see),
from
its
covers, and, as
were, clothes the chin; others de-
iEDJp
from HSE> lip, and i. 2 Sa. 19:25, q. ^7). nbjr&O "he had not put his beard in order."
nt3JJ
DQB'rrnx, DCt^rrpj;
Mic. 3:7.
|^
to cover over the beard, as
done by mourners, Levit. 13 :45; Ezek. 24:17, as;
Ru. 1:22, since the harvest
is
on account of the grain.

pr. n.
0'"?$? (" barley"), [Seorm], 24:8.
m.
Chr.
Siphmoth,
pr. n. l Sa.
30:28.]
(T3lL an unused root, which appears to have had the sense of devouring, licking up, sucking up,
like the cogn. K?P, which see; which idea is expressed in other families of languages with r or I
TO COVER, TO HIDE, i. q. |DD and I?V. Deu. 33:19, D'3'iop *)'& well given by the Vulg. thesauri absconditi, hidden treasures.
I.
Sl
i.
q.
pQD No.
I,
TO STRIKE (see
inserted
to drink
by
the root slab, srad; compare *]"&, t
>-i
Lat. sorbere, Vulgar Germ. fd)lappen. The ; / cast being away forms sapio, to taste on the other hand, the sibilant being omitted, gives the Persic
;
specially, to clap the hands, to several MSS. (others p2D).
Job 27: 23; according
Lat. labium.
dual D?n?l?, const. 'WP?'; nina'p (from nsfc>), f/ const, pi.
iS?
with
suff.
HIPHIL, to strike a covenant, to make an agreement, either because it was customary to strike the hands together and join them in making a covenant or from the primary signification of striking (comp. V33 No. 2). Isa. 2:6,-1p'Sf! DT33 H^2 "they make.
leagues with
Derivative,
II.
the children of strangers."
(l) a lip (Arab. &.,, as to the origin, see the verb),

Ps. 22:8; i Sam. 1:13. begin to talk, Job 11:5;
lips, Psa.
51:17, to the lips, Pro. 10:19. &$ a man of lips, used in a bad sense of a loquacious, garrulous person, Job
To open the lips, i. e. to to open any one's enable to speak: to restrain

32 20;
=
*K
i'9,-
P^P No.
II
(which
see),
i
TO BE REKi. 20: ioj
DUNDANT,
see P.?D.
TO
ABOUND.
Syr. >o.<*im,
&$?
11
a.
D^nQS? lin
futile, foolish
words, 2 Ki. 18 : 20 ;
p3^ masc. smiting, chastening (of God), Jol 36: 18; see the root No. I. Compare P5p ?4:2&
DCCXCIV
rrw
to be
-fife
pP
m. with
stiff.
1PP, plur.
B&
(i)
sack-
PUAL,
woven together,
to
Jol 40: 17.
cloth, thick cloth, especially made of strainers (see the root Pi??'), used also for corn sacks
hair, like
HITHPAEL,
Derivatives,
I.
I
P^T
i'
interweave oneself, Lam. 1:14. and pr. M^?.

(l) prop, as I judg
rtfctja
and mourning garments. (Compare Êtbiop. UJÎ Back-cloth, hence the clothing of monks and holy
pilgrims, UJÛU^: lattice, Gr. <rcu-oe, aaKKot;, sackcloth, Lat. socetis, which Jerome also used for the
l*f
an unused root
to
make an
"l"13),
incision, a fissure, '
(cogn. rootej
stylus.
.
O^,
whence jL^ an awl, Hebr. *T$?
garment of a pilgrim; also, <rayoe> fagum, i. e. a thick cloak used by soldiers.) Isaiah 3 24, p> rnJOP a Hence girdle of sackcloth.
:
(2) i. q. Arab, j^ to sew together, especially hard things, as leather with wire and an awl, hence
i'--
(2) a corn s a ck, Gen. 42:25, 27, 35; Lev. 11:32. (3) the dress of mourners, Gen. 37:34; 2 Sa.
to
interweave,
like
a coat of mail; whence

see Typ.
j_.. a
coat of mail
II.
\
3:31;
Est.
4:1; Joel
20:
2.
:8; Jon. 3:6; of devotees
and
lVK
woven of iron threads,

TO FLEE, TO
prophets,
Isa.
ESCAPE, Josh. 1O 2O
:
u once found, Lam. i 14; in NIPHAL. Accord,

:
(Ai-ab. j.*,; Syr. >^CD id.)
ing to the Hebrew interpreters, TO BE BOUND, TIED TO (used of a yoke). The verbs "tp.JJ, ~1?K, appear to be
cognates, the aspirates being related to the sibilants, see E> p. DCCLXXXII. The Targ. has made heavy. Several
Derivative,
^^.
MSS. have IpBO, which

Vulg., Syr., but
lL
it is
is expressed by the contrary to the sense.
LXX.,
T!^ of mail; and thence a kind oj cloth or stuff, like a coat of mail, made of threads by means of needles (Germ, gtlet). Of this the curtains of the tabernacle were made (compare )*?')> whence ""*? '!?? Exod. 31:10; 35 1 9 39:1,41.
m., a coat
:
an unused TO STRAIN.
root, prob.
i.
q. PP.T
which see
Hence p?\
i.
Compare Chald. T17P curtains; so called from the kind of cloth of which they were made; ^"JP sieve;
Sam. rms? according to Castell, i. q. Â. a variegated garment. Incorrectly rendered by LXX. oroXoi XfiTovpyiKtii, as if it had been me> nj2 but garment*
;
not used in Kal,

PIEL, prop, to
q.
Chald.
">P,P
to look.
make
(the eyes) look
around, as
done by wanton and impudent women, Isaiah 3: 16. Others render it LXX. iv vivpaair o^ftA/(a>r.
with painted eyes, comp. suit the context.
"IE?
pi.
~ip_P
are not intended, but curtains, hangings.
to paint,
which does not
"H^
red m-j Isaiah 44: 13; according to Kimchi, s

correctly,
i.
chalk; but more
q.
Arab,
j!^ an awl,
(i) leader, ccmmander, especially of soldiers, Geii. 21 :22; Job 39:25; of a royal body-guard, Gen. 37:36; of cupbearers, 40:9; of a city, 1 Ki. Gen. 39:21, 22; but H3P.P
pnb>(from the root
W) m.
or rather stylus ; with which the artist sketches out the figure to be sculptured.
(l) TO PLACE IN A ROW, TO SET IN ORDER; Arab. -/,Lj Med. Waw, rett;en, orbnen. Hence
..
22:26; of a prison,
rulers
r&
over
cattle,
Sen. 47:6.
(2) prince, Ex. 2: 14; Isaiah 23:8; plur. nobles, Poet. EHp used of the >jurtiers, Gen. 12:15.
7TPX? series, order,
row; which
see.
28 D'^ "& of God [Christ], Dan. 8 25. priests, Isa.43 the book of Daniel (10:13,20), the princes of .11
: ;
(2)
to
No.
I.
2,
leader, commander, prince, i. q. "V& and "H^; from setting in order, arranging
be
- j -
soldiers.
Arab.
to
be noble, liberal
^ ^ a prince,
ingels,
i.e.
the archangels interceding with
God
[?]
see.
a noble.
(3) to fight (prop, to wage war) with any one, followed by DV Genesis 32:29; followed by J"IK Hos.
for particular nations, oi iirra <iyyt\oi,
Ivwirutv row
dfov ion'iKuffi [?], Apoc. 8 2. Fein,

:
is
TJ?, which
12:4 (Arab
^
iy
as
I
TO BRAID
3"!D
(fU(f)ten),
TO
INTERWEAVE
\^
Conj. III.
id.).
Fut.
is
taken from
(Ch.
-rtfc>
No.
I.
and Syr.
'^sj-
"*)
Kindred roots are
T&, P^b
Derivatives, fJM?* n "3^?
and
pr.
names
'"*
and weave; comp. under letter b>. Also with the middle radical softened into a vowel,
judge, 31N to
f.
of the noun
: ;
"&
l
:
(i) a
lady, Jud. 5 29
Esth.
18
Isa.
princess a noblt 49 2 3 specially

:
DCCXCV
of the wives of
who
differed
a king of noble birth, i Kings 11:3; from the concubines; comp. Cant. 6:8.
l
:
Metaph. Lam.
provinces."
other men, see 2 Ki. 25:18, 23; Jer.36:26; 40:8; i Chr. 51:59, 6l 4:13, 14, 35; 5:40; Ezra 2:2;
;
l,
JYI3HG3
>rnfc>
"princess of
the
Neh. 10:3; ll:li

pr. n.
12:1, 12.
(2) pr. n.
Sarah;
see
"H*?.
Deu. 3:9, see

not used in Kal, TO
M? ("shoot"), [Serug],
.,
pr. n. m.,
Gen. 11:20.
TO
j J*p
i.
q. 3"]^
INTERWEAVE,
latchet of a shoe; so called from its binding and fastening together, Isa. 5 27. Proverb. of anything of little value, Gen. 14:23; from the root
:
ENTANGLE.
" a camel PIEL, Jer. 2 23,
:
rPpTl ron'fD entangling her ways," i. e. running about hither and thither
in her heat.
'
m .,pl.
Derivative,
tendrils (of the vine),
Isa.
16:8.
See
[Sarsechim],
eunuchs
in the
pr. n. of a
chief ot the
:
("abundance," i.q.
pr. n. m.,
army
of Nebuchadnezzar, Jer. 39
3.
TIP,),
:
Gen. 46
q.
Ch. 7 30.
TO
the body, TO
to do,
tJ
lyi.
i^-s and jcj* TO
CUT
Part. pass.
EXTEND, TO STRETCH OUT, Arabic stretched out, i. e. one who
W&
MAKE CUTS
Lev. 21:5.
in the body, Avhich
mourners used
has a
Syr.
member
(especially the ear) too long,
compare
NIPHAL, to be lacerated, i. e. hurt by Hence heavy a burden, Zech. 12:3.
)j)
lifting too
-5,;_co large-eared, Lev.

to
HITHPAEL.
21:18; 22:23. stretch oneself out, Isa. 28:20.

thou(/hts,Ps.Q4:iy; I39:23,i.q. "I inserted, see p. DCCXLVIH, A.
(l) prop. TO
( fcfylUVfetl ),
*-*W
m., Lev. 19:28;

f, Lev.
and
E^" ^
1
rn.pl.
B'Syp*, with the letter
J"v"l<
'Jif
21:5, a cutting, incision.
("my princes ?""

pr. n.
nobility,"
:
i.
q. i"n.K>?) ;
fSarat],
of the wife of
Abraham,
for which,
L ] Jy ftlt. P|1^? ABSORB, TO DRINK IN
SUCK
IN, TO
TO
SWALLOW
however, afterwards (Gen. 17 15), another name !TU5> (princess) was substituted. The LXX. write the for-
DOWN,
na^.
i.q. Ch. fp'^', and Syr. I^>^CD, see Middeldorpf, Cures Hexapl. in Job., p. 15; compare under the root
mer name 2afm

*
(in
the
manner of the Arabs, proZivd); the latter Zappa; But see what has
Hence
fire,
i.
nouncing
comp.
is
Tp
(2) to absorb with
e. to
burn,
to
consume,
;
because, in fact, i'PK'
for l"nB>.
been said about this two-fold name (of which the former is obscure), by Conr. Iken, in Dissertt. Philol.
Theol., p. 17, seqq.; J. D. Michaelis, Orient. Bibl. IX.
p.
as towns, houses, altars, often with the addition of
^3
Lev. 4:21; 8:175-9:11; Josh. 11:9, 1 1 Jud.
188; Stange, Theol. Symmikta,

E. J
I.
p.
48, seqq.
18:27; 2 Ki. 23:11; 25:9. Used of the burning of a corpse at the funeral, Jer. 34:5; also to burn, and to bake (bricks) by burning, Gen. 11 :3.
NIPHAL, Lev. 4: 12, and PUAL, pass, of No. 2, Lev. 10: 16.
Derivatives, ^?"}?
II.
;
,
1^
in.,
plur. (with
Kametz impure) shoots,
tendrils of a vine, Gen. 4.0:10, 12; Joel 1:7; from

vhe root
I
Y^
to intertwine.
n ?l?''?, and perhaps

<
~V m. [pi. DH V ^'], a survivor, one escaped from a great slaughter, i. q. B v9 Nu. 2 l 35 24:19; Deut. 3:3; Josh. 8:22. Collect., Jud. 5: 13. Used of Root "H^. things, Job 20:21.
:
^P^*
i.
Vrab.
!j~>
;
to
be born of a noble race
and jj* to be whence ^_:\ Ji, a
noble,
noble,
a prince.
Hence
*]}&?
No.
II.
[Sarid,
pr. n., Josh.
19:10, 12.]
m. (I.) a species of venomous serpents, *j }y Nu. 21:6. ^Siyp PQS? a flying dragon, Isa. 14:29;
supposed to be the Gr. Trprjrrriip Kdvawv, its inflamed bite. If the derivation is to be sought in the Phccnicio-Shemitic languages, I should prefer regarding it as so called fromswallow* e ing down, see )']B' No. l but it corresponds to the
30:6.
It is
and
"3
("soldier of Jehovah"),
\_Seraiah~], pr. n. (l) of the secretary of David, 2 Sam. 8:17, a name, the reading of which is cor-
so called from
rupted [contracted] in other places into fcWJ', 2 Sam. 20:25; WWff i Ki. 4 :2; SB>}8> i Ch. 18: 16. (2) of the father of Ezra ths priest, Ezr. 7:1. (3) of
Sanscr. sarpa, serpent; sarpin, reptile, from the root
DCCXCVI
trip, ipTruv, serpere.
Compare Bochart, Hieroz.
t. iii.
m.
--<-*
pi.
D*!?
l :8.
p 221, ed. Lips.

6: a, 6, an order of angels attending upon God, and appearing with him, having The Hebrews, as Abulwalid and Kimchi, six wings. render the word bright, or shining angels (compare Eze. 1:13; 2Ki. a: 11; 6:17; Matt. 28:3); but the verb *nB> has the sense of burning, not of shining,
(II.) pi.
horses, bay, Zee.
reddish, tawny, used ol (Arab, with the letters transtail
D*?^
Isa.
posed JLi^ a bay horse, also one with the
and
mane bay, Germ.
ud)g.)
and it is better, comparing ^_g. A, to understand princes, nobles of heaven, who elsewhere are also If any one wishes to folcalled E*!^, see ">> No. 2. low the Hebrew usage of language (in which *!")&? is a serpent), he may render it winged serpents,
since the serpent, amongst the ancient Hebrews (Nu. 2l:8; 2 Ki. 18:4), and amongst the Egyptians ( Herod.
ii. 74; ./Elian. Var. Hist. xi. 17, 22), was the symbol both of wisdom and of healing power (see more in my Comment, on Isa. loc. cit.); but I prefer the pre-
|T!^ m. Isa. 5:2; Jer. 2:21. Hjp^ f. Genesis 49:11 (l) a shoot, a tendril (from the root F]JP No. I; compare D'jMTp); specially a nobler kind ol vine, according to Abulwalid, growing in Syria, Arab. .:< and ,p ,.J -, now called in Morocco Serki,
Pers.
ish,
Kishmish, with small berries, roundand of a dark colour; with soft and hardly per. >
i^.*.^
See Niebuhr's Reisebeschr. vol'. ii. ceptible stones. p. 169 of his Descr. of Arabia, p. 147 ; and more in
;
Oedmann, Verm. Sammlungen aus der Naturkunde,

vi. p.
vious explanation, since the Hebr. fT)b' is elsewhere \^sed of a poisonous serpent. [The idea of winged
serpents surrounding the throne of
98, seqq. (2) [/SWefc], pr. n. of a valley, between Ashkelon and Gaza, probably so called from this kind of
vine, Jud. 16:4.
God
is
in itself
wildly incongruous, and it is not to be borne that such a notion should be supported by a connection with Jewish superstition, supposed or real ; so Gesenius in Thes.]
(III.)
No 2 and "^ No- 1 TO BE PRINCE, TO HOLD DOMINION. Part. T& Esth. 1:22. Fut. VTB? Isa. 32:1; Prov. 8 16. HITHPAEL, to make oneself a prince, followeJ Nu. 16:13. by
-
\_Saraph],
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 4:22.
Derivatives, ~&, nnb.
f. (with Tzere impure) a burning with Gen. 11:3; burning, conflagration, setting on fire, Lev. 10: 6; Am. 4:11; especially the solemn burning of dead bodies, 2 Chronicles 16: 14; 21:19.
LM IK
following
L/ an unused root,
,
i.
q.
BW, from which
the
fire,
word would be
const.
iVK't?'
regularly formed.]
pC't/ m.
(Kametz being unusually
to
Isa.
? a mountain burned up, Jerem. 51 :25. njn be delivered to burning, i. e. to be burned,
rejected, for the root is fc'-lfe'), joy^ gladness, often coupled with nnpb Isaiah 22:13; 35 : *O; 5*:3, 11.
flbij'
9:4; 64:10.
itu
JOB' oil of gladness,
used of the ointments which

: ;
they used at banquets, Ps. 45 8

i.
Isa.
61
3.
L
|>
(l)
q.
TO
INTERTWINE,
/,
TO PLAIT, whence
drils, pr. n. nfTTJ?D.
p^,
shoots, ten-
Jl ]\L/ an unused and doubtful L some derive rntfD."

i.
root,
whence
(2)
flax by
i.
q.
Syr. Ôijcr, PIP to comb, to

Isa.
clean out
q.
This signification may 19:9. be so connected with the former, that it may pr. be to disentangle any thing tangled or entwined;
combing,
DflD TO STOP, TO
OBSTRUCT.
Lam.
3:8,
Tll
DHB'
"he obstructeth my
come
to
prayers/'
that they do not
God.
Comp. Lam. 3:44.
comp. as
power of some verbs, Gramm. 51,2. Derivatives, pjb>, D^lTf and pr. n. npTJPO.
to the
II.
Ijnt^
NIPHAL,
TO CLEAVE, Arab.
to
^J.
of
p"^
to be
reddish, tawny, whence
burst forth, to break out (used haemorrhoids), l 83.5:9; compare
Shm, together with

the
i.
;
Sin, the twenty-first letter of
i.
q.
J$?
Hebrew alphabet when used as a numeral it is The name of this letter T'^' q. three hundred.
which
itic
is
denotes a tooth, and refers to its figure, almost the same in all the Phcenicio-Shem-
alphabets.
This
letter is
pronounced
like thl
DCCXCVII
Gsrm. fdv Engl. sh, a sound which the Greeks were without (unless indeed the Doric 2ar, Herodotus,
139> was similarly pronounced); whence it is that the LXX., that they might give something allied to
i-
litter,
1
:6, there is said
Solomon's," pr. which v *3 Solomon's; but Cant with emphasis, v'B' Vp"i? " virs-
my
yard,
used,
mine, 1 say." As to the see dram. 1 19, 2 note.
suffix pleonastically
its
sound, have written for

2, 3, 4.
B""i,
pB 'P;xc>
B>
X<rtV; see
Lam. chaps.
(l) that, i. q. TB'K. B, 1, aftet (B) Conj. relat. verbs of seeing, Ecc. 2:13; 3:18; knowing, Ecc. 3:
In Arabic, three letters answer to
(which
is
much" more used than

.lumber of cases
B>)
(i) in far the greater

T'KB'
18; Job 19:29; compare Jud. 6:17; Ecc. 2:24. (2) so that. Ecc. 3:14,^ fiB'j; to cause that.
(3) because that, because, Cant, i :6; 5 :2; /or, whence O?B' for why? Cant. 1:7 & iy till that, until (followed by a pret.), Jud. (4)
'" |
^M,
as
a?& A.,
Jl^
etc.
(2) rather less
frequently
to write
^,
<_/.
as
B>OB>
^.^^
the sun,
DBH
*,
down; and in the roots of

In those words
5:7.
t^y.M scarcely that (faum ba^), Cant. 3:4.

(i) B'?
i.
both kinds the Aramaeans retain

in
prefixes that, Ecc. 2: 16.
With
q. "IB/K.3
No.
2,
because
which
(3) the Arabs substitute
<^_j for
the
Hebrew B
5 ,
B'S i. X'S3 No. l, according to what, i.e. as, (2) q. Ecc. 5:14; 12:7, i. q. "'B^? No. 3, as, when, Ecc.
the Aramaeans
L
eight, 3/B*
ff
have
9
Tail,
"
as
njfoB'
.,Uj,
L^,
[' vyt-
9:12; 10:3.
fut.
^Jjj
[Osj
snow.
More
/;
rarely in such
3-1B> c__;l3
3SBK
TO
DRAW
water. (Ch.id. Arab.

is
words the Arabs have <^_j, as 1?^

to return, to
to break,
_.^^
n^C
1 -
to slake one's thirst,
which
done by draw-
turn oneself, or
as BHn,
for B* appears in the

E*1"13
Hebrew
itself,
rnn ôpaao-w, ûparrw,
ing water.
The primary
this
idea seems to be that of

see the cognate verb
taking off the surface,
under
and nil? cypress. Sometimes also (4) the Arabic admits many ways of writing the same word, and thus it divides one Hebrew root into
n ?'i? two Arabic, as B>jn .^c, and (JLc.^
I
answers Goth, skephan, Germ. fd)6pfen.) Const, either followed by an ace. CPD Gen. 24:13;
^
*
iSa. 7:6; 9:11; or absol. Gen. 24:11, 19,20.

Derivative,
fut. 35*B^
an<^
&
>
"
LU,
i??'
<JwL>
and
Jjjj,
B*
DB/|
is
^,
\f^y~ and
TO ROAR, pr. used of a
lion,
Jud.
body.
other sibilants, as
But
also
interchanged with
-
T> f : 7-1B* J.jj train, Vv B*On Rabbin. N^'p-in the groin, etc. charger, In the Phoenicio-Shemitic roots introduced into
14:5; Ps. 104:21; of thunder, Job 37:4; compare Amos 1:2; Joel 4: 16; of fierce soldiers, Psa. 74:4; also used of men, from whom the violence of grief wrings forth
cries, Ps.
38:9.
f.
Hence
const. n3XB'
western languages, especially the Greek, B* is sometimes expressed by a simple <r, s, as '~nB> anpa, aKnri^ from 1?B/ 7?B/ <n;\a W , sometimes O-K: and <rv, as ??B^, **
f
29; also, cry of a wretched person, Ps. 22:2; 32:3. grief, Job 3:24;
roaring of a lion, Isa. 5: wrung forth by
also ffKv\aw, ?'nB' <TKvraXij,

a\o\i],
^^^
ffKîrTOt',
VPB/ crî^w,
from n ?B'.
rarely '^, Jud. 5:7; Cant. 1:7; Job 19:
I. nij^t^ i. q. JOB? (i) TO MAKE A NOISE, used of the waves, the tumult of people, see PN^, flB/.
^, more
29,
"
1
(2) to
hence
and Êccl. 2:22; 3:18.

5?
Shin prefixed,
i.
q.
crash, as a house falling down; laid waste, Isa. 6: 1 1, init. NIPHAL. (l) to make a noise, used of the waves
to be
make a
^/^,
in
being rejected by aphseresis, "l either inserted the following letter, or (in the form B>) also reject1
and troops of soldiers, Isa. 17: 12, 13. Isa. 6:il. (2) to be laid waste, of a land,
HIPHIL, to lay waste, inf. niKB/n? whence without N nfoWT? 2 Ki. 19:25.
Derivatives,
II.
i.
ed, like '"I L!, but except the book of Judges (5:7; 6:17; 7:12; 8:26), only found in the later [ ?] Hebr. (A) relat. pron. who, which, that, Eccl. l: ll; Cant. 1:7; 3 * a > 3- Often (a) it is a mere mark
,
:
Isa.
37:26;
Ps. 122:4; of relation, as DB> -B/ whither, Ecc. 1 =7 8:8. followed Cant. Psa. 146:5; also, (b) by ^, pB/
;
q. nj?B/
TO
LOOK AT, TO BEHOLI*,

,
not used in Kal.
(much used by the Rabbins), equally with ? 1B^ it marks the genitive. Cant. 3:7, nb?^?B/ inik) "his
;
HITHPAEL, n^riBM
id.
Gen. 24:21; followed by 7
LXX.
KUTafiarddyu. Vulg. contemplar.
see
ro.l
:
Jon.4:8,nW?te'p3-n
for himself;"
l
7W;rn "and he desired deati
Ki. 19:4.
27
aro
i.q.
fiste?
a wasting tempest.
com. (m. Job 26:6; f. Isa. 5: 14; .4:9); jrctis, hades, a subterranean place, full of thick darkness (Job 10:21,22), in which the shades
of the dead are gathered together (2^?~! which see), and to which are attributed both valleys [rather depths] (Pro. 9:18) and gates (Isa. 38 10); Gen. 37 :
:
TW,
(2) to ask, to request any thing from any one, Isaiah 7:11 (see PPV Hiphil), nJ>K?> ?B> see nj> Followed by an ace. of thing, Jud, 5:25; l Kings
3:10; IP of the person from whom it is asked, Psa, 21:5; also fiXO i Ki. 2:20; D'Jtt? Deu. 18: 16; ?KP 7 lin to ask any thing for any one, l Ki. 2 22. (a) to ask a loan, to borrow from Specially
:
35;
Num.
16:30, seqq., Psa. 6:6;

:
Isa.
14:9, seqq.,
*
-x
any one, Ex. 3 22

:
11:2;
2 : 35.
Part.
>1^
lent,
l
i.
Sa.
q.
38:18; Eze. 31 16, seqq., 32:21, seqq. (Syr. \>CXA_A f. and JEth. ^f\C\l hell, purgatory, limbus Patrum. I think that I have lighted on the true etymology of
:28; 2 Ki. 6:5. Followed by ? prob. to /end, to beg, (b) to ask alms, Hiphil, i Sa. 2:20.
i
i.q. Piel
No.
l,
Prov. 20:4. (Arab. Conj.V.
id.,
For I have no doubt that TINE* is for 7W-? ahollow, a hollow and subterranean place, just as the Germ. >6lle is of the same origin as >6t)Ie/ and Lat. ccelum is from the Gr. KoiXot, t)ob,I/ hollow. It is commonly derived from the idea of asking, from
the word.
its asking for, demanding all, without distinction; hence orcus rapax, Catull. ii. 28, 29.)
a beggar.)
(3) to inquire of,to interrogate, Jud. 4: 20, seq.; followed by an ace. of pers., Gen. 24:47; Job 40:7;
Josh. 9: 14, "but they in quired not at the of Jehovah" (which they ought to have done)
mouth com-
pare
Job 8:8.
("asked
Saul,
for,"
compare
Sam. 8:4,
seq.)
king, of the tribe of Benjamin, l Sa. 9:2, seq. (2) of a king of the Edomites, Gen. 36:37. (3) of a son of From 3 is patron. Simeon, 46: 10. (4) l Ch. 6: 9.
[8 haul"], pr. n.
(l) of the
first Israelite
30:2; Gen. 24:57; followed by ? of pers., The person or thing asked about, has ? before it, Jud. 13:18; Gen. 32 30 ^J? Neh. i 2 ace., (a) to conHag. 2:ll; Isa. 45 1 1 Specially it is
Isa.
: ;
:
; : .
sult; followed by ?
to
as nJ!V3 ^KB(fid) befragen beg), consult the oracle of Jehovah, Jud. 1:1; 18:5; 20:18; D^fi? ?KE> to consult Teraphim, Eze. 2 1 26
:
7*^
[Shaulites], Nu. 26: 13.

the root HKB>
:
ptf^ m. (from
as of waters, Ps.
65 8 5:14; 13:4; 24:8; of war, Am. 2 of clamour, Ps. 74:23; Jer. 25:31.
;
(i) noise, tumult, of a great crowd of men, Isa.

:
Followed by ? for any one, for his benefit, i Sam. 22: 10, 13, 15; Num. 27:21. '& ?X^ to (b) ask of any one's health hence to salute, Gen. 43 27 l Sam. 10:4; 17:22; 30:21; Ex. 18:7.
OW?
Hos. 10:14;
48:45, " the sons of ]iK' noise," i.e. tumultuous soldiers. (2) devastation, destruction. Psalm 40:3, ~fl3
tifctt?
Jer.
NIPHAL, to ask for oneself, to ask Zeave(like the Gr. aiTovpai ere TOVTO; Germ. ftcf) ftroaS auSbttten; followed by IP of pers. and a gerund of the thing, to do
which one asks for leave, l Sa.20

is omitted);
6,
28 (where the verb
"the
pit of
destruction;"
root,
i.
Jer. 46: 17.
followed
["
tDXfc?
an unused
q. B-VJ>
No.
II. to
loath e,
Hence"]
Kametz impure) with suff. IPKS? Ezek. 25:6, contempt, hence pride, arrogance,
tDN9>
.
Gram. 50, 2. leave or liberty

PIEL
by a finite verb, Neh. 13: 6. Comp. Others take it, to obtain by prayers, from a master; Germ, ftd) fre^logbitten.
to
?H'
(i)
beg,
to
be
a beggar,
i.q.
Kal
(with
No.
2, b; Ps. 109:10. (2) to question, 2 Sam. 20: 18.
36:5; compare 25:
15.
Root IMB> [&**& in Thes.].
HIPHIL, to lend, Ex. 12:36;
Sam. 1:28; compr. n.
n|N^
I.
f.
ruins,
Isa.

fut.
nXE>.
pare Kal No.
2, a.
&
(Syr.
Û, Arab.
n ??fP; Derivatives, rbft?, r6t?

II.
and the
TO A s K, TO D E M A N D, followed by an ace. of the HKO i Sa. 8 : 1O, thing, l Sa. 12 13 and IP Ps. 2 8
( l)
: ;
: ;
ju
7*W
i.
q.
*$
to be
hollow; hence
hades, as if a subterranean cave. [In Thes. I. and II. are joined; to dig, to excavate, is taken as the pri-
of the person from whom any thing is asked, also followed by two ace. (airily TIVH n, to ask any one
mary meaning.]
"
any
thing), Psa.
Jol 31:30, V^3 curse his (an enemy's)
137:3; Deu. 14:26; Isaiah 45:11. n*>? 5iKB7 "by asking with a
life," i.
prayer"), [Sheaf],
(l)
to
pr. n.
m. Ezr 10:29.
:1O,
Ch.
1 1
;
ask,
to
demand, Pan.
7:81.
e for his death, comp.
followed
by two
ace. Ezr.
DCCXCIX
(2) to ask, to interrogate, followed by ? of pers. Ezr. 5:9, and ace. of the thing about which one is asked, verse 10.
Ch. emphat. state NwN?' prop, question, / petition; hence anything inquired for, matter,
affair, compare Pf>H No. 4, Arab. <3L** question,
Poet (i. e. death), Job 36: an. asciibed to a noose or trap lying in wait Ibi any one, Job 5:5 (see O^V). Followed by ? Am. " who 2:7, pant after the dust of the earth on the
it
Job 7:2; the night

is
on
matter, affair, see A. Schult., Animadverss. Philol., " this place. Dan. 4: 14, peî? TOKO and is this thing of the holy ones." by the
*$$? command
'n^,
:
head of the poor," they are urgent that dust may be on the head of the poor, as a mark of oppression or Elsewhere to pant after any one ia mourning. i. to thirst for his blood, a metaphor taken from q. wild beasts, Psa. 56:2, 3; 57:4; Am. 8:4; Ezek.
36:3I.
rbx$
and
n?XE>
f.
w ith
1
stiff,
anW
ps 106:15;
.
JOK
-f.
contr. "HD/??
Sa.
T0 BE LEFT, TO
REMAIN,
Sa. l6:ll.
is, to
17.
(l)request, petition, prayer. There is said, 7X6^ to ask a petition, i. e. ask something from any one, and to pour out prayer, Jud. 8:24; l Ki.
grant a petition, Est. 5:6, 8; HK3 fyKE* the petition is granted, Job 6:8. (2) loan, t hing lent, iSa. 2:20. Compare the
Arab. ^^.
[In Thes. one meaning given
be
turgid, to sivell up."]
2:16; 'B>|n3
to
to be left
NIPHAL, pass, of Hiphil (l) to be let remain, over, 6611.7:23; 42:38; 47:18; followed by a dat. to be left over to any one, Zee. 9 7. Part.
:
a survivor, Eze. 6:12.

(2)
to
root No. 2, a.
7W
OT
("whom
asked for from God"),

pr. n.
S
26;
to
remain any where, Exo.8:5, 7; Num. 11: remain, Job 21: 34, ^J? ~>Nf3 DynjMOTjl
iShealtiel, Salathiel~],
j:2; Neh.i2:i; called
7??
?W
Ch. 3:17; Ezr. Hag. 1:12, 14; 2:2.

l
m.
"your answers remain

HIPHIL
perfidy," i. e. perfidious. (i) to leave,to let remain, Ex. 10:12; to leave behind, Joel 2:14; followed by a dat. to
one", to
TO BE QUIET, not used in Kal, cognate to to lean upon any thing, to take rest. Only found in PILEL |3XJ? to be tranquil, to live in tranquilthe verb
any
Deu. 28:51.
\W
(2)
have
left, to
retain, Nu. 21:35;
^ eu
3-
Derivatives,
II.
lity, Jer.
30:10; Job 3:18.

pi.
Hence
(l) tranquil, said of a
i.
q.
1KB> to ferment,
see).
whence
kneading trough (which

Q'33^B> adj. habitation, Isaiah 33: 20;
living tranquilly, securely, Job l:5 (compare ]}*?& 21:23). (2) in a bad sense, living at ease, careless,
(with Kametz impure) m. rest, residue, remnant, Isa. 10:20, 21, 22; 11:11; Zeph. 1:4.
~)N2T
"1NB> m. Chakl.
id.
proud, (secundis rebus, ferox, Sallust, Jug. 94), Psa. 123:4; Am. 6:l; Isa. 32 :Q, 11, 18. Compare riB3
No.
2, b,
7>
9 10, 17; and

(" a
~INP>
Dan. 7:7, 19; const. "Wf Ezra Ezr. 7:18.

i.e.
Job
r?&, nipP, and Schultens, Animadvv. on Subst. pride, arrogance, 153.37:29; 26:5.
312^ *^N^*
remnant shall return,"

n.
2 Ki.
be converted), \_Shear-jashub'}, pr. Isaiah, Isa. 7:3; compare Isa. lO:2l.
of a son of
19:28.
OK - (l)TO BREATHE HARD, TO PANT

ben),
(fcfyiatl*
spoken of an enraged person, 153.42:14; of one in haste; hence to hasten, Ecc. 1:5. Compare fVEin No. 4. Roots of the same stock are t\W, *|K>3, 3E>3, 33E> No. I. and kindred to these is the syllable 3D, 1^, which has the sense both of blowing and de;
i. q. "^3, but mostly poet. say nothing [in Thes. from the Jer. idea of turgidity']), 1*8.73:26; 78:20, 27. 3 5 ! 35> ??"' y ^?''1 ""P^H "my outrage and my flesh (sc. devoured by the Chaldeans, as if my blood shed by the Chaldeans) come upon Babylon"
1J{^
(!) flesh,
I
(As
:
to its origin
siring.
In the Indo-Germanic languages

fcfinappen,
it is
found
(compare ??X No. l letter g). Melon. blood. (2) a relation by blood, relations by No. 3, Lev. 18:6, 12, 13; fully bb3 i. q. 1^3
,
"W
with a sibilant, fdwauben,

(2)
to
to
snap, with an
Lev. 25:49.
(3)
aspirate, fyappen (jappen), etc.
any food,
f.
or aliment, Ex. 21:10.
pant after
(fdjnappen), to
catch at with
rn^C'
by
consanguinity, concr. female relations
open mouth,
as the air, Jer. 2:24; 14:6; a shadow,
blood, Lev. 18:17
DCCC
"H^^
("
consanguinity,"
pr. n.
f.
i.
e.
female relation
by blood), [Sherah'],
f.
11.7:24.
m.
(i)
i
(
Ch. 23:16;
Ch. 12:38, remaining part, survivors, especially after a slaughter, Jer. 11:23; 44:14; Mic. 7:18; Zeph. 2:7. Comp.
once contr. fVlB'
^31E>.
2)
captive of God"), [Shebuet],ir.*. 26:24; called i Ch. 24:2^ iCh. 25:4; called iCh. 25:20, ^J3W.
18:15
for
2E>,
Jer.
which
see.
TT^, HO^p.
of wrath,
i.e.
Ps. 76: 1 1, rflOn JV1XK> the remainder extreme wrath, retained in extremity.
fitf^
tion,
f. (for nB>, from the root nXB>) destrucLam. 3:47. Hence contr. J"lB> No. II.
N3^ (compare
gems,
JEih. (Vflft: man),
[Sheba'],
m. (Dan. 9: 27, HNT yy Gen. 29: 27, should be rendered the week of this woman), const. JN2?> Gen. 29:27, 28; dual D??30 Levit. 12:5; pi. WWjP m. (Dan. 9:25; 1O:2, 3), and W3B', const rnjD^, with suff. DynlyaB? Nu. 28:26, a hebdomad, ifiSo /iac, septenary number (denom. from V?^ seven
(l) Sabceans, Sab OB a, a nation and region of Arabia Felix, rich in frankincense, spices, gold and
l Ki. io:i,seq.; Isai.6o:6; Jer.6:2O; Ezek. 27:22; Ps. 72:15; carrying on a celebrated traffic, Eze. loc. cit. Ps. 72:10; Joel 4:8; Job6:ig; but Job 1:15, carrying on depredations in the neighbourhood of Ausitis. The genealogies in Genesis mention three men of this name (a) the grandson of Gush, and son of Raamah, Gen. 10:7; (b) a son of Joktan, Genesis 10:28 (which accords with the Arabic traditions); (c) a grandson of Ketura, Gen. 25:3; and in two of the places (a, c), Shebah is
;
compare
"ttETJ a decad). Dan. 10:2, (1) of days, a week, Gen. 29:27, 28. Dp; DV3B? "through three weeks" (where
np^
No. 2,6, page CCCXLH, A). of (seven) toeeks, pentecost, so called from the seven weeks which were counted from the passover to this festival, Deu. 16:9. Fully,
D'P'
is
my3J?
not agenit., see an the feast
D^
Tob. 2:
D'p;
1,
aym
tirra
/3<tymt)wr.
But, Eze. 45:8!,
niy^p 3n the feast of hebdomads of days is the passover, which was celebrated through the whole of
seven days.
(2) a hebdomad of years, Dan. 9:24, seqq. Compare Hebdomas annorum, Gell. N. A. iii. 10.
fem (from the verb 1HB), on & n nin nj?3^ an oath oath, Gen. 26:3; 24:8. by JeExod. Ecc. hovah, 8:2; also, followed by a 22:10; genit. of the swearer, Psa. 105:9; and of the person sworn to, *ny3^' the oath sworn to me, Gen. 24:8. njnp V2EO to swear an oath, Gen. 26:3; Josh. 9 2O. (a) of an oath sworn in making a coveSpecially
.
:
coupled with Dedan his brother; this I woifld thus account for, by supposing that there were two Arabian tribes of this name, the one descended from Joktan in southern Arabia (letter b), he other dwelling by the northern desert of Arabia, near the Persian gulf and the mouth of the Euphrates (letters a, c, and Job loc. cit. [But a and c were of different ancestry]). * .
^lllti^ an unused root
(pr.
I
(l)
i.
q.
t_î
to
kindle
judge, to blow upon, to excite a flame

2t?3,
by
blowing, compare
flame.
*\W) y
^X^), whence
2*2t? a
by an oath, 2 Sa.2 1 *], V^3 p njtta?' joined in league with any one. LXX. eiopmi, Neh. 6: 18. (b) an oath of execration, execration,
nant, a covenant confirmed
:
(2)
i.
q.
Ch.
2355' to
break, whence XSK' fragment.
imprecation;
fully n'pxn
n^3B' Num. 5:21
Dan.
Hence
9:11; 153.65:15.
m.
fut.
pi.
D*ID^
fragments, Hos. 8:6.

TAKE, Or LEAD
rftltf
&
r\*3$ f
(the
first
form very often
in
np,
apOC. ?t?! TO
U^., Syr.
AWAY
the last in a'ro, and vice versa), f. captivity (from the root ^?^), Nu. 21 29, and captives, n-13^' 311?
:
CAPTIVE (Arab.
sons, Gen.
;
{^^
id.),
1
whether per: ; :
or flocks, l Ch. 5:21 or else wealth, 2 Ch. 21 17. Genesis 31:26, 3!)n n'nat? "captives of the sword" (in
Ps.
34:29; iKi. 8:48;
37 3
to bring back the captives (of the people), Jer. 29:14; 30:3; 26.29:14; 39 :2 5;
Deu. 30:3;
Am. 9:14;
'
Zeph. 3:20; Psalm 14:7; 53:7; 126:4; a d tr Pto restore any one to his former welfare and
3B> nVVJ Job 42: 1O, 3iK JVU?rn happiness. "and Jehovah restored Job to his prosperity." Eze. 16:53; compare verse 55; Hos. 6:1 1.
Greek, a'fûXtiirai, fiopvoAurat), i.e. taken in war; compare 2Ki. 6:22. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal, Gen. 14:14; Ex. 22:9.
Derivatives, J"U3?>, '3?>,
r
V??',
n '?^, and
pr. n.
not used in Kal;
prop. TO
SOOTHE, TO
is
m. a kind of precious stone, agate. Ex. 28:19; 39: 12.
LXX.
V'Jg.
STBOKE; Arabic
^^
to
swim, which
done b/
troking the water; hence
DCUCI
PIEL
pare n?n.
[-2) to
(l)
to
still the waves, Ps.

i.
89:10
:
(mulcere
.
the root
'35^
^3^) m. captivity, Deu. 31
j; *3^3
fuctus, Virg. JEn.
70)
anger, Prov. 29
1 1
Com-
be led into captivity, Jer. 22:22; 30:16; Lam. 1:5; used of beasts, Am. 4:10. Concr
(i) captives, '3t? n3B> to lead
/n to go, to
praise,
pr. to soothe
id.),
with praises (Arabic
away
captives,
,^_.,
Ps.
Êth. (Vf|fh:
Ecc. 8:15; especially God,
Num. 21:l;
Ps. 68:19.
63:4; 117:1; 147:12.
(2) sing, a captive (compare Fern. nj3tp Jsa. 52:2.
^B)
Exod. 12:29.
2 (where HSK* (3) to pronounce happy^ Ecc. 4 : Chald. stands for DSK'p). Compare HIPHIL, i. q. Piel No. l, to still (waves), Ps. 65:8.
*3&
rnfc>
who
leads
away
m.
2
captive)
[S hob at]
pr. n. Ezr.
2:42; Neh. 7:45.
HITHPAEL, followed by 3 106:47; l Ch. 16:35.
to
boast in anything,
Ps.
^W
No.
l.
(id.)
[Shobt]
pr. n.
Sam. 17:27.
3'3fc^ m.
to
flame, Job 18:5; from the root 33B>

Dan. 3:22; PL Dan. 7:9.
?^
34-
Chald. PAEL H3K>
praise, Dan. 2:23; 4:
T3# Chald.
an unused
root,
id:
which had,
I suppose, the
sense of to
prop,
to
support,
like the Gr. eno/Trrw;
!T3fc? (from n3K>) captivity, Neh. 3:36; meton. captives, Deu. 21 11 32:42.
:
whence
D3fc? with suff. Vyp, pi. D'P?f constr. %?3E> m. (once f. Eze. 21 15), a staff, stick, rod, so called from supporting: (to this answer, O-O'JTTT-W)',
, :
3? &
TUJftPm. a way, Psalm 77: 20; Jer. 18:15; but

the
am
3(jf
in each
place has
l.
?13JJ>.
Arabic
way.
Root 73K> No.
(TKtjiTTpov, (JKrjviwv, scipio,
cially
cfiaft); spescapus, Germ, or striking, Isa. 10: 15; used for beating (l)
: ;
Q^p
net
wor fc s
reticula
(Varro,
De
Ling.
14:5; and chastening (virga), Prov. l o 1 3 O3C? the rod with which 2-2:8; hence
WK
13:24;
cor-
God
rects (used of calamities
sent
21:9; 37:13; Isa. 10:5. rod of his mouth," i.e. severe sentences.
2 Thess. 2 8.]
:
by God), Job 9:34; Isa. 11:4, V 3 D55?> "the

[But see
head ornament of Hebrew women, Isa. 3: 18. LXX. ra IpirXvKia. Root COB* which see. M. Guil. Schrreder (De Vest. Mul. Hebr. cap. 2), compares the Arabic <.. VjftJ .^j (diminut. from
Lat. iv. 19), used of the
sun,
by interchange of the
letters
^ and
<
>
(2) a shepherd's rod, a crook, Levit. 27:32; Psa.
and understands little suns, or studs resembling suns worn on the neck, and this would seem to be
supported by there following immediately p'3"inj? little moons but I prefer the former interpretation.
;
23:4.
(3) the 'cepi~e of a king, Gen. 49: 10 [this belongs to No. 4] Num. 24:17; Ps. 45:7; Isa. 14:5;
;
Am.
1:5, 8; and of a leader, Jud. 5:14; whence (4) a tribe of the Israelites (so called from the
#yP m.
rV3&P
:
TVT
f.
:
adj. ordin.
(from
V^)
seventh,
Gen. 2:2; Ex. 21

f.
2.
sceptre of the leader or prince of the tribe, see H^Jp
i.
No. 3), Ex. 28:21
q.
n-13t?
Jud. 20:2; sometimes also i. q. nnstyrp family, Num. 4:18; Jud. 2O:12; 1 Sa. 9:21. (5) a measuring rod, and meton. a portion
;
(which see) captivity.

^<!L..
-I */ an unused root, Arab.
TO
POUR,
i.
q.
Hebr. "*\.
/ J
Hence
pr. n.
measured
off, Ps. 74:2; Jer. 10:16; 51:19. a (which consists of a staffer rod, with spear (6) a spear-head put at the top), 2 Sa. 18:14. Compare nt3D No. 2.
\L/
Arab.
J.^
to
almost
i.
q.
Hebr.
73*,
a root
not used as a verb.

(2)
to
go up,
(i) TO GO, whence 7*3^ way. grow (Arab. Conj.IV. andquadril.
tDD^
D22^
Chald. a tribe, Ezr. 6: 17.
^^:
No.
2.
to
produce ears of corn).
See A?3E?, nbbt?
[Shebat'] the eleventh month of the Hebrew the new moon of February to that of from year,
(3)
to
flow, especially
plentifully.
Arabic Conj
March, Zee. 1:7. Syr. --"iJ, Arab. .LU*, and

id.
IV.
Hence J.^ showers.

is
"=i?n ?
There
verbs
Compiire ^K', ri;'3E'. a similar connection of significations ia tb
TV, n?y.
l, 2, 3.
*5^,inpause*3^,w
thsufF.V3C' }
'?|^3K' )
D3^C'(from
Derivatives, see No.
52
DCCCII
m. train of a robe,
id.),
Isa.
47:2
Arabic ^
swear, by God, by
idols, is
sometimes the same as
from the root 7?E> No.
3.
/i
no called from
Xf(/i
7.3^ a snail, especially one without a shell, its moisture and sliminess (like the Gr.
from
,
worship God, or idols, Deut. 6: 13; 1O:2O; Isaiah 19:18; Am. 8:14; but he v:ho swears by one in misfortune, says this, "May I bear the like if I break
my
faith."
Ps. 102:9;
compare
Isai.
65:16.
(c)
??3 No. 1 melt away...T>il- D 9

:
Xt//3w), from the conj. Ps. 58 9, it is said of the
Shaph. of the verb

" let them wicked, as a snail, which
followed
person, to swear to any one, Gen. 24:7; 21 :23; and also with an ace. of the thing, to
by ^ of
'&?& ^?
promise any
ent>a
thing by
melts as
its
it
solved,
way; and
goes," i. e. which emits slime, moistening so that the longer it goes the more is it disat length wastes
jufcfw&ren),
Gen. 50:24;
Dr6P
y.?B>n
is, to
to any one (cinrm Exodus 13:5; 33:1. swear allegiance to God, 2 Ch.
l
an oath
away and
dies.
f-
H/y a 4:12,
leaf, frouj
a branch, from the root No. 2 (comp. the root n ?JJ).' Plur. constr., Zee.
0g?
15: 14; compare Isa. 1Q: 18; Zeph. it is constr. followed by 3).
:5 (where once
to
HIPHIL
(i) to
cause
to
swear,
bind by an
2:7",
DJVjn >3^
write
it
"two
oath, Nu. 5:19; Gen. 50:5.

(2) to adjure, to charge solemnly, Cant. 3=5; 5:9; * Ki. 22:16.
olive
branches."
Masorah.
Some
\?3K> ?
.
but
f.
this contradicts the
pl ur
DSB dL^
(i)
an ear of corn (from

;
Derivative, njnaf
f.
the root
/>3t?
No.
a), Job s--^~>
24: 24; Gen. 41 15, seq.
Isa.
&
SEVEN.
m.
constr.
f.
m,
17:6(2) a
Isa.
(Arab.
Dagesh resolved into Nun).
stream
(see the root No. 3), Psa.69:3,i6;
cardinal numeral,
^_rnr-)
(Syriac >^rxj, Arabic,
27:12.
also, Sanscrit, sapta,
Zend, hapta, Pers. ^.-j>
|r*
an unused
root.
Arab.
>trw
*,
to
be tender
delicnte (as a youth).
W?C? & n^lB* ("tender youth" ["perhaps, youth"]), \_Shebna~\, pr. n. of the prefect of the
22:15, seq.; afterwards (this office being given to Eliakim), the royal secretary of Hezekiah, 36:3; 2 Ki. 18:18,26,37; 19:2.
palace, Isa.
Egypt, fi(|)OAs, Gr., Lat., iirra, scptem, in all of which, the letter t appears, which does not appear in this word in the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages, cr in the Germanic; see the Gothic, sibum, Engl. seven,
Germ.
ITftcn).
a noun, as D'?^
The absolute form commonly precedes yiV Genesis 5:7; n'na yip 41:18;
:
^Jr"
[and
.H**]
("whom Jehovah made tenmasc.

(i)
i
nj??^ Num. 23:1, 29; more rarely it follows it, especially in the later Hebrew, y?t? JTI?y_O Eze. 40 22 ; ; If njnB> D ^S 2 Ch. 13:9; 29:21.' (Num. 29:32.)
DnS
der?" ["whom Jehovah caused to grow up"]),
a noun precedes
[Shebaniah\
pr. n.
Ch. 15:24.
Neh. 9:4,5. (4) Neh. 10:5; (3) 10:11, 13. 14; for which there is 12:3, nT^?V'; and i Chron.
24:
1 1
(2) 12:
in the construct state, it expresses the Ordinal, as y?^ seventh year, 2 Ki. 12: i. The construct form always precedes the noun, but it
JW
is
JrV?^; \vho appears

<
to lie the
same.
only found in certain phrases, as D^P? ny?-? (fin Sagftfbcnb),Gen. 8: 10, 12; 31:83, and very often; and niXO y?;" seven hundred, Gen. 5:26. HV3E njB>'
CO
an unused verb,
i.
q.
t?3^'
and p?l?
to
by
mingle, to interweave.
Hence
With suffix sevens, 7:2. 2 Sa. 21 :g. Seventeen is "TJ'JJ

n 7i*y. f Gen. 37 2
:
CRy?L"
"Ij;3K'
those seven,
strear (denom. from JDt? seven; inasmuch as the septenary number was sacred, and oaths were confirmed either by seven sacrifices, Gen. 2 1 28,seqq.
y3t^
to
number was used amongst
Ch. 7:11. the Hebrews
masc., and yi& Farther, a septenary
or
iii.
by seven
8;
II.
xix. 243.
See Herodot., witnesses and pledges. In the jEthiopic language,
(1) as a smaller round number (as in modern languages ten [Eng. a dozeii]}, Gen. 29:18; 41:2, Prov. seqq., 1 Sam. 2:5; Isaiah 4:1; Ruth 4: 15;
C^Vj'flQ.PV are enchanters, Hen. MS., c. 8; as this number was also reckoned sacred in magical rites).
Eze. 21 :28, In Kal only found in part. pass. ntyst? " those who have sworn oaths."
^P'
26:25; Job 1:2,3; 2:13. [This appears, in most of these instances, to be the exact number.] (2) as a holy number, as amongst the Egyptians, Arabians, Persians; see Gen. 21:28; Exod. 37:23;
Lev. 4:6, 17,
subject
v.
etc.
NIPHAL y3^'3 to swear, constr. (a) absol., Gen. 3 of the person followed 21:24; Ps. 24:4. (b) by To by whom one swears, Genesis 21:23; 22:16.
by
Fr. Gedicke,
Compare the observations on thi* Verm. Schriften, p. 32 60

;
Hammer, Encyclopadische
Uebersiclit d. Wi'sen-
scharfen des Orients, p. 322.
DCCCIIl
The form jn.t? is also (a) adv. seven times, Ps. 119:164; Prov. 24:16; Lev. 26:18,21. (b) pr. n. of a town of the Simeor.ites, Josh. 19:2. (c\ [Sheba] pr. n. masc. () 2 Sam. 20: i. (ft) 1 Ch. 5:13. On the other hand ny3K> [She bah] is n. of a well, Gen. 26:33. pr. Dual Q!Djn^ seven-fold, Gen. 4:15, 24; Psalm 12:7; 2 Sam. 21:9 iro. Plur D y?B> seventy (commonly for a round num<i
(2) to tear 28.

(3) to
2
any one, as a wild

to
beast,
K5. 13:96.
break down,
30
See Niphal No.
3,
destroy,Dan. 11 126; Eze. and "UK*.
(4)
to
measure
compare
off, to
1T|).
cutting;
define (from the idea oi Job 38: 10, 'i?n \h% na^KI
ber), Gen. 50:3; Isa. 23:15; Jer. 25:11; compare Kor. 9:81. ny}&\ D^3K> seventy and seven-fold, Gen. 4:24.
I set a boundary to it" (the sea). (5) denom. from "13^ No. 5. (a) to buy corn. with the addition of 13.^ Gen. 47 1 4 "13 Gen. 42 3 and absol. Gen. 42:5; Isaiah 55: l (where it is alsc
:
"when
applied to wine and milk).
(6) to sell
.
corn, Gen.
41:56; compare Hiphil No.
Derivatives,
P30
(Tqp3#), Jfl3$T
^2f;
compare
l^
Ch., seven, m.,
Dan. 4:13, 20, 22, 29;
NIPHAL, pass. (l)fo be broken,lsa. 14:29; used of ships which are wrecked, Eze. 27:34; Jon. 1:4; also to break one's limbs, Isa.8: 15; 28: 13. Metaph.
of a mind broken, i. e. afflicted, sad, Ps. 34 1 9 Isa. 6l l ; contrite with penitence, Psa. 51:19. It once appears to be put transitively for Kal, to break any one's mind, or heart Eze. 6 9.
: ;
constr. HJnKJ Ezr. 7: 14."]
13.
n3)/3^ m. As to the
i.
q. njne> severe termination H3
ajr. Xtyo/u.
Job 42
see Lehrg. p. 612.
TERWEAVE; Arab. ,*+>

PIEL, to
to -,riake
JlL' not used in Kal; Syr. TO MINGLE, TO INConj. V., to be intertwined
torn to pieces, Psalm 124:7. Used of (2) cattle hurt or wounded, Ex. 22:9, 13; Eze. 34:4, 16;
to be
Zech. 11:16, n-lSân
"wounded
cattle."
(as a tree). Cogn. to 038?, L??^.
weave together, Ex. 28:39;
chequer-work, net-work;
specially see as to this
(3) to be broken down (us an army), Dan. 11: 22; 2 Ch. 14:12; to be destroyed, to perish (as a kingdom, a city, a people), Isa. 8:15524:10; 28:13;
texture, Braun, Tte Vest. Sacerd., p. 294 (and Maimoiodes there cited); Salmas. ad Scriptt. Hist. Aug.,
p.*fio;,5J3.
PUAL,
in gold,
i'o be inclosed, set (as Ex. 28:20.
if
inwoven), as a
gem
48:4; Dan. 8:25; 11:4; Eze. 30:8. i. q. Kal, but stronger, to break altogether, thoroughly, to break in pieces, as any one's statues, altars, 2 Ki. 18: 4; 23:14; teeth, Ps. 3 8
Jer.
PIEL l?^
ships, Ps.
48
e.
8.
Derivative,
HIFHIL
i.
j*l*
vertigo,
m., one/
fxmd,
s ;
Sam. l:O
(v/itli
the art.);
gid.linei
ber
clwtnbel (prop,
confusion of
th
womb), T?iN *h\ "P3lj? *?^n shall I cause to break open Com(the womb), and not cause to bring forth ?"
pare Hos. 13:13;
Isa.
(i) to cause to break through (the that the child shall appear, Isa. 66:9,
senses).
37:3; and
to
n.
13pp.
Chald., TO
(Syr. id.)
LEAVE, Daniel 4:12,
20, 23.
(2) denom. from Am. 8:5, 6.
"13J?
sell corn, Gen.
42:6;
ITHPEAL, to be left, Dan. 2:44. Hencft pr. n. Hebr. P|f , p3iK>.

(l) TO BREAK, TO BREAK TO 13^. PIKCES (Aram, and Arab. "1?^, id.; comp. T!5), Gen. 19:9; Jer. 2:2O; 19:10; Isa.42:3; Am. 1:5; used of ships broken by the wind, Eze. 27:26. Part.
flit.
",
HOPHAL,
to be
broken
(of the mind), Jer. 8:21.
Derivatives,
"W,
fr3E*,
13fO, 13pp.
My
m. with suff. *)! more often "1 (l) a breaking, breach, fracture, of a Avail, Isa. 30: 13, 14; of a member, Lev.2l:19; 24:20; metaph. used of the breaches and wounds of a state, Ps.6o:4; of the mind (i. e. of sorrow), Isa. 65: 14.
tion, of
"VlD!?
broken, i. e. having a member broken, Levit. See several phrases under the words JJ'nf 22:22. nap, nvfa. Pregn., Hos. 2 20, "i3B>K npn^p-i yyr\) ne'jfl
:
" and the bow, and sword, and weapons of ^XrrjP war I will break (and cast) out of the land." Metaph.
(a) to br-'itk (quench) thirst, Ps. 104:11. (b) to break any one's mind, i. e. to affect with sadness, PH. 6q:2i; 147 = 3-
breaking, i. e. the solution, interpretaa dream, Jud. 7 15. of a kingdom. Lam. 2:11 (3) destruction, as 3:47; of individual men, Prov. 16: 18; Isa. 1:28
(2) the
: ;
1JJ even to destruction, Josh. 7:5. terror (from the mind being broken, see nnn^ (4) Job 41 17. pi. Dn3lp terrors, is broken in a miU V (5) corn, grain (which
D'")3^n
DCCCTV
Gen. 42:1, seq.; Am. 8:5. Hence denom. ~QE No. and Hiphil, No. a. [pr. n. m. i Ch. 2 :48.]
;
,
5,
(i) a breaking, Eze. ai:ii, " broken D!?r>? loins," used of the bitterest sorrow, compare Isa. 21:3; Nah 2 1 1
:
m.
I. with suff. (from the root cessation, a ceasing, Prov. 20:3 (compare 18: 22 10); hence idleness, inactivity, Isa. 30:7.
:
'W
if*-
(2)
interruption of work, time

f.
lost,
Ex. 21:19.
H.
see.
inf.
from the root 3E*
to dwell,
l
which
(a) destruction, Jer. 17: 18.
[" Used as a subst.
sitting, seat,
Ki. 10:19;
[Dnatf
n. Josh. 7:5, S/ieiartro.]
Am. 6:3;
also place, 2 Sa. 23:7."]
n3?
const, state naE>, with suff. \F&&, pi. ntoaE',
Chald. verb, not used in Kal, cognate to
const, state ninat?,
PAEL, TO PERPLEX, TO DISTURB.

ITHPAEL, pass. Dan. 5:9.
fut
.
nap. and n?p. Lev. 26:34.
(l) TO
common (Exod. 31:14, compared with Lev. 25:4) (l) sabbath, the seventh day of " n the week, Exod. 16:25, n j n ^ to-day is the sabbath of Jehovah." naB> n3B> every sabbath, lCh.9:32. E'}B> naB> the sabbatical year, every seventh year, in which the land was not tilled, Lev.
^ W
KEEP AS A DAT OF REST. (Arab. eL-^ IV. to take rest. The primary idea appears to be that of to sit down, to sit still; cognate on the
REST, TO
one hand to 2S
?
25:4, seqq.
(2) perhaps a week, like the Syr. and Gr. (Matt, 28:1) Lev. 23:15; compare Deu. 16:9.
n f. na>, on the other to
n-1B>
and
n?C\)
It is
used of
men
jina^ m.
id.
(opp. to labour),
is
Ex.23:
a solemn sabbath, Ex. 16:23;

pecially in this
12; 34:21; of land which
not
tilled,
Lev. 26:34,
but intensitively, a great sabbat h Levit. 23:24; esconnexion, jinaB* naB Exod. 31 15;
t 5
:
Followed by JP to rest from la35? compare 25 : 2. Isa. 33:8, "OP r\2W bour, Gen. 2:2, 3; Ex. 31:17. T)S " the traveller rests," abstains from journeying; Isa. 14:4; Lam. 5:14, "the elders rest from the
gate,"
35:2; Lev. 16:31.

("
chalis,
i.e.
born on the sabbath," comp.

1
:
Pas-
do not go to the forum. (2) to cease, to desist, leave off, followed by IP with an inf. (prop, to desist from doing any thing), Job 32: i Jer. 31 -.36; Hos. 7:4; absol. to cease to
i.
e.
paschate natus, Numenius), that], pr. n. m. Ezr. 10:15; Neh. 8:7; 1

i.
16.
q. nat?,
whence HK^f, and

l
}2? ("wandering"), [Shege], pr.n. m.
Chr.
be,
to
have an end, Gen. 8:22;
Isa.
24:8; Lam.
11:34.
(3) to celebrate the sabbath, followed by Lev. 23:32. NIPHAL, i. q. Kal No. 2, prop. pass, of Hiphil,
to
n3> and W& i. (i) TO WANDER, TO Ov q. ASTRAY, hence (a) to err, by error and imprudence, [to be ignorant,"]to
have an end,
HIPHIL
(l)
Isa.
to
17:3; Eze. 6:6; 30: 18; 33: 28.
commit a fault, Ps.ll9:67; Nu.l5:a8.

Here
also belongs Gen.
cause
to rest,
followed
by
IP
from work, Ex. 5:5, or to cause a work to cease, i. e. to interrupt, 2 Ch. 16:5; to make an enemy to
rest, i.e. to
to
n33B/ Lev. 5:18. " because of their

:
erring," where
6
:
3,
is
an
inf.
of the
restrain, to
to
inf.
still,
Ps. 8:3.
(2) by IP before an
Josh. 22:25.
e. g.
cause
cease
(a) any person, followed Eze. 34: 10; followed by
W??
to,
form i& Jer. 5 26. nafW ajfe? Job 1 2 16, "erring (led astray) and leading astray," a proverbial phrase, denoting men of every kind; compare similar Hence phrases, Mai. 2:13; Deu. 32 36.
:
(b)
any thing,
i.e. to
put an end
!"l!0^
verte'nce,
f.
war, Ps. 46: 10; contention, Prov. 18:18; exulFollowed by ? Jer. 48:35; Am. tation, Isa. 16: 10. napn WTtrjJ" who hath not 8:4; Ruth 4: 14, ^X3
error, fault, committed through 00.5:5. n#f3 N&n Lev. 4:2, 27;
inad-
Nu
15:27.
I.
left thee without a redeemer;" Lev. 2:13.
njt^
(compare
W)
(l) TO
9
WAKDEK,
TO
(3) to remove, to take away, followed by |P from any person or thing, i. q. ~>'Pi?, Exod. 12:15; I-evit. 26:6; Eze. 34:25; 23:27,48; 30:13; Isa. 30:11; Jer. 7:34; Ps. 119:119. 5 Derivatives, T\}$ No. I, nac ]in3B>, 'nap nape.
5 , ,
Followw GO ASTRAY, Eze. 34:6. (Syr. |.^ id.) from the by IP to wander from a way, and metaph. divine commands, Prov. 19:87; Ps. 119:21, 118.
(2)
to
reel through wine (compare
ny,r)/
Isaiah
witfc
28:7; Prov. ao:l; used of a
man
intoxicated
DCCCV
" love, Prov. 5: as, a strange womaa," Prov. 5:19.
i
why dost thou

i.
e.
reel, my son, with intoxicated with her love
vigorous;
_^.i vigorous, brave;
also, fierce
(used
(3) to err, to Sa. 26:21.
transgress, through inadvertence,

to
of camels), Kam. The primary idea appears to be that of any impetuous excitement. PUAL, part. J'jK'P (l) one wrought on by a
HIPHIL,
to
cause
wander
(the blind in their
divine fury
(Segeijterter); in
a bad sense, a fanatic.
way), Deu. 27: 18. Metaph. to cause to go astray (from the divine commands), followed by IP Psalm 119:10; to lead astray, Job 12: 16.
Derivatives, nSEJp,
(@d)iarmer), used of false prophets, Jer. 29:26; Hos. 9:7; also, in contempt used of true prophets, 2 Ki.
9:ll(2) a
compare
i.
also
to
madman,
to be
Sa. 21 :i6;
i
Deu. 28:34.
:
H letters &
II.
HITHPAEL,
mad,
Sa. 21
15, 16.
Hence
perhaps
q.
Kj>, n
I* great, the
~>NK>
'3
and
b>
being interchanged; compare
m. madness, Deu. 28:28; 2 Ki. 9:20.
and
~INE>.
Hence
==
PIEL (unused), to magnify, to extol with praises,

*
<
an unused
root.
Chald. PAEL,
to
eject,
to
cast forth.
Hence
const.
i.
q.
Syr. _<^>^co to celebrate, to praise, JJ^>^CLQO a

Piel, 1^3^ a hymn, which
~&W m
Ex. 13:12,
"W
Dent. 7:13; 28:4,

it
hymn, and the noun of

see.
'
foetus, which comes forth at birth, (as forth, see ^?3 No. l, a).
were
is cas*
not used in Kal, TO SEE, TO

as to
LOOK AT,
i.
q.
the kindredship of the verbs n?
and H? see under n?j3 p. DCCXXXII, B. HIPHIL, to behold, to look at, followed by ?N, any thing, Isaiah 14:16; followed by IP from any place,
(which
see),
m. (Hosea 9 "f^ Lam. 4:3, dual ^H-*', const. 14; Cant. 4:5), breast, teat, both of human beings, Cant. 4:5; 8 i and of beasts, Gen. 49 25. Comp.
: ; :
"ft?.
(Aram.
"1>, J>L,
Arab. t_f-*-', Gr.
nr6/;, riTdrj, id.
perhaps from the root ""H^.)
Ps.
is)
33:14; but Cant. 2:9,nu'^nn jp rpjpo

looking in at the windows.
is, (he (Chald. metaph. to
"1^ only in plur. D "!?? idols, pr. lords (compare D YJ$), Deu. 32:17; Ps. 106:37; from the root 1-1P
11
provide, ^pjp'n providence.)
a sin committed through inadvertence and error, Ps. 19: 13; from the root i. q.
f.
nX'
to rule
9
whence
JoL.-,
Ju-j
lord,
master
Syriac
XM
'"W-
|Va$ m Psalm 7:1; and pi. Tl'WJ? Hab. 3 hymn, i. q. n?n^. As to the etymology, see
.
J>)_* demon. LXX.,Vulg., âipona, dcemonia; since the Jews [rightly] regarded idols to be demons, who allowed themselves to be worshipped by men.
I. "f&^ i. q. "fl? m. breast, teat, Job 24:9; 60 16; perhaps from the root HHK' which see.
:
a
Isa.
i"l3B>
No.
*
II.
TO LIE with a woman, followed by an ace. Deu. 28:30. (Arab. J^^s pr. is to pour out water,
f y
to
II. "1^, once fully "liK> Job 5: 21 (from the root T!K>) (i) violence, oppression of the weak, act., Pro. 21:7; 24:2; pass., Psa. 12:6, D\>3y. "ib* "the
translatum
draw water with buckets, quod ad rem veneream est, v. Diss. Lugdd. p. 168.) NIPHAL, to be lain with, ravished (of a woman),
oppression
by violence,
=
of the poor."
3: 10.
Meton. wealth obtained
Am.
Isa.
13:16; Zee. 14:2. PUAL, id. Jer. 3:2. The Masorites have in every instance substituted for this verb, which they regarded as obscene, the np 3?*. Hence
f.
king's wife, queen, Ps. 45:10; Neh. 2:6.

f.
(2) desolation, destruction, Job5:22; Isaiah 5i:i9 59 7; Jer 48:3; Hab. 2:17, nion? lb>the devastation of wild beasts" Specially, a devasIsa. 13:6, UJ 'WO ni?? "like tating tempest. a tempest shall it (suddenly) come from the AlUsed in an imprecation. Hos. 7:13, ib mighty." Dn? " destruction (light) on them!"
-
/$?
ubines.
Ch.
id.
plur. used of the king's wives,
Dan.
5:8, 3,23; distinguished from
whom
are JJH? con-
^T*!^ (cognate POWERFUL, geroalttg
to
n^)
(i) TO BE
STRONG,
used as a
fei)n
(Arab ^.xi
"';!?',
strong, vehe-
net used hi Kal; -Arab.
to
be brave
ment, hard), whence Hebr verb only in a bad sense.
*^; but
DCCCVI
anbeln) (a) to act violently (gercaltttjittg fei)u/ with any one, to oppress, to destroy him, Psalm
in the etymology or in the context. The opinion of Aben Ezra is preferable to that of others, who sup-
17:9; Pro. 11:3; Isa. 33:1; e.g. a people, Jer. 5:6; 47:4; 48:18; 49:28; especially by hostile invasion, Part. HT ? 'TIE' thieves by night, Isa- 15: * 33' ! Obad. 5. Part. pass. inB> destroyed, slain, Jud.
1
poses
woman
to
be so called from
teat ("H?);
compare
DPI
Usr m., most powerful, Almighty, an epith. of Jehovah; sometimes with ^K prefixed, Gen. 17:1; 28:3; Ex.6:3; sometimes simply, Job5: 17; 6:4; 8:3; *3 3; and often in that book Genesis 49: 25-,
: ;
5:27.
(Arab, jî to bind
fast,
to
make
firm, to
strengthen, also to rush on an enemy.
V.
to
be
strengthened, to be strong).
(3) to lay ivaste, as a country, cities, Ps. Jer. 25:36; 48:8, 18; 51:55, 56.
It is sometimes inflected
Ruth
137:8;
so, 2
"IE>
etc.
It is
the plur. excelleutiae, from

>
the sing.
ful,
powerful (compare Arab, jj
power-
with the forms uncontracted,

suff.
TIE* No. l); with the strong; root plur. termina-
sometimes contractedly, as pret. *"n,?/, with fut. DTie" Jer. 5:6; and D?.e* Pro. 11:3.
NIPHAL,
PIEL,
i.
^HE/,
tion (Lehrg. p. 523). This has indeed been called in
question
pi.
to be
q.
laid waste, Mic. 2:4. Kal No. 2. Pro. 19:26; 24:15.

TIE/ (Nah. 3:7),
to
fee
by Verbrugg. (de Nominum Hebraeorum, Numero, ed. 2, Erlang. 1752) and Ewald (Hebr.
Gram., p. 298,423); but without good grounds.
LXX.
PUAL,
Isa.
"HP and
laid waste,
often vavTOKparup. Vulg. in Pentat. Omnipotens.
15:1; 23:1; Jer. 4: 13. POEL, i. q. Piel, Hos. 1O:2.
H
pr. n. m.,
2. Isa.
n ("casting forth of fire ),[SAdr],
Num.
:5; 2:1O.
HOPHAL,
10:14.
*1E*I'"I
pass, of
Kal No.
rHE>,
33
Hos.
is not to be taken as a simple p"-|?' Job 19:29, word; but for a comp. from E> prefix and 1% thai (there is) a judgment, np l^t? id.
Derivatives,
IV No. 2,
nE>, and pr.n.
an unused
to shoot, to
root.
Chald.
N^ to cast forth,
to irrigate,
i,
pour
out,
Arab. IjJi and Ijj

"IE/
\v* an unused root of doubtful signification;
whence some derive
and
IE'
No.
teat.
Also
whence
f.
(I) Isa. 37:27,i.q.
f.
pr.
the noun
"1E>
lord, mastfer,
mistress, lady, hence wife, fern, of but inflected in the manner
the letters
D and D
HET^ 2 Ki. 19:26; being interchanged; see under
the letter 3.
of verbs VV, since there is in the verb TIE/ the notion of strength and rule. See that verb No. i and subst. *--*"W. To this answers the Arab, i'ju^ lady, mistress,
,
rfOTB' fields, Jer. 31 =40; (II) pi. rfioryy constr. a Ki. 23:4, either planted with corn, Hub. 3:17, or with vines, vineyards, Dent. 32:32. Twice, Isaiah 16:8; Hab. 3:17, joined with a sing. verb. This
compare the root jLj Conj. V.

tion
to marry.
No
atten-
pellation of lady to
need be paid to those who have thought the apbe unsuitable to the marriage
s->-~
i.
although there is no truce of it in the cognate languages, is sufficiently confirmed both by the context of the passages and the authority of the ancient versions. Some have sometimes unsuitably
signification,
rendered
e.
it
vines.
of Orientals, for the Arabs also call a wife <3ju
It occurs once in Ecc. 2:8; "I prolady, mistress. cured for myself.. .the delights (n"U3J?FI) of men, rHE/
wife and wives." The singular here refers wives and the In the Talmud nw, nTE> concubines of the king. denotes a woman's seat (placed on a camel), pilentwn,
nVlE/! a
to the queen, the plural to the other
grain), Gen. 41 =23, 27 (Chald. - -c*

(
JU/ TO BLAST, TO SCORCH (as the east wind Tl^ to burn.) Arab.
i_s,Xj Conj. IV. to darken. Hence
_jju.A black;
nf.,
2 Ki.
19:26;
and-
as
nseceum)
332).
on the contrary, in German grauenjimmer (pr. gyis used of a woman, and with the Arabian
^sy m. blasting of grain, as done by the east wind (Gen. 41:6, seq.), lKi.8:37; Am.4:9; Deut
poeta pilenta are
women (Hamasa
ed. Schultens. p.
98:22.
Other conjectures and fancies of interpreters

to
(LXX.
tt
Syr. pocillatores et pocillatrices. Targ. thermae bilnea. Vulg. scyphi et urcei) have no ground either
>j\u Ch. ITHPAEL, TO ENDEAVOUR, TO SEEI do something, followed by ^ Dan. 8: 15. Ir thei
DCCCV1I
places, in Ch.
letter r
and Rabbin.,
it
is vrritten
s1& (the
being softened).
pr. n.
"TT7^ [Shadrach~],
niah, a
Ch. given to Hana-
falsehood," do not swear falsely, compare Psalm 24:4; Isa. 1:13; &$ nn?D "a lying sacrifice," i.e. offered by a hypocrite without pious feeling. Hence
(3) emptiness, vanity, nothingness, (used of any thing which disappoints the hope reposed upon KM? V?D vain idols, Ps. 31:7; Mai it) Job 15:31;
companion of Daniel, in the court of Babylon (according to Lorsbach i^_H iJli little friend of
the king; according to Bohlen g\ ,jLi rejoicing in the way: and this latter explanation is the better),
Dan.
i
3:14; D*n7K
thing
j
"ihj!
Kit? "it is a
vain
t
(or
useless)
to serve
God." Hence N)t^
vain, Jer. 2:30;
:7;
2:49; 3 :12
4:30; 6:29.
root,
Utl\L/ an unused
Arab.
%*>
to
be pale,
[Sheva]
li?
f.
pr. n. 8ee nnfc>.

;
(from the root X
B>
No. l)
(l)
astorm,
i:
tempest, so called
from noise and crashing, Pro.
m.
sardonyx to a human
a species of jêm according to many or onyx, so called from its resemblance

(
l
27 (a'ro
^);
Eze. 38:9.
nail,
Job 28:16; Ezek. 28:13.

Sacerd. Hebr.
ii.
Gen. 2:12; Ex. 28:9,20; 35:9, 27; See Braun, De Vestitu 18. J. D. Michaelis (Supplemm. p.
to
'
(2) desolation, often coupled by paronom. with Hence desolate rethe syn. nx'lK^D Zeph. 1:15.
gions, ruins, Job 30:3, 14; 38:27.

(3) destruction, especially sudden, ruin,
Psalm
2289) supposes
it
be the onyx with whitish
lines,
63: 10
35:8.
*B>B3
;
Wfay.
n$B^
"
they lay wait for
my
life
comparing the Arab. ^*,< a striped garment.

(2) [Shohain], pr. n. m.
I
that they
may destroy
inf. absol.
it," Isa.
10:3; 47:11; Ps.
Ch. 24:27.
}& Job
15:31 aD3,
i.q.
i.q.
KW.
3H?
fut. 3-1K*,
apoc. and convers.
- (l)
CRASH;
'
nXt? TO
MAKE A
NOISE, TO
(l) to
,
turn about,
id.
to
return
;
(Syr. and Chald.
also to be
laid ivaste, destroyed; whence
3W
Arab. u-?lj
i^ nsit?
(2)
i.
metaph. to be converted,
as a sinner.) Constr. absol. Jud. 14:8;
q.
Arab. / '_ Med.
Waw,
}
to be evil.
(Both
these significations are also found joined in the verbs

MT3, JJBh,
19:7; 2 Sa. 6:2O; followed by IP out of (or from) any place, Ruth 1 :22 followed by '"ilHRD from a person (whom
;
which
pi.
:
see.)
Hence
KiC? m.
ruin, Ps. 35 17.
[with suft'. DHW], destruction, Root sit?' No. i. See f.

subst. of a
form prop, segolate; but with the furtive Segol neglected, as in P^P, from
m.
(s/jav',
o~
the root K15? No. 2, Arab, s
(l) ev
(a) which is committed, wickedness, iniquity. N1B> *riD wicked men, Job ll:ll; Isa. 5:18, v?n
Xte'n "cords of
one has followed or pursued, Ruth 1:15; 2 Sa. 2 26. 30); followed by ? to any one, Gen. 8:12; 22: 19; 37:30; or to a place, Gen. 37:29; although ? is more frequently used of place, Gen. 18:33; 3 2 l 33:16; Num. 24:25; also followed by an ace. of Ex. 4:20; or simplace, either with "7 Gen. 50:14; "when Jehovah shall 31K>? Isa. P'V 52:8; ply, return to Zion" (others take it " when Jehovah brings back Zion"), 3B1 "QV passing on and returning, i. e.
: : ?
which any one suffers, calamity, destruction, Job 7:3; Isa. 30: " fan of destruction." Both signifi28, &W H23 cations (a, b) are found in the following example, Job 15:31, "let him not trust in evil (wickedness): he is deceived, for evil (calamity) will be his re(b)
wickedness."
Eze. 35 7 Zee. 7:14; 9 passing hither and thither, Followed by another verb, to return and do, or
: ;
8.
to
return
The
1
do (any thing) is the same as to do again. latter verb is then put (a) in a finite tense with
to
l
:
1, 13 prefixed, 2 Ki. 26: again," 2 Ki. 20:5; Gen.

1
;
nfe
1
8.
and he sent 3B?1 DilTeient from this
is
ward."
(2) spec, falsehood, a lie (as on the other P ><!! also denotes what is true) Ps. 12:3; 41 :7
turn and
;
hand Job
TJ?
MBfc " I will rethe usage in Hos. 2 1 1 flMSfo take away," (I will take away again what Gen. 30:31 ; I had given). (b) without the copula, followed rn-IBte " I will feed
: ;
njnx
again."
to
(c)
by
31:5;
1B?
ynv a
false
report,
Ex. 23:1;
false witness, Deu. 5: 17; Ex. 20:7; D^riX NtJTI X7 " utter no t tne name of Jehovah 1 '"j" ! upon a
a gerund, Job 7:7. Figuratively used
(a)
^T^
to Jehovah, followed person or thing, e.g.
turn oneself to anv by ?N Uid f
DCCCVI1I
P- 22:28; followed by ?V 2 Chr. 30:9; 19:22; Joel 2: 12; Amos 4:6; followed by 3 Hos. 12:7; Absol. to turn oneself, Jer. 3:12, 14, 28 2 Chr. 6 24 Isa. i 27 rP3E> her (Zion's) re1
Ki. 8:33;
Isa.
1J7
captives, Jer (the hand), Ps. 74:

Isa.
1 1 49:6,39; towithdrau Lam. 2:3; also, to repulse " who 28:6, nprpp '3'K>p repel the wars," i.e.
^44;
33:
;
1 1
emnnies.
turned
Isa.
" Isaiah 36:9; 14:27. -133^ 'O

(i.e.
who
shall
citizens," 3Ê
1S^ a remnant
shall return,
repulse
hinder)
him?"
Job 9:12; 11:10;
10:21. (b) followed by IP to cease from, to leave off any thing, as to turn from an evil vay, I Ki. 13:33; Zee. 1:4; from sin, evil, Eze. j:!9; J 4 6; 33= M; Job 36:10; from anger, Ex. 3:l2; from justice, Eze. 18:24. (c) followed by /V? and
;
'B r?B 3'irri to 23:13; Isa. 43:13. Specially (a) repulse the face of any one, i.e. to deny him access,
to refuse his petition (opp. to D'3S Kt?3),
i
Ki. 2:16,
17,20; 2 Chr. 6:42.
(b)
Bfep.
3^n
to
bring back
*ln ??P to
cially
turn oneself away from any
from Jehovah, Jos. 22: 16,
one, erpe23, 29; l Sain. 15:
II (simply Jos. 23:12); Dv-1?|n ?J?!D from the worship of idols, Eze. 14:6. (d) to return into the
possession of any thing, i. e. to recover it, followed by ?X Eze. 7:13; Lev. 25:10; ? Isa. 23:17. (e) generally to turn oneself any where, where one was
him, Kuth 4: 15; Lam of a wearied person has as it were vanished, while that of a person refreshed is restored, i Sam. 30: 12 [Kal]; Jud. 15: 19 [Kal].
any
one's life,
i.
e.
to refresh
life
l:ll
16, 19; since the
Trop. Ps. 19:8.
But
in-n
3^n
J
is
to
draw
the breath,
i.
Job 9:
18.
(c) *!$,
npn 3
to
bring back,
: ;
:
e.
to
1 06 appease anger, Job 9:13; Psa. 78 38 23 (followed by IP from any one, Pro. 24: 18). rrrri 3H>n
not before, Ps. 73: 10.

often applied to inanimate things, and would be rendered in Latin (a) reddi [to return, be restored] (to a former owner) followed by ? Lev.
(2)
It
is
away from any

Isa.
IP nirp to repel the anger of Jehovah, i. e. to turn it Ezra 10: 14. But one, Nu. 25: 11
;
66:15,
it is
is
used of anger which
is
appeased be-
cause
altogether poured out.
27:24; Deu. 28:31; iSa. 7:14;
Ki. 12:26.
(b)
restitui, instaurari [to be restored, renewed], Hos. 14:8; of cities, Eze. 35:9 np; i 83.7:14; compare Eze. 16:55; f an ailing limb, l Ki. 13 :6; 2 Ki. 5:
10, 14;
(2) to restore anything to any one (see Kal No. 3, a); followed by an ace. of anything, and dat. of pers. Ex. 22:25; Deu. 22:2; as anything purloined. Lev.
5:23; Num. 5:7.
"JJ to 3:20, compare
Ex. 4:7, and 3-1t? (c) in a bad sense. be again turned into earth, Gen. 3:19; Ecc.
Isa.
Hence (a) to reward, to reProv. followed 17:13; compense, by a dat. of pers. Ps. 18: 21; 116:12; ?J? of pers. Ps. 94:23; followed
29:17.
(d)
irritum fieri
[to
by an
5
become void], (used of a command, a prophecy, opp. to X'l3). Isa. 45:23; 55:11; Eze. 7:13(e) Anger
(b)
"I3" !
ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Gen. 50: 15. to return word, to answer; followed
3^1
by an
return when it is appeased, Gen. 27:44; 5 25 followed by IP when it is turned away from any one, Gen. 27 45 2 Ch. 12:12.
is
said to
:
accus. of person (like ""1$), i Ki. 12:6, 9, 16: also, to bring back word, as a messenger (2(ntn?orl
gurutfbringen),
Isa.
Num. 22:8; 13:26; 283.24:13.

is
In
'n
the sense of answering there

<l
also said,
D^pK
(3) causat.
restore,
phrase,
Num. 10:36;
rtt3fc?
(a) Psa. 85:5; especially in the 31&? to bring back captives, see rvi3>.
q.
i.
Hiphil
to
bring back,
to
Pro.22:2l; P?P '"Job 35:4; simply 3^n Job 33:5; 20 2, *3WB" 3yy> "my thoughts answer me," i.e. they suggest what 1 shall answer.
:
s
3m
(b) to restore,
renew, Nah. 2:3.
Sometimes
in
1
3^
is
taken causatively, where the Masorites

=
(3) to restore, :26; Dan. 9:25.
to
renew, Ps. 80:4,8,20; Compare Kal No. 2, b.
Isaiah
have needlessly substituted Hiphil, Job 39:12; Psa. 54:7; Pro. 12:14; Jer. 33:26; 49 395 Joel 4:1.
PILEL 33tt? causat. of Kal, in various senses.
to
(l)
to
(4) to revoke, to make void, as an edict, Esther " because of the many 8:5, 8; a decree, Amos 1:3, of Damascus IS^'K'J* &O I will not retransgressions
bring back,
Isa.
Jer.
God,
49:5.
50:19; metaph. See Kal No. l, a.

:
to
convert
voke
(2) to restore, Isa. 58:12; followed
by
/ Psalm
the things (which 1 have decreed)" (compare verse 4, 5, and Nu. 23:20); a blessing, Nu. 23:20. (5) to return is sometimes used in the same sense
refresh, Ps. 23 3; comp. 3^n. (3) to turn away, Micah 2:4; metaph. any one (from Jehovah), Isa. 47: 1O. PULAL 33te>, part, ru^tei? bi ought back, i.e. rescued, delivered (from the power of enemies), Eze.
60:3; with
K'Q?. to
bring again and again, to render, as tribute, 3:4; 17:3; 2 Ch. 27:5; Ps. 72:10; a sacrifice, Nu. 18:9. So in Lat. sacra refetre, Virg. Georg. i.
as, to
2 Ki.
339; JEn.
i.
v.
598, 603.
(6) followed
q.
to
by
to
38:8HIPHIL 3^n,
(l) to
avert,
fut. 3*E*,
apoc. 3K*, convers. 3E*1

to
Dv^?2
?J?P
V3S
'n
IP and ?^P to cause to return ia, turn atvay from any thing, e. g to turn his face from idols, EtA
ibid.,
cause
to
return; hence
bring back, as
14:6; and without Q'^
anc Eze. 18:30,32.
DCCCIX
(7) followed one, as (ay%
by 7K, ?y to turn to, towards any IT Tfc?n to tura one's hand against any
nilK'
.?
all
these things do not suffice me."
Impers.
satisfy,
HJB' it is
made even
to
me,
i.
e.
made
tc
one, Isa. 1:25; Am. 1:8; Psa. 81:15; followed by 3B>n to turn one's face ? id.; 2 Sa. 8:3. (1) *? 3^ n to reto any one, Dan. 11: 18, 19. (e)
Job 33:27.
W9
3^
call
Isa.
(any thing) to mind, Deut. 4:39; 3- 1; 3? 'P 46:8; hence to repent, l Ki. 8:47. HOPHAL, 3K*in (i) to be brought back, Exod.
to
(3) to be fit, suitable for any one; followed by ^ Esth. 3:8. (4) to be like, to resemble; followed by ? Prov.
26:4;
PIEL
Isa.
40:25.
10:8.
.(2)
fo
restored, Gen. 42:28; 43:12;
Num.
(i) to make level, e. g. a field, Isa. 28:15; metaph. the mind, e. g. to compose, to calm the mind, Ps. 131 2 and ellipt., Isaiah 38 13, Tj53 1J? I
:
WB>
5:8.
Derivatives,
calmed (my mind)

pr. n.
until morning."
Vulg. and Je-
and
31B, DJ?^, HDH

see ^
rome, sperabam usque ad mane. (In taking the sentence thus, '"]>?? is referred to the following member but others take from signif. No. 2, " I compared
;
(myself) to a lion,"
sc.
in roaring.
Targ., I roared
as often in Targ.,
m. (i) adj., falling away, rebellious, Jer. 3 14, 22 Isa. 57 17. (2) [ySAoiai], pr. n. m. (a) of a son of David, 2 Sam. 5:14; iCh. 3:5; 14:4. (i) i Ch. 2:18.
:
as a lion).
(2) to put, to set, Psa. 16:8; 119:30.

anfefcen),
i.
q. D-IB',
fW,
Hos. 10:
l.
to yield fruit (gru*t Followed by ?V to bestow on any
"1?
n-1B>
m., apostate, rebel, Jer. 31:22; 49:4.
one (honour, help), Ps. 21:6; 89:20. Followed by an ace. and 3 to make one like any thing, Ps. 18:34
HIPHIL,
to
nj*t/
30:15.
f.
return; metaph. conversion, Isaiah
liken,
to
compare, Lam. 2:13.
Derivatives, mt7,
II.
rw,
^\
FEAR. To
this root
(from the root ''I??'), \_Shobach~\, pr. n. of a captain of Hadadezer, king of Zobah, 2 Sa. 10: 16, 18; called in 1 Ch. 19:16, 18, WlE'.
i
.
Chald.
Ithpael, TO
two occurrences in the Old Testament seem to belong.
One
in
(perhaps "flowing," or "a shoot;" see 3910, [Shobal], pr. n. (l) of a son of Sei'r, Gen. i Ch. 2 :50; 4:1. 36: 20, 23, 29. (2) m.,
/y\&
Job 30: 22, aro, n^n >333io^ (read n?Fl) " thou makest me to melt, and frightenest me"
PIEL,
(np
rw-in).
The
other in
p3i$ (
10:25.
i.
forsaking"), [ShobeK],
pr. n. m.,
Neh.
q.
33e>
and
n35? ;
whence ny
NITHPAEL (a conjugation often used by the Rabbins, see Lehrg. p. 249). Prov. 27:15, " a dropping in the time of rain rnwh D*?^ ? n ^^l and a contentious woman are to be feared." Others comparNo. I. 4, render are alike. HV^ njflB'3 ing Vulg.
1
see IB' desolation.
Gr. Venet. laovrai, but things to be comparantur. compared are never in the Proverbs joined together
"HP TO BE STRONG, TO BE POWERpr. i. q FUL; hence (1) to act wi.ti violence, to lay waste. Fut.
by
so frigid a term of comparison.
Targ. a conten-
which may be defended by comparing IHP winter, storm, and Greek yiinuattiivui
tious
woman who
brawls,
Ps. 91:6.
i.
aTmXciTe,
to
Kf\f.ip.ai'To.i
(pptree,
pr. therefore, wintry,

is
(2)
master.
I.
q.
Arabic jL,
rule.
Hence
"It?
lord,
stormy.
But the former explanation
the
one
which
I prefer.
see see
^["pr. kindred wi th niy TO SET,TOPLACE; Piel No. 2. (i) TO BE EVEN, LEVEL; Thes."] Piel. Hence
be
*n
or
Ch.
q.
i.
q.
Heb.
PAEL,
i.
Dy
to
make
2, to put, to set, followed by equal or like to any thing (see DV No. 1,
Heb. No.
equal(in value), to fo equivalent to any followed thing; by 3 Pro. 3:15; 8: 1 1 also, to countervail any thing. Esth. 7: 4, PT33 r\Vff 1-yn |\SI
;
(-2) to
/), Dan. 5: 21.
ITHPAEL,
to be
made, rendered, Dan. 3:29.
"V? "the
enemy could
not
couclervail
it.
the king's
"
I
damage," could not compensate
Esth. 5:13,
J^>3
J"0.2> ("plain"), \_Shaveh~\, pr. n. of a valley to the north of Jerusalem, which was also called tht Kinq dale.. Cr/iesis 14:17; 2 Sam. I?:l8. Bid
DCCCX
Gen. 14:5, is "?.?> [S//aweA JTirtaf Aaim], the plain near the city of Kiriathaim (in the tribe of Reuben), see H'Tp letter g.
(i) TO
.iLj
HITHPALEL,
II.
i.
q. Pilel, Jer.
49:3.
BXB> to despise. i. fiM#, Aram. q. Eze. 16:57; 28:24, 26; see Q*V.
^
.
Part
Med.
Waw,
to
SINK DOWN, TO SUBSIDE (Arab. be sunk into mire, compare nriB^

nru?
lOit^
Arab.
l
]? tM) J
masc. a whip, a scourge, Prov.

.i
. .
in).
i.e.
p rov.
2:18, nrv?
her house
into
that of the strange Hades." So the Vulg.
woman) sinks down

But as JV3
is
constantly
elsewhere masc., Aben Ezra applies nne> to the woman herself, ""she sinks down to death (i.e. to
lltPjPw the scourge of a (calumniating) tongue, Job 5: 21. Especially of the of i. e. of calamities and misfortunes God, scourge sent upon men by God, Isa. 10:26; Job 9:23. D1{? ^pt? an overflowing scourge, Isa. 28: 15, 18; used of an overwhelming calamity (specially, a hostile host)
26:3;
Ki- I2:ll.
;
Hades, which
is to
be) her house."
compare Kor. Sur.

/
Ixxxviii.
Lxxxix. 33.
.JL,,
(2) Metuph.
to be
bowed down,
our soul
:
of the soul.
is
Ps.
^ti^
Med.
Waw,
to
44:26,
U.E'PJ "ISV? nnii?
bowed down
be
to the dust."
Lam. 3
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
Kal No.
Derivatives, nniB>,
np. Lam. 3 20, nro. and nrPB>, nne> No. II.

2O,
2.
:
pendulous (specially, the belly); compare A\ j to drag the train of one's robe (used of a woman).
loose,
Hence
pr. n.
nip, Dmc?, rvrne.

i.
m.
q.
e.
lW
to
Isa.
(l) the train, flowing skirt of a robe t 6:1. 0^1^ H^J to uncover the skirt,
pit"),
[Shudh],
pr.n. of a son of
Abra-
i.
expose to the greatest shame, Jer. 13:22, 26;
Keturah, and of an Arabian tribe sprang from him, Genesis *5:2; whence patron, and gent. *nie> Shuhite, Job a 1 1 8 i 25:1. The province of the Shuhites I suppose to be the same as 2uu;a/a
: ;
:
ham and
Nah. 3:5.
(2)
hem
of a garment, Ex. 28:33, 34-
of Ptolemy, v. 15, to the east of Batanaea.
garments,
Pro. 22:14.
called v. 4,
/7\\y m. (from the root ???'), divested, either of i.e. naked, or of shoes, unshod (according to LXX., Syr.), Mic. i :8 np. Compare 7KO No. I,
to put off the shoe.
(a)
f._(i) pit, Jer. 2:6; 18:20; [Shuah] pr. n. m. i Chr. 4:11;
(2) a prisoner, a captive, Job 12:17
9-
DH^ ("perhaps," pit-digger"), [Shu ham], pr.n.

of a son of Dan,
n.
n D/l^
noun,
Shulamith,
pr. n.
of the maiden
who
is
[Patron.
Num. 26:42; called, Gen. 46:23; "P' Num. 26 42.]

:
celebrated in the Song of Solomon, Cant. 7:1. (Vulg. But JV8.,MTn may be taken for the gentile pacifica )
JVlMlkJ' Shttnamite i. q. (for the town of Shunem " called Eusebius Sulam) by [Engl. Trans. tlie Shulamite"]', and this, on account of the article, seems preferable. [This may be taken as the fern, form of
is
I.
23*1^
*.
(l) pr. TO
is
(Cogn.
the root O3B?).
WHIP, TO LASH, Hence
i.
q.
Arab.
Bte>,
Bdr,
O??' a scourge.
Solomon.]
(a) to row (as if to lash the sea with oars). Part. O'pt? rowers, Eze. 27:8, 26.
Derivatives,
DIK' masc. garlic,

Hierobot.
It
t. ii.
Num.
11:5.
Compare
*
Celsii
O#
No.
a, tS'lE'O.
page 53.
*t (Arab, pf,
<f
Syr. Jjooi id.)

*
-
run quickly, to run up and down, to *;* about (which many men do, as if they lushed
(3) to the air with their arms, as oars; compare Lat. remi, " used o4 a person's arms and feet, Ovid. Heroid. 18 fin. and yet more frequently used of the wings of birds),
the powerful odour appears to be so called from it
which
emits; compare
to smell,
***> some
Chron.
thing giving forth a smell.
Num.
II :8;
it,
to inspect
Yl$3 Job 1
PILEL, OP.it? i. Zee. 4: 10, "the eyes of God
go over a land, especially :7; 3:2; 2 Sam. 24:2, 8. l Am. 8:12; q. Kal No. 3, Jer. 5:
to
;
^^
["TD1? Shomer, pr.n. m. a Ki. 12:33;

7
:
3-]
an unused
root,
perhaps
i.
q.
\$&
to
be quiet;
HST^ 3 ?
to
D'pOteiD run-
whence
("quiet"), [Shuni], m. pr.n. of a on of Gad, Gen. 46:16. Also, patron, of the same (for
ning through all the earth," to run through a book, i. e.

Dan. IU:A.
2 Chr. 16:9.
Metaph.
examine thoroughly,
DCCCXI
(prhaps" two res tin ^-places,"
compare
D?.JJ
for D^V.), [jS7t7iei]. pr. n. of

ij>:
a town
foxes are not easily caught alive) and Psa. 63:11 (since foxes do not devour dead bodies, which jackalg
do).
in the tribe of Issachar, Josh.
18;
Sum. 28:4;
t. ii.
p.
190, seq. ed. Lips.;
9 Ki. 4:8; prob. Sulern of Eusebius (see aovftijn), five miles south of Tabor: [prob.
iii.
now Solam, J.^ Hob.

f.
Faber on Harnu;r's Observations, vol. ii. p. 470. Also his Archaeol. t. i. p. 140; Rosenm. Alterthumsk. iv
2, 154-
169].
Gentile
noun 8MB>,
TV-
Ki.
2:17;
aKi. 4:12.
(2) [S/iMa/], pr.n. the tribe of Benjamin,
(a) Sa. 13:17.
$#
HS
(b)
district in
m.
Chr.
7:36
and
TO BE AMPLE,
fa) to
'
not used in Kal,
i.
q.
W\
(l)
"lylfc/
3)
to
BROAD; hence fo 7-j'cA, wealthy (see $&?, 1> No. i). be freed from danger and distress (compare
to
m. (denom. from ">V^) a door-keeper, 2 Ki

;
7:10, ll
201.31:14.
(i) pr. (as
was
first
seen
by Umbreit on
Job 9:
PIEL y$v?
17),
i.
q. 'JXK'-TO
GAPE UPON
ask for aid,
[see note], hence
to
implore help,
Psa.
18:42; Job 35:9; 36:13; followed by 88:14; 72:12. Derivatives, yVP
Ps.
30:3;
wait for any thing, Gen. 3: 15, 'yl^. Mil K *0 he (the seed of the woman, man) shall lie in wait for thy head, and thou shalt
to lie
in
3?;; -IHS-I^ nriXI.
lie in
wait
for his
heel,"
he shall endeavour to
m. outcry, cry for

STlk^
help, Ps. .5:3.
crush thy head, and thou shalt endeavour to crush

his heel.
Hence
'
(i)
rz'c/i,
opulent, Job 34:19; Ezek.

Conj.
513:93.
(2) liberal,
VIII, X,
to
q.
(3)
i.
noble (compare Arab. be liberal, noble), Isa. 32:5. y\& cry for help, Isa. 22:5. wealth,riches,Job 36:19. man, Gen. 38:2.
pr. n.
(2) to attack, to fall upon any one, Job 9: 17, " who falls upon me in a tempest." Metaph. Psa. 139: J l ^rr^\ Tf n "darkness shall fall upon me,"
>
shall
overwhelm me.
[Note.
The above explanation
of Gen. 3:15,
to
is
yi?
(i)
(2) cry
for help, Job 30:24.

m.
Chron.
purely neologian; the passage applies not generally, but to Christ the seed of the
bruise
is
man
woman;
(3) [*S7tua], pr. n. of a
the simple meaning in each part of the
verse.]
l
NJplB? ("wealth"), [Shua],
[Shophach'], see
^".
7:32.
f.Lq.W
m.
Ps.
18:7539:13; 102:2.
Cant.
5~ -^
which
see
[Shnphamites~\, patronymic from DS^BB' Nu. 26 39.

:
(i) a fox,
2:15; Lam. 5:18;

but more fre<
T5l? m.
s
-5>
"
pi.
nils'lK*
a trumpet, norn, iituus,
Eze. 13:4; Neh. 3:35.

l
(Arab,
aj'aj,
quently _^Jx;, with the addition of the letter
compare
pr.
n.
O'Gpy.t?,
also
DyS?^.
As
to the
Arab. ,4.^ (different from !"T>p^n) so called from its and sharp sound (see ~i?t? No. 2), either made of horn, or else resembling a horn, i. q. Qp. (Joshua
clear
origin, Bochart, loc. cit., supposes the fox to be so called from a word, signifying to cough, which he
refers to its yelping,
6:5; compare Josh. 6: 4, 6, 8, 13), Ex. 19:16; Lev. 25 9 Job 39: 25. Jerome on Hos. 5:8, " buccina
:
pastoralis est et cornu recurvo efficitur, wide
et
propiie
comparing ever, 1 have little doubt that a fox has this from the pit and underground hole where it dwells, from the root ?%&, and that 7JNK' prop, denotes exNo. II.) The cavator, burrower, compare name of foxes appears to have been commonly used
as also including
Jjt^ to cough.
Howname
Hebraice Sopliar, Greece Kipurivi) appellatur."

aaXiriyZ, Ktpa-n>t).
LXX.
To blow a trumpet
is "ISI
which
see.
7^
not used in Kal.
(i) TO RUN, like the
kindred Pi?^; whence

(2)
to
piJ/>
leg,
and
p-1t^
street.
run
after,
flj5-1B'|j)
to
desire,
jackals
(Pers.
Jî
Shagal),
by
the Hebrews, like the other orientals (compare Niebuhr's Beschreib. von Arabien, page 166); and these are apparently the animals intended, Jud. 15:4 (as
thing;
whence
desire,
long for any Arabic longing.

j'Ji
jj-1
to
to excite desire;
V.
to manifest desire;
to
desire
HIPHIL, to
run over,
overflow
(fibetlaujm),
DCCCXI*
followed
by an
ace. of thing (with
any
thing), Joel
Once followed by 3
to
to
go with any
thing,
.l^
i.
e.
2:24, SH-M? D'3i0 must."
IPVD
to
" the vats
overflow with
overflow, or
PILPEL
Pi?)'^
causat.
cause
to
abound
(used of the earth), Ps. 65: 10.
Derivatives, see under
Kal No.
l, 2.
(i) the leg, the part of the body, from the pit? f. knee to the foot, with which one walks or runs; see s Chald. 0S> id.); both of the root No. l (Arab,
57: 9. (Arabic go a journey, Chald. N"$? a company of journey ers, of merchants, also on the Palmyr. Monuium.; see Tychsen, Element. Syr., p. 76.) (2) to look around, or about (the same verb often having the power both of looking and going, > see ""Wan, s i?y'n) (a) used of one looking forth from a height, followed by IP Cant. 4:8. (6) used of ono
)
offer the thing, Isaiah
Med.
1'e
j'^;
persons, Isa. 47 2 ; Cant. 5:15, and of animals (when, perhaps, it includes the thigh), Ex. 29:22,27; Lev.
:
lying in wait, to lie in wait, Jer. 5:26; Hos. 13:7; with an ace., Nu. 23:9. (c) used of one who regards
7:32, 33;
Num.
6: 2O
Sam. 9:24.
Poet, used of
foot-soldiers,
Psalm 147:10,
n$T EXn <$0fl6 "he
taketh not pleasure in tlie legs of a man," i. e. in There is a proverbial infantry, as opp. to cavalry.
"and (Samson) smote them legs upon thighs," he cut them in pieces, so that their severed members, legs and thighs, lay upon each other in heaps; i. e. he smote them even
phrase, Jud. 15:8, \S?7l
$&
Dnfc ^1
and cares for any thing, followed by an ace., like circumspicere aliquid (fid) nad) etroaS umfeljn). Job 2 4 J 5> rV. '?T?'P N' " no eye will now care for me," niemanb ftefyt fid) jeftt nad) mtr urn. Job 35:5, D'pn?' "HE* "look round about upon the clouds." Job 35 1 3, the Almighty wiU not regard it." nrjiB* N^ 3B? (d) to behold, Job 7:8 Simply PILEL TJB? see IT.
:
to utter destruction.
Derivatives, "VST No.

II. *^l2^
i.
I,
similar hyperbole
is e.
used in
q.
nn^jjl.
see.
to
German, er ijieb ben %einb i n &* e sPfanne/ i. them into bits of flesh, such as are cooked
and,
er irieb ibn in
od)fiutfen.
he cut in a pot;
TK* to sing, which
Dual,
D^Prov.
nib to range, hence a fay wall, compare order,

III.
*fl$i.q.
W,
put
(stones) in
n'tlB'.
26:7.
D'p.l?'
m., a street, Prov. 7:8; Eccl. 12:4, 5. (compare D'ly. from nil), Cant. 3:2.
compare
Pael, to leap, to
']r an unused root; Chald. and Syr. Peal and leap forward, to leap upon any
to be
a Her in wait, an enemy, Psa.g2:i2; and the root I, 2, b. y ^ U. "VlB? a wall, Gen. 49: 22; (i) i. q. Arab.
I.
"1^
"Hi?
Psa. 18
30.
Plur. rihtt?.
^ Job
24: 11,
DJYn-tt?
^3
"within their walls" (those of the

houses.
(2)
rich), i.e. their
thing; also
attack.
strong ; Arab.
.lj
to leap
upon, to
m. epic. plur. D^tt? Hosea 12: 12, an ox, so called from its strength and boldness, compare "IB.
Sv,
Egypt and
pr. n. of a city on the borders oi Palestine, Gen. 16: 7; 20:1; 25:18; i Sa. 15:7; 27:8. According to Josephus (Archseol., vL
[Aur],
^
id.,
(Arab.
J a
iii.
bull, Chald. N"^F) Syr.
jioL
tier/
whence
Gr., Latin, ruvpof,
taunts,
Germ.
is
see
Grimm,
i Sam. 15:7), it is Pelusium, but Hebrew, is called TP- More correctly 'VIC' is placed where Suez now stands. The desert extending
7>3> compare
this, in
Gramm.,
of
the
p.
325).
This
turf
ox
tribe (tin
a general word for one SJinbmet)), without distinction
from the borders of Palestine to Shur, is called, Ex. 15:22, TWianp; Nu.33:8, D1T 13-10; nowJc/or.
Chald. a
to all,
of age or sex (compare Lev. 22 127 ; where a calf is meant, and Job2i:lO, where a cow is intended,
Ezr. 4: 13, 16.
although joined, Eim-otruc, with a masculine verb), Ex. 21:37; Levit. 22:23, 28; 27:26; Num. 18:17;
Deu. 14:4. oxen, which
Its collective
is
~>i?3
oxen, a herd of
3-2:6) also ~\VP is used collectively, like the other nouns of unity in this verse ~l?y, nnSB', "nori except JN.
see.
I.
Once (Genesis
;m unused root, which appeal's to have had the signification of U'hiteness, hence t,"L"l>yssus and white marble, &*& id.; and i?'^ the lily. to be hoary. Kindred is
[Shavsha],
see
n^.
is
"Y)tf
fut.
"HE*
TO
pur;
ao
io
ABOUT, TO
of
traffic,
-rn TO GO ROUND, JOURNEY, specially for the

(i)
i.
m
bling
lilies,
(l) the lily, prop, what
white.from
q.
the root ^K'.
W^ n ?'? work or ornament resem-
Ezek. 27:25; compare Chaldee.
iKi.7:l9- (Arab, and Syr. y
id.;
xii. 1.
conip. Diosc
iii.
106,
i.
al.
116; Athen.
plied to the eye
(which
e.
is
often
Compared
to the sun,
Compare p. 383, seq.) (a) n-nj? JBW Psa. 60 1, an instrument of music, Various prop, so called from its resembling a lily.
:
Celsii Hierobot.,
and
vice versa,
i.
see D?9JJ?J|), as casting

to look
its
glancei
on any thing,
upon, Job 20:9; 28:7.
rings of trumpets and pipes are like ihe common the martagon lily, lily, while the cymbal resembles
MK
to
left,
i-
q-
Arab.
,L*, to
twist a thread from
riglrt
or back-lumded (jnrirncn), to twist together

K'tT
the
name
of which instrument has indeed been ap-
several threads.
Comp. JWB? No. 2. ring \VW may be rendered pipes of song, as it were lyric, see
plied to this flower.
HopHAL,"iTtpp
byssus, twisted (of many threads),

8, 15, seq.
x.'^6:i,3i,36; 27:9,18; 28:6,
n-ny NO.
3.
(3) [Shushan], pr. n. Susa, the chief city of Susiana (and of all Persia), in which the kings of Persia
ns/ m. (from the root nnK>) depressed, cast down, Job 22:29; D^J,' ITB^ "cast down of eyes,"
one depressed. IMIL' TO GIVE, TO BESTOW A GIFT, especially from punishment, Job 6:22. Followed by an
r
used to pass the winter, Dan. 8:2; Neh.
Est.
1:2. It was situated on the Eulaeus, or Choaspes, where there is now the village of Shush (see Kinneir,
to free
99; Ker Porter, Travels, vol. ii. p. 411; compare Hoeck, Vet. Mediae et Persiae Monumm. p.
Memoir,
p.
ace. of pers.
93); according to others at the village of Suster (see Josh, de Hammer in Opp. Soc. Geogr., Paris, vol. ii. 28; 333 41). p. 320
id.
Eze. 16:33 (Syr. _AAJ to give, once. Pa. often, used both in a good and in a bad sense)
Hence
m. a present, a
cially one
to free
gift, l Ki. 15:19; espefrom punishment, 2 Ki. 16:8; Pro

5
(i) a lily.
PI. D'seto? Cant. 2: 16;
4^55
l
3] 6:2, 3; 7:3. Ki. 7:22, 26.
5'- l
Used of
artificial
lilies,
(2) an instrument of music, resembling a lily, see No. 2. PI. Ps. 45: l 69: i 80: l.
D3^
6:35 (compare Job 6:22); or to corrupt a judge, Ex. 23:8; Deu. 10:17; ink nj57 to take a reward, Psalm 15:5; 26:10; lSam.8:3. Prov. 17:8, |3 V7JD \yys "in'E'n }n "a precious stone is a gift in
the eyes of
its lord,"
i.
e.
to
him who receives
it
32W
2.
(com-
f.
lily,
3 Ch. 4:5;
Hos. 14:6; Cant.
pare ?y? NO.
4).
nnt^
frequent).
3, Ezr.
i
(compare
Isa.
rw
Gentile noun, Chald. pi. the Susceans [Susanchites], inhabitants of the city of Susa, see
ONESELF DOWN,
and nnt?)_(i) TO BOW 51:23 (Chald. id. and more

be depressed.
No.
4:9.
(2) to sink down, to derivatives runt?, JVntJ>.
Compare
Ki. 14:25
ana, where np reads
HIPHIL,
nnpn
to
depress, metaph. the heart, Pro.
which
see.
12:25.
like rm<3,
to put, see JVB>. (for r6n.1Kf

,
HITHPALEL, HinnB'n ( w ith the third radical doubled, n)W from the root n3) fut. apoc. *nrtt,
oneself before
"crashing
of rending"),
pr. n.
26:35 ibid.
Gen. 23 7; 37:7, 9, 10; more rarely ^.S? Gen. 23:12; ^y Lev. 26:1. Those who used this mode of salutation fell
-rrpoaicvvtiv,
followed
by ? of
Ch. only found in PEEL, or PEIL 3rt^, 3Tt? TO SET FREE, TO LIBERATE. FutnW}, inf. nnre> Dan. 3:15, 17,28; 6:
17, 28.
ibid.
In Targg. very frequently.
Syr.
on their knees and touched the ground with the forehead (whence there is often added '"iy")K C??^ Gen. 19: l; 42:6; 48:12), and this honour was not only shown to superiors, such as kings and princes, 2 Sam.
9:8; but also to equals; Gen. 23:7; 37 7>9> 1O [ ? ] but especially God (2) in worshipping a deity; hence to honour with prayers, Gen. 22:5; l Sa. 1:3; even without
:
Derivative, pr. n.
]|
^K?
e
BURN,
SCORCH, TO .. Cant, i: 6, '3^51^8? >n "for the sun hath burned me." Poet, ap\L
i.
prop. i***
q. 1
11', ^' Chald. *ft& TO
especially
ar,
the
sun,
prostration of body, Gen.
47:31
Ki.
(3)
to
do homage,
to
submit oneself.
:47Ps. 45:18,
DCCCXIV
'(the king)
to
is
him"
[this
thy king
lord,
is
in^t?"? render
homage
Christ,
who
is
to
be worshipped
the boil of Egypt, Deu. 28:27, 35; a d P"3 \T^ Joll 2:7; used of a kind of black leprosy endemic in
Inf. Ch. rvjqnf n 2 Ki. 5: as being God over all]. 18. As to Dn*}rjrpQ, see Analyt. Ind.
Derivatives, see under Kal No. 2.

see
Egypt, called by physicians elephantiasis, from the skin being covered with black scales, and the feet swelling up. Compare Plin. H. N., xxvi. 5. Schilling, De
Lepra,
p. 184.
.
m
kj?
f.
blackness, Lam. 4:8.
Root nn
D^n? m
would seem
Isa.
to
HD which .see. This 37 30, i. q. be the primitive form, prop, denoting

:
a pit, Prov. 28:10; from the root HPS
sprout, shoot, comp. the root

liftoneself up, to
to
lift
$> Arab.
Ag^l
to
No.
a.
Compare DW.
5.
the eyes, perhaps Heb. to sprout,

also
q.
me
shoot forth.
We may
compare ^D' prop,
and
!~irK?
(compare
1
<?
I??'),
pret
r, piur. inr and mnp, fut. rib (1) TO SINK DOWN, Hab. 3:6; used of beasts of
'
offspring, progeny.
masc. a board, as being thin, so

called
prey couching down and lying in wait in their lairs, Job 38:40. (2) to be bowed down, cast down, Psa. 1O:1O; 107 39 Isa. 2:11, 17 specially with sickness, Psa.
: ; ;
from
its
fcobelteS S3ret),
being pared, planed awfiy (bunngc* from the root ^nt?, Eze. 41 : 16.
35:14; 38:7; Lam. 3:20;

Isa.
60: 14, niTO? -yhx
bowing down."
submit oneself. they shall come to thee Job 9: 13; Pro. 14:19.
also, to
^>rn:
J"\ rw f. a pit, plur. nijVnt? (compare Lehrgeb. 527) Ps. 107:20; Lam. 4:20; from the root nn^ to sink down.
p.
rtfVrw
I.
f.
Chald. evil deed, see
NIPHAL, to be bowed down, Isa. 2:9; 5:15. Used of a depressed and attenuated voice, Ecc. 12:4. Pregn.
Isa.
/M L
an unused
root,
Arab.
Jj<^
to peel off,
29:4,
^nnps
rPJ'n iSJ/p-l
"and thy depressed
be heard from the dust." (slender) voice shall HIPHIL, to bring down, to humble, Isaiah 25:12;
86:5. HITHPOEL,
12; 43:5Derivative, HL".
to be
whence n?nip. To this answer in the Indo-Germanic languages, ffvvXov, Germ, cfyalf,
to shell, to scale,
fdj&len/
Engl.
'
to
scale.
to
H.
cast
down
Uv
perhaps,
roar, as a
lion.
Compare
in pectore
(the soul), Psa. 42:7,
Arab.
J^w:
to bray, as an ass,
A[&:^vox
Jeuhari and Kam. ; reciprocata, the braying of an ass. cognate roots are ???, /s'*, German, tjallcn/ gellen*
(i) TO
Arab. la^-j
Isa.
SLAT animals, Gen.
frfeaUfn
(Notk.
ffcllen).
Hence
22:13; especially a victim, Levit. 1:5, 37:31; 11; and even a human victim, Gen. 22:10; Isa. 57:5.
Hos. 5:2, IPPJjn DB8? nane>
slaughtering
(victims) they make deep their transgression." (2) to kill (persons), 2X5.25:7; Jerem. 39:6. DrfVJ' "H Jc-r. 9:7, a In np there is deadly arrow.
l21i"C',
/fty m. a lion, a. poetic word, Job 4:10; 10: 16; 28:8; Psa. 91:13; Prov. 26:13; Hos.5:i4; 13:7. Bochart (Hieroz.) understands the blackish lion of Syria (Plin. H. N.,viii. 17). Compare "UTf, the letters ^ and ~\ being interchanged.
the sense not being different, prop,
made to kill.
n/ij^
f-
(3)
prob.
wnp
KX 3
-
3HT
34j according to
Hebrew
inter-
iKi. 10:16, 17; 2Chr.9:l5, 16,
mixed gold, alloyed with another metal, comp. Arab. \i~?^- to dilute wine with water; see more in Comment, on Isaiah l :2-a. The LXX. understood gold
beaten out,
or shell preters, unguis odoratus, prop, the covering of a kind of muscle found in the lakes of India, where the nard grows; which, when burning, emits
an odour resembling musk:
this is
now
called Malta
compare nOB*
to spread
out, the letters
being transposed.
NIPHAI., pass, of No. l, Levit. 6: 18;
byzantina, ScufelSftauf. See Dioscorid., ii. 10; and the Arabian Avriters in Bochart (Hieroz. ii. p. 803, seq.).
Num.
11:22.
The
root
is <>nE> to
peel
off,
compare t6fVL" the pod
Honce
ntp'nfc?
I
of dates.
f.
he a lay ing of victims, 9 3hr. 30: 17.

j
K an unused
which
tee.
root,
Arab.
..
to
be hot,
to be
ni/ muso. an inflamed ulcer, a blil 10. rooting) Ex.9 9, 11 Lev. n: 18

: ;
(see the
inflamed, Syriac
ulcer,
Pa. to ulcerate, whence IT*'
DCCCXV
T
an unused
root, see D*n8?.
5 Derivatives, IHE ,
-flfl
Tiring,
ani
pr. n. -ftlTB*.
UT
(which
(2)
see),
?l^nt^
(0
i-
q-
W^j and
transp
^Dn,
^n
OFF,
i.
H'
'U*y
(i) pr.
apparently TO
BUEAK,
TO BARK, TO
PEEL OFF,
TC
HEW
lean,
BREAK FOUTH,
to
t
become attenuated, hence

rû...
dawn, whence (2) to break in, to pry in, hence to seek:, compare In Kal once found, Proverbs 11:27; see ~>P3 No. 3.
as light, the
Piel.
q.
Arab,
Hence
HSPIK'
and
PIEL
"inty to seel-,
a word altogether poetic.
Fol-
m. Lev. 11:16; Deut. 14:15; accordipg to LXX. and Vulg. larus (eemcoe), gull, an aquatic
bird, so called
II. lib.
ii.
from
1
its
leanness
see Bochart, Hieroz.
lowed by an ;icc. Job 7:21; Prov. 7:15; 8:17; and i~lHi2> tan'M f with an inf. Job 24:5; Proverbs 13:24, ID-ID " he who lovi-th seeks as it
(his son)
(i.e.
cap.
i.,
8.
were carefully prepares) chastisement for him." The suff. must be regarded as in the dative. To seek
fi^D^
consumption, Lev. 26:16; Deu. 28:22.

Arab. â^~>
to raise
God
is
(a) to long after him, Ps.
an unused root; f oneself up; compare DnK>.
UT
(b) to turn oneself to
Hence
S
C
'-
Followed by
^ Job 8
6:15.
63:2; Isa. 26:9. f him, Hos. 5:15; Ps. ]9>:Â-
15.
DerivatiA'es, ~>n^D, pr. n.
nnn^
and
id.),
j*n? m
YW
id.),
elation, pride (Arab. .^Li Job 28:8; 41:26, 33 Vulg.

.
Talmud.
filii
r?
nfey
1
m. dawn, morning (Arab, j'-^w
Gen.
it
su-
perbice, i.e.
the larger ravenous beasts, as the lion; so called from the pride of walking. Lions is the
;
:1 5j Josh.
Poet, there are ascribed to
but the rendering of the Chaldee intp., chap. 28 other passage demands the above wider signification.
eyebrows of the morning ;" used of Lucifer [i e. the morning star J i&nfo P23 TO3 "his (see ^H), Isa. 14:12 Hos. 6:3,
.
(see D.^y?'!?); wings, Ps. 139:9. **?"t|
"son
Compare Bochart, Hieroz.
I.,
p.
718.
going forth (is) established like the morning," i.e. Jehovah's ad vent,but Hos. 10:15, "like the morning
off." Adv. mane, at or in the Psalm 57:9; 108:3. Metaph. used of felicity again dawning after misery, Isaiah 8 20 (see ~\m B, No. 8) Isai. 47 1 1 58 8. The same figurative use is made of the word 1p3 Job 11:17; ^KO Enwari Soheil: "in Jer. 13:16; and Arab. û-tf.
(quickly) shall he be cut
of a town in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19:22
")p;
morning.
rrro
-*
(I)TO BUB
:
or
BEAT IN PIECES,
i.
q.
Arab, x*^-? Exod. 30 36.

enemies, Ps. 18:43. (2) to rub or wear
Figuratively applied to
away. Job
D?D
" the waters
wear away
14: 19, -Ipnt? D'JQK (hollow out), the
calamity there is the dawn."
is
hope, for the end of a dark night
stones."
Hence
m.
&
"Tin
m
l
:
adj.
black, used of hair, Levit.
13:31,37; ahorse, Zee. 6:2,6; blackish colour of
(i) dust;
.,
so called as being
.
made
the face, Cant,

see
5.
small, Isa. 40: 15.
(2) a cloud (Arab. ,l&~i a thin cloud; prop, apparently a cloud of dust, as something similar). Plur. to which are ascribed clouds, Job 38 37 showers,
:
"iirP2>'.
j"Ynn|? f, the time of dawn, metaph. used of youth, Ecc. ll 1O.

:
Job 36:28;
78:23; Prov. 3:20; thunder (Psa. 77: 18). Meton. used of the firmament of heaven, D>DB> and Spjri. Job 37 1 8, " hast i. q. thou, like him (God), spread out the sky (D'P. n&5>) which is firm like a molten mirror?" Prov. 8:28; Job 37: 21; Deut. 33:26; Job 35:5; Psa. 68:35 (where, in the other So also the sing., Psalm hemistich, there is D?f?>).
Ps.
i
"irnn&J'
f.
rvyrrvig>
blackish, used of the coloui
As to diminutive adjectives of the skin, Cant, i :6. see Lehrg. p. 497, and of the form cnP"!^, P?i?n -!> Heb. Gramm. 54, 3, 83, No. 23.
rV"Tll^ ("
whom Jehovah seeks

1
for"), [She-
hariali\, pr. n. m.,
Ch. 8:26.
0'3-g, DnrflT)
8 9 7> 3 8
:
(Sam. rppnt? for D'.Of Gen. 7:19.)

or
;
Dnt^C'two
[S&aK Oraim],
dawns;" compare
I.
>U V TO BE
,
~vyy id). Pregn.
BECOME BLACK (Aramaean o ~\rw niy Job 30 ;jo,

:
pr. n. m., i Ch. 8:8.
not used in Kal.

stroy.
Arabic
to d
kip
is
black (and draws away) from
off me."
DCCCXVI
(i) trans., to destroy, to ruin, either by laying waste, as a country, a region, a field, Gen. 9:11; 19:13; Joshua 22: 33; 2 Sara. 24:16; Jer.
PIEL
niTB'
the grave, Job 33:24; Psalm 55:24; nnB>3 "OJ? to nnK* HXT see perish in the grave, Job 33:5,8. (i.e.
to experience) the sepulchre, Ps. 16: io[see below]; LXX. often render J"inE> by diafdopa (as if 49: 10. it were from Pity? ctutyOtipui), but not with the sig-
12:lo, or by pulling down, as walls, a city, Genesis 13:10; Eze. 26:4; or by wounding, Ex. 21:26; or (y killing, both individuals, 2 Sain. 1:14, and whole
Isa. 14:20. peoples, Gen. 6:17; 9:15; Num. 32:15; nnK' "he destroyed (i.e. Metaph., Am. l: il,VlpnT Ezek. 28: 17, I?? ? suppressed) his mercy."
1
instances in
but of destniction (see the Kircher and Trommius) [see below]. The Greek word has been taken in the signification
nification of corruption
W&
^riyp*~7y
"thou hast destroyed thy wisdom, because

latter, that
of thy beauty ;" thou art so taken with the thou hast neglected the former.
(2)
to
by Luke [i. e. by the Holy Ghost, who but it would inspired him], Acts 2: 27; 13:35, seqq. be difficult to prove that the Hebrew word
of corruption
;
act wickedly, for the more full Va^n nnt? Ex. 32:7; Dent. 9:12; 32:5. Comp. Hiph. No. 2. HIPHIL (i) i. q. Piel No. i, to destroy, either by
Jer.
should be taken in the sense of corruption, from even in a single passage [?]. Some may cite Job
laying waste and destroying, as a laud, a kingdom, 36:29; 51 :2O; a city, Gen. 19:14; 2 Ki. 18:25;
or by killing, as a man, 1 Sa. 26: 15; enemies, 2 Sa. 11:1; or by harming in any manner whatever, Pro. JVne>en ^?Sr; the destroying angel, 2 Sam. 1 1:9.
17:14, where in the other hemistich there is and rin^ is called pater, which may seem to be only suitable to a masculine noun but the sacred writers aro not accustomed to regard the etymology or sex of nouns in such cases, comp. j?3J H3 ptJ"X Psa. 17:8. [Note. It is clear from the authority of the New Test, that there is a nnK' m. signifying corruption, front
;
^\
24: 16; and simply JVPIB'Sn Ex. 12:23, i s tne angel of God who inflicts calamities and death upon men.
nnK*
perhaps it is only found in the cited places, Ps. 16:10. and Job 17: 14.]
;
nnpn ^X (destroy not) in the titles of Ps. 57, 58,59, 75, seems to be the beginning of a song, to the tune of which those Psalms were to be sung.
(2)i3-n rvnfn Gen. 6:12; nft^j? -n Zeph. 3:7; act wickedly, and without the ace. id.,Deu.4: 16; 31:29; Jud. 2:19; Isa. 1:4. Compare V!i!l. In the words JVn^D ^'X Prov. 28:24, and nTI^B 351 Prov. 18:9, 'D appears to be a subst. (see JVn5J>D No. i), man of destruction, i. e. in chap. 28, act., a destroyer, a waster ; but in chap. 18, pass., one who brings destruction on himself, one who wastes his own goods, a prodigal.
to
i3t/ fem. (for
Ht??^ Arab.
^;, acaca,
spina
JEgyptiuca of the ancients (Mimosa nilotica, Linn. 2>d)otcnbovn), a large tree growing in ^gypt and
Arabia, having the bark covered with black thorns (from which gum Arabic exudes); it has blackish
pods (whence Germ.

hard, and
<Sd)otenborn), the
it
wood
is
very
Isa.
when
te
it
grows old
t.
i.
resembles ebony,
41:19;
Celsii
Hierobot.
page 499;
Jablonskii
Opusc. ed.
Water,
HOPHAL nn^n
1:14.
to be
corrupted, Pro. 25:26; Mai. corrupted,

e.g.
'?. acacia wood, Ex. 25:5, 10, 13; 26:26; 27:1,6. (2) [Shittim], pr. n. of a valley in the land of the Moabites on the borders of Palestine, Nu. 25:1;
Josh. 2:1; 3:1; Mic. 6:5; fully of Acacias), Joel 4:18.
L/
PL
D^_(i)
t. i. page 260. acacias, whence
DW
NIPHAL
(2)
to
(l)
to be
by
putridity,
DWD
^>n_3
(valley
Jer. 13:7; in
a moral sense, Gen. 6:11, 12. be laid waste, Ex. 8:20.

FirSB'p, DD?'*?, l"int?O.
Derivatives, n'n^D,
TO
SPREAD OUT, TO EXPAND (Syr.
iA*^J-A,
Dpfe*
n?p destroy. lying and corrupt word." Neutr. nivnp something done wickedly, a crime, Dan. 6: 5.
flJVn^ na"]3
Hilt?
Ch.
to
Part. pass. Dan. 2:9,
Arab,
"a
D?W
"
^k-;, he spreads out the peoples,"
-<Ethiop. ft'SVh: id.).
Job 12:23,
i.e.
gives them
f.
with
suff.
DW
Ezek. 19:4, 8 (from the
ample territories; especially, to spread out something on the ground, e. g. bones, Jer. 8:8; quails, Num.
11:32; polenta, 2 Sa. 17:19. PIEL, to spread out (one's arms), Ps. 88: Derivatives, nDK*p rAOB*p.
?
root CH^, like nri3, from the root rH3),
which snares are
laid
for wild beasts,
a pit (a) in and metaph.
lo.
used of snares, Ps. 7:16; 9:16; 35:7594:13; Pro. 26:27; Eze. loc. cit. (b) a cistern, in which there
an underground prison, Isa. 51:14. (d) especially the sepulchre, Psa. 30:10; Johi7:i4[?]; 33:18,30. nnc* TV to go down into
is
mud, Job 9:31.
(c)
m. (taken from Pilel), Josh. 23-13, i. q. D^.

fut.
uQ&
a whip, a scourge,
f]b._ 'l)
TO
GUSH ODT,
TO FLO
DCCCXVII
OUT ABUNDANTLY,
(2) to inundate,
Isa.
s/fl,
Psa. 78:20.
to
*$? D^. an
;
over-
a Ch. a6:
military
1 1
(where there
flowing shoAver, Eze. 13: 13; 38:22.
officer, as
is no need to understand a a census of soldiers might be taken
overwhelm
used of a river,
11
:
by a
civil magistrate).
30 28 66
: ;
metaph. of an army, Dan.
1O,
Followed by an ace. (a) to overwhelm any thing, Jer. 47:2; and more strongly to overwhelm and swallow up with water. Psa. 69:3,
40.
TOJ5>, as twenty-six MSS. and ediwhich are also supported by 1 1 others, which read IPP) Ch. Dan. 7:5, a side. (In Targg.
"19^
(or rather
tions read,
" the flood has swallowed me up;" *3J;ip^ n.?3B> to verse 16; 124:4; Isaiah 43 1; Cant. 8:7. (b~) sweep aivay with a flood^ la. 28:17; Job 14: 19, " the flood sweepeth away the dust of the earth;" Eze. 16:9; an d on the contrary (c) to bring in as
TO?, KTOP, Syr.

thing.)
jV^
*O 1??.
like
<
id.,
Arab,
jki
side of any-
"IP Y
(ypayu/jctruro'e),
\_Shitr ai\, pr. n. m.
Ch.
27:29 anD,
m.
a
gtft,
(for
np
with a flood.
destruction
is
Isa.
10:22,
njm
F|Db>
pin fvb "the
in justice as with a flood," i. e. overwhelming the wicked with deserved n l7"]V is accus. governed by the verb punishment.
decreed,
bringing
N^,
! valley, for
its
J,
V? for K#),
bring
present, so called from
(see the root

gifts, Ps.
sipk'.
(d)
to
wash any
to
thing, Lev. 15: 11;
Kings
&W), in this phrase 68:30; 76: 12; Isa. 18:7.

or
.-T
^ ^?in to
being brought
2-2:38.
an unused
to
(3^ Metaph.
rush swiftly
l
.
(as a horse), Jer.
root,
Arabic
6.
Compare No.
:
to will, Conj.II. to bring,
impel.
Hence appa-
(i) to be force), Dan. 1 1 22.
NIPHAL.
overwhelmed
(with a hostile
rently
(a)
to be
i.
washed, Lev. 15:12.

Niph. No.
2.
^
'
pr. n.
m. Sheva, a Sam. ao 25
:
see
PUAL,
q.
Lev, 6:21.
Hence
(" overturning," from the root pr. n. of a town of Issachar, Josh. 19:19,
,
and *f** m. (l) effusion, outpouring, of a torrent, whence metaph. e. g. of rain, Job 38 25 Prov. 27:4; *1N Ê^ U|U1 outpouring, i.e. a torrent (like a rapid torrent) is anger." (a) inundation, flood, Ps. 32:6; Nah. 1:8; Dan. 9:26; HPSJ'? *Wp "his end (cometh) as a flood,"
:
I.
i"lITk7
those
II.
who
f (from the root yft?)return, andconcr. return, Ps. 126: l.

(for
rO'B>
nw, from the root ^)L dwell-
ing, aSa. 19:33.
i.
e. suddenly (compare I??'? Hos. 10: 15.) Metaph. used of an overflowing army, Dan. 11:22.
Arab.
A^
9
TO WRITE, whence Part.
Vy an uncertain root, to which apparently may be referred fut. apoc. 'B'jH (of the form 'nj!), Deut.
32 18.
:
LXX.
iyKaTt\nrf.Q.
Vulg.
dereliquisti; in the
a scribe.
9
(LXX. ypupparsv
other hemistich ns^'rtt (hast forgotten).

irK*
Apparently
vg.
hav'u
,;
Syr. jija.cc), hence from the art of writing in very ancient times been especially used
signifies the
it-;
same
as
n v ?', U>j to
1
forget, to neg-
lect
whence
forenvically
(compare 303
letter d,
i_^3l- a scribe
and
juvlje,
">f
Gr. ypu^ctr, ypaQeadai), a magistrate,

the people
being changed into
^T
......
want of care, n between two vowels

i,
as
is
often done,
4>'
compare "!ny
s.
and
*
""py,
nns and
n^S, nnT and
pref'.ct
(comp. Arab. l?^. to excel in

o - ^
^ o->
:
to adorn,
and
also
U to
be raw
3*O (flesh); also

9
"
for
3On;
N
and
Any thing
T.1?, I?"}?,
followed
by
^Lc, JO-MW^C
a prefect. Targ.
Specially,
compare the same change of the

9
letter
''E'n
in HX^, n>^
Vulg. magister, dux, exactor.

used of
(vulture),
cyipfe>
(a) the prefects of the people of Israel in Egypt, Ex. 5:6 19; and in the desert, Nu. ii: 16 (used of the seventy elders); Deuter. 20:9;
is
pLo, v>^p;
)
unless
be rather taken
'ntf!?
from the verb
nntJ> itself, as if
contracted from
for nnpri), com(for nriK'ri, compare 'Wft Jer.lS :23, 1T for VHJ. have less appropriately comOthers pare
29:9;3l:28; Josh.
(b) magistrates in the
:1O; 3:2; 8:33; 23:2; 24:1. towns of Palestine, Deut.
pared Arab.
bet)
^^ IV. to
omit (prop, to lay asid.

-
16: l&; iChr. 23:4; 26:29; aChr. 19:11; 34:13. iJeed of the superior magistrates, Prov. 6:7; and
eite
legen); for
the root
answeroto tin
IT*>i
S3
an unused root, Arab, to love violently; whence may be taken
WE?
3P*!?
in this sense, " until he shall ccme to the the dominion i.e. Messiah belongs," (comp. sceptre, Eze. 21:32, os^sn iVrfx. Kirny LXX. k-a0/).
whom
[SAiza],
t
>
pr. n.
m.
Ch.
1 1
:42.
LXX.
in several copies,
rot
airoKtiîva.
avru,
"
the
**
5 liberate, see 3TK .
things which are reserved

i.
for
him" (others with
niTC? (from the 19:85; 57 7=
root rut?)
q.
Pime>
pit, Psa.
"lifTS? Tin#, Tit? [Shihor, Sihor'], properly "black," "turbid" (rootl^), hence pr. n. (in Heb.
just as "&'
Symm.); y d;roirat, he "for whom it is reserved " he whose it is." " Messiah, Targ. Onk. Syr. Saad., whose is the kingdom." There is also a variety in the reading (nVt? in several codd. and editt. HPt? in twenty-eight Jewish manuscripts, and in all the Sa;
from
i.
its
Egyptian), of the river Nile, so called muddy and turbid waters (whence Lat.Melo,
is
maritan,
fold
1?*y',
V?E? in
a few codd.);
but
this three-
according to Festus and Serv. ad Georg. iv. Isa. 23:3, "V?? "int? jnj i. 745, iv. 246). " the "W; sowing of Shihor, the harvest of the Nile." In two places (Joshua (Vulg. Nili.) Jtrem. 2: 18.
q. fu'Auc,
;
291
/En.
manner is of but little moment in this passage, as the same variety is found in the pr. n. (No. 2). This only follows from it, that the Hebrew critics and
riVE? took it for a simple word, and copyists writing not as the old interpreters, as a compound. [The
!3 3 * Ch. 13:5), Shihor is placed on the southern borders of Palestine, where the river of Egypt (?H3 OnVP see 7H3) would rather have been expected
:
[but they surely were the same], but in a similar entence, Gen. 15: 18, the Nile is also mentioned.
4
The opinions of theologians on this passage have been collected by Hengstenberg, Christologie d. A. T. i. p. 59, seqq. (2) ("place of rest"), [Shiloh^pr. n. of a town
older copies, however, do read n?t?.j
rO? ?
1'rVt?
Joshua 19:26 [Shihor-libnath],
of the Ephraimites, situated on a mountain to the north of Bethel, where the holy tabernacle was set It is vafor some time, Josh. 18: 1; l Sam. 4:3.
riously written '"O^ Jud. 2 1 : 2 1
;
pr. n. of a river or small stream, which flows into the sea, in the tribe of Asher, according to the opinion
Jer.
7:12;
l,
i^ Jud.
8;
i
21:19; iSa. 1:24; 3:21;

1:3,9;
iii.,85-]
l
n^ Josh. 18:
Sa.
of J. D. Michaelis, the river of glass (compare '"I-P? No. l), i. e. Belus, from the sand of which glass was
first
Ki. 2:27.
[Now
prob. Seilun
,.l^.
Rob.
made by
m.
the Phoenicians. (i)

i.
i.
&.&
28:15
(2)
q. B1B>
a whip, a scourge,
Isa.
7T$ Mic.
No.
2, l
1:8 2TI3,
i.e.
^Wj
which
see.
am.
an oar,
q.
OIB'D Isa. 33:21.
'JW [Shilonite"], Gent, noun.

rfo and '?^.
(2)
l
(l) from nV^ Kings 11:29; 12 :1 5> Neh. 11:5; compare
(i) tranquillity, rest; from the root of the form "liB'i?, 11^3 ; and if a derivative of
Ch. 9:5; for

(perhaps for
*i& from
W.
f,
* verb n? be wanted, H?! from the root n?3. This power of the word seems to be that which it has in
the
flW
PT! "desert"), [Shimon

i.
pr. n. m., 1 Ch. 4:20.
much
discussed passage, Gen. 49: 10, "the sceptre
from Judah fr| nfrB> Xta^SHj;... tranquillity shall come, and the peoples shall obey him (Judah). Then let him bind," i. e. Judah shall not etc. lay down the sceptre of the ruler, until his enemies be subdued, and he shall
shall not depart 01932 nnj3'. until
;
^ an unused
ingere;
root;
q.
Mth.
Hence
Isa.
compare
plur.
IDS?.
or
jT m.
& ?& urine,
36: 12.
$ Chald.
"
to finish, see K>'!.
rule over
many
the kingdom the tribe of Judah. Others
people; an expectation belonging to of the Messiah, who was to spring from
rarely
(l
whom
followed in edit,
l,
in this passage as a concrete, and render it the peaceable one, peace-maker; either understanding the Messiah (compare DV?C> ~lb> Isa. 9:5), or
take
nV"
apoc. TEÎ Judges 5: i ; (not used in the other Phccnicio-Shemitic lam:':

:
Sam. 18:6 S'ro) fut. once "^ Job 33 27, TO SING

; ;
'
but in Sanscr. there Construed 65: 14.
Solomon (compare riuX?

ritans (see Repert.
f.
Ch. 22:9); so the SamaLitt. xvi.
bibl.
und morgenland.
168). The ancient versions take r6e> ( n^) as being compounded of 'S? i. q. "K?X an4 'I? i. q. "fa to him
song, Psa. 7 : l ; celebrated in song, Psa. 21:14; 59:17; 89:2. (b) followed by < it is, to sing in any ones honour, to
Jud. 5: 1 P.". (a) followed by an ace. of the 137:4; also of the person or ihing
is shiir, to sing^,
celebrate in song, Ps. 13:6; 27:6; 33:3; also
DCCCX1X
3 to ting of any one, Isaiah 5:1. (c) followed by 1 3 I?" one, Ps.l38:5 ting concerning any (compare .). (d) followed by ?JJ of the person to whom any one
This seems to be Sesocchis. the 12:5. two and twentieth dynasty of Manethc
.
first
of the
were in song, before whom one sings. bj? -E>J"he sings before men," cries out among men. Pro. 25:20, jn~ 3 ? '^ 2*1^2 IB' "singing songs to a heavy heart," i. e. singing joyful songs to a person afflicted. To sing is also sometimes used for to declaim with a loud voice (compare H3J? No. i ), see the examples above cited, Isa. 5:1; Job 33: 27.
peaks as
it
fut.
JVK, apoc.
nfc/J,
ne,
inf. absol.
ntf
Job 33:27,
D^JX
Isa.
22:7, TO PUT, TO SET, TO PLACE,
i.q. D-1E> Tldt-
vai,
but
less
frequently used.
(Allied roots in
He-
and nn^ which see. It is altogether wanting in the kindred languages, but it is widely extended in the Indo-Germ. languages, both in the sense of placing and of sitting, see the Sanscr. sad, to
brew are
riBC*
sit;
Gr. t(opai,
fut. tcovîai
(root hed); Lat. sedere;
PILE L, -n^ to s trig. D'PaS? nib' "which
a singer,
13:5.
4 Job 36 24, men celebrate." Part. Ch. 9:33; 15:16; Nehem. 12:28, seq.;
Zeph. 2
:
Goth, satjan, to place, to appoint; Anglo-Sax, sattan; Engl. to set; Germ. fecn/ comp. Gr. With the vowel
transposed there has hence, I suppose, arisen the cog nate root std in ora-w, tom^t, sta-re.)
(i) to put, i. q. to set, to place, when applied to persons and things which stand upright (or, at least, sit, Ps. 132: 1 1), or seem rather to stand than to lie
HOPHAL,
"VS? m.
pass. Isa. 26: i.
Hence
ony'vnp
n'nyisrirn.
2 Ch. 29:28, "VBn (l) song, singing. -nenp "the song sang and
the trumpets trumpeted," i. e. the singing began, and the trumpets began to be blown; which is in verse n ~>T ^HU "the of Jehovah i 27,
song
began."
Kimchi gives an incorrect explanation of TB-' in this "VB* ?#? a singer (it would have been better place, as "^ \?A?.3 chorus of singers); and still less tolerable is the conjecture of Winer (Lex., p. 973), who thinks
that " leti mutatione" AVC
down, e.g. to set a watch (watchmen), Psa. 141:3; any one on a throne (XEO?), Ps. 132:11; to place a crown on a head (VK~l? rnB& IVC*), Psal. 21:4; and metaph. Gen. 3:15,"! will put enmity between thee and the woman." Ps. 73 28, "PHP '31K3 VIB? " I have put my trust in the Lord." Specially (a) to arrange, set in order, an army, but always with the
:
omission of the ace.

jWlen, to set inE'
put "HB'P Tl^P (?). Also used of instrumental music. "1^ v3 instruments of music, l Chr. 16:42; 2 Chr. 7:6; 34:12;
may
ty
T3D
fid; ""^D.P. (compare Josh. 8:2, 13) selves (in array), Isa.22:7. Ps. 3:7, " "1^ who have settheircamp around
;
Am.
6:5; Neh. 12:27, DWfJfl? "PPf "with music of cymbals." (2) a son<7, both sacred, Ps. 33:3; 40:4 (and so frequently), and profane, Isa. 23: 16; 24:9; Eccles.
to nrj?).
against me." (b) to constitute, followed prince, by two ace. 1 Ki. 1
45: 17 appoint any one over anything, Gen. 41 :33. (c)i.q. to found, l Sa. 2: 8, "and has placed upon them (the
;
an
ace.
and
? Ps.
appoint any one 34 followed by followed by /V of thing, to

1
: ;
7:5; Eze. 33:32; especially joyful, Am. 8: 10 (opp. Dnl?n TB> Cant. 1 l Vulg. canticum cani. e. most excellent ticorum, song, comp. the phrases, 2"7J! '12 (most beautiful ornament) Eze. 16:7; O5? DVDBM (the highest heaven) iKi. 8:27; which, as title of a book (hardly proceeding from the author himself [?]) contains a commendation similar to f&
: ;
columns of the earth) the world."
(d)
DÎD JTP
to
set snares, lay snares (<3d)Ungcn/ prcnfct aufjkllen), i. e. to plot, Ps. 140:6. (e) to set or appoint a bound,
Ex. 23:31
Ellipt.
nVrr
Ps.
45:1.
i.
used of a limit of time (pH), Job 14: 13 and impers. Job 38:11, T.^ pKJ3 JVE rib " here shall one put (i. e. shall be put, sc. a bound) to the pride of thy waves." (/) followed by an ace. of pers. and 3 of place, to put or set any one in any
;
iTV?
8:
i
;
rhythm),
19, seqq.; Ps. Isa. 23: 15; also used of a parable (written in Isa. 5:1. Plur. rrtTB> Am. 8 : 3.
q.
:
*VE>
a song, Deut. 31
place (wotfn wrfefcen). " thou hast
Psal. 88:7, flOfl ibf placed (cast) me into the lowest pit." Once, followed by ? of pers. and 3 of place, Psa. 73. " thou hast set them in 18, '107 n^ri mpjpna slippery
^W
Syr. LJ_>-A white marble, l Chron. 29:2, from the root C'-IEJ' to be white; compare B>B> No. l.
$\&
places;"
will
compare
in safety
to
Psal. 12:6,
(id)
[TBJ
J?E?
H^N
"I
&
put make secure)

3
'3 JVB*
wfee
in @td)erl)eir) (i. e. I will
the oppressed."
in
A
who
little
different is
[Shisha],
see
nnb.
put any one

to that
reckon him
,
number.
those
any number, i.e. to 2 Sam. 19: 2y, " thou
pr.n. of a king of Egypt in the time of Jeroboam, i Ki. 11 140; 14:25; 2 Chron.
hast
put me amongst
Jer. 3:19, 9*?^?
and
W^TU
"how
eat at thy table;" (i.e. in what
DCCCXX
honour^ shall
(g) followed
I
set thee amongst

?J?
my
children!"
30:40.
to
by (h) DV
to
collect, put together, Gen. '9 JVC* to set any one with another,
to
one), Isa.
compare,
make
equal, Job 30:
l.
ice. and ? (to make any one like anj 16:3; Hos. 2:5; Ps. ai:io; 83:12, 14. More rarely absol. to make, to d", i. q. n'c/y, as JVB* nin'X to do or perform miracles, Ex. 10:1 Hence
followed
by an
(a) to put any person or thing, so that it may lie down or recline, Germ. legen. Ps.8:7, firm fine/ 73 " thou hast V?}"] put all things under his feet,"thou
(5) followed
by adat. ["
to
make, or prepare
any one,
hast subjected them to him; Ruth 4: 16, "and Naomi took the child, n^n:? injVC'j-n and placed it in her
6:11, a harvest of (evils)
q."] to give, Gen. 4:25; impers. HosrH vy? r,c* rrprp D: also for thee, Judah,
i.
bosom;"
Winer,
Ps.
84:4,
"a
nest
where (the sparrow)
may
HOPHAL, pass, 21:30.
prepared." followed by ?# to be laid upon, Ex.
is
lay her young" (where

p.
it is hardly allowable with 962, to explain JVC' of birth). Specially
Derivatives, nC/? JVC', pr. n. HB*.
1* JVC* to (a) ?V place one's hand on any one, Gen. 48:17; which is done in protecting, Ps. 139:5; or
n't? m. with
Isaiah 5:6;
that JVC/
like
is
suff.
foVB*a thorn,
coll.
thorns.
an arbiter who lays his hand on the disputants, Job 9:33; the eyes of the dead (in filial piety towards parents), Gen. 46:4. On the other hand, JVC* 0]? 1* to put the hand with any one i. e. to join with any one in doing any thing,. Ex. 23: l. Ellipt. Job
as
7:23-25; 9:17; 10:17; 27:4. The etymology is doubtful. To me it seems probable

for
J"13C*
the Medial
Nun
JV? for n^?,
tic for Ivq, ilg for iyg,
being softened, from the root
take from me," sc. the by ? to put in any place, Job " who hath 38:36; put wisdom in thy reins?" Psa. " how 13:3; long shall I put cares (shall I leave them as put) in my heart?" Pro. 26:24; JVC^ Ul?? ncnp " he puts (holds, cherishes) fraud in his breast.
S c.
10:20; *3SD JVC*
"
T?,r
hand.
(b) followed
\y&, whence JC* fern. J"I3C*, compare J"^ from T?'*, J">DT from |?n. Others understand a thorn-hedge, as being so called from being set round gardens and vineyards (from JVC>); but this word does not denote a hedge made of thorns, but thorns growing spontaneously in fields and ruins.
r^fc? m. attire, dress, Prov. 7: 1O; Psalm 73:6 Compare the root No. 2, c.
(c) *"?? IvJJ JVC/ to
put on ornaments (ben gdjmucf

see
fut. 33?*, inf. 3?f with suff a ??? Genesw and (from 3b?*), Deu. 6:7; imp. 3??*t 19: 33, with n parag. ^pc* TO LIE, TO LIE DOWN. (Syr. Ch., and Êth. ^Tlfi* ^-> ^ ut Arab. _^L: to pom
-
Compare the noun JVC/. (<f) an of ace. thing, and ?y of pers. to lay by something on any one, either something to be endured, Isa. 15:9 (followed by 7 of pers. Ps. 9:21); ar to be performed, Ex. 21 :22; also to attribute, to JVC* impute blame to anyone, Num. 12:11. (e) ITI to before one's for which self, ?? put any thing one cares or takes heed, Ps. 90:8; 101:3. Someanlegen), Ex. 33:4.
followed
^C
out,
which
stock
is
mary
is
done by inclining a vessel. The pri33, f]3, which has the power of benc
limes from the nature of the case

out
(;is
it is (f) to pour corn into the bosom of a garment), Ruth 3: 15; to cast forth, Job 22:24; 1>*3 ISV ?V JVC* "cast upon the ground the brass" (brazen treasures).
ing, inclining oneself,

Kuirrw, cubo, cumbo.
biliteral stock to
compare under ^SS, Gr.
Lat.
As
to
a sibilant prefixed to
form
triliterals, see
p.DCCLXXxm,A.)
(3) to put,
tion, as
i.
q. to
direct,
to
turn, in any direc-
(a)
?K D^S
24:1.
JVC* to turn one's face in

(b)
any
" would that ye lay amongst the stalls" Isa. 50:11, "ye shall lie (shepherds to take rest). down in sorrow." i Ki. 3:19, " (the woman) had
Ps. 68: 14,
direction,
Num.
D^y
to
19 followed
by a
gerund, to
one's eyes attempt any thing, Ps. 17:11. the mind or heart to regard,
1
1
;
turn
do any thing, to 3? JVC* to turn (c)
lain upon it" (the child), and had smothewl it; lay one's self down (fid) legen), Ezekiel4:6, eite. "lie on thy right side," lege btct) auf tie re*te
also to
i Sam. 4:20; Psa. 62: 24:32 followed by ? to any thing, to regard any thing, Job 7:17; Pro. 27:23; ? Ex. 7:23; Sam. 13:20; Ps. 48:14; Pro. 22:17; Jer.3l:2l.
Specially used
to
(a) of those
who
are going to sleep,
Pro.
the sense of constituting (No. i, 6) arises to make, or render any thing so or so (in r einen 3u a| wrfe|cn=n>oju madxn), followed by two ace. (4)
Ij;a.5-*;
1
From
10:
22:6; Ps. 21:7; 84:7; 88:9; followed by an ace. and / Jer. 2:15; 13: 16;
26:1;
Jer.
lay oneself down to sleep, Gen. 19:4; 28:11; iSa. 3:5,6,9; Ps. 3:6; 4:9; iKi. 19:5; Job7:4; Prov. 3:24; and as being asleep, l Sa. 3:2; a Sfc ll:Q; iSa. 26:7; 1 Ki. 21:27; also as tiik ing rest, Ps. 68:14; hence to rest, Ecc.2:23, "evenat night " his heart doth not rest." Job 30 1 7, my gnawing of those who are used no rest." take (b) (pains)
:
sick, a
Sam. 13:6;
Ki. 9: 16.
(c) of
:*cunxw,
DCCCXXI
9 Sa. 12:16.
oneself down), very
(d) of those who are dying (to lay often in speaking of the death
Jer.
of kings in the phrase,
Vni3$
oy
33^J1
Ki. 2:10;
11:43; 14:20,31; 15:8,24; 16:6,28; andofthe " since thou wast laid dead, Isaiah 14:8, FpDK' ^9
(l) bereaved, whether of children or of young, used of a she-bear a Sam 17:8; Hos. 13:8. (2) devoid of young, Cant. 4:2; 6:6. 3*<
:
m.
,
8 2
down,"
hast died [wast destroyed]. Isaiah 14:18; 43:17; Job 3: 13; 20: ll; 21:26. "13.5 '3?'^ those who lie in the grave, Ps. 88 6. (e) used of those who lie with a woman, followed by DW Gen. 26:10; 30 1 5, 16; 34:2539:7, 12; Ex. 22:15; Deu. 22:23, seq.; l Sa. 2:22; with 2 Sa. 12:11; and HK Gen. 35:22
:
")13^, 132^ 36;

i
rn.
Ki. 16:9; 20: 16.
drunk, intoxicated, 1 Sa. 25Fem. nnb;* i Sa. 1:13.
suff. 'n'K, rin'K
Gen. 34:2 Lev. 15:18, 24 (once used of a woman, Gen. 19: 32); also with an ace. Deu. 28:30,
;
and (I sa .49 :1 4; Pro. 2: 17), fut. H35^ T0 FOKGET (perhaps cognate to the verb '"'??'), Gen. 27:45; followed by an ace. Gen. 40:23; Psa. 9:13; followed by IP with an inf. Ps. 102:5; to leave something from forgetful ness, Deu. 24:19. Men are
often said to
forget God, Deut. 6: 12; 32:18; Jud. 3:7; or the law of God, Hos. 4:6; and, on the other
is
;
'%$\ Hence ravished to be lain ivith, NIPHAL, (used of a woman), Isa. 13:16; Zee. 14:2; and
in
np (where in
the text there
is
hand, God Ps. 10: 12

of
it),
Isa.
PUAL, id. Jer. 3:2 np. HIPHIL (1) to make any one lie down, to prostrate, 2 Sam. 8:2; to lay down, l Ki. 17: 19; to cause to rest, Hos. 2:2O.
(2) to pour out a vessel
out, see
(i. q.
said to forget (not to care for) any one, 49: 14; his mercy (to be unmindful
41:30; Ps. 31:13, Job 28:4, 3J3 '3D Dn3^3 "forgotten of the foot,"
NIPHAL,
i.e.
iy-jT
Ps. 77:10. to be forgotten, Gen.
Arab.
_,^
to
pour
to
above as to
this
meaning), Job 38:37.
void of aid of the feet. Pregn. Deut. 31:21, "SO rp'fn b6(thia song) shall not be forgotten (nor cease) out of the mouth of their seed-"
PIEL,
HOPHAL 23^n,
lie,
part. 33ipD to be
prostrated,
2Ki. 4:32; Eze. 32:19, 32.
Lam. 2:6, and HIPHIL, Jer. 23: 27, to

i.
cause
to forget.
:
Derivatives, rn32>,
HITHPAEL,
q.
Niphal, Ecc. 8 10.
Hence
Isa.
effusion, pouring out (see the root No. 2, Hiphil compare etym. observ. under Kal) (b) seminis in concu(a) of dew, Ex. 16:13, 14.
f.
m. forgetting, forgetful,
const. 'n.3tp
65:11.
PI.
p s .9:i8.
to
bitu,
Lev. 15:16, 17, 18, 32;
19:20; 22:4;
Num.
Ch.
find.
to be found,
ITHPEAL, npPltpn
J"l
3 Jy
f.
i.
q.
the preceding, letter b

lie
whence
ID-!
APHEL, nspn (i) (2) to acquire, obtain, Ezr. 7:16.
to find,
Dan. 2 35 Ezr. 6:2. Dan. 8:25; 6:6,12.

: ;
nK'N3 in33>VlX to
20: 15; 18:20.
Num.
5':
with a woman, Lev. 18:23; 20; also JH$ WIM'f-n$ 103 Lev.
n. in.
i"V3^ (perhaps" wandering"), [_Shachia~\, pr. i Ch. 8 10 [ "^?1 !p is the reading of some copies].
:
!
a doubtful root, according to Jo. Simonis the same as n3E>, Êth.^^P; TO WANDER. Hence " like well-fed HIPHIL, part. Jer. 5:8, (libidinous) VH Pro. horses D'S^l? wander" (compare Jer. 2 23; it is But No. and better, H3*^ perhaps l). 7:11,
:
(kindred to the root nns) inf. TO INCLINE ONESELF, TO STOOP (as one
snares), Jer. 5:26.
W
who
be
(l)
S6t
(2)
to
subside as
Avater,
Gen. 8:1
to
ap-
peased
as anger, Esth. 2: l ; J: 10. HIPHIL, to still (a, sedition), Nu. 17:20.

fut.
with the Hebrew interpreters, to take D'3!?7? in this passage as part. Hiphil of the verb D??', put in the > O 3K'lp; in this sense " they singular adverbially for are like horses fed (inflamed with lust) in the morn-
?3^
TO BE
BEREAVED
Aram.
of children,
to
<l
be
childless (Arab.
j,
^31?,
ôi.),
fol-
ing''
(compare
Isa.
5: ll).
i"l}3E>.
Derivative, pr. n.
D3 lowed by an ace. Gen. 27:45, why should I be b e r e a v e d of"both of them ?" Gtn. and I, if I be be43: 14, ^3?' '^3^ 1^X3
'
/O^
isn.
(a') the
(root 73E?)in.
9.
(l) bereavement, metaph.

all, Ps.
reaved,
person
I shall
be bereaved," the expression of a

bears what appears
inevitable
47:8,
who calmly
condition of a person left by
35:**
1 Sam. 15:33. (compare Esth. 4:16). ' bereaved of children, Isa. 49:21.
Part, pass
DCCCXXIl
(i) to bereave, Gen. 42:36; i Sam. 5 33 (a) used of mid beasts devouring children, lx;v. 26:22, " I will send among you wild beasts
PIEL
:
73^
that shall
bereave you." Eze.5:i7; 14:15; comHos. 9: 12; pare (b) of a sword as consuming the without (in youths, Deut. 32 25, a^rr^l^ finp battle) the sword bereaves" (i.e. consumes the
:
is here, although it is written without. be taken with the printed Masorah as a suffix, compar" Num. 15:28; and there is no need to lay down a new feminine form nCQK> DO?'. word like to a nrai be (TUs appears primitive, nouns implying members of the body, and the v-r~j is
joined.
Mappik,
to
'
D'3t?n
14. youths), Lam. l: -20; Jer. 15:7; Eze. 36:12 (2) to cause abortion (in women, flocks, etc.),
(a) the
laid,
It is appears to be derived hence). member on which a load to be borue

:
)i
Job 3 1 36.
used of an unhealthy
soil,
make abortion,
as a
i.e. to
2X1.2:19, intrans. to suffer it (Plin. Ep. 8, 10),
be
woman, Ex. 23:26; a sheep or she-goat, Gen. 31:38; hence to be sterile, as a vine, Mai. 3:11.
Part,
t
" I will to bear. Also, Isa. 22:22, lay the key of the house of David upon his shoulder," i. e. I will give it to him to bear; compare the phrase *T ?y,
upon
9:5," the government shall his shoulders," laid on him as a load for
Isaiah
him
rb3S?p siibst. abortion, 2 Ki. 2:21. HIPHIL (i) like Piel, No. l, b to kill youths, Jer. 50:9 (where ^3^0 should be read, not ^3^0).
(2) to miscarry, Hos. 9: 14.
under the word T.

""?? with one
Zeph. 3:9, "to serve
God
03^*
back," i.e. with one mind, ufjodvfjLaSdr, a metaphor taken from those that bear either a burden
or a yoke; compare Syr. ^2sJ^_3 ,-A/, jointly. (b) the member on which blows are inflicted.
Isa.
See Piel No.

Isa.
2.
Cy~i^ m.
see
pi.
bereavement,
49:20.
f
(i)
to
not used in Kal.

Hii'HiL,
the rod (which threatened) his 9 3, iD3^ flBO shoulder." Used also (c) in the phrase, C??? ^^n to turn the back, used of one going away, l Sam. 10:9 (comp. ^V ""133
:
"
D'3pn
rise early in the morning,
either with addition of ">23? Genesis 19:27;
2O:8;
Josh. 7:12; Jer. 48 passage, Psa. 21:13,
D? ^
1^3
39)
hence
is
illustrated the
8:l8; 32:1; or without it, Gen. 19:2; Ex. 32:6; Josh. 8: 14. (Pr. perhaps to put a load on camels
pones eos dorsum"
backs (compare
6>)ffti
i.
e.
" quoniam A thou causest them to turn their
'^D^D
*?
Vulg.
Psalm 18:41).
LXX.
or
and other beasts, which nomadic tribes do very early in the morning, denom. from D 32>, JEth. fttVÎ to put a load on the shoulders, Matt. 23:4; comp. Ch. K7F KaraXvu.) Followed by ? to get up early to any place, Cant. 7:13.
verb
it is
aiiTOvg VMTOV.
(2) metaph. a tract of

i
land
o-
(pr. elevated, as
if
a back), like the Arab.

of land, Gen. 48:22.
_Jo~
a shoulder and a
tract
When
for the
adv. early.
joined with another Hos. 6:4, D'3^? />t?
" the l?n
dew disappearing early." Hos. 13:3. Hence inf. absol. D3^n adv. early. Prov. 27:14. (2) figuratively, to do earnestly, or urgently.
i
(a) of a city in Mount Mounts Ebal and Gerizii Ephraim, where afterwards stood Flavia Neapolis, whence it is
(3)
[Shechem],
pr. n.
situated between
now
Jer. 7: 13,
-12.11
D3B>n D3j?J? T3.Tg

'
have spoken
to
D2fn TVTyri -|J>n 3 you earnestly." Jer. 11 17, " for I have most ly. earnestly testified;" 7:25; 5:3; 26:5; 32:33; 35:14,15; 44 4; aChron.
=
Nublus, Gen. 12:6; 33:18; 34:) 21:2O,2l; Psalm 60:8; 1 Ki. 12 :2/ LXX. 2vx/* (compare Acts 7: 16). Vulg. Sicht
called
^^LU
Josh. 20:7;
With n parag. '""??^ to Sichem, Hos. 6:9. See 10. landi Palaestina, page 1004 (b) a Canaanit
Gen. 33 -.19; 34:2, seqq.
36:15; Zeph.3:7, DrvM>
wnpri 1\3f?n "they

Once
inf.
earnestly acted wickedly."

ee under
in
the
D3E?
Gilead,
Ch. form D3P>K for D3.PJ1 Jer. 25:3.
For
Jer. 5: 8,
back"), [Shechem],
pr. n. of
a son
7:19.
Josh. 17:2. (a) m. l Chr. 'Patron, of No. 1, is *1?3& Num. loc. cit.
i.
Num. 26:31;
in pause
(i) THE remarked by Jo. Simonis)
Psa. 21:13; with suffix SHOULDER, or rather (as well

the
D?
rttppK> according to some but see above B?.

fbt.
.
q 03^ Job 31:22;
hinder part of
both
thoulder-blades, or the upper part of the back next below the neck ; a word, therefore, only used in the
Binjrular, differing
DOWN,
cloud,
to
settle
down,
e. g.
(l) TO LET ONESELF the pillar of fire and
from
^103.
7\&r\
nopirp
let
my
i.
shoulder
See Job 31 :22, '?rip fall from its

it
Num. 9:17, 22; 10:12; Ex. 24:16.
boulder-blade,"
e from the back to which
take rest, used (A (a) to lie down, especially to CDnation of a Deut. the lion, 33:20; lying in tents,
Dcccxxm
camped,
Num. 24:2,
day, followed by ?JJ Job 3:5. ?P 5:17; Prov. 7:11, 07fl
of clouds overshadowing any Hence to rest, Jud.
su^Deut. 12:5.
^3
a dwelling
once found,
&6
ari33her
feet
rest not in her house."
"intimate with Jehovah," as

ing with him;
if
dwell-
abide (Arab. ,X-j id.), followed dwell, (3) by ? of place, Gen. 9:27; 14:13; 26:2; Jud. 8:11; followed by an ace. of place, Isa. 33: 16; Ps. 68:7.
to
to
compare the root No.

n. in.,
l
3, fin.),
[/t-
chaniali], pr.
Of frequent occurrence is
in,
the phrase
t'TJ?
!?^
to
dwell
(3) Neh. 6: 18. Ezr. 8:5. (7) Neh. 12:3; see

(id.)
Ch. 3:21. (2) Neh. 3:29. (4) Ezr. io:a. (5) Ezr. 8:3. (6)
'"PjQlp.
or inhabit the land, to possess it quietly, Prov. 2:21510:30; Ps. 37:29; and without ~$ Ps. 102:
\_Shechaniah],
pr. n. m., 2 Chron.
TJJ
29 (compare a similar ellipsis, Isa. 57:15, "God, }5K> who inhabits (the heavens) for ever"); 2 Sam. 7 1O, VFinn -|3Bh a nd (the people) shall in:
I.
"Otfut. 1?^; Arab.^

(i. q.
TO
DRINK
habit in their own place;" Deut. 33:16, "SO 'J3t}> " the dweller in the bush," i.e. Jehovah, compare Ex. 3:2. With a dative pleon. Ps. 120:6, HP njpt? " to dwell for oneself." Part. pass. I'l^ nct.d wellOnce metaph. ing, like the French loge, Jud. 8: 1 1. to dwell in any thing is used for to be familiar
with
8:12,
it
Hagg. 1:6; to drink to h ilarity, Cant. 5:1; Gen. 43 34. It is very often
HV1),
:
TO THE FULL
(2) to
(see |?D
I,
and Arab.
X~- to be familiar), Pro.
Gen. 9:21; followed by an ace. of the drink, Isaiah 29:9; 49:26; followed by IP Isa. 51:21. Metaph. in the prophets the wicked are said to be drunken, since they rush, by a kind of madness, upon their own destruction,
make oneself drunken,
"
wisdom, 'FU?B> nnj> dwell in prudence,"
am
altogether acquainted with her. (4) pass, to be inhabited, as a place, i.q. 2B>J
4, Jer.
No.
of a tent
50:39; 33:16; 46:26; Isa. 13:20; used which is pitched, Josh. 22:19.
PIEL, to cause to dwell, Jer. 7:7; Num. 14:30. Jehovah is sometimes said iOip ]"$? i. e. to fix his abode any where [cause his name to dwell], Deu. 12: ll 514:23; 16:6,11; 26:2, i. q. top D-l't? under Hence maybe explained Ps. 78:60, D-lb> No. i,/. Dn3 |3E> !?n'K the tent (in which) he caused (his
to dwell amongst men," unless it be pre"the tent which he placed amongst men," Also from this 22:19. compare Joshua 1 8 l " phrase is taken the Talmudic i"i^3? presence of
20:9; 51:21; Lam. 4:21; Nah.3:ii. Compare Part. pass. !TVD^ drunken, Isa. 51 21. D13, npjnri. PIEL, to make drunken, 2 Sam. 11:13; metaph. (see Kal), Jer. 51:7; Isa. 63 6. HIPHIL, id., to make drunken (a) arrows with blood, Deut. 32:42. (b) nations (see Kal and Piel),
Isa.
: :
Jer.
51:57. HITHPAEL,
to
Derivatives,
II.
act as one drunk, TSgHha?', 112^.

to
Sam. 1:14.
"1^^ (kindred
1?^)
to hire, to reward, see
name)
ferred
God."
V- m strong drink, intoxicating liquor, whether wine, Nu. 28:7, or intoxicating drink like wine, made from barley (Herod, ii. 77 Diod. i. 2O, 34), or distilled from honey or dates (see Hieron.
-
s--
cause anyone to dwell, Gen. 3:24; Job 11:14; to place a tent, Josh. 18: i (compare Hb? let him Kal, Josh. 22 19); Ps. 7:6, |3B>\ lpj make me (my honour) to dwell in the dust," prosHIPHIL, to
:
Opp.
ed.
Martianay,
t.
iv. p.
384).
Arab.
It is
<Lj
wine
made from dry grapes
or dates.
often dis-
trate
me
on the dust.
tinguished from wine, Levit. 10:9; Num. 6:3; Jud. 13:4,7; in poetry there is often in one member I??',
in the other
Derivatives,
hald.
#W$yf,
id.,
J3fD.
Dan. 4:18.
to
Isa.5:li; 24:9; 28:7; 29:9; 56: Isa. 5:22, wine 31 :6; Mic. 2: 1 1. mingled with spices appears to be intended, i. q. ^199.
!J!
12
Prov. 20
PAEL
i?B> to
cause
dwell,Ezr. 6:12.
10:5;
fern,
constr. t?t? Hos.
with
suff.
3^ m.
drunkenness, Eze. 23:33; 39: 19

n. ol
:
Ex. 3:22; plur. ntolp Ruth 4:17.

bitant, Isa. 33:24; Hos.
(2)
loc. cit.
(l) an inha-
5^ ("drunkenness"), [Shicron], pr. a town on the northern border of Judah, Josh. 15

/&
rbw No.
II.
1 1.
one dwelling near; used of nations, Psalm 44:14; 79:12; Jerem. 49:18; a neighbour, Prov.
87:10.
Fern, see above.
m. error, fault, 2 Sam. 6:7; from the root
DCCCXXIV
*$& a
particle of the later
&?, i. q. ~*?X.
Hebrew, blended from
cainpi ossibus albent), like
tbe prefix
5?-rtW
the Rabbinic, and
is
under TPg
and ^. It is very frequent in prefixed to a genitive (compare A, No. 3); in the O. T. it only
Others take
snow
Moun. Zalmon.* " it ?hines as in darkness ;"Schnurrer," it will be refreshed

.m
it
snow "
differently, as
Kimchi,
to
in the shade,"
refresh).
I.
compare ^Jj IV.
make joyful
(prop,
occurs with prefix.

(1) te? on account of, i. q. ? "^5? (p. xc, A), Jon. 1:7, 'Pf*?? "on account of whom," for which "on Verse 12, there is, versV 8, 'P^> account of me." To this answers the Aram. /*"!?
n^T
V7^.
and
I/*K TO BE SAFE, SECUBE,
es-
T^-
^9
pecially used of one who securely enjoys prosperity, Job 3: 26; 12:6; Ps. 122:6. Pret. *W? Job loc
(omni) eo quad, in whatsoever. " in whatEcc. 8: 17 j >*' *&! ?b#: TK^ 7P? much soever he how labours soever a man (i.e. find." It answers to the not does he labours) yet
pr.
i
com pound of ?, (2) ~&$ ?B>?
* <!
I
= "'^ and
Dnn
?.
which is however propparticle > ^_rs, To give my own Urea quod, quia, because that. be hardly sound, and opinion, the context seems to perhaps we should read ~>^ 73?, which excellently
Aramaean
(Arab. 1... to be tranquil and secure Kindred roots are npp and vfe', and branches from the same stock are found in the IndoGermanic languages, both in the sense of quiet and silence, and in that of welfare, as ff\('i\i), quiet, ease, Lat. 5i7co=n?D, and salv-us, salu-s.)
cit., fut.
in
mine
Derivatives,
II.
w&,
i.
V?E>, 1pB> f
WE>.
to sin
ll/U/
id.
q.
Ch.TO WANDEB,
:
from
ig-
suits the sense.
norance or inadvertence.
NIPHAL,
HIPHIL,
2 Ch. 29 1 1. lead astray, to deceive, 2 Ki. 4:28. Derivatives, 7>, *?B\ and '7B>.
to
Job 21 :23, compounded of two synonyms, n?E> and 1?$?, or else formed wholly from the latter, by insertion of the letter 7, compare T to be hot. and
p^?^ m. adj. tranquil,
III.
/\ff
i.
q.
EfF,
7_C'3
TO
DRAW
OUT.
not used in KAL.
Arab. t-^-J
many
q.
derive
fut.
apoc. 7E^ (for
'"y?7)>
Hence Job 27:8,

his soul,"
iT?3
sc.
TON
??7. *3
" when
God draws out

;
to break (a vessel, a sword), so sis to make notches (djarten) on the edge and margin; Chald. 3??' Pael,
to join together, to connect
whence
P????',
P^Yf
from joining steps or rounds of a ladder, so called

to
In Hebrew this verb appears (bie <3palen). have meant, TO JOIN PLANKS BY TENONS 'inetn* anbergapfen), from tenons resembling teeth or notches
together
from his body, as if from the sheath of his soul (comp. ^3*13). So Chald. and Syr. and this opinion may be acceded to. We should not, however, reject Schnurrer's conjecture, who supposes 72^ to be contracted for 7XC?* he asks,
**<, -
compare Arab. ^Jî
for
(compare architect, term, SSergafynung). " PUAL, part. Ex. 26: 17, two tenons (jiapfen) (there hall be) to each board nnin^pK ri^K joined to one another" (perhaps by transverse pieces of wood under the sockets). But LXX. airtTr/Trroirac irtpov rif irfpu, opposite one to another. Hence
if this were adopted, -JUajj although,
we should ap-
nh^
parently read 7^. Derivative, n '?^.
Ch.
to be
safe, secure, Dan. 4:1.
m. plur. pr. joinings, joints at the cor(of a pedestal); hence ledges or borders, covering joints, iKi. 7:28, 29. ners
H?^ H/^
Ch. error, Dan. 3: 29

(i.
aro,
i.
q.
^, n^.
1
q.
n^K^
prayer," compare
Sa.
17),
[Shelaft], pr. n. of a son of Judah, Gen. 38:5; 46: Patron. '?/'??' Num. 26: 20. 12.
pr. n. of
i.
m
:
SNOW, Job 24:

i
19; Ps. 147:16. (Arab.

is
a town, see
nW No.
root
2.
^Jj, Arain. Nf?n.)

HIPHIL 3v?'n
to be
Hence
a denom. in
to
flame, from the

:
2n
whence
the
white like snow,
be of a
snowy colour (compare, as to the use of the Conj.

68:15,
Hiphil, in denoting colours, under 0"!N, I3<), Ps. "when the Almighty scattered kings in it
{the earth), fa>V? 3^ri it was snowy" (with the bodies of the slain, compare Ja. v. 865; xii. 36,
Chald. and Syriac Shaphel 3n?E>. Job 15:30; Ezek 21:3; Cant. 8 6, aj'njnpB' (i n other copies conjointly without iTri3n^>B' > and without Mappik n^^n^C',
change of sense) "the flame of Jehovah,"

ning.
i.e. h'ght-
V once V7^ Job
91 :2 3 and
,
V^f Jer.
49:3*
DCCCXXV
m. nj3,
f.
pi. tonsti
W
l
(l) safe, secure,

tranquilly, securely,
n No. I). (from the root Ch. 4:40; especially living

1
went
fares,
Job
Ps.
73
2.
Neutr.
on"), also 'B DPtpTl!* n$O to see how any onf Gen. 37 14; '13} JJT Esth. 2 1 1 '131. 1J33 i Sa. 17:18; Ellipt. 2 Kin. 10:13; "we go down (to see)
:
:
security, Job 20:20. (a) in a bad sense, secure, at ease, careless,
after the
welfare
and
of the children of the king,"

i
i.
to salute
1
visit the king's children.

ife
compare
\M&
-
No.
2,
Eze. 23:42.
(c)
Di
?^ ^,
Sam. 1:17;
20:42;
and
tranquillity, security, Ps. 30:7.
see
? 2 Sa. 15:9, is a phrase addressed to one who goes away, Gr. inraye etc ilpiirrjv, Mark 5: 34; and Luc. 7:50; on the other hand iropevov il^vr^v,
ejc
PI.
id. Prov. 17:1; Ps. 122:7; Eze. 16:49. f. 'TPV?'? whilst thou wast living securely, Jerein. nT in (the midst of) security, Dan. 8: 82:21.
W?
85; 11:21 (compare Job 15:21),

J^.j
^.iD.
:
i.e.
unexpectedly,
suddenly, like the Chald. and Syriac

(2) in
n^?,
r$B> jp
D'W, tvelfare to thee, to you, Jud. 6:23; 19:20; Dan. 10:19; Gen. 43:23; is used to encourage one who is fearful, and to assure him of peace, in this sense, There is nothing for thee (for you) to fear, thou art (ye are) in safety; on this account there is added three times K"VPi ^X, -IfcO^Fl 7K .[ compare 1 Sam. 20:21; 1? BV?K> 'S "for there is
(d) D27,
f : '
Compare Dan. 1 1 24. a bad sense, carelessness, impiety, Pro.

Chald. security, Dan. 4:24.
safety to thee," verse 7, compare 2 Sam. 18:28; where one who brings joyful news cries out,
*
1:32.
iTY
SeeV??>.
f.
compare
es-saldm
Chron. 12: 18. (In Arabic
pi. dismission, sending away divorce, Ex. l8:2; hence a bill of divorce, metaph. Mic. l :14(b) of a daughter,
.
(a) of a wife,
'aleika, and in Syriac ô ov>x f xnV^ are with which those who approach or pat,s by phrases are accustomed to salute, but that phrase never oc-
marriage present, Jud. 12:9.

dotatio,
Ki. 9: 16.
Compare
curs in the Old Test, in that sense.) (2) peace (since in time of peace affairs are safe
m. (from the root DB>)
(A)
adj. ivhole,
entire, i. e. (1) of body, healthy, sound, Gen.43: 27; DWn. "is your father in health?" i Sam. 25:6; D?* 2 Sam. 17:3; 20:9; Job 5: 24; Ps. 38:4; D^B> ftf
1
and sound) opp. to war, Lev. 26:6; i Ki. 8:5; Jud. 4:17; ? D'vE^? fcOj? to invite any one to peace, i. e. to offer peace, Deu. 2O:lO; Jud. 21:13; J"IN H3J; to accept the offered peace, Deu. 20 1 1 ? Ei7K> nbj?
DW
to
DWf ^N
make peace with any

:
one, Jos.
9:15;
=
Isa.
27:5:
a peaceful man, Psalm 37 37; tK^f
*n'DVJ?3
"there
is
:
nothing entire
(i.e.
sound) inmy
bones," Isa.
(2) in
26
3.
number, in full number, Jer. 13: 19. (3) secure, tranquil, Job 21:9. PI. those who seek peace, Ps. 69:23. Hence (4) a friend, Ps. 55:21. wholeness, safety, soundness, (l) (B) subst. "
S
~*
words of peace, Deu. 2 26. (3) concord, friendship, Vpi7K> BK my friend, Ps. 41:10; Jer. 20:10; 38:22; Obad. 7, DV?B> those who speak friendly Ps. 28:3; comp. Esth. 9 30.
:
n^
[Shallum]
see
D.
D^)
[Shalluvi\
D1?^
retribution, see BPEJ'.
health (Arab. AJ), Deuter. 29:18;

?|fcp
Sam. 16:4;
px^
pr. n.
" dost thou come in peace?" (the answer Ki. is D&B>) 2:13; 2Ki.5:2l; 9:11,17,22. The following phrases are particularly to be noticed tibv 2 Sa. 18:29) (a) *? D^B>q (once without pi: ^
i
DWn
(perhaps a corruption for m. Neh. 3: 15.

three, see
Wbtf
Ezr. 4:22
B^f.
f.
n^l?^ or
;
*h&
Chald.
error,
/a/<, Dan. b:6;

II.
from the root

r6t?,
"
H^
No.
he well?" a phrase particularly used in asking The answer for the absent, Gen. 29:6; 2X1.4:26. Hence is Dipt?, Gen. loc. cit. compare 43:28.
is
1
/Iff" fut.
inf. absol.
D^, const. nV>

:
(b)
D17C? ? 'D?
?KW
to
ask any one concerning
\ealth and welfare, i. e. to salute anyone (see under the word *?$& No. 3, b, compare 2 Sam. 11:7; Ê^l rronbran tfb&b nn " and David asked how the war
fyt? Isaiah 58:9. (l) TO SEND (LXX. a Const. (a) absol. Genesis 38 tâTrooTiXAw). ace. of pers. Genesis 43 8 (i) followed by an
:
7.
:
,
45 5
Isa.
6:8 (with a
dat. pleon.
^ IW send, Nu.
13:2)^
once in the later Hebrew followed by ? of pers. 2 Ch.
DCCCXXVI
of the person to whom 7:7. (c) followed by ??? one sends, (Jen. 37:13; Exodus 3:10; 7:16; rarely tike the Ch. ^?Neh. 6:3; Jer. 29:31; also followed
7$ 1' n/|^ to lay hands upon any one, Gen. 22:12'. Ex. 24: 1 1. Sometimes "V is omitted. Psa. 18:17, D'nSO rbw to stretch (the hand) on
from
i.e.
high,
by ? with an inf. to send (any one) to do any thing, Nu. 14:36; Isa. 61 l. (d) followed by an ace. of thing and ?*? of pers. to send any thing to any one,
:
followed
by /X
2 Sa.
6:6; followed by ? Obad. 13.

slender (of
Part. pass. D-IPt?
stretched out,
;
as
letters, Jer.
29:25; Esth. 9:20, 30; followed by
? of pers. Gen. 45:23. (e) The accus. of the person sent is often omitted, Gen. 31:4," he sent and called
a hind), Gen. 49:21 compare Piel No. 4. NIPHAL, to be sent, inf. absol. n'l?^ Est. 3: 13. PIEL n?B> (i) i.q. Kal No. i, to send, to depute,
he sent (some one) who brought Rachel. Gen. 41:8, 14; or the person sent is put with the T3 ^Sn nfe and prefix T5 l Kings 2:25, W'3? the king sent by Benaiah," i. e. he deputed Benaiah. Exod. 4:13, rta'JVT? WTI^ "send by whom thou
Rachel,"
i.
e.
43:14; followed by an ace. of pers. Gen.i9:i3; 28:6; Isa. 1O:6; and of the thing sent, 1 Sam. 6:3; followed by 7JJ of the person to whom one sends,
Isa.
2 Ch. 32:31.
But Kal
is
in this signification; in Piel,

to
used far more frequently on the other hand, it is

:
wilt
send."
(/)
singular use
is
in 2 Sa. 15:12,
nVap n>yp ^Tvnx'nx C&E^K rk&\
an d Absalom
God) on any one plague and calamity followed by 3 Deu. 7 20 32 24; i, bb) .2Ki.i7:25; Ps. 78:45; followed by ^X Eze. 14: 19;
(as
send
(see
Kal No.
sent (and brought) Ahitophel from Gilo his city." is said to send words to (act) any one Specially
another,
entbieten).
i.
7JJ
e. to
inform
by a messenger (fagen
lafjcn/
he who sends words by a fool," who uses a foolish mesL. L Gen. 38:25, "VK J?$ senger to carry a mandate. " "ibN? ITOn she sent these words to her father-inlaw "(fie licjj it;m fagen). i Ki. 20:5; 2Ki. 5:8; withFollowed by an ace. of the out ">bs? i Sa. 20:21. " l $$ Qip^T^ unto Ki-5:23, H$Fifa message, wilt shew 1 thou me." the place which Kings 20:9; 2i:il; Jer. 42:5, 21; 43:1; followed by two ace. to command any tiling to any one, 2 Sam. 11:22,
Prov. 26:6,
7*% V*
D^.
1J&
"
Ezek. 5:17. fno npli?> is, to send, i. e. to excite Pro. 6:14, 19; 16:28. (2) i. q. Kal No. 2, to dismiss, to let go, one who departs (opp. to, to return), Gen. 32:27; Ex. 8:28;
strife,
"
Lev. 14:7;
compare
"^PC
1
)*
to
a captive, Zech. 9:11; i Kings 20:42; Samuel 20:22; to manumit a slave (see se t out a daughter, give in marriage;
more
one Trpotrffiirtiv), Gen. 18:16; 31:27; followed by 3 and T? to deliver tip to any one" s pou-er, Job 8:4; Ps. 81 13. Also to let any one down into a dungeon, Jerem.
1
n?E> Jud. 12:9; also to fully ny-in to send him on his way ( departing,
accompany
"
(and he) told David
3V \ftyf fhpfTty all things
1 Ki. 14:6; Isai. whJsh Joab had charged him." 55:11. (bb) God is said to send either calamities and plagues, Josh. 24: 12; or aid, Ps. 20:3; or ora-
1 1 to let (the hair) hang down, Eze. 44:20. (3) in a stronger sense, to cast, to throw (a) things, as arrows, i Sa. 20:20; fire (into a city), Am.
38:6,
1:4, seqq.; Hos. 8:14 (which is also expressed by E'Xa '1 npK* to cast any thing on the fire; French,
cles, Isa.
9:7; Ps.
07 20
:
but see
i.
Piel.
(2) to dismiss,
to let
50:19,
njm
rings'
TS
No. 2. Psal. " thou lettest thy mouth

go,
q. Piel,
go
I
Pregn. IP "V rf?B> to (as if unbridled) to evil." let one's hand go (and withdraw it) from any thing,
Ki. 13:4; Cant. 5:4.
(3) to send out, to stretch out, as a finger (as done in derision), Isa. 58:9; a rod, Ps. llO:2; 1 Sa. 14:27; a sickle (to put it into the corn), Joel 4: 13;
15, 18; especially the hand (Horn. Od. ix. 388; x. 376), Genesis 3: 22; ioAXw, \tlpnf 8:9; 19:10; 48:14; Job i: 11. (a) followed by ?y to any thing, l Kings 13:4 (in a hostile sense).
a feu, Jud. 1:8; 20 48 2 Ki. 8 1 2 Psalm to cast forth, to cast down. Eccl. (ft) 11:1: Job 30: 11, " they cast down the bridle before me," they act unbridledly. Job 39 3, " they cast down their sorrows," i. e. they bear their young with pain. (c) to expel, to cast out some one, Gen. 3:23; l Ki. 9:7; Isa. 50:1; specially to divorce a
mettre
:
74:7).
wife. Deut. 21
14;
22:19,29;
Jer.
D^nw
feet."
Job 30:
q.
12, -ink^
^]
"
3:8; compare
they
push away my
to
compare Apoc.14:
(4)
i.
Kal No.
:
3, to
stretch out,
extend
the
Ch 13:10. (b) followed by 3 to put the hand to ny thing, Job 28:9; also to put the handor force on any thing (jtd an if m. oergreifen), Genesis 37:22; I Sa. a6:g; Esth. 8:7; and to put the hand to any
1
hand, Pro. 31 19, 20: branches as a tree, Jer. 17:8; Eze. 17: 6, 7; 31:5; Ps.8o:i2; Godapeople,Ps.44:3. PUAL (i) to be sent, deputed, Jud. 5:15; Pro.
17:11.
tobt (2) to be dismissed, Gen. 44:3; Isa. 50:1 forsaken,Is-dinh 27:10: Prov. 29: 15, rWO tyj child left to himself," or dismissed, i. e. given up fc
;
'
thing,
i.
e.
to purloin
it (fid)
an etroa* oergreifen), Ex.

(c)
12:7;
Esth. 9:10; Ps. 125:3; Daniel 11:42.
its
own
will.
DCCOXXVII
Isa. 16:2, n hf'f i?. (3) to be cast out, expelled. a bird cast out from the nest;" to be cast anywhere, to befallen anywhere (followed by 3), Job
':
founded; the former is west of Jerusalem, the latter runs through the hill Ophel to the south-east; it is the confounding of the two which occasions all the
difficulty.]
18:8.
HIPHIL, i. q. Piel No. l, to send a. plague, a calamity ; followed by 3 Lev. 26:22; Am. 8:11
.
name
LXX. and Josephus, loc. cit. write the ZiXomyj; and so, Joh-9:7 (where this name is
Derivatives,
n^
Cnald.
TOO
rendered 6 dn-<rra\/iroc; abstr. for concr.). See Relandi Palaestina, p. 858; my Comment, on Isaiah
7:3; also Tholuck, Beytr.

fut.
z.
Erkl. des N. T., p. 123,
n?*
(l)
to
send, Dan. 3:2;
seqq. [and especially Robinson.]
followed by an ace. of thing, Ezra 4:17: followed by 'J? of the person to whom one is sent, Ezr. 4:11,18;
to extend the h a nd, Dan. 5:24; (2) followed by followed by ? to attempt any thing, Ezr. 6: 12.
fem. plur. shoots, sprouts, Isa. 16:8; see the root No. 3.
(perhaps, armed"), [Shilhi], pr.n. m., Ki. 22:42; 2 Ch. 20:31.
"
"IpE/
m. with
suff. in?B>
as sent against
an enemy;
;
missile, (i) a iveapon, S ' 5 Arab. and -iL: C U.
("armed men"),
of a city situated in the tribe
:
ol
[Shil :r^, pr. n. Judah, Josh. 15:32.
^^
arms; specially a sword

to
^JL- armed;
C_-
,^1^- Conj. V.,
^_
m. a table, so called from its plur. nonp being extended, spread out (see the root No. 3, and Gr. Tiivvut' rpuireây, Od. x. 370), Ex. 25:23, seqq.
iT
arm
12.
oneself, 2 Ch.
n?|>2 to
32:5; 23:10; Joel 2:8. "QJJ perish by the weapon (of death), Job 33:18;
3?:
(2) a shoot, root Piel No. 4.
a sprout, Cant. 4:13; compare the
?^ T$ to spread a table, Psal. 23:5; Prov. 9:2. D'JSn \rfyy Nu. 4:7; and in the later Hebrew, jr6t? l.?13#?n i Chr. 28: 16; 2 Chron. 29: 18, the table of shew bread, see crfr No. 2. njrp jn^J? the table of
IC
1
Jehovah,
i.
e.
the altar, Mai. 1:7.
(a) of a son of Arphaxad, Gen. 10:24; 1 l 12. (b) of an aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, which appears to be the same
(3) [Selakj Shelali~\, pr.

:
name
who
eat at thy table, 2

hy.
Sam. 19:29;
^ those 15(3?^ ^r l Ki. 2:7, fcr

1
D^fc 2Sa.9:ll.
fut.
as
rW (which see) Neh.3:l5.
Vulg.
Siloe.
t?
a word of the later Hebrew
n?L? (for fffy&\ as this noun is written in Chaldee, of the form "N'i?, ~VlE"3 a sending of water, i.e. aqueduct; compare the root; Psa. 104:10; and Gr.
livat pooi',
II. xii.
(l) TO
over any one, followed by? Ecc. 2: 19; 8:9; and ty Neh. 5: 15. (2) to obtain power, get the mastery, followed
Est. 9:1.
RULE
25) with the
art. npLS'n
[$z7tia//],
by ?
(Arab. JaL: to be hard, vehement,

i, E./^';
of an aqueduct at the foot of Zion, on the west of Jerusalem (see Joseph. Bell. Jud. v. 12, 2; vi. 7, 2 viii. 5) [rather to the east of Jerusalem, through
pr. n.
;
whence ^\;^ No.
the power of ruling ap-
part of Ophel; see Robinson], Isaiah 8:6; called also n?S> Neh. 3: 15, and pH'S (which see) [this is a
different stream] ; which latter the Chald. and Syr., 1 Ki. 1 : 33, 38, render n'p'C? ; although these two names
pears only in the derivative nouns, as .,'i=L~- power, hence the concr. Sultan. To this appears to answei
Germ,
flatten).
HIPHIL
6:2.
(i) to cause to rule, Ps. 119:133. (2) to give power over any thing, Eccles. 5:18;
are thus to be distinguished, that Gihon (breaking forth} prop, denotes the fountain; Siloah (sending) is Some, from the words of properly the aqueduct.
2 Ch. 32 :3O, have incorrectly supposed the fountains to have been to the east of the city the words should
;
Compare
^P Ex. 21 :8.
Chald.
Derivatives,
fut.
tp.
(i) to rule, to
have do-
be rendered, " (Hezekiah) brought (the waters of Gihon) down to the west of the city" (the fountain being on the south-west) nor does the authority of
;
minion, followed by 2 over any thing, Dan. 2:39; 5:7, 16; to have power over any thing, Dan. 3:27. (2) followed by 3 to rush upon any thing ibid.,
6:25.
modern
tradition avail anything against that of Jocit.,

it has been followed on and Siloah should not be con[Gihon
sephus, loc.
although
APHEL, to cause to rule, to make by 3 over any thing, Dan. 2:38,48.

,
ruler, followed
most maps.
only plur. D'p
constr.
m. a shielt(
DCCCXXVIII
apparently so called from its Jiardness (see the signification of the Arabic root, and the n. Ev?'), 2 Sam. 8:7, anjn 'P^ "shields of gold;" sKi. ll:io;
2 Ch. 23:9; Cant. 4:4; Ezek. 27:11 (in which passages. shields are mentioned as hung for ornament on Jer. 51:11, " sharpen the weapons -1*vP the walls). D'B?>n fill the shields," i. e. cover the body with
the shield.
Interpreters long doubted as to the
(1) hard,
vehement,
i.q. JaJ..-i
and fem r.OjP

\i
Arabic
Jh^^ an
imperious and impudent
>man,
Ezek. 16:30.
(2)
subst.
having power over anything, Ecc. 8;8,
UM
Gen
powerful
one, ruler, Ecc.?: 19; 10:5;
mean-
42:6.
13* ?# Chald. (l) powerful, Dan. 2:10; 4:23; having power over any thing, followed by ? of thing,
ing of this word, some rendered it quivers (as after Jarchi, Jo. Jahn, Archaeol., ii. 2, page 428), or darts,
compare
j-;!^
an arrow.
The
signification
which
have given is that, which, fi'om Kimchi onwards, has been most approved, and it is confirmed by the
probable etymology, by the context of the cited
passages, and by the authority of ancient versions. Thus the Targum and Syriac often retain the same word as being used in Aramaean. The Targum oix the Chron. in two places (l Chr. 18:7; 2 Chr. 23:9) render shields, that on Jeremiah (13:23) uses the words H'nDip"! 'PpS? in speaking of the leopard with In the later spots in form resembling a shield. Syriac this word appears to have fallen into disuse, for Bar Bahlul in Lex. Oxon. MS., under the word
Dan. 4: 14, 22, 29; 5:21; subst. a prince, Dan. 2: 15; 5:29; Ezr. 4:20. there i (2) followed by ? with an inf. (there is, Ezr. do to 7:24. anything, given) power
(l) (with Kametz impure), m. the triens, triental,a third, a measure of corn, prob. third part of an ephah (see HB'K), i.q. HNp, Îrpov; Avhence the LXX. commonly renders ""lO ^ rpiu ftirpa
11
GT ?^ & Vh>W
(comp. Gr. ^ Teraprrj, Germ,

Isa.
ein Sluart
[Engl. quart]),
:
Used generally of a measure, Ps. 80 6, &h& n'iypl3 'iDjpB'ri] thou waterest them with tears with a measure," i. e. abundantly. LXX. iv
40: 12.
LOsj
of
fluctuates himself between the various opinions
Syriac interpreters
(most of
whom
Vulg. in mensura. struck in (2) a triangle, an instrument of music, concert with drums, as is now the case with military
music.
PI. i Sa. 18:6.
render
it
quivers).
masc. powerful, Ecc. 8:4; followed by 3 having power, over anyone, verse 8.
Chald. lord, magistrate, Dan.3:2.
(Gr. Tpitrrartjg), a third man, a, noble rank of soldiers who fought from chariots, da/3a7at,
(3) tristata
"he took all the chariots of irapa/3arat (Exod. i-f:?, E'K>vE>1 and warriors in every one of i?3~o2 Egypt them." Ex. 15:4; l Ki. 9:22; compare 2Ki. 9:25);
used of the body-guard of kings, l Ki. 9:22; 2 Ki. 10:25; l Ch. il:ll; 12: 18. LXX. rpiorarat, i. e.
according to Origen, in Catenis (although contrary to the Greek Glossographers, see Schleusuer, Thes. v. each 338), soldiers fighting in chariots, of which
p/
all
-,
constr. jo
Chald.
Plur.
domin ion,
rule.
3;33; 4:19; 7:6/H; 6:27,
my dominion." -O-.
:
"in "nV tf# kingdoms, 7:27. Arab.
Dan.
fem
dominion, and concr. lord, king, sultan.

see
f.
No.
i.
ij?
in pause ^?2> masc. (from n?B> No. I),
tran-
quillity, silence.
i.
2 Sam. 3:27,
VA?'?
tranquilly,
page one contained three soldiers, one who drove the one horses, and two who fought; comp. rpiroirrarjjc, of three men who formed a row in a tragic chorus. B*h &.m. 23:8; is called Their
captain
W??
e. privately.
afterbirth, which comes from the womb after the birth, from the root n7E> No. III. Arabic
T7-
f-
- -
JLs
membrane,
II, to
in
which the
foetus is
enveloped,
J^
Conj.
extract this
membrane.
Deut. 28:57.
c '">, the and l Ch. 12: 18, in a fuller form, KHr il be the also-to E"?B'n sami person appears who was one of the king's nearest attendants. 2 Ki. Pro. Hence pi. 7:2,17,19; 9:25; ^5:25. 22 20 np, perhaps pnncipalia, i. e. noble things. compare Pro. 8:6.
DJW
'
^W
Talmud. Kp$D,
*&?
i.
afterbirth.
m.
see.
,
f,
pi-
TV & rZy
*/># m.
inflexion)
q.
W,
f.
which
Gen. 2:14; Nu. 2:24;;

PI.
Isa.
HpT^
(for
n$,
for
42 :14, and so frequently.

is
VVfy?
subst.
19:4! Job chamber!
lost in
Fern, specially of the third story, Gen. 6: 16. 2 Sam. 16:2 Nu. third a 7; 15:6, part, (a)
w
'
DCCCXXIX
nnB adv. the third time, Eze. 21: l Sam. third day, on the third day. ig. 1I1D nj|3 "at this time to-morrow 2O:l2, Isaiah (d) the third year, (or) the third day." A. see Jer. DCV, n?3J? 48:34; 15:5; page
with n parag.
(c) the *|7
T
Lev.
1 1
17
Deu. 14: 17, an aquatic

i-
bird,
oi
LXX.
fW^n
KafapcurqCj
al.
varappaKrijCj
e.
a species
pelican, which casts itself down from the highest rocks into the water (Pelecanus Bassanus, Linn.). Vulg. tnergulus ; Syr. and Ch. fish -catcher. Compare
"!T
7t#
not used in Kal (cognate to

(l)
Bochart, Hieroz. part

I"I?K').
ii.
lib.
ii.
cap. xxi.;
Oedmann,
page
68-.
TO CAST, TO THROW, Gen. 21:1.5; Num. 35:20, 22; to cast away, 2 Ki. 7:15; Ezek. 20:8: Ecc. 3:6 (opp. to "H?^ to retain); to cast DJ3 to collect). about, as stones, Ecc. 3:5 (opp. to Const, followed by 7$ of the place into which anyinto fire), Gen. thing is cast (into a pit, into water, Jer. Deut. Num. 26:23; also, 9:21; 19:6; 37:22; followed by ? Gen. 37:20; Ex. 32:24; Mic. 7:19; HIPHIL
followed by
cast (auf
IvJJ
?JJ
Verm. Saimnlungen aus der Naturkunde,

and
iii.
(.
J"W?*r
casting
l
'
f.
(i) a cutting
tree, Isa.
down(pr. overturning,
down) of a
(2) \_Shallecheth~\ pr. Chr. 26:16.

(i)
6:13. n. of a gate of the temple,

-
jera.
of the person at whom anything Job 27:22, werfen), Jud. 9 -.53.
is
W:
"he
will
cast upon him,"
shoot at him; followed by ? to dog), Exod. 22:30; followed by IP of place, to cast (any person or thing) out of a place, Neh.- 13:8; Deu.
arrows, he will cast anything (to a

sc.
Arab. J^, TO DRAW, TO DRAW OUT, Ruth 2:16; compare 70>3 and r6fc No. III. (2) to strip off, to spoil. (To this answer av\ot>, ffKvXat', ffKvXov SpoltUTn, and avXacj, (TV\EVW, crKV\evi>),
i,
q.
spolior, also ffKv\\w to
draw
Hesych. funis).
thing, Eze.
Constr. followed
off the skin, <n'XXov ap. by an ace. of the

spoiled, Eze to take prey.
29:27;
to
pluck, Job
29:17,^?^ 1W
the prey;" followed
fid)
"from
Psa.
39 10
:
26:12; and of the person Hab. 2:8; Zee. 2:12; *??& hh&
It
Isa.
hia teeth I
plucked
10: 6; Eze. 29: 19.
sometimes follows the ana-
by -13^,
Ivyo
to
cast away, throw off (von
roerfen),
logy of a regular verb, sometimes that of verbs JW, as
2:3; Ezek. 18:31. (a) ratively used

rffv -fyvyjlVi
-
The
"1.33t?
following phrases are figui^?3_

"^ vt?n
*&#,&#,
i.
e.
to
expose
one's life to the greatest danger; Gr. irapafiuXXeadai
^Vf and &>, fut. ^. Aram, form) for 7?in^n be spoiled,Ps. 76:6; Isa. 59:15. Hence 7$&-uQ&
nftB>; inf.
77lFltpSt
HITHPOEL,
(an
to
(6)
V}H
x 3 2a (whence the Lat. parabolanm). H- iPsalm 50: 17, and i nq to cast
$pn
(anything) behind one, behind one's back,

neglect, to despise,
l
i.
e.
to
17; Eze. 23:35.

see
Ki. 14:9; Neh. 9:26; Isa. 38: (As to the same phrase in Arabic,
t
my Comment,
on
Isa. loc. cit.)

e. to
(c)
" ty
TrF? to
// m. (i) spoil, and gener. prey, booty, Gen. 49:27; Ex. 15:9; and frequently; used also of cattle taken as booty, l Sa. 15:19; "H"^ ' David's spoil, i.e. taken by David, l Sam. 30:20; 77^ p?n to divide prey, Gen. 49 27 Psa. 68:13; Jer. 21:9:
' :
;
cast anything upon God, i. Ps. 55:23 (compare 37:5).
commit
to his care,
V3B ^D 'S (d) Ij^rt \] God has rejected or expelled any one from his presence, i. e. he has rejected him, cast him off, 2 Ki. 13: 2 3; 17:20; 24:20; 2 Ch. 7:20; Jer.7:i5. (2) to cast doivn, to overthrow, as a house, Jer. and his 9:18. Metaph. Job 1 8 7, ta* -inD^Tl}
1
Tfff \W$3 ft riJVn "his life shall be to him for booty," i.e. he shall be preserved alive, Jer. 38:2; 39:18 Once for ?7^ E^N a spoiler, warrior, Jud. 5:30
(2)
gain
(3(ubeute) Pro. 31:11.

.
D7K-'J
(l)TOBEWKOLi, SOUND, SAFE.

is
(Arab.
A^
id.
Kindred
the root, "6$,
"\^.) Job
i .
own
counsel shall cast
him down."
(i)
to
HoPHAL^fn
thrown,
to be
and
^fH
be
cast,
to
be
cast out, Isa. 14:19 (where we must not join, " thou art cast out from thy sepulchre," but, "thou art cast out without thy sepulchre," i. e. which was thy due) followed by ? and 7$ of place
;
has set himself against him D??'?l and continued safe?" Job 22:21. (2) to be completed, finished, of a building,
9:4;
"who
Ki. 7:51
(3) denom. from with any one. Part.

i.
Neh. 6:15; used of time, Isa. 6o:2O. to have peace, friendship ^ [Psa. 7:5] ''my friend"
DW
:
^
to
Sa.
20:21;
Jer.
14:16; Eze. 16:5; followed by ?
?ast forth (delivered) to any one, Jer. 36:30. "I was cast Metaph. Ps. 22:11, Drnp from the I thee i.e. committed womb," upon my
to be
*$#$ T^
Ps. 41 peaceable. *pVf Sam. 20: 19; see Pual No. 3. PIEL, D?^ and D?^ (i) to make secure, to keep safe, Job 8:6.
q.
10. Part. pass.
D-W
affairs to thee.
(2)
1 1.
to
complete,
finish
(a building)
King*
(2) pass, of Hiphil No. 2, Dan. 8:
Hence
DCCCXXX
(3) to restore, as something purloined, Ex. 21: 36; something owed, Ps. 37:21 2 Ki. 4:7; to pay, as vows, Psalm 50:14; sacrifices, Hos. 14:3; and
;
i. e. of full and just number and measure, an ^BpS? a just weight, Deut. 25:15; compare Gen. 15:16 (where it is used of a full and just measure of sins);
figuratively, to
impart
comfort, Isa. 5";: 18.
'"!'??' n-l7|
full
number of
captives,
;
Am.
1:6, 9.
requite, to recompense, followed by a dat. of pers. Jud. 1:7; 2 Ki. 9:26; Psa. 62:13; followed by an ace. of thing, Jer. 16: 18: 32: 18; followed by both cases, as *? fef D&J (see *DJ No. l), also D?B>
(4)
to
sound, safe, Genesis 33: 18 of an army, Nah. 1:12. niopt? E^3 are stones which have been un(b)
touched, are unviolated Deut. '27:6; i Ki. 6:7.

(2)
by
iron,
i.
e.
rough, unhewn
'Dp to recompense to any one according to his There also follows works, Ps. 62:13; Jer. 50:29.
Vb^C3
completed, finished,
2 Ch. 8: 16.
(although rarely) an ace. of the person to
whom
any
thing is paid (Germ, iemanbcn bcjafclen). Psalm 31 124; Pro. 13:21; 3VarO^ D^'TOTIKI "but prosperity
(3) cherishing peace and root in Pual, Hiphil, Hophal).

13FIX
friendship
(see the
DH " they
'K>
live
peaceably
Gen. 34:21, Wthv with us;" specially
rewards
(pr. be^fctt) the righteous," prosperity is their reward, Ps. 35: 1C. POAL (i) pats, of Piel No. 3, to be paid or per-
devoted to God, at peace with him, i Ki. 8:6l; 11:4; 15:3, 14; and without these words, 2 Kings 20:3; i Ch. 28:9; 2 Ch. 15:17. Compare
njnj
oy
formed
(2)
(used of a vow) Ps. 65:2. be recompensed, Jer. 18:20; also to receive the reward (of deeds) Pro. 11:31; P^V ID " behold tLereis a reward for the
to
Hiphil No.a; (also
devoted to
God and
to
Ma-
homet, one
(4)
who
professes the
Mahometan
religion.)
>
:
D?v".
O??
[Salem, Shalem],
pr. n. i.q.
D!??'-I"I
Jerusa-
right-
eous in the earth, much more for the ungodly and sinner," Pro. 13:13. (3) to live friendly, i. q. Kal No. 3. Part.D^jP
the friend (of God), i.e. Israel [Christ], Isa. 42:19;
lem, as to the etymology of which, see p.ccctxvn, A, Gen. 14: 18: Ps. 76:3. Josephus (Antiq. i. 10, 2),
rffv
petrol SoXujua vartpov tKaXtaav 'Itpoat'iXvpa.

p.
'
See
Eelandi Palaestina,
-
976.
(Arab.
id.).
compare Hiphil No. 2. HirniL (i) to complete, to execute, Job 23: 14; Isa. 44:26,28; to make an end of a thing, Isaiah
parall. njrp ~\iy
C1
)? 1
?-
retribution,remuneration
reward
giving.
38:12,13.
(2)
to
(see the root in Piel No. 4); hence thanksD S P?^ J"QT a eucharistic sacrifice, offered
:
make peace
by
l
with any one (Arab JL,id.);
followed
J"IX
Josh. 1O:1, 4; followed
by
DJJ
Deut.
19 (Compare Arab. ^L^ Conj. IV., to submit oneself to the do:
Ki. 22:45; but followed by oneself by a treaty of peace, Josh. 11
20: 12;
?X
to
submit
Nu, in giving thanks, Lev. 3:1, seqq. ; 7 l * seqq. n"lin nij Levit. 7 1 3, 15, a sacri7:17, seqq. fice offered in praising God and giving thanks
;
VO^
Hence
7:20; 9:4;
(2) such a sacrifice, Am. 5:22; plur. D^P/l?' Levit. also in a wider s.'gnification used of
minion of any one; specially

to
to
commit
r
>
one's affairs
sacrifices offered in distress,
Jud. 20:26; 21:4.
God; followed by
\\;
^
whence JLJ obedience or
submission to
ligion,
God and
to
Mahomet; hence true
re-
meaning Mahometanism). to make any one a friend, Pro. 16:7. HOPHAL, to be a friend to any one; followed by } Job 5:23. Derivatives, D?B>-nn?V, D'3b?E>, DW, DW0, and
(3) causat.,
pr. n.
46:24;
26:49.
(i) retribution, Deut. 32:35. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen. (2) [Shilleni], pr. Patron. 'P.pB'Num. called, l Ch. 7:13,
.
DW&
and
Isa.
m.
id.,
Hos. 9.7; Mic. 7:3; plur.
34:8.
pr. n.
JV$&B>,
D^D, no^, niDô,

to
nvpb^p.
Upt^ ("retribution"),
Shallum, borne
D7^'
Chald.,
complete,
to
finish (a work).
Part. pass.
D^ finished, Ezr. 5: 16.

i.
APHEL
(i)
to
(i) to make an end, Dan. 5:26. restore, Ezr. 7:19.
by (l) a king of the kingdom of Israel (773, ^^9, (2) a king of Judah, the B.C.), 2 Ki. 15:1015. son of Josiah and younger brother of kings Jehoiakira and Zedekiah prob. the same as Tn^'in^ No. S, Jer.
;
q. Hebr. Ezr. 5:7; Dan. 3:31; 6:26.
D/fc? m., Chald.
D^ welfare, peace,
(a)
# m.
note
f.
adj.
(i) whole, perfect,
(3) the hus22:ll; see Rosenm. on the passage. 2 the Huldah of (4, band Kings 22 14. prophetess, other men, Ezr. 2:42; 7:2; 10:24,42; Neh.3:l; 7:45; iCh. 2:40, etc.
:
DCCCXXXI
?^
91:8.
f.
i.
q.
retribution, penalty, Psa.
("peaceabl e," from
Di
with the addition
of the syllable H i. q. \, ji compare 1 Ch. 22:9) pr. n. Solomon, the tenth son of David (l Ch. 3:5; compare 2 Sam. 3:5), born of Bathsheba; his father's
successor, and the third king of the Israelites ( 1 005 975, B. c.) very celebrated for his riches, splendour, and wisdom; see iKi. 2 11; l Ch. 23; 2 Ch. l 9;
;
(Arab. îJj f. JiJj m. Aram, Amongst the Indo-Germ. languages the priform appears to be retained in the Zendic mary teshro, whence with the letters transposed are both
(1)
THREE
KrWl.
the
has the abbreviated tri.) &&& years, Gen. 11:13;
and Gr. Lat. rptlc, tres. The Sanscr. &b& three Ex. gr. three cities, Joshua G^y 21:32; D"3:i nE^p three sons, Genesis 6 :1O; TMjh& D^Jnn three months, whence DT"jn B>1?hp? about
Aram,
teldt,
D^
Prov. l:i; Cant. 1:1.

Josephus, and in N.
LXX. 2a\w^wv;
m. Ezr.
2 :46.]
called
by
T., 2<Ao/iwv.
pr. n.
['P^
(
Shalmai,
is preformative, see IP page CCCCLXXXIV, A). B>ftBnW2l in the third year (pr. tm Sa^rc brc?), 2 Kings 18: i. nnb'j; thirteen, f.
:
after three
fixed,
for
months, Genesis 38 24 (where IP
K'^P, and not
VW
peaceful"), [Shelomi],
pr. n.
m. Nu.
Josh. 19:6; 21:4; -TfV n m. Nu. 29:13. suff. D3j~^^ three ; E>yf?& those three, you
^V
With
Num.
*Vy
n.
12:4.
("friend of God"), [Shelumief],
pr.
m. Num. 1:6; 2: 12.
WEbtf
i
(i. q.
n;p^p), [ShelemiaK],
neut,
pr. n.
m.
(2) thrice, Job 33:29. Plur. comm. thirty, Gen. 5:16; also thirtieth, l Ki. 16:23, 29.
DW>
Ch. 26:14.
Derivatives,
JY&7|? ("peaceful," and
"love of
7'-35-
(" triad"),
pr. n.
m.
Chron
(i) f. (a) Lev. peace"), \_Shelomith~], pr.n. 24:11. (V) l Ch. 3:19. 2 Ch. 11:20. (2) m. (a) a son of Eehoboam,
(b) Ezr.
see
8:10.
i (c, d, e)
Ch. 23:9, 18; 26:25.
" verecuna< us erga ignem"), [Shalman, Shalmanezer], pr. n. of a 16 B.C.), who, very powerful king of Assyria (734
p^
Hos. 10: 14; fully
^DWP^
2 Ki. 17:3; 18:
PIEL (denom. from into three parts, Deu. 19:3.

(2) to
to
(l)
to
divide
9 (compare Pers. ,JT
,0^^
do any thing the third time, l Ki. 18:34. i Sa. 20: 19, on the third day. do Fl'f iV"! (3) " and on the third "11-3 day come down."
PUAL, part.
Eze. 42
(2)
:
B. c.
722, led away [some of the] ten tribes captive. Vulg. Salmanassar.
K7^P
(i) threefold, Ecc. 4:12;
6.
of the third year, Gen. 15:9.

m. plur. descendants of the third gegreat-grandchildren, Ex. 20:5; 34:7.
Gen. 50:23, children of great grand-chilE'yin abnepotes. Some have incorrectly
for the grandchildren themselves,
'Ol?,
is
with which any one D'jD/^ pi. gifts, bribes, Piel No. 4. the Isa. see root, 1:23, corrupted,
m.
neration,
fut.
*l!
No. II., ??'}), as a weapon from kindred to ??& a wound, Job 20:25; a sword from its sheath, to draw the sword, Num. 22:23, 31 Josh. 5: 13, *]?# 3!)H f|>BT "a thousand men drawing the sword,"
;
rw
(l) TO
DRAW OUT
D^PB'
(Ch.
id.,
*3?
q.
dren,
i.
taken
&&<&
whc
i.e.
(2)
armed, Jud. 8:10; 20:2, 15, 17,46: 283.24:9. to draw off a. shoe, Euth 4:7, 8. (3) to pluck off, or up, grass, Ps. 129:6.
|7 -
and in Ex. 34:7, they are exfrom these; (in Ex. -20:5, granddistinguished pressly children, i. e. C^3 *3? do nut appear to be menare called DÎl
tioned).
[Sh elep /*],

1
pr. n. of
a tribe of Arabia Felix,
Ch. i:2O; perhaps SaXciTr^jW, mentioned by Ptolemy (vi. 7), amongst the tribes of the
Gen. 10:26;
interior.
t
[Shalisha], pr. name of a region near l Sam. 9:4; in which there appears to have been situated the town nB7^"753 2 Ki. 4:42. This is called by Eusebius Beth-Shalisha, and is said by him to be fifteen Koman miles north of
i"l/7k;/
Mount Ephraim,
Diospolis.
&
f.
const.
.1
.
>, before Makk.

'
(Ex, 21
:i i)
and
H^7^ const,
n^ m.
n9^(
7-37-
triad"), [ShibhaX], pr.n m.,iC;hron
DCCCXXXII
and adv. (comp. of v and DV), f.te ,iy before yesterday, Prov. 22:20 ro~; elsewhere always joined with 710^1; as 712^ ?t? yesterday (and) the third day, Ex. ,5:8; and
me thence
thence
(out of that meal) a cake;" Ezr.
5:3
Pleonastically, Gen. 49: 24. ^fj^. \1$ njn Dtrp

(border), from Israel (comes)," etc.
"from
the shepherd, the stone ol
C3 2 Sara. 5 2, heretofore, formerly. as before-time, Gen. 31:2; 2 Ki. 13:5. f? >>39O in time past, Deut. 19:6; Josh. 20:5.
7'lDJpN
I|I3
:
D3
B',
U/ constr. DB', sometimes followed by Makk. with sufr. Of, T?^, OpP?', pi. nte, constr.
?>
A(TETv
^
[S heal tiet]
see
^Wand of time
*3; Chald.
m. (once
f.
Cant,
3, see
pn
Hophal).
-
(l)
;
NAME.
and prop,
(Arab. ^J, more rarely
(*
adv., THERE
(Arab.
+>
but Ch. D^*
id.
regard this word as primito
A
J
is
tive,
trace of another form

n. DEnj.
DB>=
which
as denoting aijua, signum, although
kindred
to it is the root
^.
mark with a
sign, to
found in the pr.

In.
Ex. 2:22, as
to
designate,
the Indo-Germanic languages there answer to this, Crr. TtjfjioQ,tunc; Lat. htm (tune; compare num, nine); Anglosax. thaenne; whence the
see p. CLXXXII, A.
^-^
sign, stigma,
marV with which any

noun are derived
one
is
marked.
From
.
the
A^
English then; Gurm. fcann ; all of which are applied to time; see No. a). It is used (l) pr. of place, (a) i. q. eo loco, IKE?. Gen. 8:8,
Conj.
II.,
as shortened
rn v>^, ^v>^ to name. Some regard DJ? from VP^, by casting away V, comparing
translator,
the
LXX.
who
11:2,31; 12:7,8,10; 13:4,18; and so very When preceded by a relative, Dt? ~)'X where, Exod. 2O:21; commonly with one or more words between, D2>-~l^ Gen. 1 3 3 2 Sam. 15:21. D^-D^
12;
often.
:
ypK'j orofia.)
rity,
'S DB*? in
not unfrequently renders any one's name, i. e. autho:
Ex. 5:23; Est. 3:ia;^ DE'? in the name of Jehovah, by his authority, Jer. 1 1 :2i 26:9; CC'21 byname (bet) SRamen), Ex. 33:12; niot?'? by name,
;
here, there, Isa. 28: 10.

i.
thither 3 Ki. 19:32; whence DK>

q.
r\13&
(b) after verbs of motion, (like ixtl for ktto-e), 1 Sam. 2: 14;
~i'~ S.
?
Ch. 12:31
i, a.
Ezr. 10: 16.
As
to the phrases Sty $"}%,
whither,
Ki. 18: 10;
Jer. 19:14.
iKfl,
(a) used of time, at that time, then (like the Gr. Lat. ibi, illico, compare the above remarks on
the traces of this
word
in other languages), Ps. 14:5;
132:17; Jud.5:li.
therein, in that thing, Hos. 6:7, "they have transgressed the covenant, *1 V133 DK> therein
(3)
i.
h, No. 3, and Niphal a celebrated name, fame (like ovopa and nomen). DB' V? nb'JJ Gen. 1 1 4; Jer. 32:20; and D{?M? D-1S? a Sam. 7:23, to make for oneself a name, i. e. to acquire fame for oneself; DIP ^3S famous men, Gen. 6:4; also nobles, Num. 16:2;' niCE? J5>5 id. l Ch. 5:24; and on the other
DJT? &0p3 etc. see WJ5 No.

Specially
it is
2,/
No.
(a)
q.
(bartn, in
btefem
Sturfe)
they have rebelled against
v? *33 sons of an ignoble (father), i. e. ighand, noble themselves, and sprung from an ignoble race, " Job 30:8. Hence glory, Gen. 9:27, Bt? 'bnK? in
glorious
tents;"
[Is not
me."
0?? here pr. n.]

will
Zeph.
With n parag. vipt? (read shammah) (a) thither, Gen. 19:20 23:13; Isa. 34 15 (where we must
; :
3:19, DK^-1
praised and
n^nry?
a^pb' "I
make them
famous;"
verse 2O; Deuteron. 26:19.
render, "thither shall she place her nest," etc., comp. DP there (so that Pa. 122:5; Ex. 29:42). (b) i. q.
Eccles. (6) a good name, good reputation, 7:1; Proverbs 22:1. When used in a bad sense
there
has a mere demonstrative power), Jer. 18

*
.
2.
After a relative, HEt? 1S>K whither, Gen. 20:13; rarely inhere, 2 Ki. 23:8. With pref. DB>P thence (l) of place, Gen. 2:10;
11:8, 9; lSam.4:4.
added VI Deut. 22:14, 19; Neh. 6:13.(c)fame after death, memory. So in the phrases, to destroy, to blot out the name of any person or
is
thing,
i.
e.
so to blot out (a people, a city), that eveu
the
name and memory may

l
:
DB>p
Tt?N
whence, Deut.
Sam. 24:22; 2 " Zee. 13:2; also Eccl. 6 4,

Deut. 9:14;
perish from posterity, Ki. 14:27; Psa. 9:6;

irs
name
is
covered
(d)
(R) used of time, Hos. a: 17.

(3) i-q- from that thing, whence, like the Lat. inde (unde), Genesis 3:23, " that he might till the gronnP nj^> TB'X whence (out of which) he had been takai;" l Ki.l?: 13, nay Djsh? ^ f? "make
;
with darkness" (of a

:
memory is premonument, by which served, a Sa. 8 13; Isa. 55: 1 3. [This meaning apin both the cited passages.] pears to be very doubtful
(a) njrp. Dtp
is
abortion). any one's
Hence
(a) the celebrated
nameofGoti
DCCCXXXIII
the estimation of men concerning God ; in the phrase name's sake, as his name would
ttX> \y_y? for his
lead one to expect; see page ccccxcv,
B; hence
the
glory of God; *P^ W?< for my name's

glory of the divine
not used in Kal (kindred to HIPHIL "VD^n TO DESTROY (a) to lay wastt More frecities, altars, Lev. 26:30; Num. 33 52.
:
sake, lest the

: ;
name should suffer. Isai. 48 9 iKi. 8:41; Psa. 79:9; 106:8; Eze. 20:44. Psalm " above all 138:2, ^P^ ?3 ?y thy name," above all that can be predicated of thee. (b) Jehovah, as being called on and praised by men, as D5?? K~$ !"firv to call on the name of Jehovah, compare under
destroy persons and peoples, Deut. 1:2752:12,21,22,23; Est. 3:6. Inf. "tplpn subst. destruction, Isa. 14:23. NIPHAL, pass. (i) to be laid wa ste, as a field,
quently
(b) to
Jer.
48:8;
to
hills,
Hos. 10:8.
those Ps. 5:12, *~)\> No. i, h. 3qfc love thy name," i.e. those who delight in thy Ps. 9:11. (c) the Deity as being present praise.
the verb
W
:
who
destroyed, cut off, of peoples, Deu. 4: 26; 28:20; and of individuals, Gen. 34:30; Psalm 37:38.
(2)
be
Ch. APHEL,
to
destroy, Dan. 7:26.
with mortals, i. q. n)n 3?. " for name is in him"
Ex. 23 2 1
i3Tj?3.
'DP 3
my
DB> <pe>
nrv
u 2X1.23:27. l Ki. 3:2, no house had temple). been built to the name of the Lord." l Kings 8:17, iO?' ]r$, D-lb> to put his name (in any place), 20.
i.
my name
l Ki. 8:29, (the angel), shall be there" (in the
whence
an unused ?P^ heaven.

see DIP.
root.
Arab.
to be
high;
e.
and i?E\
iJJP'yin
there to fix his abode, see under the verb It is often applied to the aid which
D-lb*
God
God!
as present vouchsafes to
men.
Ps. 54:3,
"O
(from the root DP^) (i) wasting, de5:9; Jer. 2:15; Ps. 73:19. (2) astonishment, Jer. 8:21; meton. of its object, Deu. 28:37; Jer. 19:8; 25:9,18; 5i:37.
f.
JSS?
solation,
Isa.
IPB'? save us by thy name." Psalm 44: 6; 124:8; 89:25; 20:2; Isai.30:27. Also DB>, DB>n are used absol. of the name of God, Lev. 24: 1 1, 16; Deu. 28:58.
(3) pr. n. Shem, the eldest [second] son of Noah, from whom, Gen. 10:22 30, the She m it ic nations, the western nations of Asia, the Persians, Asi. e. syrians, Aramaeans, and part of the Arabs have Compare Gesch. der Hebr. Spr. u. Schr. sprung.
6. p. 5,
(3)
[Shammah'],
(b)
; :
Gen. 36 :i 3, 17.
vid,
:
pr. n. m. (a) a son of Eaguel, a son of Jesse, and brother of Da

;
l Sa. 1 6 9 1 7 1 3 called elsewhere nyvw 2 Sa. 13:3,32; and Kjjpt? l Chr. 2: 13. (c) 2 Sa. 23:11. (d) 2 Sa. 23:33. (e) 2 Sa. 23:25, for which there
is
nise'
[Shammoth], lCh.ii:a7; rwnDB> [Sham

i
huth'],
Ch. 27:8.
3,
e.
iDK> S ee the prec. No.

jriDl^ Ch.
pi.
names,
see DB>.
Compound
D&^
suff.
pr. n. are
^Cff,
JH'9'
Ch.
name, Daniel 4:5; Ezra 5:1; with

Daniel 2:20,26; 4:5; 5:12; rtt and they were de-|->'at^>
np?' (from D??)
Ezr. 5: 14,
np^
livered to Sheshbazzar, which was his name," pr. they were delivered to him whose name was Shesh-
bazzar.
PL
(
IvW
Ezr. 5 4, 10.
=
desert"),
[Shamma],
pr. n.
m.
Chr.
7:37.
Samuel, [Shemuet] (according to 7*5$Op "heard of God," unless it be preferred "name of God," taking *>$ as a sing. const, i. q. DB', compare y.~] and W1, Tip and -inp, Mp H33 face [the Scripture derivation cf a name ^J3 i. q. must always be the true one]). (l) the n&rne of a very celebrated judge and prophet of the Hebrews, toe son of Elkanah, of the tribe of Ephraim (l Sam. l l) [this is wholly incorrect; he was a Levite]. (2) Another of the same name, also the son of Eli
pr. n.
i.
Sa.
:20,
q.
"tt$
abstr.
q. d.
(for -i?Kpe>
od)fd)tt>un9/
soaring on high,"
from
nDK> height, r and "^K), Shemeber], pr.n. of the king of Zeboim, Gen. 14:2.
D^
pr.
kauah, grandfather of Heman, l Chr. 6:13, 18, who is mentioned among the Levites and singers. [But
this is the
same person
as No. 1.]
(3) Nu. 34:80.
(4)
01.7:2.
nN&5> (perhaps
pr.
i.q.
Kypt?"fame"), [ShimeaK],
l
n.
m.
Ch. 8:32; to which answers in
Chron.
prop,
tnat which
is
heard
g:38DKp?> [Shimeam].
Jud. 3:31; 5:6.
hence
(l)
ful,
"lip^ [Shamqar^f pr. name of a judge of Israel, (The etymology is unknown.)
a message, tidings, l Sa. 4: 19; whether joyPro v. 15:30; 25:25; or sorrowful, Jer. 49:93;
DCCCXXXIV
Psa. 112:7;
from God,
(2)
i.
q.
1O:22; especially a message sent 53: i J>,r. 49: 14; hence instructi<n, teaching, doctrine, Isaiah
Jer.
Isa.
;
in the whole earth) Job 28 24 37 3 41 3 D*DB> heaven and the heaven of heavens,
: ; : ; :
^ppl
i.
e. all
88:9.
(3)
the spaces of heaven, however 1 D 10:14; i Ki. 8:27; ?
v*ast
H?
^^^
i
;
and infinite, Deu. heaven and eartn,

In
is
rumour,
see
\Ls
Ch.9:6.
i.
e.
mundus
universus, Gen.
2:1; 14:19, 22.
TO*.
(i) pr.
i.
the later books of the Old Test. Jehovah

called D.BB>n
q. pt?B>
often
TO SMITE, TO STRIKE;
also, to cast, to
throw down, compare Arab, .^-ii
ri$>g the God of heaven (see Chald.) 2 Chr. 36:23; Ezr. 1:2; Neh. 1:4,5; 2:4,20; Ps. 136:26; Jon. 1:9; compare D?Pfn VT^? njrv Gen.
and to urge on a beast violently. answers the Germ. vulg. fdjmeijkn/ to strike (To and to cast; Anglo-Sax, smitan ; Engl. to smite; rejecting the sibilant, mittere.) Hence (a) 2 Sa. 6:6, TJ52H *0B> *3 "for the oxen kicked," were restive
to strike, to thrust,
this
(tie SHint'cr fdjlugen/ [dimifen auS).
24:7.
'P?> Chald. id. Dan. 4:8, 10; 7:8. emphat. KT Sometimes used for the inhabitants of heaven, i.e. God with the angels who govern the world [angela being only his ministers], Dan. 4:23 (compare as to this usage in Jewish writing and classical authors, Fesselii Advers. S. p. 349. Wetstein on Mat. 2 1 25). KDK> ?PX the God of heaven (see above Hebr.) Dan.
:
Vulg. calcitrabant.
The other
interpretations of this passage are discussed
(b) to cast, to by Bochart, Hieroz. t. i. page 372. throw down (any one from a window into the street),
Ki. 9:33.
(2)
to fall, to let lie
(a) a field untilled,
Exod.
2: 1 8,37; Ezr.5: 11, 12; 6:9, 10; comp. Tob. 10: 12; Apoc. 11 13.
:
desist from anything, Jer. 17:4. NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. l, to be cast down, precipitated (from a rock), Ps. 141 :6.
to
93:11. (b) lowed by IP
to
remit a
debt, Deut. 15:2.
(c) fol-
HIPHIL,
i.
q.
Kal No.
2, b, to
remit, Deut. 15:3.
Hence
3
ntSJD'J'n
m. rWOt f. ordinal (from n*#) eighth, Fern. JV3'P^ octave, in Ex. 22:29; Lev. 9:1, etc. music a word denoting the lowest and gravest note sung by men's voices (basso}, opp. to rniOj'y (which 12:1 (where see); see l Ch. 15:21, and Psalm 6: i some incorrectly understand an instrument).
;
fern,
remission, release, Deut. 15:1,2.
rot? the year of remission, i. e. the year of in which debts were to be remitted, Deut. jubilee,
"VS?
m.
(l) a
collect,
sharp point
s -*~
(see
IDE' No.
II.),
hence thorn,
thorns, Isa. 5:6; 7:23, 24, 25; 9:17; 32:13; metaph. used of enemies, Isa. 10:17;
s -*'i
waste"), [Shammai],
1
pr. n.
m.
27:4 (Arab,
*_
coll.
ûj
is
the
Egyptian thorn
Ch. 2:28.
("
(2)
Ch. 2:44.
(3)
Ch. 4:17.
a thorn-tree).
so called from its cutting and perof a stylus was made of diathe point forating (as j
fame of wisdom"), [Shemida~\, pr. n. of a son of Gilead, Num. 26:32; Josh. 17 :2; l Ch. 7 19. Patron. *jn'P7 Num. loc. cit.
:
(2)
diamond,
monds Jer.i7:i), Eze. 3:9; Zec.7:l2. (Arab.

id.
,^L
U*CS7
rimr.
const. *O5? pi.
m. heaven (from the unused
Off,
Arab.
Z\A~:, JEth.
(JTi?l
ft^^:, from the

see) Avhich
root
to
not?)
i.e.
firmament
which
seems
may, perhaps, compare Gr. <r/*7p/c, ff^wptCt used in polishing. i. e. diamond dust, which was Bohlen considers the word to be of Indian origin, ot comparing asmtra, a stone which eats away, used
gems, iron.)
(3) [Shamir] pr.n. of Judah, Josh. 15 :48.
(a) of a
(b) of a
We
be spread out like a vault over the globe, as supported on foundations and columns (2 Sam. 22:8; Job 26: 11), whence the rain is let down as through
doors or flood gates (Psa. 78:23; compare Gen. 28: 17, and J"li3~Wt) and above which the abode of God
raim, Jud. 10: n'ro has
i, a.
(c) l
town in the tribe town in mount EphCh. 24:24; np where tho
and the angels was supposed to be, Ps. 2:4; Gen. 28: With n local. riD'O^n towards 17; Deut. 33:26. heaven, Gen. 15:5; 28:12; in which sense it is also put in ace. D?9?, D?P^n i Sam. 5:^2; Paa. 139:8; and Dn??n h% Exodus 9: 23; D^DB'n nnn on earth,
Eocl<*.l:l3;
:3; 3:1;
("most high name," or "most high heaven," Semiramisf) [Shemiramoth],

pr. n.
m.
Chr. 15:18, 20; 16:5; 2 Chr. 17 :*

pr. n.
compare
[Skamlai],
m. Ezr. 2:46; a
DCCCXXXV
fut.
DB
pi.
IPfe"
(fut.
A DB*
gee under the
root 0?''-)
(3) Ecc. 1.
to
1.
lay oneself waste,
to
destroy oneself
th
(1)
to
be
astonished
and
(the primary idea

p. ccin,
i
is
i-
that of
Derivatives,
pr. n.
h.
DpP
jiPBfc',
HDP, HiS^D, anl
silence,
being put to silence, compare the
indred
Jer.
roots DP"5!
EH
see
B),
Ki.g:8;
HITHPOEL DOirKfK
to
be
18: 16; followed
astonished,
by ?V (because of any thing)
Isaiah
Dan. 4:16.
52:14; Jer. 2:12. As to the passage 2 Chr. 7:21, see p A, No. 2. (2) to be laid waste, desolated (as places laid waste are silent and quiet, whereas in those that are
inhabited there
Part.
is
ECK'
adj.
wasted, desolate, Dan. 9:17.
noise) Eze.
Dpi^ laid
2
ivaste,
33:28; 35:12, 15. Lam. 1:4; 3:11; used of

ibid.
f. (l) astonishment, 26.7:27. (2) desolation, desert, Isai. 1:7. !HOD^ lano a waste desert, Jer. 12:10. nBK'lp-1 nDDB* a waste
nDDK>
and
desolation, Eze.
f.
33 28, 29
:
35
3.
persons
wast ed, destroyed,
1:13,16; soli-
Sam. 13:20; Isa. 54:1. Plur. f. n'lOp.iB' places laid waste, ruins, Isaiah 61 14; Danielg:
tary,
18, 26.
HpD^
(for no^B?), id. Eze.

.
35:7,9.
m
or
ast'onishment, amazement, Ezekiel
4:16; 12:19.
fut.
they made you desolate, and gape after you" (where niDK* is a noun verbal Part. Dpit? pi. for infinit.).
ei'KtJJ]
36:3,
(3) trans, to lay waste, to maize desolate; Ez. niOE> jjr? JJT "because that C.?^
IDf! TO BE FAT, TO BE FAT-
Antiochus Epiphanes [?]), Dan. (for 'tfn yK>3), ibid. 8:13, the sin of the desolator, and DP&? P-lpt? abomination of the desolator, Dan. 12 11, i. q. ft^lXvypa iprj/jwrjewc,
the
(i.e.
desolator
Dp/IB'
TENED, Deu. 32:15; Jer. 5:28. (Arab, ^^j id.) HIPHIL (i)to cover, to cover with fat, metaph. i. e. to cover over the heart as it were with fat, to
render
it
9:27.
yPBn
callous so as not to heed the

Isa.
words of the
produce
it
prophet,
6: 1O.
(2) to be fattened, pr. to
make
fat, to
Mace. 1 :54; 6:7 (either the altar or the idol which Antiochus caused to be erected over the altar of the
1
from
oneself,
Neh-9:25.
Derivatives, JOB*
temple at Jerusalem.) [But see, Matt. 24:15, as to " abomination of the desolation," as something even then unfulfilled].
and
pr. n.
NIPHAL DB>J._(i) i. q. Kal No. i, to be astonished, Jer. 4:9; followed by ^y Job 18:20. (2)i. q. Kal No. 2, to be laid waste, Jer. 12:11;
to be
m. n39B> f.fat, Isa. 30:23; used of a robust man, Jud. 3:29 (see iP^P); of a land, Num. 13:20; of bread, Gen. 49 20.
:
destroyed (used of
persons),
Lam. 4:5;
]n&
Isa.
m.
suff.
'3P?>,
plur.
D3W _(i)
fat, fat-
to be
ness, Ps. 109:24.
D^9ip
^J?)^P a feast of fat things,
desolate, solitary (as a Avay), Lev. 26:22; Isaiah 33:8. POEL. (l) i. q. Kal No. i. to be astonished,
Ezr. 9:3.
(2) part. EPE'P a desolator, Dan. 9:27; 11:31. HIPHIL Q$?M, fut. D'S'!, inf. ODB'n, part. D'Dp'P.
causat.
25:6; 10:27, (OB* ^?p7j;S3m "and the yoke (of Israel) is broken because of fatness," a metaphor taken from a fat bull that casts off and breaks the yoke (compare Deu. 32: 15; Hos.4:l6); alsofruit-
fulness
Isa.
of the earth.
D^D^
JOS a very fertile valley,
28:1.
of Kal No.
intrans. to be
1, to astonish, Ezekiel 32:10. astonished, stunned, Eze. 3:15; fol-
lowed by
(2)
i.
7JJ
Mic. 6:13.
3, to lay waste, as a land, Lev. 26:31,32; Eze. 30:12, 14. HOPHAL DB'n (read hosham, for EB'H, which is found in some copies), plur. IPK'n. (i) to be astonished, Job 21:5. (2) to be laid waste, Lev. 26:34, 35>43HITHPOEL CPW^'n but the fut. once DPB'* Eccl.
q.
Kal No.
\O& YV. an oleaster (differ(2) oil, Gen. 28: 18. ing from JVT an olive tree), Neh. 8:15; i Ki. 6: 23. (3) spiced oil, i.e. ointment, Ps. 133:2; Prov.
21:17;
Isa. 1:6.
tile
0^3/P^ m. meadows.
pi.
fatnesses (of the

"
:
earth), i.e. fer-
Gen. 27 28,
God
of the
give thee \?P^t>
psn
fertile meadows,"pr. of
fertile
meadows,
(in
the other hemistich, 'H
7ED
njn
dew of heaven),
without \?ppp be thy dwelling"
but Gen. 27:39,

[?] the
(parall. 'H
1?WO
|nn
shall
7:16.
to
(l)
to
be
astonished,
Isa.
be
confounded, Dan. 8:27;
to be
59:16; 63:5; disheartened,
fatness of the earth
^P).
is
Ps.
143:*-
D'aptrp, there
In both these places Q'lP^P is for a play of words in the double uses
DCCCXXXVI
of the particle JP, which in verse 28 must be taken a partitive sense (see IP No. l); in verse 39 in a privative sense [?] (see fP No. 3,6).
in
f.
and thing, to cause any one to hear any 2 Ki. Ps. 143:8; followed by ?K of pers, 7:6; thing, Eze. 36: 15. Without ?lp absol. to utter a voice, a
ace. of pers.
an d
m. efcAt
(Arab.
PI.
U', Lj-Ui
id.)
Jud. 3:8; Nu. 29:29; 2:24.

etc.
cry; hence with the addition of i/ip? Ps. 26:7; Eze. 27:30 (compare /ip? |D3); specially to sing, both with the voice, Neh. 12:42, and to play on instruments,
l
Chr. 15
28; 16:5 (especially with a loud

So j
^b^ comm.
Derivative,
eighty, Gen. 5:25, 26, 28,
^PS\
(i) TO
sound,
Chr. 15:19, compare n3).
Arab.
<u,'u-~<!
and
Arab,
HEAR
(Syr., Ch. id.,

Isa.
a female singer, clû< music.

(2) to announce, to tell anything, followed by ace. of the thing, Isa. 45 2 1 ; ace. of pers. Isa. 44 8 ;
:
:
w, Mih.
f\f*Q:), Gen. 18:10;
6:9;
an
with an ace. of thing, Gen. 3: 10; 24:52; Ex. 2: 15; and of pers. speaking, Gen. 37:17; l Sam. 17:28;
followed
48:5; with two

(3) to call,
Jer.
ace. of pers.
to
and thing,
i.
Isa.
l
48:6.
summon,
q. Piel,
Ki. 15:22;
by
*3
and a whole sentence, Gen. 42

Specially
to
50:29; 51:27.
a Sam. 11:26.
jub&ren), to
(a)
to
listen
(anfyoren/
Derivatives,
also
&$
to
ngB>
also,
n^-IDf, ypÔ,
by
any person or thing, followed an ace. Gen. 23:8, n, 15; 00.7:5; ?N i Ki.
attend
ny_PfP, and pr.n.
&*&$, ^.P.^, "$&,

hear, followed by
[Sea
VlOf .]
Chald.
16.
to
12:15; Isa. 46:3, 12; ? Job 31:35; followed by 5 Job 37:2; but ? VPy> is commonly to hear any
thing, testis auritus fuit (Plaut.), etu?a6 mit antjoren/ Gen. 27:5; Job 15:8; also, to hear with pleasure,
8 Sam. 19:36; Ps. 92: 12. (b) to hear and answer (used of God), followed by an ace. Gen. 17 20; Psa. 10:17; 54:4; followed by /N Gen. 16: 1 1 ; 30:22;
:
$?$
^ of anything,
Dan. 5:14,
ITHPEAL,
shew
one's self obedient, Dan. 7: 27.
$&
pr.n. m.
("
i
hearing,"
"
obedient"), [SAawa],
Ch. 11:44.
Deu. 33:7; Ps.5:4; 18:7; 27:7 28:2; 64:2; Lam. 3:56; '9 7ip3 Gen. 30:6; Deut. 1:45; 7$ T>X Gen. 21:17. Sometimes also with ? of the object,
'S îp
;
Vfttf m. with suff. 'ypP (l) hearing, Job 42.5 " Psa. 18:45, U* WM?? at (opp. to sight). the hearing of the ear they shall render obedience,"
^ WW\
Gen. 17:20.
obey, to give heed, Ex. 24:7; Isa. 1:19; followed by ?N Gen. 28:7; 39 l o ; Deut. 18:19; Josh. 1:17; ^ Num. 14: 27; 'B yip? Gen. 27:13; Exod. 18:19; Deut. 26:14; 2 Sam. 12:18;
(c)
to
:
as soon as they hear
my
mandate.
rumour, report JH VP^ an evil report, Exod. 23: i. Followed by a gen. of that concerning which the report is nfcW ypt' the fame of Solomon,
(2) fame,
;
B^
(2)
Ki. 10
"fc VP??'
the report of Tyre (as destroyed),
Gen. 3:17; Jud. 2:20; Ps. 58:6.

to
understand things heard, Gen. 11:7;

JJpJ?
42:23.
But
W& B"X
3? an understanding heart, l Ki. 3:9. Prov. 21 28 is, " a man who (truly)
:
SPV.l J'PK' the report of the coming of 23:5. Jacob, Gen. 29: 13; Isaiah 66: 19; Hos. 7: 12, VPS?? " as the orny:? report (came) to their congregaIsa.
tion."
heard," a NIPHAL
faithful witness, as opp. to a false witness. (i ) to be heard, l Sa. l : 13; followed
(3) singing, music, Ps. 150:5, VP'^ 'VyVv
" loud
by
^ (by any one), Neh. 6:1,7. To be heard is also used for to be regarded, to be cared for, Ecc. 9: 16;
2
to be
cymbals."
$PB* ("rumour"), [SAeroa], pr.n.m.

2:43, 44(2) 1 Chron. 8:13.
l
heard and answered, Dan.
10: 12, comp.
Chron. 5:8.
(i) (3) Neh. 8:4.
CL
(4,
Ch. 30:27.
(2)
to
(3)
to be
PIEL,
render obedience, to obey, Ps. 18:45. understood, Ps. 19:4. to cause to hear, i.e. to call, i. q. Hiphil
yfiiy [Shema~\, pr. n. of a town in the southern part of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:26.
No. 3; with an ace. of pers. and ? of thing to which " and i Sam. Saul called 15:4. any one is called,
all
m.,fame, rumour, Josh. 6:27; 9:9.
rumour"), [Shimea, Shimei, Shu,.

ma, Shimeah~\,
l
Sa. 23:8. IIiPHiL (i) to cause to hear, let hear, as one's own voice, Jud. 18 25 Cant. 2 14 (to cause to hear
l
: ; :
the people to war."
pr. n.
m.
Ch. 3:5; called (2) i Ch. 6: 15.
JW 2 Sam. 5:14;
(3) verse 84. see No. a.
(i) of a son of David, l Ch. 14:4.
U)
of a son of
acceptably,
Isa.
j8
4); a cry, Jer. 48 4; with two

:
Jesse ; elsewhere
n^
DCCCXXXVII
[SAiroa*],idem.; seen&B>No.2. Patron.
is
'Hyps?
Chron. 2:55.
art. pr. n.
3:3; of cattle, i.e. a shepherd, i Sa. 17:20; trop used of prophets, Isa. 2l:ll; 62:6, compare D*B. (6) in a wider sense, to keep safe, to preserve
?
12:3.
[Shemach'], with
m.,
Chron.
V?
Simeon
("
hearing with acceptance"),
pr. n.
by ace. Job 2:6; Prov. 13:3; ? 2 Samuel 18:12; îSa.26:i5; 7P i Sa. 26: 16; Proverbe 6:22; often used of God as guarding men, followed by an ace. Gen. 28:15, 20; Ps. 12:8; 16: l; 25:20; followed by IP to guard from any thing, Ps. 121:7;
followed
to reserve, Exod. 22:6; also to preserve, as loving-kindness, Dan. 9:4; Neh. 9:32, anger, Am. 1:11, n?3 nTJpp irmy. (Edom) kept his anger continually;" (^~ffi? with these vowels
(Gr. 2v/*c<ur); borne by (l) a son of Jacob, by Leah (Gen. 29:33), the ancestor of the tribe of that name, the cities of which are mentioned as situated in the territory of the tribe of Judah, Josh. Patron, is '?yp^ Num. 19:1 9. (2) Ezr. 10:31.
140:5; 141:9. (2) to keep,
25:14.
("famous"), [Shime(],
pr. n.
(i
Ex.
6:17; Num. 3:18.

1:8; 4:18. obscure men.
(2) 2 Sam. 16:5. (3) i Kings (4) Esth. 2:5; and of several other Patron. *VBK> for "V?^ Num. '3: 21.
and
n9
and the accent on the penultima is masc. with n n ^?V. or parag.), and without the ace. (like ~N?3 No. 2), Jer. 3:5, nv$ ibf ^DN "will he continually keep" sc. his anger? Specially to keep in mind and memory (tyvXarrfffdai n), Gen. 37 1 1 Psalm 1 3 O: 3Without ace. and with suff. of pers. Jot
^
:
("whom Jehovah has

(l)
heard and answered"), [Shemaiah^pr. n.
of a prophet in the time of Eehoboam, i Ki. 12:22. (2) another in the time of Jeremiah, Jer. 29:31. (3) of many other obscure men; see Simonis
" thou wilt 10:14, OrriOÎ keep (punishment) for me," bu gebacdteft (c) mtr. (3) to observe, to attend to any thing, followed " by an ace. i Sa. l 12 Ps. 17:4, I have observed
:
the ways of the violent man,"
i.
e.
that I
might avoid
Onom.,
p.
546.
pr. n.
f.
i.
p (=yp7, nyp?), [ShimeatK], 12:22; 2 Ch. 24:26.
an unused
see.
root,
to
(i)
to
thrust,
cast, spec,
kindred to BpK> which to put an enemy

to flight),
Prov. phrase sense,^ 2: 20); without this, Isa. 42:20; followed by ^J? Job 14:16; followed by ?K Ps. 59:10. Sometimes used in a bad sense, to watch narrowly (etroaS belauern), to lie in ic ait for, followed by an ace. Job 13:27;
(this
is
them
used in another
33:11; Ps. 56 7
:
to
flight (ben geinb roerfen), whence nyi?B>. (2) to hasten (from the idea of putting
to
to besiege
specially in speaking,
9,
71:10. "VJ? "ipt? to observe, i. e. Sam. 11 :l6, compare "1X3 No. 5. to to observe, as a covenant, Gen. 17: keep, (4) 1O; the commandments of God, l Ki. 11:10; the
;
city, 2
speak hastily, compare

to
sabbath, Isa. 56:2, 6; a promise,
.Û-l
|
hastening,
-
^^î
speak hastily.
Hence
Pr m a sound quickly utter ed,a transient found, Job 4:12; 26 14. Symm. \îdvf>ia-utjg. Vulg. susurrus. In the Talmud fP.5*> is a very little, which is here expressed by Targ. Syr.; but this usage appears to have sprung from the passage in
:
Followed by a gerund, 23:12; 2 Ki.iO:3l.

idols,
to
l Ki. 3:6; 8:24 seek to do any thing, Nu.
(5) to honour, to worship, as God, Hos. 4: lo, Ps. 31:7; a master, Prov. 27:18. Compare " Virg. Georg. iv. 212, Proeterea regem non sic Êgypobservant." Lydia IDB' i. (Deu. 4:9;, q. Niphal and i^?3 to abstain oneself from any thing, followed by 5? Josh. 6:18. NIPHAL (i) pass, to be kept, preserved, Psa.
tus, et
ingens
(6) recipr.
Job.
f.
1,
Ex. 32:25.
it
overthrow of enemies, see the root No. The ancient versions and the Jews
shame, contumely, compare I"??? (by J7), but the former is alone the true
take
to be,
37 28.
=
change of V and
meaning.
(2)
1 Sa.
to
Kal No.
fut. ~>b9.
6), followed
abstain oneself from any thing (compare by JP Deut. 23: 10; Jud.i3: 13;
TO KEEP, TO WATCH, TO GUARD (a) in a narrower sense, as a garden, Genesis 2: 15; 3:24; a flock, Gen. 30:31; a house,
"ir^
I.
- (l)
21:5. to be iv are of any thing, followed by IP Jer. 9:3; *3?O Ex. 23:21; ? 2 Sam. 2O l o followed by inf. Ex. 19:12, "take heed to yourselves to ascend
(3)
: ;
Ecc. 12:3.
Part. IP.K' subst. a
watchman
Canticles
the mountain,"
i.
e.
that ye do not ascend ; also |f (lest*
DCCCXXXVIII
by an entire sentence, Gen. 24:6; 31:24, 9; Deu. 4: 15; 11 16 (the imperative having someGen. Ex. locc. citt.). times added the pronoun pleon.
followed
:
f.
("pertaining to a watch," "watch[so called, however, from the owner's (l) of a mountain and of a city buiK
mountain"
pr. n.
Sometimes, to make the prohibition more forcible, there is added to the verb of warning the expression
^p;^>, Ty P3| by thy life (Germ, be 9 getbe nidjt), which does not depend on the verb ~>P?*?, Deut. 4:15, 16,
;
name]) on it, which was the metropolis of thekingdom of Israel from the time of Omri, i Ki. 16:24, seqq. Am. 4: i
;
*PnE>n
f|
nyote>p
ISP
ligently, as ye love
your
life,
take heed dion-iD^J not to act wickedly," etc. ;
6:l;sKi.3:l; 13:1; 18:9, 1O; Isa. 7:9; Eze. 16:46. Chald. P.lPt?, whence the Gr. Sapapctu, Lat. Samaria^ called by Herod the Great, S,3a<rrj in honour ol
Augustus (Joseph. Archseol.
15, 7,
7).
There
is
Jer.l7:*l,**jpftS?] D3nte'p3| VOfntake heed as ye value your life, not to carry;" Josh. 23:11.
now
there a small village called Sebusteh, see
Buck-
Once followed by a gerund, to care for something, to take heed to do something, Deut. 24:8, ... "P^n nY:r$l nfcp nb?^> "take heed to observe diligently and do," etc. PIEL, i. q. Kal No. 5, to worship (an idol), Jon.
:9-
ingham's Travels in Palestine, p. 501. (2) in a wider sense, the kingdom of Samaria, or of the ten tribes, the head of which was the city of Samaria,
p~l1pb>
2 Ki. 17:26;
.
(i) i. q. Kal No. 4, prop, to observe Mic. 6: 16. for oneself, (2) to take heed to oneself, followed by IP Ps.
HITHPAEL
ihpe? nn J er 31 5; 'V by the calf of Samaria, used of the calf of Bethel, Hos. 8:5, 6. The n. gent, is
: .
*~))) cities of the Samaritan kingdom, 23:19; and byprolepsis, l Ki. 13:32,
17:29.
18:24.
Derivatives,
nW, flWK
-ipt?,
'"ia# ("watchful") [Shimri,Simri] pr. n. m. (l) iChr. 4:37. (2) l Chr. 11:45. (3) iChr.
26:10.
(4) 2 Chr. 29:13.
and
pr. n. 'TO?*.
II.
i.
q.
ipp,
"I'DB'
Ch. Pa. IPP to fasten
IV"]pt?( w hom Jehovah guards") [Shemariah] pr. n. m. (i) of a sou of Rehoboam, 2 CLr.
11:19.
(2) Ezr. 10:32.
(id.)
with nails; whence
a thorn, a point. Perhaps the two significations (No. I., II.) may be reconciled from the sense of guarding, coming from that of
(3) Ezr. 10:41.

pr. n.
^T]9?*
12:5.
[Shemariah]
i.
m.
Chrou.
shutting up, making fast with nails.

only
because,
pi. D'l.O?'
is
Chald. Ezr. 4: 10, 17,

called
city of Samaria.
q.
Hebr. fnn& the
dregs (of wine), so

lees, its
"?J?
when wine
1
and colour are preserved.

;
kept on the VTOB>
strength
Jer.
NSJi?, B|?B>
n^P^" vigilant")
8:21.
Chald. PAEL,
7: 10.
[SHmrffA]
see
TCP No.a.
i
be settled on one's lees, to 48: 11 Zeph. :12, lead a quiet and tranquil life a metaphor taken from wine, Isa. 25:6, D'Pi?TD Onp9>"lees racked off," i. e. old and most excellent wine afterwards purified
to
;
("watch") [5/tiira/*]pr.n.m.
Chron
W&?
TO
MINISTER, Dan
from the
(2)
(b)
l
lees.
Syr. idem.
[Shemcr, Shamer],
i
pr. n.
(a)
i l
Ki.i6:24.
for
Ch.6:3l. (c) which there is, verse 32,

("
Ch.8:i2.
(d)
01.7:34,
with
suff.
comm. (m.
Psa. 104:19;
f.
Gen. 15:
ff
<
^2^
(l)
THE SUN (Arabic

under the ralanguages,
watchman"), [Shomer"],
d.
pr. n.
m. Ch. 7:32, compare "9> No. 3, 12:22, called, 2 Ch. 24:26, mpe*.
i
(a)
f.
(l) 2 Ki.
S)T.
* v>
^, a primitive word, found
dical letters sm, sr, sn, si, in very ummi compare the old Germ,
many
rrpS'f,
pi.
ni
eyebrows,
Ps. 77:5.
:
Sommer), Sanscr. sura, surja, Eng. sun, Lat. sol, and with an aspirate put
lant Pehlev.
In'tr,
(whence Summer, Germ. <2>unnc/ onnt

lor
a sibi-
PHpE?
f.
watch, guard,
Ps. 141
3.
Pers.
,^L,
Gr.
>/Xtoc,
see Merian,
m. observation, celebration, (of a feast) Ex. 12:42; compare the root No. 4.
D*~T?
pip*? (watch) [Shimron"]

sar.har,
pr. n. of
a son of
Is-
Gen. 46: 13. Patron. '^Py'
Num. 26:24.
Etude Comparative dcs Langues, p. 66, 67), J"inn t^P?-'^ under the sun, i.e. on earth, a usual phras*. in the book of Ecc. 1:3, 9, 14; 2:ii, 18, 19, 22; 4: &V& \3?r in th<: MMi.-hine *> 3 7> 1 5- an ^ frequently. Job 8: 16 (but as to Psalm 72: 17, s-v '3pt> No i
DCCCXXXIX
the sun, i. e. in the p. DCLXXX, A), Cfo^n lyyp before presence of the sun, with the sun, as it were, looking The sun-rise is spoken of with the on, 3 Sam. 1 2 1 1
: .
fut. K3.B* Ch. (i) to be changed, Dan. 6. 18; 3:27; especially for the worse (of the colour of the face), Dan. 5:6, 9.
verbs
God
rnj, as to the setting, the verb N13. Metaph. is said to be any one's sun, Ps. 84:12.
N^,
(2) to be other, different, followed
by
IP
Dan.
7:3,19,23, 24.
(2) pi. niB>p!S> battlements (as if suns, sun-beams), Isaiah 54: 12. LXX. tTraA&ic.
[W
to the
Ch.
id. q.
Heb. No.
l,
Dan. 6:15.]
PAEL (l) to 13, "they shall shall be changed.

(2)
to
change,
to
transform.
change
his heart;"
Dan. 4: impers. for
ji^Gp' ("solar," "like the sun"), Samson,

of Israel, celebrated for his great pr. n. of a judge LXX. Sa^wr, which Jud. 13 34, seqq. strength,
:
Part. pass, diverse, Dan. 7:7. transgress (a law, a royal mandate), Dan.
3 28.
:
Syr. id.
ITHPAEL, to be changed, Dan. 2:9; especially for the worse, to be disfigured, Dan. 3:19; 7:28.
Joseph us (Antiqu.
82).
^.pfeJJ
v.
10) explains to^vpoc, contrary
APHEL
date,
(i)
to
change, Dan. 2:21

to
a royal man-
etymology (see Gesch. der Heb. Spr. page 8l,
Dan. 6:9,
to
16.
(2)
neglect,
transgress (a mandate), Ezra
("sunny"),
[ShimshaQ
i
pr. n.
m. Ezra
6:11, 12.
(in the Chaldee manner), Ps. 127:2, from the root l^J.
i.
4:8, i7v "l^fc/' [^Shamsherai], pr. n.

lias
q. HJt?
f.
sleep,
Ch. 8:26, which
arisen, I suppose,
from a double reading, *1P^
Chald. see n
and
WW.
(i.e.
TtfpE? patron, from npE> mathites], l Ch. 2:53.
"garlic"), [Shu-
N father's tooth"), [SAmafc], pr. n. at ( a Canaamte king, Gen. 14:2.

I
|t^
(m.
followed
by Makk.
2,
l
J^,
with suffix
f.
signif.
No.
Sa. 14:5,
id.
Pro.
is
comm. 25:19) (l) A
\W
(for ]*y?) m.,
Psalm 68:
thousands.
18,
an iteration, a repeating. " thousands of iteration," i. e, many

HJB'.
Root
TOOTH. (Arab.
but
is
I
tt-<j
There
indeed in
Hebrew
Jli'
[Shenazar],
pr. n.
m.,
Ch.3:l8.
the root PC?, to which this prefer to regard

it
referred; as a primitive, since a tooth
word might be
an unused verb; Arabic ^-~~~> to be cold
(the day); see Schult. on Prov. 7:6.
Hence
called in very many languages by the syllable den (dent), zen, as the Sanscr. danta, Zend, dentdno, Pers.
I'iX'Oj C-
which
I.
see.
Gr. cdowt; for
d<5o'e,
Lat. den-s, Goth, tunthus,
fut.
H3
tooth of an elephant, ivory (more fully D^njtJ^ which see), 1 Ki. lO:l8; Cant. 5:14. 1^*52 palaces of ivory, covered with ivory, Am. 3:15; Psa. v. e. with walls Dual D?2^ teeth (prop, the double row of 45:9.
Fris. toft.)
Ex. 21:24, 27.
Specially the
(1) TO REPEAT, TO
<_/::;
Lam. 4: l). K3j DO THE SECOND TIME; Arab.

(once
Neh. second). Syr. JLjL (comp. D)3^ two; 13:21, -Ufn Q5< "if yedo(this) again;" iKi. 18:34. Followed by 7 l Sam. 26:8, " I will strike him once
1? njK'N N?l
'L
and
I Avill
not
repeat
to
him,"
sc.
the
teeth),
Gen. 49:12;
Am. 4:6;
:
also, for the pi.
blow,
i.
e.
there shall be no need of another stroke.
yx?
'!B>5
i.
e.
Job 13:14, *~fyl three teeth, l Sa. 2 13. " I carry my flesh (i. e. my life) in my teeth," I expose it to the greatest danger, as any thing
held in the teeth
may
easily
drop
comp. a similar
followed by ? Prov. 26:11, "a fool who repeats (or goes on acting) in his Prov. 17:9, "Ql? n .?^ " he who repeats in folly." a matter," i. e. who revives unpleasant things which
2 Sam. 2O:lO;
n?.b>
inp-ISl
proverbial phrase, Jud. 12:3, remarked on above,
should be forgotten.
(2) intrans., to be other, diverse from any thing; followed by IP Esth. 1:7; 3:8.
under
*]?
No.
b.
(2) a
1
Sa.
sharp rock, from the resemblance to a tooth, 9 *.. * 14:4; Job 39:28. Syr. AJL crags. Hence
j
[Shtn~\,
pr. n. of
a place, prob. of a rock,
Sam.
# Ch.
sa;
i.
q.
Heb. No.
i,
Dan. 7:5,
Mai. 3:6, " I, Jehovah do not change." Part. D*?^ those who change used of unfaithful subjects, opinion, changeable
loc. cit.
;
(3)
to be
changed;
especially for the worse,
Lam
used of the mind.
7, 19.]
n.
rebels,
who sometimes
take one side, sometimes in-
other (compare Jer. 2:36), Prov. 24:8!.
DCCCXL
to be repeated (a dream), Gen. 41 :32. PIEL, HIE' (once &3& in the Chaldee form, 2 Kings *5 :2 9)- (*) to change; garments, 2 Kings 25:29; Jer. 52:33; a promise, Psa. 89:35; justice (i. e. to riolate), Proverbs 31 :5; also to vary, i.e. often to
NIPHAL,
(whence with the Arabic art Gr. cX-tyac). an ele pliant, which the Hebrews could only pronounce
H3N
what
or
I
N3S (pi. O^3X).
This
is
more
suitable thac
formerly supposed, namely that D'an^' was a corruption of /'SHSB'j from ?'S elephant.
change
(a
way\
Jer.
8:36;
to disfigure (the face),
to another place, Esth. 9:9. (3) toj?9~nN ~I3E> to deform, i. e. to dissimulate his reason (er oerleugnete fcinen JBerjlanb), i. e. to feign one= V i self mad, i Sa. 81:14; Ps. 34: i. Syr.
9
Job 14:20. (2) to transfer
^^
Y m coccus, crimson, or de/> scarlet, produced by certain insects (Arab, .^î, Coccus ilicis, which adheres, together with its eggs, to the Linn.),
-
and
ellipt.
'
is,
to
be mad.
PCAL, to be changed (in a good sense), Ecc. 8: i ; where K|5^ is for n|B. HITHPAEL, to change oneself, L e. to change one's
garments,
l
leaves of the ilex (see on Isa. l 18), Gen. 38:28, 30; 4:30; fully *3^ nSm!F\ (prop, worm of coccus), Exod. 25 4, and T\y7\n 'W (coccus of worm), Lev.
:
Jer.
14:4.
PI. 0*31?
crimson garments, Isa.
31:21.
Prop,
it is
i :l8; Pro. bright colour (from the root H3E

1
Ki. 14:2.
No.
f
Derivatives, }?X?,
II.
n*> D3p,
3B>,
n3^D.
rTJt^
*3K>.
i.
q.
Arab.
^J^
to shine, to
be bright,
II.), compare Aram. *T"flf, J^ÔLA,) coccus; likewise from int to be bright; also fPC No. 2. Others take *?&? to be prop, tiificujtov, twice dyed (from n3C>
1 ;
whence
7W
pi.
yar(pr. an
D3B> const. *3f poet, rfot? const. ni3B> f. a iteration, sc. of the course of thesun, or of
,
No. I.) but purple garments only were twice dyed, and never crimson. See Braun, De Vestitu Sacerd. p. 237, seqq. ; Boch. Hieroz. iii. p. 527, seqq.
ed. Lips.
the changes of seasons, as spring, summer, autumn, winter; compare the Lat. annus, which pr. denotes io a circle, Gr. tviavroc, Arab. a circle, a year). ,\f>n3e> n3e> Deut. 14:22; naeq Dent. nap 15: 20;
J*K
m. T??'
f.
ordinal adj.,
l
:
second
(see the root

etc.
H3K; No.
L
-
3),
Gen.
8 ; Exod. 1:15,
(Arab.
19
n3B> i Sa. 7 : 16, D???? nap the second yearly. year, 2 Ki. 14: l ; 'nvh VIinK T\y? the fourth year of as Ahab, l Ki. 22:41. Sometimes ^35? is
Û, ^
PI.
f.4L3lS,
Ch.?;an, Syr. JLjJiL)
Fern. n>3^, alsc

:
nXPp
adverb, a
second time, again. Gen. 22 15; 41

(as to
story,
place),
:5.
repeated, na?>3 in the six hundredth year, Gen. 7:11, pr. in the (last) year of six hundred years. Plur. D'3E> also denotes 89016 years indefinitely, 2 Ch.
r\yy
niXD
V&
D'.*^ <ê second chambers on the second

D?JL? dual, constr.
^
Num. 2:16;
- c
Gen. 6: 16.
*3^,
m. two.
(Arabic
^w^
18: 2, compare D*P', some days. for annual produce, Joel 2 : 25.
Trop. year
is
used
Dual D^D?^ two years, Gen. 11:10; sometimes

D*p; D.'TW pr. two years of time, see D'PJ No. 9,
p. cccxiJi,
b,
Aram. ^.iL, I'î which latter is very different from To this numeral is cognate the the primary form. verb "135? No. I. to repeat; perhaps, however, the
root
is
rather in the numeral, than in the verb.
The
A.
primary form of the numeral appears to be ^371, from which have been softened Sanscr. diet, dual, dirdu,
(for
fW,
from the root
1>J)
f.
(l) sleep,
is
Prov.6:4; Ecc. 8:16. (2) a dream, Ps. 90:5. [This meaning

rejected in Thes.]
compare twa. other, different, Goth, two, tied, twai; whence Eng., Germ, two, jn>o/ Gr., Lat. dvo, duo. The
high Germans, like the Hebrews, have the sibilant D*3.B' D*3t? two and two, in pairs, Gen. gn>o/ groet).) suff. OWyp they two, Gen. 2 25. Two with 7:9, 15; l Ki. 17:12, and two or three, Isa. 17:6; used for
:
rightly
!W
Ch.
f.
(I) i.q.
Heb.
naB>
year, plur.
P#
Dan. 6:1.
(II) i.q.
ny& sleep, Dan. 6:19.

m.
pi.
a few.
__ c
;
D*3n^
(LXX.
ivory,
Ki. 10:22;
I.K'
2Ch-9:2l
tooth of an
Fern. D*nt? (by syncope for Dn3B>
Arab.
...bjjl,
-
ocm-rtf i\f$at>Tiv<n. elephant), compounded of
hewn by Ag. Senary

No. 96)
tooth, and (as was first in Annal. Lilt. Berol. 1831,

t j le
Targ. 7*D^
D?Kn
contr.
O 1 ??, from
Sanscr.
iblia-s
Dag. lene being put in an unusual manner alter ShVa moveable; as though Aleph had been prefixed D?R?^) constr. 'RV" and with preff. 'Rtra Genesil 31 =41; *J!ffi'^ Ex. 26:19; butT^PJud 16:28 (on tlu
DCCCXLI
other hand .T
D'Pl^p Jon. 4:
1).
(l)
two (fern.)
:
NIPHAL,
to
be despoiled,
Isa.
13:
it?;
Zee. 14:8
plur. with suff. \<V7$
they two, Eze. 23: 13. (a) of a two-fold kind (jweijerlei)), Isa. 51 19; com^5)
Derivative,
to cleave (kindred roots are J?13, jn|, yy|3> answer the Sanscr. tshid, to cut, Gr. <TX'W, Germ, fdjetben), nD-|B Vpb ypt? Lev. 11:7; and 'S? '^ rilD'ra Lev. 11:3; Deu. 14:6; to cleave the cleft ol
pare
of
all
kinds
(aHerleg).
id.,
(3) a second time, again,Ne\i. 13:20; Q.^'3
to these
J:b33:i4. Twelve, m., and twelfth,^., are 84:4; i Ki. 19:19; fem. they are
14:4; Lev. 24:5.
*'? ^7 byword.
f.,
D\3f Exod. D'F)tJ> Gen.
the hoof, PIEL.
i.
e.
to be cloven-hoofed.
to
Compare ^"isn.
sharp or pointed saying; hence a n3'3B7 iTH to be for a byword, Deut.
cleave, Lev. 1:17. (2) to rend, to tear in pieces a lion, Jud. 14:6. (3) metaph. to rend with words, i. e. to chide, to
(i)
1
8 37
:
Ki. 9:7; from the root
upbraid,
Sam. 24:8.
the root in Kal.
cleft, see
SHARPEN; a (Chald. id., sword, Deu. 32:41 metaph. the tongue, i. e. to assail any one with sharp sayings, Ps. 64:4; 140:4. Part. pass. 1-13B> sharpened (of a weapon), Ps. 45:6; Isa. 5:28.
;
Arab.
^)
TO
not used'in Kal TO

to PIVR, *n3,
CUT IN PIECES
Samuel 15:33.
(cogn
PIEL, to
t(70ae.
I.
compare under cut in pieces,

in
#05?.)
l
LXX.
which
Vulg.
frusta concidit.
PIEL, to inculcate any thing on any one (Germ. tinfcfidrfen) followed by dat. of pers. and ace. of thing,
;
lU/L/ TO LOOK
to
(kindred to
nab No.
by 7^
i,
Deut. 6:7.
see); hence, absol.
look
around
HITHPOEL,
to be
wounded,
: .
as if pierced
22:42.
through
Specially
(a) followed
(for help), 2 Sa. to regard
(with grief), Ps. 7 3 2 1
any one
Derivatives, n?B> (which see, for
r>3B>),
(his prayers [offerings, rather]), Gen. 4:4, 5. ? (b) to look to any one for aid, followed by Isa. 17:8; ?y Isa. 17:7; 31:1; ?Ex.5:9. (^follow-
JM not used in Kal; perhaps TO FORCE, TO BIND TOGETHER; kindred to D3S (the aspirate and
sibilant being interchanged). Chald. ^35?,
Y^ thongs.
to
ed by IP and 7PJ? to look away from, to turn the eyes from anything, to let it alone, Job 7 1 9 1 4 ^; Isa. 22:4.
: :
More remote
adhere.
is
the Arab.
u^î,
.
to
be infolded,
HIPHIL,
14, '?$P
JJK'n
i.
q.
Kal, letter
V^n
"
c, followed by IP Psa. **Q: turn thy eyes from me." The form
PIEL, cyy to gird up (the loins) i Ki. 18:46. So all the ancient versions, as required by the context.
U?
is imp. apoc. for ""IJ?^?, whence I^n, and, by lengthening the former syllable (like 2T, 2]V; "H5!,
fl?.'.),
V^rj-
There
is
therefore no need to refer this
?Y [Sh in a r~\ pr. n. of the region around Babylon,

:ll; Zee. 5: 11 Dan. 1:2. extent, see Gen. 10:10. Compare Bochart,
;
Gen. 11:2; 14:1
Isa. ll
As
to its
i. 4
Phaleg.
5.
T\
J.
D. Mich. Spicileg. Geogr.
form to a root W, or that the vowels should be see under Another Hiphil. changed. HITHPAEL nJJRS^n (i) to look around (for help),
WH
i.
p.
231.
Isa.
41: 10.
i.
(Syr. îK-".j=D used of the country round Bagdad, see The derivation is unknown. Barhebr. p. 256).
f. i.
(2)
q.
nsnnn
letter b, to
look upon one ano-
ther
23.
II.
(sc. in fighting,
or rather in disputing), Isa. 41:

nj?SJ\
q. nag?
(from !#J sleep, Ps. 132:4).
Derivative, Ch.
i.
.
(kindred to the verbs DDB>, ypK>) TO PLUNDER, TO SPOIL, Ps. 44:1 1 ; followed by an ace. of pers. 1 Sam. 14:48; and of thing, Hos. 13:15. Part. D'pfc>
q Syr. Jbk*,Heb. W?> TO BE
SMEARED
the eye),
TOGETHER,
Isa.
TO BE
SMEARED OVER
f.
(as
32: 3.
spoilers, Jud. 2: 14; i Sam. 23:1. POEL, nbil? (for nDiC?, which is the reading of some copies) id. with ace. of thing, Isa. 10:13.
np'f with ace. of thing, Jud. 2: 14; Sam. 17:53; Ps. 89:42. Part. pi. with saff. ^P.N
i.
emphat. Kngg, tW5$ Ch.

time, pr. the twinkling of an eye,
moment
2Cugenblict
oj (Arabic
<cLs a moment;
also,
q.
which
i.e.
signifies both). SriyK'

;
an hour, compare Dutch Stondt, H3 at the same moment,
by a Syriacirm
*9
part, hfiff.
for
'HJDDfe'
Jer. 30: 16;
compare
immediately, Dan. 3:6, 15; 4:30; 5:5; but A' K 3 "for a short time." 16, N-jn ny T
an unused verb, which appears
to
have had
DCCCXLII
ihe signification of
pounding, beating, stamping.

pieces.
Arab.
\z*j II. to
stamp in
Hence
const. ncy?? fern, crashing noise (of horses' hoofs), which is done in striking the ground, bag tamp fen ber SJoffe/ Jer. 47:3.
7JJ Isa. 10:20; 31:1; Job8:l$; 2 Ch. 13:18, 14:10; 16:7; Mic. 3:11; followed by ^X Pro. 3:5; followed by 3 Isa. 50: 10; absol. Job 24:23. (2) to lean against, followed by 'J>, Jud. 16:26; of a country, followed by ? Nu. 21:15. (3) to recline (prop, to rest upon the elbow), Gea
by
a kind of cloth or garment made of two kinds of thread, linen and woollen, Lev. 19: 19 (where there is added DW3), and Deut. 22: 11, where the
^y?l!fiy
18:4.
Derivatives, RfBto,
prop. TO
fU^D,
fl^D, and pr. n.

also TO
fl
STROKE;
OVERSPREAD,
words are," thou shall not put on shatnes, woollen and linen together." LXX. KifictjXov, i. e. something adulterated. The origin is very obscure. Those proposed by Bochart(Hieroz. i. p. 486) and Buxtorf (Lex. Chald. p. 2483), who sought for an etymology in the
Phcenicio-Shemitic languages, are very improbable; nor are those quite satisfactory which are given by Jablonski (Opuscc. ed. te Water, i.p. 294) and Forster
p. 92), who regard this word as being taken from the Coptic, and that it should be written jyoilTliec (i. e. byssus fimbriatus).
and (Chald. and Syr. compare In Kal once intrans., to be smeared nyt? No. II.). over (used of the eye), to be blinded, Isa. 29:9; as
TO
to this passage see Hithpael.
SHEAR
W^
JW
HIPHIL, imp.
Vyn smear,
blind (the eyes), Isaiah
6:10.
(De Bysso Antiquorum,
W-h$ (i) to delight (prop, to stroke, to Ps. smooth), 94:19. (2) intrans. to delight oneself, Isaiah 11:8; followed by an ace. (in any thing), Ps. 119:70.
PILPEL
PULPAL yvy&
lie b!ofi
to be
smoothed,to
:
be
caressed ($&
Isaiah
an unused verb, which seems, from the derived nouns, to have had the sense of hollowness, '?& hollow of the hand, &{fc hollow way, ty? fox,
burrower and an inhabitant of caverns. Kindred are *?$& No. II. whence Vxi?> Orcus (^>6lle), and in the Indo-Germanic languages, KOI\OG (caeluiri),
as being a
:
ujerben), Isa.
66
2. to
HITHPALPEL WyyjyPft
29:9,
blind,"
-lyKh
i.
delight oneself.
lyK'yriL^n
"delight
yourselves and be
Jjobl.
; ,
own delights and however you will be blinded, pleasures, presently, i. e. ve shall be amazed at the sight of those things which will happen. As to this use of two imperatives, one of them concessive, the other asserting and
e.
indulge freely in your
with
(1)
stiff. i
pi.
Dp, constr.
hollow of the hand,

id.
(2) a handful,
)Jb>a_
Isa. 40:12. iKi. 2O:1O; Eze. 13:19; Syr.
threatening, see Hebr. Gramm. Followed by ? in anything, Ps.
127,2
1
99, ed. 9).
19: 16, 47.
Derivative,
35 i Ki. 4:9, and J 19:42 ("place of foxes," for the fuller

i
:
D'^J# Jud.
3^
''&
^1
y \u
an unused verb
prob.
i.
q.
divide
Josh.
JV3,
Hence
"**"
compare Arab. k_Jjt-
Shaalabbin],
pr. n.
p.
i.q. ty& a fox), [Shaalbim, of a town of the Danites, see
("division"), [Shaaph],
iCh. 2:47.
I.
pr. n.
m.
(i|
(2)
Chr. 2:49.
Relandi Palsestina.
988.
i
Gent. n.
^h^t?
(as if
l,J/t^
(i) TO
CLEAVE, TO DIVIDE.
open
in fissures,
Arabio
A'O-
from nSKT), 2 Sa. 23:32;
Ch. 11:33.
intrans. jc to
be
cleft, to
j<j aper-
("region of foxes"), [Shaalim'], pr. n. of a territory, i Sa. 9:4, prob. in the territory of the
city 0'3?j;C',
ture, chink, Êth. ftQÎ t dismiss, to set free (from the signification of opening, see Lud. de Dieu on Gen.
which
see.
not used in Kal.
NlPHAL
(l) TO
LEAN UPON, TO BEST UPON,
as a spear, followed by ^J? 2 Sa. 1:6. '2 "P h]t ftp? to lean on any one's hand, spoken of kings, who were
Hence No.l, a gate. (2) to estimate, to set a price (verbs of cleaving being often transferred to the sense of judging). PI*" So 23:7. Arab, jt^ to set a price, jt~- price of corn,
23: 1O).
Chald.
II.
~W
accustomed to go in public leaning on their friends and ministers, 2 Ki. 5: 18; 7:2, 17. Metaph. to repote confidence in anj person or thing, followed
"W id.
Hence
"W No.
to
II.
and
pr. n.
n^.
i
verb.
"\J/t# i. q. nb> But hence
shudder, not uaed as
DCCCXLIII
14:31; compare Neb. 3: (i) agati. (Syr. and Chald. with the letters
comc>.
(fern.
v
Isa.
6).
V
:
transposed SHf?, l-îl.), whether of a camp, Ex. 32 or of a city, Gen. 23:18; Josh. 2:7; or of a 6, 27
;
temple, Eze. 8:5; 10:19; or of a palace, Esth. 2:19, 21 (whence "TV?' used of the palace itself, Esth. 4: the gates of a land a, 6; compare JHJ;)). Y~$$ ire the entrances of a land, places where enemies
^P
might
enter, Jer.
i.
15:7; Nah. 3:13;

I
T3VP?
12:12;
within
from the brook Kedron, Neh. 3 26 2 37 which some suppose to be the same as (m) WD~]nn ~\y$ the pottery-gate, Jer. 19:2, through which they went to the valley of Hinnom, which is no doubt to be On the sought on the south-east side of the city. south side of the city, the walls were built on the edge of the steep side of Mount Zion, in which therefore there were no gates. The inner-gate ("n^n 'K'), Jer. 39:3, seems to have led from the higher city to
: ;
thy gates, and even
e.
in thy cities, Deut.

"
14:27;
T?W
D^? in one of thy
cities, Deut.
17:2; compare
where trials some of them for business, and some to sit at leisure, to look on, and converse (Gen. 19:1; Ruth 4:11; Pro. 31:23; Lam. 1:4); whence "4^3 in the gate, often for in the forum, injudgment, Deu. 25:7; Job5:4; 31:21; Prov. 22:22; Isa. 29:21; Amos 5:10, 12, 15; '3^' ~W& those who sit in the gate, i. e. persons of leisure, idlers, Ps. 69: 13: Ruth 3:11; '2 "VSÎ "all the
gates of cities amongst other passages, Neh. 8:l6), were held, and the citizens assembled,
At the Kin. 8:37; 2 Chr. 6:28. there was the forum (^Hl, compare
1
the lower. See concerning the whole subject, Bachiene, Descr. Palsestinae, ii. 94 107; J. E. Faber, Archaologie der Hebraer, i. p. 336, seqq. ; liosenm.
Alterthumskunde, ii. 2, p. 21 6, seqq. Certain other gates were not in the walls of the city, but in the outer wall of the temple; see ~WD, ro?^.
measure, -fold, see the root No. I., 2, WW& '"ISO a hundred measures, a hundred-fold, i. e. (.KaTovrrXaaiug.
Gen. 26:12,
(2) a
yw
adj.
bad, disagreeable (used of

II.
figs), Jer.
29: 17, from the root ~W& No.

adj.
horrible. Fem. something horrible,
assembly
The
of
Jer.
my
5:30; 23:14.
id. Jer.
people."
following were the names of the gates in the the gate of the walls of Jerusalem (a) KPn from fountain called the so Gihon, on the fountain,
'TW
18: 13
"^
irW (" whom Jehovah

rialt], pr. n. in.
l
near the foot of Mount Zion, Neh. 2:14; 3:15; 12:37. Going from this to wards the north (b) na^Sn ~W? the dunghill-gate, Neh.
west side of the
city,
Ch. 8:38; 9:44.
town
52;
Q!T5?j (" two gates"), [Shaaraim], pr. n. of a in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15:36; l Sam. 17:
l
2:13; 3:14; 12:31; contr. nis^n

Josephus
the
calls
it
'E>
Neh. 3:13:
Ch. 4:31.
Essenes.
:
2), the gate of (Bell. Jud. v. 4, (c) K??D "VRy the gate of the valley,
Neh. 2
3,
15
3:13;
2 Ch.
33
14.
On
the north
Tilp'ytJ' \_Shaashgaz~\, Persic pr. n. of a eunuch and keeper of women in the court of Xerxes, Esth.
side of the city there followed (d) H3Bn "WJerem. 31 :38; 2 Ch. 26:9; and D'SSn nj?C> the gate of the
2:14.
(Pers.
x-:L:
is,
servant of the beautiful.)
mural
toicers,
Zee. 14:10.
(e)
BH?S
'&
Nehemiah
8:16; also called PP;?? 't? Jer. 37:13; 38:7; Zech. 14: 1O (the way from it leading to both these tribes), Next this on with a forum near it (Neh. 8: 16).
the eastern side of the city was (/) n3Bn 'B> the old gate, Neh. 3:6; 12:39; pi'ob. the same as is
Pro. 8:30; Ps. pi. delight, pleasure, 119:24; Jer. 31:20. Hoot M.'~.
B7'W
u/
- (l)
to
prop. TO
off, to
SCRATCH, TO SCRAPE;
off.
hence
file,
to
scrape
pare
Aram. JLut
|_L^SQ_
a
to
D'^n 'E> called ptfjan Ty?' Zech. 14:10. Then (</) the fish-gate, prob. so called from the fish which
were there offered
:
prop, 3^5 (2)

i.
make smooth,
a paring.
bald,
file,
jlvAû* a
q.
filing,
for sale,
'& the 1 10. (/i) jNtfn the near 12:39, temple, so called from the sheep for sacrifice in the temple, which were offered for sale
Neh .3:3; 12:39; Zeph. sheep-gate, Nehemiah 3:1;
compare Talmud. HDK'

tain), Isa. 13:2.
Syr. Pa. to purge, to cleanse from dregs, Hence n p^. to filter.
NIPHAL, part, bare, bald,
naked
(used of a
moun-
LXX.
ijpoc TrtSirov.
"l3Sn 'K> Vu]g.porta forum of this gate. (i) Neh. others take to be one 3:31 (which judicialis,
in the
PUAL, Job 33:21 np,vnte>xy *BV "his bones be-
come naked," naked

Derivatives,
'
of flesh.
of the gates of the temple).
3:*8; Jer. 31:40.
(k) the horse-gate, Neh. (/) the water-gate, so called
riBB?,
EB',
and the
2
pr. n.
\S& n?? !.
5
^ only in pi.
Sa 17:89, I??
nfetf
DCCCXLIV
o/
according to Targ., Syr., and the Hebrews, cheeses sne, so called from the idea of filtering and
explains
Cleansing from dregs, see the root No. 2. Abulwalid it to mean, slices of curdled milk.
(" nakedness"), [Shepho], pr. n. m. Gen. 36:23; called 'Bf iCh. 1:40.
and chief magistrates (l Sam. 8:2O; 9 Chron. l:l compare H. No. l, 2), Judges 16:31. Hence Part
B?K?.BDB> a prince, Ps. 2:lO; Am. 2:3; especially used of the leaders and magistrates of the Israelites,
m. (from 20:9; pi. D'CHEE/ 23:10.

(i.q.
pr. n.
),
judgment, penalty,
2 Ch.
who delivered their people from the oppression oi neighbouring nations between the time of Joshua and Samuel, and who then governed them in peace as supreme magistrates (Jud. 4:5), Jud. 2 16, 18 Ruth
: ;
(i
being shortened into}), Eze.
i:i; 2 Kings 23:22,

plur. suffetes}
etc.
The same name
(suffes,
was applied
to the chief magistrates o'
PDW
serpent?"), [Shupham'],
the Carthaginians.
(i) to be judged, Ps. 37:33. (2) recipr., to litigate with any one, Prov. 29:9; Isaiah 43:26; followed by DJJ of pers., Joel 4:2; rig
(flK) Eze. 17:20; 20:35, 36; ? J r 25:31 (see below); also with an ace. and ?JJ of the thing (Jer.
-
of a son of Benjamin, Nu. 26:39.

t?
(id.),
NIPHAL
[Shephuphan],
pr.n.
m.
Ch. 8:5.
an unused verb, prob. i. q. nay, jEthiop. to spread out (compare also n??>). Hence family; and as closely connected therewith
s
which any one contends, l Sam. 12:7; Eze. 17:20. When Jehovah is said to contend with men, it has sometimes the notion of
2: 35) concerning
nnjpt/ f.famula
(as if a
noun of unity, one of a
As family), a maid-servant, Gen. 16:1; 29:24. to its difference from HON, see 1 Sa. 25:41,^$$ n l.n
'"'?r^'?
punishing, Eze. 38:22; Isa. 66: 16;' compare 2 Ch. 22:8.
POEL, part. BDfeip
i.
q.
t3B\t?
Job 9:
15.
am
"behold, thy handmaid is a servant," thy household servant to wait on thee.

fut.
i.e.
Derivatives, ttB^-fpsr, BIBB',
for the
is
(l) TO JUDGE. (A root which not found in the other Phoenicio-Shemitic languaBBK".
verb
(
Chald. part, oat? a judge (by a Hebraism, itself is not found in Chaldee), Ezr. 7 25.
:
judge"), [Shaphat^-pr.n.m.
i
ges, the
primary idea of which appears to be, to set up, to erect, like the Germ. rtd)t?n, comp. the cognate roots nDw', B?^. Traces of it are found perhaps in the Indo-Germ. languages, as fcbeffcn, in Gloss. Mons.
testament; @di6ppe/ judge.) Const, judge; either nbsol. Job 22:13; Eze. 44 24 or followed by
to
gefchfffr,
: ;
13:5-
(a)
Chron. 3:22.
(5)
(3)
(l) Nu. Ki. 19:16. (4)
iCh. 27:29.
,
lCh.5:i2.
ments.
only plur. D'tpSB' m., judgments, puntsh~. ? D^ps^ nl"]; Ex. 12:12; Num. 33:4.
("whom Jehovah defends"),[*?Acp/itiah~\, pr.n.
judged, Ex. 18:22, 26; Deut. 16: r8 ; Isa. 11:4. P"1V BBe> Prov. 31:9, and E^TV'P '^ 1>S 75 3> to do justice, equity. Ezek. 16: " I will 38, niBî "VWJQ T999?' judge thee (with) the judgments of adulteresses." T3^ P? '& to be or Gen. 16:5; 31:53; Isaiah judge umpire between,
an
ace. of pers.
whose cause
is
(l) of a son of David, 2 Sam. 3: 4. (4) Ezra a 14, 57.
(2) Jer. 38:!.
(3) Neh. 11:4. (5) 8:8; Neh. 7 -.9, 59.

(id.)
VVZpS
(3)27:16.
[ShephatiaK], pr.n.
:2.
(i) of a
son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Ch. 21
(2)
Ch. 12:5.
2:4.
q. to
Part. 031"' subst.

5
judge, Deu. 16:18.

to
Specially (see
l.
i'* !
No. 2)
judge anyone
is
(a)
BIBC'.
condemn,
to
to
punish
;
the guilty (*;araKp*Yu),
JE525> ("judicial"),
\Shiphtan\,
pr. n. m.,
Nu,
Sa.
(b)
3:13; Obad. 21
Psa. 109:31;
34:24.
plur. Q\'B^ masc. (from the root fiBB)_(i; baldness, nakedness, Job 33:21 a'ro, where a substantive is poetically put for a finite verb. 1p
*
compare
" dethe poor and oppressed. Isa. 1:17, Einj IDBK' fend the cause of the orphan." Psa. 10: 18; 26: l.
'
defend any
one's cause, especially that of
BB'fp
'B>
Jer.
5:28; Lam. 3:59.
Followed by iP
and
*^!P
pregn.
to
defend (any
deliver
him from the power J 84:16; 2 Sa. 18:19, 31; I 8.43:ito as to connected with the idea rule, govern, (2) of judging, since judging was the province of kings
one's) cause, (of his enemies),
and to l Sam.
has in the same sense IBB', see the root in Pual. (2) a naked hill (void of trees) (compare 1? tl. Jerem. 12: 12, 13T?? nBB'J Isa. 13:2).
DW
hills in the desert;" 3:2,21; 4: 11; 7:29; 14:6; " be wen' Isaiah 41: 18; 49:9; Nu.23:3, *?J^ T?!!
upon a hill."
pr.
see
2:9,11,12, 17;
both when low,
Ecc. 12:4. Pro. 16:19.
Inf.
D'B2? (" serpents?") [Shuppim], pr. n. m. (l) iCh. 7:12, 15. (2) 26:16.
l(
Isa.
10:33. (J) of the voice, 29:4; and altogether suppressed, HIT ?5^> to be cast down of spirit,
5:15;
Compare
(i) to
^f?B>.
|15
3p' Gen. 49:17, a species of serpent, from

s
the root ^S?? Syriac, to glide.

serpent,
Arab. y_^. a kind of

spots.
marked with black and white

i.
See
depress, cast down, make lon\ Intnms. to b (opp. to D'ln), Psalm 18:28; 75:8. cast down (pr. to cast (one's self) down), Job 22: 29. Followed by another verb it assumes the nature of an
HIPHIL
adverb, Jer. 13: 18, 13B' -I^S^n "humble yourselves, sit down," i. e. sit down in a low place (fcfct cud) niebrig)
Ps. 113:6.
:
Bochart, Hieroz.
p.
416, seqq.
n.
1 1.
("beautiful"), [Shaphir], pr. town of Judaea, otherwise unknown, Mic. l
"VSt?
of a
(2) to cast
TS& Chald.
TjSlL'
adj.
beautiful, Dan. 4:9, 18.
down, as walls, n&pB>. Derivatives, *?W

7pK* Chaldee APHEL,
to
Isa.
25: 12.
fut. "iJBif!
id.,
- (l)
depress,
:
to
cast dotcn
TO POUR, TO
POUR OUT
metals,
(Arabic <JJoL:
Êthiop. UJflTlI
e. g.
to cast
(kings, mighty men), Dan. 5:19; 7 24. With 3??? to denresSjhumbl.e one's heart, to be humbled, ibid., 5: 22.
a drink-offering, Isaiah 57:6. D^J "i]D^ to pour out blood, i.e. to commit slaughter, Gen. 9:6; 37:22; Eze. 14:19. Metaph. 1^3 TJQB> Ps. 42:5; and '^ 'B> Lam. 2:19; to pour out one's soul, i.e. to be poured out in tears and " '.??P l Sa. 1:15; Ps. 62:9; complaints, followed by
kindred to nap, ^vi.j),
7fc?
Metaph.
Isa.
depressed
n'pSfc? f. adj. low, of a tree, 26.17:24: (of a spot on the skin), Lev. 13:20, 21.
(a} ignoble, vile,
7QE> cast (b) 0-n

: ;
aSa.6: 22; Job 5:11. down, humble of spirit, Pro. 29: 23

L.*
;
57 15 and without 0-11 id. Isa. loc. cit. HT'EiE'n that which is low, Eze. 21 131 (masc. with n parag.).
Chald. low, Dan. 4: 14.
compare Lam. loc. cit, ?JJ il"lD!3 "=1?^ to pour one's anger upon anyone, Eze.i4:l9; 22:22; Lam. 2:4. (2) to heap up a mou nd (auffdwtten), Eze. 26:8. NIPHAL (l) to be poured out, l Kings 13:5.
" Metaph., Ps. 22:15, I am poured out like water," a description of a man who cannot arise from weakness [Christ bearing our sins vicariously].
m. loicliness,
i.e.
an ignoble and wretched
condition, Ecc. 10: 6; Ps. 136:23.
$
r
art.
f.
id., Isa. -32: 19.
(2)
to be
poured
out,
i.
e.
profusely expended
a low region, Josh, ll :i6, fin.; with the ""y^^ the low region near the Mediterranean
(as money). Eze. 16:36; comp. iK^ta), Tob. 4:17PUAL, to be poured out, used of one's steps, i.e.
to slip, Ps.
sea, extending
from Joppa
h
to
l
Gaza, Josh.i
16; Jer.
32:44; 33:13;
SfÂo,
Mac. 12:38.
73:2 np, compare the
Lat.
fundi,
for
pnstemi. HITHPAEL,
f.
to be poured out, Lam. 4:1. The phrase, "my soul is poured out," is (a) it pours itself out in complaints, Job 30: 16. (b) my blood is
ness of the hands,
a letting doivn, with DJT remisssloth, Ecc. 10:18.
poured out,
=}
die,
Lam. 2:12.
Hence
is
DSK' (perhaps, "bald," "shaven," from the root ""IS^; there are no certain traces of a root D?')
[Shapham],
poured out,
pr. n.
m. lCh.5:l2.
" a place naked of trees"), of a town in the eastern part of
the place where any thing
D6^
("
nakedness,"
pr. n.
Lev. 4:12; and
\_Shepham],
pY
SK/
mountain,
fem
poured out, correctly render

fat.
urethra, through which the urine is Deu. 23:2. Vulg. veretrum. Some in-
the tribe of Judah, Nu. 34:10, ll; prob. the same Gent. n. which is called J\\C^y [? ] l Sa. 30:28.
'
testicle
(see
i
?&?
Ch. 27:27.
i.
inf.
*f,
Arab. Ju^,
Isa.
Ji^
TO BE of a
to
lijwy an unused verb, prob. hide, especially under the

figuratively,
q.
earth,
??, !?? to cover, whence ]$&.
DEPRESSED, TO BE
Isa.
Or
BECOME LOW, used
Whence
JLÎ astute.
10:33; a city* 32:19. Metaph. to fo depressed, is used of (a) men who are cast down from a high rank Isaiah
40:4; of a wood,
like-
JS&^ m. (i) a quadruped (which chews <>e cud a hare), Levit. 11:5; Deut. 14:7; which live-
DCCCXLVI
gregariously on rocks, and is remarked for its cunning, P?. 104:18; Prov. 30:26. The Rabbins render it
f.
(l) brightness, beauty.
Here, ap-
coney; more
correctly the
i.
LXX.
in
three
places,
XotpoypuXAtoe,
e.
mus jaculus Linn., Arab, cyj,

o f
parently, we should refer with Jo. Simonis, who has been followed by Ewald (Gr. page 92), Job 26: 13, rriBP D:pE> irw? by his (God's) Spirit the heavens
Jerboa, an animal
the size of the coney, with a
head resembling that of a hog, with long hind legs fitted for leaping; it inhabits burrows dug in the mud, and is remarkably cunning. It is either so called from its burrows in which it hides itself, or from
its
were made brightnes s," i. e. splendid, most splendid. Several interpreters have supposed niac? to be for ""H??' (to make beautiful, to adorn, sc. with stars and constellations), so put that two constructions (irTP SK> '# and ">SB> DJOB? T 1H-n?) are confused (Vulg
cunning. Oedinann, Verm. Sammlungen,
i.
p.
1001, seqq.
spiritus ejus ornavit ccelos),

is
but Dag.
forte necessarium
48. (2) [Shaphan], pr. n. (a) a scribe of Josiah, 2 Ki. 22:3, 12; Jer. 36:10, compare Ezek. 8:11.
(6) 2 Ki.
i
iv. p.
scarcely ever found to be omitted in the letters
(2) [Shiphrafr], pr. n.

'
f.,
Ex.
15.
22:12; 25:22; Jer. 26:24; 39:14.

an unused verb,
to
!f?r m.,
ornaments of a throne, tapestry

is
overflow,
like the
with which a throne

the 2>ra has "vnBB>.
l
covered, Jer. 43 10 np, where

:
Ch., Syr.
Hence
m. abundance,T)evL. 33:19.
i.
^V
"abundance
traffic.
m., Chald.,
dawn, Dan. 6:20.
Syriac
of the sea,"
e.
wealth obtained by sea

(pr.
nySty
f.
great multitude
abundance), as
fut.
n-IK'
na^ - (l)
1-in to
TO PLACE, TO
itself
1
PUT
;
(i.
q.
of water, Job22:ll; 38:34; of men, of camels, Isa. 60:6; Eze. 36:10.
2Ki.Q:i7;
m.
Ch.
which
suppose to be
cognate to this verb,
so that Q
i
is
softened into 3, and even into
compare
to
ySW
abundant"), [Ship hi],

an unused
pr. n.
"^V,
out,
~>:W;
"ian
and
dig;
nap and
n-1t3
spread
root, prob.
i.
q.
Syr.
to
glide.
WS
Hence DB3>
(l)
flS'Bt? serpent,
and
pr.
names
Also BStp and ^?^). 2 Ki. 4:38; Ezek. 24:3; Psalm 22:16, ^nSKT) njO ID^ " into the dust of death (in the sepulchre) thou wilt put me." (2) followed by a dat. of pers., to give, Isaiah
to spread over.
and
26:12. TO SCRATCH, TO SCRAPE (cognate to "l^y, ">9p); hence to polish. (2) to be bright, prop, to be polished (compare
i.
5^
q.î
Derivatives,
m. dual, stalls, folds, Psa. 68: 14 (com

pare O'DS^P p. DXX, A), Eze. 40:43 (where places in the court of the temple are signified, in which the sacrificial victims were bound).
Arab. jL:
N-iSn?^),
I.
IV., to shine forth

be
i.
as the
dawn, and
to
lowed by ?1) Dan. 4:24.
Folbeautiful, q. Ch. and Syr. to please any one, Ps. 16:6, compare The notion of being bright is also ap-
plied to brilliancy of
sound
compare, on the other
to
overflow.
,
n unused verb, Hence

Isa.
i.
q.
to
inundate,
hand, ???); whence

(3)
i.
~>B1K>
trumpet.
;
q.
Êthiop. safara, to measure

see.
whence
3, to
once found,
5
54:8, S)$5 *\YJ "an inuni. q. ^X *$& Prov. have been used for
"'SP'X
a measure; which
ber.)
(Cogn.
is
ISO No.
13, see
num-
As
to the passage,
t.
Job 26:
to be
nn?^.
dation (pouring 27:4. The form
out) of wrath,"
1VK'
appears to
& by
the writer, for the sake of paronomasia.

pi.,
oyV
(Syr.
-i?# Chald., beautiful; followed Dan. 4: 24, and Dlj3 Dan. 3:32; 6:2. to please
id.).
^ Chald., i.q. $V a leg;
Dan. 2: 33. Theod.,
[Derivatives,
fp-MHWi "^ ">??'$]

102:8;
to
^ TO BE SLEEPLESS (Arab. JJLi) Ps.

watch, Psa. 127:1; Ezr.8:29Figura(a) followed by /M to watch over tively i. e. to attend to it, to fix one's attention on
Jfc-.
"13^ m.
49:21.
(i) beauty, elegance (of words), Gen.
(2) [Shapher],'pr n. of a mountain in the desert
of Arabia,
Num. 33:23,
any any
thing,
tiling,
24,
1:12; 31:28; 44:27; Dan.Q:i4' Jobai:ti;
DCCCXLVII
(but Pro. 8 34, fffffy\
:
^ *W
is
to
be taken in
its
but some more delicate drink; especially wine.

Aid.
o (iiruQ
f.utv).
LXX.
proper sense, to watch at the threshold, to guard the " those who watch threshold). Isa. 29:20, ft** '"li?^
for iniquity,"
(2) the
moistening,
i.e.
refreshing of bones, Pio.
who
but what
is evil.
are diligent not to do what is good, (b) to lie in wait for (used of a
3:8; see the verb in Pual.
leopard); followed
by
?J?
Jer. 5:6.
PUAL, part.
dalatus,
i.
e.
"^'P (denom. from 1\?&) made of the form of almond
as if
flowers,
amygEx.
m.
cause of
(i) the
it
almond
is
all trees
the
first to
i
:
tree; so called bearouse and awake
pipt/ m., an abomination, something abominable; used of impure things (garments), Nah. 3:6; of flesh of victims, ilfiwXoOuTa, Zee. 9:7; especially i Ki. 11:5," Milcom D'abg of idols, the idol of 2 Ki. 23:13; Dan. 9:27; the Ammonites." comp. Dan. 11:31; 12:11. Plur. idols, 2 Ki. 23:24; Eze.
&
20:7,8.
EplP". TO REST, TO HAVE QUIET (pr. down; compare Arab. _U^c^. to fall; D??, i^X^). It is used () of one whom
from the sleep of winter,
Jer.
r (where
allusion is
fut.
to to
made
to the signification of haste there is in this root).
and ardour, which

lie,
lie
(2) an almond, the nut of the almond, Gen. " 43:11; Numbers 17:5*3; Eccl. 12:5, 7\?W ^M* the almond is rejected" (by the old man who has no teeth), although really a delicate and delicious fruit. Others incorrectly, " the almond flourishes," which
kindred
to
no one harasses, Jud. 3
11
46 127 (hence nnî3O
BjTJ'
5:31; 8:28; Jer. 30: 10; Josh. 11:23; 14:15), and

:"j,
who
harasses no one, Jud. 18
27
which sometimes
arises
from
fear,
Psalm 76:9.
(>) of a person
:
;
who
they refer to whiteness of hair; but the flower of the almond is not hoary, but rose-coloured. See Cels.
Hierob.
i.
does nothing, remains inactive, Isa. 62 l Jer. 47 :6: hence used of God when he does not afford aid, Psa
(i) to cause to be quiet, i. e. to allay Pro. 15:18; also, to make tranquil and sestrife, cure, i.e. to give quiet, Job 34:29; followed by ? of pers. and )P of thing (from danger), Ps. 94: 13. (2) intrans. to keep oneself quiet (pr. to make oneself quiet, SRutje bei) ft A tjenjorbnngen/ Shtfce fatten),
Inf. BpB'n subst. rest, quiet, Isa. The earth is figuratively said to be 3 2: !? quiet, when the air is sultry and unmoved (bet) fttUen
p.
297.
83:2. HirniL
L' not used in Kal, nnK> TO i.q.

to the interchange of the letters
DRINK (see,
t,
as
k and
p.
DCCXX, A).
Arab.
\^ff
JL^'j
-<Eth.
ft^Pl
to drink, to irrigate.
followed
drink; by two ace. of pers. and thing, Gen. 19:32; 94:43; Jud. 4:19; Num. 5:24; Psalm 60:5; Job 22:7; J er -9 :1 4; 35 2 followed by ? of thing, Ps. 80:6; IP of thing (of any thing), Cant. 8:2. Part. npp'D subst., a butler, cup-bearer, Genesis 40:1; 41:9; but Genesis 40:21 npS^p denotes drink (see nj5tpp p. DXX, B, No. 2 ) and we should thus understand
(l)
'-
HIPHIL
to
give to drink, to furnish
Isa.
7:4; 57:-2O.
:1 5?
fcfotfiler Suft),
Job 37:17.
l
Hence
Chr. 22:9.
m. rest, quiet,
"
the words,
"he
restored the chief butler again
?V_
îPJpi? to his drink," i. e. to his butlership, again gave him his office of cup-bearer.
and he
Jer. flit. ^Pf!,once r6j3j?fc (as if from 32:9; TO POISE, TO WEIGH (Arab. ,JjLi, more often
^)
(2)
17,
to
water
cattle,
Gen. 24:46; 29:2; Ex.2:i6,

land, Gen. 2:6, 10; Ps.
9to
(3)
irrigate,
to
water
and "^jaL id. The primary idea Jjj, Syr. ^^CL* that of suspending a balance, compare yEthiopic as on a cross. Compare Sv9> n?D, l"j<fY^; to suspend,
is
104:13.
NIPHAL, see yj?y Niphal. " PUAL, to be watered, moistened. Job 2 1 24, the marrow of his bones is watered," i. e. is fresh,
:
Isa.
and Lat. pendo, pendeo), Ex. 22:16; 2 Sam. 14:26; 40: 12. Followed by ? to weiyli out to any one
(metals, money), Gen. 23:16; Jer.32:g; Ezr.8:25; followed by 7J> Ezr.8:26; Esth. 3:9; followed by
vigorous (compare Prov. 3:8; 15:30; 17:22), Derivatives, npb>, nppp and the two following words.
}p#
l
(for
HpP
of the form ^Bj?)

:
plur. D^J5K>
ps
drink; only
in
102 1O.
Hos. 2 7. plur. with sufT. (i) drink, Hos.loc.cit. ("where we should not understand water.
=
weigh over or into the royal treasuries) Esth. 2 Sam. 18: 12, "although I might weigh a 4:7; thousand shekels in my hands," i. e. if they were Figuratively, to weigh, U weighed, counted to me. examine any person, Job 31 :6; any thing, Job 6:3. NIPHAL, to be weighed, Job 6:2; to be weighed
?V. (to
out, Job 28:15; Ezr. 8:33.
DCCCXLVI1I
Derivatives,
i?pp,
??9, '"yP,
pr. n.
Am.
9:5,
"it
is
overflowed, D?1VP
it is
~lfc'?
as bj
and
5 pi. D^fX? const, ^p? m. a shekel, a certain of and silver, containing twenty beans weight gold n ( "J3), Ex. 30:13; which the Hebrews used, when
-
p^
the river of Egypt," where of plenty.
joined with an ace

a,
NIPHAL,
to
be
submerged
cause
to
(of
is
country),
Am. B:8
np.
In a>ri3 for H^pEO there

(l) to
t?3 np T by
elision of y.
weighed, for money (compare 1?^ No. 2), Gen. 23: 15, 16; Ex.2l:32; Lev.5:i5; 27:3, 6; Josh.7:2i; 1 Sa. 17:5; of this there are two kinds distinguished,
the holy shekel, Ex. 30:13; and the royal shekel, 3 Sam. 14:26 (but which was the larger and which In the time of the the less of these is not stated).
HIPHIL
32:14.
sink down, water, Eze.
(2) to sink, to depress, Job 40:25; yWFl ?3ri| 7 " canst thou sink down his tongue with a cord?"
canst thou tame
him
(the crocodile)
by putting a cord
or bridle in his mouth?

Derivatives,
.
Mace. 15:6) silver coins were struck of ihe weight of a shekel, bearing the inscription ppt? bsTJ" (see F. P. Bayer, De Nummis Hebraso-Samaritaais, Valent. 1781, 410. p. 171, seqq.), which con-
Maccabees
(l
f.
places sunk down

valliculce);
(LXX.
and jo
KoiXadtc.
to
Vulg,
in a wall formed from
be deep.
not used in Kal; prob. TO
tained four Attic

to
drachms
(i.
e.
of those
Josephus (Arch. iii. 8, 2), still in being differ much from though worn with age, contains 215
troy weight,
(see Eckhel, Doctr.
one stater), according nor does the weight

this,
LAY UPON
(uber*
which,
to
p.
barubevlegen),
TO
LAY OVER;
specially planks
and
229 grains
one
464.
iii.
60 grains of which are equal
drachm
Numm.
Vett.
cover with planks, i. q. Arab. Hence *]P.2', D'BiX Gr. ffKtiraut, 0T7row. NIPHAL, to lie out over any thing (fief) orn uberlegen/
beams,
to
.
Annal.Regum Syrise, Prolegg. p. 84. Rasche, Lex. Rei Nummariae iv. 2, p. 904). The LXX., however, often render <$& by î^ta-ôf, which may be thus reconciled with the words of Josephus and the
Frb'hlich,
oorbtegenj
weight of existing coins, by supposing that the shekel before the Babylonian exile, and before the use of
Of less value coined money, was a smaller weight. and weight was also the <r/ic\oe, <rt'y\oc used by the
Persians, and containing 7^ oboli (six oboli being 6. Golden equal to one drachm), Xen. Anab. i. 5, shekels used at Ephesus are mentioned by Alexander
Êtolus, ap. Macrob. Sat.
v. 22.
look forth (compare under nay) from a window (fl?nn ~iy?) Jud. 5:28; 2 Sam. 6:l6; also used of a mountain which hangg over a region, Nu. 21 :2O; 23:28. Metaphorically, Jerem. 6: 1, " calamity impends from the north."
look out; hence
to
Gr. iropcurvirmx); to look out,
especially in order to
(Arab. i__iiLj long and at the same time bending, of the neck of the ostrich, used of a tall person who
hangs down his head.)

HIPHIL,
id.,
specially D?P'^P TP'p'!' to

:
look forth
:
an unused verb.
tick.
Arab.
to
be
ill,
(God) from heaven, Ps. 14 2 53:3; 85 forth from a window, Gen. 26:8. Derivatives, see under Kal.
;
to look
Hence
^|p*r
l
m. a layer of beams, a flooring, ceiliny
(sing, found sometimes in Mishnah), plur. i Kin. 10:27; Isaiah 9:9; Amos 7: 14; and pt? f. Ps. 78:47, sycamore, Gr. vvKopopoc, OVKUtree in the lower districts of t;, a very frequent
Pr
Ki. 7:5, " all their doors with the posts ^p^ C^Tl were square with the beams," i. e. covered over with
beams and planks (not

square form.
vaulted),
and therefore of a
Palestine, resembling the
mulberry
tree in its leaves
m.
'&
pi.
and appearance, with
fruit like that of the fig,
but
beams laid over, l Ki. 7:4; 6:4., î?n "windows with closed beams,"
Dt?X.
more
difficult of digestion (Dioscorid. i. 182, compare the etymology) these grow from the wood itself of the branches, and they are cultivated only by per;
compare the root

j
KT
not used in Kal, TO BE BASE, IMPURE,
lons of the lowest condition (see D?3). See Cels. Hierob. i. p. 310. Warnekros, Natural Hist, of the
ABOMINABLE.
PIEL
oneself, Lev.
Sycomore, in Repert.
f.
Morgenl.
Litt. fasc. 11, 12.
(2)
to
contaminate, to pollute, with 43 20:25. abominate, to loot he, Psalm 22:85;

(i) to
1 1
: ;
* J^vL'
H
TO SUBSIDE, TO SINK
DOWN,
as
fire,
Num.
cially
:9; to be
submerged
as
a country,
Jer. 51 164;
something impure, Lev. Derivatives, PP?' and
1 1
1 1
Deu.
'
7-'
DCCCXLIX
m. an abomination, something abominable, used of unclean persons and things, especially
I
|?7
those belonging to idolatry, Lev. 11 :io, 12, 13, 20,
23,41,42;
Isa. b'6: 17.
Collect. Pro. 3:8, nerve, mnscle. "health (refreshment) shall it be to thy nerves" In the other he(in Avhich is the seat of strength). mistich there is " to thy bones." j^ (2) the navel (prop, the navel cord); Arab. _,,
Eze. 16:4.
Compare
~nk*.
especially of those who eagerly seek any thing; used of locusts [?], Joel 2:9; I sa. 33:4 (followed by 3 of prey); hence
pti* AND DOWN, TO RUN ABOUT, used
fut. pfc>;
(cogn. to pit?).
(i) TO
RUN UP
plur.
& XT
(knots, metaph.
(Dan. 2:22) Chald.

difficult questions),
Dan. 5:
(i) to loos* 16. Part.
\r& loosed from bonds, Dan. 3:25. Specially used of those who turn aside at evening to an inn and
loose the burdens of their beasts (Arab.
KaraXviit,
(2) to be eager, greedy, thirsty, used of a bear, Prov. 28:15; of a thirsty man, Isaiah 29:8; Psalm
107:9.
HITHPALPAL
Derivative
pPpJilfi?
i.
q.
Kal No.
Nah. 2:5.
UU-, Greek whence Ka.Ta\vp.a)', hence (2) to turn in to lodge, and generally to dwell Comp. (Syr. J;_i to put up, to dwell), Dan. S 22.
:
fu t. 1J3^.
pers. TO
TO LIE, followed
by a
dat. of
PAEL
(2)
to
(l)
i.
q.
Kal No.
l, to loose,
DECEIVE any
is
one, Gen. 21 123.
(The
pri-
begin (prop,
to be
to open,
Dan. 5: 12. comp. ?nn and ??).

of fire"),
mary
to
idea
perhaps that of colouring, compare JL,

S"^-^
ITHPAEL,
loosed, Dan. 5:6.
be red,
j'JLi
red colour, paint, falsehood;
see
"l^p#(
ricide, Isaiah
,JTy-s
"prince
2 Ki.
[Share-
Tsepregi, in Diss. Lugdd. p. 115; compare the kindred pTB>.)

PIEL, to lie, l Sam. 15:29; followed by 3 of pers. Lev. 19:11; also, 3 of thing, to deceive; J"P")33 ~ipj?
to deceive in a covenant, i. e. perfidiously to break a covenant, Psa. 44: 18; ""U-IE^S '& to be false to one's
faith, Ps.
zer"], pr. n. Pers.
(l) a son of Sennacherib, a par
37:38;
19:37.
(2) Zee. 7:2.
Compare
]*
an unused
root.
Syr. and Ch. to be hot.
dry,
cognate to 31^.
Hence
89:34; without an
1
-
ace. id. Isa.
63:8.
P
a
with suff D
-
TO
Jer.
23:32, m.
3*yy m. (l) heat of the sun, Isa.49:lO; hence (2) a phenomenon frequent in the desert of Arabia and Egypt, and sometimes also observed in the southern parts of Russia and France (Arabic <_-?!
11' (l j Tg8> nil. lying words, Ex. 5:9. a lying witness, Deut. 19: 1 8. "W? y3?'3 to be per"lj?'3 X33 to jured, Levit. 5:24; 19:12.
lie.
"W
Kor. xxiv. 39; French,

ptegclung)
;
le
mirage; Germ. .Rtmmung/
false things (not received
29:9. host spoken) falsely,
prophesy from God), Jer. 5:31 2O:6; Absol. and in the manner of an adverb, (thou
;
it
consists in this, that the desert, either
(it is)
lie, 2
Ki. 9:12; Jer.
the whole or in part, appears like a sea or a lake, so that even the most skilful travellers are sometimes
37: 14.
(for
PI. lies, Ps.
101:7.
Once
for concr.
a liar
E>'), Pro. 17:4.
(2)
whatever deceives, fraud, vanity.

-|p_B> i.
.
Psalm
e they are deceived who hope for victory from cavalry. Hence "V?.Bv in vain, l Sam. 25:21; Jer. 3:23; and ~\\>W without cause,
33: 17, njNE'lp? D-lDn
Frahn in Gilbert's see Erdmann and Annales Phys. t. xxviii. page l, and my Comment. on Isa. 35:7. Hence light is thrown upon the words, the desert which Isaiah loc. cit. C33X^> TJtpn fVn assumes the appearance of water shall be changed
deceived,
into a lake" (into real water).
undeservedly, Ps. 38:20; 69:5; 119:78,86.
rr:n??("heat
if
of
Jehovah"), [SherebiaK],
T\\W
f.
Gen. 24:20;
pi. const, niripj? ( as
from
pr. n.
masc. Ezra8:i8, 24; Neh. 8:7; 9:4; 10:13;
n i?') Gen. 30:38, drinking troughs, such as were made of wood and stone, and were used for cattle to
drink
at.
12:8, 24.
.
q.
133^
(-|
being inserted, as to which
Root
nj5B>.
or iTl
nVTB> walls, Jer. 5:10, i. phir. q. So LXX., Vulg., Chald., the context requirsuff.
see p. DCCXLVin, A), a sceptre, a form used in th* later Hebrew, Est. 4:11; 5:2; 8:4.
I.
i. q Ch. MT? to loose. rn? To LOOSE, Jer. 15:11
.
ing
it.
PIEL,
ip,
3; B
m. with
TH? (from the root
T^)_(i)
I will
loose thee
for good," i.e. I will set thee 95
DCCCL
to have used this verb bad sense (H?), for to desert, on which account there is added in this place
free.
The Hebrews appear
also in a
referred to the shepherds, keeping their sheep.
who
play on pipes while
(2) hissings, derisions, Jer. 18: 16 np.
Derivatives,
II.
glitter (as lightning)
perhaps i. q. Arab. <*3j~> to shine, to hence nntJ>, }V^> a coat of mail.

;
adj./irm, Aarrf (Ch.in^ id.), only in pi. ID3 nns' the firm parts of the belly (of the hippopotamus), i. e. the nerves, ligaments, muscles, Job 40: 16.
abstr.
Root
"H?*;
but compare
"W No.
i.
Hence
chains; hence bracelets, Isa. pi. rrntJ^ from so called being wreathed, root ">!> No. i. o 19, (Ch. ~M? id.; also Gr. veipa, and Hebr. nTJTg', which
f.
:
Jy
see in
its
rWTJP f. hardness, with 3.!? and JT1 3.!? j<uibornness of heart, Deut. 29: 18; Ps. 81 13; Jer.
:
place.)
(for
innriK>pleasant lodging-place"),
pr. n. of
[Skaruken~\
Josh. 19:6.
a town of the Simeonites,
3:17; 7:24; 9:13; 11:8. good sense, firmness, truth.
Aram.
TV"]^
"plain," "plain country"),
see
:
fnE>
(for iVTB*
every where with the art. fli^D Sharon, pr. n. of a plain country near the Mediterranean Sea, between
Joppa, remarkable for the fertility of and pastures, Josh. 1 2 1 8 Cant. 2:1; Isa. 33 9; 35 :2 65:10; l Chr. 27:29. Some understand another plain of the same name to be spoken of, l Ch. 5: 16, for which, however, there is no ocCsesarea and
its fields
: :
'i
casion; [In Thes. Gesenius favours this supposition],

Ilelandi Falsest, p. 188, 370.
-onite,
/
Jer. 3 1 40 inD, which appears to me to have sprung by a transcriber's error, from fliO"IC fields, which is in the parallel place, 2X123:4, and also Jer. loc. cit. in np, 6 MSS., and some That the common reading (which printed editions. has been followed by the LXX., who have written or over'Afrapftyjwc), in the sense of fields cut up floived, may be defended as belonging to the Hebrew language, Kuypers has endeavoured to shew in
>
Hence
JTTB>
a Sha-
Dissert.
Lugdd.
i.
p.
537, comparing Arab.

is
*^..,
-Ji
Ch. 27:29.
l^ J er
)
18: 16
i>m,
i.
q.
rfpnB>, which see.
to cleave, to cut; but this ance of truth.
without any appear-
id.,
f. beginning, Jer. 15:11 3'ro. from the root K~W Pael No. 2.
Ch. VJg>
tiles
**13> [Shitrai],
see
np&
[Sharai],
pr. n.
JtC' (l) TO CREEP, TO CRAWL, Used of TCpand smaller water animals, Gen. 7 2 1 Lev. 11:29, 41, 42, 43. Sometimes a place (earth or sea)
: ;
is
said to
*y&
10:40.
("
beginning"
?),
m. Ezr.
creep with Creeping

(won
etiuaS
things,
i.
e. to
abound
in
them
rV"ly
its
a coat of mail, so called apparently from HTC? No. II., Job 41 18. glittering, see
f.
:
tures,
(compare V? Gen. l:2O, 21

Ps. 105:30.
nnmmcln), followed by an ace. No. 4), as the sea with aquatic crea;
Egypt with
to
frogs,
Ex. 7:28;
of
Hence
be
(2) to
multiply selves,
:
multiplied,
i
:
JV"|B>_(i)
4: 10, JliahP
id. i
Sam. 17:5, 38, pl.D3*TB> Neh.

(Syr. jLiJ;_I id.)
beasts, Gen. 8
9 7
:
of persons, Ex.
7.
JCt h.
2 Ch. 26: 14.
The
5:2;
to sprout forth.
Hence
same
is
P'lP,
which
see.
(2) [<SiVi0n], pr. n. given to Mount the Sidonians, Deut. 3:9, compare "M??.
Hermon by This name
appears to have been taken from its resemblance to a breastplate, just like the Gr. 9wpa, for the mountain of Magnesia.
\ry? m.
id.
a coat of mail,
Ki. 22:34; Isa.
(l) reptiles, Gen. 7:21; Lev. Verse 2O, "winged reptiles (Y tfWi}) that walk on four" (feet), are bats (not crickets which have six legs, though they are said to use only four of them in walking), 11 :21, 23; Deu. 14: 19. (2) smaller aquatic animals, Gen. i:2O; more DV3H ]>~\V Lev. li:lO. fully m., collect.
11:29.
(l) whistlings, or rather pipings, Jud. 5: 16, 0*732 J"np'"!f which should be
plur. fern.
,
\IL/
fut.
p'lB'J
(i) TO HISS, TO WHISTLE;

from the
jifd)cn/ pfetfcn
(an onomatopoetic root, like the Greek

avpiTTta,
avptffffw,
theme avpiyj
DCCCLI
(a) followed compare nvpiyZ, avpiypa, <ri)p/yyio-). by V to bring near to by hissing or whistling, us bees, flies (in the manner of a bee-keeper), Isaiah 5 26
: ;
(c)
root
is
put poet for the seat,fixeddwelling

:
Jud. 5:14.
(2) a shoot which springs from a root, Isa. .53 9 ; hence metaph. ^\ Bnt? the shoot of Jesse, Isaiah 11 1O; of the Messiah; compare pia Aat/<, Apoc, 5:5. [There is no need to depart from the usual meaning roof.] On the other hand, root (by a metaphor taken from plants and applied to a people^
:
7:18; figuratively peoples, Isa. locc. citt.; Zech. 10:8. augs In other places it is (6) in mockery (aiijtl"dicn/ followed by 7J? of pfeifen), l Ki. 9:8; Lam. 2:15, 16; pregn., Job 27 23, pers. or thing, Jer. 19:8; 49 17 hiss him out of his ta'pjpp V^j; pTB* "they shall
: ; :
place."
is
meant,
Isa.
14:30.
lEHv?'
(2)
to
pipe
(to whistle, not
with the mouth, but
Hence denom.
*^ J?r PIEL, to
and the verb
with an instrument).
i"l|Tl$
f.,
Hence
njn to be-
come a mocking,
l
n%%h hissing, mockery. Jer. 1 9 8 25:9; 29:18.

:
Ps.
root out, eradicate, extirpate, 52:7; Job 31 :12. PUAL BhP pass. Job 31:8. POEL VH& to take root (pr. to make, to produce
40:24.
12:2.
i.
]L7
(i)
to
twist,
to
twine
like
a rope
all
root), Isa.
/kindred which have the idea of turning, twisting, going in a Hence "1C? and "Vjs> the circle, variously inflected).
to the roots TTC>, T-1B, "KB, "W, T-H;
of
POAL,
id. Jer.
HIPHIL,
q. Poel,
Job 5:3;
Isa.
27:6 (and there
metaph. of a
navel (pr. the umbilical cord; Stobelftrang); D'T"!?' nerves, sinews; rnt?, iT$~$, nvhx? a chain (as if a
flourishing in prosperity), with the addition of Q'Bht? Ps. 80: 10.
man
rope
made of metal).
to
Hence
Ch.
i.
q.
Heb. a root, Dan. 4:12.

nTghg'
pi.
(2)
be
stable);
especially in a
firm, hard (Syr. Pael, to make firm, bad sense; whence rvnvU?
for quadril.
const. nteHe'
f.
small chains, Ex. 28:22.
obstinacy (of heart).
press together; hence to oppress, to treat as an enemy, i. q. ">iy No. 4. Part. "ns> an adversary, an enemy, Psa. 27:11; 54:7; 56:3;
(3)
t
}h^(sheroshu), np
*Kh^
Ch.f. eradication,
rooting out, i. e. expulsion, banishment, Ezr. 7:26; compare Ezr. 1O:8; and Heb. K^t? No. l, c.
f.
59=Derivatives, see Kal No. 1,2.
a
l.
little
Root "HB* No.

.-,
chain, Exod. 28: 14; 39:15. Arab, with the letter r softened
^ [Sharar"],
i
pr. n.
m., 9 Sam. 23:33, for ~O&

iB>
Ch.
n3E>,
see.
nB.
Hence
is
abbreviated
011.11:35.
which
with suff. IT the navel, i. q. lb> Cant. 7:3; used for the part around the navel, or the belly (which is compared to a boAvl). Compare on the other hand 1-13P high place, summit; and "HTp
navel.
not used in Kal.
PIEL rn??
.
inf. J"QK'
fut.
and with the tone drawn back,

*.
i?>
Deu. 17:12;
convers.
n^l
TO
WAIT UPON,
1^ ("root,"
res//], pr. n. m.,
i
i.
q.
trW; comp.
t
Syr.
[She-
TO SERVE, TO MINISTER UNTO, with an ace. of pers. Gen. 39:4; 40:4; Num. 3:6; l Ki. 1:15; followed conby/Nu. 4:9. There often occurs. ""DN
n^
;
Ch.
j: 16.
plur.
with
.
suff.
constr.
.
cerning the ministering priests, Nu. 18:2: l Samuel 2:11; 3:1; and without the ace., Nu. 3:31 4:12; from which we must distinguish " BJ?? rn.E' Deut.
18:5, 7, i.e. to worship Jehovah by calling upon him, according to the analogy of the phrases NT A very bold expression, Isaiah \\ 0#3, 1] CK'? ^3. " the rams of Nebaioth shall minis60:7, ter to thee," i.e. shall serve for sacred ministry, Part. rnP'P subst. a minister, a servant, Josh.i :i
Job and frequently. Figuratively it is 30:4; (a) the lowest part of a thing, as of the foot (compare Lat. planta pedis), Job 13:27; of a mountain (Lat. radix), Job 28:9; of the sea, Job 36:30. Hsnoe (0) a root of controversy is the ground, cause of the controversy, Job 19:28. As nations, when they take up their abode in any country, are said to be planted in it and to take root (see
m.
(I)A ROOT;
Jer. 17:8;
Syr. JL;_j; compare 2*"^.
^nn^
specially in holy things, Ezr. O), i Ki. l : 15.
8:17;
fern. riTBi? (foj
see
n#.
DCCCLI1
I.
ttfttf
f.
&
J"l?
const.
r\VV
in.
six (often oc-
(A numeral, which is widely extended curring). even beyond the Phoenicio-Shemitic languages ;
S 4
>
-
*&& m. JVB>t? fem. sixth. Fern, also denotes a sixth part, Eze. 4: il; 45:13.
[Sheshach"], a name of Babylon, Jerem. 25:26; 51:41. The origin and proper signification are doubtful. The Hebrew interpreters, and al&o Jerome, suppose that "|E>C> is put by C?3nX (i.e. a cabalistic mode of writing, in which n is put for X, B' for 3) for 733, and that the prophet used that secret
Arab. L^^, a:., Aram.

Sanscr. shash, Zend.
nB> which see; Êth. ftiV:

Slav, schest, Gr.
easily
<?stras,
wx,
in
to
which every one can
?, Lat. add the forms used
modern languages.)
Derivatives,
II.
Plur.
DB>B> sixty (often
occurring).
mode
it
of writing for fear of the Chaldeans.

it
Even
if
tk/
m. SOMETHING WHITE (from the root

q.
(l)
white marble, Esther 1:6; Cant. 5:15,!.
cannot be) that these Kabbalae or mysteries, or trifles, were already in use in the time of Jeremiah, how could it be explained, that in 51:41, in the same verse '33 is mentioned
were conceded (which
by
its
own proper name?
not amiss
is
from its whiteness, both that (2) byssus, so called of the Egyptians, Gen. 4 1 142 Prov. 31:22; and of the Hebrew priests, Exod. 26 l 27:9,18; 28:39. have seen, may be reSee J'12. (This word, as we ferred to a Hebrew origin it nearly approximates
; :
of C. B. Michaelis, that "H^?
is the supposition contracted from ^3E>
'
comparing (JJ^
to cover
a gate with iron or other
however to the Êgyptian jyeiljy, and perhaps the Hebrews may have so imitated the Egyptian word, that it might also seem to have an etymology in their own language.) See Celsii Hierob. ii. p. 259; Hartmann's Hebraerin, iii. p. 34 46.
Eze. 39:2, an uncertain root. PIEL " I will turn thee and will fqVfajn) TJpMfl&) TR33B' lead thee (LXX. ra0o5i7y/<rw o>. but Compl. ;araw at. Targ. Twill make thee go astray. Vulg. seducam te) and will lead thee up." The signification of leading
is
would denote Babylon, as x^*-'oBohlen renders it house of the prince, comTrwXocparing Persic 3!^, &>.
plate, so that "]&&
5
(perhaps i. q. J^-IE "lily"), \_Sheshan\ m. l Ch. 2: 31, 34,35. pr.n.

(according to Jo. Simonis, for P??W sire"), \_Shashak~\, pr.n. m. l Ch. 8:14, 25.
]\Z/\[/
jin
"de
unused
root,
which has the signification
of redness (cogn. to~>iTT", P1^), Arab. ,'J^ red, rosy,
Hence
??
enough from the con text as to the origin, comwhence MiV): pare Êth. ftCDYiO): contr. rVKD: to walk or go about, to traverse countries, and idea of going up. *: a ladder, from the
clear
:
in pause
~W& m. red
colour, red ochre,
Vulg. sinopis, i.e. rubrica Sinopensis, which was most esteemed, see Plin. H. N., xxxv. 5, s. 1 3. LXX. /*/Xroc, in Horn, rubrica. The
rubrica, Jer. 22: 14.
Hebrews render
it
cinnabar, vermilion.
[Sheshbazzar], pr.n.
contr.
Pers. (perhaps
from
j\jL***>- worshipper of fire); the
name
which Zerubhabel appears to have borne in Ezra 1:8; 5:14-
runs' m. columns (from the root plur. and metaph. piinces, nobles. Psa. 1 1 3, " when
:
are overturned," i.e. when the noblest, the defenders of what is right and good, have perished. the
Isa.
columns
19:10,
into six parts,
ntTt? PIEL (from the numeral E*t?) pr. to divide hence to give a sixth part, Eze. 45: 13
"and
the
columns
thereof (of Egypt)
*$$ *&&
kira,
("whitish"? from
the root vfar), [Sha-
are broken down," i. e. the foremost of the state. Opp. to the hired labourers, i. e. the common people.
I.
shat], pr. n. m. Ezr. 10:40.

(id.) [Sheshat], pr.n. of one of the AnaNu. 13:22; Josh. 15:14; Jud. 1:10.
r\&
(i) buttock, Isa. 20:4; plur. rrtnip 2 Sa.

id.
10:4.
Arab. c^--J> Syriac plur. ^-k_*|

>
The
this to to
Eze. 16:13 3'ro, forCTT six. [Ought not be && No. II. byssus ?] The writer appears have used this uncommon form for the sake of
JVC' (compare th origin should be sought in the root German ef6jj), although rrtn^ with the Ibrms in
% paronomasia with the word t?D
Arab, and Syr. follows the analogy of verbs n?. (2) [Scth, Sheth"], pr. n. of the third [mentionel] son of Adam, Gen. 4 25, 26 5 3, seqq. In the first of
:
;
:
DCCCLIII
these passages it is derived from placing, setting th<3 stead of another (as if Grfafc).
II.
i'ut.
in
7ntp*.
fun. contr. for
from the root n ?5?*.

of the
this in
T\W (Lam. 3:47) tumult, Nu. 24:17,]"^ \32 " the sons
i.e.
92:14; Hos. 9:13; Hence 7^. 19:10,13.

1:3;
pi'ob.
TO PLANT, a poetic word, Pa Jer. 17:8; Ezek. 17:8
tumult
Num.)
of war,"
the tumultuous enemies

shut.
TO
UNCLOSE
(cogn. to OHO, Drib* to
of Israel.
In Jerein. 48:4.) (a passage taken from there is instead, P&tB> M3.

i.
Chali. to perforate). It occurs in one phrase, Nu. 24:3, 15, l!J?n D ^r' "with the eye (of the mind) unclosed;" used of a prophet, i. q. O.'3'J! '^73 verse 4.
HE* & T\W Chald.

Ezr.
q.
<*.
Plur.
PW sixty,
Hehr. K Dan. 3
star,
:
Dan. 3:1;
As
to the sense, see Ps.
40:7.
i.
nFJ# apOC. ^! (1) TO DRINK. (Syr., Chald., Êthiop., id. Synonymous is n ^, in Kal and Niphal not used, whence Hiphil nj5B>n.) FolI.
fut.
lowed by an ace. of the drink, Ex. 34:28; followed by JP Job 21 :2O (as to which passage, compare D13), followed by 3 of, from any thing, with the addition
cf the idea of pleasure, Pro. 9:5; also followed by 3 of the vessel (compare 3 A, l a), Am. 6 6. Metaph. Job 15:16, n?)J? DD3 nnb> as
, :
only part. HIPHIL PJ?^P MAKING WATER. Talmudists use also inf. pnETI, fut. pnB; but (The there exists no trace of a root jnB' on the contrary, in the signification of making water there is used
TJjti'
:
r&\ whence
l.'.np?
]*&.
Jo. Simonis, ed. 2, therefore has

to
not inaptly laid
down PRB'n
be contracted from
Hithpael, from the root ]T.) It occurs in this one phrase, "l'i?3 pnZJ'P " one making water against the wall," which is generally a contemptuous designation for a little boy, especially when mention is made of extirpating a whole race or family, 1 Ki. 16:11, " he slew all the house of Baasha, and left him none,
water,"
i.
ing in
it,
iniquity altogether replete with iniquity, aboundBut Pro. 26:6, the same compare 34:7.
e.
"drinking
phrase
is
in iniquity,"
(2) to
used in a passive sense, "the lame drinks i. e. must suffer it, cannot avenge it. drink together, to banquet, Esth. 7 i
:
mingens ad panetein (not even a boy), relations and friends;"l Ki. 14:10; ui:2l; l Sa. 25:22, 34; 2 Ki.
compare nri^D
NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No. l, Lev. 1 1 :34. HIPHIL, see Hj^. Derivatives, nrifP, nCJ> No. I, nnt?.
II.
!
9:8; compare the same phrase in Syriac, e. g. Assent. " an dicecesis sacra Gumce (iiif. Bibl. Orient, ii. p. 260, teneaf) in qua non remansit qui mitigat ad parietem ?"
JJ T an unused verb.
Arab, jj^j IV.
i.
q.
The phrase seems to be i. e. quce iota devastata est. used contemptuously to denote a boy, because adults in the East regard decency in doing this sitting down [covered with their garments], nor would they do
it
to fix the
warp
No.
in the loom, Syr. wi\_) to

II.
weave.
!"in
Hence
and
'n??
in the sight of others (Herod, ii. 35; Cyrop. i. 2, Some have under16; Ammian. Marcell. xxiii. 6). stood a slave, and a person of the lowest rank
i. 2, Hermeneut. Sacrae, p. 31), p. 77; and some have understood a dog (Ephr. Syr. Opp. 1.542; Abulwalid, Judah ben Karish MSB., Kimchi Jarchi); but both of these are unsuitable to the conSee Lud. de Dieu, on l Sam. text of the passages.
*3? pret. with
drink, Dan. 5:1,2, Aleph prosthet. VWt^K Dan. 5:3, 4,

Chaldee,
to
(Jahn, Arch.
compare Syr. *A.*J

the vessel, verse 3.
Derivative,
see
to
drink.
Followed by 3 of
Compare Hebr.
25:34; Boch. Hieroz.
i.
p.
675.
to
S^ fut.pfi?^. to subside,
settle
\?&,
,
down; hence
n ?p) used
;
FW
17
;
(I.)
drinking, a carousing, Ecc. 1O:

I.
from the root nnE> No.
hushed, silent (kindred the wavt^s, Ps. 107:30; Jon. l

to be
to
:
of
1 1
12; used of
strife,
Pro. 26:20.
the warp, in weaving, Levit. 13:48, seqq., from the root nrK> No. II.
(II.)
W
Hfc?
HS?
(^
Pers.
" star
'),
[Shethar'], pr.n.of a
f.
i.
q. ->nf
No.
I,
Est.
8.
Persian prince, Est. 1:14.
m. a plant, a shoot, Ps. 128:3.
j=- "bright
thar-boznt], 5:3; 6:6.
pr. n. of
star"), [Shea Persian governor, Ezra
fK?
two
(fern.),
see D$J.
DCCCLIV
i.
q.
TF&
to
set,
to
place.
From
this
there twice occurs, pret. pi. WS?, Psa. " like )F\V ace
i.
49:15,!^'?
Ps. 88:5); Ps. 73:9, arV3 their mouth against the heavens,"
OWVl M?
i.
"they
st
e.
they assail
e.
>X?7 (them) in Hades," sheep they pi they drive, thrust them down thither (compare
heaven, and, as impious woids.
it
were, provoke
it,
with proud and
Tav (Tau), the twenty-third [reckoning \y and e> two letters] and last letter of the alphabet, when used as a numeral denoting four hundred. As to the signification of the name see under the word 1R.
for
its
LXX., Vulg. in Deut. Aqu., Symm., running. Theod., Vulg. in Isa. render it oryx. Targg. wild
;
bull, which
is
pretty
much
the
same (compare
No.
Q^")).
See Boch. Hieroz.
t. i.
page 973.
As to pronunciation, n without Dagesh is an aspirated letter, and seems to have a lisping sound, like Gr. 0, and th English. When it has Dagesh lene
(n)
it is
n^]?
f.
(from the root

1
1
I)
(i) desire,
longing, whether good and

or wicked, Ps.
2
:
just, Psa. 10: 17;
21:3:
0.
a slender
t ;
as to
this
its
page cccxvi, A.
To
from E, see there answers in Arabic

difference
It is
i^j, rarely <^_, as in ^1^,
i_j.
sometimes in-
(2) in a bad sense, lust, desire (2uft/ cliifi). Nu. HNJpn they lusted a lust." Psal. 78: n 31?? l! î" ?!? the 2 9> 3of lust, Num. 1 1
11:4, "T
^R
graves
terchanged with Shin (p. DCCXCVII, A) and Tet (p. cccxvi, B), and it has even some relation to the
breathings (s, n), see Hebr.
also, also,
34, 35(3) delight, object of desire, nj^n ?W?9 food of delight, i. e. delicate, Job 33:20; Gen. 3:6; also, honour, ornament, Gen. 49:26; Prov. 19:22.
Gramm. pageioi,
note;
3i, 3-1K>, 3W to return; HIS and HIF) to mark out, and so often in Arabic.
m. a chamber,
Syr.
1 2,
to dwell;
kifr
Ki. 14:28; Eze. 40:7, seq.
(Ch.
KW, |W,
40
NPI
:
nisri Eze.
The form
letter
UoL, JJOOL.) Plur. DWI, once from the root HJFI No. Ill, to dwell. appears to spring from (for 'TV; ), the
a twin, only plur. 0*0X^1 Gen. 38:27; by a Syriacism contr. Dpin Gen. 25:24; const. 'piXJ? Cant. 4:5, from the root CNP1.
f.
21^
(from the root
c*rse, execration
1 being changed because of the preceding Kametz into Aleph, as Qli^, BNj3, D|5.
Lam. 3:65.
DXJ1
TO
BE TWIN, DOUBLE.
Part.
-24;
I.
3S JM TO DESIRE, TO
? Ps. 1 19:40, 174. Chaldee. (To this answer H3X, njX, and this root may seem to be secondary, and taken from the Hithpael of those verbs.)
FOR, followed by Of more frequent occurrence in
LONG
double (used of planks or beams), Exod. 26: 29. (Syr. and Arab, to be a twin.)
HIPHIL, to bear twins, Cant. 4:2; 6:6. Derivative, DISH, and
Derivative,
II.
o>
only found in part. Piel
whence pi. twins, Cant. 7:4. of the form noun, ?T|, <1$, properly monosyllabic an abstract, put there for a concrete.
On
q.
the letters y and x being interchanged in the Aramaean manner, see p. I.

""I?$J? f. desire, longing, Ps. 119:20, from the root ntjri No.l.
I.
ABHORRING, Am. 6:8;
N
It
f.
coitus, frrfm the root n:X

applied of the lust of the
2.
Piel,
to cause to meet,
which
is
to
copulation.
wild she-ass, is once used Jerem. 2:24. Not less suitably, N. G. Schrccder (Observatt. ad Origg. Heb. page 10) derives the signification of lust
nNJ;!
i.
q.
njn No.
i,
TO
MARK
OUT, only
from the root ^\
to
be hot (com-
in
pare TH9).
PlEL.
Fut.MTIflNu. 34:7,8.
*-
LXX. jfara/ier//r.
III.
Syr. ye shall determine.

II.
Compare H1K No.

to outrun.
plur. a*3r>
f.,
a fig tree, Gen. 3:7 (where

$)uvabie$*
is
the Indian
fig
or Jlfusa paradisiaca, Germ.

large leaves,
:
iTN JM
i.
q.
Arab. t^V>
Hence
feigenbaum, with
apparently meant),
etc., also
Num. 13:23; ao 5
fruit, 2 Ki.
Deut. 8:8,
/'</,
the
'Mf Deut. 14:5, and contr. NlH Isaiah 51 :2O, a ipecies of gazelle, so called from the swiftness of
20:7. (The etymology is unknown, for it can neither be suitably derived from the root p, nor
DCCCLV
from
JXFI;
Arab.
vine and under one's fig tree" is said of those who lead a tranquil and happy life, i Ki. 5 15 Zee. 3:10;
;
Conj.IIL).
"To
sit
under one's
Mic. 4:4.
See Celsii Hierobot.
t. ii.
p.
368
>
399.
f. (i) produce, as of the earth, Josh, 5:12; of the corn-floor, Num. 18:30; of the winepress, ibid.; of the vineyard, Deut. 22:9. ?nn nSUJ;! the profit of (2) gain, profits.
i
n JN$) f., occasion, Jud. 14: 4 (for See especially Hithpael. the root H3X No. II.
n*JNiri f, sorrow, mourning, Isa. 29:2; 2:5; from the root H3S No. I.
!"UXn
from
the wicked, Prov. 10:16; 15:6; nD?n ns-UJjl gain resulting from wisdom, Pro. 3: 14; 8: 19; Isa. 23:3.
(3) metaph. fruit, result.
Vne^
nK-UJ;! the fruit,

i.
Lam.
result of his words, Prov. 18 :2O.
Compare '"19 No.
D'jXFl m. plur., toils, labours, (from the root No. 3). Ezekiel 24:12, nx^>n D^XJjl "(the pot) J-1X
wearies (me) with toils."
m. intelligence, understanding, Hosea 13:2, "they made idols 03-UJpIl according to their
own understanding,"
f.
i.
e. at
their pleasure.
Vulg. multo labore suda-
id.
tum
est.
rONJ;! ("approach to Shiloh"), [Taanath-shiloh'], pr. n. of a town on the border of the

tribe of
np'
sight (Sinffd)t), 2:6; 3:19; 21:30; Deut. 32:28. PI. like the Germ. einftd)ten/ Prov. 11:12; 28:16; Isa. 40:14; also inRoot }*3, p3. telligent words, Job 32:11.
f. (from the root destruction, 2 Ch. 22:7.
intelligence, understanding, inused both of God and men, Prov.
Ephniim, Josh. 16:6.

D-13)
a treading down,
TO BE
MARKED
OUT, TO BE DESCRIBED
H~ (from... unto), (a border); followed by 1P.../K, Josh. 15:9, ll; 18:14, 1 7- Others take it actively, to describe.
PIEL
to
" (either of a
root "Of!
i.
describe,
to
delineate,
Isa.
44:13.
nj|3n
'
PUAL IKhp Josh. 19:13, "Rimmon which pertains to Neuh." Hence

tf
1?^, or a lofty place," umbilicus, (l) of a i.q. "V13P which see), \_Tabor], pr. n. mountain on the borders of Zebulon and Naphtali, situated in the middle of a plain, called by Josephus
q.
"
stone-quarry," from the
'Irapvpiov, 'Arafiupiov (Relandi Palasstiua, p. 331
with
snff.
hg
(for ilKF)),
DIKR m.,form of
336),
now
,i\2
HD* beautibody, 1 Sam. 28:14; Lam. 4: 8. "K$'n HD*, ful of form; commonly used of persons, Gen. 29: 17; 39:6; and of animals, Gen. 41:18,19. Specially
J^-
Burckhardt's Reisen,
p.
589,
seq.), Josh. 19:22; Jud. 4:6; 8:l8; Psalm 89: 13; Jer. 46:18; Hos. 5:1. (2) of an oak in the tribe
a beautiful form,
tFl
Isa.
i.
53:2;
e.
Sam. 16:18, K^X
"a man
of Benjamin, l Sam. 10:3. (3) of a town of the Levites in the tribe of Zebulon, t Ch. 6:62.
of form,"
formosus, beautiful.
i
!^l [Tarea\,
pr. n. m.,
Chron. 8:35; and
tile
.n
/Jpl (each Tzere (^ferimpure) a poetic word and inhabited earth, the habitable globe,
(from
the root
?3',
iCh.g:4i.
;!
oiKovpei'T}
of which see Hiphil
.,
Isa.
41:19; 60:13;
pr.
erectness(see
tall tree;
No.
the root ~>^X No. i),tallness; hence a
spe-
cially a species of cedar, growing in Lebanon. Vulg. and Ch. render it the box; Syr. and the Hebr. Sherbin,i.e.a, species of cedar remarkable for the smallness of the cones, and with branches turned upward.
.
3, Syr. id.), Isa. 14:17 " There twice occurs poetically ??!? (opp. to 3"]P). ilN the world of his (God's) earth, Prov. 8:31 ; Job
>
^JL,
^jLaL, ^-=>L
37
compare ?3D\ flK
Psal. 90: 2.
It often
de-
notes
(2) the
whole earth, especially where

is
the creation
of the world
Pr
chest,
an ar(Chald. Kn-U'n Arab.

;
mentioned, 1 Sa. 2:8; Psalm 18: 16; 93:1; meton. the inhabitants of the earth, Psalm
*V^ *-^-V^' an ar^' a coffer ; a - so Gr. in LXX.intp., taken from the usage of the Orientals); used of the ship which Noah made like a chest or of the ark in which Moses, Boffer, Gen. 6: 14, seq. when a child, was exposed, Ex. 2:5. LXX. *ri/3wroc; Vulg. area ; Luther suitably retained the word 2Crd)/ as denoting both a chest and a vessel like one (see
;
24:1; 33:8; 96:13; 98:9. Hypsrbolically applied to the kingdom of Babylon, Isa. 13:11; to that of Israel, Isaiah 24:4 (compare orbis Romanus). [Whatever be the meaning of ??$ in these passages, no one who believes in the inspiration of Scripture
9:9;
can admit that they contain real
hyperbole.~\
Adelung,
s.
v.
The etymology
is
unknown.
after
pollution, profanation. Lev. l8:k3, the law against Sodomy, Mil pnn "this (is?
-
DCCCLVI
profanation." Lev. 20:12. Root ^>3 No. 3 (like OOP) from the root ODD), compare Ch. ?3?3 to profane (by incest), Genesis 49 4, Targ. Pseudo-Jon.
:
Arab. Jj to be profane,
to
commit adultery.
pr. n. Tiglath-pileser, a king o( from the Assyria, year 7/13 to 734 B.C., 2 Ki. 15:29. Also written, "IDJS H^fl a Ki. l6:7; 16: 10. 1DK 3|?S i Ch. 5 6 2 Ch. 28 20, and "I.P3.V? n^fi i Cl. 5 26. (The former part of the name appears to be
:
:
n^
pr
consumption, destruction, Some MS. copies and Bl Y?n, which may also have printed editions have But this the sense of consumption, from n?3 Piel.
f.
JV/5I?
Isaiah
the same asDiglath, the river Tigris (see swift; the latter, which also appears in the
bo-polasaris,
'!?.'?),
name Na-
10:25, from the root n?3.
Pers.
^Ji\j
a great king, comp. Sanscr.
to reading appears however to arise from a copyist rVpori was a more familiar word compare a similar variety of reading, Job 21:13; 36 1 1
pdla, lord, king, from the root pal, to guard, to rule, unless rather, Pilesar and Polasar, be i. q. Sanscr. jntra sara, one preceding, a leader, see Bopp,Glossar.,p.iO9.
I
whom
would render the

i
entire
name lord of the Tigris.)

O|) benefit,
i.
m
f.
(from the root
q.
?5^ m. stained, spotted, having spots or stains (from the root 773 No. 2), only found Levit.
21 :2O, WV3 7?5^. Vulg. albiiginem habens in oculo. Vers. anon, in the Hexapla, Aev*:w/xa, compare Tob. 2:9; 3:17; 6:8 (where the Hebrew interpreter has
Ps. 116:12.
Irv
Ps. 39': ll,
W"?3
(from the root n ^), strife, contention *3S S|T rnariD "I am consume!
i.e.
under the strife of thy hand,"

plagues.
by the
divinn
rendered the Gr. Afvwu/ia by this word). Targg. enail, here used for blear-eyed (see the root 7?3 No. i ).
j!3n m.
(Chald. id.)
straw
id.
(Arab.
c/-,
,J
broken up by threshing, c h aff. --whence denom. ^J to give chaff for

as
i^j-^
fodder, to sell straw.

it is
The
origin
is
doubtful.
But
3-UF1 Gen. 10:3; and nZrUin i Ch. l :6; Eze 27 14 38:6 \Tog arma A], pr. n. of a northern nation and country sprung from Gomer (the Cimmerians), abounding in horses and mules. We should, apparently, understand Armenia, as very abundant in
: ;
not improbable that 13fi is for '"l??n from the root H33, and that it denotes building material, compare Exod. 5 7, seqq. ; compare ]3K and V?^.)
:
horses
('nrirufioroG atyulpu, Strab., xi. 13,

it.
9); at least
Such is either the tradition or the of Armenians themselves, who regard the opinion
a part of
Job 21: 18; Gen. 24:25; Denom. 13.DP, and
Isa.
11:7; 65:25.
^r\
(prob.for
n T 33nbuilding of Jehovah"),
l
Torgom the son of Gomer (LXX. locc. citt. has name by transposition of the letters Qopyafia, Qvpyapa, and so also some Hebrew copies
i
the
[Tibni],
pr. n. in.
Ki. l6:2l, 22. (i) structure,
as the founder of their nation,

selves the
Spicileg.
house
JVi?n f. (from the root H33) manner of building, Ps. 144:12.

(a)
Geogr,
t.
of Torgom. 78. i.,p. 67
and they call themSee J. D. Michaelis
exemplar, model, according to which any is made (tOlobcll), Ex. 25:9, 40; 2 Ki. 16: 10. thing
(3) image, likeness of a thing, Deu. a: 16 JV33n n&P?! Hence Ezek. 8 3, Eze. 8 : 10.
:
18;
1J? masc. the name of a tree which grows on Lebanon, Isaiah 41:19; 60 13. Vulg. ulmus, elm. Chald. 1^19 i.e. a species of plane, which is called
:
he put forth (that which had) the appearance hand," Germ. erroaS rote etne anb. Eze. 10:8. Compare
n-ID"5!
an d of a
in
Arab. _Lj.
prefer the oak, the
ilex,
as the
word
properly denotes a firm enduring tree (compare ~irn No. 2. NTnri), from the root Compare Celsii
Hierobot.,
t. ii.
No.
(
3.
p.
271
and
my Comment,
on Isaiah
rnyilfl
place in the desert of Arabia,
burning"), [TaberaK], pr. n. of a Nu. 11:3; Deu. 9:23.

"
41:1$.
K"V"Tn
fern.
Chald. circuit (from the root *vn),
brightness," from the unused root |*3* which see), \Thebez~\, pr. n. of a town near Shechem Jud. 9 50 2 Sam. 1 1 2 1
(perhaps
,
:
?^
Adv. perpetuity,' i. q. *^PJ;>. continually, Dan. 6: 17, 21.

|
K^l ? 3
1
perpetually,
lKi.9:i8 np, and
Ch.8:4 [Tadmor],
Ch.
"TCJfl
fragile,
T3B* to break. i. Part. pass. q. Heb. Dan. 2 :42. Compare "ri3Fl.
a city built by Solomon, in a fertile district of the Syrian desert, between Damascus and the Euphrates, called by the Arabs, and now bearinf
pr. n. of
DCCCLVII
tht
nann^cjj
,/CJ (i.e.
a place abounding in
palms, see Schultens, Ind. ad Vit. Salad.),Gr. Palmyra (just as on the other hand the Arabians called Palma,
Jer. 17 person (or thing) wherein any one glories. " thou 14, T^r ? nnx (Jehovah, art) my glory.' Deu. 10:21.
1
a city
in
Spain
jL.jj).
The same
to
is "VpFI
(pulm),
m
As
to the
<**
loc. cit.
nm,
which seems
have been
less used.
render ovoXtop n.
Xey/i. Job 4:18, which the LXX. Vulg. pravum quid. Targ. iniquity.
of
In the Aramaean and Greek inscriptions which are found in great numbers in the ruins of Palmyra, the
etymology, there are various opinions
interpreters; but the
Hebrews, and amongst them
name
is
spelled either "lOin or nionn, see Swinton,
Philos. Transactions, vol. xlviii.

!
Kimchi, long ago saw the truth, taking "T?^ as fern. from !?nh or *?nh (from the root &1, like DDFI, bltf, Nor is there any necessity l^R, from DDO, 773, )3n).
for
('"fear,"
"reverence," from
>
the Sapr. n. of
Dagesh
in
*?,
maritan root
?jn=
i.
\*,
to fear)
[Tidaf\,
see Lehrg. page 503.
compare D3O (from DD3), f. HD;iD; Hence prop, it is folly (see

Others regard
a king, Gen. 14:
7?n No. 4); hence sin, compare 723.
an unused
root, Chald.
KHR
as the root Jjj.. to err, to go astray;
whence
Jud. 6:
TO BE
WASTE,
Nin?
DESEET
(cogn. to the root
$&), whence
'Dfl,
n error, and hence they derive the noun Avhence ^v!?> as v ^ ce versa n?yn from
28; nj?; from npy.T NU. 23:7.'
waste, desert, Arab.

(for
^ empty.
Hence
inn a segolate and penacute form, subst. (l) wasteness, concr.that which is wasted, laid ivaste, Genesis l :2; Job 26:7; hence (a) a desert, Deut. 32:10; Job6:i8; 12:24. (&) destruction, Isaiah 24:10,
city;"
(2)
-inh
JVTj?
nn
Neh. 12:31.
ijl
fem. (from the root
procession
fem. (from the root "H??), only in plur.

)
"a desolated
34:n.
perversity, foolishness, Deu. 32:20. (2) deceit, fraud, Prov. 2: 12, 14; 6:14; pt?? Bnn a deceitful tongue, Pro. 10:31.
emptiness, vanity, and concr. something tmin (syn. ^n), Isaiah 41: 29; 44:9; 49:4; 59:4; 1 Sam. 12:21; nothing, i. q. 1)5? Isa. 40: 17, 23. (3) -inn? Isaiah 49:4; and ace. -inn adv. in vain,
Isa.
W m.
(for
nw, from the
root flW No. I)
(l) a
sign, Eze. 9:4. (Arab, ^c^j, iî'
a sign in the form
45: 19.
1
of a cross branded on the thigh or neck of horses and camels, whence the name of the letter n, which in
Phoenician, and on the coins of the Maccabees has the form Of a cross. From the Phoenicians the Greeks
pl- f^ni; comm., a poetic word, pr. water making a noise, in commotion (from the root D-in), hence -(i) wave (SBelle/ SBoge), Psa. 42:8, d\n% JOp Dln^T^ "wave calleth unto wave," i.e. wave
:
and Komans took both the name and form of the

letter.)
follows
wave without
intermission.
PI.
Ex. 15:5, 8;
Ps.
33 -.7; 78:15. (3) a great quantity of waters, i. q. D?O Deut. ll 8:7; Eze.3l:4; n3T Din]} ocean, sea, Gen.
7:
;
(2) sign (cruciform), mark subscribed instead of a name to a bill of complaint; hence subscription, Job 31 135. It is stated that at the Synod of Chalcedon and other synods principally in the East, some
Ps.
36:7;
:
Am.
7:4; and simply DinjjHd., Job 28: 14;
38
16, 30.
Hence
9
i.
(3) gulf, abyss, even used of the deep hollows of
even of the bishops being unable to write, put the sign of the cross instead of their names, which is still often done by common people in legal proceedings;
so that in the infancy of the art of writing this could not fail of being the case, so as for the expression to be received into the usage of language.
see tel? a gazelle.
fut. 3-1IV, Ch. i.q. Heb. 3^ TO TURN BACK, TO RETURN, Dan. 4:31,33. APHEL 3*nn to restore, to return, Ezr. 6:5. 3^0 to answer, followed by an D|nS i. q. Heb. "H" ace. of pers. Ezr. 5:11; Dan. 3:16 (as to the passage
5
the earth, Ps. 71:20. (Syr. JboocnL wave, abyss.)
npHJ;)
f.
(from the root \hn Piel).
(i) praise,
Ps. 22:26;
48:11; 51:17; hence
(a) a song con-
taining praise, a pi. D'pnj-l, as the
hy mn,
title
Ps. 22:4; 66:2; 145:1;
and
of the whole book of Psalms.
(b) the person praised or 19; Jer. 13:11; 33:9;
celebrated, Deu. 26: Zeph. 3:19, o (2) praise, in which any one stands with respect
.
^W
to others, glory, Psa.
9:15;
Isa.
42:8.
Hence
the
DCCCLVm
Dan. 2: 14, see K0#).
to reply
; 311?? 3 'H to
return an epistle,
Arab,
by
letters,
Ezr. 5 : 5.
^-y
to
abide,
to
dwell, \\henee SO a cham-
ber; which see, for in.
Eze. 27:13; 38:2,3; Isa. 66:19, and Gen.iO:2; Ezek. 3-2:26; 39:1, [Tub a I], pr. n. */ie Tibareni, a nation of Asia Minor, dwelling by the Euxine sea, to the west of the Moschi, see "^D No. 3.
D'fi
is,
[To all],
1
pr. n. in.
l
Ch. 6: 19, for which there

l
:
verse
1,
nn;, U :id
Sam.
l, ^nri.
f.
(from the root
>n*)
expectation, hope,
/^r\
s<~-
"
(perhaps
smith of scoria," comp. of
Ps. 39:8; Prov. 10:28.
Arab.
.,..
smith, and Pers.
JjJ scoria
of metal, the
rj^-l
an unused
root,
perhaps
i.
q.
C3J
to cut
genitive being put first, which seems to shew the origin to be Assyrian or Persic [but be it remembered that it is an antediluvian pr. Tubalcain,
n.]),
up, to divide;
whence
constr. "HW, with suff. '3W,
the
middle
pr. n. of
a son of Lamech, inventor of working in
iron,
Gen. 4:22.
b 26: 12 a'ro for
nj-UJjl
rOUin J
"IjVn
f.
prudence.
of a thing, so called from its being divided (compare ri;?? "$& the middle part of a house, tho ^VH). interior court, 2 Sam. 4 6. Put in the genitive after a noun, Jud. 16:29, "sjwn 'TIEjJ " the middle columns."
:
(from the root nr) sadness, sorrow,
Prov. 14:13; 17:21; Ps. 119:28.
With prefixes (i) în? ( o ) in the middle oj (any) thing, as, n."Iin ^n? in the midst of a house, 1 Ki. 1 1 :20; BjSjpT^ în? Zee. 8:8; and after verbs of motion, D'H îri? into the midst of the sea, Ex.
1,
f.
(from the root rrv Hiph.)
(i)
confesiTIW POT
sion, -Tosh. 7:19; Ezr. 10:11.
Sometimes it does not differ from ? A, No. 14:27. in (any place), Gen. 9:21; Am. 3:9; into (any
57:7; în? 13%
to
(2) thanksgiving, Psal. 26:7; 42:5.

to
offer praise
place), Ps.
go through the midst

(b)
(for a sacrifice) Ps. 50:14, 93 107:22; 116:17 (where the phrase is not to be taken as though proper sacrifices were spoken of). rnto rot Lev. 22:29, D 'P^? nnin rot Lev. 7:13,
to
;
God
of a thing, Ezek. 9:4; Exod. 14:29.

ferring to
when
re-
many,
among
amongst you, in your Eze. 2:5. Used even

pressed, Gen. 1:6,
(terrestrial
(prop, inter medios). DDDin? midst, Gen. 35:2; Pro. 17:2;

for I*3
when
distinction is ex-
15; comp. 12, and

giving, Ps. 56:13.
ellipt.
rnifl
sacrifice of thanks-
C^n
"sjin?
between the waters
and
celestial).
(3) a choir of givers of thanks, praising God, Neh. 12:31,38,40.

i
(2)
^jWS/rom the midst of any thing, and simply

51:6; Ex. 33:11.
into the middle of a thing,
1
out
of, Jer.
(3) T'F
''??
Num.
Chaid. (kindred to HOH),
to be
amazed, Dan.
17:12; 19:6.
Compare
syn. 2l|5.
3:24I.
Derivative, |to^.
(compare niK No.

nSJ-J
III.) in
Kal not used,
i.
q. "HO,
f.
vexation, which
see.
i.
Lq.
Xo.
l
PIEL
id.
MARK, TO DELINEATE. Sam. 21:14, of David when simulating

I.
TO
nroin No.
madness:
TSKT3
nin^py
irn
4, Ps.
f.
an(j
he
made
root
(from the root nDJ) punishment, 1 49 7 Hos. 5 9.

:
q.
marks
(scrawls)
upon the doors of the
gate," like
with
suff.
'nn?in, Pl. nirDin (from the
petulant boys. rnrin to HiniiL
mark, followed by
^J?
upon any
(1) the act of arguing,
shewing and maintaining

arguments, Job 23:4.
thing, Kze. 9:4.
the right, Job 13:6.

(2)
PI.
Derivative,
II.
W.
(Syr. id.) to grieve, to afflict (as
arguing down, contradicting, Ps. 38:15; Prov. 29:1, niroifl tJ"X"a man who opposes in
speaking," one
in/; TO REPENT, TO BE GRIEVED.

to
who
likes
to speak against, positive

it
HIPHH., causat.
make
in assertions (others take
from
signif. 3,
who
is
people, God), Psal. 78:41 [to set marks or limit*, fives a good sense in the passage, from ~in I.].
often corrected).
DL
an unused
root,
i.
q.
nix No. L, and
(3) rebuke, correction by words, Prov. 1:23, 25,30; 3:11; 5--J2; 27:5; 29:15. Plur. rebuke joined whh correction. Prov. 6
DCCCL1X
Once used of reproo/(fn>mGod), complaint, Hab.
8:1.
(4) punishment, chastening, Ps. 73:14. Ps. 39:12; Eze. 5:15, >T?n nirpin Eze. 25:17.
PI.
f.
constr. nnjfln (from the root nj>n),
abomination,
21:27;
28:9,
something
nin
to
n3y;in
an abominable. Prov. "things which are a a
abomination
aCh.giai;
see
D3FI.
/fi
(" race,"
"
lad], pr. n. of a town of the Simeonites, also 1?in^ Josh. 15:30; 19:4.
f.
posterity" ["birth"]), [Toi Ch. 4:29;
Jehovah." Prov. 3:32; 11:1,20. Especially used of things which are made impure and illicit by the decrees of religion. 6611.43:32, "for it is an abominable thing to the
tians"
(to
Egyp-
eat with
the
Hebrews).
6611.46:34;
pi.
(from the root "vj)

i
:
(l)
tions, families, races, Nu.

"1QD
20, seqq.
generaDrrpin ?
1
according to their races, Gen. 10:32; 25:13; Exod.

6: 16. Hence JVT/in genealogy, pedigree, Gen. As a very large portion of the most ancient 5:1. Oriental history consists of genealogies, it means
nil
Deu. 14:3; specially used of things belonging to the worship of idols, 1X1.14:24; 2 Ki. 16:3; 21:3; Ezr. 9:1; Eze. 16:2; and of idols themselves, 2 Ki. S 23:13.
f. (from the root nj?Pl) (i) error in holy things, impiety, see the root No. 3. Isa. 32 6.
i
:
Gen. 6:9, n?S (2) history, properly of families. " this is the of Noah." Genesis rnpin history
(2)
harm, calamity, Neh. 4:2.

l
37:2; and thus also applied to the origin of other " this is the origin of the heaven things. Gen. 2:4,
9
pi. f. (from the root Bjy)_( 1 ) a sw ift course, Num. 23:22; 24:8, CN~l niejJin "the s w i f t n e s s of the buffalo."
and earth."
(Compare
B*rP
and Syr.
^;_A family,
(2) weariness, tiring labour (see *\y\ No. hence wealth derived from labour (comp.JT^No.
Ps. 95:4,
2). 3).
genealogy, history.)
77in m. (from
the root??*) a vexer,
tormentor
tains;"
"the wealth of the' mounJob 22:25, riiiW ^P? "money of the treantejrtn
1
Dnn
(properly abstr. vexation, vexing, or the act of him who causes others to lament, forces the expression of
grief from others, verbal of Piel of the root
*?P',
sures,"
i.
e.
interpreters derive this

JL. to
very great plenty of money. Some other word from the Arabic root
to
of the
i37:3,'!?S>in JL^J, n-9n). "our vexers." LXX. (nrayuyorrtQ i//iu. Vulg. " those who have robbed us," abducentes nos. Targ. for ^B* (the letters V and n being taking VÎF!
interchanged), but that has a passive signification.
I,
form
Once
in pi. Ps.
grow up, IV. to be tall, whence swiftness of the buffalo; Psal. 95:4, the heights of mountains. Job 22: 25, money of heaps, heaps of money. But I prefer the former, as arising from the certain and ascertained use .>!
go up,
Num.
loc. cit.,
the
the
Hebrew language
compare the root

to
VQJ.
riypltf
f.
pi.
D'V?in (from the

^_
nTj^l an unused verb, Ch.

g_b'
spit out.
especially
Arab.
with
[from J&J in Thes.]. (1) a tvorm, specially one Avhich springs from Ex. l6:2O; Isa. 14: 1 1 66:24; those putrefaction. which devour plants, Jon. 4:7; Deu. 28:39. Meta;
(onomatopoet.)
to
spit
out,
contempt.
Derivative, npn.
f. V* to go out) plur. (from the root a going out, metaph. a going forth from danger, deliverance, Ps. 68:21; compare the root, Eccles. 7:18.
phorically used of a
weak
arid despised
man, Psalm
22:7; Job 25: 6.

especially scarlet, scarlet colour, more flj6in (see ^')> a l so scarlet garments, T^' fully Lam. 4:5; Isa. l 18 (compare V?n Pu.).
(l
(2)
(3)
itish
[To/a]
pr. n.
l
sachar, 6611.46:13;
(a) of the eldest son of IsChr. 7:1. (b) of an Israel-
judge, Jud. 10:1. Num. 26:23.
Patron, of letter a,
^7
(2) the place from ichich (any person or thing) goes forth, hence a gate, Eze. 48:30; a fountain, " the fountain of Prov. 4: 23, life," of nisyto happiness; also the place of the exit or termination of any thing, Nu. 34:4>5. 8 >9; Josn 1 5:4-
Dn
roct. see
Some forms which seem under the root

twins, see
(JOlfl)
to
belong to this
id.
(l) TO GO or TRAVEL ABOUT (Arab, ît kindred roots, under the verb in), either the comp. (a) for the sake of traffic, l Ki. 10:15 (compare
;
7?1, IHD), or
JO'J?
(b) for the sake of exploring,
Gen. 36: 15 3T13, for
to
spy out,
e. g.
a country, followed by an
ace.,
hence Nu.
DCCCLX
13.16, 17,21; 14:6, seq.; also to search out any Metaph. thing, Deu. l 33 Nu. 10:33; Eze. 20:6.
:
2Ki. i2:8, ll; Neh. 8:3; plur.

18: 20; Lev. 26:46.
nHn
laws,
Exod
investigate, followed by an ace. Ecc. 7 :2 5? and followed by ?JJ Ecc. 1:13; followed by a gerund
to
(barauf ben!cn/ ent>a$ ju
tfyun/ nrie
man
etn>aS tfyue).
Ecc.
m. (from the root 3E* to d>vell), a stranger^ an emigrant, sojourning in a strange country, where he is not naturalized, Lev. 22:10; 25:47; Ps. 39:13.
Plur. const,
l^-lFi
f.
2:3(a) followed
by
*"2D
to
follow, go about after.
Ki. 17
Metaph. Nu. 15:39. HIPHIL, fut. "in* and in the Rabbin, form "in* 2 Sa. 22: 33 (0 to lead one about, specially to shew him the way in unknown places. (Ch. "I'fl. conductor of the way.) Followed by an ace. Proverbs 1 2 26,
:
word altogether
is
up, that which

(1)
poet.; prop, a lifting erect (from the root n ^'); hence

<r- ..
aid (compare Arab.

lift
Conj. III. to aid, to

nn>:!3
!"l*B>1P
P'"?>" ' n JT!9
in* " the righteous
shews the way
to
Followed by two ace. of pers. and way. 2 Sa. loc. cit. "1ST! D'Pn -VVl and (God) shews the upright his way," he shews an upright man the
his friend."
member there is nTJty. LXX. /5o//0em). Prov. 2 7 (LXX. <7wr7/jia), Micah6:9 ( at least in several MSS. and Verss.),
me"
(in the other
:
comfort, properly to *3OD "aid tied from
up). Job 6:13,
way
in
which he should walk.
So
at least
we may
explain this passage, as to the interpretation of which interpreters seem to have despaired, in speaking of
Ps. 18:33.
search, explore, Jud. Derivatives, TWl*, "fal No. II.

(2)
to
I.
23.
Job 30: 22 np. (2) counsel (properly, the raising of any thing, that which any one wishes to raise or set up). Job s6 "and their hands do 5:12, n'B'-W DnH.1 nrb>J?n T f not perform (their) counsel." Vulg. ywod cceperant. Job 11:6, Cv?3 (3) counsel, i. q. wisdom. Job 12: 16, fy "the double of wisdom." Prov. 3:21; and 26:3; counsel;" "might
'
. . .
.
"HJ-1 m. A
TURTLE DOVE
(an onomatopoetic
8: 14;
is
and primitive word), Gen. 15:9; Levit. 12:6; used as word of endearment for a beloved female, Cant.
<
18: i Isa. 28:29, bn?n nyy K^n wonderful in counsel and of great wisdom."
;
fWW
"he
a: 12 [?]; used of the people of Israel; Ps. 74:19, " Y)in thy turtle dove," i. e. the people especially
LXX.
(from the root n;V) aQvpa. Vulg. malleus.
a club, Job 41: 2
dear to thee,
II.
""lir)
now
afflicted
and timid.
TTJ1 gee rn.

JJjl
f,
m. (l) order, row, turn, especially used of what goes round in a circle, Esth. 2:12, 15. (2) a string^ of pearls, or gold or silver bends (as an ornament for the head), Cant, l 1O, from the
:
(from the root
H3T),
whoredom, metaph.
PI
the worship of idols, Eze. 16:25, 2 6, 29; 23:8. D*n-13Tn Eze. 16:15,22; 23:7, seqq.
rvtenn &
a rope,
/3'n
nfranri (from
the root
ban NO.
i,
root Tin.
III.
and more immediately derived from the nouns ^99

1
"lift
Ch. 17:17;
i.
q.
iTTin in the
sailor,
parallel
a pilot) plur.
If the reading place, 2 Sam. 7:19, mode, manner. be gonuine, the form would seem to be from
government, Job 37: 12;
fern. (i) rule, especially that of a state,
ft Chald. an ox, i. q. Hebr. nie>; plur. pn oxen, Dan. 4:22, 29, 30; 5:21; Ezr. 6:9, 17; 7:17.
Pro. 11:14. (2) the art of governing, hence prudent counsel. in a good sense, Pro. 1:5; 20:18; 24:6; cunning
counsel, in a bad sense, 12:5.

S ee rrtn.
rnjin f. (from the root HT Hiph. No. 4. to teach). (l) instruction, doctrine, Job 22:22. (a) human, as that of parents, Prov. 1:8; 3:1; 4:2; 7:2. (6) divine through prophets, Isa. i 10; 8: 16, 20; 42:4,21. (a) human, the manner and principles (2) law. which men follow, 2 8:1.7:19. (b) divine, whether one, followed by a genit. of the object, e.g. the law
:
yi
Chald. prep, under,
i.
q.
Hebr. nnri Dan

suff.
It is prop, a plural noun, hence with 7:27. *ninhn under it, Dan. 4 -.9, 18.
VDSHjn
Compare
Tachmonite~], patron, from
pr. n.
otherwise unknown, jtofnn ("

'?b3n.
wisdom")
a Sa. 23:8
of
sacrifice,
"ICO
Leviticus 6:7; 7:7; or collect, lates; the book of the law, J-wjh. 1:8; 8:34;
ITpnj;l fem. (from the root ^>H Hiphil, to begin) beginning, Hoseal:2; Prov. 9:10; npnn? in thf
DCCCLXI
beginning,
i.
tfnn-tin
e.
previously, Gen. 13:3;
41:21; 43:
18, 20; Isa. 1:26.
N/n
D'JWnn m. (from the root diseased}, diseases, Deut. PS. 103:3; Jer. 16:4, in-ioj D'K-i^qn 'rnop 29:21. shall die of diseases." Conor. 14: 18, "they " those who are sick with famine." 3JJT
KI
= n7nto
/nri, only in plur.

be sick,
m a breastplate (BupnZ), made of linen, Ex. 28:32; 39:23; properly a military garment, ci armour, from the root nnn, Syr. );_*, Ethpe. to fight,
to
wage war,
to
prepare for battle.
'^05
see rnn Tiphel.

(" cunning," from the root Ethpael, be cunning), \_Tahrea~], pr. n. of a man, 1 Chron. 9: 41, called Kip iCh. 8:35.
^^
to
.
Lev. 11:16; Deut. 14:15; an unclean
bird, so called
from violence and wrong (root DOn),

p.ii., p.
according to Bochart (Hieroz.
232), the
male
its
ostrich; called in
cruelty towards
:
Arabic
^)^
unnatural, from
:
nexion, WRft
young, compare Job 39 17, seqq. Lam. 4 3. The preceding Avord njj^ D2 ] c. cit. must apparently be understood in a narrower sense, of the
its
;
m. an obscure word, always in this con~>1JJ Tachash skin, Num. 4:6, seq. Plur. D^njjl n'nijj Tachash skins, Exodus 25:5; 26:14; 35 :2 3? 39 34> an d in the same sense simply Wnn Nu. 4:25; Eze. 16:10 (where it is said that women's
:
ri
female ostrich.
LXX. and
Vulg. translate, the night
owl, Jonathan, the swallow.
[nfl (for nan? "a camp"), [Tahan], pr. n. m. From the (l) Num. 26:35. (2) iChr. 7:25. former comes patron, ^nn Num. 26:35. Compare
'
of it). The ancient versions unbe the colour of a skin (LXX. VO.KIVQiva. Aqu. Symrn. lavQiva. Chald. and Syr. rubra, red), and they have been followed by Bochart (Hieroz.
shoes are
made
to
derstand
it
(i) grace, mercy, Ezra 9:8. f *) prayer, supplication (properly, the cry for mercy, from the root in Hiphil), Psa. 6:10; 55:2; 119:170. (3) [Tehinnah~\, pr. n. m. i Ch. 4:12.
Tosh. ll
:
i"l3nj;l
(from the root J3H)
20
p. 989, seqq.); this is however a mere conjecture, which has no ground either in the etymology or in the cognate languages on the other hand the Talmudists and almost all the Hebrew interpreters take ^nri to be an animal, the skins of which were used both for a covering of the holy tabernacle, and for making shoes. I have no hesitation in acceding to this opinion, and I would follow K. Salomon on Ez<>. loc. cit. with Luther in understanding it to be either
i.
;
D^-^nn Ps. 28 2, 6 31:23; P^DI?, 116:1; and niMJOn 86:6; i. q. n3njjl No. 2, prayer,
only in plur.
: ;
badger, taxus or taxo (meles,Varr. the context, which almost requires Besides Plin.). an animal, this opinion is supported (l) by the authe seal, or the
supplication.
;
m.
a place where a
plur. (from the root njn) [ a camp is pitched, 2 Ki. 6:8.
camp"],
thority of the Talnuidists who (Tract. Sabb. cap. ii. 28) in treating at large of this animal, say that it is like the weasel (K&* "?ty, which is very suitable
fol.
to the
Ezek.30:l8; and 8,9; 44:1; 46:14; also 2: 16

nes'],
DrqSHPl Jer. 43 7, np (where the arO

=
badger (2) by the agreement of languages, the authority of which is very great with regard to
the
names of animals and
plants.
Arabic /.w^ and
pr. n.
render Tctyi^,
a fortified
of a city in Egypt, which the LXX. No doubt that it is Daphne, Td^>i'i..
are indeed rendered dolphin
by
lexicogra-
city
near Pelusium.
And
Jablonski
'Ôpuscc., p. i. 343) thinks that the of this city would be written
Egyptian name
i.
but this name has a wider extent, and also comprehends seals, which in many respects resemble the badger, and which were of frequent occurrence
phers
;
TAcfre-eue?,
e.
the
in the peninsula of Sinai (Strab. xvi. p. 776); thia
beginning of the age ; or, as we should say, the beginning of the world or earth (as if the " It would thus correspond to the Egyptian world).
city of closes
head, or the
has been already observed (see Beckrn. ad Antig The Latin taxus and taxo (whence Caryst. c. 60).
in
modern languages
taxo, taisson, 3)ad)) is not found,
(see above H31p p. DLXXXI, A), which Egypt towards Êthiopia...just as Taphnse closed Egypt towards Syria and Arabia."
Syene
it is
true, in Latin writers before the time of Augustine, but there is no need for us to consider it on thai account to be a new-formed word, but only one re-
-A^fDJ? ("head of the age," see prec.), [Tahpenesly pr, n of an Egyptian queen, i Ki. 1 1 19,20.
:
ceived from the vulgar language, and of foreign origin. (3) The etymology, which the Hebrew language
supplies with sufficient probability.
For
-pn-nnn
be for ntrnn, from the root
HtJTI to rest, so
DCCCLXII
that taxus
'nnn-nnn
from
may be
so called from
whica became
somnolent.
sleeping for half a year, almost proverbial; nor are seals less
its
beneath, used of those that were under any and come out from thence, Eze. 47: i, "waters came out inppn nnnp from under the threshold;"
thing,
(4) The skins both of the badger and seal might without doubt have been used both for covering the tabernacle, and for making elegant
shoes:
seal
Prov. 22:27, "
why
T^nnp from under

Ex. 6:6; Deut. 7:24.
should they take away thy bex^ thee ?" i e. on which thou liest
Hence
'
Jingo
HJT,
see H3J
skins
are even
now used
for to
shoes.
To
at
give
my
the
opinion, the
Hebrews seem
have
rarely for } nnnp below, under (any thing), Job 26:5; Eze. 42 : 9. Another nnnp (out of a
place), see
(/>)
More
once designated by this one word (which the Arabs and western nations apply to only particular
species),
No.
2.
creatures,
seal, tlie badger, and other similar which they neither knew nor distinguished
pr. n.
^ nnnp ( O pp. to *? ^JJP), beloic, under any thing, as JJ'i?"}? nnnp below the firmament, Gen.l :7; Ex. 30:4; 3* n'3j> nnnp at the foot of Bethel (si-
with accuracy.
[(2)
tuated on a mountain), Gen. 35 : 8 , compare
Sam.
Tahash,
m. Gen. 22:24.]
-
nnn
is
(i) subst. the -
lower part, that which

id.,
preceding, after a verb of motion,

sub,subter,vfiih
<-
compare Êth. ft'^fh't": to be lowered, deto let down, to lower, tT'(fY"|" It may, howpressed, "^flv^; low, ^(tyf under. ever, be doubted whether n final be primary and radical, or secondary, which latter opinion is sup1} to go down and dip (one's ported by the Arab.
r
<
below. (Arab. d-vô
(S)
nnn
*PK
under,
/
an
ace. Jerera,
3:6; Zee. 3:10, i Sam. 21:4.
nnn ?X
Eze. 10:2;
with an abL
(2) what is under any one, the place in which anyone stands, is constituted. Zech. 6: 12, Vnnnp HPV! "from his place he shall grow up," compare
nn3 from in adverb, ace. Gen. below, beneath, Hence, H-13.) 49 25 Deu. 33 1 3 nnnp id. (comp. |P No. 3, c), Ex. 20:4; Josh. 2:11. In constr. state (for which there nnn Cant. 2:6), and with suff., commonly is once v n nn n<i nnn, -irnnn, nnnn, n^nriri, pi. '8^9, T5TO,
finger);
like
;
whence nnn may be derived,

:
Ex. 10:23. Hence
Vnnn DM X
-"DtP
remain, every one in
(a) in ace. in a place, Ex. 16:20, his
own
:
place;" Jud. 7:21; lSa.l4:g; 2 Sa. 2:23; 7: 10 i Chr. 17:9; Job 36: 16, n>nnn pv-io N"*? am a tvidt space, ichere (pr. in which place) there is no straitness.
*?
(b) in
tlte
place
of, for,
instead
o/(onftatt),
DrrnnPI; rarely sing. (as to the form of which, see Hebr.

52
'JPinn
Sam. 22
used of those
-.37, 40, 48
note).c L; ._^3
Prep, below, beneath,

i
Gramm. 36, under (vxo), Arab.

:
succeed into the place of another. Levit. 16:32; Esth. 2:17; Psal. 45: 17, Tni3< nnn in the stead of thy fathers shall be thy ?p33 -1'n>
children."
who
Hence used of things which are
inter-
D?ptjpn
nnn under
heaven, Dan. 9
1
nnn
E>D5?n under the sun (see &$$); I? ? nnn beneath the mountain, at the foot of the mountain, Ex. 24:4;
changed, used of price (/or) Gen. 30:15; i Sa. 2:20; l Ki. 21:2, and after verbs of requiting, l Sa. 25:21.
P&'?n nnn under the tongue, Ps. 10:7; 66:17, and D?nS> nnn under the lips, Ps. 140:4, i. e. in the mouth 'S T nnn under the hand, i. e. in the power of anyone, 1 Sam. 21:9. Of a woman it is said,
;
nn nnn for what? Avhy? Jer. 5:19. With a relat, conj. 1^ nnn (i) instead of thai
(anflatt bag),
Deu. 28:62.
ehe commits whoredom, adultery, under her husband, Nu. 5: 19; Eze. 23:5, i. e. she commits whore-
i.e. because, Deu. 21:14; 2 Ki. Deu. 4:37. Also in the same sense nnn followed by an inf. Isa. 60: 15, compare Job 34:28. D'yen nnn for the fuller DnVn nnj?
(2)
because that,
^3
22:17.
nnn
id.
dom who ought
to obey the authority of her husBut Hab. 3:16, may be rendered, T3~lX 'nnn band. " I tremble in my lower parts," i. e. my knees and feet tremble. With verbs of motion it is (a)
"because they are wicked." " place"), pr. n. (3) [Thahatli], ("station," (a) of a station of the Israelites in the desert, Nu.
DTJBT)
beneath, under any
4> 4^; Gen. 18:4; Jud. 3:30. (b) Kara, down, downwards, i. q. ntao, Am. 2:13, D?'nnn p>j?p ^bs, pr0p.
thing, 2
Sam. 22:37,
33:26. (b) m. l Ch. 7:20.
(a)
Chr. 6:9, 22.
(/3
and y)
q Hebr
.
nnn
vnnnp.
Chald.
id.
Dan. 4:11, 'ninnn JO

is
i.
The more usual form

f.
n^nn.
"
press
you downwards;" Job 40:

preff.
12.
With
jinnn m. Hiinnn
'nnn J os h.
1
adj.
lower, lowest,
LQ
()
lit' IK.
nnr.p adv. below, beneath (see above), prep.

untcr (rtiraS) êroor/ tjevauS/ t)imvc$ f
8:
3 ; iKi. 6 : 6.
from under,
-,_ and n
_f
"pn rn
86
:
DCCCLXIII
:
pn-nnn
i
Job 41:16; Gen. 6
6.
^S"nVFinn
;
the lower,
5n
& KH
F\
lowest parts of the earth, Hades, Isa. 44: 23 poet, used of a hidden place (here of the womb of the mother [but it is the formation of the members of Christ's
m. must,
it
new wine
9
(so called
f.
because in intoxicating,
brain, from the root EH?,
takes possession of th<

*
mystical body]), Ps. 139: 15; the same is nVri^TT!^ Ezek. -26:20; 32:18, 24, compare nVnrifl ")'l2 the
deepest
pit, Ps.
88:7; Lam. 3:55.

\\j
compare Syr. JJL|ô id.), Gen. 27:28. jnx a land abounding in CMTri] | corn and new wine, Deut. 33:28; 2 Ki. 18:32; Isa. Used of the juice of grapes, Is. 65:8. 36: 17.
Arab.
for
jj
(pr. to cut off, cut
away),
(pr. cut
^T^
("fear;" perhaps from the root

m.
i
*"^))
S^"
[Ti'rz'a], pr. n.
Ch. 4: 16.
intrans. to die (to

off,
be cut away), ;LJ dwarf
shortened), whence the Heb. HIPHIL tnn (as if from Tin) in pause Tfin To OFF the tendrils of a vine, Isa. 18:5. Talmud.
CUT Tnn
DyPl m. Gen. 10:2 \_Tiras~\, pr.n. of a northern nation sprung from Japheth, according to Jonath. and Targum of Jerusalem, Thracia. See Bochart,
Phaleg.
ii.
and rnn
is to
cut off the head.

f.
2.
fDTlm. njTfl
26:28; Eze. 42:6.
adj.
(from^FI)nif<W/*,Exod.
m.
plur.
DJjl A HE-GOAT, BUCK, Prov

(Arabic
30:31; Genesis 3O:35; 3 2:1 5goat.)

"Tin
" gift"), (according to Simonis, for fl^n? Ch. m. a'ro i 4:20 np; fl^-in. \_Tilon~\, pr.n.
^_J
he-
^"J?
6:19
(i.
Isaiah 21:14; Jer. 5:5:23; and

q.
W3ft Job
fully
m. oppression, violence, Ps. 10:7; 55: ia, from the root ^?J;1 which see. Tf]r\ Ps. 72:14;
not used in Kal, according to the Hebrews, joined; more correctly, TO LEAN UPON,
the Arab.
1
jt-j
"a
desert,"
"an untilled
dis-
trict"), \_Tema~], pr. n. of a country and nation in the northern part of Arabia Deserta, on the borders
M<J JO
to
be
fitted,
of the desert of Syria; the name comes from Thema, the son of [shmael (Gen. 25: 15); now called by the Arabs U^J. The LXX. every where write the word
av, as
TO LIE
DOWN; compare
Deu. 33:3,
tLO Conj. VIII.
PUAL.
^n
$ Dni
and they (the

Wri remain
though
it
had been the same
as j^Pl.
is
Israelites) lay mount Sinai.
down
Some
"q-in
at thy feet," i.e. at the foot of
(from the root

I.
prefer reading Syr. to remain).
PP^
(l) the
m. (but
fern.
Isaiah 43: 6), pr. whatever
situated on the right (compare 1PJ, p*?'), hence
rnÔri
fern,
(from the root
|-13)
a place. Job
southern quarter (opp. to /NO?? which see), Job 9:9. H^fi towards the south, southward, Exod. 26:18, 35; 27:9. Poet, for the south wind ComCant. 4:16. (fully fOVin n-n), Psalm 78 26
:
II. H^DJ;! f. (from the root pn) (i) arrangement, disposition, structure, Ezekiel 43 1 1 i. q.
: ,
:pri
Eze. 43: 10.
pare fisy.
(2) [Teman~],Tpr. n. of a city, country, and people eastward of Idumea, taking their origin from IP. "*)
(2)
splendid equipment, Nah.

NO.
2.
2: 10.
Compar
the grandson of Esau, Gen. 36 1 1 , 15; Jerem. 49 7, 80; Eze. 25:13; Hab. 3:3; Obad. 9; and like the
: :
D^n m
pi.
Ki. 10:22, and D\*3ttl 2 Chron.
wisdom,
(l Ki. 5:11), they were famed for 49:7; Obad. 9; Bar. 3:22, 23; comp. Job 2: ll; 22:1. Patron. '^Fl Job loc. cit. Gen. 36:34. But '?iyn i Ch. 4:6, is different, being derived from some unknown town, IP^. rest of the
Arabs
Jer.
9:21, according to Targ., Syr. (with the Arabic), Jerome and the Hebrews, peacocks. To this answer the Malabar, togei, Sanscr. sikhi. From this domestic name of the bird comes also the Gr. raws, -awe, pr.
raFwc, Athen.
D^p), also
ix. p.
(t
397 (whence Arab.
<jwuclL,
;
Ch,
pavo
and p being interchanged compare
JU
PI
f.
a column, a pillar, found twice in this
Xaac,
connection, fîrrrhp^ri (other copies rfnpp) pillars of smoke, Cant. 3:6; Joel 3:3; poet, for the common
\ety TIE);
p. 135, seqq.
See Bochart, Hieroz. torn. iL late learned remarks of Ag. Litt. Berol. 1831, No. 96. Annal. Benaryin
lapis,
Xt'floe).
;
and the
Talmudic
Root ~>pn which see. Comp. go up like a pillar (used of smoke); Dfl column, beam (of the rising sun or moon).
Jud. 20:40.'
"H?fl to
an unused
T
root,
to
Arab. (JJo
.
to cut, to
cm
up, hence
to
tear off,
spoil,
i.
q.
?H, P^V>
DCCCLXIV
J?V3.
Cogn.
q.
(Chald. to injure, to
fine.
Syriac
(2) to
there
(3)
is
measure, Isa.4O:i2, "who hath meain the other
Jl
i.
Heb.
sured heaven with a span?"
member
Derivative,
Tj.
and
TTD, bg
set up,
to
to
fix, by a level, Ps. 75:4.
vexations, oppressions, espeProv. 29: 13, D*??^ &** " an opcially of the poor. pressor" (of the poor). LXX. ni'tt<m;e- Vulg. creditor. In a similar passage, Prov. 22:2, there is
pi.
Q'33^
m.
PUAL, 12:12.
part, to be
weighed out (money),
Kings
Derivatives, 13
rich.
j /pj
shell
off,
an unused verb, prob. i. q. /HK> to peel, to f<tdlen, whence ripnip a shell-fish, muscle.
also properly that of J"y?.?.
masc. (i) a task, a portion measured or weighed out, Ex. 5:18. (2) a measure, Eze. 45: 11. (3) [TocAen], pr. n. of a town of the Simeonites,
l
The same meaning is
01.4:32.
l^Jn f. (from the root ""!??) completion, perfection, Ps. 119:96. According to others [J. D. it is Michaelis, etc.] hope, confidence, from the
root 73J?, hope. [This latter meaning and derivation are utterly rejected in Thes.]
n'Dpn f. (i) tion, Eze. 43: 10.
measure, structure, disposi-
(2) perfect form, Eze. 28:12.

'
ôLto
8:15.
/J?
m. a mantle, a long royal robe, Root ^3. (Ch. id.)

i
Est.
HvpJR f. (from the root n^2)) (i) perfection, completion, Job 11:7. Psal. 139:22, HWC? n^psn " " perfect hatred," thorough hatred." Neh. 3:21. (2) extremity, end, conclusion. Job 26: 10, iflriSt ite llÛgr^ " as far as where Job 28:3, X-1H rP^FT^D ? light ends in darkness." T?n " as far as all the extremity (in the most
1
m. with
:
stiff.
4n
:
Josh. 11
3, especially
(from the root ^ri), a hill a hea p of ruins,Deu. 13: 17;
Josh. 8:28; Jerem. 49 2. Hence come the following names of Babylonian cities, so called from hills or
mounds near them

Geogr. t. iii. i. 953, sqq.).
2, p.
(see
Assemani
Bibl. Orient.
Ind.
784;Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
profound recesses of the earth) search
is
made."
a shellfish, specially one so called (helix ianthina, Linn.), i. e. a species of muscle found in the Mediterranean sea, with a blue shell, from which
J"V^
(1) 7Pl("hill of ears of corn"), [Telabib~\, Ezekiel 3:15, in Mesopotamia, by the river Chebar, perhaps Thal-labba in d'Anville's Map,
33X
L'Euphrate
et le Tigre.
cerulean purple is made, Rabbin. lif?0; hence cerulean purple, and garments (wool, thread), dyed with this purple, Ex. 26:4, 31; Num. 4:6,
the
seqq.;
L,jr, (u hill of the woo a See Bhn) [Telharsa, Tel-haresha~\, in ^Babylonia, Ezra 2:59; Neh. 7:61.
(2)*jnn
Ezek. 23:6; 27:7, 24.
LXX., Vulg.,
well
render, vaxirdoc, wm'rfltroe, hyacinthina; incorrectly, Aben Ezra, R. Sal., Luth. yellow silk. See Bochart,
("hill of salt") [Tel-mela], ibid. (3) Ezr. 2:59; Neh. 7:61.

-
n^>^
Hieroz.
ii.
72042
t. iii.
655
86, ed.Lips.
Braun,
De Vestitu
<'
dred to
fo
Sacerdot. p. 187
200.
fc$ n?n / i.q. (l) TO HANG UP, TO SUSPEND, twice found in part. pass. Deuter. 28:66, "thy life shall be hung up before thy eyes," i. e. it will ever
(i) pr. TO
to
MAKE EVEN,
TO
LEVEL
(kin-
be in imminent danger.
(2) followed by ?, to adhere to, to be bent upon any thing (Germ, abfj&ngen/ nacfytjdngcn). Hos. 11:7? Tn-UrD ? D'K-^n VS/y "my people adhere (i. e. in1
li^PI).
See Niphal.
(2) poise, tceigh (from the equilibrium of the balance); metaph. to prove, try, examine, Pro.
16:2, nirp ninn J?R "Jehovah Prov. 21:2; 24:12.
proves
the spirits;"
dulge) in defection from me."
NIPHAL, prop,
to be
way; (compare ">*), Eze. 18:25, 2 95 33:i?, 20;
figuratively, to
even, as a be right, as a course of acting

levelled,
i
made
from the like n N7^1 f. (from the root root n?^, for HIN^ri, n ??^, see Lehrg. p. 502), labour, toil, weariness, Exod. 18:8; Neh. 9: 32.
i
*,
Sam.
Num. 20:14?
*:3. Compare j?Fl. PIEL i?n (i) to weigh, e.g. waters, Job 28-25;
f.
thirst, once Hosea 13:5,

i.e. arid.
hence
to
prove,
to
examine
ISM.
40: 13.
"thirsty ground,"
UCCCLXV
57F 2 Kings 19:12, and 'lf7J;i Isa. 37: 12, [Telassar], pr. n. of a region ic Assyria or Mesopotamia, which also occurs in Tavg. of Jerus. Gen. 14:1,9, for the Hebr. IC^K and ibid, and in Jon.
Gen 10:12, for the Hebr. \0~%. (In the syllable there seems to be ?l a hill, see that word.)
hn
'
DH-DODF
1
("abounding
in
furrows
"),
pr. n.
David,
(l) of a king of Geshur, father-in-law of 2 Sam. 3:3; 13:37. (2) of one of the
Anakim, Nu. 13:22; Josh. 15:14; Jud. l:io.
P?J? m. (from the

l
root
^P/) a disciple, one
taught,
Ch. 25:8.
(Syr. arid Arab, id.)
^Spri
f.
(from the root ^?S) a gar men t,
Isa.
?;1 Chald.
snow,
i.
q.
Hebr.
to have a long / / unused in Kal, Arab. neck, to be stretched out; whence JPW a worm.
^3
Dan. 7:9.
nJ?];! see 'S
nFI.
jfe Thes.] PUAL, part. y?np (denom. y?1R) clothed in scarniypriJ? teeth, see under the letter B. let, Nah. 2:4.
[From
SUSPEND, TO HANG UP. (Chald. and Compare Gr. rXaw to suspend in a balance, whence raXai'T-o*-.) 2 Sa. 18: 1O; Job 26:7. '0 n?r>
Syr. id.
?y.
MjM 7jM TO
to
"
/ F* an unused
s
root,
Arab. u_slj to perish, IV.

whence, perhaps
hang any one on a stake, to crucify, a kind of punishment used among the Israelites, Deuter. 21:22; the Egyptians, Gen. 40:19; the Persians, Est. 7:10; 5:14. NIPHAL, pass. Lam. 5:12.
I'V.'?
to destroy, t^gl" destruction;
.'$ adj. destructive, and W*)pFl f/jg deadly, " like the tower of David poet, for arms, Cant. 4:4, s rri *-133 constructed for arms," i. e. in which 3?np
PIEL,
i.
q.
Kal, Eze. 27:10, 11.
Derivative, vlp.
rtj* /r\
f.
only in plur. (from the root
murmuring, complaining,
Nu. 14:27.
root,
\V? Niph.), of people, Exod. 16:
arms are suspended (compare Ezek. 27:10, 11). Others, in nearly the same sense, take ni*Spri as compounded of 70 (from the root n?ri to hang up), and ni'S mouths, i. e. edges (of swords, compare Pro. We may also refer 5:4!, arms; hence arsenal.
n'VSpri to
offer
the root
H37, which, however, does not
7, seq.;
_i n
II
t
a suitable etymology.
JM an unused
Aram,
to
break,
to
tear,
WTience
f
H?ri ("fracture"), [Telah], pr.n. m.

7:25.
.
Chr.
f.,
NJT7J;!, nnpj;!
Chald.
THREE,
:
i.
Hebr. U??W.
i^r)7^
DV
q.
the third day, Ezr. 6 15.

13. abstr. the
PI. PD^Jjl thirty,
Dan. 6:8,
7^1 m. CITT. Xeyo/z. Gen. 27:3; according to very many old interpreters, a quiver (so called from its
fi/V
'emphat. state
SwR
being suspended), but Onkelos and Syr. render

sword.
it
Dan.5:ft9,
XO?O
ta'ptt'â prince of the
third rank. third rank''
'compare ^3^3), and verse 16, by
ellipsis
XR?^
id.
W7l Chald. third, Dan. 2:39;

'
fr
n ?fl
three.
n/J? m. third, Dan. 5:7-
More
in use
is *riv]|>.
ity
i.
q.
7-1
?/p
(I)TO HEAP UP, TO
MAKE HIGH.
Part. pass.
?H
heaped
up, lofty, Eze. 17:22.

,
wif.i
the pendulous branches ofpalms, which, Cant. 5:11, flowing locks are compared. Vulg. elathce palmarum. L^vX. e'Xarat. Compare
V /J?7*?m.pl.
(2)
to
No. 2). under ?nn.
wave, to vibrate, Arab. hJj (see 7?D Hence Q^PIpfl. As to the form ?nn see
l, ?).
pD No.
s ~"~~
>r
2.
Arab,
al^jj
a wicker basket,
p.
pr. (as w'
;marked by Schultens, Opp. Min

lulous branch.
246), a
Derivative No.
/ jy> an unused root, prob.
i.
q.
Aj
to break, to
cut into.
!>
Hence
ma*c.
afurrow, Job3l -38; 39:10; Ps

id.
f. adj. (frcm the root upright, always in a moral sense, Job i 9:20, 21, 22. peculiar use is, Gen. D^Tfc nK DH Vhf "Jacob was an v /
uri m. nori
(5:11.
Arab. Jj
O ht man, dwelling in tents," where CR appears^ fhdicate th milder and placid disposition of Jacot>, as opposed tc
56
DTI
the
DCCCLXVI
Neutr. abstr.
van-cn
T-IBn
more
ferocious character of Esau.
every year (cailed

Lucian,
Syris.
vol.
ii. ii.
beginning at the new moon

to
37:37. my perfect one, an endearing term for a beloved female, Cant. 6 9.

integrity, Ps.
Fern. VISM?
:
of July), Eze. 8:14.
As
the Syrian festival, see
De Dea
,
CJH Ch. adv. i. q. Hebr. CB> there, always with the addition of n local, HGH Exr. 5: 17; 6:6, 12.
ft
the
31 91, seqq. ed. 2. (I lay down nothing as to root ton is not found in the etymology.
Syra, 7, seqq.; also Selden, De Dis and Creuzer's Syrnbolik des Alterthums,
m.
pi. contr. for D'fcKfl
Ex. 26: 24; 36: 29,
twins
(see
Phcenicio-Shemitic languages; it may be that NBn is for NTpn from the root TIP denoting fear, concr
fearful)
Eft (once D\n Prov. 10:9) followed byMakk. "DPI, with suffix *pn (from the root ^Pn), m. integrity,
7lDJ;l adv.
yesterday,
i.
q.
/ten^l, 7-IDnK
(which
wholeness.
number and measure, fulness, DDn? "in full measure."

(i) of
r
Isa.
47:9,
see). joined with !"'<!? the day before Job 8 9, ^n3^ 71Dn " we are yesterday, which see. of yesterday," for ÎDO ^'p^(The etymology ia
It is often
:
obscure.
(a) of fortune, welfare, safety, prosperity, i. q. ?&?. Job 21:23, ten D>'J?3 " in his very pros-
Many
take ?te^l for the primary form,
perity;" Ps. 41:13. 23?'Dn in(3) integrity of mind, innocence. tegrity of heart, Gen. 20:5, 6; On? i|pn Pro. 10:9, and ten? Ps. 26: 1, to live uprightly. Used of simplicity of mind, which is opposed to mischief and ill" he drew a bow ten? in his design, i Ki. 22:34, without any evil purpose; 2 Sam. 15: simplicity,"
11, QSn? DO/n "going (with him) with a simple mind" (not conscious of an evil design).
whence with Aleph prosthetic ^tenx^ 7-llOriN; but the root ?Dn and its significations in cognate languages afford no light; unless perhaps we attribute to it the signification of veiling over, covering over, compare 'P^', so that time past might be regarded as obscure, hidden compare D?W from the root C?y.
;
But
still I
prefer to regard the primary form to be

for ->te~n
(
TlDnX
i Sam. io:ll, whence by aphseresis

f.
before, formerly,
(from the root 1^0,
PP)
(l)
appear-
(4) pi. D'pn [r/tumnum], truth ee O'~X No. i, 6.
(LXX.
<iA>j04ia),
ance, form, Nu. 12:8; Psalm 17:15. Job 4:16, " a ^V. "W? n3M2Jjl (certain) appearance (passed)
before
KOfl
see KOVD.
f.
my
eyes."
(2) image, Ex. 20:4; Deu. 4:16,
23,25.
nQn
:3,
i.
q.
m.
Qh
integrity, innocence, Job
9; 27:5; 3i:6.
(from the root >1D Hiphil, to exchange) (l) exchange, especially in buying and selling,
f.
UJM
TO MARVEL, TO
WOHDER.
(Ch.
Hl^l id.,
As to the the labial letters being interchanged. see Constr. absol. Isa. ccm, more, page B.) origin,
29 9
:
Hence tchat is exbarter, Ruth 4:7; Job 15:31. rinn-IOn T Job "and its ? 28:17, changed. ^1
1
!
exchange
cannot
followed
13:8, inpn*. nished, and look at one another," compare Gen. 43: Sometimes more forcibly, to be smitten with 33.
Isa.
by ?X of cause, Ecc. 5:7; pregn. injrpX B*N "they shall be asto-
(are not) vessels of gold," i. e. wisdom be acquired for vessels of gold, Leviticua
27:10,33.
(2) compensation, retribution, recompense, Job 15:31 20: 18, 0% ft6l. irn-1D?l 7'H? " as something to be restored, in which one does not re;
fear
drt
and
terror, Ps.
48 6
:
Jcr.
4:9; Ecc.
5:7; Job
joice."
Hab. 1:5. HITHPAEL, ' '''derivative, PÊPI and

id.
*he bu
"2?
pi.
r*i
rlHCh. m. something astonishing, a miracle, ^ Dan. 3:32,33; 6: 28.

'
f. (from the root rUO) death, only " a son of death," i. e."c:>n phrase nrUDRfa Ps. to demned death," 79:11; 102:21.
nn^J;)
this
" 5ri (Samarit. laughter"), [Thamah'], pr. Ezr. 2:53; Neli. 7:55.
*T*aj;l
...
"n. astonishment, terror. Deut. 28:28 _. * L vtli 'with theX.x'tftion of 337). Zee. 12:4.
(so called
fnuz], pr. n. of a Syrian god, Adonis

of the
pare^
m. (l) subst. perpetuity, continiia-n -r from proceeding, going on, n>ot H-ID, cui "~ from the root !"ny, in and XT]^ fron
j
women
worshipped also by the Hebrew with lamentation*, iu the fourth month of

O^. ^ks,
In genit. put after other substantives it is used as ;m ad ctive (compare B'TpNo. l), a* T?n
DCCCLXVII
of continuance,"
i.
e.
Eze. 39:14;
i.e.
"Vpn? TpPIH
PlTiy
hired for contimious work, a continual burnt-offering,

the continual bread,
i.
mary
Germ.
idea, as I judge,
abfd)liefen/ abgefcfyloffen
daily,
both morning and evening, Nu. 28:6, 10,
15, 23, 24.
on^
q.
dred roots DPin, n the
shutting up, closing fet>n, compare the kinDps, and the same primary idea in
is
in
(2) for Tppjn niy Dan. 8:11, 12, 13; 11:31. (3) adv. continually, Ps. 16:8; 25:15; 34:2.
syn. <3.) (2) to be finished, ended, especially used of time, Gen. 47 18 (initio). Ps. 102 28, -1EPV. fc6 Tr/l^ "
:
:
thy
K^>]
m
37:6.
np'pfl
f.
adj.
(l) perfect,
complete,
(from the root Psalm 19:8; Job 36:4;
years shall have no end;" Eze. 47:12, V"1B D1PI* " whose fruit shall never cease."
(3)
to be to be
47:18; inn'73
(2) whole, entire, Lev. 3:9; 25:30; Josh.io:i3. (3) perfect, whole, sound (a) free from blemishes, used of victims, Ex. 12:5; Lev. 1:3. (b) safe, secure, used of men, Prov. 1:12. (c) ivhole,
consumed, spent, i. q. n?3 No. 3, Gen. come to an end, Num. 32:13, DPT~iy 'ûntil all that generation was consumed;"
:
Josh. 5:6; Jer. 27:8; iSPI'iy i Ki. 1 4 l o, and Deu. 2:15; Josh. 8:24, until they were destroyed,
i.
i q. "?. ?"" y
;
see "!?? No. 3. (a) in
upright in conduct, blameless, Gen. 6:9; 17:1.
(4)
to be
complete.
number,
Sa. 16:
1 1,
upright of life (in the way), Psa. 'X Dy D^pPl upright towards God, i.e. altogether given to God, Dent. 18:13; Ps. 18:24 (2 Sa. 22:24, followed by?). Compare D?E> No. 3. Neutr. eubst. integrity, Josh. 24:14; Jud. 9:16, 19. So
Tjypp/pl-1 the
119:1.
Dny?n Wnn. " are all the children here?" Nu. 17 :28. (6) in mind, heart, to be upright, Psa. 19:14;
compare
DPI, D*pPl.
D'Onp 7]^n p s 84: walk (live) uprightly. " give the truth!"
too
.
12,
1
and D'OFI ^n Ps. 15:2, to Samuel 14:41, Q'PPI ran
NIPHAL, only in fut. pi. -18PJ* to be consumed, i. q. Kal No. 3, Nu. 14:35; Ps. 104:35; Jer. 14:15. HIPHIL Dnn (once inf. IP^Pin for îpnn Isa 33:1),
i. q. Kal No. l, but only causat. to perfect, e. g^ flesh (i.e. to cook completely), Eze. 24: 10; counsel, 2 Sa. 20: 18. (2) to finish, to leave off; Isa. 33: 1, TJB> ^pTjria " when thou ceasest Causat. to to be a spoiler." cause to leave off, followed by IP to remove from
fut. DPI*.
(i),
to
complete,
fJJM fut. ^bn?._ (l) TO TAKE HOLD OF, followed by an ace. Gen. 48: 17, and ? Prov. 28:17; 5 5(2) to obtain, to acquire, e.g. honour, Proverbs Il:l6; 29:23. (3) to holdfast something taken, followed by an
=
any one, Eze. 22:15. (3) to make whole,
to complete. (a) a number, Dan. 8:23, D*J?^3n DFins " when sinners shall hay*}
ace.
Am.
to
:,
8.
Metaph. Pro. 4:4.
(4)
said
17: 12,
hold up, to support, followed by ?, Exod. "they held uphishands." God is very often
:
completed," sc. the number of their sins. D 9:24 np; hence, to p ay out (money), i. q. DpE> j- / 22 4. (b} used of a way, manner of life; Job 2
\
:
any person or thing; followed by ? Psalm 41:13; 63 9 Isa. 42 1 followed by an ace.

to sustain
; : ;
" T-rrn DPin 3
if
thou
to
live
uprightly."
HITHPAEL,
followed by
Drjn
Ps. 16:5;
17:5.
DJ?
act uprightly with an/f rojt Ps. 18:26.
(5) recipr. to take

to fj ether, to
hold of each other,
to
hold
Derivatives,
;
DPI, DFi, D^DPl,
Dhp.
\<?>
as
adhere; Job 36: 17, btf BSP'IM pi " cause and judgment follow one another;" compare
Tnx an d 1j& Hithp. NIPII.VL, pass, of No. 3; Pro. 5:22.
|P*Pl.
.
Gr.
/
n
.ess
("a part
assigned"),
w,Hh
'.
Vlpn
see
D1FP Eze. 47 12 DPlPl Eze. rarely DJVS once for DriX Ps. 19:14; plur. 24:11; pers. 3?P Deu. 34:8. (l) TO COMPLETE, TO FINISH, Ps. 64:7; followed
fut. CFP,
: ;
EJn
1
Hjpri [Timnah, Timnath], pr. n. of an an* town of the Canaanites (Gen. 38: 12), first give<for the tribe of Judah (Josh. 15: 10, 57), then to .^ Danites (Josh. 19:43), which was however long eub
2 Chron. 28:18; JQct to the Philistines (Jud. 14:1; compare Jos. Arch. v. 8, 5); Gent. '?ppj Jud. 15:6.
see
.
leave off, Josh. 3:17; 4:1, n; 5:8; more often intrans. to be completed, finished, l Kings 6:22; 7:22; DOPI *1JJ unto their finishing, i.e. wholly,
by ?
to
Êfl
see napn.
*-
yip^
altogether,
Deu. 31 24, 30. (Arab.

:
id.
The
pri-
from intercourse with nren\ [Titnnd], pr.
("restraint," concr. "restrained," i* n. of a
DCCCLXVIII
concubine of Eliphaz, the son of Esau (Gen. 36: 12, 92 ; l Ch. l -.39), giving a cognomen to a tribe of the
Edomites, Gen. 36 40
:
I.
m.
ness, e.g.
D'"VVl!?ri
Ch.
plur. (from the root TJO) bitter, bitter weeping, Jer. 31:15,
05
51
6:26
II.
Adv. bitterly, Hoa. 12:15.
see
)l
masc. plur. upright columns, as

"U?PI
D*TI n^Jpfi [Timnath-heres], ("portion of the sun"), Jud. 2:9, or more correctly n^pTiapn
way-marks, Jerem. 31:21; from the root

see.
i.
which
[Timnath-serah~\ ("abundant portion"), Josh. 19:50; 24:30, pr. n. of a town in Mount Ephraim,
given as a portion to the leader Joshua.
p*Tpfl
q p-npn Pro. 20:30 3'ro.

.
H m. (from the root Dpp), a melting, liquefaction, Ps. 58:9. Compare under >v??'.
Qf;! an unused
the
to
root,
|^? or jft only in plur. D^PI and Pin m. a certain beast dwelling in deserts, Isa. 13:22; 43:20; 34:13 (whence Q'3PI DlpO Ps. 44:20; and D^ri jiyp Jerem.
which seems
to
have had
power
1EK, for
stand erect (perhaps kindred * / verbs NS and HD are often of the same
to be
or
9:10; 10:22; 49:33, used of the desert); it suckles young, Lam. 4:3; and utters a mournful cry, Job 30 29 Mic. l 8. Bochart (Hieroz. ii. p. 429) takes it to be great serpents, as if it were the same as P?!^ but amongst the Hebrews, R. Tanchum of Jerusalem
its
: ;
:
power, especially in Arabic).

riguit S J -
Arab.
;
Conj. XI.
correctly explains this

dog, so called from
its
hasta,
membrum
*
virile
S-
"
^J
palm-tree,
t-l3,
and
,yc\j
a tower.
As
!
to the usage of the
jackal, wild *X Hebr. plur. cry (elsewhere s from root both the Arab, wolf, 'K), compare No. 2.
t
word
Talmudists, see
Derivatives,
""llp/fl.
see
~lp.fi
"ntety
"'7'?'fy
"""IPP No.
under
TO
~1|"X
II.,
compare
"1DJ;!
~>B"1P>.
njJM
a palm-tree, Phoenix dactylifera
:
GIVE
PRESENTS, TO
DISTRIBUTE
m.
(l)
GIFTS, especially to hire persons.
which
id.) Joel l
;1
see, fn3, |HJ).
(Kindred are |2"1 Hosea 8: 1O, J?r? Dl
D^?
Canticles 7:9, plur. Exod.
"^"ipnn f>y the city of palm-trees, see under

pr. n. (a) of a town situated in rn borders of Palestine, Ezekiel 47: 19;
,
"although they distribute gifts (or hire) among the peoples," where others read WFP from the root JH3. (The notion of praising, which is in Piel, may also be that in Prov. 31 131, fi? "praise her;" to
8.-
6)
i.
q.
lOnn Palmyra (which

(a)
see), l Ki.
which, in the other hemistich, there answers n^?'1). PIEL, to praise, to celebrate, followed by an ace.,
I
daughter-in-law of Genesis 38: 6. (/3) a daughter of David, 2 9 9? t^:l. (y) a daughter of Absalom, 2 Sam.
(c)f.
:
'P3.
the
Jud. 5:11; followed by ? 11:40. (Aram. '3.?, JjL, IV. to celebrate with i. Arab. q. "ISp to narrate.
^jS
Isa. I?
praise, prop, to utter voice.)
HIPHIL,
33. ''? fear n).
i.
m. a palm-tree, hence a column (compare

Jer. 10:5.
q. T
Kal.
Hos. 8:9, \fi

loves."
D^nK
-I3nn
;
DjnaK *:T
"
Ephraim has hired

Derivatives, ^jris,
jft Chald.
1?^, and
pr.n. \^.,
'^W..
1*30,
pi. 18, and nhbfl i Kings 2 Kze. 41:18, 19, an artificial palmi,^3 >35; ( ee, as an architectural ornament
&1bn
Eze. 41
i.
q.
Heb.
HJB' to repeat,
whence
m.
pi. D'iTipn
(from the root ?"])
(l)
purifications, as of the virgins received into the women's house of the king of Persia, Esth. 2:12; nd melon, precious ointments used by them,
Esth. 2 3, 9.
:
nisri fern. Mai. 1:3; according io only plur. The same is the meanhabitations. LXX., Syr., iiri
5
i
*
\
ing of Arab,
jbj> from the root

is
to remain, to
inhabit, the third radical of which,
sometimes
lost;
ane
() metaph. remedy, cleansing, by which any w corrected and amended. Prov. 20 30 np.
:
whence
for ? ^\j inhabitant,

+
f
J ^
lj.
Thus nisn may

.^
be for rniS3]R (Dag.
forte
euphon
rtNJFl compart
DCCCLXIX
for
HX^?D and ^B^pO

Others take
fo/ ""IX^D, unless it

E'3FI
be
with the plur.
but in this neglected the ety-
deemed better
the verb Njn.
Jjl
to assign to the root 139 the

it
i.
power of
mology.
q.
jackals.
I
3"
No.i).
alienation(of God (from the root from men), see the root No. 2, Num. 14:34; hence jn "behold! enmity. Job 33:10, >'?'. TSf he seeketh enmities against me." Compare Arab.
f.
N)
pi.
D'V:>n m. Arab.
j^J
(from the root 13R

Kijroc,
(i) a sea
;
ni?
Gen. 1:21
monster, a vast fish, Gr. Job 7:12; Isa. 27:1.

:
*\j
Med.
Waw,
to rise
up
hostilely against
3-13)
any one.
(2) a serpent, Ex. 7 9, seqq. ; Deut. 32:33; Ps. 91:13; a dragon, Jer. 51:34; a crocodile, Ezek. 29:3 (where there is D'SFI, which see, for PIP), which
is
niWPl
fem. (from the root
produce, fruit,
Deu. 32:13; Jud. 9:11; Lam. 4:9.

";p3Pl
rn.
and 32 2
:
used as an image of Egypt, Isa. 51:9; Eze.loc. (Ps. 74: 13, 14). Compare in.
|*jjn
cit.,
extremity (from the
root
"=!?$),
with the
Ch. second, Dan. 7:5, from the root H3FI to
addition of |TK tip of the ear, lobe of the ear, Ex.
repeat.
Compare D*3p.
Hence
29:20; Lev. 8:23, 24; 14:14riOMjJ;) fern, (from the root D-13) a being asleep, sleep, Job 33 15 especially through indolence, Prov.
:
n-UT jiri adv. again, Dan. 2:7.

^jjJ;'
an unused verb.
Syr. Ethpeal, to fail,
to
6:10; 24:33; Ps. 132:4.

J;)
leave off.
I.
Hence
an unused verb, of which the native
f.
(a) of the Isaiah 19:16.
(from the root 5)13) waving, shaking hand, as a gesture of threatening, (b) of sacrifices before Jehovah, a
jr-
particular rite in offering, as to which, see T?!? No. l,d. n)-13n run the breast of waving, i. e. offered with a particular kind of waving, Ex. 29:27. Lev. nwsrn nnj Ex. 38:24. 7:34. (c) i. q. tumult,
Isaiah -jO: 32,
n3-13Jji
power may be pretty certainly gathered from the derivatives and cognate roots, and which also extends into the Indo-Germanic languages. It is
(1) prop. TO
EXTEND; compare
in the Phoenicio-
ntoq ??? "wars
of
shaking,"
Shemitic languages, Êth. 't^; length, JDJ and H3H to give, prop, to stretch out the hand (compare "!',
""H*), I?* to extend itself (as time), to endure, to be continual; in the Indo-Germanic languages, Sanscr. tan, Gr. rttVw, raruw, rtratVw, Lat. tendo (compare
tumultuous wars.
iDri
m. (fem. perhaps, Hos. 7:4) an oven, a J

s *-
furnace.
Arab. ,i3 (compounded of the unused ]ID a furnace (from the root 13$ No. II) and "VI3 fire, Exod. 7:28; Levit. 2:4; 7:9; 11:35; Hos. loc. cit.) As to the ovens of the Orientals which have often the
Dissert Lugdd. ii. 852); whence tennis (Sanscr. tanu], Goth, thanjan, Germ, betjnen/ with many words, which
with these, as the old High Germ. r.ma Hence l'3.ri vast fish (kijrof), so called from the length to which it extends, compare raiyia (from
alfinity
fir tree.
have
form of a great pot, see Jahn's Bibl. Archaeol. vol. i. i, Beckrnann's Beitrage zur p. 213, and 2, page 182.
Geschichte der Erfindungen, vol. ii. p. 419; compare Schneider and Passow. Lex., v. K\ifia.voe.
fe m. plur. (from the root CDD3)
re/i'w)
a long
is
fish, tcenia.
applied to contention in running, as being done with outstretched neck, like the Gr. TO.WJJLI; hence 1? jackal, so called from its swiftness
(2) It
in running.
II.
con-
solations, Job 15: 11
21:2.
Syr.
and Ch.
"H3PI
to
smoke.
^n m.
Jer. 16:7.
Hence
[Compare
pi.
(i) consolations, Isa. 66: ll;

JJ1X
furnace,
and
from Jl and "W.
(2) pity,
mercy,
Ps. 94:19.
pr.
the Welsh, tdn,
riie.]
n.
nljl ("consolation"), [Tanhumetli], m. 2 Ki. 25:23; Jer. 40:8.
f. (i) Lev. 11:30, an unclean animal, mentioned in cnoniX*on with other kinds of lizards according t? Botha/.. (Hie.c::. t i, p. 1083), the cha-
monster,
C*3fi sing. Ezek. 29:3, a great serpent, a sea i. q. Pf? (which is the reading of many
meleon (from
by inhaling
Saad. lizard.
iiuj
having been supj>o*ei by ;he aacienu:

air ("liu.
viii.
root 2*59 to breathe), from to live

33).
its
copies), from which this reading has been corrupted, either by the writer, or by copyists who were familiar
LXX.,
wholly Vulg. talpa
DCCCLXX
(2) Lev. 11: 18; Deut. 14:16, an unclean, aquatic
bird,
and the worship of

Isa.
idols, 2 Ki.
21 :g; followed
LXX.
by
|0
vofxpvpiuy,
i.e.
ardea purpurea.
Vulg.
63: 17.
42:20 np.
e
(2) intrans. to err (pr. to cherish error), Jeiem. Prov. 10:17.
yn
not used in Kal (compare 3KFI No. II). (l) TO ABHOR, TO ABOMINATE, Deut.
Derivative, nj;in and
fyT) ("error") [Tow], pr.n. of a king of

in Epiphania, 2 Sa. 8:9, 10.
f.
Hauath
[^01],
horror to any one, Isaiah 49:7, ^ SJfnp "who causeth abhorrence to the people," who is held
in
7:26; Job 9:31; 19:19; Ps. 5:7; Isa. 49:7. (a) causat. to cause to be abhorred, to occasion
Chron. 18:9, 10, called
*#
(from the root
my
Hiphil, No.
l, c),
abomination by the people.

(3) to
make abominable, Eze. 16:25, see Hiphil. HIPHIL, to make abominable, shameful, Psa. 14:1. r6'?y. to'Vri!? "they have basely done their
8:16,20 (where it is joined with ff^B), also for custom, like a law which must be kept Ruth 4 7. Compare p'n letter d.
law,
Isa.
t
:
TO
deed," they acted shamefully ; hence without n <yj? id. l Kings 21:26; 'Ezekiel 16 : 52. Compare JVHpn,
to be
"1?5N?
HK?!;!
f-
constr.
r6yjjl
(from the root HTy, like
XIPHAL, pass, to be held in abomination, uetestable, l Ch. 21 :6; Job 15:18.

Derivative,
fut.
which see, from the root n ?<). (1) a channel, i Kings 18:32, a water-course Isa. 7:3; 36:2; Ezekiel 31:4. Poet. Job 38:25,
i
rrpy^l
for the rain ?" i.e.
*]>? ^"'P "who hath divided channels who has caused the rain to flow
nyiv apoc. yrv
(i) TO
i f
ERR, TO
down from
WANDER,
TO GO ASTRAY.
(Aram,
N.J
Arabic
to pass
;
all parts of heaven ? (2) a plaister, bandage, put on a wound, Jer.

:
jb
id.,
of very rare occurrence are,
30:13; 46
1 1
(compare
pi.
to perish). Ex. 23:4; Job 38: 41 folaway, and lowed by ? of place, Gen. 21:14; 37 15. Followed by an ace. to wander through or over, metaph.
:
Dv^Tgri m.
(l)
petulances ["childish-
used of palm branches,

'a) of
Isa.
16:8.
It is
used also
ness"], and poet, for concr. one petulant, a boy, a Root ??V No. 2. child, i. q. ??iy Isaiah 3:4. See the Isaiah 66:4. (.i) vexation, adversity, root Poel, No. 3.
drunken men who go astray through drink. Isa. 28:7, ~>3??'n"|p iyn "they go astray through " and by a figure taken from drunken strong drink men, Isa. 21:4, '?3? nyn "my heart reeleth." (b) used of the mind which wanders from the path of virtue and piety, Ps. 58:4; Eze. 48: ll compare
; ;
nfi?^ f. (from the root D^), something hidden, Job 28 :ll. Plur. Job 11:6; Ps.44:22.
Cant. 7:7, and T$ plur. root the Eccl. 2:8 (from 35V), delight, delicate Mic. l:l6, TJ3JW '.3? Prov. Mic. 19:10; 2:9; life,
^tyft Prov. 19:10,
DT
95: 10; ran yh Isa. 29:24; followed by from the precepts of God, Psa. 119:110; IP e.g.
njrtj 'VJn
Ps.
"the sons in whom thou delightest:" specially pleasure, sexual desire, Cant. 7:7; Eccl. 2:8.
compare Prov. 21 16; followed by njrp

:
;>yp
Ezekiel
44: 10, 15; followed by njrp HrjKD from worshipping God, Eze. 14: 1 1. Compare Chald. nyp which is speto be addicted to the worship of idols, to be cially a heretic. " to (2) i. q. "?K perish," Prov.l4:22; compare above, Arab. Jtj:
n^yFl
9:5.
f.
affliction
of one's
self,
fasting, Ezr.
'SeensyNo.3.
? and
Wift ("sandy
anach, Tanach],
soil," from the root ^|3)

pr. n. of
[Taof
a royal
in
city
of th
tribe
NIPHAL, to
Isa.
wander
(pr. to
be made
to wander),
Canaanites, Josh. 12:21, situated

l
the
l
19:14. Metaph. to be deceived, to err in a moral sense, Job 15:31.

JNTP
Issachar, but allotted to Manasseh, Jud.
:27; 5: 19;
Ki.4:ia.
not used in KP.!. PILEL yityn 10 MOCK, TO SCOFF, Gen. 27:12,
cause to err, Job HIPHIL, fut. apoc. 12:24; Psa. 107:40; Jerem. 50:6, a drunken man, Job 12:25. Metaph. to cause a people to wander
(i) to
pr.
from virtue and piety to impiety,
Isa.
3:12; 9:15;
to
stammer
(compa'.e 3y<), compare
Ar;ib.
DCCCLXXI
I.
II.
to
- o*"
stammer, to
slip
witn the tongue in speak-
2.5:11; also an
apple
tree, Cunt. 2:3; 8:5. 'Arab.
ing, ZjcJJ
a stammering. HITHPALEL, t9 scoff at, followed bv 9 2 Chron.
_Uj an
apple, not only a
common
one, but also the
lemon, citron, etc.)

(2) [TappuaJi], pr. n.
("a place fruitful in
Derivative,
J5?p
root
f.
pi.
strength, Psalm 68 136, from the
() of a town in the tribe of Judah, apples"). Josh. 12:17; 15 34. (b) on the confines of Ephraim and Manasseh, Josh. 16:8. (c) m. 1 Ch. 2:43.
:
lj? m. (f. Isa. 7:20?) with sufF. *"$$ pr. making naked, emptying (for ""QJjri from the root ^7V) (l) a razor (pr. a naked thin plate, for making the
skin bare), Nu. 6:5; 8:7;
n^lsJ/1 (from the root j*-13) dispersion, Jerem. 25:34 (but some copies read D^ntete^), see pa
Tiphel, p. DCLXIX, B.
Isaiah7:2O.
"isbn lj?n
a writer's pen-knife, with which he sharpens his reed, Jer. 36:23. (2) the sheath of a sword (perhaps so called from 1 Sam. 17:51; emptiness, see the root Piel, No. 3).
Eze. 21:8, 10, 35; Jer. 47:6.
.
D^srj
the root
m.
pi.
HDX
^j.
cookings, pieces cooked, from to cook, of the form H3W, rVB>Vl,

It
with
in
formative, like TVi^ from HVJ5.

difficult passage,
occurs once
a very
sacrifice,
Lev. 6:14, of a cake for " thou shalt offer it fried D'PIS nnpo *3Bfl
of meat offerings in pieces,"
i.
as
cookings
e.
cooked
No.
I, 3.
surety, security, from the root 3"]JJ 2 Ki. 14: 14, n ?"i#n ^?? hostages given as
f.
in the
manner of a meat
offering in pieces
(compare
sureties.
in. pi. mockings (root Vpn), Jerem. 10:15; 51:18; where idols are called D'V^yn nfe>j;O Jerome opus risu dignum ; more correctly, work of
Lev. 2:4; 7:9), from the vulgar idiom of the language; as to which, see Lehrg. p. 810.
/I)J1 an unused root

to
(l) Arab. JjJ
to
spit,
spit out, Med. E,

1
mockery.
p
|fi
(compare rND?n "l ") Hence 7$*, n^n.
insipid, unseasoned Job 6:6), Ch. to be unsalted.

to be
m.
plur.
D'SFI
(from the root *l?n)

(
(l)
drum, timbrel (Arab.

it is
jj,
whence the Spanish
like (2) to glue or stick on (pr. with spittle?), the Ch. 'POP (comp. Heb.^QO).. Hence ??? No. 2,
lime, cement.
adduffa), beaten in the East
made with a brane and furnished with brass bells, Exod. 15:20; Jud. 1 1 34 Jer. 31:4 (compare Ps. 68 26). Cornoare Niebuhr's Travels, vol. i. p. 181. (2) Eze. 28: 13, the bezel or hollow in which a
: ;
by women when dancing; wooden circle, covered with mem:
/SjH m. (l) unsalted, unseasone d, Job6:6; See metaph. insipid, foolish, false, Lam. 2: 14. rtan. (2) lime, with which a wall is covered, cement, Ezekiel 13 1O, seq. Eze. 22 28, in both places con:
:
a --
gem
suff.
is set;
compare
f.
3J53.
temptuously;
see the etymology (Arab. Jlil?
and
often absol.
and
const.
w ith
fi
in-ix?n (from the root 1X3) (l) ornament, tplendour, Exod. 28:2, 40; Isa.3:i8; 52:1, v? ^FinSpn "thy splendid vessels." Ezekiel 16: 17. " when the nan Proverbs 28:
12,
("lime," "cement"), [Tophel],

i
:
pr. n. of
a town in the desert of Sinai, Deu.

is
rgxpn
is
D'p^X
f4j?3
righteous exult there

citizens
the place
now
called
Tufileh
[This prob. &Jbb\ Eob. u.
1.
great
splendour,"
i.
e.
the
walk in splendid array.
570.]
!"P?J:1
f.
nTKBR DK> "glorious (2) glory, Judges 4:9. name," Isa. 63:14; also glorying, Isa. 10:12; or the object of it, Isa. 20:5; 13: 19. Poet, used of the ark of the covenant, as the seat of the divine
majesty,
Ps.
unsavouriness
hence something silly,
foolish, and even imp ious (compare ?33)> 24:12; Jer. 23:13.
Jb
'
*2
'>
78 6 1
:
Compare
TV
No.
3.
npSH
Isa.
f.
(from the root

for
f Hithp.).
_-
m.
scent; root
HM
(l)
an apple (so called from its compare Canticles 7:9), Proverbs
tercession, deprecation 37:4; Jer. 7:16; 11:14-
any
(l) inone, 2 Ki. 19:4;
(2) entreaty, supplication^ prayer,Psal.4:9;
DCCCLXXH
S:io; 100:4, nQfl
verse
7.??^'?
'3^1
poet,
l
for
"but! pray;"
Num. 5:13;
to be
taken, used of men, Psalm 1O:2

cities, Jer.
l, to
7, '~l?2Jp pour out prayers. In the sense of prayer npSPl stands also in the titles of Psalms 17, 86, 90, 102, 142, but (3) in a wider signification of a hymn, a sacred
Neh.
:6, to
Ezek. 19:4,8; of
50 46.
:
PIEL, like Kal No.
take hold on, Proverbi
30:28.
f. (1) prop, spittle (from the root hence that which is spit upon; Job 17:6, " I am become as one in whose face "'-'?? ^r? they the most base and despised of mortals; i.e. spit," comp. pa***, Matt. 5: 22, i. e. X|3T from the root Pi?"} to
72 tong, Hab. 3:1, and Ps. 72 20, where Psalms l There is a similar use of are called TH rfl?BJ|l [?].
:
the verb
^H?
Sa. 2
l.
fear,
er.
|)n fem. (from the root 49:16.

ri
B Hithp.), terror,
spit out.
riDFin pr. n. of a place in the (II) With the art. valley of the sons of Hinnom (see page CLXVIII, A), near Jerusalem, well known from the human sacrifices
" passage," crossing," from the root npa), [TiphsaK], pr. n. Thapsacus, a large and opulent city on the western bank of the Euphrates, situated at the bridge by which the Euphrates was Anab. i. 4 Arrian, usually crossed (see Xenoph.
("
;
there offered to Moloch, which were at length abolished by Josiah, 2 Ki. 23: 1O; Jer.7:32; 19:6,13,
14;
nchn niD2 Jerem. 7:31

sacrifices
(artificial)
mounds on
iii. 7; Strabo, xvi. p. 1082) Exped. Alex. ii. 13 l Ki. 5:4; nor is any other Thapsacus to be undergtood, 2 Ki. 15:16.
;
;
which those
were
offered.
SJM T
S>
TO STRIKE, specially a timbrel, Ps. 68 26. :
mology, nan is commonly taken be spit upon, i. e. abhorred but this place appears to have borne this name amongst all, even the idolaI prefer therefore (with Noldius in ters themselves.
;
to the etyas prop, a place to
As
(Arab. ._
..._
Of
the same stock
is
TVTTTW (rw;r-to);
i.
Vind.
i.
p.
948, Lorsbach, and others), to take
riDfl
as of
Sanscr. tup, to smite, to kill;
whence Tvpiravov,
followed
q.
q.
nnQJjl
(which
see),
and
as signifying
p lace
burning
POEL, 8:8.
to
(the dead),
Isa.
and even place of graves.

of of
beat
(the, breast),
by
?#,
Nah.
30:33, place of burning, place burning and burying dead bodies, a word
ji
Derivative,
f|FI.
;) TO SEW TOGETHER, Gen. 3:7; Eccl.3:7; fob 16:15. PIEL, id. Eze. 13:18.
Assyrio-Persic origin, comp. ttsjlj (read tofteri), /^J to burn, Gr. 6a7rr , fully, Trvpl dairnif, to burn (a
dead body,) hence to burn. Even the form of the Hebrew word indicates a foreign origin.
NVnSn
;
fut. B'SJV.
(i) TO
ace.
TAKE HOLD ON any
Chald. plur. emphat. lawyers,
person*
Gen. 39: 12 (with "I??? by 3 Isa. 3:6; any thing, Hence to take men in followed by 9 Deu. 9:17. war, aKings7:12; towns, Josh. 8:8; Deut. 20:19.
one; followed the garment).
1
by an
learned in the law, Dan. 3:2,3.

zj\ to give
*#
(Arab. Conj. IV.
Ki. 18:40,
an answer concerning the law, whence
r^] Mufti, prop, wise man, whose answer is almost

the same as law.)
" Dt? b>Bn Pro. 30 9, to take hold Figuratively used of the name of Jehovah, i. e. to do violence to the
:
explains
it,
Bertholdt (on Daniel, page 828) governors of provinces, from T?,
name
on
of
God by
perjury, well rendered
by Luth.
nxns
jid)
level region.
Theod.
ol
iv iôvyiStv.
Vulg.
bent
9lamen
otteg
wrgreifen (compare &>n3 in the
prcefecti.
former hemistich).
city, Jerem. 40: 10; hence, to a sickle, Jerem. 50: 16; a bow, handle, Am. 15; Jer. 46:9; an oar, Eze. 27:29; the harp, Genesis 4:21. Figuratively, to handle the law (as a
(2)
to
hold, as a
an unused
i
root,
Arab.
Jy
to fear, to take
to
wield, as
heed, see pr. n. Nj5ri^S.
["Jinpn
from the root
iTljpn
[Tikvath'], pr.n.m. a Ch. 34:22
np;
priest), Jer. 2 : 8.
olb faffe n), to (3) to inclose in gold (in overlay. Part. pass. 3HJ b^BF) overlaid with gold, Hab. 2: 19;
fem.
(l)
H1J5
i.
q.
I.
a rope, Josh. 2:i8,3i

n}[5 to
from the root
No.
compare THK No.
5, 6.
l, to be
(2) expectation,
hope(from
expect.
Ru.
th<
NIPHAL, pass, of Kal No.
taken hold
of,
1:12; Job5:i6; 7:6; Zee. 9:12,
njj5Fin
n;p
DCCCLXXIII
As to the words, captives cherishiiig hope." 6:8, see ] note, p.ccxxxv, B.
Job
Avith
nail,
83.31:10;
to pitch
(whence
?n'N
yj^J-l
1 Ch. 10:10; Jud. 16:14 a tent with nails fixsd intc
(3) \_Tikvali], pr. n. masc. 2 Ki. 23:14; for which there is in the parallel place, 2 Chr. 34:22,
the ground, Gen. 31:25; Jer.6:3); to thrust, e. g. a spear, a sword, Jud. 3:21; 2 Sa. 18 14; and even
:
3nD
rinpjfl (obedience,
f.
from the root
ftp,').
the ability
fr
Lev. 26:37;
u/jlpj;)
m
q.
tne root
of standing and resisting, Q!*P No. 2, a.
m.
i.
Dbipjpp one
who
rises up,
an
Ex. 10:19. nsie>3 ypri NU. 10:3, 4,8: and TDIE' >n Psa. (3) 81:4; Jer. 4:5; 6:l; 51:27; Nu. 1O:6, 7, to blow, a trumpet (once), to give a signal with a trumpet (Germ, in tie Srompete fl o e n/ Arab. *^\ <__;rf); as
to
cast (into the
sea),
(i
adversary,
Ps. 139:21.
sc.
to the difference of this
from JJHO and
nynjjl
J>p_n
to
of tents), \Tekoa, TeJ/l ("pitching," east of 1coah~\, pr.n. of a fortified town to the south
sound an alarm, see 2*"!n p. DCCLXII, B. NIPHAL (i) reflex, of Kal No. l,
JJi?.
b,
Job 17:3,
Bethlehem, on the borders of the great desert ("'SIP 2 Chr. 2O:2O; compare 1 Mace. 9:33), 2 Sam. jflpjjl 14:2 l Chr. 2 24; Jer. 6:1; Am. i l Gr. QSKWE, Ruins 1 Mace. 9:33. Relandi Palasstina, p. 1028. are still found there, bearing the ancient name (Legh,
; : :
?!
n$ romp "who is there that will strike hands

i.
with me?"
surety for
e.
who
will give his right
hand
to
be
me?
(2) pass, of No. 3, Isa. 27:13;
Am.
3:6.
Hence
pr. n.
JflpJjl,
and
in Macmichael's Journey, p. 196.) [Gent,
noun
Tlpfl
2 Sam. 14:4; l Ch. 11:28; Neh. 3:5.] ^PJ No. 3) circuit, as of the sun, Psalm 19:7; hence the course of time, of n3K>n nD-lpJT? after the course of season, l Sa. l : 20.
'Fl
f.
pj? m. Ps. 150:3,
sound
of a trumpet.
(from
f|-1p i.
q.
ace.
v> TO OVERPOWER any one, followed by an Job 14:20; 15:24; to assail, Ecc. 4:12 (comg cj
pare Ch., Arab. t_
to
conquer, to overcome).
a year, 2 Chr. 24:23; compare Ex. 34:22; where ?

is
not found.
*]
Derivatives, *?$&, ^P/R
|3J?
m.
adj.
strong, mighty, Ecc. 6: 1O.

(l) fiarrf,
?V
stinate,
^Sl?.
Ch.
to Je,
or
4:8, 19; in a bad sense, used of a
become strong, mighty, Dan. mind become obto
Dan 3-40,42. Dan. 3:33; frcui the root (^strong, mighty,
^pJ? m.
Chald.
Dan. 5 20.
:
PAEL,
to
make
strong,
confirm, Dan. 6:8.
Derivative, ^PP.?.
Chald. TO
pass. 7PJ? for ^p.?
WEIGH,
i.
q.
Hebr.
Part.
m. strength, power,
11:17.
^l
Est.
9:29; 1O.2; Dan.
weighed, Dan. 5:25.
PEIL, pret. weighed, Dan.
5 27.
:
m. Chald. emphat.
state NSpPl id.
Dan. 2 37
:
),
TO BE, or BECOME STRAIGHT (kindred to a word of the later Hebrew, used in Chaldee
4:27.
turtle dove,
see. ~lin
No.
I.
and Talmudic. Ecc. 1:15.

straight, Ecc. 7:13; rightly (proverbs), Ecc. 12:9.
PIEL, to
make
to
dispose
Ôn
alah], pr. 18:27.
reeling"), [Tar(perhaps i. q. nJT n. of a town of the Benjamites, Josh.
? Chald.
id.
HOPHAL
(inflected in the
Hebrew
J"VTiri
f.
manner),
to
be set up,
restored, Dan. 4:33.
ously of base persons,

rV!!nJ:l
i. f.
offspring, progeny, used contemptuNum. 32 14.

:
!?
i) TO STRIKE, TO SMITE, especially with to clap the hands, as done (a) in rejoicing, Ps.
:
47 2 ; especially at another's misfortune, followed by 3JJ Nah. 3: 19. (b) in becoming surety, Pro. 17:18; WithJ2 26; followed by ? for any one, Pro. 6:1. out 51? id., Pro. 11:15. (2) to fix, by smiting, to drive in (etnfcftlagen), as a
:
q. rP3"]p,
which
(from the root '"9")), interest, usury, see, Lev. 25:36; Pro. 28:8; Eze.
18:8, seq.
7Jnn
73 !), PJ }, which Tiphel deuom. from
see.
(JM
Ch. TO
TRANSLATE from
nail,
Jui 4:91
Isaiah 22:33, 25; to
/* any thing
to another, TO
INTERPRET.
one language Arab, and Êth. id,
DCCCLXXIV
As
to the origin of this quadriliteral, see Part. pass. BflJ?'? translated, Ezr. 4:7.
D^
No.
3.
its
f.
Isa.
44: 14, a kind of
tree, so called
from
hardness, just like the
LaL
robur.
(Tzere impure, from the root Din), 15:12; i Sam. 26:12; Jeep sleep, Genesis 2:21 osod of very great inertness, Jsa. 29:10; Proverbs
"IfiYTH
f.
;
dypto/3uXayocp. 270.
Vulg.
ilex.
See Celsii
Aqu. Theod. Hierobot t. ii.
Ii
jJp an unused
root,
Ch.
pr. n.
to
delay ; whence
19:15.
a king of Êthiopia and Thebais, 1511.37:9; 2 Ki. 19:9; TeapKwrof Strabo Manethon (ap. Syn(xv. 1, 6), Tfipcoc or Tapeu-o'e of cellum, v. Routhii Rell. Sacne, ii. p. 46; compare my Comment, on Isa. 1 8 l ). Salt supposes that he found
^pD*y? Tirhakah,
pr. n. of
(a) of a station of [Terah, Tara~\, the Israelites in the desert, Nu. 33:27. (b) of the father of Abraham, Gen. 11:24; Josh. 24: 2.
^riTl [TVrAanaA],
nification), l
pr. n.
m. (of doubtful
sig-
Ch. 2 :48.
name written in Hieroglyphico-phonetic letters, T-h-r-k, on Egyptian monuments; see Rlihle v.

this
Jilienstern,
Graphische Darstellungeu aus der alten
Fern. r5" Dan. 6; i ; P'TTl Ch. constr. np two. Ezr. 4 24. As to the correspondence of languages. see the Hebr. D.'j
:
Geschichte, i.gS.
/p^n L fraud, deceit, Jud. 9:31; from the

(l) an oblation, B\S "( a judge) who offering gift, Pro. 29:4, niDnJjl loves gifts;" especially used of a gift brought to the
root
(from
the.
root D-n)
f.
OT
Piel, to deceive.
f.
JVp~]n
fraud, deceit,
Jer.
8:5; 23:26; and
temple and the priests, Ex. 25:2,3; 30: 13, 14; Lev. 7:32; 22:12. Hence HID-Tin *~t" 2 Sam. l 2 1 fields
: ,
14:14 (where
|
in zi'ro there is TVIOnP!).
of offerings,
producing the best fruits. More fully "V'nEVW Deut. 12 1 1, 17, and mnr-nonp Ex. 30: 14, 15. See Dnn No. 3.
i.
e.
very
fertile fields,
"2^ m. a mast, Isa 33:23; Eze. 27:5; also i. q. D3 a banner set as a signal upon mountains, Isa. 30 The origin was long doubtful: as 111? was a root 17.
unknown
in
the
Pboenicio-Shemitic languages.
Ex. 29: (a) a heave-offering, compare "3-131:1. 37, nSVTfln p1B> the heave-shoulder; Lev. 7:34, etc. [But see Thes. p. 1276.]
n*2?nri
i.
nons
NO.
2, EZC. 48.: 12.
have no doubt that \~^ is from the root J3T (like ""QO, from the root "H?"}, n <n?, from the root 7??), so called from the tremulous sound of a mast when vibrating in the air; and that of the same origin is the subst. i^tf, which see.
;!
njpnj;! f (from the root gli)
(i) prop, tumult,
loud noise,
Job 8
:
specially
21
n^rijji
y_nn
(a) joyful noise, rejoicing, Sa. 4:5; Ezr. 3:11,13, nyri?
Ch.
i.
q.
"W.
(i) a gate,
mouth,
as of a
furnace, Dan. 3 ; 26.

(2) the gate of the king, i. e. the royal court, as being surrounded by a wall, into which there was only one entrance, Dan. 2:49; com p. ~ty& Est 2: 19.
which the people receive the king, Num. 23:21, (b) a warlike cry, cry for battle, Am. l 14; Jer. 4: 19; 49 2, V.*"?n nynn to raise a war-cry, Josh. 6:5, 2O.
"I/O joyful acclamations with
:
Arab. i_ jLTurk.
Chalifs
(2) the sound of a trumpet, Lev. 25:9. nyiTPI DV the first of the seventh month (afterwards the first),
^j Kapu, used of the court of the and Turkish emperors, a* dvpat, used of
i.
the Persian court, Xenoph. Cyrop.,

9
p.
2, viii.
which was announced with sound of trumpet, Lev. 6. ny.ni} *njT sacrifices of23:24; Num. 29:1 fered with sound of trumpet, Ps. 27:6, compare Nu.
10:10; Ps. 89:16.
t\S\
U;)
f.
i-o.
2,
1 1,
and
vi.
7.
(Syr. Liil, Arab.
&J entrance,
door.
To
this
answers Sanscr. dvara, whence both

Pers. j).
,
the Gr. Oupn, and Lat. fores.
medicineîdg.medicina, LXX. iiyUia,
compare Apoc. 32:2, Otpu-tid. Prop., as I suppose, medical powder, from the root rfl~\ to make small.
Others attribute to this root the signification of healEze. 47 1 2. ing, taken from ND"}.
:
Chald. (both
Kametz impure,
for JHR, of the
form n?O,
n^'i?)
a porter, door-keeper, Ezr. 7: 24.
a^
T
jjyi
"V^"]^ f- (from the root ^JH) reeling, drunkenness, whence ^7X1^ I" wine of reeling (prop, wine which is a reeling, i.e. causes it), Ps. 6C : 5 and D13
1
an unused verb, to be hard, dry, J*^' hard-
npjnnn C up of
metaphor, 013.
reeling, Isa.
51:17, 89.
See on
tbii
ness,
and firmness.
Hence
DCCCLXXV
TJTP
[Tirathites], Gent
n.
from the name

l
of a town otherwise unknown, njnn (gate),
Chr.
Hebr. Exterae, i. p. 82 103; and G. G. Bredovii Disqui. Histor. fasc. ii. p. 260 803. Compare my Comment, on Isaiah 23: 1, "pnri JYI'3S
Spicileg. Geogr.
J/f an unused
signification to Syr. h. v.) incorrectly reading
which, in Syriac, the inquirers ascribed by Castell (Lex.

root, to
ships of Tarshish, partly properly so called, the Tyrian ships sent to Tartessus, or returning thence, Isa. 23:1,4; 60:9; partly used as a general term
for large ships of burden, although going into other countries, Isa. 2: 16; Ps. 48:8; and so, l Ki. 10:22
of
and copying the words Bar Bahlul, whom he follows, from which (see them accurately transcribed in pref. to edit. 3 [Germ.]
p. xxi),
it
appears
that
B.
i.
Bahlul
q.
attributes
to it the sense
is
of calumniating,
in
more probable, that

as the
Hebrew
it
It Syr. î-^had the same
power
Arab.
_
in
to live comfortably,
whence
wJ
life
abounding
good things and comforts, to

trip, to
(compare 9:28): 22:49; used of the ships going to Ophir; although the author of the Chronicles seems either not to know, or acknowledge this usage of language see 2 Ch. 9:21; 20 36, 37 compare my Gesch. d. Heb. Spr. p. 42. (2) a precious stone, so called no doubt from Tartessus, as Ophir is used for gold of Ophir, Exod.
;
: ;
which answers the Sanscrit,
delight, Greek,
Hence
m. plur. domestic gods, as if Penates, Hebrews (according to Schultens on Haririi Cons. iii. p. 155, i. q. *l^D *.?J?.? guardians and givers of comfortable life), Genesis 31 19, 34; i Sam. 19: 13, 16; of the human figure and stature, l Sam. loc. cit., from which, oracles were sought (Eze. 21:26;
of the
:
28:20; 39:13; Ezekiell:i6; 10:9; 28:13; Cant. 5:14; Dan. 10:6. The chrysolite, i.e. the topaz of the moderns (which is still found in Spain), according to LXX. and Josephus, is understood by Braur. (De Vestitu Sacerdot. ii. 7). Others prefer amber, but this is contrary to Ex. 28 20 39: 13.
:
(3) [Tarshish~\, pr. n. (a) of a Persian prince. Esth. 1:14. (b) iCh. 7:10.
Zee. 10:2), Jud. 17:5; Constr. with plural, Gen. loc. cit.; but Hosea3:4. 1 Sa. loc. cit., by the plural (excellentias?) D'Din one
18:14, seq.; 2 Kings 23: 24;
KnBhflD (compai torsli, severe, austere), a title of the Per sian governor of Judea (q. d. His Severity,
art.
NnjSHPl always with the

j
Pers.
o/t--
statue only appears to be understood.

\JTir zaJt~\, pr. n. of a in a pleasant region of situated the Israelites, city (Cant. 6: 4), which was the seat of the kingdom, from
eftrengen, a title formerly given <?rr, (5nx in Germany to the consuls of free and imperial
ftren^cr
"l"]i
("
pleasantness
cities).
"),
babel), and also put after the Neh. 8:9; 10: 2; compare Neh.
Ezr. 2:63; Neh. 7:65, 70 (used of Zerubname of Nehemiah,
12:26 (where
for
it
Jeroboam
there
is
to
Omri, Josh. 12: 24; lKi.l4:i7; 15:21;

JFI |JM
?
6:2.
[Teresfi], pr.n. Pers.f
,*
J"severe," "ausEst.
(Isa.
2O:
l),
Tartan, pr. n. of a general of Sargon and of Sennacherib (2 Ki. 18: 17), kings
tere ") of a
eunuch in the court of Xerxes,
of Assyria.
2:21;
(D'-1J7),
prnn
(perhaps, "breaking," "subjection," region subjected, from the root ^'^) \_Tarshish, Thar s his /i],pr.n. (l) Tartessus, Tprjj<T<rce
i.e.
BTfl
idol of the Avites \_Tartak~], pr. n. of an 2 Ki. 17:31. (In the Pehlv. language tar-
thakh would be
profound darkness,
or
hero oj
darkness.)
r\iy&F\ f. (from the root deposit, Lev.5:2i.
Q-l'^)
(more rarely, laparjiof, Polyb. Steph. Byz.), a city of Spain with the adjacent country, situated between the two mouths of the river Bajtis (now Guadalquivir), a very flourishing colony and emporium of the Phoenicians, Gen. 10:4; Ps. 72:10; Isaiah 23: 1, 6, 1O; 66:19; Jon. 1:3; 4:2; Ezek.38:i3; hence silver
(comp. Diod.
Strab. iii. page 148; Sic., v. 35 38. Casaub.), iron, tin, and lead were brought to Tyre, Jer. 10:9; ^ ze 27:12, 25. See Bochart, in Geogr. Sacra, lib. iii. cap. 7, p. 165 seqq.: J. D. Michaelis,
-
with gen. "P a
DlN^n
f.
pi.
(from the root
KW = nB>)
noise,
tumult, of a multitude, Isa. 22:2;

39:7; crashing, Job 36:29.
clamour, Job
*20;l m. Tishbite, i Kings 17: i ; 21 17 (used of Elijah), Gent, noun, taken from a town of NaphSee fietali n|$Fi or napn Gr. 0T/3/, Tob. i:a
:
landi Palaestina, p. 1035
DCCCLXXVI
'5KTI m. (from the root P3?0 tessellated stuff; whence $PR ^?^? tessellated tunic, made of chequer
work, Ex. 28:4.
pn.int,
the
Hebrew
interpreters,
Chald. H3T35).
Root
"toW
Samuel 9:7 (and ic 5:17. foi No. I.; compare esnecinllv

l
Daniel 2: 6;
Hll^ri f. (from the root 3^) (l) return, l Sa. 7:17; 2 Sa. ll:i; l Ki. 2O:22, 26. (2) a reply, an answer, Job 21:34; 34*36. Compare 3'S?n No. 2, b.
rtyWft
71:15.
(a) victory, 2 Sa. 19: 3; 2X1.5.1.
f.
masc. n* T
fern,
ninth (from TO), Num.
7:60.
constr. JJ? f. and constr. m. NINE; also ninth, when used of days, as B^n? on the ninth (day) of the month, Lev. 23:32.
(from the root
W&
No.
3).
(l) de-
liverance, help, welfare, Psa. 37:39; 40:11;
Comp. ny5.
2),
PL D^ri comm.
OTlT)
ninety, Gen. 5:9, 17, 30.

pr. n. of
Hj^^ri f. (from the root p*B> No. longing, Gen. 3: i6; 4 7 Cant, 7: \
;
desire,
[Tot not],
::ii
6:6 (perhaps
a Persian gavernor
GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX.

The number?
of the paragraphs in this Index refer to the tenth edition of Gesenius's Hebrew Grammar (Halle, 183i> and noun* [These have been compared and verified in this Translation with the edition, 1842.] In the verbs here given, prefixes which have no vowel but Sh'va, Vav conversive ( V), and the article are omitted.
S
the
p.
Eze. 28: 16, for

first rad.
TlrJN^
fut Piel .
-
from the root
TPIN! in
pause, for TI1X
fut.
Kal apoc., for HjnX, ^.TH
being cast away in the Syr. manner, Lehrg.
the root PITH, Job 23:9.
378.
n3^n>
fut. Piel,
with
suff. for
n3StnK
:
from the root
SQn
fH3K Chald.,/a(Aer*; plur. of the noun 3tf. Isa. 28:12, for 33K they will ; in the Arabic manner Root n3K. 44, note 4, Lehrg. 265) (see see W\l\ '3K for X-OX 1 fut'. Hiphil, from the root X13 1 Ki. 21 :29;
5,
Gen'. 31: 39.
nVnX
^nX
i
f.,
plur. sisters;
see the sing.
HinS
p.
xxix.
from tyn I will profane, Eze. 39:7, a form which should take Dagesh (see 22, 1) different from
fut. Hiphil,
;
^nN
Mic. T.15; Lehrg. 436.
will begin, Deut. 2:25; Josh. 3:7. Just as ^>rP Nu.30:3, to via late (faith), differs from ^[V to begin, Jud.
7
nT3fc
fut. Hiphil,
1,
from the root n?S,for
HT3KK, nT3K8
II.
10:18;
13:5;
Lehrg. 370, 371.

Piel, for -1"inSl
67, note
Lehrg. 377.
nX
from ^>S| No.
suff.
3 pret. plur.
;
from the root
1PISI
Jud. & :
'i^S^
note
pret. Hiphil, for
^X?n
52,
28
% compare 3Jppn.1 and Lehrg. 170.
6,
1
Lehrg. 319.
Hithpael, from
.
nx
iTn, with
imp. Aphel. Chald., from the root

1
nn?
to descend.
18.
rrnX
fut.
-
OTIK.
ririN
fut. Hiphil,
from
nm,
with n parag., Jer. 17:

,"1133
Di?"!* 2 Sa 22 :43 for BIT!*? 1 fut. Hiphil, with suff. D-, from the root pj3"1, the shortened syllable made long, Lehrg.
145,369.
fut. Hiphil,
;
apoc. for nt?S from the root

t2?,
Hos. 11:4;
Job 23:11
a.'.S
compare
(art)
tOH imp.
13
H.
suff.
where
Ps.
1
thou? from ^X and

i.q.
H3
to
nOTX
UninK.
1 fut.
1
Hithpael,
HCR
No.
suff.
I.
TVN
for 13niS,
19:14;
fut.
DHX, which
is
the reading of
be
many
fut. Hiphil,
with
toto
an
uncon-
copies,
(A) Kal, from the root DDPl
upright,
tracted
form from JTV Hiphil,

iTl'liT,
praise, Psalm 28:7;
Lehrg. 52, 366.

'lSNI I fut.
compare
52, note 7.
f<
Kal, from fins,
66, note 3, Lehrg. 370, 371.
ng
to
fut.
1
apoc. from iljn to be,
rPriK.
3K
fut.
apoc. Piel, from the root i"6>3 Eze. 43:8.
rVDHK
fut.
with
parag. for
iT^HX from
nOH
to
groan,
?3K
Ex. 33:3; for
v?5$
fff.
id.
with
suff.,
Pathach by omission
27, 3, 2 a).
mourn,
Ps. 77:4,
74, note 4.
of Dagesh
changed
into
Segol (compare
te.
n>iniX Jerem. 4:19 3TO; where the "ip, with many copies, has n^rflX; some copies have HT'-inS / am in pain; a
signification
LXX.
l%ava\(Tu>
1
Vulg. disperdam
Lehrg. 164,433.
|3X for r)3S

for
forte
fut.
1
Niphal, from f\23.
Micah 6:6.
from iTJ3 with Dag.
who
Those by the context. read nPTrtX render, with a signification taken from
is
which
required
HT3X
fut. Kal,
with
suff.
7-in, /
make
(my bowels) to be in pain.
From
HP-IPIX
is
and np'n'lX apparently has arisen the scarcely Hebrew.

Hos.
1
1
STO
n>irflX, which
euphon. Hos. 3:2; Lehrg. 87. 1 fut. Kal (from DKD), with n parag. and suff. ?] ; perhaps it would be more correctly pronounced
pXpiJ Hos. 4:6;
tai
:4;
fut. Hiphil, for
^3NX, ^3NK
from !?3K,
67, note 1.
?]XD{<pX. n paragogic seems on the addition of the suffix to have become tf> just as elsewhere it is changed into n ;
see ^jni<i3Jjl.
The Arabs
also in a fut. antithetic before
TlîX
f\m
1
fut -
Hiphil, with
panu?. in the Chald. manner, for
rn'V'lN,
HTV^X,
from the roo-
IV?
67, note 1.
suffixes retain the letter A.

I,
fut. Hiphil, for
PJ^K
from the root JTN,
67, note
JYIHDX
PJ3JIS
pi.
from
HDK
a handmaid, which
see.
Lehrg. 378.
Chald. for P13S its fruit, with Dag. resolved, from the
7JN Chald., Ezr. 5:15, imp.

Syriariam
Peal,
from the root
^X
o>
noun 3K.
^K;
followed by Makk.
~h$.
see
JTl|.
ucccLxxvm
CnDX
tJSDX
1
a Syriac fora
for
DTDX
fut -
PH
from
"I$?D.
i 23, 2, note 2, Lehrg. 152.
^n'l33 thy building, for ^133 Exek. 16:31, an incorrect form, which seems to have sprung from the termination
having been taken for plural fern., although this not really the case here, Lehrg. 463.
n'l,
Sam. 15:6;
is
fut. Kal,
from 5]DX; but in 2 Ki. 22:20
the same form
part. Kal.
D^DX
fut. Kal,
1
DjTX^X
fut. Hiphil,
from the root nDJ 70, Lehrg. 390. from nXB with suflF. DH.
VnX V3
:
for
:
VrfVSS, see n-V3.

-|"I3,
32X imp.
nEX, a
riSX, with
Kal, for
1QX bake
ye, Ex. 16:23; from the root
Ecc. 3: 18, inf/Kal from D~I3^ D13, T^ TT L vi^3 see under pK'.
t
with
suff.
Syriac form,
1
23, 2, note 2.
1
conversive riBXl
fut.
Niphal apoc. for
HOBS
^3 imp.?^|
verse 18,
inf.
from the root HOB.

n^->*X
1
a 119:22 (compare Joeh.5:9); but the same form is for n?3 imp. Piel, from n?i.
to roll, Psal.
fut. Hiphil,
from
J?V;
ibidL
70.
nj?|
E'JI,
const. Kal, from JJ33 to T
touch.
is
p*X
"V!
fut. Kal,
from from from
p^
"\^
nB'J imp. from
E'M
but Josh. 3:9 in plur.
found 1^1
1
1
fut. Kal,
fut. KaJ,
ibid.
(goshu).
np.X
np_j>.
i.
TVP}
q.
inf.
Kal, from
K^ to
approach.
nnpX
Isaiah
56:12; in some copies,
nnpX
(for
1 fut.
Kal,
from the root
n7;
see the following form.
"XnpX
Samuel 28:
15, for
fcOpX with
H-
H^)
parag.,
Lehrg. 286.
VTH for VI imp.

njH
'?"?
fr
tne root
'^>
aee P^S6 cc B.
for
JH\
:
rnX Num.
22:6, imp. Kal. from the root TlX.
OphX
^VlX
fut. Hithpalel, for
DOriJlS from the root DV1.

1 fut."
Others Piel, transposed, for ^V] HV}. take iTn to be for nVJ; but because of the third rad. 1, I
prefer regarding
it
from
Prov. 24 14, the same with n parag. Hence, n^T J3 IK'M? noan "such (as is honey) know thou wisdom in thy souL" LXX. aiaOi}ffg. Lehrg. 286.
to be transposed.
C'lirX
inf.
absol. Hiphil,
from D?f.
Vregular form, Isaiah 19:6, for irnjn, see HJ|
Eze.3:15; in a'na -*?X1; read

from the root
"V1JJ>.
TBW and
I beheld,
Hiphil.
an,
VnE>; see nn?>.
<o
n3n
PIPX Chald. 3
pret. plur. Kal, for
imp. from an*. an incorrect form,

is
Isa.
30
5,
where the context
re-
nnX
fut.
Hitbpael, from the root JTV.
quires tJâin, which
the reading of 12
MSS.
suspect
r>X imp. Kal, from the root ilHX

Syriacism,
come,
for
VflX by a
23, 2, note 2, Lehrg. 152.
however that the reading was originally Bâxn for tJâ'in (compare DS&3 for nVV3); whence EX3n (from the
root B>X3), which afterwards was, as
it
nX
plur. pret. for, the

It
1
common
^HX
ire
came, from
were,
amended by
the grammarians,
imitates the
who
supplied the vowels of the form
form of verbs X?.

to
fut.
KaJ,
from pfi3
tear away, with
Nun
n Hosea
4: 18.
If
the reading be genuine,

for
it
may be
for
Epenthct., and
suffix.
13|V they give (compare *n
TV,
Jjiri
for
nn3), and
fans
JVI3
2 Ch. 1:4, for
pannS
from
pan
(Hiphil of the root
}3n ânx they love, they give, for, Comp. 1 Sa. 2 3. So Jerome, dilexerunt
:
they love to give.

afferre.
But thua
J13),
art. (for relat.)
and 3; comp.
>nf.
pann
2 Ch. 29:36.
forte
the sentence
is
weak.
Perhaps the author wrote

13 n
lananx
2:20,
Eze. 2C: 15, for
^()^
Niph.from
inf.
rm (Dag.
Conj. Ketaltal (his princes love disgrace), which afterward!

written separately
is
implic.) for
a^nn?
Lehrg. 331.
anX
(like
rVHBlbq
Isa.
Lev. 26 -.43, for
nE^nil
Hophal, from
DB'
it
to
nip~np_B and others); whence
may have
arisen 12 H 1371X
watte.
inf.
Poel,
from D^3, which
see.
Others take
as
inf.
Kal, for
is
030^3
i.
(compare DDXVb); but in such forms
3n inf. Niphal, from pp.3. an inf. Hiphil, from TQ*. h inf. Poel, from the root njn.
^3n
for
Cholem
T3 Zech. 4:
always defective.
q.
nn^jn
f.
pret.
Hophal, from n73, in the
Artn,r
10,
T3 from MS.
To, contr.
manner.
Vr''~P'3 Psalm 45:

euphon.
from T;tflp*3,
fern. n"l|3\
(I-enrg. 86).
for
^ni">p'.3,
Dag f> amongtt thy be.
^^
nSI^'nn Hothpael, from the root
Itvcd onet, from
adj.
lp r j,
T :.-% n"iain inf. Aphel, Ch. from the root 11$, to perUb, Ch. Hophal, from the root
'
'Wl
to be
fat.
*np3
p.
plur. constr.
from
nD3
or rather J"1D3;
see
nO3
Hiphil,
from the root n*V.
cxxv, B.
inf.
Hophal, from H?*, for
U3
fur
UX| we
cane, from X13.
Sam. 25:8.
Ps. 78: 63,
we V?D PuL
DCCCLXXIX
Zee. 10:6, Hiphil, from
is
3J
for
ttg^fj
if
which
by a Chaldaism, for topn, Hiphil, from HOD, Josh

14:8, Lehrg. 433.
lSn Job 17:2,
inf.
also the
reading of
some
copies.
it
This form imitates

the poet [insimilar
the analogy of verbs IV, and
seems as
Hiphil, from
n^D, with Dag.

1T13.
n-13.
forte
spired writer] or copyist had before
him the
word
euphon.
11311
imp. Hiph.il (of the form B), from the root

(of the
ibid.
?nin from the root ?nn, which see. Jinn inf. Aphel, Ch. from TT Dan. 5:20.
pnSp'UTn
^7 vTn
pret. Ithpael,
pret.
|T3n pret. Hiphil lT3n Hophal, see
form B), from the root
13 JH for
-ISTJpn
Ch. from JPT, which see. Hiphil, from A>T, with a Rabb. flexion. imp. Hithpael, from H3J.
inf.
^3
ri
pret.
see.
Aphel,
Chald.
from the root ^>y to

for SJ^H,
enter,
which
nMn
n^Dn r6yn 7
inf.
Hiphil,
by a Chaldaism
from
C|-13,
Isaiah
D3'ni~l-Tn Eze. 6:8,
Niphal, from PHI, for DID^rtfri, with a plural suffix ungrammatically put; see "J])ni33.
1
30:28.
Hiphil,
from
H-1D, Chald. form.

!"I7JJ
^?"?(1D found three times, Jud. 9:9, 11, 13 (should

from?), incorrectly, as
it
cease
7j?n imp. apoc. for n?J?n, Hiphil, from

for
to go up.
[ij
appears, for *FI?"]nn (in Kal) or
n^n
Hiphil/for rb]),
57, note
62, note 4J,
'fl/*]nn (by omission of
interrogative),
which
is
the read-
Lehrg. 170.'
ing of some copies (see
J.
D. Michaelisl, although there
r6j?h for
n^.H Hophal, from rky

15, for
ibid.
are no other traces extant of the conj. Hiphil of this verb.
similar
example apparently
Eze. 36: 35, 38; where
before (T:) in
to which, see
is rTQ~>nn (wastes, deserts), we should expect ITH/inn, and Segol D^BHnn, D*5Jni"P (months, by months); as Ewald's smaller Gramm. 127, 2; and a
DSISH. inf. Hiphil. from 113. H*U^n Hithpael, denom. from iT"Py, which see.
D51?5n Lev. 26:

inf.
niS|?n
Hiphil, for nitfj?:. Lehrg. 320.
13'B-Vn for i3'SVn with Dagesh forte euphonic (Lehrg. 88),
from the root JQV.

3")H imp. apoc. Hiph. for
learned writer in Lit. Zeit. Jen. 1830; but neither of

satisfies
them
nSlH,
from
n^T to be much, many.

nm.
me
for
in explaining the
vowel
o in
"Win,
rflTin.
ninn, nain, n'm.n

l?3~in imp. Niphal,
inf.
forms, from
from
nnSSm T v
T
:
:
D10"l to be high.
nXînn T v: v
for
3f. pret. Hiphil,
she hid, Josh. 6:17,

and
Ppri imp. Hiphil apoc. from HD"! to hang down.
with H parag., Lehrg. 266.
*pnn and *pnn
tOpnn and fc^pnn
pret.
inf.
nyiH
Hiphil,
a Chaldee form for

Lev. 2f>:34.
nnVin,
3 fem. pret. Hiphil, from
from Kpn'jer. 32:35. ?nn inf. Niphal, from Tvfl to be profaned, Eze. 20:9. tDn imp. Hiphil, apoc. from np3 for npn, Psalm 17:6;
119:36.
nyn.
3^H
imp. Hiphil in pause, for 3B'n, from SIB'.
Isa.
42:22.
But wherDK'H (hosham) Hophal, from DDK', which see. ever it occurs, some MSS. and editions have D^'H or DE'll,
the latter according to the analogy of-lSpn for-lBD-in.
inpn
Pro. 7: 21;
3 fem. pret. Hiphil, from
11103,
with
suff.
y^H
Ps. 39: 14, imp. apoc. Hiphil,
from the root
njJC?,
which
3 pers.
see; but the
NSpn
Hothpaal, from
pret.
SOU.
Pass, is
same form,
Isa. 6: 10, is
imp. Hiphil, see yyB'
to besmear.
WH
JP'H Chald.
Aphel from JPS. Chald. pret. Aphel, from nj"lS Dan. 5:3.
from !"D3 to
Hiphil, for
nnwn
Hithpael, from the root JinS?.
TJH imp. Hiphil apoc.
strike.
from the root J?^, which see. JJB/ynipn Hithpael, qn-nnn inf. Aphel, with suff. Ch. from 3 -IP) to return.
^?n
Eze. 21:33,
^-13 Jer.
inf.
^3H.
suff. f\.
iTlinn Hithpael, from
m*
to confess, to celebrate.
Another
is
Hiphil,
?nnn
imp. Hithpael apoc. from iT?n to be sick.
from
6:11.
Vnn
T
^|3n pret. Hiphil, from H33, with
to come, for imp. f Hiph. from riDK , T
VnSn. T v;v
from DP?!, witn
D3H
133H
*33n
pret. Hiphil,
1
plur. pret.
from H33, with suff. D them. Hiphil, from the root J-13.
from H33, with
suff.
?]?P^nn Isaiah 33:1, for

suffix.
"?|nn
inf.
Hiphil,
pret. Hiphil,
i)-.
n'l23Jpn
inf.
nX?n
3 fem. pret. Hiphil, from DX?, of an Aram, form, for
Hithpael, for X33Jpn, from X33, in the
manner
of verbs H7.
T nS-lT for
Yms.^n.
^n
Job 29:3
i.
see see
^H
Hiphil.
l>pn
Dnpn
JD. see DH or DH.

q.
ppin
H3T Pual, from n3T to commit fornication.
'nirST for 'rilBT, see 66, 8,
HOT
[see also
DDT].
bn"for
inf.
-ISp-lH
Job 24:24, Hophal, from 7]?9,
n
1?'in Jud. 5:7 (in
Lehrg. 371.
ri
many MSS. and
editions), for
Niphal, from
DpO,
for
DQH.
cease, with Dag. forte euphon. Lehrg. 86
DCCCLXXX
see above
ee the root
?nn.
1^3JO
fut.
Prov. 8:29 (with the accent Tiphcha), for
^pn from the
3V Ezek.42:5,
which
see.
for
Hophal, from the root ^5 X,
root P2n.
h:n <md nx'Dn

>
inf.
Kal, from
XOn
to sin.
~I1\ 11*1 fut. apoc. Hiphil,
from the root
!"l"1\
H*n Ex.
pause for HTJ, 3 pret. fern, from **n, Dagesh being rejected from the syllable, which is
1
:16 (she
lives), in
J|n?V
part. fem. for the
common nT?V Gen.

shall
16:11.
Lehrg.
'591.
lengthened
because of the pause
compare
for
IJD^P
and
XTV
Prov.
1 1
25 (otherwise HIV), he
!"IT
be
watered:
Wn^
3am. 2:9 (from DOT) }pH

1
:
1pn (from
p[?n),
probably Hophal, from
for JTTV,
compare y*]in Lev
No attention Job 19:23, n3jy?l Ruth 13, for njayri. is to be paid to the opinion of those who refer r\T\ to a T T
A
4:23,28,
*n3t?n
<
for tfTin.
Jer.
T*,
22:23 3T3,
1
for
n3CH* sitting, with Yod parag

fut.
new
root
1J?
MH (in)
=
1
P and
T!,
with
convers.
Tfl, T'l
apoc. Kal, from
i~lT3.
n.
^n*n constr. form with

i 88, 3
b,
parag. from
JTH animal,
fut.
apoc. Hiphil, from HT3.
for
JVO,
IDT^
fut.
Kal for -1Gt\ from the root DDT.
Lehrg. 548, 549.
ÎD!. "^Hfl fut. apoc. Kal,
from
rnn
to rejoice.
*3n
inf. Piel,
with n3P1 to expect, for PISH.

inf. Piel,
TrP
from p?H.
ni;>n Ps
77:11,
from
H^H No.
fut. Hiphil, in
the Chald. manner, from
Tin
to sharpen.
I.
'|5?n with Dag.
euphon. for
^H
for nrp,
nnv
from
!"!*n
plur. constr.
*!T, 'Pl^l fut. apoc. Kal,
to live.
jnÎV Hab. 2:17, for jnn^

}
fut. Hiphil,
from
nnn,
with suff
in pause, for
Lehrg. 145, 177
inf
Kal, from JfiM to plant.
?rv see ?nx.

}?rV in pause, for ^?n^ with Dag. forte euphon. Lehrg.
19.
V2IV
.'
for -IQrV pret. Piel,

Ps. 51:7, for
from
1
DH\
Lehrg. 170.
fut.
Niphal, from n'lX to assent

fut. Hiphil,
which
see.
'3npn*
\3npn
pret. Piel,
from DPI\ Compare
7X\
?N'1
apoc. from the root I"PX to swear.
nX*. nS*1
fut.
apoc. Kal, from
HHX
to
come, for
pn* 3 fem.
Also
for the
common
ropnri, from the
root.
C3H*.
W,
13 jl
Ki. 12:12, for
X31,
fut. Kal,
from X13.
if
Gen. 30:38; ^47, note 3, Lehrg. 276. 1T> lO?l fut ^ a ^ a poc. from n3n to encamp.
-
found 2 Kings 3:24 in avij, and there,

genuine, lor the plur. -1X3*1.
the reading be
?J3iV for
^3n'
fut. Kal,
But the np has -13M they
IDiT in pause, for A"-.

the form rrn.
-liJiT, fut.
-\
from ]3n Lehrg. 171, 306. Hophal, from the root
ppH -T
see
smote.
2^3*
fut.
Kal frcm C^l3, a form peculiar to this verb, Lehrg.
""I
!.
in|1
fut.
apoc. Kal, from
rnn
fut.
to burn.
403.
Tin', fut. Kal,
from nn3, and
Niphal, from
nnn
*rnrr, irC'Sn
be dry,
% 68,
for
in;?3p Nah.
6.
1:4, fut. Piel from E>3> to
13^ fut.
Hiph. apoc. from HO3.

the root HO?, for
Kal, from
note
nji
n|'1
fut. Piel, for nr.'l
from
HV
No.
I.,
see ibid.
t3, P1 fut. apoc. Kal, from VT1 Ps. 138:6, for J?T fut.
np3, H^V yi\ Comp. as to these
^,
KT..
T3.M fut. Hiphil, apoc. from the nx>t iTPa.
13* fut. Niph. from the root Til.
NT!
fut
"Poc51
rom the
Piel,
*T. ^H f<> r I" D3-P and }3T Dl^
?.! f"t.
from
root nX"^ to fly. 68, note 6. nnj to cast,
and the following forms, Lehrgb. page 388, 389; Ewald'* Gram. p. 396. ' S 3*0^ for 3 vipn, 3 PV. fut. Hiphil, from 3t? r
^.V.
5|^*
for
for
D3.T, P"]'
you/AanJ, Gen.
fut.
9:2.
fut.
!V,VVV. fut- Hiphil, from ^?J to lament. apoc. Kal, from HQ^ to be fair.
1;
Wl\ fut. Niph. in

pi.
pause, for
-12 "I', (root
DD'I), see the form rTH.

root Dl?^.
TI
"qM fut. apoc. Hiphil,
from n33 to
strike.
fut. Piel,
â^' by a Chaldaism,
Kal from the
66,5.
nS.'irV fut.
^3-133* Psa. 50:23, tcill glorify me; with suff. and Nun epenthet.
from
133
Aphel, Ch. from the root
n3X
;
to^y
&
he will
iTrirV fut. Hiphil, from
HT
fatkion
J13,
1 is
us,
Job 31:15, for
U3.3'l3'.
fut. Pilel,
by a Chaldaism for iTlV
52,7.
from the root
with
WH
*
suff. 1 pi.
-1.
Both Nuns coalesce into
Eccl. 11:3, fut. apoc.
from the root H1H to be, for the
one doubled;
^3'
fut. Peal,
:
shortened into
S?.* to
common
n ?.
</V*n*
fut.
irV from
-
NVV.
from 7<^,
for the
Ch. from
:
be able.
*^!1 fut a lc-
from the root !"Pn to be.
W'D3' \.
Isaiah 52: 5, Hiphil,

1
common
con-
nD3.
1D-1D3* Ex. 15:5, fut. Piel, from the ruofor i!3'D3\ : x - :' VS is written for iO, on account of the preieding
tracted iV' ?^.

TJH
vowel w.
Peal,
Ch. from the root TJin to RO.

contr. ftr
iny
the root >rjX.
fcr^na^ and
thi
is
for^RJJ
fut.
HiphiL from
^Zl IM. 13:20.
^HXJ fut Hd, frvm
crush, ^ 66, 6.
DCCCLXXXI
fut.
Hophal, of a Chald. form, from 1103, for rO-V,

5.
ClMT
Psa. 7:6, a
form *hich
is
perhaps compounded of tw
6fi,
1
readings,
Hr^l for
-IT'
?;
fut. Hiphil,
from M^>
J-lV,
in the
Rabbinic form.
copies)
is that now found ii and rj'TT (according to the analogy of ^>nfl Psa
namely, *f*TP (which
UTJ, ir ^1
fut. Hiphil,
from
which
see.
73:9).
Lehrg. 462.
n^,
nri!2,
HO'] Gen. 7:23,
fut.
apoc. Kal, from
SIT. for
printed (as that
IT
(to cast), 2
Ch. 26:
for
15, with
the addition of Aleph.
but other good copies, both
MSS. and
for
J-1T fut. Kal,
from
from
JJ^,
}T he
trill
exult. Lehrg.360
intrans. notion.
of V. D. Ho>ght), read nt2\ fut. Niphal of the
same
verb.
PT
^T
fut. Kal,
Y^,
for
pj, but with an
flta* fut. Piel, from
&6p
to be
full,
^.
TVD\
66, note 3.
Lehrg. 369.
fut.
fut.
1p^
fut.
A, from
T1D
%
to be bitter, for
Niphal, from ^"l.

Kal, from
;
Lehrg. 360.
1-inp* for
j'iof
yT
fut. Kal,
VT, or
(as I
now
prefer)
from JJJH No.
2,
^ni?K
from the root
IDS
Ps. 139:20.
to be evil
feed off;
but
yT
Job 20:26,
is fut.
apoc. from HIT! to
fut. Hiphil, in
the Syr. form for ]>$?_ from
f K3.
Lehrg.
forte
4*11.
E"
Peal Ch. from JTV to know, for J?T;
fut. Kal,
fut.
ynr
*r
fut.
Dagesh
resolved into
fut. Hiphil,
Nun.
Compare
,
VMS
for
rVl3.
for y^!?.
^
^
herbage etc. from Tit? to lay waste, Niphal, from the root Pint?.
fut. Hiphil,
as
for "tb>\
Lehrg 369
for
from the root

B. from the root
K^.
Ps. 141:5.
K^*
from
KB^
to deceive.
in the
rrr
l fut.
Hiphil, from the root
DW,
Chaldee form.
fut. Hiphil,
fut. fut.
apoc. from H/B' No.
Ill,
where see
farther.
3D'. fut. Kal, in the
Ch. manner for 3D*, from 21D.

in the
2D^
HJP,
fut. Hiphil,
from D3D,
Ch. manner for

"l-iy.
3D\
Sa.25:14,
Kal
(in
the Chaldee form), from the root DDK*.

fut. Hithpolel,
is)
for
nyl
fut. Hiphil,
from the root
00^'
from the same root,

3 sing. masc.
comp. of
85^ (there
and
sufF.
SJ& Ejn, and

TJ
(with Dagesh forte occult),

fut.
Bjn
1'^?! fut. apoc. Kal,

I
from
and 14:32 ^p,

3
apoc. Kal, from the root t^J?.
H^.
n^J-l, from
Sam.
:
6: 12, 3 fern. plur. Kal, for
".
nrpyjil. $ 47, Isaiah 15:5, for ÎjnjP <Aey arouse
fut. fern. pi. for
note 3. Lehrg. 276.

(a
47, note 3.
clamour); the
letter r
being softened into a vowel (see Ewald's Crit. Gr.
nn^ |1
fut. apoc. sing. Hithpal.,
from ninFIE>% from
the root iinB'.
page 479), unless

defectively -liyyv
"TCP,
we should
read 1~)y~ty'; whence 1~iy'iy\
from pp^. lppn^. fut/Hithpalpel,

i;.,
T
'.
Nn1
fut.
fut. Kal,
from
HHX
H5\
J-1T
to come, for
HJV and
T!
fut.
Hiphil,
from the root "y.

j^TJ;!^
Hithpael, from
1?
fut.
Hiphil apoc. from rn3, for rn?>.
fut. Ithpeal
fut.
Ch. from
to nourish, Dan. 4: 9.
FID* fut. Hiphil apoc.
from HDS.
D3JV
jnVDhl^
apoc. Hithpael, from the root
HD3.
yaOV'
fut. Ithpael,
Chald. from the root
see
TV
pi. -1OJ;*, in
Hithpael.
..
P'S'. fut.
Kal,
from p
from
^
;
ff[ fut.
pause -1On^ fut. Kal, from Niphal, of the same verb.

Ithpeal Ch. from
D-lb>.
DDR
but
to P our which see.

fut. Kal,
fut.
b'Jjl*
and
.
>y
he shall form
"
-
from
Tl
~>l
Y^ to form.
fut a P c -
ft. Kal, from I
No.
II.
1JW
nS.3
Ps. 22:17, see
under T13.
put
in
fut. Kal,
from ITS' to kindle, in pause with Dagesh
fnfl^
for }i~IJV3 with the vowels
Aramaean mannei
euphon. n,T fut. Kal, and T\^ fut. Hophal, from H^, for Plp^, H^V in some copies and editions for f\^1> from |*p* 1 Ki 3:15,
>!>:
q^r?'
I
1
Ecc. 2:13. Lehrg. 151.
DH?3
Dri
all
for
id.,
they, from >3 with a more rare form of
suff.
D-.
but
fern.
Sa. 28: 10, for "Jjnp* (with Dag. euphon.) fut.

"ij-.
Kal from
L 3
Isa.
Isa.
33:1; see under the root H73.

23:
8,
rni ?, with suffix
BTV, r
i?.M.
fut.
apoc. Kal, from the root
her merchants; plun with light
suff.,
from
H^.
No.
L",^ fut. apoc. Hiphil, of the
same verb.
3, inflected
according to the form IJM.
XT, SIM
fut.
apoc. Kal, from
HST
to see.
1ST
for the
common -1ST
imp. from
IT*
NT
(to fear),
Ps.34: 10,
is
h
.N
inf.
in the
manner
of verbs n?, so inflected that
otiose
Hiphil, contr. from IPl.X.np, from the root

inf.
compare INS'U Eze. 47:8; Lehrg. 417. 4KT (they fear}, for IXT?; it diflfers from -1ST (with short
Chirek),
for
I'lSnJ?
Niphal, from
"litf.
^,
j;in^)
fut. Peal, Chald.,
from the root tOH to be, witk
they see.
3TS11
fu t- Hiphil,
Lamed
from
3TISI to lay wait.
prefixed,
and
rejecting the preformaV.ve, for
2T,
m1
for
See Hin p.ccxix, B.
57
CCCLXXXII
2 Kings 19:25, contr. for
:
niXlpn7
Isaiah 37:26, inf.
Hiphil, from "j*

Isa.
nX>. T T
inf.
^J
ÎPP m. "^pp f. from thee, from jp, which <% ]T3p Nah. 3:17, from D'~]T3p.
see.
Dpn?
47: 14,
in
pause, from the root DOPI, of the
Hap
n*3O
part.
Hophal,
letter B,
from
H-13.
form bt?p; compare DD33r6 Isa. 30:18. **D^ 2 Ch. 31:7, inf. Kal, from HD', for the
(Isa.
part. Hiphil, letter B, of the
same
verb.
common
51: 1C), from the root

for
HDV
from the noun
nnp?7 by a
Syriacism,
nnp\
n\3typ for n\Typ Isa. 23:11. This form (which many critics have been inclined, without any need, to alter) follows the same analogy as has been above explained (page cc, B),
under 77^, which
is
Prov. 30: J7.
also
more widely extended.
The
.
^ imp.
n37, fp
fron,
"5J7J
to go; see ^}7n.
following examples
may be added
fffirppa,
to those above given

;
see in its place, p.

f.
cccxxxix, A.
see
"10X373 for "1DX?S,

from
of eagle), for H'-Ty
afivpva
0i''XXov,
i"l'3!JJ
folium
rD?
H3^
inf.
Kal, from 1]7*;
^H.
pret.
J-17
(foljum); aXXoe, aliux; and perhaps also

i.e.
(a species
n37 she passed the night; 3 fem. Zee. 5:4

for
inf-
strong, robust;
and even !"Wy and
n*~1ty (pr.n. Uzziah).
n*13V7 cuntr. for n'lSVil?
Hiphil, from the root
H3V.
from
?yp comp.
of |P and 7y, see 7y.
N1^
for
XT^>
inf. 7,
Kal, from
NT
to fear.
H?. with prep.
D77,
inf.
Kal, contracted from J"n?,
comp. of }P and Dy, pr. v>on bei)/ de chez, see Dy. DDX.Vb Gen. 32: 20, for D3X.VP, inf. Kal, from X^p. Com-
Dyp
n?J to bring forth, Lehrg. 133.
pare ri7yh for rpy.n.
"pyppp
Jer. 15:10,
readings
C^ppp
and
a form apparently compounded of two *3-1;7P), which must rather be as-
cribed to the copyists than to the writer.
3O
part. Hiphil, for
K3O
from the root N13.

Piel,
*ri33pp Jer. 22: 23 2-03, part. Pual, fem. from I3p to

flj?3
Piel,
make
1)y3S
for
frighten,
^nriyrip part. 1 Sam. 16:15.
fem.,
from
to
nest, with
Yod
paragogic, which in *ip

~l-lp.
is
omitted.
"1p/]pP part. Piel, from
nXWflSp
(:s)
Ch. 15:13; comp. of HO, 3,

See
m'tÔ
that which
of old.
HO
note,
let. c.
DJVinriK'p Ezek. 8: 16, probably an error of the author [hu> he was inspired] cr copyist for Q^nntTp those worship-
P^D
Jud. 5:10, plur. from
HP;
Chald. form.
!2'np part. pass. Aphe!, Chald. from the root JOi. }*nnnp part. Aphel, Chald. from HH3 to go down,
inf. Peal,
ping. from
this
Some thought
the termination
DO
to be shortened
you, so that that form was contracted from word and from the part, (in the Syriac form); but it
ORX
Chald. from the root ^-in to go.
could hardly be the second person, because of the preceding

see.
nftPI.
It is,
part. Kal, for Jiny'lO
from nj?D to nod; which

to surround.
however, so
laid
down by Ewald,
from D-1D.
Crit.
Gram,
n~-1O
part. Hophal,
from
It-ID to die.
page 489.
3D-12 part. Hophal, from
33D
OP,
D"3"liO. Lehrg.
nnp thou
inf.
hast died,
pret. Kal,
KVM3
part. Hophal,
pi.
from XV* to go out.
Peal Ch. from
nnX
to come.
D^l'lE
145.
from
311TO a threshing wain, for
KTO
with suff nitP
inf. Peal,
Chald. from the root PITS to
kindle.
rwp what
|\TP for
it
thisf
for
nrnp,
see
HO
note.
I.
1X^'K3 Eze. 9
re actually
8,
a form
compounded of two
readings, which
IV^P. part. Hiphil, from ITX No. KPfl? part. Aphel Ch. from KJH to live, jnp inf. Peal Ch. from Jan.
sce
found in MSS. and printed editions pNy'3 and
HT33
Sa. 14:36, for H-T33 fut. Kal, from TT3, with
Dagesh
rejected.
intsp
31
part. Hithpael,
from
"IHtp, for
IPItpnO.
is
;
*JV33 for *f1X33

^>33,
pret. Niphal,
from X33 to prophesy.

the
root
OOX7P
mater
2 Sa.
1 1
'
1, i.q-
MSS. and
7 early editions)
C^??P (which kings
also the reading of
!?331
we fade,
nV33
Isaiah 64: 5, for 7331, from
with a redundant
X
H733 '
for
fut. Kr.l,
lectionis.
from ??3. from pp3
66, 5.
and
te 11.
17D
for
-IXÔ pret.
Kal, from the root xb>p.

J-17
Lehrg. 372.
D'3'f>P part. Hiphil, from

flexion.
note
2,
with n Rabbinic in-
np 33
T
for n,?33 pret. Niphal,

Isa.
ibid.
Lehrg 407.
part.
17X33
Piel;
5f J:3; Lam. 4: 14;
see Niphal
fut.
7X3 No.
II.
II
*p
'njD
for
fj^Xp
from
v*?
to
teach; Syriac
nb'n? Jer. 8:14, for
npl3
Niphal, from
DP"| No
form.
for
Compare
66, 5,
and note
11.
*nX7Q
pret. Kai,
from XJO.
*??. ^r ?!
1
PI
fut a p c -
K*1
from n ^ to **
DCCCLXXXITl
DH3,
etc.
const.
'J-13
fern.
PfOO,
part. Niphal,
from n3J for 0*313,

'
for
nriB^ *Ae made, S
fern,
pret, from the root HZTJ
Lev. 25:21.
VlD?3 Eze. 23:48, prob. for -11Din3 Nithpael

form), Lehrg. 249.
np-13 pret. Niphal, from T7), for -n>13 with Dag. euphon. (in the Rabbinic
nS
;
inf.
Kal, from the root I1D3 to breathe.
7H3
pret. Niphal,
from ??rt
also, pret. Piel,
from
7ITJ.
for
D1TJ pret. Niphal and Picl, from DITJ.
1^3
his
work, from
^9,
Lehrg. 170,571.
O'Om
FI3.PI3
part. Niphal pi.
from DDH, for D'EITJ.
2 pret. Niphal, from |3n.

from
"1113
pret. Niphal,
Tin
to burn up. to tear asunder.
imp., from
inf.,
tf
NV*
to go out.
filTJ pret.
Niphal, fiom
nnn
of the
same
verb.
D3'3
fut. Kal,
I
-
QTO, DT-31
"H^f "=!?}
1
from H3J, with suff. D -. plur. fut. Kal, from iTV, with
fut -
Ize. 16:52,
inf. Piel, fern.,
from p"IX.
,
suff.
3V an augmented form
more.
inip.,
inf.
for
Onj;ID, from
WTIM
P" ur
Hiphil, apoc. from

f.,
H33
to strike.
J"in?3 part. Niphal,
from H3} to rebuke.
from pV^ to pour.

of the
1323 Deut. 21:8, Nithpael, from 133, Lehrg. 249.

T33
pret. Niphal,
same verb.
from
rnp3
HD3
for
H3D3
pret.
form taken from TO). Niphal, from 33D, ^ 66,5, and note
(a
TO
11,
Lehrg. 372.
Ps. 4:7, for SB>3.
imp. from SB'S, the orthography not
|5
pret. Kal ? for

1,
from Dp T
,
Dip, in the Arabic form, S 71,
note
Lehrg. 401.
being regarded.
Tijtt pret.
Niphal, from the root Tiy No.

for
II.
X;? part. Peal, Chald.
from Dip.
kobah), imp., from
n3 \) Num. 22:1 l(read

1:26, Lehrg.
23,
with
H pang.
nnx^33
266.
nX^Q3 with n
^>Q3.
parag.,
2 Sam.
Hence
i33|5
also
suff. ).
^>D3
Pilel,
i
from
n\) imp.,
(curse him!) with 3 epenthet. and from T\\y? to take.
Plb>*3
pi. fut.
Hithpael, from
Kal, with
pn
for
Pin3,
P1VI}3.
PIJ5
Eze. 17:5, for npj? to take.
at the beginning
,-
n"VS3 for
n"W3 imp-
parag. from ~\3, with dag.
jected (according to the boldness of Ezekiel in respect to
euphon., Ps. 141:3.

7JJ3 pret. Niphal,
}K>3
grammar)
compare
compare
inf.
nJW
for
firing
"H
for IT-.
suff., in
from 7?p. Eze. 39:2*>, and K-lb*:) (Aleph being added;

\
Dn[5 Hos. 11:3,
masc., from the root ri7, with
taking, or holding them.

]"inp_,
Arab.
J^J) Ps. 139:20, for

1,
1
.-l^b'3
they bear.
once
nnp
2 Kings 12:9,
inf.,
from n\)b to take
'^3
Ps. 32:
for K-lb3 part. pass. Kal, T
from
B>3
inflected
like
verbs
n?
it.
so as to be similar in sound to ^1D3, which
stands near
njS.T
inf. fern.,
from
H{O
Eze. 28:17.
;
D'BO
plur. fut. Hiphil,
from DOS' in the Chald. form.

II.,
T]
inf.,
from
TT1
to subdue
is
which
see.
But, Jud. 19:11,

first radiccl
nin'^3 Nithpael, from niB* No.

, *n-13i5r)3 for ^n-13pri3 :
:
which
see.
the same form
put for
TV to
go down, the
dag. euphon.
Kal, from Jri3 to give.
rin3 for
'ri^n;
pret."
compare nnri, 3V^, Lehrg. 139. Tl, DTI imp. (the latter once inf., Gen. 46:3), from TTJ go down.
being rejected
;
^0
D"11 part. Kal, from iTTl with

%
suff.
3b
2 Ki. 8:21, for
22D, the
last syllable
being irregularly
\j~)
and
BH
imp., from the root
BHj
to possess.
inf.
of the same verb.
written fully.
2D 3D
for 133.D
from
^30
with
suff. suff.
from
73D
(which see) with
imp., from
t?3.
and gerund., from KB>3. X'^ for ^3.,
from
D-lb'
B^
also inf.,
inf.
from
inf.,
*\y for n-fy imp. Kal, from the root TKJ, to be strong.
imp. and
to place.
;>V for *33> vrinh dag. forte euphon.,

grape*.
from
33V. a duster of
full
manner
of writing for
^HSUC? EM. Kill.
Lehrg. 527.
^rW
part,
fut.
from
t3
No.
II.,
to reject.
tTin, E'nPO for
NiphJ, from 77PI profane, to pollute, Lev. 21: 'J. t'nm (t/ will hasten) from the root CMR
P.^
inf.
(Milra) Ps. 23:6,
with
suff.
commonly, my dwelling, for from 3L"\ But it seems to have been rather
as to which analogy, see under the verb D^y'p. o21, Jul
31:5.
OF!
fut.
regarded by the authors of the points as by aphaeresis for
apoc. Kal, from
r,tp3
for
HER
P.;i^.
Compare T1,
inf
IIE'.
see under 33B^.

B' for
3'ttJ^
pleonast. from
2&
Jer.
42: 10.
Compare
nn,
nnn.
pret. Poel, from r
^
n^'y^n Exodus 25:31; in very many editions for Lehrg (although irregular, and almost a corruption), 52,331. rlDn, POP!} fut. Kal apoc., for nron, from the root HHS.
nK'E^nDt?, TT TT' which

lay waste, Eze.
D?n
see.
fut.
apoc. Piel for nSDJjl from

tut.
HD3
to cover.
D^'
inf. pi.
from DP5? to
n3E5>
:
36:3; Lehrg. 365.
n?r\,
n^ni
for
apoc. Kal, from
nn?z^nN?.
]*fo
See this root
rru:? Dual, from
a year,
l?n
fut. Kal,
shortened from iyn, from

2 masc. (the
letter
*
or Jv.
p, nnC',
*riL'
pret.
from JVB> to place.
'npn
fut.
nnpn
fut.
:
belongs to the root]
Hiph. from
HHD
to wipe away, Jer. 18:23.
Dpn, Dpni
Proverbs 1:22,
contracted in the
fut.
apoc. Hiphil, from

1
;
HDp
to flow
down.
Kal for -lanKR, the vowels being
)E>n Exod. 23 2
fut. Hiphil.
Chaldee form for IDn, (ron
Aramean manner, compare
^D,
"inD, with a signification taken from !"PO to be stuhbcrn
'^/'P.
?KF1 Job 20:26; fut. Piel for -ln^SJ-1 from 9?X. in for hSFl, from ISh. Compare i?J?.b.
Pro. 1:10; a Chald.
ITph for -llpsh fut. Kal, from IDS }n, n3n imp. from JH3 to give
e)ph
for
to speak.
form for
il^n,
n3Sh
fut.
Kal
from
n2S
to will.
fern. Kal,
f|DXh
fut. Kal,
from 6|DK to
collect.
3 plur. fut.
from K13 to come,

;
Ps.
45:16.
n33;;ri
for
njjyn
plur. fut. Niphal,
from
I3J7,
dagesh
left
Deut. 33:1>; for

'
nsbri
parag.
is
apparently
out, see under f"Pn. TA T
put twice, and in like manner Job 22:21, for and 'nx'llPI
inpfl, -iriDni fut. Kal, from rjSN to cook, for -iriDXR

;
^hn
'ip
^N3n
for
E3?'ntel2n
->'^
Jer.
25:34; see the root

fut. Kal,
]'-1B.
Pl
Sam. 25:34.
Others
(as
Ewald, Crit. Gr., p. 488)

to
Jerem. 19:3;
from 77V, for the
commoc
suppose the afformatives of the preterite to be added

the future
;
so
that
nnXQFl would
be
from N3?> and
Sa. 14:27 a'na (not without
an
error), for
demands nS3), from ^Xbri and I^S3, 'nN3n from hn and''nS2 or flk|. Compare Lehrg. 464.
(but the sense
>f
nnX3
inWR
The
copyist
appears to have had in his mind the wore
3"1FI,
TM
fut.
fut.
apoc. Kal, from
rQT
to be many,
much.
;|3J;),
";]3ni
fut.
apoc. from <""133
to weep,
f\~\F\
Niphal, from p\"1 to break, with the assumed fornp

j'-ll.
;
nrna^n
for
njna^n
Eze. 16:50; the syllable

]}]},
'-
being
of a verb
inserted in the
manner of verbs H? and

from
on account of
H3bn
^ri
FWFi
Jer.
9:17
for
n3S|>n
4
fut. Kal,
from HC'3.
the similar sound of the word WB'yjn.

fut. Hiphil,
Deut. 32:18; see n*L '.

fut.
HV
1
apoc. Kal, from
HPC'
to drink.
3n
2 fut. Niphal apoc. from n?|.

fut. Piel
fut. apoc. sing. Hithpa., iriri^ri

*
from nn'^ to bow down.
pnn
,
from
np ^,
fut.
for '3-lSlltl, the third radical
ynK'n
Isa.
41
10
fut.
apoc. Hithpa., from nya*.
being preserved.
'nril in pause for
.
HO
*nn,
inf.
from
|O3 to give, contr. for n.3H.

for
With
suff. *r\Fl
Kal apoc. from rVH to be. T

Lehrg. 405.
2Sam. 22:27;
Lehrg.
p.
VOI^n
fut.
HitUp.,
from T?3
O'nn T.
'
rU'OTir^Mic. V,
2: 12.
374.
is
^npnri thy praise, ^HFl ; J'. See V'"IS3 v *

' :
for
redundant mater
lectionis.
nri by aphseresis for nFlft), which
the reading, Ps. 18.41
Compare IT
for
TV.
from
;
see the root ;>nn.

s.
DDn
|nn
I
fut. Kal,
Dpjjl,
which
see.
16:5
partic.
form of a rare kind, for ÎPW hold

from
q.
% Ki. 17: 14 (a H3)
commonlv taken
whcie i^W from nyn.
for nPI (to
givt)
'
ing.
Lehrg. 308.
with
3 parag., like
f>:
19,
is really
future.
Ki
fyn
for
"him
gird.
fut. Kal,
;
^K
THS
to depart, Lehrg. 377.

(Ps. 18:40) fut. Piel,
loc. cit. -ip
nri seems preferable.
3S|Jn
2 Sam. 22 :40
i.
V'VIW
from
ynn, ynni
fut. apoc. Kai,

;
itS to
ppnn
to hold,
Sam. 22:27
i.q
PHSJIH, which
is
the reading. Pi
TITO for Tnx'n 2 fut. Kal from

*Hfl fut. apoc. Kal, from
18:27.
Lehrg. 374.
;
HTI to
live.
'nn
Ex. 2:4
for
from SSPflJ? Hithpa.,
3VV
Lehrg. 39*
ENGLISH INDEX.
AARON
455 6, admit, 107 a, 741 b abound, 377 a, 698 b, acquaintance, 472 6, 580 b 793 6, 812 a admonish, 240 a, 354 b Abagtlia, 3 a to form, 587 o admonished, 240 a, 240a abandoned, 307 1, 529 a about, 98 b, 423 b, 488 b Abarim, 604 b above, 494a, 6266, 630a, acquaintanceship, 455 6 admonition, 457 a, 491 a 682 a abbreviate, 739 a Adna, Adnah, 609 a acquainted, 333 6 Abdi, Abdiel, 600 b Abraham, 9 b with, 114 a, 551 a adolescence, 554 a abdomen, 20 a, 296 b abroad, 266 b acquire, to, 107 6, 499 a, Adoni-be'zek, 14 6 543 a, 735 a, 769 6, Adoni-zedek, 146 Abdon, 600 a abrogated, 607 b 821 6, 867 a Absalom, 10 a Abed-nego, 600 a Adonijah, 14 6 Abel, 214 b .Adonikam, 146 absolve, 565 a, 702 b honour, 381 b ft Abel- ineholah, 7 b absorb, 174 a, 795 Adoniram, 14 6 knowledge, 333 b Abel-mizraim, 7 b abstain, 542 a, 837 b acquisition, 504 a, 735 6 adopted daughter, 148 a Adoraim, 126 Abel-shittim, 7 6 abundance, 2 10 6,243 a, acquit, to, 702 6 295 a, 377 b, 377 b, acrid, 505 a Abez, 9 a adore, 142 6 382 a, 383 a, 46 la, acrimony, 289 6 abhor, 10 b, 525 b, 870 a adorn, 2176, 358a, 538 6, 475 a, 534 a, 593 b, act, 684 b 664 6, 780 b abhorred, 206 b 6646,683 a, 753 6, oneself, 607 6, 644 6 to, 536 a abhorring, 206 b, 854 a as master, 640 6 Abi, 5 a 7616,7836,846 a adorning, 217 ft Abia, Abiah, Abijah, 56 abundant, 381 b, 381 6, Adrammelech, 15 6 graciously, 145 6 609 a, 663 6 Abi-albon, 5 a Adriel, 609 6 perversely, 611 a Adullam, 608 b Abiasaph, 5 a drink, 761 6 truly, 145 6 b 6 b Abiathar, adulterate, 454 a abundantly, 376 6, 377 vainly, 214 6 Abi da, Abidah, 5 b 857a a adulterers, 242 6 abyss, 36, 4a, 7056, violently, 352 Abidan, 5 b adulteress, 242 6 acacia, 8 16 6 acting, gentle, 34 6 abide, 372 u, 823 a, 858 b accelerate, 268 a adulteries, 525 o action, 174 6,497 6 Abiel, 5 a active, 60 a, 283 a accept, 568 6 adultery,tocommit,525a to make, 283 a Abiezer, Abiezrite, 6 b adversaries, 731 a acceptable, 293 a access, 5186, 582 6 acute, 26 a Abigail, 5 b adversary, 36 6, 368 a, Abihail, 5 b, 6 a Accho, 625 6 Aduiluh, 609 a 718*a, 719 6, 788 a, 851 a, 873 a Abihu, Abihud, 5 b accident, 742 b Adah, 607 b advei;,to be, 701 6 Abijah, 5 b acclivity, 157 a, 494 6, Adaiah, 608 b A dul in, 13 a 645 6, 649 b adverse circumstances, Abijam, 6 a 21 21 a 21 6 o, b, 275 a, accomplish, 633 a, 710 Adam, 13 6 ability, 390 a 6 398 312 6, 870 6 Ad a 14 a mah, Adami, accomplished, adversity, 6 a 380a 12 a Abimael, adviser, 357 a Adbeel, according as,196a, Abimclech, 6 a to, 47 a, 196 a, 379 a, add, 354 a, 593 a Êthiopia, 389 a 380 a, 424 a, 668 o Ad dan, 14 6 Abinadab, Abiner, 6 a Êthiopian, 389 a account of,on,68 1 a,824a Addar, 14 6 Abinoam, 6 a afar. 765 a Abiram, 6 b accounted, 311 a affair, 1876, 296 6, 518 a, added, to be, 593 a 643 6, 799 a Abishag, Abishai, 6 b accumulate, 593 a, 664 a addition, 69 a, 1 73 6 address kindly, 404 a Abishalom, 6 b accumulation, 173 6 affairs, 18 6, 78 6 Abishua, Abishur, 6 b affected, to be, 766 a accurately, 347 a, 693* a Ader, 609 6 Abital, Abitub, 6 a accusation, 788 6 adhere, 30 6, 185 a, 2586, affirm, 610 6 246 a 6 letter of, 788 270 a, 3136, 4326, afflict, 102a,121a, 1216, abject, 279 6, 328 6, 380 6, 864 6, 867 a able, 348 a, 348 a, 385 a accused, to be, 271 6 416 a, 437 a, 626 a, 439 6 Abner, 6 a, 9 a accustom, to, firmly, 1856. 715 o 720 a, 858 a abode,116fl,448a,4966, accustomed, 54 a, 439 6, together, 439 a 7.'M b 587 a afflicted, 192 a, 198 a, adhering, 185 6 accustom oneself, to, 54a Adiel, 608 6 549 a, 642 6, 643 a abominable, 665 b to be, 249 b, 848 b Achan, 626 a affliction, 280 6, 496 6, Adin, Adina, 608 6 to make, 870 o 643a,718 a Adithaim, 608 6 Ac-bar, 626 '6 184 a, 243 a, abominate, 534 b, 848 b, Achbon, 625 6 afraid, adjacent to, 154 b 870 a 303 a, 329 6, 364 a, Acbish, 42 6 adjure, 802 6 32 a a 757 abomination,2066,5346, Achmetha, adjust, 347 a 548 a, 847 b. 849 a, Achor, 625 6 to make, 195 u, 303 a Adlai, 608 b 859 b a 626 a 14 Admah, Admatha, Achsah, after, 33 a, 101 a, 129 a, 149 6, 379 a abortion, 558 a admirable, 364 6. 674 6 Achshaph, 44 a t> cause, 822 3 after that, 25 a. 33 a acknowledge, to, 551 a admission, 518 6
17 b
AT
afterbirth,
A iron,
828 a
aftermowth, 442 b afterwards, 13 u, 33 a 401 6, 466 a Agag, Agagite, 10 a again, 6106, 8406, 869 i against, 46 a, 98 a, 63S a over, 550 6
agate, 800 a age, 169 a, 194 o, 206 6,
608 a Agee, 10 o agile, 670 b

agitate.
241 b, 465 6, 540 6 agitated, 182 a, 455 6, 538 a, 592 6, 685 a agitation, 241 b, 250 a agree together, to, 248 a agreeable, 286 a, 319 6, 554 6
538
a,
Agur, 106
ah' Ifirt. 28 a aha! 214 a
Ahab, 23 a Aharah, Aharkel, 33 b

Ahasai, 31 a Ahasbai, 32 6 Ahasuerus, 34 6
Ahava, 16 6 Ahaz, 30 6
I
'
Ahaziah, 31 a Ahban, 28 a Aher, 33 a
Ahi,31 a Ahiah, Ahiam, 31 a

Ahian, Ahiezcr, 31 i Ahihud, 31 a, 31 6 Ahijah, 31 a Ahikam, Ahilud, 31 6
'
|
1
Ahimaaz, 31 6 Ahimelech, 31 6 Ahimoth, 316 Ahinadab, 31 6 A hiii am, Ahinoam, 311 Ahio, 31 a Ahira, Ahiram, 32 a Ahisamach, 31 6 Ahishahar, Ahishar,32a Ahithophel, 32 a Ahitub,31 6
Ahlab,Ahlai,32a
Ahoali, 29 6 Aholdi, Aholibah, 17 Ahumai, 29 / Ahuzam, 31 6 Ahuzzath, 31 a
'
Ai.Hai.6tl ft
AID
id.
ASIIERAH
b
253
6,
3746,6196, Amen, 59
8606
10,2706, 356a,3746,
.190 A.
592o, 616o,
6196
to ask for, 811
387 a Ain, 623 6 o air. 760 airy, 759 6, 759 6

aim,
to,
Akan, t.50 a Akkub, 649 6 Alammelech, 53 a

alarm, 314 o,
alas!
4666
196, 28
a,
16 a,
2196
Alemeth, 634 6 59 6, 60 a, 267 b alien, 242 a, 652 a
alert,
a 363 a, 566 a a 869 alienation, alive, 273 a alkali, 575 a all, 396 b. 397 a at once, 345 a Allon, 50 6 allot, 485 6
alienate, to, 551
alienated,
to,
487 6
to,
allow,
alloy,
ally".
573 a
103o
6, 30 a Almighty, 806 6 Almodud, 53 a Almon, 634 6 almond tree 433 a, 847 a almost, 39 6, 493 o Aloah, Aliah, 631 6 Aloan, 632 o nlocs, 17 o 102 6, alone, 428 6,
27
7796
already,
239 6, 383 a, 409 a, 662 a also, 69 </, 1 73 6 altar, 449 , 459 a, 46 la alter, 282 6 altercate, 348 a altercation, 738 6 although, 56 6 altogether, 29 a, 42 a, 69 , 345 a, 397 a, 399 o, 400 a Alush, 50 6 Amat!, 640 a Amak, 638 6 Anvil, 639 a Amalek, 639 a A in. iiu, 58 6 Ainana, Al>;ui:i, 5S 6 A n..iri;ili, 62 a Anuisa, 641 a Ama&ai, 641 a
641 a Amasiah, 640 a
Ain;i>li;ii,
amatory, 191 b
amazed*, 302 o, 856 a aiua/cmcnt, 835 b
Ama/.inh, 60 a ambassador. 599 b 75 6, 445 b
ASHES
shes 726, 2106, 6736 to clear from, 2106
at that time,
BEERO'IH
banded, 649 6 bands, 320 6, 747 b
tightly fastened, 308 b
25 a, 26 341 a, 392 a
a,
Aznoth- tabor, 26 6 Azriel, 620 a
1576, 194 6, 209 a, 2266, 384 a, 4216, 592 6, 685 a, 780 6. asking, 1136, 1366 781 a, 872 a barefoot, 346 6, 346 6 asleep, 869, a to fall, 373 6 abroad, 329 a Bariah, 141 a Asnah, 66 6 bark, to, 527 a, 81 5 a fine, 313 a to strip off, 685 6 in pieces, 421 6, 815 a asp, 626 b, 697 6 off, 256 6 barking, 466 a Aspatha, 68 a 506 a 269 145 a a, out, 256 6 Barkos, aspect, small, 206 a Asricl, 82 6 barley, 793 a to powder, 1 92 6 ass, 286 6, 61 6 a barn, 448 a, 461 6 with a club, 376 6 wild, 653 a, 653 6, barren, 650 a 6876 8376 beaten small, 205 6, barter, 866 6 206 a Baruch, 139 6 attention, 746 6 young, 624 a Babylonian, 1016 assail, 666 a, 873 6 back, 152 a, 1616, 1775, Barzillai, 140 6 attentive, 746 6 beating, 842 a to show oneself, 1 14 a 3686 assemble, 67 a, 251 a, base, 14 6, 353 6, 403 6, beautiful, 96 a, 319 a, 593 a, 726 a 471 a, 848 6 3196, 358 a, 3586, attire, 820 6 back, to bring, 808 a 524 6, 664 6, 845 a, selves, 251 a, 616 a audience, 518 6 brought, 808 a basely, to act, 328 6 a 846 a to lead, 542 6 to, 67 Bashan, 147 a augur, to, 545 a 503 a 68 364 6 a assemblies, a, Bashemath, Basmath, beauty, 146 o, 219 a, back-bone, 647 august, 146 a 2756, 286 a, 291 a, backward, 29 b, 34 a assembly, 431 b, 457 6, aunt, 191 6 460" a, 580 6, 607 6, author, 2 a. 320 a, 358 6, 359 a, bad, 100 a, 772 a, 8436 basin, 1 1 6, 395 a, 430 6, ity, 44 a 648 b, 726 a 464 6, 555 a, 846 a 5926 autumn, 307 6 badness, 772 b autumn crocus, 258 a Bebai, 101 6 .Assenaphar, 66 6 bag, 350 a, 395 6, 718 a basis, 47 1 a 90 a, 89 a, assessment, 655 a autumn, to pass the, Bahurim, 1 1 2 a basket, 11 6, 19 16, 323 a, because, 196 6, 235 a, 356 & 307 a 399 a Asshur, 84 6 Bakbakkar, 135 b 392 6, 403 a, 424 6, a bread, 587 6, 714 a, Asshurim, 85 a Ava, 609 6 Bakbtik, 1356 440 a, 6296, 681 6, 589 6 Asshurites, 85 a avaricious, Ilia Bakbukiah, 135 6 72 la, 8626 bastard, 242 b, 462 a, assign, 485 b avenge bloodshed, to, bake, 70 a 151 a 480 a assimilate, 517 a bread, 260 a, 610 a not, 122 a, 124 6 601 a 6 66 603 808 6 260 a 6 baked pastry, Assir, avert, a, of, 47 a, 129 bat, 620 assist, 2706, 616 a Avim, Avvites, 611 6 that, 25 a, 39 6, 89 a, baker, 70 a Bath-rabbim, 148 6 196 6, 681 6 associate, 259 a Avith, 611 6 Bath-sheba, 148 6 baking-stone, 779 a to, 54 a, 587 a await, 727 a Balaam, 124 a battle, 477 a, 560 6, 742 a Bechcr, 1206 association, 259 a awake, to, 363 a Bechorath, 120 a Baladan, 121 a battlements, 839 a aware, to be, 333 6 become, to, 221 6 balance, 444 b, 677 a Assyria, 84 6 Bavai, 107 6 a wife of, 130 6 Astarte, 9 1 a awl, 511 a Bazluth, 134 a balancing, 498 6 Astartes, C61 6 axe, 179 b, 395 6, 418 a, 'bald, 5096, bdellium, 103 6 1716, becoming, 524 6 448 a, 496 6, 742 6 8436 astonish, 835 a dark, 277 a be, to, 2186, 2196, hole of, 720 a to make, 743 a, 793 b 221 a, 3726, 501 a astonished, 203 a, 302 a, strong, 270 6 835 a to be, 326a, 5242,, axles, 331 a, 596 a baldness, 743 a, 844 6 after, 32 6 in front, 154 a Azal, 74 6 538, a astonishing, 866 a Bealiah, 132 a 518 6 74 194 386 a 132 a 714 astonishment, a, Azaliah, a, a, Bealoth, bed, 297 6, 361 a, 447 5 ball, 833 6, 835 6, 866 a Azaniah, 27 a of gold, 386 6 467 a, 476 a, 500 \ beam, 463 a, 4866, 7296 517 a, 657 a of a balance, 735 6 astray, to go,5696, 852a, Azar, Azzur, 619 6 balsam, 146 a 870 a of a stream, 71 a laid over, 848 6 Azareel, 6196 Bamoth, 125 6 to lead, 805 a to lay, 742 b Azariah, 620 a Bedad, 103 a band, 10 a, 426, 448 a, 465 a, 518 a, 757 a bean, 1*79 a, 669 a Azaz, 618 6 Bedan, 104 a astrologer, 418 a of men, 10 a, 258 a, bear, 184 a, 1906 bedchamber, 720 6 asylum, 492 6, 503 a, Azazel, 617 a 504 a 2746 the constellation Bedeiah, 103 a Azaziah, 6186 ofj of soldiers, 158 a at, 47 6, 936, 97 o, 98 c, Azbuk, 618 a bedimming, 277 a the, 625 6 636 6, 638 a 619 6 of a Azekah, travellers, 78 to, 236 6, 327 6, 3486, Beeliadah, 132 a at evening, 651 a 386 6, 568 a, 578 a, Beer, 100 a Azel, 74 6 bandage, 314 a, 870 b at hand, 662 6 a long, 77 6 640 a, 641 a, 688 6, Beera, 1006 Azgad, 618 a at length, 73 6 Becrah 1006 removal of, 161 a Aziza, 6 19 a away to, 254 a at once, 26 la, 34 U 545a Azmaveth, 619 a to wrap up with, Beeri, 1006 early fruit, to, 20 a u some time, 341 6 314 / Azinon, 6480 Beercth, 100 b forth, to, 60 b
barber, 1 69 b bare, 284 a, 843 6 to make, 3106
beat,
i !
Ashima, 85 a Ashkenaz, 86 a Ashnah, 87 Ashpcnaz, 87 6 Ashtaruth-Karuaim, 661 6 Ashtoreth, 661 a Ashur, 85 a Ashvath, 660 a Asiel, 659 a ask, to, 129 6, 135 a, 798 a for, to, 209 6 for a blessing, to, 142 a
at the feet, 507 a at the head of, 506 6 at the rate of, 668 a
Azrikam, 620 a
same time, 635 6 at this time, 341 a, 662 a at what time, 89 a

at the
Azubah, 6186 Azzah, 618 a Azzan, 619 a
Bani, 128 a banks, 158 a banner, 552 6 banquet,
bear in the arm*, to 58 6, 324 a seed, to, 254 6 the blame, to, 271 6 beard, 793 6 bearded chin, 251 b
B
Baal, 131 a, 132 a Baal-Gad, 131 b Baal-hamon, 131 b
Atarah, 621 6 Atarath, 62 1 6 Athach, 663 a Athaiah, 662 b Athaliah, 663 a Atharim, 96 b Athlai, 663 a atonements, 412 a attack, to, 558 a, 607 b, 666 6, 686 a, 694 6, 7096, 8116 attacker, 225 b Attai, 662 6 attain, 499 a attempt, to, 552 6, 684 6, 827 a attend, 113 6, 114 a, 746 6, 790 a, 836 a,
Baal-hanan, 132 a Baal-hazor 131 b Baal-hermon, 131 b Baalah, 132 a Baalath. 132 b Baalis, 132 b Baal-meon, 131 b Baal-perazim, 131 b Baal-shalishah,'132a Baal-tamar, 132 a Baal-zephon, 131 b Baanah, 132 b Baara, 133 a Baasha, 133 a babble, to, 103 a, 112 a Babel, Babylon, 101 b
317 6, 4136, bearer, burden, 578 a 436 6, 521 a bearing, 512 a to, 853 a bearing, of an axle, 4206 bar, 141 a, 455 6, 488 a Barachel, 1436 beast, 274 6, 275 a, 130a a of 145 Barak, burden, 105 a
barbarously, to
speak,
440 a
of the field, 105 wild, 105 a
'
BEER-SHEBA
bcncfitted, to be, 356 a Besr-sheba, 1006 benevolence, 294 a Beeshterah, 1336 befall, 12 a, 742 6 benign, 554 6 bofore, 9 7 a, 44 1 a, 456 a, benignant, 291 6
BOW
birds, fattened, 139
Beth-peor, 118 b
Beth-phelet, Beth-palet, 118 b
boasting, 672
530
6,
550
6,
680
a,
6,
benignity, 294 a
Beninu, 128 6 682 a, 721 a, 723 6, Benjamin, 127*6, 1286 866 6, 724 a Benjammite, 351 6 to be, 550 6, 721 a bent, to be, 177 6 from, 680 a upon, 864 6 to go, 326 a Beor, 129 6 Berachah, 144 a that, 325 a Beraiah, 139 a beg, 798 6 bereave, to, 822 a beget, 139 a, 348 6 bereaved, 3766, 821 6 offspring, 383 6 begin, 28l6,326a, 6906, bereavement, 82 1 a, 822o 696 6, 849 6 Berechiah, 144 6 beginning, 325 a, 353 6, Bered, 139 6 724 a, 752 a, 850 a, Ben, 141 a
6806,6810, 681
Beth-rehob, 1186 Beth-shcan, 118 6 Beth-shemesh, 1186 Beth-shittah, 118 b Beth-tappuah, 119 a
Birsha, 145 b birth, 456 b birthright, 119 4

Birzavith, 140 a Bishlam, 147 a bit, 695 6, 696 b 570 bite, to, 443 b, 745 a 522 a biters, Bithiah, 148 6 bitter, 505 a, 5 10 a herbs, 512 a
b,
Boaz, 129 6 Bocheru, 120 6 Bochim, 120 a 162 a, 163 tx>dy, 20 a, 1776, 180 a, 182 435 b, 648 a the whole, 1466
a,
Bethzur, 1186 Bethlehem, 73 6

Bcthuel, 149 a
Bohan, 1056
boil, 9 a,
Betonim, 1136 betray, 491 a, 530 a betroth, 472 6 betrothed, 82 a, 307 399 a between, 114 6, 115
240 389
169 a, 289 a, a, 585 a, 767 a, 782 a,

6,
191 a,
357 6 672 a. 783 a,

289 a
6,
to be, 5116 to make, 4- )

bitterly,
814 a
b
6,
to be
made
to,
a,
1296
bewail, 119 b beware, P37 6
SSS b bitterness. 480 6, 509 512 a, 868 b bitumen, 289 a
over, 357 6
water. 129 b
boiled, food,
8606
beguile, 769 b
Beriah, 1416
behind, 29 6, 32 6, 03 a, 33 a, 129 a, 280 a to be, 186 a, 649 a to come from, 6 49 a beh:ld, 48 6, 55 6, 77 a,
Berodach-Baladan,139o beyond measure, 377 a Berothai, Berothah, 140a Bezai, 1336 Bezaleel, 133 6 berry, 178 6
Besai, 128 6 beseech, to, 32 o
besides, 46 6, 69 a, 1026,
Bezek, 1106 Bezer, 135 a Bichri, 120 6

Bidkar, 104 a bier, 467 a, 517 a Bigtha, 102 6 Bigthan, 102 6 Bigvai, 102 a Bildad, 121 a bile, 512 a Bileam, 124 a
Bilgah, 121 a Bilhah, 121 6 Bilhan, 121 6 Bilshan, 124 6 Bimhal, 125 6 bind, 10 a, 35 a, 42
2140,2286, 229
a,
2296
as, 214 a to, 268 a, 527 6, 678 A 749 a, 789 6, 797 *.
8126
being, 371 6 Bel, 120 6
Bela, 124
Belial,
124 a, 24 1 6, 266 6, 344a, 3776, 6106, 682 a, 779 6 that, 124 6 besiege, to, 262 6, 720 a Besodeiah, 128 6 tesom, 466 6
Bcsor, 146
best,
122 6
59 a 500 6, 685 a bellow, 684 a bellows, 498 a

believe,
bell,
446 a bestow, 590 6, 813 6 a gift, 237 a labour upon, 642 6 largely, to, 67 1 o bestowed, 572 6
6,
belly,
20a, 113 a, 161 6, Betah, 1126 167a, 2166,292a betake, 593 a 112 a, 138 o, Beten, 1 13 a beloved, 333 a Beth-anath, 118 a female, 774 a Beth-anoth, 118 a one, 191 a, 7726 Beth-arabah, 118 6 below, 81 a, 467 a, 862 a Beth-aram, 1176 Belshazzar, 124 a Beth-arbel, 117 a belt, 9 0,2606, 463 a Both-Aven, 117 a Beth-azmaveth, 1 18 a Beltcshazzar, 122 a a 127 Beth-baal-meon, 117 o Ben, a 127 Ben-hadad, Beth-barah, 1176 Beth-birei, 1176 Bcn-hael, 127 6 Bcn-hanan, 127 6 Beth-car, 1176 Ben-oni, 127 a Beth-dagon, 1176 Ben-zohcth, 127 a Beth-diblathaim, 1176 Beth-el, 117 a Benaiah, 128 o, 128 6 bend, to, 186, 19o, 296er, Bcth-emek, 118 a 4100,411 0,4156, Beth-ezel, 117 a 4166, 4326, 441o, Beth-gader, 1176 611o, 616 o Beth-gamul, 1176 Beth-haccercin, 118 a aside, to, 432 b back, 7146 Beth-hanan, 1176 a bow. 553 6 Beth-hoglah, 1176 one's self, to, 301 a Beth-horon, 1176 Fene-barak, 127 6 Beth-jcshimoth, 117 6 Beth- lehem, 118 a taneath, 4 67 a Beth-maachah, 118 a benediction, 144 a ixjneficence, 703 6 Bcth-marcaboth, 118 a Ik'tli-nii iirali, 118 a benefit, 1746,8566 to a 319 confer, Hpnetits, Beth-pazzcz, 1186
52 6, 68 a, 168 a, 252 a, 258 6, 259 6, 3826, 412 a, 647 6, 649 6, 7 12 a, 7266, 769 a, 782 6, back, 626 a
82 257 269 641 706 747 841
6,
a,
6,
6,
6,
a,
a,
by a pledge, to, 257 a by allegiance, to, 2596 closely together, 6406 fast, 259 6, 260u, 7126
on, 68 6, 633 6
sheaves together,6406 to oneself, 747 6 together, 27 a, 52 I. 123 a, 159 a, 258 6, 383 a, 405 a, 641 a,
7196
up, 719 6 binding, 2606 on, 70 a
together, up, 461 b
250 a
Binea, 128 b Biimui, 128 a

bird,
656, 6146,
7 16 a,
7176
of prey, 184 a, 197 a young, 162 6 a
bird catcher tobea,3G3
541 6 something, 147 a boiling, 191 6, 243 a, Bizjothjah, 1 10 b 342 6, 782 b Biztha, 1106 black, 85a,2656,8156 (of waves) 289 6 to be, 265 b, 281 a, bold, 42 6, 663 b 402 a, 815 a bolsters, 4G9 a bolt, 141 a. 488 a blacken, to, 390 6 a door, to, 554 6 blackish, to be, 724 6 bond, 26 a, 666, 491 a, blackness, 85 a, 814 a 545 6 blame, 86 b to bind a, 68 6 free from, 565 a one who bears, 272 a bondage, 600 6 bonds, 27 u, 457 a, 491 6, blameless, 867 a 6046 bland, 283 6, 284 a bone, 180 a, 648 a blandishments, 285 a blast, to, 550 a, 806 6 bony, 1 80 a book, 199 a, 448 a, 594 a blaze, to, 10 a booth, 476 a, 585 6 bleat, to, 684 a blemish, 444 6, 456 6 booty. 479 6, 5 1 8 a, 829 b border, 153 6, 252 6, bless, to, 142 a 414 a, 667 6, 793 4 oneself, to, 143 a blessed, 139 6 upon, to, 154 6 to be, 143 a borders, 488 6, 709 a bore, to, 526 6, 564 a, blessing, 144 a 615 6, 665 a blight, to, 707 a blind, 615 a througli, to, 304 a, 388 a blind, to, 5916 to be, 6 15 a boring, 266 6 born, 349 6 blindness, 591 b, 616 a born, to be, 139 a, 265 a, blocks, 1 7 1 a 349 a blood, 201 6 a a male. 245 a to require, 151 on swiftly, to be, 201 6 borne bloodshed, 1906, 6926 blossom, 689 b blot out, 370 6, 463 a borrow, 242 a, 432 A, 570 a, 798 6 blow, 498 a, 532 o, 684 a, to, 3586, 556 a, 570 a, borrowed, 243 a 57 la, 664a, 668 a, bosom, 256 a, 266 6, 275 6, 298 6 7596 a trumpet, 873 b boss, of a shield, 152 a out, 673 a bottle, 18 a, 186, 135 6, blunt, to, 685 6 2906, 524a.529-, 456 a 726 674 a blunted, a, b 685 bluntness, bough, 738 a, 200 a blush, to, 109 6, 297 a bought, 238 a 300 i, 747 a to be made to, 328 6 bound, 35 152 6, 745 6, to, 154 6, 6"06, 671 k board, to be, 52 4, 794 z 8146 together, ?JO a boarding, 505 a boast, to, 2176, 665 a, boundary, l'<3 u 689 6, 801 a bountiful, 36 a oneself, 61 6, 226 6, bow. 747 6 381 b to, 410 a. 415 6. .',40 1
< .
BOW
how down,
to, 291 a, break one's word, 281 6 105 a, 411 a, 722 a, 168 6, 574 a, out, 8136 689 6, 796 6 oneself down to, 161 a, through, 136 a, 232 a 416 6, 744 b through a wall, 315 6 bowed 177 b up, 226 6, 548 6,
CAROUSING
bring to
an end, 360
a,
574 a be, 810 a up a camp, 663 6 408 492 bowels, a, a, very small, 199 a 742 a, 766 a with violence, 390 a howl, 410 a, 1546, 1696, breakage, 773 6 171 a, 4626,5926, breakers, 514 a 593 6, 736 6 breaking, 466 6, 473 a, for libations, 488 a 690 a, 803 6 in pieces, 498 6, 779 a box, 855 a for ointment, 66 6 breast, 190 a, 261 6, 268 6, 492 a, 805 6 boy, 126 a, 612 a, 555 6 a 556 a full, 243 a boyhood, and 323 6 boys girls, breastplate 861, 6 Bozez, 108 6 breath, 214 6, 558 6, 57 la, 760 a Bozkath, Boscath, 1 34 6 to take, 558 6 Bozra, 135 a bracelet, 746, 7126, 850a breathe, 65 a, 214 6, 219 a, 251 a, 2636, braid, 604 6 358 6, 668 a, 759 6 to, 383 a, 402 a, 794 a, branch, 148 6, 247 a, after, 4 a, 156 273 a, 410 a, 466 6, hard, to, 544 6, 556 a, 467 a, 564 a, 592 a, 799 a 596 a, 644 a, 735 6 out one's life, to, 163 6 738 a, 785 6, 802, a breathing, 214 6,358 6 with thick foliage, breeches, 472 a 6046 bribes, 831 a branches 102 6, 200 a, brick, 429 6 687 6 brick-kiln, 475 6 bricks, to make, 429 a palm 591 6 Vandisn, to, 614 6 bride, 399 a, 399 a brandishing 775 6 bridegroom, 315 6 brass, 545 a bridge, 182 a made of, 542 b bridle, 377 6, 521 6, 772 a polished 313 a 42 6 127 brave, 6, briers, 585 6, 729 6 421 a 537 a, bray, bright, 23 a, 104 6 to be, 16 6, 121 a, brazen, 542 6 breach. lOia, 6916, 8036 2396,288 6, 318 a. 358 a, 359 a, 433 a, breaches, to make, 104 a to repair, 104 a 531 a, 541 a, 562 a, bread 301 6, 436 6 7056, 7 15 a, 840 a, 846 a corn, 436 6 to become, 23 a breadth, 697 a, 764 6 134 a, 160 a, to make, 226 a break, 216 a,226 6,3156, brightness, 83 a, 240 a, 243 a, 318 6,358 6, 4216,479 6, 5586, 670 a, 673 a, 685 6, 531 a, 555 a, 846 6 690 a, 690 a, 691 6, of fire, 24 a, 692 a, 6986, 711 a, brilliant 226 a, 240 a 738 a, 775 a, 778 6, bring, to, 94 6, 327 6, 779 6, 782 a, 803 a, 478 a, 536 6, 817 6 8156, 856 a, 865o away, 107 6 away, to, 695 a down, 365 6 forth, 236 6, 257 a, by scraping, to, 180 6, forth (as wind), 1 68 6 265 a, 327 6, 348 6, cause 136 a 477 a, 675 6, 788 6 forth, to, 232 a forth in, to, herbage, in pieces, 1986, 199 a, 210a 206 a, 550 a, 655 6, forth thousands, 54 a 669 6, 688 a, 692 6, in, 107 a 694 6. 767 a, 775 a into fellowship, 259 a in upon, 157 6, 233 b low, 405 a into joy, 21 6 a near, 741 6 break off, 688 a, 692 a, out, 558-6
down, to 814 a
7304
over. 162 6
CAKP
varp at, to, 307 a carpenter. 309 b carpet. 449 a
carried,
to
COMPLETENESS
Citienees,
citizen,
city,
celebrate, 1426, 21 5 a,
be,
b,
182 o,
b,
226 538 804
a,
6,
a,
332 6, 530 762 a, 789 868 6
a, a,
Cheran, 4156 Cherethite, 417 6 cherish, to, 766 a

Cherith, 4 14
419 6 40 6
6,
collect,
to,
67 a,
7626
Carry,
celebrated, to be, 159 6,
107
324 a, 366 a, 640 a, 641 a away, to, 581 b carrying, 512 a away, 171 b
Carshc'na, 4166 carve, 138 It,
236 327 b, 360 568 a, 578
7256
celebration, 245 6, 762 6,
celerity,
cell,
a,
a,
838 a 454 6 2916, 443

289
a,
461
6,
5706
cement,
b,
6,
477
b,
8716
300
censer, 503 6 certain, 53 6, 59 a, 387 6
certainty, 42 a, 361
certify, to,
684 a, 697 a carved, 305 ceiling, 759 a, 765 6 carved, to be, 272 a carving tool, 504 l> Casiphia, 409 a Casluhim, 408 b cassia, 722 a, 738 a cast, 458 b cast, to, 320 6, 332 b, 366 a, 557 a, 769 6, 776 6, 826 b, 829 , 834 a, 837 a, 873 6 away, to, 176 A, 192 a 250 before, 448 6 down,7 ",121 a, 198 b, 281 A, 368 a, 583 a, 8136, 845 b out, to, 324 b, 380 6, 547 6, 553 a
stones, to, 757
170 6
716, 230 a, 595 6, 668 a, 804 6 chaff, 169 6, 458 6,615 i, 746 a, 856 a chain, 2 7 a, 251 6, 782 a,
cessation,
850 a
Chalcol, Calcol, 400
Chaldrcan, 418 a
op, to, 589 a east, to he, 361 6
down,
forth,
to be,
365 b
Chaldean, 407 a chamber. 262 6, 443 a, 5706, 854 a chameleon, 869 6 chaiflois, 356 6 chance, 666 a, 741 a chandelier, 530 a change, 280 6 to, 230 a, 352 a, 459 a, 577 a, 601,0, 839 6 changed, to be, 2tf2 6, 576 6 channel, 71 a, 3266, 514 a, 6746, 714 a,
casting, n02
a 322 n
,
8706
chaplet, 412
to,
a
705 a
of metal, 489 b 42 6, 83 b, castle, 24 115 a, 125 a, 500 a,
charge, 686 b
686
a,
charger,
chariot,
116
5 10 a,
580 a
castrated, 574
6056,
7686
charm, 259 b chase away, 140 6 130 a, chastening, 793 6, 859 a 475 6, chastise, to, 354 6, 439 a,
cataract, 713 A
catdi, to, 438 b

cattle,
105
a,
</,
137
325
b,
504 a, 7136 owner, 564 b caught, to be, 566 b caul, 472 a canldron, 509 a cause, 186, 173 a, 188, 197 6, 631 6 cause, to, 94 6, 282 a, 346 a cautious, 240 a, 653 6
to be, 07
1
5936
chastising, 198 a chatter, to, 605 6
chatterer, 567
Chebar, 383 a Chedorlaomer, 384 b cheek, 435 6, 780 a

cheerful, 3196 to bo 121 a, 319 to make, 146 6
Cherub, 413 6 Chesalon, 408 b i, 8756 Chesed, 4176 clamorous bird, 36 6 Chesil, 408 a chest, 76 a, 776, 1766, clandestine, 597 6 855 a clap, to, 401 a Chesulloth, 408 b clasp, 271 a Chezib, 389 6 class, 498 6, 675 a chide, 384 6 claw, 324 6 Chidon, 395 a clay, 1786,2896,3216 343 a, 645 b chief, 13a, 153 6, 35 7 a, 319 a, 575 6, 7526 clayey, 584o men, 694 a clean, 722 6 rulers, 480 6 to be, 725 a child, 3496, 6116 with, 231 6 cleanness, 138 6, 565 6 a 244 a, 554 childhood, cleanse, 1456, childless, to be, 82 1 6 2716,3186,4290, 511o, 519 a children, 699 a strange, 242 6 cleansing, 138 6, 142 a, Chileab, 398 a 519o, 8680 Chilion, 400 a clear, 138 o, 318 a, 5656, 707o Chilmad, 400 6 to, 679 a Chimham, 401 a to be, 226 o, 238 b, chimney, 75 6 3476, 565o,7186 chinks, 135 6 Chinncroth, Cmneroth, cleave, 104o, 120a, 1356, 136 a, 161 6, 185 o, Cinnercth, 406 6 313 6, 672 6, 674 6, chirp, to, 166 a, 717 a 408 6 Chisleu, 6756, 690 a, 711 6, Chislon, 408 6 7186, 722o,7966, 841 6, 842 6 Chisloth-tabor, 408 6 Chittim, 4196 cleft, 565 6, 592 a to be, 687 6, 692 6 choice, 17 6, 446 a choir, 858 a clemency, 643 a choose, 60 a clinking, 7116 to, 111 6, 1396, 145 a, Cloaca, 466 a 268 6, 438 6 cloak, 156, 1716, 413 o, 467 6, 493 6, 697 a, Chor-ashan, 389 a 112 a, 138 a, 758 <i chosen, 7436 clod, 165o, 1786,4490, 6 755 389 b Chozcba, 35 a, 397 6, close, to, chrysolite, 875 b 579 6, 639 6 Chub, 385 6 close places, 488 6 Chun, 387 b cloth, 102 a, 415o, 471 a cinders, 673 6 cinnamon, 735 6 clothe, to, 356 o, 430 a clothing, 399 6, 428 6 cippus, 708 6 644 o, 598 o, circle, 169 a, 170a, 194a, cloud, 654 731 o, 815o 263 6, 396 a, 577 6, cloven hoof, 690 o 6766, 7166 to go in, 709 a cluster, 856,3956, 6416 // circlet, 412 coagulate, 736 6 circuit, 172o, 2866. coal, 672 a 4 14 0,4566,577 a, coat of mail, 794 6,
,
55 a, 624 6, 650 743 6, 745 b clad, 260 6 clamor, 36 6, 65 6, a 09
404 6, 6396, 7216, 8194 collection, 314 o colour, to, 757 a column, 37 6, 59 6, 85 a 956, 201 6, 500a, 552 b, 638 6, 852 b. 863 a, 868 a come, 336 a come, to, 18 a, 94 6, 133 6, 282 6, 466 6,
28 a 152 b 442 a, 609 //

II a,
77 a,
6076
before, 723 6
in,
106 o
near, 741 6
now, 439 a out, 361 a

out of the egg, 136 a
to,
499 a
to an end, 7 1 6 to pass, 221 6 up, 590 a
upon, 185 6
comfort, 548 a
to,
252
a,
538 a, 544 a
to
live,
comfortably,
220o command,
to
61
6,
500 o
a,
146, 61 a, 357
705o
commander, 03 la, 738a,
794o commandment,
499 a 687 a, 752 a commentary, 451 6
commerce, 6 18 a
commiserate, to, 538 o commission, to, 705 a commit, 547 6, 686 a
common, 278 o
people,*63 6
commotion, 228
a, 453 6
756o
communion, 635 6, 638 a
compact, 600 6 compactness, 49 la, 60 la companies, 224 6 companion, 40 6, 253 6, 259 a, 5106, 7676,
7726
company, 78
720
6,
o,
258
a,
757 a
cavalry. 768 6 cave, 4(i4 <;, 492 6, 497 a 267 a, 444 6, Cavern. 5G4 6 101 a, 4306 cavity, cease, 71 6, 1126,2026,
cheering, 446 6 cheese, 154 b, 285 b Chelal, 4006
Chelluh, 399 a Chcinosh, 401 6

i
261 6, 684cr, 804 a cedar, 77 A, 78 a, 84 6,
Chenuanah, 405 b Chenani, 404 6 Chcnaniah, 404 6 Chcphar-haamonai
855 a ceiling, 593
4116
a.
848 6
Cbephira,
4106
compare, 202 o, 5176, 654 6, 809 6, 820 a compasses, 463 6 compassion, 465 a to have, 266 o, 287 a 850o compassionate, 766 a 6766, 7166, 8566, 873 o to, 293 a, 765 6 coccus, 840 6 circumcise, 456 a coffer, 76 a, 855 a compel, 65 a without, compensation, 866 6 cohabitation, circumcised, 125 6 37 a circumcision, 456 6 complaining, 865 a circumference of, 152 a coin, 179 a complaint, 859 a circumstance, 186, 17.1o coition, to have, 383 b complete, 70o, 3. i, 400a, 867 a circumvent, to, 649 c coitus, 854 b b 146 739 742 109 10,1340,1756,3986 a, cold, o, cistern, 1006, to be, 668 a, 745 b 400a, 6336, 8296 1526, 154 a, 4136 867a citadel, 42 6, 500 a collapse, to, 744 6 cithara, 732 a, 748 6 collar, 656, 6446,754* completeness, 562 6
.'
COMPLETION
864 a consternation, 466 b cooking, 191 6, 678 a, cover, 8716 constitute, 66 b, 353 n, 387 486 573 b. cooking pan, 463 a 7066, a, 719 b, 7346 637 6, 705 a, 787 6, cooking places, 446 6 8196 cooking vessel, 191 6, jo.nputed, 311 a 3956 conceal, 241 a, 407 constituted, 637 b, 728 6 597 o, 633 6, 639 6, constructing, 8 cooling, 505 a, 7136 7166 consult, 356 a, 477 6, copper, 545 a 6146 conceive, 231 6, 2546,' copy, 519 a, 6936 346 a consume, 42 a, 121 6, coral, 53o, 6826, 7516 a 303 concern, 1236, 1326, 5896, cord, 257 6, 264 6, 377o, 7956 447o,460 a, 4706, concerning, 47 a, 98 6, 7266 423 6 consumed, 488 a to be, 43 6, 398 6, coriander seed, 157 a conclusion, 864 a cormorant, 388 a 4176, 8676 concord, 825 6 399 a, corn, 43 6, 138 6, 190 a, concubine, 195 a, 437 a, consumption, 408 6, 445 a, 600 b, 400 a, 815 a, 856 a 675 a 8036 condemn, 197 a, 271 6, contagion, 730 a an ear of, 5 a, 802 a 844 J contain, 386 6 corn 6 conduct 848 measure, 443 b oneself, to, contaminate, 609 a contemn, 1076, 110 a, corner, 241 a, 504 A, 664 a, 682 a, 738 a 445 6, 668 6 confederate, 27 6 Corolla, 156o confess, 332 6, 530 o contemning, 130 6 confession, 858 a contemplate, 1 3 7a, 2 680, corpse, 163 o, 498 b, 551 a 529 6, 560 a confide in, 59 a correct, to, 348 a, 354 6 to, 112 a contemporaries, 1 69 a confidence, 193 a, 294 b, contempt, 107 6, 110 6, correction, 137 6, 457 a, 8586 408 a, 446 6, 503 a, 307 6, 732 6, 798 a to bring to, 733 6 562 6, 864 a corrector, 353 6 to 156 269 293 6 confirm, a, 6, put to, corrupt, to, 257 a, 570 a to be, 106, 249 6 280 a, 386 6, 610 6, to treat with, 529 a 728 a, 8736 contend, 193 6, 197 6, coiTupted, to be, 50 6, 561 6, 759 a, 767 a, 816 a confirmation, 59 b 787 6. 844 6 corruption, 515 6 conflagration, 796 a cost, 558 6 confluence, 162 6 contender, 1 2 1 a confound, 123 a contention, 450 6, 501 6, costliness, 363 6 5096, 5606,3566, cot, 585 6 confounded, 1046, 314a to be, 203 a, 835 a 767 6, 869 6 cottage, 585 6
tomplction, 471 Compose, 203 b to, compress,
b,
;
CUT
to,
30
6,
72
6,
confused, 109 6 confusion, 101 6, 446 a confute, 347 6 congeal, 157 a congelation, 736 6 congregate, 721 6
continent, 816 continual, to be. 383
sotton
cloth,
white,
continually, 649 6, 867 o continuance, 416, 383 a,
8666
long, 59 a continue, 434 a, 516
416 a couch, 297 6, 361 a, 4886, 5006, 517a, 580 6, 657 a couching place, 507 a,
68 a, 6, 503 a, 608 a, 726 a 728 a Coniah, 404 6 contract, to, 67 a, 305 6, 732 6, 736 6, 736 6 conjugal cohabitation, 6136 contractions, 449 a 635 638a 6, conjunction, contradicting, 858 6 connect, 74 a, 259 a contradiction, 496 6 2 6 315 connection, b, controversy, 197 6 Cononiah, 404 6 contumacious, 505 6, 507o, 757 o conquer, 562 6, 762 6 consanguinity, 799 6 contumacy, 507 6, 509 6 consecrate, 305 b, 542 a, contumely, 525 a 674 6 contusion, 465 6 consecrated, 503a, 5416 convenient, 216 a a to be, 725 conversation, 580 6 jonsecration, 542 6 conversion, 809 a 2 a 3 consent, to, convert, to, 230 a, 808 a 114 a 137 consider, a, convict, to, 347 6 consolation, 5426, 5446, convocation, 504 6 869 o coo, to, 166 a consort, 259 6 cook, 317 a, 317 6 to, 70 a, 147 a, 241 a, conspicuous, 1056 260 a conspiracy, 747 6, 769 6 cooked, to be, 70 a, 147a conspire, 747 6 cooked, constancy, 95 6 something, 240 6, 445 6 jonstant, 41 b to be. 387 a cooked, things, 260 a
congregation,
! j
j
7556
coulter,
466 o
211 o, 246 6, 247 6, 297 6, 458 a, 462 o, 466 a, 478 a, 49 7 o, 5806, 620 a, 647 o, 661 o, 860 b to, 356 a counsellor, 356 a, 357 a countenance, 69 6 countervail, to, 809 a
counsel,
countiy,
14 a,
81
6,
1386,2666, 4510, 689 a a level, 470 6 couple, to, 168 o courage, to take, 153 o
courageous, 758 6 courier, 677 6
course,
swift,
208
6,
464
6,
5086
court,
859 6 300 o, 620 a the royal, 874 6

59
6,
covenant,
141
b,
2686
to
make, 416 6
CUT
eat asunder, 1396, 7386
'
DESTBUCTOH
things,
self, 665 a 2146,3120,4456, a, 458 a, 492 6, 598 o, decline, to, 291 a, 5376, 1746,4076, 701 6, 546 6, 612 a, 788 a 737o 624o,656o,725o to be surrounded with declivity, 459 6 in pieces, 1 10 a, 134 a, 3126 841 6 decoration, 217 6 301 a, Darken, 209 a decorous, to be, 538 o into, 157 6, 304 a, 308 a, 309 a dart, 395 o, 490 o, 753 6 decree, 78a, 167a, 21 la, 300 6, 323 6, 457 a, off, 3 6, 134 a, 150 6, darter, 459 6 783a 1746, 1796, 2036. dash, to, 767 a ta pieces, 558 6, 669 6, 248 a, 390 a, 407 6. to, 1666, 301a, 357 o 7786 decreed, something, 59 6 4156, 454 a, 456a, 479 a, 675 6, 7 13 a, dashing, 199 a decrees, 301 a decrement, 95 6 729 6, 737 6 Dathan, 211 6 daub, to, 289 a, 320 o, Dedan, 190 a oneself, 158 a 757o dedicate, to, 292 a short, 295 a to be, 202 6, 299 a, daughter, 147 6 sacrifice, dedicatory 292 a 727 a, 833 6 daughter, to give in to make, 795 a deed, 4976,6326, 6846 marriage, 315 a in law, 399 a deep, 639 a, 640 a up, 1496, 215o rooted, 74 a David, 191 6 Cuth, Cuthah, 389 6 to be, 640 a cutting, 158 a, 305 a, dawn, 137 0,815 6, 846 6 deer, 248 6, 346 a 310a, 795 a day, 341 o, 342 6 defect, 122 a down, 829 6 day-break, 137 a to form by, 684 a day of the new moon, defect of, in, 39 6 263o defection, 507 a, 515 a, instrument, 310 a 695 a of stones, 165 6, 4656 dazzle, to, 591 6 defence, 275 6, 446 6, off, 158 a. 414 a. 730 a dead, 521 a 492 a, 501 6, 597 6, body, 163 o, 666 a cymbals, 5006, 7116 6166 cypress, 140 a, 140 a, deadly, 865 6 197 a, 404 6, 411 6 defend, deaf, 310 o 597 a, 844 a to be, 309 a Cyprians, 419 6 defender, 197 6 dear, 363 a Cyrus, 4166 to be, 363 a defer, 32 6, 79 6 4 188 312 a, death, a, 6, deficient, to be, 2 1 a 461 a, 465 a, 866 6 defile, 322 6 Dabarch, Daberath, 1886 defiled, to be, 293 a deaths, 480 a Dabbasheth, 189 a debilitated, to be, 21 a dcfilings, 151 6 define, 355 a, 803 6 Debir, 185 a l)af,'on, 1896 defined limit, 300 6 Dahi, 190 6 Deborah, 184 6 debt, 263 6, 5136,5706, definitive, 300 6 daily, 341 6,3426 601 a deflect, 546 6 dainties, 488 a, 491 6, J18 6, 695 6 deform, 840 a decachord, 659 a 431 6 decade, 659 a dainty morsels, deformity, 772 6 defraud/649 o, 660 a Dalphon, 201 a decay, 780 a a 258 a 471 to, 6, 780 degenerate branch, 582 6 damage, to suffer, 542 a 6 857 874 deceit, 6, dehorting, 44 6 Damascene cloth, 204 a deceitful, 284 o, 3956. dejected, 198 a 649 6, 650 6, 697 6 to he, 380 6 Damascus, 193 a, 204 a, 2086 to be, 389 6, 697 6 Deker, 206 6 Dan, 204 6 Delaiah, 200 a things, 454 6 dance, 463 6 deceive, 176o, 233 a, delay, to, 32 6, 79 6, 390 6, 570 a, 696 a, to, 193 6, 248 a,260a, 1096, 1936,265a, 721 6, 7696,8246, 346 a, 453 6, 874 6 416o, 7176, 780o a in a circle, 266 849 a any one, to, 32 6 deceived, to be, 870 o dancing, 463 6 delegate to, 705 a 204 6 390 514 a Daniel, 6, deliberate, to, 357 6 deception, 7706 Dannah, 204 b purpose, 701 6 Dara, 209 a deliberation, 3016, 5806 deceptive, 42 6 Darda, 206 6 decide, 1666, 308o, 348a delicate, 200 o, 6086, 641 6, 768 a, 8706 Dardanians, 753 a decided, 304 a 488 o, 4916, dark-, 15 o, 2086 decimate, 659 6 fare, 6956 deck, of a ship, 745 6 daring, 42 6 Darius, 207 a to, 358 a life, 641 6 to be, 769 a dark, 71 6 declaration, 29 a, 693 6, to be, 87 a, 197 n, 697 a delicately, to treat, 683 a 276 6, 312 6, 402 a declare, 6 la, lOOa, 114a, delight, 16 o, 296 6, 263 6, 280 a, 530 a, darken, 724 b 3136,3330,4916, 564 a, 693 a 609 a, 778 6, 843 6, tokened, to be, 31* 6, 7246 clean, 318 6 8546,8706
I
away, 1346 down, 139 a, 160
darkening, 277 a darkness, 716,
declare
future
delight to, 16o, 7736,
desert,
167
6,
a,
373*
846,
3576
one
835 6 a, 617 6 to be, 857 a deserts, 266 6 delighted, to be, 778 a delights, 604 6, 641 6 design, 701 a Delilah, 200 a designate, 19 , 591 i delineate, 301 a, 855 a, desirable, 286 a 858o desirableness, 286 a 283 a, 448 6, desire, 56, 176, 196, 82 < deliver, 477 a, 49 la, 5326, 2196, 275 a, 2936 563 a, 579 a, 587 6, 2966, 3136, 4646, 676 6856 700 a, 774 a, 854 a, 6666, a, deliver over, 448 6 854 6, 876 a deliverance, 373a, 3746, to4a, 156, 19a. 112a 219 a, 286 a, 2936, 4606, 51 la, 676 a, 676 a, 859 6, 876 a 296 6, 326 a, 409 a, delivered, 373 a, 563 a 6526, 811 6, 854 a to be, 283 a, 307 6 eagerly, 711 6 desires, 444 6 delude, 696 a desist, 261 6, 804 a deluge, 446 a demand, to, 138 a, 209 6, desolate, 654 a, 835 6 a 798 , to, 202 6 desolate, to l>e, 302 a demanding, 209 6 152 492 6 75 6, 6, den, desolated, to be, 3730, 701 6, 835 a dense, to be, 600 a density, 491 a, 601 a desolating, 302 6 desolation, 149 o, 373 6. deny, 390 a, 453 6 5146, 518 a, 8056, depart, 25 6, 26 o, 103 6, 242 a, 283 a, 432 6, 807 6, 809 a, 833 6, 439 a, 552 6, 553 6, 8356 580 a, 582 a, 607 6, desolator, 835 a 6726 despair, to, 326 6 to cause to, 678 b despicable, 732 6, 734 c a 595 departing, despise, 107 6, 110 a, a 535 241 6, 246 6, 445 6. departure, 525 o, 529 o, 588 a, depasture, 1326,4156,
652
in, to, 112 a, 286 a oneself, 641 6
to,
8426
570
7736
deplore, 538 a
|
8106
despising, 130 6
despoil,
depopulate, to, 136 6 depose, 607 6
166 o, 283 a
563o, 7216
despoiled, to be, 841 6 despond, cause to, 104 i destine, to, 361 6 destroy, 3 6, 67 a, 123 6. I860, 2026, 2036, 2166, 2256, 232 a,
875 6 539 a, 545 6, 686 a depravity, 612 o, 614 a deprecating, 44 6 deprecation, 871 6 depress, 410 o, 416 a, 8136, 8486 depressed, 813 6 to be, 193 a, 405 a, 642 6, 845 a depression, 672 6 deprive of, 563 a deprived, to be, 428 a depth, 640 6, 705 6 depths, 495 6, 500 a depute, 826 6 deputed, 826 6 deputy, 578 6 233 o, 435 a, deride. 440 a, 459 a, 525 a, 641 6, 788 a derision, 233 6, 440 a, 788 a, 850 6 descend, 365 a, 542 a, 5456, 7136
deposit, 687 a,
to.
257a,2816,298a, 302 a, 370 6, 380 6. 3900,4166, 456a, 463 a, 465 6, 566 a,

574a, 592 6, 691a, 806 a,
5756, 597 6, 745 a, 816a, 5816. 656 a, 8036. 8336.
8656
oneself,
utterly,
835 6 228 a, 305 6

.
destroyed, to ho, 3
86 6, 232 a, 257 460 3986, 417

,
destroyer, 12^6, 816d destruction, 36, 4a, 3i. 6,
descendants,
166, 2546,
699o
i
describe, 19 a described, to be, 855
122 a, 12:16, 188 a 2056. 219 6. -2-2-2 h 232 a, 258a, 'J944, 399 , 4000,4596 461 a, 4666 513 a, 5156, 730, 74' a. 764o,798or, 80wa 803 6. 805 6, 807
DESTRUCTION
detraction, 8076, 833 6, 855 b, 56 a, 865 6
Destructions, 3736, 5146 destructive, 865 6 to be, 318 a
direct, to,
EAR
door-keeper, 8116, 8746 post, 461 6 doorway, 201 6 Uophkah, 205 6 Dor, 194 6 Dothan, 211 6
double, 4106, 519
to,
186
a,
2166,
distinctly,
693 a
386
6,
820 a
one's face, 679 6

dirty, to, 323 a to be, 724 6
actain, 648 b
disagreeable, 843 6
determine, 1546, 308 detraction, 769 a Deuel, 205 a devastation, 798 a

deviations, 788 a device, 216 a, 297 6 devices, 3 12 a
devise,
evil,
a disavow, 390 6
discern, 113 6
discernment, 323 6
discharge, 240 6 disciple, 126 a, 439
6,
8656
discipline,
6,
to,
103 a, 361 6
231
457 439 a
a,
491 a
disclose, to,
1706
61 6, 187
6,
a to, 1136, 564 a, 674 a, 675 a, 693 a distinguished, 319 b to be, 674 a distort, 611 a distortion, 454 a distracted, to be, 669 a distress, 500 a, 660 6, 706 a, 718 a, 7186, 720 a distressed, to be, 719 b distresses, 437 a, 502 a distribute, 408 6, 543 a,
distinguish, 103
-Toop, 58 b drop, 505 a, 547 4 to, 119 a, 201 a, 511 I 547 a, 674 6 down, 535 6, 571 a
656 o, 775 a dropping, 246 6, 561 b
4106
to be, 854 6
doubter, 592 a dough, 134 h
down, 674 a drops of dew, 10 6, 772 c dross, 580 6, 584 a drought, 135 6, 302 a,
309 b
discourse,
devised, to be, 297 b
789 a
devoid of young, 821 6

to be, 295
devote, 305 6 devour, 42 6, 43a, 123 a,
166
6,
294
a,
6,
415
b,
4406
devouring, dew, 321 6
43 b
580 a 181 a divide, 103 a, 110 a, near, 533 a, 582 a 135 6, 149 6, 165 6, off, 283 a, 83 la 246 a, 283 a, 1666,215 a, 2836, out, 298 a, 299 a, 314 6, 360 a, 5146, 563 a, Dibk' i, 185 a 485 408 57 la, 8246, 831 a 6, 6, 487 6, DiblaiLaim, 185 a 592 a, 674 6, 682 6, over, 744 a Dibon, 1966 690 a, 692 6, 738 6, the hand over, 515 a Dumah, 192 6 dishonour, to cause,297a Dibri, 188 6 831 6, 842 6 those that do, 460 a disjoin, 103 a die, 240 6, 460 6, 734 6 dumb, 35 a, 53 a H;5 a to be, 526, dislocated, to be, 363 a, divided, 1496 different, to be, 839 6 together, 732 6, 736 6 683 a to be, 284 6, 485 6, diflkult. 363 a, 381 6, water, 199 6, 384 a, 1906, 1926, 2036, 688 a 7976 309 a dismiss, 826 a 747 a, 765 b to be, 134 b, 674 a, dismission, 825 a dividing, 149 6 drawing back, 353 b dung, 172 6, 204 a, 30 16, 580 6, 583 a, 693 6, 7466 disown, 390 a divination, 504 6, 736 a in, 449 a 6986 divine, to, 545 a, 736 a near, 742 a sentence, 273 6 dispel, 535 6 dread,184a, 448a, 678a dunghill, 87 6, 204 a, disperse,3 6,1106,253 a, appearance, 49 b difficulty, 382 a 283 254 547 6 269 a 364 656 6 451 6, 6, a, vision, 6, dreadful, a, 5396 diffused, to be, 670 556 6, 669 6, 670 6, divinity, any, 49 6 dream, 2796, 282a, 840a dungy, 173 a diffusion, 683 a 688 a, 6916, 6926 division, 284 6, 498 6, Dura. 194 6 to, 220 6, 282 a dig, 44 a, 100 a, 134 6, 667 a, 675 a durable, to make, 516 b 1526, 1616, 1756, dispersed, 592 6 dregs, 838 a to be, 558 6 278 6, 296 6, 308 a, divorce, 414 a, 825 a dress, 820 6 duration, 279 a to, 826 6 3156, 388 a, 413 a, dispersion, 871 6 dried, to be, 308 6, 374 a during, 607 a Di/ahab, 196 6 6156, 619 a, 665 a, displace, 242 6, 552 d up, 3016, 328 a, 328 6, dusky, to be, 710 6 703 6, 707 6 729 6, 798 6 dust, 9 6, li'8 6, 205 ', displeased, to be, 409 6 do, to, 175 a, 6846 drink. 520 6, 847 a 6456, 6736, 81o a dispose, to, 580 a, 609 6 again, 354 a, 6 10 a digger, 44 a 442 a, doctrine, 23 6, to, 645 6 to, 1740,5006,5760, disposing, 497 a dignity, 44 a, 363 6 6 863 864 457 a, 834 a, 860 a 633 a, 759 6, 795 6, dwarf, 732 6 6, Diklah, 205 6 disposition, 823 6, 847 a, 853 a dwell, 19 a, 193 6, 372 a, Dilean, 200 6 dispossessed, to be, 3706 document, 199 a 376 a, 434 a, 524 a, Dodai, 192 a abundant, 761 6 dispute, to, 348 a diligent, 304 a 587 a, 6136, 823 a, Dodanim, 1906 offering, a, 553 a disquiet, to, 756 a diligently, 15 a, 68 a 849 6, 858 6 dissimulate, to, 551 a Dodavah, 191 b dim, 277 a drinking, 853 a to cause to, 823 a to be, 87 a Dodo, 191 6 dissipate, to, 110 6 troughs, 849 a dweller near waters, 29i to become, 639 b dissipated, to be, 252 6 Doeg, 184 a drip, to, 201 a dwellers, 460 a, 708 6 diminish, 43 6, .'J95 a, dissolve, to, 281 a, 489 a dog, 398 a dripping, 560 6 493 a dissolved, to be, 226 6, domestic animals, 105 a drive, 1816, 2056, 228a, dwelling, 116 a, 291 6, 455 a 533 a, 536 a to 2986,4926, 52*6, domineer, to, 146 be, diminished, 733 a 8176, 8236 dissuade, 240 a, 354 6 dominion, 476 a, 480 b, away, 535 6 a 678 a 873 dissuasion, 5136, 5156, 6486, in, diminutions, 449 a place, 517 a, 689 a, 828 a distaff, 395 6 out, 3246, 57 la, 583a dye, to, 700 6 Dinah, 197 6 to have. 130 a, 517 a, driven away to be,75S 6 distance. 223 6, 765 a Dinaites, 197 6 into exile, 417 a 827 b distant, to be, 766 6 itinhaba'a, 204 b to hold, 787 6 each, 40 6, 156 b distend, 685 6 driver, 768 6 Diunah, 204 a distil, 119 a done, to be, 139 a, 221 6 driving, 486 a eager, 288 6, 304 a dip, to, 3176, 7546 in. 7006 door, 199 a,201 a, 669 a, out, 182 a eagle, 6 1 9 a distilling, 120 a 697 a ear, 20 //, green, 5 a dromedaries, 414 b distinction, 667 a Diphath, 197 b
b,
dexterity, 278 a diadem, 421 a, 542 621 a ^ diamond, 834 b Diblaim, 185 a
280 6, 298 a, 4506, 464 a, a 861 fatal, 461 a diseased, to be, 278 a, 279 a disfigure, 445 a disfigured, to be, 839 6 disgrace, to, 109 6, 529 a disgraced, to be, 400 6 disguise oneself, 297 6 dish, 593 6, 736 6 Dishan, 198 a disheartened, to be, 835a Dishon, 198 a
discover, 333 6 disease, 192 a,
dove, 343 a dove house, 75 6 dove's dung, 1846, 305a down, 862 a 8686 to press, 545 6 disturb, 199 6, 220 a, downward, 467 a, 862 a 228 a, 626 a, 804 a dowry, 237 a disturbance, 453 6 drag to, 583 a
disturbed, 109 6 to be, 191 a, 384 685 a, 755 6
disturbing, 108 a
ditch,
b,
7086
drum, 871 a
drunk, 821 6 to make, 824 6 drunken, to be, 759 6 drunkenness, 8236, 874 dry, 302 a, 328 6, 707 a
to
be,
304 a
away, 181 a dragon, 869 6 flying, 795 6 draw, 3006,3106,5146, 516 a, 7366, 8296
back, 67a, 533a, 5526,
in,
651
up,
to,
6,
3066, 530 a, 849 6 572 a, 575 6,
7126
earth, 645 6
diverse, 398 a to be, 839 6
divested,
8106
328 6 314 a region, 708 a wood, 459 a dryness, 302 6, 708 a Dsib, 42 6 dug, 304 a dull, 768 a to be, 381 a, 685 6 dullness, 381 a
footed,
grass,
r.AK
78 a 120 a rain, 459 6 to rise, 822 a earnestly, to do, 822 a earring,542a, 5466,605a ears, 26 b earth, 14 a, 55 a, 81 a the whole, 855 b earthen vessel, 646 b
-ar of corn, 477 b,
Bitrly, to be,
ft
(
elect,
i
10
)
'
EXCELLING
Eshtemoh, Eshtemo^ 92 a Eshton, 92 a espouse, to, 82 a, 355 a establish, to, 35 a, 166 b 248 a, 353 a, 360 6 3866, 561o, 7286 established, 300 6 establishing, 44 a esteem, to, 375 a
esteemed, lightly to be,
lllo
446 a elegance, 846 a Eleph, 54 b elevate, 589 r, 762 a

election,
153 o, 162 a, 631 a elevated ground, 134 b elevation, 155 b, 541 a, 589 b, 762 a, 788 6 earthenware, 295a, 362a eleven, 661 a Elhanan, 50 b earthquake, 177 b Eli, 632 a ease, to, 21 a Eliab, 50 b living at, 21 a easement, to do one's, Eliada, 51 a 301 b Eliahba, 51 a Eliakim, 52 a easiness, 21 a East, 458 b, 462 a, 723 a Eliam, 51 b
elevated, to be,
eastern, 724
Eliasaph,
516
Eliathah, 51 a Elidad, 51 a 166 b, 294 6, 436 a Eliel, 51 a Elienai, 516 greedilv, 440 b Eliezer, 51 b little, 323 b Kbal, 621 b Elihoreph, 51 b Elihu, 51 a Ehud, 600 Efoed-Mclcch, 600 a Elijah, 51 a Eben-ezcr, 8 6 Elika, 52 a 6 603 Elimelech, 51 b Ebcr, 6 6 Elioenai, 51 a Ehinsaph, Eliphal, 51 b ebony, 215 a
eat, 426, 436, 123a, 1326,
eastward, 680 b easy, to be, 220 a
Eliashib, 52 a
Kbroimh, 604 a Ecbatana, 32 a Eden, 118 a, 609 a E<k-r, 609 b edge, 153 6,252 b, 302 a, 406 a, 667 b, 7066, 793 b. tool, 310 a edict, 210 b, 445 a, 696 a, 731 a
Eliphalet, Eliphelet, Elpalet, 51 b Eliphaz, 51 b
Elipheleh, 51 b Elisha, 52 a
Elishama, 52 a Elishaphat, 52 b Elisheba, 52 a Elishua, 52 a

Elizur,
Edom,
'
13 b, 201 6 Edoinitc, 14 a Edrci, 15 6
516
Elkanah, 54 6 Elkoshite, 54 6
ell,
817 a, 821 a egg, 115 a to lay, 477 a Eglah, 605 b

effusion,
576 8566
Ellasar, 53 6
elm,
Elnaam, 53 6 Klnathan, 53 6 Eglaim, 10 b Eglon, 605 6 eloquent, 21 a, 62 a, 500 502 b 124 6, 188 6 a, Egypt, Ehi, 31 a Eloth, 38 a 16 29 a b, Ehud, Elpaal, 54 6 eight, 255 a, 834 6, 836 a elsewhere, 32 b Eltcheh, 55 a eighty, 664 a, 836 a eject, 805 & Eltekon, 55 j Eker, 650 a Eltolad, 55 a Kkron, 650 a Elul, 50 a Eluh, 47 6 Eluzai, 53 6 Elum 622 a Elzabad, 50 6 Elamitc, 622 a, 634 & Elzephan, Elczaphan, a 38 52 a Klatii, 815 a a 461 elation, emaciated, Eldaah, 48 a embalm, 291 6 Eldad, 48 a embitter, 511 6 elder, 1586, 7246 embittered, to be, 288 6 eldest, 1586 embrace, to, 258 6 Elcad, 53 b emerald, 145 a Elealeh, 53 6 emigrant, 860 6
Eleasah.
54a
emigrate, 1706 emigration. 171 a
Emin, 38 6 ensign, 24 b ensnare, 394 6 eminence, 377 6, 783 a emit a stench, 250 a branches. entangled 785 i emolument, 344 a, 37 7 6, to be, 108 a, 309 6 419 a emotion, 227 6 En-tappuah, 623 6 enter, 106 a, 6336 employment, 643 6 entering, 446 a emporium, 583 6 to a 763 entire, 825 a, 867 a be, emptied, emptiness, 21 a, 38 6, entireness, 70 6 526, 104 a, 109 a, entrance, 41 6, 100 a. 446 a, 455 a, 669 a, 446 a, 807 6, 857 a 697 a empty, 516, 124 a, 138 a, 526 6, 768 a entreaty, 130 a, 291 a, 8716 to, 1086, 1366, 1456, 653 a, 768 a entwine, 5776 to be, 1126, 565 o enumeration, 686 6 to make, 124 a environ, to, 420 6 135 a 6, 871 environs, 676 6 emptying, 6 303 emulate, envy, 735 a Enam, 623 6 to, 734 6 Enan, 624 a ephah, 575 6, 624 a encamp, 291 o Ephai, 624 a enchanter, 87 a, 419 a Epher, 646 a enchantment, 44 a Ephes-dammin, 72 a to practice, 41 86, 545a Ephlal, 71 6 enclose, 262 6, 299 6 Ephod, 70 a enclosed, to be, 803 a Ephraim, 73 a enclosure, 299 6, 321 6, Ephraimite, 73 6 5786 Ephrath, 73 6 encompass, 5766 Ephrathah, 73 6 end, 29 6, 34 a, 71 6, Ephrathite, 73 6 5816, 6496, 737 a, Ephron, 646 a 739 a epistle 1 1 a, 696 a to, 1506, 2026, 830 a equal, to be, 809 a to make, 820 a endangered, to be, 587 a endeavour, to, 806 6 equally with, 638 a ended, to be, 222 6, 867 6 equipment, 863 6 En-dor, 623 6 equipped, 283 a endow, to, 237 a equitable, to be, 608 6 ends, 738 a Er, 650 6 132 a endued, eradicate, 851 6 190 386 endure, 6, 6, eradication, 851 6 637 6, 568 6 Eran, 655 6 Erech, 79 6 enduring, 731 a erect, 402 6, 728 6 En-eglaim, 623 6 to, 82 a, 127 6, 386 6, enemy, 36 6, 252 6, 650 6, 718 a, 792 a, 8126 56 la, 6606, 728 a, 735 a enfeebled, to be, 200 6 to be, 868 a Engannim, 623 6 erected, to be, 578 a Engedi, 623 a engrave, 100 a, 300 6, erection, 855 a 304 a, 310 a, 697 a, Eri, 654 a 7336 eiT, 271 a, 5696, 8046, 870 a engraver, 309 6 to cause to, 870 a engraving, 696 6 514 6, 804 6, En-haddah, 623 6 error, 823 6, 824 6, 859 6 En-hazor, 623 6 enigma, :n a, 2736,4776 Esarhaddon, 68 6 to propose, 263 6 Esau, 136, 6586 enjoy, 43 a escape, 230 6, 498 6, 676 a enlighten, 23 a 6 to, 47 7 a, 582 a. 675 A, En-mishpat, 623 36 677 6, 7940 6, 869 a enmity, Enoch, 291 a Esek, 659 a 64 a Enos, Enosh, Eshbaal, 83 b Eshban, 83 6 enough 220 o Eshcol, 86 a enraged, to be, 250 6 enrich, 660 6 Eshcan, 87 a Eshek, 660 6 En-rogcl, 623 6 En-shemesh. 623 6 Eshtaol. 91 6
'
;
733
Esther, 68 6 estimate, to, 654 6, 842 / estimation, 655 a
estrange,
(eternity,
to,
551 a
6.
Etam, 622 a
605 6, 612 634 6 Etham, 95 6 Ethan, 42 a Ethbaal, 94 6 Ether, 664 6 Ethnan, 96 a Ethni, 96 a eunuch, 595 6 Euphrates, 694 a Eve, 264 a
622
6,
even, 69 a, 89
6,
1X4^
375 6, 606 a as, 638 a even, to be, 46 6, 375 a, 422 a, 809 a to make, 677 a, 864 t evening, 652 a event, 34 a, 550 6, 662 666 a
ever since, 611
every one, 40 6, 156 b sort, 397 a Evi, 19 6 evil, 280 6, 551 a, 595 a, 611 6, 772 a
deed, 814 6 to be, 100 6, 369 a
762 6, 807 a Evil-Merodach, 19 6 ewe, 7656 lamb, 383 6 exact, to, 570 a exactor, 1 54 a 553 153 a, exalt, 589 a, 754 6
6,
exaltation, 162 a, 7626 exalted, to be, 150 a, 153 a, 569 a, 63 la,
7616
examine, 111 a, 137 a 7196, 864 a example, 750 A excavate, to, 564 a excavator, 8 1 1 a exceed, 377 a exceedingly, 444a, 49 It excel, 356 a, 37 7 a, 562 i excellence, 286 a, 377 6, 461 a excellency, 783 a excellent, 1 12 a, 2H4 i 358 6, 376 6 excelling, 3 19 6
EXCEPT
124 b, 241 6, 779 b exchange, 650 6, 866 b to, 459 , 601 a excite strife, 178 b exclaim, 251 a, 326 b, 705 a excluded, to be, 1664 excrements, 301 b, 561 b, 693 b, 698 6, 704 a,
except,
extinct, to
11
FISIIERTuAN
a
fawn, 646 a 105 a, 183
I
make, 228 a
be,
fall
headlong, 2 19
fields,
434
a,
extinction, 712 6 to extinguished,
571 o out, 535 6

off,
fear,
6,
184 a,
fierce,
266 6, 806 6, 850 42 6, 132 6, 505 a
205
a,
250
6,
382 a
extirpate, 36,123 6,305 6,
596
extort,
a,
8516
a
extirpated, to be, 417
660 a
to
be,
upon, 225 6, 686 a, 7096, 7236, 811 6 falling away, 809 a false, 426, 6506, 871 6 falsehood, 21 a, 102 6,
extraordinary,
3896,3906,461
6,
674 a
807o
716a extremity, 33 a, 71 6, falsely, 849 a 368 6, 406 a, 683 a, fame, 832 6, 836 6 execrate, 720 b, 733 a 737 a, 864 a, 869 a familiar, 50 6 execration, 445 b, 733 6, to be, 54 a 800 b, 854 6 exult, 416a, 541 6, 587 6, 632 a, 635 a execute, 676 A, 830 a familiarity, 455 6 executioner, 317a, 4126, exultation, 169 a, 633 a families, 859 a 4176 family, 54 6, 1166,2426, eye, 622 6 255 a, 346 6, 456 6, eyebrow, 152 a, 838 a exemplar, 519 a, 856 a 519 6, 608 a exercise, to, 642 b eyelids, 645 6 6 b 25 servants, 600 a Ezbai, exercised, 662 Ezbon, 73 6 famine, 7 73 a exhalation, 11 6, 214 b Ezekiel, Jehezekel,345 6 famous, 245 6 exhale, to, 214 b fanatic, 805 6 exhausted, 329 a, 461 a Ezem, Azem, 648 a far distance, 509 a to be, 21 a, 426 b, Ezer, 74 b, 619 6 far off, 223 6, 765 a 431 o, 666 a Ezion-geber, 647 6 farther, 223 6, 344 a, Ezra, 619 6 exhilaration, 446 b Ezrahite, 27 a 3770,4946, 6106 exhort, 3546, 610 a 171 a, Ezri, 620o 163 a, fascinate, 258 6 exile, 538 a fashion, to, 102 6, 139 a, F. 3616, 520 a, 6466 exist, 416, 221 a, 501 a, 309 657 7276 fabricate, a, a, fast, 321 a, 705 6, 747 a 661 a, 684 6 to, 320 a, 6426 existence, 371 6 fasten, to, 68 6, 547 a, expand, 324 a, 443 6, fabricated, 660 a 554 6, 566 a. 641 a, 5156, 5756, 688 a, fabricating, 310 a 712o 6926, 8166 face, 69 6, 623 a, 679 a, 6796, 6816, 682 a fastened, to be, 30 6 expanded, to be, 764 b before the, 681 6 expansion, 467 o, 480 6, fasting, 870 6 from the, 681 6 499 a, 5156 fat, 141 a, 2106, 2326, to the, 682 a 239 6, 278 6, 462 6, expect, 334 6, 346 a, 727 a, 784 a 509 6, 667 a, 673 6, faculty, 2 1 6 to 6 528 731 a, 835 6 be, expectation, 193a, 446a, faded, 459 a 503 a, 858 6 to be, 48 o,210o,278a, faggot, 181 6, fail, to, 71 a, 71 6, 121 a, 140 6, 2816, 2896, 313 a, expel, 217 a, 5346, 538 a, 324 6, 408 a, 600 6, 1666, 1756,295o, 575 6, 583 a, 826 6 8356 3906,417a, 590a, to become, 210a, 418 a 684 a, 869 6 expelled, to be, 3806, to make, 139 a 417 a in duty, 86 a in strength, 384 6 fate, 487 a expend, 633 6, 845 a father, 1 6 failure, 122 a expenditure, 558 6 faint, to, 528 6, 614 6, father-in-law, 285 a experience, to, 333 6 6 6206, 621o, 624 a, father's brother, 28 a expert, 439 635 a expiate, 271 6, 5686 fatigue, to, 426 6 411 a become, 490 a expiation, fatigued, 357 a to be, 329 a, 357 a hearted, 380 b expire, 163 6 explain, 100 a, 114 a fair, 3196, 3586, 618 a fatness, 210 6, 278 6, to be, 2396,3136 665 a, 6S5 a 518 a, 835 6 fairish, 358 6 fatnesses, 87 a explanation, 695 a fatten, 9 a, 139 o explore, 109 a, 145 6 faith, 562 b 297 a, 3016, 756 a faithful, 58 a. 59 6 fattened, 141 a to be, 58 6, 59 a 860o to be, 835 6 6 faithfulness, 58 a, 59 6, fattening, 667 a explorer, 756 182 a 626 expulsion, fatuity, 697 6 extend, 79 a, 321 a, faithless, 494 a fault, 86 6, 2716, 584 o, 449 6, 545 6, 575 6, falcon, 197 a 695 a, 804 6, 823 6, 694 6, 757 6, 795 6, fall, 2196, 4186,4986 8256 121 a, 826 6, 869 6 557 a, to commit, 804 6 to, 834o jxtension, 467 a, 521 6 favour, 290 b, 292 a, exterior 2756 294 o, 465 a, 555 a, away, 121 a, 661 a, 695 a 766 a, 7786 exterminate, 133 a to xtinct, to, 2176, 2926 become, down,to,4286, 5286, 5786 favourable, to be, 296 6 205 a
.
FISHER'S
fisher's net,
NET
flow, to,
GAI
225 a, 242 a, 252 6, 327 a, 3446, 455 a, 461 b,
472 a
a fish-hooks, 191 a
fishery, 191
fisliinir,
240 254
'
a,
for ever, 634.6
nothing, 292 b 361 a, forbearing, 262 a

a,
191 a
545 a 532 6, 537 o, 541 b, force, 65 o, 444 a 565 6, 566 l>, 592 a, 622 383 572 b, 673 a 6, 729 6, to, 6, 841 a 759 a, 763 b, 801 b, forces, 1 1 a, 275 a, 448 a fist, 1 1 6, 734 b 81Gb fit. 347 a, 386 b forcible, 511 207 a, ford, 491 a lo he, 809 6 abundantly, 209 o fore-arm, 57 6, 74 a, fitly, 347 a 299 fitness, 275 a by drops, 119 a forefathers, 752 6 five, 211 o,290 a gently, 184 b forehead, 500 b fix, 547 a, 561 a, 701 b, together, 106, 168 a 560 b, 8646 5616, flower, bald, 154 a 563 a, 689 b, 709 a foreign language, to by smiting, 873 a to, 563 o speak 440 a firmly, 376 a b 162 243 a 701 the eyes, a, flowing, foreigner, 124 a, 178 o, 480 a, 652 a flute, 280 b, 543 a to a stake, 363 a forelock, 709 flaccid, 374 n, 776 a fly, 237 b to, 184 0,209 o,320 b, foremost, 752 a flag, 189 b ',34 a, 560 b, 5616, forepart, 347 6, 680 a a, 552 b 5636, 614a, 6896 foresee, to, 334 b flame, 24 a, 428 b, 431 a, 441 a, 782 a, 801 6-, flying, 605 a foreskin, 655 a 824 6 forfeiture, liable to, 2716 foam, 250 6 to, 167 6, 201 a, 440 6 foaming, 289 b forge, to, 421 6, 438 a, 467 a fodder, 490 6, 510 6 flank, 408 a flash of lightning, 110 ft foe, 36 b forget, to, 570 o, 821 6 693 b feces, flashes, 529 a, 744 b forgctfulness, 570 6 foetid, 665 6 flask, a, 674 a forgive, to, 588 6 to become, 101 a 284 a, 390 6, flatter, forgiveness, 411 a to make, 101 a 404 a fork, 461 6, 734 a 167 o, 470 n, fetus, 805 6 form, flattery, 590 a 506 601 a, 707 a, flavour, 323 b jfold, 135 a, 471 6 the hands, to, 258 b 709 6, 737 a, 789 6, flax, 695 b 855 o. 864 6, 866 6 together, 405 a, 4106 flay, 1656, 695 a to, 1026, 1386, 139 , flea, 691 a folding, 2586, 4106 1616, 250 0, 361 b, "*, 10 a, 1406, 230 a, folds, 161 a, 520 o, 8466 387 a, 646 6, 706 6 268 a, 294 a, 296 a, foliage, 645 o, 665 a, o a man 713 476 6, 534 , 538 a, of, 40 6 186 a, 540 n, G 1 1 6, 653 a, follow, 2096, formation, 362 a 224 6, 788 a, 860 a former, 724 n, 752 6 636 6, 677 6, 679 a, 794 6 after, 758 b formerly, 25 a, 95 6, 383 a, 752 6, 866 6 fleece, 165 a hard, 1856 followers, 40 6 formidable, 38 6 fleeing, 548 6 fleet, 64 a fornication, to commit, following, 32 b, 33 6 249 a to be, 733 a folly, 21 a, 220 o, 230 b, 408 529 b, 586 6, forsake, 261 6 flectncss, 1 29 6 697o, 790o,857A forsaken, 53 a lesh, 1466,2380,4356, to be, 52 6, 548 a 7996 food, 426, 436, 101 6, 140 it, 141 a, 282 a, forth, 266 6 hook, 461 b 435 flesh v, to 325 281 6, 6, 6, 436 6, be, break, 673 a 408 a 445 a, 461 6,4636, to go, 699 a to lead, 542 6 4676, 471 6, 708 a, flight, 216a, 296a, 4466, 4.00 7996 to put, 539 6 464 6, 486 6, 538 a to be full of, 505 b fortification, 275 6 to put to, 140 6, 228 a, fool, 19 6, 407 6 fortified, 61 6 a 540 a, 837 a to act as, 326 a to he, 230/fc 19 135 6, 133 a, flint, 282 6 foolish, 196, 6, place, 83 6, 526 6, 529 a, 871 6 732 a floats, 188 6 to be, 20 o, 226 a, fortify, 42 b Hock, 609 6, 698 6 326 o, 528 6, 586 6 fortitude, 38 o, 154 a flood, 817 a 6 75 fortress, 24 o, 42 6, 80 a, gates, foolishly, to act, 435 a 3R1 745 6 115 a, 116 a, 125 a, floor, a,505 a, foolishness, 697 6, 857 b to. 593 6 152 a, 232 a, 3216, foot, 756 6 446 6, 492 a, 501 b footman, 756 b flooring, 848 b flour. 590 734 a 732 a footpath, 572 b flourish, to, 274 a, 563 a, footstep, 685 a fortuitous, 504 b 689 6, 705 6, 709 6 for, 98 a, 129 6, 235 a, fortuitously, 697 6 283 a, 394 a, 601 a, fortunate, 88 a, 158 b flonrishir.g, 273 a, 541 a %w, a, 34 6 630 a. 681 a to be, 88 a
fissure,
104 a,
135
6,
490a,511
6,
4886, 530o,
forbid,
1126
forlxxle, to,
90 b. 157 477 a, 487 a forty, 75 6, 443 a forum, 764 6, 843 a forwards, 680 a fossil, 575 o
fortune,
foster- daughter,
a,
frighten, to, 133 6, 318
frightened, to be. 303 a
3666
fringed edges, 709
fringes, 159
frog,
717 6
148 a son, 126 a to 707 foal, be, 6, 724 found, to, 353 a, 366 a,
fr
from any time, 25 a

behind, 29 6 between, 1 1 5 a
what, 1966 when, 25 a with, 94 a, 4-15 6 front, 20 6, 456 a, 680 a, 721 o b, from the, 681 6 I7l(i, 44 6 n, 4586, 493 6, 503 6, 623 a in, 680 6, 682 a, 72 la, 723 four, 75 6, 76 a, 183 a, 755a. hundred,84a part, 456 o, 530 6 to be in, 3476,530a foursquare, 755 a fourth, 754 6 frost, 292 6 fowler, 362 6 fruit, 3 a, r,48 n, 689 6. 731 6, 855 6 fowls, 6146 fox, 81 la basket, 1 1 6 of labour, 329 6 fracture, 473 a, 803 6 to put forth, 182 a fragment, 2 1 7 o, 738 6, 778 , 800 a fruitful, to be made, 254fc frail, 262 a render, 688 6 to be, 285 a frying-pan, 513 6 frame, 362 o fuel, heap of, 459 a frankincense, 429 6 fugitive, 141 a, 216 a, 446 6, 534 a fraud, 21 6,2736, 3906,' to be, 538 a 4616, 510o, 514 a, 649 6, 7706, 849 a, fulfilled, to be, 398 6 857 6, 874 6 full, 506 6 of sap, 210 6 fraudulent, 395 6, 649 6
3866, 735 a, 8196 foundation, 146, 576, 83 a, 85 , 457 a, 47 la, 488 6
near by, 94 a of old, 25 a

that time, 25 a the face, 68 la
founded, to be, 59 a founder, 2 a founding, 457 a fountain, 100 6, 169
to fraudulently, 101 6, 550 6

free,
act,
I
298
be,
a,
to
565 6 297 6, 308
6,
1 1 o make, 473 6 fully, 474 ft fulness, 474 6, 475
to,
to
//,
'
'
565 a .506 6, 783 b, 866 ./ from labour, 1126 furnace, 95 <i, 384 n. to let go, 672 6 389 a. 869 a to make, 297 6, 374 a. furnish. 670 a 583 a furnished with banners, free born, 267 a, 301 6 1896 to be, 308 6 furrow, 496 6, 865 a to, 675 6 freed, to je, 811 a freedom 207 a, 297 6 future, the, 29 6 534 a rec-will, 176, time, 34 a reeze, 157 a G Tcquent, to, 209 6 fresh, 273 a, 325 a, 3256, Gaal, 177 o 4356 Gaash, 1776 to be, 322o, 3246, Gabbui, 154 a 767 a Gabriel, 1566 Gad, 157 6 reshncss, 219 o, 435 6 Gaddi, 158 6 ret, to, 251 a, 303 6 a fretted (ceiling), 759 Gaddiel, 159 a friend, 1 6 a, 27 6, 50ft, gad-fly, 651 6 191 a, 333 a, 455 6, Gadite, 158 6 472 6, 510 6, 587 o, Gaham, 167 6 767 ft, 772 6, 773 6, Gahar, 167 6 825 a gain, llo, '.0 .r, 134 a 344a, 37 7 o, ft* 3 4 iriendly, to live, 830 a friends, 21 6 a 618a, 855ft to, 769 6 friendship, 470 6, 825 6 a victory 877 a frighten, to, 38 6, 121 o,
,
GAIN
gain, nnjnst,
13
GROUND
6C06
GROVE
Strove
C
hail,
14
HEMDAR
Hasupha,
Haradah, 303 a ILirnm, 305 6 to cause. 1 .59 b Ilaran, 232 a, 306 * 209 a 6586 Hararite, 232 6 exuberantly, " fat. 139 a harass, 533 a hairy, 792 a to be, 41 la Harbonah, 302 6 glowing, 1596 hard, 41 6, 173 a, 1736, Hakkatan, 730 6 np, 159 b 363 a, 381 6, 616 a, a 537 7296 Hakkoz, growl, to, 215o, 747 a, 828 6, 850 6, growling (of thunder), Hakupha, 301 a 873 a 2156 Halah, 280 a to be, 87 a, 355 6, half, 136fl, 2986.4656, growth, of slow, 71 o 675 a 7136, 7466, 851 a 5186, 562 a, guard, 625 o, 7166, 838 a Halhnl, 280 a harden, to, 60 a, 3816, 7466 to, 536 6, 547 6, 597 a, Hali, 280 a 837 a oneself, to, 60 a Halohesh, Hallohesh, 433a hardened, 270 6 guarding, 838 a hardness, 561 a, 8506, guidance of God, 552 6" halt, to, 683 6 874 a halter, 772 a guide, to, 88 a, 186 a hare, 80 6 Ham, 227 a, 285 a guile, 655 b a a 228 Hainan, Hareph, 307 6 guilt, 86 6, 87 Harhaiah, 303 6 Hamath, 290 6 guilty, 781 6 to become, 86 a Harhas, 304 a hamlet, 300 a, 411 6 to declaro, 271 6 hammer, 227 a, 4986, Harhur, 3 14 a 499 a, 502 6, 672 6 Harim, 306 a gullet, 178 6 241 6, 421 6, 438 a, harlot, 1756, to, gulp, 857 a 242 6, 725 6 467 a gum, fragrant, 437 6 hammered bar, 467 a harm, 66 6, 859 6 Gnni, 1636 harmed, to be, 66 6 Gur-baal, 1646 Hammolckcth, 479 a Hammon, 286 6 harming, 66 a gush out, 529 6, 816 6 Hammonah, 227 6 Harnepher, 306 6 gyrating, 605 a Haroch, 750 6 Hamor, 287 a IL a 650 Harod, 303 6 hamstring, to, Harosheth 6 of the Gen286 253 ft Hamuel, Halwkkuk, tiles, 310 a 'Hamul, 2866 Habaziniah, 258 6 Hamutal, 286 6 habitable, 36 a harp, 404 a, 46 1 b, 732 a, 7486 196, Hanameel, 292 6 habitation, 17 a, 116 a, 194 a, 2376, Hanan, 293 a harpoons, 191 a harrow, to, 784 b 2986, 4506, 451 6, Hananicl, 293 a 460 a, 486 6, 492 b, hand, 329 6, 683 a harsh, 42 6, 616 a to be, 299 a 5036, 51 7 a, 5386, hand-breadth, 324 a handful. 701 o, 734 6, Harsha, 3 10 a 86S6 842 a hart, a, 37 a Habor, 256 6 Harum. 232 a handle, 561 a Hachaliah, 277 a 6 a 872 to, HachilaJi, 276 Harnmaph, 303 6 Haruz, 3u4 n Hachinoni, Hachmon- handles, 331 a handmaid, 57 a, 556 a ite, 278 a harvest, 66 A, 67 6, 254 6, 731 6, 738 a nack, to, 300 6, 301 a hamlmills, 765 6 Hasadiah, 294 a Hadad, 12 a, 216 6, handsome, 663 6 2616 Hancs, 293 a Hashabiah, 312 a Hadade/.er, 2166 hang, to, 252 a, 293 6, Hashabnah 312 a 363 a Hadadrimmon, 2166 Hashabniah, 312 a 199 6 Hashhadana, 311 6 to. Hadar, 262 6 down, 200 a Had are wr, 2 IS a Hashcm, 232 6 Hadavha, 263 Hashmonah, 313 a up, to, 864 6, 865 a 21 a 595 b 7 Hiishub. Hasshub, 312 a Hadassch, hanging, 262 344 a Hashubalu 461 311 6 Ilades, over, a, a, 79S a something, I99o,199, Hashum, 313 a 377 a Hadid, 261 6 Hasrah, 95 6 haste, 1046, 105 a Hadlai, 2C2 a Hanini, 293 a to go away in. 477 a Haniniah, 293 a Hadoran, 2166 to make, 2*76 a Hannah, 291 a Hadmch, 263 a Hannatbon, 293 6 hasten, to, 23 a, 1046, haft, 561 a Hannic!, 292 a 1956, 217 n, 268 a, llagab, 260 a 299 303 a, 454 a, Hanan, 291 a Hagaba, 260 a a 216 90 540 a, 61 6 a, 6686, 6, 94 6, Hagar, happen, to, 216 a 320 741 a 837 a, 4706, a, Haga runts, 790 a backward, to, 23 a IJaggni, 260 6 6 88 319 rr, hastened, to be, 104 6 happy, to be, 6606, 801 a hastening, 450 6, 4.~>4 6 Uaggi, 206' to pronounce, 88 a Haggiah, 260 ft hastily, 450 b llara, 231 a daggith, 260* hasty" 267 6, 299 38 a
48o, 1396
Hashupha, hear,
! i
grow, 801 I
1996, 69 la, 793 a hairs, to be covered with,

hair,
3106
'
Hatach, 232 b 8366 hatched, to be, 136 a hatchet, 41 8 a heart, 1206,382 o,427o 428 6, 492 o hate, to, 36 6, 792 a to steal one's, 428 a hateful, to become. 101 a to make, 101 a hearth, 78 6, 395 a hater, 792 a hearths, 446 6, Hathath, 3166 heat, 31 0,215 6,285,6, 2866,3026, 3036, Hatipha, 272 6 Hatita, 272 6 3066, 3406, 351 o, 459 o, 849 6 hatred, 513 a, 792 a of anger, 304 6 Hattash, 272 6 of the sun, 83 o Hattil, 272 6 to, 201 o haughtiness, 238 6,604 a heaven, 222 6, 65 1 a haughty, 660 a 834o haunches, 368 6, 369 a Hauran, 267 6 heaviness, 382 a have in mind, to, 247 a heavy, 363 o, 3636, 38 1 b shower, i82 6 possession, 30 6 to be, 363 o, 381 a, Havilah, 264 6 7466 hawk, a, 560 6 hay, 3 14 a heavy weight, 458 to give, 31 4 a hebdomad, 8006 of the latter growth, Heber, 259 6 4426 Hebcritcs, 259 6 Hazael, 268 a Hebrew, 604 a Hazaiah, 269 a Hebron, 259 6 Hazar-addar, 300 a he-camel, a young, 120 a
j \
i
to, 836 o, 836 b head-bands, 317 a hearing, 26 6, 518 i
'
'
'
Hazar-Enan, 300 a hedge, 160* 6, 255 6, 489 o,513o, 789 a Hazar-gaddah, 300 a 300 a Hazar-hatticon, to, 553 o about to, 580 6, 785 I Hazarmaveth, 300 a a thorn, 555 Hazar-shnal, 300 a Hazar-susah, Hazar-su- hedgehog, 736 6 sim, 300 heed, to give, 83* / to take, 838 a Hazazon-tamar, Hazezon-tamar, 299 a heel, 649 a Hazelelponi, 7106 Hege, Hegai, 215 o Hazerim, 300 a he-goat, 662 6, 716 b 792 o Ha/eroth, 300 a heifer. 605 o, 688 6 Haziel, 269 a 6 268 Hazo, height, 80 o, 108o, 1246 Hazor, 298 6 153o, 232o, 5086 Hazor Hadattah, 298 6 513 a, 541o, 589 6 626 6, 751 n, 762 a he, 2 18 a he who, 196 6 7886
!
head, 58
6,
751 6
headlong, 454 6 to be thrown, 428 6

to send, 589 heal, to,
Helah, 2 78 a Helam, ?75 6 Helbah, 278 6
Helbon,2786
Heldai, 279 a Heleb, 278 6 Helek, 2S46
776 a healed, to be, 274 a healing, 77 6, 161 a, 385 a, 5106,7766 health, 77 6, 825 n healthy, 825 n heap, 287 fl, 289 6, 395 6, 533 6, 655 6, 722 a,
83
6,
Helem. 227 o,282

Heleph, 283 a Helcz, 283 6
Helkai, 285 n Helkath, 2846 Helkath-Iiu/.urim, 2?<4 helmet, 3S5 6, 726 h
7706
of ruins, 8646 (of sheaves), 1 59
a help, 2536, 373 o, Gig* of stones, 1696, 3296, 876o 507 a to, 59o, 6196 a to, 593 cry for, 811 o np to, 74 6, 161 a, helper, 253 b * 295 318 1756, n, , helpless, 655 404 6, 551 a, 701 a, to 1' 6*5 4 756 6, 855 a hem, 81<> 6 .icaps, "Oi
.
HEMDAN
Henulan, 286 a Hen, 29 la Hcna, 229 b Henadad, 291 hence, 239 a, 668 a Ilcphcr, 297 b Hcphzibah, 2966 herald, 414 a, herb, 24 a, 24 a, 255 rt, 369 b, 657 a nefd, 137 a, 465 a, 6356 hcrdman, 109 a herdsman, 5646 here, 16 b, 70 a, 227 a, 228 6, 239 a, 384 A, 664 rt, 668 a
Hercsh, 3 10 a Hcretb, 310 a
higher, 494
rt,
15
)
is,
IMMUNITY
hostile
632
'
<r,
hollow, that which
6326
way, to
treat,
',
hut, 585 b
4096
to be, 1126, 152 6, Highest, the, 626 6 428 rt, 798 6 highway, 490 a to make, 362 a, 720 6 Hilkiah, 285 a hill, 1556, 156 rt, 3296, vessel, 410 a 494 6, 645 6, 649 6, hollowing, 266 6 8646 hollowness, 842 a Hillel, 226 6 Holon, 280 a himself, 218<z holy, 722 6, 723 a a hin, 223 fear, 365 a hind, a, 37 6, 38 6 ones, 723 a 6 33 hinder, thing, 503 a, 725 6 29 6, 33 a, to be, 725 a part, 3686 to declare, 725 a hinder, to, 1126, 462 6, homage, to do, 8136
5376
hindered, to be, 134 6,
Homam, 220 a
Homer, 289 6
honest, 402
6,
Herman, 306 a hero, 45 rt, 75 a herself, 22 1 a Hesed, 294 a

Heshbon, 311 b
4876
hindrance, 496 6 hinge, 709 a Hinnom, 229 6 hippopotamus, 105 a
702 a
honestly, 347 a
Heshmon, 313
rt
Hirah, 276 n,
hire, to,
heterogeneous things,
587
6,
790 6
398 a Heth, 314 a Hcthlon, 314 b hew, to, 146 rt out, to, 298 fl wood, to, 272 rt he.'.vn beams, 417 b Hczeki, 270 b Hezekiah, Hizkiah, 270 Hizkijah,
hired, one, 11 6 hireling, 789 6 hiring, 789 6
b,
3156
Hezer, 269 b Hezion, 269 a
Ilezrai,
544 6, 850 b 8506, 851 a history, 859 a hither, 226 b, 229 384 6, 668 a hitherto, 226 6, 384 403 6, 609 rt Hivite, 264 6
hiss, to,
hissing,
honey, 188 6, 705 6 honour, 217 6, 363 6, 382 a, 854 6 to, 150 2176, 381 rt, 813 6, 837 6 honourable, 531 6, 660 a honoured, "63 rt, 363 6 to be, 664 6 hoof, 324 6, 690 6 hook, 233 rt, 236 6, 264 rt,
.,
rt,
i
6,
271rt, 2766, 306 a, 585 6, 744 6 hooks of iron, 463 a hoopoe, 192 6
ho!
2196
frost,
hoar
410 a
300 rt Hezron, 300 a
hoary, 376 a, 788 6

to be, 376 o, 788 6 hairs, to have, 376 a
b,
Hiddai, 2166 Hiddekel, 262 b hidden, 301 6, 437 639 a places, 502 a
Hobab, 256 6 Hobah, 263 6 Hobaiah, 256 6 Hod, 2 19 a Hodaviah, 219 a something, 870 6 aide, to, 66 6, 241 a, Hodcsh, 263 256 rt, 323 rt, 390 Hodevah, 219 a 405 rt, 431 b, 433 a, Hodijah, 21 9 a 563 6, 593 b, 596 b, hoe, 491 6 597 rt, 598 616 a, hog, 269 6 6336, 6396, 7166, Hoglah, 260 6 845 6, 793 6 Hoham, 2196 to tOl 6, hold, to, 30 rt, 72 a, away, 420 a 386 6, 872 a one self, to, 297 6, back, to, 648 6, 649 a 586 fast, to, 72 rt, 269 6, 734 a, 867 a hiding, 721 6 place, 167 6, 462 6, in, to, 3106, 397 b 491 rt oneself fast, to, 72 a
, ,
hope,1126, 408 rt, 4086, 446 , 503 rt, 858 6, 864 a, 872 6 to, 346 rt, 578 a, 784 a to fail in, 109 a Hophni, 296 a Hophra, 297 a Hophraim, 297 a hoping, 345 6 Hor, 220 6 Horam, 232-a Horeb, 302 a Horem, 306 a Hori, 305 a Horite, 304 6 Hannah, 306 a horn, 744 rt, 811 6 of jubilee, 340 a
hornet, 7 1 9
rt
Horonaim, 306 6 horrible, 843 6 horrid, 654 a horror, 654 a, 677
6,
7926
to occasion, 870 a horror-stricken, 1 55 horse, 581 a, 693 a
high, 1336, 1506, 153rt, 508 6, 632 6, 769 6 place, 12* 6

things, 751 a
867 a, horseman, 693 a, 768 6 Hosah, 294 a Hosea, 220 6 together, to, 867 a to be, 80 a, 153 rt, 6 386 Hoshaiah, 220 6 up, to, 369 a, hole, 267 rt, 301 6, 444 6 Hoshama, 220 6 154rt, 232 383 rt, 7216, 75 la, hob'ness, 725 6 Hoshea, 220 6 770 6, 833 6 hollow, 720 a hospital, 298 a to become, 761 6 of thehand,4096, 842et host, 275 a, 518 a, 699 a to make, 153 a, 159 b, out, to, 526 6. 564 a, hostile encounter 743 6 865 a 720 6 mind, 36 6
6,
to lay, 7196 to take, 721
872 a
IMNAH
[in nail,
<
Ib
)
interpreter,
JAHLEEI
to
act as,
352 a inci lent, 666 a inmost mind, 400 a to, 830 a incision, 158 a, 795 a part, 113 a a 739 to incisions, irnjiatience, make, recess, 185 a, 368 6 a 44 158 a on, to, inn, 461 6, 476 a impel *>,1956, 228 a,533 b, incite, to, 533 6, 582 b inner, 682 6 534 b, 5*: 3, 685 a, inclination, to have an, part, 1 16 6, 766 a
impart,
8176
impelling, 450 b
19
a
291
a,
wall,
6826
impiety,
impetuous, 1.534, 454 & 19 6, 21 a,
293
6,
825
a,
859 b
impious, 293 6, 529 a, 660 a, 871 b

speech, 440 a
implement, 26 b, 399 6, 600 a inclosure, 167 <r, 3206 implore, to, 811 a increase, 506 6, 661 6 imply, to, 642 a to, 150fl, 354 a, 538(7, impose, to, 570 a, 770 a 593 a, 631 a, 6916, imprecation, 48 a, 733 6, 8006 784 a in age, to, 431 b impress a seal, 317 b increased, to be, 754 a impudent, 663 b impudently, to act, 435a inculcate, to, 841 a indeed, 7 6, 53 a, 59 6, impure, 151 b, 322 b to be, 151 b, 848 b 174 a b 534 indicate, to, 366 b impurity, impute, to, 311 a, 573 6 indication, 464 a Imrah, 352 a indignant, to be, 128 6, 7386 Imri, 62 a in, 46 b, 47 b, 96 b, 97 6, indignation, 250 6
296 6, innermost part, 726 a 441 a, 546(7, 7146, innocence, 866 a 821 b innocent, 565 a oneself to, 722 a blood, 292 6 to one side, to, 7 1 1 a to declare, 565 a to render, 702 6 inclined, to be,4a,"00a towards, to be, 292 6 inquire, to, 209 6, 875 a 266 a inclose, to, for, to, 129 6 inclosed, 579 a of, to, 798 6
incline, to,
of
any
138 a
one,
to,
inquiring, 136 6, 209 6 insane, 431 a inscribe, to, 301a, 309,
594 a
inserted, to be, 107 6
inside, 113 a,
what
is,
6826 1166
insidious dealing, 461 6 insight, 115 a

insipid, 87
1
insolence, 1596, 2506,
7586
insolent,
to
be,
156
6,
6266 a moment, 695 6 any way, 444 6

161
b,
indolence,
7706
6606
insolently, to act, 241
inspect, to, 136 6
exchange for, 283 a front, 20 6, 441 a front of, 530 b future time. 466 a
235 a
instigate, to, 582 6 298 a, 768 a, instruct, to, 1 14 a, 292 a, 354 6, 366 6 777 a to be, 279 a, 297 6 instruction, 457a, 49 la, respect to, 47 a, 98 b some way, 378 6 834 a, 860 a infirmity, 298 a that, 89 6, 90 a, 1966, inflame, to, 201 a instruments, 600 a 235 a, 3566, 4246 inflammation, 304 a, insult 01 1, to be, 4006
indulgence, 381 a indnsium, 579 6 inert, to be, 324 6 infant, 611 6, 612 a inferior, 8 1 a to be, 193 a
infirm.
diligently, to, 137 a instantly, 757 6 instead, 862 6
order that, 89 a, 2 1 9 6,
that, not,
122a,1246
7326
inflated,
insurrection, 731
integrity,
a
6,
238 6 inflict, to, 186, 19 a inglorious, 36 a the manner of, 98 a, inhabit, to, 193 6, 238 , 681 a 29 la, 372a, 587 a, the presence of, 97 a, inhabitant, 40 6, 372 a, 456 a, 530 6 460 a, 823 a, 834 A the sight of, 530 6 inhabited land, 3 61 this day, 341 a to be, 823 a this manner, 378 a, inhabiting, 538 6 4046 inherit, to, 370 a truth, 59 6 inheritance, 257 6, 370 b, 544 a vain, 292 6 what manner? 452 6 iniquity, 216, 612 a, what way, 378 a 631 6, 807 a, 8576 Inaccessible, 1336 initiate, to, 292 a to be, 134 6 initiated, 292 a to make, 134 6 initiation, 292 a to render a defence, injure, to, 288 a, 400 6 1346 injuries, 660 a inasmuch as, 344 a 253 n, 2196, injury, 6606 inauguration, 475 a to receive, 762 b Incantation, 2596, 419a, to suffer, 542 a 4316, 433 a, 437 6 bcensc, 5036,548* ICia, ink, 197 a 730 a, 730 6 inmost depth, 465 6
that place, 25 a the end, 73 6 the house, 682 6
275 a, 375 376 a, 522 a, 703 866 a of mind, 62 6 intellect, 789 6
a,
intelligence, 115a, 205a,
323 6, 790 a, intelligent, 277 6 to be, 114 a

intend, to 679 6
intent,
855 6
356
6,
495
6,
4966
intercede, tc, 676 6
intercept, to. 438 6 intercession, 87 1 6
interchange. 282 6 to, 465 6

interdict,
interest,
68 6 506 6,
570
682
6,
8736
interior,
427
6,
6,
742 a
interpret, to,
435,
695/r,
698
a,
873 6
477
6,
interpretation,
695
a,
698 a
AHMAD
Jehudi, 337 a
17
)
!
Jahmad, 346 b Jahzeel, 34G 6

345 b 326 a, 356 a b 362 Jakch, Jakim, 363 a Jalon, 349 b Jamlcch, 352 a Janim, 351 6 Janoah, 352 b Janum, 352 b Japbeth, 359 a Japhia, 359 a Japhlct, 359 a Japho, 358 b JarjJi, 358 a Jared, 366 a Jaresiah, 353 a
Ja!i/.cr;ih,
Jair,
Jurha,
36Sa
Jarib, 368 a
Jannuth, 369 a 366 b Jaschob'am, 372 6 Jashen, 374 a Jashubcara, 372 b Jashub, 372 b Jasliubi-lchein, 372 b jasper, 375 a Jathir, 376 b
Jaroali,
Jathniul,
javelin,
3766
Javan, 342 b 395 a jaw-bone, 435 b jaws, 276 a Jaziz, 344 a jealous, 735 a to be, 719 b, 734 b jealousy, 735 a Jeaterai, 326 6 Jeberechiah, 328 a Jebus, 327 a lecoliah, 348 a,
Jecoliah, 348ft
356 a Jekabzeel, 362 b 363 a Jekaincain, Jekamiah, 363 a 6 362 Jekathiel, Jemimali, 351 a Jemuel, 351 a Jephtlmh, 359 a Jcphthel-el, 359 a Jerah, 367 b Jerahmeel, 368 a Jeremiah, 369 a Jereraoth, 368 a, 369 a Jcribai, 368 a Jericho, 367 b Jeriel, 368 a Jerijah, 368 a Jerimoth, 368 a Jerioth, 368 b Jeroboam, Jarobeam, 365 a Jerohain, 367 b Jerubbesbett}, 365 a Jerucl, 366 b Jerusalem, 366 b Jerusha, 366 b Jesaiah, 373 a Jesebel, 37 a Jeshaiah, Jesaiah, 375 a Jcshanah, 374 a Jesharelah, 376 a Jeshebeab, 372 b Jeshcr, 375 b Jeshishai. 373 b Jeshohaiah, 373 a Jeshua, 373 a Jeshurun, Jesurun, 376a
Jeiel, Jehiel,
Job, 36 b, 339 6 Jobab, 339 6 Jodiebcd, 340 6 Joed, 343 6

Joel, 339 6 Joclah, 343 6 Joezer, 343 6 Jogbcthah, 328 6 Jogli, 329 a Joha, 340 6 Johalah, Jahalah, 356 b Johanan, 340 6 Joiakim, 340 6 Joiarib, 340 b join, to, 30 6, 68 6, 74 a, 270 </, 566 a, 593 a oneself, 345 a oneself together, 28 a planks to, 824 a together, 54 a, 58 6,
Jozachar, 340 b Jubal, 340 6

jubiluni,
339 6
Juchal,
3406
Kduiali, 733 a 7;3;; n Ivoinuul, 734 a Kenan, 731 6

KvlU.i,
Judah, 336 b Judea, 336 6

judge, 1976, 2046, 211 , 676 , 738 a, 844 6 to, 14 6, 197 a, 348 a, 676 6, 844 a judged, to be, 844 6 judges, 49 a judging, 676 6 judgment, 193 6, 197 6, 304 a, 3236, 451 a, 5196, 676 a, 806 6, 844 a in, 843 a of Jehovah, 680 6
Kcnatli, 7;>r>a
Kcnaz, 735 6
Kc:iczite,
7356
(,
Kenitc, a, 731
Keni/./.itcs,
I
735 6
L
Keren -Imppudi, 744 Kerioth, 744 a Keros, 732 a

kettle,
7326
Kcturah, 730 a key, 499 a Kezia, 738 a Kcziz, 738 a

Kibroth-hattaavali,7-Ja
wresting, 467 1756, 185 a, 2586, judicial, 676 6 259 a, 313 6, 6396 Judith, 337 a
to
be,
Kibzaim, 722 a kick, to, 130 a backward, 130 a

kid,
1586
joined,
30
6,
345 a
closely, 432 6 in one, 29 a
together, to be, 16 a joining, 74 a, 462 b together, 29 a joinings, 185 6, 3136
74 a, 744 6, 824 729 6 joists, to lay, 742 6 Jokdcam, 362 6 joke, to, 787 b Jokim, 343 6
joint,
joist,
;i
Jesimiel,
est,
to,
3706
440
a,
Jokmeam, 363 a Jokneam, 363 a Jokshan, 364 a

Joktan, 362 6
Jokthcel, 364
Jesse, 373 a
707
b,
7876
jester,
Jonadab,
Jehonadab,
Jecholiah,
,
440 b
3386
Jonah, 343 a Jedaiah, 333 Jonathan, 338 6, 343 a 345 a Jedeiah, Jethlah, 376 b Joppa, 358 6 a 333 Jcdiacl, Jorah, 343 6 Jethro, 377 b Jedidah, 333 a Jorai, 343 6 Jetur, 347 b Jedidiah, 333 a Jeuel, Jeiel, Jehiel, Joram, 343 6 3556 Jeduthun, 333 a Jordan, 366 a Jehiah, 345 b Jeus, 355 6 Jorkeam, 369 6 Jehiel, 345 a, 345 b Jeush, Jehush, 355 6 Joseph, 338 6, 343 a Jehoadah, 338 b Jew, 337 a Joshabiah, 344 a to make one's self a, Joshah, 344 a Jehoaddan, 338 b Jehoahaz, 336 b 336 a Joshbekashah, 372 6 6 Jewish tongue, in the, Joshua, Jehoshua, 339a Jehoash, 336 b 338 Jehoiachin, 337 a Josiah, 326 6 Jehoiada, 338 b Josibiah, 344 a Jewishly, 337 a Jehoiada, Joiada, 340 b Jezer, 362 a Josiphiah, 343 6 Jehoiakim, 338 b Jotbath, Jotbatha, 347a Tcziah, 344 a Jehoiarib, 338 b Jeziel, 344 a Jotham, 344 a Jehonanan, Johanan, Jezliah, 344 a journey, 208 a, 225 6, 338 a 454 a, .190 6 Jezoar, 707 6 to, 26 a, 0536, 81 2 a Jezreel, 344 6 Jehoshaphat, 339 a Jehosheba, 339 a Jibsam, 328 a joy, 261 6, 491 b, 513 a, 791 6, 7966 Jehovah, 337 a Jidlaph, 333 a 338 a Jehozabad, Timna, Imna, 352 a joyful, 6326, 791 6 336 b to 359 a be, 347 a, 635 a Jiphtah, Jehuhbah, 345 a acclamation, 221 a loab, 339 6 Jchuchal, 338 b sound, 339 6 Joah, 3396 Jehud. 336 b Jozabad, 340 6 Joash, 339 6, 343 6
335 b
Jether, Jcthro, 377 b Jt- the tli, 377 b
JeV
Kidron, 724 6 kill,36,67a, 231a, 317 4166, 4606, 550 a junction, 259 fc, 730 a, 8 14 a juniper, 782 6 jurisdiction, 451 a, 4806 killing, 231 a Kinah, 731 6 Jushab-hesed, 343 6 kind, 2946,319a, 470 a, just, 701 6 5196, 520 a cause, to have, 701 6, 702 a kindle, 23 6, 25 6, 132 6, 133 a, 201 a, 309 a, now, 42 a 362 a, 431 6, 569 6 to be, 608 6, 702 a to declare, 702 6 723 a to render, 702 6 kindled, to be, 133 c^ 303 a 197 6, 470 6, justice, 703 a kindness, 294 a, 320 a to do, 587 a to do, 348 a kindred, 635 6, 638 6, justly, 470 6 456 6 done, 703 a Juttah, 347 a kindrcdship, 152 a king, 49 a, 477 6, 764 a juvenile, 1206 to be, 477 6 age, 6316 king's guard, 317 6 K kingdom, 476 a, 478 4 4806 Kabzeel, 362 6, 722 a kinsman, 276 Kadesh, 725 6 kinswoman, 29 6 Kadesh-barnea, 725 6 Kir, 732 a Kadmonites, 724 6 Kir-haraseth, 732 a Kallai, 733 a Kir-hareseth, 732 a Kanah, 735 6 Kir-heres, 732 a Kareah, 743 a Kir-heresh. 732 a Karkaa, 745 6 Kiriathaim, 743 6 Karkor, 745 6 Kirioth, 744 a Kartah, 745 6 Kirjath-arba, 743 b Kartan, 746 a Kirjath-arim, 743 b Kattath, 731 a Kirjath-baal, 743 6 Kedar, 724 6 [virjath-huzoth, 743 6 Kedemah, 724 a Kirjath-jearim, 743 b Kedemoth, 724 a Kirjath-sannah, 743 4 Kedish, 725 6 b keep, to, 547 6, 563 6, ivirjath-sepher, 743 837 a fiish, 732 a a 747 Kishion, alive, 274 a Lisbon, 747 a, 732 a back, 487 6 3106 dss, 570 6 safely, to, 571 6 silence, 309 6 dte, 36 6, 197 a keeping oft', 489 a Ivith Isli, 420 A Kehalathah, 726 a ivitron. 731 a Keilah, 736 a
juicy, 2106, 767
j
I
juice, 442 6, 562 6 to press out, 501 6
kidneys, 400 a
a 345 a
KITTIM
Kittinr, 419 b knead, to, 435 a kneading trough, 514 a knee, 796, 143 & knrcl down, to, 142 a,
18
)
to, 4326, 570 a, 5706, 601a, 7986 383 -,, 79 6, length, 383 6, 450 a lengthen, 79 a lentiles, 609 l> leopard, 552 a leper, 719 a leprosy, 719 b lessen, to, 43 6 lessened, to be, 295 a
LISTEN
lend,
lift
lamp, 1296, 441a, 5486, 567 a lance, 140 a, 770 6 land, 14 a, 816, 451 a languid, 58 6, 192 a
to be, 7
lead,
to,
186 a, 3276,
6,
oneself up,
to,
61 *
1436
cnife,
0,2006,3736,
445 a,
718
a,
431 a
to become, 620 6
7896
knock at a door, to, 2056 languish, to, 58 b, 183 a, 184 a, 191 a, 192 a, knot, 10 a, 731 a 621 a, 624 a, 635 a to, 75 a know, to, 114 a, 3336, languishing, 192 a leader, I3a, 301o, 5316, 551 a, 587 a 5626, 689 a, 691 a, languor, 184 a of soul, 1836 738 a, 753 6, 794 a, knowing, 223 6 to be, 794 6 knowledge, 205 a, 442 a, lap, 256 a 451 6, 485 6 350 a, of a family, 50 b 442 6, to, 443 6 Kohath, 726 6 leaders, 20 a, 37 6, 357 a 726 a 441 o Koheleth, leaf, 325 6, 325 b, 631 b Lapidoth, of a door, 201 a Kolaiah, 727 b lapping 430 6 Korah, 743 a large, 13 a, 382 6, 753 a league, 52 6, 489 6, 769 6 to be, 217 a to make, 259 a Kore, 741 6 Koz, 729 6 Leah, 426 6 largeness, 534 a Kushaiah, 730 a lascivious, to be, 672 a lean, 199 6, 779 6, 764 a lasciviousness, 672 a against, to, 842 6 to become, 815 o lash, to, 505 b to make, 763 6 Laadah, 440 6 Lasha, 443 6 Laadan, 440 6 last, 336, 7316 oneself, 7 78 a 429 a Laban, latchet, 795 a upon, 59 a, 842 a, 8636 Labbeu, 429 a late, 71 a labour, 600 a, 601 a, later, 33 6 leanness, 390 6, 764 a 855 a, 864 6 lateral projections, 332o leap, to, 193 6, 199 6, 217 a, 416a, 5746, to, 73 6, 329 a, 426 6, latter, 33 6 598 a, 639 a, 646 6, 587 6, 6706, 671 6, part, the, 34 a, 649 6 657 a, 675 6 717 6, 737 a, 780 a, time, 29 6, 34 a earned by, 329 6 lattice work, 783 a 812 a for joy, 169 a heavily, to, 384 a lattices, 75 6, 87 a, 305 6 forth, 250 a tiring, 859 6 laugh, to, 121 a, 707 b, 7876 Lachish, 439 a up, 296 a lack, to, 295 a learn, to, 54 a, 335 b laughter, 707 6, 788 a laver, 395 a learner, 439 6 lacking, 295 6 Udder, 490 a, 589 6, lavish, to, 246 a least, 714 6 632 6, 653 6 law, 526, 2106, 5186, leather,.616a 381 520 546 608 726 laden, a, a, 6, b, 6, leave, to, 261 6, 360 6, 578 a 860 a, 870 6 377 a, 617 6, 803 a, with guilt, 236 b skilled in, 211 a 8216 off, 1756, 203a, 2616, lady, 1546, 1566, 306 a lawful, 520 a Lad. 427 a 684 a, 804 a, 867 a, lawgiver, 301 a 8696 to Lahad, 431 a lawless, become, 690 & Lahraam, 437 a leavened, 288 6, 465 a Lahini. 436 b leaves, to lawyers, 872 6 put forth, laid upon, to be, 820 b 7746 7556, lay, to, 5906, 786 a waste, 202 b, 302 a Lebanah, 429 6 waste, to be, 373 I, Lebanon, 429 6 eggs, 348 6 701 b, 816 -i a foundation, 336 a, Lcbaoth, 428 a lain with, to be, 821 a 366 a Lebonah, 429 b on colours, 757 a lair, 585 b Lecah, 439 a oneself down, 161 a led, to be, 88 a Laish, 438 6 Lakum, 441 a in, to be, 107 A open, 281 a over, 848 6 lamb, 61 b, 383 b, 412 b, up, to be, 631 6 417 b snares 186 a, 730 a, ledge, 95 6, 620 a a young, 322 a 788 a leech, 632 a leek, 298 6 lame, 683 b together, 405 a to become, 7 1 1 a up. 66 6, 74 6, 295 a, left, 377 6, 791 a a 420 to be, 377 a, 799 6 Lamcch, 440 4016, a, 7166 lament, to,7i,48ff,350 a, behind, to be, 609 6 upon, 848 6 hand to use, 7906 536 b, 538 a, 544 a, waste, 36, 1236,1506, 5926 2026, 4156, 701 6, leg, 8120,8466 7976 for, to, 293 a legs, both, 4 16 a 202 6, L. -h.il.ii 11, 43 la waste, 'amcntation, 19 b, 1 19 a, laying 220 6, 490 6, 536 a 3026 Lchi, 436 a 731 b Lemuel, 439 b lead, 64 6, 646 a
553 6, 860 a astray, 323 a, 824 6 away, 603 a, 800 a forth, 583 a in, 107 a, 696 6 in music, 562 a into sin, 271 6 out, 360 a round, 577 a straight, 88 a 536
218 6, 784 up, to, 1596, 553 i 567 6, 587 6, 589 a up a cry, 718 6 up oneself, 761 6 lifted up, 150 6
a,
lifting, a,
150
something, 151 a 860 6

up, 15 la, 1620,4946,
5126
light,
236, 24 a, 205 b, 4446, 5310,5366, 8226 537 6, 732 a a moving, 243 a go, to, 6666, 6906, of day, 23 6 826 a of life, 23 6 loose, to, 696 6 of lightning, 23 b a 548 out, to, of the sun, 23 6 remain, to, 377 a sleep, 539 6 stay, to, 360 6 letter, 1 1 o, 473 a, 572 a light, to be, 670 6, 679. n 733 a down, 770 6, letting to be made, 23 o 8456 to become, 23 a Leummim, 427 a to give, 16 6, 23 a, level, 809 a 226 6, 359 a, 529 b, to, 676 6 537 a, 541 a to be, 375 a, 784 6 to to make, 677 a, 809 6, give forth, 240 a to make, 23 o, 732 6 864o 6 180 upon, to, 066 6 place, with the ground, to, lighten, to, 23 a, 23 o 2166 lightness, 21 a 236, 1106 Levi, 433 6 lightning 1446, 2696, 78'3 a levir, 327 6 to send, 144 6 to act as the, 327 6 lights, 23 6 liar, 102 6, 849 a like, 203 a, 401 6, 681 n libation, a, 553 a as, 89 (i, 98 a liberal, 535 o, 81 la as this, 384 6 to be, 671 a to be, 202o, 202 A liberality, 703 6 591 a 297 6, to, liberate, to become, 202 a 667 a, 692a,813o, to make, 5 1 7 o 818 a liberation, 230 6, 667 a. liken, to, 202 a, 809 6 202 6 676 a, 687 a, 703 a likeness, 202 203 a, 591 a, 710 6 liberty, 207 a, 297 6 856 a Libnah, 429 6 Likhi, 442 a Libni, 430 a lily, 258o,8126, 813 a Libya, 668 6 lime, 169a, 178 a, 788 i Libyans, 432 6 350 a, 436 a, lime-kiln, 384-a lick, to,
lest,
,
1206 let down, to, 199 6,3656,
4426
430 b lie, 837 a. 849 o to, 384 a, 389 6, 390
licking,
limit,
to.
153 a 154 6
a,
exceeding
6,
377 b
8206
down, to, 1736,755a, 820 6, 822 6, 863 6
wait, 75o, 2476, 701 6, 704 6 on the ground, to,
in
limp, to, 7 1 1 a limping, 7 11 a

line,
264
6,
linen, tine,
697 * 416 a
linger,
lintel,
453 6
5206
287 a to let, 834 a witli, to, 755 , 805 a licr in wait, 445 6, 649 o, 788 a lies, to tell, 384 a life, 264 a, 2736, 2746, 275a,427o, 57 la, 760 a lift, to, 546 6, 640 a
786, 428 a, 423 b 4386, 7886, 814 A a whelp, 1646, 17 a a young. 4K i of God, 75 U lioness, 429 a a lip, 793 liquid, to bccoire, 24G liquefaction, 868 i liquor, 562 6 listen, to, 26 b
lion,
LITIGATE
litigate, to,
litter,
19
MEAL
magnitude, 158 6, 159 6, manufacture, to, 657 173 a, 5066, 7536, manumitted, to be, tttifla 7546 manure, to, 204 a Magog, 447 6 many, 753, 7536, 784 i 6 to become, 753 6 418 Magpiash, Mahalalecl, 454 a Maoch, 492 a Mahalath, 464 6 Maon, 4926 mar, to, 380 6 Mahanaim, 465 a Malianeh-dan, 465 a Mara, 505 6 Maliarai, 454 6 Manilah, 5106 marble, white, 819 o Mahavite, 463 b Mahazioth, 463 6 mare, 581 6, 7706 Mareshah, 506 6 Maheth, 466 6 a 464 Mahlah, margins, 153 6, 4886 maritime district, 258 Mahli, Mahali, 464 a Mahlon, 464 a land, 36 a Mahol, 463 b mark,4196, 464a, 4676 532 6, 857 6 maiden, 148 a, 399 a 564 6, 858 a to, 19 maid-servant, a, 844 a 854 a out to, 591 mail, a coat of, 595 6 mark, branded, 394 6 maintain, to, 386 6 736 a majesty, 150 6, 151 a, burnt in, 394 6 153 a, 159 6, 2186, of relation, 196 6 382 a, 6166, 783 a of God, 1586 marked, 564 6 out, to be, 855 a Makaz, 504 6 with stripes, 258 6 Maker, 2 a make, to, 599 a, 657 a, market, 618 a 684 6, 820 6 Maroth, 508 6 a show, 226 a marriage, 315 6 an alliance, 259 a mamng, 5156 an end of, 581 6 marrowy, to be, 463 a 4636, 770 a clean, 725 6 a 68 fast, haste, 61 to marry, to, 568 6 Mars, 507 6 light of, 241 6 Marsena, 510 6 narrow, 291 6 Ha, 133 6 marsh, possessor, 30 6 1526 ready, to, 387 a to stand, 360 6 grass, 29 a rush, 174 6 Makheloth, 503 a mart, 583 6 Makkedah, 502 6 marvel, to, 866 a Maktcsh, 473 a Mash, 5136 Malachi, 475 6 Mashal, 5176 Malcham, 479 a Malchiah, Malchijah, mason, 309 6 4786 Masrekah, 5136 Massa, 5126 Malchiel, 478 6 Massah, 489 a Malchiram, 478 6 male, 199, 244a, 245a mast, a, 874 b master, 2 a, 12 a, ICO/; malice, 462 a Matred, 467 b Mallothi, 480 a Matri, 468 a Malluch, 476 a matrix, 5 14 a maltreatment, 250 a Mattan, 522 a Mamre, 480 6 man, 13 a, 136, 63 6, Mattanah, 522 a Mattaniali, 522 n 66 a, 1566, 521 a Mattathah, 522 6 any other, 27 6 Mattathiah, 522 b Manahath, 487 a Mattenai, 522 a Manasseh, 488 a mandate, 61 6, 210 6, matter, 296 b, 700 4 799 a 323 6, 419 6, 445 a, unformed, 1 73 a 499 a mattrass, 382 6 manful, to be, 283 a mature, to, 291 6 manger, 24 a, 77 a maul. 498 b manifest, to be, 347 b mauls, 395 6 manna, 481 a manner, 188 6, 520 a, meadow, 7 6, 784 6 saffron, 258 a 680 a, 860 a Meah, 444 b of, in the, 681 a meal, 42 b, 43 6, 5&0 * Manoah, 486 6 734 a, 70S a mantle, 1716,8646
, ,
73 699
a,
844 467 a, 696

It
a,
long, to, 219 a, 326 a for,to.4e,19a,826,854a to make, 79 a

since, 25 a longing, 854 a, 854
6,
little,
250
l>,
493
a, 500 b,
lower, to be, 14 6 lowest, 862 6 part, 81 lowing, 176 6

lowliness, 845 6
7306
children, 323 6
finger,
730 b
876 a look, 269 a, 506 a

to,
lowly mind, 643 a to be, 713 6
man, 41 a moment, 220 a

be, 251 b, 493 a, 730 a lituus, 811 b 2256, live, to, 2246, 2636, 2736, 275 a a 274 again, in truth, 225 b in uprightness, 225 b
5276, 6786,
6796, 841 6
after, to,
679, Lubim, 432 6 Lucifer, 2226
to
137 a Ludim, 432 6 794 a Luhith, 433 a at, to, 136 6, 137 a, lunar month, 263 a 585 6, 750 a, 783 6, lust, 19 6, 854 6 789 6, 797 6, 805 a after, to, 19 a forth, to, 848 6 lustful, to be, 437 a luxuriant useless plant, forward, to, 193 6
around,
to,
out, to,
111 a, 1936,
2066
Luz, 433 a
641 b well," 274 , 347 a live coal, 167 b

softly,
lively,
715o
273 a, 2746 liver, 381 b 2736 living, 273 at ease, 799 a 437 6, 287 tf, li/.ard, 699 a 48 6, 55 6, 77 a, 8496 lo 214 a, 2286,2296 loose, something, 498 6 here, 239 6 loosed, to be, 297 6 load, 366, 44 a, 512 a loosen, to, 580 a on, to put, 44 a bands, to, 617 a with a mattock, to, to, 186, 3236 619 loam, 321 6, 6456 6 426 Lo-Ammi, lop, to, 738
, !
! |
round, to, 193 b Lydda, 430 6 upon, to, 268 Lydians, 432 6 looking after, 137 6 lying, 426, 384a, 3896, down upon, 130 6 3906 down, 517 a, 755 a, glass, 506 a, 750 6 434 a in wait, 756, 701 6 loops, to reprove of, 389 6 loose, to, 28 1 a, 283 a, 6666, 6906, 6966,
Maachah, 494 a Maadai, 491 6

JMaadiah, Maai, 493 6 Maarath, 497 a Maaseiah, 465 6, 498 a Maasiah, 492 6 Maasiai, 498 a Maaz, 496 6 mace, 498 6 maceration, 521 a Machbanai, 471 a Machbenah, 47 1 a machination, 551 a Machir, 471 6 Machnadehai, 472 a Machpelah, 472 a mad, 22 6 a, 431 a to be, 226 6, 526 a made, to be, 139 a, 22 1 6,
I
4916
, 1 30, loquacious, 62 a 1766, 2396, 2436, lord, 12 a, 12 a, 126, 249 6, 565 a, 727 a, 1306, 131 , 1546, 8486 480 6, 506 a, 828 a oathing, 177 a, 2396, Lo ruhamah, 4266 2526 lose, to, 3 6 lose oneself, to, 3 a causing, 192 a loathsome, to be, 242 6, loss, 653 6 2436 lost, to be, 3 a, 123 b, lost, something, 3 6 locks, 199 6 of hair, 729 6 lot, 165 a, 284 </, 4336, 486 a, 505 a, 670 a locksmith, 488 6 locust, 756, 1526, 154a, Lotan, 433 6 8096 1616, 166 a, 260 a, loud noise to make, 762 6 2946, 303 a, 350 a, destitute, 262 a 5896 louse, 592 a hot, 287 6 love, 16 a, 191 a, 2936, less of, to be, 181 a Lod, 430 6 465 a Lo-debar, 426 1 ready, to be, 398 6 immodest, 605 a lodge, to, 434 a madman, 805 6 lodg ng 638 a object of, 191 a Madmannah, 451 6 16 191 to, a, n, 256 a, Madmen, 451 6 puu?, 181 6, 461 6, 293 6, 332 6, 604 6, Madmcnah, 451 b 4"' S -i 76.5 6 loft, GS.'t $ madness, to feign, 226 6 lofty, 15:*i, 339a, 5086, any one, to, 112 a Madon, 450 6 to be, 232 a, 369 a, loved, to be, 16 a Magbish, 447 a that which is, 333 o 7616, 7706 Magdiel, 447 6 to beeoiTK 2186, lovely, 333 a. to be,5546 magian,2766, 418a,4466 lover, 16 a, 772 6 building, 7.' 9 a magic, 437 6 place, 157 a, 317 a, loves, 16 a. loving, 1916 magician, 87 a, 276 6 502 a, 51 '* i 556 a, low, 199 6, 845 6 magistrate, 578 6, 738 o, 560 6. 769 t 817 a, 828 a (as an ox), to, 176 6 to a 193 171 405 a be, log, 4306, a, magnificence, 15, 156, 593 6, 845 a loins, 2S3, 308,;, 408a, 1506, 1586, 1596, 522 a to be brought, 471 6 3636 204 6 long, 736, 6 ',2 /> place, magnificent, 13 a, 150 a, 363 6, 382 a *C, 383 ft region, a, 845 6 ;> vcr, 862 6. to'be, 796, 320J-, part, 862 a magnify, 784 a
loathe,4a, 1 06,1 1 ]
MEAL
menstrual uncleanness, meal, coarse, 654 a 5346 mean, 312 b measure, 87 b, 413 a, mention of, to make, 2446 449 a, 450 a, 513 a, 5216,5756, 641 a Mephaatb, 470 a to. 1506,3866,4496, Mephibosheth, 498 6 450 a, 864 6 Merab, 506 6 a double, 40 a Meraiah, 509 6 Meraioth, 5 10 a fold, a, 843 6 1486 Merari, 512 a (of fluids), of grain, a, 39 6 Merathaim, 508 a merchandise,489a,4966, off, to, 803 6 510 a, 583 6 that which exceeds,
20
)
!
MUCH
miry, to be, 319o, 5756 mischief, 66 6, 219 6
miserable, 643 a misery, 4 6, 71 6, 3 12
6,
]
3776
measured
field,
beautiful,
4716
6,
257 6
measures, 480 a measuring-line, 257 6 Mebunnai, 446 6

Mecherathite, 472 6 Medad, 469 6 Medan, 451 b
Mede, 451 a Medeba, 469 6 Media, 450 6

medicine, 776 6, 874 a 202 a, meditate, to, 215 a, 247 a, 311 a,
789 a
meditation, 2156, 2 16 a,
362 a, 789 a meek, 643 a to be, 236 6

meekness, 51 la .neet, 79 6 to, 63 6, 666 6, 723 741 a, 742 6
42 6 meeting, 607 6
to
6,
go
to, 7
Mcgiddo, 447 a
Megiddon,
Uehctabel, Mehetabeel,
4536
Mehida, 463 6 Mehir, 464 a Meholathitc, 464 6 Mehonothai, 492 6 Mehujael, 463 6 Mehuma.il, 453 6
Mehunim,Meuuim,4926 Mekonah, 471 a

Mclatiah, 477 6
Meli-hi-shua, 478 6
Mek-hizedcc, 478 6 Melech, 478 a Melu-u, 477 6 melons, 5 a melt, to, 183 a, 445
6,
455 a, 488 6, 490 a, 5046, 719 6 away, to, 183 a, 4716 melted, to be, 572 6
melting, 2046,2326,868a members, 102 6, 362 a memorial, 2 6 a, 199 a sentence, 245 6 memory, 245 6, 832 6
Memphis, 498 a, 556 a Merancan, 480 a, meu, song of, 41 3 Mcnahcm, 487 a Bend, to, 775 b
mighty) 66,13a,45a,63a, 87 a, 1536, 2706, 2946, 873 a mercy, 2876, 292a, 294a, 86 la, 869 a one, 6 6, 37 6, 45 a to be, 72 a, 746, 8736 to have, 293 a to obtain, 7656 migrate, to, 553 6 Mered, 507 a migration, 88 a, 1636 Meremoth, 510 6 Migron, 449 a Meres, 5106 Mijamin, Miamin, 470a Mikloth, 504 a Meribah, 509 6 Mikneiah, 504 6 Merib-baal, 509 6 Merodach Milalai, 479 6 Baladan, 139 a, 506 a Milcah, 478 6 Milcom, 479 a Meronothite, 510 6 mild, 643 b Meroz, 508 6 to be, 287 a merry, 3196 to be, 319 a, 347 a, mildew, 369 6 6346 Milel, 29 a Mesha,4706, 5136 military car, 605 6 force, 253 6 Meshach, 470 6 Meshech, 5166 leader, 1 53 6 standard, 189 6 Meshelemiali, 5 1 8 a tumult, 395 a Meshellemoth, 518 a virtue, 154 a Mcshezabeel, 5 1 6 a 1 5 a 5 milk, 278 a, 286 b Meshobab, Meshullam, 5 1 8 a abundant, 243 a Meshullemith, 518 a mill, 321 a, 3216 meslin, 122 6 millet, 195 a to give, 123 a Millo, 4 76 a millstone, 675 6, 765 a, Mesobaite, 501 a 7686 Mesopotamia, 80 a mind, 40 a, 4516, 559a, message, 475 6, 833 6 761 a, 789 6 messenger, 142 a, 475 a, 709 a mindful, 244 a to be, 244 6 Methusael, 521 6 Methuselah, 5216 mine, a, 543 6 55 metropolis, a, 57 6 mingle, to, 461a, 489a, 651 a, 6516,7546, Mezahab, 468 6 468 6 803 a Mezarkon, Mibhar, 446 a Minianim, 487 6 minister, 2 1(5 a, 357 a, Mibsam, 446 6 Mibzar, 446 6 5956, 5996, 8516 Micah, Micaiah, 469 6, to, 838 b, 851 6 470 a Minni, 487 a Micha, 469 6 Minnith, 487 6 Michael, 469 6 Miphkad, 499 a miracle, 458 a, 498 b, Michaiah, 470 a a 470 866 a Michal, Michmas, Michmash, mire, 1336, 2896, 343a, 471 6 778 a Miriam, 5 10 a Michmetha, 472 a Michri, 472 6 Minna, 510 6 mirror, 506 a, 750 6 mid-day, 704 a
merchant, 405 6, 583 769 a mercies, 766 a merciful, 291 6, 294 765 a, 766 a Mercury, 526 6
Middin, 4sl a middle, 41a, 1616,2986, 427 6, 465 6, 858 6, 863 a Midian, 451 a Mitlianites, 451 6 midst, 41 a, 1616,4276, 742 a from the, 858 6 midwife, 349 a Migdal-el, 447 b Migdal-gad, 447 6 Migdol, 447 6 might, 37 6, 45 a, 154 a, 253 a, 2706, 275 a, 386 a, 390 a, 6166,
Mordccai, 507 6 more, 344a, 377a, 4944
6106
489
6,
614
a,
6,
Moreh, 459 6 643 6 moreover, 635 6
misfortune, 21
366
not,
716
716, 2196, 272 a
5516
Misgab, 513 a
Mishal,
Moreshcth-gath, 460 a Moriah, 509 6 morning, 137 a, 5 15 A
514a
8156
23 6 morose, ISO a to be, 251 a, 4096 morrow, the, 466 a morsel, 695 6, 696 6 mortal-, 289 6, 451
light,
Misham, 519 a Mishma, 518 6 Mishmannah, 5186 Mishraites, 521 a Mispar, 490 6 Mispereth, 490 6
Misrephoth-maim, 5136 miss, to, 271 a, 272 a, 686 a missile, 827 a misstep, 272 a mist, 214 6 mistress, 132 a, 154 6, 1566, 806 a Mithcah, 522 6 Mithnite, 522 a Mithredath, 522 6 mitigation 385 a mitre, 447 a mix, 46 la, 489a, 6506,
a,
7266
6,
mightily,
270 6
473 a Moschi, 516 6

Mosera, Moscroth, 457a Moses, 5146
most excellent, 446 a Most High, 626 6, 6324 moth, 592 a, 659 6 mother, 55 a, 348 6 in law, 287 a mouldy, to become,
6456 mound, 289
6,
b,
500 a, 500 mount, to, 9 6
475 6, 589 a
6516
oneself, 123
up
a
to, 7 14 a upwards, 9 6
mixed crowd, 68 a
Mizar, 502 a Mizpah, 502 a
Mount
Gerizim, 179 h
Mizpeh, 502 a Mizzah, 461 a Moab, 455 a Moadiah, 458 a mock, to, 233 a, 435 a, 441 a, 459 a, 8706 at, to, 440 a mocker, 440 6 mockery, 440 a, 851 a mockings, 871 a mode, 1886, 2086, 860a model, 202 6, 856 a modest, 121 6
to be,
mountain, 155 a, 220 a, 230 6, 232 6, 320 *. 451 b

cock, 192 6
mountaineer, 62r, 252a mountainous, 231a mourn, to, 7a,6 3a,724 6 for, to, 592 6 mournful cry, 771 6
7136
modesty, 121 6, 643 a to put something into moist, 435 6 to be, 435 b the, 292 a move, to, 241 a, 41 61, country, 340 6 534 a, 540 </, 569 6, moisten, to, 322 a, 772a 589 a, 6696, 7146, moistened, to be, 701 a, 847 a 7336 moved, to be, 177 6, Moladah, 456 6 3816, 402 a, 4556, mole, 279 a, 297 a 538 a, 539 6, 755 b, Molcch, 479 a 766 a, 775 b Molid, 456 b Moloch, 478 a moving to and fro, 6736 molten image, 489 6, mow, to, 701 6 553 a, 684 a nowing, 165 a moment, a, 6976, 7576, M '/a 458 6 841 6 Mo/ali, 501 6 much, 3826, 383a, 753 money, 409 a, 545 a 753 6, 784 6 monster, a sea, 869 6 more, 69 6 month, 367 6 monument, 332a, 501 a, of, to make, 1596 to be, 1973. 383 832 6
i
mourning, 76,646, 1 20 2156, 855 a dress, 725 a mouse, 625 6 mouth, 449 6, 608 6, 664 a, 667 a, 669 a. 673 a, 673 6, 874 / of caverns, 673 6
moon, 3676 ,4066, 785a
7536
MUD
/cud, 133 b, 321 6,
21
OG
nobles, of a state, 37 b
778o nakedness, 496

a
muddy,
to be, 584 inutile, to 426 b
mule, 346, 688 a

muleteer, 34 b multiplication. 506 6 multiplied, to be, 754 a multiply, to, 3830, 664a,
850
oneself, to, 381 b
multitude, 58 a, 227
,
b,
382 a, 475 506 br 585 6, 648 , 753 b, 846 a munificent, 96 a mural tower, 682 a murmur, 34 b to, 215a, 237fl, 757a murmuring. 865 a, muscle, 849 b Mushi, 460 a 248 a, 531 b, .-nusic, 836 6
.
musical instrument, 140 a, 1836 must, 645 a, 883 6 muster, 686 b to, 699 a mute, 53 a to be, 52 b, 105 a mutter, to, 215 a, 437 a mutually, 345 a muzzle, 465 b to, 272 b, 294 6 myriad, 753 b, 7541 myrrh, 505 b
myrtle, 2 1 7 a myself,-!, 560 a
N
Naam, 554 6 Naamah, 555 a
Naarah, 556 o Naaran, 556 a Naarath, 556 a Naashon, 545 a Nabal, 529 a Nabhi, 542 b Naboth, 527 a Nachon, 550 b Nadab, 534 a Nahalol, 537 a Naham, 544 b Naharai, 544 6 Nahash, 545 a Nahor, 542 b Nahum. 542 b nail, 233 a, 236 a, 324 A, 376 a, 717 A nails, 490 a, 513 a Naioth, 548 a
offence, 473 a, 595 a to take, 409 b now, 70 o, 239 b, 383 a, 409 a, 662 a offended, to be, 426 6 o noxious, 772 offer, to, 533 b, 742 a 762 a number, 472 a, 486 a, for sin, to, 271 6 4876, 489 a, 4906, 593 a, 825 a gifts, to, 569 a to, 409 a, 4856, 486 a, offered, to be, 631 b 594 a, 686 a offering, 238 , 742 a, 874 a numbering, 499 a, 594 6 a heave, 874 a numerous, 647 6 of a victim, 87 a to be, 381 6 office, 501a, 600, 6866, nuptial bed, 295 6 6 687 a nuptials, 315 of a priest, 385 6 nourished, 2 a 687 o, 687 a, officer, nurse, 470 a, 488 a 689 a nut. 10 6 naked, 6'25a, 6536, 6556, off-scourings, 583 a 8106, 8436 offset, 95 b noble,66, 13a,301 6,462 6, oak, 38 a, 48 b, 50 a ball, a, 844 b negation, 21 a 531 6, 535 a, 660 a, oar, 51 5 o, 818 a offshoot, 127 a making, 134 a, 871 a neglect, to, 570 a, 839 6 811 a Nehaliel, 544 a oath, 48 o, 800 b offspring, 1166, 236*. place, 497 a 254 6, 456 b, 548 * to bind by, 48 a Nehelamite, 544 a the, 497 a lady, 794 6 689 6, 690 a, 873 1 to be, 170 a, 171 6, Nehushta, 545 6 something very, 447o Obadiah, 600 6 void a to be, 2666, 4*146 of, 654 b Obal, 610 6156, 653 a, 6566 Neiel, 554 6 often, 379 6 to make, 170 a, 310 6, neigh, to, 703 6 nobles, 13o, 267a, 313a, Obed, 600 b 694 a, 755 6, 852 6 Obed-edom, 600 b Og, 610/7 6556,6906 neighbour, 639 a, 823 a
I
neighbourhood, 577 b 653 6, 654 a, 844 b neighbouring, 95 a name, 832 6, 833 a neighing, 501 6 of God, 832 b Nekodah, 565 a to, 740 6 Nemuel, 552 a names, 833 b Nepheg, 556 a 555 z Naomi, Nephtoah, 560 6 Naphesh, 556 6 Nephusim, 556 a Naphtali, 560 6 Ncrgal, 567 a Naphtuhim, 560 6 Ncrgal-Sharezer, 567 a narcissus, 253 a Neriali, 567 6 nard, 567 a nerve, 1686, 5706, 8496 narrate, to, 594 a nervous, 579 6 narration, 490 6 nest, 734 6 to make, 736 a narrow, 462 6, 7 18 a to be, 23a, 2936,3616, nestle, to, 736 a 706 a net, 305 6, 306 a, 461 6, to make, 252 6, 292 a 472 a, 501 6,671 a, 783 a, 801 6 way, 519 a what is, 458 6 Nethaneel, 574 a narrowed, to be, 74 a Netlmniah, 574 a Nathan, 574 a Netophah, 547 6 Nathan-melech, 574 a nettle, 303 6 nation, 55a, 427 a, 443a net- work, 75 6, 471 a of another, 242 a to make, 803 a nations, 635 6, 639 6 nevertheless, 72a, 1446, a 403 a, 431 6 27 native, a, tree, 27 a new, 242 6, 263 o, 263 6, 551 6 nativity, 456 6, 47 1 a nausea, 252 6 moon, 263 a nave (of a wheel), 314 o to be, 263 a navel, 849 6, 851 a wine, 863 6 Nazarite, a, 541 6 newly plucked, 325 6 Neah, 554 a Neziah, 563 a near, 476, 746, 936, 97o, Nibhaz, 527 6 98 a, 129 a, 331 a, Nibshan, 530 a 636 6, 638 a, 742 6 nigh, 98 a of kin, 1516 night. 438 a relative, 151 6 owl, 388 a Neariah, 556 a nimble, 60 a, 81 a to be, 324 6 nearly, 493 a nearness, 129 o Nimrah, Nimrim, 552 a Nebaioth, 528 6 Xirarod, 552 a Neballat, 529 6 Nimshi, 552 6 nine, 316 a, 8766 Nebat, 528 a Nebo, 526 6 ninety, 698 a sword of, 590 a Nineveh, 548 6 Nebuchadnezzar, 527 a ninth, 8766, 8766 Nebushashban, 527 a nip, to, 404 6 Nebuzaradan, 5266 nipped oft', to be, 745 a a 550 Necho, Nisan, 548 6 neck, 499 a, 656 a, 704 a. Nisroch, 554 a 707 a nitre, 575 a n sckchain, 228 a, 280 a, no, 425 6 644 6, 754 6 doubt, 42 a ne :klace, 228 a, 280 a, farther, 71 6 280 6, 386 6, 644 6 one, 13 6, 28 6, 39 a Ne labiah, 534 a No, 524 a need, 56,3126,4656,719a Noah, 539 6, 554 a needful, to be, 312 a Noahdiah, 540 6 Nob, 525 6 needing, 295 6 654 a 719 a, Nobah, 527 6 needy, to be, 587 a, 763 6 nobility, 535 6
6,
625
6,
obedience, 92 a,
S62 k,
nocturnal spectre, 4386 nod, to, 538 a
5186
to render,
836 a
b,
Nodab, 538 a Nogah, 531 o

noise, 227 6, 7276, 772 6,
obey,
to,
4a, 26 6, 362
836 a
Obil, 18 6
object,
6,
7746, 775
798
a,
874 a, 8756 (of a shower), 227 6 to make a, 228 a, 352 a, 369 a, 7 59 a, 775 a, 781 a, 797 6, 807 o noon, 704 a
noose, 258a, 459a, 513a,
600 b of praise, 248 b
oblation, 742 o, 874 a obliterated, to be, 411 6
Oboth, 186
obscurations, 402 a obscure, 71 b, 3126
saying, 477 6
to be, 276 b, 402 a obscurity, 725 a 364o observance, 518 6 observation, 838 a Nophah, 556 6 north, 4626, 7156, 791o observe, to, 563 b, 778 o, 837 b, 838 a northern, 7 16 a obstacle, 670 a nose, 69 6 nostrils, 69 6, 543 a obstinacy, 747 a not, 36 a, 38 6, 71 6, obstinate, 6 6,270 6 120 6, 122 6, 425 a, to shew oneself, 434 a 426 a, 4316 obstruct, to, 596 b, 796 4 not any thing, 122 6 obtain, to, 499 a, 8216, 867 a not, so that, 39 6 not to be, 624 a a cause, to, 70'2 not to grow, 402 o obtest, to, ti'i not to me, there is, 39 a occasion, 855 a not unto, 124 a occupation, 685 a not yet, 324 6, 325 6 occupy, to, 370 a, 441 ^ occur, to, 741 a notched, 685 6 nothing, 21 a, 38 6, 44 a, ocean, 857 a
5156
to be taken in a,
52 6, 71 6, 120 6, Ocran, 626 b 122 a, 1226, 1246, octave, 834 b 426 a, 430 6, 857 a Oded, 61 lo
bringing
to,
to,
1246
124o
to bring to, 537 6 nothingness, 80? b nourish, to, 241 6, 3866,
odious, to become, 101 i to make, 101 a odium, 293 b
odour, 767 b
to offer, 730 6
773a
nourished, to be well,
of
all
kinds, 39 7 a
5056
nourishing, 667 o
naught, 51 6 nothing, 51 b
OH
432a Ophni, 645 9 Chad, 16 a Ophrah, 646 a 83 6, 205 a, Ohel, 17 a opinion, 513 a, 517 b, 661 a oil, 3606, 5156 beaten, 420 a opportune, 662 6 ointment, 5116, 780 a, opportunity, 661 b 835 b oppose, to, 508 a, 589 a, 701 a, 727 b .Id, 374 a, 663 , 724 b, 788 6 opposed, to be, 72 1 a 252 a, 399 6, opposite, 20 6, 456 a, age, 53 la, 5506, 592 a, 788 b 603 b, 682 b, 723 a, man, 252 a, 373 6, 741 a 376 a Of, 680 a, 724 a oppress, to, 102 o, 288 a, 352 a, 437 a, 570 6, to be, 251 6, 374 <i 660 a, 7196, 806 a, to 251 6, become, 851 a 663 a to grow, 251 b oppressed, 5 6,1986 835 to b be, 642 6 oleaster, olive, 243 6 oppression, 250 a, 288 a, 437 n, 450 a, 498 a, branch, 243 6 508 A, 616 a, 6486, leaf, 243 b 649 6, 660 6, 690 a, tree, 243 b 805 6, 863 b, 864 a Omar, 21 a omen, 545 a oppressor, 286 6, 660 a, 706 a, 77 1 a omentum, 472 a Omri, 641 a opprobrium, 293 6 On, 216 opulent, 811 or, 229 a on, 97 //, 626 b u certain day, 341 6 oracle, 269 a, 273 6 account of, 90 a, 98 6, orbits, 577 6 356 6, 423 6, 440 a, orcus, 798 a 495 6, 630 a, 681 a, ordain, to, 301 a
32ar, 565,
'.
22
PERESH
with
colours,
Oi tât!
266 6 painted oven, 869 a over, 98 a, 344 a, 626 6, 630 6, 682 a against, 455 a, 456 a, 530 6, 638 a, 721 a and above, to be, 377 a to be, 222 6 348 6, overcome, to,
outside,
7626
overdrive, to, 205 6 669 6, overflow, to, 691 6,7056, 8116, 846 a, 846 6
'
overflowing, 243 a overlay, to, 2956, 7576 with, to, 6316, 7156
overlaying of a statue, 70 a
overlook,
to,
690 6
overpower, to, 873 6 overshadow, to, 322 a oversight, 686 6, 687 a overspread, to, 1 78 a, 411 a, 8426
overtake, to, 208 a overthrow, 230 6, 454 a,
837 a 230 a, 65 6 a, 829 a overthrowing, 195 a

to,
overthrown, to be, 5756,.
650 a
overturn, to, 2166, 230a, 5896, 61 la
721 a behalf of, 424 a high, 626 6

that account, 403 a the outside, 275 6 the other hand, 8 a
this account, 394 b
order, 4646, 580a, 785a,
787
to,
6,
860 a
61 6
to put in, 571

ore, of
6,8126
silver,
overturning, 2306, 454a, 611 6
ordinance, 300 b
overwhelm,
to,
254
a,
gold and
817o
owner, 130 6 of flocks, 564 6
Onan, 22 a
once, 29 a one, 286, 261 a
|
40
6,
84
a,
1346.stone, 8 a, Oreb, 652 b Oren, 80 6 oriental, 724 a, 724 6

origin,
after another, 29
another, 28 6, born, 349 6 by one, 29 a
a 30 a
kept
silent,
6,
no, 13
53 6 28 6, 39 a
only, 23 b time, 29 a onions, 133 l> only, 42

,
456 6, 471 o, 724 a Orion, 408 a ornament, 150 6, 151 a, 2176, 3136, 608 a, 665 a, 846 6, 854 6, 871 a to, 217 6 ornamented, to be, 664 6
ox, 506, 54a, 812a, 860a cart, 605 6 458 6, goad, 206 6, 479 6
stalls,
778 a
oxen, 137 a Ozem, 74 6

Ozni, 26 6 Oznites, 26 6
Oman,
6,
81 a
Paarai, 685 a pace, 756 6
72 a, 102
Orpah, 656 a
'orphan, 3766 Oshca, 220 6
i
'3456,7796
begotten, 345 6 child, 345 6
now, 42 a that, 72 a Ono, 22 a onward, 494 6
690 6 356 6, 861 a other, 34 a to be, 839 6 jpcn, to, 136 a, 1366, otherwise, 235 a 685 a, 685 6, 687 a, Othni, 663 a 694 6, 696 a, 697 a Othniel, 663 a out of doors, 266 6 eyed, 687 a 251 a, 509 outcry, space, 449 a 136 a 705 a, 772 6,779 peiied, to be, 811 a 49I a, 687 a, 697 a outer, 275 b out-pouring, 817 rt Ophd, 645 4 of wrath, 603 6 Ophir, 22 a
ossifrage, ostrich,
package, 405 a Padan-Aram, 667 a paddle, 376 6 Padon, 667 a 772 a, Pngiel, 666 a Pahath Moab, 672 6
paid, to be,
pail,
a,
a,
830 a 384 a 280 275 6, a, 380 6, pain, 470 6, 496 6, 647 a to be in, 265 a to have, 380 6 pained, to be, 279 a, 3286, 413 a pains, 257 6, 709 a paint, to, 3006, 301 o,
757 it with stibium, 390 6
PERFECT
perfect,
23
POWERS
I00a,830o,87a Pctra, 5896
PRACTICE
practice, 300 b practise, to, 209 b
24
QUIET
,
press down, 18 6
in.
3176
1906
242 a
6,
divination, to, 736

praise,
on. 23 a,
out.
1626, 238 6, 5086, 604 a, 672 a, 758 6, 361 6 815 a predict, 357 6, 385 a priest, 385 a, 385 6 to be a, 385 a prediction, 526 6 pre-eminence, 20a, 21a, priesthood, 385 6 a 3776, 461 primogeniture, 1196 pre-eminent, 376 6 prince, 13 a, 516 a, 53 1 ft, to be, 377 a 535 a, 541 6, 553 a, 569 6, 607 a, 682 a, prefect, a, 562 6, 578 6 751 6, 764 a, 794 a, pregnant, 231 6, 578 a to become, 2316, 2326 8446 to be, 796 6 premature, birth, 558 a preparation, 654 6 princes, 480 6, 486 6, 596 a, 755 6, 852 6 prepare, to, 27 a, 248 a, 485 6, 677 a, 684 6, princess, 794 6
predestined,
to be,
245 *, 454 a, 516 //, 857 a 143 to, 142ft, b, 1596, 226 a, 332 b, 526 a, 801 a, 868 b praised, to be, 143 a, 226 b praises, 221 a praising, 226 b prate, to, 639 b pray, to, 4186, 6636, 676 6, 709 6 129 6, prayer, 113 6, 130 a, 291 a, 5 14 a, 799 a, 86 la, 8716 preaching, 743 6 precede, to, 723 a precept, 1886, 4196, 500 a, 608 a, 687 a, 704 a ptecious, 286 a, 363 6, 447 a, 464 6 ointments, 868 a stone, 443 a things, 286a, 3633, 447 6, 464 6 to be, 363 a preciousness, 363 6 precipitate, to, 368 a
together, 185 a 291 to, upon,
4936. 6216, 706 a, 720 a upon any one, 54 6 pressed, to be, 615 a, 7196 pressing, to be, 270 a together, 91 6, 461 6 pressure, 470 6 pretend, to, 470 a
pretext, 631 6 prevail, to, 156 a, 348 6
previously, 325 a
prey, 436, 110 a, 134 a,
3156, 3256,4796, 5016, 518 a, 519 a, 606 a, 708 a, 829 6 to, 110 a price, 363 6, 4546,464 a, 472 a, 503 6, 504 6, 600 6, 667 a to set a, 842 6 prick, to, 564 6 up the ears, 26 6
prickles,
7136
pride, 1506, 15 la, 153 a,
8206
prepared, 662 6
to be, 387 a, 398 6
principal judges, 15
prints,
649 a 109 a, 398 a, 399 a, 399 6, 488 6, presage, to, 385 a 580 6, 708 6 presence, 679 6 to hold in, 68 a of Jehovah, 680 6 39 a, 144 a, prisoner, 810 6 present, 371 6, 522 a, 8136, pristine state, 724 a 8176,8766 privately, 597 6 to give, 868 6 privilege, 300 6, 301 a to be, 63 6, 501 a probity, 62 6, 4706 6 to, 533 procession, 224 a, 857 6 presently, 1376, 341 6, proclaim, to, 25 a, 4 1 4a, 493 a, 662 a, 743 a 530 a, 741 a {reserve, to, 3106, 374a, proclamation, 743 6 5146, 563 a, 5936, procure, to, 107 6 666 6, 837 6 prodigal, 246 a, 816a prodigy, 458 a preserved, 563 a preserving of life, 463 6 produce, 108 a, 182 a, 254 6, 327 a, 548 a> press, to, 65 a, 162 a, 2 12 a, 329 a, 437 a, 600 6, 639 a, 855 6 4586 4936, 533 a, to, 138 6, 32 7 6, 360 a, 5446 7066,7196, 638 a, 657 a, 719 a,
prison,
1
produced by God, 141a protuberance, 113 a 151 a, product of labour, 329 a proud, 150 153, 154 a, 1586, profanation, 855 6 238 6, 339 a, 758 6, profane, 278 a, 280 6, 799 a 2816,2936 250 28 3226 to be, 153 a, 156 6, la, to, a, 603 a, 660 6, 670 a, profaned, to be, 293 a 672 a profess, to, 332 6 profit, 11 a, 3776, 419n, proudly, to act, 217 6 583 6, 855 b prove, to, Ilia, 1456, 347 6, 864 a, 552 6, to, 356 a, 587 a to make, 377 a 7196 provender, to give, 123 a profligates, 242 6 progeny, 116 6, 254 6, proverb, 517 6 456 6, 486 6, 506 6, provide for, to, 357 a, 548 6, 549 a, 661 6, 5366 717 a, 8736 province, 451 a progress, 224 a provision, 43 6, 708 a prohibit, to, 305 6 provoke, to, 409 6, 5116, 6156, 756 a prohibiting, 44 6, 68 6, 678 a provoked to anger, to be, 2506 project, 466 a to, 700 a prudence, 108 a, 462 a, 620 a, 647 6, 655 6, projection, 37 6 790 a, 858 a prolong, to, 79 a, 5166 prudent, 653 6 prominence, 37 6 teachers, 446 a prominent, to be, 129 6, a to be, 114 a, 7896 700 promise, 62 a. to, 186 b prune, to, 160 a, 248 a, 454 a prompt, 454 a, 662 6 to be. 454 6, 662 a pruning-hook, 462 a promulgate, to, 360 a psalm, 531 6 prone, to be, 4 a Puah, 668 a, 669 6 proof, 246, 1116, 458 a public thanksgivings, 224 a prop. 81 a, 87 a, 4906, 519 a, 575 a, 777 6 publish, to, 529 6 to, 586, 836, 592 pudenda, 653 6, 732 6 801 a Puhites, 670 6 116 320 6, a, Pul, 669 a property, 472 6, 475 6, 497 6, pull, to, 325 6, 583 a, 5786 656 a away, to, 563 a prophecy, 526 6 to, 525 6 down, to, 232 a, 365 6 off, to, 283 a prophet, 264 a, 268 6, 335 6, 528 a. 750 6 out, to, 563 a prophetess, 528 6 up, to, 553 6, 596 a propose, to, 679 6 puncture, to, 304 a to oneself, to, 247 b punish, to, 137 a, 197 a, 348 a, 844 a propped, to be, 591 a a 269 prospect, punished, to be, 86 6, 335 a, 6S6 6 prosper, to, 10 a, 88 a, 143, 41 9 a, 6606, punishment, 1376, 687a, 844 6, 858 6, 859 a 7096 Punites, 669 a prospered, to be, 710 a prosperity, 273 6, 351 b, Punon, 669 a 3896, 419 a, 866 a purchase, 504 a, 735 6 prosperous, 273 a, 3196 pure, 138a, 244a, 564a, to be, 274 a 565 a, 6706, 7226 to be, 244 a, 565 a, prostitute, 241 6 725 a prostrate, 298 a to become, 3 1 8 a to, 217 a, 285 a, 313o, 3206, 41 6 a, 5456, purge, to, 192 a, 383 a, 429 a, 7026,7196, 7576, 8136, 821 a to be, 297 6 8436 oneself, to, 145 6 oneself, to, 161a, 558a protect, to, 295 6, 296 a, purification, 3186,5086, 386 6, 404 6, 553 a, 586 a purified, 6706, 719 6 protection, 60 a, 1336, purify, to, 252 6, 318 6,
,
104 a, 138 puritt 141 a,244,3l8
f,
3186, 5656
purple, 76 a
cloths,
766
1
purpose.
21 a, 247 A 356 b, 495 L, 49o A 6006, 701 a
247, 66 la 305 350 a^ 395 6, 720 b pursue, to, 758 6 pursuit, 296 6,
to,
202a,
purse,
push, 195 6 195 a 177 a, to, 217 a, 531 a, 5326,
7l9a
pustule, 9
Put, Phut, 668 6

put,
336 , 360 a 560 6, 573 b a, 786 , 809 6 a, 8196, 8466 away, to, 534 6, 6074 back, to be, 181 a forth, to, 360 a, 7886 in, to, 633 6 in, to be, 1076 in bonds, to, 68 a in motion, to, 220 a, 228 a in order, to, 654 6 into shape, to, 250 a
to,
360 770 813
6,
off, to,
571 a,
6946
it,
on,
70 , 407 413 a, 430 a out, to, 382 a

to,
to flight, 1106 to shame, 400 6
together, 819 6
Putiel, 668 6
putridity, 502 6 putrify, to cause to,529 putting aside, 241 6 on, 70 a
Q
quadrupeds, 105 a
quail, a,
7906
756
a,
quake,
to,
773 a
quantity, large enough.
1956
quarrel, 789
to,
.1
1736, 561 6 quarries, stone, 683 6 quarry, 490 a quarter of the heaven, 664 r. queen, 154 6, 478 4.
479 a, 805 a quench thirst, to, 633 quenched, to fce, 382 question, 799 a
798 6 quick, 267 6 to be, 454 a
to,
a,
quicklv,
105 n^
,
454 I
493
quiet,
732 a
203, 30.V/, 739a
5976,6166
protract, to,
7256
oneself; to,
51
788*
516 &
271 6
757 6, 847 6 to, 539 a
QUIET
Quiet, to be, 2026,
2/5
REST
region, sterile, 652 6 regulate, to, 197 a
203, Raphael, 776 &

799
rt,
312
a,
588
8106
domicile, 755 b to ia\ c, 847 6 to make one hold one's, 309 b
1
quietness, 203 juilt, 791 6

quilts,
juit,
490 b
565 b quite, 42 a, 69 a, 70 b quiver, 87 a, 865 a to, 792 b
Rehabiah, 7 65 a Rcchab, 768 6 Rehob, 7646 Rcchah, 769 a 1906 Rehoboam, 765 a recitation, 504 6 134 102 a, a, recite, to, 740 6 Rchoboth, 764 6 rapine, 166 a, 692 a reckon, to, 409 a. lost, 3 6 Rchum, 765 a a 6 to 311 3G3 be, rare, Rei, 774/* reckoned, to make, 363 6 recline, to, 755 rt, 842 6 reign, to, 477 6, 533 a 400 a rash, 454 6 reins, 32 1 recognise, to, 551 a recollect, to, 244 a rashly, 292 6, 768 a reject to, 130 a, 1766, to take his part, 2176 recompense, 1746, 8666 249 6, 445 a, uttered 525 a to, 830 a something,
>li
Raphah, 777 a li; u, 777 a il
received, to be, 67 6 receiving, 503 6
rend,
rapid course of a horse,
685 6, 690 a 745 a, 841 4 render, to, 803 6 illustrious, to, 381 6
to,
692
a,
stinking, to,
2oO a
rendered, to be, 809 6 rending abroad, 690
renew,
to, 263 a, 808 rent, to be, 136 a

,
repair, to,
270
263 264 a 776 a

6,
repay, to, 175 a repeat, to, 610 a, 839
4466
rat,
R
Raamah, 7746 Raamiah, 7 74 a
297 a
771 6
ration, 78 6
rattle, to,
record, 199 a recount, to, 594 a recover, to, 282 a health, to, 274 a
rectitude, 702 6,
rejoice, to,
327 634
b,
6,
69 a, 615 6, 632 a, 635 a, 787 6,

1
63 a,
8406
repeatedly, 6106 repeating, 6106 a, 839 6
791 a
rejoicing,
raven, 652 a ravin, to, 3156, 701 a Raamscs, 774 6 Rabbah, 754 b ravished, to be, 805 a, 821 a Rabbath, 754 b raw, 273 a, 523 a Rabbith, 754 b razor, 4596, 871 a Rabshakeh, 755 b race, 255 a, 3466, 5086 reach, to, 499 6 across to, 1 40 6 roues, 859 a out to, to, 700 6 Rachal, 769 a 6 765 to, to, 466 6 Rachel, a 758 unto, to, 531 6 Raddai, read aloud, to, 740 b radiate, to, 744 6 reading, 504 6 radiating, 209 a raft, 603 6 ready, 3716, 535a, 6626 to be, 534 a, 561 a, rafts, 1886, 7776 662 a rage, 2506, 251 a to make, 485 6 to, 228a, 369a, 7576, 7586, 774 a prepared, 283 a ragged, 653 6 prepared for war, to 6 be, 283 a raging, 756 a, 774 there is, 39 a rags, 122 a, 476 b 6 773 there is not, 39 a Ragucl, Reaia, 750 6 Rahab, 758 b, 764 6 Raham, 766 a Rcaiah, 750 6 Rahel, 765 b reap, to, 739 a rail, to, 668 6 reaping hook, 448 a rain, 108a, 1826, 4676, rear, 29 6, 368 6, 649 a 5796 reason, 173 a, 188 6, 3116,3236 to, 182 6, 467 6 the latter, 479 6 reasons, 186 6 rainbow, 748 Rebah, 755 a raise, to, 252 a, 578 a, Rebecca, 755 6 728 a, 761 6 rebel, 595 a, 809 a rebellion, 916, 507 a, up, to, 252 a, 615 a 695 a Rukkath, 781 a Rnkkon, 780 a rebellious, 507 6, 595 a, 809 a ram, 20 a, 376, 109 a, 7696 to be, 505 6, 507 a a great, 37 a rebuild, to, 128 a, 270 a Raman, 770 a rebuke, 1 77rt, 4486, 8586 6 Ramath, 751 to, 380 6 a 759 recall to mind, 661 a ramble, to, 6 774 to mind, to be, recalled Rameses, 2446 Ramiah, 770 6 Ramoth, 751 a, 770 6 recede, to, 533 a receive, to, 67 6, 442 , rampart, 475 6, 491 6 499 a, 568 6, 721 a, rancid, to be, 249 6 to become, 239 6 7326 an inheritance, to, range, to, 8126 370 a ranging in order, 186 a, 497 a as a loan, to, 432 6 a as a possession, or in785 rank, heritance, to, 543 a rapacious creature, 622a glad tidings, to, 14 06 Rapha, 776 6
703 a
red, 136, 14 rt, 8526 to be, 13 a, 289 a
169 a, 216 a, repel, to, 206 6, 21 7 a, 221 a, 633 a, 7916, 546 6, 766 6
874 a
'
repent, to, 809 a, 858
chalk, 794 6 reddish, 796 6 to be, 796 a redeem, to, 151
Rekem, 780 6
rekindled, 71 a relations (by blood),
repentance, 544 6
Rephah, 777 a
rt,
6666
redemption, 1506, 152a, 412 66 b price of, 412 a, the right of, 152 a redness, 13 6, 852 6 reduced to poverty, to
be, 370 6 redundance, 593 b redundancy of honey,
3576
redundant, 344 a, 595 6 to be, 377 ff, 609 a, 691 b, 793 6 reed, 4er,ll a, 581 b, 610 a, 735 a (a measuring), 735 b reeds, 29 a reedy place, 11 a 1776, 2606, reel, to,
4186, 8046
Reelaiah, 774 a
874 6 252 6 refractory, 445 a, 595 a, 596 a refresh, to, 23 a, 591 a

reeling, 774 a,
refine, to,
refreshed, 71 a
refreshing, 505 a,
5106
refreshment, 273/;, 7136 refuge, 2946,4656,4866,
491
a.
to take,
to,
4926, 6166 294

a,
refuse, 551 6
4 a,74ff, 445 453 6, 537 6 refutation, 496 b
regard, to, 678 6 as a thing understood, to, 114 a
with disgust, to, 2396 regarded, to be, 836 a Rcgcm, 757 a llegem-melech, 727 a region, 14 a, 966, 149 6, 172a, 2576, 664 a on the other side,
603 a
Rephaiah, 777 6 Rcphaim, 776 6 Rephaites, 776 6 relationship, 2 6, 152 a relative, 27 6 Rephidim, 777 6 759 6 relaxation, 6, 761 repine, to, 757 relaxing, 770 6 reply, 496 6, 876 a release, 834 a to, 642 a report, 836 6 religion, 2106 remain, to, 193 6, 346 a, repose, 486 6 372 a, 377 a, 539 a, reproach, 1586, 29* J, 307 6, 400 6, 525 609 6, 637 a, 727 6, 7996 to, 1606, 307 a, 4006 remainder, 344 rt, 377 a, reproached, to be, 210 377 b reproof, 1 7 7 a reprove, to, 177 a, 380 b remaLiing, 47 a a 800 reprover, 353 6 part, Remaliah, 770 6 reptile, 771 a, 8506 remark, to, 114 rt request, 91 6, 799 a to, 129 6, 798 6 remedy, 511 a, 868 a remember, to, 199 a, require, to, 138 a 202 rt, 244 a required, to be, 210 a remembrance, 245 6 requite, to, 830 a rescue, to, 477 a Renieth, 771 6 remission, 230 a, 834 a resemble, to, 809 6 Resen, 772 a remissness, 777 6 remit, to, 547 6, 690 6, reserve, for any one to, 834 a 74 a to, 837 6 Remtnon, 770 a reserved, to be, 310 6 remnant, 799 6 reservoir, 10 6, 152 A, remote, 765 a 171 a regions, 369 a time, 634 a Resheph, 782 a to be, 766 6 reside, to, 589 a residence, 237 6 remoteness, 223 6 remove, to, 133 a, 161 a, residue, 377 6, 799 6 223 6, 241 6, 242 6, resist,to,508a,589rt,7436 3556,4176, 460 a, resisting, 873 a 534 6, 552 6, 553 6, respect of persons, 5126 569 6, 582 6, 603 6, respite, 761 6 607 6, 679 a, 741 6, rest. 184 a, 203 a, 229 6, 377 a, 377 b, 486 6, 766 6, 804 a 507 a. 539 6, 545 6, away, to, 663 6 588 a. 668 a, 790 i removed, 582 a 818 a, 8476 to be, 215 6, 2236, a 329 a, 663 to, 2026,312ff,538a, a 678 6136, 757 ^ S04o, removing, 823 a, 847 b away, 489 a on one's arm, to, .353* remuneration, 830 6 to cause to, 539a rend, to, 136 a, 571 6
7996
'
REST
rest
2b
)
'
SAYING
rule, to,186o,197a,2596, a, 648 6, 827 6, 844 a to cause to, 827 6 over, to, 758 o ruler, 531 6, 828 6 Rumah, 762 6 ruminate, to, 181 a rumination, 179a rumour, 727 6, 834 a,
from, to,
1126
riches, 55 1/7,661 a, 6646,

their,
687 a, 81 la 227 a iicinus, 731 6 roe-buck, 74 6 ride, to, 768 6 Rogelim, 756 6 riders, 768 6 Kohgah, 759 a roll, to,7a,20a.26tf,52 6, riding, 769 a 172n, 605 a, 6056, right, 1976, 3006, 30 lo, 6776 restored,tobc,809a,873a 3516, 520a, 5506, b a 487 676 restrain, o, 703 down, to, 1726 to, 1346, 260a, 3106, hand, to use the, 352o off, to, 26 a on a 863 3976, 3846, 4626, the, oneself, to, 7106 oneself on, to, 230 6 5376, 7166 shewing the, 858 b side, 351 a rapidly, to, 507 a by rule, to, 648 b tobc,88, 419o, 702n oneself, to, 72 a together,7a,173o,320a to go to the, 352 a restrained, to be, 134 6, up, to, 7a,620a, 714a rolled down, 7106 3106 righteous, 375 6, 701 6 to be, 702 o, 702 6 restraint, 1356, 4966, rolling, 108 o, 172 a, to declare, 702 6 6486 173 a, 6766 6 6 to render, 702 Rornamti-ezer, 771 o results, 855 a roof 32 79 703 6, 6, righteousness, retard, to, (of a house), 157 a 649 a rightly, 15o, 347o, 4026, root, 650 a, 851 a 702 a retribution, 174 b, 825 6, out, to, 650 o, 851 6 to dispose, 873 a to take, 851 6 8306,8666 to do, 347 a return, 809 a, 817 6, up, to, 650 a 876 a rim, 152 a rope, 2576, 2646, 377o, 566 6, 604 6, 726 6, to, 18 a, 610 a, 808 a, Rimmon, 770 a 808 It, 857 b 8726 Rimraon-percz, 770 a Reu, 7736 ring, 172a,264 a, 27 la, Rosh, 752 6 318 a, 542o, 605 a rot, to, 604 6, 780 a Reuben, 7506 6 Reuel, 773 ringlets, 759 a rough, 173 6, 180 a, 6 750 792o Keumah, Rinnah, 771 6 1 6 to be, 1786, 3066, 71 8a 70 to 442 b reveal, to, ripe late, be, soil, 1796 revelation, 23 6, 269 a, ripen, 175 a sounds in the throat, 608 a to, 147 a to produce, 181 a revelations, 23 b ripened, to be, 147 a revenge, to, 565 b Riphath, 1976, 768 a roughness, 179 6 round, 605 a revenged, to be, 544 a ripped up, to be, 136 a reverence, 303 , 365 a, rise, to, 253 6, 359 6, about, 129o, 4886 459o 7616 heap of wood, 194 o to be, 48o, 526, 238o, to, 364 o, 3G4 6 above, to, 356 a 721 6, 785 a reverencing, 364 b up, to, 162 a, 387 a, 6 230 a to go, 576 6, 580 o, 728 reverse, rises up, one who, 873 a 812a the, 230 6 to make, 238 a review, to, 486 a, 686 a rising of light, 254 a revile, to, 160 6 roundness, 580 a, 676 6 up, a, 73 1 a Rireah, 772 a rout, to, 421 6 revive, to, 274 a to cause to, 282 b an enemy, to, 390 a rite, 5186 the rear of an army, Rithmah, 7826 reviving, 273 a rival, to, 3036, 7196 revoke, to, 808 6 to, 248 6 revolve, to, 605 o, 6776, river, 186, 1686, 326 o, row, 320 6, 6546, 787 6, 860 a 7176 326 6, 327 6, 340 6, 350 6, 537 a, 537 6, royal edict, 323 6 reward, 956, 464a, 51 3o, 649 6, 830 5 543 6, 674 6, 675 o rub, to, 209 o, 278 a, 509 o, 51 1 a, 815o of good news, 146 a Rizpah, 779 a off, to, 296 a to, 808 b roar, to, 555 o, 774 a,
npon, to, 5906,591.7, 778 a, 842 a resting, 757 6 restore, to, 60 a, 1 28 3, 263 a, 270 a, 610 b, 808 a, 830 a life, to, 274 a
to receive a,
rod, 1746, 273 801 a roe, 74 b
a, 504/7,
sagacious,
sail,
2776
'
5 17
o,533
809
a,
499 a sailor, 258 a, 476 Salathiel, 799 a Salcah, 588 A sale, 480 a
something for, <7i ( Salem. 830 6 saliva, 768 a Sallai, 588 6 8366 Sallu, 588 6 run, to, 344 6, 357 a, Salmah. 790 6 416 a, 541 6, 592 a, Salmon, 7106, 790 A 688 6, 692 6, 759 a, salt, 476 6 763 a, 778 o, 8116, to, 476 A to cat, 4 70 6 (as a sore), to, 327 a land, 476 6 swiftly, to, 687 6 salted, 287 o up, to, 849 a runner, 778 o salute, to, 143o,825 a runners, 763 a salvation, 2206, 37 4 6 520 717 a running about, 6 691 salvations, 460 6 rupture, rush, 11 a, 581 6 Samaria, 838 6 to, 592a, 6666, 817a sambuca, 783 a same, the, 28 6, 29 a headlong, to, 219 a on, to, 723 6 Samh-h, 7916 npon, to, 2336, 558a, Samson, 839 o 592 6, 694 6 Samuel, 833 6
violently
upon,
to,
6216
rushes, rope of,
Ha
rushing, 806 Russians, 752 a
278 o 491 6 Ruth, 763 6

rust,
rut,
Sanballat, 591 6 sanctuary, 503 a, 725 6 sand, 265 6 sandal, 554 6 wood, red, 53 a sand-piper, 65 6
sandy country, 449 6

soil,
147 a
sabbath, 804 6
830 a
7976,8146
roaring, 806, 537a, 7976
roast, to, 709 6, roasted, 7 10 a
Rezeph, 779 a Rezio, 779 a Rezin, 779 a Rezon, 764 a Rhodians, 758 a rib, 635 a, 7 1 1 a Kibai, 767 6 Riblah, 755 a
rich,
over, to, 463 a to pieces, to, 763
732 6
robber, 225
A,
3156
2106,4626,6600,
811
a
,
robbery, 166 a robe, a long, 864 6 robust, 196, 37 6, 71 a, 274 6, 647 6, 747 6 to be, 1 86, 3556, 7266 to become, 282 a
robbing, 7 65 a ruby, 384 a ruddy, 136, 665 a to "be, 13 a

ruin,
Sahaeans, 800 a Sabtah, 578 b Sabtechah, 578 6 Sacar, 790 6 sack, 718 a, 794 a sackcloth, 794 a sacred, to be, 725 a scribes, 304 6 83 6, 86 6, sacrifice, 1846,238o, 487 a, 742 a for sin, 272 o, 272 6 satiated, 7836 to be, 2106, 78.1 a to, 1846, 238a 11 "380 sad, a, 353o, 6, satiety, 783 6 505 a, 595 a, 772 6 satire, 4856, 531 6 to be, 58 6, 65 a, satisfaction, 7786 192, 251 o,3286, satisfied, to be, 759 783 o 380 6, 605 6 to make, 279 6 satisfy, to, 7786 saddle, to, 259 6 satrap, 324
Sansannah, 591 b Gap, 25 1 6 Sapli, 592 6 sapphire, 593 6 Sarabalkc, 595 a Saraechim, 795 6 Sarah, 795 a Sarai, 795 a Paraph, 796 a sardius, 14 a sardonyx, 807 a Sargon, 595 o Satan, 1226,788 a satiate, to, 759 b
i.
366,2056,2196,
450 6, 466
6,
473
o,
4986 to, 816 a

ruins, 1696, 3026, 4936,
to be, 220a, 6606, 8 lOa
rihc3,2lo, 220 L>i>7/>, 275o, ".<j:>a, 329 a, 37' A. 382 a. 390 a.
make, 156 a ro"k, 8 a, 42 a, 320 6, 410 a, 513 a, 589 6, 7066, 7 18 a. 839 o

to
4986, 5146, 6216, 772 a, 798 o, 807 6

rule, 4806, 5156,
689a,
7266 828a 8606
34 a a satyrs, 79:4 a a 798 safe, 373r, 825n, 8296, Saul, 830 6, 867 a savage, 42 6 to be, 824 A save, 2416 and sound, to conto, 5146 tinue, 274 a saw, 449 o, 513 o to keep, 829 6, 837 6 5696.737 to, 181 safety, 374 6, 825 o, say, to, 60 6 and do, to, 679 a 866 a to set in, 676 a saving, a sharp, 841 a
sadness, -
280 6, 312 4806, 508 o,5 10 11-1 b, 858 a
6,
satraps,
o,
Saturn, 395
SCAB
350 a, 490 It, 574 A, 593a, 7 18 a scabby, 178 b to be, 718 a scaffold, 395 a, 638 b Bcale, 746 a to, 295 a, 8146 scales, 444 scaling off, 746 a si-all. 574 b scarcely, 42 a scarlet, 859 a clothed in, 865 b deep, 840 b scatter, to, 104 a, 1106, 139 6, 209 a, 253 a, 254a, 255 a, 2556, 54 1 a, 5586, 5626, 592 6, 669 b, 688 a, 689 b, 691 6 those that, 462 a scattered, to be, 226 6
icab, 178 a,
1>
27
)
'
SHEAF
set, to
out to, 109 a,! Scled, 587 6 Ilia, 145 6, 297 a, self, 92 a 301 6, 860 a sell, to, 465 6, 472 6 Scmachiah, 591 a searching, 301 6 semen virile, 254 6 out, 376 b that which is known seminis fluxus, 254 a Senaah, 591 a by, 465 6 season, to, 291 6, 401 6, Sennacherib, 591 6 780o Senah, 591 b seasonable, to be, 120 a send, to, 825 6, 827 a seat, 407 a, 460 a, 524 6, after, to, 441 6 538 6, 8046. low 86, away, to, 547 6
search
seats set round,
shake the h\n*\, to r>c, 637 6, 541 a a seal upon, to, shaken, to be, 241 6 3146 540 6. 592 a, 763 a. an amlmsh, to, 75 o 775 6 bounds to anything, shaking, 1776, 250 a,
5.19 6,
to,
355 6, 873 o
1546
to,
869o
6,
down,
free, to,
539 a 283 o, 666
667 a
free, to be,
in
order,
663 a to, 609
of the head, 486 6 off, a, Shalisha, 831 b Shallecheth, 829 6
56
6,
488 6
Seba, 576 a Secacah, 586 6 Sechu, 789 6 second, 518 6,
840
6,
869 6
time, a, 841 a secret, 301 6, 580 597 6, 763 b arts, 433 a
secretly,
6,
365 6 forth, to, 320 b out to, 826 a sending, 518 a Senir, 792 a sent, one, 475 a sentence, 167o, 3236, 512 a, 5176, 696 a, 783 a
down,
to,
7946
362 a down, to, 291 a, 538 6 oneself, up to, 610 6 over, 562 6 something, 59 6 time, 248 a, 457 a up, to, 386 6, 704 6, 706 a, 728 a, 864 b Seth, 852 6 Sethur, 596 6 setting, 853 a in a row, 186 a of gems, 475 a (of the sun), 494 b settings, 514 a settle down, to, 853 6 236 a, 802 6, seven, 803 a times, 803 a seven-fold, 803 a seventeen, 802 6 seventy, 597 a, 803 a sever, to, 145 a severe, 299 severity, his, 875 6 sew, to, 2G4 a, 872 a together, to, 264 a, 324 7756 up, to, 322 o sexual desire, 870 6
fire,
on
oneself
Shallum, 825 6, 830 b Shalmai, 790 6, 831 a Shalman, 831 a Shalmanezer. 831 a Shama, 836 6 Shamar, 838 a shame, 109 6, 147 6, 400 6, 529 6, 653 6,
7326
a
man
of,
sententious expression,
6,
to put
41 a any one
to,
scent, 767 6
to
do,
295
2736
separate, to, 74 a, 103 o,
1096
to put to, 2936, 297 o,
592 a 301 a, 467 a, 801 a, 849 b scoff, to, 870 6 at, to, 733 b scorch, to, 806 6, 813 a scorched, 732 6 to be, 386 a scoria, 580 6, 584 a scorim, 693 a scorn, 3076, 513 a, 7336, 788 a to, 307 a, 733 6 life, to, 307 a scorpion, 650 a scourge, 650 a, 719 a, 8106, 8166, 818 a scrape, to, 6 7 a, 178 a, 1786, 1806, 181 a, 306 6, 583 a, 592 6, 593 6, 738 a, 843 6, 846 a off, to, 296 a, 737 6
sceptic,
433 a
section, 149 6
sceptre,
1136, 145
a,
1796,
3166,3286
shameful,
to
secure, 825 o, 867 a to be, 1126,8246

to
4176,4586,491a, 564a,5646, 6666,
make,
6,
870o
things, to do, 109
the beard,
to,
196 6
together, to, 1 1 a, 67a scratch, to, 169 6, 178 a,
1786, 1806, 3066, 5936, 718 a, 8436, 846 a scribe, 594 a sculpture, 504 a, 696 b to, 733 b scurf, 490 6, 593 a scurvy, 178 a sea, 350 6, 351 a, 476 6, 857 a sea-coast, 258 a, 463 b sea-purslain, 476 a sea- weed, 581 6, 668 6 268 a, 315 a, seal, 318 a to, 3146, 315 a, 3176 up, to, 314 6 seal-ring, 268 a search, to, 137 a, 137 6, 301 a for, to, 137 a, 297 b,
674 a, 675 a, 682 6, make, 829 6 688 a, 690 a, 693 a, securities, 112 6 112 6946 58 a, 6, security, 446 b, 652 b, 871 a oneself, to, 542 a sedition, to move, 507 a out, to, 574 6 535 a, separated, 310 6 seduce, to, to be, 1666, 462 a 570 a to to. separately, 102 6. 103 a fornication, 249 6 separation, 102 6, 103 o to sin, to, 271 6 separations, 446 a to vanity, to, 214 6 Sephar, 594 6 seductions, 450 6 Sepharad, 594 6 304 a sedulous, Sepharvaim, 594 6 see, to, 268 a, 268 6, sepulchral heap, 159 a 333 6, 538 a, 748 6, mound, 1256 805 a sepulchre, 109 a, 116 a, 721 a, 722 a. 816 a about, to, 334 6 seed, 254 6 sepulture, 721 a Serah, 795 a time, 254 6 seeing, 687 a, 750 a, Seraiah, 795 a 7506 Sered, 595 a seek, to, 129 b, 138 a, serene, 707 a 2096,8066, 8156 serenity, 141 a series, 787 6 by feeling, to, 183 a for, to, 137 6, 747 6 serpent, 243 a, 433 6, for prey, to, 320 6 545 a, 869 6 from any one, to, serpents, great, 868 6 138 a, 2096 winged, 796 a occasion, to, 63 6 Serug, 795 o the face of God, to, servant, 556 a, 599 a,
3286
shamefully,
to
act,
1096 Shamgar, 833 a Shamir, 834 6

Shamlai, 834*5
Shamma, 833 a Shammah, 833 6

Shammai, 834 a
Shamsherai, 839 a
shape, 737
intercourse, to have,
346 a
Shaalabbin, 842 a Shaalbin, 842 a Shaalim, 842 a Shaaph, 842 6 Shaaraim, 843 6 Shaashgaz, 843 6 Shabbethai, 804 6 Shackai, 821 6
Shaphan, 845 6, 846 o Shaphat, 844 6 Shapher, 846 a Shaphir, 845 a Sharai, 850 a Sharar, 851 a Sharezer, 849 6 shark, a, 548 6 Sharon, 850 a
sharp, 261</, 2616, 438o,
493o
to be, 26o, 2066, 261o,
288 6, 299 a, 308 4926, 7136 weapon, 789 a

sharpen,
to,
,
a,
shaded, to be, shades, 698 6
7106
2616, 308n,
438
509
a,
733
6,
1376
seeking, 209 6 seemly, 524 6 to be, 326 a
seer,
servants, to have
7016
268 6, 750 b Seir, 792 6 Seirath, 792 6 seize, to, 30 a, 273 314 a, 3156, 656 734 a Selah, 589 6, 827 a select, to, 103 6, 111 145o, 5646 selected, to be, 103 6
600a, 6466,8516 many, 313 a serve, to 217 a, 598 a, 640 6, 675 6, 851 6 service, 475 a, 600 a,
6756
a, a,
servitude, 600 6 set, to, 18 a, 71 a, 1546,
6,
336 a, 353 a, 360 a, 3606, 361 6,3706, 5606, 6336,651a, 669 a, 786 o, 809 a, 8096, 8196,854a
shadow, 1336, 7096 of death, 7 1 1 a Shadrach, 807 a shady place, 500 6 shaggy, to be, 411 a Shaharaim, 8156 Shahazimah, 815 a shake, to, 241 6, 246 a, 302 6, 455 6, 465 6, 539 6, 540 6, 555 a, 692 6, 733 6 down, to, 574 6 forth, to, 541 o off, to, 555 a, 574 b out, to, 246 a, 555 a
841o
sharpened, 304 o, 305 a to be, 261 a sharpness, 261 6, 289 b
Sharuhen, 850 a Shashai, 852 o Shashak, 852 6 Shaul, 798 o Shau'.itcs, 798 a shave, to, 1716, 4086 Shavch, 809 6
Shaveh
Kiriathaim,
810o
Shavsha, 812 b
sheaf,
53 a, 639o,6I
SIIEAL
Sbeal,
-28
a,
SLENDEUNESS
74
b,
79S6
799 a. 832 a 165 6, 408 6,
Shealtiel,
hear, to,
shearer,
shewing ofopinion,a,29a shoot, 6896, 71 6a, 795a. side, 74 Shibmah, 7 83 a Shicron, 823 6
i
331
a,
737 a 1 65 & Sheariah. 843 b shearing. 165 a

Shear-jashub, 7996 she-ass, 95 a heath, 535 b, 871 a
shield, 4486, 5836, 7136,
8276
Shihon, 8176
Shihor, Sihor, 81 8 a Shihor-libmith, 8 18 a Shilhi, 827 6
Sheba, 800 a, 803 a She hali. 801 a
Shilhim, 827 b Shillem, 830 6 Shiloh, 8186

Shilonite, 818 6 Shilshah, 831 6 Shimea, 836 6
Shebam, 7S3a
Shebaniah, 802 a Shebarim, 804 a Shebna, 802 a Shebuel, 800 b Shecaniah, 823 b Shechcm, 822 b
Shiraeah, 833 a, 837 a Shimcath, 837 a Shimci, 837 a Shimma, 836 6
bed
tears,
to,
119 a,
20 la, 204 a shedding of blood, 513 a Shedear, 806 b heep, 698 It, 785 a
the thick of a, 51
and a
fat tail
Shimon, 8186 Shimrath, 838 6 Shimri, 838 6 Shimrith, 838 6 Shimron, 838 a Shimshai, 839 a Shinab, 839 6
Shinar, 841 a
shine, to, 166, 23a, 2266, 2396, 3 18 a, 358 a,
heep- fold, Shecrah, 26 &
135 a corner
of,
Shege, 804 b lie-goat, 37 a, 6166

Shehariah,
8156
shekel, a, 848 a the twentieth part of

a,
359 a, 5006, 537 a, 562 a,

661 a,
7 15 a,
179 a
433 a, 440 6, 5296, 53 la, 541 a, 545 a, 563 a, 564 a, 7036, 7056, 7446, 840 a,
Shcleph,31a
Shelcsh, 831 6
shell -fish,
850 a
forth, to, 121 a, like gold, 239 6
240 a
864 a
Shelomi, 831 a Shclomith, 831 a

shelter, to take,
to cause one's face to,
23 a
to
322 a
Shera, 833 a
to
make to, 240 a make one's own

face to, 23
Shema, 836 6 Shemaiah, 837 a

Sheraariah 838 6
Shemcber, 833 a Shemida, 834 a Shemiramoth, 834 6 Shena/.ar, 839 b Shepham, 845 b Shcphatiah, 844 b shepherd, 774 a Shephi, 845 a Shcpho, 844 a Shephuphan, 844 a Sherah, 800 a sherds, 295 a Sherebiah, 849 b
Sheresh, 85 1 a Shrshaeh, 8526 Shcshai, 8 52 a
209 a, 663 6, 703 6 to be, 703 6 to make, 226 a plate, 709 a -hip. 22 a, 64 a, 64 6, 593 a, 708 a Shiphi, 846 a Shiphrah, 846 6
shining,
108
6,
662
6,
Shiphtan, 8446 Shisha, 819 a Shishak, 8 19 a

Shitrai,
8176, 850 a
Shittim, 8166 Shiza, 818^
Shesban, 852 b Slieshl>:i/./.ur, 852 a Shethar, 853 b Shcthar-bozni, 853 6

.ihcva,
hew,
8076, 8176 175 a, 263 264 a, 335 a, 347 530 a

to,
6, 6,
oneself, to, 41
Shobab, 809 a Shobach, 809 a Shobai, 801 6 Shobal, 809 a Sholjek, 809 a Shobi, 801 6 Shochoh, 786 a shoe, a, 554 b, 575 b to, 554 6, 576 a Shoham, 807 a shone upon, 703 6 246 a, 247 a, shoot, 3526, 564 a, 650 a,
SLICE
dice,
'29
STAY
spices,
sling,
40 a, 89 b, 378 a, sort, 470 a 320 a 380 a, 384 6, 395 b, Sotai, 581 a 40 la, 4026, 403 a, sought, to be, 129 6 6, spirit, 571 a, 760 a 404 a, 409 6, 580 a of divination, 335 b for, to be, 210 a a and ft of python, 335 6 571 239 382 427 so, off, to, soul, 2746, a, a, 451 6, 559 a with the foot, 272 a as. 380 a spit, to, 369 6, 871 6 sound, 34 6, 215 6, 2276, out, to, 249 6, 859 6 slipperiness, 476a, 590a great, 378 a 3396, 7276, 825 a, spittle, 780 a, 872 6 slippery, 284 a long as, 606 6 829 6, 830 6, 837 a, splendid, 104 6, 363 6, 196 6, 235 a, that, places, 285 a 382 a 867 a, 8736, 874 o 391 6, 4246, 607 a slipping away, 464 ft to be, 266 6 a trumpet, to, 762 6 that not, 122 a slothful, to be, 647 b to utter a gentle, 35 a slothful ness, 647 b Sochoh, 786 a garments, 464 a soundness, 522 a, 825 a splendour, 15 6, 83 a, Blow, 79 6, 381 6 socket, 473 o, 564 6 b 34 a 511 692 a 1506, 151 a, 219 a, Socoh, 76 a, jlowly, soup, 240 a, 2430,3186, to go, 700 a sodden, something, sour, to be, 129 a, 2886, 358 6, 359 a, 382 o, 147o 308a sluggish, 381 a to become, 50 6 531 a, 5626, 6166, slumber, 539 b Sodi, 580 6 493 a, 714 b, Sodom, 579 6 small, south, 351 b, 530 a 7006, 871a 730 b sodomite, 725 6 splinters, 738 6 quarter, 207 a to be, 7 15 a, 730 a soft, 147 a, 608 6, 641 6, southern quarter, 3516, split, to, 672 6, 781 a to make, 9 a 863 a 768 a spoil, 1 1 a, 5 19 a, 606 a to be, 368 6, 769 a smallncss, 462 a, 502 a, sow, to, 254 a to, 102a, 110 a, 134a, 7146, 730 ft softness, 476 a, 4916, sowing, 254 6 1816,2570,2576, 283 a, 695 a, 829 6, 768 a sown, place which is, Smaragdites, 104 b b 84 842 123 323 a 4626 smear, to, la, 8636 soil, to, a, smeared, to be, 2106, soiled, to be, 420 a any one, to, 134 a space, 759 6, 765 a 8416 1 64 a 6956 between, 1146, spoiling, 102 o, 515 o sojourn, to, included within cer- spoils, 281 a smell, to, 760 a sojourner, 178 a a sweet, 146 a tain limits, 153 6 spokes, 314 a sojourning, 1816 of time, 5216 solace, 548 a sweetly, to, 146 a spontaneous, 535 a to have a bad, 100 6 to, 83 6 sport, 707 6 spacious, 759 o, 764 6 to be, 222 6, 374 o, mite, to, 226 6, 248 6, solar, 839 a to, 707 6, 788 a 462 6, 465 6, 532 6, soldering, (of metal), to make, 707 ft 7596, 7640 549 a, 566 6, 593 ft, 1856 spot, 444 6, 456 6, 532 b spade, 376 6 834 a, 873 a 40 6, in the skin, 106 a 156 b, span, 255 6 soldier, in pieces, to, 2266, 1746 spare, to, 266 a, 287 a, spotted, 322 a, 856 a
so,
!
675 b 733 b linger, 734 a a lip, to, 282 ft, 590 away, to, 477 a, 672 ft 675
snuffers,
462
a,
466
ft,
sorrowful, 505 o, 639 a

to be,
590 a
4796
65
a,
413 a
spider, 625 6 spin, to, 26 a, spindle, 676ft
sprout, 564 c, 689 b 7 12 a.8l4l.. 827 a

to,
210 0,5376,5396.
6896
forth, to, 2826, 7 12 a spun, something, 467 a
what
is,
26 a
spurious, 480 spy, a, 756 6
out, to, 859 6 squanderer, 246 a squeak, 7 14 a
squeeze, 437
to,
252 6 out, to, 704 a, 787 6 together, to, 734 6 squeezing, 470 6 stability, 62 6
a,
242
stable, 46,77a,776,4956
507 a
to be, 59 a, 376 6 to be made, 387 6
stables,
staff,
24 a
1746,4556,4666 504o, 5196, 801a

a
a,
a round, 676 6
stag, a, 37
belonging to stage, 494 6
37 6
stagger, to, 177 6, 418 ft to cause, 540 6 stain, 456 6 to, 123 a, 151 6, 445 a
stained, to be,
stalk,
856 a 420 a 734 a, 735 6
stall,46,77a,2916,444a,
4656
smith, 309
raiting,
6, 488 6 47 1 a, 793 6 soliUnily, 103 a smoke, 660 a, 731 a, solitary, 345 6, 654 a 8696 to be, 526, 103a, 3766, 835 a to, 195 a Solomon, 831 a smoking, 660 a smooth, 284 a, 493 a, some, 29 a 7336 measure, 378 b to, 279 6, 284 a one, 28 ft, 40 6 to be, 170 a, 279 a, something, 62 a, 188 o,
soles of the feet, 716 solicitous, to be, 279 a
3106,683a
sparing, 683 6 of, to be, 310 6
spotty, 139 6 spouse, 30 a, 428
ft
spout, to, 209

forth, to,
507 a 729 a stalls, 24 a, 846 6 stammer, to, 435a, 440a

stallion,
spread, to, 593 a, 593 5, 694 a, 757 6 spatter, to, 541 6 speak, to, 186 o, 215 a, (a bed), 753 6 479 a, 4796, 594 a, oneself abroad, to,
6,
spark, 394 6 sparkling, 74
241 o
8706
stammering. 630 6 stamp, to, 1 1 a stamping, 842 a stand, to, 360 ft, 372 6 56 lo, 5936, 637 a, 727 6, 728 6
by, to,
209 a
673
a,
788 b
684o
out, to,
barbarously, to, 435 a
283 6, 433 a, 477 a, 452 a, 696 a 479 6, 675 6 opposite, 721 a to make, 1806, 7336, precious, 296 6 743 a son, 125 6, 138 a, 138 6, 3496 smoothed, to be, 842 6 in law, 315 b smoothness, 2846, 464 6, 476 a, 590 a song, 2210, 247o, 2486, 273 ft, 462 a, 477 6, nail, 802 a snare, 258a, 459a, 4616, 485 6, 517 6, 531 6, 790 a, 819 a, 872 a 4786, 5156, 671 a, 7126 soon, 743 a to 363 snares* b, soothe, to, 800 6 lay, 5666, 7046 soothing, 183o the devising of, 462 a soothsayer, 18 a 563 a, Sophereth, 594 b match, to, 5816 sorceries, 419 a away, to. 1 10 a, 181 a, sorcery, to use, 545 a 355 ft, 685 ft sore, to be, 380 6 Sorek, 796 b sneezing, 620 6 snore, to. 758 a sorrow, 64 6, 329 a, b 4706, 647 a, 855 a, snort, to, 544 mow 865 a 858 a
567 a rapidly, to, 507

fast, to,
rashly, to, 440 6 that which is certain,
253 a, 324 o, 361 a, 5156,5216, 546 a, 672 a, 673 a, 6926, 693a,694a, 694 6, 696 a, 763 6.
360 6
727 6
to, 59 1 a 372 6
fast, to,
firm, to, 59 a, 387 a
on end,
out, to,
360 b that which is

to,
7766,7806,8160
true, to,
over, to,
320
a,
515 a,
over against, 721 a
3606
the truth, to, 702 a to begin to, 643 a
vainly, to, 214 6 spear, 292 o,467o, 648 a,
6316
wide, to be, 136 ft spreading out, 297
6,
up
for, to,
360 6
499o
sprigs,
372 6, upright, to, 386ft, 610ft standard, 189 6, 552 ft

standing, 495
star,
o, 873 a 386 a to, 199 ft, 217 a, 587 6, bright, 222 6 species, 248 6, 470 a station, 403 6, 495 o 737a, 780 a specify, 564 a SOlo, 5186 up, to, 296 a spectacle, 750 b which, statuary work, 7 15 a up, things speech, 62 o, 1876, 443 o, 699a 475 6, 789 a statue, 71 a, 501o, 562 ft. 591 a speed, 105o springing, 458 6 sprinkle, to, 366 o, 5406, stature. 728 6 speedily, 276 a, 454 b 5416,5626,7720 statute, 210 ft, 300 6 spent, to be, 398 6. 8676 520o, 73 la sphere, 263 6 sprinkled, to be, 541 6 with spots, 139 6 staves, 102 6 spice, 146 a, 780 a 6 343 to, 2916. 780a stay, 490 4, 519 a sprinkling,
246 a
731 a, 7706, 801 a
spring, 169
6,
171 a
STAY
to, 58 b. 265 <?, 591 a behind, to, 32 b oneself, to, 591 a teal, to, 176 a tccping, 521 a fteer, 6U5 a stench, 101 a, 707 b ttep, 84 b, 224 a, 494 b, 499 a, 5006, 685 a, 6944, 7146,7566
jtiiv,
(
straight, to be, 23o, 880,
30
submerged, to be, 848
I
SWIFT
strings, to strike, 531 6

strip, to,
off,
375 a, 702 a, 784 873 a on, to go, 88 a straighten, to, 706 a
6,
278 a
165
6,
to,
it,
561
6,
563
829 6
to,
off bark,
295
a,
straightened, to be,36 16,
3106
615 a, 706 a, 7196 stripe, 256 6 to, 507 6 straightness, 375 6, 7026 of way, 470 6 stripes, 454 a strive, to, 1936, 561 6, strain, to, 252 6 659 a, 759 a, 767 a strange, 242 a, 242 6 to be, 551 a often, to, 138 a to, 7 14 a upward, 9 6 stranger, 1696, 178 a, stepping chains, 7146 242 a, 252 6, 551 6, stroke, 227 a, 331 a, steps, 490 a, 598 a, 6316 8606 507 6, 532 a sterile, 173 a to be. 242 a to be, 651 6 to, 279 6, 463 a, 515 o, 800 6, 842 6 strangers, 652 a country, 449 6 the face, to, 32 a stick, 801 a strangle, to, 656, 2916, 2936 strokes, 454 a fast, to, 269 6 strong, 22 a, 37 6, 45 a, on, to, 871 6 strangling, 465 a 58 a, 60 a, 63 a, straw, 169 6. 5216, 746a, stigma, 736 a 71 a, 87 a, 153 6, 856 a still, 6106 270 6, 274 6, 279 6, to, 230 a, 801 a, 82 16 stream, 18 6, 71a, 225 6, 327 6, 537 a, 543 6, to be, 203 a, 312 a, 2946, 616 a, 6186. 647 6, 873 a. one,66 674 6, 802 a 757 a of water, a little,470 a to be, 186,596, 60 a, to stand, 59 a 72 a, 74 6, 87 a, streams, 454 a, 675 a stillness, 203 a, 203 6 of milk, 243 a 1560,2306, 265 a, stimulate, to, 582 6 295 a, 435 a, 51 la, street, 2666, 7646, 812 a stink, 707 6 697 6, 726 6, 805 6, to, 100 6, 239 6, 249 6 strength, 20 a, 21 6, 376, 809 a, 812 a, 8736 38 a, 45 a, 60 a, stinking, 707 6 to 154 a, 253 a, 2706, stir up, to, 706 6 become, 282 a, 631 a 275 a, 295 a, 331 a, up strife, to, 178 6 to make, 60 a, 270 a, 390 a, 444 a, 445 a, stirred up, to be, 626 a 561 a, 6116, 6166, 516 6, 618 6, 873 6 stock, 255 a, 4586, 50 la, to show oneself, 1566 648 a 650 6186, a, 7266, 87 1 a, 873 6 stronghold, 11 a, 1356 stocks, 454 a, 579 6 to exert one's, 674 6 struck, to be, 774 a stomach, 7206 42 6, structure, 856 a, 8636, tone, 8 a, 8 A, 718 a, strengthen, to, 8646 156 a, 2696, 6186 7206, 7 79 a a little, 1796,720ft oneself, to, 60 n stubborn, 6 6,596 a,747 a stretch oneself out, to, to be, 434 a, 686 a a small, 299 a 450 a stubbornness, 850 6 costly, 8 a, 583 6 out, to, 79 a 216 6, stud, 564 6 cutter, 298 a 32 la, 378a, 44< 6, studiously, 68 a pebble, 706 6 5216, 54.'. 6, 795 \ study, 774 a quarry, 162 6, 165 6, 326 a 502'A.to stone,5946, to, 209 6 of letters, 431 a strew, to, 689o, 7766 stony, 1346, 215 a striated, 649 6 stumble, to, 4186 stool, 8 6, 384 a for the feet, 217 a stricken, 549 a stumbling, 532 6 block, 473 a, 670 a stop, to, 35 a, 272 6, stride, to, 694 6 579 6, 596 6, 637 6, strife,1976,4506,451a, stunned, 835 a to be, 223 a 7966 4516, 5006, 5016, 5096, 7386,7676, stupendous, 364 6 up, to, 294 6 8566 store, 23 a, 687 a deed, 459 6 strike, to, 226 6, 462 6, stupid, 133 a, 529 a hidden, 476 6 549 53 532 to to, 74* la, a, a, be, 324 6 566 a, 5666,5936, stupincd, to be, 223 a up, to, 701 a 673 a, 685 a, 686 a, stupify, to, 38 6 storehouse, 23 a, CO b, 444 a, 448 a, 4616, 7806, 7936, 834a, stupor, 518 a 4896 872 a, 873 a style, 3046, 620 a down, to, 719 a Suah, 580 6 (of snow and hail), 106 fire, to, 384 a subdue, to, 187 6, 197 o, on the mind, to, 685 6 365 6, 383 6, 402 a, stork, 294 6 410 a, 6406, 758 a Storm, 246 <*, 954 a, upon, to, 463 a, 665 6 subdued, to be, 405 a 5926, 703a,8076 striking, 4636, 471 a a 6 of rain, 254 a string (of bow), 470 subject, 126 a to be taken by, 1.16 a stringed instrument, to to, 383 6 story, 381 a play on a, 531 6 subjugate, to, 197 a sublime, 5086, 751 a strings, 481 a straight, 375 6, in of pearls, 303 6 720 a sublimity, 1 50 6
!
'
SWIFTLY
732 a
<
31
THYSELK
that thing, 832 a time, 394 a, 832 a
taken away, to be, 1 66 a, Tehinnah, 861 a swiftly, to be borne, 540 a 1666, 2156,593o Tekoa, 873 a swim, to, 787 6 by storm, to be, 136 a Telabib, 864 b to cause to, 705 6 for, to be, 31 la Telah, 865 a swine, 269 b Telassar, 865 a taking, 5036 Telem, 322 a swing, to, 200 a away, 241 6, 678 a Tel-harsa, 864 b swinging, something, knowledge of, 223 6 199 a 396 a 529 6, 530 a, talent, tell, to, to 217 a talk 112 a 8366 swollen, be, idly, to, to 129 b one's in be, dreams, to, Tel-mela, 8646 up, 220 6 sword, 302 a. 472 6 Tema, 863 a swords, drawn, 697 6 Teman, 863 a triflingly, to, 103 a talkative, 21 a sycamore, 848 a tempest, 246 a, 582 a, 805 6, 807 6 Syenc, 581 a talking, 62 a tallness, 450 6, 728 6, temple, 115 6, 116 a, Syria. 80 a 855 a 2226, 517 a, 780 a Syrian, 806, 718 6 Talmai, 865 6 Syrians, 80 a temptation, 489 a 610 a 322 b Talmon, ten, 325 a, 659 a Kyrinx, Tamar, 868 a tenacity, 204 6 a 86 tamarisk, tend, to, 773 a Taanath Shiloh, 855 a tame, 50 6 to any thing, to, 46 a Tabaoth, 3 18 a to, 410 a lender, 7 68 a to be, 54 a to be, 7 la, 3686, 769a Tabareni, 858 a Tammuz, 866 a Tabbath, 318 a grass, 2JOa Tanach, 870 b Tabeal, Tabeel, 317 a herb, 210 a, 211 a Taberah, 856 a Tanhumoth, 869 a tendon, 1686 tabernacle, 17 a, 517 a Tanis, 7146 tendril, 796 b table, 433 a, 827 b tendrils, 546 6, 795 a tapestry, 846 6 171 433 a 324 6 tablet, A, tenons, 331 a Taphafh, b 855 8716 Tabor, tent, 17 a, 96 a, 116 a, JTappuah, summits of, 26 b 517 a, 7206 Tara, 874 b to move one's, 166 Turalah, 873 b Tabrimmon, 318 a Tarea. 855 a to pitch, 16 6 tache, 744 b Taehmonite, 860 b tenth, 659 a Tarpelites, 325 6 Tailin or, 856 b tarry, to. 326, 796, 164a, terebinth, 47 6, 48 b Tahan, 861 a 1646, 3466, i34a Teresh, 875 a Tahash, 862 a Tarshish, 875 a terrace, 9 .> 6 Tartak, 875 6 terrible, 38 6, 41 6, 364 6, Tab^nhes, 861 a 6566 Tartan, 875 6 Tahpenes, 861 a Tahrea, 861 b task, 300 6, 864 6 terrified, to be, 104 6, b 248 6 323 121o tail, taste, Uke, to, 30a, 67a, 273a, to, 43 6, 323 a terrify, to, 1046, 121 a, 314 a, 370 a, 4386, tasted, to give to be, 1336, 195 a, 303 a, 292 a <41a, 5686, 72 la, 3646, 6566, 6716, 721 b 757 a Tatnai, 8766 a pledge, to, 257 a taught, to be, 240 a terrifying, 654 a a stand, to, 360 a one, 865 6 territory, 1 53 6 a wife, to, 130 a tawniness, 370 a terror, 386, 576, 1 05 a, 121 6, 1336, 1836, away, to, 30 6, 67 a, tawny, 796 6 74 a, 1236, 133 a, to be, 796 o 242 a, 246 a, 260 a, 176 a, 1806,2416, taxation, 655 a 280 a, 303 a, 3 14 a, 283 a, 3556, 460 a, teach, to, 54 a, 114 a, 3166,3646,4666, 563 240 335 354 497 5526, 5536, a, a, a, 6, a, 671 6, 767 a, 592 6, 603 a, 663 6, 366 6, 439 6, 573 a 7826, 8036, 866 a, to go to, 756 6 872a 6926, 800 a, 804 a care of, to, 137 a to strike with, 104 6 teaching, 23 6, 459 b, 834 a. teacher, 2 a tesselate, to, 779 a counsel, to, 357 a tesselated heed, to, 872 6 team, 77 6 pavement, hold of, to, 30 a, 314 a tear, a, 204 a 779 a in, to, 386 b tear, to, 745 a, 803 b, stuff, 876 a 841 6, 865 a out, to, 306, 1996, testicle, 85 6 360o in pieces, to, 134 a, testimony, 607 a, 608 a, oat of the way, to, 136 a, 3256, 685 a, 785 a 67 a, 679 a 6946 Thahath, 862 6 370a 6 863 to, of, off, to, possession Thamah, 866 b the care of, to, 210 a 454 a, up, to, 574 a thanksgiving, 830 6, 858 a up, to, 546 6, 554 a, tearing in pieces, 583 a 567 6, 631 6, 640 a teat, 805 6 Tliapsacus, 683 a, 872 a ken, 24 6 Tebah, 3176 that, 88 a, 89 a, 196 a, to be, 872 b Tebaliah, 3176 196% 2196, 391 a, 39' 2,4246, 601 a , 663 a teeth, 480 a, 522 a
\
\
which, 1966
the,
2116, 2206 Thebcz, 856 a theft, 176 a a place of, 555 o them, 376 a themselves, 229 a thorny plant, 734 a 13 25 26 then, a, a, a, those," 63 b, 227 a, 228 6, 229 a 33 a, 89 6, 239 6, 34 la, 403 a, 832 a thon, 66 a, 92 a, 946, 95 a now, 70 6 thence, 832 a though, 56 6 thought, 215 6, 231 ft, Theophilus, 48 a 362 a, 661 a, 7726. there, 25 a, 3846, 832 a, 774 a. 7876 866 a is, 41 6 thoughts, 92 6, 795 b therefore, 25a, 40a,235, thousand, 54 a, 54 ft 403 a, 4036, 431 6 thread, 26a, 35 a, 1026, 1686, 2646, 6976 therein, 832 a threads, 489 6 thereupon, 26 a these, 46'a, 48 6, 51 6, (slender), 729 b threaten, to, 757 a 52 b, 53 6 they, 63 6, 227 a, 228 6, three, 150 a, 8316, 8656 229o threefold, 831 6 joined together, 345 a thresh, 156, 1946, 1980 threshing, 450 6 together, 345 a floor, 15 a thick, to be, 48 a, 52 6 time, 198 a clouds, 656 a wain, 145 a, 304 a, darkness, 632 a
*i
i
i
262 6, 264 ^ 271 a, 5886. 7i:)4 729 6, 820 6, 834 b bush, 264 a, 591 6 thorns, 585 6, 789 a, 820 6
tho.-n,
thicket,
wood, 310 a 577 6,

598 a of trees, 358 a
4596
585
6,
threshold, 499 a, 592 6
598a
thrice, 831 6
thickets,
264 a
throat,
178
6,
179
a,
440 a throne, 415 6 thief, 176 a a royal, 407 a thigh, 368 6, 369 a thin, 205 6, 779 6, 780 a throng, 720 6 to be, 698 6 through, 455 a to make, 3 12 a, 7636 throw, to, 320 6, 325 a, 332 6, 557 a, 769 6, plates, 781 o 770 a, 7766, 8266, thing, 62 a, 1876,4756, 829 a, 834 a 643 6, 700 a down, to, 195 a, 449 a done, 187 6 headlong, to, 368 o itself, 180 a oneself down, to, 443o things formed, 362 a stones, to, 733 6 sown, 253 6 think, to, 6 la, 202 a, throwing down, 450 6 31 la, 661 a, 6766 thrum, 199 6
thickness, 601
on, to, 137
thrust, to,
177 a, 181
6,
789 a thinness, 205 6 third, 8286, 8316, 865 a part, 828 6 rank, 865 6 711 6, 712 o, thirst,
upon,
to,
195a, 1956,2170, 3246, 5346, 719 a, 837 a, 873 6 any one from a place, to, 105 a away, to, 161 a, 217 o,
8646
426 6, 432 b to burn with, 431 a
to,
7666
forth, to,
to, 217 a 534 6 6 633 in, to, out, to, 192 a, 324 6
down,
thirsty, 711 6 to be, 711 6 (region), 7 12

thirty,
a
831
6,
719a
through, to, 206 a 8656 thrusting down, 195 o 105 6 this, 183 a, 198 a, 199 a, thumb, 2046, 211 a, 221 a, Thummim, 866 a 224 a, 237 a, 238 6 thunder, 157 6 thus, 378 a, 401 a, 402 1 same, 92 a 404 6, 409 6 832 a
421
a,
thither,
thong, 168 b
thyself, thou,
560 a
TIARA
tiuid,
(
o,
32
ULLA
317
a,
665
713 6
UMMAH
Linmah, 6386
unalloyed, 318 a unbridled, to let
go,
33
WASPS
vigorous, 273 a, 283 vigour, 435 6, 442 6
vile,
upper chamber, 632 6

room, 495 a
upright, 906.319a.3756,
vallies,
valley of vision, 167 b 151 a
wage war. to, 4S6 a wages, 11, 464a, 505^

6496, 6846, 685 a,
6906
ancircumcised, 655 a unclean, 151 b, 322
6,
402 6, 728 6, 865 867 a to be, 364 a, 702
6,
valour, 40 a, 275 value, 654 6
1476,5516, 8456
highly, to, 159 6

6,
to be, 246 a to account, 529

vileness,
7906
a
5036
Vaniah, 236 6
vanish, to, 67
6,
1226
wagon, 605 6 wail, to, 349
6,
536 k
665 & to become, 322 b bird, 1926, 870 a

uncleanness, 192a,5346,
8676
columns, 868 6 uprightly, to act, 867 6 uprightness, 62 6, 275 a,
225
a,
village, 300a, 4116,
5926
548 a
unclose,
to,
3726,3756, 376 a,
853
6,
4706
upwards, 494 6 uncover, to, 1706, 653a, Ur, 24 a 6556 urethra, 845 a under, 8606, 8 62 a urge, to, 23a, 546, 65a, 162 a, 1956, 299 a, undermine, to, 729 b 533 6, 685 a, 706 a, understand, to, 113 b, 114 a, 3356, 836 a 7586 115 a, on, to, 536 a, 544 6 understanding, 205 a, 3116, 4856, oneself, to, 23 a 7896, 790 a, 8556 urgent, to be, 270 a, 691 6 to have, 114 a undertake, 684 6 urgently, 450 b to do, 822 a undeservedly, 292 6 Uri, 24 a unexpectedly, 697 6 unfold, to, 546 Uriah, 24 6 unfortunate, 3 6,772 6 Uriel, 24 6 the, 281 a Urijah, 24 6 to be, 36,281 a urine, 818 6 6116 Ursa Major, 659 6 ungodly, useful, to be, 356 a unhappy, 3806, 772 6 unheard of 2426, 263a, useless, 1226
'
872 a
5516
usury. 5066, 5136, 5706,
8736 unholy, 278 a to lend on, 570 6 union, 345 a, 346 6 unite, to, 28 a utensil, 26 b, 399 6 united, 29 a Uthai, 616 a together, to be, 345 it utmost, 731 6 utter, to, 573 a, 594 a, unitedly, 28 6 6686 unlawful, 242 6 20 57 394 a voice, to, 836 6 a, unless, a, 6, a 434 4316, any thing rashly, to, 350 a that, 1246, 2416 unmixed, 3 18 a words, to, 696 6 Unni, 643 6 uxorious, 92 a Uz, 614 b unprofitableness, 1226 unpunished, to leave, Uzai, 196 565 a Uzal 196 Uzza, 6166 unrighteous, 781 6 Uzzen-Shera, 26 6 unrighteousness, 781 b nnsalted, 871 b Uzzi, 6186 to unsearchable, be, Uzziah, 619 a 640 a Uzziel, 618 6
unseasoned, 8716 unshaken, to be, 68 b unshod, 3466, 8106 until, 424 6, 606 b failure, 122 a
not,
V.
vacant, to be, 1126, 565a vacillate, to, 540 a vacuity, 38 6
1246
vagrant,
vail,
2256
when? 63 a
anto, 97 6, 422 a, 550 6 between, 115 a
unwilling, 445 a
to be, 4 o,445 348 jpbraid, to,
489 a, 493 6, 690 a, 712 a, 7146, 734 a vain, 50 a, 51 6, 768 a in, 857 a
to be. 1126 vainglorious, to be, 672a Vajezatha, 236 6
a a
Jphaz, 22 a
uphold, to, 590 6, '592 a vale, 171 a upon, 976, 4946, 6266,] valid, 41 6, 361 a 630 a, 682 a ralley, 71a, 136a, 168a, 632 a 486 a. 543 6, 640 b
689 a wailing, 490 6, 536 6. 7716 689 a 807 6, 849 a, 857 a vindicated from wrongs, wain, 659 6 of words, 216 tc be, 702 6 wait, to, 265 a, 276 b, 346 a, 421 a, 784 a vine, 177 6 vanquish, to, 285 a to lie in, 8126, 847 a vapour, 1 16, 2 146, 5696, vine-branch, 247 a 731 a vine-dresser, 415 a upon, to, 21 7 a, 851 waiting, 3456 variegate, to, 780 6 vinegar, 2886 wake, to, 615 a variegated, 7806 vineyard, 4146, 806 b to be, 258 6 walk, 454 a vintage, 133 6 to, 78 a, 207 6, 224 & violation, 595 a garments, 140 a 225 6, 327 a, 349 b violence, 253 6, 270 6, spots, 259 6 6 288 about, to, 225 6 Vashni, 236 a, 49 7 a, 498 a, 660 b, 692 a, 805 6, over, to, 771 a Vashti, 236 6 809 a, 863 6 vast, 753 a up and down, to, 225 vat of the wine -press, violent, 654 a, 806 a wall, 91 6, 1286, 1606, 265 6, 275 6, 320 6, 362 a heat, 246 6 man, 286 b 3216, 420 a, 534 a. vault, 152 a 732a,8126 to, 720 6 shower, 253 6 vaulted house, 152 a (of a city), 161 a violently, to act, 241 a, of the house, 682 a 288 6, 660 a work, 106 to treat, 288 a wallow, to, 677 6 vectura, 768 a vegetables, 255 a viper, 72 a, 6976, 717 a walls, 849 a wander, to,3u^7l6,538a, vehemence, 382 a virgin, 149 a 5406, 8046,821 a. vehement, 616 a, 828 6 virginity, 149 6 to be, 511 a tokens of, 149 6 8246, 870o about, to, 289a, 759 vehicle, 769 a virtue, 275 a, 703 a to cause to, 36,538 veil, 368 a, 433 6 virtuous, 702 a 540 6, 805 a virulent, 42 6 to, 295 6 268 6, 269 a, wanderer, 225 6, 534 a vision, veiling over, 866 6 vein (of silver), 458 6 2736, 4636, 506 a, wanderings, 448 a 7506 want, 295 6, 465 6, 654 a venerable, 364 6 to be in,4a,2956,719a vengeance, to take, 5656 visit, to, 686 a to cause to, 295 6 vital moisture, 442 b venture, to, 552 6 to suffer, 295 a, 763 6 verdant, to be, 3a, 564a power, 274 6 verdure, 3a, 3696 wanting, 294 6, 295 6 principle, 7 60 a to be, 295 a, 609 6 verge towards any place, vitiligo alba, 105 6 wanton, to be, 672 a to, 46 a viziers, 2 a, 2 16 a wantonness, 672 a vociferate, to, 762 6 verily, 59 6 war, 4366, 47 7 a, 742 a versicoloured, 780 6 voice, 727 a, 732 a vertebra? of the neck, of God, 524 6 to, 436 a to make, 179 a 499 a void, 124 a to make, 124a, 5376, ward, 467 6, 686 6 vertigo, 803 a 692 6, 808 6 warfare, 699 6 very, 2706,3766, 3776, 444 a, 7846 of heart, to be, 428 a warlike disturbance, 395 a of strength, to be, great, 376 6 666 a vessel, 399 6, 445 a, engines, 312 a 462 6, 736 a warm, 285 a space, 496 b to be, 10 6, 287 6 void ness, 104 a vessels, 529 a baths, 290 6 vestibule, 20 6 volume, 448 a to become, 2876, 402a vestry, 480 a voluntary, 535 a warmth, 286 6, 3.01 a, vex, to, 5706, 633a, 720a vomit, 720 a, 731 a 665 a to, 593 6 any one, to, 409 6 warn, 240 a vexation, 409 6, 639 a, up, to, 726 b 648 6, 858 i, 864 a, Vophsi, 236 6 warning, to take, 240 a 8706 vow, 536 a warp, the, 853 a warrior, 127 6 to, 535 6 vexer, 859 a of abstinence, 68 b wash, to, 1 1 a, 244 n, vibrate, to, 771 6, 865 a 296 a, 766 6, 817 a of God, 82 6 vicissitudes, 78 6, 662 a vulture, 366, 197a, 766a away, to, 192 a victim, 238 a, 260 a garments, to, 382 * victory, 154 a, 373 a, W. oil', to. 296 a 477 a, 876 a washing, 766 b wafer, 780 b view, 269 a to 749 a, 783 6 wasps, 719 a wag, to, 538 a
villager,
villages,
4766
vanity, 21 a, 51 6, 214 6,
/-
WASTE
wute, 373 b
to,
34
WOUNDED
716,
wearied, 329 a, 357 a

the, 312 a to be, 426 6
where? 166,356, 366, wickedness, 512a, 5296, without, 396.

37 a, 396, 40a,63 a, 89 a, 90 a, 832 a
612/1,
122&
1216
*way, to, 12 la, 2S5a. 490 a to become, 279 a one who is, 329 6 to be, 857 a to be laid, 866, 302a, out, to be, 329 a, 357 a 835 a weariness, 329 a, 639 a, to lay, 806 a, 835 a 859 6, 8fi4 b wasted, 835 b weary, to, 329 6 to be, 398 6 to be, 373 6, 729 a wasteness, 857 a of, to be, 239 6 wasting, 135 b, 183 b, weasel, 273 a 8336 weave, to, 75 a, 76 a, 553 a, 586.1, 7126, aw.iy, 400 a 789 6, 853 a watch, 87a, 7166, 838 a to, Ilia, 562a, 5636, weaver's shutt'e, 76 a
6156,837a,8466
to keep, 547 6
watcher, 625 a
watchman. 715 6
110 b, watch-tower, 1116, 1976, 502 a, 562 a, 716 a, 719 a water, 455a, 4686, 470a to, 366 a, 759 6 cattle, to, 847 a disturbed, 511 a making, 853 6
water-course,
spat 1m, 3~(. b web, 489 6 weed, to, 609 6 week, 800 6, 804 6 weep, to, 119 a, 201 a, 204 a for the dead, to, 1196 weeping, 119 a, 1196, 120 a weevil, 592 a weigh, to, 26 b, 587 6, 847 6, 864 a, 873 a
514
a,
weight,8a, 173a,520
6,
7136, 8706 watered, 759 6
547 a
the smallest Hebrew,
179 a watering, 343 6, 767 a water-pots, 181 6 weighty, to be, 764 a waters of Merom, 508 6 welfare, 220 b, 273
6,
320 a, 373 a, 374 6, 703 a, 8256, 830 a, to, 200 a, 5406, 865 a 876 a waver, to, 418 6, 491 6, 589 a well, 100 a, 115 a, 1526, 6 668 1606, 1696, 347 a, wavering, 4026 waves, broken, 514 a a 869 fed, 509 6 waving, about, 682 b nigh, 39 6 wax, 1936 off, 319 b to do, 319 a, 347 a way, 78 a, 208 a, 225 b, 454 a, 49 1 6, 680 a watered district, 5206 801 6 west, 350 6, 446 a embanked, 490 a the, 296, 4966, 49 7 a western quarter, 350 6 toll, 225 6 a westward, 497 a ways, 786, 224 we, 63 6, 64 a wet,tobe,7a,701a,767 a weak, 1996, 200a,285a, what? 35 6, 444 a, 451 6, 384 6, 776 a 454 6, 481 a to be, 71 a, 2006, time, 332 a 236 6, 285 a, 297 6 whatever, 452 a to be made, 279 6 is without, 2666 weakened, the, 313 a lives, 362 6 weakness, 51 6 whatsoever, in, 824 a wealth, 21 a, 216, 1166, wheat, 272 a, 292 a, 4366 |227 6, 275 a, 320 a, 32'J a, 390 a, 475 6, wheel, 226,1696, 170 a 504 a, 551 a, 578 6, in flight, to, 209 a 583 6, 662 6, 735 6, wheeling, 605 a 769 a, 811 a whelp, 1646 when, 566, 89 a, 1966, wealthy, 210 6, 81 la to be, 295 a 3416, 3796, 380 a, 392 a, 3946, 401 6, wean, to, 1 75 a 4246 weaned, 174 6 weapon, 266, 490a, 827a yet, 69 6 weapons, 230 6, 399 b, whence? 35 6, 396, 63 a, 571 & 832 a wear away, to, 815 a whenever, 196 a
wave, 857 a
1226, I24n, 124'. 807 a 266 6, 275 6, 425 b to he, 295 a then, 1 6 6 wicker-work, 399 a wherefore? 35 b, 235 a, wide, 15 6, 764 6 cause 292 6, 768 a 450 6, 452 a to be, 146, 7 16 a, 764a witness, 607 a, 78.0 a ' to become, 764 a wheresoever, 90 a to, 610 a 214 56 whether, a, a, cloak, 1 5 a wizard, 335 6 229 a wideness, 15 a woe, 36 a, 526, 2196 not, 20 a widow, 53 a wolf, 237 a ...or, 1146, 235 a widowed, 53 a woman. 84a, 148cr, 564t which? 356, 88 a, 196 a, to be, 52 6 766 a 392 a, 454 b a strange, 242 6 widowhood, 53 a, 53 6 while, to be, 37 6 a, 392 b, wield, 872 a womanly, 92 a 424 6, 601 a, 606 6, wife, 84 a. 259 6, 428 6 womb, 113a, 492a, 7663 611 a women. 570 6 wiles, 649 6 whip, 8 10 6, 8166, 818a will, 17 6, 19 6, 275 a, wonder, to, 866 a 6 676 700 772 774 whirl, a, 6, a, wonderful, 676 a 7786 deed, 459 6 whirlpools, 454 a of God, 18 a whirlwind. 169 6, 582 a to be, 674 a to make, 674 I whiskers, 664 6 to, 61 a, 296 6, 326 a, 700 a whisper, to, 437 a, 544 6 wonderfully, 364 6 wont, to be, 54 a whisperer, a, 567 a willing, 535 a to be, 4a, 534a, 700 a wood, 69 a, 646 6, 647 a whisperers, 34 6 a kind of precious, 53ii willow, 652 a, 717 a whispering, 437 6 whistle, to, 850 6 wind, 760 a, 761 a wood-cutter, 298 a 850 a wind up, to, 7 14 a whistLngs, wood-demons, 792 t> while, ) a, 267 a, 429 a, winding stairs, 433 6 woods, 355 b 429 6, 707 a, 707 6 window, 75 6, 279 b, woof, 651 6 to be, 105 6, 108 6, 385 6, 463 6 wool, 641 a, 713 a 266 6, 429 a, 703 6, wine, 289 6, 347 6, 4896, word, 61 6, 6? a, 187 A. 707 a 576 a 4756, 696 bread, 304 b words, 188 6 mixed, 480 b like snow, 824 a new, 645 a great, 102 6 linen, 267 a winepress, 183 a, 329 a, work, 1746, 49 It, 49 76, 362 b, 670 a marble, 852 a 49S6, 600 a, 601 a. 632 6, 684 6 something, 852 a wing, 11 a, 177 6,377 a, 429 a 406 a, 614 6, 709 whiteness, 6, 707 6, , 657 a to, 598 6 812* 9 done, 329 a feather, whithnr? 63 a, 636, 89 a, wink, to, 757 6, 764 a of an artificer, 310 o 90 a, 832 a to urge to, 44 a winnow, to, 253 a whithersoever, 89 a, 90 a winnowing fan, 462 a, up a mass, to, 1 88 b 767 a whitish, to be, 72 6 working of wood, 310 a who' 35 6, 88 a, 196 a, winter, 596 6 workman, 58 a, 59 6, 4r,S 6. 481 a 6466 to, 307 a whoever 469 a wipe away.to, 5806,583a workmanship, 661 a whole, 70 a. 396 a, 3976, to, 463 a works, 495 a 400 a, 737 6, 825 a, off, to, 296 a workshop, 632 b 830 a, 865 6, 867 a wisdom, 205 a, 278 a, world, 279 a, 6136 6 6 536 647 860 6, 6, worm, 770 a, 859 a, the, 70 to be, 829 6 8656 wise, 276 6, 277 6 to make, 867 6 to be, 277 a, 335 a wormwood, 440 6 to become, 277 a worn down in strength, wholeness, 825 a, 866 a to be, 279 a wholly, 40a, 69 a, 345 a, wish, to,4 a, 326 a, 700 fc out with use and age. 3*97 a for, to, 19 a
.
7726, 7816,
121 6 whoredom, 860 6 with, 936, 94 a, 986, 435 a, 636 a, 637 a worship, 675 6 whoredoms, 249 b one another, 345 a to, 837 6, 838 a whosoever, 84 a, 397 a, to offer, 4186 469 a, 481 a regard, to, 423 h 417 b, worshipper, 599 a, 664A why? 35 6, 450 6, 452 a withdraw, to, 582 a, 7416 worthless, to be, 246 a wicked, 100 a, 529 a, 612 a, 772 a. 7816 oneself, to, 23a, 283a worthlessness, 122 6 353 6, would that 56 6, 432 a action. 25n / withdrawing, to God! 32a 595 a, 788 b deed, 246 wither away, to, 734 6 wound, 198 6, 298 a, man, 122 b to be, 586 6 4656,471 a, 6856 withered, to be, 528 6 to, 400 6, 428a, 685 6 wickedly, to act, 101 a, withhold, to, 1346, 1806, 693 a, 71 la 4876 241 a, 816 a wickedness, 21 a, 21 /, within, 97a, 1146, 115a, slightly, to, 308 a 1226, 2196, 2466, 1166, 607 I, 6826 wounded, to be, 2 79 A 281 a, 841 a 2566,3126. 462 a, ?et, 61 la
!
t>
WOUNDS
wounds, 140 a 700,896, wrap around, to, 414 a oneself up, to, 405 a round, to, 4266, 6096 up, to, 41 4 a, 433 a, 620 a, 635 a
1446, lT4a
znzno
wrapped
in
darkness,
to be, 62 la
irrath, 250 b, 303 b wreath, 433 b, 438
a,
6046
wreathe, to, 1546 vn-eathed work, 252 6 wreathen work, 155 a
wrenched, to be, 683 a arrest, to, 649 6 wrestle, 9 a, 697 b wretched,56,192a,489, 639 a to be, 3 b, 281 a, to be made, 418 6 wrist, 74 a write, to, 419 a, 419 6, 594 a, 781 a, 817 a writhe, to, 265 a, 611 a with pains, to, 257 a writing, 419 6, 473 a, 594 a
written, something,4196 wrong, 288 a to do, 322 a wrought, 660 a
yarn, 26 3, 35
7*
Ma
a,
102 b
L.IOI
.
1944
University of Toronto
LIBRARY
ONI
DO NOT REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
IN
LIBRARONLY
Ill
[in
ii
mi
Urn mi
I*
i

Gesenius - Hebrew Dictionary

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gesenius - Hebrew Dictionary

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

flNIVQF

Sir IRobert falconer,

of president cf tbe Tllnlrersits (Toronto, 1907*1932

HEBREW ATO CHALDEE LEXICON

OLD TESTAMENT SCRIPTURES,

SAMUEL PRIDEAUX TREGELLES.

Multse terricolis linguae, ccelestibus una.

PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.

The attainments of Gesenius in Oriental it is more to our dwell on them purpose to

commenced of a much more

extensive work, his " Thesaurus Philo-

logicus Criticus Linguae Hebraese et Chaldaeaa Veteris Testamenti."

as far as the root

the 23rd of October, 1842, Gesenius died

in his fifty-seventh year.

completion of the work.

progress having been announced.*

Between the publication of the

Thesaurus," appeared the

much was done by

" Lexicon Manuale,"

which the present work

an edition of his German Lexicon, conformed to the "Lexicon Manuale."*

several of the above

works translations have been made into English.

by many. The question

meet the want

translation of Dr. Robinson,

Gesenius, not only appeared in the

correction, but also from the distinct

through the work

and these considerations combined led

to the present undertaking.

the root and derivatives were at once translated, every

Scripture reference being verified, and,

desirable that all the remains

of the Phoenician language therein contained be published separately, so as to exhibit

work was ready

for the press, a second edition of Dr. Robinson's translation

greatly superior to the

in the earlier parts, various

additions and corrections from the

the translator to question whether

sufficient for the

wants of the Hebrew student

in several places to the

whole or half of a column.

have been cited from thence.

This obligation to that work

thankfully and cheerfully

other neologian tendencies be left unnoticed

the effect of inadvertence alone, and not of design.

needful to be most explicit and decided.

translator cannot dismiss this subject without the

the Phoenician branch of the race of

division of the family

where the rationalism of Gesenius may be

Nothing further seems necessary to add

they will inform the student

glory for ever and ever

following are the more important

Gesenius consulted for his work, ana

The Book of Roots